^^mm^:. 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2007  witii  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


Iittp://www.arcliive.org/details/classifiedcatalo01carniala 


STATE  NORMAL  SCIJOOL, 

I»OS  HNCEUES,  GAli. 


CLASSIFIED  CATALOGUE 

OF  THE 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH 


CLASSIFIED  CATALOGUE 

OF  THE 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH 


1895-1902 


IN  THREE  VOLUMES 


VOLUME  I 

GENERAL  WORKS— PHILOSOPHY— RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY— PHILOLOGY— NATURAL  SCIENCE 

USEFUL  ARTS 


'5511 


PITTSBURGH 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY 

1907 


m  ^907 


CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  PRESS 
PITTSBURGH 


Contents 

Page 

Board  of  Trustees         -         -.-         -         -.        .         _         -iv 
Preface       -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         -         --v 

How  TO  Use  the  Catalogue     ----_--x 

Synopsis  of  Classification         -         -         -         -         -         -      -   xii 

Catalogue       ------__. _i 

Author  Index    -         -         -         -         -         -         --         --v.3 

Subject  Index  _---____.  v.3 


m 


Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh 
Original  Board  of  Trustees 

First  Meeting,  March  12,  1890 

JAMES  B.  SCOTT,  President 
W.  N.  FREW,  Secretary 
H.  C.  FRICK,  Treasurer 


K.  Q.  BINGHAM 
R.  B.  CARNAHAN 
E.  M.  FERGUSON 
H.  P.  FORD 
W.  J.  HOLLAND 
G.  L.  HOLLIDAY 
J.  F.  HUDSON 
J.  B.  JACKSON 
A.  F.  KEATING 


J.  S.  LAMBIE 
REUBEN  MILLER 
GEORGE  A.  MACBETH 
WILLIAM  McCALLIN 
DAVID  McCARGO 
W.  H.  McKELVY 
ROBERT  PITCAIRN 
H.  K.  PORTER 
S.  H.  SHANNON 


Board  of  Trustees 

January  1,  1907 

W.  N.  YR-EY^,  President 
ROBERT  PITCAIRN,  Vice-president 
J.  F.  HUDSON,  Secretary 
JAMES  H.  REED,  Treasurer 


WILLIAM  BRAND 
JOSEPH  BUFFINGTON 
D.  L.  GILLESPIE 
GEORGE  W.  GUTHRIE 
GEORGE  A.  MACBETH 
P.  A.  MAN  I  ON 
A.  W.  MELLON 


WILLIAM  METCALF,  Jr. 
M.  E.  O'BRIEN 
H.  K.  PORTER 
CHARLES  L.  TAYLOR 
E.  R.  WALTERS 
J.  C.  WASSON 
JOHN  WERNER 


Preface 

J  6  ^1 1 

The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Library  of  Pitts- 
burgh was  organized  in  1890.  The  following  year  permission 
was  obtained  from  the  city  to  erect  in  Schenley  Park  a  central 
building  dedicated  to  its  purposes,  to  be  followed  by  the 
erection  of  branches  in  other  parts  of  the  city.  As  this  first 
structure  approached  completion,  the  work  of  the  Library 
proper  began  early  in  1895  with  the  organization  of  a  staff 
under  the  leadership  of  Edwin  H.  Anderson  and  in  November 
of  that  year  the  Library  was  opened  to  the  public  with  a  col- 
lection of  about  16,000  volumes. 

A  dictionary  catalogue  listing  about  9,000  volumes  of  the 
collection  had  been  prepared  in  pamphlet  form  and  was  ready 
for  distribution  at  the  formal  opening  of  the  Library  to  the 
public.  A  second  impression  of  this,  with  slight  corrections, 
was  quickly  supplied.  Since  that  time  no  catalogue  in  book 
form,  attempting  to  cover  the  whole  of  the  Library's  collec- 
tions, has  been  issued.  A  decision  was  soon  reached,  how- 
ever, to  issue  regular  monthly  bulletins  of  additions  to  the 
Library  and  these  began  to  appear  in  April  1896.  The  next 
year  a  department  of  printing  was  created  and  not  only  the 
Monthly  Bulletin  but  also  the  cards  for  the  regular  card 
catalogues  of  the  Library,  including  those  of  the  branches  as 
established,  were  issued  in  printed  form.  The  composition 
was  by  linotype  and  the  metal  was  preserved  in  the  form  of 
type  so  that  lists  and  catalogues  of  various  kinds  might  be 
printed  from  time  to  time  without  incurring  the  cost  of  re- 
setting the  matter.  These  type-forms  have  been  used  in  the 
making  of  a  number  of  such  lists. 

In  1902  a  decision  was  made  to  issue  in  book  form  a  Clas- 
sified Catalogue  of  all  the  books  in  the  Library.  The  collec- 
tions had  grown  rapidly  and  at  that  time  numbered  about 
145,000  volumes,  among  which  were  included  many  dupli- 
cate copies  made  necessary  by  the  popular  character  of  the 
work  of  the  Library  and  its  organization  of  branches. 

A  number  of  elements  conspired  to  bring  about  the  de- 


vi  PREFACE 

cision  at  that  time  to  proceed  with  the  printing  of  this  cata- 
logue, the  most  potent  of  which  was  the  fact  that  a  new  and 
more  satisfactory  type-face  had  been  determined  upon  for  use 
in  entry  words  and  call  numbers  in  all  the  catalogues  of  the 
Library  after  July  i,  1902.  Thus  the  type  which  had  until 
that  time  been  used  in  printing  the  catalogue  cards  and  the 
Monthly  Bulletin  might  be  used  once  more  for  a  book  cata- 
logue and  then  melted  down.  Because  of  the  change  of  type 
only  those  books  in  the  possession  of  the  Library  previous  to 
July  1902  could  be  included.  Subsequent  additions  would 
form  a  supplementary  catalogue  or  a  series  of  supplementary 
catalogues.  It  may,  perhaps,  as  well  be  stated  here  that  the 
first  of  these  supplements  is  already  in  type  forming  two  vol- 
umes which  are  to  be  issued  as  soon  as  they  can  be  got  off  the 
press  after  the  three  volumes  comprising  this,  the  first  Classi- 
fied Catalogue  in  book  form  of  this  Library,  have  been  issued. 
The  five  volumes  combined  will  make  a  complete  catalogue 
of  the  Library  to  January  i,  1907,  grown  by  that  time  to 
242,000  volumes. 

The  use  of  the  old  linotype  matter  made  it  desirable  that 
few  changes  should  be  attempted.  Some  careful  revision  was 
necessary,  however,  because  in  the  years  which  had  elapsed 
since  the  work  of  printing  the  catalogue  cards  had  begun,  it 
was  inevitable  that  inconsistencies,  and  some  inaccuracies, 
should  have  accumulated.  It  was  not  deemed  practicable  to 
make  all  the  changes  and  corrections  that  were  thought  de- 
sirable. In  classification  practically  no  revision  was  made 
through  the  first  five  main  classes  of  books  and  in  the  last  five 
only  such  changes  were  made  as  seemed  most  urgent,  except 
in  the  classes  Natural  science  and  Useful  arts.  There  the 
classification  was  altered  and  expanded  considerably  in  con- 
sonance with  the  work  of  the  Institut  International  de  Bibli- 
ographie  at  Brussels. 

Annotation  has  been  a  marked  feature  in  catalogues  and 
lists  made  by  the  Library  from  an  early  day  in  its  history  and 
it  was  felt  that  additional  descriptive  and  explanatory  notes 
to  many  of  the  titles  in  this  catalogue  would  have  greatly  en- 
hanced its  interest  and  value,  but  because  of  the  time  and 
labor  involved   in   their   preparation    few   annotations   were 


PREFACE  vii 

added  in  the  earlier  parts  of  the  work  and  none  whatever  were 
added  in  the  fiction  Hst.  Such  notes  as  were  already  in  type 
for  certain  titles  were  used;  other  titles  needing  it  no  less  re- 
main without  this  feature.  The  great  desirability  of  these 
helps  has  been  more  strongly  felt  as  the  work  proceeded  and 
in  the  latter  portion  thereof  the  practice  has  been  so  altered 
that  many  new  notes  have  been  added  to  titles  in  the  classes 
Fine  arts,  History,  Travel  and  description,  and  Biography. 

The  general  arrangement  of  the  catalogue  is  in  agreement 
with  the  divisions  of  the  Decimal  Classification,  now  in  rather 
common  use  in  the  United  States,  of  which  a  brief  synopsis  is 
given  on  page  XII  of  this  volume.  Individual  biographies, 
however,  are  arranged  in  one  alphabet  and  filed  under  the 
name  of  the  subject.  Likewise  books  on  history,  and  on 
travel  and  description,  although  assigned  numbers  in  accord- 
ance with  the  regular  classification,  are  arranged  in  a  special 
way  by  being  placed  together  under  the  name  of  the  country 
treated.  At  the  end  have  been  added  full  author  and  subject 
indexes.  It  is  perhaps  unnecessary  to  state  that  of  course  the 
catalogue  does  not  show  the  entire  resources  of  the  Library 
upon  a  given  subject,  since  it  does  not  list  specifically  parts 
of  a  book  treating  a  particular  subject.  Entries  of  that  char-, 
acter  are  to  be  found  only  in  the  card  catalogues  of  the 
Library.  Moreover  it  was  not  the  intention  to  make  a  bibli- 
ography, therefore  many  details  commonly  inserted  even  in 
library  catalogues  were  here  omitted,  the  object  being  to 
make  a  simple  catalogue  for  public  use  as  a  finding  list. 

The  complete  remodeling  of  the  main  structure  origin- 
ally erected  for  the  Library  and  opened  in  1895,  together 
with  the  building  of  very  large  additions  thereto,  brought 
about  conditions  that  have  greatly  retarded  the  preparation 
and  issue  of  this  catalogue.  These  may  be  the  more  clearly 
realized  when  it  is  understood  that  not  only  the  processes  of 
cataloguing  and  proof-reading,  but  also  all  those  of  composi- 
tion, presswork  and  binding  have  been  accomplished  without 
the  employment  of  other  agencies  than  the  Library's  own 
facilities  within  its  Central  Library  building  and  have  been 
carried  on  continuously  during  the  course  of  that  reconstruc- 
tion and  enlargement  mentioned  above.    To  offset  the  incon- 


viii  PREFACE 

venient  delay  as  far  as  possible  for  the  public,  the  classes  or 
parts  of  the  catalogue  as  they  came  from  the  press  have  been 
issued  in  pamphlet  form  and  may  be  bound  up  into  complete 
volumes  by  those  possessing  all  the  parts. 

Generous  acknowledgement  is  due  the  Board  of  Trustees 
for  its  broad  and  liberal  support  of  the  whole  work  of  the 
Library.  And  beyond  that  statement  it  is  only  fair  that  there 
should  be  singled  out  for  personal  mention  the  President  of 
the  Board,  Mr  W.  N.  Frew,  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Com- 
mittee on  Administration,  Mr  George  A.  Macbeth,  both  of 
whom  in  all  the  affairs  of  the  Library  have  given  of  their  time 
and  strength  without  stint,  thereby  making  such  a  task  as  this 
possible  of  accomplishment. 

To  Edwin  H.  Anderson,  the  former  Librarian,  belongs  the 
credit  for  the  inception  of  the  work  and  the  conduct  of  a  large 
share  of  it.  He  saw  through  the  press  the  first  four  parts  of 
the  catalogue,  covering  the  classes  General  works.  Philoso- 
phy, Religion,  Sociology,  Philology,  Natural  science  and 
Useful  arts.  In  this  he  was  ably  seconded  by  Miss  Henrietta 
St.  B.  Brooks,  to  whom  as  chief  of  the  Catalogue  Department 
at  that  time  he  committed  the  immediate  supervision  of  the 
work.  Under  her  were  issued  the  first  two  sections.  Upon 
leaving  the  service  of  the  Library,  she  was  succeeded  by  Miss 
Margaret  Mann,  who  has  carried  the  work  to  its  completion. 

To  Miss  Mann  especially  and  to  her  corps  of  assistants 
generally  should  be  given  hearty  recognition  for  the  success- 
ful accomplishment  of  a  difficult  task  in  the  midst  of  other 
heavy  duties  and  under  physical  conditions  that  have  been 
most  trying — the  reconstruction  of  the  building  having  been 
carried  on  all  about  them  as  they  worked.  Of  her  immediate 
staff  two  have  done  work  of  so  special  a  character  that  it 
calls  for  notice.  These  are  Miss  Irene  Stewart,  who  has  re- 
vised and  edited  the  copy  for  printing,  and  Miss  Marion  A. 
Knight,  who  has  revised  the  classification,  making  changes 
and  expanding  classes  where  necessary. 

The  Department  of  Printing  and  Binding,  under  the  effi- 
cient management  of  Mr  William  H.  Schwarten,  has  suffered 
heavily  from  the  same  conditions  that  have  so  hampered  all 
departments  of  the  Library  and  is  deserving  of  high  com- 
mendation for  the  results  achieved. 


PREFACE  ix 

These  acknowledgements  would  not  be  complete  without 
a  mention  of  Miss  Mabel  A.  Frothingham,  who  as  Editor  of 
Library  Publications  has  read  all  the  proof,  except  that  of  the 
first  three  classes,  with  an  eye  both  to  general  form  and  to 
specific  details  after  it  had  passed  the  usual  proof-readers. 
Further  a  spirit  of  cordial  cooperation  throughout  the  staff 
has  added  many  helpful  touches  here  and  there,  small  in  them- 
selves, but  great  in  a  way  that  I  am  unwilling  to  leave  without 
recognition. 

Anderson  H.  Hopkins, 

21  February  1907.  Librarian. 


How  to  Use  the  Catalogue 

The  entries  in  this  catalogue  are  arranged  according  to 
the  Decimal  Classification,  a  system  by  which  like  subjects 
are  brought  together  and  related  subjects  are  grouped  in  an 
order  more  or  less  logical.  For  a  synopsis  of  the  classes  see 
page  XII. 

To  find  a  book  by  a  known  author  first  consult  the  author 
index  in  volume  3.  This  index  contains  the  author's  name, 
titles  of  his  works,  call  number  of  each  work  and  reference  to 
the  volume  and  page  of  the  catalogue  on  which  the  full  entry 
will  be  found.  The  call  number  opposite  each  title  is  the  sym- 
bol to  be  used  in  calling  for  the  book,  and  should  be  copied 
exactly.  If  the  work  is  in  more  than  one  volume,  the  volume 
wanted  should  be  specified  in  addition  to  the  full  call  number. 
The  titles  and  call  numbers  for  works  of  .fiction  are  not  in- 
cluded in  the  author  index;  there  the  author's  name  only  is 
given,  with  a  reference  to  the  list  of  fiction,  where  the  full  en- 
try will  be  found.  Call  numbers  preceded  by  the  letter  "r"  or 
"b"  designate  books  in  the  reference  collection  which  are  not 
loaned  for  use  outside  the  Library.  These  books,  as  well  as 
all  others  in  the  Library,  may  be  consulted  freely  in  the  Refer- 
ence room.  The  letter  "j"  prefixed  to  a  call  number  indicates 
that  the  book  is  in  the  Children's  Department.  The  author  in- 
dex includes  anonymous  titles,  names  of  societies  and  institu- 
tions, and  titles  of  all  periodical  publications. 

To  find  the  given  resources  on  a  general  subject  or  class 
the  synopsis  on  p.  XII  of  vol.  I  may  be  consulted.  Only  the 
broad  classes  are  outlined  here,  but  the  table  serves  to  show 
at  a  glance  the  scheme  of  arrangement  followed  in  the  cata- 
logue and  furnishes  a  key  to  the  main  classes  of  literature.  A 
more  direct  way  to  find  books  on  a  particular  subject  is  to 
consult  the  subject  index  in  volume  3.  The  number  following 
the  subject  is  the  class-number  standing  for  that  subject  and 
shows  its  relative  location  on  the  shelves — for  example,  all 
books  on  chemistry  will  be  in  class  540.    The  page  number 


HOW  TO  USE  THE  CATALOGUE 


refers  to  that  place  in  the  catalogue  where  the  books  on  the 
subject  in  question  are  entered  and  where  the  call  number  for 
individual  works  may  be  ascertained. 

Fiction  has  been  filed  after  the  general  class  Literature, 
vol.2,  p.  1722. 

Description  and  travel  is  grouped  with  the  history  of  the 
country  treated. 

Biography,  both  collected  and  individual,  has  been  placed 
after  the  general  class  History,  vol.3,  p.2708.  For  individual 
biography  92  has  been  used  as  the  class  nurnber. 

Errata  for  each  volume  will  be  found  at  the  end  of  the 
volume. 


Synopsis  of 

Class  Volume  and  page 

000  General  works i :  i 

oio       Bibliography i :  i 

020       Library    economy i :  30 

030       General  encyclopedias i :  40 

040       General  collections i :  42 

050       General  periodicals i :  42 

060       General   societies i :  50 

070       Newspapers    i :  50 

080       Special  libraries 

090      Book    rarities 1:55 

100  Philosophy 1:59 

no      Metaphysics   1:62 

120       Metaphysical  topics i :  63 

130       Mind  and  body i :  64 

140      Philosophical    systems 1:72 

150      Psychology    i :  72 

160      Logic    1:81 

170      Ethics    1 :  83 

180      Ancient  philosophers i :  100 

igo      Modern   philosophers i :  102 

200  Religion i:  108 

210      Natural  theology 1:120 

220      Bible    1 :  128 

230       Doctrinal  theology i :  159 

240      Devotional.     Practical i :  175 

250      Homiletic i :  183 

260       Church.    Institutions i :  188 

270      Religious  history i :  203 

280       Churches  and  sects i :  221 

290  Ethnic.     Non-Christian . . .  i :  247 

300  Sociology i:  264 

310      Statistics i :  279 

320      Political  science i :  289 

330      Economics i :  319 

340      Law   1 :  389 

350      Administration i :  417 

360  Associations.  Institutions..!:  449 

370       Education   i :  465 

380      Commerce i :  505 

390       Customs.      Folk-lore i :  529 

400  Philology..    1:555 

410      ComparativA i :  556 

420      English I ;  558 

430       German i :  566 

440      French i :  568 

450      Italian i :  569 

460      Spanish i :  569 

470      Latin   i :  570 

480      Greek i :  571 

490      Minor  languages i :  571 


Classification 

Class  Volume  and  page 

500  Natural  science i:575 

510       Mathematics    i :  588 

520       Astronomy i :  595 

530      Physics 1 :  611 

540       Chemistry  i :  644 

550       Geology i :  682 

560      Paleontology i :  726 

570       Biology  1 :  735 

580       Botany  i :  768 

590      Zoology  1:790 

600  Useful  arts i:  837 

610       Medicine  i :  851 

620       Engineering i :  888 

630      Agriculture  i :  980 

640       Domestic  economy i :  1002 

650       Commerce.     Business i :  loi  i 

660  Chemical  technolog^r . . . .  i :  1033 

670       Manufactures  i :  1090 

680       Mechanic  trades 1:1100 

690       Building 1:1105 

700  Fine  arts 2:  11 19 

710  Landscape  gardening. . .  .2: 1145 

720      Architecture 2: 1153 

730      Sculpture 2 :  1201 

740  Drawing.     Decoration. .  .2:  1218 

750      Painting 2 :  1239 

760       Engraving 2 :  1292 

770      Photography 2 :  1298 

780       Music    2:1313 

790      Amusements 2 :  1413 

800  Literature 2:  1438 

810      American 2 :  1459 

820       English 2:1512 

830       German 2 :  1639 

840       French 2:  1656 

850       Italian 2 :  1676 

860       Spanish 2:  1682 

870       Latin 2:  1684 

880       Greek 2: 1697 

890       Minor  languages 2 :  1713 

Fiction 2:  1 722 

900  History 2:  2068 

910  Geography  and  travel  —  2 :  2084 

920       Biography  3 :  2708 

930      Ancient  history 2:  2116 


940 
950  ^ 
960  i; 
970  I 
980 
990 


Europe 2:  2154 

Asia 2:  2335 

Africa 2 :  2380 

North  America 3:2411 

South  America 3 :  2679 

.Oceanica.    Polar  regions..3:  2688 


General  works 

010     Bibliography 

BIBLIOGRAPHER;  monthly.     6v.     1882-84 qroio  B47 

Continued  by  "Book-lore." 

BIBLIOGRAPHICA;  papers  on  books,  their  history  and  art; 

quarterly.    3v.     1895-97 qroio  B473 

V.3  contains  a  general  index. 
No  more  published. 

BOOK-LORE;  monthly.     6v.     1885-87 qroio  B63 

Continuation  of  "Bibliographer." 

BOOKMAN  literary  year-book.     1898 roio  B631 

BOOKMART;  monthly.    8v.  in  5.     1884-90 qroio  B6313 

No  more  published. 

BOOKWORM;  an  illustrated  treasury  of  old-time  literature; 

monthly.    7v.     1888-94 roio  B6312 

No  more  published. 

BULLETIN  of  bibliography,    v.i-date.     1897-date qroio  B87 

BURTON,  John  Hill. 

Book-hunter 010  B9S 

CAMPBELL,  Frank. 

Theory  of  national  and  international  bibliography,  with 
special  reference  to  the  introduction  of  system  in  the 

record  of  modern  literature.     1896 roio  C15 

CLEGG,  James,  comp. 

International  directory  of  booksellers,  and  bibliophile's 
manual,  including  lists  of  the  public  libraries  of  the 
world.     1899 roio  €551 

Bibliographical  works  of  reference,  p.  3 13— 344. 
DIBDIN,  Thomas  Frognall. 

Bibliomania;  or,  Book-madness.     1876 qroio  D54 

ELTON,  Charles  Isaac,  &  Mary  Augusta. 

Great  book-collectors.     1893.     (Books  about  books.) 010  E56 

FIELD,  Eugene. 

Love  affairs  of  a  bibliomaniac.     1896 010  F4S 

"Field  conceived  the  volume  as  recording  the  talk  and  recollections  of 
a  collector  of  mature  years,  looking  back  fondly  upon  the  passions  of 
his  life  and  passing  them  on  to  his  fellows  with  modesty,  but  withal  a 
conviction  that  he  who  makes  two  bibliomaniacs  to  grow  frenzied 
where  only  one  was  mad  before  is  a  benefactor  to  the  human  race." 
New  York  tribune. 

GENTLEMAN'S  magazine  library;  ed.  by  G.  L.  Gomme;  Bib- 
liographical notes.     1889 010  G29 

GROWOLL,  Adolf. 

American  book  clubs;  their  beginnings  and  history,  and  a 

bibliography  of  their  publications.     1897 roio  G94 

LANG,  Andrew. 

The  library.     1892 010  L23 


2  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

LIBRARIAN,  by  James  Savage;  monthly.    3v.  in  2.     1808-09.  .roio  L68 

No  more  published. 

LITERARY  year-book,    v.1-5.     1897-1901 roio  L74 

MAXWELL,  Sir  Herbert  Eustace. 

Rainy  days  in  a  library.     1896 010  MS2 

MERRYWEATHER,  F.  Somner. 

Bibliomania  in  the  middle  ages.    1849 roio  M63 

POWELL,  G.  H. 

Excursions  in  Libraria;  retrospective  reviews  and  biblio- 
graphical notes.    1896 roio  P87 

The  same.     1896 010  P87 

Contents:  The  philosophy  of  rarity. — A  Gascon  tragedy,  14th  century. — 
A  shelf  of  old  story-books. — The  pirate's  paradise,  1740. — A  medley 
of  "Memoirs."— With  Rabelais  at  Rome,  1536. — The  wit  of  history. 

POWER,  John,  comp. 

Handy-book  about  books.     1870 roio  P874 

ROBERTS,  William. 

Book-hunter  in  London;  historical  and  other  studies  of 

collectors  and  collecting.     1895 010  R53 

ROGERS,  Walter  Thomas. 

Manual  of  bibliography.     1891 roio  R61 

ROUVEYRE,  fidouard,  ed. 

Connaissances  necessaires  a  un  bibliophile;  accompagnees 
de   notes  critiques   et  de   documents  bibliographiques. 

lov.  in  5.     1899 roio  R78 

SLATER,  John  Herbert,  comp. 

Library  manual;  a  guide  to  the  formation  of  a  library roio  S63 

SLATER,  John  Herbert. 

The  romance  of  book-collecting.     1898 010  S63 

Contents:  In  eulogy  of  catalogues.  —  A  comparison  of  prices.  —  Some 
lucky  finds. — The  forgotten  lore  society. — Some  hunting-grounds  of 
London. — Vagaries  of  book-hunters. — How  fashion  lives. — The  rules 
of  the  chase. — The  glamour  of  bindings. — The  hammer  and  the  end. 

UZANNE,  Louis  Octave. 

Bouquinistes  et  bouquineurs;  physiologic  des  quais  de  Paris 

du  Pont  Royal  au  Pont  Sully.     1893 010  U3S 

Studies  of  the  open-air  booksellers  and  book-lenders  and  their  stalls 
along  the  Paris  quays,  with  some  account  of  the  history  of  the  trade. 

WHEATLEY,  Henry  Benjamin. 

Prices  of  books;  an  inquiry  into  the  changes  in  the  price  of 
books   which    have    occurred    in    England    at    different 

periods.     1898.     (Library  series.) 010  W59 

BRUNET,  Jacques  Charles,  comp. 

Manuel  du  libraire,  avec  supplement.    8v.     1860-80 roii  B83 

DIBDIN,  Thomas  Frognall. 

Library  companion.     2v.     1824 roi  i  DS4 

A  general  bibliography,  descriptive  and  critical.  It  gives  special  atten- 
tion to  old  and  rare  editions.  Dibdin's  bibliographical  work  was 
severely  criticised  in  contemporary  reviews,  which  pronounced  it  in- 
accurate and  misleading,  and  it  is  largely  as  bibliographical  curiosities 
that  his  books  retain  interest  to-day. 

DUCLOS,  I'abbe,  comp. 

Dictionnaire  bibliographique,  historique  et  critique  des 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  INDIVIDUAL  AUTHORS  3 

livres  rares.    3v.     1790 roii  D86 

"Cet  ouvrage  auquel  Cailleau  passe  pour  avoir  travaille,  est  tout  entier 
de  Duclos."     Qucrard. 
GRAESSE,  Johann  Georg  Theodor,  comp. 

Tresor  de  livres  rares  et  precieux,  avec  supplement.    7v.  in 

8.     1859-69 qroi  I  G76 

WATT,  Robert,  comp. 

Bibliotheca  Britannica;  or,  A  general  index  to  British  and 

foreign  literature.    4v.     I824 qroi  i  W32 

012-013     Bibliography  of  individual  authors 

BAKER,  William  Spohn. 

Bibliotheca  Washingtoniana.     1889 qroi2  W27 

CORNELL  UNIVERSITY— Library. 

Catalogue  of  the  Dante  collection  presented  by  Willard 

Fiske.     2v.     1898-1900 qroi2  D23 

V.I.     Dante's  works. — Works  on  Dante  (A-G). 
V.2.     Works  on  Dante  (H-Z). 

FISH,  Daniel,  comp. 

Lincoln  literature;  a  bibliographical  account  of  books  and 

pamphlets  relating  to  Abraham  Lincoln.     1900 qroi2  L71 

KOCH,  Theodore  Wesley. 

Growth  &  importance  of  the  Cornell  Dante  collection. 

1900. qroi2  D23k 

Reprinted  from  the  "Cornell  magazine,"  June  1900. 

KOCH,  Theodore  Wesley,  comp. 

Hand-list  of  framed  reproductions  of  pictures  and  portraits 
belonging  to  the  Dante  collection  of  Cornell  university. 
1900.     (Cornell  university.     Publications.) qroi2  D23k 

Bound  with  the  above. 

LINCOLN,  Abraham. 

Catalogue  of  Lincolniana;  a  collection  of  engravings,  litho- 
graphs, books,  eulogies,  orations,  pamphlets,  etc.  relat- 
ing wholly  or  in  part  to  Abraham  Lincoln.     1902 roi2  L71C 

MINER,  William  Harvey,  comp. 

Daniel   Boone;  a  contribution  toward  a  bibliography  of 

writings  concerning  Daniel  Boone.     1901 roi2  B63m 

OSWALD,  Eugen,  comp. 

Goethe  in  England  and  America;  bibliography.     1899. 

(English  Goethe  society.    Publications,  no.8.) roi2  GS50 

Reprinted  from  "Die  neueren  sprachen,"  Marburg. 

PHILADELPHIA— Free  library. 

Bulletin,  Nov.  1898-date.    v.i-date.     1898-date qroi2  P49 

V.I  (no.  1-4).  Descriptive  catalogue  of  the  writings  of  Sir  Walter  Scott, 
by  John  Thomson. — Descriptive  catalogue  of  the  series  of  works 
known  as  the  Library  of  old  authors,  by  John  Thomson. — Indexes  to 
the  first  lines  and  to  the  subjects  of  the  poems  of  Robert  Herrick. — 
Some  notes  on  the  bibliography  of  the  Philippines,  by  T.  C.  Middle- 
ton. 

Issued  irregularly.  These  four  numbers  are  all  that  have  appeared  up 
to  August   1902. 

SCOTT,  Temple,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  the  works  of  William  Morris.    1897 roi2  M91 

SHEA,  John  Gilmary,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  Hennepin's  works.     1880 roi2  H44 


4  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  SPECIAL  COUNTRIES 

SHEPHERD,   Richard   Heme,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  Carlyle;  a  list  of  the  published  writings  of 

Carlyle,  1820-1881.     1881 ." roi2  C21 

Bibliography  of  Coleridge;  a  list  of  the  published  and 
privately-printed  writings  of  Coleridge;  enl.  by  W.  F. 
Prideaux.    1900 roi2  C68 

Bibliography  of  Dickens;  a  list  of  the  published  writings  of 

Dickens,  1834-1880.     1880 roi2  D55 

Bibliography  of  Ruskin;  a  list  of  the  published  writings  of 

Ruskin,  1834-1879.     1879 roi2  R89 

Bibliography  of  Tennyson;  a  list  of  the  published  and  pri- 
vately-printed writings  of  Tennyson,  1827-1894.     1896.  .roi2  T295 
SPRINGFIELD,  Mass.  CITY  LIBRARY  ASSOCIATION. 

Cromwell  list;  notes  for  the  study  of  Oliver  Cromwell  and 
his  times,  with  special  reference  to  Arthur  Paterson's 
novel  "Cromwell's  own,"  together  with  various  other 
writings  relating  to  the  life  of  the  lord  protector.    1899.  .roi2  C89 
WINSHIP,  George  Parker,  comp. 

Cabot  bibliography,  with  an  introductory  essay  on  the 
careers  of  the  Cabots,  based  upon  an  independent  exami- 
nation of  the  sources  of  information.     1900 roi2  Cii 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

Preliminary  list  of  books  and  pamphlets  by  negro  authors; 

comp.  by  Daniel  Murray.     1900 roi3  U25 


014     Anonyms,  pseudonyms 

BARBIER,  Antoine  Alexandre,  comp. 

Dictionnaire  des  ouvrages  anonymes.    4v.     1872-79 roi4  B23 

GUSHING,  William,  comp. 

,    Anonyms.     1890 qroi4  C93a 

Initials  and  pseudonyms,  ist-2d  ser.    2v.     1885-88 qroi4  C93 

HALKETT,  Samuel,  &  Laing,  John,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  anonymous  and  pseudonymous  literature 

of  Great  Britain.    4v.     1882-88 qroi4  H16 


015     Bibliography  of  special  countries 

AMERICAN  catalogue,  1876-1900.    v.i-6.     1889-1900 qrois  A51 

ANNUAL  American  catalogue,   1889-date.     v.4-date.     1890- 

date qrois  A61 

BENT,  W.  puh. 

London  catalogue  of  books,  1800-1827.     1827 roi5  B44 

BIBLIOGRAPHIE  de  la  France;  ou.  Journal  general  de  I'im- 

primerie  et  de  la  librairie;  weekly,  v.i-date.   1810-date.  .qroi5  B47 

BOWKER,  Richard  Rogers,  comp. 

State  publications;  a  provisional  list  of  the  official  publica- 
tions of  the  several  states  of  the  United  States,  from 

their  organization,    v.i.     1899 rois  B66s 

V.I.     New  England  states. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  SPECIAL  COUNTRIES  5 

BOWKER,  Richard  Rogers,  &  Hickcox,  J.  H.  comp. 

United  States  government  publications,  July  i,  1884-June 

30,  1890.     1891 qrois  B66 

Reprint  of  the  appendix  of  the  "American  catalog^ue,"  1884-90. 

CARDIFF  FREE  LIBRARIES,  Cardiff,  Wales. 

Catalogue  of  printed  literature  in  the  Welsh  department. 

1898 qrois  C19 

CATALOGUE  annuel  de  la  librairie  frangaise,  1893-1898; 

redige  par  D.  Jordell.    6v.    1894-99 rois  C27 

Continued  as  "Repertoire  bibliographique  de  la  librairie  frangaise," 
rois  C27T. 

CUMULATED  index  to  the  books  of  1898-date.     v.i-date. 

1900-date qrois  C91 

ENGLISH  catalogue  of  books,  1835-1900.  v.i-6.  1864-1901 . ,  qroiS  E64 
ENGLISH  catalogue  of  books;  annual,  1892-date.    v.s6-date. 

1893-date qrois  E64a 

V. 56-64,  1892-1900,  bound  with  the  "Annual  American  catalogue"  for 
the  same  years. 

GROWOLL,  Adolf. 

Book-trade  bibliography  in  the  United  States  in  the  19th 
century,  to  which  is  added  A  catalogue  of  all  the  books 
printed  in  the  United  States  with  prices  and  places 
where  published  annexed,  published  by  the  booksellers 
in  Boston,  January  1804.     1898 rois  G94 

Contains  sketches  of  some  American  bookseller-bibliographers,  including 
Henry  Stevens  and  Frederick  Leypoldt. 

HAIGHT,  W.  R.  comp. 

Annual  Canadian  catalogue  of  books,  1896.    v.i.    1898..  ..rois  Hi4a 

Supplement  to  his  "Canadian  catalogue  of  books." 

Canadian  catalogue  of  books,  1791-189S.     v.i.     1896 roiS  H14 

HEINSIUS,  Wilhelm,  comp. 

Allgemeines  biicher-lexikon;  oder,  Vollstandiges  alphabet- 
isches  verzeichniss  der  von  1700  bis  1893  erschienenen 
biicher  welche  in  Deutschland  gedruckt  worden  sind. 

19V.  in  26.    1812-94 qrois  H42 

HILDEBURN,  Charles  Swift  Riche,  ed. 

Century  of  printing;  the  issues  of  the  press  in  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1685-1784.    2v.     1885-86 qrois  H54 

V.I.     1685-1763- 

V.2.        I  764-1 784. 

Amplification  of  his  "List  of  the  publications  issued  in  Pennsylvania," 
giving  full  descriptions  of  titles,  with  collations,  of  books,  pamphlets 
and  broadsides.     Contains  an  autograph  letter  from  the  author. 
List  of  the  publications  issued  in  Pennsylvania,  1685  to  1759- 

1882 qrois  HS4I 

A  preliminary  list,  giving  only  short  titles,  with  the  name  of  the  printer, 
and  the  date  of  issue,  amplified  in  his  "Century  of  printing."  Ms. 
annotations  by  Isaac  Craig. 

HINRICHS,  J.  C.  pub. 

Verzeichnis  der  im  deutschen  buchhandel  neu  erschien- 
enen und  neu  aufgelegten  bticher,  landkarten,  &c.    v.190- 

date.     1893-date qrois  Hs6 

v.2o6-date  title  reads  "Hinrichs'  halbjahrs-katalog  der  im  deutschen 
buchhandel  erschienenen  biicher,  landkarten,  &c." 

HODGSON,  Thomas,  pub. 

London  catalogue  of  books,  1831-1855.    1855 roiS  H66 


6  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  SPECIAL  COUNTRIES 

KAYSER,  Christian  Gottlob,  comp. 

Vollstandiges  biicher-lexicon.    v.i-30,  in  24.     1834-1900.  .qrois  K14 

LE  SOUDIER,  H.  fmb. 

Bibliographic  franqaise;  recueil  de  catalogues  des  editeurs 

f rangais.    6v.     1896 roi5  L64 

The  same.     Ed.  2.     lov.     1900 qrois  L64b 

Memorial  de  la  librairie  frangaise;  revue  hebdomadaire 
des  livres;  complement  de  la  Bibliographie  frangaise, 
1896-date.     v.3-date.     1896-date roi5  L64m 

LORENZ,  Otto  Henri,  comp. 

Catalogue  general  de  la  librairie  franqaise,  1840-1899.    v.i- 

14.     1867-1901 rois  L87 

V.1-4.  1 840-1 865. 
v.5-6.  1866-1875. 

v.7-8.     Table  des  matieres,   1840—1875. 

V.9-10.     1876-1885. 

v.ii.     Table  des  matieres,  1876-1885. 

V.12.     1886— 1890;  redige  par  D.  Jordell. 

V.I 3.     Table  des  matieres,  1 886-1 890;  redig6  par  D.  JordelL 

V.14.     1891— 1899;  redige  par  D.  Jordell. 

LOWNDES,  William  Thomas,  comp. 

Bibliographer's  manual  of  English  literature;  new  edition 

by  H.  G.  Bohn.    6v.     1869 roi5  L96 

The  same.    Sv.  in  4.     1858-64 roi5  L96b 

NIJHOFF,  Martinus,  pub. 

Sciences,  belles-lettres  et  arts  dans  les  Pays-bas,  surtout 

au  i9e  siecle;  bibliographie  systematique.    v.i.    1895..  ..rois  N34 

V.I.     Ling^tiistique,  histoire  litteraire,  belles-lettres. 

PUBLISHERS'  trade  list  annual,     v.12,  16,  18,  20,  22-date. 

1884-date qrois  P98 

REFERENCE  catalogue  of  current  literature,  1894-1898.    3v. 

1894-98 rois  R28 

RfiPERTOIRE  bibliographique   de   la  librairie   frangaise, 

1900-date;  redige  par  D.  Jordell.    v.i-date.    1901-date.  .rois  C27r 

Continuation  of  "Catalogue  annuel  de  la  librairie  fran?aise,"  rois  C27. 

ROORBACH,  Orville  Augustus,  comp. 

Bibliotheca  Americana;  catalogue  of  American  publications, 

1820-1852.     1852 roiS  R68 

SAMPSON,  Frederick  Asbury. 

Bibliography  of  Missouri  authors.     1901 qroiS  S19 

Reprint  from  "Encyclopaedic  history  of  Missouri." 

STEVENS,  Henry,  comp. 

American  books  with  tails  to  'em;  a  private  pocket  list  of 
the  incomplete  or  unfinished  American  periodicals, 
transactions,  memoirs,  judicial  reports,  laws,  journals, 
legislative  documents  and  other  continuations  and 
works  in  progress  supplied  to  the  British  museum  and 
other  libraries,  by  Henry  Stevens.    1873 roi5  S84 

TRUBNER,  Nicolas,  comp. 

Bibliographical  guide  to  American  literature;  a  classed  list 
of  books  published  in  the  United  States  during  the  last 
40  years.     1859 rois  T77 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  SPECIAL  SUBJECTS  7 

UNITED  STATES  catalog;  books  in  print,  1899;  ed.  by  G.  F. 

Danforth  and  M.  E.  Potter.     1900 qrois  U2S32 


016     Bibliography  of  special  subjects 

Many  other  bibliographies,  forming  parts  of  books,  will  be  found  noted  with  the  books, 
under  the  subjects  of  which   the  books  themselves  treat. 

AMERICAN  LIBRARY  ASSOCIATION. 

Catalog  of  "A.  L.  A."  library;  5000  volumes  for  a  popular 
library   selected  by  the   American   library   association 
and  shown  at  the  World's  Columbian  exposition.    1893.  .roi6  A51 
Published  by  the  United  States  bureau  of  education. 

BEST  reading,  ist-4th  ser.    4V.    1877-93 roi6  B46 

v.i  ed.  by  F.  B.  Perkins;  v.2-4,  by  L.  E.  Jones. 

BOWKER,  Richard  Rogers,  comp. 

Publications  of  societies;  a  provisional  list  of  the  publica- 
tions of  American  scientific,  literary  and  other  societies, 

from  their  organization.     1899 roi6  B66 

BRITISH  MUSEUM. 

Subject  index  of  the  modern  works  added  to  the  library, 

1891-1895.     1897 qroi6  B7S 

HARVARD  UNIVERSITY— Library. 

Bibliographical  contributions;  ed.  by  Justin  Winsor.     v.i, 
^       no.12;  V.2,  no.22,  31-37;  V.3,  no.38-51;  V.4,  no.52-53,  in  2. 

1881-98 qroi6  H33 

Partial  contents:  v.  1-3.  Lane,  W.  C.  comp.  Dante  collections  in  the 
Harvard  college  and  Boston  public  libraries. — Woodberry,  G.  E.  Notes 
on  the  ms.  volume  of  Shelley's  poems  in  the  library  of  Harvard  col- 
lege.— Weitenkampf,  Frank,  comp.  Bibliography  of  William  Hogarth. 
— ^Potter,  A.  C.  comp.  Bibliography  of  Beaumont  and  Fletcher. — Gross, 
Charles,  comp.  Classified  list  of  books  relating  to  British  municipal 
history. — Lane,  W.  C.  &  Bolton,  C.  K.  comp.  Notes  on  special  collec- 
tions in  American  libraries. — Weeks,  S.  B.  comp.  Bibliography  of  the 
historical  literature  of  North  Carolina. — Morgan,  M.  H.  comp.  Bibli- 
ography of  Persius. — Albee,  L.  R.  comp.  The  Bartlett  collection;  a  list 
of  books  on  angling,  fishing  and  fish  culture  in  the  Harvard  college 
library. 

v.4.  Potter,  A.  C.  &  Bolton,  C.  K.  comp.  Librarians  of  Harvard  college, 
1667-1877. — Brown,  W.  G.  comp.  List  of  portraits  in  the  various 
buildings  of  Harvard  university. 

HASSE,  Adelaide  Rosalie,  comp. 

Reports  of  explorations  printed  in  the  documents  of  the 
United  States  government;  a  contribution  toward  a  bib- 
liography.    1899.     (United  States — Documents  office.)  .  .roi6  U2S 
LADIES'  HOME  JOURNAL. 

Five  thousand  books;  a  guide  to  the  best  books.     1895..  ..roi6  L13 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Library. 

Bulletin ;  bibliography,    v.  i-date.     1895-date roi6  N26 

V.I  (no.i-2o).  Guide  to  the  study  of  Whistler,  by  W.  G.  Forsyth  and 
J.  L.  Harrison. — Reading  list;  colonial  New  England,  by  M.  C.  Wil- 
son.— Select  bibliography  on  travel  in  North  America,  by  C.  W.  Plymp- 
ton. — Reading  list  on  the  history  of  the  17th  century,  by  G.  F.  Leon- 
ard.— Selection  of  reference  books  for  the  use  of  cataloguers  in  find- 
ing full  names. — Reading  list  on  Japan,  by  H.  K.  Gay. — Reading  list 
on  Venice,  by  Helen  Sperry. — Reading  list  of  out-of-door  books,  by 
H.  H.  Stanley. — Reading  list  on  the  Netherlands,  by  E.  G.  Thorne. — 
Reading  list  on  renaissance  art  of  the  15th  and  i6th  centuries,  by  A.  S. 


8  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Ames  and  E.  P.  Andrews.- — Reading  list  on  history  of  latter  half  of 
15th  century,  by  Etheldred  Abbot. — Best  books  of  1897,  with  notes. 
— Fairy  tales  for  children,  by  F.  J.  Olcott. — Index  to  subject  bibliog- 
raphies in  library  bulletins,  by  Alice  Newman. — Reading  list  on  Rus- 
sia, by  A.  L.  Morse. — Illustrative  material  for  nature  study  in  primary 
schools,  by  C.  W.  Hunt. — Bibliography  of  biography  of  musicians,  by 
A.  L.  Bailey. — Best  books  of  1898,  with  notes. — College  libraries  of 
the  United  States;  contribution  toward  a  bibliography,  by  Hugh  Wil- 
liams.— Reading  list  on  house  decoration  and  furnishing,  by  E.  E. 
Miersch. 
V.2  (no.21-30).  Best  books  of  1899,  with  notes. — Bibliography  of  do- 
mestic economy,  by  R.  K.  Shaw. — Reference  list  on  Connecticut  local 
history  by  C.  A.  Flagg. — Bibliography  of  New  York  colonial  history,  by 

C.  A.  Flagg   and   J.T.Jennings. — China    and   the    Far    East,    1889-99, 
by   Margaret   Windeyer. — Reference   list   on   Maine   local   history,    by 

D.  B.  Hall. — Best   books,    1900,    with    notes. — List   of   a    $500    library 
recommended  for  schools. 

V.3    (no.31-32).     Monopolies  and  trusts  in  America,   1895-99,  by  Fanny 
Borden. — Biography  for  young  people,  by  B.  E.  Hyatt. 

NEW  YORK  (state) — University — Extension  department. 

Syllabus,  no. 1-71.     3v.     1892-98 ....roi6N26l 

no.  1 8,  45  wanting. 

SARGANT,  E.  B.  &  Whishaw,  Bernhard. 

Guide  book  to  books.     1891 qroi6  S24 

SONNENSCHEIN,  William  Swan,  comp. 

Best  books;  a  reader's  guide.     1894 qroi6  S69 

Reader's  guide  to  contemporary  literature;  ist  supplement 

to  Best  books.     1895 qroi6  S69r 

STEVENS,  Benjamin  Franklin,  comp. 

One  thousand  English  books  in  handsome  bindings  recom- 
mended for  the  English  portion  of  an  American  home  , 
library.     1874 roi6  S84 

016.01     Bibliography  of  bibliography 

JOSEPHSON,  Aksel  Gustav  Salomon,  comp. 

Bibliographies  of  bibliographies;  chronologically  arranged, 
with  occasional  notes.     1901.     (Chicago,  Bibliographi- 
cal society.     Contributions  to  bibliography,  no.i.)  . .  .  .roi6.oi  J44 
OTTINO,  Giuseppe,  &  Fumagalli,  Giuseppe,  comp. 

Bibliotheca  bibliographica  Italica;  catalogo  degli  scritti  di 
bibliologia,  bibliografia  e  biblioteconomia  pubblicati  in 
Italia  e  di  quelli  risguardanti  I'ltalia  pubblicati  all'estero. 

5v.  in  I.     1889-1901 qroi6.oi  O31 

PETZHOLDT,  Julius,  ed. 

Bibliotheca  bibliographica;  kritisches  verzeichniss  der  das 
gesammtgebiet  der  bibliographic  betreffenden  litteratur 
des    in-    und    aus-landes,    in    systematischer    ordnung. 

1866 roi6.oi  P46 

VALL6E,  Leon,  comp. 

Bibliographic  des  bibliographies,  avec  supplement.     2v.  in 

I.    1883-87 roi6.oi  V16 

016.05-016.07     Bibliography  of  periodicals  and  newspapers 

ANNUAIRE  des  journaux,  revues  et  publications  periodiques 
parus  a  Paris;  public  par  H.  Le  Soudier.  v.i8,  22.  1898- 
1900 roi6.05  A61 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  BOOK  RARITIES  9 

BOSTON— Public  library. 

List  of  periodicals,  newspapers,  transactions  and  other 
serial  publications  currently  received  in  the  principal  li- 
braries of  Boston  and  vicinity.    1897 qroi6.05  B64 

CARNEGIE  FREE  LIBRARY,  Allegheny,  Pa. 

Catalogue  of  periodicals  and  newspapers.     1899 roi6.05  C21 

CHICAGO  LIBRARY  CLUB,  comp. 

List  of  serials  in  public  libraries  of  Chicago  and  Evanston, 

corrected  to  Jan.  1901.     1901 roi6.05  C43 

STEIGER,  Ernst,  comp. 

Periodical  literature  of  the  United  States  of  America,  with 

index  and  appendices.     1873 qroi6.05  S81 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

Union  list  of  periodicals,  transactions  and  allied  publica- 
tions currently  received  in  the  principal  libraries  of  the 

District  of  Columbia.     1901 qroi6.oS  U2S 

JAMES,  Edmund  Janes,  &  Loveless,  M.  J.  camp. 

Bibliography  of  newspapers  published  in  Illinois  prior  to 
i860.  1899.  (Illinois  state  historical  library.  Publica- 
tions, V.I.) roi6.07  J16 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

Check  list  of  American  newspapers  in  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress.    1901 qroi6.07  U2S 

WISCONSIN  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY. 

Annotated  catalogue  of  newspaper  files  in  the  library; 

comp.  by  E.  H.  Blair.     1898 roi6.07  W81 


016. og     Bibliography  of  book  rarities 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH. 

Descriptive  list  of  some  old  books  and  mss,  some  fine  edi- 
tions and  fine  bindings  and  some  books  on  printing, 

exhibited  Nov.  5-Dec.  31,  1896.     1896 roi6.09  C21 

QUARITCH,  Bernard,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  the  monuments  of  the  early  printers  in  all 

countries,  offered  for  cash  by  Quaritch.     1888 roi6.093  Q18 

Contents:     Germany  and  the  Low  countries. —  Italy.  —  France.  —  Spain, 
Portugal,  north  and  east  Europe,  America  and  the  East. — England. 

ROSENTHAL,  Jacques,  comp. 

Incunabula  typographica;  catalogue  d'une  collection  d'incu- 
nables  decrits  et  offerts  aux  amateurs  a  I'occasion  du 
cinquieme  centenaire  de  Guttenberg.     1900 roi6.093  R72 

BRITISH  MUSEUM. 

Catalogue  of  books  in  the  library  printed  in  England,  Scot- 
land and  Ireland,  and  of  books  in  English  printed  abroad, 

to  1640.     3v.     1884 roi6.094  B75 

GOLDSMID,  Edmund,  comp. 

Complete  catalogue  of  all  the  publications  of  the  Elzevier 
presses  at  Leyden,  Amsterdam,  The  Hague  and  Utrecht, 
with  introduction,  notes  and  appendix  containing  a  list  . 
of  all  works,  whether  forgeries  or  anonymous  publica- 


lo  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  RELIGION 

tions,  generally  attributed  to  these  presses.     3v.  in  i. 

1886-88.     (Bibliotheca  curiosa.) roi6.094  Gs8 

HARSNETT  LIBRARY,  Colchester,  England. 

Catalogue.    1888 qroi6.094  H31 

Life  of  Bishop  Harsnett,  p.5-34. 
RENOUARD,  Antoine  Augustin. 

Annales  de  rimprimerie  des  Aide;  ou,  Histoire  des  trois  Ma- 

nuce  et  de  leurs  editions,  &  supplement.  2v.  1803-12.  .roi6.094  R34 
Bibliographical  sketch  of  the  Aldine  press  at  Venice;  tr. 
and  abridged  from  Renouard's  Annales  de  I'imprimerie 
des  Aides,  and  revised  and  corrected  by  Edmund  Gold- 

smid.    3v.  in  i.     1887 roi6.094  R34b 

GROLIER  CLUB,  New  York. 

Catalogue  of  an  exhibition  of  illuminated  and  painted  manu- 
scripts, together  with  a  few  early  printed  books  with  il- 
luminations.   1892 roi6.096  G93 

Bibliography  of  mss,  p.57-64. 

KRISTELLER,  Paul. 

Early  Florentine  woodcuts,  with  an  annotated  list  of 

Florentine  illustrated  books.    1897 qroi6.096  K42 


016.178     Bibliography  of  tobacco 

BRAGGE,  William. 

Bibliotheca  nicotiana;  a  catalogue  of  books  about  tobacco, 
with  a  catalogue  of  objects  connected  with  the  use  of 
tobacco  in  all  its  forms.     1880 qroi6.i78  B68 

016.2     Bibliography  of  religion 

HURST,  John  Fletcher,  comp. 

Literature  of  theology;  a  classified  bibliography.     i896..roi6.2  H95 
DORE,  John  Read. 

Old  Bibles;  account  of  the  early  versions  of  the  English 

Bible.     1888 roi6.22  D73 

STEVENS,  Henry,  comp. 

Bibles  in  the  Caxton  exhibition,  1877;  or,  A  bibliographical 
description  of  nearly  1000  representative  Bibles  in  vari- 
ous languages,  chronologically  arranged.     1878 roi6.22  S84 

WRIGHT,  John. 

Early  Bibles  of  America.    1894 roi6.22  W93 

Early  prayer  books  of  America.     1896 roi6..264  W93 

Bibliography,  p.428-480. 

BOWERMAN,  George  Franklin,  comp. 

Selected  bibliography  of  the  religious  denominations  of  the 
United  States,  with  a  list  of  the  most  important  Catholic 
works  of  the  world,  as  an  appendix,  comp.  by  J.  H.  Mc- 

Mahon.    1896 roi6.28  B66 

SMITH,  Joseph,  bookseller,  comp. 

Bibliotheca  anti-Quakeriana;  or,  A  catalogue  of  books  ad- 
verse to  the  Society  of  Friends.    1873 qroi6.289  S65 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  SOCIOLOGY  ii 

D'OOGE,  Benjamin  L.  comp. 

Helps  to  the  study  of  classical  mythology  for  the  lower 

grades  and  secondary  schools.    1899 roi6.29i  D73 

Under  each  mythological  name  and  legend  are  gjiven  references  to  books 
and  magazines,  subdivided  as  they  consider  the  subject  from  the  stand- 
point of  art,  religion  or  literature.  Contains  a  list  of  books  indexed, 
a  table  of  contents  and  a  very  full  index.  Helpful  for  both  teachers 
and  students. 


016.3     Bibliography  of  sociology 

BOWKER,  Richard  Rogers,  &  lies,  George,  ed. 

Reader's  guide  in  economic,  social  and  political  science. 

1891 roi6.3  B66 

ARMOR,  William  Crawford,  comp. 

Scotch-Irish  bibliography  of  Pennsylvania.     1896 roi6.325  A73 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

List  of  books,  with  references  to  periodicals,  relating  to  the 
theory  of  colonization,  government  of  dependencies, 
protectorates  and  related  topics;  comp.  by  A.  P.  C.  Grif- 
fin.    1900 roi6.325  U2S 

FAIRCHILD,  Mrs  Mary  Salome  (Cutler),  &  Lord,  I.  E. 
Scientific  study  of  philanthropy,  with  Outline  of  study  and 

bibliography.     1898 qroi6.33  F15 

Being  a  reprint  from  the  "American  journal  of  sociology,"  v. 3,   1898. 

MAROT,  Helen,  comp. 

Handbook  of  labor  literature.     1899 roi6.33  M39 

Offers  the  more  important  literature  of  the  labor  question,  under  specific 
headings,  with  author,  publisher,  price,  etc.  Particular  attention  has 
been  given  to  government  publications  and  pamphlet  literature.  In 
the  annotations  valuation  of  the  books  has  been  generally  avoided,  the 
notes  simply  explaining  more  fully  than  the  titles,  the  contents  of  the 
books.  The  periodical  literature,  which  is  very  important,  has  been 
omitted,  as  it  is  already  covered  by  Poole's  index  and  its  continuations. 
Contains  a  list  of  labor  periodicals. 

COLLEGE  SETTLEMENTS  ASSOCIATION. 

Bibliography  of  college,  social,  university  and  church  set- 
tlements; comp.  by  Mrs  C.W.Montgomery  for  the 
College  settlements  association.     1900 roi6.33i  C69 

SAWYER,  Ellen  M.  comp. 

Bibliography  of  works  on  taxation  in  the  State  library  of 
Massachusetts.     1898.     (Massachusetts — State   library. 

Special  bulletin.) roi6.336  S27 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

List  of  books,  with  references  to  periodicals,  relating  to 

trusts;  comp.  by  A.  P.  C.  Griffin.     1900 roi6  U25 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

The  same.    Ed.  2  enl.     1902 qroi6.338  U25 

PENNSYLVANIA— State  library. 

Catalogue  of  law  books;  issued  under  the  supervision  of 

G.  E.  Reed,  prepared  by  W.  W.  Chisolm.     1899 qroi6.34  P39 

TOWER,  Charlemagne. 

Charlemagne  Tower  collection  of  American  colonial  laws. 

1890 qroi6.34  T65 


12  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  SOCIOLOGY 

FOSTER,  William  Eaton,  comp. 

References  to  the  constitution  of  the  United  States.     1890. 

( Economic  tracts.) roi6.342  F81 

BROOKS,  Robert  Clarkson,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  municipal  problems  and  city  conditions. 

1901 roi6.352  B77 

Published  originally,   with  a  slightly  different  title,  as  v.i,  no.i    of 

"Municipal  affairs." 
This,  the  zd  ed.,  was  issued  as  v. 5,  no.i  of  the  same  periodical. 

GROSS,  Charles,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  British  municipal  history,  including  gilds 
and  parliamentary  representation.  1897.  (Harvard  his- 
torical studies.) roi6.352  G93 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY,  New  York— Library. 

Books  on  education  in  the  libraries  of  Columbia  university. 

1901.     (Library  bulletins,  no.2.) qroi6.37  C72 

HALL,  Granville  Stanley,  &  Mansfield,  J.  M.  comp. 

Hints  toward  a  select  and  descriptive  bibliography  of 

education.     1893 roi6.37  H17 

"The  work  is  so  comprehensive,  and  the  result  of  such  painstaking  labor, 
that  it  will  be  found  of  great  value  to  every  student  and  reader  in  the 
broad  field  of  pedagogics."     Science. 

MONROE,  Will  Seymour,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  education.    1897.    (International  education 

series.)   roi6.37  M83 

Does  not  include  text-books  nor  references  to  articles  in  periodicals. 

UNITED  STATES— Education  bureau. 

Publications,  1867-1890,  with  subject  index.     1891 roi6.37  U2S 

Reprint  of  chapter  35  of  the  Report  of  the  commissioner  of  education 
for  1888-89. 

AMERICAN  MANUAL  TRAINING  ASSOCIATION,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  manual  training.     1898 roi6.37i  A51 

WILSON,  Louis  N.  comp. 

Bibliography  of  child  study.     1898 roi6.372  W76 

Appeared  in  the  "Pedagogical  seminary,"  v.s,  p.541— 589. 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

List  of  books,  with  references  to  periodicals,  on  mercantile 

marine  subsidies;  comp.  by  A.  P.  C.  Griffin.     1900. .  .  .roi6.38  U25 

UNITED  STATES— Documents  office. 

Bibliography  of  United  States  documents  relating  to  inter- 
oceanic  communication  across  Nicaragua,  Isthmus  of 
Panama,  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec,  etc.     1899 roi6  U25 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

List  of  books  and  of  articles  in  periodicals  relating  to  inter- 
oceanic  canal  and  railway  routes;  comp.  by  H.  A.  Mor- 
rison.   1900.    (56th  cong.    istsess.    Senate.    Doc.  no.59.) .  .roi6  U25 

Contents:  Nicaragua  route. — Panama,  Darien,  and  the  valley  of  the 
Atrato   routes. — Tehuantepec    and    Honduras    routes. — Suez   canal. 

Contains,  as  an  appendix,  a  revised  and  enlarged  edition  of  the  "Bibliog- 
raphy of  the  United  States  public  documents  relating  to  interoceanic 
communication,"   issued   by   the  superintendent   of   documents. 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  SCIENCE  13 

016.4  Bibliography  of  language 

TRUBNER  &  CO. 

Catalogue  of  dictionaries  and  grammars  of  the  principal 

languages  and  dialects  of  the  world.     1882 roi6.4  T77 

BRAUNHOLTZ,  Eugen  Gustav  Wilhelm. 

Books  of  reference  for  students  &  teachers  of  French;  a 

critical  study.     1901 roi6.44  B71 

016.5  Bibliography  of  science 

CARNEGIE  FREE  LIBRARY,  Allegheny,  Pa. 

Catalogue  of  the  Phipps  scientific  collection.     1893 roi6.S  C21 

ROYAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  scientific  papers,  1800-1883.     v.i-12.     1867- 

1902 qroi6.5  R8l 

v.i-6.     1800-1863.  v.7-8.     1864-1873.  V.9-11.      1874-1883. 

V.  12.     Supplementary  volume. 

SCUDDER,  Samuel  Hubbard,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  scientific  serials  of  all  countries,  including  the 
transactions  of  learned  societies  in  the  natural,  physical 
and  mathematical  sciences,  1633-1876.     1879.     (Harvard 

university — Library.     Special  publications.) roi6.5  S43 

UNITED  STATES — Coast  and  geodetic  survey. 

Bibliography;  descriptive  catalogue  of  publications  re- 
lating to  the  Coast  and  geodetic  survey,  1807  to  1896, 
and  to  U.  S.  standard  weights  and  measures,   1790  to 

1896.     1898.     (Special  publication  no.2.) roi6.5  U2S 

CARNEGIE  FREE  LIBRARY,  Allegheny,  Pa. 

Catalogue  of  electricity.     1895 roi6.823  C21 

Bound  with  its  "Catalogue  of  fiction." 

SCHMIDT-HENNIGKER,  Friedrich,  comp. 

Elektrotechnikers  litterarisches  auskunftsbuch;  die  littera- 
tur  der  elektrotechnik,  elektricitat,  elektrochemie,  elek- 
trometallurgie,  des  magnetismus,  der  telegraphic,  tele- 
phonic, blitzschutzvorrichtung,  Rontgen-strahlen,  sowie 
der  acetylen-  und  carbid-industrie  der  jahre  1884  bis 
1900.     1900 roi6.537  S35 

BOLTON,  Henry  Carrington,  comp. 

Select  bibliography  of  chemistry;  first  supplement,  1492-1897. 

1899.     (Smithsonian  miscellaneous  collections.) roi6.S4  C42 

The  bibliography  which  this  supplements,  forms  v. 36  of  the  Smithsonian 
miscellaneous  collections.  There  is  a  second  supplement  covering 
academic  dissertations  from  1492  to  1897,  which  forms  v. 41  of  the 
same  set.     Both  of  these  are  in  the  Library,  call  number,       rso6  S66m. 

MARGERIE,  Emmanuel  de,  comp. 

Catalogue  des  bibliographies  geologiques.     1896 qroi6.55  M38 

UNITED  STATES— Geological  survey. 

List  of  the  publications  of  the  survey.     1898 roi6.55  U2S 

The  same.     1900 roi6.55  U2SI 

IRON  CITY  MICROSCOPICAL  SOCIETY. 

Manuscript  catalogue  of  the  library  of  the  society..  ..qroi6.578  I28 


\ 


14  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  USEFUL  ARTS 

DECAISNE,  Joseph. 

Catalogue  de  la  bibliotheque  de  M.  Decaisne.     1883. .  .  .roi6.58  D35 
JACKSON,  Benjamin  Daydon,  comp. 

Guide  to  the  literature  of  botany,  including  6000  titles  not 
given   in    Pritzel's   Thesaurus.      1881.      (Index   society. 

Publications.)    roi6.58  J12 

KEW  GARDENS. 

Catalogue  of  the  library  of  the  Royal  botanic  gardens,  Kew. 
1899.  (Kew  gardens.  Bulletin  of  miscellaneous  in- 
formation,  additional   series.) roi6.58   K23 

WHELDON,  John,  comp. 

Botanical  catalogue.     1886 roi6.58  W61 

DEBY,  Julien,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  the  microscope  and  micrographic  studies; 
being  a  catalogue  of  books  and  papers  in  his  library. 

V.3.     1882 qroi6.s89  D3S 

V.3.     Diatomacese. 

BIBLIOGRAPHIA  zoologica.     v.3-date.     1898-date roi6.S9  B47 

Published  as  a  supplement  to  "Zoologischer  anzeiger." 
UNITED  STATES— Entomology  division. 

Bibliography  of  the  more  important  contributions  to  Amer- 
ican economic  entomology,  pt.1-5,  7,  in  3v.  1890- 
1901 roi6.S95   U25 

V.I,  pt.1-3.  The  more  important  writings  of  Benjamin  Dann  Walsh  and 
Charles  Valentine  Riley;  comp.  by  Samuel  Henshaw. 

V.2,  pt.4-5.  The  more  important  writings  of  government  and  state  ento- 
mologists and  of  other  contributors  to  the  literature  of  American 
economic  entomology;  comp.  by  Samuel  Henshaw. 

V.4,  pt.7.  The  more  important  writings  published  between  Dec.  31,  1896 
and  Jan.  i,  1900;  comp.  by  Nathan  Banks. 

016.6     Bibliography  of  useful  arts 

HAFERKORN,  Henry  Ernest,  &  Heise,  Paul,  comp. 

Handy  lists  of  technical  literature;  reference  catalogue  of 
books  printed  in  English  from  1880  to  1888;  to  w^hich  is 
added  a  select  list  of  books  printed  before  1880  and  still 

kept  on  publishers'  and  jobbers'  lists.     1890-93 roi6.6  H13 

SZCZEPANSKI,  Fritz  von,  ed. 

Bibliotheca  polytechnica;  a  classified  catalogue  of  all  books, 
annuals  and  journals  published  in  America,  England, 
France  and  Germany,  including  their  relation  to  legisla- 
tion, hygiene  and  daily  life,  1889.    v.i.     1890 roi6.6  S99 

PENNSYLVANIA  HOSPITAL,  Philadelphia. 

Catalogue  raisonne  of  the  medical  library.     1857 roi6.6i  P39 

UNITED  STATES — Surgeon-general's  office. 

Index-catalogue  of  the  library;  authors  and  subjects,     ist. 

ser.  i6v. ;  2d  ser.  v.i-6.     1880-1901 qroi6.6i  U2S 

WARING,  Edward  John,  comp. 

Bibliotheca  therapeutica;  or,  Bibliography  of  therapeutics, 
chiefly  in  reference  to  articles  of  the  materia  medica.    2v. 
1878-79.    (New  Sydenham  society.    Publications.)  .  .roi6.6iS  W22 
AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS. 

Catalogue  of  the  library,  June  1900.     1900 roi6.62  Asi 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  USEFUL  ARTS  15 

INSTITUTION  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS. 

Catalogue  of  the  library.     1866 T016.62  I24 

INSTITUTION  OF  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERS. 

Library  catalogue,  1890 roi6.62  I247 

BARNETT,  Claribel  Ruth,  comp. 

References  to  the  literature  of  the  sugar  beet,  exclusive  of 
works  in  foreign  languages.  1897.  (United  States — Agri- 
culture, Department  of.     Library  bulletin  no. 16.)..  .qroi6.63  B25 
CLARK,  Josephine  A.  comp. 

Reference  list  of  publications  relating  to  edible  and  poison- 
ous  mushrooms.      1898.      (United   States — Agriculture, 

Department  of.     Library  bulletin  no. 20.) roi6.63  U25 

HASSE,  Adelaide  Rosalie,  comp. 

List  of  publications  of  the  U.  S.  department  of  agriculture 
from  1841  to  June  30,  1895,  inclusive.  1896.  (United 
States — Agriculture,   Department  of.     Library  bulletin 

no.9.) roi6.63  U2S 

THOMPSON,  George  Fayette,  comp. 

Index  to  authors,  with  titles  of  their  publications,  appear- 
ing in  the  documents  of  the  U.  S.  department  of  agri- 
culture, 1841  to  1897.  1898.  (United  States — Agricul- 
ture, Department  of.  Bulletin  of  the  Division  of  publi- 
cations, no.4.) roi6.63  U25 

The  three  preceding  pamphlets  are  bound  together. 

Index  to  literature  relating  to  animal  industry  in  the  pub- 
lications of  the  Department  of  agriculture,  1837-1898. 
1900.  (United  States — Agriculture,  Department  of.  Bul- 
letin of  the  Division  of  publications,  no. 5.) roi6.63  T38 

UNITED  STATES— Agriculture,  Department  of. 

Catalogue  of  the  periodicals  and  other  serial  publications, 
exclusive  of  U.  S.  government  publications,  in  the  li- 
brary of  the  U.  S.  department  of  agriculture;  prepared 
under  the  direction  of  J.  A.  Clark.  1901.  (Library  bul- 
letin no. 37.) roi6.63  U25C 

List  of  publications  relating  to  forestry  in  the  department 

library.     1898.     (Library  bulletin  no. 24.) roi6.63  U25 

Supplement  to  the  general  index  of  the  agricultural  reports 

for  1877  to  1885,  inclusive roi6.63  U2S 

Bound  with  the  above. 

UNITED  STATES — Experiment  stations  office. 

Some  books  on  agriculture  and  sciences  related  to  agricul- 
ture published  1896-1898.     1898.     (Circular  no.38.)  .  .roi6.63  U253 
BOWKER,  Richard  Rogers,  comp. 

Handy  list  of  American  publishers,  as  entered  in  the  Amer- 
ican catalogue,  1884-90.     1890 roi6.655  B66 

CASPAR,  Carl  Nicolaus,  comp. 

Caspar's  directory  of  the  American  book,  news  and  station- 
ery trade.     1889 qroi6.6s5  C25 

HOE,  Richard  March. 

Literature  of  printing;  a  catalogue  of  the  library  illustra- 
tive of  the  history  and  art  of  typography  of  R.  M.  Hoe. 
1877 roi6.655  H67 


:l6  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  FINE  ARTS 

LEE,  John  W.  M.  comp. 

Bibliography  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio  rail  road  company, 

1827  to  1879.     1879 roi6.6s6  L53 

GARCON,  Jules,  comp. 

Repertoire  general,  ou  dictionnaire  methodique  de  biblio- 
graphie  des  industries  tinctoriales  et  des  industries  an- 
nexes, depuis  les  origines  jusqu'a  la  fin  de  I'annee  1896; 
technologic  et  chimie.    3v.     1900-01 qroi6.66  G17 

V.I.      Introduction    et    avertissement    general.  —  Notice    sur    les    sources 

bibliographiques  du  dictionnaire. — Tables. 
V.2.     Accidents  de   fabrication. — Kermes. 
V.3.     Laboratoire. — Zinc. 


016.7     Bibliography  of  fine  arts 

HESSLING,  Bruno,  pub. 

Verlagskatalog.     1899 qroi6.7  H49 

HIERSEMANN,  Karl  W.  comp. 

New  series  of  catalogues  [no.108-115] ;  the  fine  arts;  books 

and  prints  on  sale  by  K.  W.  Hiersemann.     1893 ,roi6.7  HS2 

ILES,  George,  ed. 

Annotated  bibliography  of  fine  art.     1897 qroi6.7  I22 

Contents :     Painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  arts  of  decoration  and  illus- 
tration, by  Russell  Sturgis. — Music,  by  H.  E.  Krehbiel. 

LEWINE,  J.  comp. 

Bibliography  of  i8th  century  art  and  illustrated  books;  a 
guide  to  collectors  of  illustrated  works  in  English  and 
French  of  the  period.     1898 roi6.7  L67 

016.72     Bibliography  of  architecture 

BATSFORD,  Herbert,  comp. 

Reference  books  on  architecture  and  decoration,  with  hints 

on  the  formation  of  an  architectural  library.     1895.  .boi6.72  B31 

BOSTON— Public  library. 

Catalogue  of  the  books  relating  to  architecture,  construc- 
tion and  decoration  in  the  library,  Nov.  i,  1894.    1894. .  qboi6.72  B64 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH. 

Catalogue  of  the  J.  D.  Bernd  department  of  architecture. 

1898 boi6.72  C21 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY,  New  York— Library. 

Catalogue  of  the  Avery  architectural  library;  a  memorial 
library  of  architecture,  archaeology  and  decorative  art. 
1895 qboi6.72  C72 

LIVERPOOL,  England — Free  public  libraries. 

Hand-list  of  books  on  architecture  in  the  Reference  de- 
partment.    1894 •. boi6.72  L74 

Hand-list  of  books  on  the  decorative  arts  in  the  Reference 

department.     1899 boi6.72  L74 

Bound  with  the  above. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  MUSIC  17 

016.78     Bibliography  of  music 

BECKER,  Carl  Ferdinand,  comp. 

Systematisch-chronologische  darstellung  der  musikalischen 

literatur.    2v.  in  i.     1836-39 qroi6.78  B36 

Die  tonwerke  des  16.  und  17.  jahrhunderts.     1855 qroi6.78  B36t 

BREITKOPF  &  HARTEL,  pub. 

Verzeichniss   des  musikalien-verlages   von   Breitkopf  & 

Hartel.    1875 ro:6.78  B72 

BURNEY,  Charles. 

Catalogue  of  his  library;  sold  by  auction,  June  1814. 

1814 roi6.78  B93 

The  prices  at  which  the  books  were  sold  are  given  in  ink  on  the  margins. 

ENGEL,  Carl,  comp. 

Descriptive  catalogue  of  the  musical  instruments   in  the 

South  Kensington  museum.     1874 qroi6.78  E63 

ENGEL,  Carl. 

Literature  of  national  music.     1879 roi6.78  E63I 

"A  reprint  of  an  essay  published  in  instalments  from  July,  1878,  to 
March,  1879,  in  The  Musical  Times  of  London,  [v.  19].  It  is  to  be 
commended  to  the  student  of  folk-music  as  an  aid  in  the  most  diffi- 
cult feature  of  his  study — the  procurement  of  evidence  and  authori- 
ties."   H.  E.  Krehbiel. 

FORKEL,  Johann  Nicolaus,  comp. 

AllgeiTieine  literatur  der  musik.     1792 roi6.78  F77 

HANDBUCH  der  musikalischen  litteratur.     6v.  in  i. 

1818-23 roi6.78  H23 

MATTHEW,  James  Ebenezer. 

Literature  of  music.     1896.     (Book-lover's  library.)  ...  .roi6.78  M47 
RIAKO,  Juan  Facundo. 

Critical  and  bibliographical  notes  on  early  Spanish  music. 

1887 roi6.78  R38 


Bibliography  of  fine  arts — Miscellaneous 

GAYLEY,  Charles  Mills,  &  Scott,  F.  N.  comp. 

Guide  to  the  literature  of  aesthetics.     1890 roi6.70i  G2S 

NEW  YORK  (city),  PUBLIC  LIBRARY. 

Handbook  of  the  S.  P.  Avery  collection  of  prints  and  art 

books  in  the  New  York  public  library.     1901 roi6.76  N26 

SINGER,  Hans  Wolfgang,  comp. 

Sammlung  Lanna  Prag;  das  kupferstichkabinet  wissen- 

schaftliches  verzeichniss.     2v.     1895 roi6.76  S6l 

LOWE,  Robert  W.  comp. 

Bibliographical  account  of  English  theatrical  literature, 

from  the  earliest  times  to  the  present  day.     1888. .  .  .roi6.792  L95 

"Deals  with  theatrical  literature:  the  wider  field  of  dramatic  literature 
being  touched  upon  only  when  in  direct  connection  with  theatres  or 
actors.  Thus  the  mass  of  critical  and  speculative  Shakspearean  liter- 
ature is  excluded;  and  plays  find  no  place  in  my  scheme  except  where 
there  is  published  with   them   historical   or  critical   matter."     Preface. 


i8  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  LITERATURE 

WESTWOOD,  Thomas,  &  Satchell,  Thomas,  comp. 

Bibliotheca  piscatoria;  a  catalogue  of  books  on  angling, 
the  fisheries  and  fish-culture,  with  bibliographical  notes. 
1883 roi6.799  W57 

016.8     Bibliography  of  literature 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY,  New  York— Library. 

List  of  books  chiefly  on  the  drama  and  literary  criticism. 

1897.     (Publications,  no.i.) qroi6.8  C72 

DIXSON,  Mrs  Zella  (Allen),  comp. 

Comprehensive   subject  index  to   universal  prose   fiction. 

1897 , roi6.8  D64 

This  work  by  the  associate  librarian  of  the  University  of  Chicago  is  an 
arrangement  into  an  alphabetical  subject  list  of  works  of  fiction, 
foreign  as  well  as  English,  which  are  founded  on  fact,  historical,  physi- 
cal, psychological  or  moral.  It  does  not,  however,  include  works 
founded  on  fact  where  the  facts  have  been  so  misrepresented  as  to  mis- 
lead rather  than  to  inform  the  reader. 

GAYLEY,  Charles  Mills,  &  Scott,  F.  N. 

Introduction  to  the  methods  and  materials  of  literary  criti- 
cism, the  bases  in  aesthetics  and  poetics.     1899 016.8  G25 

Contents:  Nature  and  function  of  literary  criticism. — Principles  of  art. 
— Principles  of  literature. — The  theory  of  poetry. — The  principles  of 
versification. 

"For  libraries  and  for  all  students  of  the  subject  it  will  prove  an  in- 
valuable book  of  reference.  This  is  an  age  of  bibliographies,  but  we 
need  more  bibliographies  prepared,  as  this  is,  by  specialists  who  are 
competent  to  estimate,  classify,  and  report  on  the  books  listed.  The 
plan  here  pursued  involves  a  discussion  of  methodology,  statement  of 
problems,  subdivision  of  topics,  and  a  classified  and  annotated  bibliog- 
raphy under  each  of  the  general  heads."  Nation,  1899. 
INDIANAPOLIS— Public  library. 

Finding-list  of  books  in  the  classes  of  poetry  and  the 

drama,  literature  and  polygraphy.     1891 qroi6.823  I24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

BROWN  UNIVERSITY— Library. 

Catalogue  of  American  poetry;  duplicates  from  the  Harris- 
Anthony  collection  in  Brown  university,  to  be  sold  at 

auction,  April  10-12,  1901.     1901 qroi6.8i  B78 

FOLEY,  Patrick  Kevin,  comp. 

American  authors,  1795-1895;  a  bibliography  of  first  and 

notable  editions,  chronologically  arranged.     1897. .  .  .roi6.8i  F71 
STOCKBRIDGE,  John  Calvin,  comp. 

The  Anthony  memorial;  a  catalogue  of  the  Harris  col- 
lection of  American  poetry,  with  biographical  and  bib- 
liographical notes.    1886 qroi6.8i  S86 

WEGELIN,  Oscar,  comp. 

Early  American  fiction,  1774-1830;  a  compilation  of  the 
titles  of  American  novels  written  by  writers  born  or 
residing   in  America  and   published   previous   to    1831. 

1902 roi6.8i3  W43 

HODGKINS,  Louise  Manning. 

Guide  to  the  study  of  19th  century  authors.    1898 roi6.82  H66 

Contents:  Scott. — Lamb. — Wordsworth. — Macaulay. —  Coleridge. — Shel- 
ley.— Keats. — Byron. — Thackeray. — Dickens. — Mrs  Browning. — Brown- 
ing.— Tennyson. —  Rossetti. — Eliot. — Carlyle. —  Ruskin. — Arnold. — Irv- 
ing.—  Bryant. —  Hawthorne.  —  Emerson. —  Longfellow.  —  Whittier. — 
Holmes. — Lowell. 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  LITERATURE  19 

JAMES,  Charles  Canniff,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  Canadian  poetry  (English).     1899.     (Vic- 
toria university  library.     Publications,  v.i.) roi6.82i  J16 

BATES,  Katharine  Lee,  &  Godfrey,  L.  B.  comp. 

English  drama;  a  working  basis.     1896 roi6.822  B31 

GREG,  Walter  Wilson,  cmtp. 

List  of  English  plays  written  before  1643  and  printed  be- 
fore  1700.     1900 roi6.822  G86 

BOSTON— Public  library. 

Catalogue  of  English  fiction  and  books  for  the  young. 

1893 qroi6.823  B64 

BOWEN,  Herbert  Courthope,  comp. 

Descriptive  catalogue  of  historical  novels.     1882 roi6.823  B66 

BROOKLINE,  Mass.— Public  library. 

Catalogue  of  English  prose  fiction,  Jan.  1895.    1895..  ..roi6.823  B77 

The  same,  Jan.  1901.     1901 roi6.823  B77C 

CARNEGIE  FREE  LIBRARY,  Allegheny,  Pa. 

Catalogue  of  fiction;  authors,  titles.     1895 roi6.823  C21 

Catalogue  of  fiction,  including  folk-lore,  mythology  and 

juvenile  books.     1895 roi6.823  C21 

Catalogue  of  French  books.    1895 roi6.823  C21 

Catalogue  of  German  books.     1895 roi6.823  C21 

These  four  catalogues  are  bound  together. 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH. 

Catalogue  of  English  prose  fiction.     1898 roi6.823  C216 

GRISWOLD,  William  MacCrillis,  comp. 

Descriptiv  list  of  novels  dealing  with  ancient  history. 

1895 roi6.823  G93de 

Descriptiv  list  of  novels  dealing  with  the  history  of  North 

America.    1895 1016.823  G93d 

This  is  the  peculiar  spelling  adopted  for  a  time  by  the  author. 

Descriptive  list  of  British  novels.     1891 roi6.823  G93 

Descriptive  list  of  international  novels.    1891 roi6.823  G93 

Descriptive  list  of  novels  dealing  with  American  city  life. 

1891 roi6.823  G93 

Descriptive  list  of  novels  dealing  with  American  country 

life.     1890 roi6.823   G93 

Descriptive  list  of  novels  dealing  with  life  in  France. 

1892 roi6.823  (^3 

Descriptive  list  of  novels  dealing  with  life  in  Germany. 

1892 roi6.823  G93 

Descriptive  list  of  novels  dealing  with  life  in  Italy.  1892 . .  roi6.823  G93 
Descriptive  list  of  novels  dealing  with  life  in   Norway. 

1892 roi6.823  G93 

Descriptive  list  of  novels  dealing  with  life  in   Russia. 

1892 roi6.823  G93 

Descriptive  list  of  romantic  novels.    1890 roi6.823  Gr93 

The  above  lo  pamphlets  are  bound  together. 

HARTFORD— Public  library. 

Author-list  of  all  novels,  short  stories,  selections  and  humor- 
ous works,  also  of  all  other  books  added  during  1892. 
1893 roi6.823  H32 


20  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  GEOGRAPHY 

INDIANAPOLIS— Public  library. 

Finding-list  of  books  in  the  classes  of  English  prose  fiction 

and  juvenile  fiction.     1892 qroi6.823  I24 

NEW  BEDFORD,  Mass.— Free  public  library. 

Catalog  of  English  prose  fiction,  Aug.  i,  1895.     1895.  .ro  16.823  N26 
SALEM,  Mass. — Public  library. 

Class  list  no.i ;  fiction.     1895 roi6.823  S16 

SAN  FRANCISCO  FREE  PUBLIC  LIBRARY. 

Classified  English  prose  fiction,  including  translations  and 

juvenile  works.     1891 qroi6.823  S22 

CARNEGIE  FREE  LIBRARY,  Allegheny,  Pa. 

Catalogue  of  German  fiction.     1897 roi6.833  C21C 

KLEMMING,  Gustaf  Edvard,  comp. 

Sveriges  dramatiska  litteratur  till  1875;  bibliografi. 

1863-79 roi6.839   K31 

BOSTON— Public  library. 

Catalogue  of  the  Spanish  library  and  of  the  Portuguese 
books  bequeathed  by  George  Ticknor  to  the   library. 

1879 qroi6.86  B64 

MEADER,  Clarence  Linton,  ed. 

List  of  books  recommended  for  a  high  school  classical  li- 
brary by  a  committee  of  the  Michigan  schoolmasters' 

club,  1897 016.87  M55 

The  same.     1897 roi6.87  M55 

016.9     Bibliography  of  geography  and  history 

Bibliography  of  geography 

BOUCHER  de  la  RICHARDERIE,  Gilles,  comp. 

Bibliotheque  universelle  des  voyages;  ou.  Notice  raisonnee 
de  tous  les  voyages  anciens  et  modernes,  avec  des  ex- 
traits.     6v.     1808 roi6.9i   B65 

MILL,  Hugh  Robert,  comp. 

Hints  to  teachers  and  students  on  the  choice  of  geographi- 
cal books  for  reference  and  reading,  with  classified  lists. 

1897 roi6.9i   M68 

RITCHIE,  John,  comp. 

List  of  the  books  in  the  English  language  on  travel,  ex- 
ploration and  mountaineering,  published  within  the  year 
ending  Aug.  31,  1897.     1897.     (Boston  scientific  society. 

Occasional  publications,  no. 2.).. ..roi6.9i   R49 

ROYAL  GEOGRAPHICAL  SOCIETY. 

Classified  catalogue  of  the  library  to  Dec.  1870.     1871. .  .  .roi6.9i  R81 
UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

Alaska  and  the  northwest  part  of  North  America,  1588- 
1898;  maps  in  the  Library  of  Congress;  comp.  by  P.  L. 
Phillips.     1898 ..roi6  U25 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

List  of  maps  and  views  of  Washington  and  District  of 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  HISTORY  21 

Columbia  in  the  Library  of  Congress;  comp.  by  P.  L. 
Phillips.  1900.  (56th  cong.  ist  sess.  Senate.  Doc. 
no.154.)   roi6  U25 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

List  of  maps  of  America  in  the  Library  of  Congress,  pre- 
ceded by  a  list  of  works  relating  to  cartography,  by  P.  L. 
Phillips.     1901 qroi6.9i2  U25 

Bibliography  of  history 

ADAMS,  Charles  Kendall. 

Manual  of  historical  literature.     1889 roi6.9  A21 

INDIANAPOLIS— Public  library. 

Finding-list  of  books  in  the  classes  of  biography,  history 

and  travels.    1890 qroi6.823  I24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

016.942     Bibliography  of  English  history 

ALLEN,  William  Francis,  comp. 

Reader's  guide  to  English  history,  with  supplement  extend- 
ing the  plan  to  other  countries.     1898 roi6.942  A42 

GARDINER,  Samuel  Rawson,  &  Mullinger,  J.  B. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  English  history.     1894..  ..roi6.942  G17 
GROSS,  Charles,  comp. 

Sources  and  literature  of  English  history,  from  the  earliest 

times  to  about  1485.     1900 roi6.942  G93 

A  systematic  survey  of  the  printed  materials  relating  to  the  political, 
legal,  social  and  economic  history  of  England,  Wales  and  Ireland. 
Scotland,  except  as  she  influenced  the  course  of  English  history,  is 
omitted,  because  in  the  period  considered  her  government  and  institu- 
tions were  entirely  foreign  to  those  of  England.  Material  which  is 
worthless  or  obsolete  is  omitted,  and  most  space  is  devoted  to  original 
sources.  Many  brief  explanatory  and  critical  notes  increase  the  value 
of  this  work  which  the  London  "Athenasum"  (1900)  considers  "second 
to  no  bibliography  of  national  history  in  the  world." 

JOHNSTON,  William  Dawson,  comp. 

Annotated  titles  of  books  on  English  history  published  in 

1897-1899.     3v.  in  I.     1898-1900 ,  .qroi6.942  J37 

016.97     Bibliography  of  American  history 

BIBLIOTHECA  Americana;  a  catalogue  of  a  valuable  col-  - 

lection  of  books  and  pamphlets  illustrating  the  history 
&  geography  of  North  &  South  America  and  the  West 

Indies;  on  sale  by  A.  R.  Smith.     1874 .roi6.97  B47 

BOON,  E.  P. 

Catalogue  of  books  and  pamphlets  principally  relating  to 

America.     1870 .roi6.97  B63 

BRINLEY,  George. 

Catalogue   of   his   American   library,   with    index.     6v. 

1878-93 roi6.97    B7S 

CLARKE,  (Robert),  &  CO.  M.  :ri 

Bibliotheca  Americana;  catalogue  of  a  valuable  collection 
of  books  and  pamphlets  relating  to  Attierica,  1876,  1878, 
c-         1879,  1893.    4v.  in  2.     1876-93..  ..-......,;,;..:..■.  ..:..roi6.97  CS3 


22  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  AMERICAN  HISTORY 

DEANE,  Charles. 

Catalogue  of  the  private  library  of  Charles  Deane;  com- 
prising a  collection  of  rare  Americana,  including  early 
voyages  and  discoveries,  to  be  sold  at  auction,  March 
1898.    2v.  in  I.    1898 roi6.97  D34 

A  pamphlet,   giving  the  prices   realized  at   the  sale,  is  bound   with   the 
catalogue. 
FIELD,  Thomas  Warren. 

Catalogue  of  his  library.     1875 roi6.97  F45 

Collection  of  books  relative  to  the  American  Indians. 

GEORGE,  (William),  SONS,  pub. 

New  World  book  list.     1900 .roi6.97  G31 

Annotated  sale  catalogue  of  Americana. 

GRIFFIN,  Appleton  Prentiss  Clark,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  American  historical  societies.     1896. .  .  .roi6.97  G89 
From  the  annual  report  of  the  American  historical  association  for  1895. 

GROLIER  CLUB,  New  York. 

Catalogue  of  early  printed  books  relating  to  America,  ex- 
hibited at  the  Grolier  club,  1888.    1888 roi6.97  G93 

HARPER,  Francis  Parego. 

Bibliotheca  Americana;  priced  catalogue  of  a  remarkable 
collection  of  scarce  and  out-of-print  books  relating  to  the 
discovery,  settlement  and  history  of  the  western  hemi- 
sphere; offered  for  sale  by  Francis  P.  Harper.    1901.  .roi6.97  H28 
LARNED,  Josephus  Nelson,  ed. 

Literature  of  American  history;  a  bibliographical  guide  in 
which  the  scope,  character  and  comparative  worth  of 
books  in  selected  lists  are  set  forth  in  brief  notes  by 
critics  of  authority.  1902.  (American  library  associa- 
tion annotated  lists.) qroi6.97  L32 

"Sources,"  p.  1-20. 

LECLERC,  Charles,  comp. 

Bibliotheca  Americana;  histoire,  geographic,  voyages, 
archeologie  et  linguistique  des  deux  Ameriques  et  des 

lies  Philippines.     1878 qroi6.97   L49 

PERKINS,  Frederic  Beecher,  comp. 

Check  list  for  American  local  history,  reprinted  with  addi- 
tions from  the  bulletins  of  the  Boston  public  library. 

1876 .• roi6.97  P43 

SABIN,  Joseph,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  the  books,  manuscripts  and  engravings  be- 
longing to  William  Menzies  of  New  York.    1875. .  ..roi6.97  Sue 
Dictionary  of  books  relating  to  America,  v.i-20.  1868-91 .  .roi6.97  Si i 
SMITH,  John  Russell,  comp. 

Bibliotheca  Americana;  a  catalogue  of  books,  pamphlets, 
manuscripts,  maps,  engravings  and  engraved  portraits 
illustrating  the  history  and  geography  of  North  and 
South  America  and  the  West  Indies,  on  sale  by  J.  R. 

Smith.     1865 roi6.97  S65 

STEVENS,  Henry,  comp. 

Bibliotheca  historica;  or,  A  catalogue  of  books  and  manu- 
scripts relating  to  the  history  and  literature  of  North 
and  South  America.    1870 roi6.97  S84b 


BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  UNITED  STATES  HISTORY  23 

Catalogue  of  the  first  portion  of  the  collections  of  rare 
books  and  manuscripts  relating  to  the  history  and  litera- 
ture of  America,  sold  by  Sotheby,  Wilkinson  &  Hodge. 

1881.     (Stevens's  historical  collections.) qroi6.97  S84 

Includes  "Lot   1269,  Mr  Henry  Stevens's  Franklin  collection  of  manu- 
scripts and  printed  books,"  p.  159-176. 

Historical  nuggets;  bibliotheca  Americana;  or,  A  descrip- 
tive account  of  my  collection  of  rare  books  relating  to 
America.    2v.    1862 roi6.97  S84h 

TERNAUX-COMPANS,  Henri,  comp. 

Bibliotheque  americaine;  ou.  Catalogue  des  ouvrages  rela- 
tifs  a  I'Amerique  qui  ont  paru  depuis  sa  decouverte 
jusqu'a  1700.     1837 qroi6.97  T31 

WRIGHT,  James  Osborne,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  the  American  library  of  S.  L.  M.  Barlow. 

1889 qroi6.97  W93 

GAGNON,  Phileas. 

Essai  de  bibliographic  canadienne;  inventaire  d'une  bib- 
liotheque comprenant  imprimes,  manuscrits,  estampes, 
etc.  relatifs  a  I'histoire  du  Canada  et  des  pays  adjacents, 

avec  des  notes  bibliographiques.     1895 qroi6.97i  G13 

WRONG,  George  McKinnon,  &  Langton,  H.  H.  ed. 

Review  of  historical  publications  relating  to  Canada,  1896- 
date.  v.i-date.   1897-date.   (Toronto  university.  Studies 

in  history.) qroi6.97l  W94 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

List  of  books  relating  to  Cuba,  including  references  to  col- 
lected works  and  periodicals;  comp.  by  A.  P.  C.  Griffin, 
with  Bibliography  of  maps,  by  P.  L.  Phillips.  1898. 
(56th  cong.    2d  sess.    Senate.    Doc.  no. 161.) roi6  U2S 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

List  of  books,  with  reference  to  periodicals,  on  Porto  Rico; 

comp.  by  A.  P.  C.  Griffin.     1901 qroi6.972  U25 

Bound  with  the  following. 

List  of  books,  with  references  to  periodicals,  on  the  Danish 

West  Indies;  comp.  by  A.  P.  C.  Griffin.    1901 qroi6.972  U25 


016.973-016.977    Bibliography  of  United  States  history 

GRIFFIN,  Appleton  Prentiss  Clark,  comp. 

Index  of  the  literature  of  American  local  history  in  collec- 
tions published  in  1890-1895.     1896 roi6.973  G89 

"This  index  supplements  that  contributed  by  the  compiler  to  the  Bulle- 
tins of  the  Public.  Library  of  the  City  of  Boston,  and  published  in 
1889  as  a  volume  of  the  Bibliographies  of  Special  Subjects  of  that  in- 
stitution."   Preface. 

LUDEWIG,  Hermann  Ernst,  comp. 

Literature  of  American  local  history.     1846 roi6.973  L97 

SPARKS,  Edwin  Erie,  comp. 

Topical  reference  lists  in  American  history,  with  lists  in 

English  constitutional  history.     1900 016.973  S73 

The  same.     1900 roi6.973  S73 


24       BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  HISTORY— MISCELLANEOUS 

WINSOR,  Justin,  comp. 

Reader's  handbook  of  the  American  revolution.     1893.  .roi6.973  W79 

"An  admirable  little  guide-book  for  the  use  of  students  of  the  Revolu- 
tionary period  of  our  history.  Beginning  at  the  time  of  the  first  dis- 
contents with  British  rule,  the  author  indicates  where  the  best  in- 
formation on  each  point  is  to  be  gathered."     C.  K.  Adams. 

FLAGG,  Charles  Allcott,  &  Jennings,  J.  T.  comp. 

Bibliography     of     New     York     colonial     history.       1901. 
(New  York   (state) — Library.     Bulletin;   bibliography, 

no.24.) roi6.974  F59 

GILMAN,  Marcus  Davis,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  Vermont.     1897 qroi6.974  G42 

GRIFFIN,  Appleton  Prentiss  Clark,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  the  historical  publications  issued  by  the 

New  England  states.     1895 roi6.974  G89b 

Reprinted  from  the  "Publications  of  the  Colonial  society  of  Massachu- 
setts," V.3. 

PENNSYLVANIA— State  library. 

Check-list  of  Pennsylvania  county,  town  and  township  his- 
tories, 1794-1892.     1892 roi6.974  P39 

THOMSON,  Peter  G.  comp. 

Bibliography  of  Ohio,  with  prices  at  which  many  of  the 

books  have  been  sold  since  i860.     1880 qroi6.977  T38 


Bibliography  of  history — Miscellaneous 

GUIGARD,  Joannis,  comp. 

Bibliotheque  heraldique  de  la  France.     1861 roi6.929  G96 

GOODRICH,  Arthur  L. 

Topics  on  Greek  history;  intended  for  use  in  secondary 

schools.     1898 roi6.938  G62 

List  of  authors  and  their  works,  p. 5-8;   "Historical  fiction,  tales,  poetry 

and  drama  relating  to  ancient  Greece,"  p.51-52. 
Presents  a  full  and  systematic  scheme  for  the  study  of  Greek  history  by 

the  topical  method,  each  topic  being  accompanied  by  ample  references. 

CORNELL  UNIVERSITY— Library. 

Catalogue  of  the  historical  library  of  Andrew  Dickson 

White.     2v.  in  i.     1889-94 qroi6.94  C82 

V.I.     The  Protestant  reformation  and  its  forerunners. 
V.2.     The  French  revolution. 

GETCHELL,  Merle  Smith. 

The  study  of  mediaeval  history  by  the  library  method. 

1897 roi6.94  G33 

A  series  of  references  to  the  historical  literature  relating  to  the  middle 
ages,  arranged  by  periods. 

QUARITCH,  Bernard,  pub. 

Catalogue  of  medieval  literature,  especially  of  the  romances 
of  chivalry  and  books  relating  to  the  customs,  costume, 

art  and  pageantry  of  the  middle  ages.     1890 qroi6.94  Qi8f 

FORSTER,  F. 

Kritischer  wegweiser  durch  die  neuere  deutsche  historische 
litteratur,  fijr  studierende  und  freunde  der  geschichte. 
.  ngoo.  ..-.-.-../..  V .  i .  J  /..  w ..........  i ;  roi6.943  F78 


LIBRARY  AND  SALE  CATALOGUES  25 

WENCKSTERN,  Friedrich  von,  comp. 

Bibliography  of  the  Japanese  empire;  being  a  classified  list 
of  books,  essays  and  maps,  in  European  languages,  re- 
lating to  Japan,  published  from  1859-93,  to  which  is 
added  a  facsimile-reprint  of  Leon  Pages  Bibliographic 
japonaise.     1895 qroi6.9S  W51 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

List  of  books  relating  to  Hawaii,  including  references  to 
collected  works  and  periodicals;  comp.  by  A.  P.  C.  Grif- 
fin.    1898 roi6  U2S 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

List  of  books,  with  references  to  periodicals,  on  Samoa  and 

Guam.     1901 qroi6.996  U25 


017     Library  and  sale  catalogues— Classed 
catalogues 

BIRMINGHAM,  England— Free  libraries. 

Catalogues  of  various  branches  of  the   Birmingham  free 

libraries.     1890-97 roi7.i  B48 

BOSTON— Public  library. 

Annual  Hst  of  new  and  important  books  added  to  the  li- 
brary, selected  from  the  Monthly  bulletins,  1896-date. 

v.i-date.     1898-date qroi7.i  B64a 

Bulletins,  Oct.  1867-date.    v.i-date.    1871-date qro7i.i  B64 

V.I,  no.2  wanting. 

Finding  list  of  books  in  the  West  End  branch,  Jan.  1896. 

1896 qroi7.i   B64f 

BUFFALO  LIBRARY. 

Finding-list  of  books  and  pamphlets,  Aug.  i88s-July  1896. 

3v.  in  I.    1885-96 roi7.i  B86 

V.I.     History,  politics,  biography,  geography,  travel  and  anthropology. 

V.2.  Belles-lettres,  with  language,  bibliography  and  general  reference 
books. 

V.3.  Science  and  arts,  philosophy,  religion,  social  science  (except  poli- 
tics) and  local  history. 

CARNEGIE  FREE  LIBRARY,  Allegheny,  Pa. 

Classified  catalogue  of  the  books,  except  fiction,  French 

and  German.     1895 roi7.i  C21 

Supplement,  no.  i.     1898. 

ENOCH  PRATT  FREE  LIBRARY,  Baltimore. 

Finding  list  of  books  and  periodicals  in  the  branch  libraries, 

July  1895.     1895 roi7.i  E65 

ERIE— Public  library. 

Finding  list-    1900, roi7.i  E74 

KRUPP'SCHE  BOCHERHALLE. 

Biicherverzeichniss.     1899 roi7.i   K42 

LOWELL,  Mass.— City  library. 

Bulletin,  Oct.  1896-date.     v.i-date.     1896-date roi7.i   L95 

MILWAUKEE— Public  library. 

Systematic  catalogue.     1885-86 qroi7.i  M72 


26  LIBRARY  AND  SALE  CATALOGUES 

MOUNT  VERNON,  N.  Y.— Public  library. 

Class  catalogue  and  author  index.     1898 roi7.i  M94 

KEVINS  MEMORLAL  LIBRARY,  Methuen,  Mass. 

Catalogue.     2v.     1887 qroi7.i  N2S 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Library. 

Bulletin,  additions,  no. 1-4,  1891-96.    3v.     1891-97 qroi7.i  N261 

NEW  YORK  (city)  PUBLIC  LIBRARY. 

Bulletin,  1897-date.     v.i-date.     1897-date qroi7.i   N2611 

NEWARK,  N.  J.— Free  public  library. 

Finding  list;  2d  supplement,  books  added  1893-1896.    1896. .  roi7.i  N26 

OSTERHOUT  FREE  LIBRARY,  Wilkes-Barre,  Pa. 

Class  catalogue  and  author  index.     1889 roi7.i  O29 

The  satne;  first  supplement,  1889-1895.     1895 roi7.l  O29C 

PENNSYLVANIA— State  library. 

Catalogue.     1873 roi7.i   P39 

pt.i.     Law  books  and  state  papers. 
pt.2.     Miscellaneous  books. 

PROVIDENCE,  R.  I.— Public  library. 

Monthly  bulletin,    v.1-5.    1895-99 qroi7.i  P97 

SALEM,  Mass. — Public  library. 

Bulletin,     v.1-5.     1893-1901 qroi7.i  S16 

SAN  DIEGO,  Cal. — Free  public  library. 

Finding  list,  1895.     1895 roi7.i  S21 

SCRANTON,  Pa.— Public  library. 

Finding  list  of  the  circulating  department,  Jan.   1893. 

1893 qroi7.l  S43 

The  satne;  first  supplement,  Aug.  1894.     1894 qroi7.i  S43 

Bound  with  the  above. 

BOOK-PRICES  current;  a  record  of  the  prices  at  which 
books  have  been  sold  at  auction,  Dec.  1886-date.  v.i- 
date.     1888-date roi7.3  B63 

Index,  v.i-io,  1887-1896.     1901. 

DAUZE,  Pierre,  comp. 

Index  biblio-iconographique,  1894-1898.    5v.    1895-1901 . .  qroi7.3  D28 

V.3-S  title  reads  "Index  bibliographique." 
No  more  published. 

LIVINGSTON,  Luther  S.  comp. 

American  book-prices  current,  1895-date.    v.i-date.     1895- 

date roi7.3  L74 

SCOTT,  Temple,  comp. 

Book  sales,  1895-1898;  a  record  of  the  most  important 

books  sold  at  auction.    4v.     1896-99 roi7.3  S43 

No  morfe  published. 

VOYNICH,  W.  M.  &  Edgell,  M.  A. 

A  first  list  of  books  offered  for  sale.    1898 roi7.4  V39 

Contents:  Americana  before  1550.  —  Americana  after  1550.  —  Asiatic 
presses.  —  Bibles  and  Testaments.  —  Chess.  —  Condemned  and  burned 
books.  —  Cookery.  —  English  books  before  1640.  —  Music.  —  Occult 
sciences,  palmistry,  etc. — Poland. — Reforitiation  and  reformers. — Early 
printing  before  1500. — Early  printing  from  1500  to  1525. 


LIBRARY  AND  SALE  CATALOGUES  27 

018     Library  and  sale  catalogues — Author 
catalogues 

ASTOR  LIBRARY,  New  York. 

Catalogue  and  supplement.     5v.     1857-66 qroiS.i  A85 

BRITISH  MUSEUM. 

Catalogue  of  printed  books.     8iv.     1881-1900 qroi8.i  B7S 

The  same;  supplement.     11  v.     1900-05 qroi8.i  B75S 

GRIFFIN,  Appleton  Prentiss  Clark,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  the  Washington  collection  in  the  Boston 
Athenaeum,  with  the  inventory  of  Washington's  books 
drawn  up  by  the  appraisers  of  his  estate,  and  the  later 
history  and  present  ownership  of  those  not  in  the  Athe- 
naeum collection,  by  W.  C.  Lane.    2v.    1897-1900 roiS.i  G89 

V.2  is  the  index,  compiled  by  F.  O.  Poole. 

LENOX  LIBRARY,  New  York. 

Duyckinck  collection,    v.2 '. roiS.i  L61 

LONDON  LIBRARY,  London. 

Catalogue  and  appendix;  comp.  by  Robert  Harrison.    2v. 

1888 qroiS.l  L82 

Appendix  contains  lists  of  contents  of  long  sets  an5  of  works  printed 
by  societies. 

Report  and  List  of  books  added,  1887/88,  1890/91-1893/94, 

1896/97,  1898/99.    1888-99 roi8.i  L82r 

Report  for  1896/97  and  1898/99  wanting. 

MERCANTILE  LIBRARY  ASSOCIATION,  Pittsburgh. 

Catalogue;  comp.  by  G.  E.  Appleton.     1866 roi8.i  M63 

MICHIGAN— State  library. 

Catalogue;  United  States  documents,  state  documents,  for- 
eign exchanges.     1898 roi8.i   M66 

MILWAUKEE— Public  library. 

Finding  list  of  the  circulating  department;  author  list.  May 

1896.     1896 qroi8.i  M72 

PENNSYLVANIA— State  library. 
*       Catalogue,  with  supplements  for  1860-61.     1859-62 roiS.i  P39 

The  same,  1878.    2v.     1878 qroi8.i  P391 

The  same,  1859.     1859 .roi8.i  P392 

SCRANTON,  Pa.— Public  library. 

Author  list  of  books,  Aug.  1894.     1894 qroi7.i  S43 

SYDNEY,  PUBLIC  LIBRARY  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 

Current  supplement  to  the  catalogue,  for  1896-98;  reference 

department.     1899 qroi8.i  S98 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

Alphabetical  catalogue;  authors.     1864 qroiS.i  U253 

Catalogue  of  books  added,  1866-1869.    3v.    1868-70 qroiS.i  U2S3C 

UNITED  STATES— War  department. 

Alphabetical  list  of  additions  made  to  the  library.   May 

1884-June  1891.     1891 qroi8.i  U25 


28  LIBRARY  AND  SALE  CATALOGUES 

DALY,  Augustin. 

Catalogue  of  the  literary  and  art  property  gathered  by 
Augustin  Daly;  to  be  disposed  of  at  public  sale  March 

19th,  1900  and  following  days.     v.2.     1900 qroi8.2  D17 

V.2.     Books. 
FRENCH,  Frederick  William. 

Catalogue  of  the  collection  of  dramatic  and  literary  auto- 
graphs of  the  late  Frederick  W.  French;  to  be  sold  by 
auction  May  2-3,  1901.     1901 roi8.2  F92 

Catalogue  of  the  collection  of  modern  etchings  and  engrav- 
ings, rare  old  mezzotint  portraits,  miniatures  on  ivory, 
water  colors,  original  drawings  and  oil  paintings;  to  be 
sold  by  auction  May  10,  1901.     1901 roi8.2  F92 

Catalogue  of  the  library  of  Frederick  W.  French  of  Bos- 
ton; sold  by  auction  April  23-25,  1901.     1901 roi8.2  F92 

These  three  catalogues  are  bound  together. 
IVES,  Brayton. 

Catalogue  of  his  collection  of  books  and  manuscripts;  com- 
prising early  printed  books,  Americana,  illustrated 
French  books,  works  of  standard  authors,  classical 
manuscripts,  missals  and  books  of  hours;  to  be  disposed 
of  by  auction  March  5-7,  1891.     1891 qroi8.2  I33 

The  prices   which   the  books  brought   at   the   auction   are   marked   in   the 
margins. 

PHILES,  George  Philip,  comp. 

Bibliotheca  curiosa;  catalogue  of  the  library  of  A.J.  Odell. 

2v.  in  I.     1878-80 qroi8.2  P49 

BECKFORD,  William. 

Valuable  library  of  books  in  Fonthill  abbey;  a  catalogue 

of  the  library,  sold  by  auction  1823.     1823 roi8.3  B36 

BOUTON,  James  Warren,  pub. 

Catalogue  of  typographical  rarities  and  literary  treasures, 

1889.    V.84.     1889. roi8.3  B63 

BROCKHAUS,  Friedrich  Arnold. 

Vollstandiges  verzeichniss  der  von  der  firma  F.  A.  Brock- 

haus  in  Leipzig  1805-1872  verlegten  werke.     1872-75.  .roi8.4  B76 
LONGMANS,  GREEN  &  CO.  comp. 

General  list  of  books  in  various  branches  of  literature,  pub- 
lished and  for  sale  by  Longmans,  Green  &  co.     i896..roi8.4  L83 
McDONOUGH,  Joseph,  contp. 

Catalogues  of  second-hand  books,  no. 92-107.     1894-95.  •  •  -^18.4  M14 
MACMILLAN  &  CO.  comp. 

Bibliographical  catalogue  of  Macmillan  and  co.'s  publica- 
tions, 1843-1889.     1891 roi8.4  M21 


019     Library  and  sale  catalogues — Dictionary 
catalogues 

ADVOCATES  LIBRARY,  Edinburgh. 

Catalogue  of  the  printed  books,  with  supplement.    7v.  in  9. 

1863-79 qroig.i  A24 


LIBRARY  AND  SALE  CATALOGUES  29 

BIRMINGHAM,  England— Free  libraries. 

Catalogue  of  the  reference  department,  1869 roi9.i  B48 

The  same,  1875-79 roi9.i  B48ca 

The  same,  1880 roi9.  i  B48C 

The  same,  1883-1890 qroi9.i  B48cat 

BOSTON— Public  library. 

Index  to  the  catalogue  of  books  in  the  upper  hall.    1861 . .  qroig.i  B644 
The  same;  first  supplement.     1866 qroi9.i  B644i 

BOSTON  ATHEN.^UM  LIBRARY. 

Catalogue,  1807-71.    5v.    1874-82 qroi9.i  B64 

BROOKLYN  LIBRARY,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Analytical  and  classed  catalogue.     1878-80. qroi9.i  B77 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH. 

Catalog  of  books.     1895 roig.i  C21 

CLEVELAND— Public  library. 

Alphabetic  catalogue  of  the  English  books  in  the  circulat- 
ing department.     1889 qroig.i  C58 

EDINBURGH— Public  library. 

Catalogue  of  books  in  the  lending  library.     1891 roi9.i  E28C 

Catalogue  of  books  in  the  reference  library,  with  supple- 
ment.    2v.     1891-94 roi9. 1   E28 

GUILLE-ALLfiS  LIBRARY,  Guernsey. 

Encyclopaedic  catalogue  of  the  lending  department roi9.i  G96 

JERSEY  CITY,  N.  J.— Free  public  library. 

Alphabetical  finding-list,  with  ist-2d  supplement.     1893.  .qroi9.i  J28 

LEWISHAM,  England— Public  libraries. 

Catalogue  of  the  lending  department  of  the  Perry  Hill 

branch  library.     1896 roig.i  L67 

LONG  ISLAND  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY. 

Catalogue  of  the  library,  1863-1893.     1893 qroi9.i  L82 

NEW  HAVEN,  Conn. — Free  public  library. 

Supplement  to  catalogue  part  i,  1892-1895.     v.1-2,  in  i. 

1894-95 • qroi9.i    N26 

NEW  YORK  (city),  YOUNG  MEN'S  CHRISTIAN  ASSO- 
CIATION—Library. 
Catalogue;  circulating  department,  July  1900.     1901. .  .  .qroig.i  N261 

PASSAIC,  N.J. — Free  public  library. 

Alphabetic  catalogue;  authors,  subjects  and  titles,  Nov. 

1895.     1895 roig.i   P28 

PEABODY  INSTITUTE,  Baltimore. 

Catalogue  of  the  library.     5v.     1883-92 qroi9.i  P33 

Tlie  same;  second  catalogue,     v.i-6.     1896-1902 qroi9.i  P33S 

REYNOLDS  LIBRARY,  Rochester,  N.  Y. 

Reference  catalogue.     1898 qroi9.i   R37 


30  LIBRARY  ECONOMY 

WISCONSIN  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY. 

Catalogue  of  the  library,    v.1-7.     1873-87 roiQ.i  W81 

V.I-2.        1873. 

V.3-      1873-75. 

V.4.    1875-78. 
V.5.    1878-81. 

V.6.      1881-84. 
V.7.      1884-87. 

BOHN,  Henry  George,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  books.     1841 roi9.4  B59 


020     Library  economy 

AMERICAN  LIBRARY  ASSOCIATION. 

Library  tracts,    v.i,  no. 1-4.     1900-02 ro20  A51 

V.I  (no.1-4).  Why  do  we  need  a  public  library? — How  to  start  a  public 
library,  by  G.  E.  Wire.  —  Traveling  libraries,  by  F.  A.  Hutchins.  — 
Library  rooms  and  buildings,  by  C.  C.   Soule. 

HESSE,  Leopold  Auguste  Constantin,  (pseud.  L.  A.  Constantin). 
Bibliotheconomie;  ou,  Nouveau  manuel  complet  pour  I'ar- 
rangement,  la  conservation  et  Tadministration  des  bib- 

liotheques.     1841 r020  H48 

MAIRE,  Albert. 

Manuel  pratique  du  bibliothecaire.     1896 r020  M26 

SPOFFORD,  Ainsworth  Rand. 

Book  for  all  readers;  an  aid  to  the  collection,  use  and  prer 
servation  of  books,  and   the  formation  of  public  and 

private  libraries.     1900 020  S76 

The  same.     1900 r020  S76 

WORLD'S  LIBRARY  CONGRESS. 

Papers  prepared  for  the  congress  held  at  the  Columbian 

exposition;  ed.  by  Melvil  Dewey.     1896 ro20  W89 

Reprint  of  part  of  the  Report  of  the  commissioner  of  education  for 
1 892/1 893. 

DANA,  John  Cotton. 

Library  primer.     1899 020.2  D19 

The  satne.     1900 ro20.2  D19 

Considers  the  subject  of  library  management  for  the  small  library. 
Covers  selection,  buying  and  care  of  books,  cataloguing,  binding, 
mending,  etc.  Contains  signed  articles  by  well-known  library  workers. 
There  are  several  useful  bibliographies,  and  lists  of  reference  books 
and  periodicals  for  a  small  library. 

DENVER— Public  library. 

Public  library  hand-book.     1895 020.2  D43 

The  same.     1895 ro20.2  D43 

PLUMMER,  Mary  Wright. 

Hints  to  small  libraries.     1894 ro20.2  P72 

The  same.     1898 r020.2  P72h 

The  same.     1902 ro20.2  P72h2 

GARNETT,  Richard. 

Essays  in  librarianship  and  bibliography.     1899.     (Library 

series.)    020.4  G19 

Contents:  Address  to  the  Library  association. — Public  libraries  and  their 
catalogues. — The  printing  of  the  British  museum  catalogue. — -The  past, 
present  and  future  of  the  British  museum  catalogue. — The  British 
museum  catalogue  as  the  basis  «f  a  universal  catalogue. — Introduction 


LIBRARY  ECONOMY  31 

of  European  printing  into  the  East. — Paraguayan  and  Argentine  bib- 
liography.— The  early  Italian  book  trade. — Some  book-hunters  of  the 
17th  century. — Librarianship  in  the  17th  century. — The  manufacture 
of  fine  paper  in  England  in  the  i8th  century. — On  some  colophons  of 
the  early  printers. — On  the  system  of  classifying  books  on  the  shelves 
followed  at  the  British  museum. — Subject-indexes  to  transactions  of 
learned  societies. — Photography  in  public  libraries. — The  telegraph  in 
the  library. — On  the  protection  of  libraries  from  fire. — The  sliding- 
press  at  the  British  museum. — On  the  provision  of  additional  space  in 
libraries. — Preface  to  Blades'  "Enemies  of  books." — Sir  Anthony 
Panizzi. — John  Winter  Jones. — Henry  Stevens. — Sir  Edward  A.  Bond. 

CENTRALBLATT    fiir    bibliothekswesen;    monthly,      v.14- 

date.     1897-date ro20.S  C32 

The  same;  beihefte.     v.7-date.     1897-date qro20.S  C32b 

V.7.  Milkau,  Fritz.  Centralkataloge  und  titeldrucke. — Heiland,  Karl.  Die 
Lutherdrucke  der  Erlanger  universitatsbibliothek,  1518—1523.- — Bauch, 
Gustav.  Geschichte  des  Leipziger  friihhumanismus,  mit  besonderer 
rucksicht  auf  die  streitigkeiten  zwischen  Konrad  Wimpina  und  Martin 
Mellerstadt. 

V.8,  in  2.  Hartwig,  Otto,  ed.  Festschrift  zum  funfhundertjahrigen  ge- 
burtstage  von  Johann  Gutenberg. 

V.7  lacks  heft  19. 

LIBRARY;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1889-date ro20.5  L683 

Beginning  with  v.ii,  Dec.1899,  this  magazine  is  issued  quarterly. 

LIBRARY  association  record;  a  monthly  magazine  of  libra- 
rianship and  bibliography;  ed.  by  Henry  Guppy.  v.i- 
date.     1899-date qro20.5  L6823 

LIBRARY  chronicle.     5v.     1884-88 qr020.5  L682 

No  more  published. 

LIBRARY  journal;  monthly,  Sept.  1876-date.    v.i-date.    1877- 

date ro20.s  L681 

General  index,  v.  1-22.     1898. 

V.I    has  running  title  "American  library  journal." 

LIBRARY  notes;  improved  methods  and  labor-savers,  June 

1886-1898.     4v.     1887-98 ro20.5  L68 

Issued  irregularly. 
No  more  published. 

LIBRARY  world;  a  medium  of  intercommunication  for  libra- 
rians; monthly,  July  1898-date.   v.i-date.    1899-date.  .ro20.s  L682a 

PUBLIC  libraries;  a  monthly  review  of  library  matters  and 

methods,    v.i-date.     1896-date qr020.5  P98 

INTERNATIONAL  LIBRARY  CONFERENCE. 

Transactions  and  proceedings  of  the  second  international 
library  conference,  held  in  London,  July  13-16,  1897. 
1898 qro20.6  I24 

ADAMS,  Herbert  Baxter. 

Public  libraries  and  popular  education.     1900.     (New  York 

(state) — University.    Home  education  bulletin  no.31.)  .  .r02i  A21 

Bibliography,  p.239-264. 

GREEN,  Samuel  Swett,  comp. 

Libraries  and  schools.     1883 ro2i.3  G83 

Contents:  The  public  library  and  the  public  schools,  by  C.  F.  Adams. — 
The  relation  of  the  public  library  to  the  public  schools,  by  S.  S.  Green. 
■ — Libraries  as  educational  institutions,  by  S.  S.  Green. — The  public 
library  as  an  auxiliary  to  the  public  schools,  by  R.  C.  Metcalf. — The 
relation  of  libraries  to  the  school  system,  by  W.  E.  Foster. — A  plan 
of  systematic  training  in  reading  at  school,   by  W.   E.   Foster. 

WISCONSIN — Free  library  commission. 

Biennial  report,  1895-96-date.     v.i-date.     1896-date r02i.8  W81 


32  LIBRARY  BUILDINGS 

VERMONT — Library  commissioners,  Board  of. 

Biennial  report,  1895-96-date.     v.i-date.     1896-date ro2i.8  V27 


022     Library  buildings 

BURGOYNE,  Frank  James. 

Library  construction,  architecture,  fittings  and  furniture. 

1897.     (Library  series.) 022  B91 

Lists  of  illustrations  of  libraries  which  have  appeared  in  the  "American 
architect,"  "Architect,"  "British  architect,"  "Builder"  and  "Building 
news,"  p.315-326. 

CARNEGIE  FREE  LIBRARY,  Allegheny,  Pa. 

Specifications  and  conditions  of  submitting  bids  for  the 
erection  and  completion  of  the   Carnegie  free  library 

.   .      and  music  hall  building,  Allegheny,,  Pa ro22  C21 

CLARK,  John  Willis. 

The  care  of  books;  an  essay  on  the  development  of  libra- 
ries and  their  fittings,  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  end 
of  the  eighteenth  century.     1901 qro22  CS2 

Mr  Clark  says  in  his  introduction,  "From  my  special  point  of  view  books 
are  simply  things  to  be  taken  care  of;  even  their  external  features 
concern  me  only  so  far  as  they  modify  the  methods  adopted  for  ar- 
rangement and  preservation."  From  this  standpoint  he  traces  the 
methods  adopted  by  man  in  different  ages  and  countries  to  preserve 
books  and  manuscripts  and  to  make  them  accessible  to  others.  His 
investigation  includes  the  position,  size  and  arrangement  of  the  rooms 
in  which  these  treasures  were  kept  and  the  progressive  development  of 
fittings,  catalogues  and  other  appliances.  The  volume  contains  156 
illustrations,  many  of  them  full-page  plates,  admirably  executed. 

"A  work  of... real  learning  and  scholarship."     Athenamm,   1901. 

POOLE,  William  Frederick. 

Organization  and  management  of  public  libraries.     1876. .  .  .r022  P79 
Being  v.i,  chapter  25   of  "Public  libraries  in  the  United   States,"   pub- 
lished by  the  United  States  bureau  of  education. 
Bound  with  the  following. 

t  Remarks  on  library  construction,  to  which  is  appended  an 
examination  of  Mr  Smithmeyer's  pamphlet  entitled 
Suggestions  on  library  architecture,  American  and  for- 
eign.    1884 ro22  P79 

Report  on  the  progress  of  library  architecture,  and  resolu- 
tions of  the  American  library  association,  1882,  concern- 
ing the  building  for  the  Library  of  Congress.     1882..  ..r022  P79 
Bound  with  the  above. 

SMALL,  Herbert. 

Handbook  of  the  new  Library  of  Congress,  with  essays  on 
the  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting,  by  Charles 
Caffin,  and  on  the  function  of  a  national  library,  by  A. 

R.  Spofford.     1897 022  S63 

The  same.     1897 r022  S63 


025     Library  administration 

BONFORT,  H. 

Das  bibliothekwesen  in  den  Vereinigten  Staaten.     1896.... 025  B62 


LIBRARY  ADMINISTRATION  33 

CRUNDEN,  Frederick  Morgan. 

How  things  are  done  in  one  American  library ro2S  C89 

A  series  of  articles  on  the  St.   Louis  public  library,  which  appeared  in 
the   "Library,"  v.ii-12,    1899-1901. 

FOOTE,  Elizabeth  Louisa. 

The  librarian  of  the  Sunday  school;  a  manual,  with  a  chap- 
ter on  the  Sunday  school  library  by  M.  T.  Wheeler.    1897.  .025  F74 

Bibliography   of   descriptive   lists   of   approved   books    for   Sunday  school 
libraries,  p.8i. 

MACFARLANE,  John,  of  the  British  museum  library. 

Library  administration.     1898.     (Library  series.) 025  M15 

SHURTLEFF,  Nathaniel  Bradstreet. 

Decimal  system  for  the  arrangement  and  administration  of 

libraries.      1856 qro25   S56 

RICHARD,  Jules. 

L'art  de  former  une  bibliotheque.     1883 T025.2  R39 

AMERICAN  LIBRARY  ASSOCIATION. 

List  of  subject  headings  for  use  in  dictionary  catalogs. 

1895 qr025.3  Asi 

The  same.    Ed.  2.    1898 qro25.3  Asil 

BRITISH  MUSEUM. 

Rules  for  compiling  the  catalogues  in  the  department  of 

printed  books  in  the  British  museum.     1900 ro25.3  B75 

CUTTER,  Charles  Ammi. 

Rules  for  a  dictionary  catalogue.     (United  States — Edu- 
cation bureau.     Public  libraries  in  the  United  States, 

V.2.)   ro27  U2S  V.2 

DEWEY,  Melvil. 

Library  school  rules.     1894 qro25.3  Dsr 

Simplified  library  school  rules.     1898 qro25.3  DSIS 

Contents:     Card  catalog. — Book  numbers. — Accession. — Shelf  list. — Cap- 
itals,  punctuation,  abbreviations,  library  handwriting. 

HASSE,  Adelaide  Rosalie. 

United   States  government  publications;   a  handbook  for 

the  cataloger.    v.i.     1902 qro25.3  H34 

v. I.     The  government  at  large;  the  constitution,  statutes,  treaties. 

LINDERFELT,  Klas  August,  comp. 

Eclectic  card  catalog  rules.     1890 qro25.3  L71 

PERKINS,  Frederic  Beecher. 

Rational  classification  of  literature  for  shelving  and  cata- 
loguing books  in  a  library.     1882 ro25.3  P43 

Bound  with  the  following. 

San  Francisco  cataloguing  for  public  libraries.     1884 r025.3  P43 

QUINN,  John  Henry. 

Manual  of  library  cataloguing.     1899 ro2S.3  Q3S 

SYDNEY,  PUBLIC  LIBRARY  OF  NEW  SOUTH  WALES. 
Guide  to  the  system  of  cataloguing  of  the  reference  library, 

with  regulations  for  visitors,  etc.     1898 qro25.3  S98 

BROWN,  James  Duff. 

Manual  of  library  classification  and  shelf  arrangement. 

1898 ro25.4  B78 


34  HISTORY  OF  LIBRARIES 

DEWEY,  Melvil. 

Abridged  decimal  classification  and  relativ  index.    1894.  .r02S.4  Dsia 
Decimal  classification  and  relativ  index.     1894 qro2S.4  D51 

RICHARDSON,  Ernest  Gushing. 

Classification,  theoretical  and  practical,  with  an  appendix 
containing  an  essay  towards  a  bibliographical  history  of 
systems  of  classification.     1901 025.4  R41 

New   York  state  library  school  association  alumni  lectures,    1900— 190 1. 

ROYAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 

International  catalogue  of  scientific  literature;  report  of 

the  committee,  with  schedules  of  classification.     1898.  .ro25.4  R81 

O'CONOR,  John  Francis  Xavier. 

Facts  about  bookworms;  their  history  in  literature  and 

work  in  libraries.    1898 025.8  0 13 

BLADES,  William. 

Enemies  of  books.     1888 025.9  B51 

The  enemies  enumerated  by  Mr  Blades  are:  fire,  water,  gas  and  heat, 
dust  and  neglect,  ignorance  and  bigotry,  the  book-worm,  bookbinders, 
collectors,  and  servants  and  children. 


027     History  of  libraries 

BRITISH  library  year  book;  a  record  of  library  progress  and 

work;  ed.  by  Thomas  Greenwood,  1900/01.     v.i.     1900.. ro27  B75 
CLARK,  John  Willis. 

Libraries  in  the  medieval  and  renaissance  periods.     1894... 027  C52 
EDWARDS,  Edward. 

Libraries  and  founders  of  libraries.     1864 ro27  E31 

FLETCHER,  William  Isaac. 

Public  libraries  in  America.    1894 027  F63 

The  same.     1895 ro27  F63 

FLINT,  Weston,  c(mp. 

Statistics  of  public  libraries  in  the  United  States  and  Can- 
ada. 1893.  (United  States — Education  bureau.  Circu- 
lar of  information  no. 201.) r027  F64 

GENTLEMAN'S  magazine  library;  ed.  by  G.  L.  Gomme;  Lit- 
erary curiosities  and  notes.     1888 027  G29 

Contents:     Bookmaking  and  bookselling.  —  Libraries  and  book  clubs.  — 
Bibles,  prayer-books  and  devotional  books. 

GREENWOOD,  Thomas. 

Publit  libraries;  a  history  of  the  movement  and  a  manual 
for  the  organization  and  management  of  rate-supported 
libraries.     1894 027  G85 

NORRENBERG,  Constantin. 

Kooperation   verschiedener   bibliotheken,    [and]    Oeffent- 

liche  bibliotheken  in  Amerika.     1896 r027  R37 

Bound  with  the  following. 

REYER,  Ed. 

Entwicklung  und  organisation  der  volksbibliotheken.    1893 . .  r027  R37 


HISTORY  OF  LIBRARIES  35 

UNITED  STATES— Education  bureau. 

Public  libraries  in  the  United  States;  their  history,  con- 
dition and  management.     2v.     1876-91 ro27  U25 

Statistics  of  libraries  and  library  legislation  in  the  United 

States.     1897 ro27  U2SS 

Chapters  from  the  Report  of  the  commissioner  of  education,  1895-96. 
WILSON,  James  Grant. 

World's  largest  libraries.     (Hoffman  library  lectures.) ...  .027  W76 

The  same.     (Hoffman  library  lectures.) ro27  W76 

MERCANTILE  LIBRARY  ASSOCIATION,  Pittsburgh. 

Annual  report,  1871-1873.    v.24-26,  in  i.     1872-74 r027.2  M63 

QUINCY,  Josiah,  1772-1864. 

History  of  the  Boston  Athenaeum,  with  notices  of  its 

founders.     1851 qro27.2  B64 

JEFFERSON  COUNTY  LIBRARY,  Fairfield,  Iowa. 

Photographs  and  description  of  the  Jefferson  county 
library,  Fairfield,  Iowa,  erected  by  Andrew  Carnegie, 

1896 qro27.3  J23 

BIRMINGHAM,  England— Free  libraries. 

Annual   report  of  the   committee,   1862,   1868-69,   1871-72, 

1874-date.    V.I,  7-8,  lo-ii,  13-date.     1862-date ro27.4  B48 

BOSTON— Public  library. 

Annual  report  of  the  trustees.    v.2-date.     1854-date. . .  .ro27.4  B64a 

V.3,  6-1 1,    13,   16,   19,  24-25,  27,  reports  for   1855,   1858-63,   1865,    1868, 
1870/71,  1875/76-1876/77,  1878/79,  wanting. 

Hand-book  for  readers  in  the  library,  containing  the  regu- 
lations of  the  library,  an  account  of  the  catalogues,  a 
bibliography  of  special  subjects,  list  of  indexes  to  peri- 
odicals and  other  information.     1890 ro27.4  B64h 

Proceedings  on  laying  the  corner-stone,  Sept  17,  1855. 

1855 ro27.4  B64 

BROOKLINE,  Mass.— Public  library. 

Annual  report  of  the  trustees,  1865/66-date.     v.g-date. 

1866-date ro27.4  B77 

v.io— 12,  37,  reports  for  1867-69,  1894,  wanting. 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y.— Library. 

Annual  report,  1895-date.    v.6o-date.     1896-date T027.4.  B86 

CAMBRIDGE,  Mass.— Public  library. 

Annual  report  of  the  trustees,  1882-date.    v.25-date.    1883- 

date ro27.4  C14 

V. 26-29,  31,  33-34,  reports  for  1883-86,  1888,  1890-91,  wanting. 

CARNEGIE  INSTITUTE,  Pittsburgh. 

Carnegie  fine  arts  and  museum  collection  fund;  constitu- 
tion and  by-laws  of  the  board  of  trustees,  together  with 

Mr  Carnegie's  letter  and  deed  of  trust ro27.4  C2IC 

Bound  with  Carnegie  library  of  Pittsburgh.     Ordinances  and  by-laws. 

Pounder's  day,  1897-date.     1897-date ro27.4  C2lf 

Accounts  of  the  Founder's  day  exercises  of  Carnegie  institute,  beginning 
with  the  second  anniversary  (1897)  of  the  dedication  of  the  building. 
The  first  anniversary,  in  1896,  was  celebrated  very  informally,  and  no 
printed  description  was  issued.  Beginning  with  1899  the  title  reads, 
"Fourth  [Fifth,  Sixth,  etc.]  celebration  of  Founder's  day  at  the  Car- 
negie institute." 
For  information  concerning  the  dedication  of  the  building  in  1895,  see 
"Dedication  souvenir"  and  "Presentation  of  the  library  to  the  people 
of  Pittsburgh,"  under  Carnegie  library  of  Pittsburgh. 


36  HISTORY  OF  LIBRARIES 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH. 

Dedication  souvenir.     1895 ro27.4  C21 

Ordinances  and  by-laws ro27.4   C2IC 

Presentation  of  the  library  to  the  people  of  Pittsburgh, 
with  a  description  of  the  dedicatory  exercises,  Nov.  5, 

1895.     189s r027.4   C2IP 

CREDLAND,  William  Robert. 

Manchester  public  free  libraries;  a  history  and  descrip- 
tion, and  guide  to  their  contents  and  use.     1899 ro27.4  C87 

EDWARDS,  Edward. 

Free  town  libraries;  their  formation,  management  and  his- 
tory in  Britain,  France,  Germany  &  America,  with 
notices  of  book-collectors  and  of  the  places  of  deposit 

of  their  surviving  collections.     1869 ro27.4  E31 

ENOCH  PRATT  FREE  LIBRARY,  Baltimore. 

Letters  and  documents  relating  to  its  foundation  and 
organization,  with  the  dedicatory  addresses  and  exer- 
cises, Jan.  4,  1886.     1886 ro27.4  E6s 

HARTFORD— Public  library. 

Annual  report  of  the  executive  committee,  1895/1896-date. 

v.58-date.     1896-date ro27.4  H32 

JAMES  BLACKSTONE  MEMORIAL  LIBRARY,  Branford, 
Conn. 

Exercises  at  the  opening,  June  17,  1896.     1897 qro27.4  J16 

JOHN  CRERAR  LIBRARY,  Chicago. 

Annual  report,  i89S-date.    v.i-date.    1897-date qr027.4  J35 

KRUPP'SCHE  BUCHERHALLE. 

Bericht  der  Krupp'schen  biicherhalle  iiber  das  betriebs- 
jahr  1 899/ 1 900- 1 900/01;  mit  anlage.  Die  verwaltung  und 

einrichtung  der  biicherhalle.     v.1-2.     1900-01 qr027.4  K42 

LANGFORD,  John  Alfred. 

The  Birmingham  free  libraries,  the  Shakspere  memorial 

library  and  the  art  gallery.     1871 ro27.4  B48I 

LENOX  LIBRARY,  New  York. 

Annual  report  of  the  trustees,  1870-1894.     V.1-2S,  in  i. 

1871-95 ro27.4  L61 

LITHGOW  LIBRARY,  Augusta,  Maine. 

Lithgow  library  and  reading  room;  history  and  descrip- 
tion  r027.4    L74 

LOS  ANGELES,  Cal.— Public  library. 

Annual  report,    v.i-date.     1889-date r027.4  L89 

NEW  HAVEN,  Conn. — Free  public  library. 

Annual  report,    v.i-date.     1887-date ro27.4  N26 

NEW  YORK  (city) — Free  circulating  library. 

Annual  report,  1887-1900.     v.8-21.     1887-1901 ro27.4  N261 

V.I  I,  report  for  1891,  wanting. 

Consolidated  with  the  New  York  public  library,  Feb.  25,  1901. 

NEW  YORK  LIBRARY  CLUB. 

Libraries  of  greater  New  York;  Manual  and  historical 

sketch  of  the  New  York  library  club.     1902 ro27.4  N2612 


READING  AND  AIDS  37 

OGLE,  John  J. 

The  free  library;  its  history  and  present  condition.     1897. 

(Library  series.)   027.4  O17 

Treats  of  British  libraries  only. 

PRATT  INSTITUTE,  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 

Report  of  the  library,  1896/97-date.  v.i-date.  1897-date . .  ro27.4  P88 
PROVIDENCE,  R.  I.— Public  library. 

Annual  report,  1882-date.     v.5-date.     1883-date r027.4  P97 

V.10-13,  15,  17,  reports  for  1887-90,  1892  and  1894,  wanting. 

ST.  LOUIS— Public  library. 

Annual  report,  1869/70-1896/97.    23V.  in  2.     1870-98 ro27.4  S14 

Reports  for   1876/1877,    1878/1879-1879/1880,    1889/1890   wanting. 

SMALL,  Herbert. 

Handbook  of  the  new  public  library  in  Boston.     1895 027.4  B64 

SPRINGFIELD,  Mass.  CITY  LIBRARY  ASSOCIATION. 

Annual  report,  1865/66-date.     v.5-date.     1886-date ro27.4  S76 

V.7,  9-10,  reports  for  1867/1868,  1869/1870-1870/1871,  wanting. 

STEVENSON,  William  Marshall. 

Carnegie  and  his  libraries.     1899 • qro27.4  S84 

Reprinted  from  the  "Presbyterian  banner,"  v. 86,  Aug.  10,  1899. 

ILLINOIS  STATE  HISTORICAL  LIBRARY. 

Trustees'  report,  1894.     1895 r027.5  I22 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Library. 

Annual  report,  1892/93-date.    v.76-date.     1894-date ro27.5  N26 

PENNSYLVANIA- State  library. 

Report  of  the  librarian,  1888-date.     1889-date ro27.S  P39 

UNITED  STATES— Library  of  Congress. 

Report  of  the  librarian,  1897-date.     1897-date r027.5  U2S 

Report  for  1900/01  contains  a  manual  of  the  constitution,  organization, 
methods,  etc.  of  the  library. 

WISCONSIN  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY. 

Memorial  volume  of  the  State  historical  society  of  Wis- 
consin; exercises  at  the  dedication  of  its  new  building, 
Oct.  19,  1900,  with  a  description  of  the  building,  ac- 
counts of  the  several  libraries  contained  therein  and  a 
brief  history  of  the  society;   ed.   by   R.  G.  Thwaites. 

1901 qro27.s   W81 

NEW  YORK   (state) — University — Extension   department. 

Traveling  libraries.     1901.     (Bulletin  no.40.) r027.6  N26 

Contents:     Field  and  future  of  traveling  libraries,  by  Melvil  Dewey. — 
Summary  of  traveling  library  systems,  by  Myrtilla  Avery. 

HARVARD  UNIVERSITY— Library. 

Report  of  the  librarian,  1896-date.     1896-date r027.7  H33 

DUNNING,  Albert  Elijah. 

Sunday-school  library.     1884 ro27.8  D92 


028     Reading  and  aids 

ABBOTT,  Lyman,  ed. 

Hints  for  home  reading,  with  suggestions  for  libraries  by 

G.  P.  Putnam.     1892 028  A13 

Contains  priced  lists  of  suggested  selections  of  500,  1000  and  2000  vol- 
umes of  the  most  desirable  and  important  books. 


38  READING  AND  AIDS 

ATKINSON,  William  Parsons. 

On  the  right  use  of  books.     1880 028  A87 

BALDWIN,  James. 

Book-lover;  a  guide  to  the  best  reading.     1895 028  B19 

BALDWIN,  James,  comp. 

Guide  to  systematic  readings  in  the  Encyclopaedia  Britan- 

nica.     1895 ro28  Bi9g 

BROOKINGS,  Walter  DuBois,  &  Ringwalt,  R.  C.  ed. 

Briefs  for  debate  on  current  political,  economic  and  social 

topics.     1896 ro28   B77 

Bibliography  of  debating,  by  A.  B.  Hart,  p.41-47. 

CALLER,  Mary  Alice. 

Literary  guide  for  home  and  school.     1895 028  C13 

Contains  general  suggestions  on  the  reading  of  young  girls,  and  outlines 
a  ten  years'  course  in  literature  for  girls  from  seven  to  seventeen; 
there  are  also  lists  of  historical  novels  illustrating  the  whole  course 
of  English  and  American  history. 

COUNSEL  upon  the  reading  of  books,  with  an  introduction 

by  Henry  Van  Dyke.     1900 028  C83 

Contents:  History,  by  H.  M.  Stephens. — Memories  and  biographies,  by 
Agnes  Repplier. — Sociology,  economics  and  politics,  by  A.  T.  Hadley. 
— The  study  of  fiction,  by  Brander  Matthews. — Poetry,  by  Bliss  Perry. 
— Essay  and  criticism,  by  H.  W.  Mabie. 

A  short  list  of  references  precedes  each  chapter. 

CRUMP,  John  F. 

Witchery  of  books.     1900 028  C89 

FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

Great  books.    1898 028  F2S 

Contents:  Great  books. — John  Bunyan. — Shakespeare. — Dante. — Milton. 
— The  imitation  of  Christ. 

FOSTER,  William  Eaton. 

Libraries  and  readers.     1883 ro28  F81 

Contents:  Some  hints  on  right  reading. — Correction  of  aimless  reading. 
— The  specializing  of  reading,  for  general  readers. — "Current  litera- 
ture" and  "standard  literature." — Securing  the  interest  of  a  com- 
munity.— What  may  be  done  at  home. — How  to  use  a  library;  a  rudi- 
mentary chapter. — Books  and  articles  on  reading. 

GIBSON,  Laurence  M. 

Handbook  for  literary  and  debating  societies.     1898 ro28  G37 

References  at  the  end  of  each  article. 

HOFFMAN,  Charles  Frederick. 

The  library  a  divine  child.     1893 028  H67 

HUMPHREYS,  Arthur  L. 

The  private  library;  what  we  do  know,  what  we  don't  know, 

what  we  ought  to  know  about  our  books.     1897 028  H92 

IRELAND,  Alexander,  (pseud.  Philobiblos),  comp. 

Book-lover's  enchiridion.     1883 028  I28 

A  treasury  of  thoughts  on  the  solace  and  companionship  of  books,  gath- 
ered from  the  writings  of  the  greatest  thinkers,  from  Cicero  to  Ruskin. 

KOOPMAN,  Harry  Lyman. 

Mastery  of  books;  hints  on  reading  and  the  use  of  libra- 
ries.   1896 ro28  K37 

Annotated  list  of  books  on  the  subject  of  reading,  p.  197-203. 


READING  FOR  THE  YOUNG  39 

LARNED,  Josephus  Nelson. 

A  talk  about  books.     1897 028  L32 

An  address  by  the  author  of  the  "History  for  ready  reference,"  to  the 
students  of  the  Central  high  school,  Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

LEYPOLDT,  Augusta  H.  &  lies,  George,  comp. 

List  of  books  for  girls  and  women  and  their  clubs.     1895.  .qro28  L67 
Lists  of  books  on  various  subjects,  chosen  by  specialists,  and  furnished 
with   descriptive  and  critical  notes.     In  addition  to  these  lists  are  a 
list  of  periodicals  and  hints  for  girls'  and  women's  clubs. 

MATSON,  Henry. 

References  for  literary  workers.     1893 ro28  M47 

MATTHEWS,  Brander. 

Home  library.    1883 028  M47 

Chapters  on  the  buying  and  owning  of  books,  on  fiction,  on  book- 
binding, etc. 

RAFFETY,  Frank  W. 

Books  worth  reading;  a  plea  for  the  best  and  an  essay 
towards  selection,  with  short  introductions  to  many  of 

the  world's  great  authors.     1899 028  R14 

RICHARDSON,  Charles  Francis. 

Choice  of  books.     1885 028  R41 

RIGHT  reading;  words  of  good  counsel  on  the  choice  and  use 
of  books,  selected   from  the   writings   of  ten  famous 

authors.     1902 028  R4S 

List  of  authors:  Sir  Arthur  Helps. — Carlyle. — Isaac  D'lsraeli. — Emer- 
son.— Schopenhauer. — Ruskin. — J.  C.  Hare. — John  Morley. — Lowell. — 
Frederic  Harrison. 

ROWTON,  Frederic. 

How  to  conduct  a  debate;  a  series  of  complete  debates, 
outlines  of  debates  and  questions  for  discussion,  with 
references  to  the  best  sources  of  information  on  each 

particular  topic;  revised  by  W.  Taylor ro28  R81 

SHAYLOR,  Joseph,  comp. 

The  pleasure  of  literature  and  the  solace  of  books.     1898. .  .  .028  SS3 
Prose  extracts  from  ancient  and  modern  writers. 

WINCHESTER,  Caleb  Thomas. 

Five  short  courses  of  reading  in  English  literature,  with 

biographical  and  critical  references.     1892 ro28  W77 


028.5     Reading  for  the  young 

BUFFALO,  N.  Y.— Library. 

Class-room  libraries  for  public  schools,  listed  by  grades,  to 
which  is  added  a  list  of  books  suggested  for  school 

reference  libraries.     1902 ro28.5  B86 

BURT,  Mary  Elizabeth. 

Literary  landmarks.      1893 028.5   B94 

Guide  to  reading  for  the  young.  The  volume  contains  many  ingenious 
illustrations  designed  to  fix  in  the  pupil's  mind  the  story  of  literature, 
and  at  the  end  is  a  carefully  selected  list  of  700  books. 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH. 

Graded  and  annotated  catalogue  of  books  for  the  use  of 

the  city  schools.     1900 ro28.5  C21 


40  GENERAL  ENCYCLOPEDIAS 

FIELD,  Mrs  E.  M. 

The  child  and  his  book;  some  account  of  the  history  and 

progress  of  children's  literature  in  England.     1891 028.5  F45 

GRISWOLD,  William  MacCrillis,  comp. 

Descriptiv  list  of  books  for  the  young.     1895 r028.S  G93 

HARDY,  George  E.  ed. 

Five  hundred  books  for  the  young.     1892 028.5  H26 

The  same.     1892 ro28.5  H26 

HARTFORD— Public  library. 

Boys'  and  girls'  books  in  the  library.     1895 r028.5  H32 

LAWRENCE,  Isabel. 

Classified  reading;  books  for  the  school,  the  library  and 

the  home,  with  a  full  bibliography  of  education.    1898.  .r028.5  L42 
PRENTICE,  May  H.  comp. 

References  to  books  in  the   Cleveland  public  library,  in- 
tended to  aid  the  third  grade  teachers  of  the  Cleveland 

public  schools.     1898 028.5  P91 

The  satne.    1898 ro28.5  Ppi 

Published  by  the  Cleveland  public  library. 

SARGENT,  John  Frederick,  comp. 

Reading  for  the  young,  vs^ith  supplement  for  1891-1895  by 

M.  E.  and  A.  L.  Sargent.    2v.  in  i.     1890-96 qro28.5  S24r 

The  same.     2v.     1890-96 qro28.s  S24 

WISCONSIN — Libraries,  State  superintendent  of. 

List  of  books  for  township  libraries  of  Wisconsin.    1901 . .  ro28.5  W81 

The  same.     1902 ro28.5  W81I 


029     Literary  methods 


AUTHOR;  a  monthly  magazine  for  literary  workers.    3v.  in 

I.     1889-91 ro29  A93 

No  more  published. 

BOOTH,  William  Stone,  comp. 

Notes  for  the  guidance  of  authors.     1900 029  B63 

Brief  chapters  on  the  preparation  of  a  manuscript,  submitting  a  manu- 

*  script   to   a   publisher,   copyright,    forms    of    agreement,    proof-reading, 

proof  showing  corrections,  and   other  helpful   suggestions  to   persons 

not  accustomed  to   the   ways  of   publishers.      Compiled   for   the   Mac- 

millan  co. 

WALSH,  William  Shepard,  comp. 

Authors  and  authorship.     (Literary  life.) 029  W18 

WRITER;  a  monthly  magazine  for  literary  workers,     v.i- 

date.    1887-date ro29  W93 

Contains  articles  on  subjects  of  particular  interest  to  writers,  especially 
those  doing  newspaper  work  of  any  kind,  advice  to  aspirants  to  the 
profession  of  literature,  lists  of  magazine  articles  interesting  to  liter- 
ary   workers,   and   descriptions   of   practical    helps    and    conveniences. 


030     General  encyclopedias 

AMERICAN  annual   cyclopaedia  and  register  of  important 

events,  1861,  1864.     v.i,  4.     1862-65 qro3i  Asi 

Continued   1876-date  as  "Appletons*  annual  cyclopaedia  and  register  of 
important  events." 


GENERAL  ENCYCLOPEDIAS  41 

APPLETONS'  American  cyclopaedia.     17V.     1883-84 qro3i  A64 

APPLETONS'  annual  cyclopaedia  and  register  of  important 

events,  1876-date.    New  series  v.i-date.     1886-date. .  .qro3i  A64a 

Title  of  earlier  series  reads  "American  annual  cyclopsedia  and  register 
of  important  events." 

CENTURY  cyclopedia  of  names.     1894 qr03i  C32 

The  same.     1895 qro3i  C32C 

CHAMPLIN,  John  Denison. 

Young  folks'  catechism  of  common  things.     1886 rjo3i  C3Sy 

CHAMPLIN,  John  Denison,  ccnnp. 

Young  folks'  cyclopaedia  of  common  things.     1894 i"J03i  C35 

CHANDLER'S  encyclopedia;  an  epitome  of  universal 

knowledge;  ed.  by  W.  H.  Chandler.    3v.     1898 qr03i  C36 

COLUMBIAN  cyclopedia.    32V.     1897 ro3i  C72 

INTERNATIONAL  cyclopaedia.     15V.     1895 qr03i  I24 

INTERNATIONAL  year  book;  a  compendium  of  the  world's 
progress  in  every  department  of  human  knowledge, 
1898-date;  ed.  by  F.  M.  Colby  and  H.  T.  Peck,     v.i- 

date.     1899-date qro3i  I248 

JOHNSON'S  new  universal  cyclopaedia.    4V.     1875-78 qro3i  J35 

The  saute;  ed.  by  C.  K.  Adams.    8v.     1893-95 qr03i  J35U 

The  same;  new  ed.  by  C.  K.  Adams;  revised  and  enl.  by 

Rossiter  Johnson.    I2v.    1902 qro3i  J35U2 

Title-page  of  the  edition  of  1902  reads  "Universal  cyclopaedia  and  atlas." 

CHAMBERS'S  encyclopjedia.     lov.     1901 qro32  C35 

ENCYCLOPEDIA  Britannica.     25V.     1878-89 qro32  E62 

American  supplement.     4v.     1893 qro32   E621 

HAZELL'S  tinnual  for  1890-date.    v.5-date.     1890-date ro32  H38 

V.6,  7  and  9  wanting. 

PENNY  cyclopaedia,  with    ist  supplement.     29V.  in   16. 

1833-51 qro32  P41 

QUIETER,  Harry,  ed. 

What's  what.    v.i.     1902 ro32  Q32 

A  new  kind  of  encyclopedia,  more  for  reading  than  for  reference.  It 
covers  a  wide  field  and  in  spite  of  inconsistencies,  curious  omissions 
and  lack  of  proportion,  it  contains  some  interesting  and  worthy  ma- 
terial. _    • 

REES,  Abraham,  comp. 

The  cyclopaedia;  or.  Universal  dictionary  of  arts,  sciences 

and  literature.    45V.     1819-20 qr032  R28 

WILKES,  John,  of  Sussex,  England,  comp. 

Encyclopaedia  Londinensis.     v.i-io.     1810-11 qro32  W72 

ALLGEMEINES  lexicon  der  kiinste  und  wissenschaften.    2v. 

1767 ro33  A43 

BROCKHAUS,  Friedrich  Arnold,  comp. 

Konversations-lexikon.     17V.     1892-97 qro33  B76 

HUBNER,  Johann,  comp. 

Reales  staats-  zeitungs-  und  conversations-lexicon.     1757.. r033  H88 

MEYERS  kleines  konversations-lexikon.     3v.     1892-93 r033  M65k 

MEYERS  konversations-lexikon.     v.i-date.     1893-date qr033   M65 


42  GENERAL  PERIODICALS 

LAROUSSE,  Pierre  Athanase,  comp. 

Grand   dictionnaire   universe!   du    ige   siecle,   &  2   supple- 
ments.    17V.     1865-90 qro34  L33 


040     General  collections 

COTGREAVE,  Alfred,  comp. 

Contents-subject   index   to   general   and   periodical   litera- 
ture.    1900 r040  C83 

EVENS,  William. 

Scrap  book  compiled  by  William  Evens qr040  Eqs 

Miscellaneous  clippings  collected  by  an  old  Pittsburgh  musician. 

FLETCHER,  William  Isaac,  ed. 

"A.  L.  A."  index;  an  index  to  general  literature.     1893..  ..qr040  F63 
The  same.    1901 qro40  F63a 


050     General  periodicals 

Indexes 

ANNUAL  literary  index,  including  periodicals  and  essays;  ed. 
by  W.  L  Fletcher  and  R.  R.  Bowker,  1892-date.  v.i- 
date.     1893-date qroso  A61 

CUMULATIVE  index  to  a  selected  list  of  periodicals,  1896- 

date.     v.i-date.     1897-date qroso  C91 

DIETRICH,  F.  comp. 

Bibliographic  der  deutschen  zeitschriften-litteratur.     v.i- 

date.     1897-date qro53  D57 

The  same;   supplementband,   bibliographic   der   deutschen 

rezensionen,  1900-date.    v.i-date.     1901-date qro53  Ds7s 

INDEX  to  the  periodical  literature  of  the  world.  See  Review 
of  reviews.    Annual  index  of  periodicals. 

POOLE,  William  Frederick,  comp. 

Alphabetical  index  to  subjects  treated  in  the  reviews  and 
other  periodicals  to  which  no  indexes  have  been  pub- 
lished, prepared  for  the  library  of  the  Brothers  in  unity, 
Yale  college.     1848 ro50  P79a 

The  germ  of  Poole's  invaluable  "Index  to  periodical  literature,"  com- 
piled when  the  author  was  a  student  at  Yale.  He  himself  says  of  it, 
"My  work,  though  crude  and  feeble  on  its  bibliographical  side,  answered 
its  purpose,  and  brought  to  me  the  whole  body  of  students  for  a  kind 
of  help  they  could  not  get  from  the  library  catalogues,  nor  from  any 
other  source . . .  The  little  book  is  now  a  curiosity  in  more  senses  than 
one." 

A  second  edition,  with  six  times  the  amount  of  matter  contained  in  the 
first,  appeared  in  1853,  and  was  incorporated  later  into  the  well-known 
"Index"  of  1882. 

POOLE,  William  Frederick,  &  Fletcher,  W.  I.  comp. 

Index  to  periodical  literature;  and  supplements,  1802-1896. 

4v.  in  5.     1888-97 qroso  P79 

The  same;  abridged  edition  covering  the  contents  of  thirty- 
seven  important  periodicals,  1815-1899,  by  W.  I.  Fletcher 
and  Mary  Poole.     1901 qroso  P79i 


AMERICAN  PERIODICALS  43 

RfiPERTOIRE  bibliographique  des  principales  revues  fran- 
qaises;  redige  par  D.  Jordell,  1898-date.  v.2-date.  1900- 
date qroS4  R35 

REVIEW  OF  REVIEWS. 

Annual  index  of  periodicals  &  photographs,  1890-date. 

v.i-date.     1891-date qro5o  R36 

v.2-4  title  reads  "Index  to  the  periodical  literature  of  the  world." 
v.s-date  title  reads  "Index  to  the  periodicals." 

051     American  periodicals 

AMERICAN  eclectic;  or,  Selections  from  the  periodical  liter- 
ature of  all  foreign  countries;  ed.  by  Absalom  Peters 
and  others;  bi-monthly.    4v.     1841-42 ro5i  AS122 

No  more  published. 

AMERICAN  monthly  review.    4v.  in  3.     1832-33 ro5i  A5123 

No  more  published. 

AMERICAN  monthly  review  of  reviews.     See  Review  of 

reviews. 

AMERICAN  notes  and  queries;  weekly.     8v.     1888-92 ro5i  A512 

AMERICAN  quarterly  review,  Mar.  1827-Dec.  1837.     22v. 

1827-37 '. rose  A51 

No  more  published. 

AMERICAN  review;  a  Whig  journal;  monthly.    i6v.    1845-52.  .ro5i  A51 

v.i:-i6  title  reads  "American  Whig  review." 

No  more  published. 
AMERICAN  review  of  history  and  politics;  ed.  by  R.  Walsh; 

quarterly.    4v.     1811-12 ro5i  A513 

No  more  published. 
AMERICAN  Whig  review.     See  American  review. 
ANALECTIC  magazine;  containing  selections  from  foreign 

reviews  and  magazines;  monthly,  Jan.  1813-June  1819. 

V.1-13.     1813-19 ro5i  AS3 

v.6-8   title  reads   "Analectic   magazine  and   naval   chronicle." 

APPLETONS'  journal  of  literature,  science  and  art;  weekly 

and  monthly.     26v.     1869-81 qro5i  A65 

No  more  published. 

ARENA;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1890-date ro5i  A68 

ATLANTIC  monthly,     v.i-date.     1858-date ro5i  A88 

Index,  v.i-62.     1889. 

BAY  state  monthly.     See  New  England  magazine. 

BOOK  buyer;  a  summary  of  American  and  foreign  literature; 

monthly,     v.i-date.     1884-date ro5i   B63b 

BOOK  news;  monthly.    v.i6-date.     1897-date qro5i  B631 

BOOK  reviews;  monthly,     v.3-9.     1895-1901 ro5i   B632 

No  more  published. 

BOOKMAN;  illustrated  literary  journal;  monthly,    v.i-date. 

i89S-date qro5i  B63 

BOSTONIAN.     See  National  magazine. 
CALIFORNIAN;  a  Western  monthly  magazine.    6v. 

1880-82 qrosi   C13 

Oct. -Dec.   1882  title  reads  the  "Calif ornian  and  overland  monthly."     No 
more  published. 

CANADIAN  magazine  of  politics,  science,  art  and  literature; 

monthly,     v.i-date.     1893-date ro5i    C16 


44  AMERICAN  PERIODICALS 

CANADIAN  monthly  and  national   review,  Jan.    1872-June 

1882.     21V.     1872-82 ro5i  C167 

No  more  published. 

CENTURY  illustrated  monthly  magazine,     v.i-date.     1882- 

date rosi  S431 

Being  v.23-date  of  "Scribner's  monthly." 

The  same.    v.36-date.     1899-date 051  S431 

Being  v.sS-date  of  "Scribner's  monthly." 
CHAP-BOOK;  semi-monthly,    gv.     1894-98 qrosi  C36 

No  more  published. 

CHAUTAUQUAN;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1881-date qrosi  C41 

CONSERVATIVE  review,     v.i-date.     1899-date rosi  C7S 

CONTINENTAL  monthly,  devoted  to  literature  and  national 

policy,  Jan.  1862-June  1864.     v.  1-5.     1862-64 ro5i  C76 

COSMOPOLITAN;    monthly,     v.i-date.      1886-date rosi    C83 

CRITIC;  weekly.     New  series,  v.i-date.     1884-date qro5i  C88 

CURRENT  literature;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1888-date qrosi  C93 

DAGUERREOTYPE;  a  magazine  of  foreign  literature  and 

science,  comp.  chiefly  from  the  periodical  publications 

of  England,  France  and  Germany;  semi-monthly,  Aug. 

7,  1847-Apr.  17,  1849.    v.1-3.     1847-49 qrosi  D14 

DIAL;  monthly  and  semi-monthly,    v.i-date.     1881-date. ..  .qrosi  DS3 
ECLECTIC  magazine  of  foreign  literature,  science  and  art; 

monthly,     v.i-date.     1844-date rosi   E2S 

V.I 32  begins  a  new  series,  and  title  reads  "Eclectic  magazine  and  monthly 
edition  of  the  Living  age." 

EMERSON'S   magazine   and    Putnam's   monthly.     See   Put- 
nam's monthly  magazine. 

EVERY  Saturday;  weekly.     17V.     1866-74 qrosi  E95 

In  Nov.  1874  this  was  incorporated  with  "Littell's  living  age." 

FORUM;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1886-date rosi  F79 

Index,    v.  1-32.      1902. 

FRANK  Leslie's  popular  monthly.    v.44-date.     1897-date qroSi  F87 

GALAXY;  semi-monthly  and  monthly,   v.i-24,  in  25.    1866-77.  .rosi  G14 

Publication  ceased  with  v.  2  5. 
Incorporated  with  "Atlantic  monthly." 

GRAHAM'S  magazine;  monthly,  Jan.-June  i8si.   v.38.    i8si . .  qrosi  G77 
GRANITE  monthly;  a  New  Hampshire  magazine  devoted  to 

literature,  history  and  state  progress,     v.i-date.     1877- 

date rosi   G78 

GREAT  round  world;  a  history  of  our  own  times  for  boys  and 

girls;  weekly,    v.i-date.     1896-date rjosi  G82 

The  same.    v.3-date.     1899-date josi  G82 

HARPER'S  new  monthly  magazine,    v.i-date.     1850-date. .  .  .rosi  H28 

Index,  v.i-85.     1893. 

The  same,    v.ioo-date.     1900-date oSi  H28 

HARPER'S  young  people;  weekly  and  monthly.   20v. 

1880-99 qrjos  I   H28 

The  same,     v.2,  17-18.     1881-98 qjosi  H28 

V.  16-20  title  reads  "Harper's  round  table." 

No  more  published. 
HESPERIAN  tree;  an  annual  of  the  Ohio  valley;  ed.  by  J.  J. 

Piatt,     v.i-date.     1900-date qrosi  H48 

"Editor's  aim  has  been  to  offer  to  the  public  in  this  annual  a  magazine 
of  literary  miscellany  in  prose  and  verse  comprising  original  stories, 
sketches,  essays  and  poems — the  contributors  to  which  should  be  native 


AMERICAN  PERIODICALS  45 

to  or  identified .  with  the  Ohio  Valley. .  .with  reproductions ...  of  pic- 
tures and  drawings,  as  well  as  works  in  sculpture,  by  artists  also  native 
to  or  identified  with  our. .  .valley."     Editor's  note. 

HOURS  at  home;  monthly,     iiv.     1865-70 ro5i  H83 

No  more  published. 

ILLUSTRATED  American;  weekly.     2Sv.     1890-99 qrosi   I22 

v.22-23  wanting. 
No  more  published. 

INTER  ocean  curiosity  shop,  1880-1892.    v.3-15.     1881-93..  .ro5i  I2481 

Publication  ceased  with  v.  15. 

INTERNATIONAL  monthly;  a  magazine  of  contemporary 

thought,     v.i-date.     1900-date ro5i    I2482 

INTERNATIONAL  monthly  magazine.    Sv.     1850-52 ro5i  I248 

No  more  published. 

INTERNATIONAL  review;  bi-monthly.     14V.     1874-83 ro5i  I24 

No  more  published. 

KNICKERBOCKER;  or,  New-York  monthly  magazine. 

V.1-60.     1833-62 ro5i   K34 

March  1844  wanting. 
LAND  we  love;  monthly.  May  1866-Mar.  1869.  v.i-6.   1866-69.  .ro5i  L21 

A  general  literary  magazine  published  in  the  South  and  specially  devoted 
to  Southern  interests.  It  contains  considerable  material  relating  to 
the  Civil  war. 

The  LIBRARY;  weekly,  March  loth-Sept.  ist,  1900.     v.i, 

no. 1-26.     1900.     Pittsburgh qrosi   L68 

No  more  published. 
LIPPINCOTT'S  monthly  magazine,     v.i-date.     1868-date.  .ro5i   L73 

LITERARY  digest;  weekly.     v.i2-date.     1896-date qrosi   L74id 

LITERARY  world;  monthly  and  semi-monthly.    v.9-date. 

1878-date qro5i   L741 

LITTELL'S  living  age;  weekly,    v.i-date.     1844-date ro5i  L74 

Complete  index,  v.i-ioo.     1891. 

LITTLE  folks;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1899-date rjo5i  L74 

McCLURE'S  magazine;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1893-date ro5i  M13 

MIDLAND  monthly,    v.8-11.     1897-99 rosi  M67 

Publication  ceased  with  v.ii. 

MISCELLANEOUS  notes  and  queries,  with  answers;  pub. 
by  S.  C.  &  L.  M.  Gould;  monthly,  July  1882-date.  v.i- 
date.     1884-date ro5i   M73 

V.I 6  title  reads  "The  grand  man;  notes  and  queries." 
v.i7-date  title  reads  "Notes  and  queries  and  historic  magazine." 

MUNSEY'S  magazine;  monthly,  Oct.  1891-date.     v.6-date. 

1892-date ro5i  M96 

Prior  to  October  1891  this  appeared  as  a  weekly  publication. 

NATIONAL  magazine;  an  illustrated  monthly,     v.i-date. 

1896-date qro5i  B64 

V.1-3  published  as  the  "Bostonian." 

NATIONAL  magazine;  devoted  to  literature,  art  and  reli- 
gion; ed.  by  Abel  Stevens  and  James  Floy;  monthly. 

13V.      1852-58 ro5i    N15 

No  more  published. 

NEW  England  magazine,    v.i-date.     1884-date ro5i  B33 

v.1-3  published  as  the  "Bay  state  monthly." 

NEW-ENGLAND   magazine;   ed.   by  J.T.Buckingham   and 

others;  monthly,  July  1831-Dec.  1835.    9v.     1831-35. .  .ro5i  N2612 

Continued  as  "American  monthly  magazine." 


46  AMERICAN  PERIODICALS 

NEW  Englander.    56V.     1843-92 rosi  N261 

Index,  v.i-19.     1862. 

V.44-S6  title  reads  "New  Englander  and  Yale  review." 
Succeeded  by  the  "Yale  review." 

NEW  YORK  review;  half  yearly  and  quarterly.    lov.    1837-42.  .r 051  N26 

No  more  published. 
NORTH   American  review;  bi-monthly  and   monthly,     v.i- 

date.     1815-date ro5i   N45 

NOTES  and  queries  and  historic  magazine.     See  Miscellane- 
ous notes  and  queries. 
OLD  and  new;  monthly,     iiv.    1870-75 ro5i  O23 

No  more  published. 
OPEN  court;  a  monthly  magazine,     v.3,  no.2-date.     1889- 

date qrosi  O26 

OUR  day:  a  record  and  review  of  current  reform;  ed.  by 

Joseph  Cook  and  others;  monthly,     v.i-8.     1888-91 ..  .ro5i  O327 
OUR  monthly;  a  religious  and  literary  magazine.     4V.  in  2. 

1870-71 ro5i  O32 

OUR  young  folks;  monthly.     9v.     1865-73 rJ05i  O32 

OVERLAND  monthly,    v.i-date.     1868-date ro5i  O33 

Discontinued   from   Jan.  1876-Dec.  1882. 

PENN  monthly  magazine.     14V.  in  13.     1870-82 ro5i  P39 

No  more  published;  v.  14  consists  of  one  number  only. 

The  PHILISTINE;  a  periodical  of  protest,  printed  for  the 
Society  of  the  Philistines;  monthly,  v.i-date.  1895- 
date ro5i  P49 

PUTNAM'S  monthly  magazine.     i6v.     1853-70 ro5i  P99 

No  more  published. 

v.  10   title  reads  "Emerson's  magazine  and   Putnam's  monthly." 

REVIEW  of  reviews;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1890-date. qro5i  R39 

v. 1 6— date  title  reads  "American  monthly  review  of  reviews." 

RIVERSIDE  magazine;  monthly.    4v.    1867-70 rjo5i  R52 

No  more  published. 

ST.  LOUIS  public  library  magazine;  monthly,  Apr.  1897-Nov. 

1898.     v.4-5.     1897-1900 qro5i   S14 

A  continuation  of  the  "Bulletin  of  the  St.  Louis  public  library,"  under 
which  title  the  first  three  volumes  were  issued. 

No  more  published. 
ST.  NICHOLAS;  monthly,  Nov.  1873-date.    v.i-date.     1874- 

date rjo5i  S14 

Index,  v.:-2i.   1894. 

Index,  v.i-27.   1901. 

The  same,    v.i-date.    1874-date J051  S14 

SCRIBNER'S  magazine;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1887-date ro5i  S43 

Tlie  same.    v.27-date.    1900-date 051  S43 

SCRIBNER'S  monthly,     v.i-date.     1871-date ro5i    S431 

v.23-date  title  reads  "Century  illustrated  monthly  magazine." 

TJie  same.     v.58-date.     1899-date 051  S431 

SOUTHERN  literary  messenger;  monthly,  Jan.  1837-June 

1864.    v.3-36.    1837-64 qrosi  S72 

Pts.  of  V.32  &  35  wanting. 

V.I 2-1 3    title    reads    "Southern    and    Western    literary    messenger    and 
review." 

WIDE  awake;  monthly.    37V.     1875-93 rjoSi  W67 

Incorporated  with  "St.  Nicholas"  in  Sept.   1893. 
WORLD'S  work;  monthly,  Nov.  1900-date.     v.i-date.     1901- 

date qro5i  W89 

YOUTH'S  companion;  weekly.    v.57-date.     1884-date qrjo5i  Y42 


ENGLISH  PERIODICALS  47 

052     English  periodicals 

ALL  the  year  round;  a  weekly  journal;  conducted  by  Charles 

Dickens,  April  30,  1859-March  30,  1895.    76V.     185^-95. . qro52  A41 
After  March  30,  1895,  this  publication  was  discontinued  and  the  maga- 
zine incorporated  with  "Household  words." 

ANGLO-SAXON  review;  a  quarterly  miscellany;  ed.  by  Lady 

Randolph  Spencer  Churchill.     lov.     1899-1901 qroS2  AsS 

No  more  published. 

ANTIQUARIAN  magazine  &  bibliographer;  ed.  by  Edward 

Walford;  monthly.     I2v.     1882-87 ro52  A63 

V.8-12  title  reads  "Walford's  antiquarian  magazine  and  bibliographical 

review;"  v.ii-12  are  edited  by  G.  W.  Redway. 
No  more  published. 

ARGOSY ;  monthly.     75V.     1866-1901 ro52  A69 

No  more  published. 

BELGRAVIA;  monthly.    98V.     1867-99 roS2  B39 

Publication  ceased  with  June  1899. 

BENTLEY'S  miscellany;  monthly.     64V.     1837-68 ro52  B44 

No  more  published.     Incorporated  with  "Temple  bar." 
BLACKWOOD'S  Edinburgh  magazine;  monthly,     v.i-date. 

1817-date ro52  Bsi 

General  index,  v.i-50.     1855. 

BRITISH  and  foreign  review;  or,  European  quarterly  journal. 

i8v.     1835-44 ro52  B7S6 

No  more  published. 

BRITISH  quarterly  review.     83V.     1845-86 ro52  B7S 

No  more  published. 
CHAMBERS'S  Edinburgh  journal;  weekly,    v.i-date.     1833- 

date qro52  €35 

v.33-date  title  reads  "Chambers's  journal." 
CONTEMPORARY  review;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1866-date.  .ro52  C76 

CORNHILL  magazine;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1860-date ro52  C82 

COSMOPOLIS;   an  international  monthly  review.     I2v. 

1896-98 ro52  C83 

No  more  published. 

DARK  blue;  monthly,    v.1-5,  no.i,  in  4.     1871-73 ro52  D25 

No  more  published. 

DUBLIN  university  magazine;  monthly.     96V.     1833-80 ro52  D85 

V. 91-96  title  reads  "University  magazine." 
V.96  consists  of  two  quarterly  numbers. 
No  more  published. 

EDINBURGH  review;  quarterly,  Oct.   1802-date.     v.i-date. 

1814-date. ro52  E28 

General  index,  v.1-20.     1813. 

General  index,  v. 21-50.      1832. 

General  index,  v.51— 80.     1850. 

General  index,  v.Si- no.      1862. 

General  index,  v. in— 140.      1876. 

ENGLISH    illustrated   magazine;   monthly,    1883-date.     v.i- 
date.     1884-date qro52  E64 

FOREIGN  quarterly  review.    2)7^-    1827-46 ro52  F76 

No  more  published. 

FORTNIGHTLY  review,    v.i-date.     1865-date ro52  F79 

ERASER'S  magazine;  monthly.    io6v.    1830-82 ro52  F88 

No  more  published. 


48  ENGLISH  PERIODICALS 

GENTLEMAN'S  magazine;  monthly,  1731-May  1868.     138V. 

in  221.     1806-68 ro52   G29 

General  index,  1731-1786.     2v.      1818. 

General  index,  1787-1818.     2V.      1821. 

Complete  list  of  plates  and   wood-cuts,    1 731 -18 18.      1821. 

V.30,   1760;  V.90,  pt. I,  Jan. -June   1820,  wanting. 

The  same,  new  ser.  June  1868-date.     v.i-date.     1868-date.  .ro52  G29g 
HOUSEHOLD  words;  a  weekly  journal;   conducted  by 

Charles  Dickens,     igv.     1850-59 ro52  H83 

Continued  as  "All  the  year  round." 

HOWITT'S  journal  of  literature  and  popular  progress;  ed. 

by  William  and  Mary  Howitt;  weekly.    3v.     1847-48.  .qro52  H86 

In    1849    incorporated    with    the    "People's    journal"    and    continued    as 
"People's  and  Howitt's  journal." 

IDLER;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1892-date roS2  I14 

ILLUMINATED  magazine;  ed.  by  Douglas  Jerrold;  monthly. 

4v.      1843-45 qr052   I22 

No  more  published. 

KNIGHT'S  penny  magazine.    See  Penny  magazine. 

LEISURE  hour;  weekly  and  monthly,    v.i-date.     1852-date.  .qro52  L56 

Index,  V.  1-25. 

LITERATURE;ed.  by  H.D.Traill;  weekly,    gv.    1898-1902.  .qro52  L74 

United  with  the  "Academy,"  Jan.   18,   1902. 

LONDON  magazine;  or,  Gentleman's  monthly  intelligencer. 

v.i-54.     1732-85 ro52  L822 

General  index,  v.  1-27.     1760. 

V.S-16  title  reads  "London  magazine  and  monthly  chronologer." 

LONDON  quarterly  review,    v.i-date.     1853-date ro52  L82 

LONDON  review;  quarterly.     See  Westminster  review. 
LONGMAN'S  magazine;  monthly,  Nov.  1882-date.    v.i-date. 

1883-date ro52  L83 

MACMILLAN'S  magazine;  monthly,  Nov.  1859-date.     v.i- 
date.     1860-date ro52  M21 

MONTHLY  review,    v.i-date.    1900-date qro52  M86 

MURRAY'S  magazine;  a  home  and  colonial   periodical; 

monthly.      lov.     1887-91 ro52  M97 

No  more  published. 

NATIONAL  review;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1883-date ro52  N155 

NATIONAL  review;  quarterly.     19V.     1855-64 roS2  N15 

No  more  published. 

NEW  review;  monthly.     17V.     1889-97 ro52  N28 

No  more  published. 

NINETEENTH  century;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1877-date. .  .  .ro52  N36 
NORTH  British  review;  quarterly.     53V.     1844-71 ro52  N45 

No  more  published. 

NOTES  and  queries;   weekly,   Nov.    1849-date.     v.i-date. 

1850-date ro52  N47 

Index,  V.I— 12.  1856. 

Index,  V.I 3-24.  1862. 

Index,  v.25-36.  1868. 

Index,  V. 37-48.  1874. 

Index,  V. 49-60.  1880. 

Index,  V. 61-72.  1886. 

Index,  V. 73-84.  1892. 

Index,  V. 85-96.  1898. 

ONCE  a  week;  July  2,  1859-Aug.  29,  1874.    v.i-30.     1859-74.  .ro52  O25 


FOREIGN  PERIODICALS  49 

OUTLOOK  in  politics,  life,  letters  and  the  arts;  weekly,    v.i- 

date.     1898-date qro52  O32 

PALL  Mall  magazine;  monthly,    v.r-date.     1893-date roS2  P18 

PENNY  magazine;  weekly.    i6v.  in  15.     1832-46 qr052  P41 

V.I 5-16  title  reads  "Knight's  penny  magazine." 
No  more  published. 

PUNCH;  weekly,  July-Dec.  1896,  1898-date.    v.iii,  114-date. 

1896-date qro52  P98 

QUARTERLY  review,  Feb.  1809-date.    v.i-date.    1810-date.  .ro52  Q19 

General  index,  v.i— 19.      1820. 

General  index,  v. 21— 39.      1831. 

General  index,  v.4i— 59.     1839. 

General  index,  v.61-79.      1850. 

General  index,  v.8i— 99.      1858. 

— General  index,  v.  1 01-120.      1867. 

General  index,  v.  122-139.      1876. 

General  index,  v. 141— 159.     1885. 

General  index,  v.161— 180.      1895. 

RETROSPECTIVE  review.     i8v.     1820-54 ro52  R36 

Not  published  between  the  years  1829  and   1852. 

SCOTTISH  review;  quarterly,     v.i-date.     1883-date ro52  S42 

SPIELMANN,  Marion  Harry. 

History  of  "Punch."     1895 052  S75 

SPIRIT  of  the  public  journals,  1797-1801.    v.1-5.     1799-1802. .  .ro52  S75 

Annual  selections,  chiefly  prose,  from  the  contemporary  newspapers  and 
other  publications. 

STRAND  magazine;  an  illustrated  monthly,    v.i-date.     1891- 

date ro52  S89 

TAIT'S  Edinburgh  magazine;  monthly,     v.ii-12.     1844-45.  .qroS2  T14 
TEMPLE   bar;   a   London  magazine;   monthly,     v.i-date. 

1861-date roS2  T28 

Index,  V.  1-99,  1 860-1 893. 

TIME;  a  monthly  miscellany.     23V.     1879-90 ro52  T47 

No  more  published. 

UNIVERSAL  review;  ed.  by  Harry  Quilter;  monthly,  May 

1888-Dec.  1890.    8v.     1888-90 qroS2  U2S 

No  more  published. 

UNIVERSITY  magazine.    See  Dublin  university  magazine. 

WALFORD'S  antiquarian  magazine  and  bibliographical  re- 
view.   See  Antiquarian  magazine. 

WESTMINSTER  review;  quarterly  and  monthly,     v.i-date. 

1824-date qro52  W56 

For  changes  in  title  and  numbering  of  volumes  see  Boston  Athenaeum 
catalogue,  v. 5,  p.3297. 

WORLD,  by  Adam  Fitz-Adam;  weekly.    4v.     1753-56 qro52  W89 

Edited  by  Edward  Moore,  who  wrote  61  out  of  210  numbers.  No  more 
published. 

"My  design  in  this  paper  is  to  ridicule,  with  novelty  and  good-humour, 
the  fashions,  follies,  vices  and  absurdities  of  the  human  species  which 
calls  itself  the  World,  and  to  trace  it  through  all  its  business,  pleasures 
and  amusements."     Editor. 

Among  the  contributors  to  the  "World"  were  Lord  Lyttelton,  its  pro- 
jector, the  earls  of  Chesterfield,  Bath  and  Cork,  and  Horace  Walpole. 

053-055     Foreign  periodicals 

DEUTSCHE  rundschau;  hrsg.  von  Julius  Rodenberg;  month- 
ly,    v.i-date.     1874-date roS3  D48 

Generalregister,  v.  1—40.      1885. 

Generalregister,  v.41-80.      1896. 


50  NEWSPAPERS 

tJBER  land  und  meer;  allgemeine  illustrirte  zeitung;  weekly. 

v.49-54.     1883-85 qro53  U12 

REVUE  des  deux  mondes;  bi-weekly,  65e  annee-date.    v.132- 

date.     1895-date qroS4  R37 

REVUE  politique  et  litteraire,  revue  bleue;  weekly,    series  4, 

v.7-date.     1897-date qroS4  ^37^ 

NUOVA  antologia  di  lettere,  scienze  ed  arti;  semi-monthly. 

v.i69-date.     1900-date ro55  NS2 


060     General  societies 

BROOKLYN  INSTITUTE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES. 
Year-book,  1893/94,  1898/99- 1899/ 1900.     v.6,  11-12.     1894- 

1900 ro6i  B77 

ESSEX  INSTITUTE,  Salem,  Mass. 

Bulletin;  monthly,  quarterly  and  semi-yearly,  1869-date. 

v.i-30.     1870-98 ro6l    E84 

No  more  published. 
Proceedings,  and  communications,  1848-1870.     6v.  in  3. 

1856-71 ro6i  E84P 

v., 4-6,  "Proceedings"  and  "Communications"  have  separate  title-pages. 

No  more  published. 

ROYAL  SOCIETY  OF  CANADA. 

Proceedings  and  transactions,  1882-1894,  1900-date.     v.i-12, 

19-date.     1883-date qro6i  R81 

v.: 2  contains  a  general  index  to  v.i-12. 

HUME,  Abraham. 

Learned  societies  and  printing  clubs  of  the  United  King- 
dom.    1847 ro62  H92 


070     Newspapers,  journalism 

BOURNE,  Henry  Richard  Fox. 

English  newspapers;  chapters  in  the  history  of  journalism. 

2v.     1887 072  B65 

BUCKINGHAM,  Joseph  Tinker. 

Specimens  of  newspaper  literature.     2v.     1852 ro7i  B85 

COOPER,  Charles  Alfred. 

An  editor's  retrospect;  fifty  years  of  newspaper  work.     1896.  .070  C78 
DANA,  Charles  Anderson. 

Art  of  newspaper  making.     1895 070  D19 

GRANT,  James. 

Newspaper  press;  its  origin,  progress  and  present  position. 

3v.     1871 ro7o  G78 

V.3  title  reads  "The  metropolitan  weekly  and  provincial  press." 

HARTMANN,  Martin. 

The  Arabic  press  of  Egypt.     1899 079  H32 

List  of  newspapers  and  periodicals  that  have  appeared  or  are  now  (1899) 
appearing  in  Egypt,  p.s2-86. 


NEWSPAPER  DIRECTORIES  51 

HILL,  Ashbel  Fairchilds. 

Secrets  of  the  sanctum;  an  inside  view  of  an  editor's  life. 

1875 ro70  H55 

HUDSON,  Frederic. 

Journalism  in  the  United  States,  1690-1872.     1873 071  H88 

PERRIN,  William  Henry. 

Pioneer  press  of  Kentucky,  from  the  printing  of  the  first 
paper  west  of  the  Alleghanies,  Aug.  11,  1787,  to  the 
establishment  of  the  daily  press  in  1830.    1888.     (Filson 

club.     Publications.) qro7i  P44 

RITENOUR,  John  S. 

Journalism  as  a  profession.     1899 070  R51 

First  published  in  the  "Forum,"  v.25. 

Newspaper  directories 

HUBBARD'S  newspaper  and  bank  directory  of  the  world. 

V.3.     1883-84 ro70  H87 

PETTENGILL'S  newspaper  directory  and  advertisers'  hand- 
book for  1877,  comprising  a  complete  list  of  the  news- 
papers and  other  periodicals  published  in  the  United 

States  and  British  America.     1877 ro7i   P46 

REMINGTON,  Edward  Pym,  pub. 

Annual  newspaper  directory,  1901-02;  a  list  of  all  news- 
papers and  other  periodical  publications  of  the  United 

States  and  Canada.     2v.     1901-02 ro7i  R333 

REMINGTON  BROTHERS,  pub. 

Newspaper  manual;  a  catalogue  of  the  newspapers  of  the 

United  States  and  Canada,  1892.    v.6.     1892 ro7i  R33 

ROWELL,  (George  P.)  &  CO.  pub. 

American  newspaper  directory,  1873,  1895,  1898,  1902.    v.5, 

27,  30,  34-     1873-1902 qro7i  R79 

WILLING,  James,  pub. 

British  &  Irish  press  guide.    v.22-date.    i89S-date ro72  W7S 

071     American  newspapers 

AMERICAN  manufacturer;  weekly,     v.12-13,  no.28,  in  i. 

1841-42.    Pittsburgh qro7i  A512 

United  with  the  "Pittsburgh  mercury"  to  form  the  "Pittsburgh  post." 
AMERICAN  weekly  mercury,  1719-21.    v.1-2.     1898 qro7i  A51 

Republished  in  facsimile  by  the  Colonial  society  of  Pennsylvania. 
BOSTON  evening  transcript;  daily,  Nov.  i,  i89S-date.     1895- 

date qro7i  B64 

CHICAGO  times-herald;  daily,  Nov.  5,  1895-date.    1895-date.  .qro7i  C43 
GREENSBURG,  Pa.  Farmers'  register;  weekly,  June  21,  1799- 

Apr.  24,  1802.     v.i,  no.5-v.2,  no. 153,  in  i.     1799-1802 qro7i  G84 

V.I,  no.6-ii,  13,  34-35.  43.  47.  82-86,  93;  v.2,  no.iii,  140,  146  wanting. 
HARPER'S  bazar;  weekly,    v.i-date.     1867-date qro7i  H284 

v.29-32  wanting. 

HARPER'S  weekly,    v.i-date.     1857-date qro7i  H28 


52  AMERICAN  NEWSPAPERS 

ILLUSTRATED  news,  New  York;  weekly,     v.i-2,  no.48. 

1853 qro7i  I22 

INDEPENDENT;  weekly.     v.48-date.     1896-date qro7i   I24 

INDEPENDENT  balance,  by  Democritus  the  younger;  week- 
ly, Apr.  16,  1817-May  13,  1818,  May  i6-June  13,  1821. 
v.i-2,  no.5;  v.S,  no.6-io,  in  I.     1817-21 qro7i  P39 

V.I,  no.i6,  25,  37,  46;  V.2,   no. 2;  v.5,  no.g  wanting. 
Bound  with  the  "Pennsylvania  farmer." 

INDEX  of  Pittsburgh  life;  weekly,  Oct.  6,  1900-date.     v.6- 

date.     1900-date qro7i   I242 

NATION ;  weekly,     v.i-date.     1865-date qro7i  N15 

NEW-YORK  daily  times,  May  9,  1854-Nov.  29,  1896.     v.3, 

no.824-v.46,  no.14127.     1854-96 qro7i   N26d 

v.3,  no.824-825   title  reads  "New- York  evening  times."     v.7,   Jan.-Aug. 

1858,  wanting. 
Sept.  6,  1857-N0V.  29,  1896  title  reads  "New- York  times." 

NEW-YORK  daily  tribune,  Jan.   i,  1859-date.     v.i8-date. 

1859-date qro7i   N26it 

"New-York  tribune,"  Nov.  6-7,  14,  1857;  Dec.  3-5,  7-9,  11,  19,  1857; 
July  17,  19,  21,  26,  27,  28,  1858  bound  with  v. 7-8,  Sept.-Dec.  1858,  of 
the  "New- York  times." 

April  ID,  1866-date  title  reads  "New- York  tribune." 
Index  to  the  daily  Tribune,  1876-77,  1880-88,  1890-date. 

1876-date ro7i   N261 

NEW  YORK,  Evening  post;  daily.    v.93-date.     1894-date.  .qro7i  N26e 

NEW-YORK  mirror;  a  weekly  journal.    v.i6.     1838-39 qro7i  N26 

NEW  YORK,  Sun;  daily,  July   i,  1884-date.     v.si,  no.305- 

date.     1884-date qro7i  N26S 

OUTLOOK;  weekly.     v.48-date.     1893-date qr07iO32 

PENNSYLVANIA  farmer;   weekly,  Aug.   26,   1812-Sept.    i, 

1813.    v.i-2,  no.2,  in  i.     1812-13 qro7i  P39 

V.I,  no.35,  39,  42  wanting. 

PENNSYLVANIAN;  daily,  Nov.  13,  1846-Dec.  30,  1850.    v.28, 

no.4701-v.35,  no. 6977,  in  4.     1846-50 qro7i  P399 

May-Dec.  1849  wanting. 

PHILADELPHIA,  North  American;  daily,  Feb.  6,  1877- 

Apr.  26,  1878.     1877-78 qro7i  P49 

Runing  title  reads  "Philadelphia  North  American  and  United  States 
gazette." 

PHILADELPHIA,   Press;   daily,  Jan.   4,    1858-date.     v.i, 

no.i3i-date.     1858-date qro7i   P49P 

Dec.  11-17,  1866;  Feb.  6,  1877-Apr.  22,  1878,  wanting. 
July  5,   1880-Feb.  2,   1885  title  reads  "Philadelphia  press." 

PHILADELPHIA,  United  States  gazette;  semi-weekly,  Apr. 

7-Dec.  8,  1813.    V.  13,  no. 1 238-1308.     1813 qro7i  P494 

Imperfect. 

PITTSBURG  bulletin;  a  weekly  journal,  Nov.  9,  1895-date. 

v.32-date.     1896-date qro7i    P67b 

PITTSBURGH  chronicle  telegraph;  daily,  Jan.  2,  1884-date. 

1884-date qro7i  P674 

Formed  by  the  union  of  the  "Pittsburgh  morning  chronicle"  and  the 
"Pittsburgh   evening  telegraph." 

PITTSBURGH  commercial;  daily,  July  i,  1864-Feb.  14,  1877. 

V.I,  no.249-v.14,  no. 134.     1864-77 qro7i  P67C 

On  Feb.  15,  1877,  the  "Pittsburgh  commercial"  united  with  the  "Pitts- 
burgh gazette"  under  the  title  "Pittsburgh  gazette-commercial." 


AMERICAN  NEWSPAPERS  53 

The  same;  weekly,  Nov.  9,  1867-Oct.  31,  1868,  1869,  1872, 
1875.     V.5,  V.6,  no.9-v.7,  no.8,  v.9,  no.9-v.10,  no.8,  v.12, 

no.8-v.13,  no.7,  in  4.    1867-75 qro7i  P67CO 

PITTSBURGH,  Daily  advocate  and  advertiser;  Oct.  18,  1839- 

Nov.  6,  1840.     V.8,  no.i6-v.9,  no.32.     1839-40 qro7i  P67dai 

The  Pittsburgh  "Weekly  advocate  and  emporium,"  Nov.  13,  1840— Jan. 
29,  1841;  and  the  "Pittsburgh  gazette,"  Nov.  20,  27,  Dec.  18,  1840  are 
bound  with  the  Pittsburgh  "Daily  advocate  and  advertiser." 

PITTSBURGH,  Daily  commercial  journal;  Dec.  31-April  23, 

1846,  Jan.  I,  1848-April  30,  1849.     v.4-5.     1846-49. ..  .qro7 1  P67d 
PITTSBURG  daily  dispatch;   Aug.  9,   1847-Dec.   1850;  Jan. 

i85S-Jan.  1863;  Jan.  1864-June  1864;  Nov.  4,  1895-date. 

1847-date  qro7i  P67di 

Nov.  4,  1895-date  title  reads  "Pittsburg  dispatch." 
PITTSBURG  daily  news,  March  16,  1896-Jan.  8,  1901.     19V. 

1896-1901 qro7i  P67n 

No  more  published. 
PITTSBURGH,  Daily  Pittsburgher;  Jan.  3,   1840-Oct.  28, 

1840.    V.I,  no.2ii-v.2,  no.142,  in  i.     1840 qro7i  P67da 

PITTSBURGH  evening  telegraph;  daily,  Apr.  16,  1873-Dec. 

31,   1883.     1873-83 qro7i    P67te 

United  with  the  "Pittsburgh  morning  chronicle"  to  form  the  "Pittsburgh 

chronicle  telegraph." 
May  6,  1876-Dec.  1883  title  reads  "Pittsburgh  telegraph." 
The  same;  weekly.  Mar.  27,   1847-Mar.  22,   1848,  Apr.   17, 

1875-Aug.  21,  1880.    1847-80 qro7i  P67te2 

Mar.  27,  1847-Mar.  22,  1848  title  reads  "Pittsburgh  telegraph;"  Apr.  17, 
1875-Aug.  21,  1880  title  reads  "Pittsburgh  weekly  telegraph." 

PITTSBURGH,  Der  freiheits  freund;  daily,  Dec.   10,   1844- 

date.     1844-date qro7i    P67f 

May  8-Dec.  13,  1847,  1849,  Jan.-June  1850,  Mar.  28^July  19,  1853  want- 
ing. 
Dec.  1844-Nov.  1845,  Dec.  1847-Dec.  1848,  July-Dec.  1850  title  reads 
"Der  freiheits  freund  und  Pittsburger  beobachter;"  May  i8si-Mar. 
1852  title  reads  "Der  tagliche  freiheitsfreund;"  July  i86o-Dec.  1864 
title  reads  "Der  freiheits  freund  und  Pittsburger  courier;"  Feb.  1901- 
date  title  reads  "Volksblatt  und  freiheits-freund." 

The  same;  weekly,  July  2,  1852-June  29,  1866,  Jan.  3,  1873- 

June  27,  1890.     1852-90 qro7i  P67f2 

July   1852-Sept.   :86o  title  reads  "Der  freiheits  freund  und  Pittsburger 

beobachter;"    Oct.    1861-June    1866,    Jan.    1873-June    1890    title    reads 

"Der  freiheits  freund  und  Pittsburger  courier." 

PITTSBURGH  gazette;  daily,  July  30,  1833-date.    v.48,  no.91- 

date.     1833-date qro7i    P67g 

Aug.   1834-Dec.    1835,  Apr.   i2-Oct.  31,   1836,  July   1837-Oct.    16,   1839, 

Feb.  25,    1841-July  23,   1844  wanting. 
The  "Pittsburgh  gazette"   for  Nov.   20,  27,   Dec.   18,   1840  is  bound  with 

Pittsburgh,  "Daily  advocate  and  advertiser,"  v. 8-9. 
The  "Weekly  gazette"  for  Jan.   1 -March   18,   1868  is  bound  with  v.82-83 

of  the  "Pittsburgh  gazette." 
The  "Pittsburgh  weekly  gazette"  for  Jan.   i-June  28,  1873,  is  bound  with 

v.88  of  the  "Pittsburgh  gazette." 
Various  titles  read  "Pittsburgh  daily  gazette  and  advertiser,"  "Pittsburgh 

daily  gazette,"   "Daily   Pittsburgh   gazette,"   "Daily   Pittsburgh   gazette 

and  commercial  journal." 
On  Feb.    15,   1877  the  "Pittsburgh  commercial"  united  with  the  "Pitts- 
burgh  gazette"   under  the  title  "Pittsburgh   gazette-commercial." 
Feb.  26,  1877-date  title  reads  "Pittsburgh  commercial  gazette." 

PITTSBURGH,  Iron  city  and  Pittsburgh  weekly  chronicle, 
Nov.  27,  1841-N0V.  19,  1842,  Jan.  5,  1853-July  26,  1854. 
v.i,  V.12,  no.6-v.13,  no.40,  in  2.     1841-54 qro7i  P67i 


54  AMERICAN  NEWSPAPERS 

PITTSBURG  leader;  daily,  Nov.  4,  1895-date.    v.47,  no.146- 

date.    1895-date qro7i  P67I 

PITTSBURGH  mercury;  weekly,  July  9,  1812-June  24,  1815; 
July  4,  1817-June  15,  1824;  July  S,  1826-June  3,  1828; 
Jan.  I,  1835-Aug.  31,  1842.     v.i-3,  6-12,  15-16,  23,  no.1183- 

V.31,  no.27,  in  10.     1812-42 qro7i  P67me 

United  with  the  "American  manufacturer"  to  form  the  "Pittsburgh  post." 

PITTSBURGH,  Morning  chronicle;  daily,  Feb.  16,  1842-Sept. 

29,  1883.    1842-83 qro7i  P67m 

July  I,  1848-Sept.  16,  1849,  Mar.  29,  i8s5-Feb.  10,  1856,  May  8,  1856- 
Feb.  7,  1858,  Aug.  12,  1863-Feb.  II,  1864,  Feb.  i-Aug.  31,  1868  want- 
ing. Oct.  17,  1851-Sept.  29,  1883  title  reads  "Pittsburgh  evening 
chronicle."  United  with  the  "Pittsburgh  evening  telegraph"  to  form 
the  "Pittsburgh  chronicle  telegraph." 

PITTSBURGH  post;  daily,     v.i-date.     1842-date qro7i  P67 

Formed  by  the  union  of  the  "American  manufacturer"  and  "Pittsburgh 
mercury." 

PITTSBURG  press;  daily,  Nov.  4,  i89S-date.     v.12,  no.30S- 

date.     1895-date qro7i  P67p 

PITTSBURGH,  Saturday  dollar  chronicle,  Aug.  27, 1859-Dec. 

28,  1861.     1859-61 qro7i  P67S 

PITTSBURG  times;  daily,  Nov.  4,  1895-date.     v.i6,  no.259- 

date.     1895-date qro7i  P67t 

PITTSBURGH  times;  weekly,  Nov.  8,   1837-Nov.  21,   1838. 

v.7-8,  in  I.    1837-38 qro7i  P67ti 

PITTSBURGH,  Weekly  mercury  and  manufacturer;  Sept.  10, 

1842-July  19, 1845.  V.I,  no.i-v.3,  no.46,  in  3.  1842-45 . .  qro7i  P67W 
POULSON'S  American  daily  advertiser,  June  2,  1819-Dec.  i, 

1819.    V.48.    1819 qro7i  P86 

PUBLIC  opinion;  weekly,    v.i-date.     1886-date qro7i  P98 

REMARQUES;  a  home  news-magazine;  weekly,  Sept.  i,  1900- 

Feb.  23,   1901,  Sept.   13,   1902-Jan.  28,   1905.     v.i,  4-5. 

1900-05.     Pittsburgh qro7i  R331 

Discontinued. 

ROWELL,  (George  P.)  &  CO.  pub. 

American  newspaper  directory,  1873,  1895,  1898,  1902.    v.5, 

27.  30,  34-     1873-1902 qro7i  R79 

SATURDAY  evening  post;  weekly,   Oct.    14,   1826-Dec.  29, 

1832.    v.5,  no.272-v.12,  no. 596,  in  2.    1826-32 qro7i  825 

V.10-12  title  reads  "Atkinson's  Saturday  evening  post." 

The  TICKLER,  by  Toby  Scratch  'em;  weekly,    v.2,  no.i8-v.3, 

no.14,  in  I.    1809-10 qro7i  P39 

v.2,  no.23,  27,  45,  47-48  wanting. 
Bound  with  the  "Pennsylvania  farmer." 
UNIONTOWN,  Pa.  Genius  of  liberty;  weekly,  Apr.  25,  1872- 

Dec.  27,  1900.     v.68-96.     1872-1900 qro7i  U253 

V.69,  no. 30,  32;  V.70,  no.  11;  V.71,  no.24,  47;  V.75,  no.8;  v.79,  no.4,  28-31; 
v.96,   no.32   wanting. 

The  UNIVERSE;  an  illustrated  weekly  newspaper  for  young 
people  and  busy  men  and  women,  v.i,  pt.1-4,  in  5.  1898- 
Feb.  16,  1899 rjo7i  U2S 

No  more  published. 

WASHINGTON,  (D.  C.)   Daily  morning  chronicle,  Nov.  21, 

1867-Sept.  5,  1870.    v.6-8,  in  6.     1867-70 qro7i  W27d 


ENGLISH  AND  GERMAN  NEWSPAPERS  55 

WASHINGTON,  (D.  C.)  Daily  national  intelligencer,  Feb. 

12,  1836-March  30,  1867.    v.24-67,  in  38.    1836-67..  ..qro7i  W27da 

Jan.    1838-Sept.   1840  wanting. 

WASHINGTON,  (D.  C.)  Daily  union,  May  i,  1846-March  6, 

1847;  Aug.  20,  1848-May  13,  1849.  V.2,  4-5,  in  2.  1846-49.  .qro7 1  W27 

WASHINGTON,  (D.  C.)   National  intelligencer;  tri-weekly, 

Jan.  IS,  i8i8-Dec.  29,  1853.    v.19-54,  in  16.     1818-53.  .qro7i  W27n 

Oct.   1819-N0V.   1829  wanting. 


072-073     English  and  German  newspapers 

ACADEMY;  monthly  and  weekly,    v.i-date.     1869-date. .  .  .qro72  A16 
In  Jan.   1902  "Literature"  was  incorporated  with  the  "Academy"  under 
the  title  "Academy  and  literature." 

ATHEN^UM ;  weekly,    v.i-date.     1828-date qro72  A86 

GRAPHIC;  an  illustrated  weekly  newspaper,  Dec.  1869-Dec. 

1870,. Jan.  1900-date.     v.i-2,  6i-date.     1870-date qro72  G79 

ILLUSTRATED  London  news;  weekly,  May  1842-date.  v.i- 
date.     1843-date qro72  I22 

LONDON,  Evening  mail;  semiweekly,  Nov.  2-5,  1792,  Oct. 

23,  1793-Apr.  8,  1795.     1792-95 qro72  L821 

LONDON,  Times;  daily,  Jan.  2,  1871-date.     1871-date qro72  L82 

Jan.  1892-Oct.  22,  1895  wanting. 

PALMER,  Samuel,  pub. 

Index  to  the  Times  newspaper,  April  i,  1873-date.     v.40- 

date.     1877-date ro72  P19 

SMITH'S  index  to  the  leading  articles  of  the  Times,  for  the 

five  years  ended  Dec.  1900.     pt.i ro72  566 

pt. I.     Proper  names  (places  excepted). 

SATURDAY  review  of  politics,  literature,  science  and  art; 

weekly,    v.i-date.    1856-date qro72  S2S 

SPECTATOR;  a  weekly  journal.    v.5-date.     1832-date qro72  S74 

V.26,   1853;  V.32,   1859;  v.36-43,   1863-1870,  wanting. 

Die  NATION;  wochenschrift  fiir  politik,  volkswirthschaft  und 

litteratur,  Oct.  6,  1900-date.    v.i8-date.     1900-date. ..  .qro73  NiS 


090     Book  rarities 

GOSSE,  Edmund  William. 

Gossip  in  a  library.     1893 090  G69 

Contents:  Camden's  Britannia. — A  mirror  for  magistrates. — A  poet  in 
prison,  Wither. — Death's  duel. — Gerard's  Herbal. — Pharamond. — A  vol- 
lume  of  old  plays. — A  censor  of  poets,  Winstanley. — Lady  Winchilsea's 
Poems. — Amasia. — Love  and  business. — What  Ann  Lang  read. — Cats. 
- — Smart's  Poems. — Pompey  the  Little. — The  life  of  John  Buncle. — 
Beau  Nash. — The  diary  of  a  lover  of  literature. — Peter  Bell  and  his  tor- 
mentors. —  The  fancy.  —  Ultra-crepidarius.  —  The  duke  of  Rutland's 
Poems. — lonica. — The  shaving  of  Shagpat. 

LAWLER,  John. 

Book  auctions  in  England' in  the  17th  century  (1676-1700). 

1898.     (Book-lover's  library.) 090  L41 


56  BOOK  RARITIES 

ROBERTS,  William. 

Rare  books  and  their  prices,  with  chapters  on  pictures,  pot- 
tery, porcelain  and  postage  stamps.     1896 roQO  RS3 

DRAPER,  Lyman  C. 

Essay  on  the  autographic  collections  of  the  signers  of  the 
Declaration  of  independence  and  of  the  constitution. 

1889 qroQi  D79 

LECOY  de  la  MARCHE,  Albert. 

Les   manuscrits   et   la  miniature.      (Bibliotheque   de   I'en- 

seignement  des  beaux-arts.) 091  L49 

MADAN,  Falconer. 

Books  in  manuscript.     1893.     (Books  about  books.) 091  M23 

List  of  books  useful   for  the  study  of  manuscripts,  p.  175— i8i. 

BRITISH   MUSEUM. 

Facsimiles  from  early  printed  books  in  the  British  museum; 
selected  pages  from  representative  specimens  of  the 
early  printed  books  of  Germany,  Italy,  France,  Holland 

and  England.     1897 Qr093  B7S 

DUFF,  Edward  Gordon. 

Early  printed  books.     1893.     (Books  about  books.) 093  D87 

APPIANUS,  of  Alexandria. 

Delle  gverre  civili  et  esterne  de  Romani,  aggiuntoui  alia 
fine  un  libro  del  medesimo  delle  guerre  di  Hispagna, 

non  pivi  ueduto.     2v.     1551 i'094  A64 

The  imprint  is  In  Vinegia,  in  casa  de'  figlivoH  di  Aldo. 

CAXTON,  William. 

The  golden  legend;  ed.  by  F.  S.  Ellis.    3v.     1892 qro94  C29 

This  is  the  seventh  of  the  publications  of  the  Kelmscott  press  and  was 
set  up  from  a  transcript  of  Caxton's  first  edition  loaned  by  the  Cam- 
bridge university  library.  It  has  a  woodcut  title,  the  first  one  designed 
by  William  Morris,  and  two  other  woodcuts  designed  by  Burne-Jones. 

CLUVERIUS,  Philippus. 

Introdvctionis  in  universam  geographiam,  tam  veterem 
quam  novam,  libri  VI;  accessit  P.  Bertij  Breviarium 
orbis  terrarum.     1677 ro94  C62 

The  imprint  is  Amstelodami,  apud  Elzevirios. 

GROTIUS,  Hugo,  and  others. 

Dissertationes  de  studiis  instituendis.     1645 ro94  G94 

The  imprint  is  Amsterodami,  apud  Ludovicum  Elzevirium. 

HERODIANUS. 

Historiarum  libri  8,  Graece  pariter  &  Latine.     1524 ro94  H47 

The  imprint  is  Venetiis,  aedibus  Aldi. 

LONG  ISLAND  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY. 

Manuscripts  and  early  printed  books  bequeathed  to  the 

Long  Island  historical  society  by  S.  B.  Duryea.     1895.  •qr094  L82 
LUTHER,  Martin. 

Etliche  schone  trost,  schriffte  des  ehrwirdigen  Herrn  Doc- 
toris  Martini  Lutheri;  so  er  an  den  durchleuchtigste, 
fiirsten  uii  Herrn  Hertzog  Joannes,  churfiirsten  zu 
Sachsen,  gottseliger  gedechtnis,  und  an  andere  seine 
herrn    und    gute   freunde    gethan,    sehr   trostlichen    zu 

lesen.    1 547 ro94  L98 

MATURANTIUS,  Franciscus. 

De  componendis  carminibus  opusculum;   Nicolai   Perotti 


BOOK  RARITIES  57 


Sypontini  De  generibus  metrorum;  Eiusdem  De  Horatii 
Flacci  ac  Severini  Boetii  metris;  Omni  boni  Vicentini 
De  arte  metrica  libellus;  Servii  Mauri  honorati  gram- 
matici  Centimetrum.     1512.     Venetiis ro94  M48 

Six  commentaries  upon  metre  and  verse  making,  a  fine  example  of  the 
typography  of  the  Venetian  press  in  the  early  i6th  century.  Contains 
marginal  annotations  in  manuscript.     Printer  unknown. 

MIRANDULA,  Octavianus,  comp. 

Illustrium  poetarum  floras,  collecti  &  in  locos  communes 

digesti.     1553.     Lugduni ro94  ^73 

Latin  poems.  Of  interest  chiefly  as  a  specimen  of  early  printing.  Type 
is  mostly  italic.  Contains  an  index  and  is  bound  in  the  original 
stamped  calf.      Printed  by  Tornaesius. 

WAGNER,  Bartholomseus. 

Hundert  alldachtiger  gottseliger  vund  catholischer  lehr- 
reicher  ausslegungen  oder  predigen  uber  alle  sontag- 
liche  und  feyertagliche  evangelien  dess  gantzen  jahrs. 
1607 qro94  W13 

Sermons  for  each  Sunday  and  feast  day.  An  example  of  early  17th 
century   printing. 

DAVENPORT,  Cyril. 

English  embroidered  bookbindings.  1899.  (English  book- 
man's library.) 095  D29 

CONWAY,  Sir  William  Martin. 

Woodcutters  of  the  Netherlands  in  the  15th  century.     1884.. 096  C76 

Contents:  History  of  the  woodcutters.— Catalogue  of  the  woodcuts. — 
List  of  the  books  containing  woodcuts. 

HUMPHREYS,  Henry  Noel. 

The  illuminated  books  of  the  middle  ages,  illustrated  by 

Owen  Jones.     1849 qro96  H92 

Account  of  the  development  and  progress  of  the  art  of  illumination  as 
a  distinct  branch  of  pictorial  ornamentation,  from  the  4th  to  the  17th 
centuries.  The  illustrations,  printed  in  colors  and  of  the  size  of  the 
orig^inals,  were  chosen  from  the  most  beautiful  mss  of  the  period. 

POLLARD,  Alfred  William. 

Early  illustrated  books.     1893.     (Books  about  books.) 096  P76 

QUARITCH,  Bernard,  pub. 

Facsimiles  of  choice   examples  selected  from  illuminated 

manuscripts,     unpublished     drawings     and     illustrated 

books  of  early  date.    v.3.     1890 qroi6.94  Qi8f 

Bound  with  his  "Catalogue  of  medieval  literature." 
SHAW,  Henry. 

Handbook  of  the  art  of  illumination  as  practised  during 
the  middle  ages,  with  a  description  of  the  metals,  pig- 
ments and  processes  employed.     1866 qro96  SS3h 

In  early  ages  monasteries  were  the  schools  of  art,  and  these  beautiful  ex- 
amples of  the  work  of  the  monks,  still  extant,  in  the  illuminations  of 
both  religious  and  profane  books,  are  evidences  of  their  skill  and 
patience.  The  art  died  out  soon  after  the  birth  of  printing.  This 
volume  exhibits,  in  facsimile,  some  of  the  richest  work  in  this  line. 

Illuminated  ornaments  selected  from  manuscripts  and  early 
printed  books  from  the  6th  to  the  17th  centuries,  with 

descriptions  by  Sir  Frederic  Madden.     1833 qro96  853 

TREDWELL,  Daniel  M. 

Monograph  on  privately  illustrated  books;  a  plea  for  bib- 
liomania.    1892 qro96  T71 


S8  BOOK-PLATES 

WYATT,  Sir  Matthew  Digby. 

Art  of  illuminating  as  practised  in  Europe  from  the  earliest 
times,  illustrated  by  borders,  initial  letters  and  alpha- 
bets, selected  &  chromolithographed  by  W.  R.  Tymms. 

i860 qro96  W97 

M.,  T.  of  New  York,  comp. 

Witty,  humorous  and  merry  thoughts roQQ  Mil 

This  and  the   following  book  are   examples  of  minute   size   and  typog- 
raphy.    Each  is  accompanied  by  a  magnifying  glass. 

STOKES,  (Frederic  A.)  CO.  pub. 

Smallest  English  dictionary  in  the  world ro99  S87 


097     Book-plates 


ALLEN,  Charles  Dexter. 

American  book-plates,  with  a  bibliography  by  E.  N.  Hewins. 

1894 097  A42 

BOWDOIN,  William  Goodrich. 

Rise  of  the  book-plate;  an  exemplification  of  the  art,  from 

its  earliest  to  its  most  recent  practice.     1901 097  B66 

Bibliography,  p.27-44. 

Chief  value  lies  in  the  reproduction  of  some  hundreds  of  selected  exam- 
ples of  book-plates,  new  and  old,  classified  by  countries.  Contains  also 
a  chapter  by  Henry  Blackwell  on  the  study  and  arrangement  of  book- 
plates, and  a  register  of  the  more  important  recent  American  designers 
and  engravers  of  book-plates. 

CASTLE,  Egerton. 

English  book-plates;  an  illustrated  handbook.    1892 097  C27 

Bibliography,   p.233-239. 

FINCHAM,  Henry  Walter. 

Artists  and  engravers  of  British  and  American  book  plates; 

a  book  of  reference  for  book  plate  and  print  collectors. 

1897 qr097  F49 

Contains  the  names  of  about  1500  artists  and  engravers  of  book-plates, 
with  lists  of  the  plates  executed  by  them.  Gives  also  the  approximate 
date  of  each  plate  and  a  copy  of  the  artist's  signature.  Illustrations  of 
many  of  the  plates  are  given. 

HAMILTON,  Walter. 

Dated  book-plates,  with  a  treatise  on  their  origin  and  de- 
velopment.    189s qro97  H21 

French  book-plates.     1896.     (Ex-libris  series.) 097  H21 

Bibliography,  p.34S-3Sa- 

LABOUCHERE,  Noma. 

Ladies'  book-plates.     1895.     (Ex-libris  series.) 097  Lii 

LEININGEN-WESTERBURG,  Karl  Emich,  graf  zu. 

German  book-plates;  an  illustrated  handbook  of  German  & 

Austrian  exlibris^     1901.     (Ex-libris  series.) 097  L56 

Bibliography,  P.497-S02. 

SLATER,  John  Herbert. 

Book  plates  and  their  value.     1898 097  S63 

Contents:  A  survey;  introductory  and  historical. — Systems  of  classifica- 
tion. —  Noted  engravers  of  English  plates.  —  American  plates.  —  The 
principles  of  valuation. — Alphabetical  list  of  some  of  the  most  noted 
book-plates,  arranged  under  their  owners'  names,  with  the  prices 
realized  at  auction  for  the  same. 


Philosophy 

100     General  works 

RENAN,  Ernest. 

The  future  of  science;  ideas  of  1848.    1891 100  R33 

HARRIS,  William  Torrey. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  philosophy.     1894 102  H29 

ROBERTSON,  George  Croom. 

Elements  of  general  philosophy.     1896 102  R53 

BALDWIN,  James  Mark,  ed. 

Dictionary  of  philosophy  and  psychology,  giving  a  termi- 
nology in  English,  French,  German  and  Italian,     v.i. 

1900 qri03  B19 

V.I.     A-Laws. 

104     Essays 

CLIFFORD,  William  Kingdon. 

Lectures  and  essays.     1886 104  Cs8 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY,  New  York. 

Contributions  to  philosophy,  psychology  and  education. 

v.i-date.     1896-date ri04  C72 

V.I.  Wilde,  Norman.  Friedrich  Heinrich  Jacobi. — Kant,  Immanuel. 
Kant's  inaugural  dissertation  of  1770.^ — Hertz,  J.  H.  Ethical  system 
of  James  Martineau. — Brandt,  F.  B.     Friedrich  Eduard  Beneke. 

V.2.  Luqueer,  F.  L.  Hegel  as  educator.  —  MacVannel,  J.  A.  Hegel's 
doctrine  of  the  will.  —  Cole,  L.  T.  Basis  of  early  Christian  theism.  — 
Jones,  A.  L.     Early  American  philosophers. 

V.3.  Washington,  W.  M.  Formal  and  material  elements  of  Kant's  eth- 
ics.— Hyslop,  J.  H.  Syllabus  of  psychology. — Marvin,  W.  T.  Syllabus 
of  an  introduction  to  philosophy. 

V.4.  Grif fing,  Harold.  Sensations  from  pressure  and  impact.  —  Lay, 
Wilfrid.  Mental  imagery. — Thorndike,  E.  L.  Animal  intelligence. — 
Dearborn,  G.  V.     Emotion  of  joy. 

v.s.  Dexter,  E.  G.  Conduct  and  the  weather. — Breese,  B.  B.  On  inhi- 
bition.— Franz,  S.  I.  After-images. — Woodworth,  R.  S.  Accuracy  of 
voluntary  movement. 

V.6.  Clews,  E.  W.  Educational  legislation  and  administration  of  the 
colonial   governments. 

V.7.  Spencer,  F.  C.  Education  of  the  Pueblo  child. — Dyke,  C.  B.  Eco- 
nomic aspect  of  teachers'  salaries. — Chamberlain,  W.  I.  Education  in 
India. — Hubbell,  G.  A.     Horace  Mann  in  Ohio. 

V.8.  Deahl,  J.  N.  Imitation  in  education. — Reeder,  R.  R.  Historical 
development  of  school  readers. — Thorndike,  E.  L.    Notes  on  child  study. 

DRESSER,  Horatio  Willis. 

In  search  of  a  soul;  a  series  of  essays  in  interpretation  of 

the  higher  nature  of  man.     1897 104  D8ii 

Contents:     Laws  and  problems  of  the  human  mind. — Has  man  a  soul? 
— Absolute   being  and   the   higher   self. — -Individuality. — Reincarnation 
and  receptivity. — The  unity  of  life.- — The  religious  aspect  of  the  new 
thought. — Spiritual  poise. — Soul-growth. 
The  perfect  whole;  an  essay  on  the  conduct  and  meaning 

of  life.     1897 104  D81 

Voices  of  freedom,  and  studies  in  the  philosophy  of  indi- 

59 


6o  PHILOSOPHICAL  ESSAYS 

viduality.     1899 104  D81VO 

Contents:    Voices  of  freedom.  —  The  new  thought.  —  The  philosophy  of 

activity. — The  freedom  of  the  will. — An  interpretation  of  the  V'edanta. 

— Is   there   an   absolute? — The   ideal  attitude. — Individualism   and   the 

social  ideal. 

Voices  of  hope,  and  other  messages  from  the  hills;  a  series 
of  essays  on  the  problem  of  life,  optimism  and  the 
Christ.     1898 104  D81V 

JAMES,  William,  b.  1842. 

The  will  to  believe,  and  other  essays  in  popular  philosophy. 

1897 104  J16 

Other  essays:  Is  life  worth  living? — The  sentiment  of  rationality.— Re- 
flex action  and  theism.  —  The  dilemma  of  determinism.  —  The  moral 
philosopher  and  the  moral  life. — Great  men  and  their  environment. — 
The  importance  of  individuals. — On  some  Hegelisms. — What  psychical 
research  has  accomplished. 
"Anyone  who  has  met  with  either  of  Professor  James's  treatises  upon 
psychology  is  not  likely  to  let  the  grass  grow  under  his  feet  before 
making  acquaintance  with  any  other  obtainable  writings  from  the  same 
witty  pen...  But  the  general  public,  that  part  of  it  which  is  interested 
in  the  religious  questions  of  the  day  without  going  so  far  as  to  read 
formal  treatises,  must  be  advertised  that  in  the  collection  of  essays 
here  offered  them,  the  Harvard  Professor  of  Psychology,  one  of  the 
most  acute  and  versatile  of  American  men  of  science,  has  come  for- 
ward into  the  lists  as  a  champion  of  religious  faith  against  agnosti- 
cism. He  has  called  his  book  'Essays  in  Popular  Philosophy'  because 
he  has  written  without  technicalities  so  as  to  appeal  to  a  wide  audi- 
ence."    Spectator,   1897. 

ORSTED,  Hans  Christian. 

Soul  in  nature,  with  supplementary  contributions.     1852... ri04  OiS 

Life  of  the  author,  p.7—22. 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Publications;  series  in  philosophy,    no.i,  3.     1890-99 ri04  P39 

no. I.     Fullerton,  G.  S.     On  sameness  and  identity. 
no.3.     Fullerton,  G.  S.     On  Spinozistic  immortality. 

RITCHIE,  David  George. 

Darwin  and  Hegel,  with  other  philosophical  studies.     1893..  104  R49 

Contents:  Origin  and  validity. — Note  on  heredity  as  a  factor  in  knowl- 
edge.— Darwin  and  Hegel. — What  is  reality? — Note  on  logical  neces- 
sity.— On  Plato's  Phaedo. — What  are  economic  laws? — Locke's  theory 
of  property. — Contributions  to  the  history  of  the  social  contract  theory. 
— On  the  conception  of  sovereignty. — The  rights  of  minorities. 

ROYCE,  Josiah. 

Studies  of  good  and  evil;  essays.     1898 104  R81S 

Contents:  The  problem  of  Job. — The  case  of  John  Bunyan. — -Tennyson 
and  pessimism. — The  knowledge  of  good  and  evil. — Natural  law,  ethics 
and  evolution. — The  implications  of  self-consciousness. — Some  observa- 
tions on  the  anomalies  of  self-consciousness. — Self-consciousness,  social 
consciousness  and  nature.  —  Originality  and  consciousness.  —  Meister 
Eckhart. — An  episode  of  early  California  life,  the  squatter  riot  of  1850 
in  Sacramento. — Jean  Marie  Guyau. 

ROYCE,  Josiah,  and  others. 

The  conception  of  God;  a  philosophical  discussion  con- 
cerning the  nature  of  the  divine  idea  as  a  demonstrable 
reality.  1897.  (University  of  California.  Publications 
of  the  Philosophical  union.) 104  R81 

Contents:  Royce,  Josiah.  The  conception  of  God. — Mezes,  S.  E.  Worth 
and  goodness  as  marks  of  the  absolute;  criticism. — Le  Conte,  Joseph. 
God,  and  connected  problems,  in  the  light  of  evolution.  —  Howison, 
G.  H.  The  city  of  God,  and  the  true  God  as  its  head. — Royce,  Josiah. 
The  absolute  and  the  individual. 

"A  model  of  calm,  judicious,  respectful  polemic  writing."  Independent, 
1897. 


HISTORY  OF  PHILOSOPHY  6i 

SCHLEIERMACHER,  Friedrich  Ernst  Daniel. 

Monologen;    Eine   Neujahrsgabe;   Die  Weihnachtsfeier. 

1869.     (Bibliothek  der  deutschen  nationalliteratur.) 104  S34 

SETH,  Andrew. 

Man's  place  in  the  cosmos,  and  other  essays.     1897 104  S49 

Other  essays:  The  present  position  of  the  philosophical  sciences. — The 
new  psychology  and  automatism. — A  new  theory  of  the  absolute;  a  re- 
view of  Bradley's  "Appearance  and  reality."- — Mr  Balfour  and  his 
critics. 

Originally  written  as  criticisms  of  the  leading  contributions  to  philoso- 
phy from  1 89 1  to  1897. 


105     Periodicals 

JOURNAL  of  speculative  philosophy;  ed.  by  W.T.Harris; 

quarterly,  1867-1888.    v.i-22,  in  16.     1867-93 rios  J46 

MIND;  a  quarterly  review  of  psychology  and  philosophy. 

v.i-date.     1876-date rio5  M72 

The  MONIST;  a  quarterly  magazine,  v.i-date.  1890-date.  .rio5  M82 
PHILOSOPHICAL  review;  bi-monthly.  v.9-date.   1900-date . .  ri05  P52 


109     History  of  philosophy 

BAX,  Ernest  Belfort. 

Handbook  of  the  history  of  philosophy.     1888 109  B33 

ERDMANN,  Johann  Eduard. 

History  of  philosophy.     3v.     1892-93 109  E72 

V.I.     Ancient  and  mediaeval  philosophy. 

V.2.     Modern  philosophy. 

V.3.     German  philosophy  since  Hegel. 

An  outline  of  the  book,  by  H.  C.   King  is  appended  to  v.  3. 

HEGEL,  Georg  Wilhelm  Friedrich. 

Lectures  on  the  history  of  philosophy.     3v.     1892-96 109  H41 

HOFFDING,  Harald. 

History  of  modern  philosophy;  a  sketch  of  the  history  of 
philosophy  from  the  close  of  the  renaissance  to  our  own 

day.     2v.     1900 109  H67 

LEWES,  George  Henry. 

Biographical  history  of  philosophy.     1891 109  L67 

Written  with  the  purpose  of  proving,  as  its  motto  from  Goethe  implies, 
that  "man  is  not  born  to  solve  the  problem  of  existence;"  yet  its  bio- 
graphical character  gives  it  a  peculiar  human  interest.  The  predomi- 
nance of  this  interest,  however,  obliges  the  author  to  omit  a  multitude 
of  details,  for  which  he  refers  his  readers  to  "more  comprehensive  his- 
tories previously  published." 

MAURICE,  Frederick  Denison. 

Moral  and  metaphysical  philosophy.     2v.     1890 109  M49 

V.I     Ancient  philosophy. — First  six  centuries. — Mediaeval  philosophy. 
V.2.     14th  century  to  the  French  revolution,  with  a  glimpse  into  the  19th 
century. 

MERZ,  John  Theodore. 

History  of   European  thought   in   the   19th   century,     v.i. 

1896 109  M63 

v. I.      Scientific  thought. 

SCHWEGLER,  Albert. 

History  of  philosophy  in  epitome;  tr.  fr.  the  first  edition 


62  METAPHYSICS 


of  the  original  German  by  J.  H.  Seelye;  revised  fr.  the 
ninth  German  edition,  with  an  appendix  by  B.  E.  Smith. 

1899 109  S41 

UEBERWEG,  Friedrich. 

History  of  philosophy.    2v.     1891 109  U15 

"It  covers  the  whole  ground  of  the  history  of  the  development  of  philo- 
sophic ideas,  was  written  by  one  of  the  most  eminent  interpreters  of 
philosophic  thought,  and  has  been  translated  with  rare  fidelity  and 
skill."     C.  K.  Adams. 

WEBER,  Alfred. 

History  of  philosophy.     1897 109  W37 


iio     Metaphysics 

ARISTOTLE. 

Metaphysics;  literally  tr.  fr.  the  Greek  by  J.  H.  M'Mahon. 

1896 no  A71 

FISKE,  John. 

Outlines  of  cosmic  philosophy,  based  on  the  doctrine  of 

evolution.    2v.     1894 no  FS4 

By  no  means  a  mere  reproduction  of  Spencer's  philosophy,  but  an  inde- 
pendent exposition  of  evolutionism,  showing  originality,  especially  in 
regard  to  social  evolution  and  the  relation  of  religion  and  science. 

HAMILTON,  Sir  William. 

Lectures  on  metaphysics  and  logic;  ed.  by  H.  L.  Mansel 

and  John  Veitch.     4V.     1874-77 no  H21 

v.  1-2.     Metaphysics. 
v.3-4.     Logic. 

McCOSH,  James. 

First  and  fundamental  truths;  a  treatise  on  metaphysics. 

1889 no  M12 

ORMOND,  Alexander  Thomas. 

Basal  concepts  in  philosophy;  an  inquiry  into  being,  non- 
being  and  becoming.     1894 no  O28 

"The  purpose  of  this  work  is  to  propose  a  certain  modification  of  the 
Hegelian  system,  suggested  by  studies  in  philosophical  theology.  The 
modification  cuts  pretty  deep,  being  no  less  than  the  identification  of 
Being  and  Spirit,  two  of  the  primary  categories  of  the  Hegelian  logic 
.  .  .Two  things  are  specially  urged  in  it.  .  .one  the  idea  that  personality 
is  essential  to  being,  the  other  that  Nothingness  has  a  sort  of  reality." 
Nation,  1894. 

PEARSON,  Karl. 

Grammar  of  science.    1892.    (Contemporary  science  series.)  ..  no  P35 

Contents:  The  facts  of  science. — The  scientific  law. — Cause  and  effect; 
probability. —  Space  and  time.  —  The  geometry  of  motion. —  Matter. — 
The  laws  of  motion. — Life. — The  classification  of  the  sciences. 

The  same.    1900 no  P35g 

Contents:  The  facts  of  science. — The  scientific  law. — Cause,  and  effect; 
jirobability. — Space  and  time. — The  geometry  of  motion. — Matter. — The 
laws  of  motion. — Life. — Evolution  (variation  and  selection). — Evolu- 
tion (reproduction  and  inheritance). — The  classification  of  the  sciences. 

Bibliographies  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

POWELL,  John  Wesley. 

Truth  and  error;  or,  The  science  of  intellection.     1898 no  P87 

"Depths  of  metaphysics  are  here  sounded  where  one  may  as  well  frankly 
confess  it  is  very  difficult  to  follow  the  thought.  In  its  reading  the 
question  constantly  presents  itself  how  far  this  difficulty  of  comprehen- 
sion is  due  to  one's  own  incapacity  to  grasp  such  subjects  and  how  far 
to  the  writer's  obscurity."     Literary  world,  1899. 


METAPHYSICS  63 

RICKABY,  John. 

General  metaphysics.     (Manuals  of  Catholic  philosophy.) no  R43 

SCHLEGEL,  Friedrich  von. 

Philosophy  of  life,  and  Philosophy  of  language.     1866 no  S33 

KANT,  Immanuel. 

Dreams  of  a  spirit-seer,  illustrated  by  dreams  of  metaphysics ; 
tr.  by  E.  F.  Goerwitz,  ed.  by  Frank  Sewall.  1900.  (Phi- 
losophy at  home  series.) in  K12 

"That  the  'Dreams  of  a  spirit-seer'  was  a  humorous  critique  aimed  chief- 
ly at  the  philosophers  of  his  day,  using  Swedenborg  as  a  convenient, 
because  non-combative  and  comparatively  unknown  mark  for  his  blows, 
is  now  generally  conceded."     Preface. 

ROYCE,  Josiah. 

World  and  the  individual;  Gifford  lectures;   ist-2d  ser.      2v. 

1900-01    Ill  R81 

v. I.     The  four  historical  conceptions  of  being. 
V.2.     Nature,  man  and  the  moral  order. 

SPENCER,  Herbert. 

First  principles.     1894 113  S74 

Contains  the  general  principles  which  underlie  the  author's  "System  of 
synthetic  philosophy."  Commonly  accepted  as  the  ablest  and  most 
systematic  exposition  of  the  philosophy  involved  in  the  theory  of 
evolution. 

ILLINGWORTH,  John  Richardson. 

Divine  immanence;  an  essay  on  the  spiritual  significance  of 

matter.     1898 117  I22 

BALFOUR,  Arthur  James. 

Foundations  of  belief.    1895 120  B19 

The  author  exhibits  his  own  views  in  comparison  and  contrast  with  that 
system  of  thought  variously  known  as  agnosticism,  positivism,  or 
empiricism,  but  which  he  calls  naturalism,  and  describes  as  the  doc- 
trine "that  we  may  know  'phenomena'  and  the  laws  by  which  they 
are  connected,  but  nothing  more."  He  intends  the  book  for  the 
general  reader  rather  than  the  specialist  in  philosophy. 

BOWNE,  Borden  Parker. 

Theory  of  thought  and  knowledge.    1897 121  B66 

"A  serious,  able,  logical  work.  .  .  The  best  introduction  we  know  to 
the    problem,    'What   should    we   think    about    reality.*  "     Pedagogical 

seminary. ' 

LADD,  George  Trumbull. 

Philosophy  of  knowledge ;   an  inquiry  into  the  nature,  limits 

and  validity  of  human  cognitive  faculty.     1897 121  L13 

ORMOND.  Alexander  Thomas. 

Foundations  of  knowledge.     1900 121  O28 

Contents:  Ground-concepts  of  knowledge. — Evolution  of  the  categories 
of  knowledge. — The  transcendent  factor  in  knowledge. 

JANET,  Paul. 

Final  causes.     1892  124  J17 

MOMERIE,  Alfred  Williams. 

Personality,  the  beginning  and  end  of  metaphysics  and  a  nec- 
essary assumption  in  all  positive  philosophy.     1895 126  M81 

MENDELSSOHN,  Moses. 

Phadon;  oder,  Ueber  die  unsterblichkeit  der  seele;  Jerusalem;, 
oder,  Ueber  religiose  macht  und  Judenthum.     1869. 
(Bibliothek  der  deutschen  nationalliteratur.) 128  M61 


64  MIND  AND  BODY 


JOHNSTON,  Charles,  of  the  Bengal  civil  service. 

Memory  of  past  births.     1899 129  J36 

By  a  believer  in  reincarnation,  who  holds  that  it  is  possible  for  us  to 
recall,  if  we  will,  our  past  states  of  existence. 

130     Mind  and  body 

CARUS,  Paul. 

The  soul  of  man;  an  investigation  of  the  facts  of  physiological 

and  experimental  psychology.     1900 130  C24 

A  large  section  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  an  anatomical  and  physiologri- 
cal  study  of  the  brain,  well  illustrated.  The  author  also  considers 
the  philosophical  problem  of  mind,  some  of  the  investigations  of  ex- 
perimental psychology,  (hypnotism,  dreams  and  hallucinations,  sug- 
gestion and  suggestibility,  etc.)  and  the  ethical  and  religious  aspects 
of  soul-life. 

WALDSTEIN,  Louis. 

The  subconscious  self  and  its  relation  to  education  and  health. 

1897  130  W16 

BAIN,  Alexander. 

Mind  and  body,  the  theories  of  their  relation.  1892.  (Inter- 
national scientific  series.) 131  B16 

CARPENTER,  William  Benjamin. 

Principles  of  mental  physiology.     1891 131  Caa 

TUKE,  Daniel  Hack. 

Illustrations  of  the  influence  of  the  mind  upon  the  body  in 

health  and  disease.     1872 ri3i  T83 

132     Mental  derangements 

BINET,  Alfred. 

Alterations  of  personality;  tr.  by  H.  G.  Baldwin.     1896 132  B48 

BUCKNILL,  John  Charles,  &  Tuke,  D.H. 

Manual  of  psychological  medicine,  containing  the  history  and 

treatment  of  insanity.     1862 ri32  B85 

BURTON,  Robert. 

Anatomy  of  melancholy.     1891 132  BqS 

ESQUIROL,  Jean  fitienne  Dominique. 

Mental  maladies,  a  treatise  on  insanity ;  tr.  fr.  the  French  with 

additions,  by  E.  K.  Hunt.     1845 ri32  E84 

HARRISON.  George  Leib,  comp. 

Legislation  on  insanity ;  a  collection  of  all  the  lunacy  laws  of 
the  United  States  to  1883,  also  laws  of  England  on  insan- 
ity, legislation  in  Canada  on  private  houses,  and  important 
portions   of   the    lunacy   laws   of    Germany,    France,    etc. 

1884 ri32  H29 

HOLLANDER,  Bernard. 

Mental  functions  of  the  brain;  an  investigation  into  their 
localisation  and  their  manifestation  in  health  and  dis- 
ease.    1901   132  H72 

An  analysis  of  eight  hundred  cases  of  brain  disease,  including  many  of 
interest  to  lawyers  as  well  as  physicians. 


DELUSIONS,  WITCHCRAFT,  MAGIC  65 

LINCOLN,  David  Francis. 

Sanity  of  mind ;  a  study  of  its  conditions  and  of  the  means  to 

its  development  and  preservation.     1900  132  L71 

"Works  on  the  prevention  of  insanity,"  p.167-168. 

"Discussion  of  how  the  health  of  the  mind  is  lost  and  how  it  may  be 
recovered. .  .pays  less  attention  to  remedying  than  to  preventing  such 
mischief ...  [Author]  treats  mind  and  body  as  interdependent  as  well 
as  coexistent,  and  believes  that,  where  there  are  not  marked  anatom- 
ical changes. .  .the  pulsation  in  the  nervous  functions  depends  upon 
the  fuel  supplied  to  the  engine  of  the  mind ...  Volume  is  small,  un- 
technical,  and  clear."     Nation,  1901. 

MACPHERSON,  John,  M.  D. 

Mental  affections;  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  insanity. 

1899 132  M22 

MAUDSLEY,  Henry. 

Body  and  mind;  their  connection  and  mutual  influence, 
specially  in  reference  to  mental  disorders;  with  psychologi- 
cal essays.     1890 132  M48 

Responsibility  in  mental  disease.  1892.  (International  scien- 
tific series.) 132  M48r 

The  same.    1890.     (International  scientific  series.) ri32  M48r 

MERCIER,  Charles  Arthur. 

Sanity  and  insanity.     1890.     (Contemporary  science  series.).  ..132  M63 
RIBOT,  Theodule. 

Diseases  of  memory;  an  essay  in  the  positive  psychology. 

1893.     (International  scientific  series.)  132  R39 

TUKE,  Daniel  Hack,  comp. 

Dictionary   of  psychological   medicine,   with  the   symptoms, 

treatment  and  pathology  of  insanity.    2v.     1892 ri32  T83 

WILSON,  George  R. 

Clinical  studies  in  vice  and  in  insanity^     1899 ri32  W76 

Detailed  studies  of  cases  of  insanity,  especially  those  induced  by  alco- 
holism. 

WINSLOW,  Lyttleton  Stewart  Forbes. 

Mad  humanity;  its  forms,  apparent  and  obscure.     1898 132  W79 

The  author  aims  to  show  that  the  increase  of  insanity,  which  has  been 
of  a  progressive  nature  for  many  years,  is  real  and  not  apparent.  He 
believes  that  this  increase  is  due  to  alcoholic  indulgence.  He  com- 
pares the  condition  of  the  insane  as  it  existed  a  century  ago  with 
what  it  is  at  the  present  time,  draws  attention  to  the  more  common 
forms  of  mental  disorder  and  gives  a  large  number  of  exaniples. 
Technicalities  and  all  legal  and  medical  considerations  of  the  subject 
have  been  avoided. 


133     Delusions,  witchcraft,  magic 

ASHTON,  John. 

Curious  creatures  in  zoology.     1890 133  A82 

A  compilation,  mostly  from  the  old  Greek  and  Latin  authors,  describing 
fabulous  and  mythical  animals  and  monstrosities  mentioned  in  tradi- 
tion and  folklore. 

AUBREY,  John. 

Miscellanies  upon  various  subjects;  with  Hydriotaphia;  or. 

Urn  burial,  by  Sir  Thomas  Browne 133  A89 

A  collection   of  curious   delusions,   omens,  portents  and  kindred  super- 


66  DELUSIONS,  WITCHCRAFT,  MAGIC 

BUCKLEY,  James  Monroe. 

Faith-healing,  Christian  science  and  kindred  phenomena. 

1892  133  B8s 

Contents:  Faith-healing.  —  Astrology,  divination  and  coincidences. — 
Dreams,  nightmare  and  somnambulism. —  Presentiments,  visions  and 
apparitions. — Witchcraft. — Christian  science  a,nd  mind  cure. 

CARPENTER,  William  Benjamin. 

Mesmerism,    spiritualism,    &c,    historically   and   scientifically 

considered.     1877 133  C22 

CROOKES,  Sir  William. 

Researches  in  the  phenomena  of  spiritualism.     1871  133  C89 

Reprinted  from  the  'Quarterly  journal  of  science. 
DENDY,  Walter  Cooper. 

Philosophy  of  mystery.     1845 ri33  D42 

ENCAUSSE,  Gerard,  (pseud.  Papus). 

The  Tarot  of  the  Bohemians;  the  most  ancient  book  in  the 

world;  tr.  by  A.  P.  Morton.     1892 133  E62 

ENNEMOSER,  Joseph. 

History  of  magic;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  William  Howitt;  to 
which  is  added  an  appendix  of  the  most  remarkable  and 
best  authenticated  stories  of  apparitions,  dreams,  etc.,  se- 
lected by  Mary  Howitt.    2v.    1893 133  E6s 

FAIRFIELD,  Francis  Gerry. 

Ten  years  with  spiritual  mediums.     1875 I33  F16 

FLAMMARION,  Camille. 

The  unknown.     1900 133  F61 

Contents:  On  incredulity. — On  credulity. — Of  telepathic  communications 
made  by  the  dying,  and  of  apparitions. — Admission  of  facts. — Hallu- 
cinations, properly  so  called. —  The  psychic  action  of  one  mind  upon 
another. — The  world  of  dreams. — Distant  sight  in  dreams. — Premoni- 
tory dreams  and  divination  of  the  future. 

GOOD,  Arthur,  (pseud.  Tom  Tit). 

Magic  at  home;  a  book  of  amusing  science;  tr.  by  Professor 

Hoffmann.     1891 133  G62 

Free  translation  from  the  French;  rules  for  scientific  recreation  and 
sleight-of-hand  performance. 

The  same.    1891 ri33  G62 

Magical  experiments;  or.  Science  in  play.     1894 ^33  G62m 

GOULD,  Charles. 

Mythical  monsters.     1886 qi33  G73 

HAMMOND,  William  Alexander. 

Physics  and  physiology  of  spiritualism.     1871 133  H2a 

HARTMAN,  Joseph. 

Facts  and  mysteries  of  spiritism,  with  a  sequel.    1885 133  H32 

HOME.  Daniel  Douglas. 

Incidents  in  my  life.     1863 133  H75 

HOOKER,  Worthington. 

Lessons  from  the  history  of  medical  delusions.     1850 ri33  H77 

HOPKINS,  Albert  Allis,  ed. 

Magic;    stage    illusions   and    scientific    diversions,    including 

trick  photography.     1897 133  H78 

Bibliography,  P.S37-550. 

The  same.    1897 ri33  H78 

In  the  first  few  chapters  many  of  the  best  illusions  of  Robert  Houdin, 
Heller,  Herrmann  and  Kellar  are  explained.     "Ancient  magic"  takes 


DELUSIONS,  WITCHCRAFT,  MAGIC  67 

up  the  temple  tricks  of  the  ancient  Eg^yptian,  Greek  and  Roman  won- 
der workers,  as  well  as  a  number  of  automata.  Chapters  follow  on 
Science  in  the  theatre.  Photographic  diversions,  etc.  "~ 

HOPKINS,  Nevil  Monroe. 

Twentieth  century  magic,   and  the  construction  of  modern 

magical  apparatus.     1898 133  H78S 

KINGSFORD,  Mrs  Anna  (Bonus),  &  Maitland,  Edward. 
The  perfect  way;  or.  The  finding  of  Christ.    1890.     (Occult 

series.)   133  K27 

LANG,  Andrew. 

Book  of  dreams  and  ghosts.    1897 133  La3 

In  his  preface  Mr  Lang  says:  "The  chief  purpose  of  this  book  is,  if 
fortune  helps,  to  entertain  people  interested  in  the  kind  of  narratives 
here  collected."  He  does  not  discuss  the  scientific  theories  involved, 
he  only  states  the  case  and  lets  each  reader  draw  his  own  conclusions. 
There  are  many  instances,  new  and  old,  and  the  book  is  interesting, 
whether  one  believes  in  ghosts  or  not. 
LELAND,  Charles  Godfrey. 

Aradia ;  or,  The  gospel  of  the  witches.    1899 133  Ls7 

While  pursuing  the  study  of  Italian  folklore,  the  author  obtained  from 
an  Italian  "sorceress"  this  gospel  of  a  religion  of  which  Diana  is  the 
goddess  and  her  daughter  Aradia  the  female  Messiah.  It  sets  forth 
how  the  latter  was  born,  came  down  to  earth,  established  witchcraft, 
and  then  returned  to  heaven.  Various  incantations  and  ceremonial 
forms  are  also  included. 

Gypsy  sorcery  and  fortune  telling.     1891  qi33  L57g 

MACKAY,  Charles. 

Memoirs  of  extraordinary  popular  delusions  and  the  mad- 
ness of  crowds.    2v.     1852 133  M17 

V.I.  Mississippi  scheme. — South-Sea  bubble. — ^The  tulipomania. — ^The  al- 
chymists. — Modem  prophecies. — Fortune-telling. — ^The  magnetisers. 
— Influence  of  politics  and  religion  on  the  hair  and  beard. 
V.2.  The  crusades. — The  witch  mania. — The  slow  poisoners. — Haunted 
houses. — Popular  follies  of  great  cities. — Popular  admiration  of 
great  thieves. — Duels  and  ordeals. — Relics. 

MASSEY,  Gerald. 

Concerning  spiritualism 133  M45 

Contains  also  A  tale  of  eternity,  and  other  poems. 
MATHER,  Cotton. 

The  wonders  of  the  invisible  world;  an  account  of  the 
tryals  of  several  witches  lately  executed  in  New-Eng- 
land; to  which  is  added  a  farther  account  of  the  tryals 
of  the   New-England   witches,   by   Increase   Mather. 

1862  133  M46 

MATHER,  Increase. 

Remarkable  providences  illustrative  of  the  earlier  days  of 
American    colonization;    with    introductory    preface    by 

George  Offor.     1890 133  M469' 

A  reprint  of  a  collection  of  superstitious  narratives  showing  the  state 
of  public  opinion  in  the  seventeenth  centtiry,  and  the  implicit  faith 
which  then  existed  in  the  power  of  the  invisible  world  to  hold  inter- 
cotirse  with  man. 
NEVIUS,  John  Livingston. 

Demon  possession  and  allied  themes;  an  inductive  study  of 

phenomena  of  our  own  times.     1896 133  N2S 

"Bibliographical  index,"  P.439-4S9. 
OWEN,  Robert  Dale. 

The  debatable  land  between  this  world  and  the  next.    1872 133  O34 

Footfalls  on  the  boundary  of  another  world.    1865 ri33  O34 


68  PALMISTRY 

PARISH,  Edmund. 

Hallucinations  and  illusions;  a  study  of  the  fallacies  of  percep- 
tion.    1897.     (Contemporary  science  series.) 133  P23 

ROBINSON,  William  E. 

Spirit  slate  writing  and  kindred  phenomena.    1898 133  RS5 

"Owing  to  the  fact  that  the  author  has  for  many  years  been  engaged  in 
the  practice  of  the  profession  of  magic,  both  as  a  prestidigitateur  and 
designer  of  stage  illusions  for  the  late  Alexander  Herrmann,  and  has 
also  been  associated  with  Prof.  Kellar,  he  feels  that  he  is  fitted  to  treat 
of  clever  tricks  used  by  mediums."    treface. 

SACHS,  Edwin  T. 

Sleight  of  hand ;  a  manual  of  legerdemain.    1900 133  S12 

SARGENT,  Epes. 

Scientific  basis  of  spiritualism.    1891 133  S24 

SCOTT,  Sir  Walter. 

Letters  on  demonology  and  witchcraft.     1874 133  S43 

SULLY,  James. 

Illusions;    a    psychological    study.      1893.      (International 

scientific  series.)   133  S9S 

WHITING,  Lilian. 

After  her  death;  the  story  of  a  summer.     1897 133  W64 

A  tribute  to  the  memory  of  Kate  Field. 

133.5  Astrology 

AMES,  Mrs  Eleanor  Maria  (Easterbrooks),-  {pseud.  Eleanor  Kirk). 

Influence  of  the  zodiac  upon  human  life.     1894 133-5  Asi 

Astrological.  Details  the  characteristics  of  those  born  under  the  differ- 
ent signs  of  the  zodiac. 

BUTLER,  Hiram  Erastus. 

Solar  biology;  a  scientific  method  of  delineating  character, 

etc.,  from  date  of  birth.     1899 133.5  ^97 

LILLY,  William.  ^ 

Introduction  to  astrology;  also  a  Grammar  of  astrology  and 

tables  for  calculating  nativities,  by  Zadkiel.     1898 133-5  L71 

SEPHARIAL,  {pseud,  of  V^.Gorn  Old). 

New  manual  of  astrology.     1898 133-5  S47 

133.6  Palmistry 

ALLEN,  Edward  Heron-. 

Manual  of  cheirosophy.     1894 133-6  A42 

BENHAM,  William  George. 

Laws   of  scientific   hand  reading;   a  practical  treatise   on 

palmistry.     1901  133-6  B43 

CHEIRO,  {pseud,  of  Leigh  Warner). 

Guide  to  the  hand 133-6  C4ig 

Language  of  the  hand.    1897 133.6  C41 

GALTON,  Francis. 

Finger  prints.     1892 133-6  G15 

HENRY,  Edward  Richard. 

Classification  and  uses  of  finger  prints.     1901 133-6  H4S 

This  little  volume  gives  a  full  and  precise  illustrated  account  of  the  the- 
ory and  practice  of  Mr  Henry's  now  accepted  system  of  finger-print 
identification. 


HYPNOTISM,  PSYCHICS  69 

OVIES,  Blanca,  countess  de. 

Psycho-palmistry  key ;  a  series  of  lesson  talks  on  palmistry, 
soul  science,  mental  science,  occultism,  and  palmistry  of  the 

Bible.     1900 133.6  O33 

SAINT-GERMAIN,  C.  comte  de. 

The  practice  of  palmistry  for  professional  purposes.     2v. 

1897  qi33-6  S13 

134     Hypnotism,  psychics 

BINET,  Alfred,  &  Fere,  Charles. 

Animal  magnetism.    1896.     (International  scientific  series.). ..  .134  B48 
BORDERLAND;  quarterly;  ed.  by  W.  T.  Stead.    4v.     1894- 

97  qri34  B63 

No  more  published. 

A  periodical  devoted  to  the  investigation  and  discussion  of  psychic  phe- 
nomena with  the  object  of  showing  that  they  are  worthy  of  more 
serious   consideration    than   they   have    yet    (1894)    received. 

FLOURNOY,  Theodore. 

From  India  to  the  planet  Mars ;  a  study  of  a  case  of  somnam- 
bulism.    1900 134  F67" 

Embodies  the  results  of  five  years'  investigation  of  a  Geneva  medium, 
whom  the  author  calls  Helene  Smith.  The  phenomena  attending 
this  woman's  trances  are  extremely  curious.  Prof.  Flournoy  hat 
studied  them  patiently  and  intimately,  and  he  states  his  conclusions 
with  candor. 

FREER,  A.Goodrich-,  (pseud.  Miss  X). 

Essays  in  psychical  research.     1899 134  F91 

Contents:   Psychical   research  in  the   Victorian  era. — Haunted  houses. — 
Another  theory  of  hauntings. — On  the  faculty  of  crystal'  gazing. — The 
^  divining  rod,  or  the  faculty  of  dowsing. — How  it  came  into  my  head, 

the  machinery  of  intuitions. — Hypnotism. — Obsession,  or  the  impera- 
tive idea. — Holywell,  the  Welsh  Lourdes. — Saint  Columba,  the  father 
of  second  sight. 

GURNEY,  Edmund,  and  others. 

Phantasms  of  the  living,  by  Edmund  Gurney,  F.  W.  H. 

Myers  and  Frank  Podmore.    2v.     1886 134  G97 

Under   this   title   is   embraced   all   transmission   of  thought  and   feeling 
from  one  person  to  another  by  other  means  than  through  the  recog- 
nized channels  of  the  senses,  apparitions  being  included  in  the  cases 
described. 
HART,  Ernest. 

Hypnotism,  mesmerism  and  the  new  witchcraft.    1896 134  H31 

HINTON,  Charles  Howard. 

Scientific  romances,  ist-2d  ser.    2v.     1886-96 134  H57 

V.I.    What    is   the   fourth   dimension?   —   The    Persian    king. — A   plane 

world. — A  picture  of  our  universe. — Casting  out  the  self. 
V.2.    The  education  of  the  imagination. — Many  dimensions. — Stella. — An 
unfinished   communication. 
HUDSON.  Thomson  Jay. 

Law  of  psychic  phenomena.    1895 134  H88 

JASTROW.  Joseph. 

Fact  and  fable  in  psychology.     1900 134  J21 

Contents:  The  modern  occult. — The  problems  of  psychical  research. — 
The  logic  of  mental  telegraphy. — The  psychology  of  deception. — ^The 
psychology  of  spiritualism. — Hypnotism  and  its  antecedents. — The 
natural  history  of  analogy. — The  mind's  eye. — Mental  prepossession 
and  inertia. — A  study  of  involuntary  movements. — The  dreams  of  the 
blind. 


70  HYPNOTISM,  PSYCHICS 

LANG,  Andrew. 

Cock  Lane  and  common-sense.     1894 134  L23 

Discusses  various  psychical  phenomena,  including  spiritualism,  appari- 
tions,  ghosts,   second   sight,   witchcraft,   telepathy,   etc. 

"The  book  is  neither  an  advocate  for  the  reality  of  the  marvellous  nor 
a  consolation  for  the  sceptic."     Nation,   1894. 

MASON,  Rufus  Osgood. 

Hypnotism  and  suggestion  in  therapeutics,  education  and  re- 
form.    1901   134  M4Sh 

"Emphasizes  the  increased  scope  of  the  mental  factor  in  the  treatment 
of  disease,  and  the  specific  opportunities  afforded  by  hypnotic  sugges- 
tion in  this  respect. ..  [Combines]  much  that  is  reliable  and  luggestive 
(and  still  more  that  is  interesting),  with  much  more  that  is  questiona- 
ble."    Dial,  1901. 
Telepathy  and  the  subliminal  self;  an  account  of  recent  inves- 
tigations regarding  hypnotism,  automatism,  dreams,  phan- 
tasms and  related  phenomena.     1899 134  M45 

MOLL,  Albert. 

Hypnotism.    1890.    (Contemporary  science  series.) 134  M79 

"Probably  the  best  general  survey  of  the  subject."  American  journal 
of  psychology,  1897. 

The  same.     1898  134  M79h 

PODMORE,  Frank. 

Apparitions  and  thought-transference.     1895.      (Contempor- 
ary science  series.) 134  P73 

Studies  in  psychical  research.     1897 134  P73S 

Contents:  Spiritualism  as  a  popular  movement. — Physical  phenomena  of 
spiritualism.  —  Spiritualism  and  psychical  research.  —  Poltergeists. — 
Madame  Blavatsky  and  theosophy.  —  Experimental  thought  transfer- 
ence.— Telepathic  hallucinations.— Ghosts. — Haunted  houses. — Premo- 
nitions and  previsions.  —  Secondary  consciousness.  —  Impersonation, 
obsession,  clairvoyance. 
Attempts  to  estimate  the  value  of  the  work  done  by  the  Society  for 
psychical  research,  and  sketch  the  conclusions  reached  at  the  present 
time  (1897). 

QUACKENBOS,  John  Duncan. 

Hypnotism  in  mental  and  moral  culture.     1900 134  Q12 

A  consideration  of  the  value  of  hypnotic  suggestion  in  the  training  of 
degenerate  or  vicious  children,  and  in  work  in  reformatories  and  pris- 
ons.     The  author  is  a  physician,  but  this  is  written  for  the  general 
public. 
SAVAGE,  Minot  Judson. 

Psychics  ;  facts  and  theories.    1899 134  S26 

Accounts  of  ghosts,  spirit  rappings,  trances,  dreams,  etc.,  with  a  chapter 
on  the  present  status  of  psychical  inquiry. 

SIDIS,  Boris. 

The  psychology  of  suggestion;  a  research  into  the  subcon- 
scious nature  of  man  and  society.     1898 134  S56 

SOCIETY  FOR  PSYCHICAL  RESEARCH. 

Proceedings,  1882-date.     v.i-date.     1883-date ri34  S67 

TUCKEY,  Charles  Lloyd. 

Treatment  by  hypnotism  and  suggestion;   or,   Psycho-thera- 
peutics.   1900 134  T81 

Authorities,  P.4-S. 

Former  editions  published  under  the  title  "Piycho-therapeutict." 


135    Sleep 


BIGELOW,  John. 

The  mystery  of  sleep.    1897 135  B47 


PHYSIOGNOMY.     PHRENOLOGY  71 

MACNISH,  Robert. 

Philosophy  of  sleep.     1850 ri3S  M21 

MANACfilNE.  Marie  de. 

Sleep,  its  physiology,  pathology,  hygiene  and  psychology. 

1897.     (Contemporary  science  series.) 135  M32 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 
SEAFIELD,  Frank,  (pseud,  of  Alexander  Henley  Grant). 

Literature  and  curiosities  of  dreams.    2v.     1865 ri3S  S43 

List  of  the  principal  authors,  treatises  and  opinions  cited,  v.i,  p.15-33. 

136     Mental  characteristics.     137     Temperaments 

ELLIS,  Havelock. 

Man  and  woman;  a  study  of  human  secondary  sexual  charac- 
ters.    1898.     (Contemporary  science  series.) 136  E53 

GALTON,  Francis. 

Hereditary  genius.     1892 136  GiS 

MACDONALD,  Arthur. 

Girls  who  answer  personals,  a  sociologic  study  of  young 

women.     1897 ri36  M14 

First  edition  published  under  the  title  "Abnormal  woman." 
Bibliography,  p.246-250. 

RIBOT,  Theodule. 

Heredity;  a  psychological  study  of  its  phenomena.     1895 136  R39 

STEWART,  Alexander,  F.R.C.S.  Edin. 

Our  temperaments ;  their  study  and  their  teaching.    1887 137  S84 

"I  have  endeavoured  to  provide  a  practical  guide  by  which  observers 
may  know  the  temperament  of  anyone  by  looking  at  him,  and  be  en- 
abled to  associate  with  it  certain  mental  qualities  and  traits  of  charac- 
ter."    Author's  preface. 

138     Physiognomy.      139     Phrenology 

DARWIN,  Charles. 

Expression  of  the  emotions  in  man  and  animals.     1892 138  D26 

LAVATER,  Johann  Caspar. 

Essays  on  physiognomy.    3v.  in  5.     1810 qri38  L38 

MANTEGAZZA,  Paolo. 

Physiognomy  and  expression.    (Contemporary  science  series.)  .  .138  M34 
WARNER,  Francis. 

Physical  expression,  its  modes  and  principles.     1893.     (Inter- 
national scientific  series.) 138  W23 

BAIN,  Alexander. 

On  the  study  of  character,  including  an  estimate  of  phrenology. 

1861 .• 139  B16 

FLOURENS,  Marie  Jean  Pierre. 

Phrenology  examined.     1846  ri39  F67 

FOWLER,  Orson  Squire,  &  Lorenzo  Niles. 

Self-instructor  in  phrenology  and  physiology;  revised  by  Nel- 
son Sizer.     1889 139  F84 

SPURZHEIM,  Johann  Kaspar. 

Lectures  on  phrenology ;  ed.  by  A.  T.  Story 139  S77 


72  PHILOSOPHICAL  SYSTEMS 

140     Philosophical  systems 

FROTHINGHAM,  Octavius  Brooks. 

Transcendentalism  in  New  England.     1886 141  F97 

HOWISON,  George  Holmes. 

Limits    of    evolution,    and    other    essays    illustrating    the 

metaphysical  theory  of  personal  idealism.     1901 141   H86 

Other  essays:  Modern  science  and  pantheism. — Later  German  philoso- 
phy.— The  art-principle  as  represented  in  poetry. — The  right  relation 
of  reason  to  religion. — Human  immortality,  its  positive  argument. — 
The  harmony  of  determinism  and  freedom. 

HYDE,  William  De  Witt. 

Practical  idealism.     1897 141  H99 

Contents:  The  world  of  sense-perception. — The  world  of  association. — 
The  world  of  science. —  The  world  of  art. —  The  world  of  persons. — 
The  world  of  institutions.  —  The  world  of  morality.  —  The  world  of 
religion. 
"Its  practical  aim  precludes  the  discussion  of  ultimate  metaphysical 
problems,  and  confines  it  to  those  concrete  aspects  of  philosophy 
which  lie  closest  to  the  common  concerns  of  men."  Preface. 
SURSUM  corda;  a  defence  of  idealism.     1898 * 141  S96 

WATSON,  John. 

Schelling's    Transcendental    idealism ;   a   critical    exposition. 

1892 141  W32 

LANGE,  Friedrich  Albert. 

History  of  materialism  and  criticism  of  its  present  importance; 
tr.  by  E.C.Thomas.  3v.  1892.  (English  and  foreign  phi- 
losophical library.)   146  L24 

Biographical  notes  of  Lange,  v.i,  p.9-16. 
PLUMPTRE,  C.E. 

General  sketch  of  the  history  of  pantheism.    2v 147  P72 

V.I.     From  the  earliest  times  to  the  age  of  Spinoza. 

V.2.     From  the  age  of  Spinoza  to  the  commencement  of  the  19th  century. 

ROMANES,  George  John. 

Mind  and  motion,  and  Monism.     1895 147  R65 

INGE,  William  Ralph. 

Christian  mysticism;  considered  in  eight  lectures  delivered 
before  the  University  of  Oxford.  1899.  (Bampton  lec- 
tures, 1899.)    149  I24 

PREL,  Karl  du. 

Philosophy  of  mysticism.    2v.     1889 149  P91 

V.I.    Science,   its  capability  of   development. — On   the   scientific   impor- 
tance   of    dreams. — Dream    a    dramatist. — Somnambulism. — Dream    a 
physician, 
v.a.    The  faculty  of  memory. — The  monistic  doctrine  of  the  soul. 

RfiCfiJAC,  E. 

Essay  on  the  bases  of  the  mystic  knowledge.    1899 149  R26 


150     Psychology 


ABERCROMBIE,  John. 

Inquiries  concerning  the  intellectual  powers  and  the  investiga- 
tion of  truth ;  adapted  to  the  use  of  schools  by  Jacob  Abbott. .  150  A14 
The   text   of   Abercrombie's    "Treatise   of  the   human    mind,"    with   the 
exception  of  two  articles,  which  were  published  in  the  original  edition. 


PSYCHOLOGY  73 

AMERICAN  journal  of  psychology;  quarterly;  ed.  by  G.S.Hall. 

v.i-date.     1888-date rise  A51 

BALDWIN.  James  Mark. 

Fragments  in  philosophy  and  science ;   essays  and  addresses. 

1902 150  Bigf 

A  selection  from  papers  contributed  to  various  journals  during  a  period 
of  fifteen  years.     The  majority  are  on  psychological  subjects. 

Handbook  of  psychology.    2v.    1890-94 150  Bigh 

V.I.     Senses  and  intellect. 
V.2.     Feeling  and  will. 

Mental  development  of  the  child  and  the   race ;  methods  and 

processes.    1897 150  Bigm 

Social   and   ethical    interpretations   in   mental   development ;    a 

study  in  social  psychology.     1897  150  B19 

A  continuation  of  the  studies  in  psychology  begun  in  "Mental  develop- 
ment in  the  child  and  the  race."  The  author  has  endeavored  to  make 
it  available  for  use  in  universities  in  connection  with  courses  in  psy- 
chology, ethics  and  social  science. 

The  story  of  the  mind.    1898.     (Library  of  useful  stories.) 150  B19S 

"Literature,"  p.233-236. 
Short  and  easily  understood. 

BALDWIN,  Joseph. 

Elementary  psychology  and  education;  a  text-book  for  high 
schools  and  a  manual  for  teachers.     1899.     (International 

education  series.)    150  B195 

It  uses  many  happy  devices  in  the  way  of  illustrations  and  diagrams  to 
help  in  making  an  inventory  of  the  mental  processes  and  in  familiariz- 
ing beginners  with  technical  terms. 

BOWNE,  Borden  Parker. 

Introduction  to  psychological  theory.    1897 150  B66 

BRYANT,  Sophie. 

Educational  ends;  or,  The  ideal  of  personal  development.    1887.. .150  B84 

A  discussion  of  the  ethical  and  logical  ends  of  education,  from  the 
standpoint  of  philosophical  idealism,  concluding  with  the  establishment 
of  the  ultimate  unity  of  the  two  ends. 

CALIFORNIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Studies.    V.I.     1893-99 qriSO  C13 

V.I..    Notes  on  the  development  of  a  child,  by  M.  W.  Shinn. 
CALKINS,  Mary  Whiton. 

Introduction  to  psychology.     1901   150  C133 

Bibliography,  p.492-503. 

Designed  as  a  text-book.  Author  is  (1901)  professor  of  psychology  in 
Wellesley  college. 

COMPAYRfi,  Gabriel. 

Intellectual  and  moral  development  of  the  child,     v.i.      1896. 

(International  education  series.)  150  C73 

DEWEY,  John. 

Psychology.     1891   150  Dsi 

Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 
DEXTER,  Thomas  Francis  George,  &  Garlick,  A.H. 

Psychology  in  the  school  room.     1899 150  D52 

DRUMMOND,  W.B. 

The  child;  his  nature  and  nurture.    1901.    (Temple  primers.).  .150  D84 

List  of  references  at  end  of  book. 

"Little  book  gives  no  more  than  it  is  indispensable  that  every  mother 
should  know;  the  information  is  good  and  wise,  both  as  regards  the 
physical  care  of  the  child  and  still  more  its  moral  and  intellectual  up- 
bringing."    Nation,  1901. 


74  PSYCHOLOGY 

FORBUSH,  William  Byron. 

Boy  problem ;  a  study  in  social  pedagogy,  with  an  introduction 

by  G.  S.  Hall.     1901   150  F75 

Contents:  Boy-life. — By-laws  of  boy-life. — Ways  in  which  boys  spon- 
taneously organize  socially. — Social  organizations  formed  for  boys  by 
adults. — Some  suggestions  as  to  how  to  help  boys. — The  boy  problem 
in  the  church. — A  directory  of  social  organizations  for  boys. — A  list 
of  books  and  pamphlets  about  work  with  boys. — A  reading  course  on 
the  boy  problem. 

A  sensible,  practical  discussion  of  the  problem,  not  taking  up  the  ques- 
tion of  home  training. 

GROSZMANN,  Maximilian  P.E. 

A  working  system  of  child  study  for  schools.     1897 150  G94 

HALL,  Granville  Stanley,  &  Ellis,  A.C. 

A  study  of  dolls.     1897 150  H17 

Bibliography,  p.69. 

A  psychological  and  historical  study  of  dolls;  the  relation  they  bear  to 
child-life,  their  educational  influence,  and  value  in  indicating  character 
development.    Based  upon  the  answers  obtained  from  800  circulars  sent 
to  parents  and  teachers. 
HALLECK,  Reuben  Post. 

Psychology  and  psychic  culture.     1895 150  H178 

HARRIS,  William  Torrey. 

Psychologic  foundations  of  education;  an  attempt  to  show 
the  genesis  of  the  higher  faculties  of  the  mind.  1898.  (In- 
ternational education  series.) 150  H29 

"Education  needs  a  psycholognr  that  will  show  how  all  activities,  whether 
individual  or  social,  react  on  children  or  men  so  as  to  develop  them." 
Preface. 

HASKELL,  Ellen  M.  ed. 

Child  observations,  ist  ser.    v.i.     1896 150  H33 

v.  I.    Imitation  and  allied  activities. 
HERBART,  Johann  Friedrich. 

Application  of  psychology  to  the  science  of  education.    1898.  .150  H46a 
Text-book  in  psychology.    1891.    (International  education 

series.)  150  H46 

HOFFDING,  Harald. 

Outlines  of  psychology ;  tr.  by  M.  E.  Lowndes.    1896 150  H67 

English  version  of  the  work  of  a  prominent  Danish  psychologist. 
HOGAN,  Mrs  Louise  E.  (Shimer). 

Study  of  a  child.    1898 150  H68 

A  mother's  record  in  diary  form  of  the  first  seven  years  of  an  ordinary 
boy's  life. 
HOLBROOK,  Reginald  Heber. 

First  principles  of  the  science  of  education.     1901  riso  H69 

Paper  read  before  the  Pedagogical  section  of  the  Academy  of  science  of 
Pittsburgh,  Dec.  10,  1901. 

HOPKINS,  Mark. 

Outline  study  of  man.     1878 150  H78 

JAMES,  William.  6.1842. 

Principles  of  psychology.  2v.  1893.  (American  science  se- 
ries ;  advanced  course.)  150  J16 

"A  brilliant  and  suggestive  work.     Author  is  not  an  experimental  psy- 
chologist.    As  a  whole,  the  volumes  are  for  advanced  students,  but  the 
chapters  on  'Habit'  and  'Memory'  can  be  enjoyed  by  every  reader." 
Psychology.      1893.      (American   science   series;   briefer 

course.)    150  Ji6p 

Based  on  his  "Principles  of  psychology."  About  two-fifths  of  this  book 
are  either  new  or  rewritten.     Omits  the  polemics,   history  and  pure 


PSYCHOLOGY  75 

speculation  of  the  advanced  work.  Directly  available  for  the  class- 
room or  the  general  reader  who  has  some  elementary  knowledge  of 
the  subject. 

Talks  to  teachers  on  psychology,  and  to  students  on  some  of 

life's  ideals.     1899 150  Ji6t 

Most  of  these  articles  were  published  in  the  Atlantic  Monthly,  v.83. 
Includes  the  substance  of  lectures  given  in  Cambridge  (Mass.)  in  1893. 
Practical,  popular,  and  entirely  free  from  technicalities. 

KROHN,  William  Otterbein. 

Practical  lessons  in  psychology.     1895 iSO  K42 

KULFE,  Oswald. 

Outlines   of  psychology  based   upon   the   results  of  experi- 
mental investigation.     1895 150  K43 

LADD,  George  Trumbull. 

Elements  of  physiological  psychology ;  the  activities  and  nature 
of  the  mind  from  the  physical  and  experimental  point  of 

view.     1894 150  Li3e 

Outlines  of  descriptive  psychology;  a  text-book  of  mental  sci- 
ence, for  colleges  and  normal  schools.    1900 150  L130 

Philosophy  of  mind;  an  essay  in  the  metaphysics  of  psychol- 
ogy.    189s ISO  L13 

Psychology,  descriptive  and  explanatory.     1896 150  Li3p 

LANGE,  Karl. 

Apperception  ;  a  monograph  on  psychology  and  pedagogy.   1898. .  150  L24 
LE  BON,  Gustave. 

The  crowd;  a  study  of  the  popular  mind.     1896.     (Crim- 
inology series.)    150  L47 

McCOSH,  James. 

Psychology,  the  cognitive  powers.     1886 150  M12 

Psychology ;   the  motive  powers,  emotions,  conscience,  will. 

1887 150  Mi2p 

MAKER,  Michael. 

Psychology.     1890.     (Manuals  of  Cathojic  philosophy.) 150  M25 

MARHOLM,  Mrs  Laura  Hansson-. 

Studies  in  the  psychology  of  woman.     1899 150  M383 

MARION,  Frangois  Henri. 

Legons  de  psychologic  appliquee  a  I'education.     1895 150  M38 

MERCIER,  Charles  Arthur. 

Nervous  system  and  the  mind ;  a  treatise  on  the  dynamics  of 

the  human  organism.     1888 150  M63 

MIVART,  St.  George. 

Nature  and  thought;  an  introduction  to  a  natural  philosophy. 

1882 ISO  M7S 

MORGAN,  Conway  Lloyd. 

Psychology  for  teachers.    1898 150  M89 

Contents:  States  of  consciousness. — Association. — Experience. — Percep- 
tion.— Analysis  and  generalization.  —  Description  and  explanation. — 
Mental  development. — Language  and  thought. — Literature. — Character 
and  conduct. 

MUNSTERBERG,  Hugo. 

Psychology  and  life.     1899 150  M96 

Contents:    Psychologjy  and  life. — Psychology  and  physiology. — Psychology 
and   education. — Psychology   and   art. — Psychology   and   history. — Psy- 
chology and  mysticism. 
The  author,  who  is  professor  of  psychology  in  Harvard  university,  says 


76  PSYCHOLOGY 

that  the  controlling  thought  of  his  book  is  the  "separation  of  the  con- 
ceptions of  psychology  from  the  conceptions  of  our  real  life.  .  .that 
psychology  is  not  at  all  an  expression  of  reality,  but  a  complicated 
transformation  of  it." 

OPPENHEIM,  Nathan. 

The  development  of  the  child.     1898 150  O26 

The  work  of  a  children's  physician.  Thoughtful  and  suggestive  to 
mothers  and  teachers. 

Mental  growth  and  control.    1902 150  026m 

A  practical  and  readable  book  which  lays  down  some  definite  principles 
for  the  guidance  of  the  intellectual  life. 

OSTERMANN,  Wilhelm. 

Interest  in  its  relation  to  pedagogy;  tr.  under  the  auspices  of 
the   Society  for  the   comparative  study  of  pedagogy ;   ed. 

by  E.  R.  Shaw.     1899 150  O29 

PEREZ,  Bernard. 

L'education  morale  des  le  berceau.     1896 150  P42e 

A  treatise  on  the  development  and  training  of  character,  based  on  a 
psychological  study  of  the  growth  of  the  emotions  and  the  will. 

L'enfant  de  trois  a  sept  ans.     1894 150  P42en 

First  three  years  of  childhood.     1888 150  P42 

PREYER,  Wilhelm. 

Mental  development  in  the  child.     1894.     (International  edu- 
cation series.) 150   P93m 

Mind  of  the  child.    2v.     1890-92.     (International  education 

series.)    150  P93 

pt. I.      Senses  and  the  will. 

pt.2.      Development  of  the  intellect. 

Traces  the  development  of  the  senses  in  the  order  of  their  unfolding, 
the  growth  of  the  notions  of  space,  time,  and  casuality,  the  advent  of 
language,  the  development  of  self-consciousness.  The  book  has  a  val- 
uable introduction  by  Dr  W.  T.  Harris. 

"Among  all  the  nearly  fourscore  studies  of  young  children,  printed  by 
careful,  empirical,  and  often  thoroughly  scientific  observers,  this  work 
...is  the  fullest,  and  on  the  whole  the  best."     G.  Stanley  Hall. 

PSYCHOLOGICAL  review;  bi-monthly.     v.i-date.     1 894- date,  .qr  150  P97 

Each  volume  contains  the  Psychological  index;  a  bibliography  of  the  lit- 
erature of  psychology  and  cognate  subjects  for  the  year. 

The  same;  monograph  supplements,     v.i-date.     1895-date. .  .qriso  Pg/m 
v. I.     On   sensations   from  pressure   and  impact,   by  Harold   Griffing. — 
Association,  by  M.  W.  Calkins. — The  mental  development  of  a  child, 
by  K.  C.  Moore. — A  study  of  Kant's  psychologfy  with  reference  to     ^ 
the  critical  philosophy,  by  E.  F.  Buchner. 
V.2.     Problems    in    the    psychology    of    reading,    by    J.  O.  Quantz. — The 
fluctuation  of  attention,  by  J.  P.  Hylan. — Mental  imagery,  by  Wil- 
frid Lay. — Animal  intelligence,  by  E.  L.  Thorndike. — The  emotion 
of   joy,  by  G.  V.  Dearborn. — Conduct    and    the    weather,    by    E.  G. 
Dexter. 
V.3.     On  inhibition,  by  B.  B.  Breese. — On  after-images,  by  S.  I.  Franz. — 
The    accuracy    of    voluntary    movement,    by    R.  S.  Woodworth. — A 
study  of  lapses,  by   H.  H.  Bawden. — The  mental  life   of  the  mon- 
keys, by  E.  L.  Thorndike. — The  correlation  of  mental  and  physical 
tests,  by  Clark  Wissler. 

RICHMOND,  Wilfrid  John. 

Essay  on  personality  as  a  philosophical  principle.     1900 150  R42 

ROBERTSON,  George  Croom. 

Elements  of  psychology;  ed.  fr.  notes  of  lectures,  1870-1892, 
by  C.  A.  F.  R.  Davids.     1896.     (University  extension 
manuals.)  150  R53 


PSYCHOLOGY  ^7 

ROOPER,  Thomas  Godolphin. 

"A  pot  of  green  feathers,"  a  study  in  apperception.     1892. 

(Teachers'  professional  library.) 150  R68 

SANFORD,  Edmund  C. 

Course  in  experimental  psychology,    v.i.     1898 150  S22 

V.I.    Sensation  and  perception. 
Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

SCHOFIELD,  Alfred  Taylor. 

The  unconscious  mind.     1898 150  S36 

List  of  books  quoted,  p. 419-423. 

SCRIPTURE,  Edward  Wheeler. 

The  new  psychology.    1898.     (Contemporary  science  series.).  .150  84311 
Thinking,  feeling,  doing.     1895.     (Chautauqua  reading  circle 

literature.) 150  S43 

Elementary    work,    first    book    in    the    English    language    on    the    new 
psychology,    based    exclusively    on    experiment.      Special   attention   to 
practical  applications  in  every-day  life.     Copiously  illustrated. 
SHINN,  Milicent  Washburn. 

Biography  of  a  baby.     1900 150  855 

Careful  study  by  a  trained  observer  of  the  development  of  a  baby,  day 
by  day,  from  birth  to  the  end  of  the  first  year. 

"Full  of  very  acute  observatiorvs,  and  exhibits  a  real  genius  in  interpret- 
ing all  the  signs  of  a  baby's  slowly  developing  mental  life... A  book 
which,  whether  for  pleasure  or  for  profit,  no  mother — and  no  psycholo- 
gist— can  afford  to  be  without."     Nation,   1900. 

SNIDER,  Denton  Jaques. 

Psychology  and  the  psychosis;  intellect.     1896 150  S67 

SPENCER,  Herbert 

Principles  of  psychology.     2v.     1895.     (Synthetic  philosophy, 

V.4-.S.)   150  S74 

STERRETT,  John  Douglas. 

The  power  of  thought.     1896 150  S83 

STOUT,  George  Frederick. 

Analytic  psychology.    2v.     1896 150  S88a 

Manual  of  psychology,     v.i.     1899.     (University  tutorial 

series.)    150   S88 

An  introductory  study  of  psychology  made  from  the  genetic  standpoint. 
The  order  followed  is  that  of  the  successive  stages  of  mental  develop- 
ment. The  earlier  stages  of  the  growth  of  the  mind  are  demonstrated 
by  reference  to  the  mentality  of  animal  life.  The  phases  through 
which  the  ideal  construction  of  self  has  passed  are  illustrated  by  com- 
parison with  the  mental  condition  of  the  lower  races  of  mankind. 
Contains   an    outline    of   the    scope    of   psychology. 

SULLY,  James. 

Children's  ways;  being  selections  from  the  author's  Studies  of 

childhood  ;  with  additional  matter.     1897 150  S95C 

"Prof.  Sully  has  extracted  from  his  large  volume  a  smaller  one.  .  .written 
in  popular  language.  .  .so  that  it  now  is  possible,  by  the  light  of  'Chil- 
dren's ways,'  for  every  parent  of  intelligence  to  observe  for  himself 
the  growth  of  mind  in  his  own  family."     Academy,  1897. 

Human  mind  ;  a  text-book  of  psychology.     2v.     1892 150  S95h 

Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

Outlines  of  psychology.     1893 150  S9S 

The  same.     1884 ri5o  S95 

Studies  of  childhood.     1896 150  8955 

Bibliography,  p. 5 15-51 7- 

"Not  a  complete  treatise  on  child  psychology,  but  merely  deals  with  cer- 
tain aspects  of  children's  minds  which  happen  to  have  come  under  my 
notice,  and  to  have  had  a  special  interest  for  me."     Preface. 


78  PSYCHOLOGY 

On  the  ways  and  works  of  children  from  birth  to  sixth  year.     Valuable 
to  intelligent  amateurs  in  child  study. 
The  teacher's  handbook  of  psychology,  on  the  basis  of  "Out- 
lines of  psychology."    1897 150  Spst 

"References  for  reading,"  p.s8i-s82. 

TAYLOR,  Albert  Reynolds. 

The  study  of  the  child;  a  brief  treatise  on  the  psychology  of 

the  child.    1898.    (International  education  series.) 150  T2S 

Bibliography,  p.21 1-215. 

THORNDIKE,  Edward  Lee. 

Human  nature  club ;  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  mental  life. 

1901  150  T39 

"References,"  p.230-231. 

Ingenious  introduction  to  psychology,  in  the  form  of  a  story  or  dialogue. 
"The  psychological  matter  is  well-grounded,  suggestive,  discriminatingly 
used  and  clearly  set  forth."    Science,  1901. 
Notes  on  child  stud3^     1901.     (Columbia  university.     Con- 
tributions   to    philosophy,    psychology    and    education, 

V.8,  no.3-4.)  150  T39n 

TITCHENER,  Edward  Bradford. 

Experimental  psychology;  a  manual  of  laboratory  practice. 

V.I  in  2.     1901  150  T52e 

V.I,  pt.i.     Qualitative  experiments;  student's  manual. 
v.i,pt.2.     Qualitative  experiments;   instructor's  manual. 
Bibliography,  v.i,  pt.2,  p.430-433. 

Outline  of  psychology.     1897 150  T52 

"My  aim  in  writing  this  book  has  been  to  present  in  brief  outline  and 
simple  form  the  methods  and  most  important  results  of  experimental 
psychology."     Preface. 

Primer  of  psychology.     1902 150  T52P 

References  at  end  of  each  chapter. 

TORONTO  UNIVERSITY. 

Studies;  psychological  series,    v.i.     1898 qriSO  T63 

V.I.    Lane,  W.B.    Space-threshold  of  colours  and  its  dependence  on  con- 
trast phenomena. 
TRACY,  Frederick. 

The  psychology  of  childhood.     1897 150  T67 

"Published  sources  of  information,"  p.  162-167. 
WOOD,  Henry. 

Studies  in  the  thought  world;  or.  Practical  mind  art.     1896.  ..150  W85 
WUNDT,  Wilhelm. 

Grundziige  der  physiologischen  psychologic.    2v.     1893...  150  W96g 

Outlines  of  psychology.     1897 150  W96 

ZIEHEN,  Theodor. 

Introduction  to  physiological  psychology ;  tr.  by  C.  C.  Van  Liew 

and  O.  W.  Beyer.    1899.    (Introductory  science  text-books.)  .  .150  Z59 

151     Intellect 

HIRSCH,  William. 

Genius  and  degeneration.     1896 151  H61 

Contents:     The   limits   of   insanity. — The  psychology   of   genius. — Genius 
and   insanity. — Degeneration. — Influence  of  education   upon  genius. — 
Secular  hysteria. — Art  and  insanity. — Richard  Wagner  and  psychopa- 
thology. 
LOCKE,  John. 

Philosophical  works.     2v.     1892 151  L75 

"Locke's  authority  as  a  philosopher   was  unrivalled  in  England  during 


SENSE  PERCEPTION  79 

the  first  half  of  the  eighteenth  century,  and  retained  great  weight 
until  the  spread  of  Kantian  doctrines. .  .His  spiritual  descendant,  J.  S. 
Mill,  indicates  his  main  achievement  by  calling  him  'the  unquestioned 
founder  of  the  analytic  philosophy  of  mind'... His  own  position... 
was  not  consistent,  and  very  different  systems  have  been  affiliated 
upon  his  teaching."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

Versuch  iiber  den  menschlichen  verstand;  aus  dem  eng- 

lischen  iibersetzt.     3v.     1795-97 ri5i  L75 

LOMBROSO,  Caesar. 

Man  of  genius.     1891.     (Contemporary  science  series.)  151  L81 

"Proposition. .  .that  genius  is  a  mental  disease,  allied  to  epileptiform 
mania  and  in  a  lesser  degree  to  the  dementia  of  cranks,  or  mattoids, 
as  he  calls  them;  so  that,  far  from  being  a  mental  perfection,  it  is  a 
degenerate  and  diseased  condition."     Nation,  1892. 

RUSH,  James. 

Brief  outline  of  an  analysis  of  the  human  intellect.    2v.     1865. .  .151  R89 


152     Sense  perception 

ALLEN,  Grant. 

Colour-sense,  its  origin  and  development.     1879 152  A42 

BONNIER,  Pierre. 

L'orientation.     1900.     (Scientia;  serie  biologique.)  152  B62 

Brief  study  of  the  faculty  which  enables  us  to  define  the  direction  of  ob- 
jects in  space  with  regard  to  our  own  position.  The  treatment  is  main- 
ly physiological. 

CLIFFORD,  William  Kingdon. 

Seeing  and  thiijking.    1890 152  Cs8 

DOWNS,  James  P.  pub. 

Quickness  of  perception.     1891.     (Memory  library.) 152  D77 

Contents:  Nature  of  perceptive  powers.  —  Quickness  and  accuracy  of 
sight. —  Quick  and  accurate  hearing. —  Mental  stimulus  in  games,  by 
E.  W.  ilassler. — Games  as  factors  in  education,  by  C.  N.  Ironside. 

GOBLET,  H.F. 

Theory  of  sight.     1869 ri52  G54 

HALLECK,  Rueben  Post. 

Education  of  the  central  nervous  system.     1896 152  H17 

Contains  a  chapter  on  "How  Shakspere's  senses  were  trained." 

MACH,  Ernst. 

Contributions  to  the  analysis  of  the  sensations;  tr.  by  C.  M. 

Williams.     1897 152  M16 

"The  most  noteworthy  characteristic  of  Professor  Mach's  'Contributions 
to  the  analysis  of  the  sensations'. .  .is  the  point  of  view  by  which  they 
are  inspired,  rather  than  the  facts  therein  recorded  or  the  results 
reached.  It  is  the  point  of  view  prominent  in  the  writings  of  Helm- 
holtz  and  insists  upon  the  essential  unity  of  the  underlying  aspects  of 
sensations  and  their  causes."     Dial,   1897. 


153     Understanding 


BINET,  Alfred. 

Psychology  of  reasoning;  based  on  experimental  researches 

in  hypnotism.     1899 153  B48 

RIBOT,  Theodule. 

Evolution  of   general   ideas ;   authorized  translation    from  the 

French,  by  F.  A.  Welby,     1899 153  R39 

"Aim... is   to  study   the    development  of    the   mind   as  it   abstracts   and 


8o  MEMORY 


generalises,  and  to  show  that  these  two  operations  exhibit  a  perfect 
evolution."     Preface. 

154     Memory 

COLEGROVE,  Frederick  Welton. 

Memory,  an   inductive  study ;   with  an   introduction  by  G.  S. 

Hall.     1900  154  C68 

Bibliography  of  authorities  consulted,  p.3S3-36'' 

DOWNS,  James  P.  pub. 

Eye  and  ear  memory.     1891.     (Memory  library.) 154  D77e 

The  mastery  of  memorizing.     1891.     (Memory  library.) 154  D77 

Contents:  The  processes  of  memory. — Development  of  the  memory. — 
Hints  on  legal  study,  by  W.  R.  Baird. — Remarks  on  Bible  memorizing, 
by  Bishop  Vincent. — Suggestions  to  students,  by  W.  A.  Dunning. — 
Hints  on  general  study,  by  G.  F.  C.  Smillie. 

Memory  and  thought.     1891.     (Memory  library.) 154  D77m 

Contents:  Nature  and  processes  of  thought. — Relation  of  memory  and 
thought. — Development  of  thought. — The  abuse  of  the  memory,  by 
R.  L.  Wakefield. — The  memory  and  the  will,  by  E.  W.  Hassler. 

FULLER,  Henry  H. 

Art  of  memory;  a  comprehensive  and  practical  system  of 

memory  culture.    1898 154  F98 

GREEN,  Frederic  William  Edridge-. 

Memory  and  its  cultivation.     1897.     (International  scientific 

series.)    154  G82 

HASSLER,  E.W.  &  Young,  Ermentine. 

Memory  training  of  the  young.     1891.     (Memory  library.) 154  H34 

KAY,  David. 

Memory,  what  it  is  and  how  to  improve  it.     1895.     (Interna- 
tional education  series.) 154  K14 

LOISETTE,  Alphonse,  (pseud,  of  Marcus  D wight  Larrowe). 
Assimilative  memory;  or.  How  to  attend  and  never  forget. 

1899  154  L78 

MILES,  Eustace  Hamilton. 

How  to   remember  without   memory  systems  or  with   them. 

1901  154  M68 

"Reference  books,"  p. 266-267. 

PICK,  Edward. 

Lectures  on  memory  culture.     1899 , 154  P54 

156     Intuition.     Reason 

McCOSH,  James. 

Intuitions  of  the  mind  inductively  investigated.     1893 156  M14 

MARSHALL,  Henry  Rutgers. 

Instinct  and  reason;  an  essay  concerning  the  relation  of  in- 
stinct to  reason,  with  some  special  study  on  the  nature  of 

religion.     1898 156  M41 

MIVART,  St.  George. 

The  origin  of  human  reason;  an  examination  of  recent  hy- 
potheses concerning  it.     1889 156  M75 


LOGIC  8i 

157     Emotions 

GROOS,  Karl. 

Play  of  man  ;  tr.  by  E.  L.  Baldwin.     1901   157  G93 

"Scientific  treatise  on  sport  and  pastime.  .  .The  author  includes  in  his 
term  the  playful  activity  of  the  sensory  apparatus  in  feeling,  tempera- 
ture, taste,  smell,  hearing  and  sight;  the  playful  use  of  the  motor  ap- 
paratus, and  the  playful  use  of  the  higher  mental  powers... The  clos- 
ing pages  are  devoted  to  the  relation  of  play  to  pedagogics."  Sci- 
ence, 1 90 1. 

McCOSH,  James. 

Emotions.     1880  157  M14 

MARSHALL,  Henry  Rutgers. 

Pain,  pleasure  and  aesthetics ;  an  essay  concerning  the  psychol- 
ogy of  pain  and  pleasure,  with  special  reference  to  aesthetics. 
1894  157  M41 

"Mr.  ^larshall's  theory  of  pleasure-pain  will  have  to  be  reckoned  with 
by  future  writers  on  psychology.  Briefly,  it  is  that  pleasure  and  pain 
are  not  sensations,  neither  are  they  emotions;  but  'differential  quali- 
ties of  all  mental  states,  of  such  nature,  that  -one  of  them  must,  and 
either  of  them  may,  under  proper  conditions,  belong  to  any  element 
of  consciousness.'  "     Educational  review,  1894. 

MOSSO,  Angelo. 

Fear;  tr.  fr.  the  Italian.     1896 157  M93 

RIBOT,  Theodule. 

Psychology  of  attention.     1896 157  R39 

Psychology  of  the  emotions.     1897.     (Contemporary  science 

series.)   .157  R39P 

STANLEY,  Hiram  Miner. 

Studies  in  the  evolutionary  psychology  of  feeling.     1895 157  S78 

159   ^vill 

ALEXANDER,  Archibald,  Ph.  D. 

Theories  of  the  will  in  the  history  of  philosophy.     1898 159  A37 

RIBOT,  Theodule. 

Diseases  of  the  will.     1896 159  R39 

SNIDER,  Denton  Jaques. 

The  will  and  its  world ;  psychical  and  ethical.     1899 159  S67 


160     Logic 


BOOLE,  George. 

Investigation  of  the  laws  of  thought,  on  which  are  founded 

the  mathematical  theories  of  logic  and  probabilities.     1854.  .160  B63 
CLARKE,  Richard  Frederick. 

Logic.     (Manuals  of  Catholic  philosophy.) 160  C53 

COPPfiE.  Henry. 

Elements  of  logic,  designed  as  a  manual  of  instruction.    1858. .  .160  C79 
"References,"  p.4-5. 
JEVONS,  William  Stanley. 

Elementary  lessons  in  logic.     1888 160  J3ie 

Continues,    notwithstanding    numerous    additions    to    the    literature    of 


82  LOGIC 

logic,  probably  the  most  useful  book  for  beginners.  Peculiarly  free 
from  the  illustrations  by  which  the  science  has  often  been  degraded 
to  a  sort  of  systematic  intellectual  trifling. 

Logic.     (Science  primers.)    i6o  J31 

Principles  of  science.     1892 160  J31P 

May  be  taken  up  with  advantage  after  the  "Elementary  lessons"  by 
those  who  wish  to  advance  to  the  higher  problems  of  logic.  The  first 
chapters  are  comparatively  uninteresting;  they  are  followed  by  an  ex- 
cellent exposition  of  the  principles  underlying  scientific  generaliza- 
tion and  discovery;  illustrations  are  drawn  from  many  and  diverse 
modern  triumphs  of  science. 

LOTZE,  Hermann. 

Logic ;  ed.  by  Bernard  Bosanquet.    2v.    1888 160  L92 

MILL,  John  Stuart 

System  of  logic.    1893 160  M68 

Marked  a  new  epoch  in  the  literature  of  logic,  especially  by  its  luminous 
exposition  of  the  methods  of  experimental  inquiry,  and  its  interesting 
illustration  of  these  in  the  achievements  of  modern  science. 

MINTO,  William. 

Logic,  inductive  and  deductive.     1898 160  M73 

READ,  Carveth. 

Logic ;  deductive  and  inductive.     1898 160  R25 

RICKABY,  John. 

First  principles  of  knowledge.     (Manuals  of  Catholic  phi- 
losophy.)    160  R43 

SIDGWICK,  Alfred. 

Use  of  words  in  reasoning.     1901 160  Ss6 

Contents:  The   nature  of  reasoning. — Description   and  ambiguity. — The 

leading  technicalities  of  formal  logic. — Summaries. 
"This  book  is  at  once  a  criticism  of  formal  logic,  deductive  and  induc- 
tive, and  a  course  of  instruction  in  regard  to  how  formal  logic  should 
be  used ...  It  has  great  value  for  the  student  at  the  period  when  he  is 
forming  his  habits  of  investigation;  it  offers  the  professional  logician 
a  number  of  discussions  conducted  with. .  .fairness  and.  .  .authority." 
Nation,  1901. 

THOMSON,  William,  abp. 

Outline  of  the  necessary  laws  of  thought ;  a  treatise  on  pure 

and  applied  logic.     1892 160  T38 

Contains  a  chapter  on  Indian  logic  by  Max  Miiller. 

WATTS,  Isaac. 

Logick;  or.  The  right  use  of  reason  in  the  enquiry  after 

truth.     1797 ri6o  W33 

WELTON,  James. 

Logical  bases  of  education.     1899 160  Wsi 

WHATELY,  Richard. 

Elements  of  logic.     1843 ri6o  W59 

CARROLL,  Lewis,  (pseud,  of  Charles  Lutwidge  Dodgson). 

Symbolic  logic,    v.i.     1897 164  C23 

V.I.     Elementary. 
Xo  more  published. 

MACFARLANE,  Alexander. 

Principles  of  the  algebra  of  logic,  with  examples.    1879 164  M15 

SIDGWICK,  Alfred. 

Fallacies;  a  view  of  logic  from  the  practical  side.    1890.    (In- 
ternational scientific  series.)   165  S56 


ETHICS  83 

170     Ethics 


DESJARDINS,  Paul. 

Le  devoir  present.     1892 170  D46 

"Created  a  sensation  in  the  thinking  w<M-ld  of  Paris... While  the  critics 
were  still  diagnosing  over  the  pamphlet  as  a  theory,  a  small  band  of 
men,  avowing  the  same  convictions  as  Desjardins,  proceeded  to  test  it 
as  a  practical  truth.  They  enrolled  themselves  into  a  'Union  for  mor- 
al action,'  which  had  for  its  object  to  associate  together  without  regard 
to  religious  or  political  beliefs,  all  serious-minded  men  who  cared  to 
work  for  the  formation  of  a  healthy  public  opinion,  for  a  moral  awaken- 
ing, and  for  the  education  and  strengthening  of  the  modern  decadent 
or  enervated  will  power."  Warner's  "Library  of  the  world's  best  litera- 
ture." 

DRESSER,  Horatio  Willis. 

Book  of  secrets;  with  studies  in  the  art  of  self-control.  1902.  .170  D8ib 
Contents:  The  secret  of  success. — A  secret  of  evolution. — The  secret  of 
adjustment. —  Social  adjustments. —  Secrets  of  the  age. — A  Christian 
secret. —  Another  secret. —  The  secret  of  pessimism. —  The  secret  of 
work. —  The  art  of  health. —  The  secret  of  self-help. —  The  secret  of 
action. — A  vital  secret. — A  personal  letter. — The  secret  of  character. 
— Spiritual  laws. — A  soul's  message. 
The  power  of  silence;  an  interpretation  of  life  in  its  relation 

to  health  and  happiness.     1898 170  D8l 

ELIOT,  Charles  William. 

The  happy  life.    1896 170  E47 

EVERETT,  Charles  Carroll. 

Ethics  for  young  people.     1893  170  £95 

Intended  for  minds  advanced  beyond  childhood,  and  likely  to  be  inqubi- 
tive  about  the  reasons  why  duty  should  be  done.  Adapted  therefore 
to  introduce  such  minds  to  the  science  of  ethics. 

GENTZKEN,  Friedrich. 

Tractus  ethico-physicus  de  affectibus  humanis.    1722 ri70  G29 

OILMAN,  Nicholas  Paine,  &  Jackson,  E.  P. 

Conduct  as  a  fine  art.    1892 170  G42 

Contents:  Gilman,  N.  P.  Laws  of  daily  conduct. — ^Jackson,  E.  P.  Char- 
acter building. 
"These  two  books... were  both  adjudged  a  prize  offered  by  the  Ameri- 
can Secular  Union  for  a  book  to  aid  public  school  teachers  in  giving 
moral  instruction  to  their  pupils  apart  from  religious  doctrine.  The 
authors  are  both  friendly  to  religion,  though  not  obtruding  it  either 
as  a  speculative  foundation  or  as  a  practical  motive  of  morality." 
J.  C.  Murray. 

GRIGGS,  Edward  Howard. 

New  humanism;  studies  in  personal  and  social  development. 

1900 170  G89 

Contents:  The  scientific  study  of  the  higher  human  life. — The  evolution 
of  personality. — The  dynamic  character  of  personal  ideals. — The  con- 
tent of  the  ideal  of  life. —  Positive  and  negative  ideals. —  Greek  and 
Christian  ideals  in  modern  civilization. — The  modern  change  in  ideals 
of  womanhood. — The  ethics  of  social  reconstruction. — The  new  social 
ideal. — The  religion  of  humanity. 

HARALD,  H.J. 

Knowledge  of  life;  a  contribution  to  the  story  of  religion. 

1896 170  H24 

Contains  chapters  on  "Why  women  should  legislate,  and  the  evils  of 
the  old  system,"  and  "Arguments  against  woman's  rights." 
HARDWICKE,  Henry. 

Art  of  living  long  and  happily.     1895  170  H2S 

"The  author  believes  that  the  pttrsuit  of  happiness  and  of  health  may  be 
reduced  to  an  art.    Suggestions  as  to  the  best  methods  to  be  followed 


84  ETHICS 


are  embodied  in  chapters  entitled:    Happiness  should  be  systematically 
V  pursued. — Happiness  derived  from  books. — Cheerfulness." 

^    LARNED,  Josephus  Nelson,  ed. 

Multitude  of  counsellors ;  a  collection  of  codes,  precepts  and 
rules  of  life  from  the  wise  of  all  ages,  with  an  introductory 
essay  on  the  ancient  and  modern  knowledge  of  good  and 

evil.     1901    170  L32 

Selections,  nearly  all  ethical  in  character,  from  philosophers  of  all  times 
and  countries,  from  the  Egyptian  Ptah-hotep  to  Emerson  and  Thoreau. 
LECKY,  William  Edward  Hartpole. 

Map  of  life;  conduct  and  character.     1899 170  L<48 

"The  subject  of  this  book,  although   nowhere  explicitly  stated,  is   in  ef- 
fect, 'How  to  make  the  most  of  life.'  "     Dial,  1899. 
"Its  strength  lies  rather  in  practical   observations  on  conduct  than   in 

close  investigation  of  the  theoretical  grounds  of  morals."    Athenaeum, 

1899. 

MacCUNN,  John. 

Making  of  character;  some  educational  aspects  of  ethics.    1900..  170  M14 
Contents:     Congenital  endowment:  its  nature  and  treatment. — Educative 
influences. — Sound  judgment. — Self-development  and  self-control. 
MARDEN,  Orison  Swett. 

Architects  of  fate;  or,  Steps  to  success  and  power.    1896 170  M37 

A  later  edition  is  published  with  the  title  "Rising  in  the  world;  or. 
Architects  of  fate." 

Character  the  grandest  thing  in  the  world.     1899 170  M37C 

This  little  book  points  out.  with  a  free  use  of  anecdotes,  the  underlying 
traits  of  strong  character. 

The  secret  of  achievement.     1898 170  M37S 

Success;  a  book  of  ideals,  helps  and  examples  for  all  desiring 

to  make  the  most  of  life.     1897 j  170  M37S 

Winning  out ;  a  book  for  young  people  on  character  building 

by  habit  forming.     1900 J170  M37W 

Biographical  sketches  of  successful  men  and  women  of  obscure  parent- 
age who  attained  fame  through  personal  effort  and  ambition. 

MOSER,  Justus. 

Patriotische  phantasien.    2v.     1871.     (Bibliothek  der  deutschen 

nationalliteratur.) 170    M76 

QUIGLEY,  Dorothy. 

Success  is  for  you.     1897  170  Q31S 

The  way  to  keep  young.     1897 170  Q31 

SEWARD,  Theodore  F. 

Don't  worry;  or,  Spiritual  emancipation,  the  scientific  law  of 

happiness.     1897  170  Ssi 

Little    book  of    helpful    suggestions    from    the  religious    standpoint.      It 
started  the  "Dont  worry"  movement. 
SHELDON:  Walter  Lorenzo. 

Ethical  Sunday  school;  a  scheme  for  the  moral  instruction 

of  the  young.     1900 170  S54 

TRINE,  Ralph  Waldo. 

Character-building  thought  power.     1899 170  T74C 

Greatest  thing  ever  known.     1898 170  T74g 

In  tune  with  the  infinite;  or,  Fullness  of  peace,  power  and 

plenty.    1897 170  T74i 

What  all  the  world's  a-seeking;  or,  The  vital  law  of  true 

life,  true  greatness,  power  and  happiness.     1899 170  T74 

Service  to  others  the  foundation  of  any  life  worth  living,  is  the  author's 
creed. 


ETHICAL  ESSAYS  85 


WASHINGTON,  Booker  Taliaferro.  9 

Sowing  and  reaping.     1900 170  W27 

Amplified  from  several  of  his  "Sunday  evening  talks  to  students"  at  the 
Tuskegee    institute. 

170.4     Ethical  essays 

BOSANQUET,  Bernard. 

Civilization  of  Christendom,  and  other  studies.     1893 i70-4  B64 

Contents:  Future  of  religious  observance. — Some  thoughts  on  the  tran- 
sition from  paganism  to  Christianity. — The  civilization  of  Christen- 
dom.—  Old  problems  under  nevir  names.  —  Are  we  agnostics? — The 
communication  of  moral  ideas  as  a  function  of  an  ethical  society. — 
Right  and  wrong  in  feeling. —  Training  in  enjoyment. —  Luxury  and 
refinement. — The  antithesis  between  individualism  and  socialism  philo- 
sophically considered. — Liberty  and  legislation. 

BOWKER,  Richard  Rogers. 

Arts  of  life.     1900 170.4  B66 

Contents:  Growth. — Foreword.  —  Firsts  and  lasts. — Of  education. — Of 
business. — Of  politics. — Of  religion. — The  end. 

BRADFORD,  Ampry  Howe. 

Art  of  living  alone.     1899 170.4  B68' 

BRYANT,  Sophie. 

Short  studies  in  character.     1894  170.4  B84 

BUSHNELL,  Horace. 

Moral  uses  of  dark  things.     1893  170.4  B96 

"Few  will  read  these  pages  without  being  instructed.  None  but»uncom- 
mon  minds  can  read  them  without  being  enriched  by  the  thoughts  that 
will  help  them  to  Uve  more  trustingly  and  bravely.  The  value  of  the 
book  consists  not  in  its  philosophical  but  in  its  practical  character." 
Nation,  1869. 

CRAIK,  Mrs  Dinah  Maria  (Mulock). 

Sermons  out  of  church 1 70.4  C86 

Contents:  What  is  self-sacrifice? — Our  often  infirmities. — How  to  train 
up  a  parent  in  the  way  he  should  go. — Benevolence,  or  beneficence? — 
My  brother's  keeper. — Gather  up  the  fragments. 

DYMOND,  Jonathan. 

Essays  on  the  principles  of  morality,  and  on  the   private  and 

political  rights  and  obligations  of  mankind.     1894 170.4  D99 

GARRISON,  Wendell  Phillips. 

Parables  for  school  and  home.    1897 J170.4  G19 

HAMERTON,  Philip  Gilbert. 

Human  intercourse.     1892 170.4  H19 

Graceful  discussions  of  the  rights  of  the  guest,  friendship,  love,  mar- 
riage, and  much  else.  The  author  rightly  deems  that  life  owes  much 
to  the  thoughtful  and  just  cultivation  of  the  social  feehngs. 

The  quest  of  happiness.     1897  170.4  Hi9q 

"Happiness,  as  the  word  will  be  understood  in  the  present  volume, 
means  that  degree  of  satisfaction  with  our  existence  which,  in  spite 
of  minor  vexations  an<l  disappointments,  makes  us  willing  to  go  on 
living  as  we  are  now  living  without  any  important  change."    Chapter  i. 

HILLIS,  Newell  Dwight. 

The  investment  of  influence;  a  study  of  social  sympathy  and 

service.     1898 170.4  H56i 

Man's  value  to  society;  studies  in  self-culture  and  character. 

1897  170.4  Hs6 


86  ETHICAL  ESSAYS 


HOLLAND,  Josiah  Gilbert. 

Concerning  the  Jones  family.     1891 170.4  H72C 

Every-day  topics,  a  book  of  briefs;  ist-2d  ser.  2v.  1888-93.  -170.4  H72e 
V.I.  Culture. — Literature  and  literary  men. — Criticism. — The  popular  lec- 
ture.— Personal  dangers. — Personal  development. — Preachers  and 
preaching. — Christianity  and  science. — Revivals  and  reforms. — 
Christian  practice. — The  church  of  the  future. — The  common  mo- 
ralities.— Woman. — Woman  and  home. — Amusements. — The  tem- 
perance question. — Social  intercojirse. — Town  and  country. — ^The 
rich  and  the  poor. — Politics  and  political  men. — American  life  and 
manners. 
».3.  Religion  and  the  church. — Art. — Literature. — Certain  virtues  and 
virtuous  habits. — Education  and  industry. — Town  and  country. — 
About  woman. — The  curse  of  pauperism. — Temperance. — Domestic 
economy. — Social  facts,  forces  and  reforms. — Matters  of  domestic 
concern. — M  iscellaneous. 

Gold-foil  hammered  from  popular  proverbs.     1895 170.4  H72g 

Contents:  An  exordial  essay. — The  Bible. — Patience. — Perfect  liberty. — 
Trust  and  what  comes  of  it. — The  ideal  Christ. — Providence. — Does 
sensuality  pay? — The  way  to  grow  old. — Almsgiving.— The  love  of 
what  is  ours. — The  power  of  circumstances. — Anvils  and  hammers. — 
Every  man  has  his  place. — Indolence  and  industry. — The  sins  of  our 
neighbors. —  The  canonization  of  the  vicious. —  Social  classification. — 
The  preservation  of  character.  —  Vices  of  imagination.  —  Questions 
above  reason. —  Public  and  private  life. —  Home. —  Learning  and  wis- 
dom.— Receiving  and  doing. — The  secret  of  popularity. — The  Lord's 
business. — The  great  mystery. 

Lessons  in  life;  a  series  of  familiar  essays.     1895 170.4  H72 

Contents:  Moods  and  frames  of  mind. — Bodily  imperfections  and  impedi- 
ments.— Animal  content. — Reproduction  in  kind. — Truth  and  truthful- 
ness.— Mistakes  of  penance. — The  rights  of  woman. — American  public 
education. — Prcverseness. — Undeveloped  resources. — Greatness  in  little- 
ness.— Rural  life. — Repose. — The  ways  of  charity. — Men  of  one  idea. — 
Shying  people. — Faith  in  humanity. — Sore  spots  and  sensitive  spots.^ 
The  influence  of  praise. — Unnecessary  burdens. — Proper  people  and 
perfect  people. — The  poetic  test. — The  food  of  life. — Half-finished  work. 

The  same.    1863 ri70.4  H72 

Plain  talks  on  familiar  subjects.     1895 170.4  H72p 

Contents:     The   popular   lecture. — Hobby-riding. — ^The   elements   of    per- 
sonal power. — The  social  undertow. — Fashion. — Working  and  shirking. 
— Work  and  play. — Cost  and  compensation. — Art  and  life. 
JORDAN,  William  George. 

Kingship  of  self-control.     1899  . ..'. 170.4  J42 

Contents:    The  kingship  of  self-control. — The  crimes  of  the  tongrue. — ^The 
red   tape   of   duty. — The    supreme   charity   of   the   world. — Worry,   the 
great  American  disease. — The  greatness  of  simplicity. — Living  life  over 
again. — Syndicating  our  sorrows. — The  revelations  of  reserve  power. 
LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

Use  of  life.     1895 170.4  L96 

Contents:  The  great  question. — Tact. — On  money  matters. — Recreation. 
— Health. —  National   education. —  Self-education. —  On   libraries. —  On 
reading. —  Patriotism. — Citizenship. —  Social   life. — Industry. — Faith. — 
Hope. — Charity. — Character. — On  peace  and  happiness. — Religion. 
SANGSTER,  Mrs  Margaret  Elizabeth  (Munson). 

Life  on  high  levels;  familiar  talks  on  the  conduct  of  life. 

1897   170.4  S22 

SHELDON,  Walter  Lorenzo. 

An  ethical  movement ;  lectures.     1896 170.4  S54 

SIDGWICK,  Henry. 

Practical  ethics.     1898   170.4  856 

Contents:    The  scope  and  limits  of  the  work  of  an  ethical  society. — The 
aims  and  methods  of  an  ethical  society. — Public  morality. — The  mo- 
rality of  strife. — The  ethics  of  religious  conformity. — Clerical  veracity. 
— Luxury. — The  pursuit  of  culture.— Unreasonable  action. 
"For  ourselves  we    may  say  we    have    found    Professor    Sidgwick's    dis- 


THEORY  OF  ETHICS  87 

courses  extremely  helpful  and  extremely  illuminating. .  .He  is  clear- 
headed, obviously  very  much  in  earnest,  yet  not  without  humor,  and 
above  all  markedly  judicious,  almost  painfully  careful  to  see  all  round 
his  subject  and  to  give  every  point  of  view  its  due  weight."  Acad- 
emy, 1898. 

SMILES,  Samuel. 

Duty,  with  illustrations  of  courage,  patience  and  endurance. 

1880   170.4  S64 

SOCIETY  OF  ETHICAL  PROPAGANDISTS,  ed. 

Ethics  and  religion ;  a  collection  of  essays.     1900 170.4  S67 

Contents:  Ethics  and  religion,  by  J.  R.  Seeley. — Freedom  of  ethical  fel- 
lowship, by  Felix  Adler. — The  ethical  bond  of  union,  by  Felix  Adler. 
— Ethical  religion,  by  W.  M.  Salter. — The  true  basis  of  religious  un- 
ion, by  W.  M.  Salter. — The  scope  and  limits  of  the  work  of  an  ethi- 
cal society,  by  Henry  Sidgwick. — Ethics  and  theology,  by  G.  von  Gizy- 
cki. — The  communication  of  moral  ideas  as  a  function  of  an  ethical 
society,  by  Bernard  Bosanquet. — The  aims  of  ethical  societies,  by  Les- 
lie Stephen. — The  ethical  movement  defined,  by  Stanton  Coit. — The 
position  of  an  ethical  society,  by  J.  H.  Muirhead. 
STEPHEN,  Sir  Leslie. 

Social  rights  and  duties.    2v.     1896 170.4  S82 

v.  I.    The  aims  of  ethical  societies. — Science  and  politics. — The  sphere  of 
political  economy. — The  morality  of  competition. — Social  equality. — 
Ethics  and  the  struggle  for  existence. 
V.2.    Heredity.  —  Punishment.  —  Luxury. — The  duties  of  authors. — The 
vanity  of  philosophising. — Forgotten  benefactors. 
WAGNER,  Charles. 

Courage.     1894 170.4  W13 

For  young  people.  Treats  of  obedience,  simplicity,  faithfulness,  manly 
honor,  etc. ;  full  of  stimulation  and  practical  suggestion. 

Youth.     1893 170.4  Wi3y 

Reviews   influences   affecting  young  people  to-day;   written   with  high 
moral  purpose,  clear  analysis  of  good  and  evil  forces  and  enthusiastic 
belief  in  humanity. 
INTERNATIONAL  journal  of  ethics;  quarterly,  Oct.  1890- 

date.     v.i-date.     1891-date  ri70.5  I24 

170.9     History  of  ethics 

LECKY,  William  Edward  Hartpole. 

History  of  European  morals.    2v.    1894-95 170.9  L48 

v.  I.  The  natural  history  of  morals. — The  pagan  empire. — The  conver- 
sion of  Rome. 

V.2.     From  Constantine  to  Charlemagne. — The  position  of  women. 

"The  work  is  very  scholarly,  and  may  be  read  with  profit  by  every  stu- 
dent. It  is,  however,  subject  to  one  criticism.  In  dealing  with  the 
ecclesiastical  phases  of  the  period,  the  author  cannot  resist  the  temp- 
tation to  indulge  in  innuendoes  and  sarcasm.  A  little  less  contempt 
or  pity  for  the  religious  zeal  of  the  early  monks,  and  a  somewhat 
larger  allowance  for  the  turbulence  of  the  times,  would  have  im- 
proved the  work."     C.  K.  Adams. 


171     Theory  of  ethics 


BOYD,  James  Robert. 

Moral  philosophy.     1859 171  B66 

"References,"  p.  ii. 

COOK,  Joseph. 

Conscience,  with  preludes  on  current  events.     1899.     (Boston 

Monday  lectures.)    171  C77 

D'ARCY,  Charles  Frederick. 

Short  study  of  ethics.     1895 171  D24 


THEORY  OF  ETHICS 


DICKINSON,  Goldsworthy  Lowes. 

Meaning  of  good ;  a  dialogue.     1901   171  DSS- 

"Attempt  to  present  in  dialogue  form,  shaped  on  the  Platonic  model, 
something  of  the  jangle  of  contemporary  philosophising. .  .The  char- 
acters comprise,  among  others,  a  chronic  pessimist,  a  biologist,  a  util- 
itarian, and  the  host  who  acts  as  moderator. .  .The  criteria  of  Good 
are  examined — instinct,  the  general  course  of  Nature,  current  con- 
vention, pleasure."     Academy,   1901. 

HARRIS.  George. 

Moral  evolution.     1896  171  H29. 

To  establish  the  harmony  of  personal  and  social  morality  with  the   facts 
of  evolution. 

JANET,  Paul. 

Elements  of  morals.     1884 171  Ji7e 

The  theory  of  morals.     1894 171  J17 

KANT,  Immanuel. 

Critique  of  practical  reason.     1889 171  Ki2 

Metaphysic  of  ethics.     1869 171  Ki2m 

KEDNEY,  John  Steinfort. 

Problems  in  ethics;  or.  Grounds  for  a  code  of  rules  for 

moral  conduct.     1900  171   K15 

"Thoughtful  and  admirable. .  .both  critical  and  constructive,  positive  on 
the  one  hand,  yet  broad  and  impartial  in  tone.  The  real  subject  is  the 
attainment  of  morality  as  freedom— the  problem  of  Kant... The  author 
holds  the  cheering  view  that  physical  science  will  ultimately  justify  on 
its  own  plane  aesthetics,  religion,  and  morality."    Spectator,  1901. 

McCOSH,  James. 

Our  moral  nature;  a  brief  system  of  ethics.     1892 171  M13 

MACKENZIE,  John  Stuart. 

Manual  of  ethics.     1897.     (University  tutorial  series.) 171  M18 

"Its  design  is  to  give,  in  brief  compass,  an  outline  of  the  most  impor- 
tant principles  of  ethical  doctrine  so  far  as  these  can  be  understood 
without  a  knowledge  of  metaphysics."    Preface. 

MARTINEAU,  James. 

Types  of  ethical  theory.    2v.  in  i.     1891 171  M43 

MILL,  John  Stuart. 

Utilitarianism.     1891   171  M68 

Contents:     General   remarks. — What   utilitarianism   is. — Of  the  utilimate 
sanction  of  the  principle  of  utility. — Of  what  sort  of  proof  the  prin- 
ciple of  utility  is  susceptible. — Of  the  connexion  between  justice  and 
utility. 
MORLEY,  John. 

On  compromise.     1891 171   M91 

Contents:    Of  the  possible  utility  of  error. — Intellectual  responsibility  and 
the  political  spirit. — Religious  conformity. — Realization  of  opinion. 
MUIRHEAD,  John  Henry. 

Elements  of  ethics.     1897.     (University  extension  manuals.). ..  171  M95 

Bibliography,  p. 257-259. 

PAULSEN,  Friedrich. 

System  of  ethics ;  ed.  and  tr.  by  Frank  Thilly.     1899 171  P32 

The  first  part  surveys  moral  philosophies  from  Greek  times  to  the  pres- 
ent. The  second  reviews  the  fundamental  questions  of  ethics,  answer- 
ing them  in  each  case.  The  third  defines  virtues  and  duties.  Modern 
pessimism,  hedonism,  and  Nietzscheanism,  suicide,  temperance,  and 
the  life  of  necessity  are  among  the  subjects  discussed. 

"The  book  has  the  singular  merit,  in  a  treatise  on  moral  philosophy, 
that  it  can  be  made  use  of  for  the  conduct  of  life.  There  are  treatises 
more  systematically  worked  out  from  a  single  point  of  view,  but  we 
do  not  know  of  any  that  brings  larger  insight  to  bear  on  the  life  of  the 
present  day."    Athenaeum,  1899. 


STATE  ETHICS 


RICKABY,  Joseph. 

Moral  philosophy;  or,  Ethics  and  natural  law.     (Manuals 

of  Catholic  philosophy.)   ..171   R43 

ROYCE,  Josiah. 

Religious  aspect  of  philosophy;  a  critique  of  the  bases  of  con- 
duct and  of  faith.     1900 171  R81 

SCHURMAN,  Jacob  Gould. 

The  ethical  import  of  Darwinism.     1893  171  S39 

A  clear  and  interesting  exposition  of  the  difficulties  connected  with  the 
explanation  of  moral  life  on  the  common  theory  of  evolution. 
SIDGWICK,  Henry. 

Methods  of  ethics.     1893 171  856 

The  same.     1893 r  171  S56 

SMYTH,  Newman. 

Christian  ethics.     1894 171  S66 

SPENCER,  Herbert. 

Principles  of  ethics.    2v.     1893-95.     (Synthetic  philosophy.)  ...  .171  S74 
"References,"  v. i,  p.563-572;  v.2,  p.482-487. 

Specially  designed  to  illustrate  the  laws  of  evolution  in  the  sphere  of 
man's  moral  life. 

STEPHEN,  Sir  Leslie. 

Science  of  ethics.     1882  171  S82 

SULLIVAN,  W.  R.  Washington. 

Morality  as  a  religion;  an  exposition  of  some  first  princi- 
ples.    1898 171  S95 

"A  plea  for  a  reconsideration  of  the  Religious  question,  and  an  inquiry 
as  to  the  possibility  of  reconstructing  Religion  by  shifting  its  basis 
from  inscrutable  dogmas  to  the  unquestionable  facts  of  man's  moral 
nature."    Freface. 

SUTHERLAND,  Alexander. 

Origin  and  growth  of  the  moral  instinct.    2v,     1898 171  S96 

"Main  contention.  .  .is  that  the  moral  sentiments  arise  in  the  family  life, 
whence  they  slowly  filter  into  the  sphere  of  positive  law,  which  orig- 
inally aimed,  not  at  justice,  but  at  the  preservation  of  some  sort  of 
social  order.  The  moral  sentiments  in  their  turn  are  developments  of 
the  sympathetic  emotions  which  are  engendered  by  the  family,  and 
these  owe  their  growing  strength  to  the  fact  that  they  most  effectu- 
ally minister  to  the  preservation  of  the  race.  .  .Mr.  Sutherland's  no- 
tion of  biological  history  is. .  .Spencerian  rather  than  Darwinian." 
Nation,  1898. 

THILLY,  Frank. 

Introduction  to  ethics.     1900 171  T36 

Contains  many  bibliographies. 

WUNDT,  Wilhelm. 

Ethics;  an  investigation  of  the  facts  and  laws  of  the  moral 

life.     3v.     1897-1901    171  W96 

V.I.    Facts  of  the  moral  life. 

v.2.    Ethical  systems. 

V.3.    Principles  of  morality  and  the  departments  of  the  moral  life. 

172     State  ethics 

BALCH,  George  T. 

Methods  of  teaching  patriotism  in  the  public  schools.     1890 172  B18 

BREWER,  David  Josiah. 

American  citizenship.     1902.     (Yale  lectures  on  the  responsi- 
bilities of  citizenship.)    172  B73 

Contents:  Obligations  of  citizenship. — The  maintenance  of  a  good  char- 


90  STATE  ETHICS 

acter  a  primary  obligation  of  every  citizen. — Service  a  responsibility 
of  citizenship. — Obligation  of  obedience. — The  duty  of  striving  to 
better  the  life  of  the  nation. 

DOLE,  Charles  Fletcher. 

The  American  citizen.     1893  j  172  D69 

Facts  about  the  government  of  our  country  and  our  social  institutions, 
and  also  illustrations  of  the  moral  principles  which  underlie  the  life 
of  civilized  man. 
"Books  for  reference,"  p. 317-320. 

Citizen's  catechism ;  revised  by  many  eminent  sociologists. 

1897.     (Our  country  series.)    172  D69C 

Presents  in  simple  and  compact  form,  by  the  question  and  answer  meth- 
od, the  leading  principles  of  United  States  government  and  citizen- 
ship. 

Young  citizen.     1899 J172  D69y 

"Intended  as  a  reader  for  the  school  and  home,  and  aims  to  encourage 
'the  warm  ethical  and  patriotic  feeling,  which  moves  instinctively  with 
the  growing  consciousness  of  the  child,  that  right  and  wrong  are  in- 
volved in  politics.'  "    Nation,  1899. 

ELLMAKER,  Elias  E. 

Revelation  of  rights.     1847 172  E53 

EVERETT,  William. 

Patriotism;  an  oration  delivered  before  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa 

of  Harvard  college,  28  June,  1900.     1900 172  E9S 

FICHTE,  Johann  Gottlieb. 

Reden  an  die  deutsche  nation.     1871.     (Bibliothek  der  deut- 

schen  nationalliteratur.) 172  F44 

HOBSON,  John  Atkinson. 

Psychology  of  j  ingoism.     1901  172  H65 

A  vigorous  and  uncompromising  denunciation  of  the  jingo  spirit,  particu- 
larly in  its  manifestations  in  connection  with  the  war  in  South  Africa. 

KELLOGG,  Alice  M.  comp. 

Flag  day  in  the  schoolroom;  a  collection  of  fresh  material  for 

celebrating  Flag  day  or  any  patriotic  occasion.     1901  172  K16 

LIEBER,  Francis. 

Manual  of  political  ethics;  designed  chiefly  for  the  use  of 
colleges  and  students  at  law;  ed.  by  T.  D.  Woolsey.    2v. 

1875  172  L69 

MacCUNN,  John. 

Ethics  of  citizenship.     1896 172  M14 

Contents:     The   equality   of   men. — Fraternity. — "The   rights   of   man." — 
Citizenship. — The  rule  of  the  majority  in  politics;  A  plea  for  the  rule 
of  the  majority,  "The  tyranny  of  the  majority." — Party  and  political 
-  consistency. — Elements  of  political  consistency. — Democracy  and  char- 
acter.— Some  economic  and  moral  aspects  of  luxury. 

RUEMELIN,  Gustav. 

Politics  and  the  moral  law ;  tr.  by  Rudolf  Tombo ;  ed.  by  F.  W. 

Holls.     1901   172  R83 

"The  learned  author'.s  argument  is  that  politics  has  an  ethical  code  of 
its  own,  and  that  it  is  by  no  means. always  subject  to  the  moral  law 
which  governs  individuals. .  .The  editor's  introduction  and  scholarly 
annotations  greatly  increase  the  value  of  Ruemelin's  striking  essay." 
Educational  review,  1900. 

WELLS,  Amos  Russell. 

Citizens  in  training;  a  manual  of  Christian  citizenship.     1898. 

(Our  workers'  library.)    172  W49 

Published  by  the  Society  of  Christian  endeavor.  Gives  outlines  for 
political  reform  campaigns,  Sunday  and  Fourth  of  July  observances, 
temperance  meetings,  and  training  classes  in  citizenship. 


WAR  AND  PEACE  91 


W^ar  and  peace 

ADVOCATE   of  peace;   monthly,    1897-date.     v.sp-date.     1898- 

date  qri72  A24 

AMERICAN  advocate  of  peace;  quarterly;  ed.  by  C.  S.  Henry. 

V.I,  no.i-3,  8.     1834-36 ri72  D99 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets.  • 

ANITCHKOV,  Mikhail. 

War  and  labour.     1900 172  A59 

"Goes  round  about  his  subject  instead  of  tackling  it  directly;  he  gives 
a  great  deal  of  information,  statistical  and  other,  upon  war  and  labour, 
tariffs  and  corporation,  wages  and  capital,  closed  frontiers  and  inter- 
national tribunals,  but  his  theorisings  from  his  facts  are  dreamy  and 
lacking  in  genuine  grip... If  M.  Anitchkow  can  be  said  to  have  a 
panacea  at  all,  it  is  free  frontiers."     Spectator,  1900. 

DYMOND,  Jonathan. 

Inquiry  into  the  accordancy  of  war  with  the  principles  of 

Christianity.     1892 172  D99 

The  same.     1835 ri72  D99 

FRIENDS,  SOCIETY  OF. 

Memorial  and  address  of  Friends  on  military  exactions.    1837.  .ri72  D99 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

GRIMKfi,  Thomas  Smith. 

Address  on  the  truth,  dignity,  power  and  beauty  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  peace  and  on  the  unchristian  character  and  influ- 
ence of  war  and  the  warrior.     1832 ri72  H34 

GROTIUS,  Hugo. 

On  the  rights  of  war  and  peace ;  an  abridged  translation  by 

William  Whewell.     1853 172  G94 

Grotius  was  the  founder  of  the  science  of  international  law.  This  is 
an  abridgement  of  his  great  work  which  was  first  published  in  Latin 
in  1623,  with  the  title,  "De  jure  belli  et  pacis." 

REFLECTIONS  on  the  nature  and  dignity  of  the  enterprise 

for  establishing  universal  and  permanent  peace.     1834 ri72  D99 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

TRUEBLOOD,  Benjamin  Franklin. 

The  federation  of  the  world.     1899 172  T77 

Bibliog^-aphy,  p.  154-162. 

"The  aim  of  the  discussion  is  to  show  that  the  nature  of  man  and  of 
society  is  such  as  to  indicate  that  a  general  federation  of  the  face 
ought  to  exist,  that  war  ought  to  be  abolished,  that  the  whole  of 
humanity  must  move  together  in  harmonious  cooperation  if  it  ever 
fulfills  its  destiny."    Preface. 

WORCESTER,  Noah. 

Solemn  review  of  the  custom  of  war.    1829 ri72  D99 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

173     Family  ethics 

ABBOTT.  Jacob. 

Gentle  measures  in  the  management  and  training  of  the 

young.     1871 173   A13 

CLARK,  Mrs  Kate  (Upson). 

Bringing  up  boys;  a  study.    1899 I73  CS2 


92  FAMILY  ETHICS 


COX,  Mrs  Maria  Mcintosh. 

Home  thoughts;  ist-2d  ser.     2v.     1901-02 173  Cii 

Appeared  first  in  the  New  York  Evening  post. 

Essays  full  of  thoughtful  comment  and  wholesome  advice  to  those  who 

care  for  the  happiness  of  family  life. 
"Children   as  our  judges,"    "Wives   as  partners,"   "Etiquette  of   family 
life,"    "Music    as    a    family    bond,"    "Comradeship    of   husbands    and 
wives,"    are    representative   chapter    headings. 

DU  BOIS,  Patterson. 

Beckonings  from  little  hands;  eight  studies  in  childlife.     1895.  -^73  D85 
HARRISON,  Elizabeth. 

A  study  of  child-nature  from  the  kindergarten  standpoint. 

1895    173  H29 

Talks  by  the  principal  of  the  Chicago  kindergarten  college;  extremely 
suggestive  and  helpful  to  thoughtful  mothers  and  teachers. 

HIPPEL,  Theodor  Gottlieb  von. 

Ueber  die  ehe.    1872.     (Bibliothek  der  deutschen  nationalliter- 

atur.) 173  H59 

HOARE,  Mrs  Louisa  (Gurney). 

Hints  for  the  improvement  of  early  education  and  nursery 

discipline.     1821.     Pittsburgh   ri73  H64 

HORTON,  Robert  Forman. 

On  the  art  of  living  together.     1896 173  H81 

JACKMAN,  Mrs  Ellen  R. 

How  to  organize  round  tables  for  mothers'  associations;  with 

outlines  for  child-study.     1896  173  J122 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 
JACKSON,  Mrs  Helen  Hunt. 

Bits  of  talk  about  home  matters.     1895 173  J12 

Hardly  treats  of  etiquette,  strictly  speaking,  but  of  home  relations  and 
the  courtesies  of  life. 

MALLESON,  Mrs  W.  I. 

Notes  on  the  early  training  of  children.     1898 173  M29 

MASON,  Charlotte  M. 

Home  education;  a  course  of  lectures  to  ladies.     1899 173  M4.4 

MEYER,  Bertha. 

Aids  to  family  government;  or.  From  the  cradle  to  the  school, 
according  to  Froebel;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  M.  L.  Hol- 

brook.    1879  173  M6s 

Cotrtents:  The  beginning  of  education. — The  care  of  the  body. — Mental 
developement. — Moral  developement. — Froebel's  system  of  training. — 
The  kindergarten. — Kindergarten  material. — At  home. — The  rights  of 
children  and  the  true  principles  of  family  government,  by  Herbert 
Spencer. —  One  hundred  hints  and  suggestions  to  parents  concerning 
family  government.  > 

PENN,  William. 

Fruits  of  a  father's  love 173  P39 

POULSSON,  Emilie. 

Love  and  law  in  child  training;  a  book  for  mothers.     1900 173  P86 

Bibliography,  p.8. 
PROUDFOOT.  Mrs  Andrea  Hofer. 

A  mother's  ideals;  a  kindergarten  mother's  conception  of 

family  life.     1897 173  P97 

SHERWOOD,  Mrs  Mary  Elizabeth  (Wilson). 

Amenities  of  home.     1881 173  855 


BUSINESS  ETHICS  93 


5TETSON,  Mrs  Charlotte  (Perkins),  afterward  Mrs  Gilman. 

Concerning  children.     1900 I73  S84 

TRUMBULL,  Henry  Clay. 

Hints  on  child-training.     1893   I73  T77 

WARE,  John  Fothergill  Waterhouse. 

Home  life,  what  it  is  and  what  it  needs.     1864 173  W22 

WINTERBURN.  Florence  Hull. 

From  the  child's  standpoint;  views  of  child  life  and  nature; 

a  book  for  parents  and  teachers.     1899 173  W79 

Nursery  ethics.     1899 173  W79n 

"Intelligent  and  sympathetic  papers  for  parents." 

174     Business  ethics 

AMERICAN  MEDICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Code  of  medical  ethics.     1879 ri74  A51 

ASHTON,  John. 

History  of  English  lotteries '. . .  174  A82 

History  of  gambling  in  England.     1898 174  ASah 

CARNEGIE,  Andrew,  and  others.  ^ 

Success  and  how  to  attain  it.     1895 I74  C21 

Contents:  West  Point;  its  purpose,  its  training  and  its  results,  by 
P.  S.  Michie. — Some  inside  views  of  the  gubernatorial  office,  by 
A.  H.  Rice. — Military  law,  martial  law,  and  the  suspension  of  the 
writ  of  Habeas  Corpus,  by  J.  W.  Clous. — American  diplomacy,  by 
F.  W.  Seward. — Politics  and  the  duty  of  the  citizen,  by  T.  F.  Bayard. — 
Architecture,  by  Montgomery  Schuyler. — Is  electricity  energy  or  only 
matter?  by  Albon  Man. — Brains  and  muscles;  their  relative  training 
and  development,  by  W.  A.  Hammond. — The  electro-magnetic  tele- 
graph, by  A.  B.  Cornell. — Wealth  and  its  uses,  by  Andrew  Carnegie. — 
Banking  and  currency,  by  H.  W.  Cannon. — Roads,  by  F.  V.  Greene. — 
The  postal  service  of  the  United  States,  by  T.  L.  James. 

CATHELL,  Daniel  Webster. 

Book  on  the  physician  himself  and  things  that  concern  his 

reputation  and  success.     1895  174  C28 

CLARK,  Francis  Edward,  and  others. 

Our   business   boys,  by  F.  E.  Clark ;  Art  of   good   manners,  by 
Mrs    S.  D.  Power ;    Business   openings   for   girls,    by    S.  J. 

White.     1899 174  CS2 

COBBETT,  William. 

Advice  to  young  men  on  the  duties  of  life.     1851 ri74  C63 

FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

The  paths  of  duty;  counsels  to  young  men.     1896 174  F2S 

GIBBONS,  James,  cardinal. 

Ambassador  of  Christ.     1896 174  G36 

HALE,  Edward  Everett. 

What  career?  papers  on  the  choice  of  a  vocation  and  the  use  of 

time.     1893   174  H15 

HARDWICKE,  Henry. 

Art  of  getting  rich.     1897  I74  Has 

Tells  how  fortunes  have  been  made  from  ancient  days  to  the  present 
time,   discussing   particularly   some   modern  fortunes,   and   suggesting 
methods  of  doing  business  and  investing  money.    It  is  not  stated 
whether  the  author  successfully   practiced   the  "art"  himself. 


94  SOCIAL  ETHICS 


HUBBARD,  Elbert. 

Message  to  Garcia;  a  preachment.     1899 174  H87 

Appeared  in  the  Philistine  magazine,  March  1899. 
MANN,  Horace. 

Few  thoughts  for  a  young  man.     1887 174  M33 

MATHEWS,  William. 

Getting  on  in  the  world.     1892 174  M47 

Essays  on  success  and  failure,  physical  culture,  self-reliance,  aims, 
methods,  manner,  economy  of  time,  money,  overwork,  etc. 

PARKHURST,  Charles  Henry. 

Talks  to  young  men.     1897  174  P24 

PITCAIRN,  E.H.  ed. 

Unwritten  laws  and  ideals  of  active  careers ;  essays.    1899 174  P66 

Contents:  Ambassadors,  by  Sir  Edward  Malet. — The  House  of  lords, 
by  Lord  Monkswell. — The  House  of  commons,  by  Sir  Reginald  Pal- 
grave. — The  royal  navy,  by  C.  C.  P.  Penrose-Fitzgerald. — The  British 
army,  by  J.  F.  Maurice. — Royal  engineers,  by  J.  J.  M.  Innes. — Royal 
artillery,  by  D.  O'Callaghan. — The  clergy,  by  W.  B.  Trevelyan. — The 
judges,  by  Sir  Herbert  Stephen. — Barristers,  by  Augustine  Birrell. — 
The  medical  profession,  by  R.  B.  Carter. — Vice-chancellors,  by  A.  A. 
Leigh. — Schoolmasters,  by  J.  E.  C.  Welldon. — Boys  at  public  schools, 
by  G.  G.  T.  Heywood. — Banking,  by  J.  H.  Tritton. — Musicians,  by 
J.  A.  F.  Maitland.  —  Art,  by  G.  F.  Watts.  —  Architects,  by  Alfred 
Waterhouse. 
"The  editor  obtained,  from  a  score  of  representative  men,  a  written 
account  of  the  special  code  of  honor  and  special  ideal  of  achievement 
by  which  his  profession  is  governed. .  .In  some  ways  disappointing, 
yet  contains  much  of  great  general  interest."     Spectator,   1900. 

STRONG,  Josiah. 

The  times  and  young  men.     1901    174  S92 

A  practical  and  simply  stated  philosophy  of  life,  both  social  and  in- 
dividual. It  is  written  in  the  hope  of  fixing  in  the  minds  of  young 
men  some  fundamental  principles  as  to  the  right  course  of  life. 

STYRAP,  Jukes. 

Code  of  medical  ethics,  with  remarks  on  the  duties  of  prac- 
titioners to  the  patients  and  the  obligations  of  patients  to 

their  medical  advisers.     1878 ri74  S93 

THAYER,  William  Makepeace. 

Aim  high;  hints  and  helps  for  young  men.     1895 174  T34 

WALLACE,  Henry. 

Letters  to  the  farm  boy.     1900 174  W17 

Sensible,  helpful  papers  on  life  and  conduct.  The  author  says,  "I  know 
how  the  farm  boy  feels;  for  I  have  experienced  his  isolation,  his 
fears,  his  hopes,  his  ambitions,  his  lack  of  experience  and  knowledge 
of  the  world,  and  hence  I  know  his  need  of  a  kindly,  sympathetic 
friend." 
WINGATE,  Charles  Frederick. 

What  shall  our  boys  do  for  a  living?     1898 174  W78 

176-177    Social  ethics 

NATIONAL  PURITY  CONGRESS. 

Papers  and  addresses;  ed.  by  A.  M.  Powell,    v.i.    1896 ri76  NiS 

ALGER,  William  Rounseville. 

Friendships  of  women.     1868 177  A3Q 

ASHMORE,  Ruth,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Isabel  (Sloan)  Mallon). 

The  business  girl  in  every  phase  of  her  life.    1898 177  A82b 

Side  talks  with  girls.     1895 177  A82 


TEMPERANCE  95 

BUSS,  Frances  Mary. 

Leaves  from   her  note-books;   being  selections  from  her 
addresses  to  the  girls  of  the  North  London  collegiate 

school.     1896  .«. 177  B96 

COBBE,  Frances  Power. 

Duties  of  women.     1888 177  C63 

DICTIONNAIRE  historique  des  anecdotes  del'amour.   Sv.    1832.  .ri 77  D56 
FINCK,  Henry  Theophilus. 

Romantic  love  and  personal  beauty.     1887 177  F49 

The  same.     1887 ri77  F49 

GENLIS,  Stephanie  Felicite  Ducrest  de  St.  Aubin,  comtesse 
de,  afterward  Marquise  de  Sillery. 

Legons  d'une  gouvernante  a  ses  eleves.    2v.     1791 ri77  G29 

GREY,  Mrs  Maria  Georgiana  (Shirreff). 

Last  words  to  girls  on  life  in  school  and  after  school.    1894.  .177  G88 
HALE,  Edward  Everett. 

How  to  do  it.    1895 J177  His 

The  same,  and  How  to  live.    1900 ii77  Hish 

Chapters  written  in  familiar  style  on  "How  to  talk,"  "How  to  read," 
"How  to  write,"  and  various  other  things  that  young  people  some- 
times dread  to  do  because  they  are  not  sure  just  "How  to  do  it." 

HAWEIS,  Hugh  Reginald. 

Ideals  for  girls.     1897 177  H36 

HOLLAND,  Josiah  Gilbert. 

Titcomb's  letters  to  young  people.    1893 177  H73 

KEDDIE,  Henrietta,  (pseud.  Sarah  Tytler). 

Papers  for  thoughtful  girls   177  K15 

NORTON,  H.  E. 

A  book  of  courtesy.     1900  177  N46 

Discusses  courtesy  and  discourtesy  in  their   practical,   every   day  bear- 
ings, illustrating  with  anecdotes  and  poems  striking  examples  of  each, 
under  such  headings  as  international  courtesy,  practical  jokes,  respect 
to  inferiors,  owning  a  wrong,  etc.     Suitable  for  young  people. 
PARKHURST,  Charles  Henry. 

Talks  to  young  women.     1897  ^77  P24 

SPURGEON,  Charles  Haddon. 

John  Ploughman's  pictures;  or.  More  of  his  plain  talk  for 

plain  people.    1896 177  S77J 

John  Ploughman's  talk ;  or,  Plain  advice  for  plain  people 177  S77 

STARRETT,  Helen  Ekin. 

Letters  to  a  daughter,  and  A  little  sermon  to  school-girls.    1899.  .177  S79 
THAYER,  William  Makepeace. 

Womanhood;  hints  and  helps  for  young  women.     1895 177  T34 

178     Temperance 

AMERICAN  TEMPERANCE  UNION. 

Report  of  the  executive  committee,  1843-1847.     Sv.  in  i. 

1843-47   ri78  Asi 

BRITISH  AND  COLONIAL  TEMPERANCE  CONGRESS. 

Papers  and  reports  of  the  congress,  London,  July,  1886.    1886.  .ri78  B7S 
BUCKNILL,  John  Charles. 

Habitual  drunkenness  and  insane  drunkards.     1878 ri78  B8s 

7 


96  TEMPERANCE 

CALKINS,  Raymond. 

Substitutes  for  the  saloon ;  an  investigation  made  for  the  Com- 
mittee of  fifty  under  the  direction  of  F.  G.  Peabody,  E.  R. 

L.  Gould  and  W.  M.  Sloane.     1901  .% 178  C13 

Bibliography,  p.389-391. 

Author  maintains  that  the  saloon  is  the  poor  man's  club,  that  its  hold 
on  the  community  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  it  satisfies  the  thirst 
for  sociability  as  well  as  the  thirst  for  drink.  Assuming  that  no  ef- 
fective attack  can  be  made  upon  the  saloon  which  does  not  take  into 
account  this  satisfaction  of  the  social  instinct,  Mr  Calkins  discusses 
the  various  possible  substitutes  for  the  saloon,  agencies  like  lunch- 
rooms, coffee-houses,  missions,  settlements,  etc.,  estimating  the  pros- 
pects for  their  successful  competition  with  the  saloon. 

COLOGAN,  W.  H.  &  Cruise,  Sir  F.R. 

Catholic  temperance  reader.     1900 178  C72 

"One  of  the  best,  most  moderate  and  most  convincing  books  of  the  class 
...should  find  a  place  in  protestant  schools  and  families  as  well  as 
catholic."     Nation,  igoo. 

CYCLOPAEDIA  of  temperance  and  prohibition.    1891 qri78  C97 

An  exhaustive  work  from  the  prohibition  standpoint,  though  written 
with  the  aim  of  making  an  authoritative  rather  than  a  partisan  pre- 
sentation.    Most  useful  to  students  of  the  liquor  question. 

DEMOCRITUS,  Christianus. 

Vitae  animalis  morbus  et  medicina  suae  vindicata  orgini  dis- 

quisitione  physico-medica.     171 1 ri78  C66 

Bound  with  Cohausen's  Dissertatio  satyrica. 

DEWEY,  Edward  Hooker. 

Chronic  alcoholism ;  its  radical  cure.     1899 178  D51 

FINCH,  John  B. 

The  people  versus  the  liquor  traffic.     1887 178  F49 

GOUGH,  John  Bartholomew. 

Sunlight  and  shadow;  or,  Gleanings  from  my  life  work.  1881.  .178  G73 
GRIER,  J. 

Lecture  on  the  use  of  intoxicating  liquors.     1844 ri78  G89 

GUSTAFSON,  Axel  Carl  Johan. 

Foundation  of  death ;  a  study  of  the  drink-question.    1885 178  G98 

Bibliography,  p.5J3-S77- 

HORNADAY,  William  Temple. 

Free  rum  on  the  Congo.     1887 178  H79 

KEELEY,  Leslie  E. 

Non-heredity  of  inebriety.     1896 178  K15 

KOREN,  John. 

Economic  aspects  of  the  liquor  problem;  an  investigation 
made  for  the  Committee  of  fifty  under  the  direction  of  H. 
W.  Farnam.     1899   178  K38 

Bibliography,  p.313-322. 

McKENZIE,  Fred  A. 

Sober  by  act  of  Parliament.    1896.     (Social  science  series.). . .  .178  M18 
A  statement  of  the  actual  results  obtained  from  liquor  laws  in  various 
parts  of  the  world,   with  the  object  of  estimating  the  value  of  legis- 
lation in  promoting  temperance. 
MADDEN,  John. 

Shall  we  drink  wine?  a  physician's  study  of  tjie  alcohol  ques- 
tion.    1899  178  M23 

"Aims  to  give  the  evidence  from  an  entirely  judicial  standpoint,  but  his 
deductions  are  those  of  an  extremist,  and  are  not  free  from  prejudice. 
. . .  Detailed  account  of  alcohol  as  a  stimulant  is  of  the  utmost  interest, 
forcibly  presenting  the  modern  belief... that  the  well-known  effects 
commonly  termed  'stimulating^'  are  hardly  so  at  all  in  any  true  sense. 


TOBACCO  97 

being  due  almost  entirely  to  blunting  of  the  feeling  of  fatigue,  and 
'paralysis  of  the  critical  judgment'. .  .On  the  whole,  there  is  much 
potential  influence  for  good  in  the  book,  and  it  deserves  wide  read- 
ing."    Nation,   1900. 

PARK,  William  Hector,  cotnp. 

Opinions  of  over  100  physicians  on  the  use  of  opium  in  China. 

1899   "78  P23 

PITMAN,  Robert  Carter. 

Alcohol  and  the  state;  a  discussion  of  the  problem  of  law  as 

applied  to  the  liquor  traffic.     1877 178  P66 

REID,  George  Archdall  O'Brien. 

Alcoholism ;  a  study  in  heredity.     1901  178  R29 

Traces  the  causes  of   intemperance  on  purely  scientific  lines  and  sug- 
gests a  remedy. 

ROWNTREE,  Joseph,  &  Sherwell,  Arthur. 

Temperance  problem  and  social  reform.     1899 178  R79 

Authorities,  p. 594-597. 

Considers   the   question  of  temperance   legislation   in   its   relation   to  the 
general  social  problem;  the  causes  that  create   intemperance,  and  the 
possible  counteracting  influences,  with  a  resume  of  present  conditions. 
WINES,  Frederick  Howard,  &  Koren,  John. 

The  liquor  problem  in  its  legislative  aspects;  an  investigation 
made  under  the  direction  of  C.  W.  Eliot,  Seth  Low  and 

J.CCarter.     1897  178  W78 

The    three    men    under    whose    direction    the    investigation    was    made 

formed  a  sub-committee  on  the  Committee  of  fifty  to  investi£:ate  the 

liquor  problem. 

The  same.    Ed.2.    1898 178  W78I 

The  second  edition  contains  a  new  chapter  on  "The  operation  of  the 
New  York  liquor  tax  law,"   (the  Raines  law),   and  brings  down  to 
date  the  observations  on  the  South  Carolina  dispensary  system,  Massa- 
chusetts liquor  legislation,  and  Pennsylvania  liquor  legislation. 
WINSKILL,  P.T. 

Temperance  movement  and  its  workers,  with  an  introduc- 
tion by  F.  R.  Lees.    4v.     1892 qi78  W789 

WORLD'S  TEMPERANCE  CONGRESS. 

Temperance  in  all  nations;  history  of  the  cause,  with  papers 
and  discussions  of  the  World's  temperance  congress,  in 
Chicago,  June,  1893;  ed.  by  J.  N.  Steams.    2v.    1893 178  W89 

T.I    Historical. 

T.2.    Proceedings  of  the  congress. 

Tobacco 

BARTHfiLEMY,  Auguste  Marseille. 

L'art  de  fumer;  ou,  La  pipe  et  le  cigare;  poeme.     1845 ri78  B27 

BLONDEL,  Spire. 

Le  tabac;  le  livre  des  fumeurs  et  des  priseurs.     1891 qri78  B56 

CEFALENO,  Angelo  Melissino. 

Dissertazione  sull'  azione  e  suU'  uso  del  tabacco.     1793 ri78  C59 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

CHASE,  B.W. 

Tobacco,  its  physical,  mental,  moral  and  social  influences. 

1878  r  178  C38 

CLINGMAN,  Thomas  Lanier. 

Tobacco  remedy.     1885 , ri78  CS9 


98  TOBACCO 

COHAUSEN,  Johann  Heinrich. 

Dissertatio  satyrica  physico-medico-moralis  de  pica  nasi  sive 

tabaci  sternutatorii  moderno  abusu  &  noxa.    1716 ri78  C66 

CONCERNING  cigars;  how  to  select  them,  with  A  word  about 

"clays." ri78  CS9 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
DISSERTATION  on  the  use  and  abuse  of  tobacco  in  relation 

to  smoaking,  chewing  and  taking  of  snuff.     1720 ri78  C59 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
A  DOCTOR'S  fallacy  on  smoking  and  smokers,  by  one  who 

smokes.     1857 ri78  B27 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

EVERAERTS.  Gilles. 

Panacea ;  or,  The  universal  medicine ;  being  a  discovery  of  the 
vertues  of  tobacco  taken   in  a  pipe,  with   its   use  both   in 

physick  and  chyrurgery.     1659 ri78  E95 

HAMER,  John,  comp. 

Smoker's  text-book.     1866 ri78  H19 

JAMES  I,  king  of  England. 

A  counter-blaste  to  tobacco.    1885 178  Ji6c 

Essayes  of  a  prentise  in  the  divine  art  of  poesie;  with  A  count- 
erblaste  to  tobacco.     1869.     (Arber,  Edward,  ed.     English 

reprints.)    ri78  J16 

JENKINSON,  Alexander  M.  comp. 

Whifflets.     1897 178  J2S 

A  collection  of  poems  on  tobacco. 

LAWRENCE,  Mrs  Margaret  Oliver  (Woods),  (pseud.  Meta  Lander). 

Tobacco  problem.    1886 178  L42 

MAGNEN,  Jean  Chrysostome. 

Exercitationes  de  tabaco.     1658 ri78  Mas 

MELLER,  Henry  James. 

Nicotiana;  or.  The  smoker's  and  snuff-taker's  companion. 

,1833 ri78  Ms8 

The  same.     1834 "78  M58n 

PAULLI,  Sinion. 

Commentarius  de  abusu  tabaci  et  herbae  thee.    1681 ri78  P32 

REYNOLDS,  Thomas. 

Counterblast.     Fifty-four  objections  to  tobacco,  to  which  is 
appended  fifty  medical  opinions  on  tobacco  smoking. 

1876.     (Smoke  not.) ri78  R37 

ROGERS,  J.  Smyth. 

Essay  on  tobacco,  a  brief  history  of  that  plant  and  its  effects 

on  the  human  constitution.     1836 ri78  R61 

SNUFF  and  snuff-takers.     1846 ri78  Csg 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
STEINMETZ,  Andrew. 

Tobacco ;   its   history,  cultivation,   manufacture  and   adultera- 
tions.    1857  ri78  S82 

\  THATCHER,  Mrs  Harriette  Noel-. 

The  fascinator;  or.  The  knight's  legacy;  an  essay  on  the  re- 
sults of  the  use  of  tobacco.    1871 ri78  T33 


OTHER  ETHICAL  TOPICS  99 

THUS  think  and  smoke  tobacco;  a  rhyme,  17th  century,  with 

drawings  by  G.  W.  Edwards.     1891 qri78  T43 

TOBACCO  talk  and  smokers'  gossip;  an  amusing  miscellany 
of  fact  and  anecdote  relating  to  the  "great  plant"  in  all 
its  forms  and  uses,  including  a  selection  from  nicotian 
literature.     1884  ri78  TS4 

TOBACCO  talk,  by  an  old  smoker.     1894 ri78  B27 " 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

VENNER,  Tobie. 

Briefe  and  accurate  treatise  concerning  the  taking  of  the  fume 

of  tobacco.     1650 ri78  C59 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

179     Other  ethical  topics 

ERNST,  Harold  Clarence,  ed. 

Animal  experimentation ;  a  series  of  statements  indicating  its 

value  to  biological  and  medical  science.    1902 179  E76 

The  statements  of  various  remonstrants  to  the  proposed  law  for  further 
restriction  of  vivisection  for  medical  and  biological  purposes  in  Mass- 
achusetts. 

GURNHILL,  James. 

Morals  of  suicide.     1900 179  G97 

By  an  avowed  Christian  socialist  who  approaches  suicide  as  a  symptom 
of  sin  and  misery  beneath  the  surface  of  society.    Analyzes  statistics 
from  Morselli's  well-known  work  and  classifies  the  causes  of  suicide  as 
disclosed  in  100  cases  "just  as  they  came,"  from  newspaper  reports. 
Author  looks  to  Christian  therapeutics  for  the  cure  of  suicide. 

JACKSON,  Abraham  Willard. 

Deafness  and  cheerfulness.     1901  179  J12 

Contents:  A  prefatory  word. — Unconscious  deafness. — Early  experience 
of  deafness. — Social  afflictions. — Business  embarrassments. — Pathos  of 
deafness. — Helps  and  consolations  of  deafness. — Higher  consolations. 

"Mr.  Jackson's  object  in  writing  this  little  book  is  to  induce  a  habit  of 
cheerfulness  in  those  who  are  suffering  from  the  infirmity  which  has 
pressed  so  heavily  on  his  own  life. .  .To  many  who  enjoy  approximate- 
ly perfect  hearing,  this  account  of  the  sorrows  of  deafness  from  a  sen- 
sitive and  imaginative  sufferer  will  be  a  startling  revelation,  and  will 

open  for  them  new  avenues  of  sympathy The  book  can  safely  be 

commended  to  the  deaf  and  their  impatient  friends."     Nation,  1901. 

MARDEN,  Orison  Swett. 

Cheerfulness  as  a  life  power.     1899 179  M37C 

MORSELLI,  Enrico  Agostino. 

Suicide;  an  essay  on  comparative  moral  statistics.     1882.     (In- 
ternational scientific  series.) 179  M92 

PHILANTHROPOS,  pseud. 

Physiological   cruelty ;  or.  Fact  v.  fancy ;    an   inquiry   into  the 

vivisection  question.     1883  179  P49 

SALT,  Henry  Stephens. 

Animals'  rights  considered  in  relation  to  social  progress,  also 
an  essay  on  Vivisection  in  America,  by  Albert  Leffingwell. 

1894 .^.  179  S17 

Bibliography  of  the  rights  of  animals,  p.105-132. 

TODD,  John. 

Student's  manual.     1882 179  T5S 


100  ANCIENT  PHILOSOPHERS 

TRINE,  Ralph  Waldo. 

Every  living  creature;  or,  Heart -training  through  the  animal 

world.     1899 179  T74 

180     Ancient  philosophers 

BUSSELL,  Frederick  William.  * 

The  school  of  Plato,  its  origin,  development  and  revival  under 

the  Roman  Empire.     1896  180  B96 

"What  Mr  Bussell  has  published  in  the  present  volume  might  be  best 
described  as  a  series  of  essays  treating  this  great  subject  as  exem- 
plified in  its  historical  aspect  by  the  philosophies  of  Greece  and 
Roman  Imperial  times."     Academy,   1896. 

FERRIER,  James  Frederick. 

Philosophical  works,    v.2-3.     1883-88 180  F42 

V.2.     Lectures  on  Greek  philosophy. 
V.3.     Philosophical  remains. 

WINDELBAND,  Wilhelm. 

History  of  ancient  philosophy.     1899 180  W78 

Bibliography,  P.38S-388. 

CHWAl^G-TSZE. 

Chuang  Tzu,  mystic,  moralist  and  social  reformer.     1889 qi8i  C47 

DAVIES,  John. 

Hindii  philosophy;  the  Sankhya  Karika  of  Iswara  Krishna, 

an  exposition  of  the  system  of  Kapila.     1894 181  D31 

GARBE,  Richard. 

Philosophy  of  ancient  India.    1897 181  G17 

HERMES  TRISMEGISTUS. 

Theological  and  philosophical  works;  tr.  fr.  the  Greek  by 

J.  D.  Chambers.     1882 181    H47 

LEGGE,  James,  ed. 
Life  and  teachings  of  Confucius;  with  explanatory  notes.  1895. 

(Chinese  classics  translated  into  English.) 181  L54 

Contents:  Preliminary  essays:  Of  the  Chinese  classics  generally. — Of  the 
Confucian  analects. — Of  the  Great  learning. — Of  the  Doctrine  of  the 
mean. — Confucius;  his  influence  and  doctrines. — The  classics:  Confu- 
cian analects.  —  The  great  learning.  —  The  doctrine  of  the  mean. — 
Indexes. 
Legge  (1815-1897)  was  professor  of  Chinese  at  Oxford  and  devoted 
many  years  to  the  study  of  Confucius. 

MULLER,  Max. 

Six  systems  of  Indian  philosophy.    1899 181  M9S 

MYER,  Isaac. 

Oldest  books  in  the  world ;  an  account  of  the  religion,  wisdom, 
philosophy,  ethics,  psychology,  manners,  proverbs,  sayings, 
refinement,  etc.,  of  the  ancient  Egyptians,  as  inscribed  upon 
monuments,  papyri  and  other  records.     1900 qri8i  M99 

"Mr.  Myer's  work  contains  fifteen  chapters,  of  which  seven  are  devoted 
to  the  description  of  the  papyri  inscribed  with  moral  precepts,  such  as 
the  instructions  of  Kaquemna,  Ptah-hotep,  Ani,  and  others;  seven  to 
the  description  of  the  Book  of  the  Dead  and  to  subjects  which  are 
intimately  connected  with  it. .  .and  one  to  moral  precepts  of  the  Ptole- 
maic and  Graeco-Roman  periods."     Athenaeum,  1900. 

VIJNANABHIKSU. 

Samkhya-pravacana-bhasya ;   or,  Commentary  on  the  exposi- 


ANCIENT  PHILOSOPHERS 


tion  of  the  Sankhya  philosophy;  ed.  by   Richard  Garbe. 

1895.     (Harvard  oriental  series.) qriSi  V32 

Text  is  a  transliteration  of  the  Sanskrit. 

VIVEKANANDA,  Swami. 

Yoga  philosophy;   lectures   on   Raja  Yoga,   also   Patanjali's 

Yoga  aphorisms.     1896 i8l  V3S 

BENN,  Alfred  William. 

Philosophy  of  Greece;  considered  in  relation  to  the  character 

and  history  of  its  people.     1898 182  B43 

BURT,  Benjamin  Chapman. 

Brief  history  of  Greek  philosophy.     1896 182  B94 

FAIRBANKS,  Arthur,  ir. 

First  philosophers  of  Greece,  an  edition  and  translation  of  the 
remaining  fragments  of  the  pre-Sokratic  philosophers, 
with  a  translation  of  the  more  important  accounts  of 
their  opinions  contained  in  the  early   epitomes   of  their 

works.     1898 182  F16 

GOMPERZ,  Theodor. 

Greek  thinkers ;  a  history  of  ancient  philosophy ;  tr.  by  Laurie 

Magnus,     v.i.     1901  182  G59 

"The  first  volume.  .  .treats  of  the  Pre-Socratics. .  .[Prof.  Gomperz]  does 
not  confine  himself  to  the  exposition  of  systems,  but  endeavors  to  re- 
place the  Greek  philosophers  in  the  intellectual  environment  that  fos- 
tered them.  He... traces  the  development  of  popular  and  mystic  re- 
ligion, orphism  and  the  belief  in  immortality,  studies  the  progress  of 
ethical  reflection  and  the  growth  of  purer  moral  ideals  in  poets  and 
historians,  and  brings  out  more  fully  than  has  hitherto  been  done  the 
contributions  of  Greek  medicine  to  the  creation  of  the  scientific  and 
philosophic  spirit."     Dial,   1901. 

ZELLER,  Eduard.       , 

History  of  Greek  philosophy  to  Socrates.    2v.     1881 182  Z4S 

DIOGENES  LAERTIUS. 

Lives  and  opinions  of  eminent  philosophers.     1895 183  D62 

GODLEY,  Alfred  Denis. 

Socrates  and  Athenian  society  in  his  day.    1896 183  GS5 

ZELLER,  Eduard. 

Socrates  and  the  Socratic  schools.     1868 183  Z45 

GROTE,  George. 

Plato  and  the  other  companions  of  Sokrates.    3v.    1867 184  G94 

V.I.  Speculative  philosophy  in  Greece  before  and  in  the  time  of  So- 
krates.— General  remarks  on  the  earlier  philosophers,  growth  of 
dialectic,  Zeno  and  Georgias. — Life  of  Plato. — Platonic  canon  a« 
recognised  by  Thrasyllus.  —  Platonic  canon  as  appreciated  and 
modified  by  modern  critics. — Platonic  compositions  generally.  — 
Apology  of  Sokrates. — Kriton. — Euthyphron. — Alkibiades,  i  and  a. 
— Hippias  major,  Hippias  minor. — Hipparchus,  Minos. — Theages. — 
Erastse  or  Anterastae,  rivales. — Ion.  —  Laches.  —  Charmides.  — 
Lysis. — Euthydemus. 
r.2.  Menon. — Protagoras.  —  Georgias. — Pha:don. — Phstdrus,  Symposion. 
—  Parmenides. — Theaetetus. — Sophistes.  —  Politikus. — Kratylus.  — 
Philebus. 
V.3.  Menexenus.  —  Kleitophon. — Platonic  republic,  abstract. — Republic, 
remarks  on  its  main  thesis. — Republic,  remarks  on  the  Platonic 
commonwealth.  —  Timseus  and  Kritias. — Leges  and  Epinomii.  — 
Other  companions  of  Sokrates. — Xenophon. 
PATER,  Walter. 

Plato  and  Platonism.    1895 184  P29 


MODERN  PHILOSOPHERS 


ARISTOTLE. 

Nicomachean  ethics.     1893 185  A71 

GROTE,  George. 

Aristotle;  ed.  by  Alexander  Bain  and  G.  C.  Robertson.  1880. . .  .185  G94 
WALLACE,  Edwin,  ed. 

Outlines  of  the  philosophy  of  Aristotle.     1887 185  W17 

ZELLER,  Eduard. 

Aristotle  and  the  earlier  Peripatetics;  a  translation  from  Zel- 
ler's  Philosophy  of  the  Greeks,  by  B.  F.  C.  Costelloe  and 

J.  H.  Muirhead.    2v.     1897 185  Z45 

PATRICK,  Mary  Mills. 

Sextus  Empiricus  and  Greek  scepticism.     1899 186  P29 

Accompanied  by  a  translation  from  the  Greek  of  the  first  book  of  the 

"Pyrrhonic  sketches"   by  Sextus   Empiricus. 
"Authorities  consulted,"   p.6-7. 

PHILO  JUD^US. 

Works ;  tr.  by  C.  D.  Yonge.    4v.     1855-94 186  P51 

The  same.    4v.    1855-94 ri86  P5i 

AURELIUS  ANTONINUS,  Marcus,  emperor  of  Rome. 

Meditations;  tr.  with  notes  by  Meric  Casaubon,  and  ed.  with 
an  introduction,  appendix  and  glossary  by  W.  H.  D. 
Rouse.     1900 188  A9am 

The  introduction  contains  a  biographical  sketch  of  the  author. 

Thoughts;  tr.  by  George  Long.    1889 188  A92 

Contains  a  sketch  of  Marcus  Aurelius  and  a  chapter  on  his  philosophy. 
CAPES,  William  Wolfe. 

Stoicism.     1880 188  C18 

EPICTETUS. 

Selection  from  his  discourses,  with  the  Encheiridion 188  E69S 

Works;  his  discourses,  the  Enchiridion  and  fragments;  tr.  by 

T.  W.  Higginson.    2v.    1891 188  E69 

ZELLER,  Eduard. 

Stoics,  Epicureans  and  sceptics.    1892 188  Z45 

The  same.     1870 ri88  Z4SS 

GARDNER,  Alice. 

Studies  in  John  the  Scot,  (Erigena)  ;  a  philosopher  of  the  dark 

ages.     1900  189  G18 

"His  greatness,  as  Miss  Gardner  says  and  shows,  lay  in  this,  that  he 
was  a  spiritualizer  as  against  the  materialists  and  traditionalists  of  his 
time,  a  free-thinker  as  against  the  'musty  schoolmen'  who  followed 
him;  a  soldier  of  the  Lord  and  of  liberty,  standing  alone  for  prin- 
ciples which  nobody  but  himself  apprehended,  and  which  it  was  left 
for  far-distant  ages  to  develop  and  popularize.  As  such  he  claims 
our  respectful  remembrance."     Nation,   1900. 

MAURICE,  Frederick  Denison. 

Mediaeval  philosophy,  from  the  5th  to  the  14th  century.    1870.  .189  M49 

190     Modern  philosophers 

BOWEN,  Francis. 

Modern   philosophy   from   Descartes   to   Schopenhauer  and 

Hartmann.    1894  190  B66 


AMERICAN  PHILOSOPHERS  103 

ROYCE,  Josiah. 

Spirit  of  modern  philosophy.     1896 190  R81 

Contents:  Periods  of  modem  philosophy. — Rediscovery  of  the  inner  life; 
from  Spinoza  to  Kant. — Kant. — Fichte. — Romantic  school  in  philoso- 
phy.— Hegel. — Schopenhauer. — Rise  of  the  doctrine  of  evolution. — 
Nature  and  evolution. — Reality  and  idealism. — Physical  law  and  free- 
dom.— Optimism,   pessimism  and  the  moral  order. 

191     American  philosophers 

HODDER,  Alfred,  ipseud.  Francis  Walton). 

Adversaries  of  the  sceptic ;  or.  The  specious  present ;  a  new  in- 
quiry into  human  knowledge.     1901  191  H66 

Contents:  Metaphysics  of  the  specious  present:  The  dilemma  of  scepti- 
cism.— The  specious  present. — Self-transcendence. — Insufficient  rea- 
son.— The  unity  of  consciousness. — The  testimony  of  consciousness. — 
Ethics  of  the  specious  present:  The  morality  that  ought  to  be. — The 
morality  that  is. — The  part  and  the  whole. — The  unit  of  ethics. 
"Brilliant  and  incisive  criticism  of  some  widely  prevalent  views  of  Pro- 
fessor Royce  and  Mr.  Bradley.  Dr.  Hodder  poses  as  a  philosophical 
skeptic,  and  is  a  valiant  champion  of  the  moment  of  experience,  the 
'specious  present,'  beyond  which  nothing  is  certain,  either  in  meta- 
physics, logic,  or  ethics...  In  spite  of  reservation ...  [his]  book  may  be 
recommended  to  all  who  have  a  taste  for  dialectical  discussions  and 
excellence  of  style,  as  one  of  the  most  stimulating  and  enjoyable  that 
have  appealed  to  the  philosophic  public  in  recent  years."    Nation,  1901. 

McCOSH,  James. 

Realistic  philosophy.    2v.     1890 191  M14 

192     English  philosophers 

BACON,  Francis. 

Physical  and  metaphysical  works.     1876 ri92  Bi3p 

Works.    2v 192  B13 

V.I.  Philosophical  writings,  (including  an  English  translation  of  the 
Novum  organum). 

V.2.  Literary  and  religious  works,  (including  the  History  of  the  reign 
of  Henry  VII,  and  the  Essays). 

Life  of  Bacon  by  William  Rawley,  v.  i,  p.35-58. 

"Philosopher,  statesman,  and  man  of  letters,  whom  Izaak  Walton  called 
'the  great  secretary  of  nature  and  all  learning.'  To  Bacon,  the  liter- 
ature of  philosophy  is  indebted  for  the  impulse  he  gave  to  scientific 
inquiry  by  his  powerful  and  eloquent  exposition  of  its  methods  in  his 
'Novum  Organum'  and  'Advancement  of  Learning,'  while  literature 
in  general  owes  acknowledgment  to  him  for  his  popularization  of  the 
essay.  While  his  scientific  treatises  created  a  revolution  in  the  do- 
main of  philosophy,  and,  as  Macaulay  says,  produced  a  vast  influence 
on  the  opinions  of  mankind,  it  is  'in  the  essays  alone  that  the  mind 
of  Bacon  is  brought  into  immediate  contact  with  the  minds  of  ordin- 
ary readers.'  The  essays  are  the  observations  and  deductions  of  a 
great  intellect  occupied  with  the  problem  of  human  life,  and  actuated 
by  the  desire  to  disseminate  prudential  counsels  in  its  direction  and 
guidance.  Their  wisdom,  their  pithiness  of  style,  are  unapproached 
in  English  literature."     G.  Mercer  Adam. 

BERKELEY,  George. 

Works;  ed.  by  A.  C.  Eraser.    3V.     1871 192  B45 

v.i-2.     Philosophical   works, 
y.    3.    Miscellaneous  works. 

BOLINGBROKE,  Henry  St.  John,  viscount. 

Works.    4v.     1841   ri92  B6l 

Partial  contents: 

V.I.     Life  of  the  author. — Reflections   upon  exile. — Remarks  on  the 
history  of  England. 


I04  ENGLISH  PHILOSOPHERS 

V.2.     A  dissertation  upon  parties. — Letters  on  the  study  and  use  of 

history. 
V.3.     A  letter  occasioned  by  one  of  Archbishop  Tillotson's  sermons. — 

•ConcerninR  the  nature,  extent  and  reality  of  human  knowledg^e. 

— Containing;  some  reflections  on  the  folly  and  presumption  of 

philosophers. — Concerning  authority  in  matters  of  religion. 
V.4.     Concerning    authority     in    matters    of     religion     (continued). — 

Fragments  or  minutes  of  essays. 
English  statesman  and  philosopher  (1678-1751). 

"Bolingbroke's  works  excited  only  a  momentary  attention,  and  are  too 
fragrmentary  and  discursive  to  be  of  much  value.  .  .His  dignified  style, 
his  familiarity  with  foreign  politics,  and  with  history. .  .impressed  his 
contemporaries.  ..  [In  philosophy]  his  favourite  topic  is  a  supposed  al- 
liance between  divines  and  atheists;  and,  in  order  to  attack  both,  he 
adopts  a  very  flimsy  deism."     Leslie  Stephen. 

CRAIK,  George  Lillie. 

Bacon ;  his  writings  and  his  philosophy.    3v.  in  i.     1846 Tig2  C86 

FAIRBROTHER,  William  Henry. 

Philosophy  of  Thomas  Hill  Green.     1896 192  F15 

FISCHER,  Ernst  Kuno  Berthold. 

Francis  Bacon   of  Verulam;  realistic  philosophy  and   its 

age.     1857  192  F52 

HOBBES,  Thomas. 

English  works;  now  first  collected  and  ed.  by  Sir  William 

Molesworth.   i iv.   1839-45 192  H69 

HUME,  David. 

Enquiry  concerning  the  human  understanding,  and  An  enquiry 
concerning  the   principles   of   morals ;    ed.  by  L.  A.  Selby- 

Bigge.     1894  192  H92e 

Treatise  of  human  nature;  ed.  by  L.  A.  Selby-Bigge.    1896 192  H92 

Reprinted  from  the  edition  of  1739. 
LEWES,  George  Henry. 

Problems  of  life  and  mind,  ist-3d  ser.    3v.  in  5.     1873-91 192  L67 

v. I,  pt. I.  Foundations  of  a  creed:  The  method  of  science  and  its  appli- 
cation to  metaphysics. — Rules  of  philosophizing. — The  limitations  of 
knowledge. 

v. I,  pt.2.  Foundations  of  a  creed:  The  principles  of  certitude. — From 
the  known  to  the  unknown. — Matter  and  force. — Force  and  cause. — 
The  absolute  in  the  correlations  of  feeling  and  motion.  —  Appendix : 
Imaginary  geometry  and  the  truth  of  axioms,  Lagrange  and  Hegel, 
Action  at  a  distance. 

V.2.  Physical  basis  of  mind:  The  nature  of  life. — The  nervous  mechan- 
ism.— ^Animal  automatism. — The  reflex  theory. 

V.3,  pt.i.     The  study  of  psychology. 

v.3,  pt.2.  Mind  as  a  function  of  the  organism. —  The  sphere  of  sense 
and  logic  of  feeling. — The  sphere  of  intellect  and  logic  of  signs. 

MACPHERSON,  Hector  Carsewell. 

Spencer  and  Spencerism.     1900 192  M22 

"Next  to  Mr.  Fiske's  Cosmic  Philosophy,  is  perhaps  the  best  general 
exposition  of  the  'philosophy  of  evolution'  for  those  who  have  neither 
the  time  nor  the  inclination  to  attack  the  weighty  tomes  in  which  Mr. 
Spencer  has  embedded  his  ideas."     Spectator,  1900. 

MASSON,  David. 

Recent  British  philosophy,  including  some  comments  on  Mr 

Mill's  Answer  to  Sir  William  Hamilton.     1866 192  M46 

MILL,  John  Stuart. 

An  examination  of  Sir  William  Hamilton's  philosophy.     2v. 

in  I.     1884 192  M68 

REID,  Thoma.s. 

Works;    with    notes  and  supplementary  dissertations  by  Sir 


GERMAN  PHILOSOPHERS  105 

William  Hamilton.    2v.     1895 192  R31 

V.I.  Dugald  Stewart's  account  of  the  life  and  writings  of  Thomas  Rcid. 
— Letters. — Inquiry  into  the  human  mind. — Essays  on  the  intellectual 
powers  of  man. 
V.2.  Essays  on  the  active  powers  of  the  human  mind. — Account  of  Aris- 
totle's Logic. — Essay  on  quantity. — Account  of  the  University  of  Glas- 
gow.— Editor's   supplementary   dissertations. 

SMITH,  William  Henry,  1808- 1872. 

Gravenhurst ;   or.   Thoughts  on  good  and  evil,  and  Knowing 

and  feeling ;  a  contribution  to  psychology.    1875 192  566 

Memoir  of  the  author,  p.5-121. 

Thorndale ;  or,  The  conflict  of  opinions.    1879 192  S66t 

Contains  also  The  confession  of  faith  of  an  eclectic  and  Utopian  philoso- 
pher, 1850. 

STEPHEN,  Sir  Leslie. 

English  utilitarians.    3v.     1900 192  S82 

V.I.     Jeremy  Bentham. 
V.2.     James  Mill. 
V.3.     John  Stuart  Mill. 

A  sequel  to  the  author's  History  of  English  thought  in  the  18th  century, 
820.9  S82. 


193     German  philosophers 

CALDWELL,  William. 
Schopenhauer's  system  in  its  philosophical  significance.     1896. 

(Shaw  fellowship  lectures,  1893.) 193  C13 

CARUS,  Paul. 

Kant  and  Spencer ;  a  study  of  the  fallacies  of  agnosticism.    1899. .  193  C24 
Contents:  The  ethics  of  Kant. — Kant  on  evolution. — Mr   Spencer's  ag- 
nosticism.— Mr  Spencer's  comment  and  the  author's  reply. 

FEUCHTERSLEBEN,  Ernst,  freiherr  von. 

Zur  diatetik  der  seele.     1861 ri93  F43 

FICHTE,  Johann  Gottlieb. 

Science  of  knowledge.     1889 193  F44 

HAECKEL,  Ernst. 

Riddle  of  the  universe  at  the  close  of  the  19th  century.    1900.  ..193  H13 

Argument  is  mainly  biological,  the  conclusions  those  of  the  monistic 
philosophy.  Author  says  of  monism,  "Dualism,  in  its  widest  sense, 
breaks  up  the  universe  into  two  entirely  distinct  substances — the  ma- 
terial world  and  an  immaterial  God,  who  is  represented  to  be  its  crea- 
tor, sustainer,  and  ruler.  Monism,  on  the  contrary  (likewise  taken  in 
its  widest  sense),  recognizes  one  sole  substance  in  the  universe,  which 
is  at  once  'God  and  nature;'  body  and  spirit  (or  matter  and  energy) 
it  holds  to  be  inseparable.  The  extra-mundane  God  of  dualism  leads 
necessarily  to  theism;  and  the  intra -mundane  God  of  the  monist  leads 
to  pantheism."     Author  is  a  distinguished  German  scientist. 

HARRIS,  William  Torrey. 

Hegel's  logic,  a  book  on  the  genesis  of  the  categories  of 

the  mind;  a  critical  exposition.     1895 I93  H29 

List  of  books  on  Hegel's  philosophy,  p.29-30. 

Designed  to  help  English  readers  to  an  understanding  of  the  Hegelian 
system.  In  an  autobiographical  preface  Dr  Harris,  who  is  distinguished 
for  his  philosophical  work,  describes  his  thirty  years'  study  of  Hegel, 
whom  he  regards  as  "the  interpreter  of  the  deepest  thought  of  all  na- 
tions." 

HARTMANN,  Eduard  von. 

Philosophy  of  the  unconscious.    3v.    1893 193  H32 


io6  GERMAN  PHILOSOPHERS 

HEGEL,  Gcorg  Wilhelm  Fricdrich. 

Wisdom  and  religion  of  a  German  philosopher;   selections 

from  the  writing  of  Hegel;  ed.  by  E.  S.  Haldane.    1897 193  H41 

KANT,  Immanuel. 

Critique  of  pure  reason.     1893 193  Ki2c 

The  same.     1855  ri93  Ki2c 

Kritik  of  judgment.     1892 193  K12 

KRAUSE,  Karl  Christian  Friedrich. 

Ideal  of  humanity  and  universal  federation;  a  contribution  to 

social  philosophy.     1900 193  K41 

The  belief  which  Krause  tried  to  impress  upon  the  world  is  that  the 
human  race,  as  part  of  a  spiritual  order,  is  destined  to  form  a  brother- 
hood, and  is,  in  fact,  undergoing  an  organic  and  harmonious  develop- 
ment in  that  direction.  The  application  of  this  idea  of  humanity  to 
all  the  public  and  private  relations  of  life,  to  the  promotion  of  the 
social  duties,  to  the  cultivation  of  the  sciences  and  arts,  is  the  main 
function  of  this  work. 

LEIBNITZ,  Gottfried  Wilhelm. 

Philosophical  works.     1890 193  L55 

LOTZE,  Hermann. 

Microcosmus;  an  essay  concerning  man  and  his  relation 

to  the  world.    2v.     1888 193  L92 

MARTINEAU,  James. 

Study  of  Spinoza.     1895 193  S7Szm 

PAULSEN,  Friedrich. 

Introduction  to  philosophy.    1895 193  P32 

POLLOCK.  Sir  Frederick. 

Spinoza  ;  his  life  and  philosophy.     1899 193  P76 

Contains  in  an  appendix  The  life  of  Benedict  de  Spinoza,  by  John 
Colerus. 

RUSSELL,  Bertrand. 

Critical  exposition  of  the  philosophy  of  Leibniz,  with  an  ap- 
pendix of  leading  passages.     1900 193  R91 

"Minute  criticism. .  .which  can  appeal  only  to  professed  philosophical 
students,  and  contains  little,  almost  no,  biographical   matter.    Nor  is 
it. .  .historical,  the  whole  purpose  of  the  work  being  to  examine  Leib- 
niz's philosophy  as  an  objective  system  set  out  in  its  logical  relations 
and  exposed  to  severely  logical  tests."    Saturday  review,  1901. 

SAUNDERS,  Thomas  Bailey. 

Schopenhauer ;  a  lecture.     1901  193  S25 

A  concise  account  of  the  leading  ideas  of  Schopenhauer's  philosophy. 

SCHOPENHAUER,  Arthur. 

Lichtstrahlen  aus  seinen  werken.     1874 193  S37I 

On  the  fourfold  root  of  the  principle  of  sufficient  reason,  and 

On  the  will  in  nature;  tr.  by  Mme  Karl  Hillebrand.     1897.  .193  S370 
Parerga  und  paralipomena,  kleine  philosophische  schriften. 

2v.     1878 193   S37 

Selected  essays;  with  a  biographical  introduction,  by  E.  B. 

Bax.     1891 '. 193  S37S 

Die  welt  als  wille  und  vorstellung.    2v.    1873 193  S37WI 

World  as  will  and  idea.    3v.     1891 193  S37W 

SPINOZA,  Benedictus  de. 

Chief  works.    2v.     1889-91 193  S75 


FRENCH  PHILOSOPHERS  107 

WILLIS,  Robert,  1779-1878. 

Benedict   de   Spinoza;    his    life,    Correspondence    and    Ethics. 

1870 193  W75 

194     French  philosophers 

COMTE,  Auguste. 

Cours  de  philosophie  positive.    6v.  in  3.     1892-94 194  C73C 

Positive  philosophy.    2v.     1893 r  194  C73P 

The  same.    3v.    1896  '. 194  C73 

COUSIN,  Victor. 

Du  vrai,  du  beau  &  du  bien.    1898 194  C84d 

Lectures  on  the  true,  the  beautiful  and  the  good ;  an  appendix 

on  French  art.     1893 194  C84 

DESCARTES,  Rene. 

The  Method,  Meditations  and  selections  from  the  Principles  of 

Descartes.     1897 194  D45 

Contents:  Essay  on  Descartes  by  John  Veitch. — Discourse  on  method. — 
Meditations  on  the   first  philosophy. — The  principles  of  philosophy. 
HOLBACH,  Paul  Henri  Thirty,  baron  de. 

System  of  nature;  or,  The  laws  of  the  moral  and  physical 

world.    4v.    1797 ri94  H69 

For  a  time  wrongly  attributed  to  Mirabaud. 

LfiVY-BRUHL,  Lucien. 

History  of  modern  philosophy  in  France.     1899 I94  L66 

Bibliography,  P.4B3-494. 

Beginning  with  Descartes  the  author  considers  the  representative  French 
philosophers  since  the  opening  of  the  17th  century.  He  also  gives 
much  space  to  men  who  are  not  usually  grouped  with  the  philoso- 
phers "by  profession,"  such  men  as  Pascal,  Renan,  Diderot  and 
Rousseau. 


Religion 

200     General  works 

201     Philosophy  of  Religion 

ABBOTT,  Lyman. 

Evolution  of  Christianity.     1894 201  A13 

ALLEN,  Grant. 

The  evolution  of  the  idea  of  God;  an  inquiry  into  the  ori- 
gins of  religion.     1897 201  A42 

Contents:  Christianity  as  a  religious  standard. —  Religion  and  mythol- 
ogfy. —  The  life  of  the  dead. —  The  origin  of  gods. —  Sacred  stones. — 
Sacred  stakes.  —  Sacred  trees.  —  The  gods  of  Egypt  —  The  gods  of 
Israel. — The  rise  of  monotheism. — Human  gods. — The  manufacture  of 
gods. — Gods  of  cultivation. — Corn-  and  wine-gods. — Sacrifice  and  sac- 
rament.— The  doctrine  of  the  atonement. — The  world  before  Christ. — 
The  growth  of  Christianity. — Survivals  in  Christendom. 

BASCOM,  John. 

Philosophy  of  religion;  or,  The  rational  grounds  of  religious 

belief.      1894   201    B28 

BUNSEN,  Christian  Karl  Josias,  freiherr  von. 

God  in  history;  or,  The  progress  of  man's  faith  in  the  moral 

order  of  the  world.     3v.     1868-70 201  B88 

CAIRD,  John. 

Introduction  to  the  philosophy  of  religion.     1889 201  C12 

CALDECOTT,  Alfred. 

Philosophy  of  religion  in  England  and  America.     1901 201  C129 

COE,  George  Albert. 

The  spiritual  life ;  studies  in  the  science  of  religion.    1900 201  C6s 

The  psychology  of  religion  and  some  of  its  important  bearings  on  the 
practical  side  of  religious  life  and  work. 
GAMBLE,  Eliza  Burt. 

The  god-idea  of  the  ancients;  or,  Sex  in  religion.    1897 201  G16 

GOULD,  Sabine  Baring-. 

Origin  and  development  of  religious  belief.    2v.     1892 201  G73 

pt.i.    Polytheism  and  monotheism. 
pt.3.    Christianity. 
HEGEL,  Georg  Wilhelm  Friedrich. 

Lectures  on  the  philosophy  of  religion;  together  with  a  work 

on  the  Proofs  of  the  existence  of  God.    3v.    1895 201  H41 

JASTROW,  Morris. 

Study  of  religion.    1901.     (Contemporary  science  series.). .  .  .201  J21 

Bibliography,  p.399-4i5- 

With-  the  purpose  of  developing  a  method  for  the  study  of  relipon  Dr 
Jastrow  traces  in  Part  i  the  history  of  the  study  itself  and  criticises 
the  leading  systems  of  classification  and  the  important  definitions. 
Part  2  devotes  itself  to  a  consideration  of  the  factors  involved  in  reli- 
gious study, — ethics,  philosophy,  mythology,  psychology,  history  and 
culture.  Part  3  discusses  some  practical  aspects  of  the  study. 
KALISCH,  Marcus  Moritz. 

Path  and  goal.    1880 201  K12 

108 


DICTIONARIES  109 

McCOSH,  James. 

The  method  of  the  divine  government,  physical  and  moral. 

1883 201  M14 

MANSEL,  Henry  Longueville. 

Limits  of  religious  thought.     1859.     (Bampton  lectures.) 201  M34 

MARTINEAU,  James. 

Study  of  religion.     2v.     1888 201  M43 

MULLER,  Max. 

Introduction  to  the  science  of  religion.    1893 201  M9S 

"Intended  as  an  introduction  to  a  comparative  study  of  the  principal 
religions  of  the  world."    Preface. 

PFLEIDERER,  Otto. 

Philosophy  of  religion  on  the  basis  of  its  history.    4v.     1886- 

88 201  P48 

SABATIER,  Auguste. 

Outlines  of  a  philosophy  of  religion  based  on  psychology  and 

history.     1897 201   Sil 

STARBUCK,  Edwin  Diller. 

Psychology  of  religion;  an  empirical  study  of  the  growth  of 
religious  consciousness.     1899.     (Contemporary  science 

series.)    201  S79 

"First  notable  attempt  on  any  large  scale  to  study  statistically  such  phe- 
nomena as  conversion,  and  to  correlate  them  with  other  phases  of 
mental  evolution.  .  .Shows  with  scientific  clearness  that  such  a  reli- 
gious manifestation  as  conversion  has  its  normal  place  in  the  mental 
and  physical  changes  in  adolescence,  and  is  a  deep-seated  social  phe- 
nomenon."    Dial,  1900. 

STERRETT,  James  Macbride. 

Studies  in  Hegel's  philosophy  of  religion.     1890 201  S83 

Appendix:  Christian  unity  in  America  and  the  historic  episcopate. 

TYLER,  Charles  Mellen. 

Bases  of  religious  belief,  historic  and  ideal;  an  outline  of  re- 
ligious study.     1897 201  T97 

WILLIAMSON,  W. 

The  great  law;  a  study  of  religious  origins  and  of  the  unity 

underlying  them.     1899 201  W75 

Interpretation  of  religious  origins  from  the  standpoint  of  theosophical 
teachings. 

203     Dictionaries 

ABBOTT,  Lyman,  &  Conant,  T.  J.  comp. 

Dictionary  of  religious  knowledge  for  popular  and  pro- 
fessional use;  comprising  full  information  on  biblical, 

theological  and  ecclesiastical  subjects.     1885 qr203  A13 

BENHAM,  William,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  religion.     1891   r203  B43 

BLUNT,  John  Henry,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  doctrinal  and  historical  theology.     1892 qr203  B57d 

Dictionary  of  sects,  heresies,  ecclesiastical  parties  and  schools 

of  religious  thought.     1892 qr203  BS7 

HOOK,  Walter  Farquhar,  comp. 

Church  dictionary.     1896 r203  H77 


no  ESSAYS 

LEE,  Frederick  George,  comp. 

Glossary  of  liturgical  and  ecclesiastical  terms.     1877 r203  L52 

List  of  works  consulted,  p. 31-39. 

M'CLINTOCK,  John,  &  Strong,  James,  comp. 

Cyclopaedia  of  biblical,  theological  and  ecclesiastical  litera- 
ture.    I2V.     1894-95 qr203  M13 

SCHAFF,  Philip,  comp. 

Religious  encyclopaedia,  based  on  the  Real-encyklopadie  of 

Herzog.     4v.     1894 qr203  S29 

SMITH,  Sir  William,  &  Cheetham,  Samuel,  ed. 

Dictionary  of  Christian  antiquities.    2v.     1880-93 r203  S66 

204     Essays 

ABBOTT,  Lyman,  and  others. 

The  new  puritanism,  with  introduction  by  R.  W.  Raymond. 

1898 204  A13 

Contents:  The  new  puritanism,  by  Lyman  Abbott. — Puritan  principles 
and  the  modern  world,  by  j\.  H.  Bradford. — Beecher's  influence  upon 
religious  thought  in  ^ngland,  by  C.  A.  Berry. — The  theological  prob- 
lem for  to-day,  by  G.  A.  Gordon. — The  social  problems  of  the  future, 
by  Washington  Gladden. — The  church  of  the  future,  by  W.  J.  Tucker. 
—  Retrospect  anu  outlook,  by  C.  A.  Berry.  —  The  descent  from  the 
mount,  by  Lyman  Abbott. 

ALBREE,  George. 

Things  of  the  kingdom.    1881 204  A34 

ALLEN,  Alexander  Viets  Griswold,  and  others. 

Message  of  Christ  to  mankind;  the  William  Belden  Noble 

lectures  for  1898.     1899 204  A42 

BARROWS,  John  Henry. 

Christianity   the    world-religion;    lectures   delivered    in    India 

and  Japan.     1897 204  B26 

Bibliography,  P.3S1-406. 
BARTOL,  Cyrus  Augustus. 

Radical  problems.     1872 204  B28 

Short  essays  upon  religious  subjects. 
BEECHER,  Henry  Ward. 

Lecture-room  talks.     1870 204  B37 

New  star  papers;  or,  Views  and  experiences  of  religious  sub- 
jects.    1859.- 204  B37n 

BELLOWS,  Henry  Whitney,  and  others. 

Christianity  and  modern  thought.     1891 204  B41 

Contents:  Break  between  modern  thought  and  ancient  faith  and  wor- 
ship, by  H.  W.  Bellows. — A  true  theology  the  basis  of  human  progress, 
by  J.  F.  Clarke.  —  The  rise  and  decline  of  the  Romish  church,  by 
Athanaes  Coquerel. — Selfhood  and  sacrifice,  by  Orville  Dewey. — The 
relation  of  Jesus  to  the  present  age,  by  C.  C.  Everett. — The  mythical 
element  in  the   New  testament,   by  F.  H.  Hedge. — The  place  of  mind 

,  in  nature  and  intuition  in  man,  by  James  Martineau. — The  relations  of 

ethics  and  theology,  by  A.  P.  Peabody. — Christianity;  what  it  is  not 
and  what  it  is,  by  G.  V."  Smith. — The  aim  and  hope  of  Jesus,  by  Oliver 
Stearns. 

BRYANT,  William  McKendree. 

Life,  death  and  immortality,  with  kindred  essays.     1898 204  B84 

Contents:     Life,   death  and   immortality. — Oriental  religions. — Buddhism 


ESSAYS  III 

and  Christianity. — Christianity  and  Mohammedanism. — The  nattiral  his- 
tory of  church  organization. — The  heresy  of  non-progrressive  orthodoxy. 
— Miracles. — Christian  ethics  as  contrasted  with  the  ethics  of  other 
religions. — Eternity,  a  thread  in  the  weaving  of  a  life. 
Four  of  the  essays  have  appeared  in  the  Andover  review  and  the  Uni- 
tarian review,  and  the  last,  "Eternity,"  in  book  form. 

COMBS,  George  Hamilton. 

Some  latter-day  religions.     1899 204  C73 

Contents:  .(Estheticism. —  Theosophy. —  Otherism.  —  Faith  cure. —  Pessi- 
mism.— Agnosticism. — Materialism. —  Spiritualism. —  Liberalism. — Mor- 
monism. — Christian  science. — Socialism. 

COOK,  Joseph. 

Occident,  with  preludes  on  current  events.     1884.     (Boston 

Monday  lectures.)    204  C77 

CRAUFOR-D,  Alexander  Henry. 

Christian  instincts  and  modern  doubt;  essays  and  addresses  in 
aid  of  a  reasonable,  satisfying  and  consolatory  religion. 

1897  204  C87 

Contents:  Some  advice  to  agnostics. — St.  Paul  in  the  third  heaven;  a 
glimpse  of  the  religion  of  the  future.  —  "Watchman,  what  of  the 
night?" — The  unwisdom  of  secularism. — The  present  state  of  religious 
thought  in  Great  Britain. 
"The  point  of  view  from  which  I  write  is  that  of  absolutely  free  but 
distinctively  Christian  thought."     Preface. 

DEARMER,  Percy,  ed. 

Religious  pamphlets.    1898.     (Pamphlet  library.) 204  D34 

Contents:  Septum  hereses,  by  John  VViclif. — Supplicacyon  for  the  beg- 
gars, by  Simon  Fish. — Monstrous  regiment  of  women,  by  John  Knox. 
— Second  admonition  to  the  parliament,  by  Thomas  Cartwright. — Epi- 
tome, by  Martin  Marprelate.— Pappe  with  an  hatchet.  Almond  for  a 
parrat,  by  Tom  Nash  and  John  Lyjy. — Reasons  why  Catholiques  refuse 
to  goe  to  church,  by  Robert  Parsons. — Looking-glasse  for  lordly  pre- 
lates, by  William  Prynne. — The  letany,  by  John  Bastwick. — One  sheet 
for  the  ministry,  by  Richard  Baxter. — Concerning  the  rule,  by  George 
Fox. — Letter  to  a  dissenter,  by  Lord  Halifax. — Shortest  way  with  the 
dissenters,  by  Daniel  Defoe. — The  wolf  stript,  by  Charles  Leslie. — 
The  abolishing  of  Christianity,  by  Jonathan  Swift. — Second  letter  to 
the  Bishop  of  Bangor,  by  William  Law. — Fifth  letter  on  the  subject 
of  the  CathoHcs,  by  Sydney  Smith. — Seventh  tract  for  the  times,  by 
J.  H.  Newman. 

DONALD,  Elijah  Winchester. 

Expansion  of  religion.     1896  204  D71 

DRUMMOND,  Henry. 

The  new  evangelism,  and  other  addresses.     1899 204  D84 

Other  addresses:  The  method  of  the  new  theology,  and  some  of  its  ap- 
plications.— Survival  of  the  fittest. — The  third  kingdom. — The  problem 
of  foreign  missions. — The  contribution  of  science  to  Christianity. — 
Spiritual  diagnosis. 

ESSAYS  and  reviews.     1861 204  E84 

Contents:  Temple,  Frederick.  Education  of  the  world. — Williams,  Row- 
land. Bunsen's  Biblical  researches. — Powell,  Baden.  On  the  study  of 
the  evidences  of  Christianity. — Wilson,  H.  R.  Seances  historiques  de 
Geneve.  —  Goodwin,  C.  W.  On  the  Mosaic  cosmogony.  —  Pattison, 
Mark.  Tendencies  of  religious  thought  in  England. — Jowett,  Benja- 
min.    On  the  interpretation  of  Scripture. 

EVERETT,  Charles  Carroll. 

Essays,  theological  and  literary.     1902  204  E95 

Contents:   Reason  in  religion. — The  historic  and  the  ideal  Christ. — The 
distinctive  mark  of  Christianity. — Kant's  influence  in  theology. — "Be- 
yond good  and  evil"    (Nietzsche). —  Naturalism  and  its  results. —  In- 
•-,  stinct  and  reason. — The  devil. — The  poems  of  Emerson. — The  "Faust" 

;  of  Goethe. — Tennyson  and  Browning  as  spiritual  forces. — The  philoso- 

phy of  Browning. 


112  ESSAYS 

GLADDEN,  Washington. 

Burning  questions  of  the  life  that  now  is,  and  of  that  which 

is  to  come 204  G45b 

Contents:  Has  evolution  abolished  God? — Can  man  know  God? — Is  man 
only  a  machine? — What  is  the  use  of  prayer? — Is  death  the  end? — 
Who  is  Jesus  Christ? — Are  the  gospels  fairy  tales? — Where  is  the 
kingdom  of  God? 

HAMILTON,  Gail,  (pseud,  of  Mary  Abigail  Dodge). 

Stumbling-blocks.     1864  204  H21 

HERFORD,  Brooke. 

Small  end  of  great  problems.     1902 204  H46 

Contents:  The  small  end  of  great  problems. — The  unseen  things  the 
most  real. — On  belief  in  things  which  cannot  be  proved. — The  mystery 
of  mind. — The  verifications  of  mind. — The  bugbear  of  the  unknowa- 
ble.— The  reality  of  revelation  and  authority. — The  human  heart  of 
God. — The  foreordination  of  God. — The  healing  forces  of  God. — The 
world's  debt  to  Christ. — Anything  new  in  Christianity? — All  things — 
beginnings. — The  veiled  life  in  man. — The  mystery  of  goodness. — The 
mystery  of.  pain. — Life  on  the  line  of  least  resistance. — One  of  the 
meanings  of  great  catastrophes. — Immortality,  whether  we  wish  for  it 
or  not. — The  nearness  and  reality  of  the  heavenly  world. — The  inspira- 
tions of  science. 

HILLIS,  Newell  Dwight. 

Influence  of  Christ  in  modern  life;   a   study  of  the  new 

problems  of  the  church  in  American  society.     1900 204  H56 

HUTTON,  Richard  Holt. 

Aspects  of  religious  and  scientific  thought.     1899 204  H97 

Appeared  first  in  the  Spectator. 

A  series  of  essays  showing  the  present  status  of  opinion  in  regard  to  the 
problems  presented  by  the  conflict  of  religion  and  science. 

LE  GALLIENNE,  Richard. 

Religion  of  a  literary  man.     1895 204  L54 

MABIE,  Hamilton  Wright. 

Life  of  the  spirit.     1899 204  Mil 

MERRIMAN,  Mrs  Helen  Bigelow. 

Religio  pictoris.     1899 204  M63 

"Among  our  books  we  have  a  'Religio  medici'  and  a  'Religio  poetae,' 
but  not  a  Religio  pictoris,  yet  it  may  be  well  that  the  painter  should 
set  forth  the  faith  that  is  in  him,  because  from  the  nature  of  his  call- 
ing he  has  some  special  advantages  for  dealing  with  the  deeper  prob- 
lems of  life."     Introduction. 

MILMAN,  Henry  Hart. 

Savonarola,  Erasmus,  and  other  essays.     1870 204  M71 

Contents:  Savonarola. — Life  of  Erasmus. — The  popes  of  the  i6th  and  17th 
centuries. — Clement  XIV  and  the  Jesuits. — Newman  on  the  develop- 
ment of  Christian  doctrine. — Relation  of  the  clergy  to  the  people. — Pa- 
gan .  and  Christian  sepulchres. 

Originally  appeared   in  the  Quarterly  review,   and  are  partly  historical, 
partly  controversial,  attacking  the  doctrines  and  practices  which  the 
leaders  of  the  Tractarian  movement  were  then  [1846-1856]  trying  to  en- 
graft on  the  Church  of  England. 

"It  is  his  [Milman's]  extensive  learning,  his  vigorous  style,  his  pictorial 
brilliancy,  and,  above  all,  his  power  of  conveying  in  a  few  sentences  a 
vivid  and  correct  impression  of  character  and  events  which  have  cre- 
ated his  fame... The  first  two  [essays]  in  the  volume  are  excellent  sam- 
ples of  his  pen."    Athenaeum,  1870. 

MORISON,  James  Cotter. 

The  service  of  man;  an  essay  towards  the  religion  of  the 

future.     1887 204  M89 

PARKER,  Theodore. 

Views  of  religion.     1894 204  P24 


ESSAYS  113 

PATMORE,  Coventry  Kearsey  Dighton. 

Religio  poetae,  etc.     1898 204  P29 

"Twenty-three  short  essays — many  of  them  rather  sermons  than  essays — 
on  such  topics  as  'Peace  in  Life  and  Art,'  'Ancient  and  Modern  Ideas 
of  Purity,'  'Emotional  Art,'  'Conscience,'  'Distinction'. .  .To  the  aver- 
age reader  the  book  must  be  nothing  but  the  vainest  speculation  and 
the  dullest  theory.  Yet,  in  many  ways,  it  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
and  notable  works  in  prose  that  have  appeared  in  recent  years... The 
subjects  with  which  these  essays  deal  may  be  grouped  under  three 
heads:  religion,  art,  and  woman."     Athenaeum,  1893. 

PFLEIDERER,  Otto. 

Evolution  and  theology,  and  other  essays;  ed.  by  Orello 

Cone.     1900 204  P48 

Other  essays:  Theology  and  historical  science. — Luther  as  the  founder 
of  Protestant  civilisation. — The  essence  of  Christianity. — The  notion 
and  problem  of  the  philosopny  of  religion.  —  The  task  of  scientific 
theology  for  the  church  of  the  present. — ^Jesus'  foreknowledge  of  his 
sufferings  and  death. — The  national  traits  of  the  Germans  as  seen  in 
their  religion. —  Is  morality  without  religion  possible  or  desirable? — 
Free  from  Rome! 

QUINT,  Alonzo  Hall. 

Common-sense  Christianity;  articles  selected  and  arranged  by 

W.  D.  Quint.     1897 204  Q38 

Contents:    Church  and  pulpit. — The  law  and  the  gospel. — Home  and  the 

family. — Lessons  from   life. 
Appeared  first  in  the  Cong^egationalist. 
SCHERER,  Edniond. 

Melanges  de  critique  religieuse  204  S32 

Contents:  La  crise  de  la  foi. — De  I'inspiration  de  I'Ecriture. — Ce  que 
c'est  que  la  Bible. — Du  peche. — Conversations  theologiques. — L'apoca- 
lypse  de  Commodien. — L'Angleterre  aux  prises  avec  la  critique  re- 
ligieuse; Sterling,  Froude,  Newman. — Joseph  de  Maistre. — Lamen- 
nais. — La  correspondance  de  Lamennais. — Le  Pere  Gratry. — M.  Veuil- 
lot  et  le  parti  catholique. — M.  Taine  ou  la  critique  positiviste. — M. 
Proudhon  ou  la  banqueroute  du  socialisme. — M.  Ernest  Kenan;  le  ra- 
tionalisme  et  I'histoire. — L'exposition  des  tableaux  d'Ary  Scheffer. 

SCHLEIERMACHER,  Friedrich  Ernst  Daniel. 

Ueber  die   religion.      1880.      (Bibliothek   der   deutschen   na- 

tionalliteratur.) 204   S34 

SMITH,  Henry  Boynton. 

Faith  and  philosophy.     1886  204  S64 

STEPHEN,  Sir  Leslie. 

An  agnostic's  apology,  and  other  essays.     1893 204  S82 

Other  essays:    The  scepticism  of  believers. — Dreams  and  realities. — What 
is    materialism? — Newman's    theory    of    belief. — Poisonous    opinions. — 
The  relig^ion  of  all  sensible  men. 
WARD,  Mrs  Elizabeth  Stuart  (Phelps). 

Struggle  for  immortality.     1890 204  W21 

Contents:  What  is  a  fact? — Is  God  good? — What  does  revelation  reveal? 
—The  struggle  for  immortality. — The  Christianity  of  Christ. — The 
psychical  opportunity. — The  psychical  wave. 

WESTCOTT,  Brooke  Foss,  bp. 

Lessons  from  work.     1901 204  Ws6 

Contents:  The  position  and  call  of  the  English  church. — Christian  doc- 
trine, the  spirit  and  method  of  studying  it. — The  condition  and  the 
mode  of  revelation. — The  intellectual  preparation  of  candidates  for  ho- 
ly orders. — The  study  of  the  Bible. — The  lesson  of  biblical  revision. — 
The  revised  version  of  the  New  testament. — Biblical  criticism  and  so- 
cial problems. — Fellowship  with  Christ  the  rule  and  the  message  of  the 
Christian  minister. — Prayer  the  support  of  foreign  missions. — The 
double  witness. — The  prophetic  call  of  laymen. — Our  creed  and  life. — 
Temperance. — Life. — Organization  of  industry. — International  concord. 
— Expenditure. — Our  attitude  towards  war. — The  empire. — Progress. 


114  PERIODICALS 

WISEMAN,  Nicholas,  cardinal. 

Essays  on  various  subjects.    3v.     1853 204  W81 

V.I.  Two  letters  on  some  parts  of  the  controversy  concerning  the  genu- 
ineness of  I  John  V.7. — Catholic  versions  of  Scripture. — The  parables 
of  the  New  testament. — The  miracles  of  the  New  testament. — Let- 
ters to  John  Poynder  upon  his  work  entitled  "Popery  in  alliance 
with  heathenism." — Authority  of  the  Holy  See  in  South  America. — 
A  paper  on  ecclesiastical  organization. — The  fate  of  sacrilege. — On 
prayer  and  prayer-books. — On  national  holydays. — Essay  on  the 
minor  rites  and  offices  of  the  church. — Ancient  and  modem  Ca- 
tholicity.— The  actions  of  the   New  testament. 

T.2.  The  Hampden  controversy. — Tracts  for  the  times. — Froude's  "Re- 
mains."— The  high  church  theory  of  dogmatical  authority. — Angli- 
can claims  of  apostolical  succession. — The  Catholic  and  Anglican 
churches. — The  Anglican  system. — Protestantism  of  the  Anglican 
church. — Unreality  of  Anglican  belief. — Position  of  the  high  church 
theory  at  the  close  of  1847. — The  fourth  of  October. 

V.3.  Papers  on  history,  antiquities  and  art. — Pope  Boniface  VIII. — St. 
Elizabeth  of  Hungary. — Brief  account  of  the  council  held  at  Con- 
stantinople, 1166. — On  the  writings  of  St.  Ephrem. — Account  of  a 
recently  discovered  Christian  inscription. — Remarks  on  Lady  Mor- 
gan's statement  regarding  St.  Peter's  chair. — The  Roman  forum.— 
Christian  art. — Spanish  and  English  national  art. — Superficial  trav- 
elling.— Italian  guides  and  tourists. — Religion  in  Italy. — Italian 
gesticulation. — Early  Italian  academies. — Sense  v.   science. 


205     Periodicals 


AMERICAN  journal  of  theology;  ed.  by  the  divinity  faculty  of 
the  University  of  Chicago;  quarterly,    v. i -date.    1897- 
date  r20S  A51 

AMERICAN  quarterly  observer,  July  1833-Oct.  1834.     3v.  in  2. 

1833-34 r205  A512 

In  Jan.  1835,  united  with  the  Biblical  repository. 

ANDOVER    review;   a  religious  and  theological  monthly. 

V.1-19.     1884-93 '■205  Ass 

ASSEMBLY  herald;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1899-date r205  A84 

BALTIMORE  literary  and  religious  magazine,  monthly; 

conducted  by  R.  J.  Breckinridge  and  A.  B.  Cross,     jx. 

1835-41    r205  B21 

V.2,  4  missing. 

Continued  as  "Spirit  of  the  19th  century." 

BIBLICAL  repertory  and  Princeton  review;  quarterly,    v.24- 

27.    1852-55  r20S  B47 

Running  title  reads  Princeton  review. 

BIBLICAL  repository;  quarterly.  Jan.  1831-Oct.  1850.     30V. 

1831-S0  r205  B4732 

General  index,  v.i-21,   1831-1844.      1845. 

v.s-8  title  page  reads  Biblical  repository  and  quarterly  observer. 
v.9-24  title  page   reads  American  biblical  repository. 
v.25-30  title  page  reads  Biblical  repository  and  classical  review. 
No  more  published. 

Elaborate  original  and  translated  articles  for  the  theologian  and  biblical 
student. 

BIBLICAL  world;  monthly;  new  ser.   v.i-date.     1893-date.  .r205  B4733 

Continuation  of  the  Old  and  New  testament  student. 
BIBLIOTHECA  sacra,  and  theological  review;   quarterly. 

v.i-date.     1844-date  r20S  B473 

Index  to  v.i-13.     1857. 

Changes  in  the  title  of  this  magazine  are  described  in  the  Index  volume. 


PERIODICALS  115 

CALVINISTIC  monitor ;  monthly,  July- Aug.,  Dec.  1839.    v.i,  no. 

I,  2,  6.     1839 qr20S  W56 

Bound  with  Western  Presbyterian  herald. 

CHRISTIAN  advocate;  monthly.     I2v      1823-34 r20S  C461 

Continuation  of  the  Presbyterian  magazine. 
No  more  published. 

CHRISTIAN  advocate ;  weekly,    v.63-69.     1888-93  qr20S  C4613 

CHRISTIAN  examiner  and  theological  review;  bi-monthly. 

V.1-8S,  in  36.     1824-68  r20S  C4S9 

v.6-35  title  reads  Christian  examiner  and  general  review. 
v.36-62  title  reads  Christian  examiner  and  relig^ious  miscellany. 
V.63-8S  title  reads  Christian  examiner. 

CHRISTIAN  observer,  conducted  by  members  of  the  Estab- 
lished church;  monthly,    yjv.     1802-1877 r205  C4S 

No  more  published. 

v.75-77  title  reads   Christian   observer  and   advocate. 

V.3I,  which  was  to  be  an  index  volume,  was  never  issued. 

CHRISTIAN  remembrancer ;  monthly  and  quarterly.    56V.    1841- 

68  r20S  C4S94 

No  more  published. 

CHRISTIAN    spectator;    monthly    and   quarterly.     20V.      1819- 

38   r205  C4593 

v.ii-20  title  reads  Quarterly  Christian  spectator. 

No  more  published.    In  1839  united  with  the  American  biblical  repository. 

CHURCH  and  the  world;  quarterly,    v.1-3.    1872-74 r20S  C468 

CHURCH  at  home  and  abroad;  published  monthly  by  order 

of  the  General  assembly  of  the  Presbyterian  church. 

24V.    1887-98 r205  C46 

No  more  published. 
CHURCH  quarterly  review;  Oct.  i87S-date.     v.i-date.     1876- 

date r205  C4682 

CRITICAL  review  of  theological  &  philosophical  literature; 

quarterly,     v.i-date.     1891-date  r20S  CSS 

ENGLISH  review;  or.  Quarterly  journal  of  ecclesiastical  and 

general  literature.     19V.  in  18.     1844-53 r20S  E64 

No  more  published,  v.  19  consists  of  one  number  only. 
GOOD  words;  weekly  and  monthly,    v.i-date.     1860-date.  . .  .r205  G62 
JOURNAL  of  sacred  literature;  ed.  by  John  Kitto  and  others; 

quarterly.    40V.     1848-68 r205  J46 

v.i-ii  were  edited  by  John  Kitto. 

V.I 5-38  title  reads  Journal  of  sacred  literature  and  biblical  record. 

No  more  published. 
JOURNAL  of  the  Society  of  biblical  literature  and  exegesis; 

semi-annually,  June,  1881-date.    v.i-date.     1882-date. .  .r20S  J466 

v.p-date  title  reads  Journal  of  biblical  literature. 
LITERARY  and  theological  review;  quarterly.    6v.    1834-39.  ••  •r20S  L74 

No  more  published. 
MERCERSBURG  review;  quarterly.     43V.     1849-96 r205  M63 

v.1-4  published   bi-monthly. 

V.18  contains  an   index  to   the  first   18  volumes. 

V. 26-43  title  reads  Reformed  quarterly  review. 

METHODIST  magazine;  monthly,  1818-1828,   1834,  1839.     v.i- 

II,  16,  21.     1818-39 r205  M64m 

From  1829  to  1840  title  reads  Methodist  magazine  and  quarterly  review, 

and  the  review  was  published  quarterly. 
Continued  as  the  Methodist  quarterly  review. 
Called  in  Poole's  index  the  American  Methodist  magazine. 


ii6  PERIODICALS 

METHODIST  quarterly  review.    3d  ser.  v.i-date.     1841- 

date r205  M64 

Continuation  of  the  Methodist  magazine. 

Beginning  with   sth  ser.  v.  i   title  reads  Methodist  review,  and  the   issue 
is  bi-monthly. 

MODERN  review;  quarterly.    5v.     1880-84 r20S  M76 

No  more  published. 

MONTHLY  religious  magazine;  Jan.  1844-Feb.  1874.     51V.  in  38. 

1844-74 r205  M86 

V.  15-24   title   page    reads   Monthly   religious   magazine   and    independent 

journal. 
v.43-44  title  page  reads  Monthly  review  and  religfious  magazine. 
v.45-51   title  page  reads  Religious  magazine  and  monthly  review. 
Continued  as  the  Unitarian  review  and  religious  magazine. 

NEW  Princeton  review;  bi-monthly.    6v.     1886-88 r205  N261 

A  continuation  of  the  Princeton  review. 
No  more  published. 

NEW  world;  a  quarterly  review  of  religion,  ethics  and  theology. 

gv.     1892-1900   r20S  N26 

No  more  published. 

NEW  YORK  observer;   weekly,   Aug.   4,   1832-Dec.   28,   1865. 

v.io,  no.31-v.43,  no.52,  in  18.     1832-65 qr205  N2612 

OPEN  church;  quarterly,  Jan.  1897-Sept.  1899.     3v.     1897-99 r205  O26 

No  more  published. 
PITTSBURG  recorder;  weekly,  Jan.  25,  1822-June  13,  1823. 

v.i-2,  no.2i,  1822-23  r205  P67 

PRESBYTERIAN;   weekly,   Feb.   16,   1831-Dec.  25,   1834. 

v.i-4,  in  3.     1831-34 qr20S  P9223 

PRESBYTERIAN  and  reformed  review;  quarterly,   v.i-date. 

1890-date  qr205  P9221 

V.IO  contains  an  index  to  v.i-io. 

PRESBYTERIAN  magazine;  monthly.    2v.     1821-22 r2os  P922 

Continued  as  the  Christian  advocate. 
PRESBYTERIAN  quarterly  review,  June,   1852-March,   1857, 
July,  1858-Oct.  1866,  Jan.  1868-Oct.  1871.    v.  1-5,  7-15,  17-20. 
1853-71    r205   P9222 

V.12-17  title  reads  American  Presbyterian  and  theological  review;  v.18-20, 
American  Presbyterian  review;  v.  1-20  is  so  called  in  Poole's  index. 

Continued  as  the  Presbyterian  quarterly. 
PRESBYTERIAN  review;  quarterly.    lov.    1880-88 r205  P92 

Continued  as  the  Presbyterian  and  reformed  review. 
PRINCETON  review;  new  ser.  bi-monthly.    14V.  in  10.    1878- 

84 r205  P95 

A  continuation  of  the  Presbyterian  quarterly. 

Continued  as  the  New  Princeton  review. 
QUARTERLY  register  and  journal  of  the  American  educa- 
tion society.     15V.    1829-43 r205  Q19 

V.4-1S  title  page  reads  American  quarterly  register. 

No  more  published. 
QUARTERLY  review  of  the  Evangelical  Lutheran  church,   v.i- 

date.     1871-date  r20S  Q192 

Title  page  of  v.8-date  reads  Lutheran  quarterly. 

Continuation  of  the  Evangelical  review. 

"SALVATION";  a  new  evangelical  monthly,    v.i.     1899 r205  S18 

SPIRIT  of  the  19th  century;  ed.  by  R.  J.  Breckinridge;  monthly. 

2v.     1842-43 r205  S75 

No  more  published. 

Continuation  of  the  Baltimore  literary  and  religious  magazine. 


COLLECTED  WORKS  117 

SPIRIT  of  the  Pilgrims;  a  monthly  magazine.    6v.    1828-33.  •r205  8759 

No  more  published. 

SUNDAY  magazine;  monthly,     v.i-date.     i86s-date qrzos  SqS 

UNITARIAN  review  and  religious  magazine ;  monthly,  Mar.  1874- 

Dec.  1891.    36V.     1874-91   r20S  Uas 

v.27-36  title  reads  Unitarian  review. 

A  continuation  of  the  Monthly  reli^ous  magazine. 

No  more  published. 

WEEKLY  recorder;  a  newspaper  conveying  intelligence,  under 
the  heads  of  theology,  literature  and  national  affairs,  July 
5,  1814-June  28,  1815.     V.I.     1814-15  qr205  W42 

WESTERN   Presbyterian  herald ;  weekly,  Sept.  21,   1837-Nov.  7, 

1839.     v.6,  no.45-v.8,  no.50,  in  i.     1837-39 qr20S  Ws6 

V.8  title  reads  Protestant  and  herald. 

v.6,  no.47,   51-52;   V. 7,  no. 2-4,  6-8,    11-16,   20-21,   23-25,   27-30,   39-40,   42, 
45-46,  52;  v.8,  no. I,  3-8  wanting. 


206     Societies.      207     Seminaries 

BARROWS,  John  Henry,  ed. 

World's  parliament  of  religions.    2v.     1893 206  B26 

History  and  proceedings  of  the  parliament  of  religions  held  at  the 
World's  Columbian  exposition  in  1893,  with  the  papers  written  by  the 
various  representatives. 

GREEN,  Samuel  Gosnell. 

Story  of  the  religious  tract  society  for  100  years.     1899 206  G83 

MILDMAY  CONFERENCE. 

Report  of  addresses,  1896.    1896 206  M68 

GENERAL  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY,  New  York. 

Dedication  of  Hoffman  and  Eigenbrodt  halls,  May  30,  1900, 

with  addresses  r207  Gap 

PENNSYLVANIA  BAPTIST  EDUCATION  SOCIETY. 

Minutes  of  the   anniversary,   1840-date.     v.i-date.      1840- 

date  r207  P39 

v.52-59,  61   missing. 

PRINCETON  UNIVERSITY— Theological  seminary. 

General  catalogue.     1829 r207  P95 

WESTERN  THEOLOGICAL  SEMINARY,  Allegheny,  Pa. 
Annual  catalogue,   1845/46,  1860/61,  1901/02.     3v.  in  2.     1846- 

1902   r207  W56 

Volumes    for    1845/46,     1860/61     are    bound    with    pamphlets    marked 
r974.88  C69. 


208     Collected  works 

COUPLAND,  William  Chatterton,  ed. 

Thoughts  and  aspirations  of  the  ages;  selections  from  the 

religious  writings  of  the  world.     1895 208  C83 

DANA,  John  Monroe,  comp. 

Wider  view;  a  search  for  truth.    1899 208  Dig 

Selections  in  prose  and  verse  on  various  religious  subjects. 

DEWEY,  Orville. 

Works.     1896 208  D51 

Biographical  sketch  of  Dewey,  by  M.  E.  Dewey,  p.9-12. 


Ii8  HISTORY  OF  RELIGION 

DICK,  Thomas. 

Complete  works,    gv.  in  3.     1848-50 r2o8  DS4 

V.1-3.  On  the  improvement  of  society  by  the  diffusion  of  knowledge. — 
The  philosophy  of  a  future  state. — The  philosophy  of  religion;  or.  An 
illustration  of  the  moral  laws  of  the  universe. 

v.4-6.  The  Christian  philosopher;  or,  The  connexion  of  science  and  phi- 
losophy with  religion. — On  the  mental  illumination  and  moral  improve- 
ment of  mankind. — An  essay  on  the  sin  and  the  evils  of  covetousness, 
and  the  happy  effects  which  would  flow  from  a  spirit  of  Christian 
beneficence. 

v.7-9.  Celestial  scenery;  or,  The  wonders  of  the  planetary  system  dis- 
played, illustrating  the  perfections  of  Deity  and  a  plurality  of  worlds. 
— The  sidereal  heavens  and  other  subjects  connected  with  astronomy. 
— The  practical  astronomer. 

IRVING,  Edward. 

Collected  writings;  ed.  by  Gavin  Carlyle.    5v.     1864-65 208  I28 

V.I.  On  the  word  of  God. — The  parable  of  the  sower. — Missionaries 
after  the  Apostolical  school. — Ordination  charge. — Historical  view 
of  the  Church  of  Scotland  before  the  reformation. — Notes  on  the 
standards  of  the  Church  of  Scotland. 

V.3.  John  the  Baptist. — The  temptation. — Homilies  of  baptism. — Homi- 
lies on  the  Lord's  supper. 

v.3.  On  prayer.  —  On  praise.  —  On  family  and  social  religion.  —  Dis- 
courses delivered  on  public  occasions. 

T.4.    Miscellaneous  discourses. 

V.5.  The  doctrine  of  the  incarnation,  opened. — The  church. — On  the 
gifts  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  . 

PALEY,  William. 

Works.    6v.     1830 208  P18 

V.I.     Memoirs  of  Paley,  by  G.  W.  Meadley. — Natural  theology. 

V.2.     A  view  of  the  evidences  of  Christianity. — Tracts. 

v.3.     Principles  of  moral  and  political  philosophy. 

V.4      Horse   Paulinae.  —  The   young   Christian   instructed.  —  Clergyman's 

companion. 
V.5.     Sermons   on   public   occasions.  —  Sermons    on   several   subjects.  — 

Tracts. 
v.6.      Sermons  on  various  subjects. 

TAYLOR,  Jeremy. 

Whole  works;  with  a  life  of  the  author  and  a  critical  ex- 
amination  of  his   writings   by  Reginald    Heber.      lov. 

1854-61 208  T25 

V.I.     Clerus  Domini.  —  Office  ministerial.  —  Discourse  of  friendship. — 

Rules  and  advices  to  the  clergfy. — Life. — Indexes. 
V.2.     Life  of  Christ. 

v.3.     Rule  and  exercises  of  holy  living  and  dying. 
v.4.     Sermons, 
v.s.     Episcopacy. — Apology  for  set  forms. — Reverence  due  to  the  altar. 

— Liberty  of  prophesying. — Confirmation. 
v.6.     Real  presence  of  Christ  in  the  sacrament. — Dissuasive  from  popery. 
V.7.     Unum  necessarium.  —  Deus  justificatus.  —  Letters  to  Warner  and 

Jeanes. — Golden  grove. — Hymns. 
V.8.     Worthy  communicant.  —  Supplement   of  sermons.  —  Collection   of 

offices. 
V.9-10.     Ductor  dubitantium. 


209     History  of  religion 


ADENEY,  Walter  Frederic. 

A  century's  progress  in  religious  life  and  thought.  1901 .  . .  .209  A23 
Contents:  Introduction. — Leading  minds  of  the  century. — The  Oxford 
movement.  —  Religion  and  science.  —  Biblical  criticism. — The  imma- 
nence of  God. — The  decline  of  Calvinism. — Changed  views  of  redemp- 
tion.— The  future. — Social  questions. — Preachers  and  preaching. — Lit- 
erature, art  and  recreation. 


HISTORY  OF  RELIGION  119 

BRINTON,  Daniel  Garrison. 

Religions  of  primitive  peoples.     1897.     (American  lectures 

on  the  history  of  religions.)   209  B7S 

CAIRD,  Edward. 

Evolution  of  religion;  the  Gifford  lectures  delivered  before 
the  University  of  St.  Andrews  in  sessions  1890-91  and 

1891-92.    2v.     1899  209  Cli 

The  first  lecture  contains  a  general  statement  of  the  problem,  and  the 
next  six  are  devoted  to  an  explanation  of  the  principles  upon  which 
the  author  bases  his  view  of  religion  and  its  history.  The  rest  of  the 
book  is  confined  almost  entirely  to  the  development  of  the  Jewish  and 
the  Christian  religions. 

•CLARKE,  James  Freeman. 

Events  and  epochs  in  religious  history.     1894 209  €53 

Contents:  'Ihe  catacombs. — The  Buddhist  monks  of  central  Asia. — The 
Christian  monks  and  monastic  life. — Augustine,  Anselm,  Bernard,  and 
their  times. — ^Jeanne  d'Arc. — Savonarola  and  the  renaissance. — Luther 
and  the  reformation. — Loyola  and  the  Jesuits. — The  mystics  in  all  re- 
ligions.— George  Fox  and  the  Quakers. — The  Huguenots. — John  Wes- 
ley and  his  times. 

DORCHESTER,  Daniel. 

Problem  of  religious  progress.     1895 209  D73 

EDKINS,  Joseph. 

The  early  spread  of  religious  ideas  especially  in  the  far 

East.     1893.     (By-paths  of  Bible  knowledge.) 209  E28 

Contents:  The  prae-Mosaic  origin  of  the  book  of  Genesis.  —  Primaeval 
monotheism  in  China  and  Persia.  —  The  philological  history  of  the 
names  for  God. — How  religious  ideas  spread  in  the  ancient  world. — 
Polytheism  in  China. — The  moral  ideas  of  the  Chinese. — Early  spread 
of  the  belief  in  a  future  state. 

JEVONS,  Frank  Byron.  *" 

Introduction  to  the  history  of  religion.    1896 209  J31 

Contents:  The  supernatural.  —  Sympathetic  magic.  —  Life  and  death. — 
Taboo,  its  transmissibility. —  Things  taboo. —  Taboo,  morality  and  re- 
ligion.—  Totemism.  —  Survivals  of  totemism. — Animal  sacrifice;  the 
altar.  —  Animal  sacrifice;  the  sacrificial  meal.  —  Fetishism.  —  Family 
gods  and  guardian  spirits. —  Ancestor-worship. —  Tree  and  plant  wor- 
ship.—  Nature-worship.  —  Syncretism  and  polytheism.  —  Mythology. — 
Priesthood. — The  next  life. — The  transmigration  of  souls. — Mysteries. 
— Eleusinian  mysteries. — Monotheism. — The  evolution  of  belief. 

"The  work  is  intended  primarily  for  students  who  require  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  history  of  religion,  but  will  also,  it  is  hoped,  prove  inter- 
esting to  students  of  folk-lore  and  anthropology,  and  to  the  wider 
circle  of  general  readers."     Preface. 

LANG,  Andrew. 

Making  of  religion.     1898  209  L23 

Partial  contents :  Anthropology  and  religion.  —  Crystal  visions,  savage 
and  civilised. — Anthropology  and  hallucinations. — Demoniacal  posses- 
sion.— Fetishism  and  spiritualism. — High  gods  of  low  races. — Theories 
of  Jehovah. 

MACKINTOSH,  William. 

Natural  history  of  the  Christian  religion;  a  study  of  the  doc- 
trine of  Jesus  as  developed  from  Judaism  and  converted 

into  dogma.     1894 209  M18 

RELIGIOUS  systems  of  the  world.     1892 209  R32 

RfeVILLE,  Albert. 

Prolegomena  of  the  history  of  religions.     1884 209  R36 

TAYLOR,  Henry  Osborn. 

Ancient  ideals;  a  study  of  intellectual  and  spiritual  growth 
from  early  times  to  the  establishment  of  Christianity. 


120  NATURAL  THEOLOGY 

2v.     1896  209  T2S 

▼.1.  "Egypt,  Chaldaea  and  China. — India. — The  Buddha. — Iran. — Greek 
beginnings. — Homer. — Greek  principles  of  life. — Greek  art  and 
poetry. — Greek  philosophy. — Later  Hellenism. — The  genius  of 
Rome. — The  republic  as  influenced  by  Greece. 

V.2.  The  empire;  the  public  hope. — The  empire;  the  spiritual  change. — 
The  empire;  philosophy  and  religious  revival. — Israel;  deliver- 
ance and  consecration. — Israel's  spiritual  growth. — Messianic 
prophecy. — The  Psalter. — Wisdom  and  the  law;  later  Judaism. — 
Christianity;  the  synoptic  presentation. — The  gospel  of  John. — 
Apostolic  interpretation. — The  Roman  world  and  Christianity. 

UNIVERSITY  ASSOCIATION. 

Universal  religion:  a  course  of  lessons,  historical  and  sci- 
entific, on  the  various  faiths  of  the  world,  by  a  corps 
of  specialists  in  Asia,  Europe  and  America;  ed.  by  Ed- 
mund Buckley.     1897   qraog  U25 

Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 
Being  v.3  of  "Progress." 

210     Natural  theology 

ARGYLL,  George  Douglas  Campbell,  duke  of. 

The  philosophy  of  belief;  or.  Law  in  Christian  theology. 

1896   210  A69P 

Contents:  Intuitive  theology. — The  theology  of  the  Hebrews. — Christian 
theology. — Christian  belief. 

Reign  of  law.     1868 210  A69 

The  same.     1868  r2io  A69 

BOEDDER.^ernard. 

Natural  theology.     1891.     (Manuals  of  Catholic  philosophy.).  .210  Bs8 
CAIRD,  John. 

Fundamental   ideas  of  Christianity;   the   Gifford   lectures. 

2v.     1899  210  C12 

Memoir  of  the  author,  by  Edward  Caird,  v.i,  p.9-141. 
v. I.     Natural  and  revealed  religion. — Faith  and  reason. — The   Christian 
idea  of   God.  —  The    relation  of  God   to  the  world.  —  The   origin   and 
nature  of  evil;  the  Augustinian  theory. 
v.2.     The  origin  and  nature  of  evil;  the  theory  of  negation  or  privation, 
the   predominance   of  sense  over  spirit,  the  theory  of   free  will. — The 
possibility  of  moral  restoration. —  The  idea  of  the  incarnation. —  The 
idea  of  the  atonement. — The  kingdom  of  the  spirit. — The  future  life. 
FISHER,  George  Park. 

Manual  of  natural  theology.     1893 210  F53 

FISKE,  John. 

Through  nature  to  God.     1899 .210  F54 

Contents:     The   mystery   of   evil. — The   cosmic   roots  of   love  and   self- 
sacrifice. — Tne  everlasting  reality  of  religion. 
This  little  book  is  the  natural  sequel  to  two  previous  works  of  Mr  Fiske— 
"The  idea  of  God,  as  affected  by  modern  knowledge,"  and  "The  des- 
tiny of  man,  viewed  in  the  light  of  his  origin."    It  seeks  "to  solve  the 
tremendous  mystery  of  evil  so  as  to  g^ve  man  a  fuller  sense  of  his 
high  calling  and  a  firmer  assurance  of  the  infinite  wisdom  and  be- 
nignity."    It   shows   the   range  and  power  of  love  and   self-sacrifice, 
and  emphasizes  the  religious  lesson  which  nature  teaches. 
The  second   part  is,   with  slight   changes,  the   Phi   Beta  Kappa  oration 
delivered   at    Harvard    university,    Tune,    1895.      Its   original   title   was 
"Ethics  in  the  cosmic  process." 
GUYAU  Marie  Jean.     . 

The  non-religion  of  the  future,  a  sociological  study.    1897.. 210  G99 
Contents:    Religious  physics. — Religious  metaphysics. — Religiotis  morals. 


DEISM  AND  ATHEISM  121 

— Dogmatic  faith. — Symbolic  and  moral  faith. — Dissolution  of  religious 
morality. — Religion  and  non-religion  among  the  people. — Religion  and 
non-religion  and  the  child. — Religion  and  non-religion  among  women. 
— The  effect  of  religion  and  non-religion  on  population  and  the  future 
of  the  race. — Religious  individualism. — Association;  the  permanent  ele- 
ment of  religions  in  social  life. — Theism. — Pantheism. — Idealism,  ma- 
terialism, monism. 

HUTCHINSON,  Woods. 

The  gospel  according  to  Darwin.     1898 210  H97 

LAING,  Samuel. 

Modern  Zoroastrian.     1898 210  L16 

The  author  condenses  many  facts  of  the  material  and  moral  world, 
obtaining  as  a  result  a  single  general  law  of  mutual  antagonistic  prin- 
ciples which  he  terms  "the  all  pervading  principle  of  polarity." 

PALEY,  William. 

Natural  theology;  or,  Evidences  of  the  existence  and  attri- 
butes of  the  Deity.     1817 r2io  P18 

The  same.     1837  r266  M76 

Bound  with  Moffat's  Missionary  labours  in  southern  Africa. 

The  same.     1830.     (In  his  Works,  v.i.) 208  P18  v.i 

SEELEY,  Sir  John  Robert. 

Natural  religion.     1886 210  S45 

TIELE,  Cornelis  Petrus. 

Elements  of  the  science  of  religion;  being  the  Gifford  lec- 
tures delivered  before  the  University  of  Edinburgh  in 

1896  and  1898.    2v.     1897-99 :2io  T45 

V.I.     Morphological.  v.2.     Ontological. 

"Prof.  Tiele  is  a  strong  believer  in  the  doctrine  that  there  are  laws  of 
development  applicable  to  religion,  and  that  they  are  special  forms  and 
conditions  of  laws  which  are  applicable  to  the  human  mind  in  general. 
The  whole  object  of  his  volumes,  as  he  expressly  states,  is  to  show 
that  between  pure  science  and  true  religion  nothing  but  perfect  and 
abiding  harmony  can  prevail"     Spectator,  1899. 

WALLACE,  William. 

Lectures  and  essays  on  natural  theology  and  ethics;  ed.  by 

Edward  Caird.     1898 210  W17 

Biography  of  Wallace,  by  Edward  Caird,  pref.  p.7-40. 
"Gifford  lectures  delivered   in  the  University  of  Glasgow  in   1894  and 
189s,"    p.i-210. 


211     Deism  and  atheism 

BONHAM,  John  M. 

Secularism;  its  progress  and  its  morals.    1894 211  B62 

BOWNE,  Borden  Parker. 

Philosophy  of  theism.     1887 211  B79 

FISKE,  John. 

Idea  of  God  as  affected  by  modern  knowledge.     1895 211  F54 

"Earnest  contention  that  evolution  culminating  in  man  is  absolutely  in- 
explicable except  as  the  expression  of  divine  purpose... A  feature  of 
the  discussion. .  .is  the  justification  of  an  anthropomorphic  conception 
of  God."     Andover  review,  1886. 
ERASER,  Alexander  Campbell. 

Philosophy  of  theism;  being  the  Gifford  lectures,  ist-2d  ser. 

2v.     1895-96 211  F88 

The  same.    1899 211  F88p 

"The  work  on  its  first  appearance  (1895-96)  made  a  profound  im- 
pression as  a  masterly. .  .vindication  of  the  reasonableness  of  natural 
religion,  and  the  few  years  that  have  passed  since  then  have  not  suf- 


DEISM  AND  ATHEISM 


ficiently  altered  the  aspects  of  thought  in  the  philosophical  world,  to 
make  any  reason  why  its  arguments  and  its  eloquence  should  be  less 
cogent  or  less  welcome  to-day   (1899)."     Spectator,    1899. 

HARRIS,  Samuel. 

Philosophical  basis  of  theism.     1899 211  H29 

HOLYOAKE,  George  Jacob. 

English  secularism;  a  confession  of  belief.     1896 211  H75 

INGERSOLL,  Robert  Green. 

Works.    I2V.    1900 r2ii  I24 

v.i.    The    gods  —Humboldt. — Thomas    Paine. — Individuality.— Heretics 
and  heresies. — The  ghosts. — The  liberty  of  man,   woman  and  child. 
^About  farming  in  Illinois. — What  must  we  do  to  be  saved? 

V.2.  Some  mistakes  of  Moses. — Some  reasons  why. — Orthodoxy. — Myth 
and   miracle. 

V.3.  Shakespeare. — Robert  Burns. — Abraham  Lincoln. — Voltaire. — Liber- 
ty in  literature. — The  great  infidels. — Which  way?— About  the  Holy 
Bible. 

V.4.     Why   I   am  an  agnostic— The  truth. — How   to  reform  mankind. — 
A  Thanksgiving  sermon. — A  lay  sermon. — The  foundations  of  faith. 
— Superstition. — The   devil. — Progress. — What  is  religion? 

V.5.  Six  interviews  on  Talmage. — The  Talmagian  catechism. — A  vindica- 
tion of  Thomas  Paine. 

v.6.  The  Christian  religion. — The  Field-Ingersoll  discussion. — Col.  In- 
gersoll  on  Christianity. — Rome  or  reason? — Is  divorce  wrong? — Di- 
vorce.— Reply  to  Dr  Lyman  Abbott.— Reply  to  Archdeacon  Farrar. 
— Is   corporal   punishment   degrading? 

v. 7.  My  reviewers  reviewed. — My  Chicago  Bible  class. — To  the  Indian- 
apolis clergy. — The  Brooklyn  divines. — The  limitations  of  toleration. 
^A  Christmas  sermon. — Suicide  of  Judge  Normile. — Is  suicide  a 
sin? — Is  avarice  triumphant? — A  reply  to  the  Cincinnati  gazette  and 
Catholic  telegraph. — An  interview  on  Chief  Justice  Comegys. — 
Reply  to  Drs  Thomas  and  Lorimer. — Reply  to  Rev.  John  Hall  and 
Warner  Van  Norden. — Reply  to  the  Rev.  Dr  Plumb. — Reply  to  the 
New   York  clergy   on  superstition. 

V.8.     Interviews. 

v. 9.  An  address  to  the  colored  people. — Indianapolis  speech.— Speech 
nominating  Blaine. — Centennial  oration. — Bangor  speech. — Cooper 
union  speech,  New  York.- — Indianapolis  speech. — Chicago  speech. — 
Eight  to  seven  address. — Hard  times  and  the  way  out. — Suffrage  ad- 
dress.— Wall  street  speech. — Brooklyn  speech. — Address  to  the  86th 
Illinois  regiment.— Decoration  day  address. — Decoration  day  ora- 
tion.— Ratification  speech. — Reunion  address. — The  Chicago  and 
New  York  gold  speech. 

v.io.  Address  to  the  jury  in  the  Munn  trial. — Closing  address  to  the 
jury  in  the  first  Star  route  trial. — Opening  address  to  the  jury  in 
the  second  Star  route  trial. — Closing  address  to  the  jury  in  the 
second  Star  route  trial. — Address  to  the  jury  in  the  Davis  will  case. 
— Argument  before  the  vice-chancellor  in  the  Russell  case. 

v.n.  Civil  rights. — Trial  of  C.  B.  Reynolds  for  blasphemy,  address  to 
the  jury. — God  in  the  constitution. — A  reply  to  Bishop  Spalding. — 
Crimes  against  criminals. — A  wooden  god. — Some  interrogation 
points. — Art  and  morality. — The  divided  household  of  faith. — Why 
am  I  an  agnostic? — Huxley  and  agnosticism. — Ernest  Renan. — Tol- 
stoy and  "The  kreutzer  sonata." — Thomas  Paine. — The  three  phi- 
lanthropists.— Should  the  Chinese  be  excluded? — A  word  about  ed- 
ucation.— What  I  want  for  Christmas. — Fool  friends. — Inspiration. 
— The  truth  of  history. — How  to  edit  a  liberal  paper. — Secularism. — 
Criticism  of  "Robert  Elsmere,"  "John  Ward,  preacher,"  and  "An 
African  farm." — The  libel  laws. — Rev.  Dr  Newton's  sermon  on  a 
new  religion. — An  essay  on  Christmas. — Has  freethought  a  con- 
structive side? — The  improved  man. — Eight  hours  must  come. — The 
Jews. — Crumbling  creeds. — Our  schools. — Vivisection. — The  census 
'_  enumerator's    official    catechism. — The    agnostic    Christmas. — Spirit- 

uality.— Sumter's   gun. — What   infidels   have   done. — Cruelty   in   the 
f  Elmira  reformatory. — Law's   delay. — Bigotry  of  colleges. — A  young 

man's  chances  to-day.— Science  and  sentiment. — "Sowing  and  reap- 
ing."— Should  infidels  send  their  children  to  Sunday  school? — What 
would  you  substitute  for  the  Bible  as  a  moral  guide? — Governor 
Rollins'  fast-day  proclamation. — A  look  backward  and  a  prophecy. — 


DEISM  AND  ATHEISM  125 

Political  morality. — A  few  reasons  for  doubting  the  inspiration  of 

the  Bible. 
V.  12.  Tributes  and  miscellany. 
V.12  contains  full  index. 

IVERACH,  James. 

Theism  in  the   light  of   present   science   and  philosophy. 

1900   211  I33 

LECKY,  William  Edward  Hartpole. 

History  of  the  rise  and  influence  of  the  spirit  of  rationalism 

in  Europe.    2v.     1893 211  L48 

"The  author  defines  his  purpose  as  an  attempt  to  trace  that  spirit  which 
'leads  men  on  all  occasions  to  subordinate  dog^matic  theology  to  the 
dictates  of  reason  and  of  conscience,  and,  as  a  necessary  consequence, 
greatly  to  restrict  its  influence  upon  life'.  .  .  The  author  traces  the 
declining  sense  of  the  miraculous;  the  aesthetic,  scientific,  and  moral 
developments  of  rationalism;  the  spirit  of  persecution;  the  seculariz- 
ation of  politics;  and  the  industrial  history  of  rationalism."  C.  K, 
Adapts. 
MELLONE,  Sydney  Herbert. 

Leaders  of  religious  thought  in  the  nineteenth  century.     1902. .  .211  Ms9 
Contents:  Light  on  the  way. — John  Henry  Newman. — Newman's  "Gram- 
mar  of  assent." — James   Martineau. — What   is   religious  experience? — 
Forms   of  agnosticism   and   positivism.  —  The   agnosticism   of    Herbert 
Spencer. — Robert  Browning. — Summary. 

MERRILL,  William  Pierson. 

Faith  and  sight;  essays  on  the  relation  of  agnosticism  to 

theology.     1900 211  M63. 

NIETZSCHE,  Friedrich. 

Menschliches  allzumenschliches;  ein  buch  fiir  freie  geister, 

mit  anhang.    2v.  in  i.     1878-79 211  N33. 

OWEN,  John. 

Evenings  with  the  skeptics;  or,   Free  discussion  on  free 

thinkers.    2v.     1881 211  O34 

v.i.     General  causes  of  skepticism. — Greek  skepticism.  —  Sokrates  and 
the  Sokratic  schools.  —  Post-Sokratic  skepticism.   —  Hebrew  and 
Hindu  skepticism. 
V.2.    Two-fold   truth. — Relation   of   Christianity  to   free-thought.   —  The 
skepticism   of  St.   Augustine. — Semi-skepticism   of  the   schoolmen: 
Erigena;  Abelard;  Aquinas.  —  William  of  Ockam.  —  Raymund  of 
Sabrieude. 
The  plan  here  adopted  of  discussions   in  the  form   of  dialogues   inter- 
spersed with  essays,  enables  the  author  to  introduce  the  many  differ- 
ing views,  to  which  he  is  inclined  by  his  comprehensiveness  and  his 
independence   of  thought. 
PAINE,  Thomas. 

Age  of  reason;  an  investigation  of  true  and  fabulous  the- 
ology; ed.  by  M.  D.  Conway.     1899 211  P16 

"Paine's  confession  of  faith  is  simple.    He  was  an  ardent  Deist  believing 
in  a  God  who  created  the  world,  and  who  is  known  to  mankind  through 
the  world  which  he  created.    Nature  was  Paine's  Bible,  and  science  its 
only  interpreter. .  .Surely  these  were  not  startling  precepts.    At  the  end 
of  the  eighteenth  century,  Deism  had  long  been  known  both  in  France 
and   England. .  .Paine's  language  was  not  shaped  for  conciliation.    He 
spoke  with  the  brutal  freedom  of  a  reformer.  ..He  wrote  in  clear,  strong 
English  which  the  people  could  understand;  and  he  wrote  as  one  of 
them. .  .Here  was  his  originality  and  here  his  power.  ..The  shriek  which 
went  up  when  The  Age  of  Reason  was  published  has  echoed  and  re- 
echoed unto  this  day.    Its  cause  was  partly  horror,  partly  ignorance, 
but  chiefly  fear."    E.  Sedgwick. 
PEARSON,  Karl. 

Ethic  of  freethought.     1887 211  P35 

Contents:    The  ethic  of  freethought. — The  prostitution  of  science. — Mat- 


124  THEOSOPHY 

ter  and  soul. — The  ethic  of  renunciation. — The  enthusiasm  of  the 
market-place  and  of  the  study. — Maimonides  and  Spinoza. — Meister 
Eckehart  the  Mystic. — Humanism  in  Germany. — Note  on  Jacob  Wimp- 
feling. — The  influence  of  Martin  Luther  on  the  social  and  intellectual 
welfare  of  Germany. — The  kingdom  of  God  in  Munster. — The  moral 
basis  of  socialism. — Socialism  in  theory  and  practice. — The  woman's 
question. — Sketch  of  the  relations  of  sex  in  Germany. — Socialism  and 
sex. 

ROBERTSON,  John  Mackinnon. 

Short  history  of  freethought;  ancient  and  modern.     1899 211  R54 

RYLANCE,  Joseph  Hine. 

Christian  rationalism;  essays  on  matters  in  debate  between 

faith  and  unbelief.     1898 211  R97 

Contents:  On  free  thought. — On  reason  and  faith. — On  inspiration  and 
infallibility. — On  the  racking  doubt. — On  existing  dissensions  between 
science  and  religion. — An  historic  foothold  for  faith. 

SAUNDERS,  Thomas  Bailey. 

Quest  of  faith;  notes  on  the  current  philosophy  of  religion. 

.1899 211  S25 

Discusses  the  aspect  of  the  question  whether  and  how  far  faith  in  the 
existence  of  a  God  may  be  justified,  as  it  stands  at  the  close  of  the 
19th  century. 

SCHURMAN,  Jacob  Gould. 

Agnosticism  and  religion.     1896 211  S39 

"Full  of  thought,  provocative  of  thought,  clear  in  style,  and  pertinent 
to  present  day  intellectual  and  spiritual  needs."    Outlook. 

SETH,  Andrew. 

Two  lectures  on  theism;  delivered  on  the  occasion  of  the 
sesquicentennial    celebration    of    Princeton    university. 

1897 211  S49 

WARD,  James,  b.  1843. 

Naturalism  and  agnosticism;  the  Gifford  lectures  delivered 
before  the  University  of  Aberdeen,  1896-1898.     2v. 
1899 211  W21 

WENDLING,  George  R. 

Ingersollism  from  a  secular  point  of  view.     1883 211  W51 


212      Theosophy 


BLAVATSKY,  Mme  Helene  Petrovna  (Hahn). 
"Vf         Isis  unveiled;  a  master-key  to  the  mysteries  of  ancient  and 

modern  science  and  theology.    2v.     1886 212  B54 

V         The  secret  doctrine;  the  synthesis  of  science,  religion,  and 

philosophy.    3v.     1893-95 r2i2  B54S 

V.I.      Cosmogenesis.  v.2.     Anthropogenesis.  v.3.     Index. 

HARDING,  Burcham. 

Brotherhood,  nature's  law.     1897 r2i2  H2S 

SINNETT,  Alfred  Percy. 

The  occult  world.     1895 212  S61 

SOLOVYOFF,  Vsevolod  Sergyeevich. 

Modern  priestess  of  Isis;  (Mme  Blavatsky).     1895 212  S68 

THEOSOPHICAL  review;  monthly;  ed  by  Annie  Besant  and 

G.  R.  S.  Mead.    v.26-date.     1900-date r2i2  T34 


RELIGION  AND  SCIENCE  125 

213     Creation.      214     Providence 

BASCOM,  John. 

Evolution  and  religion;  or,  Faith  as  a  part  of  a  complete 

cosmic  system.     1897 213  B28 

JEVONS,  Frank  Byron. 

Evolution.     1900.     (The  churchman's  library.) 213  J31 

"Object.  .  .is  to  raise  the  question:  If  we  accept  the  theory  of  evolution 
as  true  in  science,  how  should  it  modify  the  thought  and  action  of  a 
man  who  wishes  to  do  his  best  in  this  world?"     Preface. 

LE  CONTE,  Joseph. 

Evolution;   its  nature,  its  evidences  and  its  relation  to  re- 
ligious thought.     1895 213  L49 

McCOSH,  James. 

The  religious  aspect  of  evolution.     1890 213  M14 

SAVAGE,  Minot  Judson. 

The  religion  of  evolution.     1886 213  S26 

TEFFT,  Benjamin  Franklin. 

Evolution  and  Christianity;  or.  An  answer  to  the  develop- 
ment infidelity  of  modern  times.     1885 213  T26 

BRUCE,  Alexander  Balmain. 

Moral  order  of  the  world  in  ancient  and  modern  thought; 

the  Gifford  lectures  of  1898.     1899 214  B82 

KIDD.  John. 

On  the  adaptation  of  external  nature  to  the  physical  condi- 
tion of  man.     1852 r2i4  K24 


215     Religion  and  science 

BE  ALE,  Lionel  Smith. 

Life  theories;  their  influence  upon  religious  thought.     1871.  ..r2i5  B34 
BURROUGHS,  John. 

The  light  of  day;  religious  discussions  and  criticisms  from 

the  naturalist's  point  of  view.    1900 215  B94 

"My  polemic,  so  far  as  it  is  such,  will  be  found,  I  hope,  aimed  more 
at  theology  than  at  religion."     Preface. 

CECIL,  Hugh  Mortimer. 

Pseudo-philosophy  at  the  end  of  the  19th  century,     v.i. 

1897 215  C31 

V.I.     Mr  Kidd's  Social  evolution. —  Mr  Drummond's  Ascent  of  man. — 

Mr  Balfour's  Foundations  of  belief. 
No  more  published. 

An  attack  upon  the  books  indicated  in  the  list  of  contents.  "He  is  one 
who  must  be  reckoned  with  as  a  clear  thinker,  a  cogent  reasoner,  a 
lucid  and  accomplished  writer."     Academy,   1897. 

DALLINGER,  William  Henry. 

The  Creator  and  what  we  may  know  of  the  method  of  crea- 
tion.   1887.     (Fernley  lecture,  1887.) 215  D16 

DRAPER,  John  William. 

History  of  the  conflict  between  religion  and  science.     1893. 

(International  scientific  series.) 215  D79 

DRUMMOND,  Henry. 

Natural  law  in  the  spiritual  world.     1897 215  D84 


126  RELIGION  AND  SCIENCE 

HUDSON,  Thomson  Jay. 

Divine  pedigree  of  man;  or,  The  testimony  of  evolution  and 

psychology  to  the  fatherhood  of  God.     1899 215  H88 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Science  and  Christian  tradition.     1894 215  HqSs 

Contents:  Prologue. —  Scientific  and  pseudo-scientific  realism. —  Science 
and  pseudo-science. —  An  Episcopal  trilogy. —  The  value  of  witness  to 
the  miraculous. —  Possibilities  and  impossibilities. —  Agnosticism. — Ag- 
nosticism; a  rejoinder. —  Agnosticism  and  Christianity. — The  keepers 
of  the  herd  of  swine. —  Illustrations  of  Mr  Gladstone's  controversial 
methods. 

Science  and  Hebrew  tradition.     1894 215  H98 

Contents:  On  the  method  of  Zadig. — Rise  and  progress  of  palxontolog^y. 
— Lectures  on  evolution. — ^The  interpreters  of  Genesis  and  the  inter- 
preters of  nature. — Mr  Gladstone  and  Genesis. — The  lights  of  the 
church  and  the  light  of  science. — Hasisadra's  adventure. — The  evolution 
of  theology. 

KINSLEY,  William  W. 

Old  faiths  and  new  faiths.     1896 215  K27 

Contents:     Science   and   prayer. — Science   and   Christ. — Science   and   the 

life  beyond. 
"Science  and  prayer"  has  been  published  separately  in  the  Chautauqua 
reading  series. 

LAING,  Samuel. 

Modern  science  and  modern  thought.     1898 215  L16 

Contains  a  supplemental  chapter  on  Gladstone's  "Dawn  of  creation"  and 
"Proem  of  Genesis,"  and  on  Drummond's  "Natural  law  in  the  spirit- 
ual world." 

"There  is  nothing  new  about  Mr.  Laing's  opinions,  nor  is  any  novelty 
claimed  for  them.  The  new  thing  is  that  a  Scotch  politician  and  man 
of  business  turned  seventy  should  employ  his  leisure  moments  in  com- 
piling and  publishing  a  popular  handbook  of  Agnosticism."  Academy, 
1885. 

LE  CONTE,  Joseph. 

Religion  and  science.     1874 215  L49 

MORRIS,  Herbert  William. 

Present  conflict  of  science  with  religion;  or.  Modern  scepti- 
cism met  on  its  own  ground.     1875 r2i5  M91 

PRESSENSfi,  Edmond  de. 

Study  of  origins;  or,  The  problems  of  knowledge,  of  being 

and  of  duty.     1887 215  P92 

"I  shall  be  truly  happy  if  this  book... do  something  to  dispel  the  fatal 
misconception  that  science  and  conscience,  liberty  and  religion,  are 
incompatible."    Preface. 

ROMANES,  George  John. 

Thoughts  on  religion;  ed.  by  Charles  Gore.     1899 215  R65 

Contents:     The   influence   of   science   upon   religion. — Notes   for   a   work 

on  a  candid  examination  of  religion. 
The  two  essays  of  Part  I  were  written  some  time  before  1889  but  were 
not   published   before   the   author's   death    (1894).     The   "Notes"    were 
among  his   unfinished   papers.     Show  a  tendency   from  a  position  of 
unbelief  to  one  of  belief  in  the  Christian  revelation. 
SHALER,  Nathaniel  Southgate. 

Interpretation  of  nature.     1893 215  S52 

Scientist's  survey  of  latest  results  in  science;  candid  and  hopeful,  point- 
ing toward  ultimate  harmony  between  religion  and  science. 
SHIELDS,  Charles  Woodruff. 

Religion  and  science  in  their  relation  to  philosophy.     1875. ..  .r2is  SS5 
WHITE,  Andrew  Dickson. 
\i         History  of  the  warfare  of  science  with  theology  in  Christen- 


FUTURE  LIFE  127 


dom.    2v.    1896 215  W63h 

The  same.     2v.     1896 r2is  W63h 

In  his  preface  the  author  emphasizes  the  point  that  in  his  opinion  the 
struggle  is  between  science  and  theology,  not  between  science  and 
religion. 

"Considered  alone  as  a  popular  presentation  of  modern  views  upon  the 
great  scientific  questions  of  the  day  the  work  deserves  to  be  widely 
read;  but  its  value  is  greatly  increased  by  the  light  which  it  sheds 
upon  the  development  of  opinion  and  the  clearness  with  which  it  estab- 
lishes the  contrast  between  the  fruitful  methods  of  science,  and  the 
unfruitful  ones  of  theology  in  the  domain  of  nature."  Popular  sci- 
ence monthly,  1896. 

Warfare  of  science.     1893 215  W63 


218      Future  life 

ADAMS,  Charles  Josiah. 

Where  is  my  dog?  or,  Is  man  alone  immortal?    1892 218  A21 

CHARLES,  Robert  Henry. 

Critical  history  of  the  doctrine  of  a  future  life  in  Israel,  in 
Judaism  and  in  Christianity;  or,  Hebrew,  Jewish  and 
Christian  eschatology  from  pre-prophetic  times  till  the 
close  of  the  New  testament  canon;  the  Jowett  lectures 

for  1898-99.     1899 218  C37 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 
FISKE,  John. 

Destiny  of  man  viewed  in  the  light  of  his  origin.     1895 218  F54 

"Given  the  origin  of  Man  as  a  derivative  being,  as  of  a  genus  belonging 
to  the  Catarrhine  family  of  apes,  to  ascertain  his  destiny:  this  is  the 
problem  to  which  our  author  addresses  himself.  It  is  the  thesis  upoR 
which  he  addressed  the  famous  Concord  School  of  Philosophy,  when 
the  question  of  immortality  was  there  under  discussion;  and  his  essay 
is  now  published  in  this  little  volume."     Nation,  1884. 

Life  everlasting.     1901  218  F54I 

The  Ingersoll  lecture  on  the  immortality  of  man,  Dec.  19,  1900. 
The  argument   is  on   the   lines   of  evolution,    inferring   from   what  man 
has  already  become  that  the  logical  next  step  in  his  progress  is  the  at- 
tainment of  the  life  everlasting. 

HUDSON,  Thomson  Jay. 

Scientific  demonstration  of  the  future  life.     1895 218  H88 

JAMES,  William,  b.  1842. 

Human  immortality;  two  supposed  objections  to  the  doc- 
trine.    1898 218  J16 

McCONNELL,  Samuel  D. 

Evolution  of  immortality.     1901   218  M13 

ROYCE,  Josiah. 

Conception  of  immortality.     1900.     (Ingersoll  lecture,  1899.).. 218  R81 
SAVAGE,  Minot  Judson. 

Life  beyond  death;  a  review  of  the  world's  beliefs  on  the 
subject,  leading  to  the  question  as  to  whether  it  can  be 
demonstrated  as  a  fact;  with  an  appendix  containing 
some  hints  as   to  personal   experiences  and   opinions. 

1899 218  S26 

SHALER,  Nathaniel  Southgate. 

The  individual;  a  study  of  life  and  death.     1900 218  S52 

"The  reflections  of  a  geologist  and  naturalist  approaching  old  age  upon 
human  life  and  death — not  at  all  however  those  of  a  typical  geologist 
and   naturalist,   but  one  of   marked   peculiarities;    a    sharp  observer, 


128  BIBLE 

who  has  evidently  always  been  much  interested  in  individual  men 
and  women... Book  is  interesting  throughout.  Many  of  its  multitude 
of  suggestive  ideas  light  up  this  thing  or  that  by  the  side  of  the 
road  enchantingly."    Nation,  1900. 

STEWART,  Balfour,  &  Tait,  P.  G. 

Unseen    universe;    or.    Physical    speculation    on    a    future 

state.     1894  218  S84 

WHEELER,  Benjamin  Ide. 

Dionysos  and  immortality;  the  Greek  faith  in  immortality 
as  affected  by  the  rise  of  individualism;  Ingersoll  lec- 
ture on  immortality,  1898-99.     1899 218  W61 

219     Analogies 

CYCLOPEDIA  of  nature  teachings;  a  selection  of  facts,  ob- 
servations, suggestions,  illustrations,  examples  and  il- 
lustrative hints  taken  from  all  departments  of  inani- 
mate nature.     1896 r2i9  C97 


220     Bible 

Text 

BIBLE.— Whole. 

Die  Bibel;  das  ist  die  ganze  Heilige  schrift  des  Alten  und 
Neuen  testaments  nach  Martin  Luthers  iibersetzung, 
mit   bildern   der   meister   christlicher    kunst;   hrsg.  von 

Rudolf  Pfleiderer.    3v.     1895 qr220.5  B47bib 

V.  1-2.     Altes  testament.  v.3.     Neues  testament. 

Die  Bibel;  oder,  Die  ganze  Heilige  schrift  des  Alten  und 
Neuen  testaments  nach  der  deutschen  uebersetzung  Mar- 
tin   Luthers r220.5   B47 

Bible  in  Arabic   qr220.5  B47a 

Biblia;  das  ist  die  Heilige  schrift  Altes  und  Neues  testaments; 
nach    der    deutschen    uebersetzung    Martin    Luthers. 

1743 qr220.S   B473 

A  copy  of  the  first  edition  of  the  famous  Saur  Bible,  the  first  Bible 
printed  in  America  in  a  European  language.  For  a  full  history  of 
this  book  see  Wright's  "Early  Bibles  of  America,"  chapter  2. 

Biblia  Latina.     1477.    Niirnberg qr220.4  B47I 

A  rare  example  of  early  printing  by  Antony  Koburger,  one  of  the  famous 
German  printers.  In  double  columns,  51  lines  to  the  column;  the 
initials  of  all  the  books  done  by  hand  in  colored  letters;  bound  in  the 
original  oak  boards,  covered  with  pig-skin  and  brass  knobs.  This  is 
the  second  edition,  the  first  being  printed  in  1475  and  the  third  in  1478. 
For  a  fuller  description  see  Quaritch's  Catalogue  of  tyix>graphical 
monuments,  r6ss.i  Q18. 

Biblia;   oder.    Die   ganze    Heilige   schrift;   verdeutscht    von 

Martino  Luthero.     1683 T220.5  B47bi 

Biblia  sacra  polyglotta;  textus  archetypes  versionesque  prae- 
cipuas  ab  ecclesia  antiquitus  receptas,  necnon  versiones 
recentiores  Anglicanam,  Germanicam,  Italicam,  Gallicam 
et  Hispanicam  complectentia;  accedunt  prolegomena  auc- 
tore  Samuele  Lee.    2v qr220.s  B47b 


BIBLE  129 


Biblia  sacra  vulgatae  editionis,  Sixti  V  jussu  recogn.  et 
Clement  VIII  auctoritate  edita,  accedunt  perpetui  G. 
S.  Menochii  commentarii.    8v.     1755 r220.4  B47 

The  same r220.4  B47b 

Title-page  missing. 
Holy  Bible,  containing  the  Old  and  New  testaments r220.5  B47h 

Sunday-school  teacher's  edition. 

Holy  Bible,  containing  the  Old  and  New  testaments  with  the 
apocryphal  books,  in  the  earliest  English  versions  made 
from  the  Latin  vulgate  by  John  Wycliffe  and  his  follow- 
ers ;  ed.  by  Josiah  Forshall  and  Sir  Frederic  Madden.  4v. 
1850 qr2204  B47W 

List  of  manuscripts,  v.i,  p.39-64. 
Holy  Bible  translated  from  the  Latin  vulgate;  the  Old  testa- 
ment first  published  by  the   English  college  at   Douay, 
1609,  and  the  New  testament  first  published  by  the  English 

college  at  Rheims,  1582.     1849 220.4  H7S 

Holy  Bible,  tr.  out  of  the  original  tongues ;  being  the  version 
set  forth  in  161 1  compared  with  the  most  ancient  authori- 
ties and  revised,  1881-1885;  newly  ed.  by  the  American  re- 
vision committee,  1901.     1901 r220.5  B47ho 

The  American  revision  committee  have   incorporated  into  the  text  the 
changes  they  preferred  in  the  revision  of  1885,  which  were  rejected 
by    the    English   committee,  and   have    made    many    other   changes  in 
that  version  with  the  hope  of  adapting  it  for  more  general  use. 
Riverside   parallel    Bible;    being    King   James's   version    ar- 
ranged in  parallel  columns  with  the  revised  versions  of 

1881  and  1885.     1884 qr220.5  Rs2 

Sacred  books  of  the  Old  and  New  testaments;  a  new  Eng- 
lish translation,  with  explanatory  notes  and  pictorial 
illustrations,    v.3,  6-7,  10,  12,  14.    1898 q220.5  B47S 

Polychrome  edition. 

v.3.  Leviticus. 

V.6.  Joshua. 

V.7.  Judges. 

V.  10.  Isaiah. 

V.12.  Ezekiel. 

V.  14.  Psalms. 

La  Sainte  Bible;  revue  sur  les  originaux  par  David  Martin. 

1890   220.5   B47 

La  santa  Biblia,  que  contiene  el  Antiguo  y  el  Nuevo  testa- 

mento;  version  de  Cipriano  de  Valera.    1878 qr220.S  B47S 

Scriptures,  Hebrew  and  Christian:  arranged  and  edited  as 

an  introduction  to  the  study  of  the  Bible  by  E.  T.  Bart- 

lett  and  J.  P.  Peters.    3v.    1886-94 220.5  B47SC 

V.I.     Hebrew  story,  from  creation  to  the  exile. 
V.2.     Hebrew  literature. 
V.3.     Christian  scriptures. 

General  w^orks 

BALDWIN,  James. 

Old  stories  of  the  East.     1896 J220  B19 

BENNETT,  William  Henry,  &  Adeney,  W.  F. 

The  Bible  story  retold  for  young  people.     1898 J220  B43 

BIBLE  stories  for  young  people.     1894 J220  B47 

Contents:  The  sacrifice  of  Noah,   by  W.  E.  Griffis. — An  ancient  court- 


I30  BIBLE 

ship,  by  Katharine  Crooks. — Esau  selling  his  birthright,  by  J.  R.  Pax- 
ton. — Jacob  before  Pharaoh,  by  J.  F.  Hurst. — Making  bricks  in  Egypt, 
by  John  Hall. — Little  Samuel,  by  W.  M.  Taylor. — David  and  Jonathan, 
by  H.  C.  Potter. — Esther  and  Ahasuerus,  by  R.  S.  MacArthur. — The 
nativity,  by  C.  H.  Parkhurst. — "Suffer  the  little  children  to  come  unto 
Me,"  by  M.  E.  Sangster. — Peter  walking  on  the  water,  by  J.  M.  Lud- 
low.— Mary  in  the  garden,  by  J.  H.  Vincent. 

BIBLE  Stories;  in  simple  language  for  little  children J220  B473 

FOSTER,  Charles. 

Story  of  the  Bible  told  in  simple  language.     1877 J220  F81 

FRAZER,  James  George,  conip. 

Passages  of  the  Bible  chosen  for  their  literary  beauty  and  in- 
terest.    1895 220  F89 

MEYER,  Johann  Friedrich  von. 

Bibeldeutungen.     1812   r220  M65 

PEAKE,  Arthur  Samuel 

A  guide  to  biblical  study.    1897 220  P34 

Contains  a  bibliographical  appendix,  and  a  chapter  on  the  books  most 
useful  to  the  student  of  the  Bible. 

"Intended  for  those  who  wish  to  make  a  systematic  study  of  the  Bible 
...its  purpose  is  to  indicate  the  methods  which  should  be  employed, 
and  the  problems  to  which  attention  should  be  directed.  As  it  is  not 
designed  for  scholars,  it  is  untechnical  in  character.  .  .and  will,  I  hope, 
meet  the  need  of  beginners."     Preface. 

TRUMBULL,  Henry  Clay,  and  others. 

Hints  on  Bible  study.     1898 220  T77 

BRIGGS,  Charles  Augustus. 

The  Bible,  the  church  and  the  reason.     1892 220.1  B74 

List  of  the  chief  modern  authorities  who  hold  the  modern  critical  views, 
p.236-247. 

Biblical  study;  its  principles,  methods  and  history.  1884.  .220.1  B74b 
Contents:  The  advantages  of  biblical  study. — Exegetical  theology. — The 
languages  of  the  Bible. — The  Bible  and  criticism. — The  canon  of  scrip- 
ture.— The  text  of  the  Bible. — The  higher  criticism. — Literary  study 
of  the  Bible. — Hebrew  poetry. — The  interpretation  of  scripture. — Bib- 
lical theology. — The  Scriptures  as  a  means  of  grace. 
Catalogue  of  books  of  reference,  p.429-488. 

General  introduction  to  the  study  of  Holy  scripture;  the 
principles,  methods,  history  and  results  of  its  several 

departments  and  of  the  whole.     1899 220.1  B74g 

CHADWICK,  John  White. 

Bible  of  to-day.     1891  220.1  C34 

CLARIDGE,  Richard. 

Tractatus  hierographicus;  or.  Treatise  of  the  Holy  scrip- 
tures.    1893 .220.1   C51 

FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean,  and  others. 

The  Bible  and  the  child.    1896 220.1  F25 

GLADDEN,  Washington. 

Who  wrote  the  Bible?     1898 220.1  G45 

Gives  in  compact  and  popular  form  the  principal  facts  on  which  scholars 
now  generally  agree  concerning  the  literary  history  of  the  Bible. 

LADD,  George  Trumbull. 

What  is  the  Bible?  an  inquiry  into  the  origin  and  nature  of 
the   Old  and   New  testaments  in  the  light  of  modern 

biblical  study.     1894 220.1  L13 

LIAS,  John  James. 

Principles  of  biblical  criticism.     1893 220.1  L68 


BIBLE  131 

RISHELL,  Charles  Wesley. 

The  higher  criticism;  an  outline  of  modern  biblical  study. 

1896  220.1  R49 

Written  to  furnish  a  concise  answer  to  questions  frequently  asked  con- 
cerning the  higher  criticism.  Its  province  is  not  therefore  to  discuss 
and  weigh,  but  to  report  the  facts.  Nevertheless,  the  careful  reader 
will  find  the  principles  stated  upon  which  the  opponents  of  the  critics 
proceed  in  their  refutations."     Preface. 

SANDAY,  William. 

Inspiration;  lectures  on  the  history  and  origin  of  the  doctrine 

of  biblical  inspiration.     1896.     (Bampton  lectures.) 220.1  S21 

SAVAGE,  Minot  Judson. 

Beliefs  about  the  Bible.     1883 220.1  S26 

WILLIAMS,  M.  B. 

Among  many  witnesses;  a  book  for  Bible  students. 

1891    220.1   W74 

ZENOS,  Andrew  Constantinides. 

Elements  of  the  higher  criticism.     1895 220.1  Z51 


220.2     Concordances 

CRUDEN,  Alexander. 

Complete   concordance   to   the    Old   and    New   testaments. 

1870 qr220.2  C89 

STRONG,  James,  cotnp. 

Exhaustive  concordance  of  the  Bible,  showing  every  word  of 
the  text  of  the  common  English  version,  together  with  a 
comparative  concordance  of  the  authorised  and  revised  ver- 
sions ;  also  brief  dictionaries  of  the  Hebrew  and  Greek 
words  of  the  original,  with  references  to  the  English  words. 

1901  qr220.2  S92 

YOUNG,  Robert,  1822-1888,  comp. 

Analytical  concordance  to  the  Bible.     1893 qr220.2  Y39 


220.3     Dictionaries 

BROWN,  John,  of  Haddington,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  Bible.    2v.     181 1 r220.3  B78 

DAVIS,  John  D.  cornp. 

Dictionary  of  the  Bible.     1898 r220.3  D31 

ENCYCLOPEDIA  biblica;  a  critical  dictionary  of  the  Bible; 
ed.  by  T.  K.  Cheyne  and  J.  S.  Black,     v.1-3.     1899- 

1902 qr220.3  E62 

HASTINGS,  James,  &  Selbie,  J.  A.  ed. 

Dictionary  of  the  Bible,  dealing  with  its  language,  litera- 
ture and  contents,    v.1-4.     1898-1902 qr220.3  H34 

"The  work  is  on  the  whole  a  great  advance  upon  the  dictionaries  of  the 
past — Smith's  as  well  as  others — and  deserves  a  hearty  welcome  from 
all  Biblical  students.  At  the  same  time  the  limitations  which  beset 
especially  the  New  Testament  articles  and  those  upon  Biblical  theol- 
ogy must  be  recognized  as  seriously  impairing  the  value  of  the  work, 
and  this  is  the  more  to  be  deplored  because  its  very  freedom  in  other 
parts  seems  to  guarantee  its  scientific  character,  and  this  gives  weight 
to  all  its  articles.     It  is  cause  for  lasting  regret  that  a  work  so  good 


132  BIBLE 

in  many  respects  should  in  other  respects  fall  so  far  short  of  the  ideal 
of  a  modern  Bible  Dictionary."     Nation,  1898. 

SMITH,  Sir  William,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  Bible.    4v.     1890-94 r220.3  S66 

WINER,  Georg  Benedict,  comp. 

Biblisches  realwoerterbuch,  zum  handgebrauch  fur   studi- 

rende,  candidaten,  gymnasiallehrer  und  prediger.     2v. 

1847-48  r220.3  W78 

220.5     History  of  the  Bible 

BEARDSLEE,  John  Walter. 

Bible  among  the  nations;  a  study  of  the  great  translations. 

1899 220.5  B34 

BERGHAUER,  Johann  Thomas  Adalbert. 

Bibliomacheia;  das  ist  biblischer  feld-zug  und  musterung 

vieler  jammerlich-verfalschten  Bibelen.     1746 r220.5  B45 

A  satire  on  various  Protestant  translations  of  the  Bible. 
COPINGER,  Walter  Arthur. 

The  Bible  and  its  transmission:  an  historical  and  biblio- 
graphical view  of  the  Hebrew  and  Greek  texts,  and  the 

versions  prior  to  the  reformation.     1897 qr220.5  C79 

A  sumptuous  work  containing  27  photographic  facsimiles. 
"The  object  has  been  to  give  a  general  idea  of  the  condition  of  the  texts 
and  the  mode  of  their  transmission,  to  briefly  describe  the  more  im- 
portant MSS.,  and  to  specify  the  printed  editions  of  the  whole  Bible, 
Hebrew,  Greek  and  Latin,  in  every  age,  and  the  vernacular  versions 
prior  to  the  Reformation."     Preface. 

KENYON,  Frederic  George. 

Our  Bible  and  the  ancient  manuscripts;  a  history  of  the 

text  and  its  translations.     1898 220.5  Ki9 

Bibliography,  p.281-283. 

RANYARD,  Mrs  Ellen. 

The  book  and  its  story;  a  narrative  for  the  young.    1855.  •r220.5  R19 
A  history  of  the  Bible,  containing  many  interesting  details  of  its  transla- 
tion   and    circulation.      Contains    also    a    history   of    the    British    and 
foreign   Bible  society  and  the  work  it  has  accomplished. 
SMYTH,  John  Paterson. 

How  we  got  our  Bible.    1899 220.5  S66 


220.7     Commentaries 

BIBLE.— Whole. 

Holy  Bible  with  an  explanatory  and  critical  commentary  by 
bishops  and  other  clergy  of  the  Anglican  church;  ed.  by 
F.  C.  Cook.    lov.    1891-95 r2207  Hys 

V.I.     Genesis  to  Deuteronomy. 
V.2.     Joshtui  to  I  Kings. 
v.3.     II  Kings  to  Esther. 
v.4.     Job  to  the  Song  of  Solomon. 
v.S-     Isaiah  to  Lamentations. 
V.6.     Ezekiel  to  Malachi. 
V.7.     St.  Matthew  to  St.  Luke. 
v.S.     St.  John  to  the  Acts. 
'  y.9.     Romans  to  Philemon. 

v.io.     Hebrews  to  Revelation. 

Known  as  the  "Speaker's  commentary." 


BIBLE  133 

CAMBRIDGE  Bible  for  schools  and  colleges;  ed.  by  J.  J.  S. 

Perowne.    v.6-7,  9-15,  17-21,  23-53.     1894-98 r220.7  C14 

V.6.     Joshua ;   ed.  by  G.  F.  Maclear. 

V.7.     Judges;  ed.  by  J.  J.  Lias. 

V.9-I0.     Samuel,  I  and  II;  ed.  by  A.  F.  Kirkpatrick. 

V.11-12.     Kings,  I  and  II;  ed.  by  J.  R.  Lumby. 

V.I 3- 1 4,  in   I.     Chronicles;  ed.  by  W.  E.  Barnes. 

V.  15.     Ezra  and  Nehemiah;  ed.  by  H.  E.  Ryle. 

V.  17.     Job;  ed.  by  A.  B.  Davidson. 

v.18-19.     Psalms;  ed.  by  A.  F.  Kirkpatrick. 

V.  19a.     Psalms;  ed.  by  A.  F.  Kirkpatrick. 

V.20.     Proverbs;  ed.  by  T.  T.  Perowne. 

V.21.     Ecclesiastes;  ed.  by  E.  H.  Plumptre. 

v.23-24.     Isaiah;  ed.  by  John  Skinner. 

V.25.     Jeremiah  and  Lamentations;  ed.  by  A.  W.  Streane. 

v.26.     Ezekiel;  ed.  by  A.  B.  Davidson. 

V.27.     Daniel;  ed.  by  S.  R.  Driver. 

V.28.     Hosea;  ed.  by  T.  K.  Cheyne. 

V.29.     Joel  and  Amos;  ed.  by  S.  R.  Driver. 

V.30.     Obadiah  and  Jonah;   ed.  by  T.  T.  Perowne. 

V.31.     Micah;  ed.  by  T.  K.  Cheyne. 

V.32.     Nahum,  Habakkuk  and  Zephaniab;  ed.  by  A.  B.  Davidson. 

V.33.     Haggai,  Zechariah,  and  Malachi;  ed.  by  T.  T.  Perowne. 

V.34.     Maccabees  I;  ed.  by  W.  Fairweather  and  J.  S.  Black. 

v.35.     Matthew;  ed.  by  Arthur  Carr. 

V.36.     Mark;  ed.  by  G.  F.  Maclear. 

V.37.     Luke;  ed.  by  F.  VV.  Farrar. 

V.38.     John;  ed.  by  Alfred  Plummer. 

V.39.     Acts;  ed.  by  J.  R.  Lumby. 

V.40.     Romans;  ed.  by  H.  C.  G.  Moule. 

V.41-42.     Corinthians;  ed.  by  J.  J.  Lias. 

V.43.     Galatians;  ed.  by  E.  H.  Perowne. 

V.44.     Ephesians;  ed.  by  H.  C.  G.  Moule. 

V.45.     Philippians;  ed.  by  H.  C.  G.  Moule. 

V.46.     Colossians  and  Philemon;  ed.  by  H.  C.  G.  Moule. 

V.47.     Thessalonians;  ed.  by  G.  G.  Findlay. 

V.48.     Timothy  and  Titus;  ed.  by  A.  E.  Humphreys. 

V.49.     Hebrews;  ed.  by  F.  W.  Farrar. 

v.So.     James;  ed.  by  E.  H.  Plumptre. 

v-Si.     Peter  &  Jude;  ed.  by  E.  H.  Plumptre. 

V.52.     Epistles  of  John;  ed.  by  Alfred  Plummer. 

V.S3.     Revelation;  ed.  by  W.  H.  Simcox. 

HENRY,  Matthew. 

An  exposition  on  the  Old  and  New  testament,  with  prac- 
tical remarks  and  observations.    5v.    1761-63 qr220.7  H45 

HURLBUT,  Jesse  Lyman,  &  Doherty,  R.R. 

Illustrative  notes;  a  guide  to  the  study  of  the  international 

Sunday  school  lessons,  1897,  1899.     1896-98 220.7  Hps 

PELOUBET,  Francis  Nathan,  &  Mrs  M.A. 

Select  notes ;  a  commentary  on  the  international  lessons,  1896- 

date.     v.22-date.     1895-date r220.7  P38 

The  same,  1901-date.    v.27-date.    1900-date 220.7  P38 

SPENCE,  Henry  Donald  Maurice,  &  Exell,  J.S.  ed. 

Pulpit  commentary.    51V r220.7  S74 

V.I.  Genesis. 

v.2-3.         Exodus. 
V.4.  Leviticus. 

T.s.  Numbers. 

T.d,  Deuteronomy. 

V.7.  Joshua. 

rJL  Judges. — Ruth. 

▼.9.  I  Samuel. 

T.io.  II  Samuel. 

v.ii.  I  Kings. 

V.12.  II  Kings. 

T.13.  I  Chronicles. 


134  BIBLE 


V.I4. 

II  Chronicles. 

v.is. 

Ezra.— Nehemiah.— Esther. 

V.16. 

Job. 

V.  17-19. 

Psalms. 

V.30. 

Proverbs. 

V.2I. 

Ecclesiastes. 

V.22. 

Song  of  Solomon. 

v.33-a4. 

Isaiah. 

V.2S-26. 

Jeremiah.— Lamentations. 

v.27-28. 

Ezektel. 

V.29. 

Daniel. 

V.30. 

Hosea.— Joel. 

V.3I. 

Amos  to  Micah. 

V.32. 

Nahum  to  Malachi. 

v.33-34. 

Matthew. 

V.3S-36- 

St.  Mark. 

v.37-38. 

St.  Luke. 

v.39-40. 

St.  John. 

V.41-42. 

Acts. 

V.43- 

Romans. 

V.44- 

I  Corinthians. 

V.4S. 

II  Corinthians. 

Vi46. 

Galatians. — Ephesians. 

V.47. 

Philippians.— Colossians. 

V.48. 

Thessalonians. — Timothy. — Titus.- 

—Philemon. 

V.49. 

Hebrews.— James. 

v.so. 

Peter.— John.— Jude. 

v.si. 

Revelation. 

220.8     Special  topics 

BENNETT,  Sir  James  Risdon. 

The    diseases    of   the   Bible.       1896.       (By-paths   of   Bible 

knowledge.) 220.8  B43 

BOLTON,  Gambier. 

Animals  of  the  Bible.     1901  220.8  B61 

BOWEN,  Francis. 

Layman's  study  of  the  English  Bible  considered  in  its  lit- 
erary and  secular  aspect.     1885 220.8  B66 

Contents:  The  Bible  as  an  English  classic. — The  narratives  of  the  Old 
testament. — The  parables  of  our  Lord;  the  gospel  narrative. — The 
philosophy  of  the  Bible. — The  poetry  of  the  Bible. — The  history  con- 
tained in  the  Bible;  the  character  and  the  institutions  of  Moses. 

BULLINGER,  Ethelbert  William. 

Figures  of  speech  used  in  the  Bible  explained  and  illustrated. 

1898 qr220.8  B87 

Author  finds  217  figures  of  speech  used  in  the  Bible.  He  defines  each  of 
these,  quotes  the  Bible  passages  in  which  it  occurs,  and  interprets  its 
meaning  in  each  instance. 

DRYSDALE,  A.  H. 

Early  Bible  songs,  with  introductions  on  the  nature  and 
spirit   of   Hebrew   song.      1890.      (By-paths    of   Bible 

knowledge.)    220.8  D85 

FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

The  Bible,  its  meaning  and  supremacy.    1897 220.8  Fas 

FORBES,  John. 

Symmetrical  structure  of  scripture;  or,  The  principles  of 
scripture  parallellism  exemplified  in  an  analysis  of  the 
Decalogue,  the  Sermon  on  the  mount  and  other  passages. 
1854 220.8  F7S 


BIBLE  135 


GILLESPIE,  Charles  George  Knox. 

The  sanitary  code  of  the  Pentateuch.     1894.     (By-paths  of 

Bible  knowledge.) 220.8  G4i 

"Chief  authorities,"   p.8. 

GROSER,  William  Howse. 

Scripture  natural  history;  the  trees  and  plants  mentioned  in 

the  Bible.    1895.    (By-paths  of  Bible  knowledge.) 220.8  (j93 

HART,  Henry  Chichester. 

Scripture  natural  history;  the  animals   mentioned   in  the 

Bible.    1888.     (By-paths  of  Bible  knowledge.) 220.8  H31 

MOULTON,  Richard  Green,  and  others. 

The  Bible  as  literature.     1896 220.8  M94 

MOULTON,  Richard  Green. 

Short  introduction  to  the  literature  of  the  Bible.     1901 . .  .220.8  M94S 
"Mr.  Moulton's  work  for  the  literary  study  of  the  Bible  has  been  as  suc- 
cessful as  it  has  been  brilliant  and  enthusiastic. .  .In  order  to  give  the 
Bible  its  rightful  place  in  life  there  is,  as  Mr.  Moulton  says,  one  thing 
still  left  to  do — read  it.    To  read  it  understandingly  and  as  literature 
is  the  habit  Mr.  Moulton  would  build  up,  and  to  study  this  little  book, 
and  to  read  the  Bible  in  its  light,  is  the  best  possible  way  to  lay  the 
basis  for  that  habit."    Educational  review,  1900. 

WILLIAMSON,  George  Charles. 

The  money  of  the  Bible.  1894.  (By-paths  of  Bible  knowl- 
edge.)    220.8  W75 

"Authorities,"  p.9. 

220.9     Biblical  geography  and  history 

ARMSTRONG,  George,  comp. 

Names  and  places  in  the  Old  and  New  testament  and 
Apocrypha  with  their  modern  identifications;  revised 
by  Sir  C.  W.  Wilson  and  C.  R.  Conder.  1895.  (Pales- 
tine exploration  fund.     Publications.) r220.9  A73 

An  index  to  all  names  and  places  mentioned,  with  references  to  the 
passages  in  which  they  occur.  The  modern  names  are  given  with 
notes  and  the  identifications  adopted  are  those  to  be  found  on  the 
map  published  by  the  society. 

BAHR,  Karl  Christian  Wilhelm  Felix. 

Symbolik  des  Mosaischen  cultus.    2v.     1837 220.9  B15 

BALL,  Charles  James. 

Light  from  the  East;  or.  The  witness  of  the  monuments;  an 

introduction  to  the  study  of  biblical  archaeology.  1899. .  .q220.9  B21 
"The  work  of  an  acknowledged  authority.,  .gives,  in  popular  form,  a 
collection  of  archseological  material,  eumptuously  printed  and  illus- 
trated, and  arranged  in  a  somewhat  bewildering  fashion.  The  book 
is  not  written  with  any  apologetic  purpose;  the  facts  are  left  to  speak 
for  themselves."     Saturday  review,  1899. 

BIBLE  atlas  and  gazetteer.     1862 qr220.9  B47 

BIBLE  children    J220.9  B47 

BROOKE,  Stopford  Augustus. 

The  Old  testament  and  modern  life.     1896 220.9  B77 

CONDER,  Francis  Roubillac,  &  Claude  Reignier. 

Handbook  to  the  Bible;  a  guide  to  the  study  of  the  Holy 
scriptures,  derived  from  ancient  monuments  and  modern 
exploration.     1890  220.9  C74 


136  BIBLE 

DAWSON,  Sir  John  William. 

Egypt   and   Syria,   their  physical    features   in   relation    to 

Bible  history.    1892.     (By-paths  of  Bible  knowledge.).  .220.9  D3^ 
DAY,  Edward. 

Social  life  of  the  Hebrews.     1901.     (Semitic  series.) 220.9  D334 

Contents:  The  time  q^  the  judges. — The  time  of  the  monarchy. 

ENGEL,  Moritz. 

Die  losung  der  paradiesfrage.     1885 r220.9  E^j 

FRIEDERICH,  Ferdinand. 

Symbolik  der  Mosaischen  stiftshutte.     1841 220.9  ^94 

GRAY,  George  Buchanan. 

Studies  in  Hebrew  proper  names.     1896 220.9  G81 

HILPRECHT,  Herman  Vollrat,  ed. 

Recent  research  in  Bible  lands,  its  progress  and  results. 

1896 220.9  H41 

Contents:  McCurdy,  J.F.  Oriental  research  and  the  Bible. — Bliss,  F.J. 
The  mounds  of  Palestine. — Hilprecht,  H.V.  Explorations  in  Baby- 
lonia.— Sayce,  A.H.  Research  in  Egypt. — Hommel,  Fritz.  Discoveries 
and  researches  in  Arabia. — Ward,  W.H.  The  Hittites. — Mahaffy,  J.  P. 
Early  Greek  manuscripts  from  Egypt. — Ramsay,  W.M.  New  light  on 
the   book  of  Acts. 

HUNTER,  Henry. 

Sacred  biography;  or.  The  history  of  the  patriarchs;  to  which 
is  added  the  history  of  Deborah,  Ruth  and  Hannah,  and 
also  the  history  of  Jesus  Christ;  a  course  of  lectures  deliv- 
ered at  the  Scots  church,  London- Wall.    7v.  in  3.    1803.  .r220.9  H94 
HURLBUT,  Jesse  Lyman. 

Manual  of  Biblical  geography.     1887 q220.9  H95 

JACOBS,  Joseph. 

Studies  in  biblical  archaeology.     1894 220.9  Ji3 

KEIL,  Carl  Friedrich. 

Manual  of  biblical  archasology.    2v.     1887-88 220.9  K16 

KING,  James,  of  Berwick-upon-Tweed. 

Recent  discoveries  on  the  Temple  hill  at  Jerusalem.     1891. 

(By-paths  of  Bible  knowledge.)    220.9  K26 

KITTO,  John,  ed. 

Pictorial  Sunday  book   qr220.9  K31 

Memoir  of  Kitto,  p.3-6. 

KNIGHT,  William. 

The  arch  of  Titus  and  the  spoils  of  the  Temple.     1896. 

(By-paths  of  Bible  knowledge.) 220.9  K34 

MACLEAR,  George  Frederick. 

Class-book    of    Old    testament    history.     1899.     (Elementary 

theological  class-books.)    220.9  MiQ. 

NEUMANN.  Wilhelm. 

Die  stiftshutte  in  bild  und  wort.     1861 220.9  N2S 

OORT,  Henricus,  &  Hooykaas,  Isaac. 

Bible  for  learners.    3v.    1892 220.9  O25 

V.I.    Introduction. — Generations  before  Moses. — From  Moses  to  David. 
V.2.    From    David   to   Josiah. — From   Josiah   to   the   supremacy   of  the 

Mosaic  law. 
▼.3.    Narratives  of  the  New  testament. 


OLD  TESTAMENT  137 

PETERS,  Karl. 

King  Solomon's  golden  Ophir;  a  research  into  the  most 

ancient  gold  production  in  history.     1899 220.9  P45 

RIGGENBACH,  Christoph  Johannes. 

Die  Mosaische  stiftshiitte.     1867   q220.9  R45 

Authorities,  p.3-4. 
RULE,  William  Harris. 

Oriental  records.    2v.    1877 220.9  R86 

V.I.     Monumental;  confirmatory  of  the  Old  testament  scriptures. 

V.2.    Historical ;  confirmatory  of  the  Old  and  New  testament  scriptures. 

ST.  CLAIR.  George. 

Buried  cities  and  Bible  countries.    1892 220.9  S13 

SAYCE,  Archibald  Henry. 

Fresh  light  from  the  ancient  monuments.     (By-paths  of  Bible 

knowledge.) 220.9  S27 

"Higher  criticism"  and  the  verdict  of  the  monuments. 

1895 220.9  S27h 

SCHICK,  Conrad  von. 

Die  stiftshiitte,  Der  tempel  in  Jerusalem  und  Der  tempelplatz 

der  jetztzeit.    1896 220.9  N2S 

Bound  with  Neumann's  Die  stiftshiitte  in  bild  und  wort. 
SCHRADER,  Eberhard. 

Cuneiform  inscriptions  and  the  Old  testament.    2v.     1885- 

88 220.9  S37 

SMITH,  George,  1840-1876. 

Chaldean  account  of  Genesis,   from   the   cuneiform   inscrip- 
tions.    1880 220.9  S64 

THOMPSON,  Sir  Edward  Maunde,  and  others. 

Bible  illustrations;  a  series  of  plates  illustrating  biblical 

versions  and  antiquities.     1896  220.9  T38 

The  same.     1896 r220.9  T38 

YONGE,  Charlotte  Mary. 

Young  folks'  Bible  history.     1880 J220.9  Y29 

YOUNG,  Dinsdale  T. 

Neglected  people  of  the  Bible.     1901  220.9  Y36 

Contents:  Isaac. — Laban  the  Syrian. — Simeon  and  Levi. — Caleb  and  his 
perpetual  youthfulness. — Saul  and  the  witch  of  Endor. — Barzillai  the 
Gileadite. —  Obadiah. —  Gehazi  and  his  modern  representatives. —  The 
Rechabites. — Ebed-Melech. — Mark. — Barnabas  and  his  winsome  disci- 
pleship. — Aquila  and  Priscilla. — Apollos. — Onesiphorus  and  the  memo- 
ry of  his  kindness. 

221     Old  testament 
Text 

BIBLE— OW  testament. 

Bible  stories;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     1899.     (Modem  reader's 

Bible.)    J22i    B47b 

Each  period  of  Bible  history  is  represented  by  its  most  important  stories, 
told  in  the  language  of  Scripture,  altered  only  by  omissions.     An  in- 
troduction and  notes  to  each  section  weave  all  together  by  indicating 
briefly  the  bearing  of  each  story  on  the  general  history. 
Select  masterpieces  of  Biblical  literature;  cd.  by  R.  G.  Moul- 
ton.   1897.     (Modern  reader's  Bible.) 221  B47 


138  OLD  TESTAMENT 


Twenty-four  books  of  the  Holy  scriptures;  tr.  according  to 
the  Massoretic  text,  after  the  best  Jewish  authorities, 
by  Isaac  Leeser.     1897 r22i  B47 

Vetus  testamentum  Grsecum  ex  versione  septuaginta  inter- 

pretum.    2v.     1665  r22i.4  B47 

General  ^vorks 

ABBOTT,  Lyman. 

Life  and  literature  of  the  ancient  Hebrews.     1901 221  A13 

BEALE,  Mrs  Harriet  Stanwood  (Blaine). 

Stories  from  the  Old  testament  for  children.     1899 J221  B34 

The  writer  has  told  the  well-known  stories  of  the  Old  testament  in  a 
simple  way,  that  children  may  understand  and  enjoy  them,  leaving 
the  moral  to  be  deducted  by  the  reader. 

BUTLER,  James  Glentworth,  ed. 

Bible-work;  Old  testament,    gv.     1892-99 qr22i  B97 

V.I.    Genesis  to  Exodus,  chap.   12. 

V.2.    Exodus,   chap.    12. — Leviticus. — Numbers. — Deuteronomy. 

V.3.    Joshua. — Judges. — Ruth. — Samuel. —  1    Chronicles,    11. — i    Kings,    i- 

11. — 2  Chronicles,   1-9. 
V.4.    Psalms,  1-72. 
V.5.     Psalms,  73-150. 

V.6.    Job. — Proverbs. — Ecclesiastes. — Song  of  Solomon. 
V.7.     1  Kings,  12-22. — 2  Kings. — 2  Chronicles,  10-36. — Ezra. — Nehemiah. — 

Esther. — Isaiah,  4  chapters. — Jeremiah,  18  chapters. 
V.8.    Isaiah. — Jeremiah. — Lamentations. 
V.9.    Ezekiel. — Malachi. 

CHURCH,  Alfred  John. 

Stories  from  the  Bible,  ist-2d  ser.    2v.     1890-91 J221  C46 

DRIVER,  Samuel  Rolles. 

Introduction  to  the  literature  of  the  Old  testament.  1897. 

(International  theological  library.) 221  D82 

GLADDEN,  Washington. 

Seven  puzzling  Bible  books;  a  supplement  to  "Who  wrote 

the  Bible?"     1897 221  G45 

Contents:    Judges. — Esther. — Job. — Ecclesiastics. — ^The    song    of    songs. — 
Daniel. — Jonah. 
GOODSPEED,  George  Stephen. 

Israel's  messianic  hope  to  the  time  of  Jesus;  a  study  in 
the   historical   development   of   the   foreshadowings   of 

the  Christ  in  the  Old  testament  and  beyond.     1900 221  G62 

Selected  bibliography,   p.289-299. 
OTTLEY,  Robert  Lawrence. 

Aspects  of  the  Old  testament.     1897.     (Bampton  lectures.) 221  O31 

POLLARD,  Josephine. 

History  of  the  Old  testament,  in  words  of  one  syllable.     1888.  .J221  P76 
RIEHM,  Eduard  Carl  August. 

Messianic  prophecy;  its  origin,  historical  growth  and  relation 

to  New  testament  fulfilment.     1891 221  R44 

SMITH,  William  Robertson. 

The  Old  testament  in  the  Jewish  church;  lectures  on  biblical 

criticism.     1895 221   S66 

DAVIDSON,  Samuel. 

An  introduction  to  the  Old  testament;  critical,  historical, 

and  theological.    3v.    1862-63 221. i  D29 


OLD  TESTAMENT  139 


GREEN,  William  Henry. 

General  introduction  to  the  Old  testament;  the  canon.    1898.  .221.1  G83g 

'Treatises  consulted  on  the  canon,"  p.is-17. 

"The  traditional  as  opposed  to  the  modern  views  of  the  canon  of  the 
Old  Testament.  .  .deserves  the  attention  of  those  who  would  hear  both 
sides.  .  .Dr.  Green's  statement  that  he  treats  his  subject  'not  theologi- 
cally but  historically,'  is  quite  true  as  to  the  form  of  treatment.  But 
we  do  not  know  of  any  biblical  scholar  whose  critical  conclusions  seem 
more  controlled,  however  unconsciously,  by  a  theological  theory." 
Outlook,   1898. 

McFADYEN,  John  Edgar. 

Messages  of  the  prophetic  and  priestly  historians;  the 
writings  of  the  historians  of  the  Old  testament,  ar- 
ranged so  as  to  distinguish  their  principal  sources,  and 
freely  rendered  in  paraphrase.  1901.  (Messages  of 
the  Bible.)    221. i    M15 

"Books  of  reference,"  p.349-352. 

SMITH,  George  Adam. 

Modern  criticism  and  the  preaching  of  the  Old  testament; 
eight  lectures  on  the  Lyman  Beecher  foundation,  Yale 

university.     1901   221. i  S64 

Contents:  The  liberty  and  duty  of  Old  testament  criticism  as  proved 
from  the  New  testament. — The  course  and  character  of  modern  criti- 
cism.— The  historical  basis  in  the  Old  testament. — The  proof  of  a  di- 
vine revelation  in  the  Old  testament. — The  spirit  of  Christ  in  the  Old 
testament.  —  The  hope  of  immortality  in  the  Old  tesament.  —  The 
preaching  of  the  prophets  to  their  own  times,  with  some  account  of 
their  influence  upon  the  social  ethics  of  Christendom. — The  Christian 
preacher  and  the  books  of  wisdom. 

WEIR,  Thomas  H. 

Short  history  of  the   Hebrew  text  of  the  Old  testament. 

1899 221.4  W45 

"Authorities   consulted,"   p.4. 
MOZLEY,  James  Bowling. 

Ruling  ideas  in  early  ages  and  their  relation  to  Old  testa- 
ment faith.     1896   221.6  M94 

Lectures:  Abraham. — Sacrifice  of  Isaac. — Human  sacrifices.  —  Extermi- 
nating wars. — Visitation  of  the  sins  of  fathers  upon  children. — Jael. — 
Connection  of  Jael's  act  with  the  morality  of  her  age. — Law  of  retalia- 
tion.— Retaliation;  law  of  Goel. — The  end  the  test  of  a  progressive 
revelation. — The  Manichaeans  and  the  Jewish  fathers. 
MARCHANT,  John. 

Exposition  on  the  books  of  the  Old  testament.     1745 qr22i.7  M37 

MOULTON,  Richard  Green. 

Literary  study  of  the  Bible.     1896 221.8  M94 

"Deals  with  the  Bible  as  literature,  without  reference  to  theological  or 
distinctively  religious  matters,  or  to  the  historical  analysis  which  has 
come  to  be  known  as  'the  higher  criticism.'  " 


221.9     History  and  biography 

AGUILAR,  Grace. 

Women  of  Israel.    2v.  in  i.     1895 221.9  A28 

CHEYNE,  Thomas  Kelly. 

Jeremiah;  his  life  and  times.     1888.     (Men  of  the  Bible.).  .  .221.9  C42 

"In  the  portrayal  of  the  character  of  Jeremiah,  and  of  the  history  of  his 
inner  life.  Prof.  Cheyne  has.  .  .succeeded  unusually  well.  His  wide 
reading  serves  him  with  many  side  lights,  such  as  the  striking  parallel 
between  Jeremiah  and  Savonarola  with  which  the  volume  ends."  An- 
dover  review,  1889. 


UO  OLD  TESTAMENT 

DEANE,  Henry. 

Daniel;  his  life  and  times.     1888.     (Men  of  the  Bible.) 221.9  D346 

Bibliographical  note,  p.3. 

Popular  study  of  Babylonian  history  as  related  to  the  Jewish  captivity. 

DEANE,  William  John. 

Abraham;  his  life  and  times.     (Men  of  the  Bible.)  221.9  ^343 

Bibliographical  note,  p.3-4. 
David;  his  life  and  times.     (Men  of  the  Bible.) 221.9  D34 

Bibliographical  note,  p.3-4. 
Joshua ;  his  life  and  times.     1889.     (Men  of  the  Bible.) 221.9  D34J 

Bibliographical  note,   p.3-4. 

Samuel  and  Saul;  their  lives  and  times.     (Men  of  the  Bi- 
ble.)     221.9  D34S 

Bibliographical  note,  p.3. 

DRIVER,  Samuel  Rolles. 

Isaiah;  his  life  and  times  and  the  writings  which  bear  his 

nam.e.     1888.     (Men  of  the  Bible.)  221.9  D82 

Bibliographical  note,  p.3-4. 

"Clear  and  judicious  sketch  of  the  history  of  Israel  and  Judah  in  the 
time  of  Isaiah,  as  well  as  of  the  prophet's  ministry,  and  a  chronolog- 
ical analysis  of  the  text  of  the  prophet  without  regard  to  the  traditicMi- 
al  order  of  the  chapters."    Athenaeum,  1888. 
FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

Minor  prophets.     (Men  of  the  Bible.)  221.9  F25m 

Brief  popular  studies  of  the  personalities  and  messages  of  the  13  lesser 
prophets. 

Solomon;  his  life  and  times.     (Men  of  the  Bible.)  221.9  F2S 

Brings  out  clearly  the  details  of  Solomon's  reign,  concluding  with  a  full 
analysis  of  his  writings  and  of  the  legends  connected  with  his  life. 
GEIKIE,  Cunningham. 

Hours  with  the  Bible.    6v.     1894 221.9  G28 

V.I.     Creation  to  Moses. 

V.2.     Aioses  to  the  Judges. 

V.3.     Samson  to  Solomon. 

V.4.     Rehoboam  to  Hezekiah,  with  contemporary  prophets. 

v.S.     Manasseh  to  Zedekiah,  with  contemporary  prophets. 

V.6.     From  the  exile  to  Malachi. 

List  of  authorities,  v.i,  p.7-iS- 

GIGOT,  Francis  E. 

Outlines  of  Jewish  history  from  Abraham  to  our  Lord.  1897.  .221.9  G38 
Prepared  specially  for  the  use  of  Roman  Catholic  theological  students. 

LANG,  John  Marshall. 

Gideon  and  the  judges;  a  study,  historical  and  practical.     1890. 

(Men  of  the  Bible.)  221.9  L^3 

Bibliographical  note,  p.4. 

MILLIGAN,  William. 

Elijah ;  his  life  and  times.     (Men  of  the  Bible.)  221.9  M69 

RAWLINSON,  George. 

Ezra  and  Nehemiah;  their  lives  and  times.     1890.     (Men  of 

the  Bible.)  221.9  R23 

Bibliographical  note,  p.3-4. 
Isaac  and  Jacob;  their  lives  and  times.     1890.     (Men  of  the 

Bible.)   221.9  R23i 

Bibliographical  note,  p.3. 

Follows  Scripture  narrative  closely,  supplementing  it  with  information 
about  countries  and  customs. 
Lives  and  times  of  the  kings  of  Israel  and  Judah.     1889. 

(Men  of  the  Bible.)  221.9  R23I 

Bibliographical  note,  p.3-4. 


OLD  TESTAMENT  141 

Moses;  his  life  and  times.     1887.     (Men  of  the  Bible.) 221.9  R23m 

Bibliographical  note,  p.3-4. 

SMITH,  Sir  William,  ed. 

Old  testament  history,  (to  400  B.C.).     1894.     (Student's 

Scripture  history.)   221.9  S66 

TOMKINS,  Henry  George. 

The  life  and  times  of  Joseph  in  the  light  of  Egyptian  lore. 

1893.     (By-paths  of  Bible  knowledge.) 221.9  T59 

Studies  on  the  times  of  Abraham 221.9  Tsgs 

WHYTE,  Alexander. 

Bible  characters.    3v.     1899 221.9  W66 

V.  I .     Adam. — Eve. — Cain. — Abel.^ — -Enoch. — Jubal. — Noah. — Ham. — Nim- 
rod. — Terah. — Abraham. —  Lot. — Sarah. — Isaac. — Esau. — Rebekah. — Ja- 
cob.— Joseph. — Aaron. —  Miriam. —  Moses. —  Moses  the  type  of  Christ. 
— Pharaoh. — Balaam. — Joshua. — Achan. 
V.2.     Gideon. — Jephthah  and  his  daughter. — Samson. —  Ruth. —  Hannah. 
—  Eli. —  Samuel. — Saul. —  David. — ^Jonathan. —  Nabal. —  Michal,  Saul's 
daughter.  —  bolomon.  —  Solomon,  and  a  greater  than  Solomon. —  The 
Queen  of  Sheba. — Shimei. — Joab. — Absalom. 
V.3.     Ahithophel. — Mephibosheth. —  Barzillai. —  Heman. — ^Jeroboam. — The 
disobedient  prophet. —  Rehoboam. — Josiah. —  Elijah. — Elisha. — Naaman. 
— Job. — Jonah. — Isaiah. — Jeremiah. —  Daniel. —  Nebuchadnezzar. — Bel- 
shazzar. — Esther. — Ezra. — Sanballat. — Nehemiah. 

222     Historical  books 

HARPER,  Henry  A. 

Bible  and  modern  discoveries.     1895 222  H28 

BIBLE.— OW  testament.    Pentateuch. 

Targums    of   Onkelos    and   Jonathan    Ben    Uzziel    on   the 
Pentateuch,  with  the  fragments  of  the  Jerusalem  targum. 

1862 222.1  B47t 

Contents:  Genesis. — Exodus. 
William  Tyndale's  five  books  of  Moses,  called  the  Penta- 
teuch; a  verbatim  reprint  of  the  edition  of  1530,  com- 
pared with  Tyndale's  Genesis,  of  1534,  and  the  Penta- 
teuch in  the  Vulgate,  Luther  and  Matthew's  Bible,  with 
various  collations  and  prolegomena,  by  J.  I.  Mombert. 

1884  qr222.i  T96 

Biographical  notice  of  Tyndale,  p.iy-s*, 
BISSELL,  Edwin  Cone. 

Pentateuch;  its  origin  and  structure.     1892 222.1  B49 

BRIGGS,  Charles  Augustus. 

Higher  criticism  of  the  Hexateuch.    1893 222.1  B74 

CARPENTER,  Joseph  Estlin,  &  Battersby,   George  Har- 
ford-, ed. 
Hexateuch,  according  to  the  revised  version,  arranged  in 
its  constituent  documents,  by  members  of  the  Society 
of  historical  theology,  Oxford;  with  introduction,  notes, 
marginal  references  and  synoptical  tables.    2v.    1900.  .qr222.i  C22 
V.I.     Introduction  and  tabular  appendices. 
V.2.     Text  and  notes. 

GREEN,  William  Henry. 

Higher  criticism  of  the  Pentateuch.     1896 222.1   G83 

MacDILL,  D. 

Mosaic  authorship  of  the  Pentateuch  defended  against  the 


142  OLD  TESTAMENT 


views  and  arguments  of  Voltaire,  Paine,  Colenso,  Reuss, 

Graf,  Kuenen  and  Wellhausen.     1896 222.1  M14 

WHITNEY,  Mrs  Adeline  Button  (Train). 

The  open  mystery;  a  reading  of  the  Mosaic  story.     1897 222.1  W65 

BIBLE. — Old  testament.    Genesis. 

Genesis;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     1897.     (Modern  reader's 

Bible.)  222.1  B47g 

DILLMANN,  August. 

Genesis  critically  and  exegetically  expounded.    2v.     1897.. 222.1  D58 
DODS,  Marcus. 

Book  of  Genesis.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 222.1  D67 

FISKE,  Amos  Kidder. 

Myths  of  Israel;  the  ancient  book  of  Genesis,  with  analy- 
sis and  explanation  of  its  composition.     1897 222.1  F54 

LUTHER,  Martin. 

Creation;  a  commentary  on  the  first  five  chapters  of  Gen- 
esis.    1858 r222.l   L98 

SCHRADER,  Eberhard. 

Studien  zur  kritik  und  erklaerung  der  biblischen  urgeschichte, 
Gen.  cap.  i-ii ;  drei  abhandlungen,  mit  einem  anhange,  Die 
urgeschichte  nach  dem  berichte  des  annalistischen  und  nach 

dem  des  prophetischen  erzahlers.     1863 r222.i  S37 

WORCESTER,  Elwood  C. 

Book  of  Genesis  in  the  light  of  modern  knowledge.     1901  .  . .  .222.1  W88 
Lectures  delivered  Sunday  afternoons  in  St.  Stephen's  (Episcopal)  church 
in  Philadelphia.     Devotes  most  attention  to  the  Flood. 

BIBLE. — Old  testament.    Exodus. 

Exodus;   ed.   by   R.    G.    Moulton.      1896.      (Modern   reader's 

Bible.) 222.1    B47e 

CHADWICK,  George  Alexander,  bp. 

Book  of  Exodus.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 222.1  C34 

KELLOGG,  Samuel  Henry. 

Book  of  Leviticus.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 222.1  K16 

WATSON,  Robert  Addison. 

Book  of  Numbers.     1894.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 222.1  W32 

BIBLE. — Old  testament.    Deuteronomy. 

Deuteronomy;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.  1896.  (Modern  read- 
er's Bible.) 222.1    B47d 

DRIVER,  Samuel  Rolles. 

A  critical  and   excgetical  commentary  on   Deuteronomy. 

1896.     (International  critical  commentary.) 222.1   D82 

HARPER,  Andrew. 

Book  of  Deuteronomy.     1895.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 222.1  H28 

BLAIKIE,  William  Garden. 

Book  of  Joshua.     1893.  (Expositor's  Bible.) 222.2  B52 

BIBLE. — Old  testament.    Judges. 

Judges;   ed.  by   R.  G.  Moulton.      1896.      (Modern   reader's 

Bible.)    222.3  B47 

MOORE,  George  Foot. 

Critical  and  exegetical  commentary  on  Judges.  1895.  (In- 
ternational critical  commentary.) 222.3  M87 


OLD  TESTAMENT  143 

WATSON,  Robert  Addison. 

Judges  and  Ruth.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 222.3  W32 

BLAIKIE,  William  Garden. 

First  and  second  books  of  Samuel.     2v.     1898.     (Exposi- 
tor's Bible.)   222.4  B52 

BUDDE,  Karl. 

Books    of   Samuel;    critical    edition    of   the    Hebrew   text 
printed  in  colors  exhibiting  the  composite  structure  of 

the  book.     1894 qr222.4  BSs 

SMITH,  Henry  Preserved. 

Critical  and  exegetical  commentary  on  the  books  of  Sam- 
uel.    1899.     (International  critical  commentary.) 222.4  S64 

BIBLE. — Old  testament.    Kings. 

The  Kings;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     1896.     (Modern  reader's 

Bible.) 222.5  B47 

FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

First  and  second  books  of  Kings.    2v.    1899.     (Expositor's 

Bible.)    222.5  F25 

BIBLE. — Old  testament.    Chronicles. 

Chronicles;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     1897.     (Modern  reader's 

Bible.) 222.6  C46 

BENNETT,  William  Henry. 

Books  of  Chronicles.     1894.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 222.6  B43 

ADENEY,  Walter  Frederick. 

Ezra,  Nehemiah  and  Esther.     1893.     (Expositor's  Bible.).  .222.7  A23 


223     Poetical  books 

BIBLE. — Old  testament.    Poetical  books. 

Biblical  idyls;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     1896.     (Modem  read- 
er's Bible.) 223  B47 

Contents:  Song  of  Solomon. — Ruth. — Esther. — Tobit. 
CHEYNE,  Thomas  Kelly. 

Job  and  Solomon ;  or.  The  wisdom  of  the  Old  testament.   1893 . .  223  C42 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 

Critical  and  exegetical  study  of  four  of  the  books  of  the  Old  testament, 
vie.  Job,  Proverbs,  Ecclesiasticus  and  Ecclesiastes. 

BIBLE.— OW  testament.    Job. 

Book  of  Job;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     1896.     (Modern  read- 
er's Bible.)   223.1  B47 

EWALD,  Georg  Heinrich  August  von. 

Commentary  on  the  book  of  Job,  with  translation.     1882.  .223.1  E96 
WATSON,  Robert  Addison. 

Book  of  Job.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 223.1  W32 

BIBLE.— OW  testament.    Psalms. 

Hexaplar   Psalter;   the  book  of   Psalms,   Hebrew,   Greek, 

Latin  and  English  in  six  parallel  columns.     1843 qr223.2  B47 

The  Psalms  and  Lamentations;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     2v. 

1898.     (Modern  reader's  Bible.)   223.2  B47 

BARTON,  William  Eleazar. 

The  Psalms  and  their  story;  a  study  of  the  Psalms  as  related 


144  OLD  TESTAMENT 

to  Old  testament  history.    2v.    1898 223.2  B27 

v,i.    From  the  exodus  to  the  exile. 
v.a.    From  the  exile  to  the  advent. 

BYTHNER,  Victorin. 

Lyra    prophetica    Davidis;    sive,    Analysis    critico-practica 

psalmorum.     1679  r223.2  B99 

CHEYNE,  Thomas  Kelly. 

Origin  and  religious  contents  of  the  Psalter,  in  the  light  of 
Old  testament  criticism  and  the   history  of  religions. 

1891.     (Bampton  lectures.)  223.2  C42 

CLOKEY,  Joseph  Waddell. 

David's  harp  in  song  and  story;  a  history  of  the  Psalms. 

1896  223.2  C61 

EWALD,  Georg  Heinrich  August  von. 

Commentary  on  the  Psalms  and  Lamentations.    2v.     1880- 

81   223.2  E96 

MACLAREN,  Alexander. 

Psalms.     3v.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 223.2  M19 

V.I.     Psalms,   1-38. 
V.2.     Psalms,  39-89. 
V.3.     Psalms,  90-150. 

UNITED  PRESBYTERIAN  BOARD  OF  PUBLICATION. 

An  index  to  the  Psalms.    1892 r223.2  U25 

VAN  DYKE,  Henry. 

Poetry  of  the  Psalms,  for  readers  of  the  English  Bible. 

1900  223.2  V18 

WITHER,  George. 

Exercises  upon  the  first  psalme,  both  in  prose  and  verse. 

1882.     (Spenser  society.     Publications,  v.34.) r223.2  W82e 

Peprint  of  the  edition  of  1620. 

Consists  of  a  metrical  translation,  several  readings  of  the  psalm  accord- 
ing to  different  interpreters,  an  exposition  of  its  meaning,  meditations 
in  verse,  and  a  short  prose  paraphrase. 

Preparation  to  the  Psalter.     1884.     (Spenser  society.     Publi- 
cations, V.37.)   qr223.2  W82 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of  1619. 

Study  and  exposition  of  the  Psalms,  discussing  their  authorship,  titles, 
poetry,  doctrine,   etc. 

WITHER,  George,  tr. 

Psalms  of  David  translated  into  lyrick-verse,  by  George  With- 
er.    2v.  in  I.     1881.    (Spenser  society.     Publications,  v.31- 

32.)    r223.2  W82P 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of  1632. 

The  poetical  translation  of  each  psalm  is  preceded  by  a  short  argument, 
and  followed  by  a  prayer  or  meditation. 

B I B LE. — Old  testament.    Proverbs. 

Proverbs;  ed.  by  R.   G.   Moulton.     1896.     (Modern  reader's 

Bible.) 223.7  P97 

HORTON,  Robert  Forman. 

Book  of  Proverbs.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 223.7  H81 

BIBLE. — Old  testament.    Ecclesiastes. 

Ecclesiastes,  and  the  Wisdom  of  Solomon;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moul- 
ton.    1897.     (Modem  reader's  Bible.) 223.8  B47 


OLD  TESTAMENT  145 

BRADLEY,  George  Granville. 

Lectures  on  Ecclesiastes;  delivered  in  Westminster  abbey. 

1898   223.8   B68 

COX,  Samuel. 

Book  of  Ecclesiastes;  with  a  new  translation.     1899.     (Ex- 
positor's Bible.)   223.8  C8s 

RENAN,  Ernest. 

Cohelet;  or,  The  preacher;  tr.  fr.  the  Hebrew,  with  a  study  on 

the  age  and  character  of  the  books  of  Ecclesiastes 223.8  R33 

ADENEY,  Walter  Frederic. 

Song  of  Solomon,  and  the  Lamentations  of  Jeremiah.   1895. 

(Expositor's  Bible.)   223.9  A23 

RENAN,  Ernest. 

Song  of  songs;  tr.  fr.  the  Hebrew,  with  a  study  of  the  plan, 

the  age  and  the  character  of  the  poem 223.9  R33 

224     Prophetical  books 

BIBLE. — Old  testament.    Prophetical  books. 

Daniel    and   the   minor    prophets;    ed.  by    R.  G.  Moulton. 

1897.     (Modern  reader's  Bible.)    224  B47d 

CORNILL,  Carl  Heinrich. 

Prophets  of  Israel;  sketches  from  Old  testament  history. 

1895 224  C82 

EWALD,  Georg  Heinrich  August  von. 

Commentary  on  the  prophets  of  the  Old  testament.     5v. 

1875-81    224  E96 

HITZIG,  Ferdinand. 

Die  zwolf  kleinen  propheten.     1863 r224  H63 

KIRKPATRICK,  Alexander  Francis. 

The  doctrine  of  the  prophets;  the  Warburtonian  lectures 

for  1886-1890.     1897 224  K28 

MAURER,  Franz  Joseph  Valentin  Dominik. 

Commentarius  grammaticus  historicus  criticus  in  prophetas 

minores.     1840 r224  M49 

SANDERS,  Frank  Knight,  &  Kent,  C.F. 

The  messages  of  the  earlier  prophets;  arranged  in  the  order  of 
time,  analyzed,  and  freely  rendered  in  paraphrase.     1899. 

(Messages  of  the  Bible.) 224  S2im 

The  messages  of  the  later  prophets;  arranged  in  the  order  of 
time,  analyzed,  and  freely  rendered  in  paraphrase.     1899. 

(Messages  of  the  Bible.) 224  S21 

Contains    prophecies    of    Ezekiel,    Obadiah,    Jeremiah,    Isaiah,    Haggai, 
Zechariah,  Nehemiah,  Ezra,  Joel  and  Jonah. 

SMITH,  George  Adam. 

The  boolc  of  the  twelve  prophets,  commonly  called  the  minor. 

2v.     1898.     (Expositor's  Bible.)   224  S64 

V.I.     Amos,    Hosea   and    Micah,    with    an   introduction   and  a   sketch    of 

prophecy  in  early  Israel. 
V.2.     Zephaniah,  Nahum,  Habakkuk,  Obadiah,  Haggai,  Zechariah  I-VIII, 
Malachi,  Joel,  Zechariah  IX-XIV,  and  Jonah;  with  historical  and  criti- 
cal  introductions. 


146  NEW  TESTAMENT 


SMITH,  William  Robertson. 
The  prophets  of  Israel  and  their  place  in  history  to  the  close  of 

the  8th  century  B.C.     1897 224  S66 

BIBLE.— Old  testament.    Isaiah. 

Isaiah;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     1898.     (Modem  reader's 

Bible.)  224.1  B47 

Book  of  Isaiah  in  Hindustani.     1842 224.1  B63 

MITCHELL,  Hinckley  Gilbert. 

Isaiah;  a  study  of  chapters  1-12.     1897 224.1  M74 

"Books  and  authors  cited,"  p.  9-14. 
SAYCE,  Archibald  Henry. 

Life  and  times  of  Isaiah;  as  illustrated  by  contemporary  mon- 
uments.    (By-paths  of  Bible  knowledge.) 224.1  S27 

SMITH,  George  Adam. 

Book  of  Isaiah.    2v.     1900.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 224.1  S64 

V.I.    Chapters  1-39. 

V.I.    Chapters  40-66;  with  a  sketch  of  the  history  of  Israel  from  Isaiah 
to  the  exile. 

BIBLE. — Old  testament.    Jeremiah. 

Jeremiah;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     1897.     (Modern  reader's 

Bible.)    224.2  B47 

BALL,  Charles  James. 

Prophecies    of  Jeremiah;    with   a    sketch   of   his   life   and 

times.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.)   224.2  B21 

BENNETT,  William  Henry. 

Book  of  Jeremiah;  chapters   21-52.      1895.      (Expositor's 

Bible.)    224.2  B43 

Forms  a  supplement   to   Prophecies   of   Jeremiah,   by   C.  J.  Ball,   in    the 
same  series. 

KEIL,  Carl  Friedrich. 

Prophecies  of  Jeremiah.    2v.     1873-80 r224.2  K16 

BIBLE.— OW  testament.    Ezekiel. 

Ezekiel;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     1897.      (Modern   reader's 

Bible.)    224.4   B47 

SKINNER,  John. 

Book  of  Ezekiel.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 224.4  S62 

Bibliographical  note,  p.s-6. 
FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

Book  of  Daniel.     1895.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 224.5  ^25 

"Authorities  consulted,"  p.p-ia. 

MITCHELL,  Hinckley  Gilbert. 

Amos;  an  essay  in  exegesis.     1893 224.8  M74 

MOORE,  Thomas  Verner. 

Prophets  of  the  restoration;  or,  Haggai,  Zechariah  and  Mala- 

chi ;  translation  with  notes.     1856 r224.9  M87 

SIMPSON,  William. 

The  Jonah  legend;  a  suggestion  of  interpretation.     1899 224.9  S61 

225     New  testament 
Text 

BIBLE — New  testament. 

Bible  stories;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.    1899.    (Modern  reader's 


NEW  TESTAMENT  147 


Bible.)   J225  B47b 

Gospel,  epistles   and  revelation   of  St.  John;   ed.  by   R.  G. 

Moulton.     1898.     (Modern  reader's  Bible.) 226.5  B47 

Historical  New  testament;  the  literature  of  the  New  testa- 
ment arranged  in  the  order  of  its  literary  growth  and 
according  to  the  dates  of  the  documents;  a  new  trans- 
lation, ed.  with  prolegomena,  historical  tables,  critical 
notes  and  an  appendix,  by  James  Moffatt.     1901 225  B47h 

New  testament  in  the  original  Greek;  revised  by  B.  F.  West- 

cott  and  F.  J.  A.  Hort.     1895 r225.4  B47 

New  testament  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ;  published  for 
Samuel  Williams,  formerly  pastor  of  the  First  Baptist 
church,  Pittsburgh.     1881 r286  B473 

Novum  testamentum  Jesu  Christi.     1781 r225.5  B47 

St.  Matthew  and  St.  Mark  and  the  general  epistles;  ed.  by 

R.  G.  Moulton.    1898.    (Modern  reader's  Bible.) 226  B47 

St.  Luke   and    St.  Paul;    ed.  by    R.  G.  Moulton.      2v.      1898. 

(Modern  reader's  Bible.)    225  B47 

Variorum  edition  of  the  New  testament,  with  renderings 
and  readings  from  the  best  authorities;  ed.  by  R.  L. 
Clarke  and  others.     1881   r22S.s  B473 

General  ^vo^ks 

AUGUSTINE,  St. 

The  Sermon  on  the  mount  expounded,  and  The  harmony 
of  the  evangelists;  tr.  by  William  Findlay  and  S.  D.  F. 

Salmond.     1873  225  A92 

BEYSCHLAG,  Willibald. 

New  testament  theology;  or,  Historical  account  of  the  teach- 
ing of  Jesus  and  of  primitive  Christianity  according  to  the 

New  testament  sources.     2v.     1896 225  B46 

BURTON,  Ernest  de  Witt,  ed. 

Records  and  letters  of  the  Apostolic  age;  Acts,  Epistles 

and  Revelation  arranged  for  historical  study.     1895 225  B9S 

BUTLER,  James  Glentworth,  ed. 

Bible-work;  New  testament.    2v.     1892 qr225  B97 

V.I.    The  fourfold  gospel,  the  four  gospels  consolidated  in  a  continuous 

narrative. 
v.a.    The  Acts.— Epistles. — Revelation. 

DAVIDSON,  Samuel. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  the  New  testament,  critical, 

exegetical,  and  theological.    2v.     1894 225  D2g 

FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

The  Herods.    1898 225  F25 

"Authorities  and  books  consulted,"  p.33S-a36. 
The  messages  of  the  books;  being  discourses  and  notes  on 

the  books  of  the  New  testament.     1897 225  F25ni 

FIELD,  Frederick. 

Notes  on  the  translation  of  the  New  testament;  being  the 

Otium  Norvicense  (pars  tertia).     1899 r22S  F45 


148  NEW  TESTAMENT 

GLOAG,  Paton  James. 

Introduction  to  the  Johannine  writings.    1891 225  G51 

GODET,  Frederic. 

Introduction  to  the  New  testament,    v.1-2,  pt.i.     1894-99.  .  .225  G55 
V.I.    Epistles  of  Paul. 
V.2,  pt. I.    The  collection  of  the  four  gospels  and  the  gospel  of  St.  Matthew. 

GOULD,  Ezra  Palmer. 

Biblical  theology  of  the  New  testament.    1900 225  G73 

POLLARD,  Josephine. 

History  of  the  New  testament,  in  words  of  one  syllable. 

1888 J22S  P76 

REUSS,  Eduard  Wilhelm  Eugen. 

Hi.story  of  the  New  testament.    2v.     1884 225  R36 

SALMON,  George. 

Historical  introduction  to  the  study  of  the  books  of  the  New 

testament.     1888 225  S17 

STEVENS,  George  Barker. 

Johannine  theology;  a  study  of  the  doctrinal  contents  of  the 

gospel  and  epistles  of  John.     1899 225  S84J 

The  theology  of  the  New  testament.    1899.     (International 

theological  library.)   225  S84 

This  work  is  neither  apologetic  nor  controversial.  It  seeks  to  expound, 
not  to  defend.  It  sets  forth,  in  systematic  form,  the  doctrinal  con- 
tents of  the  New  testament  according  to  its  natural  divisions.  Brief 
explanations  of  the  mode  of  treating  certain  portions  of  the  New 
testament,  with  respect  to  which  important  critical  differences  exist 
among  scholars,  are  given  in  the  chapters  introductory  to  the  several 
parts  of  the  work.  There  is  a  select  bibliography  (4p.)  which  com- 
prises the  most  important  recent  literature  of  the  subject.  Author  is 
now,  (1899),  Dwight  professor  of  systematic  theology  in  Yale  uni- 
versity. 
VINCENT,  Marvin  Richardson. 

Student's  New  testament  handbook.     1893 225  V34 

Word  studies  in  the  New  testament.    4v.     1890-1901 r22S  V34 

V.I.     The  synoptic  gospels.  —  Acts  of  the  apostles. — ^  Epistles  of  Peter, 
James  and  Jude. 

T.2.     The  writings  of  John;  the  gospel,  the  epistles,  the  apocalypse. 

V.3.     The  epistles  of  Paul;  Romans,  Corinthians,  Ephesians,  Philippians, 
Colossians,  Philemon. 

V.4.     The  Thessalonian  epistles. — Epistle  to  the  Galatians. — The  Pastoral 
epistles. — Epistle  to  the  Hebrews. 

List  of  authors  and  editions,  v.i,  p.15-23;  v.2,  p.3-5;  v.3,  p.3-7. 

LIGHTFOOT,  Joseph  Barber,  bp. 

On  a  fresh  revision  of  the  English  New  testament.     1871.  .225.5  L69 

225.7     Commentaries 

LANGE,  Johann  Peter. 

Commentary  on  the  Holy  scriptures;  New  testament;  tr. 

by  Philip  Schaff.    v.  1-7,  9.     1872 qr225.7  L24 

V.I.    Lange.  J.P.    Matthew. 

v.a.    Lange,  J.P.     Mark. — Oosterzee,  J  J.  van.     Luke. 
v.3.    Lange,  J.P.    John. 
V.4.    Lechler,  G.V.    Acts, 
v.s-    Lange,  J.P.  &  Fay,  F.R.    Romans. 
v.6.    Kling,  C.F.    First  and  second  Corinthians. 

V.7.    Schmoller,    Otto.     Galatiaas. — Braune,    KarL     Ephesians.     Philip- 
pians. Colossians. 


NEW  TESTAMENT  149 


v.g.    Lange,  J.P.  &  Oosterzee,  J.J.  van.    James. — Fronmueller,   G.F.C. 
First  and  second  Peter. — Braune,   Karl.     First,   second  and  third 
John. — Fronmueller,   G.F.C.     Jude. 
MEYER,  Heinrich  August  Wilhelm,  ed. 

Critical  and  exegetical  hand-book  of  the  New  testament,    iiv. 

1887-95.     (Bible  students'  library.) r22S.7  M65 

V.I.     Meyer,  H.A.W.     Gospel  of  Matthew. 

V.2.    Meyer,  H.A.W.    Gospels  of  Mark  and  Luke. 

V.3.    Meyer,  H.A.W.     Gospel  of  John. 

V.4.    Meyer,  H.A.W.    Acts  of  the  apostles. 

v.s.    Meyer,  H.A.W.    Epistle  to  the  Romans. 

V.6.    Meyer,  H.A.W.     Epistles  to  the  Corinthians. 

V.7.    Meyer,  H.A.W.    Epistle  to  the  Galatians  and  to  the  Ephesians. 

V.8.    Meyer,  H.A.W.     Epistles  to  the  Philippians,  the  Colossians,  Phile- 
mon and  to  the  Thessalonians. 

V.9.     Huther,  J.E.    Epistles  to  Timothy  and  Titus. — Lunemann,  Gottlieb. 
Epistle  to  the  Hebrews. 

v.io.  Huther,  J.E.     General  epistles  of  James,  Peter,  John  and  Jude. 

v.ii.  Diisterdieck,  Friedrich.     Revelation  of  John. 

Binders  title  reads  Meyer's  commentary  on  the  New  testament. 

NICOLL,  William  Robertson,  ed. 

Expositor's  Greek  testament,     v.1-2.     1897-1900 r225.7  N32 

v.i.     The  synoptic  gospels,  by  A.  B.  Bruce. — ^The  gospel  of  St.  John,  by 

Marcus  Dods. 
V.2.     Acts,    by    R.  J.  Knowling. — St.  Paul's   epistle   to   the    Romans,   by 
James   Denney. — St.  Paul's   first  epistle  to  the    Corinthians,  by  G.  G. 
Findlay. 

Authorities  consulted,  v.  i,  p.  58-60. 
Contains  Greek  text. 

SCHAFF,  Philip,  ed. 

International  illustrated   commentary  on  the  New  testa- 
ment, by   American   and   English   scholars    of  various 

evangelical  denominations.     4v.     1890-91 qr225.7  S29 

v.i.    Gospels  of  Matthew,  Mark  and  Luke. 

V.2.    Gospel  of  John,  and  the  Acts. 

v.3.    Epistles  of  Paul. 

V.4.    Catholic  epistles  and  Revelation. 

SCHMIDT,  Paul  Wilhelm,  &  Holtzendorff,  Franz  von,  ed. 

Short  Protestant  commentary  on  the  books  of  the  New  testa- 
ment.    3v.     1882-84 225.7   S3S 

225.9      History  and  biography 

ABBOTT,  Lyman. 

Life  and  letters  of  Paul  the  Apostle.     1898 225.9  A13 

BARNES,  Arthur  Stapylton. 

St.  Peter  in   Rome   and   his   tomb   on  the   Vatican   hill. 

1900 q225.9  B25 

"He  has  not  only  set  before  his  readers  the  Catholic  tradition  as  to  St.. 
Peter's  connection  with  Rome,  but  he  has  given  us  the  best  account 
in  English  of  that  wonderful  building,  or  group  of  buildings,  old  St. 
Peter's,  which  stood  beneath  the  site  of  the  mighty  basilica  of  Bra- 
mante  and'  Michael  Angelo."  Spectator,  1900. 
BAUR,  Ferdinand  Christian. 

Paul  the  apostle  of  Jesus  Christ,  his  life  and  work,  his  epistles 

and  his  doctrine.    2v.     1875-76 225.9  B32 

CONE,  Orello. 

Paul;  the  man,  the  missionary  and  the  teacher.     1898 225.9  C74 

"To  be  commended  for  the  light  it  throws  upon  the  beginning  of  Chris- 
tianity and  for  its  lucid  analysis  of  the  character,  work,  and  thought 
of  the  greatest  and  most  problematical  personality  of  the  apostolic  age. 
The  complete  indexes  of  subjects  and  passages  enhance  the  value  of 
the  book  for  reference." 


ISO  NEW  TESTAMENT 

CONYBEARE,  William  John,  &  Howson,  J.  S. 

Life  and  epistles  of  St.  Paul.    2v.  in  i.     1894 225.9  C76 

FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

Life  and  work  of  St.  Paul.    1893 225.9  F25 

FOUARD,  Constant,  I'abbe. 

Saint  Paul  and  his  missions.     1899 225.9  F82 

"The  best  life  of  St.  Paul  in  English  by  a  Catholic  writer."     Amtrican 
Catholic  quarterly  review,   1895. 

GEIKIE,  Cunningham. 

New  testament  hours.     1894-97.    4v 225.9  Gr28 

V.    I.    Gospels. 

v.a-3.    Apostles,  their  lives  and  letters. 

V.    4.     St.  Peter  to  Revelation. 

GIGOT,  Francis  E. 

Outlines  of  New  testament  history.    1898 225.9  G381 

Companion  volume  to  his  "Outlines  of  Jewish  history,"   and  like  that 
intended  for  the  use  of  Roman  Catholic  theologrical  students. 

GILBERT,  George  Holley. 

The  student's  life  of  Paul.     1899 225.9  G38 

Index  of  literature  cited,  p. 279. 
GOODWIN,  Frank  J. 

A  harmony  of  the  life  of  St.  Paul,  according  to  the  Acts  of 

the  apostles  and  the  Pauline  epistles.    1895 225.9  G63 

HAUSRATH,  Adolf. 

History  of  the  New  testament  times;  the  time  of  Jesus.    2v. 

1878-80  225.9  Hash 

History  of  the  New  testament  times;  the  time  of  the  apostles. 

4v.     1895 225.9  H35 

IVERACH,  James. 

St.  Paul ;  his  life  and  times.     (Men  of  the  Bible.)  225.9  ^33 

Bibliography,  p.3. 
LACORDAIRE,  Henri  Dominique. 

Saint  Mary  Magdalene.     1900 225.9  L12 

Author,  a  Dominican  friar  and  member  of  the  French  Academy,  at- 
tempts to  identify  Mary  Magdalene  with  Mary  of  Bethany. 

LEWIN,  Thomas. 

Life  and  epistles  of  St.  Paul.    2v.     1890 qr225.9  L67 

MACLEAR,  George  Frederick. 

Class-book  of  New  testament  history.    1897.     (Elementary 

theological  class-books.)   225.9  M19 

MATHESON,  George. 

Spiritual  development  of  St.  Paul.    1897 225.9  M46 

MEYER,  Frederick  Brotherton. 

Paul,  a  servant  of  Jesus  Christ.     1897 225.9  M6s 

RENAN,  Ernest. 

Saint  Paul.     (History  of  the  origins  of  Christianity.) 225.9  R33 

SMITH,  Philip. 

New  testament  history.     1892.     (Student's  Scripture  his- 
tory.)    225.9  S6s 

STALKER,  James. 

Life  of  St.  Paul 225.9  S78I 

The  two  St  Johns  of  the  New  testament.    189s 225.9  S78 


NEW  TESTAMENT  151 


226    Gospels  and  Acts 

BIBLE. — Nezv  testament.     Gospels. 

Holy  Gospels;  with  illustrations  from  paintings  by  the 
Italian,  Flemish,  German  and  French  masters  of  the 
14th,  15th  and  i6th  centuries;  notes  on  the  pictures  by 
Eugene  Miintz,  and  a  chronological  and  biographical 

list  of  the  painters.    2v.  in  i.     1900 qr226  B47 

BARROWS,  John  Henry. 

Seven  lectures  on  the  credibility  of  the  gospel  histories.     1891.  .226  B26 
Binder's  title  reads  "The  gospels  are  true  histories." 

BENNETT,  Edmund  Hatch. 

Four  gospels  from  a  lawyer's  standpoint.     1899 226  643 

BRUCE,  Alexander  Balmain. 

Parabolic  teaching  of  Christ;  a  systematic 'and  critical  study 

of  the  parables  of  our  Lord.     1899 226  B82 

CARPENTER,  Joseph  Estlin. 

First  three  gospels.     1890 226  Caa 

CARY,  George  Lovell. 

The  synoptic  gospels,  with  a  chapter  on  the  text-criticism  of 
the  New  testament.  1900.  (International  handbooks  to  the 
New  testament.)    226  C24 

Bibliography,  p.  17-18. 

'The  books  of  the  New  Testament  are  treated  as  a  literature  which  in 
order    to    be    understood    must    be    explained,    like    all    other    ancient 
literatures,  in  accordance  with  the  accepted  principles  of  the  grammat- 
ical and  historical  interpretation."     General  preface  to  the  series. 
CONE,  Orello. 

The  gospel  and  its  earliest  interpretations;  a  study  of  the 
teaching  of  Jesus  and  its  doctrinal  transformations  in 

the  New  testament.     1894 226  C74 

Gospel-criticism  and  historical  Christianity;  a  study  of  the 
gospels  and  of  the  history  of  the  gospel-canon  during  the 
second  century,  with  a  consideration  of  the  results  of  mod- 
ern criticism.     1891   226  C74g 

HALL,  Thomas  Cuming. 

Messages  of  Jesus  according  to  the  synoptists;  the  discourses 
of  Jesus  in  the  Gospels  of  Matthew,  Mark  and  Luke,  ar- 
ranged in  the  order  of  time,  and  freely  rendered  in  para- 
phrase.    1901.     (Messages  of  the  Bible.) 226  H17 

"Important  svnoptic  literature,"  p.233-236. 
HAWKINS,  Sir  John  Caesar. 

Horae  synopticae;  contributions  to  the  study  of  the  synoptic 

problem.     1899 r226  H36 

TOLSTOI,  Lyof  Nikolaivitch,  count. 

The  gospel  in  brief.     1896 226  T58 

WILKINSON,  John  Herbert.    . 

Four  lectures  on  the  early  history  of  the  gospels.     1898 226  W73 

226.1     Harmonies  of  the  Gospels 

BIBLE. — New  testament. 

The  four  gospels  in  one  narrative.     1890 226.1  B47 


152  NEW  TESTAMENT 

BROADUS,  John  Albert,  ed. 

A  harmony  of  the  Gospels  in  the  revised  version.     1898.  .  .226.1  B75 
CALVIN,  John. 

Harmonia  ex  evangelistis  tribus  composita  Matthaeo,  Marco 
&  Luca,  commentariis  Johannis  Calvini  exposita;  euisdem 

in  Johannem  evangelistam,  commentarius.     1572 qr226  C14 

EPHRAEM  SYRUS. 

Fragments  of  his  commentary  upon  Tatian's  Diatessaron; 

ed.  by  J.  R.  Harris.     1895 r226.i  E6& 

ROBINSQN,  Edward,  1794-1863. 

Harmony  of  the  four  gospels  in  English  according  to  the 

common  version;  with  notes  by  M.  B.  Riddle.     1886.  .  .  .226.1  R54 

The  savie.    1886 r226.i  R54 

STEVENS,  William  Arnold,  &  Burton,  E.  D. 

A  harmony  of  the  gospels  for  historical  study;  an  analyti- 
cal synopsis  of  the  four  gospels  in  the  version  of  1881. 
1898 226.1  S846 

226.2     Matthew 

BROADUS,  John  Albert. 

Commentary  on  the  gospel  of  Matthew.     1886.     (American 

commentary  on  the  New  testament.) r226.2  B75 

GIBSON,  John  Monro. 

Gospel  of  St.  Matthew.    1900.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 226.2  G37 

GORE,  Charles. 

Sermon  on  the  mount;  a  practical  exposition.     1897 226.2  G66 

MORISON,  James. 

Practicjd   commentary    on    the    gospel   according    to    St. 

Matthew.     1899  r226.2  M89 

SCHAFF,  Philip,  ed. 

Gospel  according  to  Matthew.     1882.     (International  re- 
vision commentary.) 226.2  82^ 

TRENCH,  Richard  Chenevix,  abp. 

Exposition  of  the  Sermon  on  the  mount;  drawn  from  the 
writings  of  St.  Augustine;  with  an  introductory  essay 
on  Augustine  as  an  interpreter  of  scripture.     1886 226.2  T72^ 

226.3     Mark 

BIBLE — New  testament.    Mark. 

The  gospel  according  to  St.  Mark;  the  Greek  text  with  intro- 
duction, notes  and  indices;  ed.  by  H.  B.  Swete.    1898 226.3  B47 

BADHAM,  Francis  Pritchett. 

S.  Mark's  indebtedness  to  S.  Matthew.     1897 226.3  B14 

"The  object  of  this  work  is  to  prove  that  S.  Mark  is  generally  posterior 
to  S.  Matthew."    Preface. 
CHADWICK,  George  Alexander,  bp. 

Gospel  according  to  Mark.     1900.     (Expositor's  Bible.) ..  .226.3  C34 
GOULD,  Ezra  Palmer. 

Critical  and  exegetical  commentary  on  the  Gospel  accord- 


NEW  TESTAMENT  153 

ing  to   Mark.     1896.      (International  critical   commen- 
tary.)     226.3  G73 

MORISON,  James. 

Practical    commentary    on    the    gospel    according    to    St. 

Mark.     1892  r226.3  M89 

RIDDLE,  Matthew  Brown,  ed. 

Gospel  according  to    Mark.      1899.      (International   revision 

commentary.) 226.3  ^43 

WEIDNER,  Revere  Franklin. 

Commentary  on  the  gospel  of  Mark,  embracing  the  version 

of  161 1  and  of  1881.    1881 r226.3  W44 

226.4  Luke 

BIBLE — New  testament.    Luke. 

The  gospel  according  to  Luke,  in  Greek,  after  the  Westcott 
and   Hort   text;   ed.   with  parallels,   illustrations,   various 

readings  and  notes,  by  Arthur  Wright.     1900 qr226.4  B47 

BURTON,  Henry. 

Gospel  according  to  St.  Luke.    1900.    (Expositor's  Bible.). .  .226.4  B95 

GODET,  Frederic. 

Commentary  on  the  gospel  of  St.  Luke.     1870 r226.4  G55 

PLUMMER,  Alfred. 

Critical  and  exegetical  commentary  on  the  Gospel  according 

to  Luke.     1896.     (International  critical  commentary.).  ..  .226.4  P72 
RAMSAY,  William  Mitchell. 

Was  Christ  born  at  Bethlehem?  a  study  on  the  credibility  of 

St.  Luke.     1898 226.4  R18 

RIDDLE,  Matthew  Brown,  ed. 

Gospel   according  to    Luke.      1882.      (International   revision 

commentary.)    226.4  R43 

226.5  John 

ABBOT,  Ezra,  and  others. 

The  fourth  gospel.     1891    226.5  A12 

Contents:     The  authorship  of  the  fourth  gospel,   external  evidences,  by 
Ezra  Abbot. — Internal  tokens  of  authorship  in  the  fourth  gospel,   by 
A.   P.   Peabody. — Internal  evidence  for  the  authenticity  and  genuine- 
ness of  Saint  John's  gospel,  by  J.  B.  Lightfoot. 
ABBOTT,  Lyman. 

An  illustrated  commentary  on  the  gospel  according  to  St. 

John,  for  family  use  and  reference.     1888 226.5  A13 

AUGUSTINE,  St. 

Lectures,  or  tractates  on  the  Gospel  according  to  St.  John; 

tr.  by  John  Gibb  and  James  Innes.    2v.    1873 226.5  A92 

BRITISH  AND  FOREIGN  BIBLE  SOCIETY. 

St.  John  iii,  16,  &c.  in  the  languages  and  dialects  in  which  the 

society  has  printed  the  Holy  scriptures.     1888 r226.5  875 

CLARKE,  James  Freeman. 

Fourth  gospel;  the  question  of  its  origin.    1886 226.5  C53 


154  NEW  TESTAMENT 

DODS,  Marcus. 

Gospel  of  John.    2v.     1899-1900.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 226.5  D67 

V.I.    Chapters  i-ii. 
V.2.    Chapters  12-21. 
GODET,  Frederic. 

Commentary  on  the  gospel  of  John  with  an  historical  and 

critical  introduction.     2v.     1893 226.5  G54 

GREGG,  David. 

Studies  in  John's  gospel;  the  gospel  of  Christ's  deity.    1891.  .226.5  G86 
JACOBUS,  Melancthon  Williams. 

Notes  on  the  gospels;   critical  and  explanatory;  John. 

1858 r226.5  J13 

MAURICE,  Frederick  Denison. 

Gospel  of  St.  John;  a  series  of  discourses.     1888 226.5  M49 

MEYER,  Frederick  Brotherton. 

The  life  and  light  of  men;  expositions  of  John,  1-12 226.5  M6s 

MILLIGAN,  William,  &  Moulton.W.  F.  ed. 

Gospel  according  to  John.     1899.     (International  revision 

commentary.)    226.5  M69 

PEYTON,  William  Wynne. 

The  memorabilia  of  Jesus,  commonly  called  the  gospel  of 

St.  John.     1892 226.5  P47 

THOLUCK,  August. 

Commentary  on  the  gospel  of  John.    1859 r226.5  T37 

"The  most  important  commentators  on  the  gospel,"  p. 45-55. 

226.6     Acts 

CALVIN,  John. 

Commentarii  integri  in  Acta  apostolorum.     1573 qr226  C14 

Bound  with  Calvin's  Harmonia  ex  evangelistis  tribus. 

HOWSON,  John  Saul,  &  Spence,  H.  D.  M.  ed. 

Acts  of  the  apostles.  1883.  (International  revision  com- 
mentary.)    226.6  H86 

LUCKOCK,  Herbert  Mortimer. 

Footprints  of  the  apostles  as  traced  by  Saint  Luke  in  the  Acts. 

2v.     1897 226.6  L97 

A  sequel  to  "Footprints  of  the  Son  of  man." 
RAMSAY,  William  Mitchell. 

St.  Paul  the  traveller  and  the  Roman  citizen.     1897 226.6  R18 

Practically  a  commentary  on   the  Acts  of  the  Apostles,  so  far  as  that 
book  exhibits  the  career  of  St.  Paul,  the  development  of  Christianity 
and  the  extension  of  the  Christian  religion  in  the  Roman  Empire. 
STOKES,  George  Thomas. 

Acts  of  the  apostles.    2v.     1897-98.     (Expositor's  Bible.)  ..  .226.6  S87 
ZELLER,  Eduard. 

Contents  and  origin  of  the  Acts  of  the  apostles,  critically  in- 
vestigated, with  Franz  Overbeck's  introduction  to  the  Acts, 
from  de  Wette's  handbook.    2v.     1875-76 226.6  Z4S 

226.9     Lord's  prayer 

GLADDEN,  Washington. 

Lord's  prayer ;  seven  homilies.    1899 226.9  G45 


NEW  TESTAMENT  155 


227     Epistles 

BEET,  Joseph  Agar. 

Commentary  on  St.  Paul's  epistles  to  the  Ephesians,  Philip- 

pians,  Colossians  and  to  Philemon.     1895 1227  B38 

CALVIN,  John. 

Commentarii  in  omnes  Pauli  Apostoli  epistolas,  atque  etia  in 
Epistolam  ad  Hebraeos;  adjunximus  ejusdem  authoris 
commentarios  in  omnes  canonicas  epistolas.    1557 qr226  C14 

Bound  with  Calvin's  Harmonia  ex  evangelistis  tribus. 

CONE,  Orello. 

Epistles  to  the  Hebrews,  Colossians,  Ephesians  and  Philemon, 
the  pastoral  epistles,  epistles  of  James,  Peter  and  Jude ;  with 
a  sketch  of  the  history  of  the  canon  of  the  New  testament. 
1901.     (International  handbooks  to  the  New  testament.)  . ..  .227  C74 
The  work  is  intended  for  Sunday-school  teachers  and  superintendents, 
and  Bible  students  in  general,  and  gives  more  prominence  to  the  re- 
sults of  critical  study  than  to  the  details.     Presents  the  views  of  ad- 
vanced biblical  scholars. 

DRUMMOND,  James,  b.  1835. 

Epistles  of  Paul  the  apostle  to  the  Thessalonians,  Corinthians, 
Galatians,  Romans  and  Philippians.     1899.     (International 

handbooks  to  the  New  testament.)   227  D84 

The  author  is  [1901]  principal  of  Manchester  college,  Oxford,  and  the 
book,  like  others  of  the  series,  is  written  from  t^Je  Unitarian  stand- 
point. 

ELLICOTT,  Charles  John,  bp. 

St.  Paul's  epistles  to  the  Philippians,  the  Colossians  and  Phile- 
mon (Greek  and  English  text);  with  a  critical  and  gram- 
matical commentary.     1888 r227  £52 

LIGHTFOOT,  Joseph  Barber,  bp. 

Dissertations  on  the  apostolic  age.     1892 227  L69 

Contents:  The  brethren  of  the  Lord.  —  St.  Paul  and  the  three. — The 
Christian  ministry.  —  St.  Paul  and  Seneca;  the  letters  of  Paul  and 
Seneca. — The   Essenes. 

Reprinted  from  Dr  Lightfoot's  published  commentaries  upon  St.  Paul's 
Epistles. 

Saint  Paul's  epistles  to  the  Colossians  and  to  Philemon;  a  re- 
vised Greek  text  with  introductions,  notes  and  disserta- 
tions.    1897  r227  L69 

Dissertations :  The  name  Essene. — Origin  and  affinities  of  the  Essenes. 
— Essenism  and  Christianity. 

MACLAREN,  Alexander. 

Epistles  of  St.  Paul  to  the  Colossians  and  Philemon.    1900. 

(Expositor's  Bible.)   227  M19 

RICKABY,  Joseph. 

Notes  on  St.  Paul;  Corinthians,  Galatians,  Romans.     1898 227  R43 

Father  Rickaby  is  a  member  of  the  Society  of  Jesus,  his  book  being 
issued  with  the  approval  of  Cardinal  Vaughan. 

STEVENS,  George  Barker. 

Messages  of  Paul;  arranged  in  historical  order,  analyzed, 
and  freely  rendered  in  paraphrase,  with  introductions. 

1900.     (Messages  of  the  Bible.)   227  S84 

Contains  epistles  to  the  Thessalonians,  Galatians,  Corinthians,  Romans, 
Colossians,  to  Philemon,  the  Ephesians  and  the  Philippians. 


156  NEW  TESTAMENT 

Messages  of  the  apostles;  the  apostolic  discourses  in  the  Acts 
and  the  general  and  pastoral  epistles  of  the    New    testa- 
ment arranged  in  chronological  order,  analyzed  and  freely 
rendered  in  paraphrase.     1900.     (Messages  of  the  Bible.)-  -227  S84ni 
"Books  of  reference,"  p. 257-258. 

BEET,  Joseph  Agar. 

Commentary  on  St.  Paul's  epistle  to  the  Romans.     T883.  ..  .r227.i  B38 
GORE,  Charles. 

St.  Paul's  epistle  to  the  Romans ;  a  practical  exposition.    2v. 

1899-1900   227.1   G66 

V.I.    Chapters   1-8. 
V.2.    Chapters  9-16. 

HORT,  Fenton  John  Anthony. 

Prolegomena  to  St.   Paul's  epistles  to  the  Romans  and  the 

Ephesians.     1895 .227.1  H81 

MOULE,  Handley  Carr  Glyn. 

Epistle  of  St.  Paul  to  the  Romans.     1899.     (Expositor's 

Bible.)    227.1  M94 

RIDDLE,  Matthew  Brown,  ed. 

Epistle  of  Paul  to  the  Romans.     1896.     (International  revision 

commentary.)    227.1  R43 

SANDAY,  William,  &  Headlam,  A.  C. 

A  critical  and  exegetical  commentary  on  the  Epistle  to 
the  Romans.  1896.  (International  critical  commen- 
tary.)     227.1  S21 

BEET,  Joseph  Agar. 

Commentary   on   St.    Paul's   epistles   to   the    Corinthians. 

1895  r227.2  B38 

"Ancient  authors  quoted,"  p.  17-18. 

DODS,  Marcus. 

First  epistle  to  the  Corinthians.    1899.    (Expositor's  Bible.).  .227.2  D67 
ELLICOTT,  Charles  John,  bp. 

St.  Paul's  first  epistle  to  the  Corinthians  (Greek  text) ;  with 

a  critical  and  grammatical  commentary.     1887 227.2  E52 

BEET,  Joseph  Agar. 

Commentary  on  St.  Paul's  epistle  to  the  Galatians.     1897. .  .r227.4  B38 
"Ancient  authors  quoted,"  p.21-23. 
ELLICOTT.  Charles  John.  bp. 

St.  Paul's  epistle  to  the  Galatians  (Greek  text) ;  with  a  criti- 
cal and  grammatical  commentary  and  a  revised  translation. 

1889 r227.4  E52 

FINDLAY,  George  Gillanders. 

Epistle  to  the  Galatians.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 227.4  ^49 

LIGHTFOOT,  Joseph  Barber,  bp. 

Saint  Paul's  epistle  to  the  Galatians;  a  revised  Greek  text 

with  introduction,  notes  and  dissertations.     1900 r227.4  L69 

Dissertations:  Were  the  Galatians  Celts  or  Teutons? — The  brethren  of 
the  Lord. — St.  Paul  and  the  three. 

RAMSAY,  William  Mitchell. 

Historical  commentary  on  St.  Paul's  Epistle  to  the  Galatians. 

1900   227.4  R18 

An  introduction  of  234  pages  treats  of  the  history  of  Galatia  and  its 
social,  political  and  religious  condition  in  the  time  of  St  Paul. 


NEW  TESTAMENT  157 

ELLICOTT,  Charles  John,  bp. 

St.  Paul's  epistle  to  the  Ephesians  (Greek  text) ;  with  a 
critical   and   grammatical    commentary    and   a    revised 

translation.     1884    , T227.S   E52 

FINDLAY,  George  Gillanders. 

Epistle  to  the  Ephesians.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 227.5  F49 

GORE,  Charles. 

St.  Paul's  epistle  to  the  Ephesians;  a  practical  exposition. 

1898  227.5  G66 

LIGHTFOOT,  Joseph  Barber,  bp. 

Saint  Paul's  epistle  to  the  Philippians;  revised  Greek  text 

with  introduction,  notes  and  dissertations.     1898 r227.6  L69 

Dissertations:  The  Christian  ministry. — St.  Paul  and  Seneca. 

RAINY,  Robert. 

Epistle  to  the  Philippians.     1900.     (Expositor's  Bible.).  . .  .227.6  R16 
VINCENT,  Marvin  Richardson. 

Critical  and  exegetical  commentary  on  the  epistles  to  the 
Philippians    and   to    Philemon.      1897.      (International 

critical  commentary.) 227.6  V34 

DENNEY,  James. 

Epistles  to  the  Thessalonians.     1899.     (Expositor's  Bi- 
ble.)     227.8  D43 

ELLICOTT,  Charles  John,  bp. 

St.  Paul's  epistles  to  the  Thessalonians  (Greek  text);  with  a 
critical  and  grammatical  commentary  and  a  revised  trans- 
lation.    1880 r227.8  E52 

Pastoral  epistles  of  St.  Paul  (Greek  text);  with  a  critical 
and  grammatical  commentary  and  a  revised  transla- 
tion.    1883  r227.8  E52P 

PLUMMER,  Alfred. 

Pastoral  epistles.     1900.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 227.8  P72 

Epistles  to  Timothy  and  Titus. 

AYLES,  H.H.B. 

Destination,  date  and  authorship  of  the  Epistle  to  the 

Hebrews.     1899 227.8  A97 

BRUCE,  Alexander  Balmain. 

Epistle  to  the  Hebrews;  an  exegetical  study.     1899 227.8  B82 

EDWARDS,  Thomas  Charles. 

Epistle  to  the  Hebrews.    1898.    (Expositor's  Bible.) 227.8  E32 

MILLIGAN,  George. 

Theology  of  the  Epistle  to  the  Hebrews;  with  a  critical 

introduction.     1899 227.8  M69 

List  of  books  referred  to,  p.  17-20. 

WESTCOTT,  Brooke  Foss,  bp. 

Epistle  to  the  Hebrews;  the  Greek  text,  with  notes  and 

essays.     1892 r227.8  W56 

MAYOR,  Joseph  Bickersteth. 

Epistle  of  St.  James;   the   Greek  text  with   introduction, 

notes  and  comments.     1897  . , r227.9  M54 

PLUMMER,  Alfred. 

General  epistles  of  St.  James  and  St.  Jude.  1899.  (Ex- 
positor's Bible.)   227.9  P72 


158  APOCALYPSE 

HORT,  Fenton  John  Anthony. 

First  Epistle  of  St.  Peter;  the   Greek  text  with  introduc- 
tory lecture,  commentary  and  additional  notes.     1898.  .227.9  H81 
Includes  only  chapter  i  and  the  first  17  verses  of  chapter  2. 
LUMBY,  Joseph  Rawson. 

Epistles  of  St.  Peter.     1893.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 227.9  L97 

BIBLE — New  testament.    John. 

Three   epistles  of  John,  translated  into   Delaware   Indian 

by  C.  F.  Dencke.     1818 r227.9  B47 

English  and  Indian  text. 

ALEXANDER,  William,  abp. 

Epistles  of  St.  John;  twenty-one  discourses,  with  Greek 
text,  comparative  versions  and  notes  chiefly  exegetical. 

1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.)   227.9  ^37 

WESTCOTT,  Brooke  Foss,  bp. 

Epistles  of  St.  John;  the  Greek  text  with  notes  and  essays. 

1892   227.9  Ws6 

228     Apocalypse 

BENSON,  Edward  White,  abp. 

The  Apocalypse,  an  introductory  study  of  the  Revelation  of 
St.  John  the  divine;  a  presentment  of  the  structure  of  the 
book  and  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  its  interpreta- 
tion.    1900 q228  B44 

BLEEK,  Friedrich. 

Lectures  on  the  Apocalypse.     1875 228  BS4 

CONTEMPLATION  of  the  first  eight  chapters  of  Genesis,  con- 
taining the  history  of  the  antedeluvian  world  and  man's 

creation;  also  a  sketch  from  the  Revelations.     1883 r228  C76 

Running  title  is  Alpha  and  Omega. 
IRVING,  Edward. 

Prophetical  works;  exposition  of  the  Book  of  Revelation; 

ed.  by  Gavin  Carlyle.    2v.     1867-70 228  I28 

MAURICE,  Frederick  Denison. 

Lectures  on  the  Apocalypse.     1885 228  M49 

MILLIGAN,  William. 

Book  of  Revelation.    1899.     (Expositor's  Bible.) 228  M 69b 

Revelation  of  St.  John.     1886.     (Baird  lecture,  1885.) 228  M69 

Bibliography,  p.  15- 19. 

REID,  William  James. 

Lectures  on  the  Revelation.    1878 228  R31 

ROBERTS,  Robert. 

Thirteen  lectures  on  the  things  revealed  in  the  last  book  of 
the  New  testament  commonly  known  as  "Revelation;" 
shewing  their  bearing  on  the  events  of  history  and  on  those 
mightier  events  of  the  near  future  to  which  they  have  all 

been  leading.     1880 r228  R53 

TRENCH,  Richard  Chenevix,  abp. 

Commentary  on  the  epistles  to  the  seven  churches  in  Asia, 

Revelation,  2-3.     1897 228  T72 


DOCTRINAL  THEOLOGY  159 

VAUGHAN,  Charles  John. 

Lectures  on  the  Revelation  of  St.  John.     1882 .228  V23 

229     Apocrypha 

BIBLE — Old  testament.    Apocrypha. 

The  apocalypse  of  Baruch;  tr.  fr.  the  Syriac  and  ed.  by  R.  H. 

Charles.     1896 ; 229  B47a 

A  composite  work  believed  to  be  contemporaneous  with  the  chief  writ- 
ings of  the  New  testament.  It  was  written  by  orthodox  Jews  as  an 
apology  for  Judaism,  and  an  attack  upon  Christianity. 

Assumption  of  Moses;  tr.  fr.  the  Latin  6th  century  ms.,  the 
unemended  text  of  which  is  published  herewith,  with  the 
text  in  its  restored  and  critically  emended  form;  ed.  by 

R.  H.  Charles.     1897 229  B47 

Ecclesiasticus;  ed.  by  R.  G.  Moulton.     1896.     (Modern 

reader's  Bible.)   229  E23 

BIBLE — New  testament.    Apocrypha. 

Apocryphal  gospels,  acts  and  revelations;  tr.  by  Alexander 

Walker.     1890.     (Ante-Nicene  Christian  library.) 229  B47ap 

BUDGE,  Ernest  Alfred  Thompson  Wallis,  ed. 

History  of  the  blessed  Virgin  Mary,  and  The  history  of 
the  likeness  of  Christ  which  the  Jews  of  Tiberias  made 
to  mock  at;  English  translations.  1899.  (Luzac's  Sem- 
itic text  and  translation  series.) 229  B8s 

"Translations  of  two  curious  and  interesting  works,  which,  though  styled 
'Histories'  by  the  Syrian  translators,  manifestly  belong  to  the  very 
large  section  of  Syriac  literature  which  contains  the  Apocrypha  of  the 
New  Testament."    Preface. 


230     Doctrinal  theology 

ABBOTT,  Edwin  Abbott. 

The  spirit  on  the  waters;  the  evolution  of  the  divine  from  the 

human.     1897 230  A13 

"The  aphoristic  style  was  deliberately  adopted  in  order  to  repel  all  but 
those  who  are  genuinely  interested  in  the  subject  for  its  own  sake  and 
who  find  both  in  the  world  and  in  the  Bible  very  serious  obstacles  to 
intelligent  and  sincere  faith .  .  .  For  them  alone  the  author  has  attempted 
to  state  his  reasons,  independently  of  miracles,  for  worshipping  God  as 
the  Father,  the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Spirit,  and  for  accepting,  in  the 
fullest  spiritual  sense,  the  Incarnation,  the  Resurrection,  the  Atone- 
ment, and  the  Divinity,   of  Christ."     Preface. 

ABBOTT,  Lyman. 

The  theology  of  an  evolutionist.     1897 230  A132 

A  companion  volume  to  the  "Evolution  of  Christianity"  and  "Christianity 
and  social  problems."    It  endeavors  to  indicate  the  direction  in  which 
modem  thought  is  looking  and  ought  to  look  for  the  interpretation  of 
spiritual  life. 
ALLEN,  Alexander  Viets  Griswold. 

Christian  institutions.      1897.      (International  theological 

library.)    230  A42C 

Contents    Historical  survey. — Apostles,  prophets,  teachers.  —  Presbyters, 
bishops,   deacons. — Age   of   transition. — Ignatian   episcopate. — Theories 
regarding  the  origin  of  the  episcopate. — Christian  ministry  in  the  sec- 
ond  century. — Age   of   Cyprian. — Monasticism   in   its   relation   to   the 
II 


i6o  DOCTRINAL  THEOLOGY 

episcopate  and  to  the  Catholic  church. — The  Greek  church;  nationality 
and  the  episcopate. — Episcopate  and  the  papacy. — Organization  of  the 
churches  in  the  age  of  the  reformation. — Catholic  creeds. — Doctrine  of 
the  Trinity;  its  place  in  history  and  its  relation  to  human  progress. — 
Historical  significance  of  the  miracle. — Life  of  the  spirit;  doctrine  of 
the  atonement;  relation  of  the  divine  to  the  human. — Person  of  Christ 
in  modem  thought;  difficulty  with  the  miracle;  Anglican  and  German 
theology. — Baptism. — Development  of  principles  which  affected  the 
cultus. —  Christian  cultus. — Lord's  Supper. 

Continuity  of  Christian  thought;  a  study  of  modern  theol- 
ogy in  the  light  of  its  history.     1895 230  A42 

ASKWITH,  E.  H. 

Christian  conception  of  holiness.     1900 230  A83 

BOARDMAN,  George  Nye. 

History  of  New  England  theology.     1899 230  B57 

"The  present  work  had  its  origin  in  a  series  of  lectures  prepared  for  an 
elective  course  in  Chicago  theological  seminary. .  .The  aim... is  to  trace 
the  'new  divinity,'  formerly  so  called,  in  its  development  through  the 
century  between  1730  and  1830,  through  its  Berkshire  and  Hopkinsian 
eras,  to  its  final  form  as  New  England  theology." 

BRADFORD,  Amory  Howe. 

Age  of  faith.    1900 230  B68 

Contents:  The  age  of  faith. — The  conception  of  God. — God — interpreted 
by  fatherhood. — The  basis  of  optimism. — Brotherhood. — Suffering  and 
sorrow. — Sin. — Salvation. — Prayer. — Punishment  or  discipline. — The  im- 
mortal life. — The  teacher  for  all  ages. 

BRIGGS,  Charles  Augustus. 

Whither?  a  theological  question  for  the  times.     1889 230  B74 

Using  the  Westminster  confession  as  a  test  of  orthodoxy,  author  exam- 
ines various  departures  from  this  standard  in  the  Presbyterian 
churches.     Last  two  chapters  discuss  the  question  of  church  unity. 

BRISSET.  George,  lord  of  Gratence. 

Apologie;  ed.  by  Edmund  Goldsmid.     1884.     (Bibliotheca 

curiosa.)   r23o  675 

BRUCE,  Alexander  Balmain. 

Kingdom  of  God;  or,  Christ's  teaching  according  to  the 

synoptical  gospels.     1896 230  B82 

CLARKE,  James  Freeman. 

Common-sense  in  religion.     1890 230  C53 

Essentials  and  non-essentials  in  religion.     1897 230  C53e 

Contents:  Faith  and  belief. — Christ  and  Christianity. — The  Bible. — The 
church   and  worship. — Christian  experience. — The  future  life. 

Steps  of  belief;  or,  Rational  Christianity  maintained  against 

atheism,  free  religion,  and  Romanism.     1890 230  CS3s 

CLARKE.  William  Newton. 

An  outline  of  Christian  theology.     1894 .230  C5370 

Discusses  the  sources  of  Christian  theology,  which  the  author  declares  to 
be  Christian  revelation,  man  and  the  universe,  the  Christian  conception 
of  God,  man,  sin,  Christ,  the  Holy  Spirit  and  the  divine  life  in  man, 
and  finally,  things  to  come.  In  its  spirit  the  book  is  reverent,  thor- 
oughly devotional,  but  wholly  candid.  Its  first  paragraph  contains  the 
keynote  ot  the  whole  work:  "Religion  is  the  reality  of  which  theology 
is  the  study." 

What  shall  we  think  of  Christianity?  the  Levering  lectures, 

1899.     1899 230  CS37 

Contents:  The  Christian  people. —  The  Christian  doctrine. —  The  Chris- 
tian power. 

COTTERILL,  Henry,  bp. 

Revealed  religion  expounded  by  its  relations  to  the  moral 


DOCTRINAL  THEOLOGY  i6i 

being  of  God.     1884.     (Bedell  lectures.) 230  C83 

Contents:  Fundamental  principle  of  the  science  of  theology. — Relation 
of  this  principle  to  the  Christian  doctrine  of  the  Trinity. — Redemption 
of  man  the  complete  exponent  of  the  principle  that  love  is  the  being 
of  God. 

CRANE,  Frank. 

Religion  of  to-morrow.     1899 230  C86 

The  airthor  believes  in  the  doctrines  of  evangelical  Christianity,  but  also 
believing  that  the  common  ideas  concerning  them  contain  much  error 
he  here  attempts  to  separate  the  false  and  artificial  from  the  true  and 
real  in  modern  theology.  His  fundamental  proposition  is  that  "reli- 
gion is  the  personal  influence  of  God." 

D'ARCY,  Charles  Frederick. 

Idealism  and   theology;   a   study  of  presuppositions;   the 

Donnellan  lectures,  1897-98.     1899 230  D24 

DOLE,  Charles  Fletcher. 

Theology  of  civilization.     1899 230  D69 

"I  believe  that  the  time  for  religious  controversy  has  passed.  We  have 
reached  a  point,  through  the  labor  of  many  thinkers,  where  we  can 
now  see  the  harmony  of  views  that  once  seemed  to  be  contradictory, 
and  can  therefore  offer  a  broad  and  fresh  interpretation,  both  ethical 
and  uplifting,  and  more  satisfactory  to  the  conscience  and  to  the  intel- 
l&t  than  any  previous  interpretation."     Preface. 

FEUERBACH,  Ludwig  Andreas. 

Essence  of  Christianity.     1893 230  F43 

FISHER,  George  Park. 

History  of  Christian  doctrine.     1896.     (International  theo- 
logical library.)   230  F53 

GARDNER,  Percy. 

Exploratio  evangelica;  a  brief  examination  of  the  basis  and 

origin  of  Christian  belief.     1899 230  G18 

"Partly  it  is  negative,  or  rather,  critical,  for  it  discusses  with  the  mer- 
ciless logic  of  history  the  basis  of  traditions  on  which,  in  the  mind  of 
the  plain  man,  Christianity  rests:  partly  it  is  constructive,  or, 
rather,  reconstructive,  for  it  attempts  to  replace  that  basis,  found  un- 
trustworthy, by  another  in  the  heart  and  moral  ideals  of  men." 
Academy,  1900. 

GAR  VIE,  Alfred  E. 

Ritschlian  theology,  critical  and  constructive;  an  exposi- 
tion and  an  estimate.     1899 230  G19 

GERHART,  Emanuel  Vogel. 

Institutes  of  the  Christian  religion.    2v.     1894 230  G31 

GLADDEN,  Washington. 

How  much  is  left  of  the  old  doctrines?  a  book  for  the  peo- 
ple.    1899  230  G4S 

Contents:  Belief  in  God. — How  the  worlds  were  made. — ^What  is  the 
supernatural? — What  is  the  Bible? — Is  there  a  personal  devil? — What 
do  we  inherit? — The  doctrine  of  the  Trinity. — The  word  made  flesh. — 
How  Christ  saves  men. — Predestination. — Conversion. — The  meaning 
of  baptism. — The  significance  of  the  Lord's  Supper. — The  hope  of 
immortality. — The  thought  of  heaven. 

GORDON,  George  Angier. 

New  epoch  for  faith.    1901  230  G65 

Interpretation  of  present  day  religious  conditions,   taking  the  ground 
that  the  whole  trend  of  religious  development  during  the  last  quarter 
of  the  19th  century  has  been  toward  freer  and  fuller  faith. 

GREG,  William  Rathbone. 

Creed  of  Christendom;  its  foundations  contrasted  with  its 

superstructure.     1878 230  G86 


i62  DOCTRINAL  THEOLOGY 

HARNACK,  Adolf. 

History  of  dogma.    7v.     1895-1900 230  H28 

The  last  volume  contains  a  general  index. 
What  is  Christianity?  lectures  delivered  in  the  University  of 

Berlin,  1899- 1900 ;  tr.  by  T.  B.  Saunders.     1901   230  H28W 

HERRMANN,  Willibald. 

The  communion  of  the  Christian  with  God;  a  discussion  in. 

agreement  with  the  view  of  Luther.     1895 230  H47 

HUTTON,  Richard  Holt. 

Theological  essays.    1895 230  H97 

Contents:  The  moral  significance  of  atheism. — The  atheistic  explana- 
tion of  religion. — Science  and  theism. — Popular  pantheism. — What  is 
revelation? — Christian  evidences,  popular  and  critical. — The  historical 
problems  of  the  Fourth  gospel. — The  incarnation,  and  principles  of 
evidence. — M.  Renan's  "Christ." — M.  Renan's  "St.  Paul." — The  hard 
church. — Romanism,  Protestantism  and  Anglicanism. 

HYDE,  William  De  Witt. 

God's  education  of  man.     1899  230  H99g 

Outlines  of  social  theology.     1895  230  H99 

ILLINGWORTH,  John  Richardson. 

Personality,  human  and  divine.     1899.    (Bampton  lectures.)'.  .230  I22 

Contents:  Development  of  the  conception  of  human  personality. — Analy- 
sis of  the  conception  of  human  personality. — Development  of  the  con- 
ception of  divine  personality.  —  Analysis  of  the  conception  of  divine 
personality. — Moral  affinity  needful  for  the  knowledge  of  a  person. — 
Religion  in  the  prehistoric  period. — Religion  in  pre-Christian  history. — 
Jesus  Christ  the  divine  and  human  person. — Notes. 

JONES,  E.  Griffith-. 

Ascent  through  Christ;  a  study  of  the  doctrine  of  redemption 

in  the  light  of  the  theory  of  evolution.     1900 230  J39 

KAFTAN,  Julius. 

The  truth  of  the  Christian  religion.     2v.     1894 230  Kii 

V.I.    The   origin   of   dogma. — The    development    of   theology. — Orthodox 
dogmatics. — The  breaking   up  of  ecclesiastical   dogma. — The  judg- 
ment of  history. 
v.2.     Knowledge. — The  primacy  of  practical  reason. — Criticism  of  the  tra- 
ditional speculative  method. — The  proof  of  Christianity. 

KING,  Henry  Churchill. 

Reconstruction  in  theology.     1901  230  K26 

The  questions  most   fully   discussed  are  the  influence  upon  theology   of 
modern    science,  miracles,  evolution,  and    the    historical    and    literary 
criticism  of  the  Bible. 
KUYPER,  Abraham. 

Encyclopedia  of  sacred  theology;  its  principles.     1898 r230  K44 

In  the  original  this  work  consists  of  three  volumes.  This  translation 
contains  the  first  53  pages  of  v.  i   of  the  original,   and  v.2  entire. 

MACPHERSON,  Rev.  John. 

Christian  dogmatics.     1898 230  M22 

Bibliographies  at  the  beginning  of  each  section. 

A  systematic  presentation  in  methodical  order,  of  all  the  leading  doc- 
trines of  the  Christian  faith  from  the  standpoint  of  a  moderate  Cal- 
vinism. The  history  of  dogma  and  the  biblical  element  are  included 
only  when  necessary  for  the  clear  and  intelligible  statement  of  the 
doctrine. 
MARTINEAU,  James. 

Seat  of  authority  in  religion.     1891 230  M43 

Dr  Martineau  holds  that  in  the  moral  intuitions,  in  the  response  of  the 
soul    to  all    spiritual  excellence    higher  than   its  own,    is   the   seat  of 
authority  in  religion. 
Studies  of  Christianity.    1891  230  M43S 


DOCTRINAL  THEOLOGY  163 

MEAD,  Joseph. 

Works.    1672 qr230  M55 

"Life  of  Joseph  Mede,"  p.  1-34. 
MOHLER,  Johann  Adam. 

Symbolism;  or.  Exposition  of  the  doctrinal  differences  be- 
tween  Catholics  and   Protestants,  as   evidenced  by  their 

symbolical  writings.     1894 230  M76 

Author  was  a  German  Roman  Catholic  theologian,  professor  at  Tubin- 
gen, and  after  1835  at  Munich.    This  is  his  chief  work. 
MORGAN,  John  Vyrnwy,  ed. 

Theology  at  the  dawn  of  the  twentieth  century ;  essays  on  the 

present  status  of  Christianity  and  its  doctrines.     1901 230  M89 

"Made  up  of  many  brief  contributions  of  men  of  ability  and  prominence, 
who  represent  a  large  variety  of  opinion . . .  Though  the  themes  con- 
sidered are  principally  doctrinal,  they  include  a  few  of  a  practical 
character,  as  'Divorce  and  Re-Marriage,'  'Religious  Condition  of  the 
Anglo-Saxon  Race,'  etc.  It  is  the  progressive  rather  than  the  con- 
servative element  that  is  represented  in  the  book."     Dial,  1902. 

MULFORD,  Elisha. 

Republic  of  God.     1893 230  MpS 

ORR,  James. 

Progress  of  dogma;  the  Elliot  lectures,  delivered  at  the  West- 
ern theological  seminary,  Allegheny,  1897.     1901 230  028p 

A  general  survey  of  the  growth  of  dog^a.  The  first  six  chapters  deal 
with  the  early  period  of  development,  the  seventh  with  the  middle 
ages,  the  eighth  with  the  Reformation,  and  the  last  two  with  modern 
developments.  Mr  Orr  defends  dogmatic  teaching  in  general,  and  his 
book  supplies  a  corrective  to  present  day  tendencies  toward  the  re- 
jection of  dogma  in  every  form. 

The  Ritschlian  theology  and  the  evangelical  faith.     1897 230  O28 

"Literature  on  the  Ritschlian  theology,"  p.373-376. 

PFLEIDERER,  Otto. 

Paulinism;  a  contribution  to  the  history  of  primitive  Chris- 
tian theology.    2v.    1891 230  P48 

V.I.    Exposition  of  Paul's  doctrine. 

y.2.    History  of  Paulinism  in  the  primitive  church. 

ROBERTSON,  Archibald. 

Regnum  Dei;  eight  lectures  on  the  kingdom  of  God  in  the 
history  of  Christian  thought.     1901.    (Bampton  lectures. 

1901.)    230  R53 

"In  the  opening  lecture.  Dr.  Robertson  briefly  discusses  the  idea  of  pur- 
pose at  the  root  of  the  problem  of  life;  then  he  proceeds  to  trace  the 
varying  conception  of  the  Kingdom  of  God  as  set  forth  in  the  Old 
and  New  Testaments,  in  St.  Augustine,  the  medieval  theocracy,  and 
so  on  to  modern  ideals,  thought,  work,  and  life."  Contemporary  re- 
I'iew,  1902. 

SAB  ATI  ER,  Auguste. 

Vitality  of  Christian  dogmas  and  their  power  of  evolu- 
tion, a  study  in  religious  philosophy;  tr.  by  Mrs  Em- 
manuel Christen.     1898 230  Sil 

SAVAGE,  Minot  Judson. 

The  passing  and  the  permanent  in  religion.     1901  230  S26 

Contents:  Religions  and  religion. — Theolog^ies  and  theology. — The  uni- 
verse.— Man. — Bibles. — Gods  and  God. — Saviours. — Worship. — Prayer. 
— The  church. — Hells. — Heavens. — The  resurrection  life. 

The  distinguished  Unitarian  divine  here  tries  to  disentangle  the  essen- 
tials of  religion  from  the  non-essentials  which  the  changing  theories  of 
man  in  different  ages  have  imposed  upon  it. 

SCHAFF,  Philip. 

Theological    propaedeutic;    a   general    introduction    to   the 


i64  .  GOD,  TRINITY 


study  of  theology,  exegetical,  historical,  systematic  and 

practical;  a  manual  for  students.     1896 230  S29 

Contains  a  selected  list  of  the  best  books  in   all  the   departments  of  a 

theological   education,    which    have   appeared   in    English,    with   a    few 

books  in  other  languages,  by  S.  M.  Jackson,  p.539-596. 

SLICER,  Thomas  Roberts. 

One  world  at  a  time;  a  contribution  to  the  incentives  of  life. 

1902   230  S63 

Contents:  The  sceptic. — The  agnostic. — The  believer. — From  the  Sermon 
on  the  mount  to  the  Nicene  creed.  —  Why  do  Christians  differ?  — 
What  is  it  to  believe  in  Christ? — "A  cold  and  intellectual  religion." — 
"A  difficult  religion." — Does  Unitarianism  "pull  down  and  not  build 
up?" — What  has  been  built  up. — How  religion  may  be  taught — The 
passage  from  traditional  to  personal  religion.  % 

STRONG,  Josiah. 

The  next  great  awakening.     1902 230  S92 

Contents:  The  supreme  need  of  the  world. — The  law  of  spiritual  quick- 
ening.— The  kingdom  of  God. — The  social  laws  of  Jesus. — The  social 
teachings  of  Jesus  not  accepted. — The  social  teachings  of  Jesus  applied 
will  bring  social  healing. — The  social  teachings  of  Jesus  applied  will 
bring  spiritual  quickening. 

TOLSTOI,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count. 

Christian  teaching.     1898 230  T58 

TULLOCH,  John. 

Rational  theology  and   Christian  philosophy  in  England  in 

the  17th  century.    2v.     1874 230  T83 

V.I.    Liberal   churchmen.  v.a.    Cambridge  Platonists. 

"Gives  the  best  account  of  the  Cambridge  Platonists  and  their  fore- 
runners." 

TYRRELL,  George. 

Hard  sayings;  a  f election  of  meditations  and  studies.     1900. ..  .230  Tg8 
In  these  meditations  Father  Tyrrell  of  the  Society  of  Jesus  illustrates 
and  presents  anew  some  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  the  Roman 
Catholic  faith. 
WILHELM,  Joseph,  &  Scannell,  T.B. 

Manual  of  Catholic  theology;  based  on  Scheeben's  Dogmatik. 

2v.     1899 230  W72 

v. I.    The  sources  of  theolopcal  knowledge.  —  God.  —  Creation  and  the 

supernatural  order. 
V.2.    The  fall. — Redemption. — Grace. — The  church  and  the  sacraments. — 
The  last  things. 

231     God,  Trinity 

AUGUSTINE,  St. 

On  the  Trinity;  tr.  by  A.  W.  Haddan.    1873 .231  A92 

BARROWS,  John  Henry. 

I  believe  in  God,  the  Father  Almighty.     1892 231  B26 

BREWER,  Ebenezer  Cobham,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  miracles.     1889 r23i  B73 

CLARKE,  William  Newton. 

Can  I  believe  in  God  the  Father?    1899 231  C53 

Lectures  delivered  at  the  Summer  school  of  theology  of  Harvard  uni- 
versity, 1899. 
DENISON,  John  Henry. 

Christ's  idea  of  the  supernatural.     1895 231  D42 

GORDON,  Adoniram  Judson. 

The  ministry  of  the  Spirit.     1896 231  G6s 


CHRISTOLOGY  165 

HARRIS,  Samuel. 

God,  the  creator  and  lord  of  all.    2v.     1896 231  H29 

Self-revelation  of  God.     1899 231  H29S 

LAMBING,  Andrew  Arnold,  comp. 

Come,  Holy  Ghost;  or.  Edifying  and  instructive  selections 
from  many  writers  on  devotion  to  the  third  person  of 

the  adorable  Trinity.     1901   231  LiB 

LYTTELTON,  Arthur  Temple,  bp. 

Place  of  miracles  in  religion;  the  Hulsean  lectures  for  1891. 

1899  ■ 231  L99 

PAINE,  Levi  Leonard. 

Critical  history  of  the  evolution  of  trinitarianism  and  its 

outcome  in  the  new  Christology.    1900 231  P16 

"Aim  has  been  first  to  ascertain  the  exact  historical  truth  concerning 
this  most  important  chapter  of  Christian  theological  thought,  and  next 
to  state  all  the  facts  thus  gained  with  the  utmost  candor,  sincerity 
and  freedom.  .  .Conclusions  contain  no  a  priori  dogmatic  element;  they 
are  wholly  drawn  inductively  from  history  itself."     Preface. 

Author  is  (1900)  professor  of  ecclesiastical  history  in  Bangor  theologi- 
cal seminary. 

PIKE,  Granville  Ross. 

The  divine  drama;  the  manifestation  of  God  in  the  universe. 

1898  231   P58 

"A  book  of  marked  originality  and  merit.  The  appropriateness  of  its 
title  lies  in  the  primitive  idea  of  the  word  "drama"  more  than  in  the 
modern.  Not  a  divine  spectacle,  but  a  divine  activity  is  its  theme... 
In  its  adjustment  of  the  new  lines  of  thought  to  the  old  landmarks  it 
is  thoroughly  modern  in  spirit  and  expression,  and  profoundly  spiritual 
in  idea."     Outlook,  1898. 

The  first  section  of  the  book  deals  with  theology  proper,  the  second  is 
anthropological,  the  third  is  sociological  and  the  fourth  is  devoted  to 
eschatology. 

SAVAGE,  Minot  Judson. 

Belief  in  God;  an  examination  of  some  fundamental  theistic 

problems,  with  The  intellectual  basis  of  faith,  by  W.  H. 

Savage.     1884 231  S26 

SUPERNATURAL  religion;  the  reality  of  divine  revelation. 

2v.  in  I.     187s 231   S95 


232     Christology 


ANDREWS,  Samuel  James. 

Life  of  our  Lord.     1891 232  A56 

ATONEMENT  in  modern  religious  thought;   a  theological 

symposium,  by  Frederic  Godet  and  others.     1900 232  A88 

Series  of  articles  contributed  to  the  "Christian  world"  by  Godet,  Har- 
nack,  Sabatier,  Abbott,  Gladden,  Hunger,  Farrar,  Fremantle,  Adeney, 
Campbell,  Cave,  Dods,  Forsyth,  Home,  Horton,  Hunter  and  Snell. 

BEECHER,  Henry  Ward. 

Life  of  Jesus  the  Christ.     1871  q232  B37 

BERNARD,  Thomas  Dehany. 

Songs  of  the  holy  nativity.     1895 232  B4S 

Contents:   As  recorded  in  Scripture. — As  in  use  in  the  church. 
BRIGGS,  Charles  Augustus. 

Messiah  of  the  apostles.     1895 232  B74m 

Messiah  of  the  Gospels.     1894 232  B74 


i66  CHRISTOLOGY 

BRUCE,  Alexander  Balmain. 

Humiliation  of  Christ  in  its  physical,  ethical  and  official  as- 
pects.    1895.     (Cunningham  lectures ;  ser.  6.) 232  B82h 

"I  purpose  in  the  following  lectures  to  employ  the  teaching  of  Scripture, 
concerning  the  humiliation  of  the  Son  of  God,  as  an  aid  in  the  forma- 
tion of  just  views  on  some  aspects  of  the  doctrine  of  Christ's  person, 
experience,  and  work,  and  as  a  guide  in  the  criticism  of  various 
Christological  and  Soteriological  theories."     Preface. 

With  open  face;  or,  Jesus  mirrored  in  Matthew,  Mark  and 

Luke.     1896 232  B82 

"These  popular  sketches  of  the  spirit  and  teaching  of  our  Lord,  as  ex- 

bited  in  selected  scenes  from  the  Evangelic  Records,  are  the  overflow 

from  severer  studies  meant  to  meet  the  want  of  professional  students 

of  Scripture."    Preface. 
The  last  chapter  sets  forth  for  the  instruction  of  children,  in  the  form 

of  a  historical  catechism,  the  main  facts  concerning  Jesus. 

CLARKE,  James  Freeman. 

Life  and  times  of  Jesus  as  related  by  Thomas  Didymus. 

1892 232  C53 

COYLE,  John  Patterson. 

The  imperial  Christ.     1896 232  C8si 

Sketch  of  the  author,  by  G.  A.  Gates,  p.  7-63. 

The  spirit  in  literature  and  life.     1896 232  C85 

CROOKER,  Joseph  Henry. 

Different  New  testament  views  of  Jesus.     1891 232  C89 

DIDON,  Henri. 

Jesus  Christ.     2v.     1891   232  D56 

DORNER,  Isaak  Aupui,t. 

History  of  the  development  of  the  doctrine  of  the  person  of 

Christ.     5v.  1861-63 232  D73 

EDERSHEIM,  Alfred. 

Jesus  the  Messiah.     1898 232  E27J 

This  is  an  abridged  edition  of  Edersheim's  "Life  and  times  of  Jesus  the 
Messiah." 

Life  and  times  of  Jesus  the  Messiah.     2v.     1896 232  E27 

The  same.    2v.     1886 r232  E27 

Prophecy  and  history  in  relation  to  the  Messiah;  the  War- 
burton  lectures,  1880-1884;  with  two  appendices  on  the 
arrangement,  analysis  and  recent  criticism  of  the  Pen- 
tateuch.    1885 232  E27P 

FAIRBAIRN,  Andrew  Martin. 

The  place  of  Christ  in  modern  theology.     1897 .232  F15 

FJVRRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

Life  of  Christ.     1895  232  F2S 

List  of  authorities,  p.31-32. 

The  same r232  F2S 

FORREST,  David  W. 

The  Christ  of  history  and  of  experience 232  F78 

FOUARD,  Constant,  I'abbe. 

Christ  the  son  of  God;  a  life  of  Christ.    2v.     1899 232  F82 

Authorities,  p.2i-2s. 

Work  of  an  able  Roman  Catholic  priest,  with  a  preface  by  Cardinal 
Manning. 

GARRETT.  Alexander  Charles. 
•    Philosophy  of  the  incarnation.    1891.    (Baldwin  lectures.) 232  G19 


CHRISTOLOGY  167 

GEIKIE,  Cunningham. 

Life  and  words  of  Christ.    2v.     1894 232  G28 

The  same.    2v.  in  i.     1895 232  G28C 

GILBERT,  George  Holley. 

First  interpreters  of  Jesus.     1901 232  G38f 

Study  of  the  New  testament  revelation  of  Jesus  Christ. 
Revelation  of  Jesus;  a  study  of  the  primary  sources  of  Chris- 
tianity.    1899   232  G38r 

Student's  life  of  Jesus.     1898 232  G38 

GORDON,  George  Angier. 

Christ  of  to-day.     1896 232  G65 

GORE,  Charles. 

Incarnation  of  the  Son  of  God.    1898.    (Bampton  lectures.) 232  G66 

GORE,  Charles,  ed. 

Lux  mundi;  a  series  of  studies  in  the  religion  of  the  incar- 
nation.   1890 232  G661 

GRISWOLD,  Rufus  Wilmot,  ed. 

Life  of  the  Saviour  by  the  poets  and  painters.     1845 r232  G93 

HALL,  Charles  Cuthbert. 

Gospel  of  the  divine  sacrifice.    1898 232  H17 

Interpretation  of  existing  evangelistic  beliefs. 
HOFFMAN,  Charles  Frederick. 

Christ,  the  patron  of  all  true  education.     1893 232  H67C 

Gospel  of  youth  in  the  God-man.     1895 232  H67 

HUGHES,  Thomas. 

Manliness  of  Christ 232  H89 

INNES,  Alexander  Taylor. 

The  trial  of  Jesus  Christ;  a  legal  monograph.     1899 232  I24 

KEIM,  Theodor. 

History  of  Jesus  of  Nazara  freely  investigated  in  its  con- 
nection with  the  national  life  of  Israel.    6v.     1876-83.  . .  .232  K16 
LANGE,  Johann  Peter. 

Life  of  Christ,  a  complete  critical  examination  of  the  ori- 
gin, contents  and  connection  of  the  Gospels.    4V.  1872. . .  .232  L24 
LEE,  Gerald  Stanley. 

The  shadow  Christ;  an  introduction  to  Christ  Himself. 

1896  232  L52 

The  author's  theme  is  the  connection  between  Moses,  Job,  David  and 
Isaiah,  and  Christ. 
LIDDON,  Henry  Parry,  canon. 

Christmastide  in  St.  Paul's;  sermons.    1893 232  L68c 

Divinity  of  Christ.    1894.     (Bampton  lectures.) 232  L68 

Passiontide  sermons.     1895 232  L68p 

McKENZIE,  Alexander,  D.D. 

The  divine  force  in  the  life  of  the  world.     1898.     (Lowell 

Institute  lectures.)    232  M17 

ORR,  James. 

The  Christian  view  of  God  and  the  world,  as  centring  in 

the  incarnation;  being  the  Kerr  lectures,  1890-91.     1897.  .232  O28 
PAYNTER,  Henry  M. 

The  holy  death;  a  critical  exposition  of  all  that  is  told  us  in  the 
New  testament'  concerning  the  trial,   condemnation   and 


i68  CHRISTOLOGY 

death  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth.     1883 232  P33ho 

The  holy  life,  comprising  all  that  is  told  in  the  Gospels 

concerning  Jesus  of  Nazareth.     5v.     1886-89 232  P33 

v.x.    History  of  Jesus'  life  until  he  entered  upon  His  Judxan  ministry. 

V.3.    The  facts  of  Jesus'  Judaean  ministry. 

V.3.    Jesus'  Galilxan  ministry  down  to  the  close  of  His  3d  circuit. 

V.4.    Closing  months  of  Jesus'  Galilsean  ministry. 

v.s.    Jesus'  Persean  ministry. 

The  holy  resurrection;  a  critical  exposition  of  all  that  is  told 
us  in  the  New  testament  concerning  the  resurrection  and 

ascension  of  Jesus.     1884 232  P33hoI 

The  holy  sorrow;  a  critical  exposition  of  all  that  is  told  us 
in  the  New  testament  concerning  the  sorrow  in  Gethsem- 

ane.      1884 232    P33h 

PRESSENSfi.  Edmond  de. 

Jesus  Christ;  his  times,  life  and  work.     1887 232  P92 

The  same.     1887 r232  P92 

PROUDFOOT,  Mrs  Andrea  Hofer. 

Child's  Christ-tales  J232  Pg7 

RENAN,  Ernest. 

Life  of  Jesus.  1896.  (History  of  the  origins  of  Christian- 
ity.)     232   R33 

Written  from  a  sceptical  standpoint  similar  to  that  of  Strauss.  Renan 
considers  Jesus  only  an  extraordinary  man,  the  highest  moral  re- 
former the  world  has  ever  known.  This  is  a  new  and  very  carefully 
revised  translation  from  the  twenty-third  and  final  French  edition. 

The  same.     1896.     (History  of  the  origins  of  Christianity.) .  ..T232  R33 

The  same.     (History  of  the  origins  of  Christianity.) 232  R33I 

RHEES,  Rush. 

Life  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth.     1900 232  R38 

"Books  of  reference  on  the  life  of  Jesus,"  p.273-308. 

"It  is  avowedly  a  study  rather  than  a  story,  and  as  a  companion  to 
the  reading"  of  the  gospels  it  seeks  to  answer  some  of  the  questions 
which  are  raised  by  a  sympathetic  consideration  of  those  narratives. 
These  answers  are  offered  in  an  unargumentative  way,  even  where 
the  questions  are  still  in  debate  among  scholars."     Preface. 

SAVAGE,  Minot  Judson. 

Talks  about  Jesus.     1881 232  526- 

SCHWARTZKOPFF,  Paul. 

Prophecies  of  Jesus  Christ,  relating  to  His  death,  resur- 
rection and  second  coming  and  their  fulfilment.     1897.  . .  .232  S39 
SEELEY,  Sir  John  Robert. 

Ecce  Homo;  a  survey  of  the  life  and  work  of  Jesus  Christ. 

1894 232  S45, 

STALKER,  James. 

The  Christology  of  Jesus;  his  teaching  concerning  himself 
according  to  the  synoptic  gospels;  Cunningham  lec- 
tures, 1899.     1900 232  S78C 

Life  of  Jesus  Christ.     1880 232  S78: 

STAPFER,  Edmond. 

The  death  and  resurrection  of  Jesus  Christ.    1898 232  S79. 

STRAUSS,  David  Friedrich. 

Life  of  Jesus  critically  examined;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  George 

Eliot.     1892 232  591 


MAN  169 

TAYLOR,  J. 

Life  of  Jesus  Christ,  likewise  the  lives  of  the  apostles  and 

antient  writers.     1818  r232  T25 

Includes  a  life  of  John  Huss,  p.234-272,  and  a  life  of  Jerome  of  Prague, 
p.273-299. 

THOLUCK,  August. 

Light  from  the  cross ;  sermons  on  the  passion  of  our  Lord. 

1869 232  T37 

VALLINGS,  James  Frederick. 

Jesus  Christ,  the  divine  man;  his  life  and  times.     (Men  of 

the  Bible.)    232  V16 

Bibliographical  note,  p.3-4. 

"Every  effort  has  been  made  to  present  the  physical  and  social  environ- 
ment briefly,  yet  accurately,  in  the  light  of  modern  research.  In  this 
connection  the  archaeological  and  geographical  labors  of  the  Palestine 
Exploration  society  have  been  largely  drawn  upon,  and  the  most  re- 
cent records  of  travel."    Preface. 

VAN  DYKE,  Henry. 

Gospel  for  a  world  of  sin.    1899 '. 232  V18 

WATSON,  John  Maclaren,  {pseud.  Izlto.  Maclaren). 

Life  of  the  Master.     1901 q232  W32I 

Published  first  in  McClure's  magazine,  v.  14-16,  Jan. -Nov.  1900. 
A  series  of  homilies  on  the  life  and  character  of  Jesus,  not  a  critical 
study.     Colored  illustrations. 

The  upper  room.     1895.     (Little  books  on  religion.) 232  W32 

WEISS,  Bernhard. 

The  life  of  Christ.    3v.     1892-94 232  W46 

WENDT,  Hans  Hinrich. 

Teaching  of  Jesus;  tr.  by  John  Wilson.    2v.     1897 232  W51 

WOODS,  Francis  Henry. 

The  hope  of  Israel;  a  review  of  the  argument  from  prophecy. 

1896 232  W86 

233     Man 

BRADFORD,  Amory  Howe. 

Heredity  and  Christian  problems.     1895 233  B68 

CAILLARD,  Emma  Marie. 

Law  and  freedom.    1899 233  C12 

Contents:  The  law  of  liberty. — The  relation  of  choice  to  freedom. — ^The 
Christian  ideal  of  liberty. — The  limits  of  nature. — Transcendentalism 
and  materialism. 
Appeared  first  in  the  Contemporary  review. 

CHAUNCY,  Charles. 

Five  dissertations  on  the  scripture  account  of  the  Fall  and 

its  consequences.     1785 r233  C41 

MERRIAM,  George  Spring. 

Chief  end  of  man.     1897 .* 233  M63 

Contents:    Our  spiritual  ancestry.— The  ideal  of  to-day.— A  traveler's  note- 
book.-»-Glimpses. — Daily  bread. 
MtJLLER,  Julius. 

Christian  doctrine  of  sin.    2v.     1885 233  M95 

PHIPPS,  Joseph. 

Original  and  present  state  of  man.     1876 233  PS2 


170  SALVATION 


WESLEY,  John. 

Doctrine  of  original  sin  according  to  Scripture,  reason  and 

experience,  in  answer  to  Dr.  Taylor.     1817 T233  W55 

234     Salvation 

ANDERSON,  John,  of  Pennsylvania. 

Scripture  doctrine  of  the  appropriation  in  the  nature  of  saving 

faith.     1875   234  A54 

CLARKE,  James  Freeman. 

The   Christian  doctrine  of  forgiveness  of  sin;  an  essay. 

1890   234  CS3 

CO  FINGER,  Walter  Arthur. 

A  treatise  on  predestination,  election  and  grace;  historical, 

doctrinal  and  practical.     1889 234  C79 

Bibliography,  apx.p.i-216. 

EDWARDS,  Jonathan. 

Careful  inquiry  into  the  freedom  of  the  wiW.    1804 r234  E31 

The  same.     1790 1*234  E31CI 

MARSHALL,  Walter. 

The  gospel-mystery  of  sanctification  opened  in  sundry  practi- 
cal directions,  to  which  is  added  a  Sermon  on  justification. 

187s 234  M41 

NEWMAN,  John  Henry,  cardinal. 

Essay  in  aid  of  a  grammar  of  assent.     1898 234  N28 

OLMSTEAD,  Dwight  Hinckley. 

The  protestant  faith;  or.  Salvation  by  belief.     1897 234  O23 

PENTECOST,  George  Frederick. 

Grace   abounding  in   the   forgiveness   of  sins ;    five   sermons. 

1896 234  P41 

ROBBINS,  Wilford  L. 

Essay  toward  faith.     1900 234  R53 

"Modest,  unpretending  little  book.  Small  in  bulk,  it  is  charged  with 
spiritual  meanings,  and  its  style  is  as  excellent  as  its  thought.  It 
is,  in  effect,  an  effort  to  show  to  the  faithless  that  the  attitude  of 
faith  in  the  unseen  perfect  Good  is  reasonable  and  wise,  and  to  brace 
up  those  'fearful  saints'  whose  spiritual  courage  is  faint  and  low... It 
would  be  difficult  to  find  a  wiser  help  to  the  inner  life  than  this  sug- 
gestive little  work."     Spectator,  1900. 

235     Angels,  Devils,  Satan 

ASHTON,  John. 

The  devil  in  Britain  and  America.    1896 235  A82 

Bibliography,  p.340-363- 

Account  of  demonology  and  witchcraft;  compiled  from  original  sources, 

and   containing   many   cases    of    witchcraft   never   before    republished. 

With  reproductions  of  old"  engravings. 

CARUS,  Paul 

History  of  the  devil  and  the  idea  of  evil,  from  the  earliest 

times  to  the  present  day.    1900 ' q235  C24 

The  same.     1900 qr235  C24 

History  and  analysis  of  the  conceptions  of  evil  among  the  various 
nations  of  the  earth,  discussing  prehistoric  devil  worship,  the  beliefs 
of  the  Accadians,   Persians,  Jews,     Brahmans,     Buddhists    and   early 


FUTURE  STATE  171 


Christians,  the  demonologT^  of  the  middle  ages,  the  Inquisition,  witch- 
craft, and  the  history  of  the  devil  in  verse  and  fable.    Valuable  chiefly 
as   a  compilation   and  comparison  of   material   and  for  its   numerous 
illustrations. 
JOLY,  Henri. 

Psychology  of  the  saints.     1898.     (The  saints.) 235  J38 

WHATELY,  Richard. 

View  of  the  scripture  revelations  respecting  good  and  evil 

angels.     1856 r23S  W59 


236     Death 


ALDEN,  Henry  Mills. 

Study  of  death.     1895 *. 236  A35 

"A  beautiful  meditation  on  immortality  —  not  an  argument  but  a  clear, 
deep  emotion  —  a  message  of  a  living  universe  and  a  divine  love." 
Critic,  1895. 

ARNOLD,  Sir  Edwin. 

Death —  and  afterwards,  with  a  supplement.     1897 236  A75 

SMYTH,  Newman 

Place  of  death  in  evolution.     1897 236  S66 

237     Future  state 

ALGER,  William  Rounseville. 

Critical  history  of  the  doctrine  of  a  future  life.     1889 237  A39 

CREMER,  Hermann. 

Beyond  the  grave.     1886 237  C87 

FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

Eternal  hope;  five  sermons.     1892 237  F25 

Contents:  What  heaven  is. — Is  life  worth  living?. — "Hell,"  what  it  is 
not.  —  Are  there  few  that  be  saved?  —  Consequences  of  sin.  —  Brief 
sketch  of  eschatological  opinions  in  the  church. 

GLADDEN,  Washington. 

Practice  of  immortality.     1901   237  G45 

The  author's  idea  is  summarised  in  this  quotation  from  the  sermon: 
"Suppose  we  stop  speculating  about  the  immortal  life  and  begin  to 
practise  it... You  know  well  enough  what  kind  of  life  it  is  that  ought 
to  continue;  live  that  life." 

GORDON,  George  Angier. 

Immortality  and  the  new  theodicy.    1897.    (Ingersoll  lecture.).  .237  G65 
HILLIS,  Newell  Dwight. 

Foretokens  of  immortality.     1897 237  H56 

Contents:  Foregleams  of  immortality. — Immortality  and  life's  withheld 
completions. — Christ  and  immortality. — The  witness  of  great  men  to 
immortality. 

HOGG,  James,  publisher,  comp. 

Wider  hope;  essays  on  the  doctrine  of  future  punishment. 

1890 237  H68 

Contents:  On  the  supposed  scriptural  expression  for  eternity,  by 
Thomas  De  Quincey. — Future  punishment  by  J.  H.  Jellett,  John  Tul- 
loch,  William  Arthur,  J.  B.  Brown,  John  Hunt,  R.  F.  Littledale,  Ed- 
ward White,  George  Salmon,  E.  H.  Plumptre,  Henry  AUon,  J.  H. 
Rigg,  T.  R.  Birks,  D.  Gracey,  A.  J.  B.  Beresford-Hope,  W.  B.  Rands 
and  J.  E.  B.  Mayor.— Eternal  hope,  by  F.  W.  Farrar.— ./Eonian  me- 
tempsychosis, by  Francis  Peek. — Mercy  and  judgment,  by  F.  W. 
Farrar. 

Bibliography,  p.409-436. 


172  CREEDS 

SEARS,  Edmund  Hamilton. 

Forcgleams  and  foreshadows  of  immortality.     1890 237  S43 

Revised  and  enlarged  edition  of  "Athanasia." 
WELLDON,  James  Edward  Cowell. 

The  hope  of  immortality.     1898 237  W48 

238     Creeds,  catechisms 

BEVERIDGE,  William,  bp. 

Church-catechism  explained,  for  the  use  of  the  diocese  of 

St.  Asaph.     1704  r238  B46 

BURN.  A.E. 

Introduction  to  the  creeds  and  to  the  Te  Deum.     1899 238  B92 

DE  WITT,  John,  and  others. 

Ought  the  confession  of  faith  to  be  revised?    1890 238  D51 

EVANS,  Llewellyn  J.  and  others. 

How  shall  we  revise  the  Westminster  confession  of  faith? 

1890 238  D51 

Bound  with  De  Witt's  Ought  the  confession  of  faith  to  be  revised? 

FORD,  Paul  Leicester,  ed. 

The  New-England  primer;  a  history  of  its  origin  and  devel- 
opment, with  a  reprint  of  the  earliest  known  edition. 
1897.  (The  book  lovers'  library  of  early  American  litera- 
ture.)    r238  F76 

Appendices:  Reprint  of  the  New  English  tutor. — Reprint  of  Roger's  Ex- 
hortation unto  his  children. — Cotton  Mather's  Plea  for  catechising. — 
Clarke's  Saying  the  catechism. — Reprint  of  the  Holy  Bible  in  verse. — 
Bibliography  of  the  New  England  primer. — Variorum  of  the  New  Eng- 
land primer. 

JACOBS,  Henry  Eyster,  ed. 

Augsburg  confession;  tr.  fr.  the  Latin  in  1536,  by  Richard 
Taverner,  with  the  variations  of  the  English  transla- 
tions, directly  or  indirectly  dependent  thereon,  by  H. 

E.  Jacobs.     1888 r238  J13 

LUTHERAN  CHURCH. 

Book  of  Concord;  or.  The  symbolic  books  of  the  Evangel- 
ical Lutheran  church;  ed.  by  H.  E.  Jacobs,    v.i.     1882.  .  .r238  L98 
v.i.    The  confessions. 

MACLEAR,  George  Frederick. 

Introduction   to    the   creeds.     1898.     (Elementary    theological 

class-books.)    238  Migi 

MACLEAR,  George  Frederick,  &  Williams,  W.W. 

Introduction  to  the  articles  of  the  Church  of  England.     1895.  .238  M19 
MITCHELL,  Alexander  Ferrier,  &  Struthers,  John,  ed. 

Minutes  of  the  sessions  of  the  Westminster  assembly  of  di- 
vines, while  preparing  their  directory  for  church  govern- 
ment, confession  of  faith  and  catechisms,  1644-1649.    1874.  .  .238  M74 
MORRIS,  Edward  Dafydd. 

,  Theology  of  the  Westminster  symbols;  a  commentary  on 
the  confession  of  faith  and  catechisms  and  the  related 
formularies  of  the  Presbyterian  churches.     1900 238  M91 


CREEDS  173 

NEW-England  primer,  to  which  is  added  the  Assembly  of  di- 
vines and  Mr  Cotton's  catechism T23S  N26 

The  same,  to  which  is  added  the  Assembly's  Shorter  cate- 
chism   r238  N26P 

NEW  YORK  TRIBUNE. 

The  Presbyterian  faith;  proposed  revision  of  the  Westminster 
standards;  Dr  Briggs's  appointment  vetoed;  proceedings  of 
the  General  assembly  at  Detroit.  1891.  (Library  of  Tri- 
bune extras.)   qr238  N261 

Bound  with  the  following. 

Presbyterian  issues;  the  General  assembly  of  1892;  revision 

and  Dr  Briggs.    1892.    (Library  of  Tribune  extras.) qr238  N261 

Bound  with  the  following. 

Presbyterianism   and   creed   revision;   the   General   assembly 

of  1890.     1890.     (Library  of  Tribune  extras.) qr238  N261 

PALMER,  Frederic. 

Studies  in  the  theological  definition  underlying  the  Apostles' 

and  Nicene  creeds.     1895 238  Pig 

PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES— 
General  assembly. 
Constitution  containing  the  confession  of  faith,  the  catechisms 
and  the  directory  for  the  worship  of  God;  with  the  plan  of 
government  and  discipline.     1839 r238  P92 

SCHAFF,  Philip. 

Creeds  of  Christendom.    3v.     1884-90 238  S29 

"Of  these  volumes,  the  first  contains  the  historical  narrative,  while  the 
second  and  third  contain  the  text  of  the  creeds,  both  in  the  original 
language  and  in  translation.  The  first,  therefore,  is  to  be  regarded 
as  a  history  of  Christian  doctrine,  while  the  others  are  an  embodi- 
ment of  the  doctrines  themselves.  In  the  second  volume  are  to  be 
found  the  Greek  and  Latin  creeds,  with  translations;  in  the  third, 
the  Evangelical  Protestant  creeds."    C.  K.  Adams. 

WARFIELD,  Benjamin  Breckinridge. 

On  the  revision  of  the  confession  of  faith.    1890 238  D51 

Bound  with  De  Witt's  Ought  the  confession  of  faith  to  be  revised? 

The  significance  of  the  Westminster  standards  as  a  creed. 

1898 238  W22 

An  address  of  36  pages  delivered  before  the  presbytery  of  New  York, 
Nov.  8,  1897. 

WARNER,  Beverley  E. 

The  facts  and  the  faith;  a  study  in  the  rationalism  of  the 

Apostles'  creed.     1897 238  W23 

A  careful  study  in  the  light  of  the  facts  of  history  and  the  results  of 
scientific  investigation,  of  the  faith  as  set  forth  in  the  Apostles'  creed, 
and  an  answer  to  those  who  assert  that  Christianity  is  not  in  accord 
with  science. 

WESTCOTT,  Brooke  Foss,  bp. 

Historic  faith ;  lectures  on  the  Apostles'  creed.     1900 238  W56 

WILLARD,  Samuel. 

Compleat  body  of  divinity  in  two  hundred  and  fifty  lectures 

on  the  Assembly's  shorter  catechism.     1726 qr238  W73 

"Catalogue  of  the  author's  works,"  p.gis- 
"First  folio  published  in  America."    Allibone. 


174  EVIDENCES  OF  CHRISTIANITY 

239     Evidences  of   Christianity 

ANDREWS.  Samuel  James. 

Christianity  and  anti-christianity  in  their  final  conflict.  1899.  .239  A56 
Contents:     Teachings   of  the    Scriptures   respecting   the   antichrist. — The 
falling   away    of   the    church. — Tendencies    in    our    day    preparing   the 
way   of  the   antichrist. — Reign   of  the   antichrist. — Summary   and   con- 
clusion. 

ARNOLD,  Matthew. 

God  &  the  Bible;  a  review  of  objections  to  "Literature  & 

dogma."    1893 239  A75 

Contents:  The  God  of  miracles. — The  God  of  metaphysics. — ^The  God  of 
experience. — The  Bible-canon. — The  fourth  gospel  from  without. — ^The 
fourth  gospel  from  within. 

The  same,     j  898  r239  A75 

Literature  &  dogma;  an  essay  towards  a  better  apprehension 

of  the  Bible.     1893 239  A7SI 

The  same.     1898 r239  A75I 

BRUCE,  Alexander  Balmain. 

Apologetics;  or,  Christianity  defensively  stated.     1895 239  B82 

BUSHNELL,  Horace. 

Nature  and  the  supernatural  as  together  constituting  the  one 

system  of  God.     1891 239  B96 

BUTLER,  Joseph,  bp. 

Analogy  of  religion  to  the  course  of  nature.     1893   239  B97 

The  same.     1863 r239  B97 

Works;  ed.  by  W.  E.  Gladstone.    2v.     1896 239  B97W 

V.I.     Analogy  of  religion. 

V.2.     Sermons. 
CHATEAUBRIAND,  Frangois  Auguste,  vicomte  de. 

Genie  du  christianisme 239  C39g 

The  genius  of  Christianity;  or.  The  spirit  and  beauty  of 

the  Christian  religion.     1884 239  C39 

Contents:  Mysteries  and  sacraments.  —  Virtues  and  moral  laws.  —  The 
truths  of  the  Scriptures  —  the  Fall  of  man.  —  Continuation  of  the 
truths  of  Scriptures  —  objections  against  the  system  of  Moses. —  The 
existence  of  God  demonstrated  by  the  wonders  of  nature. —  The  im- 
mortality of  the  soul  proved  by  the  moral  law  and  the  feelings. — Gen- 
eral survey  of  Christian  epic  poems. — Of  poetry  considered  in  its  rela- 
tions to  man.  —  Of  the  marvellous;  or,  Of  poetry  in  its  relations  to 
supernatural  beings. — The  Bible  and  Homer. — The  fine  arts. — Philoso- 
phy.— History. — Eloquence. — The  harmonies  of  the  Christian  religion 
with  the  scenes  of  nature  and  the  passions  of  the  human  heart.  — 
Churches,  ornaments,  singing,  prayers,  etc. — Tombs. — General  view  of 
the  clergy. —  Missions.  —  Military  orders  or  chivalry.  —  Services  ren- 
dered to  mankind  by  the  clergy  and  by  the  Christian  religion  in 
general. 

Biographical  sketch  of  the  author,  p. 23-42. 

"An  inefficient  production  from  the  point  of  view  of  serious  argument 
...A  masterpiece  of  literary  art."     Encyclopaedia  Britannica. 

CHRISTLIEB,  Theodor. 

Modern  doubt  and  Christian  belief.     1895 239  C46 

COOPER,  Samuel  M. 

Evidences  of  Christianity.     1839  r239  C78 

FISHER,  George  Park. 

Grounds  of  theistic  and  Christian  belief.     1896 239  FS3g 

Manual  of  Christian  evidences.     1892.     (Chautauqua  reading 

circle  literature.) 239  FS3 


DEVOTIONAL  AND  PRACTICAL  THEOLOGY  175 

FOX,  James  J. 

Religion  and  morality;  their  nature  and  mutual  relations  his- 
torically and  doctrinally  considered.    1899 239  F8s 

General  bibliography  precedes  the  introduction  and  brief  lists  follow  the 

chapters. 
Dissertation   for  the   doctorate   in   theology   at   the   Catholic   university 
of  America. 

HODGE,  Charles. 

What  is  Darwinism?    1874 r239  H66 

PALEY,  William. 

A  view  of  the  evidences  of  Christianity r266  M76 

Bound  with  Moffat's  Missionary  labours  and  scenes  in  southern  Africa. 

The  same.     1830.     (In  his  Works,  v.2.)   208  P18  v.2 

RAWLINSON,  George. 

Historical  evidences  of  the  truth  of  the  Scripture  records. 

1885.     (Bampton  lectures.) 239  R23 

THOMSON,  William,  abp.  ed. 

Aids  to  faith;  a  series  of  essays,  being  a  reply  to  Essays  and 

reviews.     1862 239  T38 

Contents:  On  miracles  as  evidences  of  Christianity,  by  H.  L.  Mansel. — 
On  the  study  of  the  evidences  of  Christianity,  by  William  Fitzgerald. 
— Prophecy,  by  A.  McCaul. — Ideology  and  subscription,  by  F.  C. 
Cook. — The  Mosaic  record  of  creation,  by  A.  McCaul. — On  the 
genuineness  and  authenticity  of  the  Pentateuch,  by  George  Kawlinson. 
— Inspiration,  by  E.  H.  Browne. — The  death  of  Christ,  by  William 
Thomson. — Scripture,  and  its  interpretation,  by  C.  J.  Ellicott. 

WRIGHT,  George  Frederick. 

Scientific  aspects  of  Christian  evidences.     1898 239  W93 

Contents:  Limits  of  scientific  thought. — The  paradoxes  of  science. — God 
and  nature. — Darwinism  and  design. — Mediate  miracles. — Beyond 
reasonable  doubt. — Newly  discovered  external  evidences  of  Christian- 
ity.— The  testimony  of  textual  criticism. — Internal  evidences  of  the 
early  date  of  the  four  gospels. — Positive  results  of  the  cumulative 
evidence. 

WYNNE,  Frederick  Richards,  and  others. 

Literature  of  the  2d  century;  short  studies  in  Christian  evi- 
dences.    1891  239  W99 

Authorities,  p.2. 

240     Devotional  and  practical 

BROOKS,  Phillips,  bp. 

Best  methods  of  promoting  spiritual  life,  and  A  communion 

address  240  B77 

BROWNE,  Sir  Thomas. 

Religio   medici;    Letter  to   a  friend;   and   Christian   morals. 

1892 '. 240  BSiri 

The  same;  with  Urn-burial  and  other  papers.     1862 240  B8ir 

BUNYAN,  John. 

Works,  with  an  introduction  to  each  treatise,  notes  and  a 
sketch    of   his   life,   times   and   contemporaries;    ed.  by 

George  Offer.    3v.     1858 q240  B88 

v.i-2.     Experimental,  doctrinal  and  practical. 

v.    3.    Allegorical,     figurative     and     symbolical,     (including     Pilgrim's 
progress). 


176  DEVOTIONAL  AND  PRACTICAL  THEOLOGY 

CHILD'S  catechism,  to  which  are  added  a  serious  address  to  chil- 
dren and  some  important  verses  on  various  subjects.     1809. 

Pittsburgh  r240  C43 

F6NELON,  Frangois. 

Spiritual  letters;  letters  to  men.     1891 240  F35 

Spiritual  letters;  letters  to  women.     1894 240  F35S 

GLADDEN,  Washington. 

The  Christian  way;  whither  it  leads  and  how  to  go  on. 

^     1877  240  G45 

MARTINEAU,  James. 

Hours  of  thought  on  sacred  things.    2v.    1888-96 240  M43h 

WARD,  Mrs  Humphry. 

New  forms  of  Christian  education;  an  address  to  the  Uni- 
versity hall  guild.     1898 '240  W21 

FULLER,  Thomas. 

Holy  and  profane  states;  with  account  of  the  author 241  F98 

PENINGTON,  Isaac. 

Letters.     1828 241  P39 

TAYLOR,  Jeremy. 

Holy  living  and  dying.     i8gi 241  T2S 

TOLSTOI,  Lyof  Nikolaievitch,  count. 

Life   241   T58 

My  confession,  and  The  spirit  of  Christ's  teaching 241  TsSm 

My  confession,  Aiy  religion,  and  The  gospel  in  brief.    1899.  .241  T58m2 

My  religion.     1884 241  TsSmy 

Another  translation  has  the  title  "What  I  believe." 

AUGUSTINE,  St. 

Confessions ;  ed.  by  W.  (3.  T.  Shedd.     1885  242  A92 

The  same;  tr.  by  J.  G.  Pilkington.     1876 242  A92CO 

The  same;  ed.  by  Temple  Scott.     1900 242  A92C02 

BAXTER,  Richard. 

Saint's  everlasting  rest.     1847 242  B33 

BOYD,  Andrew  Kennedy  Hutchison,  comp. 

To  meet  the  day  through  the  Christian  year.     1889 242  B66 

KEBLE,  John. 

Christian  year,  with  meditations  from  H.  P.  Liddon.     1887.  .242  K15 
MEIKLE,  James. 

The  traveller;  or.  Meditations  on  various  subjects  written 
on  board  a  man  of  war,  to  which  is  added  Converse 

with  the  world  unseen.     1815 r242  M57 

Life  of  the  author,  p.  1-56. 

PASCAL,  Blaise. 

Pensees.     1858 242  P27P 

Appendices:  Lettre  de  Pascal  sur  la  mort  de  son  pere. — Extraits  de 
quelques  lettres  a  Mile  de  Roannez. —  Priere  pour  demander  a  Dieu 
le  bon  usage  des  maladies. — Preface  sur  Le  traite  du  vide. — De  I'esprit 
geometrique.  —  Difference  entre  I'esprit  de  geometrie  et  I'esprit  de 
finesse. — De  I'art  de  persuader. — Pensees  sur  I'eloquence  et  le  style. — 
Discours  sur  las  passions  de  I'amour. — Discours  sur  la  condition  des 
grands,  1652-1653.  —  Entretien  de  Pascal  avec  Sacy  sur  Epictete  et 
Montaigne. 

"Vie  de  Pascal,  ecrite  par  Mme  Perier,"  p. 5-37. 
Thoughts,  letters  and  opuscules.     1893 242  P27 


DEVOTIONAL  AND  PRACTICAL  THEOLOGY  177 

PATMORE,  Coventry  Kearsey  Dighton. 

The  rod,  the  root  and  the  flower.    1895 242  P29 

Epigrams    and    short    paragraphs    upon    religious    and    philosophical 
subjects. 
PUSEY,  Edward  Bouverie. 

Spiritual  letters;  ed.  by  J.  O.  Johnston  and  W.  C.  E.  New- 
bolt.     1898  242  P98 

Chiefly  letters  of  advice  with  regrard  to  the  trials  of  the  spiritual  life. 

THOMAS  A  KEMPIS. 

Of  the  imitation  of  Christ.     1887 242  T37 

WELWOOD,  Andrew. 

Meditations  representing  a  glimpse  of  glory;  or,  A  gospel  dis- 
covery of  Emmanuel's  land.     1824 r242  W51 

ZSCHOKKE,  Johann  Heinrich  Daniel. 

Meditations  on  death  and  eternity.     1863 242  Z83 

Meditations  on  life  and  its  religious  duties.     1863 242  Z83m 

Stunden  der  andacht,  zur  beforderung  wahren  Christenthums 

und  hauslicher  Gottesverehrung.    8v.  in  4.     1890 242  Z83S 

BAXTER,  Richard. 

Call  to  the  unconverted  to  turn  and  live r243  B33 

BOOTH,  Mrs  Catherine  (Mumford). 

Papers  on  aggressive  Christianity.     1891 243  B63 

DEANE,  William  John. 

The  Christian's  privileges.     1891 243  D34 

FABER,  Frederick  William. 

Creator  and  the  creature;  or.  The  wonders  of  divine  love. 

1857   243  Fi  I 

Growth  in  holiness;  or.  The  progress  of  the  spiritual  life. 

1854 • 243  Fug 

GUTHRIE,  William,  1626-1665. 

The  Christian's  great  interest.     1815 r243  G98 

Memoir  of  the  author,  P.3-S6. 
MILLER,  William  Haig. 

Mirage  of  life.     1866 r243  M69 

SPURGEON,  Charles  Haddon. 

According  to  promise;  or,  The  Lord's  method  of  dealing  with 

his  chosen  people.     1887 243  S77 

WILCOCKS,  Thomas. 

Kostlicher  honigtropfen  aus  dem  felsen  Christus;  oder,  Ein 

kurzes  wort  der  ermahnung  an  alle  heilige  und  sunder. . .  .r243  W71 
WITHER,  George. 

Paralellogrammaton.      1882.      (Spenser  society.      Publica- 
tions, V.33.)   r243  W82 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of  1662. 

Exhortatory  epistle  addressed  to  the  three  nations  of  England,  Scotland 
and  Ireland,  drawing  a  parallel  between  their  sins  and  those  of  Judah 
and  Israel,  and  warning  the  people  to  a  timely  repentance. 

AIDS  to  the  devout  life.    1898 244  A28 

Contents:    "The  pilgrim's  progress"  and  the  life  divine,  by  John  Brown. 
— "The  imitation  of  Christ,"  by  F.  D.  Huntington. — ^The  "Holy  Uving 
and  dying,"  by  A.  H.  Bradford. — Browning's  "Saul,"  by  H.  W.  Mabie. 
— Keble's  "Christian  year,"  by  Henry  Van  Dyke. 
Reprinted  from  the  "Outlook." 

ASHWORTH,  John. 

Strange  tales  from  humble  life,  ist-4th  ser.      v.1-4,  in  i. 


178  DEVOTIONAL  AND  PRACTICAL  THEOLOGY 

1865-70  244  A83 

True  stories  of  experience  among  the  very  poor  in  an  English  manu- 
facturing district. 

CANTON,  William. 

W.  V.'s  golden  legend.     1898 J244  C17 

"Stories  of  the  saints  and  hermits,  of  the  old  abbeys  and  minsters,  of 
visions  and  miracles,  and  the  ministry  of  angels,"  as  told  to  little  "W. 
V."  Throughout  these  tales  there  lingers  a  touch  of  quaintness  and 
strong  imaginative  feeling  truly  mediaeval. 

CHARLES,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Rundle). 

Sketches  of  Christian  life  in  England  in  the  olden  time,  and 
Sketches  of  the  United  Brethren  of  Bohemia  and  Moravia. 

1865 244  C37 

Tales  and  sketches  of  Christian  life  in  different  lands  and 

ages.     1866 244  C37t 

COLLINS,  Mrs  Jane  Spear  (Taylor). 

Emma's  triumph.     1891   r244  C71 

The  same.     1891  244  C71 

COMENIUS,  Johannes  Amos. 

The  labyrinth  of  the  world  and  the  paradise  of  the  heart; 

tr.  by  Count  Liitzow.     1901   244  C73 

"Founded  on  the  world-old  conceit  that  imagines  the  world  as  a  city  and 
man  as  a  pilgrim,  who  beholds  and  examines  it... Of  all  allegorical 
tales,  the  one  that  bears  most  resemblance  to  the  'Labyrinth'  is  the 
'Pilgrim's  Progress.'  "     Introduction. 

ERASMUS,  Desiderius. 

Colloquies;  tr.  by  N.  Bailey;  ed.  with  notes  by  E.  Johnson. 

2v.     1878 244  E71 

"He  composed  this  work  partly  that  young  persons  might  have  a  book  to 
teach  them  the  Latin  language,  and  religious  and  moral  sentiments, 
and  partly  to  cure  the  world,  if  possible,  of  the  abuses  and  supersti- 
tious devotion  of  which  the  monks  were  the  authors  and  abettors. 
He  is  not  so  well  known  to  the  public  by  any  of  his  works  as  by  his 
'Colloquies.'  They  abound  in  wit  and  taste,  biting  satire  and  elegant 
criticism,  and  contain  very  good  descriptions  of  life  and  manners." 
A.  R.  Pennington,  iti  his  "Life  and  character  of  Erasmus." 

FERRAR,  Nicholas. 

Story  books  of  Little  Gidding;  the  religious  dialogues  recited 

in  the  Great  room,  1631-2.     1899 244  F41 

Sketch  of  the  author,  by  E.   C.   Sharland,   p.8-40. 

The  community  at  Little  Gidding  was  formed  about  1626  by  Nicholas 
Ferrar,  the  members  being  his  relatives.  No  vows  were  taken,  his 
aim  being  only  the  organization  of  a  family  life  on  the  basis  of  putting 
devotion  in  the  first  place  among  practical  duties.  These  quaint  reli- 
gious dialogues,  interludes,  etc.  were  compiled  by  Ferrar  to  be  re- 
cited by  the  community  on  church  feasts  and  holidays. 
GASPARIN,  Valerie  (Boissier),  comtesse  de. 

Under  French  skies.     1888 244  G21 

Tales  and  sketches  of  French  peasant  life  from  a  semi-religious  point  of 
view. 

HEPWORTH,  George  Hughes. 

Hiram  Golf's  religion.     1894 244  H4S 

JACOBUS  de  VORAGINE. 

Leaves  from  the  Golden  legend;  chosen  by  H.  D.  Madge. 

1899  244  J13 

Biographical  sketch  of  the  author,  p.7-8. 
LUTHER,  Martin. 

Table  talk.    1890 244  L98 

Life  of  Luther,  by  Alexander  Chalmers,  P.2S-97. 


HYMNOLOGY  179 

MUSINGS  and  memories.     1874 244  M98 

REIFSNIDER,  Mrs  Calvin  Kryder. 

True  memory,  the  philosopher's  stone,  its  loss  through  Adam 

its  recovery  through  Christ.     1896 244  R31 

SCHABALIE,  John  Philip. 

The  pilgrim  soul;  or,  Dialogues  between  the  pilgrim  soul  and 

Adam,  Noah  and  Simon  Cleophas.    1838.    Pittsburgh 244  829 

SHELDON,  Charles  Monroe. 

John  King's  question  class.     1899 244  854 

"This  little  story... was  first  read  to  my  own  Sunday  evening  congrega- 
tion... Every  Sunday  a  list  of  written  questions  was  handed  me  by 
the  young  people  and  during  the  week  I  put  them  into  the  chapter 
of  the  story  read  at  the  next  Sunday  evening  service. .  .There  has  been 
no  attempt... to  give  long,  complete,  exhaustive  answers  to  wise,  theo- 
logical, or  deeply  philosophical  questions."  Preface. 
WALTON,  Joseph,  of  the  Society  of  Friends. 

Footprints  and  waymarks.     1894 244  Wigf 

WALTON,  Joseph,  of  the  Society  of  Friends,  comp. 

Incidents  and  reflections.     1888 ; 244  W19 

245     Hymnology 

AUSBUND,  das  ist  schone  christliche  lieder.     1751 r24S  A93 

BENSON,  Louis  Y.ed. 

Best  church  hymns.     1899 245  B44 

BIBLE— 0/d  testament. 

The  whole  Book  of  psalms  in  metre,  with  hymns  suited  to 

the  feasts  and  fasts  of  the  church.     1806 r264  C73b 

Bound  with  the  Book  of  common  prayer. 
BLAGDEN,  Silliman. 

Some  poems  to  the  praise  of  God.     1893 245  B52 

BROWNLIE,  John. 

Hymns  and  hymn  writers  of  the  church  hymnary.    1899 r24S  B82 

BROWNLIE,  John,  tr. 

Hymns  of  the  Greek  church,  with  introduction  and  notes. 

1900  245  B82 

CHARLES,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Rundle). 

Voice  of  Christian  life  in  song;  or.  Hymns  and  hymn-writers 

of  many  lands  and  ages.     1872 245  C37 

CHRISTOPHERS,  Samuel  Woolcock. 

Hymn-writers  and  their  hymns 245  C46 

Considers  many  of  our  familiar  hymns,  their  origin,  the  circumstances 
under  which  they  were  written,  their  character  and  influence. 
DUFFIELD,  Samuel  Willoughby. 

English  hymns;  their  authors  and  history.     1894 245  D87 

Latin  hymn-writers  and  their  hymns.     1889 245  D87I 

Bibliography,  p.416-445. 

ERSKINE,  Ralph. 

Gospel  sonnets;  or.  Spiritual  songs.     1793 r245  E78 

GREATRAKE,  Laurence. 

Harp  of  Zion.    1827 r24S  G83 

HAVERGAL,  Frances  Ridley. 

Poetical  works.     1896 245  H35 


i8o  HYMNOLOGY 


HORDER,  W.Garrett. 

The  hymn  lover:  an  account  of  the  rise  and  growth  of  English 

hymnody  245  H79 

HUNTER,  Rev.  William,  comp. 

Select  melodies,  comprising  the  best  Hymns  and  spiritual  songs 

in  common  use.    1858 r24S  H94 

HYMNS  in  Dakota  for  use  in  the  missionary  jurisdiction  of 

Niobrara.     1879  r245  H99 

JULIAN,' John,  ed. 

Dictionary  of  hymnology.     1892 r245  Jsi 

Sets  forth  the  origin  and  history  of  Christian  hymns  of  all  ages  and  na- 
tions, with  special  reference  to  those  contained  in  the  hymn  books  of 
English-speaking  countries.  Contains  biographical  and  critical  notices 
of  their  authors  and  translators,  and  historical  articles  on  national  and 
denominational  hymnody,  breviaries,  missals,  psalters,  etc. 

LOUGHRIDGE,  R.  M.  &  Winslett,  David,  comp. 

Nakcokv  esyvhiketv;  Muskokee  hymns.     1880 r245  L92 

LUTHER,  Martin. 

Luther  as  a  hymnist;  comp.  by  Bernhard  Pick.     1875 245  L98 

Biographical  sketch  of  Luther,  p. 9-29. 
Translations  of  Luther's  hymns. 

MARCH,  Francis  Andrew,  comp. 

Latin  hymns  with  English  notes.     1874 245  M36 

NEU  und  vollstandig  eingerichtete  anweisung,  zu  denen  hierin- 

nen  stehenden  geistreichen  psalmen  und  liedern r245  N25 

PRESBYTERIAN  BOARD  OF  PUBLICATION. 

Nuevo  himnario  de  las  iglesias  evangelicas.     1885 r245  P92 

SCHAFF,  Philip,  comp. 

Christ  in  song;  hymns  selected  from  all  ages.    1879 245  829 

Bibliography,  p.9-10. 

SCHLETTERER,  Hans  Michel. 

Geschichte  der  geistlichen  dichtung  und  kirchlichen  tonkunst, 
in  ihrem  zusammenhange,  mit  der  politischen  und  socialen 
entwickelung,  insbesondere  des  deutschen  volkes.     v.i. 
1869 r245  S34 

Hymnologische  quellenwerke,  v.i,  P.S63-S69. 
SELBORNE,  Roundell  Palmer,  earl  of. 

Book  of  praise  from  the  best  English  hymn  writers.     1891 245  S46 

SPIRIT  of  praise;  a  collection  of  hymns,  old  and  new r245  S75 

WINKWORTH,  Catherine. 

Christian  singers  of  Germany.     1869 245  W78 

WITHER,  George. 

Haleluiah;    or,   Britans   second   remembrancer.     3v.  in   i. 

1879.    (Spenser  society.    Publications,  v.26-27.) r24S  W82 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of  1641. 

Collection  of  273  hymns,  Wither's  best  work  as  a  religious  poet. 
Hymnes  and  songs  of  the  church.     i88r.     (Spenser  society. 

Publications,  v.30.)   r245  W82h 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of  1623. 

"Great  part  of  this  collection  consists  of  metrical  paraphrases  of  the 
Psalms  and  Song  of  Solomon,  but  there  are  also  some  hymns  the  in- 
spiration of  which  is  due  to  no  one  but  Wither  himself."    IVarcTs  "Eng- 
lish poets." 


RELIGIOUS  ART,  VESTMENTS,  ETC.  i8i 

246-247     Religious  art,  vestments,  etc. 

EVANS,  Edward  Payson. 

Animal  symbolism  in  ecclesiastical  architecture.     1896 246  E94 

Bibliography,  p.  343-349- 
HULME,  Frederick  Edward. 

History,  principles  and  practice  of  symbolism  in  Christian 

art.     1892 246  H91 

MALE,  fimile. 

L'art    religieux    du    Xllle    siecle    en    France;    etude    sur 
I'iconographie  du  moyen  age  et  sur  ses  sources  d'inspi- 

ration.      1898 qr246    M28 

"Index  bibliographique,"  P.S15— 519. 

P£RAT£,  Andre. 

L'archeologie    chretienne.      1892.      (Bibliotheque    de    I'en- 

seignement  des  beaux-arts.) 246  P42 

Bibliography,  p.8. 

TYRWHITT,  Richard  St.  John. 

Art  teaching  of  the  primitive  church,  with  an  index  of  sub- 
jects, historical  and  emblematic 246  T98 

The  teaching  of  the  primitive  church  as  reflected  in  some  of  the  ancient 
relics    and   monuments   of   Christian    art   up   to    the   time    of   the   first 
Italian   renaissance.      Contains  a   useful  chapter  on  Lombard  art  and 
an  index  of  historical  and  emblematic  subjects  of  sacred  art. 
BARRETT,  William  Alexander. 

Flowers  and  festivals;  or.  Directions  for  the  floral  decora- 
tions of  churches.     1868 r247  B26 

BLOXAM,  Matthew  Holbeche. 

Companion   to   The   principles   of    Gothic   architecture;    a 
brief  account  of  the  vestments  in  use  in  the  church  prior 

to,  and  from  the  reign  of  Edward  VL     1882 247  B56 

PUGIN,  Augustus  Welby  Northmore,  comp. 

Glossary  of  ecclesiastical  ornament  and  costume.     i868...qr247  P58 
SEYMOUR,  William  Wood. 

The  cross  in  tradition,  history  and  art.     1898 qr247  852 

Bibliography,  p.21-30. 
STOKES,  Margaret  McNair. 

Early  Christian  art  in  Ireland.  2v.  in  i.   1894.     (South  Ken- 
sington museum  art  handbooks.) 247  S87 

Contents:  Illumination. — -Irish  scribes  on  the  cgntinent. — Metal-work. — 
Sculpture. — Building  and  architecture. — Chronological  table  of  exam- 
ples of  Irish  art. 

248     Personal  religion 

BABCOCK,  Maltbie  Davenport. 

Thoughts  for  every-day  living.     1901 248  B 1 1 

BLACK,  Hugh. 

Culture  and  restraint.     1901 248  B51 

The  subject  is  the  old  conflict  between  Hebraism  and  Hellenism, — self- 
repression  and  self-expression,  the  ascetic  ideal  and  the  aesthetic  ideal. 

"Not  many  books  on  ethical  questions  show  such  a  breadth  of  sympathy 
with  divergent  views;  and  it  is  not  often  that  we  find  one  which, 
while  free  from  casuistry,  supplies  its  readers  with  such  wholesome 
guidance  for  the  direction  of  their  own  practice."     Nation,  1901. 


i82  PERSONAL  RELIGION 

CHARBONNEL,  Victor. 

Victory  of  the  will;  tr.  by  Emily  Whitney.     1899 248  C37 

An  argument  for  living  an  individual  life  and  developing  one's  own  per- 
sonality by  means  of  its  inner  power  and  its  free  will  to  live. 

DALE,  Robert  William. 

Laws  of  Christ  for  common  life.     1898 248  D16 

DOLE,  Charles  Fletcher. 

Religion  of  a  gentleman.     1900 248  D69 

"Not  of  the  superior  and  critical  kind... His  terms  are  taken  in  the 
modem  and  democratic  sense;  by  'gentleman'  he  means  any  young 
man  who  aims  to  know  and  do  the  right  and  the  religion  he  recom- 
mends is  a  life  and  not  a  convention.  His  ruling  ideas  are  those  of 
his  own  time  and  not  of  former  ages,  and  he  urges  them  in  a  manly 
and  kindly  way  which  leaves  small  room  for  objection."    Nation,  igoo. 

DRESSER,  Horatio  Willis. 

The  Christ  ideal;  a  study  of  the  spiritual  teachings  of  Jesus. 

1901 248  D81 

DRUMMOND,  Henry. 

The  ideal  life.     1898 248  D84 

Memorial  sketches  of  the  author  by  Ian  Maclaren  and  W.  R.  Nicoll, 
PI-4S. 

GOULBURN,  Edward  Meyrick. 

Thoughts  on  personal  religion.     1888 248  G73 

JOHNSON,  Elias  Henry. 

The  highest  life;  a  story  of  shortcomings  and  a  goal,  in- 
cluding a  friendly  analysis  of  the  Keswick  movement. 

1901 248    J36 

A  thoughtful  discussion  of  some  of  the  aspects  of  Christian  living. 

MARTINEAU,  James. 

Endeavors  after  the  Christian  life.     1895 248  M43 

MEYER,  Frederick  Brotherton. 

The  secret  of  guidance.     1896 248  M65 

MILLER,  James  Russell. 

Life's  byways  and  waysides.     1895 •  ■•  ■ 248  M69 

Making  the  most  of  life.     1891 248  M69m 

NATT,  George  Washington. 

Plain  sermons  on  personal  religion.     1867 248  N15 

NEWBOLT,  William  Charles  Edmund. 

Religion.  1899.  (Oxford  library  of  practical  theology.). .  .  .248  N26 
PARKHURST,  Charles* Henry. 

Sunny  side  of  Christianity.     1901 .248  P24 

Contents:  Love  in  the  heart  versus  phosphorus  in  the  brain. — Love  as 
a  theory  and  love  as  an  experience. — Acquiring  the  love  lesson. — 
Love  considered  as  a  lubricant. — -Loving,  a  means  of  knowing. 

ROMAN  CATHOLIC  CHURCH. 

Kurtzer  begriff  deren  nothwendigsten  gebetteren  eines 
catholischen  Christen,  worinnen  enthalten  morgens-, 
abends-,  mess-,  beicht-  und  communion-gebetter;  ver- 
fertiget  von  Matthaeo  Vogel;  nebst  einem  zusatz  deren 
tag-zeiten,  litaneyen,  bett  stunden,  und  aller  andachten 

welche  das  jahr  durch  begangen  werden.     1760 r248  R65 

SAVAGE,  Minot  Judson. 

The  religious  life.     1885 248  S26 


PREACHING  183 


SEWARD,  Theodore  F. 

School  of  life;  divine   Providence  in  the  light  of  modern 

science.      1894 248   S51 

SMITH,  Mrs  Hannah  (Whitall). 

Christian's  secret  of  a  happy  life.     1888 248  S64 


250     Homiletic 


LIDDON,  Henry  Parry,  canon. 

Clerical  life  and  work;  sermons.     1895 250  L68 

Contains  sermons  on  Bishop  Wilberforce,  John  Keble  and  E.  B.  Pusey. 
WATSON,  John  Maclaren,  (pseud.  Ian  Maclaren). 

Church  folks;  practical  studies  in  congregational  life.    1900.  .250  W32 
Contents:    How  to  make  the  most  of  a  sermon. — How  to  make  the  most 
of  your  minister. — The  candy-pull  system  in  the  church. — The  mutineer 
in  the  church. — Should  the  old  clergyman  be  shot? — The  minister  and 
the  organ. — The  pew  and  the  man  in  it. — The  genteel  tramps  in  our 
churches. — Is  the  minister  an  idler? — -The  minister  and  his  vacation. — 
The  revival  of  a  minister. 
Appeared  first  in  the  Ladies'  home  journal. 
CROSS,  Jonathan. 

Five  years  in  the  Alleghanies.     1863 r253  C89 

Account  of  the  author's  experiences  as  a  colporteur  for  the  American 
tract  society  in  West  Virginia  and  western  Pennsylvania  in  the  forties. 


251     Preaching 


BEHRENDS,  Adolphus  Julius  Frederick. 

Philosophy  of  preaching.      1890 251    B38 

BROADUS,  John  Albert. 

Lectures  on  the  history  of  preaching.     1901 251  B75 

Contents:     Specimens  of  preaching  in  the  Bible. — Preaching  in  the  early 
Christian  centuries. — Medieval  and  reformation  preaching. — The  great 
French  preachers. — The  English  pulpit. 
Bibliography,  p.236-241. 

BROOKS,  Phillips,  bp. 

Lectures  on  preaching.     1893 251   B77 

GREER,  David  H. 

The  preacher  and  his  place.     1895 251  G8s 

JEFFERSON,  Charles  Edward. 

Quiet  hints  to  growing  preachers  in  my  study.     1901 251  J23 

McCONNELL,  Samuel  D. 

Sermon  stuff.     1888 , 251  M13 

Fifty-five  sermon  outlines,  by  an  eminent  preacher. 

PATTISON,  T.  Harwood. 

The  making  of  the  sermon;  for  the  class-room  and  the 

study.     1898 251   P31 

RUSKIN,  John. 

Letters  to  the  clergy  on  the  Lord's  prayer  and  the  church, 
with  replies  from  clergy  and  laity;  ed.  with  essays  and 

comments  by  F.  A.  Malleson.     1896 251  R89 

TUCKER,  William  Jewett. 

Making  and  the  unmaking  of  the  preacher;  lectures  on  the 

Lyman  Beecher  foundation.     1898 251  T81 

Contents:     Preaching  under   modern   conditions.  —  The  making  of  the 


i84  SERMONS 


preacher  by  education. — The  unmaking  process. — The  preacher  and  his 
art. — What  the  preacher  owes  to  the  truth. — What  the  preacher  owes  '  \ 
to  men. — The  pulpit  and  the  church. — The  optimism  of  Christianity.  ■•*  ■<; 

VAN  DYKE,  Henry.  ',',.'/''■ 

The  gospel. for  an  age  of  doubt;  Yale  lectures  on  preach-    -'':<.  '^ 

ing,  1896.     1896 25.1'"  V18 

In  these  lectures  Dr  Van  Dyke  has  sought  to  point  out  what  to  pjceju^)' 
rather  than  how  to  preach.  ^  -*  ,i  '.  " 

WATSON,  John  Maclaren,  {pseud,  tan  Maclaren).      /f,       'i.  i 
The  cure  of  souls;  Lyman  Beecher  lectures  on  preaching, 

1896.     1896 , .". .  .\ .....  .  .251   W32 


252     Sermons        \  < 

ADAMS,  John  Coleman.  .     ■/^■'^  ' 

Leisure  of  God,  and  other  studies  in  the  spirittiarevolution. 

1895 ...!...";. 252   A21 

ADLER,  Liebman. 

Sabbath  hours;   thoughts.      1893.      (Jewish  publication   so- 
ciety of  America.) ;...'.- 252  A23 

ALEXANDER,  Archibald,  1772-1851.  .-• 

Sermon  delivered  at  the  opening  o!f  the  General  assembly 
of  the  Presbyterian  church  in  tb«  'United  States,  May 

1808.     1808 ^  .". r265   R17 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets.  "^^  v 

ANNAN,  John  Ebenezer.  '■    \ 

Sermons,  doctrinal  and  practice.     1863 252  A61 

Memoir,  p.s-26. 
BEECHER,  Henry  Ward. 

Plymouth  pulpit  sermons.     4v.     1892 252  B37 

Sermons.     2v.     1868 252  B37S 

BOSSUET,  Jacques  Benigne,  bp. 

Oraisons  funebres.     2v.  in   i.     1879 252   B64 

Oraison  funebre  de  Henriette  Marie  de  France,  Henriette  Anne  d'An- 
gleterre,  Maria  Therese  d'Autriche,  Anne  de  Gonzague  de  Cleves, 
Michel  le  Tellier,  chancelier  de  France,  Louis  de  Bourbon,  prince  de 
Conde,  Pere  Bourgoing,  superieur  de  I'Oratoire,  Madame  Yolande  de 
Monterby,  Henri  de  Gornay,  Nicolas  Cornet. 

BRACE,  Charles  Loring. 

Short  sermons  to  news  boys,  with  a  history  of  the  forma- 
tion of  the  News  boys'  lodging  house.     1866 252  B67 

BROOKE,  Stopford  Augustus. 

The  gospel  of  joy.     1898 252  B772 

Sermons  on  various  subjects. 

BROOKS,  Phillips,  bp. 

Sermons;  ser.i-8.    8v.     1893-97 252  B77S 

v.i.     Sermons. 

V.2.     Candle  of  the  Lord,  and  other  sermons. 

V.3.     Sermons  preached  in  English  churches. 

V.4.     Twenty  sermons. 

v.s.     Light  of  the  world,  and  other  sermons. 

V.6.     Sermons. 

V.7.     Sermons  for  the  principal  festivals  and  fasts  of  the  church  year. 

V.8.     New  starts  in  life,  and  other  sermons. 

"Behind  the  literary  excellences. .  .is  a  practical  acquaintance  with  the 
weakness  and  strength  of  men's  souls  not  acquired  in  the  study  and 
aot  ofte9  possessed  by  popular  preachers."     Academy,    1891. 


SERMONS  i8s 


BROWN,  Matthew. 

Discourse  delivered  in  the  Presbyterian  church,  Washing- 
ton, Pa.,  on  the  occasion  of  his  resigning  his  charge  of 
that  congregation.     1823   r265  R17 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

BURTON,  Nathaniel  Judson. 

In  pulpit  and  parish;  ed.  by  R.  E.  Burton;  Yale  lectures  on 

preaching.     1896 252  Byt, 

Funeral  addresses  delivered  at  the  funeral  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Burton  by 
Timothy  Dwight  and  others,  p.ii-28. 

COLLYER,  Robert. 

The  life  that  now  is;  sermons.     1890 252  C71 

CONTEMPORARY  pulpit,  Jan.  1884-Dec.  1893;  ist-2d  ser. 

20V.     1884-93 252  C76 

Indices  to  the  ist-2d  ser.     2v.     1888-93. 

Contains  sermons,  outlines  of  sermons  and  expositions  by  distinguished 
English  clergymen,  besides  articles  on  church  life  in  different  Eng- 
lish towns,  sermon  notes,  etc. 

COPLEY,  Josiah. 

Gatherings  in  Beulah.     1878  252  C79 

DAU,  William  Henry  Theodore,  ed. 

"I  am  the  resurrection  and  the  life ;"  a  book  of  funeral  ser- 
mons by  Lutheran  pastors.     1899 252  D27 

DRUMMOND,  Henry. 

Stones  rolled  away,  and  other  addresses  to  young  men, 

delivered  in  America.     1899 252  D84 

DWIGHT,  Timothy. 

Thoughts  of  and  for  the  inner  life;  sermons.    1899 252  D97 

FARRAR,  Frederic  William,  dean. 

The  fall  of  man,  and  other  sermons.     1893 252  F25i 

Saintly  workers;  five  Lenten  lectures.     1892 252  F25S 

The  silence  and  the  voices  of  God,  with  other  sermons.    1892. .  .252  F2S 
FOXELL,  W.  J. 

God's  garden;  Sunday  talks  with  boys.    1896 252  F85 

HAMMOND,  Henry. 

Workes.     v.i.     1574 qr2S2  H22 

V.I.     Collection  of  discourses. 

Life  of  the  author  by  John  Fell,  v.t,   p.  1-56. 

The  date  on  the  title  page  is  a  misprint  for  1674. 
HODGES,  George. 

The  battles  of  peace;  sermons.     1899 252  H66b 

Christianity  between  Sundays.     1892 252  H66 

Heresy  of  Cain,  sermons.     1894 252  H66h 

In  this  present  world;  sermons.     1897 252  H66i 

The  same.     1897 r2S2  H66 

One  day  in  seven;  a  sermon.  Advent,  1889.      1889.      (Calvary 

church  tracts,  no.7.)  252  H660 

Path  of  life.     1900 252  H66p 

Contents:  Facing  the  dawn. — The  passing  of  opportunity. — When  Christ 
came. — The  Christian  minister. — The  Christmas  message. — Redeeming 
the  time. — The  social  Epiphany. — The  conviction  of  sin. — Repentance. 
—The  grief  of  God. — The  renewing  of  the  mind.— The  indifference  of 
the  saints. — The  resurrection  of  the  dead. — Beyond  the  grave. — The 
Holy  Spirit  in  the  church. — The  ten  lepers. — At  Decapolis. — The 
Christian  in  controversy.— The  lawyer's  two  questions.— Continual 
thanks. 


i86  SERMONS 

Purpose  and  the  lesson  of  the  Bible ;  a  sermon,  Epiphany  1890. 

1890.     (Calvary  church  tracts,  no.8.)   252  H660 

Bound  with  his  One  day  in  seven. 

HUNTER,  Rev.  William,  ed. 

Original  sermons  by  ministers  of  the  Pittsburgh,  Erie  and 
western  Virginia  conferences  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 

church.     1850 r252  H94 

JENNINGS,  Obadiah. 

Discourse  delivered  upon  the  occasion  of  the  death,  and  con- 
taining an  account  of  the  extraordinary  exercises,  of  David 
Acheson,  who  died  August  ist,  1826,  in  the  13th  year  of 

his  age   r26s  R17 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
JONES,  Jenkin  Lloyd. 

Jess,  bits  of  wayside  gospel.     1899 252  J41 

Search  for  an  infidel ;  bits  of  wayside  gospel,  2d  ser.     1901 252  J41S 

The  ist  series  has  the  title,  "Jess." 
JOWETT,  Benjamin. 

Sermons;  biographical  and  miscellaneous.     1899 252  J47 

Contents:  John-VVycliffe. — Ignatius  Loyola. — John  Bunyan  and  Benedict 
Spinoza. —  Richard  Baxter. —  Blaise  Pascal.  —  John  Wesley. —  Arthur 
Penrhyn  Stanley.^Canon  Hugh  Pearson. — Leon  Gambetta  and  Arch- 
bishop Tait. —  Prof.  Henry  Smith. —  Prof.  T.  H.  Green. — Statistics  and 
faith.  —  Church  parties,  (with  addition  on  Charles  Dickens).  —  The 
church,  past,  present  and  future. — War. — Courage. — Ecce,  quam  bon- 
um! — Servants. — Christmas  and  New  Year. 
Sermons  on  faith   and  doctrine;   ed.  by  W.  H.  Fremantle. 

1901    252  J47S 

"The  most  notable  fact  as  to  Jowett's  doctrinal  position  is  that  he  lays 
very  little  stress  on  the  Church  system  of  worship  or  that  of  dogma. . . 
God  and  immortality  were  all  in  all  to  him... the  image  of  Christ  is 
dominant  in  the  preacher's  thoughts."    treface. 
The  sermon  subjects  include  evolution,  natural  religion,  some  non-Chris- 
tian faiths,  the  authority  of  Christ,  prayer,  friendship  and  immortality. 

KINGSLEY,  Charles. 

Good  news  of  God;  sermons.     1892 252  K27 

Sermons  for  the  times.     1890 252  K27S 

The  water  of  life,  and  other  sermons.     1897 252  K27W 

LAWRENCE,  William,  bp.  of  Massachusetts. 

Visions  and  service.     1896 252  L42 

LETINS,  Constantin. 

Theologia  concionatoria.     2v.  in  i.     1790 r252  L65 

LIDDON,  Henry  Parry,  canon. 

Easter  in  St.  Paul's;  sermons  on  the  resurrection.     1895 252  L68e 

Sermons  on  Old  testament  subjects.     1893 252  L68s 

Sermons  on  some  words  of  Christ.     1895 252  L68 

McCOSH,  James. 

Go.spel  sermons.    1890 252  M14 

MANGASARIAN,  Mangasar  M. 

A  voice  from  the  Orient;  a  series  of  sermons.     1885 252  M32 

MASSTLLON,  Jean  Baptistc,  bp. 

CEuvres  choisies,  accompagnee  de  notes  et  precedee  d'une 

etude  sur  Massillon,  par  Frederic  Godefroy.    2v.     1868.  ...252  M44 
Petit  careme.     1879 252  B64 

Bound  with  Boussuet's  Oraisons  funebres. 


SERMONS  187 

MUNGER,  Theodore  Thornton. 

Character  through  inspiration,  and  other  papers.     1897 252  M96C 

Other  papers:  Rest  through  humility. — Nearness  the  secret  of  power. — 
How  to  live  in  the  world. — Character  as  four-fold. — Pity  as  wisdom. — 
Reigning  and  serving. 

Freedom  of  faith.    1893 252  M96f 

A  book  of  sermons,  with  a  prefatory  essay  of  40  pages  on  "The  new 
theology." 

Lamps  and  paths;  sermons  to  children.     1889 J252  M96 

MURRAY,  Andrew. 

Absolute  surrender,  and  other  addresses.     1897 252  M97 

NEWMAN,  John  Henry,  cardinal. 

Parochial  and  plain  sermons.    8v.     1891-96 252  N28p 

Sermons  bearing  on  subjects  of  the  day.     1891 252  N28 

PEABODY,  Francis  Greenwood. 

Afternoons  in  the  college  chapel;  short  addresses  to  young 

men  on  personal  religion.     1898 252  P33a 

Mornings  in  the  college  chapel;  short  addresses  to  young  men 

on  personal  religion.     1896 252  P33 

POTTER,  Henry  Codman,  bp. 

Sermons  of  the  city.    1881   252  P85 

PUNSHON,  William  Morley. 

Lectures  and  sermons.     1873 252   P98 

ROBERTSON,  Frederick  William. 

Sermons  preached  at  Brighton 252  R53 

SAVERY,  William. 

Discourses  delivered  at  meetings  of  the  Quakers.     1806. . .  .r252  S26 
SMITH,  William,  1727-1803. 

Discourses  on  public  occasions  in  America.     1762 r252  S66 

The  same.     1759 r252  S66d 

Dr.  Smith  was  provost  of  the  "College  and  academy  of  Philadelphia," 
and  some  of  these  discourses  are  on  subjects  suggested  by  his  posi- 
tion. Others  are  on  patriotic  subjects,  such  as  a  thanksgiving  sermon 
on  the  fall  of  Louisburg,  an  address  to  the  colonies  at  the  opening 
of  the  campaign  of  1755,  a  letter  to  a  clergyman  "on  the  frontiers  of 
Pennsylvania"  concerning  Braddock's  defeat. 

SMITHSON,  William  T.  comp. 

The  Methodist  pulpit,  South;  (sermons).     1859 252  S66 

SPURGEON,  Charles  Haddon. 

Messages  to  the  multitude.     1892 252  S77 

Bibliography,  p.301-306. 

Sermons.     41V.     1874-95 252  S77S 

V.1-7  contain  sermons  preached  in  New  Park  street  chapel. 
v.8-41   contain  sermons  preached  in  the   Metropolitan  tabernacle. 

STANLEY,  Arthur  Penrhyn.  dean. 

Sermons  for  children.     1893 J2S2  S78 

Sermons  preached  before  the  Prince  of  Wales,  during  his 
tour  in  the  East,  1862,  with  notices  of  some  localities 

visited.     1873  252  S78S 

VAN  DYKE,  Henry. 

Sermons  to  young  men.     1898 252  V18 

A  new  and  enlarged  edition  of  "Straight  sermons." 


i88  CHURCH  INSTITUTIONS  AND  WORK 

WATSON,  John  Maclaren,  (pseud.  Ian  Maclaren). 

Ideals  of  strength.     1897 252  W32i 

Mind  of  the  Master.     1896 252  W32 

Sermons  emphasiring  the  words  of  Jesus  rather  than  later  developed 
creeds,  as  the  substance  of  Christianity. 

WILLIAMS,  Rev.  Samuel,  of  Pittsburgh. 

Discourse  preached  on  the  occasion  of  the  death  of  Maria  E. 
Denison,   in  the   First   Baptist  church,    Pittsburgh,   Sept. 

27,   1846.     1846  r2S2  W74 

WOODSIDE,  Nevin,  and  others. 

Years  of  the  Lord's  right  hand;  sermons,  addresses  by  friends 
and  ministers  of  other  denominations,  reports,  letters,  &c., 
delivered  at  the  thirtieth  anniversary  of  the  ministry  of 
Rev.  Nevin  Woodside.    1897 252  W86 


254     Celibacy 


LEA,  Henry  Charles. 

Historical  sketch  of  sacerdotal  celibacy  in  the   Christian 

church.     1884 254  L44 

"The  subject  is  traced  in  different  countries  with  extreme  care,  and  the 
work  is  enriched  with  a  great  variety  of  interesting  and  valuable  notes. 
Though  the  book  was  written  from  a  Protestant  view,  it  has  no  con- 
troversial character;  indeed,  in  spirit  it  is  as  admirable  as  it  is  in 
scholarship."    C.  K.  Adams. 


255     Deaconesses 

BANCROFT,  Jane  M. 

Deaconesses  in  Europe.     1889 255  B22 

ROBINSON,  Cecilia. 

The  ministry  of  deaconesses.     1898 255  R54 


260     Church  institutions  and  work 

STANLEY,  Arthur  Penrhyn,  dean. 

Christian  institutions;  essays  on  ecclesiastical  subjects. 

1890 260  S78 

Contents:  Baptism. — The  Eucharist. — The  Eucharist  in  the  early  church. 
— The  Eucharist  sacrifice. —  The  real  presence. —  The  body  and  blood 
of  Christ. — Absolution. — Ecclesiastical  vestments. — The  basilica. — The 
clergy. — The  pope. —  The  litany. —  The  Roman  catacombs. —  The  creed 
of  the  early  Christians. — The  Lord's  prayer. — The  council  and  creed 
of  Constantinople. — The  ten  commandments. 

ABBOTT,  Lyman. 

Christianity  and  social  problems.    1896 261  A132 

The  object  of  the  book  is  to  make  some  application  of  Christ's  teachings 
to  the  social  problems  of  our  time. 
BRACE,  Charles  Loring. 

Gesta   Christi;  or,   A   history  of  humane   progress   under 

Christianity.     1900  261   B67 

BROOKS,  Phillips,  bp. 

Influence  of  Jesus.     1894 261  B77 


CHURCH  INSTITUTIONS  AND  WORK  189 

CHURCH  sociables  and  entertainments.     1898 261  C46 

Suggestions  for  new  ways  of  raising  money,  for  salable  articles  to  make 
for  church  fairs,  and  devices  for  making  these  occasions  entertaining 
as  well  as  financially  profitable. 

COMMONS,  John  Rogers. 

Social  reform  and  the  church,  with  an  introduction  by  R.  T. 

Ely.     1894 261   C73 

Contents:     The  Christian  minister  and  sociology. — The  church  and  the 
problem  of  poverty. — The  educated  man  in  politics. — The  church  and 
political    reforms. — Temperance    reform. — Municipal    monopolies. — Pro- 
portional representation. 
EDE,  W.  Moore. 

Attitude  of  the  church  to  some  of  the  social  problems  of 

town  life.     1896.     (Hulsean  lectures,  1895.) 261  E26 

Contents:  The  function  of  the  church  in  the  work  of  social  reform. — 
The  problem  of  the  unemployed  and  the  duty  of  the  church. — The 
homes  of  the  people. — The  attitude  of  the  church  towards  the  vices 
of  our  towns. 
"The  lectures  are  not  the  speculations  of  a  theorist."  Bishop  tVestcott 
in  Prefatory  note. 

ELY,  Richard  Theodore. 

Social  aspects  of  Christianity,  and  other  essays.     1889 261  E57S 

A  reprint  of  essays  giving  a  forcible  statement  of  the  attitude  of  the 
church  toward  social  problems,  with  suggested  principles  and  plans 
for  social  reform. 

The  social  law  of  service.     1896 261  E57 

The  author,  who  is  well  known  as  a  distinguished  social  economist,  here 
states  what  the  Bible  means  to  him,  and  what  he  considers  to  be  the 
application  of  its  teachings  to  the  relations  of  the  social  classes. 
GIBBONS,  James,  cardinal. 

Our  Christian  heritage.     1889 261  G36 

GLADDEN,  Washington. 

Applied  Christianity;  moral  aspects  of  social  questions.    1898.  .261  G45 
Contents:      Christianity     and     wealth. — Is     labor     a     commodity? — The 
strength  and  weakness  of  socialism. — Is  it  peace  or  war? — The  wage- 
workers    and    the    churches. — Three    dangers. — Christianity    and    social 
science. — Christianity  and  popular  amusements. — Christianity  and  popu- 
lar education. 
Practical  consideration  of  pressing  social  questions  from  the  standpoint 
of  a  liberal  Christian  minister. 
The  Christian  pastor  and  the  working  church.     1898.     (In- 
ternational theological  library.)   261  G45C 

"It  is  not  wholly  a  matter  of  methods  and  machinery ..  .but  it  is  a 
study  of  the  life  of  the  church  as  it  is  manifested  in  the  community 
where  it  is  planted."     Preface. 

Ruling  ideas  of  the  present  age.     1895 261  G4Sr 

An  attempt  at  the  interpretation  of  some  of  the  intellectual  and  ethical 
movements  of  the  present  day.     This  essay  took  the  Fletcher  prize  at 
Dartmouth  college  in  1894. 
JUDSON,  Edward. 

The  institutional   church;  a  primer  in  pastoral   theology. 

1899.     (Hand-books  for  practical  workers.) 261  J49 

LOOMIS,  Samuel  Lane. 

Modern  cities  and  their  religious  problems.     1887 261  L85 

Contents:  The  growth  of  modern  cities. — The  social  composition  of 
American  cities. — The  threat  of  the  cities. — Christian  work  in  London, 
the  Church  of  England,  Dissenting  churches.  Other  movements. — The 
McAll  mission. — Suggestions  regarding  Christian  work  for  our  cities. 

MATHEWS,  Shailer. 

The  social  teaching  of  Jesus;  an  essay  in  Christian  sociol- 
ogy.    1897  261  M47 

Contents:  Man. —  Society. —  The  family. —  The  state. —  Wealth. —  Social 


I90  ECCLESIASTICAL  POLITY 

life. —  The  forces  of  human  progress. —  The  process  of  social  regen- 
eration. 
"A  clear  and  forcible  essay  on  Christ's  attitude  toward  society."     Out- 
look, 1897. 

MEAD,  George  Whitefield. 

Modern  methods  in  church  work.     1897 261  M55 

"The  moaern  church  has  waited  long  for  such  a  book  as  this,  because  it 
has  waited  for  the  facts  which  the  book  reports.  Its  cardinal  merit  is 
that,  while  it  sets  forth  what  ought  to  be,  it  describes  what  has  act- 
ually begun  to  be."  Outlook,  1897. 
"Rich  in  suggestions  of  practical  methods  actually  in  successful  use  by 
churches  in  all  parts  of  the  United  States."     Dial,  1897. 

MILLER,  John  Bleecker. 

Leo  XIII  and  modern  civilization.     1897 261  M69 

PEABODY,  Francis  Greenwood. 

Jesus  Christ  and  the  social  question;  an  examination  of 
the   teaching  of  Jesus   in   its  relation  to  some  of   the 

problems  of  modern  social  life.     1900 261  P33 

Contents:  The  comprehensiveness  of  the  teaching  of  Jesus. — The  social 
principles  of  the  teaching  of  Jesus. — The  teaching  of  Jesus  concerning 
the  family. — The  teaching  of  Jesus  concerning  the  rich. — The  teaching 
of  Jesus  concerning  the  care  of  the  poor. — The  teaching  of  Jesus  con- 
cerning the  industrial  order. — The  correlation  of  the  social  questions. 

SHAIRP,  John  Campbell. 

Culture  and  religion  in  some  of  their  relations.     1871 261  852 

STRONG,  Josiah. 

New  era.     1893 261  S92 

Discusses  the  contributions  to  civilization  made  by  the  Hebrews,  Greeks, 
Romans  and  Anglo-Saxons;  the  widening  influence  of  Jesus,  popular 
discontent,  the  problems  of  the  city  and  country,  and  the  separation 
of  the  masses  from  the  church.  He  urges  the  necessity  of  new 
methods,  of  co-operation  and  personal  contact,  above  all,  of  enthusiasm 
for  humanity. 
Religious  movements  for  social  betterment.  1900.  (Mon- 
ographs on  American  social  economics.) 261  Spar 

Discusses  the  nature,  origin  and  results  of  the  change  which  is  taking 
place  in  religious  methods,  outlining  some  of  the  new  activities  as  they 
are  illustrated  in  the  so-called  institutional  church  of  our  large  cities, 
the  Young  men's  Christian  association,  the  Young  women's  Christian 
association,  and  the  Salvation  army. 
WARD,  Julius  Hammond. 

Church  in  modern  society.     1889  261  W21 

262     Ecclesiastical  polity 

BARNES,  Albert. 

Trial  of  Albert  Barnes  before  the  synod  of  Philadelphia,  Oc- 
tober, 183s,  on  a  charge  of  heresy  preferred  against  him  by 

George  Junkin r262  B25 

The  way  of  salvation,  a  sermon;  together  with  his  Defence  of 
the  sermon,  and  his  Defence  before  the  second  presbytery 
of  Philadelphia  in  reply  to  the  charges  of  George  Junkin. 

1836   r262   B25W 

COOKE,  R.J. 

The  historic  episcopate;  a  study  of  Anglican  claims  and 

Methodist  orders.     1896  262  C78 

HOOKER,  Richard. 

Works.     2v.     1890 262  H77 

Life  of  Hooker  by  Isaac  Walton,  v. i,  p.3-82. 


PUBLIC  WORSHIP  191 

HUNTINGTON,  Frederic  Dan,  bp. 

Personal  religious  life  in  the  ministry  and  in  ministering 

women.     1900  262  H94 

MANNING,  Henry  Edward,  cardinal. 

The  eternal  priesthood   262  M33 

PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 
Form  of  government,  the  discipline  and  the  directory  for  wor- 
ship   r262  P92 

WHITGIFT,  John.  abp.   of  Canterbury. 

Works;  ed.  by  John  Ayre.     3v.     1851-53.     (Parker  society. 

Publications.)   262  W64 

v.i-a.    Defence  of  the  answer  to  the  admonition,  against  the  reply   of 

Thomas  Cartwright. 
V.3.     Defence,   (continued). — Sermons. — Selected  letters. 
Biographical  memoir  of  John  Whitgift,  v.3,  p.5-23. 

263     Sabbath,  Sunday 

BLAKELY,  William  Addison,  comp. 

American  state  papers  bearing  on  Sunday  legislation.     1891. .  .r263  B52 
EARLE,  Mrs  Alice  Morse. 

Sabbath  in  Puritan  New  England.     1893 .263  E17 

"Good    history,    based    on    solid    fact    and    told    with    much    humor." 
Academy,  1892. 

HESSEY,  James  Augustus. 

Sunday;  its  origin,  history  and  present  obligation.    1889. 

(Bampton  lectures.) 263  H48 

MELLON,  Thomas. 

The  Sunday  question.     1883 263  MS9 

264     Public  worship,   ritual 

BAIRD,  Thomas  Dickson. 

Inquiry  into  the  privilege  and  duty  of  the  Christian  church 
in  the  exercise  of  sacred  praise;  and  An  examination  of 
An  apology  for  the  Book  of  Psalms  by  Gilbert  M'Master. 

1825  r264  B16 

CALENDAR  of  the  Prayer-book;  with  an  appendix  of  the 
chief  Christian  emblems  from  early  and  medieval  mon- 
uments.   1888 r264  C13 

CHRISTIAN  worship;  ten  lectures  delivered  in  the  Union 
theological  seminary.  New  York,  in  the  autumn  of  1896. 

1897  264  C45 

Contents:  Hall,  C.  C.  The  principles  of  Christian  worship. — Allen,  A.  V. 
G.  Primitive  Christian  liturgies. — Smjrth,  E.  C.  The  Greek  liturgies. 
— Tiffany,  C.  C.  The  Roman  liturgies. — ^Jacobs,  H.  E.  The  Lutheran 
liturgies. — Rupp,  William.  The  liturgies  of  the  reformed  churches. — 
Huntington,  W.  R.  Book  of  common  prayer.  —  Pollok,  Allan.  The 
book  of  common  order  and  the  directory  for  worship.  —  Boardman, 
G.  D.  Worship  in  non-liturgical  churches. — Hastings,  T.  S.  The  ideal 
of  Christian  worship. 
Several  of  the  chapters  contain  bibliographies. 

CLARKE,  James  Freeman. 

The  Christian  doctrine  of  prayer.     1890 264  CS3 

13 


I9i  PUBLIC  WORSHIP 


\ 


COMMON  PRAYER,  BOOK  OF. 

The  annotated  Book  of  common  prayer;  an  historical,  ritual, 
and  theological  commentary  on  the  devotional  system  of 

the  Church  of  England;  ed.  by  J.  H.  Blunt.     1895 qr264  C73an 

Army  and  navy  prayer  book.     1865 T264  C73a 

Published    in    Richmond    by    the    Diocesan    missionary    society    of    the 
Protestant  Episcopal  church  of  Virginia.    Contains  "A  prayer  for  the 
president  of  the   Confederate  states." 
The  Book  of  common  prayer  according  to  the  use  of  the 

Protestant  Episcopal  church  of  America.     1806 r264  C73b 

Book   of  common   prayer  according  to  the  use   of  the 

United  church  of  England  and  Ireland.     1853 r264  C73 

The  prayer  book,  interleaved  with  historical  illustrations  and 
explanatory  notes  arranged  parallel  to  the  text,  by  W.  M. 

Campion  and  W.  J.  Beamont.     1898 r264  C73P 

COXE,  Arthur  Cleveland,  bp. 

Thoughts  on  the  services;  an  introduction  to  the  liturgy. 

1888 264  C8s 

The  same;  ed.  by  Cortlandt  Whitehead.     1900 264  C85t 

GASQUET,  Francis  Aidan,  &  Bishop,  Edmund. 

Edward  VI  and  the  Book  of  common  prayer;  an  examination 
into  its  origin  and  early  history,  with  an  appendix  of  un- 
published documents.     1891 264  G21 

KINSLEY,  William  W. 

Science  and  prayer.  1893.  (Chautauqua  reading  circle  liter- 
ature.)  264  K27 

LUCKOCK,  Herbert  Mortimer. 

Studies  in  the  history  of  the  Book  of  common  prayer. 

1882  264  L97 

Contents:  The  Anglican  reform. — The   Puritan  innovations. — The  Eliza- 
bethan reaction. — The  Caroline  settlement. 

MAURICE,  Frederick  Denison. 

Prayer-book  considered  in  reference  to  the  Romish  sys- 
tem, and  Lord's  prayer;  sermons.     1893 264  M49 

NEALE,  John  Mason. 

Essays  on  liturgiology  and  church  history;  with  an  appen- 
dix on  liturgical  quotations  from  the  isapostolic  fathers. 

1867  r264  N17 

NEALE,  John  Mason,  &  Littledale,  R.F.  tr. 

Liturgies    of   Ss.    Mark,    James,    Clement,    Chrysostom    and 

Basil,  and  the  church  of  Malabar.     1869 264  N17 

NEW  JERUSALEM,  Church  of  the. 

Liturgy  for  the  New  church,  also  hymns  and  songs.     1878.  ..r264  N26 
WHITTINGHAM,  William. 

A  brief  discourse  of  the  troubles  begun  at  Frankfort,  1554, 
about  the  Book  of  common  prayer  and  ceremonies. 

1846 r264  W66 

Reprinted  from  the  black-letter  edition  of  1575. 
WILSON,  Harry. 

Why  and  wherefore?  simple  explanations  of  the  ornaments, 
vestments  and  ritual  of  the  church ;  adapted  to  the  use  and 
customs  of  the  American  church.     1897 r264  W76 


SACRAMENTS  193 


265     Sacraments 


GREATRAKE,  Laurence. 

To  Alexander  Campbell  r265  R17 

Campbell   (1788-1866)  was  a  theologian  of  the  Baptist  denomination  and 
was  at  one  time  settled  in  western  Pennsylvania.     He  was  finally  ex- 
cluded from  fellowship  with  the  Baptists  and  formed  the  sect  called 
Campbellites.     He  took  part  in  numerous  religious  controversies,  one 
of  which  called  out  this  pamphlet  by  Greatrake.     It  is  written  in  an- 
swer to  Campbell's  review  of  his  (Greatrake's)  letters  to  Campbell. 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

LAMBING,  Andrew  Arnold. 

Sacramentals  of  the  Catholic  church.    1892 265  L18 

PAYNTER,  Henry  M. 

The  holy  Supper;  a  critical  exposition  comprising  all  that  is 
told  us  in  the  New  testament  concerning  the  Supper  in- 
stituted by  our  Lord.     1882 265  P33 

PHIPPS,  Joseph. 

True  Christian  baptism  and  communion 265  PS2 

PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES— 
General  assembly. 
Report  of  the  committee  appointed  to  draught  a  plan  for  dis- 
ciplining baptized  children.     1812 r265  R17 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
RALSTON,  Samuel. 

Brief  review  of  a  debate  on  Christian  baptism  between  John 
Walker,  a  minister  of  the  secession  and  Alexander  Camp- 
bell, a  Baptist  minister,  in  a  series  of  letters,  now  addressed 
to  the  United  Presbyterian  congregations  of  Mingo  Creek 

and  Williamsport.     1823  r26s  R17 

SPIRAGO,  Francis. 

Catechism   explained;    an    exhaustive    exposition    of  the 
Christian  religion,  with  special  reference  to  the  present 
state  of  society  and  the  spirit  of  the  age;  ed.  by  R.  F. 

Clarke.     1899 265  S7S 

Roman  Catholic  manual  containing  a  system  of  private  devotions  and 
an  exposition  of  the  Apostles'  creed,  the  Ten  commandments  and  the 
sacraments  of  the  church. 

WALKER,  Rev.  John,  &  Campbell,  Alexander. 

Debate  on  Christian  baptism.     1822 r265  W16 

The  WITNESS;  published  by  Samuel  Williams;  monthly,    v.i. 

1842-43.     Pittsburgh r26s  W82 


266     Missions 

ARMSTRONG,  E.  S. 

History  of  the  Melanesian  mission.     1900 266  A73 

History  of  the  work  of  the  Church  of  England  in  the  New  Hebrides, 
Solomon,  ana  other  islands  of  Australasia,  inaugurated  in  1841  by 
Bishop  George  Selwyn  and  continued  by  Bishops  Patteson,  John  Sel- 
wyn  and  Wilson. 

BALDWIN,  Stephen  Livingston. 

Foreign  missions  of  the  Protestant  churches.     1900 266  B19 

States  some  of  the  principles  which  underlie  the  missionary  work  of 
Protestantism,  discusses  the  methods  by  which  this  work  is  managed 


194  MISSIONS 

from  the  home  side,  and  g^ives  brief  outline  summaries  of  the  work  of 

the  various  churches  engaged  in  missionary  enterprise. 

BAPTIST  home  mission  monthly.     v.iQ-date.     1897-date qr266  B229 

BAPTIST  missionary  magazine;  monthly.     v.77-date.     1897- 
date  r266  B22 

BARNES,  Lemuel  Call. 

Two  thousand  years  of  missions  before  Carey,  based  upon 

and  embodying  many  of  the  earliest  extant  accounts.    1900.  .266  B25 
Selected  bibliography,  P.4SS-485. 
The  same.     1900 r266  B25 

BARROW,  A.H. 

Fifty  years  in  western  Africa;  a  record  of  the  work  of  the 

west  Indian  church  on  the  banks  of  the  Rio  Pongo.     1900.  .266  B26 

BLISS,  Edwin  Munsell. 

Concise  history  of  missions.     1897 266  655 

Bibliogn"aphy,   p.313-318. 
The  same.     1897 r266  B55C 

BLISS,  Edwin  Munsell,  comp. 

Encyclopaedia  of  missions.    2v.     1891 qr266  B55 

Covers  two  general  departments,  the  origin,  growth  and  work  of  mis- 
sionary societies,  and  the  countries  in  which  the  work  is  carried  on. 
Includes  also  a  g:azetteer  of  mission  stations,  biographical  sketches  of 
missionaries,  a  list  of  Bible  versions,  maps  and  statistical  tables. 

BONAR,  Horatius,  ed. 

A  cry  from  the  land  of  Calvin  and  Voltaire;  records  of 

the  Mc All  mis.sion.     1887 266  B61 

CADDELL,  Cecilia  Mary. 

History  of  the  missions  in  Paraguay.     1896 266  Cii 

CAMPBELL,  James  R. 

Missions  in  Hindustan;  with  a  description  of  the  country. 

1852 r266  CiS 

CENTENARY  CONFERENCE  ON  THE  PROTESTANT 
MISSIONS  OF  THE  WORLD. 
Report  of  the  conference  held  in  London,  June  9-19,  1888.    2v.  .266  C31 
Missionary  bibliography,  v.i,  P.489-S38. 
CHARLES,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Rundle). 

Early  Christian  missions  of  Ireland,  Scotland  and  England. 

1893   266  C37 

Contents:  St.  Patrick. — St.  Columba. — lona  and  England;  St.  Aidan,  St. 
Hilda,  St.  Colman,  St.  Chad,  St.  Cuthbert.— Missions  of  Ireland  and 
England  in  Europe;  St.  Columban. — St.  Boniface,  apostle  of  Germany. 
St.    Margaret,  queen  of  Scotland. 

CHESTER,  Samuel  Hall. 

Lights  and  shadows  of  mission  work  in  the  far  East;  the 
record  of  observations  made  during  a  visit  to  the  southern 
Presbyterian  missions  in  Japan,  China  and  Korea  in  1897. 

1899 266  C42 

CHOULES,  John  Overton,  &  Smith,  Thomas. 

The  origin  and  history  of  missions.    2v.     1844 qr266  C4S 

CHRISTIAN  LITERATURE  SOCIETY,  pub. 

History  of  Christianity  in  India,  with  its  prospects;  a 
sketch  compiled  from  Sherring,  Smith,  Badley,  and  re- 
ports.    189s 266  C45 


MISSIONS  195 


CLARKE,  William  Newton. 

Study  of  Christian  missions,     i960 266  CS3 

CLOUGH,  Emma  Rauschenbusch-. 

While  sewing  sandals;  or,  Tales  of  a  Telugu  Pariah  tribe. 

1899 266   C61 

Contents:     A  history  not  written  in   books. — Ancient  mother-worship. — 
Christianity  and   the  gurus. — From   Nasriah  to   Christ. — Battle-ground 
for  two  religions. — The  power  of  Christianity. 
"References,"  p. 311-314. 

COUSINS,  George. 

Story  of  the  South  Seas.     1894 266  C84 

Bibliography,  p. 6. 

COUSINS,  William  Edward. 

Madagascar  of  to-day;  a  sketch  of  the  island,  with  chap- 
ters on  its  past  history  and  present  prospects.  1895. . .  .266  C843 
"Can  be. .  .recommended  to  any  one  who  wishes  to  get  a  few  simple 
facts  about  the  great  African  island,  its  nature  and  inhabitants,  its  his- 
tory, and  especially  the  growth  of  Christianity  within  its  borders.  The 
author  is  a  missionary  of  many  years'  standing,  obviously  familiar  with 
his  subject.  He  writes  in  a  calm,  sensible  way,  and  in  particular  his 
judgment  of  political  and  religious  conditions  is  surprisingly  fair."  Na- 
tion, 1895. 

CROIL,  James. 

Missionary  problem;  a  history  of  Protestant  missions  in  some 

of  the  principal  fields  of  missionary  enterprise.    1883 266  CSS 

DENNIS,  James  Shepard,  comp. 

Centennial   survey  of   foreign   missions;    a  conspectus  of  the 
achievements  and  results  of  evangelical  missions  in  all  lands 

at  the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century.    1902 r266  D43 

A  statistical   supplement    to  the  author's    Christian    missions   and    social 
progress. 

DENNIS,  James  Shepard. 

Christian  missions  and   social  progress;   a   sociological 

study  of  foreign  missions,    v.  1-2.     1897-99 266  D43 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  lecture. 
D'ORSEY,  Alexander  James  Donald,  comp. 

Portuguese  discoveries,  dependencies  and  missions  in  Asia 

and  Africa.     1893 266  D74 

Contents:  The  Portuguese  in  Europe  and  Asia. — The  Portuguese  mis- 
sions in  southern  India.— The  subjugation  of  the  Syrian  church. — 
Subsequent  missions  in  southern  India,  with  special  reference  to  the 
Syrians. — The  Portuguese  missions,  with  special  reference  to  modem 
missionary  efforts  in  south  India. 
"Authorities,"  p.379-384. 

DOWNIE,  David. 

The  lone  star;  the  history  of  the  Telugu  mission  of  the  Ameri- 
can Baptist  missionary  union.     1893 266  D77 

ECUMENICAL     MISSIONARY     CONFERENCE,    New 
York,  1900. 
Report  of  the  ecumenical  conference  on  foreign    missions, 

held  April  21  to  May  i,  1900.    2v.     1900 r266  E25 

Bibliography,  v.2,  p.435-462. 

EELLS,  Myron. 

History  of  Indian  missions  on  the  Pacific  coast,  Oregon, 

Washington  and  Idaho.     1882 266  E32 

A  history  of  the  missions  from   1834-82.     Tells  of  Marcus  Whitman's 
journey  and  its  consequences. 


196  MISSIONS 

ELLINWOOD,  Frank  Fields. 

Questions  and  phases  of  modern  missions.     1899 266  E52 

Contents:  Present  hindrances  to  missions,  and  their  remedies. — Reflex 
influence  of  foreign  missions  on  the  Christian  church. —  The  foreign 
mission  board  a  university  of  beneficence. — The  place  of  higher  educa- 
tion in  missionary  work. — Medical  missions. — The  faith  element  in  mis- 
sions.— Faith  in  one's  star  and  faith  in  God. — A  Buddhist  doctrine  of 
salvation  by  faith. — Ancient  Hindu  doctrine  of  sacrifice  and  the  gos- 
pel of  Christ. — Napoleonism  in  America. — The  regeneration  of  Mexico. 
— The  dawn  of  Hawaii. — The  acquisition  of  the  Spanish  colonies  from 
a  missionary  standpoint. — An  Anglo-Saxon  alliance  in  foreign  missions. 

FISKE,  Daniel  T. 

Faith  working  by  love;  as  exemplified  in  the  life  of  Fidelia 

Fiske.     1868  r266  F54 

FOREIGN  missionary  chronicle;  containing  the  proceedings  of 

the  Western  foreign  missionary  society,  and  a  general  view 

of  the  transactions   of  other  similar   institutions,     v.4-9. 

1836-1841  r266  F76 

FOREIGN  missionary  of  the  Presbyterian  church;  monthly, 

June,  1879-Dec.  1886.    v.38-45.    1879-86 r266  F767 

V.38,    nos.3-5,   7   missing. 

GAMMELL,  William. 

History  of  American  Baptist  missions  in  Asia,  Africa,  Europe 

and  North  America.     1850 r266  G16 

GORDON,  Andrew. 

Our  India  mission;  a  history  of  the  India  mission  of  the 

United  Presbyterian  church,  1855-1885.     1888 266  G65 

GORDON,  M.Lafayette. 

An  American  missionary  in  Japan.     1893 266  G658 

"As  a  means  of  informing  the  average  person  exactly  what  protestant 
missionary  work  in  Japan  is,  this  is  equal  to  a  barrel  of  sectarian 
literature."    Nation,  1893. 

GRAHAM,  John  A. 

Missionary  expansion  since  the  reformation.     1899 266  G77 

HALLOCK,  William  Allen. 

The  venerable  Mayhews,  and  the  aboriginal  Indians  of 
Martha's  Vineyard;  condensed  from  Rev.  Experience 
Mayhew's  history  printed  in  London  in  1727,  and  brought 

down  to  the  present  century.    1874 '■266  H18 

HAMILTON,  John  Taylor. 

History  of  the  missions  of  the  Moravian  church  during  the 

eighteenth  and  nineteenth  centuries.     1901 266  H21 

"Essentially  a  reprint  of  portions  of  the  History  of  the  Moravian  church 
published  by  the  author  in   igoo." 

HAYDN,  Hiram  Collins,  ed. 

American  heroes  on  mission  fields;  ist  ser.    v.i.     1894 266  H37 

Contents:  The  march  of  four  hundred  years. — John  Eliot. — David  Zcis- 
berger. — Thomas  Smith  Williamson. — Mr  and  Mrs  Spalding.  —  Titus 
Coan. — Mrs  Clarissa  Chapman  Armstrong.  —  Robert  W.  Logman.  — 
Adoniram  Judson. — George  Dana  Boardman. 

HECKEWELDER,  John. 

Narrative  of  the  mission  of  the  United  Brethren  among  the 

Delaware  and  Mohegan  Indians,  1740-1808.     1820 r266  H39 

"A  full  and  undoubtedly  faithful  record  of  all  the  details  of  the  Mission, 

its  wonderful  success  and  its  appalling  destruction."    Sabin. 
Of  great  value  for  the  early  local  history  of  Pennsylvania. 


MISSIONS  197 


HERVEY,  George  Winfred. 

Story  of  Baptist  missions  in  foreign  lands,  from  the  time  of 

Carey  to  the  present  date,  (1793-1884).    1885 266  H47 

HODDER,  Edwin,  ed. 

Conquests   of  the    cross;   a  record  of  missionary   work 

throughout  the  world.    6v qr266  H66 

HODGKINS,  Louise  Manning. 

Via  Christi ;  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  missions.     1901. . .  .266  H66 

Bibliography,  p.237-244. 

A  brief  outline  of  the  history  of  missions  from  the  apostolic  age  to  the 
end  of  the  18th  century.  Issued  under  the  auspices  of  a  committee 
representing  the  Women's  boards  of  missions  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada. 

HOLCOMB,  Mrs  Helen  H. 

Men  of  might  in  India  missions;  the  leaders  and  their  epochs, 

1706-1899.     1901   266  H69 

Contents:  Bartholomew  Ziegenbalg,  1706-1719.  —  Christian  Frederick 
Schwartz,  1 750-1 798. — William  Carey,  Joshua  Marshman  and  William 
Ward,  1793-1837- — Henry  Martyn,  1806-1812.  —  Gordon  Hall,  1812- 
1826. — Charles  T.  E.  Uhenius,  1814-1838. — John  Scudder,  1819-1855. 
—  John  Wilson,  1829-1875. —  Alexander  Duff,  1830-1863.  —  John  An- 
derson, 1837-1855. —  Robert  T.Noble,  1841-1865. —  Isidor  Loewenthal, 
1855-1864. — Samuel  H.  Kellogg,  1864-1899. 
Bibliography,  p.2. 

HOPKINS,  Saleni  Armstrong-. 

Within  the  purdah;  personal  observations  of  a  medical  mis- 
sionary in  India.     1898 266  H78 

Contents:    Within  the  purdah. — In  the  zenana  homes  of  Indian  princes. — 

Heroes  and  heroines  of  Zion. — Conclusion,  by  G.  F.  Hopkins. 
A  vivid  description  of  the  servitude,  ignorance  and  great  needs  of  the 
native  Indian  women.     The  "purdah"  is  the  curtain  which  separates 
the  "zenana,"  or  women's  apartments  from  the  rest  of  the  house.  '. 

HUC,  Evareste  Regis. 

Christianity  in  China,  Tartary  and  Thibet.     2v.     1897 266  H88 

Author  was  a  French  Catholic  priest,  who  went  to  China  in  1839, 
learned  the  Chinese  language,  and  labored  there  as  a  missionary.  A 
journey  to  Tartary  and  Thibet,  where  he  i>enetrated  to  the  sacred  City 
and  had  many  curious  and  interesting  adventures,  has  been  described 
in  his  book  "Travels  in  Tartary,  Thibet  and  China."  He  wrote  also  a 
work  on  "The  Chinese  Empire."  The  Encyclopedia  Britannica  says, 
"These  works  are  written  in  a  lucid,  racy,  picturesque  style  which  has 
secured  for  them  an  unusual  degree  of  popularity." 

HUMPHREY,  S.J. 

Eschol;  a  cluster  from  mission  lands.     1893 .266  H9J 

Contents:  Maharajah  Dhuleep  Singh. — Four  memorable  years  at  Hilo. — 
Evangelism  in  the  Pacific. — The  story  of  Niwe. — Missions  and  the 
skeptics. — ^An  evening  with  an  old  missionary. — ^A  visit  to  the  Dakotas. 
— The  genesis  of  a  windmill. — ^Talamas-mic-o. — ^Two  catastrophes. — Is 
it  a  waste? 
JACKSON,  Sheldon. 

Alaska  and  missions  on  the  north  Pacific  coast.     1880 266  J12 

JENNINGS,  Obadiah. 

Sermon  delivered  in  the  Second  Presbyterian  church,  Pitts-       ^      .    . 
burgh,  on  the  occasion  of  the  organization  of  the  mission 
family,  lately  sent  by  the  Board  of  trust  of  the  Western 
missionary  society  to  the  Ottoway  tribe  of  Indians.     1822.  .r265  R17 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets.  .   ,<    .     ■• 

LAWRENCE,  Edward  A.  1. 

Modern  missions  in  the  East;  their  methods,  successes  and 

limitations.     1895 266  L42 

Covers  China,  Corea,  Japan,  India,  Turkey  in  Asia,  etc 


igg  MISSIONS 


LEONARD,  Delavan  Lavant. 

A  hundred  years  of  missions.     1895 266  L62 

Review  of  the  growth  of  missions  all  over  the  world  during  the  nine- 
teenth century. 

Missionary  annals  of  the  19th  century.     1899 266  L62in 

LIGGINS,  John. 

Great  value  and  success  of  foreign  missions.    1888 r266  L69 

A  compilation  of  testimony  in  favor  of  missions  by  distinguished  diplo- 
mats, travelers,  army  and  navy  officers,  naturalists,  explorers,  English 
viceroys  and  governors  in  India,  etc. 
LONGRIDGE,  George. 

History  of  the  Oxford  mission  to  Calcutta;  with  a  preface 

by  E.  S.  Talbot.     1900 266  L84 

LOSKIEL,  George  Henry. 

History  of  the  mission  of  the  United  Brethren  among  the 

Indians  in  North  America.     3v.  in  i.     1794 r266  L89 

LOVETT,  Richard. 

History  of  the  London  missionary  society,  1795-1895.     2v. 

1899  r266  L94 

List  of  authorities  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

LOWE,  John. 

Medical  missions,  their  place  and  power.     1886 266  L95 

LOWRIE,  John  Cameron. 

Manual  of  the  foreign  missions  of  the  Presbjrterian  church. 

1868  r266  L96 

MACDOUGALL,  Donald. 

Conversion  of  the  Maoris.    1899 266  M147 

McDOWELL,  W.  F.  and  others. 

The  picket  line  of  missions.     1897 266  M14 

Contents:  David  Livingstone  by  W,  F.  McDowell. — A.  M.  Mackay,  the 
hero  of  Uganda,  by  J.  T.  Gracey. — Ion  Keith-Falconer,  pioneer  in 
Arabia,  by  A.  T.  Pierson.— Sia  Sek  Ong  by  S.  L.  Baldwin.— J.  K. 
Mackenzie,  medical  missionary  to  China,  by  J.  M.  Bingham. — ^J.  M. 
Thobum  by  W.  F.  Oldham. — Mary  Reed  by  M.  L.  Ninde. — Polynesian 
missions;  John  Williams,  John  Hunt,  by  W.  H.  Withrow. 

MACKENZIE,  W.  Douglas. 

Christianity  and   the   progress   of   man   as    illustrated   by 

modern  missions.     1897 266  M18 

McLean,  a. 

A  circuit  of  the  globe;  a  series  of  letters  of  travel  across  the 
American  continent,  through  the  Hawaiian  republic, 
Japan,  China,  the  straits  settlements,  Burma,  India,  Cey- 
lon, Australia,  Egypt,  Palestine,  Syria,  Turkey,  Greece, 
Italy,   Switzerland,    Germany,    Scandinavia,    France    and 

England.     1897  266  M19 

Gives  an  account  of  the  various  missions,   their  status  and  the  work 
being  accomplished  in  the  countries  traversed. 
MACLEAR,  George  Frederick. 

History   of   Christian    missions    during   the    middle    ages. 

1863  266  M195 

The  Christianizing  of  Europe,  340-1520,   A.  D. 

MARSH,  Dwight  W. 

The  Tennesseean  in  Persia  and  Koordistan;  scenes  and  inci- 
dents in  the  life  of  Samuel  Audley  Rhea.     1869 r266  M41 

Rhea  was  at  Oroomiah  as  missionary  to  the  Nestorians  and  Kurds, 
1851-65. 


MISSIONS  199 

MAXWELL,  Mrs  Ellen  Blackmar. 

The  bishop's  conversion.     1892 266  M53 

MERRIAM,  Edmund  F. 

History  of  American  Baptist  missions.     1900 266  M63 

METHODIST  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH— Missionary  society. 
Annual  report,  1891-1892,  1897-1898.     v.73-74,  79-80,  in  2. 

1892-98 r266  M64 

MILLER,  Mrs  M.A. 

History  of  the  Woman's  foreign  missionary  society  of  the 

Methodist  Protestant  church.    1896 266  M69 

The  MISSIONARY  herald;  containing  the  proceedings  of  the 
American  board  of  commissioners  for  foreign  missions; 

monthly,     v.  19,  21,  23,  92-date.     1823-date r266  M74 

MISSIONARY  review  of  the  world;  monthly,    v.ii-17,  20-date. 

1888-date  r266  M743 

MOFFAT,  Robert. 

Missionary  labours  and  scenes  in  southern  Africa.     1846. .  .r266  M76 
MONTGOMERY,  Henry  Hutchinson. 

Foreign  missions.    1902.     (Handbooks  for  the  clergy.) 266  M86 

Contains  bibliographies. 

"A  comprehensive  view  of  the  present  condition  of  mission  work  in  all 
parts  of  the  world... Each  leading  chapter  has  its  bibliography.  The 
value  of  the  book  for  the  clergy  should  be  great."     Spectator,  1902. 

MOTT,  John  Raleigh. 

Evangelization  of  the  world  in  this  generation.     1901  266  M94 

Bibliography,  p.21 1-234. 

NOBLE,  Frederic  Perry. 

Redemption  of  Africa;  a  story  of  civilization.    2v.     1899 266  N38 

V.2  contains  a  chapter  on  Negroes. 
"Principal  authorities,"  v.2,  p.821-832. 

PAGE,  Jesse. 

Amid   Greenland  snows;  or,  The  early  history  of  Arctic 

missions  266  P14 

PEERY,  R.  B. 

The  gist  of  Japan;  the  islands,  their  people  and  missions. 

1897   266  P36 

Treats  chiefly  of  mission  work  in  Japan. 
PIERSON,  Arthur  Tappan. 

Crisis  of  missions;  or.  The  voice  out  of  the  cloud.    1886.  . .  .266  PS7c 

Miracles  of  missions;  ist-4th  ser.    4v.     1891-1901 266  PS7 

Modern  mission  century  viewed  as  a  cycle  of  divine  working; 
a  review  of  the  missions  of  the  nineteenth  century  with  ref- 
erence to  the  superintending  providence  of  God.     1901 266  PS7m 

Seven  years  in  Sierra  Leone;  the  story  of  the  work  of  Wil- 
liam A.  B.  Johnson,  missionary  of  the  Church  missionary 

society,  1816-1823.     1897 266  P57S 

POWERS,  Laura  Bride. 

Missions  of  California;  their  establishment,  progress  and 

decay.     1897 266  P87 

"This  little  volume  might  well  have  gone  forth  to  its  destiny,  known 
as  'A  plea  for  the  Missions.'  That  interest  might  be  aroused  in  behalf 
of  these  decaying  heirlooms  ere  it  becomes  too  late,  I  have  endeav- 
ored to  tell  their  tale  of  ascendency  and  ruin,  hoping  thereby  to  enlist 
sympathy  in  the  cause  of  their  restoration  and  preservation."    Preface. 


aoo  MISSIONS 

PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 
Annual  report  of  the  board  of  foreign  missions,  1838, 

1899/1900.    V.2,  63.     1839-1900 r266  P92 

PROTESTANT  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH— Domestic  and  foreign 
missionary  society. 
Triennial  sermon  before  the  Board  of  missions ;  triennial  meet- 
ing of  the  Board  of  missions ;  triennial  report  of  the  Board 
of  managers ;  reports  of   standing  committees ,  recognized 
auxiliaries,  missionary  bishops,  etc.,  for  the  year  ending  Aug. 

31,  1898.     1898 r266  P97 

RANKIN,  Melinda. 

Twenty  years  among  the  Mexicans.     1875 266  R19 

Personal  experiences  of  a  pioneer  missionary,   1852-71. 
SCUDDER,  Mrs.  Frances  Ann  Rousseau. 

Nineteen  centuries  of  missions;  a  handbook  primarily  pre- 
pared for  young  people.     1899 266  S43 

SHEA.  John  Gilmary. 

History  of  the  Catholic  missions  among  the  Indian  tribes  of 

the  United  States,  1529-1854.     1855 266  S53 

SMITH,  George,  b.  1833- 

Short  history  of  Christian  missions  from  Abraham  and  Paul 

to  Carey,  Livingstone  and  Duff.     1897 266  S64 

SPEER,  Robert  Elliott. 

Presbyterian  foreign  missions ;  an  account  of  the  foreign  mis- 
sions of  the  Presbyterian  church  in  the  U.  S.  A.     1901 266  S74 

STEWART,  Robert,  missionary. 

Life  and  work  in  India ;  an  account  of  the  conditions,  methods,  - 

difficulties,  results,  future  prospects  and  reflex  influence  of 
missionary  labor  in  India,  especially  in  the  Punjab  mission 
of  the  United  Presbyterian  church  of  North  America.    1899.  .266  58$ 
STORROW,  Edward. 

Protestant  missions  in  pagan  lands;  a  manual  of  missionary 
facts  and  principles  relating  to  foreign  missions  through- 
out the  world.    1888 266  S88 

STORRS,  Richard  Salter. 

Addresses  on  foreign  missions  delivered  before  the  Ameri- 
can board  of  commissioners  for  foreign  missions,  1887-1897. 

1900    266  S8862 

STOTT,  Mrs  Grace. 

Twenty-six  years  of  missionary  work  in  China 266  S886 

STUDENT  VOLUNTEER  MOVEMENT  FOR  FOREIGN 
MISSIONS. 
The  student  missionary  enterprise;  addresses  and  discussions 
of  the  2d  international  convention  of  the  Student  volun- 
teer movement  for  foreign  missions,  Feb.  28-Mar.  4,  1894; 

ed.  by  M.  W.  Moorhead.     1894 r266  S93 

THOMPSON,  Augustus  Charles. 

Moravian  missions;  twelve  lectures.     1883 r266  T37 

"History  and  general  characteristics  of  what  has  been  in  many  respects 
the  most  remarkable  missionary  enterprise  of  modem  times.  A  well 
written  book  and  very  readable." 

Protestant  missions;  their  rise  and  early  progress.    1894 266  T37 


MISSIONS  20I 

TRACY,  Joseph. 

History  of  the  American  board  of  commissioners  for  foreign 

missions.     1842 r266  T67 

TUCKER,  Henry  William. 

English  church  in  other  lands;  or,  The  spiritual  expansion  of 

England.     1899.     (Epochs  of  church  history.) 266  T81 

Bibliography,  p.6-7. 

UNITED  BRETHREN. 

Act  of  incorporation  and  stated  rules  of  the  Society  of  the 
United  Brethren  for  propagating  the  gospel  among  the 

heathen  r266  U2SC 

Bound  with  Concise  account  of  the  present  state  of  missions. 

Bericht  der  directoren  der   Societat  zur  ausbreitung  des 

evangeliums  unter  den  heiden.     1842 r266  U25b 

Bound  with  the  following. 

Bericht  der  Heiden-societaet  zu  Bethlehem,  Pa.     1846 r266  Uasb 

Concise  account  of  the  present  state  of  the  missions  of  the 

United  Brethren,  commonly  called  Moravians.     i8oi..r266  U2SC 
Directoren  bericht  von  unsern  indianer  missionen,  fiir  die 
jahrliche  versammlung  der   Heidensocietat,  den  2iten 
August  1863.    1863 r266  U25m 

Bound  with  the  following. 
Missionary  manual  and  directory  of  the  Unitas  Fratrum 

or  the  Moravian  church.    1880 r266  U25m 

The  same.     1892  r266  U2Sm2 

Proceedings  of  the  general  meeting  of  the  Society  for  propa- 
gating the  gospel  among  the  heathen,  1864-1900.  87th- 
127th  general  meeting.     1864-1900 r266  U2S 

Proceedings  of  the  99th    i02d,    Ii2th-ii4th,    ii6th,    I2ist-i24th   general 

meetings  are  missing. 
The  125th,  126th  and  127th  general  meetings  were  all  held  in  1900. 

Review  of  the  foreign  missions  of  the  Moravian  church, 
July  I,  1871  to  July  I,  1872;  with  special  reports  from 

the  missions  in  Canada  and  Kansas.     1872 r266  U2Sm 

Bound  with  Missionary  manual. 

WALSH,  William  Pakenham,  bp. 

Christian  missions;  six  discourses  delivered  before  the  Uni- 
versity of  Dublin;  the  Donnellan  lectures  for  1861.    1862.  .266  WiSc 
Heroes  of  the  mission  field 266  W18 

Contents:  Apostolic  and  early  missions,  the  first  three  centuries. — St. 
Martin  of  Tours.- — Ulphilas,  apostle  of  the  Goths. — St.  Patrick  and  his 
followers.  —  St.  Augustine  in  England.  —  St.  Boniface  in  Germany. — 
Anschar,  the  apostle  of  the  north. — Adalbert,  missionary  and  martyr 
amongst  the  Sclavonians. — Otto,  the  apostle  of  Pomerania. — Raymund 
Lull,  philosopher,  missionary,  martyr. — Francis  Xavier,  missionary  to 
the  Indies  and  Japan. — Eliot,  the  apostle  to  the  Indians. — Hans  Egede, 
the  apostle  of  Greenland. — Christian  Frederic  Schwartz. 

Modern  heroes  of  the  mission  field.    1882 266  Wi8m 

Contents:  Henry  Martyn,  India  and  Persia,  1805-1812. — William  Carey, 
India,  1793-1834.— Adoniram  Judson,  Burmah,  1813-1850.— Robert  Mor- 
rison, China,  1807-1834. — Samuel  Marsden,  New  Zealand,  1814-1838. — 
John  Williams,  Polynesia,  1817-1839.— William  Johnson,  West  Africa, 
1816-1823.— John  Hunt,  Fiji,  1838- 1848.— Allen  Gardiner,  South  America, 
1835-1851.  —  Alexander  Duff,  India,  1829-1864.  —  David  Livingstone, 
Africa,   1840-1873. — Bishop  Patteson,  Melanesia,   1855-1871. 


ao2  MISSIONS 


WARNECK,  Gustav. 

Outline  of  the   history  of  Protestant  missions  from  the 

reformation  to  the  present  time.     1884 266  W23 

WATSON,  Andrew. 

American  mission  in  Egypt,  1854-1896 .266  W31 

History  of  missionary  work  in  Egypt  carried  on  by  the  United  Presby- 
terian church  in  North  America. 

WEST,  Maria  A. 

The  romance  of  missions  in  the  land  of  Ararat 266  W56 

"A  contribution  to  missionary  literature  that  will  have  a  wide  circu- 
lation and  many  eager  readers.  The  author  presents  us  with  a  series 
of  over  two  hundred  pen-and-ink  sketches,  in  a  style  that  is  simple, 
vivacious  and  charming;  the  reader's  curiosity  is  spurred,  and  the  in- 
terest sustained  to  the  close... It  is  remarkable  to  find  in  it  so  little 
use  for  the  pruning  knife."  Baptist  missionary  magazine. 
WESTERN  missionary  magazine;  monthly,    v.i,  no.9,  v.2  no.3-4, 

6,  8,  10,  in  I.    1804-05 r266  Ws6 

WHEELER,  Mrs  Crosby  H. 

Missions  in  Eden;  glimpses  of  life  in  the  valley  of  the  Eu- 
phrates.    1899  266  W61 

WILDER,  R.G. 

Mission  schools  in  India  of  the  American  board  of  commis- 
sioners for  foreign  missions.     1861 266  W71 

Fifteen  years'  work  for  the  American  board  at  Bombay,  Ahmednuggur, 
Satara,  Kolapoor,  Ceylon,  Madura,  Madras,  etc.    The  chief  aim  of  the 
book  is  to  gather  the  most  important  facts,  incidents  and  results  in  the 
history  of  the  mission  schools. 
WILDER,  Robert  Parmelee. 

Among  India's  students.     1899 266  W7ia 

WILLIAMS,  Rev.  Samuel,  of  Pittsburgh. 

Rev.  William  Knibb,  missionary  to    the  island  of    Jamaica; 

comp.  from  an  address  by  Rev.  S.  Williams r286  B473 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

WOLFF,  Joseph. 

Journal;  in  a  series  of  letters  to  Sir  Thomas  Baring;  con- 
taining  an    account    of    his   missionary   labours,    1827- 

1831  and  1835-1838.     1839  r266  W83 

Joseph  Wolff  was  the  son  of  a  Jewish  rabbi.  Converted  to  Christianity, 
he  became  first  a  Roman  Catholic  and  then  a  Protestant.  For  eight- 
een years  he  traveled  as  a  missionary  through  uncivilized  parts  of 
Europe,  Asia  and  Northern  Africa. 

WOMAN'S  FOREIGN  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY  OF  THE 
PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH,  pub. 
Historical  sketches  of  the  missions  under  the  care  of  the  Board 

of  foreign  missions  of  the  Presbyterian  church.     1897 r266  W85 

WYLIE,  Andrew. 

Sermon  delivered  in  the  Presbyterian  church.  Washington, 
Pa.,  September  2,  1823,  on  the  occasion  of  the  designation 
of  Ludovicus  Robbins  to  the  work  of  a  missionary  to  the 
heathen  and  to  the  office  of  superintendent  of  the  mission 
among  the  Ottawa  Indians;  to  which  is  appended  the  ad- 
dress and  instructions  of  the  Board  of  the  Western  mis- 
sionary society,  delivered  to  him  on  that  occasion.     1823.  .r265  R17 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

YOUNG,  Robert,  of  the  Free  church  of  Scotland. 

Modern  missions,  their  trials  and  triumphs.     1882 r266  Y39 


RELIGIOUS  HISTORY  203 

267     Religious  societies 

DOGGETT,  L.L. 

History  of  the  Young  men's  Christian  association,     v.i. 

1896   267.3  D67 

V.I.    The  founding  of  the  association,  1844-1855. 
"General  and  association  literature,"  v.i,   p.  186-191. 

ILLINOIS  YOUNG  MEN'S  CHRISTIAN  ASSOCIATIONS. 
Twenty  years;  a  sketch  of  the  work  of  the  State  executive 
.-  committee  of  Illinois  Young  men's  Christian  associations, 

from  1880  to  1900.     1900 267.3  I22 

YOUNG  MEN'S  CHRISTIAN  ASSOCIATION. 

Jubilee  of  work  for  young  men  in  North  America.    1901 267.3  Y36 

Contents:  A  report  of  the  jubilee  convention  of  North  American  Young 
men's  Christian  associations,  June  11-16,  1901. — Reports  of  the  com- 
memorative services  of  the  Montreal  and  Boston  associations. —  A 
world  survey  by  countries  of  the  association  movement. 

BACON,  Leonard  Woolsey,  &  Northrop,  C.  A. 

Young  people's  societies.     1900.     (Hand-books  for  practi- 
cal workers.)  267.6  B13 

"Literature,"  P.2S3-259. 

Two  parts,  "historical"  and  "practical,"  the  former  including  accounts 
of  Lend-a-hand  clubs,  the  King's  daughters  and  sons,  the  Young  peo- 
ple's society  of  Christian  endeavor,  and  kindred  societies:  the  latter 
treating  such  topics  as,  types  of  constitution;  constituting  of  a  young 
people's  society;  form  of  constitution;  the  working  of  a  young  people's 
society;  conventions;   federation,  etc. 


268     Sunday  schools 


BLACK,  Israel  Putnam. 

Practical  primary  plans  for  primary  teachers  of  the  Sunday- 
school.     1898 268  B51 

"Helpful  books,"  P.18J-198. 
BREWER,  Abraham- Titus,  and  others. 

How  to  make  the  Sunday  school  go.     1897 268  B73 

INTERNATIONAL  SUNDAY  SCHOOL  UNION. 

The  World's  third  Sunday  school  convention  held  in  Lon- 
don, July  nth  to  i6th,  1898.     1898 268  I24 

TRUMBULL.  Henry  Clay. 

Sunday-school;  its  origin,  mission,  methods  and  auxiliaries. 

1896  268  T77 

Bibliographical  index,  p.381-392. 

WELLS,  Amos  Russell. 

Sunday-school  success;  a  book  of  practical  methods  for  Sun- 
day-school teachers  and  officers.     1897 268  W49 


270     Religious  history 

ALLEN,  Joseph  Henry. 

Christian  history  in  its  three  great  periods.    3v.     1889-91 .  . .  .270  A42 
V.I.    Early  Christianity. 
V.2.    Middle  age. 
v.3.     Modem  phases. 


204  RELIGIOUS  HISTORY 


BENNETT.  Charles  Wesley. 

Christian  archaeology.     1898 270  B43 

Contents:     Archseology  of  Christian  art. — The  archaeology  of  the  consti- 
tution and  government  of  the  early  Christian  church. — The  sacraments 
and  worship  of  the  early  church. — The  archaeology  of  Christian   life. 
Literature  of  Christian  archa;ology,  P.S88-S99. 

.         DRUMMOND,  James,  &.  1835. 

Via,  Veritas,  vita;  lectures  on  "Christianity  in  its  most  simple 

and  intelligible  form."     1895.     (Hibbert  lectures.) 270  D84 

FERGUSON,  Henry. 

Four  periods  in  the  life  of  the  church.     1894 270  F38 

FISHER,  George  Park. 

History  of  the  Christian  church.     1894 270  FS3 

Notes  on  the  literature  of  church  history,  p.671-697. 
HORTIG,  Johann  Nepomuk. 

Handbuch  der  christlichen  kirchengeschichte.    v.i,  2   pt.2. 

1827-28  270  H67 

"Literatur,"  v.i,  p.7-26. 

V.2  was  completed  by  J.  J.  I.  von  Dollinger. 

KURTZ,  Johann   Heinrich. 

Church  history;  authorized  translation  by  John  MacPherson. 

3v.    1888-89 270  K43 

V.I.     Introduction. — History    of    the    preparation    for    Christianity. — His- 
tory of  the  beginnings. — History  of  the  development  of  the  church 
during   the   Graeco-Roman    and    Graeco-Byzantine   periods. — History 
of  the  German-Roman  church  to  A.D.  911. 
v.2.    History  of  the  Germano-Romanic  church,  911-129-1. — History  of  the 
Germano-Romanic    church,    1294-1517. — Church    history    of    the    i6th 
century. 
V.3.     Church    history    of   the    17th    century. — Church    history    in    the    18th 
century.^Church  history  of  the  19th  century. 
LEA.  Henry  Charles. 

Studies  in  church  history.     1883 270  L44 

Contents:  The  rise  of  the  temporal  power. — Benefit  of  clergry. — Excom- 
munication.— The  early  church  and  slavery. 
"These  three  essays,  the  first  of  which  was  published  in  a  less  amplified 
form  in  the  North  American  Review,  are  a  presentation  of  facts  de- 
signed to  show  how  the  Church,  in  meeting  the  successive  crises  in  its 
career,  succeeded  in  establishing  the  absolute  theocratic  despotism 
which  diverted  it  so  strangely  from  its  spiritual  functions."  C.  K. 
Adams. 

McCLURE,  Edmund. 

Historical  church  atlas.     1897  qr270  M13 

MOLLER,  Wilhelm. 

History  of  the  Christian  church.    3v.     1893-1900 270  M76 

V.I.    A.D.i-600.  v.2.    Middle  ages.  v.3.    Reformation  to  1648. 

Contains  many  bibliographies. 
v.3  was  largely  the  work  of  Dr  Kaweran. 

"There  is  no  other  book  equally  useful  to  students  in  giving  a  view  of 
the  development  of  church  history  as  a  part  of  the  general  course  of 
human  knowledge."    Nation,   1892. 

PARSONS,  Reuben. 

Studies  in  church  history.    6v.     1896-1901  270  P26 

V.    I.     Centuries  1-8.  v.2.     Centuries  9-14. 

V.    3.     Centuries   15-16.         v.4.     Centuries  17-18. 
v.5-6.     Century  19. 

\  Written  from  the  Roman  Catholic  standpoint.  S 

ST.  JOHN,  Wallace. 

Contest  for  liberty  of  conscience  in  England.    1900.     (Chicago 

university.    Divinity  studies,  no.i.)   r270  S14 

Bibliography,  p.  147-153. 


RELIGIOUS  HISTORY  205 

SCHAFF,  Philip. 

History  of  the  Christian  church,    v.  1-4,  6-7.     1892-94 270  S29 

V.I.    Apostolic  Christianity,  A.D.  i-ioo. 

V.2.    Ante-Nicene  Christianity,  100-325. 

V.3.    Nicene  and  post-Nicene  Christianity,  311-600. 

V.4.    Mediaeval  Christianity,  590-1073. 

V.6.    Modem  Christianity — The  German  reformation. 

V.7.    Modem   Christianity — The   Swiss  reformation. 

SOHM,  Rudolf. 

Outlines  of  church  history.     1895 270  868 

STEARNS,  Wallace  Nelson. 

Manual  of  patrology;  a  concise  account  of  the  chief  persons, 
sects,  orders,  etc.,  in  Christian  history,  from  the  first  cen- 
tury to  the  period  of  the  reformation.    1899 270  S79 

Contains  bibliographical  references. 

USENER,  Hermann  Karl. 

Religionsgeschichtliche  untersuchungen.     3v.  in  2.     1899....  270  U28 
V.  1-2.     Das  weihnachtsfest. —  Christlicher  festbrauch,  schriften  des  aus- 

gehenden  mittelalters. 
V.3.     Die  sintfluthsagen. 

VASCOTTI,  Claro. 

Institutiones  historiae  ecclesiasticae  novi  foederis.    2v.     1873.  .r270  V22 

270.1     Apostolic  age 

BARTLET,  James  Vernon. 

The  apostolic  age;  its  life,  doctrine,  worship  and  polity.    1899. 

(Ten  epochs  of  church  history.) 270.1  B27 

BAUR,  Ferdinand  Christian. 

Church  history  of  the  first  three  centuries.    2v.     1878-79.  .270.1  B32 
BRIGHT,  William. 

Some  aspects  of  primitive  church  life.     1898 270.1  B74 

EUSEBIUS  PAMPHILUS,  bp.  of  Caesarea. 

Ecclesiastical  history.     1851 r27o.i  E93 

FARRAR,  Frederick  William,  dean. 

Early  days  of  Christianity.     1882 270.1  F2S 

FISHER,  George  Park. 

Beginnings  of  Christianity,  with  a  view  of  the  state  of  the 

Roman  world  at  the  birth  of  Christ.     1893 270.1  F53 

"The  author  has  three  purposes  in  view:  first,  to  give  an  account  of  the 
ancient  world,  including  heathen  and  Jewish  society;  second,  to  ex- 
amine the  New  Testament  doctrines  from  which  our  knowledge  of  the 
Christian  religion  must  be  derived;  and,  third,  to  discuss  the  most 
important  topics  connected  with  the  life  of  Christ  and  the  apostolic 
age... It  represents  extensive  study  of  the  best  literature  on  the  sub- 
ject, is  without  parade  of  learning,  and  is  written  in  a  style  at  once 
clear  and  refreshing."     C.  K.  Adams. 

FOUARD,  Constant,  I'abbe. 

Saint  Peter  and  the  first  years  of  Christianity.     1899 270.1  F82 

"In  the  rapid  development  of  English  (Roman)  Catholic  literature,  great 
attention  has  been  paid  to  the  Prince  of  the  Apostles..  .These  works 
for  the  most  part,  however,  have  a  special  end  in  view.  They  are 
controversial  in  character..  .This  work,  then  appears  at  a  happy  time 
in  its  English  form,  and  crowns  our  Petrine  literature  with  the  pages  . 
of  peace.  Controversy  is  not  found  in  the  body  of  the  work. .  .Vivacity, 
brilliancy  at  times,  pervades  the  entire  volume."  American  Catholic 
quarterly  review,  1893. 


2o6  RELIGIOUS  HISTORY 

McGIFFERT,  Arthur  Cushman. 

A  history  of  Christianity  in  the  apostolic  age.  1897.  (Inter- 
national theological  library.) 270.1  M16 

Dr   McGiffert  is  interpretive  rather  than   argumentative,   and   the   chief 
value  of  his  book  is  in  his  interpretation  of  Paul.     The  Outlook  says: 
"It  might  almost  be  said  that  Dr  McGiffert  has  re-discovered  Paul." 
MILMAN,  Henry  Hart. 

History  of  Christianity  to  the  abolition  of  paganism  in  the 

Roman  Empire.     3v.  in  2 270.1  M71 

"One  of  the  early  works  by  which  Dean  Milman  laid  the  foundation 
for  his  literary  fame.  It  now  stands  as  a  fitting  introduction  to  the 
more  mature  and  more  famous  'History  of  Latin  Christianity.'  In 
style  it  shows  the  author's  well-known  qualities,  and  it  is  marked  by 
his  equally  well-known  freedom  from  bondage  to  the  traditions  of  the 
church."     C.  K.  Adams. 

MOXOM,  Philip  Stafford. 

From  Jerusalem  to  Nicnea;  the  church  in  the  first  three  cen- 
turies.    1895.     (Lowell  lectures.) 270.1  M94 

NEANDER,  Johann  August  Wilhelm. 

History  of  the   planting  and  training   of   the    Christian 

church  by  the  apostles.    2v.     1898-1900 270.1  N18 

V.2  contains  also  Antignostikus ;  or,  Spirit  of  Tertullian. 

ORR,  James. 

Neglected  factors  in  the  study  of  the  early  progress  of 

Christianity;  Morgan  lectures,  1897.     1899 270.1  O28 

PLUMMER,  Alfred. 

Church  of  the   early   fathers;    external   history.      1898. 

(Epochs  of  church  history.)  270.1  P72 

"Authorities,"  p.7-9. 

"Limited    to    the    Ante-Nicene    period,    and    indeed    to    only   a   portion 
of  that.     Neither  the  Apostolic  Age  nor  the  history  of  Arianism  falls 
within   its  scope.     Its  limits  are,  roughly   speaking,   the  2nd  and  3rd 
centuries."    Preface. 
PURVES,  George  Tybout. 

Christianity  in  the  apostolic  age.     1901  270.1  P98 

Selected  bibliog^raphy,  p.323-328. 

RAMSAY,  William  Mitchell. 

Church  in  the  Roman  Empire  before  170.     1893.     (Mansfield 

college  lectures.)    270.1  R18 

RENAN,  Ernest. 

Antichrist,  including  the  period  from  the  arrival  of  Paul  in 
Rome  to  the  end  of  the  Jewish  revolution.  1897.  (Histo- 
ry of  the  origins  of  Christianity.)    270.1  R33 

The  same.     (History  of  the  origins  of  Christianity.)   270.1  R33a 

Christian  church,  comprising  the  reigns  of  Hadrian  and 
Antoninus  Pius  (A.D.  117-161).    (History  of  the  origins 

of  Christianity.)    270.1    R33C 

Marcus-Aurelius.  (History  of  the  origins  of  Christian- 
ity.)     270.1   R33m 

WEIZSACKER,  Karl  H.  von. 

Apostolic  age  of  the  Christian  church.    2v.     1894-95 270.1  W47 

270.2     Period  of  oecumenical  councils 
CARR,  Arthur. 

Church  and  the  Roman  Empire.     1898.     (Epochs  of  church 


RELIGIOUS  HISTORY  207 


14 


history.)    270.2  C22 

"Authorities,"  p.7-8. 

"Here  it  is  intended  to  trace  in  outline  the  relations  between  Christian- 
ity and  the  Roman  Empire,  and  the  external  growth  of  the  Church, 
during  the  4th  and  5th  centuries."     Preface. 

DU  BOSE,  William  Porcher. 

The  ecumenical   councils,  with  an  introduction   by  T.  F. 

Gailor.     1897.     (Ten  epochs  of  church  history.) 270.2  D86 

Bibliography,   p.  17-18. 

GWATKIN,  Henry  Melvill. 

Arian  controversy.     1898.     (Epochs  of  church  history.) ..  .270.2  G99    v 
Bibliography,  p.9-11. 

HOLME,  L.  R.  . 

The  extinction  of  the   Christian  churches  in  north  Africa;  V^ 

Hulsean  prize  essay,  1895.     1898 270.2  H73 

Bibliography,  P.357-2S9. 

WATERMAN,  Lucius. 

The  post-apostolic  age.    1898.     (Ten  epochs  of  church 

history.)  270.2  W2g 

270.3-270.5     Mediaeval  period 

HEMANS,  Charles  Isidore. 

A  history  of  mediaeval  Christianity  and  sacred  art  in  Italy. 

2v.     1869-72 270.3   H43 

V.I.    900-1350. 

v.3.    In  Italy  from  1350  to  1400,  in  Rome  from  1350  to  1500. 
MAITLAND,  Samuel  Roffey. 

The  dark  ages:  essays  intended  to  illustrate  the  state  of  re- 
ligion and  literature  in  the  9th,  loth,  nth  and  12th  cen- 
turies.    1890  270.3  M27 

"The  re-publication  at  this  late  day,  and  under  Catholic  auspices,  of 
Dr.  Maitland's  great  work  is  remarkable  for  more  than  one  reason... 
It  was  originally  regarded  by  its  author  only  as  a  passing  contribu- 
tion to  an  ephemeral  controversy;  and  its  author  lived  and  died  an 
Anglican.  Yet  it  contains  but  few  passages  that  any  Catholic  can 
take  exception  to."  American  Catholic  quarterly  review,  1890. 
"A  delightful  book  that  tends  to  sweep  away  much  narrow-mindedness." 
C.  K.  Adams. 
TRENCH,  Richard  Chenevix,  abp. 

Lectures  on  medieval  church  history.     1877 270.3  T72 

"Very  valuable  and  very  interesting."    C.  K.  Adams. 
WELLS,  Charles  Luke. 

The  age  of  Charlemagne  (Charles  the  Great).     1898.     (Ten 

epochs  of  church  history.) 270.3  W49 

Bibliography,  p.15-19. 

STEPHENS,  William  Richard  Wood,  dean. 

Hildebrand  and  his  times.     1898.     (Epochs  of  church 

history.)    . 270.4  S83 

"Authorities,"  p. 8-10. 
VILLEMAIN,  Abel  Francois. 

Life  of  Gregory  VII;  preceded  by  a  sketch  of  the  history  of 
the  papacy  to  the   nth  century;  tr.   by  J.    B.    Brockley. 

2v.     1874 270.4  V33 

Contains  a  very  clear  exposition  of  the  papal  theory  regarding  the  re- 
lation of  church  and  state. 
"Among  the  long  line  of  rulers  who  have  occupied  the  chair  of  St. 
Peter  none  has  left  a  more   permanent  impress  on  the  institutions 


3o8  REFORMATION 


which  they  developed  than  Gregory  VII.     His  acts  live  to-day  in  the 

Latin  communion."     Athenaeum,   1874. 
VINCENT,  Marvin  Richardson. 

The  age  of  Hildebrand.     1896.     (Ten  epochs  of  church  his- 
tory.)    270.4  V34 

Bibliography,  p.is-22. 
WORKMAN,  Herbert  B. 

Church  of  the  West  in  the  middle  ages.    2v.    1898.    (Books 

for  Bible  students.)  270.4  W89 

V.I.     From  Gregory  the  Great  to  St.  Bernard:  The  rise  of  the  papal  su- 
premacy.— Scholasticism. — Monasticism. 
V.2.      From    the    death    of    St.   Bernard    (1153)    to    the    transfer    of    the 
papacy  to  Avignon  and  the  death  of  Clement  V  (1314):  Roma  victrix. 
— The  continuity  of  life. — The  fall  of  the  papal  supremacy. 
Bibliography  at  the  beginning  of  each  chapter. 

BALZANI.  Ugo. 

Popes  and  the  Hohenstaufen.     1898.     (Epochs  of  church  his- 
tory.)  270.5  B21 

LOCKE.  Clinton. 

The  age  of  the  great  western  schism.     1896.     (Ten  epochs  of 

church  history.) 270.5  L75 

"The  author's  style  is  vigorous,  direct  and  very  readable,  the  best  and 
latest  authorities  are  used,  and  the  whole  book  is  done  on  the  highest 
plane  of  critical,  scholarly  history  for  general  readers."  Independent, 
189-. 

POOLE.  Reginald  Lane. 

Wycliffe  and  movements  for  reform.     1896.     (Epochs  of 

church  history.)   270.5  P79 

Contents:  Boniface  the  Eighth;  the  papal  position. — ^The  Franciscan 
controversy;  Marsiglio  of  Padua  and  William  of  Ockham. — ^The  popes 
at  Avignon;  the  papacy  and  England. — The  early  life  of  John  Wy- 
cliffe.— W'ycliffe  and  English  politics. — Wycliffe's  earlier  doctrine. — 
Wycliffe  and  the  great  schism. — Lollardy  in  England  and  Bohemia. 
— The  divided  papacy. — The  councils  of  Pisa  and  Constance. — John 
Hus. — The  end  of  the  first  reform  movement. — Religious  revival  in 
Spain  and  Italy.— Reform  in  Germany;  the  Lateran  council. 

VAN  DYKE,  Paul. 

The  age  of  the  renascence;  an  outline  sketch  of  the  history  of 
the  papacy,  1377-1527.     1897.     (Ten  epochs  of  church  his- 
tory.)    270.5  V18 

WYLIE,  James  Hamilton. 

Council  of  Constance  to  the  death  of  John  Hus;  the  Ford 

lectures,  1900.     igoo 270.5  W98 

270,6     Reformation 

AUBIGN6,  Jean  Henri  Merle  d'. 

History  of  the  reformation  of  the  i6th  century  from  its  com- 
mencement to  the  death  of  Zwingle.    2v.    1835 270.6  A89 

The  same.     1844 r270.6  A89 

"This  can  hardly  be  called  a  standard  history  of  the  Reformation,  and 
yet  it  is  probably  more  used  by  Protestant  readers  than  all  other  his- 
tories of  the  Reformation  combined.  The  causes  of  the  great  popu- 
larity of  the  work  are  the  grace  and  spirit  of  the  author's  style,  the 
enthusiastic  Protestantism  of  his  belief,  and  the  great  skill  with  which 
he  has  marshalled  his  evidence."     C.  K.  Adams. 

BEARD,  Charles,  1827-1888. 

Reformation   of  the  sixteenth  century  in  its   relation  to 
modern  thought  and  knowledge.     1897.     (Hibbert  lee- 


REFORMATION  209 


tures,  1883.)  270.6  B34 

"Mr.  Beard's  lectures  are ...  learned  and  scholarly  without  being  above 
the  comprehension  of  the  popular  reader. ..  [He]  sees  in  the  Reforma- 
tion 'the  manifestation  upon  religious  ground  of  the  intellectual  forces 
which  inspire  the  speculation  and  have  given  us  the  science  Of  to- 
day.' "     Athenaeum,   1883. 

BETTANY,  George  Thomas. 

Popular  history  of  the  reformation  and  modern  Protes- 
tantism.   1895 270.6  B46 

FISHER,  George  Park. 

Reformation.     1894 270.6  FS3 

The  same     1899 r270.6  F53 

List  of  works  on  the  reformation,  p.567-591. 

"A  thorough  piece  of  literary  work,  the  result  of  many  years  of  study. 
The  most  distinct  characteristic  of  the  volume  is  the  attempt  on  the 
part  of  the  author  to  interweave  with  the  account  of  religious  and  the- 
ological affairs  such  secular  and  political  events  as  had  an  important 
influence  in  shaping  the  g^eat  movement."    C.  K.  Adams. 

FROUDE.  James  Anthony. 

Lectures  on  the  Council  of  Trent.     1896 270.6  F97 

HAUSSER,  Ludwig. 

Period  of  the  reformation,  1517  to  1648.     1873 .270.6  H13 

"The  most  distinguishing  merit  of  the  book  is  the  great  skill  with 
which  it  shows  the  intimate  and  often  subtle  relations  of  political  with 
religious  affairs.  This  characteristic  is  notably  conspicuous  in  the 
treatment  of  Philip  II.  and  the  Netherlands,  and  also  in  the  treat- 
ment of  the  the  Thirty  Years'  War.  To  this  latter  subject,  so  diffi- 
cult in  itself,  eleven  lectures  are  given,  which  for  insight,  clearness, 
and  comprehensiveness  leave  little  to  be  desired."    C.  K.  Adams. 

LUTHER,  Martin. 

Primary  works,  with  his  shorter  and  larger  catechism;  ed. 
with  theological  and  historical  essays  by  Henry  Wace  and 

C.  A.  Buchheim.     1896 270.6  L98 

Partial  contents:  Address  to  the  Christian  nobility  of  the  German  nation 
respecting  the  reformation  of  the  Christian  estate. — Concerning  Chris- 
tian liberty. — On  the  Babylonish  captivity  of  the  church. — The  ninety- 
five  theses. — Appendix;  On  the  primary  principles  of  Luther's  life  and 
teaching,  by  Dr  Wace.  On  the  political  course  of  the  reformation  in 
Germany,  1517-1546,  by  Dr  Buchheim. 

SARPI,  Pietro,  called  Era  Paolo. 

Historic  of  the  Councel  of  Trent;  in  which  (besides  the  ordi- 
narie  actes  of  the  Councell)  are  declared  many  notable  oc- 
currences which  happened  in  Christendome,  during  the 
space  of  fourtie  yeeres  and  more,  and  particularly  the 
practises  of  the  court  of  Rome  to  hinder  the  reformation 
of  their  errors  and  to  maintaine  their  greatnesse;  tr.  fr. 

the  Italian  by  Nathanael  Brent.     1620 qr270.6  S24 

"A  very  remarkable  book  by  a  very  remarkable  man.  Its  appearance, 
about  the  middle  of  the  17th  century,  was  a  literary  and  religious 
event... The  picture  which  Father  Paul  gives  of  the  Church  is 
perhaps  the  most  damaging  ever  painted.  ..His  representations  evince 
remarkable  dramatic  power.  In  a  few  words  he  is  able  to  concentrate 
the  meaning  of  an  event  or  a  trait  of  character  in  a  manner  prob- 
ably never  excelled  since  the  time  of  Tacitus.  His  portraits  of  the 
popes  are  entitled  to  rank  among  the  best  specimens  of  clear,  con- 
cise, nervous,  and  comprehensive  description  to  be  found  in  modern 
literature."    C.  K.  Adams. 

SPALDING,  Martin  John,  abp. 

History  of  the  Protestant  reformation  in  Germany  and  Swit- 


2IO  MONASTIC  ORDERS 


zerland,  and  in  England,  Ireland,  Scotland,  the  Nether- 
lands, France  and  northern  Europe.    2v.  in  i.     1875 270.6  S73 

WALKER,  Williston. 

The  reformation.     1900.     (Ten  epochs  of  church  his- 
tory.)    270.6  W17 

"Writer  has  chosen  to  treat  with  relative  fulness  the  initial  and  form- 
ative stages  of  the  Reformation  movement  and  the  work  of  its  few 
preeminent  leaders.  He  has  therefore  sketched  but  cursorily  the 
political  struggles  of  the  later  Reformation  age."    Preface. 

WARD,  Adolphus  William. 

The  counter- reformation.     1889.     (Epochs  of  church 

history.)  270.6  W21 

Summary  of  the  religious  causes  and  events  of  the  Thirty  years'  war. 

WATERWORTH,  James,  tr. 

Canons  and   decrees  of   Council  of  Trent ;  to  which   are  pre- 
fixed  essays  on   the   external   and   internal   history  of   the 

Council.     1848  r270.6  W29 

A  translation  of  the  canons  and  decrees  of  the  Council  prefaced  by  two 
historical  essays,  the  first  covering  the  events  leading  up  to  the  Coun- 
cil, the  second  giving  a  connected  narrative  of  the  proceedings  of  the 
assembled  prelates  and  theologians,  preparatory  to  each  session. 

YOUNG,  M. 

Life  and  times  of  Aonio   Paleario;  or,  A  history  of  the 
Italian   reformers   in   the    i6th   century;   illustrated   by 
original  letters  and  unedited  documents.    2v.     i860.  . .  .r270.6  Y38 
Italian  reformer  and  humanist,  arrested  by  the  Inquisition  on  a  charge 
of  heresy,  and  executed  in  1570.     Author  of  several  theological  works, 
a  didactic  poem  in   Latin,   etc.     This  work,   as  the  title  indicates,   is 
practically  a  history  of  the  Reformation  in  Italy  in  the  16th  century, 
special  prominence  being  given  to  Paleario. 

ZWINGLI,  Huldreich. 

Selected  works  of   Zwingli,   (1484-1531),  the  reformer  of 
German  Switzerland;  ed.  with  introductions  and  notes, 
by  S.M.Jackson.      1901.      (Pennsylvania  University. 
Translations  and  reprints  from  the  original  sources  of 

European  history,  2d  ser.,  v.i.)   270.6  Z96 

Contents:  Visit  of  the  Episcopal  delegation  to  Zurich,  April  1522. — The 
/  petition  of  eleven  priests  to  be  allowed  to  marry,  July  1522. — The  acts 

of  the  first  Zurich  disputation,  Jan.  1523. — Zurich  marriage  ordinance, 
1525. — Refutation  of  the  tricks  of  the  Catabaptists,   1527. 


\ 


271     Monastic  orders 


ECKENSTEIN,  Lina. 

Woman    under   monasticism;   chapters   on    saint-lore    and 

convent  life,  500-1500.     1896 271  E25 

\^  McCABE,  Joseph. 

Life  in  a  modern  monastery.     1898 271  M12I 

This   popular    description    of    modern    monastic    life   is   drawn    from   the 
personal  experience  of  the  author,  who  was  for  twelve  years  a  member 
of   the   Franciscan    order.      Much    prominence   is  given  to   the   narrow 
s                    and  sordid  asp)ect  of  the  life. 
^     Twelve  years  in  a  monastery.     1897 271  M12 

The  author  was  until  very  recently  a  monk  of  the  Franciscan  Order,  but 
coming  to  the  conclusion  that  the  doctrines  of  the  church  were  not 
credible,  he  resigned  his  position  and  here  gives  us  an  account  of  his 
experiences.  As  far  as  an  outsider  can  judge  the  book  seems  intelli- 
gent and  honest  and  quite  free  from  extreme  statements. 

"The  effect  of  forcing  the  average  human  being  into  a  mould,  which 


JESUITS  21 T 

corresponds  to  the  spontaneous  activity  of  men  of  romantic  aspirations 
and  abnormal  spiritual  elevation,  is  a  curious  subject  of  speculation. 
But  upon  that  and  upon  many  questions  as  to  the  actual  working  of 
the  Catholic  system  in  England  we  can  only  refer  to  Mr.  McCabe's 
very  curious  book.  It  has  the  effect  of  letting  the  common  light  of 
day  into  a  region  generally  seen,  if  seen  at  all,  through  a  halo  of  ro- 
mance, and  that  effect  is  far  too  rare  and  valuable  not  to  be  heartily 
welcomed."     Literature,  1898. 

MONTALEMBERT,  Charles  Forbes  de  Tryon,  comte  de. 
The  monks  of  the  west,  from  St.  Benedict  to  St.  Bernard. 

6v.    1896 271  M86 

v. I.  A  sketch  of  monastic  constitutional  history,  by  F.  A.  Gasquet. — 
Introduction. — The  Roman  Empire  after  the  Peace  of  the  church. — 
Monastic  precursors  in  the  east. — Monastic  precursors  in  the  west. — 
St.  Benedict. 

V.2.  St.  Gregory  the  Great,  Monastic  Italy  and  Spain  in  the  6th  and 
7th  centuries. — The  monks  under  the  Merovingfians. — St.  Columbanus, 
The  Irish  in  Gaul  and  the  colonies  of  Luxeuil. — Christian  origin  of 
the  British   Isles. 

V.3.  St.  Columba,  the  apostle  of  Caledonia. — St.  Augustin  of  Canterbury 
and  the  Roman  missionaries  in  England. — ^The  Celtic  monks  and  the 
Anglo-Saxons. — St.  Wilfrid  establishes  Roman  unity  and  the  Benedic- 
tine order. 

V.4.  St.  Wilfrid  establishes  Roman  unity  and  the  Benedictine  order, 
(continued). —  Contemporaries  and  successors  of  St.  Wilfrid. —  Social 
and  political  influence  of  the  monks  among  the  Anglo-Saxons. — The 
Anglo-Saxon  nuns. 

v.5.  The  church  and  the  feudal  system.  The  monastic  orders  and  so- 
ciety.— St.  Gregory,  monk  and  pope. 

V.6.     St.  Gregory,   monk  and  pope,    (continued). — The  predecessors  of 
Calixtus  II. 
SMITH,  Isaac  Gregory. 

Christian  monasticism  from  the  fourth  to  the  ninth  centuries. 

1892 271  S64 

"Authorities,"  p.32j^-336. 
WIGAND,  Paul. 

Geschichte  der  gefiirsteten  reichs-abtei  Corvey,  und  der  stadte 

Corvey  und  Hoxter.    2v.  in  i.     1819 r27i  W68 

WISHART,  Alfred  Wesley. 

Short  history  of  monks  and  monasteries.     1900 271  W81 

Bibliography,  p.  13-16. 

The  aim  is  to  sketch  the  history  of  the  monastic  institution  from  its 
origin  to  its  overthrow  in  the  Reformation  period.  Chapters  on: 
Monasticism  in  the  East;  Monasticism  in  the  West;  Ante-Benedictine 
monks,  340-480  A.  D. ;  The  Benedictines;  Reformed  and  military  or- 
ders; The  Mendicant  friars;  The  Society  of  Jesus;  The  fall  of  the 
monasteries;  Causes  and  ideals  of  monasticism;  The  effects  of  mon- 
asticism. 

WOODHOUSE,  Frederick  Charles. 

Monasticism,  ancient  and  modern;  with  an  enquiry  as  to  the 

possibility  of  its  revival.     1896 271  W86 

271.5     Jesuits 

CARTWRIGHT,  William  Cornwallis. 

Jesuits,  their  constitution  and  teaching;  an  historical  sketch. 

1876  271.5  C24 

"Indictment  against  the  Society."     Athenaeum,  1876. 
GRAHAM,  Robert  Bontine  Cunninghame. 

Vanished  Arcadia ;  some  account  of  the  Jesuits  in  Paraguay, 

1607-1767.     1901 271.5  G77 

GRIESINGER,  Theodor. 

Jesuits;  a  complete  history  of  their  open  and  secret  proceed- 


212  PERSECUTIONS 


\ 


ings,  from  the  foundation  of  the  order  to  the  present  time 

(1872).     2v.     1883 r27i.5  G89 

Work  written  against  the  Jesuits. 

MORSE,  Samuel  Finley  Breese. 

Proscribed  German  student;  a  sketch  of  Lewis  Clausing. 

1836 271.5  M92 

"Treatise  on  the  Jesuits,"  by  L.  C.  H.   Clausing,  p.59-244. 
MULLER,  Herrmann. 

Les  origines  de  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus;  Ignace  et  Lainez. 

1898  271.S  M9S 

PASCAL,  Blaise. 

Provincial  letters.     1887   271.5  P27 

List  of  works  to  be  consulted  with  reference  to  Pascal  and  his  writings, 

p.137-140. 
Biography  of  Pascal,  p.  15-81. 
Les   provinciales;   ou,   Les   lettres  ecrites   par   Louis    de 

Montalte  a  un  provincial  de  ses  amis 271.5  P27p. 

In  support  of  the  Port- Royalists  in  their  religious  controversy  with  the 

Jesuits. 
"The  first  three  and  the  last  three  deal  with  the  affair  of  Arnauld  and 
the  Sorbonne,  and  the  questions  under  discussion  as  to  the  nature  and 
the  need  of  divine  grace... In  the  12  letters  intervening. .  .Pascal 
takes  the  offensive,  and  deploys  an  incomparably  skilful  attack  on  the 
moral  theology  of  the  Jesuits.  .  .The  effect  of  the  'Provincial  letters' 
was  to  carry  the  discussion  of  morals  and  theology  before  a  new  court 
of  appeal — not  the  Sorbonne,  but  the  public  intelligence  and  the  un- 
sophisticated conscience  of  man.  To  French  prose  they  added  a  mas- 
terpiece and  a  model."  Edward  Dowden. 
STEINMETZ,  Andrew. 

History  of  the  Jesuits;  from  the  foundation  of  their  so- 
ciety to  its  suppression  by  Pope  Clement  XIV;  their 
missions  throughout  the  world,  their  educational  sys- 
tem and  literature,  with  their  revival  and  present  state. 

3v.     1848 271.5  S82 

THOMPSON,  Richard  Wigginton. 

Footprints  of  the  Jesuits.     1894 271.5  T38 

272     Persecutions 

DRAKE,  Samuel  Gardner,  ed. 

Witchcraft  delusion  in  New  England;  its  rise,  progress 
and  termination  as  exhibited  by  Cotton  Mather  in  The 
wonders  of  the  invisible  world,  and  by  Robert  Calef  in 
More   wonders   of   the   invisible   world.      3v.      1866. 

(Woodward's  historical  series.)    r272  D78' 

V.I.        Mather,  Cotton.     Wonders  of  the  invisible  world. 
v.2-3.    Calef,  Robert.     More  wonders  of  the  invisible  world. 
Memoir  of  Mather,   by  S.   G.   Drake,  v.i,  p.65-98;   memoir  of  Calef,   by 
S.  G.  Drake,  v.2,  p.  11-29. 

FOWLER,  Samuel  Page,  ed. 

Salem  witchcraft;  comprising  More  wonders  of  the  invisible 
world,   by   Robert   Calef,   and  Wonders   of  the   invisible 

world,  by  Cotton  Mather.     1861 272  F84 

FOXE,  John. 

Book  of  martyrs q272  F85. 

HUTCHINSON,  Thomas. 

Witchcraft  delusion  of  1692,  from  an  unpublished  manu- 


HERESIES  213 

script  in  the  Massachusetts  archives;  with  notes  by  W. 

F.  Poole.     1870 r272  H97 

LACTANTIUS,  usually  called  Lucius  Ccelius   (or  Caecilius) 

Firmianus.  1 

De  mortibus   persecutorum,  accesserunt  animadversiones 

variorum;  recensuit  Paulus  Bauldri.    1692 r272  L12 

LEA,  Henry  Charles. 

History  of  the  Inquisition  of  the  middle  ages.    3v.     1887 272  L44 

"This  is  probably  the  most  scholarly  work  upon  a  considerable  scale 
which  has  ever  been  produced  in  the  field  of  history  in  the  United 
States.  Supplemented  by  the  'History  of  Confession  and  Indulgences,' 
it  forms  an  indispensable  source  for  the  student  of  the  Mediaeval 
church.  The  work  treats  not  only  the  Inquisitorial  process,  btit  deals 
with  the  spirit  of  the  institution,  the  conception  of  heresy  and  its 
treatment  in  relation  to  the  jurisprudence  of  the  time.  The  work 
forms,  in  short,  a  negative  history  of  the  movement  of  reform  before 
1500,  depicting  the  methods  of  the  church  for  checking  revolt  and 
innovation  and  describing  the  causes  celebres  of  the  Templars,  Huss 
and  Joan  of  Arc."     James  Harvey  Robinson. 

MELIA,  Pius. 

Origin,  persecutions  and  doctrines  of  the  Waldenses. 

1870  q272  M58 

RULE,  William  Harris. 

History  of  the  inquisition,  from  the  12th  to  the  19th  century. 

2v.     1874 272  R86 

A  revision  and   enlargement   of  the  same   author's   work   published   in 
1868.    The  inquisitions  of  France,  Italy,  Spain,  the  Netherlands,  Portu- 
gal, the  Spanish  and  Portuguese  colonies  in  America,  and  India  are 
treated  separately  in  chronological  order. 
UPHAM,  Mrs  Caroline  E. 

Salem  witchcraft  in  outline.     1895 272  U26 

Based  upon  the  work  of  Charles  Upbam,  the  recognized  authority  on 
Salem  witchcraft.     Concise  and  historically  correct. 
UPHAM,  Charles  Wentworth. 

Lectures  on  witchcraft;  a  history  of  the  delusion  in  Salem 

in  1692.     1831  r272  U26 


273     Heresies 

AUGUSTINE,  St. 

The  anti-Pelagian  works;  tr.  by  Peter   Holmes  and   R.   E. 

Wallis.    3v.     1872-76 273.  A92 

Writings  in  connection  with  the  Manichaean  heresy;  tr.  by 

Richard  Stothert.     1872 273  A92W 

Contents:  On  the  morals  of  the  Catholic  church. —  On  the  morals  of 
the  Manichaeans. — Against  the  epistle  of  Manichaeus  called  Fundamen- 
tal.— Reply  to  Faustus  the  Manichaean. 

CHEETHAM,  Samuel. 

The   mysteries,   pagan  and   Christian;  being  the   Bulsean 

lectures  for  1896-97.    1897  273  C41 

KING.  Charles  William. 

Gnostics  and  their  remains.    1887 qr273  K26 

SACHSE,  Julius  Friedrich. 

German  pietists  of  provincial  Pennsylvania,  1694-1708.     1895.  .q273  S12 

The  same.     1895 qr273  S12 

An  account  of  the  German  pietists,  or  true  Rosicrucian  mystics,  and  of 
their  influence  on  the  local  history  of  Pennsylvania. 


214  RELIGIOUS   HISTORY— GREAT  BRITAIN 


SAINTE-BEUVE,  Charles  Augustin. 

.  Port- Royal,  (in  French).    7v.     1867-71 •  •  .273  S15 

^  VAUGHAN,  Robert  Alfred. 

Hours  with  the  mystics.    2v.  in  i.     1895 273  V23 

Contents:  Introduction. — Early  oriental  mysticism. — The  mysticism  of 
the  Neo-Platonists. — Mysticism  in  the  Greek  church. — Mysticism  in 
the  Latin  church. — German  mysticism  in  the  14th  century. 

274-279     General  religious  history 

Great   Britain 

CATHCART,  William. 

Ancient  British  and  Irish  churches,   including  the  life  and 

labors  of  St.  Patrick.     1894 274.1  C28 

Contents:  Christianity  among  the  ancient  Britons. — Christianity  among 
the  ancient  Irish. — Scotland  and  the  conversion  of  the  Picts. — The 
mission  of  the  Scots  to  the  Anglo-Saxons. — British  and  Irish  presby- 
ters and  bishops;  their  marriages  and  homes. — Some  of  the  doctrines 
and  observances  of  the  ancient  British  and  Irish  Christians. 

KNOX,  John. 

History  of  the  reformation  of  religion  within  the  realm  of 

Scotland;  ed.  for  popular  use  by  C.J.  Guthrie.     1898.  .  .274.1  K35 
LUCKOCK,  Herbert  Mortimer. 

The  church  in  Scotland.     1893.     (The  national  churches.).  .  .2741  L97 
"Authorities,"  p.364-366. 
MACLEAR,  George  Frederick. 

Conversion  of  the  West;  the  Celts.    1893 274.1  M19 

MITCHELL,  Alexander  Ferrier. 

Scottish  reformation;  its  epochs,  episodes,  leaders  and  distinc- 
tive characteristics;  ed.  by  D.  H.  Fleming.  1900.  (Baird 
lecture,  1899.)  274.1  M74 

Biographical  sketch  of  the  author  by  James  Christie,  p.  13-44. 

OLDEN,  Thomas. 

The  church  of  Ireland.     1892.     (The  national  churches.) .  .274.1  O23 
"Authorities   quoted,"   p.430-432. 

ABINGDON  ABBEY. 

Accounts  of  the  obedientiars   of  Abingdon  abbey;  ed.  by 
^    ^  R.  E.  G.  Kirk.      1892.      (Cajnden  society.     Publications, 

■^  n.s.  V.51.)    274.2  A14 

Specimens  of  the  financial  accounts  of  nearly  all  the  principal  officers 
of  the  abbey  from  1322  to  1479,  including  those  of  the  treasurer, 
kitchener,  chamberlain,  lignar,  sacristan,  gardener,  pittancer,  infinn- 
arer,  refectorer,  etc. 

ATTHILL,  ^^^illiam. 

Documents  relating  to  the  foundation  and  antiquities  of  the 
collegiate  church  of  Middleham,  in  the  county  of  York; 
with  an  historical  introduction  and  incidental  notices  of  the 
castle,  town  and  neighbourhood.     1847.     (Camden  society. 

Publications,  v.38.)   274.2  A88 

BAYNE,  Peter. 

Chief  actors  in  the  Puritan  revolution.     1878 274.2  B33 

Contents:  Three  centuries  ago. — The   transition  period,  James   I. — The 

Anglo-Catholic  reaction,  Archbishop  Laud. — Henrietta  Maria. — Charles 

I. —  The  Covenanters,  Charles  II  and  Argyle. —  Montrose. —  Milton. — 

Sir  Henry  Vane. — Oliver  Cromwell. — Clarendon. 

"Published  originally  in  the   Contemporary   Review.     The  chapters  are 


RELIGIOUS  HISTORY— GREAT  BRITAIN  215 

studies  founded  on  the  most  recent  researches,  and  are  admirable  spec- 
imens of  judicious,  incisive,  and  well-sustained  criticism."  C.  K. 
Adams. 

BEDE. 

Ecclesiastical  history  of  England;  also  The  Anglo-Saxon 

chronicle;  ed.  by  J.  A.  Giles.     1900 274.2  B37 

"Life  of  Bade,"  p.6-23. 

Bede  covers  the  period  from  Caesar's  invasion  to  731. 

"It  is  no  exaggeration  to  say  that  with  respect  to  the  jwriod  of  English 
history  treated  by  Bede  in  the  latter  portion  of  this  work,  three- 
fourths  of  our  knowledge  are  derived  from  him,  and  that  most  of 
what  we  find  on  the  same  subject  in  later  historians  is  merely  a 
reflection  or  qualification  of  what  they  themselves  found  in  his  pages 
.  .  .Of  scarcely  less  importance  than  Bede's  History,  even  for  the  peri- 
od of  which  he  treats,  and  of  yet  greater  value  in  that  it  extends  to 
a  much  later  period  is  the  Anglo-Saxon  Chronicle,  which  brings  us 
down  to  the  year  1154."  Gardiner  &■  Mallinger's  "Introduction  to 
the  study  of  English  history." 

BLACKSTONE,  Sir  William. 

Reply  to  Priestley's  Remarks  on  the  fourth  volume  of  the 

Commentaries.     1773   r274.2  P94 

Bound  with  Priestley's  Remarks  on  some  paragraphs  in  Blackstone's 
Commentaries. 

BURNET,  Gilbert,  bp. 

History  of  the  reformation  of  the  Church  of  England;  ed. 

by  Nicholas  Pocock.    7v.     1865 274.2  B93 

"The  original  history,  while  it  had  many  of  the  characteristics  of  a  great 
book,  abounded  in  errors  and  crudities.  These  it  has  been  the  editor's 
effort  to  clear  away,  and  his  work  is  a  monument  of  critical  industry 
and  learning."     C.  K.  Adams. 

BYINGTON,  Ezra  Hoyt. 

The  Puritan  in  England  and  New  England.     1897 274.2  B99 

CAMPBELL,  Douglas. 

Puritan  in  Holland,  England  and  America.    2v.     1892 274.2  CiS 

V.I.  Introduction,  the  people  and  institutions  of  the  United  States. — 
The  Netherlands  before  the  war  with  Spain. — Revolution  in  the  Neth- 
erlands, (1555-1585). —  England  before  Elizabeth.  —  Elizabethan  Eng- 
land.— English   Puritanism. 

V.2.  The  Scottish  kirk  and  its  influence  on  English  and  American  Puri- 
tanism.— The  English  in  the  Netherlands,  (1585-1588). — ^The  invinc- 
ible Armada. —  England  after  the  Armada. —  The  Brownists,  or  Sepa- 
ratists, the  Baptists  and  the  Quakers. — King  James  and  the  Puritans. 
— War  in  the  Netherlands,  (1588-1648). — The  Netherland  republic. — 
The  Netherland  republic  and  the  English  commonwealth. — The  Neth- 
erland republic  and  the  United  States.  —  The  Scotch-Irish,  the  Puri- 
tans of  the  South. 

"A  work  which  has  commanded  attention  to  the  influence  exerted  by 
the  Dutch  on  the  development  of  ideas  and  institutions  in  the  United 
States,  and  which  has  done  so  with  good  effect,  though  with  some 
exaggeration."     /.  N.  Lamed. 

CAPES,  William  Wolfe. 

English    church    in    the    fourteenth    and    fifteenth    centuries, 

(1272-1500).  1900.  (History  of  the  English  church,  V.3.)  . -274.2  C18 
"Canon  Capes'  method  is  rather  to  describe  the  period  in  a  series  of 
brilliant  essays  than  to  give  a  strictly  consecutive  narrative  of  events 
...The  chapters  on  the  Clergy  and  Parish  Life,  on  the  Monasteries, 
Friars,  and  Pilgrims,  and  the  closing  essay  on  the  influence  of  the 
Church  on  social  life,  are. .  .delightful  reading,  full  of  quaint  anec- 
dotes and  records  which  Canon  Capes  has  unearthed  among  contem- 
porary chronicles."     Outlook  in  life,   1900. 

CLARK,  William,  b.  1829. 

The  Anglican  reformation.     1897.     (Ten  epochs  of  church 

history.)   274.2  CS2 


2i6  RELIGIOUS  HISTORY— GREAT  BRITAIN 

COBBETT,  William. 

History  of  the  reformation  in  England  and  Ireland,  in  a 

series  of  letters  274.2  C63 

COLLINS,  William  Edward. 

Beginnings  of  English  Christianity;  with  special  reference  to 

the  coming  of  St.  Augustine.    1898 274.2  C71 

Contents:  The  Romano-British  church  and  Celtic  Christianity. — The  be- 
ginnings of  English  Christianity. — The  Welsh  church  and  the  Eng- 
lish.— The  English  church  and  the  Roman. 

The  English  reformation  and  its  consequences.  1898.  . .  .274.2  C7ie 
Contents:  The  reformation  of  the  English  church. —  Romanism.— Puri- 
tanism.— Sectarianism. — Appendix  of  documents. 
Appendix  includes,  Form  of  license  to  preach  granted  by  Queen  Mary; 
The  true  meaning  of  the  title  "Supreme  governor";  the  Act  of  su- 
premacy; The  adoption  of  the  Roman  missal,  etc.,  by  the  English 
Romanists;  the  Bull  of  deposition  against  Elizabeth;  Later  modifica- 
tions of  the  bull  "Regnans  in  excelsis";  "A  declaration  of  the  sen- 
tence and  deposition  of  Elizabeth";  King  James  I's  oath  for  recusants; 
a  Directory  of  church  government;  the  Millenary  petition;  Richard 
Baxter's  prayer  book,  etc. 

FURNEAUX,  Philip. 

Letters  to  Blackstone  concerning  his  exposition  of  the  act  of 
toleration  and  positions  relative  to  religious  liberty  in  his 

Commentaries.     1773 r274.2  P94 

Bound  with  Priestley's  Remarks  on  some  paragraphs  in  Blackstone's 
Commentaries. 

GASQUET,  Francis  Aidan. 

Eve  of  the  reformation;  studies  in  the  religious  life  and  thought 
of  the  English  people  in  the  period  preceding  the  rejection 

of  the  Roman  jurisdiction  by  Henry  VIII.    1900 274.2  G21 

Contents:  The  revival  of  letters  in  England. — The  two  jurisdictions. — 
England  and  the  pope. — Clergy  and  laity. — Erasmus. — The  Lutheran 
invasion. — The  printed  English  Bible.  —  Teaching  and  preaching. — 
Parish  life  in  Catholic  England. — Pre-reformation  guild  life. — Mediaeval 
wills,  chantries  and  obits. — Pilgrimages  and  relics. 

GEIKIE,  Cunningham. 

The  English  reformation;  how  it  came  about,  and  why  we 

should  uphold  it.     1879 274.2  G28 

"An  essay  rather  than  a  history.  It  is,  however,  a  strong  presentation 
of  the  Protestant  side  of  the  Reformation.  The  book  is  argumentative 
rather  than  judicial,  and  is  written  from  the  Church-of-England  point 
of  view.  It  is  interesting  and  forcible,  but  it  should  be  regarded  as  a 
plea  rather  than  a  decision."     C.  K.  Adams. 

HALE,  William  Hale,  ed. 

Domesday  of  St.  Paul's  of  1222;  or,  Registrum  de  visita- 
tione  maneriorum  per  Robertum  decanum,  and  other 
original  documents  relating  to  the  manors  and  churches 
belonging  to  the  dean  and  chapter  of  St.  Paul's,  Lon- 
don, in  the  12th  and  13th  centuries.      1858.      (Camden 

society.    Publications,  v.69.)   274.2  H16 

HALL,  Thomas  Cuming. 

Social  meaning  of  modern  religious  movements  in  Eng- 
land; the  Ely  lectures  for  1899.     1900 274.2  H17 

Contents:     The  beginnings  of  Methodism. — The   Methodist  movement. — 
England's  condition  and  the  Evangelical  party. — The  Evangelical  party 
and  social  reform. — Radicalism  and  reform. — The  broad  church  move- 
ment.— The  high  church  reaction. — The  social  significance  in  general. 
Bibliography,  p.28 1-283. 


RELIGIOUS  HISTORY— GREAT  BRITAIN  217 

HUNT,  Rev.  William. 

English  church,  from  its  foundation  to  the  Norman  conquest, 

(597-1066).     1899.     (History  of  the  English  church.) 274.2  H94 

English  church  in  the  middle  ages.      1895.      (Epochs  of 

church  history.)   274.2  H94e 

INNES,  Arthur  Donald. 

Cranmer  and  the  reformation  in  England.     1900.    (World's 

epoch-makers.)   274.2  I24 

"The  real  subject  is  the  movement,  not  the  man,  despite  the  title  of  the 
series... The  three  great  points  in  any  life  of  Cranmer  which  aims  at 
exceeding  the  compass  of  a  personal  biography  are,  first,  the  arch- 
bishop's policy  towards  Church  and  State  in  the  reigns  of  Henry  VIII, 
Edward  VI,  and  Mary;  secondly,  the  lasting  seal  which  he  impressed 
upon  the  Church  of  England;  and  thirdly,  the  conflicting  views  of  his 
public  character  which  have  been  formed  by  Romanists,  Anglicans  of 
the  High  Church  party,  and  Evangelicals  of  all  parties.  Mr.  Innes 
keeps  each  of  these  matters  before  him  in  his  accurate  and  thoughtful 
essay."     Nation,  1900. 

JACOBS,  Henry  Eyster. 

Lutheran  movement  in  England  during  the  reigns  of  Hen- 
ry Vni  and  Edward  VI,  and  its  literary  monuments. 

1891   274.2  J13 

The  same.     1891  r274.2  J 13 

JESSOPP,  Augustus. 

Before  the  great  pillage;  with  other  miscellanies.     1901  274.2  J29 

Contents:  Parish  life  in  England  before  the  great  pillage. — The  parish 
priest  in  England  before  the  reformation. — "Robbing  God." — The  cry 
of  the  villages. — The  baptism  of  Clovis. — David  and  Jonathan. — Adam 
and  Eve. — Cu  Cu! — Moles. 
More  than  half  the  volume  deals  with  the  mediaeval  parish  history  of 
England.  The  rest  of  the  book  consists  of  miscellaneous  papers,  the 
two  entitled  'David  and  Jonathan"  and  "Adam  and  Eve"  being  hu- 
morous accounts  of  two  pairs  of  tortoises. 

LAW,  Thomas  Graves,  ed. 

Archpriest  controversy;  documents  relating  to  the  dissen- 
sions of  the  Roman  Catholic  clergy,  1 597-1602;  ed.  fr. 
the  Petyt  mss.  of  the  Inner  temple,  v.i.  1896.  (Cam- 
den society.     Publications,  n.s.  v.56.) 274.2  L39 

MACLEAR,  George  Frederick. 

Conversion  of  the  West:  the  English.     1897 274.2  M19 

MAITLAND,  Samuel  Roffey. 

Essays   on  subjects   connected   with  the  reformation   in    - 

England.     1899  274.2  M27 

Contents:  Puritan  veracity:  George  Joye,  Anthony  Dalaber,  Thomas 
Greene,  John  Careless. — Puritan  style:  John  Bale,  Bishop  Ponet, 
Bartholomew  Traheron. — Puritan  politics:  John  Knox,  Bishop  Ponet, 
Wyat's  rebellion.  The  duty  of  subjects  to  their  rulers  generally,  Re- 
specting Queen  Mary  in  particular.  The  Spaniards,  The  change  of 
religion. — The  Puritan  palinodia;  the  "Harborough"  for  faithful  sub- 
jects.— The  ribalds:  Thomas,  lord  Cromwell,  Act  of  six  articles. — 
Bishop  Gardiner  and  the  king. — Bishop  Gardiner  and  Paget. — Bishop 
Gardiner  and  Bishop  Bonner. — Bishop  Gardiner;  his  popery. — Bishop 
Bonner's  cruelty. 
MASON,  Arthur  James,  ed. 

Mission  of  St.  Augustine  to  England,  according  to  the  origi- 
nal documents;'  a  handbook  for  the  thirteenth  centenary. 

1897   274.2  M44 

Complete  collection  of  authentic  documents  relating  to  Augustine's  mis- 
sion, from  the  works  of  Gregory  and  Bede,  with  translations  and 
explanatory  notes.  Contains  also  four  essays  by  different  writers  on 
the  "Political  outlook  of  Europe  in  597";  the  "Mission  of  Augustine 


2i8  RELIGIOUS  HISTORY— GREAT  BRITAIN 

and  his  companions  in  relation  to  other  agencies  in  the  conversion  of 
England";  the  "I-anding-place  of  St.  Augustine,  with  a  map";  and  "On 
some  hturgical  points  relating  to  the  mission." 

OVERTON,  John  Henry. 

Evangelical  revival  in  the  i8th  century.     1898.     (Epochs  of 

church  history.)   274.2  O33 

Bibliographical  note,  p.5. 

Contents:  John  Wesley. — George  Whitfield  and  others. — Methodism  and 
evangelicalism. — The  evangelical  clergy. — The  evangelical  laity. — Litera- 
ture of  the  revival. — Results  of  the  revival. — Opposition  to  the  revival. 
— The  doctrines  of  the  revival. — The  evangelical  revival  compared  with 
other  movements. 

PERRY,  George  Gresley. 

History  of  the  reformation  in  England.     1898.     (Epochs 

of  church  history.)   274.2  P44 

"Authorities,"  p.6-7. 

PRIESTLEY,  Joseph. 

Answer  to  Blackstone's  Reply  to  Remarks  on  the  fourth 

volume  of  the  Commentaries.    1773 r274.2  P94 

Bound  with  the  following. 
Remarks  on  some  paragraphs  in  Blackstone's  Commentaries 

relating  to  the  dissenters.     1773 r274.2  Pg4 

SEEBOHM,  Frederic. 

Oxford    reformers;   John    Colet,    Erasmus    and   Thomas 

More.     1896 274.2  S45 

STEPHENS,  William  Richard  Wood,  dean. 

English  church,  from  the  Norman  conquest  to  the  accession  of 
Edward  I,    (1066-1272).     1901.      (History  of  the  English 

church,  V.2. )  274.2  S83 

"Sound  in  its  information  and  just  in  its  general  conclusions. .  .provides 
in  a  very  convenient  form  an  abundance  of  help  towards  the  realisa- 
tion of  one  of  the  most  critical  periods  in  the  political  and  ecclesiasti- 
cal history  of  our  country  [England]."     Spectator,   1901. 

STRYPE,  John. 

Annals  of  the  reformation  and  establishment  of  religion,  and 
other  occurrences  in  the  Church  of  England,  during  Queen 
Elizabeth's  reign;  with  an  appendix  of  original  papers  of 

state,  records  and  letters.     4v.  in  7.     1824 274.2  S92 

Bibliographies  at  end  of  v.i  and  v.2. 

"Strype's  lack  of  literary  style,  unskilful  selection  of  materials,  and  un- 
methodical arrangement  render  his  books  tiresome. .  .but  to  students  of 
ecclesiastical  and  political  history  of  England  in  the  sixteenth  century 
the  vast  accumulations  of  facts  and  documents  of  which  his  books  con- 
sist render  them  of  the  utmost  value."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

WAKEMAN,  Henry  Offley. 

The  church  and  the  Puritans,   1570-1660.     1897.     (Epochs 

of  church  history.)   274.2  W14 

Authorities,  p.6. 

WRIGHT,  Thomas,  1810-1877,  frf. 

Three  chapters  of  letters  relating  to  the  suppression  of 
monasteries;  ed.  fr.  the  originals  in  the  British  museum. 

1843.     (Camden  society.     Publications,  v. 26.) 274.2  W93 

Composed  of  letters  to  Thomas  Cromwell  and  others  from  abbots  and 
bishops,  from  Cromwell's  agents,  from  the  royal  commissioners  appoint- 
ed to  examine  the  monasteries,  and  also  various  documents,  all  between 
152&-1558.    Most  important  for  the  religious  history  of  the  time. 


RELIGIOUS  HISTORY— GERMANY  219 

Germany 

GOULD,  Sabine  Baring-. 

The  church  in  Germany.     1891.     (The  national  churches.). .  .274.3  G73 
LINDSAY,  Thomas  M. 

Luther  and  the  German  reformation.     1900.     (World's  epoch- 
makers.)     274.3    L72 

Bibliography,  p.293-296. 

"He  gives  us  much  less  of  dogmatic  theology  than  might  be  expected, 
and  much  more  of  the  popular  culture  which  existed  in  Germany  at 
the  close  of  the  Middle  Ages ...  According  to  Dr  Lindsay's  plan,  a 
large  part  of  the  space  is  devoted  to  the  different  orders  of  society, 
peasants,  burgesses,  knights,  and  nobles,  to  the  national  character  of 
the  Lutheran  revolt,  to  the  effect  of  Luther's  marriage  on  popular 
opinion  concerning  sacerdotal  celibacy,  to  the  superstitions  which  were 
prevalent  in  the  i6th  century,  to  Luther's  educational  views,  and  to 
the  reformer's  home  life.  He  shows  at  all  points  familiarity  with 
Luther's  own  works,  whether  theological  or  popular,  and  has  formed 
his  judgment  at  first  hand."     Nation,   1900. 

WILLIAMS,  Edward  F. 

Christian  life  in   Germany,  as  seen  in  the  state  and  the 

church.     1897 274.3  W74 

Other  Countries  of  Europe 

MACLEAR,  George  Frederick. 

Conversion  of  the  West:  the  Slavs.     1879 274  M19 

SLOANE,  William  Milligan. 

French  revolution  and  religious  reform;  an  account  of  eccle- 
siastical legislation  and  its  influence  on  affairs  in  France 

from  1789  to  1804.     1901  274.4  S63 

SMITH,  Richard  Travers. 

The  church  in  France.     1894.     (The  national  churches.) 274.4  S65 

LEA,  Henry  Charles. 

Chapters  from  the  religious  history  of   Spain   connected 

with  the  inquisition.     1890 274.6  L44 

Contents:  Censorship  of  the  press. — Mystics  and  illuminati. — Endemonia- 
das. — El  Santo  Nino  de  la  Guardia. — Brianda  de  Bardaxi. 
MEYRICK,  Frederick. 

The  church  in  Spain.     1892.     (The  national  churches.)  . .  .  .274.6  M65 
EDWARDS,  Charles  E. 

Protestantism  in  Poland ;  a  brief  study  of  its  history  as  an  en- 
couragement to  mission  work  among  the  Poles.     1901 274.7  E31 

KRASINSKI,  Valerian,  count. 

Historical  sketch  of  the  reformation  in  Poland,  and  of  the 
influence  which  the  scriptural  doctrines  have  exercised  on 

that  country.     2v.     1838-40 274.7  K41 

MACLEAR,  George  Frederick. 

Conversion  of  the  West:  the  Northmen 274.8  M19 

DITCHFIELD,  Peter  Hampson. 

The  church  in  the  Netherlands.     1893.     (The  national 

churches.)    274.9  D63 

List  of  works  relating  to  the  history  of  the  church  in  the  Netherlands, 
p.388-389. 

MARTYN,  William  Carlos. 

The  Dutch  reformation.     1868  274.9  M43 


\ 


220  RELIGIOUS  HISTORY— AMERICA 


Asia 

LYALL,  Sir  Alfred  Comyns. 

Asiatic  studies;  ist-2d  ser.    2v.     1899 275.4  L98 

v.i.  Religion  of  an  Indian  province. — On  the  origfin  of  divine  myths 
in  India. — Influence  upon  religion  of  a  rise  in  morality. — Witch- 
craft and  non-Christian  religions. — Missionary  and  non-missionary 
religions. — On  the  formation  of  some  clans  and  castes  in  India. — 
The  rajpiit  states  of  India. — Our  religious  policy  in  India. — The 
religious  situation  in  India. 

V.2.  Letters  from  \'amadeo  Shastri. — On  the  relations  between  the 
state  and  religion  in  China. — "The  golden  bough,  a  study  in  com- 
parative religion,"  (a  review).  —  Origins  and  interpretations  of 
primitive  religions. — Natural  religion  in  India. — History  and  fable. 
— Permanent  dominion  in  Asia. 

SMITH,  George,  b.  1833. 

The  conversion  of  India,  193-1893 275.4  S64 

America 

BACON,  Leonard  Woolsey. 

History  of  American   Christianity.     1897.     (American 

church  history  series.)   277  B13 

"Traces  American  Christianity  from  the  Spanish  conquest  down  to  the 
present  time... We  welcome  the  volume  as  a  concise,  and  apparently 
scrupulously  accurate,  summary."      Outlook,  1897. 

CARROLL,  Henry  King. 

The  religious  forces  of  the  United  States,  enumerated, 
classified  and  described  on  the  basis  of  the  census  of 
1890;  revised  Jan.  i,  1896.  1893.  (American  church  his- 
tory series.)    277.3  C23 

COBB,  Sanford  Hoadley. 

Rise  of  religious  liberty  in  America ;  a  history.     1902 277.3  C63 

Contents:   The   American   principle. — The  old  world  idea. — Colonial  be- 
ginnings.— Church  of  England  establishments. — Puritan  establishments. 
— Changing   establishments. — The    free    colonies. — Colonial    bishops. — 
The  period  of  the   Revolution. — Final  settlements. 
"Authorities,"  p.  17-20. 

DORCHESTER,  Daniel. 

Christianity  in  the  United  States  to  the  present  time.   1889.  .277.3  D73 
STRAUS,  Oscar  Solomon. 

Religious  liberty  in  the  United  States.     1896 277.3  S91 

ADAMS,  Charles  Francis,  b.  1835. 

Massachusetts;  its  historians  and  its  history.     1893 277.4  A21 

BLISS,  William  Root. 

Side  glimpses  from  the  colonial  meeting-house.     1894 277.4  B55 

FORD,  David  Barnes. 

New  England's  struggles  for  religious  liberty.     1896 277.4  F76 

LETTER  from  a  gentleman  in  Boston  to  George  Wishart,  one  of 
the  ministers  of  Edinburgh,  concerning  the  state  of  religion 
in  New-England.     1883.     (Qarendon  historical  society. 

Reprints.)   277.4  L65 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of  1742. 
The  same.      (In    Clarendon   historical   society.      Reprints, 

V.I.)  r9o6  C51  v.i 

WALKER,  George  Leon. 

Some  aspects  of  the  religious  life  of  New  England, '  with 


CHRISTIAN  CHURCHES  AND  SECTS  221 

special  reference  to  Congregationalists.     1897.     (Carew 

lectures,   1896.) 277.4  W16 

JAMES,  Charles  Fenton. 

Documentary  history  of  the  struggle  for  religious  liberty 

in  Virginia.     1900 277.5  J16 

"Orderly  and  animatea  presentation  of  one  phase  of  early  ecclesiastical 
history  in  Virginia,  based  directly  on  the  original  records.  The  suc- 
cession of  documents  gives  a  beautiful  exhibition  of  historical  evolu- 
tion —  the  feeble  beginnings,  the  steady  progress,  and  the  complete 
triumph  of  a  glorious  principle."     American  journal  of  theology,  1901. 

BROWN,  Hubert  William. 

Latin   America.     1901.      (Students'   lectures   on    missions, 

Princeton  theological  seminary,  1901.)   278  B78 

Contents:  The  pagans. — The  Papists. — The  patriots. — The  Protestants. — 
The  present  problem. 

"Books  of  reference,"  p. 285-289. 

A  course  of  lectures  on  the  religious  development  and  needs  of  Latin 
America,  delivered  at  various  theological  seminaries  with  the  purpose 
of  awakening  an  interest  in  missions  in  Mexico,  Central  and  South 
America.  The  author  has  been  for  years  a  Presbyterian  missionary 
in  Mexico. 


280     Christian  churches  and  sects 

ARNOLD,  Matthew. 

St.  Paul  &  Protestantism,  with  an  essay  on  Puritanism  & 
the  Church  of  England,  and  Last  essays  on  church  & 

religion.     1883  280  A75 

The  same.     1898  r28o  A7S 

CARPENTER,  William  Boyd. 

Some  thoughts  on  Christian  reunion.     1895 280  C22 

HENSON,  Herbert  Hensley. 

Godly  union  and  concord ;  sermons  preached  mainly  in  West- 
minster abbey  in  the  interest  of  Christian  fraternity.    1902. .  .280  H45 

Canon  Henson  advocates  the  admission  of  dissenters  to  the  communion 
of  the  Anglican  church  and  the  recognition  of  the  authority  of  the 
nonconformist  ministry. 

HUNTINGTON,  William  Reed. 

The  church-idea;  an  essay  towards  unity.     1899 280  H94 

SCHELL,  William  Gallis. 

Biblical  trace  of  the  church  proving  we  are  near  the  end  of 

the  world,  with  a  dissertation  on  false  teachers.     1893 r28o  S32 

SCOTT,  Walter. 

Messiahship;  or.  Great  demonstration.     1859 280  S43 


281.1-281.4     Apostolic  church 

APOSTOLICAL  constitutions;  ed.  by  James  Donaldson. 

(Ante-Nicene  Christian  library.) 281. i  C563 

Bound  with  Clemens  Romanus'   Clementine  homilies. 

ARNOBIUS,  the  elder. 

The  seven  books  of  Arnobius  adversus  Gentes;  tr.  by  A. 
H.  Bryce  and  Hugh  Campbell.  1895.  (Ante-Nicene 
Christian  library.)  281. i  A75 


222  APOSTOLIC  CHURCH 


AUGUSTINE,  St. 

Letters;  tr.  by  J.  G.  Cunningham.     2v.     1872-75 281. i  A92 

On  Christian  doctrine,  and  other  papers;  tr.  by  J.  F.  Shaw 

and  S.  D.  Salmond.     1873  281. i  A920 

Contents:  On  Christian  doctrine. — The  Enchiridion. — On  the  catechising 
of  the  unirtstructed. — On  faith  and  the  creed. 
Writings  in  connection  with  the  Donatist  controversy;  tr. 

by  J.  R.  King.    1872 281. i  A92W 

Contents:    On   baptism,   against   the    Donatists.  —  Answer  to   letters    of 
Petilian. — On   the   correction   ot   the   Donatists. 

V  BENSON,  Edward  White,  abp. 

Cyprian,  his  life,  his  times,  his  work.     1897 281. i  B44 

Bibliography,   p.62i-62S. 
CLEMENS  Romanus. 

The  Clementine  homilies.     (Ante-Nicene  Christian 

library.)  281. 1  C563 

CLEMENT  of  Alexandria. 

Writings;  tr.  by  William  Wilson.    2v.     1867-83.     (Ante- 
Nicene  Christian  library.) 281. i  C56 

CYPRIAN. 

Writings,  with  the  writings  of  Novatian,  Minucius  Felix,  etc. ; 
tr.  by  R.  E.  Wallis.  2v.  1868-1884.  (Ante-Nicene  Chris- 
tian  library.) 281. i    C98 

GREGORY  THAUiMATURGUS. 

Works  of  Gregory  Thaumaturgus,  Dionysius  of  Alexan- 
dria  and    Archelaus;   tr.  by   S.  D.  F.  Salmond.      1882. 

(Ante-Nicene  Christian  library.)   281. i  G86 

HIPPOLYTUS,  St.,  bp.  of  Portus. 

Refutation  of  all  heresies,  and  Writings,  with  Fragments  of 
writings  of  3d  century;  tr.  by  J.  H.  Macmahon  and  S.  D. 
F.   Salmond.     2v.     1868-69.     (Ante-Nicene  Christian 

library.)    281. i  H59 

V.2  is  bound  with  281.  i  I28  v.a. 
IREN.EUS,  St.,  bp.  of  Lyons. 

Writings;  tr.  by  Alexander   Roberts  and  W.  H.  Rambaut. 

2v.     1868-69.     (Ante-Nicene  Christian  library.) 281.1  I28 

JUSTIN,   St.,  surnamed  the  martyr. 

Writings  of  Justin  and  Athenagoras;  tr.  by  Marcus  Dods  and 

others.     1867.     (Ante-Nicene  Christian  library.) 281. i  J53 

KRUGER,  Gustav 

History  of  early  Christian  literature  in  the  first  3  centuries. 

1897   281. 1   K42 

Contents:    Primitive  Christian  literature.— Gnostic  literature.— Literature 

of  the  church. 
Contains   many  short  bibliographies. 

LACTANTIUS,  usually  called  Lucius  Ccelius  (or  Caelius) 
Firmianus. 
Works;  tr.  by  William  Fletcher.    2v.     1886.     (Ante-Nicene 

Christian  library.)  281. i  L12 

v.2  includes  The  testaments  of  the  twelve  patriarchs,  and  Fragments  of 
the  second  and  third  centuries. 

LITURGIES  and  other  documents  of  the  ante-Nicene  period. 

1883.     (Ante-Nicene  Christian  library.) 281. i  L74 


APOSTOLIC  CHURCH  223 

MENZIES,  Allan,  ed. 

Ante-Nicene   Christian  library;  additional   volume. 

1897  q28i.i  M6a 

Contents:  Gospel  of  Peter. — Diatessaron  of  Tatian. — Apocalypse  of  Peter. 
— The  Visio  Pauli. — Apocalypses  of  the  Virgin  and  Sedrach. — Testa- 
ment of  Abraham. — Acts  of  Xanthippe  and  Polyxena. — Narrative  of 
Zosimus. — Apology  of  Aristides. — Epistles  of  Clement,  (complete  text). 
— Origen's  Commentary  on  John,  books  i-io,  and  Commentary  on 
Matthew,  books  1-2,  10-14. 
METHODIUS,  St.,  bp.  of  Patara,  and  others. 

Writings  of  Methodius,  Alexander  of  Lycopolis,  Peter  of 
Alexandria,  and  several  fragments.    1883.    (Ante-Nicene 

Christian  library.)    281. 1   M64 

ORIGEN. 

Writings;  tr.  by  Frederick  Crombie.  2v.  1894-95.  (Ante- 
Nicene  Christian  library.) 281. 1  Oa8 

Life  of  Origen,  v.  2,  p.  2  5-40. 

PURVES,  George  Tybout. 

The  testimony  of  Justin  Martyr  to  early  Christianity;  lec- 
tures delivered  on  the  L.  P.  Stone  foundation  at  Prince- 
ton theological  seminary,  in  March,  1888.     1889 281.  i  P98 

SCHAFF,  Philip,  ed. 

Select  library  of  the  Nicene  and  post-Nicene  fathers  of  the 

Christian  church;  ist  ser.     14V.     1887-99 q28i.i  S2g 

v.i.    Confessions  and  letters  of  St.  Augustin,  with  a  sketch  of  his  life 

and  work. 
V.2.    St.   Augustin's  City  of  God,  and  Christian  doctrine. 
V.3.    ST.    AUGUSTIN:      On    the    Trinity,    Doctrinal    treatises,    Moral 

treatises. 
T.4.    Writings  against  the  Manichaeans  and  against  the  Donatists. 
V.5.     Anti-Pelagian  writings. 
V.6.    Sermon  on  the  mount.  Harmony  of  the  gospels,  Homilies  on  the 

gospels. 
V.7.    Homilies  on  the  Gospel  of  John,  Homilies  on  the  first  Epistle  of 

John,  Soliloquies. 
V.8.    Expositions  on  the  Psalms. 
V.9.    ST.  CHRYSOSTOM:    On  the  priesthood.  Ascetic  treatises,  Select 

homilies  and  letters,   Homilies  on  the  statues, 
v.io.    Homilies   on   the   Gospel   of  Saint   Matthew. 
v.ii.    Homilies  on  the  Acts  and  the  Epistle  to  the  Romans. 
V  12.    Homilies  on  the  Epistles  to  the  Corinthians. 
V.13.    Homilies  on  Galatians,   Ephesians,   Philippians,   Colossians,  The»- 

salonians,   Timothy,   Titus   and   Philemon. 
V.14.     Homilies    on    the    Gospel    of    St.    John    and    the    Epistle    to    the 
Hebrews. 

SCHAFF,  Philip,  ed. 

The  teaching  of  the  twelve  apostles;  or,  The  oldest  church 
manual,   the    Didache   and    kindred    documents   in    the 
original,  with  translations  and  discussions  of  post-apos- 
tolic teaching,  baptism,  worship  and  discipline.     1890.  .raSl.i  S29 
"The  Didache  literature,"  p.140-158;  297-330. 
SCHAFF,  Philip,  &  Wace,  Henry,  ed. 

Select  library  of  Nicene  and  post-Nicene  fathers,  2d  ser;  tr. 
into  English  with  prologomena  and  explanatory  notes. 
14V.     1890-1900 q28i.i    S29S 

v.i.  Eusebius:    Church  history.   Life  of   Constantine,   Oration   in   praise 

of  Constantine. 

V.2.  Socrates,   Sozomenus:   Church  histories. 

V.3.  Theodoret,  Jerome,  Gennadius,  Rufinus:   Historical  writings,  etc. 

V.4.  St.  Athanasius:   Select  works  and  letters, 

v.s.  Gregory  of  Nyssa:   Dogmatic  treatises,  etc. 

V.6.  St.  Jerome:  Letters  and  select  works. 

15 


224  GRiECO-RUSSIAN  CHURCH 

V.7.     S.  Cyril  of  Jerusalem:    Catechetical   lectures. — S.  Gregory   Nazian- 
zen:  Select  orations. 
.  >      ,  V.8.     St.  Basil:  Letters  and  select  works. 

-  V.g.     St.  Hilary    of    Poitiers:    Select   works. — John   of    Damascus:    Ex- 

'    position  of  the  orthodox  faith, 
-v.io.     St.  Ambrose:  Select  works  and  letters. 

'•v.ii.     Sulpitius   Severus:    Works.  —  Vincent   of   Lerins:    Commitory. — 
■    John  Cassian:  Works. 
■  V.I 2.     Leo  the  Great:    Letters  and  sermons. — Gregory  the  Great:   Book 

of  pastoral  rule,  and  selected  epistles. 
V.I 3.     Gregory  the  Great:   Selected  epistles. — Ephraim  Syrus:  Selections 

from  the  Hymns  and  Homilies. — Aphrabat:   Select  demonstrations. 
V.  14.     The  seven  ecumenical  councils. 

TATIAN. 

K    Writings  of  Tatian  and  Theophilus,  and  The  Clementine 
recognitions;    tr.  by    B.  P.  Pratten    and    others.      1883. 

(Ante-Nicene  Christian  library.) 281. i  T23 

TERTULLIAN. 

Five  books  against  Marcion;  tr.  by  Peter  Holmes.     1868. 

(Ante-Nicene  Christian  library.) 281. i  T3if 

Writings,  with  the  extant  works  of  Victorinus  and  Com- 
;.            modianus.      3v.      1884-95.      (Ante-Nicene  Christian  li- 
brary.)  281. 1   T31 

WRITINGS  of  the  apostolic  fathers;  tr.  by  Dr  Roberts  and 

others.     1867.     (Ante-Nicene  Christian  library.) 281. i  W93 

Contents:  First  epistle  of  Clement  to  the  Corinthians. — Second  epistle  of 
Clement.- — Epistle  of  Polycarp  to  the  Philippians. — The  martyrdom  of 
Polycarp.  —  Epistle  of  Barnabas.  —  Epistles  of  Ignatius.  —  Epistles  of 
Ignatius,  after  the  Syriac  version. — The  martyrdom  of  Ignatius. — Epis- 
tle to  Diognetus.  —  The  Pastor  of  Hermas.  —  Fragments  of  Papias.  — 
Spurious  epistles  of  Ignatius. 

281. 5-281. 6     Oriental  churches 

BURKITT,  Francis  Crawford. 

Early   Christianity   outside   the    Roman    Empire;    lectures 

delivered  at  Trinity  college,  Dublin.     1899 281.5  B91 

FORTESCUE,  Edward  Francis  Knottesford. 

Armenian  church  founded  by  St.  Gregory  the  Illuminator; 
a  sketch  of  its  history,  liturgy,  doctrine  and  ceremonies. 

1872 281.6  F79 

Appendix  is  a  translation,  by  S.  C.  Malan,  of  the  Confession  of  faith, 
and  the  Rite  of  holy  baptism. 

281.9     Graeco- Russian  church 

DABOVICH,  Sebastian. 

Preaching  in  the   Russian  church;  or.   Lectures  and  ser- 
mons by  a  priest  of  the  Holy  orthodox  church.     1899.  -281.9  Dii 
GREEK  CHURCH. 

Book   of   needs   of  the   Holy  orthodox  church,   with  an 
*  appendix  containing  offices  for  the  laying  On  of  hands, 

done  into  English  by  G.  V.  Shann.     1894 281.9  G82 

HEARD,  Albert  F. 

Russian  church  and  Russian  dissent,  comprising  orthodoxy, 

dissent  and  erratic  sects.     1887 281.9  H38 

List  of  books  consulted,  p.7-9. 


ROMAN  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  225 

HORE,  Alexander  Hugh. 

Eighteen  centuries  of  the  orthodox  Greek  church.     1899.  .281.9  H79 
MOURAVIEFF,  Andrew  Nicolaievitch. 

History  of  the  church  of  Russia.     1842 281.9  M94 

NEALE,  John  Mason. 

History  of  the  Holy  eastern  church.     5v.     1847-73 r28i.9  Nl/ 

v.i-a.    General  introduction. 
r.3-4     Patriarchate  of  Alexandria, 
y.    s.    Patriarchate  of  Antioch. 

ROMANOFF,  H.C. 

Sketches  of  the  rites  and  customs  of  the  Greco-Russian  church. 

1868 281.9  R66 

STANLEY,  Arthur  Penrhyn,  dean. 

Lectures  on  the  history  of  the  Eastern  church.     1884 281.9  S78 

"For  the  purposes  of  a  student  of  general  history  this  is  the  most  use- 
ful of  Dean  Stanley's  works.  It  not  only  has  to  do  with  a  subject  of 
very  considerable  importance,  but  it  possesses  the  rare  charm  of  a 
graceful,  scholarly,  and  eloquent  method  of  treatment.  It  is  one  of 
the  few  ecclesiastical  histories  that  every  genuine  student  of  the 
Middle  Ages  will  find  himself  interested  in  reading."    C.  K.  Adams. 

TOZER,  Henry  Fanshawe. 

Church  and  the  Eastern  empire.    1897.     (Epochs  of  church 

history.)   281.9  T67 

"Authorities,"  p.S-6. 

282     Roman  Catholic  church 

ADDIS,  William  E.  &  Arnold,  Thomas,  comp. 

Catholic  dictionary.     1893 ''282  A22 

ALLIES,  Thomas  William. 

Formation  of  Christendom.    4v.     1897-98 282  A43 

V.I.    The  Christian  faith  and  the  individual. 
V.2.    The  Christian  faith  and  society. 
V.3.    The  Christian  faith  and  philosophy. 
V.4.    As  seen  in  church  and  state. 

A  Roman  Catholic  study  of  the  first  few  centuries  of  church  history. 
"Mr.  Allies  has  published  a  third  edition  of  his  able  work... The  author 
is  well  known  for  a  width  of  learning.,  .conspicuous  when  he  was 
still  an  Anglican  clergyman,  and  his  piety  and  sincerity  have  con- 
tributed to  make  his  treatise  one  that  can  be  perused  with  profit  and 
pleasure."    Athenaeum,  1897. 

ALZOG,  Johann. 

Manual  of  universal  church  history.    4v.     1889-95 282  A47 

V.I.     To  700.  V.2.     700-1303.  V.3.     1303-1648. 

V.4.     1648-1878. 

"The  most  important  of  Roman  Catholic  authorities  on  the  general  his- 
tory of  the  Church.  It  is  put  forth  with  the  official  imprimatur,  and 
it  is  regarded  by  high  authority  as  a  book  without  a  rival.  The  author 
was  one  of  the  most  influential  of  German  professors  of  ecclesiastical 
history ...  In  his  labors  of  preparation  Dr  Alzog  made  use  of  Protes- 
tant and  infidel,  as  well  as  of  Roman  Catholic,  authorities.  .  .The  work 
is  not  free  from  dogmatism,  and  it  not  unfrequently  puts  forth  views 
which  will  startle  the  Protestant  reader."     C.  K.  Adams. 

AMERICAN  CATHOLIC  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF 
PHILADELPHIA. 

Records ;  quarterly,  1884-date.    v.  i -date.     1887-date r282  Asi 

BALMES,  Jaime  Lucio. 

European  civilization;  Protestantism  and  Catholicity  com- 
pared  in  their  effects   on   the    civilization   of   Europe. 


226  ROMAN  CATHOLIC  CHURCH 


1850  282  B21 

Sketch   of  the  author,   p.7-12. 

The  author,  a  distinguished  Spanish  ecclesiastic  of  the  first  part  of  the 
19th  century,  gives  us  the  Roman  Catholic  view  of  the  question. 
COURCY,  Henry  de,  &  Shea,  J.  G. 

Catholic  church  in  the  United  States.     1856 282  C84 

CREIGHTON,  Mandell. 

History  of  the  papacy  during  the  reformation.     5v.     1887- 

94  282  C87 

V.I.    I378-I418.        V.2.    I418-I464.        V.3-4.    1464-1518. 

v.S-     1517-1527- 
FAIRBAIRN,  Andrew  Martin. 

Catholicism:  Roman  and  Anglican.     1899 282  FiS 

Contents:  The  churches  and  the  ideal  of  religion. — Catholicism  and  the 
apology  for  the  faith. — Catholicism  and  religious  thought.  —  Catholi- 
cism and  historical  criticism. — Reason  and  religion. — Cardinal  Manning 
and  the  Catholic  revival. — Anglo-Catholicism:  the  old  and  the  new. — 
"The  foundations  of  belief."  —  Some  recent  English  theologians.  — 
Oxford  and  Jowett. 
Appeared  first  in  the  Contemporary  review. 
FIFTY  reasons  why  the  Roman  Catholic  religion  ought  to  be 

preferred  to  all  others r282  F46 

FOSTER,  Frank  Hugh. 

Fundamental  ideas  of  the  Roman  Catholic  church,  explained 

and  discussed  for  Protestants  and  Catholics.     1899 282  F81 

GOFFINE,  Leonhard. 

Christkatholische  handpostille;  oder,  Unterrichts-  und  er- 

bauungsbuch.      1889 q282   G56 

GREGORY,  William. 

Trial  of  Antichrist,   otherwise  the   man  of   sin,   for   high 
treason  against  the  Son  of  God  tried  at  the  sessions 

house  of  truth.    1830 r282  G86 

An  indictment  of  the  Roman  Catholic  church,  in  the  form  of  a  state 
trial.  The  pope  is  charged  with  high  treason  against  the  King  of 
Heaven,  for  usurping  his  supremacy,  titles,  power,  etc.  The  indict- 
ment goes  back  to  the  year  606,  and  historical  events  are  brought  for- 
ward to  support  the  charge.  Legal  phrases  are  used  and  the  idea  of  a 
court  of  justice  is  maintained  throughout. 
LEA,  Henry  Charles. 

History  of  auricular  confession  and  indulgences  in  the  Latin 

church.    3v.     1896 282  L44 

v.i-2.    Confession    and    absolution. 
V.    3.    Indulgences. 
LfiPICIER,  Alexius  Maria. 

Indulgences;  their  origin,  nature  and  development.     1895.... ^282  L62 

"A  doctrinal  exposition  of  this  point  of  Catholic  teaching,  viewed  in  con- 
nection with  other  tenets  of  our  creed  and  the  perpetual  practice  of 
the  Church."     Preface. 

LYONS,  Daniel. 

Christianity  and  infallibility;  both  or  neither.     1891 282  L99 

MILMAN,  Henry  Hart. 

History  of  Latin  Christianity.    8v.  in  4.     1893 282  M71 

"To  the  student  of  the  middle  ages  this  work  is  second  in  importance 
only  to  that  of  Gibbon.  .  .  Has  received  the  heartiest  commendation 
of  so  prominent  a  Catholic  as  Cardinal  Newman.  Of  especial  excellence 
is  the  .  .  .  account  of  the  establishment  and  g^rowth  of  monastic 
institutions  and  .  .  .  orders.  Worthy  of  note,  also,  is  the  struggle 
between  the  pope  and  the  emperor  in  the  time  of  Gregory  VII.  In 
chap.  8  of  v.S  is  a  skilful  account  of  Christian  architecture.  Of  the 
numerous  works  on  the  history  of  the  church  in  the  middle  ages  this 


ROMAN  CATHOLIC  CHURCH  227 

will  generally  be  found  at  once  the  most  readable,  the  most  impartial, 
and  the  most  satisfactory."  C.  K.  Adams. 
"1  know  few  books  more  delightful  and  more  instructive  to  read  than 
Milman's  'History  of  Christianity.'  And  none  better  discharges  the 
work  of  a  guide,  both  to  the  original  authorities  and,  what  we  cannot 
neglect,  to  modern  German  writers."    E.  A.  Freeman. 

MIVART  St.  George,  &  Vaughan,  Herbert,  cardinal.  . 

Under  the  ban;  a  scientist's  heresies  condemned  by  the 
church;  a  correspondence  between  Dr  St.  George  Miv- 

art  and  Cardinal  Vaughan.     1900 282  M75 

Accompanied  by  two  articles  by  Dr  Mivart  on  "Some  recent  Catholic 
apologists"  and  "The  continuity  of  Catholicism." 

MORRIS,  John,  ed. 

Troubles  of  our  Catholic  forefathers  related  by  themselves, 

ist-3d  series.    3v.     \%'J2-T] 282  M91 

V.I.  Mother  Margaret  Clement  and  the  Carthusian  monks. — Imprison- 
ment of  Francis  Trcgian. — Father  Tesimond's  landing  in  England. 
— Father  Richard  Blount  and  Scotney  castle. — The  Babthorpes 
of  Babthorpe. — St.  Monica's  convent  in  war,  pestilence  and  pov- 
erty.— The  Venetian  ambassador's  chaplain. — The  Southcote  family. 
— The   Tichbornes   of   Tichborne   house. 

V.2.     Life  of  Father  William  Weston,  S.J.— Fall  of  Anthony  Tyrrell. 

V.3.  An  ancient  editor's  note  book. — A  Yorkshire  recusant's  relation. — 
Father  Richard  Holtby  on  persecution  in  the  north. — Notes  by  a 
prisoner  in  Ousebridge  Kidcote. — Mr  John  Mush's  life  of  Margaret 
Clitherow. — Father  Pollard's  recollections  of  the  Yorkshire  mission. 

NIPPOLD,  Friedrich. 

Papacy  in  the  19th  century.     1900 282  N36 

Being  a  part  of  Nippold's  "History  of  Catholicism  since  the  restoration 

of  the  papacy." 
"General  outlines  are  firmly  drawn,  and  represent  the  Roman  Church, 
and  more  especially  the   Papacy,   as  profiting  by  every  revolution   of 
the  century,  but  indirectly,  by  availing  itself  of  the  several  reactions 
that  have  succeeded  the  several  revolutions. .  .The  criticism  is  a  sharp 
and  generally  an  effective  one  on  the  popes,  the  Roman  Curia,  and  the 
Jesuit  order.    It  can  hardly  be  objected  to  as  religiously  partisan,  for 
it  is  almost  entirely  political. .  .Ably  and  carefully  written,  but  disfig- 
ured by  a  too  splenetic  manner  in  some  parts."    Nation,  1901. 

OCHINO,  Bernardino. 

The  tragedy;  reprinted  from  Bishop  Ponet's  translation  out  of 

Ochino's  Latin  manuscript  in  1549;  ed.  by  C.  E.  Plumptre. 

1899 282  O13 

Severe  indictment  of  the  Church  of  Rome  by  a  i6th  century  Italian. 

"Apart  from  the  question  of  Milton's  possible  debt  to  it,  the  work  is  in 
itself  interesting,  both  as  'a  rattling  party  pamphlet'  and  as  showing  to 
those  who  have  even  a  slight  acquaintance  with  modem  phases  of  the 
secular  conflict  between  Rome  and  not-Rome  how  very  little  change 
has  come  about  in  the  positions  taken  up  either  by  the  attack  or  by 
the  defence."    Athenaeum,  1900. 

O'GORMAN,  Thomas. 

History  of  the  Roman  Catholic  church  in  the  United  States. 

1895.     (American  church  history  series.) 282  O17 

PASTOR,  Ludwig. 

History  of  the  popes,  from  the  close  of  the  middle  ages;  from 
the  secret  archives  of  the  Vatican  and  other  original 
sources.    6v.    1894-99 282  P28 

"Authorities,"  v.i,   p. 11-45;  v.3,   p.9-39;   v.5,   p.ii-45. 

"While  as  little  of  a  party  history  as  could  possibly  be  expected.  Profes- 
sor Pastor's  work  is  still  too  much  of  one  to  rank  among  examples  of 
genuine  scientific  research,  or  to  achieve  any  special  distinction  save 
that  of  a  most  useful  guide  to  the  contemporary  literature  of  its  sub- 
ject, published  and  unpublished."     Richard  Garnett. 

"A  fair-minded  and  learned  work."     English  historical  review,  1895. 


228  ROMAN  CATHOLIC  CHURCH 

PENNINGTON,  Arthur  Robert. 

The  church  in  Italy.    1853.     (The  national  churches.) 282  P39 

List  of  works  consulted,  p.491-494. 
RANKE,  Leopold  von. 

History  of  the  popes,  i6th  &  17th  centuries.    3v.     1891 282  R19 

"Professor  Ranke  is  a  Protestant,  but  he  carries  forward  all  his  work 
with  such  fairness  and  impartiality  as  to  command  the  general,  if 
not  even  the  entire,  respect  of  his  religious  opponents.  .  .  As  a 
portrayal  of  the  interior  policy  of  the  Church,  and  of  the  course  that 
led  to  the  reaction  against  the  Reformation,  these  volumes  have  no 
equal.  The  distinguishing  characteristic  of  Ranke  is  the  deep  in- 
sight with  which  he  penetrates  to  the  very  bottom  of  affairs,  and 
brings  the  causes  and  springs  of  action  into  the  light."  C.  K.  Adams. 

REEVE,  Joseph. 

History  of  the  Christian  church.     1851 r282  R28 

RENAN,  Ernest. 

Lectures   on  the  influence  of  the  institutions,  thought  and 
culture  of  Rome  on  Christianity  and  the  development  of 

the  Catholic  church.    1880.     (Hibbert  lectures.) 282  R33 

SCHERER,  Edmond. 

What  is  Catholicism?  tr.  by  T.  A.  Seed,  with  an  introduction 

by  R.  F.  Horton.     1900 282  S32 

In  a  series  of  letters  addressed  to  a  suppositious  "Monsieur  le  Cure," 
Scherer  attacks  the  Roman  Catholic  system  as  a  centre  of  reaction. 

SHEA,  John  Gilmary. 

History  of  the  Catholic  church  within  the  United  States. 

4v.     1886-92 qr282  SS3 

V.I-  1521-1763. 
V.2.  1763-1815. 
V.3.  1808-1843. 
V.4.  1843-1866. 
V.2  title-page  reads  Life  and  times  of  John  Carroll. 

SPALDING,  James  Field. 

The  world's  unrest  and  its  remedy.     1898 282  S73 

An  exposition  of  Roman  Catholic  doctrine. 

SYMONDS,  John  Addington. 

Renaissance  in  Italy;  the  Catholic  reaction.    2v.    1887 282  S98 

Bibliography,  v.  i,  p. 7-9. 

The  same.    2v.     1898 r282  S98 

THOMPSON,  Richard  Wigginton. 

Papacy  and  the  civil  power.     1876 282  T38 

Contains  many  short  bibliog:raphies. 

"Not  an  ultimate  authority,  but  the  best  easily  accessible  sketch  of  the 
subject  of  which  it  treats.  It  is  hardly  judicial  in  character,  but  is 
rather  a  powerful  indictment  of  the  temporal  policy  of  the  catholic 
church."     C.  K.  Adams. 

The  same.    1876 r282  T38 

THURSTON,  Herbert. 

Holy  year  of  jubilee;  an  account  of  the  history  and  cere- 
monial of  the  Roman  jubilee.     1900 282  T43 

TUKER,  M.  A.  R.  &  Malleson,  Hope. 

Handbook  to  Christian  and  ecclesiastical  Rome.    4v.  in  3. 

1900 r282  T83 

V.I.    Christian  monuments  of  Rome. 

v.2.     Liturgy   in    Rome;   feasts   and   functions   of   the   Church,   the   cere- 
monies of  Holy  week. 
v.3-4.    Monasticism  in  Rome.— Ecclesiastical  R0R1& 


ANGLICAN  AND  PROTESTANT  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH    229 

VIVIAN,  Mrs  Olive  (Walton),  &  Herbert. 

Romance  of  religion.     1902 282  V35 

Contents:  The  miraculous  little  doctor,  (the  Santo  bambino). — The  dance 
of  the  Seises. — A  strange  Mount  of  Olives. — The  masked  men  of  Tus- 
cany.— A  city  of  nunneries,  (Ghent). — Where  women  never  speak. — 
The  votaries  of  eternal  silence. — Miraculous  images. — The  Holy  week 
procession  in  Seville. — The  passion  procession  at  Murcia. — Our  Lady 
of  Luxemburg. —  An  opera  in  a  cathedral. —  The  pardon  of  S.  Anne 
d'Auray.  —  The  black  virgin  of  Roc-Amadour.  —  The  hermits  of  the 
Sierra  Morena.  —  The  marvels  of  Montserrat.  —  The  fancy  dress  pil- 
grimage of  Walcourt. —  The  night  of  the  Redeemer  at  Venice. —  The 
holy  house  of  S.  Ignatius. — The  holy  coat  of  Treves. — The  church  of 
Servia. — Easter  in  Bulgaria. — The  religious  dance  of  Ethiopia. — Cere- 
monies at  Constantinople. 

Descriptions  of  some  interesting  religious  ceremonies  and  institutions, 
most  of  them  connected  with  the  Roman  Catholic  church. 

WARD,  Wilfrid. 

William  George  Ward  and  the  Catholic  revival.     1893 282  W21 

AMERICAN  Catholic  historical  researches ;  quarterly,     v.i-date. 

1884-date  r282.05  Asi2 

v.  1-4    title   page   reads   Historical   researches    in   western    Pennsylvania, 

principally  Catholic. 
v.5-6  title  page  reads  Documents  relating  to  the  history  of  the  Catholic 

church  in  the  United  States;  comp.  by  M.  I.  J.  Griffin,  v.  1-2. 

AMERICAN  Catholic  quarterly  review,     v.i-date.     1876- 

date  qr282.os  A51 

General  index,  v.  1-25,  1876-1900. 

CATHOLIC  world;  a  monthly  magazine  of  general  literature 

and  science,    v.i-date.     1865-date r282.05  C28 

DUBLIN  review;  quarterly,     v.i-date.     1836-date r282.05  D85 

The  MONTH;  an  illustrated  magazine  of  literature,  science  and 

art.      V.  i-date.      1864-date r282.o5  M86 

v.ao-43  title  reads  The  month  and  Catholic  review;  v.44-date  title  reads 
The  month;  a  Catholic  magazine  and  review. 

283     Anglican  and  American  Protestant  Episcopal 

church 

BENTON,  Angelo  Ames,  ed. 

The  church  cyclopaedia.     1886 qr283  B44 

BLUNT,  John  Henry. 

Reformation  of  the  Church  of  England.    2v.     1882-92 283  BS7 

V.I.  1514-1547. 

V.3.   1 547- 166a. 

CHURCH  almanac,  1876-1880,  1895,   1900.     v.46-50,  65,  70,  in  3. 

1875-99   '■283  A512 

V.65,  70  title  reads  American  church  almanac  and  year  book. 

The  CHURCH  eclectic;  monthly.    v.6-date.     1879-date r283  C46 

CHURCH  review  and  ecclesiastical  register;  monthly  and 
quarterly,  Apr.  1848-Jan.  i860,  Apr.  1863-Jan.  1867,  Jan. 
i88s-Dec.  1887,   Apr.  1889-Oct.  1890.     v.i-12,   15-18,  45-^ 

50,  53-59,  in  26.    1848-90 r283  A51 

V.  11-12,  15-18  title  reads  American  quarterly  church  review  and  ecclesi- 
astical register;  v.45-46  title  reads  American  church  review;  V.47-S9 
title  reads  Church  review. 

COLEMAN,  Leighton,  bp. 

The  church  in  America.     1895.     (The  national  churches.) 283  C68 


230    ANGLICAN  AND  PROTESTANT  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH 

CROCKFORD'S  clerical  directory,  1901;  a  statistical  book 
of  reference  for  facts  relating  to  the  clergy  and  the 
church.    33d  issue.  - 1901 qr283  C88 

CRUTTWELL,  Charles  Thomas. 

Six  lectures  on  the  Oxford  movement,  and  its  results  on  the 

Church  of  England.     iSgg 283  C89 

"A  very  fair  review  of  the  religious  movement  of  the  last  three-quarters 
of  a  century.  The  writer  is  a  just,  clear-sighted  observer  and  student, 
and  a  devoted  adherent  of  the  Anglican  policy  of  comprehension." 
Spectator,   1899. 

^   CUTTS,  Edward  Lewes,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  Church  of  England.     1889 r283  C95 

CUTTS,  Edward  Lewes. 

Parish  priests  and  their  people  in  the  middle  ages  in  Eng- 
land.    1898 283  C95 

DIX,  Morgan,  ed. 

History  of  the  parish  of  Trinity  church  in  the  city  of  New 

York,     v.i-2.     1898-1901    q283   D64 

v.  I.    1697-178.3. 

V.2.       I783-1816. 

Bibliography,  v.i,  p.488-498;  v.2,  p.333-336- 

DIXON,  Richard  Watson. 

History  of  the  Church  of  England.    4v.     1884-93 283  D648 

v. I.  Henry  VIII,   1 529-1 537. 

v.2.  Henry  VIII,  1538-1547;  Edward  VI,  1547-1548. 

v.3.  Edward  VI,  iS49-i553- 

v.4.  Mary,   1 553-1 558. 

DURRETT,  Reuben  Thomas. 

Historical  sketch  of  St.  Paul's  church,  Louisville,  Ky.,  pre- 
pared for  the  semi-centennial  celebration,  Oct.  6,  1889. 

1889.     (Filson  club.     Publications.) qr283  D94 

ENGLAND,  CHURCH  OF. 

Official  year-book.     [v.2o]-date.     1901-date r283  E644 

ENGLISH  CHURCH  UNION. 

Annual  directory,  1895  r283  E64 

FREEMAN,  Edward  Augustus. 

History  of  the  cathedral  church  of  Wells,  as  illustrating  the 
history  of  the  cathedral  churches  of  the  old  foundation. 

1870   283   F91 

Outline    of   the   history    of    the    bishopric,    the    growth    of    the   various 
church  offices,  etc.,  combined  with  a  sketch  of  the  cathedral's  archi- 
tectural story.    The  only  illustration  is  an  historical  ground  plan. 
GOODMAN,  George. 

The  church  in  Victoria  during  the  episcopate  of  Charles 

Perry,  first  bishop  of  Melbourne.     1892 283  G62 

GORE,  Charles,  ed. 

Essays  in  aid  of  the  reform  of  the  church.     1898 283  G66 

Contents:  General  lines  of  church  reform. — The  position  of  the  laity 
in  the  early  church,  by  R.  B.  Rackham. — The  principles  ard  condi- 
tions of  the  Scottish  establishment,  by  Lord  Balfour. — Church  and 
state,  by  H.  S.  Holland. — Self-government  of  the  church,  by  Arthur 
Lyttelton. — Legal  and  parliamentry  possibilities,  by  Mr  Phillimore. — 
Parochial  church  councils,  by  H.  J.  Torr. — Reform  of  patronage, 
by  C.  Y.  Sturge. — Pensions  for  the  clergy,  by  the  dean  of  Norwich. — 
The  increase  of  the  episcopate,  by  W.  S.  de  Winton. -^Church  reform 
and  social  reform,  by  T.  C.  Fry. — The  position  of  the  laity  in  the 
American  (Protestant  Episcopal)  church,  by  the  bishop  of  Vermont — 
Relation  of  the  laity  to  church  government  in  the  province  of  South 


-  ANGLICAN  AND  PROTESTANT  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH     231 

Africa,  by  J.  W.  Williams. — Functions  of  the  laity  in  the  Scottish 
(Episcopal)  church,  by  T.  N.  Speir. — The  constitution  of  the  church 
of  Ireland,  by  R.  T.  Smith.  —  On  ecclesiastical  tribunals,  by  Mr 
Phillimore. — On  the  government  of  the  Anglican  churches  in  Canada, 
New  Zealand  and  Australia. 

HARCOURT,  Sir  William  Vernon. 

Lawlessness  in  the  national  church.     1899 283  H25 

Reprinted  from  the  Times. 
HAVERSTICK,  Alexander  C. 

Churchman's  ready  reference.     1900 r283  H3S 

A   manual   of  information   concerning  the  tenets  of   Christianity,   espe- 
cially  those  of  the   Anglican   and   Protestant   Episcopal   churches.     A 
full  index  makes  it  a  practical  work  of  reference. 
HOTCHKIN,  Samuel  Fitch. 

Early  clergy  of  Pennsylvania  and  Delaware.     1890 283  H82 

LIVING  church  annual,  1883-1886,   1892-1893,  1897-1899,   1901. 

v.2-5,  11-12,  16-18,  20,  in  5.     1883-1900 r283  L74 

V.5,  1886,  title  page  reads  Living  church  annual  and  clergy  list  quarterly. 
v,ii,    :892-v.2o,    1901,  title  page   reads  Living  church  quarterly. 

MacCOLL,  Malcolm. 

The  reformation  settlement  examined  in  the  light  of  history 

and  law.     1899 283  M138 

"Canon  MacColl  is  a  practised  and  energetic  controversialist,  and  it  is 
impossible  to  read  his  new  volume  without  admiration  for  his  skill  of 
fence  and  his  sturdy  adroitness  of  attack... It  is  a  clever  and  pene- 
trating criticism  of  many  modern  fallacies,  political,  historical,  reli- 
g^ious,  and  it  is  a  criticism  which  boldly  carries  the  war  into  the  ene- 
my's country."  Literature,  1899. 
"As  a  first-class  fighting  defence  of  the  High  Anglican  position,  we  rec- 
ommend the  book,  more  especially  as  there  is  not,  from  the  first  page 
to  the  last,  one  word  of  bitterness,  and  nothing  but  appreciation  of 
the  labours  and  merits  of  Nonconformists."     Methodist  times. 

McCONNELL,  Samuel  D. 

History  of  the  American  Episcopal  church.     1897 283  M13 

MALLOCK,  William  Hurrell. 

Doctrine  and  doctrinal  disruption;  being  an  examination 
of  the  intellectual  position  of  the  Church  of  England. 

1900  283  M29 

Author  is  a  Roman  Catholic  whose  object  is  to  show  that  the  new  criti- 
cism of  the  Bible  puts  a  new  face  upon  Protestant  authority.  He 
first  explains  and  exposes  the  theories  of  authority  as  held  by  the 
different  parties  in  the  Church  of  England  and  then  sets  forth  the 
Roman    Catholic   theory   as  the   only  true   and   satisfactory   one. 

OVERTON,  John  Henry. 

The  Anglican  revival.     1897.     (Victorian  era  series.) 283  O33 

The  church  in  England.    2v.    1897.    (National  churches.) 283  O33C 

"Authorities,"  v.2,   p.423-439. 
PERRY,  William  Stevens,  bp.  ed. 

Historical  collections  relating  to  the  American  colonial  church. 

V.1-3.     1870-73 qr283  P44h 

v.i.    Virginia,   1650-1705. 
v.2.    Pennsylvania,  1680-1778. 
V.3.    Massachusetts,   1676-1785. 

V.2   title-page    reads    Papers   relating   to   the   history   of   the   church    in 
Pennsylvania. 
Historical  notes  and  documents  illustrating  the  organization 
of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  church  in  the  United  States. 

1874 r283  P44hi 

PERRY,  William  Stevens,  bp. 

History  of  the  American   Episcopal  church,   1587-1883.     2v. 


232  PROTESTANTISM 

1885 qr283  P44 

V.I.  1587-1783. 

V.3.   1783-1883. 

PROTESTANT  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH. 

Church  calendar.     1902  r283  P971 

PROTESTANT  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH— General  convention. 

Journal  of  the  proceedings,  1892,  1895,  1898.    3v.     1893-99  ....1283  ^97 
Journals  of  the  general  conventions  of  the  Protestant  Episco- 
pal church,  1785-1835;  ed.  by  W.  S.  Perry.    3v.     1874.  .  .r283  P97J 
V.I.    1785-1821. 

V.2.      1823-1835. 

V.3.    Historical  notes  and  documents. 
SATTERLEE,  Henry  Yates,  bp. 

New  testament  churchmanship  and  the  principles  upon  which 

it  was  founded.     1899 283  S25 

"An  attempt  to  differentiate  between  church  principles  as   set  forth  in 
the  New  Testament  itself,  and  church  principles  as  they  appeared  at 
the  time  of  the  Reformation,  in  the  mediaeval  setting  and  interpreta- 
tion of  the  Church  of  Rome."     Preface. 
SEABURY  centenary  handbook;  a  comprehensive  sketch  of  the 
facts  relating  to,  and  the  results  of,  the  consecration  of  Dr 
Seabury  as  the  first  bishop  of  the  American  church,  by  an 

Edinburgh  layman.     1884 283  S43 

SPENCE,  Henry  Donald  Maurice. 

History  of  the  English  church.     1900.     (Temple  primers.). .  .283  S74 
STANLEY,  Arthur  Penrhyn,  dean. 

Historical  memorials  of  Canterbury.     1875 283  S78 

Historical  memorials  of  Westminster  Abbey.    2v.     1882.  .  .283  S78h 

The  same.    3v.     1887  r283  S78hi 

TIFFANY,  Charles  Comfort. 

History  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  church  in  the  United 

States.     1895.     (American  church  history  series.) 283  T45 

Bibliography,   p.  16-24. 
TRACTS  for  the  times  by  members  of  the  University  of  Oxford. 

v.i-2.     1839-40  r283  T67 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  114;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

VAIL,  Thomas  Hubbard. 

The   comprehensive    church;    or.    Christian   unity   in   the 

Protestant  Episcopal  church.     1883 283  V13 

WAKELING,  George. 

Oxford  church  movement;  sketches  and  recollections.     1895.. 283  W14 
WARD,  Wilfrid. 

William  George  Ward  and  the  Oxford  movement.     1890 283  W21 

WHITTAKER'S  churchman's  almanac;  Protestant  Episcopal 
almanac  and  parochial  list.  44th,  48th  year.  1898- 
1902  r283  W65 

284     Protestantism 

CORWIN,  Edward  T. 

History  of  the  Reformed  church,  Dutch,  the  Reformed 
church,  German,  and  the  Moravian  church  in  the  United 
States,  by  E.  T.  Corwin,  J.  H.  Dubbs  and  J.  T.  Hamil- 
ton.   1895.    (American  church  history  series.) 284  C83 


CALVINIST  233 


ENGLAND— Council  of  state. 

Ordinance  appointing  commissioners  for  approbation  of 
publique  preachers.     1889.     (Clarendon  historical  society. 

Reprints.)    qr284  'EJ64 

Reprint  of  the   edition  of  1653. 

HARNACK,  Adolf. 

Thoughts  on  the  present  position  of  Protestantism.     1899.  .284  H28 

LILLEY,  J.P. 

The  principles  of  Protestantism;  an  examination  of  the  doc- 
trinal differences  between  the  Protestant  churches  and  the 
Church  of  Rome.     1898 284  L69 

284.1  Lutheran 

GOOD,  James  Isaac. 

History  of  the  Reformed  church  in  the  United  States, 

1725-1792.     1899 284.1  G62 

JACOBS,  Henry  Eyster. 

History  of  the  Evangelical  Lutheran  church  in  the  United 

States.     1893.     (American  church  history  series.) 284.1  J13 

Bibliography,  p.9-16. 

JACOBS,  Henry  Eyster,  &  Haas,  J.A.W.  comp. 

Lutheran  cyclopedia.     1899  qr284.i  J13 

A  summary  of  the  chief  topics  comprised  in  the  doctrine,  life,  customs, 
history  and  statistics  of  the  Lutheran  church. 

KRAUTH,  Charles  Porterfield,  tr. 

Augsburg  confession,  with  the  additions  of  the  German 
text  incorporated;  together  with  the  general  creeds. 
1868  284.1  K4ia 

KRAUTH,  Charles  Porterfield. 

Conservative  reformation  and  its  theology.     1875 284.1  K+l 

RUOFF,  Frederick. 

Geschichte  der  ersten  deutschen  vereinigten  evangel. 
Protest,     gemeinde  zu  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  anlaszlich  ihres 

hundertjahrigen  jubilaums,  1782-1882.     1882 r284.i  R87 

Contains  interesting  pictures  of  Pittsburgh. 
With  autograph  letter  by  Frederick  Ruoff. 

TITZEL,  John  M.  and  others. 

A  history  of  the  Reformed  church  within  the  bounds  of 

the  Westmoreland  classis.     1877 284.1  TS4 

284.2  Calvinist 

CALVIN,  John. 

Institutes  of  the  Christian  religion.    2v 284.2  C14 

KUYPER,  Abraham. 

Calvinism.     1899.     (The    L.  P.  Stone   lectures  for    1898- 

1899.)    284.2  K44 

Contents:  Calvinism  a  life-system. — Calvinism  and  religion. — Calvinism 
and  politics. — Calvinism  and  science. — Calvinism  and  art. — Calvinism 
and  the  future. 


234  HUGUENOTS 


284.4  Waldenses 

BOMPIANI,  Sophia  V. 

Short  history  of  the  Italian  Waldenses  who  have  inhabited 
the  valleys  of  the  Cottian  Alps  from  ancient  times  to 
the  present.     1897 284.4  B61 

"The  story  of  the  persecutions  of  the  valleys  Dauphine  and  Savoy,  and 
in  Calabria,  can  never  lose  its  interest;  but  so  much  has  been  done  in 
modern  times  to  elucidate  it  that  there  is  no  excuse  for  the  reiteration 
of  the  old  fables  which  identify  the  Waldenses  with  Vigilantius  and 
the  Leonistae."     Nation,  1897. 

284.5  Huguenots 

BAIRD,  Charles  Washington. 

History  of  the  Huguenot  emigration  to  America.  2v.  1885.  .284.5  B16 
Describes  briefly  the  attempted  settlements  in  Brazil  and  Florida  and 
the  colonies  established  in  Acadia,  Canada  and  the  New  Netherlands. 
The  greater  part  is  devoted  to  the  consequences  of  the  revocation 
of  the  Edict  of  Nantes  and  the  history  of  the  refugees,  with  short 
genealogical  notes  concerning  some  of  their  descendants. 
BAIRD,  Henry  Martyn. 

History  of  the  rise  of  the  Huguenots  of  France.    2v.     1895.  .284.5  B167 

"An  excellent  account  of  the  Protestant  movement  in  France  from  the 
accession  of  Francis  I,  in  1515,  to  the  death  of  Charles  IX,  in  1574. 
The  work  is  written  with  a  judicial  moderation  too  often  wanting  in 
the  writings  of  both  Protestants  and  Catholics.  But,  while  the  work 
is  judicial  in  its  tone,  and  is  entirely  free  from  all  attempts  at  what 
would  be  calleu  fine  writing,  the  narrative  is  not  without  genuine 
spirit."     C.  K.  Adams. 

Huguenots  and  Henry  of  Navarre.    2v.     1886 284.5  Bi67hu 

Huguenots  and  the  revocation  of  the  Edict  of  Nantes.     2v. 

1895 284.5  B  i67h 

POOLE,  Reginald  Lane. 

History  of  the  Huguenots  of  the  dispersion  at  the  recall  of 

the  edict  of  Nantes.     1880 284.5  P79 

SMILES,  Samuel. 

Huguenots  in  France  after  the  revocation  of  the  edict  of 
Nantes,  with  Memoirs  of  distinguished  Huguenot  refu- 
gees, and  A  visit  to  the  country  of  the  Vaudois.    1893.  .284.5  S64h 

"Authorities,"  p.  13. 

The  Huguenots;  their  settlements,  churches  and  industries  in 

England  and  Ireland.     1867 284.5  S64 

Huguenots  in  America,  by  G.  P.  Disosway,  p.427-442. 
STAPLETON,  Ammon. 

Memorials  of  the  Huguenots  in  America,  with  special  reference 

to  their  emigration  to  Pennsylvania.     1901  r284.5  S79 

Sketches  the  history  of  the  Huguenots  in  France,  their  colonies  in  vari- 
ous parts  of  the  world,  and,  in  particular,  their  emig^rations  to  Penn- 
sylvania.    The  book  is  of  special  value  to  the  genealogist. 
WEISS,  Charles. 

History  of  the  French  Protestant  refugees,  from  the  revoca- 
tion of  the  Edict  of  Nantes  to  our  own  days.    2v.     1854.  •  284.5  W46 
V.I.     History  of  the   French   Protestants  from  the  promulgation  of  the 
Edict  of  Nantes  by  Henry  IV,  to  its  revocation  by  Louis  XIV. — Ref- 
ugees in  Brandenburgh. — Refugees  in  England. — Refugees  in  America. 
V.2.     Refugees  in  Holland. — Kefugees  in  Switzerland. — Of  the  establish- 
ment of  the   refugees    in   Denmark,    Sweden   and    Russia. —  American 
Huguenots. — Authentic  documents. 


PRESBYTERIAN  235 

284.6     Moravian 

HAMILTON,  John  Taylor. 

History  of  the  Moravian  church,  or  the  Unitas  fratrum, 
or  the  Unity  of  the  brethren,  during  the  eighteenth  and 
nineteenth  centuries.     1900 284.6  H21 

Bibliography,  p.s-8. 

REICHEL,  William  Cornelius,  ed. 

Memorials  of  the  Moravian  church,    v.i.     1870 r284.6  R29 

No  more  published. 
RITTER,  Abraham. 

History  of  the  Moravian  church  in  Philadelphia,  from  its 

foundation  in  1742  to  the  present  time,  (1856).     1857. .  .284.6  R51 

The  same.     1857 r284.6  Rsi 

SCHWEINITZ,  Edmund  de,  &  Schultze,  Augustus. 

Moravians  and  their  faith;  revised  by  J.T.Hamilton. 
1900.      (Special  Moravian  publication  fund  committee. 

Leaflet,  no.2.)   r266  U25b 

Bound  with  United  brethren.    Bericht  der  Heiden-societat  zu  Bethlehem. 


285     Presbyterian 


ALEXANDER,  Gross. 

History  of  the  Methodist  church.  South,  the  United  Pres- 
byterian church,  the  Cumberland  Presbyterian  church 
and  the  Presbyterian  church,  South,  in  the  United 
States,  by  Gross  Alexander,  J.  B.  Scouller,  R.  V.  Foster 
and  T.C.Johnson.  1894.  (American  church  history 
series.)  285  A37 

ALLIANCE  OF  THE  REFORMED  CHURCHES  HOLDING 
THE  PRESYBTERIAN  SYSTEM— General  council. 
Minutes  and  proceedings,  1880-date.    v.2-date.     1880-date 1285  A43 

Title-page  of  v.s-date   reads   Proceedings. 

BREED,  William  Pratt. 

Presbyterianism  three  hundred  years  ago.     1872 285  B72 

CHEESEMAN,  Lewis. 

Differences  between  old  and  new  school  Presbyterians. 

1848 r285  C41 

CRAIGHEAD,  J.  G. 

Scotch  and  Irish  seeds  in  American  soil;  early  history  of 
the  Scotch  and  Irish  churches  and  their  relations  to  the 
Presbyterian  church  of  America.     1878 285  C86 

The  DIVINE  right  hi  church  government;  wherein  it  is  proved 
that  the  Presbyterian  government  by  preaching  and  ruling 
elders  in  sessional,  presbyterial  and  synodical  assemblies, 
may  lay  the  only  lawful  claim  to  a  divine  right  according 
lo  the  Holy  scriptures,  by  sundry  ministers  of  Christ  with- 
in the  city  of  London.     1844 r285  D64 

HAYS,  George  Peirce,  and  others. 

Presbyterians;  a  popular  narrative  of  their  origin,  progress. 


236  PRESBYTERIAN 

doctrines  and  achievements.     1892 285  H37 

List  of  authorities,  p.21-22. 

Chapter  on  the  United  Presbyterian  church  was  written  by  Dr  W.  J. 
Reid  of  Pittsburgh. 

HETHERINGTON,  William  Maxwell. 

History  of  the  Church  of  Scotland  from  the  introduction  of 

Christianity  to  the  period  of  the  disruption  in  1843.     1851.  .r285  H49 
HOWARD,  George  Broadley. 

Rise  and  progress  of  Presbyterianism.     1898 285  H84 

MILLER,  Hugh. 

The  headship  of  Christ,  and  The  rights  of  the  Christian 

people.     1882 285  M69 

MILLER,  Samuel. 

Presbyterianism;  the  truly  primitive  and  apostolical  con- 
stitution of  the  church  of  Christ.    1840 r285  M6g 

OGILVIE,  J.N. 

The  Presbyterian  churches,  their  place  and  power  in  mod- 
ern Christendom,  with  a  chapter  on  the  Presbyterian 

churches  in  the  United  States,  by  A.  C.  Zenos.     1897 285  O17 

PLUMLEY,  Gardiner  Spring,  ed. 

Presbyterian  church  throughout  the  world.    1874 r285  P71 

ROCKWELL,  J.  E. 

Sketches  of  the  Presbyterian  church,  containing  a  brief 
summary  of  arguments  in  favour  of  its  primitive  and 
apostolic  character  and  a  view  of  its  principles,  order 

and  history.     1854 285  R58 

SCOTLAND,  CHURCH  OF— General  assembly. 

Directory  for  family  worship.     1880 r285  Ws6 

Reprint  of  the  edition  published  by  Benjamin  Franklin  in  1745. 
Bound  with  Westminster  assembly's  Directory  for  the  publick  worship 
of  God. 

WESTMINSTER  ASSEMBLY. 

Directory  for  the  publick  worship  of  God;  agreed  upon  by  the 
Assembly  of  divines  at  Westminster,  with  the  commission- 

ters  from  the  Church  of  Scotland.     1880 r285  W56 

Reprint  of  the  edition  published  by  Benjamin  Franklin  in  1745. 

Form  of  presbyterial  church-government  and  of  ordination 
of  ministers;  agreed  upon  by  the  Assembly  of  divines  at 
Westminster,  with  the  commissioners  from  the  Church  of 
Scotland.     1880 r285  W56 

Reprint  of  the  edition  published  by  Benjamin  Franklin  in  1745. 
Bound  with  the  above. 

285.1     Presbyterian  church  in  America 

ALLEN,  Richard  Howe,  ed. 

Leaves  from  a  century  plant;  report  of  the  centennial  cele- 
bration of  Old  Pine  street  church  (Third  Presbyteri- 
an), Philadelphia,  Pa.,  May  29,  1868.    1870 r28s.i  A42 

ARCH  STREET  PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH,  Philadelphia. 

History  of  the  Arch  street  Presbyterian  church.    1883 r28s.i  A66h 

Manual  of  the  Arch  street  Presbyterian  church,     i860 r28s.i  A66 


PRESBYTERIAN  237 

BIRCH,  George  W.F. 

Our  church  and  our  village.     1899 raSs.i  B46 

Contents:  History  of  the  Claysville  Presbyterian  church. — Biographical 
sketch  of  Rev.  Thomas  Hoge. — Reminiscences  of  Claysville,  Pa. 

BLAIKIE,  Alexander. 

History  of  Presbyterianism  in  New  England;  its  introduction, 
growth,  decay,  revival  and  present  mission.    2v.  in  i. 

1881  r285.i  BS2 

BRIGGS,  Charles  Augustus. 

Presbyterian  church  against  C.  A.  Briggs;  amended  charges 
and  specifications  as  delivered  to  Dr  Briggs  by  the  mod- 
erator   in    open    session    of    judicatory,    Nov.    9th,    1892. 

1892  r285.i  B74 

Presbyterian  church  against  C.  A.  Briggs;  argument  of  G. 

W.  F.  Birch,  of  the  prosecuting  committee.     1892 r285.i  B74 

Presbyterian  church  against  C.  A.  Briggs;  argument  of  J.  J. 

Lampe,  of  the  prosecuting  committee.     1892 r285.i  B74 

Presbyterian  church  against  C.  A.  Briggs;  Dr  Lampe's  re- 
ply to  objections  filed  by  Professor  Briggs  under  sec- 
tion 22  of  the  Book  of  discipline.     1892 r285.i  B74 

Presbyterian  church  against  C.  A.  Briggs;  objections  pre- 
sented by  Mr  McCook  to  the  motion  to  strike  out  charges 
IV  and  VII  from  the  amended  charges  and  specifications. 

1892 r285. 1    B74 

Presbyterian  church  in  the  United  States  of  America;  argu- 
ment of  J.  J.  McCook,  of  the  prosecuting  committee. 

1892 r28s.i  B74 

The  above  six  pamphlets  are  bound  together. 
CENTENARY  memorial  of  the  planting  and  growth  of  Presby- 
terianism   in    western    Pennsylvania    and   parts    adjacent. 

1876 r28s.i   C32 

Contents:  Life  and  labors  of  John  McMillan,  by  D.  X.  Junkin.  —  Re- 
ligious history;  early  revivals,  the  "falling  work,"  lay-helpers,  etc,  by 
Aaron  Williams. — Educational  history;  colleges,  academies  and  female 
seminaries,  also  the  history  of  the  Western  theological  seminary,  by 
J.  I.  Brownson. —  Missionary  history,  domestic  and  foreign,  with  bio- 
graphical sketches  of  missionaries,  by  E.  E.  bwift. — Ecclesiastical  his- 
tory, organization  of  presbyteries  and  synods,  with  notices  of  the  ear- 
lier ministers,  by  S.  J.  M.  Eaton. —  Pittsburgh  in  the  last  century,  with 
the  early  history  of  the  First  Presbyterian  church,  by  W.  M.  Darling- 
ton.— The  secular  history,  its  connection  with  the  early  Presbyterian 
church  history  of  south  western  Pennsylvania,  by  James  Veech. — Ad- 
dress, The  future  in  the  light  of  the  past,  by  S.  J.  Wilson. 

CHARTIERS  PRESBYTERY,  Pa. 

Centennial  pamphlet,  containing  addresses  delivered  at  Char- 
tiers  and  North  Buffalo,  in  the  U.  P.  presbytery  of  Char- 
tiers,  1875.     1876 r285.i  C38 

CROCKER,  Zebulon. 

Catastrophe  of  the  Presbyterian  church  in  1837,  including  a 
full  view  of  the  recent  theological  controversies  in  New 

England.     1838  r285.i   CSS 

List  of  publications  on  the  Unitarian  controversy,  p. 298;  list  of  pub- 
lications on  the   New   Haven  controversy,   p. 299-300. 

DONALDSON,  Alexander. 

History  of  the  churches  in  the  Blairsville  presbytery;  pre- 
pared at  its  request  and  read  before  it  in  Blairsville,  Janu- 


238  PRESBYTERIAN 

ary  28th,  1874.     1874 r28s.l  D71 

EATON,  Samuel  John  Mills. 

History  of  the  presbytery  of  Erie.     1868 raSs.i  E19 

ENGLISH  PRESBYTERIAN  CONGREGATION,  Harris- 
burg,  Pa. 

Centennial  memorial,  1794-1894.     1894 raSs.i  E64 

GILLETT,  Ezra  Hall. 

History  of  the  Presbyterian  church  in  the  United  States.    2v. 

1864 285.1  G41 

"Authorities,"  v.i,  p.9-12. 
HODGE,  Charles. 

Constitutional  history  of  the  Presbjrterian  church  in  the  United 

States.    2v.    1839-40 r285.i  H66 

V.l.      1705-1741.  V.2.      I74I-I788. 

HUNTINGDON  PRESBYTERY,  Pa. 

Historical  memorial  of  the  centennial  anniversary  of  the  pres- 
bytery of  Huntingdon,  held  in  1895.     1896 qr285.i  H94 

MURPHY,  Thomas. 

Presbytery  of  the  Log  college;  or,  The  cradle  of  the  Pres- 
byterian church  in  America.     1889 qr28s.i  M97 

"Sources,"  p.14-17. 

Log  college,  established  in  1725  in  the  presbytery  of  Philadelphia,  was 
the  first  institution  in  America  for  the  education  of  Presbyterian 
ministers,  and  the  germ  from  which  Princeton  college  sprang.  This 
history  gives  names  and  dates  (jf  the  organizations,  church  edifices 
and  manses,  pastors,  elders,  seminaries,  and  notable  events  con- 
nected with  the  presbytery  from  the  first. 

NEVIN,  Alfred. 

Churches  of  the  valley;  or.  An  historical  sketch  of  the  old 
Presbyterian  congregations  of  Cumberland  and  Franklin 

counties.  Pa.     1852 r28s.i  N25 

OSMOND,  Jonathan. 

History  of  the  presbytery  of  Luzerne,  Pa.     1897 r285.i  O29 

PATTERSON,  Robert  Mayne. 

American  Presbyterianism  in  its  development  and  growth. 

1896 285.1  P31 

PITTSBURGH,  FIRST  PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH. 

Manual  of  work  and  organization.     1887 r285.i  P67 

PITTSBURGH  SYNOD. 

Records  of  the  synoo  of  Pittsburgh,  from  its  first  organiza- 
tion Sept.  29,  1802,  to  Oct.  1832,  1870-1872,  1874-1881.  1852- 
81 r285.i  P674 

1876-1881  title  reads  Minutes  of  the  synod  of  Pittsburgh.  In  1881  the 
synod  was  dissolved  and  became  part  of  the  synod  of  Pennsylvania. 

PITTSBURGH,  THIRD  PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH. 

Dedicatory  services  of  the  new  edifice,  with  some  account  of 

the  history  of  the  church.     1869 r285.i  P67d 

PRESBYTERIAN  banner;  weekly,     v.so-date.     1863-date.  .  .qr285.i   P922 
v.63-64,  67-68,  76,  82  wanting. 

PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH  IN  PENNSYLVANIA. 

Minutes  of  the  annual  sessions  (3d,  7th,  iith-i2th,  14th- 
date)  of  the  synod  of  Pennsylvania,  1884,  1888,  1892- 
1893,  1895-date.    1884-date r285.i  P9223mi 


PRESBYTERIAN  239 

PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 
Constitution;  its  standards  subordinate  to  the  word  of  God. 

1900  r285.i  P92C 

Contents:  Confession  of  faith.  —  The  larger  catechism. — The  shorter 
catechism. — The  form  of  government. — The  book  of  discipline. — ^The 
directory  for  the  worship  of  God. — Constitutional  rules. — Acts  of  the 
General   assembly. — General   rules   for  judicatories. 

Presbyterian  reunion;  a  memorial  volume,  1837-1871.    1870.  .r285.i  P92P 
Records;  embracing  the  minutes  of  the  presbytery  of  Philadel- 
phia, 1706-16;  minutes  of  the  synod  of  Philadelphia,  1717- 
1758;  minutes  of  the  synod  of  New  York,  1745-1758;  min- 
utes of  the  synod  of  Philadelphia  and  New  York,   1758- 

1788.    1841  r285.i  P92r 

PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES— 
General  assembly. 

Acts  and  proceedings,  1790  and  1791.     1791 r285.i  P92 

Addresses  delivered  at  the  centennial  celebration,  Phila- 
delphia, May  24th,  1888.    1888 r28s.i  P92ad 

Addresses  delivered  at  the  quarter-century  anniversary  of  the 
reunion  of  the  Old  and  New  school  Presbyterian  churches, 

held  in  Pittsburgh.  May  23,  1895.     1895 285.1  P92a 

The  same.     1895 r285.i  P92a 

Addresses:  The  fundamental  doctrines  of  the  Presbyterian  church,  by 
F.  L.  Patton. — The  influence  of  the  Presbyterian  church  upon  other 
churches,  by  H.  M.  Booth. — The  growth  and  future  of  the  reunited 
church,  by  W.   H.   Roberts. 

Digest  compiled  from  the  records  of  the  General  assembly 
of  the  Presbyterian  church  and  of  the  late  synod  of 
New  York  and  Philadelphia  of  their  acts  and  proceed- 
ings; with  a  short  account  of  the  missions  conducted 
by  the  Presbyterian  church.     1820 r28s.i  P92d 

Minutes,  1821-1828,  1848-1849,  1853,  1866-1867,  1870-1872,  1874- 

1877,  1879-1882,  1885-1890,  1892-1897.     1821-97 r285.i  P92ni 

Report  of  the  Assembly's  committee  on  the  revision  of  the 
confession   of   faith;   adopted   in    session    at    Portland, 

Oregon,  May  27,  1892.     1892 r285.i  P92re 

PRESBYTERIAN  popery;  animadversions  upon  the  decision 
of  the  last  general  assembly  of  the  Presbyterian  church  re- 
specting the  third  congregation,  Philadelphia.     1814 r285.i  P9222 

PRESBYTERIANISM,  the  revolution,  the  declaration  and  the 

constitution r285. 1  P9224 

Extract  from  the  Southern  Presbyterian  review. 

REDSTONE  PRESBYTERY. 

Minutes  of  the  presbytery  of  Redstone;  from  the  organi- 
zation, Sept.  19,  1781  to  Dec.  1831.     1878 qr28s.i  R27 

SLOAN,  D.  H.  ed. 

History  of  the  presbytery  of  Kittanning,  with  its  churches 

and  schools.     1888  r285.i  S63 

SMITH,  Joseph,  1796-1868. 

Old   Redstone;   or,    Historical   sketches   of  western   Presby- 

terianism.     1854 r285.i   S6s 

The  same.     1854 285.1  S65 

16 


240  PRESBYTERIAN 

SWOPE,  Gilbert  Ernest. 

History  of  the  Big  Spring  Presbyterian  church,  Newville,  Pa., 

1737-1898.     1898 285.1   S99 

THOMPSON,  Robert  Ellis. 

History  of  the  Presbyterian  churches  in  the  United  States. 

1895.     (American  church  history  series.) 285.1  T38 

Bibliogfraphy,  p.  11-13.  ' 

WASHINGTON,  Pa.  FIRST  PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH. 
Sermons,  addresses  and  proceedings   connected   with  the 
completion  of  the  twenty-fifth  year  of  the  pastorate  of 
Rev.  James   I.  Brownson   in   the   First   Presbyterian 

church,  Washington,  Pa.     1874 r285.i  W272 

WASHINGTON  PRESBYTERY,  Pa. 

History  of  the  presbytery  of  Washington.    1889 r285.i  W27 

WEBSTER,  Richard. 

History  of  the   Presbyterian  church  in  America  until   1760, 

with  biographical  sketches  of  its  early  ministers.     1858.  ..r28s.i  W38 
Memoir  of  the  author,  p.  11-43. 

WILSON,  Joseph  Miller,  ed. 

Presbyterian  historical  almanac  and  annual  remembrancer 

of  the  church,     v.2.     i860 T2&5.1  W76 

WINES,  Enoch  Cobb. 

Conversation  becoming  the  gospel  of  Christ;  a  farewell  ser- 
mon preached  in  the  church  of  Upper  Ten-mile,  March  27, 
1859.     1859   r285.i   W78 

Bound  with  the   following. 

Historical  discourse  commemorative  of  the  Presbyterian 
church  of  Upper  Ten-mile,  Pa.,  delivered  March  29,  1859. 
1859   r285.i   W78 

285.3     Cumberland  Presbyterian 

STEPHENS,  J.V. 

The  causes  leading  to  the  organization  of  the  Cumberland 

Presbyterian  church.     1898 285.3  S83 

Bibliography,  p.5-9. 

285.4     United  Presbyterian 

HARPER,  R.D. 

Church  memorial,  containing  facts  connected  with  the  Asso- 
ciate   and   Associate   reform    churches    previous   to   their 

union  as  the  United  Presbyterian  church.    1858 r285.4  H28 

PITTSBURGH,  FIRST  UNITED  PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH. 
Quarter  centennial  anniversary  of  the  installation  of  W.  J. 

Reid  as  pastor,  April  7th,  1887.     1887 r285.4  P67 

REID,  William  James. 

United  Presbyterianism.     1892 285.4  R31 

SCOULLER,  James  Brown,  comp. 

Manual  of  the  United  Presbyterian  church  of  North  America, 

1751-1887.    1887 r285.4  S43 


CONGREGATIONAL  241 


285.5     Reformed  Presbyterian 

REFORMED  PRESBYTERIAN  CHURCH. 

Memorial  volume;  covenant  renovation  by  the  synod  of 
the  Reformed  Presbyterian  church  in  North  America. 
1872 285.5  R28m 

Reformation  principles  exhibited  by  the  Reformed  Pres- 
byterian church  in  the  United  States 285.5  R28 

SPRAGUE,  William  Buel. 

Annals  of  the  American  associate,  Associate  reformed  and 

Reformed  Presbyterian  pulpit.     1869 285.5  S76 

The  same  as  v.9  of  Sprague's  "Annals  of  the  American  pulpit,"  except 
that  the  latter  contains  also  annals  of  the  Lutheran  and  Reformed 
Dutch  churches. 


285.6     Minor  Presbyterian  sects 

BROWN,  Rev.  Thomas. 

Annals  of  the  disruption;  consisting  chiefly  of  extracts  from 
the  autograph  narratives  of  ministers  who  left  the  Scot- 
tish establishment  in  1843.    2v.  in  i.     1878 285.6  B81 

MACKERROW,  John. 

History  of  the  Secession  church.    1854 r285.6  M18 

HISTORICAL  notes  relating  to  the  Pennsylvania  reformed 
church;  ed.  by  H.  S.  Dotterer;  monthly,  May  1899-Apr. 

1900.    V.I.     1900 qr285.7  H62 

.  No  more  published. 

285.8     Congregational 

CONGREGATIONAL  quarterly;  Jan.  1859-Oct.  1878.    20v. 

1859-78 r28s.8  C74 

No  more  published. 

v.io  contains  an  index  to  the  first  lo  volumes,  v.20,  to  the  last  10. 

DUNNING,  Albert  Elijah. 

Congregationalists  in  America;  a  popular  history  of  their 

origin,  belief,  polity,  growth  and  work.    1894 285.8  D92 

WALKER,  Williston. 

History  of  the  congregational  churches  in  the  United  States. 

1897.     (American  church  history  series.) 285.8  W17 

Bibliography,  p.9-13. 

285.9     Puritanism 

BACON,  Leonard. 

Genesis  of  the  New  England  churches.     1874 285.9  B13 

"The  author's  aim  was  first  of  all  to  search  out  the  causes  and  courses 
of  events  in  the  old  world  by  which  these  New  England  churches  were 
brought  into  being.  The  present  volume  brings  the  pilgrims  to  Ply- 
mouth and  follows  them  through  10  years  of  their  settlement  at  that 
place."    New  Englander,  1875. 


242  BAPTIST 

286     Baptist 

BAPTIST  CONGRESS. 

Proceedings  of  the  Baptist  congress  (2d-date),  1883-date. 

1883-date  r286  B22 

Proceedings  of  the  3d  congress  wanting. 

Title  page  of  v.2  reads  Proceedings  of  the  second  annual  Baptist  autum- 
nal conference. 

BENEDICT,  David. 

General  history  of  the  Baptist  denomination.    2v.     1813 r286  B43 

BRUMBAUGH,  Martin  Grove. 

History  of  the  German  Baptist  brethren  in  Europe  and  America. 

1899 r286  B83 

Sect  commonly  known  as  the  Dunkers. 

CATHCART,  William,  ed. 

Baptist  ^cyclopaedia ;  a  dictionary  of  the  doctrines,  ordinances, 

usages  and  general  history  of  the  denomination.    1881 qr286  C28 

DAVIS,  J. 

History  of  the  Welsh  Baptists,  63-1770.     1835 r286  D31 

FALKENSTEIN,  George  N. 

History  of  the  German  Baptist  brethren  church.    1901 q286  F19 

Reprinted  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  Pennsylvania-German  society, 
V. ID,  where  it  appeared  with  the  title,  "German  Baptist  brethren,  or 
Dunkers." 

GREAT  BETHEL  BAPTIST  CHURCH,  Uniontown,  Pa. 
Exercises   commemorating  the    125th   anniversary   of  the 

Great  Bethel  Baptist  church,  Nov.  1895.     1895 r286  G82 

KURTZ,  Henry,  ed. 

Brethren's   encyclopedia,   containing  the  united  counsels  and 
conclusions  of  the  Brethren  at  their  annual  meetings ;  tr. 

and  arranged,  with  notes.     1867 r286  K43 

LAMECH,  &  Agrippa. 

Chronicon  Ephratense;  a  history  of  the  Seventh  day  Baptists 

at  Ephrata.  Lancaster  county.  Pa.     1889 r286  L18 

NEWMAN,  Albert  Henry,  ed. 

Century  of  Baptist  achievement.     1901   286  N28C 

Thirty  chapters  by  as  many  different  contributors.  There  is  first  a 
survey  of  Baptist  history  before  1801,  then  chapters  on  English, 
Scotch  and  Welsh  Baptists  in  the  19th  century,  followed  by  sketches 
of  Baptist  conditions  in  the  different  sections  of  the  United  States, 
in  Canada  and  in  Australia.  There  are  also  chapters  on  the  mission- 
ary work  of  the  society,  on  its  newspapers,  periodicals,  educational 
work  and  contributions  to  literature,  its  pulpit  and  the  movement  of 
its  theological  thought. 

NEWMAN,  Albert  Henry. 

History  of  the  Baptist  churches  in  the  United  States.     1894. 

(American  church  history  series.) 286  N28 

Bibliography,  p.  11-15. 

PENNSYLVANIA  BAPTIST  CONVENTION. 

Annual  reports  (17th,  34th,  36th-37th,  40th-4ist,  44th,  46th- 

47th,  49th-68th),   for    1853,    1861,    1863-1864,    1867-1868, 

1871,  1873-1874,  1876-1895.     1853-95 r286  P39 

40th-62d    reports,    1867- 1889    title    reads    Pennsylvania    Baptist    general 

association. 
63d-68th  reports,  1890-1895  title  reads  Pennsylvania  Baptist  state  mission 

society. 


METHODIST  243 


PITTSBURGH  BAPTIST  ASSOCIATION. 

Minutes,  1839-date.    1839-date r286  P674 

PITTSBURGH,  FIRST  BAPTIST  CHURCH. 

Directory,  1872.  1872 r286  P67d 

PITTSBURGH,  FOURTH  AVENUE  BAPTIST  CHURCH. 

Annual,  1884,  1887/88-date.     i88s-date r286  P67 

Approximate  religious  statistics  in  the  cities  of  Pittsburgh 

and  Allegheny,  1884.     1884 r286  B47 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Calendar  for  the  week,  April  5,  1891-date.     1891-date r286  P670 

Continuation  of  Our  church  messenger. 

Directory,  1875,  1883,  1892,  1894-1895,  1900.     1875-1901  r286  P67d 

Directory  for  1900  contains  Synopsis  of  reports  of  the  annual  meeting 

held  Nov.  13,  1900. 
Bound  with  Directory  of  the  First  Baptist  church,  Pittsburgh. 

Our  church  messenger;  weekly,  Nov.  10,  1888-March  28,  1891. 

V.1-3,  no.2i,  in  I.     1888-91 .^.  .r286  P670 

Continued  as  Calendar  for  the  week. 
Report  of  the  investigating  committee  in  the  case  of  the  Rev. 

Dr.   Pearson.     1877 r286  B47 

Seventy-fifth  anniversary  of  the  First  Baptist  church,  now  the 

Fourth  Avenue  Baptist  church,  1812-1887.    1887 r286  B47 

Contains  manuscript  notes  and  clippings. 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PITTSBURGH,  UNION  REGULAR  BAPTIST  CHURCH. 
Members  manual,  containing  a  sketch  of  its  origin,  the  declar- 
ation of  faith,  church  covenant,  rules  of  order  and  discip- 
line, and  list  of  members.     1854 r286  B473 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
SACHSE,  Julius  Friedrich. 

German  sectarians  of  Pennsylvania ;  a  critical  and  legendary 
history  of  the  Ephrata  cloister  and  the  Dunkers.    2v. 
1899-1900.     (Religious  history  of  Pennsylvania,  v.2-3.)  ...qr286  S12 

V.I.     1708-1742. 

V.2.       1 742-1800. 

The  same.     v.i.     1899.     (Religious  history  of  Pennsylvania, 

v.2.)    q286  S12 

SCHROEDER,  Gustavus  Wilhelm. 

History  of  the  Swedish  Baptists  in  Sweden  and  America.    1898.  .286  S38 
VEDDER,  Henry  Clay. 

History  of  the  Baptists  in  the  middle  states.     1898.     (Baptist 

historj-  series.)    286  V24 

Short  history  of  the  Baptists.    1891 286  V24S 

Contents:  The  primitive  church. — The  persecuted  church. — The  evange- 
lizing church. 

WILLIAMS,  Rev.  Samuel,  of  Pittsburgh. 

Reply  to  Lectures  on  the  nature,  subjects  and  mode  of  Chris- 
tian baptism  by  J.  T.  Pressly.     1853  r286  B473 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 


287     Methodist 


ANNAN,  William. 

Difficulties  of  Arminian  Methodism.     1861 287  A61 


244  UNITARIAN 

BUCKLEY,  James  Monroe. 

History  of  Methodists  in  the  United  States.     1896.     (Ameri- 
can church  history  series.) 287  B8s 

Bibliography,  p.  11-15. 

The  same.    2v.     1898 287  B85h 

Bibliography,  v.i,  p.^i3- 

Title  page  of  the  2  volume  edition  reads  "History  of  Methodism  in  the 
United  States." 

MARSDEN,  Joshua. 

Poems  on  Methodism,  embracing  "The  conference,"  and 
"American  Methodism,  a  plea  for  unity,"  by  William 

Hunter.     1848 r287  M41 

METHODIST  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH. 

Manual  for  the  members  and  preachers  within  the  bounds  of    • 

the  Pittsburgh  annual  conference.     1836 r287  M64 

METHODIST  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH— General  conference. 
Journal  of  the  general  conference  held  in  Brooklyn,  1872;  ed. 

by  W.  L.  Harris  and  G.  W.  Woodruff r287  M646 

PITTSBURGH,  FIRST  METHODIST  PROTESTANT 
CHURCH. 

Closing  services.  May,  1892.  1892 r287  P67 

SIMPSON,  Matthew,  bp. 

A  hundred  years  of  Methodism.     1876 287  S61 

SNELL,  Frederick  John. 

Wesley  and  Methodism.     1900.     (World's  epoch-makers.)  ..  .287  S67 
STEPHENS,  David  Stubert. 

Wesley  and  episcopacy.     1892 r287  S83 

STEVENS,  Abel. 

Centenary  of  American  Alethodism,  with  a  statement  of 
the  plan  of  the  centenary  celebration  of  1866,  by  John 

M'Clintock.     1865  r287  S84C 

Memorials  of  the  introduction  of  Methodism  into  the  east- 
ern states.    1848 r287  S84 

WESLEY,  John,  &  Charles. 

Minutes  of  several  conversations  between  John  and  Charles 

Wesley  and  others.    1770 r287  WS5 

With  autograph  letter  by  T.  B.  Sargent. 

288     Unitarian 

ALLEN,  Joseph  Henry. 

History  of   the    Unitarians   and   the   Universalists   in   the 

United  States  by  J.  H.  Allen  and  Richard  Eddy.     1894. 

(American  church  history  series.) 288  A42 

Bibliography  of  Universalism,  P.25J-2S4. 
Our  liberal  movement  in  theology;  chiefly  as  shown  in  recol-     "^ 

lections  of  the  history  of  Unitarianism  in  New  England; 

with  sequel.    2v.    1892-97 288  A430 

Contains  chapters  on  Parker,  Channing  and  Hedge. 
Ten  discourses  on  orthodoxy.     1889 288  A42d 

Discourses:  Orthodox  theory  of  Christianity. — General  objections  to  or- 
thodoxy.— The  Trinity. — Deity  of  Christ. — The  vicarious  atonement. — 
Depravity  of  human  nature. — Eternal  punishment. — Scripture  infalli- 
bility.— History  and  position  of  orthodoxy. — Liberal  Christianity. 


MINOR  CHRISTIAN  SECTS  245 

ALLEN,  Joseph  Henry,  and  others. 

Unitarianism;  its  origin  and  history.    1895 288  A42U 

Contents:  Early  Christian  doctrine,  by  J.  H.  Allen.  —  Christianity  from 
the  5th  to  the  isth  century,  by  A.  P.  Peabody. — Unitarianism  and  the 
reformation,  by  S.  C.  Beach.  —  Unitarianism  in  England,  by  Brooke 
Herford. — The  contact  of  American  Unitarianism  and  German  thought, 
by  J.  H.  Allen.- — The  church  and  the  parish  in  Massachusetts,  by  G.  E. 
Ellis. — Early  New  England  Unitarians,  by  A.  P.  Peabody. — Channing, 
by  G.  VV.  Briggs. — Transcendentalism,  the  New  England  renaissance, 
by  Francis  Tiffany. — Theodore  Parker,  by  S.  B.  Stewart. — Unitarian- 
ism and  modern  literature,  by  Francis  Hornbrooke. — Unitarianism  and 
modern  biblical  criticism,  by  James  De  Normandie. — Unitarianism  and 
modern  scientific  thought,  by  T.  R.  Slicer. — The  law  of  righteousness, 
by  George  Batchelor. — The  relation  of  Unitarianism  to  philosophy,  by 
C.  C.  Everett. — Ecclesiastical  and  denominational  tendencies,  by  Grin- 
dall  Reynolds. 

BARROWS,  Samuel  June. 

A  Baptist  meeting-house,  the  staircase  to  the  old  faith,  the 

open  door  to  the  new.     1890 288  B26 

CLARKE,  James  Freeman. 

Orthodoxy,  its  truths  and  errors.     1897 288  C53 

HALL,  Edward  Henry. 

Ten  lectures  on  orthodoxy  and  heresy  in  the  Christian  church. 

1891 288  H17 

HEDGE,  Frederic  Henry,  and  others. 

Unitarian  affirmations;  seven  discourses  by  Unitarian 

ministers.    ,1895 288  H39 

Contents:  The  universal  and  the  special  in  Christianity,  by  F.  H.  Hedge. 
— The  Bible,  by  J.  F.  Clarke. — God,  by  A.  P.  Peabody. — ^Jesus  Christ, 
by  Brooke  Herford. — Man,  by  G.  W.  Briggs. — The  church ;  the  society 
which  Jesus  gathered,  by  Rufus  Ellis. — The  life  eternal;  heaven  and 
hell,   by   S.    R.    Calthorp.  i 

LLOYD,  Walter. 

Story  of  Protestant  dissent  and  English  Unitarianism. 

1899 288  L75 

"Principal  authorities  consulted,"  p.ii-15. 
SAVAGE,  Minot  Judson. 

My  creed.     1887 288  S26 

Our  Unitarian  gospel.     1898 288  S260 

Religion  for  to-day.     1897 288  S26r 

Fourteen  sermons  preached  to  Mr  Savage's  New  York  congregation. 

289     Minor  Christian  sects 

TYLER,  Benjamin  Bushrod,  and  others. 

History  of  the  Disciples  of  Christ,  the  Society  of  Friends, 
the  United  Brethren  in  Christ,  and  the  Evangelical 
association,  by  B.  B.  Tyler,  A.  C.  Thomas,  R.  H.  Thom- 
as, D.  Berger,  and  S.  P.  Spreng,  and  Bibliography  of 
American  church  history  by  S.  M.  Jackson.     1894. 

(American  church  history  series.) 289  T97 

Each  article  is  preceded  by  a  bibliography. 

JENNINGS,  Obadiah. 

Debate  on  Campbellism,  held  at  Nashville,  Tennessee,  in 
which  the  principles  of  Alexander  Campbell  are  confuted 

and  his  conduct  examined.     1832 r289.2  J26 

"Memoir  of  the  author,"  p. 5-27. 


246  MINOR  CHRISTIAN  SECTS 

NEW-CHURCH  review;  a  quarterly  journal  of  the  Christian 
thought  and  life  set  forth  from  the  Scriptures  by  Eman- 
uel Swedenborg.     v.i-date.     1894-date r289.4  N26 

NEW  JERUSALEM  magazine;  monthly,  July-Dec.  1870;  Jan. 

1887-Oct.  1893.     Old  ser.  v.43;  new  ser.  v.ii-17.     1870-93 .. r289.4  N281 

Index,  1827-1872,  V.  1-44.      1882. 

V.I-  contains  index  for  new  ser.  v.  1-17. 

ODHNER,  C.  Theophilus. 

Brief  view  of  the  heavenly  doctrines  revealed  in  the  theo- 
logical writings  of  Emanuel  Swedenborg.     1897 289.4  O14 

PARSONS,  Theophilus. 

The  infinite  and  the  finite.     1872 289.4  P26 

The  Swedenborg  doctrine. 

SWEDENBORG,  Emanuel. 

Angelic  wisdom  concerning  the  divine  love  and  the  divine 

wisdom.     1885 289.4  S97an 

Angelic  wisdom  concerning  the  divine  providence.     1892. . .  .289.4  S97a 
Apocalypse  explained  according  to  the  spiritual  sense.     6v. 

1890-97  289.4  S97ap 

Apocalypse  revealed.    2v.     1883-87 289.4  S97apo 

Arcana  caelestia;  the  heavenly  arcana.     lov.     1882-92 289.4  S97ar 

Compendium  of  his  theological  and  spiritual  writings,  with  a 

life  of  the  author.     1853 qr289.4  S97C 

Delights  of  wisdom  pertaining  to  conjugial  love.     1892 289.4  S97d 

Four  leading  doctrines  of  the  New  Church.     1892 289.4  S97 

Heaven  and  hell.     1885 289.4  S97h 

Miscellaneous  theological  works.     1892 289.4  S97m 

True  Christian  religion.     1892 289.4  S97t 

BARCLAY,  Robert,  1648-1690. 

Apology  for  the  true  Christian  divinity.     1675 289.6  B23 

Views  of  Christian  doctrine  held  by  the  Society  of  Friends. 

1882  289.6  B23V 

BOWDEN,  James. 

History  of  the  Society  of  Friends  in  America.    2v.     1850-54.  .289.6  B66 
EVANS,  Charles,  comp. 

Friends  in  the  17th  century.    1885 289.6  E946 

EVANS,  Thomas. 

Concise  account  of  the  Society  of  Friends 289.6  E94 

Exposition  of  the  faith  of  the  Society  of  Friends.    1878 289.6  E94e 

HAZARD,  Caroline. 

Narragansett  Friends'  meeting  in  the  i8th  century;  with  a 

chapter  on  Quaker  beginnings  in  Rhode  Island.    1899.  .289.6  H37 
PENN,  William. 

Collection  of  his  works,  to  which  is  prefixed  a  journal  of  his 

life.     2v.     1726 qr289.6  P39C 

A  key  opening  the  way  to  distinguish  the  religion   of  the 

Quakers  from  perversions  and  misrepresentations 289.6  P39 

Bound  with  his  Rise  and  progress  of  the  people  called  Quakers. 

No  cross,  no  crown 289.6  P39n 

Primitive  Christianity  revived  in  the  Quakers.     1857 r289.6  P39P 

Memoir  of  Penn,  by  James  W.  Brown,  p.7-61. 
Rise  and  progress  of  the  people  called  Quakers 289.6  P39 


NON-CHRISTIAN  247 

Select  works,  to  which  is  prefixed  a  journal  of  his  life. 

1771 qr289.6    P39S 

SEWEL,  William. 

History  of  the  rise,  increase  and  progress  of  the  people  called 

Quakers.    2v.  in  i 289.6  S51 

SPEAKMAN,  Thomas  H. 

Divisions  in  the  Society  of  Friends.     1896 289.6  S74 

EADS,  H.  L. 

Shaker  sermons,  scripto-rational;  containing  the  substance 

of  Shaker  theology.     1879 r289.8  E12 

YOUNGS,  Benjamin  Seth. 

Testimony  of  Christ's  second  appearing,   exemplified  by 
the  principles  and  practice  of  the  true  church  of  Christ, 
published  by  the  United  Society  called  Shakers.    1856.  .r289.8  Y41 
OAHSPE;   a   new   Bible   in  the   words   of   Jehovih   and    his 

angel  ambassadors.     1891 qr289.9  Oi  i 

ROBERTS,  Robert. 

Christendom  astray;  or,  Popular  theology  shewn  to  be  un- 
scriptural,   and  the  true  nature  of  the  ancient  apostolic 

faith.     1897 289.9  R53 

Originally  published  as  "Twelve  lectures  on  the  true  teaching  of  the 
Bible." 
TCHERTKOFF,  Vladimir,  ed. 

Christian  martyrdom  in  Russia;  an  account  of  the  members 
of  the  universal  brotherhood  of  Doukhobortsi  now  migrating 

from  the  Caucasus  to  Canada.     1899 289.9  T26 

Contains  a  chapter  and  letter  by  Leo  Tolstoi. 


290     Non-Christian 

BARROWS,  John  Henry. 

Christian  conquest  of  Asia;  studies  and  personal  observa- 
tions of  oriental  religions;  the  Morse  lectures  of  1898. 

1899  290  B26 

CLARKE,  James  Freeman. 

Ten  great  religions.     2v.     1894 290  C52 

FAITHS  of  the  world.     1882 290  F17 

Contents:  Brahraanism,  Buddhism,  by  John  Caird.  —  Confucianism,  by 
George  Matheson. — Zoroaster  and  the  Zend  Avesta,  by  John  Milne. — 
Religion  of  ancient  Greece,  by  William  Milligan. — Religion  of  ancient 
Rome,  by  James  MacGregor. — Teutonic  and  Scandinavian  religion,  by 
G.  S.  Burns. — Ancient  religions  of  Central  America,  by  J.  M.  Lang. — 
Judaism,  by  M.  C.  Taylor.  —  Mahommedanism,  by  J.  C.  Lees.  —  Chris- 
tianity in  relation  to  other  religions,  by  Robert  Flint. 
FRADENBURGH,  Jason  Nelson. 

Fire  from  strange  altars.    1891 290  F85 

Contents:    Religion  in  the  land  between  the  rivers,  (Babylonia  and  As- 
syria).— The  gods  of  the  Phoenicians. — ^The  faith  of  the  pharaohs. 
GREAT  religions  of  the  world.     1901  290  G82 

Contents:  Confucianism  in  the  nineteenth  century,  by  H.  A.  Giles. — 
Buddhism,  by  T.  W.  R.  Davids.  —  Mohammedanism  in  the  nineteenth 
century,  by  Oskar  Mann. — Brahminism,  by  Sir  A.  C.  Lyall. — Zoroas- 
trianism  and  the  Parsis,  by  D.  Menant. —  Sikhism  and  the  Sikhs,  by 
Sir  Lepel  Griffin. — Postivism,  its  position,  aims  and  ideals,  by  Fred- 
eric Harrison.  —  Babism,  by   E.  D.  Ross.  —  Jews  and  Judaism  in  the 


248  NON-CHRISTIAN 

nineteenth  century,  by  M.  Gaster. —  The  outlook  for   Christianity,  by 
Washington  Gladden. — Catholic  Christianity,  by  Cardinal  Gibbons. 

GROSS,  Joseph  B. 

Heathen  religion  in  its  popular  and  symbolical  develop- 
ment.    1856 r290  G93 

HOWARD,  Eliot. 

Studies  of  non-Christian  religions.     1900.     (Non-Christian 

religious  systems.)    290  H84 

Contents:  Pagan  or  heathen  religions. — Brahmanism  or  Hinduism. — His- 
torical and  southern  Buddhism. — Religions  of  Tibet,  Mongolia,  China 
and  Japan. — Mohammedanism  or  Islam. 

The  MESSAGE  of  the  world's  religions.    1898 290  M64 

Contents:  Judaism,  by  Gustav  Gottheil. — Buddhism,  by  T.  W.  R.  Davids. 
— Confucianism,  by  A.  H.  Smith. — Mohammedanism,  by.  George  Wash- 
burn.— Brahmanism,   by    C.  R.  Lanman. — Christianity,    by   Lyman   Ab- 
bott. 
Reprinted  from  the  Outlook. 

Sympathetic,  intelligent  expositions,  each  by  an  authority  on  the  subject 
of  which  he  treats.  They  are  marred  neither  by  hostile  criticism  nor 
by  uncritical  sentimentalism. 

MULLER,  Max,  ed. 

Sacred  books  of  the  East;  tr.  by  various  Oriental  scholars. 

v.i-47,  49.     1879-1900 r290  M95 

V.I,  15.    Upanishads. 

V.2,   14.     Sacred  laws  of  the  Aryas. 

V.3,  16,  27-28,  39-40.    Sacred  books  of  China. 

V.4,  23,  31.     The  Zend-Avesta. 

v.s,  18,  24,  37,  47.    Pahlavi  texts. 

V.6,  9.    The  Qur'an. 

V.7.    The  institutes  of  Vishnu. 

v.8.     Bhagavadgita,  with  the  Sanatsugatiya  and  the  Anupta. 

v.io.    Dhammapada. 

v.ii.    Buddhist  Suttas. 

V.12,  26,  41,  43-44.    Satapatha-Brahmana. 

v.  13,  17,  20.  Vinaya  texts. 

V.19.    Fo-sho-hing-tsan-king. 

V.21.    Saddharma-pundarika. 

V.22,  45.     Gaina  sutras. 

V.25.    Laws  of  Manu. 

v.29-30.    Grihya-sutras. 

V.32,  46.      Vedic  hymns. 

v.33.    Minor  law-books. 

V.34,  38.    Vedanta-sutras. 

^.35-36.    Questions  of  King  Milinda. 

V.42.    Hymns  of  the  Atharva-Veda. 

v.49.    Buddhist  Mahayana  texts. 

PAINE,  Levi  Leonard. 

Ethnic  trinities  and  their  relations  to  the  Christian  Trinity;  a 

chapter  in  the  comparative  history  of  religions.     1901 290  P16 

"Compares  the  Christian  Trinity  with  the  ethnic  trinities,  to  the  for- 
mer's partial  disadvantage;  views  the  Bible  as  a  purely  human  collec- 
tion of  imperfect  writings;  regards  the  wonder-stories  attaching  to  the 
birth  and  death  of  Jesus  as  deserving  no  credence;  assigns  to  Jesus  a 
purely  human  nature;  and... denies  to  Christianity  any  supernatural 
character  whatsoever . . .  Professor  Paine's  study  of  the  various  ethnic 
trinities  is  of  great  value."     Nation,   1902. 

Written  during  the  author's  professorship  of  ecclesiastical  history  in  the 
Bangor  theological  seminary. 

PURCHAS,  Samuel. 

Purcas  his  pilgrimage;  or,  Relations  of  the  world  and  the 
religions  observed  in  all  ages  and  places  discovered, 
from  the  creation  unto  this  present,  in  four  parts,    v.i. 


MYTHOLOGY  249 


1614   qr290  P98 

V.I.     A  theological  and  geographical  historic  of  Asia,  Africa  and  Amer- 
ica, with  the  ilands  adjacent. 
No  more  published. 

TYLOR,  Edward  Burnett. 

Primitive  culture.    2v.     1889 290  T97 

"His  productions  are  clear  in  style,  rich  in  learning,  and  methodical  in 
arrangement.  The  doctrine  of  the  survival  of  culture,  the  bearing  of 
the  use  of  directly  expressive  language  and  of  the  invention  of  num- 
erals on  the  advancement  of  early  civilization,  the  place  of  myth  in  the 
early  history  of  the  human  mind,  the  development  of  the  animistic 
philosophy  of  religion,  and  the  origin  of  rites  and  ceremonies  are  some 
of  tne  subjects  that  receive  treatment  at  his  hands."     C.  K.  Adams. 

291     Comparative  and  general  mythology 

cox,  Sir  George  William. 

Introduction  to  the  science  of  comparative  mythology  and 

folklore.     1883 291  CSsi 

Discusses  the  principal  classical  myths  in  connection  with  their  early 
Aryan  prototypes,  the  cosmical  origins  of  which  are  indicated  and 
explained. 

Mythology  of  the  Aryan  nations.     1887 291  C8s 

"A  book  that  no  one  who  pretends  to  speak  with  the  slightest  authority 
on  the  subject  of  general  mythologry  can  afford  to  neglect.  The  author 
adopts,  in  the  main,  the  theories  first  promulgated  by  Professor  Max 
Mtilller,  and,  by  elaborating  them,  shows  that  the  epic  poems  of  the 
Aryan  nations  are  simply  different  versions  of  the  same  story,  and 
that  this  story  has  its  origin  in  the  phenomena  of  the  natural  world." 
C  K.  Adams. 

DE  KAY,  Charles. 

Bird  gods.    1898 291  D38 

Traces  the  worship  of  birds  in  the  ancient  religions  of  Europe;  showing 
how  many  myths  and  legends,  and  even  existing  customs  and  associa- 
tions have  their  origin  in  a  far-distant  bird  worship. 

FRAZER,  James  George. 

The  golden  bough;  a  study  in  comparative  religion.     2v. 

•  1894  291   F89 

An  attempt  to  explain  the  rule  of  succession  to  the  priesthood  of  Diana 
at  Aricia.  It  throws  light  on  some  obscure  or  neglected  facts  in 
primitive  religion,  especially  in  the  early  religion  of  the  European 
Aryans. 

GOBLET  d'ALVIELLA,  Eugene,  comte. 

Histoire  religieuse  du  feu.     1886 r29i  GS4 

A  consideration  of  the  part  played  by  fire  in  the  development  of  theolo- 
gy and  mythology,  and  in  the  various  religious  observances  of  primi- 
tive peoples. 

HEWITT,  James  Francis  Katharinus. 

History  and  chronology  of  the  myth-making  age.     1901 .  . .  .291  H49 
Contents:  The  age  of  pole  star  worship. — The  age  of  lunar-solar  worship. 

— Solar  worship. 
"It  is  the  history  of  the  various  and  consecutive  series  of  year-reckon- 
ings calculated  by  the  dominant  races,  who  ruled  the  growing  world, 
in  their  attempts  to  learn  the  laws  of  time  measurement,  which  is  the 
principal  subject  dealt  with  in  this  book."     Preface. 

KASTNER,  Jean  Georges. 

Les  sirenes,  essai  sur  les  mythes  relatifs  a  I'incantation,  suivi 
de  Le  reve  d' Oswald;  ou,  Les  sirenes,  symphonic  drama- 
tique.    1858 qr29i  K13 


250  MYTHOLOGY 


KEARY,  Charles  Francis. 

Outlines  of  primitive  belief  among  the  Indo-European  races. 

1882 291  K15 

LANG,  Andrew. 

Custom  and  myth.     1885   291  L23 

Contents:  The  method  of  folklore. — The  bull  roarer. — The  myth  of  C  o- 
nus. — Cupid,  Psyche  and  the  sun-frog. — A  far-travelled  tale. — Apollo 
and  the  mouse. — Star  myths. — Moly  and  Mandragora. — The  Kalevala. 
—  The  divining  rod.  —  Hottentot  mythology.  —  Fetichism  and  the  in- 
finite.— The  early  history  of  the  family. — The  art  of  savages. 
Essays  upon  a  variety  of  folk-lore  topics,  written  in  a  popular  and  high- 
ly agreeable  style,  in  which  the  anthropologic,  as  opposed  to  the  schol- 
astic and  linguistic  method  of  research  is  advocated,  with  illustrations 
drawn  from  the  comparison  of  widely  diffused  customs  and  tales  among 
primitive  peoples. 

Magic  and  religion.     1901  291  L23tna 

Contents:  Science  and  superstition. — Theory  of  loan-gods;  or.  Borrowed 
religion. — Magic  and  religion. — Origin  of  the  Christian  faith. — Ap- 
proaches to  Mr  Frazer's  theory. — Attempts  to  prove  the  Sacsean  crim- 
inal divine. — Zakmuk,  Sacaea  and  Purim. — Mordecai,  Esther,  Vashti 
and  Haman. — Why  was  the  mock-king  of  the  Sacxa  whipped  and 
hanged  ? — Calvary. — The  ghastly  priest. — South  African  religion. — 
"Cup  and  ring,"  an  old  problem  solved. — First-fruits  and  taboos. — 
Walking  through  fire. 

"Largely    a    criticism    of    Mr.  J.  G.  Frazer's    position    in...7"/ie    Golden 
Bough,  with  special  reference  to  Mr.  Frazer's  theory  of  the  origin  of 
religion,  and  of  the  belief  in  Christ's  divinity."     Spectator,   1901. 
Modern  mythology.     1897 291  L23mo 

Contents:  Recent  mythology. — The  story  of  Daphne. — The  question  of 
allies. —  Mannhardt. —  Philology  and  Demeter  Erinnys. —  Totemism. — 
The  validity  of  anthropological  evidence. — The  philological  method  in 
anthropology. —  Criticism  of  fetishism. —  The  riddle  theory. — Artemis. 
— The  fire-walk. — The  origin  of  death. 

"A  reply  to  Mr  Max  Miiller's  'Contributions  to  the  science  of  mythol- 
ogy.' "     Preface. 
Myth,  ritual  and  religion.    2v.    1899 291  L23m 

LETHABY,  William  Richard. 

Architecture,  mysticism  and  myth.     1892 291  L65 

A  collection  of  some  of  the  most  general  symbolisms  of  old  architecture, 
particularly  those  which  reproduce  the  phenomena  of  the  outer  world. 

MULLER,  Max. 

Contributions  to  the  science  of  mythology.    2v.     1897 291  M95 

MURRAY,  Alexander  Stuart. 

Manual  of  mythology.     1892 r29i  M97 

The  same.    1873 291  M97m 

Greek  and  Roman,  Norse,  Old  German,  Hindoo  and  Egyptian  myths. 
PHILPOT,  Mrs  J.  H. 

The  sacred  tree;  or,  The  tree  in  religion  and  myth.     1897.  .  .291  P52 
VIGNOLI,  Tito. 

Myth  and  science;  an  essay.     1882.     (International  scientific 

series.)    291   V32 

Contains  a  chapter  on  Dreams,  illusions,  etc. 
WHITE,  Catherine  Ann. 

Student's  mythology.     1895 r29i   W63 

The  same.     1895  291  W63 


292     Greek  and  Roman  mythology 

BALDWIN,  James. 

Old  Greek  stories.    1895 J292  B19 


MYTHOLOGY  251 

BECKWITH,  M.Helen. 

In  mythland.     1896 J292  B36 

BULFINCH,  Thomas. 

Age  of  fable;  ed.  by  J.  L.  Scott.     1898 292  B87a 

Greek,  Roman,  Eastern  and  Scandinavian  myths. 
The  same ;  ed.  by  E.  E.  Hale.     1894 292  B87 

This  copy  is  kept  in  the  Children's  room. 

The  same;  ed.  by  E.  E.  Hale.     1894 r292  B87 

BURT,  Mary  Elizabeth,  &  Ragozin,  Mme  Z.  A.  ed. 

Herakles  the  hero  of  Thebes,  and  other  heroes  of  the  myth. 

1900 J292  B94 

CAMPBELL,  Lewis. 
I    Religion  in  Greek  literature;  a  sketch  in  outline.     1898 292  C15 

Bibliography,  p.  5-6. 

COX,  Sir  George  William. 

Tales  of  ancient  Greece.     1891 292  C8s 

DWIGHT,  Mary  Ann. 

Grecian  and  Roman  mythology.     1882 292  D97 

DYER,  Louis. 

Studies  of  the  gods  in  Greece  at  certain  sanctuaries  recently 
excavated;  lectures  given  in  1890  at  the  Lowell  institute. 

1891  292  D98 

"The  chief  service  of  the  book  is  that  it  combines,  as  no  other  readily 
accessible  work  does,  recent  German  speculations  in  comparative  my- 
thology with  the  more  tangible  results  of  those  excavations  at  Greek 
shrines  that  have  renewed  the  science  of  archaeology,  and  indeed,  of 
all  classical  antiquity,  for  this  generation."     Dial,  189 1. 

FIRTH,  Emma  M. 

Stories  of  old  Greece.     1894 J292  FS2 

FRANCILLON,  Robert  Edward. 

Gods  and  heroes;  or,  The  kingdom  of  Jupiter.     1896 J292  F86 

GAYLEY,  Charles  Mills,  ed. 

Classic  myths  in    English  literature,   based  chiefly  on   Bul- 

finch's  "Age  of  fable."     1898 292  G25 

A  cyclopaedia  ot  classical  mythologry,  adapted  for  use  as  a  school-book. 
Prefaced  by  a  concise  statement  of  the  question  of  origin  and  distri- 
bution involved  in  the  study  of  myths,  with  a  review  of  various  ex- 
planations. With  maps,  and  a  commentary  giving  literary  references, 
historical  and  linguistic  notes,  and  interpretations.  Has  excellent 
index. 

The  same.     1896  r292  G25 

GUERBER,  Helene  Marie  Adeline. 

Myths  of  Greece  and  Rome.     1893 292  G95 

Relates  myths  in  popular  style,  bringing  out  influence  on  literature  and 
art   by  quotation,   references  and  pictures. 

The  same.     1893  r292  G95 

HARRISON,  Jane  Ellen. 

Myths  of  the  Odyssey  in  art  and  literature.     1882 292  H29 

Contents:      Cyclopes. — Laestrygones. — Circe. — Descent    into    Hades. — The 

Sirens. — Scylla  and  Charybdis. 
"Appendix  of  authorities,"  ■p.2i$-2ig. 

Miss  Harrison's  aim  is  to  show  the  Greek  artists'  ideas  of  the  Homeric 
legends,  and  her  method  is  to  give  a  prose  version  of  a  Homeric  myth 
and    introduce    descriptions    of    its    different    existing    representations 
whether  on  gems,  vases  or  wall  painting. 
HAWTHORNE,  Nathaniel. 

Tanglewood  tales  for  girls  and  boys;  a  second  Wonder- 


252  MYTHOLOGY 

book  J292  H36 

The  same qJ292  H36t 

The  pygmies.  The  dragon's  teeth,  Circe's  palace  and  other  Greek  myths 
charmingly  retold   for  children. 

Wonder-book  for  girls  and  boys J292  H36WO 

Wonder-book,    Tanglewood    tales    and    Grandfather's 

chair   J292  H36W 

HOLBROOK,  Florence. 

'Round  the  j'ear  in  myth  and  song J292  H69 

The  same rj292  H69 

KEIGHTLEY,  Thomas. 

Mythology  of  ancient  Greece  and  Italy;  ed.  by  Leonard 

Schmitz.     1896 292  K16 

KINGSLEY,  Charles. 

Heroes;  or,  Greek  fairy  tales  for  my  children.     1880 rj292  K27 

The  same.     1897 J292  K27 

Contents:  Perseus. — The  Argonauts. — Theseus. 
Binder's  title  reads  "Greek  heroes." 

KUPFER,  Grace  H.  ed. 

Stories  of  long  ago,  in  a  new  dress.    1897 J292  K43 

The  same.     1897   rj292  K43 

Greek  and  Roman  myths  told  for  children  in  a  simple  fairy  tale  style. 
Following  many  of  the  stories  are  standard  poems  bearing  directly  on 
the  subjects.     Illustrated. 

EARNED,  Augusta. 

Old  tales  retold  from  Grecian  mythology  in  talks  around 

the  fire.     1876 J292  L32 

LOWELL,  D.  O.  S. 

Jason's  quest.     1893  J292  L9S 

Story  of  Jason's  search  for  the  Golden  fleece. 
NIEBUHR,  Barthold  Georg. 

Greek  hero-stories;  tr.  by  Benjamin  Hoppin.     1879 J292  N33 

The  same.     1879  r J292  N33 

Contents:  Voyage  of  the  Argonauts. — Stories  of  Hercules. — The  Herak- 
leidae  and  Orestes. 

PRATT,  Mara  L. 

Greek  myths.     3v.     1896 J292  P88 

v.2-3  title  page  reads  Mjrths  of  old  Greece. 
RUSKIN,  John. 

Queen  of  the  air;  a  study  of  the  Greek  myths  of  cloud  and 

storm.     1893 292  R89 

SEEMANN,  O. 

Mythology  of  Greece  and  Rome,  with  special  reference  to  its 

use  in  art.     1881 292  845 

SHAHAN,  Thomas  Joseph,  ed. 

Book  of  famous  myths  and  legends.     1901.     (Young  folks'  li- 
brary, V.6.)   J292  S52 

Contents:  The  golden  touch.  The  paradise  of  children.  The  three  golden 
apples.  The  miraculous  pitcher,  by  Nathaniel  Hawthorne. — The  Argo- 
nauts, by  Charles  Kingsley. —  The  Odyssey,  by  A.  J.  Church. —  King 
Arthur  ana  the  knights  of  the  Round  Table.  —  Childe  Horn.  —  The 
story  of  Beowulf. — Rip  Van  Winkle,  by  Washington  Irving. — Selec- 
•  tions  from  Ossian. — Glooskap  the  divinity;  an  Indian  myth,  adapted 
by  Charles  Welsh. 


MYTHOLOGY  253 

SMYTHE,  E.  Louise. 

Primary  reader;  old-time  stories,  fairy  tales  and  myths  retold 

by  children.     1896 J292  S66 

STEUDING,  Hermann. 

Greek  and  Roman  mythology  &  heroic  legend.     1901.    (Tem- 
ple primers.)   292  S84 

Bibliography,  p.  124-125. 

ZIMMERN,  Alice. 

Old  tales  from  Greece.     1897 J292  Z6s 

Contents:  The  beginning  of  the  world. — Stories  of  Argos. — Stories  of 
Corinth. — Stories  of  Athens. ^ — Stories  of  Thebes. — The  Argonauts. — 
The  story  of  Heracles. — The  story  of  Troy. — The  return  of  Odysseus. 
— The  house  of  Tantalus. 

These  are  stories  taken  directly  from  Greek  authors,  mostly  from  the 
poets,  and  the  book  is  intended  to  be  used  as  a  reading  book  in  schools. 

293     Teutonic  and  Northern  mythology 

ANDERSON,  Rasmus  Bjorn. 

Norse  mythology.     1891 293  A54 

"Perhaps  the  most  convenient  summary  we  have  of  the  body  of  North- 
ern mythology.  As  such  it  is  not  only  interesting,  but  valuable.  The 
author  believes  in  the  essentially  indigenous  characteristics  of  the  Teu- 
tonic and  Scandinavian  myths,  and  also  in  their  marked  moral  superi- 
ority over  the  mythology  of  Greece  and  Rome."     C.  K.  Adams. 

BALDWIN,  James. 

Story  of  Siegfried.     1896.     (Heroes  of  the  olden  time.) J293  B19 

The  same.    1896.     (Heroes  of  the  olden  time.) rj293  B19 

Nibelungenlied  and  Siegfried  myths  woven  into  a  continuous  and  inter- 
esting narrative. 

BRADISH,  Sarah  Powers. 

Old  Norse  stories.     1900.     (Eclectic  school  readings.) J293  B68 

FOSTER,  Mary  Hammond,  &  Cummings,  M.  H. 

Asgard  stories;  tales  from  Norse  mythology.     1901 J293  F81 

GRIMM.  Jakob  Ludwig. 

Teutonic  mythology.    4v.     1882-88 293  G91 

One  of  the  best  collections  of  Teutonic  mythology  and  folk-lore,  dis- 
cussed from  the  side  of  comparative  linguistics,  and  valuable  for 
reference  to  all  students  of  folk-lore.  The  English  translation  is  re- 
garded as  even  better  than  the  original. 

GUERBER,  Helene  Marie  Adeline. 

Myths  of  northern  lands.     1895 293  G95 

KEARY,  Annie,  &  Eliza. 

Heroes  of  Asgard;  tales  from  Scandinavian  mythology. 

1893  293  KiS 

The  same.    1900 293  Kish 

LARNED,  Augusta. 

Tales   from  the   Norse   grandmother,    (the    Elder    Edda). 

1881   J293  L32 

LITCHFIELD,  Mary  E. 

The  nine  worlds;  stories  from  Norse  mythology.     1899 J293  L73 

"References,"  p. 162-163. 

MABIE,  Hamilton  Wright. 

Norse  stories  retold  from  the  Eddas.     1894 J293  Mil 

A  charming  little  volume  of  the  weird,  grotesque  and  deeply  significant 
myths  of  our  forefathers. 


254  BRAHMANISM,  BUDDHISM 

PRATT,  Mara  L.  ed. 

Legends  of  Norseland.     1894 J293  P88 

RAGOZIN,  Mme  Zenaide  Alexeievna. 

Siegfried,  the  hero  of  the  north,  and  Beowulf,  the  hero  of 

the  Anglo-Saxons.     1898.    (Tales  of  the  heroic  ages.) J293  R15 

The  same.    1898.     (Tales  of  the  heroic  ages.) rj293  R15 

RHYS,  John. 

Lectures  on  the  origin  and  growth  of  religion  as  illustrated 

by  Celtic  heathendom.  1898.  (Hibbert  lectures,  1886.).  ..  .293  R38 
Author  says  little  about  the  "origin  and  growth  of  religion,"  but  con- 
fines himself  to  the  investigation  of  the  extant  vestiges  of  Celtic  mjrth 
in  order  to  discover  what  the  ancient  Celtic  religion  was  in  its  latest 
form. 
"An  epoch-making  book,  even  though  but  few  of  the  theories  advanced 
should  win  their  way  to  a  place  among  scientific  certainties."  Acad- 
emy,   1888. 

STERN,  Herman  L 

The  gods  of  our  fathers;  a  study  of  Saxon  mythology. 

1898  293  S83 

THORPE,  Benjamin,  comp. 

Northern  mythology.    3v.     1851-52 293  T41 

V.I.     Northern  mythology. 

V.2.     Scandinavian  popular  traditions  and  superstitions. 

V.3.  North  German  and  Netherlandish  popular  traditions  and  super- 
stitions. 

A  valuable  and  comprehensive  work  by  an  eminent  English  scholar. 
Volume  I  includes  an  English  rendering  of  the  fables  and  myths 
of  the  eddas.  Volumes  2  and  3  contain  a  selection  of  the  principal 
later  traditions  and  superstitions  of  Scandinavia,  North  Germany  and 
the  Netherlands.  The  field  of  Germanic  mythology  from  the  earliest 
times  to  the  present  is  thus  covered. 

WAGNER,  Wilhelm. 

Asgard  and  the  gods;  the  tales  and  traditions  of  our  north- 
ern ancestors,  a  manual  of  Norse  mythology;  ed.  by 
W.  S.  W.  Anson.     1894 J293  W13 

294     Brahmanism,  Buddhism 

AgVAGHOSA. 

Discourse  on  the  awakening  of  faith  in  the  Mahayana;  tr.  fr. 

the  Chinese  by  Teitaro  Suzuki.     1900 294  A18 

Acvaghosha   is  the  philosopher   of   Buddhism.      His  treatise   on   "The 
awakening  of  faith"   is  recognized  by  all   northern   schools  and  sects 
as  orthodox  and  is  used  even  to-day  in  Chinese  translations  as  a  text 
book  for  the  instruction  of  Buddhist  priests. 

AIKEN,  Charles  Francis. 

Dhamma  of  Gotama  the  Buddha  and  the  gospel  of  Jesus 
the  Christ;  a  critical  inquiry  into  the  alleged  relations 
of  Buddhism  with  primitive  Christianity.     1900 294  A29 

Bibliography,  p.325-344- 

"Treatment  is  in  three  parts,  first,  a  discussion  of  the  relation  of  Bud- 
dhism to  the  antecedent  Brahminism;  second,  the  presentation  of  the 
system  itself  in  its  historical  development,  containing  a  chapter  on 
Buddha's  life  from  the  earliest  and  most  trustworthy  sources;  third, 
an  examination  of  the  alleged  relations  of  Buddhism  with  Christiani- 
ty." Dial,  1901. 
BEAL.  Samuel. 

Buddhism  in  China.     1884.     (Non-Christian  religious  sys- 
tems.)    294  B34 


BRAHMANISM,   BUDDHISM  255 

BERRY,  T.Sterling. 

Christianity  and  Buddhism;  a  comparison  and  a  contrast. 

(Non-Christian  religious  systems.) 294  B45 

BHATTACHARYA,  Jogendra  Nath. 

Hindu  castes  and  sects.    1896 294  B46 

Contains  a  chapter  on  Buddhism. 

The  author,  himself  a  member  of  one  of  the  most  aristocratic  Brahman 
castes,  discusses  first  the  nature  and  origin  of  castes  and  then  studies 
them  in  detail,  and  the  sects  in  the  same  way.  Students  of  Indian  civ- 
ilization will  find  his  book  both  useful  and  interesting.  Intended  for 
the  scholar  rather  than  the  general  reader. 

CARUS,  Paul. 

Buddhism  and  its  Christian  critics.     1897 294  C24 

DAVIDS,  Thomas  William  Rhys. 

Buddhism;  a  sketch  of  the  life  and  teachings  of  Gautama 

the  Buddha.   1894.   (Non-Christian  religious  systems.)  .  .294  D29b 
Buddhism,  its  history  and  literature.     1896.     (American  lec- 
tures on  the  history  of  religion.) . . . : 294  D29bu 

Lectures  on  the  origin  and  growth  of  religion  as  illustrated 
by  the  history  of  Indian  Buddhism.  1882.  (Hibbert  lec- 
tures.)  294  D29 

DOWSON,  John. 

Classical  dictionary  of  Hindu  mythology  and  religion,  geogra- 
phy, history  and  literature.     1891 r294  D77 

EDKINS,  Joseph. 

Religion  in  China;  brief  account  of  the  three  religions  of  the 
Chinese,  with  observations  on  the  prospects  of  Christian 
conversion    amongst   that    people.      1893.      (English    and 

foreign  philosophical  library.) 294  E28 

GEDEN,  Alfred  Shenington. 

Studies  in  eastern  religions.  1900.  (Books  for  Bible  stu- 
dents.)    294  G26 

Contents:  Brahmanism  and  Hinduism. — Buddhism. — ^Jainism. 

GRIFFIS,  William  Elliot. 

Religions  of  Japan,  from  the  dawn  of  history  to  the  era  of 

Meiji.     1896 294  G89 

LILLIE,  Arthur. 

Buddha  and  Buddhism.     1900 294  L69 

MITCHELL,  J.  Murray,  &  Muir,  Sir  William. 

Two  old  faiths;  essays  on  the  religions  of  the  Hindus  and 
the   Mohammedans.      1891.      (Chautauqua   reading  circle 

literature.) 294  M74 

MULLER,  Max. 

India;  what  can  it  teach  us?  lectures  before  the  University 

of  Cambridge.     1896 294  M95 

Contents:  What  can  India  teach  us? — On  the  truthful  character  of  the 
Hindus.  —  The  human  interest  of  Sanskrit  literature.  —  Objections. — 
The  lessons  of  the  V^eda. — V^edic  deities. — Veda  and  Vedanta. 
OLDENBERG,  Hermann. 

Buddha,  his  life,  his  doctrine,  his  order.     1882 294  O23 

RAMABAI  SARASVATI. 

High-caste  Hindu  woman ;  with  introduction  by  the  Board  of 

managers  of  the  American  Ramabai  association.    1901 294  R17 

Ramabai  is  a  gifted  Hindu  woman   who  has  accepted  Christianity  and 
17 


256  JUDAISM 


given  herself  to  the  uplifting  of  the  women  of  India.  She  is  (1902) 
principal  of  the  Sharada  Sadan,  a  secular  school  for  the  high-caste 
child  widows  of  India.     The  school  is  supported  by  American  funds. 

SIMPSON,  William. 

Buddhist  praying-wheel ;  a  collection  of  material  bearing  upon 
the  symbolism  of  the  wheel  and  circular  movements  in  cus- 
tom and  religious  ritual.     1896 294  S61 

Books  referred  to,  p. 301-303. 

WARREN,  Henry  Clarke,  tr. 

Buddhism  in  translations.     1896.     (Harvard  oriental  series.).  ..294  W24 
Translated  from  the  palm-leaf  manuscripts  of  Ceylon  and  Burma,  writ- 
ter.  in  Pali,  a  language  very  similar  to  Sanskrit.     Aims  to  present  in 
English    different    Buddhist    ideas    and    conceptions.      Contains    selec- 
tions on  the  Buddha,  the  doctrine  and  the  order  and  secular  life. 
WILLIAMS,  Sir  Monier  Monier-. 

Brahmanism  and  Hinduism;  or,  Religious  thought  and  life 
in  India  as  based  on  the  Veda  and  other  sacred  books. 

1891  294  W74b 

The  first  edition  was  published  under  the  title,  "Religjious  thought  and 
life  in  India." 
Buddhism  in  its  connexion  with  Brahmanism  and  Hinduism, 

and  in  its  contrast  with  Christianity.     1890 294  W74 

The  author  combines  scientific  accuracy  with  a  popular  style,  presents 
from   the   standpoint   of  a  believer   in   Christianity  a   comprehensive 
survey   of   Buddhism  from  its   origin  to  most   recent   times,   and   is 
qualified  for  his  work  by  life-long  study  and  much  travel. 
Hinduism.     1894.     (Non-Christian  religious  systems.) 294  W74h 

295     Parseeism 

JACKSON,  Abraham  Valentine  Williams. 

Zoroaster,  the  prophet  of  ancient  Iran.     1899 r 295  J12 

Bibliography,  p.  11-15. 
OLDENBERG,  Hermann. 

Ancient  India,  its  language  and  religions.     1896 295  O23 

Contents:    The  study  of  the  Sanskrit. — ^The  religion  of  the  Veda.— 
Buddhism. 

296     Judaism 

AMERICAN  Jewish  year  book;  ed.  by  Cyrus  Adler,  Sept.  5, 

1899/1900-date.     [v.i]-date.     1899-date r296  A51 

BAUDISSIN,  W'olf  Wilhelm  Friedrich,  graf  von. 

Jahve  et  Moloch ;  sive,  De  ratione  inter  deum  Israelitarum  et 

Molochum  intercedente ;  dissertatio  inauguralis.     1874 r296  B32 

BUDDE,  Karl. 

Religion  of  Israel,  to  the  exile.     1899.     (American  lectures 

on  the  history  of  religions.)  296  B85 

BURTON,  Sir  Richard  Francis. 

The  Jew,  the  Gypsy  and  El  Islam.     1898 q296  B95 

CHEYNE,  Thomas  Kelly. 

Jewish  religious  life  after  the  exile.  1898.  (American  lec- 
tures on  the  history  of  religions.) 296  C42 

DARMESTETER,  James. 

Les  prophetes  d'Israel.     1895 296  D25 

Contents:  Les   prophetes  d'Israel.  —  De  I'authenticite  des   prophetes. — 


JUDAISM  257 

Coup  d'oeil  sur  I'histoire  du  peuple  juif.  —  L'histoire   d'lsrael  et   M. 
Renan. — L'histoire   d'lsrael  et  M.  Graetz. — Race  et  tradition. — ^Joseph 
Salvador. 
DRUMMOND,  James,  b.  1835. 

The  Jewish  Messiah;  a  critical  history  of  the  Messianic  idea 
among  the  Jews  from  the  rise  of  the  Maccabees  to  the  clos- 
ing of  the  Talmud.    1877  296  D84 

List  of  authorities,  p.393-395. 

EDERSHEIM,  Alfred. 

History  of  the  Jewish  nation  after  the  destruction  of  Jeru- 
salem under  Titus.    1896 296  E27 

Standard  work  by  a  Jewish  scholar,  written  shortly  after  his  admission 
to  the  Scottish  Free  church. 

ERRERA,  Leo. 

Russian  Jews;   extermination   or  emancipation?   tr.  fr.  the 

French  by  Bella  Lowy.     1894 296  E77 

FLEURY,  Claude,  I'abbe. 

Manners  of  the  ancient  Israelites;  enlarged  by  Adam 

Clarke » r296  F63 

FREDERIC,  Harold. 

New  exodus;  a  study  of  Israel  in  Russia.    1892 296  F89 

GRATZ  COLLEGE,  Philadelphia. 

Publications,    v.i.    1897 296  G81 

Contents:  Memoir  of  Hyman  Gratz,  by  Moses  Dropsie. — President's  re- 
port.— Additions  to  the  library. — Synopsis  of  lectures. — Lectures. — 
Italian  Jewish  literature,  by  Sabato  Morais. — The  history  and 
future  of  the  text  of  the  Talmud,  by  Marcus  Jastrow. — Jewish  physi- 
cians and  the  contributions  of  the  Jews  to  the  science  of  medicine,  by 
Aaron  Friedenwald. — The  Psalms  and  their  place  in  the  liturgy,  by 
K.  Kohler. 
HIRSCH,  Samson  Raphael. 

The  nineteen  letters  of  Ben  Uziel;  a  spiritual  presentation 

of  the  principles  of  Judaism.     1899 296  H61 

Biographical  sketch  of  the  author,  by  Bernard  Drachman,  p.9-34. 
HOSMER,  James  Kendall. 

Story  of  the  Jews.     1893.     (Story  of  the  nations.) 296  H82 

ISAACS,  Abram  Samuel. 

Stories  from  the  rabbis  of  the  Talmud.     1893 J296  I29 

JACOBS,  Joseph. 

Jewish  ideals,  and  other  essays.     1896 296  J13 

Other  essays:  The  God  of  Israel;  a  history. — Mordecai;  a  protest  against 
the  critics;  a  review  of  "Daniel  Deronda." — Browning's  theology. — 
The  true,  the  only  and  the  complete  solution  of  the  Jewish  question. 
— Jehuda  Halevi,  poet  and  pilgrim. — Jewish  diffusion  of  folk-tales. — 
The  London  Jewry,    1290. — Little   St.  Hugh  of   Lincoln. — '"Aaron  son   . 
of  the  devil." — Jewish  history,  its  aims  and  methods. 
JEWISH  encyclopedia;  a  descriptive  record  of  the  history, 
religion,  literature  and  customs  of  the  Jewish  people; 
ed.  by  Isidore  Singer,  and  others,    v.1-3.     1901-02. ..  .qr296  J317 
V.I.     Aach-Apocalyptic  literature. 
V.2.     Apocrypha-Benash. 
V  3.     Bencemero-Chazanuth. 

JEWISH  "quarterly  review,  Oct.  1889-July,  1890,  Oct.  1897-date. 

V.2,  lo-date.     1890-date r296  J31 

KELLOGG,  Samuel  Henry. 

The  Jews;  or,  Prediction  and  fulfilment.     1887 : 296  K16 

KUENEN,  Abraham. 

Religion  of  Israel  to  the  fall  of  the  Jewish  state.    3v.    1 882-83.  .296  K43 


258  JUDAISM 

LAZARUS,  Josephine. 

Spirit  of  Judaism.     1895 296  L44 

LAZARUS,  Moritz. 

Ethics  of  Judaism;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  Henrietta  Szold. 

v.i-2.     1900-01  296  L444 

LUNDIUS,  Johann. 

Die  alten  jiidischen  heiligthiimer,  Gottesdienste  und  gewohn- 
heiten  fiir  augen  gestellet  in  einer  ausfiihrlichen  beschrei- 

bung  des  gantzen  levitischen  priesterthums.    1722 qr296  L97 

MAGNUS,  Katie,  lady. 

Outlines  of  Jewish  history  from  B.  C.  586  to  1890  A.  D.; 

revised  by  M.  Friedlander.     1890 296  M25 

MANASSEH  BEN  ISRAEL. 

Menasseh  Ben  Israel's  mission  to  Oliver  Cromwell ;  being  a 
reprint  of  the  pamphlets  published  to  promote  the  re-ad- 
mission of  the  Jews  to  England,  1649-1656;  ed.  with  an  in- 
troduction and  notes  by  Lucien  Wolf.     1901  qr2g6  M32 

Contents:  Introduction;  The  return  of  the  Jews  to  England. — The  hope 
of  Israel  (1652). — To  His  Highnesse  the  Lord  Protector  of  the  com- 
monwealth of  England,  Scotland  and  Ireland,  the  humble  addresses 
of  Menasseh  Ben  Israel  (1655). — Vindiciae  Judseorum;  or,  A  letter  in 
answer  to  certain  questions  propounded  by  a  noble  and  learned  gen- 
tleman, wherein  all  objections  are  candidly  and  yet  fully  cleared 
(1656). 
These  interesting  pamphlets  by  the  Jewish  theologian  and  statesman  are 
printed  in  facsimile,  not  in  photographic  reproduction,  but  set  in  types 
similar  to  the  original.  The  editor's  introductory  essay  is  a  new  study 
in  the  light  of  new  facts.  Illustrated  with  three  portraits  of  Manas- 
seh  Ben  Israel. 

MIELZINER,  Moses. 

Introduction  to  the  Talmud.     1894 296  M67 

Contents:   Historical  and  literary  introduction. — Legal  hermeneutics   of 
the  Talmud. — Talmudical  terminology  and  methodology. — Outlines  of 
Talmudical  ethics. 
Appendix  contains  a  key  to  the  abbreviations  used  in  the  Talmud  and 
its  commentaries. 

MILMAN,  Henry  Hart. 

History  of  the  Jews.   3v.  in  2.     1893 296  M71 

"A  popular  presentation  .  .  .  striving  to  bring  together  into  readable 
form  the  results  reached  by  the  best  scholarship  of  the  day.  .  .  A 
civil  and  military,  rather  than  a  theological  history  of  the  Jews."  C.  K. 
Adams. 

MOOREHEAD,  W.G. 

Studies  in  the  Mosaic  institutions.    1896 296  M87 

Aims  to  stimulate  interest  in  the  study  of  the  Mosaic  institutions  and  to 
prove  that  Judaism  and  Christianity  bear  to  each  other  the  relation  of 
prediction  and  fulfillment. 

MORRISON,  William  Douglas. 

Jews  under  Roman  rule.     1890.     (Story  of  the  nations.) 296  M91 

PENNELL,  Joseph. 

Jew  at  home;  impressions  of  a  summer    and    autumn    spent 

with  him.     1892  296  P39 

Contents:  In  Austria  and  Hungary. — In  Austrian  Poland. — In  Russfa. 
"Gives  the  impressions  of  a  summer  and  autumn  in  the  portions  of 
southeastern  Europe  where  Jews. .  .congregate.  The  picture  is  a  repul- 
sive one... Mr.  Pennell  seems  to  be  honest  in  his  delineation  and  de- 
scription of  this  type  of  Jew,  and  his  little  book  is  a  valuable  contribu- 
tion to  the  literature  of  the  subject."    Critic,  1892. 

PETERS,  Madison  C. 

Justice  to  the  Jew;  the  story  of  what  he  has  done  for  the 


JUDAISM  259 

world.     1899 296  P45 

Shows  that  Jews  have  always  been  prominent  in  sciences,  in  literature, 
art  and  statesmanship.  Also  aims  to  fix  the  responsibility  of  the  Drey- 
fus affair.  Author  is  (1899)  pastor  of  the  Bloomingdale  church.  New 
York  city. 

PHILIPSON,  David. 

Old  European  Jewries.  1895.  (Jewish  publication  socie- 
ty.)     296  P49 

Contents:  Early  settlements  of  Jews  in  Europe. — The  institution  of  the 
Ghetto. — The  Ghetto  in  church  legislation. — The  Judengasse  of  Frank- 
fort-on-the-Main. — The  Judenstadt  of  Prague. — The  Ghetto  of  Rome. — 
The  Russian  Ghetto. — Effects  and  results. — The  Ghetto  in  literature. 

REMY,  Nahida. 

Jewish  woman.     1897 296  R33 

Contents:  Antiquity. — Christian  idea  about  woman  and  marriage. — Ish 
and  Ishah.  —  Temperament  and  Talmud.  —  Biblical  women.  —  Jewish 
queens.  —  In  the  dark  middle  ages.  —  More  light.  —  Practical  culture 
work. —  Sarah  Copia  Sullam. —  The  mother. —  The  sacred  language. — 
Apostates. — The  daughters  of  Daniel  Itzig. — Art  among  Jewish  wom- 
en.— Jewish  authoresses. — ^Jewish  benefactresses. — The  modern  Jewess. 
— Register  of  names. 

"Works  of  reference,"  p.264. 

ROBERTSON,  James,  b.  1840. 

Early  religion  of  Israel  as  set  forth  by  biblical  writers  and 
by  modern  critical  historians;  the  Baird  lecture  for  1889. 

1896 296  R54 

RULE,  William  Harris. 

History  of  the  Karaite  Jews.     1870 296  R86 

"A  sect  among  the  Jews  which  rejects  the  traditional  law  as  it  is  fixed 
in  the  Talmud,  and  recognizes  only  the  Pentateuch  or  five  books  of 
Moses  as  binding."     Century  cyclopedia  of  names. 

RUSSELL,  Cyril,  &  Lewis,  H.S. 

The  Jew  in  London,  a  study  of  racial  character  and  present- 
day  conditions;  two  essays  prepared  for  the  Toynbee  trus- 
tees, with  an  introduction  by  Canon  Barnett  and  a  preface 

by  James  Bryce.     1900 296  R91 

"Its  two  young  authors. .  .are  connected  with  Toynbee  Hall...  The  vol- 
ume proper  consists  of  two  essays  by  these  workers  in  the  E^st  End, 
who  treat  the  Jewish  question  from  different  points  of  view... A  map 
of  East  London. .  .showing  by  colour  the  proportion  of  the  Jewish  pop- 
ulation to  other  residents,  street  by  street,  in  certain  quarters,  is  of 
considerable  significance . . .  An  excellent  contribution  to  an  important 
subject."    Athenaeum,  1900. 

SCHECHTER,  S. 

Studies  in  Judaism.    1896 296  S31 

Originally  published  in  the  Jewish  quarterly  and  the  Jewish  chronicle. 

Contents:  The  chassidim. — Nachman  Krochmal  and  the  "Perplexities  of 
the  time." — Rabbi  Elijah  Wilna,  Gaon.  —  Nachmanides. — ^A  Jewish 
Boswell. — The  dogmas  of  Judaism. — The  history  of  Jewish  tradition. 
— ^The  doctrine  of  divine  retribution  in  rabbinical  literature. — The  law 
and  recent  criticism. — ^The  Hebrew  collection  of  the  British  museum. 
— Titles  of  Jewish  books. — ^The  child  in  Jewish  literature. — ^Woman 
in  temple  and  synagogue. — ^The  earliest  Jewish  community  in  Europe. 

SCHULTZ,  Hermann. 

Old  testament  theology;  the  religion  of  revelation  in  its 

pre-Christian  stage  of  development.    2v.    1895 296  S38 

STt)BE,  R.  ed. 

Judisch-babylonische  zaubertexte;  herausgegeben  und  erklart. 

189s    r296  S93 


26o  JUDAISM 

TALMUD. 

New  edition  of  the  Babylonian  Talmud,  English  transla- 
tion; original  text  ed.  by  M.  L.  Rodkinson.  v.i-i6,  in 
14.     1896-1902  qr296  Ti6n 

V.  1-2.  Tract  Sabbath. 

V.     3.  Tract  Erubin. 

V.    4.         Tracts  Shekalim  and  Rosh  Hashana;  Hebrew  and  English  text. 

V.     5.  Tract  Pesachim. 

V.    6.         Tracts  Yomah  and  Hagiga. 

Tracts  Betzah,  Succah,  and  Moed  Katan. 
Tracts  Taanith,  Megilla  and  Ebel  Rabbathi  or  Semahoth. 
Tracts  Aboth    (Fathers  of  the  synagogue),  with   Aboth  of  R. 
Nathan,  Derech  Eretz,  Rabba  and  Zuta. 
V.  10.         Tracts  Baba  Kama. 
V.I  I -1 2.     Tract  Baba  Metzia. 
V.I 3- 1 4.     Tract  Baba  Bathra. 
V.I 5-1 6.     Tract  Sanhedrin. 

Talmud;  tr.  by  Joseph  Barclay.     1878 296  Ti6t 

Treasures  of  the  Talmud,  compiled  from  the   Babylonian 

Talmud;  tr.  by  P.  I.  Hershon.     1882. r296  Ti6t 

Wit  and  wisdom  of  the  Talmud;  ed.  by  ^I.  C.  Peters,  with 

an  introduction  by  H.  P.  Mendes.     1900 296  T16 

TOY,  Crawford  Howell. 

Judaism  and  Christianity;  progress  of  thought  from  Old 

to  New  testament.     1891   296  T67 

WALDSTEIN,  Charles. 

Jewish  question,  and  the  mission  of  the  Jews.     1894 296  W16 

Contents:  The  Jewish  question. — The  mission  of  the  Jews. — The  social 
position  of  the  Jews  in  the  middle  ages  and  modern  times. — The  influ- 
ence of  the  Jews  upon  the  civilization  of  the  middle  ages. — Hebraic 
societies.  —  Money  and  the  Jews. — Anatole  Leroy-Beaulieu  and  the 
Jews. 
WHITE,  Arnold. 

The  modern  Jew.     1899 296  W62 

Author  was  Baron  de  Hirsch's  representative  in  Russia,  and  has  had  oth- 
er exceptional  advantages  in  the  study  of  his  subject,  and  he  gives 
many  useful  facts  and  suggestions.  With  the  exception  of  the  statis- 
tics relating  to  the  Russian  Jews  these  chapters  are  now  first  pub- 
lished. 

WILKINSON,  John. 

Israel  my  glory;  or,  Israel's  mission  and  missions  to  Israel. 

1894  296  W73 

WINES.  Enoch  Cobb. 

Commentaries  on  the  laws  of  the  ancient  Hebrews.     1855.  ..  .296  W78 
WISE,  Isaac  Mayer. 

Judaism;  its  doctrines  and  duties.     1872 296  W8ii 

Selected   writings;    ed.  by    David    Philipson   and    Louis 

Grossmann.     1900 296  W81 

Contents:  The  law. — Moses,  the  man  and  the  statesman. — The  Wander- 
ing Jew. — The  sources  of  the  theology  of  Judaism. — The  outlines  of 
Judaism. —  The  apologetics  of  Judaism. —  Aphorisms  on  ethics. —  Re- 
formed Judaism. —  Paul  and  the  mystics. —  Union. —  Establishment  of 
the  union  of  American  Hebrew  congregations. — The  congregation. — 
The  rabbi. — An  appeal  for  a  coUege.-^Address  at  opening  of  Hebrew 
Union  college.  —  Women  as  members  of  congregations.  —  Letter  to  a 
gentleman  who  with  his  family  wishes  to  embrace  Judaism. 
Biography  of  the  author,  p.i-112. 

Author  was  a  leader  of  Jewish  thought  and  activity  in  America  during 
the  latter  half  of  the  19th  century.  The  founding  of  the  Hebrew 
union  college  in  Cincinnati  was  largely  due  to  his  efforts,  he  being  its 
first  president,  from  1875  until  his  death  in  1900.  The  biography 
which  precedes  the  selections  was  written  by  two  of  Dr.  Wise's 
pupils. 


MOHAMMEDANISM  261 

WOLF,  Simon. 

American  Jew  as  patriot,  soldier  and  citizen;  ed  by  L.   E. 

Levy.     1895 296  W83 

The  same.     1895 r296  W83 

A  large  part  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  lists  of  Jewish  soldiers  in  the 
Union  and  Confederate  armies  during  the  American  civil  war. 

ZIRNDORF,  Henry. 

Some  Jewish  women;  tr.  fr.  the  German.     1892 296  Z68 

Contents:  From  the  Apocrypha. — The  Grxco-Roman  period. — The  Tal- 
mudic  age. 

297     Mohammedanism 

ARNOLD,  Thomas  Walker. 

The  preaching  of  Islam;  a  history  of  the  propagation  of  the 

Muslim  faith.     1896 297  A75 

List  of  authorities,  p. 373-383. 
History  of  Mohammedan  missions. 

ATTERBURY,  Anson  Phelps. 

Islam  in  Africa;  its  effects,  religious,  ethical  and  social, 

upon  the  people  of  the  country.    1899 297  A88 

A  study  of  Mohammedanism  by  the  pastor  of  the  Park  Presbyterian 
church,  New  York.  He  takes  the  middle  ground  between  those  who 
view  Islam  as  wholly  an  imposture,  and  those  who  claim  that  Moham- 
medanism is  a  sort  of  preparatory  school  by  which  such  countries  as 
Africa  may  be  successfully  brought  to  an  ultimate  civilization. 

HAINES,  Charles  Reginald. 

Islam  as  a  missionary  religion.  1889.  (Non- Christian  re- 
ligious systems.)  297  H15 

Books  constilted,  p.7-11. 
HUGHES,  Thomas  Patrick,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  Islam.     1885  r297  H89 

JESSUP,  Henry  Harris. 

The  women  of  the  Arabs.    1873 297  J29 

Intended  as  a  memorial  of  the  early  missionaries  in  Syria,  with  a  record 
of  the  work  done  for  the  women  and  girls  of  the  native  races.  A 
"Children's  chapter,"  comprising  more  than  one-third  of  the  book, 
contains  an  account  of  child  life  in  Syria,  and  some  oriental  stories 
and  nursery  rhymes. 

KORAN. 

Coranus  Arabice,  recensionis  Fliigelianae,  textum  recognitum 

iterum  exprimi;  curavit'G.  M.  Redslob.     1881 297  K38 

Koran;  or  Alcoran  of  Mohammed  with  explanatory  notes 
from  Savary's  version,  also  preliminary  discourse  by 

George  Sale.    1891  r297  K38 

Selections  from  the  Kuran;  by  E.  W.  Lane.     1879 297  L23 

MUIR,  Sir  William. 

The  Coran;  its  composition  and  teaching  and  the  testimony 
it  bears  to  the  Holy  scriptures.  1896.  (Non-Christian  re- 
ligious systems.) 297  M95 

POOLE,  Stanley  Lane-. 

Studies  in  a  mosque.     1893 297  P79 

A   collection  of   essays   treating   some  phases   of  the  Mohammadan  re- 
ligion. 
"The  pleasant  style  of  the  writer,  together  with  his  wide  study  of  the 
literature  of  his  subjects,  combine  to  make  the  whole  a  readable  and 
valuable  book."     Academy,  1883. 


262  MORMONISM 


SMITH,  Henry  Preserved. 

The  Bible  and  Islam;  or,  The  influence  of  the  Old  and  New 
testaments  on  the  religion  of  Mohammed;  being  the  Ely 

lectures  for  1897.     1897 297  S64 

SMITH,  Reginald  Bosworth. 

Mohammed  and  Mohammedanism.     1875 *. 297  S6s 

STOBART,  James  William  Hampson. 

Islam  &  its  founder.     1895.     (Non-Christian  religious  sys- 
tems.)   297  S86 

TISDALL,  William  St.  Clair-. 

Religion  of  the  Crescent.     1895.     (Non-Christian  religious 

systems.)    ; 297  T51 

298     Mormonism 

KELLEY,  William  H. 

Presidency  and  priesthood.     1895 298  K16 

KENNEDY,  James  Harrison. 

Early  days  of  Mormonism.     1888 298  K18 

The  same.     1888 r298  K18 

MAYHEW,  Henry. 

Mormons;  or,  Latter-day  saints,  with  memoirs  of  Joseph 

Smith.     1851    r298  MS4 

PATTERSON,  Robert,  of  Pittsburgh. 

Who  wrote  the  book  of  Mormon?    1882 q298  P31 

Reprinted  from  Crumrine's  Illustrated  history  of  Washington  county. 

SCHROEDER,  Albert  Theodore. 

Origin  of  the  Book  of  Mormon,  re-examined  in  its  relation  to 

Spaulding's  "Manuscript  found."    1901 r298  S38 

Produces  evidence  to  prove  that  the  Book  of  Mormon  is  a  plagiarism, 
its  distinguishing  features  being  identical  with  those  of  a  romance  en- 
titled "The  manuscript  found."  This  romance  was  written  by  Solomon 
Spaulding,  and  while  in  the  keeping  of  a  prospective  publisher,  Robert 
Patterson  of  Pittsburgh,  was  stolen  by  one  Sidney  Rigdon,  of  early 
Mormon  fame.  It  is  asserted  that  Rigdon  then  showed  Joseph  Smith 
the  stolen  manuscript,  and  from  it  the  Book  of  Mormon  was  compiled. 
For  further  evidence  see  Samuel  Williams'  "Mormonism  exposed," 
(rzgS  W74)  and  Robert  Patterson's  "Who  wrote  the  Book  of  Mor- 
mon?" (qzpS  P31). 

SEIBEL,  George. 

Mormon  problem;  the  story  of  the  latter-day  saints  and  an 

expose  of  their  beliefs  and  practices.     1899 r298  S45 

SMITH,  Joseph,  1805-1844. 

Book  of  Mormon.     1888 qr298  S6s 

The  same.    1874 298  S6sb 

Doctrine  and  covenants  of  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  latter- 
day   saints,    containing   the    revelations    given   to   Joseph 

Smith.    1890 298  S6sd 

Pearl  of  great  price;  a  selection  from  his  revelations,  transla- 
tions and  narrations.     1888 ■ 298  S6Sp 

TALMAGE,  James  Edward. 

Articles  of  faith;  lectures  on  the  principal  doctrines  of  the 

Church  of  Jesus  Christ  of  the  Latter-day  saints.    1899.  .  .298  T16 
WILLIAMS,  Rev.  Samuel,  of  Pittsburgh. 

Mormonism  exposed  r298  W74 


MINOR  NON-CHRISTIAN  RELIGIONS  26.} 

299     Minor  non-Christian  religions 

BUDGE,  Ernest  Alfred  Thompson  Wallis. 

Egyptian  ideas  of  the  future  life.     1899.     (Books  on  Egypt 

and  Chalda;a,  v.i.)    299  B85 

DAVIES,  Edward. 

The  mythology  and  rites  of  the  British  Druids,  with  an- 
cient poems  and  extracts,  with  remarks  on  ancient  Brit- 
ish coins.     1809 qr299  D31 

DOUGLAS,  Robert  Kennaway. 

Confucianism  and  Taouism.  1899.  (Non-Christian  reli- 
gious systems.)    299  D75 

JASTROW,  Morris. 

The  religion  of  Babylonia  and  Assyria.     1898.     (Handbooks 

on  the  history  of  religions.) 299  J21 

Bibliography,  with  annotations,  p.707-738. 
The  same.    1898.     (Handbooks  on  the  history  of  religions.) .  .r299  J21 
KING,  Leonard  William. 

Babylonian  religion  and  mythology.     1899 299  K26 

LEGGE,  James. 

Religions  of  China;  Confucianism  and  Taoism  described  and 

compared  with  Christianity.    1880 299  L54 

PETRI E,  William  Matthew  Flinders. 

Religion  and  conscience  in  ancient  Egypt.    1898 299  P46 

Contents:  The  historical  conditions  of  religions. — The  popular  religion 
of  Egypt. — The  discordances  of  Egyptian  religion. — ^Analysis  of  the 
Egyptian  mythology. — The  nature  of  conscience. — The  inner  duties. — 
The  outer  duties. 

RENOUF,  Peter  Le  Page. 

Origin  and  growth  of  religion  as  illustrated  by  the  religion 

of  ancient  Egypt.     (Hibbert  lectures.) 299  R34 

SAYCE,  Archibald  Henry. 

Lectures  on  the  origin  and  growth  of  religion  as  illus- 
trated by  the  religion  of  the  ancient  Babylonians.   1891. 

(Hibbert  lectures.)  299  S27 

SMITH,  William  Robertson. 

Lectures   on  the  religion   of  the   Semites;   ist  ser.     1894. 

(Burnett  lectures.)   299  S66 

Subject  is  the  religion  of  the  group  of  kindred  nations  which  includes 
the  Arabs,  Hebrews  and  Phoenicians,  Aramaeans,  Babylonians  and  As- 
syrians. Present  series  discusses  some  fundamental  institutions,  par- 
ticularly that  of  sacrifice,  to  which  half  the  volume  is  devoted. 

ULLMANN,  Karl. 

De  Hypsistariis,  seculi  post  Christum  natum  quarti  secta,  com- 

mentatio.     1823  , r2gg  U23 

The  Hypsistarians  were  a  religious  sect  living  in  Cappadocia  in  the  4th 
century  A.  D.  Their  belief  was  a  singular  mixture  of  paganism  and 
Judaism. 

WIEDEMANN,  Alfred. 

Religion  of  the  ancient  Egyptians.    1897 299  W68 

"Wisely  throwing  aside  any  attempt  to  portray,  as  a  whole,  either  the 
Egyptian  Pantheon  or  the  Egyptian  creed,  he  has  compressed  into  a 
volume  of  300  pages,  an  account  which  leaves  little  to  be  desired,  of 
the  Egyptian  religion  as  it  affected  the  daily  life  of  the  people." 
Academy,  1897. 


Sociology 

300     General  works 

BASCOM,  John. 

Sociology.     1887 300  B28 

HENDERSON,  Charles  Richmond. 

Social  elements;  institutions,  characters,  progress.     1898 300  H44S 

The  social  spirit  in  America.     1897.     (Chautauqua  reading 

circle  literature.) 300  H44 

Contents:  Home-making  as  a  social  art. — Friendly  circles  of  women 
wage-earners.— Better  houses  for  the  people.— Public  health.— Good 
roads  and  communication. — The  first  factor  of  industrial  reform;  the 
socialized  citizen. — What  good  employers  are  doing. — Organizations  of 
wage-earners. — Economic  cooperation  of  the  community. — Political  re- 
forms.— Social  spirit  in  the  state  school  system. — Voluntary  organiza- 
tion of  education. — Socialized  beauty  and  recreation. — Charity  and  cor- 
rection.— Social  spirit  in  conflict  with  anti-social  institutions. — Institu- 
tions of  ideals;  the  ancient  confederacy  of  virtue. 
The  appendix  contains  bibliographies  on  the   subjects  of  the  different 

chapters. 
A   description  of  what   modern  civilization  and   altruism   are   doing   to 
spread  cleanliness  and   strength,   mental,   moral   and   physical,   among 
all  classes  of  society. 

301     Theory 

BAGEHOT,  Walter. 

Physics  and  politics;  or,  Thoughts  on  the  application  of  the 
principles  of  natural  selection  and  inheritance  to  political 

society.     1890.     (International  scientific  series.) 301  B15 

BASCOM,  John. 

Social  theory;  a  grouping  of  social  facts  and  principles.    1895. 

(Library  of  economics  and  politics.) 301  B28 

A  study  of  the  phases  of  progress  offered  by  our  own  and  by  English 
society,  considered  under  the  headings  of  Customs,  Economics,  Civics, 
Ethics,  and  Religion.  This  work  is  independent  of  the  author's  pre- 
vious work  entitled  "Sociology"  and  is  designed  more  for  the  general 
student  than  the  specialist. 
CROWELL,  John  Franklin. 

Logical  process  of  social  development;  a  theoretical  founda- 
tion for  educational  policy  from  the  standpoint  of  soci- 
ology.   1898 301  €89- 

GIDDINGS,  Franklin  Henry.         < 

Elements  of  sociology;  a  text-book  for  colleges  and 

schools.     1898 301    G37e 

Inductive  sociology ;  a  syllabus  of  methods,  analyses  and  classi- 
fications, and  provisionally  formulated  laws.     1901 301  G37i 

Contents:  The  elements  of  social  theory. — The  elements  and  structure  of 
society:  The  social  population. — The  social  mind. — Social  organization. 
— The  social  welfare. 

264 


SOCIOLOGY  265 

Principles  of  sociology.    1896 301  G37P 

Bibliog^raphy,  p.423-442. 
Theory  of  socialization;  a  syllabus  of  sociological  principles, 
with  references  to  the  third  edition  of  "The  principles  of 

sociology."    1897 ^ 301  G37 

HARRIS,  George. 

Inequality  and  progress.    1897 301  H29 

"I  contend  that  inequality  always  has  been  and  always  will  be  the  con- 
dition of  progress."    Author's  introduction. 
HERBERT,  William. 

World  grown  young;  record  of  reforms,  1894-1914 301  H46 

An  elaborate  description  of  a  Utopia  realized  through  the  efforts  of  a 
benevolent   English   millionaire  who,   having  accumulated   a  fabulous 
fortune,    proceeds    to   restore   society   to   its    original    state   of   youth, 
health  and  innocence. 
HOBSON,  John  Atkinson. 

The  social  problem ;  life  and  work.     1901 301  H65 

Contents:  The  science  of  social  progress. — The  art  of  social  progress. 
"Intended  as  an  informal  introduction  to  the  science  and  art  of  social 
progress.  Its  plan  is,  first,  to  show  that  political  economy,  whether 
of  the  older  or  newer  type,  does  not  and  cannot  handle  successfully 
the  social  problem;  and,  secondly.  .  .to  examine  in  a  tentative  and  in- 
troductory way  some  of  the  main  questions  which  go  to  make  up  the 
problem  of  social  progress — for  example,  the  rights  of  the  individual 
and  of  property,  the  rights  of  society  as  a  maker  of  values,  social 
distribution  accoiding  to  needs,  and  so  on — until  the  author  arrives 
at  his  ground  principle  of  social  distribution  'from  each  according 
to  his  powers,  to  each  according  to  his  needs.'  "  Athenaeum,  1901. 
KIDD,  Benjamin. 

Social  evolution.     1895 30i   K24 

At  the  end  of  an  able  review  in  the  Political  science  quarterly,  Decem- 
ber, 1894,  Prof.  Franklin  H.  Giddings  says:  "Altogether,  then,  Mr 
Kidd's  book  is  a  curious  mixture  of  truth  and  fallacy.  But  it  is  an 
interesting  book,  and  stimulating.  It  will  make  a  great  many  people 
do  more  serious  thinking  in  sociology  than  they  have  ever  done 
before." 
Holds  that  moral  progress  has  no  rational  sanction  and  that  the  evolu- 
tion slowly  proceeding  in  human  society  is  not  primarily  intellectual 
but  religious  in  character. 
MACKENZIE,  John  Stuart. 

Introduction  to  social  philosophy.     1895 301  Ml8 

MACKINTOSH,  Robert. 

From  Comte  to  Benjamin  Kidd;  the  appeal  to  biology  for 

human  guidance.     1899 301  M184 

Contents:  Comtism,  with  some  scattered  parallels. — Simple  evolutionism; 
Spencer,    Leslie    Stephen.^ — Darwinism,    or    struggle   for    existence.    — 
Hyper-Darwinism;    Weisraann,    Kidd. 
MALLOCK,  William  Hurrell. 

Aristocracy  and  evolution;  a  study  of  the  rights,  the  origin 

and  the  social  functions  of  the  wealthier  classes.    1898. .  .301  M29 
"The  word  aristocracy  here  means  the  exceptionally  gifted  and  efficient 
minority,  no  matter  what  the  position  in  which  its  members  may  have 
been  bom,  or  what  the  sphere  of  social  progress  in  which  their  ex- 
ceptional efficiency  shows  itself."     Preface. 
NASH,  Henry  Sylvester. 

Genesis  of  the  social  conscience;  the  relation  between  the  es- 
tablishment of  Christianity  in  Europe  and  the  social  ques- 
tion.   1897 301  N14 

"The   book   is   more   than    a   tacit   protest   against   the   materialistic   ex- 
planation of  history. .  .The  pages  glitter  with  bright  sayings,  and  there 
are  many  attractive  passages."     Dial,  1897. 
"My  aim  is  to  show  how  the  social  question  strikes  its  roots  into  the 


266  SOCIOLOGY 

soil  of  that  Mediterranean  civilization  in  which  antiquity  summed  itself 
up,  and  out  of  which  modernity  issued."  Author. 

PAYSON,  Edward  Payson. 

Suggestions  toward  an  applied  science  of  sociology.  1898 301  P33 

PEARSON,  Charles  Henry. 

National  life  and  character.    1894 301  P35 

Contents:  The  unchangeable  limits  of  the  higher  races. — ^The  stationary 
order  in  society. — Some  dangers  of  political  development. — Some  ad- 
vantages of  an  enhanced  national  felling. — The  decline  of  the  family. 
— The  decay  of  character. 

ROSS,  Edward  Alsworth. 

Social  control ;  a  survey  of  the  foundations  of  order.     1901. 

(Library  of  economics  and  politics.)    301  R73 

Partial  list  of  authorities  cited,  p.443-448. 

After  considering  the  individual's  contribution  to  social  order,  viz.  sym- 
pathy, sociability,  sense  of  justice  and  of  resentment,  the  author  takes 
up  the  social  factors,  public  opinion,  law,  belief,  education,  custom, 
ceremony,  art,  etc. 

SMALL,  Albion  Woodbury,  &  Vincent,  G.E. 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  society.     1894 301  S63 

SNIDER,  Denton  Jaques. 

Social  institutions  in  their  origin,  growth  and  interconnec- 
tions, psychologically  treated.     1901   301  S67 

Contents:  The  secular  institution. — The  religious  institution. — ^The  edu- 
cative institution. 

SPENCER,  Herbert. 

Principles  of  sociology.    3v.    1892-97.    (Synthetic  philosophy, 

v.6-8.) 301  S74P 

References  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 

Social  statics,  with  Man  versus  the  state.     1893 301  S74 

Study  of  sociology.    1891 301  S74S 

Explains  the  scope  of  the  science,  its.  utility  and  method,  and  gfives 
some  of  its  more  important  general  principles. 

SPRAGUE,  Franklin  M. 

Laws  of  social  evolution;  a  critique  of  Kidd's  Social  evolution. 

189s   301   S76 

STUCKENBERG,  John  Henry  Wilburn. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  sociology.     1898 301  S93 

TARDE,  Gabriel. 

Les  lois  de  I'imitation;   etude  sociologique.     1900.     (Biblio- 

theque  de  philosophic  contemporaine.) 301  T19I 

Social  laws;  an  outline  of  sociology.    1899 301  T19 

WARD,  Lester  Frank. 

Dynamic  sociology.    2v.     1883 301  W21 

"The  ablest  systematic  treatise  in  English  on  Sociology.  Superior  to 
Comte  or  Spencer.  The  author,  however,  is  biased  by  grossly  mater- 
ialistic views  of  Christianity.  He  should  be  read  with  constant  refer- 
ence to  works  like  those  of  Fremantle  and  Westcott."    /.  R.  Commons. 

WRIGHT,  Richard  J. 

Principia;  or,  Basis  of  social  science;  a  survey  of  the  subject 
from  the  moral  and  theological,  yet  liberal  and  progres- 
sive stand-point.    1876 301  W93 


ESSAYS  267 

302     Compends 

HOLT,  Henry. 

Talks  on  civics.     1901 302  H74 

"Authorities,"  p.12-13. 

Attempts  to  make  young  people  realize  that  social  institutions  are 
evolved,  not  made  outright,  and  that  they  will  be  vitiated  or  destroyed 
by  ignorant  treatment.  Particular  attention  is  paid  to  discussion  of 
money,  land-tenure  and  taxation,  also  to  spreading  a  just  conception 
of  contract  as  a  preventive  of  labor  troubles  and  private  breaches  of 
faith. 

WRIGHT,  Carroll  Davidson. 

Outline  of  practical  sociology,  with  special  reference  to  Ameri- 
can conditions.     1899.     (American  citizen  series.) 302  W93 

Contains  many  bibliographies. 


303     Encyclopedias 


BLISS,  William  Dwight  Porter,  ed. 

Encyclopedia  of  social  reform.    1897 qr303  655 

Bibliography  of  bibliographies  in  social  reform,  p.1431-1432. 

LALOR,  John  Joseph,  cd. 

Cyclopaedia  of  political  science,  political  economy  and  of  the 

political  history  of  the  United  States.     3v.     1888-90 qr303  L44 

"An  invaluable  work  of  reference,  well  up  to  date,  articles  in  alphabeti- 
cal arrangement,  from  a  few  lines  to  elaborate  special  treatises. 
Nearly  thirty  leading  American  authorities  are  among  the  contribu- 
tors in  special  subjects."    Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

304     Essays 

ABBOTT,  Lyman. 

Rights  of  man;  a  study  in  twentieth  century  problems. 

1901  304  Ai3r 

Contents:  The  conflict  of  the  centuries. — The  growth  of  democracy. — 
Political  rights. — Industrial  rights. — Educational  rights. — Religious 
rights. — The  American  democracy. — American  domestic  problems. — 
American  foreign  problems. — The  perils  of  democracy. — Safeguards. — 
The  goal  of  democracy. 

Bibliography,  p.9-11. 

ASHLEY,  William  James. 

Surveys,  historic  and  economic.     1900 304  A82 

Partial  contents:  On  the  study  of  economic  history. — The  history  of  Eng- 
lish serfdom. — The  Anglo-Saxon  "township." — The  beginnings  of  town 
life  in  the  middle  ages. — The  Tory  origin  of  free  trade  policy. — The 
commercial  legislation  of  England  and  the  American  colonies,  1660- 
1760. — American  smuggling,  1660-1760. — The  Canadian  sugar  combine. — 
American  trusts. — The  economic  atmosphere  of  America:  "the  Ameri- 
can spirit." — Jowett  and  the  university  ideal. 

45  essays  and  book  reviews,  most  of  which  have  appeared  in  journals 
and  reviews  from  1890  to  1900. 

BASTIAT,  Frederic. 

CEuvres  choisies ;  ed.  by  A.  de  Foville 304  B29 

BAX,  Ernest  Belfort. 

Outlooks  from   the   new   standpoint.      1891.      (Social   science 

series.)    304  B33 

Contents:  The  orator  of  the  human  race,  (Clootz). — The  decay  of  pagan 
thought. — Liberalism  v.  socialism. — The  curse  of  law. — A  socialist's 
notes  on  practical  ethics. — The  economical  basis  of  Jiistory. — Individual 
rights  under  socialism. — Marriage.— Courage. — The  practical  signifi- 
cance of  philosophy. 


268  ESSAYS 

BOSANQUET,  Bernard,  ed. 

Aspects  of  the  social  problem.     1895 304  B64a 

Contents:  The  duties  of  citizenship. — The  children  of  working  London. 
— The  protection  of  children. — The  position  of  women  in  industry. — 
Marriage  in  east  London. — The  industrial  residuum. — Character  in  its 
bearing  on  social  causation. — Old  pensioners. — Pauperism  and  old-age 
pensions. — The  meaning  and  methods  of  true  charity. — Some  aspects 
of  reform. — Origin  and  history  of  the  English  poor  law. — Some  con- 
troverted points  in  the  administration  of  poor  relief. — Returns  as  an 
instrument  in  social  science. — Socialism  and  natural  selection.  —  The 
principle  of  private  property. — ^The  reality  of  the  general  will. 

These  essays  were  written  by  B.  Bosanquet,  H.  Dendy,  M.  M'Callum 
and  C.  S.  Loch. 
Essays  and  addresses.    1891.     (Social  science  series.) 304  B64 

Contents:  Two  modern  philanthropists,  (Moore  and  Leclaire). — Indi- 
vidual and  social  reform. — Some  socialistic  features  of  ancient  socie- 
ties.— Artistic  handwork  in  education. — On  the  true  conception  of  an- 
other world. — The  kingdom  of  God  on  earth. — How  to  read  the  New 

.  testament. — The  philosophical  importance  of  a  true  theory  of  identity. 
— On  the  philosophical  distinction  between  knowledge  and  opinion. 

BOSANQUET,  Mrs  Helen. 

The  standard  of  life,  and  other  studies.    1898 304  B641 

Other  studies:  The  burden  of  small  debts.— Klassenkampf. — The  lines  of 
industrial  conflict. — The  psychology  of  social  progress. — The  education 
of  women. — The  industrial  training  of  women. — Little  drudges  and 
troublesome  boys. — An  apology  for  "false  statements." — A  hundred 
years  ago. — Two  thousand  years  ago. 

BROOKLYN  ETHICAL  ASSOCL\TION. 

Man  and  the  state;  studies  in  applied  sociology.     1892 304  B77 

Sociology.     1893 304  B77S 

BUXTON,  Sydney  Charles. 

Handbook  to  political  questions  of  the  day.    1892 304  B98 

Author's  plan  is  to  set  forth  the  main  arguments  for  and  against  the 
leading  questions  of  English  domestic  policy,  leaving  the  reader  to  come 
to  his  own  conclusions.  He  begins  with  home  rule,  has  chapters  on 
"church  and  state,"  on  education,  on  the  various  reforms  such  as 
electoral  reform  and  shorter  parliaments,  on  the  land  laws,  the  liquor 
traffic,  "taxation  of  ground  values,"  etc. 

The  same;  with  supplement.     1892 304  B98h 

Contents  of  supplement:  Old  age  pensions. — Elementary  education. — Sale 
of  intoxicating  liquors  to  child-messengers. — Intoxicating   liquor   laws. 

CAIRNES,  John  Elliott. 

Political  essays.     1873 304  C12 

Contents:  Colonization  and  colonial  government. — The  revolution  in 
America. — International  law. — Fragments  on  Ireland. — Our  defences; 
national  or  a  standing  army? — Thoughts  on  university  reform  apropos 
of  the  Irish  educational  crisis  of  1865-6. — Present  position  of  the  Irish 
university  question,  1873. 

CARNEGIE,  Andrew. 

Empire  of  business.    1902 304  C2ie 

Contents:  The  road  to  business  success. — The  A.  B.  C.  of  money. — The 
common  interest  of  labour  and  capital. —  Thrift  as  a  duty. —  How  to 
win  fortune. — Wealth  and  its  uses. — The  bugaboo  of  trusts. — .^nglo- 
American  trade  relations. — Business. — Steel  manufacture  in  the  United 
States. — The  cost  of  living  in  Britain. — Oil  and  gas  wells. — The  three 
legged  stool. — Railroads  past  and  present. — Iron  and  steel  at  home  and 
abroad. — The  Manchester  school  and  to-day. — What  would  I  do  with 
the  tariff  if  I  were  czar? 

The  same.    1902 r304  C21 

Most  of  these  chapters  appeared  orig^inally  in  magazines. 

Gospel  of  wealth,  and  other  timely  essays.     1900 304  C21 

Contents:  How  I  served  my  apprenticeship. — The  gospel  of  wealth. — 
The  advantages  of  poverty. — Popular  illusions  about  trusts. — An  em- 
ployer's view  of  the  labor  question. — Results  of  the  labor  struggle. — 


ESSAYS  269 

Distant  possessions,  the  parting  of  the  ways. — Americanism  versus 
imperialism. — Democracy  in  England. — Home  rule  in  America. — Does 
America  hate  England? — Imperial  federation. 

CF^APMAN,  John  Jay. 

Causes  and  consequences.     1898 304  C36C 

Contents:      Politics. — Society. — Education;    Froebel. — Democracy. — Gov- 
ernment. 
Frank  but  optimistic  treatment  of  the  evils  of  American  politics  and  so- 
cial life. 

Practical  agitation.     1900 304  C36 

Contents:    Election  time. — Between  elections. — The  masses. — Literature. — 

Principles. — Conclusion. 
"An  attempt,"  the  writer  says,  "to  follow  the  track  of  personal  influ- 
ence across  society."  The  first  three  chapters  are  taken  up  with 
discussions  of  political  reform,  the  fourth  chapter  with  contemporary 
journalism.  The  results  of  these  discussions  are  then  summarized  in 
the  chapters  called  "Principles." 

DEAN,  George  Alfred. 

Fallacies  and  tendencies  of  the  age.     1871 304  D34 

ESSAYS  on  the  spirit  o^  legislation  in  the  encouragement  of 
agriculture,  population,  manufactures  and  commerce;  tr. 

fr.  the  French.    1800 r304  E84 

These  essays  gained  the  premiums  offered  by  the  CEconomical  society 
of  Berne,  Switzerland,  for  the  best  compositions  on  this  subject. 
FARRAR,  Frederick  William,  dean,  and  others. 

My  brother  and  I;  selected  papers  on  social  topics.    1895 304  F25 

Contents:  Farrar,  F.  W.  Am  I  my  brother's  keeper?— Hughes,  H.P. 
Christ  the  greatest  of  social  reformers. — Ely,  R.T.  The  church  and  the 
world.— Cable,  G.W.  The  negro  question.— Gustafson,  Axel.  The 
world's  drink  problem. — Gladden,  Washington.  Is  labor  a  commodity? 
— Behrends,  A.J.F.  The  Pauline  doctrine  of  the  sword.— Hughes,  H.P. 
Gambling.— Riis,  J.A.  The  problem  of  the  children.— Mitchell,  H.G. 
Redemption  of  the  slums. 
GLADDEN.  Washington. 

Social  facts  and  forces.     1897 304  G4S 

Contents:     The  factory. — The  labor  union. — The  corporation. — The  rail- 
way.— The  city. — The  church. 
Attempts  to  seize  only  salient  points  and  emphasizes  tendencies  affecting 
conduct  and  character. 

Social  salvation.     1902  304  G4SS 

Contents:  Religion  and  the  social  question. — The  care  of  the  poor. — The 
state  and   the  unemployed. — Our  brothers  in   bonds. —  Social  vices. — 
Public  education. — The  redemption  of  the  city. 
"References  and  suggestions,"  p. 237-240. 

HADLEY,  Arthur  Twining. 

Education  of  the  American  citizen.     1901 304  H12 

Contents:  The  demands  of  the  twentieth  century. — Our  standards  of 
political  morality. — Government  by  public  opinion. — The  formation 
and  control  of  trusts. — Socialism  and  social  reform. — The  relation  be- 
tween economics  and  politics. — Economic  theory  and  political  morality. 
— Ethics  as  a  political  science. — Political  education. — The  relation  be- 
tween higher  education  and  the  public  welfare. — The  direction  of 
American  university  development.  —  Fundamental  requirements  in 
school  education. — The  use  and  control  of  examinations. — Yale  prob- 
lems, past  and  present. 

HALE,  Edward  Everett. 

Addresses  and   essays   on   subjects   of  history,  education  and 

government.     1900  304  His 

Contents:  What  will  he  do  with  it? — The  leaders  lead. — Democracy  and 
a  liberal  education. — The  professor  of  America. — What  is  the  Ameri- 
can people? — The  education  of  a  prince. — The  results  of  Columbus's 
discovery. — Puritan  politics  in  England  and  New  England. — The  Pil- 
grim Fathers. — The  people's  battle. — The  contributions  of  Boston  to 
American  independence.  —  R.  W.  Emerson.  —  The  state's  care  of  its 
children   considered  as  a  check  on  juvenile   delinquency. — Public  amuse- 


270  ESSAYS 

ment  for  poor  and  rich. — The  colonization  of  the  desert. — New  Eng- 
land nationalism. — Wealth  in  common. — The  ministry  to  a  ward. 
HAND,  James  Edward,  ed. 

Good  citizenship.     1899 304  H23 

Contents:  The  general  functions  of  the  state,  by  H.  Rashdall. — Of  demo- 
cratic government,  by  A.  L.  Lilley. — Of  the  municipality,  by  G.  L. 
Gomme. — Of  capital,  by  J.  A.  Hobson. — Of  labour,  by  J.  A.  Hobson. — 
The  housing  of  the  poor,  by  J.  E.  Hand. — Old  age  pensions,  by  G.  L. 
Gomme. — The  poor-law,  by  J.  T.  Dodd. — Factories  and  workshops, 
by  Mona  Wilson. — The  treatment  of  criminals,  by  W.  D.  Morrison. 
— Christian  socialism  and  local  government,  by  G.  W.  E.  Russell. — 
The  nation's  duties  to  the  empire,  by  W.  P.  Reeves. — The  obligation 
of  civil  law,  by  H.  S.  Holland. — The  church  and  civilisation,  by  F.  E. 
Powell. — The  progress  of  morality  in  the  relations  of  men  and  women, 
by  J.  M.  Wilson. — Women  in  social  life,  by  Mrs  R.  C.  Phillimore. — 
The  work  of  a  ladies'  settlement,  by  E.  M.  Portal. — Women's  work 
on  vestries  and  councils,  by  A.  E.  Busk. — The  obligations  of  social 
service,  by  T.  C.  Fry. — The  churchman  as  a  citizen,  by  Canon  Bar- 
nett. — The  economic  duty  of  the  consumer,  by  J.  Carter. — Citizen- 
ship in  poets,  by  Ronald  Bayne. — Art  and  the  commonwealth,  by 
A.  G.  B.  Atkinson. 
HARRISON,  Jonathan  Baxter. 

Certain  dangerous  tendencies  in  American  life,  and  other  pa- 
pers.    1880   r304  H29 

Other  papers:    The  nationals;    their  origin  and  their  aims. — Three  typi- 
cal  workingmen. — Workingmen's  wives.— The  career  of  a  capitalist. — 
Study  of  a  New  England  factory  town. — Preaching. — Sincere  demagogy. 
HART,  Albert  Bushnell. 

Practical  essays  on  American  government.     1894 304  H31 

Contents:  The  speaker  as  premier. — The  exercise  of  the  suffrage. — The 
election  of  a  president. — Do  the  people  wish  civil  service  reform? — 
The  Chilean  controversy;  a  study  in  American  diplomacy.  —  The 
colonial  town  meeting. — The  colonial  shire. — The  rise  of  American 
cities. — The  biography  of  a  river  and  harbor  bill. — The  public  land 
policy  of  the  United  States. — Why  the  South  was  defeated  in  the  Civil 
war. 
HODGES,  George. 

Faith  and  social  service;  lectures  before  the  Lowell  institute. 

1896 304  H66 

The  same.    1896 r304  H66 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Evolution  and  ethics,  and  other  essays.     1894 304  H98 

Other  essays:  Science  and  morals. — Capital,  the  mother  of  labour. — 
Social  diseases  and  worse  remedies:  The  struggle  for  existence  in 
human  society,  Letters  to  the  "Times"  on  the  "Darkest  England" 
scheme,  Legal  opinions  respecting  General  Booth's  acts,  The  articles 
of  war  of  the  Salvation  army. 

KELLY,  Edmond. 

Evolution   and   effort  and   their  relation   to   religion    and 

politics.     1895 304  K17 

Contents:  The  conflict  of  science  and  religion. — Perfectibility  of  man. — 
Determinism. — Determinism  and  the  evolution  of  love. — Determinism 
and  courage. — Religion;  the  historic  view. — Religion;  the  scientific 
view. — The  church  and  the  state. — Municipal .  misgovemment. — The 
problem  of  pauperism. — Problem  of  socialism. — The  problem  of  educa- 
tion.— Party  government. — Summary  and  conclusion. 
Protests  against  laissez-faire  attitude,  and  holds  that  human  progfress  is 
dependent  on  conscious  effort.  Contains  a  specially  valuable  chapter, 
"The  problem  of  education,"  which  advocates  the  establishment  of 
an  endowed  newspaper. 
LODGE,  Henry  Cabot. 

Historical  and  political  essays.     1892 304  L76 

Contents:  William  H.  Seward. — ^James  Madison. — Gouverneur  Morris. — 
Why  patronage  in  office  is  un-American. — The  distribution  of  ability 


ESSAYS  271 

in  the  United  States. — Parliamentary  obstruction  in  the  United  States. 
— Parliamentary  minorities. — Party  allegiance. 

LORIMER,  George  Claude. 

Christianity  and  the  social  state.    1898 304  L87 

Contents:  A  gospel  according  to  Zola. — The  clergy  and  social  reform. — 
Other  states  and  the  social  state. — Religion  and  social  evolution. — The 
conservation  of  the  individual. — The  socialistic  salvation.  —  Corpora- 
tions and  co-operation. — Time  and  taxes. — ^The  crime  against  humanity. 
— The  redemption  of  childhood. — The  social  value  of  liberty. — Passing 
of  the  war-god. 

MOORE,  J.Howard. 

Better-world  philosophy;  a  sociological  synthesis.     1899 304  M87 

Contents:  The  problem  of  industry. — Blunders. — The  social  problem. — 
Egoism  and  altruism. — The  preponderance  of  egoism. — The  social 
ideal. — The  derivation  of  the  natures  of  living  beings. — Race  culture. — 
Individual  culture. 

NORDAU.  Max.  ^ 

Conventional  lies  of  our  civilization.     1884 304  N43 

Considers  every  social,  political,  economic  question  of  the  day,  giving 
the  condensed  result  of  the  investigations  in  all  fields  of  thought, 
and  combining  these  with  much  of  the  striking  origrinal  thought  to 
be  expected  from  the  author  of  "Degeneration." 

POBYEDONOSTSEFF,  Konstantin  Petrovitch. 

Reflections  of  a  Russian  statesman.     1898 304  P73 

"The  difficulty  of  pronouncing  the  name  of  the  Procurator  of  the 
Holy  Synod  of  Russia... has  not  prevented  him  from  becoming  a 
marked  figure  throughout  the  Western  European  world,  standing  as 
he  does  for  the  ultra-Russian  doctrine  in  Church  and  State,  and  for 
the  persecution  of  all  Jews,  Dissenters  and  infidels. .  .Madame  Novi- 
koff  seems  to  think  that  the  book... may  be  described  In  brief  as  a 
study  of  the  decline  and  fall  of  Parliamentary  government.  But  it  is 
a  great  deal  more  than  that... The  author  writes  on  Churcll'and  State, 
on  'the  great  falsehood'  (by  which  he  means  the  doctrine  of  the 
sovereignity  of  the  people),  against  trial  by  jury,  on  the  press,  on 
public  education,  on  Authority,  and  similar  topics."     Athenaeum,   1898. 

POTTER,  Henry  Codman,  bp. 

The  scholar  and  the  state,  and  other  orations  and  addresses. 

1897  304  P8s 

Contents:  The  scholar  and  the  state. — Character  in  statesmanship. — The 
scholar  in  American  life. — Scholarship  and  service. — The  heroisms  of 
the  unknown. — The  relations  of  science  to  modern  life. — The  rural  re- 
inforcement of  cities. — Christianity  and  the  criminal. — A  phase  of 
social  science. — Nobility  in  business. — The  ministry  of  music. — The 
gospel  for  wealth. — The  Christian  and  the  state. — The  higher  uses  of 
an  exposition. — A  hundred  American  years. — The  life-giving  w.ord. — 
The  significance  of  the  American  cathedral. 
"They  are  addressed  in  some  cases  to  the  clergy,  but  in  the  main  they 
appeal  to  all  conscientious  citizens,  and  their  burden  is  the  increasing 
importance  of  our  public  duties."     Xation,  1897. 

.RICHARDSON,  Sir  Benjamin  Ward. 

Health  of  nations;  a  review  of  the  works  of  Edwin  Chad- 
wick.    2v.     1887 304  R41 

V.I.    Biographical    dissertation    on    Edwin    Chad  wick. — Essays,    political 
and  economical,  including  "Practical  remedies  for  intemperance." 
— Essays,   educational   and   social. 
V.2.    Sanitary  and  preventive  of  disease. — Prevention  of  pauperism  and 
poverty. — Prevention  of  crime. 

ROOSEVELT,  Theodore. 

American  ideals,  and  other  essays.     1897  304  R68 

Other  essays:    True  Americanism. — The  manly  virtues  and  practical  poli- 
tics.— The   college   graduate   and   public  life. — Phases   of   state   legisla- 
tion.— Machine  politics  in   New  York  city. — Six  years  of  civil   service 
reform. — Administering  the   New    York   police   force. — The   vice-presi- 
18 


272  SOCIOLOGY— PERIODICALS 


dency  and  the  campaign  of  1896. — How  not  to  help  our  poorer  brother. 
— The  Monroe  doctrine. — Washington's  forgotten  maxim. — National 
life  and  character. — Social  evolution. — The  law  of  civilization  and  decay. 

The  Strenuous  life;  essays  and  addresses.     1900 304  R68s 

Other  essays:  Expansion  and  peace. — Latitude  and  longitude  among 
reformers. — Fellow-feeling  as  a  political  factor. — Civic  helpfulness. — 
Character  and  success. — The  eighth  and  ninth  commandments  in  poli- 
tics.— The  best  and  the  good. — Promise  and  performance. — The  Ameri- 
can boy. — Military  preparedness  and  unpreparedness. — Admiral  Dewey. 
— Grant. 

The  same.     1902 304  R68s2 

This  edition  contains  five  additional  essays  entitled  Manhood  and  state- 
hood, Brotherhood  and  the  heroic  virtues.  National  duties.  The  labor 
question.  Christian  citizenship. 

SMITH,  Goldwin. 

Essays  on  questions  of  the  day.     1894 304  S64 

Contents:  Social  and  industrial  revolution. — Utopian  visions. — The  ques- 
tion of  disestablishment. — The  political  crisis  in  England. — The  em- 
pire.— Woman  suffrage. — The  Jewish  question. — The  Irish  question. — 
Prohibition  in  Canada  and  the  United  States. — The  Oneida  com- 
munity and   American   socialism. 

WOODS.  Robert  Archey. 

English  social  movements.    1895.     (Social  science  series.) 304  W86 

Contents:  The  labor  movement. — Socialism. — University  settlements. — 
University  extension. — Social  work  of  the  church. — Charity  and  philan- 
thropy.— Moral  and  educational   progress. 


305     Periodicals 


AMERICAN  journal  of  sociology;  bi-monthly,  July,  1895-date. 

v.i-date.     1896-date raos  Asi 

AMERICAN  SOCIAL  SCIENCE  ASSOCIATION. 

Journal  of  social  science,    v.i-date.     1869-date r305  Asi2 

Contains  the  Transactions  of  the  American  social  science  association. 
FISHER'S    National    magazine    and    industrial    record,    June, 

1845-N0V.  1846.    V.1-3.    1846 r305  F53 

V.2  contains  an  index  to  the  first  and  second  volumes. 
JOHNS  Hopkins  university  studies  in  historical  and  political 

science;  ed.  by  H.  B.  Adams,    v.i-date.     1883-date r305  J35 

V.I.  Local  institutions. 

v.2.  Institutions  and  economics. 

V.3.  Maryland,  Virginia  and  W'asningrton. 

V.4.  Municipal   government  and   land  tenure. 

v.s.  Municipal  government,  history  and  politics. 

V.6.  History  of  cooperation  in  the  United  States. 

v.7.  Social  science,  municipal  and  federal  government. 

V.8.  History,   politics  and  education. 

V.9.  Education,   history  and   politics. 

V.  10.  Church  and  state. — Columbus  and  America. 

v.ii.  Labor,  slavery  and  self-government. 

V.I2.  Institutional  and  economic  history. 

T.13.  South   Carolina,  Maryland  and  Virginia. 

V.I 4.  Baltimore,  slavery,  and  constitutional  history. 

T.I 5.  American  economic  history. 

T.16.  Anglo-.^merican  relations,  and  Southern  history. 

▼.17.  Economic  history,  Maryland  and  the  South. 

T.18.  Taxation  in  Southern  states;  church  and  education. 

▼.19.  Diplomatic  and  constitutional  history. 

V.20.  Colonial  and  economic  history. 

JOHNS  Hopkins  university  studies  in  historical  and  political 
science;  ed.  by  H.   B.   Adams,  extra  volumes,     v.i-date. 


SOCIOLOGY— COLLECTED  WORKS  273 

1886-date raos  J3SS 

V.  5,  19  wanting. 

V.  I.  Levermore,  C.H.     Republic  of  New  Haven. 

V.  2.  Allinson,  E.P.  &  Penrose,  Boies.     Philadelphia,  1681-1887. 

V.  3.  Brown,  G.W.     Baltimore  and  the  19th  of  April,  1861. 

V.  4.  Howard,  G.E.     Introduction  to  the  local  constitutional  history  of 

the  United  States,    v.i. 

V.  6.  Brackett,  J.K.     The  negro  in  Maryland. 

V.  7.  W'illoughby,  W.VV.    Supreme  court  of  the  United  States. 

V.  8.  Nitobe,  I.O.     Intercourse  between  the  United  States  and  Japan. 

V.  9.  Vincent,  J.M.     State  and  federal  government  in  Switzerland, 

v.io.  Blackmar,  F.VV.     Spanish  institutions  of  the  Southwest, 

■v.ii.  Cohn,  M.M.     Introduction  to  the  study  of  the  constitution. 

\.i2.  Andrews,   CM.     The  old  English  manor. 

V.13.  Scaife,  W.B.     America;  its  geographical  history. 

V.14.  Scaife,  W.B.     Florentine  life  during  the  renaissance. 

V.15.  \\  eeks,  S.B.     Southern  Quakers  and  slavery. 

V.16.  Hazen,  CD.     Contemporary  American  opinion  of  the  French  rev- 
olution. 

V.17.  Lord,  E.L.     Industrial  experiments  in  the  British  colonies  of 

^  North  America. 

V.  18.  Adams,  C.K.  and  others.    State  aid  to  higher  education. 

V.20.  Hollander,  J. H.     Financial  history  of  Baltimore. 

V.21.  Callahan,  J.M.     Cuba  and  international  relations. 

V.22.  Levasseur,   Emile.     The  American  workman. 

MELIORA;  a  quarterly  review  of  social  science.     I2v.     1859- 

1869 r30S  Ms8 

No  more  published. 
STATESMAN'S  year-book,  1869-1870,  1879,  1886-1892,  1895- 
1897,  1899-date.     6th-7th,  i6th,  23d-29th,  32d-34th,  36th 
annual  publication-date.     1869-date r30S  S79 

306     Societies.      307     Teaching 

AMERICAN  ACADEMY  OF  POLITICAL  AND  SOCIAL 
SCIENCE. 

Annals,  quarterly,     v.i-date.     1890-date r3o6  A51 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  CHARITIES,   COR- 
RECTION AND  PHILANTHROPY,  Chicago,  1893. 
Sociology  in  institutions  of  learning;  ed.  by  A.  G.  Warner. 

1894 r307  I24 


308     Collected  works 


ADAMS,  John,  1735-1826. 

Works;  ed.  by  C.  F.  Adams.     lov.     1851-65 r3o8  A21 

Life  of  John  Adams,  by  C  F.  Adams,  v.i.  ' 

Volumes  z  and  3  are  devoted  to  the  autobiography,  the  .debates  in  the 
constitutional  convention,  a  dissertation  on  canon  and  feudal  law,  and 
the  independence  of  the  judiciary;  volumes  4,  5  and  6  to  a  defence 
of  the  constitution,  the  discourses  on  Uavila,  and  letters  on  govern- 
ment; volumes  7,  8  and  9  to  official  letters,  messages  and  public 
papers;  and  volume  10  to  correspondence.  Contains  a  very  complete 
index. 
BEECHER,  Henry  Ward. 

Patriotic  addresses  in  America  and  England,  from  1850  to  1885, 
on  slavery,  the  Civil  war  and  the  development  of  civil  liber- 
ty in  the  United  States ;  ed.  with  a  review  of  Beecher's  per- 
sonality and  influence  in  public  affairs,  by  J.  R.  Howard. 
1891   308  B37 


274  SOCIOLOGY— COLLECTED  WORKS         .   * 

BLAINE,  James  Gillespie. 

Political   discussions,   legislative,   diplomatic   and   popular. 

1887  308  B52 

CALHOUN,  John  Caldwell. 

Works;  ed.  by  R.  K.  Cralle.    6v.    1888 308  C13 

V.I.  A  disquisition  on  the  government,  and  A  discourse  on  the  con- 
stitution and  government  of  the  United  States. 

V.2.  Speeches,  i8i  1-1837,  (including  chapters  on  state  rights,  and  the 
Bank  of  the  United  States). 

V.3.     Speeches,  1837-1841,  (including  a  chapter  on  state  rights). 

V.4.     Speeches,  1841-1850,  (including  a  speech  on  the  slavery  question). 

v.s.      Reports  and  public  letters,  181 1-1846. 

V.6.      Reports  and  public  letters,  (including  chapters  on  state  rights). 

CHURCHILL,  Lord  Randolph. 

Speeches,  1880-1888;  collected  by  L.  J.  Jennings.  2v.  1889.  .308  C46 
V.I.  Landlord  and  tenant. — The  prelude  to  coercion. — The  beginning:  of 
coercion. — Irish  land  legislation. — The  Pamellites  and  the  liberal 
party. — Mr  Gladstone's  foreign  and  Irish  policy. — Parliamentary 
procedure;  the  cloture. — Egypt  and  England,  1883. — The  true  mean- 
ing of  home  rule. — Financial  reform. — The  radical  party. — Trust  the 
people. — The  desertion  of  Gen.  Gordon. — England  and  Egypt,  1884. 
— The  government  of  failure. — Mr  Gladstone's  errors. — Extension  of 
the  county  franchise. — Liberal  redistribution  schemes. — Conserva- 
tive clubs  and  newspapers. — The  Primrose  League;  England  and 
India. — Russian  aggression. — Mr  Gladstone's  policy  in  Ireland 
and  the  East. — The  ministry  of  many  policies. — Political  life  and 
thought  in  England. — Lord  Ripon's  policy  in  India. — The  true  con- 
servative policy. — ^The  agricultural  labourer. — Liberal  dissensions 
and  policy. — State  parties  in  1885. — Disestablishment. — Irish  policy 
o'  th<  cons<  "-vat'Vf  n  ir'y  188=  >^6 
V.3.  The  proposed  abandonment  of  Ulster. — The  union  party  suggested. 
— Mr  Gladstone's  home  rule  bill. — Causes  and  objects  of  the  union. — 
Conservative  policy  in  Ireland. — Policy  of  Lord  Salisbury's  first 
ministry. — The  new  conservative  policy. — Resignation  as  chancellor 
of  the  exchequer. — Perils  of  the  union  party. — On  his  resignation. — 
The  battle  of  the  union. — The  revolutionary  party  in  Ireland. — Na- 
tional expenditure. — Economical  ferocity. — Departmental  extrava- 
gance and  mismanagement. — Our  navy  and  dockyards. — Economy 
in  the  public  service. — Mr  Gladstone's  later  policy. — The  revolu- 
tionary party. — Fair  trade. — The  strength  of  the  union  party. — 
Home  rule. — Cost  and  condition  of  the  British  army  — Local  gov- 
ernment in  England  and  Ireland. — Reformed  local  government  for 
Ireland. — The  government  of  Ireland;  public  expenditure. — Politi- 
cal and  social  problems. — Expedition  to  Suakim. 

CLAY,  Henry. 

Life  and  speeches.    2v.     1843 r3o8  C54 

The  same;  ed.  by  Daniel  Mallory.    2v.     1844 r3o8  CS4I 

CLEVELAND,  Grover. 

Writings  and  speeches.     1892 308  C58 

Contents:  Speeches  and  letters  accepting  nominations. — Inaugrural  mes- 
sage, 1885,  and  speeches  at  Buffalo  and  Albany. — Civil  service  reform. — 
Taxation  and  revenue. — Centennial  and  anniversary  celebrations. — To 
farmers'  organizations. — To  commercial  and  business  associations. — To 
religious  and  charitable  organizations. — Addresses  before  professional 
bodies. — On  educational  and  patriotic  questions. — To  political  clubs  and 
organizations. — Speeches  in  political  canvasses. — On  some  social  and 
economic  questions. — The  character  of  Washington. — The  coinage  of 
silver. — On  pensions,  and  to  soldiers'  organizations. — The  Indian  prob- 
lem.— The  public  domain. — Some  notable  vetoes. — Characteristic  mes- 
sages.— Estimates  of  public  men. — The  maintenance  of  national  honor. 
— Miscellaneous  recommendations. — Thanksgiving  proclamations. — Let- 
ters and  speeches  of  a  personal  nature. 

COBDEN,  Richard. 

Political  writings.     1886 308  C63 

Contents:  England,  Ireland  and  America. — Russia.  1836. — 1793  and  1853. — 


SOCIOLOGY— COLLECTED  WORKS  275 


A  letter  to  Henry  Ashworth. — How  wars  are  got  up  in  India,  the  ori- 
gin of  the   Burmese  war. — What   next —  and   next?— The   three   panics, 
1847-8,   iSsi-1852-1853,   1859-1860-1861. 
First  two,   written  in   1835-36,  are  the  remarkable  pamphlets  which  prac- 
tically opened  the  career  of  the  great  English  free  trader,  and  contain 
the  substance  of  his  whole  policy;   "1793  and  1853"  is  a  protest  against 
the  fear  of  a  French  invasion  after  the  rise  of  the  second  empire; 
"What  next — and  next?"  concerns  the  Crimean  war;  "Three  panics"  is 
on  national  defence. 
COX,  S'lnu'.cl  Sidlivan. 

Eight  years  in  Congress,  1857- 1865;  memoir  and  speeches. 

1865   r308  C85 

CROMWELL,  Oliver. 

Letters  and  speeches,  with  elucidations  by  Thomas  Carlyle. 

3v.    1885-86,    (Works,  v.6-8.) 308  C89 

The  same.    3v.  in  2 308  CSgle 

The  same.    4v.     1897 r3o8  C89 

"The  chief  strength  and  the  greatest  value  of  the  book  are  in  the  orig- 
inal papers  here  collected,  many  of  which  were  now  for  the  first 
time  published.  Carlyle  professes  to  write  for  no  other  purpose  than  a 
mere  elucidation  of  the  text,  but  he  has  so  far  exceeded  his  profess- 
ions as  to  frame  the  most  powerful  argument  in  behalf  of  Cromwell 
ever  written."    C.  K.  Adams. 

EVERETT,  Edward. 

Orations  and  speeches.    4v.     1892-95 308  E95 

V.I.  The  circumstances  favorable  to  the  progress  of  literature  in 
America.— The  first  settlement  of  New  England. — The  first  battles 
of  the  Revolutionary  war. — The  principle  of  the  American  constitu- 
tions.— Adams  and  Jefferson. — The  history  of  liberty. — Monument 
to  Harvard. — The  settlement  of  Massachusetts. — Importance  of 
scientific  knowledge  to  practical  men,  and  the  encouragements  to 
its  pursuit. — The  working  men's  party. — Advantage  of  scientific 
knowledge  to  working  men. — Colonization  and  civilization  of 
Africa. — Education  in  the  western  states. — The  Bunker  Hill  monu- 

,  ment. — Temperance. — The  Seven  years'  war  the  school  of  the  Revo- 

lution.— The  education  of  mankind. — Ag^riculture. — Eulogy  on 
Lafayette. — The  battle  of  Lexington. — The  youth  of  Washington. — 
Education  favorable  to  liberty,  morals  and  knowledge. — The  battle 
of  Bloody  Brook. 

V.2.  The  boyhood  and  youth  of  Franklin. — Fourth  of  July  at  Lowell. — 
American  manufactures. — Anecdotes  of  early  local  history. — The 
western  railroad. — Anniversary  of  the  settlement  of  Springfield. — 
The  importance  of  the  militia. — The  17th  of  June  at  Charlestown. — 
Harvard  centennial  anniversary. — The  settlement  of  Dedham. — The 
cattle  show  at  Danvers. — The  Irish  charitable  society. — Improve- 
ments in  prison  discipline. — Superior  and  popular  education. — ^The 
Boston  schools. — The  importance  of  the  mechanic  arts. — Reception 
of  the  Sauks  and  Foxes. — Dr  Bowditch. — Fourth  of  July,  1838. — 
Education  the  nurture  of  the  mind. — Festival  at  Exeter. — Accumu- 
lation, property,  capital,  credit.— Importance  of  education  in  a  re- 
public.— The  settlement  of  Barnstable. — Normal  schools. — Open- 
ing of  the  railroad  to  Springfield. — The  Scots'  charitable  society. — 
John  Lowell. — Dr  Robinson's  medal. — British  association  at  Man- 
chester.—University  of  Cambridge.— Royal  agricultural  society  at 
Bristol.— Agricultural  society  at  Waltham.— York  minster.— Lord 
Mayor's  day.— The  geological  society  of  London.— The  Royal 
academy  of  art. — Royal  literary  fund. — The  agricultural  society  at 
Derby.— Reception  at  Hereford.— Saffron  Walden  agricultural  so- 
ciety.— Scientific  association  at  Cambridge.— The  Pilgrim  fathers. — 
University  education.— The  new  medical  college.— The  famine  in 
Ireland.— Aid  to  the  colleges.— Eulogy  on  John  Quincy  Adams.— 
The  Cambridge  high  school.— Second  speech  on  aid  to  the  colleges. 
—American  scientific  association.— The  departure  of  the  Pilgrims.— 
Cattle  show  at  Dedham. — The  19th  of  April  at  Concord. — The  Bible. 

V.3.  Battle  of  Bunker  Hill.— Opening  of  the  Brattle  House.— Cam- 
bridge high  school. — The  Ottoman  Empire. — The  birthday  of  Wash- 


276  SOCIOLOGY— COLLECTED  WORKS 

ington. — Conditions  of  a  good  school. — Beneficial  influence  of  rail- 
roads.— The  husbandman,  mechanic  and  manufacturer. — Treatment 
of  animals. — Effects  of  immigration.— Festival  of  the  alumni  of 
Harvard. — Education  and  civilization. — Dinner  to  Thomas  Baring. — 
Progress  of  agriculture.— The  death  of  Daniel  Webster.- Coloniza- 
tion of  Africa. — Abdul  Kahaman. — Discovery  of  America. — Stability 
and  progress. — The  Pilgrim  fathers. — New  Hampshire. — Vice-presi- 
dent King. — Peter  Chardon  Brooks. — Dorchester  in  1630,  1776  and 
1855. — Boston  school  festival. — Launch  of  the  Defender. — Ab- 
bott Lawrence. — Vegetable  and  mineral  gold. — Daniel  Webster  as  a 
man. — Reception  at  Philadelphia. — Mr  Dowse's  library. — The  uses 
of  astronomy. — George  Peabody. — Obituary  notice  of  Mr  Dowse. — 
Memorial  of  the  Franklin  family. — Academical  education. — The 
statue  of  Warren. — The  importance  of  agriculture. — Charitable  in- 
stitutions and  charity. — Dedication  of  the  public  library. — Dedica- 
tion of  Crawford's  Washington. — Presentation  of  the  cane  of  Wash- 
ington.— Recollections  of  Turkey. — Washington  abroad  and  at 
home. — The  Fourth  of  July. 
V.4.  The  character  of  Washing^ton. — Cattle-show  at  Springfield. — The 
New  York  state  inebriate  asylum. — Agricultural  society  at  Danvers. 
— Minot's  Ledge  light-house. — Eulogy  on  Thomas  Dowse. — Frank- 
lin the  Boston  boy. — William  Hickling  Prescott. — Henry  Hallam. — 
Latin  school  prize  declamation. — Power's  statue  of  Webster. — .Mex- 
ander  von  Humboldt. — Rufus  Choate. — Daniel  Webster. — Union 
meeting  at  Faneuil  hall. — Washington  Irving. — Eliot  school-house. 
— Henry  D.  Gilpin. — American  expedition  to  the  Arctic  sea. — Sani- 
tary convention. — Vindication  of  American  institutions. — Inaugura- 
tion of  President  Felton. — Everett  School-house. — Flag-raising  in 
Chester  square. — The  call  to  arms. — Daniel  Dewey  Barnard. — The 
Questions  of  the  day. — "E  pluribus  unum." — Nathan  Appleton. — 
Fiftieth  anniversary  of  graduation. — The  12th  Massachusetts  regi- 
ment.— Agriculture  as  affected  by  the  war. — Dinner  to  Prince  Na- 
poleon.— The  causes  and  conduct  of  the  Civil  war. — Cornelius  Con- 
way Felton. — The  Army  of  the  Potomac. — Opportunities  of  Har- 
vard students. — Female  education. — The  duty  of  crushing  the  rebel- 
lion.— The  demand  for  reinforcements. — The  Irish  regiment. — 
Nathan  Hale. — Inauguration  of  the  Union  club. — United  States 
naval  academy. — Harvard  college  in  the  war. — The  education  of  the 
poor. — National  cemetery  at  Gettysburg. — Aid  to  east  Tennessee.— ' 
The  navy  in  the  war. — Russia  and  the  United  States. — Josiah 
Quincy. — The  administration  of  President  Quincy. — The  duty  of 
supporting  the  government. — The  sailors'  home. — Reception  of  Cap- 
tain Winslow. — President  Lincoln. — Masachusetts  electoral  college 
of  1864. — The  relief  of   Savannah. 

FRANKLIN,  Benjamin. 

Complete  works.    lov.     1887-88 r3o8  F87 

FREYTAG,  Gustav. 

Politische  auf satze.    1897 308  F94 

HARRISON,  Benjamin. 

Speeches;   a  complete   collection   of  his   public  addresses 
from  Feb.  1888  to  Feb.  1892;  comp.  by  Charles  Hedges. 

1892 308  H29S 

Biography  of  Harrison,  p.7-8. 
Views  of  an  ex-president;  Benjamin  Harrison's  addresses 
and  writings  on  subjects  of  public  interest  since  the 
close  of  his  administration  as  president  of  the  United 

States;  comp.  by  M.  L.  Harrison.     1901 308  H2^ 

Partial  contents:  The  development  of  the  national  constitution. — The 
colonial  charters. — Legal  aspects  of  the  controversy  between  the  Ameri- 
can colonies  and  Great  Britain. — Elarly  attempts  at  union  and  the 
union  de  facto. — The  confederation. — The  institution  of  state  govern- 
ments.— The  status  of  annexed  territory  and  of  its  free  civilized  in- 
habitants.— Musings  on  current  topics. — Some  hindrances  to  law  re- 
forms.— Illinois  inheritance  tax  cases. — The  obligations  of  wealth. — 
Military  instruction  in  the  schools  and  colleges. — At  the  Republican 
ratification  meeting. — Compulsory  dishonesty. 


SOCIOLOGY— COLLECTED  WORKS        277 

JAY,  John,  1745-1829. 

Correspondence  and  public  papers;  ed.  by  H.  P.  Johnston. 

4v.     1890-93 r3o8  J22 

V.I.    1763-1781. 

V.2.  I781-I782. 
V.3.  I782-I793. 
▼.4.   I794-1826. 

JEFFERSON,  Thomas. 

Correspondence,  and  miscellanies.    4v.     1829 r3o8  J23C 

Jeffersonian  cyclopedia;  a  comprehensive  collection  of  the 
views  of  Jefferson,  classified  and  arranged  in  alpha- 
betical order;  ed.  by  J.  P.  Foley.    1900 qr3o8  J23J 

Writings;  ed.  by  P.  L.  Ford.     lov.     1892-99 r3o8  J23 

v.ip  contains  an  index. 

LINCOLN.  Abraham. 

Complete  works;  ed.  by  J.  G.  Nicolay  and  John  Hay.    2v. 

1894 308  L71 

Speeches;  comp.  by  L.  E.  Chittenden.    1895 308  L7IS 

McKINLEY,  William. 

Speeches  and  addresses.    1893 308  M184 

MACKINTOSH,  Sir  James. 

Miscellaneous  works.    3v.     1846 r3o8  M18 

V.I.  Dissertation  on  the  progress  of  ethical  philosophy,  chiefly  during 
the  17th  and  i8th  centuries. — On  the  philosophical  genius  of  Lord 
Bacon  and  Mr  Locke. — A  discourse  on  the  law  of  nature  and  nations. 
— Life  of  Sir  Thomas  More. — A  refutation  of  the  claim  on  behalf  of 
Charles  I  to  the  authorship  of  the  Iconbasilike. — Memoir  of  the  affairs 
of  Holland,  1667-1686. 
V.2.  Review  of  the  causes  of  the  revolution  of  1688. — An  account  of  the 
partition  of  Poland. — Sketch  of  the  administration  and  fall  of  Struen- 
see. — Statement  of  the  case  of  Donna  Maria  da  Gloria  as  a  claimant  to 
the  crown  of  Portugal. — Character  of  Charles,  first  marquis  Corn- 
wallis. — Character  of  George  Canning. — Preface  to  a  reprint  of  the 
Edinburgh  review  of  1755. — On  the  writings  of  Machiavel. — Review 
of  Mr  Godwin's  Lives  of  Edward  and  John  Philips,  &c.  &c. — Review 
of  Rogers's  poems. — Review  of  Madame  de  Stael's  "De  I'Allemagne." 
— Discourse  read  at  the  opening  of  the  Literary  society  of  Bombay. 
V.3.  Vindicae  Gallicae;  a  defence  of  the  French  revolution  and  its  Eng- 
lish admirers,  against  the  accusations  of  Edmund  Burke. — Speeches. 

The  same.     1854.     (Modern  British  essayists.) 308  M18 

MADISON,  James. 

Writings;  comprising  public  papers  and  private  correspon- 
dence; ed.  by  Gaillard  Hunt,    v.1-3.    1900-02 r3o8  M23 

V.I.  1769-1783. 
V.2.  1 783-1 787. 

V.3.     1787.     Journal  of  the  Constitutional  convention,  v.i. 
MILL,  John  Stuart. 

Dissertations  and  discussions,  political,  philosophical  and  his- 
torical,   sv.     1874-82 308  M68 

V.I.  The  contest  in  America. — The  right  and  wrong  of  state  interference 
with  corporation  and  church  property. — The  currency  juggle. — A 
few  observations  on  the  French  revolution. — Thoughts  on  poetry 
and  its  varieties. — Professor  Sedgwick's  Discourse  on  the  studies 
of  the  University  of  Cambridge. — Civilization. — Aphorisms;  a  frag- 
ment.— Armand  Carrel. — ^A  prophecy. — Writings  of  Alfred  de  Vigny. 
— Bentham. 
V.2.  Coleridge. — M.  de  TocqueviHe  on  Democracy  in  America. — Bailey 
en  Berkeley's  theory  of  vision. — Michelet's  History  of  France. — 
The  claims  of  labor. — Guizot's  essays  and  lectures  on  history. — 
Early  Grecian  history  and  legend. 
V.3.  Vindication  of  the  French  revolution  of  Feb.  1848,  in  reply  to  Lord 
Brougham  and  others. — Enfranchisement  of  women,  by  Mrs  Mill. — 


278  SOCIOLOGY— COLLECTED  WORKS 

Dr  W'hewell  on  moral  philosophy. — Grote's  History  of  Greece. — A 
few  words  on  non-intervention. — The  slave-power. — Utilitarianism. 

V.4.  Thoughts  on  parliamentary  reform. — Recent  writers  on  reform. — 
Bain's  Psychology. — Austin  on  jurisprudence. — Plato. — Inaugural 
address  delivered  to  the  University  of  St.  Andrews,  Feb.  i,  1867. 

v.s.  Endowments. — Thornton  on  labour  and  its  claims. — Professor  Leslie 
on  the  land  question. — Taine  De  I'intelligence. — Treaty  obliga- 
tions.--Maine  on  V^illage  communities. — Grote's  Aristotle. — L'avere 
e  rimposta. — Explanatory  statement  of  the  programme  of  the  Land 
tenure  reform  association. — Speech  on  land  tenure  reform.  May  15, 
1871. — Advice  to  land  reformers. — Speech  on  land  tenure  reform, 
Mar.  18,  1873. — The  right  of  property  in  land. 
MOLTKE,  Helmuth,  graf  von. 

Essays,  speeches  and  memoirs;  tr.  by  C.  F.  McClumpha 

and  others.    2v.     1893 308  M81 

V.I  contains  "Holland  and  Belgium  in  their  mutual  relations  with  each 
other  since  their  separation  under  Philip  II,  until  their  re-union  under 
William  I,"  and  "An  account  of  the  internal  state  of  affairs  and  of 
social  conditions  of  Poland." 

MONROE,  James,  1758-1831. 

Writings;  including  a  collection  of  his  public  and  private 
papers  and  correspondence  now  for  the  first  time  printed. 
v.i-6.    1898-1902 r3o8  M83 

V.I.   1778-1794.    V.2.   1794-1796.    V.3.   I796-1802.    V.4.   1803-1806. 

v.5.      1807-1816.     V.6.      1817-1823. 

PAINE,  Thomas. 

Writings;  ed.  by  M.  D.  Conway.    4v.     1894-96 308  P16 

V.I.    1774-1779,  (including  Common  sense,  and  The  American  crisis). 

V.2.     1779-1792,  (including  The  rights  of  man). 

V.3.    1791-1804,  (including  papers  on  the  French  revolution). 

V.4.    The  age  of  reason,  and  other  papers. 

PHELPS,  Edward  John. 

Orations  &  essays  of  E.  J.  Phelps,  diplomat  and  statesman;  ed. 

by  J.  G.  McCullough.     1901 308  P48 

Contents:  The  Bennington  centennial. — Chief  Justice  Marshall. — United 
States  Supreme  court  and  the  sovereignty  of  the  people.- — Law  as  a 
profession. — The  relation  of  law  to  justice. — Law  of  the  land. — Inter- 
national relations. — Farewell  to  England. — Samuel  Prentiss. — Isaac  F. 
Redfield. — The  Monroe  doctrine. — Equitable  estoppel. — The  constitu- 
tion of  the  United  States. — The  choice  of  presidential  electors. — Bryce's 
"American  commonwealth." — The  Bering  sea  controversy. — The  age  of 
words. 
Memoir  of  the  author,  by  J.  W.  Stewart,  p. 7-15. 

ROUSSEAU,  Jean  Jacques. 

Oeuvres.    v.i,  4,  8,  10,  15,  16,  18.     1817 r3o8  R77 

v. I.  Discours  sur  la  question;  Si  le  retablissement  des  sciences  et  des 
arts  a  contribue  a  epurer  les  moeurs. — Discours  sur  cette  question; 
Quelle  est  la  vertu  la  plus  necessaire  aux  heros,  et  quels  sont  les 
heros  a  qui  cette  vertu  manque? — Discours  sur  I'origine  et  les 
fondements  de  I'inegalite  parmi  les  hommes. — Discours  sur  I'econo- 
mie  politique. 

V.4.    Julie;  ou.  La  nouvelle  Heloise,  quatrieme  partie. 

V.8.  Lettre  a  M.  d'Alembert,  sur  son  article  Geneve,  et  sur  le  projet 
d'etablir  un  theatre  de  comedie  dans  cette  ville. — Narcisse. — Les 
prisonniers  de  guerre. — Pygmalion. — L'engagement  temeraire.- — Les 
muses  galantes. — Le  devin  du  village. — La  decouverte  du  nouveau 
monde. — Fragments   d'Iphis. — Fragments   de   Lucrece. 

v.  10.  Dictionnaire  de  musique,   (A — Mus). 

v.is.  Quatre  lettres  a  M.  le  president  de  Malesherbes. — Les  reveries  du 
promeneur  solitaire. — Kousseau,   juge   de   Jean-Jacques. 

V.16.  Correspondance. 

V.18.  Correspondance. 
SEWARD,  William  Henry. 

Works;  ed.  by  George  Baker.    5v.     1887-90 308  S51 

v.i.     Biographical  memoir,   (to   1849). — Speeches  in  the  Senate  of  New 


STATISTICS  279 

York. — Speeches  in  the  Senate  of  the  United  States. — Debates  in  the 

Senate  of  the  United  States. — Forensic  arguments,   (including  the  de- 
fence of  William  Freeman). 
V.2.     Notes   on    New    York. — State    papers. — Official    correspondence. — 

Pardon  papers.  • 

V.3.     Orations  and  discourses,   (including  the  speeches  on  Lafayette  and 

O'Connell). — Occasional  speeches  and  addresses.— Executive  speeches. 

— Political   writings. — General  correspondence. — Letters   from   Europe. 

— Speeches  in  the  Senate  of  the  United  States. 
V.4.     Memoir,    (1849-1861). — Orations  and  addresses. — Biography  of  De 

Witt    Clinton. — Political    speeches. — Speeches    in    the    Senate    of    the 

United  States. 
V.5.     Memoir,  (1861-1872). — Diary  or  notes  on  the  war. — Selections  from 

diplomatic    correspondence. — Occasional    speeches    and    miscellaneous 

papers. 

SPARKS,  Jared. 

Reply  to  the  strictures  of  Lord  Mahon  and  others  on  the  mode 

of  editing  the  writings  of  Washington.     1852 r3o8  S73 

SUMNER,  Charles. 

Works.     15V.     1875-95 r3o8  S95 

TEMPLE,  Sir  William. 

Works.    2v.     1720 qr308  T28 

V.I.    Life  and   character  of  Sir  William  Temple. — Observations   on  the 

United  Provinces  of  the  Netherlands. — Miscellanea. — Memoirs. 
v.a.    Letters. — Introduction  to  the  History  of  England. 
The  second  volume  was  edited  by  Dean  Swift. 

TILDEN,  Samuel  Jones. 

Writings  and  speeches;  ed.  by  John  Bigelow.     2v.     1885 308  T46 

WASHINGTON,  George. 

Writings;  ed.  by  W.  C.  Ford.     14V.     1889-93 i'3o8  W27 

"  'The  father  of  his  country'  is  to  be  found  entire  in  these  volumes, 
which  cannot  be  read  without  increased  admiration  for  Washington, 
and  without  a  sense  of  obligation  to  his  latest  editor."     Nation,  1893. 

Writings  selected  from  the  original  manuscripts,  with  a  life 

of  the  author  by  Jared  Sparks.     I2v.     1834-37 HoS  W27S 

With  newspaper  clippings  and  ms.  annotations  by  Judge  Veech. 
v.i  consists  of  the  life  of  Washington  by  Sparks;  v.2,  of  official  letters 
on  the  French  war,  and  private  letters  before  the  Revolution;  v. 3-8, 
letters  and  miscellaneous  papers  relating  to  the  American  revolution; 
y.9,  correspondence  from  1783-1789,  with  illustrative  documents;  v.io- 
II,  correspondence  from  the  beginning  of  his  presidency  to  the  end  of 
his  life;  v.  12,  speeches,  messages,  proclamations  and  addresses. 

WEBSTER,  Daniel. 

Works.    6v.     1854 308  W38 

The  same.    6v.     1851   r3o8  W38 

Biographical  memoir  of  the  public  life  of  Daniel  Webster,  by  Edward 
Everett,  v.  i,  p.  13-160. 


310-319     Statistics 

For  Registration  and  vital  statistics,  see  614.1 

AMERICAN  STATISTICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Publications:  quarterly.  1888-date.     v.i-date.     1889-date r3io  A51 

LONDON.  STATISTICAL  SOCIETY. 

Journal;  quarterly,  May,  1838-date.  v.i-date.  1839-date.  .  .r3io  L82 
v.so-date  title  page  reads  Journal  of  the  Koyal  statistical  society. 


-General  index,  v.  1-15.  1854. 
-General  index,  v.  16-25.  1863. 
-General  index,  v. 26-35.     1874. 


28o  ALMANACS 

General  index,  v.36-50.    1889. 

These  indexes  are  bound  in  two  volumes. 
Jubilee  volume,  June  22-24.  1885.    1885 raio  L82J 

MULHALL,  Michael  George. 

Balance-sheet  of  the  world  for  ten  years,  1870-1880.    1881.  ..r3io  Mgsb 

Dictionary  of  statistics.     1892 qraio  M95 

The  same.     1899 qr3io  M95d 

Industries  and  wealth  of  nations.     1896 r3io  M95i 

Progress  of  the  world  in  arts,  agriculture,  commerce,  manu- 
factures,   instruction,    railways   and   public   wealth,    since 

the  beginning  of  the  19th  century.    i88o r3io  Mgsp 

RUGGLES,  Samuel  Bulkley. 

Reports  of  S.  B.  Ruggles,  official  delegate  from  the  United 
States  to  the  International  statistical  congress  at  The 
Hague  in    1869.     1871.     (42d  cong.     1st  sess.     Senate. 

Ex.  doc.  no.7.) ri466 

SMITH,  Richmond  Mayo. 

Science  of  statistics,     v.i.     1895 r3io  S65 

Y.I.    Statistics  and  sociology. 
YOUNG,  Edward,  b.  1814,  and  others. 

Report  of  Edward  Young,  William  Barnes  and  Edwin  M. 
Snow,  official  delegates  from  the  United  States  to  the 
8th  session  of  the  International  statistical  congress  held 
at   St.    Petersburg,   Aug.    1872.      1874.      (43d   cong.    ist 

sess.     House.     Ex.  doc.  289.) ri6i5 

Contains  accounts  of  the  seven  preceding  congresses. 

BONAR,  James. 

Malthus  and  his  work.     1885 312  B61 

Presents  Malthus's  contributions  to  political  economy,  and  traces  his 
influence  upon  recent  economic  thought.     Reviews  his  critics. 

MALTHUS,  Thomas  Robert. 

Essay  on  the  principle  of  population.    1888 312  M29 

"Although  more  or  less  anticipated,  like  most  discoverers,  Malthus  gave 
a  position  to  the  new  doctrine  by  his  systematic  exposition,  which  it 
has  never  lost... It  was  accepted  by  all  the  economists  of  the  Ricardo 
and  Mill  .school,  and  Darwin  states  (Life,  1.  68)  that  Malthus's  essay 
first  suggested  to  him  the  theory  which  in  his  hands  made  a  famous 
epoch  in  modern  thought... In  his  own  time,  Malthus's  theory  was  ex- 
posed to  much  abuse  and  misrepresentation."  Dictionary  of  national 
biography. 

MEYERS  historisch-geographischer  kalender,  auf  das  jahr  1898. 

1898 r3i4  M65 

Almanacs 

ALMANACK  Hachette;  petite  encyclopedic  populaire  de  la  vie 

pratique;  edition  simple  pour  1899.     1899 r3i4.4  A44 

AMERICAN   agriculturist   year   book   and    almanac,  1898,  1900. 

2v.     1898-1900 r3i7.3  A512 

No  more  published. 

AMERICAN  almanac,    v.i-32,  in  17.    1830-61 r3i7.3  A51 

AMERICAN  almanac  and  treasury  of  facts,  statistical,  financial 

and  political;  ed.  by  A.  R.  Spofford,  1882,  1887.     v.5,  10. 

1882-87 r3i7.3  A5124 


ALMANACS  281 

AMERICAN  farmers'  almanac,  1830;  arranged  after  the  system 

of  German  almanacs,  by  C.  F.  Egelmann.     1830 r3i7.3  A5123 

CHRISTIAN  almanack,  1826 r3i7.3  C86 

Contains  a  gazeteer  of  American  missions  for  1826  and  a  description  of 
Pittsburgh. 

CONFEDERATE  States  almanac,  1862.     1862 r3i7.3  I22 

Bound  with  Illustrated  family  almanac. 

CRAMER'S  magazine  almanack,  1819,  1823,  1825 r3i7-3  C86 

The  almanac  for  1823  is  called  "Cramer's  Pittsburgh  almanack." 
Industries  of  Pittsburgh,  marriages,   deaths,  etc.     Similar  to  the  Pitts- 
burgh magazine  almanac,  but  larger  and  more  inclusive. 

FARMER'S  almanac,  1820 r3i7.3  C86 

FRANKLIN  almanac,  1825-1826,  1828.  3v.  in  I.  1825-28.  Rich- 
mond, Va r3i7.3  F879 

FRANKLIN  magazine  almanac,  1820-1821 r3i7.3  F87 

The   almanac  for   1820   is   imperfect;   the  title  for   the   issue  of   1821    is 

Franklin  almanac 
Contains    miscellaneous    historical    and    geographical    sketches,    among 

others,  a  description  of  Pittsburgh  and  its  vicinity  in  1820. 

ILLUSTRATED  family  almanac  tor  the  United  States  for  i86i. 

1861 , r3i7.3  I22 

JEFFERSON  almanac,  1829.     1829. r3i7.3  F879 

Bound  with  Franklin  almanac. 
LOOMIS'S  magazine  almanac,  1835-1836.    v.1-2,  in  i r3i7.3  Ws6 

Almanac  for  1835  contains  a  biographical  sketch  of  Zadok  Cramer,  who 
set  up  his  Pittsburgh  press  about  1800. 

The  almanac  for  1836  is  called  Loomis's  Pittsburgh  almanac. 
NATIONAL  almanac  and  annual  record.     1863-64.    v.1-2 r3i7.3  N15 

19TH  CENTURY  almanac;  a  complete  calendar  from  1800  to 
1900,  with  the  principal  events  in  each  expired  year. 
1884 r3i7.3  N36 

PITTSBURGH  almanac,  1863-1875,  1879.     1862-78 .r3i7.3  P67 

1863,  published  bv  J.  P.  Hunt;  1864-74,   1879,  published  by  Henry  Miner; 
187s,   published   by   S.    C.    Hill. 

PITTSBURGH  leader  almanac,    v.2.     1873 r3i7.3  P67I 

PITTSBURGH  magazine  almanac,  1822-1824.    v.io-12 r3i7.3  F87 

Bound  with   Franklin  magazine  almanac. 

The  almanac  for   1824  is   called  the   Pittsburgh  almanac  and  is  bound 

with   Cramer's  magazine  almanack,  r3i7.3   C86. 

Contains  stage  roads  leading  from  Pittsburgh,  presiding  justices  of  the 
courts,  dates  and  places  of  the  yearly  meetings  of  Friends,  etc. 
PITTSBURGH   post  almanac   for   1896-date.     v.i-date.      1896- 

date r3i7.3  P67a 

None  published  for  the  years  1897,  1899  to  iqoi. 
PITTSBURGH  press  almanac.     1895-date r3i7.3  P67al 

TRIBUNE  almanac  comprehending  the  Politician's  register  and 

the  Whig  almanac,  1838-date.     1868-date r3i7.3  T73 

VIRGINIA  almanac,  1823;  calculated  by  Joshua  Sharp. 

1823    r3i7.3    F879 

WEEKLY  telegraph  edition  of  the  British  almanac.     1898. . .  .r3i4.2  W42 

WESTERN  farmer's  almanac,  1827-1829,  1832-1834,  1836.    v.1-3, 

6-8,  10,  in  I.    1827-35 r3i7.3  W56 

V.I  title  page  reads  Farmers'  &  mechanics'  almanac. 

v.1-3  bound  with  Cramer's  magazine  almanack,  r3i7.3  C86. 

Curious  lists  of  stage  routes  leading  from  Pittsburgh  to  Philadelphia,  to 

Detroit,    Buffalo,    Morgantown.    Wheeling,    etc.     Also  annual   lists  of 

marriages  and  deaths  in  Pittsburgh. 


282  STATISTICS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 

WHIG  almanac  and  politician's  register,  1845,  1847-1850,  1854. 

1844-53 r3i7-3  W62 

WHITAKER'S  almanack,  1870-date.    v.2-date.    1869-date r3i4.2  W62 

WORLD  almanac  and  encyclopedia,  1894-date.     v.i-date. 

1894-date r3i7.3  W89 

Statistics  of  the  United  States 

DISTURNELL,  John,  comp. 

United  States  register  or  blue  book  for  1862.    1861 r3i7.3  D63 

GANNETT,  Henry. 

Building  of  a  nation;  the  growth,  present  condition  and  re- 
sources of  the  United  States,  with  a  forecast  of  the  future. 

1894     317-3    G16 

Mainly  statistical.     A  miscellaneous  collection  of  maps,  diagrams,   fig- 
ures and  comparisons  bearing  upon  the  political,  financial  and  indus- 
trial history  of  the  United  States. 

SCRIBNER'S  statistical  atlas  of  the  United  States,  by  F.  W. 

Hewes  and  Henry  Gannett.     1883 qr3i7.3  S43 

SEYBERT,  Adam. 

Statistical  annals  of  the   United   States,   founded  on   official 

documents,   1789-1818.     1818 qr3i7.3  Ssr 

UNITED  STATES— Statistics  bureau. 

Statistical  abstract  of  the  United  ^tates,  1879-1899.     no.2- 

22.     1880-1900 r3i7.3  U25sta 

nos.2-8    will   be   found   in   the   sheep  bound   set  of  congressional   docu- 
ments, nos.1923,  1978,  2030,  2108,  2198  and  2392. 

United  States  census  reports 

UNITED  STATES— Census  office. 

•Statistical  view  of  the  population  of  the  United  States  from 
1790  to  1830;  furnished  in  accordance  with  resolutions 
of  26th  February,  1833,  and  31st  March,  1834.    1835.   (23d 

cong.     1st  sess.     Senate.     Doc. 505.) qr3i7.3  U25S 

UNITED  STATES — Census  office.     (3d  census:  1810.) 

Aggregate  amount  of  each  description  of  persons  within  the 
United  States  and  the  territories  thereof,  agreeably  to  act- 
ual    enumeration     made     according     to     law,     in     1810. 

1811   qr3i7-3  U25C3 

Series  of  tables  of  the  several  branches  of  American  manu- 
factures, exhibiting  them  in  every  county  of  the  Union, 
so  far  as  they  are  returned  in  the  reports  of  the 
marshals,  and  of  the  secretaries  of  the  territories  in  the 
year  1810;  with  returns  of  certain  doubtful  goods,  pro- 
ductions of  the  soil  and  agricultural  stock.     [Compiled 

by  Tench  Coxe.]     1813 qr3i7.3  U25C3S 

Forms  the  third  part  of  a  '"Statement  of  the  arts  and  manufactures  of 
the  United  States." 
UNITED  STATES— Census  office.     (4th  census:     1820.) 

Census  for  1820.     1821 qr3i7-3  U25C4 

UNITED  STATES— Census  office.     (5th  census:     1830.) 
Fifth  census;  or,  Enumeration  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 


CENSUS  283 

United  States,  1830;  to  which  is  prefixed  a  schedule  of 
the  whole  number  of  persons  within  the  several  districts 
of   the   United   States   taken   according  to   the   acts   of 

1790,  1800,  1810,  1820.     1832 qr3i7.3  U25C5 

The  above  contains  the  three  parts  mentioned  in  the  following: 
"The  printed  results  of  the  fifth  census  are  contained  in  a  large  folio 
volume  of  163  pages;  but  the  report  was  so  badly  printed  that  it  was 
republished  the  same  year  by  direction  of  Congress  under  the  im- 
mediate supervision  of  the  Secretary  of  State.  The  two  reports  were 
bound  together  in  one  volume,  and  were  preceded  by  a  statement  of 
the  population  of  the  several  districts  of  the  United  States  at  the 
censuses  of  1790,  1800,  1810,  1820,  by  counties,  followed  by  a  re- 
capitulation by  districts." 

UNITED  STATES— Census  office.    (6th  census:     1840.) 

Census  of  pensioners  for  Revolutionary  or  military  serv- 
ices, with  their  names,  ages  and  places  of  residence,  as 
returned  by  Ihe  marshals  of  the  several  judicial  districts, 
under  the  act  for  taking  the  sixth  census.    1841 .  .  .qr3i7.3  U25c6p 

Compendium  of  the  enumeration  of  the  inhabitants  and  sta- 
tistics of  the  United  States.'  from  the  6th  census,  with  an 
abstract  of  each  preceding  census.     1841 qr3i7-3  U25c6c 

Sixth  census;  or.  Enumeration  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
United  States,  as  corrected  at  the  Department  of  state 

in  1840.     1841 qr3i7.3  U25C6 

UNITED  STATES—Census  office.    (7th  census:    1850.) 

Digest  of  the  statistics  of  manufactures  according  to  the 
returns  of  the  seventh  census.  (35th  cong.  2d  sess. 
Senate.    Ex.  doc.  no. 39.) r984 

Mortality  statistics  of  the  7th  census  of  the  United  States,  by 

J.  D.  B.  De  Bow.     1855 r3i7.3  U25c7m 

Report  of  the  superintendent  of  the  census  for  Dec.  i,  1852, 

and  report  for  Dec.  i,  1851.    1853 r3i7-3  U2Sc7r 

Binder's  title  reads  Abstract  of  the  seventh  census. 

Seventh  census  of  the  United  States.     1853 qr3i7-3  U25C7 

Statistical  view  of  the  United  States;  a  compendium  of  the  7th 

census;  comp.  by  J.  D.  B.  De  Bow.     1854 r3i7-3  U2SC7C 

UNITED  STATES— Census  office.    (8th  census:    i860.) 

[Final  report  of  the  8th  census.]     4v.     1864-66 qr3i7-3  U2Sc8 

v. I.  Population  of  the  United  States  in  i860. 
V.2.  Agriculture  of  the  United  States  in  i860. 
V.3.     Manufactures  of  the  United  States  in  i860. 

V.4.     Statistics  of  the  United  States  (including  mortality,  property,  etc.) 
in  i860. 

Preliminary  report  on  the  8th  census,  i860,  by  J.  C.  G.  Ken- 
nedy.   1862 r3i7.3  U25c8p 

UNITED  STATES—Census  office.     (9th  census:     1870.) 

Compendium  of  the  9th  census  compiled  under  the  direction 

of  F.  A.  Walker.     1872 r3i7.3  U25C9C 

[Reports,  final  volumes.]     3v.    1872 qr3i7-3  U25C9 

v.i.     Population  and  social  statistics. 

V.2.     Vital  statistics. 

V.3.     Wealth  and  industry. 

Statistical  atlas  of  the  United  States,  based  on  the  9th  census, 

1870;  comp.  by  F.  A.  Walker.     1874 qr3i7-3  U2SC9S 

UNITED  STATES—Census  office.     (loth  census:     1880.) 

Compendium  of  the  loth  census.    2v.     1883 r3i7-3  U25CIOC 


284  CENSUS 

[Reports,  final  volumes.]     22v.    1883-S8 qr3i7.3  U2SCI0 

Contents. 

Agriculture.     Report  on  the  productions  of  agriculture,  embracing  gen- 
eral statistics  and  monographs,     v. 3. 
Alaska.     Report  on  the  population,  industries  and  resources  of  Alaska, 

by  Ivan  Petroff.     In  v. 8. 
Building  stones.     Report  on  the  building  stones  of  the  United  States, 

and  statistics  of  the  quarry  industry  for  1880.     In  v.io. 
Cereals.     Report  on  the  cereal  production  of  the  United  States,  by  W. 

li.  Brewer.     In  v.3,  p.37i-SS3- 
Chemicals.     Report  on  the  manufacture  of  chemical  products  and  salt, 

by  W.  L.  Rowland.     In  v.2,  P.98S-1028. 
Coal.     Coals  of  the  United  States.     In  v.  15,  p.603-796. 
Coke.     Report  on  the  manufacture  of  coke,  by  J.  D.  Weeks.     In  v.  10. 
Cotton.     Report   on  the  cotton  manufacture  of  the   United   States,   by 

Edward  Atkinson.     In  v.2,  P.937-9S7. 

Report  on  cotton  production  in  the  United  States,  by  E.  VV.  Hilgard. 

v.5-6. 
Defective  classes.     Report  on  the  defective,  dependent  and  delinquent 

classes  of  the  United  States,  by  F.  H.  Wines.     v.2i. 
Factory  system.     Report  on  the   factory  system  of  the  United  States, 

by  C.  D.  Wright.     In  v.2,  P.S27-610. 
Flour.     Report  on   flour-milling  processes,  by  Knight   Neftel.     In  v.3, 

PSS5-582. 
Forests.     Report  on  the  forests  of  North  America  (exclusive  of  Mexico), 

by  C.  S.  Sargent,     v.9  and  portfolio  of  plates. 
Glass.     Report  on  the  manufacture  of  glass,  by  J.  D.  Weeks.     In  v.2, 

p.  1 029-1 152. 
Ice  industry  of  the  United  States,  by  Henry  Hall.     In  v.22. 
Iron.     Iron  ores  of  the  United  States.     In  v.  15,  p.  1-60 1. 

Statistics  of  the  iron  and  steel  production  of  the  United  States,  com- 
piled by  J.  M.  Swank.     In  v.2,  p.729-900. 
Machine  tools.     Report  on  machine  tools  and  wood-working  machinery, 

by  F.  R.  Hutton.     In  v  22. 
Machinery.     Report  on  the  manufacture  of  interchangeable  mechanism, 

by  C.  H.  Fitch.     In  v.2,  p.6i  1-704. 

Report  on  wool  and  silk  machinery  by  Knight  Neftel.     In  v.22. 
Manufactures.     Report    on    the    manufactures    of    the    United    States; 

general  statistics  and  monographs,     v.2. 
Marine  engines.     Report  on  marine  engines  and  steam  vessels  in  the 

United  States  merchant  service,  by  C.  H.  Fitch.     In  v.22. 
Meat.     Report  on   cattle,   sheep  and  swine;    supplementary  to   enumer- 
ation of  live  stock  on   farms  in   1880,  by   Clarence  Gordon.      In  v.3, 

P.9S1-1116. 
Mining   industries.     Report   on   the   mining   industries   of  the   United 

States   (exclusive  of  the  precious  metals),   with  special   investigations 

into  the  iron  resources  of  the  republic,  and  as  to  the  cretaceous  coals 

of  the  Northwest,  by  Raphael  Pumpelly.     v.  15. 
Mining  laws.     United   States   mining  laws  and   regulations,   and   state 

and  territorial  mining  laws,  with  local  mining  rules  and  regulations. 

V.14. 
Newspapers.     History  and  present  condition  of  the  newspaper  and  per- 
iodical press  of  the  United  States,  with  a  catalogue  of  the  publications 

of  the  census  year,  by  S.  N.  D.  North.     In  v.8. 
Petroleum.     Report  on  the  production,  technology  and  uses  of  petroleum 

and  its  products,  by  S.   F.  Peckhara.     In  v.  10. 
Population.     Statistics  of  the  population  of  the  United  States,     v.i. 
Power.     Report  on  the  statistics  of  steam-  and  water-power  used  in  the 

manufacture  of  iron  and  steel  during  the  year  ending  May  31,   1880, 

by  Herman  Hollerith.     In  v.22. 

Statistics  of  power  used  in  manufactures,  by  Herman  Hollerith.     In 

v.2,  p.487-525. 
Precious  metals.     Statistics  and  technology  of  the  precious  metals,  by 

S.  F.  Emmons  and  G.  F.  Becker,     v.  13. 
Prices.     Report  on  the  average  retail  prices  of  the  necessaries  of  life 

in  the  United  States,  by  J.  D.  Weeks.     In  v. 20. 
Pumps.     Report  on  steam  pumps  and  pumping  engines,  by  F.  R.  Hutton. 

In  v.22. 
Seals.     Report  on  the  seal  islands  of  Alaska,  by  H.  W.  Elliott.     In  v.8. 
Shipbuilding.     Report    on    the    ship-building    industry    of    the    United 

States,  by  Henry  Hall.     In  v.8. 
Silk.     Report  on  the  silk  manufacturing  industry  of  the  United  States, 

by  W.  C.  Wyckoff.     In  v.2,  p.901-935. 


CENSUS  28s 

Social  statistics.     Report  on  social  statistics  of  cities,  by  G.  E.  Waring. 

V.18-19. 
Steam  engines.     Report  on  the  manufacture  of  engines  and  boilers,  with 

a  review. of  the  principal  types  of  engines  for  manufacturing  purposes, 

by  C.  H.  Fitch.     In  v.22. 
Strikes.     Report  on  strikes  and  lockouts  occurring  within  the   United 

States  during  1880,  by  J.  D.  Weeks.     In  v.20. 
Tobacco.     Report  on  the  culture  and  curing  of  tobacco  in  the  United 

States,  by  J.  B.  Killebrew.     In  v. 3,  p.583-950. 
Tools.     Report  on  the  manufacture  of  hardware,  cutlery  and  edge-tools, 

also  saws  and  files,  by  C.  H.  Fitch.    In  v.2,  p.705-727. 
Trade  unions.     Report  on  trades  societies  in  the  United  States,  by  J. 

D.  Weeks.    In  v.20. 
Transportation.     Report  on   the  agencies   of   transportation,   including 

the  statistics  of  railroads,  steam  navigation,  canals,  telegraphs  and  tel- 
ephones.    V.4. 
Vital  statistics.     Report  on   the  mortality  and   vital  statistics  of   the 

United  States,  by  J.  S.  Billings,     v.ii-12  and  portfolio  of  plates. 
Wages.     Report   on   the   statistics   of   wages   in    the   manufacturing   in- 
dustries, by  J.  D.  Weeks.     In  v.20. 
Water-power.     Reports    on    the    water-power    of    the    United    States; 

statistics  of  power  and  machinery  employed  in  manufactures,    v.  16-17. 
Water-supply.     Report    on    the    water-supply    of   certain    cities    of   the 

United  States,  by  W.  G.  Elliot.     In  v.  17,  p.505-788. 
Wealth.     Report  on  valuation,  taxation  and  public  indebtedness,  by  R. 

P.  Porter,    v.  7. 
Wool.     Report    on    wool   manufacture    in   all    its   branches,    by    G.    W. 

Bond.     In  v.2,  P.9S7-984. 

UNITED  STATES — Census  office,     (nth  census:     1890.) 

Abstract  of  the  eleventh  census,  1890.     1896 r3i7.3  U25cixa 

Compendium  of  the  nth  census.    3v.    1892-97 qr3i7-3  U2SCIIC 

[Monograi-hs,  by  J.  S.  Billings.]    3v.  in  2.    1894-95.  •qi"3i7.3  U25ciim 
v.i-2.     Report  on  the  social  statistics  of  cities  in  the  United  States. — 

Vital  statistics  of  New  York  city  and  Brooklyn,  covering  a  period  of  6 

years  ending  May  31,  1890. 
V.3.     Vital  statistics  of  Boston  and  Philadelphia,  covering  a  period  of  6 

years  ending  May  31,  1890. 
Other  monographs,  except  one  by  Dr  Billings  on  Vital  statistics  of  the 

District  of  Columbia  and  Baltimore,  are  incorporated  in  the  final  re- 
ports. 

[Reports,  final  volumes.]     25V.     1892-96 qr3i7.3  U2SCII 

Contents. 

Agriculture.     Report   on    the    statistics    of   agriculture    in    the    United 

States.     In  v.  11. 
Alaska.     Report  on  population  and  resources  of  Alaska,  by  R.  P.  Porter. 

v.io. 
Blind.     Report  on  the  insane,  feeble-minded,  deaf  and  dumb,  and  blind, 

by  J.  S.  Billings,    v.21. 
Charities.     Report  on  crime,  pauperism  and  benevolence  in  the  United 

States,  by  F.  H.  Wines,    v.18-19. 
Chemicals  and  allied  products,  by  Henry  Bower  and  Henry  Pemberton. 

In  V.16,  p.275-308. 
Churches.     Report  on  statistics  of  churches  in  the  United  States,   by 

H.  K.  Carroll,     v.  7. 
Clay  products.    In  v.i6,  p.sos-S4i. 
Coke,  by  J.  D.  Weeks.     In  v.  16,  p.343-356. 
Crime.     Report   on   crime,    pauperism    and   benevolence   in    the    United 

States,  by  F.  H.  Wines,     v.18-19. 
Deaf  and  Dumb.     Report  on  the  insane,  feeble-minded,  deaf  and  dumb, 

and  blind,  by  J.  S.  Billings,    v.21. 
Education.     Report  on  education  in  the  United  States,  by  J.  H.  Blod- 

gett.     In  v.9. 
Electrical  industries  in  the  state  of  New  York,  by  A.  R.  Foote.     In 

V.  16,  p.239-272. 
Farms.     Report  on  farms  and  homes:     proprietorship  and  indebtedness, 

by  G.  K.  Holmes  and  J.  S.  Lord.     v.20. 
Fisheries.     Report  on  statistics  of  fisheries  in  the  United   States.     In 

V.  II. 

Forest  industries,  by  G.  A.  Priest.    In  v.  16,  p.  593-645. 

Gas.    In  v.  16,  p.699-725. 

Glass,  by  J.  D.  Weeks.    In  v.i6,  p.31 1-340. 


a86  CENSUS 

Glue,  by  R.  W.  Powell.     In  v. i6,  p.377-380. 

Indians.  Report  on  Indians  taxed  and  Indians  not  taxed  in  the  United 
States  (except  Alaska),     v.6. 

Insane.  Report  on  the  insane,  feeble-minded,  deaf  and  dumb,  and  blind, 
by  J.  S.  Billings,     v.21. 

Insurance.  Report  on  insurance  business  in  the  United  States,  by  C. 
A.  Jenney.     v.4-5. 

Iron.  Iron  and  steel  manufacture,  by  W.  M.  Sweet. — Cast  iron  pipe 
industry. — Wrought  iron  and  steel  pipe. — Locomotives.  In  v.  16,  p.383- 
501. 

Irrigation.  Report  on  agriculture  by  irrigation  in  the  western  part  of 
the  United  States,  by  K.  H.  Newell,     v.  11. 

Manufactures.  Report  on  manufacturing  industries  in  the  United 
States.  Pt.  t.  Totals  for  states  and  industries.  Pt.2.  Statistics  of  cities. 
Pt.3.   Selected  industries,     v.  14-16. 

Mineral  industries.  Report  on  mineral  industries  in  the  United  States, 
by  D.  T.  Day.     v.i. 

Mortgages.  Report  on  real  estate  mortgages  in  the  United  States,  by 
G.  K.  Holmes  and  J.  S.  Lord.     v.  17. 

Newspapers  and  periodicals.     In  v.  16,  p. 649-695. 

Pauperism.  Report  on  crime,  pauperism  and  benevolence  in  the  United 
States,  by  F.  H.  Wines,     v.  18-19. 

Petroleum.     Refining  of  petroleum,  by  J.  D.  Weeks.     In  v.  16,  p.359-373. 

Population.     Report  on  population  in  the  United  States,     v.8-9. 

Salt.     In  v.  16,  p. 579-589. 

Shipbuilding.     In  v. 16,  p. 545-575. 

Textiles.  Principal  textile  industries  in  the  United  States;  Wool  man- 
ufacture, by  S.  N.  D.  North. — Cotton  manufacture,  by  Edward  Stan- 
wood. — Silk  manufacture,  by  Byron  Rose. — Dyeing  and  finishing  tex- 
tiles, by  P.  T.  Wood.     In  v.  16,  p.3-236. 

Transportation.  Report  on  transportation  business  in  the  United  States. 
Pt.i.  By  land.  Pt.2.  By  water,  [including  transportation  by  express 
companies],     v.  12-13. 

Vital  statistics.  Report  on  vital  statistics  in  the  United  States,  by 
J.  S.  Billings,     v.22-25. 

Wealth.     Report  on  wealth,  debt  and  taxation-,  by  J.  K.  Upton,     v. 2-3. 

Special  census  report  on  the  occupations  of  the  population 
of  the  United  States  at  the  nth  census,  [by  W.  C. 
Hunt].  1896.  (52d  cong.  ist  sess.  House.  Mis.  doc. 
340.)  qr3i7-3  U25CIISP 

"These  statistics  constitute  a  part  only  of  the  discussion  and  general 
tables  relating  to  occupations,  which  will  appear  in  Part  II  of  the  Re- 
port on  Population." 

Statistical  atlas  of  the  United  States,  based  upon  results  of  the 

eleventh  census  by  Henry  Gannett.     1898 ....qr3i7.3  Uasciis 

UNITED  STATES — Census  office.     (12th  census:     1900.) 

Bulletins  of  the  12th  census,    no.ia,  4-246.    1900-02. .  .qr3i7.3  U25CI2 
Bulletins  1-3  were  issued  for  routine  official  requirements  and  not  for 

general  distribution, 
no.  tos,   168-174  missing. 

Census  reports,    v.i-io.     1901-02 qr3i7-3  U25ci2r 

Contents. 

Agriculture.  Pt. i.  Farms,  live  stock,  and  animal  products.  Pt.2.  Crops 
and  irrigation,     v.5-6. 

Manufactures.  Pt.i.  United  States  by  industries.  Pt.2.  States  and  ter- 
ritories.    Pt.3-4.  Special  reports  on  selected  industries,     v.7-10. 

Population,     v.  1-2. 

Vital  statistics.  Pt.i.  Analysis  and  ratio  tables.  Pt.2.  Statistics  of 
deaths,     v.  3-4. 

WRIGHT.  Carroll  Davidson. 

History  and  growth  of  the  United  States  census,  prepared  for 
the  Senate  committee  on  the  census.  1900.  (56th  cong. 
1st  sess.     Senate.     Doc.  no.194.)    r3i7-3  W93 


CENSUS  287 

Special  states 

HOYT,  Edmund  S.  comp. 
■    Maine  state  year-book;  annual  register  for  1871,  and  legisla- 
tive manual  for  1870.     1869  ^317^  H86 

MASSACHUSETTS— Census,  (1875). 

Census  of  Massachusetts,  1875;  prepared  under  the  direction 

of  C.  D.  Wright,    v.1-3.    1877 r3i7.4  M45 

V.I.  Population  and  social  statistics. 
V.2.  Manufactures  and  occupations. 
V.3.    Agricultural  products  and  property. 

V.4  was  published  as  the  7th  annual  report  of  the  Bureau  of  statistics 
of  labor,  r33i   M456  v.7. 

Compendium  of  the  census  of  Massachusetts,  1875;  comp.  by 

C.  D.  Wright.    1877 ^317.4  M4SC 

MASSACHUSETTS— Census,  (1895). 

Census  of  Massachusetts,  1895.     7^-     1896-1900 qr3i7.4  M45ce 

V.1-4.  Population  and  social  statistics. 

V.     5.  Manufactures. 

V.    6.  The  fisheries,  commerce  and  agriculture. 

V.     7.  Social  statistics  and  general  summaries. 

VIRGINIA— Convention,  1850-51. 

Documents  containing  statistics  of  Virginia,  ordered  to  be 
printed  by  the  state  convention  sitting  in  Richmond, 
1850-51.     1851 r3i7.5  V34 

Contents:  Statement  showing  the  number  of  patents  issued  annually 
from  the  Virginia  land  office,  from  Jan.  i,  1840  to  Oct.  31,  1850,  and 
the  amount  of  acres  of  land  patented. — Statement  of  the  number  of 
persons  paying  taxes  on  land,  slaves  and  other  property,  1850. — 
Statement  showing  the  value  of  the  lands  and  lots  in  the  counties 
and  districts  of  Virginia,  under  the  assessment  of  1850. — Statement 
showing  the  amount  paid  out  of  the  treasury  in  each  year  for  con- 
vict slaves,  from  1800  to  1850. — Statement  of  expenditures  of  the 
commonwealth  for  the  year  ending  Sept.  30,  1850,  divided  among  the 
counties,  cities  &  towns. — Statement  of  taxes  assessed  for  each 
county,  city  and  town,  and  the  amount  on  each  subject  of  taxation 
for  the  year  1850. — Table  showing  amount  of  tax  that  would  be 
payable  by  each  county,  city  and  town,  under  the  recent  assess- 
ment of  lands  at  the  rate  of  taxation  now  prescribed  by  law. — State- 
ment shewing  the  amount  of  taxes  assessed  for  each  county,  city 
and  town,  for  the  years  1790,  1800,  1810,  '20,  '30  &  '40. — State- 
ment shewing  the  average  value  of  lands  per  acre,  for  the  years 
1800,  1820,  1840  and  1850. — Statement  shewing  the  value  of  all  the 
real  estate  and  personal  property  in  each  of  the  counties,  cities  &  towns, 
taxed  in  1849  and  1850. — Tables  .shewing  the  number  of  free  white 
persons  over  the  age  of  twenty  years,  in  Virginia,  who  cannot  read 
and  write,  the  number  of  free  white,  free  colored  &  slave  titheables  in 
1830,  1840  and  1850. — Statement  shewing  the  number  of  white  males 
&  white  females  over  twenty-one  years  of  age,  in  Virginia. — Report 
of  the  second  auditor  in  relation  to  the  internal  improvements  to 
which  the  state  has  contributed  by  subscriptions,  loans  and  appropri- 
ations.— Statement  shewing  the  appropriations  made  by  the  last  Gen- 
eral assembly  to  works  of  internal  improvement. — Statements  from 
•  the   governor   relative   to   the   unfinished    improvements   in    which   the 

state  is  interested. — Report  of  the  second  auditor  in  relation  to  the 
number  of  poor  children  sent  to  school,  and  the  number  of  schools  in 
the  state,  and  what  portion  of  the  literary  fund  has  been  loaned  to 
colleges,  academies,  &c. — Statement  of  the  second  auditor  shewing  the 
debt,  liabilities  &  resources  of  V^irginia,  to  April  i,  1851. — Statement 
of  causes  pending  in  the  court  of  appeals  at  Lewisburg,  22d  Oct.  1850. 
— Statement  of  causes  pending  in  the  court  of  appeals  at  Richmond. — 
Abstracts  from  the  reports  of  the  clerks  of  the  court  of  appeals  and 
of  the  circuit  superior  courts  of  law  and  chancery  for  the  years  end- 
ing 30th  August,  1838  to  1849. — Statement  of  the  number  of  justices 
of  the  peace  in  Virginia,  from  1830  [to  1850]. 
19 


STATISTICS  OF  OTHER  COUNTRIES 


INDIANA — Statistics  bureau. 

Annual  report  (ist-6th),  1879-1884.    1880-85 ^317.7  I24 

Third  annual  report,    1881,   missing. 

Beginning  with  the  report  for  1885-86  issued  biennially.    * 

Until  1883  called  Bureau  of  statistics  and  geolog^y. 

Biennial  report  (ist-date)  of  the  Department  of  statistics, 

for  the  two  years  ending  1886-date.    1887-date r3i77  I24 

IOWA — Secretary  of  state. 

Census  for  1880,  and  the  same  compared  with  the  findings 
of  each  of  the  other  states,  and  with  all  former  enumer- 
ations of  the  territory  now  embraced  within  the  limits 
of  the  state  of  Iowa;  with  other  historical  and  statisti- 
cal data.     1883 r3i7-7  I25 

Appendix:    Register  of  the  territory  of  Iowa. — Register  of  constitutional 

conventions. — Register  of  the  state  of  Iowa. — State  institutions. 
Binder's  title  reads  "Historical  and  comparative  census,  1836-1880." 

Statistics  of  other  countries 

SWEDEN — Statistiska  central-byran. 

Bidrag  till  Sveriges  officiela  statistik;  utrikes  handel  och 

sjofart  for  ar  1894,  1895.    2v.  in  i.     1895-96 qr3i4.8  S97 

WEST  African  year-book,  1901.    v.i-date.     1901-date r3i6.6  W56 

CANADA — Agriculture,  Department  of. 

Statistical  year-book  of  Canada,  1892-1893,  1897,  1899-1901. 

8th-9th,  13th,  I5th-T7th  year  of  issue.     1893-1902 r3i7.i  C16 

UNITED  STATES — Cuban  census  office. 

Census  of  Cuba,  bulletin,  no. 1-3.  1900.  (War  depart- 
ment.)    r3i7.2  U2S 

no. I.     Total    population    by    provinces,    municipal    districts,    cities,    and 

wards, 
no. 2.     Population  by   age,   sex,   race,    nativity,   conjugal   condition,   and 

literacy. 
no.3.     Citizenship,  literacy,  and  education. 

Report  on  the  census  of  Cuba,  1899.  1900.  (War  depart- 
ment.)    r3i7-2  U25r 

UNITED  STATES— Porto  Rico  census  office. 

Census  of  Porto  Rico,  bulletin,  no. 1-3.  1900.  (War  de- 
partment.)     r3i7.2  U25C 

no. I.     Total  population  by  departments,   municipal  districts,  cities,  and 

wards. 
no.2.     Population   by   age,   sex,    race,    nativity,   conjugal  condition,   and 

literacy. 
no.3.     Citizenship,  literacy,  and  education. 

Report  on  the  census  of  Porto  Rico,  1899.  1900.  (War  de- 
partment.)  r3i7.2  U25re 

NEW  ZEALAND — Registrar  general's  office. 

Statistics   of   New   Zealand   for   the  year   1898-date;   with 

statistics  of  local  governing  bodies.    1899-date qr3i9-3  N26S 

NEW  SOUTH  WALES— Statistician's  office. 

New  South  Wales  statistical  register  for  1897  and  previous 

years;  compiled  from  official  returns.    1898 qr3i9.4  N26n 

"The    thirteen    parts    which    this   volume   comprises   have    already   been 
issued  separately."     Preface. 

Statistical  account  of  the  seven  colonies  of  Australasia, 

1897/98-1899/1900.    7th-8th  issue.    1898-1900 r3i9.4  N26 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE  289 

Wealth  and  progress  of  New  South  Wales,  1897-8,  by  T. 

A.  Coghlan.    nth  issue.     1899 r3i9-4  N26W 

YEAR-BOOK  of  Australia;  ed.  by  Edward  Greville,  1900-1901. 

I9th-20th  year.     1900-1901 r3i94  Y21 

HAWAIIAN  almanac  and  annual,  1898-date.    24th  year-date. 

1898-date  r3i9.6  H36 

320     Political  science 

KELLY,  Edmond. 

Government;  or.  Human  evolution,    v.i.     1900 320  K17 

V.I.     Justice. 

"It  has  been  deemed  advisable  to  publish  the  present  work  on  human 
government  in  two  parts — the  first  of  which,  under  the  sub-title  of 
Justice,  deals  mainly  with  fundamental  problems  of  theory;  the  second 
under  the  sub-title,  Individualism  and  collectivism,  will  deal  with  prob- 
ably the  most  practical  issues  of  the  day."    Preface. 

LECKY,  William  Edward  Hartpole. 

Democracy  and  liberty.    2v.    1896 320  L48 

The  same.    2v.     1899 1*320  L48 

"The  title  selected  for  this  book  does  not  g^ive  a  very  clear  intimation 
of  its  contents,  which  embrace  a  discussion  of  the  effect  of  universal 
suffrage  on  representative  institutions  and  on  liberty;  the  limits  of 
State  interference;  Socialism  and  Socialist  political  economy;  Church 
and  State;  popular  education;  woman  suffrage;  the  eight-hour  move- 
ment; divorce;  Rousseau's  theories;  the  Australian  ballot;  the  ref- 
erendum, and  a  host  of  other  questions  about  which  public  interest 
is  aroused  in  different  parts  of  the  world,  and  which  together  may 
be  regarded  as  forming  the  network  of  problems  affecting  Liberty 
woven  by  the  tireless  loom  of  Democracy.  On  nothing  which  the 
author  discusses  does  he  fail  to  throw  some  light,  often  very  brilliant. 
His  clear  and  interesting  style  gives  attraction  to  the  driest  topics, 
and  his  impartiality  of  manner  disposes  -you  to  accept  his  verdict, 
even  when  it  is  directly  opposed  to  all  your  preconceptions  and  preju- 
dices."   Nation,  1896. 

LILLY,  William  Samuel. 

First  principles  in  politics.     1899 320  L71 

LORIA.  Achille. 

Economic  foundations  of  society.    1899.     (Social  science 

series.)    320  L87 

NORDHOFF,  Charles. 

Politics  for  young  Americans.     1875 J320  N43 

"A  good  book  for  the  first  elements  of  the  subject.  Written  as  letters 
to  his  son.  From  the  standpoint  of  free  trade  and  gold  standard." 
Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

PROAL,  Louis. 

Political  crime.     1898.     (Criminology  series.) 320  P96 

Treats  of  "crimes  perpetrated  by  governments  for  alleged  reasons  of 
state,  and  by  politicians  for  alleged  reasons  of  expediency  or  for 
political  advantage."  The  teachings  of  political  leaders,  churchmen, 
and  moralists  are  examined,  and  the  author  tries  to  analyze  the 
general  sentiment  of  society,  as  it  has  been  historically  manifested 
at  different  times  and  places.  A  first  attempt,  conceived  in  the  modem 
spirit,  to  establish  as  a  true  induction  the  ancient  conviction  that 
"righteousness  exalteth  a  nation." 
ROUSSEAU,  Jean  Jacques. 

Petits  chefs-d'oeuvre.     1894 320  R77p 

Contents:  Discours  sur  cette  question.  Si  le  retablissement  des  sciences 
et  des  arts  a  contribue  a  .epurer  les  moeurs. — Discours   sur  I'origine 


290  THEORY  OF  THE  STATE 


et  les  fondements  de  rinegalite  parmi  les  hommes. — Du  contrat  social. 
— Jugeraent  sur  le  projet  de  paix  perpetuelle  de  M.  I'abbe  de  Saint 
Pierre. — Mandement  de  M.  I'archeveque  de  Paris,  portant  condamna- 
tion  d'un  livre  qui  a  pour  titre,  Emile;  ou,  De  I'education. — J.  J. 
Rousseau,  citoyen  de  Geneve,  a  Christophe  de  Beaumont,  archeveque 
de  Paris. — J.  J.  Rousseau,  citoyen  de  Geneve,  a  M.  d'Alembert  sur  son 
article  Geneve  dans  I'Encyclopedie  et  particulierement  sur  le  projet 
d'etablir  un  theatre  de  comedie  en  cette  ville. — Quatre  lettres  a  M. 
de  Maleshcrbe.s  contenant  le  vrai  tableau  de  mon  caractere  et  les 
vrais  motifs  de  toute  ma  conduite. — Le  Levite  d'Ephraim,  en  quatre 
chants. 

SALTER,  William  Mackintire. 

Anarchy  or  government?  an  inquiry  in  fundamental  politics. 

1895 320  S17 

SCHULTZ,  Frederick  W. 

Politics  and  patriotism.     1895 320  S38 

Bibliography,   P.24-2S. 

SEELEY,  Sir  John  Robert. 

Introduction  to  political  science.     1896 320  S45 

These  lectures  enforce  the  view  that  "the  right  method  of  studying 
political  science  is  an  essentially  historical  method,  and  that  the 
right  method  of  studying  political  history  is  to  study  it  as  material 
for  political  science." 

SIDGWICK,  Henry. 

Elements  of  politics.     1891 320  Ss6 

The  same.     1897 320  S56e 

WOOLSEY,  Theodore  Dwight. 

Political  science.    2v.     1889 320  W87 

V.I.    Doctrine  of  rights  as  the  foundation  of  a  just  state. — ^Theory  of  the 

state. — Practical  politics. 
V.2.    Practical   politics,   continued. 

"Divided  into  three  parts  01  unequal  length,  the  first  of  which. .  .deals 
summarily  with  the  nature  of  justice  and  the  analysis  of  rights... The 
second  is  concerned  with  the  theory  of  the  State... The  third  and  by 
far  the  larger  portion  of  the  work  deals  with  the  more  practical  aspect 
of  the  subject  in  an  historical  summary  of  the  distinctive  types  of 
government  as  they  have  been  realised  in  actual  life... The  work  is 
of  real  value. .  .a  solid  and  trustworthy  and  comprehensive  text-book." 
W.   IV.  Capes,  in  the  Academy,   1878. 

320.1     Theory  of  the  State 

AMOS,  Sheldon. 

Science  of  politics.     1892.     (International  scientific  series.).  ..320.1  A52 

BLUNTSCHLI,  Johann  Kaspar. 

Theory  of  the  state.     1895 320.1  657 

"This  book  is  for  the  Modern  State  what  Aristotle's  'Politics'  is  for  the 
Ancient.     It  cannot  be  too  highly  praised,  both  for  its  historical  and 
philosophical  insight.     It  presents  the  State  as  the  outcome  of  social 
and  economic  forces,  and  in  this  regard  its  discussion  of  social  classes 
is  especially  able  and  important."     /.  R.  Commons. 

BOSANQUET,  Bernard. 

Philosophical  theory  of  the  state.     1899 320.1  864 

CARYL,  Charles  W. 

New  era;  presenting  the  plans  for  the  New  era  union 320.1  C24 

Utopian  scheme,  devised  by  the  author,  for  a  model  city,  built  and 
operated  on  a  system  of  cooperation,  where  well  paid  employment  may 
be  provided  for  all  classes  of  labor. 

GIERKE.  Otto. 

Political  theories  of   the  middle  age;    tr.  with    an  introduc- 


THEORY  OF  THE  STATE  291 

tion  by  F.  W.  Maitland.     1900 320.1  G37 

List  of  authorities,  p.63-77. 
GRAHAM,  William,  of  Belfast. 

English  political  philosophy  from  Hobbes  to  Maine.   1899.  .320.1  G77 
Contents:     Hobbes. — Locke. — Burke. — Bentham. — J.    S.    Mill. — Maine. 
HOBBES,  Thomas. 

Leviathan;  or,  The  matter,  forme  and  power  of  a  common- 
wealth ecclesiasticall  and  civill.     1881 320.1  H64 

Keprint  of  1651  edition. 
LOCKE,  John. 

Two  treatises  on  civil  government;  preceded  by  Sir  Robert 

Filmer's  Fatriarcha.     1887 320.1  L7S 

M'KECHNIE,  William  Sharp. 

The  state  &  the  individual;  an  introduction  to  political 
science,  with  special  reference  to  socialistic  and  individu- 
alistic theories.    1896 320.1  M17 

MONTESQUIEU,  Charles  de  Secondat,  baron  de. 

Esprit  des  lois,  livres  1-5,  precedes  d'une  introduction  de 
I'editeur,  et  suivis  d'un  appendice  contenant  des  extraits  de 
Montesquieu,  et  des  notes  explicatives,   par  Paul  Janet. 

1892 320.1   M85e 

Spirit  of  laws.    2v.    1892-94 320.1  M85 

Memoir  of  Montesquieu,  by  J.  V.  Prichard,  v.i,  p.19-26. 

"This  celebrated  work  was  first  published  in  1748... and  within 
little  more  than  a  year  it  went  through  twenty-two  editions  and  was 
translated  into  nearly  all  the  important  languages  of  Europe.  The 
great  object  of  the  work  was  to  show,  not  what  laws  ought  to  be,  but 
how  the  diversities  in  the  physical  and  moral  circumstances  of  the 
human  race  have  contributed  to  produce  variations  in  their  political 
establishments  and  municipal  regulations."    C".  K.  Adams. 

MORE,  Sir  Thomas. 

Utopia.     1894 320.1  M88 

MULFORD,  Elisha. 

The  nation;  the  foundations  of  civil  order  and  political  life 

in  the  United  States.     1891 320.1  M95 

"This  book  had  its  beginning  in  a  purpose  to  represent  the  nation  in 
its  moral  being;  to  assert  this  moral  being  in  its  true  position  in  poli- 
tics; but  the  aim  has  been  throughout,  as  the  conception  widened  to 
define  in  their  relative  and  positive  character  those  principles  which 
are  the  ground  of  political  science.  .  .The  book  may  thus  serve  to  in- 
dicate, perhaps,  in  some  measure  the  sources  of  the  power  of  American 
institutions  in  the  formation  of  character."     Preface. 

RITCHIE,  David  George. 

Principles  of  state  interference;  four  essays  on  the  political 
philosophy  of  Herbert  Spencer,  J    S.  Mill  and  T.  H. 

Green.     1891.     (Social  science  series.) 320.1  R49 

ROUSSEAU,  Jean  Jacques. 

Social  contract;  or,  The  principles  of  political  rights.   1893.  .320.1  R77 
WALTHEW,  George  W. 

The  philosophy  of  government;  a  treatise  on  the  fundamental 
characteristics  of  man  as  exhibited  in  his  relations  to  the 
state,  and  the  ultimate  form  of  civil  government  certain 

to  result  therefrom.     1898 320.1  W19 

Includes  "The  government  of  cities,"  p.182-197,  and  "Charter  of  the  city 
and  county  of  San  Francisco,"  p.  199-207. 


292  FORM  OF  STATE 


WILLOUGHBY,  Westel  Woodbury. 

Examination  of  the  nature  of  the  state.     1896 320.1  W76 

320.4     Essays 

BELLOC,  Hilaire,  and  others. 

Essays  in  liberalism  by  six  Oxford  men.     1897 320.4  B41 

Contents:  Belloc,  Hilaire.  The  liberal  tradition. — Hirst,  F.  W.  Liber- 
alism and  wealth. — Simon,  J.  A.  Liberals  and  labour. — Phillimore, 
J.  S.  Liberalism  in  outward  relations. — Hammond,  J.  L.  A  liberal 
view  of  education. — Macdonell,  P.  J.     Historic  basis  of  liberalism. 

GREEN,  Thomas  Hill. 

Lectures  on  the  principles  of  political  obligations.     1895. .  .320.4  G83 
Reprinted  from  the  author's  Philosophical  works,  v.2. 
POLLARD,  Albert  Frederick,  ed. 

Political  pamphlets.    1897.     (Pamphlet  library.) 320.4  P76 

Contents:  Sexby's  Killing  no  murder. — Halifax's  Rough  draft  of  a  new 
model  at  sea. — Halifax's  Cautions  for  choice  of  members  of  Parliament. 
■ — Arbuthnot's  Art  of  political  lying. — Steele's  Crisis. — Swift's  Thoughts 
on  the  present  state  of  affairs. — Bolingbroke's  State  of  parties  at  the 
accession  of  George  I. — Swift's  Drapier's  letters,  no. 4. — Junius's  let- 
ter, no. I. — Junius's  letter  to  the  Duke  of  Bedford. — Junius's  letter  to 
the  king.  —  Burke's  Thoughts  on  the  cause  of  present  discontents. — 
Burke's  letters  on  a  regicide  peace,  no. 3. 

REVOLUTIONARY  tendencies  of  the  age,  their  cause  and 

their  ultimate  aim.     1897 320.4  R37 

Discusses  some  present  day  political  and  economic  problems,  especially 
the  tendencies  of  modem  democracy. 


320.5     Periodicals 

AMERICAN  journal  of  politics;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1892- 

date   r32o.S  Asi 

v.6-date  title  reads  American  magazine  of  civics. 

CITIZEN,  published  by  the  American  society  for  the  exten- 
sion of  university  teaching;  monthly,  March  1895-Aug. 

1898.    4v.     1896-98 qr320.5  C49 

No  more  published. 

POLITICAL  science  quarterly,     v.i-date.     1886-date r320.S  P76 

General  index,  1886- 1900,  v.  1-15.   1901. 

YALE  review;  a  quarterly  journal  of  history  and  political  science, 

May  1892-date.    v.i-date.     1893-date r320.s  Y13 


320.9     History  of  political  science 

JENKS,  Edward. 

History  of  politics.     1900.     (Temple  primers.) 320.9  J25 

"Useful  authorities,"  p.  157-158. 

POLLOCK,  Sir  Frederick. 

Introduction  to  the  history  of  the  science  of  politics.    1897. .  .320.9  P76 


321     Form  of  state 

BROUGHAM,  Henry  Peter,  baron  Brougham  and  Vaux. 

Political  philosophy.     3v.     1849 321  B77 

V.I.    Fundamental   principles   of   government. — Absolute   monarchies   of 
the  East. — Effects  of  absolute  monarchy. — Government  of   China; 


FORM  OF  STATE  293 

Japan. — Government  of  Russia. — The  feudal  system. — Constitutional 
monarchy. — The  French  monarchy. — The  Germanic  empire. — Ger- 
man kingdoms. — Papal  states. — Sicily  and  Naples. — Petty  princi- 
palities.— Lombardo-Venetian  and  Sardinian  kingdoms. — Spanish 
and  Portuguese  monarchies. — Danish  and  Swedish  monarchies. 

Y.z.  Of  the  nature  of  aristocracy  in  general. — Of  balances  and  checks. — 
Progress  and  changes  of  aristocracy;  oligarchy. — Foundations  of 
aristocracy  in  the  nature  of  things,  natural  aristocracy. — Of  party. — 
Vices  and  virtues  of  the  aristocratic  polity. — Of  the  feudal  aristoc- 
racy.— Mixed  aristocracies,  Poland. — Governments  of  Greece, 
Athens. — Italian  governments,  municipal  constitutions  and  aris- 
tocracy.— Government  of  Venice. — Italian  governments,  Venetian 
terra  firma. — Mixed  aristocracies,  Hungary. — Constitution  of 
Rome. — Reflections  on  the  Roman  constitution. — Governments  of 
Greece,  Sparta. — Government  of  Genoa. — Italian  governments, 
Milan. — Government  of  Florence. — Lc-sser  Italian  governments,  Pisa, 
Bologna,  Sienna,  Lucca,  San  Marino. — Swiss  aristocracies. 

V.3.  Of  the  nature  of  democracy  in  general. — Origrin  of  democracies. — 
Natural  limits  of  pure  democracies. — Extension  of  democracy; 
proper  federal  principle,  improper  federal  principle,  Roman  polity,, 
representative  principle. — Origin  and  history  of  representation. — 
Qualities  of  representation. — Modifications  of  the  representative 
principle;  those  only  affecting  the  mode  of  election,  restraints  upon 
the  right  of  voting. — Canons  of  representative  government. — Appli- , 
cation  of  the  representative  principle,  foundations  of  mixed  gov- 
ernment.— Exercise  of  popular  power.-^ Virtues  of  the  democratic 
polity. — Vices  of  the  democratic  polity. — Of  relig^us  establish- 
ments.— Provincial  and  colonial  establishments. — Nature  and  orig^in 
of  mixed  government. — Virtues  and  vices  of  mixed  government. — 
Ultimate  tendency  of  mixed  government. — Reserved  powers  of  the 
people. — Government  of  England;  its  structure  in  the  Anglo-Saxon 
times,  Anglo-Norman  monarchy,  foundation  of  its  present  consti- 
tution, the  Plantagenets,  the  Tudors,  the  Stuarts,  commonwealth, 

^  restoration,  the  Stuarts,  revolution. — Constitution  of  England. — 
Government  of  the  United  States.— Government  of  France;  repub- 
lic, consulate,  empire,  restoration,  existing  constitution. — Consti- 
tution of  Holland  and  Belgium. — Governpient  of  Switzerland. 

FISKE,  John. 

American  political  ideas.    1885 321  F54 

Contents:    The  town-meeting. — The  federal  union. — "Manifest  destiny." 

HEARN,  William  Edward. 

The  Aryan  household,  its  structure  and  its  development;  an 

introduction  to  comparative  jurisprudence.     1891 321. i  H38 

McLennan,  John  Ferguson,  &  Donald. 

The  patriarchal  theory,  based  on  the  papers  of  J.  F.  McLen- 
nan; ed.  and  completed  by  Donald  McLennan.    1885 321. i  M19 

BADEN-POWELL,  Baden  Henry. 

The  Indian  village  community,  examined  with  reference  to 
the  physical,  ethnographic  and  historical  conditions  of 
the  provinces;  chiefly  on  the  basis  of  the  revenue-settle- 
ment records  and  district  manuals.     1896 321.2  B14 

Origin  and  growth  of  village  communities  in  India.     1899. 

(Social  science  series.) 321.2  B140 

GOMME,  George  Laurence. 

The  village  community,  with  special  reference  to  the  origin 
and  form  of  its  survivals  in  Britain.  1890.  (Contempor- 
ary science  series.) 321.2  GS9 

The  author's  special  object   is  to  prove  that  the  pre-Celtic  inhabitants 
of  Britain  must  have  helped  in  the  fashioning  of  British  institutions. 
MAINE,  Sir  Henry  Sumner. 

Village  communities  in  the  East  and  West.    1889 321.2  M26 

Contents:    The  East  and  the  study  of  jurisprudence.— The  sources  of 
Indian    law. — The    western    village-community.— The    eastern    village- 


a94  REPUBLIC 

commtinity.— The  process  of  feudalisation.— The  early  history  of  price 
and  rent. — The  effects  of  observation  of  India  on  modem  European 
thought. — Addresses  to  University  of  Calcutta. — The  theory  of  evi- 
dence.— Roman  law  and  legal  education. 
"It  is  not  only  written  in  the  judicious  spirit  always  characteristic  of  the 
author,  but  it  is  also  the  fruit  of  special  study  and  observation." 
C.  K.  Adams. 

SEEBOHM,  Frederic. 

The  English  village  community,  examined  in  its  relation  to 
the  manorial  and  tribal  systems  and  to  the  common  or 
open  field  system  of  husbandry.     1896 321.2  S45 

ENGLAND— Public  record  office 

Inquisitions  and  assessments  relating  to  feudal  aids;  with  other 
analogous  documents,  1284-1431;  prepared  under  the  super- 
intendence of  the  deputy  keeper  of  the  records,     v.i. 

1899  qr32l.3  E64 

MAITLAND,  Frederic  William. 

Domesday  book  and  beyond;  three  essays  in  the  early  his- 
tory of  England.     1897 321.3  M27 

Contents:  Domesday  book. — England  before  the  conquest. — The  hide. 
"Particularly  valuable. .  .The  best  analysis  of  the  contents  of  Domesday 
. .  .Throws  much  light  on  the  early  history  of  the  manor,  on  feudalism, 
classes  of  society,  land  tenures. .  .Presents  a  new  theory  regarding 
the  origin  of  boroughs,  and  shows  that  the  hide  contained  120  acres." 
Gross's  Sources  and  literature  of  English  history. 

WHIBLEY,  Leonard. 

Greek  oligarchies,  their  character  and  organisation.  1896. .  .321.5  W62 
FIGGIS,  John  Neuville. 

Theory  of  the  divine  right  of  kings.     1896 321.6  F46 

Bibliosraphy,  p.9-14. 


321.8     Republic 

BORGEAUD,  Charles. 

Rise  of  modern  democracy  in  old  and  New  England.     1894. 

(Social  -science   series.) 321.8   B63 

BRADFORD,  Gamaliel. 

The  lesson  of  popular  government.    2v.     1899 321.8  B68 

The  author  has  devoted  more  than  thirty  years  to  the  study  of  our  in- 
stitutions, and  of  the  popular  government  of  other  nations,  and  believes 
that  a  republic  is  the  form  of  government  which  secures  the  greatest 
good  to  the  greatest  number,  but  that  there  must  be  some  modifica- 
tions and  readjustment  of  the  machinery  unless  we  are  to  end  in  a 
military  despotism.  One  practical  step  which  he  has  long  advo- 
cated is  to  allow  members  of  the  cabinet  to  occupy  seats  on  the  floor 
in  both  houses  of  Congress,  with  the  right  to  join  in  debate  on  matters 
relating  to  their  respective  departments. 

BROWN,  W.Jethro. 

The  new  democracy;  a  political  study.     1899 321.8  B79 

Contents:  The  present  theory  of  representative  government  and  democ- 
racy.— The  real  defects  of  democracy. — The  Hare  system,  with  special 
reference  to  its  application  in  Tasmania. — The  referendum. — The  study 
of  history  in  relation  to  the  problem  of  character.— The  problem  of 
union;  the  argument  for  federations  stated  and  exemplified.— The  new 
Australian  constitution. — Some  opinions  of  Australian  leaders  on  the 
commonwealth  bill. 

BURNETT,  Edmund  C. 

Government  of  federal  territories  in  Europe.     1898.     (Brown 


REPUBLIC  295 

university.     Papers  from  the  historical  seminary.)  321.8  B93 

Reprinted  from  the  Annual  reports  of  the  American  historical  associa- 
tion, V.8,  pt.i. 
Outlines  fundamental  characteristics  in  the  government  of  European  fed- 
eral dependencies,  that  is,  subject  territories  which  are  not  component 
parts  of  the  federation.  Among  others,  the  dependencies  of  the  early 
Grecian  leagues,  the  territories  of  the  Swiss  confederation,  of  Italy  and 
the  Netherlands,  and  the  federal  territory  of  Alsace-Lorraine  are  treated. 

CLEVELAND,  Frederick  A. 

Growth  of  democracy  in  the  United  States;  or,  The  evolu- 
tion of  popular  co-operation  in  government  and  its  results. 

1898 321 .8  C58 

DEPLOIGE,  Simon. 

The  referendum  in  Switzerland,  with  a  letter  on  the  referen- 
dum in  Belgium,  by  J.  van  den  Heuvel.  1898.  (Studies 
in  economics  and  political  science.) .321.8  D43 

Bibliography,  p.3i5-323. 

FREEMAN,  Edward  Augustus. 

History  of  federal  government  in  Greece  and  Italy.     1893. ..  .321.8  F91 
GARRAN,  Robert  Randolph. 

The  coming  commonwealth;  an  Australian  handbook  of 

federal  government.     1897 321.8  G19 

GIDDINGS,  Franklin  Henry. 

Democracy  and  empire;  with  studies  of  psychological,  eco- 
nomic and  moral  foundations.     1900 321.8  G37 

Contents:  The  democratic  empire. — The  ethical  motive. — The  psychology 
of  society. — The  mind  of  the  many. — The  costs  of  progress. — Industrial 
democracy. — The  trusts  and  the  public. — The  railroads  and  the  state. — 
Public  revenue  and  civic  virtue. — Some  results  of  the  freedom  of 
women. — The  nature  and  conduct  of  political  majorities. — The  destinies 
of  democracy. —The  relation  of  social  democracy  to  the  higher  educa- 
tion.— The  popular  instruction  most  necessary  in  a  democracy. — The 
shadow  and  substance  of  republican  government. — The  consent  of  the 
governed. — Imperialism. — The  survival  of  civil  liberty. — ^The  ideals  of 
nations. — The  gospel  of  non-resistance. 

The  same.    1900 r32i  .8  G37 

•GODKIN,  Edwin  Lawrence. 

Unforeseen  tendencies  of  democracy.     1898 321.8  GS5 

Contents:  Former  democracies. — Equality. — The  nominating  system. — 
The  decline  of  legislatures. — Peculiarities  of  American  municipal  gov- 
ernment.— The  growth  and  expression  of  public  opinion. — The  Aus- 
tralian democracy. 

"Mr  Godkin's  style  is  terse  and  clear,  and  the  papers  in  this  collection 
. . .  show  both  philosophical  breadth  and  close  special  knowledge." 
Dial.  1898. 

■GOODNOW,  Frank  Johnson. 

Politics  and  administration;  a  study  in  government.  1900.  .321.8  G62 
"Purpose. .  .is  to  show. .  .that  the  formal  governmental  system  as  set 
forth  in  the  law  is  not  always  the  same  as  the  actual  system... The 
concrete  remedies  proposed  are  first  a  greater  centralization  of  our 
state  administrative  system.  .  .and,  second  the  subjection  of  the  politi- 
cal party,  as  a  political  organ  recognized  by  law,  to  an  effective 
public  control."  Preface. 
GUIZOT,  Francois  Pierre  Guillaume. 

Histoire  des  origines  du  gouvernement  representatif  et  des 
institutions  politiques  de  I'Europe,  depuis  la  chute  de 

I'empire  roman  jusqu'au  146  siecle.    2v.     1880 321.8  G96h 

History  of  the  origin  of  representative  government  in  Europe. 

1861 321.8  G96 

"These  lectures  have  deservedly  obtained  great  popularity,  not  only  on 
account  of  the  author's  pleasing  method,  but  also  for  the  clear  in- 


296  REPUBLIC 

sight  they  give  into  the  comparative  conditions  of  the  several  govern- 
ments of  Europe  during  the  middle  ages.  The  second  pait  is  devoted 
exclusively  to  a  consideration  of  the  growth  of  representative  govern- 
ment in  England."     f.  K.  Adams. 

HART,  Albert  Bushnell. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  federal  government.    1891.    (Har- 
vard historical  monographs.) 321.8  H31 

Bibliography,  p.  178-192. 

HYSLOP,  Jame.«;  Hervey. 

Democracy;  a  study  of  government.     1899 321.8  H99 

The  author  is  professor  of  logic  and  ethics  in  Columbia  university.  The 
theories  of  I^cky's  "Democracy  and  liberty,"  and  of  Godkin's  "Un- 
foreseen tendencies  of  democracy,"  are  reviewed  and  criticised.  The 
solution  of  the  problems  of  democratic  government,  the  author  reasons, 
must  rest  in  the  character  and  responsibility  of  office-holders.  To 
insure  unselfish  public  spirit  he  proposes  the  following  measures: 
I,  The  universal  adoption  of  civil-service  reform;  2,  The  appointment 
of   legislative   commissions    with    powers   of    investigation   and    report; 

3,  The    establishment    of    a    court    of    impeachment    and    removal    in 
municipalities,  with  an  increase  in  the  mayor's  powers  of  appointment; 

4,  The  limitation  of  the  franchise  for  the  election  of  municipal  officers. 

MAINE,  Sir  Henry  Sumner. 

Popular  government.     1886 321.8  M26 

Contents:     The   prospects   of  popular  government — ^The   nature   of   de- 
mocracy.— The  age  of  progress. — The  constitution  of  the  United  States. 
MAY,  Sir  Thomas  Erskine. 

Democracy  in  Europe,  (to  1S77).    2v.    1891 321.8  M52 

"After  giving  an  account  of  the  political  constitutions  of  the  principal 
nations  of  antiquity,  the  author  passes  rapidly  over  the  Middle  Ages, 
and  then  portrays  at  greater  length  the  introduction  of  the  popular 
element  into  modern  governments."     C.  K.  Adams. 
MILL,  John  Stuart. 

Considerations  on  representative  government     1882 321.8  M68 

"Well  worth  reading,  ^although  some  of  the  topics  discussed  have  lost 
their  hold  on  public  interest  and  attention."  Bowker  &■  lies'  "Reader's 
guide." 

MOSES,  Bernard. 

Democracy  and  social  growth  in  America.    1898 321.8  M93 

Contents:    A  fundamental  tendency. — Conflict  and  socialism. — Education 
and  democracy. — Preservation  of  the  democratic  spirit. 
POMEROY,  Eltweed. 

Paper  on  direct  legislation,  and  other  papers  favoring  legis- 
lation by  the  referendum;  presented  July  8,  1898.  1898. 
(United  States — 55th  cong.    2d  sess.    Senate.    Doc.  no. 

340.)    r32i.8  P77 

SMITH,  Orlando  Jay. 

The  coming  democracy.     1900 321.8  865 

The  author  does  not  believe  ours  is  a  real  democracy  and  thinks  that 
the  constitution  is  cumbersome  and  does  not  carry  out  the  will  of  the 
people,  and  that  too  much  power  has  been  absorbed  by  the  President. 
Other  criticisms  are  made  showing  the  source  of  many  of  our  corrup- 
tions in  politics.  In  place  of  the  present  systems  of  elections,  he  pro- 
poses the  Free  Man's  ballot — "one  vote  for  one  cause  and  for  one 
candidate."  With  explanations  of  this  and  other  reforms  is  a  glowing 
picture  of  the  future  democracy. 

STRAUS,  Oscar  Solomon. 

Origin  of  republican  form  of  government  in  the  United  States  ; 

with  introductory  essay  by  fimile  de  Laveleye.     1901 321.8  S91 

Contents:  De  Laveleye's  introductory  essay. — American  colonies  prior  to 
Revolution. — The  political  causes  of  the  Revolution. — Religious  causes 
of  the  Revolution. — The  genesis  of  the  republic. — Monarchy  and  the 
church. — The  Hebrew  commonwealth,  the  first  federal  republic. — The 


SUFFRAGE  297 

influence  of  the  Hebrew  commonwealth  upon  the  origin  of  republican 
government  in  the  United  States. 

322     Church  and  state 

ELLIOT,  Arthur  Ralph  Douglas. 

The  state  and  the  church.    1882.    (English  citizen  series.) 322  E52 

FINDLEY,  William. 

Observations  on  "The  two  sons  of  oil,"  containing  a  vindi- 
cation of  the  American  constitutions  and  defending  re- 
ligious toleration  against  the  strictures  of  the  Rev.  S.  B. 
Wylie.     1812 r322  F49 

Rev.  S.  B.  Wylie's  "Two  sons  of  oil,"  of  which  this  book  is  a  criticism, 
is  a  treatise  written  in  support  of  the  union  of  church  and  state. 

323     Internal  and  domestic  relations 

COBBETT,  William. 

Republican  judge;  or.  The  American  liberty  of  the  press  as 
exhibited  in  the  base  prosecution  of  William  Cobbett  for  a 
pretended  libel  against  the  king  of  Spain  and  his  embassa- 
dor, before  the  Supreme  court  of  Pennsylvania;  with  an 

address  to  the  people  of  England.     1798 r323  C63 

Cobbett  was  a  voluminous  political  writer,  whose  liveliness  in  controver- 
sy involved  him  in  several  suits  for  slander.  This  pamphlet,  provoked 
by  his  prosecution  for  libel,  is  a  discussion  of  the  subject  of  libel  and 
of  the  liberty  of  the  American  press. 
"The  Republican  judge  was  Gov.  M'Kean;  the  Spanish  Ambassador,  the 
Marquis  of  Casa  Irujo,  who  married  Gov.  M'Kean's  daughter;  and 
in  this... piece  Cobbett  has  taken  his  revenge  in  spice."  Sabin's  Bib- 
Itotheca  Americana. 

MILL,  John  Stuart. 

On  liberty;  Subjection  of  women.    1885 323  M68 

RITCHIE.  David  George. 

Natural  rights;  a  criticism  of  some  political  and  ethical  con- 
ceptions.    1895 323  R49 

"Serious... criticism  of  such  a  work  would  naturally  proceed  on  two 
lines,  historical  and  philosophical.  Historically  the  book  leaves  many 
gaps  for  future  investigators  to  fill... and  if  Professor  Ritchie's  history 
is  incomplete,  it  cannot  be  urged  in  compensation  that  his  philosophy 
is  clear... [He]  is  combative  and  anecdotal;  you  enjoy  his  digressions, 
but  you  lose  the  thread  of  the  argument."    Economic  review,  1895. 

STEPHEN,  Sir  James  Fitzjames. 

Liberty,  equality,  fraternity.    1873 323  S82, 

324     Suffrage 

CLARK,  Charles  Cotesworth  Pincknej'. 

The  "machine"  abolished,  and  the  people  restored  to  power 
by  the  organization  of  all  the  people  on  the  lines  of 

party  organization.     1900 324  C51 

"Dr.  Clark's  plan,  which  is  based  upon  the  idea  that  the  existence  of 
the  machine  is  due  to  an  imperfect  election  system,  involves  the  forma- 
tion of  small  primary  assemblies  in  which  the  voter  may  become  ac- 
quainted with  the  man  he  votes  for,  with  the  duties  which  the  candi- 
date, if  elected,  will  discharge  and  with  his  ability  to  do  so. .  .The  book 
is  well  worth  careful  reading."     Municipal  affairs,  1900. 


298  WOMAN  SUFFRAGE 

LAWTON,  George  W. 

American  caucus  system;  its  origin,  purpose  and  utility.     1885. 

(Questions  of  the  day.) 324  L43 

O'NEIL,  Charles  Augustine. 

American  electoral  system.     1895 324  O2S 

"A  discussion  of  the  defects  in  the  methods  of  choosing  the  President 
and  Vice-President  of  the  United  States,  with  suggestions  for  reform." 
Bowker  &■  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

WIGMORE,  John  Henry. 

Australian  ballot  system  as  embodied  in  the  legislation  of 

various  countries.     1889 324  W69 

The  same.     1889 r324  W69 

COMMONS,  John  Rogers. 

Proportional  representation.     1896.     (Library  of  economics 

and  politics.)  324.2  C73 

"Books,  periodicals  and  societies,"  p.292-294. 

To  show  the  historical  significance  of  the  movement  for  proportional 
representation.  Gives  a  detailed  application  of  the  reform  to  American 
politics,  especially  to  city  government. 

MAURICE,  Frederick  Denison. 

Workman  and  the  franchise;  chapters  from  English  history 

on  the  representation  and  education  of  the  people.    1866.  .r324.2  M49 


324.3     W^oman  suffrage 

JACOBI,  Mrs  Mary  (Putnam). 

Common  sense  applied  to  woman  suffrage.    1894.     (Ques- 
tions of  the  day.) 324.3  J13 

"A  plea  to  the  Constitutional  Convention  of  New  York,  1894.  Argues 
that  women  should  have  suffrage  because  men  have;  that  they  will  do 
good  if  they  vote:  that  they  will  do  no  harm  if  they  do  not  vote." 
Critic. 

JOHNSON,  Mrs  Helen  (Kendrick). 

Woman  and  the  Republic;  a  survey  of  the  woman-suffrage 

movement  in  the  United  States.    1897 324.3  J36 

"The  attitude  of  the  writer  is  that  of  extreme  opposition  to  woman  suf- 
frage..  .These  vigorous  chapters  will  provoke  discussion."  Dial.  1897. 
The  author  thinks  that  "the  movement  to  obtain  the  elective  franchise 
for  woman  is  not  in  harmony  with  those  through  which  woman  and 
government  have  made  progress." 

NATIONAL  AMERICAN  WOMAN  SUFFRAGE  ASSOCI- 
ATION. 
Political  science  study  series,     v.2,  no.4;  v.3,  no. 3-4;  v.4, 

no.1-3.     1897-98 r324.3  N155P 

Contents:  The  duties  of  women,  by  F.  P.  Cobbe. — Speeches  of  G.  W. 
Curtis  and  H.  W.  Beecher. — No  distinction  of  sex  in  the  right  to 
vote,  by  J.  D.  Long. — The  legal  status  of  women,  comp.  by  J.  J.  Cassi- 
dy. — The  ballot  and  the  bullet,  comp.  by  C.  C.  Catt. — Speeches  on  the 
rights  of  women,  by  Wendell  Phillips. 

NATIONAL  citizen  and  ballot  box;  monthly,   May  1878-Oct 

1881.    v.3,  no.2-v.6,  no.6,  in  i qr324.3  N15 

v.3,  no.3  wanting. 

STANTON,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Cady),  and  others,  ed. 

History  of  woman  suffrage.    4v.     1887-1902 324.3  S79 

v.i.  1848-1861.  v.2.  1861-1876.  v.3.  1876-1883.  v.4.  1883-1900. 

Written  by  leaders  in  the  movement,  describing  the  work  done  by  and 
for  women  during  the  preceding  half-century.  Contains  portraits  of 
prominent  woman  suffragists. 


COLONIES  AND  IMMIGRATION  299 

325     Colonies  and  immigration 

SMITH,  Richmond  Mayo. 

Emigration  and  immigration.     1895 325.1  S65 

The  same.     1898 r325.i  S65 

Bibliography,  p.303-308. 

An  historical  and  statistical  survey.  Discusses  the  political  and  social 
effects  of  immigration,  as  also  the  economic  gain  derived  from  it. 

UNITED   STATES — Immigration   and   naturalization   com- 
mittee. 

Report  of  the  select  committee  on  immigration  and  natur- 
alization, favoring  H.  R.1317S  amending  acts  relative  to 
immigration  and  the  importation  of  aliens  under  con- 
tract to  perform  labor.  Jan.  14,  1891.  1891.  (51st  cong. 
2d.  sess.     House.     Report,  no. 3472.) r325.i  U2533 

Report  on  the  workings  of  the  United  States  immigration 
laws  and  the  expenditures  in  connection  therewith,  in- 
cluding the  cost  of  improvements  at  Ellis  Island,  etc. 
July  28,  1892.     (52d  cong.     ist  sess.     House.     Report, 

no.2090.)   r32S.i  U2534 

UNITED  STATES — Immigration  commission. 

Immigration  service;  report  of  the  Immigration  investi- 
gating commission  to  the  secretary  of  the  treasury, 
[Oct.  7,  1895].     1895 r325.i  U2532 

Commission  was  appointed  to  report  changes  in  existing  rules  necessary 
to  secure  execution  of  laws  prohibiting  importation  of  contract  laborers; 
on  the  effect  on  wages  of  immigration;  and  on  the  existence  of  the 
"padrone"  system  in  the  United  States. 

UNITED  STATES — Insular  affairs  division. 

Immigration    regulations    for    Porto    Rico,   June    7,    1899. 

1899 r325.i  U2S3 

UNITED  STATES— Statistics  bureau. 

Arrivals  of  alien  passengers  and  immigrants  in  the  United 

States  from  1820  to  1892.    1893 r325.i  U25a 

WILKINS,  William  Henry. 

Alien  invasion.     1892.     (Social  questions  of  to-day.)  325.1  W72 

"Those  who  desire  to  acquaint  themselves  with  the  practice  and  the  law 
of  various  countries  as  they  affect  the  destitute  foreigner  will  find  this 
handbook  essential  to  their  studies."    Athenaeum,  1892. 

YOUNG,  Edward,  b.  1814. 

Special  report  on  immigration,  accompanying  information 
for  immigrants  relative  to  the  price  and  rentals  of  land, 
the  staple  products,  etc.  with  tables  showing  average 
weekly  wages  in  the  several  states  for  factory,  mechani- 
cal and  farm  labor,  [etc.]  in  1869-70.  1872.  (United 
States — Statistics  bureau.) r325.i  Y37 

325.3     Colonization.     Imperialism 

ANTI-IMPERIALIST;  ed.  by  Edward  Atkinson;  monthly, 

June-September,  1899.    v.i.     1899 r32S.3  A62 

Contains  "The  cost  of  a  national  crime,"  "The  hell  of  war  and  its 
penalties,"  and  "Criminal  aggression;  by  whom  committed?" 


300  COLONIZATION 


BIGELOW,  Poultney. 

Children  of  the  nations ;  a  study  of  colonization  and  its  prob- 
lems.    1901    325-3   B47 

Traces  the  history  of  colonization  and  examines  the  present  day  condi- 
tions of  nearly  all  the  colonies  or  self  governing  nations  which  have 
sprung  from  them.  There  is  a  brief  chapter  on  the  Philippines  and 
a  calm  statement  of  American  shortcomings. 

BOUTWELL,  George  Sewall. 

Crisis  of  the  Republic.    1900 325.3  B6s 

Papers  on  the  Venezuelan  question  and  the  Monroe  doctrine,  interna- 
tional arbitration,  Hawaiian  annexation,  and  numerous  topics  that 
have  to  do  with  our  territorial  expansion.  The  author  is  an  anti- 
imperialist. 

CALDECOTT,  Alfred. 
.  English  colonization  and  empire.    1897.    (University  extension 

manuals.)   325.3  C12 

"Books  of  reference,"  p.274-276. 

CHAMBERLAIN,  Joseph. 

Foreign  &  colonial  speeches.     1897 325.3  C35 

Contents:     A  mission  to  the  United   States   and   Canada. — Egypt. — The 
unity    of    empire. — The    expansion    of    the    empire. — Imperial    trade- 
South  Africa. — Imperial  policy. 
CONANT,  Charles  Arthur. 

United  States  in  the  Orient;  the  nature  of  the  economic 

problem.     1900 325.3  C74 

Contents:  The  economic  basis  of  imperialism. — Russia  as  a  world  power. 
— The  struggle  for  commercial  empire. — Can  new  openings  be  found 
for  capital  ? — The  new  economic  problems. — The  United  States  as  a 
world  power;  nature  of  the  economic  and  political  problem;  advan- 
tages in  the  competition  for  commercial  empire. 
Articles  republished  from  the  North  American  review,  Atlantic  monthly 
and  the  Forum. 

DILKE,  Sir  Charles  Wentworth. 

Problems  of  Greater  Britain.    1890 325.3  DsB 

EGERTON,  Hugh  Edward. 

A  short  history  of  British  colonial  policy.     1897 325.3  E35 

Bibliography,  p.481-489. 
GARDINER,  Charles  A. 

Our  right  to  acquire  and  hold  foreign  territory;  an  address  de- 
livered before  the  New  York  state  bar  association.     1899. 

(Questions  of  the  day.) 325.3  G17 

IRELAND,  Walter  Alleyne. 

Tropical  colonization;  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  the  sub- 
ject.    1899  325.3  I28 

Bibliography,  p.227-259. 

"Not... a  very  profound  contribution  to  the  subject,  nor  is  it  of  such  a 
definite  character  as  to  deter  any  one  else  from  entering  the  same 
field... Its  importance  lies  less  in  its  permanent  value  than  in  the  fact 
that  every  serious  discussion  of  colonial  problems  is  just  now  worth 
attentive  consideration."  Nation,  1899. 
JORDAN,  David  Starr. 

"Lest  we  forget;"  an  address  delivered  before  the  graduat- 
ing class  of  1898,  Leland  Stanford  jr.  university.     1898. 

(Leland  Stanford  junior  university  publications.) 325.3  J42 

Address    on    imperialism    delivered    during   the    Spanish-American    war. 
Author,  present  president  of  Leland  Stanford  jr.  university  (1900),  is 
an  anti-expansionist. 
KIDD,  Benjamin. 

The  control  of  the  tropics.     1898 325.3  K24 

The  "tropics"  include  Siam,  Burma,  Elast  Africa,  the  Niger  territories. 


COLONIZATION  301 


Egypt,  and  China;  and  the  author  deals  with  both  the  English  and 
American  side  of  the  situation.  An  appendix  on  "The  principles  of 
the  relations  of  our  civilization  to  the  tropics"  is  reprinted  from  the 
author's  "Social  evolution." 
"Mr.  Kidd's  little  volume,  which  can  be  read  in  an  hour,  is  worth 
more  than  many  a  pretentious  work  of  ten  times  its  bulk.  It  ought  to 
be  read  all  over  the  United  States,  because  it  lays  down,  in  the  light 
of  historical  experience,  the  true  administrative  principles  upon  which 
the  United  States  should  proceed  in  the  practical  work  of  making 
itself  useful  in  the  Philippines  and  in  dealing  successfully  with  the 
West  Indies... We  commend  the  book  to  all  thoughtful  minds  as 
highly  pertinent  to  the  current  discussion  of  the  American  policy  of 
expansion."     Review  of  reviews,  1898. 

LEWIS,  Sir  George  Cornewall. 

Essay  on  the  government  of  dependencies;  ed.  by  C.  P. 

Lucas.     1891 325.3  L67 

Another  edition  has  the  title  "Government  of  dependencies." 
Prefaced  by  an  editorial  introduction  which  sketches  the  principal  politi- 
cal and  social  changes  that  have  taken  place  since  Lewis's  "Essay" 
was  written  in  1841. 
"Lewis  was  a  solid  and  shrewd  thinker.    He  possessed  a  keen  critical 
faculty,  and  was  indefatigable  in  research.  ..His  writings  are.  ..distin- 
guished by  the  same  practical  good  sense,  as  well  as  the  same  absence 
of  any  desire  for  popularity,  which  were  so  noticeable  in  his  parlia- 
mentary career."    Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

MORRIS,  Henry  Crittenden. 

History  of  colonization  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  present 

day  (1900).    2v.     1900 325.3  M91 

Bibliography,  v. 2,   p.32S-35S- 

The  first  history  of  the  whole  subject  for  the  general  reader,  previous 
works  being  devoted  to  one  special  field,  or  written  from  the  stand- 
point of  a  particular  nation,  or  so  technical  as  to  be  useful  only  to  the 
specialist.  An  interesting  introductory  chapter  treats  of  the  motives 
for  the  establishment  of  colonies,  their  use  to  the  parent  state,  their 
advantages  and  disadvantages. 

PARKIN,  George  Robert. 

Imperial  federation;  problem  of  national  unity.     1892 325.3  P24 

PAYNE,  Edward  John. 

History  of  European  colonies.     1889.     (Freeman's   historical 

course  for  schools.)    325-3  P33 

Very  condensed  account  of  the  Portuguese,  Spanish,  French,  Dutch 
and  English  colonies  during  the  earlier  dependent  period,  and  their 
later  development  into  independent  or  semi-independent  states. 

RANDOLPH,  Carman  F. 

Law  and  policy  of  annexation  with  special  reference  to  the 
Philippines,  together  with  observations  on  the  status  of 
Cuba.     1901   325-3  R18 

Examines  legal,  political,  moral  and  commercial  questions  raised  by  the 
acquisition  of  the  Philippines.  Advocates  withdrawal  of  United  States 
sovereignty  from  the  islands,  and  suggests  the  way. 

REID,  Whitelaw. 

Problems  of  expansion  as  considered  in  papers  and  addresses. 

1900 3253  R31 

Appendices:  Power  to  acquire  and  govern  territory.— The  tariff  in  United 
States  territory.— The  resolutions  of  Congress  as  to  Cuba.— The  proto- 
col of  Washington. — The  Peace  of  Paris. 

REINSCH,  Paul  Samuel. 

World  politics  at  the  end  of  the  19th  century,  as  influenced 
by  the  oriental  situation.     1900.     (Library  of  economics 

and  politics.) 325-3   R32 

Contents:  National  imperialism. — The  opening  of  China. — The  conse- 
quences of  the  opening  of  China  in  world  politics. — German  imperial 


302  COLONIZATION 

politics. — Some  considerations  on  the  position  of  the   United   States 
as  a  factor  in  oriental  politics. 

ROBINSON,  Sir  John,  b.  1S39. 

The  colonies  and  the  century.     1899 325.3  R55 

Most   of   the   contents   of  this   volume   was   originally    read   before   the 

Royal  colonial  institute  by  the  author,  late  premier  of  Natal. 
Optimistic   study   of   the   development   and   experiences   of   the    English 
colonies  during  the  19th  century  and  of  their  present  (1899)  outlook. 

SCHOLES,  Theophilus  E.  S. 

British  empire  and  alliances;  or,  Britain's  duty  to  her  col- 
onies and  subject  races.     1899 325-3  S36 

"Authorities,"  p.3-5. 
SEELEY,  Sir  John  Robert. 

Expansion  of  England.     1891 325.3  S45 

"A  book  of  remarkable  suggestiveness  and  power,  holding  that  the  ex- 
pansion of  England  in  America  and  India  is  the  dominant  historical 
fact  of  the  last  three  centuries."     C.  K.  Adams. 

SMITH,  Goldwin. 

Commonwealth  or  empire?  a  bystander's  view  of  the  question. 

1902  3253  S64 

An  argument  against  imperialism. 

STRONG,  Josiah. 

Expansion  under  new  world-conditions.     1900 325. 3  S92 

Contents:  Exhaustion  of  our  arable  public  lands. — Our  new  manufac- 
turing supremacy. — Foreign  markets  a  new  necessity. — The  new  China. 
— The  new  Isthmian  canal. — The  new  Mediterranean. — The  new  Medi- 
terranean an  Anglo-Saxon  sea. — A  new  world  life. — A  new  world 
policy. 

WALDSTEIN,  Charles. 

Expansion  of  western  ideals  and  the  world's  peace.  1899.  ..325.3  W16 
Contains  also  "The  English-speaking  brotherhood." 
Author  is  an  enthusiastic  advocate  of  expansion.  "[He]  feels  that 
America,  in  entering  among  the  colonizing  nations,  has  made  a  dis- 
tinct moral  advance,  and  is  taking  up  her  share  in  the  world  duties 
which  the  inheritance  of  ideals  and  standards,  which  belong  to  her 
and  to  England  alike,  impose  upon  her.  On  the  whole ...  [the]  book 
is  interesting  from  the  glow  and  fervor  with  which  it  is  written,  but 
we  doubt  if  its  reasoning  is  cogent  enough  to  influence  any  one 
seriously."     Literary  world,  1899. 

ANDERSON,  Rasmus  Bjorn. 

First  chapter  of  Norwegian  immigration,  1821-1840,  its  causes 

and  results.     1896 325.73  A54 

CONDIT,  Ira  Miller. 

The  Chinaman  as  we  see  him;  and  fifty  years  of  work  for  him. 

1900   32573  C74 

"Says  little  about  the  Mongolian  race  in  its  own  country,  and  a  great 
deal  concerning  its  conduct  in  America,  particularly  in  San  Francisco, 
where... [the  author]  has  been  laboring  among  the  Chinese  for  years 
...It  deserves  careful  study  by  those  who  are  shaping  our  national 
destinies."  Dial,  1901. 

HANNA,  Charles  A. 

Scotch-Irish ;  or,  The  Scot  in  north  Britain,  north  Ireland  and 

North  America.    2v.     1902 325.73  H23 

Scotch-Irish  bibliography,  v.2,  p.53i-SSi. 

The  same.     2v.     1902 r325.73  H23 

A  general  history  of  the  origin  and  early  history  of  the  Scotch  and  of 
their  colonization  of  northern  Ireland,  designed  as  an  introduction  to 
a  series  of  historical  collections  on  early  Scotch-Irish  settlements  in 
America  which  the  author  intends  to  publish  later. 

SCOTCH-IRISH  SOCIETY  OF  AMERICA. 

Scotch-Irish  in  America;  proceedings  and  addresses  of  the 


SLAVERY  303 

Scotch-Irish  congress  (ist-date),i889-date.  1891-date.  .r325.73  S42 
"Scotch-Irish  bibliography  of  Pennsylvania,"  in  Proceedings  of  the  8th 
congress,  p.253-289. 

326     Slavery 

ABOLITION  SOCIETIES. 

Minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  the  fifth  convention  of  dele- 
gates from  the  abolition  societies  of  the  United  States,  as- 
sembled at  Philadelphia,  June,  1798.     1798 r326  A15 

AFRICAN  repository  and  colonial  journal,    v.io.     1834 r326  A25 

Published  by  the  American  colonization  society. 

AMERICAN   SOCIETY  FOR  THE  EXTENSION  OF  UNI- 
VERSITY TEACHING. 
Syllabus  of  lectures  on  the  American  negro,  by  G.  R.  Glenn  and 

others.     1900.     (University  extension  lectures.)   r326  Asi 

"References,"  p.24. 

AUTOGRAPHS  for  freedom;  ed.  by  Julia  Griffiths.    1853 r326  A93 

BEECHER,  Catharine  Esther. 

An  essay  on  slavery  and  abolitionism.    1837 326  B37 

BRUCE,  Philip  Alexander. 

Plantation   negro   as  a  freeman.     1889.     (Questions   of  the 

day.) 326  B8j 

CABLE,  George  Washington. 

Negro  question.     1890 326  Cil 

Silent  South,  with  Freedman's  case  in  equity,  and  Convict 

lease  system.     1895 326  Ciis 

CAIRNES,  John  Elliott. 

Slave  power;  its  character,  career  &  probable  designs. 

1862 r326  C12 

CAREY,  Henry  Charles. 

The  slave  trade,  domestic  and  foreign;  why  it  exists,  and  how 

it  may  be  extinguished.     1867 326  C19 

CHASE,  Ezra  B. 

Teachings  of  patriots  and  statesmen;  or,  "Founders  of  the 

Republic"  on  slavery,     i860 r326  C38 

DEWEES,  Jacob. 

Great  future  of  America  and  Africa,  our  whole  duty  to  the 

black  man.     1854 r326  Dsi 

DU  BOIS,  William  Edward  Burghardt. 

Suppression  of  the  African  slave-trade  to  the  United  States, 

1638-1870.    1896.     (Harvard  historical  studies.) 326  D85 

Bibliography,  p.299-325. 

EWBANK.  Thomas. 

Inorganic  forces  ordained  to  supersede  human  slavery,    i860.  .r326  E96 
Originally  read  before  the  American  ethnological  society. 
GEISER,  Karl  Frederick. 

Redemptioners   and   indentured   servants   in   the   colony   and 

commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania.     1901   , r326  G28 

Bibliography,  p.  120-1 25. 

Supplement  to  the  Yale  review,  v.  10,  Aug.  1901. 


304  SLAVERY 

GOODWIN,  Daniel  Raynes. 

Southern  slavery  in  its  present  aspects,  containing  a  reply  to 

Bishop  Hopkins.     1864 r326  G63 

HAVEN,  Gilbert,  bp. 

Sermons,  speeches  and  letters  on  slavery  and  its  war.     1869. . .  .326  H3S 

HOPKINS,  John  Henry,  bp. 
"    Scriptural,   ecclesiastical   and    historical   view   of    slavery, 

from  the  days  of  Abraham  to  the  19th  century.     1864.  .  .r326  H78 

>  In   support   of   slavery.      Author   was   at   the   time    Episcopal    Bishop   of 

■  Vermont,  having  been  earlier,  rector  of  Trinity  church,  Pittsburgh. 

JAY,  William. 

An  inquiry  into  the  character  and  tendency  of  the  American 

colonization,  and  American  anti-slavery  societies.     1835.  •  •  •r326  J22 
JOHNSON,  Oliver. 

William  Lloyd  Garrison  and  his  times;  or,  Sketches  of  the 

anti-slavery  movement  in  America.     1881 326  J36 

LIVERMORE,  George. 

Historical  research  respecting  the  opinions  of  the  founders 
of  the  Republic  on  negroes  as  slaves,  as  citizens  and  as 

soldiers.     1863 r326  L74 

LIVINGSTONE,  W.P. 

Black  Jamaica;  a  study  in  evolution.     1899 • 326  L74 

McHENRY,  George. 

The  cotton  trade;  its  bearing  upon  the  prosperity  of  Great 
Britain  and  commerce  of  the  American  republics,  consid- 
ered in  connection  with  the  negro  slavery  in  the  Confeder- 
ate States.     1863 r326  M16 

NEEDLES,  Edward. 

Historical  memoir  of  the  Pennsylvania  society  for  promoting 

the  abolition  of  slavery.     1848 r326  N19 

NIEBOER,  HJ. 

Slavery  as  an  industrial  system;  ethnological  researches.    1900.  .326  N33 
List  of  authorities,  P.443-46S. 

"Remarkable  work,  written  in  excellent  English  by  a  Dutch  scholar. . . 
It  is  restricted  in  its  view  to  slavery  as  an  industrial  system,  and  in 
its  scope  to  the  collection  of  ethnological  evidence  of  that  system... 
It  is  somewhat  novel  to  have  the  terms  of  political  economy — capital, 
labour,  profits,  rent,  and  the  rest  of  them — applied  to  savage  condi- 
tions, but  we  think  the  result  is  wholly  good."     Athenaeum,   1900. 

POOLE,  William  Frederick. 

.  Anti-slavery  opinions  before  1800,  with  Dr  George  Buchan- 
an's Oration  on  the  moral  and  political  evil  of  slavery, 
delivered  1791.     1873 r326  P79 

The  same.     1873  977  P79 

Bound  with  his  Early  Northwest. 

SIEBERT,  Wilbur  H. 

Underground  railroad  from  slavery  to  freedom;  with  an  in- 
troduction by  A.  B.  Hart.     1898 326  857 

Bibliography,  p.380-402. 

For  his  materials  Prof.  Siebert  has  searched  anti-slavery  literature, 
letters  and  the  few  original  records,  and  conversed  with  many  people 
who  knew  the  inner  history  of  the  work.    He  has  compiled  a  list  of 


SLAVERY  305 


over  three  thousand  people  who  helped  in  the  work,  describes  some 
of  the  ipost  striking  escapes  and  examines  the  laws  enacted  or  at- 
tempted to  be  enacted  to  compel  the  return  of  fugitives.  He  has  also 
made  the  first  map  of  the  "railroad"  and  a  most  interesting  chapter 
describes  the  route  in  detail.    Many  maps  and  illustrations. 

SMEDLEY,  Robert  C. 

History  of  the  underground  railroad  in  Chester  and  the 

neighboring  counties  of  Pennsylvania.    1883. . . ; 326  S63 

SPEARS,  John  Randolph. 

American  slave-trade;  an  account  of  its  origin,  growth  and 

suppression.    1900 326  S74 

STOWE,  Mrs  Harriet  (Beecher). 

Key  to  Uncle  Tom's  cabin  presenting  the  original  facts  and 

documents  upon  which  the  story  is  founded.     1853 r326  S89 

THOMAS,  William  Hannibal. 

American  negro;  what  he  was,  what  he  is,  and  what  he  may 

become;  a  critical  and  practical  discussion.    1901 326  T37 

TORREY,  Jesse. 

American  slave  trade;  or.  An  account  of  the  manner  in  which 
the  slave  dealers  take  free  people  from  some  of  the  United 
States  and  sell  them  as  slaves  in  other  of  the  states,  with 
reflections  on  the  project  for  forming  a  colony  of  Ameri- 
can blacks  in  Africa.     1822 r326  T63 

UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

Report  from  the  secretary  of  state,  in  response  to  House 
resolution  of  April  9,  i860,  requesting  information  con- 
cerning the  African  slave  trade.  Dec.  6,  i860.  1861. 
(36th  cong.    2d  sess.     House.     Ex.  doc.  no.7.) r326  U2S3 

Copies  of  correspondence  with  foreign  governments  and  with  naval 
officers  and  consuls  on  the  west  coast  of  Africa,  including  instruc- 
tions to  the  African  squadron,  in  regard  to  the  suppression  of  the 
slave  trade. 

WASHINGTON,  Booker  Taliaferro. 

Future  of  the  American  negro.     1899 326  W27 

Contains  chapters  on  the  practical  education  of  the  neg^ro,  the  negro 
in  politics,  the  subject  of  lynching,  the  negro's  place  in  American 
civilization,  etc. 

WILLIAMS,  George  Washington. 

History  of  the  negro  race  in  America,  1619-1880.    2v.  in  i. 

1885  326  W74 

"The  author  is  one  of  the  race  whose  history  he  has  undertaken  to  re- 
late... A  certain  amount  of  historical,  biographical,  and  statistical  in- 
formation is  conveniently  brought  together,  but  it  will  have  to  be  used 
with  caution."     Nation,   :g83. 

WILSON,  Henry,  1812-1875. 

History  of  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  slave  power  in  America. 

3v.     1872-77 326  W76 

"The  author  took  a  prominent  part  in  the  antislavery  struggle,  and  was 
in  many  respects  well  fitted  to  perform  the  task  he  undertook.  .  . 
The  production  has  two  limitations  of  some  importance.  In  the  first 
place,  the  author  gives  the  student  no  reference  to  authorities;  and  in 
the  second,  he  uses  with  g^eat  freedom  the  language  of  denunciation." 
C.  K.  Adams. 
The  same.    3v.     1872-77 r326  W76 


3o6  FOREIGN  RELATIONS 

327     Foreign  relations 

For  Treaties,  see  341.2 

COBBETT,  William. 

Porcupine's  political  censor  for  November,  1796;  containing 
observations  on  the  insolent  and  seditious  notes  communi- 
cated to  the  people  of  the  United  States  by  the  late  French 

minister  Adet.     1796 r327  C63 

DILKE,  Sir  Charles  Wentworth,  &  Wilkinson,  H.S. 

Imperial  defence.     1897 327  Ds8 

FORD,  Worthington  Chauncey. 

John  Quincy  Adams,  his  connection  with  the  Monroe  doctrine 
(1823),  by  W.C.Ford,  and  with  emancipation  under  mar- 
tial law  (1819-1842),  by  C.  F.  Adams.    1902 r327  F76 

Reprinted  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  historical  society, 
Jan.  1902. 

FOSTER,  John  Watson. 

Century   of   American   diplomacy;   a   brief  review   of   the 

foreign  relations  of  the  United  States,  1776-1876.    1900.  .  .327  F81 
Appendix  contains  a  list  of  the  secretaries  of  state  from  1781  to  1900. 

GALLATIN,  Albert. 

Right  of  the  United  States  to  the  north-eastern  boundary  claimed 

by  them.     1840 r327  G14 

GARDINER,  Charles  A. 

Proposed  Anglo-American  alliance;  an  address  delivered  be- 
fore the  American  social  science  association,  1898.     1898. 

(Questions  of  the  day.) 327  G17 

HART,  Albert  Bushnell. 

Foundations  of  American  foreign  policy ;  with  a  working  bib- 
liography.    1901  327  H31 

Contents:  The  United  States  as  a  world  power. — The  experience  of  the 
United  States  in  foreign  milita'-y  expeditions.  —  Boundary  controver- 
sies and  commissions. — A  century  of  Cuban  diplomacy. —  Brother  Jona- 
than's colonies. — What  the  founders  of  the  union  thought  concerning 
territorial  problems. — The  Monroe  doctrine  and  the  doctrine  of  perma- 
nent interest. — A  working  bibliography  of  American  diplomacy. 

Appeared  first  in  Harper's  magazine,  the  Bond  review  and  the  American 
historical  review. 

HENDERSON.  John  Brooks. 

American  diplomatic  questions.     1901   327  H44 

Contents:  The  fur  seals  and  Bering  sea  award. — The  interoceanic  canal 
problem. — The    United    States  and    Samoa. — The    Monroe    doctrine.— 
The  northeast  coast  fisheries. 
"Greater  part  of  the  book   is   historical,   and   will  be   found  to  contain 
much  information  not  otherwise  easily  accessible."     Nation,   1901. 

HODGINS,  Thomas. 

British  and  American  diplomacy  affecting  Canada,   1782- 

1899;  a  chapter  of  Canadian  history.    1900 327  H66 

HUNT,  Gaillard. 

The  American  passport;  its  history,  and  a  digest  of  laws, 
rulings  and  regulations  governing  its  issuance  by  the 
Department  of  state.  1898.  (United  States — State  de- 
partment.)   r327  H93 

LATANfi,  John  Holladay. 

Diplomatic    relations    of   the   United    States    and    Spanish 


FOREIGN  RELATIONS  307 

America.     1900.     (Albert  Shaw  lectures  on  diplomatic 

history,  1899.) 327  L35 

Contents:  The  Spanish- American  revolt. — Part  played  by  the  United 
States  and  England  in  founding  the  Spanish-American  republics. — The 
diplomacy  of  the  United  States  in  regard  to  Cuba. — The  proposed 
Central  American  canal. — French  intervention  in  Mexico. — The  pres- 
ent status  of  the  Monroe  doctrine. 

McMASTER,  John  Bach. 

Origin,  meaning  and  application  of  the  Monroe  doctrine. 

1896   327  M21 

MEXICO — Investigating  commission  of  the  northern  frontier. 
Reports  of  the  committee  sent  in  1873  by  the  Mexican  gov- 
ernment to  the  frontier  of  Texas.    1875 r327  M65 

The  Texans  claimed  that  depredations  that  had  been  made  on  both  sides 
Of  the  Rio  Grande  were  the  work  of  Mexicans  and  Indians.  These  re- 
ports of  the  Mexican  investigating  commission  show  that  this  claim 
against  Mexico  was  groundless. 

REDDAWAY,  William  Fiddian. 

The  Monroe  doctrine.     1898 327  R27 

A  careful  and  accurate  history  from  the  English  point  of  view  of  the 
Monroe  doctrine  from  its  first  suggestion  to  its  final  development 
under  President  Cleveland.  The  main  conclusions  of  the  essay  are 
"that  the  evolution  of  the  Monroe  doctrine  was  gradual;  that  the 
peculiar  form  of  the  message  of  1832  was  due  to  John  Quincy  Adams; 
that  he,  and  he  alone,  logically  applied  it  in  politics;  and  that  it 
produced  its  desired  effect  as  an  act  of  policy,  but  in  no  way  modi- 
fied the  law  of  nations." 

SCHUYLER,  Eugene. 

American   diplomacy   and   the   furtherance   of   commerce. 

1895  327  S39 

Contents:    The  Department  of  state. — Our  consular  system. — Diplomatic 
officials. — The  piratical  Barbary  powers. — The  right  of  search,  and  the 
slave-trade. — The  free  navigation  of  rivers  and  seas. — Neutral  rights. — 
The  fisheries. — Commercial  treaties. 
SMITH,  Edward,  of  IValthamstow. 

England  and  America  after  independence;  a  short  examin- 
ation of  their  international  intercourse,  1783-1872.     1900.... 327  S64 
"Works  consulted,"  p.383-384. 
UNITED  STATES — Foreign  affairs  committee. 

Report  of  the  investigation  of  the  relations  of  Robert  C. 
Schenck  with  the  Emma  silver  mining  company.     1876. 

(44th  cong.    1st  sess.     House.    Report  no. 579.) r327  U2S35 

UNITED  STATES — Foreign  relations  committee. 

Report  of  the  committee  on  foreign  relations  relative  to 
affairs  in  Cuba  [submitting  S.  J.  R.  149,  for  recognition 
of  independence  of  Cuba,  demanding  that  Spain  re- 
linquish authority  and  withdraw  forces,  and  directing 
president  to  use  forces  of  United  States  to  carry  resolu- 
tions into  effect];  with  views  of  minority.  April  13, 
1898.     1898.     (55th  cong.    2d  sess.     Senate.     Report  no. 

885  [pt.i].) r327  U2536 

Appended  to  the  report  proper  are  reprints  of  documents  and  reports 
of  the  54th  and  55th  congresses,  with  hearings  and  other  material  not 
previously  published  in  the  public  documents,  including  the  report 
of  the  Spanish  naval  board  of  inquiry  as  to  the  cause  of  the  destruc- 
tion of  the  Maine. 

UNITED  STATES— Relations  with  Canada,  Committee  on. 
Relations  with  Canada;  testimony  taken  by  the  select  commit- 
tee on  relations  with  Canada;  submitted  July  21,  1890. 


3o8  FOREIGN  RELATIONS 

(Sist  cong.    1st  sess.    Senate.    Report  no. 1530.) r327  U2S3 

This  committee  was  appointed  in  :888  "to  report  upon  the  commerce 
and  business  relations  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  including  the 
effect  upon  our  commerce  and  carrying  trade  of  the  Canadian  system 
of  railways,  the  prospects  of  the  displacement  of  any  existing  indus- 
tries of  the  United  States  by  industries  established  there;  also,  whether 
the  obligations  of  existing  treaties  and  of  international  law  are  and 
have  been  observed  by  them." 
Includes  all  communications  made  to  either  house  upon  the  question, 
subsequent  to  the  4th  of  March,  1877. 

UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

Documents  and  correspondence  in  relation  to  the  recent  ne- 
gotiations with  Great  Britain  concerning  American  fish- 
ery interests  in  British  North  American  waters.     1888. 

(50th  cong.  1st  sess.    Senate.     Ex.  doc.  no. 113.) r327  U2538 

Documents  relative  to  Central  American  affairs  and  the 
enlistment   question    [communicated   to   the   Senate   at 

the  1st  session,  34th  congress].    1856 r327  U2532 

Contents:  Correspondence  between  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States 
in  relation  to  Central  American  affairs. — Correspondence  in  relation 
to  Central  .American  affairs,  and  the  Clayton  and  Bulwer  convention. 
— Correspondence  respecting  the  arbitration  of  differences  between 
the  United  States  and  Great  Britain,  of  the  construction  of  the  conven- 
tion of  Washington  of  July  4,  1850. — Correspondence  in  relation  to 
enlistment  of  troops  within  the  United  States  [for  the  British  army]. 

Papers  relating  to  foreign  affairs,  1861-date.    1861-date.  ..r327  U2Sp 
No  volume  was  issued  for  1869. 

From  1870  title  page  reads  "'Papers  relating  to  the  foreign  relations  of 
the  United  States."  Binder's  title,  1861-68,  is  "Diplomatic  correspon- 
dence;" from  1870,  "Foreign  relations  of  the  United  States." 
"Contain  the  annually  published  correspondence  relative  to  foreign  af- 
fairs conducted  by  the  Department  of  State.  This  correspondence 
was  not  issued  in  separate  volumes  until  1861.  Such  portions  of  the 
same  as  prior  to  that  date  were  from  time  to  time  published  are 
embraced  in  the  Executive  Documents  of  the  Senate  or  House  of 
Representatives."  For  correspondence  between  1789  and  1828  see 
American  state  papers. 
An  index  to  the  volumes  from  1861  to  1899  has  been  issued,     r327  Uasg. 

Passport  regulations  of  foreign  countries.     1897 r327  U2Spa 

Regulations  prescribed  for    the  use  of    the  consular    service. 

1896.     (54th  cong.   2d  sess.    House.    Doc.  no.303.) r327  U2Sr 

Appendices:  Constitution  of  the  United  States. — Extracts  from  the  stat- 
utes  of  the   United   States   relative  to   the   consular  service. — Treaties 
and   extracts  from  treaties  relating  to  consular  officers. — Conventions 
relating  to  naturalization. — Miscellaneous. — Forms. 
Report  of  the  secretary  of  state,  in  response  to  House  reso- 
lution of  April  21,  1838,  upon  the  existing  relations  be- 
tween the  United   States   and   Mexico,  April  27,   1838. 
1838.    (25th  cong.    2d  sess.   House.   Ex.  doc.  no.351.)  .  .r327  U25re 
WILKINSON,  Henry  Spenser. 

The  nation's  awakening;  essays  towards  a  British  policy. 

1896 327  W72 

Contents:  Our  past  apathy. — The  aims  of  the  g^reat  powers. — The  defence 
of  British  interests. — The  organisation  of  government  for  the  defence 
of  British  interests. — The  idea  of  the  nation. 

WOOLSEY,  Theodore  Salisbury. 

America's  foreign  policy;  essays  and  addresses.     1898 327  W87 

Contents:  Our  foreign  policy  and  its  relation  to  domestic  problems. — 
The  consequences  of  Cuban  belligerency. — Our  duty  to  Spain. — Re- 
sponsibility for  the  "Maine." — Cuba  and  intervention. — The  war  with 
Spain.— The  future  of  tlfc  Philippines.— The  law  and  the  policy  tor 
Hawaii. — An  interoceanic  canal  in  the  light  of  precedent. — An  inter- 
oceanic  canal  from   the  standpoint  of  self-interest. — An  inquiry  con- 


LEGISLATIVE  BODIES  309 

ceming  our  foreign  relations. — The  fishery  question. — The  Bering 
sea  award. — The  President's  (McKinley's)  Monroe  doctrine.  —  Some 
thoughts  on  the  settlement  of  international  controversies. — Some  com- 
ment upon  the  arbitration  treaty. — The  United  States  and  the  Declara- 
tion of  Paris. 

328     Legislative  bodies  and  annals 
328.1     Parliamentary  law 

GUSHING,  Luther  Stearns. 

Manual  of  parliamentary  practice;  rules  of  proceeding  and 

debate  in  deliberative  assemblies.     1886 328.1  C93 

The  same.     1S86 .r328.i  C93 

A  standard  authority. 

DICK  &  FITZGERALD,  pub. 

The  debater;  a  manual  for  instruction  and  reference  in  all  mat- 
ters pertaining  to  the  management  of  public  meetings,  ac- 
cording to  parliamentary  usages.     1879  r328.i  DS4 

HACKETT,  Frank  Warren. 

Gavel  and  the  mace;  or,  Parliamentary  law  in  easy  chap- 
ters.     1900 328.1    H12 

By  the  assistant  secretary  of  the  navy  (1900).  Explains  in  a  clear,  un- 
technical  way  the  leading  principles  upon  which  parliamentary  practice 
is  founded.     Has  a  good  index. 

REED,  Thomas  Brackett,  comp. 

Reed's   rules;   a   manual   of   general    parliamentary   law. 

1899   328.1   R28 

The  same.     1898 r328.i   R28 

ROBERT,  Henry  Martyn. 

Pocket  manual  of  rules  of  order  for  deliberative  assemblies. 

1896  328.1   R534 

ROBERT,  Joseph  Thomas. 

Primer  of  parliamentary  law;  twenty-four  easy,  pro- 
gressive   lessons    illustrating    parliamentary    law    and 

practice.      1900 328.1    R53P 

SHATTUCK,  Mrs  Harriette  Lucy  (RobinsonJ. 

Advanced  rules  for  large  assemblies;  a  supplement  to  "The 

woman's  manual  of  parliamentary  law."    1898 328.1  S53a 

Woman's  manual  of  parliamentary  law.     1895 328.1  SS3 

By  the  president  of  the   Boston   political  class.     Planned  for  women's 
clubs  and  other  organizations.     Full  and  clear. 

328.42     Great  Britain  , 

ENGLAND — House  of  commons. 

Remonstrance  of  the  state  of  the  kingdom;  to  which  is  added 
the  petition  of  the  House  of  commons  which  accompanied 

it.     1883.     (Clarendon  historical  society.     Reprints.) 328.42  E64 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of  1641. 
The  same.      (In    Clarendon   historical   society.      Reprints, 

v.i.)  r9o6  C51  V.I 

ENGLAND— House  of  lords. 

Remembrances  for  order  and  decency  to  be  kept  in  the  upper 


310  PARLIAMENT 


house  of  Parliament,  1660-1767 r 328.42  E64 

Binder's  title  reads  Rules  of  order. 

Manuscript  note-book.  Contains  the  following  note:  "Plundered  by  an 
American  soldier  during  the  War  of  1812." 

GNEIST,  Rudolf. 

History  of  the  English  Parliament,  its  growth  and  develop- 
ment, 800-1887.    1895 328.42  GS3 

"An  analysis  tracing  out  the  sources  of  the  English  parliament's  sta- 
bility, with  comment  on  the  dangers  now  held  to  be  threatening  that 
stability.  Of  interest  to  those  who  believe  influences  to  be  at  work 
in  opposition  to  American  institutions  for  local  selt-government." 
Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

Student's  history  of  the  English  Parliament.    1887 r328.42  GS3 

MACDONAGH,  Michael. 

The  book  of  Parliament.     1897 328.42  M14 

"He  shows  us  how  the  legislative  machine  is  constructed  and  how  it 
works  .  •  .  has  much  that  is  interesting  to  tell  us  about  the  consti- 
tution of  the  cabinet,  about  the  process  of  legislation,  the  sergeant-at- 
arms,  the  Lobby,  the  reporter's  gallery,  and  various  other  matters." 
Spectator,  1897. 

POLITICS  in  1896;  an  annual.     1897 r328.42  P76 

Contents:  General  retrospects,  by  H.  D.  Traill  and  others. — Foreign 
affairs,  by  G.  VV.  Steevens. — The  services;  the  navy,  by  H.  W.  Wil- 
son, the  army,  by  F.  N.  Maude. — The  United  States,  by  Albert  Shaw. 
— T^ondon,  by  Robert  Donald. — A  diary  for  1896. 
The  retrospects  are  from  the  conservative,  liberal  and  socialistic  stand- 
points. The  intention  of  the  publishers  is  to  issue  a  similar  volume 
annually,  and  by  naving  the  articles  done  by  well  known  writers  to 
make  it  of  permanent  value.  They  have  succeeded  in  making  this 
volume  interesting  as  well  as  valuable  for  reference. 

The  SENATOR;  or,  Clarendon's  parliamentary  chronicle,  con- 
taining a  weekly  register,  recording  the  proceedings  and 
debates  of  the  Houses  of  lords  and  commons,  [Nov.  25, 

1790-June  ID,  1791].     V.1-3 r328.42  S47 

TEMPLE,  Sir  Richard. 

House  of  commons.     1899 328.42  T28 

Contents:  House  of  commons  as  a  club. — The  precincts  and  the  build- 
ings.— Life  in  Parliament. — Manners  and  customs  of  the  House. — 
Scenes  in  the  House. — Leading  figures  in  Parliament. — The  Irish 
nationalist  party. — The  Lords  as  seen  by  the  Commons. 

WALPOLE,  Spencer. 

The  electorate  and  the  legislature.     1892.      (English  citizen 

series.)    328.42    W18 

WHITE,  William,  1807-1882. 

Inner  life  of  the  House  of  commons;  ed.  by  Justin  McCarthy. 

2v.     1898.     (Reformer's  bookshelf.) 328.42  W63 

Biography  of  White,  p.21-22. 

"A  reporter's  sketches  of  notable  debates  and  debaters  in  the  Commons, 
i8s6-i8;ii ;  from  the  Illustrated  times;  contains  sketches  of  Brougham, 
Palmerston,  Peel,  Lewis,  Russell,  Cobden,  Bright,  Lytton,  Disraeli, 
Gladstone,  J.  S.  Mill,  Roebuck,  Northcote,  Miall,  Kinglake,  Lowe, 
Stratford,  Canning,  Salisbury,  Lefevre,  Hughes,  Forster,  Dilke,  etc.; 
of  value  to  the  historian  and  of  general  interest;  a  supplement  to  the 
works  of  Jennings,  Lucy  and  others  on  the  later  period."    Johnston. 

328.73     United  States 

No  entry  is  made  in  this  catalogue  for  the  sheep  bound  set 
of  Congressional  documents.  A  list  of  the  volumes  of 
this  set,  which  are  in  the  Library,  will  be  found  at  the 


CONGRESS  3" 

Reference    desk,    as    well    as    various    catalogues    and 
indexes  issued  by  the  government. 

Proceedings  of  Congress 

UNITED  STATES — Continental  congress. 

Extracts  from  the  votes  and  proceedings  of  the  American 
Continental  congress,  held  at  Philadelphia,  sth  Septem- 
ber, 1774.  Containing  the  Bill  of  rights,  a  List  of  griev- 
ances, occasional  resolves,  the  Association,  an  Address 
to  the  people  of  Great-Britain,  and  a  Memorial  to  the 
inhabitants  of  the  British  American  colonies.    1774.  .r328.73  U2S38 

Secret  journals  of  the  acts  and  proceedings  of  Congress; 
from  the  first  meeting  to  the  dissolution  of  the  con- 
federation by  the  adoption  of  the  constitution  of  the 

United  States.    4v.    1820-21 r328.73  U2538S 

V.I.     Domestick  affairs. — History  of  the  confederation. 
v.2-4.     Foreign   affairs. 

STATE  papers  and  publick  documents  of  the  United  States,  from 
the  accession  of  George  Washington  to  the  presidency,  in- 
cluding confidential  documents  now  first  published.     I2v. 
1817-19 J r328.73  S79 

V.I.   I7S9-I794.       V.2.   1794-1797.       V.3.   1797-1798. 

V.4.     1798-1803.  v.s.     1803-1807.  V.6.     1807-1808. 

V.7.     1808-1810.  v.s.     1810-1812.  v.g.     1812-1815. 

v.io.    Confidential   documents,     v.ii.    1815-1818.     v.12.    1818. 
Published  by  Thomas  B.  Wait  under  the  patronage  of  Congress. 
"The  importance  of  the  collection  is  in  the  fact  that  it  contains  docu- 
ments, both  public  and  confidential,  designed  to  give  a  complete  view 
of  the  foreign  relations  of  the  country  from  the  adoption  of  the  Con- 
stitution down  to  the  publication  of  the  last  volume."     C.  K.  Adams. 
AMERICAN  .'^tate  papers;  documents,  legislative  and  execu- 
tive, from  the  ist  session  of  the  ist  congress  to  the  2d 
session  of  the  25th  congress,  1789  to  1838;  ed,  by  Walter 

Lowrie  and  others;  ist-2d  ser.    38V.     1832-61 qr328.73  Asi 

V.  1-6.      Foreign  relations,  1789-1828. 
V.  7-8.      Indian  affairs,  1789-1827. 
V.  9-13.    Finance,  1789-1828. 
v.  14-15.    Commerce  and  navigation,  1789-1883. 
v.16-22.    Military  affairs,  1789-1838. 
v.23-26.    Naval  affairs,  1794-1836. 
V.      27.    Post  office  department,  1790-1833. 
v.28-35.    Public  lands,    1789-1837. 
V.      36.    Claims,   1790-1823. 
v.37-38.    Miscellaneous,   1789-1823. 

"The  collection  is  invaluable,  indeed  indispensable,  to  one  who  would 
make  a  thorough  study  of  the  early  history  and  development  of  our 
country   from   original    sources.     The   volumes   are    divided    into    ten 
groups,   each   group  appertaining  to  a  distinct  class  of  affairs.     The 
papers  in  each  series  are  arranged  in  chronological  order;  and  each 
volume   is   preceded   by  a  very   complete  table   of  contents."     C.   K. 
Adams. 
ANNALS  of  Congress;  debates  and  proceedings;  with  appen- 
dix containing  important  state  papers  and  public  docu- 
ments, and  all  the  laws  of  a  public  nature  from  March 
3,  1789  to  May  27,  1824;  compiled  by  Joseph  Gales  and 
W.  W.  Seaton.    42V.     1834-56 r328.73  U25a 

Continued  as  Register  of  debates. 

REGISTER  of  debates,  1824-1837;  with  appendix  containing 
the  most  important  state  papers  and  public  documents: 
comp.  by  Joseph  Gales  and  W.  W.  Seaton.     14V.  in  28. 


312  CONGRESS 

1825-37  r328.73  U25b 

V.  14,  pt.  1   missing. 

Continued  as  the  Congressional  globe. 

CONGRESSIONAL  globe,  Dec.  2.  1833-Mar.  3,  1873.    46V.  in 

109.     1835-73 qr328.73  U25C 

Continued  as  the  Congressional  record. 
CONGRESSIONAL  record  containing  the  proceedings  and  de- 
bates of  Congress,  (43d-date)  1873-date.  v.i-date.   1874- 

date    qr328.73    U2Sd 

The  Record  for  the  soth  congress,  ist  sess.  pts.2,  (Feb.  7-March  13, 
1888),  7-10  (July  9-Oct.  20,  1888)  and  index;  51st  congress,  (Dec. 
2,  1889-March  3,  1891);  S2d  congress,  ist  sess.  pt.6  through  the  53d 
congress,  2d  sess.   (June  4,  1892-Aug.  28,  1894)  is  wanting. 

BENTON,  Thomas  Hart,  comp. 

Abridgment  of  the  debates  of  Congress,  from  1789  to  1856. 

V.1-13,  15-16.     1857-61 qr328.73  6443 

V.I.   I789-I796.    V.2.   I796-1803.    V.3.   1803-1808.    V.4.   1808-1813. 

v.s.  1813-1817.  V.6.  1817-1821.  V.7.  1821-1824.  V.8.  1824-1826. 
V.9.  1826-1828.  v.io.  1828-1830.  V.I  I.  1830-1832.  V.12.  1832-1836. 
V.13.   1835-1839.  V.15.   1843-1846.       V.16.   1846-1850. 

"One  of  the  most  noteworthy  and  valuable  [collections].     The  conden- 
sations were  made  by  Mr.  Benton  with  so  much  fidelity  and  skill  that 
they  -may  generally  be  relied  upon  as  giving  a  true  representation  of 
the  speeches  as  they  were  delivered."  C.  K.  Adams. 
UNITED  STATES— Senate.    " 

Journal,  4th  cong.  2d  sess.,  5th  cong.  ist  and  3d  sess.,  14th 

cong.  1st  sess. — S7th  cong.  ist  sess.    1815-1902.  . .  .qr328.73  U2S33J 
Binder's  title  reads  Senate  journal. 

Journals  for  tlie  14th  cong.  2d  sess.,  i6th  cong.  ist  and  2d  sess.,  17th 
cong.  2d  sess.,  19th  cong.  ist  sess.  to  24th  cong.  2d  sess.,  29th  cong. 
1st  sess.  to  33d  cong.  2d  sess.,  ssth  cong.  2d-3d  sess.,  wanting. 

UNITED  STATES— House. 

Journal,  ist  cong.  ist  sess.-2d  cong.  ist  sess.,  3d  cong.  ist 
sess.,    14th    cong.    ist   sess.,   25th   cong.    ist   sess. — 53d 

cong.  2d  sess.     1789-1894 qr328.73  U253 

Binder's  title  reads  House  journal. 

Volumes  for  agtb  cong.    ist  sess.  to  31st  cong.   2d  sess.,   32d  cong.  2d 

sess.,  34th  cong.  2d  sess.,  46th  cong.  2d  sess.  wanting. 
Volume  for  ist  cong.  ist  sess.  is  incomplete,  running  to  Aug.  28,  1789, 
only. 

UNITED  STATES— House— 56th  cong.    2d  sess. 

Calendars  of  the  House  of  representatives,  including  the  final 
action  on  every  bill  reported,  and  a  statement  of  the  work 
of  this   congress   compared  with  preceding  congresses. 
1901   qr328.73  U2537 

Manuals 

FURBER,  George  P. 

Precedents  relating  to  the  privileges  of  the  Senate  of  the 
United  States.    1893.     (52d  cong.  2d  sess.    Senate.    Mis. 

doc.  no.68.) r328.73  F98 

HINDS,  Asher  Crosby. 

Parliamentary   precedents   of  the   House;   collected  from 
the  journals  and  records   of  debates.     1899.      (United 
States — 55th  cong.  2d  sess.     House.    Doc.  no.576.) .  .qr328.73  H56 
SMITH,  H«nry  Harrison,  comp. 

Revision  of  rules  of  the  House  of  representatives  in  the 
thirty-sixth   and    forty-sixth   congresses.      1885.      (49th 


CONGRESS  315 

cong.     1st  sess.     House.     Mis.  doc.  16.) V557-9  R91 

Bound  with  Russell's  Geological  history  of  Lake  Lahontan. 
UNITED  STATES— Congress. 

Congressional   directory,    ist   cong.   3d   sess.-date.      1870- 

date r328.73   C74 

Directories  for  47th  cong:.   ist  &  2d  sess.  &  soth  cong.   ist  &  2d  sess. 

will   be    found    in   the   sheep   bound   set   of   congressional    documents 

numbered  respectively,   1994,  2083,  2516  &  2614. 
Directories  for  the  42d  cong.  3d  sess.,  S3d  cong.  extra  sess.,  ssth  cong. 

ist  sess.,  missing. 

UNITED  STATES— House. 

Digest  and  manual  of  the  rules  and  practice  of  the  House 

of  representatives,  the  constitution  of  the  United  States, 

Jefferson's  manual,  etc.    Soth  cong.  ist  sess.    1888.  .r328.73  U2532 
The  same.     1898.     (55th  cong.  2d  sess.     House.     Doc.  no. 

560.)   r328.73  U2S32 

The  same.     1900.     (ssth  cong.  3d  sess.     House.     Doc.  no. 

229.)   r328.73  U2532 

The  same.     1900.     (56th  cong.     ist  sess.     House.     Doc.   no. 

324-)   r328.73  U2532 

The  same.     1900.     (56th  cong.    2d  sess.    House.     Doc.  no. 

18.)    r328.73  U2S32 

Binder's  title  reads  House  manual. 

UNITED  STATES— Senate. 

Rules  of  the  Senate,  consisting  of  special  rules  of  the  Sen- 
ate, joint  rules  of  the  two  houses,  and  such  provisions 
of  the  constitution  as  relate  to  the  organization,  power, 
privileges,  proceedings,  and  duties  of  the  Senate r328.73  U25 

Senate  manual,  containing  the  standing  rules  and  orders 
of  the  Senate,  the  constitution  of  the  United  States, 
Declaration  of  independence,  Articles  of  confederation, 
the  Ordinance  of  1787.  Jefferson's  Manual,  etc.  1896. 
(S4th  cong.  1st  sess.  Senate.    Doc.  no. 304.) r328.73  U2S33 

The  same.     1901.     (56th  cong.  2d  sess.     Senate.     Doc.  no. 

237)   • r328.73  U2533 

Checklists  and  indexes  to  documents 

GREELY,  Adolphus  Washington,  covip. 

Public  documents  of  the  first  fourteen  congresses,  1789-1817; 

papers   relating  to  early  congressional   documents.      1900. 

(56th  cong.     ist  sess.     Senate.     Doc.  no.428.)    r328.73  G82 

"List  of  the  most  important  publications  containing  reprints,  in  whole  or 
in  part,  of  the  proceedings,  journals,  documents,  etc.,  of  the  early 
congresses;  also  of  indexes  and  other  finding  lists  pertaining  to  the 
congressional  documents  in  their   original   form,"   p.856-858. 

List  of  the  documents  with  notes  showing  their  general  character  and 
the  libraries  in  which  the  original  editions  are  to  be  found. 

POORE,  Benjamin  Perley,  comp. 

Descriptive  catalogue  of  the  government  publications  of 

the  United  States,  Sept.  5,  1774-Mar.  4,  1881.     1885.  .  .qr328.73  P81 
UNITED  STATES— Documents  office. 

Checklist  of  public  documents  from  the  ist-53d  congress. 

1895    r328.73  U2S3Sch 

Tables  of  and  annotated  index  to  the  congressional  series 


314  CONGRESS 

of  United  States  public  documents.     1902 qr328.73  U2535t 

Part  2  of  the  revised  checklist. 
Catalogue  of  United   States   public  documents;    monthly. 

no.25-date.     1897-date r328.73  U2S3Sca 

Comprehensive  index   of  the   publications   of  the    United 

States   government,    1889-date.     v.i-date.      1894- 

date   qr328.73  U253SC 

V.I.     1 889- 1 893;  compiled  by  J.  G.  Ames. 

V.2.  Catalogue  of  the  public  documents  of  the  S3d  congress  and  of  all 
departments  of  the  government,  March  4,  :893-June  30,  1895. 

V.3.     Same,  54th  congress,  ist  session,  July   i,   1895-June  30,   1896. 

V.4.     Same,  54th  congress,  2d  session,  July  i,  i896-June  30,  1897. 

v.S.     Same,  55th  congress,  July  i,  1897-June  30,   1899. 

For  earlier  catalogue  see  Poore's  Descriptive  catalogue  of  government 
publications,   Sept.  5,    I774-Mar.  4,    1881,  qr328.73   P81. 

Index  to  the  documents  and  reports,  54th  cong.  ist  sess.- 

date.     [v.i]-date.     1897-date r328.73  U252 

[v.i.]  S4th  cong.   ist  sess.     Dec.  2,   1895-June  11,   1896. 

[v. 2.1  54th  cong.  2d  sess.     Dec.   7,  1896-Mar.  3,   1897. 

[v.3.]  55th  cong.   ist  sess.  Mar.  is-July  24,  1897. 

[v.4.]  SSth  cong.   2d  sess.   Dec.   6,   1897-July  8,   1898. 

[v.5.]  55th  cong.  3d  sess.  Dec.  5,  1898-Mar.  4,  1899. 

[v.6.]  56th  cong.   ist  sess.   Dec.  4,   1899-June  7,   1900. 

[v.7.]  56th  cong.  2d  sess.  Dec.  3,  1900-Mar.  4,  1901. 

[v.8.]  57th  cong.  ist  sess.     Dec.  2,  1901-July  i,  1902. 

UNITED  STATES— House. 

Digested  index  to  the  executive  documents  and  reports  of 
committees  of  the  House  of  representatives  from  the 
i8th  to  the  21  st  congress  both  included.    1832 r328.73  U2S3d 

Index   to   the    executive    documents    and    reports    of   com- 
mittees of  the  House  from  the  22d  to  the  2Sth  congress, 
Dec.  1831-March  1839.     1839 r328.73  U2534 

Sale  and  distribution  of  documents 

AMES,  John  Griffith. 

Special   report   relative   to   public   documents,    [especially 
the   system  and  regulations   governing  their   distribu- 
tion].  1894.   (United  States — Document  division.)  .  .r328.73  U2S36 
Bound  with  Annual  report  of  the  Document  division. 
UNITED  STATES— Document  division. 

Annual  report  regarding  the  receipt  and  distribution  of 
public  documents  on  behalf  of  the  government  by  the 
Department  of  the  interior,  July  i,  1883  to  Nov.  30,  1884; 

July  I,  1886  to  June  30,  1887.    1885-88 r328.73  U2536 

This  report  will  also  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional 
documents. 

UNITED  STATES— Documents  office. 

Annual  report  of  the  superintendent,   i894/9S-date.     v.i- 

date.     1895-date r328.73  U2S3S 

The  third  annual  report  was  not  printed  in  separate  form,  but  is  in- 
cluded in  the  Report  of  the  Public  printer  for  the  year  ended  June  30, 
1897,  and  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional  docu- 
ments, no.  3  5  90. 

Congressional  government 

ALTON,  Edmund,  (pseud,  of  Edmund  Bailey). 

Among  the  law-makers.     1892 J328.73  A46 

Appeared  first  in  St.   Nicholas,  v.  12-13,  Nov.    1884-March   1886. 


CONGRESS  315 

Describes  and  illustrates  the  three  departments  of  the  federal  govern- 
ment in  an  interesting  way  for  young  people. 

The  same.     1898 rJ328.73  A46 

BENTON,  Thomas  Hart. 

Thirty  years'  view;  or,  A  history  of  the  working  of  the  Amer- 
ican government  for  thirty  years,  1820  to  1850.  2v. 
1893 Z2^-7Z   B44 

The  same.     2v.     1854-56 r328.73  B44 

"In  no  other  work  can  be  obtained  so  good  an  account  of  passing 
political  events  during  the  important  years  from  1820-1850."  C.  K. 
Adams. 

BLAINE,  James  Gillespie. 

Twenty  years  of  Congress.     2v.     1884-93 328.73  852 

CHADWICK,  French  Ensor. 

An  unsolved  problem  in  our  governmental  system.     1901  .  . .  .r328.73  C34 
Short   paper  discussing  the  evils  of  the   standing  committee  system   in 
Congress,  the  absence  of  full  public  discussion  and  of  direct  legislative 
responsibility. 

FOLLETT,  Mary  Parker. 

Speaker  of  the  House  of  representatives.    1896 328.73  F72 

McCONACHIE,  Lauros  G. 

Congressional  committees;  a  study  of  the  origins  and  devel- 
opment of  our  national  and  local  legislative  methods.    1898. 

(Library  of  economics  and  politics.) 328.73  M13 

MACLAY.  William. 

Journal,   1789-1791.     1890 328.73   M19 

The  journal  was  kept  while  Maclay  was  a  member  of  the  United  States 
Senate  and  contains  a  record  of  the  debates  of  the  Senate. 

Sketches  of  debate  in  the  first  Senate  of  the  United  States, 

1789-1791;  ed.  by  G.  W.  Harris.     1880 r328.73  M19 

The  author  was  United  States  senator  from  Pennsylvania  from  1789  to 
1791.  A  later  edition  of  this  work  was  published  with  the  title  "Journal 
of  William   Maclay." 

McPHERSON,  Edward,  comp. 

Hand-book  of  politics  for  1872-1884,  1894.    8v.    1872-94 r328.73  M22 

Issued  every  other  year. 

Political  history  of  the  United  States  during  the  great  re- 
bellion.    1876 r328.73  M22p 

Political  history  of  the  United  States  during  the  period  of 

reconstruction,  1865-1870.     1880 r328.73  M22po 

WILSON,  Woodrow. 

Congressional  government;  a  study  in  American  politics. 

1892   328.73  W77 

"Analyzes  congressional  government,  and  points  out  defects.  Advocates 
the  abolition  of  standing  committees,  recommends  that  the  cabinet 
should  have  seats  in  Congress,  and  be  advisers  of  both  President  and 
Congress."     Bowker  &■  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

328.74    Pennsylvania 

PENNSYLVANIA— General  assembly. 

Legislative  record;  containing  the  debates  and  proceedings 
of  the  Pennsylvania  legislature;  ed.  by  George  Bergner; 
daily,  Jan.  7,  1862-Aug.  16,  1864.    3v.     1862-64 qr328.74  P39I 


3i6  PENNSYLVANIA 

[Executive  documents]  for  the  year  ending  Nov.  30,  1874. 

1875    r328.74  P39e 

Contents:     Annual  message  of  the  governor,  Jan.  6,   187s. — Annual  re- 
port of  the  auditor  general  on  the  finances  for  the  year  ending  Nov. 
30,   1874. — Detailed  report  of  the  state  treasurer  showing  the  receipts 
and  exjjenditures  of  the  treasury  [for  the  year  ending]  Xov.  30,  1874. 
— Annual   report  of  the   surveyor  general   for  the  year  ending   Nov. 
30,  1874. — Annual  report  of  the  adjutant  general  for  the  year  1874. — 
Annual  report    (41st)    of  the  superintendent   of  common  schools   for 
the  year  ending  June   :,   1874. — Annual  report  of  the  superintendent 
of  soldiers'  orphans  schools  for  the  year   1874. — Report  of  the  state 
commissioners  of  fisheries  for  the  year  1874. 
Title  page  reads  Reports  of  the  heads  of  departments  transmitted  to  the 
governor  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  year  ending  Nov.  30,  1874. 
Manual  for  the  government  of  the  Senate  and  House  of  rep- 
resentatives  of   Pennsylvania;   comp.    by    Jacob    Ziegler. 

1871    328.74  P39 

SmuH's  legislative  hand  book  and  manual,  1867-date.  1867- 

date    r328.74  P39 

Earlier  titles  vary.    There  was  no  issue  for  1880,  1883,  1884  or  1886. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Governor.     (D.  H.  Hastings.) 

Vetoes;  bills  returned  to  the  legislature  by  the  governor, 
with  his  objections  thereto,  during  its  regular  session, 

ending  July  i,  1897.     1897  •  •  •  • r328.74  P3992 

PENNSYLVANIA — House  of  representatives. 

Journal  for  the  session  begun  at  Harrisburg,  on  the  third 

day  of  Jan.  1899.    2v.    1899 r328.74  P399h 

Journal  of  the  sixteenth  House  of  representatives,  com- 
menced at  Lancaster  the  third  day  of  December  1805. 
1805 r328.74    P399 

Journals,  beginning  the  twenty-eighth  day  of  Nov.  1776 
and  ending  the  second  day  of  Oct.  1781,  with  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  committees  and  convention.s,  before  and 
at  the  commencement  of  the  American  revolution,    v.i. 

1782 qr328.74  P399J 

No  more  published. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Senate. 

Journal  [of  the  sessions  held  1806/07,  1808/09,  1810/11- 
1813/14,      i8r6/i7,      1822/23-1823/24,      1826/27-1827/28, 

1 829/30-1 83 1/32,  1899].     1806-99 r328.74  P399S 

Journal  for  sessions  of  1826/27  and  1827/28  is  in  2  volumes;   1829/30, 
in   3  volumes;    1830/3:,   in  2  volumes,  of  which  the  Library  has  only 
V.2;  1831/32,  in  3  volumes,  of  which  the  Library  has  only  v.3. 
Earlier  journals  have  volume  numbers. 

Pittsburgh 

PITTSBURGH— Councils. 

Manual  for  1880/81,  1883/84-1892/93,  1895/96-1896/97,  1900/ 

01,  1902/03.     1880-1902 r328.74  P67 

There  are  two  editions  for  1890/91,  and  two  for  1892/93. 
Municipal  record;  minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  councils, 

1868-date.     v.i-date.     1868-date qr328.74  P67m 

328.76    Tennessee 

TENNESSEE. 

Official  and  political  manual  of  Tennessee;  prepared  by 


POLITICS  317 

C.  A.  Miller.     1890 TS2S.76  T29 

"Prepared. .  .voluntarily,  and  at  individual  expense."     Preface. 


329     Politics 

ADDRESS  to  the  freemen  of  Pennsylvania  from  the  com- 
mittee of  correspondence  for  the  city  of  Philadelphia, 
appointed  by  the  friends  of  James  Ross,  to  correspond 
with  their  fellow  citizens  on  the  subject  ot  the  election 

of  a  governor.     1799 r28s.i  P9222 

Bound  with  Presbyterian  popery. 

BROOKS,  Noah. 

Short  studies  in  party  politics.     1895 329  B77 

BRYAN.  William  Jennings. 

The  first  battle;  a  story  of  the  campaign  of  1896.    1897 329  B84 

Biographical  sketch  of  the  author  by  his  wife,  p.27-68. 

COOPER,  Thomas  V.  &  Fenton  H.T. 

American  politics  to  date  [1882].     1882 r329  C78 

Contents:  History  of  the  political  parties. — Political  platforms. — Great 
speeches  on  great  issues. — Parliamentary  practice. — Existing  political 
laws. — Federal   blue  book. — Tabulated  history  of  politics. 

DALLINGER,  Frederick  William. 

Nominations  for  elective  office  in  the  United  States.     1897. 

(Harvard  historical   studies.) 329  D16 

Bibliography,  p.221-224. 

"A  work  which  ought  to  have  been  done  long  ago  is  here  done  ex- 
ceedingly well  .  .  .  for  the  first  time,  the  elaborate  machinery  by 
which  candidates  for  all  the  important  offices  are  selected  is  dealt  with 
systematically  by  a  scholar  who  has  the  patience  to  explore  all  the 
sources  of  information,  many  of  which  are  hidden  to  ordinary  writers, 
and  who  knows  the  value  of  thoroughness  and  accuracy."     Critic,  1897. 

GORDY,  John  Pancoast. 

History  of  political  parties  in  the  United  States,     v.1-2. 

1900-02 329  G66 

V.2  title  reads  Political  history  of  the  United  States.  ^ 

HOPKINS,  James  Herron. 

History  of  political  parties  in  the  United  States,  with  a  con- 
sideration of  the  conditions. attending  their  formation  and 
development,  and  a  reprint  of  the  several  party  platforms. 
1900 329  H78 

HUGHES,  R.E.  and  others. 

That  Kentucky  campaign;  or,  The  law,  the  ballot  and  the 

people  in  the  Goebel-Taylor  contest.    1900 329  H89 

JOHNSTON.  Alexander. 

History  of  American  politics.     1892 329  J36 

"Authorities,"  p.5-7. 

"A  little  book  of  unusual  merit."     C.  K.  Adams. 

The  same.     1880 r329  J36hi 

LINCOLN,  Abraham,  &  Douglas,  S.A. 

Political  debates  in  the  campaign  of  1858  in  Illinois,    i860 r329  L71 

The  same.     1895 329  L71 


3i8  POLITICS 

LUCKEY.  George  J.  and  others,  comp. 

American  voters'  vade  mecum;  containing  proceedings  of  the 
Republican  and  Democratic  national  conventions  of  1884, 
lives  and  public  services  of  Blaine  and  Logan,  and  Cleve- 
land and  Hendricks,  &c.     1884 r329  L97 

McCLURE.  Alexander  Kelly. 

Our  presidents  and  hovi^  we  make  them.     1900 329  M13 

"I  have  endeavored.,  .to  supply  a  want  in  our  political  history  by  giving 
not  only  a  detailed  and  reliable  report  of  the  nomination  and  election 
of  every  President  of  the  United  States,  but  by  giving  with  it  many 
important  sidelights  relating  to  the  selection  and  character  of  our 
chief  magistrates."  Preface. 

McKEE,  Thomas  Hudson. 

National  conventions  and  platforms  of  all  political  parties. 
1789  to   1900;  convention,   popular  and   electoral   vote. 

1900    r329   M17 

MEYER,  Ernst  Christopher. 

Nominating  systems:  direct  primaries  versus  conventions 

in  the  United  States.     1902 329  M6s 

Contents:  The  caucus  and   convention   system. — Direct  primary   legisla- 
tion in  the   United  States. —  An  analysis  of  the  main  arguments   for 
and  against  the  direct  primary. — The  direct  primary  in  its  relation  to 
other  reforms. 
Contains  bibliographies. 

PATTON,  Jacob  Harris. 

Political  parties  in  the  United  States;  their  history  and  influ- 
ence.     1896 329    P31 

A  popular  history  for  general  readers. 

QUAY,  Matthew  Stanley. 

Pennsylvania  politics;  the  campaign  of  1900  as  set  forth  in  his 

speeches.     1901   329  Q2r 

REMSEN,  Daniel  Smith. 

Primary  elections;  a  study  of  methods  for  improving  the 

basis  of  party  organization.     1895.    (Questions  of  the  day.).  .329  R33 
SPIRIT    of    '76;    weekly,    May-Oct.    1840.      no.2-34.      1840. 

Nashville,  Tenn qr329  S75 

no.4-7,  12,  17-20  wantng. 

A  campaign  publication  advocating  the  election  of  William  Henry 
Harrison  in  1840. 

STANWOOD,  Edward. 

History  of  presidential  elections.     1892 329  S79 

For  later  edition  see  his  "History  of  the  presidency." 
History  of  the  presidency.     1898 r329  S79 

Based  on  the  "History  of  presidential  elections." 

STOREY,  Moorfield. 

Politics  as  a  duty  and  as  a  career.     1889.     (Questions  of  the 

day.)  329  588 

UNITED  STATES — Privileges  and  elections  committee. 
Majority  and  minority  report  in  regard  to  alleged  election 
outrages    at    Danville,    Va.,    Nov.    3,    1883,    with    testi- 
mony.    1884.     (48th  cong.   1st  sess.     Senate.     Report 

no-579)    r329  U25 

VAN  BUREN,  Martin. 

Inquiry  into  the  origin  and  course  of  political  parties  in 

the  United  States.     1867 r329  V17 


ECONOMICS  319 


NORCROSS.  Jonathan. 

History  of  democracy  considered  as  a  party  name  and  as  a 

political  organization.     1883 r329.3  N43 

REPUBLICAN  NATIONAL  CONVENTION. 

Proceedings  of  the  ist-i2th  Republican  national  conven- 
tions,   1856-1900.      1892-1903 T32g.6   R35 

Conventions  have  been  held  in  the  following  places;  1st,  5th  and  12th, 
Philadelphia;  2d,  4th,  7th,  8th  and  9th,  Chicago;  3d,  Baltimore;  6th, 
Cincinnati;   loth,  Minneapolis;   nth,  St.  Louis. 

SMITH,  Theodore  Clarke. 

The  Liberty  and  Free  Soil  parties  in  the  Northwest.    1897. 

(Harvard  historical  studies.) 329.8  S66 

Bibliography,  p.309-316. 

Most  historical  writers  have  approached  this  subject  from  the  national 
point  of  view,  and  Dr  Smith  has  given  us  a  valuable  addition  to 
our  historical  literature  by  working  out  the  local  history  of  this  move- 
ment in  a  region  of  which  the  importance  in  our  national  develop- 
ment has  not  been  sufficiently  realized,  and  has  added  materially  to 
our  knowledge  of  the  growth  of  the  American  party  system.  The 
principal  sources  of  material  are  the  newspapers  cf  the  time,  especially 
the  Liberty  and  Free  Soil  press. 
SOCIALIS 1  LABOR  PARI  Y. 

Proceedings  of  the  loth  national  convention  of  the  Social- 
ist labor  party,  held  in  New  York,  June  2-8,  1900. 
1901    r329.8   S67 

Appendi.x  contains  the  constitution  and  platform  of  the  party,  and  his- 
toric and  official  documents. 

KENT,  Clement  Boulton  Roylance. 

English  radicals;  an  historical  sketch.     1899 329.9  K19 

"Any  man  interested  in  the  constitutional  annals  of  England  will  find 
it  impossible  to  read  through  Mr.  Kent's  historical  sketch  of  the 
English  Radicals — or,  in  other  words,  of  the  men,  whether  thinkers 
or  politicians,  who,  for  some  century  and  a  half,  have  labored  to  turn 
the  aristocratic  institutions  of  England  into  a  democracy — without 
feeling  that  the  book  has  suggested  to  him  a  good  number  of  thoughts, 
though  they  almost  inevitably  take  the  form  of  questions."    Nation,  1900. 


330     Economics 


ALMANACH  de  la  question  social e,  pour  1900- 1901 ;  sous  la  di- 
rection de  P.  Argyriades.     loe-iie  annee.     1900-01 r330  A44 

ANDREWS,  Elisha  Benjamin. 

Institutes  of  economics.     1894 330  As6 

Text-book,  concise  and  thorough  in  analysis,  and  excellent  for  refer- 
ence.    Indicates  the  best  authorities  on  special  themes. 

BAKER,  Ray  Stannard. 

Our  new  prosperity.     1900 330  B17 

Contents:  The  beneficence  of  hard  times. — How  prosperity  came. — In- 
fluence of  speculation  and  trusts  on  prosperity  — Effects  of  the 
prosperity  wave  at  home. — Expansion  of  foreign  commerce. — Ameri- 
can commercial  invasion  of  the  world. — Iron  and  steel. — Prosperity 
on  the  great  lakes. — A  self-reliant  South. — The  rise  in  the  price  of 
meat. — Corn,  wheat  and  the  West.— Coal  and  coke. — Wool  and  lumber. 
— Labour. — The  edge  of  the  future,  the  country's  greatness. 

Groups  the  significant  facts  of  the  present   era  of  American  prosperity 
(1900),  so  as  to  indicate  the  national,  financial,  commercial,  industrial, 
and  political  tendencies. 
BOWEN.  Francis. 

American  political  economy,   including  strictures  on  the 


21 


320  ECONOMICS 


management  of  the  currency  and  the  finances  since  1861. 

1890  330  B662 

BOWKER,  Richard  Rogers. 

Economics  for  the  people;  being  plain  talks  on  economics. 

1893    330   B66 

BYLES,  Sir  John  Barnard. 

Sophisms  of  free-trade  and  popular  political  economy.     1888. .  .330  B99 
CAREY.  Henry  Charles. 

Miscellaneous  works  330  Cigm 

Contents:  Harmony  of  interests. — Letters  on  international  copyright. — 
Money. — Letters  on  the  foreign  and  domestic  policy  of  the  Union. — 
Financial  crises. — Letters  to  Schuyler  Colfax  on  the  paper,  the  iron, 
the  farmer's,  the  railroad  and  the  currency  questions. — Resources  of 
the  Union. — The  public  debt,  local  and  national. — Contraction  or  ex- 
pansion? repudiation  or  resumption? — The  national  policy. — Keview  of 
thp  decade,  i85--6-. — keconst'iiction. — The  finance  minister;  the  cur- 
rency and  the  public  debt. — Shall  we  have  peace? — How  protection, 
increase  of  public  and  private  revenues,  and  national  independence 
march  hand  in  hand  together;  review  of  the  report  of  D.  A.  Wells. 

The  past,  the  present  and  the  future.     1869 330  Ci9p 

Principles  of  social  science.    3v.     1888 330  C19 

CHALMERS,  Thomas. 

Christian  and  civic  economy  of  large  towns;  abridged  and  with 

introduction  by  C.  R.  Henderson.     1900 330  C35 

Biography  of  the  author,  p.i-6. 

First  published  in  1821-26. 

"The  material  presented  in  the  Introduction  is  intended  to  be  a  criti- 
cism of  the  obsolete  doctrines  of  the  author  and  an  appreciation  of 
thrvse  teachings  which  have  contemporary  interest. .  .The  theme  of 
this  work  touches  the  essence  of  Chalmers'  own  life:  the  social  welfare 
of  the  laboring  cla'-ses;  the  obstacles  to  that  welfare;  the  means  of 
promotinar  i'  "     C.  R.  Henderson. 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY,  New  York. 

Studies  in  history,  economics  and  public  law.    v.i-date.     1891- 

date   r330  C72 

▼.I.  Willcox.W.F.  Divorce  problem;  a  study  in  statistics. — Goss.  J  D. 
History  of  tariff  administration  in  the  United  States. — Black,  G. 
A.  History  of  municipal  ownership  of  land  on  Manhattan  Island. 
— Douglas,  C.H.J.    Fin.-incial  history  of  Massachus.  tts. 

V.2.  Hourwich,  LA.  Economics  of  the  Russian  village. — Dunscomb,  S. 
W.  Bankruptcy;  a  study  in  comparative  legislation. — Rosewater, 
Victor.     Special  assessments;   a  study  in  municipal   finance. 

V.3.  Bishop,  C.F.  History  of  elections  in  the  .American  co'onies. — ''e-r, 
G.L.    Commercial  policy  of  Fng'and  toward  the  .American  co'onies. 

V.4.  Pipley.  W.Z.  Financial  history  of  X'irginia,  1609-17-6. — West,  Max. 
Inheritance  tax. — Wood,  F.A.     History  of  taxation  m   Vermont. 

v.S.  Walker,  Francis.  Double  tax.ition  in  the  United  Stites — Hondy, 
William.  Separation  of  governmental  powers  in  history,  in  th  cry 
and  in  the  constitutions. — Wilcox,  D.F.  Municipal  government  in 
Michigan  and  Ohio;  a  study  in  the  relations  of  city  and  common- 
wealth. 

V.6.  Shepherd,  W.R.  History  of  proprietary  government  in  Pennsyl- 
vania. 

V.7.  Cushing,  H.A.  History  of  the  transition  from  provincial  to  com- 
monwealth government  in  Massachu.setts  — Emery.  H  C.  Specula- 
tion on  the  stock  and  produce  exchanges  of  the  United  Stit-s. 

v.S.  Chadsey,  C.E.  Struggle  between  President  Johnson  and  Congress 
over  reconstruction. — Webster.  W.C.  Recent  centralizing  tenden- 
cies in  state  educational  administration. — Stark.  F.  R.  Abol't'on  of 
privateering  and  Decla-^tion  of  Paris. — Whitten,  R.H.  Public  ad- 
ministration in  Massachusetts. 

V.9.  Maltbie,  M.R.  English  local  government  of  to-day. — Crook  J.W. 
German  wage  theories. — Fairlie,  J. A.  Centralization  of  adminis- 
tration in  Xpw  York  state. 

▼.10.  Hall,  F.S.  Sympathetic  strikes  and  sympathetic  lockouts. — Bat'^s, 
P.O.    Rhode  Island  and  the  formation  of  the  Union. — Sites,  CM. 


ECONOMICS  321 


L.  Centralized  administration  of  liquor  laws  in  the  American  com- 
monwealths. 

v.ii.    Weber,  A.F.    Growth  of  cities  in  the  19th  century. 

V.12,  Burke,  W.M.  History  and  functions  of  central  labor  unions. — 
Proper,  E. E.  Colonial  immigration  laws. — Glasson,  W.H.  History 
of  military  pension  legislation  in  the  United  States. — Merriam,  C. 
E.     History  of  the  theory  of  sovereignty  since  Kousseau. 

V.13.  Loeb,  Isidor.  Legal  property  relations  of  married  parties. — Scisco, 
L.D.  Political  nativism  in  New  York  state. — Woolley,  E.C.  Re- 
construction of  Georgia. 

V.14.  Flick,  A.C.  Loyalism  in  New  York  during  the  American  revolu- 
tion.— Willett,  A.  H.  Economic  theory  of  risk  and  insurance. — 
Duggan,  S.  P.  H.     The  Eastern  question;  a  study  in  diplomacy. 

V.I 5.    Hall,  A.  C.     Crime  in  its  relations  to  social   progress. 

V.  16.  Kinosita,  Yetaro.  Past  and  present  of  Japanese  commerce. — Wil- 
lett, M.  H.     Employment  of  women  in  the  clothing  trade. 

COSSA,  I.uigi. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  political  economy.     1893 330  C83 

CUNNINGHAM,  William,' fc.  1849. 

Modern  civilisation  in  some  of  its  economic  aspects.     1896. 

(Social   questions   of  to-day.) 330   C92 

DANSON.J.T. 

Wealth  of  households.     1886  330  D23 

An  elementary  treatise  on  political  economy,  written  in  a  clear,  concise 
and  simple  style.  The  author  is  a  man  of  business,  and  the  chapters 
on  credit,  money,  banking  and  insurance  are  particularly  good. 

DEVAS,  Charles  Stanton. 

Political  economy.     1891.     (Manuals  of  Catholic  philoso- 

rhy.)    330   D48 

DEVINE,  Edward  Thomas. 

Economics.     1898 330  D49 

A  simple  and  clear  presentation  of  the  subject  in  a  manner  suited  to 
popular  use. 
ELDER,  William. 

Conversations  on  political   economy.     1882 r330  E43 

Questions  of  the  day;  economic  and  social.     1871 330  E43q 

Contains  a  chapter  on  Secret  societies. 
ELY,  Richard  Theodore. 

Outlines  of  economics.      1893 330   E57 

Bibliography,   p.400-426. 

The  same.    1893.     (Chautauqua  reading  circle  literature.) ...  .330  E5701 

With  a  bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

FAIRCHILD,  George  Thompson. 

Rural  wealth  and  welfare;  economic  princi'^Ies  illustrated 

and  applied  in  farm  life.     1900.     (Rural  science  series.). .  .330  F15 
FAWCETT,  Henry. 

Manual  of  political  economy.     1888 330  F29 

"Readers  who  have  Tiot  the  time  or  the  preliminary  training  required 
by  the  more  comprehensive  works,  will  find  in  this  volume  a  briefer 
and  simpler  statement  of  the  doctrine  taught  by  Mill."  Bowker  &  lies' 
"Reader's  guide." 

GEORGE,  Henry. 

Progress  and  poverty;  an  inquiry  into  the  cause  of  industrial 
depressions,  and  of  increase  of  want  with  increase  of 

wealth ;  the  remedy.     1897 330  G31 

"The  author's  proposal  of  a  'single  tax'  equal  to  ground-rent  has  called 
forth  world  wide  discussion.  For  criticism  see  last  chapter  of  John 
Rae's  'Contemporary  socialism.'  "     George  lies. 

The  science  of  political  economy.     1898 330  G3ISC 

Though  this  book  was  left  unfinished  at  Mr  George's  death,  he  him- 
self considered  the  work  complete  in  its  essentials.     It  is  the  outcome 


322  ECONOMICS 


of  his  effort  to  write  a  small  text  book  on  political  economy  which 
should  trace  the  rise  and  development  of  the  science  a  century  ago, 
and  its  abandonment,  as  he  considers  it,  by  its  teachers  of  to-day,  ac- 
companying this  by  an  account  of  the  extension  of  the  philosophy  of 
the  "natural  order"  as  he  calls  the  single  tax. 

Social  problems.     1893 330  G31S 

GIDE,  Charles. 

Principles  of  political  economy.     1892 330  G37 

"Noteworthy  as  parting  company  in  some  respects  with  the  classic 
French  economists."  Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

GRONLUND.  Laurence. 

The  new  economy;  a  peaceable  solution  of  the  social  problem. 

1898  330  G93 

Partial  contents:  Industrial  democracy  inevitable. — Industrial  democracy 
a  most  noble  ideal. — State  aids  to  employed  labor. — State  help  to  unem- 
ployed labor. — Municipal  enterprises  under  state  control. — A  national 
telegraph. — National  banks  of  deposit  and  banks  of  loans. — National 
control  of  fares  and  freight-rates. — The  new  education. 

HADLEY,  Arthur  Twining. 

Economics;  an  account  of  the  relations  between  private  prop- 
erty and  public  welfare.     1896 330  H12 

HAKE,  Alfred  Egmont,  &  Wesslau,  O.E. 

Coming  individualism.     1895 330  His 

HIRSCH,  Max. 

Democracy  versus  socialism ;  a  critical  examination  of  social- 
ism as  a  remedy  for  social  injustice,  and  an  exposition  of 

the  single  tax  doctrine.     1901   330  H61 

Contents:    Analysis    of    socialism. —  Economics. —  Ethics. —  Outcome    of 

socialism. — Single  tax. 
The  author  is  an  Australian. 

"Whatever  objection  may  be  taken  to  any  of  the  positions  developed  in 
this  work,   it  must  be  conceded  that  the   book  itself  is   a   real  contri- 
bution to  the  study  of  the  existing   relations  of   land,   industry  and  ' 
capital."     Spectator,  1901. 

HOBSON,  John  Atkinson. 

Economics  of  distribution.     1900.     (Library  of  economics 

and   politics.) 330   H65 

JEVONS,  William  Stanley. 

Political  economy.     1878.     (Science  primers.) 330  J31 

"Less  available  for  general  readers,  because  it  employs  the  methods 
and  nomenclature  of  pure  mathematics,  but,  partly  for  this  reason, 
it  is  one  of  the  recent  works  which  have  contributed  most  to  the 
progress  of  the  science.  His  view  is  that  value  depends  entirely 
upon  utility."    Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide. 

JONES,  Edward  David. 

Economic  crises.     1900.     (Library  of  economics  and  poli- 
tics.)     330  J39 

Bibliography,  p.225-245. 
KELLEY,  William  Darrah. 

Speeches,   addresses   and   letters   on   industrial   and   financial 

questions.     1872   330  K16 

Contents:  Protection  to  American  labor. — Trade  with  British  America. 
— How  our  war  debt  can  be  paid. — The  South,  its  resources  and  wants. 
— American  industry  and  finance — Contraction,  the  road  to  bank- 
ruptcy, not  to  resumption. — Internal  revenue.  —  Report  of  special 
commissioner  of  the  revenue. — The  eight-hour  system. — Mr  Wells' 
report. — Personal  exp'anation. — Farmers,  mechanics  and  laborers  need 
protection,  capital  can  take  care  of  itself. — The  value  of  an  inexporta- 
ble  currency. — Judge  Kelley's  acceptance  of  the  nomination  for  Con- 
gress, July    2,  1870. — Letter  on  the  Chinese  question,  Aug.  22,   1870.— 


ECONOMICS  3S23 


Centennial   celebration  and   international  exposition.   —  Dominica.   — 
Revenue  ■  reform. — The  new  Northwest. 

KEYNES,  John  Neville. 

Scope  and  method  of  political  economy.     1891 330  K23 

LAUGHLIN,  James  Laurence. 

Study  of  political  economy.     1885 330  L36S 

"Teacher's  library,  selected  from  English,  French  and  German  authors," 

p.9-12. 
"Brings  out  the  value  of  economics  in  discipline.     Gives  important  hints 
to  the  teacher,  minister,  journalist,  and  lawyer.     The  ordinary  student 
will   find   this  manual   of  much   directive   service."     Bowkef  &  lies' 
"Reader's  guide." 
LAVEI.EYE,  fimile  de. 

Elements  of  political  economy.     1889 330  L38 

LOVE,  James. 

Japanese  notions  of  European  political  economy;  a  sum- 
mary of  a  report  forwarded  to  the  Japanese  govern- 
ment, by  Tentearo  Makato,  preceded  by  a  sketch  of  a 
preliminary    inquiry    into    the    same    subject,    by    Mr 

Teremoto.      1900 330   L93 

Work  of  an  American  "single-taxer"  who  used  the  Japanese  pseudonym 

to  attract  attention  to  his  pamphlet. 
Appendix  contains  extracts  from   18  economic   writers. 

LUSK,  Hugh  H. 

Our  foes  at  home.     1899 330  L98 

Contents:  On  the  threshold  of  the  future. — A  century  of  progress. — 
The  people's  bank. — A  spendthrift  policy. — The  degradation  of  the 
land. — The  redemption  of  the  people's  estate. — The  taxation  of  the 
people. — Profitable  taxation. — Monopoly  according  to  law. — Monopolies 
in  the  people's  hands. — Monopolies  in  defiance  of  law. — Well-being 
and  liberty. — State  guardianship  of  liberty. — The  enemies  of  reform. — 
The  rule  of  the  people. 

Mr  Lusk  was  formerly  a  member  of  the  New  Zealand  Parliament,  and 
suggests  an  adoption  of  Australian  practices  as  a  remedy  for  many  of 
our  American  political  and  economic  evils. 

MARSHALL,  Alfred. 

Elements  of  economics,     v.i.     1899 330  M4ie 

V.I.    Elements  of  economics  of  industry. 

An  adaptation  of  his  "Principles  of  economics." 

Principles  of  economics,    v.i.     1895 330  M41 

MILL,  John  Stuart. 

Principles  of  political  economy.    2v.     1895 330  M68 

First  published  in  1848.  Present  edition  is  brought  down  to  1895. 
"The  Political  Economy  speedily  acquired  an  authority  unapproached 
by  any  work  published  since  the  Wealth  of  Nations.  In  spite  of 
many  attacks,  it  still  holds  a  position  among  standard  textbooks ...  It 
owed  its  success  in  a  greater  degree  to  the  constant  endeavour  to  trace 
the  bearings  of  merely  abstract  formulae  upon  the  general  questions 
of  social  progress."  Sir  Leslie  Stephen  in  his  English  utilitarians, 
1 000. 

PATTON,  Jacob  Harris. 

Political  economy  for  American  youth.     1892 J330  P31 

Practical,  aiming  to  be  concise  but  clear,  and  to  set  forth  both  sides  of 
vexed   questions. 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Publications;  political  economy  and  public  law  series,     v.i, 

no.2-date.     1887-date  r330  P39 

V.I.  Cheyney,  E.P.  The  anti-rent  agitation  in  the  state  of  New  York, 
1839-1846.  —  AUinson,  E.P.  &  Penrose,  Boies.  Ground  rents  in 
Philadelphia. — Patten,  S.N.  The  consumption  of  wealth. — Falkner, 
R.P.  Prison  statistics  of  the  United  States  for  1888.— Patten,  S.N. 
Principles  of  rational  taxation. — ^James,  E.J.  tr.     The  federal  con- 


324  ECONOMICS 

stitution  of  Germany.— James,  E.J.  tr.    The  federal  constitution  of 

Switzerland. 
V.2.    Lewis,  VV.D.    Our  sheep  and  the  tariff. 
V.3.    Robinson,  J.H.     The  German   bundesrath.— Patten,   S.N.     Theory 

of  dynamic  economics. 
V.4,  pt.i.    Oberholtzer,   E.P.     Referendum  in  America;  a  discussion  of 

law-making  by  popular  vote. 
v.4,    pt.2.    Johnson,    J.F.     A    discussion   of   the   interrogatories   of   the 

monetary  commission  of  the  Indianapolis  convention. 
V.5.     Du  Bois,  W.E.B.     The  Philadelphia  negro. 

PERRY,  Arthur  Latham. 

Political  economy.     1892 330  P44 

Contains  a  general  review  of  the  entire  subject,  with  special  reference 
to  economical  conditions  in  the  United  States. 

RICARDO,  David. 

Principles  of  political  economy  and  taxation.     1891 330  R39 

"Chief  works  on  Ricardo,"  p.441-446. 

Ricardo  was  a  retired  banker  who  devoted  himself  to  study.  "His 
fame  rests  on  the  theory  of  rent,  already  expounded  by  Anderson 
(1777).  VNest  (1815),  and  Malthus,  but  with  less  profundity  and  full- 
ness."   Cossa. 

ROGERS.  James  Edwin  Thorold. 

Social  economy.     1893.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 330  R61 

"The  object  of  this  little  book  is  to  give  instruction  in  the  rudiments  of 
social  science,  and  to  do  so  in  such  language  and  in  such  a  form  as 
will  make  the  subject  clear  to  the  youngest  students."     freface,   1871. 

SARGENT,  Arthur  John. 

The  economic  policy  of  Colbert.     1899.     (Studies  in  economics 

and  political  science.) 330  S24 

Bibliography,  p.118-133. 

The  book  is  merely  a  short  study;  its  object,  to  give  a  consistent  view  of 
the  character  and  policy  of  an  administrator  and  practical  economist 
little  known  to  English  students,  and  to  indicate  the  original  sources 
of  information. 

SAY,  Jean  Baptiste. 

Treatise  on  political  economy ;  or,  The  production,  distribution 
and  consumption  of  wealth  ;  tr.  fr.  the  French  by  C.  R.  Prin- 

sep,  ed.  with  additional  notes  by  C.  C.  Biddle.     1846 r330  S27 

SMITH,  Adam. 

Inquiry  into  the  nature  and  causes  of  the  wealth  of  na- 
tions.    2v.     1892 330  S64 

"A  connected  and  comprehensive  g^rasp  of  principles  was  the  great 
achievement  of  Adam  Smith;  for  though  not  without  faults,  'The 
Wealth  of  Nations'  has  been  the  basis  of  all  subsequent  discussion  and 
advance  in  political  economy."     Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

The  same.    2v.     1776 qr330  S64 

First  edition. 

SODERINI,  Eduardo.  conte. 

Socialism  and  Catholicism.     1896 330  S67 

SWANK.  James  Moore. 

Notes  and  comments  on  industrial,  economic,  political  and 

historical  subjects.     1897 330  Sg7 

The  same.     1897 i'330  S97 

Selected  from  the  editorial  contributions  of  the  author  to  the  publica- 
tions of  the  American  iron  and  steel  association.  There  is  a  chapter 
on  the  early  history  of  Pittsburgh,  others  on  immigration,  reciprocity, 
treaties,  etc.,  but  the  larger  part  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  the  'ariff 
question  in  the  United  States  and  in  England. 

THOMPSON,  Robert  Ellis. 

Elements  of  political  economy,  with  special  reference  to 


ECONOMICS  32s 

the  industrial  history  of  nations.     1895 330  T38 

This  work  forms  a  third  and  revised  edition  of  the  author's  "Social 
science  and  national  economy."  Deals  specially  with  American  prob- 
lems;   favors   protection. 

Social  science  and  national  economy.     1875 330  T38S 

THURSTON,  Henry  Winfred. 

Economics  and  industrial  history  for  secondary  schools. 

1899  .  •  - .  •■  • 330  T43 

"Authorities  cited,"  p.a!'8-29i. 

TORONTO  UNIVERSITY. 

Studies;  economic  series,    v.i.    i8g8 qr330  T63 

v.i     Perry,  J.R.     Public  debts  in  Canada. 

UNIVERSITY  ASSOCIATION. 

Political  economy,  political  science  and  sociology;  a  practical 

and  scientific  presentation  of  social  and  economic  subjects, 

by  a  corps  of  specialists  under  the  supervision  of  R.  T. 
,  Ely.    2v.     1898-1900 qr330  U25 

Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

Being  V.4-S  of  "Progress." 

WAKEFIELD,  Edward  Gibbon. 

England  and  America;  a  comparison  of  the  social  and  politi- 
cal state  of  both  nations.     1834 r330  W14 

Contents:  The  wealth  of  England. — Misery  of  the  bulk  of  the  people. — 
Uneasiness  of  the  mid  le  class. — Coincidence  of  overflowing  national 
wealth  with  the  uneasiness  and  misery  of  individuals. — Political  pros- 
pects of  the  English. — Free  trade  in  corn  as  a  means  of  enlarging 
the  field  of  employment  for  English  capital  and  labour. — Close  re- 
lation between  the  foreign  corn-trade  of  England  and  the  foreign 
trade  of  China. — Means  of  extending  free  trade  to  the  whole  coast 
of  China. — Some  social  peculiarities  of  the  Americans. — Origin,  pro- 
gress and  prospects  of  slavery  in  America. — Apology  for  the  Ameri- 
can tariff. — The  art  of  colonization. 

WALKER,  Francis  Amasa. 

Discussions  m  economics  and  statistics.    2v.     1899 330  Wl6d 

V.I.    Finance  and  taxation. — Money  and  bimetallism. — Economic  theory. 
V.2.    Statistics. — National  growth. — Social  economics. 
Most  of  these  papers  have  been  already  published. 

A  complete  bibliography  of  Mr  Walker's  writings  may  be  found  in 
"Publications  of  the  American  statistical  association,"  v.s,  (1897),  p. 
276-290. 

First  lessons  in  political  economy.     1893.     (American  science 

scries ;  elementary  course.) 330  Wl6f 

"For  use  in  high  schools  and  academies.  Suitable  for  youths  of  from  16 
to  18."     Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

Political  economy.     1888.     (American  science  series;  ad- 
vanced course.) 330  Wi6p 

"Specially   valuable    in    its   elucidations   of   the   questions   of   land   and 
wages."     Bowker  &■  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 
Political    economy.      1892.      (American    science    series; 

briefer    course.) 330   W16 

"A  condensation  of  the  author's  'Advanced  Course.'  The  best  intro- 
duction to  political  economy  in  the  English  language."  Prof.  E.  R.  A. 
Seligman. 

WELLS.  David  Ames. 

Recent  economic  changes.     1895 330  W49 

"A  graphic  recital  of  the  economic  revolution  effected  by  the  progress  of 
invention  and  enterprise.  Tendencies  now  supreme  in  commerce 
and  finance  are  traced  to  their  origin,  with  incidental  light  on  their 

-  probable  course  in  the  future.  The  work  is  a  storehouse  of  fact  ad- 
mirably digested."    Bowker  Sr  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 


326  ESSAYS  ON  ECONOMICS 

WILLO.UGHBY,  Westel  Woodbury. 

Social  justice;  a  critical  essay.     1900 330  W76 

WISCONSIN  UNIVERSITY. 

Bulletin;  economics,  political  science  and  history  series. 

v.i-2.      1896-99 r330    W8l 

V.I.  Libby,  O.G.  The  geographical  distribtition  of  the  vote  of  the 
thirteen  states  on  the  federal  constitution,  1787-8. — Bullock,.  C.J.  The 
finances  of  the  United  States  from  1775  to  1789,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  the  budget. — Coffin,  Victor.  The  province  of  Quebec  and  the 
early  American  revolution. 
V.2.  Alden,  G.H.  New  governments  west  of  the  Alleghenies  before 
1780. — Sparling,  S.E.  Municipal  history  and  present  organization  of 
Chicago. — Sanborn,  J.B.  Congressional  grants  of  land  in  aid  of 
railways. — Reinsch,  P.S.  English  common  law  in  the  early  American 
colonies. 

330.1     Theories  of  economics 

BLAIR,  Thomas  S 

Human  progress,  what  can  man  do  to  further  it?     1896 330.1  652 

BORDEN,  John. 

Essay  on  value,  with  a  short  account  of  American  currency. 

1897    330.1   B63 

DAVENPORT,  Herbert  Joseph. 

Outlines  of  economic  theory.     1896 330.1   D29 

DENSLOW,  Van  Buren. 

Modern  thinkers,  principally  upon  social  science;  what  they 

think  and  why.     1880 r330.l   D43 

Discusses  the  theories  of  Swedenborg,  Adam  Smith,  Bentham,  Thomas 
Paine,  Fourier,  Herbert  Spencer,  Haeckel  and  Comte, 
HIGGS,  Henry. 

The  physiocrats:  lectures  on  the   French  economistes  of 

the  i8th  century.     1897 330.1    H53 

"Authorities  quoted,"  p.  153-154. 
MACFARLANE,  Charles  William. 

Value  and  distribution;  an  historical,  critical  and  constructive 

study  in  economic  theory.     1899 330.1  Mrs 

SMART,  William. 

Introduction  to  the  theory  of  value,  on  the  lines  of  Men- 

ger,  Wieser  and  Bohm-Bawerk.     1891 330.1  S63 

VEBLEN,  Thorstein  B. 

Theory  of  the  leisure  class;  an  economic  study  in  the  evo- 
lution of  institutions.     1899 330.1   V24 

330.3     Encyclopedias 

PALGRAVE,  Robert  Harry  Inglis,  ed. 

Dictionary  of  political  economy.    3v.     1894-99 r330.3  P18 

330.4     Essays  on  economics 

ADAMS,  Brooks. 

America's  economic  supremacy.     1900 330.4  A21 

Contents:  The  Spanish  war  and  the  equilibrium  of  the  world.— The  new 
struggle  for  life  among  nations. — England's  decadence  in  the  West 
Indies. — Natural  selection  in  literature. — The  decay  of  England. — 
Russia's  interest  in  China. 


ESSAYS  ON  ECONOMICS  327 

All  except  on^-  of  these  chapters  have  been  previously  published  as 
magazine  articles.  -  " 

AMERICAN  ACADEMY  OF  POLITICAL  AND  SOCIAL  SCI- 
•     ENCE. 

Corporations  and  public  welfare;  addresses  at  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  academy,  April  19-20,  1900.  1900. 
(American    academy    of    political    and    social    science. 

Annals.) 330.4    A51 

Contents:  The  control  of  public-service  corporations.  —  Influence  of 
corporations  on  political  life. — Combination  of  capital  as  a  factor  in 
industrial  progress. — The  future  of  protection. 

ATKINSON,  Edward. 

Industrial  progress  of  the  nation.     1889 q330.4  A87 

Partial  contents:  The  food  question  in  America  and  Europe. — The  rela- 
tive strength  and  weakness  of  nations. — The  distribution  of  products. — 
What  shall  be  taxed? — What  shall  be  exempt? — Slow-burning  con- 
struction.— A  single  tax  on  land. 

BAGEHOT,  Walter. 

Economic  studies.     1895 330.4  BiS 

Contents:  The  postulates  of  English  political  economy:  The  trans- 
ferability of  labour,  The  transferability  of  capital. — The  preliminaries 
of  political  economy. — Adam  Smith  and  our  modern  economy. — 
Malthus. — Kicardo. — The  growth  of  capital. — Cost  of  production. 
"The  comments  of  a  specialist  of  remarkable  acumen  and  power." 
C.  K.  Adams. 

BASTIAT,  Frederic. 

Essays  on  political  economy.     1893 330.4  B29 

BUCHER,  Carl. 

Industrial    evolution ;    tr.  fr.  the    third    German    ed.  by    S.  M. 

Wickett.     1901    330.4  B84 

Contents:  Primitive  economic  conditions. — The  economic  life  of  primi- 
tive peoples. — ^The  rise  of  national  economy. — A  historical  survey  of 
industrial  systems. — The  decline  of  the  handicrafts. — The  genesis  of 
journalism. — Union  of  labour  and  labour  in  common. — Division  of  la- 
bour.— Organization  of  work  and  the  formation  of  social  classes. — In- 
ternal migrations  of  population  and  the  growth  of  towns  considered 
historically. 

ELY,  Richard  Theodore. 

Problems  of  to-day;  a  discussion  of  protective  tariffs,  tax- 
ation and  monopolies.     1888 330.4  ES7 

Reprint  of  newspaper  and  magazine  articles  on  protection  and  natural 
monopolies.     Contains  suggestions  for  reform. 

GEORGE,  Henry.  p._. 

Our  land  and  land  policy.    1901  330.4  Gs^ 

Contents:  Our  land  and  land  policy.— The  study  of  political  economy.— 
The  American  republic— The  crime  of  poverty.- Land  and  taxation.— 
"Thou  shalt  not  steal."--To  workingmen.— "Thy  kingdom  come."— 
Justice  the  object,  taxation  the  means. — Causes  of  the  business  depres- 
sion.— Peace  by  standing  army. 

PETTY,  Sir  William. 

Economic  writings;  with  Observations  upon  the  bills  of 

mortality,  more  probably  by  John  Graunt;  ed.  by  C.  H. 

Hull.     2v.     1899 330.4   P46 

Life  of  the  author,  v.i,  p.i3-33- 

Bibliography  of  the  writings  of  Sir  William  Petty,  v.a,  p.633-652;  list 
of  books  and  manuscripts  used,  v.2,  p.661-672. 

"The  first  authoritative— and,  it  may  be  said,  the  definitive — edition  of 
the  collected  essays  in  economics  of  one  among  the  two  or  three  really 
important  writers  of  the  17th  century. .  .Section  of  the  introduction 
deals  with  the  life  of  Graunt  and  the  question  of  his  authorship  of 
the  'Natural  and  political  observations  upon  the  Bills  of  mortality.' 
...The  editorial  footnotes  are  sparing,  but  almost  always  to  the  point. 


328  ECONOMICS— PERIODICALS 

...A  welcome  edition  to  the  working  library  of  every  economist." 
Political  science  quarterly,  1899. 

RUSKIN,  John. 

Communism  of  Ruskin;  ed.  by  W.  D.  P.  Bliss.    1891.    (Social 

science  library.)   330.4  R89C 

Conterits:    Unto  this  last. — Two  lectures  from  the  Crown  of  wild  olive. — 
Selections  from  Fors  clavigera. 

Munera  pulveris;  essays  on  political  economy.     1891 330.4  R8^ 

The  same.    1871 330.4  RSgu 

Round  with  his  "Unto  this  last." 

"Unto  this  last;"  four  essays  on  the  first  principles  of  political 

economy.      1862 330.4    R89U 

"A  glowing  attack  on  orthodox  political  economy,  culminating  in  more 
or  less  socialistic  teachings."     Bowker  &■  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

SANDERS,  George  A. 

Reality;  or,  Lawr  and  order  vs.  anarchy  and  socialism.    i8g8.  .330.4  S21 
SEAMAN,  Ezra  Champion. 

Essays  on  the  progress  of  the  nations  in  civilization,  produc- 
tive industry,  wealth  and  population;   ist-2d  ser.     2v. 

1868    330.4  S43 

"References,"  v.i,  p.9. 

SHRIVER.  Edward  Johns. 

Want  and  wealth;  a  discussion  of  some  economic  dangers  of 

the  day.     1890.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 330.4  Ss6 

Contents:     Why  are  we  poor? — Scylla  and  Charybdis. — The  tariff  ques- 
tion.— The  single  tax. 

SUMNER,  William  Graham. 

What  social  classes  owe  to  each  other.     1883 330.4  S95 

Maintains    that    classes    owe    each    other   not    interference   but    simply 
justice;  a  trenchant  argument  for  individualism. 
WELLS,  David  Ames. 

Practical  economics;  essays  respecting  recent  economic  ex- 
periences of  the  United  States.     1894 330.4  W49 

330*5     Periodicals 

ECONOMIC  journal;  quarterly.  Mar.  1891-clate.    v.i-date.     1891- 

date qr330.5  E25 

ECONOMIC  review;  quarterly,     v.i-date.     1891-date i'330.S  E258 

Published  by  the  Oxford  university  branch  of  the  Christian  social  union. 
HAZARD,  Samuel,  1784-1870.  ed. 

United    States    commercial    and   statistical    register;    weekly, 

July.  1839-Dec.  29.  1841.    v.l-S.     1840-41 qr330.5  H37 

JOURNAL   of    political    economy;    quarterly,    Dec.    1898-date. 

v.7-date.    1899-date r330.5  J46 

QUARTERLY  journal  of  economics,  published  for  Harvard 

university,    v.i-date.     1887-date r330.S  Q19 

Index,  v.  i-io,   1886-1896.      1896. 

SOCIAL    economist;    monthly,    1891-date.      v.i-date.      1892- 

date    r330.5   S67 

v.io-date  title  reads  Gunton's  magazine. 

330.6     Societies 

AMERICAN  ECONOMIC  ASSOCIATION. 

Economic  studies.    4v.     1896-99 r330.6  Asie 


HISTORY  OF  ECONOMICS  329 

No  more  published. 

Brief  popular  studies  of  leading  present  day  problems,  less  scientific 
than  the  longer  monographs  published  by  the  association. 

Hand-book,  1890-1891.     1890 r330.6  A51 

Publications,     v.i-date.     1887-date   r330.6  A51P 

General  contents  and  index,  v.i-ii.  1886-1896. 

For  contents  see  contents  book  p.:86,  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
During   1896-1899   the  association    issued   its   publications   in  two  series, 
viz.,  the  bi-monthly  Economic  studies  (r330.6  Asie)  and  the  "new  se- 
ries" of  larger  monographs.    Of  the  latter,  two  only,  were  issued, 
(r33o.6  Asip,  v.12-13).    In  1900  appeared  v.i  of  a  "third  series," 
(r330.6  Asip,  V.14). 

330.9     History  of  economics 

ASHLEY,  William  James. 

Introduction  to  English  economic  history  and  theory,    v.i 

in  2.     1894-98 330.9  A82 

V.I,  pt.i.    The  middle  ages. 
V.I,  pt.2.    The  end  of  the  middle  ages. 
BEARD,  Charles,  writer  on  industrial  history. 

The  industrial  revolution.     1901 330.9  B34 

Bibliog^raphy,  p.  106. 

Gives  in  small  space  a  history  of  the  development  of  English  industries 
since  1760  and  exposes  some  of  the  weak  points  in  the  exbting  social 
organization. 

BLANQUI,  Jerome  Adolphe. 

History  of  political  economy  in  Europe.     1880 330.9  BS3 

"Not  always  trustworthy  in  its  statements  and  criticisms,  and  half  a  cen- 
tury old.  'A  brilliant  but  light  writer,'  says  Cossa."  Bowker  &  lies' 
"Reader's  guide." 

BOECKH,  August. 

Public  economy  of  the  Athenians.     1857 330.9  B57 

"Though  many  books  on  Grecian  antiquities  have  since  appeared,  the 
importance  of  that  of  Boeckh  has  not  been  diminished.  .  .  A  book 
which  investigators  find  indispensable,  and  which  every  student  of 
Grecian  affairs  will  find  as  interesting  for  its  methods  as  it  is  remarka- 
ble for  its  scholarship."  C.  K.  Adams. 
CHEYNEY,  Edward  Potts. 

Introduction  to  the  industrial  and  social  history  of  England. 

1901  330.9  C42 

Contents:  Growth  of  the  nation  to  the  middle  of  the  fourteenth  century. 
— Rural  life  and  organization. — Town  life  and  organization. — Mediae- 
val trade  and  commerce. — The  FSIack  death  and  the  pea.sants'  rebellion. 
— The  breaking  up  of  the  medireval  system. — The  expansion  of  Eng- 
land.— The  period  of  the  industrial  revolution. — Factory  laws,  the 
modification  of  land  ownership,  sanitary  regulations  and  new  public 
services. — Trade  unions,  trusts  and  cooperation. 
Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

CUNNINGHAM,  William,  b.  1849.  &  McArthur,  E.A. 

Outlines    of    English  industrial  history.     1898.     (Cambridge 

historical  series.) 330-9  C92 

Contents:     Immigrants  to  Britain. — Physical  conditions.— The  manors.— 
»  The  towns. — The   beginnings  of  national   economic   life. — The   various 

sides  of  national  and  economic  life:  The  food  supply.  Industrial  life. 
Commercial  development.  Economic  policy.— Money,  credit  and 
finance. — Agriculture. — Labour  and  capital. — Results  of  increased  com- 
mercial intercourse. 

GIBBINS,  Henry  de  Bettgens. 

Industrial  history  of  England.     1894.     (University  extension 

series.) 330.9  G35 

"Authorities  for  industrial  history,"  P.22S-226. 

Industry  in  England;  historical  outlines.     1896 330.9  6351 


330  CAPITAL.    LABOR  AND  WAGES 

INGRAM,  John  Kells. 

History  of  political  economy.     1893 330-9  I24 

Bibliographical  note,  p.  14-13. 

"A  history  of  economic  theory,  reprinted  with  additions  from  the  ninth 

edition  of  the  Encyclopedia  Britannica,  with  a  preface  by  Prof.   E.  J. 

James.        'The    best    outline    in    the    English    language,    says    Ely." 

Bou'ker  &■  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

MACLEOD,  Henry  Dunning. 

History  of  economics.     1896 330.9  M19 

Contents:     On  the  nature  and  history  of  economics. — The  fundamental 

concepts  and  axioms  of  economics. 
Contains  much  information  and  sensible  criticism  of  other  writers.     The 
author's  own  peculiar  theories  and  his  extraordinary  claims  for  them 
have  been  sharply  criticized. 

NYS,  Ernest. 

Researches  in  the  history  of  economics.    1899 330.9  N55 

Contains  many  short  bibliographies. 

Contents:  The  Byzantine  and  Musulman  influences. — Norman  Sicily 
and  the  government  of  Frederick  II. — The  towns  in  the  middle  ages. 
— Commercial  and  industrial  Europe. — The  politics  of  trade. — The 
economic  theories  of  the  middle  ages. — The  Jews  of  the  middle  ages. 
— Merchants  and  bankers. — The  exchequer  of  the  church;  the  Tem- 
plars; the  Hospitallers.  —  Money.  —  Taxation;  treasure;  loans. — The 
institutions  of  commercial  law;  the  bill  of  exchange  and  the  commen- 
da. — The  beginnings  of  the  modern  age. 

ROGERS,  James  Edwin  Thorold. 

Industrial  and  commercial  history  of  England.     1892 r330.9  R61 

WARNER,  George  Townsend. 

Landmarks  in  English  industrial  history.     1899 330.9  W23 

"The  intention  of  this  book  is  to  bring  before  the  reader  the  salient 
features  of  England's  industrial  and  commercial  progress  in  the  past. 
...I  have  chosen  what  appears  to  me  to  be  the  chief  landmark  of  each 
age,  and  grouped  round  it  the  events  which  led  up  to  it,  and  the  con- 
sequences which  came  from  it.  This  has  involved  the  sacrifice  of  any 
attempt  at  a  strict  adherence  to  a  chronological  order... but  the  com- 
pensation will  be  found  in... a  clearer  impression  of  the  main  out- 
lines of  our  country's  economic  development."    Preface. 


331     Capital.     Labor  and  wages 

ASHLEY,  Ossian  Doolittle. 

Railways  and  their  employees.    1895 331  A82 

ATKINSON,  Edward. 

The  margin  of  profits;  how  it  is  now  divided;  what  part  of 
the  present  hours  of  labor  can  now  be  spared.     1887. 

(Questions  of  the  day.) 331  A87 

AVELING,  Edward  Bibbins. 

Students'  Marx;  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  Karl  Marx' 

"Capital."     1897.     (Social  science  series.) 331   A94 

Contents:  Commodities  and  money. — The  transformation  of  money  into 
capital. — The  production  of  absolute  surplus-value. — Production  of 
relative  surplus-value. — The  production  of  absolute  and  of  relative 
surplus-value. — Wages. — The  accumulation  of  capital. — The  so-called 
primitive  accumulation. 
"This  volume  may  be  of  use  as  a  brief  analysis  of  the  main  facts,  reason- 
ings, and  conclusions  to  be  found  in  so  much  of  'Das  Kapital'  as  is  at 
present  (1897)  rendered  into  English."     Preface. 

AVELING,  Edward  Bibbins,  &  Mrs  Eleanor  (Marx). 

Working-class  movement  in  America.     1891.    (Social  science 

series.)    331  A94W 


CAPITAL.    LABOR  AND  WAGES  331 

BAG E HOT,  Walter. 

Postulates  of  English  political  economy.     1891.     (^Questions  of 

the  day.)  331  B15 

Contents:  The  postulates  of  English  political  economy. — The  transfera- 
bility of  labour.  — The  transferability  of  capital. 

These  three  papers  were  originally  published  in  the  Fortnightly  review, 
1876,  and  are  republished  with  other  matter  in  Bagehot's  "Economic 
studies." 

"An  examination  of  two  leading  postulates — the  transferability  of  labor 
and  of  capital — masterly  and  suggestive.     Points  out  to  opposite  parties 
the  common  ground  on  which  they  can  be  reconciled.     Part  of  a  com-  . 
prehensive    survey     which    the    author    did    not    live    to    complete." 
Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

BARNS,  William  Eddy.  ed. 

Labor  problem.     1886 , 331  B2S 

BEVAN.  George  Phillips. 

Industrial    classes,   and   industrial   statistics;    textiles   and 

clothing,  food  and  sundry  industries.     1877 r33i   B46 

BOHM-BAWERK,   Eugen  von. 

Capital  and  interest.     i8go 331  B58C 

"A  critical  work  of  great  ability,  covering  not  only  capital  and  interest, 
but  other  important  questions  of  political  economy.  For  advanced 
students."     Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

Positive  theory  of  capital;  tr.  by  William  Smart.    1891 331  B58 

BRASSEY,  Thomas,  lord,  b.  1836. 

Work  and  wages.     1894.     (Papers  and  addresses.) 331  B71 

BRENTANO,  Ludwig  Joseph,  called  Lujo. 

Relation  of  labor  to  me  law  ol  to-day.     1895 331  B73 

CLARK,  John  Bates. 

Distribution  of  wealth;  a  theory  of  wages,  interest  and 

profits.      1899 331    C523d 

Philosophy  of  wealth.     1894 331   CS23 

"Not  a  text-book  nor  an  exhaustive  treatise,  yet  may  be  used  with  ad- 
vantage by  classes  instructed  partly  by  lectures  and  partly  by  topical 
reading.  A  work  thoroughly  scientific  in  treatment,  fully  recognizing 
the  influence  of  moral  forces  in  the  economic  field."  Bowker  &  lies' 
"Reader's  guidi;." 

CLARKE.  Allen. 

Effects  of  the  factory  system.    1899 331  CS-i 

COURNOT,  Antoine  Augustin. 

Researches  into  the  mathematical  principles  of  the  theory  of 

wealth.     1897.      (Economic  classics.) 331    C84 

Bibliography  of  mathematical  economics,  p.173-209. 
DEPASSL,  Hector. 

Du  travail  et  de  ses  conditions  (chambres  et  conseils  du  tra- 
vail).    1895.     (Bibliotheque  d'histoire  contemporaine.)  331  D43 

DRAGE.  Geoffrey. 

The  labour  problem.     1896 33i  D78I 

The   unemployed.     1894 331    D78 

FAWCETT,  Henry. 

Economic  position  of  the  British  labourer.     1865 331   F29 

Contents:  The  land  tenure  of  England. — Cooperation. — The  causes 
which  regulate  wacjes. — Trades  unions  and  strikes. — Emigration. 

GALTON,  Frank  W.  ed. 

Workers  on  their  industries.     1896.     (Social  science  series.).  ..  .331  G15 
Contents:     Millis,   C.T.     The   need  and  value  of  technical   education. — 
Hicks,  Frances.     Dressmakers  and  tailoresses. — Steward,  W.A.     Work- 
ers   in    precious    metals. — Stedman,    W.C. — Ship-building. — Crossfield, 


332  CAPITAL.     LABOR  AND  WAGES 

Henry.  Wood  engraving. — Salmon,  W.  Corn-milling,  ancient  and 
modern.  —  Swift,  J.  Engineering.  —  Crooks,  VV.  Cask-making.  — 
Rogers,  Frederick.  The  art  of  bookbinding. — Verinder,  Frederick. 
Agricultural  labourer. — Taylor,  H.R.  Bricklayers. — Thomas,  S.J. 
Pottery. — Holyoake,  E.A.  Need  of  organisation  among  women. — 
Tillett,  Ben.     Need  of  labour  representation. 

GOHRE.  Paul. 

Three  months  in  a  workshop;  tr.  fr.  the  German.     1895. 

(Social  science  series.) 331   GS7 

GRAHAM.  P.  Anderson. 

Rural  exodus;  the  problem  of  the  village  and  the  town.    1892. 

(Social  questions  of  to-day.) 331  G77 

Study  of  the  country  districts  of  England,  and  the  influences  which 
attract  the  population  to  the  large  cities.  Considers  the  extent  of 
the  movement,  its  causes  and  the  possible  remedies. 

HOBHOUSE,  Leonard  Trelawney. 

Labour  movement.     (Reformers'  book-shelf.) 331  H6si 

Coirtevts:  The  aims  of  labour. — Trade  unionism  and  the  control  of  pro- 
duction.— The  aims  and  methods  of  co-operation. — The  distribution  of 
wealth. — The  control  of  industry  and  the  liberty  of  the  individual. 

HOBSON.  John  Atkinson. 

The  evolution  of  modern  capitalism;  a  study  of  machine  pro- 
duction.   1808.     (Contemporary  science  series.) 331  H6se 

Contents:  The  structure  of  industry  before  machinery. — The  order  of 
development  of  machine  industry. — The  structure  of  modern  industry. 
— The  formation  of  monopolies  in  capital. — Economic  powers  of  the 
trust. — Machinery  and  in 'ustrial  depression. — Machinery  and  demand 
for  labour. — Machinery  and  the  quality  of  labour. — The  economy  of 
high  wages. — Some  effects  of  modern  industry  upon  the  workers  as 
consumers. — Women  in  modern  industry. — Machinery  and  the  modem 
town. — Civilisation  and  industrial  development. 
Problem  of  the  unemployed.     i8y6.     (Social  questions  of 

to-day.)  331  H65 

JEVONS,  William  Stanley. 

State    in   relation    to    labour.      1894.      (English    citizen 

series.)    331   J31 

Factory  acts,  trades-union  legislation,  law  of  industrial  conspiracy,  co- 
operation and  arbitration. 

LAVELEYE.  fimile  de. 

Luxury.     1891.     (Social  science  series.) 331  L38 

LEVASSEUR.  fimile. 

The  American  workman.     1900.     (Johns  Hopkins  university 

studies  in  historical  and  political  science;  extra  volumes, 

V.22.)    331    L66 

LIEBER,  Francis. 

Essays  on  property  and  labour  as  connected  with  natural  law 

and  the  constitution  of  society.     1841 331  L69 

LLOYD,  Henry  Demarest. 

Wealth  agaiuFt  commonwealth.     1894 331   L75 

"Chiefly  a  history  of  the  Standard  Oil  Combination,  taken  from  court 
records  and  testimony  presented  to  State  legislative  and  Congression- 
al committees.  The  author  does  not  hide  his  hatred  of  'Trusts:' 
he  has  studied  them  since  their  birth."  George  lies. 

LUDLOW,  John  Malcolm,  &  Jones,  Lloyd. 

Progress  of  the  working  class,  1832-1867.     1867 r33i  L97 

MALLOCK,  William  Hurrell. 

Labour  and  the  popular  welfare.     1895 331  M29 

"Undertakes   to   show    the   enormous   additions    which   mind,   as   distin- 


CAPITAL.     LABOR  AND  WAGES  333 

guished  from  manual  labor,  has  made  to  the  wealth  of  the  world. 
Of  all  expositions  of  the  kind,  this  is  the  most  cogent,  detailed,  and 
the  best  fortified.  Its  importance  can  hardly  be  overrated."  Nation, 
1894. 

MARX,  Karl. 

Capital.     1886 331  M43 

"Works  and  authors  quoted,"  P.49S-506. 

Expounds  the  theory  of  surplus  value. 

"The 'Bible  of  Socialism.'    Very  difficult  reading,  except  in  the  historical 

parts.     Marx's  arguments  are  summarized  by  other  writers,  especially 

Hyndman."    /.  R.  Commons. 

Kapital;  kritik  der  politischen  oekonomie.    2v.     1883-85 331  M43k 

MASSACHUSETTS— Board  to  investigate  the  subject  of  the 
unemployed. 

Report  of  the  board.  Mar.  13.  1895.     1895 r33i  M4S 

Contents:  Relief  measures. — Wayfarers  and  tramps. — Public  works. — 
Causes. — Final  report. 

MEANS,  David  McGregor,  (pseud.  Henry  Champernowne). 

Industrial   freedom.      1897 33^    Mss 

"The  author  considers  the  existing  methods  of  distributing  the  products 
of  human  activity  by  means  of  the  wages  system,  and  demonstrates 
that  it  tends  to  establish  working  people  in  a  state  of  independence 
rather  than  subjection."     Introduction. 

MENGER,  Anton. 

The  right  to  the  whole  produce  of  labour;  the  origin  and  de- 
velopment of  the  theory  of  labour's  claim  to  the  whole 

product  of  industry.     1899 331   M62 

Bibliography  of  the  English  socialist  school,  by  H.  S.  Foxwell,  p.189-267. 

The  same.    1899 r33i  M62 

MINTON,  Francis. 

Capital  and  wages.     1888 331  M73 

NICHOLSON,  Joseph  Shield. 

Strikes  and  social  problems.     1896 331  N31 

PETERS,  John  Punnett,  ed. 

Labor  and  capital;  a  discussion  of  the  relations  of  em- 
ployer   and    employed,    with    an    introduction.      1902. 

(Questions  of  the  day.) 33i  P45 

Contents:  General  questions. — Combinations  of  employers  and  employed 
—are  they  mutually  beneficial? — Trusts  and  labor  unions  from  a  legal 
aspect. — Conciliation  and  arbitration. — Model  industries. — Socialism 
and  single  tax. — The  unemployed. 
A  symposium  originally  contributed  to  a  syndicate  of  newspapers  by 
qualified  leaders  of  public  opinion  on  these  questions.  Among  the 
45  contributors  are  Cardinal  Gibbons,  Henry  D.  Lloyd,  Anson  Phelps 
Stokes  and  several  of  the  most  prominent  men  of  the  labor  world,  in- 
cluding John  Mitchell,  president  of  the  United  mine  workers. 

ROGERS.  James  Edwin  Thorold. 

Six  centuries   of  work  and  wages;  the  history  of  English 

labour 33i    R61 

ROUSIERS,  Paul  de 

Labour  question  in  Britain.     1896 33^  ^77 

SMART,  William. 

Distribution  of  income.     1899 33i  S63d 

"Authorities  consulted,"  p.ii-12. 

Studies  in  economics.     1895 33^  S63 

Contents:  Studies  in  wages,  (including  women's  wages).— Studies  in 
currency. — Studies  in  consumption. — The  place  of  industry  in  the 
social  organism. 


334  CAPITAL.    LABOR  AND  WAGES 

SPAHR,  Charles  Barzillai. 

America's  working  people.     1900 331  S73 

Appeared  first  in  the  Outlook,  v.61-63,  Feb.-Nov.  4,  1899. 
"The  impressions  received  were  as  far  from  supporting  the  belief  that 
nothing  need  be  done  to  better  conditions,  as  from  supporting  the 
belief  that  nothing  can  be  done.  The  distinguishing  spirit  of 
America's  working  people  is  hopeful  discontent. .  .As  compared  with 
other  volumes  upon  America,  the  present  devotes  unusual  attention 
to  conditions  upon  farms  and  in  villages."     Freface. 

Essay  on  the  present  distribution  of  wealth  in  the  United 

States.    1896.    (Library  of  economics  and  politics.) 331  8736 

SPYERS.  T.G. 

The  labour  question;  an  epitome  of  the  evidence  and  the  re- 
port of  the  Royal  commission  on  labour.     1894.     (Social 

science  scries.) 331  S77 

STEPHENS,  W.Walker. 

Higher  life  for  working  people,  its  hindrances  discussed;  an 
attempt  to  solve  some  pressing  social  problems  without 

injustice  to  capital  or  labour.     1899 331  S83 

Contents:  The  greatest  problem:  work  for  the  unemployed. — Reformed 
poor  law  administration. — Old  age  annuities. — Prevention  of  strikes. — 
Minor  social  problems. — The  eight  hours  day. — Self-help.  —  Reforms 
conducive  to  a  wider  distribution  of  wealth. — A  note  of  warning. 

STIMSON,  Frederic  Jesup. 

Handbook  to  the  labor  law  of  the  United  States.     1896 331  S8sh 

Labor  in  its  relation  to  law.     1895 331  S8s 

SYMONS,  Jelinger  Cookson. 

Arts  and  artisans  at  home  and  abroad;  with  sketches  of  the 

progress  of  foreign  manufactures.     1839 r33i  S98 

TAYLOR,  Richard  Whately  Cooke. 

Factory  system  and  the  factory  acts.  1894.  (Social  ques- 
tions of  to-day.) 331   T25 

Appendix  contains  "Requirements  of  the   factory  acts." 

UNITED  STATES — Education  and  labor  committee. 

Report  of  the  committee  upon  the  relations  between  labor 
and  capital,  and  testimony  taken  by  the  committee. 
V.1-4.     1885 r33l  U2532 

V.  1-4.     Testimony. 

v.S,  supposed  to  contain  "the  report,  is  said  to  have  been  suppressed. 

UNITED  ST.ATES — Foreign  commerce  bureau. 

Labor   in   foreign   countries,     yv.     1885.      (United    States 

consular  reports.) r33i   U253 

v.i-2.    Labor  in  Europe. 

V.3.        Labor  in  America,  Asia,  Africa,  Australasia  and  Polynesia. 
Reports  from  United  States  consuls  on  rates  of  wages,  cost  of  living, 
past  and  present  wages,  etc. 
State  of  labor  in  Europe,  1878;  reports  from  United  States 
consuls  on  the  rates  of  wages,  cost  of  living,  etc.     1879. 

(45th  cong.  1st  sess.    House.    Ex.  doc.  no.5.) r33i  U2S3S 

UNITED  STATES — Industrial  commisson. 

Reports.    19V.  in  17.     1900-02 r33i  U2S33 

V.I.  Preliminary  report  on  trusts  and  industrial  combinations,  with  testi- 
mony, review  of  evidence,  charts  showing  effects  on  prices,  and  topical 
digest. 

V.2.  Trusts  and  industrial  combinations;  statutes  and  decisions  of  fed- 
eral, state  and  territorial  law,  with  a  digest  of  corporation  laws  appli- 
cable to  large  industrial  combinations. 

V.3.     Prison  labor. 


CAPITAL.    LABOR  AND  WAGES  335 


V.4.  Transportation,  including  review  of  evidence,  topical  digest  of  evi- 
dence, and  testimony  so  far  as  taken  May  i,  1900. 

v.s.  Labor  legislation,  including  digests  of  the  laws  of  the  states  and  ter- 
ritories relating  to  labor  generally,  to  convict  labor,  and  to  mine  labor. 

V.6.     Distribution  of  farm  products. 

V.7.  Relations  and  conditions  of  capital  and  labor  employed  in  manu- 
factures and  general  business,  including  testimony  so  far  as  taken  Nov. 
I,  1900,  and  digest  of  testimony. 

V.8.     Chicago  labor  disputes  of  1900,  with  especial  reference  to  the  dis- 
putes in  the  building  and  machinery  trades. 
•  V.9.     Transportation,   including  testimony  taken  since   May   i,    1900,   re- 
view and  topical  digest  of  evidence,  and  special  reports,  on  railway  leg- 
islation and  taxation. 

v.io.  Agriculture  and  agricultural  labor,  including  testimony,  with  re- 
view and  topical  digest  thereof. 

V.I  I.  Agriculture  and  taxation,  including  reports  relating  to  fictitious 
sales  of  farm  products,  the  tobacco  trade,  American  farm  labor,  laws 
regarding  agricultural  boards,  warehouse  and  elevator  laws,  adultera- 
tion of  food  products  and  taxation  systems. 

V.12.  Relations  and  conditions  of  capital  and  labor  employed  in  the  min- 
ing industry. 

V.I 3.  Trusts  and  industrial  combinations,  including  testimony  taken 
since  March  i,  1900,  with  review  and  digest  thereof,  and  special  reports 
on  prices  and  on  the  stocks  of  industrial  corporations. 

V.14.  Relations  and  conditions  of  capital  and  labor  employed  in  manu- 
factures and  general  business;  including  testimony  taken  after  Nov.  i, 
1900,  with  review  and  digest  thereof,  and  a  special  report  on  domestic 
service. 

V.I 5.  Immigration,  including  testimony,  with  review  and  digest,  and 
special  reports;  and  on  education. 

v.i6.  Condition  of  foreign  legislation  upon  matters  affecting  general 
labor;  report  by  F.  J.  Stimson. 

v.  17.  Labor  organizations,  labor  disputes,  and  arbitration,  and  on  railway 
labor. 

v.  18.     Industrial  combinations  in  Europe. 

V.  19.     Final  report. 

VILLECROSSE,  Jiilien. 

Les  lamentntions  du  peuple.     1898 r33i  V33 

Contents:     La  grande  douleur  populaire. — Les  enfants  du  peuple. — Les 
campagnards. — Les  travailleur^  de  la  mer. — Femmes  du  peuple. — Types 
d'ouvriers. — Patrons   et   ouvriers. — La    France. — L'Europe. — L'human- 
ite. 
WEBB.  Sidney  James,  &  Mrs  Beatrice  (Potter). 

Problems  of  modern  industry.    1898 331  W36 

Contents:  The  diary  of  an  investigator. — The  Jews  of  East  London. — 
Women's  wages. — Women  and  the  factory  acts. — The  regulation  of 
the  hours  of  labour. — How  to  do  away  with  the  sweating  system. — 
The  reform  of  the  poor  law. — The  relation  between  co-operation  and 
trade  unionism. — The  national  dividend  and  its  distribution.  —  The 
difficulties  of  individualism. — Socialism:  true  and  false. 

WRIGHT.  Carroll  Davidson. 

Industrial  evolution  of  the  United  States.     1895.  (Chautauqua 

reading  circle  literature.) 331   W93 

Sketches  development  of  mechanical  industries,  growth  of  factory 
system,  labor  movcnient  and  influence  of  machinery. 

YOUNG.  Edward,  h.  1814. 

Labor  in  Europe  and  America;  a  special  report  on  the  rates 
of  wages,  cost  of  subsistence  and  condition  of  the  working 
classes  in  Europe;  also  in  the  United  States  and  British 
America.     1875.     (United  States — Statistics  bureau.)  ..  .r33i  Y37 

Publications  of  labor  bureaus 

ILLINOIS — Labor  statistics  bureau. 

Annual  report;  coal  in  Illinois,  (i3th-i4th,  I9th-20th)  1894- 
1895,  1900-1901;  containing  the  iith-i2th,  I7th-i8th  an- 


336  LABOR 

nual  reports  of  the  inspectors  of  mines.    1895-1902 r33i  I22 

ipth-zoth  reports  contain  also  the  2d-3d  annual  reports  of  the  Illinois 

free  employment  offices  for  the  year  ended  Oct.  i,  1900-Oct.  i,  1901. 
For  index  consult  "Index  of  reports,  issued  by  bureaus  of  labor  statis- 
tics," published  by  the  Department  of  labor  (r33i  Uzsi).     13th  report 
is  not  indexed. 
Biennial  re;  ort  (7th-date),  [for  the  two  years  ending  Nov. 

I,  i892-d.itel.     iSg^-date r33i  l22b 

V.7.    Working  women  in  Chicago. — The  sweating  system. — Coal  in   Illi- 
nois, with  the  reports  of  the  inspectors  of  mines  and  the  report   ■ 
of  the  board  of  examiners. 
V.8.    Taxation. 

V.9.     Franchises  and  taxation. 

v.io.  IVivate    and    municipal    ownership    of    public    works. — Public    em- 
ployment  agencies. — Gas    works   tables. — Electric   light   and    power 
plant   tables. — Water  works  tables. — Labor  legislation,  41st  General 
assembly. 
V.I  I.  A'anufactures. — Kindergartens;   manual   training. 
For  index  consult   "Index   of  reports   issued  by  bureaus  of  labor  statis- 
tics," published  by  the  Department  of  labor  (r33i  Uasi)  which  covers 
the  first  10  reports. 

MASSACHUSETTS— Labor  stati'^tics  bureau. 

Annual  re^->ort,  (i?t-date),  T869/70-date.     iSyo-date r33i  M456 

V.20  contains  an  index  for  the  first  20  volumes  of  the  report. 

V.21.  Labor  laws  of  Massachusetts. — Abandoned  farms  in  Massachusetts. 
— Net  profits  in  manufacturing  industries. 

V.22.  A  tenement  house  census  of  Boston;  section  1.  Tenements, 
rooms  and  rents. 

▼.23.  A  tenement  house  census  of  Boston;  section  2.  Sanitary  condi- 
tion of  tenements. — Section  s.  Place  of  birth,  occupations,  etc 
of  residents   in   tenement   houses. 

V.24.    Unemployment. 

V.2S.  Compensation  in  certain  occupations  of  graduates  of  colleges 
for  women. — The  distribution  of  wealth,  probates. 

V.26.  Relation  of  the  liauor  traffic  to  pauperism,  crime  and  insanity. 
— Graded   weekly  wages,    1810-1891,   occupations     A-C. 

V.27.  Social  and  industrial  changes  in,  the  county  of  Barnstable.  — 
Graded  weekly  wages,  i8io-i8qi,  occupations  D-G. 

V.28.  Comparative  wages  and  prices,  1860-1897. — Graded  weekly  wages. 
1810-1891,  occupations  H-O. 

V.29.    Sunday  labor. — Graded  weekly  wages,  1810-1891,  P-Z. 

V.30.    Changes   in   conducting  retail   trade  in   Boston  since    1874.  — Labor 
chronology,   1899. 
'  V.31.    Population   of     Massachusetts,    1900. —  The     insurance   of   working- 

men. — Graded  prices;   Massachusetts,  other   United   States  and   for- 
eign count'ics,    1816-1891. 

For  index  consult  "Index  of  reports  issued  by  bureaus  of  labor  statis- 
tics," published  by  the  Department  of  labor  (r33i  Uzsi)  which  covers 
the  first  30  reports. 

Labor  bulletin;  quarterly.     no.9-date.     1899-date qr33T  M4S6I 

MISSOURI — Labor  statistics  bureau. 

Annual   re<-ort    C8th,    I9th-date)    for   the   year   1886,   1897- 

date.     1887-date r33i  M74 

8th  report  contains  Proceedings  at  the  4th  annual  session  of  the 
National  convention  of  chiefs  and  commissioners  of  the  various 
b'lrraus  of  sjatisticp  of  labor,  and  The  official  history  of  the  great 
strike  of   1886,  on  the  Southwestern   railway  system. 

ist-23d  reports  are  indexed  in  "Index  of  reports  issued  by  bureaus  of 
labor  statistics,"  published  by  the  Department  of  labor,  r33i  U2si. 

NATIONAL  CONVENTION  OF  CHIEFS  AND  COMMIS- 
SIONERS OF  STATE  BUREAUS  OF  STATISTICS 
OF  LABOR. 
Proceedings  of  the  [first]  convention  held  at  Columbus, 
Sept.  26,  1883;  comp.  by  H.A.Newman  and  Henry 
Luskey.     1883 r33i  NiS 


LABOR  337 

The  same;  second  convention,  St.  Louis,  June  9,  1884.  (In 
First  biennial  report  of  the  Bureau  of  labor  statistics  of 
Wisconsin,  p. 13-16.) r33T  W81  v.i 

The  same;  fourth  convention,  Trenton,  June  1-3,  1886.  (In 
Eighth  annual  report  of  the  Bureau  of  labor  statistics 
of  Missouri,  p. 291-346.) r33i  M74  v.8 

The  same;  sixth  convention,  Indianapolis,  May  22-23,  1888. 
(In  Second  biennial  report  of  the  Indiana  bureau  of 
statistics,  p. 18-27.) r3i77  I24  v.8 

The  same;  fourteenth  convention,  Detroit,  June  14-17,  1898. 
(In  Twentieth  annual  report  of  the  Bureau  of  labor 
statistics  of  Missouri,  p.232-256.) r33T  M74  v.20 

The  same;  sixteenth  convention,  Milwaukee,  July  lo-ii, 
1900.     (In  Twenty-second  annual  report  of  the  Bureau 

of  labor  statistics  of  Missouri,  P.448-.453.) r33i  M74  v.22 

NEBRASKA — Labor  and  indu.^trial  statistics  bureau. 

Biennial  report  C6th)  for  the  years  1897  and  1898.    1898.  ..  .r33i  N18 

For  index  consult  "Index  of  reports  issued  by  bureaus  of  labor  statis- 
tics," published  by  the  Department  of  labor,  r33i  U25i. 

OHIO — Labor  statistics  bureau. 

Annual  report  (i=t-5th)  for  the  year  1877-1881.     1878-82.  .  .r33i  OiS 
For  index  consult  "Index  of  reports  issued  by  bureaus  of  labor  statis- 
tics," published  by  the  Department  of  labor,  r33i   U2si. 

ONTARIO— Indu' tries  bureau. 

Labor,  wages  and  cost  of  living,  and  minerals  and  mining  in 

the  province  of  Ontario.     1886 r33i  O25 

Part  of  the  Annual  report  of  the  Bureau  of  industri*"."  ^or  188.S. 

PENNSYLVANIA — Industrial  statistics  bureau. 

Annual    report,    (ist-date)    for    the    years    1872/7 3-date. 

1874-date  r33i  P39 

The  first  and  second  reports  were  issued  by  the  Bureau  of  statistics 
of  labor  and  agriculture.  Beginning  with  the  third  report  this  report 
forms  pt.3  of  the  report  of  the  secretary  of  internal  affairs. 

ist-23d  reports  are  indexed  in  "Index  of  reports  issued  by  bureaus  of 
labor  statistics,"  published  by  the  Department  of  labor,  r33i   Uzsi. 

TENNESSEE — Labor   statistics  and  rtiines  bureau. 

Annual  report,  (3d,  6tb),  1893,  1896.     1894-97 qr33i  T29 

For  index  consult  "Index  of  reports  issued  by  bureaus  of  labor  statis- 
tics," published  by  the  Department  of  labor,  r33i   U2si. 

UNITED  STATE.S— Labor  department. 

Analysis  and  index  of  all  reii'orts  issued  by  bureaus  of 
labor  statistics  in  the  United  States  prior  to  Nov.  i, 
1892.     1893.     (3d  special  report  of  the  commissioner, 

1893.)    r33i   U25a 

Annual  report    (ist-date),  1886-date.     1886-date r33i  U25an 

v.i.  Industrial  depressions. 

V.2.  Convict  labor. 

V.3.  Strikes  and  lockouts.  * 

V.4.  Working  women  in  large  cities. 

v.s.  Railroad  labor. 

V.6.  Cost  of  production;  iron,  steel,  <y)al,  etc. 

V.7.  Cost  of  production;  textiles  and  glass.     2V. 

v.8.  Industrial  education. 

V.9.  Building  and  loan  associations. 

V.  10.  Strikes  and  lockouts.      2V. 

V.I  I.  Work  and  wages  of  men,  women  and  children. 

V.12.  Economic  aspects  of  the  liquor  problem. 

V.  13.  Hand  and  machine  labor.    2V. 


338  RELATIONS  OF  CAPITAL  TO  LABOR 

V.14.     Water,  gas  and  electric-light  plants  under  private  and  municipal 

ownership. 
V.  15.    Compilation  of  wages  in  commercial  countries  from  official  sources. 

2V. 

V.I 2  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional  documents, 

no.3696. 
ist-i6th  reports  are  indexed  in  "Index  of  reports  issued  by  bureaus  of 
labor  statistics."  published  by  the  department,  T33J   Uzsi. 

Bulletin,  bi-monthly,  Nov.  1895-date.    v.i-date.     1896-date. .  .r33i  U2Sb 
Bulletins   1-39  are  indexed  in  "Index  of  reports  issued  by  bureaus  of 
labor  statistics,"  published  by  the  department,  r33i   Uasi. 

Labor  laws  of  the  various  states,  territories  and  the  Dis- 
trict   of    Columbia.      1892.      (2d    special    report    of   the 

commissioner,    1892.) r33i    U25 

Monographs    on    social    economics;    ed.    by    C.  H.  Verrill. 

no. 1-6.     1901 331   U25 

no.  1-5.  Working  of  the  Department  of  labor,  by  C.  D.  Wright. — The 
value  and  influence  of  labor  statistics,  by  C.  D.  Wright. — Employer 
and  employee  under  the  common  law,  by  V.  H.  Olmsted  and  S.  D. 
Fesscndcn. — Present  status  of  employers'  liability  in  the  United  States, 
by  S.  D.  Fessenden. — Protection  of  workmen  in  their  employment,  by 
S.  D.  Fessenden. 

no.6.     Public  baths  in  Europe,  by  E.  M.  Hartwell. 

no.6  is  bound  separately,  call  number,  614  U2S. 

Special  reports  of  the  commissioner  are  classified  separ- 
ately and  appear  under  the  subjects  w^ith  which  they 
deal. 
WISCONSIN — Labor  statistics  bureau. 

Biennial  report  (ist-2d),  1883-1886.     1884-86 r33i  W81 

For  index  consult  "Index  of  reports  issued  by  bureaus  of  labor  statis- 
tics," published  by  the  Department  of  labor,  r33i   Uasi. 

331.1     Relations  of  capital  to  labor 

BOLLES,  Albert  Sidney. 

Conflict  between  labor  and  capital.     1876 r33i.i  B61 

CONGRESS  OF  INDUSTRIAL  CONCILIATION  AND  AR- 
BITRATION. 
Proceedings   of  meeting  held  -at   Chicago,    Nov.  13-14,    1894. 

1894  1" 341 .6  I24 

Bound  with  International  arbitration;  historical  notes  and  projects. 
ILLINOIS— Arbitration  board. 

Annual  report   (ist-date),   i89S/96-date.     1897-date r33i.i   I22 

JEANS,  James  Stephen. 

Conciliation  and  arbitration  in  labour  disputes;  a  historical 
sketch  and  brief  statement  of  the  present  position  of  the 

question  at  home  and  abroad.     1894 r33i.i  J22 

LLOYD,  Henry  Demarest. 

Country  without  strikes;  a  visit  to  the  compulsory  arbitration 

court  of  New  Zealand.     1900 331-1  L7S 

An  original  investigation — a  study  made  on  the  ground — of  the  com- 
pulsory arbitration  system  in  force  in  New  Zealand,  w'lich  lias  re- 
sulted so  far  in  the  complete  prevention  of  labor  troubles  in  that 
colony,  to  the  entire  satisfaction  of  both  employers  and  employees. 
Mr  Reeves,  who  furnishes  the  introduction,  is  ex-minister  of  labor  in 
New  Zealand  and  author  of  the  Compulsory  arbitration  law. 

LOWELL,  Mrs  Josephine  Shaw. 

Industrial  arbitration  and  conciliation.     1894.     (Questions  of 


WAGES  339 


the  day.) 33T.1  L95 

Presents  the  various  methods  of  successful  labor  arbitration,  employed 

since  i860  in  England,  Belgium,  and  the  United  States.    A  concise  and 

interesting  statement. 

MASSACHUSETTS— Arbitration  board. 

Annual  report  (5th,  7th-8th)  of  the  State  board  of  arbitra- 
tion, for  the  year  1890,  1892-1893.     1891-94 r33i-i  M45 

NEWCOMB,  Simon. 

Plain  man's  talk  on  the  labor  question.    1886 33i.i  N26 

PRICE,  Langford  Loyell  Frederick  Rice. 

Industrial  peace,  its  advantages,  methods  and  difficulties; 
a  report  of  an  inquiry  made  for  the  Toynbee  trustees. 

1887    331.1   P94 

"Describes  the  practical  workings  of  arbitration."     7.  R.  Commons. 

TOYNBEE,  Arnold. 

Lectures  on  the  industrial  revolution  of  the  i8th  century  in 
England,  popular  addresses,  notes  and  other  fragments. 
1896   331.1    T67 

Memoir  of  the  author  by  Benjamin  Jowett,  p. 5-27. 

A    review   of   the    introduction    of    machinery    during   the    19th   century 

and  the  result  of  increased  dependence  of  labor  upon  capital. 
"Contributes    admirably    to    a    clear    understanding    of    the    rise    and 

causes  of  present  industrial  problems."     /.  R.  Commons. 

WEEKS.  Joseph  Dame. 

Industrial   conciliation   and   arbitration   in   New  York,   Ohio 

and  Pennsylvania.     1881 33il  W42 

From  the  12th  annual  report  of  the  Massachusetts  Bureau  of  statistics 
of  labor. 

WILLEY,  Freeman  Otis. 

The  laborer  and  the  capitalist.     1896 33I-I  W73 

WRIGHT,  Carroll  Davidson,  comp. 

Industrial  conciliation  and  arbitration;  comp.  from  material 
in  the  possession  of  the  Massachusetts  Bureau  of  sta- 
tistics of  labor.     1881 r33i.i  W03 


331.2     ^Vages.     Compulsory  insurance.     Profit  sharing 

ATKINSON.  Edward. 

Distribution  of  products.     1892 331.2  A87 

The  same.     1885 r33i.2  A87 

Contents:     What   makes   the   rate   of   wages? — What   is   a  bank? — ^Thc 
railway,   the   farmer  and  the  public. 

BOWLEY,  Arthur  Lyon. 

Wages  in  the  United  Kingdom  in  the  19th  century;  notes  for 
the  use  of  students  of  social  and  economic  questions. 
1900  331.3  B66 

Bibliography,  p.  139-144. 
BROOKS,  John  Graham. 

Compulsory  insurance  in  Germany,  including  an  appendix 
relatiiig  to  compulsory  insurance  in  other  countries 
in  Europe.  1893.  (United  States — Labor  department. 
4th  special  report  of  the  commissioner,  1893.) r33i.2  B77 

"Literature,"  p.294-29g. 


34© 


WAGES 


CLARK.  John  Bates,  &  Giddings.  F.H. 

Modern  distributive  process.     1888 331-2  €52 

Contents:    The  limits  of  competition.— The  persistence  of  competition. — 

Profits  under  conditions. — The  natural  rate  of  wages. 
Reprinted  from  Political  science  quarterly. 

DAVIDSON,  John,  M.A. 

The  bargain  theory  of  wages;  a  critical  development  from  the 
historic  theories,  together  with  an  examination  of  certain 
wages  factors,  the  mobility  of  labor,  trade  unionism  and 

the  methods  of  industrial  remuneration.     1898 331-2  D29 

"Suggestive  and  deserves  the  attention  of  economists."  Nation,  1898. 

OILMAN,  Nicholas  Paine. 

Dividend  to  labor;  a  study  of  employers'  welfare  institutions. 

1899 331  2  G42d 

Bibliography,  p.389-392. 

The  closing  portion  of  the  volume  is  devoted  to  profit-sharing.  Ex- 
tended accounts  of  five  notable  applications  of  this  system  and  a  care- 
ful summary  of  its  present  condition  bring  the  narrative  down  to 
date. 

Profit  sharing  between  employer  and  employee.    1891 331-2  G42 

Bibliog^raphy,  p.446-448. 

LAWRENCE,  Frederick  William. 

Local  variations  in  wages.     1899.     (Studies  in  economics  and 

political  science.) qr33i.2  L42 

Deals  with  the  wages  of  the  artisan  class  in  England  and  Wales. 

LEVI,  Leone. 

Wages  and  earnings  of  the  working  classes;  report  to  Sir 

Arthur  Bass.     1885 •. . .  .r33i.2  L66w 

Wages  and  earnings  of  the  working  classes;  with  facts  illustra- 
tive of  their  economic  condition;  report  to  M.  T.   Bass. 

1867 r33i.2  L66 

MALLOCK,  William  Hurrell. 

Classes  and  masses;  or.  Wealth,  wages  and  welfare  in  the 

United  Kingdom.     1896 331-2  M29 

NICHOLSON,  Joseph  Shield. 

Effects  of  machinery  on  wages.     1892.     (Social  science 

series.)    331-2  N31 

SCHLOSS,  David  F. 

Methods  of  industrial  remuneration.     1894 331-2  S34 

SCHOENHOF,  Jacob. 

Economy  of  high  wages;  an  inquiry  into  the  cause  of  high 
wages  and  their  effect  on  methods  and  cost  of  production. 

1893.     (Questions  of  the  day.) .331-2  S36 

SENIOR,  Nassau  William. 

Three  lectures  on  the  rate  of  wages,  delivered  before  the  Uni- 
versity of  Oxford,  1830;  with  a  preface  on  the  causes  and 

remedies  of  the  present  disturbances.     1830 r33i.2  S47 

TAUSSIG,  Frank  William. 

Wages  and  capital;  an  examination  of  the  wages  fund  doc- 
trine.     1896 J3I.2    T24 

WALKER,  Francis  Amasa. 

Wages  question;  a  treatise  on  wages  and  the  wages  class. 


LABOR  OF  WOMEN  AND  CHILDREN  341 

1891    331.2  W16 

"Holds  that  wages  are  paid  out  of  production — ^in  opposition  to  the 
wage-fund  theory.  Describes  causes  which  render  competition  be- 
tween capital  and  labor  imperfect  to  the  disadvantage  of  labor.  Brings 
out  the  importance  of  the  entrepreneur,  or  captain  of  industry,  who 
stands  between  capital  and  labor.  Discriminates  real  from  nominal 
wages.  A  work  which  takes  account  of  sentiment  as  affecting  eco- 
nomic forces."    Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

WILLOUGHBY,  William  Franklin. 

Workingmen's  insurance.     1898 .331.2  W76 

Bibliographical   note,  p.379-386. 

"In  the  present  work... it  is  our  intention,  not  only  to  describe  the 
experiment  of  compulsory  insurance,  but  to  consider  all  of  the  various 
n-ethods  by  which  workingmen  make  provision  through  common 
action  for  the  time  when  they  shall  be  incapacitated  for  work.  The 
history  of  the  insurance  institutions  and  the  present  condition  of  the 
problem  will  be  given  for  each  country  separately."    Preface. 


331.3-331.4     Labor  of  women  and  children 

For  occupations  of  women,  see  396.5 

HIRD,  Frank. 

The  cry  of  the  children;  an  exposure  of  certain  British  in- 
dustries in  which  children  are  iniquitously  employed. 
1898 331-3  HS9 

BULLEY,  Agnes  Amy,  &  Whitley,  Margaret. 

Women's  work.     1894.     (Social  questions  of  to-day.) 331-4  B87 

CAMPBELL,  Mrs  Helen. 

Prisoners  of  poverty;  women  wage-workers,  their  trades 

and  their  lives.     1895 331-4  CiSp 

Prisoners  of  poverty  abroad.     1890 331-4  Cispr 

"The  studies,  the  result  of  fifteen  months'  observation  abroad  (in  Eng- 
land and  France),  deal  directly  with  the  workers  in  all  trades  open  to 
women."    Preface. 

Women  wage-earners;  their  past,  present  and  future.    1893.  ..331.4  CiS 

"Authorities   consulted,"   p.291-293. 

Bibliography  of  woman's  labor  and  the  woman  question  in  Germany, 
France  and  England,  p.29.i-303. 

Begins  with  a  review  of  the  position  of  women  in  past  ages,  notes 
the  employment  for  women  during  the  colonial  period  and  early  as- 
pects of  the  factory  system.  The  author  considers  the  work  of  labor 
bureaus  in  relation  to  women,  the  general  conditions  of  working 
women  abroad  and  in  this  country,  and  has  some  suggestions  and 
remedies  for  the  specific  evils  and  abuses  in  factory  life  and  general 
trades. 

HAUSSONVILLE,  Gabriel  Paul  Othenin  de  Cleron,  vicomte  d". 

Salaires  et  miseres  de  femmes.     1900 331-4  H35 

ROBINSON,  Mrs  Harriet  Jane  (Hanson). 

Loom  and  spindle;  or,  Life  among  the  early  mill  girls,  with 
a  sketch  of  "The  Lowell  offering"  and  some  of  its  con- 
tributors.    1898 331.4  RS5 

The  story  of  the   Lowell  factories  in  the  forties,   when  Lucy  Larcom 

was  one  of  the  operatives. 
"  'Loom  and  spindle,'  valuable  as  it  is  for  its  details  of  economic  his- 
tory, for  the  inspiration  which  comes  from  studying  the  lives  and 
characters  of  noble  women,  teaches  the  lesson  which  the  author  and 
her  associates  taught, — that  whatever  is  honest  in  employment  is  in 
the  service  of  God."    Carroll  D.  Wright. 


342  LABORING  CLASSES 

331.5 -331.6     Convict  and  contract  labor 

MASSACHUSETTS— General  court. 

Report  of  the  joint  special  committee  on  contract  convict  labor. 

1880 r33i.5  M45 

UNITED  STATES — Immigration,  Select  committee  on. 

Report  of  the  select  committee  to  inquire  into  the  alleged 
violation  of  the  laws  prohibiting  the  importation  of 
contract  laborers,  paupers,  convicts  and  other  classes, 
with  the  testim.ony,  documents  and  consular  reports 
submitted  to  the  committee;  [to  accompany  H.  R.  12291 
to  prevent  the  importation  of  contract  laborers,  &c.]. 
Jan.  19,  1889.  1889.  (50th  cong.  2d  sess.  House.  Re- 
port no.3792.') r33i.6  U253 

UNITED  STATES— Labor  department. 

Italians  in  Chicago;  a  social  and  economic  study.  1897. 
(9th  special  report  of  the  commissioner  of  labor, 
1897.) r33i.6  U2S 

The  same.    (In  Bulletin,  v.2,  p.691-727.) r33i  U2Sb  v.2 

331.8     Laboring  classes 

See  also  339,  Pauperism  and  poor  laws 

AVENEL,  Georges,  vicomte  d'. 

Paysans  et  ouvriers  depuis  sept  cents  ans.     1899 331-8  A95 

BANKS.  Louis  Albert. 

White  slaves;  or,  The  oppression  of  the  worthy  poor.     1893.  .331.8  B22 
BOOTH,  Charles,  ed. 

Life  and  labour  of  the  people  in  London,     v. 1-9.     1892- 

97   3318  B631 

BOOTH.  Gen.  William. 

In  darkest  England  and  the  way  out.     1891 331-8  B63 

"By  the  founder  of  the  Salvation  army.  Mainly  a  proposal  that  'the 
submerged  tenth'  be  set  to  work  in  city  refuges,  farm  colonies  and 
colonies  over  the  sea."    Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

BOSANQUET,  Mrs  Helen. 

Rich  and  poor.     1896 331.8  B64 

"In  the  following  study  of  a  London  parish  I  have  attempted  to  pre- 
sent a  concrete  idea  of  the  conditions  under  which  social  work  must 
be  carried  on."  Introductory  chapter. 

CHANCE,  William. 

Our  treatment  of  the  poor 331-8  C36 

Contents:  A  model  union  and  its  lessons. — Old  age  pensions. — The 
English  poor  law  and  friendly  societies. — Public  and  private  charity. — 
In   defence  of  poor  law   schools. 

CHICAGO  MERCHANTS.  FARMERS  &  MECHANICS' 
SAVINGS  BANK.  pub. 
Labor  question;  extracts,  magazine  articles  and  observations 
relating  to  social  science  &  political  economy,  as  bearing 
upon  the  subjects  of  labor,  trades  unions,  co-operative  so- 
cieties and  model  houses  and  cottages.     1867 r33i-8  C43 

DAWSON.  William  Harbutt. 

Social  Switzerland;  present-day  social  movements  and  legis- 


LABORING  CLASSES  343 

lation  in  the  Swiss  republic.     1897 331-8  D33 

Contents:    The  organisation  and  protection  of  labour. — Industrial  peace. 
— The  problem    of    the    unemployed. — Poor-law    agencies. — Technical 
education. — The  control  of  the  drink  traffic. 
DUCKERSHOFF,  Ernest. 

How  the  English  workman  lives,  by  a  German  coal  miner. 

1899  3318  D86 

ELY,  Richard  Theodore. 

Labor  movement  in  America.     1886 331-8  E57 

A  history  which  includes  the  platform  of  the  principal  labor  organi- 
zations. 
"An  historical  account  of  labor  organization  and  communistic  and 
socialistic  movements  in  U.  S.  Appendix  gives  platform  of  labor 
organizations  and  illustrative  extracts  from  labor  literature."  /.  R. 
Commons. 

ENGELS,  Friedrich. 

Condition  of  the  working-class  in  England  in  1844;  tr.  by 

F.  K.  Wischnewetzky.     1892.     (Social  science  series.)  .  .331.8  E63 
GILLETTE,  John  Morris. 

Culture  agencies  of  a  typical  manufacturing  group,  South  Chi- 
cago ;  a  paper  presented  to  the  Department  of  sociology  in 
the  University  of  Chicago,  1901,  in  candidacy  for  the  degree 
of  doctor  of  philosophy.     1901 '. r33i.8  G41 

Bibliography,  p.67. 

A  study  of  a  typical  laboring  community.  After  giving  a  detailed  state- 
ment of  the  classes  of  steel  employes,  their  nationality  and  naturaliza- 
tion, wages,  and  the  conditions  of  accidents  in  that  industry,  the 
author  describes  the  various  religious,  educational  and  social  agencies 
at  work  in  the  community. 

HOBSON.  John  Atkinson. 

Problems  of  poverty;  an  inquiry  into  the  industrial  condition 

of  the  poor.    1899.     (University  extension  series.) 331-8  H6s 

List  of  authorities,  p.228-232.  4 
HULL-HOUSE  maps  and  papers.     1895.     (Library  of  eco- 
nomics and  politics.) 331-8  H91 

Contents:  Holhrook.  .A.S.  Map  notes  and  comments. — Kelley.  Florence. 
The  sweating-system. — Kelley,  Florence,  &  Stevens,  A. P.  Wage-earn- 
ing children. — Eaton,  Isabel.  Receipts  and  expenditures  of  cloak- 
makers  in  Chicago. — Zeublin,  Charles.  The  Chicago  fihetto. — Zeman, 
J.H.  The  Bohemian  people  in  Chicago. — Mastro-X'alerio,  Alessandro. 
Remarks  upon  the  Italian  colony  in  Chicago. — Lathrop,  J.  C.  The 
Cook  county  charities. — Starr,  E.G.  Art  and  labor. — Addams,  Jane. 
The  settlement  as  a  factor  in  the  labor  movement. — Hull-house,  a 
social  settlement. 

JESSOPP,  Augustus. 

Arcady,  for  better  for  worse;  a  study  of  rural  life  in  Eng- 
land.     1887 331-8    J29 

C6nsiders  the  economic  and  social  condition  of  the  English  country-folk 
in   the   early  eighties. 

McKENNA,  M.J. 

Our  brethren  of  the  tenements  and  the  Ghetto.     1899 33I-8  M17 

MARKEN.  J.C.  van. 

Industrial    social   organisation;   tr.  by  S.   De  Jastrzebski. 

1900    q.^31-8   M39 

De.<xribes  the  system  of  cooperation  between  employers  and  employed  in 
the  Netherlands  yeast  and  spirit  company  and  the  Van  Marken  press, 
of  Delft,  Holland.  Some  features  of  the  organization  are  profit- 
sharing,  premiums  for  skill,  voluntary  and  compulsory  savings-banks, 
refreshment  rooms,  baths,  allotment  gardens,  schools,  kindergartens, 
libraries,  amusements,  etc. 


344  LABORING  CLASSES 

MASTERMAN,  Charles  F.G.  and  others. 

Heart  of  the  empire ;  discussions  of  problems  of  modern  city 

life  in  England,  with  an  essay  on  imperialism.     1901 331-8  M46 

Contents:  Realities  at  home,  by  C.  F.G.  Masterman.  —  The  housing 
problem,  by  !•".  W.  Lawrence. — The  children  of  the  town,  by  R.  \. 
Bray. — Temperance  reform,  by  Xoel  Buxton  and  Walter  Hoare. — The 
distribution  of  industry,  by  P.  W.  Wilson. — Some  aspects  of  the  prob- 
lem of  charity,  by  A.  C.  I'igou. — The  church  and  the  people,  by  F.  \V. 
Head. — Imperialism,  by  G.  P.  Gooch. — The  past  and  future,  by  G.  M. 
Trevelyan. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Factory  inspector. 

Annual  report  (4th-date),  for  the  year  1893-date.     1894- 

date    r33i.8  P3C) 

POOR  in  great  cities;  their  problems  and  what  is  doing  to  solve 

them.     1895 331-8  V79 

Contents:  Woods,  R.A.  Social  awakening  in  London. — Elsing,  W.T. 
Life  in  New  York  tenement-houses  as  seen  by  a  city  missionary. — 
Riis,  J. A.  Children  of  the  poor. — Parsons,  Willard.  Story  of  the 
fresh-air  fund. — Wendell,  E.J.  Boys'  clubs  in  New  York. — Tucker, 
W.J.  Work  of  the  Andover  house  in  Boston. — Kirkland,  Joseph. 
Among  the  poor  of  Chicago. — Besant,  Sir  Walter.  Riverside  parish. 
— Spt-arnian,  K.  R.  School  for  street  -Vrabs — .Mario,  .1  W.  I'oor 
in  Naples. — Craig,  Oscar.  Agencies  for  the  prevention  of  pauperism. 
— Flagg,  Ernest.     New   York  tenement-house  evil  and  its  cure. 

Jacob  Riis's  chapter  on  the  "Children  of  the  poor"  is  taken  from  his 
book  of  the  same  name. 

POWDERLY.  Terence  Vincent,  &  Wright,  A- W.  ed. 

Labor  day  annual,  1893.     v.i.     1893 qr33i.8  P87 

Contains  sketches  of  prominent  men,  discussions  of  g^'eat  economic  ques- 
tions, a  digest  of  the  labor  laws,  etc.  Aims  to  be  strictly  impartial  in 
its  attitude  toward  labor  organizations. 

RIIS,  Jacob  August. 

Children  of  the  i)oor.     1893 33T.8  R45C 

How  the  other  half  lives.     1892 331-8  R45 

Studies  of  tenement  life  in  New  York  city.     Mr  Riis  bases  his  work  upon 
close  observation   of  the  poor,   whose  condition  he  vividly  and  sym- 
pathetically describes. 
Ten  years'  war;  an  account  of  the  battle  with  the  slum  in  New 

York.     1900 331.8  R45t 

SHERW ELL,  Arthur. 

Life  in  West  London;  a  study  and  a  contrast.     1897.     (Social 

questions  of  to-day.)   331-8  855 

SHUEY,  Edwin  L. 

Factory  people  and  their  employers;  a  handbook  of  prac- 
tical methods  of  improving  factory  conditions  and 
the  relations  of  employer  and  employe.  1900.  (Hand- 
books for  practical  workers  in  church  and  philan- 
thropy.)     331.8   S56 

TOLSTOI,  Lyof  Nikolalevitch,  count. 

Slavery  of  our  times.     1900 331.8  Ts8s 

The  "slavery"  is  labor  under  the  present  [1900]  economic  and  social  con- 
ditions in   Russia. 

What  is  to  be  done?  and  Life.     1899 331.8  T58W 

What  to  do? 331.8  Ts8 

UNITED  ST.\TES— Labor  department. 

Slums  of  Baltimore,  Chicago,  New  York  and  Philadelphia. 

1894.     (7th  special  report  of  the  commissioner,  1894.).  .r33i.8  U2S 


LABORING  CLASSES  345 

WOODS.  Robert  Archey,  ed. 

The  city  wilderness;  a  settlement  study,  by  residents  and  asso- 
ciates of  the  South  End  house,  (Boston).     1898 331.8  W86c 

Contents:  Introductory,  by  W.  I.  Cole. — Historical,  by  F.  E.  Haynes. — 
Population,  by  F.  A.  Bushee.— Public  health,  by  C.  D.  Underbill. — 
Work  and  wages,  by  K.  A.  Woods. — The  roots  of  political  power. — 
Criminal  tendencies,  by  W.  I.  Cole. — Amusements,  by  F.  E.  Haynes. 
— The  church  and  the  people,  by  VV.  1.  Cole. — Strongholds  of  edu- 
cation.— Social  recovery,  by  R.  A.  Woods. — The  total  drift,  by  R.  A. 
Woods. 

WYCKOFF,  Walter  Augustus. 

A  day  with  a  tramp,  and  other  days.     1901 331-8  WgSd 

Contents:  A  day  with  a  tramp. — With  Iowa  farmers. — A  section-hand 
on  the  Union  Pacific  railway. — A  burro-puncher. — Incidents  of  the 
slums. 

Appeared  first  in  Scribner's  magazine,  v.29-30,  April-Oct.  1901. 
The  workers,  an  experiment  in  reality.    2v.     1897-98 331-8  W98 

V.  1.     The  East.         v.2.     The  West. 

In  the  first  volume  the  author  g^ives  his  experiences  as  an  unskilled 
laborer  dependent  on  daily  earnings  as  summer-hotel  porter,  as  farm 
hand,  in  a  Pennsylvania  logging  camp,  etc.  In  the  second  volume  he 
gives  his  experiences  in  Chicago  and  on  his  way  to  the  Pacific  coast. 
Valuable  for  the  glimpses  it  affords  of  socialistic  and  anarchistic 
conditions  in  Chicago. 

"While  Piofessor  Wyckoff's  work  was  not  a  scientific  one,  it  is  safe 
to  say  that  no  other  book  of  the  year  will  exert  a  greater  influence 
in  sociological  questions.  ..Certainly  no  discussion  of  the  question  of 
labor  will  ever  be  presented  in  a  form  more  attractive."  Charities 
reviezc,   1899. 

331.81     Hours  of  labor 

HADFIELD,  R.A.  &  Gibbins,  H.  de  B. 

Shorter  working  day.  1892.  (Social  questions  of  to-day.).  .331.81  H12 
RAE,  John,  b.  1845. 

Eight  hours  for  work.     1894 331-81  R13 

ROBERTSON,  John  Mackinnon. 

Eight  hours  question.  1899.  (Social  science  series.) ...  .331.81  RS4 
Argues  against  Eight  hours  legislation. 

331.83     Housing 

BOWMAKER,  Edward. 

The  housing  of  the  working  classes.    1895.     (Social  questions 

of  to-day.) 331-83  B66 

List  of  authorities,  p.  151-156. 
GOULD,  Elgin  Ralston  Lovell. 

The  housing  of  the  working  people.  1895.  (United  States 
— Labor  department.  8th  special  report  of  the  com- 
missioner, 1895.) r33i.83  G73 

HAW,  George. 

No  room  to  live;  the  plaint  of  overcrowded   London. 

1900  331-83  H36 

NEW  YORK  (state) — Tenement  house  committee. 

Report  transmitted  to  the  Legislature,  Jan.  17,  1895.  1895. .  •r33i-83  N26 
In  accordance  with  a  law  passed  by  the  New  York  legislature  in  1894, 
a  committee  of  seven,  citizens  and  residents  of  New  York,  was  ap- 
pointed by  the  governor  to  examine  the  tenement  houses  of  New  York 
city,  their  condition  as  to  construction,  healthfulness,  safety,  rentals, 
and  all  other  phases  of  the  tenement-house  question  that  can  affect 


346  CLUBS.    SOCIAL  SETTLEMENTS 

the  public  welfare.     The  report  is  an  interesting  and  valuable  docu- 
ment. 
RAFFALOVICH,  Arthur. 

Le  logement  de  I'ouvrier  et  du  pauvre.     1887 331-83  Ri4 

Contents:      Etats-Unis. — Grande-Bretagne. — France. — Allemagne. — Belg^- 

que. 
Bibliographic,  p.478-482. 

331.84    Thrift 
BROWN,  Mary  Willcox. 

Development  of  thrift.     1899 33^  84  B79 

Contents:  Thrift  habit. — Thrift  in  the  family.  —  Individualistic  savings 
agencies.  —  Cooperative  savings  and  building-loan  associations. — Peo- 
ple's banks. — Provident  loan  associations. — Insurance. — English  friendly 
societies. — Concluding  remarks. — Appendix. — index. 

"\\  ritten  irom  a  special  point  of  view — that  of  a  charitable  worker — and 
dealing  with  forces  that  are  largely  artificial.  It  has  a  special  interest, 
however,  in  showing  what  has  been  done  toward  uplifting  the  poor, 
both  by  organized  philanthropy  and  the  cooperative  effort  of  the  poor 
themselves."    Literature,  1899. 

WILKINSON,  John  Frome. 

Mutual  thrift.     1891.     (Social  questions  of  to-day.) 33184  W73 

List  of  principal  authorities  consulted,  p.9-10. 

331.85     Clubs.     Social  settlements 

COIT,  Stanton. 

Neighbourhood  guilds.     1892.     (Social  science  series.) ..  .331.85  C67 
HENDERSON,  Charles  Richmond. 

Social  settlements.    1899 331-85  H44 

Author  is  now   (1899),  professor  of  sociology  in  the  University  of  Chi- 
cago.    Traces  briefly  the  growth  of  the  movement,  describes  the  settle- 
ments in   England  and   America,   and  gives  practical  suggestions  for 
establishment  and  management. 
KINGSLEY    house   record;   monthly,    Dec.    1896-date.     v.i- 

date.     1896-date qr33i-8S   K27 

NEUMAN,  Berman  Paul. 

Boys'  club  in  theory  and  practice,  a  manual  of  suggestions 
for    workers;    with    supplementary    chapters    by    A.  F. 

Jenkin,  E.  M.  S.  Pilkington  and  T.  E.  Gray.     1900 33^-85  N25 

"Full  of  practical  suggestions  in  regard  to  formation,  membership,  gov- 
ernment, and  the  provisions  for  education  and  recreation,  with  fre- 
quent references  to  the  experiences  of  successful  London  clubs.  The 
author  bases  his  work  on  the  conviction  that  almost  nothing  is  done 
for  the  great  number  of  boys  who,  after  leaving  school,  must  become 
wage-earners,  to  whom  night  schools  have  no  attractions,  and  from 
whom  a  large  part  of  the  criminal  class  is  drawn. .  .There  are  sup- 
plementary chapters  by  experts  on  gymnastics,  cricket,  rowing,  and 
swimming."     Nation.   1901. 

NEW  YORK  (city)— Education  department. 

Course  of  study;  vacation  schools r33i.85  N260 

Games  and  songs  for  the  kindergarten  division  of  the  summer 
playgrounds  of  the  boroughs  of  Manhattan  and  the  Bronx, 
1901.     1901  r33i-8s  N260 

Outline  of  work;  gymnastics  and  athletics;  drills,  tactics,  ap- 
paratus, work  and  games ;  playgrounds  of  the  boroughs  of 
Manhattan  and  the  Bronx,  1901.     1901 r33i.85  N260 

Report  on  play  schools;  annual  report  (2d-3d)  of  the  com- 
mittee on  play  schools,  for  the  summers  of  1899-1900. 
1900-01    r33i.8s  N26 


TRADE  UNIONS  347 


REASON,  Will.  ed. 

University  and  social  settlements.     1898.     (Social  questions  of 

to-day.) 331-85  R25 

Contents:  On  university  settlements,  by  Sir  Walter  Besant. — Univer- 
sity settlements,  by  S.  A.  Barnett. — Settlements  in  relation  to  local  ad- 
ministration, by  Percy  Alden. — Settlements  and  education,  by  Will 
Reason. — Settlements  and  the  administration  of  the  poor  law,  by  J.  S. 
Lidgett. — Settlements  and  recreations,  by  Will  Reason. — Women's 
settlements  in  England,  by  M.  A.  Sewell  and  E.  G.  Powell. — Working 
girls'  clubs,  by  Emmcline  Pethick. — Settlements  and  the  labour  move- 
ment, by  Arthur  Sherwell. — American  settlements,  by  Percy  Alden. — 
Appendices. — Directory  of  settlements. 

STANLEY,  Maude. 

Clubs  for  working  girls.     1890 331.85  S78 

"Gives  details  of  the  managment  of  English  clubs  for  working  girls, 
with  descriptions  of  these  clubs  by  the  girls  themselves,  as  also  of 
their  excursions  to  the  country  in  tne  summer.  Miss  Grace  Dodge 
gives  an  account  of  working-girls*  clubs  in  New  York.  .  .  A  book 
which  one  cannot  read  without  a  feeling  of  profound  admiration." 
Nation,  1890. 

WOMEN'S  CLUBS  OF  PITTSBURGH  AND  VICINITY, 
JOINT  COMMITTEE  OF. 
Report  on  the  vacation  schools  and  summer  playgrounds, 

1897-date.     1897-date .331.85  W85 

331.86    Apprenticeship 
WANDER-BUCH  fur  Josef  Einstein,  [1855-1856] r33i.86  W19 

One  of  the  books  which  all  German  apprentices  had  to  carry  during 
the  period  of  travel  which  was  required  before  they  could  become 
masters.  It  contains  the  laws  relating  to  apprentices,  a  description 
of  the  Joseph  Einstein  whose  book  this  was,  signatures  of  masters 
he  served,  and  official  signatures  and  stamps  of  the  towns  where  he 
stopped.  This,  dated  1855-1856,  is  a  late  example,  as  the  custom 
had  already  been  abolished  in  several  German  states. 

331.87-331.88    Trade  unions 

POWDERLY,  Terence  Vincent. 

Thirty  years  of  labor,  1859-1889;  the  National  labor  union  of 
1866,  the  Industrial  brotherhood  of  1874  and  the  Knights 

of  labor.     1890 33187  P87 

HOWELL,  George. 

Conflicts   of  capital   and   labour;   a   history   of  the   trade 

unions  of  Great  Britain.     1890 331.88  H8sc 

List  of  books  and  authorities,  p.532-536. 
The  same.     1878 ' r33i.88  H8sc 

"Treats  of  British  trades-unions  from  the  standpoint  of  a  ^trades- 
unionist.     A  most  important  work."     Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

Trade  unionism  new  and  old.     1894.     (Social   questions  of 

to-day.) 331-88  H85 

PARIS,  Louis  Philippe  Albert  d'Orleans,  comte  de. 

Les  associations  ouvrieres  en  Angleterre,   (trades-unions). 

1869   331-88  P23 

SELECT  documents  illustrating  the  history  of  trade  unionism. 
V.I.     1896.     (Studies  in  economics  and  political  science, 

V.2.)    331-88  G15 

v.i.    Galton,  F.W.  ed.    The  tailoring  trade. 
Bibliography,  p.224  -  237. 


348  STRIKES 

WEBB,  Sidney  James.  &  Mrs  Beatrice  (Potter). 

History  of  trade  unionism.     1894 331.88  W36 

Bibliography,  p.499-S43- 
Indu  trial  democracy.     2v.     1897 331.88  W36i 

Bibliography,   v.2,   p.879-900. 

331.89     Strikes 

ASHLEY,  William  James. 

Railroad  strike  of  1894;  the  statements  of  the  Pullman  com- 
pany and  the  report  of  the  commission,  together  with  an 
analysis   of  the   issues.      1895.      (Church   social    union. 

Publications.)   331-89  A82 

Bibliography,  by  F.  W.  Lee,  p.  13-15. 

The  same.    1895.     (In  Church  social  union.     Publications, 

v.2.) .r335.7   C46  v.2 

CARWARDINE,  William  Horace. 

Pullman  strike.     1894 r33i.89  C24 

COGLEY,  Thomas  S. 

The  law  of  strikes,  lockouts  and  labor  organizations.    1894.  .331.89  C66 
DEMPSEY,  Hugh  F. 

In  re  application  for  the  pardon  of  H.  F.  Dempsey,  convicted 
at  no. 444  December  sessions,  1892,  in  the  court  of  quarter 
sessions   of   Allegheny    county,    of   felonious   assault   and 
battery;   argument   on   behalf   of   the    Commonwealth. 
1892 331  89  D42 

Dempsey  was  accused  of  poisoning  the  food  of  non-union  workmen 
employed  by  the  Carnegie  steel  company  at  Homestead  during  the 
strike  of  1892. 

PEEL.  Frank. 

Risings  of  the  Luddites.     1880 r33i.89  P36 

The  Luddites  were  bands  of  rioters  organized  for  the  destruction  of 
machinery,  believing  that  its  use  operated  directly  in  producing  a 
scarcity  of  employment.  The  riots  occurred  in  Nottingham  in  1811-12 
and  were  resumed  in  1816. 

PULLMAN  PALACE  CAR  COMPANY. 

Strike  at  Pullman;  statements  of  G.  M.  Pullman  and  T.  H. 
Wickes  before  the  U.  S.  strike  commission;  also  pub- 
lished statements  of  the  company  during  the  strike.  .  .r33l.89  P98 
SALMONS.  Charles  H.  comp. 

Burlington  strike;  including  the  causes  of  the  strike,  the  great 
dynamite  conspiracy,  and  Forty-seven  years  on  a  locomo- 
tive, by  C.  H.  Frisbie.     1889 331.89  S17 

STOW  ELL,  Myron  R. 

Fort  Frick ;  or,  The  siege  of  Homestead  ;  a  history  of  the  strug- 
gle between  the  Amalgamated  association  of  iron  and  steel 
workers  and  the  Carnegie  steel  company,  limited.    1893. .  .r33i.89  S89 
SWINTON,  Archibald. 

Report  of  the  trial  of  Thomas  Hunter,  Peter  Hacket,  Richard 
M'Neil,  James  Gibb  and  William  M'Lean,  cotton-spinners 
in  Glasgow,  for  illegal  conspiracy  and  murder,  1838. 
1838  r33i.89  S97 

Trial  for  outrages  committed  during  the  strike  of  cotton-spinners  in 
Glasgow,  1836-37. 


BANKS  AND  MONEY  349 

UNITED  STATES^Detectives,  Committee  to  investigate 
the  employment  of. 
Report  from  the  select  committee  to  investigate  the  facts 
in  relation  to  the  employment  for  private  purposes  of 
armed  men  or  detectives.  Feb.  lo,  1893.  1893.  (s^d 
cong.  2d  sess.    Senate.    Report  no. 1280.) r33i.89  U253 

Investigation  of  the  part  played  by   Pinkerton   detectives  in  the   Home- 
stead  strike. 

UNITED  STATES— Judiciary  committee. 

Report  on  the  employment  of  Pinkerton  detectives  by  cor- 
porations, and  in  connection  with  the  labor  troubles  at 
Homestead,   Pa.     Feb.  7,   1893.     1893.      (52d  cong.  2d 

sess.     House.     Report  no.2447.) r33i.89  U253 

UNITED  STATES— Labor  troubles  in  Pennsylvania,  Com- 
mittee on. 

Report  of  the  select  committee  on  existing  labor  troubles 
in  Pennsylvania  to  accompany  H.  R.  12654,  on  labor 
troubles  in  the  anthracite  regions  of  Pennsylvania, 
1887-88.     1889.     (50th  cong.  2d  sess.     House.     Report 

no.4T47.)   r33i.89  U2S32 

Investigation  of  the  affairs  of  the  Reading  railroad  company. 
UNITED  STATES — Missouri   Pacific  railway  strike.   Com- 
mittee on. 

Report  of  the  select  committee  appointed  to  investigate  the 
labor  troubles  in  Missouri,  Arkansas,  Kansas,  Texas 
and  Illinois  between  the  Missouri  Pacific  railway  and 
its  employees  in  1886.     Presented  March  3,  1887.     1887. 

(49th  cong.  2d  sess.    House.    Report  no.4174.) r33i.89  U2533 

UNITED  STATES — Strike  commission. 

Report   on   the    Chicago   strike   of  June-July,    1894;   with 

testimony,  proceedings  and  recommendations.  1895.  •r33i-89  U25r 

The  same.     1895 33189  A82 


332     Banks  and  money 

BELMONT.  Perry. 

Republican  responsibility  for  present  currency  perils.    1898. ..  .332  B41 
BROUGH.  William. 

Natural  law  of  money ;  the  successive  steps  in  the  growth  of 
money  traced  from  the  days  of  barter  to  the  introduction  . 
of  the  modern  clearing-house,  and  monetary  principles  ex- 
amined  in  their   relation  to  past   and  present   legislation. 

1896  332  B77 

Contents:  The  beginning  of  money. — Bi-metallism  and  mono-metalHsm. 
— Paper-money  and  banking. — Paper-money  in  colonial  times. — Mone- 
tary system  of  Canada  as  contrasted  with  that  of  the  United  States. 
— Money,  capital  and  interest. — Mandatory  money  and  free  money. — 
The  hoarding  panic  of  July  1893. 
"One  of  the  most  meritorious  of  recent  publications  upon  monetary  sci- 
ence."    Nation,  1894. 

BURTON.  Theodore  Elijah. 

Financial  crises  and  periods  of  industrial  and  commercial  de- 
pression.   1902 332  B95 

Bibliography,  p.34''-.'?77. 

"The  purpose  of  this  book  is  to  discuss  the  nature  and  causes  of  these 


3SO  BANKS  AND  MONEY 

rectirring  disturbances,  and  to  offer  some  practical  suggestions  con- 
cerning indications  of  their  approach  and  the  possible  means  for 
their  prevention  or  mitigation."     Preface. 

CANNON,  James  Graham. 

Clearingrhouses;  their  history,  methods  and  administra- 
tion.    1900 332    C17 

CARROLL,  Edward. 

Principles  and  practice  of  finance,  with  legal  rates  of  in- 
terest   and    a    glossary    of    commercial    and    financial 

terms.      1895 2>22    C23 

CHICAGO  banker;  monthly,     v.i-date.     iSgg-date r332  C43 

CORNWELL,  William  Carlyle. 

Sound  money  monographs.     1897 332  C82 

DANIEL,  John  Warwick. 

Treatise  on  the  law  of  negotiable  instruments.    2v.    1891.  .  .r332  D22 
DEL  MAR,  Alexander. 

Science  of  money.     1896 332  D41 

Bibliography,  p.  17-21. 
FINANCIAL  register  of  the  United  States;  semi-monthly.    July, 

1837-July,  1838.     V.I.     1838 qr332  F47 

FOOTE,  Allen  Ripley. 

Sound  currency  and  banking  system;  how  it  may  be  secured. 

1895.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 332  F74 

GILMAN,  Theodore. 

Federal  clearing  houses.     1899 332  G42 

"The  object  of  this  book  is  to  present  the  reasons  why  the  clearing 
houses  of  our  country  should  be  incorporated  under  a  federal  law... 
Some  of  the  chapters  have  appeared  in  the  Banker's  monthly,  Sound 
money.  New  York  tribune,  etc"    Preface. 

HAIGHT  &  FREESE.  pub. 

Guide  to  investors;  information  to  investors  in  stocks,  grain, 
provisions  &  cotton;  statistics  on  railroad,  industrial  and 
miscellaneous  securities;  highest  and  lowest  prices  of 

stocks  from  1886.     1897 r332   H14 

HAMILTON,  Alexander. 

Official  reports  on  publick  credit,  a  national  bank,  manu- 
factures, and  a  mint,     [v.i.]     1821 r332  H19 

The  report  on  manufactures  is  an  argument  in  favor  of  a  protective 
tariff. 

INDIANAPOLIS  MONETARY  CONVENTION. 

Report  of  the  monetary  commission  of  the  Indianapolis  con- 
vention of  boards  of  trade,  chambers  of  commerce,  com- 
mercial clubs,  and  other  similar  bodies  of  the  United  States. 

1898 332  I24 

Contents:  Metallic  money. — Banking. — Demand  obligations  of  the  gov- 
ernment.— Selected  laws  of  the  United  States  relating  to  coinage,  cur- 
rency and  banking. — Statistics  of  money  and  banking. 

JEVONS,  William  Stanley. 

Money  and  the  mechanism  of  exchange.  1894.  (Inter- 
national scientific  series.) 332  J3r 

The  same.     1875.     (International  scientific  series.) r332  J31 

"Very  simple  and  elementary.  It  contains  descriptions  of  the  Clearing 
House  and  the  Check  bank.  It  is  the  best  popular  book  for  laying 
a  basis  of  sound  doctrines."    Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 


BANKS  AND  MONEY  351 

JUGLAR,  Clement. 

Brief  history  of  panics  and  their  periodical  occurrence  in  the 

history  of  the  United  States.    1893.    (Questions  of  the  day.).  .332  J49 

KELLOGG,  Edward. 

New  monetary  system;  the  only  means  of  securing  the  respec- 
tive rights  of  labor  and  property  and  of  protecting  the 
public  from  financial  revulsions;  revised  from  his  "Labor 

and  other  capital."     1875 332  K16 

Biog^raphical  sketch  of  the  author,  p.  11-24. 

LEAVITT,  Samuel. 

Our  money  wars,  the  example   and  warning   of  American 

finance.     1894 332  L46 

MILLER,  Henry  A. 

Money  and  bimetallism.     1898 332  M69 

The  same.    1898 r332  M69 

MUHLEMAN,  Maurice  Louis. 

Monetary  systems  of  the  world.     1895 332  M9S 

The  money  of  the  United  States;  its  character  and  legal  status 
from  1793  to  1893,  and  its  volume  from  1873  to  1893;  with 
an  abstract  of  various  plans  proposed  for  the  solution  of 

the  currency  problem.    1894 332  M9Sm 

NICHOLSON,  Joseph  Shield. 

Treatise   on   money   and    essays   on   monetary   problems. 

1901    332   N31 

PARSONS,  Frank. 

Rational  money;  a  national  currency  intelligently  regulated 

in  reference  to  the  multiple  standard.    1898 332  •P26 

POOR,  Henry  Varnum. 

The  money  question;  a  handbook  for  the  times.    1897 332  P79 

PORTER,  Robert  P. 

Report  on  the  currency  question  of  Porto  Rico,  Jan.  3, 

1899.    1899.     (United  States — Treasury  department.) r332  P83 

SCHUCKERS.J.W. 

New  York  national  bank  presidents'  conspiracy  against  indus- 
try and  property;  a  history  of  the  panic  of  1893.    1894 332  S38 

SCHURZ,  Carl. 

Honest  money  and  labor.    1879 332  S39 

SHAW,  William  Arthur. 

History  of  currency,  1252-1894.     1896 332  S53 

"Authorities,"  p.  16-28. 

The  first  serious  work  in  English  on  this  subject  for  more  than  a  cen- 
tury. The  author  reviews  the  evidence  afforded  by  the  history  of  the 
more  important  European  nations  since  the  thirteenth  century,  and 
pronounces  what  he  considers  its  "clear  and  crushing  and  final"  ver- 
dict on  the  subject  of  bimetallism. 

SUMNER,  William  Graham. 

History  of  American  currency,  with  chapters  on  the  Eng- 
lish bank  restriction,  Austrian  paper  money  and  The 

bullion  report,  (1810).     1884 332  S9S 

"Deals  with   facts  more  than  with  theories.     The  historical   information  » 

which  it  contains  has  never  been  brought  together  before  within  the 
compass  of  a  single  work.  The  English  'Bullion  Report'  of  1810  is 
given  in  full  in  an  appendix."    Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

23 


352  BANKS  AND  BANKING 

SWAN,  Charles  Herbert. 

Monetary  problems   and  reforms.     1897.      (Questions   of 

the  day.) 332  S97 

TRENHOLM,  William  Lee. 

The  people's  money.     1893 332  T72 

Explains  basis,  relations  and  forms  of  money;  discusses  standard  of 
value;  concludes  that  gold  monometallism  must  prevail  in  this 
country. 

UNITED  STATES — Banking  and  currency  committee. 

Hearings  and  arguments  before  the  committee  on  bank- 
ing and  currency,  54th  congress,  ist  and  2d  sessions, 

1896-97.     1897 r332  U2S 

WALDRON,  George  B.  comp. 

Handbook  on  currency  and  wealth.     1896 332  W162 

WALKER,  Francis  Amasa. 

Money.     1891 332  Wi6m 

"Author  rejects  the  word  Currency  and  extends  the  term  money  to 
include  bank-notes.  Substitutes  the  definition  'common  denominator  in 
exchange'  for  'measure  of  value.'  Holds  that  paper  money,  nominally 
or  really  convertible  into  coin,  is  liable  to  over-issue.  States  and 
impartially  examines  the  various  theories  of  money."  Bowker  & 
lies'  "Reader's  guide." 
Money  in  its  relations  to  trade  and  industry.    1889 332  W16 

"In  part  an  abridgment  of  'Money,'  with  chapters  on  the  relations  of 
money  to  trade  and  industry."     Bowker  &  lies'   "Reader's  guide." 

WHITE,  Horace. 

Money  and  banking.     1896 332  W63 

Bibliography,   p.469-477. 

"Reviews  the  various  developments  of  paper  and  silver  currency,  and 
gives  the  experience  of  Europe  with  the  gold  standard.  Explains  what 
a  bank  does,  describes  the  successive  phases  of  American  banking, 
and  forecasts  its  probable  future.  Among  the  appendices  are  'The 
Baltimore  Plan,'  'Secretary  Carlisle's  Plan,  and  'Recent  Bimetallist 
Movements  in  Germany.'  Mr.  White  is  an  uncompromising  upholder 
of  tlie  gold  standard,  and  an  able  critic  of  American  currency  and 
banking  systems.  He  is  editor  of  the  New  York  Evening  Post,  and 
an  acknowledged  authority  in  finance."     George  lies. 

WILSON,  Alexander  Johnstone. 

The  national  budget;  the  national  debt,  taxes  arid  rates. 

1882.     (English  citizen  series.) 332  W76 

WORLD'S  CONGRESS  OF  BANKERS  AND  FINANCIERS. 

Addresses  upon  financial  subjects  and  papers  on  banking  in 

the  several  states  and  territories;  presented  at   Chicago, 

June,  1893.     1893 332  W89 

332.1     Banks  and  banking 
BAGEHOT,  Walter. 

Lombard  street;  a  description  of  the  money  market.     1892.  ..332.1  BiS 
CONANT,  Charles  Arthur. 

History  of  modern  banks  of  issue,  with  an  account  of  the 

economic  crises  of  the  present  century.     1896 332.1  C74 

Authorities,  p. 577-581. 
DEAN,  Sidney,  ed. 

History  of  banking  and  banks,  1171-1883;  including  the 
establishment  and  progress  of  the  present  national 
banking  system  of  the  United  States.     1884 qr332.i  D34 


BANKS  AND  BANKING  353 

DODSWORTH,  William,  ed. 

History  of  banking  in  all  the  leading  nations.     4v. 

1896  qr332.i   D67 

V.I.    Sumner,  W.  G.    History  of  banking  in  the  United  States. 

v,a.    MacLeod,  H.D.    History  of  banking  in  Great  Britain. — Horn,  A.E. 

Banking  in  the  Russian  empire.— Townsend,  J.P.     Savings-banks 

in   the   United   States. 
V.3.    Essars,  Pierre  des.    History  of  banking  in  the  Latin  nations.— Raf- 

falovich,  Arthur.    Banks  of  Alsace-Lorraine  after  the  annexation. — 

Walker,  B.E.     History  of  banking  in  Canada. 
T.4.    Wirth,   Max.     History  of  banking  in  Germany  and  Austria-Hun- 

gary.— Van    der    Borght,    Richard.      In    the    Netherlands.— Jensen, 

Adolph.    In  the  Scandinavian  nations. — Soyeda,  Juichi.    In  Japan. 

— ^Jemigan,  T.K..     In  China. 

DUNBAR,  Chkrles  Franklin. 

Chapters  on  the  theory  and  history  of  banking.  1895 332.1  D89 

A  concise  description  of  the  ordinary  banking  business,  having  chapters 
on  discount,  deposit  and  issue,  the  check  system,  etc  Also  has  a 
short  history  of  some  of  the  great  banks  and  banking  systems,  the 
Bank  of  France,  Bank  of  England,  etc.  Originally  prepared  for  the 
use  of  college  students  in  political  economy. 

GILBART,  James  William. 

History,  principles  and  practice  of  banking.    2v.     1893.  ..  .332.1  G38 
Biographical  notice  of  the  author,  v. i,  p. 9— 15. 

"A  standard  work.  The  most  exhaustive  on  the  subject."  Bowker  & 
lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

HANDY,  William  Matthews. 

Banking  systems  of  the  world;  an  impartial  statement  of 
the  conditions  of  note  issue  by  banks  in  all  nations, 
and  the  workings  of  the  systems;  also  postal  savings 
banks,   detailing  the   systems   in  those   nations   where 

they  exist.     1897 332.1    H23 

Bibliography,  p.6. 
KNOX,  John  Jay. 

History  of  banking  in  the  United  States;  revised  and 
brought   up   to   date  by  Bradford   Rhodes   and   E.    H. 

Youngman.      1900 r332.i    K35 

Sketch  of  the  author,  p.7-10. 

Author  was   for  many  years  U.  S.    comptroller  of  the  currency. 
PATTEN,  Claudius  Buchanan. 

Methods  and  machinery  of  practical  banking.     1901   332.1  P31 

Reprinted  from  Rhodes'  journal  of  banking. 

Author  was  for  twenty  years  cashier  of  the  State  national  bank  of  Bos- 
ton, Mass.     Book  is  the  outcome  of  his  personal  experience. 
PENNSYLVANIA— Auditor  general's  office. 

Report  of  the  auditor  general,  accompanied  with  a  state- 
ment of  certain  banks  and  saving  institutions,  1827-1830. 
(Appended  to  Senate  journals,  1827/28-1830/31.) .  ..r328.74  P399S 

The  same,  1836,  1838.     1836-39 r332.i  P399 

Continued  as: 
Returns  of  banks  and  savings  institutions    [for  the  year 
1853]  communicated  by  the  auditor  general  to  the  legis- 
lature, 1854.    1854. 
Continued  as: 
Reports  of  banks  and  savings  institutions    [for  the  year 
1882,  1884-1891].     1883-92. 
Continued  as: 
Reports  of  banks,  savings  institutions  and  trust  companies 


354  BANKS  AND  BANKING 

at  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  Nov.  30,  1892-1894;  [ist-3d 
annual   reports   of  the   superintendent   of  banking  for 
1892-1894].     1893-95. 
Continued  as: 
Annual  report  (ist-date)  of  the  commissioner  of  banking; 
being  the  4th-date  reports  of  the  banking  department 
for  the  year  1895-date.     1896-date. 
Pt.2  of  the  report  for   1898  is  missing. 

PENNSYLVANIA  BANKERS'  ASSOCIATION. 

Proceedings  of  the  annual  convention  (2d-3d),  1896,  1897. 

1897-98 r332.i  P39 

Accounts  of  later  conventions  will  be  found  in  the  Pittsburgh  banker. 

STONEY,  R.J.  pub. 

Pittsburgh  banker;  containing  official  reports  of  Alle- 
gheny county  national  banks  to  the  comptroller  of  the 
currency,  and  of  state  banks  and  trust  companies  to 
the  commissioner  of  banking  of  Pennsylvania;  bi- 
monthly, May  1893-Feb.  1894,  May  1898-date.  v. 3, 
lo-date.     1894-date r332.i  588 

V.3  title  reads  Pittsburgh  bank  returns;  v.i3-date  title  reads  The  banker. 
UNITED  STATES — Treasury  department. 

Letter  from  the  secretary  of  the  treasury  in  response  to  Senate 
resolution  of  July  26,  1892,  relative  to  banking  statistics  of 
state  banks,  banking  institutions,  savings  banks  and  nation- 
al banks,  etc.,  from  1830  and  1863,  respectively.    1893.    (52d 

cong.    2d  sess.     Senate.     Ex.  doc.  38,  pt.i.)   r332.i  U25I 

Bibliography,  by  A.  R.  Spofford,  p. 20-25. 

Pts.  2  and  3  of  this  document  have  not  been  compiled. 

UNITED  STATES— Comptroller  of  the  currency,  Office  of. 
Instructions  and  suggestions  relative  to  the  organization  and 

management  of  national  banks.     1897 r332.11  U25 

National  bank  act,  and  other  laws  relating  to  national  banks, 
from  the  revised  statutes  of  the  United  States;   with 
amendments   and   additional   acts;   comp.   by   Edward 

Wolcott.     1875  r332.11  U253 

STETSON,  Amos  W. 

Historical  sketch  of  the  State  bank,  1811-1865,  the  State 

national  bank,  1865-1891,  of  Boston 332.12  S84 

Account  of  these  Boston  banks  by  an  ex-president  of  the  State  national 
bank. 
UNITED  STATES— Comptroller  of  the  currency,  Office  of. 

Annual  report,  1865-date.     1866-date r332.i2  U2Si 

Report  for  1865-66,  1869-71,  1873-77,  1880,  1882-83,  will  be  found  in 
the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional  documents  numbered  respectively 
1254,  1287,  141S,  i4Sif  1508,  1604,  1642,  1684,  1753,  1804,  1854, 
1964,  2105,  2195. 

Includes  the  report  on  banks,  which  before  1863  was  issued  by  the 
secretary  of  the  treasury. 

UNITED  STATES— Treasury  department. 

Annual  report  of  the   secretary  on  the  condition  of  the 

banks  in  the  United  States,  1838-1863.    1838-63 T332.12  U25 

Reports  for  1839,  1858-1863  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  con- 
gressional documents  numbered  respectively,  348,  958,  1014,  1050,  iioi, 
1161,    J187. 
ist  report  was  issued  in  1833.     After  1863  this  report  forms  part  of  the 
annual  report  of  the  comptroller  of  the  currency,   (r332.i2  U2S1). 


COINS  AND  COINAGE  355 

ROGERS,  James  Edwin  Thorold. 

First  nine  years  of  the  Bank  of  England.    1887 332.15  R61 

332.2     Savings  banks 

KEYES,  Emerson  Willard. 

History  of  savings   banks   in  the  United  States,    1816-1877. 

2v.     1876-78 r332.2  K23 

332.31     Mississippi  bubble 

THIERS,  Adolphe. 

The  Mississippi  bubble,  a  memoir  of  John  Law,  with  ac- 
counts of  the  Darien  expedition  and  the  South  Sea 
scheme.     1859 33231  T36 

332.4     Coins  and  coinage.     332.42     Bimetallism 

CAREY,  Henry  Charles. 

Answers  to  the  questions:  what  constitutes  currency?  what 
are  the  causes  of  unsteadiness  of  the  currency?  and  what 

is  the  remedy?    1840 r332.4  C19 

DONNELLY,  Ignatius. 

American  people's  money.     1895 r332.4  D72 

ENGLAND — Indian  currency  commission. 

Report  of  the  commission  appointed  to  inquire  into  the  In- 
dian currency,  with  accompanying  correspondence  and 
testimony.  1893.  (53d  cong.  ist  sess.  Senate.  Mis. 
doc.  23.) r332.4  E64 

This  report  is  known  as  the  Herschell  report  on  the  coinage  of  silver  in 
India. 

MEYER,  J. 

World's  money;  theory  of  the  coin,  coinage  and  monetary 
system  of  the  world.    1878.    (4Sth  cong.  3d  sess.    House. 

Mis.  doc.  no.8.) ri86i 

NELSON,  Henry  Loomis. 

The  money  we  need;  a  short  primer  on  money  and  currency. 

1895 332.4  N22 

NORMAN,  John  Henry. 

Complete  guide  to  the  world's  twenty-nine  metal  monetary 
systems,  also  to  the  exchanges  of  gold,  silver  and  incon- 
vertible paper  on  the  unit  of  weight  system,  with  aids  to 

the  construction  of  the  science  of  money.     1892 332.4  N44 

PRESTON,  Robert  E. 

History  of  the  monetary  legislation  and  of  the  currency  sys- 
tem of  the  United  States,  with  a  speech  on  our  currency 

system  by  J.  H.  Eckels.     1896 r332.4  P93 

The  same.     1896 332.4  P93 

This  book  also  contains:  Robert  Morris,  "On  a  coinage  scheme  for 
the  United  States;"  Thomas  Jefferson,  "On  a  money  unit;"  Alexan- 
der Hamilton,  "On  the  establishment  of  a  mint;"  John  Sherman,  "On 
the  part  silver  should  play  in  our  currency  system." 


3S6  COINS  AND  COINAGE 

UPTON,  Jacob  Kendrick. 

Money  in  politics.     1895 332-4  U26 

A  study  of  the  financial  history  of  the  United  States. 
WATSON,  David  K. 

History  of  American  coinage.     1899 332.4  W31 

WELLS,  David  Ames. 

Robinson  Crusoe's  money.    1896 332.4  W49 

The  same.    1896 r332.4  W49 

ENGLAND — Gold  and  silver  commission. 

Final  report  of  the  Royal  commission  appointed  to  inquire 
into  the  recent  changes  in  the  relative  value  of  the 
precious  metals.  1889.  (50th  cong.  2d  sess.  Senate. 
Mis.  doc.  34.) r332.4i  E64 

Mcpherson,  Logan  g. 

Monetary  and  banking  problem.     1896 332.41  M.22 

UNITED  states— Mint  bureau. 

Report  upon  the  production  of  the  precious  metals  during 

the  calendar  year,  1880-date.     1881-date , .  .r332.4i  U2S 

Binder's  title  reads  "Production  of  gold  and  silver  in  the  United  States." 

ADAMS,  Brooks. 

Gold  standard;  an  historical  study.     1896 332.42  A21 

ANDREWS,  Elisha  Benjamin. 

An  honest  dollar.     1896 332.42  As6 

The  same.    (In  American  economic  association.    Publications, 

V.4.) r330.6  Asip  v.4 

ATKINSON,  Edward. 

Report  upon  the  present  status  of  bimetallism -in  Europe, 
Oct.  1887.  1887.  (SOth  cong.  1st  sess.  Senate.  Ex.  doc. 
no.34.)   r2504 

Appendix  D  consists  of  "Materials  toward  the  elucidation  of  the 
economic  conditions  affecting  precious  metals  and  the  question  of 
standards,"  by  Adolf  Soetbeer. 

BARCLAY,  Robert,  of  Manchester,  England. 

The  disturbance  in  the  standard  of  value.     1896 332.42  Ba^ 

BARKER,  Wharton. 

Bimetallism;  or.  The  evils  of  gold  monometallism  and  the 

benefits  of  bimetallism.     1896 332.42  B24 

CARGILL,  John  F. 

Freak  in  finance;  a  reply  to  Coin's  financial  school.    1895.  •  -332.42  C19 

The  same.     1895 1332.42  C19 

CARNEGIE,  Andrew. 

The  A  B  C  of  money.    1891 r332.42  C21 

Reprinted,  with  additions,  from  the  North  American  review,  June,  1891. 

The  same.     (In  his  Empire  of  business,  p.21-67.) 304  C2ie 

COWPERTHWAIT,  John  Howard. 

Money,  silver  and  finance.    1896 332.42  C84 

DARWIN,  Leonard. 
Bimetallism,  a  summary  and  examination  of  the  arguments 

for  and  against  a  bimetallic  currency.     1897 332.42  D26 

Contents:  The  bimetallic  theory.— The  choice  of  a  ratio. — Bimetallism 
versus  monometallism.— Risingr  and  falling  prices. — Foreign  trade. 


COINS  AND  COINAGE  357 

DELL,  Sidney. 

Free  silver.     1894 332.42  D4l 

EASTERN  BIMETALLIC  LEAGUE. 

Publications.     1894 332.42  E18 

Contents:  The  adverse  influence  of  gold  appreciation  upon  the  trade 
of  gold-standard  countries  with  the  East,  exemplified  in  China,  by 
W.  H.  Talbot. — Gold  monometallism  and  its  effects  upon  wages,  by  W. 
S.  Wetmore. — ^An  illustration  of  some  of  the  evils  inflicted  upon  gold 
standard  countries  by  their  attempt  to  demonetize  silver,  by  W. 
H.  Talbot. — Appreciation  of  gold  the  cause  of  industrial  depression 
in  England,  by  George  Jamieson. — The  appreciation  of  gold:  notes 
illustrative  of  the  disastrous  effect  upon  foreign  commercial  interests 
in  the  far  East  and  upon  the  industries  and  wage-earners  of  the  west, 
by  H.  Kopsch. — A  protest,  by  W.  S.  Wetmore. 

EDGCUMBE,  Sir  Robert  P. 

Popular  fallacies  regarding  bimetallism.     1896 332.42  E28 

EHRICH,  Louis  R. 

Question  of  silver.    1896.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 332.42  E38 

FONDA,  Arthur  I. 

Honest  money.     1895 ' 332.42  F73 

FRASER,  John  A.  &  Sergei,  C.H. 

Sound  money;  a  reply  to  Coin's  financial  school.    1895 r332.42  F88 

GOLD-SILVER    controversy;    essays    from    the    Political 

science    quarterly.      189^ , 332.42    G57 

Contents:  Finance  and  politics,  by  Edward  Gary. — The  late  bond  syn- 
dicate contract,  by  A.  D.  Noyes. — The  gold  reserve,  by  Frank  Fetter. — 
The  gold  standard  in  recent  theory,  by  J.  B.  Clark. — Free  coinage  and 
prosperity,  by  J.  B.  Clark. — Free  silver  and  wages,  by  R.  Mayo- 
Smith. — Silver  in  commerce,  by  W.  C.  Ford. — After  effects  of  free  coin- 
age of  silver,  by  J.  B.  Clark. — The  ideal  American  commonwealth,  by 
J.  W.  Burgess. 

HARVEY,  William  Hope. 

Coin's  financial  school.     1894 332.42  H33 

A  widely  circulated  argument  in  favor  of  free  and  unlimited  coinage  of 
silver  by  the  United  States.  See,  for  reply,  Horace  White's  "Coin's 
financial  fool." 

Coin's  financial  school  up  to  date.    1895 332.42  H33 

Bound  with  the  above. 

HORR,  Roswell  G.  &  Harvey,  W.H. 

Great  debate  on  the  financial  question.    1895 332.42  H81 

HORTON,  Samuel  Dana. 

The  monetary  situation,  an  address  delivered  May  21,  1878; 
with  an  appendix  from  the  following  papers:  Prussian 
anti-silver  theory  and  its  origin  in  an  historical  error; 
General  restoration  of  silver  a  condition  precedent  to 
successful  cancellation  of  paper  money;  Vindication  of 
the  practicability  of  bi-metallic  union.    1878 332.42  H816 

Silver  and  gold  and  their  relation  to  the  problem  of  re- 
sumption; to  which  is  added  Sir  Isaac  Newton  and 
England's  prohibitive  tariff  upon  silver  money. 
189s 332.42  H8i6si 

Bibliography,  p.  188-193. 
Silver  in  Europe.     1892 332.42  H8i6s 

"By  a  leading  bimetallist.  Includes  review  of  Paris  Monetary  Congress 
(September,  1889);  and  Questions  of  the  Royal  (British)  Commission 
on  Gold  and  Silver  (1870),  and  answers."  Bowker  &■  lies'  "Reader's 
guide." 


3S8  COINS  AND  COINAGE 

HUDSON,  James  Fairchild. 

A  silver  symposium;  an  analysis  of  the  money  issue.    1896.  .332.42  H88 
JORDAN,  William  Leighton. 

Standard  of  value.     1896. 332-42  J42 

LAUGHLIN,  James  Laurence. 

Facts  about  money,  including  the  debate  with  W.  H.  Harvey, 

1895.     1895 332.42  L36f 

The  same.     1895 r332.42  L36f 

History  of  bimetallism  in  the  United  States.    1894 33242  L36 

Exhaustive;  presenting  extensive  array  of  facts  and  figures.    Holds  that 
gold  has  not  appreciated  and  silver  has  declined  in  value;  maintains 
that  coinage  of  silver  dollars  should  cease.     Bibliography. 
MACLEOD,  Henry  Dunning. 

Indian  currency.     1898 332-42  M19 

MASAYOSHI,  Count  Matasukata. 

Report  on  the  adoption  of  the  gold  standard  in  Japan. 

1899 qr332.42  M44 

MITCHELL,  W.B. 

Dollars  or  wtiat?  a  little  common  sense  applied  to  silver  as 

money.     1895 332.42  M74 

PRESENT  problems;  bi-weekly,    v.i,  no.i-15.     1896-97 r332.42  Pga 

Contents:  Dembitz,  L.N.  The  free  coinage  problem. — Hull,  A.P.  A 
horrible  crime;  the  demonetization  of  iron  2,200  years  ago. — Graham, 
Whidden.  "16  to  i"  in  Egypt. — Warner,  J.  De  W.  "Free  coinage" 
dissected.  Wages  vs.  16  to  i. — Yeaman,  C.H.  The  silver  standard. — 
Procter,  J.R.  The  dollar  of  the  fathers. — A  free  coinage  catechism. — 
Free  coinage  and  the  farmer. — Silas  Balsam's  letters  on  law,  repudia- 
tion and  honor;  ed.  by  Jedediah  Buck. — Petroleum  V.  Nasby  on  silver. 
— Nichols,  Acosta.  The  value  and  effects  of  the  free  coinage  dollar. — 
Townsend,  J.  P.  Wall  street  and  its  relation  to  wage  earners  and  farm- 
ers.— Warner,  J.  De  W.  Wages  vs.  16  to  i,  second  edition. — Patterson, 
C.S.  An  argument  for  the  gold  standard. — Powers,  F.P,  Jefferson  and 
Jackson  on  present  problems. 
No  more  published 

ROBERTS,  Isaac,  political  ecotiomist. 

Wages,  fixed  incomes  and  the  free  coinage  of  silver;  or.  The 
danger  involved  in  the  free  coinage  of  silver  at  the  ratio 

of  16  to  I.    1896 r332.42  RS3 

The  same.     1896 332.42  R53 

SMITH,  W.H. 

Effects  of  the  gold  standard;  or,  Bimetallists'  catechism. 

1896 332.42  S66 

SOUND  currency.     v.2-date.     1895-date V3S2.42  S724 

The  same,    v.2-3.     1895-96 332.42  S72 

Issued  by  the  Reform  club.  New  York. 
SOUND  MONEY  LEAGUE  OF  PHILADELPHIA. 

Documents.    2v.     1895 T332.42  S72 

V.I.  Report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  sound  money  meeting.  May  28, 
1895.— Address,  by  G.  F.  Edmunds. — Address,  by  W.  L.  Trenholm. 
—Address,  by  M.  D.  Harter.— Address,  by  C.  E.  Smith.— Gold, 
silver  and  money,  by  S.  R.  Shipley. — The  action  of  the  Union 
league  of  Philadelphia. — Sound  money  speech,  by  C.  S.  Patter- 
son.— The  money  unit  of  1792,  by  Marriott  Brosius. — ^The  cost  of 
bad  money,  by  Edward  Atkinson. — The  future  price  of  silver,  by 
Ellis  Clark. — Sound  money  speech,  by  G.  B.  Roberts. 
v.a.  The  silver  question  in  a  nutshell,  by  T.  C.  Knauff. — To  the  farmers 
I;  of   Pennsylvania,   by   Marriott   Brositis. — A  dissatisfied   farmer,    by 

T.    C.    Knauff.— An   argument   for   the    gold    standard,    by    C.    S. 


COINS  AND  COINAGE  359 


Patterson.— A  currency  catechism,  by  C.  S.  Patterson.— Work  of 
the  Sound  money  league  of  Pennsylvania,  to  Sept.  1896. — The 
people's  friend?  by  T.  C.   Knauff. 

STEVANS,  CM. 

Silver  vs.  gold,  free  silver  and  the  people;  a  campaign  hand- 
book for  the  struggling  millions  against  the  gold-hoarding 

millionaires.     1896 332-42  S84 

STOKES,  Anson  Phelps. 

Joint-metallism.    1895.    (Questions  of  the  day.) 33242  S87 

The  same.    1896.     (Questions  of  the  day.) T332.42  S87J 

TAUSSIG,  Frank  William. 

Silver  situation  in  the  United  States.     1894.     (Questions  of 

the  day.) 332.42  T24 

Revised  edition  of  paper  published  by  American  economic  association; 
reviews  legislation  and  conditions  from  1878  to  close  of  1892;  advo- 
cates monometallism  but  considers  bimetallist  arguments  fairly. 

TELLER,  James  H. 

Battle  of  the  standards.     1896 332.42  T27 

The  same.    1896 r332.42  T27 

TOURGfiE,  Albion  Winegar. 

War  of  the  standards;  coin  and  credit  versus  coin  without 

credit.     1896.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 332.42  T65 

UNITED  STATES— Monetary  commission,  1876. 

Report,  and  accompanying  documents.    2v.     1877-79 r332.42  U2S 

UPTON,  Jacob  Kendrick. 

Coin  catechism.     1895 r332.42  U26 

WALKER,  Francis  Amasa. 

International  bimetallism.     1896 332.42  W16 

Reviews  briefly  history  of  gold  and  silver  currency  and  makes  a  strong 
argrument    for    international    bimetallism.      Opposes    free    coinage    of 
silver. 
WALSH,  William  J.  abp. 

Bimetallism  and  monometallism.     1893 r332.42  W18 

WHEELER,  Everett  P.  Epperell. 

Real  bi-metallism.    1895.    (Questions  of  the  day.) 332.42  W61 

WHITE,  Horace. 

Coin's  financial  fool.     1895 332.42  W63 

The  same.     1895 T332.42  W63 

A  reply  to  "Coin's  financial  school,"  with  illustrations  by  Dan.  Beard. 

BERLIN  SILVER  COMMISSION,  1894. 

Proposals  submitted  and  debate  on  the  proposals;  report 
of  proceedings,  to  which  is  appended,  report  of  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  International  bimetallic  conference, 
London,  1894.  1895.  (United  States.  53d  cong.  2d 
sess.    Senate.    Mis.  doc.  274.) T332.44  B45 

INTERNATIONAL  MONETARY  CONFERENCE,  Paris, 

1878. 

Proceedings  and  exhibits,  followed  by  the  report  of  the 

American  commission,  and  historical  material  for,  and 

contributions  to,  the  study  of  monetary  policy,  by  S.  D. 

Horton.     1879 r332.44  I24 

Bibliography  of  money,  p.737-773. 


36o  COINS  AND  COINAGE 

INTERNATIONAL  MONETARY  CONFERENCE,  Paris, 
1881. 
Proceedings  and  exhibits  of  the  conference  held  in  Paris, 

April-July,  1881.    1887 r332.44  I24P 

RUSSELL,  Henry  Benajah.  .      • 

International  monetary  conferences,  their  purposes,  character 
and  results,  with  a  study  of  the  conditions  of  currency  and 
finance  in  Europe  and  America  daring  intervening  periods, 
and  in  their  relations  to  international  action.     1898.  . .  .332.44  R91 
"A  clear,   convincing,   and  interesting  history  of  the  struggle  for  the 
restoration  of  silver  as  a  money  metal.     It  is  especially  important  at 
the  first  full  explanation  of  the  demonetization  of  silver." 

WILLIS,  Henry  Parker. 

History  of  the  Latin  monetary  union;  a  study  of  internation- 
al monetary  action.  1901.  (Chicago- university.  Econom- 
ic studies,  V.5.)  332.44  W7S 

Bibliography,  p.,si4-3i9. 

"Remarkable  for  its  insight  and  grasp  on  economic  principles,  but  still 
more  for  its  laborious  sifting  of  all  the  documentary  and  contempora- 
neous evidence  available  in  the  several  countries  forming  the  Latin 
Union."    Nation,  looi. 

The  Latin  union,  established  in  1865,  was  a  monetary  alliance  of  France, 
Belgium,  Italy  and  Switzerland,  its  object  being  the  maintenance  and 
regulation  of  a  uniform  interchangeable  gold  and  silver  coinage. 

BROOKS,  H.  K.  imb. 

Foreign  exchange ;  tables  converting  foreign  money  into  United 
States  money,  and  United  States  money  into  foreign 
money  at  all  commercial  rates  of  exchange  used  in 
financial  transactions.    1900 r332.4S  B77 

GOSCHEN,  George  Joachim,  viscount. 

Theory  of  foreign  exchanges.     1896 332.45  G69 

UNITED  STATES— Mint  bureau. 

Annual  report  (4th,  8th-date)  of  the  director  of  the  mint, 
for    the    fiscal    year    ended    June    30,    1876,    1880-date. 

1876-date   r332.46  U25 

From  1873  the  report  of  the  director  of  the  mint  has  been  included  in 
the  Annual  report  of  the  secretary  of  the  treasury,  r3S3.2  U2S3. 

RAND,  McNALLY  &  CO.  pvb. 

Gold  and  silver  coinage  under  the  constitution;  laws  en- 
acted thereon  by   Congress  from  the   organization  of 
''         the    federal    government   to    the    present   time    (1896). 

1896   r332.47  R18 

DEL  MAR,  Alexander. 

History  of  monetary  systems.     1896 332.49  D41 

Bibliography,  p.  11-16. 

EVANS,  George  G.  ed. 

Illustrated  history  of  the  United  States  mint;  with  a  descrip- 
tion of  American  coinage,  and  biographical  sketches  of  the 

mint  officers.    1894 r332.49  E94 

HORTON,  Samuel  Dana. 

The  silver  pound  and  England's  monetary  policy  since  the 

restoration,  with  the  history  of  the  guinea.     1887 332.49  H81 


LAND  361 

332.5     Paper  money 

KNOX,  John  Jay. 

United    States    notes;    a    history    of   the    issues    of   paper 

money.     1894 332.5  K35 

"Mr.  Knox  was  comptroller  of  the  currency  from  1872  until  1884. 
Previous  to  the  former  date  he  had  been  in  the  service  of  the 
Treasury  Department  of  the  United  States  since  1862. .  .Especial 
emphasis  is  given  to  the  development  of  the  doctrine  of  the  consti- 
tutionality of  government  paper  money.  The  work... is  historical 
rather  than  controversial.  .  .and  for  the  topics  considered,  while  not 
exhaustive,  an  adequate  and  interesting  authority.  In  the  appendix 
are  opinions  given  by  the  Supreme  Court  in  1884  on  the  constitution- 
ality of  the  issue  of  United  States  notes  in  times  of  peace."  Larned's 
Literature  of  American  history. 

Chapter  XII  is  an  historical  sketch  of  the  distribution  of  the  surplus 
among  the  states. 

332.6     Stocks  and  bonds 

AUBREY,  William  Hickman  Smith. 

Stock  exchange  investments.    1896 332.6  A89 

CLEWS.  Henry. 

Twenty-eight  years  in  Wall  street.    1887 332.6  €58 

LEE,  Joseph  M. 

Lee's  manual  of  financial  values  and  fluctuations;  (annual). 

v.i-2.     1896-98 qr332.6  L52 

Vol.1  covers  the  six  years  from  1890-1895  and  is  called  the  ist  edition. 
Vol.2  covers  the  six  years  from  1892-1897. 

Lee's  monthly  financial  values  and  fluctuations,    v.i,  no.4- 

12.     1896 qr332.6  LS2I 

No.  4  is  the  first  number  published;  publication  ceased  with  no.  12. 

333     Land 

cox,  Harold. 

Land  nationalization.     1892.     (Social  questions  of  to-day.) 333  C8s 

List  of  works  referred  to,  p.  184. 
DUTT,  Romesh  Chunder. 

Open  letters  to  Lord  Curzon,  on  famines  and  land  assess- 
ments in  India.  •  1900 333  D9S 

GEORGE,  Henry. 

Perplexed  philosopher;  an  examination  of  Herbert  Spen- 
cer's various  utterances  on  the  land  question,  w^ith 
some  incidental  reference  to  his  Synthetic  philosophy. 

1892 333  G3 1 

Contrasts  Spencer's  opinions  on  the  land  question  as  stated  in  "Social 
statics"  with  those  expressed  in  "Justice,"  condemning  the  latter. 

GILMAN,  Bradley. 

Back  to  the  soil;  or,  From  tenement  house  to  farm  colony;  a 
circular  solution  of  an  angular  problem,  with  an  introduc- 
tion by  E.  E.  Hale.     1901  333  G43 

In  fiction  form  the  author  earnestly  advocates  a  new  plan  for  relieving 
the  over-crowded  districts  of  large  cities,  by  the  forming  of  what  he 
calls  "farm  colonies,"  where  the  people  may  have  varied,  profitable 
and  healthful  occupations,  and  still  avoid  the  solitude  which  is  now 
the  greatest  barrier  to  country  life  for  the  city-bred  poor. 


362  FISHERIES 

GREEN,  J.L. 

Allotments  and  small  holdings.    1896.   (Social  science  series.).  .333  G82 
KINNEAR,  John  Boyd. 

Principles  of  property  in  land.     1880 333  K27 

"Regards  land-owning  as  one  of  the  social  and  conventional  rights  which 
for  the  general  good  communities  accord  to  individuals."      Bowker  & 
'  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

MOORE,  Harold  E. 

Back  to  the  land.     1893.     (Social  questions  of  to-day.)  333  M87 

Deals  with  labor  colonies,  with  cooperative  farms,  with  the  Salvation 
army  estate,  and  with  many  practical  matters  concerning  peasant  in- 
dustries. Author  advocates  a  national  organization  uniting  under  one 
control  a  training  farm,  a  home  settlement  and  an  efficient  scheme  of 
colonization. 

POLLOCK,  Sir  Frederick. 

The  land  laws.     1896.     (English  citizen  series.) 333  P76 

"To  make  the  principles  and  leading  features  of  the  English  law  of  real 
property  intelligible  to  a  reader  who  is  without  legal  training,  but  is 
willing  to  take  some  little  pains  to  understand."    Preface. 

WALLACE,  Alfred  Russel. 

Land  nationalisation;  its  necessity  and  its  aims.    1896.     (Social 

science  series.) 333  W17 

Bibliography,  p.2S3-2s6. 

333.9     Fisheries 

PARIS,  BERING  SEA  TRIBUNAL  OF  ARBITRATION, 
1892. 
Fur  seal  arbitration.  Proceedings  of  the  tribunal  of  arbi- 
tration, convened  at  Paris  under  the  treaty  between 
the  United  States  and  Great  Britain  concluded  Feb. 
29,  1892,  for  the  determination  of  questions  concerning 
the  jurisdictional   rights   of  the   United   States   in  the 

waters  of  Bering  Sea.    i6v.    1895 r333-9  P23 

v. I.     Final    report    of   agept    of    United    States;    protocols   of    proceed- 
ings;   award;    opinions   of   Harlan   and   Morgan. 
V.2.     Case    of    United    States,    including    reports    of    Bering    Sea    Com- 
mission;   appendix    to    case    of    United    States,    v.  i    [diplomatic    cor- 
respondence and  other  papers].      1892. 
V.3.     Appendix  to  case  of  United  States,  v.2    [testimony].     1892. 
v.4.     Case  presented  on  part  of  government  of  Her  Britannic  Majesty; 
schedule    of   claims;    appendix,    v.i— 2    [correspondence    and   treaties]. 
1895- 
V.5.     Appendix  to  case  of  Her  Majesty's  government,  v.3  [correspondence 

and  treaties;   v.4,  maps]. 
v.6.     Joint   report  of   Behring  Sea   Commission;    and   report  of  British 

commissioners,  June  21,   1892,  with  appendixes. 
v.7.     Counter  case  of  United  States  including  appendix.     1893. 
V.8.     Counter  case  of  Great  Britain;  appendix,  v.  1-2. 
v.9.     Argument  of  United  States  [including  appendix].      1893. 
v.io.    Argument  of  Great  Britain. 
V.I  I.     Oral  arguments  on  preliminary  motions. 

V.I 2.     Oral  arguments  of  Carter  and  Coudert  on  behalf  of  United  States. 
V.I 3.     Oral  arguments  of  Russell,  Webster  and  Robinson  on  behalf  of 

Great  Britain. 
V.I 4.     Oral  arguments  on  regulations,  by  Russell,  Webster  and  Robinson. 
V.  15.     Oral  arguments  of  Phelps  on  behalf  of  United  States. 
V.16.     Facsimiles  of  documents  in  the  Alaskan  archives.  Department  of 
state,  to  accompany  case  and  counter-case  of  United  States. 
UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

Information  from  the  State,  Treasury  and  Navy  depart- 
ments relating  to  the  enforcement  of  the  regulations 


COOPERATION  363 


respecting  fur  seals.     Feb.  11,  1895.     1895.     (53d  cong. 

3d  sess.     Senate.     Ex.  doc.  no.67.) r333-9  U25 


334     Cooperation 


HALE,  Edward  Everett. 

Sybaris,  and  other  homes;  to  which  is  added  How  they  lived 

in  Hampton.     1900 334  His 

Contents:  My  visit  to  Sybaris. — How  they  lived  at  Naguadavick. — How 
they  Uve  in  Vineland. — How  they  live  in  Boston,  and  how  they  die 
there. — Homes  for  Boston  laborers. — How  they  lived  in  Hampton. 

Suggestive  sketches  on  practical  economic  subjects,  —  model  villages, 
housing  of  the  poor,  etc. 

"How  they  lived  in  Hampton"  is  the  account  of  an  experiment  in  co- 
operation. 

HOLYOAKE,  George  Jacob. 

History  of  co-operation  in  England.    2v.    1875-85 334  H75 

V.I.     Pioneer  period,   i8 12-1844. 
V.2.     Constructive  period,  1845-1878. 

HUGHES,  Thomas,  &  Neale,  E.V.  ed. 

Manual  for  co-operators.     1888 334  H89 

WEBB,  Mrs  Beatrice  (Potter). 

Co-operative  inovement  in  Great  Britain.     1895.     (Social 

science  series.) 334  W36 

WRIGHT,  Carroll  Davidson. 

Manual  of  distributive  co-operation.     1885 334  W93 

Published  by  the  Massachusetts  bureau  of  statistics  of  labor. 
DEXTER,  Seymour. 

Treatise   on   co-operative   savings   and   loan   associations. 

1894  3341  D52 

Clear  and  full  description  of  typical  forms  of  building  and  loan  associ- 
ations, mutual  associations  and  loan  associations,  and  co-operative 
banks.  Gives  history  of  their  growth  in  the  United  States,  dis- 
cussion of  the  advantages  of  different  forms,  and  description  of  mode 
of  organization  under  New  York  law. 

ROSENTHAL,  Henry  S. 

Manual  for  building  and  loan  associations.     1888 r334.i  R72 

HOLYOAKE,  George  Jacob. 

Co-operative  movement  to-day.     1896.     (Social  questions  of 

to-day.)  334.5  H75 

LLOYD,  Henry  Demarest. 

Labor  copartnership;  notes  of  co-operative  workshops,  fac- 
tories and  farms  in  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.     1898 334-6  L75 

BAEkNREITHER,  J.M. 

English  associations  of  working  men.     1893 334-7  B14 


335     Socialism 

BARNETT,  Samuel  Augustus,  &  Mrs  Henrietta  O. 

Practicable  socialism.     1894 335  B25 

BAX,  Ernest  Belfort. 

Ethics  of  socialism.     1893.     (Social  science  series.) 335  B33 

Religion  of  socialism;  essays  in  modern  socialist  criticism. 

1896.     (Social  science  series.) 335  B33r 


364  SOCIALISM 

BEHRENDS,  Adolphus  Julius  Frederick. 

Socialism  and  Christianity.    1886 335  B38 

Contents:  Social  theories. — Historical  sketch. — ^Assumptions  of  modern 
socialism. — The  economic  fallacies  of  modern  socialism. — The  rights  of 
labor. — The  responsibilities  of  wealth. — The  personal  and  social  causes 
of  pauperism.  —  Historical  causes  of  pauperism  and  its  cure. — Treat- 
ment of  the  criminal  classes. — Modem  socialism,  religion,  and  the 
family. 

BLATCHFORD,  Robert,  (pseud.  Nunquam). 

Merrie  England.     1895 335  B54 

"Written  to  grive  the  general  public  an  idea  of  what  Socialism  is,  to 
remove  the  prejudices  existing  against  Socialism,  and  to  answer  the 
arguments  commonly  brought  forward  by  its  opponents."    Preface. 

BLISS,  William  Dwight  Porter. 

Handbook  of  socialism.    1895.     (Social  science  series.) 335  B5S 

Biographical  notes  on  socialist  writers  and  leaders,  P.20S-263;  bib- 
liography, p.  264-286. 

BROWN,  Thomas  Edwin. 

Studies  in  modern  socialism  and  labor  problems.     1886 335  B79 

Bibliography,  p.234-268. 

DAWSON,  William  Harbutt. 

German  socialism  and  Ferdinand  Lassalle;  a  biographical 
history  of  German  socialistic  movements  during  this  cen- 
tury.    1899.     (Social  science  series.) 335  D33 

ELY,  Richard  Theodore. 

French  and  German  socialism  in  modern  times.    1883 335  E57 

Socialism,  with  suggestions  for  social  reform.  1894.  (Li- 
brary of  economics  and  politics.) 335  E57S 

Fair  and  conservative  treatment  of  the  strength  and  the  weakness  of 
socialism.  Advocates  social  reform  in  the  way  of  factory  and  sani- 
tary legislation,  state  ownership  of  railways,  telephone,  telegraph,  etc. 

ENGELS,  Friedrich. 

Socialism;  Utopian  and  scientific.     1892.     (Social  science 

series.) 335  E63 

GILMAN,  Nicholas  Paine. 

Socialism  and  the  American  spirit.     1893 335  G42 

\  Bibliography,  p.367-370. 

Maintains  that  socialism  and  extreme  forms  of  individualism  are  alike 
contrary  to  American  principles,  and  that  moral  improvement  is  more 
needed  than  economic  changes.     Readable  and  judicial  in  spirit. 

CONNER,  Edward  Carter  Kersey. 

Social  philosophy  of  Rodbertus.     1899 335  G61 

"Writings  of  Rodbertus,"  p.9-10. 

"Those  who  desire  to  know  what  can  be  said  for  Socialism  by  one  who^ 
has  some  claim  to  be  regarded  as  a  philosophical  historian  will  find 
what    they    are    in    search    of    in    Prof.    Conner's    carefully    prepared 
volume."    Academy,  1899. 

GRAHAM,  William,  of  Belfast. 

Socialism,, new  and  old.     1893.      (International   scientific 

series.)   335  G77 

GRONLUND,  Laurence. 

Co-operative  commonwealth,  an  exposition  of  socialism. 

1893 335  G93 

"A  statement  of  the  case  for  state  socialism,  with  plans  for  its  operation." 

Botvker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

GUESDE,  Jules. 

Le  socialisme  au  jour  le  jour.     1899 r33S  G95 


SOCIALISM  365 


JAURfiS,  Jean  Leon. 

Action.socialiste;  ire  ser.    v.i.    1899 ^335  J21 

Contents:    Le  socialisme  et  I'enseignement. — Le  socialisme  et  les  peuples. 

KAUFMANN,  Moritz. 

Socialism  and  modem  thought.    1895.     (Social  questions  of 

to-day.)   335  K14 

KIRKUP,  Thomas. 

History  of  socialism.    1892 335  K28 

Limited  to  19th  century.  Gives  friendly  interpretation  to  theories,  op- 
poses state  control  and  advocates  a  form  of  socialism  equivalent  to  co- 
operation. 

KROPOTKIN,  Petr  Alexeievitch,  prince. 

L'anarchie ;    sa  philosophic,  son   ideal ;   conference   qui  devait 
etre   faite  le  6  mars    1896,  a   Paris.     1896.     (Bibliotheque 

sociologique.)    r335  K42 

LAFARGUE,  Paul. 

Evolution  of  property  from  savagery  to  civilization.     1890. 

(Social  science  series.) 335  L14 

LE  BON.  Gustave. 

Psychology  of  socialism.     1899 335  L47 

Contents:  The  socialistic  theories  and  their  disciples. — Socialism  as  a 
belief.— Socialism  as  affected  by  race. — The  conflict  between  economic 
necessities  and  the  aspirations  of  the  socialists. — The  conflict  between 
the  laws  of  evolution,  the  democratic  ideal  and  the  aspirations  of  the 
socialists. — The  destinies  of  socialism. 

LETOURNEAU,  Charles. 

Property;  its  origin  and  development.    1892.     (Contemporary 

science  series.) 335   L6s 

LONDON,  FABIAN  SOCIETY. 

Fabian  essays  in  socialism.     1889 335  L82 

Contents:  The  basis  of  socialism:  Economic,  by  G.  B,  Shaw;  Historic, 
by  Sidney  Webb;  Industrial,  by  William  Clarke;  Moral,  by  Sidney 
Olivier. — The  organization  of  society:  Property  under  socialism,  by 
Graham  Wallis;  Industry  under  socialism,  by  Annie  Besant. — The  tran- 
sition to  social  democracy:  Transition,  by  G.  B.  Shaw;  The  outlook, 
by  Hubert  Bland. 
Most  of  these  essays  were  delivered  as  lectures  in  London  and  elsewhere, 
by  members  of  the  executive  councU  of  the  Fabian  society,  and  may 
be  considered  as  voicing  the  opinions  of  the  moderate  party  among 
English  social  democrats. 

MACKAY,  Thomas,  ed. 

Plea  for  liberty;  an  argument  against  socialism  and  socialistic 

legislation.     1891 335  M17 

Contents:  From  freedom  to  bondage,  by  Herbert  Spencer. — The  im- 
practicability of  socialism,  by  E.  S.  Robertson. — The  limits  of  liberty, 
by  Wordsworth  Donisthorpe. — Liberty  for  labour,  by  George  Howell. — 
State  socialism  in  the  antipodes,  by  Charles  Fairfield. — The  discon- 
tent of  the  working-classes,  by  Edmund  Vincent.— Investment,  by 
Thomas  Mackay. — Free  education,  by  B.  H.  Alford.  — The  housing  of 
the  working-classes  and  of  the  poor,  by  Arthur  Raffalovich. — The  evils 
of  state  trading  as  illustrated  by  the  post  office,  by  Frederick  Millar. — 
Free  libraries,  by  M.  D.  O'Brien. — The  state  and  electrical  distribu-  • 
tion,  by  F.  W.  B.  Gordon. — The  true  line  of  deliverance,  by  Auberon 
Herbert. 

MALATO,  Charles. 

L'homme  nouveau.     1898.     (Bibliotheque  sociologique.) r335  K42 

Bound  with  Kropotkin's   L'anarchie. 

MORRIS,  William. 

Signs  of  change;  lectures.     1888 335  M91 

Contents:     How  we  live  and  how  we  might  live. — Whigs,  democrats  and 


366  SOCIALISM 

socialists. — Feudal    England. — The    hopes    of    civilization. — The    aims 
of  art. — Useful  work  versus  useless  toil. — Dawn  of  a  new  epoch. 

MORRIS,  William,  &  Bax,  E.B. 

Socialism;  its  growth  &  outcome.     1893.     (Social  science 

series.) 335  M91S 

PAOLI,  Louis. 

Les  ecoles  economiques  et  sociales.     1900 r33S  P22 

The  PEOPLE;  bi-weekly.     v.7-date.     1897-date qr33S  P41 

April  28,  1901-date,  V.I  I,  no.4-date,  title  reads  the  Worker. 
Published  at  William  St.,  New  York. 

The  PEOPLE ;  weekly,    v.g-date.    1899-date qr335  P4ia 

June  23,  1900-date,  v.io,  no.i3-date,  title  reads  Weekly  people. 
Published  at  Beekman  St.,  New  York;  later  numbers  at  New  Reade  st. 

PROUDHON,  Pierre  Joseph. 

What  is  property? 335  P97 

PUBLIC   ownership   review;   devoted  to  the  spread  of  public 
ownership  facts;  monthly,  Feb.  i897^March  1899.     3v. 

1897-99    • qr33S    P98 

No  more  published. 

February  to  June   1897,  wanting. 

RAE,  John,  b.  1845. 

Contemporary  socialism.     1894 335  R13 

"States  and  criticises  in  a  masterly  way  the  principles  of  Lassalle,  Marx, 
Karl   Mario,   the   Socialists  of  the   Chair,   the   Christian   Socialists,   the 
Russian  Nihilists,  and  Henry  George;  with  a  general  chapter  on  Social- 
ism and  the  Social  Question."     Bowker  &•  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 
RUSSELL,  Bertrand. 

German  social  democracy.     1896.     (Studies  in  economics  and 

political  science.) 335  Rgi 

Contains  an  appendix  by  Alys  Russell,  on  "Social  democracy  and  th« 

woman  question  in  Germany,"  p.  173-195. 
Bibliography,  p. 7-10. 
SCHAFFLE,  Albert. 

Quintesi^ence  of  socialism.     1894.     (Social  science  series.) ..  .335  S29 
SHAW,  George  Bernard,  ed. 

Fabianism  and  the  Empire;  a  manifesto  by  the  Fabian  socie- 
ty.    1900  335  S55 

"Mr.  Bernard  Shaw  has  for  so  long  a  period  been  the  delight  of  men  of 
letters  rather  than  of  his  brother  Socialists  that  it  is  almost  startling 
to  find  him  in  a  serious  mood,  dealing  with  questions  like  Army  Re- 
form, Imperial  Policy,  and  South  Africa... As  a  contribution  to  politics 
it  deserves  consideration,  and  the  ordinary  politician  will  find  it  far 
more  weighty  than  he  will  expect  from  a  Socialist  source."  Athenceum, 
1900. 

SOMBART,  Werner. 

Socialism  and  the  social  movement  in  the  19th  century,  with 

a  chronicle  of  the  social  movement,  1750-1896.     1898 335  S69. 

"Contains  little  that  is  directly  controversial;  but  it  gives  the  impres- 
sion that  the  purpose  of  the  socialists  is  based  on  a  fallacy,  that  it  is 
not,  in  reality,  in  harmony  with  evolution,  and  that  it  will  not  prevail." 
Introduction,  by  J.  B.  Clark. 
SOTHERAN,  Charles. 

Horace  Greeley  and  other  pioneers  of  American  socialism. 

1892.     (Social  science  library.) 335  S71 

SPRAGUE,  Franklin  M. 

Socialism  from  Genesis  to  Revelation.     1893 335  S76 

STEPNIAK,  (pseud,  of  Serge  Michaelovitch  Kravchinsky). 
Nihilism  as  it  is;   being   Stepniak's  pamphlets    [What   is 


24 


CHRISTIAN  SOCIALISM  367 

wanted?  and,  The  agitation  abroad]  translated  by  E. 
L.  Voynich,  and  P"elix  Volkhovsky's  "Claims  of  the  Rus- 
sian liberals" 335  S83 

TANDY,  Francis  Dashwood. 

Voluntary  socialism.     1896 335  T17 

VAIL,  Charles  Henry. 

Modern  socialism.     1897 335  V13 

VANDERVELDE,  fimile. 

Le  collectivisme  et  revolution  industrielle.     1900.     (Biblio- 

theque  socialiste.) r335  V18 

Bibliography,  p.276-279. 

WEBB,  Sidney  James. 

Socialism  in  England.     1893.     (Social  science  series.) 335  W36 

The  same.     (In  American  economic  association.     Publications, 

V.4)  r330.6  Asip  v.4 

WRIXON,  Sir  Henry  John. 

Socialism;  being  notes  on  a  political  tour.     1896 335  W93 

Contents:  Sydney. — The  Pacific,  Fiji  and  Honolulu. — Canada.— Eng' and. 
— Socialism  in  England. — Meetings. — Socialists  I  have  met. — United 
States. — Socialist  literature. — Thoughts  of  the  man  in  the  street. — Re- 
ligion  and   the   family   under    socialism. 

ZENKER,  Ernst  Viktor. 

Anarchism;  a  criticism  and  history  of  the  anarchist  theory. 

1897  • 335  Z47 

"As  regards  the  standpoint  which  I  have  taken  in  this  book  upon  ques- 
tions of  fact,  it  is  strictly  the  coldly  observant  and  critical  attitude  of 
science ...  I  was  not  concerned  to  write  either  for  or  against  Anarch- 
ism, but  only  to  tell.  .  .what  Anarchism  really  is."     Preface. 


335-7     Christian  socialism 

CHURCH  SOCIAL  UNION. 

Publications.     V.i-date.     iSgs-date T335.7  C46 

1893-96  was  issued  in  two  series  marked  .\  and  B.  Series  A  was  issued 
about  the  first  of  each  month  and  series  B  the  middle  of  each  month. 
The  two  series   are  bound  separately. 

Until  Dec.  1.899  each  number  consisted  of  a  single  article.  From  that 
time  on  the  publication  is  called  the  Monthly  leader,  and  is  made  up  of 
many  short  articles.  Supplements  are  issued,  which  are  of  the  same 
character  as  the  early  numbers. 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  164;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

GLADDEN,  Washington. 

Tools  and  the  man;  property  and  industry  under  the 

Christian  law.     1894 335-7  G45 

"Applies  moral  tests  to  the  institution  of  property,  the  system  of  wage 
earning,  the  process  of  competition,  and  the  existing  organization  of  so- 
ciety. Inquires  how  the  industrial  system  can  be  Christianized.  .  .The 
book  will  not  fail  to  clarify  the  view  of  those  who  are  willing  to 
work  for  society  and  are  seeking  direction."  Political  science  quarter- 
ly, 1893. 

KAUFMANN,  Moritz. 

Christian  socialism.     1888 335-7  K14 

WARRINER,  Edward  Augustus. 

Gate  called  beautiful ;  an  institute  of  Christian  sociology. 

1898    335.7  W24 

Sermons  recast  into  the  form  of  essays,  applying  the  principles  and 
teachings  of  the  Christian  religion  along  sociological  lines.     Harsh  in 
denunciation  of  existing  conditions  in  church  and  society. 


368  SOCIALISTIC  COMMUNITIES 


335-9     Socialistic  communities 

CODMAN,  John  Thomas. 

Brook  Farm;  historic  and  personal  memoirs.     1894 335-9  C65 

Dr  Codman  was  a  member  of  the  Brook  Farm  community,  and  his 
work  is  therefore  based  upon  personal  knowledge  of  the  scheme  and 
of  the  character  and  personalities  of  those  interested  in  it.  The 
volume  provides  data  for  a  thorough  understanding  of  the  theoretical 
and  fiscal  basis  of  the  community. 

NORDHOFF,  Charles.  V 

Communistic  societies  of  the  United  States.    1875 335-9  N43 

NOYES,  John  Humphrey. 

History  of  American  socialisms.     1870 335-9  N48 

RANDALL,  Emilius  Oviatt. 

History  of  the  Zoar  society,  from  its  commencement  to  its 

conclusion;  a  sociological  study  in  communism.     1900 335-9  R18 

RUSSELL,  Amelia  Eloise. 

Home  life  of  the  Brook  Farm  association.    1900 335-9  R91 

Biographical  sketch  of  the  author,  p.7-41. 
SWIFT,  Lindsay. 

Brook  Farm;  its  members,  scholars  and  visitors.     1900 335-9  S97 

The  romantic  story  of  the  Brook  Farm  experiment  begun  in  West 
Roxbury  in  1841.  An  account  is  given  of  the  organization  of  Brook 
Farm,  its  buildings,  industries,  amusements,  etc. 
"Mr.  Swift  has  done  his  work  so  well  that  the  task  seems  to  have 
waited  for  his  coming,  and  there  can  be  no  good  excuse  for  any 
one's  taking  it  up  again  hereafter.  The  complaint  that  is  likeliest 
to  be  made  against  him  is  that  of  imperfect  sympathy  with  the  ex- 
periment; but,  while  it  is  easy  to  conceive  that  a  more  perfect  sym- 
pathy might  have  been  combined  with  an  equal  measure  of  critical 
detachment,  Mr.  Swift's  treatment  leaves  little  to  desire."    Nation,  1900. 

WILLIAMS,  Aaron. 

Harmony  society  at  Economy,  Penn'a.     1866 r33S.9  W74 


336     Finance 

For  Municipal  finance,  see  352.1 
ADAMS,  Henry  Carter. 

Science  of  finance;  an  investigation  of  public  expenditures  and 
public  revenues.    1898.    (American  science  series;  advanced 

course.)    336  A21 

BAST  ABLE,  Charles  Francis. 

Public  finance.     1895 336  B29 

COMMERCIAL  &  financial  chronicle,  weekly,     v.34-41,  43-45, 

62-date.    1882-date qr336  C73 

A  continuation  of  the  Merchants'  magazine. 

The  same,  the  investors'  supplement;  quarterly,     v.36-43,  62- 
date.    1883-date qr336  C73i 

The  same,  the  quotation  supplement;  monthly.     v.62-date. 

1896-date   qr336  C73q 

The  same,  state  and  city  supplement;  semi-annual.    v.62-date. 

1896-date   qr336  C73S 

The  same,  street  railway  supplement;  quarterly.    v.6o-date. 

1895-date '. qr336  C73st 


FINANCE.     STATE  DOMAIN  369 

DANIELS,  Winthrop  More. 

Elements  of  puljlic  finance;  including  the  monetary  system  of 

the  United  States.     1899 336  D22 

"Satisfactory  iiv,  plan   and   clear  in  its  historical   statements,   but   is   at 
times   unexpectedly   feeble   and   careless    in    its   discussion   of   present 
problems."     Outlook,  1899. 
Author  is  (1899)  professor  of  political  economy  in  Princeton  university. 

The  FINANCIAL  review;  annual,  1897-date.     1897-date qr336  F49 

MERCHANTS'  magazine  and  commercial  review;  monthly. 

v.i-57.     1839-67 r336  M63 

v.23-43  title  reads  Hunt's  merchants'  magazine. 

After  1870  included  in  the  Commercial  and  financial  chronicle. 

PENNSYLVANIA — Ways  and  means  committee. 

Report  of  the  committee  of  ways  and  means  relative  to  the 

finances  of  the  commonwealth,  March  7,  1827.    1827. . .'.  .r386  P39 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
PLEHN,  Carl  Copping. 

Introduction  to  public  finance.     1896 336  P69 

Brief  bibliography  for  advanced  students,  9.354-355. 
An  elementary  text-book  treating  of  public  expenditure,  customs,  duties, 
the  incidence  of  taxation,  forms  of  public  debts,  etc 
QUESNAY,  Frangois. 

Tableau  oeconomique.     1894 qr336  Q27 

Bibliography,  p.7-8. 

First  printed  in  17S8  and  now  reproduced  in  facsimile  for  the  British 

economic  association. 
"Essays,  by  analysis  of  the  circulation  of  wealth,  to  show  the  importance 

of   wise   consumption    in    the   accumulation   of   reproductive   capital." 

Preface. 
Author  was  a  noted  French  political  economist  and  physician;  one  of  the 

founders  of  the  school  of  the  physiocrats. 

336.1     State  domain 

BERNER,  Robert  L. 

Report  relative  to  the  entries  of  lands  within  the  limits  of  the 
Des  Moines  river  land  grant.  May  16,  1894.  1894. 
(United  States.     53d  cong.  2d  sess.     Senate.     Ex.  doc. 

no.97)   qr336.l  B45 

DONALDSON,  Thomas. 

Public  domain;  its  history,  with  statistics,  revised  to  1883. 

1884.     (United  States — Public  lands  commission.) ...  .r336.l  D71 
McCRELLIS,  James  Bradford,  comp. 

Military  reservations,   national   military   parks   and  national 

cemeteries;  title  and  jurisdiction.     1898 r336.i  M14 

SPAIN— Crown. 

Spanish  public  land  laws  (English  translation)  in  the  Philip- 
pine islands,  and  their  history  to  Aug.  13,  1898;  tr.  and 
comp.  in  the  United  Slates  forestry  bureau  under  the  direc- 
tion of  G.  P.  Ahern.  1901.  (United  States — Insular  af- 
fairs division.) r336.l   S73 

UNITED  ILLINOIS  AND  WABASH  LAND  COMPANIES. 
Memorial  of  the  United  Illinois  and  Wabash  land  compan- 
ies to  the  Senate  and  House  of  representatives  of  the 

United  States,  Jan.  24,  1816.     1816 r343i  C38 

Bound  with  Chase's  "Answer  and  pleas." 

Concerning  the  title  to  land  purchased  from  the  Indians  in   1773  and 
i77S»  situated  on  the  Illinois  and  Wabash  rivers. 


370  STATE  DOMAIN 


UNITED  STATES— General  land  office. 

Annual   report   of  the   commissioner,   for   the   year    1828, 

1837-44,  1849-date.     1828-date r336.i   U2Sr 

Reports  for  1828,  1837-44  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of 
congressional  documents,  numbered  respectively,  181,  314,  322,  338, 
345.  354.  364.  377.  383,  396,  401,  414,  419,  432,  441,  449. 
Reports  for  1849-59,  1862-64,  1876,  1881-83,  1886-90  will  be  found  in 
the  annual  reports  of  the  secretary  of  the  interior  for  the  corresponding 
years,  r353.3    U25. 

Circular  showing  the  manner  of  proceeding  to  obtain  title  to 
public  lands  under  the  homestead,  desert  land  and  other 
laws.     1899 r336.i   U2S 

Decisions  of  the  Department  of  the  interior  and  the  General 
land  office  in  cases  relating  to  public  lands,  July  1881- 
datt.    v.i-date.     1887-date r336.i  U25de 

Digest  of  decisions  of  Department  of  the  interior  and  Gen- 
eral land  office  in  cases  relating  to  public  lands,  also 
tables  of  cases  reported  and  overruled,  statutes,  circu- 
lars and  rules  of  practice  cited  and  construed,  v. 1-22, 

1881-1896.     1897 r336.i  U2Sd 

UNITED  STATES^Public  lands  commission. 

Existing  laws  of  the  United  States  of  a  general  and  permanent 
character  and  relating  to  the  survey  and  disposition  of  the 
public  domain,  Dec.  i,  1880,  with  supplement.     1884. . .  .r336.i  U253e 

Laws  of  the  United  States  of  a  local  or  temporary  character; 
exhibiting  the  entire  legislation  of  Congress,  upon  which 
the  public  land  titles  in  each  state  and  territory  have  de- 
pended to  Dec.  I,  1880.    2v.     1884 r336.i  U2S3I 

UNITED  STATES — Senate — 24th  cong.  2d  sess. 

General  public  acts  of  Congress  respecting  the  sale  and  dispo- 
sition of  public  lands,  with  instructions  issued  by  the  secre- 
tary of  the  treasury  and  commissioner  of  the  General  land 
office  and  official  opinions  of  the  attorney  general  on  ques- 
tions arising  under  the  land  laws.    Prepared  and  printed 

by  order  of  the  Senate.    2v.     1838 r336.i  U2532 

V.I.    Laws.  V.2.    Instructions    and    opinions. 

Y.,  X. 

Review  of  the  late  negociation  and  arrangement  with  the 
British  government  respecting  the  West  India  trade;  the 
letters  which   appeared   in  the  United   States   gazette,   in 

1831.     1831 r336.i  W38 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

336.2     Taxation 

For  Protection  and  Free  trade,  see  337 

ANDREWS,  M.  P.  comp. 

Laws  of  the  United  States  relating  to  customs,  with  por- 
tions  of  certain   commercial   treaties.      1899.      (United 

States — Treasury  department  doc.  2012.) r336.2  A56 

BARNES  &  CARROLL,  comp. 

Tariff;  or.  Rates  of  duty  from  31st  Dec.  1833  until  30th  June 
1842,  containing  also,  rules  and  examples  for  calculat- 


TAXATION  37^ 


ing  duties  on  goods;  with  rules  and  tables  for  ascertain- 
ing duties  on  British  goods.     1837 T336.2  B2S 

BOUTWELL,  George  Sewall,  comp. 

Manual  of  the  direct  and  excise  tax  system  of  the  United 
States,  including  the  forms  and  regulations  established  by 
the  commissioner  of  internal  revenue,  the  decisions  and 
rulings  of  the  commissioner,  with  extracts  from  the  cor- 
respondence of  the  office.  1863.  (United  States — In- 
ternal revenue  office.) r336.2  B65 

CAMPBELL,  James,  comp. 

Tariff;  or.  Rates  of  duties  payable  on  goods  imported  into 
the  United  States,  1836- 1837,  with  the  rates  of  duty  of  the 
tariff  of  1828;  and  an  appendix  containing  important  laws 
of  the  United  States  and  the  state  of  New  York,  relating 

to  commerce   r336.2  C15 

COLLET,  Collet  Dobson. 

History  of  the  taxes  on  knowledge;  their  origin  and  repeal. 

2v.     1899  336.2  C69 

History  of  the  English  taxes  on  newspapers,  advertisements  and  paper 
from  the  enactment  of  the  first  newspaper  stamp  law  in  1712  down  to 
the  repeal  of  the  paper  duty,  the  last  to  be  abolished,  in  1861.  The 
author  was  secretary  of  the  association  which  was  largely  instrumental 
in  securing  the  repeal  of  these  taxes. 

CONFEDERATE  STATES  OF  AMERICA— Quarter- 
master's department. 
Instructions  to  be  observed  by  officers  and  agents  receiv- 
ing the  tax  in  kind,  March  29,  1864.    1864 r973.7  C5S 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

COSSA,  Luigi. 

Taxation;  its  principles  and  methods;  tr.  by  Horace  White. 

1893 336.2  C83 

DEGRAND,  Peter  Paul  Francis,  comp. 

Tariff  of  duties   on  importations  into  the   U.   States,  and 

Revenue  laws  and  custom-house  regulations.    1828. . .  .r336.2  D38 
EASTM.A.N,  Frank  Marshall. 

Taxation  for  state  purposes  in  Pennsylvania;  containing 
full  information  in  regard  to  every  state  tax  and  license; 
the  text  of  all  laws  now  in  force;  with  chapters  on  local 
taxation,   suggestions  to  officers   of  corporations   and 

hints  to  legislators.     1898 336.2  E18 

ELY,  Richard  Theodore. 

Taxation  in  American  states  and  cities.     1888 336.2  E57 

"A  popular  work,  describing  taxation  as  it  is,  with  suggestions  for 
reform.  Presents  much  illustrative  information.  Holds  that  a  referen- 
dum should  decide  proposed  loans  in  cities." 

EVANS,  Charles  Henry. 

Comparison  of  the  tariff  act  of  Aug.  28,  1894,  vvith  the  law 
of  July  24,  1897,  with  estimated  revenue  under  each 
based  upon  importations  for  1896;  prepared  under  direc- 
tion of  the  committee  on  finance.  July  24,  1897. 
(United   States.     55th   cong.    ist   sess.     Senate.     Doc. 

no.  188.)    qr336.2    E94 

EVANS,  Charles  Henry,  comp. 

Imports  and  exports.    2v.  in  i.    1894.     (United  States.    53d 


372  TAXATION 


cong.  2d  sess.     Senate.     Report  no.259.) r336.2  £94! 

V.I.  Imports  from  1867  to  1893  inclusive;  a  compilation  of  foreign 
commodities  imported  and  entered  for  consumption  showing  quanti- 
ties, values,  rates  of  duty,  etc.,  comp.  from  Annual  reports  of 
commerce  and  navigation. 

V.2.  Exports,  domestic  and  foreign  from  the  American  colonies  to 
Great  Britain,  1697-1789  inclusive. — Exports,  domestic,  from  the 
United  States  to  all  countries,  1789-1893  inclusive. 

FOSTER,  Roger,  &  Abbot,  E.V. 

Treatise  on  the  federal  income  tax  under  the  act  of  1894. 

1895 336.2  F81 

HALL,  Bolton,  ed. 

Who  pays  your  taxes?    1892.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 336.2  H17 

Bibliography,    p.219-232. 

Issued  by  the  authority  of  the  New  York  tax  reform  association. 
HOWE,  Frederic  Clemson. 

Taxation  and  taxes  in  the  United  States  under  the  internal 
revenue  system,  1791-1895.     1896.     (Library  of  economics 

and  politics.) 336.2_  H8s 

Bibliography,  o.  269— 272. 

JONES,  William  Hiter. 

Federal  taxes  and  state  expenses;  or,  The  public  good,  as  dis- 
tinct from  the  general  welfare  of  the  United  States.     1890. 

(Questions  of  the  day.) 336.2  J41 

McKINNEY,  Mordecai,  comp. 

Digest  of  the  laws  of  Pennsylvania  relative  to  county  and 
township  rates  and  levies,  including  road,  school  and  poor 
taxes,  and  to  state  taxes  and  duties,  with  notes  of  judicial 

decisions.     1855  r336.2  Mi8 

OLMSTED,  Marlin  Edgar. 

Riter  tax  bill  (House  bill  no.239)  ;  argument  of  M.  E.  Olm- 
sted on  behalf  of  certain  corporate  interests,  before  the 
w^ys  and  means  committee  of  the  House  of  representa- 
tives of  Pennsylvania,  March  19,  1895.     1895 qr336.2  O23 

PENNSYLVANIA — Revenue  commission. 

Report  of  the  Revenue  commission  appointed  by  the  legis- 
lature May  25,  1889,  [to  prepare  a  uniform  revenue  law 

covering  both  state  and  local  taxation].     1890 r336.2  P39 

PORTER,  Robert  P. 

Report  and  recommendations  on  the  customs  tariff  of  the 
island    of   Porto    Rico.     Jan. 19,    1899.      1899.      (United 

States — Customs  division.) r336.2  U2S38 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PROCTOR,  Robert  G.  comp. 

Tariff  acts  passed  from  1789  to  1897,  including  all  acts, 
resolutions  and  proclamations  modifying  or  changing 
those  acts;  comp.  under  the  direction  of  the  joint  com- 
mittee on  printing.     1898.     (United  States.    S5th  cong. 

2d  sess.    House.    Doc.  no.s62.) qr336.2  P96 

SELIGMAN,  Edwin  Robert  Anderson. 

Essays  in  taxation.     1895 336.2  S46e 

Contents:  The  development  of  taxation. — The  general  property  tax. — 
The  single  tax. — Double  taxation. — The  inheritance  tax. — The  taxation 
of  corporations. — The  classification  of  public  revenues. — Recent  re- 
forms in  taxation. — The  betterment  tax. — Recent  European  literature 
in  taxation. — ^American  reports  on  taxation. 


TAXATION  373 

Shifting  and  incidence  of  taxation.     1899 336.2  S46 

Bibliography,  p.3 17-334- 

Revised  and  enlarged  edition  of  an  essay  published  by  the  American 
economic  association,  entitled  "On  the  shifting  and  incidence  of  taxa- 
tion." 

Part  I  gives  a  detailed  critical  history  of  the  doctrine  of  incidence  and 
discusses  various  theories:  physiocratic,  absolute,  equal-diffusion,  capi- 
talization, eclectic,  agnostic,  socialistic  and  quantitative.  Part  2  con- 
siders the  chief  separate  taxes,  one  by  one,  and  draws  some  general  con- 
clusions applicable  to  the  science  of  public  finance.  The  author  is 
(1901)  professor  of  political  economy  and  finance  in  Columbia  univer- 
sity. 

SHEARMAN,  Thomas  Gaskell. 

Natural  taxation.    1895.    (Questions  of  the  day.) 336.2  853 

The  same.    1898 r336.2  S53 

SMART,  William. 

Taxation  of  land  values  and  the  single  tax.     1900 336.2  S63 

TOBACCO  question;  a  statement  shewing  that  under  the  pres- 
ent duty,  a  sum  of  money  is  raised  on  the  labouring 
classes,  sufficient  to  pay  the  expense  of  the  service  of 
the  navy,  army,  customs,  excise  and  pension  list.  Ed.3. 
1837   r336.2  TS4 

The  same.    Ed.4.     1837 r336.2  TS4 

Bound  with  the  above. 
UNITED  STATES — Alcohol  in  the  arts.  Joint  committee  on. 

Alcohol  in  the  manufactures  and  arts;  report  [under 
sec.  2  of  act  of  June  3,  1896,  opposing  removal  of  in- 
ternal revenue  tax  on  alcohol;  with  hearings].  Dec. 
17,  1897.  1897.  (55th  cong.  2d  sess.  Senate.  Report 
no.411.)   r336.2  U254S 

Alcohol  in  the  manufactures  and  arts;  report  under  sec.  2 
of  the  act  of  June  3,  1896  [with  reports  of  Henry 
Dalley,  jr.,  and  hearings].     1897.     (54th  cong.  2d  sess. 

Senate.     Report  no.1141.) r3474 

UNITED  STATES— Customs  division. 

Customs  regulations  of  1899,  prescribed  for  the  instruction 
and  guidance  of  officers  of  customs.  1900.  (Treasury 
department  doc.  2153.) r336.2  U2S3C 

Tariff  of  1897  on  imports  into  the  United  States,  with  the 
Customs  administrative  act  of  June  10,  1890,  with 
amendments  to  sections  7  and  11,  and  the  War-revenue 
act  of  June  13,  1898.  1899.  (Treasury  department  doc. 
2099.)   r336.2  U253t 

Tariff  on  imports  into  the  United  States  and  the  free  list 
and  Hawaiian  reciprocity  treaty.  1880.  (Treasury  de- 
partment, doc.  73.) r336.2  U2S3tar 

Tariff  on  imports  into  the  United  States  and  the  free  list 
as  contained  in  act  of  March  3,  1883,  also  the  Hawaiian 
reciprocity  treaty.  1883.  (Treasury  department  doc. 
415)   r336.2  U2S3tar 

Bound  with  the  above. 
Tariffs  of  1883  and  1890  on  imports  into  the  United  States. 

2v.  in  I.    1890.    (Treasury  department  doc.  1372.) r336.2  U2S3 

Tariffs  of  1890  and  1894  on  imports  into  the  United  States, 


374  TAXATION 

[with  the  Customs  administrative  act  of  June  lo,  1890]. 

1894 r 336.2  U253ta 

UNITED  STATES— Finance  committee. 

Alcohol  in  the  arts;  customs,  laws  and  regulations  for  the  use 
of  methylated  and  unmethylated  alcohol  in  the  arts. 
Jan.  12,  1895.     2v.  in  i.     1895-96.     (53d  cong.     3d  sess. 

Senate.    Report  no. 760.) r336.2  U2S32a 

V.I.    Great   Britain. 

V.2.    Germany,    Switzerland,    the    Netherlands,    Belgium,    France,    Italy, 
Russia,  Sweden,  Norway,  Portugal,  Austria-Hungary. 

Bulletin  of  the  committee  on  finance,     no. 1-56,  61-62,  in 

8v.     1894-95 r336.2  U2532b 

Chiefly  replies  from  merchants  and  manufacturers  to  tariff  inquiries, 
no. 57-60,  63-64  not  published. 

Comparison  of  the  tariffs  of  1897,  1894  and  1890,  with  in- 
dex. 2v.  in  I.  1897-98.  (55th  cong.  ist  sess.  Senate. 
Doc.  no. 192.) r336.2  U2541C 

Existing  tariff  on  imports  into  the  United  States,  etc.  and  the 
free  list,  with  comparative  tables  of  present  and  past  tariffs 
ancl  other  statistics  relating  thereto.  Jan.  4,  1884.  1884. 
(48th  cong.  1st  sess.    Senate.     Report  no. 12.) r336.2  U2532e 

Internal  revenue  laws  from  Aug.  5,  1861  to  Mar.  3,  1873. 
May  19,  1898.  1898.  (55th  cong.  2d  sess.  Senate.  Re- 
port no. 1 123.) r336.2  U2532i 

■  Report  on  the  changes  in  text  and  rates  of  duty  of  the  tariff 
act  of  1890,  and  of  the  administrative  act  of  June  1890, 
made  by  tariff  bill  as  it  passed  the  House,  and  also  as 
reported  to  Senate  by  committee,  with  statistics,  and 
rates  of  duty  proposed  by  Mills  bill  of  1888.  April  17, 
1894.  1894.  (53d  cong.  2d  sess.  Senate.  Report  no. 
334)  qr336.2  U2532re 

Report  recommending  a  substitute  for  the  bill  (H.  R.  9051) 

to  reduce  taxation  and  simplify  the  laws  in  relation  to 

'  ,        the  collection  of  the  revenue,  with  testimony.     Oct.  4, 

1888.    3pts.  in  IV.     1888.     (50th  cong.    ist  sess.    Senate. 

Report  no.2332.) r336.2  U2532r 

Tariff  and  administrative  customs  acts  of  1890,  and  the  bill 
H.R.  4864,  as  reported  to  the  Senate  from  the  finance  com- 
mittee. Mar.  20,  1894.  April  2,  1894.  1894.  (53d  cong. 
2d   sess.) r336.2   U2S35 

UNITED  STATES— Insular  affairs  division. 

Customs  tariff  for  the  Philippine  archipelago.     Sept.  1901. 

1901    r336.2  U2538C 

UNITED  STATES— Internal  revenue  office. 

Annual  report  of  the  commissioner  for  the  year  ending 

June  30,  1863-date.     1864-date r336.2  U25 

Reports  for  1865/66,  1868/69-1877/78,  1879/80,  1881/82-1882/83,  1884/ 
85,  1886/87-1887/88  and  1892/93  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set 
of  congressional  documents  numbered  respectively,  1291,  1416,  1452, 
1508,  1563,  1604,  1642,  1684,  1753,  1804,  1854,  1964,  2105,  219s,  2387, 
2550,  2645  and  3218. 

Compilation  of  decisions  rendered  by  the  commissioner  of  in- 
ternal revenue  under  the  war-revenue  act  of  June  13,  1898. 


TAXATION  375 

[v.i]-date.     1899-date r 336.2  U25C 

[v. I.]     June  1898-Dec.  31,  1898. 
V.2.     Jan.   I,   1899-Jan.  9,  1900. 
V.3  wanting. 
V.4.     Jan.  i-Dec.  31,  1901. 

Gaugers'  weighing  manual^  embracing  regulations  and 
tables  for  determining  the  taxable  quantity  of  distilled 
spirits  by  weighing,  Nov.  i,  1900.  1900.  ([Regula- 
tions] no. 1 1,  revised,  supplement  i;  Treasury  depart- 
ment doc.  2191.) T336.2  U25g 

Internal  revenue  laws  in  force  August  28,  1894,  with  an 
appendix  containing  laws  of  a  general  nature  and  mis- 
cellaneous provisions  applicable  to  the  administration 
of  the  internal  revenue  laws.  1894.  (Treasury  depart- 
ment doc.   1715.) r336.2  U25i 

The  same,  Jan.  i,  1900.     1900.     (Treasury  department  doc. 

2I57-) r336.2    U25i2 

Regulations;  ser.7.    no. 3-4,  8-9,  21,  25-26.     1894-1900.  . .  .r336.2  U25r 

The  same;  ser.7;  no. 11,  revised r336.2  U25n 

The  same;  ser.7,  no.  11,  revised,  supplement  i i'336.2  U25g 

United  States  internal-revenue  gangers'  manual,  embracing 
regulations  and  instructions,  and  tables  prescribed  by 
the  commissioner,  March  1900.  1900.  ([Regulations] 
ser.7,     no. 1 1,     revised;     Treasury  department     doc. 

2IS9-)  r336.2  U2Su 

UNITED  STATES — Revenue  commission. 

Report  of  a  commission  [David  A.  Wells,  Stephen  Colwell, 
Samuel  S.  Hays]  appointed  for  a  revision  of  the  reve- 
nue system,  1865-66.  [General  report,  with  special  re- 
ports no.i-13.]     1866 T336.2  U2543 

Special  reports:  Tea  as  a  source  of  national  revenue. — Coffee  as  a 
source  of  national  revenue. — Cotton  as  a  source  of  national  revenue. 
— Sugar  and  molasses  as  sources  of  national  revenue. — Distilled 
spirits  as  a  source  of  national  revenue. — Report  of  the  commissioners 
appointed  by  the  United  States  brewers'  associations,  to  the  United 
States  revenue  commission  on  the  taxation  and  manufacture  of  malt 
liquors  in  Europe. — Petroleum  as  a  source  of  national  revenue. — 
Proprietary  and  other  medicines,  perfumery,  playing  cards,  &c.  as 
sources  of  national  revenue. — Influence  of  duplication  of  taxes  on 
American  industry. — Relations  of  foreign  trade  to  domestic  industry 
and  internal  revenue. — Copper  mining  and  manufacture. — Iron  and 
steel. — Wool  and  manufactures  of  wool. 

UNITED  STATES — Revenue,  Special  commissioner  of  the. 
Annual  report  of  David  A.  Wells,  special  commissioner  of 

the  revenue,  1866-1869.    1867-69 r 336.2  U2544 

The  reports  for  1867-1869  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  con- 
gressional documents,  no.i332,   1372,  1416. 

The  report  for  1867  contains  a  digest  of  laws  relating  to  duties  on  im- 
ports, enacted  from  March,  1861  to  July,  1866,  a  comparative  state- 
ment of  the  rates  of  duty  and  imposts  under  the  several  tariff  acts 
from  1842  to  1866,  and  a  form  of  a  bill  establishing  rates  of  duty  on 
goods,  wares  and  merchandise  imported  into  the  United  States. 

UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

Reports  on  taxatipn  prepared  by  the  consular  officers  of 
the  United  States.     1888.     (50th  cong.  ist  sess.     House. 

Ex.  doc.  no.400.) r336.2  U2542 

On  taxation  in  the  different  countries  of  Europe,  in  Argentine  Republic, 
Mexico  and  India. 


Zie  TAXATION 

UNITED  STATES— Statistics  bureau. 

Operations  of  the  tariff  act  of  March  3,  1883,  for  the  six 
months  ended  Dec.  31,  1883,  [as  compared  with  the 
operations    during    the    corresponding    six    months    of 

1882,  of  the  law  then  in  force].    1884 r336.2  U253ta 

UNITED  STATES— Tariff  commission,  1882.     ► 

Report  of  the  tariff  commission  appointed  under  the  act  of 

May  IS,  1882.    2v.     1882 r336.2  U2533 

UNITED  STATES — Tariff,  Senate  subcommittee  on. 

Comparison  of  tariff  schedules,  showing  rates  by  existing 
law,  the  bill,  H.  R.  9051  and  the  Senate  substitute.     1888. 

(50th  cong.  1st  sess.) qr336.2  U2S37 

UNITED  STATES— Treasury  department. 

Report  of  the  secretary  [Daniel  Manning]  on  the  revision 
ot  the  tariff,  with  accompanying  documents.     Feb.  16, 

1886.     1886 r336.2  U253r 

UNITED  STATES— War  department. 

Customs  regulations  for  ports  in  the  island  of  Cuba,  1901. 

1901    r336.2  U2538C 

Customs  tariff  and  regulations  for  ports  in  Cuba  in  posses- 
sion of  the  United  States.     1898 r336.2  U2538 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Customs  tariff  and  regulations  for  ports  in  Porto  Rico  in  pos- 
session of  the  United  States.     1898 r336.2  U2538 

Customs   tariff   and    regulations    for   the    Philippine    islands. 

1898.     (Treasury  department  doc.  2022.) r336.2  U2S38 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

UNITED  STATES — Ways  and  means  committee. 

Revision  of  the  tariff;  hearings  before  the  committee  on 
ways  and  means,  Sist  cong.  ist  sess.  i889-'90.  1890. 
(51st  cong.  1st  sess.   House.     Mis.  doc.  no. 176.) r336.2  U2S39 

Tables  showing  the  rates  of  duties  imposed  by  the  tariff  acts 
of  1816,  1824,  1828  and  1832;  also  the  rates  of  duties  pro- 
posed to  be  imposed  by  the  several  bills  which  have  been 
presented  to  the  House  at  the  present  session;  to  which 
are  appended  the  tariff  laws  from  1789  to  1833.  To 
accompany  revenue  bill  472.  1842.  (27th  cong.  2d  sess. 
House.     Doc.  no.244.) r336.2  U2S34 

Tariff  hearings  before  the  committee  on  ways  and  means. 
1893.  (53d  cong.  1st  sess.  House.  Mis.  doc.  no. 
43) r336.2    U2S39t* 

Tariff  hearings  before  the  committee  on  ways  and  means; 
[schedules    A-N,    free    list,    etc.,    and    appendix].      2v. 
1897.    (54th  cong.  2d  sess.    House.    Doc.  no.338.)  . .  .r336.2  U2539t 
WELLS,  David  Ames. 

Theory  and  practice  of  taxation.    1900 336.2  W49 

YOUNG,  Edward,  h.  1814. 

Special  report  on  the  customs-tariff  legislation  of  the 
United     States,     with     appendixes;     [Aug.     11,     1871]. 

(United  States — Statistics  bureau.) r336.2  Y37 

Appendix  A :     Comparative  statements  of  the  rates  of  duties  under  the 
several  tariff  acts  from  1789  to   1870. 


PUBLIC  DEBTS  Z77 


336.3     Public  debts 

ADAMS,  Henry  Carter. 

Public  debts;  an  essay  in  the  science  of  finance.     1893 336.3  A21 

FENN,  Charles. 

Fenn  on  the  funds;  a  handbook  of  public  debts;  details  and 
histories  of  the  debts,  budgets  and  foreign  trade  of  all  na- 
tions; ed.  by  S.  F.  Van  Oss.    1898 r336.3  F36 

NEWCOME,  Frederick  N. 

Plan  to  liquidate  the  national  debt  with  less  than  the  cost  of 

interest;  a  paper  on  diminishing  sinking  funds.    1880. . .  .336.3  N26 

PENNSYLVANIA — Sinking  fund  commissioners. 

Report  for  the  year  ending  Nov.  30,  1887-date.     1887- 

date    r336.3   P39 

Reports  for  1893  and  1899  are  wanting. 

SCOTT,  William  Amasa. 

The  repudiation  of  state  debts;  a  study  in  the  financial  history 
of  Mississippi,  Florida,  Alabama,  North  Carolina,  South 
Carolina,  Georgia,  Louisiana,  Arkansas,  Tennessee,  Min- 
nesota, Michigan  and  Virginia.  1893.  (Library  of  eco- 
nomics and  politics.) 336.3  S43 


336.4-336.9     Finance  of  special  countries 

COBBETT,  William. 

Paper  against  gold,  and  glory  against  prosperity;  or,  An  ac- 
count of  the  rise,  progress,  extent  and  present  state  of  the 
funds  and  of  the  paper-money  of  Great  Britain,  to  1814. 
2v.  in  I.     1815  r336.4  C63 

NECKER,  Jacques. 

Treatise  on  the  administration  of  the  finances  of  France.    3v. 

1785 r336.4  N19 

POSTLETHWAYT,  Malachy. 

Great-Britain's  true  system,  to  which  is  prefixed  an  introduc- 
tion, relative  to  the  forming  a  new  plan  of  British  politicks 
with  respect  to  our  foreign  affairs,  and  our  connections  on 

the  continent.     1757 r336.4  P84 

"During  the  first  60  years  of  the  iSth  century,  the  financial  condition 
and  the  fiscal  possibilities  of  England  were  the  chief  topics  to  which 
economic  writers  addressed  themselves. .  .Postleth way t  was  the  most 
celebrated  of  these  writers... He  compares  the  commercial  and  colonial 
policy  of  England  with  that  of  Holland  and  France,  and  tries  to  show 
how  the  British  system  might  be  improved,  so  as  to  outdo  our  rivals." 
W.  Cunningham's  "Growth  of  English  industry  and  commerce." 

RUSSIAN  journal  of  financial  statistics,  Feb.  1901.     1901  r336.4  R92 

JAPAN-:-Finance  department. 

Financial  annual  of  Japan,  1 901/02-1902/03.    no. 1-2.     1901- 

02 qr336.S  J18 

no.2  title  reads  Financial  and  economical  annual  of  Japan.  _ 


378  FINANCE  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES 


United  States 

BOURNE,  Edward  Gaylord. 

History  of  the  surplus  revenue  of  1837.     1885.     (Questions  of 

the  day.)   336.7  B65 

Bibliography,  p.151-161. 
BULLOCK,  Charles  Jesse. 

Essays  on  the  monetary  history  of  the  United  States.     1900. 

(Library  of  economics  and  politics.) 336.7  B87 

Contents:  Three  centuries  of  cheap  money  in  the  United  States. — The  pa- 
per currency  of  North  Carolina. — The  paper  currency  of  New  Hamp- 
shire. 
,     Bibliography,  p. 275-288. 

"Author's  general  thesis  is  that  the  movements  in  this  country  in  favor 
of  cheap  money. .  .have  been  chiefly  due  to  the  constant  spread  of  set- 
tlement westward  over  large  areas  that  have  long  remained  thinly  pop- 
ulated. The  inflationist  movement  finds  its  strength  in  the  sparsely 
settled  regions  where  the  scarcity  of  capital  is  experienced  most  keen- 
ly..  .Throughout  the  work  there  is  a  wealth  of  notes  and  references... 
The  studies  are  'original'  in  the  truest  sense  of  the  term."  American 
historical  review,  1901. 

CONFEDERATE  STATES  OF  AMERICA— Treasury  de- 
partment. 
Report  of  the  secretary  of  the  treasury,  April  i  to  Oct.  i, 

1864 .' r973.7  C74S 

Bouna  with  other  pamphlets. 

DE  KNIGHT,  William  Francis. 

History  of  the  currency  of  the  country  and  of  the  loans  of  the 
United  States,  from  the  earliest  period  to  June  30,  1900. 
1900.     (United  States — Register  of  treasury.) VSS^-?  D38 

Treasury  department  doc.   no.  1943. 

DUNBAR,  Charles  Franklin,  conip. 

Laws  of  the  United  States  relating  to  currency,  finance 

and  banking,  1789-1891.     1893 336.7  D89 

"Presents  the  exact  text  of  the  more  important  acts  or  parts  of  acts." 
Boivker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

GORDON,  Armistead  Churchill. 

Congressional  currency;  an  outline  of  the  federal  money  sys- 
tem.    1895.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 336.7  G65 

An  outline  of  the  federal  money  system  as  it  exists  to-day,  and  a  sketch 
of  the  legislation  by  Congress  in  regard  to  money  and  currency  from 
1861  to  the  present  time  (1895). 

KINLEY,  David. 

History,   organization   and   influence   of   the   independent 
treasury    of    the    United    States.      1893.      (Library    of 

economics  and  politics.) 2i2(>-7  K27 

NOYES,  Alexander  Dana. 

Thirty  years  of  American  finance;  a  short  financial  history 
of  the   government   and   people   of  the   United    States 

since  the  Civil  war,  1865-1896.     1898 336.7  N48 

List  of  authorities,  p.  13-15. 

PHILLIPS.  Henry. 

Historical    sketches   of  the   paper   currency  of  the   American 
colonies  prior  to  the  adoption  of  the  federal  constitution; 

ist-2d  ser.    2v.     1865-66 qr336.7  P51 

Title  page  of  the  second  series  reads  Continental  paper  money;  histori- 
cal sketches  of  American  paper  currency. 


FINANCE  OF  PENNSYLVANIA  379 

SUMNER,  William  Graham. 

The  financier  and  the  finances  of  the  American  revolu- 
tion.    2v.     1892 336.7   SqS 

"A  biography  of  Robert  Morris  and  a  financial  history  of  the  period  of 
the  American  revolution."     Preface. 

UNITED  STATES — Finance  committee. 

Coinage  laws  of  the  United  States,  1792-1893,  with  statistics. 

1893 r336.7  U2S 

UNITED  STATES — -Loans  and  currency  division. 

Information  respecting  United  States  bonds,  paper  currency, 
coin  production  of  precious  metals,  etc.,  July  i,  1896. 

1896.     (Treasury  department  circular  123.) r336.7  U25 

UNITED  STATES— Treasury  department. 

Annual  reports  of  the  secretary  of  the  treasury  on  the  state 

of  the  finances,  1849-1850,  1852-date.    1850-date r336.7  U25r 

Reports  for  1859,   1864-1865,   1868,   1870  and  1871  will  be  found  in  the 
sheep  bound   set   of   congressional   documents,   numbered   respectively, 
1027,   1222,   1254,   1370,   1451  and   1507. 
The  report  of  the  comptroller  of  the  currency,  which  forms  part  of  this 
report,   is  catalogued  separately,  r332.i2   U251. 

VIRGINIA— Auditor's  office. 

Financial  statement  and  suggestions  relative  to  defects  in 
the  revenue  laws,  by  the  auditor  of  public  accounts, 
Dec.  10,  i860,    i860.    (Doc.  no.2.) ^97i-7  CS5 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

WALL  street  journal;  weekly,    v.io-12,  in  2.     1867-68.  ..  .qr336.7  W17 

v.io,  no.8— 9;  v.ii,  no.i4-is  wanting. 

Pennsylvania 

PENNSYLVANIA— Auditor  general's  office. 

Report  on  the  finances  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  year  1826. 

1826  r386  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

The  same,  1827.     1827.     (Appended  to  Senate  journal,  1827/ 

28,  V.I.) r328.74  P399S 

The  same,  for  the  year  ending  Nov.  30,  1874.     (In  Executive 

documents,    1874.) r3S3.9    P3992 

The  same,  1875-date.     1875-date t^336.7  P39T 

PENNSYLVANIA— Comptroller-general. 

Brief  view  of  the  accounts  of  the  treasury  of  Pennsylvania, 
from  the  commencement  of  the  Revolution  to  Oct.  i, 
1781;  also  the  accounts  of  the  state  treasurer  from  Oct. 
I,  1781  to  Oct.  I,  1782;  likewise  the  accounts  of  the 
several  counties  for  their  taxes  to  Oct.  1782.  1784.  .  .  .T336.7  P399 
PENNSYLVANIA— Treasurer. 

Report  of  the  state  treasurer  shewing  the  receipts  and  ex- 
penditures at  the  treasury  from  Dec.  i,  1826  to  Nov.  30, 
1827.  1827.  (Appended  to  Senate  journal,  1827/28, 
V.I.)    r328.74  P399S 

Detailed  report  of  the  state  treasurer  showing  the  receipts 
and  expenditures  of  the  treasury  from  Dec.  i,  1873- 
Nov.  30,  1874.     (In  Executive  documents,  1874.) r328.74  P39e 


38o         PROTECTION  AND  FREE  TRADE 

Report  of  the  state  treasurer  [with  detailed  report]  for  the 

fiscal  year  ending  Nov.  30,  1882-date.     1883-date r336.7  P39 

Report  of  the  state  treasurer  upon  the  subject  of  the 
finances  of  the  commonwealth  [read  Dec.  6,  1833]. 
1833-34 r622.33  W66 

"Confined  to  those  subjects  connected  with  the  condition  of  the  Treas- 
ury and  finances  of  the  State,  necessary  to  support  the  faith  and 
credit  of  the  Commonwealth.  .  .referring. .  .for  detailed  exhibits  of 
the  public  finances,  to  the  reports  of  the  Auditor  General,  the  Com- 
missioners of  the  Internal  Improvement  Fund,  and  the  printed  report 
of  the  State  Treasurer." 

Bound  with  Whittlesey's  Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal. 

337     Protection  and  free  trade 

BALDWIN,  Henry. 

Speeches  in  the  House  of  representatives  on  the  bills  reported 
by  him  as  chairman  of  the  committee  of  manufactures;  to- 
gether with  that  of  Mr  Clay  on  the  tariff  bill.    1820 r337  B19 

BASTABLE,  Charles  Francis. 

Commerce  of  nations.    i8q2.     (Social  questions  of  to-day.).  .^27  B29 
Theory  of  international  trade,  with  some  of  its  applications 

to  economic  policy.    1897 337  B29t 

CHANTELOUP,  Jean  Antoine  Chaptal,  comte  de. 

Essay  on  impost  duties  and  prohibitions.     1821 r337  B19 

Bound  with  Baldwin's  Speeches  in  the  House  of  representatives. 

FURBER,  H.W.  comp. 

Protection  or  free  trade;  a  collection  of  articles  on  both  sides 

of  the  issue.    1890 337  F98 

MASON,  David  Hastings. 

Short  tariff  history   of  the   United   States,    1783-1789.     pt.i. 

1884 337'  M44 

RABBENO.  Ugo. 

American     commercial     policy;    three    historical     essays. 

1895    337    Rll 

Contains  many  short  bibliographies. 

Contents:      The    English    commercial    policy    in    the    North    American 

colonies. — The  causes  of  the  commercial  policy  of  the  United  States. 

— The  theory  of  protectionism  in  the  United  States  and  the  historical 

circumstances    of    its    development;    Alexander    Hamilton,    Frederick 

List,  Henry  C.  Carey,  Simon  N.  Patten. 

SHAW,  Albert,  ed. 

National  revenues;   a  collection  of  papers  by  American 

economists.     1888 337  S53 

Contents:  Introductory,  by  the  editor. — Protective  tariffs  as  a  ques- 
tion of  national  economy,  by  W.  W.  Folwell. — Surplus  financiering, 
by  H.  C.  Adams. — The  tariff  and  trusts;  expenditures  for  internal  im- 
provements, by  K.  T.  Ely. — Shall  the  internal  revenue  be  retained? 
by  R.  M.  Smith.  —  A  defense  of  the  protective  policy,  by  R.  E. 
Thompson. — The  readjustment  of  the  revenues,  by  E.  K.  A.  Seligman. 
— The  theory  and  practice  of  protection,  by  Jesse  Macy. — The  cer- 
tainties of  the  tariff  question,  by  J.  B.  Clark. — Taxation  and  appro- 
priation, by  Woodrow  Wilson. — Equality  in  taxation;  Commercial 
union  with  Canada,  by  A.  D.  Morse. — A  general  view,  by  I.  J. 
Manatt. — Steamship  subsidies  as  a  means  of  reducing  the  surplus, 
by  A.  T.  Hadley. — The  immediate  task;  protection  and  American 
agriculture,  by  F.  A.  Walker. — The  tariff  and  the  western  farmer,  by 
J.  H.  Canfield. — Internal  taxation  and  a  revenue  tariff,  by  Arthur 
Yager. — A  plan  of  tariff  reduction,  by  E.  W.  Bemis. — Wages  and  the 


FREE  TRADE  381 


tariff,  by  J.  L.  Laughlin. — The  scientific  basis  of  tariff  legislation,  by 
C.   D.  Wright. — Appendix  of  statistical  tables. 

TAUSSIG,  Frank  William,  comp. 

State  papers  and  speeches  on  the  tariff.     1893 337  T24S 

TAUSSIG,  Frank  William. 

Tariff  history  of  the  United  States.     1893.     (Questions  of 

the  day.) 337  T24 

"Comprises  the  material  contained  in  'Protection  to  young  industries,' 
and   'History   of   the   present  tariff,'   together   with   the   revisions   and 
additions  needed  to  complete  the  narrative.     A  valuable  record  of 
facts.    Author  a  tariff  reformer."  Bozvker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 


337.1     Free  trade 

ATKINSON,  Edward. 

Taxation  and  work;  treatises  on  the  tariff  and  the  currency. 

1892  337.1  A87 

BASTIAT,  Frederic. 

Sophisms  of  protection.     1893 337-1  B29 

BLAIR,  Lewis  H. 

Unwise  laws;  a  consideration  of  the  operations  of  a  protec- 
tive tariff  upon  industry,   commerce   and   society.     1886. 

(Questions  of  the  day.) 337-1  B52 

FREE  trade  advocate  and  journal  of  political  economy;  ed.  by 

Condy  Raguet;  weekh%  Jan.-Nov.  1829.    2v.    1829 qr337.i  F89 

No  more  published. 

GEORGE,  Henry. 

Protection  or  free  trade;  an  examination  of  the  tariff  question 

with  regard  to  the  interests  of  labor.     1893 337-1  G31 

MEDLEY,  George  Webb. 

Pamphlets  and  addresses.     1899 337-1  M56 

Contents:  Reciprocity  craze. — England  under  free  trade.  —  House  of 
commons  and  its  place  in  the  state. — The  coming  democracy. — Trade 
depression. — Fair  trade  unmasked.  —  Agriculture  and  bimetallism. — 
Triumph  of  free  trade. — German  bogey. 

SCHOENHOF,  Jacob. 

Destructive  influence  of  the  tariff  upon  manufacture  and  com- 
merce, and  the  figures  and  facts  relating  thereto.     1891. 

(Questions  of  the  day.) *. 337-1  S36 

Authorities,  p.6. 

SHERMAN,  Porter. 

Tariff  primer;  the  effects  of  protection  upon  the  farmer  and 

laborer.     1891.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 337-1  W49 

Bound  with  Wells's  Relation  of  the  tariff  to  wages. 
STRANGE,  Daniel. 

Farmers'  tariff  manual,  by  a  farmer.    1892.     (Questions  of  the 

day.)   337.1  S89 

Contains  also  "The  tariff  war  on  the  farmer,"  by  T.  E.  Wilson. 
Attacks  the  protective  tariff. 

SUMNE!R,  William  Graham. 

Protectionism;  the  -ism  which  teaches  that  waste  makes 

wealth.      1888... 337.1    S95 

Able  and  severe  criticism  of  protection  by  the  professor  of  political  and 
social  science,  Yale  university. 

TRUMBULL,  Matthew  Mark. 

Free  trade  struggle  in  England.     1892 337-1  T86 


382  PROTECTION 

UNITED  STATES — Manufactures  committee. 

Report  of  the  committee  on  manufactures,  on  the  various 
memorials  praying  for,  and  remonstrating  against,  an 
increase  of  the  duties  on  imports,  Jan.  ly,  1821.     1821.  .  .r337  B19 

Bound   with   other   pamphlets. 

UNITED  STATES— President,  (Grover  Cleveland). 

President's  message,  1887.     1888 r337.i  U25 

The  "tariff  message"  of  Dec.  1887;  an  appeal  for  reduction.  Illustrate^ 
with  caricatures  by  Thomas  Nast. 

WELLS,  David  Ames. 

Relation  of  the  tariff  to  wages.     1888.     (Questions  of  the 

day.) 337.1  W49 

WISE,  Bernhard  Ringrose. 

Industrial  freedom;  a  study  in  politics.     1692 337-1  W81 

For  seven  years  the  author  was  engaged  with  Sir  Henry  Parkes  in  an 
active  struggle  with  the  protectionists  of  New  South  Wales,  and  in  his 
preface  he  says,  "The  aim  of  the  work  is  to  make  use  of  this  special 
knowledge  of  Protectionist  arguments,  to  put  together  a  complete  and 
scientific  statement  of  the  Free  Trade  case,  from  the  point  of  view  of 
one  who  is  addressing  himself  to  the  voters  of  a  Democratic  country." 

337-3     Protection 

AMERICAN  laborer,  devoted  to  the  cause  of  protection  to 

home  industries;  monthly,  1842-1843.     v.i.     1843 r337.3  A51 

No  more  published. 

BIGELOW,  Erastus  Brigham. 

Tariff  policy  of  England  and  of  the  United  States  contrasted. 

1877 337.3  B47 

CAREY,  Henry  Charles. 

Harmony  of  interests,  agricultural,  manufacturing  and  com- 
mercial.    1890 337.3  C19 

CURTISS,  George  Boughton. 

Protection  and  prosperity;   an   account  of  tariff  legislation 

and  its  effect  in  Europe  and  America.    1896 q337.3  C93 

DIXWELL,  George  Basil. 

Premises  of  free  trade  examined.     1881 ^^337-3  D64 

From  the  Bulletin  of  the  National  association  of  wool  manufacturers. 

HOME  market  bulletin;  monthly,    v.9-10.     1897-99 qi'337.3  H75 

No  more  published. 
HOYT,  Henry  Martyn. 

Protection  versus  free  trade.     1886 337-3  H86 

MASON,  David  Hastings. 

How  western  farmers  are  benefited  by  protection.     1875.  -^37. 3  M44 
MORRELL,  Daniel  J. 

Protective  question  at  home;  the  substance  of  a  report  of  the 
committee  on  manufactures,  submitted  to  the  40th  con- 
gress; with  supplementary  notes  by  J.  L.Hayes.    1871 .  .337.3  M91 
PATTEN,  Simon  Nelson. 

Economic  basis  of  protection.    1895 t 337-3  P31 

PHILADELPHIA   SOCIETY   FOR   THE   PROMOTION 
OF  NATIONAL  INDUSTRY. 

Addresses.     1820 T327.3  P49 

Advocate  a  protective  tariff. 


PROTECTION  383 

ROBERTS,  Ellis  Henry. 

Government  revenue,  especially  the  American  system;  an 
argument  for  industrial  freedom  against  the  fallacies  of  free 

trade.     1888 337-3  RS3 

The  same.    1884 rz2,7-Z  RS3 

STEBBINS,  Giles  Badger. 

The  American  protectionist's  manual.    1883 337-3  S81 

SULLIVAN,  Sir  Edward  Robert. 

Protection  to  native  industry.     1872 337-3  S94 

THOMPSON,  Robert  Ellis. 

Protection  to  home  industry.    1886 337-3  T38 

Four  lectures  advocating  protection,  delivered  at  Harvard  university. 

WILLIAMS,  Ernest  Edwin. 

Case  for  protection.     1899 337-3  W74 

Contents:  On  general  principles. — England's  commercial  growth  under 
protection. — The  agricultural  case. — Foreign  competition  in  manufact- 
ures.— The  arguments  of  Prof.  Fawcett. — The  arguments  of  Prof. 
Bastable. — Preferential  trade  within  the  empire. — Practical  protection. 

WHITMAN,  Edmund  Allen. 

Flax  culture;  an  outline  of  the  history  and  present  condi- 
tion of  the  flax  industry  in  the  United  States,  and  a  con- 
sideration of  the  influence  exerted  on  it  by  legislation. 
1888  r337-5  W64 

MINER,  Charles. 

Argument  and  remonstrance  against  the  proposed  repeal 
of  the  duty  on  foreign  coal,  adopted  at  a  public  meet- 
ing at  Wilkes-Barre,   Pa.  and  presented   to   Congress. 

1837 r622.33  W66 

Broadside. 

Bound  with  Whittlesey's  Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal. 

NATIONAL  RECIPROCITY  CONVENTION. 

Proceedings  of  the  convention,  held  under  the  auspices  of  the 
National  association  of  manufacturers  of  the  United  States, 
Washington,  Nov.  19-20,  1901.  1901.  (National  associa- 
tion of  manufacturers  of  the  United  States.  Circular  of  in- 
formation, no.43.)   r337.9  N15 

UNITED  STATES — Ways  and  means  committee. 

Report  concerning  reciprocity  and  commercial  treaties. 
June  6,  1896.  1896.  (S4th  cong.  ist  sess.  House.  Re- 
port  no. 2263.) r337.9   U25 


338     Production.     Manufacture.     Prices 

AVENEL,  Georges,  vicomte  d'. 

Le  mecanisme  de  la  vie  moderne;  ire-4me.  ser.  4v.    1900-02.. 338  A9S 
v. I.     Les   magasins   de   nouveautes. — L'industrie   du   fer. — Les   magasins 
d'alimentation. — Les  etablissements  de  credit. — Le  travail  des  vins. 
V.2.    Le  papier. — L'eclairage. — Les  compagnies   de  navigation. — La  soie. 

— Les  assurances   sur  la  vie. 
v.3.    La   maison   parisienne. — L'alcool    et   les   liqueurs. — Le   chauffage. — 

Les  courses. 
V.4.     L'habillement   feminin. — La  publicite. — Le  theatre    (decors,   acteurs, 
public  et  directeurs). — Le  pret  populaire. 
is  enlivened  by  many  anecdotes  and  bits  of  history  that  are  at  once 
"It  tells  all  about  these  things  as  they  exist  to-day  in  Paris... The  whole 
25 


384  PRODUCTION.    MANUFACTURE.    PRICES 

instructive,  curious,  and  amusing.  The  French  art  of  making  a  book 
was  never  more  consummate.  It  is  a  mass  of  facts  and  statistics 
dressed  up  to  make  a  charming  'article-Paris.'  "    Nation,  1900. 

KROPOTKIN,  Petr  Alexeievitch,  prince. 

Fields,  factories  and  workshops.     1899 338  K42 

"A  discussion  of  the  advantages  which  civilised  societies  could  derive 
from  a  combination  of  industrial  pursuits   with   intensive   agriculture, 
and  of  brain  work  with  manual  work."     Preface. 
PETO,  Sir  Samuel  Morton. 

Resources  and  prospects  of  America,  ascertained  during  a 

visit  to  the  States  in  1865.     1866 r338  P46 

Contents:     Population. — Agriculture. — Manufactures. — Minerals. — Com- 
merce.— Railroads. — The  .South. — Finance. 
RODBERTUS,  Johann  Karl. 

Overproduction  and  crises.     1898.     (Social  science  series.).  .338  RsS 
SCHOENHOF,  Jacob. 

Industrial  situation,  and  the  question  of  wages;  a  study  in 

social  physiology.     1885.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 338  S36 

WILLIAMS,  Ernest  Edwin. 

"Made  in  Germany."     1896 338  W74 

Contents:  The  departing  glory. — Iron  and  steel. — Ships,  hardware  and 
machines. — Textiles. — Chemicals. — The  lesser  trades. — Why  Germany 
beats  us. — What  we  must  do  to  be  saved. 
A  careful  and  particular  inquiry,  drawn  from  the  best  official  informa- 
tion available,  into  the  encroachments  of  German  competition  upon 
British  trade. 

CROOKES,  Sir  William. 

Wheat  problem;  based  on  remarks  made  in  the  presidential 
address  to  the  British  association  at  Bristol  in  1898;  with 
chapters  on  the  future  wheat  supply  of  the  United  States, 
by  C.  W.  Davis  and  John  Hyde.     1900.     (Questions  of  the 

day.)    338.1    C89 

ELLIOTT,  J.R. 

American  farms;  their  conditions  and  future.  1890.  (Ques- 
tions of  the  day.) 338.1  ES2 

MARSTON,  Robert  Bright. 

War,  famine  and  our  food  supply.     1897 338.1  M42 

Advocates  the  forming  of  a  reserve  supply  of  wheat  in  England  for  use 
in  time  of  war. 
GOLDMAN,  Charles  Sydney. 

South  African  mines;  their  position,  results  &  developments; 
together  with  an  account  of  diamond,  land,  finance  and 

kindred  concerns.    3v.     1895-96 qr338.2  GsS 

V.I.    Rand  mining  companies. 
V.2.    Miscellaneous  companies,  , 

V.3.    Maps  and  plans. 
UNITED  STATES — Merchant  marine  and  fisheries  committee. 
Investigation  of  the  fur-seal  and  other  fisheries  of  Alaska; 
report   to   accompany   bill    H.  R.  12332   to   prevent   the 
extermination  of  fur-bearing  animals  in  Alaska.     Jan. 
29,  1889.     1889.     (soth  cong.  2d  sess.     House.     Report 

no.  3883) r338.3  U25 

LONDON,  TIMES. 

American  engineering  competition;  a  series  of  articles  result- 
ing from  an  investigation  made  by  the  "Times,"  London. 

1901  338.4  L82 

First  published  in  the  Times,  1900-1901. 


PRICES  38s 

A  review  of  American  procedure  in  the  engineering  industries,  resulting 
from  a  personal   inspection  of  some  of  the  leading  works  by  an   Eng- 
lish engineer.    The  author  takes  a  very  favorable  view  of  American 
practice,  and  considers  American  competition  a  serious  menace  to  Brit- 
ish foreign  trade. 


338.5     Prices 

BENNER,  Samuel. 

Prophecies  of  future  ups  and  downs  in  prices.     1876 338.5  B43 

ROGERS,  James  Edwin  Thorold. 

History  of  agriculture  and  prices  in  England,  1259-1793, 
compited  entirely  from  original  and  contemporaneous 
records.    y\.  in  8.    1866-1902 338.5  R61 

V.I-2.      1259-1400. 
V.3-4.       I4OI-I582. 

v.s-6.    1583-1702. 

V.7,  pt.1-2.     1703-1793- 

Contains  summaries  of  the  chief  economical  conditions  of  different 
periods,  and  records  the  prices  of  all  kinds  of  agricultural  produce, 
of  fuel  and  lights,  building  materials,  textile  fabrics,  of  wages  and 
rent  and  the  varying  tax  rate.  There  is  much  curious  information 
about  prices  of  labor  and  various  miscellaneous  articles,  and  notes  on 
current  events  and  social  facts  which  throw  much  light  on  political  and 
social  life.  This  mass  of  information  is  arranged  chronologically  in 
classified  lists  alphabetically  arranged  under  the  names  of  towns  and 
the  whole  is  made  very  accessible  by  three  indexes,  respectively, 
of  places,  of  prices,  and  of  weights  and  measures. 

SCHOENHOF,  Jacob. 

History  of  money  and  prices.    1896.     (Questions  of  the 

day.)  338.5  S36 

"Mr  Schoenhof  renews  his  attack  upon  the  theory  that  the  quantity 
of  money  in  circulation  determines  money  prices.  His  present  argu- 
ment is  chiefly  historical.  Many  figures  from  Thorold  Rogers, 
D'Avenel,  and  Beissel  are  cited  to  prove  that  prices  'from  the  thir- 
teenth century  to  the  present  time'  have  not  increased  proportion- 
ately to  the  contemporaneous  increase  in  the  volume  of  money." 
Nation,  1896. 

TOOKE,  Thomas. 

History  of  prices  and  of  the  state  of  the  circulation.     3v. 

1838-40   r338.5  T6ih 

v.i-2.     1793-1837;  with  a  brief  sketch  of  the  state  of  the  corn  trade  in 

the  last  two  centuries. 
V.     3.     1838-1839;  with  remarks  on  the  corn  laws,  and  on  some  of  the 
alterations  proposed  in  our  banking  system. 

Thoughts  and  details  on  the  high  and  low  prices  of  the  last 

thirty  years.     2v.     1823 r338.5  T61 

V.I.     On  the  alterations  in  the  currency. 

V.2.     On  the  effect  of  war. — On  the  effect  of  the  seasons. — A  table  of  the 

prices  of  various  commodities,  from   1782  to   1822,  with  statements 

of  quantities. 

UNITED  STATES — Finance  committee. 

Retail  prices  and  wages;  report  by  Mr  Aldrich  from  the 
committee  on  finance,  July  19,  1892.     3v.     1892.     (52d 

cong.  ist  sess.    Senate.    Report  no.986.) r338.s  U25r 

Wholesale  prices,  wages  and  transportation,  1840-1891; 
report  by  Mr  Aldrich  from  the  committee  on  finance. 
Mar.  3,  1893.  4v.  1893.  (52d  cong.  2d  sess.  Senate. 
Report  no.1394.) r338.5  U25 


386  TRUSTS 

338.6     Gilds 

HAZLITT,  William  Carew. 

Livery  companies  of  the  city  of  London.     1892 qr338.6  H38 

UNITED  STATES — Foreign  commerce  bureau. 

Trade  guilds  of  Europe;  reports  from  the  consuls  of  the 
United  States  on  the  trade  guilds  of  Europe,  and  the 
laws  and  regulations  by  which  they  are  governed.    1885. 

(United  States  consular  reports.) r24i3 

Forms  part  of  House  Mis.  doc.  no.  29,  49th  cong.  ist  sess. 

338.8     Trusts 

BAKER,  Charles  Whiting. 

Monopolies  and  the  people.     1899.     (Questions  of  the  day.).  .338.8  B17 
CHICAGO  CONFERENCE  ON  TRUSTS. 

Speeches,  debates,  resolutions,  list  of  the  delegates,  commit- 
tees, etc.;  held  Sept.  13-16,  1899.     1900 r338.8  C43 

CLARK,  John  Bates. 

Control  of  trusts ;  an  argument  in  favor  of  curbing  the  power 

of  monopoly  by  a  natural  method.     1901 338.8  CS2 

Composed  mainly  of  articles  which  have  appeared  in  the  Political  sci- 
ence quarterly,  the  Atlantic  monthly  and  the  Independent. 
"An  optimistic  view  of  trusts... The  author  believes  that  if  the  public 
requires  publicity  for  trust  accounts,  prevents  railway  discrimination  in 
favor  of  large  shippers,  and  makes  the  local  cutting  of  prices  to  injure 
rivals  illegal,  then  the  possibility  of  competition  will  protect  the  public 
from  extortion."  Outlook,  1901. 
COLLIER,  William  Miller. 

Trusts;  what  can  we  do  with  them?  what  can  they  do  for 

us  ?     1900 338.8  C69 

Appendices:  The  federal  anti-trust  law  (Sherman  act). — Analysis  of 
amendments  proposed  to  same. — Selections  of  New  York  anti-monopoly 
law. — List  of  anti-trust  laws. 

DOS  PASSOS,  John  Randolph. 

Commercial  trusts,  the  growth  and  rights  of  aggregated 
capital;  an  argument  delivered  before  the  Industrial 
commission  at  Washington,  D.  C,  Dec. 12,  1899.  1901. 
(Questions  of  the  day.) 338.8  D74 

An  argument  in  favor  of  trusts. 

ELY,  Richard  Theodore. 

Monopolies  and  trusts.  1900.  (The  citizen's  library  of  eco- 
nomics, politics  and  sociology.) 338-8  E57 

This  is  a  part  of  the  large  work  "The  distribution  of  wealth." 

GREENE,  Thomas  Lyman. 

Corporation  finance;  a  study  of  the  principles  of  the  manage- 
ment of  finances  of  corporations  in  the  United  States,  with 
special  reference  to  the  valuation  of  corporation  securi- 
ties.    1897 338.8  G83 

GUNTON,  George. 

Trusts  and  the  public.     1899 338.8  G97 

"Not  a  treatise  on  trusts,  but  a  collection  of  articles  and  addresses 
previously  published,  discussing  the  different  aspects  of  the  subject  as 
they  have  arisen  during  the  last  12  years  (1887-99). .  .About  every  phase 
of  the  trust  question  is  discussed. .  .and,  while  in  the  main  the  principle 
of  trusts  as  an  economic  development  is  defended,  the  abuses  of  the 
trust  principle  are  pointed  out  and  criticised."    Preface. 


TRUSTS  387 


HALLE,  Ernst  von. 

Trusts;  or.  Industrial  combinations  and  coalitions  in  the 

United  States.     1895 338.8  H17 

Bibliography,  P.338-3S0. 

"Gives  in  concise,  intelligible  form  all  that  an  industrious  collector  of 
facts  can  find  out  concerning  Trusts.  The  arrangement  of  facts  is 
excellent.  There  is  little  bias  in  the  treatment;  the  author  considers  it 
too  early  yet  to  form  any  decision."     Nation,  1895. 

JEANS,  James  Stephen. 

Trusts,  pools  and  corners  as  affecting  commerce  and  industry; 
an  inquiry  into  the  principles  and  recent  operation  of  com- 
binations and  syndicates  to  limit  production  and  increase 

prices.     1894.     (Social  questions  of  to-day.)  338.8  J22 

JENKS,  Jeremiah  Whipple. 

Trust  problem.     1900 338.8  J2S 

A  work  on  industrial  combinations,  treating  of  such  topics  as  competi- 
tion, monopoly,  organization  and  management,  wages  and  legislative 
control.  Presents  and  discusses  the  plans  of  Roosevelt,  W.  J.  Bryan, 
and  Comptroller  Coler  with  regard  to  trust  legislation.  An  appendix 
contains  the  preliminary  report  of  the  United  States  industrial  com- 
mission. Governor  Roosevelt's  anti-trust  bill,  and  other  valuable  ma- 
terial. Illustrated  with  five  charts  in  colors,  demonstrating  the  effects 
of  trusts  on  prices. 
MACROSTY,  Henry  W. 

Trusts  and  the  state;  a  sketch  of  competition.     1901.     (Fabian 

series.)    338.8  M22 

"The  relations  of  the  State  to  the  production  of  wealth  and  the  organi- 
sation of  industry.  Recognizing  the  economic  tendency  toward  monop- 
oly, the  thesis  has  been  maintained  that  the  State  ought  to  guide  that 
tendency  by  proper  regulations,  so  that  it  will  terminate  in  the  pass- 
ing of  industry  into  public  ownership."     Author. 

NATIONAL  ANTI-TRUST  CONFERENCE,  Chicago,  1900. 
Official  report  of  the  National  anti-trust  conference,  held 

Feb.  12-14,  1900,  Chicago.     1900 338.8  N15 

SMITH,  Edward  James. 

New  trades  combination  movement;  its  principles,  methods 

and  progress.     1899 338.8  S64 

Appeared  in  the  Economic  review,  v.8. 
UNITED  STATES — Manufactures  committee. 

Report  on  investigation   of  trusts.     July  30,   1888.     1888. 

(Soth  cong.  1st  sess.    House.    Report  no. 3112.) r338.8  U25 

This  report  contains  the  testimony  taken  in  relation  to  the  Standard  oil 
and  sugar  trusts. 

WILGUS,  Horace  Lafayette. 

A  study  of  the  United  States  steel  corporation  in  its  industrial 

and  legal  aspects ;  three  lectures  delivered  to  the  class  in 

private  corporations,  in  the  University  of  Michigan,   1901. 

1901   338.8  W72 

Appendix  of  documents  includes  the  charter  and  by-laws  of  the  United 
States  steel  co.,  the  Carnegie  co.  and  the  Federal  co. ;  the  Standard  oil 
agreement;  the  Sherman  anti-trust  act  and  the  Michigan  anti-trust  acts. 


338.9     Industrial  legislation 

HOWELL,  George. 

Handy-book  of  the  labour  laws;  a  popular  guide  to  the  em- 
ployers and  workmen  act,  1875;  conspiracy  and  protec- 
tion of  property  act,  1875;  trade  union  acts,  1871  and 


388  PAUPERISM 


1876;  Russell  Gurney's  act,  1868;  arbitration  act,  1872; 
with  introductions,  notes  and  the  authorized  rules  and 

forms,  for  the  use  of  workmen.     1876 ^32^-9  H85 

WILSON.  Mona. 

Our  industrial  laws;  working  women  in  factories,  workshops, 

shops  and  laundries,  and  how  to  help  them.    1899 338.9  W77 

339     Pauperism 

For  Laboring  classes,  see  331.8 

ASCHROTT,  Paul  Felix. 

English  poor  law  system,  [to  1884].     1888 r339  A81 

BEITEL,  Calvin  G. 

Treatise  on  the  poor  laws  of  Pennsylvania.     1899 339  B39 

BOOTH,  Charles. 

Pauperism  and  the  endowment  of  old  age.    1892 339  B63 

ENGLAND — Poor  law  commissioners. 

Report  from  His  Majesty's  commissioners  for  inquiring 
into  the  administration  and  practical  operation  of  the 

poor  laws,  20  Feb.  1834.     [1834.] qr339  E64P 

Running  title  is  "First  report  from  Poor  law  commissioners." 
ENGLAND — Poor  law  relief  committee. 

Report  from  the  select  committee  of  the  House  of  lords 
on  poor  law  relief,  with  the  proceedings  of  the  commit- 
tee and  minutes  of  evidence,  11  Aug.  1888.    1888 qr339  E64 

FLYNT,  Josiah,  (pseud,  of  Frank  Willard). 

Tramping  with  tramps;  studies  and  sketches  of  vagabond 

life.     1899 339  F67 

Partial  contents:  The  criminal  in  the  open. — ^The  children  of  the  road. — 
Club  life  among  outcasts. — The  American  tramp  considered  geo- 
graphically.— The  city  tramp. — \\'hat  the  tramp  eats  and  wears. 
"The  author  has  had  a  gift  for  vagabondage  like  another  man's  gift 
for  music.  He  began  his  investigations  at  the  age  of  3  by  running 
away  from  home;  for  28  years  he  has  at  intervals  continued  them. 
'Tramping  with  tramps'  belongs  to  the  class  of  books  that  are  light 
reading  for  indolent  readers,  but  it  belongs  also  to  the  class  of  books 
that  become  recognized  authorities  to  students.  The  literature  of 
criminology  has  in  recent  years  become  voluminous,  but  it  would  be 
difficult  to  name  another  book  on  the  subject  that  is  based  on  so 
intimate  and  extensive  a  knowledge."  Nation,  1899. 
FOWLE,  Thomas  Welbank. 

Poor  law.     1893.     (English  citizen  series.) 339  F84 

The  same.    1881.    (English  citizen  series.) r339  F84P 

KRAUTH,  Charles  Porterfield. 

Poverty;  three  essays  for  the  season.     1858 r339  K41 

LEONARD,  E.M. 

Early  history  of  English  poor  relief.     1900 339  L62 

Contains  an  appendix  of  documents. 
MACMORRAN,  Alexander,  &  Lushington,  S.G.  ed. 

Orders  issued  by  the  Local  government  board  and  their 
predecessors  under  the  acts  relating  to  the  relief  of  the 
poor,  the  elementary  education  act,  1876,  and  the  vac- 
cination acts,  1867,  1 871,  1874,  with  notes.     1890 r339  M21 

MAYHEW,  Henry. 

London  labour  and  the  London  poor;  the  condition  and 


LAW  389 

earnings  of  those  that  will  work,  cannot  work,  and  will 

not  work.     4v.     1861 r339  MS3 

V.  1-3.     Street- folk. 

V.     4.     Those  who  will  not  work. 

NICHOLLS,  Sir  George. 

History  of  the  English  poor  law,  in  connexion  with  the 
legislation  and  other  circumstances  affecting  the  con- 
dition of  the  people.    2v.    1854 r339  N3ih 

"Convenient  summary  of  all  the  economic  legislation  of  England  (924- 
1853)... The  latter  part  of  the  book,  dealing  with  the  evils  that  called 
forth  the  great  reform  of  1834,  and  with  the  first  20  years'  administra- 
tion of  the  act... forms  the  most  complete  account  of  the  poor  law 
history  of  the  period."    Nation,  1898. 

History  of  the  Scotch  poor  law  in  connexion  with  the  con- 
dition of  the  people.     1856 r339  N31 

PAULIAN.  Louis. 

The  beggars  of  Paris.     1897 339  P32 

TURNER,  Charles  J.  Ribton-. 

History  of  vagrants  and  vagrancy,  and  beggars  and  begging. 

1887 339  T86 


340     LavT 

General  works 

ABBOTT,  Beijjamin  Vaughan. 

Judge  and  jury.     1880 340  A13 

AMERICAN  BAR  ASSOCIATION. 

Report  of  the  twenty-third  annual  meeting,  held  at  Sara- 
toga, Aug.  1900.    1900 r34o  As  12 

Binder's  title  reads  "Reports  of  AmeriAn  bar  association,  v.23." 

ANDERSON,  William  C. 

Dictionary  of  law.     1893 ^r340  ASS 

BALDWIN,  Simeon  Eben. 

Modern  political  institutions.     1898 340  B19 

Contents:  Introduction. — The  centenary  of  modem  government, — ^The 
first  century's  changes  in  our  state  constitutions. — Absolute  power,  an 
American  institution. — The  exemption  of  the  accused  from  examination 
in  criminal  proceedings. — Freedom  of  incorporation. — American  jurii- 
prudence. — The  decadence  of  the  legal  fiction. — ^The  recognition  of 
habitual  criminals  as  a  class  to  be  treated  by  itself. — The  detence  by 
the  state  of  suits  attacking  testamentary  charities. — Salaries  for  mem- 
bers of  the  legislature. — Permanent  courts  of  international  arbitration. 
— The  Monroe  doctrine  in  1898. 

BOUVIER,  John,  comp. 

Law  dictionary;  ed.  by  Francis  Rawle.    2v.    1897 qr340  B66 

BRYCE,  James. 

Studies  in  history  and  jurisprudence.     1901  340  B84 

Contents:  The  Roman  empire  and  the  British  empire  in  India. — The  ex- 
tension of  Roman  and  English  law  throughout  the  world. — Flexible 
and  rigid  constitutions. —  The  action  of  centripetal  and  centrifugal 
forces  on  political  constitutions. — Primitive  Iceland. — The  constitution 
of  the  United  States  as  seen  in  the  past. — Two  South  African  consti- 
tutions.— The  constitution  of  the  Commonwealth  of  Australia. — Obedi- 
ence.— The  nature  of  sovereignty. — The  law  of  nature. — The  methods 
of  legal  science. — The  relations  of  law  and  religion. — Methods  of  law- 
making in  Rome  and  in  England. — The  history  of  legal  development 


N 


390  LAW 

at  Rome  and  in  England. — Marriage  and  divorce  in  Roman  and  in 
English  law. — Inaugural  lecture  as  professor  of  civil  law  at  Oxford. — 
Valedictory  lecture  as  professor  of  civil  law  at  Oxford. 

HUBBELL,  J.  H.  comp. 

Hubbell's  legal  directory  for  lawyers  and  business  men ;  con- 
taining a  synopsis  of  the  collection  laws  of  each  state  and 
Canada,  with  instructions  for  taking  depositions,  the  execu- 
tion and  acknowledgment  of  deeds,  wills,  a  synopsis  of 
patent  laws  and  times  for  holding  courts,  1902;  also  a  list 
of  U.  S.  consuls,  with  the  officers  of  the  American  bar  as- 
sociation, and  a  list  of  prominent  banks  and  bankers  through- 
out the  U.  S.  and  a  synopsis  of  the  bankruptcy  law.  1901 . .  .r340  H87 
LEE,  Guy  Carleton. 

Historical  jurisprudence;  an  introduction  to  the  systematic 

study  of  the  development  of  law.     1900 340  Lsa 

MACDONALD,  Duncan  Black. 

Development  of  Muslim  jurisprudence.     1900 r340  M14 

Reprinted  from  the  Hartford  seminary  record,  May,  1900. 


340.1     Philosophy  of  law 

AMOS,  Sheldon. 

Science  of  law.     1896.     (International  scientific  series.) 340.1  A52 

The  same.     1881.     (International  scientific  series.) r340.i  A52 

AUSTIN,  John. 

Lectures  on  jurisprudence;  or.  The  philosophy  of  positive 

law.     2v.     1885 340.1  A93 


340.3     Antiquities 

LEA,  Henry  Charles.  • 

Superstition  and  force.     1892 340.3  L44 

"The  volume  is  [1888]  by  far  the  most  complete  and  satisfactory  account 
we  have  in  English  of  what  may  be  called  the  methods  of  administering 
injustice  in  the  Middle  Ages.  The  ability  and  learning  of  the  book 
would  be  creditable  to  the  historical  literature  of  any  language." 
C.  K.  Adams. 
MAINE,  Sir  Henry  Sumner. 

Ancient  law.    1888 340.3  M26a 

The  same.     1 864 r340.3  M26a 

"The  object  .  .  .  has  been  'to  indicate  some  of  the  earliest  ideas  of 
mankind  as  they  are  reflected  in  Ancient  Law,  and  to  point  out  the 
relation  of  those  ideas  to  modern  thought.'  .  .  The  most  distin- 
guishing merit  of  the  work  is  in  the  great  ability  and  learning  of  those 
generalizations  by  which  the  author  shows  'the  steady  progress  of 
mankind  from  an  age  of  formalities  and  ceremonies  to  an  era  of 
simplicity  and  symmetrical  development.'  .  .  It  is  a  book  not  for 
novices,  but  for  the  most  scholarly  and  advanced  students." 
C.  K.  Adams. 

Dissertations  on  early  law  and  custom.    1886 340.3  M26 

Lectures  on  the  early  history  of  institutions.     1888 340.3  M26I 

The  same.     1888 r340.3  M26I 

"A  work  properly  to  be  regarded  as  supplementary  to  the  same  author's 
volume  on  Ancient  Law.  The  lectures  are  of  especial  interest  to  the 
student  of  early  legal  forms  and  methods.  The  subject  which  to 
most  students  will  be  newest  ...  is  a  description  of  the  native 
institution  of  Ireland  known  as  the  Brehon  Law."    C.  K.  Adams. 


MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE  391 


340.6     Medical  jurisprudence 

CASPER,  Johann  Ludwig. 

Handbook  of  the  practice  of  forensic  medicine  based  upon 
personal  experience.  4v.  1861-65.  (New  Sydenham  so- 
ciety.    Publications.) r340.6  €25 

Biographical  notice  of  Casper  by  G.  W.  Balfour,  v.4,  p.S-12. 
v.i-2.    Thanatological  division. 

V.    3.    Bio-thanatology  of  new-bom  children  and  the  first  part  of  the  bio- 
logical division. 
V.    4.    Biological  division. 

HENKE,  Adolph  Christian  Heinrich. 

Lehrbuch  der  gerichtlichen  medicin.     1841 r340.6  H44 

NEW  YORK  (city),  MEDICO-LEGAL  SOCIETY. 

Papers  read  before  the  society,  ist  ser.     1889 r340.6  N26 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p. 32;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

REESE,  John  James. 

Text-book  of  medical  jurisprudence  and  toxicology.    1895.  -340.6  R28 
TAYLOR,  Alfred  Swaine. 

Manual  of  medical  jurisprudence;  ed.  by  Thomas  Stevenson. 

1897 r340.6  T25 

TAYLOR,  Arthur  Nelson. 

Law  in  its  relations  to  physicians.     1900 340.6  T2S 

"A  mass  of  adjudicated  cases  which  should  serve  as  a  complete  guide 
to  the  medical  practitioner  so  far  as  his  legal  responsibilities  for  his 
professional  contact  with  his  patients  is  concerned..  .Covers  all  matters 
on  both  the  civil  and  criminal  sides  of  medical  jurisprudence,  and  is 
enlivened  by  many  curious  and  entertaining  incidents."    Dial,  1900. 

WHARTON,  Francis,  &  Stille,  Moreton. 

Treatise  on  medical  jurisprudence.     1855 r340.6  WS9 


340.7     Law  schools 

LOFTIE,  William  John. 

The  inns  of  court  and  chancery.     1895 340.7  L77 

Besides  describing  the  various  halls,  inns,  chapels,  etc.,  this  book  traces 
their  history  from  the  foundation  down,  interspersing  the  narrative 
with  anecdotes  of  such  famous  occupants  as  More,  Donne,  Lamb, 
Cooper,  Boswell,  Thurlow,  Brougham,  and  many  others. 


340.9     Legal  anecdotes 

ANDREWS,  William,  ed. 

The  lawyer;  in  history,  literature,  and  humour.     1896 340.9  A57 

Contents:  Axon,  W.E.A.  Law  amongst  primitive  races. — Axon,  W.E.A. 
Ivo,  saint  and  lawyer. — Page,  J.T.  Benefit  of  clergy.  —  Thompson, 
W.H.  Chaucer's  "Man  of  law." — Clarke,  S.W.  The  law  of  Shake- 
speare.— Revels  at  the  inns  of  court. — Burgess,  S.  The  law  in  Scott. — 
— Frost,  Thomas.  Dickens'  lawyers. — Walters,  Cuming.  Literary  law- 
yers.— V^'alters,  Cuming.  The  law  in  rhyme. — Frost,  Thomas.  Fight- 
ing lawyers. — Axon,  W.E.A.  The  costume  of  the  law. — Frost,  Thomas. 
Curious  circuit  customs. — The  last  execution  for  witchcraft  in  Eng- 
land.— Howlett,  England.  Curious  legal  facts,  customs  and  fictions. — 
Andrews,  William.  People  in  the  pillory. — Frost,  Thomas.  Amenities 
of  the  bench  and  the  bar. — Frost,  Thomas.  Curiosities  of  the  witness- 
box. — Law  and  laughter. — King,  George.  Lawyers  and  eloquence. — 
Phillimore,  W.P.W.    Sealed  and  delivered. 


392  INTERNATIONAL  LAW 

WATT,  Francis. 

^        The  law's  lumber  room.     1896 340.9  W32 

Contents:  Benefit  of  clergy. — Peine  forte  et  dure. — A  passage  in  Shake- 
speare (fines  and  recoveries). — Custom  of  the  manor. — Deodands. — Law 
of  the  forest. — Par  nobile  fratrum,  (John  Doe  and  Richard  Roe). — 
Sanctuary. — Trial  by  ordeal. — Wager  of  battle. — Press  gang. — Sumptu- 
ary laws. 

341     International  law 

BOWEN,  Herbert  Wolcott. 

International  law,  a  simple  statement  of  its  principles.     1896. .  .341  B66 
CADWALADER,  John  Lambert,  comp. 

Digest  of  the  published  opinions  of  the  attorneys-general 
and  of  the  leading  decisions  of  the  federal  courts,  with 
reference  to  international  law,  treaties  and  kindred  sub- 
jects.    1877.     (United  States — State  department.) ri7i9 

DAVIS,  George  Breckinridge. 

Elements  of  international  law,  with  an  account  of  its  origin, 

sources  and  historical  development.    1898 341  D3ie 

"List  of  authorities,"  p.21-26. 

There  has  been  a  general  revision  of  the  text  of  this  edition,  and  the 
insertion  of  some  of  the  more  important  cases  to  which  the  interna- 
tional experience  of  the  last  fifteen  years  (1885-1900)  has  given  rise. 
The  volume  remains,  what  it  was  intended  to  be  from  the  first,  a 
text-book  for  the  use  of  students. 
Outlines  of  international  law,  with  an  account  of  its  origin 

and  sources  and  of  its  historical  development.     1898 341  D31 

List  of  authorities,  p.  19-24. 

HALL,  William  Edward. 

Treatise  on  international  law.     1895 341  H17 

HOLLAND,  Thomas  Erskine. 

Studies  in  international  law.     1B08 341  H72 

Contents:  Alberico  Gentili. — The  early  literature  of  the  law  of  war. — 
The  Brussels  conference  of  1874. — The  progress  toward  a  written  law  of 
war. — The  bombardment  of  open  coast  towns. — International  law  in 
the  war  between  Japan  and  China. — Pacific  blockade. — Recent  diplo- 
matic discussions. — The  literature  of  international  law  in  1884. — Inter- 
national law  and  acts  of  Parliament. — The  treaty  relations  of  Russia 
and  Turkey,  1774-1853. — The  execution  of  the  Treaty  of  Berlin. — Bul- 
garia, Greece,  and  the  Treaty  of  Berlin. — The  international  position  of 
the  Suez  canal. — Biographical  sketches. 
List  of  the  writings  of  Albericus  Gentilis,  p.33-36;  List  of  books  on 
Gentilis  published  between  1874  and  1896,  p.38-39. 
HOSACK.  John. 

Rise  and  growth  of  the  law  of  nations  as  established  by  gen- 
eral usage  and  by  treaties,  [to  1714].     1882 r34i  H81 

LEVI,  Leone. 

International  law,  with  materials  for  a  code  of  international 

law.     1888.     (International  scientific  series.) 341  L66 

"Literature  of  international  law,"  p.7-8. 
SMITH,  Frederick  Edwin. 

International  law.     1900.     (Temple  primers.) 341  S64 

"Short  list  of  authorities,"  p.ii-12. 

SNOW,  Freeman. 

International  law;  a  manual  based  upon  lectures  delivered  at 

the  Naval  war  college.     1898 341  S67 

WALKER,  Thomas  Alfred. 

History  of  the  law  of  nations,    v.i.     1899 341  W17 


INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESSES.     TREATIES  393 

V.I.     From  the  earliest  times  to  the  Peace  of  Westphalia,   1648. 
Bibliography,  v.i,  p.7-11. 

Manual  of  public  international  law.     1895 341  Wi7m 

WHARTON,  Francis,  ed. 

Digest  of  the  international  law  of  the  United  States,  taken 
from  documents  issued  by  presidents  and  secretaries  of 
state  and  from  decisions  of  federal  courts  and  opinions  of 

attorneys-general.    3v.     1887 r34i  WSQ 

WHEATON,  Henry. 

Elements  of  international  law;  ed.  with  notes  and  an  appen- 
dix of  statutes  and  treaties,  by  A.  C.  Boyd.     1889 qr34i  WS9e 

WOOLSEY,  Theodore  Dwight. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  international  law;  designed  as 

an  aid  in  teaching  and  in  historical  studies.     1894 341  W87 

"Brief  selection  of  works  and  documents  bearing  on  international  law," 

p.405-422. 
A  standard  authority. 

"The  men  who  rate  it  highest  are  those,  like  Sir  Henry  Maine,   who 
themselves  stand  highest  and  see  clearest."     Nation,  1889. 


341. 1     International  congresses 

HOLLS,  George  Frederick  William. 

Peace  conference  at  The  Hague  and  its  bearings  on  interna- 
tional law  and  policy.     1900 34I-I  P34 

Author  was  one  of  the  American  members  of  the  conference,  and  aims 
to  describe  its  proceedings  with  sufficient  fullness  for  the  student  of 
international  law,  and  still  make  the  book  interesting  to  the  general 
reader. 
"A  valuable,  because  an  accurate  and  a  fair  account  of  the  proceedings." 
Athenceum,  1900. 

INTERNATIONAL  AMERICAN   CONFERENCE   (ist), 
Washington,  D.  C,  1889. 

Minutes,  (English  and  Spanish).     1890 qr34i.i  I24 

Reports  and  recommendations.    1890 r34i.i  l24re 

Contents:  Plan  of  arbitration  for  the  American  republics. — Reciprocity 
treaties  with  Latin  America. — Report  relative  to  an  intercontinental 
railway  line;  including  the  reports  of  delegates  upon  the  railways  in 
their  own  countries,  and  a  report  upon  the  railways  of  Spanish 
America,  by  G.  A.  Zinn. — Postal  and  cable  communication. — Sanitary 
regulations. — Customs  regulations.  —  International  monetary  union. — 
Patents  and  trade-marks. — Weights  and  measures. — Port  dues. — Inter- 
national law. — Extradition  treaties. — International  American  bank. 

Reports  of  committees  and  discussions  thereon,  with  ap- 
pendices.   4v.     1890 qr34i.i  l24r 

V.3  is  the   excursion  appendix;   narrative  of  the  tour  of  the  delegates 

through  the  United  States. 
V.4  is  an  historical   appendix  on  the  congress  of   1826  at  Panama  and 

subsequent  movements  towards  a  conference  of  American  nations. 
V.1-3  in  Spanish  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional 

documents,  nos.2694-2696. 

341.2     Treaties 

Treaties  made  between  the  United  States  and  other  countries  during  any 
one  Congress  are  published  in  the  Statutes  at  large,  issued  at  the  end 
of  each  Congress,  qr34S  U2S34. 

BRYAN,  Henry  L.  comp. 

Compilation  of  treaties   in   force;   prepared  under  act  of 


394  LAW  OF  WAR 


July  7,  1898.    1899.     (United  States.    5Sth  cong.  3d  sess. 

House.  Doc.  no. 276.) r34i.2  B84 

GUSHING,  Caleb. 

Treaty  of  Washington;  its  negotiation,  execution  and  the  dis- 
cussions relating  thereto.     1873 r34i.2  C93 

[HASWELL,  John  H.  comp.] 

Treaties  and  conventions  concluded  between  the  United 
States  and  other  powers  since  July  4,  1776,  [to  Septem- 
ber 1887] ;  containing  notes,  with  references  to  negoti- 
ations preceding  the  several  treaties,  to  the  construc- 
tion of  them,  and  to  the  causes  of  the  abrogation  of 
some  of  them,  a  chronological  list  of  treaties  and  an 

analytical  index.     1889 r34i-2  H34 

Also  issued  as  Senate  ex.  doc.  47,  48th  cong.  2d  sess. 

UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

Report  from  the  secretary  of  state,  in  response  to  House 
resolution  of  Jan.  17,  1858,  calling  for  information  in 
regard  to  the  execution  of  the  treaty  of  1858  with  China 
for  the  settlement  of  claims.    1869.     (40th  cong.  3d  sess. 

House.    Ex.  doc.  no.29.) r34i.2  U25 

UNITED  STATES.    Treaties. 

Treaty  of  peace  between  the  United  States  and  Spain,  signed 
at  Paris,  Dec.  10,  1898,  with  accompanying  papers  and 
maps.    3v.  in  i.     1899.  (55th  cong.  3d  sess.     Senate.     Doc. 

no. 62.)   T341.2  U253 

Accompanying  papers:  Consular  reports  on  Philippine  affairs. — State- 
ment of  Gen.  Merritt  before  the  commission. — Memoranda  concerning 
the  situation  in  the  Philippines,  by  Gen.  Greene. — Statement  of  John 
Foreman  before  the  commission. — Statement  of  Commander  Bradford. 
— Statement  of  Gen.  Whittier. — Preliminary  report  of  Dr  Becker  on 
the  geological  and  mineral  resources  of  the  Philippines. — Data  con- 
cerning the  Philippine  islands;  their  history,  people,  geography,  geol- 
ogy, resources  and  strategic  importance. — A  sketch  of  the  economic 
condition  of  the  Philippines,  by  M.  L.  Tornow. — Protectorates,  colonies 
and  nonsovereign  states. — The  federated  Malay  states,  a  sketch  of 
their  growth  and  political  organization,  by  F.  B.  Forbes. 

341.3     Law  of  war 

BOWLES,  Thomas  Gibson. 

Declaration  of  Paris  of  1856;  an  account  of  the  maritime 
rights  of  Great  Britain,  a  consideration  of  their  impor- 
tance, a  history  of  their  surrender,  by  the  signature  of  the 
Declaration  of  Paris,  and  an  argument  for  their  resump- 
tion by  the  denunciation  and  repudiation  of  that  declara- 
tion.    1900 q34i-3  B66 

GROTIUS,  Hugo. 

De  jure  belli  ac  pacis;  libri  tres  in  quibus  jus  naturae  &  gen- 
tium, item  juris  publici  prsecipua  explicantur.     1712.  .  .r34i.3  G93 
MACQUEEN,  John  Eraser. 

Chief  points  in  the  laws  of  war  and  neutrality,  search  and 
blockade,  with  the  changes  of  1856  and  those  now  pro- 
posed.    1863 r34i.3  M22 


INTERNATIONAL  ARBITRATION  395 

MAINE,  Sir  Henry  Sumner. 

International  law.     1888 341-3  1^26 

Treats  chiefly  of  the  law  of  war. 

RISLEY,  John  Schuckburgh. 

The  law  of  war.     1897 341-3  R49 


341.6     International  arbitration 

AMERICA  and  Europe;  a  study  of  international  relations. 

1896.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 341-6  A51 

Contents:  Wells,  D.A.  United  States  and  Great  Britain.— Phelps,  E.J. 
Monroe  doctrine.— Schurz,  Carl.  Arbitration  in  international  disputes. 
Mr  Wells's  article,  an  enlargement  of  an  article  originally  published  in 
the  North  American  review,  considers  the  true  governmental  and 
commercial  relations  of  the  two  countries.  Mr  Schurz's  contribution 
to  this  volume  is  an  address  delivered  at  the  arbitration  conference  in 
Washington. 

AMERICAN   CONFERENCE   ON   INTERNATIONAL 
ARBITRATION,  Washington,  1896. 
Proceedings   and   addresses,   Washington,    April,    1896. 

1896 qr34i.6  Asi3 

BALCH,  Thomas  Willing. 

The  Alabama  arbitration.     1900 341-6  BiSa 

The  appendix  contains  the  text  of  the  decision  and  award  of  the 
Geneva  tribunal.  During  the  Civil  war  the  Alabama,  a  Confederate 
cruiser,  built  in  England,  was  allowed  to  sail  from  British  ports  to 
prey  upon  American  commerce.  The  United  States  claimed  damages 
and,  the  matter  having  been  submitted  to  arbitration,  was  awarded 
$15,500,000. 

International  courts  of  arbitration.     1899 341-6  B18 

First  published  in  1874. 

Argues  in  favor  of  this  mode  of  settling  disputes  between  nations. 
DARBY,  W.  Evans,  comp. 

International  tribunals ;   a   collection  of  the  various  schemes 
which  have  been  propounded,  and  of  instances  since  1815. 

1900   i"34i-6  D24 

Gives  outlines  or  texts  of  the  arrangements  of  the  Amphictyonic  coun- 
cil, of  the  Grand  dessein  of  Henry  IV,  of  the  schemes  of  William 
Penn,  St.  Pierre,  Kant  and  Mill,  the  Institute  of  international  law, 
etc.,  and  the  chief  arbitration  treaties  and  conventions  of  the  last  thir- 
ty years.  Also  a  list  of  1 58  instances  in  which  arbitration  or  media- 
tion has  been  successfully  tried  since   1813. 

DAVIS,  John  Chandler  Bancroft. 

Mr  Fish  and  the  Alabama  claims;  a  chapter  in  diplomatic 

history.      1893 341.6    D31 

HALIFAX  COMMISSION,  1877- 

Award  of  the  fishery  commission;  documents  and  proceed- 
ings of  the   Halifax  commission  under  the  Treaty  of 

Washington,  1871.     3v.     1878 r34i.6  H16 

INTERNATIONAL  arbitration;  historical  notes  and  projects; 

national  conference  at  Washington,  Apr.  22-23,  1896. .  .r34i.6  I24 

Contents:  Historical  introduction. — Arbitration  in  the  East  and  in  Greece. 
— Arbitration  under  the  Roman  empire. — Arbitration  in  the  middle 
ages  and  in  more  recent  times. — Arbitrations  of  the  United  States. — 
Partial  list  of  modern  arbitrations. — Resolutions  of  the  Congress  of 
the  United  States  and  of  the  British  House  of  commons. — Rules  pro- 
posed by  the  Institute  of  international  law. — Project  of  a  permanent 
treaty  between  the  United  States  and  Switzerland,  adopted  by  the 
Swiss  federal  council,  July  24,  188.^. — Plan  of  a  permanent  tribunal 
of  arbitration  adopted  by  the  International  American  conference,  Apr. 
18,    1890. — Proposed    rules    for    the    organization    of    an    international 


396  CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY 

tribunal  of  arbitration,  submitted  by  W.  A.  Butler  and  others  to  the 
Universal  peace  congress  at  Chicago  in  1893. — Resolution  adopted 
by  the  International  parliamentary  conference  at  Brussels  in  1895, 
concerning  the  establishment  of  a  permanent  court  of  international 
arbitration. 

LAKE  MOHONK  CONFERENCE  ON  INTERNATIONAL 
ARBITRATION. 

Report  of  the  annual  meeting  (ist-date),  1895-date. 

1895-date r34i.6   L16 

MOORE,  John  Bassett. 

History  and  digest  of  the  international  arbitrations  to  which 

the  United  States  has  been  a  party.    6v.     1898 r34i.6  M87 

UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

[Alabama  claims.]  Case  of  Great  Britain  as  laid  before 
the  tribunal  of  arbitration  to  meet  at  Geneva  under 
Treaty  of  Washington,  1871.    3v.     1872 r34i-6  U2S 

Same,  without  appendix.  (In  United  States — State  depart- 
ment. Papers  relating  to  Treaty  of  Washington,  v.i, 
p.205-415.) r327  U25P 

[Alabama  claims.]  Correspondence  concerning  claims 
against  Great  Britain,  transmitted  to  the  Senate  of  th« 
United  States  in  answer  to  resolution  [of]  May  27, 
1868.     v.i-S r34i.6  U25al 

[Alabama  claims.]  Counter  case  of  Great  Britain  as  laid  be- 
fore the  tribunal  of  arbitration  at  Geneva  under  Treaty 
of  Washington,  1871.     1872 r34i-6  U25a 

Same,  without  appendix.  (In  United  States — State  depart- 
ment. Papers  relating  to  Treaty  of  Washington,  v.2, 
p.197-410.) r327  U25P 


342     Constitutional  law  and  history 

For  Administrative  law,  see  350 

BURGESS,  John  William. 

Political  science  and  comparative  constitutional  law.     2v. 
1896.     (Systematic  series;  ed.  by  the  faculty  of  political 

science  in  Columbia  college.) 342  B89 

V.I.    Sovereignty  and  liberty. 
v.a.    Government. 

Constitutions  of  the  United  States,  Germany,  Prussia  and  France  are 
contained  in  the  apx.  v.i,  p.26s-33'' 
JAMESON,  John  Alexander. 

Treatise  on  constitutional  conventions.     1887 r342  J16 

ARISTOTLE. 

On  the  constitution  of  Athens.     1891 342.38  A71 

BOTSFORD,  George  Willis. 

Development  of  the  Athenian  constitution.     1893.     (Cornell 

studies  in  classical  philology,  no.4.) 342.38  B64 

Bibliography,  p.235-241. 

FUSTEL  de  COULANGES,  Numa  Denis. 

Ancient  city;  a  study  on  the  religion,  laws  and  institutions  of 

Greece  and  Rome.     1894 342.38  F99 

"Whatever   is   written   by   Coulanges   is   worthy  of  the   student's  most 
thoughtful  attention.    He  possesses  the  rare  gift  of  uniting  a  very  pro- 


CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY  397 

found  and  broad  scholarship  with  a  spirited  and  entertaining  literary 
style.  .  .In  no  other  book  has  the  organization  of  the  ancient  family 
been  so  briefly  and  clearly  described;  and  nowhere  else  have  the  pecul- 
iarities of  the  Greek  religious  systems  been  so  well  presented."  C.  K. 
Adams. 

LOWELL,  Abbott  Lawrence. 

Governments  and  parties  in  continental  Europe.    2v.     1896.  .  .342.4  L95 
The  constitutions  of  France,  Italy,   Germany,  Austria  and   Switzerland 
are  contained  in  the  apx.  v.2,  p.337-431. 


342.4     Great  Britain 

AMOS,  Sheldon. 

Primer   of   the   English   constitution   and   government. 

1895    342.4  A52 

"Authorities,"  p.  15-16. 

ANSON,  Sir  William  Reynell. 

Law  and  custom  of  the  constitution.    2v.     1892-96 342.4  A62 

V.I.    Parliament. 
v.2.    The  crown 

"A  very  able  exposition  of  the  processes  of  the  English  constitution 
as  they  have  been  historically  developed."     C.  K.  Adams. 

ATHERTON,  George  W.  ed. 

Magna  carta;  a  comparative  view  of  the  Barons'  article 

and  the  Great  charter.     1900 342-4  A86 

BAGEHOT,  Walter. 

English  constitution,  and  other  essays.     1895 342.4  B15 

Other  essays:    Lord  Brougham. — Sir  Robert  Peel. 

"Bagehot'-s  leading  characteristic  is  not  so  much  that  he  describes  the 
English  government  as  that  he  penetrates  beyond  its  forms  and  ex- 
amines the  essence  and  significance  of  whatever  part  of  it  he  has  in 
hand.  To  a  student,  therefore,  who  already  knows  something  of  the 
organization  of  the  government,  Bagehot  is  likely  to  be  the  most  sug- 
gestive and  awakening  of  all  writers.  The  work  is  so  free  from  all 
,  controversial  spirit  that  it  is  not  easy  to  decide  from  it  whether  the 

author    ranks    himself   as    a    Liberal    or    as    a    Conservative."      C.    K. 
Adams. 

BARRINGTON,  Boyd  Cummings. 

The  Magna  charta,  and  other  great  charters  of  England. 

1900 342.4  B26 

Historical  summary  of  the  causes  which  finally  resulted  in  the  granting 
of  Magna  charta.  Contains  the  text  of  that  and  several  other  impor- 
tant charters. 

COURTNEY,  Leonard  Henry. 

Working  constitution  of  the  United  Kingdom.     1901 342.4  C84 

"As  good  a  book  as  could  be  found  for  introducing  an  intelligent  stu- 
dent to  the  study  of  the  British  Constitution.  It  is  in  style  clear  and 
terse;  it  sums  up,  and  sums  up  in  a  very  small  number  of  pages,  the 
best  established  and  most  generally  received  principles  of  English  con- 
stitutional practice  or  custom... It  bears  hardly  a  trace  of  that  knowl- 
edge of  men  and  that  practical  acquaintance  with  the  working  of  parlia- 
mentary institutions  which.  ...  [Mr.  Courtney]  must  have  gained  from 
long  experience  of  public  life.  The  contrast  in  this  respect  between 
our  author  and  Bagehot  is  as  noteworthy  as  it  is  paradoxical."  Na- 
tion, 1 90 1. 

The  book  by  Bagehot  referred  to  in  the  note  is  "The  English  constitu- 
tion," 342-4  B15. 

DICEY,  Albert  Venn. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  the  law  of  the  constitution. 

1893   342.4  DS4 


398  CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY 

DICKINSON.  Goldsworthy  Lowes. 

Development  of  Parliament  during  the  19th  century.  1895.  .342.4  D55 

"Traces  the  process  by  which  the  political  predominance  has  been  trans- 
ferred from  an  aristocratic  oligarchy  to  a  democracy  which  is,  as  he 
believes,  Socialistic  in  tendency  and  purpose... A  highly  important 
chapter  deals  with  the  change  in  the  position  of  the  House  of  Lords, 
caused  by  the  passing  of  the  Reform  Bill,  its  relations  since  that  time 
with  the  other  House,  and  its  attitude  toward  popular  legislation." 
Spectator,  1896. 

FREEMAN,  Edward  Augustus. 

Growth  of  the  English  constitution.     1894 342.4  F91 

"Its  object  is  to  show  'that  the  earliest  institutions  of  England  and  of 
other  Teutonic  lands  are  not  mere  matters  of  curious  speculation,  but 
matters  closely  connected  with  our  present  political  being.'  It  is  a 
successful  attempt  to  explain  in  a  popular  way  the  continuity  of 
English   political   life."     C   K.   Adams. 

GNEIST,  Rudolf. 

History  of  the  English  constitution.     1891 342.4  GS3. 

"Two  principles  are  brought  out  with  special  prominence — that  the 
national  government  of  England  has  been  for  generations  supreme 
over  every  personal  body  throughout  the  State,  and  that  Englishmen 
are  determined  to  be  ruled  by  law."     Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

HALLAM,  Henry. 

Constitutional  history  of  England,  [1485-1760].  3v.     1884.  .342.4  H17 

"The  result  of  most  laborious  research,  and.  .  .written  with  so  judicial 
a  spirit  that  Macaulay,  in  his  essay  on  the  work,  characterized  it  as  the 
most  impartial  book  he  had  ever  read.  But,  notwithstanding  these 
great  qualities,  the  work  no  longer  has  quite  the  value  it  formerly 
possessed.  .  .The  subsequent  investigations  of  Stubbs,  Gardiner,  Forster, 
and  Bisset  have  thrown  floods  of  new  light  on  many  of  the  questions 
which  Hallam  discussed."     C.  K.  Adams. 

HEARN,  William  Edward. 

Government  of  England,  its  structure  and  its  development. 

1886  342.4  H38 

HOSMER,  James  Kendall. 

Short  history  of  Anglo-Saxon  freedom.     i8go 342.4  H82 

LANGMEAD,  Thomas  Pitt  Taswell-. 

English  constitutional  history,  (450-1893).     1896 342-4  L25 

"Notwithstanding  some  lack  of  skill  in  the  literary  workmanship  of  the 

volume,    it    should    be    prized    for    the    vast    amount    of    information  it 

brings  to  the  reader.     It  was  intended  as  a  text-book  for  the  use  of 

students  at  the  English  universities  and  inns  of  court."    C.  K.  Adams. 

LAPSLEY,  Gaillard  Thomas. 

County  palatine  of  Durham;  a  study  in  constitutional  history. 

1900.     (Harvard  historical  studies.) 342.4  L32 

List  of  \jorks  cited,  p.338-346. 

"During  the  middle  ages,  and  in  a  restricted  sense  up  to  the  present 
century,  the  county  of  Durham  was  withdrawn  from  the  ordinary  ad- 
ministration of  the  kingdom  of  England  and  governed  by  its  Bishop 
with  almost  complete  local  independence. .  .There  developed  in  the 
county  a  group  of  institutions  reproducing  all  the  essential  charac- 
teristics of  the  central  government.  To  exhibit  the  growth  of  these 
institutions,  their  organization,  and  their  relation  to  the  central  gov- 
ernment is  the  object  of  the  present  study,  which  thus  becomes  the 
constitutional  history  of  an  English  county."  Author. 
"Treatise  which  is  likely  long  to  remain  authoritative,  and  which  will 
enormously  facilitate  the  toils  of  future  historians."  Nation,  1900. 
MACY,  Jesse. 

The   English  constitution;  a  commentary  on  its  nature  and 

growth.     1807 342.4  M22^ 

MAY,  Sir  Thomas  Erskine. 

Constitutional  history  of  England,  1760-1860.    3v.     1891.  ..  .342.4  M52C 


26 


CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY  39Q 

"Takes  up  the  subject  very  nearly  where  Hallam  left  off,  that  is,  com- 
mencing with  accession  of  George  III.  .  .  May's  literary  style  is 
more  entertaining  than  Hallam's,  and  the  work  is  one  of  historical 
value."     R.  G.   Thwaites. 

MEDLEY,  Dudley  Julius. 

Student's  manual  of  English  constitutional  history.     1898. ..  .342.4  Ms6 
MONTAGUE,  Francis  Charles. 

Elements   of   English   constitutional   history,   from   the 

earliest  times  to  the  present  day   [1888].     1897 342-4  M84 

PALGRAVE,  Sir  Francis. 

Rise  and  progress  of  the  English  commonwealth;  Anglo- 
Saxon  period.    2v.     1832 qr342.4  P18 

PHILOBIBLON  CLUB,  Philadelphia. 

Excellent  priviledge  of  liberty  and  property;  a  reprint  and  fac- 
simile of  the  first  American  edition  of  Magna  charta, 
printed  in  1687  under  the  direction  of  William  Penn,  by 

William  Bradford.     1897 qr342.4  Psi 

Contents:  Introduction  by  F.  D.  Stone. — Magna  charta. — The  comment 
on  Magna  charta. — A  confirmation  of  the  charters  of  the  liberties  of 
England,  and  of  the  forest,  made  anno  XXV,  Edward  I. — The  sentence 
of  the  clergy  against  the  breakers  of  those  articles. — The  sentence  or 
curse  given  by  the  bishops  against  the  breakers  of  the  great  charter. — 
A  statute  made  anno  XXXIV,  Edward  I,  commonly  called  De  tallagio 
non  concedendo. — The  comment  upon  the  statute  De  tallagio  non 
eoncedendo.  —  An  abstract  of  the  patent  granted  by  the  king  to 
William  Penn  and  heirs  and  assigns  for  the  province  of  Pennsylvania. 
— The  frame  of  the  government  of  the  province  of  Pennsylvania  and 
territories  thereunto  annexed  in  America. — List  of  the  principal  dates 
mentioned  in  this  work. — Fac-simile  of  The  excellent  priviledge  of  lib- 
erty and  property. 

PORRITT,  Edward. 

The  Englishman  at  home;  his  responsibilities  and  privileges. 

1893    • 342.4  P82 

Clear   account    of    English    governmental    system,    poor   laws,    taxation, 

elections,  established  church  and  nonconformity,  labor  legislation,  land 

ownership,  public  press,   etc. 

RANSO]\IE,  Cyril. 

Rise  of  constitutional  government  in  England.     1898 342.4  R19 

ROSE,  John  Holland. 

The  rise  of  democracy.    1897.     (Victorian  era  series.) 342.4  R71 

STUBBS,  William. 

Constitutional  history  of  England.    3v.     1887-91 342.4  S93 

Closes  with  the  reign  of  Richard  III,  thus  ending  where  Hallam  begins. 
"In  a  long  and  careful  study  of  the  Bishop  of  Chester's  writings,  I 
will  not  say  that  I  have  always  agreed  with  every  inference  that  he 
has  drawn  from  his  evidence;  but  I  can  say  that  I  have  never  found 
a  flaw  in  the  statement  of  the  evidence.  ..After  five-and-thirty  years' 
knowledge  of  him  and  his  works,  I  can  say  without  fear  that  he 
is  the  one  man  among  living  scholars  to  whom  one  may  most  freely 
go  as  to  an  oracle,  that  we  may  feel  more  sure  with  him  than  with 
any  other  that  in  his  answer  we  carry  away  words  of  truth  which  he 
must  be  rash  indeed  who  calls  in  question."    E.  A.  Freeman. 

STUBBS,  William,  ed. 

Select  charters  and  other  illustrations  of  English  constitu- 
tional history,  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  reign  of 

Edward  the  First.     1895 r342.4  S93 

TAYLOR,  Hannis. 

Origin  and  growth  of  the  English  constitution.     2v.     1895- 


40O  CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY 

98 342.4  T25 

V.I.    The  making  of  the  constitution. 
V.2.    The  after-g^rowth  of  the  constitution. 

Beginning  with   the   primitive   Teutonic   constitution  the  author  traces 
the  development  of  the  English  constitution  and  the  growth   out  of 
that  of  the  political  system  of  the  United  States. 
TODD,  Alpheus. 

Parliamentary  government  in  the  British  colonies.  1894.  .  .r342.4  T55 
"Written  primarily  for  the  use  of  Canadian  readers,  but  it  is  well 
adapted  to  the  use  of  all  students  who  would  make  themselves  famil- 
iar with  the  recent  development  of  English  political  methods.  It  is 
not  quite  so  readable  a  volume  as  the  work  on  the  same  general  sub- 
ject by  Sir  Edward  Creasy;  but  what  it  loses  on  this  account  it  fully 
makes  up  by  its  more  philosophical  methods  of  treatment."  C.  K. 
Adams. 
TRAILL,  Henry  Duff. 

Central  government.     1892.     (English  citizen  series.) 342.4  T68 

Deals  with  the   machinery  of  the   English  constitution,   and  the   broad 
lines  upon  which  it  has  been  constructed. 


342.44     France 

CURRIER,  Charles  F.A.  tr. 

Constitutional  and  organic  laws  of  France.  1893.  (American 
academy  of  political  and  social  science.     Supplement  to 

the  Annals,  March  1893.) 342.44  C93 

Also  published  in  the  American  academy  of  political  and  social  science. 
Annals,  r3o6  A51   v.3. 

DESCHANEL,  Paul. 

La  republique  nouvelle.     1898 342.44  D45 

Eleven  speeches,  the  majority  of  which  were  delivered  before  the  French 
chamber  of  deputies.     They  are  all  concerned  with  French  politics  and 
constitutional  questions. 
DUGUIl ,  Leon,  &  Monnier,  Henry,  comp. 

Les  constitutions  et  les  principales  lois  politiques  de  la  France 
depuis  1789,  collationnees  sur  les  textes  officiels,  precedees 
de  notices  historiques,  et  suivies  d'une  table  analytique  de- 

taillee.     1898 r342.44  D88 

LOCKWOOD,  Henry  C. 

Constitutional  history  of  France,  [1789-1889],  with  text  of 
the  constitutions  and  constitutional  laws  in  operation. 
1890   342.44  L76 


342.49     S'witzerland 

ADAMS,  Sir  Francis  Ottiwell,  &  Cunningham,  CD. 

Swiss  confederation.     1894 342.49  A21 

A  constitutional  history  of  the  Swiss  confederation.  There  are  separate 
chapters  devoted  to  the  communes,  the  cantons,  the  army,  education, 
the  referendum,  etc. 

MOSES,  Bernard. 

The  federal  government  of  Switzerland;  an  essay  on  the  con- 
stitution.    1889 342.49  M93 

VINCENT,  John  Martin. 

Government  in   Switzerland.     1900.     (Library  of  economics 

and  politics.) 342.49  V34 

"Literature  of  Swiss  constitutional  history,"  p.34i-3€o. 


CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY  401 

WINCHESTER,  Boyd. 

Swiss  republic.     1891 342-49  W77 


342.71     Canada 

BOURINOT,  Sir  John  George. 

How  Canada  is  governed.     1895 342.71  B6s 

Bibliographical  notes  at  the  end  of  each  part. 

"A  concise  account  of  the  growth  of  the  Canadian  Constitution;  the 
Dominion,  Provincial,  municipal  and  school  governments  of  Canada. 
The  Imperial  control  over  Canada  is  described  and  the  Constitution 
of  the  Dominion  is  appended.  Author  is  [1895]  Clerk  of  the  Canadian 
House  of  Commons."     George  lies. 


342.7     United  States 

BANCROFT,  George. 

History  of  the  formation  of  the  constitution  of  the  United 

States.    2v.     1893 342.7  B22 

BASCOM,  John. 

Growth  of  nationality  in  the  United  States;  a  social  study. 

1899 342.7  B28 

Contents:    Introducticn. — The  Supreme  court. — Strife  between  the  states 
and  the  United  States. — Strife  between  groups  of  states  for  control. — 
Reconstruction    and    nationality. — Strife    between    departments. — Strife 
between  classes. — Conclusions. 
BRANNON.  Henry. 

Treatise  on  the  rights  and  privileges  guaranteed  by  the  four- 
teenth amendment  to  the  constitution  of  the  United  States. 

looi  r342.7  B71 

BROOKS.  Elbridge  Streeter. 

Century  book  for  young  Americans,  showing  how  a  party  - 

of  boys  and  girls  who  knew  how  to  use  their  eyes  and 
ears  found  out  all  about  the  government  of  the  United 

States.     1894 j.342.7  B77 

The  same.    1894 rJ342.7  B77 

BRYCE.  James. 

American  commonwealth.    Ed.3  enl.    2v.    1895 342.7  B84 

The  same.    Ed. 2.    2v.     1891 342.7  B84a 

The  same.    Ed..^  enl.    2v.    1898 r342.7  B84 

The  same;  abridged  edition.    1898 342.7  B84a2 

"There  are  few  thiners  for  which  a  civilized  people  have  more  cause  to 
be  thankful  than  for  an  impartial  but  kindly  estimate  of  their  institu- 
tions and  their  character  by  a  thoroughly  competent  judge.  .  .All  who 
have  a  patriotic  and  intelligent  interest  in  the  country  will  welcome 
Professor  Bryce's  book  as  one  of  the  most  weighty  and  important 
contributions  ever  offered  us  in  the  study  of  the  gravest  questions 
of  public  and  social  concern ...  Prof .  Bryce  divides  his  work  into 
four  principal  parts:  first,  the  framework  and  constitutional  machinery 
of  the  nation;  second,  the  same  of  the  several  States;  third,  the 
methods  by  which  this  machinery  is  worked,  including  party  organiza- 
tions and  the  men  who  'run'  them;  fourth,  the  ulterior  forces  which 
move  the  whole  and  give  it  direction.  This  last  includes  (as  sub- 
divisions) public  opinion,  the  influence  of  religion  and  of  various 
social  institutions.  Illustrations  of  the  good  and  bad  working  of 
methods  and  of  forces  are  introduced;  and  the  whole  is  supplemented 
by  estimates  of  the  worth  of  what  has  been  here  developed,  with 
some  forecast  of  the  future... No  earnest  and,  intelligent  American 
can  afford  to  remain  ignorant  of  this  work.     His  education  will  be  in- 


402  CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY 


complele  as  a  preparation  for  his  duties  as  a  citizen  if  he  does  not  take 
advantage  of  the  helps  to  a  sound  judgment  and  a  noble  purpose  which 
are  here  given."     Nation,  1889. 

CARSON,  Hampton  Lawrence,  ed. 

History  of  the  celebration  of  the  one  hundredth  anniversary 
of   the    promulgation    of  the    constitution    of  the    United 

States     2v.     1889 qr342.7  C23 

CHITTENDEN,  Lucius  Eugene. 

Report  of  the  debates  and  proceedings  in  the  secret  sessions 
of  the  conference  convention,  for  proposing  amendments 
to  the  constitution  of  the  United  States,  held  at  Washing- 
ton, D.  C,  Feb.  1861.     1864 ^242.7  C44 

CLARK,  Frederick  Hiram. 

Outlines  of  civics;  a  supplement  to  Bryce's  "American  com- 
monwealth;" for  use  in  high  schools  and  colleges. 

1899   342.7   CS2 

"Book  list,"  p. 243-255. 

CURTIS,  George  Ticknor. 

Constitutional    history   of   the    United    States,   from   their 

Declaration  of  independence  to  the  close  of  their  Civil 

war.    2v.     1895-96 342.7  C93 

The  same.    2v.     1895-96   r342.7  C93 

Bibliography  compiled  by  P.   L.   Ford,   v. 2,  p. 708-766. 

ELLIOT,  Jonathan,  ed. 

Debates,  resolutions  and  other  proceedings  in  convention  on 
the  adoption  of  the  federal  constitution  as  recommended 
by  the  general  convention  at  Philadelphia,  1787.  4v. 
1827-30 r342.7  ES2 

V.I.    Debates  in  Massachusetts  and  New- York. 

v.2.    Debates  in  Virginia. 

v.3.    Debates  in  North  Carolina  and  Pennsylvania. 
~  v.4.     Journal   and  debates  of  the   Federal  convention  held  at  Philadel- 

phia, 1787. 

"Its  importance  is  in  the  fact  that  it  reveals  how  each  principle  em- 
bodied in  the  Constitution  took  root  and  grew  up  into  its  final  shape. 
The  work  is  a  necessary  and  a  favorite  authority  with  all  investigators 
of  the  period  with  which  it  deals."     C.  K.  Adams. 

FEDERALIST. 

Federalist;  a  commentary  on  the  constitution  of  the  United 
States;  essays  written  in  support  of  the  constitution 
agreed  upon  Sept.  17,  1787,  by  the  Federal  convention; 
from  the  text  of  Alexander  Hamilton,  John  Jay  and 
James  Madison;  ed.  by  H.  C.  Lodge.     1894 342.7  F31 

Published  originally  in  serial  form  in  New  York  newspapers,  1 787-1 788; 
collected  soon  after  in  book  form  under  the  title  "The  Federalist." 
Had  strong  influence  in  turning  public  opinion  in  favor  of  the 
constitution. 

"Was  the  first  authoritative  interpretation  of  the  Constitution,  and  was 
mainly  written  by  the  two  principal  authors  of  that  instrument.  .  .It 
has  acquired  all  the  weight  and  sanction  of  a  judicial  decision,  and 
has  been  constantly  used  as  an  authority  in  the  settlement  of  consti- 
tutional questions."     Editor's  introduction. 

FISHER,  Sydney  George. 

Evolution  of  the  constitution  of  the  United  States,  showing 
that  it  is  a  development  of  progressive  history,  and  not  an 
isolated  document  struck  off  at  a  given  time,  or  imitation 
of  English  or  Dutch  forms  of  government.     1897 342.7  ^53 


CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY  403 

FISKE,  John. 

Civil  government  in  the  United  States,  considered  with  some 

reference  to  its  origins.     1890 342.7  FS4 

With  bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

"Government  is  not  a  royal  mystery  to  be  shut  off  .  .  .  from  the  or- 
dinary business  of  life.  Questions  of  civil  government  are  practical 
business  questions,  the  principles  of  which  are  as  often  and  as  forcibly 
illustrated  in  a  city  council  or  a  county  board  of  supervisors,  as  in  the 
House  of  Representatives  at  Washington.  It  is  partly  because  too 
many  of  our  citizens  fail  to  realize  that  local  government  is  a  worthy 
study,  that  we  find  it  making  so  much  trouble  for  us."    Preface. 

FORD,  Henry  Jones. 

The  rise  and  growth  of  American  politics.     1898 342.7  F762 

"The  purpose  of  this  work  is  to  tell  the  story  of  our  politics  so  as  to 
explain  their  nature  and  interpret  their  characteristics.  Consideration 
of  questions  of  public  policy  or  of  party  issues  does  not  enter  into 
the  plan,  and  they  are  referred  to  only  as  they  have  affected  the 
formation  of  political  structure;  but  in  this  respect  their  influence  has 
-  been  so  continuous  that  the  work  presents  a  view  of  our  political  his- 

tory from  colonial  times  to  the  present  day.  The  object,  however,  has 
been  to  give  an  explanation  of  causes  rather  than  a  narrative  of 
events,  so  that  the  reader  may  understand  the  actual  system  of  gov- 
ernment under  which  we  live."    Preface. 

FORD,  Paul  Leicester,  ed. 

Pamphlets  on  the  constitution  of  the  United  States,  published 

during  its  discussion  by  the  people,  1787-1788.     1888 r342.7  F76 

Bibliography  and  reference  list  of  the  history  and  literature  of  the 
United  States  constitution,   1787-1788,  p.381-441. 

FORD,  Worthington  Chauncey. 

American  citizen's  manual.     2v.  in  i.     1892.     (Questions  of 

the  day.) 342.7  F76 

FOSTER,  Roger. 

Commentaries  on  the  constitution  of  the  United  States,  his- 
torical and  juridical.    V.I.     1895 r342.7  F81 

GIFFIN,  William  Milford. 

Civics  for  young  Americans;  or,  First  lessons  in  govern- 
ment; a  brief  description  of  the  different  forms  of  govern- 
ment and  a  full  explanation  of  the  important  clauses  of  our 

constitution.     1888  342-7  G37 

HARDING,  Samuel  Bannister. 

Contest  over  the  ratification  of  the  federal   constitution  in 

Massachusetts.     1896.     (Harvard  historical  studies.) 342.7  H25 

HARE,  John  Innes  Clark. 

American  constitutional  law.    2v.     1889 r342.7  H26 

"We  have  here  ...  a  competent  and  worthy  exposition  ...  of 
that  body  of  legal  doctrine  to  which  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States  has  given  rise  in  the  aspect  which  it  presents  to-day.  It  is  a 
book  of  the  first  importance,  dealing  in  a  large  way  with  great  and 
difficult  questions,  yet  careful,  close  of  texture,  and  showing  a  keen 
discrimination."     Nation,   1889. 

HARRISON,  Benjamin. 

This  country  of  ours.     1897 342.7  H29 

"A  view  of  the  machinery  of  our  national  government  in  motion,  and 
some  instruction  as  to  the  relations  and  uses  of  its  several  parts." 
Preface. 

HAYNES.  George  Henry. 

Representation  in  state  legislatures.  1900.  (American  acade- 
my of  political  and   social  science.      Publications,  Aug.  21, 


404  CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY 

1900.)  T342.7  H37 

Reprinted   from   the  Annals  of  the  American  academy  of  political  and 
social  science,  v.is-16,  1899-1900. 

HITCHCOCK,  Henry. 

American  state  constitutions.     1887.     (Questions  of  the 

day.) 342.7  H62 

HOLST,  Hermann  von. 

Constitutional  and  political  history  of  the  United  States, 

(1750-1861).     8v.     1881-92 342.7  H74 

V.8.  Index  and  list  of  authorities,  by  I.  H.  Brainerd. 
"The  author's  method  combines  the  narrative  with  the  argrumentative. 
His  purpose,  evidently,  is  not  to  give  a  history  of  events,  but  a 
searching  review  of  them.  .  .  The  point  of  view  from  which  the 
volumes  are  written  may  be  said  to  be  that  of  a  political  pessimist. 
It  would  be  difficult  to  find  a  passage  in  the  course  of  the  whole  work 
that  shows  an  admiration  of  any  one  feature  of  our  institutions.  . 
It  is  not  injurious  to  know  the  worst  that  can  be  said  of  us;  and, 
therefore,  every  student  of  robust  intelligence  may  receive  advantage 
from  the  stimulus  it  will  afford."    C.  K.  Adams. 

The  same.     8v.     1881-92 r342.7  H74 

Constitutional  law  of  the  United  States.    1887 342.7  H74C 

List  of  authorities  at  the  beginning  of  each  chapter. 
HOUGH,  Franklin  Benjamin,  comp. 

American  constitutions,  comprising  the  constitution  of  each 

state  and  of  the  United  States.    2v.     1872 r342.7  H83 

JUDSON.  Harry  Pratt. 

Young  American;  a  civic  reader.     1897 J342.7  J49 

Outlines  of  our  system  of  government,  interspersed  with  patriotic  selec- 
tions  in   prose  and  verse. 

LANDON,  Judson  Stewart. 

Constitutional  history  and  government  of  the  United  States. 

1900 , 342.7  L22 

McCLEARY,  James  Thompson. 

Studies  in  civics ;  revised  to  1897.     1897  342-7  M13 

Contents:   Government:    what   it   is  and   why  it  is. — Government   within 
the  state. — The  state. —  The  nation. —  Government  in  general. —  Com- 
mercial law. 
A  text-book  of  United  States  civil  government. 

McINTOSH,  Kenneth. 

Notes  on  the  constitutional  history  of  the  United  States. 

1877   r342.7  M17 

MACY,  Jesse. 

Our  government;  how  it  grew,  what  it  does  and  how  it  does 

it.     1894 J342.7  M22 

"Gives  a  concise  account  of  the  origin  of  our  governmental  institutions. . . 
Specially  adapted  for  schools."    Bouker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 
MADISON,  James. 

Papers;  ed.  by  H.  D.  Gilpin.    3v.     1840 r342.7  M23P 

v.i.     Debates  in  1776  on  the  Declaration  of  independence. — Letters  pre- 
ceding the  debates  of  1783. — Debates  in  the  Congress  of  the  confeder- 
ation,  Nov.   4,    1782-June   21,    1783. — Letters  contemporary  with  and 
subsequent  to  debates  of  1783. 
v.2.     Debates  in  Congress,  Feb.  19,  1787-Apr.  25,  1787. — Correspondence 
during  and  subsequent  to  debates,    Feb.    15,    1787-Nov.   2,    1788. — De- 
bates in  the  Federal  convention.  May  14,   1787-Aug.  6,  1787. 
V.3.     Debates  in  the  Federal  convention,  Aug.  7,  1787-Sept.  17,  1787. 
"Madison's  Debates  are  by  far  the   fullest  and  most  trustworthy  report 
of  the   [Constitutional]    Convention   [1787].      He  was  present  at  every 
session  and  took  careful  notes,  which  he  wrote  out  at  the  close  of  each 
session.     Toward  the  end  of  his  life... he  digested  this  material  into 


CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY  405 

the  form  in  which  it  appeared  in  Gilpin's  Madison  papers."      Lamed's 
Literature  of  American  history. 
The   Debates  are  also  to  be  found  in  the  Documentary  history  of  the 
constitution   issued   by   the   United   States   Rolls   and  library   bureau, 
(qr342.7  U25)  and  in  Madison's  Writings  edited  by  Hunt,  (r3o8  M23). 

MEIGS,  William  Montgomery. 

Growth  of  the  constitution  in  the  Federal  convention  of 
1787;  an  effort  to  trace  the  origin  and  dfevelopment  of 
each  separate  clause  from  its  first  suggestion  in  that 

body  to  the  form  finally  approved.     1900. 342-7  M57 

POORE,  Benjamin  Perley,  coinp. 

Federal  and  state  constitutions,  colonial  charters  and  other 

organic  laws  of  the  United  States.    2v.     1878 qr342.7  P81 

PREROGATIVE  rights  and  public  law.     1863 r342.7  P92 

Reprinted  from  the  Law  reporter,  Jan.  1863. 

Critical  review  of  the  doctrines  of  high  prerogative  advanced  in  William 
Whiting's  "War  powers  of  the  president  and  the  legislative  powers 
of  Congress  in  relation  to  rebellion,  treason  and  slavery." 

SCHOULER,  James. 

Constitutional  studies,  state  and  federal.    1897 342.7  S37 

Contents:  Early  charters  and  constitutions.— The  federal  union. — State 
constitutions  since   1789. 

SPEER,  Emory. 

Lectures  on  the  constitution  of  the  United  States.    1897 342-7  S74 

STEVENS,  Charles  Ellis. 

Sources  of  the  constitution  of  the  United  States  considered  in 

relation  to  colonial  and  English  history.     1894 342-7  S84 

The  same.    1894 r342.7  S84 

STORY,  Joseph. 

Commentaries  on  the  constitution  of  the  United  States,  with 
a  review  of  the  constitutional  history  of  the  colonies.    2v. 

1891 r342.7  S88 

Familiar  exposition  of  the  constitution  of  the  United  States. 

1893 342-7  S88 

THORPE,  Francis  Newton. 

Constitutional    history   of   the    American    people,    1776-1850- 

2v.      1898 342.7  T41C 

History  of  the  formation  of  state  constitutions  rather  than  a  constitution- 
al history  of  the  United  States.  Special  emphasis  is  laid  upon  the  sub- 
jects of  citizenship,  suffrage  and  eligibility  for  office. 

"A  valuable  section  of  a  possible  larger  whole,  but  wanting  in  the 
broad  conception  of  the  subject  which  [the]  title  implies... It  never- 
theless makes  important  additions  to  our  knowledge  of  American 
history."     Nation,  1899. 

Constitutional  history  of  the  United  States,  1765-1895.    3v. 

1901    342.7  T41CO 

V.I.    1765-1788.           v.2.    1788-1861.           v.3.    1861-1895. 
Story  of  the  constitution  of  the  United  States.     1891.     (Chau- 
tauqua reading  circle  literature.) 342-7  T41 

TOCQUEVILLE,  Alexis  de. 

Democracy  in  America.    2v.     1889 342.7  Ts4d 

Biographical  notice  of  the  author  by  Henry  Reeve,  p.9  -  41. 

Also    published    under    the    title    "Republic    of    the    United    States    of 

America." 
The  author  spent  a  year  in  America  for  the  purpose  of  observing  our 

political  institutions,  and  published  this  book  about  1835. 
"As  a  successful  investigation  by  a  foreigner  of  the  nature  and  working 
of  institutions  dissimilar  from  those  of  his  own  country,  and  in  many 


406  CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY 

essential  respects  different  from  any  which  were  elsewhere  established, 
it  stands  quite  alone  in  political  literature.  .  .It  is  a  manual  alike  for 
the  political  theorist  and  the  practical  statesman;  and  whatever  changes 
our  institutions  may  undergo,  its  value  will  remain  undiminished." 
Charles  Eliot  Norton. 

Republic  of  the  United  States  of  America.    2v.  in  i 342.7  TS4 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Democracy  in  America." 
"Universally  regarded  as  a  sound,  philosophical,  impartial  and  remarkably 
clear  and  distinct  view  of  our  political  institutions,  and  of  our  man- 
ners, opinions,  and  habits,  as  influen(;ed  by  those  institutions."     /.  C. 
Spencer,  in  preface. 

TUCKER,  John  Randolph. 

Constitution  of  the  United  States;  a  critical  discussion  of  its 
genesis,  development  and  interpretation;  ed.  by  H.  St.  G. 
Tucker.     2v.     1899    342.7  T81 

Contains  a  "Table  of  cases  cited."  The  appendix,  in  v.2,  gives  the  text 
of  the  following  documents:  Magna  charta.  Petition  of  right.  Bill  of 
rights.  Resolutions  of  Congress,  Oct.  14,  1774,  Virginia  resolutions, 
Kentucky  resolutions.  Action  of  states  on  Virginia  resolutions,  Con- 
stitution of  the  United  States,  Declaration  of  independence.  Articles 
of  confederation,  and  Resolutions  transmitted  to  Congress  by  the 
Federal  convention,  Sept.  17,  1787. 
[UPSHUR,  Abel  Parker.] 

Brief  enquiry  into  the  nature  of  our  federal  government;  a 
review  of  Story's   Commentaries  on  the  constitution. 

•     1840 T 342.7   U26 

For  Story's  Commentaries  on  the  constitution  see  r342.7  S88. 

VIRGINIA— Convention  of  1788. 

Debates  and  other  proceedings  of  the  convention  of  Virginia, 
convened  at  Richmond,  June  2,  1788,  for  the  purpose  of 
deliberating    on    the    constitution    recommended    by    the 

Federal  convention.     1805 r342.7  V349 

WILSON,  Woodrow. 

State  and  federal  governments  of  the  United  States.    1889. .  .342.7  W77 

"Reprint  of  the  chapter... on  the  United  States  contained  in  the  same 
author's  The  state ...  In  its  present  form  the  book  makes  a  serviceable 
manual  for  school  use."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

YATES,  Robert. 

Secret  proceedings  and  debates  of  the  convention  as- 
sembled at  Philadelphia,  in  1787,  for  the  purpose  of 
forming  the  constitution,  from  notes  taken  by  Yates; 
including  "The  genuine  information"  laid  before  the 
legislature  of  Maryland  by  Luther  Martin;  also  other 
historical  documents,  relative  to  the  federal  compact 
of  the  North  American  union.     1845 r342.7  Y18 

"Yates's  notes  on  the  debates  are  brief  summaries  of  the  discussions  be- 
tween May  25  and  July  s.  at  which  date  Yates  withdrew,  owing  to 
his  hostility  to  the  plan  favored  by  the  majority.  .  .Madison  criticised 
them  severely  for  inaccuracy." 

"Luther  Martin's  Genuine  information  is  a  general  summary  of  the 
course  of  the  debates,  with  a  running  criticism  on  the  provisions  of 
the  Constitution,  and  was  delivered  orally  as  a  report  to  the  legislature 
of  Maryland."     Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

Separate  states 

ARKANSAS.     Constitution. 

Constitution  of  Arkansas  as  adopted  in  convention,  Jan. 
30,  1836.  (Appended  to  the  Constitution  of  the  state 
of  Michigan  as  adopted  May  11,  1835.) r977  T32 


CONSTITUTIONAL  LAW  AND  HISTORY  407 

MICHIGAN.     Constitution. 

Constitution  of  Michigan  as  adopted  in  convention.  May 

11,  1835.     1835 r977  T32 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

ADDRESS  of  the  Society  of  constitutional  Republicans  of  the 
borough  of  Carlisle  to  the  citizens  of  Pennsylvania  and 
particularly  to  the  Republicans  of  the  county  of  Cumber- 
land.    1805   r342.7  B67 

The  authorship  of  this  pamphlet  is  attributed  to  Francis  Gibson. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

BRACKENRIDGE,  Hugh  Henry. 

Standard  of  liberty;  an  occasional  paper,  by  Democritus.  .r342.7  B67 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

HARLAN,  A.D. 

Pennsylvania   constitutional   convention,    1872  and   1873;   its 
members   and  officers  and   the   result  of  their  labors. 
1873   r342.74  H27 

PENNSYLVANIA.    Constitution. 

Constitution  of  the  commonwealth  of  Pennsylvania  as  al- 
tered and  amended  by  the  convention  for  that  purpose 
freely  chosen  and  assembled  [1789-1790],  and  by  them 
proposed  for  the  consideration  of  their  constituents. 
1790   r342.74  P39C 

PENNSYLVANIA — Constitutional  convention,  1776. 

Proceedings  relative  to  calling  the  conventions  of  1776  and 
1790;  the  minutes  of  the  convention  that  formed  the  pres- 
ent constitution  of  Pennsylvania;  together  with  the  charter 
to  William  Penn;  the  constitutions  of  1776  and  1790;  and  a 
view  of  the  proceedings  of  the  convention  of  1776  and 
the  Council  of  censors.     1825 r342.74  P39P 

PENNSYLVANIA — Constitutional  convention,  1837. 

Daily  chronicle  and  convention  journal,  containing  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  convention;  ed.  by  E.  Guyer.     v.1-3,  no. 

12,  in  I.     18^7 qr342.74  P39 

No  more  published. 

Journal  of  the  convention.     2v.     1837-38 r342.74  P39JO 

Minutes  of  the  committee  of  the  whole.    1837 r342.74  P39J0  v.2 

Proceedings  and  debates  of  the  convention;  reported  by  John 

Agg.     13V.     1837-39 r342.74  P39CO 

V.5  wanting. 
PENNSYLVANIA — Constitutional  convention,  1872. 

Debates  of  the  convention.    9v.     1873 T342.74  P39d 

v.p  is  a  general  index. 

Journal  of  the  convention.     2v.     1873 r342.74  P39J 

TEXAS.     Constitution. 

Constitution  of  the  republic  of  Texas  [adopted  by  the  con- 
vention of  delegates  March  17,  1836],  to  which  is  pre- 
fixed the  declaration  of  independence  made  in  con- 
vention, March  2,  1836.     1836 r977  T32 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

VIRGINIA — ConFtitutional  convention,  1830. 

Proceedings  and  debates  of  the  Virginia  state  convention. 


4o8  CRIMINAL  LAW 


1829-30,  to  which  are  subjoined  the  new  constitution  of 

Virginia  and  the  votes  of  the  people.    1830 T242.7S  V34 

343     Criminal  law 

BARROWS,  Samuel  June,  comp. 

New  legislation  concerning  crimes,  misdemeanors  and  pen- 
alties; comp.  from  the  laws  of  the  55th  congress  and 
from  the  session  laws  of  the  states  and  territories  for 
1897  and  1898.  [Report  of  the  commissioner  for  the 
United  States  on  the  International  prison  commission, 
prepared  for  the  Sixth  international  congress,  1900.] 
1900.  (United  States.  56th  cong.  ist  sess.  Senate. 
Doc.    no. 283.) r343    B26 

343.1     Trials 

ATLAY,  James  Beresford. 

Famous  trials  of  the  century.     1899 343-1  A88 

Contents:    Weare  and  Thurtell. — The  King  against  Burke  and  M'Dougal. 
— The    Queen    against    Courvoisier.— A    miscarriage    of    justice. — The 
Queen    against    Madeleine    Smith. — The    road    mystery. — The    Queen 
against   Dr   Pritchard. — The   Tichborne  case. 
CHASE,  Samuel. 

Answer  and  pleas  of  Samuel  Chase,  one  of  the  associate 
justices  of  the  Supreme  court  of  the  United  States,  to 
the  articles  of  impeachment  exhibited  against  him  by 
the  House  of  representatives.     Printed  by  order  of  the 

Senate.     1805 r343.i    C38 

Presented  Feb.  4,   1805. 
CLINTON,  Henry  Lauren. 

Celebrated  trials.     1897 343-1  C59 

Gives,  among  others,  accounts  of  the  trials  of  "Boss"  Tweed  in   1873; 
the  case  of  John  Kelly,  the  leader  of  Tammany  hall,  against  Mayor 
Havemeyer,  for  libel;  and  the  trial  of  Richard  Croker,  the  noted  poli- 
tician, for  the  murder  of  John  McKenna,  in  1874. 
HOGAN,  Edmund,  ed. 

Pennsylvania  state  trials,  containing  the  impeachment,  trial 
and  acquittal  of  Francis  Hopkinson  and  John  Nicholson, 
the  former  being  judge  of  the  court  of  admiralty,  and  the 
latter,   the   comptroller-general   of   Pennsylvania,     v.i. 
1794   r343.i   H68 

No  more  published. 

Hopkinson  was  charged  with  receiving  and  exacting  unwarrantable  fees 
of  office  and  with  accepting  prizes  from  the  captors  of  ships,  previous 
to  their  condemnation  or  sale.  The  charge  against  Nicholson  was  for 
authorizing  the  redemption  of  the  so-called  New-loan  certificates  of  the 
state  of  Pennsylvania. 
SHIPPEN,  Edward,  and  others. 

Report  of  the  trial  and  acquittal  of  Edward  Shippen,  chief 
justice,  and  Jasper  Yeates  and  Thomas  Smith,  assistant 
justices  of  the  Supreme  court  of  Pennsylvania,  on  an  im- 
peachment before  the  Senate  of  the  commonwealth,  Jan- 
uary, 1805;  by  William  Hamilton.     [1805.] r343-i  S55 

Shippen,  Yeates  and  Smith  were  impeached  "for  high  misdemeanor  in 
office  by  arbitrarily  and  unconstitutionally  fining  and  imprisoning 
Thomas  Passmore"  for  alleged  contempt  of  court. 


CRIMINAL  LAW  409 


STEPHEN,  H.  L.  ed. 

State  trials,  political  and  social.    2v.     1899 343-1  S82 

V.I.     Sir  Walter  Raleigh. — Charles   I. — The   regicides. — Colonel   Turner 

and  others. — The   Suffolk  witches. — Alice  Lisle. 
V.2.     Lord  Russell. — The  Earl  of  Warwick. — Spencer  Cowper  and  others. 
— Samuel  Goodere  and  others. 

UNITED  STATES— House— 8th  cong.  2d  sess. 

Replication  by  the  House  of  representatives  to  the  answer 
of  Samuel  Chase,  one  of  the  associate  justices  of  the 
Supreme  court  of  the  United  States,  to  the  articles  of 
impeachment  exhibited  against  him;  presented  by  the 

managers  of  the  House,  Feb.  7th,  1805.    1805 r343.i  C38 

Bound  with  Chase's  "Answer  and  pleas." 

343.2     Punishment  of  criminals 

BERTRAM,  James  Glass. 

Flagellation   &  the  flagellants;   a  history  of  the  rod  in  all 

countries  from  the  earliest  period ' 343-2  B46 

"List  of  authorities,"  p. 535-538. 

OLDFIELD,  Josiah. 

Penalty  of  death ;  or.  The  problem  of  capital  punishment ;  a 
consideration  of  the  causes  which  led  to  the  adoption  and 
perpetuation  of  this  terrible  penalty,  an  attempt  to  consider 
the  fitting  time  for  its  termination,  and  the  substitutes  by 
which  to  replace  it.     1901  343-2  O23 

Bibliography,   p.  24. 

PALM,  Andrew  J. 

Death  penalty;   a  consideration  of  the  objections  to  capital 
punishment;  with  a  chapter  on  war.     1891.     (Questions  of 

the  day.)   343-2  P19 

SCHMUCKER,  Samuel  Simon. 

Dissertation  on  capital  punishment r365  P95  v.2 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
SPEAR,  Charles. 

Essays  on  the  punishment  of  death.     1844 343-2  S74 

Gives  arguments  against  capital  punishment. 

343.4-343.9     Criminal  law  of  special  countries 

MAITLAND,  Frederic  William. 

Justice  and  police.    1885.     (English  citizen  series.) 343-4  M27 

SPAIN— Crown. 

Translation  of  the  law  of  criminal  procedure  for  Cuba  and 
Porto  Rico,  (with  Spanish  text)  ;  with  annotations,  ex- 
planatory notes  and  amendments  made  since  the  American 
occupation.  1901.  (United  States — Insular  affairs  di- 
vision.)   r343.7  S73 

Translation  of  the  penal  code  in  force  in  Cuba  and  Porto 
Rico.  1900.  (United  States — Insular  affairs  di- 
vision.)     r343.9  S73 

Bound  with  Translation  of  the  penal  code  in  force  in  the  Philippines. 

Translation  of  the  penal  code  in  force  in  the  Philippines. 

1900.     (United  States — Insular  affairs  division.) r343-9  S73 


410  MARTIAL  LAW 


344     Martial  law 

LAUCHHEIMER,  Charles  Henry,  comp. 

Forms  of  procedure  for  general  and  summary  courts-martial, 
courts  of  inquiry,  investigations,  naval  and  marine  examin- 
ing and  retiring  boards;  comp.  under  direction  of  judge- 
advocate-general.  Navy  department.     1896 r344  L36 

LEE,  C.H.  cottip. 

Judge  advocate's  vade  mecum,  embra'cing  a  general  view 
of  military  law,  and  the  practice  before  courts  martial, 
with  an  epitome  of  the  law  of  evidence,  as  applicable  to 
military  trials.     1863 r344  L52 

Appendix:     Articles   of   war;   an  act  for  establishing   rules  and  articles 
for  the  government  of  the  armies  of  the  Confederate  States. 

LIEBER,  Guido  Norman. 

Justification  of  martial  law.     1898 r344  L69 

Reprint  from  the  North  American  review,  v.  163. 

Use  of  the  army  in  aid  of  the  civil  power.     1898 t^344  L69 

Bound  with  his  Justification  of  martial  law. 

SCHUYLER,  Gen.  Philip  John. 

Proceedings  of  a  general  court  martial  held  at  Maj.Gen. 
Lincoln's  quarters  near  Quaker-hill  in  New  York  by 
order  of  Gen.  Washington,  for  the  trial  of  Maj.Gen. Schuy- 
ler, Oct.  I,  1778.     1778 qr344  S39 

By  this  court-martial  Schuyler  was  acquitted  of  all  blame  for  the  loss  of 
Ticonderoga. 

The  same.     (In  New  York  historical  society.     Collections; 

publication  fund  series,  v.12,  p. 3-21 1.) qr974.4  N261  v.12 

UNITED  STATES— War  department. 

Manual  for  courts-martial  and  of  procedure  under  military 

law.     1898 r344  U25 

Military  laws  of  the  United  States.     1901    r344  U25m 


345     Statutes 
United  States 

ABERT,  William  Stone,  &  Lovejoy,  E.G.  comp. 

Compiled  statutes  in  force  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  in- 
cluding the  acts  of  the  50th  congress,  1887-89.     1894. .  .qr345  A14 
UNITED  STATES.    Statutes. 

Revised  statutes  of  the  United  States,  1789-1878.     1878.  ..qr345  U25 
Forms  part  of  v.  18,  pt.i  of  the  Statutes  at  large. 

Supplement,    v.i,  2,  pt.i-8.     1895-1900 qr345  U2Ss 

V.I.     1874-1891. 
V.2,  pt.  1-8.     1892-1899. 
Statutes  at  large,  and  recent  treaties,  conventions  and  ex- 
ecutive proclamations.  V.18,  pt.2,  v.28-32.   1875-1902.  .qr345  U2534 
V.18,  pt.2.     43d  cong.    ist  sess.    1873-1874;   Revised  statutes  relating  to 

District  of  Columbia,  post-roads  and  public  treaties. 
V.28.     53d  cong.  Aug.   1893-March,  1895. 
V.29.      S4th  cong.  Dec.  i89S-March,  1897. 
Y.30.     ssth  cong.  March,   1897-March,   1899. 
V.31.     56th  cong.  Dec.  i899-March,  1901. 
V.32.     S7th  cong.   Dec.   1901-March,   1903. 


STATUTES  411 


Laws  of  the  United  States   [comp.  by  J.  B.  Colvin].     v.4, 

9.     1816-39 r345   U25I 

v.4.     9th-i3th  cong.,  Dec.  i8os-Mar.  1815. 
V.9.     23d-2Sth  cong.,   Dec.    1833-Mar.   1839. 
Known  as  the  Bioren  edition. 

Acts  and  resolutions  passed  at  the  3d  session  of  the  42d 
congress,  Dec.  2,  1872-March  3,  1873;  ist  session  of  the 
43d  congress,  Dec.    i,   1873-June  23,   1874.     2v.     1873- 

74 r34S  U253 

UNITED  STATES— Court  of  claims. 

Cases  decided  in  the  court  of  claims  of  the  United  States. 

v.32-date.     1897-date  r345  U2S33 

V.32.  Term  of  1896-97. 
V.33.  Term  of  1897-98. 
V.34.  Term  of  1898-99. 
V.35.  Term  of  1899-1900. 
V.36.  Term  of  1900-01. 
V.37.     Term  of   1901-02. 

HINMAN,  Royal  Ralph,  (pseud.  An  antiquarian),  comp. 

The  blue  laws  of  New  Haven  colony,  usually  called  blue  laws 
of  Connecticut,  Quaker  laws  of  Plymouth  and  Massachu- 
setts, blue  laws  of  New  York,  Maryland,  Virginia  and 
South  Carolina,  first  record  of  Connecticut.    1838 345  H56 

TRUMBULL,  James  Hammond,  ed. 

True-blue  laws  of  Connecticut  and  New  Haven,  and  the  false 
blue-laws  invented  by  Samuel  Peters;  also  specimens  of 
the  laws  and  judicial  proceedings  of  other  colonies  and 
blue-laws  of  England  in  the  reign  of  James  L     1876 345  T78 


Separate  states 

ILLINOIS.    Statutes. 

Revised  statutes,  1874;  comprising  the  revised  acts  of 
187 1-2  and   1873-4,  with  all   other  general   statutes   in 

force,  July  i,  1874;  ed.  by  H.  B.  Hurd.     1874 qr345  I22 

JAMES,  Edmund  Janes. 

Information  relating  to  the  territorial  laws  of  Illinois  passed, 
1809-1812.  1899.  (Illinois  state  historical  library.  Publi- 
cations, V.2.) r34S  J16 

MAINE  townsman;  or.  Laws  for  the  regulation  of  towns,  with 
forms  and  judicial  decisions  adapted  to  the  revised  statutes 
of  Maine;  revised  and  enlarged  by  Benjamin  Kingsbury. .  .r345  M26 
NEW  YORK  (state).     Statutes. 

Laws  of  New-York  from  the  year  1691  to  1751  inclusive. 

1752 qr345  N261 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Library. 

Bulletin;  legislation,     no.i-date.     1891-date  r345  N36 

Annual  summary  of  the  new  laws  passed  by  all  the  states  of  the  Union. 
PURDON,  John,  comp. 

Digest  of  the  laws  of  Pennsylvania,  1700-1861;  ed.  by  F.  C. 

Brightly.     Ed.9.     1862.     (Pennsylvania.     Statutes.) ...  .qr345  P98 
The  same,   1700-1894;   ed.  by  F.  F.  Brightly.     Ed.   12.     2v. 

1894.     (Pennsylvania.     Statutes.) qr345  P98d 


412  STATUTES 

The  same:  Supplement,  sess.   1895.     1895.     (Pennsylvania. 

Statutes.)    qr345   P98d2 

The  same:  Annual  digest  of  the  laws,  1862  to  1870;  by  F.  C. 

Brightly.     1870.     (Pennsylvania.     Statutes.) r345  P98d3 

PENNSYLVANIA.     Statutes. 

Statutes  at  large  from  1682  to  1801;  comp.  by  J.  T.  Mitchell 

and  Henry  Flanders,    v.2-3.     1896 qr345  PSQs 

V.2.   I7OO-I712. 
V.3.   I712-I724. 

Laws  of  the  commonwealth  from  1700-1790;  republished 

by  A.  J.  Dallas,    v.1-2.     1793-97 qr345  P39a 

V.I.        I7OO-I781.  V.2.        I782-I790. 

The    same,    1700-1802;    republished    by    M.  Carey    and    J. 

Bioren.     v.6.     1803 r345  P39 

'With  an  appendix  containing  ancient  charters,  public  records,  and 
legislative  acts  formerly  in  force  in  Pennsylvania,  and  still  connected 
. . .   with  the  laws  and  policy  of  the  commonwealth." 

Acts  of  assembly  of  the  province  of  Pennsylvania,  compared 
with  the  originals;  and  an  appendix  containing  such  acts, 
and  parts  of  acts  relating  to  property,  as  are  expired,  al- 
tered or  repealed;  with  royal,  proprietary,  city  and  bor- 
ough charters  and  the  original  concessions  of  William 
Penn  to  the  first  settlers  of  the  province;  [ed.  by  Joseph 

Galloway] .     1775 qr345  P39ac 

Laws  of  the  General  assembly  of  Pennsylvania,  passed  at 
the  session  of  1825,  1826/27,  1864,  1874,  1875,  1876,  1885 
and  special  session  of  1883,  1887,  1889,  1895,  1897,  1899, 

1901.     1826-1902 r345  P39I 

Title   of  the  volume   for  the  session  of   1825   is   "Acts  of  the   General 

assembly  passed  at  a  session  begun  at  Harrisburg,  6  Dec.   1825." 
Sessions  semi-annual   1776-80;   3  a  year   1781-89;  annual   1790-1879;  bi- 
ennial since,  in  odd  years,  beginning  January.     A  list  of  the  sessions 
of  the  Provincial  assembly,    1682-1776,  and  of  the   Legislature,    1776- 
1899,  will  be  found  in  the  Report  of  the  state  librarian  for   1900,  p. 
314-326,             ro27.5   P39. 
Acts  relating  to  the  circuit  courts  in  Pennsylvania,  pub- 
lished by  way  of  appendix  to  the  pamphlet  laws,  agree- 
ably to  a  resolution  of  the  legislature  of  April  9th,  1827. 
1827   r34S  P39I 

Bound  with  the  Laws  passed  by  the  General  assembly  of  Pennsylvania 
at  the  session  of  1826/27. 

VIRGINIA.    Statutes. 

Acts  passed  at  called  session,  1862.    1862 r973-7  Css 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Sketches  of  the  acts  and  joint  resolutions  of  the  assembly, 

1861.     1861 r973.7  CS5 

Lacks  pages  after   16. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

CONFEDERATE  STATES  OF  AMERICA.    Statutes. 

Acts  and  resolutions  of  the  fourth  session  of  the  provisional 

congress  held  at  Richmond,  Va.     1862 rgy^.y  C74a 

Bound   with   other   pamphlets. 

Public  laws  passed  at  the  ist  congress,  ist-4th  sessions,  and 
the  2d  congress,  ist  session,  1862-1864,  carefully  collated 
with  the  originals  at  Richmond ;  ed.  by  J.  M.  Matthews. 

1862-64   r34S  C74 

Cover  has  the  title  Statutes  at  large. 


TREATISES  ON  LAW  413 

Statutes  at  large  of  the  provisional  government  of  the  Con- 
federate States  of  America,  from  the  institution  of  the  gov- 
ernment, Feb.  8,  1861,  to  its  termination,  Feb.  18,  1862,  ar- 
ranged in  chronological  order,  with  the  constitution  for  the 
provisional  government  and  the  permanent  constitution  of 
the  Confederate  States,  and  the  treaties  concluded  with  In- 
dian tribes ;  ed.  by  J.  M.  Matthews.     1864' r345  C74 

347     Treatises  on  law 

BLACKSTONE,  Sir  William. 

Commentaries  on  the  laws  of  England;  ed.  by  T.  M.  Cooley. 

2v.     1884 qr347   651 

"The  grace,  clearness,  and  dignity  of  style  in  which  Blackstone  wrote 
have  made  his  work  a  favorite  text-book  with  young  lawyers  for 
somewhat  more  than  a  century.  .  .  Blackstone  was  not  a  profound 
historical  scholar;  and  he  wrote  at  a  period  before  the  investigation  of 
sources  had  taught  students  what  to  accept  and  what  to  reject.  It  is 
not  singular,  therefore,  that  many  of  his  statements  of  fact  have  been 
shown  to  be  erroneous,  and  that  some  of  his  conclusions  have  been 
overthrown."    C.  K.  Adams. 

CARTER,  A.T. 

Outlines  of  English  legal  history.     1899 r347  C23 

FORSYTH,  William. 

Hortensius;  an  essay  on  the  office  and  duties  of  an  advocate. 

1879 347  F79 

HOLMES.  Oliver  Wendell,  jr. 

Common  law.     1881 347  H73 

INDERWICK,  Frederick  Andrew. 

King's  peace;  a  historical  sketch  of  the  English  law  courts. 

1895.     (Social  England  series.) 347  I24 

Bibliogrraphy,  p. 238-246. 

"The  value  of  the  book  is  qualified  by  the  character  of  the  premises: 
That  the  English  law,  the  English  peace,  is  the  King's  law  and  the 
King's  peace,  is  the  theory  of  the  older  jurists... In  spite  of  these 
failures,  the  failures  of  a  legal  antiquarian  rather  than  of  an  historian, 
the  book  will  possess  a  value  and  an  interest  for  the  general  reader, 
an  interest  enhanced  by  several  well-chosen  illustrations,  and  a  value 
increased  by  the  presentation  of  a  short  bibliography."  American 
historical  review,  1895. 

KENT,  James. 

Commentaries  on  American  law;  ed.  by  C.  M.  Barnes.     4v. 

1884 r347  K19 

POLLOCK.  Sir  Frederick,  &  Maitland,  F.  W. 

History  of  English  law  before  the  time  of  Edward  I.     2v. 

1898 347  P76 

"The  authoritative  treatise  upon  the  history  of  early  English  law;  based 
upon  an  exhaustive  research  in  the  original  sources  and  a  critical 
study  of  the  secondary  sources;  contains  a  chronological  discussion 
of  (i)  Anglo-Saxon  law,  (2)  Norman  law,  (3)  England  under  the  Nor- 
man kings,  (4)  Roman  and  canon  law,  (s)  the  age  of  Glanvill,  (6)  the 
age  of  Bracton;  topical  discussions  of  tenure,  classes,  political  divis- 
ions, ownership  and  possession,  contract,  inheritance,  family  law,  crime 
and  tort,  procedure,  with  bibliography  and  index;  of  value  to  the 
student  of  English  history,  of  constitutional  and  legal  history,  for 
the  Angevin  period  in  particular;  maintains  in  opposition  to  the 
theories  of  the  Celtic  and  Roman  origin  of  English  law,  its  Teutonic — 
German,  Scandinavian,  Prankish  origin,  influenced  in  its  development 
by  the  Roman  ecclesiastical  law  and  the  classical  Roman  law  of  Jus- 
tinian; accurate,  critical  and  exhaustive."     W.  Dawson  Johnston. 


414  TREATISES  ON  LAW 

THORNTON,  W.W.  ed. 

National  cyclopaedia  of  law.    2v.     1891 T347  T41 

AMERICAN    law    review ;  quarterly   and   bi-monthly,  Oct.  1866- 

date.    v.i-date.     1867-date T347.0S  A51 

Index,  V.1-13,   1866-1879.     1879. 

GREEN  bag;  a  magazine  for  lawyers;   monthly,     v.i-date. 

1889-date qr347.0S   G82 

v.io  contains  an  index  to  v.i-io. 

LAW  quarterly  review,     v.i-date.     1885-date r347.05  L39 

V.IO  contains  an  index  to  v.i-10,  v.is  to  v. 11-15. 
LEGAL  journal;  weekly,  June  25,  i8s9-Oct.  22,  i860,  Oct.  14, 

1867-Sept.  21,  1868.    v. 6-8,  in  I,  V.15.     1859-67 qr347-05  L54 

.  v.6-8  incomplete. 
Running  title  reads  Pittsburgh  legal  journal. 

PENNSYLVANIA.    Statutes. 

General  corporation  act,  and  act  for  the  taxation  of  cor- 
porations, 1874 r347.i  P39 

SPAIN— Crown. 

Translation  of  the  law  of  eminent  domain,  extended  to  Cuba 
and  Porto  Rico  by  royal  decree  of  June  13,  1884,  and  regu- 
lations for  its  application.  1901.  (United  States — In- 
sular affairs  division.) r347.2  S73t 

Translation  of  the  mortgage  law  for  Cuba,  Puerto  Rico  and 
the  Philippines,  1893.  1899.  (United  States — War  de- 
partment.)   r347.2    S73 

WATT,  Welstood  Alexander. 

Theory  of  contract  in  its  social  light.    1897 347-4  W32 

347.6     Marriage  and  divorce 

UNITED  STATES— Labor  department. 

Report  on  marriage  and  divorce  in  the  United  States,  1867- 
1886;  including  an  appendix  relating  to  marriage  and  di- 
vorce in  certain  countries  in  Europe.  1891.  (ist  spe- 
cial report  of  the  commissioner,  1889.) r347-6  U25 

'  "Its  1074  pages  bring  together  from  original  sources  in  an  exact  order, 
with  clear  statement,  a  vast  amount  of  hitherto  unpublished  material 
and  put  along  with  this  in  condensed  form  nearly  all  kindred  matter 
that  could  be  found  in  previous  publications.  It  must  immediately 
become  the  leading  authority  in  its  field,  while  its  references  to  the 
published  sources  of  information  will  guide  the  student  to  the  best 
authorities  elsewhere."     S.  IV.  Dike,  in  Political  science  quarterly,  1889. 

WHITNEY,  Henry  C. 

Marriage  and  divorce;  effect  of  each  on  personal  status  and 
property  rights,  with  a  consideration  of  fraudulent  di- 
vorces and  the  ethics  of  divorce.     1894 r347-6  W65 


347.7     Commercial  and  maritime  law 

BOLLES,  Albert  Sidney. 

Elements  of  commercial  law.     1896 .  .347.7  B61 

Convenient  and  trustworthy  manual  for  ready  reference. 

CONYNGTON,  Thomas. 

Organization  and  management  of  a  business  corporation,  with 
special  reference  to  the  laws  of  New  York,  New  Jersey, 


COMMERCIAL  AND  MARITIME  LAW  41S 

Delaware,    West   Virginia;    complete   forms    for   by-laws, 
comparison  of  corporations  and  co-partnerships,  and  pro- 
visions for  the  protection  of  minority  interests.    1900.  .r347.7  C76 
GREELEY,  Arthur  P. 

Foreign  patent  and  trademark  laws,  a  comparative  study; 
with  the  text  of  the  International  convention  for  the 
protection  of  industrial  property,  concluded  at  Paris, 
March  20,  1883,  and  other  conventions  and  treaties  of 
the  United  States  relating  to  patents  and  trademarks. 

1899 r347.7   GSa 

KNIGHT,  George  H.  comp. 

Patent-office  manual,  including  the  law  and  practice  of  cases 
in  the  United  States  patent  office  and  the  courts  holding  a 

revisory  relation  thereto.     1894 r347.7  K34 

LORING,  Augustus  Peabody. 

A  trustee's  handbook.     1898 347-7  L87 

PARSONS,  Theophilus. 

Laws  of  business  for  all  the  states  and  territories  of  the 

Union  and  the  Dominion  of  Canada.     1898 347-7  P26 

The  same.     1900 r347.7  P26 

POCKET  lawyer;  or.  Self-conveyancer.     1831 r347.7  P73 

Forms  for  promissory  notes,  bills  of  exchange,  assignment  of  bonds, 
leases,  bills  of  sale,  mortgages,  deeds,  wills,  etc. 

SPAIN— Crown. 

Translation  of  the  code  of  commerce  in  force  in  Cuba,  Porto 
Rico  and  the  Philippines,  amended  by  the  law  of  June  10, 
1897.    1899.    (United  States — Insular  affairs  division.)  .  .r347.7  S73 
STICKNEY,  Albert. 

State  control  of  trade  and  commerce  by  national  or  state 

authority.     1897 347-7  S8s 

UNITED  STATES — Navigation  bureau.     (Treasury  department.) 
Laws  of  the  United  States  relating  to  navigation  and  the 
merchant    marine;    pt.2    of    the    Report    of    the    com- 
missioner of  navigation  to  the  secretary  of  the  treas- 
ury, 1895.     189s r347.7  U25 

UNITED  STATES— Supreme  court. 

General  orders  and  forms  in  bankruptcy;  adopted  and  estab- 
lished Nov.  28,  1898.     1898 r347.7  U253 

347.9     Civil  trials 
BINNS,  John. 

Binns's  justice;  digest  of  the  laws  and  judicial  decisions  of 
Pennsylvania,  touching  the  authority  and  duties  of  justices 

of  the  peace.    1840 qr347.9  B48 

THAYER,  James  Bradley. 

Prelimiriary    treatise    on    evidence    at    the    common    law. 

1898   347-9  T34 

Contents:  The  older  modes  of  trial. — Trial  by  jury  and  its  development. 
— Law  and  fact  in  jury  trials. — The  law  of  evidence,  and  legal  reason- 
ing as  applied  to  the   ascertainment   of   facts. — Judicial   notice. — Pre- 


a? 


4i6  CANON  LAW.    ROMAN  LAW 

sumptions. — The  burden  of  proof. — The  "parol  evidence"  rule. — The 
'"best  evidence"  rule. — The  present  and  future  of  the  law  of  evidence. 
— Presumptions  of  law  and  presumptive  evidence. — The  presumption 
of  innocence  in  criminal  cases. — On  the  principles  of  legal  interpreta- 
tion, with  reference  especially  to  the  interpretation  of  wills,  by  F.  V. 
Hawkins. 


348     Canon  law 

AUGUSTINE,  St. 

The  city  of  God;  tr.  by  Marcus  Dods.    2v.    1871 348  A92 

De  civitate  Dei  libri  XXII;  opera  &  cura  Bonifacii  Sadler. 

4v.  in  2.     1737 r348  A92 

PEHEM,  Joseph  Johann  Nepomuk. 

Praelectionum  in  jus  ecclesiasticum  universum.    2v.     1791. ..  .r348  P36 
PERMANEDER,  Michael. 

Handbuch    des    gemeingiiltigen    katholischen    kirchenrechts, 
mit  steter  hinsicht  auf  die  katholisch-kirchlichen  verhalt- 
nisse  Deutschlands  und  insbesondere  Bayems.    2v.     1846.  .r348  P43 
SCHENKL,  Maurus  de. 

Institutiones  juris  ecclesiastici,  Germaniae  inprimis  et 

Bavariae  accommodatae.     2v.     1823 r348  S32 

ZALLWEIN,  Georg. 

Principia  juris  ecclesiastici  universalis  &  particularis  Ger- 
manise.   4v.     1781 r348  Z22 

349     Foreign  law.     Roman  law 

AUSTRIA. 

Allgemeines  biirgerliches  gesetzbuch  fiir  die  gesammten 
deutschen  erblander  der  oesterreichischen  monarchic. 
4v.  in  I.     1811 r349  A93 

HADLEY,  James. 

Introduction  to  Roman  law.    1894 349  H12 

Valuable  short  account  of  the  nature  and  importance  of  the  body  of 
Roman  law. 
"As  the  lectures  were  prepared  for  undergraduate  students,  they  are  free 
from  embarrassing  technical  details,  while  at  the  same  time  they  are 
sufficiently  elaborate  to  give  a  definite  idea  of  the  nature  and  the 
greatness  of  the  subject."     C.  K.  Adams. 

JUSTINMN  I,  the  Great. 

Institutionum,  libri  4,  with  introductions,  commentary,  ex- 
cursus, and  translation,  by  J.  B.  Moyle.    2v.     1889-90 349  JS3 

V.I.     Text. 

V.2.     Translation. 

KYSHE,  James  William  Norton-. 

History  of  the  laws  and  courts  of  Hongkong,   [to  1898]. 

2v.     1898 qr349  K44 

MOREY,  William  Carey. 

Outlines  of  Roman  law,  comprising  its  historical  growth  and 

general  principles.     1896 349  M88 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 


ADMINISTRATION.     CIVIL  SERVICE  417 


350     Administration 

WILSON,  Woodrow. 

The   state;    elements   of  historical   and  practical   politics. 

1894    350.9  W77 

"A   sketch   of   Institutional   History   and   Administration    from   ancient 
times  to  the  present  day."    Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 

351     Administration  of  central  government 

WENZEL,  John. 

Comparative  view  of  the  executive  and  legislative  depart- 
ments of  the  governments  of  the  United  States,  France, 
England  and  Germany.     1897 r35i  WS2 

351,1     Civil  service 

CHICAGO — Civil  service  commission. 

Annual    report    (2d-date),    for    the    year    1896-date.      1897- 

date ■ r35i.i    C43 

CLARKE,  William  Harrison. 

Civil  service  law,  a  defence  of  its  principles.    1897 35i.i  C53 

EATON,  Dorman  Bridgman. 

Civil  service  in  Great  Britain.     1880 3Si.i  E19 

LEUPP,  Francis  Ellington. 

How  to  prepare  for  a  civil  service  examination.     1898 35i.i  L6s 

After  a  clear  exposition  of  what  the  government  classified  service  now 
is,  it  states  the  qualifications  required  in  candidates,  and  gives  many 
examples  of  the  actual  papers  set  before  applicants  in  recent  examina- 
tions. The  volume  thus  serves  an  excellent  purpose,  not  only  in  the 
way  of  useful  guidance  to  those  intending  to  take  the  examinations, 
but  also  in  dissipating  the  misleading  accounts  of  their  nature  spread 
abroad  by  the  opposition  to  the  reform,  and  in  proving  once  more 
how  firm  a  hold  the  new  methods  now  have  in  law  and  practice. 
LOWELL,  Abbott  Lawrence. 

Colonial  civil  service;  the  selection  and  training  of  colonial 
officials  in  England,  Holland  and  France,  with  an  ac- 
count of  the  East  India  college  at  Haileybury  (1806- 

1857),  by  H.  M.  Stephens.     1900 35i.i  L95 

UNITED  STATES — Civil  service  and  retrenchment  committee. 
Examination  of  the  civil  service,  and  inquiry  as  to  dis- 
charges at  the  South  Omaha  bureau  of  animal  industry; 
report  and  testimony.     March  9,  1898.     3v.  in  i.     1898. 

(55th  cong.  2d  sess.    Senate.    Report  no.659.) r35i.i  U2S3 

UNITED  STATES — Civil  service  commission. 

Manual  of  examinations  for  the  classified  civil  service  of  the 

United  States.     1899 r35i.i   U25m 

Revised  to  Jan.  i,  1899. 

Report  (ist-date),  1884-date.     1884-date r35i.i  U25 

Fifth  report  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional  docu- 
ments, no.2613. 
Fourth  report  contains  the  civil  service  law  (1883),  rules  and  regulations. 
Ninth  report  contains  a  civil  list,  methods  of  appointment  and  term  and 
tenure  of  office. 


4i8  PENSIONS 


Schedule  of  examinations  and  instructions  to  applicants, 

classified  civil  service;  revised  to  Jan.  1897.     1897. . .  .r35i.i  U25S 
Tables  showing  the  number  of  positions  in  the  executive  civil 
service,  June  30,  1896,  with  their  compensation  and  status 
under    civil    service    rules.     1897.     (54th    cong.  2d    sess. 

House.     Doc.  no.202.) qr35i.i  U2St 

UNITED  STATES — Civil  service  investigating  committee. 
Report  to  accompany  Senate  resolution  of  March  13,  1888, 
on  the  operations  of  the  civil  service  law.    Oct.  10,  1888. 
1888.       (soth    cong.     1st    sess.      Senate.      Report    no. 

2i7Z)  r35i.i  U2S32 

UNITED  STATES — Philippine  civil  service  board. 

Manual  of  information  relative  to  the  Philippine  civil  service. 

1902 r35i.i   U2S33 


351.2     Civil  lists 

NOTITIA  vtraqve  cvm  Orientis  tvm  Occidentis  vltra  Arcadii 

Honoriiqve  Caesarvm  tempora.     1552 qr35i.2  N47 

Contents:  Alciati,  Andrea.  Libellus  de  mag^stratibus  ciuilibusque  ae 
militaribus  officijs,  partira  ex  hac  ipsa  Notitia,  partim  aliunde  desump- 
tus. — Descriptio  urbis  Romae,  quae  sub  titulo  Pub.  Victoris  circum- 
fertur,  &  altera  urbis  Constantinopolitanse,  incerto  autore. —  Liber  de 
rebvs  bellicis  ad  Theodosium  Aug.  &  filios  eius  Arcadium  atque 
Honorium  ut  uidetur,  scriptus,  incerto  autore. — Disputatio  Adrian! 
Aug.  &  Epicteti  philosophi. 
First  printed  edition  of  an  official  almanac  of  the  Roman  Empire,  which 
was  compiled  in  ms.  by  some  unknown  person  before  408  A.D.  A 
work  of  great  historical  importance,  full  of  interesting  wood  cuts  by 
Andrea  Alciati,  printed  by  the  celebrated  German  printer,  Johann 
Froben,  the  friend  of  Erasmus. 

UNITED  STATES— Interior  department. 

Official  register  of  the  United  States;  [biennial],  1823,  1843, 

1851,  1855,  1861-1867,  1871-date.    1824-date qr35i.2  U2S 

Known  as  the  United  States  blue  book. 

Previous  to  1861  this  register  was  published  by  the  State  department. 

Earlier  title  pages  read  Register  of  officers  and  agents,  civil,  military  and 

naval  in  the  service  of  the  United  States. 
1879— date  each  issue  is  in  2v. 
V.I.     Legislative,  executive  and  judicial;  v.2.     Post-office  department  and 

postal  service. 

351.5     Pensions 

ELDRIDGE,  William  C.  &  Ginn,  L.R.  comp. 

Elementary  manual  of  practice.  Civil  war  claims;  comp. 
by  W.  C.  Eldridge  and  L.  R.  Ginn.  1900.  (United  States 
— Auditor's  office.) r35i.5  E43 

Treasury  department  doc.   21 71. 

LIVRE  rouge;  or,  Red  book;  being  a  list  of  secret  pensions 

paid  out  of  the  public  treasure  of  France.    1790 r3Si.5  L75 

METCALFE,  John. 

Case  for  universal  old  age  pensions.    1899 351-5  M64 

UNITED  STATES— Interior  department. 

Decisions   in   appealed   pension   and   bounty-land   claims. 

v.i-date.     1887-datc r35i.5  U2SI 

v.i-s  title  reads  Decisions  relating  to  pension  claims  and  the  laws  of 


REFORM  419 

the  United  States  granting  and  governing  pensions. 
Prepared  in  the  Board  of  pension  appeals. 

UNITED  STATES— Pension  bureau. 

Laws  of  the  United  States  governing  the  granting  of  army 
and  navy  pensions;  with  the  regulations  relating  there- 
to; Sept.  1897.    1897 rasi.S  U2S3I 

The  same,  July  1902.    1902 r35i.5  U253I2 

List  of  pensioners  on  the  roll,  Jan  i,  1883,  giving  name  of 
each  pensioner,  cause  for  which  pensioned,  post-office 
address,  rate  of  pension  per  month  and  date  of  original 
allowance.  5v.  1883.  (47th  cong.  2d  sess.  Senate. 
Ex.  doc.  no.84.) r35i.5  U253li 

Treatise  on  the  practice  of  the  bureau  governing  the  adjudi- 
cation of  army  and  navy  pensions.     1898 r3Si-5  U2S3 

UNITED  STATES — Pension  office  investigation  committee. 

Report  of  the  select  committee  investigating  the  methods, 
management  and  practices  of  the  Bureau  of  pensions, 
July  14,  1892.     2v.     1892.     (52d  cong.  ist  sess.     House. 

Report  no.i868.) r35i.5  U2532 

Majority  report  recommends  removal  from  office  of  Commissioner  Green 
B.  Raum. 

351.6     Reform 

GOOD  government;  monthly.    v.i2-date.     1892-date  qr3Si.6  G62 

Official  journal  of  the  National  civil  service  reform  league. 

REFORM  ministry  and  the  reformed  Parliament.    1833 r35i.6  S6s 

Reprinted  from  the   sth   London  edition. 

In  1830  tarl  Grey  became  premier,  adopting  for  his  policy  peace,  re- 
trenchment and  reform,  and  finally  succeeding  in  passing  the  great 
Reform  bill  of  1832.  The  "Reformed  Parliament,"  which  met  in  1833, 
abolished  colonial  slavery  and  the  monopoly  of  the  East  India  com- 
pany. This  little  pamphlet  gives  an  account  of  these  and  other  im- 
portant measures  undertaken  by  this  parliament,  from  the  point  of 
view  of  an  admirer. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
TYLER,  Lj'on  Gardiner. 

Parties  and  patronage  in  the  United  States.     1891.     (Questions 

of  the  day.) 351.6  T97 

351.76     Prostitution 

LACROIX,  Paul,  {pseud.  Le  bibliophile  Jacob). 

Histoire  de  la  prostitution.    6v.    1851-53 r35i.76  L12 

NEW  YORK  (city),  COMMITTEE  OF  FIFTEEN. 

Social  evil,  with  special  reference  to  conditions  existing  in  the 

city  of  New  York.     1902 r35i.76  N26 

PARENT  DUCHATELET,  Alexandre  Jean  Baptiste. 

De  la  prostitution  dans  la  ville  de  Paris.    2v.    1857 r35 1. 76  P23 

SANGER,  William  W. 

History  of  prostitution  throughout  the  world.     1858 r35i.76  S22 

352     Local  government 

ALLEGHENY,  Pa. 

Municipal  reports  for  the  year  1856-1857,  1859,  1872-1874, 


420  LOCAL  GOVERNMENT 

1878,  1881-1883,  T886-1887,  1889,  1891-1893.     1857-94 r352  A42 

Reports  for  1856-1837,   i8s9  bound  with     r974.88  A42. 

No  reports  of  the  city  of  Allegheny  were  printed  before  the  one  for 
1856.  The  report  for  1862  was  not  printed.  The  fiscal  year  ends 
with  Dec.  31  until  1888,  from  which  time  it  ends  with  Feb.  28.  The 
report  for  1888  covers  14  months,  Jan.   i,   1888  to  Feb.  28,   1889. 

Beginning  with  the  report  for  1865  the  ordinances  passed  during  the 
year   are   included. 

Titles  of  the  set  of  reports  vary,  the  following  being  the  titles  of  the 
complete  set: 

1856-1857.     Annual  reports  of  the  auditing  committee. .  .of  councils. 

1863-1864.     Annual  reports  of  standing  committees  of  councils. 

1865.  Annual  reports  of  councils. 

1866.  Ordinances  of  councils,  also  reports  of  city  officers,  committees 
of  councils,  &c. 

1867-68.  Annual  reports  of  committees  of  councils,  with  report  of  con- 
troller and  other  city  officers. 

1869-1872.     Annual  reports  of  the  several  departments  of  the  city. 

1873-1875.  Annual  report  of  the  controller  and  reports  of  the  various 
departments. 

1876-1886.  Annual  reports  of  the  various  officers  and  standing  com- 
mittees. 

1887-1890.     Municipal  reports. 

1891-1892.     Financial  reports. 

1893-date.     Municipal  reports. 

ALLEGHENY,  Pa.     Charter. 

Charter  of  the  city  of  Allegheny,  a  collection  of  special 
acts  of  assembly  and  ordinances  of  the  city,  indexed; 
also  the  acts  of  assembly  incorporating  the  borough 
and  city  of  Allegheny,  in  operation  previous  to  1870;  by 

John  C.  McCombs.     1870 r352  A42C 

ALLEGHENY,  Pa.— Public  safety  department. 

Annual  report  (ist-2d,  5th)  of  the  chief,  and  reports  of 
bureaus   of  the   department,   for   the   year    i89i-[i892, 

1895].     1892-96 r352  A422 

The  2d  report  covers  14  months,  Jan.  i,  1892  to  Feb.  28,  1893.  Subse- 
quent reports  are  for  the  fiscal  year  ending  Feb.  28,  and  are  included 
in  the  Municipal  reports,         r3S2  A42. 

BALTIMORE.    Charter. 

New  charter  of  Baltimore  city,  [approved  March  24,  1898; 

with  report  of  the  new  chatter  commission].     1898 r352  B217 

BALTIMORE— Mayor. 

Mayor's  message  and  reports  of  city  officers,   1897-date. 

1898-date r3S2  B21 

BARNES,  Lemuel  Call. 

Socialism  and  a  municipal  commonwealth.    1895 r352  B25 

From  the  American  magazine  of  civics,  v.6,  p.260-266,   1895. 

BELL,  Sir  James,  &  Paton,  James. 

Glasgow,  its  municipal  organization  and  administration. 

1896 q3S2  B41 

Glasgow  is  considered  one  of  the  best-governed  cities  in  the  world.  This 
is  an  exhaustive  description  of  the  manner  in  which  the  city  govern- 
ment is  administered,  and  is  full  of  suggestion  and  instruction  for 
those  interested  in  better  municipal  government  in  the  United  States. 

BEMIS,  Edward  Webster,  ed. 

Municipal  monopolies.     1899.     (Library  of  economics  and 

politics.)  352  B42 

Contents:  Water-works,  by  M.  N.  Baker. — Municipal  electric  lighting, 
by  J.  R.  Commons. — The  latest  electric  light  reports,  by  E.  W.  Beniis. — 
Validity  of  electric  light  comparisons,  by  F.  A.  C.  Perrine. — The  tele- 
phone, by  Frank  Parsons. — Municipal  franchises  in  New  York,  by 
Max   West. — Legal    aspects   of  monopoly,    by    Frank   Parsons. — Street 


LOCAL  GOVERNMENT  421 

railways,   by   E.   W.    Bemis.— Gas,    by   E.   W.    Bemis. — Regulation  or 

ownership,    by   E.   W.    Bemis. 

BOSTON— Mayor. 

Address  of  Josiah  Quincy,  mayor  of  Boston,  to  the  city  council, 

Jan.  4,  1897.     1897  r352  B64 

Mayor  Quincy's  executive  address  touches  upon  some  suggestive  features 
of  municipal  administration,  including  public  baths,  playgrounds,  parks, 
etc. 

BREEN,  Matthew  Patrick. 

Thirty  years  of  New  York  politics  up-to-date.     1899 352  B72 

CHALMERS,  Mackenzie  Dalzell  Edwin  Stewart. 

Local  government.     1883.     (English  citizen  series.) 352  C353 

CHAPMAN,  Sydney  John. 

Local  government  and  state  aid;  an  essay  on  the  effect  on 
local  administration  and  finance,  of  the  payment  to  local 
authorities  of  the  proceeds  of  certain  imperial  taxes.     1899. 

(Social  science  series.) 352  C36 

COLER,  Bird  Sim. 

Municipal  government  as  illustrated  by  the  charter,  finances 

and  public  charities  of  New  York.     1900 352  C68 

Contents:  The  city  charter. — Public  charity. — Charity  regulated. — In- 
come and  expenses. — Water  supply. — Transportation. — City  develop- 
ment.— The  church  in  politics. — Political  machines. 

CONKLING,  Alfred  Ronald. 

City  government  in  the  United  States.     1895 352  C72 

The  same;  with  a  chapter  on  the  Greater  New  York  charter  of 

1897.     1899 352  C72C 

List  of  authorities,  p.is. 

A  comprehensive  survey,  with  suggestions  for  reform,  by  an  ex-alder- 
man of  New  York.  Describes  functions  of  each  department,  points 
out  defects  and  draws  instructive  comparisons  with  European  cities. 

DEVLIN,  Thomas  C. 

Municipal  reform  in  the  United  States.     1896.     (Questions  of 

the  day.) 352  D49 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA— Commissioners. 

Annual  report,  1874-date.     1874-date r352  D63 

The  reports  for  1874-1878,   1881-1884  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound 
•  set   of   congressional   documents,    numbered   respectively,    1641,    1682, 
1731,   1802,   i8s2i   1913,  2021,  2103,  2193,  2290. 

•DOLMAN,  Frederick. 

Municipalities  at  work;  municipal  policy  of  six  great  Eng- 
lish  towns   and   its   influence   on   their   social   welfare. 

1895.     (Social  questions  of  to-day.) 352  D69 

The  towns  are  Birmingham,  Manchester,  Liverpool,  Glasgow,  Bradford, 
Leeds. 

DUNLOP,  James. 

Treatise  on  the  duties  of  county  and  township  officers  of 

Pennsylvania,    pt.i.     1843 r352  D92 

pt. I.     The   duties  of  county  commissioners,   assessors  and  collectors  of 
taxes,  and  the  mode  of  assessing  and  collecting  the  taxes. 
EATON,  Dorman  Bridgman. 

The  government  of  municipalities.     1899 352  E19 

FAIRLIE,  John  Archibald. 

Municipal  administration.     1901   352  F16 

Part  I  is  an  historical  survey  of  cities  and  municipal  government,  treat- 
ing briefly  of  ancient  and  mediaeval  cities  and  more  at  length  of  the 
development  during  the  nineteenth  century.     Part  2  discusses  the  active 


422  LOCAL  GOVERNMENT 

functions  of  municipal  administration;  part  3  deals  with  the  problems 
of  municipal  finance;  and  part  4  with  the  various  methods  and  prob- 
lems of  municipal  organization,  with  special  reference  to  recent  ten- 
dencies and  proposed  reforms  in  American  cities. 

FIELDE,  Adele  Marion. 

Political  primer  of  New  York  state  and  city.     1897 352  F45 

Handbook  explaining  through  questions  and  answers,  the  legislative, 
executive  and  judicial  systems,  political  methods,  rights  and  duties 
of  citizens. 

FOOTE,  Allen  Ripley. 

Municipal  public  service  industries.     1899 352  F74 

Contents:  How  should  the  franchise  question  be  settled? — Powers  of 
municipalities. — Cost  of  service  to  users  and  taxpayers. 

FRANCISCO,  M.J. 

Municipal  ownership  vs.  private  corporations;  with  legal  and 
editorial  opinions,  tables  and  costs  of  lights  as  furnished 
by  private  companies  and  municipal  plants,  with  list  of 
municipal  plants  that  have  been  sold  or  abandoned;  con- 
taining also  a  comparison  of  English  and  American  gas 
and  railway  plants.     1898 352  F87m 

Municipalities  vs.  private  corporations;  political  and  busi- 
ness management  compared.     1900 352  F87 

Opposed  to  municipal  ownership. 

GLADDEN,  Washington. 

Cosmopolis  city  club.  1893 352  G45 

First  published  in  the  Century  magazine,  v.23. 

Discusses  problems  of  municipal  reform  and  outlines  in  story  form 
practical  beginnings  by  a  few  public  spirited  citizens. 

COM  ME,  George  Laurence. 

London  in  the  reign  of  Victoria,  (1837-1897).  1898.  (Vic- 
torian era  series.) 352  GSQ 

After  an  interesting  brief  account  of  the  London  of  1837  the  author 
considers  the  trade  and  commerce,  industries,  growth  in  population, 
street  architecture,  parks,  education,  London  local  government,  and 
taxation,  and  gives  some  statistical  tables  concerning  occupations, 
food   supplies,   railways,  etc. 

GOODNOW,  Frank  Johnson. 

Municipal  home  rule.     1895 352  G62m 

Municipal  problems.     1897 352  G62 

GREEN,  Mrs  Alice  Sophia  Amelia  (Stopford). 

Town  life  in  the  isth  century.    2v.     1894 352  G82 

The  author  was  closely  associated  with  her  husband,  the  late  J.  R. 
Green,  the  historian,  in  all  his  work  and  was  familiar  with  the  material 
he  had  accumulated  for  future  labors.  She  considers  the  different 
features  of  domestic  and  social  life,  the  labor  question,  crafts  and 
guilds,  town  councils,  and  pays  particular  attention  to  the  contrasted 
fortunes  of  towns  upon  the  royal  demesne,  and  those  on  baronial  or 
church  estates. 

HARRISBURG  LEAGUE  FOR  MUNICIPAL  IMPROVEMENT. 
Proposed  municipal  improvements  for  Harrisburg,  Penn'a. ; 
report  of  executive  committee  to  the  subscribers  to  fund 
for  investigating  municipal  improvements,  Nov.  21,  1901, 
embodying  reports  and  recommendations  of  experts  em- 
ployed, including  J.  H.  Fuertes,  W.  H.  Manning  and  M.  R. 

Sherrerd.     1901  r352  H29 

JAMES,  Edmund  Janes. 

Municipal   administration  in  Germany  as   seen  in   the  govern- 


LOCAL  GOVERNMENT  423 

ment  of  a  typical  Prussian  city,  Halle,  a/S.     1901.      (Chi- 
cago university.    Studies  in  political  science.) 352  J16 

JENKS,  Edward. 

An  outline  of  English  local  government.     1894.     (University 

extension  series.) 352  J25 

LONDON  manual  for  1899-1900;  ed.  by  Robert  Donald;  con- 
taining the  full  text  of  the  London  government  bill  and 
an  explanation  of  the  constitution,  &c.,  of  the  new  Lon- 
don boroughs.     [1899.] r352  L82 

MEANS,  David  McGregor,  (pseud.  Henry  Champernowne). 
The  boss;  an  essay  upon  the  art  of  governing  American  cities. 

1894  .352  Mss 

MINNEAPOLIS. 

Annual  reports  of  the  city  officers  for  the  year  1894,  1898- 

1901.     1895-1901    r352  M72 

MUNICIPAL  affairs;  a  quarterly  magazine  devoted  to  the 

consideration  of  city  problems,    v.i-date.     1897-date.  .  .r352  M96 

MUNICIPAL  year  book  of  the  United  Kingdom  for  1897, 

1899-date;  ed.  by  Robert  Donald.    1897-date r352  M967 

Describes  what  may  be  called  the  constructive  rather  than  the  adminis- 
trative work  of  the  cities  and  towns  of  the  United  Kingdom,  especially 
the  supplying  of  water,  gas  and  electricity,  the  management  of  tram- 
ways, the  erection  of  artisans'  dwellings  and  municipal  lodging 
houses.     Contains  directory  of  town  councils. 

NATIONAL  CONFERENCE  FOR  GOOD  CITY  GOVERN- 
MENT. 
Proceedings  of  the  conference  (ist-date),  Jan.  1894-date. 

1894-date r352  N15 

Proceedings  of  the  ist  conference  contain  a  Bibliography  of  municipal 
government  and  reform.  Beginning  with  the  proceedings  of  the  2d 
conference  the  Proceedings  of  the  annual  meeting  of  the  National 
municipal   league,   are    included. 

Proceedings  of  the  4th  conference  contain  a  chapter  on  Municipal  con- 
dition of  Pittsburg,  by  G.  VV.  Guthrie. 

NATIONAL  MUNICIPAL  LEAGUE. 

A  municipal  program;  report  of  a  committee,  adopted  by  the 
league,   Nov.   17,  1899,  together  with  explanatory  and 

other  papers.     1900 352  N15 

Contents:  Municipal  development  in  the  United  States,  by  J.  A.  Fairlie. — 
Municipal  problem  in  the  United  States,  by  H.  E.  Deming. — The  city 
in  the  United  States;  the  proper  scope  of  its  activities,  by  Albert 
Shaw. — The  place  of  the  council  and  of  the  mayor  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  municipal  government,  by  F.  J.  Goodnow. — Public  accounting 
under  the  proposed  municipal  program,  by  L.  S.  Rowe. — The  power 
to  incur  indebtedness  under  the  proposed  municipal  program,  by  B.  S. 
Coler. — Municipal  franchises,  by  Charles  Richardson. — Political  parties 
and  city  government  under  the  proposed  municipal  program,  by  F.  J. 
Goodnow. — Public  opinion  and  city  government  under  the  proposed 
municipal  program,  by  H.  E.  Deming. — A  summary  of  the  progfram, 
by  L.  S.  Rowe. — Proposed  constitutional  amendments.  —  Proposed 
municipal  corporations  act. — An  examination  of  the  proposed  munici- 
pal program,  by  D.  F.  Wilcox. 

ODGERS,  William  Blake. 

Local  government.     1899.     (English  citizen  series.) 352  O14 

Based  upon  "Local  government,"  written  in  1883  by  M.  D.  E.  S.  Chal- 
mers (call  number,  352  C3S3),  but  worked  over  to  bring  it  to  date 
(1899). 


424  LOCAL  GOVERNMENT 

PARSONS.  Frank. 

The  city  for  the  people;  or,  The  municipalization  of  the  city 

government  and  of  local  franchises.     1900 352  P26 

PHILADELPHIA— Mayor. 

Fourth  annual  message,  Edwin  H.  Fitler,  mayor,  with 
Annual  report  of  the  Department  of  public  safety  and 
Annual  report  of  the  Board  of  health  for  the  year  1890. 

1891    > T352    P49 

PITTSBURGH— Controller. 

Report  of  the  city  controller  for  the  year  ending  Jan.  31, 

1871-date.      1872-date r352   P67r 

The  report  for  the  year  ending  Jan.  31,  1871  was  the  first  to  be  printed 
separately.  Before  that  date,  begrinning  with  1858,  the  report  will  be 
found  in  the  appendix  to  the  yearly  issue  of  the  ordinances. 

PITTSBURGH.     Ordinances. 

By-laws  and  ordinances  of  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  and  the 
acts  of  Assembly  relating  thereto;  with  notes  and  refer- 
ences to  judicial  decisions  thereon,  and  an  appendix,  re- 
lating to  several  subjects  connected  with  the  laws  and 
police  of  the  city  corporation.    1828 r352  P67b 

Ordinances    passed    by    councils    since    the    25th    day    of 

August,  1828  [Dec.  3,  1828-Feb.  23,  1829] r352  P67b 

Ordinances  passed  by  councils  since  the  23d  day  of  Febru- 
ary, 1829  [June  25,  1829-May  31,  1830] r352  P67b 

Ordinances  passed  by  councils  since  the  3Tst  day  of  May, 

1830  [Aug.  2,  1830-May  27,  1833] r352  P67b 

The  three  supplements  are  bound  with  the  volume  printed  in  1828. 

Digest  of  ordinances  of  the  city  of  Pittsburgh;  to  which  is 
prefixed  a  collection  of  the  acts  of  Assembly  relating  to 

the  corporation.     1849 r3S2  P67b4 

Title-page,  p.i-io,  127-129,  353,  missing. 

Ordinances  passed  by  the  select  and  common  councils, 
Jan.  15,  1849-Dec.  31,  1869,  with  the  financial  reports 
of  the  city  and  reports  of  city  officers  for  1849-1869. 

[20V.  in  3.]     1850-70 r352  P67bs 

Publication   of  the  ordinances  in  this  form   was  discontinued  with  the 

issue  for  1869,  as  they  appear  in  the  Municipal  record. 
Title  pages  vary. 

Digest  of  acts  of  Assembly,  the  codified  ordinance  of  the 
city  of  Pittsburgh  adopted  Oct.  6,  1859,  and  a  digest  of 
other  ordinances  now  in  force;  comp.  by  A.  W.  Foster. 
i860 r352  P67b6 

Digest  of  the  acts  of  Assembly  and  a  code  of  the  ordin- 
ances of  the  city,  with  an  appendix  containing  ordinances 
and  references  to  acts  and  ordinar\ces  remaining  in 
force;  prepared  by  J.  F.  Slagle.    1869 r3S2  P67b7 

Digest  of  the  acts  of  Assembly  relating  to,  and  the  general 
ordinances  of  the  city,  from  1804  to  Sept.  i,  1886,  with 
references  to  decisions  thereon;  prepared  by  W.  W. 
Thomson.     1887 r352  P67b8 

Same,  from  1804  to  Jan.  i,  1897,  with  reference  to  de- 
cisions thereon.     1897 r352  P67b9 

PITTSBURGH— Public  safety  department. 

Annual  report  (ist-i2th)  of  the  chief,  and  reports  of  the 


LOCAL  GOVERNMENT  425 

bureaus  of  the  department,  for  the  year  ending  Jan.  31, 

1889-1900.     1889-1900 r352   P674 

Reports  for  igoo/oi  and  1901/02  have  not  been  printed. 
SHAW,  Albert. 

Municipal  government  in  continental  Europe.     1895 352  S53ni 

Contents:  Paris,  the  typical  modern  city. — ^The  French  municipal  sys- 
tem.— The  systems  of  Belgium,  Holland  and  Spain. — Recent  progress 
of  Italian  cities. — The  framework  of  German  city  government. — Munic- 
ipal functions  in  Germany. — The  free  city  of  Hamburg  and  its  sanitary 
reforms. — The  transformation  of  Vienna. — Budapest,  the  rise  of  a 
new  metropolis. — Appendices:  The  budget  of  Paris,  The  budget  of 
Berlin,  The   French  municipal  code. 

Municipal  government  in  Great  Britain.    1895 352  SS3 

"Gives  a  good  description  of  municipal  government  in  Great  Britain 
at  the  present  time... Apart  from  its  comparison  of  English  with 
American  conditions,  and  apart  from  the  evident  desire  to  apply  the 
English  system  to  American  conditions,  the  book  is  deserving  of  great 
praise."     F.  J.  Goodnow  in  Political  science  quarterly,  1895. 

SHERMAN,  Philemon  Tecumseh. 

Inside  the  machine ;  two  years  in  the  Board  of  aldermen,  1898- 
1899;  a  study  of  the  legislative  features  of  the  city  govern- 
ment of  New  York  city  under  the  Greater  New  York  char- 
ter.    1901  352  SSS 

The  author,  a  son  of  General  W.  T.  Sherman,  was  elected  in  1897  on 
the  Citizens'  Union  ticket  to  represent  the  "Tenderloin"  district  in 
the  Board  of  aldermen.  The  unique  surroundings  and  associations 
into  which  he  was  thus  thrown  appealed  to  his  sense  of  humor,  while 
the  manifold  evils  of  the  municipal  government  system  under  the 
present  charter  invited  his  caustic  analysis.     This  book  is  the  result. 

STALLARD,  Joshua  Harrison. 

Problem  of  municipal  government  as  illustrated  by  the  mu- 
nicipal government  of  San  Francisco.     1897 r352  S78 

Reprinted  from  the  Overland  monthly,  Jan.-May,  1897. 

STRONG,  Josiah. 

The  twentieth  century  city.     1898 352  S92 

Contents:  The  materialism  of  modem  civilization. — A  nation  of  cities. 
— The  materialistic  city  a  menace  to  itself. — ^The  materialistic  city  a 
menace  to  state  and  nation. — Remedies;  the  new  patriotism;  twentieth 
century  Christianity;  twentieth  century  churches;  practical  sugges- 
tions. 

Dr  Strong  thinks  the  greatest  peril  of  modem  civilization  is  its  mater- 
ialism, and  as  the  movement  of  population  is  towards  the  cities,  it 
is  in  the  cities  of  the  twentieth  century  that  this  danger  must  be  met. 

TIEDEMAN,  Christopher  Gustavus. 

Treatise  on  the  law  of  municipal  corporations  in  the  United 

States.      1900 r3S2   T44 

WEBB,  Sidney  James. 

The  London  programme.     1891.     (Social  science  series.) 352  W36 

"'The  London  Programme'  is.  .  .commonly  understood  as  the  name  for 
the  series  of  proposals  for  metropolitan  reform  which  have  been  pressed 
forward  by  the  London  Radical  members  since  the  year  1888."  The 
book  describes  the  most  important  of  these  reforms  in  the  administra- 
tion of  the  city. 

WHELEN,  Frederick. 

London  government.     1898 352  WS9 

WHITE,  Arnold. 

The  problems  of  a  great  city.     1887 352  W63 

WILCOX,  Delos  Franklin. 

The  study  of  city  government.     1897 352  W7l 

List  of  authorities,  P.24S-248. 


426  POLICE.     FIRE  DEPARTMENT 

WISCONSIN  UNIVERSITY. 

Mayor  vs.  council;  should  a  system  of  municipal  government 
concentrating  all  executive  and  administrative  powers  in 
the  mayor,  be  adopted  in  cities  of  the  United  States? 
twenty-seventh  annual  joint  debate  [between  the  Athe-  - 

nas  and  Philomathia  societies].     1897 r352  S78 

Bibliography,  P.9S-103. 

Bound  with  Stallard's  Problem  of  municipal  government. 

BIRMINGHAM,  England. 

General  and  detailed  financial  statement  for  the  year  1870- 

date.     1871-date qr352.i  B48 

Until  and   including   1889   the  year  .ends  Dec.   31;   the   following  issue 
covers  3  months  only,  Jan.— March     1890,  after  which  time  the  fiscal 
year  ends  March  31. 
Binder's  title  reads  Blue  book. 

DURAND,  Edward  Dana. 

The  finances  of  New  York  city.     1898 352.1  D93 

Part  I  is  devoted  to  a  history  of  the  finances  from  early  Dutch  times 
(1652),  through  the  era  of  the  Tweed  ring  and  the  period  of  re- 
construction. In  part  2  is  considered  in  detail  the  working  of  the 
present  financial  system,  beginning  with  the  charter  of  1873.  Finan- 
cial statements  of  fact  are  based  on  official  records. 

352.2     Police 

COSTELLO,Augustine  E. 

History  of  the  fire  and  police  departments  of  Minneapolis; 

their  origin,  progress  and  development.    1890 r3S2.2  C83 

MANN,  Henry,  ed. 

Our  police;  a  history  of  the  Pittsburgh  police  force  under 

town  and  city.    1889 r352.2  M33 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Lexow  committee. 

Report  and  proceedings  of  the  senate  committee  appointed  to 
investigate  the  police  department  of  the  city  of  New  York. 

5v.     1895 r352.2  N26 

Called  the  Lexow  committee  from  the  name  of  the  chairman. 

STEAD,  William  Thomas. 

Satan's  invisible  world  displayed.     1897 352.2  S79 

Claims  to  give  the  gist  of  the  evidence  taken  before  the  Lexow  com- 
mittee, in  1894-95. 

352.3     Fire  department 

ALLEGHENY,  Pa.— Fire  department. 

History  of  the  Allegheny  fire  department qr352.3  A42 

DAWSON,  Charles  T.  ed. 

Our  firemen;  the  history  of  the  Pittsburgh  fire  department, 

[to  1889].     1889 r352.2  M33 

Bound  with  Mann's  Our  police. 
HILL,  Charles  Thaxter. 

Fighting  a  fire.     1897 352-3  H5S 

Contents:     Fighting  a  fire. — A  school  for  firemen. — An  alarm  of  fire  by 

telegraph. — The    risks    of    a    fireman's    life. — Peter    Spots,    fireman. — 

Floating   fire-engines. — The   fire   patrol. 
These  chapters  appeared  in  St.  Nicholas,  July  1896-Oct.   1897. 
Describes  the  workings  of  the  New  York  city  fire  department. 

The  same.     1897 J352.3  Hss 


PUBLIC  HEALTH.     PUBLIC  WORKS  427 

PITTSBURGH— Fire  commission. 

Annual  report  (ist-7th,  i6th)  of  the  Board  of  fire  commis- 
sioners, May  5,  1870-Jan.  I,  1877,  Jan.  i,  1886-Jan.  31, 

1887.     1871-87 r3S2.3  P6741 

PITTSBURGH— Public  safety  department. 

Annual  reports  of  the  Bureau  of  fire,  Bureau  of  electricity, 
Firemen's  disability  board,  and  Board  of  fire  escapes, 

for  the  year  1893-1894,  1896.    1894-97 r352.3  P674 

These  reports  may  also  be  found  in  the  Annual  report  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  public  safety. 

352.4     Public  health 

NASHVILLE,  Tenn.— Health  board. 

Report  (2d),  for  the  year  ending  July  4,  1877.    1877 r352.4  N14 

PITTSBURGH— Health  bureau. 

Annual  report  for  the  year   1873,   1880-I-2-3-4-5-6,   1880- 

1887,  1888-1899.     1873-1900 r352.4  P67a 

No  separate  reports  were  issued  from  1880  to  1886,  but  in  1886  a  report 
was  printed  covering  those  years;  there  is  a  separate  report  for  1887, 
which  was  also  issued  with  a  reprint  of  the  report,  1880-6,  under  a 
new  title  page,  as   1880-1887. 

Reports  for  the  years  1900,  1901  and  1902  have  not  been  printed. 

Manual  of  laws,  and  rules  and  regulations  relating  to  the  pub- 
lic health,  and  the  construction  and  inspection  of  plumbing 

and  house  drainage.     1895 ^352.4  P67 

PITTSBURGH— Public  safety  department. 

Code  of  laws  and  manual  governing  the  Bureau  of  health, 

1889.     [1889.] r352.4  P67C 


352.5-352.7     Public  works 

ALLEGHENY,  Pa.— Public  works  department. 

Report,  April  6,  1891-Feb.  28,  1893.    2v.    1892-93 r352.S  A42 

CHICAGO — Public  works  department. 

Mayor's  annual  message  and  the  annual  report  (22d,  25th- 

26th)  of  the  department,  1897,  1900-1901.     1898-1902. .  .r352.5  C43 
PITTSBURGH— Public  works  department. 

Annual  report  of  the  department  for  the  year  1889-1898, 

[Feb.  I,  1889-Jan.  31,  1899].    1890-99 r352.5  P67 

Reports  for  the  years  1900  and  1901  have  not  been  printed. 

BOSTON — Water  commission. 

Annual  report   (sth),  for  the  year  ending  Jan.  31,   1900. 

1900 r3S2.6  B64 

MASSACHUSETTS — Metropolitan  sewerage  commission. 
Annual  report   (8th,  loth),  for  the  year  ending  Sept.  30, 

1896,  1898.     1897-99 r352.6  M455 

Report  upon  a  high-level  gravity  sewer  for  the  relief  of 
the    Charles   and    Neponset  river  valleys;   resolves   of 

1898,  chapter  4.     1899 r352.6  M4SSr 

MASSACHUSETTS— Metropolitan  water  board. 

Annual  report  (4th),  1898.     1899 r352.6  M45 


428  UNITED  STATES  GOVERNMENT 

NEW  YORK  (city),  MERCHANTS'  ASSOCIATION. 

Inquiry  into  the  conditions  relating  to  the  water-supply  of 

the  city  of  New  York.    1900 r352.6  N26 

PITTSBURGH — Board  of  examiners  and  hydraulic  engineers. 
Pittsburgh  new  waterworks;  report   [to  city  councils]   of 
the  Board  of  examiners  and  hydraulic  engineers  [E.  S. 
Chesborough  and  Moses  Lane]  with  estimates  of  cost 

of  work,  submitted  March,  1871.     1871 T3S2.6  P67 

One  of  the  100  copies  which  contain  the  map  entitled:  "Pittsburgh  new 
water  works.  187 1.  Map  of  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  showing  proposed 
location  of  pumping  works,  reservoirs,  force  mains  &  distribution 
mains.  Scale  4  inches  equal  one  mile." 
The  Library  contains  also  one  of  the  copies  issued  without  the  map. 
This  is  bound  with  Roberts'  Report  on  the  new  water  works,  r3S2.6 
RS3. 

ROBERTS,  William  Milnor. 

Report    [to    the    finance    committee]    on    the    new    water 
works  of  the  city  of  Pittsburgh.     Feb.  19,  1874.     1874. 

(Pittsburgh — Councils.) r352.6  RS3 

Report  made  in  accordance  with  resolution  of  councils,  passed  Dec.  8, 
1873:  "That  the  Finance  committee  are  hereby  instructed. .  .to  em- 
ploy a  competent  engineer. .  .to  measure  and  estimate  all  work  done, 
and  material  furnished,  and  report  to  Councils,  whether  the  same 
corresponds  with  the  money  expended." 

BOSTON— Street  department. 

Annual  report  of  the  Street  department  for  the  year  1899, 

1900.     1900 r352.7  B64 

NEW  YORK  (city) — Street  cleaning  department. 

Report,  1900.     1900 r352.7  N26 

For  Col.  Waring's  report  of  the  work  of  the  department,  1895-97,  see 
628.4  VV220. 

PITTSBURGH — Highways  and  sewers  bureau. 

Official   hand   book;    compendium   and    historical    sketch, 
Bureau  of  highways  and  sewers;  ed.  for  the  bureau  by 
J.  M.  Kelly.    1898 r352.7  P67 

353     United  States  government 

For  Constitutional  law  and  history  of  the  United  States,  see  342.7 

AUSTIN,  Oscar  Phelps. 

Uncle  Sam's  secrets;  a  story  of  national  affairs J353  A93 

"Much  interesting  information  about  currency,  the  mint,  railway  postal 
service,  foreign  mail,  banking  and  revenue  systems,  etc.,  conveyed 
in  a  stiff  and  unreal  story." 

BARTLETT,  William  H. 

Facts    I    ought  to  know  about  the   government  of  my 

country.     1894 353  B27 

"Reference  books,"  P.157-1S8. 
"Aim  of  the  writer  has  been  to  prepare  such  a  work  as  an  American 
father  might  wish  to  place  in  the  hands  of  his  son,  or  an  American 
teacher  in  the  hands  of  his  pupils,  to  serve  as  the  basis  of  a  com- 
plete knowledge  of  the  facts  and  principles  of  the  government  of 
the  United  States."    Preface. 

BROOKS,  Noah. 

How  the  Republic  is  governed.     189S 353  ^77 

Describes  briefly  the  legislative,  executiye  and  judiciary  systems  of  the 
United  States,  the  official  business  methods,  and  regulation  of  rev- 


UNITED  STATES  GOVERNMENT  429 

enues,  coinage,  pensions,  suffrage,  public  lands,  etc. 

The  same.     1897 rJ353  B77 

DAWES,  Anna  Laurens. 

How  we  are  governed;   an  explanation  of  the  constitution 

and  government  of  the  United  States.     1896 J353  D32 

The  same.     1896 rJ3S3  D32 

GILLET,  Ransom  H. 

Federal  government;  its  officers  and  their  duties.     1871 353  G41  y^ 

JAMES,  James  Alton,  &  Sanford,  A.  H. 

Government  in  state  and  nation.    1902 353  J16 

"Reference  books,"  p.375-378. 

MASON,  Edward  Campbell. 

Veto  power;  its  origin,  development  and  function  in  the 
government  of  the  United  States,  (1789-1889);  ed.  by 
A.B.Hart.     1891.     (Harvard  historical  monographs.) .  .353  M44 

Bibliography,  p. 2 19-221. 

MOWRY,  William  Augustus. 

Elements  of  civil  government;  local,  state  and  national;  a 

course  for  schools.    1898 J3S3  M94 

PEYTON,  Balie. 

Speech  upon  the  resolution  of  Mr  Wise,  proposing  a  select 
committee  of  investigation  of  the  executive  departments, 
and  Mr  Pearce's  amendment  to  the  same;  delivered  in  the 

House  of  representatives,  Dec.  15,  1836.     1836 r353  P47 

STRONG,  Frank,  &  Schafer,  Joseph. 

The  government  of  the  American  people.     1901 353  S92 

Contents:  Township  and  county  government. — City  government. — State 
government. — Origin  of  the  national  government. — The  national  gov- 
ernment. 

UNITED  STATES— Covode  committee. 

Covode  investigation;  report  of  the  committee  appointed 
to  investigate  charges  that  improper  means  had  been 
used  by  President  Buchanan  to  influence  the  action  of 
Congress  on  the  Lecompton  bill,  &c.    i860.    (36th  cong. 

1st  sess.     House.     Doc.  no. 648.) r353  U253 

UNITED  STATES — Executive  departments,   Committee  to 
investigate. 
Journal  [and  reports]  of  the  select  committee  to  investigate 

the  executive  departments.     1837 ^353  P47 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
UNITED  STATES— President. 

Compilation  of  the  messages  and  papers  of  the  presidents,  • 

1789-1897,  by  J.  D.  Richardson.     lov.     1896-99 r3S3  U25 

v.  10  contains  a   full   index,  and  gives  historical  synopses  of  topics  in- 
dexed. 
Veto  messages  of  the  presidents  from  Washington  to  Cleve- 
land, with  the  action  of  Congress  thereon;  comp.  by  B.  P. 
Poore.     1886.     (49th  cong.     2d  sess.     Senate.     Mis.  doc. 

no.53.) r24Si 

WHITNEY,  Reuben  M. 

Protest  against  the  proceedings  of  the  select  committee  of  the 
House  of  representatives  to  investigate  the  executive 

departments,  Jan.  25,  1837.     1837 r353  P47 

Bound  with  Peyton's  Speech  upon  the  resolution  of  Mr  Wise. 


430  TREASURY  DEPARTMENT 


353.1     State  department 

MICHAEL,  William  Henry. 

History  of  the  Department  of  state  of  the  United  States ;  its 
formation  and  duties,  together  with  biographies  of  its  pres- 
ent officers  and  secretaries  from  the  beginning.     1901. 

(United  States — State  department.) r353.i  M66 

UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

Register,  1887-1888,  1892,  1893,  1897.    1888-97 r353.i  U25 


353.2     Treasury  department 

MAYO,  Robert. 

Synopsis  of  the  commercial  and  revenue  system  of  the 
United  ^States    as    developed    by   instructions    and    de- 
cisions of  the  Treasury  department  for  the  administra- 
tion of  the  revenue  laws,  with  supplement.   2v.   1847.  .qr353.2  M54 
Title    of    the    supplement    reads,    "Treasury    department    and    its    fiscal 
bureaus;  their  origin,  organization  and  practical  operations  illustrated. 

UNITED  STATES— Comptroller  of  the  treasury.  Office  of. 
Decisions,    [Oct.    i,    1894-date].      v.i-date.      1896-date. 

(Treasury  department.) r353.2  U25 

Digest  of  decisions  of  the  Second  comptroller  of  the  treas- 
ury.   V.4.     1899.     (Treasury  department.) r353.2  U25d 

The  office  of  Second  comptroller  was  abolished  by  act  of  July  31,  1894, 
and  his  duties  transferred  to  the  First  comptroller  who  became  Comp- 
troller of  the  treasury. 

UNITED  STATES— Customs  division. 

Digest   of  decisions  of  the   Treasury   department  and  of  the 
Board  of  U.  S.  general  appraisers  under  tariff  acts  of  1883, 
1890,  1894  and  1897,  rendered  during  1898-1900.     I90i..r353.2  U2S3d 
UNITED  STATES— Treasury  department. 

Synopsis  of  the  decisions  of  the  department  on  the  con- 
struction of  the  tariff,  navigation,  and  other  laws  for  1880. 
1881    r3S3.2   U253S 

353.3     Interior  department 

UNITED  STATES — Abstracted  Indian  trust  bonds  committee. 

Report  of  the  select  committee  to  inquire  into  and  report 
the  facts  in  relation  to  the  fraudulent  abstraction  of  cer- 
tain bonds  held  by  the  government  in  trust  for  the  In- 
dian tribes  from  the  Department  of  the  interior.     1861. 

(36th  cong.  2d  sess.     House.     Doc.  no. 78.) r353.3  U25J 

UNITED  STATES— Interior  department. 

Annual  register,  containing  a  list  of  the  persons  employed  in 

the  department,  1877,  1883.     1877-83 r3S3.3  U25a 

Annual  report  of  the  secretary  of  the  interior,  1849-date. 

1849-date    r3S3.3  U25 

pts.2-3  of  the  report  for  1890  are  wanting. 

A  part  of  the  report  for  185 1  is  bound  with  the  report  of  the  secretary  of 

the  navy  for  1851,  r353.7  U2S. 

The  reports  of  the  Geological  survey   (qr557.3  Uzsa),  the  commissioner 


POST-OFFICE  DEPARTMENT  431 

of  education  (rsyg.y  U25),  the  Department  of  labor  (r33i  U25an)  and 
the  Land  office  report  (r336.  i  Uzsde),  which  form  part  of  this  report 
are  catalogued  separately. 
A  list  of  the  bureaus,  &c.,  whose  reports  are  made  to  the  secretary  of 
the  interior  and  are,  therefore,  included  in  his  report,  will  be  found 
on  p.  146  of  the  Document  check  list,  1895.  This  is  kept  at  the  refer- 
ence desk. 

List  of  books,  reports,  documents  and  pamphlets,  printed  or 
published  by  this  department  from  1789  to  1881.  1882.' 
(47th  cong.  1st  sess.    Senate.    Ex.  doc.  no.  182.) riggi 

353.4     Post-office  department 

DORSEY,  John  W.  mid  others. 

Proceedings  in  the  trial  of  the  case  of  the  United  States  vs. 
J.  W.  Dorsey,  J.  R.  Miner  and  others  for  conspiracy.    3v. 

1882  r3S3.4  D74 

Binder's  title  reads  "Record  of  the  star  route  trials." 
NEWCOMB,  Harry  Turner. 

Postal  deficit;  an  examination  of  some  of  the  legislative  and 

administrative  aspects  of  a  great  state  industry.     1900 353-4  N26 

UNITED  STATES — Post-office  and  post-roads  committee. 
Report  on  the  condition  of  the  Post-office  department,  pre- 
sented June  9th,  1834.     1834.     (23d  cong.  ist  sess.     Sen- 
ate.   Doc.    no.422.) r353.4    G94 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

UNITED  STATES— Post-office  department. 

Annual  report  of  the  postmaster-general,  1837-1842,  1847-1849, 

1851,  1853-date.    1848-date r353.4  U25a 

Report  for  1877  wanting. 

Report  for  1849  is  bound  with  the  report  of  the  secretary  of  war  for 

1849,   r353.6   U25. 
Report  for  185 1  is  bound  with  the  report  of  the  secretary  of  the  navy  for 

1851,  r353.7  U2S. 
Reports   for    1837-42,    1853-54,    1856,    1859,    1862-63,    1865-67,    1869,    1872   and 
1876  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional  documents, 
numbered  respectively,  321,  344,  363,  375,  401,  418,  712,  778,  894,  1025, 
1159,   1184,   1254,   1286,   1327,   1411,   1562  and  1748. 

Official  postal  guide,  Jan.  1895,  Jan.  1897,  Jan.  1899,  Jan. 

1901-date.      1895-date r3S3.4   U2S 

Postal  laws  and  regulations  of  the  United  States.    1887.    (50th 

'cong.  1st  sess.     House.     Mis.  doc.  no. 63.)   r3S3.4  U25P2 

The  same.     1893.     (52d  cong.  2d  sess.     House.     Mis.  doc.  no. 

90.)   r353.4  U25P 

353-5     Judiciary  department 

CARSON,  Hampton  Lawrence. 

Supreme  couij:  of  the  United  States;  its  history  and  its  cen- 
tennial celebration,  Feb.  4th,  1890.     2v.     1891 qr353-5  C23 

Published   under   the   direction  and   authority  of  the  Judiciary  centen- 
nial committee  of  the  New  York  state  bar  association. 

The  same;  supplement,     pt.i.     1892 qr3S3S  C23  v.3 

pt.i.     George  Shiras,  jr. 

GARLAND,  A.H. 

Experience  in  the  Supreme  court  of  the  United  States; 
with  some  reflections  and  suggestions  as  to  that  tri- 
bunal.    1898 353.5  G18 

28 


432  WAR  DEPARTMENT 

UNITED  STATES— Congress,  7th,  ist  sess. 

Debates  in  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  on  the  bill  for 
repealing  the  law  "for  the  more  convenient  organization 
of  the  courts  of  the  United  States,"  during  the  first 
session  of  the  seventh  congress,  [Jan.  4-Mar.  3,  1802]. 

1802 r353.5  U25 

UNITED  STATES— Justice.  Department  of. 

Annual  report  of  the  attorney-general  for  the  year  1870- 

date.    1870-date r353.5  U253a 

Reports   for   years    1870-1873,    1875-1879,    1881-1883    will   be   found  in 
sheep  bound  set  of  congressional  documents,   numbered  respectively, 
1454,   1510,   1545,   1606,   1686,   1751,   1802,   1852,   1913,   1986,  2103  and 
2193- 
Digest  of  the   official  opinions  of  the  attorneys-general, 

comprising  all  of  the  published  opinions  contained  in 
V.1-16  inclusive,  and  embracing  the  period  from  1789 
to  1881;  prepared  by  A.J.  Bentley.     1885 r353.5  U253d 

Official  opinions  of  the  attorneys-general  of  the  United 
States,  advising  the  president  and  the  heads  of  depart- 
ments in  relation  to  their  official  duties,  and  expound- 
ing the  constitution,  treaties,  and  the  public  laws  of  the 
country.     v.i7-date.     1891-date r353.S  U2S3 

Opinions  of  the  attorneys-general  giving  construction  to 
public  laws  not  of  a  temporary  character,  1789  to 
March  i,  1841.  1841.  (26th  cong.  2d  sess.  House. 
Ex.  doc.  no. 123.) r3S3.5  U2530 

Register  of  the  Department  of  justice  and  the  judicial  of- 
ficers of  the  United  States,  corrected  to  Sept.  i,  1874. 
1874 r3S3.S    U2532 


V  353-6     V/ar  department 

A 

GARDNER,  Charles  K.  comp. 

Dictionary  of  all  officers  who  have  been  commissioned  or  ap- 
pointed and  served  in  the  army  of  the  United  States,  1789- 

1853.     1853 r353.6  G18 

HEITMAN,  Francis  Bernard,  comp. 

Historical  register  of  the  officers  of  the  Continental  army. 

1893 qr353-6  H42h 

Historical  register  of  the  United  States  army  from  its  organ- 
ization, 1789  to  1889.     1890 qr3S3.6  H42 

LIEBER,  Guido  Norman. 

Remarks  on  the  army  regulations  and  executive  regulations 

in  general.     1898 ^ r3S3.6  L69 

POWELL,  William  Henry,  comp. 

List  of  officers  of  the  army  of  the  United  States,  from  1779 

to  1900.     1900 r353.6  P87 

Embraces  a  register  of  all  appointments  by  the  president  in  the  vol- 
unteer service  during  the  Civil  war,  and  of  the  volunteer  officers  in 
the  service  June  i,  i^. 

Published  by  L.  R.  Hamersly  &  co.,  New  York. 

RODENBOUGH,  Theophilus  Francis,  comp. 

From  everglade  to  canon  with  the  Second  dragoons,  (2d 


WAR  DEPARTMENT  433 

United    States    cavalry) ;    an    account    of    services    in 
Florida,  Mexico,  Virginia,  and  the  Indian  country,  1836- 

1875-     1875 353-6  R58 

RODENBOUGH,  Theophilus  Francis,  &  Haskin,  W.L.  ed. 
The  army  of  the  United  States;  historical  sketches  of  staff  and 

line,  [1789-1895].     1896 r353.6  R58 

UNITED  STATES— Adjutant-general's  office. 

Official  army  register,  1882-1883,  1896-date.    1882-date.  .r353.6  U2S0 
Official  register  of  officers  of  volunteers  in  the  service  of  the 
United  States,  organized  under  the  act  of  Mar.  2,  1899. 

1500   r353.6  U2532 

UNITED  STATES— House— 24th  cong. 

Resolutions,  laws  and  ordinances  relating  to  pay,  half  pay.  and 
other  promises  made  by  Congress  to  the  officers  and  sol- 
diers of  the  Revolution;  to  the  settlement  of  the  accounts 
between  the  United  States  and  the  several  states  and  to 

funding  the  Revolutionary  debt.     1838 r3S3.6  U2S3 

Binder's  title  reads  "Revolutionary  claims." 
UNITED  STATES — Judge-advocate-general. 

Digest  of  opinions  of  the  judge-advocates  general  of  the  army; 
originally  compiled  by  W.  Winthrop,  revised  ed.  (including 
opinions  to  Jan.  i,  1901),  by  Charles  McClure.   1901,    (War 

department.     Doc.  no.137.)    r353-6  U2534 

UNITED  STATES — Surgeon-general's  office. 

Circular,    no. 5-7.     1866-67 qr353.6  U2533 

no.s.    Report  on   epidemic  cholera   in  the  army  of  the   United   States, 

during  the  year  1866. 
no.6.    Reports  on  the  extent  and  nature  of  the  materials  available  for 
the  preparation  of  a  medical  and  surgical  history  of  the  Rebellion. 
no.7.     Report  on  amputations  at  the  hip-joint  in  military  surgery. 
Drill  regulations  and    outlines  of    first    aid,  for  the  hospital 

corps,  United  States  army.     1900 r353.6  U25d 

UNITED  STATES— War  department. 

Annual  reports  of  the  War  department,  1837-1843,  1847- 

1849,  i8si-date.    1838-date r3S3.6  U2S 

Before  1898  this  report  was  called  Annual  report  of  the  secretary  of  war. 
v.2,3  and,  from   1875  to   1891,  v.4  have  been  classified  and  catalogued 
separately,    as  follows:  v.2,  report  of  the  chief  of  engineers  (qr627U2S3) ; 
V.3,  report  of  the  chief  of  ordnance  (r623.4  U251),  v.4,  report  of  the 
chief  signal  officer  (rssi.s  U2S3). 
Before   ^75  the  report  of  the  chief  of  ordnance  was  included  in  v.i. 
Before   1875  and  since   1892  the  report  of  the  chief  signal  officer  it 
also  in  v.i. 
Reports  for  1837-43,  1848,  1856,  1863  &  1874  will  be  found  in  the  sheep 
bound   set   of   congressional   documents,    numbered   respectively,    321, 
338,   363,  375.  401,  418,  537,  894,   1 184,   1635. 

Medals  of  honor  issued  by  the  department  up  to  and  includ- 
ing Oct.  31,  1897;  with  the  laws,  orders  and  regulations 
relative  to  the  medal,  the  ribbon  to  be  worn  with  the 
medal  and  the  knot  to  be  worn  in  lieu  of  the  medal. 
1897   qr3S3-6  U25m 

The  military  laws  of  the  United  States,  prepared  by  George 

B.  Davis.     1897 r3S3.6  U25mi2 

The  same;  appendix  containing  legislation  subsequent  to 

March  4,  1897,  and  including  May  18,  1898.    1898.  .  .r353.6  U2Smi3 

The  same.     Ed.4.     1901 r353.6  U25mi 


434  NAVY  DEPARTMENT 


353*7     Navy  department 

CALLAHAN,  Edward  William,  ed. 

List  of  officers  of  the  navy  of  the  United  States  and  of  the 
marine  corps,  from  1775  to  1900;  compiled  from  official 

records.     1901    r353-7  C13 

Published  by  L.  R.  Hamersly  &  co.,  New  York. 
HAMERSLY,  Lewis  Randolph,  comp. 

Records  of  living  officers  of  the  U.  S.  navy  and  marine  corps. 

1902 qr3537  H19 

KELLEY,  James  Douglas  Jerrold. 

Our  navy,  its  growth  and  achievements.     1897 qr353.7  K16 

MICHAEL,  William  Henry,  comp. 

United  States  laws  relating  to  the  navy,  marine  corps,  etc.; 
comp.  from  the  revised  statutes  and  subsequent  acts  of 
June  17,  1898,  with  a  digest  of  the  decisions  of  the  courts 

and  opinions  of  the  attorneys-general.     1898 r353-7  M66 

UNITED  STATES — Naval  contracts  and  naval  expenditures 
committee. 
Report,  w^ith  testimony.     (35th  cong.  2d  sess.     House. 

Doc.  no.184.) r353.7  U2S3 

This   committee   was   appointed   to    investigate   the   management   of  the 
Brooklyn    and    Philadelphia    navy   yards,    the   purchase    of   anthracite 
coal  for  the  navy  and  the  contracts  made  in  1857  *nd  1858  for  live- 
oak  for  the  navy. 
UNITED  STATES — Navigation  bureau.     (Navy  department.) 
List  and  station  of  the  commissioned  and  warrant  officers 
of  the  navy  and  of  the  marine  corps,   1898-1903.     6v. 

1898-1903 r353.7  U2534 

UNITED  STATES— Navy  department. 

Register  of  the  commissioned  and  warrant  officers  of  the  navy 

and  of  the  marine  corps,  1867,  i89S-date.     1867-date r353.7  U25r 

Register  for  1898-date  is  bound  with  the  army  register  for  the  same  year, 
r3S3-6  U2S0. 

Report  of  the  secretary  of  the  navy,  1837-1842,  1847-1849, 

1851-date.     1837-date  r353.7  U25 

Reports  for  1849  and  1852  are  bound  with  the  reports  of  the  secretary  of 

war  for  the  corresponding  years,  r353-6  U25. 

Reports  for  1837-42,  1848,  1853,  1859,  1866-67,  1869,  1871-72,  1876  will 
be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  cong^ressional  documents,  numbered 
respectively,  321,  338,  363,  375,  401,  537,  712,  1025,  1^6,  1327, 
1411,  1507,   1562  and  1748. 

353.9     State  government 

New  York 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Adjutant-general's  office. 

Annual  report  of  the  adjutant-general,  for  the  year  ending 

Dec.  31,  1867.    3v.     1868 r3S3.9  N26a 

v.2-3.    Register   of   officers    commissioned    in    the   volunteer    regriments 
from  N.  Y..  1861-1865. 
New  York  in  the  Spanish- American  war,  1898.     3v.     1900.  .  r353.9  N26 
Being  part  of  the  Report  of  the  adjutant-general  for  1900. 
ROBERTS,  James  A.  ed. 

New  York  in  the  Revolution  as  colony  and  state;  records 


STATE  GOVERNMENT  435 

discovered,     arranged     and     classified     in     1895-1898. 

1898  qr3S3.9  RS3 

Gives  the  names,  rank  and  organization  of  the  men  furnished  by  New 
York  during  the  Revolution.  These  are  taken  from  the  original  mus- 
ter and  pay-rolls  in  the  state  archives,  and  show  that  New  York  fur- 
nished a  much  larger  quota  than  she  is  generally  credited  with,  pre- 
vious lists  taken  from  other  than  original  sources  being  very  incom- 
plete. 

Ohio 

OHIO — State  department. 

Annual  report  of  the  secretary  of  state,  including  the  sta- 
tistical report  to  the  General  assembly  for  the  year  end- 
ing Nov.  15,  1872-1873,  1875,  1878-1879.    1873-^ r353.9  OiSa 

Report  for  1875  contains  a  list  of  members  and  officers  of  the  several 
constitutional  conventions  and  general  assemblies,  with  abstract  of 
votes  for  governor  at  each  election  since  the  organization  of  the  state 
government. 

Report  for  1878  contains  a  list  of  Ohio  territorial  and  state  governors 
from  1788  to  1880,  and  senators  and  representatives  in  Congress  from 
1789  to  1881. 

Pennsylvania 

PENNSYLVANIA— Adjutant  general. 

Annual  report,  1863-date.     1864-date r3S3.9  P3996 

The  report  for   1874  will  be  found  in  the  Executive  documents,    1874, 

r328.74  P39e. 
The  reports  for  1867,  1872-1873  are  wanting. 

The  report  for  1866  contains  rosters  of  field  and  staff  of  regiments  and 
of  officers  of  unattached  companies  and  independent  batteries. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Attorney  general. 

Report,   for   the   year   ending   Dec.   31,    1887-date.      1889- 

date r353.9  P39a 

PENNSYLVANIA— Electoral  college. 

Proceedings,  Dec.  2,  1840.    1840 r353-9  N24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Another  copy  is  bound  with  other  pamphlets  and  marked,  i'974.8  B48. 

The  same,  Dec.  4-5,  1844.     1844 " r327  U2533 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
PENNSYLVANIA— Governor.     (J.  A.  Beaver.) 

Message  to  the  General  assembly,  Jan.  i,  1889.     1889.  . .  .r353.9  P39g 
Contains  the  report  of  the  secretary  of  the  commonwealth,  Jan.  18,  1887 
to  Dec.  19,  1888. 

PENNSYLVANIA— House  of  representatives. 

Report  of  the  majority  and  minority  of  the  select  committee 
appointed  to  inquire  into  the  charge  of  bribery  preferred 
against  Daniel  M'Cook.    1846 r353-9  N24 

Bound   with   other   pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Internal  affairs  department. 

Annual  report  of  the  secretary  for  the  year  ending  Nov. 
30,  1879-date;  pt.i.  Land  office,  boundary  lines,  state 
weather  service;   pt.2.   Assessments   and   taxes.     1880- 

date r353.9  P3998 

Early  reports  include  reports  on  the  Land  office  and  assessments  only. 

1896  is  the  last  year  for  which  the  Weather  bureau  issued  a  report. 
pt.3,    Report  of  the  Bureau  of  industrial  statistics,  is  marked      r33i  P39. 
pt.4  on   Railroads,  canals,  &c.   is  marked  r6s6  P399i. 

pt.s,     Report  of  inspectors  of  mines,  is  marked  r622.33  P39m. 


436  STATE  GOVERNMENT 

PENNSYLVANIA— Military  department. 

Annual  report,  for  the  year  ending  Dec.  i,  1864-1865.     2v. 

1865-66 r3S3.9  P39 

Contains  Roster  of  commissions  issued  to  officers  of  Pennsylvania  vol- 
unteers, Dec.  I,  1863-Dec.  I,  1865,  with  date  of  rank. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Public  printing  and  binding,  Office  of 
superintendent  of. 
Annual  report  of  the  superintendent  of  public  printing  and 
binding  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1894-date.     1894- 

date    r353.9  P399 

PENNSYLVANIA— Secretary  of  state. 

Report,  Jan.  18,  1887  to  Dec.  19,  1888.     (In  Pennsylvania — 
Governor.      (J.  A.  Beaver.)      Message    to    the    General 

assembly,  Jan.  i,  1889,  p.47-S9) r3S3-9  P39g 

The  same,  for  the  two  years  ending  Nov.  30,   1890,   1898. 

1890-98    r353.9  P3994 

Report  for  the  period  ending  Nov.  30,  1890  covers  23  months  only. 

PENNSYLVANIA.     Statutes. 

Military  code  of  Pennsylvania,  printed  for  the  use  of  the  Na- 
tional guard  of  Pennsylvania.    1898 .r353.9  P3997 

SHIMMELL,  Lewis  S. 

Pennsylvania  citizen.     1900 353-9  S55 

A  complete  history  of  the  civil  government  of  Pennsylvania,  containing 
also  the  essentials  of  the  national  government.  Specially  adapted  for 
use  in  grammar  schools. 

Rhode  Island 

SMITH,  Joseph  Jencks,  comp. 

Civil  and  military  list  of  Rhode  Island,  1800-1850 ;  a  list  of  of- 
ficers elected  by  the  General  assembly  from  1800  to  1850, 
also  officers  in  Revolutionary  war,  appointed  by  Conti- 
nental congress,  and  in  the  regular  army  and  navy,  to  1850, 
including  volunteer  officers  in  War  of  1812  and  Mexican 
war,  and  officers  in  privateer  service  during  colonial  and 
Revolutionary  wars,  and  the  War  of  1812.     1901  qr353.9  S65 

South  Carolina 

SOUTH  CAROLINA— Legislature. 

Address  of  the  minority  of  the  Legislature  to  the  people,  ex- 
plaining their  reasons  for  accepting  the  report  of  the  joint 
committee  on  federal  relations,  on  the  amendment  of  the 
constitutional   oath   of  office;   with  accompanying  docti- 

ments.     1834 r353.9  N24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Confederate  States 

CONFEDERATE   STATES   OF   AMERICA— Justice,   De- 
partment of. 
Report  of  the  attorney  general,  [for  the  six  months  ending 
Nov.  I,  1864],  with  the  report  of  the  superintendent  of 


FOREIGN  STATE  GOVERNMENTS  437 

public  printing  [April  26-Oct.  26,  1864].    1864 r973.7  CS5 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

354     Foreign  state  governments 

ALMANACK  de  Gotha,  1868,   1871-1872,   1875-1888,  1896-date. 

I05e,  io8e-i09e,  Ii2e-i25e,  1336  annee-date.    1867-date.  .r354  A44 
FORBES,  Archibald. 

The  Black  Watch;  the  record  of  an  historic  regiment. 

1897   35442   F75 

FORD,  Worthington  Chauncey,  comp 

British  officers  serving  in  America,  1754-1774.    1894 qr3S4.42  F76 

Reprinted  from  the   New-England  historical  and  genealogical   register, 
1894. 
British  officers  serving  in  the  American  revolution,  1774-1783. 

1897  qr3S4-42  F76b 

A  continuation  of  "British  officers  serving  in  America,  1754-1774." 

FORTESCUE,  John  William. 
-  History  of  the  British  army  [to  1870].    v.1-3.    1899-1902.  .354.42  F79 
v.i-3.      To  the  close  of  the  Seven  years'  war. 
V.3.     From  the  close  of  the  Seven  years'  war  to  the  second  Peace  of 

Paris,  1763-1793- 
Contains  many  battle  maps. 

"He  has  dealt  not  merely  with  the  story  of  its  embodiment,  arming, 
equipment,  and  organization,  but  with  the  general  history  of  all  the 
wars  in  which  it  has  been  engaged. .  .We  have  not  found  a  single 
campaign  of  any  importance  on  which  Mr.  Fortescue  has  not  brought 
new  information  and  judicious  criticism  to  bear."  Literature,  (,Eng.), 
1899. 
History  of  the  17th  Lancers.     1895 qr354.42  F79 

GRIFFITHS,  Arthur  George  Frederick. 

English  army;  its  past  history,  present  condition,  and  future 

prospects   354-42  G89 

MAURICE,  Col.  Frederick. 

National  defences.    1897.    (English  citizen  series.) 354-42  M49 

NORWAY,  Arthur  Hamilton. 

History  of  the  post-office  packet  service.     1895 354-42  N46 

Account  of  that  portion  of  the  English  navy  engaged  in  the  foreign 
packet  trade,  from  its  beginning  in  1688  to  18 15,  compiled  mostly  from 
the  official  records  of  the  Post-office  service.  Sketches  the  engage- 
ments with  American  privateers  during  the  War  of  18 12. 

POLITICIAN'S  handbook;  a  review  and  digest  of  the  state 
papers,  diplomatic  correspondence,  reports  of  royal  com- 
missions, select  committees,  treaties,  consular  reports, 
&c.;  ed.  by  H.  Whates,  session  1899-date.     [v.i-date.] 

1899-date r354-42   P76 

RICHARDS,  Walter. 

Her  Majesty's  army;  a  descriptive  account  of  the  various  regi- 
ments now  comprising  the  Queen's  forces,  from  their  first 

establishment.    3v qr354.42  R41 

COLDSTREAM,  John  Phillip. 

Institutions  of  Austria.     1895 354-43   C68 

Brief  summary  of  the  history,  government,  law,  religion,  education,  army 
and  navy,  commerce  and  industry  of  Austria. 

ALMANACH  royal,  1779 r3S4-44  A44 


438  MILITARY  SCIENCE 

BOD  LEY,  John  Edward  Courtenay. 

France.    2v.    1898 r 35444  Bs8 

V.I.  The  revolution  and  modem  France.— The  constitution  and  the  chief 
of  the  state. 

V.2.    Parliamentary  system. — Political  parties. 

Each  volume  has   its  own   index. 

This  work  is  the  result  of  wide  reading  and  study,  of  seven  years'  resi- 
dence in  many  parts  of  France,  of  much  converse  with  people  of  all 
ranks  and  parties,  from  such  men  as  Renan,  Taine  and  Clemenceau, 
to  peasants  and  shopkeepers. 

"A  work  which  is  the  worthy  outcome  of  well-spent  years  and  which 
will  take  rank  with  Mr  Bryce's  'America'  and  Sir  Donald  Mackenzie 
Wallace's  'Kussia'  among  the  few  books  which  enable  nations  to 
understand  nations."     The  Times,  {London),  1898. 

UNITED  STATES — Insular  commission. 

Report  of  the   United   States  insular  commission   to   the 
secretary  of  war  upon  investigations  made  into  the  civil 
affairs  of  Porto  Rico,  with  recommendations,  June  9, 
1899.   1899.    (United  States — Insular  affairs  division.)  .  .r354.7  U2S 
DOUGLAS,  James. 

Canadian  independence,  annexation  and  British  imperial 

federation.     1894.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 354-71  D^S 


355     Military  science 

For  United  States  war  department,  see  353.6 
For  Military  engineering,  see  623 

An  ABSENT-MINDED  war;  some  reflections  on  our  reverses 
and  the  causes  which  have  led  to  them,  by  a  British 

staff  officer.     1900 355   A16 

Inspired  by  the  Anglo-Boer  war  of  1899-1901.  In  large  part  a  criticism 
of  the  methods  of  training  English  army  officers. 

ARCHIBALD,  James  Francis  Jewell. 

Blue  shirt  and  khaki;  a  comparison.     1901 355  A67 

Contents:  The  new  soldier  and  his  equipment. — British  and  American 
recruits. — The  common  soldier  in  the  field. — The  officers. — American 
and  British  tactics. — Feeding  the  two  armies. — The  railroad  in  mod- 
ern war. — Transportation  of  troops  by  sea. — The  last  days  of  the 
Boer  capital. — The  British  in  Pretoria. 

By  an  American  war  correspondent  who  has  been  through  both  the  Cu- 
ban and  South  African  campaigns  and  who  compares  English  and 
American  army  methods.  Book  makes  a  powerful,  if  not  altogether 
just,  appeal  to  American  national  vanity. 

The  ARMIES  of  to-day.     1893 355  A72 

Contents:  The  army  of  the  United  States,  by  Gen.  Merritt— The  stand- 
ing army  of  Great  Britain,  by  Gen.  Wolseley.— The  German  army, 
by  Col.  Exner.— The  French  army,  by  Gen.  Lewal.— The  Russian 
army,  by  a  Russian  general. — The  Austro-Hungarian  army,  by  Gen. 
von  Kuhn.— The  Italian  army,  by  Goiran. — The  Mexican  army,  by  T.  A. 
Janvier. — The  military  situation  in  Europe,  by  Col.  Exner. 

The  same.     1893 r35S  A72 

ATTERIDGE,  Andrew  Hilliard. 

Wars  of  the  'nineties;  a  history  of  the  warfare  of  the  last  ten 

years  of  the  19th  century.     1899 qr355  ASS 

Contents:  The  reconquest  of  the  Soudan. — The  Spanish- American  war. — 
Chitral  and  the  N.  W.  frontier  campaign. — The  Chino-Japanese  war. — 
The  Greco-Turkish  war. — The  Matabele  wars. — The  French  conquest 
of  Madagascar. — Recent  campaigns  in  West  Africa. — Civil  wars  in 
South  America. — Campaigns  in  eastern  and  central  Africa..  1890-1899. — 


MILITARY  SCIENCE  439 

The  second  civil  war  in  the  Philippines. — Siam,  the  French  on  the 
Menam  river.— Manipur  and  Thobal. — Note  on  the  Shirkeleh  expedi- 
tion and  the  pursuit  of  the  khalifa. 

AUSTIN,  Oscar  Phelps. 

Uncle  Sam's  soldiers;  a  story  of  the  war  with  Spain J35S  A93 

Story  based  upon  the  experience  of  two  boys  verging  upon  manhood 
who  served  with  the  armies  in  Cuba,  Puerto  Rico,  and  the  Philippines. 
Designed  to  give  young  readers  information  about  modern  military 
methods. 

BALDOCK,  Thomas  Stanford. 

Cromwell  as  a  soldier.    1899.     (Wolseley  series.) 355  B19 

"The  aim... is  to  give  a  succinct  account  of  Cromwell's  life  as  a  soldier, 
pointing  out  how  his  genius  taught  him  to  reject  one  after  the  other 
the  principal  military  errors  of  his  day,  and  how,  under  his  guidance, 
a  crude  untrained  militia  developed  in  a  few  years  into  the  most  per- 
fect regular  army  of  that  period."    Preface. 

BARRIE,  George,  pub. 

Army  and  navy  of  the  United  States  from  the  Revolution  to 

the  present  day;  a  record  of  the  formation,  organization, 

and  general  equipment  of  the  land  and  naval  forces  of  the 

republic,  ed.  by  William  Walton,  A.  B.  Gardiner  and  H. 

C.  Taylor.     2v.     1889-95  qr355  B26 

Has  the  official  approval  of  the  State,  War  and  Navy  departments.  There 
are  several  hundred  illustrations,  many  of  them  full-page  and  colored, 
illustrating  every  branch  of  the  service  at  all  periods.  A  supplement 
contains  lists  of  officers  and  estimates  of  forces  from  the  beginning  of 
the  Revolution  through  the  Civil  war. 

BELL,  Charles  Perceval  Lynden  Lynden. 

Primer  of  tactics,  fortification,  topography  and  military  law. 

1899    355    B39 

BIGELOW,  John,  jr. 

Principles  of  strategy  illustrated  mainly  from  American  cam- 
paigns.    1891 qr355  B47 

BLOCH,  Ivan  Stanislavovitch. 

Future  of  war  in  its  technical,  economic  and  political  rela- 
tions; is  war  now  impossible?     1899 355  855 

Translation  of  the  sixth  volume  of  the  original  work.  Author  is  a  well- 
known  political  economist  of  Warsaw.  He  attempts  to  prove  that  there 
can  never  be  another  largely  destructive  international  war. 
"Aside  from  its  optimistic  theory,  M.  Bloch's  book  is  valuable  as  a  thor- 
oughly intelligible  compendium  of  information  on  the  military  and 
naval  strength  and  the  economic  conditions  of  the  great  European 
States."    Independent,  1899. 

BLOOMFIELD,  B.  comp. 

Quartermaster's   guide;   being   a   compilation   from  the 

army  regulations  and  other  sources.    1862 r35S  C74g 

Author  was  quartermaster  in  the  Confederate  army, 
^ound  with  other  pamphlets. 

BUCKHOLTZ,  L.  von,  comp. 

Tactics  for  officers  of  infantry,  cavalry  and  artillery.    1861 .  .r355  B8s 
BURNHAM,  William  Power. 

Three  roads  to  a  commission  in  the  United  States  army. 

1898 355  B93 

CONFEDERATE  STATES  OF  AMERICA— Adjutant  and 
inspector  general's  office. 
General  orders  from  the  Adjutant  and  inspector  general's 
office,    Confederate    States    army,    for    the    year    1863. 
1864 r355  C74g 


440  MILITARY  SCIENCE 

CONFEDERATE  STATES  OF  AMERICA— War  depart- 
ment. 

Army  regulations  adopted  for  the  use  of  the  army  of  the 
Confederate  States,  in  accordance  with  the  late  acts  of 
Congress,  [with]  an  act  for  the  establishment  and  or- 
ganization of  the  army,  also  [the]  articles  of  war.    1861.  .r355  C74 

The  same,  1864.    Ed. 3.    1864 •. r35S  C74r 

Title  page  reads  Regulations  for  the  army. 

Regulations  for  the  army  of  the  Confederate  States  and 
for  the  Quartermaster's  department  and  Pay  depart- 
ment.    1861 r973.7  C74a 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Regulations  for  the  Subsistence  department.    1861 r35S  C74g 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Regulations  of  the  Confederate  States  army  for  the 
Quartermaster's  department  including  the  pay  branch 

thereof.     1864 r355   C74g 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

CONFEDERATE  STATES  OF  AMERICA— War  depart- 
ment— Department  of  Northern  Virginia. 

General  orders,  no. 64,  May  18,  1863 r973-7  C74h 

Orders  relating  to  findings  of  various  courts  martial. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
CONNELL,  F.Norreys. 

How  soldiers  fight;  an  attempt  to  depict  for  the  popular  un- 
derstanding the  waging  of  war  and  the  soldier's  share  in 

it.     1899  355  C75 

Popular  and  elementary,  mainly  addressed  to  the  young  volunteer.     De- 
scribes old-time   warfare,  modern  cavalry,   artillery  and  infantry,  and 
makes  some  prophecies  concerning  battle  in  the  future. 
DECLE,  Lionel. 

Trooper  3809,  a  private  soldier  of  the  third  republic.  1899.  .355  D36 
Detailed  account  of  the  French  army  system  from  the  actual  experience 
of  a  cavalry  trooper.  The  introduction  describes  the  military  org^ani- 
zation.  The  author  aims  to  show  that  the  conditions  which  make  pos- 
sible a  Dreyfus  case,  are  owing  to  arbitrary,  unjust  and  defective 
discipline. 

FARROW,  Edward  S.  comp. 

Military  encyclopedia;  with  supplement.    3v.     1895 qr35S  F25 

FORSYTH,  Gen.  George  Alexander. 

Story  of  the  soldier.     1900.     (Story  of  the  West  series.) 355  F78 

FURSE,  George  Armand. 

Provisioning  armies  in  the  field.     1899 3SS  F99 

GOLTZ,  Colmar,  freiherr  von  der. 

The  conduct  of  war;  a  brief  study  of  its  most  important  prin- 
ciples and  forms.     1896 355  G59 

Refers  to  our  Civil  war  in  illustration  of  some  of  the  points  discussed. 

HAMLEY,  Sir  Edward  Bruce. 

Operations  of  war  explained  and  illustrated.    1889 qr355  Hai 

HART,  Reginald  Clare. 

Reflections  on  the  art  of  war.     1897 355  H31 

HOENIG,  Fritz  August. 

Inquiries  into  the  tactics  of  the  future,  developed  from  modern 
military  history;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  Carl  Reichmann. 

1898 355  H67 

The  same.    1898 r355  H67 


MILITARY  SCIENCE  441 

HOHENLOHE-INGELFINGEN,  Kraft,  prinz  zu. 

Letters  on  strategy;  ed.  by  W.  H.  James.    2v.    1898.    (Wolse- 

ley  series.) 355  H68 

y.i.    The  campaign  of  1806,  from  the  8th  to  14th  Oct. — The  campaign  of 
1859,  from  the  29th  April  to  4th  June. — ^The  campaign  from  the  ist 
to  8th  Aug.,  1870. 
V.2.    The  campaign  from  the  23d  Aug.  to  the  ist  Sept.,  1870. 

JERRAM,  Charles  S.  comp. 

Armies  of  the  world.     1900 r3SS  J28 

"Gathers  from  official  and  other  trustworthy  documents  the  main  facts 
as  to  the  strength  and  organization  of  the  military  forces  of  the 
civilized  nations,  their  cost,  mode  of  recruitment,  tactics  and  supply 
sources.  The  details  of  army  structure  and  management  are  en- 
livened by  comments  upon  the  political  and  economic  significance 
of  war  preparation."     Nation,  1900. 

JOURNAL  of  the    Military   service   institution   of   the   United 

States ;  quarterly,    v.i-date.     1880-date r3SS  J46 

V.  lo-date  published  bi-monthly. 
KOPPEN,  Fedor  von. 

Armies  of  Europe.     1890 r3S5  K38 

"An    admirably   constructed    volume,    giving   an   accurate    view    of   the 
armies  of  Europe,  but  so  intensely  German  in  tone  as  not  to  be  quite 
fair  to  the  French."     Athenxum,   1890. 
Colored  plates. 

LEE,  J.  K.  ed. 

Volunteer's   hand   book;   containing  an   abridgement  of 

Hardee's  Infantry  tactics.     1861 ^97Z-7  LS2 

Author  was  captain  of  ist  Virginia  volunteers. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

LIEBE,  Georg. 

Der  soldat  in  der  deutschen  vergangenheit,  15. -18.  jahrhun- 

dert.     1899 qr3S5  L68 

"A  series  of  183  most  interesting  illustrations,  all  reproductions  of  early 
engravings  and  woodcuts.,  .taken  from ...  chronicles,  beginning  with 
1482,  and  well  authenticated... Here  are  early  artillery  and  matchlocks, 
single  combats  and  battle  scenes,  fortifications  and  sieges,  fighters 
and  camp  followers,  the  plundering  soldier  and  the  plundered  peasant, 
the  soldier's  sweetheart  and  his  victim,  the  early  surgeon  and  the 
executioner,  also  a  bit  of  'Wallenstein's  camp' — together  with  curious 
old  verse.  An  intelligent  text  connects  the  whole,  which  may  serve 
as  a  companion  to  Gustav  Freytag's  'Bilder  aus  der  Vergangenheit.'  " 
Saturday  review,  1899. 
McCLELLAN,  Gen.  George  Brinton. 

The  armies  of  Europe,  comprising  descriptions  in  detail  of  the 
military  systems  of  England,  France,  Russia,  Prussia,  Aus- 
tria and  Sardinia,  adapting  their  advantages  to  all  arms  of 

the  United  States.    1861 r355  M13 

Report  of  observations  in  Europe  during  the  Crimean  war. 
MAGUIRE,  Thomas  Miller. 

Outlines  of  military  geography.    1899 355  M25 

Contents:  The  importance  of  the  study  of  military  geography. — The  lead- 
ing principles  of  strategy  and  military  geography. — Other  strategical 
considerations. — Command  of  the  sea. — The  strategic  importance  of  the 
Mediterranean. — The  United  Kingdom  with  regard  to  sea  power. — 
The  strategic  relations  of  Europe  with  other  continents. — Frontiers  in 
their  relation  to  military  operations. — Fortification  as  related  to  mili- 
tary geography. — The  principal  routes  of  invasion  and  main  lines  of 
communication. — European  defiles  and  roads. — Historic  lines  of  in- 
vasion.— Influence  of  climate  on  military  operations. 

MAURICE,  Col.  Frederick. 

Balance  of  military  power  in  Europe.    1888 355  M49b 


442  MILITARY  SCIENCE 

War.     1891 355  M49 

Bibliography,  p.  126-144. 

Reproduced  with  amendments  from  the  "Encyclopxdia  Britannica." 

MILES,  Gen.  Nelson  Appleton. 

Military  Europe;  a  narrative  of  personal  observation  and  per- 
sonal experience.     1898 q355  M68 

Contents:  With  the  Turkish  and  Greek  armies  in  time  of  war. — The 
mihtary  and  naval  glory  of  England  as  seen  at  the  Queen's  jubilee, 
June  1897. — Military  manoeuvers. 

NAPOLEON  I,  emperor  of  the  French. 

Military  maxims  of  Napoleon ;  tr.  f  r.  the  French  by  Sir  G.  C. 
D'Aguilar;  with  an  introduction  by  the  author  of  "An  ab- 
sent-minded war."     1901   355  N12 

Rules  concerning  the  conduct  of  a  campaign  and  the  tactics  of  the  bat- 
tlefield. The  introduction  applies  the  maxims  to  certain  operations  in 
the  South  African  war. 

OMAN,  Charles  William  Chadwick. 

A  history  of  the  art  of  war.    v.2.    1898 355  O24 

V.2.    Middle  ages,  4th  to  14th  century. 

"The   present   volume   is   intended   to   form   the   second  of   a  series   of 
four,  in  which  I  hope  to  give  a  general  sketch  of  the  history  of  the 
art  of  war  from  Greek  and  Roman  times  down  to  the  beginning  of 
the  nineteenth  century."     Preface. 
PATTEN,  George  Washington,  comp. 

Cavalry  drill  and  sabre  exercise;  compiled  agreeably  to  the 
latest  regulations  of  the  War  department  from  standard 

military  authority.     1862 r3S5  C74g 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

REED,  Hugh  T. 

Cadet  life  at  West  Point.     1896 355  R28 

Containing  an  appendix  on  the  method  of  appointment  of  cadets,  some 
specimen  examination  papers,  and  the  course  of  study  and  books  used 
at  the  academy. 

STONE,  F.  Gleadowe. 

Tactical   studies   from   the    Franco-German   war,    1870-71. 

1886 355   S87 

TUTHERLY,  Herbert  E. 

Elementary  treatise  on  military  science  and  the  art  of  war. 

1898  355  T88 

Contains  an  appendix  on  the  Cuban  war. 
"Authorities  consulted,"   p.3. 
UNITED  service;  a  quarterly  review  of  military  and  naval 
affairs,  Jan.  1879-Apr.  1897,  1902-date.    v.i-date.     1879- 

date qr3SS  U2535 

Beginning  with  v.2  the  periodical  was  published  monthly. 
New  ser.  v.  1-17  is  numbered  v.  15-31. 
Third  ser.v.  i-date  is  numbered  v.32-date. 
No  numbers  published  between  April  1897  and  Jan.  1902. 
UNITED  STATES— Adjutant-general's  office. 

The  soldier's  handbook  for  use  in  the  army  of  the  United 

States.    1898 r355    U25$ 

The  same.     1900  r355  U25S2 

UNITED  STATES — Military  academy.  Select  committee  to 
investigate  hazing  at. 
Report  submitting  H.14127,  to  aid  in  enforcement  of  dis- 
cipline at  Military  academy;  with  testimony  upon  haz- 
ing of  O.  L.  Booz,  and  upon  the  subject  of  the  practice 


MILITARY  SCIENCE  443 

of  hazing  at  the  academy.     Feb.  9,    1901.     3v.     1901. 

(56th  cong.  2d  sess.     House.     Report  no. 2768.) r355  U2536 

UNITED  STATES — Military  commission  to  Europe,  1854-56. 

Reports.     3v.     1857-61 qr355  U2533 

V.I.    Report  on  the  art  of  war  in  Europe  in  1854,  1855  and  1856,  by  R. 

Delafield. 
V.2.    Report,   by   G.    B.    McClellan. 
V.3.    Report,   by  Alfred   Mordecai. 

UNITED  STATES — Military  information  division. 

Notes  and  tables  on  organization  and  establishment  of  the 
Spanish    army    in    the    peninsula    and    colonies.      1898. 

(Adjutant-general's  office.) r355  U2534 

[Publications.]     no.i7-date.     1898-date.     (Adjutant-gener- 
al's office.) .~ r355  U2534P 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p.2S5;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
UNITED  STATES— Ordnance  office. 

Description  and  rules  for  the  management  of  the  U.  S.  maga- 
zine rifle  and  carbine,  calibre  .30.     1898 r355  U25de 

UNITED  STATES — Quartermaster's  department. 

Manual  for  the  Quartermaster's  department  in  the  army  of 

the  United  States.     1897 r355  U25ni 

Manual  of  instructions  for    quartermasters    serving    in    the 

field,  prepared  by  D.  E.  McCarthy.     1900 r355  U25mal 

Regulations  and  decisions  pertaining  to  the  uniform  of  the 

army  of  the  United  States.     1897 r355  U25re 

The  same.     1899  r355  U25re2 

UNITED  STATES— Signal  office. 

Property  and  general  regulations  of  the  signal  corps.    1898.  .r355  U25P 
UNITED  STATES — Subsistence  department,  Army. 

Handbook  of  subsistence  stores  for  use  in  the  army.  1896.  .r355  U25h 
How  to  feed  an  army;  published  by  authority  of  the  secretary 

of  war  for  use  in  the  army  of  the  United  States.     1901 . . .  r355  U25ho 

Reports,  by  the  various  commissary  officers  who  served  during  the  Civil 
war,  in  response  to  a  circular  issued  at  the  close  of  the  war,  "re- 
questing information  concerning  the  duties  which  they  had  performed, 
the  methods  adopted  in  executing  the  same,  and  any  recommenda- 
tions they  might  see  fit  to  make." 

Manual  for  army  cooks.     1896 r355  U25ml 

UNITED  STATES — Surgeon-general's  office. 

Drill  regulations  for  the  hospital  corps,  United  States  army. 

1896 r35S  U25d 

Manual  for  the  Medical  department  for  use  in  the  army  of  the 

United  States.     4v.     1896-1900 r3S5  U25mu 

UNITED  STATES— War  department. 

Compendium  of  regulations  for  the  Quartermaster's  depart- 
ment.    1898 r355  U25C 

Infantry  &  rifle  tactics.    1861 r355  U2S 

Manual  for  the  Pay  department.     1896 r355  U25ma 

The  same,  revised  to  April  30,  1898.    1898 r355  U25ma2 

Manual  for  the  Subsistence  department,  corrected  to  April 

23,  1898.     1898 r355  U25man 

Manual    of    guard    duty,    United    States    army,    approved 

Jan.  7,  1893.     1893 r355  U2Smn 


444  MILITARY  SCIENCE 

• 

Regulations  for  the  army  of  the  United  States,  1895.    1895.. r355  U25r 
The  same,  1895,  with  appendix  showing  changes  to  Jan.  i, 

1899.    1899 r3S5  U2Sr2 

The  same,  1895,  with  appendix  showing  changes  to  Jan.  i, 

1901.  1901 r355  U25r3 

The  same,  1901,  with  appendix  showing  changes  to  June  30, 

1902.  1902 r3SS  U25r4 

The  same,  appendix  showing  changes  to  Dec.  31,  1902 r355  U25r5 

UNITED   States  army  and  navy  journal;   weekly.     v.35-date. 

1897-date  qr355  U2S32 

Running  title  reads  "Army  and  navy  journal." 
UNITED  States  service  magazine;  monthly.    Sv.    1864-66 r3S5  U2S3 

No  more  published. 

VERDY  du  VERNOIS,  Julius  von. 

With  the  royal  headquarters  in  1870-71.     1897.     (Wolseley 

series.)   355  V26 

The  author  of  the  volume  is  a  well  known  German  writer  on  military 
subjects  and  a  member  of  the  Prussian  general  staff.  He  was  in 
constant  personal  contact  with  the  great  leaders  of  the  Franco-Prus- 
sian war,  and  his  book  is  historically  valuable  and  interesting  be- 
cause it  was  written  from  the  inside,  and  reveals  the  view  of  the  war 
which  presented  itself  to  those  in  command. 

WAGNER,  Arthur  Lockwood. 

Organization  and  tactics.     1894 355  W13 

Bibliography,  p.  13-16. 

Officially  recommended  from  the  headquarters  of  the  United  States 
army  to  officers  subject  to  examination  for  promotion. 

Service  of  security  and  information.     1899 355  W13S 

List  of  books  consulted,  p.8-9. 

"Manual  for  advance  and  rear  guards  of  all  arms  and  of  varying  force, 
from  a  small  escort  of  light  cavalry  to  a  full  division  of  infantry  and 
cavalry... It  gives  attention  also  to  the  laws  of  war  in  regard  to 
flags  of  truce,  and  to  the  regulations  of  commanding  officers  limiting 
and  controlling  the  sending  and  receiving  of  such  flags."  Nation,  1893. 
WELLINGTON,  Arthur  Wellesley,  duke  of. 

General  orders  in  Portugal,  Spain  and  France,  1809-1815. 

1832 r35S  W49 

WHITAKER'S  naval  and  military  directory  and  Indian  army 

list,  1899-1900.     [2d-3d  issue.]     1899-1900 r35S  W62 

WILKINSON,  Henry  Spenser. 

War  and  policy;  essays.     1900  355  W72 

Contents:  Military  history:  The  American  civil  war. — Gustavus 
Adolphus. — Valmy. — Scharnhorst. — The  archduke  Charles. — A  forgot- 
ten war,  between  Denmark  and  Germany,  1848-1849. — The  archduke 
Albrecht. — The  defence  of  Plevna. — Nelson. — The  art  of  war:  Mili- 
tary literature. — Evolution  not  revolution  in  modern  warfare. — 
Moltke's  tactical  problems. — The  character  of  modern  war. — Problems 
OF  policy:  The  Khyber  pass. — Chitral. — Russia's  streng^th. — Constan- 
tinople.— Helpless  Europe. — National  defence:  The  command  of 
an  army. — The  civilian  minister. — Trifling  with  national  defence. — 
The  defence  of  London. — An  enquiry  concerning  the  nation  and  the 
navy. — The  command  of  the  sea  and  British  policy. — The  South 
African  war:  Military  aspect  of  the  crisis. — Moral  factors  in  the 
war. — On  the  art  of  going  to  war. — War  and  government. — Surprise 
in  war. — The  American  civil  war  and  the  war  in  South  Africa. 
WYNDHAM,  Horace. 

Queen's  service;  or.  The  real  "Tommy  Atkins."     1899 355  W98 

Actual  life  of  a  private  soldier  in  the  British  infantry.  Though  never 
detailed  for  active  service,  his  plain,  unvarnished  account  of  army 
routine  at  home  and  abroad  may  serve  to  disillusionize  by  its  practi- 
cal common  sense,  readers  who  have  been  captivated  by  enthusiastic 
stories  of  British  military  life. 


NAVAL  SCIENCE  445 


YOUNGHUSBAND,  George  John. 

Indian  frontier  warfare.     1898.     (Wolseley  series.) 355  Y41 

A  study  of  conditions  of  warfare  in  India.    Conclusions  are  drawn  from 
the  campaigns  and  expeditions  of  twenty  years. 

ZOGBAUM,  Rufus  Fairchild. 

Horse,  foot  and  dragoons;  sketches  of  army  life  at  home  and 

abroad.     1888 355  Z74 


356     Infantry.        357     Cavalry.        358     Artillery 

UNITED  STATES— War  department. 

Infantry  drill  regulations,  adopted  Oct.  3,  1891.     1891 r356  U25 

The  same.     1891 356  U25 

Infantry  drill  regulations;  the  manual  of  arms  adapted  to  the 

magazine  rifle,  caliber  .30.     1897 r356  U25i 

DAVIS,  J.  Lucius,  comp. 

Trooper's    manual;    or.    Tactics    for    light    dragoons    and 

mounted  riflemen.     1861 r357  D31 

UNITED  STATES— War  department. 

Drill  regulations  for  cavalry.     1896 r3S7  U25 

Drill  regulations  for  coast  artillery.     2v.     1898 qr3S8  U25d 

V.2  consists  of  plates. 

Drill  regulations  for  light  artillery.  United  States  army. 

1896 r358  U25 


359     Naval  science 

For  Naval  engineering,  see  623.8 

ALDRICH,  M.Almy. 

History  of  the  United  States  marine  corps.     1875 359  A36 

ALL  the  world's  fighting  ships;  naval  encyclopedia  and  year- 
book, 1898.     [ist]  year  of  issue.     1898 r359  A41 

Text  in  English,  French,  German  and  Italian. 

ANNAPOLIS  NAVAL  ACADEMY. 

Regulations,  as  approved  by  the  secretary  of  the  navy,  Jan. 

I,  1876.     1876 r359  A61 

BENJAMIN,  Park. 

United  States  naval  academy.     1900 359  B43 

"It  is  the  province  of  this  book  to  describe  the  education  of  our  young 
naval  officers,  in  the  past,  as  well  as  the  present.  This  involves  not 
only  the  tracing  of  the  history  of  the  United  States  Naval  academy 
and  of  the  naval  schools  which  preceded  it,  but  the  telling  of  the 
story  of  the  American  midshipman."  Preface. 
BENNETT,  Frank  Marion. 

Monitor  and  the  navy  under  steam.     1900 359  B439 

Contents:    Origin    and  process  of  steam  navigation. — Building  and  battle 
of  the  iron-clads. — Some  naval  events  of  the  Civil  war. — Evolution  of 
the  battleship. — Principal  acts  of  the  navy  in  the  war  with  Spain. 
BRADY,  Cyrus  Townsend. 

Under  tops'ls  and  tents.     1901   359  B68 

Contents:  Where  admirals  are  made. — Out  with  the  United  States  vol- 
unteers.— Stories  of  army  and  navy  life. 
Reflections  of  the  author's  experiences  as  a  naval  cadet  at  Annapolis 
and  on  the  practice-ships,  and  as  chaplain  in  camp  and  at  the  front 


446  NAVAL  SCIENCE 


during  the  war  with  Spain.     An  entertaining  and  humorous  picture  of 
the  American  midshipman. 
BRIGGS,  Sir  John  Henry. 

Naval  administration,  1827-1892;  the  experience  of  65  years; 

ed.  by  Lady  Briggs.     1897 359  B74 

BULLEN,  Frank  Tliomas. 

The  way  they  have  in  the  navy;  a  day-to-day  record  of  a  cruise 
in  H.  M.  battleship  'Mars'  during  the  naval  manoeuvres 

of  1899.     1899 359  B87 

CALLWELL,  Charles  Edward. 

Effect  of  maritime  command  on  land  campaigns  since  Water- 
loo.    1897 359  C13 

CLARKE,  Sir  George  Sydenham. 

Russia's  sea-power  past  and  present;  or,  The  rise  of  the  Rus- 
sian navy.     1898 359  C53 

"A  clear  and  condensed  statement  of  the  many  facts  connected  with  the 
history  of  the  Russian  navy  since  its  inception  by  Peter  the  Great, 
as  well  as  their  bearing  upon  the  affairs  of  Europe  during  nearly 
200  years." 

CLOWES,  Sir  William  Laird,  and  others. 

The  royal  navy;  a  history  from  the  earliest  times  to  the 

present  [1900].     7v.     1897-1903 qr359  C62 

Comprehensive  but  uncritical  work,  of  value  for  reference,  v. 6  contains 
"The  war  with  the  United  States,  1812-1815,"  by  Theodore  Roosevelt. 

HAMERSLY,  Lewis  Randolph,  ed. 

Naval  encyclopaedia.     1881 qr359  H19 

HAMILTON.  Sir  Richard  Vesey. 

Naval  administration;  the  constitution,  character  and  func- 
tions of  the  Board  of  admiralty,  and  of  the  civil  depart- 
ments it  directs.    1896.     (Royal  navy  handbooks.) 359  H21 

Bibliography,  p.201-207. 

HANNAY,  David 

Short  history  of  the  royal  navy,  1217  to  1688.     1898 359  H23 

List  of  authorities  at  the  beginning  of  each  chapter. 

A  popular  but  clear  and  accurate  account.  _A  second  volume  is  prom- 
ised covering  the  struggle  with  France  and  her  allies  from  1689  to  the 
close  of  the  Napoleonic  wars.  Much  the  larger  part  of  this  volume  is 
given  to  the  struggle  with  Holland  under  the  Stuarts,  and  there  is 
also  a  spirited  chapter  devoted  to  the  Spanish  Armada. 
HILL,  Frederic  Stanhope. 

"Lucky  little  Enterprise"  and  her  successors  in  the  United 

States  navy,  1776-1900.     1900 r359  Hs5 

The  original  Enterprise,  an  armored  schooner,  was  built  in  1799,  and 
acquired  her  title  in  the  War  of  1812,  during  which  she  had  an  ex- 
citing fight  with  the  Boxer.  The  present  steam  sloop-of-war  Enter- 
prise, fourth  of  her  name,  is  now  (1900)  the  Massachusetts  school-ship. 

JAMES,  William,  d.  1827. 

Naval  history;  a  narrative  of  the  naval  battles  fought  in  the 

days  of  Howe,  Hood,  Nelson  and  others,  [1793-1816]; 

epitomised  in  one  volume  by  Robert  O'Byrne.     1888 359  J16 

Naval  history  of  Great  Britain,  1793-1827.    6v.     1886 359  Ji6n 

"This  remarkable  work,  which  took  as  its  motto  Verite  sans  peur,  aimed 
at  an  exact  account  of  every  operation  of  naval  war  during  the  period 
named.  The  author  consulted  not  only  every  published  work  bearing 
on  the  subject,  and  especially  the  official  narratives,  both  French  and 
English,  but  also  the  logs  of  the  several  ships,  and,  whenever  possible, 
the  actors  themselves.  He  thus  produced  a  work  'of  which  it  is  not 
too  high  praise  to  assert  that   it  approaches  as  nearly  perfection   in 


NAVAL  SCIENCE  447 


its  own  line,  as  any  historical  work  ever  did-'  (Edinburgh  review.) 
It  is  however,  a  chronicle  rather  than  a  history,  and  while  it  describes 
events  in  minute  detail,  makes  little  attempt  to  show  their  relation 
to  each  other  or  to  the  current  course  of  politics  or  diplomacy.  .  .  A 
more  serious  fault  is  due  to  the  strong  national  bias  which  affects 
the  whole  work.  The  facts,  although  related  with  scrupulous  accu- 
racy, not  infrequently,  especially  in  the  case  of  the  American  war, 
convey  a  false  impression."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

JANE,  Fred  T. 

Imperial  Russian  navy,  its  past,  present  and  future.     T899 q3S9  J17 

KELLEY,  James  Douglas  Jerrold. 

The  ship's  company  and  other  sea  people.     1897 359  K16 

Contains  a  chapter  on  "Midshipmen,   old  and  new." 

KIPLING,  Rudyard. 

A  fleet  in  being;  notes  of  two  trips  with  the  Channel  squad- 
ron.    1899  359  K27 

MAHAN,  Capt.  Alfred  Thayer. 

Interest  of  America  in  sea  power  present  and  future.  1897.  .359  M25 
Contents:  The  United  States  looking  outward. — Hawaii  and  our  future 
sea  power. — The  Isthmus  [of  Panama]  and  sea  power. — Possibilities  of 
an  Anglo-American  reunion. — The  future  in  relation  to  American  naval 
power. — Preparedness  for  naval  war. — A  twentieth-century  outlook. — 
Strategic  features  of  the  Caribbean  sea  and  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
These  articles  originally  appeared  in  the  Atlantic  monthly  and  other 
magazines. 

Lessons  of  the  war  with  Spain,  and  other  articles.     1899. .  .359  M25I 
Other  articles:     Peace  conference  and  the  moral  aspect  of  war. — Rela- 
tions of  the  United  States  to  their  new  dependencies. — Distinguishing 
qualities  of  ships  of  war. — Current  fallacies  upon  naval  subjects. 

MASSON,  Tom. 

The  Yankee  navy.     1898 359  M46 

MORRIS,  Charles. 

The  nation's  navy;  our  ships  and  their  achievements.    1898.  .359  M9I 
Contents:     History  of  the  American  navy. — Our  new  navy. — Armor  and 
armament. 
NAVAL   annual,    1897-date.      nth   year   of   publication-date. 

1897-date    ,  qr3S9  N16 

This  annual  contains  reliable  information  about  the  navies  of  the  world, 
and  especially  of  Great  Britain.  It  has  chapters  on  naval  progress, 
relative  strength  of  navies,  marine  engineering,  armor  and  ordnance, 
with  descriptions,  illustrations  and  plans  of  battleships,  torpedo-boats, 
etc. 
Annuals  for  1897-1899,  1902  are  edited  by  T.  A.  Brassey,  for  1900-1901, 
by  John  Leyland. 

OPPENHEIM,  M. 

History  of  the  administration  of  the  royal  navy  and  of  mer-' 

chant  shipping,     v.i.     1896 359  O26 

v.  I.     1509-1660. 

RAWSON,  Edward  Kirk. 

Twenty  famous  naval  battles;   Salamis  to  Santiago.     2v. 

1899 359  R23 

V.I.  Salamis. — ^Actium. — Lepanto. — Gravelines;  the  defeat  of  the  Span- 
ish Armada. — The  "Revenge."  —  Dungeness.  —  La  Hougue.  —  "Bon 
Homme  Richard"  and  "Serapis." — The  Nile. — "Foudroyant"  and 
"Guillaume  Tell." — Trafalgar. 

V.2.     "Constitution"     and     "Guerriere." — Lake     Erie. — "Monitor"    and 
"Merrimac." — "Kearsarge"    and    "Alabama." — Mobile    Bay. — Lissa.— 
Angamos;  the  capture  of  the  "Huascar." — Manila  Bay. — Santiago. 
ROBINSON,  Charles  Napier. 

The  British  fleet.     1894 359  RS4 

Contents:  Naval  power. — Naval  administration. — Naval  material. — The 
personnel  of  the  navy. 


«9 


448  NAVAL  SCIENCE 


SCIENTIFIC  AMERICAN. 

Development  of  the  U.  S.  navy  since   the  Spanish   war ;   the 

number  of  the  Scientific  American  for  Dec.  14,  1901.   1901.  .qr359  S41 

SOLEY,  James  Russell. 

Report  on  foreign  systems  of  naval  education.    1880.     (United 

States.    46th  cong.  2d  sess.    Senate.    Ex.  doc.  no.si.) . .  .r3S9  S68 

STEEVENS,  George  Warrington. 

Naval  policy,  with  some  account  of  the  warships  of  the  prin- 
cipal powers.     1896 359  S81 

States  the  element  of  force  in  warships,  then  considers  the  British 
navy,  foreign  navies  and  their  relative  strength,  discusses  shipbuilding 
and  manning,  and  finally  asks  "are  we  ready  for  war?"  Mr  Steeveas 
does  not  pretend  to  be  an  expert  and  in  the  prefacs  acknowledges 
indebtedness  to  various  authorities,  but  he  makes  his  subject  plain 
and  interesting  to  the  general  reader,  who  may  not  find  statistics  and 
technical  works  either  readable  or  comprehensible. 

UNITED  STATES— Naval  intelligence  office. 

Characteristics  of  principal  foreign  ships  of  war;  prepared  for 

the  Board  on  fortifications,  etc.     1885 qr359  U2S33C 

Information   from   abroad;   general   information   series. 

no. 3,  6,  9,  13,  17-date.     1884-date r359  U2S33inf 

"Intended  to  bring  to  the  attention  of  naval  officers  and  others... the 
year's  progress  in  naval  development  abroad."  Much  of  this  in- 
formation has  already  appeared  in  professional  papers  and  journals. 

Information    from   abroad;  war    notes,      no.i-8,  in  iv.      1899- 

1900  r359  U2533in 

no.  1-8.  Battles  and  capitulations  of  Santiago  de  Cuba,  by  Jose  Miiller 
y  Tejeiro. — Comments  of  Rear-admiral  Plflddemann  on  the  main 
features  of  the  war  with  Spain. — Sketches  from  the  Spanish- 
American  war,  by  Commander  J... — The  same  concluded. — 
Effect  of  the  gun  fire  of  the  United  States  vessels  in  the  bat- 
tle of  Manila  Bay,  by  J.  M.  Ellicott. —  The  Spanish-American 
war;  blockades  and  coast  defense,  by  S.  G.  Nunez. — The  Span- 
ish-American war;  a  collection  of  documents  relative  to  the 
squadron  operations  in  the  West  Indies  arranged  by  Admiral 
Pascual  Cervera  y  Topete. — The  squadron  of  Admiral  Cervera, 
by  V.  M.  Concas  y  Palua. 

Information  from  abroad;  war  series,    no.  1-3,  in  iv.    1885.  .r359  U2S33i 
no. I.    Operations  of  the  French  navy  during  the  recent  war  with  Tunis, 

1880-1881;  tr.  by  M.F.  Wright. 
no.2.    The  war  on  the   Pacific   coast  of   South  America  between   Chile 
and  the  allied  republics  of  Peru  and  Bolivia,  1879-81,  by  T.  B.  M. 
Mason. 
no.3.    Report  of  the  British  naval  and  military  operations  in  Egypt,  1882, 
by  C.  F.  Goodrich. 
Study  of  exposed  points  on  our  frontier,  lines  of  communica- 
tion and  possible  bases  of  hostile  operation;  prepared  for 

the  Board  on  fortifications,  etc.     1885 qr359  U2533 

UNITED  STATES— Navigation  bureau.    (Navy  department.) 
Manual  for  officers  serving  on  board  U.  S.  cruising  train- 
ing ships,  1899.     1899 r359  U2532 

UNITED  STATES— Navy  department. 

Regulations  for  the  government  of  the  navy.     1865 r359  U2S 

UNITED  STATES  NAVAL  INSTITUTE. 

Papers  and  proceedings;  quarterly,  1874-date.    v.i-date.     1875- 

date  r359  U251 

General  index,  [1874-190 1],  v.  1-27. 


ASSOCIATIONS  AND  INSTITUTIONS  449 

WILLIAMS,  Hamilton. 

Britain's  naval  power;  a  short  history  of  the  growth  of  the 

British  navy.    2v.    1896-98 359  W74b 

V.I.    From  the  earliest  times  to  Trafalgar. 
V.2.    From  Trafalgar  to  1893. 

WILLIAMS,  Harry. 

The   steam   navy   of   England,   past,   present   and   future. 

189s 359  W74 

WILMOT,  Sydney  Marow  Eardley-. 

Our  navy  for  a  thousand  years;  a  concise  account  of  all  the 
principal  operations  in  which  the  British  navy  has  been 
engaged  from  the  time  of  King  Alfred  to  the  recapture 
of  Kartoum.     1899 359  W764 

WILSON,  Henry  Walter. 

Ironclads  in  action;  a  sketch  of  naval  warfare  from  1855  to 

1895.     2v.     1896 359  W76 

ZOGBAUM,  Rufus  Fairchild. 

"All  hands;"  pictures  of  life  in  the  United  States  navy.  1897.  .qr359  Z74 


360     Associations  and  institutions 

INDIA — Famine  charitable  relief  fund,  1897. 

Report  of  the  central  executive  committee,  with  complete  ac- 
counts and  proceedings,  and  the  provincial  committees' 

reports,  Jan.  to  Oct.  1897.    2v.     1898  qr36o  I24 

INDIA — Famine  charitable  relief  fund,  1900. 

Report  of  the  central  executive  committee,  with  complete  ac- 
counts and  proceedings,  including  the  reports  of  the  pro- 
vincial committees.     1901 qr36o  l24r 

MACKAY,  Thomas. 

The  state  and  charity.     1898.     (English  citizen  series.) 360  M17 

PEDRICK,  Alexander  K.  comp. 

State  prisons,  hospitals,  soldiers'  homes  and  orphan 
schools  controlled  by  Pennsylvania;  their  history, 
finances  and  the  laws  by  which  they  are  governed.  2v. 
1897.      (Pennsylvania — Auditor  general's   office.) r36o   P36 

V.I.     Historical   and   descriptive. 
V.2.     Financial  and  statistical. 

TOLMAN,  William  Howe,  &  Hull,  W.I.  comp. 

Handbook  of  sociological  information,  with  especial  refer- 
ence to  New  York  city.     1894 r36o  T58 

Contents:     Bibliography. — Applied  sociology. 
Prepared  for  the   City  vigilance   league. 

WARNER,  Amos  Griswold. 

American  charities;  a  study  in  philanthropy  and  economics. 

1894.     (Library  of  economics  and  politics.) 360  W23 

"Social  treatment  of  the  criminal  is  only  incidentally  touched.  Atten- 
tion is  concentrated  upon  the  almshouse,  out-door  relief,  the  un- 
employed dependent  children,  the  destitute  sick,  the  insane  and 
feeble-minded."     Dial,  1895. 


450  CHARITABLE  INSTITUTIONS 


361     Charitable  institutions 

ADAMS,  Henry  Carter,  ed. 

Philanthropy  and  social  progress.     1893 361  A21 

Contents:  Addams,  Jane.  The  subjective  necessity  for  social  settle- 
ments. The  objective  value  of  a  social  settlement. — Woods,  R.  A. 
The  university  settlement  idea. — Huntington,  J.O.S.  Philanthropy, 
its  success  and  failure.  Philanthropy  and  morality. — Giddings,  F.H. 
The  ethics  of  social  progress. — Bosanquet,  Bernard.  The  principles 
and  chief  dangers  of  the  administration  of  charity. 

ALLEGHENY,  Pa. — Charities  department. 

Annual  report  for  the  year  ending  Feb.  29,  1893,  Feb.  28, 

1900.     1893-1900 r36i    A42 

AMERICAN  INTERNATIONAL  RELIEF  COMMITTEE 
FOR  THE  SUFFERING  OPERATIVES  OF  GREAT 
BRITAIN,  1862-1863. 
Report   [showing  the  results  of  the  committee's  labors]. 

1864 r36i  N261  V.18-22 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

BALTIMORE,  CHARITY  ORGANIZATION  SOCIETY. 
Annual  report  (2d-i6th),  for  the  year  ending  Nov.  i,  1883- 

1897.     1883-97 r36i   B21 

Sth  and  nth  reports  wanting. 

BARTON,  Clara. 

The  Red  Cross ;  a  history  of  this  international  movement  in 

the  interest  of  humanity.     1898  361  B27 

BOSTON,  ASSOCIATED  CHARITIES. 

Annual  report    (2d-date),  1881-date.     1881-date r36i  B64 

3d-4th,  7th,   I3th-i4th  reports  wanting. 

BROOKLYN  ASSOCIATION  FOR  IMPROVING  THE 
CONDITION  OF  THE  POOR. 
Annual  report    (33d-date),  for  the  year  1876-date.     1876- 

date r36i  B77 

From  1876-1891,  the  year  ended  Oct.  ist;  from  1892-date,  April  30th. 

BROOKLYN  BUREAU  OF  CHARITIES. 

Annual  report  (ist-date),  1882-date.     1882-date r36i  B772 

I7th-i8th  reports  wanting. 

BUFFALO,  CHARITY  ORGANIZATION  SOCIETY. 
Annual  report   (3d-20th,  24th-2Sth),  Oct.    1879-Dec.   1897, 

1901-1902.     [1881-1903.] r36i  B86 

3d  to  6th  reports  have  the  title  "Proceedings  at  the  annual  meet- 
ing." The  third  report  covers  the  period  from  Oct.  1879  to  Jan.  i, 
1881. 

CHARITIES;  the  official  organ  of  the  Charity  organization 
society  of  the  city  of  New  York;  monthly  and  weekly, 
Dec.  1897-date.     v.i-date.     1897-date r36i   C3732 

v.2,   no.24;   v.3,  no.  1 2   wanting. 

CHARITIES  review;  monthly.    v.6-date.     1897-date r36i  C373 

With  V.6  Lend-a-hand  united  with  this  periodical.  ' 

V.8  contains  an  index  to  v.  1-8. 

CINCINNATI,  ASSOCIATED  CHARITIES. 

Annual   report   (iith-date),   for  the  year   ending   May   i, 

1891-date.     1891-date r36i    C48 

COLUMBUS,  Ohio,  FEMALE  BENEVOLENT  SOCIETY. 

Semi-centennial  manual,  with  annual  reports,  1888.    1889 r36i  C72 


CHARITABLE  INSTITUTIONS  451 

DENVER,  CHARITY  ORGANIZATION  SOCIETY. 

Annual  report    (ist-ioth),  for  the  year  1889-1897.     1889- 

97 r36i    D42 

3d  and  5th  reports  wanting. 

GOLD  IE,  John. 

The  poor  and  their  happiness;  missions  &  mission  philan- 
thropy.     1895 361    G58 

.  A  very  suggestive  book.  After  twenty  years  of  charitable  work  the 
author  has  come  to  the  conclusion  that  what  he  calls  "natural  philan- 
thropy," by  which  he  means  philanthropy  based  on  natural  laws  and 
dispensed  by  individuals  instead  of  by  organizations,  is  the  only  hope 
for  the  elevation  of  the  poor.  He  believes  that  the  number  of  impos- 
tors created  by  the  organized  charities  is  greater  than  the  number  of 
the  deserving  poor  that  they  relieve.  The  last  two  chapters  are  most 
practical  in  their  suggestions  for  personal  work  among  the  poor. 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  CHARITIES.  COR- 
RECTION AND  PHILANTHROPY,  Chicago,  1893. 

General  exercises  with  list  of  officers  and  members,  pro- 
gramme and  rules.     1894 T262.S  I24 

Other  pamphlets  are  bound  with  this. 

Organization  of  charities;  ed.  by  D.  C.  Gilman.     1894 T361  I24 

LEND  a  hand ;  monthly.     i8v.     1886-97  qr36l  L21 

United  with  the  Charities  review,  March  1897. 
LOCH,  Charles  Stewart. 

Charity  organisations.     1892.     (Social  science  series.) 361  L7S 

LONDON,  CHARITY  ORGANISATION  SOCIETY. 

Charities  register  and  digest;  a  classified  register  of  charities 

for  London.     1890 r36i  L82 

LOWELL,  Mrs  Josephine  Shaw. 

Public  relief  and  private  charity.     1884.     (Questions  of  the 

day.)   361  L95 

NATIONAL  CONFERENCE  OF  CHARITIES  AND  COR- 
RECTION. 
Proceedings  of  the  annual  session   (ist-date),   1874-date. 

1877-date r36i  NiS 

Proceedings  of  2d  annual  session,  1875,  wanting. 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Charities,  Board  of. 

Annual  report  (24th),  for  the  year  1890.    1891 r36i  N26C 

NEW  YORK  (city),  ASSOCIATION  FOR  IMPROVING 
THE  CONDITION  OF  THE  POOR. 
Annual  report  (ist,  4th-40th,  5oth-5ist,  S4th),  for  the  year 

184s,  1847-1883,  1893-1894,  1897.     1845-97 r36i  N261 

The  report  for  184s  is  the  first  published  report,  and  the  title  page  reads 
First  annual  report,  although  it  is  the  report  for  the  work  of  the 
second  year  of  the  society's  existence. 

NEW  YORK  (city),  CHARITY  ORGANIZATION  SOCIETY. 

Annual  report  (2d-iSth),  1883/1884-1896/1897.     1884-97. .  .r36l  N26a 
New  York  charities  directory;  a  classified  and  descriptive  di- 
rectory to  the  philanthropic,  educational  and  religious  re- 
sources of  New  York.     1898 r36i  N26 

OHIO— Charities,  Board  of. 

Annual  report  (isth,  17th),  for  the  year  ending  Nov.  15, 

1890,  1892.     1890-92 r36i  O18 


452  HOSPITALS 

OREGON — Charities  and  corrections.  State  board  of. 

Biennial   report    (ist),    for    period    ending    Dec.   31,    1892. 

1892    r36i    O28 

PEDRICK,  Alexander  K.  comp. 

Charitable  institutions  of  Pennsylvania,  which  received  state 
aid  in  1897  and  1898.  2v.  1898.  (Pennsylvania — Audi- 
tor general's  office.) r36i  P36 

PENNSYLVANIA,  ASSOCIATION  OF  DIRECTORS  OF 
THE  POOR  AND  CHARITIES. 
[Proceedings  of  the]  annual  session  (2ist-date),  i89S-date. 

1895-date  r36i  P39 

PORTLAND,  Ore.,  CITY  BOARD  OF  CHARITIES. 

Annual  report  (ist-4th),  for  the  year  ending  Nov.  1889- 
1893,  and  Biennial  report  for  the  two  years  ending  Nov. 

1897.     1890-98 r36i    P83 

RICHMOND,  Mary  E. 

Friendly  visiting  among  the  poor;  a  handbook  for  charity 

workers.     1899 361  R4a 

Bibliographies  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 
ST.  PAUL,  ASSOCIATED  CHARITIES. 

Annual  report   (ist-date),  for  the  year  ending  Sept.  30, 

1893-date.      1894-date r36i    S14 

The   ist  and  2d  reports  were  issued  together  and  cover  the  two  years 
ending  Aug.  31,  1894. 
SCHULTZE,  Augustus,  comp. 

Brief  history  of  the  Widows'  society  of  Bethlehem,  compiled 

from  the  Minutes  of  the  society.     1880 qr36i  S36 

UNITED  STATES — District  of  Columbia,  Joint  select  com- 
mittee to  investigate  charities  and  reformatory  institu- 
tions in. 

Report.     3  pts.  in  i v.     1897-98 r36i  U25 

pt.i.     Hearings,  statements,  reports  from  cities,  suggestions  for  a  board 

of  charities,  comp.  by  Charles  Moore. 
pt.2.     Report. 

pt.3.     Historical   sketches  of  the  charities  and  reformatory  institutions 
,  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  comp.  by  Charles  Moore. 

362     Hospitals 

BURDETT,  Sir  Henry  Charles. 

Hospitals  and  charities,  [9th  year-date],  1898-date.     1898- 

date  r362  B89 

PENNSYLVANIA — Public  charities  commission. 

Annual  report  (ist-date)  of  the  Board  of  commissioners 

of  public  charities,  1870-date.     1871-date qr362  P39 

Beginning  with   the   report   for   1883,   the   Report  of  the  committee  on 
lunacy  is  included. 
WESTERN  PENNSYLVANIA  HOSPITAL. 

Annual  report  of  the  managers,  1847/48-1900/01.    v.i-49,  in  9. 

1848-1902 r362  W56 

No  reports  were  published  for   1848/49,    1851/52,    1853/54-1854/55. 
The  reports  for  1856  and  1857  are  m  manuscript. 
Rules  and  regulations  of  the  twelfth  ward  department,  1872. 

1872   r362  W56 

Bound  with  its  Annual  report. 


INSANE  453 


Rules  and  regulations;  with  the  act  of  incorporation,  list  of 

officers  and  physicians  and  surgeons.    1853 r362  W56 

Bound  with  its  Annual  report. 

BOSTON— City  hospital. 

Annual  report  (4th)  of  the  trustees,  for  the  year  1867. 

1868   T362.1   B64 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  CHARITIES,  COR- 
RECTION AND  PHILANTHROPY,  Chicago,  1893. 
Hospitals,  dispensaries  and  nursing;  papers  and  discussions; 

ed.  by  J.  S.  Billings  and  H.  M.  Hurd.     1894 r362.i  I24 

MEIGS,  John  Forsyth. 

History  of  the  first   quarter  of  the  second  century  of  the 

Pennsylvania  hospital.     1877 r362.i  M57 

MORTON,  Thomas  George,  &  Woodbury,  Frank. 

History  of  the  Pennsylvania  hospital,  1751-1895.    1895.  .qr362.i  M92 


362.2     Insane 

DIX,  Dorothea  Lynde. 

Memorial  soliciting  a  state  hospital  for  the  insane,  submitted 

to  the  legislature  of  Pennsylvania,  Feb.  3,  1845.   1845.  .r36s  P9S  v.2 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  CHARITIES,  COR- 
RECTION AND  PHILANTHROPY,  Chicago,  1893. 
Commitment,  detention,  care  and  treatment  of  the  insane;  ed. 

by  G.  A.  Blumer  and  A.  B.  Richardson.     1894 r362.2  I24 

MASSACHUSETTS — Lunacy  and  charity.  State  board  of. 
Annual  report  (13th,  iSth,  17th),  for  the  year  1891,  1893, 

1895.     1892-96 r362.2  M45 

PENNSYLVANIA,  MEDICAL  SOCIETY. 

Proceedings  in  relation  to  the  hospital  for  the  insane  at  Dix- 

mont,  May  31,  1878.     1878 r362  Ws6 

Bound  with  Western  Pennsylvania  hospital.     Annual  report. 

PHILADELPHIA,  CITIZENS'  COMMITTEE  FOR  THE 
RELIEF  OF  THE  INSANE  POOR. 
An  appeal  to  the  people  of  Pennsylvania  on  the  subject  of  an 

asylum  for  the  insane  poor.    1838 r36s  P95  v.2 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 


362.4     Deaf  and  dumb.       362.5     Paupers 

PENNSYLVANIA— Western    Pennsylvania    institution    for 
the  education  of  the  deaf  and  dumb. 
Report    (ist  date)    of    the    board    of    trustees,    1877-date. 

1878-date r362.4    P39 

Reports  for  1877-86    issued  annually,  1888-date,  biennially. 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  CHARITIES,  COR- 
RECTION AND  PHILANTHROPY.  Chicago,  1893. 
Public  treatment  of  pauperism;   ed.   by  J.   H.   Finley. 

1894 r362.s  I24 

Bound  with  its  General  exercises. 


454  POLITICAL  ASSOCIATIONS 


362.7     Children.      362.8    Soldiers'  homes 

CHANCE,  William. 

Children  under  the  poor  law;  their  education,  training  and 
after-care,  together  with  a  criticism  of  the  report  of 
the  departmental  committee  on  metropolitan  poor  law 

schools.      1897 362.7    C36 

FOLKS,  Homer. 

Care  of    destitute,  neglected    and   delinquent   children.      1902. 

(American  philanthropy  of  the  nineteenth  century.) 362.7  F71 

Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  CHARITIES,  COR- 
RECTION AND  PHILANTHROPY,  Chicago.  1893. 
Care  and  training  of  the  feeble-minded;  ed.  by  G.  H.  Knight. 

1894 r362.2  I24 

Bound    with    its    Commitment,    detention,    care   and    treatment    of    the 
insane. 

Care  of  dependent,  neglected  and  wayward  children;  ed.  by 

A.  G.  Spencer  and  C.  W.  Birtwell.     1894 r307  I24 

Other  pamphlets  are  bound  with  this. 
PAUL,  James  Laughery. 

Pennsylvania's  soldiers'  orphan  schools.     1876 r362.7  P31 

PENNSYLVANIA — Soldier's  orphans  schools  commission. 

Annual  report,  1877-date.     1877-date r362.7  P39 

Previous  to  1890  the  reports  were  issued  by  the  Superintendent  of  sol- 
diers' orphans. 
The  report  for   1874  is   included  in  the   Pennsylvania  Executive   docu- 
ments,   1874,  r328.74  P39e. 

UNITED  STATES — Soldiers'  home,  Leavenworth,  Investi- 
gating committee. 
Report  submitting  H.  R.10357,  relating  to  management  of 
National  home  for  disabled  volunteer  soldiers,  and  re- 
port of  investigation.     Feb.  24,  1897.     (54th  cong.  2d 
,     sess.    House.    Report  no.303S.) r362.8  U25 

363     Political  associations 

MYERS,  Gustavus. 

History  of  Tammany  hall.     1901 z^z  M99 

History  of  the  famous  New  York  city  political  organization  from  1789  to 
1900.  Based  upon  records  which  the  author  says  "show  that  Tammany 
has  been,  from  the  beginning,  an  evil  force  in  politics." 

PHILADELPHIA,  UNION  LEAGUE. 

Chronicle,  1862-1902.    1902 qr363  P49 

A  social  and  political  club  organized  during  the  Civil  war.  Its  stated 
objects  were  to  promote  and  sustain  absolute  and  unqualified  loyalty 
to  the  government  of  the  United  States  and  to  support  its  measures 
for  the  suppression  of  the  Rebellion.  This  volume  traces  the  history 
of  the  club  from  1862  to  1902. 

SPEED,  Thomas. 

The  political  club,  Danville,  Kentucky,  1786-1790;  an  account 
of  an  early  Kentucky  society,  from  the  original  papers. 
1894.     (Filson  club.     Publications.) qr363  S74 


CRIMINAL  CLASSES  455 


364     Criminal  classes 

BARCLAY,  James  J. 

Address  delivered  at  the  laying  of  the  corner  stone  of  the 
House  of  refuge  for  colored  juvenile  delinquents,  [Phil- 
adelphia], 1848.     1848 r36s  P95  V.2 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

BARROWS,  Samuel  June,  comp. 

Reformatory  system  in  the  United  States;  reports  pre- 
pared for  the  International  prison  commission.  1900. 
(United   States.     56th   cong.    ist   sess.     House.     Doc. 

no.459.)    r3988 

BECKE,  Louis,  ed. 

Old  convict  days.     1899 364  B36 

Autobiographical  account  of  a  convict's  life  in  Tasmania  about  the  mid- 
dle of  the  century,  contributed  by  him  to  a  Sidney  paper,  after  he 
had  worked  his  way  to  a  position  of  respectability.  An  excellent 
picture  of  prison  methods  of  the  time. 

BERREY,  R.J.Power-. 

Bye-ways  of  crime;  with  some  stories  from  the  Black  museum. 

1899  364  B4S 

BOIES,  Henry  Martyn. 

Science  of  penology ;  the  defence  of  society  against  crime.  1901 .  .364  B59 
BOOTH,  Mrs  Ballington. 

Branded;  a  monograph  on  prison  work.    1897 364  B63 

A  plea  for  the  assistance  of  discharged  convicts. 

DRAHMS,  August. 

The  criminal;  his  personnel  and  environment.    1900 364  D78 

List  of  works  upon  criminolog:y  in  English,  p.39i-394- 
DU  CANE,  Sir  Edmund  Frederick. 

Punishment   and   prevention   of   crime.      1885.      (English 

citizen  series.) 364  D86 

DUGDALE,  Richard  L. 

"The  Jukes;"  a  study  in  crime,  pauperism,  disease  and  heredity. 

1895.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 364  D87 

•'A  wonderful  book.  Well  worth  careful  study.  Shows  by  personal  in- 
vestigations of  a  single  pauper  tribe,  traced  back  a  hundred  and  fifty 
years,  the  relations  of  heredity  and  crime."  John  R.  Commons. 

The  same.     1891.    (Questions  of  the  day.) r364  D87 

ELLIS,  Havelock. 

The  criminal.     1890.     (Contemporary  science  series.) 364  ES3 

"A  review  of  results  thus  far  reached  by  students  of  criminal  anthro- 
pology in  Italy,  France,  Germany,  England,  and  the  United  States,  with 
criticism."     Bowker  &  lies'  "Reader's  guide." 
FERRI,  Enrico. 

Criminal  sociology.     1896.     (Criminology  series.) 364  F41 

"It  is  Professor  Ferri's  contention  that  the  volume  of  crime  will  not 
be  materially  diminished  by  codes  of  criminal  law,  however  skilfully 
they  may  be  constructed,  but  by  an  amelioration  of  the  adverse 
individual  and  social  conditions  of  the  community  as  a  whole."  W.  D. 
Morrison,  in  preface. 
FLYNT,  Josiah,  ipseud.  of  Frank  Willard). 

Notes  of  an  itinerant  policeman.    1900 364  F67n 

Facts  concerning  the  tramps  and  criminals  with  whom  the  author  came 
in  contact  as  railway  policeman,  with  suggestions  as  to  the  treatment 
of  criminals. 


456  CRIMINAL  CLASSES 

World  of  graft.    1901 364  F67W 

Contents:  Introductory. — Metropolitan  grafting. — By  word  of  mouth. — 
Inside   wisdom. — Recommendations  of  certain   dead  ones. — Glossary. 

Some  of  these  papers  appeared  in  McClure's  magazine. 

"In  regard  to  the  word  'graft,'  which  is  used  freely  in  the  text,  I  de- 
sire to  state  that  it  is  a  generic  slang  term  for  all  kinds  of  theft  and 
illegal  practices  generally.     It  is  used  mainly  by  tramps,  thieves,  and 
thief-catchers,  but  is  not  wholly  tabooed  in  Upper  World  circles." 
Josiah  Flynt. 

"A  severe  arraignment  of  the  police  in  large  cities — perhaps  the  sever- 
est arraignment  that  they  have  received.  A  descriptive  sub-title  of 
the  book  might  run — 'What  the  professional  thief  knows  and  thinks 
about  municipal  corruption.'  It  is  a  record  of  a  number  of  conversa- 
tions with  professional  thieves  'in  the  open,'  in  circumstances  in 
which  there  was  no  reason  why  a  man  should  falsify  or  conceal  what 
he  knew."     Nation,  1901. 

FLYNT,  Josiah,  (pseud,  of  Frank  Willard),  &  Hodder,  Alfred, 

(pseud.  Francis  Walton). 
Powers  that  prey.     1900 364  F67 

Contents:  In  the  matter  of  His  Nibs. — A  bill  from  Tiffany's. — The  re- 
venge of  the  four. — The  order  of  the  penitents. — The  prison  demon. — 
The  great  idea. — Found  guilty. — On  sentence  day. — Peggie  Niven. — 
A  dead  one. 

Realistic  stories  as  well  as  contributions  to  sociology.  Mr  Willard  says 
"the  book  is  the  result  of  ten  years'  wandering  with  tramps  and  two 
years   spent   with   police   organizations." 

GRIFFITHS,  Arthur  George  Frederick. 

Mysteries  of  police  and  crime;  a  general  survey  of  wrong- 
doing and  its  pursuit.    2v.     1898 r364  G89 

HOLMES,  Thomas. 

Pictures  and  problems  from  London  police  courts.     1900.  ..364  H73 
"Mr... Holmes  has  held  for  many  years  the  position  of  'Police  Court 
Missionary'  in  London... He  has  been  able  to  learn  much  more  of  the 
history  and  the  character  of  the  wretched  people  who  appear  in  the 
police  courts  than  is  disclosed  by  the  ordinary  process  of  law... His 
book  is. .  .a  rambling  narrative  of  his  experiences... It  shows  what  prog- 
ress has  been  made  in  improving  the  administration  of  the  police 
courts  of  London,   and. .  .suggests  some  contrasts  unfavorable  to  our 
own  systems."    Nation,  1901. 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  CHARITIES,  COR- 
RECTION AND  PHILANTHROPY,  Chicago,  1893. 
Prevention  and  repression  of  crime;  ed.  by  F.  H.  Wines. 

1894  r362.2  I24 

Bound  with  its  Commitment,  detention,  care  and  treatment  of  the 
insane. 

KELLEY,  William  Darrah. 

Address  delivered  at  the  colored  department  of  the  House  of 

refuge,   [Philadelphia],  1849.     1850 r365  P95  v.2 

Bound  with   other  pamphlets. 
LOMBROSO,  Csesar,  &  Ferrero,  William. 

Female  offender.     1895.     (Criminology  series.) 364  L81 

McKIM,  W.  Duncan. 

Heredity  and  human  progress.     1900 364  M18 

MORRISON,  William  Douglas. 

Crime  and  its  causes.    1891.     (Social  science  series.) 364  M91 

Juvenile  offenders.     1897.     (Criminology  series.) 364  M91J 

"Author  writes,  naturally,  from  the  English  point  of  view,  yet  in  the 
most  catholic  spirit  and  with  a  mastery  of  the  sources  of  knowledge 
for  all  modern  nations.  As  chaplain  of  Wandworth  prison  and  a 
patient  student  of  criminology  and  penology,  his  recommendations 
bear  the  stamp  of  a  high  degree  of  authority.  The  treatment  is 
thorough   and   exact,    but. ..free    from    all   technical    difficulty.      The 


PRISONS  457 

book  will  be  indispensable  for  every  serious  student  of  the  child-saving 
problem."     American  journal  of  sociology,   1897. 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Reformatory  at  Elmira. 

Year  book  (17th),  for  the  year  ending  Sept.  30,  1892.    1893.  .r364  N29 
Continuation  of  the  Annual  report. 

PHILADELPHIA,  HOUSE  OF  REFUGE. 

Annual  report  (4th,  20th),  for  the  year  ending  May  i,  1832, 

and  for  the  year  1847.  '  1832-48 r36s  P95 

Bound  with  Annual  report  of  the  Prison  discipline  society. 

Design  and  advantages  of  the  House  of  refuge.    1850 r36s  P95  v.2 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
ROOK,  Clarence. 

The  Hooligan  nights;  the  life  and  opinions  of  a  young  and. 

unrepentant  criminal,  recounted  by  himself.     1899 364  R67 

"This  i«  not  a  novel,  or  in  any  sense  a  wprk  of  imagination.  Whatever 
vakia  or  interest  the  following  chapters  possess  must  come  from  the 
fact  that  their  hero  has  a  real  existence.  I  have  tried  to  set  forth,  as 
far  as  possible  in  his  own  words,  certain  scenes  from  the  life  of  a 
young  criminal  with  whom  I  chanced  to  make  acquaintance,  a  boy 
who  has  grown  up  in  the  midst  of  those  who  gain  their  living  on  the 
crooked,  who  takes  life  and  its  belongings  as  he  finds  them,  and  is 
not  in  the  least  ashamed  of  himself."    Preface. 

TALLACK,  William. 

Penological  and  preventive  principles  with  special  reference 

to  Europe  and  America..  1889 364  TiS 

WINES,  Frederick  Howard. 

Punishment  and  reformation;  an  historical  sketch  of  the 
rise   of   the   penitentiary   system.      1895.      (Library   of 

economics  and  politics.) 364  W78 

WINTER,  Alexander. 

New  York  state   reformatory  in   Elmira.     1891.      (Social 

science  series.) 364  W79 

365     Prisons.     Discipline 

BARROWS,  Samuel  June,  comp. 

Prison  systems  of  the  United  States ;  reports  prepared  for  the 
International     prison     commission.       1900.       (United 

States.    56th  cong.  ist  sess.     House.     Doc.  no. 566.) r3995 

ENGLAND — Inspectors  of  prisons  for  the  home  district. 

Extracts  from  the  second  report  of  William  Crawford  and 

Whitworth  Russell.     1838 r365  P9S  v.2 

Bound  with   other  pamphlets. 

FUNCK-BRENTANO,  Frantz. 

Legends  of  the  Bastille.     1899 365  F98 

Bibliography,  p. 4. 

Contains  a  chapter  on  The  man  in  the  iron  mask. 

HORSLEY,  John  William. 

Prisons   and   prisoners 365    H81 

INTERNATIONAL   PENITENTIARY   CONGRESS,    Lon- 
don, 1871. 
Preliminary  report  of  the  United  States  commissioner.     1872. 
(United  States.     42d  cong.  2d  ses«.     Senate.     Ex.  doc. 
no.39.)    ri475 


4S8  PRISONS 

INTERNATIONAL  PRISON  CONGRESS  (5th),  Paris. 
Report  of  the  delegates  of  the  United  States  to  the  fifth 
International  prison  congress,  held  at  Paris,  July  1895. 
(United  States.    54th  cong.  ist  sess.    Senate.    Doc.  no. 
181.) r365  I24 

Contains  special  reports:  British  and  continental  prisons,  by  Roeliff 
Brinkerhoff. — The  Bertillon  system,  by  R.  W.  McClaughrey. — Anthro- 
pometric measurements,  by  P.  R.  Brown. — The  discharged  convict  in 
Europe,  by  S.  J.  Barrows. 

JOURNAL  of  prison  discipline  and  philanthropy.    New  series, 

no.39-date.     1900-date r365  J46 

Published  annually  under  the  direction  of  the  Pennsylvania  prison 
society. 

LIEBER,  Francis. 

Popular  essay  on  subjects  of  penal  law  and  on  uninterrupted 
solitary  confinment  at  labor  as  contradistinguished  to  soli- 
tary confinement  at  night  and  joint  labor  by  day. 
1838 r36s  Pqs  v.3 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
LINGUET,  Simon  Nicolas  Henri. 

Memoirs  of  the  Bastille;  ed.  by  Edmund  Goldsmid.    2v.  in 

I.     1884-85.     (Collectanea  adamantaea.) r365  L72 

McNAIR,  John  Frederick  Adolphus. 

Prisoners  their  own  warders;  a  record  of  the  convict  prison 

at  Singapore.     1899 365  M21 

MEDINA  y  ORMAECHEA,  Antonio  A.  de. 

Mexico  ante  los  congresos  internacionales  penitenciarios. 

1892 r365  M56 

NATIONAL  PRISON  ASSOCIATION. 

Proceedings  of  the  annual  congress  (i6th-26th),  1887-1897. 

1888-98 r36s  N15 

Proceedings  of  the  2d  annual  meeting  of  the  association  are  appended  to 
the  Rejwrt  of  E.  C.  Wines  on  the  International  penitentiary  congress 
of  London,  r365  W78. 

PACKARD,  Frederic  Adolphus. 

Inquiry  into  the  alleged  tendency  of  the  separation  of  con- 
victs one  from  the  other  to  produce  disease  and  derange- 
ment, by  a  citizen  of  Pennsylvania.     1849 r36s  P95  v.2 

Bound  with   other  pamphlets. 

Prison  discipline;  the  Auburn  and  Pennsylvania  systems 

compared.     1840 r365  P95  v.3 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Vindication  of  the  separate  system  of  prison  discipline  from 
the  misrepresentations  of  the  North  American  review, 

July  1839.     1839 r365  P9S  v.2 

Bound  with   other  pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Eastern  penitentiary,  Philadelphia. 
Annual  report  (ist-3d,  20th,  39th,  48th-5ist,  S3d-55th,  57th, 
6ist)  of  the  inspectors,  for  the  year  1829-1831,  1848,  1867, 
1877-1880,  1882-1884,  1886,  1890.    1831-91 r365  P39e 

The  ist-3d  and  20th  reports  are  bound  with  other  pamphlets  and 
marked  r365  Pps. 

PENNSYLVANIA— General  assembly. 

Report  from  the  committee*  on  the  judiciary  system  on  the 
expediency    of    abolishing    public     executions,     1833. 


SECRET  SOCIETIES  459 

1833   r365  P95  V.I 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA.     Statutes. 

Acts  of  the  General  assembly  relating  to  the  Eastern 
state  penitentiary  and  to  the  new  prisons  in  the  city 
and  county  of  Philadelphia.     1831 .r365  P9S  v.i 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA — Western  penitentiary,  Allegheny. 

Report  of  the  inspectors  for  the  year  1840-1858,  1889-1892, 

1895-1902.     1841-1902 r365   P39 

Reports  for  1844,   1847  and  1854  wanting. 

Reports  for  1840,  1843  and  1845  will  be  found  in  r365  P95  v. 2. 

Beginning  with  1881  reports  are  biennial  for  the  two  years  ending  Dec. 
31,   1882. 

PRISON  DISCIPLINE  SOCIETY. 

Annual  report  (5th-8th,  13th)  of  the  board  of  managers, 

1830-1833,  1838.     1830-38 r36s  P95 

SMITH,  George  Washington. 

Defence  of  the  system  of  solitary  confinement  of  prisoners 

adopted  by  Pennsylvania.     1833 r36s  P95  v.i 

Bound  with   other   pamphlets. 

WINES,  Enoch  Cobb. 

Report  on  the  International  penitentiary  congress  of  Lon- 
don, held  July  3-13,  1872,  by  E.  C.  Wines,  United  States 
commissioner;  appended,  Second  annual  report  of  the 
National  prison  association  of  the  United  States,  con- 
taining the  Transactions  of  the  National  prison  re- 
form congress,  held  at  Baltimore,  Jan.  21-24,  1873. 
1873   r365  W78 

Report  on  the  International  prison  congress  of  Stockholm, 
held  Aug.  20-26,  1878.  1879.  (United  States.  45th 
cong.  3d  sess.    House.    Ex.  doc.86.) ri8s8 

366     Secret  societies 

HECKETHORN,  Charles  William. 

Secret  societies  of  all  ages  and  countries.    2v.     1897 366  H39 

The  same.    2v.     1897 r366  H39 

KEIGHTLEY,  Thomas. 

Secret  societies  of  the  middle  ages.     1846 366  K16 

Contents:    The  Assassins.— The  Templars.  —  Secret  tribunals  of  West- 
phalia. 

LAWRENCE,  John. 

Plain  thoughts  on  secret  societies.    1852 366  L42 

PINKERTON,  Allan. 

Molly  Maguires  and  the  detectives.     1887 366  P63 

PRIZE  essays:  secrecy  and  citizenship;  by  I.J.Lansing,  B. 

F.  Trueblood  and  D.  M.  Sleeth.     1897 366  P96 

Essays,  written  at  the  instigation  of  the  New  England  Christian  associa- 
tion to  expose  the  moral  and  social  evils  originating  in  secret  societies. 
STEVENS,  Albert  Clark,  comp. 

Cyclopaedia  of  fraternities ;  the  origin,  derivation,  founders,  de- 
velopment, aims,  emblems,  character  and  personnel  of  more 
than  600  secret  societies  in  the  United  States.     1899 qr366  S84 


46o  MASONS 


366.1     Masons 

ADDISON,  Charles  Greenstreet,  and  others. 

Knights  templars;  a  complete  history  of  masonic  knighthood, 
from  the  origin  of  the  orders  to  the  present  time,  [1871], 
adapted  to  the  American  system  by  Robert  Macoy.    1874.  .366.1  A22 
ANDERSON,  James,  comp. 

Constitutions  of  the  Free-masons,  containing  the  history, 

charges,  regulations,  &c.     1855 qr366.i  AS4 

A  facsimile  of  the  1723  edition. 

BROWNELL,  John  H.  comp. 

Gems  from  the  quarry  and  sparks  from  the  gavel;  selected 
orations,   essays,  etc.   from   men  of  this  era  of  masonic 

light.     3v.     1893-1900  qr366.i  B81 

CHASE,  George  Wingate,  comp. 

Digest  of  masonic  law.     1859 r366.i  C38 

CREIGH,  Alfred. 

History  of  the  Knights  templar  of  the  state  of  Pennsyl- 
vania; 2d  ser.    1868 366.1  C87h 

Masonry  and  anti-masonry;  a  history  of  masonry  as  it  has 

existed  in  Pennsylvania  since  1792.     1854 366.1  C87 

FAIRALL,  Herbert  S. 

The  Iowa  masonic  library.     1899 366.1  FiS 

FOLGER,  Robert  B. 

Ancient  and  accepted   Scottish   rite  in  thirty-three  degrees. 

1881 366.1  F71 

FORT,  George  Franklin. 

Early  history  and  antiquities  of  freemasonry,  as  connected 
with  ancient  Norse  guilds  and  the  oriental  and  mediaeval 

building  fraternities.     1877 366.1  F79 

FREEMASONS. 

A  reply  for  the  Ancient  and  accepted  Scottish  rite  of  free- 
masonry to  the  letter  "Humanum  genus"  of  Pope  Leo 
XIII.     1884 r366.i  H7S 

Contents:     Pike,  Albert.     Praelocution.     A  reply  of  free-masonry  in  be- 
half of  humanity  to  the  encyclical  letter  "Humanum  genus"  of  Pope 
Leo  XIII. — Pelletan,  Eugene.     From  his  "Profession  of  faith  of  the 
19th  century." 
Bound  with   other  pamphlets. 
FREEMASONS — Ancient  and  accepted  Scottish  rite — Gourgas 
grand  lodge  of  perfection. 
By-laws  of  Gourgas  grand  lodge  of  perfection,  of  the  Ancient 
accepted  Scottish  rite,  valley  of  Pittsburgh;  to  which  are 
prefixed  extracts  from  the  constitutions  of  the  Supreme 
council  33°,  for  the  northern  masonic  jurisdiction  of  the 

United  States.     1883 r366.i  F9i3b 

FREEMASONS— Grand  lodg^  of  Iowa. 

Annals  of  the  Grand  lodge  of  Iowa,  1896-date.     v.15- 

date.     1896-date r366.i  F9132 

FREEMASONS — Grand  lodge  of  Pennsylvania. 

The   Ahiman    Rezon;    or.    Book   of  the   constitution   of  the 


MASONS  461 

Grand  lodge  of  Pennsylvania.    1878 r366.i  Fpia 

Dedication  memorial  of  the  new  Masonic  temple,  Philadelphia, 

Sept.  2^,  29-30,  1873.     1875 r366.  i  F9i3d 

Report  of  the  ceremonies  on  St.  John's  day,  1882,  of  the 
sesqui-centennial  anniversary  of  the  formation  of  the 

Grand  lodge  of  Pennsylvania.     1882 r366.i  F9i3r 

FREEMASONS — Knights  templars  and  appendant  orders — 
Grand  commandery  of  Pennsylvania. 
Proceedings  of  25th  annual  conclave,  held  in  Altoona,  May 

28-30,  1878.     1878 r366.i  F913 

FREEMASONS — Knights   templars   and   appendant   orders. 
United  States. 
Proceedings  of  the  grand  encampment,  i8th  triennial  session, 

Baltimore,  Md.,  Sept.  19-23,  1871.     1871 r366.i  F91 

GOULD,  Robert  Freke,  and  others. 

History  of  freemasonry,  its  antiquities,  symbols,  constitutions, 

customs,  etc.    4v.     1885-89 qr366.i  G73 

HARPER,  Samuel. 

An  address  delivered  at  the  request  of  St.  John's  lodge,  no.219, 
F.  &  A.  M.,  April  12th,  1883,  on  the  history  of  the  lodge 
and  the   establishment  of  freemasonry  in   Pittsburgh. 

1883  r366.i  H28 

HUTCHINSON,  William,  1732-1814. 

Spirit  of  masonry.    1800 r366.i  H97 

LEO  XIII,  pope. 

The  letter  "Humanum  genus"  against  free-masonry  and 

the  spirit  of  the  age.     1884 r366.i  H7S 

Original  Latin,  and  English  translation. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
McCLENACHAN,  Charles  Thompson. 

The  book  of  the  Ancient  and  accepted  Scottish  rite  of  free- 
masonry, containing  instruction  in  all  the  degrees.    1895.  .366.1  M13 
MACKENZIE,  Kenneth  Robert  Henderson,  ed. 

Royal  masonic  cyclopaedia  of  history,  rites,  symbolism  and 

biography.-   1877 r366.i  M18 

MACKEY,  Albert  Gallatin,  comp. 

Encyclopaedia  of  freemasonry  and  its  kindred  sciences. 

1887  r366.i  M182 

MARVIN,  William  T.R. 

Medals  of  the  masonic  fraternity.     1880 366.1  M43 

MORRIS,  Robert,  1818-1888. 

Code  of  masonic  law.     1856 r366.i  M91 

REBOLD,  Emmanuel. 

General  history  of  free-masonry  in  Europe;  based  upon  the 
ancient  documents  relating  to,  and  the  monuments  erected 
by  this  fraternity  from  its  foundations;  tr.  and  comp.  by  J. 

F.  Brennan.     1867 r366.i  R26 

REYNOLDS,  L.E. 

Mysteries  of  masonry.     1870 366.1  R37 

SOUTHERN  and  western  masonic  miscellany;  ed.  by  A.  G. 

Mackey;  monthly,    v.i.    1850 r366.i  S72 


462  INSURANCE 


WEEKS,  Joseph  Dame. 

History  of  the  Knights  of  Pythias,  with  the  Life  and  times 

of  Damon  and  Pythias.    1874 r366.3  W42 

367     Social  clubs 

LEIGH,  E.C.Austen,  comp. 

List  of  English  clubs  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  1901.    9th 

year.     1901 r^Oy  L.56 

PITTSBURGH,  UNIVERSITY  CLUB. 

Charter,  constitution,  rules  and  list  of  officers  and  members, 

1895.     189s T367  F67 

TIMBS,  John. 

Clubs  and  club  life  in  London;  with  anecdotes  of  its  famous 
coffee  houses,  hostelries  and  taverns  from  the  17th  century 
to  the  present  time.    1898 367  T47 


368     Insurance 

BAILY,  Francis. 

The  doctrine  of  life-annuities  and  assurances.     1864 368  B16 

CROSBY,  Everett  U.  &  Fiske,  H.  A. 

Hand-book  of  fire  protection  for  improved  risks.    1901 r368  C89 

"The  very  features  that  make  this  book  useful  for  underwriter  in- 
spectors render  it  valuable  for  architects  and  engineers  who  are  called 
upon  to  design  safe  buildings  and  make  plans  for  their  protection 
against  fire.  Owners  and  superintendents  of  buildings,  also,  will  find 
it  useful."  Engineering  news. 
DAWSON,  Miles  Menander. 

Principles  of  insurance  legislation.     1895 368  D33 

FLEISHMAN,  Solomon  Louis. 

Fallacies  of  the  assessment  plan  of  life  insurance.     1897 368  F62 

HOFFMAN,  Frederick  Louis. 

History  of  the  Prudential  insurance  company  of  America  (in- 
dustrial insurance),  1875-1900.     1900  . 368  H67 

PENNSYLVANIA — Insurance  commission. 

Annual  report  (ad-date),  1874-date.     i87S-date r368  P39 

Each  report  consists  of  2  pts;  pt.i.  Fire  and  marine  insurance,  pt.2.  Life 

and  accident  insurance. 
Pt.2  of  the  reports  for  1875-1881,  1885  and  1890  are  wanting. 
PHELPS,  Edward  Bunnell,  comp. 

Tropical  hazards ;  or.  Life  insurance  risks  in  Cuba,  Porto  Rico 

and  the  Philippines.     1901 368  P48 

WALFORD,  Cornelius,  comp. 

Insurance  cyclopaedia,     v.  1-6,  in  5.     1871-80 r368  W16 

V.  1 .  Aba-cpm. 
V.2.  Com-equ. 
V.3.  Equ-fir. 
V.4.  Fir-frL 
V.5.  Fri-ham. 
V.6.  Ham-her. 
No  more  published. 

WILLEY,  Nathan. 

Principles  and  practice  of  life  insurance;  containing  an  arith- 
metical and  an  algebraical  demonstration  of  the  theories 


PATRIOTIC  ASSOCIATIONS  463 

and  methods  involved  in  the  computation  of  premiums 

and  reserves;  with  tables.     1898 " 368  W73 

369     Patriotic  associations 

AMERICAN  monthly  magazine.    v.i4-date.     1899-date r369  A51 

Published  by  the  Daughters  of  the  American  revolution. 

BEATH,  Robert  B. 

History  of  the  Grand  army  of  the  Republic.     1889 369  B34 

DAUGHTERS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION. 

Report  (ist-date),  1890-date.     1899-date r369  D28 

ist  report  covers  the  period  from   1890-1897. 

GRAND  ARMY  OF  THE  REPUBLIC. 

Journal  of  the  annual  session  (nth,  14th,  i6th-i8th,  20th- 
33d)   of  the  national   encampment,   1877,   1880,   1882-84, 

1886-99.     1877-99 r369  G7782 

Issues  for  1877  and  1880  are  entitled  Proceedings  of  the  annual  meeting. 
GRAND  ARMY  OF  THE  REPUBLIC,  Department  of  Penn- 
sylvania. 
Roster,  general  orders  and  proceedings  of  the  annual  en- 
campment (32d-date),  1882-date.     1882-date r369  G778 

From  1882— 1895  the  encampments  were  held  semi-annually,  from  1895- 

date,  annually. 
Title    pages    beginning    with    the    issue    for    the    42d    encampment    read 

General  orders  an3  proceedings  of  encampments. 

NEW  YORK,  HOLLAND  SOCIETY. 

Year  book,  1887-date.     [v.i-date.]     1887-date qr369  N26 

PITTSBURGH,  Citizens'  executive  board,  28th  national  en- 
campment, G.  A.  R. 

Cash  book.     1894 qr369  G77C 

Manuscript  copy. 

Correspondence.     2v.     1894 qr369  G77 

Manuscript  copy. 

Ledger.     1894 qr369   G77I 

Manuscript  copy. 

List  of  contributors.     1894 qr369  G77li 

Manuscript  copy. 

Minutes.     2v.     1894 qr369  G77mi 

Manuscript  copy. 

Miscellaneous  books.     1894 r369  G77m 

Contents:  Rules,  committees,  etc. — Book  of  information  and  guide  to 
Pittsburgh. — List  of  hotels  and  boarding  houses. — Reports  of  the  offi- 
cers and  members  of  the  executive  council. — Information  bureau. — 
Circular,  no.  1-2. 

Manuscript  copy. 

Official  souvenir.     1894 qr369  G77of 

Order  book.     1894 r369  G770 

Manuscript  copy. 

Synopsis  of  contracts.     1894 qr369  G77S 

Manuscript  copy. 
Warrants.     4v.     1894 qr369  G77W 

Manuscript  copy. 

SCHUYLER,  John. 

Institution  of  the  Society  of  the  Cincinnati,  with  extracts  from 
the  proceedings  of  its  general  meetings  and  from  the  trans- 
actions of  the  New  York  state  society.     1886 qr369  S39 

Contains  an  historical  sketch  of  the  society  and  a  list  of  its  officers  since 
30 


464  PATRIOTIC  ASSOCIATIONS 

1784;  list  of  officers  and  members  of  the  New  York  state  society,  ex- 
tracts from  its  transactions,  and  biographies  of  its  original  members. 

SOCIETY  OF  MAYFLOWER  DESCENDANTS. 

Year  book  (ist-2d),  1896,  1900.     1896-1900 r369  S678 

SOCIETY  OF  MAYFLOWER  DESCENDANTS,  Pennsylvania. 

Constitution  and  by-laws.    1899 r^dg  S67 

SONS  OF  DELAWARE  OF  PHILADELPHIA. 

Year  book,  1897-date.     1897-date r;i69  S6992 

SONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION. 

National  year  book,  1893,  1896/97,  1900-date.     1893-date.  .r369  S6998 

Include   Proceedings  of  the  national  congress  and  triennial  conclave. 

SONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN   REVOLUTION,   District  of 
Columbia. 

Register,  1896.     1896 qr369  S69g 

SONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION,  Massachusetts. 

Historical   memoranda,  with  lists  of  members  and  their 

Revolutionary  ancestors.     1899 r369  S6997 

SONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION,  Missouri. 

Year  book.     1899 r369  S6994 

SONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION,  New  Jersey. 

Proceedings,  1889-1893;  ed.  by  John  Whitehead.     1893... r369  S6990 

SONS  OF  THE  AMERICAN  REVOLUTION,  Pennsylvania. 

Officers,  committees  and  membership  roll.     1901  r369  S6996 

SONS  OF  THE  REVOLUTION. 

Explanation  of  some  of  the  differences  between  the  society 
of  Sons  of  the  Revolution  and  the  society  of  Sons  of  the 
American  revolution.     1890 r369  S699g 

SONS  OF  THE  REVOLUTION,  Colorado. 

Register  of  members.     1900 qr369  S699S 

SONS  OF  THE  REVOLUTION,  New  York. 

Year  book.     1899 qi'369  S6993 

SONS  OF  THE  REVOLUTION,  Pennsylvania. 

Annual  proceedings,  1898/1899-date,  [nth  annual  meeting- 
date]  .     1899-date qr369  S69an 

Annual  report  (8th),  with  sermons  and  addresses  delivered 

before  the  society,  1895-96.     1896 r369  S69a 

9th  report  published  with  the  register,  qr369  S69r. 

Decennial  register,  1888-1898.     1898 qr369  S69d 

Register,   1893,  1895.     1893-95 qr369  S69 

The  same,  with  Annual  report  of  the  board  of  managers, 

annual  sermon  and  historical  address,  1896/97.     i897..qr369  S69r 
The  same,  with  miscellaneous  statistical  information  con- 
cerning the  society,  1902.     1902 qr369  S69re 

Contains  bibliography  of  the  society's  publications,  p.ii7-i22. 

ZIEBER,  Eugene,  comp. 

Ancestry;  the  objects  of  the  hereditary  societies  and  the  mili- 
tary and  naval  orders  of  the  United  States  and  the  re- 
quirements for  membership.     1895 r369  Z57 


EDUCATION  46s 


370     Education 


ENGLAND — Education  department. 

Special  reports  on  educational  subjects,    v.i-date.     1897-date.  .r370  E64 
For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  131;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

FINDLAY,  Joseph  John,  ed. 

Arnold  of  Rugby,  his  school  life  and  contributions  to  educa- 
tion.    1897 370  F49 

Contents:  Biographical  notice,  with  Life  at  Laleham,  from  Stanley's  Life 
of  Dr  Arnold,  and  extracts  from  letters. — School  life  at  Rugby,  from 
Stanley's  Life  of  Dr  Arnold. — Selected  sermons  preached  chiefly  in 
Rugby  chapel. — Essays  on  educational  topics,  from  the  miscellaneous 
works  of  Thomas  Arnold. — Bibliography  of  works  relating  to  Arnold's 
influence  as  a  teacher,  and  to  public  school  education  before  and  after 
his  time. 
"This  is  a  volume  which  well  deserves  the  careful  attention  of  all  who 
are  engaged  in  teaching.  It  may  be  regarded  as  supplementary  to  the 
late  Dean  Stanley's  life  of  the  Headmaster  of  Rugby... Mr  Findlay's 
object  is  to  deal  with  him  as  a  schoolmaster."    Saturday  review,  1897. 

HINSDALE,  Burke  Aaron. 

President  Garfield  and  education.     1882 370  HS7 

JOLY*  Henri. 

Notions  de  pedagogic.     1884 370  J38 

Bibliographic,  p.287-296. 

NATIONAL  EDUCATIONAL  ASSOCIATION— Committee  of 
fifteen. 
Report;  read  at  the  Cleveland  meeting  of  the  Department  of 

superintendence,  1895,  with  the  debate.     1895 370  N15 

Contents:  Correlation  of  studies  in  elementary  schools,  by  W.  T. 
Harris. — Organization  for  city  school  systems,  by  A.  S.  Draper. — On 
the  training  of  teachers,  by  H.  S.  Tarbell. 

PRIESTLEY,  Joseph. 

Miscellaneous  observations  relating  to  education.     1780 r370  P94 

STUDIES  in  education;  a  series  of  10  numbers  devoted  to  child- 
study  and  the  history  of  education,  1896-97;  ed.  by  Earl 

Barnes.     1896-97 370  S93 

TARVER,  John  Charles. 

Some  observations  oi  a  foster  parent.    1897 370  T23 

Contents:  On  the  detestability  of  schoolmasters. — On  the  limited  power 
of  education. — Of  education  and  instruction. — On  reading  and  writing. 
— On  arithmetic. — Educational  subjects. — Tommy's  mind. — Some  of 
Tommy's  blunders. — What  is  stupidity? — A  defence  of  Latin. — Greek 
and  elementary  science. — The  place  of  Greek. — Entrance  examinations. 
— The  preparatory  school. — An  early  preparatory  school. — Education 
and  parental  control. — Eton  and  Clifton. — Educational  questions  in  425 
B.C. — History,  geography  and  English. — Educational  authorities. — Sec- 
ondary education. — The  universities. — Considerations  suggested  by  the 
voluntary  school  question. — Tommy's  honesty. — Tommy's  health. — 
'  Punishment. — Athletics. — Day  school  v.  boarding  school. — The  foster 
parent  again  to  the  real  parent. 
"A  book  about  education  that  is  positively  entertaining,  and  manages  to 
be  both  wise  and  witty  in  good  literary  English,  and  that  does  not 
mention  'psychology'  or  'pedagogy' — this  is  really  a  book  to  be  grate- 
ful for."     Nation,  1897. 

WARE,  Fabian. 

Educational  reform;  the  task  of  the  Board  of  education. 

1900  370  W22 


466  EDUCATION 


ADAMS,  John,  of  Aberdeen. 

The  Herbartian  psychology  applied  to  education.     1898.. 370.1  A21 
BAIN,  Alexander. 

Education  as  a  science.     1892.     (International  scientific 

series.)  370.1  B16 

COMENIUS,  Johannes  Amos. 

Great  didactic;  now  first  Englished  by  M.  W.  Keatinge. 

1896 370.1  C73 

Biography  of  Comenius,  p. i-ioi. 

DAVIDSON,  Thomas. 

Rousseau    and    education    according    to    nature.      1898. 

(Great  educators.) 370.i  D29 

DE  BRATH,  Stanley. 

Foundations  of  success;  a  plea  for  rational  education.     1896.  .370.1  D3S 
DEWEY,  John. 

School  and  society.     1899 370.1  Dsi 

Contents:  The  school  and  social  progress. — The  school  and  the  life  of 
the  child. — Waste  in  education. — Three  years  of  the  university  elemen- 
tary school. 

DRESSER,  Horatio  Willis. 

Education  and  the  philosophical  ideal.     1900 370.i  D81 

An  interesting  discussion  as  to  the  true  end  of  education.  The  author's 
ideal  is  the  attainment  of  a  harmony  which  may  be  described  in  a  word 
as  "equanimity."  Each  individual  is  to  be  brought  into  such  a  condi- 
tion of  calm  by  attention  to  his  inner  being  that  all  the  events  of  his 
life  shall  prove  of  spiritual  value  to  him. 

ELSLANDER,  J. 

L'education  au  point  de  vue  sociologique.     1898 370.i  E55 

Contents:     L'education   au    point    de    vue    sociologique.    —   L'education 
moderne. — L'education  rationnelle. 
FELKIN,  Henry  M.  &  Mrs  Emmie. 

Introduction  to  Herbart's  Science  and  practice  of  educa- 
tion.    1895 370.1  F33 

FOUILLfiE,  Alfred  Jules  fimile. 

Education  from  a  national  standpoint;  tr.  and  ed.  by  W.  J. 

Greenstreet.     1897.     (International  education  series.) 370.1  F82 

A  very  valuable  discussion  of  the  fundamental  principles  of  education, 
and  an  able  and  eloquent  advocacy  of  the  claims  of  literature  to  the 
chief  place  in  the  curriculum. 
GUYAU,  Marie  Jean. 

Education  and  heredity;  a  study  in  sociology;  tr.  by  W.  J. 

Greenstreet.     1891.     (Contemporary  science  scries.) 370.i  G99 

Biographical  sketch,  p.ii-15. 

An  eloquent  and  valuable  book  by  one  of  the  most  remarkable  of  recent 
French   philosophers   and   poets,    with   an   introduction   by   Mr   G.    F. 
Stout.     It  treats  education  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  development 
of  the  race,  and  is  full  of  suggestion. 
HARRIS,  William  Torrey. 

Theory  of  education.     1893.     (School  room  classics.) 370.1  H29 

HERBART,  Johann  Friedrich. 

Letters  and  lectures  on  education;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  H.  M. 

&  Emmie  Felkin.     1898 370.i  H4SI 

List  of  the  German  editions  of  Herbart's  works,  p.  13-14. 
At  the  time  these  letters  were  written,  Herbart  was  engaged  as  tutor 
to  three  boys  of  different  age  and  capacity.  His  attention  was 
gradually  concentrated  upon  problems  of  education,  and  the  germs 
of  many  of  his  later  theories  were  formed  during  this  period.  The 
lectures  are  on:  The  basis  of  education;  Outlines  of  the  general  science 


EDUCATION  467 


of  education;  and,  On  special  branches  of  education. 

Science  of  education.     1895 370.i  H45 

"Herbart's  life  and  educational  work,"  by  H.  M.  and  Emmie  Felkin, 
p.  1-23. 

HOLMAN,  Henry. 

Education;  an  introduction  to  its  principles  and  their  psycho- 
•  logical  foundations.    1896.  .• 370. i  H73 

Bibliography,  p.523-524. 

"My  aim  throughout  this  book  is  to  give  the  beginner  a  clear  and  in- 
telligible outline  of  education,  as  a  science  only,  and  at  the  same  time 
to  suggest,  but  not  to  discuss,  some  of  its  deeper  and  more  philosophic 
aspects."    Preface. 

LANG,  Ossian  Herbert,  ed. 

Educational  creeds  of  the  igth  century.    1898 370.1  L23 

Statements,  by  various  American  educators,  of  their  educational  ideals. 

LANG,  Ossian  Herbert. 

Rousseau  and  his  "fimile."     1893  370.1  L23r 

LAURIE,  Simon  Somerville. 

Institutes  of  education,  comprising  an  introduction  to  rational 

psychology.     1892  370.I  L37i 

A  handbook  for  students  of  the  philosophy  of  educational  methods. 
John  Amos  Comenius,  bishop  of  the  Moravians;  his  life 

and  educational  works.    1892 370.1  L37 

"Bibliography  of  the  educational  works  of  Comenius,"  p.227-260. 
McMURRY,  Charles  Alexander. 

Elements  of  general  method;  based  on  the  principles  of  Her- 

bart.     1898 370.1    M21 

"Books  of  reference,"  p.223-224. 
MANSFIELD,  Edward  Deering. 

American  education;  its  principles  and  elements.     1851 r37o.i  M34 

MONTAIGNE,  Michel  Eyquem  de. 

Education  of  children;  selected,  tr.  and  annotated  by  L.  E. 

Rector.    1899.     (International  education  series.) 370.i  M84 

PAYNE.  Joseph. 

Lectures  on  the  science  and  art  of  education,  with  other  lec- 
tures.   i8go 370.1  P33 

Other  lectures:  Educational  methods. — Principles  of  the  science  of  edu- 
cation.— Theories  of  teaching  with  their  corresponding  practice. — The 
importance  of  the  training  of  the  teacher. — The  true  foundation  of 
science  teaching. — Pestalozzi ;  the  influence  of  his  principles  on  ele- 
mentary education. — Froebel  and  the  kindergarten  system  of  education. 
Life  of  Joseph  Payne,  p.  14-19. 

"The  work  of  an  able,  enthusiastic  teacher  and  a  close  student  of  edu- 
cation. Sets  forth  the  principles  of  teaching  as  well  as  the  art. 
Shows  how  Nature  teaches  and  the  defects  of  her  method.  States 
the  essentials  of  good  methods.  Finds  a  basis  for  all  method  in  the 
proposition  that  learning  is  self-teaching.  Lays  stress  upon  action 
and  things  as  factors  contributing  greatly  to  the  pupil's  mental 
development.  A  most  stimulating  book  for  the  teacher."  Edward  R. 
Shaw. 
Lectures  on  the  science  and  art  of  education,  with  other  lec- 
tures and  essays.    1883 370.i  P33I 

Other  lectures  and  essays:  Principles  of  the  science  of  education.— The 
training  and  equipment  of  the  teacher  for  his  profession.— The  impor- 
tance of  the  training  of  the  teacher.— Theories  of  teaching,  with  their 
corresponding  practice.— The  science  and  art  of  education.— The  true  - 
foundation  of  science  teaching.— A  preface  and  supplement  to  an  essay 
"On  the  culture  of  the  observing  powers  of  children,"  by  E.  A.  You- 
mans. — The  curriculum  of  modern  education,  and  the  respective  claims 
of  classics  and  science  to  be  represented  in  it  considered. — On  the  im- 
portance and  necessity  of  improving  our  ordinary  methods  of  school 


468  EDUCATION 


instruction. — On  the  past,   present,  and  future  of  the  College  of  pre- 
ceptors.— Proposal  for  the  endowment  of  a  professorship  of  the  science 
and  art  of  education  in  connection  with  the  College  of  preceptors. — A 
compendious  exposition  of  Jacotot's  system  of  education. 
List  of  Mr  Payne's  published  works,  p.ii-12. 
List  of  books  on  education,  p.89-93. 
Science  and  art  of  education,  and  Principles  of  the  science  of 

education.    1876 r 370.1  P33S 

PLATO. 

Education  of  the  young  in  the  Republic  of  Plato;  tr.  into 
English  with  notes  and  introduction,  by  Bernard  Bosan- 

quet.      1900 370.1    P68 

PUTNAM,  Daniel. 

Manual  of  pedagogics.     1898 370.1  P99 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

RADESTOCK,  Paul. 

Habit  and  its  importance  in  education;  an  essay  in  pedagogi- 
cal psychology.    1897 370.1  R13 

RICHTER,  Jean  Paul  Friedrich,  (pseud.  Jean  Paul). 

Levana;  or,  The  doctrine  of  education.     1890 370.1  R42 

Biography  and  autobiography,  p.  1-66. 
ROARK,  Ruric  Nevel 

Psychology  in  education.     1895 37o.i  RS3 

ROSENKRANZ,  Johann  Karl  Friedrich. 

Philosophy  of  education.     1893.     (International  education 

series.) 370.1  R72 

The  author  was  for  many  years  professor  of  philosophy  at  Konigsberg, 
and  wrote  extensively  on  philosophy  and  literature.  This  work,  which 
on  its  appearance  made  an  epoch  in  the  treatment  of  educational 
theory  in  Germany,  was  originally  translated  for  the  Journal  of  specu- 
lative philosophy,  but  in  this  edition  has  been  so  revised  as  to  adapt 
it  to  the  needs  of  readers  not  trained  in  philosophy.  After  discussing 
the  general  idea  of  education,  including  its  nature,  forms  and  limits; 
he  considers  physical  and  intellectual  education,  and  the  training  of 
the  will,  while  under  "education  in  its  particular  systems"  he  takes 
up  the  national,  theocratic  and  humanitarian  or  Christian  systems. 

ROUSSEAU,  Jean  Jacques. 

fimile;   or,   Treatise   on   education.      1893.      (International 

education  series.) 370.1  R77 

Though  some  of  his  schemes  are  visionary,  some  are  admirable.  Vol- 
taire says:  "There  are  fifty  pages  of  the  'fimile'  that  should  be  bound 
in  velvet  and   gold." 

fimile;  ou,  De  I'education.     1894 370.1  R77e 

SPENCER,  Herbert. 

Education.     1893 370.  i  S74 

"Discusses,  What  knowledge  is  of  most  worth,  Intellectual  education. 
Moral  education,  and  Physical  education.  The  chapter  on  intellectual 
education  is  the  most  important  for  its  elucidation  of  the  principles  of 
education  and  as  showing  their  application."     Edward  R.  Shaw. 

TATE,  Thomas. 

Philosophy  of  education;  or.  The  principles  and  practice  of 

teaching.      1885 370.1    T23 

VINCENT,  George  Edgar. 

The  social  mind  and  education.     1897 370.i  V34 

Bibliography,  P.147-1S2. 
KIDDLE,  Henry,  &  Schem,  A.J.  ed. 

Cyclopaedia  of  education.     1883 qr370.3  K24 


ESSAYS  ON  EDUCATION  469 

SONNENSCHEIN'S  cyclopaedia  of  education;  ed.  by  A.  E. 

Fletcher.     1892 r370.3  S69 

Bibliography,  p. 529-562. 

370.4     Essays 

ASPECTS  of  modern  study;  university  extension  addresses. 

1895    ^ 370.4  A83 

Contents:  The  evolution  of  university  extension  as  a  part  of  popular 
education,  by  Lord  Playfair. — The  future  of  university  extension  in 
London,  by  Canon  Browne. — Hearing,  reading  and  thinking,  by  G.  J. 
Goschen. — The  study  of  literature,  by  John  Morley. — Scientific  study, 
by  Sir  James  Paget. — Some  lessons  of  antiquity,  by  Max  Miiller. — 
The  application  of  the  historical  method  to  economic  science,  by  the 
duke  of  Argyll. — Ideals,  by  Dr  Westcott. — The  influence  of  the  Greek 
mind  on  modern  life,  by  Prof.  Jebb. 

BAKER,  James  Hutchins. 

Education  and  life;  papers  and  addresses.    1900 370.4  B17 

Contents:  Heritage  of  the  scholar. — Plato's  philosophy  of  education  and 
life. — Secondary  education;  a  review. — Educational  values. — Power  as 
related  to  knowledge. — Moral  training. — Can  virtue  be  taught? — Col- 
lege and  university. — University  ideals. — General  education  practicaL 
— The  modern  gospel  of  work. — The  psychologfy  of  faith. — Evolution 
of  a  personal  ideal. — The  Greek  virtues  in  modem  application. — The 
student  as  citizen. — Optimism  and  interest. — The  ethical  and  aesthetic 
elements  in  education. — Progress  as  realization. 
BRIGGS,  LeBaron  Russell. 

School,  college  and  character.     1901 370.4  B74 

Contents:     Fathers,  mothers  and  freshmen. — Some  old-fashioned  doubts 
about    new-fashioned    education. — College    honor. — Some    aspects    of 
grammar-school  training. — The  transition  from  school  to  college. 
The  first  four  of  these  essays  appeared  in  the  Atlantic  monthly. 
BUTLER,  Nicholas  Murray. 

Meaning  of  education,  and  other  essays  and  addresses.    1898.  .370.4  B97 
Other  essays:     What  knowledge  is  of  most  worth? — Is  there  a  new  edu- 
cation?— Democracy   and    education. — The    American    college   and   the 
American    university. — The    function    of    the    secondary    school. — ^The 
reform  of  secondary  education  in  the  United  States. 
DUTTON,  Samuel  Train. 

Social  phases  of  education  in  the  school  and  the  home.    1899.  .370.4  D95 
ELIOT.  Charles  William. 

^Educational  reform;  essays  and  addresses.     1898 370.4  E^7 

FITCH,  Sir  Joshua  Girling. 

Educational  aims  and  methods.     1900 370.4  Fss 

Contents:  Methods  of  instruction  as  illustrated  in  the  Bible. — Socrates 
an  i  his  methods  of  teaching. — Evolution  of  character. — Training  of  the 
reason. — Hand  work  and  head  work. — Endowments  and  their  influence 
on  education. — Ascham  and  the  schools  of  the  renaissance. — Teachers' 
institutes  and  conventions  in  America. — Edward  Thring. — The  uni- 
versity extension  movement,  and  its  relation  to  schools. — Joseph  Lan- 
caster.— Pestalozzi. — The  Sunday  school  of  the  future. — Women  and 
universities. — The  French  leaving  certificate. 
HANUS,  Paul  Henry. 

Educational  aims  and  educational  values.     1899 370-4  H24 

Contents:  Educational  aims  and  educational  values. — A  recent  tendency 
in  secondary  education  examined. — Attempted  improvements  in  the 
course  of  study. — What  should  the  modern  secondary  school  aim  to 
accomplish?  —  Secondary  education  as  a  unifying  force  in  American 
life. — The  preparation  of  the  high-school  teacher  of  mathematics. — The 
study  of  education  at  Harvard  university.— The  permanent  influence  of 
Comenius. 
HARRIS,  William  Torrey. 

General  government  and  public  education  throughout  the 


470  ESSAYS  ON  EDUCATION 

country;  a  paper  read  before  the  Department  of  superin- 
tendence of  the  National  educational  association,  Feb.  1890. 

1890.     (Papers  on  school  issues  of  the  day.) r370.4  N15 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
Supplemental  report  to  the  report  of  the  special'  committee 
on  pedagogical  and  psychological  observation;  presented 
10  the  National  educational  association,  July    1890.     1890. 

(Papers  on  school  issues  of  the  day.)  r370.4  NiS 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

HART,  Albert  Bushnell. 

Studies  in  American  education.     1895 370-4  H31 

Contents:  Has  the  teacher  a  profession?  —  Reform  in  the  g^mmar 
schools. — University  participation;  a  substitute  for  university  exten- 
sion.— How  to  study  history. — How  to  teach  history  in  secondary 
schools. — The  status  of  athletics  in  American  colleges. 

HENDERSON,  Charles  Hanford. 

Education  and  the  larger  life.    1902 370.4  H44 

Contents:  The  point  of  view. — The  social  purpose. — The  source  of  pow- 
er.—  Organic  education.  —  Cause  and  effect.  —  Childhood. —  Youth. — 
Holidays. — At  the  university. — The  experimental  life. — The  agents  of 
the  social  purpose. 

Criticism  of  existing  educational  conditions  and  suggestions  toward  a 
better  order.  Mr  Henderson  strongly  favors  kindergartens,  manual 
training  schools,  small  classes,  experimental  and  laboratory  methods  in 
teaching. 

HOPKINS,  Mrs  Louisa  Parsons  (Stone). 

Spirit  of  the  new  education.     1892 370.4  H78 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Science  and  education.     1894 373-4  H98 

Contents:  Joseph  Priestley. — Educational  value  of  the  natural  history 
sciences. — Emancipation,  black  and  white. — A  liberal  education,  and 
where  to  find  it. — Scientific  education. — Science  and  culture. — Science 
and  art  in  relation  to  education. — Universities,  actual  and  ideal. — Ad- 
dress on  university  education. — Study  of  biology. — Elementary  in- 
struction in  physiology. — Medical  education. — The  state  and  the  medi- 
cal profession.^ — Connection  of  the  biological  sciences  with  medicine. 
— School  boards. — Technical  education. — Address  on  behalf  of  the  Na- 
tional association  for  the  promotion  of  technical  education. 
JEBB,  Sir  Richard  Claverhouse. 

Humanism   in  education;  the   Romanes  lecture,   1899. 

1899 370.4  J22 

JORDAN,  David  Starr. 

Care  and   culture   of  men;    addresses   on   higher   education. 

1896 370.4  J43 

LOCKE,  John. 

Some  thoughts  concerning  education.     1892 370.4  L7S 

Biography  of  Locke,  p.  19-46. 
NORTHROP,  Birdsey  Grant. 

Education  abroad,  and  other  papers.     1873 370.4  N45 

Contents:  Should  American  youth  be  educated  abroad? — Legal  preven- 
tion of  illiteracy. — Culture  and  knowledge. — The  professional  study. — 
Study  and  health. — Labor  as  an  educator. — Education  and  industrial 
arts. — Education  and  invention. — Labor  and  capital  theoretically  har- 
monized.— Labor  and  capital  practically  harmonized. 
PAYNE,  William  Harold. 

Contributions  to  the  science  of  education 370-4  P33 

Seventeen    essays   on    educational   topics. 
QUICK,  Robert  Herbert. 

Essays  on  educational  reformers.     1892.     (International  edu- 


EDUCATION— PERIODICALS  471 


cation  series.)    370.4  Q29 

Contents:  Effects  of  the  renascence. — Renascence  tendencies. — Sturmius. 
—Schools  of  the  Jesuits. — Rabelais.— Montaigne.— Ascham. — Mulcaster. 
— Ratichius.— Comenius. — The  gentlemen  of  Port-Royal. — Some  English 
writers  before  Locke. — Locke.— Rousseau. — Basedow  and  the  Philan- 
thropinum.— Pestalozzi.— Froebel.— Jacotot,  a  methodizer.  —  Herbert 
Spencer.— Thoughts  and  suggestions. — The  schoolmaster's  moral  and 
religious  influence. 
ROOPER,  Thomas  Godolphin. 

School  and  home  life;  essays  and  lectures  on  current  educa- 
tional topics .370.4  R68 

SMITH,  William  Hawley. 

Walks  and  talks.     1893 370.4  S66 

Suggestive  talks  about  educational  methods,  written  by  an  earnest  child 
sympathizer  who  pleads  for  the  democracy  of  public  schools  and  the 
suiting  of  the  education  they  offer  to  the  practical  needs  of  the  chil- 
dren. 

SPALDING,  John  Lancaster. 

Education  and  the  higher  life.     1900 370.4  S73e 

Contents:  Ideals. — Exercise  of  mind. — The  love  of  excellence. — Culture 
and  the  spirit  of  the  age. —  Self-culture. —  Growth  and  duty. —  Right 
human  life. — University  education. 

The  underlying  thought  in  these  essays  is  the  cultivation  of  mind,  of 
heart  and  of  soul,  not  for  its  own  sake,  but  for  its  influence  in  the 
world  about  us.  Incidentally  there  is  some  thoughtful  discussion  of 
the  value,  in  education,  of  the  classics,  of  historical  study,  of  the  sci- 
ences, and  a  plea  for  an  American  literature. 

Opportunity,  and  other  essays  and  addresses.     1900 370.4  S73 

Other  essays:  Woman  and  the  higher  education. — The  university  a 
nursery  of  the  higher  life. — The  university  and  the  teacher. — Goethe 
as  educator. — The  patriot. — Empire  or  republic 

Thoughts  and  theories  of  life  and  education.     1897 370.4  S73t 

Contents:    Thoughts  and  theories. — Books. — The  teacher  and  the  school. 

WALKER,  Francis  Amasa. 

Discussions  in  education.    1899 370.4  W16 

Coiitents:    Technological  education. — Manual  education. — The  teaching  of 
arithmetic. — College  problems. — A  valedictory. 
WILSON,  James  Maurice. 

Three  addresses  to  girls  at  school.     1890 370.4  W76 

Contents:    Education. — High  school  education  for  girls. — Religion. 


370.5     Periodicals 


AMERICAN  journal  of  education;  ed.  by  Henry  Barnard;   bi- 
monthly   and    quarterly,    Aug.    i8ss-Dec.    1881.      31V. 

1855-81 r370.5  Asi 

Binder's  title  reads  Barnard's  American  journal  of  education. 

No  more  published. 
EDUCATION;  an  international  magazine;  bimonthly,    v.i-date. 

1881-date    r370.5  E29 

EDUCATIONAL  review;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1891-date.  .r370.5  E299 
JOURNAL  of  education ;  weekly.     v.43-date.     1896-date qr370.5  J46 

V.  1-12  published  as  the  New  England  journal  of  education. 

PEDAGOGICAL  seminary;  an  international  record  of  educa- 
tional literature,  institutions  and  progress;  ed.  by  G.   S. 

Hall,     v.i-date.     1891-date r370.S  P36 

Published  irregularly. 

PUBLIC-SCHOOL  journal;  monthly,  Sept.  1897-date.    v.17- 

date.     1897-date r37o.S  P9? 

v.i8-date  title  reads  School  and  home  education. 


472  EDUCATIONAL  ASSOCIATIONS 

SCHOOL  and  college,  devoted  to  secondary  and  higher  educa- 
tion; ed.  by  R.  G.  Huling;  monthly,    v.i.     1892 r370.5  S372 

No  more  published. 
The  SCHOOL  journal;  weekly.    v.52-date.     1896-date qr370.5  S37 

370.6     Associations 

ASSOCIATION  OF  COLLEGES  AND  PREPARATORY 
SCHOOLS  IN  THE  MIDDLE  STATES  AND  MARY- 
LAND. 
Proceedings  of  the  annual  convention   (ist-date),  1893- 

date.      1894-date r370.6   C6q 

The  association  was  organized  in  1887  as  the  College  association  of 
Pennsylvania.  In  June  1888  the  name  was  changed  to  the  College 
association  of  the  Middle  states  and  Maryland.  In  1892  the  name 
was  again  changed  to  the  Association  of  colleges  and  preparatory 
schools  in  the  Middle  states  and  Maryland.  For  the  Proceedings  of 
these  earlier  bodies  see  their  names. 

ASSOCIATION  OF  COLLEGIATE  ALUMNA. 

Publications.    2d  ser.  no.6i ;  3d  ser.  no.i-date.     1897-date.  . .  .qr370.6  A84 
2d  ser.    no.6i    is  entitled   Contributions  towards  a  bibliography  of   the 

higher  education  of  women. 
3d  ser.   no.  3   has  supplement   Register  of  the   Association  of  collegiate 
alumnae,   1899- 1900;  with    constitution    and    by-laws;   no. 5    has    similar 
supplement  for   1901-1902. 

CHICAGO — Educational  commission,  1898. 

Report  submitting  recommendations  in  regard  to  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  public  school  system  of  Chicago. 
1899   r370.6  C43 

Bibliographical  references  on  city  school  systems,  p. 232-233. 

COLLEGE  ASSOCIATION  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 

Proceedings  of  the  convention  (ist-2d),  1887-1888.     1887- 

88 r370.6  C69  v.i 

Reorganized  in  1S88,  as  the  College  association  of  the  Middle  states  and 
Maryland. 

Title  of  Proceedings  of  ist  convention  reads  "History  of  the  organiza- 
tion, and  proceedings,"  &c. 

COLLEGE  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  MIDDLE  STATES 
AND  MARYLAND. 
Proceedings  of  the  annual  convention   (ist-4th),   1889- 

1892.     1890-92 r370.6  C69  v.2 

Continued  as  the  Association  of  colleges  and  preparatory  schools  in  the 
Middle  states  and  Maryland. 
ENGLAND — Secondary  education  commission,  1894. 

Report  of  the  commissioners.    9v.    1895 '. r370.6  E64 

Commission  was  appointed  to  consider  the  best  methods  of  establishing  a 
well-organized  system  of  secondary  education  in  England.  The  report 
contains  an  historical  statement  as  to  previous  legislation,  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  state  of  things  actually  existing,  an  analysis  of  the  evi- 
dence submitted  to  the  commission,  and  recommendations  submitted  by 
them. 

NATIONAL  EDUCATIONAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Addresses  and  journal  of  proceedings.     1873-date r370.6  N15 

The  volume  for  1893  contains  Proceedings  of  the  International  congress 

of  education  of  the  World's  Columbian  exposition. 
1878  no  session. 

Index    to    Proceedings  National    teachers*  association,   1857-1870 

and  the  National  educational  association,  1871-1897.     1897. 
History  of  the  association;  list  of  meetings,  officers,  etc. 

1892 r370.6  Ni5r 


NORMAL  SCHOOLS  473 


NATIONAL  HERBART  SOCIETY. 

Publications;  ed.  by  C.  A.  McMurry,  1895-1900.    5v.  in  i. 

1900 r370.6  N1553 

V.I.  Pressing  problems,  by  Charles  DeGarmo. — Concentration,  by  Frank 
McMurry. — Culture-epochs,  by  C.  C.  Van  Liew. — Course  of  study  in 
primary  grades,  by  Mrs  L.  B.  McMurry. — Interest  as  related  to  will, 
by  John  Dewey. 

V.2.  Isolation  and  unification,  by  E.  E.  White. — ^The  culture-epochs,  by 
H.  T.  Lukens  and  others. — Literature  in  the  high  school,  by  J.  R.  Col- 
by.— Training  for  citizenship,  by  J.  VV.  Jenks. 

V.3.  Moral  education,  by  John  Dewey  and  others. — Training  for  citizen- 
ship, by  E.  J.  James  and  others. — Observation  and  apperception,  by 
Arnold  Tompkins. — The  application  of  the  principles  of  Herbart  to 
secondary  schools,  by  Otto  Frick  and  Dr  Friedel. 

V.4.  Knowledge,  will  and  conduct,  by  James  Seth. — Social  function  of 
United  States  history,  by  J.  B.  McMaster  and  others. — Social  function 
of  geography,  by  Spencer  Trotter  and  W.  M.  Davis.  —  A  course  of 
study  in  geography  for  the  common  schools,  by  C.  A.  McMurry. 

V.5.  Significance  of  the  frontier  in  American  history,  by  F.  J.  Turner. 
— Mediaeval  and  modern  history  in  the  high  school,  by  J.  H.  Robinson. 
— The  social  aim  in  education,  by  I.  VV.  Howerth. — Commercial  educa- 
tion, by  C.  A.  Herrick. 

Reorganized,  Feb.  28,  1901,  and  continued  under  the  title  National  socie- 
ty for  the  scientiiic  study  of  education. 

NATIONAL  SOCIETY  FOR  THE  SCIENTIFIC  STUDY 
OF  EDUCATION. 
Yearbook,  (ist-date).    1902-date r370.6  N1S52 

Continuation  of  the  National  Herbart  society. 

NATIONAL  TEACHERS'  ASSOCIATION. 

Proceedings  and  lectures  of  the  annual  meeting  (6th-7th, 

gth),  1865-1866,  1869.     1865-69 r370.6  NiS5 

Proceedings  of  the  7th  and  9th  meetings  contain  also  reports  of  the 
National  association  of  school  superintendents  and  of  the  American 
normal  school  association. 
In  1870  the  National  teachers'  association.  National  superintendents' 
association  and  the  American  normal  school  association  united  to  form 
the  National   educational  association. 


370.7     Normal  schools 

BRAMWELL,  Amy  Blanche,  &  Hughes,  H.M. 

The  training  of  teachers  in  the  United  States.    1894 370.7  B69 

Reports  on  a  tour  of  investigation  made  by  two  English  teachers  to 
this  country  during  the  summer  of  1893,  for  the  purpose  of  studying 
the  provisions  made  in  the  United  States  for  the  training  of  teachers. 

WEST  CHESTER  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL. 

Quarto-centennial  history,  1871-1896.    1896 r370.7  Ws6 

UNITED  STATES— Education  bureau. 

Educational  exhibits  and  conventions  at  the  World's  indus- 
trial and  cotton  centennial  exposition.  New  Orleans,  1884- 

85.    3v.  in  I.     1886.     (Special  report.)  r370.8  U2Sed 

Contents:  Catalogue  of  exhibits. — Proceedings  of  the  International  con- 
gress of  educators. — Proceedings  of  the  Department  of  superintendence 
of  the  National  educational  association,  and  addresses  delivered  on  ed- 
ucation days. 

370.9     History  of  education 

BALFOUR,  Graham. 

Educational  systems  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.    1898. .  .370.9  B19 


474  HISTORY  OF  EDUCATION 

BOONE,  Richard  Cause. 

Education  in  the  United  States,  its  history  from  the  earliest 

settlements.     1894.     (International  education  series.)  ..  .370.9  B63 

There  is  a  bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

A  brief  history  of  the  schools  and  colleges  of  colonial  and  Revolutionary 
times  is  followed  by  a  consideration  of  school  funds,  school  super- 
vision, the  training  of  teachers,  recent  colleges,  professional  and  tech- 
nical schools  and  the  present  provision  for  the  education  of  the  un- 
fortunate and  criminal  classes.  Part  IV  considers  some  current  edu- 
cational interests.  This  is  practically  the  first  history  of  education  in 
the  United  States. 

BROWNING,  Oscar. 

Aspects  of  education;  a  study  in  the  history  of  pedagogy. 

1892    370.9   B81 

Contents:    Humanism.  —  Realism.  —  Naturalism.  —  The  English  public 

school. 
Appeared  in  Science,   1887-1888. 
Introduction  to  the   history  of   educational  theories. 

1888 370.9  BBii 

"Authorities,"  p. 3. 
BUTLER,  Nicholas  Murray,  ed. 

Education  in  the  United  States;  a  series  of  monographs  pre- 
pared for  the  United  States  exhibit  at  the  Paris  exposition, 

1900.     2v.     1900 370.9  B97 

The  same.     2v.     1900 r370.9  B97 

V.I.  Educational  organization  and  administration,  by  A.  S.  Draper. — 
Kindergarten  eUucation,  by  S.  E.  Blow. — Elementary  education, 
by  W.  T.  Harris. — Secondary  education,  by  E.  E.  Brown. — The 
American  college,  by  A.  F.  West. — The  American  university,  by 
E.  D.  Perry. — Education  of  women,  by  M.  C.  Thomas. — Training 
of  teachers,  by  B.  A.  Hinsdale. — School  architecture  and  hygiene, 
by  G.  B.  Morrison. 
V.2.  Professional  education,  by  J.  K.  Parsons. — Scientific,  technical 
and  engineering  education,  by  T.  C.  Mendenhall. — Agricultural 
education,  by  C.  W.  Dabney. — Commercial  education,  by  E.  J. 
James. — Art  and  industrial  education,  by  I.  E.  Clarke. — Education 
of  defectives,  by  E.  E.  Allen.- -Summer  schools  and  university  ex- 
tension, by  H.  B.  Adams. — Scientific  societies  and  associations,  by 
J.  McK.  Cattell. — Education  of  the  negro,  by  B.  T.  Washing^ton, — 
Education  of  the  Indian,  by  W.  N.  Hailmann. 
Most  of  the  articles   include  bibliographies. 

CAPES,  William  Wolfe. 

University  life  in  ancient  Athens;  being  the  substance  of  four 

Oxford  lectures.     1877 370.9  C18 

COMPAYRfi,  Gabriel. 

History  of  pedagogy.     1885 370.9  C73 

Select  list  of  works,  p. 573-575. 

"Represents  to  my  own  mind  very  nearly  the  ideal  of  the  treatise  that 
is  needed  by  the  teaching  profession."     IV.  H.  Payne,  in  preface. 

DAVIDSON,  Thomas. 

Aristotle   and    ancient   educational    ideals.      1897.      (Great 

educators.)    370.9  Dzga 

Bibliography,  p.249-251. 
Education  of  the  Greek  people  and  its  influence  on  civilization, 

1894    (International  education  series.) 370.9  D29 

The  author  says  his  purpose  is  "to  show  how  the  Greek  people  were 
gradually  educated  up  to  that  stage  of  culture  which  made  them 
teachers  of  the  whole  world,  and  what  the  effect  of  that  teaching  has 
been.  Hence  e(^cation,  in  its  narrow,  pedagogic  sense,  is  presented 
but  in  the  barest  outline,  while  prominence  is  given  to  the  different 
stages  in  the  growth  of  the  Greek  political,  ethical,  and  religious 
consciousness." 


HISTORY  OF  EDUCATION  475 

History  of  education.     1900 370.9  Dagh 

Contents:  Savage,  barbarian  and  civic  education;  The  rise  of  intelli- 
gence.— Savage  education. — Barbarian  education. — Civic  education. — 
Human  education;  Supernatural  beginnings  of  humanism. — Mediaeval 
education. — Modern  education. 

Bibliography,  p.277— 282. 

EDGAR,  John. 

History  of  early  Scottish  education.     1893 370.9  E28 

Authorities,  p.6-8. 

HAILMANN,  William  Nicholas. 

Twelve  lectures  on  the  history  of  pedagogy.     1874 370.9  H14 

LANG,  Ossian  Herbert. 

Great  teachers  of  four  centuries;  an  outline  history  of  the 
great  movements  and  masters  of  the  past  four  hundred 
years,  that  have  shaped  the  theory  and  practice  of  the 

education  of  the  present.     1893 370.9  L23 

An  exceedingly  brief  handbook  intended  for  busy  teachers. 

LEACH,  Arthur  Francis. 

English  schools  at  the  reformation,  1546-8.     1896 370.9  L44 

MAHAFFY,  John  Pentland. 

Old  Greek  education 370.9  M25 

MARK,  H.  Thiselton. 

Outline  of  the  history  of  educational  theories  in  England. 

1899 370.9  M39 

List  of  books,  p.  136. 

Attempts  to  trace  the  development  of  a  distinctly  English  educational 
theory  from  its  origin  in  the  12th  century. 

MONROE,  Will  Seymour. 

Comenius  and  the  beginnings  of  educational  reform.    1900. 

(Great  educators.) '. 370.9  M83 

Annotated   bibliography  of  the  writings  of  Comenius,  p.  175-176,  and  of 

biographical  and  critical   works,  p.  177-180. 
"Effort  to  trace  the  reform  movement  in  education  from  Vives,  Bacon, 
and  Ratke  to  Comenius,  who  gave  the  movement  its  most  significant 
force  and  direction;  and  from  him  to  the  later  reformers, — Francke, 
Rousseau,   Basedow,   Pestalozzi,   Frobel,  and  Herbart."     Preface. 
MUNROE,  James  Phinney. 

The  educational  ideal ;  an  outline  of  its  growth  in  modern 

times.     1896 370.9  M96 

Contents:  Rabelais;  the  revolt  against  medievalism. — Francis  Bacon; 
the  revolt  against  classicism. — Comenius ;  the  revolt  against  feudalism. 
— Montaigne  and  Locke;  the  child  has  senses  to  be  trained. — The  Jan- 
senists  and  Fenelon;  the  child  has  a  heart  to  be  developed. — Rousseau; 
the  child  has  a  soul  to  be  kept  pure. — Pestalozzi  and  Froebel;  senses, 
heart  and  soul  must  be  educated  together. — Women  in  education; 
education  leads  to  and  from  the  family,  the  home  is  its  unit. 
Bibliography,  p.233-247. 

The  author  has  traced   the   steps  through   which  the   educational   ideal 
has  expanded  "from  the  narrow  pedantry  of  the  schoolmen   into  an 
ever  broader  understanding  of  the  true  function  of  teaching." 
PAINTER,  Franklin  Verzelius  Newton. 

History  of  education.     1895.     (International  education 

series.)    370-9   P16 

A  graphic  but  brief  account  of  educational  movements  and  reformers 
from  early  times  down  to  the  present. 

PAYNE,  Joseph. 

Lectures  on  the  history  of  education;  with  A  visit  to  German 

schools.     1892  370.9  P33 

Thirteen  lectures  on  leading  educators,  of  which  ten  deal  with  European 
writers  since  the  revival  of  learning. 


476  TEACHING.     METHODS 

SEELEY,  Levi. 

History  of  education.     1899 370.9  845 

Bibliography,  p. 315-324. 

Intended  for  a  short  text-book  in  normal  schools  or  in  preparing  for  any 
teachers'  examination.  The  special  plan  of  the  book  includes  a  study 
of  the  history  and  environment,  of  the  internal,  social,  political  and  re- 
ligious conditions  of  the  people  as  necessary  to  any  proper  conception 
of  their  education. 

SWETT,  John. 

American  public  schools;  history  and  pedagogics.     1900 370.9  S97 

WICKERSHAM,  James  Pyle. 

History    of   education    in    Pennsylvania    from    the   time   the 
Swedes    settled    on    the    Delaware    to    the    present    day. 

1886 r370.9  W67 

WILLIAMS,  Samuel  Gardner. 

History  of  modern  education.     1896 370.9  W74 


371     Teaching.     Methods 

ALLEN,  Jerome. 

Mind  studies  for  young  teachers.    1887 371  A42 

"Books  for  reference  and  study,"  p. 6. 

BALDWIN,  Joseph. 

Art  of  school  management.     1892 371  B19 

Psychology  applied  to  the  art  of  teaching.     1897.     (Interna- 
tional education  series.) 371  Bi9p 

School  management  and  school  methods.     1897.     (Interna- 
tional education  series.) 371  B193 

BARNETT,  Percy  Arthur. 

Common  sense  in  education  and  teaching;  an  introduction  to 

practice.     1899   371   B25C 

Contents:  Instruction  as  discipline. — Discipline  of  character. — Physical 
basis  of  education. — Genesis  of  curricula. — Manipulation  of  curricula. — 
Audible  speech. — Literature  and  formal  linguistic  study. — Latin  and 
Greek. — Mathematics  and  physical  science. — Geography  and  history. — 
Warnings  from  history. — Making  of  the  teacher. 
Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 
BARNETT,  Percy  Arthur,  ed. 

Teaching  and  organisation,  with  special  reference  to  second- 
ary schools;  a  manual  of  practice.    1897 371  B25 

Contents:  Barnett,  P.A.  The  criteria  in  education. — Pollard,  A.T.  Or- 
ganisation and  curricula. — Welldon,  E.A.  The  kindergarten. — Burrell, 
Arthur.  Reading  and  speaking. — Morris,  I.H.  Writing.  Drawing. — 
Wormell,  R.  Mathematics. — Abbott,  E.A.  On  the  teaching  of  English 
grrammar. — Barnett,  P.A.  English  literature. — Somervell,  R.  Modern 
history. — Withers,  H.L.  Ancient  history. — Conner,  E.C.K.  Geogra- 
phy.— Lyttelton,  E.  Classical  teaching. — Miall,  L.C.  The  teaching  of 
science. — Storr,  F.  The  teaching  of  modern  languages. — McNaught, 
W.C  Vocal  music. — Sidgwick,  A.  Form  management. — Buckle,  G.E. 
Ineffectiveness  in  teaching. — Glazebrook,  M.C.  Specialisation. — Mar- 
tin. A.T.  School  libraries. — Dukes.  C.  Health  and  physical  culture. — 
Hill,  W.K.  Furniture,  apparatus  and  appliances. — Sandford,  M.E. 
Organisation  and  curricula  in  girls'  schools. 

COMPAYRfi,  Gabriel. 

Lectures  on  pedagogy;  theoretical  and  practical.    1896 371  C73 

Sequel  to  "History  of  pedagogy." 
DE  BRATH,  Stanley,  &  Beatty,  F. 

Over-pressure.     1899  371  D3S 

Contents:     The    nervous   system. — Nervous   energy. — Mental   economics. 


TEACHING.     METHODS  477 

— Science  teaching;  what  and  how? — History  teaching. — A  high  stand- 
ard.— Without  overstrain. — The  great  examination  question. 

DE  GARMO,  Charles. 

Essentials  of  method;  a  discussion  of  the  essential  form  of 
right  methods  in  teaching;  observation,  generalization, 

application.      1898 - 371    DsSe 

A  clear  exposition  of  educational  method,  based  on  Herbartian  principles. 
DODD,  Catherine  I. 

Introduction  to  the  Herbartian  principles  of  teaching.    1898. .  .371  D66 
Bibliography,  p.197-198. 
PITCH,  Sir  Joshua  Girling. 

Lectures  on  teaching.     1893 371  FS5 

"Not  a  manual  of  methods,  but  a  book  filled  with  practical  comment 
and  suggestion,  written  in  a  very  pleasing  style.  One  of  the  first  books 
the  novice  in  teaching  should  read.  The  chapters  on  discipline  and 
the  teacher  and  his  attitude  towards  his  vocation  are  notably  strong 
and  wholesome — sounding  the  note  that  true  character  is  what  will  in- 
fluence character."  Edward  R.  Shaw. 
FRYE,  Alexis  Everett. 

Isla  de  Cuba;  manual  para  maestros.     1900 r37i  F97 

Suggestions,  in  Spanish,  to  Cuban  teachers  who  may  work  under  the 
decree  taking  effect  December  6,  1899.  Mr  Frye  is  the  superinten- 
dent of  schools  of  Cuba,  (1900). 

GRASBY,  W.  Catton. 

Teaching  in  three  continents.    1895 371  G79 

GREENWOOD,  James  Mickleborough. 

Principles  of  education  practically  applied.    1899 371  G8s 

Talks  on  school  management,  methods  of  conducting  recitations,  and 
the  art  of  questioning,  with  suggestions  for  teaching  the  principal  sub- 
jects included  in  an  elementary  course. 
HERBART,  Johann  Friedrich. 

A  B  C  of  sense-perception;  tr.  and  ed.  by  W.  J.  Eckoff. 

1896.     (International  education  series.) 371  H4S 

Outlines  of  educational  doctrine;  tr.  by  A.  F.  Lange,  annota- 
ted by  Charles  De  Garmo.     1901  371  H450 

HEWETT,  Edwin  Crawford. 

Treatise  on  pedagogy,  for  young  teachers.     1884 371  H49 

HINSDALE,  Burke  Aaron. 

Art  of  study;  a  manual  for  teachers  and  students  of  the  sci- 
ence and  the  art  of  teaching.     1900 371  HS7 

Bibliography  at  end  of  each  chapter. 

Author  is  (1900)  professor  of  the  science  and  art  of  teaching  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan  and  author  of  various  educational  works. 
HOPKINS,  Airs  Louisa  Parsons  (Stone). 

How  shall  my  child  be  taught?  practical  pedagogy;  or,  The 

science  of  teaching  illustrated.     1891 371  H78 

Author  was  a  practical  teacher,  and  at  one  time  one  of  the  supervisors 
of  the  Boston  public  schools.  The  book  contains  accounts  of  actual 
work  with  a  class  of  children. 

ROWLAND,  George. 

Practical  hints  for  the  teachers  of  public  schools.     1896.     (In- 
ternational education  series.) 37i  H86 

HUGHES,  James  Laughlin.  , 

Froebel's  educational  laws  for  all  teachers.     1897.     (Interna- 
tional education  series.) 37i  H8g 

Shows  that  Frobel's  ideas  and  methods  are  applicable  to  the  whole  scheme 
of  education  from  kindergarten  to  university.  Consists  of  quotations 
from  Frobel  with  running  commentary,  original  and  selected. 


478  TEACHING.     METHODS 

"A  serviceable  and  careful  presentation  of  the  subject."     Dial,  1897. 

How  to  secure  and  retain  attention.      1893.      (Reading  circle 

library.)   371  HSgh 

Mistakes  in  teaching.    1887 371  HSgm 

HUNTINGTON,  Frederic  Dan,  bp. 

Unconscious  tuition.     1894 371  H94 

JOHONNOT,  James. 

Principles  and  practice  of  teaching.     1891 37i  J37 

LANDON,  Joseph. 

School  management ;  including  a  general  view  of  the  work  of 
education,  with  some  account  of  the  intellectual  faculties 
from  the  teacher's  point  of  view,  organization,  discipline 

and  moral  training.     1897 371  L22 

McMURRY,  Charles  Alexander,  &  Frank  Morton. 

Method  of  the  recitation.     1897 371  M21 

MIALL,  Louis  Compton. 

Thirty  years  of  teaching.     1897 371  M66 

PAGE,  David  Perkins. 

Theory  and  practice  of  tea^ching;   or.  The  motives  and 

methods  of  good  school-keeping.     1885 371  P14 

Biographical  sketch  of  Page,  p.  11-18. 
PARKER,  Francis  Wayland. 

Notes  of  talks  on  teaching.     1891 371  P23 

Biographical    introduction,   p.s-ii. 

Talks  on  pedagogics;  an  outline  of  the  theory  of  concentra- 
tion.    1894 371  P23t 

These  talks  by  the  principal  of  Cook  county  normal  school,  Chicago, 
were  given  at  the  Teachers'  retreat,  Chautauqua  assembly,  in  1891. 
Among  the  convictions  here  formulated  is  that  natural  sciences  and 
history  should  be  put  into  the  primary  school,  and  reading  and  language 
lessons  taught  while  gathering  information  on  sciences,  morals,  litera- 
ture, ethics,  etc. 

Talks  on  teaching.     1896 371  P23te 

Biographical  introduction,  by  L.  E.  Patridge,  p.5-11. 

PESTALOZZI,  Johann  Heinrich. 

How  Gertrude  teaches  her  children;  an  attempt  to  help 

mothers  to  teach  their  own  children.     1898 371  P45h 

Leonard  and  Gertrude.     1892 371   P45 

REIN,  Wilhelm. 

Outlines  of  pedagogics.     1895 37^  R31 

"Bibliography,  principally  German,"  p.219-232. 

ROARK,  Ruric  Nevel. 

Method  in  education;  a  text-book  for  teachers.     1899 371  RS3 

ROSMINI-SERBATI,  Antonio, 

Ruling  principle  of  method  applied  to  education;  tr.  by  Mrs 

William  Grey.     1893.     (Heath's  pedagogical  library.) ...  .371  R73 
"Sketch  of  the  life  of  Antonio  Rosmini,"  p.  19-25. 

A  fragment  only  of  a  work  planned  by  the  author  in  which  the  educa- 
tion of  the  human  being  was  to  be  carried  on  through  all  the  stages 
of  life  on  the  principle  of  natural  development,  here  applied  only  to 
the  education  of  children.  The  work  was  begun  in  1839,  and  in  its 
application  the  principle  is  almost  identical  with  Frobel'*  kinder- 
garten system  which  was  developed  about  the  same  time  although  the 
two  men  worked  entirely  independently. 

SALMON,  David. 

The  art  of  teaching.     1898 37i  S17 


TEACHING.     METHODS  479 

SCHAEFFER,  Nathan  C. 

Thinking  and  learning  to  think.     1900 371  Sap 

SEARCH,  Preston  Willis. 

An  ideal  school ;  or,  Looking  forward.     1901.     (International 

education  series.) •. 371  S43 

The  author  has  had  a  long  and  varied  career  as  teacher  and  superin- 
tendent of  schools,  and  he  here  presents  the  opinions  to  which  his  ex- 
periences have  led  regarding  school  buildings,  the  scope  of  schools, 
course  of  study,  the  function  of  teachers,  municipal  difficulties,  and 
the  ethical  basis. 

THRING,  Edward. 

Theory  and  practice  of  teaching.     1894 371  T42 

As  headmaster  of  Uppingham  (Eng.)  school,  Edward  Thring  was  one 
of  the  foremost  pioneers  in  the  modern  methods  of  education.  In 
this  book,  as  in  his  work  there,  the  object  toward  which  he  directs 
every  effort  is  "education"  as  distinguished  from  instruction.  In 
his  whole  consideration  of  the  subject  he  insists  most  strongly  that 
what  is  most  important  is  not  to  gain  knowledge,  but  to  develop  the 
power  of  the  learner,  and  interest  in  the  thing  learned,  and  to  teach 
mental  independence  and  self  reliance. 

TOMPKINS,  Arnold. 

Philosophy  of  school  management.     1895 371  TS9 

Philosophy  of  teaching.     1898 371  TS9p 

WHITE,  Emerson  Eldridge. 

Elements  of  pedagogy;  a  manual  for  teachers.    1886 371  W63 

WICKERSHAM,  James  Pyle. 

Methods  of  instruction.     1865 371  W67m 

School  economy;  a  treatise  on  the  preparation,  organization, 
employments,  government  and  authorities  of  schools. 

1864 371  W67 

HERBERT,  Auberon,  ed. 

Sacrifice  of  education  to  examination.     1889 371-2  H46 

ABER,  Mary  Rose  Ailing-. 

An  experiment  in  education,  also  the  ideas  which  inspired 

it  and  were  inspired  by  it.    1897 371-3  A14 

An  account  of  an  experiment  in  primary  education,  first  tried  in  con- 
nection with  Mrs  Quincy  Shaw's  private  school  in  Boston. 
AIKEN,  Catharine. 

Methods  of  mind-training.     1896 37'^-3  A29 

JOYCE,  Patrick  Weston. 

Handbook  of  school  management  and  methods  of  teach- 
ing   371-3  J48 

MANN,  Charles  W. 

School  recreations  and  amusements.     1896 371-3  M33 


371.4  Systems  of  education 

DE  GARMO,  Charles. 

Herbart  and  the  Herbartians.     1896.     (Great  educators.).  .371.4  D38 

Bibliography  of   Herbartian   literature,   p.257-268. 

"Herbart    founded   an    influential   school   in   pedagogy   and   psychology. 
Many  of  the  most  eminent   German   psychologists  owe   very  much  to 
impulses  received  from  Herbart,  neglected  though  his  principles  are." 
G.  Stanley  Hall. 
HAM,  Charles  Herbert. 

Manual  training  the  solution  of  social  and  industrial  prob- 
lems.     1886 3714    H22 


31 


48o  SYSTEMS  OF  EDUCATION 

KENYON,  Walter  J. 

First  years  in  handicraft.    1901 J37I-4  K19 

KILBON,  George  B. 

Knife  work  in  the  school-room.     1891 J37I-4  K25 

LANG,  Ossian  Herbert. 

Outlines  of  Herbart's  pedagogics.     1894 371-4  L23 

"Life  of  Herbart,"  p.7-13. 
A  brief  popular  statement. 

NATIONAL  EDUCATIONAL  ASSOCIATION— Council  of 
education. 
Educational  value  of  manual  training;  report  of  the  commit- 
tee on  pedagogics  of  the  National  council  of  education, 
presented  at  the  meeting  in  July  1889,  by  W.  T.  Harris. 

1889.     (  Papers  on  school  issues  of  the  day.) r37o.4  N15 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PATRIDGE,  Lelia  Ellen. 

The  "Quincy  methods"  illustrated;  pen  photographs  from 

the  Quincy,  [Mass.]  schools.     1885 371-4  P29 

A    detailed    description,    with    many    illustrations,    of    the   work   of   the 
four  primary  grades. 

PINLOCHE,  A. 

Pestalozzi  and  the  foundation  of  the  modern  elementary 

school.     1901.     (Great  educators.) 371-4  P63 

Bibliography,  p.  15-1 6. 

A  brief  biography  of  Pestalozzi  is  followed  by  a  summarized  account  of 
the  underlying  principles  of  his  teaching. 

TADD,  James  Liberty. 

New    methods    in    education;    art,    real    manual    training, 

nature  study.     1899 q37i-4  T12 

The  same.    1899 qr37i  .4  T12 

WAKE,  Richard. 

"The  new  education;"  manual  training,  woodwork.    1899.  .371.4  W14 
The   author,   a   practical   teacher,   gives  a   series   of  lessons  making  up 
a  three-year  course. 

WOODWARD,  Calvin  Milton. 

Manual  training  in  education.     1890.     (Contemporary 

science  series.) 371-4  W86 

WHITE,  Emerson  Eldridge. 

School  management;  a  practical  treatise  for  teachers  and  all 
other  persons  interested  in  the  right  training  of  the  young. 

1894    371-5   W63 

BURRAGE,  Severance,  &  Bailey,  H.T. 

School    sanitation    and    decoration;    a    practical    study    of 
health  and  beauty  in  their  relations  to  the  public  schools. 

1899 371-6  B94 

Appendix  contains  a  classified  list  of  works  of  art  suitable  for  school- 
room decoration. 


371.7     School  hygiene 

See  also  Physical  culture,  613.71 

BANCROFT,  Jessie  H. 

School  gymnastics.     1896 Zy^-l  B22 


SCHOOL  HYGIENE  481 


KOTELMANN,  Ludwig. 

School    hygiene;    tr.    fr.    the    German   by  J.  A.  Bergstrom 

and  Edward  Conradi.     1899 371-7  K39 

Annotated  bibliography  of  English  and  American  books  and  papers 
on  school  hygiene,  p.353-382. 

MASSACHUSETTS   EMERGENCY   AND   HYGIENE 
ASSOCIATION. 

Six  lectures  upon  school  hygiene.     1886 371-7  M45 

Contents:  Wells,  Frank.  School  hygiene. — Draper,  F.  W.  Heating  and 
ventilation. — Williams,  C.  H.  The  use  and  care  of  the  eyes,  especially 
during  school  years. — Shattuck,  G.  B.  Epidemics  and  disinfection. — 
Wells,  Frank.  Drainage. — Folsom,  C.  F.  The  relation  of  our  public 
schools  to  the  disorders  of  the  nervous  system. 

NEWSHOLME,  Arthur. 

School  hygiene;  or,  The  laws  of  health  in  relation  to  school 

life.     1894 371.7   N28 

ROWE,  Stuart  Henry. 

Physical  nature  of  the  child  and  how  to  study  it.     1899.  . .  .371.7  R79 

Bibliography,  p.  188-196. 

SHAW,  Edward  Richard. 

School  hygiene.     1901.     (Teachers'  professional  library.) .  .371.7  SS3 

Bibliography,  P.253-2S5. 

A  concise,  plainly-written  statement  of  the  essentials  of  the  subject. 
Treats  of  the  design,  warming,  ventilating  and  furniture  of  school 
buildings,  postures  and  exercises  of  the  pupils,  handwriting,  etc. 

SNELL,  Simeon. 

Eyesight  and  school  life.     1895 371-7  S67 

STONEROAD,  Rebecca. 

Gymnastic  stories  and  plays  for  primary  schools;  physical 

exercises  for  the  first  two  years  of  school.    1898 371-7  S88 

WARNER,  Francis. 

Nervous  system  of  the  child;  its  growth  and  health  in  edu- 
cation.    1900 371.7  W23 

Bibliography,  p.2 17-222. 

371.8     Student  societies 

BAIRD,  William  Raimond. 

Fraternity  studies;  a  manual  of  information  concerning  the 

fraternity  of  Beta  Theta  Pi.     1894 371-8  B16 

PLINIUS,  der  jiingste,  pseud. 

Naturgeschichte  des  deutschen  studenten.     1842 r37i.8  P69 

371.9     Education  ot  special  classes 

HOW  to  learn  and  earn;  or,  Half  hours  in  some  helpful  schools. 

1884   J37I-9  H84 

Contents:  Cadet  life  at  West  Point,  by  Mrs  C.  W.  Raymond. — Perkins 
institution  and  Massachusetts  school  for  the  blind,  by  E.  E.  Brown. — 
Boston  whittling  schools,  by  E.  E.  Brown. — Philadelphia  school  of 
reform,  by  Mrs  Mary  Wager-Fisher. — Among  some  sewing  schools, 
by  E.  E.  Brown,  Velma  Wright,  Mrs  John  Lillie. — Boston  Chinese 
mission  school,  by  A.  B.  Harris. — Flower  school  at  Corlear's  Hook, 
by  Mrs  E.  E.  Dickinson. — Lady  Betty's  cooking  school,  by  Mrs  John 
Lillie. — The  bad  boys  of  France,  by  Mrs  E.  F.  Pratt. — The  children's 
hour;  a  novel  art  school,  by  F.  E.  Fryatt. — At  a  day  nursery,  by  A. 
B.  Harris. — Some  Indian  schools,  by  Mrs  T.  R.  Jenness. — Training 
school-ship  Minnesota,  by  Mrs  E.  E.  Dickinson. — Carlisle  school  for 
Indian  pupils,  by  Margaret  Sidney. — The  blind  children's  kindergarten. 


482  ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

by  Emilie  Poulsson. — My  Arizona  class,  by  Mrs  J.  B.  Fremont. 
Some  of  these  papers  were,  published  in  the  Wide  awake. 

SHUTTLEWORTH,  George  Edward. 

Mentally-deficient  children;  their  treatment  and  training. 

1900    371.9  S56 

THRASHER,  Max  Bennett. 

Tuskegee;  its  story  and  its  work.     1900 371-9  T42 

Account  of  the  growth,  the  methods  and  work  of  Tuskegee  normal  and 
industrial  institute  for  colored  students  in  Alabama,  and  a  sketch  of 
Mr  Booker  T.  Washington,  its  principal. 
"The  praise  of  Mr.  Washington  is  extremely  warm,  but  no  warmer  than 
is  just. .  .Benjamin  Franklin's  arrival  in  Philadelphia  was  not  more 
interesting  than  his  in  Richmond,  without  a  cent  in  his  pocket,  and 
afterward  at  the  Hampton  school  where  he  was  not  regarded  as  a 
promising  addition."     Nation,  1900. 

TUCKWELL,  Gertrude  M. 

State  and  its  children.     1894.     (Social  questions  of  to-day.).  .371.9  T81 
WASHINGTON,  Booker  Taliaferro. 

Black-belt  diamonds;  gems  from  speeches,  addresses  and  talks 

to  students.    1898 371.9  W27 


372     Elementary  education 

ALDRICH,  Mrs  Auretta  Roys. 

Children,  their  models  and  critics.     1893 372  A36 

ARNOLD,  Matthew. 

Reports  on  elementary  schools,  1852-1882;  ed.  by  Sir  Francis 

Sandford.     1889 372-9  A7S 

ARNOLD,  Sarah  Louise. 

Waymarks  for  teachers,  showing  aims,  principles  and  plans 

of  every  day  teaching.     1896 372  A7S 

Contents:  Nature  study. — Language  lessons. — Reading. — Spelling. — Geog- 
raphy.— Number. — Seat-work. — Talks  on  school  subjects. 
Each  of  the  eight  chapters  discusses  the  plan  and  purpose  of  the  study  in 
question,  supplementing  with  sample  lessons  and  numerous  original 
language  productions  by  children.  Every  siiggestion  has  been  tested 
in  the  author's  schoolroom  experience. 

BEEBE,  Katherine. 

First  school  year  for  primary  workers.     1895 372  B37 

First  appeared  in  the  "Kindergarten  magazine,"   1894-1895. 
Practical   application    of    Frobel's    principles    to    every-day    school    work. 
Discusses    gifts,    occupations,    materials,    science    work,    festivals    and 
holidays,    beauty    in    the    schoolroom,    self-expression,    literature    for 
children,  etc. 

CURRIE,  James. 

Principles  and  practice  of  early  and  infant  school  education. 

1891 372  C93 

DU  BOIS,  Patterson. 

Point  of  contact  in  teaching.     1900 372  D85 

ELEMENTARY  school  record;  a  series  of  nine  monographs 
published    by    the    University    of    Chicago,    Feb.-Dec. 

1900.    9  nos.  in  iv.     1900 r372  E44 

Contents:    Art. — Music. — Textiles. — Botany. — Kindergarten. — Science. — 

Manual  training. — History. — Curriculum. 
These  monographs  describe  principles  and  details  of  work  in  the  Uni- 
versity elementary  school  conducted  by  the  pedagogical  department  of 
Chicago  university. 


ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION  483 

GEORGE,  Minnie  M. 

Plan  book.    3v.     1897 r372  G31 

V.I.     Autumn;  September,  October,  November.  ^ 

V.2.     Winter;   December,  January,  February. 
V.3.     Spring;  March,  April,  May,  June. 

Suggestions  to  primary  school  teachers  for  a  year's  work,  incuding 
nature  and  science  study,  literature,  etc.,  and  containing  numerous 
stories,  poems  and  songs. 

HALL,  Granville  Stanley. 

The  contents  of  children's  minds  on  entering  school.    1893.  .372  H17 
ILLINOIS  SOCIETY  FOR  CHILD  STUDY. 

Transactions,    v.i-date.     i8g4-date r372  I22 

Contains  valuable  bibliographies. 
V.4,  pt.4  never  published. 

V.5,  no.  1-2  forms  v.6,  no.5  and  no.8  of  the  Child-study  monthly;  v.s,  no. 
3-4    forms    V.7,    no.  I    of    the    Child-study    monthly    and    journal    of 
adolescence. 
v.5,    no.3-4    title    pages    read    Proceedings    of   the    Illinois    society    for 
child-study. 

JOHNSON,  Anna. 

Education  by  doing;  or.  Occupations  and  busy  work  for 

primary  classes.     1884 372  J3S 

Explicit  directions  by  an  experienced  teacher. 

LINDLEY,  Jacob. 

Infant  philosophy;  an  analysis  of  the  faculties  of  the  mind, 

with  directions  for  training  in  its  earliest  stages.     1864.  .r372    L72 
McMillan,  Margaret. 

Early  childhood.     1900 372  M214 

Contents:     Education  in  the  primary  school. — Impressions. — Movements. 
— Arm  and  manual  training. — Oral  training. — Moral  training. — Litera- 
ture and  children. — The  feeble-minded  child. — The  cost  of  mental  ef- 
fort.— Fatigue;   normal  and  abnormal. — Forecast  and  retrospect. 
McMURRY,  Charles  Alexander. 

Special  method  for  literature  arrd  history  in  the  common 

schools.     1899 372   M21 

MARTINEAU,  Harriet. 

Household   education 372   M43 

Practical  suggestions  to  parents  on  the  physical,  intellectual  and  moral 
training  of  children,  based  on  the  then  (1848)  advanced  idea  that  free- 
dom and  reason  are  more  effective  than  command  and  obedience. 

NATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  MOTHERS. 

Work  and  words  of  the  ist  annual  session,  1897.     1897 r372  N15 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  106;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

SMITH,  Nora  Archibald. 

The  children  of  the  future.    1898 372  S6s 

Contents:  Study  of  children. — Training  for  parenthood. — Charm  of  the 
lily. — Priestly  office. — Sand  and  the  children. — Dumb  devil. — Un- 
walled  city. — Perilous  times. — Deviser  of  mischiefs. — "Tell  me  a 
story." — The  authentic  in  kindergarten  training. — Gospel  of  work. —  ^ 

Brotherhood  of  Saint  Tumbler. — Kindergarten  in  neighborhood  work. 

Essays,  chiefly  relating  to  the  kindergarten,  many  of  which  first  ap- 
peared in  the  Outlook  and  in  Table  talk. 

WALKER,  Louisa. 

Varied  occupations  in  string  work,  comprising  knotting,  net- 
ting, looping,  plaiting  and  macrame.    1896 372  W17 

Intended  for  the  use  of  primary  and  kindergarten  teachers.     The  ex- 
ercises are  graded  into  three  sections,  suitable  to  the  age  and  capacity 
of  children  varying  from  five  to  eight  years  of  age. 
WARNER,  Francis. 

The  study  of  children  and  their  school  training.    1897 372  W23 

"The  book  has  been  written  in  the  hope  of  aiding  an  advance  in  the 


484  KINDERGARTEN 


care  of  children  and  in  the  practice  of  educational  methods,  by  pro- 
moting a  more  exact  study  and  classification  of  the  children  to  be 
cared  for  and  trained."    Preface. 

WIGGIN,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs. 

Children's  rights;  a  book  of  nursery  logic.     1896 372  W68 

Other  essays:  Children's  plays. — Children's  playthings. — What  shall 
children  read? — Children's  stories. — The  relation  of  the  kindergarten 
to  social  reform. — How  shall  we  govern  our  children? — The  magic  of 
"together." — The  relation  of  the  kindergarten  to  the  public  school. — 
Other  people's  children. 

Three  of  the  essays  were  written  by  N.  A.  Smith. 

"A  very  readable  collection  of  essays,  literary  rather  than  scientific." 
Earl  Barnes. 

WILTSE,  Sara  Eliza. 

The  place  of  the  story  in  early  education,  and  other  essays. 

1892  372  W77 

Other  essays:  Study  of  children. — Children's  habits. — Learning  to  use 
money. — Sound-blindness. — A  study  of  adolescence. — Mental  imagery 
of  boys. 
"A  collection  of  sympathetic  studies  on  songs  and  games,  children's 
habits,  etc.,  made  by  an  intelligent  interpreter  of  children's  activities." 
Earl  Barnes. 


372.2     Kindergarten 

BARNARD,  Henry,  ed. 

Papers  on  Froebel's  kindergarten,  with  suggestions  on 
principles  and  methods  of  child  culture  in  different 
countries.       1890.       (Kindergarten    and    child    culture 

papers.)    372.2  B25 

Repubhshed  from  the  American  journal  of  education. 

BATES,  Lois. 

Kindergarten   guide.      1897 372.2   B31 

"I  have  tried  to  show  hov/  ordinary  school  subjects  may  be  taught  on 
kindergarten  principles,  but  this  will  only  be  understood  by  those 
who  have  first  apprehended  the  fundamental  laws  of  Frobel,  as  ex- 
plained in  the  first  chapter,  and  illustrated  by  the  Gifts  and  Occupa- 
tions following."  Preface. 
BLOW,  Susan  Elizabeth. 

Letters  to  a  mother  on  the  philosophy  of  Froebel.     1899. 

(International  education  series.) 372.2  B56 

The  philosophy  of  Frobel  is  here  explained  in  language  addressed  to 
the  general  public  The  author  takes  up  the  most  important  doctrines 
one  after  the  other  as  they  were  developed  in  the  Mutter  und  kose 
lieder,  and  shows  their  equivalents  in  the  different  systems  of  thought 
that  prevail.  In  some  cases  these  systems  are  in  harmony  with 
Frobel,  and  in  other  cases  there  is  profound  disagreement. 
BLOW,  Susan  Elizabeth,  ed. 

Songs  and  music  of  Froebel's  Mother  play.  1895.  (Inter- 
national education  series.) 372. 2  B56SO 

BLOW,  Susan  Elizabeth. 

Symbolic  education;  a  commentary  on  Froebel's  "Mother 

play."     1894.     (International  education  series.) 372.2  B56S 

"Discusses  in  a  practical  way  the  foundations  of  the  philosophy  of 
Froebel  as  found  in  'The  Mothers'  songs  and  games,'  and  shows  in  a 
clear  manner  the  significance  of  the  kindergarten  and  its  claims  for 
the  important  place  of  corner-stone  of  education.  It  is  emphatically  a 
book  for  mothers  as  well  as  for  teachers,  as  it  gives  the  desired  aid 
and  interpretation  of  the  actions,  feelings  and  thoughts  of  infancy,  and 
unfolds  the  true  method  of  training  as  taught  by  Froebel."  Critic, 
1894. 


KINDERGARTEN  485 


CHILD-GARDEN  of  story,  song  and  play;  monthly.    v.6-date. 

1897-date rJ372.2  C43 

FLETCHER,  Horace. 

That  last  waif;  or.  Social  quarantine.     1898 372.2  F63 

A  plea  for  the  protection  of  children  from  vice  and  evil  influences,  and 
for  the  extension  of  the  kindergarten  movement  among  the  poor  of 
great  cities. 

FROBEL,  Friedrich. 

Education  by  development;  the  second  part  of  The  peda- 
gogics of  the  kindergarten     1890 372.2  Fpfie 

The  first  part  of  "The  pedagogics  of  the  kindergarten"  was  devoted 
especially  to  the  plays  and  games.  In  the  present  volume  the  educa- 
tional principles  underlying  the  gifts  are  more  thoroughly  discussed. 

Education  of  man.     1894.     (International  education 

series.)    372.2  F96ed 

A  standard  work  first  published  in  1824,  containing  a  full  exposition  of 
Frobel's  philosophy.  Dr  W.  T.  Harris  says:  "This  book  deserves 
a  thorough  annual  study  by  every  teacher's  reading  club  in  the  land." 

Mother-play  and  nursery  songs.     1895 q372.2  F96m 

Frobel  said  that  whoever  understood  this  book  understood  his  phil- 
osophy. Two  thoughts  furnish  the  key  to  it:  the  importance  of  in- 
fancy as  the  germ  stage  of  life,  and  the  symbolism  of  all  material 
things. 

Mottoes  and  commentaries  of  Froebel's  Mother  play;  Mother 
communings  and  mottoes  rendered  into  English  by  H.  R. 
Eliot,    prose   commentaries   translated    and    accompanied 
with  an  introduction  treating  of  the  philosophy  of  Froebel, 
by     S.     E.     Blow.       1895.       (International     education 

series.)    372.2  F96mo 

Pedagogics  of  the  kindergarten.    1895.    (International  educa- 
tion series.) 372.2  F96 

GOLDAMMER,  Hermann. 

The  kindergarten;  a  guide  to  Froebel's  method  of  educa- 
tion, gifts  and  occupations.    2v.  in  i.    1895 372.2  GS7 

HAILMANN,  Mrs  Eudora  Lucas,  ed. 

Songs,  games  and  rhymes  for  the  nursery,  kindergarten 

and  primary  school,  with  notes  and  suggestions.  i887..q372.2  H14 
HALL,  Granville  Stanley. 

The  story  of  a  sand-pile.     1897 372.2  H17 

Tells  how  an  actual  sand-pile  taugh*  some  bright  boys  the  elements  of 
industrial  processes,  administration,  law,  geography,  mathematics,  etc. 

HARRISON,  Elizabeth. 

Christmas-tide.     1894 372.2  H29 

Contents:  Christmas  presents. — The  place  of  toys  in  the  education  of  a 
child. — How  to  celebrate  Christmas. — The  legend  of  Santa  Claus. — 
Christmas  stories. 

HERFORD,  William  H.  ed. 

Student's   Froebel;   adapted  from  Die  erziehung  der 

menschheit.     2v 372.2   H46 

"Froebel's   life   and   work,"   p.  ii— 16. 

The  first  part  is  an  abbr'eviation  of  Frobel's  "Education  of  man,"  con- 
sisting of  translations  of  the  more  important  portions,  with  connecting 
passages.  The  second  part  consists  of  brief  passages,  adapted  from 
various  writings  of  Frobel,  dealing  with  the  method  of  conducting 
early  education  on  kindergarten  lines,  with  elucidatory  comments  by 
the  editor. 


486  KINDERGARTEN 


HILL,  Mildred  J.  &  Patty  S. 

Song  stories  for  the  kindergarten;  music  by  M.  J.  Hill, 

words  by  P.  S.  Hill.    1896 q372.2  Hss 

KINDERGARTEN    magazine;    monthly,      v.i-date.      1889- 

date   r372.2  K26 

v.i,  title  reads  Mothers'  portfolio. 
v.2-3,  title  reads  the  Kindergarten. 

KINDERGARTEN  review;  a  monthly  magazine  devoted  to 
educational  literature  and  kindergarten  news,  v.3,  no. 
7-date.     1893-date r372.2   K26a 

V.6,  no.7-10  wanting. 

v.3-7,  title  reads  Kindergarten  news. 

KRAUS-BOELTE,  Maria. 

Preliminary  sewing  without  a  needle;  adapted  to  use  in  the 
kindergarten    and    systematized    in    accordance    with 

Froebel's  methods.     1899 372.2  K41P 

KRAUS-BOELTE,  Maria,  &  Kraus,  John. 

Kindergarten  guide.    2v.     1892 372.2  K41 

V.I.    Gifts. 

V.2.    Occupations. 

LYSCHINSKA,  Mary  J. 

Kindergarten  principle;  its  educational  value  and  chief  appli- 
cations.   1893 372.2  L99 

A  practical  handbook  of  kindergarten  occupations,  illustrated  by  dia- 
grams, intended  primarily  for  schools,  but  easily  applicable  for  family 
education. 

MARENHOLTZ-BULOW,  Bertha,  freiin  von. 

Child  and  child-nature.     1895 372.2  M37C 

"Bibliography  of   Froebel,"   p.  187-194. 

A  psychological  discussion  of  child  nature,  followed  by  a  clear  and 
valuable  exposition  of  Frobel's  principles  and  their  special  applica- 
tion to  the  training  of  very  young  children. 

Hand  work  &  head  work,  their  relation  to  one  another,  and 
the  reform  of  education,   according  to  the  principles  of 
Froebel;  tr.  by  A.  M.  Christie.  (Kindergarten  manuals.).  .372.2  M37 
PEABODY,  Elizabeth  Palmer. 

Education  in  the  home,  the  kindergarten  and  the  primary 

school.    1887 372.2  P33e 

Lectures  in  the  training  schools  for  kindergartners.     1897. ..  .372.2  P33 
PITTSBURGH  AND  ALLEGHENY  FREE  KINDERGAR- 
TEN ASSOCIATION. 

Annual  report  (sd,  6th-7th,  loth),  for  the  year  ending  Oct. 

31,  1894,  1898-1899,  1902.    1894-1902 r372.2  P67 

POULSSON,  Emilie. 

Finger  plays  for  nursery  and  kindergarten.     1893 372.2  P86 

In  the  child's  world;  morning  talks  and  stories  for  kinder- 
gartens, primary  schools  and  homes.     1899 J372.2  P86 

The  same.     1899 rJ372.2  P86 

Collection  of  short  stories,  entirely  suited  to  little  children,  with  sug- 
gestions for  additional  reading  on  the  subjects  presented. 

SHIRREFF,  Emily. 

The  kinder-garten;  principles  of  Frobel's  system  and  their 

bearing  on  the  education  of  women,  also  Remarks  on  the 

higher  education  of  women.     1897 372.2  Sss 


KINDERGARTEN  487 


SMITH,  Eleanor. 

Songs  for  little  children;  a  collection  of  songs  and  games  for 

kindergartens  and  primary  schools.    2v.     1887-94 q372.2  S64 

SMITH,  Nora  Archibald. 

Kindergarten  in  a  nutshell;  a  handbook  for  the  home.     1899.  .372.2  S65 
Reprinted  with  additions  and  alterations  from  the  Ladies'  home  joumaL 
SNIDER,  Denton  Jaques. 

Froebel's  Mother  play  songs;  a  commentary.     1895 372.2  S67f 

The  same.    New  ed.    1895 372.2  S67f2 

Psychology  of  Froebel's  play-gifts.     1900 372.2  S67 

WALKER,  Gertrude,  &  Jenks,  H.S.  comp. 

Songs  and  games  for  little  ones.    1887 q372.2  Wi6 

A  valuable  collection,  much  used  in  kindergartens. 
WIGGIN,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs,  ed. 

Kindergarten.    1893 372.2  W68 

Contents:  The  relation  of  the  kindergarten  to  social  reform,  by  K.  D. 
Wiggin. — The  child  and  the  race,  by  Mrs  M.  H.  Peabody. — Seed,  flower 
and  fruit  of  the  kindergarten,  by  A.  W.  Rollins. — A  plea  for  the  pure 
kindergarten,  by  J.  B.  Merrill. — The  philosophy  of  the  kindergarten, 
by  Angeline  Brooks. — An  explanation  of  the  kindergarten  intended  for 
mothers,  by  A.  A.  Chadwick. — The  kindergarten  in  the  mother's  work, 
by  Mrs  E.  P.  Bond. — Outgrowths  of  kindergarten  training,  by  Mrs  A, 
B.  Long.otreet. 
WIGGIN,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs. 

Kindergarten   chimes;   a   collection   of   songs   and   games 
composed  and  arranged  for  kindergartens  and  primary 

schools.     1887 q372.2  W68ki 

WIGGIN,  Mrs  Kate  Douglas,  afterward  Mrs  Riggs,  &  Smith, 
N.A. 

Froebel's  gifts.     1896.     (Republic  of  childhood,  v.i.) 372.2  W68f 

Explains  in   simple  terms,   for  the   unprofessional  reader,   the  meaning 
and  use  of  the  ten  kindergarten  gifts. 
Froebel's  occupations.     1896.      (Republic  of  childhood, 

V.2.)    372.2  W68fr 

Kindergarten    principles    and   practice.      1896.      (Republic 

of  childhood,  v.3.) 372.2  W68k 

Suggestive  chapters  on  nature  study,  symbolism,  teaching  of  patriotism, 
moral  training,  art  in  the  school-room,  kindergarten  play,  etc. 
WILTSE,  Sara  Eliza. 

Kindergarten  stories  and  morning  talks.     1898 372.2  W77 

The  thought  of  these  stories  follows  the  seasons  of  the  school  year  from 
September  to  June.  Suggestions  are  given  to  the  teacher  for  develop- 
ing and  illustrating  them. 

372.3     Object  teaching.     Nature  study 

HARRIS,  William  Torrey. 

How  to  teach     natural     science     in     public     schools.     1895. 

(School-room  classics.) 372.3  H29 

HARRISON,  Elizabeth. 

Two  children  of  the  foothills.     1900 372.3  H298 

Describes  results  of  kindergarten  experiments  on  the  children  of  a  Cali- 
fornia ranchman. 

JACKMAN,  Wilbur  Samuel. 

Nature  study  and  related  subjects  for  the  common  schools. 

2v.     1896-98 q372.3  J12 

v.i.    Charts.  v.2.    Notes. 


INTERMEDIATE  EDUCATION 


JACOB!,  Mrs  Mary  (Putnam). 

Physiological  notes  on  primary  education  and  the  study 

of  language.      1889 372.3   J13 

McMURRY,  Charles  Alexander.  &  Mrs  Lida  Brown. 

Special  method  in  natural  science,  for  the  first  four  grades 

of  the  common  school.     1899 372-3  M21 

SCOTT,  Charles  Buchanan. 

Nature  study  and  the  child.     1900 ZT^-Z  S42 

372.4     Reading.       372.5     Drawing.       372.8     Geography 

ARNOLD,  Sarah  Louise. 

Reading;  how  to  teach  it.     1899 372.4  A75 

Contains  a  chapter  on  the  use  of  the  public  library,  and  a  list  of  books, 
stories  and  poems  which  are  suitable  for  reading  or  reciting  to  chil- 
dren. 

BASS,  M.  Florence. 

Lessons  for  beginners  in  reading.     1900 J372.4  B29 

DALE,  Nellie. 

On  the  teaching  of  English  reading,  with  a  running  commen- 
tary on  the  Walter  Crane  readers.     1898 372.4  D16 

POLLARD.  Rebecca  S. 

Synthetic  method  of  reading  and  spelling.     1897 372.4  P76 

HOLLAND,  Anna  M. 

Clay  modelling  for  schools;   a  progressive   course  for 

primary  and  grammar  grades.     1899 372.5  H72 

"The  aims  I  have  kept  in  view,"  says  the  author,  "are  the  development  « 

of  accuracy  of  observation,  of  muscular  control,  and  of  a  sense  of  form 
and  proportion,  with  its  resultant  love  of  grace,  symmetry,  and 
beauty."  Considers  freehand  modelling,  original  work  and  nature 
studies.  Contains  directions  for  equipment,  with  suggestions  for  teach- 
ers.    Founded  on  fourteen  years'  experience  as  a  teacher. 

MACKENZIE,  Marion. 
,  Little    artist;    a    guide    in    water   colors    for    kindergartners, 
mothers    and   teachers    in    connecting   classes    and   lower 

grades  of  the  public  schools.     1898 qr372.S  M18 

PHILIP,  (George)  &  SON,  pub. 

Artistic  animal  studies  for  drawing  in  coloured  chalks.  .  .372-5  P49a 

Artistic  flower  studies  for  drawing  in  coloured  chalks 372.5  P49ar 

Artistic  fruit  studies  for  drawing  in  coloured  chalks 372-5  ^49 

McMURRY,  Charles  Alexander. 

Special   method  in  geography,  for  third  and  fourth  grades. 

1900   372.8  M21 

373     Intermediate  education 

ABBOTT,  Edwin  Abbott. 

Hints  on  home  teaching.     1883 373.1   A13 

This  plain  and  practical  book,  by  the  famous  head  master  of  the  City  of 
London  school,  ^s  full  of  the  most  helpful  directions  as  to  the  best 
methods  of  teaching  at  home  the  ordinary  subjects  of  education. 
There  are  also  valuable  and  suggestive  chapters  on  moral  training, 
religious  instruction  and  home  influence. 


SELF-EDUCATION  AND  CULTURE  489 

BENSON,  Arthur  Christopher. 

Fasti  Etonenses;  a  biographical  history  of  Eton  selected 

from  the  lives  of  celebrated  Etonians.    1899 373-4  B44 

"His  method  is  to  string  together  a  line  of  biographical  notices  of  the 
most  distinguished  Etonians  from  the  day  of  Henry  VI  to  that  of 
Mr.  Gladstone,  and  to  hang  thereon  here  and  there  bits  of  information 
as  to  the  customs  and  manners  of  the  school  itself  at  various  periods. 
It  is  a  well-written  and  well-printed  volume,  and  is  adorned  with  many 
portraits  from  the  interesting  collection  at  Eton."     Spectator,  1900. 

CLARKE,  George. 

Education  of  children  at  Rome.     1896 373-4  C53 

CORBIN,  John. 

School  boy  life  in  England;  an  American  view.     1898 373-4  C81 

Contents:  English  schools. — Winchester. — Eton. — Rugby. — The  public- 
schools  of  to-day. — English  and  American  schools. 

ROUSE,  William  Henry  Denham. 

History  of  Rugby  school.     1898 373-4  R77 

Bibliography,  p.S-6. 

WILMOT,  E.  P.  Eardley,  &  Streatfeild,  E.  C. 

Charterhouse  old  and  new.     1895 373-4  W76 

Bibliography  in  preface. 
THOMAS,  Grace  Powers,  ed. 

Where  to  educate,  1898-1899;  a  guide  to  the  best  private 
schools,  higher  institutions  of  learning,  etc.,  in  the  United 
States.    1898 T373.7  T37 


374     Self-education  and  culture 

BLACKIE,  John  Stuart. 

Self-culture;  intellectual,  physical  and  moral.     1895 374  651 

CHESTER,  Eliza,  {pseud,  of  Harriet  E.  Paine). 

Chats  with  girls  on  self-culture.     1892 374  C42C 

"Devoted  to  inward  and  spiritual  culture  as  Dr  Bissell's  'Physical  De- 
velopment and  Exercise'  is  to  physical.  Brightly  and  entertainingly 
written.  Particularly  valuable  are  the  chapters  on  How  shall  we  learn 
to  observe?     How  shall  we  learn  to  think?"     Nation,   1891. 

Girls  and  women.     1891 374  C42 

Discusses  health,  occup.ition,  culture,  and  society.  Written  for  g^irls  of 
possible  leisure  and  advanced  education;  the  style  is  adapted  to  the 
average  girl. 

"In  clearness  and  force,  in  temperance,  in  wisdom,  and  in  elevation  of 
feeling,  a  very  remarkable  book.  It  is  rather  by  contagion  with  a  fine 
nature  than  by  direct  argument  that  books  aimed  at  changes  of  char- 
acter accomplish  their  work.  In  this  book,  however,  the  cogency  of 
presentation  is  no  less  remarkable  than  its  persuasiveness."  Nation, 
1890. 

CLARKE,  James  Freeman. 

Self-culture;    physical,    intellectual,    moral    and    spiritual. 

1892 374  CS3 

CLEVELAND,  Grover. 

The  self-made  man  in  American  life.    1897 374  C58 

DAWSON,  William  James. 

Making  of  manhood 374  D33 

HAMERTON,  Philip  Gilbert. 

Intellectual  life.     1894 374  H19 

A  book  that  is  still  as  pertinent  as  ever  to  the  wants  of  every  student. 


490  SELF-EDUCATION  AND  CULTURE 

KING,  Mary  Perry. 

Comfort  and  exercise.    1900 374  K26 

Contents:    On  comfort. — Comfort  in  daily  life. — Comfort  in  education. — 
Comfort  in  dress. — Educational  exercise. — The  ideal  gymnasium. 
MARDEN,  Orison  Swett. 

Pushing  to  the  front;  or,  Success  under  difficulties.     1895.  .  .374  M37 
MATSON,  Henry. 

Knowledge  and  culture.     1895 374  M47 

HUNGER,  Theodore  Thornton. 

On  the  threshold.    1895 374  M96 

Contents:  Purpose. — Friends  and  companions. — Manners. — ^Thrift. — 
Self-reliance  and  courage. — Health. — Reading. — Amusements. — Purity. 
—Faith. 

SMILES,  Samuel. 

Self-help    ; 374  S64 

Biographical  anecdotes  pointing  lessons  of  perseverance  and  good  con- 
duct. 
KNOLLYS,  Beatrice. 

Gentle  art  of  good  talking.     1900 374-1  K34 

MAHAFFY,  John  Pentland. 

Principles  of  the  art  of  conversation.     1888 374-1  M25 

DEUTSCHER  LESE-VEREIN,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Katalog,  und  Goethe  souvenir.     1899 r374.2  D48 

VINCENT,  John  Heyl,  bp. 

The  Chautauqua  movement.     1886 374-7  V34 

The  plan  of  applying  scientific  principles  to  Bible  study  and  the  training 
of  Sunday-school  teachers,  begun  at  Chautauqua  in  1874,  expanded  to 
include  classes  in  various  subjects,  summer  schools,  a  literary  and  sci- 
entific circle,  and  correspondence  instruction.  Author  was  the  chief 
originator  of  the  movement. 

LONDON,  PEOPLE'S  PALACE. 

People's  palace  for  East  London,  opened  by  Queen  Victoria, 

May  14th,   1887 r374.9   L82 

374.3     ^A^omen's  clubs 

CROLY,  Mrs  Jane  (Cunningham),  (pseud.  Jennie  June). 
History  of  the  woman's  club  movement  in  America. 

1898   qr374-3  C88 

Published  under  the  authority  of  the  Council  of  the  General  federation 
of  women's  clubs. 

FEDERATION  OF  WOMEN'S  CLUBS. 

Biennial  [meeting]   (3d-4th)  of  the  Federation  of  women's 

clubs,  official  proceedings,  1896,  1898.     1896-98 r374.3  F31 

MILLER,  Olive  Thome. 

The  woman's  club;  a  practical  guide  and   hand-book. 

1891    374.3    M69 

375     Curriculum 

NATIONAL  EDUCATIONAL  ASSOCIATION— Committee 

of  ten. 
Report  on  secondary  school  studies,  with  the  reports  of 

the  conferences  arranged  by  the  committee.    1894 375  N15 

The  same.      1893.      (United    States — Education    bureau. 

Publications.)    r37S  N15 


EDUCATION  OF  WOMEN  491 

TYNDALL,  John,  and  others. 

Culture  demanded  by  modern  life;  addresses  on  the  claims  of 

scientific  education.     1895 375-5  T98 

Contents:  Youmans  on  mental  discipline  in  education. — Tyndall  on  the 
study  of  physics. — Henfrey  on  the  study  of  botany. — Huxley  on  the 
study  of  zoology. — Paget  on  the  study  of  physiology. — Faraday  on  the 
education  of  the  judgment. — W'hewell  on  the  educational  history  of 
science. — Hodgson  on  the  study  of  economic  science. — Spencer  on  po- 
litical education. — Barnard  on  early  mental  training. — Liebig  on  the 
development  of  scientific  ideas. — Youmans  on  the  scientific  study  of 
human  nature. — Appendix. 

BENNETT,  Charles  Edwin,  &  Bristol,  G.P. 

Teaching  of  Latin  and  Greek  in  the  secondary  school.     1901. 

(American  teachers'  series.) 375-8  B43 

Bibliography  at  the  beginning  of  each  chapter. 

Discusses  the  educational  value  of  Latin  and  Greek,  reasons  for  includ- 
ing them  in  the  school  curriculum,  selection  and  arrangement  of  ma- 
terial to  be  studied,  features  and  methods  of  class  instruction  and  the 
various  helps  which  are  available  for  teachers'  use. 


376 


Education  of  women 


BE  ALE,  Dorothea,  and  others. 

Work  and  play  in  girls'  schools,  by  three  head  mistresses. 

1898 376  B34 

On  methods  of  teaching  the  various  branches. 

BRACKETT,  Anna  Callender,  ed. 

Woman  and  the  higher  education.    1893 376  B67 

Contents:  Preface,  by  A.  C.  Brackett. — A  plan  for  improving  female 
education,  by  Mrs  Emma  Willard. — Female  education,  by  Mrs  E.  C. 
Embury. — The  collegriate  education  of  girls,  by  Maria  Mitchell. — A 
new  knock  at  an  old  door,  by  Mrs  L.  G.  Runkle. — A  review  of  the 
higher  education  of  women,  by  A.  F.  Palmer. — The  teaching  of  history 
in  academies  and  colleges,  by  L.  M.  Salmon. — The  private  school  for 
girls,   by   A.    C.    Brackett. 

Representative  essays  on  education  of  women,  selected  for  Columblaa 
exposition  from  writings  of  New  York  women,  1819-92. 

BURSTALL,  Sara  A. 

Education  of  girls  in  the  United  States.     1894 37^  B94 

Bibliography,  p.183-190. 

A  study  of  the  subject  from  the  point  of  view  of  an   English   teacher 

who  spent  three  months  in  this  country  making  special  investigation 

with  regard  to  secondary  schools  for  girls. 

CLARKE,  Edward  Hammond. 

Building  of  a  brain.     1874 r376  C52b 

Sex  in  education;  or,  A  fair  chance  for  girls.     1874 r376  C52 

FfiNELON,  Francois. 

Education  des  filles;  precedee  d'une  introduction  par  Oct. 

Greard.      1885 376  F35 

LANGE,  Helene. 

Higher  education  of  women  in  Europe.    1890.     (International 

education  series.) 376  L24 

After  preface  on  higher  education  of  women  in  America,  argues  for  the 
higher  education  of  women  in  Germany,  compares  woman's  oppor- 
tunities in  Germany  with  those  in  England  and  other  countries.  Many 
suggestions  to  teachers  of  girls  and  of  boys  are  to  be  found  in  the 
chapter  on  moral  education  in  England  and  Germany. 
CLAGHORN,  Kate  Holladay. 

College  training  for  women.     1897 376.6  C49 


492  EDUCATION  OF  WOMEN 

McCABE,  Lida  Rose. 

The  American  girl  at  college.     1893 376.6  Mia 

This  book,  which  refers  only  to  the  conditions  prevailing  at  the  eastern 
colleges,  is  a  popular  discussion  of  such  subjects  as  "scholarships 
and  fellowships,"  "higher  specialized  work,"  "social  life,"  "relative 
cost,"  "self-help,"  "practical  outcome." 

MADDISON,  Isabel,  and  others,  comp. 

Handbook  of  courses  open  to  women  in  British,  continental 
and  Canadian  universities.     ist-2d  ed.  and  supplement. 

1896-1901    r376.6  M23 

Title  of  2d  ed.  and  supplement  reads  Handbook  of  British,  continental 
and  Canadian  universities,  with  special  mention  of  the  courses  open 
to  women. 
"Full  information  concerning  the  conditions  on  which  women  are  ad- 
mitted to  the  Universities,  with  lists  of  the  professors  and  lecturers 
at  each,  the  term  times,  rules  for  examinations,  degrees  that  can  be 
conferred  on  women,  and  in  many  cases  the  cost  of  board,  etc.  Direc- 
tions how  to  get  further  information,  if  necessary,  are  added.  .  . 
A  thoroughly  practical  guide  for  women  who  think  of  going  abroad 
for  advanced  study,  enabling  them  to  decide  where  it  is  best  to  go 
for  particular  branches  or  courses,  how  to  get  admission  to  the  se- 
lected University,  and  how  to  make  the  most  profitable  use  of  the 
time  and  labor  afterwards."  Critic. 
PALMER,  Mrs  Alice  (Freeman). 

Why  go  to  college  ?    1897 376.6  P19 

THWING,  Charles  Franklin. 

The  college  woman.     1894 • 376.6  T43 

LOSSING,  Benson  John. 

Vassar  college  and  its  founder.     1867 qr376.8  L91 

VASSAR  COLLEGE. 

General  catalogue  of  the  officers  and  graduates,  1861-1900. 

1900   r376.8  V23 

BREMNER,  Christina  S. 

Education  of  girls  and  women  in  Great  Britain.    1897 376.9  B72 

FAIRBANKS,  Mrs  Mary  J.  (Mason),  ed. 

Emma   Willard   and   her  pupils;   or,   Fifty  years   of  Troy 

female  seminary,  1822-1872.     1898 qr376.9  F15 

In  addition  to  biographical  accounts  of  Mrs  Willard  and  her  successors, 
the  volume  contains  brief  sketches  of  all  the  pupils  of  the  seminary 
during  the  fifty  years  from  1822  to  1872. 

HEALEY,  Elizabeth. 

Educational   systems  of  Sweden,   Norway  and  Denmark, 
with   special    reference   to   the   education   of  girls   and 

adults.      1892 376.9   H39 

WASHINGTON,  Pa.  FEMALE  SEMINARY. 

Commemorative   and   farewell   reunion   of   the   graduates   and 
teachers  of  Washington  female  seminary,  in  honor  of  Mrs 

Sarah  R.  Hanna,  June  25,  1874.     1874 r376.9  W27 

ZIMMERN,  Alice. 

Renaissance  of  girls'  education  in  England;  a  record  of  50 

years'  progress.     1898 ; 376.9  Z6s 


377     Religious  and  ethical  education 

LESSING,  Gotthold  Ephraim. 

Education  of  the  human  race.     1883 2>77  L64 


COLLEGES  AND  UNIVERSITIES  493 

REICHEL,  William  Cornelius. 

Historical  sketch  of  Nazareth  hall,  1755-1869.    1869 xzyj  R29 

MINOR,  John  D.  et  al.  vs.  Cincinnati — Education  board. 

The  Bible  in  the  public  schools;  arguments  in  the  case  of 
J.  D.  Minor  et  al.  versus  the  Board  of  education  of  the  city 
of  Cincinnati,  with  the  opinions  and  decisions  of  the  court. 

1870 r377.i  C48 

ABLER,  Felix. 

Moral  instruction  of  children.  1893.  (International  educa- 
tion series.) 377-2  A23 

"The  five  introductory  chapters.  .  .constitute  Dr.  Adler's  solution  of 
the  problem  of  unsectarian  (non-religious)  moral  instruction,  and  the 
remainder  of  the  book  deals  with  the  material  to  be  employed  in 
moral  instruction  and  many  practical  suggestions  concerning  the  use 
of  this  material  in  the  primary  and  grammar  grades.  .  .Both  in  system 
and  in  presentation  it  is  thoughtful,  sympathetic  and  practical." 
Paul  H.  Hanus  in  International  journal  of  ethics,  1893. 

DIAZ,  Mrs  Abby  (Morton). 

The  religious  training  of  children.     1895 377-2  D53 

HUGHES,  Thomas  Aloysius. 

Loyola  and  the  educational  system  of  the  Jesuits.     1892. 

(Great  educators.) 377-8  L96 

Bibliogrraphy,  p.297-298. 


378     Colleges  and  universities 

For  women's  colleges,  see  376.8 

BACHELOR  of  arts;  monthly.  May  i89S-July  1898.     5v. 

1895-98  r378  B12 

None  published  after  v.5,  no. i. 

COMPAYR6,  Gabriel. 

Abelard  and  the  origin  and  early  history  of  universities. 

1893.     (Great  educators.) 378  C73 

MINERVA;  jahrbuch   der  gelehrten  welt,   1891/92-date. 

jahrgang   i-date.     1892-date r378  M72 

Erster  jahrgang,  title  reads  Minerva;  jahrbuch  der  universitaten  welt. 
SHELDON,  Henry  Davidson. 

Student   life  and   customs.       1901.       (International    education 

series.)    378  SS4 

Select  critical  bibliography  on  student  societies,  p.307-351. 

A  history  of  student  life  in  colleges  and  universities.  There  is  one 
chapter  on  student  life  in  Europe  and  one  chapter  on  student  socie- 
ties in  secondary  schools,  but  most  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  Ameri- 
can college  life  and  customs. 

THWING,  Charles  Franklin. 

College  administration.     1900 378  T43 

Contents:  Organization  of  American  education. — The  constitution  of 
the  American  college. — The  college  president. — Special  conditions  and 
methods  of  administration. — The  government  of  students. — Financial 
relations.— Administrative  and  scholastic  problems  of  the  20th  century. 

BARBE,  Waitman. 

Going  to  college;  with  the  opinions  of  fifty  leading  college 

presidents  and  educators.     1899 378.1  B23 

CANFIELD,  James  Hulme. 

College  student  and  his  problems.     1902.     (Personal  prob- 


494  COLLEGES  AND  UNIVERSITIES 

lem  series.) 378.1  C17 

Contents:  Why  go  to  college? — The  choice  of  a  college. — The  selection 
of  a  course. — The  fateful  first  year. — Fraternities. — Athletics. — Other 
college  enterprises. — Electives. — The  choice  of  life-work. — A  few  last 
words. 

"Offers  the  counsels  of  one  who  has  directed  two  Western  universities 
and  is  now  officially  connected  with  a  third  in  the  East  [Columbia] 
.  .  .  Mr.  Canf ield's  warnings  against  the  abuse  of  the  elective  system — 
which  he  aptly  compares  with  dynamite  as  at  once  dangerous  and  use- 
ful— against  too  much  athletics,  and,  finally,  against  the  waste  of 
those  four  precious  years  of  opportunity  are  well  reasoned  and  con- 
vincing...In  his  appendix  Mr.  Canfield  gives  a  useful  table  of  the 
expenses  of  students  at  the  thirty-one  more  important  colleges  and 
universities."     Nation,  1902. 

HARRIS,  William  Torrey. 

University  and  school  extension;  a  paper  read  before  the  Na- 
tional educational  association,  July    1890.     1890.     (Papers 

on  school  issues  of  the  day.)  r370.4  N15 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
JAMES,  George  Francis,  ed. 

Handbook  of  university  extension.     1893 r378.i  J16 

The  same.     1893  378.1  J16 

NEW  YORK  (state) — University — Extension  department. 

Annual  report  (2d-date),  1893/94-date.     iSgs-date r378.i   N26 

The  first  annual  report  of  the  extension  department  will  be  found  in 
pt.2  of  the  107th  annual  report  of  the  regents,  r379-747  N2614. 

NEWMAN,  John  Henry,  cardinal. 

Idea  of  a  university  defined  and  illustrated.     1898 378.1  N28 

POOLE,  William  Frederick. 

University  library  and  the  university  curriculum;   Phi  Beta 
Kappa  address,   Northwestern   university,  June    13,    1893. 

1894    378.1    P79 

UNIVERSITY    extension;    monthly,    July    1891-Dec.    1894. 

4v.      1892-94 r378.i    U25 

The  official  organ   of  the  American   society  for  the  extension  of  uni- 
versity teaching. 
No  more  published. 

WALKER,  Archibald  Stodart-,  ed. 

Rectorial    addresses    delivered    before    the    University    of 

Edinburgh,  1859-1899,  with  an  introduction.     1900 378.1  W16 

By  the  lords  rector  of  the  university,  W.  E.  Gladstone,  Thomas  Car- 
lyle.  Lord  Moncrieff,  Sir  William  Stirling-Maxwell,  the  earl  of  Derby, 
the  duke  of  Devonshire,  Lord  Rosebery,  the  earl  of  Iddesleigh, 
George  Goschen,  Lord  Robertson,  and  Lord  Balfour,  on  such  subjects 
as  "Classical  training,"  "University  education  and  teaching,"  "Patriot- 
ism," "Duty  of  educated  intellect  to  the  state,"  "University  training 
and  national  character." 


378.4     Europe 

BRODRICK,  George  Charles. 

History  of  the  University  of  Oxford.     1894.     (Epochs  of 

church   history.) 378.4  B76 

FOSTER,  Joseph,  ed. 

Alumni    Oxonienses;  the   members   of  the   University  of 

Oxford,  1500-1886;  ist-2d  ser.     8v qr378.4  F81 

GODLEY,  Alfred  Dennis. 

Aspects  of  modern  Oxford,  by  a  mere  don.     1894 378-4  G55 


COLLEGES  AND  UNIVERSITIES  495 

LUARD,  Henry  Richards,  ed. 

Graduati  Cantabrigienses.     1884 r378.4  L96 

MULLINGER,  James  Bass. 

History  of  the  University  of  Cambridge.     1888.     (Epochs  of 

church  history.)    378.4  M96 

OXFORD  UNIVERSITY. 

Register  of  the  visitors  of  the  University  of  Oxford,  1647-1658; 
ed.  with  some  account  of  the  state  of  the  university  during 
the  commonwealth,  by  Montagu  Burrows.     1881.    (Camden 

society.     Publications,  n.  s.  v.29.)    378.4  O3S 

PARIS — Association  generale  des  etudiants  de  Paris. 

Discours  aux  etudiants,  prononces  devant  I'Association 
generale  des  etudiants  de  Paris  par  Mm.  fimilio  Cas- 
telar,   Casimir-Perier,  Anatole   France,  Puvis  de   Cha- 

vannes,  Renan,  Pasteur,  &c.     1900 378.4  P23 

RASHDALL,  Hastings. 

Universities  of  Europe  in  the  middle  ages.  2v.  in  3.   1895.  .r378.4  R21 
V.I.    Salerno. — Bologna. — Paris. 

V.2.    Italy. — Spain. — France. — Germany. — Scotland,  etc 
V.3.    English  universities. — Student  life. 

TUCKWELL,  William. 

Reminiscences  of  Oxford.     1900 378.4  T81 

"[His]  youth  was  passed  in  Oxford;  and  after  he  took  his  degree  he  was 
for  many  years  Headmaster  of  the  New  College  choir  school.  His 
reminiscences,  therefore,  up  to  1864...  are  particularly  full  and  interest- 
ing... A  great  many  of  Mr  Tuckwell's  sketches  belong  to  the  early 
history  of  the  scientific  and  musical  movements  in  Oxford.  ..These 
chapters  are  probably  what  will  make  the  book  of  some  permanent 
value."     Spectator,    1900. 

WELLS,  Joseph,  ed. 

Oxford  and  Oxford  life.     1899 378.4  W49 

Contents:  Oxford  in  the  past,  by  H.  H.  Hanson. — Oxford  in  the  pres- 
ent, by  J.  Wells. — Expenses  of  Oxford  life,  by  J.  Wells. — The  in- 
tellectual life,  by  F.  G.  Brabant. — The  social  life,  by  J.  S.  G.  Pember- 
ton. — The  religious  life,  by  G.  W.  Gent. — Aids  to  study  at  Oxford;  the 
Bodleian,  the  university  galleries,  &c.,  by  C.  W.  C.  Oman. — Women's 
education  at  Oxford,  by  K.  M.  Gent. — University  extension,  by  M.  E. 
Sadler. 

378.7     United  States 

ALEXANDER,  James  Waddel. 

Princeton  old  and  new;  recollections  of  undergraduate 

life.      1898 378.7   A37 

AREY,  Henry  W. 

Girard  college  and  its  founder.     1854 r378.7  A68 

BAGG,  Lyman  Hotchkiss. 

Four  years  at  Yale.    1871 r378.7  BiS 

BARKER,  John  Marshall. 

Colleges  in  America.     1894 378.7  B24 

BOWDOIN  COLLEGE. 

Library  bulletin,  including  the  obituary  record  and  the  reports 

of  the  librarian;  June  1891-June  1895.    v.i.     1895 r378.7  B66 

No  more  published. 

BROWN  UNIVERSITY. 

Catalogue,  1900/oi-date.     1900-date r378.7  B78 


3* 


496  COLLEGES  AND  UNIVERSITIES 

BUCKNELL  UNIVERSITY. 

Annual  catalogue   (46th-date),  for  the  year  1895/96-date. 

1895-date   T378.7  B8sc 

Memorials,  1846-1896.     1896 T378.7  B85 

CHAMBERLAIN,  Joshua  Lawrence,  and  others,  ed. 

Universities  and  their  sons;  history,  influence  and  character- 
istics of  American  universities,  with  biographical  sketches 
and  portraits  of  alumni  and  recipients  of  honorary  degrees. 

V.1-5.     1898-1900 qr378.7  C35 

V.I.     Universities    of    learning. — Harvard    university,    1636-1898. — Yale 
university,     1700-1898. — Princeton    university,     1-46-1898. — Columbia 
university,  1 754-1898. 
\.2.     Administrators  and   instructors,   founders  and  benefactors. 
v.3-5.     University  sons. 

CLARK  UNIVERSITY. 

Decennial  celebration,  1889-1899.     1899 qr378.7  C51 

Contains  the  scientific  lectures  delivered  in  connection  with  the  decen- 
nial celebration,  by  Emile  Picard,  Ludwig  Boltzmann,  Santiago  Ram6n 
y  Cajal,  Angelo  Mosso  and  August  Forcl. 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY,  New  York. 

Annual  report  (4th-5th,  7th-ioth)  of  the  president,  for  the 

year  ending  June  30,  1893-1894,  1896-1899.     1893-99.  •  •r378.7  C72a 

Catalogue,  1896-date.     1896-date r378.7  C72 

Dedication  of  the  new  site,  Morningside  Heights.    1896.  ..qr378.7  C72d 
Officers  and  graduates;  general  catalogue,  1754-1900.    1900.  .r378.7  C720 

COLUMBIA  university  quarterly,     v.i-date.     1898-date r378.7  C72q 

COLUMBIAN  UNIVERSITY,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Historical  catalogue  of  the  officers  and  graduates,  1821-1891 ; 

comp.  by  H.  L.  Hodgkins.     1891 r378.7  C727 

CORNELL  UNIVERSITY. 

Register,  1881-82.     1882! r378.7  C82 

DARTMOUTH  COLLEGE. 

Catalogue,  with  the  Amos  Tuck  school  of  administration 
and  finance,  the  Thayer  school  of  civil  engineering  and 

the  medical  school,  1901/1902-date.     igoi-date r378.7  D26 

DUNIWAY,  C.  A.  ed. 

Graduate  courses;  lists  of  advanced  courses  announced  by 
twenty-one    colleges    or    universities    in    the    United 

States,  for  1895/96,  1897/98.     1895-97 r378.7  D92 

EMERSON,  Edwin,  comp. 

College  year-book  and  athletic  record,  1896/97.     1897 r378.7  E58 

EVANS,  C.  H.  &  CO.  pub. 

American  college  and  public  school  directory,  1898-date. 

v.2i-date.     1898-date r378.7  E94 

FOUR  American  universities;  Harvard,  by  C.  E.  Norton,  Yale, 
by  A.  T.  Hadley,  Princeton,  by  W.  M.  Sloane,  Columbia,  by 

Brander  Matthews.     1895 q378.7  F83 

The  same.     1895 qr378.7  F83 

GARRETT,  Philip  Cresson,  ed. 

History  of  Haverford  college  for  the  first  sixty  years  of  its 
existence,  prepared  by  a  committee  of  the  Alumni  associa- 
tion.   1892 r378.7  G19 


COLLEGES  AND  UNIVERSITIES  497 

OILMAN,  Daniel  Coit. 

University  problems  in  the  United  States.    1898 378.7  G43 

Contents:  The  Johns  Hopkins  university  in  its  beginning. — The  utility 
of  universities. — The  characteristics  of  a  university. — The  Sheffield 
scientific  school  of  Yale  university,  New  Haven. — The  University  of 
California  in  its  infancy. — Knowledge  and  charity. — Modern  progress 
in  medicine. — University  libraries. — The  Teachers  college  of  Columbia 
university. — Washington  and  Lee  university. — Higher  education  in  the 
United  States. — The  proposals  for  a  national  university  in  Washington. 

GIRARD  COLLEGE. 

Semi-centennial  of  Girard  college,  1848-1898,  biographical 
sketch  of  Stephen  Girard,  his  will,  and  other  papers  re- 
lating to  the  college  with  an  account  of  the  exercises, 

Jan.  3,  1898.     1898 378.7  G44 

Will  of  Stephen  Girard,  with  Reports  of  the  building  commit- 
tee of  Girard  college  and  Ordinances  for  the  management 

of  the  Girard  estates.     1832-36 r378.7  G44 

The  HARVARD  graduates'  magazine;  quarterly,  1892-date. 

v.i-date.     1893-date r378.7  H33g 

HARVARD  UNIVERSITY. 

Catalogue,   1895/96-date.     1895-date qr378.7  H33 

Quinquennial  catalogue  of  the  officers  and  graduates,  1636- 

1895.     189s r378.7  H33q 

ILLINOIS  UNIVERSITY. 

University  studies,     v.i-date.     1900-date qr378.7  I22 

v. I,  no.  1-2,  4-s.  Abraham  Lincoln;  the  evolution  of  his  literary  style, 
by  D.  K.  Dodge. — The  decline  of  the  commerce  of  the  port  of  New 
York,  by  R.  P.  Morgan. — The  genesis  of  the  Grand  remonstrance  from 
Parliament  to  King  Charles  I,  by  H.  L.  Schoolcraft. — The  artificial 
method  for  determining  the  ease  and  the  rapidity  of  the  digestion  of 
meats,  by  H.  S.  Grindley  and  Timothy  Mojonnier. 

JOHNS  HOPKINS  UNIVERSITY. 

Circulars;    monthly,   Dec.    1901-date.     v.2i-date.      no. 154- 

date.     1901-date qr378.7  J35 

LAFAYETTE  COLLEGE. 

Catalogue,  1859/60-date.     1860-date r378.7  L14C 

Catalogues  for  1860/61-1862/63,  1864/65-1865/66,  1867/68-1868/69, 
1893/94,   1896/97  wanting. 

LAFAYETTE  college  journal;  monthly  and  weekly,     v.i-date. 

1875-date  qr378.7  L14 

V.  ID-date  title  reads  The  Lafayette. 
V.3  wanting. 

LEONARD,  Delavan  Lavant. 

Story  of  Oberlin;  the  institution,  the  community,  the  idea,  the 

movement.     1898  378.7  L62 

LOCKE,  Edward  Allen,  ed. 

Brown  university;  an  illustrated  historical  souvenir.     1897  .  .r378.7  L7S 
MARIETTA  COLLEGE. 

Addresses  and  proceedings  connected  with  the  semi-centen- 

ial  celebration,  June  28- July  1,1885.     1885 r378.7  M38 

MISSOURI  UNIVERSITY. 

Studies;  ed.  by  Frank  Thilly.    v.i-date.     1901-date qr378.7  M74 

V.I.  Contributions  to  a  psychological  theory  of  music,  by  Max  Meyer. — 
Origin  of  the  Covenant  Vivien,  by  Raymond  Weeks. — Evolution  of  the 
northern  part  of  the  lowlands  of  southeastern  Missouri,  by  C.  F. 
Marbut. — Eileithyia,  by  P.  V.  C.  Baur. — Right  of  sanctuary  in  Eng- 
land, by  N.  M.  Trenholme. 
V.2,  no.i.     Ithaca  or  Leucas?  by  W.  G.  Manly. 


498  COLLEGES  AND  UNIVERSITIES 

MONTAGUE,  William  Lewis,  and  others,  ed. 

Biographical  record  of  the  alumni  of  Amherst  college,  1821- 

1896.     v.i-2.     1883-1901  T378.7  M84 

MONTGOMERY,  Thomas  Harrison. 

History  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  from  its  foundation 
to  1770;  including  biographical  sketches  of  the  trustees, 

faculty,  the  first  alumni  and  others.     1900 V378-7  M86 

Bibliography,    p.s-9. 
NEW  YORK  (state)— University— College  department. 

Annual   report    (ist-date),   for  the   year   ending  June  30, 

1898-date.      1898-date r378.7   N26 

The  college  department  continues  the  work  of  the  former  examination 
department 

OBERLIN  COLLEGE. 

Quinquennial  catalogue  of  officers  and  graduates,  1900. 

1900 r378.7  Oi2q 

OBERLIN  COLLEGE— Junior  class. 

Oberlin  hi-o-hi,  1894.     New  ser.  v.5.     1894 ^^37^-7  O12 

PENNSYLVANIA— General  assembly. 

Report  of  the  committee  appointed  to  investigate  the  affairs 
of  the  Pennsylvania  state  college,  v^^ith  the  laws  and  de- 
crees of  court  relating  to  said  college.     1883 r378.7  P39g 

PENNSYLVANIA  STATE  COLLEGE. 

Annual  report,  1886-1888,  1894,  1896-date.     1887-date r378.7  P39a 

pt.i.    Departments  of  instruction. 
pt.2.    Agricultural  experiment  station. 

Catalogue,  i89S/96-date.    37th  year-date.     1896-date r378.7  P39 

Catalogue  for  1896/97  wanting. 

PENNSYLVANIA  STATE  COLLEGE— Junior  class. 

La  vie,  1890,  1898.     ist,  9th  annual  issue.     1889-97 V378-7  P39v 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Biographical  catalogue  of  the  matriculates  of  the  college, 

1749-1893.     1894 r378.7  P399 

Bulletin;  monthly,    v.i-date.    1893-date qr378.7  P399b 

V.I  was  issued  irregularly  in  four  numbers  from  Feb.  1893  to  June  1894. 
Publication  was  suspended  from  July  1894  to  Feb.  1898. 

Catalogue,  1897/98,  1901/02-date.     1897-date r378.7  P399C 

PETER,  Robert,  &  Johanna. 

Transylvania  university;  its  origin,  rise,  decline  and  fall.    1896. 

(Filson  club.     Publications.) qr378.7  P4S 

PORTER,  Noah. 

American  colleges  and  the  American  public;  with  after- 
thoughts on  college  and  school  education.    1890 378.7  P83 

PRINCETON  UNIVERSITY. 

Catalogue,  1897/98-date.     1897-date r378.7  P95 

Memorial  book  of  the  sesquicentennial  celebration  of  the 
founding  of  the  College  of  New  Jersey  and  of  the  cere- 
monies inaugurating  Princeton  university.     1898. .  .qr378.7  P9Sm 
Contains   a  full   account   of   the   celebration,   written   by   Prof.    Harper, 
copies  of  the   letters  and  telegrams   of  formal   congratulation,   and   a 
historical  sketch  of  the  university  by  Prof.   De  Witt.     Many  pictures 
of  the  university  buildings,  former  presidents,  etc 

Nassau  herald,    no. 33.     1897 r378.7  P9Sn 

no.33  issued  by  the  class  of  '97. 


COLLEGES  AND  UNIVERSITIES  499 

SMITH,  Joseph,  1796-1868. 

History   of  Jefferson   college,   including  an   account   of  the 

"log-cabin"  schools  and  Canoasburg  academy.    1857. . . .  .r378.7  865 
TENNESSEE  UNIVERSITY. 

Record;   quarterly  and  bi-monthly,  Jan.    1899-Nov.    1901. 

189^-1901 r378.7  T29 

THWAITES,  Reuben  Gold,  ed. 

University  of  Wisconsin;  its  history  and  its  alumni,  with 
historical  and  descriptive  sketches  of  Madison,  [Wis.]. 

1900   qr378.7  T43 

Contains  "The  story  of  Madison,"  p.3-41,  and  "History  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,"  p.45-i7S>  by  R.  G.  Thwaites. 

THWING,  Charles  Franklin. 

The  American  college  in  American  life.     1897 378.7  T43 

TUFTS  COLLEGE. 

Register  of  officers  of  instruction  and  government,  and  direc- 
tory of  graduates,  1852-1900.  1901.  (Tufts  college.  Pub- 
lications, V.I,  no.2.) r378.7  T82 

WASHINGTON  AND  JEFFERSON  COLLEGE. 

Biographical  and  historical  catalogue,  containing  a  general 
catalogue  of  Jefferson  college,  of  Washington  college  and 
of  Washington  and  Jefferson  college,  1802-1889.     1889.  .r378.7  W27b 

The  same,  1802-1902.    1902 r378.7  W27b2 

Quarter-century  reunion  of  the  class  of  1875,  held  June  19th, 

1900;  the  proceedings  and  class  history.    1900 378.7  W27 

WASHINGTON  AND  JEFFERSON  COLLEGE— Alumni 
association. 

Annual  for  1883-1892.     1884-93 r378.7  W27a 

WASHINGTON  AND  JEFFERSON  COLLEGE— Junior  class. 

Pandora,  1891,  1893,  1896-98.    v.6,  8,  11-13.    1890-97 qr378.7  W27 

WASHINGTON  AND  LEE  UNIVERSITY. 

Catalogue  of  the  officers  and  alumni,  1749-1888.     1888 r378.7  W272 

WELCH,  Lewis  Sheldon,  &  Camp,  Walter. 

Yale;  her  campus,  class-rooms  and  athletics.  1899.  (Ameri- 
can university  series.) 378.7  W47 

"The  Yale  campus"  and  "The  Yale  class-rooms,"  pt.  i  and  2,  are  written 
by  Lewis  Sheldon  Welch,  and  "Athletics  at  Yale,"  pt.3,  by  Walter 
Camp.  Pt.i  has  chapters  on:  As  to  making  a  Yale  man;  The  initia- 
tion; The  sen.se  of  membership;  Living  only  in  Yale;  Living  and 
working  by  classes;  Yale  journalism;  The  poor  student's  opportunities, 
etc.  Pt.2  describes  the  various  class-rooms — the  scientific,  divinity, 
medical  and  law  schools,  etc.  Pt.3  has  chapters  on  rowing  at  Yale, 
football,  baseball,  track  athletics,  etc.  There  are  a  number  of  ap- 
pendices, containing  chronologies,  tables  of  gifts,  etc. 

WEST  VIRGINIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Catalogue   (ist-date),   1867/68-date.     1868-date r378.7  Ws6i 

Catalogues  for  1875/76,  and  1887/88  wanting. 
WESTERN  university  courant;  monthly.     v.i5-date.     1899- 

date  r378.7  Ws6 

WISCONSIN  UNIVERSITY. 

Bulletin;  general  series,     v.i.     1900 qr378.7  W81 

V.I.  Adams,  C.  K.  The  establishment  of  a  school  or  college  of  com- 
merce in  the  University  of  Wisconsin. 


Soo  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 


YALE  UNIVERSITY. 

Addresses  at  the  inauguration  of  Noah  Porter  as  president 

of  Yale  college,  Oct.  1871.     1871 ^378.7  Y13 

379     Public  schools 

CRAIK,  Sir  Henry. 

The  state  in  its  relation  to  education.      (English  citizen 

series.) 379  C86 

DEWEY,  John. 

The  educational  situation.  1902.  (Chicago  university.  Con- 
tributions to  education,  no.3.)   379  D51 

REINHART,  J.A. 

Outline  of  the  civics  of  education.  1892.  (Teachers'  profes- 
sional library.) 379  R31 

"The  phrase  'Civics  of  education'  is  used  in  the  sense  of  the  civil  aspects 
of  education. .  .The  work...  sets  forth  briefly  the  relations  of  the 
state  to  education."    Preface. 

TARVER,  John  Charles. 

Debateable  claims;  essays  on  secondary  education.    1898. . .  .379  T22 
WARE,  Fabian. 

Educational  foundations  of  trade  and  industry.    1901 379  W^22 

Contents:'  The  growth  of  national  systems  of  education. — Voluntary  ef- 
forts in  England  to  lay  educational  foundations. — The  attempts  of  the 
English  government  to  lay  educational  foundations. — The  foundations 
laid  by  German  government. — The  foundations  laid  in  France. — The 
foundations  laid  in  America. — Conclusions. 
"A  clearly  arranged  historical  sketch  of  the  elaboration  of  the  phase  of 
education  with  which  the  author  is  concerned  in  Germany,  France  and 
the  United  States,  as  well  as  a  very  interesting  comparison  of  the 
salient  characteristics  of  the  different  national  systems."  Athenaum, 
1901. 

PICKARD.  Josiah  Little. 

School  supervision.     1898.     (International  education 

series.)   379-1  P54 

PENNSYLVANIA— Public  instruction  department. 

Common  school  lav\'S  of  Pennsylvania  and  decisions  of 
the  superintendent,  w^ith  explanations,  forms,  etc., 
[1870,  1873,  1876,  1879,  1882,  1885,  1888,  1889,  1890,  1892, 

1894,  1896,  1899,  1902].    1870-1902 r379.i4  P39 

PITTSBURGH— Education,  Central  board  of. 

Pittsburgh  school  laws;  with  the  rules  and  regulations  adopted 

by  the  Central  board,  standing  committees,  etc.   1869.  .r37g.i4  P67 

379.4     Public  schools  of  Europe 

BARNARD,  Henry. 

National  education  in  Europe;  an  account  of  the  public 

schools  of  different  grades  in  the  principal  states.     1854.  .r379.4  625 
KLEMM,  Louis  Richard. 

European  schools;  or,  What  I  saw  in  the  schools  of  Germany, 
France,  Austria  and  Switzerland.  1897.  (International 
education  series.) 379-4  K31 


PUBLIC  SCHOOLS  501 


HOLMAN,  Henry. 

English  national  education;  a  sketch  of  the  rise  of  public 

elementary  schools  in  England.     1898 379-42  H73 

SCOTT,  R.P.  ed. 

What  is   secondary   education?   and   other   short   essays,   by    ' 
writers  of  practical  experience  on  various  aspects  of  the 
problem  of  organisation;  a  handbook  for  public  men  and 
for  parents,  on  the  national  organisation  of  education  in 

England.     1899 379-42  S42 

SHARPLESS,  Isaac. 

English  education  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools.     1897. 

(International  education  series.) 379-42  S53 

STANLEY,  Edward  Lyulph. 

Our  national  education.     1899 379-42  S78 

Contents:  Technical  education.  —  Education  in  Britain  and  abroad. — 
Technical  education  for  the  industrial  classes. — Commercial  education. 
— Technical  and  secondary  education  authorities. — The  harmonious 
working  together  of  primary,  secondary,  technical  and  commercial 
education. — The  education  and  training  of  teachers. — The  outlook. 

ARNOLD,  Matthew. 

Higher  schools  &  universities  in  Germany.    1892 379-43  A7S 

BOLTON.  Frederick  Elmer. 

Secondary    school    system    of    Germany.      1900.      (Inter- 
national education  series.) 379-43  B61 

"Authorities  consulted,"  P.38S-390. 

Contains  a  chapter  on  the  secondary  and  higher  education  of  women. 

HUNGARY — Ministere  royal  des  cultes  et  de  I'instruction 
publique. 

L'enseignement  en  Hongrie.     1900  r379>43  H93 

RUSSELL,  James  Earl. 

German  higher  schools;  history,  organization  and  methods 

of  secondary  education  in  Germany.     1899 379-43  R91 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Mr  Russell,  as  special  agent  of  the  United  States  bureau  of  education, 
for  the  study  and  investigation  of  German  schools,  spent  two  years  in 
visiting  personally  the  schools  of  more  than  forty  towns  and  cities, 
and  consulted  many  prominent  German  educationists.  The  history, 
organization  and  methods  of  the  German  secondary  schools  are  here 
thoroughly  considered. 

SEELEY,  Levi. 

Common-school  system  of  Germany  and  its  lessons  to  America. 

1896    379-43  S4S 


379.7     Public  schools  of  America 

NATIONAL   EDUCATIONAL   ASSOCIATION— Committee 
of  twelve. 

Report  on  rural  schools.    1897 375  NiS 

Bound   with   National  educational   association — Committee   of  ten.      Re- 
port on  secondary  school  studies 

PAGE,  Mary  H. 

Graded  schools  in  the  United  States.     1894 379-7  P14 

RICE,  Joseph  M. 

Public-school  system  of  the  United  States.     1893 379-7  R39 

Personal    investigation    of    school    systems,    methods    of   teaching,    and 
results  in  36  cities;  severe  criticism  with  excellent  recommendations. 


502  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 


UNITED  STATES— Education  bureau. 

Circulars  of  information  for  July  1871-1878,  1880-date. 

1871-date i"379-7  U25C 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.i,  p.  120;  kept  at  the  reference  desk, 
no.i,  4  and  6  of  the  circulars  for   1875  are  wanting.     None  issued  in 

1876,  1895-1897. 
Circulars  of  information  for  1867-90  are  indexed  in  the  Report  of  the 
commissioner  of  education  for  1888/89,  v.2,  r379.7  U25. 

Report  of  the  commissioner,  for  the    year    1867/68-date. 

1868-date   r379.7  U2S 

Report  for  1867/68  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional 

documents,  no.  1345. 
No  annual  report  was  issued  for  1869. 
Reports  for  1867/68-1887/88  are  indexed  in  the  report  for  1888/89,  v.2. 

ZIMMERN,  Alice. 

Methods  of  education  in  the  United  States.     1894 379-7  Z6s 

ROSS,  George  William. 

School  system  of  Ontario.     1896.     (International  education 

series.)    379-71    R73 

BURTON,Warren  E. 

The  district  school  as  it  was;  ed.  by  Clifton  Johnson. 

1897 379-74  B95 

JOHNSON,  Clifton. 

Country  school  in  New  England.     1895 379-74  J35 

Massachusetts 

HARRIS,  William  Torrey. 

Horace  Mann.    1896.     (School-room  classics.) 379-744  H29 

Address  delivered  before  the  National  educational  association,  1896. 

MANN,  Horace. 

Life  and  works.     5v.     1891 379.744  M33 

V.I.     Life  of  Horace  Mann,  by  his  wife. 

v.2.  Annual  reports  of  the  secretary  of  the  Board  of  education  of 
Massachusetts,  1837-1838. — First  annual  report  of  the  Board  of  edu- 
cation.— Lectures  on  education,  including  a  chapter  On  district- 
school  libraries. 

V.3.  Annual  reports  of  the  secretary  of  the  Board  of  education  of 
Massachusetts,  1839-1844. 

V.4.  Annual  reports  of  the  secretary  of  the  Board  of  education  of 
Massachusetts,  1845-1848. — Oration  delivered  before  the  authoritiec 
of  Boston,  July  4,  1842. 

V.5.  Educational  writings,  containing  contributions  to  the  Common 
school  journal. — Addresses  of  the  president  of  Antioch  college. — Re- 
view of  Horace  Mann's  work  and  writings,  by  Felix  Pecaut. 

MARTIN,  George  Henry. 

Evolution  of  the  Massachusetts  public  school  system;  a  his- 
torical sketch.  1894.  (International  education  series.)  .  .379.744  M42 
MASSACHUSETTS— Education  board. 

Annual  report,  (i5th-i7th,  20th-23d,  26th,  28th-3ist,  34th- 
36th,  38th-39th,  49th-50th,  S2d-53d,  57th-S9th,  61  st- 
date).     1849-date r379.744  M45 

An  enlarged  and  revised  edition  of  the  loth  annual  report  was  issued 
under  the  title  "Massachusetts  system  of  common  schools;  an  en- 
larged and  revised  edition  of  the  tenth  Annual  report  of  the  first 
secretary    of   the    Massachusetts    board   of   education,"  ''379-744 

M45m. 
50th  report  contains  a  General  index  to  the  ist-50th  reports,  1838-1887. 
Massachusetts  system  of  common  schools:  being  an  en- 
larged and  revised  edition  of  the  Tenth  annual  report 


PUBLIC  SCHOOLS  503 


of  the  first  secretary  of  the   Massachusetts  board  of 
education  [Horace  Mann].     1849 r379.744  M45m 

Fhode  Island.    Connecticut 

RHODE  ISLAND— Education  board. 

Annual  report  (24th),  1893.     1894 r379.745  R38 

Contains  also  the  annual  report  of  the  commissioner  of  public  schools 
for  the  school  year  ending  Apr.  30,  1893. 

CONNECTICUT  common  school  journal,  published  under  the 
direction  of  the  Board  of  commissioners  of  common 
schools;    ed.    by    Henry    Barnard;    monthly    and    bi- 
monthly; Aug.  I,  1838-Sept.  I,  1842.    4v.  in  I.   1842.  .qr379.746  C75 
No  more  published. 

New  York 

NEW  YORK  (state) — Public  instruction  department. 

Annual  report  (42d)  of  the  superintendent,  for  the  school 

year  ending  July  31,  1895.     1896 ^379-747  N261 

NEW  YORK  (state)— University. 

Annual  report   (io6th-date)   of  the  regents,  for  the  year 

ending  Sept.  30,  1892-date.     1893-date ^379-747  N2614 

NEW  YORK  (state) — University — Examination  department. 
Annual    report    (2d-5th),    for    the    year    ending   June    30, 

1894-1897.     1895-98 r379747  N2613 

The  first  annual  report  of  the  examination  department  will  be  found  in 

pt.2  of  the  107th  annual  report  of  the  regents. 
The  work  of  this  department,  since   1897,  has  been  carried  on  by  the 
college  department. 

NEW  YORK  (state) — University — High  school  department. 
Annual   report    (6th-date),  for  the  year  ending  June  30, 

1898-date.     1899-date r379.747  N261S 

Reports  for  1892-97  will  be  found  in  the  regents'  report  for  the  same 
years,  r379.747  N2614. 

NEW  YORK  (city)— Education  board. 

Annual  report  (40th,  42d)  of  the  Board  of  education  of 
the  city  and  county  of  New  York,  1881,  1883.     1882- 

84   r379.747  N26 

Under  the  charter  of  1897  this  board  was  superseded  by  the  Department 
of  education. 

Journal,  Feb.  21-Dec.  28,  1898.    1898 r379.747  N26J 

NEW  YORK  (city)— Education  department. 

Annual  report  (ist-date)  of  the  Department  of  education 
of  the  city  of  New  York,  for  the  year  ending  July  31, 

i89S-date.     1898-date r379.747   N26d 

Created  by  the  charter  of  1897,  superseding  the  Board  of  education. 

Pennsylvania 

ALLEGHENY,  Pa.— Controllers,  Board  of. 

Annual  report  (33d,  37th,  46th)  of  the  Board  of  controllers; 
w^ith  the  annual  report  (14th,  i8th,  27th)  of  the  superin- 
tendent of  public  schools,  for  the  school  year  ending 
June  I,  1887,  1891,  1900.     1887-1900 r379.748  A42 


S04  PUBLIC  SCHOOLS 


ALLEGHENY,  Pa.  Third  ward  school. 

Reunion,  Sept.  25,  1896.     1896 ^^379-74'^  A4222 

PENNSYLVANIA— Public  instruction  department. 

Report  (27th-date)  of  the  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction, for  the  year  ending  June  i,  i86o--date.     1861- 

date    r379.748  P39 

The  report  for  1881  was  made  with  that  for  1882;  for  1885,  with  1886. 
By  the  constitution  of   1873   the   office  of   Superintendent   of  common 

schools  was  changed  to  that  of  Superintendent  of  public  instruction. 
The    report    for    1874    will    be    found    in    Executive    documents,    1874, 
r328.74  Page. 
PITTSBURGH— Education,  Central  board  of. 

Annual  report  (ist-date)  of  the  superintendent  of  public 
schools,  for  the  school  year  ending  Aug.  31,  1869-date. 

v.i-date.     1869-date r379.748  P67 

The   27th   annual   report   was  not  published,   but  the  statistics   for  that 

year  will  be  found  in  the  28th  annual  report,  p.6s. 
Title  for  the   i2th-28th  reports  is  "Annual  report  of  the  condition  of 
the  public  schools;"  later  reports  are  called  "Reports  concerning  the 
public  schools." 
Educational    directory    of    the    Pittsburg    public    schools, 

1895/96,  1 899/ 1 900- 1 900/0 1,  1902/03.  1895-1902 r379-748  P67e 

PITTSBURGH  CENTRAL  HIGH  SCHOOL. 

High  school  journal;  monthly,    v.i-date.    1895-date.  .qr379.748  P674 
V  I  was  published  weekly. 

District  of  Columbia 

DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA— Public  schools,  Board  of  trustees  of. 

Report,  i89S/96-date.     1897-date r379.753  D63 

Report  for  1897/98  will  be  found  in  the  Annual  report  of  the  commis- 
sioners of  the   District  of  Columbia,    1897/98,  r352  D63. 

UNITED  STATES — District  of  Columbia  committee. 

Report  under  S.  R.  140,  directing  committee  to  investigate 
course  of  studies  in  the  public  schools  of  the  District, 
submitting  amendment  to  H.R.  9139,  making  appropria- 
tions for  District,  1901,  to  establish  department  of  pub- 
lic  schools.      March  23,    1900.     1900.      (56th   cong.    ist 

sess.     Senate.     Report,  no. 711.) r3889 

Investigation  by  Congress  of  the  management,  methods  of  instruction 
and  courses  of  study,  with  the  testimony  of  trustees,  teachers  and  citi- 
zens, and  the  conclusion  reached  by  the  committee.  Also  articles  by 
W.  T.  Harris  and  others,  summary  of  laws  relating  to  school  boards 
in  other  cities,  schedules  of  salaries,  etc.,  and  some  interesting  sample 
examination  papers. 

UNITED  STATES— Education  bureau. 

Special  report  on  the  condition  and  improvement  of  pub- 
lic schools  in  the   District  of   Columbia.     1871.      (41st 

cong.     2d  sess.     House.     Ex.  doc.  no.3iS.) T1427 

Accompanying  the  report  are  various  documents  on  the  system  and 
statistics  of  the  principal  cities  of  the  United  States  and  Germany, 
(with  some  account  of  other  European  schools),  on  the  education  of 
negroes,  on  art  instruction,  etc. 

Chicago.     Milwaukee 

CHICAGO — Education  board. 

Annual  report  (45th),  for  the  year  ending  June  23,   1899. 

1900    r379.773   C43 


COMMERCE  50s 


MILWAUKEE— School  board. 

Annual   report    (33d-42d),   for  the   year   ending  Aug.   31, 

1892-1901.      1892-1901 r379.775   M72 

Alaska 

JACKSON,  Sheldon. 

Report  on  education  in  Alaska,  1886,  1889/90,  1891/92,  1895/96. 

1886-97   r379.798  J12 

This   report   from    1886/87-date  is  ailso  published  in  the  report  of  the 
United  States  commissioner  of  education,  1886/87-date,  r379.7  U2S. 


380     Commerce 


ANDERSON,  Adam. 

Historical  and  chronological  deduction  of  the  origin  of 
commerce,  containing  an  history  of  the  commercial  in- 
terests of  the  British  empire;  revised  and  continued  to 

1789  by  Mr  Coombe.    6v.    1790 r38o  AS4 

"Not  merely  a  record  of  commercial  progress  and  colonial  enterprise, 
but  a  history  of  the  political,  industrial,  and  social  development  of  all 
civilised  countries,  and  especially  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.  Ab- 
stracts of  all  treaties,  acts  of  parliament,  and  pamphlets  in  any  way 
bearing  on  commerce  or  kindred  matters,  are  added,  together  with 
statistical  accounts  of  the  national  finances,  of  prices,  currency,  and 
population."    Francis  Espinasse. 

BARTON,  James  L. 

Lake  commerce;  letter  to  Robert  M'Clelland  in  relation  to 
the  value  and  importance  of  the  commerce  of  the  great 

western  lakes.     1846 r38o  U2S32 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
CLOW,  Frederick  Redman. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  commerce.     1901 380  C62 

Contents:  The  elements  of  commerce. — The  materials  of  commerce; 
merchandise. — The  foreign  commerce  of  the  United  States. — The  com- 
merce of  other  countries. — The  domestic  commerce  of  the  United 
States. — The  organization  of  trade. — Prices. — Payments. — How  the 
equilibrium  is  maintained. — Practical  devices  for  promoting  or  rege- 
lating commerce. 

List  of  books  on  commerce,  p.  23-26. 

COMMERCIAL  year  book;  a  statistical  and  historical  rec- 
ord relating  to  trade,  industries,  agriculture,  banking, 
currencies,  securities,  railroads,  shipping,  insurance, 
population,  etc.     v.i-date.     1896-date  r38o  C73 

CONFEDERATE  STATES  OF  AMERICA— Treasury  de- 
partment. 
Annual  report  on  commerce  and  navigation,  for  the  year 

ending  Sept.  30,  1863.     1864 r973.7  C74 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

CUNNINGHAM,  William,  b.  1849. 

Growth  of  English  industry  and  commerce.    2v.     1890-92. .  .380  C9a 

The  same.     1882 r38o  Cg.i 

"Authorities,"  p.473-482. 

FARRER,  Sir  Thomas  Henry. 

State  in  its  relation  to  trade.    1883.    (English  citizen  series.).  .380  F25 


5o6  COMMERCE 


GIBBINS,  Henry  de  Bettgens. 

History  of  commerce  in  Europe.     1891 380  G35 

HEWINS,  William  Albert  Samuel. 

English  trade  and  finance,  chiefly  in  the  17th  century.     1892. 

(University  extension  series.) 380  H4g 

INTERNATIONAL  COMMERCIAL  CONGRESS,  Phila- 
delphia, 1899. 
Official  proceedings  of  the  congress;  a  conference  of  all  nations 
for  the  extension  of  commercial  intercourse;  held  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Philadelphia  commercial  museum,  in  Phila- 

phia,  October  12th  to  November  ist,  1899.    1899 qr38o  I24 

KAYSER,  J.C.  &  CO.  pub. 

Commercial  directory  of  the  United  States.     1823 qr38o  K14 

LOUIS,  Paul. 

La  guerre  economique.     1900 r38o  L92 

Contents:  Notre  decadence  commerciale. — La  crise  commerciale  du  Roy- 
aume-UnL — L'empire  britannique. — L'essor  economique  de  I'Allemagne. 
— L'Europe  latine. — De  quelques  petits  etats. — La  Russie  industrielle. 
— Deux  pays  neufs  (1' Argentine,  le  Transvjial). — La  grandeur  des 
Etats-Unis. — L'extreme  Orient. — L'evolution  economique  du  globe. 

McCULLOCH,  John  Ramsay,  comp. 

Dictionary,  practical,  theoretical  and  historical,  of  commerce 

and  commercial  navigation.     1835 r38o  M14 

"An  admirable  compendium  of  information  on  all  matters  connected 
with  commercial  transactions,  based  on  consular  reports  and  other 
exact  statistics,  embodying  the  results  of  researches  extending  over 
twenty  years;  it  held  throughout  McCulloch's  life,  and  still  retains, 
the  rank  of  a  work  of  authority."    /.  M.  Rigg. 

MEENEN,  Maurice  van,  comp. 

Nouveau  code  de  commerce  et  lois  usuelles  en  matiere  com- 
merciale actuellement  en  vigueur  en  Belgique.    1882 r38o  Ms6 

NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION    OF   MANUFACTURERS   OF 
THE  UNITED  STATES. 
Proceedings  of  the  annual  convention  (ist,  5th-date), 

1896,  1900-date.     1896-date r38o  NiS 

O'ROURKE,  Charles  A  . 

Congreso  internacional  americano;  paseo  de  los  delegados, 

objeto  del  congreso.     1890 qr38o  O28 

PITKIN,  Timothy. 

Statistical  view   of  the  commerce   of  the  United   States. 

1817  r38o  P66 

The  same.     1817 380  P66 

POSTLETHWAYT,  Malachy. 

Great-Britain's  commercial  interest  explained  and  improved 
in  a  series  of  dissertations  on  the  most  important  branches 

of  her  trade  and  landed  interest.    2v.     1759 r38o  P84 

UNITED  STATES — American  republics  bureau. 

Annual  report  (ist-ioth),  1891-1900.     1891-1900 r38o  U2534 

ist,  7th  and  pth  reports  will  be  found  in  v.i,  pt.  i,  v.  11  and  v.  13  of  the 

Bulletin  of  the  bureau,  rgiS  Asi. 

3d  and  5th  reports  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional 
documents,  no.3160,  3425. 

Monthly  bulletin,    v.i-date.    1893-date r38o  U2534m 

V.I  lacks  nos.7  and  10;  v. 3  lacks  all  nos.  except  1-3. 


DOMESTIC  TRADE  '  507 


UNITED  STATES — Foreign  commerce  bureau. 

Review  of  the  world's  commerce;  introductory  to   Com- 
mercial   relations    of   the    United    States    with    foreign 

countries,  1894/95-date.     1896-date r38o  U25 

Compiled  from  reports  of  U.  S.  consuls  and  other  sources,  including  the 
official  publications  of  the  Treasury  department,  and  of  various 
foreign  governments.  Is  also  to  be  found  at  the  beginning  of  the 
report  on  Commercial  relations,  qr382  U25C. 

UNITED  STATES — Transportation-routes  to  the  seaboard, 
Committee  to  investigate  the. 
Report;    with   appendix    and    evidence.     2v.      1874.      (43d 

cong.  1st  sess.    Senate.     Report  no. 307.) r38o  U253 

UNITED  STATES — ^Transportation-routes  to  the  seaboard. 
Select  committee  on. 
Report  [recommending  the  regulation  of  interstate  com- 
merce, and  the  creation  or  improvement  by  the  national 
government   of  four  routes   of  communication] ;   with 

appendix.     1881 r38o  U2S33 

WESTERN  STATES  COMMERCIAL  CONGRESS,  Kansas 
City,  Mo. 
Proceedings  of  the  ist  congress,  Apr.  14-17,  1891.    1891.  . .  .r38o  Ws6 
YEATS,  John. 

The  growth  and  vicissitudes  of  commerce  in  all  ages.    1887. .  .380  Y22g 
The  natural  history  of  the  raw  materials  of  commerce.    1887. .  .380  Y22 
Considers  the  physical  conditions  and  the  raw  produce,  animal,  vege- 
table and  mineral,  of  the  United  Kingdom,  the  British  colonies  and 
their  foreign  trade  connections.     Part  II   deals  with  the  commercial 
products  of  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms,  and  with  raw  mineral 
produce. 
"Dr.  Yeats  has  the  knack  of  writing  popularly  upon  scientific  subjects, 
and  of  presenting  wide  generalizations  in  a  manner  at  once  sober  and 
attractive,"     Athenceum,  1888. 

Recent  and  existing  commerce.     1887 380  Y22r 

Deals  with  the  condition  of  British  industry  and  trade  at  the  present 
(1887)  day,  particularly  in  relation  to  agriculture;  with  British  foreign 
and  colonial  relations  and  the  commercial  policy  by  which  these  should 
be  guided;  and  with  what  the  author  calls  "The  natural  divisions  of 
trade  throughout  the  world." 

381     Domestic  trade 

CHICAGO,  BOARD  OF  TRADE. 

Annual  report  (38th,  40th-date)  of  the  trade  and  commerce 

of  Chicago,  for  the  year  1895,  1897-date.     1896-date.  ..  .r38i  C43 
CINCINNATI,  CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE. 

Annual    report    (4ist-42d,    48th),    for    two    years    ending 
Aug.  31,   1890  and  for  the  year  ending  Dec.  31,   1896. 

1891-97    qr38i    C48 

NEW  YORK  (state),  CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE. 

Annual  report  (25th),  for  the  year  1882-83.     1883 r38i  N26 

PHILADELPHIA,  BOARD  OF  TRADE. 

Annual  report  (5th,  14th,  27th)  of  the  Philadelphia  Board 

of  trade,  for  1837,  1846,  1859.     1838-60 r38l  P49 

PITTSBURGH,  CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE. 

Year  book  and  directory  for  i89S/96-date.     1895-date r38i  P67 

Year  book  for  1900  is  wanting. 


5o8  *  FOREIGN  TRADE 


TUNELL,  George  Gerard. 

Statistics  of  lake  commerce;  a  report  made  to  the  Bureau 
of  statistics,  Feb.  3,  1898.  1898.  (United  States — Statis- 
tics  bureau.) r38i    T84 


382     Foreign  trade 


ANDREWS,  Israel  D. 

Report  on  the  trade  and  commerce  of  the  British  North 
American  colonies  and  upon  the  trade  of  the  Great 
Lakes  and  rivers.     1853.     (United  States.    32d  cong.  2d 

sess.     House.     Ex.  doc.  no. 136.) r382  A56 

Contents:  The  sea-fisheries  of  British  North  America. — The  trade  of 
the  Great  Lakes. — Keview  of  the  canals  and  railroads  of  the  United 
States. — Canada;  physical  features,  resources,  etc. — New  Brunswick. 
— Nova  Scotia. — Newfoundland.  —  Intercourse  between  Great  Britain 
and  her  North  American  colonies. — Trade  of  some  of  the  Atlantic 
ports  of  the  United  States  with  the  North  American  colonies. — Re- 
view of  the  present  state  of  the  deep-sea  fisheries  of  New  England. — 
French  fisheries  of  Newfoundland. 

BOWLEY,  Arthur  Lyon. 

Short  account  of  England's  foreign  trade  in  the  19th  cen- 
tury.    1893.     (Social  science  series.) 382  B66 

CHAPMAN,  Sydney  John. 

History  of  trade  between  the  United  Kingdom  and  the 
United  States,  with  special  reference  to  the  effect  of 

tariffs.     1899.     (Social  science  series.) 382  C36 

CURTIS,  William  Eleroy. 

Trade  and  transportation  between  the  United  States  and  Span- 
ish   America.      1889.      (United    States — State    depart- 
ment.)   r382    C93 

DAVIDSON,  John,  M.  A. 

Commercial  federation  and  colonial  trade  policy.  1900.  (So- 
cial science  series.)  382  Dag 

Deals  with  the  dominant  question  in  colonial  policy,  that  of  markets  and 
consumers.  Maintains  that  commercial  federation  may  best  be  accom- 
plished by  removing  natural  obstacles  to  trade  with  the  colonies  and 
even  by  subsidies  to  freight  steamers  running  to  colonial  ports. 

ENGLAND— Trade  board. 

Annual  statement  of  the  trade  of  the  United  Kingdom 
with  foreign  countries  and  British  possessions,  1898, 
compared  with  the  four  preceding  years;  comp.  at 
the   custom   house  from   documents  collected  by  that 

department.     1899 qr382  E64 

KELLY'S  directory  of  merchants,  manufacturers  and  ship- 
pers,   and   guide   to   the   export   and   import,   shipping 
and  manufacturing  industries  of  the  world,  1900.   1900.  .qr382  K17 
"Intended  to  bring  together. .  .not  only  the  names  of  the  manufacturers, 
merchants,  exporters,   etc.,  of  the  United  Kingdom  trading  with   the 
colonies  and  abroad,  but  also  those  of  all  the  more  important  foreign 
merchants  (whether  importers  or  exporters),  and  further,  those  of  the 
manufacturers  of  the  principal  goods  imported  into  the  United  King- 
dom."    Preface. 

TIPPER,  Henry. 

-England's  attainment  of  commercial  supremacy.     1897 382  T49 


FOREIGN  TRADE  509 


UNITED  STATES — Foreign  commerce  bureau. 

Commercial,  relations  of  the  United  States  with  foreign 

countries,  1855-date.     1856-date qr382  U2SC 

No  volume  of  this  set  issued  for  1894.  Commercial  relations  for  1894 
will  be  found  partly  in  volume  for  1893  and  partly  in  volume  for  1895. 

The  reports  for  1855  and  1869  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of 
congressional  documents  numbered  844  and  1452. 

Annual  reports  of  consular  officers  on  the  commerce  and  industries  of 
their  respective  districts.  "Is  wholly  distinct  from  the  daily  and 
monthly  publication.  Consular  reports,  the  latter  dealing  with  current 
subjects  of  importance,  while  Commercial  relations  deals  only  with  an- 
nual reports  and  statistics." 

Included  with  these  reports  is  an  introductory  review  of  the  commerce 
of  the  world,  compiled  from  them  and  from  other  sources,  including 
the  official  publications  of  the  Treasury  department,  and  of  various 
foreign  governments.  This  is  also  published  separately  as  "Review 
of  the  world's  commerce." 

Consular    reports,    monthly,    Oct.    1880-date.      v.i-date. 

1880-date r382  U25 

Index,  nos.  1-59.     1887. 

Index,  nos.6o-iii.      1890. 

Index,  nos.  152-203.     1897. 

Index,  nos.204-239.     1901. 

No.s6,  Sept.   1885  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional 

documents,  no.  24 13. 
V.  1-42  title  reads  Reports  from  the  consuls  of  the  United  States  on  the 

commerce,  manufactures,  etc.  of  their  consular  districts. 

Exports  declared  for  the  United  States  during  the  four 
quarters  of  the  year  ended  June  30,  1899-date.     1900- 

date r382  U2Se 

Single  numbers  have  the  title  "Exports  declared  for  the  United  States 
during  the  quarter  ending,"  &c. 

Special  consular  reports,     v.i-date.     1890-date r382  U25S 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p.263;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
UNITED  STATES — Foreign  markets  section. 

Bulletin,    no.i-date.     1895-date r382  U2533 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p.237;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
UNITED  STATES— Insular  affairs  division. 

Monthly  summary  of  commerce  of  Cuba,  with  comparative 
tables  of  imports  and  exports,  by  articles  and  countries, 
July-Dec.  1899,  Mar.  1900-date.     no. 1-6,  9-date.     1900- 

date   qr382  U2S34m 

Monthly  summary  of  commerce  of  the  island  of  Puerto  Rico, 
with  comparative  tables  of  imports  and  exports,  by 
articles    and    countries,    July    1899-Apr.    1900.    no.i-io. 

1900  qr382  U2S34mo 

Monthly  summary  of  commerce  of  the  Philippine  islands, 
with  comparative  tables  of  imports  and  exports,  by  arti- 
cles and  countries,  July  1899-date.  no.i-date.  1900- 
date  qr382  U2S34 

UNITED  STATES— Statistics  bureau. 

Annual  report  on  the  commerce  and  navigation  of  the 
United      States,      1837-1842,      1849-date.        1837-date. 

(Treasury  department.) qr382   U2S3C 

Title    of    later    reports    is    "Foreign   commerce    and    navigation    of   the 

United  States." 
Reports  for  1837-42  and  1871   will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of 
congressional    documents   numbered   respectively,    330,    342,    369,    379, 
399,  425  and  1512. 
Pt.2  of  reports  for  1876,  1879-80,   1882,   1884-87,  1889-91  is  on  Internal     ■ 
commerce  of  the  United  States. 


Sio  PHILATELY 

Pt.    2   of   reports   for    1893-96   is  on  Immigration   and   passenger  move- 
ment at  ports  of  the  United  States. 
Imported  merchandise  entered  for  consumption  in  the  United 
States  during  1890-1893,  with  rates  and  amounts  of  duty 

collected.     1893 • qr382  U2Sim 

Monthly  summary  of  commerce  and  finance,     Sept.  1875- 

date.     1875-date qr382  U2Sm 

Titles  vary,   being  at   different  times   "Summary  statement  of   imports 
and  exports,"  "Monthly  summary  of  imports  and  exports,"  "Monthly 
summary  of   finance  and  commerce,"   etc. 
Volumes  from  Sept.   1875  to  May  1889  are  incomplete. 
Quarterly  report  showing  the  imports  and  exports  of  the 
United  States,  for  the  four  quarters  of  the  year  ending 

June  30,  1877-June  30,  1893.     1878-93 r382  U2Sq 

The  reports  for  the  years  ending  June  30,  1879,  1880,  1883,  and  for  the 
ist-3d  quarters  of  the  year  ending  June  30,   1886,  are  wanting. 

Statistical  tables  exhibiting  the  commerce  of  the  United  States 

with  European  countries  from  1790  to  1890.     1893 r382  U2Sst 

Wool  and  the  manufactures  of  wool;  special  report  relating 
to  the  imports  and  exports  of  wool  and  its  manufactures, 

also  the  tariff  duties  from  1789.     1887 r382  U2Sw 

UNITED  STATES— Treasury  department. 

Digest  of  the  existing  commercial  regulations  of  foreign 
countries  with  which  the  United  States  have  inter- 
course.   3v.     1833-36 r382  U2S3 

Statistics  of  the  foreign  and  domestic  commerce  of  the  United 
States  communicated  in  answer  to  a  resolution  of  the  Sen^ 
ate,  March  12,  1863,  embracing  a  historical  review  and 
analysis  of  foreign  commerce  from  the  beginning  of  the 
government.      1864 r382   U2S3S 

383     Post-office 

See  also  United  States  post-office  department,  353.4 

ARGENTINE   REPUBLIC— Direccion  general  de  correos  y 
telegrafos. 
Antecedentes  administrativos  de  correos  y  telegrafos,  1893- 

1894.     4v-     1894-95.     (Publications.) r383  A691 

Codigos  postal  y  telegrafico.    3v.     1895. r383  A69 

GUSHING,  Marshall. 

Story  of  our  post  office.     1893 r383  C93 

LEECH.  D.D.T.  comp. 

Post  office  directory;  also  a  comprehensive  codification  of 

the  existing  postal  laws.     1856 r383  LS2 

UNITED  STATES— Post-office  department. 

Report  of  the  United  States  postal  committee  on  the  con- 
dition and  needs  of  the  postal  service  in  Cuba.     1899 r383  UaS 

383.1     Philately* 

TIFFANY,  John  Kerr,  comp. 

Philatelical  library;  a  catalogue  of  stamp  publications. 

1874 • qr383i  T45 

•This  collection  of  books  on  philately  consists  chiefly  of  the  library  of  the  Ameri- 
can philatelic  association,  donated  in  trust  to  the  Carnegie  library  of  Pittsburgh. 


PHILATELY  S" 

383.2     Handbooks 

BAKER,  W.H.  comp. 

Cyclopaedia  of  philately.    1887 r383.2  B17 

BROCK,  Robert  C.  H.  comp. 

History  and   description   of  the   Sydney  view  stamps   of 

New  South  Wales.    1890 r383.2  B76 

BROWN,  William,  comp. 

Reference  list  of  the  stamps  of  the  Straits  Settlements,  sur- 
charged for  use  in  the  native  protected  states.     1894. .  .qr383.2  B798 
Reprinted  with  additions  and  corrections  from  the  Philatelic  journal  of 
Great  Britain. 

DIENA,  Emilio. 

I  francobolli  del  ducato  di  Modena  e  delle  provincie  modenesi 

e  le  marche  del  ducato  stesso  pei  giornali  esteri.    1894. .  .r383.2  DS7f 

Les  timbres-poste  des  Romagnes.     1898 r383.2  DS7 

EGAN,  Charles  W. 

Stamp  collector's  hand-book;  a  lexicon  of  terms  and  practical 

hints  to  philatelists;  ed.  by  C.  W.  Kissinger.    1894 r383.2  E34 

EVANS,  Edward  Benjamin,  comp. 

Philatelic  handbook;  a  guide  for  collectors.     1885 r383.2  E94 

FIRTH,  Oliver. 

Postage  stamps  and  their  collection.     1897  383.2  F52 

HARDY,  William  John,  &  Bacon,  E.D. 

Stamp  collector.     1898.     (Collector  series.)   383.2  H26 

Bibliography,  p.276-282. 

HORNER,  W.E.V. 

Stamped  envelopes  of  the  United  States;  revised  and  con- 
tinued by  E.  B.  Hanes.     1889 qr383.2  H81 

LEITFADEN  der  briefmarken-kunde  fiir  angehende  postwert- 

zeichen-sammler.     1891  r383.2  Ls6 

LOCKYER,  Gilbert  E.  comp. 

Colonial   stamps,   also,  those  of  Great   Britain;   lists  of  the 
various  postal  issues,  watermarks  and  perforations,  with 

geographical  and  other  notes.    1887 r383.2  L76 

LONDON,  PHILATELIC  SOCIETY. 

Postage  stamps,  envelopes  and  post  cards  of  Australia  and 

the  British  colonies  of  Oceania.     1887 qr383.2  L82 

LUFF,  John  Nicholas. 

What  philately  teaches.     1899 r383.2  L97 

SCOTT,  John  Walter,  ed. 

Revised  list  of  the  postage  stamps  and  stamped  envelopes  of 

all  nations.     1879 qr383.2  S42 

Contains  an  appendix  on  United  States  locals. 
SUPPANTSCHITSCH,  Victor. 

Grundziige  der  briefmarkenkunde  und  des  briefmarkensammelns. 

189s   • 1-383.2  S95 

TIFFANY,  John  Kerr. 

History  of  the  postage  stamps  of  the  United  States.     1887. .  .r383.2  T45 
33 


512  PHILATELY 

WESTOBY,  William  A.S. 

Adhesive  postage  stamps  of  Europe;  a  practical  guide  to  their 
collection,  identification  and  classification.     2v.     i8g8- 

1900  383.2  W57 

V.I.     Alsace  to  Ionian  islands. 
V.2.     Italy  to  Wiirtemberg. 

383.3     Catalogues 

ALBRECHT,  R.F.  &  CO.  pub. 

Auction  prices:  an  epitome  of  the  prices  realized  for  postage 
stamps   at   R.    F.   Albrecht   &  co.'s   auction   sales   during 

four  seasons,  1892-95.     1895 qr383.3  A34 

AMERICAN  PHILATELIC  PUBLISHING  CO. 

"Our  catalogue;"  the  standard  American  catalogue  of  all  the 
postal  issues  of  the  entire  world,  with  the  revenue  stamps 

of  the  United  States  and  Canada.     1894 r383.3  Asi 

BROWN,  Mount,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  British,  colonial  and  foreign  postage  stamps. 

1864   r383.3  B79 

CHAMPION,  Adrien,  comp. 

Catalogue  complet;  descriptif  de  tous  les  timbres-poste,  tele- 

graphes  et  entiers,  indignant  la  valeur  de  chaque  timbre.  .r383.3  C3S 
DURBIN  &  HANES,  comp. 

Descriptive  catalogue  of  the  postage  stamps  and  stamped 
envelopes  of  all  nations.    15th,  I7th-i8th  edition.    1885- 

91 ^383-3  D93 

GIBBONS,  (Stanley)  &  CO.  pub. 

Priced  catalogue  of  stamps.     3v.     1897 r383.3  G36 

V.I,     British  empire. 

V.2.    Foreign  countries. 

V.3.    Envelopes,  post  cards,  etc. 

KOHL,  Paul,  comp. 

Illustrierter   katalog   der   freimarken   von    Europa,    1895. 

1895   r383-3  K36 

MEKEEL,  (C.  H.)  STAMP  AND  PUBLISHING  CO. 

Complete   standard   catalogue   of  the  postage   stamps   of 

of  the  world,  Jan.  i,  1895.     1895 r383.3  M57 

MOENS,  Jean  Baptiste,  comp. 

Catalogue  prix-courant  de  timbres-poste.     3v.  in  2.     1892- 

93 qr383.3  M76 

V.I.     Timbres-poste  et  telegraphes. 

V.2.     Enveloppes,  bandes,  cartes  et  mandats. 

MOSCHKAU,  Alfred,  comp. 

Handbuch  fiir  postmarken-sammler;  illustrirter  katalog 
aller  bis  ende  1887  erschienenen  postmarken,  couverte 
und  streifbander,  viele  erlauternde  anmerkungen,  hin- 
weise  auf  falschungen  und  neudrucke  und  bei  2000 
marken-abbildungen     enthaltend.       1888.       (Philatelis- 

tische  bibliothek.) r383.3  M93 

Contains  a  supplement  bringing  the  issues  down  to  1890. 

ROGERS,  Albert  R.  comp. 

Priced  catalogue  of  the  market  values,  May  2,  1892,  of  the 


PHILATELY  513 

postage  stamps  of  the  United  States,  "government  issues." 

1892    T3S3.3   R61 

SCOTT  STAMP  AND  COIN  CO. 

Standard  postage  stamp  catalogue,  1893-date.    53d  edition- 
date.     1893-date r383.3  S42 

60th  edition,  1901,  wanting. 

SENF  BROS. 

Illustrierter  postwertzeichen-katalog,  1893-1895.  1893-95.  •''383.3  S47 
SEVER  &  FRANCIS,  pub. 

Catalogue   of   postage   stamps,    American   and    foreign,    and 

U.  S.  revenue  stamps.     1863 r383.3  S49 

THORNHILL,  W.B. 

Shanghai,  with  notes  and  publishers'  prices.     1895.     (Stanley 

Gibbons  philatelic  handbooks.) r383.3  T41 

WILLADT,  Carl,  pub. 

Lager-preisliste.     no. 5.     1900    r383.3   W73 

WOLSIEFFER,  P.M.  comp. 

Our  catalogue;  the  standard  American  catalogue  of  all  postal 
issues  of  the  world,  with  the  revenue  stamps  of  the  United 

States  and  Canada.     3v.  in  i.     1894 r383.3  W84 

Wolsieffer's  auction   sale  priced  catalogues   of  rare   stamps. 

20V.  in  I.     1897-1900 r383.3  W84W 


383.5     Periodicals 

AMERICAN  journal   of  philately;    monthly,     Mar.    1868-Dec. 
1869,  Sept.  3-N0V.  19,  1870,  Jan.  1871-Oct.  1872,  Jan.-Dec. 
1874,  1888-date.     1st  series,  v.1-5,  8;  2d  series,  v.i-date. 
1868-date r383.5  A512 

Publication  discontinued  from  1878  to  1888,  when  a  new  series  begins. 
V.3  is  incomplete,  consisting  of  the  weekly  issues  from  Sept.  3  to  Nov. 
19,  1870,  only,    v.s  lacks  numbers  for  Nov.  and  Dec. 

AMERICAN   philatelist;  monthly, .  1887-date.      v.i-date.       1887- 

date   qr383.5   A51 

With   V.8   this  is  issued  annually,   and  title  reads  American  philatelist 

and  year  book  of  the  American  philatelic  association. 
Contains   official   circulars   from   Nov.    1886   to  June    1887,   no.  1-4,   and 

monthly  circulars  from  Sept.  1893  to  Aug.  1895. 

AMERICAN  stamp  mercury;  monthly,  Oct.   1867-Mar.    1871. 

4v.  in  2.    1867-71 r383S  AS122 

No  more  published. 

v.2-3  title  reads  American  stamp  mercury  and  numismatist. 
BOSTON  stamp  book;  the  official  organ  of  the  Boston  phila- 
telic   society;    monthly.    May    1895-May    1898.      v.1-3. 

1895-98   r383.5  B64 

CAPITAL  city  philatelist;  monthly,  Dec.  1884-Sept.  1886.    v.i- 

v.2,  no.io,  in  i.     1884-86 r383.5  C18 

No  more  published. 
CARSON  philatelist;  monthly,  Sept.  1885-Dec.  1886.     2v.  in  i. 

1885-86  qr383.5  C23 

No  more  published. 

COLLECTOR'S  companion;  issued  monthly  in  the  interest  of 

philatelists,  Jan.  1885-May  1886.    2v.  in  i.    1885-86 r383.5  C69 

No  more  published. 


SU  PHILATELY 


COLLECTOR'S  ledger;  monthly,  Apr.  i88&-Mar.i889.     v.4. 

1888-89 r383.5   C69S 

Earlier  volumes  have  the  title  Youth's  ledger. 

CUMBERLAND    collector;   monthly,   May    1886-Apr.    1887. 

V.I.     1886-87 .r383.S  C91 

No  more  published. 

DETROIT  philatelist;  monthly,  Apr.  1892-May  1894.     v.1-3, 

no.i,  in  I.     1892-94 r383.S  D48 

No  more  published. 

ELECTRIC  philatelist;  monthly,  Feb.  1892-July  1894.     v.i- 

4,  no.3,  in  I.     1892-94 r383.5  E44 

EMPIRE    state    philatelist;    monthly,    Jan.    1885-June    1887. 

3v.  in  I.    1885-87 r383.5  E61 

No  more  published. 
FILATELIC    facts   and    fallacies;  monthly,  Oct.  1892-Sept.  1901. 

9v.     1892-1901    r383.5  F47 

No  more  published. 
FOREIGN   Stamp   collectors'   news;   monthly,    Oct.    1883-Sept. 

1884.    V.I.     1883-84 r383.5  F76 

HALIFAX  philatelist;  monthly,    v.i.    1887 r383.5  H16 

INTERNATIONAL  collector;  monthly,  June  1887-June  1889. 

V.1-5,  no. I,  in  I.     1887-98 r383.5  I24 

INTERNATIONAL  PHILATELISTEN-VEREIN,  Dresden. 

Vertrauliche  mittheilung,  Jan.  15,  1899.    no. 21.    1899. .  .qr383.S  P4944 

Bound  with  Der  Philatelist. 

INTERNATIONAL  stamp;  a  semi-monthly  in  the  interests  of 

stamp  collecting,  Jan.  23-July  27,  1896.    v.i.    1896 r383.5  I248 

KEYSTONE  philatelic  gazette;  monthly,     v.1-4.     1884-88 r383.5  K23 

V.I,  no.p-v.z,  no.6,  title  reads  Keystone  stamp  and  coin  gazette;  v.2,  no. 
7-V.3,  no.6,  title  reads  Stamp  and  coin  gazette;  v.3,  no.7-v.4,  title  reads 
Philatelic  gazette. 

KEYSTONE  state  philatelist;  monthly,  Jan-Oct.     1887.     v.i, 

no.i-8.     1887 r383.S  K239 

No  more  published. 
LONDON   philatelist;    the   monthly   journal   of  the    Philatelic 

society,     v.  1-9.     1892-1900 qr383-5  L82 

LONG  Island  philatelist;  a  monthly  magazine.  Mar.  1892- Aug. 

1893.    V.  1-2,  no.6,  in  I.     1892-93 qr383.S  L824 

MEKEEL'S  weekly  stamp  news,     v.i-date.     1891-date qr383.s  M57W 

METROPOLITAN  philatelist;  monthly,  Apr.  1890-Sept.  1898. 

v.1-9.     1891-98 r383.5  M64 

MOHAWK  standard,  advertiser  and  chronicle;  monthly.  Mar. 

1886-Feb.  1888.    v.i-2,  in  I.     1886-88. r383.5  M77 

NATIONAL  PHILATELIC  SOCIETY  OF  NEW  YORK. 

Bulletin,  Jan.  1878-Mar.  1879.     no.  1-3.     1878-79 r383.5  N155 

Published  irregularly. 

NATIONAL  philatelist;   a  monthly  magazine  devoted  to  the 

interests  of  stamp  collectors,    v.i.     1883 r383-5  N15 

No  more  published. 

NEW  ENGLAND  philatelist;  monthly,   Nov.   1884-Oct.   1885. 

V.I.    1884-85 r383.5  N261 

No  more  published. 


PHILATELY  51S 

NEW   York  stamp;   a  monthly  journal,  Apr.   1892-D ec.   1895. 

V.  1-4,  no.6,  in  i.     1892-95 r383.S  N26 

V.I,  no.4-v.4,  no.6  title  reads  The  stamp. 

PHILATELIC  chronicle  and  advertiser;  monthly,  Oct.   1891- 

Sept.  1892,  Oct.  i89S-Sept.  1896.    v.i,  5.    1891-96 r383.5  P4946 

Consolidated  with  New  York  philatelist. 

PHILATELIC   journal    of   America;    an    illustrated    monthly 

magazine  in  interest  of  stamp  collecting;  ed.  by  C.   H. 

Mekeel,  Mar.  i88s-Dec.  1888,  Jan.-Dec.  1894.    v.  1-4,  11-12. 

1885-94 qr383.5  P4943 

PHILATELIC  magazine;  monthly,  Oct.  1885-June  1887.    v.i- 

2,  no.9,  in  i.     1885-87 r383.5  P494 

No  more  published. 

PHILATELIC  monthly,  Feb.  1875-Dec.  1898.     v.i-24,  in  3. 

1875-98 r383.5  P49 

V.  18-24  title  reads  Philatelic  monthly  and  world. 
PHILATELIC  record;  monthly,  Feb.  1879-Dec.  1891,  1895, 

1897-1899.     V.1-13,  17,  ISH2I.     1879-99 r383.5  P4945 

Nov.  1895  aid  Nov.  1899  wanting. 

V.I 9-2 1  title  reads  Philatelic  record  and  stamp  news. 

PHILATELIST;    illustrated   magazine    for   stamp    collectors; 

monthly,  Dec.  1866-Dec.  1872.    v.i-6.     1867-72 r383.S  P4947 

Der  PHILATELIST;  organ  fiir  postwerthzeichenkunde;  vereins- 
zeitung  des   Internationalen   philatelisten-vereins   Dresden 
und  seiner  sectionen;   semi-monthly  and  monthly,   1888- 
1889,  1897-1899.    V.9-10,  18-20,  in  2.    1888-99 qr383S  P4944 

POST  office;  a  monthly  journal  for  stamp  collectors;  Apr.  1891- 

Dec.  1899.    V.1-9.     1892-99 r383.S  P84 

QUAKER  city  philatelist;  monthly,  Jan.  1886-July  1894.    v.i- 

9,  no.7,  in  2.     1886-94 qr383.5  Q16 

STAMP;    monthly,    Mar.    1886-Apr.    1889.     v.1-4,   no.2,    in    i. 

1886-89  r383.5  S7832 

STAMP  collector;  monthly,  July-Aug.  1886.     v.i,  no. 1-2. 

1886   r383.S   K239 

No  more  published. 

Bound  with  Keystone  state  philatelist. 

STAMP  collectors'  Figaro;  monthly,  Mar.1887-Feb.1891.    v.1-5, 

no.4,  in  i.     1888-91 qr383.5  S7833 

v.s,  no.3-4,  title  reads  The  stamp  collector. 

STAMP  collector's  monthly,     v.i.     1872 r383.5  S783 

STAMP  world;  monthly,  Oct.  1880-Feb.  1887.     7v.  in  i.     1881- 

87 r383.5  S78 

No  more  published. 

STANLEY  Gibbons  monthly  journal,  July  1890-June  1900.     v.i- 

10.  1890-1900  qr383.s  S787 

Le  TIMBRE-poste;  journal  du  collectionneur;  monthly,  v.i-12, 

32,  37,  in  10.     1863-99 r383.S  T47 

V.32,  y;  title  reads  Le  timbre-poste  et  le  timbre  fiscal. 

TRIFET,  F. 

Monthly  circular,  Jan.  1874-May  1879.    6v.  in  i.    1874-79.  .r383.5  T73 
No  more  published. 

v.2-4,  no.  II  title  reads  F.  Trifet's  monthly  stamp  circular  and  price  cata- 
logue; v.4,  no.i2-v.6  title  reads  Monthly  stamp  circular. 

WEEKLY  philatelic  era.    v.l2-date.     1897-date  qr383.5  W427 


Si6  PHILATELY 


WEEKLY  philatelist,  Nov.  i6,  1892-Sept.  12,  1894.     v.i-2,  in  i. 

1892-94 r383.S  W42 

.       383.7     Directories 

DAVISON  PUBLISHING  CO. 

Philatelic  concordance  and  address  book,  also  a  directory  of 

stamp  collectors.     1895 ^3^3-7  D32 

MEKEEL,  (C.  H.)  STAMP  AND  PUBLISHING  CO. 

Stamp  collectors'  and  dealers'  address  book.     1889" r383.7  M57 

The  same.     1891 r383.7  Ms7s 

ROGERS,  Albert  R.  pub. 

American  philatelic  blue  book;  containing  a  list  of  stamp 
collectors  and  dealers,  philatelic  papers  and  societies. 
1893 r383.7  R61 

383.8     History  and  miscellany 

AMERICAN  PHILATELIC  ASSOCIATION. 

Catalogue  of  the  loan  exhibit  of  postage  stamps  to  the  United 
States  post  office  department  at  the  World's  Columbian 

exposition,  Chicago,  1893.     1893 r383.8  A51 

EARfiE,  Robert  Brisco. 

Album  weeds;  or,  How  to  detect  forged  stamps.    1882. . .  .r383.8  E17 
PHILO,  pseud. 

Bluffton  stamp  society;  a  story  for  young  stamp  collec- 
tors.    1887 r383.8  P51 

ROBIE,  Lewis. 

Stamp  hunting.     1898 r383.8  RS4 

SCRAP-BOOK  of  newspaper  clippings  on  philately.     2v..qr383.8  S43 
BOSTON  PHILATELIC  SOCIETY. 

Historical  reference  list  of  the  revenue  stamps  of  the  United 
States,  including  the  private  die  proprietary  stamps;  comp. 
by  G.  L.  Toppan,  H.  E.  Deats  and  Alexander  Holland,  a 

committee  of  the  Boston  philatelic  society.    1899 qr383.9  B64 

HUBBARD,  Gardiner  Greene., 

Memorial  on  the  postal  telegraph  system.     1871.    (United 

States.    41st  cong.  3d  sess.     House.     Mis.  doc.  no. 39.) ri462 

t 

385     Railroads 

See  also  Railroad  engineering,   625;   and  Transportation,   656 

ADAMS,  Charles  Francis,  b.  1835,  &  Henry. 

Chapters  of  Erie,  and  other  essays.    1886 385  A21 

Contents:  A  chapter  of  Erie,  by  C.  F.  Adams. — New  York  gold  con- 
spiracy, by  Henry  Adams. — An  Erie  raid,  by  C.  F  Adams. — Capt. 
John  Smith,  Bank  of  England  restriction,  British  finance  in  1816,  by 
Henry  Adams. — Legal-tender  act,  by  F.  A.  Walker  'and  Henry  Adams. 
— The  railroad  system,  by  C.  F.  Adams. 

BALTIMORE  AND  OHIO  RAILROAD  CO. 

Memorial  of  the  president  and  directors  to  Congress  ask- 
ing that  a  subscription,  on  the  part  of  the  United  States, 


RAILROADS  517 

to  the  stock  of  the  company,  be  authorized.     [1829.] .  . .  .rsSo  F12 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Report  from  the  president  and  directors  to  the  executive  of 

the  state  of  Maryland,  Dec.  20,  1831.     1831 ts8o  F12 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

BALTIMORE  AND  SUSQUEHANNA  RAILROAD  CO. 
Annual  report  (9th)  of  the  president  and  directors  to  the 

stockholders,  Oct.  1836.     1836 r38o  D24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

CLEVELAND  AND  PITTSBURGH  RAILROAD  CO. 

Report  of  the  chief  engineer  on  the  location  and  estimates 
of  cost  of  the  Cleveland  and  Pittsburgh  railroad;  accom- 
panied by  the  report  of  A.  C.  Twining,  consulting  engi- 
neer, and  the  statement  of  the  president  and  directors  to 

the  stockholders  of  the  company.     1849 r38o  U2S32 

The  chief  engineer  making  this  report  was  George  R.  Eichbaum. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

COWLES,  James  Lewis. 

General  freight  and  passenger  post.    1896 385  C84 

DABNEY,  Walter  Davis. 

Public  regulation  of  railways.     1889.    (Questions  of  the  day.).  .385  Dii 
DANA,  William  B.  CO.  jrub. 

Hand-book  of  railroad  securities,  1898;  description,  in- 
come, prices,  dividends.     1898 r38s  D19 

DANVILLE  AND  POTTSVILLE  RAILROAD  CO. 

Report  of  the  chief  engineer;  with  a  report  of  the  president 

and  managers  to  the  stockholders,  Jan.  1833.     1833 r38o  F12 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
DARBY,  William. 

Atchafalaya  railroad.     1836 r38o  D24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

DIXON,  Frank  Haigh. 

State  railroad  control,  with  a  history  of  its  development  in 

Iowa.     1896.     (Library  of  economics  and  politics.) 385  D64 

The  author's  conclusion  is  that  "a  combined  system  of  national  and 
state  control,  instead  of  weakening  the  power  of  state  boards,  would, 
in  fact,  strengthen  their  authority  by  removing  the  embarrassments 
under  which  they  now  suffer  from  the  problems  of  interstate  com- 
merce with  which  they  are  constantly  besieged." 

DOS  PASSOS,  John  Randolph. 

Inter-state  commerce  act.    1887.     (Questions  of  the  day.).  .  .385  D74 
EICHBAUM,  George  R. 

Report  upon  the  siirveys,  location  and  estimates  of  the  Cleve- 
land and  Pittsburgh  railroad;  to  which  is  appended  the 
charter  of  the  company.     1847 r38o  U2S32 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

EXPERIMENTS  on  railroads  in  England;  illustrative  of  the 
safety,  economy  and  speed  of  transportation,  which  this 
system,  as  now  improved,  is  capable  of  affording.     1829.  ..  .r38o  F12 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

FACTS  and  arguments  in  favour  of  adopting  railways  in  prefer- 
ence to  canals  in  Pennsylvania;  to  which  are  added  a  few 
remarks  on  the  subject  of  internal  improvements.     Ed.  3. 


5x8  RAILROADS 

1825 r38o  F12 

The  same.    Ed.  4.    1825 T3S6  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
HADLEY,  Arthur  Twining. 

Railroad  transportation.     1895 385  H12 

"Outlines  the  development  of  the  modern  transportation  systems  of 
Europe  and  America,  and  goes  to  the  very  heart  of  the  problems  of 
combination,  competition,  management  and  legal  regulation.  Its 
great  number  of  citations  and  bibliographical  references. .  .put  the 
reader  on  the  track  of  the  entire  literature  of  railroad  economics." 
Dial,  1885. 

HAINES,  Henry  Stevens. 

American  railway  management;  addresses  delivered  before  the 
American  railway  association,  and  miscellaneous  addresses 

and  papers.     1897 385  H15 

HENDRICK.  Frank. 

Railway  control  by  commissions.    1900.    (Questions  of  the 

day.)    385   H44 

Chapters  on  railway  regulation  in  France,  Italy,  Austria,  Belgium, 
Germany,  England  and  the  United  States;  also  on  the  railway  regu- 
lation of  the  Massachusetts  commission  as  a  g^ide  to  American  rail- 
way control,  and  on  Switzerland  and  the  state  purchase  of  railways. 

HOLE,  James. 

National  railways;  an  argument  for  state  purchase.    1895 385  H71 

INTERCONTINENTAL  RAILWAY  COMMISSION. 
Minutes   of  meetings    (ist-igth)    held   in  Washington, 

December  4,  1890  to  April  21,  1891.     1891 qr385  I24 

Text  is  in  Spanish  and  English. 
Preliminary  report  of  the  executive  committee  for  the 
information  of  the  several  governments  interested  in 
establishing  better  means  of  intercommunication  be- 
tween the  republics  of  the  western  hemisphere,  sub- 
mitted Jan.  31,  1893.     1893 r38s  I24P 

LARRABEE,  William. 

Railroad  question.     1893 385  L33 

Bibliography,  p.  13-15. 

LEWIS,  George  Henry. 

National  consolidation  of  the  railways  of  the  United  States. 

1893    38s   L67 

MILLION,  John  W. 

State  aid  to  railways  in  Missouri.  1896.  (Chicago  uni- 
versity.    Economic  studies,  v.4.) 385  M69 

MITCHELL  &  HINMAN,  pub. 

Mitchell's  compendium  of  the  internal  improvetnents  of  the 
United  States,  comprising  general  notices  of  important  ca- 
nals and  rail-roads;  with  brief  notice  of  works  of  internal 

improvement  in  Canada  and  Nova  Scotia.     1835 r385  M74 

MOBILE  AND  NEW  ORLEANS  RAILROAD  CO. 

Charter  of  the  Mobile  &  New-Orleans  railroad  company, 
incorporated  by  act  of  Assembly  [approved  Dec.  1836]. 
1836 r38o  D24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

NEW  YORK  (state) — Municipal  ownership  of  the  street  and 
elevated  railroads  of  cities.  Committee  to  investigate 
the  desirability  of. 


RAILROADS  Sip 

Report  and  testimony  transmitted  to  the  Legislature,  Feb. 

II,  1896.    2v.    1896 r38s  N26 

NEW  YORK  (state) — Railroad  commissioners,  Board  of. 

Annual  report,  1858-64,  1866-68,   1871-74,  1877,  1879-90,  1892- 

date.     1859-date r385  N261 

Reports  for  1893,  pt.2;  1894,  pt.i;  1897,  pt.i,  and  1898,  pt.2,  wanting. 
Report  for  1883  is  the  ist  annual  report  made  by  the  Railroad  com- 
missioners, before  1883  these  reports  were  issued  by  the  engineer  and 
surveyor. 

NEW  YORK  (state) — Railroad  commissioners.  Board  of,  cotnp. 

General  railroad  laws  of  New  York.     1901  r385  N26ig 

OFFICIAL  railway  list;  a  directory  and  handbook  of  useful  in- 
formation for  railway  men.    9th-i3th  year.     1890-94.  . .  .r385  O16 
PENNSYLVANIA— Railroad  riots  in  July  1877,  Committee 
to  investigate  the. 
Report  read  in  the  Senate  and  House  of  representatives. 

May  23,  1878.     1878 r385  P39 

PITTSBURGH— Citizens'  committee. 

Address  of  a  committee  appointed  July  20,  1831,  on  the  sub- 
ject of  a  railroad   from  the  western  termination   of  the 

Pennsylvania  canal  to  the  Ohio  canal.     1832 r38o  F12 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PITTSBURGH  EAST  END  RAILROAD  CO. 

Prospectus,  1883.  1883 r385  P67 

POOR,  Henry  Varnum,  comp. 

Directory  of  railway  officials,  1887,  1890-93,  1895.    2d,  5th- 

8th,  i8th  annual  number.     1887-95 r385  P79d 

From  1888-1893  also  published  as  a  supplement  to  Poor's  Manual  of 
railroads. 
Manual  of  the  railroads  of  the  United  States,  1889,  1892-93, 
1895-1900,  1902.     22d,  25th-26th,  28th-33d,  35th  annual 

number.     1889-1902 r38s  P79 

RAILWAY  age ;  weekly.    v.i8-date.     1893-date qr385  R15 

V. 21-30  wanting. 

RINGLER,  A.H.  comp. 

History  of  the  North  Hudson  county  railway,  from  its  earliest 

days  to  the  present  time,  1893.     1893 qi'385  R47 

ROBERTS,  William  Milnor. 

Report  on  the  preliminary  surveys  for  the  Bellefontaine  & 

Indiana  railroad  company.     1850 r38o  U2532 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

ROEBLING,  John  Augustus. 

Great     central     railroad    from     Philadelphia   to    St.    Louis. 

1847 raSo   U2S32 

American  railroad  journal,  extra. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

SELIGMAN,  Edwin  Robert  Anderson. 

Railway  tariffs  and  the  interstate  commerce  law.     1896.  . .  .r38s  S46 
Reprinted  from  Political  science  quarterly,  v.  2. 

SKETCH  of  the  geographical  rout  of  a  great  railway,  by 
which  it  is  proposed  to  connect  the  canals  and  navigable 
waters  of  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illi- 
nois, Missouri,  and  the  Michigan,  North-west  and 
Missouri  territories.     1829 r385  S62 


520  RAILROADS 

SPAIN— Crown. 

Translation  of  police  law  of  railroads  of  Puerto   Rico  and 
regulations  for  its  application,  promulgated  on  17th  Feb. 

1888.     1899 r385  S73 

Published  by  the  United  States  war  department. 
Translation  of  the  law  of  railroads  for  Puerto  Rico,  granted 
by  royal  decree  of  Dec.  9,  1887,  and  promulgated  Jan.  10, 

1888.  '  1899 r385   S73 

Published  by  the  United  States  war  department. 
Bound  with  the  above. 

STEUBENVILLE  AND  INDIANA  RAILROAD  CO. 

Report  (ist)  of  the  board  of  directors;  accompanied  by  a 

*      map  of  the  route  and  connecting  lines.     1850 r38o  U2S32 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

STICKNEY,  Alpheus  Beede. 

Railway  problem.     1891 ." .-. 385  S85 

SWANN,  John. 

An  investor's  notes  on  American  railroads.     1887 385  S97 

UNITED  STATES — Interstate  commerce  commission. 

Annual    report    (ist-date),   for   the   year  ending  June   30, 

1887-date.     1887-date r385  U25 

UNITED  STATES — Interstate  commerce  committee. 

Report  of  the  select  committee  upon  the  subject  of  the 
regulation  of  the  transportation  of  freights  and  passen- 
gers between  the  several  states  by  railroad  and  water 
routes.  2v.  1886.  (49th  cong.  ist  sess.  Senate.  Re- 
port 46.) r38s  U2S3 

V.I.     Report,  with  testimony. 
V.2.     Testimony. 

UNITED  STATES — Pacific  railway  commission. 

Reports  and  testimony.    9v.  in  5.  1888.     (50th  cong.  ist  sess. 

Senate.     Ex.  doc.  no. 51.) r38s  U2532 

This    commission    was    appointed    to    investigate    "the    accounts    and 
methods  of  railroads  which  have  received  aid  from  the  United  State*." 

UNITED  STATES — Southern  railroads,  Select  committee  to 
investigate  the  affairs  of. 
Affairs  of  Southern  railroads;  [report  and  testimony  on 
the  relations  between  the  federal  government  and  the 
railroads  in  the  states  lately  in  rebellion,  the  amount  of 
money  expended  by  the  United  States  authorities  in 
constructing. .  .and  managing  said  roads,  the  amount 
of  money  each  company  is  owing  to  the  government, 
etc.].     1867.     (39th  cong.  2d  sess.     House.     Report  no. 

34-)    r38s  U2533 

WHITE,  Henry  Kirke,  of  Chicago. 

History  of  the  Union  Pacific  railway.  1895.  (Chicago  uni- 
versity.    Economic  studies,  v.2.)   385  W63 

WHITE  &  KEMBLE,  pub. 

Reference  book  of  railroad  securities.    1894 r385  W63 

WILLIAMS,  C. 

Report  upon  the  preliminary  surveys  of  the  Cleveland, 
Columbus  and  Cincinnati  railroad,  to  the  president  and 


CANAL  AND  HIGHWAY  TRANSPORTATION  521 

directors.     1846 r38o   U2532 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

386     Canal  and  highway  transportation 

See  also   Canal  engineering,  626 

BALTIMORE  AND  OHIO  RAILROAD  CO. 

Memorial  of  the  president  and  directors  in  favor  of  a  further 
subscription  of  stock  to  the  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  canal. 
1834 r386  SSsr 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
BRECK,  Samuel. 

Sketch  of  the  internal  improvements  made  by  Pennsylvania 
with  observations  upon  her  means  for  their  extension,  par- 
ticularly as  they  have  reference  to  the  growth  and  pros- 
perity of  Philadelphia.     1818 r386  B73 

CAREY,  Mathew,  and  others. 

To  the  citizens  of  Pennsylvania;  address  on  internal  improve- 
ments, with  special  reference  to  canals.    1825 r386  P399  v.i 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

The  same.     1827 r386  P399  v.  i 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
CARNAC,  Turner. 

Facts  and  arguments  respecting  inland  navigation  in  Amer- 
ica.    1805 r386  C21 

CHESAPEAKE  AND  OHIO  CANAL  CO. 

Annual  report  (9th)  of  the  president  and  directors  to  the 

stockholders;  made  June  12,  1837.     1837 r38o  D24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Report  of  the  general  committee  of  stockholders,  endors- 
ing the  course  of  the  president  and  directors;  June  23, 

1834.     1834 r38o  D24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

CHESAPEAKE  AND  OHIO  CANAL  CONVENTION. 

Proceedings,  Nov.  6,  1823,  and  Dec.  6,  1826.     1827 r386  S8sr 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

COLQUHOUN,  Archibald  Ross. 

Key  of  the  Pacific;  the  Nicaragua  canal.     1895 386  C72 

"A  description  of  the  Nicaragua  canal,  with  some  account  of  the  country 
which  the  canal  will  traverse  and  of  the  business  which  it  may  be 
expected  to  accommodate." 

DOCUMENTS  relative  to  a  communication  between  Pittsburgh 

and  the  Ohio  canal.     1833 r38o  F12 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

DOUGLASS,  David  B. 

Report  of  D.  B.  Douglass  to  the  commissioners  of  the 
Sandy  and  Beaver  canal,  giving  an  estimate  of  the  cost 
of  construction  of  the  canal,  April  12,  1830.  1830. 
(United  States.  21st  cong.  ist  sess.  House.  Report 
357)    r38o  U2532 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

DUANE,  William  John. 

Letters  addressed  to  the  people  of  Pennsylvania  respecting 


522  CANAL  AND  HIGHWAY  TRANSPORTATION 

the  internal  improvement  of  the  commonwealth  by  means 

of  roads  and  canals.    i8i  i r386  D8s 

GOODRICH,  N.W.  and  others. 

Memorial  of  the  inhabitants  of  Pennsylvania  praying  Con- 
gress to  make  an  appropriation  for  the  improvement  of 
the  Allegany  river,  1837.  1837.  (United  States.  24th 
cong.  2d  sess.    House.    Doc.  no.84.) r386  P399  v.2 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

HARPER,  Robert  Goodloe. 

Speech  to  the  citizens  of  Baltimore  on  the  expediency  of 
promoting  a  connexion  between  the  Ohio  at  Pittsburgh 
and  the  Chesapeake  at  Baltimore,  by  a  canal  through 

the  District  of  Columbia,  Dec.  20,  1823.     1824 r343.i  C38 

Bound  with  Chase's  "Answer  and  pleas." 

HARRISBURG  CANAL  CO. 

Memorial,  agreement  and  correspondence  relative  to  the 

Harrisburg  canal  comp'y.     1826 r386  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

INTERNATIONAL  DEEP  WATERWAYS  ASSOCIATION. 
Proceedings  of  the  annual  convention  (ist),  1895,  with  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Toronto  convention,  1894 r386  I24 

JEANS,  James  Stephen. 

Waterways  and  water  transport  in  different  countries.     1890. . .  .386  J22 
KEASBEY,  Lindley  Miller. 

Nicaragua  canal  and  the  Monroe  doctrine;  a  political  history 
of  isthmus  transit,  with  special  reference  to  the  Nica- 
ragua  canal   project   and   the   attitude   of   the   United 

States  thereto.     1896 386  KiS 

LACOCK,  Abner. 

Letter  to  Hon.  David  Scott,  president  of  the  Board  of 
canal  commissioners  of  Pennsylvania,  March   i,   1830. 

1830 r38o  F12 

"Occasioned  by  a  Report  from  James  S.  Stevenson  [Lacock's  successor 
as]  Acting  Canal  Commissioner  of  the  Western  Division  of... Canal, 
made  to  the  Board  on  the  pth  of  December,  1829." 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

M'DUFFIE,  George. 

Defence  of  a  liberal  construction  of  the  powers  of  Congress 
as  regards  internal  improvement,  etc;  with  a  refutation  of 
the  ultra  doctrines  respecting  consolidation  and  state  sov- 
ereignty, written  over  the  signature  of  "One  of  the  people." 
1831 T380  U2S32 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

McNeill,  WilHam  Gibbs. 

Deep  creek  and  Castleman  summits;  report  of  the  engineer 
employed  in  exploring  the  country  and  running  levels 
between  the  Deep  creek  and  Castleman's  summits,  on 
the  contemplated  route  of  the  Chesapeake  and  Ohio 
canal.  1826.  (United  States.  19th  cong.  ist  sess. 
House.    Doc.  no. 169.) r386  S56 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

MARYLAND — Internal  improvement  committee. 

Report  of  the  committee  to  whom  was  referred  the  me- 


CANAL  AND  HIGHWAY  TRANSPORTATION  523 

morial  of  the  president  and  directors  of  the  Chesapeake 
&  Ohio  canal  company  favoring  a  further  subscription 
of  stock  to  the  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  canal  company 
and   asking   for   the   aid   of   the    General   assembly   of 

Maryland.     1834 r386  SSsr 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

MARYLAND,  CONVENTION  ON  INTERNAL  IMPROVE- 
MENTS, 1836. 
Journal  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Convention  on  internal 
improvements  of  Maryland  held  in  Baltimore,  May  2, 

1836.     1836 r38o  D24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
MASSACHUSETTS — Commissioners  on  the  routes  of  canals 
from  Boston  harbour  to  Connecticut  and  Hudson  rivers. 

Report.    1826 r386  N26 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
NEW  YORK  (state)— Governor.     (De  Witt  Clinton.) 

Message  to  the  Legislature  of  New  York,  January  1825. 

1825    r386  N26 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

NEW  YORK  (city),  CITIZENS'  COMMITTEE. 

Appeal  to  the  people  of  the  state  of  New  York  and  their  rep- 
resentatives in  the  Legislature  in  favour  of  construct- 
ing the  Genesee  and  Allegheny  canal.     1833 r386  P399  v.l 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

OHIO — Canal  commissioners. 

Report,  1826.     1826 r386  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PEMBERTON,  Israel,  and  others. 

An  address  to  the  inhabitants  of  Pennsylvania  by  freemen  of 
Philadelphia  confined  in  Mason's  lodge  by  a  general  war- 
rant.   1777 r386  D85 

These  freemen,  principally  Quakers,  were  imprisoned  in  consequence  of 
their  refusal  "not  to  depart  from  their  dwelling-houses  and  engage  to 
refrain  from  doing  anything  injurious  to  the  United  States,  by  speak- 
ing, writing,  or  otherwise,  and  from  giving  intelligence  to  the  com- 
mander of  the  British  forces,  or  to  any  other  person,  concerning 
publick  affairs." 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Auditor  general's  office. 

Report  relative  to  the  accounts  for  the  repair  of  the  canal  be- 
tween Huntingdon  and  Hollidaysburg,  1840.     1840 r386  P399  v.j 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
PENNSYLVANIA — Canal  commissioners. 

Pennsylvania  canal  regulations  and  rates  of  toll,  as  estab- 
lished by  the  Board  of  canal  commissioners,  and  in 
force  I  Aug.  1833;  with  the  acts  for  the  protection  of 

the  canal.     1833 r38o  F12 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
Report.  1825,  1827-1831,  1833,  1836-1840.     V.I,  3-7,  9,  12-16  in 

4.     1825-41 r386  P399 

Two  reports  were  made  in  1827;  the  first  in  February  and  the  second  in 
December.  The  second  report  for  1827,  also  those  for  1829—31,  with 
accompanying  documents,  are  printed  in  the  Senate  journal,  1828/29- 
1830/31,  r328.74  P399S. 

Title  pages  vary. 


524  CANAL  AND  HIGHWAY  TRANSPORTATION 

PENNSYLVANIA — Commissioners  for  the  improvement  of 
the  navigation  of  the  Susquehanna  from  Columbia  to 
tide. 

Report,  1824.     1824 r386  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
Report  of  the  engineer,  appointed  by  the  commission,  on 
the  expense  necessary  to  the  completion  of  an  ascend- 
ing   and    descending    navigation    of    the    Susquehanna 

river  and  the  north  branch  thereof.     1827 r386  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA — Committee  appointed  to  investigate  the 
conduct  of  James  Clarke. 
Report  of  a  committee  appointed  upon  the  application  of 
James  Clarke,  acting  commissioner  on  the  Juniata  di- 
vision of  the  Pennsylvania  canal,  to  investigate  his 
official  conduct  in  relation  to  certain  charges  set  forth 
against  him  in  a  petition  which  had  been  presented;  to- 
gether with  some  of  the  documents  which  were  given 
in  evidence  and  also  an  abstract  from  the  testimony 

taken.     1830 r38o  F12 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Governor.     (Joseph  Ritner.) 

Message  from  the  governor  relative  to  the  bill  entitled  An 
act  to  provide  for  the  repairs  and  expenses  of  the  state 
canals  and  railroads,  and  continuing  the  work  on  the 
Erie  extension  and  North  Branch  division  of  the  Pennsyl- 
vania canal,  read  in  the  Senate  Jan.  9,  1838.  1838.  .r386  P399  v.2 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA — Inland  navigation  and  internal  improve- 
ment committee. 
Report  of  the  committee  relative  to  rail  roads  and  canals, 
read   in   the    House   of  representatives,    Feb.   26,    1829. 

1829 r386  P399  v.i 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA — Roads,   bridges    and    inland   navigation 
committee. 
Report  read  in  the  Senate,  March  23,  1822.     1822 r386  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA,  SOCIETY  FOR  THE  PROMOTION 
OF  INTERNAL  IMPROVEMENT. 
Annual  report  (ist)  of  the  acting  committee,  Jan.  4,  1826. 

1826 r386  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
PITTSBURGH— Citizens'  committee. 

Proceedings  in  relation  to  the  western  termination  of  the 

Pennsylvania  canal.     1826 r386  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

SANDY  AND  BEAVER  CANAL  CO. 

Charter  and  reports  of  engineers  [Maj.  D.  B.  Douglass,  E. 

H.  Gill  and  H.  Hage].     1834.. r38o  U2532 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

SCHUYLKILL  NAVIGATION  CO. 

Report  of  the  president  and  managers  to  the  stockholders. 


CANAL  AND  HIGHWAY  TRANSPORTATION  525 

1827  r386  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

SEWARD,  William  Henry. 

Address  at  the  commencement  of  the  Auburn  and  Owasco 
canal,  Oct.  14,  1835;  with  the  proceedings  of  the  celebra- 
tion.    1835  r38o  D24 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

SHELDON,  Henry  Isaac. 

Notes  on  the  Nicaragua  canal.     1897 386  S54 

SHRIVER,  James. 

Account  of  surveys  and  examinations,  with  remarks  and  docu- 
ments relative  to  the  projected  Chesapeake  and  Ohio,  and 

Ohio  and  Lake  Erie  canals.     1824 r386  S56 

Juniatta,  and  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  canal;  report  of  the 
engineer  employed  in  exploring  the  country  between  Bed- 
ford and  Cumberland,  with  a  view  of  uniting  the  Juniatta 
and  Wills  creek  with  the  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  canal. 
1826.      (United    States.      19th   cong.    ist    sess.      House. 

Doc.  no.158.) r386  S56 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
STEWART,  Andrew. 

Report  on  the  Chesapeake  &  Ohio  canal;  made  in  Congress, 

May  19,  1826.     1826 '. r386  SSsr 

Speeches  delivered  in  the  Congress  of  U.  S.  in  the  support  of 
the  American  system,  domestic  manufactures  and  internal 

improvement,   [1824-29] r386  885 

THOMfi  de  GAMOND.  Aime. 

Carte  d'etude  pour  le  trace  et  le  profil  du  canal  de  Nica- 
ragua; precedee  de  documents  publics  sur  cette  ques- 
tion, par  F.  Belly.     1858 qr386  T37 

The  documents  include  the  Clayton-Bulwer  treaty;  the  "Convention  de 
Rivas"  (1858),  concluded  by  the  governments  of  Nicaragua  and  Costa 
Rica  and  M.  Belly,  relative  to  the  concession  of  an  interoceanic 
canal ;  remarks  on  the  subject  of  the  proposed  canal  by  Louis  Na- 
FKjleon  (1846),  and  several  other  papers  prior  to  1858. 
TROUP,  Robert. 

Letter  to  Brockholst  Livingston  on  the  lake  canal  policy  of 

New-York.     1822 r386  N26 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

UNION  CANAL  COMPANY  OF  PENNSYLVANIA. 
Annual  report  of  the  president  and  managers  to  the  stock- 
holders, 1826,  1830-33.     1826-33 r38o  F12 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

The  same,  1835,  1837.    1835-37 r386  P399  v.2 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

UNITED  STATES — Engineers  for  internal  improvement. 
Board  of. 
Report   concerning   the   proposed    Chesapeake    and    Ohio 
canal  presented  Dec.  6,  1826.    1826.     (19th  cong.  2d  sess. 
House.     Doc. 10.) r386  S56 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

UNITED  STATES— Interstate  and  foreign  commerce  com- 
mittee. 
Hearings  on  House  bill  35  (on  the  Nicaragua  canal).    1896. 

(54th  cong.  1st  sess.     House.     Doc.  no. 315.) r386  U25h 


S26  CANAL  AND  HIGHWAY  TRANSPORTATION 

UNITED  STATES— Nicaragua  canal  board. 

Report  of  the  Board  of  engineers  appointed  for  the  purpose  of 
ascertaining  the  feasibility,  permanence  and  cost  of  construc- 
tion and  completion  of  the  Nicaragua  canal  by  the  route 
provided  for  by  the  act  of  Jan.  28,  1895.  1896.  (S4th  cong. 
1st  sess.    House.    Doc.  no. 279.) r386  U25 

UNITED  STATES — Railways  and  canals  committee. 

Report  submitting  H.14261  to  incorporate  the  Lake  Erie 
and  Ohio  river  ship  canal  company,  as  substitute  for 
H.1067.  Feb.  22,  1901.  1901.  (56th  cong.  2d  sess. 
House.     Report  no.2946.) r42i4 

UNITED  STATES— Roads  and  canals  committee. 

Report  from  the  committee  to  which  was  referred  the  me- 
morials of  the  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  canal  and  of  the  Bal- 
timore and  Ohio  railroad  companies;  as  well  as  numerous 
petitions  praying  for  an  additional  subscription  by  the 
United  States  to  the  capital  stock  of  the  Chesapeake 
and  Ohio  canal.  1834.  (23d  cong.  ist  sess.  House. 
Report  no.414.) r386  S8sr 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Report  of  the  committee  on  roads  and  canals,  opposing 
the  purchase  of  stock  for  the  United  States  in  the 
"Louisville  and  Portland  canal  company"  and  recom- 
mending that  the  government  attempt  the  improve- 
ment of  the  navigation  of  the  Ohio  by  removing  ob- 
struction at  the  head  of  the  "Falls,"  March   17,   1840. 

1840.     (26th  cong.  1st  sess.     Senate.     Doc.  284.) r38o  U2S3* 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Report  of  the  committee  to  whom  was  referred  a  resolu- 
tion instructing  them  to  inquire  into  the  expediency  of 
surveying  a  route  for  the  extension  of  the  Chesapeake 
and  Ohio  canal,  from  Pittsburgh  to  Lake  Erie,  by  way 
of  the  Allegany  river,  &c.;  and  two  reports  of  the  U. 
S.  engineers  in  relation  to  a  canal  to  connect  the  Juniata 
with  the  Potomac  river,  and  to  a  feeder  from  the  sum- 
mit level  on  Deep  creek  to  that  of  Casselman  river. 
1826.     (19th  cong.  1st  sess.    House.    Report  no. 216.)  .  ...r386  S56 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

Correspondence  and  other  papers  relating  to  the  proposed 
interoceanic  ship  canal,  being  a  reprint  of  an  executive 
document  of  the  special  session  of  March  4,  1857  ^"d 
of  Senate  ex.  doc.  no. 194  of  the  47th  cong.  ist  sess. 
Feb.  8,  1900.  1900.  (56th  cong.  ist  sess.  Senate.  Doc. 
no.i6i.)    r386  U2S33 

Contains  the  text  of  treaties  between  Great  Britain  and  Spain,  communi- 
cations from  successive  presidents,  beginninR  with  Monroe,  corres- 
pondence between  England  and  the  United  States,  treaties  and  con- 
ventions between  the  United  States  and  the  states  bordering  on  the 
isthmus,  charters  of  canal  companies,  and  treaties  between  Great 
Britain  and  Central  American  states. 
VIRGINIA — General  assembly. 

Acts  of  Virginia  and  Maryland  and  of  the  Congress  of  the 
United  States,  incorporating  the  Chesapeake  and  Ohio 


RIVER  AND  OCEAN  TRANSPORTATION  527 

canal  company.     1825 r386  856 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

WARREN  (Ohio)  CONVENTION.     1833- 

Minutes  of  the  proceedings  of  a  convention  holden  at  Warren, 
Ohio,  on  the  13th  of  Nov.  1833,  on  the  subject  of  connect- 
ing the  Pennsylvania  and  Ohio  canals.     1833 r38o  F12 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

WATSON,  Elkanah. 

History  of  the  v^restern  canals  in  New-York,  1788-1819;  with 
The  rise,  progress  and  existing  state  of  modern  agricultural 

societies  on  the  Berkshire  system,  1807-1820.     1820 r386  N26 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

387     River  and  ocean  transportation 

See  also  Transportation,  656 

CINCINNATI — Citizens'  committee. 

Memorial  of  the  citizens  of  Cincinnati  to  Congress,  relative 
to  the  navigation  of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  rivers. 
1844 r38o  U2S32 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

INTERNATIONAL  MARINE  CONFERENCE,  Washing- 
ton, 1889. 
Protocols  of  proceedings  and  reports  of  committees.     3v. 

1890 r387  I24 

KELLEY,  James  Douglas  Jerrold. 

The  question    of  ships;  the  navy  and  the  merchant  marine. 

1884 387  K16 

LINDSAY,  William  Schaw. 

History  of  merchant  shipping  and  ancient  commerce.    4v. 

1874-76  r387  L72 

Traces   the  growth   of   marine   shipping,   from   the   earliest   attempts   to 
float  by  means  of  a  hollowed  log  or  raft,  down  to  the  building  of  the 
great  ocean  steamers.     Forms  a  very  complete  history  of  commerce. 
LLOYD'S  register  of  British  and  foreign  shipping,  1900/1901. 

2v.     1900    qr387  L75 

LLOYD'S  register  of  British  and  foreign  shipping;  rules  & 
regulations   for  the  construction  and   classification   of 

steel  vessels,  1900/1901.     1900 r387  L75I 

ROACH,  John. 

American  carrying  trade.     1881  r387  R53 

Favors  subsidizing  ships  built  and  registered  in  this  country,  and  op- 
poses the  repeal  of  the  navigation  laws  in  force  at  the  time  of  writing. 
Author  was  one  of  the  pioneers  of  the  American  iron  shipbuilding  in- 
dustry, and  established  large  works  at  Chester,  Pennsylvania. 
Shall  Americans  build  ships?  also  A  militia  for  the  sea.  Free 

ships  for  the  Brazilian  line,  etc.     1881  r387  R53S 

UNITED  STATES — Causes  of  the  reduction  of  American 
tonnage.  Select  committee  on. 
Report  made  Feb. 17,  1870  on  the  causes  of  the  great  reduc- 
tion of  American  tonnage  engaged  in  the  foreign  carry- 
ing trade,  and  what  measures  are  necessary  to  in- 
crease our  ocean  tonnage,  &c.  1870.  (41st  cong.  2d 
sess.     House.     Doc.  no.28.) r387  U253 


34 


528  WEIGHTS  AND  MEASURES 

UNI'TED  STATES— Navigation  bureau.     (Treasury  depart- 
ment.) 

Annual  list  (27th-date)  of  merchant  vessels  of  the  United 
States,  with  official  numbers  and  signal  letters,  for  the 

year  ended  June  30,  iSgs-date.     1895-date r^Sy  U2S 

Contains  the  International  code  of  signals. 

Annual  report  of  the  commissioner  of  navigation  for  the 
year  ended  June  30,  1886-1887,  1890,  1895-1900.     1886- 

1900 r387  U2534 

The  raports  for  1896-1898  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  con- 
gressional documents,  numbered  respectively,  3505,  3662,  3778. 

UNITED  STATES — Revenue-cutter  service  division. 

Report  of  the  chief,  1897.     1897 r387  U2532 

UNITED  STATES — Steamboat-inspection  service. 

Annual    report    of    the    supervising    inspector-general    of 

steamboats  for  1899-1900.    1899-1900 r387  U2533 

General  rules  and  regulations  prescribed  by  the  Board  of 
supervising  inspectors   of   steam  vessels,  as   amended 

Jan.  1900.     1900 r387  U2533g 

Laws  governing  the  Steamboat-inspection  service;  revised 
statutes  of  the  United  States  as  amended  by  various  acts 

of  Congress.     1896 r387  U2S33I 

Proceedings  of  the  42d  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  super- 
vising inspectors  of  steam  vessels,  1894,  also  reports,  of 
supervising  inspectors  for  the  year  ended  Dec.  31,   1893, 

and  revised  rules  and  regulations,    pt.i.     1894 r387  U2533P 

WELLS,  David  Ames. 

Our  merchant  marine;  how  it  rose,  increased,  became  great, 
declined  and  decayed;  with  an  inquiry  into  the  conditions 
essential  to  its  resuscitation  and  future  prosperity.     1882. 

(Questions  of  the  day.) r387  W49 

WELLS,  David  Ames,  &  Codman,  John. 

The  question  of  ships.    1890.     (Questions  of  the  day.) 387  W49 

Contents:  The  decay  of  our  ocean  mercantile  marine,  its  cause  and 
cure,  by  D.  A.  Wells. — Shipping  subsidies  and  bounties,  by  John 
Codman. 


389     W^eights  and  measures 

BARNARD,  Frederick  Augustus  Porter. 

Metric  system  of  weights  and  measures.     1872 rsBg  625 

CLARKE,  Frank  Wigglesworth,  comp. 

Weights,  measures  and  money  of  all  nations.     1894 r389  CS3 

DELBOS,  Leon. 

Metric  system;  a  practical  manual  with  numerous  examples. 

1900 389  D39 

FORSTER,  Hugh  Oakley  Arnold-. 

Coming  of  the  kilogram;  or.  The  battle  of  the  standards; 
a  plea  for  the  adoption  of  the  metric  system  of  weights 

and  measures.     1898 389  F78 

MOLESWORTH,  Sir  Guilford  Lindsey,  comp. 

Metrical  tables.     1898 r389  M78 


CUSTOMS  529 


SCHREINER,  Henry. 

American  ganger;  for  the  use  of  merchants  and  traders  in  the 

United  States,  and  as  useful  as  scales  or  yardsticks.    1852. .  .r389  S37 


390     Customs.     Folk-lore 

This  is  for  specific  customs.     For  manners  and  customs  of  special  countries,  See  913-919 

GENTLEMAN'S  magazine  library;   ed.  by   G.   L.   Gomme; 

English  traditional  lore.     1885 390  G29 

Contents:  Fairy  beliefs. — Legends  and  traditions. — Prophecies,  dreams 
and  ghost-stories. — Customs  of  foreign  countries. 

LACROIX,  Paul,  (pseud.  Le  bibliophile  Jacob). 

Moeiirs,  usages  et  costumes  au  moyen  age  et  a  I'epoque 

de  la  renaissance.     1878 qr390  L12 

Contents:  Condition  des  personnes  et  des  terres. — Privileges  et  droits 
feodaux  et  communaux. — Vie  privee  dans  les  chateaux,  villes  et  cam- 
pagnes. — Nourriture  et  cuisine. — Chasse. — Jeux  et  divertissements. — 
Commerce. — Corporation  des  metiers. — Impots,  monnaies  et  finances. 
— Justice  et  tribunaux. — Tribunaux  secrets. — Penalite. — Juifs. — Bo- 
hemiens,  Gueux,  mendiants,  cours  des  miracles. — Ceremonial. — Cos- 
tumes. 

MILN,  Mrs  Louise  Jordan. 

Little  folk  of  many  lands.     1899 390  M71 

Describes  the  customs,  costumes,  amusements,  etc.,  of  the  children  of 
different  nations. 

WOOD,  John  George. 

Uncivilized  races  of  men  in  all  countries;  their  manners  and 
customs,  physical,  social,  mental,  moral  and  religious 
characteristics.    2v.     1873 qr390  W8s 


391     Costume 

See  also  Clothing,  646;  and  Hygiene,  613.4 

ADAM,   Frank. 

What  is  my  tartan?  or.  The  clans  of  Scotland,  with  their  septs 

and  dependents.     1896 r39i  A19 

BLANC,  Charles. 

Art  in  ornament  and  dress.     1877 391  B53 

CHALLAMEL,  Augustin. 

History  of  fashion  in  France;  or.  The  dress  of  women  from 

the  Gallo-Roman  period  to  the  present  time.     1882 qr39i  C3S 

CHARPENTIER,  G.  &  Fasquelle,  E.  pub. 

Un  siecle  de  modes  feminines,  1794-1894.     1896 r39i  C38 

Many  plates. 
COSTUME  of  the  Russian  empire.     1810 qr39i  C83 

EARLE,  Mrs  Alice  (Morse). 

Costume  of  colonial  times.     1894 391  E17 

The  same.     1894 i"39i  E17 

"In  the  form  of  an  alphabetical  glossary  the  quaint  articles  of  colonial 
dress  are  described  with  many  delightful  bits  of  gossip  and  glimpses 
of  the  historic  lore  of  the  time."     Current  literature. 

FAIRHOLT,   Frederick  William. 

Costume  ia  England;  a  history  of  dress  to  the  end  of  the  i8th 


530  COSTUME 


century.    2v.     1885 r^gi  F16 

v.i.  History. 
V.2.  Glossary. 
"Books  treating  of  costume,"  v.i,  p.  11-14. 

FERRARI,  Ottavio. 

De  re  vestiaria  libri  septem,  quatuor  postremi  nunc  primum 

prodeunt,  reliqui  emendatiores  &  auctiores.     1654 r39i  F41 

This  volume  contains  only  the  first  three  books. 

This  book,  the  work  of  a  17th  century  Italian  antiquarian,  was  once  the 
property  of  John  Flaxman.  It  is  abundantly  illustrated  with  full 
page  plates  of  classical  costumes. 

GUILLAUMOT,  Auguste  Alexandre. 

Costumes  of  the  time  of  the  French  revolution,  with  English 
costumes,  1795-1806,  from  the  collection  of  Victorien  Sar- 
dou.     1889 / qr39i  G96 

GUMMERE,  Amelia  Mott. 

The  Quaker ;  a  study  in  costume.    1901  391  G97 

The  picturesque  side  of  the  Quaker  is  presented  in  this  study  of  the 
growth  and  development  of  Quaker  costume.  The  full-page  illustra- 
tions are  excellent  reproductions  of  old  portraits,  and  there  are  numer- 
ous sketches  of  the  details  of  Quaker  costume. 

HAWEIS,  Mrs  Mary  Eliza  (Joy). 

Art  of  dress.     1879 391  H36 

HIGGIN,  Louis. 

Art  as  applied  to  dress,  with  special  reference  to  harmonious 

colouring.     1885   391   K53 

Brief  and  practical  discussion  of  the  subject  of  dress,  its  general  con- 
struction and  the  choice  of  colors. 

HILL,  Georgiana. 

History  of  English  dress.    2v.     1893 391  H55 

From  the  Roman  occupation  of  Great  Britain  to  the  present  day.  Well 
illustrated.  Concludes  with  an  excellent  chapter  on  taste  in  dress  and 
the  secret  of  good  dressing. 

HOLT,  Ardern. 

Fancy  dresses  described.     Ed.  5.     1887 r39i  H74 

The  same.     Ed.  6 391  H74 

Gentlemen's  fancy  dress,  how  to  choose  it.     1887 r39i  H74g 

HUNT,  Mrs  Alfred  W. 

Our  grandmothers'  gowns r39i  H93 

KRETSCHMER,  Albert,  &  Rohrbach,  Carl,  comp. 

Costumes  of  all  nations;  plates.     1882 qr39i  K41 

LOGAN,  James,  1794-1872. 

Clans  of  the  Scottish  highlands;  illustrated  by  figures,  display- 
ing their  dress,  tartans,  arms,  etc.,  by  R.  R.  Mclan.     1899.  .391  L77 
A  reprint  of  the  two  volume  edition  of  1845. 

McPHERSON,  John,  of  Scotland,  &  Schacht,  F.W. 

Sketches  of  the  clans  of  Scotland,  with  colored  plates  of  tar- 
tans.    1884 r39i  M22 

MARTIN,  Charles,  &  Leopold. 

Civil  costume  of  England,  1066-1841,  [plates],  to  which  is 

added  Hope's  Costumes  of  the  ancients.     1842 qr39i  M42 

PICTURESQUE  representations  of  the  dress  and  manners  of 

the  Austrians.    1814 r39i  P5S 


COSTUME  531 


PICTURESQUE  representations  of  the  dress  and  manners  of 

the  Turks.     1814 r39i  Psst 

The  drawings,  from  which  these  plates  have  been  engraved,  were  made 
on  the  spot,  by  Monsieur  Dalvimart. 

FLANCHfi,  James  Robinson,  comp. 

Cyclopsedia  of  costume;  or,  Dictionary  of  dress,    v.2 qr39i  P68 

V.2.      A  general  history  of  costume  in  Europe. 

PLANCHfi,  James  Robinson. 

History  of  British  costume  to  the  close  of  the  i8th  century. 

1893  391  P68 

PROCTER,  Richard  Wright. 

Barber's  shop.     1883 391  P96 

Biography  of  Procter,  p.15-28. 
QUIGLEY,  Dorothy. 

What  dress  makes  of  us.    1897 391  Q31 

RACINET,  Albert  Charles  Auguste. 

Le  costume  historique.     6v.     1888 qi"39i  R12 

Bibliography,   v.i,   p.113-124. 

"In  soo  plates,  of  -which  the  greater  number  are  in  color,  costume  of 
all  ages  and  nations  is  treated  and,  together  with  dress,  many  of 
the  surroundings  and  accessories  of  daily  life.  What  little  remains  in 
Europe  of  characteristic  costume  is  treated  as  fully  as  the  costumes 
of  the  past.  The  text  consists  chiefly  of  a  description  of  each  figure 
and  of  some  account  of  the  sources  from  which  the  information  is 
derived."    Russell  Sturgis. 

RENAN,  Ary. 

Le  costume  en  France.     1890.     (Bibliotheque  de  I'enseigne- 

ment  des  beaux-arts.) 391  R33 

ROBIDA,  Albert. 

"Yester-year;"  ten  centuries  of  toilette r39i  RS4 

SALWEY,  Mrs  Charlotte  Maria  (Birch). 

Fans  of  Japan.     1894 qr39i  S18 

SCHILD,  Marie. 

Old  English  peasant  costumes,  from  Boadicea  to  Queen  Vic- 
toria, suitable  for  fancy  fairs,  costume  balls  and  bazaars. 
1898  391  S33 

The  same.     1898 r39i   S33 

SCOTTISH  clans  and  their  tartans 391  S43 

The  same r39i  S43 

SHAW,  Henry. 

Dresses  and  decorations  of  the  middle  ages.    2v.     1843 qr39i  SS3 

SMITH,  J.  Moyr. 

Ancient  Greek  female  costume.     1883 391  S65 

The  same.     1882 r39i  S65 

STRUTT,  Joseph. 

Complete  view  of  the  dress  and  habits  of  the  people  of  Eng- 
land.   2v.     1842 qr39i  S92 

UZANNE,  Louis  Octave. 

Fashion  in  Paris;  the  various  phases  of  feminine  taste  and 

aesthetics  from  1797  to  1897.     1898 qr39i  U3Sf 

The  sunshade,  the  glove,  the  muff.    1884 qr39i  U3S 


532  MARRIAGE  CUSTOMS 


392     Marriage  customs 

FINCK,  Henry  Theophilus. 

Primitive  love  and  love-stories.     1899 392  F49 

Bibliography,  p.827-841. 

GIRAUD-TEULON,  Alexis. 

Les  origines  du  mariage  et  de  la  famille.     1884 r392  G44 

HUTCHINSON,  Henry  Neville. 

Marriage  customs  in  many  lands.     1897 392  H96 

LETOURNEAU,  Charles. 

Evolution  of  marriage  and  of  the  family.    (Contemporary  sci- 
ence series.)  392  L6s 

McLENNAN,  John  Ferguson. 

Studies  in  ancient  history;  ist-2d  ser.    2v.     1886-96 392  M19 

V.I.     Inquiry  into  the  origin  of  the  form  of  capture  in  marriage  cere- 
monies. 
V.2.     Inquiry   into  the   origin  of  exogamy. 
V.I  also  published  under  the  title  "Primitive  marriage." 
"A  book  of  extensive  and  curious  learning.     It  throws  much  light  on 
the  habits  of  early  society  and  the  beginnings  of  civilization.     It  has 
to  deal  with  a  limited  subject;  but  a  thorough  investigation  of  that 
subject  has  revealed  many  most  interesting  characteristics  of  primi- 
tive  life.      It    is    not   merely   a   collection   of   facts,    but   it   abounds    in 
generalizations   atid    opinions    of   the   most    scholarly   and   interesting 
character."     C.  K.  Adams. 

MILN,  Mrs  Louise  Jordan. 

Wooings  and  weddings  in  many  climes.     1900 392  M71 

TAMURA,  Naomi. 

Japanese  bride.     1893 392  T17 

"It  is  probably  the  first  revelation  of  the  social  life  of  Japan  made  by  a 
native,  frankly  and  without  hesitation  or  fear.  .  .  He  does  not  spare 
criticism  of  the  government,  which  ordains  and  maintains  the  social 
laws.  .  .  He  is  a  genuine  realist  and  gives  the  facts  as  they  are 
without  regard  to  mere  sentiment.  .  .  What  Prof.  Morse's  book 
is  for  the  outside,  this  monograph  of  Mr.  Tamura's  is  for  the  inside, 
of  Japanese  homes."    Nation,  1893.' 

WESTERMARCK,  Edward  Alexander. 

History  of  human  marriage.     1901 r392  W56 

"Authorities  quoted,"  p.ssi-s8o. 

A  scientific  discussion  of  the  institution  of  marriage  from  three  points 
of  view,  psychological,  biological  and  sociological. 

393     Treatment  of  the  dead 

See  also  Disposal  of  the  dead,  614.6 

BUDGE,  Ernest  Alfred  Thompson  Wallis. 

The  mummy;  chapters  on  Egyptian  funereal  archaeology. 

1893    393   B85 

"Excellent  handbook  for  persons  interested  in  Egyptian  antiquities.  The 
funereal  archaeology  is  full,  and  the  author  has  added  a  descriptive 
list  of  the  gods,  an  outline  of  the  history,  and  a  long  and  interesting 
account  of  the  Rosetta  stone.  The  illustrations  are  numerous  and 
good."       Nation,  1893. 

GANNAL,  Jean  Nicholas. 

History  of  embalming,  and  of  preparations  in  anatomy,  path- 
ology and  natural  history,  including  an  account  of  a  new 


PUBLIC  AND  SOCIAL  CUSTOMS  533 

process  for  embalming ;  tr.  fr.  the  French,  with  notes  and  ad- 
ditions, by  R.  Harlan.    1840 r393  G16 

STONE,  Mrs  Elizabeth. 

God's  acre;  or.  Historical  notices  relating  to  churchyards. 

1858 393  S87 

394     Public  and  social  customs 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  IN  LONDON. 

Thanksgiving  day  banquet  of  the  society;  souvenir  of  Thanks- 
giving day,  London,  1896,  with  supplement.     1896 r394  Asi 

Contains  some  notes  on  the  origin  of  Thanksgiving  day. 

ANDREWS,  William. 

Bygone  punishments.     1899 394  AS7 

BOHME,  Franz  Magnus. 

Geschichte  des  tanzes  in  Deutschland;  beitrag  zur  deutschen 
sitten-,  litteratur-  und  musikgeschichte,  mit  alten  tanz- 

liedern  und  musikproben.    2v.     1886 qi"394  B59 

V.I.     Darstellender  theil. 

V.2.     Musikbeilagen. 

"Quellen  und  litteratur,"  v.i,  P.32S-330. 

BRAND,  John. 

Observations  on  the  popular  antiquities  of  Great  Britain; 

ed.  by  Sir  Henry  Ellis.    3v.    1875-77 r394  B69 

"A  collection  of  English  folk-customs  relating  to  days  and  festivals, 
marriages,  funerals,  drinking,  games,  -fairs,  fairies,  witchcraft,  ghosts, 
gypsies,  omens,  charms,  divination,  vulgar  errors,  etc.  In  many  re- 
spects the  most  valuable  work  on  English  customs,  and  a  perpetual 
mine  to  all  students  of  folk-lore."    S.  Culin. 

COCKBURN,  John. 

History  of  duels.    2v.  in  i.    1888.    (Collectanea  adamantaea.) .  .r394  C64 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of  1720. 

CULIN,  Stewart. 

Korean  games,  with  notes  on  the  corresponding  games  of 

China  and  Japan.     1895 q394  C91 

"Authorities,"  p. 7-8. 

This  work  is  intended  not  only  as  a  survey  of  the  games  of  Korea  but 

as  a  practical  introduction  to  the  study  of  the  games  of  the  world.    The 

illustrations  include  22  Korean  plates  in  colors. 

EARLE,  Mrs  Alice  (Morse). 

Curious  punishments  of  bygone  days.     1896 394  E17 

FERNAND-MICHEL,  Frangois  Fortune,  (pseud.  Antony  Real). 

The  story  of  the  stick,  in  all  ages  and  lands.    1875 394  F39 

FOUGEROUX  de  CAMPIGNEULLES. 

Histoire  des  duels  anciens  et  modernes.    2v.    1835 r394  F82 

GAUTIER,  Leon. 

Chivalry;  tr.  by  Henry  Fri^h.     1891 394  G24 

GOMME,  Mrs  Alice  Bertha,  comp. 

Traditional   games  of  England,  Scotland  and  Ireland;  with 
tunes,  singing  rhymes  and  methods  of  playing.    2v.    1894- 
98.     (Dictionary  of  British  folk-lore,  ed.  by  G.  L. 
Gomme.)   r394  G59 

V.2  contains  a  memoir  on  the  study  of  children's  games. 

A  most  important  collection  of  English  children's  games,  to  which  an 

imitative  and  dramatic  origin  is  attributed.    "Invented"  games  of  skill 

are   excluded. 


534  ETIQUETTE 

HERVEY,  Thomas  Kibble. 

Book  of  Christmas;  descriptive  of  the  customs  and  fes- 
tivities of  the  Christmas  season.     1888 rJ394  H48 

The  same.    1888 J394  H48 

HINDLEY,  Charles. 

History  of  the  cries  of  London,  ancient  and  modern.     1881.  .394  H56 
LEGG,  Leopold  G.  Wickham,  ed. 

English  coronation  records.    1901 qi'394  LS4 

"In  this  handsome  volume... we  find  brought  together  every  historical 
document  of  importance  that  bears  on  the  question  of  English  corona- 
tions, from  that  of  Aidan  in  the  sixth  century  down  to  that  of  Victoria 
thirteen  centuries  later.  A  considerable  proportion  of  the  book  is  taken 
from  manuscript  sources  which  have  been  but  rarely  consulted,  whilst 
not  a  little  is  here  printed  for  the  first  time... One  of  the  most  strik- 
ing features  of  this. .  .volume  is  the  excellence  and  appropriate  charac- 
ter of  the  numerous  illustrations."     Athenaum,  1902. 

ORNE,  Martha  Russell. 

Hallowe'en;  its  origin  and  how  to  celebrate  it  with  appro- 
priate games  and  ceremonies.     1898 394  O28 

The  same.     1898 J394  O28 

PRITCHETT,  Robert  Taylor. 

Smokiana;  historical  &  ethnographical.     1890 r394  P9S 

Binder's  title  reads  Pipes  of  all  nations. 

SABINE,  Lorenzo. 

Notes  on  duels  and  duelling,  alphabetically  arranged;  with  a 

preliminary  historical  essay.     1855 r394  Si  I 

TILLE,  Alexander. 

Yule  and  Christmas;  their  place  in  the  Germanic  year.    1899 394  T46 

TRUMAN,  Benjamin  Cummings. 

The  field  of  honor;  a  history  of  duelling  in  all  countries. 

1884 394  T77 

395     Etiquette 

AYRES,  Alfred,  (pseud,  of  Thomas  Embley  Osmun) . 

Mentor;  a  little  book  for  the  guidance  of  such  men  and  boys 
as  would  appear  to  advantage  in  the  society  of  persons  of 

the  better  sort.     1900 .395  A98 

COMPLETE  bachelor;  manners  for  men.    1896 395  C73 

The  same.     1896 r395  C73 

DEWEY,  Mrs  Julia  M. 

How  to  teach  manners  in  the  school-room.     1888 395  Dsi 

ETIQUETTE  for  Americans,  by  a  woman  of  fashion. 

1898 •. 395  E888 

Discusses  the  etiquette  of  introductions,  calling,  ^invitations,  dinners, 
weddings,  funerals,  letters,  titles  of  address,  telephoning,  smoking, 
chaperonage,  dress,  the  obligation  of  bachelors  and  the  treatment  of 
servants. 

ETIQUETTE  for  gentlemen;  or.  Short  rules  and  reflections  for 

conduct  in  society,  by  a  gentleman 395  E88 

HARRISON,  Mrs  burton. 

The  well-bred  girl  in  society.     1898 395  H29 

Practical  advice  and  suggestions  on  etiquette  and  behavior. 


WOMAN'S  POSITION  535 

HOLT,  Emily. 

Encyclopaedia  of  etiquette.     1901 395  H74 

Contents:  Introductions. — Calls. — Cards. — Dinners. — Table  manners. — Balls. 
— Weddings. — Luncheons  and  breakfasts. — Theatre  and  opera. — Visit- 
ing and  house  parties. — Receptions. — Musicales. — Garden  parties. — Fu- 
nerals.— Christenings. — Bachelor  hospitalities. — Sport. — In  public. — Cor- 
respondence.— Children. — Servants. 
The  same.     1901 r395  H74 

HUMPHRY,  Mrs  Charlotte  Eliza,  {pseud.  Madge). 

Manners  for  women 395  H92 

McAllister,  Ward. 

Society  as  I  have  found  it.     1890 395  Mil 

MOORE,  Mrs  Clara  (Jessup). 

Sensible  etiquette  of  the  best  society.    1876 395  M87 

SHERWOOD,  Mrs  Mary  Elizabeth  (Wilson). 

Manners  and  social  usages.     1884 395  S55 

TSAO,TaiKu  (Pang). 

Instruction  for  Chinese  women  and  girls ;  the  Chinese  book  of 
etiquette  and  conduct  for  women  and  girls ;   tr.  by    S.  L. 

Baldwin  395  T78 

"In  China,  eighteen  centuries  ago,  the  learned  lady  Tsao  wrote  a  book 
of  etiquette  and  conduct  for  women  and  girls.  Her  little  manual 
has  ever  since  been  the  vade  mecum  of  the  maidens  and  wives  of 
the  Middle  Kingdom... It  is  still  a  standard  work."     Nation,  1901. 

396     Woman's  position 

See  also  Woman  suffrage,  324.3;  and  Education  of  women,  376 

ALEXANDER,  William,  d.  1783. 

History  of  women  from  the  earliest  antiquity.    2v.    1782 r3g6  A37 

BLANC,  Mnie  Therese  (de  Solms),  {pseud.  Th.  Bentzon). 

Condition  of  woman  in  the  United  States.     1895 39^  B53 

ENGLISHWOMAN'S  year  book  and  directory;  ed.  by  Emily 

Janes.     19th  year-date.     1899-date r396  E64 

Handbook  of  occupations  and  professions  open  to  women  in  England. 
Contains  lists  of  educational,  philanthropic,  religious  and  charitable 
institutions  under  the  management  of  women.  Each  section  of  the  book 
has  been  treated  by  a  woman  who  is  an  authority  upon  her  subject. 
Fully  indexed. 

HAMILTON,  Gail,  (pseud,  of  Mary  Abigail  Dodge). 

New  atmosphere.     1865 396  H21 

Essays  on  the  position  of  women. 

HIGGINSON,  Thomas  Wentworth. 

Women  and  men.     1888 396  HS3 

"Chiefly  on  women  and  incidentally  on  men;  discusses  with  great  good 
sense  and  judgment  the  changed  conditions  for  women."    Nation. 

HILL,  Georgiana. 

Women  in  English  life  from  mediaeval  to  modern  times. 

2v.     1896 396  HSS 

HOUGHTON,  Ross  C. 

Women  of  the  Orient;  an  account  of  the  religious,  intellectual 

and  social   condition   of  women  in  Japan,   China,   India, 

Egypt,  Syria  and  Turkey.    1877 396  H83 


S36  WOMAN'S  POSITION 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  WOMEN,  London,  1899. 

Transactions.     7v.     1899 r396  I24 

V.I.  Report  of  transactions  of  the  second ' quinquennial  meeting  of  the 
International  council  of  women,   1899. 

v.a.  Women  in  education:  The  child;  life  and  training. — School. — 
Universities. — Modern  educational  experiments. — Technical  education. 
— Women  as  educators. — Co-education. — Training  of  teachers. — Ex- 
aminations and  examination  systems. 

V.3.  Women  IN  professions:  Professions. — Medicine. — Art. — Women  in- 
spectors.— Literature. — Science. — The  drama. 

V.4.  Women  in  professions:  Nursing. — Journalism. — Music. — Clerical 
work. — Agrriculture. — Horticulture. — Handicrafts. — Women   librarians. 

v.s.  Women  in  politics:  Responsibilities  and  duties  of  women  in  public 
life. — Women's  status  in  local  government. — Administrative  work. — 
Political  enfranchisement  of  women. 

V.6.  Women  in  industrial  life:  Special  labour  legislation  for  women. 
— Special  labour  legislation  for  children. — Scientific  training  of  do- 
mestic servants. — Civil  disabilities  of  women. — ^The  home  as  work- 
shop.— Trades  unionism. — Ethics  of  wage  earning. — Technical  and  in- 
dustrial training  of  women  and  girls. — Provident  schemes. — Co-oper- 
ation and  profit-sharing. 

V.7.  Women  in  social  life:  Prisons  and  reformatories. — Preventive 
work. — Rescue  work. — Treatment  of  the  destitute  classes. — Women's 
clubs. — Social  settlements. — Equal  moral  standard  for  men  and  women. 
— Amusements. — Temperance.  —  Provident  schemes.  —  Emigration. — 
Protection  of  young  travellers. — Protection  of  bird  and  animal  life. 

McINTOSH,  Maria  Jane. 

Woman  in  America;  her  work  and  her  reward.     1850 r396  M17 

MASON,  Mrs  Amelia  (Gere), 

Woman  in  the  golden  ages.     1901 396  M44 

Contents:  Woman  in  Greek  poetry. — Sappho  and  the  first  woman's  club. 
— Glimpses  of  the  Spartan  woman. —  The  Athenian  woman,  Aspasia 
and  the  first  salon. — Revolt  of  the  Roman  women. — The  "new  woman" 
of  old  Rome. —  Some  famous  women  of  imperial  Rome. —  Marcella, 
Paula  and  the  first  convent. — The  learned  women  of  the  renaissance. 
— The  literary  courts  and  platonic  love. — Salon  and  woman's  club. 

MAULDE  la  CLAVIfiRE,  Rene  de. 

Women  of  the  renaissance;  a  study  of  feminism.     1900 396  M48 

Study  of  the  i6th  century  woman  and  of  the  feminist  movement  as  it 
shaped  itself  in  Italy  and  later,  in  France.  Pictures  her  in  all  her 
activities  and  social  relations,  bringing  out  very  forcibly  two  facts, 
the  unlovely  formalism  of  renaissance  marriages,  and  the  extraordi- 
nary influence  of  Platonism  on  the  social  life  of  the  time. 

MEYER.  Mrs  Annie  (Nathan),  ed. 

Woman's  work  in  America.     1891 396  M6s 

Contents:  Introduction,  by  J.  W.  Howe. — Education  of  woman  in  the 
eastern  states,  by  M.  F.  Eastman. — Education  of  woman  in  the  western 
states,  by  M.  W.  Sewall. — Education  of  woman  in  the  southern  states, 
by  C.  L.  Franklin. — Woman  in  literature,  by  H.  G.  Cone. — Woman  in 
journalism,  by  S.  E.  Dickinson. — Woman  in  medicine,  by  M.  P. 
Jacobi. — Woman  in  the  ministry,  by  A.  C.  Bowles. — Woman  in  law,  by 
A.  M.  Bittenbender. — Women  in  the  state,  by  M.  A.  Livermore. — 
Woman  in  industry,  by  A.  H.  Rhine. — Woman  in  philanthropy;  Char- 
ity, by  J.  S.  Lowell ;  Care  of  the  sick,  by  E.  D.  Cheney ;  Care  of  the 
criminal,  by  S.  H.  Barney;  Care  of  the  Indian,  by  A.  S.  Quinton; 
Work  of  anti-slavery  women,  by  L.  B.  C.  Wyman;  Work  of  the 
W.  C.  T.  U.,  by  F.  E.  Willard;  Work  of  the  Red  Cross  society,  by 
Clara  Barton. 

Bibliography,  p.449-450. 

MOODY,  Helen  Watterson. 

The  unquiet  sex.     1898 396  M87 

Contents:  The  woman  collegian. — Women's  clubs. — Women  and  re- 
forms.— The  evolution  of  "woman." — The  case  of  Maria. 

OSTROGORSKI,  Moisei  lakovlevich. 

Rights  of  women.     1893.     (Social  science  series.) 396  O29 


WOMAN'S  POSITION  537 

STETSON,  Mrs  Charlotte  (Perkins),  afterward  Mrs  Gilman. 
Women  and  economics;  a  study  of  the  economic  relation  be- 
tween men  and  women  as  a  factor  in  social  evolution. 

1898  396  S84 

VARIGNY,  Charles  Crosnier  de. 

La  f emme  aux  £tats-Unis.     1893 396  V21 

WOMAN'S  book;  dealing  practically  with  the  modern  conditions 
of  home-life,  self-support,  education,  opportunities  and 
every-day  problems.    2v.    1894 r396  W8s 

v.i.    Occupation  for  women,  by  P.  G.  Hubert. — Women  in  their  business 
affairs,   by  W.   O.   Stoddard. — The  principles  of  housekeeping,   by 
L.  W.  Betts. — Society  and  social  usages,  by  C.  C.  Harrison. — The 
aesthetics  of  dress,  by  E.  W.   McGlasson. — Dress  from  a  practical 
standpoint. — Hygiene  in  the  home,  by  J.  W.  Roosevelt. — The  train- 
ing of  children,  by  K.   D.   Wiggin. — The  education  of  women,  by 
Lyman  Abbott. — Books  and  reading,  by  T.  W.  Higginson. — The  art 
of  travel,  by  Elizabeth  Bisland. 
v.a.    The  home  grounds,   by   Samuel   Parsons. — ^The  flower  garden,   by 
J.  N.  Gerard. — House  building,  by  H.   C.  Candee. — House  decora- 
tion and  furnishing,  by  M.  G.  Humphreys. — ^Women's  opportunities 
in   town   and   country,   by    M.  C.  Jones. — Woman's   handiwork,   by 
C.  C.  Harrison. — Supplementary  information. 
"The  purpose  is  to  give  practical  information  and  helpful  suggestions 
touching  all  the  subjects  which  concern  the  American  women  of  to- 
day.   The  different  writers  have  been  carefully  chosen,  and  have  done 
excellent  work.    There  is  a  valuable  appendix,  and  a  full  index."    Critic. 

WRIGHT,  Thomas,  1810-1877. 

Womankind  in  western  Europe;  from  the  earliest  times  to  the 

17th  century.    1869 * r396  W93 

BAYLES,  George  James. 

Woman  and  the  law.     1901 396.2  B33 

Contents:  Domestic  relations. — Property  relations. — Public  relations. 
A  clear  and  concise  view  of  the  present  legal  condition  of  the  women 
of  the  United  States,  intended  for  general  reading.  Treats  mainly 
such  subjects  as  marriage  and  divorce,  guardianship  of  children, 
dower,  marriage  settlements,  separate  estates,  and  the  conduct  of  their 
affairs  by  women. 
CLEVELAND,  Arthur  Rackham. 

Woman  under  the  English  law,  [450-1895].     1896 396.2  C58 

WILLIAMS,  Mrs  Sophia  Wells  (Royce),  ed. 

Story  of  a  woman's  municipal  campaign  by  the  Civic  club, 
for  school  reform  in  the  seventh  ward  of  Philadelphia. 
1895.  (American  academy  of  political  and  social 
science.     Publications.) 396.3  W74 

396.5     Employment  of  women 

See  also  Labor  of  women,  331.4 

BLACKWELL,  Elizabeth. 

Pioneer  work  in  opening  the  medical  profession  to  women; 

autobiographical.      1895 396.5   B51 

CANDEE,  Helen  Churchill. 

How  women  may  earn  a  living.    1900 396.5  C17 

DAVIDSON,  Mrs  H.  Coleman. 

What  our  daughters  can  do  for  themselves;  a  handbook  of 

women's  employments      1894 396.5  D2g 

Enumerates  a  long  list  of  occupations,  tells  where  to  go  for  further 
advice  and  assistance,  and  in  some  cases  gives  most  explicit  directions 
for  doing  the  work  itself.     Being  written  for  English  readers  its  chief 


538  GIPSIES 

value  to  Americans  will  be  in  suggestion,  or  in  comparing  the  English 
conditions  with  the  American. 

DRYSDALE,  William. 

Helps  for  ambitious  girls.     1900 396.5  D8s 

Advice  to  girls  concerning  the  various  employments  and  professions  open 
to  them  and  the  possibilities  of  success  in  each. 
OCCUPATIONS    of   women    and    their    compensation;    the 

Tribune  monthly,  Dec.  1898.    1898 q396.S  O13 

Same  as  What  women  can  earn. 

The  same.     1898 qr396.5  O13 

STARRETT,  Helen  Ekin. 

After  college,  what?  for  girls.     1896 396.5  S79 

WHAT  women  can  earn;  occupations  of  women  and  their 

compensation.      1899 396.5    W59 

Same  as  Occupations  of  women  and  their  compensation;  Tribune  month- 
ly, Dec.  1898. 
Essays  on  the  trades  and  professions  in  which  women  have  proved  their 
ability,  with  information  as  to  training  schools,  etc.     First  published 
in  the  New  York  Tribune. 

WILLARD,  Frances  Elizabeth,  and  others. 

Occupations  for  women;  a  book  of  practical  suggestions  for 
the  material  advancement,  the  mental  and  physical  devel- 
opment and  the  moral  and  spiritual  uplift  of  women. 

1897  396.S  W73 

Excellent  advice  by  Miss  Willard,  and  by  Sallie  Joy  White  and  Helen 
M.  Winslow,  experienced  and  practical  newspaper  women. 


397     Gipsies 


BORROW,  George. 

The  Zincali;  an  account  of  the  gypsies  of  Spain.    1893 397  B63 

CHAMBERS,  William. 

Exploits  and  anecdotes  of  the  Scottish  gypsies;  with  traits  of 

their  origin,  character  and  manners.    1886 397  C35 

Originally  printed  in  1821. 

DE  PEYSTER,  John  Watts,  ed. 

Gypsies;  some  curious  investigations  collected  from  various 
sources  concerning  this  peculiar  race.     1887.     (Aunger- 

vyle  society.     Reprints.) 397  D43 

An  historical  sketch  of  gypsies,  their  probable  origin  and  migrations, 
based  upon  authorities  from  the  15th  to  the  i8th  century.  Included 
are  several  extracts  from  royal  proclamations  against  the  German 
gypsies. 

LELAND,  Charles  Godfrey. 

Gypsies.     1894 397  L57 

MACRITCHIE,  David. 

Scottish  gypsies  under  the  Stewarts.     1894 397  M22 

PENNELL,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Robins). 

To  gipsyland.     1893 397  P39 

Record  of  acquaintance  with  the  Romany  race  beg^n  in  America  and 
pursued  in  Hungary  and  Transylvania. 


398 


Folk-lore 


ABBEY,  Edwin  Austin. 

Quest  of  the  Holy  Grail;  paintings  for  the  decoration  of  the 

Public  library  of  Boston.     1895 J398  A12 


FOLK-LORE  539 


ADLER,  Cyrus,  &  Ramsay,  Allan,  of  Constantinople,  comp. 
Told  in  the  coffee  house;  Turkish  tales  done  into  English. 

1898 398  A23 

ALEXANDER,  Francesca,  {pseud.  Francesca). 

Hidden  servants,  and  other  very  old  stories  told  over  again 

in  verse.     1900 398  A37 

Other  stories:  The  bag  of  sand. — II  crocifisso  della  providenza. — Angels 
in  the  churchyard. — The  orig^in  of  the  Indian  corn. — The  eldest  daugh- 
ter of  the  king. — Bishop  Trolius. — The  crosses  on  the  wall. — Suora 
Marianna. — The  lupins. — The  silver  cross. — The  tears  of  repentance. 

ALLEN,  G.C. 

Tales  from  Tennyson.     1900  J398  T29 

Contents:  The  coming  of  Arthur. — Gareth  and  Lynette. — The  marriage 
of  Geraint. — Lancelot  and  Elaine. — The  Holy  Grail. — The  end  of  the 
Round  Table,  and  the  Passing  of  Arthur. 

ARABIAN  NIGHTS'  ENTERTAINMENTS. 

Arabian  nights'  entertainments.     1855 r398  A65 

Arabian    nights'    entertainments;    ed.    by    Andrew    Lang. 

1898 J398  A6sar 

Arabian  nights'  entertainments,  with  an  introd.  by  W.  E. 

Griffis.     V.3 J398  A65 

Arabian    nights'    entertainments,    with    notes    by    G.   F. 

Townsend  J398  A6sara 

The  book  of  the  thousand  nights  and  one  night;  now  first 

completely  done  into  English  prose  and  verse,  from  the 

original  Arabic,  by  John  Payne.     11  v.     1884-89 r398  A65b 

v.io,  title  page  reads  "Alaeddin  and  the  enchanted  lamp." 

V. II.     Duplicate  set  of  plates. 
Fairy  tales  from  the   Arabian  nights;   ed.  by   E.   Dixon. 

1893   J398  A6sf 

More    fairy    tales    from    the    Arabian    nights;    ed.    by    E. 

Dixon.    1895 J398  A6sm 

Stories  from  the  Arabian  nights;  ed.  by  Stanley  Lane- 
Poole.     3v.     1891 398  A65 

Story  of  Alia  ad  Deen,  sometimes  called  Aladdin;  or.  The 

wonderful  lamp J398  A6sal 

Story  of  Sinbad  the  voyager,  sometimes  called  Sinbad  the 
sailor,  and  Adventure  of  the  caliph  Haroon  al  Rus- 
heed  J398  A6sst 

Story  of  the  fisherman,  and  other  stories J398  A6ss 

Other  stories:     The  merchant  and  the  genie.- — Story  of  Abou  Hassan. 

Tales  from  the  Arabic  of  the  Breslau  and  Calcutta  (1814- 
18)  editions  of  the  Book  of  the  thousand  nights  and 
one  night  not  occuring  in  the  other  printed  texts  of  the 
work;  now  first  done  into  English  by  John  Payne. 
3v r398  A65ta 

The  thousand  and  one  nights,  commonly  called  the 
Arabian  nights'  entertainments;  a  new  translation  from 

the  Arabic  by  E.  W.  Lane.     3v.     1865 r398  A65t 

ASBJORNSEN,  Peter  Christen. 

Fairy  tales  from  the  far  north;  tr.  fr.  the  Norwegian  by 

H.  L.  Brsekstad.     1897 J398  A79f 

"They  invest  the  animal  kingdom  with  the  power  of  speech  and  bring 
princesses,  trolls,  beasts  and  fowls  together  in  happy  relations." 
Literary  world. 


S40  FOLK-LORE 


'Round  the  yule-log;  Christmas  in  Norway.    1895 J398  A79r 

"In  Asbjornsen's  tales  the  English  reader  will  find  in  its  quintessence 
the  genius  and  temper  of  the  Norwegian  peasant."     Edmund  Gosse. 

Round  the  yule  log;  Norwegian  folk  and  fairy  tales.    1881.  .J398  A79 

The  same.     1881 rJ398  A79 

Tales  from  the  fjeld;  fr.  the  Norse  by  Sir  G.  W.  Dasent. 

1896  J398  A79t 

"It  is  the  'mother  English'  into  which  the  translator  'tried  to  turn  his 
Norse  original'  which  has  made  and  will  preserve  this  collection  a 
classic,  remarkable  among  all  translations  for  its  idiomatic  purity." 
Nation,  1896. 

ASHTON,  John,  ed. 

Romances  of  chivalry.     1887 398  A82 

"I  have . . .  avoided  those  relating  to  Charlemagne . . .  and  I  have  not 
touched  on  the  Arthurian  legends. .  .but.  .  .have  taken  those  which 
were  thoroughly  independent."    Preface. 

AYNSLEY,  Mrs  Harriet  G.  M.  Murray-. 

Symbolism  of  the  East  and  West.     1900 q398  A98 

Contents:  Sun  worship.^Sun  and  cup  and  moon  symbols. — The  svastika. 
— Some  connecting  links  between  the  tau  of  Egypt,  the  cross  as  a 
heathen  and  a  Christian  symbol,  and  the  hammer  of  the  Scandinavian 
god  Thor. — Sacred  stones. — Some  ideas  about  the  future  life. — Sacred 
trees.— Snake  worship. — The  evil  eye  and  allied  notions. — The  Wild 
Huntsman  of  northern  Europe  and  his  possible  Asiatic  origin. — Archi- 
tectural and  other  customs. — Spain,  or  further  Europe. 

"Of  special  value  to  all  students  of  iconosemic  symbolism,  consisting,  as 
it  chiefly  does,  of  a  most  interesting  record  of  independent  personal  re- 
searches, carried  on  during  twenty  years  of  travel  in  various  and  far- 
distant  countries,  by  a  writer  singularly  well  qualified  by  natural  abili- 
ty and  her  traditionary  culture  to  observ'e  with  intelligence,  and  in  the 
spirit  of  truth  and  soberness."    Sir  George  Birdwood. 

BAIN,  Robert  Nisbet,  ed. 

Cossack  fairy  tales  and  folk-tales.     1894 J398  B16 

"A  selection   from  the  stories  of  the  Malo-Russians,  or   Ruthenians . . . 
The  tales,  like  all  those  of  Slavonic  countries,  are  wonderfully  wild 
and  fanciful. .  .excellent  fairy-tales."     W.R.  Morfill. 
Russian  fairy  tales.     1895 J398  Bl6r 

BALDWIN,  James,  ed. 

Fairy  stories  and  fables.     1895 J398  Bi9f 

BALDWIN,  James. 

Story  of  Roland.     1895.     (Heroes  of  the  olden  time.) r398  B19S 

The  same.     1895.     (Heroes  of  the  olden  time.) rJ398  B19S 

The  legends  of  Charlemagne  become  under  Mr  Baldwin's  magic  touch 
a  fairy  tale  of  romance  and  chivalry. 

BAY,  J.  Christian,  ed. 

Danish  fairy  &  folk  tales;  a  collection  of  popular  stories  and 

fairy  tales.     1899 J398  B33 

BERGEN,  Mrs  Fanny  (Dickerson),  ed. 

Animal  and  plant  lore;  collected  from  the  oral  tradition  of 
English  speaking  folk.  1899.  (American  folk-lore  so- 
ciety.    Memoirs.) 398  B45a 

Current  superstitions  collected  from  the  oral  tradition  of 
English  speaking  folk.    1896.    (American  folk-lore  society. 

Memoirs.)    398   B4S 

"Animal  and  plant  lore,"  by  the  same  author,  may  be  regarded  as  v.a 
of  this  work,  and  contains  an  index  to  both  volumes. 

BILLSON,  Charles  James. 

Popular  poetry  of  the  Finns.     1900.     (Popular  studies  in 


FOLK-LORE  541 


mythology,  romance  &  folklore.) 398  H32 

Bibliographical  appendix,  p.34-37. 
Bound  with  Hartland's  Folklore. 
BOHN,  Henry  George,  comp. 

Polyglot   of  foreign   proverbs;   comprising   French,    Italian, 
German,   Dutch,   Spanish,    Portuguese  and   Danish,   with 

English  translations  and  a  general  index.     1893 r398  B59 

BRINTON,  Daniel  Garrison. 

The  Lenape  and  their  legends;  with  the  complete  text  and 
symbols  of  the  Walam  Olum.     1885.     (Brinton's  library  of 

aboriginal  American  literature.) 398  B75 

The  same.     1885.     (Brinton's  library  of  aboriginal  American 

literature.)    r398  B75 

The  "Walam  Olum,"  or  "Red  Score"  of  the  Lenni  Lenape  contains  in 
metrical  form  the  tribal  traditions  of  the  creation,  the  deluge  and  the 
migrations  of  the  tribe.  The  original  text,  the  pictorial  representa- 
tions and  a  translation  are  given. 

BROOKS,  Edward. 

Story  of  King  Arthur  and  the  knights  of  the  Table  Round; 

for  boys  and  girls.    1900 J398  B77 

Tells  most  of  the  Arthurian  legends,  omitting  some  of  Malory's  detail, 
but  often  retaining  his  language. 

BROWN,  Abbie  Farwell. 

Books  of  saints  and  friendly  beasts.    1901 J398  B78 

Stories  of  saints  and  their  attending  animal  friends,  "St.  Bridget  and  the 
king's  wolf,"   "St.   Gerasimus  and  the  lion,"   "St.   Launomar's  cows," 
"St.    Cuthbert's   peace,"    "The    fish    who   helped   St.    Gudwall,"    "St. 
Francis  of  Assisi,"   and  others. 
BRUN,  Samuel  Jacques. 

Tales  of  Languedoc.    1896 J398  B83 

The  same.     1896 rJ398  B83 

BULFINCH,  Thomas. 

Age  of  chivalrj';  or.  Legends  of  King  Arthur.     1884 398  B87 

"A  successful  effort  to  present  the  most  important  legends  of  the  Middle 

Ages  in  a  form  adapted  to  modern  taste."     C.  K.  Adams. 
Stories    from    the    Mabinog^on,    with    descriptions    of    the    training    of 
knights. 

Charlemagne;  or,  Romance  of  the  middle  ages.    1896 398  B87C 

Legends  of  Charlemagne  gathered  largely  from  Pulci,  Bofardo  and 
Ariosto.  They  are  interesting  as  stories,  and  valuable  as  an  introduc- 
tion to  a  study  of  the  Italian  poets. 

BURTON,  Sir  Richard  Francis,  comp. 

Vikram  and  the  vampire;  or,  Tales  of  Hindu  devilry.  1893. ..  .398  B95 
CANTON,  William,  ed. 

Reign  of  King  Herla.     (True  annals  of  fairy-land.) J398  C17 

CHAMBERLAIN,  Alexander  Francis. 

Child  and  childhood  in  folk-thought.     1896 398  C35 

Bibliography,  p.405-434. 

CHATELAIN,  Heli,  comp. 

Folk-tales  of  Angola;  fifty  tales,  with  Ki-mbundu  text,  literal 
English  translation,  introduction  and  notes.     1894. 

(American  folk-lore  society.     Memoirs.) 398  C39 

List  of  works  on  African  folk-lore,  p.310. 
CHOD2KO,  Alexander  Edmund  Boreyko,  comp. 

Fairy  tales  of  the  Slav  peasants  and  herdsmen.    1896 J398  C44 

CHRESTIEN  de  TROYES. 

King  Arthur  and  the  Table  Round;  tales  chiefly  after  the 


542  FOLK-LORE 


old  French  of  Crestien  of  Troyes,  with  an  account  of 
Arthurian  romance  and  notes  by  W.  W.  Newell.  2v. 
1897 398  C45 

An  English  prose  translation  of  the  early  metrical  French  version  of  the 
Arthurian  legend  by  Chrestien  of  Troyes.  Sir  Thomas  Malory  in  his 
"Morte  Darthur"  followed  later  and  inferior  French  versions  mostly, 
and  this  is  the  first  time  this  one  has  been  rendered  into  English. 

"It  is  a  great  service  to  letters  to  have  introduced  Chretien  to  English 
readers  at  all;  it  is  a  very  great  service  to  have  introduced  him  in  so 
worthy  a  form."    Nation. 

CHRISTENSEN,  A.M.H.  comp. 

Afro- American  folk  lore;  told  round  cabin  fires  on  the  sea 

islands  of  South  Carolina.     1898 398  C459 

CHRISTY,  Robert,  comp. 

Proverbs,  maxims  and  phrases  of  all  ages.    2v.    1893 r398  C46 

CHURCH,  Alfred  John. 

Heroes  of  chivalry  and  romance.    1898 J398  C46 

Contents:  The  story  of  Beowulf. — King  Arthur  and  the  Round  Table. 
— The  treasure  of  the  Nibelungs. 

The  same.    1898 rJ398  C46 

CLODD,  Edward. 

Tom  Tit  Tot;  an  essay  on  savage  philosophy  in  folk-tale. 

1898 398  C61 

"Variants  of  Tom  Tit,"  p.  239-242. 

COMPTON,  Margaret. 

Snow  bird  and  the  water  tiger,  and  other  American  Indian 

tales.     189s J398  C73 

COOKE,  Flora  J. 

Nature  myths  and  stories  for  little  children.     1895 J398  C77 

COX,  Sir  George  William,  &  Jones,  E.H. 

Popular  romances  of  the  middle  ages.     1886 398  C8S 

"Probably  the  most  valuable  of  the  several  manuals  on  the  subject  of 
the  folk-lore  of  Europe.  It  contains  all  the  more  important  of  the 
tales  that  enter  so  largely  into  the  romantic  literature  of  modern 
times.  The  more  prominent  of  the  authors  has  devoted  himself  for 
many  years,  with  great  assiduity,  to  the  systematic  study  of  mythology, 
and  the  fruits  of  his  learning  are  here  brought  together.  The  book, 
therefore,  is  valuable  alike  to  the  student  of  literature  and  the  student 
of  history."  C.  K.  Adams. 
Stories  founded  on  legends  of  early  times. 

CRAIGIE,  William  A.  comp. 

Scandinavian  folk-lore.     1896 398  C862 

CRAIK,  Mrs  Dinah  Maria  (Mulock). 

Fairy  book;  the  best  popular  stories  selected  and  rendered 

anew.      1902 J398   C86 

CRANE,  Thomas  Frederick. 

Italian  popular  tales.     1889 398  C86 

Bibliography,  p.19-28. 

Folk-tales  from  various  parts  of  Italy,  translated  from  a  variety  of 
sources,  and  classified  under  fairy  tales,  stories  of  oriental  origin, 
legends  and  ghost  stories,  nursery  tales,  stories  and  jests,  with  notes 
referring  to  Italian  and  European  parallels  and  a  bibliogfraphy. 

CRANE,  Walter. 

Beauty  and  the  beast  picture  book.     (Walter  Crane's  picture 

books.)  qJ398  C867b 

Contents:   Beauty  and   the   beast. — The   frog  prince. — The   hind   in  the 
wood. 
Bluebeard's  picture  book.     (Walter  Crane's  picture 


FOLK-LORE  543 


35 


books.)   qJ398  C867 

Contents:  Bluebeard. — The  sleeping  beauty. — Baby's  own  alphabet. 

Cinderella's  picture  book.     (Walter  Crane's  picture 

books.)    qJ398   C867C 

Contents:  Cinderella. — Puss  in  boots. — Valentine  &  Orson. 

Mother  Hubbard;  her  picture  book qJ398  C867m 

The  same qr J398  C867ni 

Contents:     Mother  Hubbard. — The  three  bears. — The  absurd  A.  B.  C. 

Red  Riding  Hood's  picture  book.     (Walter  Crane's  picture 

books.)   qJ398  C867r 

Contents:  Little  Red  Riding  Hood. — Jack  and  the  beanstalk. — The  forty 
thieves. 

CRUIKSHANK,  George,  ed. 

Cruikshank  fairy-book.     1897 J398  C89 

Contents:  Puss  in  boots. — Jack  and  the  bean-stalk. — Hop-o'-my-Thumb. 
— Cinderella. 

CURTIN,  Jeremiah. 

Creation  myths  of  primitive  America  in  relation  to  the  religious 

history  and  mental  development  of  mankind.     1898 398  C93C 

"Contains  twenty  long  myths  taken  down  word  for  word  by  the  author 
from  the  Indians,  who  knew  no  language  or  religion  but  their  own." 
CURTIN,  Jeremiah,  comp. 

Myths  and  folk-tales  of  the  Russians,  western  Slavs  and  Mag- 
yars.    1890 398  C93 

Well  translated.     Of  scientific  value  as  folk-lore. 
GUSHING,  Frank  Hamilton,  tr. 

Zuni  folk  tales.    1901  398  C939 

From  1879  to  1885  Mr  Gushing  lived  among  the  Zuiii  Indians  of  New 
Mexico,  learned  their  language  and  traditions,  was  initiated  into  their 
esoteric  priesthood  and  elected  their  war  chief.  He  thus  gained  an 
unusual  insight  into  the  inner  life  and  customs  of  an  Indian  tribe. 

DOUGLAS,  Sir  George  Brisbane  Scott-,  ed. 

Scottish  fairy  and  folk  tales.    1894 398  D75 

DRAKE,  Samuel  Adams,  comp. 

Book  of  New  England  legends  and  folk  lore.     1894 398  D78 

The  same.     1901 r398  D78 

DYER,  Sir  Thomas  Firminger  Thiselton-. 

The  folk-lore  of  plants.     1898 398  D98 

Concise  and  systematic  account,  drawn  chiefly  from  European  sources,  of 
plant    worship,    proverbs,    superstitions,    names,    mystic    and    fabulous 
plants,  plants  in  witchcraft,  demonology,  fairy  lore,  etc.     Illustrated. 
EDWARDS,  Charles  Lincoln,  comp. 

Bahama  songs  and  stories;  a  contribution  to  folk-lore.     1895. 

(American  folk-lore  society.    Memoirs.) 398  E31 

EIVIND,  R. 

Finnish  legends  for  English  children.     1894 J398  E42 

EVANS,  Sebastian,  tr. 

High  history  of  the  Holy  Graal;  tr.  fr.  the  French.    2v.    1898.  .398  E94 
FARRINGTON,  ^Margaret  Vere,  aftencard  Mrs  Livingston. 

Tales  of  King  Arthur  and  his  knights  of  the  Round  Table.  .J398  F25 
FIELD,  Roswell  Martin,  ed. 

Book  of  famous   fairy  tales.      1901.      (Young   folks'   library, 

V.3-) J398  F4S8 

Contents:  The  snow  queen.  The  hardy  tin  soldier.  The  fir  tree.  The 
storks.  The  silver  shilling,  Thumbelina,  The  ugly  duckling,  by  H.  C. 
Andersen. — The  quern  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea,  Little  Fred  and  his 
fiddle.    The    cock   and    the    fox,    by    P.  C.  Asbjornsen. — Sylvain    and 


544  FOLK-LORE 


Jocosa,  by  the  conte  de  Caylus. — Oh  I  a  Cossack  fairy  tale. — The  en- 
chanted canary,  by  Charles  Deulin. —  The  three  golden  hairs,  The 
straw,  the  coal  and  the  bean,  Hansel  and  Grethel,  The  frog  prince.  The 
cat  who  married  a  mouse.  Fairy  Tell-true,  The  fisherman  and  his  wife. 
The  enchanted  stag.  The  tailor's  three  sons,  by  Grimm. — The  stone 
cold  heart,  by  William  Hauff. — Momotaro;  a  Japanese  fairy  tale. — A 
water  baby,  by  Charles  Kingsley. —  The  magic  swan,  by  Hermann 
Kletke. — The  enchanted  pig,  by  N.  Kremnitz. — The  ratcatcher,  by  Ch. 
Marelles. — The  king  of  the  Golden  river,  by  John  Ruskin. 

FIELDE,  Adele  Marion. 

Chinese  nights'  entertainments.     1893 J398  F45 

Forty  marvelous  stories  told  by  the  almond  eyed  folk  and  illustrated 
by  Chinese  artists. 

FISKE,  John. 

Myths  and  myth-makers;  old  tales  and  superstitions  inter- 
preted by  comparative  mythology.     1895 398  FS4 

FLEESON,  Katherine  Neville. 

Laos  folk-lore  of  farther  India.     1899 398  F62 

FOLK-LORE;  a  quarterly  review  of  myth,  tradition,  institu- 
tion &  custom,  1878-1899.    v.i-22,  in  23.     1878-99 r398  F71 

v.i-s  title  reads  Folk-lore  record;  v.6-12  title  reads  Folk-lore  journal. 
Beginning   with   v.  13    the   Arch.-eological   review   was   incorporated   with 

this  periodical. 
These  volumes  form  v.i,  3,  5,  6,  8,  io-it,  14,  16,  18-19,  21,  27-28,  30, 
32,  34,  36,  38,  40,  42,  44,  of  the  Publications  of  the  Folk-lore  society. 

FOLK-LORE  and  legends.    8v.  in  4.     1891-92 398  F71 

v.1-2.     Germany. — Oriental. 

v.3-4.      Scotland. — Ireland. 

v.S-6.     English. — Scandinavian. 

v.7-8.     Russian  and  Polish. — North  American  Indian.  / 

FORTIER,  Alcee,  ed. 

Louisiana  folk-tales  in  French  dialect,  and  English  transla- 
tion.    1895.     (American  folk-lore  society.     Memoirs.) 398  F79 

FRERE,  Mary,  comp. 

Old  Deccan  days;  or,  Hindoo  fairy  legends.     1889 398  F93 

FROST,  William  Henfy. 

The  court  of  King  Arthur,  stories  from  the  land  of  the 

Round  Table  J398  F96C 

Not  so  scholarly  as  Sidney  Lanier's  "Boy's  King  Arthur,"  but  a  charm- 
ing version  of  the  Arthurian  legends  for  quite  young  people. 

Fairies  and  folk  of  Ireland.     1900 J398  F96 

The  knights  of  the  Round  Table J398  F96k 

Old  stories  of  King  Arthur's  knights,  chiefly  those  which  relate  to  the 

quest   of   the    mystic   grail.      A   companion   volume   to    "The   court   of 

King  Arthur." 

FURNESS,  William  Henry. 

Folk-lore  in  Borneo ;  a  sketch.     1899 398  F99 

GIBB,  John. 

Gudrun,  Beowulf  and  Roland,  with  other  mediaeval  tales. 

1884 J398  G35 

Contents:      Gudrun. — Hilda. — Wild    Hagen. — Beowulf. — The    death    of 
Roland. — Walter  and  Hildegund. 
GOMME,  George  Laurence. 

Ethnology  in  folklore.    1892.     (Modern  science  series.) 398  Gspc 

GOMME,  George  Laurence,  ed. 

Handbook  of  folklore.     1890 398  G59 

A  handbook  for  collectors  and  workers  on  folklore.  Gives  a  short 
account  of  each  of  the  four  main  groups  into  which  folklore  may  be 
roughly  divided;  superstitious  belief  and  practice,  traditional  customs. 


FOLK-LORE  545 


traditional  narratives,  and  folk  sayings,   and  a  few  typical  questions 
under  each  group,  with  a  code  of  questions  for  the  collector. 

GOTTFRIED  von  STRASSBURG. 

Story  of  Tristan  &  Iseult;  rendered  into  English  from  the 
German  by  J.  L.  Weston.  2v.  1899.  (Arthurian  ro- 
mances.)    398  G72 

GOULD,  Sabine  Baring-,  ed. 

Book  of  nursery  songs  and  rhymes.    1895 398  G73b 

GOULD,  Sabine  Baring-. 

Curious  myths  of  the  middle  ages.     1884 398  G73C 

The  same.     1894 r398   G73 

Concise  information  about  the  Wandering  Jew,  Prester  John,  William 

Tell,  St.  George  and  other  mediaeval  legends. 
"An  interesting  volume,  devoted  to  the  work  of  describing  and  de- 
molishing some  of  the  most  important  traditional  stories  rife  in  the 
Middle  Ages. .  .The  faults  of  the  volume  are  an  all-pervasive  flippancy, 
and  a  tendency  to  drift  into  occasional  attempts,  not  altogether  suc- 
cessful, at  fine  writing.  The  book  is  instructive,  but  it  entertains 
and  amuses  even  more  than  it  instructs."     C.  K.  Adams. 

GOULD,  Sabine  Baring-,  comp. 

Old  English  fairy  tales.     1895 J398  G73 

GRIMM,  Jakob  Ludwig,  &  Wilhelm  Karl. 

Fairy  tales  and  household  stories;  tr.  by  Mrs  H.  B.  PauU 

&  L.  A.  Wheatley J398  G9ifa 

Fairy  tales;  tr.  by  Mrs  H.  B.  Paull J398  Ggifai 

German  popular  tales J398  Ggig 

Goblins  and  wonder  tales;  tr.  by  Mrs  H.  B.  Paull  &  L.  A. 

Wheatley  J398  Ggigo 

Household  fairy  tales;  with  illustrations  by  P.  G.  Johann  & 

R.  Leinweber qJ398  G9iho2 

Household  stories;  tr.  by  Lucy  Crane.    1893 J398  G9ih 

Aschenputtel.  (Cinderella),    Tom    Thumb,    Sleeping    Beauty,    Rapunzel, 
Clever  Elsie  and  other  German  fairy  stories. 

Household  tales.     2v.     1892 398  G91 

The  same;  ed.  and  partly  translated  anew,  by  Marian  Edwardes. 

1901   J398  Ggihou 

Kinder  und  hausmarchen.     1895 , J398  Ggik 

GRINNELL,  George  Bird. 

Blackfoot  lodge  tales,  the  story  of  a  prairie  people.    1892 398  G92 

Folk-lore  stories,  taken  down  as  told  by  Blackfoot  Indians;   well  done 
and  throwing  useful  light  on  Indian  character. 
Pawnee    hero   stories    and   folk-tales,   with   notes    on   the 
origin,  customs  and  character  of  the  Pawnee  people,  to 
which  is  added  a  chapter  on  the  Pawnee  language,  by 

J.  B.  Dunbar.     1893 398  G92P 

Punishment  of  the  stingy,  and  other  Indian  stories.     1901 398  Ggzpu 

Contents:  The  stories  and  the  story-tellers. — ^The  bluejay  stories. — The 
punishment  of  the  stingy. — Bluejay,  the  imitator. — Bluejay  visits  the 
ghosts. — The  girl  who  was  the  ring. — The  first  corn. — The  star  boy. — ' 
The  grizzly  bear's  medicine. — The  first  medicine  lodge. — Thunder 
Maker  and  Cold  Maker. — The  blindness  of  Pi-wap-ok. — Ragged  Head. 
— Nothing  Child. — Shield  Quiver's  wife. — The  beaver  stick. — Little 
friend  coyote. 
"Seated  by  the  flickering  fire  in  Blackfoot  skin-lodge,  or  in  Pawnee 
dirt-house,  or  in  sea-shore  dwelling  on  the  northwest  coast,  I  have 
received  these  stories  from  the  lips  of  aged  historians,  and  have  set 
them  down  here  as  I  have  heard  them."     Author's  preface. 


S46  FOLK-LORE 


GROOME,  Francis  Hindes,  comp. 

Gypsy  folk-tales.     1899 398  G93 

GUERBER,  Helene  Marie  Adeline. 

Legends  of  Switzerland.     1899 398  Ggsle 

Legends  of  the  middle  ages,  narrated  with  special  reference 

to  literature  and  art.     1896 398  G95I 

Contents:  Beowulf. — Gudrun. — Reynard  the  fox. — The  Nibelungenlied. 
— Langobardian  cycle  of  myths. — The  Amelings. — Dietrich  von  Bern. 
— Charlemagne  and  his  paladins. — The  sons  of  Aymon. — Huon  of 
Bordeaux. — Titurel  and  the  Holy  Grail. — Merlin. — The  Round  Table. 
— Tristan  and  Iseult. — The  story  of  Frithiof. — Ragnar  Lodbrok. — The 
Cid. — General  survey  of  romance  literature. 

Legends  of  the  Rhine.     1895 398  G95 

HARRIS,  Joel  Chandler. 

Nights  with  Uncle  Remus;  myths  and  legends  of  the  old 

plantation.     1883 J398  H29n 

Uncle  Remus  and  his  friends;  old  plantation  stories,  songs 

and  ballads,  with  sketches  of  negro  character.     1897.  •  0398  H29U 

Uncle  Remus,  his  songs  and  his  sayings.     1894 J398  H29 

The  same.     1896 rJ398  H29U 

The  material  for  this  volume  of  negro  folk-lore,  held  together  by  de- 
lightful old  Uncle  Remus,  was  gathered  at  first-hand  from  plantation 
negroes.  The  "Creetur"  tales  and  the  manner  of  their  telling  are 
uniquely  funny — an  endless  delight  for  children  and  their  elders. 

HARTLAND,  Edwin  Sidney. 

Folklore;  what  is  it  and  what  is  the  good  of  it?     1899. 

(Popular  studies  in  mythology,  romance  &  folklore.)..  .398  H32 
Bibliography,  p.41-43. 

Mythology  and  folktales;  their  relation  and  interpretation. 
1900.  (Popular  studies  in  mythology,  romance  &  folk- 
lore.)   398  H32 

Bibliographical  appendix,  p. 41-53. 
Bound  with  the  above. 

Science  of  fairy  tales;  an  inquiry  into  fairy  mythology.     1891. 

(Contemporary  science  series.)  . . ! .398  H32S 

Bibliography,  p.3S3-365- 

Examines  five  of  the  principal  groups  of  stories  relating  to  fairies:  fairy 
births,  changelings,  robberies  from  fairyland,  supernatural  lapse  of  time 
in  fairyland,  and  swan  maidens.     Explains   methods  pursued  by   spe- 
cialists when  a  popular  tradition  or  superstition  is  investigated. 

HAZLITT,  William  Carew,  comp. 

English  proverbs  and  proverbial  phrases;  alphabetically  ar- 
ranged and  annotated.     1882 r398  H38 

HAZLITT,  William  Carew. 

Fairy  tales,  legends  and  romances  illustrating  Shakespeare, 

and  other  early  English  writers.     1875 398  H382 

Contains  also  two  preliminary  dissertations,  on  pigmies  and  on  fairies, 
by  Joseph  Ritson. 
HEADLAND,  Isaac  Taylor,  tr. 

Chinese  Mother  Goose  rhymes,  [Chinese  and  English  text]. 

1900  J398  H38 

"Comes  with  all  the  flavor  of  a  piquant  and  relishable  sauce,  to  vary  a 
monotonous  diet.  We  have  heard  so  much  about  the  Chinese  destroy- 
ing their  own  offspring  that  it  is  delightful  to  find  rich  evidences  of 
parental  affection.  .  .There  are  over  a  hundred  nursery  ditties  selected 
by  the  translator  out  of  his  store  of  six  hundred  or  more... On  each 
page  is  first  the  Chinese  text  of  the  rhymes,  then  a  most  minutely 
appropriate  photographic  reproduction  of  Chinese  child  life  the  sub- 
ject being  pat  to  the  theme,  and  finally  the   English  translation,   all 


FOLK-LORE  547 


set  in  a  black  border  of  dragon-supported  pillars  holding  up  a  temple- 
roof...  A   wonderful   revelation   of  home  life   in    China."     Nation,    1900. 

HIGGINSON,  Thomas  Wentworth. 

Tales  of  the  enchanted  islands  of  the  Atlantic.    1898 J398  HS3 

"It  seems  strange  that  these  old  legends  have  been  so  long  neglected, 
and  so  seldom  touched  upon  by  historians.  About  the  barren  islands 
scattered  in  the  Atlantic  there  has  long  been  a  wealth  of  romance, 
which  is  now  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  reader  in  most  attractive 
style.  Many  of  the  characters  in  these  myths  and  legends  are  familiar 
to  us:  Usheen,  King  Bran,  Merlin  and  Vivian,  Sir  Lancelot  and 
King  Arthur,  and  Harald  the  Viking." 

HOME,  Mary  Pamela  Milne-. 

Mamma's  black  nurse  stories;  West  Indian  folk-lore.     1890. ..  .398  H7S 
HULL,  Eleanor,  ed. 

The  Cuchullin  saga  in  Irish  literature;  a  collection  of  stories 

relating  to  the  hero  Cuchullin.    1898 398  H91 

HUMPHREY,  Maud. 

Book  of  fairy  tales qJ398  H92 

Contents:  Little  Red  Riding  Hood. — Cinderella. — Puss  in  boots. — Goody 
Two  Shoes. — Beauty  and  the  beast. — Aladdin. — Hop  o'  my  Thumb. — 
Babes  in  the  wood. — The  ugly  duckling. — ^Jack  and  the  beanstalk. — 
The  three  bears. — Tom  Thumb. — The  sleeping  beauty. — Jack  the  Giant 
killer. — Little  Snow  White. — The  musicians  of  Bremen. — Bluebeard. — 
The  white  cat. — Pretty  Goldilocks. — The  bluebird. 

INTERNATIONAL   FOLK-LORE   CONGRESS    (3d), 
Chicago,  1893. 
[Proceedings  of  the]    International  folk-lore  congress  of 
the  World's  Columbian  exposition,  Chicago,  1893.    1898. 

(American  folk-lore  association.     Archives,  v.i.) r398  I24 

JACOBS,  Joseph,  ed. 

Book  of  wonder  voyages.     1896 J398  Ji3b 

Kingsley's  version  of  the  voyage  of  the  Argonauts  in  search  of  the 
golden  fleece  is  given  first,  and  other  famous  voyages  to  the  lands  of 
fancy  are  added. 

Celtic  fairy  tales.    1893 J398  J13 

The  same.    1893 rJ398  Ji3 

English  fairy  tales.     1892 J398  Ji3e 

The  same.     1893 rJ398  Ji3ei 

Indian  fairy  tales.     1892 J398  Ji3i 

Drawn  from  the  Jatakas  or  birth-stories  of  Buddha,  the  fables  of  Bidpai 
and  other  Sanskrit  folk-tales. 

More  Celtic  fairy  tales.    1895 J398  Ji3m 

More  English  fairy  tales.    1894 J398  Ji3mo 

Folk-stories  from  various  sources,  delightfully  retold  for  children;  notes 
and  references  for  folk-lore  students  in  appendix. 

JOHNSON,  Clifton,  comp. 

What  they  say  in  New  England;  a  book  of  signs,  sayings  and 

superstitions.     1896 398  J35 

JONES,  William,  F.  S.  A. 

Credulities,  past  and  present;  including  the  sea  and  seamen, 
miners,  amulets  and  talismans,  rings,  word  and  letter  divi- 
nation, numbers,  trials,  exorcising  and  blessing  of  animals, 
birds,  eggs  and  luck.     1898 398  J41 

JOURNAL  of  American  folk-lore;  quarterly,     v.i-date.     1888- 

date  r398  J46 

Published  by  the  American  folk-lore  society. 


548  FOLK-LORE 


JUDD,  Mary  Catherine,  comp. 

Wigwam  stories,  told  by  North  American  Indians.     1901 J398  J49 

Stories  are  prefaced  by  some  short  sketches  of  various  tribes  of  North 
American  Indians.  The  illustrations,  some  of  them  by  a  young  In- 
dian artist,  are  especially  good. 

KAF,  Ha  Sheen,  comp. 

The  winged  wolf,  and  other  fairy  tales.     1893 J398  Kil 

KELLY,  Walter  Keating. 

Proverbs  of  all  nations,  compared,   explained  and  illus- 
trated.    1859 r398  K17 

KENNEDY,  Patrick,  ed. 

Legendary  fictions  of  the  Irish  Celts.    1891 398  K18 

KIEFER,  F.J. 

Legends  of  the  Rhine,  from  Basle  to  Rotterdam r398  K24 

KINGSCOTE,  Mrs  Howard,  (pseud.  Lucas  Cleeve),  &  Sastri, 
Natesa,  comp. 

Tales  of  the  sun;  or.  Folklore  of  southern  India.    1890 398  K27 

KtJNOS,  Ignacz,  comp. 

Turkish  fairy  tales  and  folk  tales;  tr.  fr.  the  Hungarian  by 

R.  N.  Bain.     1896 398  K43 

LANG,  Andrew,  ed. 

Blue  fairy  book J398  L23 

Delightful  collection  of  standard  fairy  tales. 
Cinderella;  or,  The  little  glass  slipper,  and  other  stories; 

based  on  the  tales  in  the  Blue  fairy  book J398  L23C 

Other  stories:  Rumpelstiltzkin. — The  master  cat. — Why  the  sea  is  salt. 
— Little  Thumb. 

Green  fairy  book J398   L23g 

Compiled  principally  from  the  Grimm  brothers  and  Madame  d'Aulnoy, 
but  drawing  also  from  sources  as  remote  as  China. 

History  of  Jack  the  Giant-killer,  and  other  stories;  based 

on  the  tales  in  the  Blue  fairy  book J398  L23h 

Other  stories:    Prince  Hyacinth. — Beauty  and  the  beast. 

History  of  W^hittington,  and  other  stories;  based  on  the 

tales  in  the  Blue  fairy  book J398  L23hi 

Other  stories:  The  goose-girl. — Trusty  John. — The  forty  thieves. — The 
Master-maid. — Aladdin  and  the  wonderful  lamp. 

Little  Red  Riding-hood,  and  other  stories;  based  on  the 

tales  in  the  Blue  fairy  book J398  L23I 

Other  stories:  Toads  and  diamonds. — Snow-white  and  Rose-red. — Hansel 
and  Grettel. — Brave  little  tailor. 

Nursery  rhyme  book.     1897 J398  L23n 

Pink  fairy  book J398  L23P 

Prince  Darling,  and  other  stories;  based  on  the  tales  in 

the  Blue  fairy  book J398  L23pr 

Other    stories:      The    white    cat. — The    wonderful    sheep. — The    yellow 
dwarf. — The  story  of  Prince  Ahmed  and  the  fairy  Paribanou. 
The  princess  on  the  glass  hill,  and  other  stories;  based  on 

the  tales  in  the  Blue  fairy  book J398  L23pri 

Other  stories:  The  terrible  head. — Felicia  and  the  pot  of  pinks. — The 
water-lily. — Blue  Beard. — Story  of  pretty  Goldilocks. — Tale  of  a  youth 
who  set  out  to  learn  what  fear  was. 

Red  fairy  book J398  L23r 

The  sleeping  beauty  in  the  wood,  and  other  stories;  based 

on  the  tales  in  the  Blue  fairy  book J398  L23S 

Other  stories:    The  bronze  ring. — East  of  the  sun  and  west  of  the  moon. 


FOLK-LORE  549 


Violet  fairy  book.     1901 J398  L23V 

Yellow  fairy  book J398  L23y 

Collected    from    Russian,    German,    French,    Icelandic   and    Indian    folk 

lore;  the  illustrations  are  excellent  and  add  much  to  the  interest  of 

the  book. 

LAWRENCE,  Robert  Means. 

The   magic   of  the   horse-shoe;   with   other  folk-lore   notes. 

1898 398  L42 

Contents:  The  magic  of  the  horseshoe. — Fortune  and  luck. — The  folk- 
lore of  common  salt. — The  omens  ofsneezing. — Days  of  good  and  evil 
omen. — Superstitious  dealing^s  with  animals.    The  luck  of  odd  numbers. 

Popular  presentation  of  the  history  of  different  superstitions  and  the 
theories  regarding  their  origin.  Original  in  treatment  and  contains 
much  interesting  data. 

LELAND,  Charles  Godfrey. 

Etruscan  Roman  remains  in  popular  tradition.     1892 q398  L57e 

Gives  the  names  and  attributes,  legends  of,  and  invocations  to,  nearly 
all  the  ancient  Etruscan  deities,  arid  many  minor  Roman  gods  as 
yet  preserved  among  Romagnolo  peasants,  and  especially  "witches" 
and  fortune-tellers  in  Tuscany.  Contains,  also,  a  large  collection  of 
curious  customs,  tales,  magical  cures,  charms,  incantations,  prepara- 
tion of  amulets,  of  Etruscan  Latin  origin,  as  described  by  classic 
writers,  but  still  in  existence.  Further,  it  includes  accounts  of  the 
numerous  goblins,  Spirits,  fairies,  and  other  strange  beings  still  be- 
lieved in,  with  the  "conjurations"  addressed  to  them. 

LELAND,  Charles  Godfrey,  comp. 

Legends  of  Florence,  collected  from  the  people;  ist-2d  ser. 

2v.     1895-96 398  L57 

Unpublished  legends  of  Virgil.     1900 398  L57U 

"Mr.  Leland...set  himself  to  collect.. .Virgilian  legends  alive  among  the 
people,  with  the  result  that  he  presents  to  us  some  50  tales... a  mass 
of  legends  depicting,  in  a  strain  of  innocent  -jocularity,  this  Virgil 
of  the  mediaeval  phantasy,  saint  and  mage."  Academy,  1900. 
"With  Mr.  Leland  the  legendary  element  is  everything,  for  neither  in 
his  introduction  nor  in  his  notes  does  he  consider  the  place  of  Virgfil 
in  the  history  of  higher  culture.  Most  of  the  tales  which  have  hith- 
erto been  published  come  from  the  region  of  Naples... Mr.  Leland 
draws  from  a  fresh  source  altogether,  namely,  Tuscany."  Nation,  1899. 
LIE,  Jonas  Lauritz  Edemil. 

Weird  tales  from  northern  seas;  tr.  fr.  the  Danish  by  R.  N. 

Bain  i398  L68 

LUMMIS,  Charles  Fletcher. 

Man  who  married  the  moon,  and  other  stories.    1894 J398  L97 

Pueblo  Indian  folk  stories  written  out  for  children. 

MABINOGION. 

Knightly  legends  of  Wales;  or,  The  boy's  Mabiaogion;  ed. 

by  Sidney  Lanier.     1884 J398  Mil 

The  same.     1897 n398  Mil 

The  earliest  Welsh  tales  of  King  Arthur  from  the  famous  Red  book 
of  Hergest.     Companion  to  the  "Boy's  King  Arthur." 

Mabinogion ;  tr.  by  Lady  Charlotte  Guest.    1877 qr398  Milg 

MacMANUS,  Seumas,  comp. 

Donegal  fairy  stories.    1900 J398  M21 

MALORY,  Sir  Thomas. 

Boy's  King  Arthur;  ed.  by  Sidney  Lanier.    1895 J398  M29 

The  same.     1897 rJ398  M29 

This  book  is  sent  forth  "to  the  entente  that  noblemen  may  see  and 
lerne  the  noble  actes  of  chyvalrye,  the  jentyl  and  vertuous  dedes  that 
somme  knyghtes  used  in  tho  days,  by  whyche  they  came  to  honour. 


550  FOLK-LORE 


and  how  they  that  were  vycious  were  punysshed,   and  often  put  to 
shame  and  rebuke."    Carton's  Prologue. 
During  the  isth  century  Sir  Thomas   Malory  wrote  a  history  of  King 
Arthur  and  the  knights  of  the  Round  Table.     Mr  Lanier  has  prepared 
this  stirring  tale  of  knights  and  chivalry  purposely  for  the  boys. 
History  of  King  Arthur  and  the  knights  of  the  Round  Table. 

3v.     1889 398  M29 

The  same.    3v.     1889 r398  M29 

Le  morte  Darthur,  Sir  Thomas  Malory's  book  of  King  Arthur 
and  of  his  noble  knights  of  the  Round  Table;  the  text  of 
Caxton,  ed.  with  an  introduction,  by  Sir  Edward  Strachey. 
1901  398  M29m 

Introduction:  The  authorship  and  matter  of  the  book. — The  text  and  its 
several  editions. — An  essay  on  chivalry. 

MARTINENGO-CESARESCO,  Evelyn  (Carrington),  contessa. 

Essays  in  the  study  of  folk-songs.     1886 398  M43 

Contents:  The  inspiration  of  4eath  in  folk-poetry. — Nature  in  folk- 
songs.— Armenian  folk-songs.— Venetian  folk-songs. — Sicilian  folk- 
songs.— Greek  songs  of  Calabria. — Folk-songs  of  Provence. — The 
white  paternoster. — The '  diffusion  of  ballads. — Songs  for  the  Rite 
of  May. — The  idea  of  fate  in  southern  traditions. — Folk-lullabies. — Folk 
dirges. 

"Books  of  reference,"  p. 393-395. 

•The  author  writes  enthusiastically,  and  with  wide  knowledge  of  her 
subject;  not  the  least  important  or  interesting  part  of  her  book  is  the 
introduction  in  which  she  outlines  the  whole  subject. 

MATTHEWS,  Washington,  comp. 

Navaho  legends.  1897.  (American  folk-lore  society.  Me- 
moirs.)     398  M47 

Bibliographic  notes,  by  F.  W.  Hodge,  p.276-378. 

MIDDLEMORE,  Mrs  Maria  Trinidad  Howard,  ed. 

Spanish  legendary  tales.     1885 398  M67 

MIJATOVICH,  Mme  Elodie  Lawton,  tr. 

Serbian  folk-lore.     1899 398  M68 

The  preface  to  this  collection  of  Servian  folk-tales  gives  a  sketch  of 
the  present  state  of  folklore  as  a  science. 

MITFORD,  Algernon  Bertram  Freeman-. 

Tales  of  old  Japan.     1890 398  M75 

"Love,  revenge,  'the  happy  dispatch,'  adventure  by  land  and  sea,  quaint 
fairy  tales,  Buddhist  sermons  quainter  still — in  a  word,  the  whole  pic- 
turesque life  of  old  Japan — these  are  the  things  Mr  Mitford  gives  us, 
and  he  gives  them  in  a  style  that  renders  them  doubly  attractive." 
B.  H.  Chamberlain. 

MOONEY,  James. 

Holiday  customs  of  Ireland.     1889 .398  M87 

Bibliography,  p.427. 

Reprinted  from  the  Proceedings  of  the  American  philosophical  society. 

MOTHER  GOOSE  MELODIES. 

Book   of   nursery   rhymes;    arranged   by    Charles   Welsh. 

1901    J398  M93b 

Mother  Goose  nursery  rhymes J398  M93m 

The  same J398  M93mo 

Mother  Goose's  melodies;  or,  Songs  for  the  nursery.    1878.  .J398  M93 
Mother  Goose's  nursery  rhymes;  a  collection  of  alphabets, 

rhymes,  tales  and  jingles J398  M93mot 

MUSAUS,  Johann  Karl  August. 

Volksmarchen  der  Deutschen.    3v.  in  i.    1868.    (Bibliothek 

der  deutschen  nationallitcratur.) 398  M98 


FOLK-LORE  5Si 


NICHOLSON,  Alexander,  ed. 

Collection  of  Gaelic  proverbs  and  familiar  phrases;  based  on 

Macintosh's  collection.     1881 qr398  N31 

NORTON,  Charles  Eliot,  cd. 

Child's    own    book    and    treasury    of    interesting    stories. 

(Young  folks'  library,  v.i.) J398  N46 

Contents:  Aladdin.— Ali  Baba. — Beauty  and  the  beast. — Blanch  and 
Rosalinda. — Blue  Beard. — The  children  in  the  wood. — Cinderella. — The 
discreet  princess. — Diamonds  and  toads. — Prince  Fatal  and  Prince 
Fortune. — Fortunatus.^ — Fortunio. — The  fisherman  and  the  genie. — 
Little  hunch-back. — Nourjahad. — Jack  the  Giant  killer. — The  royal 
ram. — ^Jack  and  the  beanstalk. — Puss  in  boots. — Riquet  with  the  tuft. 
— The  three  wishes. — Fair  one  with  the  golden  locks. — -Tom  Thumb. 
— Invisible  prince. — Little  Red  Riding  Hood. — Robin  Hood. — Peronel- 
la. — The  white  cat. — The  seven  champions  of  Christendom. — -Griselda. 
— Graciosa  and  Percinet. — Hop-o'-my-Thumb'>^-The  history  of  little 
Jack. — Whittington  and  his  cat. — The  yellow  dwarf. — Valentine  and 
Orson. 

NUTT,  Alfred  Trubner. 

Studies  on  the  legend  of  the  Holy  Grail;  with  especial  refer- 
ence to  the  hypothesis  of 'its  Celtic  origin.    1888 398  NS3 

O'SHEA,  Michael  Vincent,  ed. 

Old  world  wonder  stories.     1902 J398  O29 

Contents:  Whittington  and  his  cat. — Jack  the  Giant  killer. — Tom  Thumb. 
— Jack  and  the  bean-stalk. 

Six  nursery  classics.     1901 J398  O29S 

Contents:  The  house  that  Jack  built. — Mother  Hubbard  and  her  dog. 
— Courtship,  etc.  of  Cock  Robin. — Dame  Wiggins  of  Lee. — The  old 
woman  and  her  pig. — The  three  bears. 

OWEN,  Mary  Alicia,  ed. 

Voodoo  tales  as  told  among  the  negroes  of  the  Southwest. 

1893 398  O34 

PARKER,  Mrs  K.  Langloh,  comp. 

Australian   legendary  tales,  folk-lore  of  the   Noongah- 

burrahs  as  told  to  the  piccaninnies.     1897 398  P24 

PERRAULT,  Charles. 

Tales    of    Mother    Goose,   as    first   collected   by    Charles 

Perrault  in  1696;  tr.  by  Charles  Welsh J398  P43t 

Contents:  Cinderella. — The  sleeping  beauty  in  the  wood. — Little  Thumb. 
— The  master  cat,  or  Puss  in  boots. — Riquet  of  the  tuft. — Blue  Beard. 
— The   fairy. — Little   Red   Riding-hood. 

PERRAULT,  Charles,  and  others. 

Old  French  fairy  tales J398  P43 

Contents:  The  blue  bird. — Little  Red  Riding-hood. — Septimus. — Blue 
Beard. — The  yellow  dwarf. — A  visit  to  the  islands  of  pleasure. — Cin- 
derella.— The  story  of  the  hind  in  the  forest. — The  good  little  mouse. 
— The  fair  one  with  the  golden  hair. — Princess  Rosetta. — The  sleeping 
beauty  in  the  wood. — Hop-o'-my-Thumb. 

PETRIE,  William  Matthew  Flinders,  ed. 

Egyptian  tales;  tr.  fr.  the  papyri;  ist-2d  ser.    2v.     1895 398  P46 

V.I.     IVth  to  Xllth  dynasty. 

V.2.     XVIIIth  to  XlXth  dynasty. 

"The  tales  present  material  valuable  from  the  point  of  view  of  both 
literature  and  folk-lore.  They  throw  light  upon  many  questions  of 
mythology,  every-day  life,  and  the  current  conceptions  of  the  times, 
and  they  deserve  the  attention  of  students  of  the  Egyptian  religion. 
In  them  a  natural  progression  is  observable  from  marvels  and  tales  of 
wonder  and  of  strange  lands  to  novels  of  adventure  and  delineation 
of  character."     Nation,  1896. 


552  FOLK-LORE 


PRATT,  Mara  L. 

Legends  of  the  red  children;  a  supplementary  reader  for  fourth 

and  fifth  grade  pupils.     1897 J398  P88 

RAGOZIN,  Mme   Zenaide  Alexeievna. 

Frithjof,  the  viking  of  Norway,  and  Roland,  the  paladin  of 

France.     1899.     (Tales  of  the  heroic  ages.) J398  RiS 

RALSTON,  William  Ralston  Shedden. 

Russian  folk-tales.    1873 398  R17 

Songs  of  the  Russian  people,  as  illustrative  of  Slavonic  my- 
thology and  Russian  social  life.     1872  r398  R17 

"Authorities,"  p.10-12. 

Account  of  the  Russian  lyric  poems  which  oral  tradition  has  preserved 
among  the  peasantry.  Reveals  the  manners  of  the  people  by  and 
among  whom  they  are  sung. 

RAMASWAMI  RAJU,  P.V.  comp. 

Tales  of  the  sixty  mandarins J398  R173 

Chinese  and  East  Indian  legends. 
RAY,  John,  comp. 

Hand-book  of  proverbs,  comprising  Ray's  collection  of 
English  proverbs,  virith  his  additions  from  foreign 
languages,  and  a  complete  alphabetical  index  by  H.  G. 

Bohn.     1893 r398  R24 

RHYS,  John. 

Celtic  folklore,  Welsh  and  Manx.     2v.     1901  398  R38C 

V.I.    Undine's  Kymric  sisters. — The  fairies'  revenge. — Fairy  ways  and 
words. — Manx  folklore. — The  fenodyree  and  his  friends. — The  folk- 
lore of  the  wells. 
V.2.    Triumphs  of  the  water-world. — ^Welsh  cave  legends. — Place-name 

stories. — Difficulties  of   the   folklorist. — Folklore   philosophy. — Race 
in  folklore  and  myth. 
Bibliography,  v. i,  p.31-46. 

Studies  in  the  Arthurian  legend.     1891 398  R38 

"Chief  object  is  to  make  Welsh  literature  help  to  shed  light  on  the 
Arthurian  Legend;  and  that  term  is  here  construed  loosely,  so  as  to 
include  other  legends  more  or  less  closely  associated  with  Arthur." 
Preface. 
Based  on  the  author's  Hibbert  lecture  on  Celtic  heathendom,  delivered 
in  1886. 

RINDER,  Frank,  ed. 

Old-v^^orld  Japan;  legends  of  the  land  of  the  gods.    1896. . .  .J398  R47 
Stories  founded  on  the  legends  of  early  times. 
ROSS,  Frederick. 

Legendary  Yorkshire.     1892 398  R73 

ROUSE,  William  Henry  Denham. 

The  talking  thrush,  and  other  tales  from  India,  collected 

by  W.  Crooke,  and  retold  by  W.  H.  D.  Rouse.    1899 J398  R77 

SCUDDER,  Horace  Elisha,  ed. 

Book  of  folk  stories.     1897 J398  S43 

Contents:  The  story  of  Chicken  Licken. — The  old  woman  and  her  pig. 
— The  three  bears. — The  elves  and  the  shoemaker. — Hans  in  luck. — 
Little  One  Eye,  Little  Two  Eyes  and  Little  Three  Eyes. — Puss  in 
boots. — Cinderella. — The  sleeping  beauty  in  the  wood. — Beauty  and 
the  beast. — Jack  and  the  bean  stalk. — Dick  Whittington  and  his  cat. 
— Tom  Thumb. — The  white  cat. — Little  Red  Riding  Hood. 

Book  of  legends.     1899 J398  S43b 

Fables  and  folk  stories.     1890 J398  S43f 

SEGERSTEDT,  Albrekt  Julius. 

My  Lady  Legend,  and  other  folk  tales  from  the  north. 

1891    J398  S45 


FOLK-LORE  553 


SEKLEMIAN,  A.G. 

The  golden  maiden,  and  other  folk  tales  and  fairy  stories  told 

in  Armenia.    1898 J398  S46 

SKEAT,  Walter  William. 

Malay  magic;  an  introduction  to  the  folklore  and  popular 

religion  of  the  Malay  peninsula.     1900 398  S627 

"List  of  authorities  quoted,"  P.67S. 

SKINNER,  Charles  Montgomery. 

Myths  &  legends  beyond  our  borders.     1899 398  S62m 

Traditions  of  Canada  and  Mexico. 

Myths  &  legends  of  our  new  possessions  &  protectorate. 

1900  398  S62my 

Tales  current  among  the  people  in  the  West  Indies,  Hawaii  and  the 
Philippine  islands. 

Myths  &  legends  of  our  own  land.    2v.    1896 398  S62 

STANLEY,  Henry  Morton. 

My  dark  companions  and  their  strange  stories.     1893 398  S78 

Weird  folk  tales  told  by  natives  around  campfires  in  the  wilds  of  Africa; 
collected  during  17  years  of  exploration. 

STEEL,  Mrs  Flora  Annie. 

Tales  of  the  Punjab  told  by  the  people ;  with  notes  by  R.  C. 

Temple.     1894    J398  S8i 

Though  these  Indian  folk  tales  are  told  in  form  adapted  to  children, 
the  annotations  and  analyses  of  the  tales  render  them  valuable  to  the 
scientific  student  of  folklore. 

TEIT,  James,  comp. 

Traditions  of  the  Thompson  river  Indians  of  British  Colum- 
bia.    1898.     (American  folk-lore  society.     Memoirs.) 398  T27 

"The  Indians  whose  myths  are  here  gathered  form  a  branch  of  the 
Salishan  tribes  inhabiting  portions  of  Washington,  Idaho,  Montana, 
and  British  Columbia.  These  myths  are  mostly  accounts  of  the  deeds 
of  transformers,  who  prepared  the  earth  for  the  abode  of  mankind." 

THORPE,  Benjamin,  ed. 

Yule-tide  stories.     1892 J398  T41 

TREASURY  of  old-fashioned  fairy  tales J398  T7i 

Contents:  Cinderella. — Dame  Trot  and  her  cat. — ^Whittington  and  his 
cat. — Jack  the  Giant-killer. — Little  Red  Riding  Hood. — Ali  Baba  and 
the  forty  thieves. — Blue  Beard. — Aladdin  and  the  wonderful  lamp. — 
The  fairy  tale  alphabet. 

UNDERHILL,  Mrs  Zoe  (Dana),  comp. 

The  dwarfs'  tailor,  and  other  fairy  tales.    1896 J398  U25 

VALENTINE,  Mrs  Laura  (Jewry). 

Aunt  Louisa's  book  of  fairy  tales J398  V15 

VALENTINE,  Mrs  Laura  (Jewry),  ed. 

The  old,  old  fairy  tales J398  V150 

WAGNER,  Wilhelm. 

Epics  and  romances  of  the  middle  ages.    1892 398  W12 

Contents:  Langobardian  legends. — The  Amelungs. — Dietrich  of  Bern. — 
The  Nibelung  hero. — The  Nibelungs  woe. — The  Hegeling  legend. — 
Beowulf. — The  Carolingian  legends. — Legends  of  King  Arthur  and  the 
Holy  Grail. — ^Tannhauser. 

WHYMPER,  Frederick. 

The  romance  of  the  sea;  its  fictions,  facts  and  folk-lore. 

1896 398   W66 

Bibliography,  p.  5-7. 
WOOLF,  Annie  C.  Hyatt. 

Fairy  folk  from  far  and  near.    1900 J398  W87 


554  CUSTOMS  OF  WAR 


YEATS,  William  Butler,  ed. 

Irish  fairy  and  folk  tales 398  Y22 

Well  chosen,   and  accompanied  with  classification  of  Irish   fairies  and 
list  of  authorities  on  Irish  folk-lore. 


399     Customs  of  war 

ANDERSON,  Joseph. 

Ancient  Scottish  weapons;  a  series  of  drawings  by  James 
Drummond,  with  descriptive  notes  by  Joseph  Ander- 
son.    1881 qr399  A54 

BURTON,  Sir  Richard  Francis. 

Book  of  the  sword.     1884 q399  B95 

List  of  authorities,  p.23-31. 

First  and  only  completed  part  of  a  work  designed  to  fill  three  volumes. 

Deals  mainly  with  the  archaeology  of  the  subject. 
"Part  I.  treats  of  the  birth,  parentage  and  early  career  of  the  Sword. 
It  begins   in   the  very   beginning,   in   pre-historic  times   and  amongst 
proto-historic    peoples,    and    it    ends    with    the    full    growth    of    the 
Sword  at  the  epoch  of  the  early  Roman  Empire."     Preface. 

GARDNER,  J.  Starkie. 

Armour  in  England  from  the  earliest  times  to  the  reign  of 

James  I.-  1897.     (Portfolio  monographs.) •••qr399  G18 

Foreign  armour  in  England.     1898.     (Portfolio  mono- 
graphs.)    q399  Gi8f 

Private  collections  of  European  ^ms  and  armour,  with  historical  notes. 
HEWITT,  John. 

Ancient  armour  and  weapons  in  Europe,  from  the  iron  period 
of  the  northern  nations  to  the  end  of  the  17th  century. 

3v.    1855-60 399  H49 

LACOMBE,  Paul. 

Arms  and  armour  in  antiquity  and  the  middle  ages,  also  a 
descriptive  notice  of  modern  weapons;  tr.  fr.  the  French 

by  Charles  Boutell.     1893.  •  • 399  L12 

MAINDRON,  G.R.Maurice. 

Les   armes.     1890.     (Bibliotheque   de  I'enseignement  des 

beaux-arts.)   399  M26 


Philology 

400     General  works 

MIJLLER,  Max. 

Three   introductory   lectures   on   the   science   of   thought. 

1888 .401   M9S 

Contents:     Simplicity  of  language. — Identity  of  language. — Identity  of 
language  and  thought. — Simplicity  of  thought. 

WHITNEY,  William  Dwight. 

Oriental  and  linguistic  studies,  ist-2d  ser.    2v.     1893 404  W65 

V.I.     The  Veda. — The  Avesta. — The  science  of  language. 
V.2.     The  East  and  West. — Religion  and  mythology. — Orthography  and 
phonology. — Hindu  astronomy. 

405     Philological  periodicals 

AMERICAN  journal  of  philology;  ed.  by  B.  L.  Gildei'sleeve. 

v.r-date.      r88o-date r40S   A51 

JOURNAL  of  classical  and  sacred  philology,    v.i-date.    1854- 

date    r405  J46 

v.5-date  title  reads  Journal  of  philology. 

AMERICAN  PHILOLOGICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Transactions,  1869-date.    v.i-date.     1871-date r4o6  A51 

v.zS-date  title  reads  Transactions  and  proceedings. 
V.20  contains  an  index  to  v.i-20;  v. 30,  to  v. 21-30. 

The  Report  of  the   Committee  of  twelve  on  courses  of  study  in  Latin 
and  Greek  for  secondary  schools,  is  appended  to  v.30. 

407     Study  and  teaching  of  language 

BAIRD,  William  Raimond. 

The  .study  of  languages.     1891.     (Memory  library.) 407  B16 

BREBNER,  Mary. 

Method  of  teaching  modern  languages  in  Germany.     1898.  .407  B71 

Bibliography,   p.69-71. 

BREUL,  Karl. 

The  teaching  of  modern  foreign  languages  in  our  secondary 

schools.     1898 407  B73 

Bibliographical  appendix,  P.S7-62;   Reference  library  of  a  school  teacher 
of  German,  p.63-82. 

GOUIN,  Frangois. 

Art  of  teaching  and  studying  languages.     1892 407  G73 

LAURIE,  Simon  Somerville. 

Lectures  on  language  and  linguistic  method  in  the  school; 

delivered  in  1889.     1893 407  L37 

MARCEL,  Claude. 

The  study  of  languages  brought  back  to  its  true  principles; 

or,  The  art  of  thinking  in  a  foreign  language.    1895 407  M36 

55S 


556  COMPARATIVE  PHILOLOGY 

SWEET,  Henry. 

Practical  study  of  languages;  guide  for  teachers  and  learners. 

1900   407  S97 

Bibliography,  p.279-280.  ■> 

"A  philosophical  study  of  method  in  the  matter  of  teaching  foreigfn 
languages,  ancient  and  modern,  Occidental  and  Oriental.  He  stands 
firmly  for  phonetics  as  the  indispensable  foundation  of  linguistic  study, 
but  otherwise  is  conservative  rather  than  radical  in  his  recommen- 
dations."    Dial,   1900. 

"Interesting  as  the  volume  is  to  the  teacher,  it  is  still  more  valuable 
to  the  scientific  student  and  writer."    Nation,  1900. 

409     History  of  language 

BURNET,  James,  lord  Monboddo. 

Of  the  origin  and  progress  of  language.    6v.     1774-1809 r409  B93 

HUTSON,  Charles  Woodward. 

The  story  of  language.     1897 409  H97 

"To  give  some  account  of  the  rise  of  human  speech  from  simple  to 
more  complex  forms,  and  of  the  connection  between  the  prog^ress  of 
lang^uage  and  the  progress  of  the  human  race."     Introduction. 

LFFfiVRE,  Andre. 

.  Race  and  language.     1894.    (International  scientific  series.). ..  .409  L53 
PAUL,  Hermann. 

Principles  of  the  history  of  language.     1891 409  P31 

STRONG,  Herbert  Augustus,  and  others. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  the  history  of  language.    1891 .  .409  S92 
WHITNEY,  William  Dwight. 

Life  and  growth  of  language.     1893.     (International  scientific 

series.)    409  W65 


410     Comparative  philology 

BRfiAL,  Michel. 

Essai  de  semantique,  (science  des  significations).     1899.... 410  B71 

Semantics;  studies  in  the  science  of  meaning.     1900 410  B71S 

GREG,  Robert  Philips. 

Comparative  philology  of  the  old  and  new  worlds  in  relation 

to  archaic  speech.     1893 qr4io  G86 

List  of  authorities,  P.3S4-3SS. 

MILES,  Eustace  Hamilton. 

How  to  learn  philology;  a  simple  and  introductory  book 

for  teachers  and  learners.     1899 , 410  M68 

"List  of  useful  books,"  p.269-271. 

MULLER,  Max. 

Science  of  language.     2v.     1891 : 410  M95 

PEILE,  John. 

Philology.     (Literature  primers.) 410  P36 

SWEET,  Henry. 

History  of  language.     1900.     (Temple  primers.) 410  S97 

Bibliography,  p.  147-148. 

First  part  deals  with  the  definition  of  the  science  of  language,  its  scope 
and   methods,   and   the   life  of  language   generally;    while  the   second 
part  consists  of  a  brief  sketch  of  the  Aryan  family  of  languages,  to-    ' 
gether  with  a  discussion  of  its  affinities  to  other  families. 


COMPARATIVE  PHILOLOGY  557 

WHITNEY,  William  Dwight. 

Language  and  the  study  of  language.     1894 410  W65 

ASTLE,  Thomas. 

Origin  and  progress  of  writing.     1876 qr4ii  A85 

CLODD,  Edward. 

Story  of  the  alphabet.  1900.  (Library  of  useful  stories.)  .  . .  .411  C61 
Contents:  The  beginnings  of  the  alphabet. — Memory-aids  and  picture- 
writing. — Chinese,  Japanese  and  Corean  scripts. — Cuneiform  writing. — 
Egyptian  hieroglyphics. — The  Rosetta  stone. — Egyptian  writing  in  its 
relation  to  other  scripts. — The  Cretan  and  allied  scripts. — Greek  papyri. 
— Runes  and  organs. 
Popular  little  book  tracing  the  history  of  the  written  alphabet. 

HOFFMAN,  Walter  James. 

Beginnings  of  writing.    1895.     (Anthropological  series.)  ...  .411  H67 
HUMPHREYS,  Henry  Noel. 

Origin  and  progress  of  the  art  of  writing.     1853 qi'4ii  H92 

TAYLOR,  Isaac. 

Alphabet;  origin  and  development  of  letters.    2v.     1883 r4ii  T2S 

V.I.    Semitic  alphabets. 
V.2.    Aryan  alphabets. 

MASSEY,  Gerald. 

A  book  of  the  beginnings,  containing  an  attempt  to  recover 
the  lost  origines  of  the  myths  and  mysteries,  types  and 
symbols,   religion   and   language,   with   Egypt  for   the 
mouthpiece  and  Africa  as  the  birthplace.    2v.    1881 . .  .qr4i2  M45b 
V.I.     Egyptian  origines  in  the  British  isles. 
V.2.     Egfyptian  origines  in  the  Hebrew,  Akkado-Assyrian  and  Maori. 

The  natural  genesis;  or.  Second  part  of  a  Book  of  the  be- 
ginnings.    2v.     1883 qr4i2  M45 

HEYNE,  Paul,  comp. 

Praktisches  worterbuch  der  elektrotechnik  und  chemie,  in 
deutscher,  englischer  und  spanischer  sprache;  mit 
besonderer  beriicksichtigung  der  modernen  maschinen- 

technik,  giesserei  und  metallurgie.    3v.     1898-1900 r4i3  H51 

V.I.     Deutsch-englisch-spanisch. 
V.2.     English-Spanish-German. 
V.3.     Espanol-aleman-ingles. 

SCHOLL,  Charles,  and  others,  comp. 

Phraseological  dictionary  of  commercial  correspondence 
in  the  English,  German,  French  &  Spanish  languages. 

1891   r4i3  S36 

UNITED  STATES — American  republics  bureau. 

Commercial  nomenclature,  (English,  Spanish,  Portuguese). 

2v.     1894 qr4i3  U25 

Published  in  accordance  with  a  resolution  of  the  International  Ameri- 
can conference  recommending  "the  adoption  of  a  common  nomen- 
clature which  shall  designate  in  alphabetical  order,  in  equivalent 
terms,  in  English,  Portuguese,  and  Spanish,  the  commodities  on  which 
import  duties  are  levied." 

WEBBER,  Eduard,  comp. 

Technisches  worterbuch  in  vier  sprachen.    4v.     1897-99 r4i3  W36 

V.I.  German,  Italian,  French,  English. 
v.2.  Italian,  German,  French,  English. 
V.3.  French,  Italian,  German,  English. 
v.4.  English,  Italian,  German,  French. 
BRUGMANN,   Karl. 

Comparative  grammar  of  the  Indo-Germanic  languages,  with 


558  ENGLISH  LANGUAGE 

index;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  Joseph  Wright  and  others. 

5v.     1888-95 415   B82 

V.I   title  reads   "Elements   of   the  comparative   grammar  of  the   Indo- 

Germanic  languages." 
"I   would   congratulate   not   only  Prof.    Brugmann,   but   the   public   for 
which  he  writes,  upon  a  work  which  will  long  remain  the  indispen- 
sable text-book  of  the  comparative  grammarian.     It  is  a  monument  of 
labour,  sobriety  and  research."    Prof.  A.  H.  Sayce  in  the  Academy. 

DELBRUCK,  Berthold. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  language;  a  critical  survey  of  the 
history  and  methods  of  comparative  philology  of  the 
Indo-European  languages.     1882.     (Bibliothek  indoger- 

manischer   grammatiken.) 415    D39 

SCHLEICHER,  August. 

Compendium  of  the  comparative  grammar  of  the  Indo-Euro- 
pean,   Sanskrit,    Greek   and    Latin   languages.     2v.    in    i. 

1874-77 415  S34 

THOMPSON,  Sir  Edward  Maunde. 

Handbook  of  Greek  and  Latin  palaeography.  1893.  (Inter- 
national scientific  series.) 417  T38 

420     English  language 

ALFORD,  Henry,  dean. 

A  plea  for  the  queen's  English;  stray  notes  on  speaking 

and  spelling.     1866 420  A38 

PALMER,  George  Herbert. 

Self-cultivation  in  English.     1897 420  P19 

HILL,  Adams  Sherman. 

Our  English.     1897 420.4  H55 

Contents:  English  in  schools.- — English  in  colleges. — English  in  news- 
papers and  novels. — English  in  the  pulpit. — Colloquial  English. 

MARSH,  George  Perkins. 

Lectures  on  the  English  language.     1885 420.4  M41 

The  same:     i860 r420.4  M41 

MATTHEWS,  Brander. 

Parts  of  speech ;  essays  on  English.     1901  420.4  M47 

Contents:  The  stock  that  speaks  the  language. — The  future  of  the 
language. — The  English  language  in  the  United  States. — The  language 
in  Great  Britain. — Americanisms  once  more. — New  words  and  old. — 
The  naturalization  of  foreign  words. — The  function  of  slang. — Ques- 
tions of  usage. — An  inquiry  as  to  rime. — On  the  poetry  of  place- 
names. — As  to  "American  spelling." — The  simplification  of  English 
spelling. — Americanism;  an  attempt  at  a  definition. 

TUCKER,  Gilbert  Milligan. 

Our  common  speech.     1895 420.4  T81 

Six  readable  essays  on  changes  in  the  meanings  of  words,  the  revised 
version  of  the  New  testament,  old  dictionaries,  comparative  merits  of 
English  dictionaries,  American-English,  etc.  Contains  also  a  bibliog- 
raphy of  Americanisms. 

EMERSON,  Oliver  Farrar. 

Brief  history  of  the  English  language.     1897 420.9  E58b 

History  of  the  English  language.     1895 420.9  E58 


36 


ENGLISH  ORTHOGRAPHY  559 

KELLOGG,  Brainerd,  &  Reed,  Alonzo. 

The  English  language;  a  brief  history  of  its  grammatical 

changes  and  its  vocabulary.     1897 420.9  K16 

LOUNSBURY,  Thomas  Raynesford. 

History  Of  the  English  language.     1894 420.9  L93 

"Part  I.  A  clear  and  concise  account  of  the  Roman,  Teutonic,  Norman, 
and  other  influences  which  formed  the  English  language;  with  a 
review  of  its  changes  from  within.  Part  II.  History  of  the  inflection 
of  the  noun,  adjective,  pronoun  and  verb;  this  Part  is  less  adapted 
to  the  general  reader  than  to  the  special  student."    Edward  R.  Shaw. 

MARSH,  George  Perkins. 

Origin  and  history  of  the  English  language.    1892 420.9  M41 

TOLLER,  Thomas  Northcote. 

Outlines  of  the  history  of  the  English  language.     1900 420.9  TS7 

"Ten  of  the  chapters  are  occupied  with  Old  English  and  only  three  with 
Middle  and  Modern  English... As  a  lucid  and  accurate  account  of  the 
lexical  and  grammatical  characteristics  of  Old  English,  of  the  nature 
of  its  relationship  to  the  other  Germanic  tongues,  and  of  the  manner 
in  which... its  vocabulary  was  influenced  by  the  social  conditions  of 
the  people  and  by  their  intercourse  with  foreign  nations,  the  book  is 
deserving  of  the  highest  praise."    Atheneeum,  1901. 

421     Orthography.     Orthoepy.     Punctuation 

POOLE,  William  Frederick. 

Orthographical  hobgoblin,     i860 r42i  P79 

Defence  of  the  orthography  of  Webster's  dictionary  against  unfavorable 
criticism  by  the  publishers  of  Worcester's  dictionary. 

SWEET,  Henry. 

History  of  English  sounds.     1888 421  S97 

MERCANTILE    speller;    containing   the    correct   ways    of 
spelling  words  used  in  correspondence,  and  their  pre- 
fixes and  suffixes.    1900 r42i.4  M63 

OUR  accursed  spelling;  what  to  do  with  it.    1901 421.4  O32 

Bibliog^raphy,  p.  136. 

A  collection   of   papers   on  spelling   reform,   by  the   following  authors: 

Max  Miiller,  W.  D.  Whitney,  S.  S.  Haldeman,  F.  A.  March,  W.  T. 

Harris,  Joseph  Medill  and  T.  R.  Lounsbury. 

AYRES,  Alfred,  {pseud,  of  Thomas  Embley  Osmun). 

Orthoepist.     1894 r42i.5  A98 

MACKEY,  Mary  Stuart,  &  Mrs  Maryette  Goodwin,  cotnp. 
Pronunciation  of  10,000  proper  names,  giving  geographical 
and  biographical  names,  names  of  books,  works  of  art, 

characters  in  fiction,  foreign  titles,  etc.     1901 r42i.S  M18 

PHYFE,  William  Henry  Pinkney. 

Seven  thousand  words  often  mispronounced;  a  complete  hand- 
book of  difficulties  in  English  pronunciation;  with  a  supple- 
ment of  1,400  additional  words.     1898 r42i.5  P53 

BIGELOW,  Marshall  Train. 

Punctuation  and  other  typographical  matters.     1895 421.9  B47 

The  same.    1894 r42i.9  B47 

KLEIN,  W.L. 

Why  we  punctuate;  or,  Reason  vs.  rule  in  the  use  of  marks, 

by  a  journalist.     1897 421.9  K31 


\ 


\ 


S6o  ENGLISH  ETYMOLOGY 

TEALL,  F.  Horace. 

Punctuation,  with  chapters  on  hyphenization,  capitalization 

and   spelling.     1897 421.9  T26 

The  same.     1900 r^i.g  T26 

WILLIS,  James  Florence. 

Practical  punctuation.     1891 421.9  W75 

422     Etymology 

EARLE,  John,  b.  1824. 

Philology  of  the  English  tongue.     1892 422  E17 

FITZGERALD,  Joseph. 

Word  and  phrase;  true  and  false  use  in  English.    1901 422  FS7 

'■Takes  a  middle  route  between  the  purists  on  the  one  hand  who  would 
have  the  language  put  under  the  absolute  rule  of  Authority  without 
appeal... and  the  philological  anarchists  on  the  other  who  defy  all 
law,  and  maintain  that  in  language  whatever  is,  is  right.  Mr.  Fitz- 
gerald believes  that  the  voluntary  acquiescence  of  the  people,  ruled  by 
the  classic  writers  of  their  language,  is  the  saving  element  of  correct 
speech."     Dial,   1901. 

GILMAN,  Arthur. 

Short  stories  from  the  dictionary.     1886 J422  G42 

The  same.     1886 rJ422  G42 

GRAHAM,  William,  teacher  of  elocution. 

Exercises  on  etymology.    1843 r422  G77 

GREENOUGH,  James  Bradstreet,  &  Kittredge,  G.L. 

Words  and  their  ways  in  English  speech.     1901  422  G84 

Partial  contents:  The  origin  of  language. — Learned  words  and  popular 
words. — Technical  or  class  dialects. — Slang  and  legitimate  speech. — 
Fashion  in  language. — Complexity  of  the  English  vocabulary. — Cog- 
nates and  borrowed  words. — The  development  of  words. — Fossils. — 
Generalization  and  specialization  of  meaning. — Euphemism. — Folk-ety- 
mology.— Doublets  and  homonyms. — Words  from  the  names  of  ani- 
mals.— Words  from  places  or  persons. 
The  authors'  purpose  is  to  answer  the  thousand  questions  which  intelli- 
gent persons  who  are  not  linguistic  scholars  are  continually  asking 
with  regard  to  their  mother  tongue.  Incorporates  the  results  of  the 
most  recent  studies,  especially  those  of  the  science  of  meanings. 
KLUGE,  Friedrich,  &  Lutz,  Frederic. 

English  etymology;  a  select  glossary  serving  as  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  history  of  English  language.     1899 r422  K33 

"To  furnish  the  student  with  a  small  and  concise  book  enabling  him 
to  get  an  insight  into  the  main  linguistic  phenomena."    Preface. 
SKEAT,  Walter  William,  comp. 

Concise  etymological  dictionary  of  the  English  language. 

1901   r423  S62C 

Etymological  dictionary  of  the  English  language.     1893 qr422  S62 

SKEAT,  Walter  William. 

Notes  on  English  etymology,  chiefly  reprinted  from  the 

Transactions  of  the  Philological  society.     1901 r422  S62n 

"Scattered  contributions  to  philological  knowledge.  There  are  some 
three  hundred  pages  of  'Notes,'  alphabetically  arranged,  with  refer- 
ence to  the  places  in  which  they  originally  appeared.  The  words  dis- 
cussed illustrate  every  hole  and  corner  of  our  language.  The  observa- 
tions upon  them  are  full  of  ingenuity  and  curious  learning."  Nation, 
1 90 1. 

Principles  of  English  etymology;  ist-2d  ser.    2v.    1891-92. ..  .422  S62p 
v. I.     Native  element. 
V.2.     Foreign  element. 
"Method  used  is  to  explain  the  pronunciation  of  the  words  when  they 


ENGLISH  DICTIONARIES  561 

were  taken  into  English,  or  became  known  as  English,  and  then  set 
forth  the  principal  phonetic  changes  that  have  taken  place  in  them 
since.  The  First  Series  is  thus  occupied  mainly  with  the  phonetic 
laws  of  the  Anglo-Saxon,  and  the  Second  Series  with  those  of  Anglo- 
French  . . .  Perhaps  the  most  interesting  matter  is  the  history  of  the 
growth  of  modern  English  spelling,  and  a  discussion  of  its  present 
condition."  Nation,  1891. 
A  Student's  pastime;   a  series   of  articles  reprinted  from 

Notes  and  queries.     1896 422  S62S 

Bibliography,   p.79-84. 
Studies  in  etymology. 

SWINTON,  William. 

Rambles  among  words.     1864 422  S97 

TRENCH,  Richard  Chenevix,  abp. 

On  the  study  of  words.     1892 422  T72 

423     Dictionaries 

BAILEY,  Nathan,  comp. 

Universal  etymological  English  dictionary.    2v.     1726 r423  B16 

BULLOKAR,  John. 

English  expositor  improved;  a  complete  dictionary;  revised 

by  R.  Browne.     1706 r423  B87 

CENTURY  dictionary  of  the  English  language.  6v.  1889-91 .  .qr423  C32 
FENNELL,  Charles  Augustus  Maude,  comp. 

Stanford  dictionary  of  Anglicised  words  and  phrases.    1892.  .qr423  F36 
Published  by  the  University  press,  Cambridge,  Eng. 
JOHNSON,  Samuel,  1709-1784,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  English  language.    2v.    1755 qr423  J36 

The  rare  first  edition,  containing  the  curious  definitions,  afterwards  al- 
tered, e.  g.  "Oats.  A  grain,  which  in  England  is  generally  given  to 
horses,  but  in  Scotland  supports  the  people."  (Someone  retorted, 
"And  where  do  you  find  such  horses  and  such  men?")  "Pension,  An 
allowance  made  to  any  one  without  an  equivalent.  In  England  it  is 
generally  understood  to  mean  pay  gfiven  to  a  state  hireling  for  treason 
to  his  country."  (Dr  Johnson,  himself,  afterwards  accepted  a  pen- 
sion.) 
MURRAY,  James  Augustus  Henry. 

Evolution  of  English  lexicography.    1900.     (Romanes  lecture, 

1900.)    423  M97 

MURRAY,  James  Augustus  Henry,  ed. 

New  English  dictionary,  founded  mainly  on  materials  col- 
lected by  the  Philological  society,    v.1-5,  v.6,  pt.1-4,  v.7, 

pt.i-2,  v.8,  in  12.    1887-1903 qr423  M97 

V.I.    A— B. 

V.2.       C. 

V.3.     D— E. 

V.4.     F— G. 

v.s.     H— K. 

v.6.     L — Lock. 

v.7.     O — Outing. 

v.8.     Q. 

"The  minutest   record  that  science  and  unremitting  labor  can  achieve 

of  all  the  facts  concerning  every  word  in  the  whole  English  language, 

past  and  present."     Louis  Dyer  in  Nation,  1900. 

POOLE,  William  Frederick. 

Dictionaries   in   the   Boston   mercantile  library   and   Boston 

Athenaeum.     1856 r42i   P79 

A  reprint  of  the  author's  "Battle  of  dictionaries." 
Bound  with  his  "Orthographical  hobgoblin." 


562  ENGLISH  SYNONYMS 

RICHARDSON,  Charles,  comp. 

New  dictionary  of  the  English  language.    2v.     1856 V423  R41 

SMITH,  Henry  Percy,  &  Johnson,  Mrs  H.  K.  comp. 

Dictionary  of  terms,  phrases  and  quotations.    1895 r423  S64 

STANDARD  dictionary  of  the  English  language,  with  supple- 
ment.    3v.     1895-97 qr423  S78 

STORMONTH,  James,  comp. 

Etymological  and  pronouncing  dictionary  of  the  English  lan- 
guage.    1898 r423  588 

UNIVERSAL   dictionary   of  the    English  language;   ed.   by 

Robert  Hunter  and  Charles  Morris.    4v.     1897 qr423  U25 

WALKER,  John,  1732- 1807,  comp. 

Critical  pronouncing  dictionary  of  the  English  language. 

1831    r423  W16 

The  same.     1825 r423  Wi6c 

WEBSTER,  Noah,  comp. 

Academic  dictionary.     1895 r423  W38ac 

American  dictionary  of  the  English  language.    1856 qr423  W38a 

An  early  edition  of  Webster's  International  dictionary. 

Condensed  dictionary  of  the  English  language.     1884 r423  W38CO 

Chiefly  derived  from  Webster's  unabridged  dictionary. 
Countinghouse    dictionary;    a    dictionary    of   the    English 

language.     1895 r423  W38C 

Abridged  from  Webster's  International  dictionary. 
Kept  in  the  printing  department. 

International  dictionary  of  the  English  language.    1894 qr423  W38 

The  same.     1901  qr423  W38i 

WILLIAMS,  Ralph  Olmsted. 

Our  dictionaries,  and  other  English  language  topics. 

1890 423  W74 

Contents:     The  growth  of  our  dictionaries. — The  word  "metropolis"  as 
used  in  England  and  America. — Some  peculiarities  real  and  supposed 
,  in   American   English. — Good   English   for  Americans. — Cases  of   dis- 

puted propriety  and  of  unsettled  usage. 

WORCESTER,  Joseph  Emerson,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  English  lang^uage.    1895 qr423  W86 

424    Synonyms 

CRABB,  George,  comp. 

English  synonymes.     1893 r424  C85 

FERNALD,  James  Champlin. 

English  synonyms  and  antonyms,  with  notes  on  the  correct 

use  of  prepositions.     1896 r424  F39 

ROGET,  Peter  Mark,  comp. 

Thesaurus  of  English  words  and  phrases.    1879 r424  R61 

SMITH,  Charles  John,  comp. 

Synonyms  and  antonyms;  or,  Kindred  words  and  their 

opposites.      1893 r424   S64 

SOULE,  Richard,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  English  synonymes.     1893 r424  S72 


ENGLISH  GRAMMAR  563 


425     Grammar 

ABBOTT,  Edwin  Abbott. 

How  to  parse.     1892 425  A13 

BAIN,  Alexander. 

English  grammar  as  bearing  upon  composition.     1874 425  Bi6e 

A  higher  English  grammar.     1879 425  B16 

BRINK,  Bernhard  ten. 

Language  and  metre  of  Chaucer;  revised  by  Friedrich  Kluge. 

1901  425  B7S 

"This  learned  treatise [is]  indispensable  to  the  student  of  Middle  Eng- 
lish in  general  and  of  Chaucer  in  particular."     Academy,  1902. 

BROWN,  Goold. 

Grammar  of  English  grammars,  with  an  introduction,  his- 
torical and  critical.     1858 r425  B78 

Bibliography,  p.  11-20. 

BURTT,  Andrew. 

Practical  grammar  of  the  English  language,  synthetic  and  an- 
alytic; adapted  to  the  wants  of  public  schools,  academies 

and  private  learners.     1869 r425  B95 

Primary  grammar  of  the  English  language;  designed  for  the 

use  of  schools  and  private  learners.    1873 r42S  B95P 

COBBETT,  William. 

English  grammar;  ed.  by  Alfred  Ayres.     1895 425  C63 

EARLE,  John,  6.1824. 

A  simple  grammar  of  English  now  in  use.    1898 425  E17 

HAAS,  Clara  A. 

English  grammar,  in  its  elements  and  forms.    1865 r425  Hi  I 

HARRISON,  Matthew. 

Rise,  progress  and  present  structure  of  the  English  language. 

1850 425  H31 

MEIKLEJOHN,  John  Miller  Dow. 

English  language,  its  grammar,  history  and  literature,  with 
chapters    on    composition,    versification,    paraphrasing 

and  punctuation.     1897 425  M57 

MORRIS,  Richard. 

Elementary  lessons  in  historical  English  grammar.    1897.  .425  Mgie 

English  grammar.     (Literature  primers.) 425  M9ieng 

Historical  outlines  of  English  accidence.    1894 425  M91 

MORRIS,  Richard,  &  Bowen,  H.  C. 

English    grammar    exercises.      1890.      (Literature 

primers.)     425    M9ien 

POWELL,  William  Bramwell,  &  Connolly,  Louise. 

Rational  grammar  of  the  English  language.     1899 425  P87 

"This  grammar  presents  the  study  of  our  language  as  it  exists,  free 
from  the  trammels  of  a  forced  analogy  with  Latin,  yet  avoiding  the 
serious  error  of  teaching  Anglo-Saxon  more  than  English.  Some  of 
the  merits  claimed  for  the  book  are  a  natural  development  of  the 
subject  treated,  a  simple  and  clear  statement  of  hitherto  puzzling 
points  in  grammar  and  an  adequate  emphasis  of  the  practical  side  of 
the  study — the  correct  forming  of  the  speech  of  the  pupil."     Preface. 


564  ENGLISH  PROSODY.    ENGLISH  DIALECTS 

SWEET,  Henry. 

New  English  grammar.    2v.     1892-98 425  S97 

WEBSTER,  George  H. 

Presentation  of  the  grammar  of  new  English  beginning  with 

the  age  of  Elizabeth,     1884 r42S  W38 

WHITNEY,  William  Dwight. 

Essentials  of  English  grammar.     1891 425  W6s 

The  same.     1897 r42S  W6s 

426     Prosody 

BARNUM,  Samuel  Weed. 

Vocabulary  of  English  rhymes.     1876 r426  B25 

BREWER,  Robert  Frederick. 

Orthometry;  a  treatise  on  the  art  of  versification,  with  a  new 

and  complete  rhyming  dictionary.    1893 r426  B73 

CORSON,  Hiram. 

Primer  of  English  verse.    1893 426  C82 

LANIER,  Sidney. 

Science  of  English  verse.     1894 426  L26 

"The  characteristic  feature  of  Mr  Lanier's  treatise  is  the  application  of 
the  principles  and  notation  of  music  to  English  verse."    Nation,  1880. 

MAYOR,  Joseph  Bickersteth. 

Chapters  on  English  metre.     1886 426  M54 

PARSONS,  James  Challis. 

English  versification.     1891 426  P26 

427     Dialects.     Slang 

BARRfiRE,  Albert,  &  Leland,  C.G.  comp. 

Dictionary  of  slang,  jargon   &  cant,   embracing  English, 

American  and  Anglo-Indian  slang.     2v.     1889-90 r427  B26 

BARTLETT,  John  Russell,  ed. 

Dictionary  of  Americanisms.     1889 r427  B27 

E.,  B.  comp. 

New  dictionary  of  the  terms  ancient  and  modern  of  the  cant- 
ing crew  in  its  several  tribes  of  gypsies,  beggars,  thieves, 
cheats,  &c;  with  an  addition  of  some  proverbs,  phrases, 

figurative  speeches,  &c r427  Eii 

Reprint  of  the  original  edition. 
FARMER,  John  Stephen,  comp. 

Americanisms  old  &  new;  a  dictionary  of  words,  phrases  and 

colloquialisms.     1889 r427  F24 

GENTLEMAN'S    magazine    library;    ed.    by    G.  L.  Gomme; 

Dialect,  proverbs  and  word-lore.    1884 427  G29 

HALLIWELL-PHILLIPPS,  James  Orchard,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  archaic  and  provincial  words.    2v.     1889 r427  H18 

HOTTEN,  John  Camden,  comp. 

Slang  dictionary;  or.  The  vulgar  words,  street  phrases  and 

fast  expressions  of  high  and  low  society.     1872 r427  H82 


ANGLO-SAXON  LANGUAGE  565 

JAMIESON,  John,  comp. 

Etymological  dictionary  of  the  Scottish  language,  with  sup- 
plement.    5v.     1879-87 qr427  J17 

MORRIS,  Edward  Ellis,  comp. 

Austral    English;    a    dictionary    of    Australasian    words, 

phrases  and  usages.     1898 r427  M91 

NARES,  Robert,  comp. 

Glossary  of  words,  customs,  etc.  in  English  authors  par- 
ticularly   Shakespeare;    ed.    by    J.    O.    Halliwell    and 

Thomas  Wright.     2v.     1888 r427  N13 

NORTON,  Charles  Ledyard,  comp. 

Political  Americanisms;  a  glossary  of  terms  and  phrases 

current  at  different  periods  in  American  politics.    1890.  .r427  N46 
STRATMANN,  Francis  Henry,  comp. 

Middle-English  dictionary.     1891 r427  S89 

WALLACE,  A. 

Popular  sayings  dissected.     1894 i"427  W17 

WRIGHT,  Joseph,  ed. 

English  dialect  dictionary,    v.1-4.     1896-1903 qr427  W935 

V.I.   A  to  C. 
V.2.    D  to  G. 
V.3.    H  to  L. 
V.4.    M.  to  Q. 
WRIGHT,  Thomas,  1810-1S77,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  obsolete  and  provincial  English.    2v.    1886.  .r427  W93 

428.3     Errors  of  speech.     Use  of  words 

AYRES,  Alfred,  (pseud,  of  Thomas  Embley  Osmun). 

Some  ill-used  words.     1901 r428.3  A98 

The  verbalist.     1895 428.3  A98 

COMPTON,  Alfred  George. 

Some  common  errors  of  speech.     1898 428.3  C73 

KIRKLAND,  Elizabeth  Stansbury. 

Speech  and  manners  for  home  and  school.     1896 J428.3  K28 

LONG,  J.H. 

Slips  of  tongue  and  pen.     1888 428.3  L82 

WHITE,  Richard  Grant. 

Words  and  their  uses.     1870 428.3  W63 

WILLIAMS,  Ralph  Olmsted. 

Some  questions  of  good  English  examined  in  controversies 

with  Dr  Fitzedward  Hall.     1897 428.3  W74 

Most  of  these   papers  are   reprinted   from  the   Dial  and  from   Modern 
lang[uage  notes. 

429     Anglo-Saxon  language 

BOSWORTH,  Joseph. 

Anglo-Saxon  dictionary;  ed.  and  enlarged  by  T.  N.  Toller. 

4  pt.  in  2v.     1882-98 qr429  B64 

CARPENTER,  Stephen  Haskins. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  the  Anglo-Saxon  language.  1896.  .r429  C2a 


S66  GERMAN  LANGUAGE 

SIEVERS,  Eduard. 

Old  English  grammar.     1895 429  S57 

SWEET,  Henry,  comp. 

Student's  dictionary  of  Anglo-Saxon.     1897 r429  S97 

WRIGHT,  Thomas,  1810-1877,  comp. 

Anglo-Saxon  and  old  English  vocabularies.    2v.    1884 r429  W93 

v.i.    Vocabularies. 
V.2.    Indices. 

430     German  language 

SUPER,  Charles  William. 

History  of  the  German  language.     1893 430  S95 

VALENTINE,  William  Winston. 

New  High  German;  a  comparative  study;  ed.  by  A.  H. 

Keane.    2v.    1894 r430  Vis 

V.I.    Phonology  and  morphology. 
T.2.    Syntax. 

FAULAL\NN,  Karl,  comp. 

Etymologisches  w^orterbuch  der  deutschen  sprache.    1893.  .r432  F27 
KLUGE,  Friedrich,  covip. 

Etymological  dictionary  of  the  German  language.     i89i...r432  K33 

433     Dictionaries 

KOOP,  August,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  English  idioms  with  their  German  equiva- 
lents.     1900 4331    K37 

LANGE,  Franz. 

Handbook  of  English  and  German  idioms,  with  an  appen- 
dix    of     English     and     German     prepositions.       1893. 

(Method  Gaspey-Otto-Sauer.) r433.i  L24 

TAKER,  Myra,  &  Roget,  F.  F.  tr. 

Macmillan's  German  idioms;  tr.  by  Myra  Taker  under  the 

direction  of  F.  F.  Roget.     1900 r433.i  T14 

BARNES,  Fancourt,  comp. 

German-English  dictionary  of  words  and  terms  used  in 

medicine.     1881 r433.2  B25 

EGER,  Gustav,  comp. 

Technologisches  worterbuch.    2v.     1882-84  r433.2  E3S 

V.  I .    Englisch-deutsch. 
V.2.    Deutsch-englisch. 

FLUGEL,  Johann  Gottfried,  comp. 

Universal  English-German  and  German-English  dictionary. 

2v.in  3.    1894 qr433.2  F67 

THIEME,  Friedrich  Wilhelm,  &  Preusser,  Emil,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  English  and  German  languages ;  ed.  by  I.  E. 

Wessely.    2v.  in  i.     1896 r433-2  T35 

TREVES,  Frederick,  &  Lang,  Hugo,  comp. 

German-English  dictionary  of  medical  terms.     1889 r433.2  T73 


GERMAN  LANGUAGE  567 


435     Grammar 

WHITNEY,  William  Dwight. 

Compendious  German  grammar.     1888 43S  W65 

The  same.      1888 r43S   W65 

437     Dialects 

LEXER,  Matthais  van,  comp. 

Mittelhochdeutsches  taschenworterbuch.     1897 r437  L67 

WRIGHT,  Joseph. 

Middle  High-German  primer,  with  grammer,  notes  and  glos- 
sary.   1888.    (Clarendon  press  series.) r437  W93 

438     Text-books 

ADLER,  George  J.  comp. 

Deutsches  lesebuch,  mit  rucksicht  auf  die  amerikanische  aus- 

gabe  der  Ollendorff "schen  methode.     1863 r438  A23 

HODGES,  H.B. 

Course  in  scientific  German.    1894 438  H66 

OTIS,  Charles  Potneroy. 

Elementary  German;  an  outline  of  the  grammar,  with  exer- 
cises, conversations  and  readings.    1889.    (Handbooks  for 

students  and  general  readers.) 438  O31 

WOODBURY,  W.H. 

New  method  of  learning  the  German  language.    1865 r438  W86 

439     Minor  Teutonic  languages 

CALISCH,  Isaac  Marcus,  comp. 

New  complete  dictionary  of  the  English  and  Dutch  languages. 

2v.     1890-92 r439.3  C13 

HALDEMAN,  Samuel  Stehman. 

Pennsylvania  Dutch;  a  dialect  of  south  German,  with  an  in- 
fusion of  English.     1872 r439.3  His 

OMAN,  Victor  Emanuel,  comp. 

Svensk-engelsk  hand-ordbok.     1888 r439.7  O24 

LARSEN,  A.  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  Dano-Norwegian  and  English  languages. 

1897   r439.8  L33 

BALG,  Gerhard  iT.  comp. 

Comparative  glossary  of  the  Gothic  language  with  especial 

reference  to  English  and  German.    1887-89 qr439.9  B19 

BALG,  Gerhard  H.  ed. 

First  Germanic  Bible;  tr.  fr.  the  Greek  by  the  Gothic  bishop 
Wulfila  in  the  4tli  century,  and  the  other  remains  of  the 
Gothic  language;  with  introduction,  syntax  and  glossary. 
1891  qr439-9  Bi9f 


S68  FRENCH  LANGUAGE 

BRAUNE,  Theodor  Wilhelm. 

Gothic  grammar;  with  selections  for  reading  and  a  glossary; 
tr.  and  ed.  with  notes,  citations,  derivations  and  correspon- 
dences, by  G.  H.  Balg.    1895 r439.9  B71 

440     French  language 

BRACKET,  Auguste,  comp. 

Etymological  dictionary  of  the  French  language.     1882 T442  B67 

443     Dictionaries 

HATZFELD,  Adolphe,  &  Darmesteter,  Arsene,  comp. 

Dictionnaire  general  de  la  langue  frangaise,  du  commence- 
ment  du    lye   siecle   jusqu'a   nos   jours,   precede   d'un 

Traite  de  la  formation  de  la  langue.    2v qr443  H34 

LITTRfi,  fimile,  comp. 

Dictionnaire   de   la  langue  frangaise,   &  supplement.     5v. 

1878-92 qr443   L74 

PAYNE,  De  V.  Payen-,  comp. 

French  idioms  and  proverbs.    1900 r443.i  P33 

"Authorities  consulted,"  p.7-8. 

A  companion  to  Deshumbert's  "Dictionary  of  difficulties." 

PLAN,  Mme  Ph.  comp. 

Macmillan's  selection  of  French  idioms.     1896 r443.i  P68 

GASC,  Ferdinand  E.A.  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  French  and  English  languages.     1897 ^443-2  G21 

LOVENDAL,  A.S.  comp. 

Dictionnaire  technique  frangais-anglais  des  outils  et  usten- 
siles  employes  dans  les  metiers  manuels,  la  petite  Indus- 
trie, le  menage,  etc r443.2  L94 

SPIERS,  Alexander,  &  Surenne,  Gabriel,  comp. 

French  and  English  pronouncing  dictionary.    1894 qr443.2  S75 

445     Grammar 

BRACKET,  Auguste. 

Historical  grammar  of  the  French  tongue.    1888 445  B67 

CLARKE,  George  Herbert,  &  Murray,  C.J. 

Dent's  school  grammar  of  modern  French,  with  special 
sections  dealing  with  the  language  of  the  seventeenth 

century.      1900 445    CS3 

DARMESTETER,  Arsene. 

Historical  French  grammar;  ed.  by  Ernest  Muret  and  Leopold 

Sudre.     1899  r44S  D2S 

GIRAULT-DUVIVIER,  Charles  Pierre. 

Grammaire  des  grammaires;  ou,  Analyse  raisonnee  des  meil- 

leurs  traites  sur  la  langue  f ran^aise.     1851 r44S  G44 

GUfiRARD,  Michel. 

Petite  grammaire  des  ecoles.     1879 445  G95 


SPANISH  LANGUAGE  569 

NYROP,  Kristoffer. 

Grammaire  historique  de  la  langue  frangaise.    v.i.     1899. .  .r445  NS5 
Bibliographic,  v.i,  P.409-4S4. 

WHITNEY,  William  Dwight. 

Practical  French  grammar.     1887 445  W65 

The  same.     1887 r445  W65 

447     Dialects 

HEARN,  Lafcadio,  comp. 

"Gombo  zhebes,"  little  dictionary  of  Creole  proverbs 
selected  from  six  Creole  dialects;  tr.  into  French  and 
into  English,  with  some  brief  remarks  upon  the  Creole 

idioms  of  Louisiana.     1885 r447  H38 

"Creole  bibliography,"  p.7. 

MfiTIVIER,  Georges,  comp. 

Dictionnaire  franco-normand;  ou,  Recueil  des  mots  par- 
ticuliers  au  dialecte  de  Guernesey,  faisant  voir  leurs  re- 
lations romanes,  celtiques  et  tudesques.     1870 r447  M64 

448     Text-books 

CHARDENAL,  C.A. 

Standard  French  primer 448  C37 

FIVAS,  Victor  de,  comp. 

Introduction  to  the   French  language,   containing  fables, 

select  tales,  anecdotes,  &c.,  with  a  dictionary.     1847.... r448  FsB 
OLLENDORFF,  Heinrich  Gottfried. 

New  method  of  learning  to  read,  write  and  speak  a  language 

in  six  months,  adapted  to  the  French.     1852 r448  O23 

450     Italian  language 

MILLHOUSE,  John,  comp. 

New  English  and  Italian  pronouncing  and  explanatory  dic- 
tionary.    2v.     1894 r4S3-2  M69 

GALLENGA,  Antonio,  (pseud.  Luigi  Mariotti). 

Practical  grammar  of  the  Italian  language.     1888 455  G15 

The  same.     1897 r4S5  G15 

LONGFELLOW,  Henry  Wadsworth. 

Syllabus  de  la  grammaire  italienne.     1832 r455  L82 

460     Spanish  language 

MACIAS,  Jose  Miguel,  comp. 

Diccionario  cubano;  etimologico,  critico,  razonado  y  com- 

prensivo.      1888 r463    M17 

ZEROLO,  Elias,  and  others,  comp. 

Diccionario  enciclopedico  de  la  lengua  castellana;  contiene 


570  LATIN  LANGUAGE 


tambien  el  Diccionario  de  la  rima,  por  Penalver.     2v. 

1898    qr463    Z54 

FERNANDEZ,  Felipe,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  Spanish  and  English  languages.     1817.  .T463.2  F39 
VELAZQUEZ  de  la  CADENA,  Mariano,  comp. 

Pronouncing  dictionary  of  the  Spanish  and  English  lan- 
guages, upon  the  basis  of  Seoane's  edition  of  Neuman 

and  Baretti.     1892 qr463.2  V2S 

The  same;  revised  and  enlarged  by  Edward  Gray  and  J.  L. 

Iribas.     v.i.     1900 qr463.2  V2Sp 

V.I.     Spanish-English. 
TOSSE,  Augustin  Luis. 

Grammar  of  the  Spanish  language,  with  practical  exer- 
cises; revised  by  F.  Sales.    2v.  in  i.     1843-44 r46S  J45 

KNAPP,  William  Ireland. 

Grammar  of  the  modern  Spanish  language.     1892 465  K33 

The  same.     1898 r46s   K33 

LOPES,  Jose  M. 

Nouvelle  methode  pratique  de  langue  espagnole.     1873 4^8  L8s 

MATZKE,  John  Ernst,  comp. 

First  Spanish  readings.     1899 468  M48 

VIEYRA  TRAUSTAGANO,  Antonio. 

Grammar  of  the  Portuguese  languages;  to  which  is  added 
a  copious  vocabulary  and  dialogues,  with  extracts  from 
the  best  Portuguese  authors;   revised  by  A.   Peixoto. 

1890    469   V31 

VIEYRA  TRAUSTAGANO,  Antonio,  comp. 

Novo  diccionario  portatil  das  linguas  portugueza  e  ingleza; 

resumido  do  diccionario  de  Vieyra.    2v r469.2  V31 

v.i.     Portuguez  e  inglez. 

V.2.     English  and  Portuguese. 

470     Latin  language 

LEWIS,  Charlton  Thomas,  &  Short,  Charles,  comp. 

Harper's  Latin  dictionary.     1894 qr473  L67 

MARTIN,  Charles  Trice,  comp. 

Record  interpreter;  a  collection  of  abbreviations,  Latin  words 
and  names   used   in    English   historical   manuscripts   and 

records.      1892 r473    M42 

LEVENS,  Peter,  comp. 

Manipulus  vocabulorum;  a  dictionary  of  English  and  Latin 
words,  arranged  in  the  alphabetical  order  of  the  last  sylla- 
bles ;  ed.  by  H.  B.  Wheatley.  1867.  (Camden  society.  Pub- 
lications, V.95.)   473^  L66 

First  printed  in  1570. 

SMITH,  Sir  William,  &  Hall,  T.D.  comp. 

Copious  and  critical  English-Latin  dictionary.     1888 r473.2  S66 

ALLEN,  Joseph  Henry,  &  Greenough,  J.B. 

Latin  grammar.     1894 475  A42 

The  same.    1898 r475  A42 


GREEK  LANGUAGE  57i 

ROBY,  Henry  John. 

Grammar  of  the  Latin  language.    2v.     1887-92 475  R56 

480     Greek  language 

CURTIUS,  Georg. 

Principles  of  Greek  etymology.    2v.    1886 r482  C93 

LANCELOT,  Claude,  comp. 

Primitives  of  the  Greek  tongue  with  rules  for  derivation. 

1812 r482  L21 

FRADERSDORFF,  J.  Wilhelm,  comp. 

Copious  phraseological  English-Greek  lexicon;  revised,  en- 
larged and  improved  by  T.  K.  Arnold  and  Henry  Browne. 

1882   r483.2  FBs 

LIDDELL,  Henry  George,  &  Scott,  Rolaert,  comp. 

Greek-English  lexicon.     1889 qr483.2  L68 

SCHREVELIUS,  Cornelius,  comp. 

Lexicon     manuale     Grseco-Latinum     &     Latino-Grsecum. 

1787    r483.7   S37 

GOODWIN,  William  Watson. 

Greek  grammar.     1894 485  G63 

The  same.     1898 r48s  G63 

KING,  John  Edward,  &  Cookson,  Christopher. 

Introduction    to    the    comparative    grammar    of    Greek    and 

Latin.     1890 485  K26 

ANTHON,  Charles. 

First  Greek  lessons.    1840 r488  A62 

MORRIS,  W.H. 

Greek  lessons,  showing  how  useful  and  how  easy  it  is  for 

every  one  to  learn  Greek.     1892 488  M91 

JANNARIS,  A.  N.  comp. 

Concise    dictionary    of    the    English    and    modern    Greek 

languages.     1895 r489  J18 

490     Minor  languages 

491     Minor  Indo-European  languages 

MACDONELL,  Arthur  Anthony,  comp. 

Sanskrit-English  dictionary.     1893 qr49i.2  M14 

BROTHERS  OF  THE  CHRISTIAN  SCHOOLS. 

Irish  grammar.     1901 r49i.6  B77 

EVANS,  Daniel  Silvan,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  Welsh  language,    v.i.    1893 qr49i.6  E94 

MACLEOD,  Norman,  1783-1862,  &  Dewar,  Daniel,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  Gaelic  language.     1893 qr49i.6  M19 

STEWART,  Alexander,  minister  of  Dingwall. 

Elements  of  Gaelic  grammar.     1892 491.6  S84 


572  SEMITIC  LANGUAGES 

ALEXANDROW,  A.  comp. 

Complete  Russian  dictionary.    2v.     1897-99 qi'49i7  A38 

V.  I .    Russian-English. 
V.2.    English-Russian. 

MORFILL,  William  Richard. 

Grammar  of  the  Russian  language.     1889 491-7  M89 

The  same.    1889 r49i.7  M89 

CHOD2KO,  Alexander  Edmund  Borekyo,  comp. 

Complete  dictionary;  English  and  Polish.    2v.  in  i r49i.8  C44 

V.I.     Polish-English. 
V.2.     English-Polish. 

MORFILL,  William  Richard. 

Grammar  of  the  Bohemian  or  Cech  language.     1899 491-8  M89 

The  same.     1899 r49i  .8  M89g 

Simplified    grammar    of    the    Polish    language.      1884. 

(Trubner's  collection  of  simplified  grammars.) 491-8  M89S 

The  same.    1884.     (Trubner's  collection  of  simplified  gram- 
mars.)   ". r49i.8  M89 

BEZZENBERGER.  Adalbert. 

Litauische  forschungen;  beitrage  zur  kenntniss  der  sprache 

und  des  volkstumes  der  Litauer.     1882 r49i.9  B46 

Lithuanian  folk  songs,  stories,  sayings,  etc.,  with  about  a  hundred 
pages  of  definitions  (Lithuanian-German)  which  supplement  Nessel- 
mann's  dictionary. 


492    Semitic  languages 


KING,  Leonard  William. 

Assyrian    language;    easy    lessons    in    the    cuneiform    in- 
scriptions.     1901.      (Books    on    Egypt    and    Chaldsea, 

V.5.)   492.1  K26 

An  easy  introduction  to  the  study  of  cuneiform  inscriptions.  It  con- 
tains a  short  description  of  the  development  of  cuneiform  characters 
from  picture-writing  and  traces  in  detail  the  method  by  which  Grote- 
fend  and  Rawlinson  obtained  the  clue  to  the  reading  of  the  inscrip- 
tions. It  gives  the  main  facts  of  Assyrian  grammar,  illustrating  im- 
portant rules  by  brief  extracts  from  Babylonian  and  Assyrian  texts. 
The  last  two  chapters  contain  a  series  of  short  extracts  from  historical 
documents  together  with  transliterations,  translations  and  a  glossary. 

MOLDENKE,  Alfred  B.  ed. 

Cuneiform  texts  in  the  Metropolitan  museum  of  art.     pt. 

1-2,  in  IV.     1893 qr492.i  M78 

List  of  books  quoted,  p.7. 

pt.  1  was  published  previously  under  the  title  "Babylonian  contract 
tablets  in  the  Metropolitan  museum  of  art." 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Babylonian   expedition   of  the   University   of   Pennsylvania; 
series  A,  cuneiform  texts,  ed.  by  H.  V.  Hilprecht.    v.i  in 

2,  v.9.     1893-98 qr492.i    P39 

Bibliog^raphy  of  the  expedition,  v.i,  pt.i,  p.45. 

The  texts  selected  for  publication  from  the  thousands  of  clay  tablets, 
fragments  of  vases  and  other  inscribed  objects  in  stone,  gathered  by 
this  expedition  will  fill  twelve  or  fifteen  volumes,  possibly  more,  to 
be  published  at  intervals  as  prepared.  Volume  one  contains  inscrip- 
tions in  old  Babylonian  found  on  vases,  door  sockets,  stone  tablets, 
votive  axes,  etc.  Volume  nine  consists  of  Neo-Babylonian  texts  be- 
longing to  the  general  class  of  so-called  "contract  tablets."  The 
texts  are  reproduced  from  photographs  of  copies  made  by  hand  of 
the  originals. 


TURANIAN  LANGUAGES  573 

BUXTORF,  Johann. 

Thesaurus  grammaticus  linguae  sanctae  Hebraeae.    1663 r492.4  B98 

DAVIES,  Benjamin,  comp. 

Student's  Hebrew  lexicon;  a  compendious  and  complete  He- 
brew and  Chaldee  lexicon  to  the  Old  testament;  chiefly- 
founded  on  the  works  of  Gesenius  and  Fiirst,  with  im- 
provements from  Dietrich  and  others.     1890 r492.4  D3r 

GESENIUS,  Friedrich  Heinrich  Wilhelm,  comp. 

Hebrew  and   English  lexicon  of  the   Old  testament;  in- 
cluding the  biblical  Chaldee.     1897 r492.4  G33h 

GESENIUS,  Friedrich  Heinrich  Wilhelm. 

Hebrew  grammar;  revised  and  enlarged  on  the  basis  of  the 
25th  German  edition  of  E.  Kautzsch,  by  E.  C.  Mitchell 

and  I.  M.  Price.     1895 r492.4  G33 

HARPER,  William  Rainey. 

Elements  of  Hebrew  by  an  inductive  method.     1896 r492.4  H28 

Introductory  Hebrew  method  and  manual.     1896 r492.4  H28i 

ORANGE,  James. 

Synoptica  Hebraea;  Anglo-Hebrew  Bible  expositor.    3v.  in  i. 

1858 r492 . 4  O28 

Contents:     A  primer  and  syllabarium. — A  concise  Hebrew  grammar. — 
A  pocket  lexicon. 

DE  COSTA,  Benjamin  Franklin. 

The  Moabite  stone.     1871 492.6  D36 

WORTABET,  William  Thomson,  comp. 

Arabic-English  dictionary.     1893 r492.7  W91 

BUDGE,  Ernest  Alfred  Thompson  Wallis. 

Easy  lessons  in  Egyptian  hieroglyphics,  with  sign  list.     1899. 

(Books  on  Egypt  and  Chaldaea,  v.3.) 493-1  B8s 

Binder's  title  reads  "Egyptian  language." 

494     Turanian  languages 

BIZONFY,  Ferencz,  comp. 

English-Hungarian   dictionary  and   Hungarian-English   dic- 
tionary.    2v.     1886 r494  B49 

V.I.     English-Hungarian;   Angol-magyar. 
V.2.     Hungarian- English;  Magyar-angol. 
HOPKINS,  Frank  Lawrence. 

Elementary  grammar  of  the  Turkish  language,  with  a  few 

easy  exercises.     1877 494  H78 

JONES,  John  Taylor. 

Brief  grammatical  notices  of  the  Siamese  language.     1842.  .r494  J41 
SAUERWEIN,  Georg  Julius  Justus,  comp. 

Pocket  dictionary  of  the  English  and  Turkish  languages. 

1855  r494  S25 

SINGER,  Ignatius. 

Simplified   grammar  of  the   Hungarian  language.      1882. 

(Triibner's  collection  of  simplified  grammars.) r494  S61 

WELLS,  Charles. 

Practical  grammar  of  the  Turkish  language.     1880 494  W49 


574  CHINESE  AND  JAPANESE  LANGUAGES 


495     Chinese  and  Japanese  languages 

ASTON,  William  George. 

Grammar  of  the  Japanese  spoken  language.    1888 495  ABs 

CHINESE-English  dictionary r495  C44 

WILLIAMS,  Samuel  Wells. 

Syllabic  dictionary  of  the  Chinese  language.    1874 qr49S  W74 

497     North  American  Indian  languages 

POWELL,  John  Wesley. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  Indian  languages,  with  words, 
phrases  and  sentences  to  be  collected.  1880.  (United 
States — Ethnology  bureau.  Miscellaneous  publica- 
tions.)   qr497   P87 

Also  published  as  a  volume  of  the  reports  of  the  United  States  geographi- 
cal and  geological  survey  of  the  Rocky  mountain  region. 


Natural  science 

500     Science  in  general 

BICKERTON,  A.W. 

Romance  of  the  earth.     1900  500  B47 

"Account  of  the  evolution  and  history  of  the  earth  and  the  life  that  is 
upon  it     It  makes  an  excellent  introduction  to  the  study  of  geolo- 
gy."    Education,  1901. 

HUMBOLDT,  Alexander  von. 

Cosmos;   a   physical   description   of  the   universe.     5v.      1886- 

88 500  H92 

"The   crowning   monument   of   his    intellectual    life ...  an    encyclopaedic 
account   and   explanation   of  the   physical   universe."        International 
cyclopcedia. 
SOMERVILLE,  Mrs  Mary  (Fairfax). 

On  the  connection  of  the  physical  sciences.    1846 500  S69 

ARGYLL,  George  Douglas  Campbell,  duke  of. 

Unity  of  nature.     1888 501  A69 

"To  him  the  modern  doctrines  of  evolution  were  deserving  of  earnest 
reprobation  for  their  materialism  and  their  want  of  logical  coherence. 
. . .  Though  the  Duke  of  Argyll  can  hardly  be  ranked  as  a  man  of 
science,  he  undoubtedly  exerted  a  useful  influence  on  the  scientific 
progress  of  the  day."     Sir  Archibald  Geikie. 

HOFFMAN,  Frank  Sargent. 

The  sphere  of  science;  a  study  of  the  nature  and  method  of 

scientific  investigation.    1898 SOI  H67 

MIVART,  St.  George. 

Groundwork  of  science.    1898.    (Science  series.) 501  M/S 

A  discussion  and  statement  of  the  great  fundamental  truths  upon  which 
all  science  is  based. 
AWDRY,  Mrs  William. 

Early  chapters  in  science;  a  first  book  of  knowledge  of 
natural  history,  botany,  physiology,  physics  and  chem- 
istry for  young  people.     1899 502  A96 

HILL,  Alexander. 

Introduction  to  science.     1900.     (Temple  primers.) 502  H5S 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Introductory    [to    Science    primers].      [1880.]       (Science 

primers.)    J502  H98 

504     Essays 

AIKIN,  John,  &  Barbauld,  Mrs  A.  L.  (Aikin). 

Evenings  at  home;  or.  The  juvenile  budget  opened;  cor- 
rected and  revised  by  Cecil  Hartley.     [1891.] JS04  A29 

ALLEN,  Grant. 

Falling  in  love,  with  other  essays  on  more  exact  branches  of 

science.     1890 504  A42 

575 
37 


576  NATURAL  SCIENCE— ESSAYS 

BROOKLYN  ETHICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Evolution  in  science,  philosophy  and  art.     1891 504  B77 

Contents:  Alfred  Russel  Wallace,  by  E.  D.  Cope. — Ernst  Haeckel,  by  T. - 
B.  W'akeman. — The  scientific  method,  by  F.  E.  Abbot. — Herbert  Spen- 
cer's Synthetic  philosophy,  by  B.  F.  Underwood. — -The  evolution  of 
chemistry,  by  R.  G.  Eccles. — The  evolution  of  electric  and  magnetic 
physics,  by  A.  E.  Kennelly. — The  evolution  of  botany,  by  F.  J.  Wull- 
ing. — The  evolution  of  zoology,  by  J.  C.  Kimball. — Form  and  color  in 
nature,  by  William  Potts. — The  evolution  of  optics,  by  L.  A.  W.  Alle- 
man. — The  evolution  of  art,  by  J.  A.  Taylor. — The  evolution  of  archi- 
tecture, by  J.  W.  Chadwick. — The  evolution  of  sculpture,  by  Thomas 
Davidson. — The  evolution  of  painting,  by  F.  R.  Rundell. — The  evolu- 
tion of  music,  by  Z.  S.  Sampson. — Life  as  a  fine  art,  by  L.  G.  James. — 
The  doctrine  of  evolution,  by  John  Fiske. 

BROWN,  Robert,  ed. 

Science  for  all.    5v.     [1880-81.] q504  B79 

GALL,  John,  &  Robertson,  David. 

Popular  readings  in  science.     1895 504  G14 

Contents:  Meteorological  phenomena. — The  vegetable  kingdom. — The 
Darwinian  theory. — Mimicry. — Evolution  or  development  in  chemistry. 
— Gravitation. — Nebular  theory  and  tidal  evolution. — Energy. — Light. — 
The  spectroscope. — Gases. — Water. — Molecules  and  molecular  force. — 
Bacteria. 

HELMHOLTZ,  Hermann  Ludwig  Ferdinand  von. 

Popular  lectures  on  scientific  subjects;    ist-2d  sen    2v. 

1881-95 504  H42 

v. I.  On  the  relation  of  natural  science  to  science  in  general. — On 
Goethe's  scientific  researches. — On  the  physiological  causes  of  har- 
mony in  music. — Ice  and  glaciers. — On  the  interaction  of  the  natural 
forces. — The  recent  progress  of  the  theory  of  vision. — On  the  con- 
servation of  force. — On  the  aim  and  progress  of  physical  science. 

v.2.  Gustav  Magnus;  in  memoriam. — On  the  origin  and  significance  of 
geometrical  axioms.- — On  the  relation  of  optics  to  painting.— On  the 
origin  of  the  planetary  system.- — On  thought  in  medicine. — On  academic 
freedom  in  German  universities. 

The  same;  with  autobiography  of  the  author;  ist-2d  ser.    2v. 

1897-98 504  H42P 

HOLDEN,  Edward  Singleton,  ed. 

Wonders  of  earth,  sea  and  sky.     1901.      (Young  folks'  library, 

V.13.)   JS04  H71 

Contents:  What, the  earth's  crust  is  made  of,  by  Agnes  Giberne. — Amer- 
ica the  old  world,  by  L.  Agassiz. — Some  records  of  the  rocks,  by  N. 
S.  Shaler. — The  pitch  lake  in  the  West  Indies,  by  Charles  Kingsley. — 
A  stalagmite  cave,  by  Sir  C.  W.  Thomson. — The  big  trees  of  Califor- 
nia, by  A.  R.  Wallace. — What  is  evolution?  by  E.  S.  Holden. —  How 
the  soil  is  made,  by  Charles  Darwin. — Zoological  myths,  by  Andrew 
Wilson.— On  a  piece  of  chalk,  by  T.  H.  Huxley. — A  bit  of  sponge,  by 
Andrew  Wilson. — The  greatest  sea-wave  ever  known,  by  R.  A.  Proctor. 
— The  phosphorescent  sea,  by  W.  S.  Dallas. — Comets,  by  Camille  Flam- 
marion. — The  total  solar  eclipse  of  1883,  by  E.  S.  Holden. — Halos, 
parhelia,  the  spectre  of  the  Brocken,  etc.,  by  Camille  Flammarion. — 
The  planet  Venus,  by  A.  M.  Clerke.- — The  stars,  by  Sir  R.  S.  Ball. — 
Rain  and  snow,  by  John  Tyndall. — Biographical  notes. 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Lay  sermons,  addresses  and  reviews.     1891 504  H98 

Method  and  results.     1894 504  H98m 

Contents:  Autobiography. — On  the  advisableness  of  improving  natural 
knowledge. — The  progress  of  science. — The  physical  basis  of  life. — 
Descartes'  "Discourse  touching  the  method  of  using  one's  reason 
rightly  and  of  seeking  scientific  truth." — On  the  hypothesis  that  ani- 
mals are  automata,  and  its  history. — .Administrative  nihilism. — On  the 
natural  inequality  of  men. — Natural  rights  and  political  rights. — Gov- 
ernment; anarchy  or  regimentation. 


NATURAL  SCIENCE— ESSAYS  577 

KELVIN,  Wiliiam  Thomson,  baron. 

Mathematical  and  physical  papers,    v.1-3.     1882-90 <.   ...r504Ki7 

Popular  lectures  and  addresses.     3v.     1891-94 504  K17 

Includes  "Electrical  units  of  measurement,"  v.i,  p.80-143;  "Electric 
measurement,"  v.i,  p.430-464. 

KINGSLEY,  Charles. 

Scientific  lectures  and  essays.     1893 S04  K27 

Contents:  Town  geology. — On  bio-geology. — The  study  of  natural  his- 
tory.— Superstition. — Science. — Thoughts  in  a  gravel  pit. — How  to  study 
natural  history. — The  natural  theology  of  the  future. 

LAING,  Samuel. 

Problems  of  the  future,  and  essays.    1900 504  L16 

Contents:  Solar  heat. — What  the  universe  is  made  of. — Climate. — The 
glacial  period. — Tertiary  man. — The  missing  link. — Animal  magnetism 
and  spiritualism. — The  religion  of  the  future:  agnosticism  and  Christi- 
anity.— The  historical  element  in  the  Gospels. — Scepticism  and  pessi- 
mism.— Creeds  of  grreat  poets. — Armed  Europe. — Taxation  and  finance. 
— Population  and  food. 

L.A.RDNER,  Dionysius. 

Popular  lectures  on  science  and  art.    2v.     1846 r5P4  L32 

LEIGH,  M.  Cordelia  E. 

Witness  of  creation;  nature  studies  from  the  book  of  Job. 

1900 J504  L56 

LONDON,  SOUTH  KENSINGTON  MUSEUM. 

Free  evening  lectures  delivered  in  connection  with  the  special 

loan  collection  of  scientific  apparatus,  1876.     1876 504  L82 

Contents:  Roscoe,  Prof.  On  John  Dalton's  apparatus,  and  what  he  did 
with  it. — Guthrie,  Prof.  On  cold.— Perry,  S.J.  On  the  methods  em- 
ployed, and  the  results  obtained,  in  the  late  transit  of  Venus  expedi- 
tion.— Preece,  W.H.  On  telegraphy. — Abney,  Capt.  On  photographic 
printing  processes. — Schuster,  Dr.  On  the  action  of  electric  currents 
on  each  other. — Tyndall,  Prof.  On  Faraday's  apparatus.  —  Playfair, 
Lyon.  On  air  and  airs,  as  illustrated  by  the  Magdeburg  hemispheres, 
and  Black's  and  Cavendish's  balances. — Gladstone,  Prof.  On  Davy's 
and  Faraday's  apparatus. — Main,  R.  On  astronomical  instruments. — 
Guthrie,  Francis.  On  heat  and  work. — Stone,  Dr.  On  modes  of 
eliciting  and  reinforcing  sound.  —  Walker,  C.V.  On  galvanic  time 
signals. — Rosse,  Earl  of.  On  reflecting  telescopes. — Douglass,  J.N. 
On  the  Great  and  Little  Basses  Rock  light-houses. — Maskelyne,  N.S. 
On  what  is  a  crystal? — Davis,  Capt.  On  Arctic  discovery  in  connec- 
tion with  the  expedition  now  making  its  way  to  the- North  Pole. — 
Foster,  G.C.  On  electricity  as  a  motive  power. — Davis,  Capt.  On 
Antarctic  exploration.  —  M'Leod,  Herbert.  On  some  properties  of 
gases. — Harrison, W.  J.  On  local  geology,  with  special  reference  to 
that  of  Leicestershire. — Hull,  E.  On  the  physical  geology  of  Ireland 
as  compared  with  that  of  Great  Britain. — Barrett,  Prof.  On  the  anal- 
ogy between  light  and  sound. — Spottiswoode,  W.  On  the  polarisation 
of  light. — Chisholm,  H.W.     On  standard  weights  and  measures. 

PROCTOR,  Richard  Anthony. 

Light  science  for  leisure  hours.     1895 504  P96 

Pleasant  ways  in  science.     1893 504  P96P 

TAIT,  Peter  Guthrie. 

Scientific  papers,    v.1-2.     1898-1900 qr504  T14 

Chiefly  reprinted   from  the  proceedings  and   transactions  of  learned  so- 
cieties of  Great  Britain. 

TISSANDIER,  Gaston! 

Popular  scientific  recreations.     [  1890.] 504  T52 

TYNDALL,  John. 

Fragments  of  science;  a  series  of  detached  essays,  addresses 


578  NATURAL  SCIENCE— PERIODICALS 

and  reviews.    2v.     1897 504  TgSi 

V.I.  The  constitution  of  nature. — Radiation. — On  radiant  heat  in  rela- 
tion to  the  colour  and  chemical  constitution  of  bodies. — New 
chemical  reactions  produced  by  light. — The  sky. — Voyage  to  Al- 
geria to  observe  the  eclipse.— Niagara. — The  parallel  roads  of  Glen 
Roy. — Alpine  sculpture. — Recent  experiments  on  fog-signals. — On 
the  study  of  physics. — On  crystalline  and  slaty  cleavage. — On  para- 
magnetic and  diamagTietic  forces. — Physical  basis  of  solar  chem- 
istry.— Elementary  magnetism. — On  force. — Contributions  to  molec- 
ular physics. — Life  and  letters  of  Faraday. — The  Copley  medalist  of 
J870;  J.  P.  Joule.— The  Copley  medalist  of  1871;  J.  R.  Mayer. — 
Death  by  lightning. — Science  and  the  spirits. 
V.2.  Reflections  on  prayer  and  natural  law. — Miracles  and  special 
providences. — On  prayer  as  a  form  of  physical  energy. — Vitality. — 
Matter  and  force. — Scientific  materialism. — An  address  to  students 
on  secular  growth. — Scientific  use  of  the  imagination. — The  Belfast 
address. — Apology  fo«-  the  Belfast  address. — Rev.  James  Martineau 
and  the  Belfast  address. — Fermentation  and  its  bearings  on  sur- 
gery and  medicine. — Spontaneous  generation. — Science  and  man. — 
Professor  Virchow  and  evolution. — The  electric  light. 

The  same.    2v.     1892 r504  T98 

New  fragments.     1892 504  T98 

Contents:  The  Sabbath. — Goethe's  "Farbenlehre." — Atoms,  molecules  and 
ether  waves. — Count  Rumford. — Louis  Pasteur,  his  life  and  labours. — 
The  rainbow  and  its  congeners. — Address  delivered  at  the  Birbeck 
institution  on  Oct.  22,  1884. — Thomas  Young. — Life  in  the  Alps. — 
About  common  water. — Personal  recollections  of  Thomas  Carlyle. — On 
unveiling  the  statute  of  Thomas  Carlyle. — On  the  origin,  propagation 
and  prevention  of  phthisis. — Old  Alphine  jottings. — A  morning  on  Alp 
Lusgen. 


505     Periodicals 


AMERICAN  journal  of  science  and  arts,    v.i-date.     1819-date. .  .r505  Asi 

Index,  v.i-49.     1847.     (Being  v. 50.) 

Often  called  Silliman's  journal. 

L'ANNfiE  industrielle;  decouvertes  scientifiques,  et  inven- 
tions nouvelles.     v.ii-iS.     1897-1901 r505  A6131 

Publication  ceased  with  v.  15. 

L'ANNfiE  scientifique  rt  industrielle,  fondee  par  Louis  Fignier; 
ed.  by  fimile  Gautier,  1856-date.  Premiere  annee- 
date.     1857-date rS05  A613 

ANNUAL  of  scientific  discovery;  or,  Year-book  of  facts  in 

science  and  art  (ist-2ist),  1850-71.     1850-71 r505  A61S 

No  more  published. 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 

BAIRD,  Spencer  Fullerton,  and  others,  ed. 

Annual  record  (2d)  of  science  and  industry,  1872.     1873 r50S  B16 

"References,"  p. 624-627. 

BOSTON  journal  of  chemistry;  monthly.    36V.    1866-1902. .  .qr50S  B64 

V.  18-29  title  reads  Popular  science  news  and  Boston  journal  of  chemistry. 

V.31-36  title  reads  Popular  science;  or.  Popular  science  news. 

v.  30  wanting. 

Jan.  IS,  1903  absorbed  by  the  "American  inventor." 
HARDWICKE'S  science-gossip;  monthly.    37V.    1866-1902.  .qr50S  H2S 

■V. 30-37  title  reads  Science  gossip. 

No  more  published. 
INTELLECTUAL     observer,     review     of     natural     history, 

microscopic  research  and  recreative  science;  monthly. 

I2v.      1862-68 rsos    I24 

Continued  under  the  title  "The  student  and  intellectual  observer." 


NATURAL  SCIENCE— PERIODICALS  579 

KNOWLEDGE;   an   illustrated   magazine   of   science;   weekly 

and  monthly,  1881-date.     v.i-date.     1882-date qrSOS  K3S 

MAGAZINE    of    natural    history    and    journal    of    zoology, 

botany,   mineralogy,    geology   and   meteorology,    May 

1828-Dec.  1838.    v.i-ii.     1829-38 rSOS  M24 

May   1828-July   1834  published  bimonthly. 

Sept.   1834-Dec.   1838  published  monthly. 

V.  :o-ii  are  new  series  v.  1-2. 

New  series  v.2  title  reads  Magazine  of  natural  history. 

United  in  1841  with  Annals  of  natural  history,  which  was  published 
from  1838  to  1840,  to  form  the  Annals  and  magazine  of  natural  history, 
r57o.s  A612. 

NATURAL  science  journal;  monthly,  March  1897.    v.i,  no.i. 

1897  •  • rso5  NisS 

No  more  published. 

NATURE;  a  weekly  illustrated  journal  of  science,  Nov.  1869- 

date.     v.i-date.     1870-date qrSOS  N15 

La  NATURE;  revue  des  sciences  et  de  leurs  applications  aux 

arts  et  a  I'industrie ;  weekly,    v.i-date.    1873-date VS^S  Nis8l 

Table  des  matieres,  1873-1882,  v.i-19. 

Table  des  matieres,  1883-1892,  v.20-32. 

V.50-S3   wanting. 

NEW  science  review;  quarterly,  July  1894-Jan.  1896.     v.  1-2, 

no.3.     1894-96 qrsos  N26 

No  more  published. 
PHILOSOPHICAL    magazine,    comprehending   the    branches 
of  science,  the  liberal  and  fine  arts,  agriculture,  manufac- 
tures and  commerce;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1798-date rSoS  P52 

v.43-68  title  reads  Philosophical  magazine  and  journal. 

v.69-79  title  reads  Philosophical  magazine;  or,  Annals  of  chemistry, 
mathematics,  astronomy,  natural  history  and  general  science. 

v.80-95  title  reads  London  and  Exlinburgh  philosophical  magazine  and 
journal  of  science. 

v.96-date  title  reads  London,  Edinburgh  and  Dublin  philosophical  maga- 
zine and  journal  of  science. 

y.78  contains  general  index  for  v.69-79. 

V.91  contains  general  index  for  v.80-91. 
POPULAR  science  monthly,    v.i-date.     1872-date r505  P81 

Index,  v.i-40.     1893. 

V.48-S7,  no. I  title  reads  Appletons'  popular  science  monthly. 

POPULAR  science  monthly,  supplement.    4v.  in  3.     1878 rSOS  P8is 

POPULAR  science  news  and  Boston  journal  of  chemistry; 

monthly,  Jan.  1884-Dec.  1895,  1897-1902.    v.18-29,  31-36. 

1884-1902 qrsos  B64 

Being  v.18-29,  31-36  of  "Boston  journal  of  chemistry." 

V.31-36  title  reads  "Popular  science;  or.  Popular  science  news." 

No  more  published. 

Jan.  IS,  1903,  consolidated  with  the  "American  inventor." 
POPULAR  science  review;  quarterly.    20v.     1862-81 rS05  P819 

No  more  published. 
QUARTERLY  journal  of  science.    22v.     1864-8S rSOS  Q19 

V.  16-22  title  reads  Journal  of  science. 

No  more  published. 
REVUE  generale  des  sciences  pures  et  appliquees;  semi-monthly. 

v.i-date.      1890-date qrsos   R37 

SCIENCE;  weekly,    v.i-date.    1883-date qrsos  S41 

Discontinued  from  March  23,  1894  to  Jan.  4,  1895. 
SCIENCE  abstracts,  physics  and  electrical  engineering;  issued 

under  the  direction  of  the  Institution  of  electrical  engi- 
neers [and  the]  Physical  society  of  London;  monthly. 


S8o  NATURAL  SCIENCE— SOCIETIES 

v.i-date.      1898-date r505    S4162 

A  continuation  of  the  Abstracts  of  Physical  papers  from  foreign  sources, 
published  by  the  Physical   society  of   London. 

SCIENCE  progress ;  a  monthly  review  of  current  scientific  in- 
vestigation, March  1894- Oct.  1898.     7v.     1894-98  qr505  S4163 

Beginning  with  v.6  the  periodical  was  published  quarterly. 
No  more  published. 

SCIENCE  record;  a  monthly  magazine,     v.2.     1883-84 rsos  S416 

V.I  appeared  under  the  title  Scientific  and  literary  gossip. 

TIMES,  John,  comp. 

Year-book  of  facts  in  science  and  art;  the  most  important 
discoveries  and  improvements  of  the  past  year,  1869. 
1869   rsos   T47 

WISCONSIN  UNIVERSITY. 

Bulletin ;  science  series,     v.1-2.     1896-1901   rsos  W81 

V.I.  On  the  speed  of  liberation  of  iodine  in  solutions  of  hydrochloric 
acid,  potassium  chlorate,  and  potassium  iodide,  by  Herman  Schlundt. 
— On  the  quartz  keratophyre  and  associated  rocks  of  the  north 
range  of  the  Baraboo  bluffs,  by  Samuel  Weidman. — Studies  in 
spherical  and  practical  astronomy,  by  G.  C.  Comstock. — A  contribu- 
tion to  the  mineralogy  of  Wisconsin,  by  W.  H.  Hobbs. — Analytic 
keys  to  the  genera  and  species  of  North  American  mosses,  by  C. 
R.  Barnes. 

v.2.  Action  of  solutions  on  the  sense  of  taste,  by  Louis  Kahlenberg. — 
Aspects  of  mental  economy,  by  M.  V.  O'Shea. — Contribvitions  from 
the  anatomical  laboratory  of  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  by  W.  S. 
Miller. — Anomalous  dispersion  of  cyanin,  by  C.  E.  Magnusson. — 
Theory  of  electrolytic  dissociation  as  viewed  in  the  light  of  facts 
recently  ascertained,  by  Louis  Kahlenberg. — On  the  dielectric 
constants  of  pure  solvents,  by  Herman   Schlundt. 

YALE  scientific  monthly.     v.6-date.     1899-date   rso5  Y13 

Published  by  the  senior  class  of  the  Sheffield  scientific  school,  Yale 
university. 

506     Societies 

AMERICAN  ASSOCIATION  FOR  THE  ADVANCEMENT 
OF  SCIENCE. 

Proceedings  (ist  meeting-date),  1848-date.     i84CHdate r5o6  Asr 

AMERICAN  PHILOSOPHICAL  SOCIETY. 

Proceedings,  1869-date.    v.ii-date.     1869-date rso6  Asi2 

BERLIN,    K5NIGLICHE    AKADEMIE    DER    WISSEN- 
SCHAFTEN. 
Abhandlungen,  1804-date.    v.i-date.     i8is-date qr5o6  B45 

V.  16  contains  a  supplement  in  3  parts,  entitled  Ueber  die  Kawi-sprache 
auf  der  insel  Java,  von  Wilhelm  von  Humboldt. 

V.2S   contains   2   supplements,   entitled    Die   gesetze  der  doppelbrechung 
des  lichts   in   comprimirten   oder  ungleichformig  erwarmten  unkrystal- 
linischen  korpern,  von  F.   E.   Neumann,  and  Darstellung  der  bevolk- 
erungs-,  geburts-,  ehe-  und  sterblichkeits-verhaltnisse,  von  J.   G'. 
Hoffmann. 

V.38  contains  2  supplements,  entitled  Darstellung  der  warme-crscheinun- 
gen  durch  fiinftagige  mittel  von  1782  bis  1855,  mit  besonderer  beruck- 
sichtigung  strenger  winter,  von  H.  W.  Dove,  and  Die  spuren  der  az- 
tekischen  sprache  im  nordlichen  Mexico  und  hoheren  amerikanischen 
norden,  von  J.  C.  E.  Buschmann. 

BRITISH  ASSOCIATION  FOR  THE  ADVANCEMENT  OF 
SCIENCE. 
Report  of  the  meeting  (ist-date),  1831-date.     1833-date.  . .  .r5o6  B75 

Index  to   the   reports  and  transactions   of  the  association,    1861- 

1890. 


NATURAL  SCIENCE— SOCIETIES  ^  581 

CHICAGO  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES. 

Bulletin,    v.i-date.     1883-date r5o6  C43 

Published  irregularly. 

Bulletin  of  the  geological  and  natural  history  survey,  no.i- 

date.     1896-date  r5o6  C43b 

no.  1-2.  Calkins,  W.  W.  The  lichen- flora  of  Chicago  and  vicinity. — 
Leverett,  Frank.  The  pleistocene  features  and  deposits  of  the  Chicago 
area. 

no.3.     Baker,  F.  C.     The  moUusca  of  the  Chicago  area.     2  pts. 

no.4.  Weller,  Stuart.  The  paleontology  of  the  Niagaran  limestone  in 
the   Chicago  area,  pt.  i. 

no.s.     Crook,  A.  R.     The  mineralogy  of  the  Chicago  area. 

DUHAMEL,  Jean  Baptiste. 

Regia;  scientiarum  acadeniiae  historia,  in  qua  praeter  ipsius 
academiae  originem  &  progressus,  variasque  disserta- 
tiones  &  observationes  per  triginta  quatuor  annos 
facias,  quam  plurinia  experimenta  &  inventa,  cum 
physica,  turn  mathematica  in  certum  ordinem  digerun- 

tur.     1701 qr5o6  D88 

GOODE,  George  Brown,  ed. 

The  Smithsonian  institution,  1846-1896;  the  history  of  its  first 

half  century.     1897 qr5o6  Cj62 

Smithsonian  publication,  no.  1086. 
GRANVILLE,  Augustus  Bozzi. 

The  Royal  society  in  the  19th  century;  a  statistical  summary  of 

its  labours.     1836 r5o6  G79 

HILL,  Sir  John. 

Review  of  the  works  of  the  Royal  society  of  London,  con- 
taining animadversions  on  such  of  the  papers  as  deserve 

particular  observation.     1751*. qrSo6  H5S 

INSTITUT  DE  FRANCE— Academic  des  sciences. 

Comptes  rendus  hebdomadaires  des  seances  de  I'Academie  des 

sciences,     v.i-date.     1835-date qr5o6  I24 

Table  generale,  v.i-31.     1855. 

Table  generale,  v.32-61.     1870. 

Table  generale,  v.62-91.     1888. 

The  same;  supplement,    v.  1-2.     1856-61 qr5o6  I243 

Histoire  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sciences,  avec  les  memoires 
de  mathematique  &  de  physique,  1699-1790.     92V.  in  93. 

1702-1797 qrSo6  l24h 

V.92,  1790,  title  reads  Memoires  de  I'Academie  des  sciences.    The  year 

1772  has  2v. 
Continued  as  Memoires  de  I'lnstitut  national  des  sciences  et  arts. 
Histoire  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sciences,  depuis  son  etab- 

lissement  en  1666  jusqu'a  1699.     iiv.  in  14.     1729-34 qr5o6  124m 

V.3-11  title  reads  Memoires  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sciences. 

Memoires,  1816-date.    v.i-date.     1818-date  qr5o6  I24h3 

Continuation   of   Memoires  de   I'lnstitut  national   des   sciences   et   arts; 

sciences  mathematiques  et  physiques. 
v.4i-date  called  zme  serie. 

Changes  in  title  to  correspond  with  changes  in  form  of  government. 
These  Memoires  are  indexed  in  the  Royal  society's  Catalogue  of  scien- 
tific papers,  qroi6..s  R8i. 

Tables  generates   des   travaux  contenus   dans   les  Memoires;    ire 

serie,  v.i-14   (1795-1815);  2me  serie,  v.i-40   (1816-1878),     qrso6  I24h3 

Memoires  de  I'lnstitut  national  des  sciences  et  arts;  sciences 

mathematiques  et  physiques,  1795-1815.    14V.    1798-1818.  .qr5o6  I24h2 
v.6  title  reads  Memoires  de  I'lnstitut  des  sciences,  lettres  et  arts;  v.7-14 


NATURAL  SCIENCE— SOCIETIES 


title  reads  Memoires  de  la  classe  des  sciences,  mathematiques  et  physi- 
ques de  rinstitut  national  de  France. 

Continued  as  Memoires  de  I'Academie  rojrale  des  sciences  de  I'lnstittit 
de  France. 

These  Memoires  are  indexed  in  the  Royal  society's  Catalogue  of  scienti- 
fic papers,  qroi6.5  R8i. 

Tables  generales   des  travaux   contenus   dans   les   Memoires;    ire 

serie,  v.i-14  (179S-1815) ;  2me  serie,  v.i-40  (1816-1878). 

Memoires  de  mathematique  et  de  physique,  presentes  par 
divers  s?avans  &  ius  dans  ses  assemblees.     11  v.     1750- 
86 qrso6  l24me 

For  contents  see  Catalogue  of  the  Boston  Athenaeum,  v.4,  p.2236, 
qroiQ.i  B64. 

Memoires,  presentes  a  I'lnstitut  des  sciences,  lettres  et  arts 
par  divers  savans  et  Ius  dans  ses  assemblees ;  sciences 
mathematiques  et  physiques.    2v.     1806-11   qrSo6  I24me2 

The  same;  presentes  par  divers  savans  a  I'Academie  royale 
des  sciences  de  I'lnstitut  de  France ;  sciences  mathematiques 
et  physiques.    2me  ser.    v.i-31.     1827-94 qr5o6  I24me3 

Tables  gendrales;    ire  ser.,   v.1-2    (1806-1811),   2me   sen,   v.i-2S 

(1827-1877).      1881,  qr5o6  I24me2. 

These  Memoires  are  indexed  in  the  Royal  society's  Catalog^ue  of  scien- 
tific papers,  qroi6.5  R81. 

Nouvelle  table  des  articles  contenus  dans  les  volumes  de  I'A- 
cademie royale  des  sciences  de  Paris,  1666-1770,  dans  ceux 
des  arts  et  metiers  publics  par  cette  academie  &  dans  la 

collection  academique.    4v.     1775-76  qrSo6  12411 

V.I.    A-D.  V.2.    E-L.  V.3.    M-S.  v.4.    T-Z. 

Recueil  des  pieces  qui  ont  remporte  les  prix  de  I'Academie 

royale  des  sciences,  1720-1772.     g\.     1752-77 qr5o6  l24r 

Binder's  title  reads  Prix  de  I'Academie. 

For  contents  see  Catalogue  of  the  Boston  Athenaeum,  v.4,  p.2238, 
qroig.!  B64.                                              * 
Table  alphabetique  des  matieres  contenues  dans  I'Histoire  & 
les  Memoires  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sciences,  publiee 
par  son  ordre  et  dressee  par  M.  Godin,  1666-1790.     lov. 
1734-1809  '.  qr5o6  l24t 

,    V.I.   1666-1698.       V.2.   1699-171O.       V.3.   I7II-172O. 

V.4.    1721-1730.  v.s.    1731-1740.  V.6.    1741-1750. 

V.7.     1751-1760.  V.8.    1761-1770.  v.Q.    1771-1780. 

v.io.    1781-1790. 

v.s-io  title  reads  Table  generale. 

v.s-9  ed.  by  P.  Demours,  v.  10  by  L.  Cotte. 

MICHIGAN  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE. 

Report  (ist),  covering  the  time  from  the  organization  of  the 
academy  in  1894  to  June  1899;  prepared  by  W.  B.  Bar- 
rows.    1900 r5o6  M66 

"List  of  members,"  p.155-159. 

NATIONAL  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES. 

Memoirs.    v.2-date.     1884-date qrSo6  N 15 

NEW  YORK  (city)  ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCES. 

Annals,  1877-1895.    v.i-8.     1879-95 rSo6  N26ia 

Until  Jan.   1876  the  name  of  the  Academy  was  the  Lyceum  of  natural 

history  in  the  city  of  New  York. 

Transactions,     v.i-date.     1882-date r5o6  N261 

Until  Jan.  1876  the  name  of  the  Academy  was  the  Lyceum  of  natural 

history  in  the  city  of  New  York. 

NEW  YORK  (city),  LYCEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

Proceedings,  Apr.  1870-June  1874.    v.1-2,  in  i rso6  N26 

In  Jan.  1876  the  name  was  changed  to  New  York  academy  of  sciences. 


NATURAL  SCIENCE— SOCIETIES  583 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNI VERSITY  —  Free  museum  of  science 
and  art. 
Bulletin,  May  1897-date.     v.i-date.     1897-date r5o6  P39 

Published  irregularly. 

RHEES,  William  Jones,  comp. 

Smithsonian  institution;  documents  relative  to  its  origin  and 
history,  1835-1899.     2v.     1901.     (In  Smithsonian  insti- 
tution.   Miscellaneous  collections,  v.42-43.)  . . .  .rso6  S66m  v.42-43 
,     V.I.     183S-1887. 

V.2.        1887-1899. 

ROYAL  SOCIETY  OF  EDINBURGH. 

Transactions,  1783-date.     v.i-date.     1788-date qrso6  R813 

General  index,   1783-1888,  v.i-34.     1890. 

ROYAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 

Authentic  narrative  of  the  dissensions  and  debates  in  the  so- 
ciety; containing  the  speeches  at  large  of  Dr  Horsley,  Dr 
Maskelyne,  Mr  Maseres,  Mr  Poore,  Mr  Glenie,  Mr  Wat- 
son and  Mr  Maty.    1784 r5o6  R8iau 

Philosophical  transactions,    v.gi-date.     1801-date qr5o6  R8ip 

Index,  V.71-110.     1821. 

V.168  is  an  extra  volume,  being  An  account  of  the  petrological,  botani- 
cal and  zoological  collections  made  in  Kergpuelen's  Land  and  Rodri- 
guez during  the  transit  of  Venus  expeditions,  1874-75. 

V.188  contains  Rticker  and  Thorpe's  Magnetic  survey  of  the  British 
Isles  for  the  epoch  Jan.  i,  1891. 

Philosophical  transactions  and  collections,  abridg'd  and  dis- 

pos'd  under  general  heads;  1665-1720.    5v.    1705-1721 qrSo6  R81 

V.1-3.     To  the  end  of  1700;  by  John  Lowthorp. 
V.4-S.     1701-1720;  by  Benjamin  Motte. 

Philosophical  transactions,  from  1665  to  1800;  abridged,  with 
notes  and  biographic  illustrations,  by  Charles  Hutton, 
George  Shaw  and  Richard  Pearson.     i8v.     1809 qrSo6  R8ia 

Proceedings,  1800-date.    v.i-date.     1832-date r5o6  R8ipr 

v.i-6  title  reads  "Abstracts  of  the  papers  printed  in  the  Philosophical 
transactions  of  the  Royal  society  of  London." 

SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION. 

Annual  report  (8th-date)   of  the  board  of  regents,  1853- 

date.     1854-date r5o6  S66 

The  eighth  annual  report  containing  the  report  for  1853,  embraces  the 
essential  portions  of  the  preceding  seven  reports,  which  were  origin- 
ally published  in  pamphlet  form. 

From  1884  the  report  is  in  2  volumes,  v.2  being  the  report  of  the  United 
States  national  museum. 

ist-35th  reports,  1846-80,  are  indexed  in  Catalogue  of  publications  of 
the  Smithsonian  institution  (1846-1882),  rso6  S66ca. 

Contributions  to  knowledge,    v.i-date.     1848-date qr5o6  S66c 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.48;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
v.i-23,  1848-81,  are  indexed  in  Catalogue  of  publications  of  the  Smith- 
sonian institution   (1846-1882),  rso6  S66ca. 

Miscellaneous  collections,    v.i-date.     1862-date rso6  S66m 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  148;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
V.  10-12  wanting. 

v.i-23,  1862-82,  are  indexed  in  Catalog^ie  of  publications  of  the  Smith- 
sonian institution  (1846-1882),  r5o6  S66ca. 

THOMSON,  Thomas. 

History  of  the  Royal  society  from  its  institution  to  the  end  of 

'  the  eighteenth  century.     1812 qr5o6  T38 


584  MUSEUMS 


WASHINGTON,  (D.  C),  PHILOSOPHICAL  SOCIETY. 

Bulletin,  1871-date.     v.i-date.     1874-date  r5o6  W27 

V.  i-io  published  by  the  Smithsonian  institution  in  its  Miscellaneous  col- 
lections, r5o6  S66m.  v.  1-3  will  be  found  in  v.20,  v. 4-5  in  v.25, 
and  V.6-10  in  v. 33. 

V.  10  of  the  Bulletin  contains  an  index  to  v. i-io. 

YEAR-book  of  the  scientific  and  learned  societies  of  Great 

Britain  and  Ireland,     ist  annual  issue-date.     1884-date.  .rSo6  Yar 


507     Study  and  teaching 


BOSTON  SOCIETY  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY. 

Guides  for  science  teaching,     v.  1-3.     1896-98 507  B64 

V.I.  Goodale,  G.L.  Concerning  a  few  common  plants. — Phenix,  G.P. 
First  lessons  in  chemistry. — Bowditch,  H.P.  Hints  for  teachers 
of  physiology. — Hyatt,  Alpheus.  About  pebbles. — Richards,  Mrs 
E.H.S.  First  lessons  on  minerals. — Clapp,  H.L.  Thirty-six  ob- 
servation lessons  on  common  minerals. — Crosby,  W.O.  Common 
minerals  and  rocks. 

V.2.  Agassiz,  Mrs  E.C.  First  lesson  in  natural  history. — Hyatt,  Al- 
pheus. Common  hydroids,  corals  and  echinoderms.  Commercial 
and  other  sponges.  The  oyster,  clam  and  other  common  mollusks> 
Worms  and  Crustacea. 

V.3.    Hyatt,  Alpheus,  &  Arms,  J.M.     Insecta. 

The  satne.     1896-98 r507  B64 

CRAMER,  Frank. 

The  method  of  Darwin;  a  study  in  scientific  method.     1896.  .507  C86 
GOODE,  George  Brown. 

Origin  of  the  national  scientific  and  educational  institutions 

of  the  United  States.     1890  r507  G62 

Reprinted  from  the  Annual  report  of  the  American  historical  association, 
V.I,  p.s.3-i6i. 

GORE,   George. 

Art  of  scientific  discovery.     1878 507  G66 

Museums 

CARNEGIE  INSTITUTE,  Pittsburgh— Museum. 

Annals,    v.i-date.     1901-date rS07  C2ia 

Annual  report  (ist-date)  of  the  director,  1898-date.     1898- 

date.     (Publications.) r507  C21 

Memoirs,     v.i-date.     1901-date qr507  C2im 

V.  1.     Diplodocus   (Marsh);    its  osteology,  taxonomy  and  probable  habits, 
with     a     restoration     of    the     skeleton,     by    J.  B.  Hatcher. — Oligocene 
canidx,  by  J.  B.  Hatcher. 
Prize   essay  contest   (ist-date),    1896-date.      1896-date. 

(Publications.) r507  C2ip 

FIELD  COLUMBIAN  MUSEUM. 

Annual    report    (ist-date)    of   the    director,    1894/95-date. 

1895-date.     (Publications;  report  series.) r507  F45 

LONDON,  SOUTH  KENSINGTON  MUSEUM. 

Handbook  to  the  special  loan  collection  of  scientific  appar- 
atus,   1876 r507   L82 

MUSEUMS  ASSOCIATION. 

Report  of  proceedings  (ist-date),  with  the  papers  read  at 

the  annual  general  meeting,  1890-date.     1890-date r507  M98 


MUSEUMS  585 


NEW  YORK  (state)— Museum. 

Annual   report    (4ist-date)    of   the   trustees,    1887-date. 

1888-date    qrso;   N26 

Reports    (ist-54th),    1847-1900,    are    indexed    in    Bulletin    no. 66    of    the 

New  York  state  museum,  qrso;  N26b. 

This  report  contains  the  reports  of  the  state  geologist  and  paleontologist, 

the  state  botanist,  and  the  state  entomologist. 
For  partial  contents  see  contents  book,  p.206;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
New  York  state  museum  was  called  State  cabinet  of  natural  history  until 

1871,  and  State  museum  of  natural  history  until  1888. 
The   Reports   on   the  state   geological   survey   which   were  begun   in   1837 

are  continued  in  the  Reports  and  Bulletins  of  the  Museum. 

Bulletin,  May  1887-date.     v.i,  no.i-date.     1888-date qr507  N26b 

Bulletins  no.i-69,    1887-1902,  are  indexed  in  Bulletin  no. 66. 

V.I,  no. 1-6.  Preliminary  list  of  New  York  unionidne,  by  W.  B.  Mar- 
shall.— Contributions  to  the  botany  of  the  state  of  New  York,  by  C.  H. 
Peck. — Building  stone  in  the  state  of  New  York,  by  J.  C.  Smock. — 
Some  New  York  minerals  and  their  localities,  by  F.  L.  Nason. — The 
white  grub  of  the  May  beetle,  by  J.  A.  Lintner. — Cut-worms,  by  J. 
A.  Lintner. 

V.2,  no.7-10.  First  report  on  the  iron  mines  and  iron-ore  districts  in 
the  state  of  New  York,  by  J.  C.  Smock.— Boleti  of  the  United  States, 
by  C.  H.  Peck. — Beaks  of  unionidae  inhabiting  the  vicinity  of  Albany, 
N.  Y.,  by  W.  B.  Marshall. — Building  stone  in  New  York,  by  J.  C.  Smock. 

V.3,  no.  11-12.  Salt  and  gypsum  industries  of  New  York,  by  F.  J.  H. 
Merrill. — Clay  industries  of  New  York,  by  Heinrich  Ries. 

no.  1 3.  San  Jose  scale,  aspidiotus  perniciosus,  and  some  other  destruc- 
tive scale-insects  of  the  state  of  New  York,  by  J.  A.  Lintner.  (In 
qr507  N26  v.48  pt.  i  apx.) 

no.  14.  Geology  of  Moriah  and  Westport  townships,  Essex  county,  N.  Y., 
by  J.  F.   Kemp.      (In  qrso/  N26  v.48  pt. i  apx.) 

no.  15.  Mineral  resources  of  New  York  state,  by  F.  J.  H.  Merrill. 
(In  qrso7   N26   v.48   pt.i   apx.) 

no.  16.  Aboriginal  chipped  stone  implements  of  New  York,  by  W.  M. 
Beauchamp.      (In  qr507  N26  v. 50  pt.:  apx.) 

no.  17.  Road  materials  and  road  building  in  New  York,  by  F.  J.  H. 
Merrill.      (In  qr507   N26  v.50  pt. i   apx.) 

no.  J  8.  Polished  stone  articles  used  by  the  New  York  aborigines  before 
and  during  European  occupation,  by  VV.  M.  Beauchamp.  (In  qrso7 
N26  v.si  pt.i  apx. I.) 

no.  19.  Guide  to  the  study  of  the  geological  collections  of  the  New 
York  state  museum,  by  F.  J.  H.  Merrill.  (In  qrso7  N26  v. 51  pt.i 
apx.  I.) 

no. 20.  Elm-leaf  beetle  in  New  York  state,  by  E.  P.  Felt.  (In  qrso/ 
N26  V.S2  pt.i   apx.) 

no.2i.  CJeology  of  the  Lake  Placid  region,  by  J.  F.  Kemp.  (In  qrso/ 
N26   V.S2   pt.i    apx.) 

no.22.  Earthenware  of  the  New  York  aborigines,  by  W.  M.  Beauchamp. 
(In  qr507  N26  v.52  pt.i  apx.) 

no.23.  Fourteenth  report  on  the  injurious  and  other  insects  of  the 
state  of  New  York,  by  E.  P.  Felt.     (In  qr507  N26  v.S2  pt.i  apx.) 

no.24.  Memorial  of  life  and  entomologic  work  of  J.  A.  Lintner,  by 
E.  P.  Felt.      (In  qrso7   N26  v.S2  pt.i   apx.) 

no.25.  Report  of  the  state  botanist,  1898.  (In  qrso7  N26  v.52  pt.i 
apx.) 

no.26.  Collection,  preservation  and  distribution  of  New  York  insects, 
by  E.  P.  Felt.     (In  qr507  N26  v.53  pt.i  apx.i.) 

no.27.  Shade  tree  pests  in  New  York  state,  by  E.  P.  Felt.  (In  qrso7 
N26  v.53  pt.i   apx. I.) 

no.28.  Plants  of  North  Elba,  Essex  county,  N.  Y.,  by  C.  H.  Peck.  (In 
qr507  N26  v.53  Pt-i   apx.i.) 

no.29.  Preliminary  list  of  the  mammals  of  New  York,  by  G.  S.  Miller. 
(In  qr507   N26   v.53   Pt-i   apx.i.) 

no. 30.  Petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  New  York,  by  Edward  Orton.  (In 
qr507  N26  v.53  Pt.i   apx.i.)  * 

no.31.  Fifteenth  report  of  the  state  entomologist  on  injurious  and  other 
insects  of  the  state  of  New  York,  1899,  by  E.  P.  Felt.  (In  qr507  N26 
v.53    pt.i  apx.i.) 

v.7,  no.32-36.  Aboriginal  occupation  of  New  York,  by  W.  M.  Beau- 
champ.— Check  list  of  New  York  birds,  by  M.  S.  Farr. — Lower  Silu- 
rian system  of  eastern  Montgomery  county,  New  York,  by  E.  R. 
Cumings;    Notes    on    stratigraphy    of    Mohawk    valley    and    Saratoga 


586  MUSEUMS 


county.  New  York,  by  C.  S.  Prosser. — Clays  of  New  York,  by  Hein- 
rich  Ries. — Sixteenth  report  of  the  state  entomologist  on  injurious  and 
other  insects  of  the  state  of  New  York,  by  E.  P.  Felt. 
V.8,   no.37-44.      Illustrated   descriptive   catalogue   of  some   of  the   more 
important    injurious    and    beneficial    insects    of    New    York    state,    by 

E.  P.  Felt. — Key  to  the  land  mammals  of  northeastern  North  America, 
by  G.  S.  Miller. — Paleontologic  papers,  by  J.  M.  Clarke. — Anatomy  and 
physiology  of  polygyra  albolabris  and  limax  maximus  and  embryology  of 
Umax  maximus,  by  G.  B.  Simpson.' — Wampum  and  shell  articles  used 
by  the  New  York  Indians,  by  W.  M.  Beauchamp. — Hudson  river  beds 
near  Albany  and  their  taxonomic  equivalents,  by  Rudolf  Ruedemann. 
— Clam  and  scallop  industries  of  New  York  state,  by  J.  L.  Kellogg. — 
Lime  and  cement  industries  of  New  York,  by  Heinrich  Ries;  Chapters 
on  the  cement  industry  in  New  York,  by  E.  C.  Eckel. 

V.9,  no.45-48.  Guide  to  the  geology  and  paleontology  of  Niagara  Falls 
and  vicinity,  by  A.  W.  Grabau;  with  a  chapter  on  Post-pliocene  fossils 
of  Niagara,  by  E.  J.  Letson. — Scale  insects  of  importance  and  list  of 
the  species  in  New  York  state,  by  E.  P.  Felt. — Aquatic  insects  in  the 
Adirondacks,  by  J.  G.  Needham  and  Cornelius  Betten. — Pleistocene 
geology  of  portions  of  Nassau  county  and  borough  of  Queens,  by 
J.  B.  Woodworth. 

V. ID,  no.49-S4.  Paleontologic  papers  2. — Horn  and  bone  implements 
of  the  New  York  Indians,  by  W.  M.  Beauchamp. — Catalogue  of  New 
York  reptiles  and  batrachians,  by  E.  C.  Eckel  and  F.  C.  Paulmier. — 
Report  of  the  state  paleontologist,  1901. — 17th  report  of  the  state 
entomologist  on  injurious  and  other  insects  of  the  state  of  New  York, 
1 90 1. — Report  of  the  state  botanist,   1901,  by  C.  H.  Peck. 

no.  56.  Description  of  the  state  geologic  map  of  1901,  by  F.  J.  H.  Merrill. 

no.6o.     Catalogue  of  the  fishes  of  New  York,  by  T.  H.  Bean. 

no.6i.  Quarries  of  bluestone  and  other  sandstones  in  the  Upper  De- 
vonian of  New  York  state,  by  H.  T.  Dickinson. 

no.62.     Natural  history  museums  of  the  United  States  and  Canada,  by 

F.  J.  H.  MerrUl. 

no.64.  Report  of  the  state  entomologist  on  injurious  and  other  insects 
of  the  state  of  New  York,  1902. 

no.6s.  Catalogue  of  type  specimens  of  paleozoic  fossils  in  New  York 
state  museum,  by  J.  M.  Clarke. 

no.66.  Index  to  publications  of  the  New  York  state  natural  history 
survey  and  New  York  state  museum,  1837-1902,  also  including  other 
New  York  publications  on  related  subjects,  by  Mary  Ellis. 

no.67.     Report  of  the  state  botanist,  1902. 

no.68.     Aquatic  insects  in  New  York  state,  by  J.  G.  Needham  and  others. 

no.69.     Report  of  the  state  paleontologist,  1902. 

no.70.     List  of  New  York  mineral  localities,  by  H.  P.  Whitlock. 

no.7i.  Feeding  habits  and  growth  of  Venus  mercenaria,  by  J.  L.  Kel- 
logg. 

UNITED  STATES— National  museum. 

Bulletin.     no.33-date.     1889-date T507  U2Sb 

V.1-3  containing  no.  1-16  may  be  found  in  Miscellaneous  collections  of 

the  Smithsonian  institution,  v.  13,   23—24,  rso6  S66m. 

no.39  is  not  yet  finished;  the  library  has  pts.A-P. 
Bulletins  no.  1-50  are  indexed  in  Bulletin  no.si. 

Proceedings,  1878-date.     v.i-date.     1879-date r507  U2S 

v.i-23,  1878-1900,  are  indexed  in  Bulletin  no.51  of  the  Museum, 
r507  U25b. 


508     Collected  works 


BOYLE,  Robert. 

Works.    6v.    1772 qrso8  B67 

Life  of  Robert  Boyle,  by  Thomas  Birch,  v.i,  p.6-^i8. 
BUFFON,  Georges  Louis  Leclerc,  comte  de. 

CEuvres  completes,  avec  les  descriptions  anatomiques  de  Dau- 

benton.    44V.     1824-32  rsoS  B86 

v.i-ii.       Theorie  de  la  terre. 

V.I 2.  Histoire  generale  des  animaux. 


HISTORY  OF  SCIENCE  587 

V.13-1S.  Histoire  naturelle  de  I'homme. 

V.  16-29.  Mammiferes. 

T.30-40.  Oiseaux. 

V.41.  Planches:   Theorie  de  la  terre. — Histoire  des  mineraux. — Hi* 

toire  naturelle  de  I'homme. — Histoire  naturelle  des  animaux. 

v.42-43.  Planches:  Mammiferes. 

V.44.  Planches:  Oiseaux. 

DAVY,  Sir  Humphry. 

Collected  works;  ed.  by  his  brother  John  Davy.   gv.    1839-40.  .r5o8  D32 
V.I.    Memoirs  of  his  life,  by  John  Davy, 
v.a.    Early  miscellaneous  papers. 
V.3.    Researches,  chiefly  concerning  nitrous  oxide. 
V.4.    Elements  ot  chemical  philosophy. 

V.5.     Bakerian  lectures  and  miscellaneous  papers  from  1806  to  1815. 
V.6.    Miscellaneous  papers  and  researches. 
V.7.    Discourses    delivered   before   the   Royal   society,    and   Agricultural 

lectures,  pt.i. 
V.8.    Agricultural  lectures,  pt.2;  and  other  lectures. 
V.9.    Salmonia,  and  Consolation  in  travel. 


509     History  of  science 


BUCKLEY,  Arabella  Burton,  afterward  Mrs  Fisher. 

Short  history  of  natural  science,  and  of  the  progress  of  dis- 
covery from  the  time  of  the  Greeks  to  the  present  day. 

1892   JS09  B85 

"This  simply  written  and  admirable  little  work  gives  to  chemistry  its 
share  of  space  in  the  history  of  science.  It  can  be  cordially  recom- 
mended to  all  who  wish  to  read  of  the  mutual  relations  of  the 
sciences,  and  their  growth  from  earliest  times."     H.  C.  Bolton. 

GRIMSHAW,  Robert. 

Record  of  scientific  progress  for  1891.     1892 509  G92 

HOFF,  Jacob  Hendrik  van't. 

Ueber  die  entwickelung  der  exakten  naturwissenschaften  im 
19.  jahrhundert  and  die  betheiligung  der  deutschen  gelehr- 
ten  an  dieser  entwickelung.     1900 r509  H67 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Advance  of  science  in  the  last  half-century.     1901  509  H98 

Reprinted  from  "The  reign  of  Queen  Victoria,  a  survey  of  fifty  years 
of  progress;"  ed.  by  T.  H.  Wood. 

LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

Fifty  years  of  science;  being  the  address  delivered  at  York 

to  the  British  association,  1881.     1895 509  L96 

WHEWELL,  William. 

History  of  the  inductive  sciences.    2v.     1894 509  W62 

"One  of  the  great  books  of  the  last  half  century... 'The  Relations  of 
Greek  Philosophy  to  the  Physical  Sciences;'  the  'Physical  Sciences  in 
Antiquity;'  the  'Physical  Sciences  in  the  Middle  Ages;'  the  'Mechani- 
cal Sciences;'  the  'Analytical  Sciences,'  and  the  'Organical  Sciences,' 
are  the  pities  under  which  the  eighteen  books  of  this  remarkable  work 
are  grouped."    C.  K.  Adams. 

WILLIAMS,  Henry  Smith. 

Story  of  19th  century  science.     1900 509  W74 

"A  serious  work,  written  by  a  man  who,  if  he  does  not  everywhere  show 
himself  a  master  of  the  particular  branch  of  science  of  which  he  is 
treating.  .  .yet  does  show  that  he  knows  what  science  really  is  better 
than  a  good  many  men  who  go  by  the  name  of  scientists."  Nation, 
1900. 


MATHEMATICS 


510     Mathematics 

CASTLE,  Frank. 

Workshop  mathematics.     2v.     1900   510  C27 

Treats  of  arithmetic,  algebra  and  mensuration  in  a  simple,  practical 
manner.  Written  for  workmen  desiring  a  knowledge  of  such  mathe- 
matical subjects  as  may  be  of  use  in  the  workshop. 

CHICAGO  RECORD,  pub. 

Mathematics.     1899.     (Home   study   circle;    ed.   by   Seymour 

Eaton.)   510  C43 

Contents:  Mechanics'   bids  and   estimates. — Mensuration   for   beginners. — 
Easy  lessons   in   geometrical   drawing. — Elementary   algebra. — A  first 
course  in  geometry. 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.E. 

Interpretation  of  mathematical  formulae.     1898 510  H83 

LUBSEN,  Heinrich  Borchert. 

Mathematics  self-taught;  adapted  from  the  German  by  H.  H. 

Suplee.    V.I.     1897 510  L96 

V.I.    Arithmetic  and  algebra. 
MERRIMAN,  Mansfield,  &  Woodward,  R.S.  ed. 

Higher  mathematics;  a  text-book  for  colleges.     1896 510  M63 

Contents:  Merriman,  Mansfield.  Solution  of  equations. — Weld,  L.  G. 
Determinants.— Halsted,  G.B.  Projective  geometry. — McMahon, 
James.  Hyperbolic  functions. — Byerly,  VV.E.  Harmonic  functions. — 
Fiske,  T.S.  Functions  of  a  complex  variable. — Johnson,  W.W.  Differ- 
ential equations. — Hyde,  E.W.  Grassman's  space  analysis. — Macfar- 
lane,  Alexander.  X'ector  analysis  and  quaternions. — Woodward,  R.S. 
Probability  and  theory  of  errors. — Smith,  D.E.  History  of  modern 
mathematics. 

ORMSBY,  M.T. 

Elementary  practical  mathematics.     1900 510  O28 

Contents :  Arithmetic. — Algebra. — Geometry. — Trigonometry. — Solid  ge- 
ometry.— Mensuration. — Differential  and  integral  calculus. 

Includes  the  parts  of  various  branches  of  mathematics  which  are  fre- 
quently employed  in  the  workshop,  paying  special  attention  to  the  use 
of  mathematical  knowledge  for  practical  calculations. 

PERRY,  John,  b.  1850. 

Practical  mathematics ;  summary  of  six  lectures  delivered  to 
workingmen,  with  exercises  supposed  to  be  worked  after 
every  lecture.     1899  510  P44 

Published  by  the  Department  of  science  and  art  of  the  committee  of 
council  on  education,   London. 

CLIFFORD,  William  Kingdon. 

Common  sense  of  the  exact  sciences.     1894.     (International 

scientific    series.) 510. i    C58 

Contents:     Number. — Space. — Quantity. — Position. — Motion. 
DE  MORGAN,  Augustus. 

On  the  study  and  difficulties  of  mathematics.     1898 510. i  D42 

DAVIES,  Charles,  &  Peck,  W.  G.  comp. 

Mathematical  dictionary.     1883 .«.  .  .r5io.3  D31 

CAYLEY,  Arthur. 

Collected  mathematical  papers.     14V.     1889-98 qr5io.4  C29 

y.14  contains  an  index. 

"Ten  years  ago  Cayley  commenced  the  gathering  together  of  his  numer- 
ous contributions  to  the  leading  mathematical  journals  of  Europe  and 
America.  They  date  from  1841  while  he  was  yet  a  Cambridge  under- 
graduate, and  were  900  in  number  when  the  work  of  collective  publica- 
tion commenced... We  have  before  us  the  thirteen  huge  volumes  of 


MATHEMATICS  589 


mathematical  essays,  reviews,  and  criticisms  testifying  to  the  amazing 
zeal  and  untiring  industry  of  the  greatest  mathematical  intellect  of  the 
present  century."     Literature,  1898. 

LAGRANGE,  Joseph  Louis,  comte. 

Lectures  on  elementary  mathematics;  tr.  by  T.  J.   McCor- 

mack.     1898 510.4  Lis 

Biographical  sketch  of  the  author,  p. 7-13. 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Publications;  inathematics.     v.i-date.     1897-date r5io.5  P39 

V.I.     Aley,   R.J.     Contributions   to  the   geometry   of  the  triangle. — Heyl, 
P.R.     Properties  of  the  locus  r=constant,  in  space  of  n  dimensions. 

SCHUBERT,  Hermann. 

Mathematical  essays  and  recreations.     1898 510.7  S38 

Contents:  Notion  and  definition  of  number. — Monism  in  arithmetic. — 
On  the  nature  of  mathematical  knowledge. — The  magic  square. — The 
fourth  dimension. — The  squaring  of  the  circle. 

SMITH,  David  Eugene. 

Teaching  of  elementary   matheinatics.      1900.      (Teachers' 

professional    library.) 510.7    S64 

"Teacher's  book-shelf,"  p.297-305. 

510.8  Tables  and  instruments 

BABBAGE,  Henry  Prevost,  ed. 

Babbage's    calculating   engines;    a    collection    of   papers    re- 
lating to  them,  their  history  and  construction.     1889..  ..qrsio.S  Bii 
ELLWOOD,  J.K. 

Table  book  and  test  problems  in  mathematics.     1892 510.8  E5.3 

HALL,  John  L.  comp. 

Tables  of  squares;  containing  the  true  square  of  every  foot 
and  fraction  thereof  from  o  to  100  feet  advancing  by  one- 
sixteenth  of  an  inch.     1899 r5io.8  H17 

HALSEY,  Frederic  Arthur. 

Use  of  the  slide  rule.     1899 5io.8  H18 

Mainly  a  reprint  of  a  series  of  articles  which  originally  appeared  in 
the   "American   machinist." 

TAYLOR,  F.  Glanville. 

Introduction  to  the  practical  use  of  logarithms,  with  examples 

in  mensuration.     1901   510.8  T25 

Thorough  explanation  in  simple  language  of  the  methods  of  calculation 
by  the  use  of  logarithms. 

510.9  History  of  mathematics 

CAJORI,  Florian. 

History  of  mathematics.     189S 510.9  Cl2 

FINK,  Karl. 

Brief  history  of  mathematics.     1900 510.9  F49 

GOW,  James. 

Short  history  of  Greek  mathematics.     1884 510.9  G75 

511     Arithmetic 

COLBURN,  Warren. 

Intellectual  arithmetic  upon  the  inductive  method.     1884. .  .  .511  C67 


590  ARITHMETIC 


CONANT,  Levi  Leonard. 

The  number  concept;  its  origin  and  development.    1896 511  C74 

DEAN,  Philotus. 

Intermediate  arithmetic;   for  public  schools  and  academies. 

1865 rsii   D34 

GOFF,  Milton  B. 

First  book  in  arithmetic.     1876 rSii  Gs6 

HOW  to  become  quick  at  figures.     1885 511  H84 

LANDER,  S. 

Our  own  primary  arithmetic.     1863 rsii  L22 

This  is  a  Confederate  publication  with  some  curious  propositions. 

Our  own  school  arithmetic.     1863 rsii  L220 

This  is  a  Confederate  publication  with  some  curious  propositions. 
LANGLEY,  Edward  Mann. 

Treatise  on  computation;  methods  for  contracting  and  abbre- 
viating arithmetical  calculations.     1895 Sii  L25 

McLELLAN,  James  Alexander,  &  Dewey,  John. 

Psychology  of  number  and  its  applications  to  methods  of 
teaching  arithmetic.  1895.  (International  education 
series.)    511   M19 

For  teachers  in  elementary  schools. 

"Knowing  the  nature  and  origin  of  number  and  numerical  properties 
as  psychological  facts,  the  teacher  knows  how  the  mind  works  in  the 
construction  of  number,  and  is  prepared  to  help  the  child  think 
number;  is  prepared  to  use  a  method,  helpful  to  the  normal  move- 
ment of  the  mind.  In  other  words,  rational  method  in  arithmetic 
must  be  based  on  the  psychology  of  number."     Authors. 

MERRIFIELD,  Charles  Watkins. 

Technical  arithmetic  and  mensuration.      1896.     (Text-books 

of  science.)  511  M63 

The  same;  Key,  by  John  Hunter.     1889.     (Text-books  of 

science.)   511  M63h 

Assumes  some  previous  knowledge  of—the  subject.  Reviews  carefully 
the  elementary  part,  and  gives  a  plain,  thorough  treatment  of  the 
more  advanced  portions. 

SEELEY,  Levi. 

Grube's  method  of  teaching  arithmetic.     1891 511  S45 

Authorities,  p. 4;  sketch  of  Grube,  p.s-6. 

SOLDAN,  F.Louis. 

How  to  teach  elementary  arithmetic;  Grube's  method  of  teach- 
ing arithmetic  explained,  with  practical  hints  and  illustra- 
tions.   1878 511  S68 

SONNENSCHEIN,  Adolf,  &  Nesbitt,  H.A. 

Science  and  art  of  arithmetic,  for  the  use  of  schools.    2v.  in  i. 

1870 Sii  S69 

STOCKTON,  Joseph. 

Western  calculator;  or,  A  new  system  of  practical  arithme- 
tic.    1839 rsii   S86 

Key  to  the  Western  calculator,  by  John  Armstrong. 

1836 rsii  S86k 

WENTWORTH,  George  Albert,  &  Hill,  Thomas. 

High  school  arithmetic.     1893 511  W52 


ALGEBRA  591 

512     Algebra 

FINE,  Henry  Burchard. 

Number-system  of  algebra  treated  theoretically  and  historic- 
ally.    1890 512  F49 

GRIFFIN,  William  Nathaniel. 

Elements  of  algebra  and  trigonometry.     1892.     (Text-books  of 

science.)   512  G89 

"The  purpose  of  this  book  is  to  explain  the  rudiments  of  Algebra  and 
Trigonometry  to  artisans  and  others,  who  may  wish  to  be  acquainted 
with  them  so  far  as  to  make  the  computations  which  arise  in  practice, 
and  to  read  books  in  which  science  is  treated  mathematically." 
Preface. 

Notes  on  the  elements  of  algebra  and  trigonometry,  with  so- 
lutions of  the  more  difficult  questions.    1892.    (Text-books 

of  science.)   512  G89n 

HIGGS.  W.  Paget. 

Algebra  self-taught,  for  the  use  of  mechanics,  young  engineers 

and  home  students.     1898 512  H53 

A  brief  outline  of  elementary  algebra,  intended  to  give  a  practical  work- 
ing knowledge  sufficient  to  enable  students  to  use  the  formulx  ordi- 
narily found  in  technical  writings. 

LAGNY,  Thomas  Fantet  de. 

Analyse  generale;  ou,  Methodes  nouvelles  pour  re'soudre  les 
problemes  de  tous  les  genres  &  de  tous  les  degrez  a  I'in- 

fini.     1733   qr5i2   L15 

Suite  des  Memoires  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sciences,  1733. 

NEWCOMB,  Simon. 

Algebra  for  schools  and  colleges.     1888 S12  N26 

TODHUNTER,  Isaac. 

Algebra.      1889 S12   T55 

WENTWORTH,  George  Albert. 

Elements  of  algebra.     1898 512  WS2 

The  same.     1901 r5i2  W52 

WILSON,  Edwin  Bidwell. 

Vector  analysis ;  a  text-book  for  the  use  of  students  of  mathe- 
matics and  physics,  founded  upon  the  lectures  of  J.  W. 
Gibbs.     1901.     (Yale  bicentennial  publications.) S12.24  W76 

Contents:  Addition  and  scalar  multiplication. — Direct  and  skew  products 
of  vectors. —  The  differential  calculus  of  vectors. —  The  integral  cal- 
culus of  vectors. — Linear  vector  functions. — Rotations  and  strains. — 
Miscellaneous  applications. 

A  system  designed  to  be  of  especial  value  in  its  application  to  physics 
and  geometry. 

512.8     Higher  algebra 

MUIR,  Thomas. 

Treatise  on  the  theory  of  determinants,  with  graduated  sets 

of  exercises;  for  use  in  colleges  and  schools.    1882. .  .  .512.83  M9S 
McGINNIS,  M.A. 

Universal  solution  for  numerical  and  literal  equations,  by 
which  the  roots  of  equations  of  all  degrees  can  be  ex- 
pressed in  terms  of  their  coefficients.     1900 512.84  M16 

Binder's  title  reads  Functions  of  squares. 


38 


S92  GEOMETRY 

LAURENT,  Hermann. 

L'elimination.      1900.      (Scientia;    serie   physico-mathe- 

matique.) r5i2.85  L37 

513     Geometry 

BEMAN,  Wooster  Woodruff,  &  Smith,  David  Eugene. 

Plane  and  solid  geometry.     1898 513  B42 

EUCLID. 

Elements;  first  six  books  and  portions  of  the  eleventh  and 

twelfth.     1891 513  E91 

LARMOR,  Alexander. 

Geometrical   exercises   from   Nixon's   "Euclid   revised,"   with 

solutions.     1901  513  L32 

NEWCOMB,  Simon. 

Elements  of  geometry.     1889 513  N26 

SCHULTZE,  Arthur,  &  Sevenoak,  F.L. 

Plane  and  solid  geometry.     1901 513  S38 

WATSON,  Henry  William. 

Elements  of  plane  and  solid  geometry.    1890.    (Text-books  of 

science.)    513  W31 

WENT  WORTH,  George  Albert. 

Text-book  of  geometry.     1898 513  WS2 

Includes  both  plane  and  solid  geometry, 

LOBATSCHEWSKY,  Nicholaus. 

Geometrical  researches  on  the  theory  of  parallels.    1892 513.8  L75 

MANNING,  Henry  Parker. 

Non-Euclidean  geometry.     1901 S13.8  M33 

WILLINK,  Arthur. 

The  world  of  the  unseen;  an  essay  on  the  relation  of  higher 

space  to  things  eternal.     1893 ^ 513-8  W75 

KLEIN,  Felix. 

Famous  problems  of  elementary  geometry;  the  duplication 
of  the  cube,  the  trisection  of  an  angle,  the  quadrature 

of  the  circle.     1897 513-9  K31 

SPENCER,  William  George. 

Inventional    geometry;    a   series    of  problems.      1876. 

(Science  primers.) 513-9   S74 

514    Trigonometry 

NEWCOMB,  Simon. 

Elements  of  plane  and  spherical  trigonometry.    1889 514  N26 

The  same,  with  logarithmic  and  other  mathematical  tables. 

1889    514  N26e 

WENTWORTH,  George  Albert. 

Plane  and  spherical  trigonometry  and  tables.     1897 5^4  W52 

TODHUNTER,  Isaac. 

Plane  trigonometry.     1890 5145  T5S 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOMETRY  593 


515     Descriptive  geometry 

WILLSON,  Frederick  Newton. 

Descriptive  geometry,  pure  and  applied;  with  a  chapter  on 
higher  plane  curves  and  the  helix;  a  theoretical  and  practi- 
cal treatise  prepared  for  courses  in  general  science,  engi- 
neering and  architecture.     1898 q5i5  W76 

PILLET,  Jules. 

Shades  and  shadows;  an  exposition  of  short  and  con- 
venient methods  for  determining  the  shades  and 
shadows  of  objects  illuminated  by  the  conventional 
parallel  rays.     i8g6 qbsi5.7  P59 


515.8     Stereotomy 

BUCK,  Joseph  Haywood  Watson. 

Construction  of  large  tunnel  shafts.     1880 515-8  B8s 

DOBSON,  Edward. 

Rudiments  of  masonry  and  stonecutting;  the  principles  of 
masonic  projection  and  their  application  to  the  con- 
struction of  curved  wing-walls  and  domes,  oblique 
bridges  and  Roman  and  Gothic  vaulting.     1895 515-8  D65 

"Devoted.  .  .to  the  scientific  pperations  of  stone-cutting,  and  to  the  ex- 
planation of  the  methods  by  which  the  mason  obtains,  from  the  de- 
signs of  the  architect,  the  exact  shape  of  each  stone  in  a  building." 
Introduction. 

MAHAN,  Dennis  Hart. 

Descriptive  geometry,  as  applied  to  the  drawing  of  fortifica- 
tion and  stereotomy ;  for  the  use  of  the  cadets  of  the  U.  S. 

military  academy.     1900 515-8  M2S 

SIEBERT,  John  Selmar,  &  Biggin,  F.  C. 

Modern  stone-cutting  and  masonry.    1896 515-8  SS7 

WARREN,  Samuel  Edward. 

Stereotomy;  problems  in  stone  cutting,  for  students  of  engi- 
neering and  architecture.     1898 515-8  W24 

Contents:  Plane-sided  structures. — Structures  containing  developable  sur- 
faces.— Structures  containing  warped  surfaces. — Structures  containing 
double-curved  surfaces. 


516     Analytical  geometry 

FONTENELLE,  Bernard  le  Bovier  de. 

filements  de  la  geometric  de  I'infini.  1727 qr5i6  F74 

Suite  des  Memoires  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sciences,  1727. 

NEWCOMB,  Simon. 

Elements  of  analytic  geometry.     1889 516  N26 

"The  author  has  endeavored  so  to  arrange  the  present  work  that  it  shall 
be  adapted  both  to  those  who  do  and  those  who  do  not  desire  to  make 
a  special  study  of  advanced  mathematics."     Preface. 

TANNER,  John  Henry,  &  Allen,  Joseph. 

Elementary    course    in    analytic    geometry.      1898.      (Cornell 

mathematical  series.)  516  T18 


594  CALCULUS 

ALDIS,  William  Steadman. 

Elementary  treatise  on  solid  geometry.     1886 516.5  A36 

Partial  contents:     Transformation   of  co-ordinates. — On  generating  lines 
and  sections  of  quadrics. — On  the  surfaces  represented  by  the  general 
equation   of   the   second   degree. — On   tangent    lines   and    planes. — On 
curves  in  space. — On  envelopes. — On  curvature  of  surfaces. 
FROST,  Percival. 

Solid  geometry.    2v.     1886-87 5^6.5  F95 

Partial  contents: 

V.I.  On  coordinate  systems. — General  description  of  loci  of  equations.— 
Projections  of  lines  and  areas. — General  equation  of  the  first  degree. 
— Quadriplanar  and  tetrahedral  coordinates.  —  Four-point  coordi- 
nate system. — Loci  of  equations. — Transformation  of  coordinates. — 
On  certain  surfaces  of  the  second  degree.  —  On  generation  by 
straight  lines. — Tangents. — Confocal  conicoids. — General  equation 
of  the  second  degree. — Reciprocal  polars. — Clusters  of  conicoids. — 
Tortuous  curves. — Geodesic  lines. — Curvilinear  coordinates. 

V.2.    Hints  for  the  solution  of  problems. 

REYE,  Theodor. 

Lectures  on  the  geometry  of  position,    v.i.     1898 516.5  R37 

TODHUNTER,  Isaac,  comp. 

Examples  of  analytical  geometry  of  three  dimensions.    1878.  .516.5  T5Se 
TODHUNTER,  Isaac. 

Treatise  on  plane  co-ordinate  geometry  and  conic  sections. 

1888 S16.5   T55 

HAMILTON,  Sir  William  Rowan. 

Elements  of  quaternions;  ed.  by  C.  J.  Joly.    2v.     1899-1901.  .qrsi6.8  H21 
McAULAY,  Alexander. 

Octonions;  a  development  of  Clifford's  bi-quaternions. 

1898  S16.8  Mil 

TAIT,  Peter  Guthrie. 

An  elementary  treatise  on  quaternions.     1890 516.8  T14 

517     Calculus 

DE  MORGAN,  Augustus. 

Elementary  illustrations  of  the  differential  and  integral  calcu- 
lus.    1899 517.1  D42 

Bibliography,  p.135-142. 

EDSER,  Edwin. 

Differential  and  integral  calculus  for  beginners;  adapted  to 

the  use  of  students  of  physics  and  mechanics.     1901 . . .  .517.1  E29 
Requires  only  a  thorough  knowledge  of  elementary  algebra  and  geome- 

trv. 

FONTAINE,  Alexis. 

Memoires  donnes  a  1' Academic  royale  des  sciences,  non  im- 

primes  dans  leur  temps.     1764 qr5i7.i  F73 

GOULD,  Edward  Sherman,  civil  engineer. 

Primer  of  the  calculus.    1899 517.1  G73 

LAMBERT,  Preston  Albert. 

Differential  and  integral  calculus  for  technical  schools  and 

colleges.     1898 517.1   L18 

NEWCOMB,  Simon. 

Elements  of  the  differential  and  integral  calculus.     1889.  .  .517.1  N26 
PERRY,  John,  b.  1850. 

Calculus  for  engineers.     1897 5i7-i  P44 


ASTRONOMY  595 

SMITH,  Robert  Hy. 

The  calculus  for  engineers  and  physicists.    1897 5i7-i  S6s 

JOHNSON,  William  Woolsey. 

Treatise    on   ordinary   and   partial    differential   equations. 

1896 517.2  J36 

TANNENBERG,  W.  de. 

Legons  nouvelles  sur  les  applications  geometriques  du  calcul 

differentiel.      1899 qr5i7.2   T18 

WILLIAMSON,  Benjamin. 

Elementary  treatise  on  the  differential   calculus,  containing 

the  theory  of  plane  curves.     1895.  • 517-2  W7S 

GAUSS,  Karl  Friedrich. 

General  investigations  of  curved  surfaces  of  1827  and  1825 ;  tr. 
with  notes  by  J.  C.  Morehead  and  A.  M.  Hiltebeitel. 
1902 qr5i7.26  G24 

Bibliography,  p.117-126. 

TODHUNTER,  Isaac. 

Treatise  on  the  integral  calculus  and  its  applications,  with  nu- 
merous examples.     1895 517-3  TS5 

WILLIAMSON,  Benjamin. 

Elementary  treatise  on  the  integral  calculus,  containing  ap- 
plications to  plane  curves  and  surfaces  and  a  chapter  on 

the  calculus  of  variations.     1896 517-3  W75 

FORSYTH,  Andrew  Russell. 

Treatise  on  differential  equations.     1888 51738  F78 


519     Probabilities 

VENN,  John. 

The  logic  of  chance;  an  essay  on  the  theory  of  probability, 
with  especial   reference  to   its  application  to   moral  and 

social  science  and  to  statistics.     1888 Si9-i  V26 

HOLMAN,  Silas  Whitcomb. 

Discussion  of  the  precision  of  measurements.    1894 519-6  H73 

CHAUVENET,  William. 

Treatise  on  the  method  of  least  squares,  or  the  application  of 
the  theory  of  probabilities  in  the  combination  of  observa- 
tions.    1888 519.8  C41 

MERRIMAN,  Mansfield. 

Text-book  on  the  method  of  least  squares.    1891 519-8  M63 


520     Astronomy 


BALL,  Sir  Robert  Stawell. 

Elements  of  astronomy.     1896.     (Text-books  of  science.) 520  Bai 

CLERKE,  Agnes  Mary,  atid  others. 

The  concise  knowledge  astronomy.     1898 520  C57 

Contents:  Gierke,  A.M.  History. — Fowler,  A.  Geometrical  astronomy 
and  astronomical  instruments. — Gierke,  A.M.  The  solar  system. — 
Gore,  J.E.     The  sidereal  heavens. 


596  ASTRONOMY 

DURHAM,  William. 

Astronomy.     1890.     (Science  in  plain  language.) 520  D94 

LAPLACE,  Pierre  Simon,  marquis  de. 

Exposition  du  systeme  du  monde.    2v.     1836 rS20  L31 

Includes  a  short  history  of  astronomy. 

Sketch  of  the  life  and  work  of  the  author,  v.i,  p.  1-28. 

LOCKYER,  Sir  Joseph  Norman. 

Astronomy.     I1879.]      (Science  primers.) 520  'LyS^z. 

NEWCOMB,^imon. 

Elements  of  astronomy.     1900 520  N26e 

"So  simple  and  elementary  and  without  detail  is  it  that  it  can  hardly  be 
said  to  have  any  competitors  at  present  in  the  field."    Nation,  1901. 

Popular  astronomy.     1893 520  N26 

An  admirable  popular  text-book. 

NEWCOMB,  Simon,  &  Holden,  E.S. 

Astronomy.     1892.     (American  science  series;  briefer 

course.)    520  N26as 

A  clear  elementary  presentation  of  the  subject  Requires  a  slight 
knowledge  of  algebra  and  geometry.  An  excellent  book  to  follow 
Bowen's  "Astronomy  by  observation." 

Astronomy  for  high  schools  and  colleges.     1893.     (American 

science  series;  advanced  course.) 520  N26a 

YOUNG,  Charles  Augustus. 

Elements  of  astronomy.     1894 520  Y36e 

A  more  elementary  treatment  of  the  material  contained  in  Young's 
"Text-book  of  general  astronomy." 

Lessons  in  astronomy.     1895 520  Y36I 

Text-book  of  general  astronomy.     1895 520  Y36 

A  standard,  comprehensive  text-book  for  colleges  and  scientific  schools. 

520.4     Essays 

ADAMS,  George,  1750-95. 

Astronomical  and  geographical  essays.     1795 r520.4  A2T 

JACOBY,  Harold. 

Practical  talks  by  an  astronomer.     1902 520.4  J13 

Contents:  Navigation  at  sea. — The  Pleiades. — The  pole-star. — Nebulae. — 
Temporary  stars. — Galileo. — The  planet  of  1898. — How  to  make  a  sun- 
dial. —  Photography  in  astronomy.  —  Time  standards  of  the  world. — 
Motions  of  the  earth's  pole. —  Saturn's  rings. —  The  heliometer. — Oc- 
cultations. — Mounting  great  telescopes. — The  astronomer's  pole. — The 
moon  hoax. — The  sun's  destination. 

MITCHEL,  Ormsby  MacKnight. 

Six  lectures  on  astronomy.    1848 r520.4  M74 

PROCTOR,  Richard  Anthony. 

Borderland  of  science.     1874 520.4  P96b 

Expanse  of  heaven;  a  series  of  essays  on  the  wonders  of  the 

firmament.     1897 520.4  P96e 

Myths  and  marvels  of  astronomy.     1893 520.4  P96 

On  astrology,  the  pyramids,  Swedenborg's  visions,  suns  in  flames, 
comets  as  portents,  Saturn,  the  lunar  hoax,  the  constellation 
figures,  etc. 

Other  suns  than  ours,  with  two  essays  on  whist.    1891 520.4  P960 

RAMSAY,  W.W. 

Sky  wonders.     1893 r520.4  R18 


ASTRONOMY  597 


520.5     Periodicals 

ASTRONOMY  and  astro-physics;  monthly,     v.ii-13.     1892- 

94 qr520.5  S56 

Being  V.II-13  of  the  Sidereal  messenger. 
No  more  published. 

ASTROPHYSICAL  journal;  an  international  review  of  spec- 
troscopy and  astronomical  physics;  monthly,    v.i-date. 
1895-date rS20.S  A85 

POPULAR  astronomy;  monthly,  1893-date.    v.i-date.    1894- 

date qr520.5  P81 

SIDEREAL  messenger;  monthly.    13V.  in  9.    1883-94 qr520.5  Ss6 

V.II-13  title  reads  Astronomy  and  astro-physics. 
No  more  published. 

520.9     History  of  astronomy 

BERRY,  Arthur. 

Short  history  of  astronomy.     1899 S20.9  B4S 

"Authorities  and  books  for  students,"  p.411-416. 
CLERKE,  Agnes  Mary. 

Popular  history  of  astronomy  during  the  19th  century. 

1902 520.9  CS7P 

The  same.    1893 r520.9  C57 

An  interesting  and  accurate  review. 

"With  rare  judgment  [the  author]  orders  fact  and  theory  in  their  due 
proportions,  pointing  out  their  accordances,  discrepancies  and  contra- 
dictions."    Knowledge,  1903. 

GRANT,  Robert,  1814-92. 

History  of  physical  astronomy  to  the  middle  of  the  19th  cen- 
tury.    1852. 520.9  G78 

HOLD  EN,  Edward  Singleton. 

Stories  of  the  great  astronomers;  conversations  with  a  child. 

1900 JS20.9  H71 

LEBON,  Ernest. 

Histoire  abregee  de  I'astronomie.     1899 520.9  L47 

"Dictionnaire  biographique  et  bibliographique,"  p.339-374. 
LODGE,  Sir  Oliver  Joseph. 

Pioneers  of  science.     1893 520.9  L76 

Contents:  Copernicus  and  the  motion  of  the  earth. — Tycho  Brahe  and 
the  earliest  observatory. — Kepler  and  the  laws  of  planetary  motion. — 
Galileo  and  the  invention  of  the  telescope. — Galileo  and  the  inquisi- 
tion. —  Descartes  and  his  theory  of  vortices.  —  Sir  Isaac  Newton.  — 
Newton  and  the  law  of  gravitation. —  Newton's  Principia. —  Roemer 
and  Bradley  and  the  velocity  of  light. —  Lagrange  and  Laplace;  the 
stability  of  the  solar  system  and  the  nebular  hypothesis.  —  Herschel 
and  the  motion  of  the  fixed  stars. — The  discovery  of  the  asteroids. — 
Bessel;  the  distances  of  the  stars  and  the  discovery  of  the  stellar 
planets.  —  The  discovery  of  Neptune.  —  Comets  and  meteors.  —  The 
tides. — The  tides  and  planetary  evolution. 

TURNER,  Herbert  Hall. 

Modern  astronomy;  some  account  of  the  revolution  of  the  last 

quarter  of  a  century.     1901 520.9  T86 

Contents:  Modern  instruments.— Modem  methods.— Modem  results.— 
Modern  mathematical  astronomy. 
The  same.    1901 r520.9  T86 


598  ASTRONOMY 


521     Theoretical  astronomy 

CASSINI,  Jacques. 

filemens  d'astronomie.     1740  qrS2i  C26e 

Suite  des  Memoires  de  rAcademie  des  sciences,  1740. 

WATSON,  James  C. 

Theoretical  astronomy,  relating  to  the  motions  of  the  heavenly 

bodies  revolving  around  the  sun.     1892 521.12  W32 

ADAMS,  John  Couch. 

Lectures  on  the  lunar  theory;  ed.  by  R.  A.  Sampson.     1900.  ..521.6  A21 
BROWN,  Ernest  W. 

Introductory  treatise  on  the  lunar  theory.    1896 qr52i.6  B78 


522     Practical  astronomy 

CAMPBELL,  William  Wallace. 

The  elements  of  practical  astronomy.     1899 522  Ci6e 

Handbook   of  practical  astronomy  for   students   and   en- 
gineers.    1891 522   C16 

LOCKYER,  Sir  Joseph  Norman. 

Stargazing,  past  and  present.     1878 522  L76 

Contents:  The  pre-telescopic  age. — The  telescope. — ^Time  and  space 
measurers. — Modem  meridional  observations. — ^The  equatorial. — ^Astro- 
nomical physics. 

LOOMIS,  Elias. 

Introduction  to  practical  astronomy,  with  astronomical  tables. 

1894 522  L8s 

WARNER  &  SWASEY,  pub. 

A  few  astronomical  instruments  from  the  works  of  Warner 

&  Swasey ;  [plates] .    1900 qr522  W23 


522.1     Observatories 

ALLEGHENY  OBSERVATORY. 

Publications,     v.1-2.     [1869-95.] qr522.iA42 

Reprints  from  technical  periodicals. 
CALIFORNIA  UNIVERSITY— Lick  observatory. 

Publications,  1900-date.     v.4-date.     1900-date qr522.i  C13 

V.4.     Tucker,  R.  H.     Meridian  circle  observations  of  310  standard  stars, 

1893- 1896. 
v.s.    Hussey,  W.J.    Micrometrical   observations   of   the   double  stars  dis- 
covered at  Pulkowa. 
v.6.     Tucker,    R.  H.      Meridian    circle    observations    made    at   the    Lick 
observatory,  1896-1901. 

CHICAGO  UNIVERSITY— Yerkes  observatory. 

Publications,     v.i-date.     1900-date qr522.i   C43 

v.i.    Burnham,  S.W.     A  general  catalogue  of  1290  double  stars. 

HARKNESS,  William,  &  Skinner,  A.N. 

Transit  circle  observations  of  the  sun,  moon,  planets  and  mis- 
cellaneous stars,  1894-1899.  1900.  (In  United  States — Na- 
val observatory.     Publications;  2d  ser.,  v.i.)  . . .  .qr522.i  U25P  v.l 


OBSERVATORIES  599 


LOWELL  OBSERVATORY,  Flagstaff,  Arizona. 

Annals,     v.1-2.     1898-1900 qr522.i  L95 

V.I.  Observations  of  the  planet  Mars  during  the  opposition  of  1894-5, 
made  at  Flagstaff:  Physical  and  micrometric  observations  of  Msira 
and  the  development  and  significance  of  its  phenomena,  by  Perci- 
val  Lowell;  Canals  in  the  dark  regions,  and  terminator  observa- 
tions, by  A    E.  Douglass. 

v.2.  Observations  of  the  planet  Jupiter  and  its  satellites,  1894  and  1895; 
Observations  of  Mars,  1896  and  1897,  made  at  Flagstaff,  ArizcMia  and 
Tacubaya,  Mexico,  by  Percival  Lowell. 

MAUNDER,  Edward  Walter. 

Royal  observatory,  Greenwich;    a  glance  at  its  history  and 

work.     1900  522.1  M49 

An  excellent  account,  by  one  of  its  astronomers,  of  the  observatory,  with 
sketches  and  portraits  of  the  astronomers  royal  who  have  had  charge 
of  the  work,  which  is,  first  of  all  to  assist  navigation  by  observing  the 
motions  of  the  sun,  moon  and  planets,  and  by  making  accurate  star 
catalogues. 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Publications;  series  in  astronomy,    v.i,  no.2.     1899 qr522.i  P39 

V.I,  no.2.  Doolittle,  C.L.  Results  of  observations  with  the  zenith 
telescope  of  the  Flower  astronomical  observatory,  Oct.  11,  1896-Aug. 
16,  1898. 

SKINNER,  Aaron  Nichols. 

Zone  observations  with  the  nine-inch  transit  circle,  1894- 
1901.      1902.      (In    United    States — Naval    observatory. 

Publications,  2d  ser.,  v.2.) qr522.i  U25P  v.2 

SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION. 

List  of  observatories.    1902.     (In  its  Miscellaneous  collec- 
tions, V.41.) r5o6  S66m  v.41 

UNITED  STATES — Astrophysical  observatory. 

Annals,    v.i.     1900 qr522.i  U2S1 

v. I.     The  absorption  lines  in  the  infra-red  spectrum  of  the  sun. — Sub- 
sidiary researches. 

UNITED  STATES— Naval  observatory. 

Astronomical  and  meteorological  observations,  1881-1892.   1885- 

99 qrS22.i  U25 

Binder's  title  reads  "Washington  observations." 
Continued  as  Publications,  second  series. 

Publications;  2d  ser.    v.i-date.     1900-date qrS22.i  U2Sp 

Continuation  of  "Astronomical  and  meteorological  observations." 


522.2     Telescopes.       522.6     Spectroscopy 

OLIVER,  John  A.  Westwood,  and  others,  ed. 

Astronomy  for  amateurs;  a  practical  manual  of  telescopic 

research  in  all  latitudes.     1888 522.2  O23 

PROCTOR,  Richard  Anthony. 

Half-hours  with  the  telescope.     1896 522.2  P96 

ROGERS,  Joseph  A. 

The  correction  of  sextants  for  errors  of  eccentricity  and 
graduation.  1890.  (In  Smithsonian  institution.  Mis- 
cellaneous collections,  v.34.) r5o6  S66m  v.34 

SCHEINER,  Julius. 

Treatise  on  astronomical  spectroscopy;  tr.  by  E.  B.  Frost. 


6oo  DESCRIPTIVE  ASTRONOMY 

1894 522.6  S31 

Bibliography,  p.427-472. 

"Excellent  text-book  for  the  student  and  a  useful  book  of  reference  to 
workers  in  spectroscopy."     Nature,  1894. 

523     Descriptive  astronomy 

AMERICAN   SOCIETY  FOR  THE  EXTENSION  OF  UNI- 
VERSITY TEACHING. 
Syllabus  of   lectures   on  general   astronomy,  by   J.  E.  Keeler. 

1895.     (University  extension  lectures.)   rS23  Asi 

"Works  of  reference,"  p.8. 
BALL,  Sir  Robert  Stawell. 

In  the  high  heavens.     1894 523  Baii 

Popular  astronomy;  the  physical  condition  of  other  worlds,  Jupiter's  fifth 
satellite,   Mars,  the  heat  wave  of  1892,  meteorites,  etc. 

Primer  of  astronomy.     1900 523  B2ip 

Star-land.     1893 J523  B21S 

Story  of  the  heavens.     1893 523  B21 

One  of  the  most  interesting  popular  books  on  astronomy. 
BAYNE,  Samuel  Gamble. 

The  pith  of  astronomy,  (without  mathematics).     1896 523  B33 

BOWEN,  Eliza  A. 

Astronomy  by  observation;  an  elementary  text-book  for  high- 
schools  and  academies.     1890 q523  B66 

CHAMBERS,  George  Frederick. 

Handbook   of   descriptive  and   practical   astronomy.     3v. 

1889-90 rS23  C35 

V.I.    The  sun,  planets  and  comets. 
V.2.    Instruments  and  practical  astrononxv. 
V.3.    The  starry  heavens. 

Intended  more  especially  for  those  who  have  small  telescopes.  Contains 
numerous  illustrations. 

Story  of  the  stars.     1895.     (Library  of  useful  stories.) 523  C35 

Describes  the  constellations,  double,  colored,  moving,  temporary  and 
variable  stars,  the  nebulae  and  the  milky  way.     Popular. 

DUNKIN,  Edwin. 

Midnight  sky ;  notes  on  the  stars  and  planets.     1891 qi'523  D92 

FISON,  Alfred  H. 

Recent  advances  in  astronomy.     1898 523  F54 

FLAMMARION,  Camille. 

Popular  astronomy,  a  general  description  of  the  heavens. 

1897    523   F6ip 

Author  IS  an  extremely  popular  French  scientist  and  this  work  has  been 
chosen  by  the  minister  of  education  for  use  in  public  schools.  It  is 
written  in  a  vivid  style,  but  some  of  the  scientific  theories  advanced 
are  hardly  well-founded. 

Wonders  of  the  heavens.     1897.     (Wonders  of  science.)   523  F61 

FRITH,  Henry. 

Marvels  of  astronomy.     (Scientific  recreation  series.) J523  F95 

GIBERNE.  Agnes. 

Radiant  suns;  sequel  to  Sun,  moon  and  stars.     1894 523  G36 

Sun,  moon  and  stars;  astronomy  for  beginners.    1893 J523  G36 

HERSCHEL,  Sir  John  Frederick  William. 

Outlines  of  astronomy.     1893 523  H47 

Practically  the  only  book  in  which  the  problems  of  theoretical  astron- 
omy are  explained  without  the  aid  of  mathematics.     The  difficulties 


DESCRIPTIVE  ASTRONOMY  6oi 

of  the  subject  are  not,  however,  removed  by  this  treatment.  For 
the  nature  and  constitution  of  the  heavenly  bodies  the  reader  should 
consult  more  recent  works. 

HOLDEN,  Edward  Singleton. 

The  earth  and  sky;  a  primer  of  astronomy  for  young  readers. 

1898 J523  H7ie 

Family  of  the  sun;  conversations  with  a  child.     1899 J523  H71 

"Deals  descriptively  with  the  planets  that  form  the  Family  of  the  Sun — 
with  their  appearances  in  the  telescope,  and  with  the  main  deduc- 
tions that  can  be  drawn  from  these  appearances."     Preface. 

HOWE,  Herbert  Alonzo. 

Elements  of  descriptive  astronomy.     1897 '. .  .523  HSse 

List  of  reference  books,  p.320-326. 

Study  of  the  sky.     1896.     (Chautauqua  reading  circle  litera- 
ture.)     523  H85 

LANGLEY,  Samuel  Pierpont. 

The  new  astronomy.     1893 523  L25 

Devoted  entirely  to  the  nature  and  constitution  of  the  heavenly  bodies. 
Written  in  a  very  attractive  style  and  beautifully  illustrated. 

MOORE,  Annie,  &  Nichols,  L.D. 

Overhead;  or,  What  Harry  and  Nelly  discovered  in  the 

heavens.      1879 J523    M87 

Summer  vacation  of  two  children  on  a  farm  in  New  Hampshire  where 
they  hear  delightful  stories  of  the  sun,  moon  and  stars. 

PARKER,  William  Harwar. 

Familiar  talks  on  astronomy.     1890 523  P24 

PROCTOR,  Richard  Anthony. 

Flowers  of  the  sky.     1889 523  'Pg6i 

Popular,  non-technical  chapters  on  the  aurora  borealis,  the  moon,  plan- 
ets, etc. 
Lessons  in  elementary  astronomy,  with  an  appendix  contain- 
ing hints  for  young  telescopists.     1892 523  P96I 

Old  and  new  astronomy;  completed  by  A.  C.  Ranyard. 

1892 qrS23    P960 

Contains  a  clear  account  of  the  facts  and  principles  of  the  older  astron- 
omy. The  treatment  of  some  parts  of  the  new  astronomy  is  very  de- 
fective.   Comets  are  not  mentioned.     It  is  fully  illustrated. 
The  orbs  around  us ;  essays  on  the  moon  and  planets,  meteors 

and  comets,  the  sun  and  coloured  pairs  of  suns.     1894 523  P960 

Other  worlds  than  ours.     1895 523  P96 

Popular  astronomy,  treating  of  the  planets,  moon,  comets,  meteors,  stars, 
etc. 

SERVISS,  Garrett  Putnam. 

Astronomy  with  an  opera-glass.     1893 523  S49 

STEELE,  Joel  Dorman. 

Story  of  the  stars;  new  descriptive  astronomy.    1884 523  S81 

References,  p.8. 
TODD,  David  Peck. 

A  new  astronomy.     1897 523  T55 

"Written  purely  with  a  pedagogic^  purpose,  insistence  upon  tightness 
of  principles,  no  matter  how  simple,  has  everywhere  been  preferred 
to  display  of  precision  in  result."    Preface. 

The  same.     1897 r523  Tss 

Stars  and  telescopes;  a  hand-book  of  popular  astronomy; 

founded  on  Lynn's  Celestial  motions.    1899 523  Ts5$ 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 


6o2  SOLAR  SYSTEM 


WEBB,  Thomas  William. 

Celestial  objects  for  common  telescopes.    2v.     1893-94 S23  W36 

V.I.    The  instrument  and  the  observer. — The  solar  system. 
V.2.    The   stars. 

A  book  which  has  long  been  regarded  as  indispensable  to  the  amateur 
observer. 

WRIGHT,  Mrs  Julia  (McNair). 

Astronomy;  the  sun  and  his  family.    1898 J523  W93 

KANT,  Immanuel. 

Kant's  cosmogony,  as  in  his  essay  on  the  retardation  of  the 
rotation  of  the  earth  and  his  Natural  history  and  theory  of 

the  heavens;  ed.  and  tr.  by  W.  Hastie.     1900 523.1  K12 

Appendices:  Dieterich's  summary  of  Kant's  Theory  of  the  heavens. — The 
Hamburg  account  of  the  theory  of  Thomas  Wright  of  Durham. — De 
Morgan's  account  of  the  speculations  of  Thomas  Wright  of  Durham. 

DfiCOMBE,  L. 

La  celerite  des  ebranlements  de  I'ether.     1900.     (Scientia;  se- 

rie   physico-mathematique.) r523.i5    D36 

Contents:  Considerations  generales  sur  I'ether. — Histoire  de  I'ether. — 
Les  oscillations  hertziennes. — La  formule  de  Newton. — La  vitesse  de 
la  lumiere. — La  vitesse  de  I'electricite. — La  vitesse  de  propagation  de 
I'onde  electromagnetique. — Le  nombre  v  de  Maxwell. — La  dispersion 
dans  le  vide. — L'ether  de  Maxwell. 


523.2     Solar  system.      523.3     Moon 

CHAMBERS,  George  Frederick. 

Story  of  the  solar  system.    1896.     (Library  of  useful 

stories.) 5232  C3S 

LEDGER,  Edmund. 

The  sun,  its  planets  and  their  satellites;  lectures  upon  the 

solar  system  read  in  Gresham  college,  London.    1882 523.2  L51 

GUILLEMIN,  Amedee  Victor. 

Wonders  of  the  moon;  ed.  with  additions  by  Maria  Mitchell. 

1895.     (Wonders  of  science.) 523-3  G96 

NASMYTH,  James,  &  Carpenter,  James. 

The  moon  considered  as  a  planet,  a  world  and  a  satellite. 

1885  5233  N14 

A  popular  book  with  excellent  photographic  illustrations. 
NEISON,  Edmund. 

The  moon  and  the  condition  and  configurations  of  its  surface. 

1876 5233  N21 


523.4     Planets 

LOWELL,  Percival. 

Observations  of  the  planet  Jupiter  and  its  satellites,  1894 
and  1895;  Observations  of  Mars,  1896  and  1897,  made 
at   Flagstaff,    Arizona,    and   Tacubaya,   Mexico.      1900. 

(In  Lowell  observatory.     Annals,  v.2.) qr522.i  L95  v.2 

SERVISS,  Garrett  Putnam. 

Other  worlds ;  their  nature,  possibilities  and  habitability  in  the 

light  of  the  latest  discoveries.     1901 523.4  S49 

Contents :    Mercury. — Venus. — Mars. — The   asteroids. — ^Jupiter. — Saturn. 
— The  moon. — How  to  find  the  planets. 


SUN  603 

DOUGLASS,  Andrew  Ellicott. 

Canals  in  the   dark  regions    [of  Mars] ;  and  Terminator 
observations.     1898.     (In  Lowell  observatory.     Annals, 

V.I,  p.251-378.) qr522.i   Lqs  v.i 

FLAMMARION,  Camille. 

La  planete  Mars  et  ses  conditions  d'habitabilite.     1892.  .q523.43  F61 
LOWELL,  Percival. 

Mars.     1895 52343  LqS 

This  book  is  the  result  of  a  special  study  of  Mars  made  during  the  last 
opposition   at   an   observatory    erected   for   the   purpose   at    Flagstaff, 
Arizona. 
Physical  and  micrometric  observations  of  Mars,  and  the  de- 
velopment and   significance   of  its  phenomena.      1898. 
(In  Lowell  observatory.    Annals,  v.i,  p. 7-250.)  .  . .  .qr522.i  L9S  v.i 
GOULD,  Benjamin  Apthorp. 

Report  on  the  history  of  the  discovery  of  Neptune.  1850.  .r523.48  G73 

Published   by   the    Smithsonian    institution. 


523.5     Meteors.      Aurora  borealis 

LOCKYER,  Sir  Joseph  Norman. 

Meteoritic  hypothesis.     1890 523.5  L76 

ANGOT,  Alfred. 

The   aurora   borealis.      1897.      (International   scientific 

series.) 523-59   A59 

Catalogfue  of  the  auroras  seen  in  Europe  below  lat.  55°,  from  1700-1890, 
p.  177-264. 
JONES,  George,  1800-70. 

Observations  on  the  zodiacal  light,  April  2,  1853-April  22, 
1855,  made  on  board  the  Mississippi.  (In  Perry,  M.  C. 
Narrative  of  the  expedition  of  an  American  squadron 

to  the  China  seas  and  Japan,  1852-1854,  v.3.) qr570.95  P44  v.3 

MAIRAN,  Jean  Jacques  Dortous  de. 

Traite  physique  et  historique  (Je  I'aurore  boreale.    1754.  •qr523.59  M26 

Suite  des  Memoires  de  1' Academic  royale  des  sciences,   1731. 

523.7     Sun 

GUILLEMIN,  Amedee  Victor. 

The  sun.     1896.     (Wonders  of  science.) 5237  G96 

LANGLEY,  Samuel  Pierpont. 

Researches  on  solar  heat  and  its  absorption  by  the  earth's 
atmosphere;  a  report  of  the  Mount  Whitney  expedition. 
1884.     (In  United  States — Signal  office.     Professional 

papers,  no.15.) qr55i-5  U253P 

LOCKYER,  Sir  Joseph  Norman. 

The  sun's  place  in  nature.     1897 523-7  L76S 

YOUNG,  Charles  Augustus. 

The  sun.     1895.     (International  scientific  series.)   523-7  Y36S 

The  same.     1890.     (International  scientific  series.)   r523.7  Y36 

Untechnical  work  for  the  general  reader. 

LOCKYER,  Sir  Joseph  Norman. 

Chemistry  of  the  sun.     1887 523-77  L76 


€04  ECLIPSES 

523.78     Eclipses 

BRITISH  ASTRONOMICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Total  solar  eclipse,  1900;  report  of  the  expeditions  organ- 
ized by  the  British  astronomical  association  to  observe 
the  total  solar  eclipse  of  1900,  May  28;  ed.  by  E.  W. 

Maunder.     1901 S23.78  B75 

CAMPIGNEULLES,  V.  de. 

Observations  taken  at  Dumraon,  Behar,  India  during  the 

eclipse  of  the  22d  of  January  1898.     1899 q523.78  C16 

CHAMBERS,  George  Frederick. 

The   story  of  eclipses,   with   especial   reference  to  the  total 

eclipse  of  the  sun  of  May  28,  1900.     1899 523.78  C35 

LOCKYER,  Sir  Joseph  Noiman. 

Recent  and  coming  ecHp&es;  being  notes  on  the  total  solar 

eclipses  of  1893,  1896  and  1898.    1897 523.78  L76 

TODD,  David  Peck. 

American  eclipse  expedition  to  Japan,  1887;  preliminary 
report,  (unofficial),  on  the  total  solar  eclipse  of  1887. 
1888 r589.9S  C69 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

TODD,  Mrs  Mabel  (Loomis). 

Total  eclipses  of  the  sun.     1894 S23.78  T55 

Excellent  monograph  for  the  unscientific,  describing  eclipses,  attendant 
phenomena,    value,    methods    of    observation,    with    brief    history   and 
tables  of  future  eclipses. 
UNITED  STATES— Naval  observatory. 

Reports  on  observations  of  the  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  Aug. 

7,  1869.     1870 qr523.78  U25r 

Reports  on  observations  of  the  total  solar  eclipse,  Dec.  22, 

1870.      1871 qr523.78   U25 


523.8     Stars 

ALLEN,  Richard  Hinckley. 

Star-names,  and  their  meanings.     1899 523.8  A42 

BROWN,  Robert. 

Researches  into  the  origin  of  the  primitive  constellations 
of  the  Greeks,  Phoenicians  and  Babylonians.    2v.     1899- 

1900   r523.8  B79 

BURNHAM,  Sherburne  Wesley,  comp. 

General  catalogue  of  1290  double  stars  discovered  from  1871 
to  1899,  by  S.  W.  Burnham;  arranged  in  order  of  right 
ascension  with  all  the  micrometrical  measures  of  each  pair. 
1900.  (In  Chicago  university — Yerkes  observatory.  Pub- 
lications, v. I.) qr522.i  C43  V.I 

CLERKE,  Agnes  Mary. 

System  of  the  stars.    1890 523.8  C57 

An  admirable  book,  requiring,  however,  some  previous  knowledge  of  the 
subject. 
HUSSEY,  William  Joseph. 

Micrometrical  observations  of  the  double  stars  discovered  at 


STARS  60s 


Piilkowa,  made  with  the  thirty-six-inch  and  twelve-inch  re- 
fractors of  the  Lick  observatory,  together  with  the  mean 
results  of  the  previous  observations  of  these  stars.  1901. 
(In  California  university — Lick  observatory.  Publica- 
tions, V.5.) qr522.i   C13  v.S 

MONCK,  William  Henry  Stanley. 

An  introduction  to  stellar  astronomy.    1899 523.8  M81 

NEWCOMB,  Simon. 

The  stars;  a  study  of  the  universe.     1901.     (Science  series.) .  .523.8  N26 
Simple,  untechnical  account,  including  the  latest  discoveries. 
PORTER,  Jermain  Gildersleeve. 

Stars  in  song  and  legend.     1901  523.8  P83 

Brief  accounts  of  the  myths  and  legends  relating  to  the  constellations, 
with  numerous  poetical  quotations. 

PRATT,  Mara  L. 

Storyland  of  stars.     1892 J523.8  P88 

PROCTOR,  Richard  Anthony. 

Easy  star  lessons.     1894 523.8  P96 

Half-hours  with  the  stars.    1896 q523.8  P96h 

TUCKER,  Richard  Hawley. 

Meridian  circle  observations  of  310  standard  stars,  including 
157  stars  from  the  American  ephemeris,  Connaissance  des 
temps  and  British  nautical  almanac,  which  are  not  in  the 
Berliner  jahrbuch,  and  153  stars  from  the  Berliner  jahr- 
buch,  1893-1896.     1900.     (In  California  university — Lick 

observatory.    Publications,  v.4.) qr522.i  C13  v.4 

HUGGINS,  Sir  William,  &  Margaret  (Murray),  lady. 

Atlas  of  representative  stellar  spectra,  with  a  discussion  of 
the  evolutional  order  of  the  stars,  and  the  interpreta- 
tion   of    their    spectra.      1899.      (Publications    of    Sir 

William  Huggins's  observatory,  v.i.) qrS23.87  H89 

List  of  published  papers  on  the  work  done  in  the  observatory,  p.27-33. 
KLEIN,  Edward  Emanuel. 

Star  atlas,  with  text.     1893 qr523.89  K31 

PROCTOR,  Richard  Anthony,  comp. 

Star  atlas,  showing  6000  stars  and  1500  double  stars,  nebulae, 

&c.     1892 qr523.89  P96 

ROBERTS,  Isaac,  astronomer. 

A  selection  of  photographs  of  stars,  star-clusters  and 
nebulae,  with  information  concerning  the  instruments 
and  the  methods  employed  in  celestial  photography. 
2v.     1893-99 qr523-89   R53 

Title  page  of  v.  2   reads  Photographs  of  stars,   star-clusters  and  nebulae, 
with  records  of  results  obtained  in  the  pursuit  of  celestial  photography. 

SCHURIG,  Richard. 

Tabulae   caelestes   continentes   omnes   Stellas   caeli,   borealis 

nee  non  australis,  nudis  oculis  conspicuas.    1886 qr523.89  S39 

UPTON,  Winslow. 

Star  atlas  and  an  explanatory  text.     1896 qr523.89  U26 

NEWCOMB,  Simon,  ed. 

Observations  of  the  transit  of  Venus,  Dec.  8-9,  1874,  made 
and  reduced  under  the  direction  of  the  commission  created 


6o6  EARTH 

by  Congress,     v.i.     1880.     (United  States.    46th  cong. 

1st  sess.    Senate.  Ex.  doc.  no.31.) qr523.96  N26 

V.I.     General  discussion  of  results,  by  Simon  Newcomb. 

524     Astronomical  tables 

CASSINI,  Jacques,  comp. 

Tables  astronomiques  du  soleil,  de  la  lune,  des  planetes,  des 
etoiles  fixes,  et  des  satellites  de  Jupiter  et  de  Saturne;  avec 

I'explication  &  I'usage  de  ces  memes  tables.     1740 qr524  C26 

Suite  des  Memoires  de  1' Academic  royale  des  sciences,  1740. 
LA  HIRE,  Philippe  de,  comp. 

Tables  astronomiques.     1735 qr524  Lis 

Published  by  the  Academic  des  sciences. 

525     Earth 

FERGUSON,  James. 

Easy  introduction  to  astronomy.     1819 r52S  F38 

GREGORY,  Richard  A. 

Planet  earth;  an  astronomical  introduction  to  geography. 

1894 525  G86 

BOUGUER,  Pierre. 

La  figure  de  la  terre,  determinee  par  les  observations  de  Mes- 
sieurs Bouguer  &  de  la  Condamine,  de  I'Academie  royale 
des  sciences,  envoyes  au  Perou,  pour  observer  aux  envi- 
rons de  I'equateur;  avec  une  relation  abregee  de  ce  voy- 
age.    1749 qr52S.i4  B6sf 

Justification  des  Memoires  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sfciences 

de  1744  et  du  livre  de  la  Figure  de  la  terre.     1809.  . .  .qr525.i4  B65 
INSTITUT  DE  FRANCE— Academie  des  sciences. 

Suite  des  Memoires  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sciences,  1718; 

de  la  grandeur  et  de  la  figure  de  la  terre.     1720 qr525.i4  I24 

CASSINI  de  THURY,  Cesar  Frangois. 

La  meridienne  de  I'Observatoire  royal  de  Paris  verifiee  dans 
toute  I'etendue  du  royaume  par  de  nouvelles  observations; 
avec  des  observations  d'histoire  naturelle  faites  dans  les 
provinces  traversees  par  la  meridienne,  par  M.  Le  Mon- 

nier.     1744 qr52S.4i   C26 

Suite  des  Memoires  de  I'Academie  des  sciences,  1740. 

LA  CONDAMINE,  Charles  Marie  de. 

Journal  du  voyage  fait  a  I'equateur,  servant  d'introduction 
historique  a  la  mesure  des  trois  premiers  degres  du  meri- 
dien,  [with  supplement].     1751-54 qr525.4i  L12 

Suite  des  Memoires  de  I'Academie  des  sciences. 

COURTANVAUX,  Frangois  Cesar  le  Tellier,  marquis  de. 

Journal  du  voyage  sur  la  fregate  I'Aurore,  pour  essayer  plusi- 

eurs  instrumens  relatifs  a  la  longitude.     1768 qr525.46  C84 

Suite  des  Memoires  de  I'Academie  des  sciences,  1768. 
UNITED  STATES— Hydrographic  office. 

Telegraphic  determination  of  longitudes  in  Mexico,  Central 
America,  the  West  Indies  and  on  the  north  coast  of  South 


GEODESY  607 

America,  with  the  latitudes  of  the  several  stations,  by 
J.A.Norris  and  Charles  Laird.     1891.     ([Publications], 

no.97.) qr52S.47  U25 

DARWIN,  George  Howard. 

The  tides  and  kindred  phenomena  in  the  solar  system.  1898.  .525.6  D26 
Includes  "The  evolution  of  celestial  systems,"  p.334-346,  and  "Satvim'i 

rings,"  p.347-369- 
A  short  list   of  authorities  will  be  found   at  the  end   of  many  of  the 
chapters. 

TIDE  TABLES  for  J^calendar]   year   1900-1904.     1899-1903. 

(United  States — Coast  and  geodetic  survey.) qr525.69  T44 


526     Geodesy 

GORE,  James  Howard. 

Geodesy.     1891 526  G66 

MERRIMAN,  Mansfield. 

Elements  of  precise  surveying  and  geodesy.    1899 526  M63 

UNITED  STATES — Coast  and  geodetic  survey. 

Bulletin,    no.4-9,  15,  19-21,  28-29,  36-40.    1888-1901 qr526  U25b 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p.220;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
Report  of  the   superintendent,   1837-44,   1851-date.     1838- 

date qr526  U25 

The  appendix  to  this  report  is  known  as  "'Methods  and  results,"  and  in- 
cludes the  professional  papers  relating  to  the  methods,  discussions  and 
results  of  the  survey. 
Reports  for  1851,   1891-94  are  in  2  volumes  each. 

Reports  for  1837-44  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional 
documents,  numbered  respectively,  314,  322,  338,  355,  364,  376,  382, 
402,  414,  419,  442,  450  and  464. 
"The  Coast  survey  was  established  by  an  act  of  Congress  approved 
Feb.  10,  1807,  and  reorganized  under  the  provisions  of  an  act  ap- 
proved July  10,  1832.  Reports  of  progress  were  made  in  18 16  and 
1818,  when  the  work  of  the  survey  was  suspended  until  1832,  since 
which  date  an  annual  report  has  been  issued." 
The  name  was  originally  the  United  States  coast  survey,  changed  in 
1878  to  the  United  States  coast  and  geodetic  survey. 

WHEELER,  George  Montague. 

Report  upon  the  3d  International  geographical  congress 
and  exhibition  at  Venice,  Italj',  1881,  accompanied  by 
data  concerning  the  principal  government  land  and 
marine  surveys  of  the  world.  1885.  (United  States. 
48th  cong.  2d  sess.    House.    Ex.  doc.  no. 270.) qr526  W61 

The  author  has  extended  the  scope  of  this  report,  begun  with  data 
examined  at  Venice,  to  embrace  information  concerning  the  origin, 
organization,  administration,  functions,  history  and  progress  of  the 
several  government  topographic,  hydrographic  and  geological  surveys. 

COMSTOCK,  Cyrus  Ballou. 

Report  upon  the  primary  triangulation  of  the  United  States 
lake  survey.     1882.     (United  States — Engineers  corps. 

Professional  papers,  no.24.) qr526.2  Cji 

SCHOTT,  Charles  Anthony. 

Transcontinental  triangulation  and  the  American  arc  of  the 
parallel.      1900.      (United    States — Coast    and    geodetic 

survey.     Special  publication,  no.4.) qr526.4  S37 

CHABERT,  Joseph  Bernard  de. 

Voyage  fait  en  1750  et  1751   dans  I'Amerique  septentrionale, 


39 


6o8  SURVEYING 


pour  rectifier  les   cartes   des   cotes   de  I'Acadie,  de   I'lsle 

Royale  &  de  I'lsle  de  Terre-neuve.     1753 qr526.6  C34 

Suite  des  Memoires  de  I'Academie  des  sciences,  1752. 
TABLES   for  a   polyconic   projection   of  maps,   based   upon 
Clarke's    reference    spheroid    of    1866.      1900.      (United 
States — Coast  and  geodetic  survey.    Special  publication, 

no. 5.)   qrS26.8  Tii 

The  first  edition  was  published  as  apx.   no.6  in  the  Coast  and  geodetic 

survey  report  for  1884.     The  second  edition  differs  from  the  first  only 

in  the  addition  of  a  new  preface. 

ZOPPRITZ,  Karl. 

Leitfaden    der    kartenentwurfslehre,    fiir    studierende    der 

erdkunde  und  deren  lehrer.    v.i.     1899 r526.8  Z79 

V.I.     Die  projektionslehre. 

526.9     Surveying 

CARHART,  Daniel. 

Treatise  on  plane  surveying.     1893 526.9  C19 

GILLESPIE,  William  Mitchell. 

Treatise  on  surveying;  revised  and  enlarged  by  Cady  Staley. 

2v.    1897-99 526.9  G41 

V.I.    Land  surveying  and  direct  leveling. 
V.2.     Higher  surveying. 

CRIBBLE,  Theodore  Graham. 

Preliminary  survey  and  estimates.     1897.     (Text-books  of 

science.) S26.9  G88 

Contents:  General  considerations. — Route-surveying  of  reconnaissance. 
— Hydrography  and  hydraulics. — Geodetic  astronomy. — Tacheometry. 
—  Chain-surveying. — Curve-ranging  with  transit  and  chain. — Graphic 
calculation  for  preliminary  estimates. — Instruments.  —  Parliamentary 
work. — Resurvey  of  railways. — Light  railways  for  the  Cape. 

GUMMERE,  John. 

Treatise  on  surveying;  also  hints  to  young  surveyors  and 
rules  for  surveying  the  public  lands  of  the  United  States, 

by  G.  H.  Holliday.     1853 S26.9  G97 

HODGMAN,  Francis. 

Manual  of  land  surveying,  comprising  an  elementary  course  of 
practice  with  instruments,  and  a  treatise  upon  the  survey  of 
public  and  private  lands.     1900 S26.9  H66 

For  both  students  and  practical  surveyors.  Gives  especial  attention  to 
the  application  of  the  principles  of  common  and  statutory  law  in  the 
location  of  boundary  lines,  both  in  original  and  resurveys. 

HURST,  John  Thomas. 

Handbook  of  formulae,  tables  and  memoranda  for  architec- 
tural surveyors  and  others  engaged  in  building.  1898. .  .rS26.9  H95 
INTERNATIONAL  BOUNDARY  COMMISSION,  UNITED 
STATES  AND  MEXICO,  1891-96. 
Report  of  the  boundary  commission  upon  the  survey  and  re- 
marking of  the  boundary  between  the  United  States  and 
Mexico   west   of   the    Rio    Grande,    1891    to    1896.     3v. 
1898-99.     (United  States.     55th  cong.  2d  sess.     Senate. 

Doc.    no.247.) qr526.9    I24 

v.i.     Report   of   the    international   commission. — Report     of     the    United 

States  section. 
V.2.    Album  of  plates. 
V.3.     Atlas  of  maps  and  profiles. 


SURVEYING  609 

JOHNSON,  John  Butler. 

Theory  and  practice  of  surveying.     1900 526.9  J36t 

The  same.     1895  r526.9  J36 

KENNEDY,  Neil. 

Surveying  with  the  tacheometer;  a  practical  manual  for  the 

use  of  civil  and  military  engineers  and  surveyors.    1900. .  .526.9  K18 
Includes  two   series  of  tables   specially  computed  for  the  reduction  of 
readings  in  sexagesimal  and  in  centesimal  degrrees. 

MERRIMAN,  Mansfield. 

An  introduction  to  geodetic  surveying.     1893 526.9  M63 

Contents:  The  figure  of  the  earth.— The  principles  of  least  squares.— 
The  field  of  triangulation. 

MERRIMAN,  Mansfield,  &  Brooks,  J.P. 

Handbook  for  surveyors.     1897 r526.9  M63 

PENCE,  William  D.  &  Ketchum,  M.S. 

Manual  of  field  and  office  methods  for  the  use  of  students  in 

surveying.     1901  526.9  P38 

While  designed  primarily  to  supplement  the  more  elaborate  treatises, 
this  book  is  sufficient  for  an  elementary  course.  Designed  to  give 
immediate  familiarity  with  approved  methods  of  surveying,  and  to  cul- 
tivate skill  m  keeping  good  field  notes  and  in  calculation. 

RAYMOND,  William  Gall. 

A  text-book  of  plane  surveying.     1896 526.9  R24 

UNITED  STATES — Northern  boundary  commission,  1872-76. 
Reports  upon  the  survey  of  the  boundary  between  the  territory 
of  the  United  States  and  the  possessions  of  Great  Britain, 
from  the  Lake  of  the  Woods  to  the  summit  of  the  Rocky 
mountains.     1878.     (44th  cong.  2d  sess.     Senate.     Ex. 

doc.  no.41.) qr526.9  U25 

"These  reports,  [transmitted  by  the  secretary  of  state],  announce  the 
completion  of  the  labors  of  this  commission,  whereby  the  entire 
boundary-line  between  the  United  States  and  the  possessions  of  Great 
Britain  is  marked  and  determined,  except  as  to  that  part  of  the  terri- 
tory of  the  United  States  which  was  ceded  by  Russia  under  the  treaty 
of  1867."     The  President's  (U.  S.  Grant)  letter  of  transmittal. 

526.91     Tables.     526.98    Topographical  drav/ing 

BOILEAU,  John  Theophilus,  comp. 

New  and  complete  set  of  traverse  tables,  showing  the  differ- 
ences of  latitude  and  the  departures  to  every  minute  of  the 
quadrant,  and  to  five  places  of  decimals ;  with  other  tables 
useful  to  the  surveyor  and  civil  engineer.    1900 vS26.gi  BS9 

WALMISLEY,  Arthur  Thomas. 

Field  work  and  instruments.     1900 526.91  W18 

WEBB,  Walter  Loring. 

Problems  in  the  use  and  adjustment  of  engineering  instru- 
ments.     1899 r526.9i    W36 

'GANNETT,  Henry. 

A  manual  of  topographic  methods.     1893.     (United  States — 

Geological  survey.     Monographs.) qr526.98  G16 

REED,  Henry  A. 

Topographical  drawing  and  sketching.    2v.  in  i.     1893.  .q526.98  R28 
Title  of  v.2  reads  Photography  applied  to  surveying. 


6io  NAVIGATION 


WILSON,  Herbert  Michael. 

Topographic  surveying,  including  geographic,  exploratory 
and  military  mapping,  with  hints  on  camping,  emergency 

surgery  and  photography.     1900 526.98  W76 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 

526.99     Special  methods 

BOWHILL,  J.H. 

Questions  and  answers  in  the  theory  and  practice  of  military 
topography;     with     working     plans     separately.       2v. 

1898 qrS26.99  B66 

T.I.    Text.  V.2.    Plans. 

BROUGH,  Bennett  Hooper. 

Treatise    on    mine-surveying.      1897 526.99    B77 

Bibliography,  p.33S-336. 

The  same.     1899 r526.99  B77 

CARHART,  Daniel. 

Field  book  for  civil  engineers.     1893 526.99  C19 

The  same.     1893 ., r526.99  C19 

O'DONAHUE,  T.  A. 

Colliery  surveying;  a  primer  for  the  use  of  students  and  col- 
liery  manager   aspirants.      1896 526.99    O14 

SHORTLAND,  Peter  Frederick. 

Nautical  surveying.      1890 526.99   S55 

STILES,  Amos,  cortip. 

Tables  for  field  engineers;  designed  for  use  in  the  field; 
tables  containing  all  the  functions  of  a  one  degree 
curve,  from  which  a  corresponding  one  can  be  found 
for  any  required  degree,  also  tables  of  natural  sines  and 
tangents.      1885 r526.99    S85 


527     Navigation 


RICHARDS,  Eugene  Lamb. 

Elementary   treatise   on   navigation    and   nautical    astronomy. 

1901  527  R39 

"To  understand  the  principles  set  forth  a  knowledge  of  elementary 
Plane  and  Spherical  Geometry  and  Trigonometry  is  all  that  is  needed." 
Preface. 

UNITED  STATES — Coast  and  geodetic  survey. 

Notes  relative  to  the  use  of  charts  issued  by  the  United  States 
coast  and  geodetic  survey.  1900.  (Special  publication,  no. 
6.)  rS27  Uas 


528     Ephemerides.      529     Chronology 

AMERICAN  ephemeris  and  nautical  almanac,  1865,  1881- 
date.  1863-date.  (United  States — Nautical  almanac 
office.)    qr528   Asi 

PACIFIC   coaster's  nautical   almanac   for    1898-date.      1897- 

date.     (United  States — Nautical  almanac  office.) qr528  P12 


PHYSICS  6ii 

ABU  RAIHAN  MUHAMMAD  BIN  AHMAD  AL-BIRUNI. 

Chronology  of  ancient  nations;  an   English  version  of  the 

Arabic  text  of  the  Athar-ul-Bakiya;   or,  "Vestiges   of 

the  past."    1879 qS29  A16 

PITTSBURGH  pocket  almanac  for  1805;  calculated  for  the 

meridian  and  parallel  of  Pittsburgh  by  John  Taylor. .  .r529.s  P67 
GATTY,  Mrs  Margaret  (Scott),  (pseud.  Aunt  Judy),  comp. 
Book  of  sun-dials;  ed.  by  H.  K.  F.  Eden  and  Eleanor  Lloyd. 

1900   qr529.78  G23 

Contains  a  chapter  on  Portable  sun-dials,  by  Lewis  Evans,  and  an  ap- 
pendix On  the  construction  of  sun-dials,  by  J.  W.  Richardson. 
Complete  and   interesting  treatise,   fully   illustrated.     Includes  accounts 
of  dials,  antique,  early  English,  early  Irish,  renaissance,  Scottish  and 
foreign,  with  over  280  pages  on  dial-mottoes. 

SPACKMAN,  Henry  Spencer. 

Timepiece  of  shadows;  a  history  of  the  sun  dial.    1895. .  .5529.78  S73 
"Books  recommended,"  p.6. 

Poetic  and  artistic  side  of  dialing  rather  than  its  scientific  theory.  Calls 
attention  to  some  particularly  interesting  specimens  of  the  sun  dial, 
most  of  them  in  England. 


530     Physics 


AMES,  Joseph  Sweetman. 

Theory  of  physics.     1897 530  A51 

ANTHONY,  William  Arnold,   &  Brackett,  C.F. 

Elementary  text-book  of  physics.     1890 530  A62 

The  same.     1891 r530  A62 

BARKER,  George  Frederic. 

Physics.  1898.  (American  science  series;  advanced  course.).  .530  B24 
CARHART,  Henry  Smith,  &  Chute,  H.  N. 

Physics  for  high  school  students.    1902 530  C19 

Well  arranged  and  thoroughly  up-to-date  (1902). 

CHRISTIANSEN,  C. 

Elements  of  theoretical  physics.     1897 530  C46 

DANIELL,  Alfred. 

Text  book  of  the  principles  of  physics.     1895 530  D22 

Bibliography,  p.7S  1-756. 

DOLBEAR,  Amos  Emerson. 

Matter,  ether  and  motion;  the  factors  and  relations  of  physi- 
cal science.     1894 S30  D69 

EVERETT,  Joseph  David. 

Elementary  treatise  on  natural  philosophy,  based  on  the  Traite 

de  physique  of  A.  Privat  Deschanel.    4v.    1894-98 530  £95 

V.I.    Mechanics,  hydrostatics  and  pneumatics. 
V.2.    Heat. 

V.3.     Electricity  and  magnetism. 
V.4.    Sound  and  light. 
GAGE.  Alfred  P. 

Introduction  to  physical  science.    1894 530  G13 

GANOT,  Adolphe. 

Elementary  treatise  on  physics.     1893 r530  G16 

The  same.     1877 r530  Gi6e 

The  same.     1902 '. 530  Gi6e 


6i2  PHYSICS 

GRAY,  Andrew. 

Treatise  on  physics,    v.l.     1901  530  G81 

V.I.     Dynamics  and  properties  of  matter. 

Aims  "to  provide  a  treatise. .  .which  may  serve  for  those  who,  beginning 
at  the  elements  of  the  subject,  wish  to  have  in  one  book  an  account 
of  theoretical  and  experimental  physics  which  may  be  sufficient  for 
most  practical  purposes  of  scientific  and  technical  education." 

Requires  a  knowledge  of  the  calculus. 

HOOKER,  Worthington. 

Child's  book  of  nature;  pt.3,  Air,  water,  heat,  light,   &c. 

1886 J530  H77 

NICHOLS,  Edward  Leamington,  &  Franklin,  W.S. 

The  elements  of  physics;  a  college  text-book.    3V.    1896-98. . .  .530  N3ie 
v.i.    Mechanics   and   heat. 
v.2.     Electricity  and  magnetism. 
v.3.     Light  and  sound. 

STEELE,  Joel  Dorman. 

Fourteen  weeks  in  physics.     1878 530  S81 

STEWART,  Balfour. 

Physics.     [1879.]     (Science  primers.) J530  S85 

WATSON,  William,  B.  S. 

Text-book  of  physics.     1899 530  W32 

"A  comprehensive  account  of  experimental  physics... in  a  natural  order 
and  with  careful  explanation  of  difficult  points... On  the  whole... as 
good  an  introductory  treatment.,  .as  one  can  find  in  a  one-volume 
work."    /.  E.  Trevor, 

WINKELMANN,  Adolf,  ed. 

Handbuch  der  physik.     3v.  in  5.     1891-96.     (Encyklopaedie 

der  naturwissenschaften.)   qr530  W78 

WULLNER,  Adolph 

Lehrbuch  der  experimentalphysik     4v.     1895-90 r530  W95 

V.I.    Allgemeine  physik  und  akustik. 

v.2.     Die  lehre  von  der  warme. 

v.3.    Die  lehre  vom  magnetismus  und  von  der  elektricitat. 

v.4.     Die  lehre  von  der  strahlung. 

A  sound,  clear  exposition  of  modern  physical  science. 

530.1     Theory 

CROOKES,  Sir  William. 

"Radiant  matter,"  a  resume  of  lectures  and  papers  on  the 

"Fourth  state  of  matter."     [1879.] 530.1  C89 

GLAZEBROOK,  Richard  Tetley. 

Laws  and  properties  of  matter.     1893.     (Modern  science 

series.)    530.1   G47 

HOLMAN,  Silas  Whitcomb. 

Matter,  energy,  force  and  work;  a  plain  presentation  of  fun- 
damental physical  concepts  and  of  the  vortex-atom  and 

other  theories.     1898 530.1  H73, 

LARMOR.  Joseph. 

Aether  and  matter;  a  development  of  the  dynamical  relations 
of  the  aether  to  material  systems,  on  the  basis  of  the  atomic 
constitution  of  matter,  including  a  discussion  of  the  influ- 
ence of  the  earth's  motion  on  optical  phenomena.     1900..  .530.1  L32 
Being  an  Adams  prize  essay  in  the  University  of  Cambridge. 


PHYSICS— ESSAYS  613 


STALLO.  John  Bernhard. 

Concepts  and  theories  of  modern  physics.     1891.     (Interna- 
tional scientific  series.) 530.1  S78 

"My  object  is  to  consider  current  physical  theories  and  the  assumptions 
which  underlie  them  in  the  light  of  the  modern  theory  of  cogfnition." 
Preface. 
TAIT,  Peter  Guthrie. 

Properties  of  matter.     1894 530.1  T14 

530.4     Essays 

FARADAY,  Michael. 

Experimental  researches  in  chemistry  and  physics.    1859.  .530.4  F22e 
On  the  various  forces  of  nature  and  their  relations  to  each 

other.     1894 530.4  F22 

GRUNMACH,  Leo. 

Die  physikahschen  erscheinungen  und  krafte  ihre  erkenntnis 

und  verwertung  im  praktischen  leben.     1899 qr530.4  G94 

HOPKINSONJohn. 

Original  papers;  ed.  with  a  memoir  by  B.  Hopkinson.    2v. 

1901 r530.4  H78 

V.I.     Technical  papers.  v.z.     Scientific  papers. 

The  papers  are  all  on  physical  topics,  chiefly  relating  to  dynamo-electric 

machinery,  electric  lighting,  and  the  magnetic  properties  of  iron  and 

nickel  and  their  alloys. 

MACH,  Ernst. 

Popular  scientific  lectures.     1895 530.4  M16 

Contents:  The  forms  of  liquids. — The  fibres  of  Corti. — On  the  causes  of 
harmony. — The  velocity  of  light. — Why  has  man  two  eyes? — On  sym- 
metry.— On  the  fundamental  concepts  of  electrostatics. — On  the  prin- 
ciple of  the  conservation  of  energy. — On  the  economical  nature  of 
physical  inquiry. — On  transformation  and  adaptation  in  scientific 
thought. — On  the  principle  of  comparison  in  physics. — On  instruction 
in  the  classics  and  the  mathematico-physical  sciences. 
MAXWELL,  James  Clerk. 

Scientific  papers;  ed.  by  W.  D.  Niven.    2v.    1890 qr530.4  MS2 

Chiefly  reprinted   from  the  proceedings  and  transactions  of  learned  so- 
cieties of  Great  Britain. 
RAYLEIGH,  John  William  Strutt,  baron. 

Scientific  papers,    v. 1-3.     1899-1902 qrS30.4  R24 

V.I.     1869-1881.  V.2.    1881-1887. 

V.3.     1887-1892. 
REYNOLDS,  Osborne. 

Papers  on  mechanical  and  physical  subjects.     3v.     190a- 

03   qr530.4  R37 

V.I.        1869-1882.  V.2.        1881-I9OO. 

V.3.     The  sub-mechanics  of  the  universe. 

The  author  is  (1900)  professor  of  engineering  in  Owens  colleee.  Ntan- 
Chester,  Eng.  The  papers  cover  a  wide  range  of  subjects,  among  the 
most  important  chapters  being  those  on  the  refraction  of  sound,  the 
explanation  of  the  radiometer,  the  steering  of  screw  steamers,  and  the 
action  of  the  screw  propeller 
RUM  FORD,  Benjamin  Thompson,  count. 

Complete  works.    4v.     1870-75 r530.4  R86 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.46;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
SIEMENS,  Sir  Charles  William. 

Scientific  works.     3v.     1889 530.4  S57 

V.I.     Heat  and  metallurgy. 

V.2.     Electricity  and  miscellaneous. 

V.3.     Addresses,  lectures,  etc. 


6i4  PHYSICS— PERIODICALS 

TAIT,  Peter  Guthrie, 

Lectures   on   some   recent   advances   in   physical   science. 

i88s 530.4  T14 

TISSANDIER,  Gaston,  &  Frith,  Henry. 

Marvels  of  earth,  air  and  water;  a  popular  account  of  the  forces 

of  nature.     (Scientific  recreation  series.) JS30.4  T52 

Marvels  of  heat,  light  and  sound.     (Scientific  recreation 

series.)    JS30.4  Tsam 


530.5     Periodicals 

ANNALEN    der    physik    und    chemie;    beiblatter;    monthly. 

v.i-date.     1877-date r530.5  J466b 

v.24-<iate  title  reads  "Beiblatter  zu  den  Annalen  der  physik." 
Namenregister,  v.  1-15,  1877-91.     1893. 

JOURNAL   de    physique    theorique    et   appliquee.     v.i-date. 

1872-date  rS30.S  J46 

Table  analytique  et  table  par  noms  d'auteurs  des  trois  premieres 

series,  1872-1901.     1902. 

JOURNAL  der  physik;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1790-date r530.5  J466 

v.i-8  title  reads  Journal  der  physik;  ed.  by  F.  A.  C.  Gren.    8v.     1790-94. 
V.9-12  title  reads  Neues  journal  der  physik;  ed.  by  F.  A.  C.  Gren.     4V. 

1795-97- 
V.I 3-72    title    reads   Annalen    der   physik;    ed.    by    L.  W.  Gilbert.      60 v. 

1799-1819- 
v.73-88  title  reads  Annalen  der  physik  und  der  physikalischen  chemie;  ed. 

by  L.  W.  Gilbert.     16 v.     1819-24. 
V.89-317  title  reads  Annalen  der  physik  und  chemie. 

v.89-248  ed.   by  J.  G.  Poggendorff.      i6ov.      1824-77. 

V.  249-3 1 7   ed.   by  G.   Wiedemann,  and  G.   and  E.   Wiedemann.     69V. 

1877-99. 
v.3i8-date  title  reads  Annalen  der  physik;  ed.  by  P.  Drude.     v.i-date. 

1900-date. 

Register,  v.i-8,  1790—94. 

Register,  v.9-12,  1795-97.     1800. 

Sach-  und  namen-register,  v.13-88,   1799-1824.      1826. 

Namen-  und  sach-register,  v.89-148,   1824-43.      1845. 

Namen-  und  sach-register,  v.  149-1 78,   1844-53,  erganzungsband 

2-4.     1854. 

Namen-  und  sach-register,  v.179-208,  1854-63.     1865. 

Sachregister,  v.89-248,  1824-77,  erganzungsband  1-8,  und  jubel- 

band.     1888. 
Namen-register,   v.89-238,   1824-73,   erganzungsband   1-6,   nebst 

jubelband;  und  sach-register,  v.209-238,  1864-73,  erganzungsband  5-6, 

nebst  jubelband.     1875. 
Namenregister,    v.239-298,     1874-93,    nebst    erganzungsbanden 

7-8.     1894. 

Sachregister,   v.249-298,    1877-93.      1897. 

The    erganzungsbande    issued    in    1833,    1842,    1848,    1853,    1854,    1871, 

1874,    1876  and   1878    are  numbered  respectively  v.  118,    v.i4sa,    v.  163a, 

v.i78a,   v.iSia,    v.23ia,    v.24ia,   v.247a,   v.248a;   the   jubelband    issued    in 

1874  is  numbered  v.24ib. 

— Beiblatter    zu    den    Annalen    der    physik    und    chemie; 

monthly,  1877-date.     v.i-date.     1877-date rS30.S  J466b 

v.24-date  title  reads  Beiblatter  zu  den  Annalen  der  physik. 
Namenregister,  v.i-is,  1877-91.     1893. 

LONDON,  PHYSICAL  SOCIETY. 

Abstracts  of  physical  papers  from  foreign  sources.     3v.     1895- 

97 r530.s  L82a 

Continued  by  Science  abstracts;  issued  under  the  direction  of  the  In- 
stitution of  electrical  engineers  and  the  Physical  society  of  London, 
rsos  S4162. 


LABORATORY  MANUALS  615 

PHYSICAL  review;  a  journal  of  experimental  and  theoretical 

physics;  bi-monthly  and  monthly,    v. i -date.    1894-date . . qr530.S  P53 
Published  for  Cornell  university. 

LONDON,  PHYSICAL  SOCIETY. 

Proceedings,  1874-date.     v.i-date.     1876-date rS30.6  L82 


530.7     Laboratory  manuals 

GLAZEBROOK,  Richard  Tetley,  &  Shaw,  W.N. 

Practical  physics.     1899.     (Text-books  of  science.) 530.7  G47 

HOPKINS,  George  M. 

Experimental  science.     1898 530.7  H78e2 

The  same.     1895 530-7    H78e 

The  same.     1893 r530.7  H78 

A  ready  guide  to  the  general  knowledge  of  physics  by  means  of  experi- 
ment. Most  of  the  apparatus  may  be  made  and  used  by  any  one 
having  ordinary  skill  with  tools.     A  fascinating  book. 

HORTVET,  Julius. 

Manual  of    elf'mentary  practical    physics    for    high  schools 

T900  530.7  H81 

JUDE,  B.H.  &  Gossin,  Henri. 

Physics;  experimental  and  theoretical,    v.i.    189Q 530.7  J49 

V.I.    Mechanics,  hydrostatics,  pneumatics,  heat  and  acoustics. 
LOUDON.  William  James,  &  McLennan,  J.C. 

Laboratory  course  in  experimental  physics.     1895 530.7  L92 

LUPTON,  Sydney. 

Notes  on  observations ;  an  outline  of  the  methods  used  for  de- 
termining the  meaning  and  value  of  quantitative  observa-       v 
tions  and  experiments  in  physics  and  chemistry,  and  for 

reducing  the  results  obtained.     1898 530.7  L98 

"References  and  notes"  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 
NICHOLS,  Edward  Leamington,  ed. 

A  laboratory  manual  of  physics  and  applied  electricity.    2v. 

1895-97 530.7  N31 

V.I.    Junior  course   in   general   physics,   by   Ernest   Merritt  and   F.   J. 

Rogers. 
V.2.    Senior  courses  and  outlines  of  advanced  work,  by  G.   S.   Moler, 

Frederick   Bedell,    H.   J.    Hotchkiss,    C.    P.   Matthews  and   E.    L. 

Nichols. 

PEPPER,  John  Henry. 

Boy's  book  of  science J530.7  P41 

Experiments  and  lectures  given  before  young  people.  Explains  the 
telephone,  telegraph,  phonograph,  steam  engine,  etc. 

STEWART,  Balfour,  &  Gee,  W.W.H. 

Lessons    in    elementary   practical   physics,     v.1-3,   pt.i. 

1894-98 530.7  S84 

V.I.  General  physical  processes. 
v.2.  Electricity  and  magnetism. 
V.3,  pt.i.     Practical  acoustics,  by  C.  L.  Barnes. 

TISSANDIER,  Gaston. 

Half  hours  of  scientific  amusement;  or,  Practical  physics  and 
chemistry  without  apparatus.  [1890.]  (Scientific  rec- 
reation   series.) J530.7    T52 


6i6  PHYSICAL  MEASUREMENTS 

TROWBRIDGE,  John. 

New  physics;  a  manual  of  experimental  study.     1884 530.7  T77 

Philip's  experiments;  or,  Physical  science  at  home.  1898.  .530.7  T77P 
"To  show  that  a  few  moments  devoted  each  day,  at  home,  to  simple 
investigations  can  result  in  habits  of  self-reliance  in  the  acquirement 
of  a  modem  language  and  in  the  study  of  the  art  of  drawing.  I  en- 
deavor also  to  show  how  to  cultivate  a  taste  for  mathematics  by  study- 
ing practical  problems  in  surveying  and  in  sailing  a  boat."     Prtfact. 


530.8     Physical  measurements.      530.9     History 

BUREAU  INTERNATIONAL  DES  POIDS  ET  MESURES. 
Extraits  des  travaux  et  memoires  du  Bureau  international  des 

poids  et  mesures.     v.i-6.     1881-89 qr530.8  B89 

v.i.  Dilatation  du  mercure,  par  O.  J.  Broch. — Etudes  sur  I'appareil  de 
M.  Fizeau  pour  la  mesure  des  dilatations  appartenant  au  Bureau 
des  poids  et  mesures,  par  J.  K.  Benoit. — Mesures  de  dilatation  et 
comparaisons  des  regies  metriques,  par  J.  R.  Benoit,  1883. — Mesures 
de  dilatation  et  comparaisons  des  regies  metriques,  par  J.  R.  Benoit, 
1884. — Nouvelles  etudes  et  mesures  de  dilatations  par  la  methode 
de  M.  Fizeau,  par  J.  R.  Benoit. 

V.2.  Pesees  executees  au  Bureau  international  des  poids  et  mesures,  du 
I  octobre  1879  au  30  septembre  1881,  par  W.  J.  Marek. — Pesees 
executees  au  Bureau  international  des  poids  et  mesures,  du  i  octo- 
bre 1881  au  15  Janvier  1883,  par  VV.  J.  Marek. 

V.3.  Comparaisons  des  metres  dans  I'air  a  la  temperature  ambiante,  par 
J.  Fernet. 

V.4.  Etudes  thermometriques,  par  C.  E.  Guillaume.  Etudes  sur  le  ther- 
mometre  a  gaz,  et  comparaison  des  thermometres  a  mercure  avec 
le  thermometre  a  gaz,  par  P.  Chappuis. 

v.S-  Etudes  sur  la  balance,  par  M.  Thiesen. — Note  sur  I'etalonnage  des 
sous-divisions  d'une  regie  sur  I'etude  des  erreurs  progressives  d'une 
vis  micrometrique,  et  sur  le  calibrage  des  thermometres,  par  O.  J. 
Broch. — Comparaisons  des  regies  dans  le  comparateur  brunner,  par 
O.  J.  Broch. 

v.6.    Sur  quelques  analyses  de  verres,  par  Hercules  Tdrnoe. — Determi- 
nation de  la  variation  de  la  pesanteur  avec  la  hauteur  au  pavilion 
de   Breteuil,    par   M.   Thiesen.   — Verifications   de   quelques   etalons 
anglais  du  kilogramme  de  I'once  troy  et  de  la  livre  avoirdupois,  par 
,  O.  J.  Broch. — Rapport  de  la  commission  mixte  chargee  de  la  com- 

paraison du  nouveau  prototype  du  kilogramme  avec  le  kilogramme 
des  archives  de  France. — Analyses  de  I'alliage  des  metres  et  des  kilo- 
grammes prototypes,  par  Hercules  Tornoe. — Conference  generate 
des  poids  et  mesures,  septembre  1889;  rapport  sur  la  construction, 
les  comparaisons  et  les  autres  operations  ayant  servi  a  determiner 
les  equations  des  nouveaux  prototypes  metriques,  par  J.  R.  Benoit. 

EDSER,  Edwin. 

Measurement  and  weighing;  a  first  year's  course  in  elemen- 
tary practical  physics.    1899 530.8  E29 

KOHLRAUSCH,  Friedrich. 

Introduction  to  physical  measurements.     1894 530.8  K36 

CAJORI,  Florian. 

History  of  physics  in  its  elementary  branches;  including  the 

evolution  of  physical  laboratories.     1899 530.9  C12 

FISCHER,  Johann  Carl. 

Geschichte  der  physik,  seit  der  wiederherstellung  der  kiinste 
und   wissenschaften,  bis  auf  die  neuesten   zeiten.     8v. 
1801-08.    (Geschichte  der  kiinste  und  wissenschaften.).  .r530.9  F52 
GERLAND,  Ernst,  &  Traumiiller,  F. 

Geschichte  der  physikalischen  experimentierkunst.    1899.  •i'530.9  G32 
"This  work,   illustrated   by  more   than  400  woodcuts,   gives   a  most   in- 
teresting  account    of   the   apparatus    used    and    of   the   investigations 


MECHANICS  617 


made  by  scientific  inventors  from  the  earliest  times  at  which  records 
exist  down  to  the  invention  of  Morse's  printing  telegraph  in  1843." 
Nature,  1899. 

531     Mechanics 

For  Mechanical  engineering,  see  621 

BOWSER,  Edward  Albert. 

An  elementary  treatise  on  analytic  mechanics,  with  numerous 

examples.     1896 531    B66 

DU  BOIS,  Augustus  Jay. 

Elementary  principles  of  mechanics.    3v.     1894-95 53i  D85 

V.I.    Kinematics. 

V.2.    Statics. 

V.3.    Kinetics. 
Mechanics  of  engineering,    v.1-2.    1902 q53i  DSsm 

V.I.     Kinematics. —  Statics. —  Kinetics. —  Statics   of   rigid  bodies   and   of 

elastic  solids. 
V.2.      Stresses   in   framed   structures. — Strength   of  materials  and  theory 
of  flexure. — Determination  of  dimensions  and  designing  of  details. — 
Specifications. — Complete   designs   and  working  drawings. 
V.I  is  one  of  the  Yale  bicentennial  publications;  v.2  is  the   12th  edition 
of  "Stresses  in  framed  structures." 
GIBBS,  Josiah  Willard. 

Elementary  principles  in  statistical  mechanics  developed  with 
especial  reference  to  the  rational  foundation  of  thermody- 
namics.    1902.     (Yale  bicentennial  publications.) 531  G36 

GLAZEBROOK,  Richard  Tetley. 

Mechanics;  theoretical  and  practical.    1895 531  G47 

The  same.     1897 rS3i  G47 

HERTZ,  Heinrich. 

Principles  of  mechanics  presented  in  a  new  form;   English 

translation  by  D.  E.  Jones  and  J.  T.  Walley.    1899 531  H48 

LODGE,  Sir  Oliver  Joseph. 

Elementary  mechanics.     1896  S31  L76 

MACH,  Ernst. 

Science  of  mechanics;  a  critical  and  historical  exposition  of 

its  principles.     1893 S3i  M16 

NEWTON,  Sir  Isaac. 

The  mathematical  principles  of  natural  philosophy;  tr.  by 
Andrew  Motte;  to  which  are  added  Newton's  System  of 
the  world;  comment  on,  and  defence  of,  the  Principia, 
by  W.  Emerson,  with  The  laws  of  the  moon's  motion, 

by  John  Machin.     3v.     1803 r53i  N29 

"Life  of  Sir  Isaac  Newton,"  v.i,  p.33-60. 
Known  as  "Newton's  Principia." 

"Incomparably   the    greatest   work   on   science   that   has   ever   yet   been 
produced."     Sir  Robert  S.  Ball,  189s. 
Philosophise    naturalis    principia    mathematica;    perpetuis 
commentariis    illustrata    communi    studio    Thomae    Le 

Seur  et  Francisci  Jacquier.    2v.    1833 r53i  N29P 

PERRY,  John,  b.  1850. 

Practical  mechanics.     1896.     (Manuals  of  technology.)  531  P44 

Elementary  mechanics  for  practical  men.     Uses  only  simple  mathematics. 
TAIT,  Peter  Guthrie. 

Newton's  laws  of  motion.    1899 531  T14 


6i8  DYNAMICS 


WEISBACH,  Julius. 

Theoretical  mechanics,  with  an  introduction  to  the  cal- 
culus; tr.  fr.  the  4th  German  edition  by  E.  B.  Coxe. 
1889 r53i   W46 

Contents:  Phoronomics,  or  the  purely  mathematical  theory  of  motion. — 
Mechanics,  or  the  physical  science  of  motion  in  general. — Statics  of 
rigid  bodies. — The  application  of  statics  to  the  elasticity  and  strength 
of  bodies. — Dynamics  of  rigid  bodies. — Statics  of  fluids. — Dynamics 
of  fluids. 

This  is  v.i  of  Weisbach's  "Mechanics  of  engineering." 

i 

531. 1     Kinematics.      531.2     Statics 

MacCORD,  Charles  William. 

Kinematics ;  a  treatise  on  the  modification  of  motion  as  af- 
fected by  the  forms  and  modes  of  connection  of  the  moving 

parts  of  machines.     1899 53i-i  M14 

Chiefly  a  practical  discussion  of  pitch  surfaces  and  gear  wheels  of  all 
kinds. 

MAREY,  fitienne  Jules. 

Movement.     1895.     (International  scientific  series.)   531.1  M38 

Studies  in  animal  locomotion  based  on  the  results  of  instantaneous 
photog^raphy. 

HERRMANN,  Gustav. 

The  graphical  statics  of  mechanism;  a  guide  for  the  use  of 

machinists,  architects  and  engineers.     1895 531.2  H47 

FLATHER,  John  Joseph. 

Dynamometers  and  the  measurement  of  power;  a  treatise  on 
the  construction  and  application  of  dynamometers,  with  a 
description    of    the   methods   and    apparatus    employed    in 

measuring  water-  and  electric-power.     1900 531-21  F61 

GRIFFITHS,  Ernest  Howard. 

Thermal    measurement   of  energy;   lectures   delivered   at   the 

Philosophical  hall,  Leeds.     1901 53I-2I   G89 


531.3     Dynamics 

BRIGGS,  William,  &  Bryan,  G.H. 

The  tutorial  dynamics.     1898.     (University  tutorial  series.). .  .531.3  B74 
MacCORD,  Charles  William. 

Velocity  diagrams ;  their  construction  and  uses ;  intended  for 

all  who  are  interested  in  mechanical  movements.     1901. ..  .531.3  M14 

"Explains  the    principles  of  the    more    common  and    convenient    graphic 
processes  of  determining  at  any  given  instant  the  direction  and  veloci- 
ty of  the  motion  of  a  point."     Preface. 
ROUTH,  Edward  John. 

Treatise  on  dynamics  of  a  particle.    1898 531-3  R78 

TAIT,  Peter  Guthrie. 

Dynamics.     1895 531-3  T14 

"The  present  work  is,  in  the  main,  a  reprint  of  the  article  'Mechanics,' 
which  I  wrote  for  the  last  edition  of  the  Encyclopedia  Britannica." 

APPELL,  Pcul. 

Les  mouvements  de  roulement  en  dynamique.     1899.    (Scien- 

tia;  serie  physico-mathematique.) r53i.34  A64 

"Principaux  ouvrages   et  memoires  i  consulter,"  p.6. 

Mathematical  monograph,  designed  chiefly  to  show  the  principal  meth- 


GRAVITATION.     ENERGY  619 

ods  available  for  the  investigation  of  problems  of  this  character. 
Includes  two  articles  by  J.  Hadamard:  "Sur  les  mouvements  de  roule- 
ment,"  and  "Sur  certains  systemes  d'equations  aux  differentielles  to- 
tales." 

BARNARD,  John  Gross. 

Phenomena  of  the  gyroscope  analytically  examined;  with  sup- 
plements on  the  effects  of  initial  gyratory  velocities  and  of 
retarding  forces  on  the  motion  of  the  gyroscope. 
1858    T531.34  B2S 

Three  articles  reprinted  from  Barnard's  American  journal  of  education, 
1857-1858. 

531.5     Gravitation.      531.6     Energy 

MACKENZIE,  Arthur  Stanley,  ed. 

Laws    of    gravitation;    memoirs    by    Newton,    Bouguer    and 

Cavendish;    with    abstracts    of   other   important    memoirs. 

1900.     (Scientific  memoirs.) S3i-5i  M17 

Contents:  History  of  the  subject  before  the  appearance  of  Newton's 
Principia. — Extracts  from  Newton's  Principia  and  System  of  the 
world. — Biographical  sketch  of  Newton. — Bouguer's  The  figure  of  the 
earth. — Biographical  sketch  of  Bouguer. — The  Bertier  controversy. — 
Account  of  Maskelyne's  experiments  on  Schehallien. — Cavendish's 
Experiments  to  determine  the  mean  density  of  the  earth. — Biographi- 
cal sketch  of  Cavendish. — Historical  account  of  the  experiments  made 
since  the  time  of  Cavendish. — Table  of  results  of  experiments. 

Bibliography,  p.:4S-i56. 

Reviews  the  work  done  from  the  time  of  Gilbert's  speculations,  on 
gravitation  (about  1600)  down  to  the  experiments  of  Poynting  and 
Gray   (1899). 

TARLETON.  Francis  Alexander. 

Introduction    to    the    mathematical    theory    of    attraction. 

1899 .531-51  T21 

STEWART,  Balfour. 

Conservation   of  energy.      1890.      (International    scientific 

series.)   531-6  S84 

The  same.    1874.     (International  scientific  series.) r53i.6  S84 

YOUMANS,  Edward  Livingston,  ed. 

Correlation  and  conservation  of  forces.     1898 531-6  Y35 

Contents:  The  correlation  of  physical  forces,  by  W.  R.  Grove.— On  the 
interaction  of  natural  forces,  by  Helmholtz.— Remarks  on  the  forces 
of  inorganic  nature,  by  J.  R.  Mayer.— On  celestial  dynamics,  by  J.  B. 
Mayer. — Remarks  on  the  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat,  by  J.  R. 
Mayer.— Some  thoughts  on  the  conservation  of  force,  by  Faraday.— 
The  connection  and  equivalence  of  forces,  by  Liebig. — On  the  cor- 
relation of  the   physical   and  vital  forces,   by  Carpenter. 

The  same.     1893 r53i.6  Y35 

DIRCKS.  Henry,  comp. 

Perpetuum  mobile;  or,  Search  for  self-motive  power  during 
the  17th,  i8th  and  19th  centuries,  with  an  introductory  es- 
say.    1861 531-8  D62 


532     Liquids 

BOWSER,  Edward  Albert. 

Elementary  treatise  on   hydromechanics.     1894 532  B663 


620  HYDRAULICS 


BANCROFT,  Wilder  D. 

The  phase  rule.     1897 q532.2  B22 

"I  have  tried  to  present  the  subject  of  qualitatiye  equilibrium  from  the 
point  of  view  of  the  Phase  Rule  and  of  the  Theorem  of  Le  Chatelier, 
without  the  use  of  mathematics."     Preface. 


532.5     Hydraulics 

For  Hydraulic  engineering,  see  627 

BOVEY,  Henry  Taylor. 

Treatise  on  hydraulics.     1901 532.5  B66 

The  same.     1895 r532.5  B66 

MERRIMAN,  Mansfield. 

Treatise  on  hydraulics.     1895 532.5  M63 

The  same.     1903 532.5  M63t 

BAZIN.  Henri  Emile. 

Experiments  upon  the  contraction  of  the  liquid  vein  issuing 
from  an  orifice  and  upon  the  distribution  of  the  velocities 

within  it.     189*6 532.52  B33 

Translated   from   Memoires   presentes   par  divers  savants   a  I'Academie 
des  sciences  de  I'lnstitut  de  France,  v.32. 

GANGUILLET,  E.  &  Kutter,  W.R. 

General  formula  for  the  uniform  flow  of  water  in  rivers  and 
other  channels;  tr.  fr.  the  German,  with  numerous  addi- 
tions, including  tables,  diagrams  and  the  elements  of  over 
1200  gaugings  of  rivers,  small  channels  and  pipes,  in  Eng- 
lish measure,  by  Rudolph  Hering  and  J.  C.  Trautwine. 
1893    532.54  G16 

HERSCHEL,  Clemens. 

115  experfments  on  the  carrying  capacity  of  large,  riveted, 
metal  conduits,  up  to  six  feet  per  second  of  velocity  of 
flow.      1897 532.54    H47 

HIGHAM,  Thomas. 

Hydraulic  tables  for  finding  the  mean  velocity  and  discharge 

in  open  channels.     1898 q532.54  H53 

MACKENZIE,  Alexander,    U.  S.  engineer. 

Report  on  current-meter  observations  in  the  Mississippi  river 
near  Burlington,  Iowa,  during  October  1879;  with 
plates.      1884.      (United    States — Engineer    department 

(army).) r532.54  M18 

SILK,  Albert  Edward. 

Tables   for  calculating  the  discharge  of  water  in  pipes  for 

water-  and  power-  supplies.     1899 532.54  S58 

SWAN,  Charles  H.  &  Horton,  Theodore. 

Hydraulic  diagrams  for  the  discharge  of  conduits  and  canals; 
based    upon    the    formula    of    Ganguillet    and    Kutter. 

1899 r532.54  S97 

WESTON,  Edmund  Browncll,  comp. 

Tables  showing  loss  of  head  due  to  friction  of  water  in  pipes. 

1896    r532.54  W57 


GASES  621 


533     Gases 


KIMBALL,  Arthur  Lalanne. 

Physical  properties  of  gases.     1890.     (Riverside  science 

series.) rS33.i    K25 

For  general  readers.  Develops  the  reasoning  which  has  led  to  the 
present  conception   of  the   nature  of  gases. 

TRAVERS,  Morris  William. 

Experimental  study  of  gases;  an  account  of  the  experi- 
mental methods  involved  in  the  determination  of  the 
properties  of  gases  and  of  the  more  important  re- 
searches connected  with  the  subject.    1901 533-1  T6g 

BARUS,  Carl,  ed. 

Laws  of  gases;  memoirs  by  Robert  Boyle  and  E.  H.  Amagat. 

1899.      (Scientific  memoirs.) 533-2  B28 

Contents:  A  defence  of  the  doctrine  touching  the  spring  and  weight  of 
the  air,  proposed  by  R.  Boyle  in  his  new  physico-mechanical  experi- 
ments, against  the  objections  of  Franciscus  Linus. — Biographical 
sketch  of  Boyle. — On  the  compressibility  of  gases  at  high  pressure.  On 
the  elasticity  and  the  thermal  expansion  of  fluids  throughout  an 
interval  terminating  in  very  high  pressures,  by  E.  H.  Amagat. — 
Biographical  sketch  of  Amagat. 
Bibliography,  p.io8-iio. 

To  this  criticism  by  Linus,  and  the  experimentation  which  Boyle  under- 
took in  preparing  a  defence,  is  probably  due  the  discovery  of  the  law 
which  bears  his  name. 

ABBE,  Cleveland. 

Mechanics  of  the  earth's  atmosphere.  1893.  (In  Smith- 
sonian     institution.        Miscellaneous      collections,      v, 

34-) r5o6  S66m  v.34 

A  collection  of  translations  from  Hagen,  Helmholtz,   Kirchhoff,   Over- 
beck,  etc. 
BARUS,  Carl. 

Experiments  with  ionized  air.     1901.  (In  Smithsonian  insti- 
tution.    Contributions  to  knowledge,  v.29,  pt.2.) .  .qr5o6  S66c  v.29 

533.6     Aeronautics 

AERONAUTICAL   annual;    ed.   by   James    Means,    1895-97. 

no. 1-3.     1894-97 r533.6  A2S 

No  more  published. 

AERONAUTICAL  SOCIETY  OF  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

Annual  reports  (ist-23d),  1866-1893.     23V.  in  2 r533.6  A251 

After   1886  the  reports  are  not  issued  annually. 
No  more  published. 

ANDREWS,  Solomon. 

Aerial  navigation  and  a  proposal  to  form  an  aerial  navigation 

company.     1865  r533.6  A56 

Binder's  title  reads  Art  of  flying. 

Airship  described  was  a  balloon  made  dirigible  by  the  addition  of  a  rud- 
der and  arrangements  for  shifting  the  center  of  gravity.  The  pamphlet 
recounts  Dr  Andrews'  attempts  to  induce  the  government  to  construct 
one  for  military  use  during  the  Civil  war. 

BACON,  John  Mackenzie. 

By  land  and  sky.     1900 533-6  B13 

"Narratives  of  balloon  ascents. .  .Will  probably  be  read  more  for  its  liv- 
ing interest  and  spirit  of  adventure  than  for  its  scientific  qualities... 
Contains  many  original  observations  on  the  transmission  of  sound." 
Knowledge,  1901. 


622  AERONAUTICS 


BREWER,  Griffith,  &  Alexander,  P.Y.  comp. 

Aeronautics;  an  abridgment  of  aeronautical  specifications  filed 

at  the  British  patent  office,  1815-1891.    1893 533-6  B73 

CHANUTE,  Octave. 

Progress  in  flying  machines.     1894 533-6  C36 

Reprint   of  articles   which   appeared   in  the   Railroad  and   engineering 
journal,  now  The  American  engineer. 

DAVID,  L. 

Solution  du  probleme  de  la  navigation  dans  I'air  par  la  direc- 
tion des  aerostats;  expose  d'un  nouveau  systeme  de  di- 
rection.    1864 r533-6  D29 

DERVAL,  E. 

fitude  sur  la  navigation  aerienne.     1889 r533.6  D44 

FIJNJE  van  SALVERDA,  J.  G.  W. 

Aerial  navigation;  with  notes  concerning  some  recent  de- 
velopments in  the  art.     1894 533-6  F47 

Summary,  mainly  popular  in  form,  of  the  development  of  aerial  naviga- 
tion from  the  balloon  of  Montgolfier  (1783),  to  the  early  stages  of  the 
investigations  and  discussions  of  Langley,  Maxim,  Holland  and  others 
(1892) 
GRAFFIGNY,  Henri  de,  (pseud,  of  Raoul  Marquis). 

Les  ballons  et  I'aerostation  frangaise.     [1888.] r533.6  G76 

La  navigation  aerienne  et  les  ballons  dirigeables.     1888 533-6  G76n 

Recits  d'un  aeronaute.     1897 qr533.6  G76r 

Contents:     Histoire   de   I'aerostation. — Fantaisies  aerostatiques. 

Traite  d'aerostation;  theorique  et  pratique.     1891 533-6  G76 

INTERNATIONAL  CONFERENCE  ON  AERIAL  NAVI- 
GATION. 
Proceedings  of  the  conference  held  in  Chicago,  Aug.  1893. 

1894 533-6  I24 

MANSFIELD,  Charles  Blachford,  (pseud.  Ithi  Kefalende). 

Aerial  navigation.     1877 533-6  M34 

Bibliog^raphy,  p.493-496. 
MOORE,  Mrs  Clara  (Jessup). 

Keely  and  his  discoveries;  aerial  navigation.     1893 533-6  M87 

PONTON  d'AMfiCOURT,  Gustave,  vicomte  de,  comp. 

Collection  de  memoires  sur  la  locomotion  aerienne  sans 

ballons.      1864 qr533-6    P79 

TISSANDIER,  Gaston,  comp. 

Bibliographic  aeronautique;  catalogue  de  livres  d'histoire,  de 
science,  de  voyages  et  de  fantaisie  traitant  de  la  navigation 

aerienne,  ou  des  aerostats.     1887 qr533.6  TS2 

TURNOR,  Christopher  Hatton. 

Astra  castra;  experiments  and  adventures  in  the  atmosphere. 

1865   qr533-6  T86 

Bibliography,  P.463-46S. 

533.7     Kinetic  theory  of  gases 

BURBURY,  Samuel  Hawksley. 

Treatise  on  the  kinetic  theory  of  gases.     1899 533  7  B88 

MEYER,  Oskar  Emil. 

Kinetic  theory  of  gases;  elementary  treatise  with  mathematical 


SOUND  623 

appendices.    1899 533.7  M6s 

First  edition  appeared  in  1877. 

"Specially  suited  to  students  of  physics  and  chemistry  who  are  interested 

with  experimental  conclusions  rather  than  with  abstract  reasoning." 

Nature,  1900. 

WATSON,  Henry  William. 

Treatise  on  the  kinetic  theory  of  gases.     1893 533-7  W31 

534     Sound 

BREWER,  Ebenezer  Cobham. 

Sound  and  its  phenomena.    1885 rS34  B73 

MAYER,  Alfred  Marshall. 

Sound;  a  series  of  experiments.     1890 534  MS3 

RADAU,  Rodolphe. 

Wonders  of  acoustics.     1870 r534  R12 

TYNDALL,  John. 

Sound.     1897   534  T98S 

The  same.     1897 r534  T98S 

WILFORD,  pseud. 

Evolution  of  sound;  a  review  of  Tyndall,  Helmholtz  and 

Mayer.     1878 rS34  W71 

CHLADNI,  Ernst  Florens  Friedrich. 

Entdeckungen  iiber  die  theorie  des  klanges.     1787 r534.i  C44 

534.3     Musical  sound 

For  Theory  of  music,  see  781.1 

BLASERNA,  Pietro. 

The  theory  of  sound  in  its  relation  to  music.     1875.     (Hum- 
boldt's library  of  science.) qr534-3  BS4 

STONE,  William  Henry. 

Scientific  basis  of  music.     1878.     (Novello,  Ewer  and  co.'s 

music  primers.) 534-3  S88 

TAYLOR,  Sedley. 

The  science  of  music;  or.  The  physical  basis  of  musical  har- 
mony.    1895 534-3  T25 

Sound  and  music;  an  elementary  treatise  on  the  physical  con- 
stitution of  musical  sounds  and  harmony.     1896 534-3  T25S 

534.84     Architectural  acoustics 

BARNES,  Charles  Lightfoot. 

Practical  acoustics.     1897 530-7  S84  v.3 

Being   v.3,   pt.i,    of    Stewart   &   Gee's    Lessons   in   elementary   practical 
physics. 

EICHHORN,  Albert. 

Die  akustik  grosser  raume  nach  altgriechischer  theorie,  nebst 
der  berechnung  einiger  zugehoriger  beispiele  aus  alter  und 

neuer  zeit.     1900 qb534.84  E39 

40 


624  LIGHT 

KELLY,  Eugene  Henri. 

Architectural  acoustics;  or,  The  science  of  sound  application 

required  in  the  construction  of  audience  rooms.    1898.  .534.84  K17 
SMITH,  Thomas  Roger. 

Acoustics  in  relation  to  architecture  and  building.    1895.  •  •534-84  S66 
Bibliography,  p.  159-163. 

534.86     Phonograph 

NATIONAL  PHONOGRAPH  CO.  pub. 

Phonograph  and  how  to  use  it.     1900 534-86  N15 

Detailed  instructions  for  adjusting  and  operating  the  different  styles  of 
Edison  phonographs. 


535     Light 


BOUGUER,  Pierre. 

Traite  d'optique  sur  la  gradation  de  la  lumiere;  suite  aux 

Memoires  de  1' Academic  royale  des  sciences.     1760 q''535  B65 

DRUDE,  Paul. 

Lehrbuch  der  optik.     1900 r535  D84 

Contents:     Geometrische  optik. — Physikalische  optik:   Allgemeine  eigen- 
schaften  des  lichtes,  Optische  eigenschaften  der  korper.  Die  strahlung 
der  korper. 
"Up  to  the  present  Professor  Drude's  book  contains  the  most  rational 
account  of  the  phenomena  of  optics  which  we  possess."    Nature,  1900. 

DUFET,  H. 

Optique.   3v.    1898-1900.    (Societe  frangaise  de  physique.     Re- 

cueil  de  donnees  numeriques.) r53S  D87 

V.I.    Longueurs  d'onde. — Indices  des  gaz  et  des  liquides. 

V.2.    Proprietes  optiques  des  solides. 

V.3.    Pouvoirs  rotatoires. — Couleurs  d'interference. — Supplement. 

"Bibliographic  des  indices  des  gaz  et  vapeurs,"  v.i,  p.8i;  "Bibliographie 

pour  les  indices  des  dissolutions  et  des  melanges,"  v.i,  p.4is. 
V.2  contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

EMTAGE,  William  Thomas  Allder. 

Light.     1896.     (Advanced  science  manuals.) 535  E61 

GLAZEBROOK,  Richard  Tetley. 

Physical  optics.     1883.     (Text-books  of  science.) rS35  G47 

HASTINGS,  Charles  Sheldon. 

Light ;  a  consideration  of  the  more  familiar  phenomena  of  op- 
tics.    1901.     (Yale  bicentennial  publications.)    535  H34 

Contents:  Wave  motion,  reflection,  refraction. — Optical  instruments. — 
Phenomena  of  limited  wave-surfaces,  interference,  wavelengths  of 
light. — Dispersion,  chromatic  effects  of  differing  wavelengths,  colors 
of  thin  plates. — The  telescope. — The  microscope. — Optical  phenomena 
of  the  atmosphere. — The  eye  and  vision. — Theories  concerning  the 
nature  of  light. — General  mathematical  theory  of  optical  instruments. 
— Note  on*  scintillation  and  eclipse  shadow-bands. — Further  considera- 
tions on  halos. 

HERMAN,  R.A. 

Treatise  on  geometrical  optics.     1900 535  H47 

JOHNSON,  Amy. 

Sunshine.    1892.    (Nature's  story-books.) J53S  J3S 

Devoted  mainly  to  "light,"  and  illustrated  by  very  simple  but  extremely 
interesting  experiments  which  any  boy  or  girl  can  try  at  home. 

Contains  among  other  things:  What  is  sunshine?  The  rainbow.  Fairy 
fountains.  The  magic  lantern,  A  camera  of  our  own.  Soap  bubbles. 
Morning  in  Moon  Land. 


LIGHT  625 

LEWIS,  Exum  Percival,  ed. 

Effects  of  a  magnetic  field  on  radiation;  memoirs  by  Faraday, 

Kerr  and  Zeeman.     1900.     (Scientific  memoirs.) 535  L67 

Contents:  On  the  magnetization  of  light  and  the  illumination  of  mag- 
netic lines  of  force,  On  the  magnetic  affection  of  light,  by  Michael 
Faraday. — Biographical  sketch  of  Faraday. — On  rotation  of  the  plane 
of  polarization  by  reflection  from  the  pole  of  a  magnet.  On  reflection 
of  polarized  light  from  the  equatorial  surface  of  a  mag^net,  by  John 
Kerr. — Biographical  sketch  of  Kerr. — On  the  influence  of  magnetism 
on  the  nature  of  the  light  emitted  by  a  substance.  Doublets  and  trip- 
lets in  the  spectrum  produced  by  external  magnetic  forces,  by  P. 
Zeeman. — Biographical  sketch  of  Zeeman. 

Bibliography,  p.98-100. 

LOMMEL,  Eugene. 

Nature  of  light,  with  a  general  account  of  physical  optics. 

1892.     (International  scientific  series.) 535  L81 

MARION,  Fulgence. 

Wonders  of  optics.     1896.     (Wonders  of  science.) 535  M38 

PERCIVAL,  A.S. 

Optics ;  a  manual  for  students.     1899 535  P42 

STOKES,  Sir  George  Gabriel. 

On  light.     1892 535  S87 

Contents:     On  the  nature  of  light. — On  light  as  a  means  of  investiga- 
tion.— On  the  beneficial  effects  of  light. 
The  Burnett  lectures  delivered  in  1883,  1884  and  1885. 

THOMPSON,  Silvanus  Phillips. 

Light,  visible  and  invisible.    1897 535  T38 

Contents:  Light  and  shadows. — The  visible  spectrum  and  the  eye. — 
Polarisation  of  light. — The  invisible  spectrum. — Rontgen  light. 

TYNDALL,  John. 

Light  and  electricity.     1895 535  T98I 

Six  lectures  on  light,  delivered  1872-1873.    1898 535  T98 

The  same.     1889 r535  T98 

WRIGHT,  Lewis,  of  London. 

Light;  a  course  of  experimental  optics  chiefly  with  the 

lantern.     1892 535  W93 

CREW,  Henry,  ed. 

Wave  theory  of  light;   memoirs   by   Huygens,   Young  and 

Fresnel.     1900.     (Scientific  memoirs.) 535-1  C88 

Contents:  Treatise  on  light,  by  Christiaan  Huygens. — Biographical 
sketch  of  Huygens. — On  the  theory  of  light  and  colors.  An  account  of 
some  cases  of  the  production  of  colors  not  hitherto  described.  Ex- 
periments and  calculations  relative  to  physical  optics,  by  Thomas 
Young. — Biographical  sketch  of  Young. — Memoir  on  the  diffraction 
of  light,  by  A.  J.  Fresnel. — On  the  action  of  rays  of  polarized  light 
upon  each  other,  by  Arago  and  Fresnel. — Biographical  sketch  of 
Fresnel. 
Bibliography,  p.  160-162. 

This  theory,  first  hinted  at  by  Robert  Hooke,  was  first  clearly  ex- 
pounded by  Huygens,  but  owing  to  Newton's  influence  on  science, 
was  neglected  for  over  a  century.  In  1801-1804  Young  again  brought 
the  theory  before  the  scientific  world  but  was  received  with  ridicule, 
and  it  was  reserved  for  Fresnel  (1815)  to  carry  out  the  researches  and 
the  mathematical  analyses  which  gained  the  support  of  other  workers. 

POINCARfi,  Jules  Henri. 

filectricite  et  optique;  la  lumiere  et  les  theories  electro- 
dynamiques;  legons  professees  a  la  Sorbonne  en  1888, 
1890    et    1899.       1901.       (Cours    de    physique    mathe- 


626  PHOTOMETRY.    COLOR 

matique.)    qr535i   P74 

A  critical  discussion  of  the  present  state  of  electrodynamic  theory  by  an 
author  of  highest  rank  in  the  domain  of  mathematical  physics. 

PRESTON,  Thomas,  M.A. 

Theory  of  light.     1895 535.1  P93 

COTTON,  A. 

Le  phenomene  de  Zeeman.     1899.     (Scientia;  serie  physico- 

mathematique.)    rS35.2  C83 

Brief  study  of  the  emission  of  light  as  modified  by  the  influence  of  a 
magnetic  field.     Chiefly  a  record  of  the  actual  experimental  results  so 
far  obtained  (1899). 

535.2     Photometry 

DIBDIN,  William  Joseph. 

Practical  photometry;  a  guide  to  the  study  of  the  measurement 

of  light.     1889 535.2  DS4 

EIJNDHOVEN,  A.J.  van. 

Comparison  between  the  English  and  French  methods  of 

ascertaining  the  illuminating  power  of  coal  gas.    1897 535-2  E39 

STINE,  Wilbur  Morris. 

Photometrical  measurements  and  manual  for  the  general 
practice  of  photometry,    with    especial    reference    to  the 

photometry  of  arc  and  incandescent  lamps.     1900 535-2  S85 

Discusses  carefully  subjects  directly  connected  with  industrial  measure- 
ments, stating  briefly  those  which  have  only  scientific  interest. 

SPOTTISWOODE,  William. 

Polarisation  of  light.     1874 _. r535-5  S76 

535.6     Color 

HURST,  George  H. 

Colour;  a  handbook  of  the  theory  of  colour.     1900 535-6  H95 

PRANG,  Louis,  ptib. 

The  Prang  standard  of  color.    1898 , qr535-6  P88 

REDGRAVE,  Richard. 

Elementary  manual  of  colour,  with  a  catechism,  prepared  for 

the  use  of  students.     1884 535-6  R27 

Authorities,  p. 3. 

ROOD,  Ogden  Nicholas. 

Students'  text-hook  of  color;  or.  Modern  chromatics  with  ap- 
plications to  art  and  industry.  1892.  (International  scien- 
tific  series.) 535-6  R67 

WARHURST,  B.W.  comp. 

Colour  dictionary;  giving  200  names  of  colours  used  in  print- 
ing, &c.,  especially  prepared  for  stamp  collectors.    1899.  -r535.6  W22 
WOUWERMANS,  Alwin  von. 

Farbenlehre;  fiir  die  praktische  anwendung  in  den  verschie- 
denen  gewerben  und  in  der  kunstindustrie.    1891.    (Hart- 

leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r535-6  W92 

ZANDER,  C.G. 

Photo-trichromatic  printing  in  theory  and  practice.    1896 535-6  Z27 


SPECTROSCOPY  627 

535-7     Physiological  optics.      Eye 

See  also  Diseases  of  the  eye,  617.17;  and  Sense  of  sight,  152 

BIDWELL,  Shelford. 

Curiosities  of  light  and  sight.     1899 5357  B47 

LE  CONTE,  Joseph. 

Sipht;    an    exposition   of   the   principles   of   monocular   and 
binocular  vision.     1881.      (International   scientific 

series.)  r53S.7  L49 

PARSONS,  J.  Herbert. 

Elementary   ophthalmic    optics,    including   ophthalmoscopy   & 

retinoscopy.     1901  535-7  P26 

Bibliography,  p. 5. 

Author  is   (1901)  curator,  Royal  London  ophthalmic  hospital. 

SCHWEIGGER,  Karl  Ernst  Theodor. 

Seh-proben.     1876 r535.7   S41 

SUTER,  William  Norwood. 

Handbook  of  optics  for  students  of  ophthalmology.    1899.  .535.7  S96 

NEUMANN,  Carl. 

Die  brillen,  das  dioptrische  fernrohr  und  mikroskop;  ein 

handbuch  fiir  praktische  optiker.     1887.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)   r535-8  N25 

MOLYNEUX,  William. 

Dioptrica  nova;  a  treatise  of  dioptricks;  wherein  the  various 

effects  of  spherick  glasses  are  explained.     1709 r535.8i  M81 


535.84     Spectroscopy 

For  Astronomical  spectroscopy,  see   522.6 

FRAUNHOFER,  Joseph  von. 

Prismatic  and  diffraction  spectra;  memoirs  tr.  and  ed.  by  J.  S. 

Ames.     1898.     (Scientific  memoirs.) 535-84  F89 

Brief  biography  of  the  author,  p.6i ;  bibliography,  P.64-6S. 

"Fraunhofer,  in  1814,  rediscovered  the  lines  in  the  solar  spectrum,  which 
now  bear  his  name.  He  at  first  used  a  slit  and  prism;  but,  later,  he 
discovered  that  the  same  phenomena  could  be  obtained  by  means 
of  gratings  made  up  of  wires  or  ruled  on  glass.  The  papers  of  Fraun- 
hofer in  which  he  describes  these  results  are  printed  in  full  in  this 
volume."     Translator's  preface. 

KAYSER,  Heinrich. 

Handbuch  der  spectroscopie.    2v.     1900-02 qr535-84  K14 

Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

"An  exhaustive  account  of  the  subject,  addressed  to  the  practical  physi- 
cist, with  full  and  carefully  compiled  references  to  the  original 
sources."     Journal  of  physical  chemistry,  1901. 

LANDAUER,  Johann. 

Spectrum  analysis.     1898 535-84  L21 

Bibliography  of  works  on  spectrum  analysis,  p. 8-10. 
LOCKYER,  Sir  Joseph  Norman. 

Studies  in  spectrum  analysis.     1893.     (International  scientific 

series.)    535-84  L76 

ROSCOE,  Sir  Henry  Enfield. 

Spectrum  analysis.     1885 535-84  R71 

The  same.     1869 r535-84  R71 


628  HEAT 

SCHELLEN,  Thomas  Joseph  Heinrich. 

Spectrum  analysis  in  its  application  to  terrestrial  sub- 
stances and  the  physical  constitution  of  the  heavenly 
bodies.     1872 535-84  S32 

The  same.     1872 r535-84  S32 

Bibliography,  P.63S-662. 

535'85     Photographic  optics 

COLE,  R.S. 

Treatise  on  photographic  optics.     1899 535-85  C68 

Describes  the  principles  of  optics,  so  far  as  they  apply  to  photog^raphy, 
in  a  form  which  is  of  scientific  value,  while  not  abstruse.  "I  have 
attempted,"  the  author  says,  "to  steer  a  middle  course  between  giving 
too  much  mathematics  and  giving  none  at  all;  the  former  course  would 
restrict  the  book  to  a  few,  while  the  latter  would  deprive  it  of  all  real 
▼alue." 
LUMMER,  Otto. 

Contributions  to  photographic  optics;  tr.  and  augmented  by 

S.  P.  Thompson.     1900 535-85  L97 

Contains   the  first   English   exposition   of  von   Seidel's   theories   of   the 
aberrations  of  light.     Shows  what  the  aberrations  are,  and  how  they 
are  removed  in  photographic  lenses. 
Lummer's  original  articles  may  be  found  in  the  Zeitschrift  fur  instru- 
mentenkunde  for  1897. 

535.86     Lantern  shdes 

DRESSER,  A.R. 

Lantern  slides  and  how  to  make  them.    1892 535-86  D81 

LAUDY,  Louis  H. 

The  magic  lantern  and  its  applications.     1886 q535-86  L36 

PIKE,  J. 

Lantern  slides;  their  production  and  use.     1896 535-86  P58 

PRINGLE,  Andrew. 

Lantern-slides  by  photographic  methods.     1890.     (Scovill's 

photographic    series.) 535-86   P9S 

YELLOTT,  Osborne  I. 

Lantern-slides  and  slide-making.     1901 535-86  Y23 

Appeared  in  the  Photo- American,  1900. 
A  practical  handbook  for  beginners. 

536     Heat 

CAZIN,  Achille. 

Phenomena  and  laws  of  heat.   1893.    (Wonders  of  science.) .  .536  C29 
EDSER,  Edwin. 

Heat  for  advanced  students.     1899 536  E29 

A  theoretical  and  experimental  treatment.     Calculus  is  not  used. 
GLAZEBROOK,  Richard  Tetley. 

Heat;    an    elementary   text-book,   theoretical   and   practical, 

for  colleges  and  schools.     1894 rS36  G47 

Heat  and  light;  an  elementary  text-book,  theoretical  and  prac- 
tical for  colleges  and  schools.     1897 536  G47 

STEWART,  Balfour. 

Elementary  treatise  on  heat.     1895 536  S84 


HEAT  629 

TAIT,  Peter  Guthrie. 

Heat.     1892  536  T14 

MAXWELL,  James  Clerk. 

Theory  of  heat;  with  corrections  and  additions  by  Lord  Ray- 

leigh.     1897.     (Text-books  of  science.) 536.1  M52 

The  same.     1894.     (Text-books  of  science.) r536.i  M52 

METCALFE,  Samuel  L. 

Caloric;  its  mechanical,  chemical  and  vital  agencies  in  the 

phenomena  of  nature.     2v.     1859 r536.i  M64 

Defends  the  materialistic  or  "caloric"  theory  of  heat;  and  maintains  that 
caloric  "is  alone,  of  every  form  of  being,  quick  or  dead,  the  active 
principle."  While  atmospheric  and  electrical  phenomena  are  explained 
on  this  basis,  the  greater  portion  of  the  work  is  devoted  to  a  theory 
of  medicine,  which  is  a  modernized  form  of  that  of  Hippocrates. 

PRESTON,  Thomas,  M.  A. 

Theory  of  heat.     1894 536.1  P93 

THURSTON,  Robert  Henry. 

Heat  as  a  form  of  energy.     1890 536.1  T43 

TYNDALL,  John. 

Heat  a  mode  of  motion.     1893 536.1  T98 

The  same.     1866 r536.i  T98 

BRACE,  DeWitt  Bristol,  ed. 

Laws  of  radiation  and  absorption ;  memoirs  by  Prevost,  Stew- 
art, Kirchhoff  and  Bunsen.     1901.     (Scientific  memoirs.)  .  .536.3  B67 
Contents:  On  the  equilibrium  of  heat,  by  Pierre  Prevost. — ^Treatise  on 
radiant  heat   (selections),  by  Pierre  Prevost. — Biographical  sketch  of 
Prevost. — An  account  of  some  experiments  on  radiant  heat,  involving 
an  extension  of  Prevost's  theory  of  exchanges,  by  Balfour  Stewart. — 
Researches  on  radiant    heat;  second    ser.,  by    Balfour    Stewart. —  Bio- 
graphical  sketch  of    Stewart. — On  the    relation   between    the   emissive 
and  the  absorptive  power  of  bodies  for  heat  and  light,  by  G.  R.  Kirch- 
hoff.— Biographical  sketch  of  Kirchhoff. — Chemical  analysis  by  spec- 
tral observations,  by  G.  Kirchhoff  and  R.  Bunsen. — Biographical  sketch 
of  Bunsen. 
Bibliography,  p.  127-128. 

Prevost's  first  paper  enunciates  the  theory  of  exchanges,  which  the  selec- 
tions from  his  treatise  on  radiant  heat  extend  and  explain.  Stewart's 
papers  extend  the  theory  and  establish  a  qualitative,  or  selective,  rela- 
tion. The  first  rigorous  proof  of  the  law  of  the  emission  and  radia- 
tion of  beat  and  light  is  due  to  Kirchhoff,  its  application  to  spectrum 
analysis  to  Kirchhoff  and  Bunsen. 


536.4     Effects  of  heat 

Expansion.    Liquefaction 

AMES,  Joseph  Sweetman,  ed. 

Free  expansion  of  gases;  memoirs  by  Gay-Lussac,  Joule,  and 

Joule  and  Thomson.    1898.     (Scientific  memoirs.) 536.41  Asi 

The  same.     1898.     (Scientific  memoirs.) r536.4i  A51 

Contents:  First  attempt  to  determine  the  changes  in  temperature  which 
gases  experience  owing  to  changes  of  density,  and  considerations  on 
their  capacity  for  heat,  by  L.  J.  Gay-Lussac. — Biographical  sketch  of 
Gay-Lussac. — On  the  changes  of  temperature  produced  by  the  rarefac- 
tion and  condensation  of  air,  by  J.  P.  Joule. — Biographical  sketch  of 
Joule.^ — On  the  thermal  effects  of  elastic  fluids,  by  William  Thomson 
and  J.  P.  Joule. 
Bibliography,  p.  103. 
FARADAY,  Michael. 

The  liquefaction  of  gases;  papers;  with  an  appendix  consist- 


630  THERMODYNAMICS 

ing  of  papers  by  Thomas  Northmore  on  the  compression 

of  gases.    1896.     (Alembic  club  reprints.) 536.42  F22 

HARDIN,  Willett  Lepley. 

Rise  and  development  of, the  liquefaction  of  gases.    1899.  .536.42  H25 

Tli€  same.     1899 r536.42  H25 

SLOANE,  Thomas  O'Conor. 

Liquid  air  and  the  liquefaction  of  gases;  theory,  history,  biog- 
raphy, practical  applications,  manufacture.     1899 536.42  S63 


536.5     Measurement  of  heat 

BOLTON,  Henry  Carrington. 

Evolution  of  the  thermometer,  1592-1743.     1900 536.51  B61 

"Authorities,"  p.92-96. 

LE  CHATELIER,  Henri,  &  Boudouard,  O. 

High-temperature   measurements;   tr.   by   G.  K.  Burgess. 

1901 536.52  L48 

Bibliography,  p.215-223. 

A  resume  of  the  entire  subject  from  the  time  of  Wedgwood  to  the  pres- 
ent.    Describes  the  various  forms  of  pyrometers  used. 

Mesure  des  temperatures  elevees.     1900 r536.52  L48 

"Index  bibliographique,"  p.217-220. 

A  resume  of  the  entire  subject  from  the  time  of  Wedgwood  to  the  pres- 
ent.    Describes  the  various  forms  of  pyrometers  used. 


536.7     Thermodynamics 

BUCKINGHAM,  Edgar. 

Outline  of  the  theory  of  thermodynamics.     1900 536.7  B8s 

"Authorities,"  p.  197-198. 

"Probably  as  satisfactory  a  student's  text  as  we  have."    /.  E.  Trevor. 

MAGIE,  William  Francis,  ed. 

Second  law  of  thermodynamics;  memoirs  by  Carnot,  Clausius 

and  Thomson.     1899.     ("Scientific  memoirs.) 536.7  M2S 

Contents:  Reflections  on  the  motive  power  of  heat,  by  Sadi  Carnot — 
Biographical  sketch  of  Carnot. — On  the  motive  power  of  heat  and 
on  the  laws  which  can  be  deduced  from  it  for  the  theory  of  heat,  by 
R.  Clausius. — Biographical  sketch  of  Clausius. — The  dynamical  theory 
of  heat;  selected  portions,  by  William  Thomson,  (Lord  Kelvin). — Bio- 
graphical sketch  of  Lord  Kelvin. 

Bibliography,  p.  149-150. 

Carnot's  memoir  established  the  conditions  upon  which  the  economical 
working  of  all  heat-engines  is  dependent.  Clausius'  paper  gives  the 
first  formulation  of  the  second  law  of  thermodynamics,  which  he 
laid  down  for  use  in  proving  Carnot's  proposition.  Lord  Kelvin's 
article,  on  the  same  subject,  and  published  shortly  afterwards,  gives 
an  independent  formulation  of  the  law,  and  a  rigorous  proof. 

REEVE,  Sidney  A. 

The  entropy-temperature  analysis  of  steam-engine  efficien- 
cies; with  a  blank  diagram  arranged  for  easy  application 
to  any  concrete  case.     1897 rS36.7  R^ 

ZEUNER,  Gustav  Anton. 

Technische  thermodynamik.     2v.  in  i.     1887-90 •••r536.7Z55 

First   published  under  the  title   "Grundziige   der  mechanischen   warme- 

theorie." 
Important  presentation  of  the  technical  applications  of  thermodynamics. 
For  engineers  and  engrineering  students. 


ELECTRICITY  631 

537     Electricity 

For  Electric  engineering,  see  621.3 

AMES,  Joseph  Sweetman,  ed. 

Discovery  of  induced  electric  currents.    2v.    1900.     (Scientific 

memoirs.)   537  Asi 

V.I.    Memoirs  by  Joseph  Henry. 

V.3.    Memoirs   by  Michael   Faraday. 

Biographical  sketch  of  Henry,  v.i,  p.  106-107;  biographical  sketch  of 
Faraday,   v.2,   p.93-94. 

The  discovery  of  magneto-electricity  was  made  independently  by  Henry 
and  Faraday.  The  latter  published  his  experiments  first,  although 
there  are  good  grounds  for  believing  his  work  was  antedated  by 
Henry's,  v.i  contains  also  an  account  of  Henry's  improvements  in 
electromagnets,  which  first  proved  that  they  might  be  constructed  of 
almost  any  desired  power. 

ATKINSON,  Philip. 

Electricity  for  everybody.     1895 537  A87 

The  same.     1897 537  A87e 

General,  and  intended  for  readers  who  have  no  previous  knowledge  of 
the  subject.  The  various  practical  uses  of  electricity,  with  the  ai>- 
paratus  for  each,  are  explained. 

BARNARD,  Charles. 

First  steps  in  electricity.     1895 537  825 

Describes  simple  and  inexpensive  experiments  that  can  be  performed 
in  schools  or  at  home. 

BENJAMIN,  Park. 

Age  of  electricity  from  amber-soul  to  telephone.    1892 537  B43 

The  same.     1886 r537  B43a 

Explains  leading  principles  and  more  important  applications  of  electric 
science,  avoiding  technicalities. 

BIGGS,  C.H.W. 

First  principles  of  electricity  and  magnetism.     [1891.] 537  B47 

Intended  for  beginners  in  practical  work.     Very  readable. 
CAILLARD,  Emma  Marie. 

Electricity,  the  science  of  the  19th  century.     1891 537  C12 

The  same J537   C12 

Intended  for  readers  who  have  no  previous  acquaintance  with  the  subject. 
CAVENDISH,  Henry. 

Electrical  researches,  1771-1781;  ed.  by  J.  C.  Maxwell.     1879.  .rS37  Cag 
GUMMING,  Linnaeus. 

Electricity  treated  experimentally.     1891 537  C91 

"ELECTRICIAN"  primers;  a  series  of  helpful  primers  on  elec- 
trical subjects  for  the  use  of  students  and  general  readers. 

2v.     [1891.]     (Electrician  series.) 537  E44 

V.I.  The  effects  of  an  electric  current. — Conductors  and  insulators. — 
Ohm's  law. — Primary  batteries. — Arrangement  of  batteries. — Elec- 
trolysis.— Secondary  batteries. — Lines  of  force. — Magnets. — Electri- 
cal units. — The  galvanometer. — Electrical  measuring  instruments. — 
The  Wheatstone  bridge. — The  electrometer. — The  induction  coil. — 
Alternating  currents. — The  Leyden  jar. — Influence  machines.  — 
Lightning  protectors. — Thermopiles. 
v.2.  The  electric  telegraph. — Automatic  and  duplex  telegraphy. — The 
laying  and  repair  of  submarine  cables. — Testing  submarine  cables. — 
The  telephone.  —  Dynamos.  —  Motors. — Transformers.  —  The  arc 
lamp. — ^The  incandescent  lamp. — Underground  mains.  —  Electric 
meters. — Electric  light  safety  devices. — Systems  of  electric  distribu- 
tion.— Electric  transmission  of  energy. — Electric  traction. — Electro- 
deposition. — Electric  welding. 


632  ELECTRICITY 

EVERETT,  Joseph  David. 

Electricity.     1901  537  Eqs 

.^n  expansion  of  v.3  of  the  author's  Elementary  treatise  on  natura' 
philosophy,  based  on  the  Traite  de  physique  of  A.  Privat-Deschanel, 
on  the  lines  of 'modern  electrical  theory. 

"The  account  it  gives  of  fundamental  electrical  phenomena  is  admirable, 
the  descriptions  of  apparatus  are  clear  and  good,  though  at  times 
slightly  too  concise. .  .and  the  illustrations  are  excellent. .  .Prof. 
Everett  has  hampered  himself  in  his  attempt  to  g^ive  a  modern  theory 
of  electricity  by  retaining  even  that  part  of  the  old  [treatise]  which 
he  has  kept;  the  result  is  somewhat  of  a  patchwork."     Nature,  1901. 

FORBES,  George. 

Course  of  lectures  on  electricity.     1891 537  F7S 

"Intended  for  an  intelligent  audience  ignorant  of  electrical  science." 
Author. 

FOSTER,  George  Carey,  &  Atkinson,  Edmund,  ed. 

Elementary  treatise  on  electricity  and  magnetism,  founded  on 

Joubert's  Traite  elementaire  d'electricite.     1896 537  F81 

FRITH,  Henry. 

Marvels  of  electricity  and  magnetism;  a  popular  account  of 
modern  electrical  and  magnetic  discoveries,  electrical  bat- 
teries and  machines,  galvanism,  the  electric  telegraph,  elec- 
tro-plating, magnets  and  magnetism,  the  mariner's  com- 
pass, the  electric  light,  animal  and  atmospheric  electricity. 

(Scientific  recreation  series.) JS37  Fps 

GERARD,  Eric. 

Electricity  and  magnetism.     1897 537  G31 

Theoretical  discussion  involving  use  of  calculus. 
GORDON,  James  Edward  Henry. 

Physical  treatise  on  electricity  and  magnetism.    2v.     1880.  .r537  G65 
Fairly  complete  general  descriptive  treatise.     Non-mathematical. 
GUILLEMIN,  Amedee  Victor. 

Electricity  and  magnetism.     1891 qS37  G96 

Popular,  simple,  non-mathematical  exposition  of  the  science.  Revised 
and  edited  by  Silvanus  P.  Thompson. 

HASKINS,  Clark  Caryl. 

^  Electricity  made  simple,  and  treated  non-technically.    1900.  .537  H33 
HOUSTON,  Edwin  James. 

Electricity  and  magnetism;  advanced  primers  of  electricity. 

1893 537  H83el 

JENKIN,  Henry  Charles  Fleeming. 

Electricity  and  magnetism.    1891.    (Text-books  of  science.) 537  J25 

MASCART,  fileuthere  £lie  Nicolas,  &  Joubert,  J.  F. 

Legons  sur  I'electricite  et  le  magnetisme.    2v.     1896-97 rS37  M44 

v. I.     Phenomenes  generaux  et  theorie. 
V.2.     Methodes  de  mesure  et  applications. 

MAXWELL,  James  Clerk. 

Elementary  treatise  on  electricity.     1888 537  M52 

Not  altogether  elementary.  Requires  a  considerable  knowledge  of 
algebra. 

Treatise  on  electricity  and  magnetism.     2v.     1892 537  M52t 

Mathematical  treatment  of  the  subject  by  an  authority. 

MAYCOCK.  William  Perren. 

First  book  of  electricity  and  magnetism.     1895 537  MS3 

The  same.    1891  r537  Ms3 


ELECTRICITY  633 

MEADOWCROFT,  William  Henry. 

A  B  C  of  electricity.    i888 537  MS5 

The  same.     1888 537  Mssa 

The  same.     1888 J537  M5S 

NIPHER,  Francis  Eugene. 

Electricity  and  magnetism;  a  mathematical  treatise  for  ad- 
vanced undergraduate  students.     1895 537  N36 

NOAD,  Henry  M. 

Manual  of  electricity;  including  galvanism,  magnetism,  dia- 
magnetism,  electro-dynamics,  magneto-electricity  and  the 

electric  telegraph.     2v.     1855-57 r537  N38 

PERKINS,  Charles  A. 

Outlines  of  electricity  and  magnetism.     1896 537  P43 

PRIESTLEY,  Joseph. 

Familiar  introduction  to  the  study  of  electricity.     1777 r537  P94 

ST.  JOHN,  Thomas  M. 

Things  a  boy  should  know  about  electricity.     1900 JS37  Sl4t 

SHEPARDSON,  George  Defrees. 

Electrical    catechism ;  an   introductory   treatise  on    electricity 

and  its  uses.     1901 qS37  SS4 

Gives  a  general  view  of  the  subject  in  simple  non-technical  language. 
Of  special  value  to  wiremcn,  motormen  and  other  electrical  workmen. 

SPRAGUE,  John  T. 

Electricity;  its  theory,  sources  and  applications.     1892 537  S76 

"The    electricity   which    exists    in   nature,    not   that   created   by   mathe- 
maticians."    Author. 
SWOOPE,  C.  Walton. 

Lessons  in  practical   electricity;  principles,   experiments   and 

arithmetical  problems.     1901  537  S97 

Deals  chiefly  with  direct  current  practice.  Requires  only  a  knowledge 
of  simple  mathematics,  and  would  be  a  good  text-book  for  self-in- 
struction. 

THOMPSON,  Silvanus  Phillips. 

Elementary  lessons  in  electricity  and  magnetism.     1895.... 537  T38 

The  same.     1898 537  T38e 

Prof.  F.  B.  Crocker  says:  "This  is  a  very  good  elementary  treatment  of 
fundamental  principles.  Extensively  and  successfully  used  as  a  text- 
book for  students  beginning  the  study  of  electricity.  Suited  for  the 
general  reader,  the  practical  worker,  and  the  engineer  not  electricaL" 

TREVERT,  Edward,  (pseud,  of  Edward  Trevert  Bubier). 

Electricity  for  students.     1895 537  T73 

Describes  in  very  simple  language  a  few  practical  applications  of  elec- 
tricity. 

TYNDALL,  John. 

Lessons  in  electricity,  1875-6.     1893 537  T98 

Describes  numerous  elementary  electrical  experiments  carried  out  with 
very  simple  apparatus. 

UNITED  STATES  ELECTRICAL  COMMISSION. 

Report  of  the  Electrical  conference  at  Philadelphia,  Sept. 

1884.     1886   rS37  U2S 

Proceedings  of  the  National  conference  of  electricians  held  in  Philadel- 
phia, Sept.  8-13,  1884. 
VASCHY,  Aime. 

Traite  d'electricite  et  de  magnetisme,  theorie  et  applications, 
instruments  et  methodes  de  mesure  electrique.  2v. 
1890 r537  V22 


634  ELECTRICITY 

WIEDEMANN,  Gustav. 

Die  lehre  von  der  elektricitat.    4v.     1893-98 r537  W68 

Being  Ed.4  of  Die  lehre  vom  galvanismus  und  elektromagnetismus. 
"Literatur,"  v.4,  p.  1040-1046. 

A   standard    work   by    the    leading    German   authority,    written    from   a 
theoretical  point  of  view. 


537.03     Dictionaries 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  comp. 

Dictionary    of    electrical    words,    terms    and    phrases. 

1898  qr537.03  H83d 

The  same.     1894 qrS37.03  H83 

F.  B.  Crocker,  professor  of  electrical  engineering.  School  of  mines, 
Columbia  university,  New  York,  says:  "This  is  the  most  complete  elec- 
trical dictionary  in  any  language.  Defines  almost  every  existing  elec- 
trical term,  whether  highly  scientific  or  slang.  Important  facts  are 
explained  quite  fully.  It  is  a  book  of  reference  on  all  branches  of 
electricity.  Suited  to  the  needs  of  everybody,  from  the  general  reader 
to  the  advanced  electrical  engineer." 

JACQUEZ,  Ernest,  comp. 

Dictionnaire  d'electricite  &  de  magnetisme,  avec  la  synonymie 

frangaise,  allemande  et  anglaise.     1887 r53703  J13 

SLOANE,  Thomas  O'Conor,  comp. 

Standard  electrical  dictionary.     1897 r537.03  S63 


537.04     Essays 

FARADAY.  Michael. 

Experimental  researches  in  electricity.     3v.     1839-55. ..  .rS37.04  F22 
FLEMING,  John  Ambrose. 

Short  lectures  to  electrical  artisans.    1893 537-04  F62 

HEAVISIDE.  Oliver. 

Electrical  papers.     2v.     1894 537-04  H38 

Theoretical  and  mathematical  treatment  of  electricity  in  general  and 
of  electromagnetic  phenomena  in  particular.  Author  is  a  well  known 
authority. 

HERTZ,  Heinrich. 

Miscellaneous  papers.     1896 537-04  H48 

Consists  mainly  of  the  earlier  investigations  which  Hertz  carried  out 
before  his  great  electrical  researches. 

537.09     History 

BENJAMIN,  Park. 

Intellectual  rise  in  electricity.     1895 537-09  B43 

The  same.     1895 r537.09  B43 

Also  published  with  the  title  "History  of  electricity." 
FLEMING,  John  Ambrose. 

Centenary  of  the  electric  current,  1799-1899;  a  lecture  delivered 
at  Dover,  Sept.  i8th,  1899,  during  the  meeting  of  the  British 

association  for  the  advancement  of  science.    1899 537-09  F62 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James. 

Electricity  one  hundred  years  ago  and  to-day.     1894 537-09  H83 


ELECTRICITY  635 

MENDENHALL,  Thomas  Corwin. 

Century  of  electricity.     1894 537-09  M61 

Sketches  growth  of  science  of  electricity  and  its  principal  applications; 
avoids  technical  language. 
0  MUNRO,  John. 

Story  of  electricity.     1896.     (Library  of  useful  stories.).  .537.09  M96 
Bibliography,  p.  175- 176. 

537.1     Theory 

ARMSTRONG,  Sir  Alexander. 

Electric  movement  in  air  and  water,  with  theoretical  infer- 
ences.     1897 qr537i    A73 

"Embodies   one   of  the   most   remarkable  contributions  to   physical   and 
electrical   knowledge   that   has  been   made   in   recent   years."     London 
times. 
GUMMING,  Linnaeus. 

Introduction  to  the  theory  of  electricity.     1894 537-1  C91 

EMTAGE,  William  Thomas  Allder. 

Introduction  to   the   mathematical   theory   of  electricity   and 

magnetism.      1894 537.1    E61 

HERTZ,  Heinrich. 

Electric  waves;  researches  on  the  propagation  of  electric  ac- 
tion with  finite  velocity  through  space.     1900 537-1  H48 

LODGE,  Sir  Oliver  Joseph. 

Modern  views  of  electricity.     1892 537-1  L76 

The  same.     1892 r537-i  L76 

POINCARfi,  Jules  Henri. 

filectricite  et  optique;  les  theories  de  Helmholtz  et  les  ex- 
periences de  Hertz.     1891 r537.i  P74 

Les  oscillations  electriques.     1894 r537-i   P740 

La    theorie    de    Maxwell    et    les    oscillations    hertziennes. 

[1899.]     (Scientia;  serie  physico-mathematique.) r537.i  P74t 

A  concise,   non-mathematical  discussion,  from  the  scientific  side,   of  the 
oscillation  of  electric  waves. 

SLOANE,  Thomas  O'Conor. 

Electricity  simplified;  a  popular  review  of  the  theory  of  elec- 
tricity, with  analogies  and  examples  of  its  practical  applica- 
tions in  everyday  life.    1902 -537-1  S63 

THOMSON,  Elihu. 

What  is  electricity?  1890.  (Thomson  scientific  club.  Trans- 
actions.)     - 537-1  T38 

Brief  and  popular  exposition  of  the  nature  of  light  as  related  to  electri- 
cal phenomena. 

THOMSON,  Joseph  John. 

Elements  of  the  mathematical  theory  of  electricity  and  mag- 
netism.    189s 537.1   T387 

Notes  on  recent  researches  in  electricity  and  magnetism. 

1893   537-1  T387n 

Contents:  Electric  displacement  and  Faraday  tubes  of  force. — Passage  of 
electricity  through  gases. — Conjugate  functions. — Electrical  waves  and 
oscillations. — Electromagnetic  waves. — Distribution  of  rapidly  alter- 
nating currents. — Electromotive  intensity  in  moving  bodies. — The  elec- 
trolysis of  steam. 
Intended  as  a  sequel  to  Clerk  Maxwell's  "Treatise  on  electricity  and 
magnetism." 


636  ELECTRICITY 

TROWBRIDGE,  John. 

What  is  electricity?  1896.  (International  scientific  series.)  .  .537.1  T77 

The  same.     1899 J537.1  T77 

Popular  discussion  from  scientific  standpoint  of  the  various  phenomena 
of  electricity,  with  attempt  to  define  the  present  trend  of  investigation. 

WATSON,  Henry  William,  &  Burbury,  S.H. 

Mathematical  theory  of  electricity  and  magnetism.    2v.    1885- 

89 5371  W32 

V.I.    Electrostatics. 

V.2.    Magnetism  and  electrodynamics. 


537.2     Electrostatics 

ATKINSON,  Philip. 

Elements  of  static  electricity,  with  description  of  the  Holtz 

and  Topler  machines  and  their  mode  of  operating.     1887.  .537.2  A87 
BENOIT,  Rene. 

Construction  des  etalons  prototypes  de  resistance  electrique 

du  Ministere  des  postes  et  des  telegraphes.    1885 qr537.2  B44 

KELVIN,  William  Thomson,  baron. 

Reprint  of  papers  on  electrostatics  and  magnetism.     1884.  .537.2  K17 

537.4     Atmospheric  electricity.     Lightning  rods 

ANDERSON,  Richard. 

Lightning  conductors,  their  history,  nature  and  mode  of  ap- 
plication.    1885 537-4  AS4 

Bibliography,  p.g-is,  414-462. 

FONVIELLE,  Wilfrid  de. 

Thunder  and  lightning.     1886.     (Wonders  of  man  and 

nature.)    537.4  F74 

LIGHTNING  ROD  CONFERENCE. 

Report  of  the  delegates;  with  a  code  of  rules  for  the  erec- 
tion of  lightning  conductors,   and   appendices;   ed.  by 

G.  J.  Symons.     1882 537-4  L69 

This  conference  was  called  at  the  request  of  the  Meteorological  society, 
and  consisted  of  delegates   from  that  society,  the   Royal   institute  of 
British    architects,    the    Society   of   telegraph    engineers   and    of   elec- 
tricians,  the   Physical   society,    with   two   co-opted   members. 
"Catalogue  of  works  upon  lightning  conductors,"  p.  143-174. 

LODGE,  Sir  Oliver  Joseph. 

Lightning  conductors  and  lightning  guards.     1892 537-4  L76 

"Treatise  on  the  protection  of  buildings,  of  telegraph  instruments,  and 
submarine  cables,  and  of  electric  installations  generally,  from  damage 
by  atmospheric  discharges."     Author. 

McADIE,  Alexander  G. 

Electrification  of  the  atmosphere.     1897 537-4  Mil 

Reprinted  from  "Terrestrial  magnetism,"  June  1897. 

Bound   with  other  pamphlets. 
Elster  and  Geitel's  Resume  of  recent  papers  on  atmospheric 

electricity.     1897  , 537-4  Mil 

Reprinted  from  "Terrestrial  magnetism,"  Dec.  1897. 

Bound  with   other  pamphlets. 
Protection  from  lightning.     1894.     (United  States — Weather 

bureau.     Circular  of  information.) 537-4  Mix 


R5NTGEN  RAYS  637 


537-5     Dynamic  electricity 
OHM,  Georg  Simon. 

The  galvanic  circuit  investigated  mathematically;   tr.   by- 
William    Francis.       1891.       (Van    Nostrand's    science 

series.)  537.5  O18 

ALLSOP,  Frederick  Charles. 

Induction  coils  and  coil-making.     1896 537-51  A44 

Contains  a  chapter  on  "The  X  ray  photogfraphy." 

"It  has  been  my  aim  to  produce  a  practical  manual  that  will  prove  of 
service,  not  only  to  those  engaged  professionally  in  the  construction 
and  repairing  of  coils,  but  also  to  the  medical  man  and  amateur  coil- 
maker."    Preface. 

BONNEY,  G.E. 

Induction  coils;  a  manual  for  amateur  coil-makers.    1892.  .J537.51  B62 

The  same.     1901 S37SI   B62 

HARE,  Alfred  Thomas. 

Construction  of  large  induction  coils;  a  workshop  handbook. 

1900. 537.51    H26 

Describes  in  detail  coils  giving  sparks  a  foot  or  more  in  length. 

NORRIE,  H.S.  {pseud,  of  Norman  H.  Schneider). 

Induction  coils;  how  to  make,  use  and  repair  them.   1901.  .537.51  N45 

Bibliography,  p.  270. 

Includes  chapters  on  radiography,  wireless  telegraphy,  and  other  electric 
phenomena  requiring  the  use  of  induction  coils. 

WRIGHT,  Lewis,  of  London. 

The  induction  coil  in  practical  work,  including  Rontgen  X 

rays.     1897 537-51  W93 

THOMSON,  Joseph  John. 

The  discharge  of  electricity  through  gases;  lectures  delivered 

on  the  occasion  of  the  sesquicentennial  celebration  of 

Princeton  university.     1898 537-53  T38 


537.54     Rontgen  rays 

ADDYMAN,  Frank  T. 

Practical  X  ray  work.     1901 '. .: 537-54  A22 

Thorough  description  of  the  forms  of  apparatus,  their  management  and 
practical  use.     Intended  particularly  for  physicians  and  surgeons. 

BARKER,  George  Frederic,  ed. 

Rontgen  rays;  memoirs  by  Rontgen,  Stokes  and  J.  J.  Thom- 
son.    1899.     (Scientific  memoirs.) 537-54  B24 

Contents:  A  new  kind  of  rays,  first  and  second  communications,  by  W. 
C.  Rontgen. — Further  observations  on  the  properties  of  the  X-rays,  by 
W.  C.  Rontgen. — Biographical  sketch  of  Rontgen. — On  the  nature  of 
the  Rontgen  rays,  by  Sir  G.  G.  Stokes. — Biographical  sketch  of  Stokes. 
— A  theory  of  the  connection  between  cathode  and  Rontgen  rays,  by 
J.  J.  Thomson. — Biographical  sketch  of  Thomson. 
Bibliog:raphy,  p.  74. 

BORDEN,  William  Cline. 

Use  of  the  Rontgen  ray  by  the  Medical  department  of  the 
United  States  army  in  the  war  with  Spain.  1900. 
(United  States.  56th  cong.  ist  sess.  House.  Doc. 
no.729.)   qr537-54  B63 


638  ELECTRIC  MEASUREMENTS 

BOTTONE,  Selimo  Romeo. 

Radiography  and  the  "X"  rays  in  practice  and  theory,  with 

constructional  and  manipulatory  details.     1898 537-54  B64 

ISENTHAL,  A.W.  &  Ward,  H.S. 

Practical   radiography ;    a   handbook   for  physicians,  surgeons 

and  other  users  of  the  X-rays.     1901 537-54  I29 

The  same.     1898 rS37.54  I29 

Bibliography,  p.  158. 

Principally  devoted  to  the  apparatus  and  methods  for  radioscopic  and 
radiographic  work.  Gives  also  chapters  on  the  history,  theory,  and 
medical  and  technical  applications  of  Rontgen  rays. 

MEADOWCROFT,  William  Henry. 

A  B  C  of  the  X  rays.     1896 537-54  M5S 

THOMPSON,  Edward  P. 

Roeatgen  rays  and  phenomena  of  the  anode  and  cathode. 

1896 : 537-54  T38 

The  same.     1896 r537.54  T38 

"The  specific  aim  is  the  treatment  of  the  radiant  energy  developed  with- 
in and  from  a  discharge  tube,  the  only  source  of  X-rays."     Author. 

THORNTON,  Arthur. 

The  X  rays.     1896 537-54  T41 

Brief  and  elementary. 

VILLARD,  P. 

Les  rayons  cathodiques.     1900.     (Scientia;  serie  physico- 

mathematique.)    r537.54  V32 

Reviews  briefly  our  theoretical  and   experimental  knowledge  of  these 
rays,   (looo). 

WALSH,  David. 

Rontgen  rays  in  medical  work.     1897 537-54  W18 


537.7     Electric  measurements 

ANTHONY,  William  Arnold. 

Lecture-notes  on  the  theory  of  electrical  measurements;  pre- 
pared for  the  third-year  classes  of  the  Cooper  union  night- 
school  of  science.     1898 537-7  A62 

ARMAGNAT,  H. 

Instruments  et  methodes  de  mesures  electriques  industrielles. 

1902 r537.7  A72 

AYRTON,  William  Edward. 

Practical  electricity;  a  course  based  on  the  practical  defini- 
tions of  the  electrical  units.     1891 537-7  A98 

The  same,  completely  re-written,    v.i.     1896 537-7  AgSp 

v.i.  The  electric  current  and  its  measurement. — Galvanometers  and 
ammeters.^ — Difference  of  potential  and  resistance. — Resistance,  its 
laws  and  measurement. — Electric  energy  and  power. — Galvanic  cells. 

BRITISH  ASSOCIATION  FOR  THE  ADVANCEMENT 
OF  SCIENCE. 
Experiments  for  improving  the  construction  of  practical 
standards  for  electrical  measurements;  report  of  the 
committee  consisting  of  Carey  Foster,  Lord  Kelvin  and 
others  to  the  committee  on  electrical  standards,  1895. 
1895   r385  S62 

Bound  with  Sketch  of  geographical  rout  of  a  great  railway. 


ELECTRIC  MEASUREMENTS  639 

The  same.     (In  its  Report  of  the  6sth  meeting,  p.195- 

208.) r5o6   B75  v.6s 

CARHART,  Henry  Smith,  &  Patterson,  G.W. 

Electrical  measurements  ;  a  laboratory  manual.     1897 537.7  C19 

FISHER,  H.K.C.  &  Darby,  J.C.H. 

Students'  guide  to  submarine  cable  testing.     (Electrician 

series.)  537.7  F532 

Covers  the  tests  which  can  be  made  by  the  operators  with  the  appara- 
tus usually  found  at  cable  stations. 

FISHER.  W.Clark. 

The  potentiometer  and  its  adjuncts.     1897.     (Electrician 

series.)  537.7  FS3 

FLEMING,  John  Ambrose. 

Electrical  laboratory  notes  and  forms;  elementary  and  ad- 
vanced.    [1895.]     (Electrician  series.) qr537.7  F62 

Methods  for  practical  electrical  measurements  and  testing,  giving  a 
brief  theoretical  summary  of  each  method,  and  notes  on  the  precau- 
tions to  be  observed. 

GRAY,  Andrew. 

Theory  and  practice  of  absolute  measurements  in  electricity 

and  magnetism.    2v.  in  3.     1888-93 537-7  G81 

The  same.    2v.  in  3.    1888-93 r537-7  G81 

HASKINS.  C.H. 

Galvanometer  and  its  uses.     1890 537-7  H33 

Very  brief.     Illustrates  a  few  practical  uses  of  the  galvanometer. 

HENDERSON,  John. 

Practical   electricity  and   magnetism.      1898.      (Physical   and 

electrical  engineering  laboratory  manuals.) 537-7  H44 

KEMPE.  Harry  Robert. 

Handbook  of  electrical  testing.    1892 537-7  K17 

KENNELLY,  Arthur  Edwin,  &  Wilkinson,  H.D. 

Practical  notes  for  electrical  students,    v.i.     [1891.]     (Elec- 
trician series.) 537-7  K18 

V.I.    Laws,  units  and  simple  measuring  instruments. 

"Mainly  a  reprint  of  a  series  of  articles  which  appear  in  The  Electrician 
under  the  title  of  'Letters  for  Learners  and  Unprofessional  Readers.'  " 
Preface. 
NICHOLS,  Edward  Leamington. 

The  galvanometer.     1894 537-7  N31 

Largely  theoretical.     Author   is    (1899)    professor  of  physics   in   Cornell 
university. 
PARKER,  Herschel  Clifford. 

Systematic  treatise  on  electrical  measurements.     1897.  ..  .537.7  P23 
RAPHAEL,  F.  Charles. 

Localisation  of  faults  in  electric  light  mains.     1897.  (Elec- 
trician   series.) 537-7    RiQ 

SWINBURNE,  James. 

Practical  electrical  units  popularly  explained.     1883 537-7  S97 

TREVERT,  Edward,  {pseud,  of  Edward  Trevert  Bubier). 

Electrical  measurement  for  amateurs.     1894 537-7  T73 

WEBB,  Herbert  Laws. 

Practical  guide  to  the  testing  of  insulated  wires  and  cables. 

1895    537-7  W36 

A  reprint  of  a  series  of  articles  which  appeared  originally  in  the  "Elec- 
trical engineer." 
41 


640  ELECTROMETALLURGY 

YOUNG,  J.Elton. 

Electrical  testing  for  telegraph  engineers;  with  appendices. 

[1898.]     (Electrician  series.) 537-7  Y38 

537.81     Amateur  instrument  making 

BONNEY,  G.E. 

Electrical  experiments.     [1892.] 537.8i  B62 

Suitable  for  high  school  students. 
BOTTONE,  Selimo  Romeo. 

Electrical  instrument  making  for  amateurs.     1895 537.8i  B64 

The  same S37-8i    B64e 

CLARKE,  W.  J.  electrician. 

A.  B.  C.  of  electrical  experiments ;  a  practical  elementary  book 

especially  adapted  to  beginners  &  students.     1902. . .  .J537.81  C53 
Gives  concise  directions  for  making  various  pieces  of  simple  apparatus. 

ST.  JOHN,  Thomas  M. 

How  two  boys  made  their  own  electrical  apparatus;  complete 
directions  for  making  simple  apparatus  for  the  study  of 

elementary  electricity.     1900 J537-8i  Si4h 

Describes  clearly  forms  requiring  very  slight  mechanical  knowledge 
and  the  cheapest  materials. 

Study  of  elementary  electricity  and  magnetism  by  experi- 
ment;   experiments    performed    with    simple,    home-made 

apparatus.     1900 JS37-8i   S14 

SLOANE,  Thomas  O'Conor. 

Electric  toy  making  for  amateurs,  including  batteries,  mag- 
nets, motors,  miscellaneous  toys,  and  dynamo  construc- 
tion.     1897 J537-81    S63 

The  same.     1903 S37-8l  S63 

YOUNG,  Francis  Chilton-,  ed. 

Electrical  apparatus  for  amateurs.     1895 537-8i  Y37 

Contents:  Sayer,  G.  H.  How  I  made  my  telephones. — Edwinson,  George. 
The  domestic  electric  light.  Magneto-electric  machines. — Clark,  C.  J. 
A  cylindrical  electrical  machine. — Williams,  R.  How  I  built  my  first 
coil. 

537.85     Electrometallurgy.     Electroplating 

BORCHERS.  Wilhelm. 

Electric  smelting  and  refining,  the  extraction  and  treatment 

of  metals  by  means  of  the  electric  current.     1897 537-85  B63 

The  same.    1897 rS37.85  B63 

Detailed  descriptions  of  modern  processes  by  an  authority. 
BRUNEL,  Georges. 

Manuel  de  galvanoplastie;  dorure,  argenture,  cuivrage, 

nickelage,  etamage.     [1895.] 537-85  B83 

BRUNO R,  Martin. 

Practical  electroplater;  a  comprehensive  treatise,  with  notes 
on  ancient  and  modern  gilding,  and  formulas  for  new  solu- 
tions.    1894 537-85  B836 

GORE,  George. 

Art  of  electro-metallurgy,  including  processes  of  electro- 
deposition.    1891.     (Text-books  of  science.) 537-85  G66 


ELECTROMETALLURGY  641 

The  same.     1877.     (Text-books  of  science.)  ^537-^5  G66 

Adapted  to  the  use  of  artisans  and  students  in  high  schools.  Contains 
bibliography  of  electro-deposition  and  list  of  British  patents  relating 
to  electro-metallurgy. 

Art  of  electrolytic  separation  of  metals.  [1891.]  (Elec- 
trician series.) 537-85  G66a 

"Theory  of  the  art  and  the  practical  rules  and  details  of  technical  ap- 
plication on  a  commercial  scale."     Preface. 

LANGBEIN,  George. 

A  complete  treatise  on  the  electro-deposition  of  metals. 

1898 53785   L24 

A  practical  guide  for  the  workshop. 

McMillan,  waiter  G.  • 

Treatise  on  electro-metallurgy,  embracing  the  application  of 
electrolysis  to  the  plating,  depositing,  smelting  and  refin- 
ing of  metals  and  to  the  reproduction  of  printing  surfaces 

and  art-work.     Ed.  2  enl.     1899 537-85  M21 

The  same.     1890  r537.85  M21 

PETERS,  Franz. 

Elektrometallurgie  und  galvanotechnik;  ein  hand-  und  nach- 
schlagebuch  fiir  die  gewinnung  und  bearbeitung  von  me- 
tallen  auf  elektrischem  wege.     4v.  in  i.     1900.     (Hartle- 

ben's  elektro-technische  bibliothek.) i"S37.85  P45 

Contents:     Die     halb-     und     leichtmetalle. — Kupfer. — Edelmetalle. — Zink, 

blei,  nickel  und  kobalt. 
Author  has  attempted  to  give  not  only  all  practical  and  commonly  used 
methods,  but  also  those  which  have  not  been  successful.     Aims  at  a 
complete  review  of  the  patent  and  journal  literature  of  the  subject. 

URQUHART,  John  W. 

Electro-plating;  a  practical  handbook.    1894 537-85  U27 

"Facts  of  every-day  practice  in  an  electro-plater's  shop."    Preface. 
VAN  HORNE,  James  Henry. 

Modern   electro  plating.    1897 537-85   V19 

Treats  of  the  theoretical  principles  involved,  showing  their  application 
with  cautions  as  to  the  possible  sources  of  trouble.  Intended  for  small 
plating  works. 

VOLKMER,  Ottoman 

Betrieb  der  galvanoplastik,  niit  dynamo-elektrischen  ma- 
schinen  zu  zwecken  der  graphischen  kiinste.    1888.    (Hart- 

leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r537.85  V37 

WATT,  Alexander. 

Electro-deposition;  electrolysis  of  gold,  silver  and  other 

metals.     1889 rS37.8s  W32 

Contains  a  chapter  on  Electro-metallurgy. 

The  same;  revised  and  enlarged  by  Arnold  Philip.    1902.  .537.85  W32 
Title  page  of  edition  of  1902  reads  "Electro-plating  and  electro-refining 

of  metals." 
Practical  treatise,  characterized  by  thoroughness  in  detail  and  exactness 
in  statement  of  procedure. 

Electro-metallurgy.     1895 537.8s  W32e 

Practical  directions  for  electro-plating. 

WEISS,  Julius. 

Die  galvanoplastik;  ausfiihrliches  lehrbuch  der  galvanoplastik 
und  galvanostegie.     1896.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische bibliothek.)  r537.85  W46 


642  MAGNETISM 


537.86     Electric  batteries 

BENJAMIN,  Park. 

Voltaic  cell;  its  construction  and  its  capacity.     1893 537-86  B43 

Bibliography,  p.S36-S43. 

CARHART,  Henry  Smith. 

Primary  batteries.     1891 537-86  C19 

Contains  a  chapter  on  battery  tests. 

NIAUDET,  Alfred. 

Elementary  treatise  on  electric  batteries.     1893 537-86  N31 

TOMMASI,  Donate. 

Traite  des  piles  electriques;  piles  hydro-electriques,  accumu- 
lateurs,  piles  thermo-electriques  et  pyro-electriques. 
1889   rS37.86  T59 


537.9     Tables 

JAMIESON,  Andrew,  comp. 

Electrical  rules,  tables,  tests  and  formulae.     1889 r537.9  J17 

Contents:  Formulae  of  the  absolute  units,  practical,  electrical,  mechani- 
cal, heat  and  light  units. — Electro-chemical  equivalents,  electrolysis, 
heat  and  energy  of  combustion. — Practical  methods  of  electrical  meas- 
urements.— Electric  conductors,  copper,  &c. — Insulators,  guttapercha, 
&c. — Batteries. — Submarine  cables. — Aerial  land  lines. — Electric  light- 
ing and  transmission  of  power. 


538     Magnetism 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.E. 

Magnetism.     1896.     (Elementary  electro-technical  series.) 538  H83 

EBERT,  Caesar  Hermann  Robert. 

Magnetic  fields  of  force;  an  exposition  of  the  phenomena 
of  magnetism,  electro-magnetism  and  induction,  based  on 
the  conception  of  lines  of  force,    v.i.       1897 538.1  E21 

LYONS,  Timothy  A. 

Treatise  on  electromagnetic  phenomena,  and  on  the  compass 
rnul  its  fk-viaiions  aboard  ship;  mathematical,  theoretical 
and  practical.     2v.     1901-03 S38.1   L99 

"Works  consulted,"  v.2,  p.  1133. 

EWING,  James  Alfred. 

Magnetic  induction  in  iron  and  other  metals.  1894.  (Elec- 
trician series.)  538.2  E97 

"The  author's  aim  has  been  to  present  the  subject  in  sufficient  detail 
to  satisfy  scientific  students  as  well  as  to  meet  the  wants  of  those 
who  may  turn  to  the  book  in  quest  of  data  for  application  to  matters 
of  practice."  Preface. 

MAURAIN,  Ch. 

Le  magnetisme  du  fer.     [1899.]     (Scientia;  serie  physico- 

mathematique.) r 538.2   M49 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 

Short  connected  review  of  the  results  of  modem  researches  on  magnetic 
induction. 


ELECTROMAGNETISM  643 

538.3     Electromagnetism 
CONNOR,  D.E. 

Treatise  on  electro-magnetism.    1895 538.3  C7S 

An  attempt  to  show  that  the  earth  and  other  planets  are  controlled  in 
their  movements  by  electric  and  magnetic  influences  radiating  from 
the  sun. 

FESSENDEN,  Reginald  Aubrey. 

Determination   of  the  nature  of  the   electric  and  magnetic 
quantities,    and    of   the    density   and    elasticity    of   the 

ether.     [  1900.] q538.3  F42 

Reprinted  from  the  Physical  review,  Jan.  1900. 

FLEMING,  John  Ambrose. 

Magnets  and  electric  currents;  an  elementary  treatise  for 

electrical  artisans  and  science  teachers.     1898 538.3  F62 

Free  from  mathematics,  clear  and  simple  in  style,  and  sound  in  theory. 

GRAY,  Andrew. 

Treatise  on  magnetism  and  electricity,    v.i.    1898 538.3  G81 

Theoretical  and  mathematical. 

HEAVISIDE,  Oliver. 

Electromagnetic  theory.    2v.    1893-99.     (Electrician  series.).  .538.3  H39 
A  thorough  discussion  of  the  subject  by  a  well  known  writer.     Requires 
a  good  knowledge  of  mathematics  on  the  part  of  the  reader. 

HYNDMAN,  H.H.Francis. 

Radiation;  an  elementary  treatise  on  electromagnetic  radia- 
tion and  on  Rontgen  and  cathode  rays.    1898 538.3  H99 

JAMIESON,  Andrew. 

Elementary  manual  of  magnetism  and  electricity.     1894 538.3  J17 

Includes  directions  for  making  simple  experimental  apparatus. 

MANSFIELD,  A.N. 

Electromagnets ;  their  design  and  construction.    1901 538.3  M34 

Brief  and  elementary. 

MONCEL,  Theodore  Achille  Louis,  vicomte  du. 

Determination  des  elements  de  construction  des  electro- 
aimants.     1882  538.3  M81 

The  author  gives  formulae  of  his  own  for  the  best  proportions  of  electro- 
magnets, which  he  claims  to  have  verified  by  numerous  experiments. 

THOMPSON,  Silvanus  Phillips. 

Electromagnet  and  electromagnetic  mechanism.    1892 S38.3  T38 

The  same.     1892  r538.3  T38 

A  clear  and  non-mathematical  exposition  of  the  subject  by  a  well  known 
authority. 

WOLCOTT,  Townsend,  and  others. 

Electro  magnet.     1900 538.3  W83 

Contains  practical  detailed  calculations  of  magnet  coils. 

TYNDALL,  John. 

Researches  on  diamagnetism  and  magne-crystallic  action. 

1888 538.4  T98 

SCHMIDT,  Erich. 

Die  magnetische  untersuchung  des  eisens  und  verwandter 

metalle;  ein  leitfaden  fur  hutteningenieure.     1900 rS38.6  S35 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 

Clear,  concise  description  of  the  methods  and  the  results  obtained. 


644  CHEMISTRY 

538.7     Terrestrial  magnetism 

RUCKER,  Sir  Arthur  William,  &  Thorpe,  T.  E. 

Magnetic  survey  of  the  British  Isles  for  the  epoch,  Jan.  i, 
1891.  1896.  (In  Royal  society  of  London.  Philoso- 
phical transactions,  v.188.)    qr5o6  RSip  v.iBS 

WEINSTEIN,  Bernhard. 

Die  erdstrome  im  deutschen  reichstelegraphengebiet  und  ihr 
zusammenhang  mit  den  erdmagnetischen  erscheinungen ; 
im  auftrage  des  Reichspostamtes  und  des  Elektrotechnischen 
vereins,  sovvie  mit  unterstiitzung  seitens  der  Koniglichen 
preussischen  akademie  der  wissenschaften.  2v.  in  i. 
1900 qr538.7  W4S 

Considers  the  manner  in  which  the  earth  currents  change,  and  the  con- 
nection of  these  changes  with  simultaneous  ones  in  the  terrestrial 
magnetic  field.  Based  on  measurements  of  earth  current  curves  ob- 
tained in  1884-1888  along  two  lines,  one  between  Berlin  and  Dresden, 
the  other  between  Berlin  and  Thorn. 

539     Molecular  physics 

LEHMANN,  Otto. 

Molekularphysik,   mit   besonderer  beriicksichtigung  niikros- 

kopischer  untersuchungen  und  anleitung  zu  solchen,  sowie 

einem  anhang  iiber  mikroskopische  analyse.    2v.     1888- 

89 rS39.i  L55 

A  standard  work.    Covers  the  subject  fully  to  time  of  publicatioti. 

IBBETSON,  William  John. 

Elementary  treatise  on  the  mathematical  theory  of  perfectly 

elastic  solids,  with  a  short  account  of  viscous  fluids.    1887.  .539.3  1 12 
TODHUNTER,  Isaac. 

History  of  the  theory  of  elasticity  and  of  the  strengfth  of 

materials;  ed.  by  Karl  Pearson.    2v.  in  3.    1886-93 rS39.3  T55 

T.I.    Galilei  to  Saint-Venant,  163^1850. 
▼.3.    Saint-Venant  to  Lord  Kelvin. 


540     Chemistry 


For  Chemical  technology,  see  660 

ABBOTT,  Arthur,  &  Key,  Arthur. 

Progressive  lessons  in  science.     1899 54°  A13 

Contents:  The  non-metallic  elements  found  in  animal  and  vegetable 
substances. — The  detection  and  distribution  of  the  elements  in  ani- 
mal, vegetable  and  mineral  substances. 
Primarily  for  students  of  domestic  economy  and  hygiene.  The  lan- 
guage is  untechnical  and  the  experiments  require  but  the  simplest 
apparatus,  and  are  chiefly  along  the  line  of  food  composition. 

ATTFIELD,  John. 

Chemistry;  general,  medical  and  pharmaceutical.     1898 540  A88 

HARTLEY,  Elias  Hudson. 

Text-book   of   medical   and   pharmaceutical    chemistry. 

1898 r540  B27 


CHEMISTRY  645 

BLOXAM,  Charles  Loudon. 

Chemistry,  inorganic  and  organic,  with  experiments;  ed.  by 

J.  M.  Thomson  and  A.  G.  Bloxam.     1895 54°  ^56 

Well-known  general  descriptive  and  theoretical  treatise.  Also  describes 
numerous  practical  applications  of  chemistry  to  the  arts. 

BOWMAN,  John  Eddowes. 

Practical  handbook  of  medical  chemistry.     1855 r540  B66 

CREMER,  J.H.  &  Bicknell,  G.A.  comp. 

Chemical  and  metallurgical  hand  book  containing  tables, 
formulas  and  information  for  the  use  of  chemists,  metal- 
lurgists and  mining  engineers.     1898 rS40  C87 

DYMOND,  T.  S. 

Experimental  course  of  chemistry  for  agricultural  students. 

[1898.]    540  D99 

Gives  a  knowledge  of  the  chemistry  of  the  organic  and  inorganic  sub- 
stances met  with  in  agriculture,  and  points  out  their  practical  applica- 
tions. 

FOWNES,  George. 

Elementary  chemistry,  theoretical  and  practical.     1850 r540  F84 

The  same.     1873 r540  F84m 

FURNEAUX,  William  S. 

Elementary  chemistry,  inorganic  and  organic.    1888 540  F99 

GMELIN,  Leopold. 

Hand-book  of  chemistry,  with  index;  tr.  by  Henry  Watts. 

iQv.     1861-72.     (Cavendish  society.     Publications.) rS40  GS2 

v.i.      Cohesion,  adhesion,  affinity,  light,  heat  and  electricity. 

V.2.      Non-metallic  elements. 

v.3-6.  Metals. 

V.7,      Generalities  of  organic  chemistry. — Organic  compounds  containing 

2  atoms  of  carbon. 
V.8.      Organic  compounds  containing  2  and  4  atoms  of  carbon, 
v.p.      Organic  compounds  containing  4  and  6  atoms  of  carbon, 
v.io.    Organic  compounds  containing  8  and  10  atoms  of  carbon, 
v.ii.    Organic  compounds  containing  10  and  12  atoms  of  carbon. 
V.12.    Organic  compounds  containing  14  atoms  of  carbon. 
V.13.    Organic  compounds  containing  16  and  18  atoms  of  carbon. 
V.14.    Organic  compounds  containing  20  and  22  atoms  of  carbon, 
v.is.    Organic  compounds  containing  24  atoms  of  carbon. 
y.i6.    Organic  compounds  containing  from  24  to  34  atoms  of  carbon. 
V.17.    Organic  compounds  containing  34  to  46  atoms  of  carbon. 
T.18.    Organic  compounds  containing  from  46  to  96  atoms  of  carbon. — 
Animal  proteides,  gelatinous  substances,  homy  substances,  animal 
colouring  matters,  vegetable  proteides  and  allied  compounds. 
V.19.    Index. 

GRAHAM,  Thomas. 

Elements  of  chemistry;  includirtg  the  applications  of  the 

science  in  the  arts.    2v.    1850-58 r540  G77e 

A  clear  exposition  of  the  science  of  inorganic  chemistry  of  that  time 
(1850-58).  Gives  many  interesting  methods  then  in  use  for  the 
separation  and  estimation  of  various  elements. 

HALL,  Vernon  James. 

Chemistry  and  metallurgy  applied  to  dentistry.     1898 540  H17 

HART,  Edward. 

Chemistry  for  beginners.     1896 540  H31 

The  same.    v.i.    1903 540  H3rc 

V.I.     Inorganic. 
The  same;  experiments.    1903 540  H3ich 


646  CHEMISTRY 

LAVOISIER,  Antoine  Laurent. 

Elements  of  chemistry  in  a  new,  systematic  order,  contain- 
ing all  the  modern  discoveries.    2v.  in  i.     1806'. r540  L39 

MENDELfiEFF,  Dmitri. 

Principles  of  chemistry;  tr.  fr.  the  Russian  by  George  Ka- 

mensky;  ed.  by  T.  A.  Lawson.    2v.    1897 540  M61 

"Not  a  treatise  on  theoretical  chemistry,  but  a  descriptive  work  in  which 
an  unusual  degree  of  attention  is  given  to  the  principles  of  the 
science."     Journal  of  the  American  chemical  society. 

MEYER,  Mrs  Lucy  J.  (Rider). 

Real  fairy  folks;  or,  Fairy  land  of  chemistry;  explorations  in 

the  world  of  atoms.     1887 JS40  M65 

MITCHELL,  Clifford. 

Dental  chemistry  and  metallurgy.     1898 540  M74 

Devotes  considerable  attention  to  simple  experimental  chemistry,  easy 
chemical  analysis  and  physiological  chemistry. 

PHENIX,  George  P. 

First  lessons  in  chemistry.     1896.     (In  Boston  society  of 

natural  history.     Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.i.)...507  B64  v.i 
The  same.     1896.     (In  Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.i.) rso7  B64  v.i 

RAMSAY,  Sir  William. 

Modern  chemistry.    2v.     1900.     (Temple  primers.) 540  R18 

V.I.  Theoretical  chemistry. 
V.2.  Systematic  chemistry. 
An  outline,  by  a  noted  English  chemist,  of  chemical  knowledge  at  the 

end   of   the   nineteenth    century.     The   treatment   is    largely   from    the 

physical  side. 

REMSEN,  Ira. 

Elements  of  chemistry.     1895.     (American  science  series; 

elementary  course.) 540  R33 

"A  rational  text-book,  comprising  something  more  than  mere  statements 
of  fact,  of  experiments,  arid  of  rules.  So  arranged  as  to  help  the 
pupil  to  think  as  well  as  to  see,  to  reason  as  well  as  to  observe,  and  to 
understand  why  he  performed  given  experiments,  and  the  lessons  to 
be  learned  from  them.  The  language  is  not  technical,  the  experiments 
selected  are  for  the  most  part  simple,  and  questions  connected  with 
experiments  will  lead  students  to  draw  their  own  inferences."  H.  C. 
Bolton. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  chemistry.     1892.     (American 

science  series ;  briefer  course.)  r540  R33i 

"Without  a  rival  as  an  introduction  to  the  sttidy  of  organic  chemistry 
for  beginners.     Nature,  an  English  scientific  journal  of  the  highest 
character,  began  its  review  of  it  with:    'This  is  Chemistry/"    H.  C. 
Bolton. 
The  same.     1901.     (American  science  series;  briefer  course.)  .  .540  R33i 
ROSCOE,  Sir  Henry  Enfield. 

Chemistry.     [1879.]      (Science  primers.) 540  R71C 

The  fundamental  principles  of  the  science,  stated  in  a  manner  suited  to 
pupils  of  an  early  age.  Illustrated  with  numerous  very  simple  experi- 
ments. 

Lessons  in  elementary  chemistry,  organic  and  inorganic. 

1881 540  R71I 

The  same.     1890 r540  R71I 

ROSCOE,  Sir  Henry  Enfield,  &  Schorlemmer,  Carl. 

Treatise  on  chemistry,    v.1-3,  pt.6,  in  9.     1892-95  r540  R71 

v.x.    Non-metallic  elements. 

y.x,    Metals. 

T.3.    Organic  chemistry. 


CHEMISTRY  647 

ROTTNER,  Friedrich. 

Chemie  fiir  gewerbetreibende.    1889.     (Hartleben's  chemisch- 

technische  bibliothek.) r540  R76 

SIMON,  W. 

Manual  of  chemistry;  a  guide  to  lectures  and  laboratory  work 
for  beginners  in  chemistry;  a  text-book  specially  adapted 

for  students  of  medicine,  pharmacy  and  dentistry.     1898 540  S59 

THfiNARD,  Louis  Jacques. 

Traite  de  chimie;  elementaire,  theorique  et  pratique.     4v. 

1813-16 rS40  T34 

TILDEN,  William  Augustus 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  chemical  philosophy;  the  princi- 
ples of  theoretical  and  systematic  chemistry.  1895.  (Text- 
books of  science.) 540  T464 

"Primarily  intended  for  the  use  of  students.  It  aims  at  presenting  a 
synopsis — brief  indeed,  and  probably  imperfect — of  the  leading  prin- 
ciples of  chemistry  in  such  a  form  as  to  give  the  subject  a  more  de- 
cided educational  direction  than  has  been  hitherto  customary."   Preface. 

TILLMAN,  Samuel  Escue. 

Descriptive  general  chemistry;  a  text-book  for  short  course. 

1899  540  T46 

Outlines  the  subject  in  very  brief  compass,  dealing  chiefly  with  the  facts 
of  practical  value.  Used  as  a  text-book  at  the  United  States  military 
academy,  (1900). 

WITTHAUS,  Rudolph  August. 

Essentials  of  chemistiy  and  toxicology.     1890 540  W82e 

The  same.     1890 r540  W82e 

Medical  student's  manual  of  chemistry.     1902 540  W82 

WURTZ,  Charles  Adolphe. 

Elements  of  modern  chemistry.     1895 540  W97 

Devotes  considerable  space  to  organic  chemistry.  Contains  biographical 
sketch  of  the  author,  who  was  the  most  illustrious  French  chemist  of 
the  latter  half  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

540.1     Alchemy 

PARACELSUS,  Aureolus  Philippus  Theophrastus  Bombast  von 

Hohenheim,  called. 
Hermetic  and  alchemical  writings;  ed.  by  A.  E.  Waite.    2v. 

1894 qr540.i  P22 

V.I.    Hermetic  chemistry. 

V.2.    Hermetic  medicine  and  hermetic  philosophy. 

Includes  a  lexicon  of  alchemy,  v.2,  p.348-386. 

Paracelsus  was  the  most  famous  alchemist  and  doctor  of  medicine  of  his 
time  (1493-1541).  His  medical  reputation  is  founded  on  the  impor- 
tance which  he  gave  to  pharmaceutical  chemistry. 

540.3     Dictionaries 

LADENBURG,  Albert,  comp. 

Handworterbuch  der  chemie.     13V.     1882-95.     (Encyklo- 

paedie  der  naturwissenschaften.) qr540.3  L13 

Generalregister.    1896. 

WATTS,  Henry,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  chemistry  and  the  allied  branches  of  other 

sciences,  with  supplements.    7v.    1872-75 r540.3  W33d 


648  CHEMISTRY 


Dictionary  of  chemistry;  revised  by  M.  M.  P.  Muir  and  H.  F. 

Morley.    4v.     1892-94 r540.3  W33 

A  well  known  and  standard  work. 
WURTZ,  Charles  Adolphe,  comp. 

Dictionnaire  de  chimie  pure  et  appliquee,  avec  supplement. 

7v   qr540.3  W97 

The  satrie;  2me  supplement,     v.1-3.     1892-97  qr540.3  W97d 

A  standard  work. 

540.4     Essays 

LASSAR-COHN,  Dr. 

Introduction  to  modern  scientific  chemistry,  in  the  form  of 
popular  lectures  suited  for  university  extension  students 
and  general  readers;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  M.  M.  P.  Muir. 

1901    540.4  L34 

An  exceedingly  clear,  well-written  account  of  the  leading  facts  and  prin- 
ciples of  chemistry  as  taught  to-day.    The  treatment,  while  popular,  is 
scientifically  exact. 
LIEBIG,  Justus,  baron  von. 

Chemische  brief e.     1878 r540.4  L69 

Familiar  letters  on  chemistry,  in  its  relations  to  physiology, 
dietetics,  agriculture,  commerce  and  political  economy. 

1851  r540.4  L69f 

PRIESTLEY,  Joseph. 

Experiments  and  observations  on  different  »kinds  of  air.     6v. 

1776-86 r540.4    P94 

Catalogue   of   books    written   by   Joseph    Priestley   at   the    end   of   each 

volume. 
v.4-6    title    reads    Experiments    and    observations    relating    to    various 
branches  of  natural  philosophy;   with  a  continuation  of  the  observa- 
tions on  air. 

SCHEELE,  Carl  Wilhelm. 

Chemical   essays ;  tr.  fr.  the   Transactions  of  the  Academy   of 

sciences  at  Stockholm,  with  additions.     1901   S40.4  S31 

Life  of  Scheele,  by  J.  G.  M'Intosh,  p.  13-28. 
J  First  published  in   1786. 

Scheele  was  bo'rn  in  1742  at  Stralsund,  died  in  1786  at  Koping.  His 
fame  rests  on  his  genius  for  experimentation,  which  led  to  a  series  of 
important  discoveries  exceeding  in  number  that  of  any  other  chemist. 

TISSANDIER,  Gaston,  &  Frith,  Henry. 

Marvels  of  the  elements  and  the  strange  effects  of  their  com- 
bination; a  popular  account  of  metals,  bases  and  salts,  al- 
chemy, distillation,  flame  and  acids.     (Scientific  recreation 

series.)    J540.4  TS2 

WELLS,  Horace  Lemuel,  ed. 

Studies  from  the  chemical  laboratory  of  the  Sheffield  scientific 

school.    2v.     1901.     (Yale  bicentennial  publications.)  ...  .rS40.4  W49 
V.I.     Papers  on   general  inorganic  chemistry. —  Papers  on  double  halo- 
gen salts. 
V.2.     Papers  on  organic  chemistry. 
Bibliography,  v.i,p.4-io. 

540.5     Periodicals 

AMERICAN  chemical  journal;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1879- 

date r540.5  Asi 

General  index;   1879-1888,  v.i-io.     1890. 

General  index;  1889- 1898,  v.u-20.     1899. 


CHEMISTRY— PERIODICALS  649 

AMERICAN  CHEMICAL  SOCIETY. 

Proceedings,  1876-1878.    2v.  in  I.     1877-79 r540.5  Asi2 

Continued  in  the  Journal  of  the  American  chemical  society. 
General  index  to  the  Journal,  v.  1-20,  1879-1898,  and  to  the  Pro- 
ceedings,  1877-1879.     1902  r540.s  J466. 

ANNALEN  der  pharmacie;  quarterly,    v.i-date.     1832-date.  .rS40.5  A6132 
V.33-168  title  reads  Annalen  der  chemic  und  pharmacie. 
v.169-172  title  reads  Justus  Liebig's  Annalen  der  chemie  und  pharmacie. 
v.i73-date  title  reads  Justus  Liebig's  Annalen  der  chemie. 

Autoren-  und  sach-register,  v.i-ioo,  1832-1856.     1861. 

Autoren-  und  sach-register,  v.ioi-164,  1857-1872.     1861-74. 

General-register,  v.  165-220,  1873-1883.     1885. 

General-register,  v.221-276,  1884-1893.     1893. 

The  same;  supplementband,  1861-1870.    8v.  in  4.    1861-70.  .r540.S  A6132S 

ANN  ALES  de  chimie;  monthly,    v.i-date.    I78g-date r540.5  A613 

Table  des  matieres,  v.  1-30.     1801. 

Table  des  matieres,  v.31-60.     1807. 

Table  des  matieres,  v.61-96.     1821. 

Table  des  matieres,  v.97-126.     1831. 

Table  des  matieres,  V.127-1S6.    1840. 

Table  des  matieres,  v.i57-i7i.     1841. 

Table  des  matieres,  v.  172-201.     1851. 

Table  des  matieres,  v.202-240.     1866. 

Table  des  matieres,  v.241-270.     1874. 

-^ Table  des  matieres,  v.271-300.     1885. 

Table  des  matieres,  v.301-330.     1895. 

v.97-date  title  reads  Annales  de  chimie  et  de  physique. 
BULLETIN  de  la  Societe  chimique  de  Paris,    v.i-date.    1858- 

date rS40.S  B87 

^Table  analytique  des  matieres  contenues  dans  le  Btilletin,   1858- 

1874,  et  dans  les  Repertoires  de  chimie  pure  et  de  chimie  appliquee. 
1876. 

Table  alphabetique   des  auteurs  et  table  analytique  des  matidres 

des  annees  1875-1888.     1894. 

Table  alphabetique  des  auteurs  et  table  analytique  des  matieres  des 

annees  1889-1898.     zv.     1900-03.  - 
In  Jan.  1863  the  "Repertoire  de  chimie  pure"  was  united  with  the  Bulle- 
tin, and  in  Jan.  1864  the  "Repertoire  de  chimie  appliquee"  also  united 
with  the  Bulletin. 
New  ser.  v.i-so,  is  numbered,  v.6-ss. 
3d  ser.  V.1-18,  is  numbered,  v.56-73. 
BULLETIN  de  I'Association  beige  des  chimistes,  1887-date. 

ire  annee-date.     1887-date r540.5  B875 

nth  year,  Apr.  1897-Mar.   1898  wanting. 
CHEMICAL  gazette;  or,  Journal  of  practical  chemistry;  bi- 
weekly, 1842-1859.     17V.     1842-59 r540.S  C4211 

In  i860  this  publication  was  incorporated  with  Chemical  news  and  journal 
of  physical  science. 
CHEMICAL  news  and  journal  of  physical  science;  weekly. 

v.i-date.     1860-date qrS40.S  C4212 

A  continuation  of  the  Chemical  gazette. 

CHEMICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 

Memoirs,  1841/42-1847/48.    3v.  in  2.    1843-48 r540.S  C42ini 

v.2-3  title  reads  Memoirs  and  proceedings. 

Continued  by  Quarterly  journal  of  the  Chemical  society  of  London. 

Quarterly  journal  of  the  Chemical  society  of  London,     v.i- 
date.     1849-date rS4o.S  C421 

Issued  in  2  parts  entitled  Transactions  and  Abstracts. 

A  continuation  of  the  Memoirs  and  proceedings  of  the  society. 

v.is-date  title  reads  Journal  of  the  Chemical  society. 

Index,  v.1-25  of  the  Journal,  1848-72;  and  of  the  Memoirs  and 

proceedings,  1841-47.     1847. 

Index,  v.26-42,  1873-82. 

Index,  v.43-62,  1883-92. 

Index,  v.63-82,  1893-1902. 


6so  CHEMISTRY— PERIODICALS 

CHEMIST;  or,  Reporter  of  chemical  discoveries  and  im- 
provements, and  protector  of  the  rights  of  the  chemist  and 
chemical  manufacturer;  monthly,    v.i-8.     1840-47 rS40.5  C42 

DEUTSCHE  CHEMISCHE  GESELLSCHAFT  ZU  BERLIN. 

Berichte.     3er  jahrgang-date.     1870-date r540.S  D48 

Generalregister,  1868-77,  jahrgang  i-io.     1880. 

Generalregister,  1878-87,  jahrgang  11-20.     1888. 

Generalregister,  1888-96,  jahrgang  21-29.     1898. 

JAHRBUCH  der  chemie;  hrsg.  von  Richard  Meyer,  1891-date. 

ler  jahrgang-date.     1892-date r540.S  JiS 

General-register  fiber  die  jahrgange  1891  bis  1900;  v.i-io.     1903. 

JAHRESBERICHT  iiber  die  fortschritte  der  reinen,  pharma- 
ceutischen  und  technischen  chemie,  physik,  mineralogie 
und    geologic,    1847-date.      ler    jahrgang-date.      1849- 

date  rS40.s  J1S2 

Register  fur  1847  bis  1856.     1858. 

Register  fur  1857  bis  1866.     1868. 

Register  fur  1867  bis  1876.     1880. 

1893-date  title  reads  Jahresbericht  fiber  die  fortschritte  der  chemie. 

JOURNAL   fiir   praktische   chemie;   monthly,    v.i-date.    1834- 

date r540.S  J46 

Sach-  und  namenregister,  v.  1-30,  1834-1843. 

Sach-  und  namenregister,  v.31-60,  1843-1853. 

Sach-  und  namenregister,  v.61-90,  1854-1863. 

Sach-  und  namenregister,  v.91-108,  1864-1869. 

Sach-  und  namenregister,  v.109— 158,  1870-1894. 

JOURNAL  of  the  American  chemical  society;  monthly,  1879- 

date.     v.i-date.     1879-date r540.S  J466 

A  continuation  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  American  chemical  society. 

General  index,  v.  1-20,   1879-1898;  and  to  the  Proceedings,   1877- 

1879.     1902. 

MONATSHEFTE  fiir  chemie  und  verwandte  theile  anderer 
wissenschaften;  gesammelte  abhandlungen  aus  den  sit- 
zungsberichten  der  Kaiserlichen  akademie  des  wissen- 
schaften, 1880-date.    v.i-date.     1892-date r540.S  M81 

Generalregister,  1880-1889,  v.i-io.     1894. 

PHARMACEUTISCHES  central-blatt ;  weekly,    v.i-date.    1830- 

date ; rS40.S  P48 

V.21-26  title  reads  Chemisch-pharmaceutisches  central-blatt. 
v.27-date  title  reads  Chemisches  central-blatt. 

General-register  zum  Chemischen  central-blatt,  5.  folge,  jahrgang 

1897-1901;  arbeitet  von  Rudolf  Arendt.     1902. 

RECUEIL  des  travaux  chimiques  des  Pays-Bas.     v.i-date. 

1882-date r540.5  R26 

RfiPERTOIRE  de  chimie  pure,  1858-1862.    4v.     1859-62. 

(Societe  chimique  de  Paris.) ^540.5  R3S 

In  Jan.   1863  this  united  with  the  Bulletin  de  la  Soci£t£  chimique  de 
Paris. 
REVIEW  of  American  chemical  research;  monthly,    v.i-date. 

1895-date   r540.s  R36 

Contributed  by  members  of  the  instructing  staff  of  the  Massachusetts 

institute  of  technology. 
This   periodical   is   issued  as  part   of  the   Technolog^y   quarterly  and   of 

the  Journal  of  the  American  chemical  society,   in  which  the  current 

numbers  will  be  found. 

REVUE   generale    de     chimie    pure     &    appliquee;     monthly. 

v.i-date.     1899-date qr540.5  R37 

From  1901-date  a  supplement  is  issued  with  the  title,  "Repertoire  general 
de  chimie  pure  et  appliquee,"  <li'540-5  R3522. 


CHEMISTRY— HISTORY  651 

BOLTON,  Henry  Carrington,  comp. 

Chemical  societies  of  the  nineteenth  century.  1902.  (In 
Smithsonian  institution.  Miscellaneous  collections,  v. 
4I-) r5o6  S66m  v.41 

Gives   date   of   formation,   place,   name   of  presiding  officer,    number   of 
members,  titles  of  publications,  etc. 


540.8     Collected  works 

FRANKLAND,  Edward. 

Experimental  researches  in  pure,  applied  and  physical  chem- 
istry.    1877 540,8  F87 

GLAUBER,  Johann  Rudolph. 

Works;  containing  great  variety  of  choice  secrets  in  medicine 
and  alchymy,  in  the  working  of  metallick  mines*  and  the 
separation  of  metals;  also  various  cheap  and  easie  ways 
of  making  salt-petre,  and  improving  of  barren-land,  and  the 

fruits  of  the  earth.    3v.  in  i.     1689 qr540.8  G46 

GRAHAM,  Thomas. 

Chemical  and  physical  researches.     1876 r540.8  G77 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  102;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

540.9     History 

DUCLAUX,  fimile. 

Pasteur;  histoire  d'un  esprit.     1896 r540.9  D86 

Contents:  Travaux  de  cristallographie. — Fermentations  lactique  et  alcoo- 
lique. — Generations  spontanees. — Vins  et  vinaigres. — fitudes  sur  les 
maladies  des  vers  a  soie. — Etudes  sur  la  biere. — fitude  sur  I'etiolog^e 
des  maladies  microbiennes. — Etude  des  virus  et  vaccins. 

KOPP,  Hermann. 

Die  entwickelung  der  chemie  in  der  neueren  zeit.     3v.  in  i. 

1871-73.     (Geschichte  der  wissenschaften  in  Deutschland, 

v.io.)    rS40.9  K38 

The  period  covered  is  approximately  from  1700  to  1870. 

Geschichte  der  chemie.    4v.  in  2.     1843-47 r540.9  K38g 

"A  classical  work,  above  praise."     H.  C.  Bolton. 

LADENBURG,  Albert. 

Lectures  on  the  history  of  the  development  of  chemistry  since 

the  time  of  Lavoisier.     1900 540-9  L13 

Reviews  briefly  the  main  steps  in  the  advance;  attempts  to  bring  out 
the  connection  of  past  theories  with  those  now  held. 

LIEBIG,  Justus,  baron  von,  &  Schonbein,  C.F. 

Briefwechsel,    1853-1868;    mit  anmerkungen,    hinweisen  und 
erlauterungen,  versehen  und  hrsg.  von  G.  W.  A.  Kahlbaum 
und   Eduard  Thon.     1900.     (Monographieen  aus   der  ge- 
schichte der  chemie.) 540-9  L69 

The  correspondence  of  these  noted  chemists  throws  valuable  light  on 
chemical  history.  These  letters  tell  us  of  their  own  work,  the  new 
discoveries  of  the  period,  and  the  theories  then  held. 

MEYER,  Ernst  von. 

History  of  chemistry,  from  earliest  times.     1898 540-9  M65 

"An  ably  written,  condensed  history,  covering  the  entire  period  of 
chemistry,  and  from  a  modern  standpoint.  The  progress  of  the 
science  since  Lavoisier  is  treated  particularly  fully."    H.  C.  Bolton. 


652  THEORETICAL  CHEMISTRY 

RAMSAY,  Sir  William. 

Gases  of  the  atmosphere;  the  history  of  their  discovery. 

1896 540.9  R18 

"Discovery  of  argon,"  p.  146-240. 
"Written  for  persons  without  special  scientific  training. 

TILDEN,  William  Augustus. 

Short  history  of  the  progress  of  scientific  chemistry  in  our 

own  times.     1899 540.9  T46 

VENABLE,  Francis  Preston. 

Short  history  of  chemistry.     1900 540.9  V25 

Good  brief  survey  of  the  growth  of  chemistry  from  earliest  times  to  the 
present  day. 


541     Theoretical  chemistry 

CARNEGIE,  Douglas. 

Law  and  theory  in  chemistry.     1894 541  Cai 

"Contains  the  substance  of  a  summer-school  course  of  eight  lectures  de- 
livered before  an  audience  of  teachers  of  elementary  chemistry." 
Preface. 

COOKE,  Josiah  Parsons. 

First  principles  of  chemical  philosophy.     1868 r54i  C77f 

Gives  much  prominence  to  the  doctrine  of  special  types,  the  prevailing 
theory  at  the  time  the  book  was  written. 

New  chemistry.  1892.  (International  scientific  series.)  ..  .541  C77n 
"Written  in  popular  style;  aims  to  develop  the  general  principles  of  the 
new  chemistry  in  systematic  order;  substances  and  processes  are 
described  only  as  far  as  necessary  to  illustrate  principles.  To 
enjoy  this  work  fully  the  reader  should  know  the  elements  of  chem- 
istry."    H.  C.  Bolton. 

The  same.     1874.     (International  scientific  series.) r54i  C77 

Principles  of  chemical  philosophy.     1891 S41  C77 

GRAHAM,  Thomas,  ed. 

Chemical  reports  and  memoirs.     1848.     (Cavendish  society. 

Publications.)  r54i  G77 

Contents:  An  atomic  volume,  by  Prof.  Otto  and  M.  Filhol. — Isomor- 
phism, by  Prof.  Otto. — Endosmosis,  by  Julius  Vogel. — Simultaneous 
contrast  of  colours,  by  M.  Chevreul. — The  latent  heat  of  steam  at 
different  pressures,  by  M.  Regnault. — The  artificial  formation  of  alka- 
loids, by  M.  E.  Kop. — Volcanic  phenomena,  by  Prof.  Bunsen. 

HOFF,  Jacob  Hendrik  van  't. 

Lectures  on  theoretical  and  physical  chemistry;  tr.  by  R,  A. 

Lehfeldt.    3v.     1898-99 541  H67le 

V.I.    Chemical  dynamics. 

V.2.     Chemical  statics. 

V.3.    Relations  between  properties  and  composition. 

To  van't  Hoff  is  due  a  large  share  of  the  advances  made  in  the  past 
few  years  in  physical  chemistry.  This  book  is  a  reproduction  of 
his  lectures  at  the  University  of  Berlin.  A  considerable  knowledge 
of  mathematics  and  physics  is  required  in  the  reader. 

Studies  in  chemical  dynamics.     1896 qS4i  H67 

HOOKE,  Robert. 

Extracts  from  Micrographia;  or.  Some  physiological  descrip- 
tions of  minute  bodies  made  by  magnifying  glasses,  with 
observations  and  inquiries  thereupon.  1894.  (Alembic 
club  reprints.) 541    H77 


PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY  653 

LOCKYER,  Sir  Joseph  Norman. 

Inorganic   evolution   as    studied   by   spectrum   analysis. 

1900 541  L76 

Upholds  the  hypothesis  that  chemical  elements  are  polymers  or  com- 
pounds of  polymers  of  one  matter;  and  that  this  matter  exists  every- 
where among  the  stars  in  different  degrees  of  polymerization  and 
combination  of  polymers. 

MEYER,  Lothar. 

Outlines  of  theoretical  chemistry.     1899 541  M65 

"Presents  a  summary  of  the  most  recent  theories  of  chemical  philoso- 
phy; it  is  better  adapted  for  advanced  students  than  for  the  general 
reader.     A  standard  work."     H.  C.  Bolton. 

The  same.     1892  rS4i  M65 

MUIR,  Matthew  Moncrieff  Pattison. 

Treatise  on  the  principles  of  chemistry.     1889 S41  M9S 

"A  well-written  work,  abreast  of  the  times,  suitable  for  advanced 
students."    H.  C.  Bolton. 

NERNST,  Walther. 

Theoretische  chemie,  vom  standpunkte  der  Avogadro'schen 

regel  und  der  thermodynamik.     1900 541  N23 

An  exceedingly  clear  statement  of  the  facts  and  problems  of  theoretical 
chemistry.  Is  less  exhaustive  than  Ostwald's  "Lehrbuch  der  allge- 
meiner  chemie,"  and  pays  especial  attention  to  further  applications  of 
the  theories. 

OSTWALD,  Wilhelm. 

Grundriss  der  allgemeinen  chemie.     1899 r54i  029g 

An  exposition  of  the  physical  principles  underlying  chemical  phenomena. 
The  author  is  an  acknowledged  authority  on  the  subject. 

Outlines  of  general  chemistry.     1895 541  02g 

"Designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  student  who,  while  not  in- 
tending to  devote  himself  to  the  detailed  study  of  general  chemistry, 
still  wishes  to  follow  intelligently  the  progress  recently  made  in  this 
important  branch  of  science."    Author's  preface. 

REMSEN,  Ira. 

Principles  of  theoretical  chemistry,  with  special  reference  to 

the  constitution  of  chemical  compounds.     1897 541  R33 

541. 1     Physical  chemistry 

DEVENTER,  Ch.M.  van. 

Physical  chemistry  for  beginners;  tr.  by  B.  B.  Boltwood. 

1899  5411  D48 

Clear  and  concise.  Only  slight  physical  and  mathematical  knowledge  is 
necessary. 

The  same;  tr.  by  R.  A.  Lehfeldt.    1897 r54i.i  D48 

HOFF,  Jacob  Hendrik  van't. 

Legons   de   chimie   physique  professees  a   I'universite   de 

Berlin.     3v.     1898-1900 r54i.i   H67 

V.I.     La  dynamique  chimique. 

v.2.     La  statique  chimique. 

V.3.     Relations  entre  les  proprietes  et  la  composition. 

JONES,  Harry  Clary. 

Elements  of  physical  chemistry.     1902 541. i  J41 

A  summary  of  investigations  made  by  the  oldest  physicists,  as  well  as  an 
account  of  those  instituted  by  the  later  physical  chemists.  The  work 
is  characterized  by  the  author's  usual  clarity  and  precision. 

JOURNAL  of  physical  chemistry;  ed.  by  W.  D.  Bancroft  &  J. 

F.  Trevor;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1896-date qr54i-i  J46 

Published  at  Cornell  university. 


6S4  PHYSICAL  CHEMISTRY 

LEHFELDT,  R.A. 

Text-book  of  physical  chemistry.     1899 54i-i  LS5 

"Some  of  the  most  important  works  on  physical  chemistry,"  p.  11. 
"Intended   to    contain   what    a   student — with    limited    time   and    many 

subjects  to  learn — may  usefully  read."    Preface. 
Very  clearly  written. 

REYCHLER,  A. 

Outlines  of  physical  chemistry;  tr.  fr.  the  French  by  John 

McCrae.     1899 541. i   R37 

Bibliographical  note,  p.268. 

Broader  in  treatment  than  is  usual  in  an  elementary  book.  Recom- 
mended to  beginners  having  a  fair  knowledge  of  chemistry. 

WALKER,  James. 

Introduction  to  physical  chemistry.     1899 S4i.i  W16 

"As  I  have  assumed  that  the  student  who  uses  this  book  has  already 
taken  ordinary  courses  in  chemistry  and  physics,  I  have  devoted 
little  or  no  space  to  the  explanation  of  terms  or  elementary  notions 
which  are  adequately  treated  in  the  text-books  on  those  subjects...! 
have  throughout  avoided  the  use  of  any  but  the  most  elementary 
mathematics."     Preface. 

ZEITSCHRIFT   fiir  physikalische   chemie,   stochiometrie   und 

verwandtschaftslehre.     v.i-date.     1887-date r54i.i  Z43 

Published  irregularly;  edited  by  Wilhelm  Ostwald  and  J.  H.  van't  Hoff. 
JONES,    Harry  Clary,  ed. 

Modern  theory  of  solution;  memoirs  by  Pfeffer,  van't 
Hoff,  Arrhenius  and  Raoult.  1899.  (Scientific  mem- 
oirs.)  54112  J41 

Contents:  Pfeffer,  W.  Osmotic  investigations. — Biography  of  Pfeffer. — 
Van't  Hoff,  J.  H.  Role  of  osmotic  pressure  in  the  analogy  between 
solutions  and  gases. — Biography  of  van't  Hoff. — Arrhenius,  S.  On 
the  dissociation  of  substances  dissolved  in  water. — Biogfraphy  of  Arr- 
henius. —  Raoult,  F.M.  General  law  of  the  freezing  of  solvents.  — 
Raoult,  F.M.  On  the  vapor-pressure  of  ethereal  solutions. — Raoult, 
F.M.  General  law  of  the  vapor-pressure  of  solvents. — Biography  of 
Raoult. 
Bibliography,  p.  129-132. 

The  physical  chemistry  of  to-day  is  founded  upon  the  theories  advanced 
in  these  papers. 

MORGAN,  John  Livingston  Rutgers. 

An  outline  of  the  theory  of  solution  and  its  results,  for  chem- 
ists and  electricians.     1897 541.12  M89 

"Gives  in  clear  language  the  gist  of  the  theory  of  solution,  how  it  has 
arisen,  and  what  it  is  to-day.  The  treatment  and  style  is  as  non- 
mathematical  as  the  nature  of  the  subject  permits."  C.  E.  Linebarger 
in  the  Journal  of  the  American  chemical  society. 

WHETHAM,  William  Cecil  Dampier. 

Solution  and  electrolysis.     1895 r54i.i2  W62 

Explains  clearly  and  concisely  our  theoretical  knowledge  of  these  subjects. 

LANDOLT,  Hans. 

Optical   activity  and   chemical   composition;   tr.   by  John 

McCrae.     1899 r54i.i5   L22 

This  forms  the  eighth  chapter  of  the  first  volume  of  Graham-Otto's 
"Lehrbuch  def  chemie." 

NAUMANN,  Alexander. 

Lehr-  und  handbuch  der  thermochemie.     1882 54116  N16 

Technisch-thermochemische    berechnungen    zur    heizung 

insbesondere  mit  gasformigen  brennstoffen.     1893.  .qr 541. 16  N16 
THOMSEN,  Julius. 

Thermochemische  untersuchungen.    4v.     1882-86 r54i.i6  T38 

V.I.    Neutralisation  und  vennandte  phanomene. 


ELECTROCHEMISTRY  655 


V.2.    Metalloide. 

V.3.    Wassrige  losung  und  hydratbildung. — Metalle. 

T.4.    Organische  verbindungen. 


541.17     Electrochemistry 

ARRHENIUS,  Svante  August. 

Lehrbuch  der  elektrochemie.     1901 rS4i.i7  A77 

A  text-book  suitable  for  advanced  high  school  pupils. 

BERMBACH,  Willibald. 

Die  wichtigsten  grundbegriffe  der  elektrochemie  und  ihre 
verwertung  bei  den  neueren  theorien  der  galvanischen 

elemente  und  akkumulatoren.     1900 r54i.i7  B45 

A  brief  survey  of  so  much  of  theoretical  chemistry  as  is  needed  for  a 
thorough  understanding  of  modern  electrochemical  theory. 

BLOUNT,  Bertram. 

Practical  electro-chemistry.     1901 54i-i7  Bs6 

Describes  only  processes  which  are,  or  are  likely  to  be,  of  use  industri- 
ally. 
"In  spite  of  a  few  blemishes,  the... most  satisfactory  work  of  its  kind  in 
any  language."    Wilder  D.  Bancroft,  in   the  Journal  of  physical  chemis- 
try, 1001. 

BORCHERS,  Wilhelm. 

Die  elektrochemie,  und  ihre  weitere  interessensphare  auf 

der  Weltausstellung  in  Paris,  1900.     1901 qr54i.i7  B63 

Vermehrte  und  verbesserte  ausgabe  des  in  der  "Zeitschrift  fiir  elektro- 
chemie" erschienenen  berichtes. 
A  very  thorough  report  on  the  condition  of  electrochemical  industries 
as  shown  at  the  Paris  exposition  of  1900,  the  first  in  which  they 
were  treated  in  a  separate  class.  Dr  Borchers  is  a  leading  authority 
on  electrochemistry,  and  was  a  member  of  the  international  jury  at 
Paris,   (1901). 

GOODWIN,  Harry  Manly,  ed. 

Fundamental  laws  of  electrolytic  conduction.      1899.      (Scien- 
tific  memoirs.) 541-17    G63 

Contents:  Relation  by  measure  of  common  and  voltaic  electricity,  by 
Michael  Faraday.  —  On  electrochemical  decomposition,  by  Michael 
Faraday. — Biographical  sketch  of  Faraday. — On  the  migration  of  ions 
during  electrolysis,  by  W.  Hittorf. — Biographical  sketch  of  Hittorf. — 
On  the  conductivity  of  electrolytes  dissolved  in  water  in  relation  to 
the  migration  of  their  components,  by  F.  Kohlrausch. — Biographical 
sketch  of  Kohlrausch. 
Bibliography,  p.94-96. 
GORE,  George. 

Electro-chemistry;    inorganic.      [1888.]      (Electrician 

series.)    54117  G66 

"Intended  to  contain,  in  systematic  order,  the  chief  principles  and 
facts  of  electro-chemistry,  and  to  supply  the  student  of  electro-plating 
or  electro-metallurgy  a  scientific  basis  upon  which  to  build  the  addi- 
tional practical  knowledge  and  experience  of  his  trade... It  will  not 
supply  the  technical  details  necessary  for  the  accurate  quantitative 
determination  of  metals  by  electro-chemical  processes;  references  to 
sources  of  such  information  will,  however,  be  given."  Introductory 
ntte. 
JAHRBUCH    der   elektrochemie,    1894-date.     ler   jahrgang- 

date.     i89S-date r54i.i7  J15 

JONES,  Harry  Clary. 

Outlines  of  electrochemistry.     1901 q54i.i7  J41 

-    Appeared    first    in    the    Electrical    review,  v.39,    1901,    under    the    title 
"Selected  chapters  in  electrochemistry." 
Intended    particularly    for    the    use  of    electrical    engineers  who    desire 
some  knowledge  of  the  theory  of  electrochemistry. 


42 


6s6  ATOMS.    MOLECULES 

Theory  of  electrolytic  dissociation,  and  some  of  its  applica- 
tions.    1900 541-17  J4it 

KOHLRAUSCH,  Friedrich,  &  Holborn,  L. 

Das  leitvermogen  der  elektrolyte,  insbesondere  der  losungen; 
methoden,     resultate     und     chemische     anwendungen. 

1898 rS4i.i7    K36 

"Literatur,"  p.  137-143. 

"The  work  is... beyond  criticism  and  cannot  be  too  heartily  commended 
to  those  interested  in  conductivity  work."  American  chemical  journal, 
1899. 

KOLBE,  Hermann. 

Electrolysis  of  organic  compounds;   papers,    (1845-1868). 

1900.     (Alembic  club  reprints.) S4ii7  K36 

Contains  Kolbe's  account  of  his  earliest  experiments,  also  his  classic 
memoir  upon  the  electrolysis  of  valerianates  and  acetates. 

LE  BLANC,  Max. 

Elements  of  electrochemistry.     1896 S4I-I7  L47 

LOB,  Walter. 

Electrolysis  and   electrosynthesis  of  organic  compounds. 

1898 54117  L7S 

The  same.     1898 r54i.i7  L75 

MOISSAN,  Henri. 

Le  four  electrique.     1897 S4i.i7  M78 

Very  clear  accounts  of  some  of  the  author's  experiments  in  reducing 
metallic  oxides  and  producing  diamonds  with  the  aid  of  the  intense 
heat  of  the  electric  furnace. 

TOMMASI,  Donato. 

Traite  theorique  et  pratique  d'electrochimie.     1889 qrS4i.i7  T59 

ZEITSCHRIFT   fur  elektrochemie ;    weekly,    v.i-date.    1894- 

date qr54i.i7  Z43 

Organ  der  Deutschen  elektrochemischen  gesellschaft. 

541.2     Atoms.     Molecules 

BILTZ,  Heinrich. 

Practical  methods  for  determining  molecular  weights;  tr.  by 

H.  C.  Jones  and  S.  H.  King.    1899 541.2  B48 

"A  masterly  summation  of  the  practical  methods  for  determining  molec- 
ular weights  by  the  vapor-density  and  the  cryoscopic  methods,  with 
a  careful  criticism  of  the  different  procedures,  and  a  comparison  of 
the  usefulness  of  one  with  the  other."  Journal  of  the  American 
chemical  society. 

D ALTON,  John,  and  others. 

Foundations  of  the  atomic  theory;  comprising  papers  and  ex- 
tracts.   1893.     (Alembic  club  reprints.) 541.2  D17 

Reproduction    of    the    earliest    printed    account    (1807)    of    the    atomic 
weight  theory  as  proposed  by  Dalton.     Also  contains  papers  by  Wol- 
laston   (1808)   on  super-acid  and  sub-acid  salts. 
Foundations  of  the  molecular  theory;  comprising  papers  and 

extracts.    1893.     (Alembic  club  reprints.) 541.2  Di7f 

"The  papers   here   printed   in  chronological   order  serve  to   exhibit  the 
historical   development   of  the   idea   of  a   connection  existing  between 
the  number  of  particles  in  different  gases  and  the  volume  they  occupy." 
Preface. 
JONES,  Harry  Clary. 

The  freezing-point,  boiling-point,   and   conductivity  methods. 

1897 5412  J41 

Short  laboratory  guide  to  the  use  of  these  methods  of  molecular  weight 
and  conductivity  determinations. 


STEREOCHEMISTRY  657 

MURRAY,  David  Ambrose. 

Atoms  and  energies.     1901 541.2  M97 

Author  claims  that  all  atoms  are  "identical  in  essence  and  [vary]  only 
as  to  their  size  and  shape;"  an  atom  being  "an  Impenetrable  Expanse 
of  the  Ability  to  Modify  and  be  Moved  by  Energy."  These  atoms 
are  acted  upon  by  only  two  energies,  an  attractive  and  a  repellent; 
energy,  however,  being  "a  distinct  Entity,  not  a  mode  of  motion." 

RISTEEN,  A.D. 

Molecules  and  the  molecular  theory  of  matter.     1895 541.2  R49 

WURTZ,  Charles  Adolphe. 

The  atomic  theory.    1891.    (International  scientific  series.).  .541.2  W97 
Points  out  the  origins  and  follows  up  the  development  of  this  celebrated 
theory  in  as  plain  language  as  the  subject  permits. 


541.3     Chemical  affinity 

FARADAY,  Michael. 

Course  of  lectures  on  the  chemical  history  of  a  candle,  to 

which  is  added  a  lecture  on  platinum.     [1861.] 541-3  F22 

"In  no  work  on  chemistry  have  the  phenomena  of  combustion,  the 
nature  of  the  atmosphere,  and  the  chemistry  of  coal-gas  been  more 
clearly  presented.  The  work  is  a  little  old-fashioned,  but  its  funda- 
mental statements  are  sound,  and  the  absence  of  technicalities  will 
always  make  it  charming."     H.  C.  Bolton. 

REY,  Jean. 

Essays  on  an  enquiry  into  the  cause  wherefore  tin  and  lead  in- 
crease in  weight  on  calcination.  1895.  (Alembic  club  re- 
prints.)     541.3  R37 

First  published  in  pamphlet  form  at  Bazas  in   1630. 
"Apart  altogether  from  the  historical  interest  of  the  work,  the  quaint 
and  lively  style  of  the  author  makes  his  Essays  still  worthy  of  perusal." 
Preface. 

541.7     Stereochemistry 

FREUNDLER,  P. 

La  stereochimie.     [1899.]     (Scientia;  serie  physico-mathe- 

matique.)    r54i.7  F93 

Bibliographie,  p.97-98. 

A  critical  and  descriptive  review  of  stereochemical  theory  at  the  close  of 
the  nineteenth  century. 

HOFF,  Jacob  Hendrik  van't. 

Arrangement  of  atoms  in  space;  tr.  by  Arnold  Eiloart. 

1898 541-7  H67 

Contents:     Stereochemistry   of   carbon.    —   Stereochemistry   of   nitrogen 

compounds. — Stereochemical  isomerism  of  inorganic  compounds. 
"Van't  Hoff's  work  appeared  first  in  French  under  the  title  'La  chimie 
dans  I'espace'  (1875).  A  German  translation  appeared  in  1877  under 
the  title  'Die  lagerung  der  atome  im  raume.'  In  1887  a  2d  French  edi- 
tion appeared  under  the  title  'Dix  annees  dans  I'histoire  d'une  theorie.' 
The  2d  German  ed.  (1894)  from  which  the  present  English  translation 
was  made  'is  not  so  much  a  new  edition  of  the  first  German  work, 
as  a  German  revision  of  van't  Hoff's  'Dix  annees  dans  I'histoire  d'une 
theorie,'  enriched  by  the  growth  of  our  knowledge  during  the  last 
seven  years.'  "    Preface  to  the  2d  ed. 

PASTEUR,  Louis. 

Researches  on  the  molecular  asymmetry  of  natural  organic 

products.     1897.     (Alembic  club  reprints.) 541-7  P28 

Translation  of  two  lectures  before  the  Chemical  society  of  Paris  in  i860. 
Describes  the  steps  which  led  to  his  views  on  optical  isomerism. 


6s8  SOLUBILITY 


RICHARDSON,  George  Mann,  ed. 

Foundations    of    stereo-chemistry;    memoirs    by    Pasteur, 
van't  Hoff,   LeBel  and  Wislicenus.     1901.      (Scientific 

memoirs.)    541-7   R41 

Contents:  The  asymmetry  of  naturally  occurring  organic  compounds,  by 
Louis  Pasteur. — Biographical  sketch  of  Pasteur. — Structural  formulas 
in  space,  by  J.  H.  van't  Hoff. — Biographical  sketch  of  van't  Hoff. — 
Relation  between  atomic  formulas  of  organic  compounds  and  the  ro- 
tatory power  of  their  solutions,  by  J.  A.  LeBel. — Biographical  sketch 
of  LeBel. — Space  arrangement  of  the  atoms  in  organic  molecules  and 
the  resulting  geometrical  isomerism  in  unsaturated  compounds,  by 
Johannes  Wislicenus. — Biographical  sketch  of  Wislicenus. 
Bibliography,  p.i33-i3S- 

Pasteur's  article  gave  the  first  suggestion  leading  to  our  present  views 
of  the  space  relations  of  the  atoms  in  the  molecule;  van't  Hoff's  and 
LeBel's  memoirs  first  gave  a  definite  idea  of  what  the  arrangement 
might  be.  Wislicenus  first  took  up  their  theory  and  applied  it  sys- 
tematically to  explain  relationships. 

541.8     Solubility 

COMEY,  Arthur  Messinger,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  chemical  solubilities,  inorganic.     1896 r54i.8  C73 

RAOULT,  Francois  Marie. 

Tonometrie.      1900.      (Scientia;    serie    physico-mathema- 

tique.)    r54i.8  R19 

Bibliographic,  p.115-116. 

541.9     Tables.     Calculations 

ADRIANCE,  John  S.  comp. 

Laboratory  calculations  and  specific-gravity  tables.    1897.  .541.9  A24 

ALLEN,  John  Alpheus,  comp. 

Tables  for  iron  analysis.     1896 541-9  A42 

The  same.     1896 r54i-9  A42 

For  the  rapid  calculation  of  the  results  of  analyses. 

BIEHRINGER,  Joachim. 

'     Einfiihrung  in  die  stochiometrie;  oder,  Die  lehre  von  der 
quantitativen  zusammensetzung  der  korper  und  ihren  mit 

dieser  zusammenhangenden  eigenschaften.     1900 541-9  B47 

Describes  briefly  the  theory,  and  illustrates  its  practical  application  by  a 
large  number  of  well-selected  numerical  problems.  These  are  worked 
out,  and  a  careful  explanation  of  the  method  is  given.  A  thorough, 
practical  guide  to  chemical  and  physico-chemical  calculations. 

CARNELLEY,  Thomas. 

Physico-chemical  con.stants;  melting  and  boiling  point  tables. 

2v.     1885-87 qr54i-9  C21 

Catalogue  of  reference  literature,  v.i,  p.21-24. 
LANDOLT,  Hans,  &  Bornstein,  Richard,  comp. 

Physikalisch-chemische   tabellen.     1894 qr54i-9  L22 

Contains  bibliographies. 

LAURENT,  Auguste. 

Chemical  method,  notation,  classification  &  nomenclature. 

1855.     (Cavendish  society.     Publications.) r54i.9  L37 

MILLER,  Edmund  Howd. 

Calculations  of  analytical  chemistry.     1900 541-9  M69 

Explains  clearly  and  thoroughly  all  the  calculations  usually   needed  in 
the  analytical  laboratory. 


EXPERIMENTAL  CHEMISTRY  659 

MORGAN,  John  James,  comp. 

Tables  for  quantitative  metallurgical  analysis,  for  laboratory 

use.     1899 r54i.9  M89 

WADDELL,  John. 

Arithmetic  of  chemistry;  a  simple  treatment  of  the  subject  of 

chemical  calculations.     1899 541-9  Wll 

542     Experimental  chemistry 

ARENDT,  Rudolf. 

Technik  der  experimentalchemie;  anleitung  zur  ausfiihrung 

chemischer  experimente.     1900 542.2  A68 

COOKE,  Josiah  Parsons. 

Laboratory  practice;  a  series  of  experiments  on  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  chemistry.     1896 542.2  C77 

A  companion  volume  to  "The  new  chemistry." 

The  same.     1896 r542.2  C77 

ERDMANN,  Hugo. 

Introduction  to  chemical  preparations;  a  guide  in  the  practi- 
cal teaching  of  inorganic  chemistry;  authorized  tr.  from 

the  second  German  edition  by  F.  L.  Dunlap.    1900 r542.2  E72 

Contains  numerous  short  bibliographies. 

FARADAY,  Michael. 

Chemical  manipulation.     1842 r542.2  F22 

LENGFELD,  Felix. 

Inorganic  chemical  preparations.     1899 542.2  L59 

Prepared  by  the  author  for  use  of  his  classes  at  the  University  of  Chicago. 

NEWTH,  G.S. 

Chemical    lecture    experiments;    non-metallic    elements. 

1896 542.2   N29 

"The  object  of  this  book  is  two-fold.  Firstly,  it  is  intended  to  supply 
chemical  lecturers  and  teachers  with  a  useful  repertoire  of  experi- 
ments, suitable  for  illustrating  upon  the  lecture  table  the  modes  of 
preparation,  and  the  properties,  of  the  non-metallic  elements,  and 
their  commoner  and  more  important  comjxjunds..  .Secondly,  it  is  my 
object  to  furnish  the  chemical  student  with  a  book  which  shall  serve 
as  a  companion  to  the  lectures  he  may  attend."    Prtface. 

Les  NOUVEAUTfiS  chimiques;  nouveaux  appareils  de  labo- 
ratoires,  methodes  nouvelles  de  recherches  appliquees  a  la 
science  et  a  I'industrie,  par  Camille  Poulenc,  1896-date. 

1896-date r542.2  N47 

Issued  annually. 

SMITH,  Edgar  F.  &  Keller,  H.F. 

Experiments;  arranged  for  students  in  general  chemistry. 

1895 5422  S64 

Intended  for  beginners. 

THORP,  Frank  Hall. 

Inorganic  chemical  preparations.     1896 542.2  T41 

The  preparations  included  are  those  commonly  used  in  laboratories  or 
those  important  commercially.     The  directions  are  full  and  clear. 

THRELFALL,  Richard. 

On  laboratory  arts.     1898 542.2  T42 

Contents:  Hints  on  the  manipulation  of  glass  and  on  glass-blowing  for 
laboratory  purposes. — On  the  preparation  of  vacuum  tubes  for  the  pro- 
duction of  Rontgen's  radiation. — Glass-grinding  and  opticians'  work. — 


66o  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY 

Miscellaneous   processes. — Electroplating   and   allied   arts. — Platinising 
glass. 
Directions  and   instructions  to  aid   in   the  construction  of  physical  ap- 
paratus for  experimental  purposes. 

TRAUBE,  Isidor. 

Physico-chemical  methods.     1898 542.2  T69 

Contents:  The  chemical  balance. — Density. — Capillarity. — ^The  constant  of 
viscosity. — Solubility. — The  electric  conductivity  of  liquids. — Expansion 
of  liquids. — Melting  point  and  solidifying  point. — Depression  of  the 
freezing  points  of  solutions. — Boiling  point  and  vapor  pressure. — Ele- 
vation of  the  boiling  points  of  solutions. — Heat  of  fusion. — Heat  of 
vaporization. — Thermochernical  constants. — Measurement  of  crystals. — 
Index  of  refraction. — Spectrum  analysis. — Rotation  of  the  plane  of 
polarization. — General  contrivances  for  measurements. — ^Tables. 

WOODHULL,  John  Francis,  &  Van  Arsdale,  M.B. 

Chemical  experiments.     1899 542.2  W86 

Very  elementary  in  character. 
CLARKE,  Frank  Wigglesworth. 

Table  of  specific  gravity  for  solids  and  liquids.     1888. 

(Constants  of  nature,  pt.i.) rS42.3  C53 

Also   published   in    Smithsonian    institution.      Miscellaneous    collections, 

ROLLER,  Theodor. 

Praktische  herstellung  von  losungen;  ein  handbuch  zum 
raschen  und  sicheren  auffinden  der  losungsmittel  aller 
technisch   und   industriell    wichtigen    korper.      1888. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r542.6  K36 

OETTEL,  Felix. 

Introduction  to  electrochemical  experiments.     1897 542-8  O15 

Practical  exercises  in  electrochemistry.     1897 542.8  Ol5p 


543     Analytical  chemistry 

See  also  Adulterations,  614.3 

ALLEN,  Alfred  Henry. 

Commercial  organic  analysis.    4v.  in  7.     1898-1900 543  A42 

v.i.    Introduction,  alcohols,  neutral  alcoholic  derivatives,  sugars,  starch 

and  its  isomers,  vegetable  acids,  etc. 
v.2,  pt.i.       Fixed  oils,  fats,  waxes,  glycerol,  nitroglycerin  and  nitrogly- 
cerin explosives. 
v.2,    pt.2.    Hydrocarbons,    petroleum    and    coal-tar    products,    asphalt, 

phenols  and  creosotes. 
V.3,  pt.i.    Tannins,  dyes  and  coloring  matters,  writing  inks. 
V.3,   pt.2.    Amines   and   ammonium   bases,    hydrazines,    bases   from   tar, 

vegetable  alkaloids. 
v.3,    pt.3.    Vegetable    alkaloids    (concluded),    non-basic   vegetable    bitter 
principles,  animal  bases,  animal  acids,  cyanogen  and  its  derivatives. 
V.4.    Proteids  and  albuminous  principles,  proteoids  or  albuminoids. 
The  standard  work  on  this  subject  (1902). 
BERGEY,  David  Hendricks. 

Handbook  of  practical  hygiene.     1899 543  B4S 

For  the  guidance  of  students  in  the  sanitary  analysis  of  air,  water,  soil, 
and   the   principal   food   materials,    and    in   testing   the   ventilation  of 
buildings. 
BOCKMANN,  Friedrich,  ed. 

Chemisch-technische    untersuchungsmethoden    der    gross- 
industrie,  der  versuchsstationen  und  handelslaboratorien. 

2v.     1893  543  B57 

BRIANT,  Lawrence. 

Laboratory  text  book  for  brewers.     1898 543  B74 


ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY  66i 

CALDWELL,  George  Chapman. 

Elements  of  qualitative  and  quantitative  chemical  analysis. 

1894 543  C13 

Supplies  a  short  course  for  students  who  study  analysis  without  the 
intention  of  becoming  professional  analysts,  but  rather  for  its  disci- 
plinary value. 

CARNOT,  Marie  Adolphe. 

Traite  d'analyse  des  substances  minerales.     v.1-2.     1808- 

1904 rS43  C21 

V.I.    Methodes  generates  d'analyse,  qualitative  ct  quantitative. 

V.2.    Metalloides. 

"One  of  the  most  extensive  and  important  works  on  inorganic  analysis 

which    have    appeared    for    very    many    years."      American    chemical 

journal. 

GROOKES,  Sir  William. 

Select   methods   in    chemical    analysis,    chiefly    inorganic. 

1894    543    C89 

The  author's  object  has  been  to  give  only  new  or  little-known  methods 
which  have  proven  satisfactory  upon  personal  trial,  omitting  those 
given  in  the  standard  manuals  of  analysis.  Schemes  for  the  separa- 
tion and  estimation  of  the  rare  and  the  common  elements  are  given 
equal  prominence. 
GOOCH,  Frank  Austin,  ed. 

Research  papers  from  the  Kent  chemical  laboratory  of  Yale 
university.  2v.  1901.  (Yale  bicentennial  publica- 
tions.)     r543.o8  G62 

HALPHEN,  Georges. 

La  pratique  des  essais  commerciaux  et  industriels.     2v. 

1892-93 r543  H18 

v. I.     Matieres  minerales. 
v.2.     Matieres  organiques. 

HORNBY,  John. 

Gas  engineer's  laboratory  handbook.     1894 543  H79 

JAGNAUX,  Raoul. 

Analyse  chimique  des  substances  commerciales,  minerales  et 

organiques.     1897 r543  J14 

KONIG,  Joseph. 

Die  untersuchung  landwirtschaftlich  und  gewerblich  wich- 

tiger  stoffe.     1898 r543  K37 

LEHMANN,  Karl  Bernhard. 

Die  methoden  der  praktischen  hygiene;  anleitung  zur  unter- 
suchung und  beurtheilung  der  aufgaben  des  taglichen 

lebens  fiir  arzte,  chemiker  und  juristen.    1890 r543  L55 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

LUNGE,  George,  ed. 

Chemisch-technische  untersuchungsmethoden;  mit  benutzung 
der  fruheren  von  Friedrich  Bockmann  bearbeiteten  auf- 

lagen.     3v.     1899-1900 r543   L97 

Covers  the  whole  field  of  industrial  chemistry,  ^ving  the  suitable  an« 
alytical  methods  for  commercial  work. 

MUTER,  John. 

Short  manual  of  analjrtical  chemistry;  qualitative  and  quanti- 
tative, inorganic  and  organic.    1898 543  M98 

Suitable  for  the  use  of  pharmaceutical  students. 

OSTWALD,  Wilhelm. 
Scientific  foundations  of  analytical  chemistry  treated  in  an  ele- 
mentary manner.     1895 543  02g 


662  ANALYTICAL  CHEMISTRY 

PHILLIPS,  H.  Joshua. 

Engineering  chemistry;   a  practical  treatise  for  the   use   of 

analytical  chemists,  engineers,  ironmasters,  ironfounders, 

students  and  others,  comprising  methods  of  analysis  and 

valuation  of  the  principal  materials  used  in  engineering 

work,  with  numerous  analyses,  examples  and  suggestions. 

1894 543  PS I 

Contents:  Reddrop's  system  of  reagents. — Metals,  alloys,  etc. — Ores,  lime- 
stones, etc. — Fuels — solid,  liquid  and  gaseous. — Water. — Oils. — Ma- 
terials used  in  grease-making. — Gasworks  products. — Disinfectants. — 
Explosives. 

PICK,  Siegmund. 

Die  untersuchung  der  im  handel  und  gewerbe  gebrauch- 
lichsten  stoffe  einschliesslich  der  nahrungsmittel.  1881. 

(Hartleben's    chemisch-technische    bibliothek.) r543    P54 

Methods  given  are  chiefly  volumetric. 

POST,  Julius. 

Chemisch-technische  analyse;  handbuch  der  analytischen  un- 
tersuchungen  zur  beaufsichtigung  des  chemischen  gross- 

betriebes  und  zum  unterrichte.     2v.     1888-91 r543  P84 

ROCKWOOD,  Elbert  William. 

Introduction  to  chemical  analysis ;   for  students  of  medicine, 

pharmacy  and  dentistry.    1901  543  R58 

STILLMAN,  Thomas  Bliss. 

Engineering  chemistry;  a  manual  of  quantitative  chemical 

analysis.     1897 543  S85 

ULZER,  Ferdinand,  &  Fraenkel,  A. 

Introduction  to  chemical-technical  analysis.     1898 543  U23 

Covers    the    ordinary   technical    products,    telling    the    usual    impurities 
present,  and  describing  the  methods  of  analysis  used  commercially. 
WILEY,  Harvey  Washington. 

Principles  and  practice  of  agricultural  analysis.  3v.  1894-97.  .543  W71 
v.  I.     Soils. 
V.2.     Fertilizers. 
V.3.     Agricultural  products. 
The  most  complete  work  yet  written  (1901).     Gives  a  broad  view  of  the 

subject  and  discusses  all  the  best  methods  of  analysing  agricultural 

products. 
Author  is  chemist  of  the  United  States  department  of  agriculture. 

543.05     Periodicals 

JOURNAL    of    analytical    chemistry;    quarterly,    1887-June 

1893.     7v.     1887-93 r543.05  J46 

v.5-7,   published  monthly,  title  reads  Journal  of  analytical  and  applied 

chemistry. 
No  more  published. 

Elach  volume  contains  a  bibliography  of  analytical  chemistry,  by  H.  C. 
Bolton,  of  the  publications  of  the  preceding  year. 
REPERTORIUM  der  analytischen  chemie  fiir  handel,  gewerbe 
und,  dffentliche  gesundheitspflege;   organ  des  Vereins 

analytischer  chemiker.    7v.  in  4.     1881-87 r543.05  R3S 

Continuation  of  "Correspondenz-blatt  des   Vereines  analytischer  chemi- 

^ker." 
United  with  the  "Zeitschrift  fiir  die  chemische  Industrie,"  and  continued 
under  the  title  "Zeitschrift  fiir  angewandte  chemie." 

VIERTELJAHRESSCHRIFT    iiber    die    fortschritte   auf   dem 
gebiete  der  chemie  der  nahrungs-  und  genussmittel,  der 


FOOD  ANALYSIS  663 


gebrauchsgegenstande,  sowie  der  hierher   gehorenden 

industriezweige;   1886-date.     v.i-date.     1887-date r543.o5  V31 

v.i3-date    title    reads    Zeitschrift    fiir   untersuchung    der   nahrungs-    und 
genussmittel,  published  monthly. 

ZEITSCHRIFT  fiir  analytische  chemie;  monthly,     v.i-date. 

1862-date r543.os  Z43 

Autoren-  und  sach-register,  v.  1-30,  1862-91.     3V.     1872-94. 

Autoren-  und  sach-regrister,  v.31-40,  1892-1901.     1903. 

543.1     Food  analysis 

BELL,  James,  &.1825. 

Chemistry  of  foods,  with  microscopic  illustrations.    2v.     1881- 

83.     (South  Kensington  museum  science  handbooks.). ..  .543.1  B41 
V.  I.    Tea. — Coffee. — Cocoa. — Sugar. — Honey. 

V.2.    Milk. — Butter. — Cheese. — Lard. — Cereal  foods. — Prepared  starches. — 
Lentil  flour. 

BLYTH,  Alexander  Wynter. 

Foods;  their  composition  and  analysis,  with  an  introduc- 
tory essay  on  the  history  of  adulteration.    1903 543-1  B57f 

The  same.     1888 r543.i   B57 

DIETZSCH,  Oscar. 

Die  wichtigsten  nahrungsmittel  und  getranke,  deren  verun- 

reinigungen  und  verfalschungen.     1884 r543i  D56 

ELSNER,  Fritz. 

Die  praxis  des  chemikers  bei  untersuchung  von  nahrungs- 
und  genussmitteln,  gebrauchsgegenstanden  und  handels- 
produkten,    bei    hygienischen    und    bakteriologischen 

untersuchungen.      1895 r543.i    ES5 

EMMERICH,  Rudolf,  &  Trillich,  Heinrich. 

Anleitung   zu    hygienischen    untersuchungen.      1892 rS43.i    E59 

FOX,  Cornelius  B. 

Sanitary  examinations  of  water,  air  and  food.     1886 543-1  F85 

KONIG,  Joseph. 

Chemie    der    menschlichen    nahrungs-    und    genussmittel. 

2v.      1893-1903 r543.i    K37 

V.I.     Chemische    zusammensetzung    der    menschlichen    nahrungs-    und 

genussmittel;  verbesserte  auflage  bearbeitet  von  A.  Bomer. 
V.2.     Die    menschlichen    nahrungs-    und    genussmittel,    ihre    herstellung, 
zusammensetzung  und  beschaffenheit,  ihre  verfalschungen  und  deren 
nachweis. 

LEFFMANN,  Henry,  &  Beam,  William. 

Select  methods  in  food  analysis.     1901  543«i«L53S 

"References,"  P.37S. 

MITCHELL,  C.  Ainsworth. 

Flesh  foods,  with  methods  for  their  chemical,  microscopical 
and  bacteriological   examination;   a  practical   hand-book 
for  medical  men,  analysts,  inspectors  and  others.    1900.. 543.1  M74 
PEARMAIN,  T.  H.  &  Moor,  C.  G. 

Analysis  of  food  and  drugs.    2v.    1897-99 543-1  P34 

v.i.    Milk  and  milk  products. 

V.2.    Chemical  and  biological  analysis  of  water. 

The  material  collected  for  v.  3  and  4  was  published  by  C.  G.  Moor,  under 

the  title  "Suggested  standards  of  purity  for  foods  and  drugs." 
Practical  handbook  for  laboratory  use. 


664  WATER  ANALYSIS 


RICHARDS,  Mrs  Ellen  Henrietta  (Swallow),  &  Woodman,  A.  G. 

Air,  water  and  food  from  a  sanitary  standpoint.     1900 543-1  R39 

Bibliogrraphy,  p.  2 13-21 8. 

Extremely  practical  book  discussing  simply  but  thoroughly  the  common 
problems  of  sanitary  science. 

SIMMONS,  Arthur  Thomas,  &  Stenhouse,  Ernest. 

Experimental  hygiene;  an  introductory  course  of  work  in 

the  principles  of  domestic  science.     1901 543-1   S59 

Elementary  manual  of  the  principles  of  physics,  chemistry  and  bacteriol- 
ogy, paying  special  attention  to  their  applications  in  the  ordinary 
operations  and  practices  of  housekeeping. 


543.2     Milk  analysis 

GERBER,  Nicholas. 

Chemical  and  physical  analysis  of  milk,  condensed  milk  and 
infants'  milk-foods,  with  special  regard  to  hygiene  and 
sanitary  milk  inspection.     1882 543-2  G31 

LEFFMANN,  Henry,  &  Beam,  William. 

Analysis  of  milk  and  milk  products.     1893 543-2  L53 

543 '3     ^A^ate^  analysis 

For  Water  as  a  beverage,  see  613.31 

BUNSEN,  Robert  Wilhelm. 

Anleitung  zur  analyse  der  aschen  &  mineralwasser.   1874.  .r543.3  B88 

FRANKLAND,  Edward. 

Water  analysis  for  sanitary  purposes,  with  hints  for  the  in- 
terpretation of  results.     1890 543-3  F87 

A  standard  work  by  a  well-known  English  chemist  and  bacteriologist. 

KUBEL,  Wilhelm. 

Anleitung  zur  untersuchung  von  wasser  welches  zu  gewerb- 

lichen   und   hauslichen   zwecken   oder   als   trinkwasser 

benutzt  werden  soli.    1874 rS43-5  M77 

Bound  with  Mohr's  Chemische  toxicologic. 

LEFFMANN,  Henry. 

Examination  of  water  for  sanitary  and  technic  purposes. 

1895-  • • 543-3  L53 

Author  is  an  eminent  authority  on  this  subject.  The  chapter  on  "In- 
terpretation of  results"  is  especially  valuable. 

MASON,  William  Pitt. 

Examination  of  water,  (chemical  and  bacteriological).   1899.  .543.3  M45 

Useful  practical  manual  of  water  examination  for  sanitary  purposes. 
The  general  remarks  on  the  interpretation  of  results  of  examination 
are  valuable. 

THRESH,  John  Clough. 

A  simple  method  of  water  analysis,  especially  designed  for 

the  use  of  medical  officers  of  health.    1897 543-3  T42 

WANKLYN,  James  Alfred,   &  Chapman,  E.T. 

Water-analysis.     1884 543-3  W19 

The  same.     1876 r543.3  W19 


SPECIAL  INORGANIC  ANALYSIS  665 

543.5     Poisons 

For  Physiological  effects  of  poisons,  see  615.9 

BLYTH,  Alexander  Wynter. 

Poisons;  their  effects  and  detection.     1895 543-5  B57 

One  of  the  best  and  most  complete  works  on  the  subject. 

MOHR,  Friedrich. 

Chemische  toxicologie.     1874 '■543.5  M77 

NAQUET,  Alfred. 

Legal  chemistry;  a  guide  to  the  detection  of  poisons,  exami- 
nation of  tea,  stains,  etc.,  as  applied  to  chemical  jurispru- 
dence.    1884 543-5  N12 

Bibliogn^aphy,  p.163-186. 

Brief  directions  for  the  more  common  examinations. 

WORMLEY,  Theodore  George. 

Micro-chemistry  of  poisons.     1885 543-5  W89 

The  same.     1885 r543.5  W89 

A  well-known  and  authoritative  treatise. 

■  543-7     Special  inorganic  analysis 

ARNOLD,  John  Oliver. 

Steel  works  analysis.     1895.     (Specialists'  series.) 543-7  A75 

The  same.     1895.     (Specialists'  series.) r543-7  A75 

BAYLEY,  Thomas. 

Assay  and  analysis   of  iron  and  steel,   iron  ores  and  fuel. 

1884 r543.7  B33 

BLAIR,  Andrew  Alexander. 

Chemical  analysis  of  iron.     Ed.  4.     1901  543-7  B52C 

The  same.     1888 r543-7  B52 

The  same.     Ed.  3.     1900 r543-7  B52C 

The  same.    Ed.  4.     1901 r543-7  B52C2 

"First  authority  in  the  field  of  chemical  analysis  of  iron,  a  model  in  its 
clearness  of  statement  and  completeness  of  information."  T.  M. 
Drown. 

CARNOT,  Marie  Adolphe. 

Methodes    d'analyse    des    fontes,    des   fers    &   des    aciers. 

1895 r543.7  C21 

Extrait  des  Annales  des  mines,  octobre-novembre  189s. 

CROBAUGH,  Frank  L. 

Methods  of  chemical  analysis  and  foundry  chemistry,     1901. .  .543.7  C88 
Notes  on  iron  analysis  by  an  expert  chemist,  describing  his  choice  of 
methods  for  each  of  the   usual   determinations.     Contains  also   some 
instruction  in  regard  to  cupola  mixtures. 

ELLIS,  George  Huntington. 

Analysis  of  white  paints;  a  collection  of  notes  on  the  chemical 

analysis  of  white  and  tinted  paints.    1898 543.7  E53 

Reprinted  from  the  Paint,  oil  and  drug  review.  Describes  in  full  detail 
a  number  of  well  tested  methods. 

ENGINEERS'  SOCIETY  OF  WESTERN  PENNSYLVANIA. 

Methods  for  the  analysis  of  ores,  pig  iron  and  steel  in  use  at 

the  laboratories  of  iron  and  steel  works  in  the  region  about 

Pittsburgh,  together  with  an  appendix  containing  various 


666  SPECIAL  INORGANIC  ANALYSIS 

special  methods  of  analysis  of  ores  and  furnace  products. 

1898 rS43.7  E64 

The  same.     1901 543-7  E64 

JONES,  M.W. 

Testing  and  valuation  of  raw  materials  used  in  paint  and 

colour    manufacture.      1900 5437    J41 

Contents:  Aluminium  compounds. — China  clay. — Iron  compounds. — Po- 
tassium compounds. — Sodium  compounds. — Ammonium  hydrate. — Ac- 
ids.— Chromium  compounds. — Tin  compounds. — Copper  compounds. — 
Lead  compounds. — Zinc  compounds. — Manganese  compounds. — Arsenic 
compounds. —  Antimony  compounds. —  Calcium  compounds. —  Barium 
compounds. — Cadmium  compounds. — Mercury  compounds. — Ultrama- 
rine.— Cobalt  compounds. — Carbon  compounds. — Oils. 

Simple  methods  for  rapid,  fairly  accurate  tests  of  purity. 

KONINCK,  Lucian  Louis  de,  &  Dietz,  E. 

Practical  manual  of  chemical  analysis  and  assaying,  as 
applied  to  the  manufacture  of  iron  from  its  ores,  and  to 
cast  iron,  wrought  iron  and  steel,  as  found  in  com- 
merce; ed.  with  notes,  by  Robert  Mallet,  first  American 
edition,  ed.  with  notes  and  an  appendix  on  iron  ores, 
by    A.  A.  Fesquet.      1873 r543.7    K37 

LEDEBUR,  A. 

Leitfaden  fiir  eisenhiitten-laboratorien.     1900 r543-7  Lsi 

Collection  of  tested  methods  for  the  analysis  of  iron,  iron  ores  and 
slags.     Author  is  a  well-known  authority  on  the  chemistry  of  iron. 

LORD,  Nathaniel  Wright. 

Notes  on  metallurgical  analysis.    1903 543-7  L86n 

The  same.     1893 r543.7  L86 

Clear,  concise  directions  for  the  analysis  of  limestones,  iron  ores,  iron, 
steel,  furnace  and  flue  gases,  slags,  fire  clays,  copper  and  zinc  ores, 
bearing  metals  and  feed  water. 

LUNGE,  George,  &  Hurter,  Ferdinand. 

Alkali-makers'  handbook;  tables  and  analytical  methods 
for  manufacturers  of  sulphuric  acid,  nitric  acid,  soda, 

potash  and  ammonia.     1891.     (Specialists'  series.) 543-7  L97 

MEADE,  Richard  Kidder. 

Chemical  and  physical  examination  of  Portland  cement. 

1901   543.7  Mss 

Describes  standard  methods  in  detail.  Intended  as  a  guide  for  inexperi- 
enced chemists  and  engineers. 

SARGENT,  George  William. 

Quantitative  determination  of  boric  acid  in  tourmaline. 

1898  545.3  H2S 

Bibliography,  p. 39-40. 

Thesis  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
Bound   with    Hardin's    Determination   of   the   atomic    masses   of   silver, 
mercury  and  cadmium. 


543'8-543.9     Special  organic  analysis 

BENEDICT,  Francis  Gano. 

Elementary  organic  analysis;  the  determination  of  carbon  and 

hydrogen.     1900   543.8  B43 

Describes  in  detail  the  process  of  organic  analysis  by  combustion,  giving 
thorough  directions  for  the  construction  and  manipulation  of  the  ap- 
paratus, and  the  treatment  of  various  classes  of  compounds. 


SPECIAL  ORGANIC  ANALYSIS  667 

BENEDIKT,  Rudolph. 

Analyse  der  fette  und  wachsarten.     1897 r543.8  B43a 

Good  practical  manual  for  laboratory  use. 

Chemical  analysis  of  oils,  fats,  waxes  and  of  the  com- 
mercial products  derived  therefrom;  tr.  by  J.  Lewko- 
witsch.     1895 543-8  B432 

The  same.     1898 rS43.8  B43' 

Thoroughly  revised  and  enlarged  translation  of  "Analyse  der  fette  und 
wachsarten."     The  best  work  in  English  on  the  subject  (1902). 

GILL,  Augustus  Herman. 

Gas  and  fuel  analysis  for  engineers;  a  compend  for  those 

interested  in  the  economical  application  of  fuel.    1896..  543.8  G39g 

Concise  statements  of  the  methods  used  in  testing  the  efficiency  of  a 
boiler  plant.  Includes  analysis  of  flue  gases,  solid,  liquid  and  gaseous 
fuels,  and  methods  of  calorimetry. 

Short  hand-book  of  oil  analysis.    1898 543-8  G39 

"Only  the  more  commonly  occurring  oils  are  discussed,  and  these  as 
regards  their  preparation,  properties,  analytical  constants, — the  high- 
est, lowest  and  average  being  given, — and  finally  their  uses  and  adul- 
terants."   Preface. 

HOPKINS,  Erastus. 

Oil-chemists'  handbook.     1900 r543.8  H78 

Very  complete  tables  of  the  physical  and  chemical  constants  of  oils,  fats 
and  waxes,  so  arranged  as  to  simplify  greatly  the  identification  of  an 
unknown  sample. 

PHILLIPS,  H.Joshua. 

Fuels,  solid,  liquid  and  gaseous;  their  analysis  and  valu- 
ation.    1896 543.8  P51 

The  same.     1892 r543.8  P51 

Brief  laboratory  handbook  for  the  analyst. 

PRESCOTT,  Albert  Benjamin. 

Outlines  of  proximate  organic  analysis;  for  the  identification, 
separation  and  quantitative  determination    of    the    more 

commonly  occurring  organic  compounds.     1893 543-8  P92 

ROLFE,  George  William. 

Introduction  to  sugar  analysis;  notes  on  lectures  and  labora- 
tory manipulation.     1898 rS43.8  R63 

"References,"  p. 29-30. 

SCHADLER,  Carl. 

Die  untersuchungen  der  fette,  oele,  wachsarten  und  der 
technischen  fettproducte  unter  beriicksichtigung  der 
handelsgebrauche.     1890 543-8  S29 

Gives  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  the  various  fats,  oils  and 
waxes,  usual  adulterants,  and  methods  of  testing. 

WIECHMANN,  Ferdinand  Gerhard. 

Sugar  analysis  for  refineries,  sugar-houses,  etc.     1893.  ..  .543.8  W44 

"Bibliography,"  p.  110-112. 

HOLLAND,  James  William. 

Urine,  and  clinical  chemistry  of  the  gastric  contents,  the 

common  poisons,  and  milk.     1900 r543-9  H72 

JONES,  Henry  Bence. 

On  animal  chemistry  in  its  application  to  stomach  and  renal 

diseases.      1850 r543-9   J41 

NEUBAUER,  Karl  Theodor  Ludwig,  &  Vogel,  Julius. 

De  I'urine  et  des  sediments  urinaires.     1870 r543-9  N25 

Guide  to  the  qualitative  and  quantitative  analysis  of  the  urine.* 

1863.  (New  Sydenham  society.     Publications.) r543.9  N2Sg 


668  QUALITATIVE  ANALYSIS 

SALKOWSKI,  Ernst. 

Practicum  der  physiologischen  und  pathologischen  chemie, 
nebst  einer  anleitung  zur  anorganischen  analyse  fiir 
mediciner.     1900 rS43.9  S16 

An  elementary  manual,  intended  for  use  as  a  laboratory  guide.  Author 
is  (1900)  chief  of  the  chemical  laboratory  of  the  Pathological  institute 
at  Berlin. 

TYSON,  James,  b.  1841. 

Guide  to  the  practical  examination  of  urine.     1886 rS43.9  T99 

The  same.    1893 ^543.9  T99g 

WANKLYN,  James  Alfred,  &  Cooper,  W.  J. 

Sewage-analysis;  a  practical  treatise;  including  also  a  chap- 
ter on  utilisation  and  purification.     1899 543-9  W19 

544     Qualitative  analysis 

CONGDON,  Ernest  Arnold. 

Brief  course  in  qualitative  analysis.     1898 544  C74 

ELIOT,  Charles  William,  &  Storer,  F.H. 

Compendious  manual  of  qualitative  chemical  analysis;  newly 

revised  by  W.  B.  Lindsay  and  F.  H.  Storer.    1899 544  E47 

FRESENIUS,  Karl  Remigius. 

Manual  of  qualitative  chemical  analysis.     1894 544  F93 

The  same.     1882 r544  F93 

JONES,  H.Chapman. 

Introduction  to  the  science  and  practice  of  qualitative  chemi- 
cal analysis ;  inorganic.     1898 544  J41 

MASON,  William  Pitt. 

Notes  on  qualitative  analysis;  for  students  of  the  Rensselaer 

polytechnic  institute.     1896 544  M45 

NOYES,  William  Albert. 

Elements  of  qualitative  analysis.     1898 544  N48 

Contains  only  schemes  including  the  common  elements.  The  directions 
are  clear  and  simple. 

PRESCOTT,  Albert  Benjamin,  &  Johnson,  O.C. 

Qualitative  chemical  analysis;  a  guide  in  qualitative  work, 
with  data  for  analytical  operations  and  laboratory  methods 

in  inorganic  chemistry.     1901  544  P93 

"A  carefully  compiled  and  condensed  small  encyclopedia  of  analytical 
and  inorganic  chemistry,  containing  a  tremendous  amount  of  informa- 
tion logically  arranged  and  concisely  stated."  School  of  mines  quar- 
terly, 1901. 

THORPE,  Thomas  Edward,  &  Muir,  M.M.P. 

Qualitative  chemical  analysis  and  laboratory  practice.     1898. 

(Text-books  of  science.) 544  T41 

Contents:     Preparation    and    properties    of    gases,    liquids    and    solids. — 

Qualitative  analysis. 
Contains  sections  on  the  detection  of  poisons,  and  on  the  examination 
of  urine  and  urinary  calculi. 
TILDEN,  William  Augustus. 

Practical  chemistry;  the  principles  of  qualitative  analysis. 

1896 544  T46 

Intended  for  beginners,  and  deals  only  with  the  common  elements  and 
their  compounds. 


QUANTITATIVE  ANALYSIS  669 

WELLS,  James  S.C. 

A  short  course  in  inorganic  qualitative  analysis,  for  engineer- 
ing students.     1898 544  W49 

Accurate  in  treatment  and  thorough  in  detail. 

BLAS,  C. 

Methode  de  I'analyse  qualitative  minerale  par  la  voie  humide. 

1882 ».. 544-1   BS4 

NO  YES,  Arthur  Amos,  &  Mulliken,  S.P. 

Laboratory  experiments  on  the  class  reactions  and  identifica- 
tion of  organic  substances.     1897 544-1  N48 

Intended  for  use  as  a  supplement  to  the  ordinary  course  of  instruction 
in  organic  preparations. 

ATKINSON,  Elizabeth  Allen. 

Metal  separation  by  means  of  hydrobromic  acid  gas;  In- 
dium in  tungsten  minerals.     1898 545-3  H25 

Thesis  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
Bound    with    Hardin's    Determination   of   the    atomic   masses   of   silver, 
mercury  and  cadmium. 

MOYER,  J.  Bird. 

Metal    separations   by    means    of    hydrochloric   acid    gas. 

1896   545.3    H25 

Thesis  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
Bound    with    Hardin's    Determination   of   the    atomic    masses   of   silver, 
mercury  and  cadmium. 

BEHRENS,  H. 

Manual  of  microchemical  analysis.     1894 544-4  B38 

HAUSKOFER,  Karl. 

Mikroskopische  reactionen,  als  supplement  zu  den  Methoden 

der  qualitativen  analyse.     1885 i"544.4  H35 


545     Quantitative  analysis 

BERSCH,  Wilhelm. 

Handbuch  der  mass-analyse;  umfassend  das  gesammte  gebiet 
der  titrir-methoden.     1897.      (Hartleben's   chemisch-tech- 

nische  bibliothek.) r545  B461 

BOLTON,  Henry  Carrington. 

Students'  guide  in  quantitative  analysis.     1894 545  B61 

BROWN,  Walter  Lee. 

Manual  of  assaying;  gold,  silver,  lead,  copper.    1899 545  B79 

CAIRNS,  Frederick  Augustus. 

Manual  of  quantitative  chemical  analysis,  for  the  use  of  stu- 
dents.    1896 545  C12 

CHEEVER,  Byron  W.  &  Smith,  F.C. 

Select  methods  in  inorganic  quantitative  analysis.     1896 545  C41 

In  addition  to  a  beginner's  course  contains  methods  for  the  common 
technical   analyses. 
CLASSEN,  Alexander. 

Ausgewahlte    methoden    der    analytischen    chemie;    unter 

mitwirkung  von  H.  Cloeren.    v.1-2.     1901-03 r545  C53 

"Bears  evidence  of  a  high  degree  of  trustworthiness,  and  is. .  .of  an  un- 
usual degree  of  completeness."     H.  P.  Talbot  in  Science,  1901. 
FRESENIUS,  Karl  Remigius. 

System  of  instruction  in  quantitative  chemical  analysis. 


670  QUANTITATIVE  ANALYSIS 

1882 r545  F93 

Has  been  for  many  years  a  standard  laboratory  manual  of  great  popu- 
larity. 

FURMAN,  Howard  Van  Fleet. 

Manual  of  practical  assaying.     1897 545  F98 

The  same.     1893 r545  F98 

Covers  a  wide  range  of  subjects  and  devotes  much  attention  to  "wet" 
methods  for  the  analysis  of  ores  and  metallurgical  processes.  A  use- 
ful manual  of  the  rapid  methods  for  commercial  chemical  analysis. 

HIGHTON,  Hugh  Percy. 

Introduction  to  practical  quantitative  analysis.     1898 545  H53 

"By  paying  close  attention  to  the  text,  a  beginner  should  be  able  to  con- 
duct his  experiments  and  work  out  his  results  with  little  or  no 
assistance  from  his  instructor."     Preface. 

LADD,  E.F. 

Manual  of  quantitative  chemical  analysis.     1898 545  L13 

Short  elementary  treatise. 

MEYER,  Hans. 

Determination  of  radicles  in  carbon  compounds.     1899 545  M65 

Contains  many  short  bibliographies. 

Methods  for  the  quantitative   estimation   of  organic   radicles. 

NEWTH,  G.S. 

Manual  of  chemical  analysis;  qualitative  and  quantitative. 

1898  545  N29 

RICKETTS,  Pierre  de  Peyster. 

Notes  on  assaying  and  assay  schemes.    1891 . r545  R43 

RICKETTS,  Pierre  de  Peyster,  &  Miller,  E.  H. 

Notes  on  assaying.     1897 545  R43 

"Recent  progress  in  the  art  of  assaying  has  made  necessary  the  present 
manual,  which  is  designed  to  replace  'Notes  on  assaying  and  assay 
schemes,'  published  in  1876  and  revised  in  1879."     Preface. 

The  same.     1902 r545   R43n 

"Books  on  assaying,"  p.285-288. 

Gives  schemes  for  all  the  usual  wet  and  dry  assays.  Founded  on  the  prac- 
tice of  the  School  of  mines  of  Columbia  university. 

SHEARS,  James  Charles. 

Machinery    and    apparatus    for    manufacturing    chemists. 

1895   ■ • r54S  SS3 

Illustrates  and  describes  briefly  the  forms  required  for  the  more  common 
operations  in  chemical  factories. 

TALBOT,  Henry  Paul. 

Introductory  course  of  quantitative  chemical  analysis;   with 

explanatory  notes  and  stoichiometrical  problems.     1899.  ...545  T15 
THORPE,  Thomas  Edward. 

Quantitative  chemical  analysis.     1896.     (Text-books  of 

science.)    545  T41 

"The  aim  of  this  book  is  to  teach  the  principles  of  quantitative  chemi- 
cal analysis  by  the  aid  of  examples  chosen,  partly  on  account  of  their 
practical  utility,  and  partly  as  affording  illustration  of  the  more  im- 
portant quantitative  separations."  Preface. 
The  examples  cover  the  analyses  most  commonly  required  in  commer- 
cial laboratories. 

VAUBEL,  Wilhelm. 

Die  physikalischen  und  chemischen  methoden  der  quantitativen 

bestimmung  organischer  verbindungen.    2v.     1902 545  V23 

v.i.     Die  physikalischen  methoden. 
V.2.     Die  chemischen  methoden. 


ELECTROLYTIC  METHODS  671 

545.3     Electrolytic  methods 

For  Electrometallurgy,  see  537.85 

CLASSEN,  Alexander. 

Quantitative  chemical  analysis  by  electrolysis;  tr.  by  W.  H. 

Herrick.     1887 rS4S.3   CS3q 

CLASSEN,  Alexander,  &  Lob,  Walter. 

Quantitative  chemical  analysis  by  electrolysis.     1898 545-3  C53 

The  most  complete  and  authoritative  work  on  this  subject  (1898).  Con- 
tains a  fairly  complete  bibliography  of  the  subject. 

HARDIN,  Willett  Lepley. 

Determination   of  the   atomic  masses    of   silver,   mercury 

and  cadmium  by  the  electrolytic  method.     1896 545-3  H25 

Thesis  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 

MINET,  Adolphe. 

Analyses   electrolytiques.      [1899.]      (Encyclopedia    scien- 

tifique  des  aide-memoire.) r545-3  M72 

NEUMANN,  Bernhard. 

Theory  and  practice  of  electrolytic  methods  of  analysis.    1898. 

(Specialists'  series.)   545-3  N25 

Treats  especially  of  the  methods  used  in  technical  laboratories. 

RIBAN,  Joseph. 

Traite    d'analyse    chimique    quantitative    par    electrolyse. 

1899 rS4S.3  R38 

Valuable  especially  from  the  author's  criticisms  of  the  methods  in  the 
light  of  his  own  experience.  Scarcely  so  reliable  as  Classen,  Smith 
and  Neumann. 

SMITH,  Edgar  F. 

Electro-chemical  analysis.    1902 545-3  S64 

The  same.     1894 r545-3  S64 

545.5     Volumetric  analysis 

COHN,  Alfred  Isaac. 

Indicators  and  test-papers;  their  source,  preparation,  applica- 
tion and  tests  for  sensitiveness.     1899 545-5  C66 

COBLENTZ,  Virgil. 

Manual  of  volumetric  analysis.     1901 545-6  C63 

Contents:  Analysis  by  saturation. — Analysis  by  oxidation  and  reduction. 
— Analysis  by  precipitation. — Estimation  of  phenol. — Volumetric  esti- 
mation of  sugars. 

FLEISCHER,  Emil. 

Die   titrir-methode   als   selbstandige   quantitative   analyse. 

1884 rS45.6  F62 

MOHR,  Friedrich. 

•  Lehrbuch  der  chemisch-analytischen  titrirmethode.  1886.  .r545.6  M77 
SUTTON,  Francis. 

A  systematic  handbook  of  volumetric  analysis;  or.  The  quan- 
titative estimation  of  chemical  substances  by  measure,  ap- 
plied to  liquids,  solids  and  gases.    1900 545-6  S96 

The  same.     1900 r 545.6  S96 

The  same.     1896 r545.6  S96S 

43 


672  GAS  ANALYSIS 


545.7     Gas  analysis 

BATES,  Frank  H. 

Technical  gas  analysis.     1901.     (Industrial  gas  series.)  545-7  B31 

A  simple,  concise  guide  to  the  selection  of  methods  and  apparatus.  In- 
tended  rather  for  engineers  and  others  having  only  slight  chemical 
knowledge  than  for  experienced  analysts. 

BERGEY,  David  Hendricks. 

Methods  for  the  determination  of  organic  matter  in  air. 
1896.  (Smithsonian  institution.  Miscellaneous  collec- 
tions, V.39.) r545.7  B45 

The  same.  1896.  (In  Smithsonian  institution.  Miscel- 
laneous collections,  v.39.) r5o6  S66m  v.39 

BLEIER,  Otto. 

Neue  gasometrische  methoden  und  apparate.     1898 r5457  B54 

The  forms  of  apparatus  described  are  the  author's  modifications  of 
those  of  Bunte,  Hempel  and  others. 

CAVENDISH,  Henry. 

Experiments  on  air;  papers  published  in  the  Philosophical 

transactions.     1893.     (Alembic  club  reprints.) 545-7  C29 

The    first   paper,   published   in    1784,    is   of   g^reat   historical    interest   in 
connection   with  the   discussion  concerning  the   first  discovery   of  the 
composition  of  water. 
The  second  paper,  published   in   1785,  contains  the  account  of  the  dis- 
covery of  the  composition  of  nitric  acid. 

HEMPEL,  Walther. 

Methods  of  gas  analysis.     1902 545-7  H43 

The  same.    1892 r545.7  H43 

LETTS,  Edmund  A.  &  Blake,  R.F. 

Carbonic  anhydride  of  the  atmosphere.    1900 r545-7  L65 

Scientific  proceedings  of  the  Royal  Dublin  society,  v.9,  (n.s.),  pt.2,  no.15. 
Bibliography,  p. 232-270. 

Treats  of  the  methods  of  determination,  the  experiments  on  methods  by 
the  authors,  with  their  conclusions,  the  amount  of  carbon  dioxid  pres- 
ent, and  the  causes  of  its  variation. 

WANKLYN,  James  Alfred,  &  Cooper,  W.  J. 

Air-analysis;  with  an  appendix  on  illuminating  gas.   1891 .  .545.7  W19 
Very  brief.     Describes  the  Hempel  apparatus. 

WINKLER,  Clemens  Alexander. 

Handbook  of  technical  gas-analysis ;  containing  concise  in- 
structions   foir    carrying    out    gas-analytical    methods    of 

proved  utility.     1902 545-7  W78 

An  account  of  the  Lunge  nitrometer  is  added. 

The  same.     1885 r545.7  W78h 

Lehrbuch  der  technischen  gasanalyse.     1892 r545.7  W78 

The  same.     1901  545.7  W78I 


545.9     Synthetic  chemistry 

SCHMIDT,  Julius. 

Uber  die  erforschung  der  konstitution  und  die  versuche  zur 

synthese  wichtiger  pflanzenalkaloide.     1900 qr545-9  S35 


INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY  673 


546     Inorganic  chemistry 

BOGGS,  Gilbert  Hillhouse. 

Action  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  upon  metallic  vanadates,  and 
The  occurrence  of  molybdenum  in  the  mineral  endlichite. 
1901  rS46  Bs8 

Thesis  presented  to  the  faculty  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for 
the  degree  of  doctor  of  philosophy. 

DAMMER,  Otto,  ed. 

Handbuch  der  anorganischen  chemie,  mit  erganzungsband. 

4v.  in  5.     1892-95 .T546  D18 

The  "erganzungsband"  consists  of  tables  by  Karl  von  Bucbka. 

ERDMANN,  Hugo. 

Lehrbuch  der  anorganischen  chemie.     1900 546  E72 

"Considering  its  size... an  unusually  comprehensive  treatise  upon  the 
experimental  side  of  modern  inorganic  chemistry ...  hopelessly  old- 
fashioned  on  the  theoretical  side."     American  chemical  journal. 

JAGO,  William. 

Inorganic  chemistry;  an  elementary  text-book.     1889 546  J14 

JOHNSTON,  John,  prof,  of  natural  science. 

Manual  of  chemistry,  on  the  basis  of  Dr  Turner's  Elements 

of  chemistry.     1842 r546  J36 

MILLER.  William  Allen. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  inorganic  chemistry.     1893. 

(Text-books  of  science.) 546  M69 

"Written  expressly  for  beginners..  .Most  of  the  experiments  described 
are  of  a  simple  kind,  and  only  require  such  apparatus  and  materials 
as  may  be  easily  constructed  or  procured."    Preface. 

NEWTH,  G.S. 

Text-book  of  inorganic  chemistry.     1897 S46  N29 

Based  upon  the  periodic  system. 

OSTWALD,  Wilhelm. 

Grundlinien  der  anorganischen  chemie.     1900 rS46  O29 

Presents  inorganic  chemistry  in  the  light  of  the  results  achieved  in  the 
field  of  physical  chemistry. 

REMSEN,  Ira. 

Inorganic  chemistry.  1892.  (American  science  series;  ad- 
vanced course.) .' 546  R33 

RICHTER,  Victor  von. 

Text-book    of   inorganic    chemistry.      1902 546   R42 

ROSCOE,  Sir  Henry  Enfield,  &  Harden,  Arthur. 

Inorganic  chemistry  for  advanced  students.    1899 546  R71 

THORPE,  Thomas  Edward. 

Manual  of  inorganic  chemistry.    2v.     1873-96 r546  T41 

V.  t.     Non-metals. 
V.2.     The  metals. 
VENABLE,  Francis  Preston,  &  Howe,  J.  L. 

Inorganic  chemistry,  according  to  the  periodic  law.    1898 546  V25 

ZEITSCHRIFT  fiir  anorganische  chemie.     v.i-date.     1892- 

date r546.0S  Z43 

DAVY,  Sir  Humphry. 

The  elementary  nature  of  chlorine.  1894.  (Alembic  club  re- 
prints.)   546.13  D32 

Contains   the    important   contributions    of    Sir    Humphry    Davy    on    the 


674  INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

properties   and    nature    of    "muriatic    acid"    and    "oxymuriatic    acid," 
published  1809-18 18. 

SCHEELE,  Carl  Wilhelm,  and  others. 

The  early  history  of  chlorine.     1897.     (Alembic  club  re- 
prints.)   546.13    S31 

Contains  papers  by  C.  W.  Scheele   (1774),   C.  L.  Berthollet   (1785),  Guy- 
ton  de  Morveau  (1787),  J.  L.  Gay-Lussac  and  L.J.  Thenard  (1809). 

MOISSAN,  Henri. 

Le  fluor  et  ses  composes.    1900 T546.16  M78 

"Bibliographie,"  P.30S-390. 

The  author  was  the   first  chemist  to   prepare   elementary   fluorine  and 
determine  its  properties;  he  is  the  foremost  authority  on  this  subject. 

GRAHAM,  Thomas. 

Researches  on  the  arseniates,  phosphates,  and  modifications  of 

phosphoric  acid.    1895.     (Alembic  club  reprints.) 546.17  G77 

"The  most  valuable  contribution  made  by  Graham  to  pure  chemistry." 
Preface. 

EBAUGH,  William  Clarence. 

Atomic  weight  of  arsenic.     1901 r546  B58 

Thesis  presented  to  the   faculty  of  the   University  of   Pennsylvania  in 
partial   fulfillment  of  the   requirements   for  the  degree  of   doctor  of 
philosophy. 
Bound  with  Boggs's  Action  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  upon  metallic  vana- 
dates. 

The  DISCOVERY  of  oxygen.    2v.     1894.     (Alembic  club 

reprints.)    546.21   D63 

V.I  is  by  Joseph  Priestley;  v.2  is  by  C.W.  Scheele. 
LENHER,  Victor. 

Atomic  mass  and  derivatives  of  selenium.     1898 545-3  H2S 

Thesis  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
Bound    with    Hardin's    Determination   of   the    atomic    masses   of    silver, 
mercury  and  cadmium. 

APPLETON,  John  Howard. 

Metals  of  the  chemist;  an  elementary  text-book  for  schools 

and  colleges.      1901 r546.3   A65 

Gives  in  a  concise,  interesting  manner  the  leading  chemical  facts  in  re- 
gard to  the  metallic  elements. 

HERZFELD,  Jacob,  &  Korn,  Otto. 

Chemie  der  seltenen  erden.    1901 r546.3  H48 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 

TRUCHOT,  P. 

Les  terres  rares.     1898.     (Bibliotheque  de  la  Revue  generale 

des  sciences.) T546.3  T77 

Contents:     Mineralogie.— Chimie  g6nerale. — Analyse. 
Contains  several  bibliographies. 

BLACK,  Joseph. 

Experiments  upon  magnesia  alba,  quicklime,  and  some  other 

alcaline  substances.     1898.     (Alembic  club  reprints.) 546.4  B51 

"Original  paper  appeared  in  1756... and  furnishes  a  model  of  carefully 
planned  experimental  investigation,  and  of  clear  reasoning  upon  the 
results  of  experiment."     Preface. 

DAVY,  Sir  Humphry. 

The  decomposition  of  the  fixed  alkalies  and  alkaline  earths. 

1894.     (Alembic  club  reprints.) 546-4  D32 

Contains  the  Bakerian  lecture  delivered  by  Davy  before  the  Royal 
society  in  1807.  It  is  the  first  published  record  of  the  experiments  by 
which  Davy  proved  the  compound  nature  of  the  alkalis,  and  prepared 
the  metals  potassium  and  sodium. 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY  675 

JEFFERSON,  Alice  MacMichael. 

Aromatic  bases  as  precipitants  for  rare  earth  metals.     1901 rS46  Bs8 

Thesis  presented  to   the   University  of  Pennsylvania   in   partial   fulfill- 
ment of  the  requirements  for  the  degree  of  doctor  of  philosophy. 
Bound  with  Boggs's  Action  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  upon  metallic  vana- 
dates. 

HARRIS,  Harry  Burr. 

Volumetric  determination  of  cobalt.     1897 545-3  H25 

Thesis  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
Bound    with    Hardin's    Determination    of    the    atomic    masses    of    silver, 
mercury  and  cadmium. 

SHINN,  Owen  Louis. 

Atomic  mass  of  tungsten;  Molybdenum  dioxide  and  silver 

salts;  Tin  derivatives.     1896 545-3  H25 

Thesis  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
Bound    with    Hardin's    Determination   of   the    atomic   masses    of   silver, 
mercury  and  cadmium. 

TAYLOR,  Thomas  Maynard. 

Atomic  w^eight  of  tungsten,  and  Ammonium  tungstates. 

1901 r546  B58 

Thesis  presented  to  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  partial  fulfillment 
of  the  requirements  for  the  deg^ree  of  doctor  of  philosophy. 

Bound  with  Boggs's  Action  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  upon  metallic  vana- 
dates. 

THOMAS,  George  Edward. 

Atomic  mass  of  tungsten  and  the  preparation  of  sodium 

pertungstate  by  means  of  the  electric  current.     1898. .  .545.3  H2S 
Thesis  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
Bound    with    Hardin's   Determination   of   the   atomic    masses   of    silver, 
mercury  and  cadmium. 

MATTHEWS,  J.  Merritt. 

Derivatives  of  the  tetrahalides  of  zirconium,  thorium  and 

lead.     1898  545-3  H25 

Thesis  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
Bound   with    Hardin's    Determination   of    the   atomic   masses    of   silver, 
mercury  and  cadmium. 

OEHME,  Julius. 

Die  fabrikation  der  wichtigsten  antimon-praparate  mit  beson- 
derer  beriicksichtigung  des  brechweinsteines  und  gold- 
schwefels.  1884.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)   r546.86  O15 


547     Organic  chemistry 


ADIE,  R.H. 

Introduction  to  the  carbon  compounds.     1899.     (University 

tutorial  series.)   547  A23 

BfiHAL,  Auguste. 

Traite  de  chimie  organique  d'apres  les  theories  modernes. 

2v.     1896-97 '■547  B386 

BEILSTEIN,  Friedrich  Konrad. 

Handbuch  der  organischen  chemie.    4v.    1893-99 qrS47  B38 

The  same;  erganzungsbande ;  hrsg.  von  der  Deutschen  chem- 
ischen  gesellschaft,  redigirt  von  Paul  Jacobson.  v. 1-2. 
1901-03 qr547  6386 


676  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY 

GERHARDT,  Charles  Frederic. 

Lehrbuch  der  organischen  chemie.    v.1-3.     1854-55 ^547  G31 

The  library  has  v.4  in  French,  title  reads  Traite  de  chimie  organique. 

Traite  de  chimie  organique.    v.4.    1856 r547  G3it 

The  library  has  v.1-3  ii  German,  title  reads  Lehrbuch  der  organischen 
chemie. 

REMSEN,  Ira. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  the  compounds  of  carbon;  or, 

Organic  chemistry.     1894 547  R33 

RICHTER,  Victor  von. 

Organic  chemistry.     2v.     1899-1900 547  R42 

V.I.     Chemistry  of  the  aliphatic  series. 
V.2.    Carbocyclic  and  heterocyclic  series. 

The  same.     1891  r547  R42 

Published  under  the  title  "Chemistry  of  the  carbon  compounds;  or.  Or- 
ganic chemistry." 
"Characterized  by  true  German  thoroughness,  while,  at  the  same  time, 
the  treatment  is  systematic,  and  admirably  adapted  to  the  needs  of  the 
advanced  student."    Ira  Remsen. 

WADE,  John. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  organic  chemistry;  a  text-book 
for  students  in  the  universities  and  technical  schools. 
1898. 547  Wii 


547.03     Dictionaries.      547.09     History 

RICHTER,  M.  M.  comp. 

Lexikon  der  kohlenstoff-verbindungen.     2v.     1900 qr547.03  R42 

List  of  over  74,000  carbon  compounds,  giving  their  empirical  formulae, 
boiling  and  melting  points,  and  percentage  composition,  with  refer- 
ences to  papers  describing  their  methods  of  preparation,  properties 
and  immediate  changes.  Refers  also  to  Beilstein's  Handbuch  der  or- 
ganischen chemie. 

LACHMAN,  Arthur. 

Spirit  of  organic  chemistry.     1899 547-09  L12 

Contents:  Constitution  of  rosaniline.  —  Perkin's  reaction.  —  Constitution 
of  benzene. — Constitution  of  acetoacetic  ether. — Uric  acid  group. — 
Constitution  of  the  sugars. — Isomerism  of  maleic  and  fumaric  acids. — 
Isomerism  of  the  oximes. — Constitution  of  the  diazo  compounds. 
History  of  the  evolution  of  some  of  the  chief  problems  of  organic 
chemistry. 

SCHORLEMMER,  Carl. 

Rise  and  development  of  organic  chemistry.     1894 547-09  S37 

Bibliography,  P.2S-27. 

Biographical  notice  of  the  author,  p.  11-24. 

547.1      Properties  and  reactions 

SEELIG,  Eduard. 

Organische  reaktionen  und  reagentien.     1892 rS47.i  S45 

A  clear,  full  treatment  of  the  theory  of  the  different  class  reactions, 
with  the  methods  of  preparation  and  the  properties  of  the  classes  of 
compounds. 

LASSAR-COHN,  Dr. 

Laboratory  manual  of  organic  chemistry.     1895 547-12  L34 

NOYES,  William  Albert. 

Organic  chemistry  for  the  laboratory.     1897 547-12  N48 

"The  science  of  organic  chemistry  rests,  for  its  experimental  founda- 
tion, on  the  preparation,  usually  by  synthetical  means,  of  pure  com- 


ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY  677 

pounds... It  has  been  the  purpose  of  the  author... to  classify  the  most 
important  of  the  laboratory  processes  which  have  been  used  in  the 
development  of  the  science  and  to  illustrate  them  by  concrete  ex- 
amples."   Preface. 


547.3     Oxygen  compounds 

RYAN,  Leon  Alonzo. 

Derivatives  of  pyroracemic  acid.     1897 545-3  H2S 

Thesis  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
Bound    with    Hardin's    Determination   of   the   atomic    masses   of   silver, 
mercury  and  cadmium. 

TINGLE,  Alfred. 

Influence  of  substituents  on  the  electrical  conductivity  of  ben- 
zoic acid.     1899 r546  B58 

Thesis  presented  to  the  faculty  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  for 

the  degree  of  doctor  of  philosophy. 
Bound  with  Boggs's  Action  of  hydrochloric  acid  gas  upon  metallic  vana- 
dates. 

VANINO,  L.  &  Seitter,  E. 

Der  formaldehyd ;  seine  darstellung  und  eigenschaften,  seine 
anwendung  in  der  technik  und  medicin.   1901.    (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische   bibliothek.) r547.4i    V19 

"Auszug  aus  der  patentliteratur,"  p.80-84. 


547.8     Vegetable  chemistry 

See  also  Chemistry  of  the  soil,  631.2 

BERTHELOT,  Pierre  Eugene  Marcellin. 

Chimie  vegetale  et  agricole.    4v.     1899.     (Station  de  chimie 

vegetale  de  Meudon,  1883-1899.) rS47.8  B46 

v.i. '  Fixation  de  I'azote  libre  sur  la  terre  et  sur  les  vegetaux. 

v.2.  Recherches  generales  sur  la  vegetation;  actions  chimiques  de  la 
lumiere. 

v.3.  Recherches  speciales  sur  la  vegetation;  elements,  azotates,  acides, 
sucres,  composes  oxydables,  oxydants. 

v.4.     Le  terre  vegetale. — Le  vin  et  son  bouquet. 

The  author,  who,  as  professor  of  organic  chemistry  in  the  College  de 
France,  has  charge  of  the  governmental  ag^ricultural  experiment  sta- 
tion, gives  in  this  work  an  account  of  the  various  investigations  carried 
out  since  the  founding  of  the  station. 

DAVY,  Sir  Humphry. 

Elements  of  agricultural  chemistry.    1815 r547.89  D32 

LIEBIG,  Justus,  baron  von. 

Chemistry  in  its  application  to  agriculture  and  physiology. 

1843 r630.4  C69 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 


547.9     Animal  chemistry 

BUNGE,  Gustav  von. 

Lehrbuch  der  physiologischen  und  pathologischen  chemie, 

fur  arzte  und  studirende.     1898 1*547.9  B88 

Designed  to  give  a  connected  account  of  our  present  knowledge  of  the 
chemical  processes  taking  place  in  the  animal  body.  Not  intended  as 
a  laboratory  manual.  Contains  numerous  references  to  original  arti- 
cles on  all  the  topics  discussed. 


678  CRYSTALLOGRAPHY 

CHITTENDEN,  Russell  Henry,  ed. 

Studies  in  physiological  chemistry;  reprints  of  the  more 
important  studies  issued  from  the  laboratory  of  physio- 
logical chemistry,  Sheffield  scientific  school,  1897-1900. 

1901.     (Yale  bicentennial  publications.) t^547-9  C44 

Bibliog^raphy  of  the  Sheffield  laboratory  of  physiological  chemistry, 
1875-1900,  p.9-17- 

HAMMARSTEN,  Olof. 

Text-book  of  physiological  chemistry;  tr.  fr.  the  German 

by  J.  A.  Mandel.     1901 547-9  H22 

Intended  "to  supply  students  and  physicians  with  a  condensed  and  as 
far  as  possible  objective  representation  of  the  principal  results  of 
physiologico-chemical  research  and  also  with  the  principal  features  of 
physiologico-chemical  methods  of  work."    Author's  preface. 

LEHMANN,  Karl  Gotthelf. 

Physiological  chemistry.  4v.  1851-54.  (Cavendish  socie- 
ty.    Publications.) qr547-9   L5S 

V.4  is  an  atlas  of  plates,  by  Otto  Funke. 
LIEBIG,  Justus,  baron  von. 

Animal  chemistry;  or.  Organic  chemistry  in  its  applica- 
tions to  physiology  and  pathology.     1843 r630.4  C69 

Bound   with  other  pamphlets. 

MANDEL,  John  A. 

Handbook  for  the  bio-chemical  laboratory.     1896 547-9  M32 

Gives  methods  for  preparing  the  more  important  substances  that  enter 
into  the  composition  of  the  fluids  and  tissues  of  the  animal  body. 

NOVY,  Frederick  George. 

Laboratory  work  in  physiological  chemistry.     1898 547-9  N47 

Contents :  Fats. — Carbohydrates. — Proteins. — Saliva. — Gastric  juice. — Pan- 
creatic secretion. — Bile. — Blood. — Milk. — Urine. — Quantitative  analysis : 
urine,  milk,  gastric  juice,  blood. — Tables  for  examination  of  urine. — 
List  of  reagents. 

ZEITSCHRIFT  fiir  physiologische  chemie.    v.i-date.     1877- 

date    r547.9   Z43 

v.ag-date  title  reads  Hoppe-Seyler's  zeitschrift  fur  physiologische  chemie. 
Sach-  und  autoren-register,  v.i-30.     1901. 


548     Crystallography 


EGLESTON,  Thomas. 

Diagrams  to  illustrate  lectures  on  crystallography.     1866 r548  E36 

FOCK,  Andreas. 

Introduction  to  chemical  crystallography.     1895 548  F68 

LEWIS,  William  James. 

Treatise  on  crystallography.     1899 548  L67 

Author   is    (1899)   professor  of  mineralogy  in  the   University   of   Cam- 
bridge. 
"Taken  altogether,  it  is  a  good  exposition  of  old-school  crystallography, 
with   the   addition   of    Groth's   classification,    rather   unskillfully   pre- 
sented."    Joseph  W.  Richards. 

MOSES,  Alfred  J. 

Characters  of  crystals.     1899 548  M93 

List  of  works  consulted  will  be  found  in  the  preface. 
A  concise  and  simple  description  of  the  methods  and  apparatus  used 
in  studying  the  physical  characters  of  crystals.  Phenomena  are  ex- 
plained without  the  use  of  complex  mathematics.  The  last  chapter 
gives  an  outline  of  the  graduate  course  in  physical  crystallogT^phT 
as  presented  at  Columbia  university. 


MINERALOGY  679 


WALLERANT,  Fred. 

Groupements  cristallins.     1899.     (Scientia;  serie  physico- 

mathematique.)    r548.5   W18 

Seeks  to  determine  the  causes  which  lead  to  the  formation  of  crystals, 
and  the  laws  controlling  their  orientation. 


549     Mineralogy 

BAUERMAN,  Hilary. 

Text-book  of  descriptive  mineralogy.     1897.     (Text-books  of 

science.)   549  B32 

Fair  general  view  of  the  subject  in  small  compass. 

T-ext-book  of  systematic  mineralogy.     1897.     (Text-books  of 

science.)   549  B32t 

CLAPP,  Henry  Lincoln. 

Thirty-six  observation  lessons  on  common  minerals.  1896. 
(In  Boston  society  of  natural  history.  Guides  for 
science-teaching,  v.i.) 507  B64  v.i 

The  same.     1896.     (In  Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.i.) rS07  B64  v.i 

CROSBY,  William  Otis. 

Common  minerals  and  rocks.     1897.     (In  Boston  society 

of  natural  history.    Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.i.)  .  .507  B64  v.i 

The  same.     1897.     (In  Boston  society  of  natural   history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.i.) r507  B64  v.i 

DANA,  Edward  Salisbury. 

Minerals  and  how  to  study  them.     1896 549  D193 

DANA,  James  Dwight. 

Manual  of  mineralogy  and  petrography.     1893 549  D19 

System  of  mineralogy.     1895 q549  D19S 

Bibliog^phy,  p.4S-6i. 

First  appendix  to  the  6th  edition,  by  E.  S.  Dana,  com- 
pleting the  work  to  1899.     1899 q549  D19S2 

Bibliography,  p.s-6. 

HATCH,  Frederick  H. 

Mineralogy.     1892.     (Library  of  popular  science.) 549  H34 

Describes  briefly  some  of  the  more  valuable  minerals. 
HAUY,  Rene  Just. 

Traite  de  mineralogie.     v.1-3.     1801 rS49  H35 

HINTZE,  Carl. 

Handbuch  der  mineralogie.     2v.     1897- 1900 r549  H57 

V.I,  no. I -6.     Elemente,  sulfide,  oxyde,  haloide,  carbonate,  sulfate,  borate, 

phosphate. 
V.2.     Silicate  und  titanate. 

An  exceedingly  thorough  treatise  on  the  properties  of  minerals,  paying 
espyecial  attention  to  their  occurrence  in  nature. 

HUNT,  Thomas  Sterry. 

Systematic  mineralogy  based  on  a  natural  classification. 

1892  549  H94 

The  same.    1892 1549  H94 

KELLEY,  Jay  G. 

The  boy  mineral  collectors.     1899 JS49  K16 


68o  MINERALOGY 

"While  it  is  hoped  that  the  following  story  will  not  lack  interest  in 
itself,  the  primary  object  has  been  to  suggest  the  endless  fund  of  en- 
tertainment and  information  open  to  the  boy  who  chooses  to  pursue 
the  study  of  mineralogy."    Preface. 

MOSES,  Alfred  J.  &  Parsons,  C.L. 

Elements  of  mineralogy,  crystallography  and  blow-pipe 
analysis  from  a  practical  standpoint,  including  a  descrip- 
tion of  all  common  or  useful  minerals,  the  tests  necessary 
for  their  identification,  the  recognition  and  measurement 
of  their  crystals,  and  their  uses  in  the  arts.     1897 549  M93 

RICHARDS,  Mrs  Ellen  Henrietta  (Swallow). 

First  lessons  on  minerals.  1901.  (Boston  society  of  natu- 
ral history.     Guides  for  science-teaching.) JS49  R39 

The  same.     1897.     (In  Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.i.) 507  B64  v.l 

The  same.     1897.     (In  Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.i.) r507  B64  v.i 

TILLMAN,  Samuel  Escue. 

Text-book  of  important  minerals  and  rocks,  with  tables  for 

the  determination  of  minerals.     1900 549  T46 

Gives  in  extremely  concise  form  a  description  of  the  minerals  which 
are  of  economic  importance,  and  of  the  principal  members  of  the 
different  classes  of  rocks.     Intended  for  general  students. 

Author  is  (1901)  professor  of  chemistry,  mineralogy  and  geolog^y  at  the 
United  States  military  academy. 

GENTH,  Frederick  Augustus. 

Corundum;  its  alterations  and  associated  minerals.  1873. 
(Contributions  from  the  laboratory  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania.)    r549.5  G29 


549.03     Dictionaries.      549>04     Essays 

CHESTER,  Albert  Huntington,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  the  names  of  minerals.     1896 r549.03  C42 

EGLESTON,  Thomas,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  minerals  and  synonyms.     1892 q549-03  E36 

FOOTE,  A.E.  comp. 

Catalogue  of  minerals  and  mineralogical  books.     1892. .  .r549.03  F74 

FAHNESTOCK,  George  W. 

Mineralogical  memoranda.     1844 qr549-04  F14 

Manuscript. 

PENFIELD,  Samuel  Lewis,  &  Pirsson,  L.V.  ed. 

Contributions  to  mineralogy  and  petrography  from  the  labora- 
tories of  the  Sheffield  scientific  school.  1901.  (Yale  bi- 
centennial publications.) r549.04  P39 

AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  MINING  ENGINEERS. 

Bulletin,     no.i-date.     1899-date rS49.os  Asi 

no.  1.     Progress   of    mineralogy   in    1898,    by    S.  H.  Hamilton   and   J.  R. 

Withrow. 
no.2.     Progress   of    mineralogy    in    1899,    by    S.  H.  Hamilton   and   J.  R. 
Withrow. 


MINERALOGY  68i 


549.1     Blowpipe  analysis 

BRUSH,  George  Jarvis. 

Manual   of  determinative  mineralogy,  with  an  introduction 

on  blowpipe  analysis;  ed.  by  S.  L.  Penfield.     1898 549-1  B83 

The  same.    1900 r549.i  B83 

ENDLICH,  P.M. 

Manual  of  qualitative  blowpipe  analysis  and  determinative 

mineralogy.     1895 549-1  E62 

FLETCHER,  Edmund  Livingston. 

Practical  instructions  in  quantitative  assaying  with  the  blow- 
pipe, containing  also  readily  applied  qualitative  blowpipe 

tests.     1894 rS49.i  F63 

FRAZER,  Persifor,  comp. 

Tables  for  the  determination  of  minerals  by  physical  proper- 
ties, based  on  the  system  of  Albin  Weisbach.    1897 549-1  F89 

OSBORN,  Henry  Stafford. 

Prospector's  field-book  and  guide  in  the  search  for  and  the 
easy  determination  of  ores  and  other  useful  minerals. 

1899 549.1  O29 

PLATTNER,  Karl  Friedrich. 

Use  of  the  blowpipe  in  the  qualitative  and  quantitative  ex- 
amination of  minerals,  ores,  furnace  products  and  other 
metallic  combinations;   ed.   by   Sheridan   Muspratt. 
1850  r549.i  P69 

549.9     Geographical  distribution 

LUEDECKE,  Otto. 

Die  minerale  des  Harzes,  mit  atlas.    2v.    1896 r549.943  L97 

CAILLAUX,  Alfred. 

Tableau  general  et  description  des  mines  metalliques  et 
des  combustibles  mineraux  de  la  France.  1875.  (In 
Societe  des  ingenieurs  civils  de  France.     Memoires  et 

compte  rendu  des'travaux,  1875;  supplement.) r620.6  S678 

KOKSCHAROW,  Nikolai  von. 

Materialien  zur  mineralogie  Russlands.     I2v.  in  4.     1853- 

91 qrS49-947  K36 

v.i-11.    Text. 
V.12.        Atlas. 

Describes  the   physical   and  chemical   properties   of  the   minerals,   with 
the  Russian  varieties  and  the  localities  where  they  are  found.     The 
atlas  contains  drawings  of  the  crystal  forms. 
HALL,  Frederick. 

Catalogue  of  minerals  found  in  Vermont  and  in  adjacent 

states,  arranged  alphabetically.     1824 r622.33  W66 

Bound  with  Whittlesey's  Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal. 
BECK,  Lewis  Caleb. 

Mineralogy  of  New  York,  comprising  descriptions  of  the 
minerals  hitherto  found  in  the  state  of  New  York, 
and  notices  of  their  uses  in  the  arts  and  agriculture. 
1842.     (In  New  York  (state).     Natural  history  of  New 

York,  v.8.) qr570.9747  N26  v.8 

"List  of  principal  works  referred  to,"  p.  15-17. 


682  GEOLOGY 


550     Geology 


BISCHOF,  Karl  Gustav. 

Elements  of  chemical  and  physical  geology.    3v.     1854-59. 

(Cavendish  society.     Publications.)   rsso  B49 

BOMMELI,  R. 

Geschichte  der  erde.     1898 550  B61 

BOWEN,  Eli. 

Coal  and  coal  oil;  or,  The  geology  of  the  earth.     1865 r55o  B66 

DANA,  James  Dwight. 

Geological  story  briefly  told.     1875 SSO  Dipg 

Manual  of  geology.     1880 550  D19 

The  same.     1895 r55o  D  19m 

The  most  recent  and  extensive  treatise  on  North  American  geology, 
and  on  historical  geology  in  general.  Devotes  less  attention  to 
structural  geology,  but  is  indispensable  to  the  student  who  would 
be  up  to  date  in  the  historical  geology  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  Leading  American  geologists  have  supplied  the  results  of 
their  recent  labors  and  added  vitally  to  its  value.  Simple  and  clear 
in  arrangement  and  terminology.     Adapted  to  the  advanced  student. 

DAVIS,  William  S. 

First  book  of  geology.    1873 rsso  D32 

GEIKIE,  Sir  Archibald. 

Geology.     [1880.]     (Science  primers.) 550  G28 

Text-book  of  geology.     2v.     1903 550  G28t2 

Written  from  a  scholarly  standpoint;  with  a  comprehensive  and  masterly 
view  of  the  subject,  applied  to  the  world  at  large.  Compared  with 
Dana's  "Manual,"  it  presents  a  broader  view  of  geology  as  a 
whole;  especially  of  structural  and  of  dynamic  geology.  It  excels 
also  in  its  descriptions  of  rocks,  giving  more  attention  to  physical  and 
obvious  characteristics.  Its  disadvantages  are  that  its  arrangement 
is  more  cumbersome;  its  terminology  less  simple  and  less  in  accord 
with  American  usage;  it  is  designed  especially  for  use  in  Great  Britain, 
and  its  illustrations  are  chiefly  British.  Dana's  much  detailed  treat- 
ment of  historical  geology  makes  his  work  a  necessity,  but  this  is 
needed  as  its  complement.     Adapted  to  the  advanced  student. 

The  same.     1893 r55o  G28 

GIBERNE,  Agnes. 

World's  foundations.     1881 J550  G36 

GREEN,  Alexander  Henry. 

First  lessons  in  modern  geology.     1898 550  G82 

HERRICK,  Mrs  Sophie  Mcllvaine  (Bledsoe). 

The  earth  in  past  ages.    1888 J550  H47 

Traces  earth's  development  in  fossil  remains  and  in  evidences  of  action 
of  ice,  fire,  water  and  air. 

LAPPARENT,  Albert  de. 

Traite  de  geologic.     3v.     1900 r55o  L31 

V.I.    Phcnoraenes  actuels. 

v.2-3.    Geologie  proprement  dite. 

Varies  from  the  usual  treatment  in  considering  each  of  the  stages  of 
geologic  action  separately,  instead  of  giving  a  study  by  the  different 
existing  geographical  divisions.  Gives  "paleographic"  maps  showing 
the  outlines  of  the  seas  at  each  stage.  A  thorough  and  valuable 
manual. 

LE  CONTE,  Joseph. 

Compend  of  geology.     1898 550  L49C 


GEOLOGY  683 

Elements  of  geology;  a  text-book  for  colleges,  and  for  the 

general  "reader.     1897 550  L49 

LYELL,  Sir  Charles. 

Principles  of  geology.    2v.     1892 550  L98 

The  same.    2v.     1837 r55o  L98 

NICHOLS,  Laura  D. 

Underfoot;  or.  What  Harry  and  Nelly  learned  of  the  earth's 

treasures ;  a  sequel  to  Overhead.     1881 JS50  N31 

SCOTT,  William  Berryman. 

Introduction  to  geology.     1897 550  S43 

Deals  principally  with  American  geology. 

Author  is  (1897)   Blair  professor  of  geology  and  paleontology  in  Prince- 
ton university. 

SHALER,  Nathaniel  Southgate. 

First  book  in  geology.     1895 550  SS2 

An  excellent  introduction  to   geology;   chiefly   djmamic.     Treating  the 
action   of  the   forces   which   have   shaped   the   earth;    considering   the  • 

formation  and  history  of  pebbles,  sand,  mud  and  soils;  the  making  of 
rocks  and  coal;  the  work  of  air  and  water,  volcanoes  and  earthquakes; 
the  formation  of  mineral  veins  and  caverns,  hills  and  mountains, 
valleys  and  lakes.  A  brief  sketch  follows  of  the  fossil  contents  of  the 
rocks,  the  appearance  of  species,  and  development  of  organic  life. 
A  short  description  of  the  most  important  rocks  is  added.  Simple  in 
statement,  flowing  and  narrative  in  style.  Presupposes  no  geologic 
knowledge.  Adapted  to  the  beginner  or  general  reader;  may  be  used 
as  a  primer  for  earliest  class-work;  may  be  read  together  with  the 
same  author's  "Story"  or  as  preliminary  to  Le  Conte's  "Elements." 

STEELE,  Joel  Dorman. 

Story  of  the  rocks;  fourteen  weeks  in  popular  geology. 

1877 550  S81 

TARR,  Ralph  Stockman. 

Elementary  geology.     1897 550  T21 

"More  stress  is  placed  upon  the  dynamic  aspect  of  the  subject  than  is 
commonly  given."     Preface. 

WINCHELL,  Alexander. 

Geological  excursions.     1892 J550  W77 

Geological  studies.     1892 550  W77g 

Walks  and  talks  in  the  geological  field.     1894.     (Chautauqua 

reading  circle  literature.) 550  W77W 

The  same.  1894.  (Chautauqua  reading  circle  literature.). . .  .rS5o  W77W 
Interesting  talks,  addressing  children  and  young  people.  Describes 
simple  observations,  beginning  with  the  home,  neighborhood,  extend- 
ing to  field,  lake,  stream,  and  mountain;  then  glancing  at  historical 
geology,  the  nebular  hypothesis,  and  reviewing  cosmical  development 
to  the  present  time.  No  illustrations.  Adapted  to  use  as  reading  for 
beginners.- 

DONNELLY,  Ignatius. 

Ragnarok ;  the  age  of  fire  and  gravel.     1895 550.i  D72 

550.4     Essays 

AGASSIZ,  Louis. 

Geological  sketches.     2v.     1890 550.4  A26 

Partial  contents: 
v. I.    Formation   of   glaciers.   —   Internal    structure   and   progression   of 
glaciers. — External  appearance  of  glaciers. 
•  V.2.    Glacial  period. — Parallel  roads  of  Glen   Koy,  Scotland. — Ice-period 


684  GEOLOGY 


in   America. — Glacial    phenomena   in    Maine. — Physical    history   of 
the  valley  of  the  Amazons. 
First  appeared  in  the  Atlantic  monthly. 

GEIKIE,  James. 

Fragments  of  earth  lore;  sketches  &  addresses  geological 

and  geographical.     1893 550-4  G28 

Contents:  Geography  and  geology. — The  physical  features  of  Scotland. — 
Mountains;  their  origin,  growth  and  decay. — The  Cheviot  hills. — The 
long  island,  or  outer  Hebrides. — The  ice  age  in  Europe  and  North 
America. — The  intercrossing  of  erratics  in  glacial  deposits. — Recent 
researches  in  the  glacial  geology  of  the  continent. — The  glacial  period 
and  the  earth-movement  hypothesis. — ^The  glacial  succession  in  Europe. 
— The  geographical  evolution  of  Europe. — The  evolution  of  climate. — 
The  scientific  results  of  Dr.  Nansen's  expedition. — The  geographical 
development  of  coastlines. 

HUNT,  Thomas  Sterry. 

Chemical  and  geological  essays.     1891 550.4  H94 

Contents:  Theory  of  igneous  rocks  and  volcanoes. — On  some  points  in 
chemical  geology. — The  chemistry  of  metamorphic  rocks. — The  chem- 
istry of  the  primeval  earth. — The  origin  of  mountains. — The  probable 
seat  of  volcanic  action. — On  some  points  in  dynamical  geology. — On 
limestones,  dolomites  and  gypsums. — The  chemistry  of  natural  waters. — 
On  petroleum,  asphalt,  pyroschists  and  coal. — On  granites  and  gfranitic 
vein-stones. — The  origin  of  metalliferous  deposits. — The  geognosy  of 
the  Appalachians  and  the  origin  of  crystalline  rocks. — The  geology 
of  the  Alps.  —  History  of  the  names  Cambrian  and  Silurian  in 
geology. — Theory  of  chemical  changes  and  equivalent  volumes. — The 
constitution  and  equivalent  volume  of  mineral  species. — Thoughts  on 
solution  and  the  chemical  process. — On  the  objects  and  method  of 
mineralogy. — Theory  of  types  in  chemistry. 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Discourses  biological  and  geological.     1894 550.4  H98 

Contents:  A  piece  of  chalk. — Problems  of  the  deep  sea. — Some  of  the 
results  of  the  expedition  of  H.M.  S.  "Challenger." — Yeast. — The  for- 
mation of  coal. — The  border  territory  between  the  animal  and  the 
vegetable  kingdoms. — A  lobster. — Biogenesis  and  abiogenesis. — Geo- 
logical contemporaneity  and  persistent  types  of  life. — Geological  re- 
form.— Paleontology  and  the  doctrine  of  evolution. 

KINGSLEY,  Charles. 

Town  geology.    1895 550.4  K27 

MILLER.  Hugh. 

Sketch  book  of  popular  geology,  with  Descriptive  sketches 

from  a  geologist's  portfolio.     1882 550.4  M69S 

Testimony  of  the  rocks;  or,  Geology  in  its  bearings  on  the 

two  theologies,  natural  and  revealed.     1882 550.4  M69 

"Memorials  of  Hugh  Miller,"  p.3-32. 


550.5     Periodicals 

AMERICAN  geologist;  a  monthly  journal  of  geology  and  allied 

sciences,     v.i-date.     1888-date r550.5  A51 

BULLETIN  of  the  Geological  society  of  America,    v.i-date. 

1890-date    qr550.5  B87 

Published  irregularly. 

FIELD  COLUMBIAN  MUSEUM. 

Publications;  geological  series,    v.i-date.     1895-date r550.5  F45 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v. 2,  p.272;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
GEOLOGISCHES  centralblatt;  anzeiger  fiir  geologic,  petro- 

graphie,  palaeontologie  und  verwandte  wissenschaften; 


PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY  685 

hrsg.  von  K.  Keilhack;  semi-monthly,     v.i-date.     1901- 

date qrSSO.S  G299 

JOURNAL  of  geology;  a  semi-quarterly  magazine  of  geology 

and  related  sciences,     v.i-date.     1893-date r5S0.5  J46 

CONGRfiS  GfiOLOGIQUE  INTERNATIONAL. 

Compte    rendu    de    la    session     (ire-5me),    Paris,     1878, 

Bologne,  1881,  Berlin,  1885,  Londres,  1888,  Washington, 

1891.     1880-93 qr550.6  C74 

Title  of  the  first  session  reads,  "Comptes  rendus  stenographiques   [du] 

Congres  international  de  geologie." 
Most  of  the  text  of  the  fifth  session  is  in  English. 


550.9     History  of  geology 

GEIKIE,  Sir  Archibald. 

The  founders  of  geology.  1901.  (George  Huntington  Wil- 
liams memorial  lectures  on  the  principles  of  geology, 

V.I.)   550.9  G28 

Preface  contains  a  bibliography  of  the  publications  of  George  Hunting- 
ton Williams. 
ZITTEL,  Karl  Alfred  von. 

History  of  geology  and  palaeontology  to  the  end  of  the  nine- 
teenth century ;  tr.  by  M.  M.  Ogilvie-Gordon.  1901.  (Con- 
temporary science   series.) 550-9   Z72 

"Record  of  progress  and  discovery  which  is  of  interest  to  workers  and 
thinkers  far  outside  the  special  lines  of  geology  and  paleontology." 
Knowledge. 


551     Physical  geography 

DAVIS,  William  Morris,  jr.,  &  Snyder,  W.  H. 

Physical  geography.     1899 551  D32 

References  for  supplementary  reading,  p.409-416;  list  of  maps  for  refer- 
ence, p.416-418. 

"Prof.  Davis  is  not  only  an  expert  in  most  of  the  branches  of  physical 
geography;  he  is  also  a  practical  teacher  who  has  devoted  much  atten- 
tion to  the  educational  side  of  the  subject.  The  result  is  that,  with 
the  assistance  of  Mr.  Snyder,  he  has  produced  what  is  certainly  one 
of  the  best  manuals  of  physical  geography  ever  published.  The  book 
is  well  planned,  trustworthy,  clearly  written,  and  liberally  illustrated." 
Nature,  1900. 

FRITH,  Henry. 

Marvels  of  geology  and  physical  geography;  a  popular  ac- 
count of  our  earth  and  its  history,  its  remarkable  minerals 
and  fossils,  and  the'  phenomena  of  its  surface,  including 
the  science  of  weather  and  climate.     (Scientific  recreation 

series.)  J551  F95 

GEIKIE,  Sir  Archibald. 

Physical  geography.     [1883.]     (Science  primers.) 551  G28 

GUYOT,  Arnold. 

Earth  and  man.     1895 551  G99 

HEILPRIN,  Angelo. 

The  earth  and  its  story,  a  first  book  of  geology.    1897 551  H41 

HINMAN,  Russell. 

Eclectic  physical  geography.     1888 551  H56 


686  EARTHQUAKES.     VOLCANOES 

KINGSLEY,  Charles. 

Madame  How  and  Lady  Why;  or,  First  lessons  in  earth  lore 

for  children.     1893 J551  K27 

An  interesting  introduction  to  geology.  Teaches  children  to  look  for 
the  causes  of  geolog^ica!  changes  by  observing  mud-puddles  and 
brooks. 

MAURY,  Matthew  Fontaine,  comp. 

Physical  geography.     1884 q55i  M4g 

Text-book  for  high  school  pupils. 

RECLUS,  filisee. 

Earth;  history  of  the  life  of  the  globe.     [1873.] 55i  R26 

SEELEY,  Harry  Govier. 

Story  of  the  earth  in  past  ages.     1895.     (Library  of  useful 

stories.) 55i  S4S 

SHALER,  Nathaniel  Southgate. 

Aspects  of  the  earth.     1889. 551  S52 

Contents:  The  stability  of  the  earth. — Volcanoes. — Caverns  and  cavern 
life. — Rivers  and  valleys. — The  instability  of  the  atmosphere.— Forests 
of  North  America. — The  origin  and  nature  of  soils. 
Presented  in  attractive  and  entertaining  style,  while  maintaining  scien- 
tific accuracy.  Especially  interesting  from  its  reducing  general  geo- 
logical principles  to  familiar  experience,  giving  many  examples.  Illus- 
trations numerous  and  particularly  valuable,  because  taken  from 
photographs  of  actual  geologic  features.  Adapted  to  the  fairly  ad- 
vanced student  and  the  general  reader. 

Outlines  of  the  earth's  history;  a  popular  study  in  physiog- 
raphy.    1898 •. 551  S520 

TARR,  Ralph  Stockman. 

Elementary  physical  geography.     1896 551  T21 


551.2     Earthquakes.      Volcanoes 

MILNE,  John. 

Seismology.     1898 551.2  M71 

Bibliography,  p.301-314. 

BONNEY,  Thomas  George. 

Volcanoes;  their  structure  and  significance.     1899.     (Science 

series.) SS1.21  B62 

DANA,  James  Dwight. 

Characteristics  of  volcanoes.     1891  55I-2I  D19 

Contents:  Facts  and  principles  from  the  Hawaiian  islands. — Historical 
sketch  of  Hawaiian  volcanic  action  for  the  past  seventy-seven  years. — 
A  discussion  of  the  relations  of  volcanic  islands  to  deep-sea  topography. 
— Volcanic  island  denudation. 

GEIKIE,  Sir  Archibald. 

Ancient  volcanoes  of  Great  Britain.    2v.     1897 qS5i.2i  G28 

HULL,  Edward. 

Volcanoes  past  and  present.     1892.     (Contemporary  science 

series.)   551.21  H91 

JUDD,  John  Wesley. 

Volcanoes;  what  they  are  and  what  they  teach.     1890.     (In- 
ternational scientific  series.) S5i-2i  J4g 

RUSSELL,  Israel  Cook. 

Volcanoes  of  North  America;  a  reading  lesson  for  students 


GLACIERS  687 

of  geography  and  geology.    1897 5Si.2i  R91 

"Not    too     technically     scientific,     but     full     of    useful     information." 
Athen<Bum,  1898. 

MILNE,  John. 

Earthquakes  and  other  earth  movements.      1899.     (Interna- 
tional scientific  series.) 551-22  M71 

Bibliography,  p.3SS-370- 

PONTON,  Mungo. 
Earthquakes,  their  history,  phenomena  and  probable  causes. 

1888 SS1.22  P79 


551.3     Glaciers 

See  also  Stratigraphical  geology,  551.7 

BREND,  William  Alfred. 

Story  of  ice  in  the  present  and  past.    1899.     (Library  of  useful 

stories.)    551.3  B72 

BALCH,  Edwin  Swift. 

Glacieres  or  freezing  caverns.     1900 55i'3i  B18 

List  ot  authors,  p. 313-326. 
BONNEY,  Thomas  George. 

Ice-work  present  and  past.     1896.     (International  scientific 

series.)  55I-3I  B62 

JILLSON,  Benjamin  Cutler. 

River  terraces  in  and  near  Pittsburgh r55i.35  J32 

Reprinted  from  the  Transactions  of  the  Academy  of  science  and  art  of 

Pittsburgh,  Dec.  8,   1893. 
Bound  with  his  Home  geology. 

RUSSELL,  Israel  Cook. 

Glaciers  of  North  America;  for  students  of  geography  and 

geology.     1897 551.31   R91 

Describes  beginnings,  development,   effects  and  decay  of  glaciers,   and 
the  situation  and  condition  of  those  existing  on  this  continent. 

TYNDALL,  John. 

Forms  of  water  in  clouds  &  rivers,  ice  &  glaciers.  1896.  (In- 
ternational scientific  series.) 55i-3i  TgSf 

Clear  and  simple  exposition  of  the  origin  and  phenomena  of  glaciers, 
written  especially  for  young  people. 

Glaciers  of  the  Alps.     1896 S5I-3I  T98 

JILLSON,  Benjamin  Cutler. 

Home  geology;  or,  The  geology  of  Pittsburgh  and  vicinity; 
a  lecture  delivered  to  the  employes  of  the  Edgar  Thom- 
son steel  works  and  furnaces,  at  Braddock,  Pa.,  Mar. 
22,   1890 r55i.35  J32 


551.4     Surface  features 

GEIKIE,  James. 

Earth  sculpture;  or,  The  origin  of  land-forms.     1898.    (Science 

series.)    .- 5514  G28 

Bibliography,  P.4-S. 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Physiography.     1888 551.4  H98 

44 


688      SURFACE  FEATURES  OF  THE  EARTH 

MALTBY,  Albert  Elias. 

Map  modeling  in  geography.     1894 551-4  M29 

MARK,  John  Edward. 

Scientific  study  of  scenery.     1900 551-4  M41 

"Embodies  the  results  of  the  most  recent  researches  on  all  the  physical 
features  of  the  earth's  surface;  it  unites  the  labours  of  the  geographer 
and  geologist;  and  should  prove  a  most  helpful  companion  to  every 
traveller. ..That  the  general  reader  will  steadily  peruse  the  volume 
must  depend  upon  whether  he  or  she  reads  for  the  sake  of  solid  in- 
struction."   Nature,  1900. 

NATIONAL  GEOGRAPHICAL  SOCIETY. 

Physiography  of  the  United  States.     1896 q55i-4  N15 

SIMMONS,  Arthur  Thomas. 

Physiography  for  advanced  students.     1897 551-4  S59P 

Physiography  for  beginners.     1897 551-4  S59 

TISSANDIER,  Gaston. 

Wonders  of  water.     1894.     (Wonders  of  science.) 551-4  T52 

HUTCHINSON,  Henry  Neville. 

Story  of  the   hills;  a  book  about  mountains   for  general 

readers.    1892 551-43  H96 

HOVEY,  Horace  Carter. 

Celebrated  American  caverns,  especially  Mammoth,  Wyandot 

and  Luray.     1896 551-44  H84 

MARTEL,  E.A. 

La  speleologie;  ou.  Science  des  cavernes.     1900.     (Scientia; 

serie  biologique.) rssi.44  M42 

Bibliographie,  p.p. 

A  concise  statement  of  the  object  in  the  study  of  caverns,  the  methods 

employed,  and  the  more  recent  results  of  this  study. 
Author  is   (1900)    secretary  of  the   Societe  de  speleologie,   and  is  well 
known  as  an  explorer  of  caves. 

OWEN,  Luella  Agnes. 

Cave  regions  of  the  Ozarks  and  Black  Hills.     1898 551-44  O34 

GIBERNE,  Agnes. 

The  mighty  deep,  and  what  we  know  of  it.     1902 551-46  G36 

"Authorities,"  p.8. 

A  popular  account  of  various  ocean  phenomena,  the  animal,  plant  and 
mineral  life,  the  temperature,  tides,  etc. 

INGERSOLL,  Ernest. 

The  book  of  the  ocean.     1898 J5SI-46  124b 

"Descriptive  of  the  ocean,  the  people  who  live  near  it  and  the  ships  that 
sail  on  it.  The  presenting  of  geography  in  this  form  cannot  fail  to 
arouse  the  attention  of  boys  and  girls.  Among  the  subjects  treated 
are,  the  action  of  tides  on  different  shores,  the  history  of  shipbuilding 
and  commerce,  war  vessels  and  their  construction.  The  condensed 
story  of  great  naval  conflicts  is  also  told  dramatically  in  this  well- 
illustrated  book."    Outlook. 

Old  ocean.    1883 551-46  I24 

Chapters  about  the  ocean  itself,  its  waves  and  currents,  and  about 
most  things  on  or  in  it,  about  merchant  ships  and  commerce,  war- 
ships and  naval  battles,  pirates,  lighthouses,  sea  animals,  all  told  in 
a  simple  and  interesting  fashion. 

The  same.     1883 JS51-46  I24 

MAURY,  Matthew  Fontaine. 

Physical  geography  of  the  sea.     1858 r55i.46  M49 


METEOROLOGY  689 

SHALER,  Nathaniel  Southgate. 

Sea  and  land.     1894 55146  S52 

Describes  deep  sea  life,  structure  of  sea  bottoms,  beaches,  harbors  and  ice- 
bergs, noting  effects  on  man's  life.    Authoritative,  clear  and  readable. 

PRENTISS,  Henry  Mellen. 

Great  polar  current ;  De  Long,  Nansen,  Peary.     1897 55147  Pqi 

Contents:  The  Jeannette  search  and  the  polar  current;  letter  to  Clem- 
ents Markham. — The  Jeannette;  letter  to  the  New  York  Herald. — ^The 
results  of  the  Jeannette  expedition. — The  north  pole  and  the  south 
pole. — The  north  polar  basin. — Nansen's  "Farthest  north." — Peary's 
new  plan  for  reaching  the  pole. — The  Antarctic. 

FRYE,  Alexis  Everett. 

Brooks  and  brook  basins.     1898.     (First  steps  in  geogra- 
phy.)     J55148   F97 

A  little  brook  tells  stories  of  its  adventures  to  the  birds  and  flowers 
along  its  banks,  and  thus  explains  the  construction  of  water  courses. 

RUSSELL,  Israel  Cook. 

Lakes  of  North  America;  for  students  of  geography  and 

geology.     1895 55148  R91 

Contents:  Origin  of  lake  basins. — Movements  of  lake  waters  and  the 
geological  functions  of  lakes. — Topography  of  lake  shores. — Relation 
of  lakes  to  climatic  conditions. — The  life  histories  of  lakes. — Studies 
of  special  lacustral  histories. 

Rivers  of  North  America;  a  reading  lesson  for  students  of 

geography  and  geology.    1898.     (Science  series.) 55148  R9ir 

An  English  edition  is  published  with  the  title  River  development  as 
illustrated  by  the  rivers  of  North  America. 

WELLS,  Walter. 

Water-power  of  Maine.     1869 r55i.48  W49 


55 1 .5     Meteorology 

ABERCROMBY,  Ralph,  b.  1842. 

Weather;  a  popular  exposition  of  the  nature  of  weather 
changes  from  day  to  day.  1897.  (International  scien- 
tific series.)  '. 551-5  A14 

ARCHIBALD,  Douglas. 

Story  of  the  earth's  atmosphere.     1897.     (Library  of  useful 

stories.)  551.5  A67 

Has  a  chapter  on  Suspension  and  flight  in  the  atmosphere. 

BARTHOLOMEW,  J.  G.  &  Herbertson,  A.  J. 

Atlas  of  meteorology ;  a  series  of  over  four  hundred  maps ;  ed. 

by  Alexr.  Buchan.      1899.      (Bartholomew's  physical  atlas, 

V.3-)   qr55i-5  B27 

"The... Maps  contained  in  the  Atlas  are  grouped  under  two  heads — Cli- 
mate and  Weather.  The  Climate  Maps  summarise  the  observational 
data,  and  form  a  basis  for  the  study  of  the  climatolog:y  of  the  globe. 
These,  dealing  with  the  mapping  of  Temperature,  Pressure,  Winds, 
Cloud,  Sunshine,  and  Rainfall,  show  the  monthly  and  annual  distribu- 
tion of  the  elements  of  climate:  first,  for  the  world  generally;  and 
then,  on  a  larger  scale,  for  the  various  countries  in  which  more 
numerous  observations  have  supplied  material  for  greater  detail.  The 
Weather  Maps,  together  with  the  Seasonal  and  Storm  Charts,  illus- 
trate meteorological  conditions  over  defined  regions,  at  given  periods, 
and  represent  all  the  most  characteristic  weather-types."     Preface. 

BLUE  HILL  METEOROLOGICAL  OBSERVATORY. 

Exploration  of  the  air  by  means  of  kites.     1897 qr55i-5  B56 

Contents:    Kites  and  instruments,  by  S.  P.  Fergusson. — Results  from  the 


690  METEOROLOGY 

kite   meteorographs   and   simultaneous   records   at   the   grounds. — Dis- 
cussion of  the  observations,  by  H.   H.   Clayton. 
Reprinted   from   the   Annals   of   the   astronomical   observatory   of   Har- 
vard university,  v.42,  pt.i. 

BUCHAN,  Alexander,  &  Omond,  R.  T.  ed. 

Meteorology  of  Ben   Nevis.     2v.     1890-1902.      (In   Royal 
.  society  of  Edinburgh.  Transactions,  v.34,  42.)  .  .qr5o6  R813  v.34, 42 

V.I.  [Observations  from  Dec.  1883  to  Dec.  1887.] 
v.2.  Observations  for  1888-1892,  with  appendices. 
V.2  title  reads  Meteorology  of  the  Ben  Nevis  observatories. 

DAVIS,  William  Morris,  jr. 

Elementary  meteorology.     1894 SSi-S  D32 

DICKSON,  H.N. 

Meteorology,  the  elements  of  weather  and  climate.     1893. 

(University  extension  series.) SSi-S  Ds5 

ESPY,  James  Pollard. 

Meteorological  report  (4th),  with  charts.     1857.     (United 
States.     34th   cong.     3d   sess.      Senate.      Ex.   doc.   no. 

65) qrSSi-5  E84 

HARRINGTON,  Mark  Walrod. 

About  the  weather.     1899 551.5  H28 

INWARDS,  Richard,  comp. 

Weather  lore;  a  collection  of  proverbs,  sayings  and  rules  con- 
cerning the  weather.     1898 r55i.5  I24 

"Bibliography  of  weather  lore,"  p.207-212. 
KLOSSOVSKY,  Alexander. 

Revue  meteorologique;  travaux  du  reseau  meteorologique  du 

sud-ouest  de  la  Russie,  1886-1895.     1896. qrS5i.5  K32 

Introduction  is  in  French,  the  rest  in  Russian. 

McADIE,  Alexander  G. 

Equipment  and  work  of  an  aero-physical  observatory.     1897. 

(Smithsonian    institution.      Miscellaneous    collections, 

1077-) 5374  Mil 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

ROTCH,  Abbott  Lawrence. 

Sounding  the  ocean  of  air;  six  lectures  delivered  before 

the    Lowell    institute    of   Boston    in    Dec.    1898.      1900. 

(Romance  of  science.) 551-5  R7S 

"The  subjects  dealt  with  in  the  six  chapters  are  'The  atmosphere;' 
'Clouds;'  'Balloons;'  'Ballons-sondes  for  great  altitudes;'  'Kites,'  and 
'Results  of  kite-flights  at  Blue  Hill.'  The  whole  volume  presents  a 
clear  and  systematic  account  of  the  history  and  present  status  of  the 
exploration  of  the  free  air."    Science,  1900. 

Author  established  in  1885  and  has  since  maintained  the  Blue  Hill 
meteorological  observatory  near  Boston. 

RUSSELL,  Thomas. 

Meteorology;  weather  and  methods  of  forecasting.    1895 551-5  R91 

"Prof.  Russell,  having  paid  especial  attention  to  these  matters  while  in 
the  Weather  Bureau,  now  gives  the  fullest  account  of  the  methods 
employed  that  is  to  be  found  in  our  language."    Nation. 

UNITED   STATES— Navy  department. 

Regulations  for  the  government  of  the  coast  signal  service 

of  the  United  States.     1898 r55i.5  U2S32 

UNITED  STATES— Signal  office. 

Annual  report  of  the  chief  signal  officer,  1865-date.     1866- 


METEOROLOGY  691 


date r55i.s  U2S3 

This  report  is  part  of  the  Annual  report  of  the  War  department,  of  which, 
from  187s  to  1891,  it  forms  a  separate  volume,  v.4.     Before  1875,  and 
from  1892  it  is  included  in  v.i  of  the  War  department  report  (r3S3.6 
U25). 
The  report  for  1874  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congres- 
sional documents,  no.  1635. 
-  The   Weather  bureau,   established  in    1891,   assumed  the   meteorological 
duties  of  this  office. 
Instructions  for  voluntary  observers  of  the  signal  service, 

United  States  army.     1882 r55i.5  U253i 

Professional  papers,    no.2,  4,  7,  10,  15.     1881-84." qrSSi-S  U253P 

no.  2.    Isothermal  lines  of  the  United  States,  1871-1880,  by  A.  W.  Greely. 
no.  4.    Report  of  the  tornadoes  of  May  29  and  30,  1879,  in  Kansas,  Ne- 
braska, Missouri  and  Iowa,  by  J.  P.  Finley. 
no.  7.    Report  on  the  character  of  600  tornadoes,  by  J.  P.  Finley. 
no.  ID.     Signal  service  tables  of  rainfall  and  temperature  compared  with 

crop  production,  by  H.  H.  C.  Dunwoody. 
no.15.    Researches  on  solar  heat  and  its  absorption  by  the  earth's  atmos- 
phere;   a  report  on    the    Mount  Whitney  expedition,  by  S.   P. 
Langley. 

UNITED  STATES— Weather  bureau. 

Annual  report  of  the  chief  of  the  Weather  bureau;  results 
of  meteorological  observations  and  other  reports  and 

tables,   1891/92-date.     1893-date qrSSi.S  U25 

The  Weather  bureau  was  established  in  July  1891,  to  continue  the  meteor- 
ological work  of  the   Signal  office. 

Bulletin  [lettered].     no.A-G,  I,  K-L.     1893-1903 qrSSi.5  U2Sbu 

no.A.    Summary  of  international  meteorolog^ical  observations,  by  H.  H. 

C.  Dunwoody. 
no.B  wanting. 
no.C.    Rainfall  and  snow  of  the  United  States,  compiled  to  the  end  of 

1891,  by  M.  W.  Harrington. 
no.D.    Rainfall  of  the  United  States,  by  A.  J.  Henry. 
no.E.    Floods  of  the  Mississippi  river,  by  Park  Morrill. 
no.F.     Vertical  gradients  of  temperature,  humidity  and  wind  direction; 

a  preliminary  report  on  the  kite  observations  of  1898,  by  H.  C. 

Frankenfield. 
no.G.    Atmospheric  radiation;  a  research  conducted  at    the    Allegheny 

observatory  and  at  Providence,  R.  I.  by  F.  W.  Very. 
no.I.     Eclipse  meteorology  and  allied  problems,  by  F.  H.  Bigelow. 
no.K.     Storms  of  the  Great  Lakes,  by  E.  B.  Garriott. 
no.L.     Climatology  of  California,  by  A.  G.  McAdie. 
Bulletin    [numbered],     no.3-4,   11,  pt.3;   14-21,  23-26,  28- 

33.     1892-1903 rssi.5  U2Sb 

For  contents,  see  contents  book,  v.3,  p.384;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

WALDO,  Frank. 

Modern  meteorology.    1893.    (Contemporary  science 

series.)   SSi-S  W16 

WARD,  Robert  DeCourcy. 

Practical  exercises  in  elementary  meteorology.     1899 551-5  W21 

Bibliography,  p. 188-195. 

Clear  description  of  the  methods  of  meteorological  measurements,  with 
directions  and  hints  on  the  taking  of  observations. 
ZURCHER,  Frederic,  &  Margolle,  Elie. 

Meteors,  aerolites,  storms  and  atmospheric  phenomena.    1896. 

(Wonders  of  science.) SSi-5  Z88 

HAAS,  I.  pub. 

Photographic  views  of  the  great  cyclone  at  St.  Louis,  May 

27,  1896.    1896 t-55i-S5  Hn 

HAYDEN,  Everett. 

The  great  storm  off  the  Atlantic  coast  of  the  United  States, 


692  STRATIGRAPHICAL  GEOLOGY 

March  11-14,  1888.     1888.     (United  States— Navigation 

bureau.     Nautical  monographs,  no. 5.) qr55i-55  H37 

UNITED  STATES— Signal  office. 

Climate  of  Nebraska,  particularly  in  reference  to  the  temper- 
ature and  rain-fall.     1890.     (Sist  cong.   ist  sess.     Senate. 

Ex.  doc.  no.iis.) qr55i-56  U2S 

UNITED  STATES— Weather  bureau. 

Daily  river  stages  at  river  gage  stations  on  the  principal  riv- 
ers of  the  United  States,  1896-99.    v.6.     1900 qrS5i.57  U25 

V.6.     Daily  river  stages  for  1896-1899,  comp.  by  H.  C.  Frankenfield. 
■'This  volume  constitutes  the  sixth  part  of  the  series  of  river  gage  read- 
ings, the  publication  of  which  was  begun  by  the  Sig^nal  Service  and  has 
been  continued  by  the  Weather  Bureau." 


551.7     Stratigraphical  geology 

FIGUIER,  Louis. 

World  before  the  deluge.    1865 rS5i.7  F47 

HUTCHINSON,  Henry  Neville. 

Autobiography  of  the  earth.     1891 551-7  H96 

Interesting  popular  account  of  geological  history. 

KAYSER,  Emanuel. 

Text  book  of  comparative  geology;  tr.  and  ed.  by  Philip 

Lake.     1893 551.7  K14 

"Dr  Kayser's  work  was  intended  primarily  for  use  in  Germany;  but  the 
space  devoted  to  other  countries  is  much  larger  than  in  earlier  text- 
books. In  the  present  edition  very  considerable  additions  have  been 
made  to  the  portions  descriptive  of  extra-German  countries.  ..Extra- 
European  rocks  have.  ..received  but  brief  notice."    Translator's  preface. 

MARK,  John  Edward. 

Principles  of  stratigraphical  geology.    1898 5SI-7  M4i 

The  same.     1898 r55i.7  M41 

MILLER,  Hugh. 

The  old  red  sandstone.     1882 551-74  M69 

BALL,  Sir  Robert  Stawell. 

Cause  of  an  ice  age.     1892.     (Modern  science  series.) 551-79  B21 

"Popular  account  of  astronomical  theory  of  glacial  periods."    Athenaum. 

CLAYPOLE.  Edward  Waller. 

Lake  age  in  Ohio;  or,  Episodes  during  the  retreat  of  the 

North  American  ice-sheet.     1887 r55i.79  C55 

DAWSON,  Sir  John  William. 

Canadian  ice  age.     1894 551-79  D33 

GEIKIE,  James. 

Great  ice  age.     1895 SSi-79  G28 

HOWORTH,  Sir  Henry  Hoyle. 

The  glacial  nightmare  and  the  flood;  a  second  appeal  to 
common  sense  from  the  extravagance  of  some  recent  ge- 
ology.    2v.     1893 551-79  H86 

MARSH,  George  Perkins. 

Earth  as  modified  by  human  action.     1885 551-99  M41 

WRIGHT,  George  Frederick. 

Ice  age  in  North  America  and  its  bearings  upon  the  antiquity 

of  man.     1891 551-79  W93i 


ROCKS  693 

Man  and  the  glacial  period,  with  an  appendix  on  tertiary 
man  by  H.  W.  Haynes.     1892.     (International  scientific 

series.)   551-79  W93m 

Writer  has   notable   qualifications,   but  his   conclusions  are  denied  by 
many  scientists. 

WRIGHT,  George  Frederick,  &  Upham,  Warren. 

Greenland  icefields  and  life  in  the  north  Atlantic.    1896.  .551.79  W93 
The  immediate  impulse  to  the  preparation  of  this  book  arose  in  con- 
nection with  the  Miranda  expedition  to  Greenland  in  1894. 


•  551-9     Pebbles.     Corals 

HYATT,  Alpheus. 

About  pebbles.     1898.     (Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching.) J55i-9  H99 

The  same.      1896.   (In   Boston   society   of  natural   history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.i.) 507  B64  v.l 

The  same.     1896.     (In  Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.i.) r507  B64  v.i 

DANA,  James  Dwight. 

Corals  and  coral  islands.     1890 551-96  D19 

DARWIN,  Charles. 

Structure  of  coral  reefs.     1889 551-96  D26 


552     Rocks 

KEMP,  James  Furman. 

A  handbook  of  rocks,  for  use  without  the  microscope.     1896. .  .552  K17 

MERRILL,  George  Perkins. 

Treatise  on  rocks,  rock-weathering  and  soils.     1897 552  M63 

RUTLEY,  Frank. 

Study  of  rocks.     1891.     (Text-books  of  science.) 552  R93 

"Books  consulted,"  P.3H-314. 
TARR,  Ralph  Stockman. 

Suggestions  for  laboratory  and  field  work  in  high  school 
geology,  and  questions  for  use  with  Tarr's  Elementary 

geology.     1897 552  T21 

WILLIAMS,  Edward  H. 

Manual  of  lithology.    1886 rSS2  W74 

ZIRKEL,  Ferdinand. 

Microscopical  petrography.     1876.     (United  States — Geo- 
logical exploration  of  the  40th  parallel.    Report,  v.6.)  .  .qrsS2.8  Z68 
The  library  has  another  copy  numbered,  qrss7.8  U2S3  v-6. 
LCEWINSON-LESSING,  Franz,  comp. 

Tables  for  the  determination  of  the  rock-forming  minerals; 
with  a  chapter  on  the  petrological  microscope,  by  G.  A.  J. 

Cole.     1893 552.81    L76 

LUQUER,  Lea  Mcllvaine. 

Minerals  in  rock  sections;  practical  methods  of  identifying 

minerals  in  rock  sections  with  the  microscope.    1898.  .r5S2.8i  L98 


694  ECONOMIC  GEOLOGY 

ROSENBUSCH,  Karl  Heinrich  Ferdinand. 

Microscopical  physiography  of  the  rock-making  minerals; 

»  an  aid  to  the  microscopical  study  of  rocks;  tr.  and 
abridged  for  use  in  schools  and  colleges,  by  J.  P.  Id- 
dings.     1888 rS52.8i  R72 

Contains  bibliographies. 

HARKER,  Alfred. 

Petrology  for  students;  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  rocks 

under  the  microscope.     1897 552.82  H27 

553     Economic  geology 

For  Mining  engineering,  see  622 

AMERICAN  BUREAU  OF  MINES. 

Memoirs,     [no.i.]      1867 qr553  Asi 

[no. I.]  Our  mineral  interests,  by  J.  P.  K. — Guide  for  the  puddling  of 
iron  and  steel,  by  Ed.  Urbin;  tr.  by  T.  Egleston. — On  Bessemer  tyres, 
by  Adolph  Schmidt. 

BARRINGER,  Daniel  Moreau. 

A  description  of  minerals  of  commercial  value.    1897 553  B26 

BRANNER,  John  Casper,  &  Newsom,  J.F. 

Syllabus  of  a  course  of  lectures  on  economic  geology.    1900. .  .rS53  B71 

Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

Covers  the  course  given  in  Leland  Stanford  junior  university.    Is  well 

adapted  to  use  as  a  guide  to  the  literature  of  the  various  minerals  and 

rocks  of  commercial  importance. 

The  MINERAL  industry;  its  statistics,  technology  and  trade 
in    the    United    States    and    other    countries    from    the 

earliest  times,  1892-date.    v.i-date.     1893-date rSS3  M72 

Statistical   supplement  of  the   Engineering  and  mining  journal,   issued 

annually. 
V.  1-9  edited  by  R.  P.  Rothwell,  v.io-date  by  Joseph  Struthers. 

ROCHELEAU,  William  Francis. 

Great  American  industries;  minerals.     1896 J553  Rs6 

Contents :  Coal. — Gold  and  silver. — Granite. — Iron. — Marble. — Natural  gas. 
— Petroleum. — Slate. 

SMITH,  Frederick  H. 

Rocks,  minerals  and  stocks.    1882 553  S64 

Contents:  World  building. — Prime  minerals  and  rocks. — ^The  formations. 
— Precious  stones. — Stock  companies. — Stock  dealing. — Stock  tricks. 
— Gold  and  silver. — Industrial  metals. — Coa*  and  oil. — Industrial  min- 
erals. 

TSUNASHIRO,  Wada.    ' 

Mining  industry  of  Japan  during  the  last  25  years,  1867-1892. 

1893    qr553   T79 

UNITED  STATES — Mining  statistics,  Commissioner  of. 

Statistics  of  mines  and  mining  in  the  states  and  territories 

west  of  the  Rocky  mountains,  1866-75.     lov.     1867-77.  •'"553  U25 

Report  for  1874  wanting. 

Known  as  Mineral  resources  west  of  the  Rocky  mountains. 

Reports  for  1866  and  1867,  by  J.  R.  Browne  are  preliminary  to  the 
remaining  reports  made  by  R.  W.  Raymond,  called  ist-8th  annual  re- 
ports. From  1882  these  reports  have  been  prepared  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  United  States  geological  survey,  as  Mineral  resources  of 
the  United  States.    No  reports  were  made  for  the  years  1876  to  1881. 


COAL  695 

553.1     Ore  deposits 

BECK,  Richard,  of  Freiberg,  Germany. 

Lehre  von  den  erzlagerstatten.    2v.  in  i.     1901 qr553.i  B36 

A  reference  work  of  great  value,  by  the  professor  of  geology  and  of  the 
science  of  mineral  deposits  at  the  Royal  mining  school  of  Freiberg, 
who  is  a  recognized  authority  on  this  subject. 

KEMP,  James  Furman. 

Ore  deposits  of  the  United  States.     1893 553.1  K17 

PHILLIPS,  John  Arthur. 

A  treatise  on  ore  deposits.     1896 553-1  P51 

P05EPNY,  Franz. 

Genesis  of  ore  deposits.     1895 r553.11  P84 

The  same.     1902 553-1 1  P84 

Reprinted  from  the  Transactions  of  the  American  institute  of  mining 
engineers,  v.23-24,  30-31. 

553.2     Coal 

For  Coal  mining,  see  622.33 

COAL  statistics;  a  manual  giving  complete  directories  of  all 
coal  mines  in  the  United  States,  together  with  statistics 
of  production,  distribution,  and  other  matter  relating  to 

the  coal  trade  in  general.    v.6-date.    1899-date r553-2  C62 

DADDOW,  Samuel  Harries,  &  Bannan,  Benjamin. 
Coal,  iron  and  oil;  our  mines  and  mineral  resources. 

1866   : r553.2  D12 

HOLLAND,  John. 

History  and  description  of  fossil  fuel,  the  collieries  and 

coal  trade  of  Great  Britain.     1835 r553.2  H72 

HULL,  Edward. 

Coal-fields  of  Great  Britain;  their  history,  structure  and  re- 
sources, with  descriptions  of  the  coal-fields  of  our  Indian 
and  colonial   empire,   and   of  other  parts   of  the  world. 

1881 r553.2  H91C 

Our  coal  resources  at  the  close  of  the  19th  century.  1897. . .  .553.2  H91 
Contents:  Classification  of  British  coal-fields. — English  coal-fields. — The 
Welsh  coal-fields. — The  Scottish  coal-fields. — Coal  south  of  the  Thames. 
— Summary  of  estimated  resources  of  the  British  coal-fields  at  the  close 
of  the  19th  century. — British  coal  resources. — Table  of  quantity  of  coal 
raised  in  the  different  coal-fields,  1895. — Approximate  limit  of  deep- 
mining. — Progressive  and  retrogressive  mining  districts. — Foreign  coal- 
fields.— A  forecast. 

MACFARLANE,  James. 

Coal-regions  of  America;  their  topography,  geology  and  de- 
velopment.    1873  553.2  Mis 

The  same.     1875 rS53-2  MiS 

MARTIN,  Edward  A. 

Story  of  a  piece  of  coal.     1896 ■ 553-2  M42 

Brief  record  of  vegetable  and  mineral  history  of  coal,  its  discovery, 
early  use,  mining,  products — gas,  illuminating  oils,  coal-tar  colors,  etc. 

TAYLOR,  Richard  Cowling. 

Statistics  of  coal;  the  geographical  and  geological  distribu- 


696  COAL 

tion  of  mineral  combustibles  or  fossil  fuel.     1848 r5S3.2  T2S 

The  same.     1855 '■553-2  T2SS 

THORPE,  Thomas  Edward,  ed. 

Coal,  its  history  and  uses.     1878 553-2  T41 

Contents:    Geology  of  coal,  by  Prof.  Green.— Coal  plants,  by  Prof.  Miall. 
—Animals  of  coal-measures,   by   Prof.   Miall.— The  chemistry  of   coal, 
by  Prof.  Thorpe. — Coal  as  a  source  of  warmth  and  power,  by  Prof. 
Rucker. — The  coal  question,  by  Prof.  Marshall. 
The  same.     1878 r553.2  T41 

TEXAS — Geological  survey. 

Report  on  the  brown  coal  and  lignite  of  Texas;  character, 
formation,  occurrence  and  fuel  uses,  by  E.  T.  Dumble. 

1892   qr553-22  T32 

Contains  much  information  of  general  application  respecting  the  value 
and  utilization  of  lignites  for  fuel. 

UNITED  STATES— Insular  affairs  division. 

Coal  measures  of  the  Philippines;  a  history  of  the  discovery 
of  coal  in  the  archipelago,  and  subsequent  developments, 
with  the  text  of  the  record  of  the  MacLeod  coal  concession 
in  Cebu,  or  the  Uling-Lutac  coal  and  railway  concession ; 

comp.  by  C.  H.  Burritt.     1901 r553.22  U25 

Being  the  report  submitted  to  the  United  States  military  governor  in 
the  Philippines,  by  C.  H.  Burritt,  officer  in  charge  of  the  Mining 
bureau. 

ZINCKEN,   Carl   Friedrich. 

Die  fortschritte  der  geologic   der   tertiarkohle,   krcidekohle, 

jurakohle  und  triaskohle.     1878 qr553.22  Z66 

With  a  second  title-page  reading  Erganzungen  zu  der  physiographic 
der  braunkohle. 

ALABAMA — Geological  survey. 

Report  on  the  coal  measures  of  the  plateau  region  of  Alabama, 
by  Henry  McCalley;  including  a  report  on  the  coal  meas- 
ures of  Blount  county,  by  A.  M.  Gibson.     1891 r553.24  A31 

Report  on  the  Warrior  coal  basin,  by  Henry  McCalley. 

1900 rS53.24  A3ire 

Report  upon  the  Coosa  coal  field,  with  sections,  by  A.  M.  Gib- 
son.    189s r553.24  A3ir 

DTNVILLIERS,  Edward  Vincent. 

Report  on  the  Pittsburgh  coal  region;  supplemented  by  a 
report  on  the  General  mining  methods  of  the  Pitts- 
burgh region,  by  Selwyn  Taylor,  and  a  report  on  the 
Mining  methods  of  the  Westmoreland  coal  company, 
by  A.  N.  Humphreys,  accompanied  by  report  on  the 
Character  and  distribution  of  palaeozoic  plants,  by  Leo 
Lesquereux.  [1887.]  (In  Pennsylvania— Geological 
survey.  (2d  survey.)  Annual  report,  v.2,  pt.i.) .  .r5S7.48  P399  v.2 
EDWARDS,  William  Seymour. 

Coals  and  cokes  in  West  Virginia.     1892 r553.24  E32 

HUGHES,  George  W. 

Report  of  a  survey  of  the  coal  region  near  Frostburgh, 
Alleghany  county,  Md.  for  the  location  of  a  railroad  to 
accommodate  the  coal  trade  of  the  Maryland  mining 

company.     1836 r622.33   W66 

Bound  with  Whittlesey's  Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal. 


PETROLEUM.  NATURAL  GAS  697 

TAYLOR,  Richard  Cowling. 

Two  reports  on  the  coal  lands,  mines  and  improvements  of  the 
Dauphin  and  Susquehanna  coal  company,  and  of  the  geo- 
logical examinations,  present  condition  and  prospects  of  the 
Stony  creek  coal  estate  in  the  townships  of  Jackson,  Rush 
and  Middle  Paxtang,  in  the  county  of  Dauphin,  and  of  East 
Hanover    township,    in    the    county    of    Lebanon,    Pa. 

1840 r5S3.24  T2S 

WHITE,  Israel  Charles. 

Stratigraphy  of  the  bituminous  coal  field  of  Pennsylvania, 
Ohio  and  West  Virginia.     1891.     (In  United  States — 

Geological  survey.    Bulletin,  v.9,  no.65.) ^557-3  U25b  v.g 

STRONG,  Henry  K. 

Report  to  the  legislature  of  Pennsylvania,   containing  a 

description  of  the  Swatara  mining  district.     1839.  . .  .r622.33  W66 
Bound  with  Whittlesey's  Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal. 

553.28     Petroleum.     Natural  gas 

For  Technology  of  petroleum,  see  665.5 

BONE,  J.  H.  A. 

Petroleum  and  petroleum  wells;  guide  book  and  description 
of  the  oil  regions  of  Pennsylvania,  West  Virginia,  Ken- 
tucky and  Ohio.    1865 r5S3.28  B62 

CARNEGIE,  Andrew. 

Oil  and  gas  wells  in  Pennsylvania r332.42  C21 

Reprinted  from  Macmillan's  magfazine,  Jan.  1885. 
Bound  with  his  How  to  win  fortune. 

The  same.     (In  his  Empire  of  business,  p.263-281.) 304  C2ie 

CONE,  Andrew,  &  Johns,  W.R. 

Petrolia;  brief  history  of  the  Pennsylvania  petroleum  region. 

1870 r553.28  C74 

EATON,  Samuel  John  Mills. 

Petroleum;  a  history  of  the  oil  region  of  Venango  county. 

Pa.     1866 rS53.28  E19 

GILLELEN,  F.M.L. 

Oil  regions  of   Pennsylvania,   with  maps  and  charts  of  Oil 

creek,  Allegheny  river,  etc.     1864 r5S3.28  G41 

HENRY,  J.T. 

Early  and  later  history  of  petroleum;  with  authentic  facts  in 
regard    to    its    development    in    western    Pennsylvania. 

1873 rsS3.28   H45 

McLAURIN,  John  James. 

Sketches  in  crude-oil;  incidents  of  the  petroleum  develop- 
ment in  all  parts  of  the  globe.     1896 553-28  M19 

MARVIN,  Charles. 

Petroleum  industry  of  southern  Russia qr5S3.28  M43 

Reprinted  from  "Engineering,"  v.37,  1884. 
Popular  account  of  its  history  and  technology. 
Region  of  the  eternal  fire;  an  account  of  a  journey  to  the 

petroleum  region  of  the  Caspian  in  1883.    1884 r553.28  M43r 

"Works  consulted,"  p.8. 


698  ORES 

MILLERN,  Alexander  von. 

All  about  petroleum.    1864 r553.28  M69 

MINING  and  engineering  review  and  electrician,  Sept.  1900. 

v.ii,  no.9.     1900 qr553.28  M72 

Number  of  the  "Mining  and  engineering  review"  devoted  exclusively  to 
the  petroleum  resources  of  California. 

NOBEL  BROTHERS  PETROLEUM  PRODUCTION  CO. 
Petroleum  industry  of  Baku  and  Nobel  brothers  petroleum 

production  company,  June  1893.     1893 qrS53.28  N3S 

Short  sketch  of  the  growth  of  the  largest  Russian  oil  company,  and  its 
share  in  the  development  of  Russian  oil  fields. 

OHIO — Geological  survey.    (2d  survey.) 

Preliminary  report  upon  petroleum  and  inflammable  gas,  by 

Edward  Orton;  with  a  supplement.     1887 rS53-28  O18 

STO WELL'S  petroleum  reporter;  monthly,  Feb.  1897-Sept. 

1901.     v.26-30,  no.8.     1897-1901 qr5S3.28  S89 

WEEKS,  Joseph  Dame. 

Natural  gas  in  1894.     1895 qrSS3.46  W42 

Extract  from  the  report  of  the  director  of  the  United  States  geological 

survey. 
Bound  with  his  Production  of  manganese. 

Petroleum.     1895 qrS53.46  W42 

Extract  from  the  report  of  the  director  of  the  United  States  geological 

survey. 
Bound  with  his  Production  of  manganese. 

WRIGHT,  William,  1824-66. 

Oil  regions  of  Pennsylvania.     1865 553-28  W93 

The  same.     1865 r553.28  W93 

WRIGLEY,  Henry  E. 

Special  report  on  the  petroleum  of  Pennsylvania,  its  pro- 
duction, transportation,  manufacture  and  statistics. 
1875.  (In  Pennsylvania — Geological  survey.  (2d  sur- 
vey.)    Reports  of  progress,  J  v.71.) r557.48  P399r  v.71 

BUFFUM,  W.  Arnold. 

Tears  of  the  Heliades;  or.  Amber  as  a  gem.    1900 553-29  B86 

Contents:  .  The  origin  of  amber. — The  realm  of  amber. — Amber  in  com- 
merce.— AmT)er  in  literature. 


553.3     Ores 

IRVING,  Roland  Duer,  &  Van  Hise,  C.R. 

The  Penokee  iron-bearing  series  of  Michigan  and  Wisconsin. 
1892.     (United  States — Geological  survey.     Mono- 
graphs.)    qr553-3  I28 

"Geological  explorations  and  literature,"  p.s-ioa. 
JAQUET,  J.  B. 

Iron  ore  deposits  of  New  South  Wales.  1901.  (In  New 
South  Wales  —  Geological  survey.  Memoirs;  geologi- 
cal series,  v.2.) qr559.44  N26me 

KENDALL,  John  Dixon. 

Iron  ores  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland;  with  a  notice  of  some 

of  the  iron  ores  of  Spain.    1893 rS53-3  K17 

LESLEY,  John  Peter. 

Brown  hematite  iron  ore  banks  of  that  part  of  Nittany 


ORES.    BUILDING  STONES  699 

valley  called  Warrior's  Mark  valley,  Half  Moon  valley 
and  Spruce  creek  valley,  in  Huntingdon  and  Centre 
counties,  Pa.,  owned  by  Lyon,  Shorb  &  co.,  Pittsburg, 

Pa.      1874 r553.3    L64 

The  same.     1874.     (In  his  Collection  of  occasional  surveys, 

etc.)    r553.3  L64C 

BECKER,  George  Ferdinand. 

Geology  of  the  Comstock  lode  and  the  Washoe  district,  with 
atlas.     2v.     1882.      (United   States — Geological   survey. 

Monographs.)   qr553-4  B36 

CURTIS,  Joseph  Story. 

Silver-lead  deposits  of  Eureka,  Nevada.     1884.     (United 

States — Geological  survey.     Monographs.) qrS53-4  C93 

LORD,  Eliot. 

Comstock  mining  and  miners.  1883.  (United  States — Geo- 
logical survey.    Monographs.) qr553.4  L86 

SCHMEISSER.  Karl,  &  Vogelsang,  Karl. 

Gold-fields  of  Australasia.    2v.     1898 qrS53-4i  S34 

V.I.    Text.  V.2.    Maps. 

HOUSTON,  D.  &  CO. 

Copper  manual;  copper  mines,  copper  statistics  and  a  sum- 
mary of  information  on  copper.  2v.     1897-99 rS53.43  H83 

IRVING,  Roland  Duer. 

The  copper-bearing  rocks  of  Lake  Superior.     1883.     (United 

States — Geological  survey.    Monographs.) qr553.43  I28 

"Literature,"  p.  14-23. 
STEVENS,  Horace  J.  comp. 

Copper  handbook;  Lake  Superior  copper  production,  values, 
prices,  dividends  and  assessments;  production,  con- 
sumption and  exports  of  the  United  States;  the  English 
copper  trade;  the  world's  copper  production,  also  de- 
tailed descriptions  of  all  Lake  Superior  copper  mines, 

for  the  year  1900-1901.     v.  1-2.     1900-02 r553.43  S84 

BECKER,  George  Ferdinand. 

Geology  of  the  quicksilver  deposits  of  the  Pacific  slope,  with 
atlas.    2v.      1887-88.      (United   States — Geological   survey. 

Monographs.)  qrSS3-45  B36 

WEEKS,  Joseph  Dame. 

Production  of  manganese  in  1894.     1895 qr5S3.46  W42 

Extract  from  the  i6th  annual  report  of  the  director  of  the  United  States 
geological  survey,   1894-95. 

553.5     Building  stones 

See  also  Building  materials,  691 
MERRILL,  George  Perkins. 

Stones  for  building  and  decoration.     1903 553-5  M63 

Bibliography,  p. 480-482. 

By  the  curator  of  geology  in  the  United  States  national  museum  (1897). 
A  comprehensive  work,  from  an  American  standpoint,  describing  varie- 
ties, American  occurrence,  use  and  methods  of  quarrying  of  the  vari- 
ous stones. 

The  same.     1897 r553.5  M63 

Bibliography,  P.S28-S30. 


700  CLAYS.     PHOSPHATES.     ASBESTOS 

BURNHAM,  S.M. 

History  and  uses  of  limestones  and  marbles.     1883 S53SI  B93 

HOPKINS,  Thomas  Cramer. 

Marbles  and  other  limestones.     2v.     1893.     (In  Arkansas 

— Geological  survey.    Annual  report,  v.4,) ^557 -67  A72Z 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Atlas. 

Building  materials  of  Pennsylvania;  brownstones.    1896.  .553.53  H78 
Appendix  to  the  Annual  report  of  Pennsylvania  state  college,  1896. 


553.6     Clays.     Phosphates.     Asbestos 

HOPKINS,  Thomas  Cramer. 

Clays  and  clay  industries  of  Pennyslvania;  the  Ohio, 
Monongahela,  Youghiogheny  and  Conemaugh  river 
valle3's  in  Pennsylvania,  and  the  Allegheny  valley  as 

far  up  as  Kittanning.     1897 r553.6i  H78 

Appendix  to  the  Annual  report  of  Pennsylvania  state  college,   1897. 
Covers  the  pottery,   fire-clay  and  brick  factories,   describing  clays   used, 
methods  of  manufacture,  capacity,  location,  etc.  of  the  various  plants. 

NEW  JERSEY — Geological  survey.     (3d  survey.) 

Report  on  the  clay  deposits  of  Woodbridge,  South  Amboy 
and  other  places  in   New  Jersey;  together  with  their 

uses  for  fire  brick,  pottery,  etc.     1878 qrS53.6i  N26 

RAUFER,  G.M. 

Die  meerschaum-  und  bernsteinwaaren-fabrikation;  mit  einem 
anhange    iiber    die    erzeugung   holzerner    pfeifenkopfe. 
1876.   (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r553.6i   R22 
UNITED  STATES— Labor  department. 

The  phosphate  industry  of  the  United  States.     1893.     (Special 

report,  1893.) r553.64  U25 

WIESNER,  August. 

Thomasschlacke  und  natiirliche  phosphate;  ein  handbuch  fiir 
eisenwerksbesitzer,  hiittenchemiker,  diingerfabrikanten, 
diingerhandler  und  landwirthe.     1896.     (Hartleben's  chem- 
isch-technische bibliothek.)  rS53.64  W68 

WYATT,  Francis. 

Phosphates  of  America.    1894 553-64  W97 

HANKS,  Henry  G. 

History   and   description   of   magnesia   and   its    base    and 
compounds,   with   particular    reference   to   magnesite. 
1895 r595.78  H72S 

Bound  with  Holland's  Short  articles  on  butterflies. 

JONES,  Robert  H. 

Asbestos  and  asbestic,  their  properties,  occurrence  and  use. 

1897  553.67  J41 

Has  chapters  on  the  present  sources  of  supply,  and  the  outlook  for  the 
future,  paying  especial  attention  to  the  Canadian  quarries.  Also  deals 
with  the  uses  of  asbestos  and  its  substitutes,  and  has  an  interesting 
chapter  on  its  nature  and  properties  and  its  uses  among  the  ancients. 

VENERAND,  Wolfgang. 

Asbest  und  feuerschutz.  1886.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische bibliothek.)  r553.67  V26 


PRECIOUS  STONES  701 

553.8     Precious  stones 

BURNHAM,  S.M. 

Precious  stones  in  nature,  art  and  literature.     1886 553-8  B93 

CHURCH,  Arthur  Herbert. 

Precious  stones  considered  in  their  scientific  and  artistic  rela- 
tions.    1882.     (South   Kensington   museum  art  hand- 
books.)     553.8  C46 

Bibliographical  notes,  p.ps. 
EMANUEL,  Harry. 

Diamonds  and  precious  stones;  their  history,  value  and  dis- 
tinguishing characteristics.     1867   553-8  E58 

Bibliography,  p.233-260. 

HAMLIN,  Augustus  Choate. 

History  of  Mount  Mica  of  Maine  and  its  deposits  of  tourma- 
lines.    1895 r553.8  H22 

Tourmaline;  its  relation  as  a  gem,  its  complex  nature,  its 
wonderful  physical  properties,  etc.,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  the  crystals  found  in  Maine.    1873 r553.8  H22t 

KUNZ,  George  Frederick. 

Gems  and  precious  stones  of  North  America.     1892 qr553.8  K43 

LEWIS,  Henry  Carvill. 

Papers  and  notes  on  the  genesis  and  matrix  of  the  diamond. 

1897   553.8  L67 

McLACHLAN,  Duncan  C. 

Diamonds;    their    occurrence    in    New   South   Wales. 

1899 r559.44  N26  v.i 

Published  by  the  Geological  survey  of  New  South  Wales. 

Bound  with  New  South  Wales — Geological  survey.     Mineral  resources. 

STREETER,  Edwin  William. 

Great  diamonds  of  the  world,  their  history  and  romance. 

1882 553-8  Sgig 

Precious  stones  and  gems,  their  history,  sources  and  charac- 
teristics.     1892 553.8   S91 


Geology  of  special  countries 
554     Europe.     555     Asia 

MILLER,  Hugh. 

Cruise  of  the  Betsey;  or,  A  summer  ramble  among  the  fos- 
siliferous  deposits  of  the  Hebrides,  with  Rambles  of  a  geol- 
ogist; or.  Ten  thousand  miles  over  the  fossiliferous  de- 
posits of  Scotland.     1882 S54-I i  M69 

LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

Scenery  of  England  and  the  causes  to  which  it  is  due.    1902.  .554.2  L96 

List  of  works  referred  to,  p.507-521. 

A  study  of  the  physical  geography  and  of  the  causes,  chiefly  geological, 
of  the  present  appearance  of  the  country.  There  are  also  two  inter- 
esting chapters  on  law,  custom  and  scenery,  and  on  local  divisions 
and  sites  of  towns. 

MAPS— England. 

Geological   map   of  England,   Wales  and  part  of  Scotland, 


702  GEOLOGY— NORTH  AMERICA 

showing  the  rivers  &  canals qr554.2  M 

Size,  SsH^S^yi  inches,  folded  in  4°  cover;  scale,  about  9  miles  to  i  inch. 
REED,  F.R.  Cowper. 

Handbook  to  the  geology  of  Cambridgeshire,  for  the  use  of 

students.      1897 554.25    R28 

Bibliography,  p.243-263. 
LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

Scenery  of  Switzerland  and  the  causes  to  which  it  is  due. 

1896 554-94  L96 

HULL,  Edward. 

Mount  Seir,  Sinai  and  western  Palestine.     1889.     (Palestine 

exploration  fund.     Publications.) r555.6  H91 

Popular  account  of  the  geological  expedition  conducted  by  Prof.  Hull 
for  the  committee  of  the  Palestine  fund.  The  part  which  deals  with 
the  valley  of  Arabah  is  entirely  new  and  interesting. 


557     North  America 

MACFARLANE,  James. 

American  geological  railway  guide.     1890 557  MiS 

Gives  the  geological  formation  at  every  railway  station,  with  notes  on 
interesting  places  on  the  routes,  and  a  description  of  each  of  the 
formations. 

MILLER,  Samuel  Almond. 

North  American  geology  and  palaeontology.     1889 qr557  M69 


Canada 

CANADA — Geological  survey. 

Annual  report   (new  series),   1885-date.     v.i-date.     1886- 

date qr557.i  Ci6re 

Reports  before  1885  were  published  under  the  title  "Reports  of  progress." 
After  the  close  of  each  calendar  year,  a   "Summary  report"   is  issued 
separately. 

Report  of  progress  from  its  commencement  to  1863.     2v. 

1863.     (In  its  Reports  of  progress,  v.i3a.) qr5S7.i  Ci6r  v.i3a 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Atlas. 

This  report  includes  the  most  important  facts  published  in  the  "Reports 
of  progress"  between  1843  and  1863. 

Reports  of  progress,  1853-84.    v.ii-27.     1857-85 qr557.i  Ci6r 

Index,   1863-1884,  V.  14-27.      1900. 

The  reports  for  1857,   1874/75  are  wanting. 

These  reports  were  continued  in  a  new  series  under  the  name  of 
"Annual  reports"  beginning  in  1885. 

The  report  issued  in  1863  (v.  13a)  under  the  title  of  "Report  of  prog- 
ress from  its  commencement  to  1863,"  includes  the  most  important 
facts  published  in  the  "Reports  of  progress"  between  1843  and  1863. 

"The  operations  of  the  Geological  Survey  at  first  extended  only  to 
the  areas  of  the  Provinces  of  Ontario  and  Quebec,  then  known  as 
Upper  and  Lower  Canada  respectively.  Subsequent  to  the  date  of 
Confederation  (1867),  the  field  became  extended  to  include  the  whole 
area  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  and  reports  relating  to  different 
parts  of  this  vast  region  began  to  appear  with  the  volume  of  1866-69, 
v.  1 5."    G.  M.  Dawson,  Director  of  Survey. 

UPHAM,  Warren. 

The  glacial  lake  Agassiz.     1895.     (United  States— Geologi- 
cal survey.     Monographs.) qr557.i  U26 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  703 

ONTARIO — Mineral  resources,  Royal  commission  on. 

Report  of  the  royal  commission  on  the  mineral  resources 

of  Ontario  and  measures  for  their  development.  1890.  .r557.i3  O25 
LOGAN,  Sir  William  Edmond,  &  Hartley,  Edward. 

Reports  on  a  part  of  the  Pictou  coal  field.  Nova  Scotia,  with 
an  appendix  on  coals  and  iron  ores  and  a  geological  map. 
1870 qr557-i6  L77 

From  the  Reports  of  the  Geological  survey  of  Canada,  1867-69. 

United  States 

Early  geological  surveys 

FEATHERSTONHAUGH,  George  William. 

Geological  report  of  an  examination  made  in  1834,  of  the  ele- 
vated country  between  the   Missouri  and  Red  rivers. 

1835 r557.6  F31 

HAGUE,  Arnold,  &  Emmons,  S.F. 

Descriptive  geology.  1877.  (In  United  States — Geologi- 
cal exploration  of  the  40th  parallel.    (King  exploration.) 

Report,  v.2.) qr557-8  U253  v.2 

HAYDEN,  Ferdinand  Vanderveer. 

Preliminary  field  report  of  the  United  States  geological  sur- 
vey of  Colorado  and  New  Mexico.     1869 r557.88  H37 

Preliminary  report  of  the  United  States  geological  survey 
of  Montana  and  portions  of  adjacent  territories;  being 

a  fifth  annual  report  of  progress.     1872 r557-86  H37 

MACOMB,  John  N. 

Report  of  the  exploring  expedition  from  Santa  Fe,  New 
Mexico,  to  the  junction  of  the  Grand  and  Green  rivers 
of  the  great  Colorado  of  the  West,  1859,  with  geological 
report  by  J.  S.  Newberry.  1876.  (United  States — En- 
gineer department   (army).) qrSS7.8  M21 

OWEN,  David  Dale. 

Report  of  a  geological  survey  of  Wisconsin,  Iowa  and  Minne- 
sota and  of  a  portion  of  Nebraska  territory,  with  atlas  of 

illustrations.    2v.     1852 qr557.7  O34 

V.I.    Text.  v.2.    Atlas. 

POWELL,  John  Wesley. 

Report  on  the  geographical  and  geological  survey  of  the 

Rocky  mountain  region.     1877 r557-8  P87 

UNITED  STATES — Geological  and  geographical  survey  of 
the  territories.     (Hayden  survey.) 
Annual  report  (ist-i2th),  for  the  year  1867-78.     1872-83.  .r557.8  U25 

"This  survey,  organized  under  the  Department  of  the  Interior,  was 
directed  by  F.  V.  Hayden  (hence  commonly  known  as  Hayden's  sur- 
vey) from  1867  to  1878.  Twelve  Annual  reports  and  a  number  of 
Bulletins  were  issued,  chiefly  concerning  Colorado,  Wyoming  and 
Montana.  The  first  careful  descriptions  of  many  remarkable  features 
in  the  Rocky  Mountain  region  were  published  in  these  volumes.  A 
detailed  account  of  the  Yellowstone  Park  is  included  in  the  nth 
report.  Many  of  the  outline  illustrations,  from  drawings  by  W.  H. 
Holmes,  are  unexcelled.  A  geological  atlas  of  Colorado  accompanies 
these  reports."  Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 

"By  act  of  March  3,   1879,  the  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of 


45 


704  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

the  Territories,  the  Geographical  and  Geological  Survey  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  Region,  and  the  Geographical  Surveys  West  of  the  One 
hundredth  Meridian  were  discontinued,  and  the  United  States  Geo- 
logical Survey  established  in  their  stead." 

Bulletin.     6v.     1875-82 r557.8  U25b 

v.i  lacks  no.i   [ist  series]  and  no. 4,  2d  series;  v.3  lacks  no.4. 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.3,  p. 328;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

"The  First  and  Second  Bulletins,  which  appeared  in  1874,  are  separately 
paged  pamphlets,  without  ostensible  connection  with  each  other  or  with 
subsequent  ones,  but  together  constituting  a  'First  Series'  of  the  pub- 
lication. Bulletins  which  appeared  in  1875,  being  those  of  a  'Second 
Series'  and  six  in  number,  are  continuously  paged.  With  N0.6  were 
issued  title,  contents,  index,  &c.,  for  all  the  numbers  of  both  'series' 
which  had  then  appeared;  the  design  being  that  these  should  together 
constitute  Volume  i,  in  order  that  the  inconvenient  distinction  of  'se- 
ries' might  be  dropped." 

Final  report  of  the  survey  of  Nebraska  and  portions  of  the  ad- 
jacent territories,  by  F.  V.  Hayden.     1872 r557.82  U25 

The  report  on  Paleontology  is  by  F.  B.  Meek;  that  on  Entomology  by 
S.    H.    Scudder. 

UNITED    STATES — Geological     exploration    of    the    40th 

parallel.     (King  exploration.) 
Report  of  the  geological  exploration  of  the  40th  parallel; 

made    by    Clarence    King.     yy.      1870-80.      (Engineers 
*  corps.     Professional  papers,  no. 18.) qr557.8  U253 

V.I.    King,  Clarence.     Systematic  geology. 

v.2.    Hague,  Arnold,  &  Emmons,  S.F.     Descriptive  geology. 

v.3.    Hague,    J.D.     Mining   industry,    with   geological    contributions   by 
Clarence  King. 

V.4.    Meek,  F.B.  Palaeontology. — Hall,  James,  &  Whitfield,  R.  P.  Paleon- 
tology.— Ridgway,  Robert.     Ornithology. 

V.5.    Watson,   Sereno.     Botany. 

V.6.    Zirkel,  Ferdinand.     Microscopical  petrography. 

V.7.    Marsh,  O.C.     Odontornithes;  a  monograph  on  the  extinct  toothed 
birds  of  North  America. 

Atlas  wanting. 


Later  geological  surveys 

UNITED  STATES— Geological  survey. 

Annual  report   (ist-date),    [for  the  year  ending  June  30, 

1880-date] .    1880-date qr557-3  U25a 

From  1894  to  1899  this  report  (i6th-22d)  includes  Mineral  resources  of 
the  United  States,  which  before  and  after  that  date  are  published 
separately. 

Pt.2  of  the  loth,  nth  and  12th  reports,  and  pt.3  of  the  13th  report  are 
the  reports  (ist-4th)  of  the  Irrigation  survey. 

Pt.4  of  the  i8th,  19th,  20th,  2ist  and  22d  reports  are  on  hydrography. 

Pt.5  of  the  19th,  20th  and  21st  reports  are  on  forest  reserves. 

For  a  list  of  the  "Accompanying  papers"  see  contents  book,  p.56;  kept 
at  the  reference  desk. 

ist-2ist  reports  are  indexed  in  Bulletin  177  of  the  Survey. 

By  a  joint  resolution  of  May  16,  1902  the  character  of  the  Reports  of 
the  Geological  survey  was  somewhat  changed:  The  Reports  were  re- 
stricted to  one  volume  and  much  of  the  material  previously  included 
in  them  under  the  title  "Accompanying  papers"  will  now  be  found  in 
the  various  series  of  publications  of  the  survey  namely:  "Bulletins," 
"Professional  papers"  and  "Water  supply  and  irrigation  papers." 

Bulletin,    no.i-date.     v.i-date.     1884-date r557.3  U25b 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p. 5;  kept  at  the  reference  desk, 
no.  1-176  are  indexed  in  no.  177. 
Geologic  atlaS   of  the  United   States.    .Folio   1-95,  in  6v. 

1894-1903  qr557-3  U25g 

v. I.  Folio  1-16.  Livingston,  Montana. — Ringgold,  Georgia;  Tennessee. — 
Placerville,  California. — Kingston,  Tennessee. — Sacramento,  Califor- 
nia.— Chattanooga,  Tennessee. — Pike's  Peak,   Colorado. — Sewanee, 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  705 

Tennessee. — Anthracite-crested   Butte,    Colorado. — Harper's   Ferry, 
\'irginia;   Maryland;  \\'est  Virginia. — Jackson,   California. — Estill- 
ville,    Kentucky;    \"irginia;   Tennessee. — Fredericksburg,   Virginia; 
Maryland.— Staunton,  \'irginia;  West  Virginia. — Lassen  Peak,  Cali- 
fornia.— Knoxville,  Tennessee;  North  Carolina. 

V.2.  Folio  17-32.  Marysville,  California. — Smartsville,  California. — Stev- 
enson, Alabama;  Georgia;  Tennessee. —  Cleveland,  Tennessee. — Pike- 
ville,  Tennessee. — McMinnville,  Tennessee. — Nomini,  Maryland; 
Virginia.- — Three  Forks,  Montana. — Loudon,  Tennessee. — Pocahon- 
tas, Virginia;  West  \'irg;nia. — Morristown,  Tennessee. — Piedmont, 
West  Virginia;  Maryland. — Nevada  City,  California,  (special.) — Yel- 
lowstone national  park,  Wyoming. — Pyramid  Peak,  California. — 
Franklin,  West  Virginia;  Virginia. 

V.3.  Folio  33-48.  Briceville,  Tennessee. — Buckhannon,  West  Virginia. — 
Gadsden,  Alabama. — Pueblo,  Colorado. — Downieville,  California. — 
Butte  special  folio,  Montana.— Truckee,  California. — Wartburg,  Ten- 
nessee.— Sonora,  California. — Nueces,  Texas. — Bidwell  Bar,  Califor- 
nia.— Tazewell,  Virginia;  West  Virginia. — Boise,  Idaho. — Richmond, 
Kentucky. — London,  Kentucky. — Tenmile  district  special  folio,  Col- 
orado. 

V.4.    Folio  49-64.    Roseburg,   Oregon. — Holyoke,   Massachusetts;    Con-  » 

necticut. — Big   trees,    California. — Absaroka,    ^^^yoraing. — Standing- 
stone,   Tennessee. — Tacoma,    Washington. — Fort   Benton.Montana. — 
Little  Belt  Mountains,  Montana. — Telluride,  Colorado. — Elmoro, 
Colorado. — Bristol,    Virginia;   Tennessee;    La   Plata,    Colorado. — 
Monterey,    Virginia;    West   Virginia. — Menominee   special   folio, 
Michigan. — Mother  Lode  district,  California. — Uvalde,  Texas. 

V.5.  Folio  65-80.  Tintic  special  folio,  Utah. — Colfax,  California. — Dan- 
ville, Illinois;  Indiana. — Walsenburg,  Colorado. — Huntington,  West 
Virginia;  Ohio. — District  of  Columbia;  Maryland;  Virginia. — Span- 
ish peaks,  Colorado. — Charleston,  West  V^irginia. — Coos  Bay,  Oregon. 
— Colgate,  Indian  territory. — Maynardville,  Tennessee. — .\ustin, 
Texas. — Raleigh,  West  Virginia. — Rome,  Georgia;  Alabama. — Atoka, 
Indian  territory. — Norfolk,  Virginia;   North  Carolina. 

V.6.  Folio  81-96.  Chicago,  Illinois;  Indiana. — Masontown-Uniontown, 
Pennsylvania. — New  York  city.  New  York;  New  Jersey. — Ditney, 
Indiana. — Oelrichs,  South  Dakota;  Nebraska. — Ellensburg,  Wash- 
ington.— Camp  Clarke,  Nebraska. — Scotts  Bluff,  Nebraska. — Port 
Orford,  Oregon. — Cranberry,  North  Carolina;  Tennessee. — Hart- 
ville,  Wyoming. — Gaines,  Pennsylvania;  New  York. — Elkland. — ^Ti- 
oga, Pennsylvania. — Brownsville. — Connellsville,  .Pennsylvania. — 
Columbia,  Tennessee. 

Folios  1-70  are  indexed  in  Bulletin  177  of  the  Survey. 

Mineral  resources  of  the  United  States,  1882-date r557-3  U25 

Reports    for    1894-1899    will   be    found   in   the   Annual    reports   of   the 

United  States  geological  survey. 
Reports  for  1882-1899  are  indexed  in  Bulletin  177  of  the  Survey. 
For  earlier   reports  see   United   States — Mining   statistics.    Commissioner 

of.     Statistics  of  mines  and  mining  in  the  states  and  territories  west 

of  the  Rocky  mountains,  r553  U2S. 

Topographic  atlas  of  the  United  States.     Folio  1-3.     1898- 

1900 qr557-3  U25t 

Folios  1-3  are  indexed  in  Bulletin  177  of  the  Survey. 
"The  topographic  sheets  represent  a  great  variety  of  topographic 
features,  and  with  the  aid  of  descriptive  text  they  can  be  used  to 
illustrate  topographic  forms.  This  has  led  to  the  projection  of  an 
educational  series  of  topographic  folios,  for  use  wherever  geography 
is  taught  in  high  schools,  academies,  and  colleges.  Of  this  series  the 
first  three  folios  have  been  issued,  viz:  1-2.  Physiographic  types, 
by  Henry  Gannett.  3.  Physical  geography  of  the  Texas  region,  by  R. 
T.  Hill." 

Topographic  sheets.     1882-date qr5S7.3  U2Sto 

These  sheets  are  indexed  in  no.  177  of  the  Bulletins  of  the  Survey. 

Index  maps  to  the  Topographic  atlas  sheets  issued  to  August  1902,  will 
be  found  in  qrS57.3  U25i. 

"When,  in  1882,  the  Geological  Survey  was  directed  by  law  to  make 
a  geologic  map  of  the  United  States,  there  was  in  existence  no  suit- 
able topographic  map  to  serve  as  a  base  for  the  geologic  map.  The 
preparation  of  such  a  topographic  map  was  therefore  immediately 
begun.  About  three-tenths  of  the  area  of  the  country,  excluding 
Alaska,  has  now  [1901]  been  thus  mapped.     The  map  is  published  in 


7o6  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

atlas  sheets,  each  sheet  representing  a  small  quadrangular  district. . . 
The    mapped    areas    are    widely   scattered,    nearly   every    State    being 
represented." 
About  1 225  of  the  atlas  sheets  have  been  issued  and  are  in  the  library. 
PATTON,  Jacob  Harris. 

Natural  resources  of  the  United  States.    1888 rS57.3  P31 

The  same;  condensed.     1891.     (Science  primers.) 557-3  P31 

The  same.     1897.     (Science  primers.)   r5S7-3  P3in 

SHALER,  Nathaniel  Southgate,  and  others. 

Geology  of  the  Narragansett  basin.     1899.     (United  States — 

Geological  survey.     Monographs.) qr557.4  S52 

"Bibliography  of  the  Cambrian  and  carboniferous  rocks  of  the  Narra- 
gansett basin,"  p. 212-214. 

State  surveys 
^  Maine 

MAINE — Geological  survey. 

Annual  report  (2d-3d)  on  the  geology  of  Maine,  by  Charles 

T.  Jackson.     1838-39 r557.4i  M26 

Report  of  an  exploration  and  survey  of  the  territory  on  the 
Aroostook  river  during  the  spring  and  autumn  of  1838, 
by  E.  Holmes.     1839 r557.4i  M26 

Bound  with  the  Annual  report  of  the  geology  of  Maine. 
STONE,  George  Hapgood. 

Glacial  gravels  of  Maine  and  their  associated  deposits.     1899. 

(United  States — Geological  survey.    Monographs.).  .qr557.4i  S87 
Bibliography,  p. 2-4. 

New  Hampshire 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE— Geological  survey,     (ist  survey.) 

Final  report  on  the  geology  and  mineralogy  of  New  Hamp- 
shire, with  contributions  towards  the  improvement  of  agri- 
culture and  metallurgy,  by  C.  T.  Jackson.     1844 qr557.42  N26 

"The  nature  of  the  work  was  mineralogical.  The  general  view  of  age 
and  structure  presented  was  that  of  the  older  authors,  all  granite 
being  regarded  as  'Primary,'  and  the  dips  of  strata  outward  in  every 
direction  from  an  igneous  center."     C.  H.  Hitchcock. 

NEW  HAMPSHIRE— Geological  survey.     (2d  survey.) 

Geology  of  New  Hampshire;  report  comprising  the  re- 
sults of  explorations  ordered  by  the  legislature,  by 
C.  H.  Hitchcock.    4v.     1874-78 qr557.42  N26g 

v. I.  Physical   geography. 

V.2.  Stratigraphical  geology. 

v.3.  Surface  geology. — Mineralogy  and  lithology. — Economic  geology. 

V.4.  Atlas. 

Vermont 

VERMONT— Geological  survey. 

Annual  report  (ist-2d)  on  the  geology  of  Vermont,  1845- 

1846.     1845-46 rSS7.43  V27 

Report  of  the  state  geologist  on  the  mineral  industries  and 

geology  of  certain  areas,  1901-1902.     1902 rS57-43  V27re 

List  of  official  reports  and  other  publications  on  Vermont  geology, 
p.  1 4 -2 1. 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  707 

Report  on  the  geology  of  Vermont;  descriptive,  theoreti- 
cal, economical  and  scenographical,  by  Edward  Hitch- 
cock and  others.    2v.     1861 qrS57.43  V27r 

This  is  the  final  report  of  the  survey  which  was  begun  in  1845.  The 
state  made  no  appropriation  for  geological  work  between  the  years 
1861  and  1896,  and  the  so-called  state  geologist  was  really  only 
curator  of  the  State  Cabinet.  Whatever  geological  work  was  done  was 
carried  on  without  state  aid. 


Massachusetts 

MASSACHUSETTS— Geological  survey. 

Final  report,  by  Edward  Hitchcock.    2v.     1841 qr557.44  M45 

V.I.     Economical  geology. — Scenographical  geology. 

V.2.     Scientific  geology. — Elementary  geology. — Catalogue  of  the  speci- 
mens of  rocks  and  minerals  in  the  state  collection. 

Report  on  the  geology,  mineralogy,  botany  and  zoology 
of  Massachusetts,  with  a  descriptive  list  of  the  speci- 
mens of  rocks  and  minerals  collected  for  the  govern- 
ment, by  Edward  Hitchcock.    1833 qr557.44  M45r 

•  Contents:       Economical     geology. — Topographical,    geology. — Scientific 
geology. — Catalogues  of  animals  and  plants. 

PUMPELLY,  Raphael,  and  others. 

Geology  of  the   Green   Mountains   in   Massachusetts.     1894. 

(United  States — Geological  survey.   Monographs.).  .qr5S7.44  P98 
Contents:    Geology  of  the  Green  Mountains  in  Massachusetts,  by  Ra- 
phael Pumpelly. — The  geology  of  Hoosac  Mountain  and  adjacent  terri- 
tory,   by    J.    E.    Wolff. — Mount    Greylock;    its    areal    and    structural 
geology,  by  T.  N.  Dale. 
EMERSON,  Benjamin  Kendall. 

Geology  of  old  Hampshire  county,  Massachusetts,  compris- 
ing Franklin,  Hampshire  and  Hampden  counties.     1898. 
(United  States — Geological  survey.  Monographs.)  .  .qr557.442  E58 
Bibliography,  p.762-782. 


Rhode  Island 

RHODE  ISLAND — Geological  and  agricultural  survey. 

Report  on  the  geological  and  agricultural  survey  of  the 
state  of  Rhode-Island,  made  under  a  resolve  of  legis- 
lature in  1839,  by  C.  T.  Jackson.     1840 r557-4S  R38 

New  York 

NEW  YORK  (state) — Geological  survey. 

Annual  report  (2d,  4th)  of  the  first  geological  district  of 

the  state  of  New  York,  1837,  1839,  by  W.  W.  Mather. 

(In    its    Reports    relative    to    the  'geological    survey, 

1837,  1839.) r557.47  N26 

A  later  and  more  complete  report  of  this  district  will  be  found  in  v.9 

of  the  Natural  history  of  New  York,  (qr57o.9747  N26). 
The  first  geological  district  of  New  York  consisted  of  the  counties  of 
Suffolk,  Queens,  Kings,  Richmond,  New  York,  Westchester,  Rock- 
land, Putnam,  Dutchess,  Orange,  Sullivan,  Delaware,  Ulster,  Greene, 
Columbia,  Rensselaer,  Albany,  Schoharie,  Schenectady,  Saratoga  and 
Washington,  containing  an  area  of   12,263  square  miles. 

Annual  report  (2d,  4th)  of  the  survey  of  the  second  geo- 
logical district,  by  E.  Emmons,  1837,  1839.     (In  its  Re- 


7o8  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

ports  relative  to  the  geological  survey,  1837,  1839.)  •  •  •r557.47  N26 
A  later  and  more  complete  report  of  this  district  will  be  found  in  v.9 

of  the  Natural  history  of  New  York,   (qr570.9747  N26). 
The  second  geological  district  of  New  York  consisted  of  the  counties  of 

Warren,     Essex,     Franklin,     Clinton,     Hamilton,    Jefferson    and     St. 

Lawrence,  making  10,817  square  miles. 

Annual  report   (2d,  4th)   of  the  geological  survey  of  the 
third  district,  by  Lardner  Vanuxem,  1837,  1839.     (In  its 
Reports  relative  to  the  geological  survey,  1837, 1839.)  .  .r557.47  N26 
Title  of  the  second  report  reads,  "Second  annual  report  of  so  much  of 
the  geological  survey  of  the  third  district  of  the  state  of  New  York 
as  relates  to  objects  of  immediate  utility." 
A  later  and  more  complete  report  of  this  district  will  be  found  in  v.9 

of  the  Natural  history  of  New  York,   (qr57o.9747  N26). 
The   third   geological   district   comprised   the   counties   of    Fulton,    Mont- 
gomery,   Herkimer,     Oneida,    Lewis,     Oswego,     Madison,     Onondaga, 
Cayuga,  Wayne,  Ontario,   Monroe,   Orleans,   Genesee  and  Livingston, 
making  11,468  square  miles. 

Annual  report  (2d,  4th)  of  the  survey  of  the  fourth  dis- 
trict, by  James  Hall,  1837,  1839.  (In  its  Reports  rela- 
tive to  the  geological  survey,  1837,  1839.) rS57.47  N26 

A  later  and  more  complete  report  of  this  district  will  be  found  in  v.9  . 

of  the  Natural  history  of  New  York,  (qrs7o.9747  N26). 
The  fourth  district  consisted  of  the  counties  of  Otsego,  Chenango, 
Broome,  Tioga,  Chemung,  Cortland,  Tompkins,  Seneca,  Yates, 
Steuben,  Allegany,  Cattaraugus,  Chautauqua,  Erie  and  Niagara,  em- 
bracing an  area  of  11,594  square  miles. 
The  third  and  fourth  districts  were  afterward  reorganized,  making  all 
the  counties  to  the  west  of  Cayuga  lake,  and  a  line  drawn  north  and 
south  from  its  two  extremities,  the  fourth  district,  which  contained 
11,060  square  miles. 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Geologist. 

Report  (7th-date)  of  the  state  geologist  to  the  regents,  for 
the  year  1887-date.     1888-date.     (In  New  York  (state) 

— Museum.    Annual  report,  1887-date.) qrS07  N26 

Reports    (ist-2oth),    1881-1900,    are    indexed   in    Bulletin    no.66   of   the 

New  York  state  museum,  qr507  N26b. 

Until  1898  the  reports  of  the  state  geologist  contained  the  reports  of  the 
paleontologic  work.     The  geologist  originated  from  the  commission  of 
1837    on    the    geological    survey    and    the    title    of    paleontologist    was 
V  added   in    1843.      For   the   early   reports,    see   Annual   reports   of   the 

geological  districts   (r5S7.47  N26),  and  v.9-12  of  the  Natural  history 
of  New  York   (qrs70.9747  N26). 

Pennsylvania 

PENNSYLVANIA — Committee  on  a  geological  and  minera- 
logical  survey  of  the  state. 
Report    read    in    the    House    of    representatives,    Feb.    3, 

1836.     1836 r5S7-48  P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
PENNSYLVANIA — Geological  survey,     (ist  survey.) 

Annual  report  (ist-6th),  on  the  geological  survey,  by  H. 
D.  Rogers,    state    geologist,    made    to    the    legislature, 

1836-41.     1836-42 r557.48  P39 

"At  the  time  of  the  organization  of  the  Survey,  it  was  estimated  that 
it  would  occupy  at  least  ten  years;  but  the  financial  embarrassments 
of  the  Commonwealth  made  it  expedient  to  withhold  further  appropri- 
ations after  the  sixth  year,  and  to  bring  the  Survey  abruptly  to  a 
close  before  it  could  be  completed  in  all  its  parts."  H.  D.  Rogers. 
A  vast  mass  of  material  was  reserved  for  the  Final  report,  which,  how- 
ever, did  not  appear  for  seventeen  years,  viz  in  1858,   (qrsS7.48  P39g). 

Geology  of  Pennsylvania;  a  government  survey  by  H.  D. 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  709 

Rogers.     2v.     1858 qr557-48  P39g 

V.I,  Book  I.     Primal  auroral  strata  of  the  Atlantic  slope. 
Book  2.     Kittatinny  valley. 
Book  3.     Stroudburg. — Orwigsburg  valley. 
Book  4.     Northeastern  district. 
Book  5.     Lower  Juniata  district. 
Book  6.      Upper  Juniata  district. 

Book  7.     Seventh  district  in  the  northwest  corner  of  the  state. 
v.2.  Book  8.     Anthracite  coal  region. 
Book  9.     Bituminous  coal  fields. 
This  is  the  Final  report  of  the  first  geological  survey.     It  could  not  be 

published  until  1858  because  of  lack  of  funds. 
"The   first  survey  of  Pennsylvania  may  be  truly  said  to  close   in   1851. 
All    [work]   between   that  and   the   appearance   of  the   Final   report  in 
1858   was   of  superficial   revision   in   the   field,   and  editorial   labor  in 
the  cabinet."     /.  P.  Lesley,  1876. 

PENNSYLVANIA — Geological  survey.     (2d  survey.) 

Annual  report,  1885-1887.    3v.  in  9.     1886-89 r5S7.48  P39g 

The  same.     1886.     v.2.     1887  557-48  P399 

Final  report;  a  summary  description  of  the  geology  of  Penn- 
sylvania, with  index.    4v.  in  6.     1892-95 rSS7.48  P399f 

v.  I.     Description    of    the    Laurentian,    Huronian,    Cambrian    and    lower 

Silurian  formations. 
v.2.     Description  of  the  upper  silurian  and  Devonian  formations. 
V.3,  pt.  I.     Description  of  the  carboniferous  formation. 
v.3,  pt.2.     Description  of  the  bituminous  coal  fields. 
V.4,  pt. I.     Atlas  to  final  report. 
V.4,  pt.2.     Index  to  final  report.  *   - 

The  same.    v.i.     1892  557-48  P399f 

"The  accuracy  of  the  statements  of  the  geologists  [of  the  First  survey] 
whose  reports  are  condensed  and  consolidated  in  the  final  report  of 
Prof.  H.  D.  Rogers,  published  in  1858,  is  a  matter  of  frequent  remark 
and  admiration.  Yet  the  First  survey  was  essentially  a  reconnoissance. 
Those  engaged  in  it  thirty  years  ago  worked  chiefly  without  instru- 
ments of  precision  and  under  the  greatest  inconvenience.  Their  views 
were  broad,  their  isolated  observations  numerous  and  exact,  but  their 
districts  never  were  accurately  surveyed  by  them,  nor  could  be.  The 
second  survey  is  intended  to  supply  this  lack;  to  take  up  their  work 
where  they  left  off;  to  reduce  their  general  statements  to  precision; 
to  measure,  where  they  could  only  estimate;  to  define,  what  they  could 
only  indicate;  to  demonstrate  what  they  could  see  to  be  true,  but 
which  they  could  not  prove  and  show  in  all  its  truth."  /.  P.  Lesley, 
state  geologist. 

Geological  hand-atlas  of  the  67  counties  of  Pennsylvania. 

1885  qr557-48  P399g 

Grand  atlas,    v.1-5,  in  6.    1884-85 qr557-48  P399gr 

V.I.    County  geological  maps. 

v.2  in  2.    Anthracite  coal  fields. 

v.3.    Petroleum  and  bituminous  coal  fields. 

v.4.    South  Mountain  and  Great  Valley  topographical  maps. 

v.s.    Central  and  south-eastern  Pennsylvania. 
A  list  of,  and  brief  guide  to,  the  publications  of  the  Pennsyl- 
vania  geological   survey,    1874-1895;   compiled  by   H.    P. 

Miller.     1896 r557.48  P399I 

Reports  of  progress,  (A-Z).    107V.    1875-90 r557.48  P399r 

For  analytical  contents  see  check  list  which  is  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

A.V.I.  History  of  the  First  geological  survey  of  Pennsylvania,  from 
1836  to  1858,  by  J.  P.  Lesley. 

A2.  v.2.  Report  on  the  causes,  kinds  and  amount  of  waste  in  mining 
anthracite  coal,  by  F.  Piatt. 

AC.  v.3-4.     Report  on  mining  methods,  with  atlas. 

AA.  v.5-27.     Report  of  progress  of  the  anthracite  survey,  with  atlases. 

B.  v.28-29.     Report  on  the  minerals. 

C.  v.30-37.     Reports  on  counties. 

D.  V.  38-44.     Reports  on  counties. 

E.  V.4S.     Trap  dykes  and  azoic  rocks  of  south  east  Pennsylvania. 

F.  v.46-49.     Report  on  Juniata  river  district. 


710  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

G.  v.so-s6.     Reports  on  counties. 

H.  V.  5  7-64.     Reports  on  counties. 

I.    V.6S-70.     Reports  on  various  oil  regions. 

J.  V.71.     Report  on  the  oil  region,  by  H.  E.  Wrigley. 

K.  v.72-75.  '  Report  on  Fayette  and  Westmoreland  counties  and  on 
Monongahela  river  coal  mines. 

L.  V.76.     Report  on  the  Youghiogheny  coke  manufacture,  by  F.  Piatt. 

M.  v.77-79.     Report  of  chemical  analyses,   1874-80. 

N.  V.80.  Report  on  the  levels  above  tide  of  railroads,  canals,  etc.,  by 
C.  Allen. 

O.  V.81-83.     Catalogue  of  specimens  collected  by  the  survey. 

P.  V.84-91.  Report  on  the  coal  flora  and  Dictionary  of  fossils  found 
in  Pennsylvania. 

Q.  v.92-95.     Reports  on  counties. 

R.  v.96-99.     Reports  on  counties. 

T.  v.  100-104.     Reports  on  counties. 

V.  v.ios-106.     Reports  on  counties. 

X.  v.  107.  Geological  hand  atlas  of  the  sixty-seven  counties  of  Pennsyl- 
vania. 

Z.  v.  108.     Report  on  the  terminal  moraine  across  Pennsylvania. 

D4,  S  and  Y  were  never  published. 

The  same,  (AC,  I3,  I5).    v.3-4,  67-68,  70.     1883-90 55748  P399r 

LESLEY,  John  Peter. 

Geology  of  the  Pittsburgh  coal  region.     1886 r5S7.488  L64 


New  Jersey 

NEW  JERSEY — Geological  survey,     (ist  survey.) 

Description  of  the  geology  of  New  Jersey;  a  final  report, 

by  H.  D.  Rogers.     1840 r557.49  N26 

NEW  JERSEY — Geological  survey.     (2d  survey.) 

Annual  report  (2(1),  for  the  year  1855.     1856 r55749  N26a 

NEW  JERSEY — Geological  survey.     (3d  survey.) 

Annual  report   (igth-date),  of  the   state  geologist,   1882- 

date.     1882-date r557.49  N26an 

pt.2  of  the  report  for   1899,  which  is  a  report  on  forests,  is  catalogued 

separately,  '634.9    N26;      Appendix    to    the    report    for    1902    is 

also  catalogued  separately,  r562  W48. 

Final   report   of  the   state   geologist.     5v.   in   7.     1888- 

1902 qr557.49  N26f 

V.I.  Geodetic  survey,  by  E.  A.  Bowser. — Physical  description,  by  C.  C. 
Vermeule. —  Population. — Bench-marks. —  Magnetic  survey. — Clim- 
atology, by  J.  C.  Smock. 

v.  2  in  2.  Catalogue  of  minerals  found  in  New  Jersey,  by  F.  A.  Can- 
field. — Catalogue  of  plants,  by  N.  L.  Britton. — Catalogue  of  insects, 
by  J.  B.  Smith. — Catalogue  of  vertebrates,  by  Julius  Nelson. 

V.3.     Report  on  the  water  supply,  by  C.  C.  Vermeule. 

V.4.  Physical  geography  of  New  Jersey,  by  R.  D.  Salisbury. — Appen- 
dix, by  C.  C.  Vermeule. 

V.4,  pt.2.    Relief  map  of  New  Jersey,  by  J.  C.  Smock  and  C.  C.  Vermeule. 

v.s.     The  glacial  geology  of  New  Jersey,  by  R.  D.  Salisbury  and  others. 

Geology  of  New  Jersey,  by  G.  H.  Cook.     1868 qi"557.49  N26g 

Contents:  Introduction. — Detailed  geology:  Azoic  formation. — Paleo- 
zoic formation. — Triassic  formation. — Cretaceous  formation. — Tertiary 
and  recent  formations. — Historic  geology. — Economic  geology:  Fertil- 
izers.— Building  materials. — Ores. — Manufacturers'  materials  and  use- 
ful products. 
This  is  the  Final  report. 

NEW  JERSEY — Geological  survey.     (2d  survey.) 

Geology  of  the  county  of  Cape  May,  by  G.  H.  Cook. 

1857   rS57.499  N26 

Contents:     Physical  and  geological  description. — Economical   geology. — 

Catalogues  of  zoological  and  botanical  productions  of  the  county  of  • 

Cape  May. — Sketch  of  the  early  history  of  the  county  of  Cape  May. 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  711 


Maryland 

MARYLAND — Geological  survey. 

[Report.]     v.i-date.     1897-date qr557-52  M43 

V.I.  Introduction,  by  W.  B.  Clark. — Historical  sketch,  embracing  an 
account  of  the  progress  of  investigation  concerning  the  physical  fea- 
tures and  natural  resources  of  Maryland,  by  W.  B.  Clark. — Outline  of 
present  knowledge  of  the  physical  features  of  Maryland,  by  W.  B. 
Crane. — Bibliography  and  cartography  of  Maryland,  by  E.  B.  Mathews. 
— First  report  upon  magnetic  work  in  Maryland,  by  L.  A.  Bauer.- 

V.2.  Administrative  report,  by  W.  B.  Clark. — The  building  and  decora- 
tive stones  of  Maryland,  by  G.  P.  Merrill  and  E.  B.  Mathews. — Report 
on  the  cartography  of  Maryland,  by  Henry  Gannett  and  E.  B.  Mathews. 

V.3.  Introduction,  including  an  account  of  the  organization  of  high- 
way investigations  by  the  Maryland  geological  survey,  by  W.  B.  Clark. 
— The  relations  of  Maryland  topography,  climate  and  geology  to  high- 
way construction,  by  W.  B.  Clark. — Highway  legislation  in  Maryland, 
and  its  influence  on  the  economic  development  of  the  state,  by  St.  G. 
L.  Sioussat. — The  present  condition  of  Maryland  highways,  by  A.  N. 
Johnson. — Construction  and  repair  of  roads,  by  A.  N.  Johnson. — 
Qualities  of  good  road-metals  and  the  methods  of  testing  them,  by 
H.  F.  Reid. — The  administration  of  roads,  including  the  method  and 
expense  of  road  improvements,  by  H.  F.  Reid. — ^The  advantages  of 
good  roads,  by  H.  F.  Reid. 

V.4.  Paleozoic  Appalachia,  or  the  history  of  Maryland  during  paleozoic 
time,  by  Bailey  Willis. — Second  report  on  the  highways  of  Maryland, 
by  H.  F.  Reid  and  A.  N.  Johnson. — Report  on  the  clays  of  Maryland, 
by  Heinrich  Ries. 

[Report  on  county  resources.]     [v.1-3.]     1900-1902. . .  .qr557.S2  M43r 
[v.i.]     Allegany  county,  with  atlas. 
[v.2.]     Cecil  county,  with  atlas. 
[v.3.]     Garrett  county,  with  atlas. 

Each  volume  contains  a  bibliography  of  references  to  the  geology  of  the 
county  described. 

[Reports  on  the  systematic  geology  and  paleontology  of 

Maryland.]     v.i.     1901 qr557.S2  M43re 

v.i.     Eocene. 


Virginia.     West  Virginia 

WEST  VIRGINIA— Geological  survey. 

Bulletin,     no.i-date.     1901-date r557.54  W56b 

no. I.     A  bibliography  of  works  upon  the  geology  and  natural  resources 
of  West  Virginia,  1764-1901,  and  also  A  cartography  of  West  Virginia, 
1737-1901,  comp.  by  S.  B.  Brown. 
Report,  1897-date.     v.i-date.     1899-date r557.54  W56 

V.I.  Report  of  Geological  commission. — Levels  above  tide,  by  I.  C. 
White. — Variation  of  the  magnetic  compass,  by  R.  U.  Goode. — Pe- 
troleum and  natural  gas,  by  I.  C.  White. 

v.2.  Levels  above  tide,  true  meridians,  etc.,  by  I.  C.  White. — Appala- 
chian coal  field,  by  I.  C.  White. 

BOYD,  Charles  R. 

Resources  of  south-west  Virginia,  showing  the  deposits  of 

iron,  coal,  zinc,  copper  and  lead.    1881 557-55  B66 

The  same.     1881 r557.55  B66 

CAMPBELL,  John  Lyle,  1818-86. 

Geology  and  mineral  resources  of  the  James  river  valley, 

Virginia.     1882 r5S7.55  C15 

McCREATH,  Andrew  S.  &  D'Invilliers,  E.  V. 

Geological  and  chemical  report  on  a  portion  of  the  Vir- 
ginia and  Tennessee  coal  and  iron  company's  property; 
embracing  about  15,000  acres  along  the  Clinch  valley 


712  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

division  of  the  Norfolk  &  Western  R.  R.,  Wise  county, 

Va.      1892 r557.55    Mi4g 

ROGERS,  William  Barton. 

Reprint  of  annual  reports  and  other  papers  on  the  geology 

of  the  Virginias,  [ed.  by  Emma  Rogers].    1884 r557.55  R61 

Contents:  Annual  reports  of  progress  of  the  geological  survey  for  1835- 
4 J. — Physical  structure  of  the  Appalachian  chain. — Artesian  borings  at 
Fortress  Monroe. — Age  of  the  coal  rocks  of  eastern  Virginia. — Observa- 
tions on  the  natural  coke  of  the  oolite  coal  region  in  the  vicinity  of 
Richmond. — Gravel  and  cobble-stone  deposits  of  Virginia  and  the  Middle 
states. — Notes  from  Macfarlane's  Geological  railway  guide,  1879. — 
Analysis  of  waters  of  the  principal  mineral  springs  of  Virginia. — Re- 
port on  the  Pridevale  coal  and  iron  ore.  West  Virginia. — Subterranean 
temperature  in  the  coal  mines  of  eastern  Virginia. — Contributions  to 
the  geology  of  the  tertiary  formations  of  Virginia. — Some  observa- 
tions on  the  tertiary  marl  of  lower  Virginia. — Connection  of  thermal 
springs  in  Virginia  with  anticlinal  axes  and  faults. 

The  VIRGINIAS;  a  mining,  industrial  and  scientific  journal, 
devoted  to  the  development  of  Virginia  and  West  Vir- 
ginia; monthly.    V.1-4.     1880-83 qrS57-5S  V34 


North  Carolina.     South  Carolina 

NORTH  CAROLINA— Geological  survey. 

Bulletin,    no.i,  6,  8-11,  13-date.    1893-date rS57.s6  N45b 

no.i.     Iron  ores  of  North  Carolina,  by  H.  B.  C.  Nitze. 

no.6.     Timber  trees  and  forests  of  North  Carolina,  by  Gifford  Pinchot 

and  W.  W.  Ashe. 
no.8.     Papers  on  the  waterpower  of  North  Carolina,  by  G.  F.  Swain  and 

others, 
no.  9.     Monazite  and  monazite  deposits  in  North   Carolina,  by  H.  B.  C. 

Nitze. 
no.io.     Gold    mining    in    North     Carolina    and    adjacent    Appalachian 

regions,  by  H.  B.  C.  Nitze  and  H.  A.  J.  Wilkens. 
no. II.     Corundum    and   the    basic    magnesian    rocks    of    western    North 

Carolina,   by  J.  V.  Lewis, 
no.  1 3.     Clay  deposits  and  clay  industry  in  North  Carolina,  by  Heinrich 
Ries. 
Report  of  the  geological  survey,  1875,  by  W.  C.  Kerr,  state 

geologist,    v.i.     1875 qrSS7-56  N4S 

SOUTH  CAROLINA — Agricultural  and  geological  survey. 
Report   on   the   geology   of   South    Carolina,   by   Michael 

Tuomey.     1848 qr557-57  S72 


Georgia 

GEORGIA — Geological  survey. 

Administrative  report  of  the  state  geologist,  for  the  year 

ending  Oct.  1894-1900.     1894-1900 r557.58  G3ia 

The  report  for  1894/95  was  not  issued  but  the  report  printed  in  1896 
covers  the  period  from  Oct.  24,   1894  to  Oct.   15,   1896. 

Bulletin,     no. 1-2;   no.3-A;  no.4-A;  no.5-A;   no.6-A;  no.7; 

no.8;  no.9-A;  no.io-A.     1894-1902 qr557.s8  G31 

no.i.     McCallie,  S.  W.     Preliminary  report  on  the  marbles  of  Georgia. 

no.2.  King,  F.  P.  Preliminary  report  on  the  corundum  deposits  of 
Georgia. 

no.3-A.  Hall,  B.  M.  comp.  Preliminary  report  on  a  part  of  the  water- 
powers  of  Georgia. 

no.4-A.  Yeates,  W.  S.  and  others.  Preliminary  report  on  a  part  of 
the  gold  deposits  of  Georgia. 

no.5-A.  McCallie,  S.  W.  Preliminary  report  on  a  part  of  the  phos- 
phates and  marls  of  Georgia. 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  713 

no.6-A.     Ladd,    G.  E.      Preliminary    report   on    a   part    of   the   clays    of 

Georgia. 
no.7.     McCallie,  S.  W.     Preliminary  report  on  the  artesian-well  system  of 

Georgia. 
no.8.     McCallie,   S.  \V.     Preliminary  report   on   roads  and   road-building 

materials  of  Georgia, 
no.g— A.     Watson,   T.  L.      Preliminary  report   on  a   part  of  the   granites 

and  gneisses  of  Georgia. 
no.io-A.     McCallie,    S.  \V.      Preliminary   report   on   a   part  of  the    iron 

ores  of  Georgia;  Polk,  Bartow  and  Floyd  counties. 

Paleozoic  group ;  the  geology  of  ten  counties  of  northwestern 

Georgia,  by  J.  W.  Spencer.    1893 r557.58  G31P 

Bibliography  of  Georgia  geology,  p. 365-367. 


Alabama 

ALABAMA — Geological  survey. 

Bulletin,    v.5,  no.i.     1887 qr557.6i  A3ibu 

no. I.  Herrick,  C.  L.  List  of  the  fresh-water  and  marine  Crustacea  of 
Alabama. 

It  was  originally  intended  to  publish  the  final  reports  of  the  survey  under 
several  different  heads  of  which  v.5  was  Botany  and  zoology.  It  was 
found  impossible  to  carry  out  this  plan,  but  Herrick's  List  of  Crustacea 
was  printed  while  the  officials  of  the  survey  still  had  this  intention. 

Bulletin,     no.2,  4-7.     1892-1903 r557.6i  A3ib 

no.2.         Smith,  E.A.     Phosphates  and  marls  of  Alabama. 

no.4-6.  Hayes,  C.W.  Report  on  the  geology  of  north-eastern  Alabama 
and  adjacent  portions  of  Georgia  and  Tennessee. — Brewer,  W. 
M.  and  others.  Preliminary  report  on  the  upper  gold  belt  of 
Alabama;  with  supplementary  notes  on  the  most  important  va- 
rieties of  the  crystalline  or  metamorphic  rocks  of  Alabama. — 
Ries,  Heinrich.     Preliminary  report  on  the  clays  of  Alabama. 

no.7.  Hall,B.  M.  Preliminary  report  on  a  part  of  the  water  powers 
of  Alabama. 

Report  on  the  Cahaba  coal  field,  by  Joseph  Squire,  with  an 
appendix  on  the  geology  of  the  valley  regions  adjacent  to 
the  Cahaba  field,  by  E.  A.  Smith,  with  map.    1890.  .r557.6i  A3irep 

Report  on  the  geological  structure  of  Murphree's  valley,  and 
its  minerals  and  other  materials  of  economic  value,  by  A. 
M.  Gibson.     1893 r557.6i  A3ire 

Report  on  the  geology  of  the  coastal  plain  of  Alabama,  by  E. 
A.  Smith  and  others ;  with  contributions  to  its  paleontology, 
by  T.  H.  Aldrich  and  K.  M.  Cunningham.     1894 r557.6i  A3ir 

Report  on  the  valley  regions  of  Alabama  (paleozoic  strata),  by 

Henry  McCalley.    2pts.     1896-97 r557.6i  A31 

pt.i.     On  the  Tennessee  valley  region. 
pt.2.     On  the  Coosa  valley  region. 

-    Reports  of  progress  for  the  years  1874-1876.     3v.     1875- 

^(i r557.6i  A3irg 

Mississippi 

MISSISSIPPI — Agricultural  and  geological  survey. 

Preliminary  report  on  the  geology  and  agriculture  of  the 
state  of  Mississippi,  by  L.  Harper,  state  geologist. 
1857 r5S7.62  M74P 

Being  the  second  report  of  the  survey. 

Report  on  the  agriculture  and  geology  of  Mississippi, 
embracing  a  sketch  of  the  social  and  natural  history. 


714  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

by  B.  L.  C.  Wailes,  geologist  of  Mississippi.     1854. .  .T557.62  M74 
Contents:    Historical  outline.  —  Land  titles.  —  Agriculture.  —  Geology.  — 

Fauna. — Flora. 
First  report  of  the  Agricultural  and  geological  survey  of  Mississippi. 

Report   on   the   geology   and  agriculture   of  the   state   of 

Mississippi,  by  E.  W.  Hilgard,  state  geologist,  i860.  .rsS7.62  M74r 
Being  the  fourth  report  of  the  survey. 


Louisiana 

LOUISIANA — State  university  and  agricultural  and  mechan- 
ical college.     Experiment  stations  office. 
Geology  and  agriculture,     pt.3-6.     1896-1902 r557.63  L92 

pt.3-4.  A  preliminary  report  upon  the  Florida  parishes  of  East«Louis- 
iana  and  the  bluff,  prairie  and  hill  lands  of  southwest  Louisiana,  by 
W.  W.  Clendenin. — A  preliminary  report  upon  the  bluff  and  Missis- 
sippi alluvial  lands  of  Louisiana,  by  W.  W.  Clendenin. 

pt-S.  A  preliminary  report  on  the  geology  of  Louisiana;  Historical  re- 
view; General  geology,  by  G.  D.  Harris  and  A.  C.  Veatch. — The  Natch- 
itoches area,  by  G.  D.  Harris. — The  Shreveport  area,  by  A.  C.  Veatch. 
— The  Five  Islands,  by  A.  C.  Veatch. — A  report  on  Louisiana  clay 
samples,  by  H.  Ries. — A  report  on  a  collection  of  fossil  plants  from 
northwestern  Louisiana,  by  Arthur  Hollick. — The  cretaceous  and 
lower  eocene  faunas  of  Louisiana,  by  G.  D.  Harris. — Establishment 
of  meridian  lines  by  G.  D.  Harris. — A  few  notes  on  road  making,  by 
G.  D.  Harris. — Some  wood-destroying  fungi,  by  G.  F.  Atkinson. 

pt.6.  The  tertiary  geology  of  the  Mississippi  embayment,  by  G.  D. 
Harris. — The  salines  of  north  Louisiana,  by  A.  C.  Veatch. — The  geog- 
raphy and  geology  of  the  Sabine  river,  by  A.  C.  Veatch. — Notes  on 
the  geology  along  the  Ouachita,  by  A.  C.  Veatch. — Improvements  in 
Louisiana  cartography,  by  G.  D.  Harris. — The  subterranean  waters 
of  Louisiana,  by  G.  D.  Harris  and  J.  Pacheco. — The  tides  in  the  Rigo- 
lets,  by  R.  A.  Harris. — Oil  in  Louisiana,  by  G.  D.  Harris. 


Texas 

CUMMINS,  William  Fletcher. 

Notes  on  the  geology  of  northwest  Texas.     1893 qr5S7-64  C91 

From  the  4th  annual  report  of  the  Geological  survey  of  Texas,   1892. 

KENNEDY,  W. 

Report  on  Grimes,  Brazos  and  Robertson  counties,  Texas. 

1893 qr557-64  C91 

From  the  4th  annual  report  of  the  Geological  survey  of  Texas,  1892. 
Bound  with  Cummins'  Notes  on  the  geology  of  northwest  Texas. 

SHUMARD,  George  Gettz. 

Partial  report  on  the  geology  of  western  Texas,  consist- 
ing of  a  general  geological  report  and  a  journal  of 
geological  observations  along  the  routes  traveled  by 
the  expedition  between  Indianola,  Texas,  and  the  valley 
of  the  Mimbres,  New  Mexico,  1855  and  1856;  with  an 
appendix  giving  a  detailed  report  on  the  geology  of 

Grayson  county.     1886 rS57.64  856 

Being  the  notes  for  the  official  report  of  the  Texas  geological  survey 
for  1855  and  1856,  which  was  never  published. 

TEXAS — Geological  and  mineralogical  survey.     (3d  survey.) 

Annual  report  (ist-3d),  1889-91.     1890-92 qr5S7.64  T32 

For  list  of  accompanying  papers  see  contents  book,  p.291;  kept  at  the 
reference  desk. 

Bulletin,    no. 1-4,  in  i.    1889-90 rSS7.64  T32b 

Report  of  progress  (2d),  1891.    1892 r557.64  T32S 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  715 


Arkansas 

ARKANSAS — Geological  survey.     (Owen  survey.) 

First  report  of  a  geological  reconnoissance  of  the  northern 
counties  of  Arkansas  made  during  1857  and  1858,  by 

D.  D.  Owen.     1858 qrS57.67  A72  v.i 

Second  report  of  a  geological  reconnoissance  of  the  middle 
and  southern  counties  of  Arkansas,  made  during  1859 

and  i860,  by  D.  D.  Owen,     i860 qr557.67  A72  v.2 

ARKANSAS — Geological  survey.     (Branner  survey.) 

Annual  report,  1887-1892.     1887-1900 rS57.67  A72a 

1887.  Administrative  report. 

1888,  V.I.  Administrative  report.— jComstock,  T.B.  Report  upon  pre- 
liminary examination  of  the  geology  of  western  central  Arkansas. 

1888,  v.2.  Hill,  R.  T.  Neozoic  geology  of  southwestern  Arkansas. — 
Hay,  O.  P.  The  northern  limits  of  the  mesozoic  rocks  in  Arkansas. — 
Branner,  J.  C.     On  the  manufacture  of  Portland  cement. 

1888,  V.3.     Winslow,  Arthur.     The  geology  of  the  coal  regions. 

1888,  V.4.  Simonds,  F.  W.  The  geology  of  Washington  county. — 
Branner,  J.  C.  &  Coville,  F.  V.     A  list  of  the  plants  of  Arkansas. 

1889,  v.2.     Call,  R.  E.     The  geology  of  Crowley's  ridge. 

1890,  V.I.     Penrose,  R.  A.  F.     Manganese. 

1890,  V.2.  Williams,  J.  F.  The   igneous  rocks  of  Arkansas. 

1890,  V.3.  Griswold,  L.  S.     Whetstones  and  the  novaculites  of  Arkansas. 

1890,  v.4.  Hopkins,  T.  C.     Marbles  and  other  limestones,  with  atlas. 

1891,  v.  I.  The  mineral  waters  of  Arkansas. 

1891,  v.2.  MiscELi,.\NEous  REPORTS:  Simonds,  F.  W.  &  Hopkins,  T.  C. 
The  geology  of  Benton  county. — Branner,  J.  C.  Elevations  in  the 
state  of  Arkansas. — Branner,  J.  C.  Observations  on  erosion  above 
Little  Rock. — Branner,  J.  C.  Magnetic  observations. — Sampson,  F.  A. 
The  mollusca  of  Arkansas. — Bollman,  C.  H.  The  myriapoda  of 
Arkansas. — Meek,  S.  E.  The  fishes  of  Arkansas. — Siebenthal,  C.  E. 
The  geology  of  Dallas  county. — Branner,  J.  C.  Bibliography  of  the 
geology  of  Arkansas. 

1892,  V.I.     Penrose,  R.  A.  F.     The  iron  deposits  of  Arkansas. 

1892,  v.2.     Harris,  G.  D.     The  tertiary  geology  of  southern  Arkansas. 
1892,  v.5.     Branner,  J.  C.     The  zinc  and  lead  region  of  north  Arkansas, 
with  atlas. 

Tennessee 

TENNESSEE— Geological  survey. 

Geology  of  Tennessee,  by  J.  M.  Safford.    1869 r557.68  T29g 

TENNESSEE— State  geologist. 

Geological  report  (5th)  to  the  General  assembly  of  Ten- 
nessee, Nov.  1839,  by  Gerard  Troost.    1840 r557.68  T29 

Kentucky 

KENTUCKY— Geological  survey,     (ist  survey.) 

Report  (ist,  2d,  4th)  of  the  geological  survey  in  Kentucky 
made     during     1854-1857,     and     1858-1859,     by     D.  D. 

Owen.      1856-61 qr557-69    K19 

KENTUCKY— Geological  survey.     (2d  survey.) 

Chemical  analyses,  A.    v.i;  3.     1884-88 qr557.69  K193 

V.I.      ist-3d  chemical  report. — Chemical  analyses  of  the  hemp  and  buck- 
wheat plants. 
V.3.    7th  chemical  report. 

Part  of  a  new  edition  of  the  Reports  of  progress,  in  which  the  articles 
are  rearranged  so  as  to  bring  into  one  series  all  reports  relating  to  a 
given  subject  or  locality. 


7i6  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

Report  on  the  geological  and  economic  features  of  the  Jack- 
son's purchase  region,  by  R.  H.  Loughridge.  1888.  .qr557.69  Ki93r 
Report   on   the   occurrence,  of   petroleum,    natural    gas    and 
asphalt  rock  in  western  Kentucky;  based  on  examinations 
made  in  1888  and  1889,  by  Edward  Orton.    1891 .  .qr557.69  Ki93rep 
Reports  of  progress;  N.  S.  Shaler,  director,    v.i,  3,  5.    1876- 

80 qr557-69  Ki93re 

Issued  biennially;  called  "new  series,"  as  continuation  of  Owen's  survey. 
V.I.  Report  on  the  timber  growth  of  Greenup,  Carter,  Boyd  and  Law- 
rence counties  in  eastern  Kentucky,  by  N.  S.  Shaler  and  A.  R. 
Crandall.— Report  of  the  botany  of  Barren  and  Edmonson  counties, 
by  John  Hussey. — Report  on  the  iron  ores  of  Greenup,  Boyd  and 
Carter  counties,  the  Kentucky  division  of  the  Hanging  Rock  iron 
region,  by  P.  N.  Moore. — Chemical  report  of  the  soils,  clays,  ores, 
mineral  waters,  &c.  of  Kentucky,  by  Robert  Peter  and  J.  H. 
Talbutt. — The  iron  manufacture  of  the  Kentucky  division  of  the 
Rock  iron  region,  by  P.  N.  Moore.— Report  on  the  geology  of  the 
region  adjacent  to  the  Louisville,  Paducah  and  Southwestern  rail- 
road, with  a  section,  by  C.  J.  Norwood. — Report  of  a  reconnois- 
sance  in  the  lead  region  of  Livingston,  Crittenden  and  Caldwell 
counties,  including  a  sketch  of  their  general  wealth,  by  C.  J.  Nor- 
wood. 
V.3.  General  report  of  the  geological  survey  of  Kentucky,  by  N.  S. 
Shaler. — History  of  the  operations  of  the  survey  in  1874  and  1875, 
by  N.  S.  Shaler. — Notes  on  the  investigations  of  the  Kentucky  geo- 
logical survey  during  the  years  1873,  1874  and  1875,  by  N.  S.  Shaler. 
— Annual  report  of  X.  S.  Shaler  for  the  year  1876. — The  transporta- 
tion routes  of  Kentucky  and  their  relation  to  the  economic  resources 
of  the  commonwealth,  by  X.  S.  Shaler. — Description  of  the  pre- 
liminary topographical  and  geological  maps  of  Kentucky,  edition  of 
1876,  by  N.  S.  Shaler. — Annual  report  of  X.  S.  Shaler,  state  geolo- 
gist, for  the  year  1877. — Report  on  the  unfinished  work  of  the 
survey  under  the  direction  of  D.  D.  Owen,  by  X.  S.  Shaler. 
v.s.  Description  of  the  topog^raphy  of  the  area  within  the  reconnois- 
sance  triangulation  of  the  United  States  coast  and  geodetic  survey 
in  Kentucky,  1875-1876,  by  \V.  B.  Page. — Topographical  report  of  a 
part  of  Greenup  and  Lawrence  counties,  1874,  by  C.  Schenk. — On 
the  use  of  the  telemeter  in  topographical  surveys,  by  C.  Schenk. — 
Report  on  the  timbers  of  the  tradewater  region,  by  L.  H.  De- 
Friese. — A  general  account  of  the  geology  of  a  part  of  Ohio  county, 
by  C.  J.  Norwood. — Report  on  the  timbers  of  the  district  west  of 
'  the  Tennessee  river,  commonly  known  as  the  "Purchase  district," 

by  L.  H.  DeFriese. — Third  chemical  report  on  the  soils,  clays, 
ores,  mineral  waters,  &c.  of  Kentucky,  by  Robert  Peter. — Report 
on  the  limonite  ores  of  Trigg,  Lyon  and  Caldwell  counties,  known 
as  the  "Cumberland  river  ores,"  by  W.  B.  Caldwell. — Iron,  the 
impurities  which  commonly  occur  with  it,  and  their  effects,  by 
W.  B.  Caldwell. — Report  on  a  belt  of  Kentucky  timbers  extending 
east  and  west  from  Columbus  to  Pound  Gap,  by  L.  H.  DeFriese. 
— Report  on  the  timbers  of  Boyle  and  Mercer  counties,  by  W.  M. 
Linney. — Report  on  the  Chinn's  Branch  cannel  coal  district,  by 
A.  R.  Crandall. — Fourth  chemical  report  of  the  soils,  clays,  ores, 
mineral  waters,  &c.    of  Kentucky,  by  Robert  Peter. 

Ohio 

OHIO — Geological  survey,     (ist  survey.) 

Annual  report  (2d)  of  W.  W.  Mather,  principal  geologist, 

1838.     [1839.] T557.71   OiSa 

OHIO — Geological  survey.     (2d  survey.) 

Geological   atlas    of    Ohio ;    prepared    by   J.  S.  Newberry   and 

others.      1879 qr557.7i    O18 

Report  of  progress,  1869-1870.    v.1-2.     1871 rssjji  OiSr 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  717 

v.i.  Sketch  of  the  progress  of  the  geological  survey  in  1869,  by  J.  S. 
Newberry. — Report  on  the  Straitsville  coal  field,  by  E.  B.  An- 
drews.— Report  on  the  geology  of  Montgomery  county,  by  Edward 
Orton. 

V.2.  Sketch  of  the  structure  of  the  lower  coal  measures  in  northeastern 
Ohio,  by  J.  S.  Newberry. — Report  of  labors  in  the  2d  geological 
district  during  1870,  by  E.  B.  Andrews. — The  geology  of  Highland 
county,  by  Edward  Orton. — Agricultural  survey,  by  J.  H.  Klip- 
part. — Report  of  the  chemical  department,  by  T.  G.  Wormley. — 
Sketches  of  the  geology  of  Geauga  and  Holmes  counties,  by  M.  C. 
Read.  —  Report  on  the  geology  of  Williams,  Fulton  and  Lucas 
counties,  by  G.  K.  Gilbert. — Sketch  of  the  present  state  of  the 
iron  manufacture  in  Great  Britain,  by  W.  B.  Potter. — Sketch  of  the 
present  state  of  the  steel  industry,  by  Henry  Newton. 

Report,  with  maps.    7v.  in  11.    1873-93 V557-7'i  Oi8re 

Contents:  Geology,  v.i,  pt.i;  v.2,  pt.i;  v.3,  pt.i;  v.7,  pt.2. — Palaeontology, 
V.I,   pt.2;  v.2,  pt.2;  v.7,  pt.2. — Zoology,   v.4,   pt.i. — Economic  geology, 
v.S-6;  v.7,  pt.i. 

v.3,  pt.2,  v.4,  pt.2  were  never  published,  but  material  prepared  for  these 
volumes  appeared  in  v.7,  which  was  issued  by  the  3d  survey. 

Maps  accompany  v.  1-2. 

OHIO — Geological  survey.     (3d  survey.) 

Annual  report  (ist),  1890.     1890 ^557-7^  Oi8an 

I  St  report  was  made  by  Edward  Orton,  state  geologist.  The  material 
gathered  for  the  2d  report  of  this  survey,  together  with  certain  other 
chapters,  was  published  under  the  title  "Geology  of  Ohio,"  v.7,  in 
1893- 


Indiana.     Illinois 

INDIANA — Geology  and  natural  resources  department. 

Annual  report  (ist-date),  1869-date.     1869-date r557-72  I24 

For  partial  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  197;  kept  at  the  reference  desk, 
ist-ioth    reports    (7    volumes    te.xt,    2    volumes   maps),    1869-1878,    were 

issued  by  the   Geological   survey,    E.  T.  Cox,   state   geologist.      3d-4th 

reports  and  8th-ioth,  were  issued  as  single  volumes. 
Reports    for    1879-1880    are    included    in    the    2d    annual    report    of    the 

Department   of   statistics  and  geology,  r3i7.7   I24  v.2. 

iith-i6th     reports,     1881-1888,     were     issued     by    the     Department     of 

geology  and  natural   history,      isth   report  covers  the  years    1885   and 

1886.      i6th  report  is  for  the  year   1888.      i7th  report  is  for  the  year 

1891,   i8th  for  1893,  after  which  date  reports  have  been  issued  each 

year. 
By  act  of  Feb.  26,  1889  the  offices  of  Mine  inspector  and  Oil  inspector 

were  abolished  and  the  Department  of  geology  and  natural  resources, 

consisting  of  four  divisions.   Geology  and  natural  science.   Mines  and 

mining.  Mineral  oils.  Natural  gas,  was  created. 

ILLINOIS — Geological  survey. 

Abstract  of  a  report  on  Illinois  coals,  with  descriptions  and 
analyses  and  a  general  notice  of  the  coal  fields,  by  J.  G. 

Norwood.     1857 r557.73  l22a 

Economical  geology  of  Illinois;  reprinted  from  the  original 
reports  of  the  geological  survey,  with  additions  and 
emendations,  by  A.  H.  Worthen,  state  geologist,  v.i- 
2.    1882 r557.73  I22 

"Publication.  .  .provided  for  by  act.  .  .approved  May  26,  1881,  [which] 
required.  .  .the  republication,  in  three  volumes,  of  all  that  portion  ol 
the  six  volumes  of  the  original  reports  that  related  to  the  Elconomical 
Geology  of  the  State." 

[Report;  A.  H.  Worthen,  director.]  8v.  in  9.  1866-90. ..  .qr557.73  l22r 

V.     I.     Geology. 

V.     2.     PalsE  ontology. 

v.3-8.     Geology  and  palaeontology. 

V.8  is  in  2  parts,  pt.2  consisting  of  plates. 

v.8  contains  a  sketch  of  A.  H.  Worthen  and  a  general  index  to  the  report. 


7i8  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

LEVERETT,  Frank. 

Illinois  glacial  lobe.  1899.  (United  States — Geological  sur- 
vey.   Monographs.) V557-73  L66 

Michigan 

CLEMENTS,  Julius  Morgan,  &  Smyth,  H.L. 

Crystal  Falls  iron-bearing  district  of  Michigan;  with  a  chap- 
ter on  the  Sturgeon  river  tongue,  by  W.  S.  Bayley.     1899. 
(United  States — Geological  survey.    Monographs.)  .  .qTS57-74  C56 
FOSTER,  John  Wells,  &  Whitney,  J.D. 

Report  on  the  geology  and  topography  of  a  portion  of  the 
Lake  Superior  land  district  in  the  state  of  Michigan, 
pt.i.      1850.      (United    States.      31st    cong.      ist    sess. 

House.     Ex.  doc.  no.69.) ^^557-74  F81 

pt. I.     Copper  lands. 
MICHIGAN — Geological  survey  board. 

Geological  survey  of  Michigan,  1869-date.    v.i-date.    1873- 

date qr557.74  M66 

V.I.     upper  peninsula,   1869-1873;  Iron-bearing  rocks  (economic),  by  T. 

B.  Brooks. — Copper-bearing   rocks,   by   Raphael    Pumpelly. — Palaeozoic 
rocks,  by  C.  Rominger. 

v.ia.     Atlas  to  accompany  Iron-bearing  rocks  (economic),  by  T.  B.  Brooks, 
v.a.     Upper  peninsula,   1869-1873;   Appendices  to  v. i,  pt. i.   Iron-bearing 

rocks   (economic),  by  T.  B.  Brooks. 
V.3.     Lower  peninsula,  1873-1876;  pt.i.    Geology,    pt.2.    Palseontology,  by 

C.  Rominger. 

V.4.  Upper  peninsula,  1878-1880;  Marquette  iron  region,  by  C.  Romin- 
ger.—Menominee  iron  region,  by  C.  Rominger. 

V.5.  Upper  peninsula,  1881-1884;  iron  and  copper  regions,  by  C.  Rom- 
inger.—  Lower  peninsula,  1885-1893;  deep  borings,  by  C.E.Wright 
and  others. 

V.6.  Upper  peninsula,  1893-1897;  Isle  Royale,  by  A.  C.  Lane. — Kewee- 
naw Point,  with  particular  reference  to  the  felsites  and  their  associated 
rocks,  by  L.  C.  Hubbard. — The  crystallization  of  the  calcite  from  the 
copper  mines  of  Lake  Superior,  by  Charles  Palache. 

V.7.  Lower  peninsula,  1896- 1900;  Monroe  county,  by  W.  H.  Sherzer. — 
Huron  county,  by  A.  C.  Lane. — Sanilac  county,  by  C.  H.  Gordon. 

V.8.     Clays    and    shales    of    Michigan;    their    properties    and    uses,    by 
Hejnrich     Ries. — Coal     of     Michigan;     its    mode    of     occurrence    and 
quality,    by   A.  C.  Lane. — Marl    (bog   lime)    and    its   application   to   the 
manufacture  of  Portland  cement,  by  D.  J.  Hale  and  others. 
Report  of  the  state  board  of  geological  survey  of  Michigan 

for  the  year  1899-1902;  being  the  annual  report  (ist-4th) 

of  the  state  geologist,  1899-1902.     1900-03 qr55774  M66r 

MICHIGAN— Geologist. 

Annual  report  (2d,  4th),  [for  the  year  ending  Feb.  i,  1839, 

1841].     i839-[4i] rS57.74  M668 

2d  and  4th  reports  were  presented  by  Douglas  Houghton,  state  geologist. 

2D  Report:  Geology,  by  Douglas  Houghton. — Zoology,  by  Abram 
Sager. — Botany,  by  John  Wright. — Topography,  by  S.  W.  Higgins. — 
Geology  of  Eaton,  Ingham  and  Jackson  counties,  by  C.  C.  Douglas. — 
Geology  of  Wayne  and  Monroe  counties,  by  Bela  Hubbard. 

4TH  Report:  Topography,  geology  and  mineralogy  of  the  country 
bordering  on  Lake  Superior,  by  Douglas  Houghton. — Latitudes  and 
magnetic  variations,  by  Frederick  Hubbard. — Geology,  by  C.  C.  Doug- 
las.— Geology,  by  Bela  Hubbard. — Topography,  by  S.  W.  Higgins. 

First  biennial  report  of  the  progress  of  the  geological 
survey  of  Michigan  embracing  observations  on  the 
geology,  zoology  and  botany  of  the  lower  peninsula, 

[by  A.  Winchell],  1859-1860.     1861 qr557.74  M668f 

pt.i.     Geology. 


46 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  719 

pt.2.     Zoolog^y. 
pt.3.     Botany. 

SHEPHERD,  Forrest. 

Geological  survey  of  the  mineral  lands  on  the  southern 
shore  of  Lake  Superior  belonging  to  the  Pittsburgh 
and  Boston  copper  harbor  mining  company;  also  a 
Report  of  the  analysis  of  the  various  ores  found  there- 
on, by  B.  Silliman.     1846 r622.33  W66 

Bound  with  Whittlesey's  Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal. 

VAN  HISE,  Charles  Richard,  &  Bayley,  W.S. 

The  Marquette  iron-bearing  district  of  Michigan,  with  atlas, 
including  a  chapter  on  the  Republic  trough,  by  H.  L. 
Smyth.  2v.  1896-97.  (United  States — Geological  survey. 
Monographs.)  qr55774  V19 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Atlas. 

"Geological  explorations  and  literature,"  by  W.  S.  Bayley,  v.  i,  p. 5-148. 

Wisconsin 

FEATHERSTONHAUGH,  George  William. 

Report  of  a  geological  reconnoissance,  1835,  by  Green  Bay 

and  Wisconsin  to  the  Coteau  de  Prairie.     1836.  ..r5S7.68  T29  v.S 

A  report  of  the  United  States  geologist  to  the  Topographical  bureau. 
Bound  with  Tennessee — State  geologist.      Geological   report. 

OWEN,  David  Dale. 

Letter  of  the  secretary  of  the  treasury,  communicating  a 
report  of  a  geological  reconnoissance  of  the  Chippewa 
land  district  of  Wisconsin  and  the  northern  part  of 
Iowa,   by   David   Dale   Owen.      1848.      (United   States. 

30th  cong.     1st  sess.    Senate.     Ex.  doc.  no. 57.) qr557-7S  O34 

WISCONSIN — Geological  and  natural  history  survey. 

Biennial  report   (ist-date)   of  the  commissioners,  for  the 

two  years  ending  Dec.  31,  1898-date.     1899-date.  . .  .r557.75  W8ib 

Bulletin,     v.i-date.     1898-date ^557. 75  W8ibu 

V.  1-3.  Roth,  Filibert.  On  the  forestry  conditions  of  northern  Wiscon- 
sin.— Peckham,  G.  W.  &  E.  G.  On  the  instincts  and  habits  of  the 
solitary  wasps. — Weidman,  Samuel.  A  contribution  to  the  geology  of 
the  pre-Cambrian  igneous  rocks  of  the  Fox  river  valley,  Wisconsin. 

V.4.  Buckley,  E.  R.  On  the  building  and  ornamental  stones  of  Wiscon- 
sin. 

v.S.  Salisbury,  R.  D.  &  Atwood,  W.  W.  Geography  of  the  region  about 
Devil's  lake  and  the  Dalles  of  the  Wisconsin. 

V.6.  Grant,  U.  S.  Preliminary  report  on  the  copper-bearing  rocks  of 
Douglas  county,  Wis. 

V.7,  pt. I.     Buckley,  E.  R.     Clays  and  clay  industries  of  Wisconsin. 

v.S.      Fenneman,  N.  M.     On  the  lakes  of  southeastern  Wisconsin. 

V.9.  Grant,  U.  S.  Preliminary  report  on  the  lead  and  zinc  deposits 
of  southwestern  Wisconsin. 

v.io.     Buckley,  E.  R.     Highway  construction  in  Wisconsin. 

Hydrographic  maps,    no.i-io.     1898-1901 r557.7S  WSih 

no. I.     Lake  Geneva. 

no.2.     Elkhart  lake. 

no.3.     Lake  Beulah. 

no.4.     Oconomowoc-Waukesha   lake   district. 

no-S.     Chain-o'-lakes,  Waupaca  co. 

no. 6.     Delavan  and  Lauderdale  lakes. 

no.7.     Green  lake. 

no.8.     Lake  Mendota. 

110.9.     Big  Cedar  lake. 

no.  10.     Lake  Monona. 


720  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

WISCONSIN — Geological  survey. 

Annual  report  (ist),  1853.    1854 ^557.75  W81 

Geology  of  Wisconsin,  survey  of  1873-79.    v.i,  3-4.     1880- 

83 qr557.7S  W8ig 

Being  the  final  report  of  the  Geological  survey. 

V.I.     General   geology. — Natural   history. — Industrial   resources. 

V.3.  The  Lake  Superior  region. — Keweenawan  rocks. — Eastern  Lake 
Superior  district. — Huronian  belt  west  of  Penokee  Gap. — Western 
Lake  Superior  district. — Upper  St.  Croix  district. — Menominee  iron 
region. — Menominee  iron  region   (economic  and  supplementary). 

V.4.  The  upper  Mississippi  region. — The  lower  St.  Croix  region. — 
Description  of  fossils. — Ore  deposits  of  southwestern  Wisconsin. — 
Quartzite  of  Barron  and  Chippewa  counties. — The  Flambeau  region. — 
Crystalline  rocks  of  the  Wisconsin  valley. — Superficial  geology  of 
the  upper  Wisconsin  valley. — Character  and  methods  of  the  Geodetic 
survey. 


Minnesota 

MINNESOTA — Geological  and  natural  history  survey. 

Annual    report    (ist-4th,    6th,    9th-24th),    1872-1875,    1877, 

1880-1898.     1875-99 ^557.76  M.72Z 

24th   (and  final)  annual  report  includes  reports  1895-98  and  contains  a 
general  index  to  the  Annual  reports  (ist-24th),  p.179-284. 

Bulletin,    v.i-io.     1889-98 ^557.76  M72b 

V.I.     Winchell,  N.  H.     History  of  geological  surveys  in  Minnesota. 

V.2.     Wadsworth,    M.  E.      Preliminary    description    of    the    peridotytes, 
gabbros,  diabases  and  andesytes  of  Minnesota. 

V.3.     Arthur,  J.  C.     Report  on  botanical  work  in  Minnesota,   1886. 

V.4.     Oestlund,  O.  W.     Synopsis  of  the  aphididas  of  Minnesota. 

V.5.     Winchell,  N.  H.     Natural  gas  in  Minnesota. 

V.6.     Winchell,  N.  H.  &  H.  V.     Iron  ores  of  Minnesota. 

V.7.     Herrick,  C.  L.     Mammals  of  Minnesota. 

V.8.     Lawson,  A.  C.     Anorthosytes  of  the  Minnesota  coast  of  Lake  Supe- 
rior; The  laccolitic  sills  of  the  north-west  coast  of  Lake  Superior. 

V.9.     Minnesota  botanical  studies,  v.  i. 

v.io.     Spurr,  J.  E.     The  iron-bearing  rocks  of  the  Mesabi  range  in  Min- 
nesota. 
Geology  of  Minnesota;  final  report,  1872-1901.     6v.  in  7. 

1884-1901   qrS57-76  M72 

v.i-2,  4-5.    Geology.  v.3,  in  2.    Paleontology. 

V.6.     Geological  atlas,   with  synoptical  descriptions  by  N.  H.  Winchell. 

MINNESOTA— State  geologist. 

Annual  report  [of  progress,  1865]  on  the  metalliferous 
region  bordering  on  Lake  Superior,  by  H.  H.  Eames. 
1866 T5S7.76  M727 


Iowa 

IOWA — Geological  survey.     (Survey  of  1855-59.) 

Report  on  the  geological  survey  of  Iowa,  embracing  the 
results  of  investigations  made  during  the  years  1855, 
56  &  57,  by  James  Hall  [and]  J.  D.  Whitney,    v.i  in  2. 

1858 qrS57-77    l25r 

V.I,  pt. I.     Geology. 
V.I,  pt.2.     Palaeontology. 

IOWA — Geological  survey.     (Survey  of  1866-1869.) 

Report  on  the  geological  survey  of  the  state  of  Iowa,  to 
the  13th  general  assembly,  Jan.  1870,  containing  results 
of  examinations  and  observations  made  within  the  years 
1866,  1867,  1868  and  1869,  by  C.  A.  White.    2v.     1870.  .qrS57.77  I25 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  721 

IOWA — Geological  survey.     (Survey  of  1892 — .) 

Annual  report,  1892-1902.    v.i-13.     1893-1903 ^JSS7-77  1253 

V.I.  Annual  report,  1892:  Administrative  reports. — Geological  forma- 
tions of  Iowa,  by  C.  R.  Keyes. — Cretaceous  deposits  of  Woodbury  and 
Plymouth  counties,  with  observations  on  their  economic  uses,  by 
Samuel  Calvin. — Ancient  lava  flows  in  northwestern  Iowa,  by  S.  W. 
Beyer. — Distribution  and  relations  of  the  Saint  Louis  limestone  in 
Mahaska  county,  by  H.  F.  Bain. — Annotated  catalogue  of  minerals, 
by  C.  R.  Keyes. — Some  Niagara  lime  burning  dolomites  and  dolomitic 
building  stones  of  Iowa,  by  G.  L.  Houser. — Bibliography  of  Iowa 
geology,  by  C.  R.  Keyes. 

V.2.     Coal  deposits  of  Iowa,  by  C.  R.  Keyes. 

v.3.  Annual  report,  1893:  Administrative  reports. — Work  and  scope 
of  the  geological  survey,  by  C.  R.  Keyes. — Cretaceous  deposits  of  the 
Sioux  valley,  by  H.  F.  Bain. — Certain  Devonian  and  carboniferous  out- 
liers in  eastern  Iowa,  by  W.  H.  Norton. — Geological  section  along 
Middle  river  in  central  Iowa,  by  J.  L.  Tilton. — Glacial  scorings  in 
Iowa,  by  C.  R.  Keyes. — Thickness  of  the  paleozoic  strata  of  north- 
eastern Iowa,  by  W.  H.  Norton. — Composition  and  origin  of  Iowa 
chalk,  by  Samuel  Calvin. — Buried  river  channels  in  southeastern  Iowa, 
by  C  H.  Gordon. — Gypsum  deposits  of  Iowa,  by  C.  R.  Keyes. — Geology 
of  Lee  county,  by  C.  R.  Keyes. — Geology  of  Des  Moines  county,  by 
C.  R.  Keyes. 

V.4.  Annual  report,  1894:  Administrative  reports.- — Geology  of  Alla- 
makee county,  by  Samuel  Calvin. — Geology  of  Linn  county,  by  W.  H. 
Norton. — Geology  of  Van  Buren  county,  by  C.  H.  Gordon. — <leology 
of  Keokuk  county,  by  H.  F.  Bain. — Geology  of  Mahaska  county,  by 
H.  F.  Bain. — Geology   of   Montgomery  county,   by   E.  H.  Lonsdale. 

V.5.  Annual  report,  1895:  Administrative  reports. — Geology  of  Jones 
county,  by  Samuel  Calvin. — Geology  of  Boone  county,  by  S.  W.  Beyer. 
— Geology  of  Warren  county,  by  J.  L.  Tilton. — Geology  of  Washington 
county,  by  H.  F.  Bain. — Geology  of  Woodbury  county,  by  H.  F.  Bain. 
— Geology  of  Appanoose  county,  by  H.  F.  Bain. 

V.6.  Lead  and  zinc  deposits  of  Iowa,  by  A.  G.  Leonard. — The  Sioux 
quartzite  and  certain  associated  rocks,  by  S.  W.  Beyer. — Artesian  wells 
of  Iowa,  by  W.  H.  Norton. — Relations  of  the  Wisconsin  and  Kansan 
drift  sheets  in  central  Iowa  and  related  phenomena,  by  H.  F.  Bain. 

V.7.  Annual  report,  1896:  Administrative  reports. — Geology  of  John- 
son county,  by  Samuel  Calvin. — Geology  of  Cerro  Gordo  county,  by 
Samuel  Calvin. — Geology  of  Marshall  county,  by  S.  W.  Beyer. — 
Geology  of  Polk  county,  by  H.  F.  Bain. — Geology  of  Guthrie  county, 
by  H.  F.  Bain. — Geology  of  Madison  county,  by  J.  L.  Tilton  and  H.  F. 
Bain. 

v.8.  Annual  report,  1897:  Administrative  reports. — Geology  of  Dallas 
county,  by  A.  G.  Leonard. — Geology  of  Delaware  county,  by  Samuel 
Calvin. — Geology  of  Buchanan  county,  by  Samuel  Calvin. — Geology  of 
Decatur  county,  by  H.  F.  Bain. — Geology  of  Plymouth  county,  by 
H.  F.  Bain. — Properties  and  tests  of  Iowa  building  stones,  by  H.  F. 
Bain. 

V.9.  Annual  report,  1898:  Administrative  reports. — Geology  of  Car- 
roll county,  by  H.  F.  Bain. — Geology  of  Humboldt  county,  by  T.  H. 
Macbride.— Geology  of  Story  county,  by  S.  W.  Beyer. — Geology  of 
Muscatine  county,  by  J.  A.  Udden. — Geology  of  Scott  county,  by  W. 
H.  Norton. — Artesian  wells  of  the  Belle  Plaine  area,  by  H.  R.  Mosnat. 

v.io.  Annual  report,  1899:  Administrative  reports. — Statistics  of 
mineral  productions,  by  S.  W.  Beyer. — Fossil  fauna  of  the  Kinder- 
hook  beds  of  Burlington,  by  Stuart  Weller. — Geology  of  Lyon  and 
Sioux  counties,  by  F.  A.  Wilder. — Geology  of  Osceola  and  Dickinson 
counties,  by  T.  H.  Macbride. — Geology  of  Hardin  county,  by  S.  W. 
Beyer. — Geology  of  Worth  county,  by  I.  A.  Williams.— Geology  of 
Dubuque  county,  by  Samuel  Calvin  and  H.  F.  Bain. 

V.I  I.  Annual  report,  1900:  Administrative  reports. — Mineral  produc- 
tion of  Iowa  in  1900,  by  S.  W.  Beyer. — Geology  of  Louise  county,  by 
J.  A.  Udden. — Geology  of  Marion  county,  by  B.  L.  Miller. — Geology 
of  Pottawattamie  county,  by  J.  A.  Udden. — Geology  of  Cedar  county, 
by  W.  H.  Norton. — Geology  of  Page  county,  by  Samuel  Calvin. — 
Cieology  of  Clay  and  O'Brien  counties,  by  T.  H.  Macbride. 

V.12.  Annual  report,  1901:  Administrative  reports. — Statistics  of 
mineral  production,  by  S.  W.  Beyer. — Geology  of  Webster  county,  by 
•  F.  A.  Wilder. — Geology  of   Henry  county,  by  T.  E.  Savage. — Geology 

of  Cherokee  and  Buena  Vista  counties,  by  T.  H.  Macbride. — Geolog^y 
of  Jefferson  county,  by  J.  A.  Udden. — Geology  of  Wapello  county,  by 
A.  G.  Leonard. 


722  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

V.13.  Annual  report,  1902:  Administrative  reports. — Geology  of 
Howard  county,  by  Samuel  Calvin. — Geology  of  Kossuth,  Hancock  and 
Winnebago  counties,  by  T.  H.  Macbride. — Geology  of  Mills  and  Fre- 
mont counties,  by  J.  A.  Udden.— Geology  of  Tama  county,  by  T.  E. 
Savage. — Geology  of  Chickasaw  county,  by  Samuel  Calvin. — Geology 
of  Mitchell  county,  by  Samuel  Calvin. — Report  on  the  lithographic 
stone  of  Mitchell  county,  by  A.  B.  Hoen. — Geology  of  Monroe  county, 
by  S.  W.  Beyer  and  L.  E.  Young. 
Bulletin,    no.i-date.     1901-date r557-77  l2Sb 

V.I.     Pammel,  L.  H.  and  others.     The  grasses  of  Iowa. 

Missouri 

MISSOURI — Geological  survey,     (ist  survey.) 

Annual  reports  (ist-2d),  1853-1854,  by  G.  C.  Swallow,  state 

geologist.      1855 qr557-78   M74SL 

Five  reports  were  published  by  this  first  survey,  but  the  second  is  the 
only  one  which  embodies  field  work,  and  is  the  one  generally  known 
as  the  Swallow  report.  The  others  are  very  brief  reports  of  ad- 
ministration and  progress. 

Geological  report  of  the  country  along  the  line  of  the 
south-western  branch  of  the  Pacific  railroad,  state  of 
Missouri,  by  G.  C.  Swallow.     1859 r557.78  M74 

Contains  also  a  Memoir  of  the  Pacific  railroad. 

A   general  account  of  the   resources  along  the   line   of  the   railroad.      A 

somewhat  fuller  report  was  published  by  the   Pacific   Railway  Co.  in 

New  York. 

MISSOURI — Geological  survey.     (2d  survey.) 

Preliminary  report  on  the  iron  ores  and  coal  fields  from 
the  field  work  of  1872,  by  Raphael  Pumpelly,  director. 

1873 qr557-78  M74P 

Contents:  Geology  of  Pilot  Knob  and  its  vicinity,  by  Raphael 
Pumpelly. — Analyses  of  iron-ores,  pig-irons  and  fuels,  by  Regis  Chau- 
venet  and  A.  A.  Blair. — Iron-ores  of  Missouri,  by  Adolf  Schmidt. — 
Geology  of  northeastern  Missouri,  by  G.  C.  Broadhead,  and  of  Lincoln 
county,  by  W.  B.  Potter. 

Reports  on  the  geological  survey  of  the  state  of  Missouri, 
1855-71,  by  G.  C.  Broadhead,  F.  B.  Meek  and  B.  F. 
Shumard.      1873 qr557.78    M74r 

Report  of  the  geological  survey  of  the  state  of  Missouri 

including  field   work   of    1873-74,   by    G.  C.  Broadhead, 

state  geologist.     1874 qrS57.78  M74re 

Contents:  Lead  region  of  south-west  Missouri,  by  Ad.  Schmidt. — Spe- 
cial description  of  ore  deposits. — Lead  region  of  central  Missouri. 

MISSOURI— Geological  survey. 

Industrial  report  [1875-76]  on  lead,  zinc  and  iron;  with 
notes  on  Shannon  county  and  its  copper  deposits,  by 

C.  P.  Williams,  acting  state  geologist.     1877 r557.78  M74i 

The  second  survey  of  Missouri  was  discontinued  after  1874,  and  most 
of  its  working  material  was  transferred  to  the  state  School  of  mines 
at  Rolla,  of  which  the  president,  Dr  C.  P.  Williams,  was  made  acting 
state  geologist.     This  was  the  only  report  made  by  Dr  Williams. 

MISSOURI — Geological  survey.     (3d  survey.) 

Bulletin,    no. 2-5,  in  iv.     1890-1901 qr557.78  M74b 

Contents:  Bibliography  of  the  geology  of  Missouri,  by  F.  A.  Sampson. — 
The  clay,  stone,  lime  and  sand  industries  of  St.  Louis  city  and  county, 
by  G.  E.  Ladd. — The  mineral  waters  of  Henry,  St.  Clair,  Johnson  and 
Benton  counties,  by  A.  E.  Woodward. — A  description  of  some  lower 
carboniferous  crinoids  from  Missouri,  by  S.  A.  Miller. — The  age  and 
origin  of  the  crystalline  rocks  of  Missouri,  by  Erasmus  Haworth. — 
Notes  on  the  clays  and  building  stones  of  certain  western  central 
counties  tributary  to  Kansas  City,  by  G.  E.  Ladd. 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  723 

Sheet  report.     1892-94 qr557.78  M74S 

Contents:     Higginsville   sheet,    Lafayette   county. — Bevier   sheet,    includ- 
ing   portions    of    Macon,    Randolph    and    Chariton    counties.    —   Iron 
Mountain  sheet,  including  portions  of  Iron,   St.   Francois  and  Madi- 
son counties. 
Subject  reports,  1891-1892,  1894-date.    v.1-3,  6-date.     1891- 

date qr557.78  M74SU 

V.I.     Preliminary  report  on  the  coal  deposits  of  Missouri. 

V.2.     Report  on  the  iron  ores  of  Missouri,  by  F.  L.  Nason. 

V.3.     Report  on  the  mineral  waters  of  Missouri,  by  Paul  Schweitzer. 

V.6— 7.     Lead  and  zinc  deposits,  by  Arthur  Winslow. 

V.8.  Organization  and  results  of  a  state  geological  survey,  by  C.  R. 
Keyes. — Crystalline  rocks  of  Missouri,  by  Erasmus  Haworth. — Dic- 
tionary of  altitudes,  by  C.  F.  Marbut. — Characteristics  of  the  Ozark 
mountains,  by  C.  R.  Keyes.— Coal  measures  of  Missouri,  by  G.  C. 
Broadhead. 

v.p.     Reports  on  areal  geology. 

V.  10.     Surface   features  of  Missouri  and  bibliography,   by  C.  R.  Keyes. 

V. II.     Clay  deposits,  by  H.  A.  Wheeler. 

V.I 2.     Reports  on  areal  geology. 

V.  13.  Preliminary  report  on  the  structural  and  economic  geology  of 
Missouri,  by  J.  A.  Gallagher. 

SCHOOLCRAFT,  Henry  Rowe. 

View  of  the  lead  mines  of  Missouri;  including  observations 
on  the  mineralogy,  geology,  geography,  antiquities, 
soil,  climate,  population  and  productions  of  Missouri 
and  Arkansaw  and  other  sections  of  the  western  coun- 
try.    1819 r5S7.78  S37 

Kansas.     Nebraska 

KANSAS  UNIVERSITY— Geological  survey. 

Annual  bulletin  on  mineral  resources  of  Kansas  for  1898- 

date.     [v.2]-date.     1899-date qr557.8i    Ki2a 

[Report.]     v.2-date.     1897-date qr557.8i  K12 

V.2.     General  geology  of  western  Kansas. 

V.3.     Special  report  on  coal. 

V.4.     Paleontology,  pt. i,   (On  the  upper  cretaceous). 

v.s.     Special  report  on  gypsum  and  gypsum  cement  plasters. 

v.6.  Paleontology,  pt.2,  (Carboniferous  invertebrates  and  cretaceous 
fishes). 

V.7.     Special  report  on  mineral  waters. 

NEBRASKA — Geological  survey. 

Report    (ist)    of   the   state   geologist,    1891-1902.      1903. 

(Publications,  v.i.) qr557.82  N18 

"List  of  papers  on  the  natural  history  of  Nebraska,"  p.232-234. 

South  Dakota 

NEWTON,  Henry,  &  Jenney,  W.P. 

Report  on  the  geology  and  resources  of  the  Black  Hills  of 
Dakota.  1880.  (United  States — Geographical  and  geo- 
logical survey  of  the  Rocky  mountain  region.  Re- 
ports.)     qr5S7-83    N29 

Atlas  accompanying  this  report   wanting. 

SOUTH  DAKOTA— Geological  survey. 

Bulletin,    no.2-3,  in  i.     1898-1902 r557.83  S726 

no.2-3,  in  I.  South  Dakota — Geological  survey.  First  and  second  bi- 
ennial reports,  with  accompanying  papers,  1893-6. — O'Harra,  C.  C. 
Mineral  resources  of  South  Dakota,  including  mineral  wealth  of  the 
Black  Hills. — Todd,  J.  E.  Mineral  building  material,  fuels  and  waters 
of  South  Dakota,  with  production  for  1900. 


724  GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES 

Wyoming 

HOLMES,  William  Henry,  and  others. 

Yellowstone  national  park;  geology,  thermal  springs,  topog- 
raphy.   (In  United  States — Geological  and  geographical 
survey  of  the  territories.    Annual  report,  v.i2,  pt.2.) .  .r557.8  U25  v.i2 
Contents:    On  the  geology  of  the  Yellowstone  national  park,  by  W.  H. 
Holmes. — The  thermal  springs  of  Yellowstone  national  park,  by  A.  C. 
Peale.  —  Geological  field-work  of  the  Yellowstone  park  division,  by 
Henry   Gannett. 
Bibliography  of  the  Yellowstone  national  park,  p.427-449. 

UNITED  STATES— Geological  survey. 

Geology  of  the  Yellowstone  national  park.     v.2.     1899. 

(United  States — Geological  survey.    Monographs.)  .  .qrS57.87  U25 

v.2.     Descriptive    geology,     petrography    and    paleontology,    by    Arnold 
Hague  and  others. 
WYOMING — Territorial  geologist. 

Annual  report,  1885,  1887,  1889.     1886-90 r557.87  W99 

Arizona.    Colorado 

DUTTON,  Clarence  Edward. 

Tertiary  history  of  the  Grand  Canon  district,  with  atlas.    2v. 
1882.     (United  States — Geological  survey.     Mono- 
graphs.)    V557.8  Dps 

EMMONS,  Samuel  Franklin. 

Geology  and  mining  industry  of  Leadville,  Colorado,  with 
atlas.  2v.  1883-86.  (United  States — Geological  sur- 
vey.    Monographs.) qr557.88  E59 

Appendices:     Petrography,   by  Whitman   Cross. — Chemistry,   by  W.   F. 
Hillebrand. — Metallurg:y,  by  Antony  Guyard. 
EMMONS,  Samuel  Franklin,  and  others. 

Geology  of  the  Denver  basin  in  Colorado.     1896.     (United 

States — Geological  survey.     Monographs.) qr557.88  EsQg 

LAKES,  Arthur. 

Geology  of  Colorado  coal  deposits.  1889.  (Colorado  state 
school  of  mines.  Annual  report  of  field  work  and  anal- 
yses,  1889.) r557.88   L16 

Sequel  to  the  author's  Geology  of  Colorado  ore  deposits. 

SPURR,  Josiah  Edward. 

Geology  of  the  Aspen  mining  district,  Colorado;  with  atlas. 
2v.  1898.  (United  States — Geological  survey.  Mono- 
graphs.)   qr5S7-88   S77 

V.I.    Text.  v.2.    Atlas. 

"Literature,"  v.i,  p.32. 

UNJTED  STATES — Geological  and  geographical  survey  of 
the  territories.     (Hayden  survey.) 
Geological  and  geographical  atlas  of  Colorado,  by  F.  V. 

Hayden.     1881 qrSS7.88  U2S 

Utah 
GILBERT,  Grove  Karl. 

Lake  Bonneville.     1890.     (United  States — Geological  survey. 

Monographs.)    qr557.92   G38 


GEOLOGY— UNITED  STATES  725 

Report  on  the  geology  of  the  Henry  mountains.  1877. 
(United  States — Geographical  and  geological  survey  of 

the  Rocky  mountain  region.     Reports.) qr557-92  G38g 

POWELL,  John  Wesley. 

Report  on  the  geology  of  the  eastern  portion  of  the  Uinta 
mountains  and  a  region  of  country  adjacent  thereto.  1876. 
(United  States — Geographical  and  geological  survey  of 

the  Rocky  mountain  region.     Reports.) qr5S7.92  P87 

Atlas  accompanying  this  report  wanting. 

Nevada 

HAGUE,  Arnold. 

Geology  of  the  Eureka  district,  Nevada,  with  atlas.  2v. 
1883-92.  (United  States — Geological  survey.  Mono- 
graphs.)    qr5S7.93  H14 

Appendices:    Systematic  lists  of  fossils  of  each  geological  horizon,  by  C. 
D.   Walcott. — Microscopical  petrography  of  the  eruptive  rocks,  by  J. 
P.  Iddings. 
NEVADA — State  mineralogist. 

Biennial   report   of  the   state   mineralogist  for  the  years 

1871  and  1872.     1872 r557.93  N2S 

RUSSELL,  Israel  Cook. 

Geological  history  of  Lake  Lahontan,  a  quaternary  lake  of 
northwestern  Nevada.  1885.  (United  States — Geological 
survey.     Monographs.) qr557.93  R91 

California.    Washington 

BLAKE,  William  Phipps. 

Report  of  a  geological  reconnaissance  in  California,  made 
in  connection  with  the  expedition  to  survey  routes  in 
California,  to  connect  with  the  surveys  of  routes  for  a 
railroad  from  the  Mississippi  river  to  the  Pacific  ocean, 
under  the  command  of  Lieut.  R.  S.  Williamson,  Corps 
top.  eng'rs,  in  1853;  with  an  appendix,  containing  de- 
scriptions of  portions  of  the  collection,  by  Louis  Agas- 
siz  and  others.     1858 qrS57-94  BS2 

Also  published  as  v.s  of  the  Reports  of  explorations  and  surveys  for  a 
railroad   from    the    Mississippi    river   to   the    Pacific   ocean   made    in 
1853  and  1854  by  the  United  States  war  department,  (qrpi/.S  Uzs). 
CALIFORNIA — Geological  survey. 

Geology;  report  of  progress  and  synopsis  of  field  work,  1860- 

1864.    V.I.     1865 qr557.94  C133 

V.I,  pt.i.     Geology  of  the  coast  ranges;     pt.2.     Geology  of  the   Sierra 
Nevada. 
CALIFORNIA— Mining  bureau. 

Bulletin,     no.3-4,  n,  21-26.     1894-1902 r5S7.94  C13 

no.  3.      Watts,    W.L.      Gas   and   petroleum    yielding    formations    of   the 

central  valley  of   California. 
no.4.     Cooper,  J.G.  comp.     Catalogue  of  Californian  fossils,  pt.2-s. 
no.  1 1.     Watts,  W.L.     Oil  and  gas  yielding  formations  of  Los  Angeles, 

Ventura  and  Santa  Barbara  counties.     pt.i. 
no.2i.     [Table]   showing  by  counties  the  mineral  productions  of   Cali- 
fornia for  1900. 
no.22.     [Table]  showing  the  mineral  productions  of  California  [by  years] 
for  1887-1900. 


726  PALEONTOLOGY 


no.23.     Aubury,  L.  E.     Copper  resources  of  California. 

no.24.     Bailey  G.  E.     Saline  deposits  of  California. 

no.23.  [Table]  showing  by  counties  the  mineral  productions  of  Cali- 
fornia for  1 90 1. 

no.26.  [Table]  showing  [by  years]  the  mineral  production  of  Cali- 
fornia, 1887-1901. 

WASHINGTON  (state)— Geological  survey. 

Annual  report  (ist-2d),  for  1901-1902.     1902-03 ^557-97  W27 

V.I.  Creation  of  a  state  geological  survey,  by  Henry  Landes. — An  out- 
line of  the  geology  of  Washington,  by  Henry  Landes. — The  metallifer- 
ous resources  cf  Washington,  except  iron,  by  Henry  Landes  and 
others. — Reduction  plants  in  Washington,  by  Milnor  Roberts. — The 
non-metalliferous  resources  of  Washington,  except  coal,  by  Henry 
Landes. — The  iron  ores  of  Washington,  by  S.  Shedd. — The  coal  de- 
posits of  Washington,  by  Henry  Landes. — The  water  resources  of 
Washington,  by  H.  G.  Byers  and  others. — Bibliography  of  the  liter- 
ature referring  to  the  geology  of  Washington,  by  Ralph  Arnold. 
V.2.  The  building  and  ornamental  stones  of  Washington,  by  S.  Shedd. — 
Coal  deposits  of  Washington,  by  Henry  Landes  and  C.  A.  Ruddy. 

559.4    Australia 

New  South  Wales 

NEW  SOUTH  WALES— Geological  survey. 

Memoirs;  geological  series,     no. 2-3.     1901-03 qr559.44  N26me 

no.2.     Jaquet,  J.  B.     Iron  ore  deposits  of  New  South  Wales. 
no.3.     Came,  J.  E..  Kerosene  shale  deposits  of  New  South  Wales. 

Mineral  resources,     v.i,  no.2-date.     1898-date ,r5S9.44  N26 

V.I,  (no. 2-6).  Came,  J.  E.  Notes  on  the  occurrence  of  tungsten  ores  in 
New  South  Wales. — Jaquet,  J.B.  Notes  on  gold  dredging. — Watt,  J. A. 
Notes  on  the  occurrence  of  bismuth  ores  in  New  South  Wales. — Watt, 
J. A.  Report  on  the  Wyalong  gold-field. — Carne,  J.E.  The  copper- 
mining  industry. 
V.2,  (no. 7-10).  Carne,  J.  E.  Mercury  in  New  South  Wales. — Andrews, 
E.  C.  Report  on  the  Hillgrove  gold-field. — Andrews,  E.  C.  Report 
on  the  Yalwal  gold-field. — Andrews,  E.  C.  Report  on  the  Kiandra 
lead. 

Mineral  resources  of  New  South  Wales,  by  E.  F.  Pittman. 

1901 r559.44  N26m 


560     Paleontology 

COOPER,  J.  G.  comp. 

Catalogue  of  Californian  fossils,  (pt.2-5).     1894.     (In  Cali- 
fornia— Mining  bureau.     Bulletin,  no.4.) r557.94  C13 

DAWSON,  Sir  John  William. 

Relics  of  primeval  life;  beginning  of  life  in  the  dawn  of  geologi- 
cal time.     1897 560  D33 

FILHOL,  Henri. 

Recherches  sur  les  phosphorites  du  Quercy.     1877 qr56o  F47 

HALL,  James,  181 1-98,  &  Whitfield,  R.  P. 

Palaeontology.     1877.     (In  United  States — Geological   ex- 
ploration   of    the    40th    parallel.      (King    exploration.) 

Report,  V.4,  p. 198-302.) qr557-8  U2S3  v.4 

HOERNES,  Rudolf. 

Manuel  de  paleontologie.     1886 r56o  H67 

MEEK,  Fielding  Bradford. 

Palaeontology.     1877.     (In  United  States — Geological  ex- 


PALEONTOLOGY  ^2^ 


ploration    of    the   40th    parallel.      (King    exploration.) 

Report,  V.4,  p.i-197.) qr557-8  U253  v.4 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Paleontologist. 

Annual    report,    1837,    1839,    1899-date.      (In    New    York 

(state) — Museum.     Annual  report,  1899-date.) qi'507  N26 

Reports  for  1837  and  1839  by  T.  A.  Conrad  are  contained  in  the  New 
York  (state) — Geological  survey.  Reports  relative  to  the  geological 
survey,    1837,    1839,    (rss7.47   N26). 

Between  188 1  and  1898  the  reports  on  paleontology  were  included  in 
the  reports  of  the  state  geologist. 

A  very  full  report  on  paleontology  was  made  by  James  Hall  and  pub- 
lished as  V.  18-30  of  Natural  history  of  New  York,   (qrs70.9747  N26). 

NEWBERRY,  John  Strong. 

Fossil  fishes  and  fossil  plants  of  the  triassic  rocks  of  New 
Jersey  and  the  Connecticut  valley.    1888.    (United  States 

— Geological  survey.     Monographs.) qrs6o  N26 

NICHOLSON,  Henry  Alleyne. 

Ancient  life-history  of  the  earth.     1892 560  N31 

Popular  exposition  and  summary  of  the  facts  of  palaeontology,  consider- 
ing first  its  general  principles  and  its  bearing  on  various  geological 
problems.  The  second  part  considers  separately  each  geological 
formation. 

NICHOLSON,  Henry  Alleyne,  &  Lydekker,  Richard. 

Manual  of  palaeontology;  for  the  use  of  students,  with  a  gen- 
eral introduction  on  the  principles  of  palaeontology.  2v. 
1899  r56o  N31 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 

Gives  much  more  space  to  animals  than  to  plants.     A  third,  much  en- 
larged edition   of  a   work  that   has   been  extensively  used  as  a  text- 
book since  its  first  appearance  in  1872. 
PICTET,  Frangois  Jules. 

Traite  de  paleontologie;  ou,  Histoire  naturelle  des  animaux 
fossiles,  consideres  dans  leurs  rapports  zoologiques  et 

geologiques.     5v.     1853-57 qr56o  P55 

v.1-4.     Text.  v.5.     Atlas. 

WALCOTT,  Charles  Doolittle. 

Paleontology  of  the  Eureka  district.     1884.     (United  States — 

Geological  survey.    Monographs.) qr56o  W15 

WILLIAMS,  Henry  Shaler. 

Geological  biology;  an  introduction  to  the  geological  history 

of  organisms.     1895 560  W74 

ZITTEL,  Karl  Alfred  von. 

Text-book  of  palaeontology;  tr.  and  ed.  by  C.  R.  Eastman. 

v.i-2.     1900-02 r56o  Z72t 

V.I.     Definition    and    scope    of    paleontology.  —  Protozoa.  —  Coelenterata 
(zoophytes). — Echinodermata.  —  Vermes    (worms).  —  Molluscoidea.  — 
Mollusca. — Arthropoda    (articulates). 
v.2.     Pisces. — Amphibia. — Reptilia. — Aves. 

Traite  de  paleontologie.    2v.  in  5.     1883-93 r56o  Z72 

V.I,  pt.i.    Protozoa,   coelenterata,  echinodermata  et  molluscoidea. 
V.I,  pt.2.    Mollusca  et  arthropoda. 
v.i,  pt.3.    Vertebrata  (pisces,  amphibia,  reptilia,  aves). 
v. I,  pt.4.    Vertebrata    (mammalia). 

v.2.    Paleophytologie,  par  W.  P.  Schimper  et  A.  Schenk. 
Bibliography,  v.i,  p.47-48. 
WARD,  Henry  Augustus. 

Catalogue  of  casts  of  fossils  from  the  principal  museums  of 
Europe  and  America,  with  short  descriptions  and  illustra- 
tions.    1866 rs6o.3  W21 


728  PALEOBOTANY 


FALCONER,  Hugh. 

Palaeontological  memoirs  and  notes;  ed.  by  Charles  Murchi- 

son.     2v.     1868 r56o.4  F18 

V.I.    Fauna  antiqua  sivalensis. 

V.2.    Mastodon.— Elephant. .  —  Rhinoceros. — Ossiferous   caves.— Primeval 

man  and  his  cotemporaries. 
Biographical  sketch  of  the  author,  v.i,  p.23-53. 


561     Fossil  plants 


DAWSON,  Sir  John  William. 

Geological  history  of  plants.     1896.     (International  scien- 
tific series.)    561  D33 

"General  works  on  palaeobotany,"  p.286. 
Popular  summary. 

FONTAINE,  William  Morris. 

Contributions  to  the  knowledge  of  the  older  mesozoi:  flora 
of  Virginia.      1883.      (United    States — Geological    survey. 

Monographs.)   qr56i  F73 

The  Potomac;  or.  Younger  mesozoic  flora.     1889.     (United 

States — Geological  survey.      Monographs.) qrs6i  F73P 

LESQUEREUX,  Leo. 

Contributions  to  the  fossil  flora  of  the  western  territories;  cre- 
taceous and  tertiary  floras.  3v.  1874-83.  (United  States — 
Geological  and  geographical  survey  of  the  territories. 
Final  report,  v.6-8.) qr56i  L64 

V.I.     Cretaceous  flora. 
V.2.    Tertiary  flora. 
V.3.    Cretaceous  and  tertiary  floras. 
The  flora  of  the  Dakota  group;  a  posthumous  work;  ed.  by 
F.  H.  Knowlton.     1891.     (United  States — Geological  sur- 
vey.   Monographs.) qr56i  L64f 

Biography  of  Lesquereux,  p.  15-18. 

NEWBERRY,  John  Strong. 

The  flora  of  the  Amboy  clays,  a  posthumous  work;  ed.  by 
Arthur  Hollick.  1895.  (United  States — Geological  sur- 
vey.    Monographs.) qrS6i  N26 

List   of   papers   and   works  by   Dr   Newberry   relating  to   fossil   plants, 
p.  16-20. 

Later  extinct  floras  of  North  America;  ed.  by  Arthur  Hol- 
lick. 1898.  (United  States — Geological  survey.  Mono- 
graphs.)   qr56i   N26I 

SCOTT,  Dukinfield  Henry. 

Studies  in  fossil  botany.     1900 561  S42 

Presents  some  of  the  most  striking  results  of  palaeobotanical  investiga- 
tion. 
"Its  value  is  considerably  enhanced  by  the  fact  that  many  of  the  con- 
clusions are  founded  on  the  author's  personal  investigations  which 
are  characterised  by  ability,  thoroughness  and  sound  judgment." 
Nature,  1900.  . 

SEWARD,  Albert  Charles. 

Fossil  plants;  for  students  of  botany  and  geology,     v.i. 

1898  561   S51 

WARD,  Lester  Frank. 

Report  on  the  petrified  forests  of  Arizona.     1900 r56i  W21 

Published  by  the  United  States  geological  survey. 


PALEONTOLOGY— INVERTEBRATES  729 

WHITE,  David. 

Fossil  flora  of  the  lower  coal  measures  of  Missouri.     1899. 

(United  States — Geological  survey.    Monographs.) qrS^i  W63 


562     Invertebrates 

MEEK,  Fielding  Bradford. 

Invertebrate  cretaceous  and  tertiary  fossils  of  the  upper 
Missouri   country.      1876.      (United   States — Geological 
and  geographical  survey  of  the  territories.     Final  report, 

V.9.)    qr562  M56 

WHITFIELD,  Robert  Parr. 

Mollusca  and  Crustacea  of  the  miocene  formations  of  New 
Jersey.  1894.  (United  States — Geological  survey.  Mon- 
ographs.)   qrs62  W64 

WOODS,  Henry. 

Elementary  palaeontology;  invertebrate.     1896 562  W86 

List  of  palaeontological  works,  p.272-285. 

VAUGHAN,  Thomas  Wayland. 

Eocene  and  lower  oligocene  coral  faunas  of  the  United 
States,  with  descriptions  of  a  few  doubtfully  cretaceous 
species.  1900.  (United  States — Geological  survey. 
Monographs.) qr563.6  V23 

Bibliography,  P.201-20S. 

WALCOTT,  Charles  Doolittle. 

Fossil  medusae.     1898.     (United  States — Geological  survey. 

Monographs.) qrs63.7  W15 

WHITE,  Charles  Abiathar. 

A  review  of  the  non-marine  fossil  mollusca  of  North  America. 

1883   qrs64  W63 

Extract  from  the  3d  annual  report  of  the  director  of  the  United  States 
geological  survey. 

WHITFIELD,  Robert  Parr. 

Brachiopoda  and  lamellibranchiata  of  the  Raritan  clays  and 
greensand  marls  of  New  Jersey.     1885.     (United  States — 

Geological  survey.     Monographs.) qrs64.i  W64 

This  monograph  was  prepared  in  cooperation  with  the  New  Jersey 
geological  survey  and  forms  v.i  of  the  report  on  paleontology  of  that 
survey. 

Gasteropoda  and  cephalopoda  of  the  Raritan  clays  and  green- 
sand  marls  of  New  Jersey.  1892.  (United  States — Geo- 
logical survey.     Monographs.) qrs64.3  W64 

This    monograph    was    prepared    in    cooperation    with    the    New   Jersey 

geological  survey  and  forms  v.  2  of  the  report  on  paleontology  of  that 

survey. 

SCUDDER,  Samuel  Hubbard. 

Tertiary  insects  of  North  America.  1890.  (United  States 
— Geological  and  geographical  survey  of  the  territories. 
Final  report,  v.13.) V565.7  S43 

Adephagous  and  clavicorn  coleoptera  from  the  tertiary  de- 
posits at  Florissant,  Col.,  with  descriptions  of  a  few  other 
forms  and  a  systematic  list  of  the  non-rhynchophorous  ter- 


730  PALEONTOLOGY— VERTEBRATES 

tiary  coleoptera  of  North  America.     1900.     (United  States 

— Geological  survey.     Monographs.) qr56576  S43 

Tertiary  rhynchophorous  coleoptera  of  the  United  States. 
1893.      (United   States — Geological   survey.     Mono- 
graphs.)   qrs65.76  S43t 


566    Vertebrates 

BENEDEN,  Pierre  Joseph  van. 

Sur  une  decouverte  d'ossements  fossiles,  faite  le  28  fevrier  i860. 

i860 rs69  B43 

Extrait  des  Bulletins  de  rAcademie  royale  de  Belgique,  2me  serie,  t.9, 

no.5. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

COPE,  Edward  Drinker. 

Vertebrata  of  the  cretaceous  formations  of  the  West.  1875. 
(United  States — Geological  and  geographical  survey  of 
the  territories.     Final  report,  v.2.) qr566  C79V 

Vertebrata  of  the  tertiary  formations  of  the  West.  1883. 
(United  States — Geological  and  geographical  survey  of 

the  territories.     Final  report,  v.3.) qr566  C79 

CUVIER,  Georges  Leopold  Chretien  Frederic  Dagobert,  baron. 

Recherches  sur  les  ossemens  fossiles.     1834-36 qr566  C95 

v.i-io.    Text.  V.  11-13.    Plates. 

DEANE,  James. 

Ichnographs    from    the    sandstone    of    Connecticut    river. 

1861 qr566  D34 

Biographical  notice  by  H.  I.  Bowditch,  p.5-12. 
"List  of  published  papers  by  the  author,"  p.  13-14. 

GAUDRY,  Albert. 

Les  enchainements  du  monde  animal  dans  les  temps  geolo- 

giques;  fossiles  secondaires.     1890 r566  G23 

LEIDY,  Joseph. 

Contributions  to  the  extinct  vertebrate  fauna  of  the  western 
territories.     1873.     (United  States — Geological  and  geo- 
graphical survey  of  the  territories.    Final  report,  v.i.)  .  .qr566  Lss 
LUCAS,  Frederic  Augustus. 

Animals  of  the  past.     1901.     (Science  for  everybody.) ...566L96 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Popular  treatise  on  the  better-known  or  more  remarkable  fossil  animals, 
discussing  also  the  question  of  why  animals  become  extinct.  Mr 
Lucas  endeavors  to  correct  the  impression  that  animals  of  the  past 
were  so  very  much  larger  than  those  of  the  present.  The  illustrations 
are  the  result  of  careful  study  and  are  regarded  as  among  the  most 
accurate  that  have  been  made. 

OWEN,  Sir  Richard,  1804-92. 

On  the  extinct  animals  of  the  colonies  of  Great  Britain; 
a  paper  read  at  the  meeting  of  the  Royal  colonial  insti- 
tute, May  6,  1879.     1879 r566  O34 

TEXAS — Geological  and  mineralogical  survey.     (3d  survey.) 
Preliminary  report  on  the  vertebrate  paleontology  of  the 

Llano  Estacado,  by  E.  D.  Cope.     1893 qr566  T32 

Reprinted  from  the  fourth  Annual  report,   1892. 


PALEONTOLOGY— FISHES,  BATRACHIA  731 

WOODWARD,  Arthur  Smith. 

Outlines  of  vertebrate  palaeontology  for  students  of  zoology. 

1898 566  W86 

Bibliography,  p.432-459. 

567     Fishes.     Batrachia 

MILLER,  Hugh. 

Footprints  of  the  Creator;  or,  The  asterolepis  of  Stromness. 

1882 567  M69 

Memoir  of  the  author,  by  Louis  Agassiz,  p.  11-37. 

Reply  to  Chambers's  "Vestiges  of  creation,"  arguing  for  the  miracle  of 

creation  against  the  law  of  development.     Treats  of  the  fossil  geology 

of  the  Orkney  islands. 

NEWBERRY,  John  Strong. 

The  paleozoic  fishes  of  North  America.    1889.    (United  States 

— Geological  survey.     Monographs.) qr567  N26 

NEWTON,  Edwin  Tulley. 

Notes  on  the  mandible  of  an  ischyodus  Townsendii,  found 

at  Upway,  Dorsetshire,  in  the  Portland  oolite r567.3  N29 

Reprinted  from  Proceedings  of  the  Geologists'  association,  v.7,  no. 2. 
Remarks  on  saurocephalus  and  on  the  species  which  have 

been  referred  to  that  genus.     1878 r567.3  N2g 

Reprinted   from   the   Quarterly  journal   of  the   Geological   society,   Nov. 

1878. 
Bound  with  his  Notes  on  the  mandible  of  an  ischyodus  Townsendii. 

WOODWARD,  Arthur  Smith. 

On  the  cranial  osteology  of  the  mesozoic  ganoid  fishes,  lepi- 

dotus  and  dapedius.     1893 TS67.4  W86 

From  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  society,  1893. 
Bound  with  his  On  the  paleontology  of  sturgeons. 

On  the  palaeontology  of  sturgeons ^567.4  W86 

Reprinted  from  Proceedings  of  the  Geologists'  association,  v.  11,  no.  1-2. 

COPE,  Edward  Drinker. 

Supplement  to  the  Extinct  batrachia  and  reptilia  of  North 
America;  catalogue  of  the  air  breathing  vertebrata  from 

the  coal  measures  of  Linton,  Ohio.     1875 qr567.6  C79 

Being  a  part  of  v.  15,  new  series,  of  the  Transactions  of  the  American 
philosophical  society. 

568     Reptiles.     Birds 

MARSH,  Othniel  Charles. 

Odontornithes;  a  monograph  on  the  extinct  toothed  birds 
of  North  America.  1880.  (In  United  States — Geologi- 
cal exploration  of  the  40th  parallel.  (King  explor- 
ation.)    Report,  v.7.) qr5S7-8  U2S3  v.7 

OWEN,  Sir  Richard,  1804-92. 

Collection  of  pamphlets  from  the  Transactions  of  the  Zoolog- 
ical society  of  London.     1866 qr568  O34C 

Contents:  On  the  osteology  of  the  dodo. — On  the  dodo;  notes  on  the 
articulated  skeleton  of  the  dodo  in  the  British  museum. — On  parts  of 
the  skeleton  of  meiolania  platyceps. — On  dinornis;  a  description  of  the 
skeleton  of  dinornis  parvus. — On  dinornis;  a  description  of  the  head 
and  feet,  with  their  dried  integuments,  of  an  individual  of  the  species 
dinornis  didinus. — On  dinornis;  a  description  of  the  sternum  of 
dinornis  elephantopus. — On  dinornis;   a  restoration  of  the  skeleton  of 


732  PALEONTOLOGY— REPTILES,  BIRDS 

cnemiornis  calcitrans,  with   remarks  on   its  affinities   in   the   lamelli- 
rostral  group. 

DOLLO,  Louis. 

Notes  d'osteologie  erpetologique.     [1885.] qr568.i  D69 

LEA,  Isaac. 

On  a  fossil  saurian  of  the  new  red  sandstone  formation  of 
Pennsylvania,  with  some  account  of  that  formation; 
also  On  some  new  fossil  molluscs  in  the  carboniferous 
slates  of  the  anthracite  seams  of  the  Wilkesbarre  coal 

formation.     1852 qr568.i   L44 

From  the  Journal  of  the  Academy  of  natural  science,  pt.3,  v.2,  n.s.  1852. 
MARSH,  Othniel  Charles. 

Description  of  the  remains  of  a  new  enaliosaurian  (eosaurus 
acadianus),  from  the  coal  formation  of  Nova   Scotia. 

1862 r568.i    M41 

Reprinted    from   the  American  journal   of   science   and  arts,    2d  series, 

V..34.  July  1862. 
Bound  with  his  Preliminary  description  of  new  tertiary  reptiles. 
Notice  of  some  new  fossil  reptiles  from  the  cretaceous  and  ter- 
tiary formations,  with  note  on  a  new  and  gigantic  species 

of  pterodactyle.      1871 r568.i    M41 

Reprinted   from   the   American  journal  of  science   and  arts,   3d  series, 

V.I,  June  1871. 
Bound  with  his  Preliminary  description  of  new  tertiary  reptiles. 
On  the  structure  of  the  skull  and  limbs  in  mosasauroid  rep- 
tiles,   with    descriptions    on    new    genera    and    species. 
1872 r568.i   M41 

Reprinted   from   the  American  journal   of   science   and  arts,    3d  series, 

V.3,  June  1872. 
Bound  with  his  Preliminary  description  of  new  tertiary  reptiles. 

Preliminary  description  of  new  tertiary  reptiles.     1872.  ..r568.i  M41 
Reprinted    from   the  American   journal   of  science   and  arts,    3d   series, 
V.4,   Oct.  1872. 

OWEN,  Sir  Richard,  1804-92. 

Monograph  on  the  fossil  reptilia  of  the  cretaceous  formations. 

1851 qr568.i  O34 

Printed  for  the  Palseontog^raphical  society  of  London. 
SEELEY,  Harry  Govier. 

Dragons  of  the  air;  an  account  of  extinct  flying  reptiles. 

1901 568.1   S45 

Bibliography,  p.23 1-232. 

For  ten  years  the  author  worked  with  the  late  Professor  Sedgwick  in 
gathering  and  studying  bones  of  extinct  flying  reptiles  from  the  Cam- 
bridge greensand.  Later  he  had  exceptional  opportunities  of  studying 
foreign  specimens,  and  he  here  presents  the  results  of  his  work,  ap- 
pealing both  to  the  scientist  and  the  general  reader. 

PRESTWICH,  Sir  Joseph. 

Note  on  the  occurrence  of  a  new  species  of  iguanodon  in  a 
brick-pit  of  the   Kimmeridge   clay  at   Cumnor    Hurst. 

1880 r568.i9  H91 

From  the  Quarterly  journal  of  the  Geological  society,  Aug.  1880,  v.36, 

p.430-432. 
Bound  with  Hulke's  [Collection  of  seven  pamphlets  on  fossils]. 

MARSH,  Othniel  Charles. 

Description  of  some  new  fossil  serpents  from  the  tertiary  de- 
posits of  Wyoming.     1871 r568.i  M41 

Reprinted   from   the   American  journal   of   science   and   arts,    2d   series, 

V.50,  May  1871. 
Bound  with  his  Preliminary  description  of  new  tertiary  reptiles. 


PALEONTOLOGY— MAMMALS  733 

PORTIS,  Alessandro. 

Ueber  fossile  schildkroten  aus  dem  Kimmeridge  von  Han- 
nover.    1878 qr568.i3   P83 

EUDES-DESLONGCHAMPS,  Jacques  Amand. 

Memoires  sur  les  teleosauriens  de  I'epoque  jurassique  du  de- 
partement  du  Calvados ;  premier  memoire  contenant  I'ex- 
pose  des  caracteres  generaux  des  teleosauriens  compares  a 
ceux  des  crocodiliens,  et  la  description  particuliere  des  es- 

peces  du  lias  superieur.     1863 qr568.i4  E91 

"Extrait  du  i2e  volume  des  Memoires  de  la  Societe  Linneenne  de  Nor- 
mandie." 

HULKE,  John  Whittaker. 

Contribution  to  the  skeletal  anatomy  of  the  mesosuchia,  based 
on  fossil  remains  from  the  clays  near  Peterborough  in  the 
collection  of  A.  Leeds.    1888 r568.i4  H91 

From  the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  society,   1888. 

[Collection  of  seven  pamphlets  on  fossils.]     1873-80.  . .  .r568.i9  H91 

Chiefly  reorinted  from  the  Quarterly  journal  of  the  Geological  society. 

MANTELL,  Gideon  Algernon. 

On  the  structure  of  the  jaws  and  teeth  of  the  iguanodon. 

1848 qr568.i9  M34 

Being  a  part  of  the  Philosophical  transactions  of  the   Royal  society  of 
London,   1848,  v.  138. 

EVANS,  John. 

On  portions  of  a  cranium  and  a  jaw  in  the  slab  containing 

the  fossil  remains  of  the  archaeopteryx.     1881 r568.2  E94 

Reprinted  from  Natural  history  review,  July  1865. 

LYDEKKER,  Richard. 

Catalogue  of  the  fossil  birds  in  the  British  museum,  (natural 

history) .     1891 rs68.2  L98 

LYDEKKER,  Richard,  and  others. 

On  pleistocene  bird-remains  from  the  Sardinian  and  Corsi- 
can  island;  On  a  new  species  of  moa;  Description  of  a 
remarkable  fish  from  Mauritius  belonging  to  the  genus 
scorpaena;  On  the  occurrence  of  a  rare  fish  (lophotes 
cepedianus)  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope;  On  a  specimen 
of  pleurotomaria  from  Tobago,  West  Indies.  1891 .  .  .rs68.2  L980 
Being  a  part  of  v.59  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  society  of 
London. 

569     Mammals 

BENEDEN,  Pierre  Joseph  van. 

Les  phoques  fossiles  du  bassin  d'Anvers.     1876 r569  B43 

Extrait  des  Bulletins  de  I'Academie  royale  de  Belgique,  2me  serie,  tome 

41,  avril  1876. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
Sur  des  ossements  fossiles  trouves  dans  les  environs  de  Saint- 
Nicolas.     [1876.] r569  B43 

Extrait  des  Bulletins  de  I'Academie  royale  de  Belgique,  ame  serie,  t.io, 

no. 9-10. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Un  mammifere  nouveau  du  crag  d'Anvers rs69  B43 

Extrait  des  Bulletins  de  I'Academie  royale  de  Belgique,  ame  serie,  t.12, 

no.7. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 


734  PALEONTOLOGY— MAMMALS 

BUSK,  George. 

On  the  ancient  or  quaternary  fauna  of  Gibraltar,  as  exempli- 
fied in  the  mammalian  remains  of  the  ossiferous  breccia. 

1877 qr569  B96 

From  the  Transactions  of  the  Zoological  society,  Aug.  i,  1877,  v. 10. 
FILHOL.  Henri. 

£tude  des  mammiferes  fossiles  de  Saint-Gerand  le  Puy,  (Al- 

lier)   qr569  F47e 

Being  v.  10,  article  no.3  of  Annales  des  sciences   geologiques. 
Memoires  sur  quelques  mammiferes  fossiles  des  phosphorites 

du  Quercy.     1882 qr569  F47 

GAUDRY,  Albert. 

Materiaux  pour  I'histoire  des  temps  quaternaires.    pt.2. 

1880 qr569  G23 

pt.2.     De  I'existence  des  saigas  en  France  a  I'epoque  quaternaire. 
GORE,  John  Ellard.  comp. 

Glossary  of  fossil  mammalia.     1874 rsdg  G66 

HOWORTH,  Sir  Henry  Hoyle. 

The  mammoth  and  the  flood;  an  attempt  to  confront  the 
theory  of  uniformity  with  the  facts  of  recent  geology. 

1887 569  H86 

MARSH,  Othniel  Charles. 

Dinocerata;  a  monograph  of  an  extinct  order  of  gigantic 
mammals.  1886.  (United  States  —  Geological  survey. 
Monographs.)    qrS57-93   RQI 

Bibliography,  P.22S-237. 

Bound  with  Russell's  Geological  history  of  Lake  Lahontan. 

SCHLOSSER,  Max. 

Die  affen,  lemuren,  chiropteren,  insectivoren,  marsupialier, 
creodonten  und  carnivoren  des  europaischen  tertiars  und 
deren  bcziehungen  zu  ihren  lebenden  uiid  fossilen  ausser- 

europaischen  verwandten.     3v.  in  i.     1887-90 qrs69  S34 

Reprinted  from  "Beitrage  zur  palaonto'.ogie  Osterreich-Ungams,"  v.6-8. 
BURMEISTER,  Hermann. 

Nothropus  priscus,  ein  bisher  unbekanntes  fossiles  faulthier. 

1882 qr569.3  B92 

Being  part  of  v.i,  1882,  of  Mathematische  und  naturwissenschaftlicbe 
mittheilungen,  Berlin. 

OWEN,  Sir  Richard,  1804-92. 

Description  of  the  skeleton  of  an  extinct  gigantic  sloth,  mylo- 
don  robustus;  with  observation  on  the  osteology,  natural 
affinities  and  probable  habits  of  the  megatherioid  quadru- 
peds in  general.     1842 qr569.3  O34 

Published  by  the  Koyal  college  of  surgeons. 
BENEDEN,  Pierre  Joseph  van. 

Sur  un  nouveau  genre  de  ziphioide  fossile  (placoziphius), 

trouve  a  Edeghem,  pres  d'Anvers.     1866 qr569.S  B43 

Extrait  du  tome  37  des  Memoires  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sciences,  des 
lettres  et  des  beaux-arts  de  Belgique,   1868. 

CAPELLINI,  Giovanni. 

Sul  felsinoterio,  sirenoide  halicoreforme  del  depositi  littorali 
pliocenici,  dell'antico  bacino  del  Mediterraneo  e  del  Mar 

Nero;  memoria.     1872 qr569.S  C18 

Estratta  dalla  serie  III,  tomo   1,  delle  Mercorie  dell'  Accademia  delle 


BIOLOGY.     NATURAL  HISTORY  735 

scienze  dell'  Istituto  di  Bologna,  e  letta  ncUa  scssione  del  15  febbraio 

1872. 

MARTIN,  Karl. 

Ueber  neue  stegodon-reste  aus  Java.     1890 qrs69.6  M42 

Being  a  part  of  v.28  of  the  Verhandelingen  der  Koninklijke  akademie 
van  wetwenschappen,  Amsterdam,   March   1890. 

BOURGUIGNAT,  Jules  Rene. 

Histoire  des  felidae  fossiles  constates  en  France  dans  les  de- 
pots de  la  periode  quaternaire.     1879 qr569.7  B6s 

Recherches  sur  les  ossements  de  canidae  constates  en  France, 

a  I'etat  fossile  pendant  la  periode  quaternaire.    1875.  .qr569.7  B6sr 
GAUDRY,  Albert. 

Sur  quelques  pieces  de  mammiferes  fossiles  qui  ont  ete  trou- 

vees  dans  les  phosphorites  du  Quercy.     1875 r569.7  G23 

Extrait  du  Journal  de  zoologie,  t.4,  1875. 

Bound  with  his  Sur  un  hippopotame  fossile  decouvert  a  Bone. 

Sur  un  hippopotame  fossile  decouvert  a  Bone,  (Algerie). 

1876 r569.7  G23 

Extrait  du  Bulletin  de  la  Societe  geologique  de  France,  36  ser.  t.4,  1876. 

MAJOR,  C.J.Forsyth. 

On  the  fossil  remains  of  species  of  the  family  giraffidse. 

1891 r569.7  M27 

Being  a  part  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  society  of  London, 
May  5,  iSgi. 

570     Biology.      Natural  history 

CONN,  Herbert  William. 

Story  of  the  living  machine;  a  review  of  the  conclusions  of 
modern  biology  in  regard  to  the  mechanism  which  con- 
trols the  phenomena  of  living  activity.  1899.  (Library 
of  useful  stories.) 570  C75 

Short  study  of  how  far  the  activities  within  the  plant  or  animal  body 
can  be  explained  by  physical  or  chemical  forces,  at  what  point  the 
analogy  of  a  machine  fails,  and  of  how  the  machine  came  into  ex- 
istence. 

EARL,  Alfred. 

The  living  organism;  an  introduction  to  the  problems  of 

biology.    1898 570  E17 

"The  object  of  the  book  will  be  attained  if  it  succeeds. .  .in  directing 
attention  to  the  important  truth,  that  though  chemical  and  physical 
changes  enter  largely  into  the  composition  of  vital  activity,  there  is 
much  in  the  living  organism  that  is  outside  the  range  of  these  opera- 
tions."   Preface. 

HILL,  Sir  John. 

General  natural  history;  or,  New  and  accurate  descriptions 
of  the  animals,  vegetables  and  minerals  of  the  different 

parts  of  the  world,    v.i,  3.     1748-52 qr570  H55 

V.I.     Fossils, 
v.  3.     Animals. 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry,  &  Martin,  H.N. 

Course    of    elementary    instruction    in    practical    biology. 

1879 r570  H98 

The  same;  extended  and  ed.  by  G.   B.   Howes  and  D.  H. 

Scott.     1892 570  H98 

47 


736  BIOLOGY.     NATURAL  HISTORY 

PARKER,  Thomas  Jeffery. 

Lessons  in  elementary  biology.     1898 570  P24 

Deals  mainly  with  the  structure  and  activities  of  cells  as  the  basis  of 
all  physiological  functions. 

PLINY,  the  elder. 

Natural  history;  tr.  with  notes  and  illustrations  by  John 

Bostock  and  H.  T.  Riley.     6v.     1890-98 r570  P69 

SEDGWICK,  William  Thompson,  &  Wilson,  E.B. 

Introduction  to  general  biology.     1895.     (American  science 

series;  advanced  course.) 570  S44 

LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

Beauties  of  nature  and  the  wonders  of  the  world  we  live  in. 

1893 570.1  L96 

SANDEMAN,  George. 

Problems  of  biology.     1896 570.  i  S21 

Contents:  Methods  of  biology. — The  first  postulate  of  biology. — The 
second  postulate  of  biologry. — The  third  postulate  of  biology. — The 
unity  of  the  organism. 

SPENCER,  Herbert. 

Principles  of  biology.    2v.     1898- 1900.     (Synthetic  philosophy, 

v.2-3.)    570.1   S74P 

The  same.     2v.     1895.     (Synthetic  philosophy,  v.2-3.) rS70.l  S74 

570.4     Essays.     Sketches  and  stories 

ABBOTT,  Charles  Conrad. 

Days  out  of  doors.     1889 570.4  A13 

Describes  New  Jersey  field  and  water  life;  arranged  by  the  months. 
Upland  and  meadow;  a  Poaetquissings  chronicle.     1886.  .570.4  A13U 

Nature  study  in  western  New  Jersey. 

ALLEN.  Grant. 

Flashlights  on  nature.     1898 570.4  A42 

Contents:  The  cows  that  ants  milk,  [aphides]. — A  plant  that  melts  ice, 
[soldanella]. — A  beast  of  prey,  [spider]. — A  woodland  tragedy,  [butcher- 
bird].— Marriage  among  the  clovers. — Those  horrid  earwigs. — First 
paper-maker,  [the  wasps]. — Abiding  cities,  [ants'  nests]. — A  frozen 
world. — British  bloodsuckers. — A  very  intelligent  plant,  [gorse]. — A 
foreign  invasion  of  England,  [Hessian  fly]. 

In  nature's  workshop.     1901 570.4  A42i 

Contents:  Sextons  and  scavengers. — False  pretences-. — Plants  that  go  to 
sleep. —  Masquerades  and  disguises. —  Some  strange  nurseries. —  Ani- 
mal and  vegetable  hedgehogs. — The  day  of  the  canker-worm. — Armour- 
plated  animals. 

"Characteristic  bit  of ..  .Mr.  Grant  Allen's  work. .  .viz.,  simplifying  and 
popularizing  the  doctrine  of  evolution.  .  .The  vein  of  thought.  .  .run- 
ning through  the  mind  of  the  writer  is  the  close  relationship  between 
all  kinds  of  organic  life."     Academy,   1901. 

ANDREWS,  Jane. 

Stories  Mother  Nature  told  her  children.     1894 J570.4  As6 

Stories  of  my  four  friends.     1901 J570.4  A56S 

BIOLOGICAL  lectures,  delivered  at  the  Marine  biological 
laboratory  of  Wood's  Holl,  1890-date.  v.i-date.  1891- 
date   570.4  B48 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.40;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
BUCKLAND,  Francis  Trevelyan. 

Curiosities  of  natural  history;  ist-4th  ser.    4v.    1891-93.  . .  .570.4  B85 


BIOLOGY.     NATURAL  HISTORY  7n 

BUCKLEY,  Arabella  Burton,  afterward  Mrs  Fisher. 

Fairy-land  of  science.     1893 J570.4  B8s 

On  sunbeams,  forms  of  water,  sound,  coal,  bees,  flower  life  and  fertili- 
zation by  insects. 

Through  magic  glasses,  and  other  lectures.     1890 J570.4  B85t 

Contents:  The  magician's  chamber  by  moonlight. — Magic  glasses  and 
how  to  use  them. — Fairy  rings  and  how  they  are  made. — Life-history 
of  lichens  and  mosses. — History  of  a  lava  stream. — An  hour  with  the 
sun. — An  evening  among  the  stars. — Little  beings  from  a  miniature 
ocean. — Dartmoor  ponies. — Magician's  dream  of  ancient  days. 
A  sequel  to  The  fairy-land  of  science. 

FLOWER,  Sir  William  Henry. 

Essays  on  museums  and  other  subjects  connected  with 

natural  history.     1898 570.4  F67 

On  subjects  relating  to  museums  of  natural  history.  Sir  William  Flower, 
director  of  the  natural  history  department  of  the  British  museum  at 
South  Kensington,  speaks  with  an  authority  unrivalled  in  England  at 
any  rate.  His  views  on  museum  organization  are  set  forth  in  the 
early  part  of  this  volume;  essays  on  general  biology  and  anthropology 
follow  and  the  volume  concludes  with  biographical  sketches  of  the 
author's  personal  friends,  Darwin,  Huxley,  Owen  and  Rolleston. 

FORD,  Nellie  Walton. 

Nature's    byways;    natural    science    for    primary    pupils. 

1898 J570.4  F76 

FRITH,  Henry. 

Marvels  of  animal  and  plant  life;  a  popular  account  of  the 
classes  of  animals  and  plants,  their  structure  and  mode  of 

life.     (Scientific  recreation  series.) J570.4  F95 

GIBSON,  William  Hamilton. 

Eye  spy;  afield  with  nature  among  flowers  and  animate  things. 

1897 J570.4  G37e 

My  studio  neighbors.     1898 570-4  G37 

Contfkts:  A  familiar  guest;  the  wasp. — ^The  cuckoos  and  the  outwitted 
cow-bird. — Door-step  neighbors. — A  queer  little  family  on  the  bitter- 
sweet.— The  welcomes  of  the  flowers. — A  honey-dew  picnic. — A  few 
native  orchids  and  their  insect  sponsors. — The  milkweed. 

GRAY,  Elisha. 

Nature's  miracles;  familiar  talks  on  science.     3v.     1899- 

1900 J570.4  G81 

V.I.    World-building  and  life;  earth,  air  and  water. 

T.2.    Energy  and  vibration;  energy,  sound,  heat,  light,  explosives. 

v.3.     Electricity  and  magrnetism. 

GRIEL,  Katherine  A. 

Glimpses  of  nature  for  little  folks.     1900 J570.4  G89 

Nature  reader  for  first  year  pupils. 

HEHN,  Victor. 

Cultivated  plants  and  domestic  animals   in  their  migration 

from  Asia  to  Europe.     1891 570-4  H41 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Scientific  memoirs;  ed.  by  Sir  Michael  Foster  and  E.  R. 
Lankester,    with    supplementary    volume.      5v.      1898- 

1903 qr570.4  H98 

A  republication   of  the  papers  which  Huxley  contributed  to   scientific 
societies  and  scientific  periodicals. 
INGERSOLL,  Ernest. 

Nature's  calendar;  a  guide  and  record  for  outdoor  observa- 
tions in  natural  history.     1900 r570.4  I24 

"Aimed  to  give  a  memorandum  of  some  of  the  things  for  which  the 


738  BIOLOGY.    NATURAL  HISTORY 

observer  should  be  on  the  lookout  from  week  to  week,  the  text  being 
arranged  in  the  form  of  a  calendar,  with  a  chapter  for  each  month... 
The  dates  given  refer  to  an  ordinary  season  in  the  region  about 
New  York  city."    Nation,  1900. 

The  same.     1900 570.4  I24 

JORDAN,  David  Starr. 

Science  sketches.     1896 570.4  J42 

Contents:  The  story  of  a  salmon. — Johnny  darters. — The  salmon  family 
— The  dispersion  of  fresh-water  fishes. — Agassiz  at  Penikese. — An  ec- 
centric naturalist. — A  Cuban  fisherman. — The  fate  of  iciodorum. — The 
story  of  a  stone. — An  ascent  of  the  Matterhorn. — The  story  of  a  strange 
land. — How  the  trout  came  to  California. 

KELLY,  Mrs  Meriba  A.  (Babcock). 

Leaves  from  nature's  story-book.    3v.    1892-93 J570.4  K17 

KIRBY,  Mary,  &  Elizabeth. 

The  sea  and  its  w^onders.     1893 '.  . .  .J570.4  K28 

Fantastic  shapes,  shining  creatures,  animals,  plants  and  insects  are  here 
described  in  a  simple,  interesting  way.  Also  chapters  on  the  motions 
of  winds  and  waters.  A  companion  volume  to  "The  world  by  the 
fireside." 

The  world  by  the  fireside;  or,  Pictures  and  scenes  from  far- 
off  lands.     189s J570.4  K28vir 

LANKESTER,  Edwin  Ray. 

Advancement  of  science;  occasional  essays  &  addresses. 

1890 570.4   L26 

Contents:  Degeneration;  a  chapter  on  Darwinism.— Biology  and  the 
state. — Pasteur  and  hydrophobia. — Examinations. — The  scientific  re- 
sults of  the  International  fisheries  exhibition,  London,  1883. — Cen- 
tenarianism. — Parthenogenesis. — A  theory  of  heredity. — ^The  history 
and  scope  of  zoology. 

LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

Chapters  in  popular  natural  history;  arranged  as  an  advanced 
reading  book  for  use  in  elementary  and  higher  schools. 

1882 570.4  L96C 

Contents:  Ants. — Bees  and  wasps. — The  colours  of  animals. — On  flowers 
and  insects. — On  plants  and  insects. — Fruits  and  seeds. 

Scientific  lectures.     1890 570.4  L96 

Partial  contents:  On  flowers  and  insects. — On  plants  and  insects. — On 
the  habits  of  ants. — Introduction  to  the  study  of  prehistoric  archaeol- 
ogy.— Address  to  the  Institute  of  bankers. 

MATHEWS,  Ferdinand  Schuyler. 

Familiar  features  of  the  roadside;  the  flowers,  shrubs,  birds 

and  insects.     1897 570.4  M47 

Beginning  with  early  spring,  describes  flowers,  shrubs,  birds  and  in- 
sects common  along  the  highway,  and  wood  and  field  paths.  Con- 
tains some  record  of  bird  music.    Well  illustrated. 

MIALL,  Louis  Compton. 

Round  the  year;  a  series  of  short  nature-studies.     1896. . .  .570.4  M66 
MORLEY,  Margaret  Warner. 

Song  of  life.     1893 570.4  M89 

A  popular  book  on  nature  giving  very  briefly  the  story  of  the  origin 
and  development  of  the  embryo  and  the  subsequent  development  in 
plants,  fishes,  frogs,  birds  and  mammals. 
"The  plan  of  the  work  is  novel,  and  the  narrative  is  accurate  and  inter- 
esting to  an  unusual  degree.  Few  writers  on  life's  history  give  so 
much  of  it  in  a  space  so  limited."  Nation,  1892. 
PARKER,  Francis  Wayland,  &  Helm,  N.  L. 

Uncle  Robert's  visit.     1897 J570.4  P23 

Being  v.3  of  "Uncle  Robert's  geography." 


BIOLOGY.     NATURAL  HISTORY  739 

PEARSON,  Karl. 

Chances    of   death,   and   other    studies   in    evolution.     2v. 

1897    570.4  P35 

V.I.    Chances  of  death. — Scientific  aspect  of  Monte  Carlo  roulette.— Re- 
productive selection. — Socialism  and  natural  selection. — Politics  and 
science. — Reaction!  a  criticism  of  Mr  Balfour's  attack  on  rational- 
ism.— Woman    and    labour. — Variation    in    man   and    woman. — Sec- 
tarian criticism. 
V.3.    Woman   as   witch,    evidences    of   mother-right   in   the   customs    of 
mediaeval     witchcraft. — Ashiepattle;     or,     Hans  seeks     his     luck. — 
Kindred   group-marriage. — German    passion   play;    a   study   in   the 
evolution  of  western  Christianity. 
"A   small   school  of   English  workers,   of  wham   Mr   Galton   and   Prof. 
Weldon  may  be  taken  as  the  chief  biologists  and  the  author  of  the 
present  volumes  as  the  chief  mathematician,  have  elaborated  a  new 
method  of  investigation  into  the  secrets  of  nature,  a  method  which  may 
be  termed  mathematical  biology.    .    .    A  new  work  of  extreme  scien- 
tific value  and  of  deep  popular  interest."    Saturday  review. 

ROMANES,  George  John. 

Essays ;  ed.  by  C.  L.  Morgan.    1897 570.4  R65 

Contents:  Primitive  natural  history. — The  Darwinian  theory  of  instinct. 
— Man  and  brute. — Mind  in  men  and  animals. — Origin  of  human  facul- 
ty.— Mental  differences  between  men  and  women. — What  is  the  object 
of  life? — Recreation. — Hypnotism.  —  Hydrophobia  and  the  muzzling 
order. 

STICKNEY,  J.H. 

Earth  and  sky;  a  first  grade  nature  reader  and  text-book. 

1899 J570.4  S85 

TORONTO  UNIVERSITY. 

Studies;  biological  series,    no.i.     1898 qr57o.4  T63 

no. I.     The  gametophyte  of  botrychium  virginianum,  by  E.  C.  Jeffrey. 
TREAT,  Mrs  Mary. 

Home  studies  in  nature.    1885 S70.4  T71 

Original  studies  in  bird,  insect  and  plant  life. 
TROEGER,  John  Winthrop. 

Harold's  first  discoveries.     1899 J570.4  T75h 

Harold's  quests.     1899 J570.4  T75ha 

"The  subject-matter  is  taken  from  the  common  things  in  nature  which 
children  are  most  likely  to  meet  and  find  interesting. ..The  section 
on  physics  is  added  for  the  winter  hours  because  of  its  importance 
and  interest  to  the  children."    Preface. 

Harold's  rambles.     1898 J570.4  T75 

VAN  DYKE,  John  Charles. 

Nature  for  its  own  sake;  first  studies  in  natural  appearances. 

1898 570.4  V18 

The  object  of  the  book  is  "Simply  to  call  attention  to  that  nature 
around  us  which  only  too  many  people  look  at  every  day  and  yet 
never  see,  to  show  that  light,  form,  and  color  are  beautiful  regardless 
of  human  meaning  or  use,  to  suggest  what  pleasure  and  profit  may 
be  derived  from  the  study  of  that  natural  beauty  which  is  everyone's 
untaxed  heritage,  and  which  may  be  had  for  the  lifting  of  one's  eyes. 
The  word  'nature'  as  it  is  used  in  these  pages  does  not  comprehend 
animal  life  in  any  form  whatever.  It  is  applied  only  to  lights,  skies, 
clouds,  waters,  lands,  foliage — the  great  elements  that  reveal  form  and 
color  in  landscape,  the  component  parts  of  the  earth-beauty  about  us." 
Preface. 
WALLACE,  Alfred  Russel. 

Studies,  scientific  &  social.     2v.     1900 570.4  W17 

"Fifty-two  essays... [on]  geology,  evolutionary  biology,  anthropology, 
and  sociology,  written  in  Wallace's  clear,  flowing  style,  and  with  all 
his  argumentative  force  and  ingenuity;  full  of  information  upon  all 
sorts  of  matters  of  curiosity."    Nation,   1901.  1 


740  BIOLOGY.     NATURAL  HISTORY 

WRIGHT,  Mrs  Julia  (McNair). 

Sea-side  and  way-side.  4v.  1897-99.  (Nature  readers.)  ...  .J570.4  W93 

570.5     Periodicals 

AMERICAN  naturalist;  monthly.  Mar.  1867-date.     v.i-date. 

1868-date r570.5   A51 

ANNALS  and  magazine  of  natural  history  including  zoology, 

botany   and    geology;    monthly,    1854,    1887-June    1891, 

1900-date.     1854-date r570.S  A612 

A  continuation  of  the  Annals  of  natural  history,   which  was  published 
from  1838  to  1840;  united  in  1841  with  the  Magazine  of  natural  history. 

Issued  in  series,  of  which  the  library  has  the  following: 

series  2.     v.13-14,  1854. 

series  5.     v.19-20,   1887. 

Series  6.     v.1-7,   1888-June  1891. 

series  7.     v.s-date,  1900-date. 

L'ANN£E  biologique;  comptes  rendus  annuels  des  travaux 
de  biologie  generale;  publics  sous  la  direction  de  Yves 
Delage,  1895-date.    ire  annee-date.    1897-date r570.5  A61 

BIOLOGICAL  bulletin;  ed.  by  the  director  and  members  of  the 
staff  of  the  Marine  biological  laboratory.  Woods  Roll, 
Mass.,  Oct.  1899-date.    v.i-date.     1900-date r570.S  B49 

Issued  irregularly. 

MIDLAND  naturalist;  monthly,  1878-84,  1887-90.    v.1-7,  10- 

13.     1878-90 r570.s   M67 

NATURAL  science;   a  monthly  review  of  scientific  progress. 

15V.     1892-99 r570.5   NiS 

v.12-13,  1898,  wanting. 
No  more  published. 
SWISS  cross;  monthly  magazine  of  the  Agassiz  association,  Jan. 

1887-June  1889.    5v.  in  I.    1887-89 qr570.5  S97 

No  more  published. 

570.6     Societies 

BALLARD,  Harlan  Hoge. 

Three  kingdoms;   a  hand-book  of  the  Agassiz  association. 

1897 570.6  B21 

"Books  recommended,"  p.  102-125. 

The  same.     1888 r570.6  B21 

"Books  recommended,"  p.ioi-124. 

CONGRfiS  INTERNATIONAUX  D'ANTHROPOLOGIE  ET 

D'ARCHfeOLOGIE  PRfiHISTORIQUE  ET  DE  ZOOLOGIE. 
Materiaux  reunis  par  le  comite  d'organisation  des  congres, 
concernant  les  expositions,  les  excursions  et  les  rapports 
sur    des    questions    touchant    les    congres.      2v.    in    i. 

1893 qrS70.6  C74 

PHILADELPHIA,  ACADEMY  OF  NATURAL  SCIENCES. 

Proceedings,  i8S3-date.     v.6-date.     1854-date r570.6  P49 

570.7     Nature  study 

CORNELL  UNIVERSITY— College  of  agriculture. 

Teacher's  leaflets  on  nature-study,  no. 1-22,  in  3v.     1898- 


NATURE  STUDY  741 

X901 570.7  C82 

no.  1 4  title  reads  Cornell  nature-study  bulletin,  no.i;   no.  15-22,   Cornell 

nature-study  quarterly,   no.  2-9. 
No  more  published. 

HODGE,  Clifton  Fremont. 

Nature  study  and  life.     1902 570.7  H66 

HOWE,  Edward  Gardnier. 

Systematic  science  teaching.     2v.     1895-1900.     (International 

education  series.) S70.7  H8s 

V.2  title  reads  Advanced  elementary  science. 

JACKMAN,  Wilbur  Samuel. 

Nature  study  for  grammar  grades.    1899 570-7  Ji2n 

Nature  study  for  the  common  schools.     1894 570.7  J12 

A  comprehensive  guide  for  teachers  of  natural  science.  References  for 
suggestive  readings  are  scattered  through  the  volume.  Prof.  Jackman 
was  formerly  professor  of  natural  science  in  the  Pittsburgh  high 
school. 

The  same.     1894 r570.7  J12 

LANGE,  D. 

Handbook  of  nature  study,  for  teachers  and  pupils  in  elemen- 
tary schools.     1898 570.7  L24 

NEW  YORK  (city),  AMERICAN  MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL 
HISTORY. 

Annual  report  (32d-33d),  1900-01.     1901-02 r570.7  N26 

Bulletin,     v.i-io.     1881-98 r570.7   N26b 

OGDEN,  James  Gordon. 

Nature  study  in  elementary  schools.    1902 r570.7  O17 

Reprinted  from  Pennsylvania  school  journal,  April  1902. 

PAYNE,  Frank  Owen. 

One  hundred  lessons  in  nature  study.    1895 570.7  P33 

Bibliography,  p.200-201. 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Handbook  of  information  concerning  the  school  of  biology. 

1889 qrSQS-i  H88  v.3 

Bound  with  Hudson  and  Gosse's  Rotifera. 
WILSON,  Mrs  Lucy  Langdon  (Williams). 

Nature  study  in  elementary  schools;  a  manual  for  teachers. 

1897 J570.7  W77 

Contains  bibliographies. 

Practical  observation  lessons   for  each  month   in  meteorology,   botany, 

zoology   and    mineralogy.      References   to    myths,    illustrative    poems, 

helpful  books,  etc.     Of  unusual  value  to  teachers. 


570.9     History  of  biology 

THOMSON,  John  Arthur. 

Science  of  life;  an  outline  of  the  history  of  biology  and  its 

recent  advances.    1899.    (Victorian  era  series.) 570.9  T38 

"References  to  historical  literature,"  p.240-243. 

"Not  a  work  on  biology,  as  its  cover  would  lead  us  to  suppose,  but  a 
skilful  and  fascinating  sketch  of  the  progress  of  the  Life  Sciences, 
from  Aristotle  to  Weissmann,  from  350  B.C.  to  the  last  meeting  of 
the  British  association... The  entire  volume  can  be  cordially  recom- 
mended to  all  who  wish  to  get  an  authoritative  resume,  in  small 
space,  of  the  latest  developments  and  present  state  of  scientific 
opinion  upon  the  great  problems  of  life."    Outlook  (.Ettg.),  1899. 


742  SCIENTIFIC  EXPLORATIONS 

570.91 — 570.99     Scientific  explorations 

AGASSIZ,  Alexander. 

Three  cruises  of  the  United  States  coast  and  geodetic  survey 

steamer  Blake,  1877-1880.     2v.     1888 q570.9i  A26 

CHALLENGER  EXPEDITION. 

Report  on  the  scientific  results  of  the  voyage  of  H.  M.  S. 
Challenger,  1873-76;  prepared  under  the  superinten- 
dence of  Sir  C.  W.  Thompson  and  John  Murray.  Bot- 
any, V.2,  Zoology,  V.18  in  3.     1886-87 qrS70.9i  C3S 

Botany,  v.2.     Report  on  the  diatomacex,  by  Francesco  Castracane  degli 

Antelminelli. 
Zoology,  V.I 8.     Report  on  the  radiolaria,  by  Ernst  Haeckel. 

DARWIN,  Charles. 

Journal  of  researches  into  the  natural  history  and  geology 
of    the    countries    visited    during    the    voyage    of    the 

Beagle.      1895 570.91    D26 

What  Mr  Darwin  saw  in  his  voyage  round  the  world  in  the 

ship  Beagle J570.91  D26 

MOSELEY,  Henry  Nottidge. 

Notes  by  a  naturalist;  an  account  of  observations  made  dur- 
ing the  voyage  of  H.M.S.  Challenger  round  the  world, 

1872-1876.     1892 570.91   M93 

Memoir  of  H.  N.  Moseley,  p.s-i6. 
SPRY,  William  James  Joseph. 

Cruise  of  Her  Majesty's  ship  Challenger.     1877 570.91  S77 

THOMSON,  Sir  Charles  Wyville. 

The  depths  of  the  sea;  an  account  of  the  general  results  of 
the  dredging  cruises  of  H.  M.  SS.  "Porcupine"  and 
"Lightning"    during   the    summers    of    1868,    1869   and 

1870.      1874 570.91    T38 

Voyage  of  the  "Challenger;"  the  Atlantic;  a  preliminary 
account  of  the  general  results  of  the  exploring  expedi- 
tion of  H.  M.  S.  "Challenger,"  during  1873  ^^d  the  early 

part  of  1876.     2v.     1878 rS70.9i  T38 

The  laying  of  the  first  Atlantic  cable  having  directed  particular  atten- 
tion to  the  character  of  the  bottom  of  the  deep  sea,  and  the  forms  and 
nature  of  living  things  there,  the  English  government  sent  out  a 
surveying  expedition  to  investigate  these  questions.  The  Challenger 
belonged  to  the  English  navy,  was  thoroughly  equipped  for  her  work, 
and  carried  a  civilian  scientific  staff  in  addition  to  the  naval  officers. 
UNITED  STATES — Naval  astronomical  expedition  to  the 
southern  hemisphere,  1849-52. 

Report,    v.i-3,  6.     1855-56 qr570.9i  U25 

v.i.    Chile;  its  geography,  climate,  earthquakes,  government,  social  con- 
dition, mineral  and  agricultural  resources,  commerce,  etc.,  by  J.  M. 
Gilliss. 
v.2.    The  Andes  and  pampas,  by  Archibald  MacRae. — Minerals,  by  J.  L. 
Smith. — Indian  remains,  by  Thomas  Ewbank. — Mammals,  by  S.  F. 
Baird. — Birds,  by  John  Cassin. — Reptiles,  fishes  and  Crustacea,  by 
Charles   Girard.— Shells,   by   A.   A.    Gould.— Dried   plants,    by   Asa 
Gray. — Living  plants   and   seeds,   by  W.    D.    Brackenridge. — Fossil 
mammals,  by  Jeffries  Wyman. — Fossil  shells,  by  T.  A.  Conrad. 
V.3.     Observations  to  determine  the  solar  parallax,  by  J.  M.  Gilliss. 
V.6.     Magnetical  and  meteorological  observations,  by  J.  M.  Gilliss. 
V.4-S    not   published.      The    material    for    them,    entitled    "Catalogue    of 
16748  southern  stars  deduced  by  the  United  States  naval  observatory 


SCIENTIFIC  EXPLORATIONS  743 

7 

from  the  zone  observations  made  at  Santiago  de  Chile. ..  1849-52," 
was  issued  by  the  United  States  naval  observatory  as  appendix  i  to 
the  "Astronomical  and  meteorological  observations"  for  1890, 
qrs22.i  U25. 

Explorations  in  special  countries 

Europe.     Asia 

QUATREFAGES  de  BRfiAU,  Jean  Louis  Armand  de. 

The  rambles  of  a  naturalist  on  the  coasts  of  France,  Spain  and 

Sicily.    2v.     1857 r570.94  Q21 

PERRY,  Matthew  Calbraith,  commodore. 

Narrative  of  the  expedition  of  an  American  squadron  to  the 
China  seas  and  Japan,  1852-1854,  under  the  command  of 
Commodore  M.  C.  Perry.  3v.  1856.  (United  States — 
Navy   department.) qr570.95    P44 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.23;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

North  Amexica 
BIART,  Lucien. 

Adventures  of  a  young  naturalist.     [1902.] J570.972  B47 

COLE,  George  Watson,  comp. 

Bermuda  and  the  Challenger  expedition;  a  bibliography  giv- 
ing a  summary  of  the  scientific  results  obtained  by  that  ex- 
pedition at  and  near  Bermuda  in  1873.    1901 r570.972  C68 

"One  of  the  most  systematic  studies  of  this  locality  was  undertaken  by 
the  naturalists  of  the  'Challenger'  expedition. .  .In  the  reports  on  the 
scientific  results  of  this  expedition  are  some  eighty  monographs  upon 
zoological  subjects,  in  over  one-half  of  which  are  to  be  found  de- 
scriptions (many  accompanied  with  plates)  of  nearly  three  hundred 
different  species  of  marine  life  collected  at  or  near  these  islands." 
Preface. 

HEILPRIN,  Angelo. 

Bermuda  islands;  a  contribution  to  the  physical  history  and 

zoology  of  the  Somers  archipelago.     1889 rS70.972  H41 

"Coral-reef  problem,"  p.48-77;  "Notes  on  the  recent  literature  of  coral 
reefs,"  p.202-231. 

United  States 

NEW  YORK  (state). 

Natural  history  of  New  York.    30V.     1842-94 qrS70.9747  N26 

v.i-S.      Zoology,  by  J.  E.  De  Kay. 

v.6-7.      Flora,  by  John  Torrey. 

v.8.         Mineralogy,  by  L.C.  Beck. 

V.9-12.     Geology. 

V.13-17.  Agriculture,  by  Ebenezer  Emmons,  (text  and  plates). 

V.  18-30.  Palaeontology,  by  James  Hall. 

These  reports  are  indexed  in  Bulletin  no.66  of  the  New  York  state 
museum,  qrS07  N26b. 

The  reports  which  make  up  this  work  are  the  final  reports  of  the  Geo- 
logical survey  as  organized  in  1837.  The  earlier  reports  of  the  survey 
were  district  reports  made  to  the  governor  and  are  entered  under 
New  York  (state) — Geological  survey,  (r557.47  N26).  The  out- 
growth of  this  survey  with  its  large  collections  of  specimens  was  the 
formation  of  the  New  York  (state)  museum,  and  its  reports  and 
bulletins  contain  the  reports  of  the  state  geologist,  paleontologist, 
botanist  and  entomologist. 
NICOLLET,  Jean  Nicholas. 

Report  intended  to  illustrate  [accompanying]  map  of  the 


744  SCIENTIFIC  EXPLORATIONS 

hydrographical   basin   of  the   upper   Mississippi   river, 
Feb.  i6,  1841.     1843.     (United  States.     26th  cong.     2d 

sess.    Senate.    Doc.  no. 237.) r570.977  N32 

JONES,  William  A. 

Report  upon  the  reconnaissance  of  northwestern  Wyoming 
including  Yellowstone  national  park,  made  in  the  summer 

of  1873.     1875 r570.978  J41 

Contents:  General  report. — ^Astronomical  report,  by  S.  E.  Blunt. — Geo- 
logical report,  by  T.  B.  Comstock. — Report  on  mineral  and  thermal 
waters,  by  C.  L.  Heizmann. — Botanical  report,  by  C.  C.  Parry. — En- 
tomological report,  by  J.  D.  Putnam. 

UNITED  STATES — Geographical  surveys  west  of  the  looth  , 

meridian.     (Wheeler  surveys.) 
Report  upon  the  United  States  geographical  surveys  west 
of  the  lOOth  meridian;  in  charge  of  G.  M.  Wheeler.    8v. 
in  9.    1875-89.     (Engineer  department  (army).)  . . .  .qr570.978  U25 

V.I.     Geographical  report. 

V.2.     Astronomy  and  barometric  hypsometry. 

V.3   in  2.     Geology. 

V.4.     Paleontology. 

V.5.     Zoology. 

V.6.     Botany. 

V.7.     Archaeology. 

V.8.     Tables  of  geographic  positions,  azimuths  and  distances. 

Atlases  wanting. 

"The  first  volume. .  .is  devoted  to  geography,  and  contains  much  material 
of  high  value.  App.  F.,  vol.i,  is  an  account  of  the  discovery  and 
exploration  of  the  western  United  States  from  1500  to  1880,  includ- 
ing an  epitome  of  a  memoir  by  G.  K.  Warren  on  explorations  between 
1800  and  1857.  It  is  an  invaluable  aid  to  careful  study  of  the  western 
country.  A  brief  abstract  is  given  of  various  expeditions,  with  names 
of  leaders,  dates,  routes,  manner  of  publication,  etc."  Larned's  Liter- 
ature of  American  history. 

"By  act  of  March  3,  1879,  the  Geological  and  Geogfraphical  Survey  of 
the  Territories,  the  Geographical  and  Geological  Survey  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  Region,  and  the  Geographical  Surveys  West  of  the  One 
hundredth  Meridian  were  discontinued,  and  the  United  States  Geologi- 
cal Survey  established  in  their  stead." 


NELSON,  Edward  W. 

Report  upon  natural  history  collections  made  in  Alaska,  1877- 
1881;  ed.  by  H.  W.  Henshaw.  1887.  (United  States. 
49th  cong.  ist  sess.    Senate.    Mis.  doc.  no. 156.).  ..qr570.9798  T86 

no. 3   of  the  Arctic  series  of  publications  issued  in  connection  with  the 

Signal  service,  U.  S.  army. 
Bound  with  Turner's  Contributions  to  the  natural  history  of  Alaska. 

TURNER,  Lucien  M. 

Contributions  to  the  natural  history  of  Alaska;  results  of  in- 
vestigations made  chiefly  in  the  Yukon  district  and  the 
Aleutian  islands,  May  1874-Aug.  1881.  1886.  (United 
States.  49th  cong.  ist  sess.  Senate.  Mis.  doc.  no. 
15s) .qr570.9798  T86 

no.2  of  the  Arctic  series  of  publications  issued  in  connection  with  the 
Signal  service,   U.  S.  army. 

South  America 

BALL,  John. 

Notes  of  a  naturalist  in  South  America.     1887 570.98  B21 


SCIENTIFIC  EXPLORATIONS  745 

BATES,  Henry  Walter. 

Naturalist  on  the  river  Amazons.     1884 S70.98  B31 

A  record  of  personal  adventures,  combined  with  the  observations  of  a       « 
trained  student  on  the  great  river,  the  country  through  which  it  flows, 
and  the  marvels  of  insect  and  animal  life  which  abound  there.     It  is 
written  in  clear  and  simple  style;  is  interesting  to  the  general  reader 
as  well  as  to  the  naturalist. 

CUNNINGHAM,  Robert  Oliver. 

Notes  on  the  natural  history  of  the  Strait  of  Magellan  and 
west  coast  of  Patagonia,  made  during  the  voyage  of  H.  M. 
S.  "Nassau,"  1866-1869.     1871 570.983  C92 


Oceanica.     Polar  regions 

ANDREWS,  Charles  W.  and  others. 

Monograph  of  Christmas  Island;  physical  features  and 
geology,    with    descriptions    of    the    fauna    and    flora. 

1900 570.99  As6 

One  of  the  natural  history  publications   of  the  trustees  of  the   British 

museum. 
"Christmas  Island . . .  lies  some  200  miles  southwest  of  the  western  part  of 

Java... The  island  is  of  volcanic  origin... The  report... is  believed  to  be 

the  most  elaborate  account  of  the  animal  and  plant  life  of  an  oceanic 

island  ever  published."     Popular  science  monthly,  1900. 

MACGILLIVRAY,  John. 

Narrative  of  the  voyage  of  H.  M.  S.  Rattlesnake,  commanded 
by  Captain  Owen  Stanley,  1846-1850;  including  discoveries 
and  surveys  in  New  Guinea,  the  Louisiade  archipelago, 
etc;  to  which  is  added  the  account  of  E.  B.  Kennedy's  ex- 
pedition for  the  exploration  of  the  Cape  York  peninsula. 

2v.      1852 570.99    M16 

WOODFORD,  Charles  Morris. 

Naturalist  among  the  head-hunters;  three  visits  to  the  Solo- 
mon Islands.     1890 570.99  W86 

ROYAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 

Account  of  the  petrological,  botanical  and  zoological  col- 
lections made  in  Kerguelen's  Land  and  Rodriguez  dur- 
ing the  transit  of  Venus  expeditions,   1874-75.     1879. 
(In  Royal  society  of  London.     Philosophical  transac- 
tions, V.168.)  qr5o6  R8ip  v.i68 

HALL,  Charles  Francis. 

Scientific  results  of  the  United  States  arctic  expedition; 
Steamer   Polaris,    C.  F.  Hall   commanding,     v.i.      1876. 

(United  States — Navy  department.) qr570.998  H17 

V.I.    Physical  observations,  by  Emil  Bessels. 

NANSEN,  Fridtjof,  ed. 

Norwegian  north  polar  expedition,  1893- 1896;  scientific  results. 

v.i-2.     1900-01 qr570.998  N12 

V.I.  Archer,  Colin.  The  Fram. — Pompeckj,  J.  F.  The  Jurassic  fauna 
of  Cape  Flora,  Franz  Josef  Land;  with  a  geological  sketch  of 
Cape  Flora  and  its  neighbourhood,  by  Fridtjof  Nansen. — Nathorst, 
A.  J.  Fossil  plants  from  Franz  Josef  Land. — CoUett,  Robert,  and 
Nansen,  Fridtjof.  An  account  of  the  birds. — Sars,  G.  O.  Crusta- 
cea. 
V.2.  Geelmuyden,  H.  Astronomical  observations. — Steen,  A.  S.  Ter- 
restrial   magnetism.  —  Schitz,  O.  E.     Results  of  the  pendulum  ob- 


746  PREHISTORIC  ARCHiEOLOGY 

servations    and  some    remarks  on  the    constitution  of    the    earth's 
crust. 

571     Prehistoric  archaeology 

For  ArchsEology  of  special  countries,  see  913 

BLUMENBACH,  Johann  Friedrich. 

Anthropological  treatises  of  Blumenbach,  and  the  Inaugural 
dissertation  of  John  Hunter  on  the  varieties  of  man.  1865. 
(Anthropological  society  of  London.     Publications.)  ..  .rS7i  Bs6 
Life  and  Memoir  of  Blumenbach,  by  K.  F.  H.  Marx  and  M.  Floureni, 
p.  1-63- 
BOYLE,  David. 

Notes  on  primitive  man  in  Ontario;  an  appendix  to  the  re- 
port of  the  minister  of  education  for  Ontario.    1895 r57i  B67 

CARR,  Lucien,  &  Shaler,  N.  S. 

On  the   prehistoric   remains   of   Kentucky.      (Kentucky — 

Geological  survey.     Memoirs.) qrS7i  C22 

CLODD,  Edward. 

Childhood  of  the  world.     1893 571  C61 

Simple  account  of  man  in  early  times.     Describes  his  first  tools,  dwell- 
ings, cooking  and  pottery,  language,  writing,  counting,  etc.,  and  traces 
his  advance  from  lower  to  higher  stages  of  religious  belief. 
The   story  of  primitive   man.      1897.      (Library  of  useful 

stories.) 571   C6is 

Selected  list  of  books,  p.  185-186. 

Explains  man's  place  in  geologic  history  and  briefly  traces  him  through 
the  stone  ages  to  the  age  of  metals. 

FIGUIER,  Louis. 

Primitive  man.     1871 rS7i  F47 

GEIKIE,  James. 

Prehistoric  Europe.     1881 r57i  G28 

Description   of  the   climatic   and   geographic   changes   which   have   taken 
place  since  the  beginning  of  the  quaternary  period. 

HORNES,  Moriz. 

Primitive  man ;  tr.  f  r.  the  German  by  J.  H.  Loewe.     1900. 

(Temple  primers.)   571  H81 

Bibliography,  p.  1 27-1 31. 

Short  elementary  history  for  the  general  reader. 

JOLY,  Nicholas. 

Man  before  metals.    1891.     (International  scientific  series.) .  .571  J38 
Treats  of  the  great  antiquity  of  the  human  race,  and  of  the  moral  and 
religious  ideas,  the  customs  and  industries  of  man  before  the  use  of 
metals  was  known  to  him. 
LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

Pre-historic  times  as  illustrated  by  ancient  remains.     1890 571  L96 

First  edition  appeared  in  1865. 

"This  is,   perhaps,  the  best  summary  of  the  evidence  now  in  our  pos- 
session  concerning   the   general    character   of    Prehistoric   Times.    .    . 
The    work    may    be    regarded    as    introductory    to    the    same    author's 
'Origin  of  Civilization.'  "  C.  K.  Adams. 
MACLEAN.  John  Patterson. 

Mastodon,  mammoth  and  man.     1880 571  M19 

The  same.     1880 r^Ji  M19 

NADAILL.A.C,  Jean  Frangois  Albert  du  Pouget,  marquis  de. 

Manners  and  monuments  of  prehistoric  peoples.     1892 571  Nil 

Comprehensive  work,  including  the  discoveries  made  while  the  book  was 
in  progress  (1891). 


PREHISTORIC  ARCHEOLOGY  747 

SCHRADER,  Otto. 

Prehistoric  antiquities  of  the  Aryan  peoples.     1890 571  S37 

STARR,  Frederick. 

Some  first  steps  in  human  progress.     1895.     (Chautauqua 

reading  circle  literature.)   571   S79 

Popular  account   of   pre-historic  man,   his  occupations,   art,   knowledge, 
belief,  manners,  customs,  etc. 

WASHINGTON,  ANTHROPOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Transactions,   Feb.    10,   i87g-Jan.   17,   1882,   Nov.  6,   1883- 
May  19,  1885.     V.I,  3.     1882-85.     (In  Smithsonian  insti- 
tution.   Miscellaneous  collections,  v.25,  34.). .  .r5o6  S66m  v.25,  34 
ARGYLL,  George  Douglas  Campbell,  duke  of. 

Primeval  man;  an  examination  of  some  recent  speculations. 

1869  571.04  A69 

MITCHELL,  Arthur. 

Past  in  the  present;  What  is  civilisation?    1880 57104  M74 


571.05     Periodicals 

AMERICAN   anthropologist;   monthly,     v.i-date.      1888- 

date r57i.o5  Asi 

ANTHROPOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  LONDON. 

Memoirs  read  before  the  society,  1863-1869.    3v.     1865-70. 

(Publications.) r57i.o5  A62 

Index  to  the  publications  of  the  Anthropological  institute,    1843- 

1891,  rs72  A62J. 

In  1871  the  Anthropological  society  united  with  the  Ethnological  society 
of  London  to  form  the  Anthropological  institute  of  Great  Britain  and 
Ireland. 

V.I.  Hunt,  James.  On  the  negro's  place  in  nature. — Peacock,  T.B. 
On  the  weight  of  the  brain  in  the  negro. — Bollaert,  William.  Observa- 
tions on  the  past  and  present  populations  of  the  new  world. — Thurnam, 
John.  On  the  two  principal  forms  of  ancient  British  and  Gaulish 
skulls. — Bollaert,  William.  Introduction  to  the  palaeography  of  Ameri- 
ca.— Pritchard,  W.T.  Viti  and  its  inhabitants. — Bollaert,  William. 
Some  account  of  the  astronomy  of  the  red  man  of  the  new  world. — 
Davis,  J.B.  The  Neanderthal  skull,  its  peculiar  conformation  explain- 
ed anatomically. — Roberts,  G.E.  On  the  discovery  of  large  kist-vaens 
on  the  Muckle  Heog  in  the  island  of  Unst  (Shetland),  containing 
urns  of  chloritic  schist,  with  notes  on  the  human  remains  by  C.C. 
Blake. — Burton,  Sir  R.F.  Notes  on  certain  matters  connected  with 
the  Dahoman. — Pritchard,  W.T.  Notes  on  certain  anthropological 
matters  respecting  the  South  Sea  islanders  (the  Samoans). — Sellon, 
Edward.  On  the  Phallic  worship  of  India. — Bendyshe,  T.  The  his- 
tory of  anthropology. — Thurnam,  John.  On  the  two  principal  forms  of 
ancient  British  and  Gaulish  skulls,  pt.2. 

v.2.  Gibb,  Sir  G.D.  Essential  points  of  difference  between  the  larynx 
of  the  negro  and  that  of  the  white  man. — Vambery,  Arminius.  On  the 
dervishes  and  hadjis  of  the  East. — Harris,  J.M.  Some  remarks  on  the 
origin,  manners,  customs  and  superstitions  of  the  Gallinas  people  of 
Sierra  Leone. — Beddoe,  John.  On  the  testimony  of  local  phenomena 
in  the  west  of  England  to  the  permanence  of  anthropological  types. — 
Bollaert,  William.  Maya  hieroglyphic  alphabet  of  Yucatan. — Beavan, 
H.J.C.  Observations  on  the  people  inhabiting  Spain. — Marshall,  G.M. 
Remarks  on  genealogy  in  connexion  with  anthropology. — Blake,  C.C. 
On  certain  simious  skulls,  with  especial  reference  to  a  skull  from  Louth 
in  Ireland. — Broca,  Paul. — Description  of  a  new  goniometer. — Bollaert, 
William.  Contributions  to  an  introduction  to  the  anthropology  of  the 
new  world. — Pike,  L.O.  On  the  psychical  characteristics  of  the  English 
people. — Wesley,  W.H.  On  the  iconography  of  the  skull. — Higgins, 
Alfred.  On  the  orthographic  projection  of  the  skull. — Owen,  S.R.I. 
On  Hindu  neology. — Petrie,  George.  Notice  of  the  brochs  and  the  so- 
called  Picts'  houses  of  Orkney. — Anderson,  Joseph.  Report  on  the 
ancient  remains   of   Caithness  and   results  of  explorations,   conducted 


748  MUSEUMS.    HISTORY 

for  the  Anthropological  society  of  London. — Shortt,  John.  Description 
of  a  living  microcephale. — Burton,  Sir  R.F.  Notes  on  an  hermaphro- 
dite.— Sellon,  Edward.  Some  remarks  on  Indian  gnosticism. — See- 
mann,  Berthold. — On  the  resemblance  of  inscriptions  found  on  ancient 
British  rocks  with  those  of  Central  America. — Walker,  R.B.N.  On 
the  alleged  sterility  of  the  union  of  women  of  savage  races  with  native 
males  after  having  had  children  by  a  white  man. — Westropp,  H.M.  On 
the  analogous  forms  of  implements  among  early  and  primitive  races. — 
Hunt,  James.  Report  on  explorations  into  the  archaic  anthropology 
of  the  islands  of  Unst,  Brassay,  and  the  mainland  of  Zetland. — Tate, 
Ralph.  Report  of  Zetland  anthropological  expedition. — Beddoe,  John. 
On  the  head-forms  of  the  west  of  England. — Morris,  J. P.  Report  of 
explorations  conducted  in  the  Kirkhead  cave  at  Ulverstone. — Hunt, 
James.  On  the  influence  of  some  kinds  of  peat  in  destroying  the 
human  body,  as  shown  by  the  discovery  of  human  remains  buried  in 
peat  in  the  Zetland  islands.  On  the  interpretation  of  some  inscrip- 
tions on  stones  recently  discovered  in  the  islands  of  Brassay. — Bower, 
John.  The  history  of  ancient  slavery. — Mitchell,  Arthur.  Blood- 
relationship  in  marriage  considered  in  its  influence  upon  the  offspring. 
v.3.  Oliver,  S.P.  The  Hovas  and  other  characteristic  tribes  of  Mada- 
gascar.— -Davis,  J.B.  Description  of  the  skeleton  of  an  Aino  woman 
and  of  three  skulls  of  men  of  the  same  race. — Thurnam,  John. 
Further  researches  and  observations  on  the  two  principal  forms  of 
ancient  British  skulls. — Devis,  C.W.  Elasticity  of  animal  type. — Gibb, 
Sir  G.D.  Vocal  and  other  influences  upon  mankind  of  pendency  of 
the  epiglottis. — Blake,  C.C.  Note  on  the  skulls  found  in  the  round 
barrows  of  the  south  of  England. — Rajendrala'la  Mitra.  On  the  gypsies 
of  Bengal. — Wake,  C.S.  The  psychological  unity  of  mankind. — Col- 
linson,  John.  The  Indians  of  the  Mosquito  territory. — Lagneau,  Gus- 
tave.  On  the  Saracens  in  France,  especially  in  Burgundy  and  Lor- 
raine.— Bollaert,  William.  On  the  ancient,  or  fossil  pottery  found  on 
the  shores  of  Ecuador. — Cleghorn,  John.  Is  the  character  of  the 
Scotch  the  expression  of  the  soil  of  Scotland? — Shortt,  John.  The 
bayaderes  or  dancing  girls  of  southern  India. — Houghton,  E.P.  On 
the  land  Dayas  of  upper  Sarawak,  Sutah,  Lihoy,  Letung  and  Quoss. — 
Shortt,  John.  Habits  and  manners  of  Marvar  tribes  of  India. — Ander- 
son, Joseph.  Report  on  excavations  in  Caithness  cairns,  conducted 
for  the  Anthropological  society  of  London. — Blake,  C.C.  Note  on  a 
skull  from  the  cairn  of  Get,  Caithness. — Gibb,  Sir  G.D.  The  character 
of  the  voice  in  the  nations  of  Asia  and  Africa  contrasted  with  that 
of  the  nations  of  Europe. — Bogge,  E.B.  The  fishing  Indians  of  Van- 
couver's Island. — Anderson,  Joseph.  On  the  horned  cairns  of  Caith- 
ness.— Ernst,  A.  Anthropological  remarks  on  the  population  of  Vene- 
zuela.— Bollaert,  William.  Examination  of  Central  American  hiero- 
glyphics of  Yucatan,  including  the  Dresden  codex,  the  Guatemalien  of 
Paris,  the  Troano  of  Madrid,  the  hieroglyphics  of  Palenque,  Copan, 
Nicaragua,  Veraguas  and  New  Granada,  by  the  recently  discovered 
Maya  alphabet. — Blake,  C.C.  Report  on  the  researches  of  Edouard 
Dupont  in  the  Belgian  bone-caves  on  the  banks  of  the  river  Lesse. — 
Bollaert,  William. — On  ancient  Peruvian  graphic  records. — Beddoe, 
John.  On  the  physical  characteristics  of  the  inhabitants  of  Bretagne. 
— Davis,  J.B.  Account  of  the  skull  of  a  Ghiliak. — Beddoe,  John.  On 
the  headform  of  the  Danes.  On  the  stature  and  bulk  of  man  in  the 
British  Isles. 

571.06 — 571.09     Museums.     History 

PEABODY  MUSEUM  OF  AMERICAN  ARCHEOLOGY 
AND  ETHNOLOGY. 

Reports  ( I st-date),  1868-date.     v.i-date.     1876-date r57i.o6  P33 

MACLEAN,  John  Patterson. 

Archaeological  collection  of  the  Western  reserve  historical  so- 
ciety.    1901.     (Western  reserve  historical  society.     Tract, 

V.4,  no.90.) rS7i.07   M19 

This  collection  of  stone  implements,  mostly  palaeoliths  and  neoliths,  is 
one  of  the  finest  in  America.    The  catalogue  contains  descriptions  of 
the  various  relics,  with  illustrations. 

MONTELIUS,  Oscar. 

Civilization  of  Sw^eden  in  heathen  times.     1888 571-09  M8s 


PRIMITIVE  ART  AND  INDUSTRY  749 


NILSSON,  Sven. 

Primitive  inhabitants  of  Scandinavia;  an  essay  on  compara- 
tive ethnography;  containing  a  description  of  the  imple- 
ments, dwellings,  tombs  and  mode  of  living  of  the  savages 
in  the  north  of  Europe  during  the  stone  age.    1868.  . .  .rS7i.09  N35 

571. 1     Stone  age 

HUTCHINSON,  Henry  Neville. 

Prehistoric  man  and  beast.    1897 57i-i  H97 

EVANS,  John. 

Ancient    stone    implements,    weapons    and    ornaments    of 

Great  Britain.     1872 rS7i-2  E94 

571.6     Primitive  art  and  industry 

BAYE,  J.  de,  baron. 

Industrial  arts  of  the  Anglo-Saxons.     1893 qr57i.6  B33 

MASON,  Otis  Tufton. 

Woman's  share  in  primitive  culture.  1894.  (Anthropologi- 
cal series.) 571-6  M45 

"Written  in  exemplification  of  the  fact  that  the  beginnings  of  all  the 
great  industrial  arts  are  due  to  woman.  .  .  It  was  the  grAdvizl 
pressure  of  her  insistence  upon  the  value  of  the  product  of  her  first 
planted  food-grains  which  turned  mankind  from  the  nomadic  savage 
into  the  settled  tiller  of  the  soil.  Only  after  the  necessity  of  warfare 
had  grown  less  urgent  .  .  .  did  the  arts  of  peace  become  the 
province  of  men.  .  .  The  more  than  equal  share  played  by  woman 
in  the  invention  and  spread  of  langpuage  has  not  been  elsewhere  set 
forth  with  so  much  clearness."  Nation. 
GROSSE,  Ernst. 

Beginnings  of  art.     1897.     (Anthropological  series.) 571-7  G93 

SWAN,  James  Gilchrist. 

The  Haidah  Indians  of  Queen  Charlotte's  Islands,  British 
Columbia,  with  a  brief  description  of  their  carvings, 
tattoo    designs,    etc.      1874.      (Smithsonian    institution. 

Contributions  to  knowledge.) qrS94.l  L44 

Bound  with   the   index   volume   of  Observations   on  the   genus  unio,   by 
Isaac  Lea. 
EVANS,  Arthur  John. 

Cretan  pictographs  and  prae-Phoenician  script.     1895.  .qr57i.7i  E94 

571.8     Prehistoric  dwellings 

KELLER,  Ferdinand. 

Lake  dwellings  of  Switzerland  and  other  parts  of  Europe. 

2v.      1878 r57i.83    K16 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Plates. 

CHAPIN,  Frederick  Hastings. 

Land  of  the  cliff-dwellers.     1892 571-84  C36 

Attractive  description  of  two  summers'  experiences  in  New  Mexico  and 
southern  Colorado,  prefaced  by  a  short  account  of  the  discovery  and 
development  of  this  novel  country.    Fully  illustrated. 

NORDENSKIOLD,  Gustav. 

Cliff  dwellers   of  the   Mesa  Verde,  southwestern  Colorado; 


750  MOUNDS  AND  MOUND  BUILDERS 

their    pottery   and    their   implements ;  tr.  by  D.  L.  Morgan. 

1893 qrS7i.84  N43 

"In  order  to  trace... the  development  of  the  cliff-dweller  culture,  I  ap- 
pend a  survey  of  the  ruins  in  the  South-western  States  akin  to  the 
cliff-dwellings  of  the  Mesa  Verde,  a  description  of  the  Moki  Indians, 
the  descendants  of  the  ancient  Pueblo  tribes,  and  an  account,  based 
on  the  relations  of  the  first  Spanish  explorers,  of  the  manners  and 
customs  of  the  agricultural  town-building  Indians  of  the  middle  of 
the  sixteenth  century.  A  special  part  of  the  work  is  devoted  to  a  de- 
scription by  Prof.  G.  Retzius  of  the  crania  found  during  the  excava- 
tions."    Author's  preface. 

571.9     Mounds  and  mound  builders 

PRIEST,  Josiah,  comp. 

American  antiquities  and  discoveries  in  the  West;  the  evi- 
dence that  an  ancient  population  peopled  America  be- 
fore its  discovery  by  Columbus,  with  a  description  of 

their  works.     1833 r57i.9  P94 

CARR,  Lucien. 

Mounds  of  the  Mississippi  valley.     [1883.]      (Kentucky — 

Geological  survey.     Memoirs.) qS7i.9i   C22 

The  same.      (In   Smithsonian   institution.     Annual    report, 

1891,  pt.i,  p.503-599-) r5o6  S66  v.46 

FOSTER,  John  Wells. 

Pre-historic  races  of  the  United  States.     1873 r57i.9i  F81 

McADAMS.  William. 

Records    of    ancient    races    in    the    Mississippi    valley. 

1887 qr57i.9i    Mil 

MACLEAN,  John  Patterson. 

Mound  builders,  with  an  investigation  into  the  archaeology  of 

Butler  county,  Ohio.     1893 571.91  M19 

MOOREHEAD,  Warren  King. 

Primitive  man  in  Ohio.     1892 57I-9I   M87 

Result  of  several  years*  work,  and  the  explorations  of  107  mounds,  graves 
and  cemeteries. 

PIDGEON,  William. 

Traditions  of  De-coo-dah  and  antiquarian  researches;  exten- 
sive explorations,  surveys  and  excavations  of  the  earthen 

remains  of  the  mound-builders.     1858 r57i.9i  P5S 

SQUIER,  Ephraim  George,  &  Davis,  E.  H. 

Ancient  monuments  of  the  Mississippi  valley.  1847.  (In 
Smithsonian  institution.     Contributions  to  knowledge, 

V.I.) qr5o6  S66c  v.i 

THOMAS,  Cyrus. 

Cherokees  in  pre-Columbian  times.     1890 57i-9i  T37 

The  same.    1890 r57i.9i  T37 

Report  on  the  mound  explorations  of  the  Bureau  of  ethnolo- 
gy. 1894.  (In  United  States — Ethnology  bureau.  An- 
nual report,  v.12,  p. 3-730.) qr572.os  U25  v.12 

GREPNWELL,  William. 

British  barrows;  a  record  of  the  examination  of  sepulchral 
mounds  in  various  parts  of  England,  with  description  of 


ETHNOLOGY  751 


figures   of    skulls,   and    general   remarks    on   prehistoric 

crania,  by  George  Rolleston.     1877 r57i.92  G8s 

572     Ethnology 

BALDWIN,  John  Denison. 

Pre-historic  nations.     1874 rS72  B19 

Contents:  Suggestions  relative  to  the  current  chronologies,  the  relation 
of  Hellas  to  civilization,  and  the  meaning  of  pre-historic  times.— Pre- 
historic greatness  of  Arabia.— The  Phoenicians.— Cushite  or  Arabian 
origin  of  Chaldea.— India,  Sanskrit  and  ante-Sanskrit.— Egypt  previous 
to  Menes.— Africa  and  the  Arabian  Cushites.— Western  Europe  in  pre- 
historic times. 

BRINTON,  Daniel  Garrison. 

Races  and  peoples;  lectures  on  the  science  of  ethnography. 

1890 572  B7S 

The  same.     1890 rS72  B7S 

DENIKER,  Joseph. 

Races  of  man;  an  outline  of  anthropology  and  ethnography. 

1901.     (Contemporary  science  series.) 572  D42 

HABERLANDT,  Michael. 

Ethnology.     1900.     (Temple  primers.)    572  Hll 

"Literary  sources  and  references,"  p.i68-i69. 

HAD  DON,  Alfred  Cort. 

The  study  of  man.     1898.     (Science  series.)   572  H12 

Contents:  Measurements  and  their  importance  in  anthropology. — Hair 
and  eye  colour. — The  value  of  head-form  in  anthropology. — The  nose. — 
The  ethnography  of  the  Dordogne  district.- The  evolution  of  the  cart. 
— The  origin  of  the  Irish  jaunting-car. — Toys  and  games:  cat's  cradle 
and  kites. — Toys  and  games:  tops  and  the  tug-of-war.  —  The  bull- 
roarer. — The  singing  games  of  children. — "London  bridge:"  foundation 
sacrifice. — "Draw  a  pail  of  water:"  water  worship. — Courting  games. — 
Funeral  games. — Practical  suggestions  for  conducting  ethnographical 
investigations  in  the  British  islands. 

HERDER.  Johann  Gottfried  von. 

Ideen  zur  geschichte  der  menschheit.    3v.    1869.     (Bibliothek 

der  deutschen  nationalliteratur.) r572  H46 

HUTCHINSON,  Henry  Neville,  and  others. 

Living  races  of  mankind;  an  account  of  the  customs, 
habits,  pursuits,  feasts  &  ceremonies  of  the  races  of 
mankind  throughout  the  world.    2v.     [1901.] (1572  H96 

"This  work  does  not  profess  to  deal  with  ethnological  or  philological 
questions.  Its  plan  is  geographical,  and  while  its  letterpress  is  ade- 
quate, its  great  distinction  is  in  the  remarkable  collection  of  photo- 
graphs with  which  it  is  illustrated."     Spectator,   1901. 

KEANE,  Augustus  Henry. 

Ethnology.     1896 572  K14 

KEARY,  Charles  Francis,  ed. 

The  dawn  of  history;  an  introduction  to  pre-historic  study. 

1898  572  K15 

Sums  up  results  of  prehistoric  inquiry  in  chapters  on  earliest  traces  of 
man,  growth  of  language,  earliest  social  life,  religion,  writing,  etc 
As  a  study  of  the  early  growth  in  culture  of  the  primeval  nations  of 
the  earth,  this  work  is  important  in  laying  the  foundation  to  a  broad 
course  of  historical  study.  Although  profound  in  treatment,  the  style 
is  clear  and  readable. 


48 


752  ETHNOLOGY 


MORGAN,  Lewis  Henry. 

Ancient  society;  or,  Researches  in  the  lines  of  human  progress 

from  savagery  through  barbarism  to  civilization.     1878 572  M89 

Contents:  Growth  of  intelligence  through  inventions  and  discoveries. — 
Growth  of  the  idea  of  government. — Growth  of  the  idea  of  the  family. 
— Growth  of  the  idea  of  property. 
"The  most  important  work  of  one  of  the  most  distinguished  American 
ethnologists.  .  .The  author  is  in  hearty  sympathy  with  the  theory  that 
the  human  race  has  ascended  from  very  primitive  beginnings,  rather 
than  descended  from  a  condition  of  superior  morality  and  intelligence." 
C.  K.  Adams. 

PESCHEL,  Oscar. 

Races  of  man  and  their  geographical  distribution.  1898.  . .  .572  P45 
Larger  part  of  the  book  treats  of  the  various  mental  and  physical 
characteristics  of  mankind.  The  remainder  gives  a  detailed  review  of 
the  races  and  tribes,  and  contains  a  mass  of  information  about  tribal 
divisions,  habits,  languages,  myths  and  migrations. 
"Although  unequal  in  treatment,  and  in  many  respects  imperfect,  it 
exhibits  much  labor  and  research,  and  treats  in  more  or  less  detail 
every  branch  of  the. .  .science  of  anthropology."     A.  R.  Wallace,  1876. 

RATZEL,  Friedrich. 

History  of  mankind.     3v.     1896-98 qS72  R22 

The  same.     3v.     1896-98 qr572  R22 

The  third  and  final  volume  is  largely  given  up  to  an  account  of  the 
so-called  cultured  races  of  Europe,  Asia  and  Africa. 

RECLUS,  filie  Armand  Ebenhezer. 

Primitive  folk;  studies  in  comparative  ethnology.     [1891.] 

(Contemporary  science  series.) 572  R26 

Contents:  The  Hyperboreans,  hunters  and  fishers. — The  eastern  Inoits. 
— The  western  Inoits. — The  Apaches,  nomad  hunters  and  brigands. — 
The  Nairs,  warrior  nobility  and  the  matriarchate. — The  mountaineers 
of  the  Neilgherries,  herdsmen,  agriculturists  and  woodlanders. — Todas, 
Badagas,  Cotas,  Irulas  and  Curumbas. — The  Kolarians  of  Bengal  and 
human  sacrifices  amongst  the  Khonds. 

SAYCE,  Archibald  Henry. 

Races  of  the  Old  testament.     1891.     (By-paths  of  Bible 

knowledge.)    572  S27 

Short  study  in  ethnology  based  largely  on  Mr  Flinders  Petrie's  casts 
and  photographs  of  types. 

STARCKE,  C.N. 

Primitive  family  in  its  origin  and  development.    1894.    (Inter- 
national scientific  series.) 572  S79 

List  of  the  works  to  which  reference  is  made,  p. 301-310. 
Largely  criticism  and  discussion  of  various  theories. 
UNITED  STATES— Ethnology  bureau. 

Annual  report  (ist-date),  1879/80-date.     1881-date qr572.05  U25 

V.14  is  bound  in  two  parts. 

For  a  list  of  the  accompanying  papers  see  contents  book,  p.  156;  kept  at 

the  reference  desk. 
"Series  of  volumes  on  American  ethnology  abundantly  illustrated.  At- 
tention is  given  almost  entirely  to  the  natives  of  North  America,  their 
arts,  architecture,  customs,  myths  and  rites.  The  object  is  to  gather 
all  possible  information  concerning  our  native  tribes  while  it  can  be 
done.  The  sign  lang^iage,  pictography,  burial  mounds,  religious  rites, 
stone  implements,  etc.,  are  described  in  the  greatest  detail.  These 
papers  are  the  result  of  original  investigation  and  must  always  be  one 
of  the  best  sources  of  information  on  the  subjects  treated.  Many 
of  them  are,  however,  far  too  long."  Lamed' s  Literature  of  American 
history. 

Bulletin,    no.i,  4-6,  9-24,  26.    1887-1901 r572.05  U25b 

no. I.       Bibliography  of  the  Eskimo  language,  by  J.  C.  Pilling. 
no.4.       Work  in  mound  exploration  of  the  Bureau  of  ethnology,  by  Cy- 
rus Thomas, 
no.s.       Bibliography  of  the  Siouan  languages,  by  J.  C.  Pilling. 


SPECIAL  RACES  753 


no.6.       Bibliography  of  the  Iroquoian  languages,  by  J.  C.  Pilling. 
no.9.       Bibliography  of  the  Muskhogean  languages,  by  J.  C.  Pilling, 
no.  10.     Circular,   square  and  octagonal  earthworks   of  Ohio,   by   Cyru« 

Thomas, 
no.  II.     Omaha  and  Ponka  letters,  by  J.  O.  Dorsey. 
no.  1 2.     Catalogue  of  prehistoric  works  east  of  the  Rocky  mountains,  by 

Cyrus  Thomas, 
no.  1 3.     Bibliography  of  the  Algonquian  languages,  by  J.  C.  Pilling, 
no.  14.     Bibliography  of  the  Athapascan  languages,  by  J.  C.  Pilling, 
no.  1 5.     Bibliography  of  the  Chinookan  lang^uages,  by  J.  C.  Pilling, 
no.  16.     Bibliography  of  the  Salishan  languages,  by  J.  C.  Pilling, 
no.  1 7.     The  Pamunkey  Indians  of  Virginia,  by  J.  G.  Pollard, 
no.  1 8.     The  Maya  year,  by  Cyrus  Thomas. 

no.  19.     Bibliography  of  the  Wakashan  languages,  by  J.  C.  Pilling. 
no.20.     Chinook  texts,  by  Franz  Boas. 

no.2i.     An  ancient  quarry  in  Indian  Territory,  by  W.  H.  Holmes, 
no.  22.     Siouan  tribes  of  the  East,  by  James  Mooney. 
no.23.     Archeologic    investigations    in   James    and    Potomac   valleys,    by 

Gerard  Fowkes. 
no.24.     List  of  the  publications  of  the  Bureau  of  ethnologry  with  index 

to  authors  and  subjects,  by  F.  W.  Hodge, 
no.  26.     Kathlamet  texts,  by  Franz  Boas. 


572.4     Atlantis 

DONNELLY,  Ignatius. 

Atlantis;  the  antediluvian  world.     1882 572-4  D72 

Attempts  to  prove  that  the  fabled  island  of  Atlantis  really  existed,  that 
it  was  the  cradle  of  the  human  race  and  that  it  perished  in  a  great  con- 
vulsion of  nature,  a  description  of  which  has  come  down  to  us  in  the 
story  of  the  deluge.     This  hypothesis  he  upholds  with  much  ingenuity. 

ELLIOT,  W.Scott-. 

Story  of  Atlantis;  a  geographical,  historical  and  ethnograph- 
ical sketch.     1896 572.4  E52 

Atlantis,  a  mythical  island  in  the  Atlantic  ocean,  referred  to  by  Plato 
and  other  ancient  writers,  is  said  to  have  disappeared  with  all  its  inhab- 
itants in  a  convulsion  of  nature.  This  treatise  is  written  by  a  theoso- 
phist  who  claims  to  have  derived  minute  information  about  the  island 
and  its  people  by  means  of  astral  clairvoyance. 

572.8 — 572.9     Special  races 

MUNRO,  John. 

Story    of    the    British    race.      1899.      (Library    of    useful 

stories.)   572.82  M96 

Presentation  for  the  general  reader  of  the  views  of  modem  anthropolo- 
gists, and  of  the  results  of  their  careful  observations  which  have  cast 
new  light  on  the  real  nature  of  the  British  people. 

MORRIS.  Charles. 

The  Aryan  race;  its  origin  and  its  achievements.    1892.  .572.891  M91 
TAYLOR,  Isaac. 

Origin  of  the  Aryans.    1892.     (Contemporary  science 

series.) 572.891  T2S 

STARR,  Frederick. 

Strange  peoples.   1901.   (Ethno-geographic  readers,  no.i.).  ..J572.g  S79 

List  of  books  regarding  strange  peoples,  p.  185-186. 
RIPLEY,  William  Zebina. 

Races  of  Europe,  a  sociological  study;  Lowell  institute  lec- 
tures; accompanied  by  A  supplementary  bibliography  of 
the  anthropology  and  ethnology  of  Europe,  published  by 

the  Piiblic  library  of  Boston.    2v.    1899 572-94  R48 

A  description  of  the  present  living  population  of  Europe  from  the  stand- 


754  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  MAN 

point  of  the  physical  anthropologist,  showing  the  influence  exerted 
upon  man  by  his  geogrraphical  environment.  Aims  to  give  scientific 
data  respecting  the  origin  and  migrations  of  European  peoples. 

SERGI,  Giuseppe. 

Mediterranean  race;  a  study  of  the  origin  of  European  peo- 
ples.    1901.     (Contemporary  science  series.) 572.94  S48 

AMMON,  Otto. 

Zur  anthropologic  der  Badener;  bericht  iiber  die  von  der 
anthropologischen  kommission  des  Karlsruher  altertums- 
vereins  an  wehrpflichtigen  und  mittelschiilern  vorgenom- 

menen  untersuchungen.     1899 qr572.943  A52 

ABERCROMBY,  John. 

Pre-  and  proto-historic  Finns,  both  eastern  and  western. 

2v.     1898 572.947  A14 

Bibliography,  v.i,  p.  14-22. 

STARR,  Frederick. 

Indians    of    southern    Mexico;  %n    ethnographic    album; 

[plates].     1899 qr572.972  S79i 

Selected  from  a  collection  of  photographs  taken  by  the  author  during 
three  expeditions  to  Mexico  in  1896,  1898  and  1899.  Text  is  simply 
explanatory.     Of  value  to  students  of  ethnography. 

MURDOCH,  John,  b.  1852. 

Ethnological  results  of  the  Point  Barrow  expedition. 
1892.     (In  United  States— Ethnology  bureau.     Annual 

report,  v.9,  p.3-441.) qr572.05  U25  v.9 

List  of  works  consulted,  p. 20-25. 
MEYER,  Adolf  Bernhard. 

Distribution  of  the  Negritos  in  the  Philippine  islands  and  else- 
where.     1899 r572.99i    M65 

"A   translation   of   two    chapters    (pages   67-87)    from   my   work    on   the 
Negritos    of    the    Philippines    (v.9    of    the    publications    of   the    Royal 
ethnographical  museum  of  Dresden)."     Preface. 
ROTH,  Henry  Ling,  and  others. 

Aborigines  of  Tasmania.     1899 q572.994  R7S 

Bibliography,  p. 91-98. 

SPENCER,  Baldwin,  &  Gillen,  F.J. 

Native  tribes  of  central  Australia.     1899 572.994  S74 

The  same.     1899 rS72.994  S74 


573     Natural  history  of  man 

CHAMBERS,  Robert. 

Vestiges  of  the  natural  history  of  creation;  with  a  sequel. 

[1845?] J-573  C35 

HAMY,  Ernst  Theodore. 

Precis  de  paleontologie  humaine.     1870 rS73  H23 

QUATREFAGES  de  BRfiAU,  Jean  Louis  Armand  de. 

L'espece  humaine.     1879 r573  Q21 

Natural  history  of  man;  a  course  of  elementary  lectures. 

1875  573  Q2in 

QUETELET,  Adolphe. 

Physique  sociale;  ou.  Essai  sur  le  developpement  des 

facultes  de  I'homme.     2v.     1869 r573  Q28 

Title  of  first  edition  reads   "Sur  I'homme  et  le  developpement   de  ses 
facultes;  ou,  Essai  de  physique  sociale." 


NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  MAN  755 


HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Man's  place  in  nature,  and  other  anthropological  essays. 

1894.  ■■ 5731  H98 

Other  essays:  The  methods  and  results  of  ethnology.— Some  fixed 
points  in  British  ethnology. — The  Aryan  question. 

DUNCAN,  W.S. 

Fossil  antecedents  of  man,  and  Where  to  discover  them. 

1883    r573.2   D89 

"Where  to  discover  the  fossil  antecedents  of  man"  is  reprinted  from  the 
Anthropological  journal  for  May   1883. 

LAING,  Samuel. 

Human  origins.     1900 573-2  L16 

Inquiry,  written  for  the  unscientific  reader,  as  to  what  history  and  geolo- 
gy, examined  in  the  light  of  modern  research,  really  teach  concerning 
the  origin  and  evolution  of  the  human  race. 

LYELL,  Sir  Charles. 

Geological  evidences  of  the  antiquity  of  man;  with  an  out- 
line of  glacial  and  post-tertiary  geology  and  remarks  on 
the  origin  of  species,  with  special  reference  to  man's  first 
appearance  on  the  earth.     1873 r573.3  L98 

MACLEAN,  John  Patterson. 

Manual  of  the  antiquity  of  man.    1887 573-3  M19 

MERCER,  Henry  Chapman. 

Hill-caves  of  Yucatan;  a  search  for  evidence  of  man's  an- 
tiquity.    1896 573-3  M63 

Researches  upon  the  antiquity  of  man  in  the  Delaware  val- 
ley and  the  eastern  United  States.  1897.  (Pennsyl- 
vania   university.      Publications;    series    in    philology, 

literature  and  archaeology,  v.6.) 573-3  M63r 

The  same.  1897.  (In  Pennsylvania  university.  Publica- 
tions;  series  in  philology,  literature  and   archaeology, 

v.6.) r9i3  P39  v.6 

WINCHELL,  Alexander. 

Preadamites;  or,  A  demonstration  of  the  existence  of  men 

before  Adam.   1890 573-3  W77 

KEANE,  Augustus  Henry. 

Man  past  and  present.     1899 573-4  K14 

Considers  the   races   of  mankind   as  having  a  common   origin,   but  as 
specialized  through  their  geographic  environment.     Similarities  of  re- 
ligion, language,  folk-lore  and  physical  characteristics  show  their  inter- 
relation. 
SHALER,  Nathaniel  Southgate. 

Nature  and  man  in  America.     1891 573-4  S52 

Eight  readable  and  descriptive  chapters  on  the  influence  of  environ- 
ment on  organic  life;  the  first  four  show  how  the  "whips  of  necessity" 
have  driven  organisms  up  and  on  toward  higher  planes;  the  second 
half  treats  of  the  geographic  influence  on  man  in  America-  Gives 
latest  views  on  the  effects  of  geologic  changes,  physical  conditions, 
and  geographic  features,  on  the  successive  characteristics  of  Indians 
and  of  colonial  settlements,  and  on  the  distribution  and  development 
of  American  nationality.  In  pleasing  colloquial  style.  No  illustra- 
tions. Adapted  to  the  general  reader.  May  be  read  as  intermediate  in 
scope  between  the  author's  "Story  of  our  continent"  and  "Aspects  of 
the  earth." 

The  same.     1897 • r573-4  S52 


756  EVOLUTION 


QUETELET,  Adolphe. 

Anthropometric;  ou,  Mesure  des  differentes  facultes  de 

rhomme.     1870 rS73.6  Q28 

UNITED  STATES— War  department. 

Statistics,  medical  and  anthropological,  of  the  Provost-mar- 
shal-general's  bureau,  derived  from  records  of  the  exami- 
nation for  military  service  during  the  late  War  of  the  re- 
bellion, of  over  a  million  men,  compiled  by  J.  H.  Baxter. 

2v.     187s qrS73-6  U25 

WIEDERSHEIM,  Robert. 

The  structure  of  man,  an  index  to  his  past  history.     1895.  .573.6  W68 
QUATREFAGES  de  BRfiAU,  Jean  Louis  Armand  de. 

Pygmies.    1895.    (Anthropological  series.) 573-8  Q21 

575     Evolution 

For  Evolution,   from  the   religious  standpoint,   see   213 
See  also  Religion  and  science,  215 

AMERICAN   SOCIETY  FOR  THE  EXTENSION  OF  UNI- 
VERSITY TEACHING. 
Syllabus  of  lectures  on  the  evidences  and  factors  of  organic 
evolution,  by  E.  G.  Conklin.     1898.     (University  extension 
lectures.)  r575  Asi 

"References,"  p.20. 
BEECHER,  Charles  Emerson. 

Studies  in  evolution ;  mainly  reprints  of  occasional  papers 
selected  from  the  publications  of  the  laboratory  of  in- 
vertebrate paleontology,  Peabody  museum,  Yale  uni- 
versity.    1901.     (Yale  bicentennial  publications.) 575  B37 

Contents:  General  evolution. —  Structure  and  development  of  trilobites. 
— Studies  in  the  development  of  the  brachiopoda. — Miscellaneous  stud- 
ies in  development. — Plates  and  explanations. 

BONAVIA,  Emmanuel. 

Studies  in  the  evolution  of  animals.     1895 575  B61 

Confined  mostly  to  the  origin  of  the  markings  and  coloration  of  the 
jaguar,  leopard,  cat  and  other  animals.     Many  excellent  illustrations. 

BROOKLYN   ETHICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Evolution;  lectures  and  discussions.     1893 .575  B77 

Contents:  Herbert  Spencer,  by  D.  G.  Thompson. — Charles  Robert  Dar- 
win, by  J.  W.  Chadwick. — Solar  and  planetary  evolution,  by  G.  P.  Ser- 
viss. — Evolution  of  the  earth,  by  L.  G.  Janes. — Evolution  of  vegetal 
life,  by  William  Potts. — Evolution  of  animal  life,  by  R.  W.  Raymond. 
— Descent  of  man,  by  E.  D.  Cope. — Evolution  of  mind,  by  R.  G.  Eccles. 
— Evolution  of  society,  by  J.  A.  Skilton. — Evolution  of  theology,  by 
Z.  S.  Sampson. — Evolution  of  morals,  by  L.  G.  Janes. — Proofs  of  evo- 
lution, by  N.  C.  Parshall. — Evolution  as  related  to  religious  thought, 
by  J.  W.  Chadwick. — Philosophy  of  evolution,  by  S.  H.  Nichols. — Ef- 
fects of  evolution  on  the  coming  civilization,  by  M.  J.  Savage. 
CHAMBERLAIN,  Alexander  Francis. 

The  child;  a  study  in  the  evolution  of  man.  1900.  (Con- 
temporary science  series.)  575  C3S 

Bibliography,  P.46S-495. 

A  study  of  the  child  with  reference  to  his  place  and  part  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  human  race.  The  author  is  (1904)  assistant  in 
ethnology  at  Clark  university.  ^ 


EVOLUTION  757 


CLODD,  Edward. 

A  primer  of  evolution.     1895 575  C6ip 

Contents:  The  contents  of  the  universe. — The  distribution  of  matter. — 
The  solar  system. — The  earth;  its  past  life-history. — Present  life- forms. 
— The  becoming  and  growth  of  the  universe. — The  origin  of  life.— 
The  origin  of  life-forms. — The  origin  of  species. — Proofs  of  derivation 
of  species. — Social  evolution. 

An  abridgment  of  Clodd's  "Story  of  creation." 

"Written  in  a  remarkably  clear,  simple  and  attractive  style,  easily  un- 
derstood by  the  unscientific  reader,  and  an  excellent  introduction  to 
the  more  elaborate  works  on  the  subject."    Olive  Thome  Miller. 

The  story  of  creation;  a  plain  account  of  evolution.    1896 575  C61 

"Aims  to  present  'in  a  brief  and  handy  compass'. .  .the  history  of  evolu- 
tion. Its  standpoint  is  the  extreme ...  scientific  one...  There  is  but 
brief  reference  to  moral  and  social  development ...  The  presentation  is 
clear  and  concise,  meets  its  purpose,  and  is  valuable  from  its  own  po- 
sition." Dial,  1888. 
The  same.    1898 r57S  C61 

COE,  Charles  Clement. 

Nature  versus  natural  selection;  an  essay  on  organic  evolu- 
tion.    1895 r575    C65 

CONN,  Herbert  William. 

Evolution  of  to-day;  a  summary  of  the  theory  of  evolution  as 
held  by  scientists  at  the  present  time,  and  an  account  of  the 
progress  made  by  the  discussions  and  investigations  of  a 

quarter  of  a  century.     1899 575  C75e 

Contents:  What  is  evolution? — Are  species  mutable? — Classification  of 
the  organic  world. — Life  during  the  geological  ages. — Embryology. — 
Geographical  distribution. — Darwin's  explanation  of  evolution. — More 
recent  attempts  to  explain  evolution. — The  evolution  of  man. 

Method  of  evolution;  a  review  of  the  present  attitude  of  sci- 
ence toward  the  question  of  the  laws  and  forces  which  have 

brought  about  the  origin  of  species.     1900 575  C75 

Prof.  Conn,  who  in  a  previous  work  summarized  for  the  popular  reader  the 
evidence  for  and  against  the  general  theory  of  organic  evolution,  has 
now  brought  the  subject  up  to  date  by  reviewing  the  present  attitude 
of  science  toward  the  various  evolutionary  theories.  The  work  gives 
an  especially  full  account  of  the  theories  of  heredity  inaugurated  by 
Weismann.  and  of  the  very  great  changes  that  they  have  produced  in 
the  view  which  biologists  take  to-day  in  regard  to  all  phenomena  con- 
nected with  evolution  and  development. 

COPE,  Edward  Drinker. 

The  origin  of  the  fittest;  essays  on  evolution.     1887 575  C79 

Some  of  these  essays  are  for  the  general  reader,  some  only  for  the 
specialist.  They  originated  in  lectures,  or  were  published  in  maga- 
zines, from  1869  to  1887  and  were  suggested  to  the  author  by  his 
special  zoological  and  palaeontological  studies. 
"The  man  who,  since  Louis  Agassiz,  has  been  the  greatest  influence  in 
American  biology."    Nature,  1897. 

The  primary  factors  of  organic  evolution.     1896 575  C79P 

A  plea  for  the  Lamarckian  view. 

DELAGE,  Marie  Yves. 

La  structure  du  protoplasma  et  les  theories  sur  I'heredite  et 

les  grands  problemes  de  la  biologic  generale.    1895 qr575  D38 

"Index  bibliographique,"  P.841-8S8. 

DRUMMOND,  Henry. 

Lowell  lectures  on  the  ascent  of  man.    1895 575  D84 

An  able  and  interesting  work  surveying  the  whole  process  of  human 
evolution.  The  author  lays  stress  on  the  struggle  for  the  life  of  others 
which,  beginning  in  motherhood,  has  enormously  qualified  the  struggle 
for  self  emphasized  by  Darwin. 


758  EVOLUTION 


DURHAM,  William. 

Evolution,  antiquity  of  man,  bacteria,  etc.     rSgo.     (Science 

in  plain  language.) 575  D94 

Collection  of  short  articles  giving,  in  every-day  language,  the  general 
results  of  scientific  investigation. 

EIMER,  Gustav  Heinrich  Theodor. 

Organic  evolution  as  the  result  of  the  inheritance  of  acquired 
characters,  according  to  the  laws  of  organic  growth. 

1890  575  E39 

The  theory  of  the  author,  derived  largely  from  his  own  researches, 
is  that  the  primary  elements  in  the  production  of  variety  in  species 
are  the  physical  and  chemical  changes  in  the  organisms  due  to  en- 
vironment. 
"An  abundant  storehouse  of  facts,  old  and  new,  about  the  influence  of 
the  physical  environment."     Nature,  1888. 

GUIBERT.J. 

In  the  beginning  (Les  origines) ;  tr.  fr.  the  French  by  G.  S. 

Whitmarsh.     1900 575  G96 

Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

A  popular  exposition  of  human  origins  written  by  the  present  (1900) 
superior  of  the  Institut  catholique,  Paris,  for  his  students  when  he 
was  professor  of  natural  science  at  Issy.  The  result  of  his  endeavors 
to  train  young  ecclesiastics  who  would  later  have  to  propagate  and 
defend  their  faith. 

HAECKEL,  Ernst. 

Anthropogenie;  oder,   Entwickelungsgeschichte   des  men- 

schen.     2v.     1891 575  Hi3a 

V.I.    Keimesgeschichte  oder  ontogenie. 
V.2.     Stammesgeschichte  oder  phylogenie. 
Bibliography  at  the  beginning  of  each  chapter. 

Evolution  of  man.     2v.     1892 575  H13 

Forms  the  second,  more  detailed  part  of  the  author's  "Natural  history 

of  creation." 
"Attempt    to    render    the    facts    of    human    germ-history    accessible    to    a 
wider  circle  of  educated  people,  and  to  explain  these  facts  by  human 
tribal  history."    Author's  preface. 
History  of  creation;  or.  The  development  of  the  earth  and  its 
inhabitants  by  the  action  of  natural  causes;  exposition  of 
the  doctrine  of  evolution  in  general  and  of  that  of  Darwin, 

Goethe  and  Lamarck  in  particular.    2v.     1896 575  Hi3h 

Bibliography,  v.2,  p.soi-sii. 

The  same.     2v.     1892 rS75  Hl3h 

The  last  link;  our  present  knowledge  of  the  descent  of  man; 
with  notes  and  biographical   sketches  by   Hans    Gadow. 

1898 575  H13I 

Sketch  of  Haeckel,  p.ioo-114. 

The  address,  in  a  revised  form,  "On  our  present  knowledge  of  the 
descent  of  man,"  which  was  delivered  before  the  International  con- 
gress of  zoology  at  Cambridge,  England,  Aug.  26,   1898. 

Naturliche  schopfungsgeschichte;  gemeinverstandliche  wis- 
senchaftliche  vortrage  iiber  entwickelungslehre  im  all- 
gemeinen  und  diejenige  von  Darwin,  Goethe  und  La- 
marck im  besonderen.     1872 r575  H13 

Bibliography,  9.659-662. 

HEADLEY,  F.W. 

Problems  of  evolution.     1900 575  H38 

Contains  a  chapter  on  the  "Great  unprogressive  people"   (the  Chinese). 

Popular  exposition  and  solution  of  some  of  the  most  difficult  problems 
that  puzzle  Darwinians.  Mr  Headley  first  makes  a  careful  resume  of 
Darwin's  theory  of  natural  selection  and  the  survival  of  the  fittest,  and 


EVOLUTION  759 


outlines  the  arguments  of  evolution;  he  states  and  contrasts  the  theo- 
ries of  Lamarck  and  Weismann,  his  aim  being  to  prove  the  pre-Dar- 
winian  argument  fallacious;  the  second  part  of  the  book  is  devoted  to 
the  problems  of  human  evolution. 

HUTTON,  Frederick  Wollaston. 

Darwinism  and  Lamarckism,  old  and  new.    1899 575  H97 

"Popular  expositions  of  the  Darwinian  doctrine. .  .altogether  a  very  reada- 
ble and  fair-minded  book."    Academy,  1899. 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Darwiniana.     1894 575  H98 

Contents:  The  Darwinian  hypothesis. — "The  origin  of  species." — Criti- 
cisms on  "The  origin  of  species." — Genealogy  of  animals.— Mr  Dar- 
win's critics. — Evolution  in  biology. — The  coming  of  age  of  "'The  origin 
of  species." — Charles  Darwin. — The  Darwin  memorial. — Obituary. — 
Lectures  to  working  men  "On  our  knowledge  of  the  causes  of  the  phe- 
nomena of  organic  nature." 

JAGER,  Gustav. 

Problems  of  nature;  researches  and  discoveries  of  Jaeger  se- 
lected from  his  published  writings.     1897 575  J14 

From  the  first  publication  of  the  Darwinian  theory  Jager  was  one  of  its 
most  active  supporters  and  by  his  own  researches  has  contributed 
much  to  the  general  progress  of  organic  science.  These  selections 
range  in  date  from  1864  to  1885. 

JORDAN,  David  Starr. 

Foot-notes  to  evolution;  a  series  of  popular  addresses  on  the 

evolution  of  life.     1898 575  J42 

MORRIS,  Charles. 

Man  and  his  ancestor;  a  study  in  evolution.    1900 575  M91 

Intended  to  give  the  believer  in  evolution  a  reason  for  his  belief,  and 
to  put  into  compact  and  available  form  material  formerly  only  to  be 
found  scattered  through  scientific  works. 

NAGELI,  Karl  Wilhelm  von. 

Mechanico-physiological  theory  of  organic  evolution;  sum- 
mary; tr.  by  V.  A.  Clark  and  F.  A.  Waugh.    1898 575  N 12 

OSBORN,  Henry  Fairfield. 

From  the  Greeks  to  Darwin;  the  development  of  the  evolu- 
tion idea.  1896.  (Columbia  university  biological  series, 
V.I.) 575  O29 

Bibliography,  p.25 1-254. 

The  same.     1894 r575  O29 

ROMANES,  George  John. 

Darwin  and  after  Darwin.    3v.    1896-97 575  R65 

V.I.    Darwinian  theory. 

V.2.    Post-Darwinian  questions;  heredity  and  utility. 
V.3.    Post-Darwinian  questions;  isolation  and  physiological  selection. 
A  good  exposition  of  Darwinism  and  evolution  carefully  prepared  for 
popular  use. 

The  same.    3v.     1892-97 r575  R65 

Scientific  evidences  of  organic  evolution.     1882 575  R65S 

A  short  digest  of  Darwin's  "Origin  of  species,"  published  with  Mr 
Darwin's  approval  and  at  his  request. 

RRED,  Arze  Z. 

Evolution  versus  involution.     1885 575  R81 

The  sub-title,  "A  popular  exposition  of  the  doctrine  of  true  evolution, 
a  refutation  of  the  theories  of  Herbert  Spencer,  and  a  vindication  of 
theism,"  best  expresses  the  purpose  of  the  author. 

SHUTE,  D.Kerfoot. 

First  book  in  organic  evolution.     1899 575  S56 

"Works  of  reference,"  P.249-2S3. 


76o  HEREDITY 

Elementary  introduction  to  the  evolution  theory,  interesting  to  the 
general  reader.  Special  attention  has  been  paid  to  the  discussion  of 
biological  phenomena  of  general  interest,  such  as  heredity. 

SPENCER,  Herbert. 

The  factors  of  organic  evolution.     1895 575  S74f 

Part  of  V.I  of  "Essays;  scientific,  political  and  speculative." 

Illustrations  of  universal  progress.     1872 575  S74 

Contents:  Progress,  its  law  and  cause. — Manners  and  fashion. — The 
genesis  of  science. — The  physiology  of  laughter. — The  origin  and 
function  of  music. — The  nebular  hypothesis. — Bain  on  the  emotions 
and  the  will. — Illogical  geology. — The  development  hypothesis. — The 
social  organism. — Use  and  beauty. — The  sources  of  architectural 
types. — The  use  of  anthropomorphism. 
These  essays  are  all  included  in  his  "Essays;  scientific,  political  and 
speculative." 

TOPINARD,  Paul. 

Science  and  faith;  or,  Man  as  an  animal  and  man  as  a  member 

of  society,  with  a  discussion  of  animal  societies.     1899 575  T62 

"In  a  series  of  chapters  the  author  sketches  man's  development,  as 
a  member  not  only  of  the  animal  kingdom,  but  also  of  society, 
seeking  to  trace  in  the  lower  forms  of  life  the  rudiments  both  of 
structures  and  of  ideas.  Finally,  he  arrives  at  the  conclusion  that 
Science  and  Faith  mutually  exclude  each  other... The  book  is  worth 
reading,  whether  we  are  or  are  not  satisfied  with  its  conclusions." 
Nature,  1900. 

TYLER,  John  Mason. 

The  whence  and  the  whither  of  man.     1897 575  T97 

"Clearly  arranged  and  vigorously  presented  chain  of  evidence  concern- 
ing man's  physical  and  mental  development,  followed  by  firm  state- 
ment of  belief  in  Bible  teachings."    Popular  science  monthly. 

VARIGNY,  Henry  C.  de. 

Experimental  evolution.     1892 575  V21 

Lectures  delivered  in  1891  before  the  Edinburgh  summer  school  of  arts 
and  sciences.  Author  refers  largely  to  French  authorities,  and  while 
not  neglecting  the  past,  tries  particularly  to  show  what  can  still  be 
done,  by  research  and  experiment,  to  develop  the  evolution  theory. 

WILSON,  Andrew. 

Chapters  on  evolution.    1886 575  W76 

"A  very  full  and  popular  treatise  on...  organic  development. .  .The 
various  questions  that  have  arisen  in  connection  with  the  development 
of  the  organic  kingdom  are  considered  with  fullness,  and  by  a  natural- 
ist competent  to  deal  with  them."     Popular  science  monthly,  1883. 

575.1      Heredity 

GALTON,  Francis. 

Natural  inheritance.     1894 .575.1  G15 

An  inquiry  into  the  laws  governing  the  inheritance  of  such  characteris- 
tics as  stature,  eye-color,  temper,  the  artistic  faculty  and  some  forms 
of  disease.  Its  methods  will  appeal  particularly  to  the  mathematician 
and  the  scientific  student  of  heredity. 

HAYCRAFT,  John  Berry. 

Darwinism  and  race  progress.     1895.     (Social  science 

series.) 575.1  H36 

Short  untechnical  study  on  the  importance  of  high  standards  of  health 
and  morals  if  the  human  race  is  to  progress,  or  even  to.  be  kept  from 
degenerating. 

HERTWIG,  Oscar. 

Biological  problem  of  to-day;  preformation  or  epigenesis? 

1896  575-1  H48 

Statement  of  his  reasons  for  believing  in  epigenesis.  Most  of  his  state- 
ments are  based  on  data  accumulated  from  his  investigations  of  cell 


VARIATION.     NATURAL  SELECTION  761 

structure   and   growth,   and   experiments   on   the   lower   forms   of  or- 
ganized matter. 

ROMANES,  George  John. 

Examination  of  Weismannism.     1893 575-1  R65 

Treats  of  Weismann's  theories,  leaving  the  assumption  of  non-trans- 
missibility  of  acquired  characters,  upon  which  they  are  based,  for 
consideration  in  a  future  volume.  See  Romanes'  "Darwin  and  after 
Darwin,"  v.2. 

The  same.     1893 r57S-i  R65 

WEISMANN,  August. 

Essays  upon  heredity  and  kindred  biological  problems.    2v. 

1891-92 5751  W46e 

Sets  forth  Weismann's  theories  based  upon  the  idea  that  there  can  be 
no  inherits -^•■''  of  character  acquired  by  the  individual.    See  Romanes' 
"Examinati     ,  of  Weismannism." 
Germ-plasm;  a  theory  of  heredity.     1893.     (Contemporary 

science    series.) 575-1    W46 

"The  title  of  the  book  strikes  the  key-note  of  Prof.  Weismann's  theory. 
Heredity,  according  to  his  view,  is  brought  about  by  the  transference 
from  one  generation  to  another  of  a  substance  with  a  very  definite 
and  very  complex  constitution,  the  germ-plasma."     Nature,  1893. 
On  germinal  selection  as  a  source  of  definite  variation. 

1896 S75.I    W460 

Address  delivered  before  the  International  congress  of  zoology,  Leyden, 
Sept.  16,  1895. 

575.2     Variation 

BATESON,  William. 

Materials  for  the  study  of  variation  treated  with  especial 

regard  to  discontinuity  in  the  origin  of  species.    1894. .  .575.2  B31 
DARWIN,  Charles. 

Variation   of  animals   and  plants  under  domestication.     2v. 

1892 575.2    D26 

DAVENPORT,  Charles  Benedict. 

Statistical  methods,  with  special  reference  to  biological  varia- 
tion.    1899  r575.2  D29 

Selected  bibliography  of  works  on  the  quantitative  study  of  organisms, 
p.40-42. 

575.4     Natural  selection 

EIMER,  Gustav  Heinrich  Theodor. 

On  orthogenesis  and  the  importance  of  natural  selection  in 

species-formation.     1898 575-4  E39 

Address  delivered  before  the  International  congress  of  zoology,  Leyden, 
Sept.  19,  1895. 

GRAY,  Asa. 

Darwiniana;  essays  and  reviews  pertaining  to  Darwinism. 

1889 575-4  G81 

The  same.    1876 r575.4  G81 

MARSHALL,  Arthur  Milnes. 

Lectures  on  the  Darwinian  theory.     1900 575-4  M41 

Contents:  History  of  the  theory  of  evolution. — Artificial  and  natural 
selection. — The  argument  from  palaeontology. — The  argument  from 
embryology. — The  colours  of  animals  and  of  plants. — Objections  to  the 
Darwinian  theory. — The  origin  of  vertebrated  animals. — ^The  life  and 
work  of  Darwin. 


762  DEVELOPMENT.     DEGENERATION 

POULTON,  Edward  Bagnall. 

Charles  Darwin  and  the  theory  of  natural  selection.     1896. 

(Century  science  series.) 575-4  P86 

WALLACE,  Alfred  Russel. 

Darwinism;  an  exposition  of  the  theory  of  natural  selec- 
tion.    1891 575.4  W17 

An  exposition  of  the  theory  of  natural  selection,  bringing:  the  subject 
down  to  1889,  in  Mr  Wallace's  well-known  lucid  and  pleasing  style. 
Objections  to  Darwinism  are  discussed  with  the  result  that  Mr  Wal- 
lace deems  it  in  the  main  confirmed  by  thirty  years'  observation  and 
criticism. 

Natural  selection,  and  Tropical  nature.    1891 575-4  Wi7n 

DARWIN,  Charles. 

Descent  of  man  and  selection  in  relation  to  sex.     1892 5755  D26 

"Mr  Darwin's  object  in  the  present  work  is  to  establish,  from  a  general 
survey  of  his  whole  nature,  the  evidences  of  'man,  like  every  other 
species,  being  descended  from  some  pre-existing  form;  secondly,  the 
manner  of  his  development;  and,  thirdly,  the  value  of  the  differences 
between  the  so-called  races  of  man.'  .  .  The  intellectual  pleasure  of 
following  so  exquisite  a  chain  of  philosophical  deduction  may  almost 
compensate  many  minds  for  the  shock  which  his  ultimate  conclusion 
will  inflict  on  them."     Saturday  review,  1871. 

575.6     Development.     575.7     Degeneration 

ARGYLL,  George  Douglas  Campbell,  duke  of. 

Organic  evolution  cross-examined;  or,  Some  suggestions  on 

the  great  secret  of  biology.     1898 575-6  A69 

Appeared  first  in  the  Nineteenth  century. 

The  author  opposes   the  views   of   Darwin,    Spencer  and   Huxley,   and 
holds   that   all   development   is  a  process  of   spontaneous   growth  by 
virtue  of  an  internal  agency  only,  and  not  affected  by  external  causes. 
The  same.    1898 r575.6  A69 

SUTTON,  John  Bland. 

Evolution  and  disease.     1890.     (Contemporary  science  se- 
ries.)  575.6  S96 

DEMO  OR,  Jean,  and  others. 

Evolution  by  atrophy  in  biology  and  sociology.     1899.     (In- 
ternational scientific  series.) 575-7  D42 

TALBOT,  Eugene  Solomon. 

Degeneracy;  its  causes,  signs  and  results.     1898.     (Contemp- 
orary science  series.) 575-7  TiS 


575.8     Origin  of  species 

DARWIN,  Charles. 

Origin  of  species  by  means  of  natural  selection.    2v.  in  i. 

1893  575-8  D26 

This  work  is  the  corner-stone  of  the  theory  of  evolution  as  extended  to 
organic  life. 

MIVART,  St.  George. 

Man  and  apes;  an  exposition  of  structural  resemblances  and 
differences  bearing  upon  questions  of  affinity  and  origin. 

1874 575-8  M75 

On  the  genesis  of  species.     1871 575-8  M750 


ORIGIN  OF  LIFE  763 


Criticism  of  the   Darwinian   hypothesis,  with  a  chapter  on  the  bearing 
of  this  and  other  evolutionary  theories  on  Christian  belief. 

SCHMIDT,  Eduard  Oskar. 

Doctrine  of  descent  and  Darwinism.     1892.     (International 

scientific  series.)    575-8  S34 

575-9     Origin  of  sex 

GEDDES,  Patrick,  &  Thomson,  J.A. 

Evolution  of  sex.     [1889.] 575-9  G26 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 


576     Origin  of  life 


MORGAN,  Thomas  Hunt. 

Regeneration.     1901.     (Columbia   university  biological   series, 

V.7.)   576  M89 

Bibliography,  p.zgj-jio. 

Explains  the  different  processes  of  renewal  by  which  severed  parts  of 
animal  and  vegetable  organisms  are  "regenerated."  The  term,  as  used 
by  the  author,  includes  not  only  the  replacement  of  a  lost  part,  but 
also  the  development  of  a  new,  whole  organism  from  a  piece  of  an 
adult,  an  embryo  or  an  egg.  It  also  includes  such  changes  as  the 
moulting  and  replacement  of  birds'  feathers,  the  replacement  of  teeth, 
etc. 

BEALE,  Lionel  Smith. 

Bioplasm;  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  physiology  & 

medicine.     1872 TS76.2  B34 

BARD,  L. 

La  specificite  cellulaire;  ses  consequences  en  biologic  gene- 
rale.     [1899.]     (Scientia;  serie  biologique.) r576.3  B23 

Index  bibliographique  des  publications  de  I'auteur  ayant  trait  a  la  speci- 
ficite cellulaire,  p.99-100. 
The  theory  of  cellular  specificity,  first  proposed  by  the  author  of  this 
monograph,   teaches  that  the  differentiation  of  cell-types   is  the  exclu- 
sive result  of  pre-existent  properties  which  are  transmissible  by  heredity. 

FISCHER,  Alfred. 

Fixirung.  farbung  und  bau  des  protoplasmas;  kritische  unter- 
suchungen  iiber  technik  und  theorie  in  der  neueren  zell- 

forschung.     1899 qi"576-3   F52 

"Literatur,"  p.341-348. 

WILSON,  Edmund  Beecher. 

Cell  in  development  and  inheritance.    1896.     (Columbia  uni- 
versity biological  series.) 576-3  W76 

Short  bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

577     Properties  of  living  matter 

DAVENPORT.  Charles  Benedict. 

Experimental  morphology.    2v.     1897-99 577  D29 

v.i.    Effect  of  chemical  and  physical  agents  upon  protoplasm. 
v.2.    Effect  of  chemical  and  physical  agents  upon  growth, 

MATTEUCCI,  Carlo. 

Lectures  on  the  physical  phenomena  of  living  beings.     1848.  .r577  M47 

Physiological  lectures  delivered  at  the  University  of  Pisa  in   1844. 

LE  DANTEC,  Felix. 

La  sexualite.     [1899.]     (Scientia;  serie  biologique.) r577.8  Lsi 


7(54  MICROSCOPY  ^ 

MO  RLE  Y,  Margaret  Warner. 

Life  and  love.     1895 577.8  M91 


578     Microscopy 

BAKER.  Henry. 

Microscope  made  easy.    1742 r578  B17 

BEALE,  Lionel  Smith. 

How  to  work  with  the  microscope.    1880 r578  B34 

BEHRENS,  H. 

Mikrochemische  technik.     1900 578  B38m 

Treats  of  the  general  methods  of  manipulation,  especially  as  used  in  the 
making  of  permanent  micro-chemical  preparations.  Author  is  (1900) 
the  head  of  the  micro-chemical  laboratory  of  the  Polytechnic  school 
in  Delft,  and  is  the  foremost  authority  of  to-day  on  microchemistry. 

BROCKLESBY,  John. 

Views  of  the  microscopic  world.     1851 r578  B76 

The  same.     1871 1578  B76V 

Title  reads  Amateur  microscopist ;  or.  Views  of  the  microscopic  world. 

CARPENTER,  William  Benjamin. 

The  microscope  and  its  revelations.     1856 r578  C22 

The  same.    '1891   r578  C22m 

The  same.    2v.     1883  rS78  C22m2 

CHEVALIER,  Charles  Louis. 

Des  microscopes  et  de  leur  usage.    1839 qr578  C42 

CLARK,  Charles  H. 

Practical  methods  in  microscopy.     1896 578  Csi 

COLE,  Arthur  C.  ed. 

Studies  in  microscopical  science.    2v.    1883-84 r578  C68 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  many  of  the  articles. 

DUJARDIN,  Felix. 

Nouveau  manuel  complet  de  I'observateur  au  microscope, 

accompagne  d'un  atlas.    2v.     1842-43 r578  D88 

GAGE,  Simon  Henry. 

The  microscope  and  microscopical  methods.     1894 578  G13 

pt.i  of  "The  microscope  and  histology." 
Bibliography,  p.  152— 156. 

The  book  has  a  chapter  on  "Photo-micrography  and  photography  with  a 
vertical  camera." 

HOGG,  Jabez. 

The  microscope.     1898 .578  H68 

The  same.     1867  r578  H68 

LANKESTER,  Edwin  Ray. 

Half-hours  with  the  microscope.     [1878.] r578  L26 

MANTON,  Walter  P. 

Beginnings  with  the  microscope.     1884 578  M34 

NAGELI,  Karl  Wilhelm  von,  &  Schwendener,  S. 

Microscope  in  theory  and  practice.     1887 r578  Nil 

PHIN,  John. 

Practical  hints  on  the  selection  and  use  of  the  microscope. 

1877 578  PS2 

The  same.     1875 r578  P52 

The  same,  abridged  for  the  use  of  beginners.     1879 rS78  P52P 


MICROSCOPY— PERIODICALS  765 

PRITCHARD,  Andrew. 

Microscopic  illustrations  of  living  objects,   with   researches 
concerning  the  methods  of  constructing  microscopes  and 

instructions  for  using  them.     1845 T578  P95 

QUEKETT,  John  Thomas. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  use  of  the  microscope,  including  the 
different   methods    of   preparing   and   examining   animal, 

vegetable  and  mineral  structures.     1855 rS78  Q231 

WOOD,  John  George. 

Common  objects  of  the  microscope;  revised  by  E.  C.  Bous- 

field.     1900  578  W8s 

WYTHE,  Joseph  Henry. 

The  microscopist;  a  compendium  of  microscopic  science. 

1883  578  W99 

The  same.     1883 rS78  W99 

ADAMS,  George,  1750-95. 

Essays  on  the  microscope,  containing  a  description  of  the 
most   improved   microscopes,    a   history   of  insects,   their 
transformations,  peculiar  habits  and  oeconomy.  1787.  .qr578.04  A21 
SHELLEY,  Henry  C. 

Chats  about  the  microscope.     1899 578.04  S54 

Contents:  The  instrument  and  its  use. — Mounting  and  other  matters. — 
Pond  life. — By  the  sea-shore. — Some  botanical  subjects. — Desmids  and 
diatoms. — Wings,  scales,  and  foraminifera. — Rotifers. 

578.05     Periodicals 

AMERICAN  journal   of  microscopy   and  popular   science; 

monthly,     v.i-6.     1876-81 r578.05  A51 

AMERICAN  MICROSCOPICAL  SOCIETY. 

Proceedings  (ist  meeting-date),  1879-date.  1880-date.  .r578.05  A5122 
v.i7-date  title  reads  Transactions  of  the  American  microscopical  society. 
Until  1 89 1  the  American  microscopical  society  was  called  the  American 
society  of  microscopists. 

AMERICAN    monthly    microscopical    journal.      23V.      1880- 

1902 r578.05  A5121 

No  more  published. 

Index,  v.i-is,  1880-1895.     1896. 

AMERICAN  quarterly  microscopical  journal,  with  the  Trans- 
actions   of    the    New    York    microscopical    society,      v.i. 

1878   r578.05  A512 

No  more  published. 

JOURNAL     de     micrographie;     revue     bi-mensuelle.       v.12. 

1888 r578.o5  J4662 

JOURNAL  of  the  New  York  microscopical  society,  1885-86, 

1889-90.    v.i-2,  5-6.     1885-90 r578.05  J46 

v.1-2,  monthly. 
v.5-6,  quarterly. 

JOURNAL  of  the  Postal  microscopical  society;  quarterly;  ed. 

by  Alfred  Allen.     i6v.     1882-97 r578.05  J466 

V.3-16  title  reads  Journal  of  microscopy  and  natural  science;  the  journal 

of  the  Postal  microscopical  society. 
No  more  published. 

JOURNAL  of  the  Royal  miscroscopical  society,  containing 


766  MICROSCOPY— PERIODICALS 

its    transactions    &   proceedings;    bi-monthly,    1878-92, 
1898-date.    v.i-is,  2i-date.     1878-date r578.o5  M86 

Being  v.  19-33,  39-date  of  Monthly  microscopical  journal. 

The  LENS;  a  quarterly  journal  of  microscopy;  with  the  trans- 
actions of  the  State  microscopical  society  of  Illinois.    2v. 

1872-73 r578.os  L61 

No  more  published. 

The   MICROSCOPE  and  its   relation   to   medicine   and   phar- 
macy; bi-monthly  &  monthly,     lyv.  in  15.     1881-97.  .r578.0S  M671 
V. 13-17  title  reads  the  Microscope;  an  illustrated  monthly  journal. 
No  more  published. 

MICROSCOPIC  journal  and  structural  record,     v. 1-2,  in  i. 

1841-42 r578.05  M6712 

Continued   under   the   title   Microscopical   journal   and    monthly   record 
of  facts  in  microscopical  science. 

MICROSCOPICAL  bulletin  and  science  news;  bimonthly,  Dec. 

1883-Oct.  1896.    V.1-13,  in  I.    1883-96 rS78.05  M67 

Index,  v.i-6,  1883-1889. 

April  1885,  Aug.   189s,  and  Feb.   1896  wanting. 

From  Dec.  1883  to  April  1885  title  reads  Microscopical  bulletin  and  opti- 
cian's circular. 

MICROSCOPICAL  news  and  northern  microscopist;  monthly. 

2v.     1883-84 r578.05  N45 

Being  v.3-4  of  Northern  microscopist. 

No  more  published. 
MONTHLY  microscopical  journal;  transactions  of  the  Royal 

microscopical  society  and  record  of  histological  research, 

1869-92,  1898-date.    v.i-33,  39-date.     1869-date r578.05  M86 

v.i9-date,    1878-date,  bimonthly,  title  reads  Journal  of  the  Royal  micro- 
scopical society. 

NORTHERN  microscopist;  monthly.    4v.     1881-84 r578.o5  N45 

v.3-4  title  reads  Microscopical  news  and  northern  microscopist. 
No  more  published. 

QUARTERLY  journal  of  microscopical  science,    v.i-6,  8-11,  21, 

24,  35-39,  49-date.     1853-date r578.05  Q19 

Contains  the  Transactions  of  the  Microscopical  society  of  London. 

Index,  1853-1888.     1889. 

Jan.    1858  wanting. 

QUEKETT  MICROSCOPICAL  CLUB. 

Journal,  1887-89.    2d  ser.  v.3 rS78.05  Q23 

SOCIfiTfi  BELGE  DE  MICROSCOPIE. 

Bulletin,     v.14.     1887-88 rS78.05   S67 

ZEITSCHRIFT    fiir  wissenschaftliche  mikroskopie  und  fiir 

mikroskopische  technik.    v.6.     1889 r578.os  Z43 

The  MICROSCOPISTS'  annual  for  1879.    no.i.     1880 rS78.o6  M67 

No  more  published. 

578.1 — 578.9     Microscope.     Specimens 

BECK,  Richard,  microscope  maker. 

Treatise  on  the  construction,  proper  use  and  capabilities 
of    Smith,    Beck   and    Beck's   achromatic    microscopes. 

1865 qr578.i  B36 

MAYALL,  John. 

Cantor  lectures  on  the  microscope,  delivered  1885.    1886.  ..qrS78.i  MS2 
ROSS,  Andrew. 

The  microscope.     1877 r578.i   R73 


MICROSCOPE.    SPECIMENS  i(>7 

BAUSCH,  Edward. 

Manipulation  of  the  microscope.     1885 r578.4  B32 

WOODWARD,  Joseph  Janvier. 

Report  to   the   surgeon   general    on    magnesium   and   electric 

lights,  as  applied  to  photo-micrography.     1870 qr578.S  W86 

Published  by  the  Surgeon-general's  office. 

CLARKE,  Mrs  Louisa  (Lane). 

The  microscope;  a  description  of  the  most  beautiful  ob- 
jects for  exhibition.     1858 r578.6  CS3 

DAVIES,  Thomas,  of  the  British  Museum. 

Preparation  and  mounting  of  microscopic  objects.    1882. .  .r578.6  D3IP 

The  same.     1874 578.6  D31 

MARSH,  Sylvester. 

Section-cutting;  a  guide  to  the  preparation  and  mounting  of 

sections  for  the  microscope.     1879 rS78.6  M41 

The  same.     1879 r578.6  M41S 

MARTIN,  John  H. 

Manual  of  microscopic  mounting.     1878 rS78.6  M42 

SEILER,  Carl. 

Compendium  of  microscopical  technology.     1881 r578.6  S46 

BEHRENS,  Julius  Wilhelm. 

Microscope  in  botany;  guide  for  the  microscopical  investiga- 
tion of  vegetable  substances.     1885 578.8  B38 

The  same.     1885 r578.8  B3S 

NEEDHAM,  John  Tuberville. 

New  microscopical  discoveries.    1745 r578.8  N19 

TAYLOR,  John  Ellor,  ed. 

Notes  on  collecting  and  preserving  natural-history  objects. 

1883 578.8  T25 

ARCHIV  fiir  mikroskopische  anatomic;  1871-84,  1889-90.    v. 

7-23,  33-36.     1871-90 r578.9  A67 

BOLTON,  Thomas. 

Hints  on  the  preservation  of  living  objects  and  their  examina- 
tion under  the  microscope qrS78.9  B61 

Portfolio  of  drawings  and  descriptions  of  living  organisms, 
(animal  and  vegetable),  illustrative  of  freshwater  and  ma- 
rine life;  August  1879-August  1885.  no.i-ii.  1879-85 .. qrS78.9  B61 
Bound  with  his  "Hints  on  the  preservation  of  living  objects." 
COOKE,  Mordecai  Cubitt. 

One  thousand  objects  for  the  microscope 578-9  C77 

PREY,  Heinrich. 

Microscope  and  microscopical  technology;  text-book  for  phy- 
sicians and  students.     1880 r578.9  F93 

GIBBES,  Heneage. 

Practical  histology  and  pathology.    1885 r578.9  G35 

GRIFFITH,  John  William,  &  Henfrey,  Arthur,  comp. 

Micrographic  dictionary;  a  guide  to  the  examination  and  in- 
vestigation of  the  structure  and  nature  of  microscopic  ob- 
jects.   2v.  in  I.     i860 r578.9  G89 

SLACK,   Henry  James. 

Marvels  of  pond-life;  or,  A  year's  microscopic  recreations 


49 


768  TAXIDERMY 


among   the   polyps,    infusoria,    rotifers,    water-bears   and 

polyzoa.     1880 578.9  S63 

WHITMAN,  Charles  Otis. 

Methods  of  research  in  microscopical  anatomy  and  embry- 
ology.    1885 rS78.9  W64 

579     Collectors'  manuals 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Das  conserviren  von  thierbalgen.     1894.     (Hartleben's  chem- 

isch-technische  bibliothek.) rS79  A55 

HORNADAY,  William  Temple. 

Taxidermy  and  zoological  collecting,  with  chapters  on  col- 
lecting and  preserving  insects,  by  W.  J.  Holland.     1891. . .  .579  H79 
"Best  books  of  reference  for  the  taxidermist  and  collector,"  p.3Si-3SS. 
KINGSLEY,  John  Sterling. 

Naturalist's  assistant.     1892 579  K27 

Bibliography,  p.  145-224. 
The  same.     1882 rS79  K27 

579.4     Taxidermy 

BROWNE,  Montagu. 

Artistic  and  scientific  taxidermy  and  modelling.     1896.  ..  .579.4  B81 

Bibliogrraphy,  P.421-4S3. 
Practical  taxidermy,  with  a  chapter  upon  the  arrangement 

of  museums.     [1884.] 579-4  B8ip 

DAVIE,  Oliver. 

Methods  in  the  art  of  taxidermy.    1894 q579.4  D31 

ROWLEY,  John. 

Art  of  taxidermy.     1898 579-4  R79 

Amateurs  will  find  their  requirements  fully  met,  while  to  professional 
taxidermists  also,  this  work  will  be  valuable.     Illustrated. 
WARREN,  Benjamin  Harry. 

Taxidermy;  how  to  collect,  skin,  preserve  and  mount 
birds;  [and]  The  game  and  fish  laws  of  Pennsylvania. 
1896.  (Pennsylvania — Agriculture,  Department  of.  Bul- 
letin, no.6.) 579.4  W24 

The  same.  1896.  (In  Pennsylvania — Agriculture,  Depart- 
ment of.     Bulletin,  no.6.) r630.6  P399b  no.6 


580     Botany 


BAILLON,  Ernest  Henri. 

Natural  history  of  plants.    8v.     1871-88 qr58o  B 16 

BUEK,  G.H.  &  CO.  pub. 

Wild  flowers  of  America.    1894 r58o  B86 

CREEVEY,  Caroline  A. 

Flowers  of  field,  hill  and  swamp.    1897 580  C87f 

Arranged  by  habitat. 

"It  is  most  comprehensively  illustrated,"  and  "is  so  classified  that  it  is 


BOTANY  769 

easy   to   identify  the  plant   by   comparing  the  text  and  the  plant  in 
hand."     Outlook. 
Recreations  in  botany.     1893 580  C87   1/ 

Contents:  Introductory. — The  botanist's  tools  and  methods. — Fertiliza- 
tion of  plants. — Orchids. — Leaves. — Plant  movements. — The  compositae. 
— Parasitic  plants. — Aquatic  plants. — The  cone-bearers. — Flowerless 
plants. — Ferns. — Mosses  and  liverworts. — Lichens. — Algae. — Fungi. — 
Plant  adaptability  and  utility. — Seeds  and  fruits. 

"It  marshals  many  of  the  curiosities  of  botanical  science  for  the  in- 
formation of  the  beginner,  and  is  written  in  fairly  popular  style, 
although  unhesitating  use  is  made,  when  necessary,  of  scientific 
terminology.  The  illustrations  are  satisfactory.  The  book  may  be 
commended  to  those  who  wish  to  learn  something  substantial  of 
botany  without  attacking  the  technical  manuals."    Dial. 

DANA,  Mrs  William  Starr,  afterward  Mrs  Parsons. 

How  to  know  the  wild  flowers.     1895 580  D19 

The  same.     1898 J580  D19 

The  same.     1900 rsSo  D19 

The  arrangement  is  by  colors,  and  this,  together  with  the  many  and 
excellent  plates,  makes  the  identification  of  a  flower  by  one  ignorant 
of  botany  an  easy  matter. 

DOUBLEDAY,  Mrs  Nellie  Blanchan  (De  Graff),  (pseud.  Neltje 
Blanchan). 
Nature's   garden;   an   aid  to   knowledge  of  our  wild  flowers 

and  their  insect  visitors.     1900 q58o  D75 

The  same.     1900 qJSSo  D75 

Describes  in  untechnical  language  over  500  species  of  wild  flowers, 
arranged  according  to  color.  Gives  scientific  and  popular  names, 
short  descriptions  of  flowers,  leaves  and  fruit,  preferred  habitat, 
flowering  season  and  geographical  distribution,  with  comments  on  the 
flowers  and  their  fertilization  by  insects.  Many  illustrations  in  black 
and  white  and  in  colors. 

GARDINER,  Linda. 

Sylvia  in  flowerland.     [1899.] J580  G17 

GRAY,  Asa. 

Manual  of  botany  of  the  northern  United  States.     1889 580  G8itn 

"The  standard  manual  for  the  recognition  of  Phanerogams,  Pterido- 
phytes,  and  Hepaticae  east  of  the  Mississippi  river  and  north  of  North 
Carolina  and  Tennessee,  with  a  glossary  of  terms.  Adapted  to  the 
field  botanist  within  that  region."     D.  P.  Penhallow. 

The  same.    1889 r58o  G8im 

School  and  field  book  of  botany,  consisting  of  Lessons  in 

botany,  and  Field,  forest  and  garden  botany.     1887 580  G81 

pt.i.  A  useful  summary  of  the  structure  and  classification  of  plants, 
with  a  full  glossary  of  terms.     Adapted  to  beginners. 

pt.2.     A   manual   for  ihe   recognition   of  the   more   widely   known   intro- 
duced   and    cultivated    plants.      Adapted    to    gardeners    and    to    field 
botanists  as  a  companion  to  Gray's  "Manual." 
The  same.     1887 r58o  G81 

HARDINGE,  E.M.  {pseud.  Maud  Going). 

Field,  forest  and  wayside  flowers,  with  chapters  on  grasses, 

sedges  and  ferns.     1899 580  H25 

"The  chapters  of  this  book  are  so  arranged  as  to  follow  the  waxing  and 
waning  of  plant-life  during  an  average  season  in  the  northeastern 
United  States... It  is  written  more  especially  for  people  who  have  not 
time,  or,  perhaps,  inclination,  to  become  actual  students,  who  have  not 
familiarized  themselves  with  botanic  nomenclature  and  technical  terms, 
and  who  yet  love  to  observe  the  beauties  and  the  wonders  of  familiar 
plant-life."    Preface. 

HENSLOW,  George. 

Botany  for  beginners.     1888 '. J580  H45b 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Botany  for  children." 


770  BOTANY 


Botany  for  children;  an  illustrated  elementary  text-book. 

1881 J580  H45 

Also  published  under  the  title  "Botany  for  beginners." 

HOOKER,  Sir  Joseph  Dalton. 

Botany.     [1884.]     (Science  primers.) 580  H77 

HULME,  Frederick  Edward. 

Familiar  wild  flowers;  ist-6th  ser.    6v.     1891-94 rsSo  H91 

LOUNSBERRY,  Alice. 

Guide  to  the  wild  flowers.     1899. J580  L93 

The  same.     1899 580  L93 

MATHEWS,  Ferdinand  Schuyler. 

Familiar  flowers  of  field  and  garden.     1897 580  M47 

A   popular   description   of   wild   flowers   arranged   in   chronological    se- 
quence,   illustrated   by   well-drawn   figures;   with   a   systematic   index 
giving   family,    color,    locality,    environment,    and    date    of    blooming. 
Scientific  and  common  names  are  given;  technical  terms  few.     Aims 
at  popularizing  the  study   of  plants.     Adapted  to   stimulate  a  wider 
knowledge  of  the  plants  about  us,  but  of  limited  value  for  the  recogni- 
tion of  species.     Chiefly  useful  for  those  who  have  little  time  or  in- 
clination for  scientific  study. 
Field  book  of  American  wild  flowers;  a  short  description  of 
their   character  and  habits,   a  concise   definition   of   their 
colors,  and  references  to  the  insects  which   assist  in  their 

fertilization.     1902 580  M47f 

NEWELL,  Jane  Hancox,  afterzvard  Mrs  Moore. 

Outlines  of  lessons  in  botany,  for  the  use  of  teachers,  or  moth- 
ers studying  with  their  children.    2v.     1893-98 Js8o  N270 

V.I.     From  seed  to  leaf. 
V.2.     Flower  and  fruit. 

PARKER,  Francis  Wayland,  &  Helm,  N.  L. 

On  the  farm.     1898 J580  P230 

Being  V.2  of  "Uncle  Robert's  geography." 

Playtime  and  seedtime.     1899 J580  P23P 

Being  v.  1  of  "Uncle  Robert's  geography." 
PRATT,  Mara  L. 

Little  flower  folks.    2v.    1890-91 J580  P881 

WRIGHT,  Mrs  Julia  (McNair). 

Botany;  the  story  of  plant  life.     1898 J580  W93 

LINN^US,  Carl  von. 

Systema  vegetabilium.     1797 rs8o.i  L72 

CARPENTER,  William  Benjamin. 

Vegetable  physiology  and  systematic  botany.     1875 rs8o.2  C22 

DORFLER,  J.  comp. 

Botaniker-adressbuch;  sammlung  von  namen  und  adressen  der 

lebenden  botaniker  aller  lander.     1896 r58o.6  D67 

580.3     Dictionaries 

ALCOCK,  Randal  H. 

Botanical  names  for  English  readers.     1884 r58o.3  A35 

JACKSON,  Benjamin  Daydon,  comp. 

Glossary  of  botanic  terms,  with  their  derivation  and  accent. 

1900 r58o.3  J12 

Bibliography,  p.324-326. 


BOTANY  771 

LINDLEY,  John,  &  Moore,  Thomas,  1821-87,  contp. 

Treasury  of  botany;  a  popular  dictionary  of  the  vegetable 

kingdom.     2v.     1889 rs8o.3  L71 

WILLIS,  John  C. 

Manual  and  dictionary  of  the  flowering  plants  and  ferns.    2v. 

1897 580.3  W75 

"In  these  two  handy  volumes  have  been  brought  together,  in  an  orderly 
and  convenient  form,  the  principal  facts  and  cardinal  principles  in  re- 
gard to  the  more  important  ferns  and  flowering  plants.  It  is  seldom 
that  such  discrimination  in  selection,  such  skill  in  arrangement  and 
such  perspicuity  in  statement,  are  conjoined."  American  journal  of 
science. 


580.4      Essays.      Sketches  and  stories 

ALLEN,  Grant. 

Flowers  and  their  pedigrees.     1884 580.4  A42 

Contents:  The  daisy's  pedigree. — The  romance  of  a  wayside  weed. — 
Strawberries. — Cleavers. — The  origin  of  wheat. — A  mountain  tulip. — ^A 
family  history. — Cuckoo-pint. 

BASS,  M.Florence. 

Nature  stories  for  young  readers;  plant  life.     1897 J580.4  B29 

DANA,  Mrs  William  Starr,  afterzvard  Mrs  Parsons. 

According  to  season;  talks  about  the  flowers  in  the  order 

of  their  appearance.     1894 580.4  D19 

The  same.    1902 580.4  Diga 

DEAS,  Lizzie. 

Flower  favourites;  their  legends,  symbolism  and  signifi- 
cance.    1898 580.4  D34 

FLINT,  Martha  Bockee. 

Garden  of  simples.    1900 580.4  F64 

Contents:  A  garden  of  simples. — Paas  blumtje  and  Pingster  bloem.— 
Midsummer  day. — The  rose  fruits. — Wild  berries. — A  country  road- 
side.— Michaelmas  daisies.— Suffolk  county  strolls;  by  the  Hither 
Brook  road,  to  the  beach  at  Wading  river. — Saint  Martin's  little  sum- 
mer.— The  secrets  of  a  salad. — Spring  fruit. — A  retrospect  of  the 
potato  family. — Liberty  tea. — Honey. — ^A  fagot  of  herbs. — Our  Lady's 
flowers. — Some  door-yard  shrubs. — A  posy  from  Spenser. — Within 
arm's  reach. — Indian  plant  names. — Flowers  of  Chaucer's  poems. 
"Book  of  folk-lore,  plant-lore,  and  poet-lore,  good  to  read  in  winter  by 
the  driftwood  fire."     Nation,   1900. 

GRAY,  Asa. 

Scientific  papers.     2v.     1889 580.4  G8is 

V.2   contains  biographical   sketches   of  the  leading  botanists   of  recent 
times. 
JOHNS,  Charles  Alexander. 

Botanical  rambles,      [i860.] r58o.4  J35 

MORLEY,  Margaret  Warner. 

A  few  familiar  flowers,  how  to  love  them  at  home  or  in  school. 

1897 J580.4  Mgif 

Contents:    Morning-glory. — Nasturtiuip. — ^Jewelweed. — Geranium. — 
Hyacinth. 

Flowers  and  their  friends.     1897 JS80.4  M91 

PRATT,  Mara  L. 

Fairyland  of  flowers.     1890 J580.4  P88 

A  book  for  children,  containing  a  study  of  the  parts  and  organs  of 
plants,  stories  and  poems  about  plants  and  flowers,  and  a  simple 
classification  of  some  simple  plants. 


772  BOTANY 

PRATTEN,  Mary  A. 

My  hundred  Swiss  flowers,  with  a  short  account  of  Swiss  ferns. 

1887 580.4  P89 

SMITH,  Sir  James  Edward. 

Selection  of  the  correspondence  of  Linnaeus  and  other  natural- 
ists.    2v.     1821 r58o.4  S65 

STEP,  Edward. 

Plant-life.     1883 580.4  S82 

Contents:  Microscopic  plants. — Plant  structure  and  g^rowth. — The  fer- 
tilisation of  flowers. — Predatory  plants. — Remarkable  flowers  and 
leaves. — About  a  fern. — The  folk-lore  of  plants. — Plants  and  animals. — 
About  mosses  and  lichens. — Plants  and  planets. — About  horsetails, 
stonewarts  and  pepperworts. — ^The  falling  leaf. — About  fungi. — Algs. 
Romance  of  wild  flowers;  a  companion  to  the  British  flora. 

1899 580.4  S82r 

TAYLOR,  John  EUor. 

Flowers;    their    origin,    shapes,    perfumes    and    colours. 

1879 r58o.4  T2S 

WRIGHT,  Mrs  Mabel  (Osgood). 

Flowers  and  ferns  in  their  haunts.     1901 580.4  W93 

The  writer's  actual  experiences  in  her  search  for  wild  growths  of  field 
and  forest.  Set  in  the  frame  of  a  slender  story  and  all  aglow  with 
imagination  and  true  love  of  nature.  Contains  many  full  page  plates 
of  unusual  beauty. 

580.5     Periodicals 

BOTANICAL  gazette;  monthly,    v.12.     1887 rsSo.S  B64 

V.I  appeared  under  the  title  Botanical  bulletin. 
BOTANICAL  magazine;  or,  Flower-garden  displayed;  monthly. 

v.i-date.     1787-date r58o.S  B646 

v.is-datc  title  reads  Curtis's  botanical  magazine. 
General  indexes,  1786-1826,  V.1-S3.     1828. 

FIELD  COLUMBIAN  MUSEUM. 

Publications;  botanical  series,    v.i-date.     1895-date r58o.5  F45 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p.277;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL  GARDEN. 

Memoirs,     v.i-date.     1900-date qr58o.5  N26 

V.I.     Rydberg,  P. A.     Catalogrue  of  the  flora  of  Montana  and  the  Yellow- 
stone national  park. 
v.2.     MacDougal,   D.T.     Influence  of  light  and  darkness  upon  growth 
and  development. 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Publications;    contributions   from   the   botanical   laboratory. 

v.i-date.     1897-date qr58o.5  P39 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  194;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

TORREY  BOTANICAL  CLUB. 

Bulletin ;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1870-date rsSo.S  T63 

Index,  V.7-16.    1890. 

580.7     Study  and  teaching 

BAILEY,  Liberty  Hyde. 

First  lessons  with  plants;  being  an  abridgement  of  "Lessons 

with  plants."      1898 J580.7    B16 

Lessons  with  plants;  suggestions  for  seeing  and  interpret- 


BOTANY  77i 


ing  some  of  the  common  forms  of  vegetation.  1898. . .  .580.7  B16 
May  be  used  as  a  text  book  in  secondary  schools,  though  the  author 
hopes  that  to  both  pupil  and  teacher  its  principal  service  will  be  in 
the  suggesting  of  methods  of  nature  study  which  he  defines  to  be 
"seeing  the  things  which  one  looks  at,  and  the  drawing  of  proper 
conclusions  from  what  one  sees." 

BAILEY,  William  Whitman. 

Botanizing;  a  guide  to  field-collecting  and  herbarium  work. 

1899 580.7  B16 

Contents:  Equipment. — Collecting. — Directions  for  particular  families. — 
Herbarium  work. — Storing  and  exchange. — The  herbarium. — Botanical 
museum. — Botanic  gardens. — Botanical  libraries. 

Bibliography,  p.132-142. 

GANONG,  William  Francis. 

Teaching  botanist;  a  manual  of  information  upon  botanical 
instruction;  with  outlines  and  directions  for  a  comprehen- 
sive elementary  course.     1899 S80.7  G16 

Bibliography,  p.  137-142. 

GOODALE,  George  Lincoln. 

Concerning  a  few  common  plants.  1896.  (In  Boston  so- 
ciety of  natural  history.  Guides  for  science-teach- 
ing, V.I.) 507  B64  V.I 

The  same.     1896.     (In  Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.i.) r507  B64  v.i 

JACKMAN,  Wilbur  Samuel. 

Practical  lessons  on  plants.    1894 S8o-7  Ji2p 

Syllabus  of  50  lessons  on  plants.    1887 580.7  J12 

MISSOURI  BOTANICAL  GARDEN. 

Annual  report  (ist-date),  1889-date.     1890-date r58o.7  M74 

For  partial  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  182;  kept  at  the  reference  desk, 
loth  report  contains  an  index  to  the  ist-ioth  reports,  1889-98. 

NEW  YORK  BOTANICAL  GARDEN. 

Journal;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1900-date  r58o.7  N26 

WILEY,  Franklin  Baldwin. 

Flowers  that  never  fade;  an  account  of  the  Ware  collection 
of  Blaschka  glass  models  in  the  Harvard  university 
museum.     1897 580.7  W71 


580.9     History  of  botany 

SACHS,  Julius  von. 

History  of  botany,  1530-1860.     1890 580.9  S12 

Philosophical  and  trustworthy  work  on  the  history  of  botanical  science. 
Adapted  to  the  general  reader  and  the  advanced  student. 

581     Physiological  botany 

ALLEN,  Grant. 

Story  of  the  plants.     1898.     (Library  of  useful  stories.) 581  A42 

ATKINSON,  George  Francis. 

First  studies  of  plant  life.     1902 JS8x  A87 

Simple,  practical  and  well  illustrated  studies  of  the  life  processes  of 
plants,  intended  as  a  text-book.  With  the  teacher's  aid,  the  book  will 
be  comprehensible  to  children  of  even  the  lower  grades. 


774  PHYSIOLOGICAL  BOTANY 

BAILEY,  Liberty  Hyde. 

Botany ;  an  elementary  text  for  schools.     1900 581  Bl6b 

BERGEN,  Joseph  Young. 

Foundations  of  botany.     1901  581  B45 

"Outcome  of  many  years  of  practical  experience  in  teaching  botany... 
Appended  to  the  text-book  is  a  partial  flora. .  .including  some  seven 
hundred  flowering  plants  selected  from  those  most  available  in  spring- 
time in  our  northeastern  and  middle  states."    American  journal  of 
science,  1901. 

BESSEY,  Charles  Edwin. 

Botany  for  high  schools  and  colleges.     1899.     (American 

science  series;  advanced  course.) 581  B46 

The  essentials  of  botany.     1896.     (American  science  series; 

briefer   course.) 581    B46e 

A  guide  to  beginners.  Its  principles  are,  that  the  true  aim  of  botanical 
study  is  not  so  much  to  seek  the  family  and  proper  names  of  speci- 
mens as  to  ascertain  the  laws  of  plant-structure  and  plant-life;  that 
this  can  be  done  only  by  examining  and  dissecting  the  plants  them- 
selves; and  that  it  is  best  to  confine  the  attention  to  a  few  leading 
types,  and  to  take  up  first  the  simpler  and  more  easily  understood 
forms. 

BRIGHTWEN,  Mrs  Eliza  (Elder). 

Glimpses  into  plant-life;  an  easy  guide  to  the  study  of  botany. 

1897  J581   B74 

BROWN,  Kate  Louise. 

The  plant  baby  and  its  friends;  a  nature  reader  for  primary 

grades.      1898 J581    B79 

CHASE,  Annie. 

Buds,  stems  and  roots.     1897 J581  C38 

COHN,  Ferdinand  Julius,  ed. 

Beitrage  zur  biologic  der  pflanzen.    2v.  in  i.     1875-76 r58i  C66 

COULTER,  John  Merle. 

Plant  relations;  a  first  book  of  botany.   1899.    (Twentieth  cen- 
tury text-books.) 581  C83pl 

Plant  structures ;  a  second  book  of  botany.     1900.     (Twentieth 

century  text-books.)  581  C83 

Plant  studies;  an  elementary  botany.     1900.     (Twentieth  cen- 
tury text-books.)    581   C83P 

Made  up  of  selections  from  the  author's  "Plant  relations,"  and  "Plant 
structures"  to  meet  a  demand  for  a  short  course  in  botany.  The  ac- 
count of  the  relations  and  adjustment  of  a  plant  to  its  surroundings 
are  very  interesting  to  the  general  reader,  and  the  illustrations  are  ex- 
cellent. 

DANA,  Mrs  William  Starr,  afterward  Mrs  Parsons. 

Plants  and  their  children.    1896 JS8i  Di9p 

DARWIN,  Francis. 

Elements  of  botany.     1896 581  D268 

DENNERT,  Eberhard. 

Plant  life  and  structure;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  C.  L.  Skeat. 

1900.     (Temple  primers.) 581   D43 

Bibliography,    p.  107. 

DUCHARTRE,  P. 

filements  de  botanique.     1867 r58i  D86 

GAYE,  Selina. 

The  great  world's  farm;  some  account  of  nature's  crops  and 


PHYSIOLOGICAL  BOTANY  775 

how  they  are  grown.    1894 581  G25 

Partial  contents:  Soil  makers. — Water. — Deserts. — Roots. — Food  from  the 
soil. — Leaves  and  their  work. — Climate. 

GEDDES,  Patrick. 

Chapters  in  modern  botany.     1893 581  G26 

Contents:  Pitcher  plants. — Other  insectivorous  plants;  Difficulties  and 
criticisms. — Movement  and  nervous  action  in  plants. — The  web  of 
life. — Relations  between  plants  and  animals. — Spring  and  its  studies; 
Geographical  distribution  and  world-landscapes;  Seedling  and  bud. — 
Leaves. — Suggestions  for  further  study. 

GRAY,  Asa. 

How  plants  behave.     1872.     (Botany  for  young  people.) J581  G81 

How  plants  grow.     1858.     (Botany  for  young  people.). . .  .J581  G8ih 
HALE,  Gertrude  Elisabeth. 

Little  flower-people.     1899 J581  H15 

HENSLOW,  George. 

Origin  of  floral  structures  through  insect  and  other  agencies. 

1888.     (International  scientific  series.) 581  H4S 

HERRICK,  Mrs  Sophie  Mcllvaine  (Bledsoe). 

The  wonders  of  plant  life  under  the  microscope.     1896 581  H47 

Contents:     The   beginnings   of   life. — Single-celled   g^reen    plants. — Fungi    . 
and  lichens. — Liverworts  and  mosses. — Ferns. — Physiologfy  of  plants. — 
Corn  and  its  congeners. — The  microscope  among  the  flowers. — Pitcher 
plants. — Insectivorous  plants. 
HOOKER,  Worthington. 

Child's  book  of  nature.    3pts.  in  iv.    1886 3*581  H77C 

Child's  book  of  nature;  pt.i.  Plants.    1886 J581  H77 

KERNER,  Anton,  ritter  von  Marilaun. 

Natural  history  of  plants.    2v.  in  4.     1895 qr58i  K21 

The  same.    2v.     1902 , qSSi  K21 

LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

Flowers,  fruits  and  leaves.     1896 581  L96 

Three  chapters  from  the  author's  "Scientific  lectures." 
MACDOUGAL,  Daniel  Trembly. 

The  nature  and  work  of  plants;  an  introduction  to  the  study 

of  botany.    1900 jS8i  Mi4n 

The  same.     1900 581  Mi4n 

MORLEY.  Margaret  Warner. 

Seed-babies.     1901 J581  M91 

NEWELL,  Jane  Hancox,  afterward  Mrs  Moore,  comp. 

A  reader  in  botany,  selected  and  adapted  from  well-known 

authors.    2v.     1896 J581  N27 

T.i.    From  seed  to  leaf. 
V.2.    Flower  and  fruit. 

A  concise,  clear,  and  attractive  presentation  of  some  of  the  more  promi- 
nent facts  in  the  structure  and  grrowth  of  familiar  plants.  Emphasizes 
the  importance  of  study  in  the  field.  Treatment  devoid  of  excessive 
technicalities.  Full  glossary  of  terms.  Specially  adapted  to  the  young 
either  for  special  reading  or  general  study. 
SACHS,  Julius  von. 

Text-book   of   botany,    morphological    and    physiological. 

1882 581  S12 

STRASBURGER,  Eduard,  and  others. 

Text-book  of  botany.     1898 581  S89 

VINES,  Sydney  Howard. 

Elementary  text-book  of  botany.     1898 581  V34 


776  PHYSIOLOGICAL  BOTANY 

WESTERMAIER,  Max. 

Compendium  of  general  botany.     1896 581  Ws6 

DARWIN,  Francis,  &  Acton,  E.H. 

Practical  physiology  of  plants.     1895 581. 1  D268 

MACDOUGAL,  Daniel  Trembly. 

Experimental  plant  physiology.     1898 581. i  M14 

"Books  for  reference,"  p.2. 
SORAUER,  Paul. 

A  popular  treatise  on  the  physiology  of  plants,  for  the  use  of 
gardeners  or  for  students  of  horticulture  and  of  agricul- 
ture.    189s 581. 1   S71 

GRIFFON,  Ed. 

L'assimilation  chlorophyllienne  et  la  structure  des  plantes. 

[1900.]     (Scientia;  serie  biologique.) r58i.i3  G89 

Short  review  of  our  present  (igoo)  knowledge  of  the  influence  of  plant 
structure  upon  the  fixation  of  carbon. 

BAILEY,  Liberty  Hyde. 

Survival  of  the  unlike;  evolution  essays  suggested  by  the 

study  of  domestic  plants.     1896 581.15  B16 

First  for  horticulturists,  then  for  evolutionists.  From  the  author's  wide 
experience  he  presents  many  interesting  facts  concerning  the  evolu- 
tion and  development  of  some  common  fruits  and  flowers. 

CAMPBELL,  Douglas  Houghton. 

Lectures  on  the  evolution  of  plants.    1899 581.15  CiS 

DARWIN,  Charles. 

Different  forms  of  flowers  on  plants  of  the  same  species. 

1893 581.15   D26 

The  same.     1898 rs8i.i5  D26 

Effects  of  cross  and  self  fertilisation  in  the  vegetable  kingdom. 

1892 581.16  D26e 

The  same.    1898 r58i.i6  D26e 

Various  contrivances  by  which  orchids  are  fertilised  by  in- 
sects.    1892 581.16  D26 

Bibliography,   p.7-10. 

One  of  the  most  important  contributions  to  our  knowledge  of  the  rela- 
tions between  insects  and  plants,  based  upon  extended  personal  ob- 
servation.   Adapted  to  the  general  reader  and  to  the  special  student. 
The  same.     1895 rs8i.i6  D26 

581.2     Diseases  of  plants 

MASSEE,  George. 

Text-book  of  plant  diseases  caused  by  cryptogamic  parasites. 

1899 581.21   M45 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

MAZfi,  P. 

fivolution  du  carbone  et  de  I'azote  dans  le  monde  vivant. 

1899.     (Scientia;  serie  biologique.) rs8i.23  M54 

TUBEUF,  Karl,  freiherr  von. 

Diseases    of    plants,    induced    by    cryptogamic    parasites. 

1897 q58i.23  T79 

"The  general  facts  in  the  life  history  of  parasites  and  saprophytic  fungi, 
the  nature  of  malformations  and  diseases  which  they  cause  in  the 
host-plant,  the  predisposition  to  disease,  and  the  remedies,  are  treated 


PHYSIOLOGICAL  BOTANY  y7y 

in  detail.     .     .     The  work  will  rapidly  find  a  place  on  the  botanist's 
shelves  as  an  indispensable  book  of  reference."    Academy. 

WARD,  Harry  Marshall. 

Disease  in  plants.     1901 581.23  W21 

"Lays  great  stress  on  the  study  of  the  plant  as  a  living  creature  influ- 
enced for  good  or  ill  by  the  surroundings  amid  which  it  is  placed .  . . 
Prof.  \\'ard. .  .gives  a  useful  summary  showing  the  present  state  of 
vegetable  physiology,  and  of  knowledge  as  to  the  biolog^y  of  the  soil, . . 
The  summary  is  drawn  from  the  store  of  the  specialist,  and  is  very 
different  from  the  production  of  a  mere  compiler."    Athensum,  1901. 

581.3     Germination 

LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

Contribution  to  our  knowledge  of  seedlings.    2v.     1892 rs8i.3  L96 

On  British  wild  flowers  considered  in  relation  to  insects. 

1890 581.3    L960 

581.4     Morphology.     581.5     Habits 

BARNES,  Charles  Reid. 

Plant  life  considered  with  special  reference  to  form  and  func- 
tion.    1898 581.4  B25 

"Reference  books,"  p.413-414.  , 

GOODALE,  George  Lincoln. 

Physiological  botany.      1885.      (Gray's   botanical   text- 
book.)   ■ 581.4  G62 

Contents:     Outlines  of  the  histology  of  phaenogamous  plants. — Vegetable 

physiology. 
One  of  the  best  works  on  the  minute  anatomy  and  physiolog^y  of  plants, 
with  directions  for  the  practical  student.     Clear,  concise,  comprehen* 
sive.    Adapted  to  advanced  students  and  to  the  general  reader. 
GRAY,  Asa. 

Elements  of  botany  for  beginners.     1887 581.4  G81 

Structural  botany.     1879.     (Gray's  botanical  text-book.)  .  .581.4  G8is 
Authoritative  text-book  on  the  general  morphology  of  the  phanerogams. 
It  contains,  also,  an  important  outline  of  the  history  and  principles  of 
classification.  Adapted  to  the  general  reader  and  to  the  students  of 
high  schools. 
LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

On  buds  and  stipules.     1899.     (International  scientific  se- 
ries.)  581.4  L96 

Bibliography,  p.17-19. 

DARWIN,  Charles. 

Power  of  movement  in  plants.    1888 581.47  D26 

A  philosophical  exposition  of  the  movements  manifested  by  plants,  as 
derived  from  personal  observation.  Adapted  to  the  general  reader  and 
to  the  special   student. 

The  same.     1897 r58i.47  D26 

ARTHUR,  Joseph  Charles,  &  Macdougal,  D.T. 

Living  plants  and  their  properties;  a  collection  of  essays. 

1898 581.5  A78 

DARWIN,  Charles. 

Movements  and  habits  of  climbing  plants.     1891 581.5  D26 

The  same.    1897 r58i.s  D26 

TAYLOR,  John  Ellor. 

Sagacity  &  morality  of  plants.     1891 581.5  T2S     ^ 


778  PHYSIOLOGICAL  BOTANY 

DARWIN,  Charles. 

Insectivorous  plants.    1892 581.53  D26 

Good  general  work  on  a  most  attractive  and  remarkable  phase  of  plant 
life,  derived  from  personal  observation.  Adapted  to  the  general  reader 
and  the  special  student. 

The  same.    1897 rsSi.sa  D26 


581.6     Economic  botany 

CANDOLLE,  Alphonse  de. 

Origin  of  cultivated  plants.     1892.     (International  scientific 

series.)    581.6  C17 

DARLINGTON,  William. 

American  weeds  and  useful  plants.     1859 .,.581.6  D25 

Being  a  second  edition  of  "Agricultural  botany." 

PORCHER,  Francis  Peyre. 

Resources  of  the  southern  fields  and  forests,  medical, 
economical    and    agricultural;    being    also    a    medical 

botany  of  the  Southern  states.     1869 r58i.6  P82 

JOHNSON,  Laurence. 

Manual   of  the   medical  botany   of  North  America.      1884. 

(Wood's  library  of  standard  medical  authors.) r58i. 63  J36 

WEED,  Clarence  Moores. 

Seed-travellers;  studies  of  the  methods  of  dispersal  of  various 

common  seeds.     1898 J581.7  W42 

581.8     Histology 

CROSS,  Charles  Frederick,  &  Bevan,  E.  J. 

Researches  on  cellulose,  1895-1900.     1901 581.8  C89r 

CROSS,  Charles  Frederick,  and  others. 

Cellulose;  the  chemistry  of  the  structural  elements  of  plants, 
with  reference  to  their  natural  history  and  industrial  uses. 
1895   581.8  C89 


Flora  of  special  countries 
Europe.    Asia 

THOMfi,  Otto  Wilhelm. 

Flora  von  Deutschland,  Gsterreich  und  der  Schweiz,  in  wort 

und  bild;  fur  schule  und  haus.    4v.     1886-88 r58i.94  T37 

Popular    botany    of    Germany,    Austria    and    Switzerland,    with    many 
beautiful  colored  plates. 

LOUDON,  John  Claudius. 

Arboretum    et   fruticetum    Britannicum;    or,    Tlie   trees    and 
shrubs   of   Britain  pictorially   and  botanically  delineated. 

8v.     1844 rs8i.942  L92 

V.1-4.    Text.  v.s-8.    Plates. 

"List  of  books  referred  to,"  v.i,  p.i90-2a6b 

PAINTER,  W.Hunt. 

Contribution  to  the  flora  of  Derbyshire;  an  account  of  the 
flowering  plants,  ferns,  and  characeae  found  in  the  county. 


BOTANY— NORTH  AMERICA  779 

1889 581.942  P16 

Bibliography  of  the  botany  of  Derbyshire,  p.S-9. 
SOWERBY,  James,  and  others. 

English  botany;  or,  Coloured  figures  of  British  plants;  ed. 

by  J.  T.  B.  Syme.     13V.     1899 qr58i.942  S73 

The  first  edition  (text  by  Sir  J.  E.  Smith,  plates  by  James  Sowerby) 
was  published  between  1790  and  1814,  in  36  volumes,  with  more  than 
2000  colored  plates.  Later,  additions  and  emendations  were  made 
by  J.  de  C.  Sowerby,  and  others.  This  third  edition  by  Mr  Syme 
appeared  first  between  1863  and  1886. 
"Descriptions  are  full  and  accurate,  but  the  figures  are  scarcely  tuf- 
ficiently  up  to  date."  B.  D.  Jackson,  in  his  "Guide  to  the  literature 
of  botany." 

BENNETT,  Alfred  William. 

Flora  of  the  Alps.    2v.    1898 : 581.949  B43 

CRfiPIN,  Francois. 

Manuel  de  la  flore  de  Belgique.    1884 r58i.949  C87 

WOOSTER,  David. 

Alpine  plants;  figures  and  descriptions  of  some  of  the  most 

striking  and  beautiful  of  the  Alpine  flowers.   1874.  .qr58i.949  W88 
KURZ,  Sulpiz. 

Forest  flora  of  British  Burma.    2v.     1877 r58i.959  K44 

V.I.     Ranunculaceae  to  cornacese. 
V.2.     Caprifoliaceae  to  filices. 

North  America 

BRITTON,  Nathaniel  Lord,  comp. 

A  list  of  state  and  local  floras  of  the  United  States  and 
British  America.  [1890.]  (Contributions  from  the 
herbarium  of  Columbia  college.) r595.78  H72S 

Bound  with  Holland's  Short  articles  on  butterflies. 

BRITTON,  Nathaniel  Lord,  &  Brown,  Addison. 

Illustrated  flora  of  the  northern  United  States,  Canada  and 

the  British  possessions.     3v.     1896-98 qr58i.97  B75 

V.I.     Ferns  to  carpet-weed. 
V.2.    Portulaca  to  buckbean. 
V.3.    Dogbane  to  thistle. 
CHECK-list  of  North  American  plants,   including   Mexican 

species  which  approach  the  U.  S.  boundary.     1887 qrs8i.97  C41 

CONTRIBUTIONS  from  the  United  States  national  herb- 
arium,   v.i-date.     1890-date. r58i.97  C76 

The    first   seven   volumes   were    issued   by   the   Botany    division   of   the 
United   States  Agricultural   department;    later  volumes  are   published 
by  the  United  States  national  museum. 
NEWHALL,  Charles  Stedman. 

Vines  of  northeastern  America.     1897 581.97  N27 

"For  reference.     Identifies  nearly   loo  vines  by  means  of  three  guides 
based  on  flower,  leaf  and  fruit.     Untechnical  descriptions." 

SARGENT,  Charles  Sprague 

The  silva  of  North  America;  a  description  of  the  trees  which 
grow  naturally   in   North   America  exclusive  of  Mexico. 

14V.      1893-1902 qr58i.97    S24 

v.i.    Magnoliacese-Ilicineae,    (tulip    tree,    holly,    magnolia,    linden,    bass- 
wood,  etc.). 
V.3.    Cyrillaceas-Sapindaceae,    (maple,    buckeye,    boxwood,    etc.). 
V.3.    Anacardiacese-Leguminosae,  (acacia,  locust,  sumach,  etc.). 
V.4.    Rosaceae-Saxifragaceae,  (almond,  peach,  pear,  plum,  etc.). 


78o  BOTANY— UNITED  STATES 

V.5.  Hamamelideae-Sapotaccx,  (azalea,  dogwood,  laurel,  rhododendron, 
witch  hazel,  etc.). 

V.6.     Ebenacex-Polygonacese,  (ash,  catalpa,  persimmon,  etc.)- 

V.7.    Lauraceae-Juglandacez,   (elm,  walnut,  hickory,  etc.). 

V.8.    Cupuliferae,    (oak). 

v.g.     Cupuliferse-Salicaceae,   (beech,  birch,  chestnut,  poplar,  willow,  etc.). 

v.io.  Liliacex-Coniferae,   (palm,  cedar,  yew,  juniper,  cypress,  etc.). 

V.  11-12.    Coniferae,   (pine). 

V.  13.  Supplement:      Rhamnaceae-Rosaceae. 

V.  14.   Supplement:     Caricacese. — Coniferae. 

V.14  contains  a  general  index. 

Mr  Sargent's  position  as  director  of  the  Arnold  arboretum  of  Harvard 
university,  and  the  opportunities  offered  him  for  exploring  the  forests 
of  America  while  at  the  head  of  the  forestry  division  of  the  tenth 
census,  specially  qualify  him  for  this  work,  which  contains  not  only 
botanical  descriptions  of  the  native  trees,  but  detailed  information  con- 
cerning their  growth,  their  special  value  as  ornamental  trees,  the  use 
and  value  of  their  wood  to  the  builder,  the  cabinetmaker  and  the 
decorator,  or  for  various  manufacturing  purposes,  and  even  a  men- 
tion of  the  medicinal  qualities  of  the  bark,  flower  or  fruit.  Each 
volume  has  fifty  plates  drawn  by  Mr  C.  E.  Faxon,  and  engraved  in 
Paris  by  Philibert  and  Eugene  Picart. 

STRONG,  A.B. 

American  flora;  or,  History  of  plants  and  wild  flowers.     2v. 

1848-S1 qr58i.97  S92 

PROVANCHER,  L. 

Flore  canadienne.    2v.  in  i.    1862 r58i.97i  P97 

GRISEBACH,  August  Heinrich  Rudolph. 

Flora  of  the  British  West  Indian  islands.     1864 r58i.972  G92 

United  States 

CHAPMAN,  Alvan  Wentworth. 

Flora  of  the  southern  United  States.     1872 r58i.973  C36 

The  chapter  on  ferns  is  by  D.  C.  Eaton.  . 

A  practical  manual,  with  glossary  of  terms.  A  standard  work  for  the 
recognition  of  flowering  plants  and  pteridophytes  south  of  Virginia 
and  Kentucky,  and  east  of  the  Mississippi  river.  Adapted  to  the  field 
botanist  in  that  region. 

MEEHAN,  Thomas. 

Native  flowers  and  ferns  of  the  United  States.     4v.     1878- 

80 qr58i.973  Ms6 

MILLER,  Ellen,  &  Whiting,  M.C. 

Wild  flowers  of  the  north-eastern  states.     1898 q58i.974  M69 

Not  intended  for  the  botanist,   but  for  the  untrained  flower  lover  and 
observer.     The  more  common  plants  are  grouped  by  family,  and  de- 
scriptions of  their  general  character,  color  and  habits  given  in  non- 
scientific  terms.    A  picture  of  each  species  accompanies  its  description. 
NEW  YORK  (state)— Botanist. 

Report  of  the  state  botanist  to  the  regents,  for  the  year 

1887-date.     1888-date qr507  N26 

Issued  as   Reports  of  the  New  York  state  museum,    1 887-1 900  and  as 

Bulletins,   1901-date,  VS07  N26b. 

Reports  for  1867-1901  are  indexed  in  Bulletin  no.66  of  the  New  York 
state  museum,  qrS07  N26b. 

TORREY,  John  D. 

Flora  of  the  state  of  New  York,  comprising  descriptions 
of  all  the  indigenous  and  naturalized  plants  hitherto 
discovered  in  the  state,  with  remarks  on  their  economi- 
cal and  medicinal  properties.  2v.  1843.  (In  New  York 
(state).  Natural  history  of  New  York,  v.6-7.)  . . .  .qr570.9747  N26 
"List  of  the  principal  authors  quoted  in  this  work,"  v.  i,  p.9-12. 


BOTANY— UNITED  STATES  781 

CHRISTY,  C.W. 

Preliminary  check-list  of  the  flora  of  Crawford  county, 

Pa r59S.78  H725 

Bound  with  Holland's  Short  articles  on  butterflies. 

DARLINGTON,  William. 

Flora  Cestrica;  an  attempt  to  describe  the  plants  of  Chester 

county.  Pa.     1837 r58i.9748  D2S 

ELLIOTT,  Stephen. 

Sketch  of  the  botany  of  South  Carolina  and  Georgia.   2v.    1821- 

24 r58i.975  £52 

LOUNSBERRY,  Alice. 

Southern  wild  flowers  and  trees ;  with  shrubs,  vines  and  vari- 
ous forms  of  growth   found  through   the  mountains,  the 
middle  district  and  the  low  country  of  the  South.  1901 .  .581.975  L9.3 
SCHAFFRANEK,  A.  comp. 

Floral  almanac,  containing  the  flowering  season  of  1700  plants 

of  Florida.     1888 qr58i.975  S29 

ALABAMA — Geological  survey. 

Plant  life  of  Alabama;  an  account  of  the  distribution,  modes 
of  association  and  adaptations  of  the  flora  of  Alabama, 
with  a  systematic  catalogue  of  the  plants  growing  in  the 

state,  by  Charles  Mohr.     1901 r58i.976  A31 

Biographical  sketch  of  the  author,  p. 5- 12. 

Reprint   of   v.6   of  the    Contributions  from  the  United   States   national 
herbarium. 

COULTER,  John  Merle. 

Botany  of  western  Texas;  a  manual  of  the  phanerogams 
and  pteridophytes  of  western  Texas.  1891-94.  (In 
Contributions  from  the  United  States  national  herbar- 
ium, v.2.) r58i.97  C76  v.2 

MacMILLAN,  Conway. 

Minnesota  plant  life.     1899.     (Minnesota — Geological  and 
natural    history    survey.      Report;    botanical    series,    v. 

3) ;  •  •  • 581.977   M2I 

Published  by  the  board  of  regents  of  the  University  of  Minnesota. 

MINNESOTA— State  botanist. 

Minnesota   botanical    studies,      v.i.      1894-98.      (Botanical 

series  2.) rS57.76  M72b  v.9 

This  is  Bulletin  9  of  the  Geological  and  natural  history  survey. 

BESSEY,  Charles  Edwin,  &  Webber,  H.J. 

Report  of  the  botanist  on  the  grasses  and  forage  plants,  and 

the  catalogue  of  plants  of  Nebraska.     1890 r58i.978  B46 

Extracted  from  the  report  of  the  Nebraska  state  board  of  agriculture, 
1889. 

RYDBERG,  Per  Axel,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  the  flora  of  Montana  and  the  Yellowstone 
national  park.     1900.     (In  New  York  botanical  garden. 

Memoirs,  v.l.)   qrsSo  N26  v.l 

WATSON,  Sereno. 

Botany.  1871.  (In  United  States — Geological  exploration 
of  the  40th  parallel.  (King  exploration.)  Report, 
V.5.) qr557-8  U253  v.S 


782  PHANEROGAMIA 


GREENE,  Edward  L. 

Flora  Franciscana;  an  attempt  to  classify  the  vascular  plants 

of  middle  California,     v.i.     1891 r58i.979  G83 

British  Guiana.     Hawaii 

SCHOMBURGK,  Richard. 

Botanical  reminiscences  in  British  Guiana.     1876 r58i.988  S36 

SINCLAIR,  Mrs  Isabella. 

Indigenous  flowers  of  the  Hawaiian  islands;  44  plates  in 

water  colours.     1885 qr58i.996  S61 

582     Phanerogam  ia 

For  Forestry,  see  634.9 

APGAR,  Austin  Craig. 

Trees  of  northern  United  States.    1892 582  A64 

BROWNE,  Daniel  Jay. 

Sylva  Americana;  or,  A  description  of  the  forest  trees  in- 
digenous to  the  United  States.     1832 r582  B79 

The  trees  of  America,  native  and  foreign,  delineated  and  de- 
scribed.    1846 r582  B79t 

DAME,  Lorin  Low,  &  Brooks,  Henry. 

Handbook  of  the  trees  of  New  England,  with  ranges  through- 
out the  United  States  and  Canada.     1902 582  D18 

"Botanical  authorities,"  p.  11-14. 

Practical  and  well  illustrated  handbook  for  field  use. 

DAVIS,  Lucius  D. 

Ornamental  shrubs  for  garden,  lawn,  and  park  planting. 

1899 q582  D31 

Describes  fully  different  species  and  varieties,  both  native  and  foreign, 
which  are  suited  for  cultivation  in  the  United  States,  with  the  special 
locality  to  which  each  is  best  adapted.  Considers  new  and  rare  shrubs 
and  contains  many  illustrations. 

DYSON,  Mrs  S.  L. 

Stories  of  the  trees.     1896 J582  D99 

FERNOW,  Bernhard  Edward,  comp. 

Timber   physics,     pt.1-2.      1892-93.      (In   United   States — 

Forestry  bureau.    Bulletin,  no. 6,  8.) qr634.9  U2S 

pt. I.     Need  of  the  investigation. — Scope  and  historical  development  of 
the   science  of   "timber  physics." — Organization   and   methods   of   the 
timber  examinations  in  the  Division  of  forestry. 
pt.2.     Progress  report;  results  of  investigations  on  long-leaf  pine,  (pinus 
palustris). 

FLAGG,  Wilson. 

.Year  among  the  trees;  or,  The  woods  and  by-ways  of  New 

England.     1889 582  FS9 

The  same.     1889 JS82  FS9 

HEATH,  Francis  George. 

Sylvan  winter.     1886 582  H38 

"To  point  out  .  .  .  the  especial  charm  of  out-of-door  Winter  is  the 
aim  of  the  writer  of  this  volume;  and  in  promoting  this  object,  he 
believes  he  is  calling  attention  to  a  neglected  subject"    Preface. 


PHANEROGAMIA  783 


HUNTINGTON,  Annie  Oakes. 

Studies  of  trees  in  winter ;  a  description  of  the  deciduous  trees 

of  northeastern  America.     1902   582  H94 

A  convenient  handbook,  for  field  use.  By  its  means  even  the  least  ob- 
servanl  person  may  familiarize  himself  with  the  more  common  of  our 
trees  in  winter. 

KEELER,  Harrfet  Louise. 

Our  native  trees  and  how  to  identify  them;  a  popular  study  of 

their  habits  and  their  peculiarities.     1900 582  K15 

Authorities,  p.  7-8. 

"Illustrated  by  reproductions   of  photographs  direct   from   nature,   most 

of  them   of   leaves  and   fruit,   but   with   many  drawings   of   details.  .  . 

Sets  forth  the  technicalities  in  popular  language."     Dial,   1900. 

LOUNSBERRY,  Alice. 

A  guide  to  the  trees;  with  an  introduction  by  N.  L.  Britton. 

1900   582  L93 

The  same.     1900 J582  L93 

Contains  descriptions  of  nearly  two  hundred  trees  and  a  number  of 
shrubs.  A  chapter  entitled  "The  growth  of  trees"  deals  with  their 
structure,  peculiarities,  and  sources  of  life.  Arranged  according  to 
the  kind  of  soil  in  which  trees  g^row.  Family,  shape,  height,  range, 
and  time  of  bloom  are  all  given  in  each  case.  Numerous  illustrations, 
some  in  color. 
MATHEWS,  Ferdinand  Schuyler. 

Familiar  trees  and  their  leaves.     1896 582  M47 

MICHAUX,  Francois  Andre. 

Histoire  des  arbres  forestiers  de  I'Amerique  septentrionale, 
consideres  principalement  sous  les  rapports  de  leur  usage 
dans  les  arts  et  de  leur  introduction  dans  le  commerce.    3v. 

1810-13    qrs82  M66 

NEWHALL,  Charles  Stedman. 

The  leaf-collector's  hand-book  and  herbarium;  an  aid  in  the 
preservation  and  in  the  classification  of  specimen  leaves  of 

the  trees  of  northeastern  America.     1898 582  N27I 

Shrubs  of  northeastern  America.     1893 582  N27 

Describes  in  accurate  botanical  language  some  hundreds  of  duly  classi- 
fied shrubs  found  native  in  Canada  and  the  United  States  east  of  the 
Mississippi  and  north  of  the  latitude  of  southern  Pennsylvania,  to- 
gether with  some  of  the  more  important  ones  introduced  from  other 
reg^ions. 

Trees  of  northeastern  America.    1894 582  N27t 

Identification  .by  their  leaves  of  the  native  trees  of  Canada  and  northern 
United  States  east  of  the  Mississippi. 

OYSTER,  J.H.  comp. 

Catalogue  of  the  phaenogamous  and  vascular  cryptogamous 

plants  of  North  America.    1885 r582  O36 

SARGENT,  Charles  Sprague. 

Forest  flora  of  Japan.     1894  _ qr582  S24 

Well  illustrated. 

Woods  of  the  United  States  with  notes  upon  the  trees  which 
produce  them.  1885.  (American  museum  of  natural  his- 
tory; Jesup  collection.) 582  S24W 

583     Dicotyledonse.     584     Monocotyledonae 

GRAY,  Asa. 

Synoptical  flora  of  North  America;  the  gamopetalae.    1886. 


50 


784  CRYPTOGAMIA 

(In  Smithsonian  institution.    Miscellaneous  collections, 

V.31.) r5o6  S66m  v.31 

RAND,  Edward  Sprague. 

The  rhododendron  and  "American  plants."     1876 583.62  R18 

WARD,  Harry  Marshall. 

The  oak;  a  popular  introduction  to  forest-botany.     1892. 

(Modern  science  series.) 583.976  W21 

KNOBEL,  Edward. 

Grasses,  sedges  and  rushes  of  the  northern  United  States;  an 

easy  method  of  identification.     1899 584  K34 

Technical  expressions  are  avoided  in  explaining,  but  the  Latin  names 
of  grasses  are  given.  There  are  28  full-page  plates.  Facing  each  are  the 
names  of  the  grasses  figured  in  the  plates  with  a  single  spikelet  of  the 
grass  preceding  each  name  so  it  may  at  once  be  recognized.  The 
grasses  on  the  plates  are  almost  life-size. 

RAND,  Edward  Sprague. 

Orchids;  a  complete  manual  of  orchid  culture.     1876 584.15  R18 

WATSON,  William,  of  Kew,  &  Bean,  W. 

Orchids;  their  culture  and  management.     1893 r584.i5  W32 

WOOLWARD,  Florence  H. 

Genus  masdevallia;  issued  by  the  marquess  of  Lothian,  chiefly 
from  plants  in  his  collection  of  orchids  at  Newbattle  ab- 
bey.    1896 qr584.i5  W88 

A  book  of  orchids  with  beautifully  colored  plates. 

BEAL,  William  James. 

Grasses  of  North  America.    2v.     1896 r584.9  B34 

Bibliogrraphy,  v.2,  P.671-67S. 

HUTCHINSON,  William,  fc.i8— . 

Handbook  of  grasses;  their  structure,  classification,  geograph- 
ical distribution  and  uses.     1895 S84.9  H97 

MITFORD,  Algernon  Bertram  Freeman-. 

Bamboo  garden.     1896 584.9  M75 

Illustrated  by  Alfred  Parsons. 

"An  attempt  to  give  a  descriptive  list. .  .of  the  hardy  bamboos  in  culti- 
vation in  this  country  [England],  and  to  focus  such  information. .  .as 
could  be  obtained  from  Japanese  as  well  as  from  European  sources." 
Preface. 

586     Cryptogamia 

GREVILLEA;  a  quarterly  record  of  cryptogamic  botany  and 

its  literature,  1886-89.    v.15-17,  in  i.     1886-89 r586  G88 

NAVE,  Johann. 

The  collector's  handbook  of  algae,  diatoms  and  other  of  the 

lower  cryptogamia.     [1884.] r586  N16 


587     Ferns.     Mosses 

CAMPBELL,  Douglas  Houghton. 

Structure  &  development  of  the  mosses  &  ferns.     1895 587  C15 

Bibliography,  P.S21-534. 

UNDERWOOD,  Lucien  Marcus. 

Our  native  ferns  and  their  allies.    1896 587  U25 


FUNGI.     MUSHROOMS  785 

BRITTEN,  James. 

European  ferns.     [  1881.] qr587-3  B75 

CLUTE,  Willard  Nelson. 

Our  ferns  in  their  haunts;  a  guide  to  all  the  native  species. 

1901 587-3  C62 

DANA,  Mrs  William  Starr,  afterward  Mrs  Parsons. 

How  to  know  the  ferns;  a  guide  to  the  names,  haunts  and 

habits  of  our  common  ferns.     1899 587.3  D19 

EATON,  Daniel  Cady. 

Ferns  of  North  America;  colored  figures  and  descriptions  of 
the  ferns  of  the  United  States  and  British  North  America. 

2v.     1879-80 qrs87.3  E19 

HOOKER,  Sir  William  Jackson,  &  Baker,  J.G. 

Synopsis  filicum;  or,  A  synopsis  of  all  known  ferns,  accom- 
panied by  figures  representing  the  essential  characters  of 

each  genus.     1874 r587.3  H77 

PRICE,  Sadie  F. 

Fern-collector's  handbook  and  herbarium;  the  ferns  of  north- 
ern United  States,  including  the  district  east  of  the  Missis- 
sippi and  north  of  North  Carolina  and  Tennessee.  1897.  .qr587.3  P94 
The  volume  consists  entirely  of  plates  illustrative  of  our  native  ferns, 
so    excellently   drawn   as    to    make   the   identification   of  the    different 
varieties  very  easy. 

BAGNALL,  James  E. 

Handbook  of  mosses.     1886.     (Young  collector  series.) 588.2  BiS 

589     Fungi.     Mushrooms 

COOKE,  Mordecai  Cubitt. 

Rust,  smut,  mildew  &  mould;  an  introduction  to  the  study 

of  microscopic  fungi.     1886 r589  C77 

HOLMES,  Edward  Morell,  &  Gray,  Peter. 

British  fungi,  lichens  &  mosses.     1886.     (Young  collector 

series.)   589  H73 

UNDERWOOD,  Lucien  Marcus. 

Moulds,  mildews  and  mushrooms;  a  guide  to  the  systematic 
study  of  the  fungi  and  mycetozoa  and  their  literature. 
1899  589.2  U2S 

Contains  brief  bibliographies  of  each  order,  following  the  botanical  de- 
scription. 

ATKINSON,  George  Francis. 

Mushrooms,    edible,     poisonous,     etc.       1900.       (Studies    of 

American  fungi.) 589.22  A87 

Contains    chapters    on    Recipes    for   cooking    mushrooms,    by    Mrs    S.  T. 
Rorer;    on   the    Chemistry   and   toxicology    of   mushrooms,    by   J.    F. 
Clark ;  on  the  Structural  characters  of  mushrooms,  by  H.  Hasselbring. 
FALCONER,  William. 

Mushrooms,  how  to  grow  them.    1896 589.22  F18 

The  same.     1898 r589.22  F18 

GIBSON,  William  Hamilton. 

Our  edible  toadstools  and  mushrooms  and  how  to  distinguish 

them.     1895 58922  G37 

Bibliography,    p.aas-ja/.  * 


786  FUNGI.    MUSHROOMS 

A  selection  of  thirty  native  food  yarieties  easily  recognizable  by  their 
marked  individualities,  with  simple  rules  for  the  identification  of 
poisonous  species,  with  thirty  colored  plates  and  fifty-seven  other 
illustrations  by  the  author. 

McILVAINE,  Charles,  &  Macadam,  R.K. 

Toadstools,    mushrooms,    fungi,    edible   and   poisonous;    one 
thousand  American  fungi;  how  to  select  and  cook  the  edi- 
ble, how  to  distinguish  and  avoid  the  poisonous;  full  bo- 
tanic descriptions.    1900 qr589.22  M17 

MARSHALL,  Nina  Lovering. 

Mushroom  book;  a  guide  to  the  identification  and  study  of 
our  commoner  fungi,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  edible 

varieties.     1901 q589.22  M41 

"Authorities  consulted,"  p.  157-1 58. 

"Introduces  the  beginner,  through  descriptions  and  plates,  in  part  color- 
ed, to  the  most  important  edible  and  poisonous  forms... In  general, 
the  illustrations  and  text  are  clear  and  fairly  accurate.  An  introduc- 
tory key  familiarizes  the  reader  with  larger  groups,  and  facilitates  the 
work  of  identification."     Nation,  1901. 

PALMER,  Julius  Auboyneau. 

About  mushrooms;  a  guide  to  the  study  of  esculent  and 

poisonous  fungi.     1894 589.22  P19 

Bibliography,  p.  16. 
PECK,  Charles  Horton. 

Report  of  the  state  botanist  on  edible  fungi  of  New  York, 
1895-99.  1900.  (In  New  York  (state) — Museum.  An- 
nual report,  1899,  v.53,  pt.2,  p. 129-234.)". qrSoy  N26  v. 53 

Memoir  of  the  New  York  state  museum,  v.3,  no.4. 

TAYLOR,  Thomas. 

Eight    edible    and    twelve    poisonous    mushrooms    of    the 
United  States,  with  directions  for  the  culture  and  culin- 
ary preparation  of  the  edible  species.     1893.     (United 
States — Microscopy  division.     Food  products,  no.2.) .  .589.22  T25 
Bound  with  his  "Twelve  edible  mushrooms  of  the  United  States." 

Twelve  edible  mushrooms  of  the  United  States,  with  direc- 
tions for  their  identification  and  their  preparation  as 
food.   1894.    (United  States — Microscopy  division.   Food 

products,  no. I.) 589.22  T25 

COOKE,  Mordecai  Cubitt. 

Fungi;  their  nature  and  uses;  ed.  by  M.  J.  Berkeley.     1891. 

(International  scientific  series.) 589.29  C77f 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  fungi.     1895 .589.29  C77 

Bibliography,  p.33S-344- 

COOKE,  Mordecai  Cubitt,  tr. 

The  myxomycetes  of  Great  Britain,  arranged  according  to 
the  method  of  Rostafinski.     1877.     (Contributions  to  my- 

cologia  Britannica.) r589.29  C77 

FRY,  Sir  Edward,  &  Agnes. 

Mycetozoa   and   some   questions   which   they   suggest. 

1899 589.29  F97 

Bibliography,  p.81-82. 

"Small  group. .  .which  botanists  call  Myxomycetes  and  zoologists  My- 
cetozoa..  .which  at  one  stage  of  its  life  resembles  a  fungus  and  at 
another  period  one  of  the  most  lowly  of  organized  animal  forms,  the 
Amoeba. .  .Book. .  .contains  a  very  readable  and  accurate  account  of 
these  organisms. .  .their  structure,  organization,  and  life  history." 
AthetKBum,  1900.  -»  •-•  •    'v-. 


ALG^  787 

HAY,  William  Delisle. 

Elementary  text-book  of  British  fungi.     1887 589.29  H36 

MACBRIDE,  Thomas  Huston. 

North    American   slime-moulds;    a    list   of   all    species    of 
myxomycetes  hitherto  described,  from  North  America, 

including  Central  America.     1899 589.29  M12 

Bibliography,  p.  15-1 7. 

589.3     Algae 

CLARKE,  Mrs  Louisa  (Lane). 

Common  seaweeds  of  the  British  coast  and  Channel  islands. 

1865 r589.3    C53 

•COOKE,  Mordecai  Cubitt. 

British  fresh-water  algae,  exclusive  of  desmidieae  and  di- 

atomacese.     2v.     1882-84 r589.3  Ojy 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Plates. 

A  standard  work  for  the  recognition  of  the  fresh  water  algx,  with  plates 
in  natural  colors.     Applicable  to  the  determination  of  the  more  com- 
mon algae  of  the  United  States.     Adapted  to  the  working  algologist. 
FARLOW,  William  Gilson. 

Marine  algae  of  New  England.    1880 rS89.3  F23 

Bibliography,  p.192-197. 

An  appendix  to  the  report  of  the  United  States  fish  commission  for  1879. 
GRAY,  Peter,  &  Woodward,  B.B. 

Sea-weeds,  shells  and  fossils.     [1886.]     (Young  collector 

series.) 589.3    G81 

HASSALL,  Arthur  Hill. 

History  of  the  British  freshwater  algae.    2v.    1845 r589.3  H34 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Plates. 

MURRAY,  George. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  seaweeds.    1895 589.3  M97 

STOKES,  Alfred  C.  comp. 

Analytical  keys  to  the  genera  and  species  of  the  fresh  water 

algae  and  the  desmidieae  of  the  United  States.     1893 rs89.3  S87 

WOLLE,  Francis. 

Fresh-water  algae  of  the  United  States,  exclusive  of  the  diato- 

maceae.    2v.    1887 r589.3  W84 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Plates. 

WOOD,  Horatio  C. 

Contribution  to  the  history  of  the  fresh-water  algae  of  North 
America.  1872.  (Smithsonian  institution.  Contribu- 
tions to  knowledge.) qi'589.3  W85 

Bibliography,  P.23S-247. 


589.61     Diatomaceae.    Desmidiaceae 

CASTRACANE  degli  ANTELMINELLI,  Francesco,  conte. 
Report  on  the  diatomaceae  collected  by  H.  M.  S.  Challen- 
ger, 1873-1876.     (In  Challenger  expedition.     Report  on 
the    scientific    results    of    the    voyage.       Botany,     v. 

2.) qr570.9i   C35  V.2 

COOKE,  Mordecai  Cubitt. 

British  desmids;  a  supplement  to  British  fresh-water  algae. 


788  DIATOMACE^ 

2v.     1887 rs89.6i  C77 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Plates. 

DONKIN,  Arthur  Scott. 

British  diatomaceae.      [1870.] rsSg.di    D72 

EDWARDS,  Arthur  Mead,  and  others. 

Practical  directions  for  collecting  and  mounting  diatoms. 

1877 r589.6i  E31 

KUTZING,  Friedrich  Traugott. 

Die  kieselschaligen  bacillarien  oder  diatomeen.     1844.  .qr589.6i  K43 

PELLETAN,  Jules. 

Les  diatomees,  histoire  naturelle,  preparation,  classification  & 
description   des   principales   especes.     2v.   in   i.      1888- 

89 r589.6i  P37 

Bibliographic  des  diatomees,  v.2,  p.299-350. 

RABENHORST,  Ludwig. 

Die  siisswasser-diatomaceen,  fiir  freunde  der  mikroskopie. 

1853   qr589.6i   Rii 

RALES,  John. 

British  desmidiese.     1848 qr589.6i   R16 

SCHMIDT,  Adolf,  naturalist,  ed. 

Atlas  der  diatomaceen-kunde.    50  pts.  in  2v.     1885-95.  ■qr589.6i  S34a 

Atlas  der  diatomaceen-kunde.    pt.i-22,  in  i.     1884 r589.6i  S34 

Reproduction   of  part  of  the   above   edition,   having  about  one-half   the 
linear  dimensions  of  the  original. 

Die  in  den  grundproben  der  Nordseefahrt  vom  21  Juli  bis  9 

Sept.  1872  enthaltenen  diatomaceen.    v.i.    1874 r589.6i  S34 

This    reproduction    has    about    one-half    the    linear    dimensions    of    the 

original. 
Bound  with  his  Atlas  der  diatomaceen-kunde. 

SMITH,  William,  i8o8-57- 

Synopsis   of  the   British   diatomaceae;   the  plates   by  Tuffen 

West.    2v.  in  i.     1853-56 r589.6i  S66 

VAN  HEURCK,  Henri. 

Synopsis  des  diatomees  de  Belgique.     2v.     1880-85. ..  .qr589.6i  V19 
V.I.     Texte.  v.  2.     Atlas. 

WALKER,  W.C.  &  Chase,  H.H. 

Some  new  and  rare  diatoms;  ser.1-3,  in  iv.    1886-87.  •  •  .qr589.6i  W17 
WOLLE,  Francis. 

Desmids  of  the  United  States  and  list  of  American  pedias- 

trums.     1884 r589.6i    W84 

589.9     Bacteria.     Yeasts 

For  Medical  bacteriology,  see  616.969 

BOHN,  G. 

L'evolution    du    pigment.      1901.      (Scientia;    serie    biolo- 

gique.) r589.9    B59 

TROUESSART,  fidouard  Louis. 

Microbes,  ferments  and  moulds.     1892.     (International  scien- 
tific series.) 589.9  T76 

The   best   popular   summary   concerning   some   of  the   most  important 
forms  of  plant  life.    Adapted  to  the  general  student. 


BACTERIA.     YEASTS  789 

ABBOTT,  Alexander  Crever. 

Principles  of  bacteriology.     1894 589.95  A13 

BARY,  Anton  de. 

Lectures  on  bacteria.     1887 589.95  B28 

The  same.     1887 r589.95  B28 

BILLROTH,  Theodor. 

Untersuchungen  iiber  die  vegetationsformen  von  coccobacteria 
septica  und  den  antheil  welchen  sie  an  der  entstehung  und 
verbreitung  der  accidentellen  wundkrankheiten  haben. 

1874 qr589.9S  B48 

BURRILL,  Thomas  Jonathan. 

Bacteria;  an  account  of  their  nature  and  effects;  with  a  sys- 
tematic description  of  the  species.    1885 i"589.9S  C69 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
COLLECTION  of  pamphlets  on  microscopy  and  related  sub- 
jects.    [1876-94.] r589.95  C69 

CONN,  Herbert  William. 

Agricultural  bacteriology ;  a  study  of  the  relation  of  bacteria  to 

agriculture.     1901 589.95   C75a 

Contents:  General  nature  of  bacteria  and  fermentations.  —  Bacteria  in 
soil  and  water. — Bacteria   in  dairy  products. — Relation  of  bacteria  to 
miscellaneous  farm  products. — Parasitic  bacteria. 
Bibliography,  p.S2,   172-174,  272-275,  326-327,  405-406. 
Story  of  germ  life;  bacteria.    1897.     (Library  of  useful 

stories.) 589-95    C75 

CURTIS,  Henry  Jones. 

Essentials  of  practical  bacteriology;  an  elementary  labora- 
tory book  for  students  and  practitioners.     1900 589.95  C93 

Contents:     Manufacture  of  the  nutrient  media,  and  general  technique. — 
Systematic   study    of   micro-organisms:    Non-pathogenic   organisms. 
Pathogenic  organisms. 

DOLLEY,  Charles  Sumner. 

Technology  of  bacteria  investigation.     1885 r589.95  D69 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

FISCHER,  Alfred. 

Structure   and    functions   of   bacteria;   tr.   by   A.C.Jones. 

1900 589.9s  F52 

FRANKLAND,  Percy  Faraday. 

Our  secret  friends  and  foes.     1899.     (Romance  of 

science.)    S89.95  F878 

Simple  non-technical  description  of  the  forms  of  bacteria,  their  uses  and 
dangers  to  man,  and  the  applications  of  our  bacteriological  knowledge 
to  medicine  and  agriculture.     For  the  general  reader. 

MIGULA,  Walther. 

System  der  bakterien;  handbuch  der  morphologic,  entwicke- 
lungsgeschichte  und  systematik  der  bakterien.    2v.     1897- 

1900 qr589.95  M68 

v.i.    Allgemeiner  teil. 
T.2.    Specielle  systematik  der  bakterien. 

Migula's  classification  of  bacteria  is  probably  the  most  systematic  yet 
proposed.  A  feature  of  especial  value  is  the  bibliography  accompany- 
ing each  species. 

NEWMAN,  George. 

Bacteria,  especially  as  they  are  related  to  the  economy  of 
nature,  to  industrial  processes  and  to  the  public  health. 


790  ZOOLOGY 

1899.     (Science  series.) 589.95  N28 

A  popular  treatise  by  a  Fellow  of  the  Royal  society  of  Edinburgh. 

The  same.     1899.     (Science  series.) r589.95  N28 

WOODHEAD,  German  Sims. 

Bacteria  and  their  products.    1892.    (Contemporary  science 

series.)  589.95  W86 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 


590     Zoology 


BEDDARD,  Frank  Evers. 

Elementary  zoology.     1898 590  B37 

BOAS.J.E.V. 

Text  book  of  zoology.     1896 q590  BS7 

The  different  portions  of  the  book  vary  widely  in  value,  some  being  quite 
untrustworthy,  and  some  topics  of  importance  being  omitted.  Con- 
tains, however,  excellent  chapters  on  cells  and  tissues,  embryology, 
and  on  some  of  the  vertebrates. 

BRONN,  Heinrich  Georg. 

Klassen  und  ordnungen  d6s  thier-reichs.     v.i,  3  pts.  in  4v. 

1880-89 qrSQO  B76 

v.i,  pt.1.    BiitschU,  Otto.     Protozoa;  sarkodina  und  sporozoa. 
V.I,  pt.2.    Butschli,    Otto.     Protozoa;  mastigophora. 

V.I,  pt.3.    Butschli,  Otto.    Protozoa;  infusoria  und  system  der  radiolaria. 
pt.4  contains  plates  for  v.i. 
CAMBRIDGE  natural  history;  ed.  by  S.  F.  Harmer,  &  A.  E. 

Shipley,    v.2-3,  5-6,  9-10.     1896-1902 590  C14 

V.2.     Gamble,    F.  W.      Flatworms  and  mesozoa.  —  Sheldon,   L.     Nemer- 

tines. —  Shipley,  A.  E.     Thread-worms  and  sag^tta. —  Hartog,  Marcus. 

Rotifers. — Benham,  \V.  B.     Polychaet  worms. — Beddard,  F.  E.     Earth-' 

worms  and  leeches. — Shipley,  A.  E.    Gephyrea  and  phoronis.     Harmer, 

S.  F.     Polyzoa. 
V.3.     Cooke,  A.  H.      Molluscs. — Shipley,  A.  E.     Brachiopods   (recent). — 

Reed,  F.  R.  C.     Brachiopods  (fossil). 
V.5.     Sedgwick,  Adam.     Peripatus. — Sinclair,  F.  G.     Myriapods. — Sharp, 

David.     Insects,     pt.i. 
V.6.     Sharp,  David.     Insects,     pt.2. 
V.9.     Evans,  A.  H.     Birds, 
v.  10.     Beddard,  F.  E.     Mammalia. 
Contains  many  short  bibliographies. 
CLAUS,  Karl  Friedrich  Wilhelm. 

Elementary  text-book  of  zoology.     2v.     1892-93 590  CS4 

V.I.    Protozoa  to  insects. 
V.2.    Mollusca  to  man. 

DAVENPORT,  Charles  Benedict,  &  Gertrude  Crotty. 

Introduction  to  zoology;  a  guide  to  the  study  of  animals, 

for  the  use  of  secondary  schools.     1900 590  D29 

"List  of  books  dealing  chiefly  with  ecolog^ical  and  systematic  zoology 
of  American  animals."  p.369-382. 
"Contrasted  with  the  elementary  books  on  zoology  which  have  ap- 
peared during  the  last  decade,  the  plan  of  this  book  is  decidedly 
new;  for  it  places  no  emphasis  upon  comparative  anatomy. .  .There  is 
no  description  of  internal  structure  of  animals,  and  consequently  no 
discussion  of  fundamental  physiological  processes.  The  book  deals 
with  common  animals  and  their  habits,  homes,  their  life  histories,  and 
their  systematic,  economical  and  ecological  relations.  In  short,  the 
book  is  a  modem  Natural  History  full  of  the  spirit  and  the  charm  that 
characterized  the  old-time  book  on  that  subject"    Science,  1900. 

FOUNTAIN,  Paul. 

Great  deserts  and  forests  of  North  America.     1901 590  F83 

Contents:  The  prairies  of  the  Mississippi  valley. — ^A  short  chapter  on 


ZOOLOGY  791 

cow-punchers  and  cow-stealers  and  such-like.  —  A  day  in  a  cypress 
swamp. — A  little  about  the  Mississippi. — Spiders  and  flies. — The  red 
men. — A  little  bit  of  the  desert  pure  and  simple. — The  Yosemite  val- 
ley, California  and  Colorado. — The  California  and  Colorado  district. 
"An  unusual  kind  of  book... the  reminiscences  of  an  English  travelling 
peddler  and  collector  of  natural-history  specimens  through  various 
parts  of  the  West  and  Southwest  regions  of  the  United  States. .  .some 
twenty-five  years  ago . . .  Almost  the  whole  book  is  devoted  to  observa- 
tions on  natural  history. .  .Has  a  charm  and  novelty  rare  in  these 
sophisticated  days."     Nation,  1902. 

GOSSE,  Philip  Henry. 

Romance  of  natural  history,     i860 590  G69 

An  attempt  to  present  natural  history  in  aesthetic  fashion.  It  contains 
the  author's  famous  theory  of  the  sea-serpent  as  a  surviving  plesio- 
saurus,  and  is  the  most  popular  of  Gosse's  works. 

HECK,  Ludwig,  ed. 

Living  pictures  of  the  animal  kingdom  from  instantaneous 
photographs  taken  in  zoological  gardens ;  ed.  with  explana- 
tory remarks.     1900 qSQO  H39 

HERTWIG,  Richard. 

General  principles  of  zoology.     1896 590  H48 

KELLOGG,  Vernon  Lyman. 

Elementary  zoology.     1901  590  K16 

Appendices:    Equipment    and    notes    of    pupils. — Laboratory    equipment 

and  methods. — Rearing  animals  and  making  collections. 
List  of  reference  books,  p.462-464. 

KINGSLEY,  John  Sterling,  ed. 

Riverside  natural  history.    6v.    1888 qrS90  K27 

V.I.    Lower  invertebrates. 
V.2.    Crustacea  and  insects. 

V.3.    Fishes  and  reptiles.  . 

V.4.    Birds.  ■ 

T.5.    Mammals. 
V.6.    Man. 
Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  volume. 

LANKESTER,  Edwin  Ray,  ed. 

Treatise  on  zoology,    v.i,  pt.2-v.4.     1900-03 590  L26 

V.I,  pt.2.     Farmer,  J.  B.  and  others.     Introduction  and  protozoa. 
v.2.     Minchin,  E.  A.  and  others.     Porifera  and  coelentera. 
V.3.     Bather,  F.  A.  and  others.     The  echinoderma. 
V.4.     Benham,  W.  B.     The  platyhelmia,  mesozoa  and  nemertini. 
Contains  many  bibliographies. 

LINDSAY,  B. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  zoology.    1899 590  L72 

Contains  a  chapter  on  "The  use  of  books,"  P.309-32S. 
"Aims  at  supplying  a  simple  outline  sketch  of  the  animal  kingdom,  so 
as   to   enable   the   reader  to   map   in,   as   it  were,   his   own   particular 
field  of  study  in  its  right  place  in  the  general  scheme  of  zoological 
knowledge."    Preface. 

LYDEKKER,  Richard,  ed. 

Royal  natural  history.     6v.     1893-96 qr590  L98 

V.  1-3.     Mammals. 

v.3-4.     Birds. 

V.    5-     Reptiles,  fishes,  etc. 

v.    6.     Invertebrates. 

Popular  work.     Many  illustrations. 

LYDEKKER,  Richard,  and  others. 

Natural  history.    1897 590  L98 

MILES,  Alfred  H.  ed. 

Natural  history;  with  anecdotes  illustrating  the  habits,  man- 
ners and  customs  of  animals.     1895 590  M68 


792  ZOOLOGY 

ORTON,  James. 

Comparative  zoology,  structural  and  systematic,  for  use  in 

schools  and  colleges;  ed.  by  C.  W.  Dodge.    1895 590  O28 

"Designed  solely  as  a  manual  for  instruction.  .  .  Not  a  work  of  refer- 
ence, nor  a  treatise."    Preface. 

PACKARD,  Alpheus  Spring. 

Zoology.    1899.    (American  science  series;  briefer  course.)  .  .590  Pi2z 
Zoology  for  schools  and  colleges.     1893.     (American  science 

series;  advanced  course.) 590  P12 

Bibliography,  p.68s-688. 
PARKER,  Thomas  Jeffery,  &  Haswell,  W.A. 

Text-book  of  zoology.    2v.     1897 590  P24 

The  same.    2v.     1897 rsgo  P24 

SEDGWICK,  Adam. 

Student's  text-book  of  zoology,    v.i.     1898 590  S44 

SHIPLEY,  Arthur  Everett,  &  MacBride,  E.W. 

Zoology ;  an  elementary  text-book.     1901  590  Ss5 

"We  have  tried  in  the  following  book  to  write  an  elementary  treatise  on 
Zoology  which  could  readily  be  understood  by  a  student  who  had  no 
previous  knowledge  of  the  subject.  We  have  endeavoured  to  explain 
the  technical  terms  as  they  occur,  and... have  in  many  cases  given 
derivations  which  may  help  the  beginner  to  fasten  them  in  his  mind." 
Authors'  preface. 

SMITH,  Fred,  pseud. 

Boyhood  of  a  naturalist.     1900 J590  S64 

"Author,  who  writes  under  a  pseudonym ...  was  a  Cambridge  boy  who 
developed  a  taste  for  studying  animal  life;  and  his  trials  in  making 
an  aquarium  and  learning  everything  for  himself  are  described  with  a 
genuine  feeling  which  thoroughly  enlists  the  reader's  sympathy,  and 
while  we  cai^  warmly  recommend  this  work  to  young  people,  we  think 
that  some  of  their  elders  will  be  none  the  worse  for  reading  this  nar- 
rative of  struggles  and  vanquished  difficulties."  Athenaeum,  1900. 
TENNEY,  Mrs  Abby  Amy  (Gove). 

Young  folks'  pictures  and  stories  of  animals.    6v.  in  2.    1898. .  .JS90  T29 
WOOD,  John  George. 

Popular  natural  history.     1885 590  W8s 

New  and  enlarged  edition  of  the  author's  well-known  work  on  zoology. 
Popular  and  untechnical,  and  written  with  special  reference  to  young 
readers. 

BROOKS,  William  Keith. 

Foundations  of  zoology.     1899.     (Columbia  university  bio- 
logical series.) 590. i   B77 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Introduction  to  the  classification  of  animals.     1869 r59o.i  H98 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  ZOOLOGY. 

Regies  de  la  nomenclature  des  etres  organises;  adoptees 

par  les  Congres  internationaux  de  zoologie.     1895.  •  •  •qrS90.i  I24 
MacNICOLL,  David  Hudson,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  natural  history  terms  with  their  derivations. 

1863  r590.3  M21 

590.4     Essays.     Sketches  and  stories 

AGASSIZ,  Louis. 

The  structure  of  animal  life;  lectures  delivered  in  Jan.  and 

Feb.  1862.     1886 590.4  A26 


Z05L0GY  793 

BAMFORD,  Mary  E. 

The  Look-about  club  and  the  curious  live  things  they  found. 

1887 J590.4  B21 

My  land  and  water  friends.     1886 J590.4  B2im 

Partial  contents:     A  grasshopper's  remarks. — A  bee's  buzzings. — A  mud- 
turtle's    lecture. — A    mouse's    musings. — A    lobster's    life. — A    dragon- 
fly's    doings. — A     horned     toad's     observations. — A     mosquito's     mur- 
murings. 
Each  animal  tells  bis  own  story. 

Second  year  of  the  Look-about  club.     1889 J590.4  B21S 

Talks  by  queer  folks.     1893 J590.4  B2it 

Ants,  earth-worms,  cows,  seals,  birds  and  other  creatures  tell  their  own 
experiences. 

BASS,  M.Florencc. 

Nature  stories  for  young  readers;  animal  life.     1896 J590-4  B29 

BRIGHTWEN,  Mrs  Eliza  (Elder). 

Inmates  of  my  house  and  garden.    1895 590.4  B74 

BUCKLAND,  Francis  Trevelyan. 

Log-book  of  a  fisherman  and  zoologist.     1875 r590.4  B85 

BUCKLEY,  Arabella  Burton,  afterward  Mrs  Fisher. 

Wild  life  in  woods  and  fields.     1901 J590.4  B85 

CLARK,  Henry  James. 

Mind  in  nature;  or,  The  origin  of  life  and  the  mode  of 

development  of  animals.     1865 r590.4  C52 

FEATHERS,  furs  and  fins.     1889 J590.4  F31 

Pictures  and  stories  of  animals  for  very  little  people. 
GOSSE,  Philip  Henry. 

Life  in  its  lower,  intermediate  and  higher  forms;  or.  Mani- 
festations of  the  divine  wisdom  in  the  natural  history 

of  animals.     1857 r590.4  G69 

HAMERTON,  Philip  Gilbert. 

Chapters  on  animals.     1888 590.4  H19 

Chapters  on  animals;  dogs,  cats  and  horses;  ed.  by  W.  P. 

Trent.      1901 J590.4    H19 

Five  chapters  from  his  larger  work  of  the  same  name. 
HOLDER,  Charles  Frederick. 

Along  the  Florida  reef.     1896 JS90.4  H7ia 

Story  of  a  party  of  boy  naturalists  who  lived  for  five  or  six  years  on  a 
coral  reef  off  the  Florida  coast. 
Young  folks'  story-book  of  natural  history;  being  A  frozen 

dragon,  and  other  tales.     1896 J590.4  H71 

INGERSOLL,  Ernest. 

Country  cousins ;  short  studies  in  the  natural  history  of  the 

United  States.     1884 590.4  I24 

On  birds,  sea-creatures,  winter  nature-study,  rattlesnakes,  the  least  of 
mammals,  the  caves  of  Luray,  shell-money,  etc. 

The  same.     1884 J590.4  I24 

Wild  life  of  orchard  and  field.     1902 590.4  I24W 

Contents:  Small  deer. — The  way  of  a  weasel. — Bird  traits  and  qualities. 
— Our  winter  birds. — In  March  weather. — Birds  of  passage. — First- 
comers. — The  song-sparrow. — Courting  fickle  May. — Wild  mice. — Fly- 
ing squirrels. — Civilizing  influences. — How  animals  get  home. — A  mid- 
summer prince,  the  Baltimore  oriole. — A  gentleman  of  the  orchard, 
the  orchard  oriole. — Bank-swallows.^ — In  a  snailery. — The  flicker  and 
his   fun. — The   yello\^-throat's   garden. — Easter   skylarks. 

JOHONNOT,  James. 

Friends  in  feathers  and  fur,  and  other  neighbors;  for  young 


\ 


794  ZOOLOGY 

folks.     1884 JS90.4  J37f 

Glimpse  of  the  animate  world;  or,  Science  and  literature  of 

natural  history,  for  school  and  home.     1885 J590.4  J37 

Neighbors  with  claws  and  hoofs,  and  their  kin;  for  boys  and 

girls.     1885 : J590.4  J37n 

Some  curious  flyers,  creepers  and  swimmers.    1887 JS90.4  J37S 

KENNEDY,  Wardlaw. 

Beasts;  thumb-nail  studies  in  pets.     1899 590.4  K18 

"The  author  records  his  experiences  with  a  number  of  uncommon  ani- 
mal pets,  among  which  were  a  young  crocodile,  a  python,  an  armadillo, 
and  a  mongoose.  His  observations  are  of  real  scientific  interest,  and 
his  humorous  descriptions  are  pleasant  to  read  as  well  as  instruc- 
tive."   Nature,  1899. 

MAXWELL,  Sir  Herbert  Eustace. 

Memories  of  the  months;  being  pages  from  the  notebook  of  a 
field-naturalist  and  antiquary;  ist-2d  ser.  2v.  1897- 
1900 590.4  MS2 

Nothing  worthy  of  note  escapes  the  author's  view.  The  habit  of  look- 
ing attentively  and  transcribing  at  the  moment  has  given  him  a  mass 
of  valuable  observations  from  which  this  volume  is  drawn. 

MILLER,  Mrs  Mary  (Rogers). 

Brook  book;  a  first  acquaintance  with  the  brook  and  its  in- 
habitants through  the  changing  year.     1902 590-4  M69 

MILLER,  Olive  Thorne. 

Little  folks  in  feathers  and  fur  and  others  in  neither.    1894.  .J590.4  M69 
MONTEITH,  John. 

Living  creatures  of  water,  land  and  air.    1888 J590.4  M85 

NEEDHAM,  James  George. 

Outdoor  studies.    1898.    (Eclectic  school  readings.) J590.4  N19 

PAGfi,  Emma  E. 

Heart  culture;  a  text  book  for  teaching  kindness  to  animals, 

arranged  for  use  in  public  and  private  schools.     1897.  .J590.4  P14 
PIERSON,  Clara  Dillingham. 

Among  the  forest  people.    1898 • J590.4  PS7 

Partial  contents:  The  red-headed  woodpecker  children. — The  red  squir- 
rels begin  housekeeping. — The  little  bat  who  wouldn't  go  to  bed. — The 
haughty  ground  hog. — The  wild  turkeys  come. 

SHARP,  Dallas  Lore. 

Wild  life  near  home.     1901  590.4  S53 

Contents:  In  persimmon-time. — Birds'  winter  beds. — Some  snug  winter 
beds. — A  bird  of  the  dark. — The  pine-tree  swift. — In  the  October 
moon. — Feathered  neighbors. — "Mus'  rattin'." — A  study  in  bird  morals. 
— Rabbit  roads. — Brick-top. — Second  crops. — Wood-pussies. — From  riv- 
er-ooze to  tree-top. — A  buzzards'  banquet. — Up  Herring  run. 

VINCENT,  Frank,  comp. 

The  animal  world;  its  romances  and  realities.     1898 J590.4  V34 

.WILLIAMS,  Martha  McCulloch-. 

.  Next  to  the  ground ;  chronicles  of  a  countryside.     1902 590.4  W74 

Contents:  Ploughing. — Wasps  and  ants. — The  ragged  month. — The  hog. 
— Shooting. — Quail  and  partridge. — The  possum. — Night  noises. — The 
big  snow. —  Clearing. —  The  horse. —  The  oaks. —  Fox-hunting. — The 
cow. — Feathered  folk. — Insects. 
"An  out-of-door  book  of  an  unusual  kind,  in  that  it  is  a  study  not  only 
of  wild  animals  and  plants,  but  of  the  biolog^y  of  farm  processes, 
crops,  and  domestic  animals.  The  author  shows  minuteness  and  fidel- 
ity of  observation,  and  considerable  scientifia  knowledge. .  .The  scene 
of  her  observations  is  a  Tennessee  plantation."  Nation,  1902. 
A  WORLD  of  wonders;  or,  Marvels  in  animate  and  inanimate      { ,. 


ZOOLOGY— PERIODICALS  795 

nature.     1895 J590.4  W89 

Contents:    Wonders  of  marine  life. — Curiosities  of  vegetable  life. — Curi- 
osities  of   the   insect  and   reptile   world. — Marvels   of   bird   and   beast 
life. — Phenomenal  forces  of  nature. 
The  same 590.4  W89 

590.5     Periodicals 

FIELD  COLUMBIAN  MUSEUM. 

Publications;  zoological  series,    v.i-date.    1895-date r59o.S  F4S 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.  2,  p.  274;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  ZOOLOGY. 
•  Proceedings  (ist-5th),  1889-date.     1889-date qr59o.5  I248 

For  the  papers  of  the  supplementary  meeting  at  Moscow,  1892,  see 
Congres  internationaux  d'anthropologie  et  d'archeologie  prehistorique 
et  de  zoologie. 

JOURNAL  of  the  Cincinnati  society  of  natural  history;  quar- 
terly.   V.4-18,  in  5.     1881-96 rS90.S  J46 

Index,  v.i-io. 

V.16  and  18  no  index  published.  » 

JOURNAL  of  the  Trenton  natural  history  society,     v.i.     1886- 

88 r59o.5  J466 

NOVITATES  zoologicae;  a  journal  of  zoology  in  connection 
with  the  Tring  museum,  March  1900-date.     v.7-date. 
1900-date.    , qrSgo.S   N47 

Published  irregularly. 

The  OBSERVER ;  monthly.    8v.  in  6.     1890-97 qr590.5  O12 

United  with  Popular  science  news  and  Boston  journal  of  chemistry  in 
Dec.  1897. 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNIVERSITY. 

Publications;  contributions  from  the  zoological  laboratory. 

v.i-date.     1893-date qrS90.5  P39 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  204;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

ZEITSCHRIFT   fiir   wissenschaftliche    zoologie.     v.63-date. 

1898-date r590.5    Z43 

Published  irregularly. 

Namen-  und  sachregister,  v.46-60.     1898. 

ZOOLOGICAL  bulletin,  Aug.  1897-date.    v.i-date.     1898- 
date  qr590.S  Z781 

Published  irregularly. 
ZOOLOGISCHER  anzeiger;   fortnightly.     v.2i-date.     1898- 
date  r590.5  Z78 

The  organ  of  the  Deutsche  zoologische  gesellschaft. 

Register,   v.  16-20.      1899. 

Register,  v.21-25.     1903. 

590.6     Societies 

BIRMINGHAM   NATURAL   HISTORY  AND   MICRO- 
SCOPICAL SOCIETY. 
Report  &  transactions,  1880-1883.    v. 22-25,  in  i.    1881-84.  .r590.6  B48 
FRIEDLANDER,  R.  &  SOHN,  pub. 

Zoologisches  adressbuch;  namen  und  adressen  der  leben- 
den  zoologen,  anatomen,  physiologen  und  zoopalaeon- 
tologen,   sowie   der  kiinstlerischen    und  technischen 
hiilfskrafte.    2v.  in  i.     1895-1901 r590.6  F95 


796  ZOttLOGICAL  GARDENS.     AQUARIA 

LONDON,  ZOOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Record  of  the  progress  of  the  Zoological   society  of  London 

during  the  nineteenth  century.     1901  r590.6  L82 

NEW  YORK  ZOOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Annual  report  (2d-date),  1897-date.     1898-date r590.6  N26 

1897.  The  London  zoological  society  and  its  garden,  by  W.  T.  Horna- 
day. — A  school  of  animal  painting  and  sculpture,  by  E.  S.  Thompson. 
— The  destruction  of  our  birds  and  mammals;  a  report  on  the  results 
of  an  inquiry,  by  W.  T.  Hornaday. 

1898.  Field  notes  on  the  larger  mammalia  of  the  Strickine,  Dease 
and  Liard  rivers,   British   Columbia,  by  A.  J.  Stone. 

1900.  Collecting  reptiles  in  North  Carolina,  by  R.  L.  Ditmars. — Notes 
on  the  mountain  sheep  of  North  America,  by  W.  T.  Hornaday. 

1 90 1.  Notes  on  the  destruction  of  animal  life  in  Alaska,  by  J.  A.  Lor- 
ing. — Notes  on  mammals  and  birds  observed  in  Alaska,  by  J.  A. 
Loring. 

1902.  Notes  on  the  public  aquariums  of  Europe,  by  C.  H.  Townsend. — 
Modes  of  tubercular  infection  in  wild  animals  in  captivity,  by  W.  R. 
Blair. — Cysticerci  in  wild  ruminants,  by  W.  R.  Blair. — Observations 
on  the  development  of  reptiles,  with  notes  on  feeding  reptiles  in 
captivity,  by  R.  L.  Ditmars. — Some  notes  on  the  psychology  of  birds, 
by  C.  W.  Beebe. — In  the  home  of  the  giant  tortoise,  by  R.  H.  Beck. — 
The  caribou,  by  Madison  Grant. 


590.7     Study  and  teaching.      Zoological  gardens.      Aquaria 

AFLALO,  Frederick  George. 

Walk  through  the  Zoological  gardens.     1900 590-7  A25 

"Handy  guide  to  the  [London]  Zoo. .  .equipped  with  which  a  visitor  can 
enter  the  gate  on  the  east  side  from  Regent's  Park,  and  learn  some- 
thing about  every  kind  of  bird  and  beast  which  he  is  likely  to  encoun- 
ter."   Spectator,  1901. 
Though  written  with  special  reference  to  London  zoological  gardens,  it 
is  a  useful  guide  to  any  zoo. 

AGASSIZ,  Louis. 

Methods  of  study  in  natural  history.     1892 590.7  A26 

First  published  in  the  Atlantic  monthly,  v.9-10. 

A  charming  work  in  Agassiz's  simple  and  attractive  style,  untechnical 
in  manner,  and  broadening  and  inspiring  to  the  reader.  It  aims  to 
give  hints  to  young  students  in  the  best  method  of  arriving  at  scien- 
tific truth,  and  includes  a  sketch  of  the  history  of  science.  It  was  writ- 
ten as  a  protest  against  the  Darwinian  theory,  and  naturally  is  not 
brought  down  to  dale. 

BARTLETT,  Abraham  Dee. 

Wild  animals  in  captivity;   an   account  of  the  habits,   food, 
management  and  treatment  of  the  beasts  and  birds  at  the 

"Zoo."     1899 590-7  B27 

Biographical  notes,  by  Edward  Bartlett,  p.i-i6- 

EDWARDS,  Arthur  Mead. 

Life  beneath  the   waters;  or,  The  aquarium  in  America- 

1858 r590.7  E31 

FURNEAUX,  William  S. 

Life  in  ponds  and  streams.     1896 590-7  F99 

GIRARD,  Jules. 

Le  monde  microscopique  des  eaux.    1872 r590.7  G44 

GOSSE,  Philip  Henry. 

Aquarium;  an  imveiling  of  the  wonders  of  the  deep  sea. 

1856 rS90.7  G69 

HIBBERD,  Shirley. 

Book    of   the   aquarium;    or,    Practical    instructions    on   the 


PHYSIOLOGICAL  ZOOLOGY  797 

formation,  stocking  and  management  in  all  seasons  of  col- 
lections of  marine  and  river  animals  and  plants.  2pts. 
in  I.     [1869.] r5907  H52 

pt.1-2.     The  fresh-water  aquarium. — The  marine  aquarium. 

PAGE,  Charles  Nash. 

Aquaria;  a  treatise  on  the  food,  breeding  and  care  of  fancy 

gold  fish,  paradise  fish,  etc.     1898 590.7  P14 

TAYLOR,  John  Ellor. 

Aquarium;  its  inhabitants,  structure  and  management. 

1884 r590.7  T25 


591     Physiological  zoology 

CARPENTER,  William  Benjamin. 

Zoology.    2v.    1871-81 rSQi  C22 

HOOKER,  Xyorthington. 

Child's  book  of  nature;  pt.2,  Animals.     1886 J59r  H77 

HUNTER,  John,  1728-93. 

Observations  on  certain  parts  of  the  animal  oeconomy.   1792.  .qr59i  H94 
BORDIER,  H. 

Les   actions    moleculaires    dans   I'organisme.      [1898.] 

(Scientia;  serie  biologique.) r59ii  B6.3 

Monograph  upon  some  topics  ot  physics,  with  their  applications  in  bi- 
ology. Treats  especially  of  muscular  elasticity,  osmosis  of  liquids  and 
gases,  osmotic  pressure,  isotonic  solutions,  the  adhesion  of  articulated 
surfaces,  surface  tension  in  muscular  contraction,  capillary  phenomena, 
absorption  of  gases. 

CARPENTER,  William  Benjamin. 

Animal  physiology.     1877 rSgi.i  C22 

WYMAN,  Jeffries. 

Twelve  lectures  on  comparative  physiology;  delivered  before 

the  Lowell  institute  in  Boston,  1849.     1849 r520.4  M74 

Bound  with  Mitchel's  Six  lectures  on  astronomy. 

BROCA,  Paul. 

On  the  phenomena  of  hybridity  in  the  genus  homo.     1864. 

(Anthropological  society  of  London.    Publications.)  .  .r59i.i5  B75 

COURTADE,  Denis. 

L'irritabilite   dans  la  serie  animale.      1900.      (Scientia; 

serie  biologique.) r59i.i8   C84 

Seeks  to  give  an  account  of  our  present  knowledge  of  irritability,  and  to 
determine  what  are  the  problems  regarding  it  which  await  future  solu- 
tion. 

LOEB,  Jacques. 

Comparative  physiology  of  the  brain  and  comparative  psy- 
chology.    1900 59118  L76 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

"Nervous  phenomena  in  medusae, ascidians,  actinians,  echinoderms,  worms, 
arthropods  and  mollusks  are  discussed  in  succession,  and  then  those 
of  vertebrates.  Prof.  Loeb  is  strongly  anti-metaphysical,  supposes  all 
nervous  and  mental  phenomena  due  to  psycho-chemical  changes  in 
cell  protoplasm,  and  regards  the  dynamics  of  the  process  of  associa- 
tion as  the  true  problem  of  brain  physiology."  American  journal  of 
science^  1901. 


798         EMBRYOLOGY.  MORPHOLOGY 


591.3     Embryology 

AGASSIZ,  Louis. 

Twelve  lectures  on  comparative  embryology;  delivered  before 

the  Lowell  institute,  Boston.     1849 r520.4  M74 

Bound  with  Mitchel's  Six  lectures  on  astronomy. 

FOSTER,  Sir  Michael,  &  Balfour,  F.M. 

Elements  of  embryologj';  ed.  by  Adam  Sedgwick  and  Walter 

Heape.     1898 591-3  F81 

HERTWIG,  Oscar. 

Text-book  of  the  embryology  of  man  and  mammals.    1899. .  .591.3  H48 
Contains  several  bibliographies. 
KORSCHELT,  Eugen,  &  Heider,  Karl. 

Text-book  of  the  embryology  of  invertebrates.    4v.     1895- 

1900  r59i.3  K38 

Contains  bibliographies. 

MARSHALL,  Arthur  Milnes. 

Vertebrate  embryology;  a  text-book  for  students  and  prac- 
titioners.    1893   591.3  M41 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

MORGAN,  Thomas  Hunt. 

Development  of  the  frog's  egg;  an  introduction  to  experi- 
mental embryology.     1897 591-3  M89 

Bibliography,  p.  173-186. 

591.4     Morphology.     Comparative  anatomy 

BOURNE,  Gilbert  Charles. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  the  comparative  anatomy  of  ani- 
mals.   2v.     1900-02  591-4  B6s 

V.I.     Animal  organisation;  the  protozoa  and  ccelenterata. 
•     V.2.     Coelomate  metazoa. 

JAYNE,  Horace. 

Mammalian  anatomy;  a  preparation  for  human  and  com- 
parative anatomy,     v.i.     1898.  . .  .* qr59i.4  J22 

V.I.     Skeleton  of  the  cat;   its  muscular  attachments,  growth  and  varia- 
tions, compared  with  the  skeleton  of  man. 

JOURNAL  of  morphology.     17V.     1887-1901 qr59i.4  J46 

No  more  published. 

LANG,  Arnold. 

Text-book  of  comparative  anatomy.    2v.     1891-96 591-4  L23 

LE  CONTE,  Joseph. 

Outlines  of  the  comparative  physiology  and  morphology  of 

animals.     1900. 591-4   L49 

McMURRICH,  James  Playfair. 

Text-book  of  invertebrate  morphology.     1896 591-4  M21 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

ROLLESTON,  George. 

Forms  of  animal  life;  a  manual  of  comparative  anatomy. 

1888 q59i-4  R64 

MAREY,    fitienne  Jules. 

Animal  mechanism;  a  treatise  on  terrestrial  and  aerial  loco- 
motion.    1890.     (International  scientific  series.) 591-47  M38 

Physiologic  du  mouvement;  le  vol  des  oiseaux.     1890.  ..r59i.47  M38 


HABITS  AND  BEHAVIOR  OF  ANIMALS  799 

PETTIGREW,  James  Bell. 

Animal  locomotion;  or,  Walking,  swimming  and  flying,  with 
a  dissertation  on  aeronautics.  1891.  (International  scien- 
tific series.) 591-47  P46 

STILLMAN,  J.  D.  B. 

The  horse  in  motion,  as  shown  by  instantaneous  photog- 
raphy.   1882 qr59i.47  SSs 

Executed  and  published  under  the  auspices  of  Leland  Stanford. 

591.5     Habits  and  behavior  of  animals 

BENSON,  Margaret. 

Subject  to  vanity.     1895 591-5  B44 

Very  entertaining  stories  about  pets,  cats,  dogs,  birds,  etc. 
BURROUGHS,  John. 

Birds  and  bees,  Sharp  eyes,  and  other  papers;  ed.  by  M.  E. 

Burt.     1887  J59I.5  B94b 

Little  nature  studies  for  little  people;  ed.  by  M.   E.   Burt. 

189s J591-5   B94 

The  same.     2v.     1897-98 JS9I.5  B94I 

CORNISH,  Charles  John. 

Animals  at  work  and  play;  their  activities  and  emotions. 

1897 591.S  C82a 

Scientific  but  readable  descriptions  of  the  every-day  life  of  animals. 
Particularly  entertaining  are  the  chapters  on  animal  etiquette,  animals' 
toilettes  and  animals'  beds. 

Life  at  the  Zoo;  notes  and  traditions  of  the  Regent's  park 

gardens.      1897 591-5   C82 

DU  CHAILLU,  Paul  Belloni. 

World  of  the  great  forest;  how  animals,  birds,  reptiles,  in- 
sects talk,  think,  work  and  live.     1900 J59IS  D86 

Life  in  the  great  African  forest.  The  animals  appear  under  their  native 
names,  tell  their  own  stories  and  explain  their  actions  as  if  they  had 
the  power  of  speech. 

HOLDER,  Charles  Frederick. 

Living  lights;  a  popular  account  of  phosphorescent  animals 

and  vegetables.    1892.     (Marvels  of  animal  life  series.) . . .  .591.5  H71 

Bibliography,  p.179-184. 

HOUSSAY,  Frederic. 

Industries  of  animals.     1893.     (Contemporary  science 

series.) 591-59  H83 

INGERSOLL,  Ernest,  and  others. 

Habits  of  animals.     1882 J59I-5  I24 

JORDAN,  David  Starr,  &  Kellogg,  V.L. 

Animal  life;  a  first  book  of  zoology.  1900.  (Twentieth  cen- 
tury text-books.) 591.5  J42 

"Elementary  account  of  animal  ecology — that  is,  of  the  relations  of  ani- 
mals to  their  surroundings  and  of  the  responsive  adapting  or  fitting 
of  the  life  of  animals  to  these  surroundings. .  .This  book  depends  for 
its  best  use  on  a  basis  of  personal  observational  work  by  the  student 
in  laboratory  and  field."     Preface. 

KELLY,  Mrs  Meriba  A.  (Babcock). 

Short  stories  of  our  shy  neighbors.     1896.     (Eclectic  school 

readings.)   J59I-5  K17 

51 


8oo  ANIMAL  PSYCHOLOGY 

LONG,  William  Joseph. 

Secrets  of  the  woods.     1901  J59i-5  L82S 

Ways  of  wood  folk.     1900 JSQi-S  L82 

Wilderness  ways.     1900 JSPi-S  L82w 

Several  of  these  sketches  were  published  first  in  the  Youth's  com- 
panion. 

MORGAN,  Conway  Lloyd 

Animal  behaviour.     1900  591-5  M89a 

Habit  and  instinct.    1896 591-5  M89 

"Essentially  a  critical  examination  of  the  various  activities  of  the  higher 
animals,  culminating  in  man,  with  a  view  to  the  determination  of  the 
share  of  these  two  factors  of  instinct  and  education."     Academy. 

PEABODY,  Selim  Hobart. 

Cecil's  book  of  beasts.     1868 JS9i-5  P33 

Short  talks  about  squirrels,  beavers,  bats,  bears,  the  rhinoceros,  etc. 

ROBINSON,  Louis. 

Wild    traits    in    tame    animals;    some    familiar    studies    in 

evolution.     1897 591-5  R55 

Describes  dogs,  horses,  donkeys,  cattle,  sheep,  goats,  pigs  and  cats,  "gives 
a  lively  object  lesson  upon  each  animal,  trying  to  explain  its  structure 
and  habits  by  the  mode  of  life  of  its  wild  progenitors."     Nature,  1897. 

SEMPER,  Karl. 

Animal  life  as  affected  by  the  natural  conditions  of  existence. 

1881.     (International  scientific  series.) 591-5  S47 

WOOD,  John  George. 

Nature's  teachings;  human  invention  anticipated  by  nature. 

1877    591-5   W85n 

Out  of  doors;  a  selection  of  articles  on  natural  history. 

1891  591.5  W850 

Pleasant  observations  on  animal  life  made  during  walks  in  and  about 
London. 


591.51    Animal  psychology 

BINET,  Alfred. 

Psychic  life  of  micro-organisms.     1889 59i-5i  B48 

EVANS,  Edward  Payson. 

Evolutional  ethics  and  animal  psychology.     1898 59i-5i  E94 

Bibliography,  P.3S9-367. 

GROOS,  Karl. 

The  play  of  animals.     1898 59i-5i  G93 

HAWKINS,  Rush  Christopher. 

Better  than  men.     1896 59i-5i  H36 

LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

On  the  senses,  instincts  and  intelligence  of  animals.     1888. 

(International  scientific  series.) 59i-5i  L96 

MENAULT,  Ernest. 

Intelligence  of  animals.    1894.     (Wonders  of  man  and 

nature.) 59i-5i    M61 

MILLS,  Thomas  Wesley. 

Nature  &  development  of  animal  intelligence.     1898 59i-5i  M6q 

MORGAN,  Conway  Lloyd. 

Animal  life  and  intelligence.    1890-91 59I-5I  M89 

A  study  of  the  mental  processes  of  the  lower  animals,  the  first  part  be- 


HABITATIONS  OF  ANIMALS  8oi 

jng  a  careful  consideration  of  organic  evolution.      For  the  advanced 
student. 

Introduction  to  comparative  psychology.     1894.    (Contempo- 
rary science  series.) 59i-5i  MSgi 

Interesting  account  of  observations  on  acts  of  animals.    The  facts  re- 
vealed are  subjected  to  critical  examination,  an  advance  over  previous 
books  on  the  same  subject. 

ROMANES,  George  John. 

Animal  intelligence.     1895.     (International  scientific 

series.) S91SI    R65a 

A  popularly  written  treatise.     Its  scope  includes  insects,  fish,  reptiles, 
birds     and    mammals;    numerous   interesting   anecdotes   are   given   in 
proof  of  the  author's  position. 
Mental  evolution  in  animals,  with  an  essay  on  instinct  by 

Charles  Darwin.     1891 S9I-SI  R65 

"No  student  of  psychology  can  afford  to  dispense  with  this  rich,  learned, 
elaborate  .  .  .  contribution  to  his  subject.  And  not  only  will 
those  interested  in  problems  of  psychology  find  here  substantial  help, 
but  students  of  biology,  philology,  and  anthropology  will  be  repaid 
for  the  time  they  spend  with  this  book."    Nation. 

WEIR,  James. 

Dawn  of  reason;  or.  Mental  traits  in  the  lower  animals. 

1899 591-51    W45 

Bibliography,  p.225-226. 


591.52     Habitations  of  animals 

BEARD,  James  Carter. 

Curious  homes  and  their  tenants.     1897 J591.52  B34 

Mostly  descriptive  of  the  building  and  home-making  habits  of  insects 
and  land  and  water  animals. 

WOOD,  John  George. 

Homes  under  the  ground.    1891 591-52  W85h 

Selections  from  Homes  without  hands. 

Homes  without  hands;  a  description  of  the  habitations   of 

animals.      1892 591-52   W8s 

Describes  dwellings  of  animals  classed  according  to  their  ways  of  work- 
ing,  as   burrowers,   wood-borers,   hammock-swingers,   branch-builders, 
parasites,  etc. 
Strange  dwellings;  a  description  of  the  habitations  of  animals. 

1894 591-52    W85S 

Abridged  from  Homes  without  hands. 
On  animal  intelligence. 

591,57    Color  of  animals 

BEDDARD,  Frank  Evers. 

Animal  coloration;  facts  and  theories  relating  to  the  colours 

and  markings  of  animals.     1892 591-57  B37 

NEWBIGIN,  Marion  Isabel. 

Colour  in  nature;  a  study  in  biology.     1898 591-57  N26 

"References,"  p.327-334- 
POULTON,  Edward  Bagnall. 

Colours  of  animals;  their  meaning  and  use,  especially  con- 
sidered in  the  case  of  insects.  1890.  (International  scien- 
tific  series.) 591-57    P86 

Contains  many  short  bibliographies. 


8o2  ECONOMIC  ZOOLOGY.     HISTOLOGY 


591.6     Economic  zoology 

SIMMONDS,  Peter  Lund. 

Animal  products;  their  preparation,  commercial  uses  and 

value.      1877 591.61    S59 

BENEDEN,  Pierre  Joseph  van. 

Animal  parasites  and  messmates.    1876.    (International  scien- 
tific  series.) 591.69  B43 

COBBOLD,  Thomas  Spencer. 

Parasites;  a  treatise  on  the  entozoa  of  man  and  animals,  in- 
cluding some  account  of  the  ectozoa.     1879 r59i.69  C63 

MASSART,  Jean,  &  Vandervelde,  fimile. 

Parasitism,  organic  and  social.     1895.     (Social  science 

series.) .591.69    M45 

"Works  consulted,"  p.  123-124. 

591.8      Histology 

BOHM,  Alexander  A.  &  Davidoff,  M.von. 

Text-book  of  histology  including  microscopic  technic;  ed.  by 
G.  C.  Huber;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  H.  H.  Gushing. 
1900   qS9i.8  Bs8 

"References,"  p.461-481. 

"One  of  the  very  best  text-books  available."    H.  Mc.  E.  Knovuer,  in  Sci- 
ence, 1901. 
Represents  the  course  given  in  the  University  of  Munich. 
KLEIN,  Edward  Emanuel,  &  Smith,E.N. 

Atlas  of  histology,  illustrations  by  Smith,  text  by  Klein. 

1880  qrS9i.8  K31 

TYSON,  James,  b.  1841. 

The  cell  doctrine,  its  history  and  present  state;  for  the  use  of 

students  in  medicine  and  dentistry.     1878 r59i.8  T99 

Bibliography,  p.  153-196. 

591.9     Geographical  distribution  of  animals 

BEDDARD,  Frank  Evers. 

Text-book  of  zoogeography.     1895 591-9  B37 

Contents:    The  general  facts  of  the  distribution  of  animals. — Zoological 
geography. — The  causes  which  influence  the  distribution  of  animals. — 
The  fauna  of  islands. — Some  theoretical  considerations. 
HEILPRIN,  Angelo. 

Geographical  and  geological  distribution  of  animals.     1887. 

(International  scientific  series.) >. S9I.9  H41 

LYDEKKER,  Richard. 

Geographical  history  of  mammals.     1896 591-9  L98 

"Authorities,"  p.383-385. 
SCLATER,  William  Lutley,  &  Philip  Lutley. 

Geography  of  mammals.     1899 591-9  S41 

WALLACE,  Alfred  Russel. 

Geographical  distribution  of  animals.    2v.     1876 591-9  Wl7g 

Island  life;  or,  Ihe  phenomena  and  causes  of  insular  faunas 
and  floras,  including  a  revision  and  attempted  solution  of 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  ANIMALS         803 

the  problem  of  geological  climates.     1892 591-9  W17 

FIGUIER,  Louis. 

Ocean  world;  a  descriptive  history  of  the  sea  and  its  living 

inhabitants.     1868 rsgi.ga  F47 

The  same;  a  description  of  the  sea  and  some  of  its  inhabitants; 
tr.   fr.  the   French  and   ed.   and  rev.  by   E.  P.  Wright. 

1891 59192   F47 

GOSSE,  Philip  Henry. 

Wonders  of  the  great  deep.    1874 r59i.92  €169 

HICKSON,  Sydney  John. 

Fauna  of  the  deep  sea.    1894.     (Modern  science  series.).  .591.92  H52 
Since  it  has  been  found  that  animals  can  and  do  live  even  at  the  greatest 
depths  of  the  ocean,   scientists  have   been   continually  adding  to   the 
valuable  literature  of  that  subject.     Their  knowledge,  given  in  detail, 
is    generally    embraced    in    the    reports    of    the    scientific    expeditions 
fitted    out    by    our    own    and    foreign    governments,    and    in    memoirs 
and    notes    scattered    through    the    English    and    foreign    scientific 
journals.       This    little    book     brings     together,    in   a   small     compass, 
some  of  the  more  important  facts  and  considerations  that  are  included 
in  this  great  mass  of  literature,  and  presents  them  in  a  form  for  popu- 
lar reading. 
Story  of  life  in  the  seas.     1898.     (Library  of  useful  sto- 
ries.)     59192  H52S 

SCHARFF,  Robert  F. 

History  of  the  European  fauna.    1899.     (Contemporary  science 

series.) 591-94    S31 

Bibliography,  p.3Si-3S4- 

DEWAR,  George  Albemarle  Bertie. 

Wild  life  in  Hampshire  highlands.     1899.     (Haddon  hall 

library.) 591-942  D51 

GOSSE,  Philip  Henry. 

Naturalist's  rambles  on  the  Devonshire  coast.    1853.  ...r59i.942  G69 
HARTING,  James  Edmund. 

British  animals  extinct  within  historic  times,  with  some  ac- 
count of  British  wild  white  cattle.     1880 r59i.942  H32 

WHITE,  Gilbert. 

Natural  history  and  antiquities  of  Selborne.     1891 591.942  W63 

"To  Gilbert  White  is  due  the  credit  of  having  been  the  first  to  render 
natural  history  a  popular  and  attractive  study,  nor  is  it  easy  to  over- 
estimate the  debt  which  science  owes  to  his  most  delightful  letters. 
They  have  probably  made  as  many  naturalists  as  Robinson  Crusoe 
has  made  sailors,  and,  in  spite  of  our  advance  in  science,  they  neither 
are,  nor  are  likely  to  become,  at  all  out  of  date.  No  matter  whether 
he  is  detailing  with  scientific  precision  his  observation  on  the  habits 
of  some  familiar  insect,  or  recounting  with  boyish  enthusiasm  the 
acquisition  of  some  new  specimen,  he  is  always  alike  delightful." 
Academy. 

TSCHUDI,  Friedrich  von. 

Das  thierleben  der  Alpenwelt;  naturansichten  und  thierzeich- 

nungen  aus  dem  schweizerischen  gebirge.     1872 r59i.949  T79 

BRYDEN,  Henry  Anderson. 

Animals  of  Africa.     [1900.] i59i-96  B84 

NORTH    American    fauna.    •  no.1-5,    8,    lo-date.      1889-date. 

(United  States — Biological  survey  division.) r59i.97  N45 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.  2,  p.  242;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
ORD,  George. 

A  reprint  of  the  North  American  zoology;  being  an  exact  re- 


8o4         GEOGRAPHICAL  DISTRIBUTION  OF  ANIMALS 

production  of  the  part  compiled  by  Mr  Ord  and  first  pub- 
lished in  Guthrie's  geography  in  1815;  to  which  is  added 
an  appendix  on  the  more  important  questions  involved,  by 

S.  N.  Rhoads.     1894 591-97  O28 

AGASSIZ,  Louis. 

Contributions  to  the  natural  history  of  the  United  States  of 

America.     4v.     1857-62 qr59i-973  A26 

v.i-2.     Essay  on  classification. — North  American  testudinata.  —  Embry- 

ologry  of  the  turtle. 
v.3-4.    Acalephs  in  general. — Ctenophorae. — Discophorae.  —  Hydroidae.  — 
Homologies  of  the  radiata. 

SHUFELDT,  Robert  Wilson. 

Chapters    on    the    natural    history    of   the    United    States. 

1897 591973  S56 

Includes  "Museums  and  their  uses;   with  some  observations  on  taxi- 
dermy," p.442-471. 
DE  KAY,  James  Ellsworth. 

Zoology  of  New-York;  or.  The  New-York  fauna.  6pts. 
in  5v.  1842-44.  (In  New  York  (state).  Natural  his- 
tory of  New  York,  v.1-5.) V570.9747  N26 

pt.i.     Mammalia. 

pt.2.     Birds. 

pt.3.     Reptiles  and  amphibia. 

pt.4.     Plates  of  reptiles  and  amphibians. 

pt.5-6  in  I.     Mollusca. — Crustacea. 

"List  of  books  on  ornithology,"  v. 2,  p.9-10;   "List  of  works  on  reptiles 

and  amphibians,"  v.3,  p. 5-6;  "List  of  conchological  works  referred  to," 

v.S,  P-5-6. 

MINNESOTA— State  zoologist. 

Report  (ist-2d),  1892-94.     1892-95 r59i.9776  M72 

V.I.    Report. — Notes  on  the  birds  of  Minnesota,  by  P.  L.  Hatch. 
V.2.    Report. — Synopsis    of    the    entomostraca    of    Minnesota,    by    C.    L. 
Herrick  and  C.   H.  Turner. 

BURMEISTER,  Hermann. 

Erlauterungen  zur  fauna  Brasiliens;  enthaltend  abbildun- 
gen  und  ausfiihrliche  beschreibungen   neuer   oder   un- 

geniigend  bekannter  thier-arten.     1856 qr59i.98i  B92 

AFLALO,  Frederick  George. 

Sketch  of  the  natural  history  of  Australia.    1896 591.994  A2S 

KENT,  William  Saville-. 

The  naturalist  in  Australia.     1897 qr59i.994  K19 

Contents:  Birds. — Lizards. — White  ants. — Houtman's  Abrolhos. — Fishes. 
— Pearls  and  pearl-oysters. — Marine  miscellanea. — Insect  oddities. — 
Vegetable  vagaries. 

592     Invertebrates 

ARNOLD,  Augusta  Foote. 

Sea-beach  at  ebb-tide;  a  guide  to  the  study  of  the  seaweeds 
and  the  lower  animal  life  found  between  tide-marks. 

1901  592  A7S 

BROOKS,  William  Keith. 

Handbook  of  invertebrate  zoology  for  laboratories  and  sea- 
side work.     1882 r592  B77 

The  same.    1890 592  B77h 

BUCKLEY,  Arabella  Burton,  afterward  Mrs  Fisher. 

Life  and  her  children;  glimpses  of  animal  life,  from  the  amoe- 


INVERTEBRATES  805 

ba  to  the  insects.     1894 J592  B85 

"Its  object  is  to  acquaint  young  people  with  the  structure  and  habits 
of  the  lower  forms  of  life;  and  to  do  this  in  a  more  systematic  way 
than  is  usual  in  ordinary  works  on  Natural  History  and  more  simply 
than  in  text-books  on  Zoology."     Preface. 

COOKE,  Mordecai  Cubitt. 

Toilers  in  the  sea.     1889 592  C77 

DELAGE,  Marie  Yves,  &  Herouard,  E.J.E. 

Traite  de  zoologie  concrete,    v.1-2,  5,  8,  in  5.    1896-1901. .  .r592  D38 
V.I.     La  cellule  et  les  protozoaires. 
V.2,  pt.i.     Mesozoaires. — Spongiaires. 
V.2,  pt.2.     Les  coelenteres. 

V.5.     Les  vermidiens.  * 

V.8.     Les  procordes. 

Bibliography,  v.i,  P.S33-S44;  v.2,  pt.i,  p.211-218;  v.2,  pt.2,  p.784-804;  v.5, 
p.341-349;  V.8,  p.363-373. 

GOSSE,  Philip  Henry. 

Manual  of  marine  zoology  for  the  British  Isles.    2v.    1855-56.  .r592  G69 

A  year  at  the  shore.    1865 rS92  G69y 

GOULD,  Augustus  Addison. 

Report  on  the  invertebrata  of  Massachusetts;  comprising  the 

mollusca,  Crustacea,  annelida  and  radiata.     1841 r592  G73 

Published  by  the  commissioners  on  the  zoological  and  botanical  survey 
of  the  state. 

The  same;  ed.  by  W.  G.  Binney.     1870 r592  G73r 

Published  by  the  legislature. 

The  same;  ed.  by  W.  G.  Binney.    1870 592  G73 

HEILPRIN,  Angelo. 

Animal  life  of  our  sea-shore.     1888 592  H41 

The  same.    1888 r592  H41 

Specially  New  Jersey  coast  and  southern  shore  of  Long  Island;  scientific 
handbook  for  popular  use. 
HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Manual  of  the  anatomy  of  invertebrated  animals.     1892 592  H98 

KINGSLEY,  Charles. 

Glaucus ;  or,  The  wonders  of  the  shore.     1887 592  K27 

The  same.     1890 J592  K27 

LAMARCK,  Jean  Baptiste  Pierre  Antoine  de  Monet,  chevalier  de. 
Histoire  naturelle  des  animaux  sans  vertebres.    iiv.    1835- 

45 r592  L17 

MORSE,  Edward  Sylvester. 

First  book  of  zoology.     1875 592  M92 

Bibliography,  p.  189-190. 

The  same.     1875 ^ J592  M92 

For  pupils  wishing  to  grain  a  general  knowledge  of  the  structure,  habits, 
and  modes  of  growth  of  lower  animals,  such  as  snails,  insects,  spiders, 
crustaceans,  worms,  etc.  Directions  are  given  for  collecting  and 
preserving  specimens,  for  observing  habits,  etc.  Treats  of  American 
forms  only.  Fully  illustrated. 
SHIPLEY,  Arthur  Everett. 

Zoology  of  the  invertebrata.     1893 592  Ss5 

STIMPSON,  William. 

Synopsis  of  the  marine  invertebrata  of  Grand  Manan,  or 
the  region  about  the  mouth  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  New 
Brunswick.  1853.  (Smithsonian  institution.  Contribu- 
tions to  knowledge.) qr594.i  L44 

Bound  with  the  index  volume  of  Observations  on  the  genus  unio,  by 
Isaac  Lea. 


8o6  PROTOZOANS.     RADIATES 

WILLEY,  Arthur,  ed. 

Zoological  results  based  on  material  from  New  Britain, 
New  Guinea,  Loyalty  islands  and  elsewhere,  collected 
during  1895,  1896  and  1897.    6pts.  in  2v.     1902 qrS92  W73 


593     Protozoans.      Radiates 

AGASSIZ,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Gary). 

First  lesson  in  natural  history.     1896.     (Boston  society  of 

natural  history.     Guides  for  science-teaching.) J593  A26 

Contents:    6ea-anemones  and  corals. — Coral  reefs. — Hydroids  and  jelly- 
fishes. — Star-fishes  and  sea-urchins. 
The  same.     1896.      (In  Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.2.) 507  B64  v.2 

The  same.     1896.      (In  Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.2.) r507  B64  v.2 

BAYLISS,  Clara  Kern. 

In  brook  and  bayou;  or.  Life  in  the  still  waters.    1897 JS93  B33 

Pictures  through  the  microscope  of  the  tiny  creatures  who  live  in 
brooks,  bogs  and  stagnant  pools;  it  is  a  simple  account  of  the  lower 
forms  of  animal  life — protozoa  and  metazoa. 

BUTSCHLI,  Otto. 

Protozoa.     1880-89.     (In  Bronn,  H.  G.     Klassen  und  ord- 

nungen  des  thier-reichs,  v.i,  3pts.  in  4v.) qrS90  B76 

pt. I.     Sarkodina  und  sporozoa. 

pt.2.     Mastigophora. 

pt.3.     Infusoria  und  system  der  radiolaria. 

pt.4  contains  plates  for  v.  i. 

EHRENBERG,  Christian  Gottfried. 

Verbreitung  und  einfluss  des  mikroskopischen  lebens  in 

Slid-  und  Nord-Amerika.     1843 qrS93  E38 

MANTELL,  Gideon  Algernon. 

Thoughts  on  animalcules.     1846 r593  M34 

ROMANES,  George  John. 

Jelly-fish,  star-fish  and  sea-urchms;  a  research  on  primitive 

nervous  systems.   1893.   (International  scientific  series.) .  .593  R65 
CALKINS,  Gary  Nathan. 

Protozoa.   1901.    (Columbia  university  biological  series,  v.6.)  .  .593.1  C13 

Bibliography,  p.31 1-327. 

"No  thoroughly  satisfactory  summary  of  our  present  [1901]  knowledge 
of  this  group  has  hitherto  been  accessible  in  English... In  addition  to 
the  technical  systematic  portion,  which  forms  the  body  of  the  work 
and  will  be  chjiBy  interesting  to  professional  students,  the  author  has 
provided  an  introduction  treating  of  the  history  of  research  upon  the 
group,  and  the  general  features  of  the  animals  it  contains,  which 
could  hardly  be  uninteresting  to  any  intelligent  reader."    Nation,  1901. 

CLAPARfiDE,  fidouard,  &  Lachmann,  Johann. 

fitudes    sur    les    infusoires    et    les    rhizopodes.      3v.    in    2. 

1858-60 qr593i    C51 

V.I -2.     Text. 
V.     3.     Plates. 

DUJARDIN,  Felix. 

Histoire  naturelle  des  zoophytes;  infusoires,  comprenant  la 
physiologie  et  la  classification  de  ces  animaux  et  la  maniere 
de  les  etudier  a  I'aide  du  microscope;  accompagne  d'un 
atlas.    2v.     1841 r593.i  D88 


PROTOZOANS.     RADIATES  807 

KENT,  William  Saville-. 

Manual  of  the  infusoria,  including  flagellate,  ciliate  and  ten- 
taculiferous  protozoa,  British  and  foreign,  and  an  account 
of   the   organization   and   affinities   of  the   sponges.      3v. 

1880-82 qrS93.i  K19 

v.i-2.    Text. 
V.    3.    Plates. 
Bibliography,  v.2,  p.875-894. 

HITCHCOCK,  Romyn,  comp. 

Synopsis  of  the  fresh-water  rhizopods;  a  condensed  account 
of  the  genera  and  species,  founded  upon  Joseph  Leidy's 

Fresh-water  rhizopods  of  North  America.     1881 593-1 1  H62 

LEIDY,  Joseph. 

Fresh-water  rhizopods  of  North  America.  1879.  (United 
States — Geological  and  geographical  survey  of  the  ter- 
ritories.    Final  report,  v.12.) qr593.11  LS5 

Bibliography  of  fresh-water  rhipozods,  p.297-319. 
CARPENTER,  William  Benjamin,  and  others. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  the  foraminifera.     1862.     (Ray 

society.     Publications.) qr593.i2  C22 

HAECKEL,  Ernst. 

Die  radiolarien.    2v.     1862 qr593.i4  H13 

V.I.     Text. 
v.2.    Plates. 
Report  on  the  radiolaria  collected  by  H.  M.  S.  Challenger, 
1873-1876.  3v.  1887.  (In  Challenger  expedition.  Report 
on   the   scientific  results  of  the  voyage.     Zoology,  v. 

18.) qr570.9i   C35  v.iS 

FOCKE.  Gustav  Woldemar. 

Physiologische  studien;  wirbellose  thiere,  polygastrische  in- 

fusorien.     v.1-2,  in  i.     1847-54 qr593.iS  F68 

MULLER,  Otto  Frederik. 

Animalcula  infusoria  fluviatilia  et  marina,  quae  detexit, 
systematice    descripsit    et   ad    vivum    delineari    curavit 

Otho  Fridericus  Miiller.    1786 qr593.i5  M95 

PRITCHARD,  Andrew. 

History  of  infusoria,  including  the  desmidiacese  and  diatoma- 

ceae,  British  and  foreign,    iv.  in  2.    1861 r593.is  P95hi 

History     of     infusorial     animalcules,     living     and     fossil. 

1852 r593i5   P95h 

The  same.     1841 r593i5  P95 

STEIN,  Friedrich  von. 

Der  organismus  der  infusionsthiere.    3v.  in  4.    1859-83.  .qr593.i5  S81 
V.I.     Allgemeiner  theil  und  naturgeschichte   der  hypotrichen   infusions- 
thiere. 
v.2.    Darstellung    der    neuesten    forschungsergebnisse    uber    bau,    fort- 
pflanzung  und  entwickelung  der  infusionsthiere. — Naturgeschichte 
der   hcterotrichen    infusorien. 
V.3.    Die  naturgeschichte  der  flagellaten. 
r.4.    Die   naturgeschichte   der   arthrodelen   flagellaten. 

593.4     Sponges 

HYATT,  Alpheus. 

Commercial  and  other  sponges.     1897.     (Boston  society  of 


8o8  POLYPS.    CORALS 


natural  history.    Guides  for  science-teaching.) J593-4  H99 

The  same.     1897.     (In   Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.2.) 507  B64  v.2 

The  same.     1897.      (In   Boston   society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.2.) r507  B64  v.2 

POTTS,  Edward. 

Fresh  water  sponges;  a  monograph;  including  "Diag- 
nosis of  European  spongillidse,"  by  Franz  Vejdovsky. 
1887 r595.78  H72S 

Bound  with  Holland's  Short  articles  on  butterflies. 

593,6    Polj^s.     Corals 

BAKER,  Henry. 

Attempt  towards  a  natural  history  of  the  polype.     1743 rS93.6  B17 

HYATT,  Alpheus. 

Common  hydroids,  corals  and  echinoderms.  1897.  (Boston 
society  of  natural  history.  Guides  for  science-teach- 
ing.)    J593-6  H99 

The  same.     1897.     (In   Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.2.) 507  B64  v.2 

The  same.     1897.      (In   Boston   society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.2.) r507  B64  v.2 

KENT,  William  Saville-. 

The  great  barrier  reef  of  Australia;  its  products  and  poten- 
tialities.    1893 qr593.6  K19 

TREMBLEY,  Abraham. 

Memoires  pour  servir  a  I'histoire  d'un  genre  de  polypes  d'eau 

douce,  a  bras  en  forme  de  comes.    1744 qr593.6  T72 

FEWKES,  Jesse  Walter. 

Anatomy  of  astrangia  danse;  lithographs  from  drawings  by 
A.  Sonrel;  explanation  of  plates  by  J.  W.  Fewkes.    1889. 

(Natural  history  illustrations.) qr593.66  F44 

Published  by  the  Smithsonian  institution. 
UNITED   STATES— National  museum. 

American  hydroids.    v.i.     1900.     (Special  bulletin.)  ...  .qr593.7i  U25 
V.I.    The  plumularidae,  by  C.  C.  Nutting. 
Annotated  bibliography,  v.i,  p.  131-135. 


594     Mollusks 

APGAR,  Austin  Craig. 

Mollusks  of  the  Atlantic  coast  of  the  United  States  south  to 

Cape  Hatteras.     1891 S94  A64 

Reprinted  from  the  Journal  of  the  New  Jersey  natural  history  society, 
v.2.  no.2. 

BAKER,  Frank  Collins. 

Mollusca  of  the   Chicago  area.     1898-1902.     (In   Chicago 
academy  of  sciences.     Bulletin   of  the  geological  and 

natural  history  survey,  no. 3.) r5o6  C43b  v.3 

pt. I.     The  pelecypoda. 
pt.2.     The  gastropoda. 


MOLLUSKS  809 

BINNEY,  Amos,  &  William  Greene. 

The  terrestrial  air-breathing  mollusks  of  the  United  States, 
and  the  adjacent  territories  of  North  America;  ed.  by  A. 

A.  Gould.     4v.     1851-59 rS94  B48 

Bibliography,  v.i,  p.9-17;  v.4,  p.3-5.    v.4  is  the  work  of  W.  G.  Binney. 
BINNEY,  William  Greene,  &  Bland,  Thomas. 

Land  and  fresh  water  shells  of  North  America.    3v.    1865-69. 

(Smithsonian  institution.    Miscellaneous  collections.)  .  .r594  B485 
V.I  may  be  found  in  v.8  of  the  Miscellaneous  collections  of  the  Smith- 
sonian institution,  r5o6  S66m. 

BLAND,  Thomas,  &  Binney,  W.G. 

Collection  of  pamphlets  on  American  mollusca.    1860-76 r594  B53 

The  CONCHOLOGIST;  a  quarterly  magazine  for  concholo- 

gists.     v.i-date.     1891-date r594  C74 

V.2  includes  two  years,   1892-1893. 
v.3-date  title  reads  Journal  of  malacology. 

DILLWYN,  Lewis  Weston. 

A  descriptive  catalogue  of  recent  shells,  arranged  according 

to  the  Linn.-ean  method.    2v.     1817 rS94  D58 

GONZALEZ  HIDALGO,  Joaquin. 

Moluscos  marinos  de  Espafia,  Portugal  y  las  Baleares.  v.i. 

1870   rS94  G62m 

Imperfect. 
GONZALEZ  HIDALGO,  Joaquin,  &  Martinez  y  Saez,  Fran- 
cisco. 
Moluscos   del   viaje  al   Pacifico,   verificado   de   1862  a   1865 
por  una  comision  de  naturalistas  enviada  por  el  gobierno 
espafiol.    3v.  in  i.     1869-79 Qr594  G62 

Contents:     Univalvos  terrestres,  by  Joaquin  Gonzales  Hidalgo. — Bivalvos 
marinos,    by    Francisco    Martinez    y    Saez. — Univalvos    marinos,    by 
Joaquin  Gonzalez  Hidalgo. 
GORDON,  William  John. 

Our  country's  shells  and  how  to  know  them;  a  guide  to  the 

British  mollusca.     [1901.] 594  G65 

HANLEY,  Sylvanus,  &  Theobald,  William,  ed. 

Conchologia  indica;  illustrations  of  the  land  and  freshwater 

shells  of  British  India.     1876 qr594  H23 

HARDY,  Mrs  Mary  Earle. 

The  hall  of  shells.     1897 JS94  H26 

In  the  form  of  familiar  conversations  with  two  children  is  given  much 
scientific  information  about  shells  and  their  inhabitants,  and  with 
this  are  interwoven  many  stories  and  legends  associated  with  them. 
References  to  other  works  are  given  for  those  who  wish  to  continue 
the  study. 

HYATT,  Alpheus. 

The  oyster,  clam  and  other  common  mollusks.  1898.  (Bos- 
ton society  of  natural  history.  Guides  for  science-teach- 
ing.)     J594  H99 

The  same.     1898.     (In   Boston  society  of  natural   history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.2.) 507  B64  v.2 

The  same.     1898.     (In  Boston  society  of  natural   history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.2.) r507  B64  v.2 

JOURNAL  of  malacology;  quarterly.    v.3-date.     1894-date. .  .r594  C74 
Being  v.3-date  of  the  Conchologist. 


8io  MOLLUSKS 


NAUTILUS;  a  monthly  journal  devoted  to  the  interests  of 

conchologists.     v.3-date.     1889-date r594  N16 

A   continuation    of   the   Conchologists'    exchange,    of   which   2   volumes 
were  issued. 

PAETEL,  Fr.  comp. 

Catalog  der  conchylien-sammlung.     3v.     1887-90 r594  P13 

V.I.    Die  cephalopoden,  pteropoden  und  meeres-gastropoden. 
V.3.    Die  land-  und  susswasser-gastropoden. 
V.3.    Die  acephalen  und  die  brachiopoden. 

SARS,  Georg  Ossian. 

MoUusca  regionis  Arcticas  Norvegiae.     1878.     (Bidrag  til 

kundskaben  om  Norges  arktiske  fauna,  pt.i.) r594  S24 

SAY,  Thomas. 

Complete  writings  on  the  conchology  of  the  United  States; 

ed.  by  W.  G.  Binney.     1858 r594  S27 

SOWERBY,  George  Brettingham. 

Conchological  manual.     1842 rS94  S73 

Illustrated  index  of  British  shells.     1887 qrS94  S73i 

TRYON,  George  Washington. 

Structural  and  systematic  conchology.     3v.  in  i.     1882-84 594  T78 

Synonymy  of  the  species  of  strepomatidse  (melanians)  of  the 
United  States;  with  critical  observations  on  their  affinities, 
and  descriptions  of  land,  fresh  water  and  marine  mollusca. 

1865.     (Contributions  to  conchology,  v.3.)   r594  T78 

UNITED  STATES— War  department. 

[Extracts  from  the  reports  on  the  Pacific  railroad  surveys, 
containing  the  reports  on  shells  made  by  James  Hall, 
T.   A.   Conrad,  W.   G.   Binney  and  William   Cooper.] 

[1855-] qr594  U2S 

WAGNER,  Johann  Andreas. 

Testacea  fluviatilia,  quae  in  itinere  per  Brasiliam,  annis  1817- 
1820,  collegit  et  pingenda  curavit  J.  B.  de  Spix;  digessit, 
descripsit   et    observationibus    illustravit   J.    A.    Wagner. 

1827 qrS94   W13 

WILLIAMS,  J.W. 

Land  and  fresh-water  shells,  with  a  chapter  on  the  distribu- 
tion of  the  British  land  and  fresh-water  mollusca  by  J.  W. 
Taylor  and   W.    D.    Roebuck.     1889.      (Young  collector 

series.) 594  W74 

WOOD,  William,  comp. 

Index  testaceologicus;  an  illustrated  catalogue  of  British  and 

foreign  shells;  ed.  by  Sylvanus  Hanley.     1856 qr594  W85 

WYATT,  Thomas. 

Manual  of  conchology  according  to  the  system  laid  down  by 
Lamarck,  with  the  late  improvements  by  de  Blainville. 

1838 r594  W97 

CALL.  Richard  Ellsworth. 

A  study  of  the  unionidae  of  Arkansas,  with  incidental  refer- 
ences to  their  distribution  in  the  Mississippi  valley.     1895. 
(St.  Louis,  Academy  of  science.    Transactions,  v.7,  no.i.).  .594.1  C13 
LEA,  Isaac. 

Observations  on  the  genus  unio,  together  with  descriptions  of 


MOLLUSKS  8ii 


new  genera  and  species  in  the  families  naiades,  conchae, 
colimacea,  lymneana,  melaniana,  and  peristomeana.     13V. 

in  10.     1827-74 qr594-i  L44 

V.I,  3  and  5  have  no  title-pages,  and  consist  of  papers  detached  from 

the  "Transactions  of  the  American  philosophical  society." 
Index,  V.1-12.     2V.   in   i.      1867-1869. 

A  synopsis  of  the  family  of  naiades.    1836 r594.i  L44S 

Synopsis  of  the  family  unionidae.     1870 qr594.i  L44sy 

Bibliography,  p.  157-181. 

PHILPOTS,  John  R. 

Oysters  and  all  about  them.    2v.    1890 594-1  PS2 

BROWN,  A.D.  comp. 

Catalogue  of  shells  in  his  collection.     1861 rS94-3  B78 

Catalogue  of  the  genera  helix,  anostoma,  hypselostoma,  strep- 
taxis,  tomigerus,  bulimus,  orthalicus,  partula,  in  his  col- 
lection.    1866 r594.3  B78C 

PFEIFFER,  Ludwig  Georg  Karl. 

Monographia  auriculaceorum  viventium.    1856 r594.3  P47m 

Bibliography,  p.7-13. 

Monographia  heliceorum  viventium.    8v.     1848-77 r594.3  P47 

Bibliography,  v.i,  p.26-32. 

Monographia  pneumonopomorum  viventium.     4v.     1852- 

76 r594.3  P47mo 

Bibliography,   v.i,   p.7-11;   v.2,    p.7-8;   v.4,   p.7-10. 

Nomenclator  heliceorum  viventium;  ed.  by  S.  Clessin. 

1881  r594.3  P47n 

ALLMAN,  George  James. 

Monograph  of  the  fresh-water  polyzoa,  including  all  known 
species,  British  and  foreign.  1856.  (Ray  society.  Publi- 
cations.)   qrS94-7  A43 

HINCKS,  Thomas. 

History  of  the  British  marine  polyzoa.    2v.     1880 r594.7  H56 

V.I.    Text. 
v.2.    Plates. 

HYATT,  Alpheus. 

Observations  on  polyzoa.     [1866-68.] r594.7  H99 

A  collection  of  papers  from  the  Proceedings  of  the   Essex  institute  and 
the  American  naturalist. 


595     Articulates 

PIERSON,  Clara  Dillingham. 

Among  the  meadow  people.     1897 J595  P57 

Stories  of  insects  originally  written  for  the  children  of  the  author's  kin- 
dergarten and  published  with  the  hope  of  amusing  other  children  and 
interesting  them  in  nature. 

DARWIN,  Charles. 

Formation  of  vegetable  mould  through  the  action  of  worms, 

with  observations  on  their  habits.     1892 595-1  D26 

This  is  worth  reading  not  only  because  it  is  a  simple  treatment  of  the 
subject  by  the  great  master  himself,  but  because  it  shows  how  one 
of  the  greatest  geologic  problems  was  solved  by  the  performance  of 
experiments  which  are  so  simple  and  easy  that  a  child  can  repeat  them. 

HUDSON,  Charles  Thomas,  &  Gosse,  P.H. 

Rotifera,  or  wheel-animalcules,  with  supplement.     3v.     1886- 


8l2  ARTICULATES 

89 qr595i  H88 

Bibliog^raphy,  v.i,  p.  13-22;  v.2,  p.  140-142. 

HYATT,  Alpheus. 

Worms  and  Crustacea.  1897.  (Boston  society  of  natural  his- 
tory.    Guides  for  science-teaching.) J595-3  H99 

The  same.     1897.      (In   Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.2.) 507  B64  v.2 

The  same.     1897.      (In   Boston   society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.2.) r507  B64  v.2 

STEBBING,  Thomas  Roscoe  Rede. 

History  of  Crustacea;  recent  malacostraca.  1893.  (Inter- 
national scientific  series.) 595-3  S81 

BAIRD,  William,  1803-72. 

Natural  history  of  the  British  entomostraca.    1850 r595.3i  B16 

PACKARD,  Alpheus  Spring. 

Monograph  of  the  phyllopod  Crustacea  of  North  America. 

with  remarks  on  the  order  phyllocarida.     [1883.] '■589.3  F23 

Part  of  the  1st  volume  of  the  12th  annual  report  of  the  United  States 

geological  and   geographical   survey  of  the  territories. 
Bound  with  Farlow's  Marine  algse  of  New  England. 

BRADY,  George  Stewardson. 

Monograph  of  the  free  and  semi-parasitic  copepoda  of  the 
British  Islands.  3v.  1878-80.  (Ray  society.  Publica- 
tions.)   r595.34  B68 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  zoology,  illustrated  by  the  cray- 
fish.    1891.     (International  scientific  series.) 595-37  H98 

Bibliography,  p.357-361- 

595.4     Spiders 

BLACKWALL,  John. 

History  of  the  spiders  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland.     1861. 

(Ray  society.     Publications.) qr595-4  Bsi 

EMERTON,  James  Henry. 

Structure  and  habits  of  spiders.     1883.     (American  natural 

history  series.) 595-4   E58 

"Books  about  spiders,"   p.ii5-ii6. 
HENTZ,  Nicholas  Marcellus. 

Spiders  of  the  United  States.  1875.  (Boston  society  of  nat- 
ural history.    Occasional  papers.) r59S-4  H45 

MARTYN,  Thomas,  ed. 

Aranei;  or,  A  natural  history  of  spiders,  including  English 
spiders  by  Eleazar  Albin  and  Swedish  spiders  by  Charles 

Clerk.    2v.ini.    1793 qr595.4  M43 

STAVELEY,  E.F. 

British  spiders.     1866 rS95-4  S79 

WOOD,  Horatio  C. 

Observations  on  the  pedipalpi  of  North  America.     1863. .  .qr595.4  B51 
From  the  Journal  of  the  Academy  of  natural  sciences  of  Philadelphia, 

July  1863. 
Bound   with    Blackwall's   History  of   the   spiders  of   Great   Britain   and 
Ireland. 


INSECTS  813 

YOUNG,  John  Jay. 

Drawings  of  70  spiders  to  be  found  in  western  Pennsyl- 
vania  r595.4  Y38d 

Manuscript. 
Memoranda  concerning  some  of  the  spiders  to  be  found  in 

western  Pennsylvania.     1884 rS95.4  Y38m 

Manuscript. 
YOUNG,  John  Jay,  comp. 

Miscellaneous  arachnological  papers.    3v.    1884-94 r595.4  Y38 


595.7     Insects 

ATWATER,  Emily  Paret. 

Tommy's  adventures.     1900 3595-7  A88 

Contents:  Tommy's  adventure  in  an  ant-hill. — Tommy's  adventure  in  a 
bee-hive. — Tommy's  adverture  with  the  butterflies. — Tommy's  adven- 
ture with  the  crickets. — Tommy's  adventure  with  the  spiders. 

BADENOCH,  L.N. 

Romance  of  the  insect  world.     1894 595-7  B14 

True  tales  of  the  insects.     1899 595-7  Bi4t 

Essays  on  the  devil's  riding-horse,  walking-sticks  and  walking-leaves, 
locusts  and  grasshoppers,  green  grasshoppers,  symbols  of  Psyche,  day- 
flying  moths,  the  case  moths,  the  hawk  moths,  and  the  death's  head 
moth. 

BAMFORD,  Mary  E. 

Up  and  down  the  brooks.     1896 J59S-7  B219 

An  interesting  and  trustworthy  introduction  to  the  study  of  insect  life 
in  and  about  fresh-water  streams. 
BATH,  W.  Harcourt. 

Young  collector's  handbook  of  ants,  bees,  dragon-flies,  ear- 
wigs, crickets  and  flies.     1888.     (Young  collector  series.)  .  .595.7  B31 
BELL,  Adelaide  Fuller. 

Victor  in  buzzland;  a  nature  fairy  story.     1896 JS95-7  B39 

BUTLER,  Edward  Albert. 

Our  household  insects ;  an  account  of  the  insect-pests  found  in 

dwelling-houses.     1896 595-7  B970 

Contents:  Wood-boring  beetles. — Club-horn  beetles. — Cellar  beetles  and 
meal  worms. — Longhorns  and  prey-hunters. — Ants  and  wasps. — Social 
wasps  and  horntails. — Clothes  moths  and  other  tineae. — Meal  and  tab- 
by moths. — The  common  cockroach. — Crickets  and  earwigs. — House 
flies  and  bluebottles. — Gnats,  midges  and  mosquitoes. — ^The  common 
flea. — The  bed-bug. — The  book-louse  and  silver-fish  insect. — Human 
pediculi. 
Appeared  first  in  Knowledge. 

"Each  of  the  various  creatures  referred  to  is  fully  described,  its  pecul- 
iarities pointed  out  and  usually  illustrated,  its  habits  discussed,  and 
the  circumstances  favoring  its  increase  made  clear.  It  is  not  a  book 
of  remedies  for  pests,  but  those  who  intelligently  read  it  will  be  far 
better  able  to  cope  with  their  tormentors  than  ever  before."  Nation, 
1894. 

Pond  life;  insects.     1886.     (Young  collector  series.) 595-7  B97P 

CANADIAN  entomologist;  monthly,     v.3-8;  21-27;  28,  no.i- 

3;  33,  no.8;  34,  no.ii.     1871-1902 r595.7  C16 

CARPENTER,  George  Herbert. 

Insects,  their  structure  &  life;  a  primer  of  entomology.   1899.  .595.7  C22 
"References  to  literature,"  p.379-392. 
COMSTOCK,  John  Henry. 

Insect  life;  an  introduction  to  nature-study.     1897 595-7  C73 

"This  volume  will  prove  a  most  helpful  introduction  and  guide  to  the 


8i4  INSECTS 


life  it  tells  about.  It  has  chapters  about  the  Beginning:  of  a  Collection, 
Classification,  &c.,  and  full  instructions  about  the  preservation  and 
care  of  a  collection  after  it  is  made."    Book  buyer. 

The  same.     1902 J595-7  C73 

Introduction  to  entomology,     pt.i.     1888 5957   C73i 

Elementary  principles  of  entomology.  Describes  fully  those  species 
that  are  of  economic  importance,  and  gives  methods  of  destroying 
those  that  are  noxious.  Author  is  (1900)  professor  of  entomology  at 
Cornell  university. 

COMSTOCK,  John  Henry,  &  Mrs  Anna  Botsford. 

A  manual  for  the  study  of  insects.     1895 595-7  C73m 

Completion  of  "An  introduction  to  entomology." 

A  general  work  on  entomology,  with  analytical  keys  to  the  orders  and 
families;  devoted  especially  to  insects,  their  lives  and  transformations; 
describing  the  common  species,  and  very  fully  illustrated.  Written 
in  clear,  untechnical  language,  interesting  to  the  general  reader.  A 
feature  helpful  to  the  beginner  is  the  pronunciation  of  the  Latin 
names. 

The  same.     1901 J595-7  C73m 

COWAN,  Frank. 

Curious  facts  in  the  history  of  insects.     1865 i'595-7  C84 

CRAGIN,  Belle  S. 

Our  insect  friends  and  foes;  how  to  collect,  preserve  and  study 

them.     1899 J595.7  C85 

"Books  for  reference,"  p. 339-341. 

Describes  for  young  people,  the  common  insects  found  in  the  country 
east  of  the  Rocky  mountains  and  north  of  the  Gulf  states.  Scientific 
names  are  given  of  such  insects  as  are  illustrated  and  there  is  a  list 
of  popular  names  and  their  scientific  equivalents. 

ENTOMOLOGIST;  monthly,    v.22-23.     1889-90 r595.7  E666 

ENTOMOLOGIST'S  monthly  magazine,     v.25-26.     1889-90. .  .r595. 7  E66 
FABRE,  Jean  Henri. 

Insect   life ;    souvenirs   of   a    naturalist ;    ed.  by    F.  Merrifield. 

1901  '. .  .5957  Fil 

"An  altogether  delightful  book... Not  many  insects  are  mentioned,  and 
all  are  from  Southern  France... Two  chapters  are  devoted  to  the  'sa- 
cred beetle'.  .  .The  remainder  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  the  habits  of 
certain  predatory  digging  wasps  and  mason  bees.  .  .Though  absolutely 
accurate  in  detail. .  .the  author  is  neither  tiresome  nor  technicaL" 
Nation,  1901. 

FIGUIER,  Louis. 

Insect  world;  a  popular  account  of  the  orders  of  insects,  with 
a  description  of  the  habits  and  economy  of  some  of  the 

most  interesting  species.     1892 5957  F47 

HARRIS,  Moses. 

Exposition  of  English  insects.     1782 qr595  7  H29 

HOOK,  Stella  Louise. 

Little   people   and   their  homes  in   meadows,  woods   and 

waters.     1894 J5957   H77 

HOWARD,  Leland  Ossian. 

Insect  book ;  a  popular  account  of  the  bees,  wasps,  ants,  grass- 
hoppers, flies  and  other  North  American  insects,  exclusive 

of  the  butterflies,  moths  and  beetles.     1901 q5957  H84i 

Bibliography,  p.405-416. 

The  same.     1902 qJ59S7  H84i 

HYATT,  Alpheus,  &  Arms,  J.M. 

Insecta.      1898.      (In    Boston    society    of   natural    history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.3.) 507  B64  v.3 


INSECTS  815 

The  same.     1898.     (In  Boston  society  of  natural  history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching,  v.3.) r507  B64  v.3 

INSECT  life,  devoted  to  the  economy  and  life-habits  of  insects, 

especially  in  their  relations  to  agriculture.     7v.  in  5. 

1888-95 rS9S7  I24 

Index,  1888-1895.    1897. 

Published  by  the  Department  of  agriculture,  Division  of  entomology. 
No  more  published. 

JAEGER.  B. 

Life  of  North  American  insects.    1854 rSQS-?  Ji4 

KIRBY,  William  Forsell. 

British  butterflies,  moths  and  beetles.     1887.      (Young  col- 
lector series.) 595-7  K28 

LOVELL,  Kate  R. 

Nature's  wonder-workers;  short  life-histories  in  the  insect 

world.    1896 5957  L94 

Short  descriptions  of  the  ant,  spider,  bee,  wasp,  fly,  cricket,  caterpillar 
and  other  familiar  insects.  Attractive,  untechnical,  with  no  attempt 
at  classification. 

LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

On  the  origin  and  metamorphoses  of  insects.     1890 595-7  L960 

McCOOK,  Henry  Christopher. 

Old  farm  fairies.     1895 J595-7  M130 

A  charmingly  written  story,  designed  to  interest  young  people  in  insect 
life.  Spiders  play  the  part  of  pixies,  and  these  persecute  the  Brownies 
or  household  fairies. 

Tenants  of  an  old  farm.     1893 595-7  M13 

A  pleasantly  written  book,  connected  by  a  thread  of  story,  on  insect 
life  and  manners,  particularly  spiders,  on  which  Dr  McCook  is  a  well 
known  authority.  Fully  illustrated,  and  in  addition  supplied  with 
grotesque  cuts  by  Dan  Beard,  which  do  not  enhance  its  value,  but 
do  add  to  its  fun. 
The  same.     1895 J595-7  M13 

MORRIS,  Francis  Orpen. 

Natural  history  of  aquatic  insects.     1895 595-7  M66 

MURRAY,  Andrew. 

Economic  entomology;  aptera.     [1898.]     (South  Kensing- 
ton museum  science  handbooks.) 595-7  M97 

ONTARIO,  ENTOMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Annual  report  (21st),  1890.     1891 qr634  O25 

Bound  with  the  22A  annual  report  of  the  Fruit  growers'  association  of 
Ontario. 

PACKARD,  Alpheus  Spring. 

Entomology  for  beginners.     1894 595-7  Pi2e 

Bibliography,  p.326-335. 

Popularly  written  for  beginners  and  useful  to  advanced  students.  Con- 
tains directions  for  collecting,  preserving,  forming  cabinets,  mo".nting 
for  the  microscope,  preparing  insects  for  study,  and  a  guide  to  the 
books  describing  species. 

Our  common  insects.     1873 595-7  P12 

A  text-book  of  entomology.     1898 595-7  Pi2t 

Contains  many  bibliographical  lists. 

RENNIE,  James. 

Insect  architecture.     1830  r595.7  R34 

Insect   miscellanies.     1831 r595-7    R34in 

Insect  transformations.     1830 r59S.7  R34i 


52 


8i6  INSECTS 


SAMUELSON,  James,  &  Hicks,  J.B. 

Humble  creatures.    2v.     i860 r595-7  S19 

V.I.     The  earthworm  and  the  common  housefly. 
V.2.     The  honey-bee. 

SAY,  Thomas. 

American  entomology.    2v.     1869 i"595.7  S27 

The  same.    v.i.     1824 qrS95-7  S27a 

The  plates  in  this  volume  are  colored  by  hand. 

SMITH,  John  Bernhardt. 

Economic   entomology   for  the   farmer   and   fruit-grower. 

1896 595-7  S65 

TUCKER.  Charlotte  Maria,  (psetid.  A.L.O.E.). 

Fairy  Frisket;  or.  Peeps  at  insect  life.     1896 JS95-7  T81 

UNITED  STATES— Entomology  division. 

Bulletin;  technical  series,    no.i-date.    iSgS-date rS95-7  U25 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.  3,  p.  3  24;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
VAN  BRUYSSEL,  Ernest. 

Population  of  an  old  pear-tree;  or,  Stories  of  insect  life. 

1894 J595-7  V17 

WEED,  Clarence  Moorcs,  ed. 

Insect  world;  a  reading  book  of  entomology.     1899 595-7  W42i 

WEED,  Clarence  Moores. 

Life  histories  of  American  insects.     1897 595-7  W42 

The  author  has  especially  studied  many  of  the  species  described  and  his 
book,  being  written  in  non-technical  language,  is  extremely  interesting: 
to  the  general  reader. 
WEED,  Clarence  Moores,  &  Murtfeldt,  M.E. 

Stories  of  insect  life.     ist-2d  ser.    2v.  .1897-99 J595-7  W42S 

Short  illustrated  descriptions  of  the  life  and  habits  of  caterpillars,  moths, 
butterflies,  ants,  beetles,  flies  and  spiders. 
WOOD,  John  George. 

Insects  abroad;  an  account  of  foreign  insects.     1874 595-7  W8s 

The  same.     1874 r595.7  W85 

Insects  at  home;   a  popular  account  of  British  insects. 

1892 595-7  W85i 

THOMAS,  Cyrus. 

Synopsis  of  the  acrididse  of  North  America.  1873.  (United 
States — Geological  and  geographical  survey  of  the  terri- 
tories.   F'inal  report,  v.5.) qr595. 72  T37 

"Authorities,"  p.3-6. 

LUCAS,  W.J. 

British  dragonflies,  (odonata).     1900 595-73  L96 

"Works  referred  to,"  p. 334-336. 
BUCKTON,  George  Bowdler. 

Monograph  of  the  British  cicada,  or  tettigiidae.     pt.1-2,  in 

I.     1890 r595.76  B8s 

MELSHEIMER,  Friedrich  Ernst,' cow/'. 

Catalogue  of  the  described  coleoptera  of  the  United  States; 
revised  by  S.  S.  Haldeman  and  J.  L.  Le  Conte. 
1853 r523.48    G73 

"Authorities,"  p.ii-15. 

Published  by  the  Smithsonian  institution. 

Bound  with  Gould's  Report  on  the  history  of  the  discovery  of  Neptune. 

BUCKTON,  George  Bowdler. 

Natural  history  of  eristalis  tenax,  or  the  drone-fly.    1895. . .  .595-77  B8s 


INSECTS  817 

HOWARD.  Leiand  Ossian. 

Mosquitoes ;  how  they  live,  how  they  carry  disease,  how  they 

are  classified,  how  they  may  be  destroyed.     1901 59577  H84 

Dr  Howard  is  (1901)  chief  of  the  Division  of  entomology  of  the  De- 
partment of  agriculture. 

KNOBEL,  Edward. 

Mosquitoes,    gnats,    craneflies,    midges    and    flies    of    the 

northern  states.     1897 595-77  K34 

LOWNE,  Benjamin  Thompson. 

Anatomy  &  physiology  of  the  blow-fly.     1870 qr595-77  L96 

THEOBALD,  Frederick  Vincent. 

Account  of  British  flies,    v.i.     1892 595-77  T34 

Contains  many  bibliographies. 

595.78    Butterflies.     Moths.     Silkworms 

BALLARD,  Mrs  Julia  P. 

Among  the  moths  and  butterflies.     1894 595-78  B21 

Revised  and  enlarged  edition  of  her  "Insect  lives;  or,  Bom  in  prison." 
Describes  the  appearance,  habits  and  life  histories  of  moths  and  butter- 
flies, giving  practical  directions  for  study.     Scientifically  accurate,  yet 
simple. 

The  same.     1897 J59S-78  B21 

BROWN,  Capt.  Thomas. 

Book  of  butterflies,  sphinges  and  moths.     3v.     1834 r595.78  B79 

BUTLER,  Edward  Albert. 

Silkworms.    1888.     (Young  collector  series.) r59S-78  B97 

The  same.     1900.     (Young  collector  series.) 595.78  B97 

DICKERSON,  Mary  Cynthia. 

Moths  and  butterflies.     1901 595-78  D55 

"Books  for  reference,"  p.331-332. 

"Entirely  untechnical  in  its  treatment  of  the  subject.  It  will  identify 
by  means  of  photographs  from  life  forty  common  forms,  in  caterpil- 
lar, chrysalis  or  cocoon,  and  adult  stages.  It  makes  clear  the  exter- 
nal structure  adapting  the  creature  to  its  life;  it  describes  and  illus- 
trates the  changes  in  form  from  caterpillar  to  chrysalis,  from  chrysa- 
lis to  butterfly."     Preface. 

EDWARDS,  William  Henry. 

Butterflies  of  North  America;  ist-3d  ser.    3v.    1884-97.  .qr595.78  E32 
Is  considered  by  entomologists  to  be  the  most  complete  and  accurate 
work  on  the  subject.     It  is  illustrated  by  over  one  hundred  and  fifty 
colored  plates  each  with  several  life-size  figures,  many  of  them  show- 
ing early  stages  of  transformation  never  before  illustrated. 

FRENCH,  G.H. 

Butterflies  of  the  eastern  United  States.     1896 595-78  F92 

HOLLAND,  William  Jacob. 

The  butterfly  book;  a  popular  guide  to  a  knowledge  of  the 

butterflies  of  North  America.    1898 qj 595-78  H72 

The  same.    1898 qr595.78  H72 

The  same.     1899 q595-78  H72 

Contents:  Life-history  and  anatomy  of  butterflies. — Capture,  preparation 
and  preservation  of  specimens. — Classification  of  butterflies. — Books 
about  North  American  butterflies.  —  Butterflies  of  North  America 
north  of  Mexico. — Digressions  and  quotations. 
Besides  185  cuts  in  black  and  white,  there  are  48  colored  plates  contain- 
ing 1002  figures  representing  527  species,  in  many  cases  both  the  upper 
and  under  side  of  the  wings.  Thus  fully  5^  of  the  known  species  in 
North    American,    north    of    Mexico,    are    here    represented    in    their 


8i8  INSECTS 

natural  colors.     Of  these,   152  species  have  never  before   (1898)   been 
figured  in  any  work  and  over  200  never  before  in  colors.     A  wonder- 
fully beautiful  book  by  a  Pittsburgher  who  is  recognized  as  an  author- 
ity in  this  field. 
Short    articles    on    butterflies,    from    various    magazines. 

[1883-88.] r59S.78    H72S 

KAPPEL,  A.W.  &  Kirby,  W.E. 

British  and  European  butterflies  and  moths.     1895 qr595.78  K13 

KIRBY,  Wililiam  Forsell. 

Hand-bbok  to  the  order  lepidoptera.    5v.     1896-97.     (Lloyd's 

natural  history.) 595-78  K28 

v.i-2.    Butterflies. 

V.3.        Butterflies. — Hesperiidse. — Moths. 

V.4-S.    Moths. 

MEYRICK,  Edward. 

Handbook  of  British  lepidoptera.     1895 595-78  M65 

MORRIS,  Francis  Orpen. 

History  of  British  butterflies.     1870 qr59S.78  M91 

Natural  history  of  British  moths.    4v.     1872 qr595.78  Mpin 

NEWMAN,  Edward. 

Illustrated  natural  history  of  British  butterflies  and  moths. 

[1871.] q59S.78    N28 

PACKARD,  Alpheus  Spring. 

Monograph  of  the  bombycine  moths  of  America  north  of 
Mexico,  including  their  transformations  and  origin  of 
the  larval  markings  and  armature.     1895.     (In  National 

academy  of  sciences.    Memoirs,  v.7,  p. 5-390.) qr5o6  N15  v.7 

SCUDDER,  Samuel  Hubbard. 

Brief  guide  to  the  commoner  butterflies  of  the  northern 
United  States  and  Canada;  an  introduction  to  a  knowledge 
of  their  life-histories.     1893 595-78  S43b 

"Some  works  on  American  butterflies,"  p. 27-32. 

Butterflies  of  the  eastern  United  States  and  Canada,  with 

special  reference  to  New  England.    3v.     1889 qr595.78  S43 

V.I.     Nymphalidae. 

V.2,     Lycaenidae. — Papilionidae.- — Hesperidae. 

V.3.  Butterflies  of  the  northeastern  United  States  and  Canada  not 
found  in  New  England. — The  hymenopterous  parasites  of  North  Amer- 
ican butterflies,  by  L.  O.  Howard. — The  dipterous  parasites  of  North 
American  butterflies,  by  S.  W.  Williston. — Plates. 
Describes  in  detail  all  the  butterflies  known  to  exist  in  North  America 
east  of  the  Mississippi  excepting  such  as  are  found  only  in  the  un- 
settled parts  of  Canada  or  the  South.  Special  attention  is  paid  to  the 
distribution,  habits  and  life  histories  of  the  butterflies.  It  contains 
nearly  a  hundred  plates,  (many  of  them  colored)  representing  butter- 
flies, eggs,  caterpillars,  nests,  chrysalids,  parasites,  etc. 

Butterflies;  their  structure,  changes  and  life-histories,  with 

special  reference  to  American  forms.    1889 595-78  S43 

Every-day  butterflies.     1899 595-78  S43e 

Familiar  account  of  sixty  or  more  of  the  most  common  butterflies 
taken  in  the  order  of  the  season.  The  book  is  not  written  for  the 
scientific  student,  but  for  popular  reading. 

Frail  children  of  the  air.     1895 595-78  S43f 

"The  following  papers  are  a  small  selection,  for  the  general  reader,  of 
those   published   in  the  author's   "Butterflies  of   the   eastern   United 
States  and  Canada."    Prefatory  note. 
Life  of  a  butterfly.     1893 595-78  S43I 

"Treats    in    the    fullest    possible    manner    of    the    structure,    life-history. 


INSECTS  819 

distribution,  and  habits  of  a  single  butterfly,  Anosia  plexippus,  (milk- 
weed butterfly),  at  every  point  drawing  comparisons  with  others,  so 
that  it  serves  in  a  measure  as  a  popular  introduction  to  all."     Author. 

TRIMEN,  Roland,  &  Bowker,  J.H. 

South-African  butterflies.     3v.     1887-89 qr595.78  T74 

V.I.    Nymphalidse. 

V.2.    Erycinidae  and  lycxnidae. 

V.3.    Papilionidae  and  hesperidae. 

595.79    Ants.     Bees.    AVasps 

LUBBOCK,  Sir  John,  baron  Avebury. 

Ants,    bees    and    wasps.      1892.      (International    scientific 

series.) 59579   L96 

A  pleasantly  written  record  of  experiments  with  the  insects  named 
during  a  period  of  ten  years.  Treating  of  their  habits  and  manners, 
their  relations  to  plants,  to  other  animals,  to  their  relatives,  their 
power  of  communication,  their  senses  and  their  general  intelligence. 

McCOOK,  Henry  Christopher. 

Natural  history  of  the  agricultural  ant  of  Texas.     1880.  .  .595.79  M13 
MAETERLINCK,  Maurice. 

Life  of  the  bee;  tr.  by  Alfred  Sutro.     1901 595-79  M24 

This  might  well  be  called  the  "Epic  of  the  bee."  It  describes  vividly 
and  in  language  of  poetic  beauty  the  episodes  of  the  bee's  brief  year — 
"the  formation  and  departure  of  the  swarm,  the  foundation  of  the 
new  city,  the  birth,  combat,  and  nuptial  flight  of  the  young  queens, 
the  massacre  of  the  males,  and  finally,  the  return  of  the  sleep  of  win- 
ter." The  intention  throughout  is  to  compare  the  life,  the  intelligence 
and  the  destiny  of  the  bee  with  those  of  man,  and  the  beehive  is  used 
as  a  symbol  of  the  whole  mysterious  working  of  nature. 

MORLEY,  Margaret  Warner. 

Bee  people.     1899 J595-79  M91 

"An  elementary  study  of  various  types  of  bee  life.     The  formation,  charac- 
teristics,   and    habits    of    the    honey    bee    are    especially    considered." 

Honey-makers.     1899 595-79  M91 

Part  2  treats  of  the  literature  and  history  of  the  bee. 

Wasps  and  their  ways.     1900 595-79  M91W    1^ 

Entertaining  and  interesting  reading;  also  an  accurate  scientific  study  of 
the  habits,  structure  and  history  of  the  wasp,  and  particularly  his  rela- 
tions to  man.    Illustrated. 
NOEL,  Maurice. 

Buz;  or,  The  life  and  adventures  of  a  honey  bee.    1892.  .  .J595.79  N39 


596    Vertebrates 


ABBOTT,  Charles  Conrad. 

Young  folks'  cyclopedia  of  natural  history.     1895 J596  A13 

BAKER,  Sir  Samuel  White. 

Wild  beasts  and  their  ways;  reminiscences  of  Europe,  Asia, 

Africa  and  America.    1898 596  B17 

Sir  Samuel  Baker  gives  a  practical  study  of  natural  history  in  its  most 
interesting  form.     He  writes  of  no  animal  that  he  has  not  personally 
studied  and  hunted,  during  the  course  of  bis  travels  and  explorations. 
BREHM,  Alfred  Edmund. 

Animals  of  the  world;  life  of  animals;  a  complete  natural  his- 
tory for  popular  home  instruction  and  for  the  use  of 

schools.     1896 q596  B72a 

Sketch  of  Dr   Alfred  Edmund  Brehm,  p.  12. 

From  north  pole  to  equator;  studies  of  wild  life  and  scenes 


820  VERTEBRATES 

in  many  lands.    1896 q596  B72 

Bibliography,  p.29-31,  and  p.s6s. 
BUCKLEY,  Arabella  Burton,  afterward  Mrs  Fisher. 

Winners  in  life's  race;  or,  The  great  backboned  family.  1894.  059^  B8s 
COPE,  Edward  Drinker. 

Syllabus  of  lectures  on  the  vertebrata.     1898.     (Pennsylvania 

university.     Publications.) rS96  C79 

Life  and  works  of  Cope,  P.3-3S. 
CORNISH,  Charles  John. 

Animals  of  to-day,  their  life  and  conversation.     1898 596  C8j 

GADOW,  Hans  Friedrich. 

Classification  of  vertebrata  recent  and  extinct.     1898 r596  G12 

HUXLEY,  Thomas  Henry. 

Manual  of  the  anatomy  of  vertebrated  animals.     1898 596  H98 

INGERSOLL,  Ernest. 

Wild   neighbors.     1897 J596   I24 

Contents:  Our  gray  squirrels. — The  father  of  game,  the  puma. — The 
service  of  tails. — The  hound  of  the  plains,  the  coyote. — The  badger 
and  his  kin. — Animal  training  and  animal  intelligence. — A  woodland 
codger,  the  porcupine. — The  skunk  calmly  considered. — A  natural  New 
Englander,  the  woodchuck. — A  little  brother  of  the  bear,  the  raccoon. 

JORDAN,  David  Starr. 

Manual   of  the   vertebrate  animals   of  the   northern   United 

States.     1899   596  J42m 

The  same.     1890  rS96  J42 

KINGSLEY,  John  Sterling. 

Text  book  of  vertebrate  zoology.     1899  596  K27 

An  advanced  manual,  intended  to  supplement  lectures  and  laboratory 
work. 

MATHEWS,  Ferdinand  Schuyler. 

Familiar  life  in  field  and  forest;  the  animals,  birds,  frogs  and 

salamanders.     1898 596  M47 

REYNOLDS,  Sidney  H. 

The  vertebrate  skeleton.     1897 S96  R37 

SANDERSON,  George  P. 

Thirteen  years  among  the  wild  beasts  of  India;  their  haunts 
and  habits  from  personal  observation;  with  an  account  of 
the  modes  of  capturing  and  taming  elephants.    1896 — 596  S21 

For  some  years  Mr  Sanderson  was  in  charge  of  the  government  elephant 
catching  establishment  in  Mysore,  and  had  unrivalled  opportunities 
to  study  wild  animals  in  their  native  haunts. 

UNITED  STATES— Biological  survey  division. 

Bulletin,     no.i,  5-date.     1889-date r596  U2S 

Until   1896  this  division  was  called  Division  of  ornithology  and  mam- 

malog:y. 
For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.3,  p.340;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

WARREN,  Uncle,  pseud. 

Animals  and  birds;  their  homes  and  habits.  2v.  in  i.  1888.  .qJ596  W24 
WORTMAN,  Jacob  Lawson. 

Comparative  anatomy  of  the  teeth  of  the  vertebrata.  1886.  . .  .r596  W91 
WRIGHT,  Mrs  Mabel  (Osgood). 

Four-footed  Americans  and  their  kin.     1898 JS96  W93 


FISHES  821 

597     Fishes 

BASKETT,  James  Newton. 

Story  of  the  fishes.     1899 597  B29 

DEAN,  Bashford. 

Fishes,  living  and  fossil.  1895.  (Columbia  university  bio- 
logical series.)  597  D34 

GO  ODE,  George  Brown. 

American  fishes.     1887 597  G62 

A  popular  and  interesting  treatise  upon  the  game  and  food  fishes,  with 
especial  reference  to  their  habits  and  the  methods  of  capturing  them. 
GOODE,  George  Brown,  &  Bean,  T.  H. 

Oceanic  ichthyology;  a  treatise  on  the  deep-sea  and  pelagic 
fishes  of  the  world,  based  chiefly  upon  the  collections 
made  by  the  steamers  Blake,  Albatross  and  Fish  Hawk 
in  the  northwestern  Atlantic;  with  an  atlas.  2v.  1895. 
(In  Smithsonian  institution.  Contributions  to  knowl- 
edge, V.30-31.) qr5o6  S66c  v.3<>-3i 

GUNTHER,  Albert  Charles  Louis  Gotthilf. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  fishes.    1880 597  G97 

Bibliography,  p.26-34. 

HOLDER,  Charles  Frederick. 

Marvels  of  animal  life.    1895.    (Marvels  of  animal  life  series.).  .597  H71 
JORDAN,  David  Starr. 

Six  species  of  North  American  fresh-water  fishes;  lithographs 
from  drawings  by  A.  Sonrel;  explanation  of  plates  by  D. 

S.Jordan.    1889.    (Natural  history  illustrations.) qr593.66  F44 

Published  by  the  Smithsonian  institution. 
Bound  with  Fewkes'  Anatomy  of  astrangia  danx. 
JORDAN,  David  Starr,  &  Evermann,  B.  W. 

American  food  and  game  fishes;  a  popular  account  of  all  the 
species  found  in  America  north  of  the  equator,  with  keys 
for  ready  identification,  life  histories  and  methods  of  cap- 
ture.    1902 q597  J42 

The  fishes  of  north  and  middle  America;  a  descriptive  cata- 
logue of  the  species  of  fish-like  vertebrates  found  in  the 
waters  of  North  America,  north  of  the  Isthmus  of  Pana- 
ma.    4v.     1896-1900.     (United  States  —  National  museum. 

Bulletin,  no.47.)   rso7  U25b  v.47 

RAFINESQUE,  Constantine  Samuel. 

Ichthyologia  Ohiensis;  or.  Natural  history  of  the  fishes  in- 
habiting the  river  Ohio  and  its  tributary  streams;  with  a 
sketch  of  the  life,  the  ichthyologic  work,  and  the  ichthyo- 

logic  bibliography  of  Rafinesque  by  R.  E.  Call.    1899 597  Rl4 

Bibliographia  ichthyologia,  p.  163-173. 
WILLEY,  Arthur. 

Amphioxus  and  the  ancestry  of  the  vertebrates.  1894.  (Co- 
lumbia university  biological  series.) 597.1  W73 

Bibliogtraphy,  P-295-309. 
GAGE,  Simon  Henry. 

Lake  and  brook  lampreys  of  New  York;  especially  those  of 

Cayuga  and  Seneca  lakes.     1893 r589.95  C69 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 


822  REPTILES.    BIRDS 


598.1     Reptiles 

FIGUIER,  Louis. 

Reptiles  and  birds;  a  popular  account  of  their  various  orders, 
with  a  description  of  the  habits  and  economy  of  the  most 

interesting.     1892 598  F47 

BUFFO N,  Georges  Louis  Leclerc,  comte  de. 

Natural  history  of  oviparous  quadrupeds  and  serpents.     4v. 

1802 rS98.i  B86 

COOKE,  Mordecai  Cubitt. 

Our  reptiles  and  batrachians ;  a  plain  account  of  the  lizards, 
snakes,  newts,  toads,  frogs  and  tortoises  indigenous  to 

Great  Britain.     1893    598.1   C77 

GIRARD,  Charles. 

Herpetology,  with  atlas.     2v.     1858.     (In  Wilkes,  Charles. 

United  States  exploring  expedition,  v. 20.) qr570.97  W72  v.20 

ROYAL  COLLEGE  OF  SURGEONS  OF  ENGLAND. 
Descriptive  catalogue  of  the  fossil  organic  remains  of  rep- 
tilia  and  pisces  contained  in  the  museum  of  the  Royal 

college  of  surgeons.     1854 qrsgS.i  R81 

GAGE,  Mrs  Susanna  (Phelps). 

Brain  of  diemyctylus  viridescens  from  larval  to  adult  life, 
and  comparisons  with  the  brain  of  amia  and  of  petromy- 
zon.     1893 r589.95   C69 

Bibliography,  p.300-303. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

BAIRD,  Spencer  Fullerton,  &  Girard,  Charles,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  North  American  reptiles  in  the  museum  of 

the  Smithsonian  institution;  pt.i,  serpents.     1853 rS23.48  G73 

Published  by  the  Smithsonian  institution. 

Bound  with  Gould's  Report  on  the  history  of  the  discovery  of  Neptune. 

598.2     Birds 

ABBOTT,  Charles  Conrad. 

Birds  about  us.     1895 598-2  A13 

AMERICAN  ORNITHOLOGISTS'  UNION. 

Check-list  of  North  American  birds.     1895 rS98.2  A51 

The  code  of  nomenclature.     1892 r598.2  A51C 

APGAR,  Austin  Craig. 

Birds  of  the  United  States  east  of  the  Rocky  mountains; 
a  manual  for  the  identification  of  species  in  hand  or  in 

the  bush.     1898  598.2  A64 

Contains  a  chapter  on  preparation  of  bird  specimens. 

AUDUBON,  John  James. 

Synopsis  of  the  birds  of  North  America.     1839 rS98.2  A91 

BABCOCK,  Charles  Almanzo. 

Bird  day ;  how  to  prepare  for  it.     1901  JS98.2  Bll 

"Mr.  Babcock  is  widely  known  as  the  originator  of  Bird  day. .  .This  lit- 
tle book  gives  sensible  hints  as  to  how  to  make  it  of  most  value  to  the 
pupils,  the  teachers  and  the  birds  themselves."     Education,  1901. 
BAILY,  William  L. 

Our  own  birds;  a  familiar  natural  history  of  the  birds  of 


BIRDS  823 


the  United  States.     [1869.] 598.2  B16 

"It  is  smoothly   and  pleasantly   written,   and  contains  much   general  in- 
formation about  our  birds;  but  it  smells  of  the  library  rather  than  of 
the  fields  and  woods."     Nation,  1869. 
BAIRD,  Spencer  Fullerton,  and  others. 

Birds  of  North  America.    2v.     1870 qr598.2  B168 

History  of  North  American  birds;  land  birds.     3v.     1875.  .qr598.2  B168I 
Water    birds    of    North    America.      2v.      1884.      (Harvard 
college — Museum    of   comparative   zoology.      Memoirs, 

V.12-13.) qrS98.2  Bi68w 

BASKETT,  James  Newton. 

Story  of  the  birds.    1897.     (Appletons'  home  reading 

books.)    J598.2   B29 

BEDDARD,  Frank  Evers. 

The  structure  and  classification  of  birds.     1898 S98.2  B37 

BENDIRE,  Charles. 

Life  histories  of  North  American  birds,  from  the  parrots 
to  the  grackles,  w^ith  special  reference  to  their  breed- 
ing habits  and  eggs.  1895.  (In  Smithsonian  institu- 
tion.    Contributions  to  knowledge,  v.32.) qr5o6  S66c  v.32 

Life  histories  of  North  American  birds,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  their  breeding  habits  and  eggs.  1892.  (In 
Smithsonian  institution.     Contributions  to  knowledge, 

V.28.) qrSo6  S66c  v.28 

BIGNELL,  Effie. 

Mr  Chupes  and  Miss  Jenny ;  the  life  story  of  two  robins. 

1901 598.8   B47 

"One  of  the  most  fascinating  bits  of  popular  natural  history  writing  we 
have  met  with  in  many  a  day... Mr.  Chupes  makes  his  debut  as  a 
nestling  that  had  fallen  from  a  tree,  thereby  receiving  serious  inju- 
ries, which  appealed  to  the  sympathy  of  the  author,  who  became  his 
rescuer,  nurse  and  friend  for...  five  years. .  .After  a  time  a  compan- 
ion for  Chupes  was  sought,  and  obtained  in  the  personality  of  'Miss 
Jenny'... The  account  of  the  almost  daily  life  of  these  two  birds  for 
a  period  of  five  years  forms  a  rare  chapter  in  the  study  of  bird  psy- 
chology, and  is  a  distinct  contribution  to  this  phase  of  science."  Na- 
tion, 1 90 1. 
BOLLES,  Frank. 

From  Blomidon  to  Smoky.     1895 598.2  B61 

"Thirteen  sketches  outlining  the  work  of  the  naturalist  in  Nova  Scotia, 
among  the  White  Mountains,  and...  in  Cambridge ...  The  articles  on 
the  woodpeckers  and  the  owls  are  particularly  important,  containing 
. .  .a  large  number  of  original  and  interesting  notes  on  curious  and 
striking  members  of  the  bird  family."     Dial,  1894. 

BOUCARD,  Adolphe,  comp. 

Catalogus  avium  hucusque  descriptorum.    1876 r598.2  B65 

BOWDICH,  Thomas  Edward. 

Introduction  to  the  ornithology  of  Cuvier.     1821 rS98.2  B66 

BREHM,  Alfred  Edmund. 

Ornithology;  or,  The  science  of  birds,  with  illustrations  by 

Theodore  Jasper.     1878 qr598.2  B72 

BRUNER,  Lawrence. 

Some  notes  on  Nebraska  birds;  a  list  of  the  species  and  sub- 
species found  in  the  state,  with  notes  on  their  distribution, 

food-habits,  etc.,  corrected  to  Apr.  22d,  1896.     1896 r598.2  B83 

Reprint  from  the  Report  of  the  Nebraska  state  horticultural  society  for 
i8fl6. 


824  BIRDS 

CHAPMAN,  Frank  Michler. 

Bird-life;  a  guide  to  the  study  of  our  common  birds.    1897.  .598.2  C36b 
Intended  for  amateurs.     Contains  a  field  key  to  common  birds,  valuable 
chapters   on   structure,   usefulness   and   migration,    with   brief  descrip- 
tions of  each  species.     Includes  75  full-page  plates. 

The  same.     1901 S98.2  C36b2 

Popular  edition  with  colored  plates.     Contains  an  appendix  for  the  use 
of  teachers. 

The  same.     1902 J598.2  C36b2 

Bird  studies  with  a  camera,  with  introductory  chapters  on  the 

outfit  and  methods  of  the  bird  photographer.    1900 S98.2  C36bi 

Handbook  of  the  birds  of  eastern  North  America.     1895. .  .598.2  C36 

Bibliography,  p.404-407. 

"An  exhaustive  manual  of  the  species  of  birds  to  be  found  in  the  area 
designated.     Useful  to  the  student  of  ornithology  studying  the  bird  in 
the  hand,  as  well  as  to  the  bird-lover  who  wishes  to  'name  the  birds 
without  a  gun.'  "     Olive  Thome  Miller. 
The  same.     1900 • 598.2  C36h 

Bibliography,  p.4is-4i8. 

The  same.     1902 J598.2  C36h 

COOK,  Albert  John. 

Birds  of  Michigan.     1893.     (Michigan  state  agricultural  col- 
lege— Experiment  station.     Bulletin,  no.94.)  r598.2  C77 

Bibliography,  p.  15-27. 

COOKE,  W.W. 

Birds  of  Colorado.     1897.     (Colorado  state  agricultural  col- 
lege— Experiment  station.     Bulletin,  no.37.)   r598.2  C78 

CORY,  Charles  Barney. 

Birds  of  eastern  North  America  known  to  occur  east  of  the 

90th  meridian.    2v.     1899 r598.2  C832bir 

V.I.    Water  birds;  key  to  the  families  and  species. 
V.2.     Land   birds;   key  to  the  families  and  species. 
How  to  know  the  shore  birds  of  North  America.     1897.  .598.2  C832h 
Hunting  and  fishing  in  Florida;  including  a  key  to  the  water 

birds  known  to  occur  in  the  state.     1896 598.2  C832 

COTTON,  John,  F.  Z.  S. 

Beautiful  birds;  their  natural  history,  habits,  &c. ;  ed.  by  Robert 

Tyas ;  2d  sen    v.2 r598.2  C837 

COUES,  Elliott. 

Birds  of  the  Colorado  valley;  scientific  and  popular  infor- 
mation concerning  North  American  ornithology,     pt.i. 
1878.    (United  States — Geological  and  geographical  sur- 
vey of  the  territories.     Miscellaneous  publications.  .r598.2  C83bi 
pt. I.     Passeres  to  laniidx;  bibliographical  appendix. 
This    bibliographical    appendix    constitutes    the    first    instalment    of   the 

author's  Ornithological  bibliography. 
No  more  published. 
Birds  of  the  Northwest;  a  hand-book  of  the  ornithology  of 
the  region  drained  by  the  Missouri  river  and  its  tributa- 
ries. 1874.  (United  States — Geological  and  geographi- 
cal survey  of  the  territories.  Miscellaneous  publica- 
tions.)   r598.2  C83b 

COUES,  Elliott,  comp. 

Check  list  of  North  American  birds.    1882 qrS98.2  C83C 

Catalogue  of  the  author's  ornithological  publications,  1861-1881,  P.145-16S. 
COUES,  Elliott. 

Handbook  of  field  and  general  ornithology.     1890 598.2  C83 


BIRDS  825 


Key  to  North  American  birds.     1894 q598.2  C83k 

Contains  a  chapter  on  taxidermy. 

"A  standard  key  to  all  North  American  birds.  Valuable  as  a  manual 
of  reference.  Written  in  Dr  Coues'  delightful,  untechnical  style,  and 
fully  illustrated."    Olive  Thome  Miller. 

The  same.    2v.     1903 qr598.2  C83 

CROFTON,  Mrs  Helen  (Milman). 

In  the  garden  of  peace;  a  paradise  of  birds.     1896 598.2  CSS 

DIXON,  Charles. 

Lost  and  vanishing  birds ;  a  record  of  some  remarkable  extinct 

species  and  a  plea  for  some  threatened  forms.     1898 S98.2  D64 

DOUBLEDAY,  Mrs  Nellie  Blanchan  (De  Graff),  (pseud.  Neltje 
Blanchan). 
Bird  neighbors;  an  introductory  acquaintance  with  150  birds 
commonly   found   in    the    gardens,    meadows    and   woods 

about  our  homes,  with  50  colored  plates.     1897 qS98.2  D7S 

The  same.     1898 qJS98.2  D75 

"It  is  reliable  and  is  written  in  a  vivacious  strain  and  by  a  real  bird  lover, 
and  should  prove  a  help  and  a  stimulus  to  any  one  who  seeks  by 
the  aid  of  its  pages  to  become  better  acquainted  with  our  songsters. 
The  pictures,  with  a  few  exceptions,  are  remarkably  good  and  accur- 
ate."   John  Burroughs. 

ECKSTORM,  Mrs  Fannie  (Hardy). 

Bird  book.     1901   J598.2  E25b 

Lists  of  books,  p.273-276. 

Arrangement  of  the  book  has  two  ends  in  view:  to  adapt  the  study  to 
the  school  year,  and  to  present  it  so  that  when  the  pupil  begins  field 
work  he  shall  be  able  to  do  it  with  some  general  idea  of  what  is  worth 
observing.  Divided  into  four  parts:  Water-birds  in  their  homes;  Struc- 
ture and  comparison;  Problems  in  bird  life;  Some  common  land-birds. 

FLAGG,  Wilson. 

A  year  with  the  birds;  or,  Birds  and  seasons  of  New  Eng- 
land.    1881 598.2  F59 

FOWLER,  William  Warde. 

Summer  studies  of  birds  and  books.     1895 598-2  F84 

Contents:  Getting  ready.— To  the  Engstlen  Alp  once  more.— Among  the 
birds  in  Wales. — The  marsh  warbler  in  Oxfordshire  and  Switzerland. — 
A  chapter  on  wagtails. — On  the  songs  of  birds. — Aristotle  on  birds. — 
Gilbert  White  of  Selbome.— Bindon  hill.— Billy;  a  memoir  of  an  old 
friend. — Departing  birds;  an  epilogue. 

FOX,  Frances  Margaret. 

Farmer  Brown  and  the  birds.    1900 J598-2  FSs 

GENTRY,  Thomas  G. 

Life-histories  of  the  birds  of  eastern  Pennsylvania.    2v.    1876- 

77  rs98.2  G29I 

GRANT,  John  Beveridge. 

Our  common  birds  and  how  to  know  them.     1895 598.2  G7S 

"Helpful  to  beginners  in  the  study  of  birds.     The  color  key  is  useful, 
but  the  plates  from  mounted  birds  are  not  very  accurate.     It  has  a 
calendar  of  dates  at  which  birds  may   be   expected."     Olive  Thome 
Miller. 
GRINNELL,  Elizabeth,  &  Joseph. 

Our  feathered  friends.     1899 J598.2  G92 

HEADLEY,  F.W. 

Structure  and  life  of  birds.    1895 598.2  H38 

HERRICK,  Francis  Hobart. 

Home  life  of  wild  birds;  a  new  method  of  the  study  and 


826  BIRDS 

photography  of  birds.     1901 q598.2  H47 

HOLDEN,  George  Henry. 

Canaries  and  cage-birds.     1883 q598.2  H71 

HOWE,  Reginald  Heber. 

On  the  birds'  highway.     1899 598.2  H85 

Brief  studies  of  American  birds.  Appendix  includes  lists  of  birds  from 
localities  named  in  the  text. 

HOWE,  Reginald  Heber,  &  Sturtevant,  Edward. 

Birds  of  Rhode  Island;  with  supplement.     1899-1903.     2v. 

in  I r598.2  HBs 

Bibliography,  p.91-101. 

HUDSON,  William  Henry,  C.  M.  Z.  S. 

British  birds.     1895.     (Out-door  world  library.) rS98.2  H88 

ILLINOIS — Natural  history  survey. 

Ornithology  of  Illinois,     v.i.     1889 qr598.2  I22 

V.I.     Descriptive  catalogue,  by  Robert  Ridgway. — Economic  ornithology, 

by  S.  A.  Forbes. 
Bibliography,  v.i,  p. 36-42. 

INGERSOLL,  Ernest. 

Friends  worth  knowing;  glimpses  of  American  natural  his- 
tory.    1880 598.2   I24 

Articles  on  the  ways  of  birds,  snails,  wild  mice,  and  American  buffalo. 

The  same.    1880 J598.2  Iz^. 

JACOBS,  J.  Warren. 

Summer  birds  of  Greene  county,  Pa.     1893 rS98.2  J13 

JOHONNOT,  James. 

Neighbors  with  wings  and  fins  and  some  others,  for  young 

people.     1885  J598.2  J37 

Stories  and  descriptions  of  birds  and  fishes. 
KEELER,  Charles  Augustus. 

Bird  notes  afield;  a  series  of  essays  on  the  birds  of  California. 

1899   598.2  Kis 

Descriptive  list  of  California  land  birds,  p.237-353. 

"Not  for  scientists  but  for  those  who  wish  to  have  an  introduction  to 
our  familiar  birds  in  their  native  haunts."     Preface. 
KEYSER,  Leander  S. 

News  from  the  birds.    1898 J598.2  K23 

KIRBY,  Mary.  &  Elizabeth. 

Things  in  the  forest.     1894 J598.2  K28 

Chats  about  the  homes  and  habits  of  birds,  snakes  and  wild  beasts. 

KIRKWOOD,  F.C. 

List  of  the  birds  of  Maryland,  giving  dates  of  the  arrival,  de- 
parture and  nesting  periods  of  our  regular  birds,  including 

stragglers  and  others.     1895  r598.2  K28 

Reprinted  from  the  Transactions  of  the  Maryland  academy  of  sciences. 

KNOB  EL,  Edward. 

Field  key  to  the  land  birds.     1899 598.2  K34 

Contains  nine  colored  plates  with  150  species  of  United  States  birds, 
arranged  according  to  size,  that  being  the  first  point  that  strikes  the 
eye  of  a  novice.  Each  bird  is  numbered  and  the  text  contains  a  full 
description. 

LANGE,  D. 

Our  native  birds;  how  to  protect  them  and  attract  them  to 

our  homes.     1899 598.2  L24 

McILWRAITH,  Thomas. 

Birds  of  Ontario;  a  list  of  birds  observed  in  Ontario,  with  an 


BIRDS  827 

account  of  their  habits,  distribution,  nests,  eggs,  &c. 

1886   r598.2  M17 

MERRIAM,  Florence  Augusta,  afterward  Mrs  Bailey. 

Birds  of  village  and  field;  a  bird  book  for  beginners.     1898.  .598.2  M63b 

"Books  of  reference,"  P.390-J94. 

The  same.    1901 .'. J598.2  M63b 

Birds  through  an  opera  glass.     1895 598.2  M63 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  ornithology.  Not  too  scientific  for  the 
beginner,   yet  giving  some   idea  of  classification. 

The  same.     1897 j  598.2  M63 

MEYER,  H.L. 

Coloured  illustrations  of  British  birds  and  their  eggs.     7v. 

1842-57 r598.2  M6s 

MILLER,  Margaret. 

My  Saturday  bird  class.     1899 JS98.2  M694 

MILLER,  Olive  Thorne. 

Bird-lover  in  the  West.     1894 598.2  M69b 

Untechnical  but  trustworthy  studies  of  bird  life  both  in  freedom  and 
captivity.     Original  observations. 

Bird-ways.     1894 598.2  M69 

The  same.     1897 J598.2  M69 

First  book  of  birds.     1899 J598.2  M69f 

"Authorities,"  p. 4-5. 
Little  brothers  of  the  air.     1898 J598.2  M69I 

"Entertaining  observations  on  the  home  life  and  family  manners  of  many 
New  England  birds."     Nation. 

Second  book  of  birds ;  bird  families.     1901  598.2  M69S 

Upon  the  tree-tops.     1897 598.2  M69U 

MORRIS,  Francis  Orpen. 

History  of  British  birds.    6v.     1895-97 qr598.2  M91 

"Morris  wrote  much  on  religious  subjects,  but  he  is  best  known  by 
his  works  on  natural  history,  which,  although  'popular'  rather  than 
scientific,  had  much  literary  value... His  great  work  was  'A  History 
of  British  Birds.'  "     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

NEWTON,  Alfred,  and  others. 

Dictionary  of  birds.     1893-96 r598.2  N29 

An  expansion  of  Newton's  articles  in  the  pth  ed.  of  the  Encyclo- 
paedia  Britannica- 

NUTTALL,  Thomas. 

Popular  handbook  of  the  ornithology  of  eastern  North 
America;  revised  and  annotated  by  Montague  Chamber- 
Iain.    2v.     1896 598.2  NS3p 

V.I.     Land  birds. 

v.2.     Game  and  water  birds. 

Practically  an  edition  of  Nuttall's  Manual  of  the  ornithology  of  the  United 

States  and  of  Canada. 
Though  published  in   1832  this  work  is  still  a  standard  authority.     In 

this  edition  the  birds  are  given  their  modern  names,  additional  species 

are  included,   and   in  all  other  respects  the  work  has  the  benefit  of 

modern  science. 
"Will  be  especially  appreciated  by  those  who  care  more  for  a  bird  in  the 

bush  than  a  bird  in  the  hand — who  love  birds  for  what  they  are  and 

what  they  do  in  life — for  Nuttall's  biographies  possess  a  freshness  and 

charm  which  time  can  never  efface."     Science,  1897. 

The  same.     2v.     1897 J598.2  N53P 

Popular  handbook  of  the  ornithology  of  the  United  States 
and   Canada;   based   on   Nuttall's   Manual,   by   Montague 


828  BIRDS 

Chamberlain.    2v.     1891 598.2  N53 

T.I.    The  land  birds.  v.3.    Game  and  water  birds. 

PARKHURST,  Howard  Elmore. 

How  to  name  the  birds;  a  pocket  guide  to  the  birds 
normally  found  in  the  New  England  states,  New  York, 
Pennsylvania    and    New   Jersey,    for   the    use   of   field 

ornithologists.     1898 598.2   P24h 

Song  birds  and  water  fowl.     1897 598.2  P24 

Contents:  A  bouquet  of  song  birds. — Water  fowl. — A  bird's-eye  view. — 
Mistress  cuckoo. — Sea  swallows. — Birds'  nests. — At  the  water's  edge. 
— Lake  George. — A  colony  of  herons. — Earliest  signs  of  spring. 

RIDGWAY,  Robert. 

Manual  of  North  American  birds.     1.S87 r598.2    R43 

Ornithology.  1877.  (In  United  States — Geological  explor- 
ation of  the  40th  parallel.    (King  exploration.)     Report, 

V.4,  p.303-643.) qr557-8  U253  v.4 

RIVES,  William  C 

Catalogue  of  the  birds  of  the  Virginias.  1890.  (Newport  nat- 
ural history  society.     Proceedings,  1889/90,  v.7.)    r598^  RS2 

ROOD,  Mrs  E.Irene,  ed. 

Papers  presented  to  the  World's  congress  on  ornithology, 

Chicago,  1893.     1896 598.2  R67 

SCOTT,  William  Earl  Dodge. 

Bird  studies;  an  account  of  the  land  birds  of  eastern  North 

America.     1898 q598.2  S43 

SELOUS,  Edmund. 

Bird  watching.     1901.     (Haddon  hall  library.) 598.2  S46 

SETON,  Ernest  Thompson,  &  Hoffmann,  Ralph. 

Bird  portraits  by  Ernest  Seton-Thompson,  with  descriptive 

text  by  Ralph  Hoffmann.     1901 q598.2  S49 

Contents:   Song  sparrow. — Flicker. — Brown   thrasher. — Bam    swallow. — 
Chimney  swift. — Kingbird. — Baltimore  oriole. — Wood  thrush. — Scarlet 
tsnager. — Rose-breasted    grosbeak. — Redstart. — Ruby-throated    hum- 
ming-bird.— Bob-white. — Goldfinch. — Blue  jay. — Brown  creeper. — Butch- 
er bird. — Golden-crowned  kinglet. — Herring  gull. — Chickadee. 

SHARPE,  Richard  Bowdler. 

Hand-book  to  the  birds   of  Great   Britain.     4v.      1896-97. 

(Lloyd's  natural  history.) 598.2  S53h 

Review  of  recent  attempts  to  classify  birds;  an  address 
delivered  before  the  second  International  ornithological 

congress,  i8th  of  May  1891.     1891 qr598.2  S53 

Sketch-book  of  British  birds.     1898 q598.2  S53S 

Wonders  of  the  bird  world.     1898 598.2  S53 

STEARNS,  Winfrid  A. 

New  England  bird  life;  ed.  by  Elliott  Coues.    2v.     1881-94 598-2  S79 

Bibliography,  v.i,  p.4*-so. 
STICKNEY,  J.H.  &  Hoffmann,  Ralph. 

Bird  world;  a  bird  book  for  children.     1899 J598.2  885 

STUDER,  Jacob  Henry. 

Popular  ornithology;  the  birds  of  North  America  drawn  and 

colored  by  Theodore  Jasper.     1878 qr598.2  S93 

SWAYSLAND,  W. 

Familiar  wild  birds,  ist-4th  ser.    4v r598.2  S97 


BIRDS  829 

THOMPSON,  Maurice. 

By-ways  and  bird  notes.     188S 598.2  T38 

"Original  and  delightfully  recounted  observations  on  birds,  especially 
those  of  the  Southern  States."     Olive  Thorne  Miller. 

Sylvan  secrets  in  bird-songs  and  books.     1887 598.2  T38S 

TORREY,  Bradford. 

Birds  in  the  bush.     1893 S98.2  T63 

Chiefly  studies  of  birds  in  rambles  in  various  parts  of  New  England. 
Among  the  best  literature  concerning  birds. 

Everyday  birds;  elementarj'  studies.     1901  598.2  T63e 

The   same J598.2    T63e 

Florida  sketch-book.     1895 598.2  T63f 

"As  a  companion  before  one  goes  to  Florida,  after  one  comes  back,  and 
while  one  is  not  even  contemplating  the  journey,  he  is  most  agree- 
able, gently  insistent,  but  never  tedious."    Atlantic  monthly. 

The  foot-path  way.     1896 598.2  T63fo 

Essays  on  June  in  the  White  mountains,  December  out  of  doors,  birds, 
flowers,  etc. 

Spring  notes  from  Tennessee.     1896 598.2  T63S 

Bird  studies  made  in  Tennessee. 

A  world  of  green  hills;  observations  of  nature  and  human 

nature  in  the  Blue  Ridge.     1898 598.2  T63W 

Contents:    A  day's  drive  in  three  states. — In  quest  of  ravens. — A  moun- 
tain pond. — Birds,  flowers  and  people. — A  nook  in  the  Alleghanies. — 
At  Natural  Bridge. 
These  essays  appeared  in  the  Atlantic,  1896-1897. 

TURNBULL,  William  P. 

Birds  of  east  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey.     1869 qrS98.2  T86 

WARREN,  Benjamin  Harry. 

Report  on  the  birds  of  Pennsylvania.  Ed.2.  1890.   (Pennsyl- 
vania— Agriculture,  Department  of.) 598.2  W24 

The  same.     Ed.2.     1890.     (Pennsylvania — Agriculture,  De- 
partment of.) r598.2  W24 

The  same.     1888.     (Pennsylvania — Agriculture,  Department 

of.) r598.2  W24r 

WARREN,  Uncle,  pseud. 

Birds;  their  homes  and  their  habits.     1887 qJ598.2  W245 

Also  published  as  v.2  of  his  Animals  and  birds. 

WILSON.  Alexander,  1766-1813. 

American  ornithology;  or,  The  natural  history  of  the  birds 

of  the  United  States,    v.1-3,  5-8.     1808-14 qr598.2  W76 

WITCHELL,  Charles  A. 

Evolution  of  bird-song.     1896 S98.2  W82 

Bibliog^raphy,  p.247-248. 
WRIGHT,  Mrs  Mabel  (Osgood). 

Birdcraft;  a  field  book  of  two  hundred  song,  game  and  water 

birds.      1895 598.2  W93 

Excellent  untechnical  manual  for  the  use  of  persons  wishing  to  learn 
the  names  and  something  of  the  habits  of  birds.  Treats  of  200  of  the 
most  common  species,  and  identification  is  made  simple  by  a  color  key. 

WRIGHT,  Mrs  Mabel  (Osgood),  &  Coues,  Elliott. 

Citizen  bird;  scenes  from  bird-life  for  beginners.     1897 J598.2  W93C 

Conveys  in  story  form  much  information  about  birds  to  a  party  of 
children  who  are  taught  to  observe  for  themselves. 


830  BIRDS 


Periodicals 

The  AUK;  a  quarterly  journal  of  ornithology,    v.i-date.     1884- 

date    r598.2  A92 

Continuation  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  Nuttall  ornithological  club. 

BIRD-LORE;  an  illustrated  bi-monthly  magazine  devoted  to 
the  study  and  protection  of  birds;  ed.  by  F.  M.  Chap- 
man,   v.i-date.     1899-date rS98.2  B488 

Official  organ  of  the  Audubon  societies. 
BIRDS;   a  monthly  serial  designed  to  promote  knowledge  of 

bird-life,     v.i-date.     1897-date r598.2  B48 

The  object  of  the  periodical  is  to  interest  children  in  studying  the  habits 
and  characteristics  of  birds.  There  are  stories  and  poems  about  birds 
for  the  smaller  children,  descriptions  interesting  to  older  ones,  and 
many  beautiful  colored  illustrations. 

The  same,     v.i-date.     1897-date J598.2  B48 

v.4-7  title  reads   Birds  and  all  nature. 
v.8-date  title  reads  Birds  and  nature. 
BULLETIN    of   the    Nuttall    ornithological    club;    a    quarterly 
journal  of  ornithology,  Apr.  1876-Oct.  1883.    v. 1-8,  in  4. 

1876-83 r598.2    B87 

Continued  as  the  Auk. 

FIELD  COLUMBIAN  MUSEUM. 

Publications;  ornithological  series,     v.i-date.     1896-date  ....r598.2  F45 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v. 2,  p. 270;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

The   IBIS;    a    quarterly  journal   of   ornithology.      v.39-date. 

1897-date r598.2  I12 

JOURNAL  fiir  ornithologie;  hrsg.  von  Jean  Cabanis  und  an- 

deren;  bimonthly  and  quarterly,     v.i-date.     1853-date. . .  .r598.2  J46 

General-index,  v.i-is,   1853-1867.     1870. 

General-index,  v. 16-41,   186S-1893.     1894. 

v.42-date  title  reads  Journal  fiir  ornithologie;  im  auftrage  der  allgemeinen 
deutschen  ornithologischen  gesellschaft;  ed.  by  Ant.  Reichenow. 

ORNITHOLOGISCHE  monatsberichte.     v.i-date.     1893-date.  .rS98.2  O28 
The  OSPREY;  an  illustrated  monthly  magazine  of  popular  orni- 
thology, Sept.  1896-date.    v.i-date.     1897-date qrS98.2  O29 

Bird  migration 

BREWSTER,  William,  h.  1851. 

Bird  migration.  1886.  (Nuttall  ornithological  club.  Mem- 
oirs, no.i.)    qr598.2  B73 

Contents:  Observations  on  nocturnal  bird  flights  at  the  light-house  at 
Point  Lepreaux,  Bay  of  Fundy,  New  Brunswick. — Facts  and  theories 
respecting  the  general  subject  of  bird  migration. 

Nests  and  eggs 

DAVIE,  Oliver. 

Nests  and  eggs  of  North  American  birds.     1900 rS98.2  D31 

DUGMORE,  Arthur  Radclyffe. 

Bird  homes;  the  nests,  eggs  and  breeding  habits  of  the  land 
birds  breeding  in  the  eastern  United  States,  with  hints  on 
the  rearing  and  photographing  of  young  birds.     1900. ..  .q598.2  D87 

The  same.    1900 qj598.2  D87 

"Especially  attractive  and  instructive  through  its  numerous  half-tone 
illustrations,   made   from   photographs   taken   by   the   author,    of  nests 


BIRDS  831 

in  situ  of  some  30  to  40  species.    There  are  also  4  colored  plates  of  eggs 
and   10  colored  plates  of  nests."    Nation,   1900. 

GENTRY,  Thomas  G. 

Nests  and  eggs  of  birds  of  the  United  States.    1882 qr598.2  G29 

JONES,  Mrs  Virginia  (Smith),  &  Howard. 

Illustrations  of  the  nests  and  eggs  of  birds  of  Ohio,  with  text. 

2v.     1886 qr598.2  J41 

"Simply  admirable ...  Upwards  of  100  species  of  eggs  are  figured  in 
colors  by  hand,  usually  with  several  specimens  of  each,  showing  the 
variations  in  size,  shape  and  markings .  .  .  No  such  series  of  the  figures 
of  nests  has  ever  appeared.  .  .they  are  life-size  and  life-colored — if  such 
expressions  be  permitted,  and  many  of  them  are  introduced  with  their 
accessories.  .  .The  text  is ...  original,  resting  almost  entirely  upon  the 
personal  observations  of  the  authors."     Auk,  1887. 

MILLER,  Olive  Thome. 

In  nesting  time.     1895 S98.2  M69i 

Describes  ways  in  which  birds  build  their  nests  and  teach  their  young. 
MORRIS,  Francis  Orpen. 

Natural  history  of  the  nests  and  eggs  of  British  birds;  re- 
vised and  corrected  by  W.  B.  Tegetmeier.    3v.    1896.  .qr598.2  Mgm 
WOOD,  John  George. 

Branch-builders  and  miscellanea.     1891 598.2  W85 

Selections  from  Homes  without  hands. 

Wonderful  nests.     1892 598.2  W8sw 

Selections  from  Homes  without  hands. 

On  the  nest-builders  among  mammals,  fishes,  insects  and  birds. 

Special   birds 

BARTLETT,  Edward. 

Monograph  of  the  weaver-birds,  ploceidie,  and  arboreal  and 
terrestrial    finches,    fringillidse.      pt.i-S,    in    iv.      1888- 

89 qr598.8  B27 

No  more  published. 
DWIGHT,  Jonathan. 

Sequence  of  plumages  and  moults  of  the  passerine  birds  of 

New  York.     1900 r598.8  D97 

Reprint  from  the  Annals  of  the  New  York  academy  of  sciences,  v.  13, 

9-73-360,  Oct.  1900. 
Bibliography,  p. 318-345. 

ECKSTORM,  Mrs  Fannie  (Hardy). 

Woodpeckers.      1901 598.7    E25 

"After  several  chapters  on  the  habits  of  woodpeckers  in  general,  five 
widely  distributed  and  representative  North  American  species  are  taken 
up  in  turn,  and  the  characteristics  of  each  discussed. .  .The  volume  is 
concluded  by  a  key  for  the  identification  of  all  the  North  American 
woodpeckers."    Science,  1901. 

ELLIOT,  Daniel  Giraud. 

Monograph   of  the  paradiseidas,   or  birds   of  paradise. 

1873 qr598.8   E52 

This  elaborate  monograph  is  illustrated  by  colored  plates,  many  of  them 
life  size,   accompanied  by  full  descriptions  of  the  species  represented. 

GREENE,  William  Thomas. 

Parrots  in  captivity.    3v.     1884-87 qrS98.7  G83 

JAPP,  Alexander  Hay. 

Our  common  cuckoo  and  other  cuckoos  and  parasitical  birds; 
an  attempt  to  reach  a  true  theory  of  them  by  comparative 
study  of  habit  and  function;  with  a  thorough  criticism  and 


53 


832  BIRDS 

exposure  of  Darwin's  and  Romanes's  views  and  those  of 

their  followers.     1899 598.7  J18 

"Books  read  or  consulted,"  p.273-279. 
SEEBOHM,  Henry. 

Geographical  distribution  of  the  family  charadriidae,  or  the 

plovers,  sandpipers,  snipes  and  their  allies.     1888.  . .  .qr598.3  S45 
SHUFELDT,  Robert  Wilson. 

Myology  of  the  raven;  a  guide  to  the  study  of  the  muscular 

system  in  birds.     1890 S98.8  856 

TEGETMEIER,  William  Bernhard. 

Pheasants;    their   natural    history   and    practical    manage- 
ment.    1897 598.6  T26P 

Pigeons;  their  structure,  varieties,  habits  and  management. 

1868 qS98.6  T26 


Game  birds 

CORY,  Charles  Barney. 

How  to  know  the  ducks,  geese  and  swans  of   North 

America.     1897 r598.4  C83 

DIXON,  Charles. 

Game  birds  and  wild  fowl  of  the  British  Islands.     1895 rS98.2  D64 

DOUBLEDAY,    Mrs    Nellie    Blanchan    (De    Graff),    (pseud. 
Neltje  Blanchan). 
Birds  that  hunt  and  are  hunted;  life  histories  of  170  birds  of 

prey,  game  birds  and  waterfowls.     1898 q598.2  D75b 

ELLIOT,  Daniel  Giraud. 

Gallinaceous  game  birds  of  North  America.     1897 598.6  E52 

North  American  shore  birds.     1895 S98.2  E52 

The  wild  fowl  of  the  United  States  and  British  possessions; 
or.   The    swan,    geese,    ducks    and   mergansers    of    North 

America.      1898 598.4    ES2 

GRANT,  W.R.  Ogilvie-. 

Hand-book  to  the  game-birds.     2v.     1896-97.     (Lloyd's 

natural    history.) 598.6    G78 

V.I.    Sand-grouse,  partridges,  pheasants. 

V.2.    Pheasants,  megapodes,  curassows,  hoatzins,  bustard-quails. 
MINOT,  Henry  Davis. 

Land-birds  and  game-birds  of  New  England;  with  descrip- 
tions of  the  birds,  their  nests  and  eggs,  their  habits  and 

notes;  ed.  by  William  Brewster.     1895  598.2  M72 

TRUMBULL,  Gurdon. 

Names  and  portraits  of  birds  which  interest  gunners.     1888. .  .598.2  T77 
VAN  DYKE,  Theodore  Strong. 

Game  birds  at  home.     1895 S98.2  V18 

Birds  of  foreign  countries 

CORY,  Charles  Barney. 

Birds  of  Haiti  and  San  Domingo.     1885 qr598.2  C832 

Birds  of  the  Bahama  islands.    1890 qr598.2  C832bi 

Birds  of  the  West  Indies.     1889 qr598.2  C832b 


MAMMALS  833 


CORY,  Charles  Barney,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  West  Indian  birds.    1892 qr598.2  C832C 

Bibliography,  p.21-79. 

MEINERTZHAGEN,  Dan,  &  Hornby,  R.P. 

Bird  life  in  an  Arctic  spring;  the  diaries  of  Dan  Meinertz- 

hagen  and  R.  P.  Hornby.     1899 598.2  MS7 

The  authors  spent  three  months  in  Lapland  in  1897,  studying  birds  and 
collecting   eggs   and   nests.     Book    includes    also   an   account   of   Mr 
Meinertzhagen's  collection  of  living  eagles  and  raptorial  birds. 
MILNE-EDWARDS,  Alphonse,  &  Grandidier,  Alfred. 

Histoire  naturelle  des  oiseaux.    4v.  in  5.     1879-81.     (Histoire 

physique,  naturelle  et  politique  de  Madagascar.) ...  .qr598.2  M71 

V.I,  pt.  1-2.     Texte.  v.2-4.     Atlas. 

In  his  preface  M.  Grandidier  says  that  the  birds  of  Madagascar  are  re- 
markably interesting,  many  of  the  species  which  inhabit  the  island 
being  unknown  elsewhere,  v.  i  contains  descriptions  of  the  different 
bird  families;  v.2-4,  illustrative  plates,  many  of  them  in  color. 

MULLER,  Johann  Wilhelm,  baron  von. 

Beitrage  zur  ornithologie  Afrika's.     5  pts.  in  iv.     1853-54..  •qr598.2  M95 
pt.3  title  reads  Description  de  nouveaux  oiseaux  d'Afrique,  and  the  text 

is  in  French. 
No  more  published. 

RUSKIN,  John. 

Love's  meinie;  three  lectures  on  Greek  and  English  birds. 

1897 598.2  R89 

SEEBOHM,  Henry. 

Birds  of  Siberia;  a  record  of  a  naturalist's  visits  to  the  valleys 

of  the  Petchora  and  Yenesei.     1901  S98.2  S45b 

Birds  of  the  Japanese  empire.     1890 q598.2  S45 

TWEEDDALE,  Arthur  Hay,  marquis  of. 

A  list  of  the  birds  known  to  inhabit  the   Philippine  archi- 
pelago.    1875 , .'. .  .qr598.2  T91 

From  the  Transactions  of  the  Zoological  society  of  London,  v.9,  pt.2. 

599     Mammals 

BEDDARD,  Frank  Evers. 

Mammalia.      1902.      (In    Cambridge    natural    history,    v. 

10.) 590   C14  v.io 

CRAM,  William  Everett. 

Little  beasts  of  field  &  wood.    1899 599  C86 

Reprinted  in  part  from  the  "New  England  magazine"  and  the  "Popu- 
lar science  monthly." 
"The  author  is  an  essayist,  and  his  text  relates  to  particular  mammals 
with  which  a  more  or  less  intimate  acquaintance  has  been  made  while 
wandering  about  New  England  fields  and  woods  along  the  smaller 
streams.  His  studies  have  not  the  depth  and  scientific  value  of  those 
of  Frank  BoUes,  but  they  are  good  as  far  as  they  go,  and  they  are 
so  interesting  that  readers  on  later  excursions  will  profit  because 
of  them."     Nation,   1899. 

The  same.     1901 JS99  C86 

FLOWER,  Sir  William  Henry. 

Introduction  to  the  osteology  of  the  mammalia.     1885 599  F67 

FLOWER,  Sir  William  Henry,  &  Lydekker,  Richard. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  mammals,  living  and  extinct. 

1891 599  F67i 

Bibliography  at  end  of  most  chapters. 

"The  best  introduction  to  the  study  of  the  subject  within  reach.     One 


834  MAMMALS 


of  the  authors  is  of  the  highest  rank  among  authorities  on  the  recent 
forms;  the  other  occupies  a  similar  position  with  regard  to  the  extinct 
...The  interpolation  of  the  fossil  forms... has  been  very  well  man- 
aged; in  consequence,  the  student  gets  a  broad  and  comprehensive 
view  of  the  subject  that  could  not  be  acquired  from  works  relating 
only  to  living  types."     Nation,  1891. 

LYDEKKER,  Richard. 

Hand-book  to  the  British  mammalia.    1896.     (Lloyd's  natural 

history.) 599  L98 

MONTEITH,  John. 

Familiar  animals  and  their  wild  kindred.     1887 JSQQ  M8s 

PARK,  Carton  Moore. 

Alphabet  of  animals.     1899  qJS99  P23 

26  full  page  illustrations  in  black  and  white,  with  about  10  lines  of  let- 
terpress descriptive  of  each. 

RICE,  Wallace  de  Groot  Cecil. 

Animals ;  a  popular  natural  history  of  wild  beasts.    1901 599  R39 

Illustrated  with  excellent  colored  plates.     Treats  exclusively  of  mammals. 

SCHMIDT,  Eduard  Oskar. 

Mammalia  in  their  relation  to  primeval  times.  1886.  (Inter- 
national scientific  series.) 599  S34 

WATERHOUSE,  George  Robert. 

Natural  history  of  the  mammalia.     2v.     1846-48 r599  W29 

v.  I.     Marsupiata,  or  pouched  animals. 
v.2.    Rodentia,  or  gnawing  mammalia. 

LYDEKKER,  Richard. 

Hand-book  to  the  marsupialia  and  monotremata.     1896. 

(Lloyd's  natural  history.) 599-2  L96 

THOMAS,  Michael  Rogers  Oldfield,  comp. 

Catalogue  of  the  marsupialia  and  monotremata  in  the  British 

museum,  (natural  history).     1888 r599-2  T37 

BURROUGHS,  John. 

Squirrels  and  other  fur-bearers.     1900 599-3  B94 

Contents:  Squirrels. — The  chipmunk. — The  woodchuck. — The  rabbit  and 
the  hare. — The  musk-rat. — The  skunk. — The  fox. — The  weasel. — The 
mink. — The  raccoon. — The  porcupine. — The  opossum. — Wild  mice. — 
Glimpses  of  wild  life. — A  life  of  fear. 

The  same.     1901 J599-3  B94 

COUES,  Elliott,  &  Allen,  J.  A. 

Monographs  of  North  American  rodentia.  1877.  (United 
States — Geological  and  geographical  survey  of  the  terri- 
tories.   Final  report,  v.i i.) qr599.34  C83 

"Material  for  a  bibliography  of  North  American  mammals,"  p. 951-1081. 
BEDDARD,  Frank  Evers. 

Book  of  whales.     1900.     (Science  series.) 599-5  B37 

HOLDER,  Charles  Frederick. 

The  ivory  king;  a  popular  history  of  the  elephant  and  its 

allies.     1891.     (Marvels  of  animal  life  series.) 599-6  H71 

Bibliography,  p.3 17-323- 

Treats  of  the  elephant   in  his  relation  to  man,   as  he   is  used   in   war, 
in  sports  and  in  labor,  as  well  as  of  his  structure  and  natural  habits. 
The  same.     1897.     (Marvels  of  animal  life  series.) J599-6  H71 


599.7     Camivora.     Ungulata.     Domestic  mammals 

CATON,  John  Dean. 

Antelope  and   deer  of  America;   a  comprehensive  scientific 


MAMMALS  83s 


treatise  upon  the  natural  history,  including  the  characteris- 
tics, habits,  affinities  and  capacity  for  domestication  of  the 

antilocapra  and  cervidae  of  North  America.     1877 599-7  C28 

FLOWER,  Sir  William  Henry. 

Horse.     1892.     (Modern  science  series.) 599-7  F67 

LYDEKKER,  Richard. 

Deer  of  all  lands;  a  history  of  the  family  cervidae,  living  and 

extinct.     1898  qr599.7  L98 

Bibliography,  p.317-323. 

Hand-book  to  the  camivora.     v.i.     1896.     (Lloyd's  natural 

history.)   599.7  L98h 

V.I.    Cats,  civets  and  mungooses. 

Horns  and  hoofs;  or,  Chapters  on  hoofed  animals.     1893 599-7  L98 

MIVART,  St.  George. 

The  cat;  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  backboned  ani- 
mals, especially  mammals.     1895 599-7  M75 

Elaborate  monograph  considering  not  only  the  anatomy  and  physiology 
of  the  cat  as  a  type,  but  also  the  relations  borne  by  cats  to  the  leading 
groups  of  animals  and  to  plants. 

PORTER,  J.  Hampden. 

Wild  beasts.     1894 599.7  P83 

Study  of  the  character  and  habits  of  the  elephant,  lion,  leopard,  panther, 

jaguar,  tiger,  puma,  wolf  and  grizzly  bear. 

REIGHARD,  Jacob  Ellsworth,  &  Jennings,  H.S. 

Anatomy  of  the  cat.     1901 599-7  R31 

Bibliography,  p.  3. 

A  complete,  well  balanced  laboratory  treatise. 

"Welcome  beyond  those  upon  the  cat  hitherto  in  use  on  account  of  its 
accuracy  of  descriptive  detail  and  uniformity  of  treatment."  Nature, 
1901. 

599.75     Seals 

ALLEN,  Joel  Asaph. 

History  of  North  American  pinnipeds;  a  monograph  of  the 
walruses,  sea-lions,  sea-bears  and  seals  of  North  America. 
1880.  (United  States — Geological  and  geographical  sur- 
vey of  the  territories.    Miscellaneous  publications.).  .r599.75  A42 

COUES,  Elliott. 

Fur-bearing  animals;  a  monograph  of  North  American 
mustelidae  in  which  an  account  of  the  wolverene,  the 
martens  or  sables,  the  ermine,  the  mink  and  other  kinds 
of  weasels,  several  species  of  skunks,  the  badger,  the 
land  and  sea  otters,  and  numerous  exotic  allies  of 
these  animals,  is  contributed  to  the  history  of  North 
American  mammals.  1877.  (United  States — Geologi- 
cal and  geographical  survey  of  the  territories.  Mis- 
cellaneous  publications.) r599.75    C83 

ELLIOTT,  Henry  Wood. 

Report  on  the  condition  of  the  fur-seal  fisheries  of  Alaska, 
with  maps.  1896.  (United  States.  54th  cong.  ist  sess. 
House.     Doc.  no. 175.) r599.75  E52 

HOOPER,  Calvin  Leighton. 

Report  on  the  sea-otter  banks  of  Alaska.     1897.     (United 

States.    Treasury  department.     Doc.  no. 1977.) r599-7S  H77 


836  MAMMALS 


JORDAN,  David  Starr,  and  others. 

Fur  seals  and  fur-seal  islands  of  the  north  Pacific  ocean.    4v. 

1898-99 qr5997S  J4-2 

This   is   the  report   of  the   chief   of  the   commission   appointed   by  the 
United  States  government  to  inquire  into  the  condition  and  needs  of 
the  fur-seal  herds  of  the  north  Pacific  ocean. 
UNITED  STATES— Treasury  department. 

Reports  of  agents  in  relation  to  seal  life  on  the  rookeries  of 
the  Pribilof  islands  and  to  pelagic  sealing  in  Bering  sea 
and  the  north  Pacific  ocean,  1893-95.  3Pts.  in  2v.  1896. 
(54th  cong.  1st  sess.    Senate.    Doc.  no. 137.) r599-75  U25 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Atlas. 

Pt.i    includes   report  by   C.    S.   Hamlin,   reports  for   1894  and   1895   by 

J.    B.    Crowley,   and   reports   for    1894  and    1895   by  Joseph   Murray. 

Murray's    report    for    :89s    is   a    general   one    on    fur-bearing   animals, 

liquor  laws,  salmon  fisheries,  etc.  in  Alaska. 
Pt.2   is  investigations  by  the  Fish  commission.     Includes  reports  for  1893, 

1894   and    1895   by   C.   H.    Townsend,   a  preliminary   report   for    1895 

by  F.  \V.  True,  and  reports  for  1894  and  1895  by  A.  B.  Alexander. 
Atlas  has  title.   Illustrations  showing  condition  of  fur-seal  rookeries  in 

189s    and   method    of    killing    seals,    to   accompany    report   of    C.    H. 

Townsend. 


599.8     Apes.     Monkeys 

BURMEISTER,  Hermann. 

Beitrage  zur  naheren  kenntniss  der  gattung  tarsius.     1846.  ..qr599.8  B92 
Bibliography,  P.3-S. 

FORBES,  Henry  Ogg. 

Hand-book  to  the  primates.     2v.     1896-97.     (Lloyd's  natural 

history.) 599.8    F7S 

Binder's  title  reads  "Monkeys." 
GARNER,  Richard  Lynch. 

Apes  and  monkeys;  their  life  and  language.  1900 599-8  G18 

"Popular  account. .  .Contains  a  brief  narrative  of  his  stay  in  the  wilds  of 
Africa  during  his  attempts  to  catch  the  speech  and  observe  the  man- 
ners of  the  manlike  apes  in  the  open  forests."    Diat,  1901. 

HARTMANN,  Robert. 

Anthropoid  apes.     1886.     (International  scientific  series.). ..  .599.8  H32 
MILLER,  Olive  Thorne. 

Four-handed  folk.     1896 J599-8  M69 

Describes  characteristics  and  manners  of  certain  monkeys,  lemurs, 
marmosets,  chimpanzees  and  ocelots  of  the  writer's  acquaintance. 


599.9     Man 

QUATREFAGES  de  BRfiAU,  Jean  Louis  Armand  de. 

Human  species.     1890.     (International  scientific  series.) 599-9  Q21 

Contents:  Unity  of  the  human  species. — Origin  of  the  human  species. — 
Antiquity  of  the  human  species. — Original  localisation  of  the  human 
species. — Peopling  of  the  globe. — Acclimatisation  of  the  human  species. 
Primitive  man,  formation  of  the  human  races. — Fossil  human  races. — 
Present  human  races,  physical  characters. — Psychological  characters 
of  the  human  species. 
The  same.     1879.     (International  scientific  series.)   r599-9  Q21 


Useful  arts 

603     Encyclopedias 

BRANNT,  William  Theodore,  &  Wahl,  W.  H.  ed. 

Techno-chemical  receipt  book;  ed.  chiefly  from  the  Ger- 
man.    1896 r6o3   B71 

CASSELL'S  cyclopaedia  of  mechanics;  receipts,  processes  and 
memoranda  for  work-shop  use,  based  on  personal  ex- 
perience and  expert  knowledge;  ed.  by  P.  N.  Hasluck. 

V.I.     1900 qr6o3  C26 

COOLEY,  Arnold  James,  comp. 

Cyclopaedia  of  practical  receipts.    2v.     1891 r6o3  C78 

GOODHOLME,  Todd  S.  comp. 

Domestic  cyclopaedia  of  practical  information.    1889 qr6o3  G62 

ICONOGRAPHIC  encyclopaedia  of  the  arts  and  sciences.    7v. 

1886-90 qr6o3  I13 

V.I.     Brinton,    D.  G.      Anthropolog^y   and   ethnology. — Gerland,    G.  K.  C. 

Ethnography. 
V.2.     Brinton,   D.  G.     Prehistoric  archaeology. — Eye,  J.  L.  A.   von.     His- 
tory of  culture. — Bruce,  E.  C.     Modern  civilization. 
V.3.     Carriere,     Moritz.       Sculpture    and    painting. — Marquand,    Allan. 
Ancient  art. — Frothingham,  A.  L.     Early  Christian  and  mediaeval  art 
— Benjamin,  S.  G.  W.     Modern  art. 
V.4.     Essenwein,  A.  O.     Architecture,  enlarged  by  W.  N.  Lockington. 
v.s.     Frankel,   Wilhelm,   &  Heyn,   Rudolf.      Constructive  arts,  enlarged 

by  W.  H.  Wahl. 
V.6.     Hartig,  Ernst,  &  Weiss,  Theodor.     Applied  mechanics,  enlarged  by 

Robert   Grimshaw  and  others. 
V.7.     Heilprin,  Angelo.     Principles  of  geology. 

KNIGHT,  Edward  Henry,  comp. 

American  mechanical  dictionary.    3v.     1876 qr6o3  K34 

New  mechanical  dictionary.     1883 qr6o3  K34n 

NOYCE,  Elisha. 

Boy's  own  book  of  the  manufactures  and  industries  of  the 

world.     [1881.] J603  N48 

SCIENTIFIC  American  cyclopedia  of  receipts,  notes  and 

queries.     1893 r6o3  S41 

The  same.    1901 r6o3  S41S 

SPON,  Ernest,  and  others. 

Workshop  receipts  for  the  use  of  manufacturers,  mechanics 

and  scientific  amateurs.    5v.    1895-97 r6o3  S76W 

SPONS'  encyclopaedia  of  the  industrial  arts.    5v.    1879-82.  . .  .qr6o3  S76 
SPONS'  mechanics'  own  book;  a  manual  for  handicraftsmen 

and  amateurs.     1898 r6o3  S76S 

URE,  Andrew,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  arts,  manufactures  and  mines.    3v.     1872.... r6o3  U27 
The  same.    iv.  in  2.     1839 r6o3  U27d 

837 


838  USEFUL  ARTS 


604     Essays 


COCHRANE,  Charles  Henry. 

Wonders  of  modern  mechanism.     1896 604  C64 

The  same.     1896 r6o4  C64 

The  same.     1900 604  C64W 

Resume  of  recent  progress  in  mechanical,  physical  and  engineering  sci- 
ence.    Interesting  articles  on  the  most  important  inventions  of  recent 
years.      Describes    modern    "sky-scraper"    office    buildings,    horseless 
carriages,  the  conveyance  of  electric  power  from  Niagara,  etc. 
JAPP,  Alexander  Hay. 

Days  with  industrials;  adventures  and  experiences  among 

curious  industries.     1889 604  J18 

Contents:  Quinine  and  its  romance. — Curiosities  of  canary  culture. — 
All  about  rice. — Pearls. — Amber. — Common  salt. — Burton  ale  and  Dub- 
lin stout. — Petroleum. — The  electric  telegraphs. — A  railway  whistle. — 
Some  historical  bedsteads. — Knives  and  forks. — Arsenic  in  industry. — 
Some  famous  diamonds. — Artificial  diamonds. — Postage-stamps. 

MATfiAUX,  Clara  L. 

Wonderland  of  work.     1884 q6o4  M46 

Contents:  Old  King  Coal  at  home  and  abroad. — The  lights  of  our  great 
cities. — Striking  a  light. — Concerning  iron  and  steel. — The  "toy  shop" 
of  the  world. — Our  knives  and  forks  and  spoons. — Man's  tools  and 
their  uses. 

MOFFETT,  Cleveland. 

Careers  of  danger  and  daring.     1901 604  M76 

The  same.     1901 J604  M76 

Contents:  The  steeple-climber. — The  deep-sea  diver. — The  balloonist. — 
The  pilot. — The  bridge-builder. — The  fireman. — The  aerial  acrobat. — 
The  wild-beast  tamer. — The  dynamite  worker. — The  locomotive  engi- 
neer. 


605     Periodicals 


AMERICAN  artisan  and  patent  record;  weekly,    v.6-7,  in  i. 

1868  qr6o5  A51 

BOSTON,  SOCIETY  OF  ARTS. 

Abstract  of  the  proceedings,  1879-1891;  published  by  the 

Massachusetts   institute   of  technology,     v. 18-29,   in  2. 

1879-91    r6os  B64 

In  1892  united  with  the  "Technology  quarterly." 
BULLETIN  de  la  Societe  d'encouragement  pour  I'industrie 

nationale;    [monthly],   Oct.    1801-date.     v.i,   no.2-date. 

1801-date    qr6oS    B87 

Table  generale,   v.1-92,   1801-1893.     7v.      1838-95. 

DINGLER'S  polytechnisches  journal.     See     Polytechnisches 

journal. 
ENGLISH  mechanic  and  world  of  science;  weekly,    v.i-date. 

i86s-date qr6o5  E645 

V.I  title  reads  "English  mechanic." 

v.2-10  title  reads  "English  mechanic  and  mirror  of  science  and  art." 

V.I  I  title  reads  "English  mechanic  and  mirror  of  science." 

FARMER  and  mechanic;  weekly,    v.io.     1852 qr6o5  F24 

FRANKLIN    journal    and    American    mechanics'    magazine. 

See    Journal  of  the  Franklin  institute. 
HOME   study;   monthly,   Feb.    1896-Apr.   1903.     8v.     1897- 

1903 qr6os  H7S 

v.2-3  title  reads  "Home  study  magazine." 


USEFUL  ARTS— PERIODICALS  839 

Beginning  with  v.4  united  with  "Home  study  for  machinists"  to  form 
"Mechanic  arts  magazine."  Beginning  with  v.4,  no. 10,  united  with 
"Steam-electric  magazine"  and  "Building  trades  magazine,"  to  form 
"Science  and  industry." 

No  more  published. 

INDUSTRIES;  a  journal  of  engineering,  electricity  and 
chemistry  for  the  mechanical  and  manufacturing  trades; 

weekly.     28v.     1886-1900 qr6oS  I24 

United  with  "Iron,"  June   1893. 

V.  15-28  title  reads  "Industries  and  iron." 

No  more  published. 

IRON;    the    journal    of    science,    metals    and    manufactures; 

weekly.    41V.     1873-93 qr6o5  I28 

New  series  of  the  "Mechanics'  magazine."  United  with  "Industries," 
June  1893,  and  continued  under  the  title  "Industries  and  iron." 

JAHRBUCH  der  neuesten  und  wichtigsten  erfindungen  und 
entdeckungen,  sowohl  in  den  wissenschaften,  kiinsten, 
manufakturen  und  handwerken,  als  in  der  land-  und 
hauswirthschaft,  1822-1830.  ier-9er  jahrgang.  1824- 
33    • r6oS  J15 

JOURNAL   of   the    Franklin   institute;    monthly,     v.i-date. 

1826-date  r6oS  J46 

Index,  V.  1-120.      1890. 

Index,  V.I2I— 140.     1896. 

Continuation  of  the  "American  mechanics'  magazine." 

V.I— 5  title  reads  "Franklin  journal  and  American  mechanics'  magazine." 

JOURNAL  of  the  Society  of  arts  and  of  the  institutions  in 
union;  weekly,  Nov.  26,  1852-date.  v.i-date.  1853- 
date qr6o5  J466 

MANUFACTURER   and    builder;    monthly,     v.i-24.      1869- 

92 qr6o5  M35 

MECHANICS'  magazine;  weekly.    97V.     1823-72 qr6o5  M55 

Continued  as  "Iron;  the  journal  of  science,  metals  and  manufactures." 

NEUESTE  erfindungen  und  erfahrungen  auf  den  gebieten 
der  praktischen  technik,  der  gewerbe,  industrie,  chemie, 
der  land-  und  hauswirthschaft;  hrsg.  und  redigirt  von 
Theodor  Koller,  1874-date.     v.i-date.     1874-date r6o5  N25 

Continuation  of  "Der  praktische  techniker  der  neuzeit  auf  alien  gebieten." 

POLYTECHNISCHES  journal,     v.i-date.     1820-date qr6o5  P77 

Real-index,  v.  1-78.      1843. 

Real-index,  v. 79-1 18.      1853. 

Real-index,  v.  119-198.      1871. 

v.2i2-date  title  reads  "Dingler's  polytechnisches  journal." 

PRACTICAL  mechanic  and  engineer's  magazine;  monthly, 

ist-2d.  ser.,  Oct.  1841-Sept.  1847.    6v.    1842-47 qr6o5  P882 

No  more  published. 

Der  PRAKTISCHE  techniker  der  neuzeit  auf  alien  gebieten, 
monatssthrift  fiir  industrielle  jeder  berufsart;  hrsg.  und 
redigirt  von  Theodor  Koller,  1872-1873.    2v.     1872-73.  .qr6o5  P88 

Continued  as  "Neueste  erfindungen  und  erfahrungen  auf  den  gebieten 
der  praktischen  technik,  der  gewerbe,  industrie,  chemie,  der  land-  und 
hauswirthschaft." 

PROMETHEUS;  illustrirte  wochenschrift  iiber  die  fortschritte 
der    angewandten    naturwissenschaften.      v.i-date.      1890- 
date   qr6os  P96 

REPERTORIUM  der  technischen  literatur,  1823-date.     v.i-date. 

1856-date  qr6o5  R35 

v.s-date  title  reads  "Repertorium  der  technischen  journal-literatur." 


840  EXPOSITIONS 

REVUE  universelle  des  mines,  de  la  metallurgie,  des  travaux 
publics,  des  sciences  et  des  arts  appliques  a  I'industrie; 

[quarterly  and  yearly],    v.i-date.     1857-date r6oS  R37 

SCIENTIFIC  American;  weekly.    v.2-date.     1846-date qr6os  S41 

SCIENTIFIC  American  supplement;  weekly,    v.i-date.    1876- 

date   qr6o5  S416 

Catalogue  of  valuable  papers  in  the  Scientific  American  supple- 
ment, 1876-1902,  v.i-54.     1902. 

SOCIfiTfe  D'ENCOURAGEMENT  POUR  L'INDUSTRIE 
NATIONALE. 

Reglemens,  [and  other  papers] qr6o5  B87r 

Contents:  Discours  prononce  par  M.  Degerando,  a  la  seance  d'ouverture, 
le  9  Brumaire  an  X. — Reglement. — Notice  sur  les  travaux  de  la  societe, 
par  E.  J.  Guillard-Senainville. — Analyse  des  travaux  de  I'Academie 
royale  des  sciences,  pendant  I'annee  181 7;  partie  mathematique,  par  M. 
Delambre. — Analyse  des  travaux  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sciences, 
pendant  I'annee  1817;  partie  physique,  par  M.  Cuvier. 

SOCIETY  FOR  THE  ENCOURAGEMENT  OF  ARTS, 
MANUFACTURES  AND  COMMERCE. 

Transactions,  1783-1844.     5Sv.     1784-1845 r6o5  S67 

The  same;  supplementary  volume,  1846-1848.     1847-49 r6o5  S67a 

TECHNOLOGY  quarterly;  published  by  the  Massachusetts 

institute  of  technology,    v.i-date.     1887-date qr6o5  T26 

v.s-date  title  reads  "Technology  quarterly  and  proceedings  of  the  So- 
ciety of  arts." 

VEREIN   ZUR   BEFORDERUNG   DES  GEWERBFLEISSES 
IN  PREUSSEN. 
Verhandlungen.    v.i-date.     1822-date qr6o5  V27 

Inhalts-verzeichniss,  v.i-6o,  1822-81.     1883. 

Inhalts-verzeichniss,  v.61-74,   1882-95.     1895. 

V.29  is  in  2  parts;  pt.2  containing  plates. 

606     Expositions 

Chicago,  World's  Columbian  exposition,  1893 

BANCROFT,  Hubert  Howe. 

Book  of  the  fair;  an  historical  and  descriptive  presenta- 
tion of  the  world's  science,  art  and  industry,  as  viewed 
through  the  Columbian  exposition  at  Chicago  in  1893. 

2v.     1893-95 qr6o6  C43b 

BUTTERWORTH,  Hezekiah. 

Zigzag  journeys  in  the  White  city.     1894 j6o6  C43 

CAMPBELL,  James  B.  comp. 

Illustrated  history  of  the  World's   Columbian  exposition. 

2v.     1894 qr6o6  C43C 

CHICAGO,  WORLD'S  COLUMBIAN  EXPOSITION,  1893. 
Addresses  delivered  at  the  opening  of  the  Woman's  build- 
ing, May  I,  1893.     1893 r6o6  C43a 

Classification  of  the  exposition.     1891 r6o6  C43ca 

Memorial  volume;  dedicatory  and  opening  ceremonies  of 
the  World's  Columbian  exposition,  historical  and  de- 
scriptive.     1893 qr6o6   C43me 

Official  catalogue,  1893.     1893 r6o6  C430 


EXPOSITIONS  841 

DEAN,  Teresa. 

White  city  chips.     1895 606  C43d 

Random  sketches  of  experiences  at  the  World's  fair,  originally  published 
in  the  Chicago  inter-ocean. 

ENGLAND — Royal  commission  for  the  Chicago  exhibition. 

Official  catalogue  of  the  British  section.     1893 r6o6  €436 

JENKS,  Tudor. 

Century  World's  fair  book  for  boys  and  girls.    1893 j6o6  C43J 

Fortnight's  adventures  of  two  boys  at  the   Columbian  exposition,   with 
running  comment  on  sights  and  people.     Well  illustrated. 

JOHNSON,  Rossiter,  ed. 

History  of  the  World's  Columbian  exposition  held  in  Chi- 
cago in  1893.    4v.    1897-98 qr6o6  C43J 

Published  by  authority  of  the  board  of  directors. 
Bibliography,  v.4,  p.497-508. 

LAIRD  &  LEE,  puh. 

Glimpses  of  the  World's  fair  through  a  camera.    1893 r6o6  C43I 

MASSACHUSETTS— World's  fair  managers.  Board  of. 

Report.     1894 qr6o6  C43m 

MILLET,  Francis  Davis,  and  others. 

Some  artists  at  the  fair.     1893 606  C43mi 

Contents:  The  decoration  of  the  exposition,  by  F.  D.  Millet. — Types  and 
people  at  the  fair,  by  J.  A.  Mitchell. — The  art  of  the  White  city,  by 
W.  H.  Low. — Foreground  and  vista  at  the  fair,  by  W.  H.  Gibson. — 
The  picturesque  side,  by  F.  H.  Smith. 
These  articles,  illustrated  by  their  authors,  appeared  originally  in  Scrib- 
ner's  magazine. 

NEW  YORK  (state) — Columbian  exposition.  Board  of  gen- 
eral managers  of  the  exhibit. 

Report.     1894 qr6o6   C43n 

PENNSYLVANIA— World's  fair  managers,  Board  of. 

Pennsylvania  and  the  World's  Columbian  exposition r6o6  C43P 

RUSSIA — Imperial  commission.  World's  Columbian  exposition. 

Catalogue  of  the  Russian  section.     1893 qr6o6  C43r 

SNIDER,  Denton  Jaques. 

World's  fair  studies.     1895 606  C43S 

THOMPSON,  (N.  D.)  PUBLISHING  CO.  comp. 

The  Dream  city;  photographic  view^s  of  the  World's  Colum- 
bian exposition.     1893 qr6o6  C43t 

London,  Exhibition  of  185 1 

ART  JOURNAL. 

Illustrated  catalogue  [of  the  exhibition  of  1851,  London] .  .qr6o6  L82a 
ENGLAND — Commissioners  for  the  exhibition  of  1851. 

Official  catalogue  of  the  w^orks  of  industry  of  all  nations, 

[London],  1851.     1851 r6o6  L82 

RODGERS,  Charles  T.  comp. 

American  superiority  at  the  World's  fair,  designed  to  ac- 
company a  chromo-lithographic  picture  illustrative  of 
prizes  awarded  to  American  citizens  at  the  great  exhibi- 
tion, [London,  1851].     1852 r6o6  L82r 


842  EXPOSITIONS 


Paris,  Exposition  universelle 

D£ON,  Horsin. 

Rapport  sur  rExposition  universelle  des  beaux-arts,  lu  le 
17  juin  1855,  a  I'assemblee  generale  annuelle  de  la 
Societe  libre  des  beaux-arts.     1855 r6o6  P23 

PARIS,  EXPOSITION  UNIVERSELLE  DE  1855. 

Catalogue  officiel.     1855 r6o6  P23 

Bound  with  Deon's  "Rapport  sur  I'Exposition  universelle  des  beaux-arts." 

BANKS,  Nathaniel  Prentice. 

Speech  upon  the  representation  of  the  United  States  at  the 

exhibition  of  the  world's  industry,  Paris,  1867.     1866.  .  .r6o6  P233 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

NEW  YORK  (state),  CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE. 

Proceedings  of  the  Chamber  of  commerce;  report  of  a  spe- 
cial committee  on  the  subject  [of  the  Universal  exposi- 
tion at  Paris  in  1867]  adopted  by  the  Chamber,  Feb.  i, 

1866.     1866 r6o6  P233 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
UNITED   STATES — Commissioners  to  the   Paris  universal 
exposition,  1867. 
Reports;  ed.  by  W.  P.  Blake.    6v.     1870 r6o6  P233r 

V.I  contains  a  bibliography  of  the  exposition. 

UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

Paris  universal  exposition,   1867;  details  of  organization; 

second  supplemental  pamphlet.     1866 r6o6  P233 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
Report  transmitting  correspondence  upon  the  subject  of 
an  invitation  from  the  government  of  France  to  the 
United  States  to  take  part  in  a  proposed  universal  ex- 
position to  be  held  in  Paris  in  1867,  and  papers  explain- 
ing the  nature  of  the  exposition.     1865 r6o6  P233 

UNITED  STATES — Commissioners  to  the  Paris  universal 
exposition,  1878. 

Reports.    5v.    1880 r6o6  P2332 

GILLfi,  Philippe,  and  others. 

Figaro  exposition,  1889;  English  edition qr6o6  P2333g 

PARIS  universal  exhibition  album,  1889;  published  under  the 
patronage  of  the  American  commission,  by  W.  Stiassny 

and  E.  Rasetti.     1889 qr6o6  P2333pa 

Contents:     General  views  of  the  exhibition. — The  foreign  nations  at  the 

exhibition. — The  United  States  at  the  exhibition. 
English,  French  and  Spanish  text. 
PARVILLE,  Henri  de. 

L'exposition    universelle,    1889.      1890.      (Causeries    scien- 

tifiques,  v.29.) r6o6  P2333P 

UNITED   STATES — Commissioners  to  the   Paris  universal 
exposition,  1889. 

Reports.     5v.     1891 r6o6  P2333 

GERMANY — Reichskommission  nach  dem  Weltausstellungen 
in  Paris,  1900. 
Amtlicher  katalog  der  ausstellung  des  deutschen  reichs.  .r6o6  P2334g 
Contains  short  essays  on  the  various  arts,  trades  and  sciences  represented 
in  the  German  exhibits,  the  treatment  being  chiefly  historical.     Statis- 
tics showing  their  present  condition  in  the  German  empire  are  given. 


EXPOSITIONS  843 

PARIS,  EXPOSITION  UNIVERSELLE  DE  1900. 

Catalogue  general  officiel.    20v.  in  16.     1900 r6o6  P2334C 

V.I.     Education  et  enseignement. 

V.2.     Oiuvres  d'art. 

V.3.     Instruments  et  procedes  generaux  des  lettres,  des  sciences  et  des  arts. 

V.4.     Materiel  et  procedes  generaux  de  la  mecanique. 

v.s.     filectricite. 

V.6.     Genie  civil. — Moyens  de  transport. 

v.7-8.     Agriculture. 

V.9.     Horticulture  et  arboriculture. 

V.  I  o.     Forets. — Chasse. — Peche. — Cueillettes. 

V.I  I.     Aliments. 

V.  12.     Agriculture. — Aliments. 

V.I  3.     Mines. — Metallurgie. 

V.14.     Decoration  et  mobilier  des  edifices  publics  et  des  habitations. 

V.  15.     Fils,  tissus,  vetements. 

V.I 6.     Industrie  chimique. 

V.I 7.     Industries  di verses. 

V.18.     Economic  sociale. — Hygiene,  assistance  publique. 

V.  1 9.     Colonisation. 

V.20.     Armees  de  terre  et  de  mer. 

UNITED   STATES — Commissioners  to  the  Paris  universal 
exposition,  1900. 
Catalogue  of  exhibitors  in  the  United  States  sections  of  the 
International  universal  exposition,  Paris,  1900.     2v.  in 
I.     1900 r6o6  P2334 

Philadelphia,  Centennial  exhibition,  1876 

FRANK  Leslie's  historical  register  of  the  Centennial  exposi- 
tion.    1875 qr6o6  P4Qf 

The  same;  ed.  by  F.  H.  Norton.    1877 qr6o6  P49f2 

MAURY,  Matthew  Fontaine,  contp. 

Catalogue  of  the  West  Virginia  state  exhibit  at  the  Inter- 
national exhibition  at  Philadelphia,  1876.     1876 r6o6  P490 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

NEW  JERSEY — Centennial  exhibition,  Commissioners  on  the. 

Report  on  the  Centennial  exhibition.     1877 r6o6  P49n 

PENNSYLVANIA — Centennial  managers,  Board  of. 

Pennsylvania  and  the  Centennial  exposition;  comprising 
the  preliminary  and  final  reports  of  the  board  made  to 
the  legislature  at  the  sessions  of  1877-8,  with  an  histori- 
cal sketch  of  the  exhibition,  catalogue  of  Pennsylvania 
exhibitors,  and  a  series  of  articles  relative  to  the  in- 
dustries, resources  and  capabilities  of  the  common- 
wealth.    2v.     1878 qr6o6  P49P 

V.I  contains  ii8  pages  on  iron  making  in  Pennsylvania,  and  72  pages  on 
transportation  in  Pennsylvania. 

PHILADELPHIA,  CENTENNIAL  EXHIBITION,  1876. 

Official  catalogue.    4pts.  in  iv.     1876 r6o6  P490 

pt.  I— 4.     Mining  and  metallurgy. — Manufactures. — Education  and  science. 
— Art. — Machinery. — Special   buildings. — Agriculture. — Horticulture. — 
Statistical  appendix. 
UNITED  STATES — Centennial  commission. 

Reports.     11  v.     1880-84 , qr6o6  P49 

V.I.     Report  of  the  director-general,  including  the  reports  of  the  bureaus 

of  administration. 
V.2.     Reports  of  the  president,  secretary  and  executive  committee,  with 

the  journal  of  the  final  session  of  the  commission. 
V.3.     Reports  and  awards,  groups  1-2. 
V.4.     Reports  and  awards,  groups  3-7. 


844  TECHNICAL  EDUCATION 

v.s-     Reports  and  awards,  groups  8-14. 

V.6.     Reports  and  awards,  groups  15-20. 

V.7.     Reports  and  awards,  groups  21-27. 

V.8.     Reports  and  awards,  groups  28-36,  and  collective  exhibits. 

v.p.     Grounds  and   buildings   of   the    Centennial   exhibition,   by   Dorsey 

Gardner, 
v.io-ii.     Report   of   the   board   on   behalf   of    United    States   executive 

departments  at  the  International  exhibition. 

Other  expositions 

ATLANTA,  COTTON  STATES  AND  INTERNATIONAL 
EXPOSITION,  1895. 
Cotton  states  and  international  exposition  and  South,  illus- 
trated, including  the  official  history  of  the  exposition. 

1896  qr6o6  ASS 

CINCINNATI,  INDUSTRIAL  EXPOSITION,  1871. 

Report  of  the  general  committee.     1871 606  C48 

NEW  YORK  (city)  EXHIBITION  OF  THE  INDUSTRY 
OF  ALL  NATIONS,  1853. 

Official  catalogue.    1853 r6o6  N2612 

SAN  FRANCISCO,  MECHANICS'  INSTITUTE. 

Report  of  the  8th  annual  exhibition,  1871.     1872 r6o6  S19 

UNITED  STATES — Commissi-' ners  to  the  Centennial  inter- 
national exhibition,  Melbourne,  1888. 

Reports.     1889 r6o6  Ms8 

UNITED  STATES — Commissioners  to  the  International  ex- 
hibition, Vienna,  1873. 

Reports;  ed.  by  R.  H.  Thurston.    4v.     1876 r6o6  V31 

V.I.     Introduction. — Executive  commission. — Agriculture. 

V.2.     Science. — Education. 

V.3.     Engineering. 

V.4.     Architecture. — Metallurgy. — Index. 

607     Technical  education 

AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  MINING  ENGINEERS. 
Discussions  on  technical  education,  at  the  Washington 
meeting,  Feb.  22-23,  1876;  and  at  a  joint  meeting  of  the 
American  society  of  civil  engineers  and  the  American 
institute  of  mining  engineers,  at  Philadelphia,  June  19- 
20,  1876.     1876 qr607  A51 

BAKER,  James. 

Report  on  technical  and  commercial  education  in  East 
Prussia,  Poland,  Galicia,  Silesia  and  Bohemia.  1900. 
(England — Education   board.     Publications.) r6o7   B17 

CLARKE,  Isaac  Edwards. 

Art  and  industry;  instruction  in  drawing  applied  to  the  in- 
dustrial and  fine  arts  as  given  in  the  colleges  of  agri- 
culture and  the  mechanic  arts,  and  in  the  public  educa- 
tional institutions  in  the  United  States.  4v.  1885-98. 
(United  States.    46th  cong.    2d  sess.     Senate.     Ex.  doc. 

no. 209.)  r6o7  C53 

V.I.     Drawing  in  public  schools. 

T.2.     Industrial  and  manual  training  in  public  schools. 
V.3.     Industrial  and  technical  training  in  voluntary  associations  and  en- 
dowed institutions. 


PATENTS  845 


V.4.  Industrial  and  technical  training  in  schools  of  technology  and  in 
U.  S.  land  grant  colleges. 

DREXEL  INSTITUTE. 

Dedication  ceremonies,  December  17,  1891.    1893 qr6o7  D82 

GROTHE,  Hermann. 

Die    technischen    fachschulen    in    Europa    und    Amerika. 

[1882.]    qr6o7   Gg4 

MacARTHUR,  Arthur,  1815-96. 

Education  in  its  relation  to  manual  industry.     1898 607  Mil 

Favors  the  inclusion  in  the  school  curriculum  of  practical  training  in 
the  general  principles  of  the  trades.  Gives  much  space  to  descriptions 
of  various  American  and  foreign  industrial  schools. 

PEMBERTON,  Thomas  Phillips. 

Lectures    in    a    workshop,    with    an    appendix    containing 
papers  by  Whitworth  "On  plane  metallic  surfaces  or   * 
true  planes,"  "On  an  uniform  system  of  screw  threads," 
"Address  to  the   Institution   of  mechanical   engineers, 
Glasgow,"  "On  standard  decimal  measures  of  length." 

1882  607  P38 

"Written  with  the  aim  of  stimulating  young  men  and  workmen  to  self- 
culture,  and  of  showing  to  them  in  plain  language ...  the  opportunities 
and  means  for  education  and  improvement."     Preface. 

PENNSYLVANIA — Industrial  education  commission. 

Report  made  to  the  legislature,  with  appendices.    1889 r6o7  P39 

List  of  references,  p. 586— 588. 

The  appendices,  which  form  the  principal  part  of  the  volume,  are  on 
"Technical  and  industrial  education  in  the  United  States,"  and  "Tech- 
nical education  in  foreign  countries." 

PRATT  institute  monthly.     v.6-date.     1897-date qr6o7  P88 

STETSON,  Charles  B. 

Technical  education;  what  it  is,  and  what  American  public 
schools  should  teach;  based  on  an  examination  of  tech- 
nical education  in  Europe,  as  shown  by  official  reports. 

1874   607  S84 

TWINING,  Thomas,  1806-95- 

Technical  training;  a  suggestive  sketch  of  a  national  system 

of  industrial  instruction.     1874 607  T92 

WOODWARD,  Calvin  Milton. 

Manual  training  school;  its  aims,  methods  and  results. 

1887 J607  W86 

Though  written  with  special  reference  to  the  Manual  training  school  of 
Washington  university,  St.  Louis,  contains  a  complete  exposition  of  the 
methods  and  scope  of  manual  training  and  discusses  its  educational, 
social  and  economic  bearings. 


608     Patents 

For  patents  on  specific  subjects,  see  those  subjects 

BRITISH  AND  EUROPEAN  PATENT  AGENCY. 

Epitome  of  the  world's  patent  laws  and  statistics.    1891 .  . .  .r6o8  B75 
CARPMAEL,  Alfred,  &  Edward,  ed. 

Patent  laws  of  the  world;  and  supplement.    2v.     1889 r6o8  C22 

CRESEE,  Franklin  Allison. 

Practical   pointers   for  patentees,   containing  information 
and  advice  on  the  sale  of  patents;  an  elucidation  of  the 


846  PATENTS 


best  methods  employed  by  the  most  successful  inventors 

in  handling  their  inventions.     1901 608  C87 

EMERY,  George  Frederick. 

Handy  guide  to  patent  law  and  practice.    1896 608  Es8 

HUTCHINSON,  Warren  Beecher,  &  Crisfell,  J.  A.  E. 

Patents  and  how  to  make  money  out  of  them.     1899 608  H97 

INVENTOR'S  manual;  how  to  work  a  patent  to  make  it  pay, 

by  an  experienced  and  successful  inventor.     1889 r6o8  I24 

608.42     England 

ENGLAND— Patent  office. 

Abridgment  class  and  index  key  showing  abridgment 
classes  and  index  headings  to  which  inventions  are  as- 
signed in  the  official  publications  of  the  Patent  office. 

1899  qr6o8.42  E64d 

Abridgment   of   specifications    [of    English   patents];    old 

series,    1617-1883.      1617-1883 r6o8.42    E64b 

The  first  period  covered  by  these  classes  is  from  1617-1866;  the  second, 
from   1867-76;  while  21  classes  are  continued  to  1883. 

The  same;  new  series  with  illustrations,  1877-1900.     1877- 

1900 qr6o8.42  E64bi 

The  same;  index  key.     1899 qr6o8.42  E64d 

Illustrated  official  journal  (patents);  [weekly],  1898-date. 

v.io-date.     1898-date qr6o8.42  E64J 

Contains  lists  of  applicants  for  patents,  acceptances,  sealings,   renewals, 

expirations,  amendments,  &c. 

The  unbound  or  current  numbers  contain  also  the  "Illustrated  abridg- 
ments." 

Illustrated  official  journal  (patents),  abridgments  of 
patented  inventions;  [weekly],  1897-date.  v.iS-date. 
1898-date   qr6o8.42  E64Ja 

This  journal  forms  a  weekly  supplement  to  the  "Abridgments  of  speci- 
fications,"   (r6o8.42   E64bi)   arranged  chronologically. 

The  unbound  or  current  numbers  are  contained  in  the  "Illustrated  of- 
ficial journal   (patents)." 
Name  index  of  applicants  for  patents  of  invention,  1617- 

date.      1854-date qr6o8.42    E64f 

Indexes  for   1857,  75>  84,  90-92  are  wanting. 

Previous  to  1886  title  reads  "Alphabetical  index  of  patentees  and  appli- 
cants for  patents." 

The  first  index,  covering  the  period  1617-1852,  and  the  annual  indexes 
to   1874,  were  compiled  by  Bennet  Woodcroft. 

This  annual  index  is  made  up  of  3  parts;  part  i.  Index  to  names  of 
applicants;  part  2,  Index  of  designs;  part  3,  Number  index  of  pro- 
ceedings advertised  on  complete  specifications  and  patents. 

Since  1888  the  annual  index  has  been  issued  as  part  i  of  the  "Official 
journal." 

Quarterly    and    weekly    indexes    are    also    published     in    the    "Official 
journal." 
Reports  of  patent,  design,  trade  mark  and  other  cases,  1884- 

date.    v.i-date.     1884-date qr6o8.42  E64r 

Issued   irregularly  as  a  supplement  to  the   "Illustrated  official  journal 
(patents)." 
The  same;  Digest  of  cases  reported  in  v.i-16  of  the  "Re- 
ports."    2v.     1895-1900 r6o8.42   E64ri 

Specifications  of  letters  patent  for  invention;  [text],  1617- 

date.      1617-date qr6o8.42    E64 

The  same;  [plates],  1617-date.     1617-date qr6o8.42  E64a 


PATENTS  847 


Name  index,  1617-date.     1854-date qr6c)8.42  £64! 

Subject-matter  index,  1617-date.     1857-date .  . . .  qr6o8.42  E64e 

Subject-matter  index  of  accepted  complete  specifications 

of  inventions,  1617-date.     1857-date qr6o8.42  £646 

Indexes  for  1856-57,   71-73,  77-78,  82,  85-86  are  wanting. 

The  first  index,  covering  the  period   1617-1852,  and  the  annual  indexes 

to  :87s,  were  compiled  by  Rennet  Woodcroft. 
This   index   should  be   used   in  conjunction  with  the  "Abridgment  class 

and  index  key,"   (qr6o8.42  E64d). 
Weekly   and   quarterly   consolidated    title    indexes    are    published    in    the 

"Official  journal." 

Trade  marks  journal;  list  of  applications  for  the  registra- 
tion of  trade  marks  under  the  Trade  marks  registration 
act,  1875;  [weekly],  May  1876-date.  v.i-date.  1876- 
date   qr6o8.42  E64t 

Alphabetical  list  of  proprietors  of  trade  marks  registered  from 

Jan.   I,   1876-Dec.  31,  1880. 

ENGLAND.    Statutes. 

Patents,  designs  and  trade  marks  act,  1883,  85,  86,  88,  1901- 

02.      [1883-1902.] qr6o8.42    E645 

ENGLAND— Trade  board. 

Trade  mark  rules,  1890,  97,  98.     1890-1903 r6o8.42  £6471 

REPERTORY  of  patent  inventions  and  other  discoveries 
and  improvements  in  arts,  manufactures  and  agricul- 
ture; monthly.    V.25-30.     1855-57 r6o8.42  R35 

Being  a  continuation  on  an  enlarged  plan  of  the  "Repertory  of  arts  and 
manufactures." 


608.43     Germany 

GERMANY — Kaiserliches  patentamt. 

Ausziige  aus  den  patentschriften;   [weekly],     v.i-date. 

1880-date   qr6o8.43  G32au 

Published  weekly  in  class  order  as  part  of  the  official  "Patentblatt." 

The  same;  erganzungsband qr6o8.43  G32a 

This  volume  covers  the  patents  which  were  issued  before  the  publication 
of  the  "Patentausziige"  and  were  not  contained  in  the  "Illustrirte 
patentblatt"  pub.  by  Eugen  Grosser,  1878-1881. 

Blatt  fiir  patent-,  muster-  und  zeichenwesen;    [monthly]. 

v.i-date.     1895-date qr6o8.43  G32b 

Sachregister,    1894-1903.      1904. 

The  same;  erganzungsband;  Die  geschaftsthatigkeit  des 
Kaiserlichen  patentamts  und  die  beziehungen  des  pa- 
tentschutzes  zu  der  entwicklung  der  einzelnen  indus- 
triezweige  Deutschlands,  1891-1900.     1902 qr6o8.43  G32e 

Mittheilungen  aus   dem   Kaiserlichen  patentamt,  anmeld- 

stelle  fiir  gebrauchsmuster.    v.1-4,  in  3.     1891-94.  .qr6o8.43  G32m 

Since  1894  the  descriptive  lists  of  design  patents  have  been  continued  in 
section  i  of  the  "Patentblatt." 

Patentblatt;  [weekly],     v.i-date.     1877-date qr6o8.43  G32 

Verzeichniss  der  patente,  July  i,  1877-date.    v.i-date.    1879- 

date   qr6o8.43  G32V 

v.6  is  Hauptverzeichniss,  July  1,  1877-Dec.  31,  1888,  and  was  issued  in 
place  of  the  annual  volume  for   1888. 

Waarenzeichenblatt.    v.i-date.    1894-date qr6o8.43  G32W 

Gesammt-inhalts-verzeichniss,  v.  1-5,   1894-1898. 


54 


848  PATENTS 


608.44     France 

FRANCE — Ministere  de  I'agriculture  et  du  commerce. 

Description  des  machines  et  precedes  consignes  dans  les 
brevets  d'invention,  de  perfectionnement  et  d'im- 
portation  dont  la  duree  est  expiree,  et  dans  ceux  dont 
la  decheance  a  ete  prononcee,  1791-1843.    v.i-82.  181 1- 

54   qr6o8.44  F86a 

Table,  v.  1-40.     1843. 

The  same;  pour  lesquels  des  brevets  d'invention  ont  ete 
pris  sous  regime  de  la  loi  du  5  juillet  1844;  2e  serie, 
1844-1870.    V.1-116.     1850-84 qr6o8.44  F86b 

Table  generale,  v.  1-79.     4V.     1866-73. 

The    same;    nouvelle    serie,     1871-date.      v.i-date.       1874- 

date  qr6o8.44  F86d 

Subject-matter  index  of  patents  for  inventions  (bre- 
vets d'  invention)  granted  in  France  from  1791  to  1876; 

compiled  by  the  U.  S.  patent  office.    1883 qr6o8.44  F86 

This  index  covers  ire  serie,  v.i-93;  2e  serie,  v.1-106;  nouvelle  serie, 
v.i-25. 

INSTITUT  DE  FRANCE— Academie  des  sciences. 

Machines  et  inventions  approuvees  par  I'Academie  royale 
des  sciences,  avec  leur  description  par  M.  GaUon.  7v. 
^72,S-77  qr6o8.44  I247 

V.I.   1666-I7OI.        V.2.   I702-I7I2.        V.3.   I7I3-I719. 

V.4.  1720-1726.      v.s.  1727-1731.      V.6.  1732-1734. 
V.7-  1734-1754- 

608.493     Belgium.      608.494     Switzerland 

RECUEIL  special  des  brevets  d'invention.     v.27-date.     1880- 

date qr6o8.493  B39 

The  only  official  publication  containing:  descriptions  of  Belgian  specifi- 
cations. 
SWITZERLAND — Eidgenossisches  amt  fiir  geistiges  eigenthum. 
Patente;  jahres-publikationen  des  Eidg.  amtesfiir  geistiges 
eigenthum,  Nov.  1888-date.     ler  jahrgang-date.     1890- 
date  r6o8.494  S97 

German    and    French    text.      French    title    reads    "Brevets;    publications 

annuelles  du  Bureau  federal  de  la  propriete  intellectuelle." 
v.2-date  title  reads  "Patente;  jahres-katalog." 

608.73     United  States 

HOWSON,  Henry,  &  Charles. 

Brief  treatise  on  United  States  patents.     1877 608.73  H86 

PATENT  CENTENNI.\L  CELEBRATION. 

Proceedings  and  addresses  at  the  celebration  of  the  be- 
ginning of  the  2d  century  of  the  American  patent  system 

at  Washington,  April  1891.     1892.  .    r6o8.73  P29 

UNITED  STATES— Patent  office. 

Annual   report   of  the   commissioner   of   patents,   for   the 

year  1837-45,  1847-71-     1838-76 r6o8.73  U25a 

Reports  for  1837-44  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional 
documents,  numbered  respectively,  315,  325,  346,  356,  365,  378,  397, 
401,  415,  420,  442,  451  and  465. 


PATENTS  849 

The  records  of  patents  since   1871   will  be  found  in  the  "Specifications 

and  drawings  of  patents,"  issued  monthly,  and  in  the  "Official  gazette," 

issued  weekly. 
The  report  of  the  commissioner  of  patents  since  1871  is  merely  a  very 

brief  administrative   report  of   the   work   of  the   office,   and   is  bound 

with  the  annual  index  to  the  "Official  gazette." 
Prior  to  1862.  when  the  Department  of  agriculture  was  established,  the 

report   on   agriculture   was  published   by   the   commissioner  of  patents 

and  forms  a  part  of  his  Annual  reports. 

Decisions  of  the  commissioner  of  patents  and  of  United 

States  courts  in  patent  cases,  1895-date.    1896-date.  .r6o8.73  U25d 

Compiled  from  the  "Official  gazette." 
Official  gazette;  containing  the  patents,  trade-marks,  de- 
signs and  labels  issued  [each  week];  weekly,    v.i-date. 

1872-date   qr6o8.73  U2Sa2 

The  record  of  patents  issued  before  187 1  will  be  found  in  the  "Report 

of  the  commissioner  of  patents,"  r6o8.73  U2Sa. 

An  annual  index   to  the   Gazette   also   indexes  the   "Specifications   and 
drawings  of  patents."     The  title  of  the  index  reads  "Annual  report  of 
the  commissioner  of  patents." 
An  appendix  contains  the  "Decisions  of  the  commissioner  of  patents  and 

of  the  United  States  courts  in  patent  cases." 
The  Gazette  contains  merely  the  claims  of  the  patentee  accompanied  by 
one  drawing.     The  specifications  and  more  elaborate  drawings  are  con- 
tained in  the  volume  of  "Specifications  and  drawings,"       r6o8.73  Uasas. 

Rules  of  practice,  revised  June  18,  1897,  with  appendix  of 

amendments  up  to  and  including  Dec.  i,  1897.     1899.  .r6o8.73  U25 

The  same;  revised  January  2,  1903.    1903 r6o8.73  U2Sr 

Specifications   and   drawings   of  patents   issued   from   the 
United  States  patent  office.  May  30,  1871-date.     [v.i- 

date.]     1872-date qr6o8.73  U25a3 

The  drawings  and  specifications  before  1871  are  contained  in  the  "Annual 

reports  of  the  commissioner  of  patents,"  r6o8. 73  U25a. 

Issued    in    weekly    volumes    from    May    30,    187 1    to   July    1872    and    in 
monthly  volumes  from  July  1872  to  date.     Since  June  1885  the  volumes 
have  been  in  2  parts;  the  drawings  being  contained  in  the  2d  part. 
The  annual  index  to  the  "Official  gazette"  also  indexes  the  "Specifica- 
tions and  drawings." 

Subject-matter  index  of  patents  for  inventions  issued  by 

the  United  States  patent  office  from  1790  to  1873.     3v. 

1874 r6o8.73  U2SS 

CONFEDERATE  STATES  OF  AMERICA— Patent  office. 
Rules  and  directions  for  proceedings  in  the  Patent  office. 

1861  r973.7  LS2 

Bound  with  I.«e's  "Volunteer's  hand  book." 

609     History  of  useful  arts  and  inventions 

BAKER,  Ray  Stannard. 

Boy's  book  of  inventions;  stories  of  the  wonders  of  modern 

science.      1899 J609    B17 

Contents:  A  voyage  on  the  bottom  of  the  sea. — Liquid  air. — Telegraphing 
without  wires. — The  modern  motor  vehicle. — X-ray  photography. — Tail- 
less kites. — The  story  of  the  phonograph. — The  modern  skyscraper. — 
Through  the  air. 

The  same.     1903 609  B17 

BECKMANN,  Johann. 

History  of  inventions,  discoveries  and  origins.    2v.     1892.  .  .609  B36 

Gives  the  origin  and  history  of  many  materials,  utensils  and  processes 
used  in  the  mechanic  arts  and  for  domestic  purposes,  and  is  a  mine 
of  curious  and  useful  information.  It  was  written  toward  the  end  of 
the  eighteenth  century,  but  some  parts  have  been  brought  down  to  a 
later  date. 


850        HISTORY  OF  USEFUL  ARTS  AND  INVENTIONS 

BUTTERWORTH,  Benjamin,  comp. 

Growth  of  industrial  art.     1892 qr6o9  B98 

Pictures  and  brief  text  showing  the  origin  and  development  of  all  sorts 
of  utensils  and  machines.  Compiled  by  the  commissioner  of  patents, 
by  order  of  Congress. 

BYRN,  Edward  Wright. 

Progress  of  invention  in  the  19th  century.     1900 609  B99 

Popular,  well-illustrated  compilation  from  the  Patent  office  records,  of 
the  various  steps  by  which  the  more  important  inventions  have  reached 
their  present  perfection.  Gives  the  numbers  of  all  patents  to  which 
reference  is  made. 

DEPEW,  Chauncey  Mitchell,  ed. 

One  hundred  years  of  American  commerce,  1795-1895,  by 

100  Americans.    2v.     1895 qr6o9  D43 

HALE,  Edward  Everett. 

Stories  of  invention.     1891 J609  H15 

Contents:    Archimedes. — Friar  Bacon. — Benvenuto  Cellini. — Bernard  Pa- 
lissy. — Benjamin    Franklin. — Theorists    of    the    i8th    century. — James 
Watt. — Robert   Fulton. — George   Stephenson  and  the  locomotive. — Eli 
Whitney. — James  Nasmyth. — Sir  Henry  Bessemer. — The  last  meeting. 
ILES,  George. 

Flame,  electricity  and  the  camera;  man's  progress  from  the 
first  kindling  of  fire  to  the  wireless  telegraphy  and  the 

photography  of  color.     1900 609  I22 

Outlines  the  chief  uses  of  fire,  electricity  and  photography.  Argues 
that  electricity  means  as  much  for  human  progress  as  flame,  and  re- 
cites how  it  has  begun  to  supplant  flame  in  important  tasks.  Shows 
that  the  camera  marks  a  radical  departure  in  depiction,  superseding 
the  pencil  and  brush  in  many  directions,  and  representing  much  not 
otherwise  to  be  portrayed.  The  rapid  flowering  and  utilization  of 
these  resources  is  emphasized;  the  author  holds  that  similar  "leaps" 
long  ago  divided  man  from  his  next  of  kin. 

MASON,  Otis  Tufton. 

Origins  of  invention;  a  study  of  industry  among  primitive 

peoples.     1895.     (Contemporary  science  series.) 609  M45 

Contents:  Tools  and  mechanical  devices. — Invention  and  uses  of  fire. 
— Stone-working. — The  potter's  art. — Primitive  uses  of  plants. — The 
textile  industry. — War  on  the  animal  kingdom. — Capture  and  domestica- 
tion of  animals. — Travel  and  transportation. — The  art  of  war. 
Traces  some  of  our  modern  industries  to  their  origins,  and  shows  how 
the  genius  of  man,  working  upon  and  influenced  by  the  resources  and 
the  forces  of  nature,  learned  its  first  lessons  in  the  art  of  inv^enting. 

MOWRY,  William  Augustus,  &  Arthur  May. 

American  inventions  and  inventors.     1900 , J609  M94 

Written  very  simply  for  children  from  ten  to  twelve  years  old.  Modern 
inventions  are  considered  in  the  order  of  heat,  light,  food,  clothing, 
travel  and  letters. 

NAPIER,  James. 

Manufacturing  arts  in  ancient  times.     1879 r6o9  N12 

Attempts  to  arrive  at  the  state  of  manufactures  and  metallurgy  among 
ancient  peoples  by  a  study  of  the  references  to  these  subiects  in  the 
Old  testament.  Xapier  wrote  from  a  practical  knowledge  of  manu- 
facturing and  metallurgical  processes. 

ROUTLEDGE,  Robert. 

Discoveries  and  inventions  of  the  19th  century.    1896 609  R78 

Contents:  Steam  engines. — Iron. — Tools. — Railways.— Steam  navigation. 
— Ships  of  war. — Fire-arms. — Torpedoes. — Ship  canals. — Iron  bridges. 
— Printing  machines. — Hydraulic  power. — Pneumatic  dispatch. — Rock 
boring. —  Light. — The  spectroscope. — Sight. —  Electricity. —  The  electric 
telegraph. — Lighthouses. — Photography. — Printing  processes. ^Record- 
ing instruments. — Aquaria. — Gold  and  diamonds. — New  metals. — India- 
rubber  and  gutta-percha. — Anaesthetics. — Explosives. — Mineral  combus- 
tibles.—Coal-gas. — Coal-tar  colours. — The  greatest  discovery  of  the  age. 
The  same.     1893 r6o9  R78 


MEDICINE  851 


SUTHERLAND,  George. 

Twentieth  century  inventions;  a  forecast.     1901 609  S96 

Contents:  Inventive  progress. — Natural  power. — Storage  of  power. — 
Artificial  power. —  Road  and  rail. —  Ships. —  Agriculture. —  Mining. — 
Domestic. —  Electric  messages. —  Warfare. —  Music. —  Art  and  news. — 
Invention  and  collectivism. 

"Well-reasoned  consideration  of  the  development  of  industrial  and  me- 
chanical enterprise  and  its  probable  application  to  the  concerns  of  life." 
Contemporary  review,  igoi. 

TISSANDIER,  Gaston,  &  Frith,  Henry. 

Marvels   of  invention,  and  scientific  puzzles.      (Scientific 

recreation  series.) J609  T52 

VALENTINE,  Mrs  Laura  (Jewry). 

Aunt  Louisa's  book  of  common  things.     [1895.] J609  V15 

WORCESTER,  Edward  Somerset,  marquis  of. 

Exact  reprint  of  the  famous  Century  of  inventions;  with 
introduction,  notes  and  a  life  of  the  author,  by  John 
Phin.     1887 609  W88 

First  published  in  166.3. 

Worcester   (1601-67)  claimed  to  be  the  inventor  of  the  steam-engine. 

"There  is  little  in  this  famous  book  to  substantiate  Worcester's  claim  to 
have  'tried  and  perfected'  the  inventions  described  in  it.  For  the  most 
part  it  consists  of  nebulous  ideas  without  any  attempt  to  work  them 
out  in  practical  detail."     Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

YEATS,  John. 

Technical  history  of  commerce;  or,  The  progress  of  the 

useful  arts.     1887 609  Y22 

Contents:     Pre-historic  and  ancient  industrial  art. — Mediaeval  industrial 
art. — Modern   industrial   art. — Recent  appliances,   processes   and   prod- 
ucts. 
"Chronological  list  of  inventions  and  discoveries  of  all  ages,"  p.499— 517. 


610     Medicine 


PAGET,  Stephen. 

Experiments  on  animals.     1900 r6io  P14 

Includes  the  text  of  the  English  act  of  18.76  relating  to  experiments  on 

animals. 
"Devoted  to  the  proof  that  substantial  benefits  to  human  medicine  come 
from  experiments  on  animals.  This  is  one  of  the  branches  of  the 
great  vivisection  problem,  and  Mr.  Paget's  argument,  which  has  been 
suggested  by  his  experience  as  secretary  to  the  xVssociation  for  the  ad- 
vancement of  medicine,  must  be  allowed  a  hearing."     Spectator,  1900. 

The  same.     1903 610  Pi4e 

PENNSYLVANIA— Health  board. 

Register  of  physicians  in  Pennsylvania,  by  counties,  July  i, 

i88i-Dec.  I,  1888.     1890 r6io.2  P39 

PITTSBURG  and  Allegheny  physicians'  register,  1899-1900.  .r6io.2  P67 
POLK'S  medical  and  surgical  register  and  directory  of  North 
America,  1890,  1893,  i8q8,  1904.    2d-3d,  5th,  8th  edition. 
1890-1904    r6io.2   P76 

ad-jd  edition  title  reads   "Medical  and  surgical   register   of  the   United 

States." 
Sth    edition   title    reads    "Medical    and    surgical    register    of    the    United 

States  and  Canada." 

610.3     Encyclopedias 

BILLINGS,  John  Shaw,  comp. 

National  medical  dictionary.    2v.     1890 qr6io.3  B48 


852  MEDICINE 


CAMPBELL,  Frederick  R. 

Language  of  medicine.     1888 r6io.3  CiS 

Manual  of  the  origin,  etymology,  pronunciation  and  meaning  of  medical 
terms. 

FOSTER,  Frank  P.  comp. 

Illustrated  encyclopaedic  medical  dictionary;  a  dictionary 
of  technical  terms  in  the  Latin,  English,  French  and 

German  languages.    4v.     1890-94 qr6io.3  F81 

GOULD,  George  Milbry,  ed. 

Student's  medical  dictionary.     1894 r6io.3  G73 

610.4     Essays 

HIPPOCRATES. 

Aphorisms  of  Hippocrates,  and  The  sentences  of  Celsus, 

with  explanations  and  references.     1735 r6io.4  H59 

MITCHELL,  Silas  Weir. 

Doctor  and  patient.     1895 610.4  M74 

Contents:  The  physician. — Convalescence. — Pain  and  its  consequences. — 
The  moral  management  of  sick  and  invalid  children. — Nervousness  and 
its  influence  on  character. — Out-door  and  camp-life  for  women. 

610.5     Periodicals 

PENNSYLVANIA  HOMCEOPATHIC  MEDICAL  SOCIETY. 

Transactions,  1895.    v.31.    1S96 r6io.5  P3992 

PENNSYLVANIA  medical  journal;  monthly,  July  1897-date. 

v.i-date.     1897-date qr6io.S   P39 

PENNSYLVANIA,  MEDICAL  SOCIETY. 

Transactions  at  its  annual  session  (i6th-i9th,  i27th-28th, 
30th,  32d-34th,  36th,  40th,  42d,  45th),  1865-68,  1876-77, 
1879,  1881-83,  1885,  1890,  1892,  1895.     1865-95 r6io.5  P399 

No  regular  meeting  was  held  in  1889. 

PAN-AMERICAN  MEDICAL  CONGRESS. 

Transactions  of  the  first  congress,  Washington,  1893.     2v. 

1895 r6io.6  P21 

610.7     Medical  education.     Nursing 

BILLROTH,  Theodor. 

Care  of  the  sick  at  home  and  in  the  hospital;  a  handbook 

for  families  and  for  nurses.     [1894.] 610.7  B48 

Bibliography,  p.  13. 

BRADFORD,  Thomas  Lindsley. 

History  of  the  Homceopathic  medical  college  of  Pennsyl- 
vania; the  Hahnemann  medical  college  and  hospital  of 

Philadelphia.     1898 r6io.7  B68 

HADLEY,  Wilfred  James. 

Nursing;  general,  medical  and  surgical,  with  appendix  on 

sick-room  cookery.     1902 610.7   H12 

HAMPTON,  Isabel  Adams,  afterward  Mrs  Robb. 

Nursing  ethics,  for  hospital  and  private  use.     1901 610.7  H22nu 

Practical  advice  to  hospital  nurses.  Discusses  nursing  as  a  profession 
and  the  qualifications  for  success,  care  of  the  patient,  uniform,  night 
service,  and  the  special  duties  of  senior,  head  and  graduate  nurses. 


ANATOMY.     HISTOLOGY  853 

Nursing;    its    principles    and    practice    for    hospital    and 

private  use.     1893 610.7  H22 

Very  complete  and  well  written  book,  containing  much  valuable  informa- 
tion for  those  employed  as  trained  nurses,  either  in  hospitals  or  in 
private  life.  Author  had  extended  experience  as  superintendent  of 
nurses  in  Johns  Hopkins  hospital,  Baltimore. 

NIGHTINGALE,  Florence. 

Notes  on  nursing.     1894 610.7  N33 

Practical,  common-sense  suggestions.     Especially  adapted  for  home  con- 
ditions. 
SHAW,  Mrs  Clara  S.  (Weeks),  ed. 

Text-book  of  nursing.     1894 610.7  S53 

Intended  for  use  as  a  text-book  in  training-schools  for  nurses,  but  it  con- 
tains much  information  useful  to  any  one  who  has  to  care  for  the  sick. 

WISE,  P.  M. 

Text-book  for  training  schools  for  nurses,  including  physi- 
ology and  hygiene.    2v.     1896 610.7  W81 

V.2,  chapters  27-30  are  by  Caroline  S.  Pease. 

610.9     History  of  medicine 

BERDOE,  Edward. 

Origin  and  growth  of  the  healing  art;  a  history  of  medicine 

in  all  ages  and  countries.     1893 r6io.9  B44 

HOMCEOPATHIC  MEDICAL  SOCIETY  OF  ALLEGHENY 
CO.  Pa. 
Semi-centennial  celebration  of  the  introduction  of  homce- 
opathy  west  of  the  Allegheny  mountains,  held  at  Pitts- 
burgh, 1887.    1888 r6io.9  H76 

MULLER,  Franz  Carl. 

Geschichte  der  organischen  naturwissenschaften  im  neunzehn- 
ten  jahrhundert;  medizin  und  deren  hilfswissenschaften, 
zoologie  und  botanik.     1902.    (Das  neunzehnte  jahrhundert 

in  Deutschlands  entwicklung,  v.6.) r6io.9  M95 

PACKARD,  Francis  Randolph. 

History  of  medicine  in  the  United  States,  from  the  earliest 
English  colonization  to  1800,  with  a  supplemental  chapter 

on  the  discovery  of  anaesthesia.     1901  610.9  P12 

"Authorities,"  p.S2o-S2S. 

Chiefly  a  history  of  the  early  development  of  medicine  in  Philadelphia 
and  of  the  schools  and  hospitals  founded  there. 
PARK,  Roswell. 

Epitome  of  the  history  of  medicine.    1898 610.9  P23 

WISE,  Thomas  Alexander. 

Review  of  the  history  of  medicine.    2v.     1867 610.9  W81 

611     Anatomy.     Histology 

See  also  Comparative  anatomy,  591. 4;  and  Histologjy,   591.8 

BARNETT,  Mrs  Henrietta  O. 

Making  of  the  body;  a  children's  book  on  anatomy  and 

physiology.     1896 j6ii   B26 

GRAY,  Henry. 

Anatomy,  descriptive  and  surgical.     1893 qr6ii  G81 

The  same.    1897 q6ii  G81 


854  PHYSIOLOGY 

MIVART,  St.  George. 

Lessons  in  elementary  anatomy.     1873 r6ii  M7S 

MORRIS,  Henry,  ed. 

Human  anatomy;  a  systematic  treatise  by  various  authors, 
including  a  special  section  on  surgical  and  topographi- 
cal anatomy.     1899 qr6ii   M91 

PIERSOL,  George  A. 

Text-book  of  normal  histology,  including  an  account  of  the 

development  of  the  tissues  and  of.  the  organs.     1893.  ....  .611  P57 

WEYSSE,  Arthur  Wisswald. 

Epitome  of  human  histology,  for  the  use  of  students  in 

connection  with  lectures  and  laboratory  work.     1898.  .  .q6ii  W58 
WILKINSON,  James  John  Garth. 

The  human  body  and  its  connection  with  man,  illustrated 

by  the  principal  organs.     1851 611  W73 

HARVEY,  William. 

Anatomical  dissertation  upon  the  movement  of  the  heart 
and  blood  in  animals;  being  a  statement  of  the  dis- 
covery of  the  circulation  of  the  blood.     1894 qr6ii.i  H33 

Facsimile  reprint  from  the  original  edition  of  1628. 
Prefatory  memoir  of  Harvey,  p.3-10. 

WOODWARD,  Joseph  Janvier: 

Report  to  the  surgeon  general  of  the  United  States  army 
on  certain  points  connected  with  the  histology  of  mi- 
nute bloodvessels.     1870 qr6ii.i  W86 

Published  by  the  Surgeon-general's  office. 

KEY,  Axel,  &  Retzius,  Gustaf. 

Studien  in  der  anatomic  des  nervensystems  und  des  binde- 

gewebes.     v.1-2,  pt.i.     1875-76 qr6ii.8  K23 

FLEMING,  Andrew. 

Drawings  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord;  [plates] qr6ii.8i  F62 

McCLELLAN,  George. 

Regional  anatomy.    2v.     1894 qr6ii.9  M13 


612     Physiology 


ALLEN,  Chilion  B.  &  Mrs  Mary  A.  Wood-. 

Man  wonderful  in  the  house  beautiful.    1888 612  A42 

Useful  as  an  introduction  to  the  facts  of  physiology  and  the  essentials 
of  hygiene;  written  in  an  allegorical  narrative  style.  Used  as  a  school 
text-book.     Fully  illustrated. 

ALLEN,  Mrs  Mary  A.  Wood-. 

Marvels  of  our  bodily  dwelling;  physiology  made  inter- 
esting.    1896 J6i2  A42m 

BOWDITCH,  Henry  Pickering.        -r,-,>^r./,        -^v. 

Hints  for  teachers  of  physiology.     1897.     (In  Boston  so- 
ciety of  natural  history.    Guide*  for  science-teaching.  .507  B64  v.i 
The  same.     1897.     (In  Boston  society  of  natural   history. 

Guides  for  science-teaching.) r507  B64  v.i 

FOSTER,  Sir  Michael. 

Text-book  of  physiology.     1893 612  F81 

FOSTER,  Sir  Michael,  &  Shore,  L.  E. 

Elementary  physiology.     1898 612  F8ie 


PHYSIOLOGY  855 

FOSTER,  Sir  Michael,  &  Tracy,  R.  S. 

Physiology  and  hygiene.     [1883.]     (Science  primers.) J612  F8ip 

HALLIBURTON,  William  D. 

Hand-book  of  physiology.     1899 612  H18 

KIMBER,  Diana  Clifford,  comp. 

Text-book  of  anatomy  and  physiology  for  nurses.     1902 612  K25 

KIRKES,  William  Senhouse. 

Handbook  of  physiology;  ed.  by  W.  M.  Baker  and  V.  D. 
Harris,   revised  by  Warren    Coleman   and   C.  L.  Dana. 

1900 612  K28 

LANDOIS,  L. 

Text-book  of  human  physiology.     2v.     1891 r6i2  L22 

LE  PILEUR,  Auguste. 

Wonders  of  the  human  body.    1896.    (Wonders  of  man  and 

nature.)    612   L62 

LEWES,  George  Henry. 

Physiology  of  common  life.     2v.     1859-62 r6i2  L67 

MAC6,  Jean. 

History  of  a  mouthful  of  bread  and  its  effect  on  the  or- 
ganization of  men  and  animals.     1898 j6i2  M15 

MARSHALL,  John,  English  surgeon. 

Description  of  the  human  body;  its  structure  and  functions. 

2v.     1882 qr6i2  M41 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Plates. 

MARTIN,  Henry  Newell. 

The  human  body;  an  account  of  its  structure  and  activities, 
and  the  conditions  of  its  healthy  working.  1898.  (Ameri- 
can science  series;  advanced  course.) 612  M42h 

The  human  body;  an  elementary  text-book  of  anatomy, 
physiology    and    hygiene.      1884.       (American    science 

series;  briefer  course.) 612   M42 

OVERTON,  Frank. 

Applied  physiology,  including  the  effects  of  alcohol  and 

narcotics;  advanced  grade.     1897 612  O33 

PORTER,  William  Townsend. 

Introduction  to  physiology.     1901 612  P83 

"Clearly  written  in  an  original  style,  and  is  a  welcome  departure   from 
the  hackneyed  treatment  of  practical  physiology  which   is  usually  pre- 
sented to  the  student."     Benjamin  Moore,  in  Nature,  1901. 
Represents  the  course  given  at  the  Harvard  medical  school. 

REBMANN,  Dr,  &  Seiler,  Carl. 

Human   frame   and   the   laws   of  health.      1900.      (Temple 

primers.)    612  R25 

Bibliography,  p.  142. 

SANDERSON,  John  Scott  Burdon,  ed. 

Handbook  for  the  physiological  laboratory.     1884 r6i2  S21 

Contents:  Klein,  E.  E.  Histology. — Sanderson,  J.  S.  B.  Blood  circula- 
tion, respiration  and  animal  heat. — Foster,  Michael.  Functions  of  the 
muscles  and  nerves. — Brunton,  T.  L.     Digestion  and  secretion. 

SCHENCK,  Friedrich.  &  Gurber,  A. 

Outlines  of  human  physiology.     1900 612  S32 

STIRLING,  William. 

Outlines  of  practical  physiology;  a  manual  for  the  physio- 
logical laboratory,  including  chemical  and  experimental 


8s6  PHYSIOLOGY 

physiology,  with  reference  to  practical  medicine.     1895.  .612  S86 
Bibliography,  p.373-37S. 

VERWORN,  Max. 

General  physiology;  an  outline  of  the  science  of  life;  tr. 

and  ed.  by  F.  S.  Lee.     1899 612  V28 

Bibliography,  p-sSg-SQP- 

BIEDERMANN,  Wilhelm. 

Electro-physiology;  tr.  by  F.  A.  Welby.    2v.     1896-98. ..  .612.01  B47 

Bibliographies  after  many  of  the  chapters. 
ARCHIV  fiir  physiologic;  physiologische  abtheilung  des  Ar- 
chives fiir  anatomic  und  physiologic,     v.i-date.     1877- 
date r6i2.os  A67 

Since  1901  supplementary  volumes  have  been  issued,  which  are  bound 
with  the  regfular  volumes  each  year. 

FOSTER,  Sir  Michael. 

Lectures  on  the  history  of  physiology  during  the  sixteenth, 
seventeenth    and    eighteenth    centuries.      1901.      (Cam- 
bridge natural  science  manuals;  biological  series.) ...  .612.09  F81 
Contents:    Vesalius,  his  forerunners  and  followers. — Harvey  and  the  cir- 
culation of  the  blood;   the   lacteals  and   lymphatics. — Borelli  and  the 
influence  of  the  new  physics. — Malpighi  and  the  physiology  of  glands 
and   tissues. — Van    Helmont   and   the    rise    of   chemical   physiology. — 
Sylvius  and  his  pupils;  the  physiology  of  digestion  in  the  seventeenth 
century. — The   English   school   of  the   seventeenth   century;   the  physi- 
ology of  respiration. — The  physiology  of  digestion   in  the  eighteenth 
century. — The    rise    of    the    modern    doctrines    of    respiration;    Black, 
Priestley,  Lavoisier. — The  older  doctrines  of  the  nervous  system. 

EHRLICH,  Paul,  &  Lazarus,  Adolf. 

Histology  of  the  blood,  normal  and  pathological;  ed.  and 
tr.  by  W.  Myers,  with  a  preface  by  G.  S.  Woodhead. 
1900    612.1    E38 

"Selected  bibliography,"  p.  195-208. 

Ehrlich  and  his  pupils  have  been  leaders  in  the  investigation  of  the  char- 
acter of  the  cellular  elements  of  the  blood.  In  this  work,  which  gjives 
the  most  modern  views  of  the  subject,  the  results  of  many  of  their  re- 
searches appear  for  the  first  time. 

"Although  a  comparatively  small  book,  it  may  be  said. .  .to  be  one  to 
which  the  term  'epoch-making'  may,  without  exaggeration,  be  applied." 
Nature,  1900. 

ARTHUS,  Maurice. 

La  coagulation  du  sang.      [1899.]      (Scientia;  serie 

biologique.)    r612.11  A79 

"Index  bibliographique,"  p.88-93. 

BILLINGS,  John  Shaw,  and  others. 

Composition  of  expired  air  and  its  effects  upon  animal 
life.    1895.     (In  Smithsonian  institution.     Contributions 

to  knowledge,  v.29,  pt.i.) r5o6  S66c  v.29 

The  same,  (ahstract).    (In  Smithsonian  institution.    Annual 

report,  1895,  pt.i,  p.389-412.) rSo6  S66  v.50 

GILLESPIE,  A.  Lockhart. 

Natural  history  of  digestion.    1898.     (Contemporary  science 

series.)    612.3   G41 

FRENKEL,  Henri. 

Les   fonctions   renales.      [1899.]      (Scientia;    serie   bi- 
ologique.)     612.4  F92 

HERMIPPUS  redivivus;  or,  The  sage's  triumph  over  old 
age  and  the  grave;  ed.  by  Edmund  Goldsmid.  3v.  in  i. 
1885.     (Collectanea  adamantaea.) r6i2.68  H47 


PERSONAL  HYGIENE  857 

MEYER,  Georg  Hermann  von. 

Organs  of  speech  and  their  application  in  the  formation  of 

articulate     sounds.       1884.       (International     scientific 

series.)   612.78  M6s 

SUTRO,  Emil. 

Duality  of  the  voice.     1899 612.78  S96 

Author  claims  to  have  discovered  what  he  calls  the  "voice  of  the 
cesophagrus."  He  describes  his  researches  into  this  dual  voice  in  chap- 
ters of  a  psychological  nature,  entitled:  The  human  voice. — Impression, 
expression. — Our  mother  tongfue. — Nationality  and  race  distinctions. — 
Physiology  of  voice  in  relation  to  words. 

612.8     Nervous  functions.     Brain 

BERNSTEIN,  Julius. 

Five   senses   of  man.     1893.      (International   scientific 

series.)    612.8  B45 

"While  very  full  and  clear  in  his  description  of  the  instruments  and 
apparatus  of  sensation,  the  strength  of  his  book  and  its  more  especial 
claim  to  attention  will  be  found  in  the  lucid  analysis  which  he  gives 
of  what  may  be  called  the  psychical  aspect  of  sense-activity."  Popular 
science  monthly,  1876. 

ROSENTHAL,  Isidore. 

General  physiology  of  muscles  and  nerves.  1896.  (Inter- 
national scientific  series.) 612.8  R72 

DONALDSON,  Henry  Herbert. 

Growth  of  the  brain;  a  study  of  the  nervous  system  in  re- 
lation   to    education.      1895.      (Contemporary    science 

series.)    612.82  D71 

LUYS,  Jules  Bernard. 

The  brain  and  its  functions.  1890.  (International  scien- 
tific series.) 612.82  L98 

WILSON,  Albert. 

The  brain-machine;  its  power  and  weakness.    1899 612.82  W76 

Study  of  the  brain,  its  structure,  physiolog:y  and  psychology.  The  in- 
fluences of  heredity  and  environment  are  considered. 

613     Personal  hygiene 

BISSELL,  Mrs  Mary  Barton  (Taylor). 

Manual  of  hygiene.    1894 613  B49 

BLAISDELL,  Albert  Franklin. 

Child's  book  of  health,  in  easy  lessons  for  schools.    1897.  .  .J613  BS2 

How  to  keep  well;  a  text-book  of  health  for  use  in  the 
lower  grades  of  schools,  with  special  reference  to  the 
effects  of  alcoholic  drinks,  tobacco  and  other  narcotics 
on  the  bodily  life.     1899 J613  B52h 

Our  bodies  and  how  we  live;  an  elementary  text-book  of 
physiology  and  hygiene  for  use  in  schools,  with  special 
reference  to  the  effects  of  alcoholic  drinks,  tobacco  and 

other  narcotics  on  the  bodily  life.     1900 J613  6520 

BROWN,  Haydn. 

Secret  of  good  health  and  long  life.     1898 613  B78 

Little  manual  of  advice  about  diet,  exercise,  clothing,  etc. 


858  PERSONAL  HYGIENE 

DOHERTY,  William  B. 

You  and  your  doctor,  how  to  prolong  life;  advice  on  sleep, 
air,  food,  drink,  bathing,  hemorrhages,  the  care  of  the 

baby,  hygienic  rules,  etc.     1900 613  D68 

The  same.     1900 r6i3  D68 

DUDGEON,  Robert  Ellis. 

Prolongation  of  life.     1900 613  D86 

Contents:  On  exercise. —  On  clothing. —  On  bathing. —  On  food. —  On 
drink. — On  tobacco. — On  eyes. — On  beards. 

EGBERT,  Seneca. 

Manual  of  hygiene  and  sanitation.     1898 613  E34 

Accurate,  readable  statement  of  fundamental  principles,  with  examples 
of  American  practice  in  their  application  to  the  conservation  of  per- 
sonal and  public  health. 

FOTHERGILL,  John  Milner. 

Town  dweller;  his  needs  and  his  wants.     1889 613  F82 

HARLAN D,  Marion,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  Virginia  (Hawes) 
Terhune). 
Eve's  daughters;   or,   Common  sense   for  maid,  wife  and 

mother.      1882 r6i3    H27 

HAYES,  J.  R. 

How  to  live  longer  and  why  we  do  not  live  longer.  1897.  .  .  .613  H37 
HUFELAND,  Christoph  Wilhelm. 

Makrobiotik;   oder.   Die  kunst  das   menschliche  leben   zu 

verlangern.     1823 613  H89 

LINDLEY,  E.  Marguerite. 

Health  in  the  home;  a  practical  work  on  the  promotion  and 

preservation  of  health.    1896 613  L72 

Contains  illustrated  prescriptions  of  Swedish  grymnastic  exercise  for 
home  and  club  practice. 

OSGOOD,  Hamilton. 

Winter  and  its  dangers.  1879.  (American  health  primers.)  .  .613  O29 
PARKES,  Edmund  Alexander. 

Manual  of  practical  hygiene.     1891 613  P24 

"Service  of  the  soldier,"  P.502-67S. 

REYNOLDS,  Ernest  Septimus. 

Primer  of  hygiene.     1898 613  R37 

Practical  primer  of  health,  by  an  eminent  English  physician. 
WILDER,  Bert  Green. 

Health  notes  for  students.     1893 613  W71 

"Publications  referred  to,  or  recommended,"  p.73-7S. 

Simplest  elementary  advice  on  hygiene,  diet  and  bathing,  especially 
adapted  to  the  conditions  under  which  students  are  likely  to  live. 

AMERICAN  PUBLIC  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION. 

Public  health;  the  Lomb  prize  essays.     1886 613.04  A51 

Contents:  Vaughan,  V.  C.  Healthy  homes  and  food  for  the  working 
classes. — Lincoln,  D.  F.  The  sanitary  conditions  and  necessities  of 
school-houses  and  school-life. — Sternberg,  G.  M.  Disinfection  and  in- 
dividual prophylaxis  against  infectious  diseases. — Ireland,  G.  H.  Pre- 
ventable causes  of  disease,  injury  and  death  in  American  manufac- 
tories and  workshops,  and  the  best  means  and  appliances  for  prevent- 
ing and  avoiding  them. 

The  same.     1886 r6i3.04  A51 

BEDDOES,  Guy,  ed. 

Habit  and  health;  a  book  of  hints  for  middle  age.  1890.  .  .613.04  B37 
DUTCH ER,  Addison  Porter. 

Selections    from    my   portfolio;    lectures    and    essays    on 


HEALTH  RESORTS  859 


popular  and  scientific  subjects.     1858 613.04  D95 

Contents:  Means  of  mental  improvement. — Means  of  success. — Our  re- 
publican institutions. — Progress,  education  and  physiolog^y. — Physical 
and  mental  characteristics  of  man. — Functions  of  the  brain. — Physiol- 
ogy of  digestion.- — -Absorption  and  secretion. — The  gastric  juice. — Dif- 
ferent kinds  of  food. — Animal  heat. — Bathing. — Exercise. — The  pas- 
sions.— Alcohol. — Tobacco. — Opium. 

KEITH,  George  Skene. 

On  sanitary  and  other  matters.    1900 613.04  K16 

Contents:  On  waste  of  water  in  water-closets  and  baths. — On  the  mod- 
ern system  of  treating  and  nursing  infectious  diseases. — How  to  profit 
by  life  at  sea. — On  rice-meal. — The  story  of  an  eye. — On  the  rapid  and 
progressive  deterioration  of  the  young. — On  athletics,  etc. 

ROOSt,  Robson. 

Waste  and  repair  in  modern  life.     1897 613.04  R68 

Contents:  The  wear  and  tear  of  London  life. — Rest  and  repair  in  Lon- 
don life. — The  art  of  prolonging  life. — Clothing  as  a  protection  against 
cold. — A  contribution  to  the  alcohol  question. — Fasting  and  its  physi- 
ology.— The  spread  of  diphtheria. — The  propagation  and  prevention  of 
cholera. — Infection  and  disinfection. — The  London  water  supply. — 
Health-resorts  and  their  uses. 

LEWES,  Vivian  B. 

Air  and  water.     1892.     (University  extension  series.) 613. i  L67 

Description,  for  non-scientific  readers,  of  the  changes  and  actions  taking 
place  in  air  and  in  water,  with  especial  reference  to  the  relations  be- 
tween the  air  and  our  health,  and  the  effects  of  water  and  its  impurities 
upon  the  system. 

SMITH,  Robert  Angus. 

Air  and  rain;  the  beginning  of  a   chemical   climatology. 

1872  r6i3.i  S65 


613.12     Health  resorts 

McGOWAN,  William  D. 

Climate  of  Ligonier  and  part  of  Ligonier  valley  in  refer- 
ence to  pulmonary  consumption.     1886 613.12  M16 

OERTEL,  Max  Josef. 

Health  resorts  for  the  cure  and  treatment  of  patients  suf- 
fering from  disturbances  of  the  circulatory  system; 
especially  concerning  winter  resorts  in  southern  Tyrol. 

1886   613.12  OlS 

SOLLY,  Samuel  Edwin. 

Handbook  of  medical  climatology;  embodying  its  princi- 
ples and  therapeutic  application,  with  scientific  data  of 

the  chief  health  resorts  of  the  world.     1897 613.12  S68 

WALTERS,  Frederick  Rufenacht. 

Sanatoria  for  consumptives  in  various  parts  of  the  world, 
with  a  description  of  the  open-air  treatment  of  phthisis. 

1899  r6i3.i2  W19 

Bibliography,  p.  3  55-364- 

613.2     Food.     Dietetics 

For  Food  adulteration,  see  614.3;  for  Food  analysis,  see  543.1;  for  Cookery,  see  641 

ARBUTHNOT,  John. 

Essay  concerning  the  nature  of  aliments  and  the  choice  of 

them.     1731 .r6i3.2  A66 


86o  FOOD.    DIETETICS 


ATKINSON,  Edward. 

Science  of  nutrition,  the  Aladdin  oven;  Dietaries  carefully 
computed  under  the  direction  of  Mrs  E.  H.  Richards. 

189s    613.2  A87 

DURHAM,  William. 

Food,   physiology,   etc.      1891.      (Science   in  plain   lan- 
guage.)     613.2  D94 

FLETCHER,  Horace. 

Glutton  or  epicure.    1899 613.2  F63 

Contents:     Nature's  food  filter;  or.  When  and  what  to  swallow. — What 

sense?  or.  Economic  nutrition. 
"Two  essays  on  the  value  of  extreme  mastication  of  food  in  relation  to 
nutrition   and   to   health.      As   a   layman,   the  author   transforms   this 
physiological  virtue  into  a  moral  and  physical  panacea."    Nation,  1900. 

FOTHERGILL,  John  Milner. 

The  food  we  eat.     1882 613.2  F82 

Manual  of  dietetics.     1888 r6i3.2  F82m 

The  same.     1886 613.2  F82m 

HART,  Mrs  Alice  M. 

Diet  in  sickness  and  in  health.    1896 r6i3.2  H31 

HOLBROOK,  Martin  Luther. 

Eating  for  strength;  or.  Food  and  diet  in  their  relation 

to  work.     1888 613.2  H69 

HOY,  Albert  Harris. 

Eating  and  drinking;  the  alkalinity  of  the  blood,  the  test  of 

food  and  drink  in  health  and  disease.     1896 613.2  H86 

HUTCHISON,  Robert. 

Food  and  the  principles  of  dietetics.    1902 613.2  H97 

"Interesting  and  useful  as  a  careful  compilation  and  study  of  modern 
knowledge  of  the  chemical  constituents  of  foods,  and  of  their  relation 
to  the  production  of  energy.  Dr.  Hutchison  has  paid  special  attention 
to  the  relation  of  price  to  value  as  food,  and  those  who  wish  to  know 
exactly  whether  they  are  paying  for  flavour  or  rarity  0/  energy-value, 
when  purchasing  food,  will  find  exact  information  set  out  in  a  clear 
and  interesting  fashion. .  .The  information  given  on  meat  juices,  jellies 
and  extracts  is  particularly  valuable."     Saturday  review,  1901. 

KEITH,  George  Skene. 

Plea  for  a  simpler  life.     1895 613.2  K16 

The  same,  and  Fads  of  an  old  physician.     1900 613.2  Ki6p 

KINGSFORD,  Mrs  Anna  (Bonus). 

Perfect  way  in  diet;  a  treatise  advocating  a  return  to  the 

natural  and  ancient  food  of  our  race.     1895 613.2  K27 

Sets  forth  the  doctrine  of  the  vfcgetarians  from  different  points  of  view, 
the  economic,  the  social,  the  medical,  etc. 

KNIGHT,  James. 

Food  and  its  functions;  a  text-book  for  students  of  cookery. 

1898   613.2  K34 

RABAGLIATI,  A. 

Air,    food   and    exercise;    an    essay    on    the    predisposing 

causes  of  disease.    1897 613.2  Rii 

Author  holds  that  the  influence  of  heredity  and  of  germs  is  far  less 
than  is  generally  supposed,  and  that  most  diseases,  including  cancer, 
consumption,  pneumonia  and  bronchitis,  are  curable  or  preventable  by 
attention  to  food  and  exercise. 

RUMFORD  kitchen  leaflets,  1899:  Plain  words  about  food. 

1899 613.2  R86 

Contents:   Count  Rumford  and  his  work  for  humanity,  by  E.  H.  Richards. 


FOOD.    DIETETICS.  86i 

— Rumfordiana,  by  Susannah  Minns. — King  Palate,  by  M.  H.  Abel. — 
Comparative  nutrition,  by  Edward  Atkinson. — External  digestion,  by 
W.  T.  Sedgwick. — Water  and  air  as  food,  by  E.  H.  Richards. — The 
chemistry  of  proteid  foods,  by  J.  J.  Abel. — The  digestibility  of  proteid 
foods,  by  R.  H.  Chittenden. — Proteids  in  our  daily  fare,  by  M.  H. 
Abel. — The  chemistry  of  fats  and  carbohydrates,  by  Ira  Remsen. — 
The  digestion  and  nutritive  value  of  the  carbohydrates,  by  W.  H. 
Howell. — The  place  of  fats  in  nutrition,  by  M.  H.  Abel. — The  food 
of  school  children  and  young  students,  by  E.  H.  Richards. — The 
prophylactic  and  therapeutic  value  of  food,  by  E.  H.  Richards. — Some 
suggestions  about  nourishment  in  acute  disease,  by  F.  H.  Williams. — 
Good  food  for  little  money,  by  E.  H.  Richards. — The  story  of  the  New 
England  kitchen,  by  M.  H.  Abel. — Public  kitchens  in  relation  to  the 
workingman  and  the  average  housewife,  by  M.  H.  Abel. — Public 
kitchens  in  relation  to  school-lunches  and  to  restaurants,  by  E.  H. 
Richards. — The  food  of  institutions,  by  E.  H.  Richards. 

SMITH,  Edward,  M.  D. 

Foods.     1884.     (International  scientific  series.) r6i3.2  S64 

THOMPSON,  Sir  Henry. 

Diet  in  relation  to  age  and  activity,  with  hints  concerning 

habits  conducive  to  longevity.     1902 613.2  T38 

Food  and  feeding.     1891 613.2  T38f 

The  same.     1899 613.2  T38f2 

Valuable  treatise  on  the  nutritive  and  economic  value  of  different  foods, 
and  the  comparative  advantages  of  different  methods  of  cooking,  with 
numerous  practical  suggestions. 

TOWNSEND,  George  H.  and  others. 

Relation  of  food  to  health  and  premature  death.     1898 613.2  T66 

YEO,  Isaac  Burney. 

Food  in  health  and  disease.  1896 613.2  Y24 

RICHARDS,  Mrs  Ellen  Henrietta  (Swallow). 

Cost  of  food;  a  study  in  dietaries.     1901 613.21  R39 

Bibliography,  p.iss-is8. 

Discusses  the  kind,  quality  and  cost  of  food  suited  to  infants,  children 
at  school,  active  youth,  college  students,  brain  workers,  traveling  and 
professional  men,  as  well  as  persons  in  pauper  and  penal  institutions, 
and  hospitals.  Gives  lists  of  dietaries,  with  the  exact  cost  per  day  for 
each  person. 
RICHARDS,  Mrs  Ellen  Henrietta  (Swallow),  &  Talbot,  Marion. 
Food  as  a  factor  in  student  life;  a  contribution  to  the  study 

of  student  diet.     1894 613.21  R39f 

Published  by  the  University  of  Chicago. 

HOGAN,  Mrs  Louise  E.  (Shimer). 

How  to  feed  children.     1896.     (Practical  lessons  in  nurs- 
ing.)     613.22  H68 

JACOBI,  Abraham. 

Infant  diet;  a  lecture  delivered  May  8,  1873;  revised,  en- 
larged and  adapted  to  popular  use  by  M.   P.  Jacobi. 

1898  613.22  J13 

Manual  for  mothers,  by  an  authority.     Simple  and  comprehensive. 
BURNET,  Robert  William. 

Foods  and  dietaries;  a  manual  of  clinical  dietetics.    1896.  .613.23  B93 
WINTHROP,  Alice  Worthington. 

Diet  in  illness  and  convalescence.    1899 613.23  W79 

Besides  many  receipts  for  the  sick  and  convalescent,  the  author  gives 
the  chemical  constituents  and  nutritive  value  of  the  different  foods 
and  beverages.  Experience  at  the  army  hospitals  has  given  valuable 
information  regarding  typhoid  and  malarial  fevers. 

DEWEY,  Edward  Hooker. 

No-breakfast  plan  and  the  fasting-cure.    1900 613.24  Dsin 

Author,  a  physician,   gives  briefly  the  personal  and  professional  experi- 


862  BATHS.    CLOTHING 

ences  that  led  to  his  belief,  with  accounts  of  the  most  noted  "fasting- 
cures." 
True  science  of  living;  the  new  gospel  of  health.    1895.  . .  .613.24  D51 
Detailed  physiological  story  of  the  evolution  of  Dr  Dewey's  theory  of 
fasting  as  the  best  preventive  and  cure  of  disease. 

613.26    Vegetarianism 

GOODFELLOW,  John. 

Dietetic  value  of  bread.     1892 613.26  G62 

MILES,  Eustace  Hamilton. 

Muscle,  brain  and  diet;  a  plea  for  simpler  foods.     1900. .  .613.26  M68 
In  favor  of  vegetarianism. 
SALT,  Henry  Stephens. 

Logic  of  vegetarianism;  essays  and  dialogues.     1899 613.26  S17 

Bibliography,  p.  117. 

Arguments  showing  the  physical,   moral,   social,   economic  and   xsthetic 
benefits  of  vegetarianism. 

613.31     Water  as  a  beverage 

See  also  Water  analysis,  543.3 

CHURCH,  Arthur  Herbert. 

Plain   words   about  water.     1895.     (South   Kensington 

museum  science  handbooks.) 613.31  C46 

Practical   suggestions  in   regard   to   water-supplies,   methods   of  detecting 
impurities  and  means  of  remedying  them. 

FRANKLAND,    Percy    Faraday,   &   Mrs   Grace    Coleridge 
(Toynbee). 
Micro-organisms  in  water;  their  significance,  identification 

and  removal.     1894 613.31  F87 

PRUDDEN,  Theophile  Mitchell. 

Drinking-water    and   ice   supplies,   and   their   relations   to 

health  and  disease.     1891 613.31   P97 

MacDONALD,  John  Denis. 

Guide  to  the  microscopical  examination  of  drinking  water. 

1883   r6i3.33  M14 

RAFTER,  George  W. 

How  to  study  the  biology  of  a  water  supply r589.95  C69 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

WHIPPLE,  George  Chandler. 

Microscopy  of  drinking-water.     1899. 613.33  W62 


613.4     Baths.      Clothing.     Toilet 

ALLSOP,  Robert  Owen. 

Public  baths  and  wash-houses.     1894 613.47  A44 

NEW  YORK  (city)— Mayor's  committee. 

Report  on  public  baths  and  public  comfort  stations.   1897.  .613.47  N26 

Bibliography,  p.  181-195. 

The  same.    1897 r6i3.47  N26 

AUSTIN,  Harriet  N. 

Dress-reform r6i3.48  A93 

ECOB,  Mrs  Helen  (Gilbert). 

The  well-dressed  woman;  a  study  in  the  practical  applica- 


55 


HYGIENE  OF  EMPLOYMENT  863 

tion  to  dress  of  the   laws   of  health,  art  and  morals. 

1893 613.48  £25 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 

Discusses  the  injurious  effects  of  tight-fitting  garments  and  heavy  skirts. 

STEELE,  Frances  Mary.  &  Adams.  E.  L.  S. 

Beauty  of  form  and  grace  of  vesture.     1892 613.48  S81 

Suggestions  for  the  making  of  a  healthful  and  artistic  style  of  garment 
for  women. 

WILLIAMS,  William  Mattieu. 

Philosophy  of  clothing.     1890 613.48  W74 

Discussion  of  clothing  from  a  purely  hygienic  point  of  view.  Concerns 
itself  mainly  with  the  comparative  merits  of  the  different  clothing 
materials. 

BEAUTY  and  hygiene.     1897 613.49  B35 

HUMPHRY,  Mrs  Charlotte  Eliza,  (pseud.  Madge). 

How  to  be  pretty  though  plain.     1899 613.49  H92 

MONIN,  Ernest. 

Hygiene  of  beauty.     1893 613.49  M82 


613.6     Hygiene  of  employment 

See  also  Labor  of  women  and  children,  331.3-331.4 

ARLIDGE,  John  Thomas. 

Hygiene,  diseases  and  mortality  of  occupations.    1892 613.6  A72 

"Historical  sketch  of  the  literature  of  industrial  diseases,"  p.6-12. 
PARRY,  Leonard  A. 

Risks  and  dangers  of  various  occupations,  and  their  pre- 
vention.    1900 613.6  P26 

PATISSIER,  Philibert. 

Traite  des  maladies  des  artisans  et  de  celles  qui  resultent 

des  diverses  professions,  d'apres  Ramazzini.     1822.  . .  .r6i3.6  P29 
MITCHELL,  Silas  Weir. 

Wear  and  tear.    1891 613.61  M74 

Advice  for  the  nervously  overworked,  by  a  distinguished  nerve  specialist. 
BURTON,  William. 

Use  of  lead  compounds  in  pottery,  from  the  potters'  point 

of  view.     1899 613.6s   B95 

On  lead  poisoning.  By  the  director  of  an  English  pottery  company. 
Gives  statistics,  and  English  and  foreign  regulations  of  the  pottery 
industry. 

COOLIDGE,  Richard  H. 

Statistical  report  on  the  sickness  and  mortality  in  the  army 
of  the  United  States  from  Jan.  1839  to  Jan.  1855.  1856. 
(United  States.    34th  cong.  ist  sess.     Senate.     Ex.  doc. 

no.96.)   qr6i3.67  C78 

REED,  Walter,  and  others. 

Abstract  of  report  on  the  origin  and  spread  of  typhoid 
fever  in  U.  S.  military  camps  during  the  Spanish  war  of 

1898.     1900 r6i3.67  R28 

UNITED  STATES — Surgeon-general's  office. 

Medical  and  surgical  history  of  the  War  of  the  rebellion, 

1861-65.     6v.     1870-88 qr6i3.67  U25 

V.  1-3.     Medical  history. 
v.4-6.      Surgical  history. 


864  PHYSICAL  CULTURE 

613.7     Physical  culture.     Gymnastics 

For  School  hygiene,  see  371.7 

BISSELL,  Mrs  Mary  Barton  (Taylor). 

Physical  development  and  exercise  for  women.     1891 613.7  B49 

"Dr.  Bissell  has  had  much  practical  experience  in  [this]  field,  and  her 
book  is... a  sensible  and  useful  one."     Nation,  1891. 

CALL,  Annie  Payson. 

As  a  matter  of  course.     1896 613.7  Ci3a 

Author  suggests  how  we  may  take  our  moods,  our  amusement  and  our 
health  more  as  a  matter  of  course,  and  so  remove  many  nervous  irri- 
tants which  not  only  interfere  with  our  pleasure  and  usefulness  in  life, 
but  are  causes  of  much  actual  disease. 

Power  through  repose.     1894 613.7  C13 

"To  nervous,  overworked,  worried  and  worrying  people  we  commend  this 
book.  .'.It  maintains  that  one  can  train  oneself  to  absolute  relaxation  in 
times  of  rest,  and  to  the  employment  of  just  enough  force — and  not 
too  much — in  times  of  labor — so  as  to  double  the  possibilities  of  life." 

GALBRAITH,  Anna  M. 

Hygiene  and  physical  culture  for  women.     1895 613.7  G14 

Bibliography,  p.  15-21. 

Describes  the  body,  the  exercise  conducing  to  health  and  beauty,  the 
benefits  of  good  air,  water  and  food.  Discusses  fashionable  dress  and 
sensible  dress,  work,  rest,  recreation,  sleep,  and  the  disabilities  peculiar 
to  women.  Author  writes  from  observation  and  experience;  her  style 
is  clear  and  interesting.     Illustrations  good. 

GREENE,  Robert  Holmes. 

Healthy  exercise.     1900 613.7  G83 

Contents:  Theory  of  exercise,  baths  and  bathing. — ^The  choice  of  an 
exercise. — Exercises. 

LAGRANGE,  Fernand. 

Physiology  of  bodily  exercise.  1892.  (International  scien- 
tific  series.) .613.7   L15 

SCHMIDT,  F.A. 

Training  of  the  body  for  games,  athletics,  gymnastics  and 
other  forms  of  exercise,  and  for  health,  growth  and  de- 
velopment; ed.  by  E.  H.  Miles.     1901 613.7  S3S 

"Motive  of  the  book... is  the  value  of  physical  training  in  fitting  the 
young  for  success  in  games,  and  indirectly  for  success  in  life . . .  Dr. 
Schmidt,  a  German  physician,  supplies  the  medical  side;  Mr.  Miles  [an 
English  amateur  champion  in  various  fields]  makes  the  application... 
The  physiology  of  exercise  is  made  as  plain  as  lay  readers  may  expect, 
and  various  bodily  movements  are  illustrated  by  numerous  figures... 
So  much  of  the  volume  as  Mr.  Miles  is  responsible  for  contains  a  con- 
tention against  flesh  foods,  either  in  training  or  for  ordinary  diet." 
Nation,  1901. 

TREVES,  Frederick. 

Physical  education;  an  article  contributed  to  an  encyclo- 
pedic work  on  hygiene.     1892 613.7  T73 

The  "encyclopedic  work"  is  the  "Treatise  on  hygiene"  by  Thomas  Ste- 
venson and  S.  F.  Murphy. 

ALEXANDER,  A. 

Musical  drill;  for  use  in  schools  and  calisthenic  classes. 

pt.2.     [1892.] 613.71  A37 

ANDERSON,  William  G. 

Light  gymnastics;  a  guide  to  systematic  instruction  in 
physical  training,  for  use  in  schools,  gymnasia,  etc. 
iSgS  613.71  Ass 


PHYSICAL  CULTURE  865 

BISHOP,  Mrs  Emily  Mulkin. 

Self-expression  and  health;  Americanized  Delsarte  culture. 

189s    613.71    B49 

BLAKIE,  William. 

How  to  get  strong  and  how  to  stay  so.    1879 613.71  B52 

"Aim  has  been,  in  a  way  so  plain  and  untechnical  that  any  intelligent 
boy  or  girl  can  readily  understand  it,  to  first  give  the  reader  a  nudge 
to  take  better  care  of  his  body,  and  so  of  his  health,  and  then  to  point 
out  one  way  to  do  it."    Preface. 

The  same.    1898 613.71  Bsah 

The  same.     1899 J613.71  B52h 

Sound  bodies  for  our  boys  and  girls.    1898 613.71  B52S 

BOSTON  NORMAL  SCHOOL  OF  GYMNASTICS. 

One  hundred  gymnastic  games.     1897 613.71  B64 

BOWEN,  Wilbur  Pardon. 

Teachers'  course  in  physical  training;  a  brief  study  of  the 

fundamental  principles  of  gymnastic  training.    1899. .  .613.71  B66 

Bibliography,  p.  181-183. 

CHECKLEY,  Edwin. 

Natural  method  of  physical  training.     1894 613.71  C41 

CHESTERTON,  Thomas. 

Manual  of  drill  and  wand  exercises,  with  or  without  music, 
for  use  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools,  evening 
schools,  gymnastic  classes,  boys'  brigades,  etc.     1901.  .613.71  C42 
CRUDEN,  George. 

Manual  of  physical  culture  and  system  of  musical  drill,  for 

the  use  of  teachers  in  schools.     1901 613.71  C89 

ENEBUSKE,  Claes  Julius. 

Progressive  gymnastic  day's  orders,  according  to  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  Ling  system.    1901 613.71  E62 

Guide  in  teaching  gymnastics  to  children  in  schools.  The  exercises  are 
arranged  for  class  work  in  the  ordinary  schoolroom  and  require  no 
gymnastic  apparatus.  The  author  is  (1901)  principal  of  the  normal  de- 
partment in  the  Boston  normal  school  of  gymnastics. 

HARVEY,  Francis  Joseph. 

Physical  exercises  and  gymnastics  for  girls  and  women. 

1896  613.71   H33 

JAMES,  Alice  R. 

Girls'  physical  training;   a  series  of  healthy  and  artistic 

movements  to  music     1898 q6i3.7i  J16 

KNAUFF,  Theodore  C. 

Athletics  for  physical  culture.     1894 613.71  K33 

MACLAREN,  Archibald. 

Physical  education.     1895 613.71   M19 

POSSE,  Nils,  baron. 

Special  kinesiology  of  educational  gymnastics.     1896.  ..  .613.71  P84S 
An  enlarged  edition  of  his  "Swedish  system  of  educational  gymnastics." 

Swedish  system  of  educational  gymnastics.    1891 613.71  P84 

PRAY,  Mabel  L. 

Motion  songs  for  public  schools.    1899 613.71  P893 

PREECE,  Louise. 

System  of  physical  culture,  prepared  expressly  for  public 

school  work.     1894 613.71   P89 


866  PUBLIC  HEALTH 


SARGENT,  Dudley  Allen. 

Handbook  of  developing  exercises.     1897 613.71  S24 

Guide  to  the  use  of  gymnasium  apparatus,  in  connection  with  a  system 

of  physical  examinations. 
By  the  director  of  the  Hemenway  gymnasium,  Harvard  university. 
SCHREBER,  Daniel  Gottlob  Moritz. 

Medical  indoor  gymnastics;  or,  A  system  of  hygienic  exer- 
cises for  home  use;  revised  and  supplemented  by  Rudolf 

Graefe.     1899 613.71  S37 

THUMA,  Robert  F. 

The  grace  of  man.     1897 613.71  T42 

Physical  exercises,  the  object  being  "the  expression  of  the  soul  through 
the  mind  by  motion  of  the  body." 

— ^  613.8     Stimulants 

For  Temperance,  see   178 

KERR,  Norman  Shanks. 

Inebriety;  its  etiology,  pathology,  treatment  and  jurispru- 
dence.    1894 613.8   K21 

HARGREAVES,  William. 

Alcohol  and  science;  or.  Alcohol,  what  it  is  and  what  it 

does.     1882 613.81   H26 

RICHARDSON,  Sir  Benjamin  Ward. 

Temperance  lesson  book.     1888 613.81  R41 

613.9     Heredity  of  disease 

For  Heredity,  see  575.1 

HUTCHINSON,  Jonathan. 

Pedigree  of  disease;  being  six  lectures  on  temperament, 

idiosyncrasy  and  diathesis.     1884 r6i3.9  H971 

HUTH,  Alfred  Henry. 

Marriage  of  near  kin,  considered  with  respect  to  the  laws 

of  nations,  the  results  of  experience  and  the  teachings 

of  biology.     1875  •  •  • r6i3.9  H97 

Bibliography,  apx.  P.43-S2. 


614     Public  health 


BAKER,  Moses  Nelson. 

Municipal  engineering  and  sanitation.     1902.     (Library  of 

economics  and  politics.) 614  B17 

Brief  review  of  the  whole  subject.     Intended  for  use  of  citizens  as  well 
as  officials  who  are  striving  to  improve  municipal  conditions. 
BARRfi,  Louis  Auguste,  &  Paul. 

Manuel   de  genie   sanitaire.     2v.      1897-98.      (Bibliotheque 

des  connaissances  utiles.) 614  B26 

V.I.     La  ville  salubre. 
v.  2.     La  maison  salubre. 

Discusses    the    general    principles    of    public    and    domestic    hygiene,    de- 
scribing the  methods  adopted   in   many  cities  to   secure  good  sanitary 
conditions,  and  the  best  means  for  insuring  healthful  dwelling:s. 
BASHORE,  Harvey  Brown. 

Outlines   of   rural   hygiene;    for   physicians,   students   and 


PUBLIC  HEALTH  867 

sanitarians;  with  an  appendix  on  The  normal  distribu- 
tion of  chlorine,  by  H.  E.  Smith.     1897 614  B29 

CORFIELD,  William  Henry. 

Laws  of  health.     1888 614  C81 

Treats  of  personal  hygiene,  foods,  ventilation,  sanitation,  etc.,  in  a  simple, 
readable  manner. 

CURRIER,  Charles  Oilman. 

Outlines  of  practical  hygiene.     1898 614  C93 

DIBBLE,  F.  L. 

Vagaries  of  sanitary  science.    1893 614  D54 

Author,  a  physician,  declares  that  "there  is  not  a  particle  of  evidence  to 
sustain  the  filth-theory  of  disease,"  that  boards  of  health  and  sani- 
tarians "have  consumed  their  energies  on  subjects  which  have  no  in- 
fluence on  individual  or  public  health,"  and  that  the  whole  sanitary 
movement  is  an  imposition  on  mankind. 

ELLIS,  Havelock. 

Nationalisation  of  health.     1892 614  E53 

Plea  for  the   municipal   or   national  care   of   health   and   disease.      Has 
chapters  on  the  English  hospitals  and  infirmaries,  on  typhoid  fever, 
defective   eyesight   and   teeth,    inspection    of   industries.      Adapted    to 
English  conditions. 
PALMBERG,  Albert. 

Treatise  on  public  health  and  its  applications  in  different 

European  countries.     1895 614  P19 

Bibliography,  P.S28-5S2. 
PARKES,  Louis  Coltman. 

Hygiene  and  public  health.     1897 614  P24 

PLUNKETT,  Mrs  Harriette  Merrick  (Hodge). 

Women,  plumbers  and  doctors;  or.  Household  sanitation. 

1885   614  P72 

"Showing  that  if  women  and  plumbers  do  their  sanitary  duty,  there  will 
be  little  occasion  for  the  services  of  the  doctors." 
RICHARDSON,  Sir  Benjamin  Ward. 

Hygeia,  a  city  of  health.    1876 614  R41 

ROH£,  George  H. 

Text-book  of  hygiene;  a  comprehensive  treatise  on  the 
principles  and  practice  of  preventive  medicine  from  an 

American  stand-point,     1901 614  R62 

STEVENSON,  Thomas,  M.  D.  &  Murphy,  S.  F.  ed. 

Treatise  on  hygiene  and  public  health.    3v.    1892-94 r6i4  S84 

v.  3  treats  of  the  sanitary  laws  of  Great  Britain. 

Series  of  articles,  each  by  an  expert  in  some  particular  branch,  covering 
the  subject  in  a  very  thorough  manner. 

SYKES,  John  F.  J. 

Public    health   problems.      1892.      (Contemporary    science 

series.) 614  S98 

TRACY,  Roger  Sherman. 

Hand-book  of  sanitary  information  for  householders;  con- 
taining facts  and  suggestions  about  ventilation,  drain- 
age, care  of  contagious  diseases,  disinfection,  food  and 
water;  with  appendices  on  disinfectants  and  plumbers' 

materials.      1898. 614   T67 

Author  is  sanitary  inspector  of  the  New  York  city  health  department;  he 
gives  in  detail  the  plan  of  house  drainage  recommended  by  the  Board 
of  health. 

WILLOUGHBY,  Edward  Francis. 

Handbook  of  public  health  and  demography.    1893 614  W76 

Originally  published  as  "Principles  of  hygiene." 


868  PUBLIC  HEALTH 


AMERICAN  PUBLIC  HEALTH  ASSOCIATION. 

Public  health;  reports  and  papers  presented  at  the  meet- 
ings of  the  association,  1873-date.  v.i-date.  1875- 
date r6i4.os  A51 

v.20-23  issued  as  "Journal  of  the  American  public  health  association." 

CENTRALBLATT  ftir  allgemeine  gesundheitspflege;  organ 
des  Niederrheinischen  vereins  ftir  offentliche  gesund- 
heitspflege.   v.i-date.     1882-date r6i4.05  C32 

Register,  1882-1901,  v.i-22  and  sup.  v.1-3.     1902. 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS   OF  HYGIENE  AND 
DEMOGRAPHY. 
Transactions  of  the  7th  international  congress  of  hygiene 
and  demography,  London,  Aug.  10-17,  1891;  ed.  by  C. 

E.  Shelly.     13V.  in  4,     1892 r6i4.o6  I24 

INTERNATIONAL  SANITARY   CONFERENCE,  Wash- 
ington, 1881. 
Proceedings  of  the  International  sanitary  conference  pro- 
vided for  by  joint  resolution  of  the  Senate  and  House 

of  representatives.    1881 qr6i4.o6  I248 

English  and  French  text. 

This  conference  of  representatives  of  nations  having  ports  likely  to  be 
infected  with  yellow  fever  or  cholera,  was  called  for  the  purpose  of 
securing  an  international  system  of  notification  as  to  the  actual  sani- 
tary condition  of  such  ports  and  of  vessels  sailing  from  them. 


Health  reports 

Germany 

GERMANY — Kaiserliches  gesundheitsamt. 

Auszuge  aus  gerichtlichen  entscheidungen,  betreffend  den 
verkehr  mit  nahrungsmitteln,  genussmitteln  und  ge- 
brauchsgegenstanden,  1891-date.  v.i-date.  [1892?]- 
date qr6i4.0943  G32 

Beilage  zu  den  "Veroffentlichungen  des  Kaiserlichen  gesundheitsamtes." 
Sammlung  gerichtlicher  entscheidungen  auf  dem  gebiete 
der  offentlichen  gesundheitspflege  (ausschl.  nahrungs- 
und     genussmittel),     1895-date.       v.i-date.       [1898?]- 

date qr6i4.0943  G32S 

Beilage  zu  den  "Veroffentlichungen  des  Kaiserlichen  gesundheitsamtes." 
Verdffentlichungen    des    Kaiserlichen    gesundheitsamtes; 

[weekly],  1877-date.    v.i-date.     1877-date qr6i4.0943  G32V 

Supplements  are  issued  under  the  titles  "Auszuge  aus  gerichtlichen  ent- 
scheidungen, betreffend  den  verkehr  mit  nahrungsmitteln,  genussmit- 
teln und  gebrauchsgegenstanden,"  and   "Sammlung  gerichtlicher  ent- 
scheidungen auf  dem  gebiete  der  offentlichen  gesundheitspflege." 
Gesammt-inhaltsverzeichniss,   1885-1900.      1903. 

United  States 

CHAPIN,  Charles  Value. 

Municipal  sanitation  in  the  United  States.     1901 qr6i4.0973  C36 

Considers  the  sanitary  functions  of  cities,  counties,  etc.     Compendium  of 
sanitary  practice,  not  a  treatise  on  the  principles  of  sanitation. 

UNITED  STATES— National  board  of  health. 

Annual  report,  1879-1885.     1880-86 r6i4.0973  U2S 

Reports  for  1881,  1884  and  1885  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of 


VITAL  STATISTICS  869 


cong^ressional  documents,  numbered  respectively,  2026,  2303  and  2339. 
No  reports  were  issued  after  i88s  and  the  board  was  abolished  by  act  of 
Congress,  Feb.  13.  1893. 

MAINE— Health  board. 

Annual  report  (7th),  1891.    1892 r6i4.0974i  M26 

7th  report  consists  of  a  repoit  on  school  hygiene  and  school-houses. 

MASSACHUSETTS— Health  board. 

Annual  report  (2d,  4th-8th,  iith-i2th,  2ist-25th,  27th-3ist, 
33d-date)  of  the  State  board  of  health,  for  the  year  end- 
ing Sept.   30,   1870,   1872-76,   1879-80,    1889-93,   1895-99, 

1901-date.     1871-date r6i4.09744  M45 

Include  reports  on  water-supply  and  sewerage,  food  and  drug  inspec- 
tion and  infectious  diseases.  Contain  numerous  papers  on  topics  re- 
lated to  the  above,  including  results  of  experience  in  water  and  sewage 
purification,  prevention  and  cure  of  diphtheria,  sources  of  pollution 
of  water-supply,  vital  statistics,  etc. 

NEW  YORK  (city),  CITIZENS'  ASSOCIATION. 

Report  of  the  council  of  hygiene  and  public  health  upon 

the  sanitary  condition  of  the  city.    1865 r6i4.09747  N26 

PENNSYLVANIA— Health  board. 

Annual   report    (ist-date)    and   vital   statistics,    1885-date. 

1886-date    r6i4.09748   P39 

MICHIGAN— Health  board. 

Annual  report  (5th,  9th-date),  for  the  year  ending  June 

30,  1877,  1881-date.     1878-date r6i4.09774  M66 

I2th-i3th  reports  wanting. 

Index,   1873-1898,   ist-2Sth  reports.     1898. 

Before  1887  the  fiscal  year  ends  Sept.  30. 
The  same;  supplement;  Proceedings  and  addresses  at  sani- 
tary   conventions,    1886,    1888-1894,    1896-1898.      1887- 
98  r6i4.09774  M66s 

614.1     Vital  statistics 

MICHIGAN— State,  Secretary  of. 

Annual  report  (2d-30th)  relating  to  the  registry  and  return 

of  births,  marriages  and  deaths,  1868-1896.    1869-98.  .  .r6i4.i  M66 
Reports  for  1874,   1887,  1889-1890,  1893  wanting. 
NEWSHOLME,  Arthur. 

Elements  of  vital  statistics.     1892 1614.1  N28 

The  same.    1899 r6i4.i  N28e 

Author  is  an  English  physician  and  fellow  of  the  Royal  statistical  society. 

"It  is  the  application  of  medical  knowledge,  its  use  to  social  ends  and 
the  amelioration  of  social  ills  that  primarily  interest  the  writer... Of 
special  importance  to  those  in  charge  of  our  vital  statistics."  Annals 
of  the  American  academy  of  political  and  social  science,  1900. 

MARSH,  Elias  J.  &  White.  G.  M.  comp. 

Report  on  the  mortality  records  of  the  Mutual  life  in- 
surance company  of  New  York,  1843-1898.     1900. . .  qr6i4.i3  M41 

614.3     Adulterations 

For  Chemical  analysis,  see  543 

ANALYST,  including  the  Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  pub- 
lic analysis;  a  monthly  journal  of  analytical  chemistry. 

v.i-date.     1877-date r6i4.3  A53 

Index,  v.i-20.     1897. 

Proceedings  of  the  society,  v.i,  1876,  will  be  found  in    r6i4.3  A529. 


870  ADULTERATIONS 

BATTERSHALL,  Jesse  P. 

Food  adulteration  and  its  detection.    1887 614.3  B31 

The  same.     1887 r6i4.3  B31 

BIGELOW,  Willard  Dell. 

Foods  and  food  control,    pt.1-5.     1902.     (In  United  States 

— Chemistry  bureau.    Bulletin,  no.69,  pt.1-5.) r630.6  U2S33 

Contains  the  federal  food  law  and  the  food  laws  of  the  various  states, 
territories  and  insular  possessions. 

HASSALL,  Arthur  Hill. 

Adulterations  detected;  or,  Plain  instructions  for  the  dis- 
covery of  frauds  in  food  and  medicine.     1857 r6i4.3  H34 

REVUE  international  des  falsifications  des  denrees  alimen- 
taires;  [bimonthly  and  monthly].  v.i-date.  1887- 
date    qr6i4.3  R37 

RICHARDS,  Mrs  Ellen  Henrietta  (Swallow). 

Food  materials  and  their  adulterations.     1886 614.3  R39 

List  of  works  consulted,  p.  177-1 79. 

Tells  in  brief  compass  what  should  be  the  appearance  and  constituents  of 
our  various  foods  and  drinks  when  in  their  best  condition,  and  gives 
the  simplest  way  of  detecting  adulteration.  Mrs  Richards  is  a  practi- 
cal chemist  and  for  years  has  been  engaged  in  laboratory  examinations 
of  food  materials. 

SCHIMPER,  A.  F.  Wilhelm. 

Anleitung  zur  mikroskopischen  untersuchung  der  nahrungs- 

und  genussmittel.     1886 r6i4.3  S33 

UNITED  STATES— Manufactures  committee. 

Adulteration  of  food  products;  report  [under  S.  R.  447,  to 
ascertain  what  manufacturers  are  adulterating  food  and 
drink  products].  1900.  (56th  cong.  ist  sess.  Senate. 
Report  no.Si6.) r6i4.3  U25 

WILEY,  Harvey  Washington,  and  others. 

Food  and  food  adulterants,     pt.1-9,  in  4v.     1887-98.     (In 

United  States — Chemistry  bureau.  Bulletin,  no. 13.)  .  .r630.6  U2533 

pt.8  wanting. 

v. I,  pt.i-s.  Dairy  products. — Spices  and  condiments,  by  Clifford  Rich- 
ardson.— Fermented  alcoholic  beverages,  by  C.  A.  Crampton. — Lard  and 
lard  adulterations,  by  H.  W.  Wiley. — Baking  powders,  by  C.  A.  Cramp- 
ton. 

v.2,  pt.6-7.  Sugar,  molasses  and  sirup,  confections,  honey  and  beeswax. 
- — Tea,  coffee  and  cocoa  preparations,  by  G.  L.  Spencer  and  E.  E. 
Ewell. 

V.4,  pt.p.     Cereals  and  cereal  products. 

TAYLOR,  Thomas. 

Improved  methods  of  distinguishing  between  pure  and  fic- 
titious lard;  also  Four  edible  mushrooms  of  the  United 
States.      1893.      (United    States — Microscopy    division. 

Food  products,  no.3.) 589.22  T2S 

Bound  with  his  "Twelve  edible  mushrooms  of  the  United  States." 

WALLEY,  Thomas. 

Practical  guide  to  meat  inspection.    1896 614.317  W18 

WYLDE,  W. 

Inspection  of  meat;  a  guide  to  officers  supervising  contract- 
meat  and  to  sanitary  inspectors.     1890 614.317  W98 


CONTAGION.     INFECTION  871 


614.5-614.5     Contagion.     Infection 

ABBOTT,  Alexander  Crever. 

Hygiene  of  transmissible  diseases;  their  causation,  modes 

of  dissemination  and  methods  of  prevention.     1899. ..  .614.4  A13 
UNITED    STATES— Public    health    and    marine-hospital 
service. 
Annual  report  of  the  supervising  surgeon-general  for  the 
fiscal  year  ending  June  30,  1872,  1890,  iSgs-date.     1873- 
date r6i4.4  U2S 

Report  for  1872,  with  a  historical  sketch  of  the  service  from  its  organi- 
zation in  1798,  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional 
documents,  no.  1566. 

Abstracts  of  these  and  also  of  the  missing  reports  may  be  found  in  the 
Annual  report  of  the  secretary  of  the  treasury,  r336.7  Uasr. 

Public  health  reports;  weekly,  Jan.  6,  1899-date.    v.i4-date. 

1900-date   r6i4.4  U25P 

Formerly  "Abstract  of  sanitary  reports." 

COPEMAN,  S.  Monckton. 

Vaccination;  its  natural  history  and  pathology;  the  Milroy 

lectures  for  1898.     1899 614.473  C79 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

HECKENAST,  Wilhelm. 

Desinfectionsmittel;  oder,  Anleitung  zur  anwendung  der 
praktischesten    und    besten    desinfectionsmittel.      1878. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r6i4.48  H39 

RIDEAL,  Samuel. 

Disinfection  and  disinfectants.     1895 614.48  R43 

Bibliography,  p.  3 1 7-322. 

ENGLAND — Indian  plague  commission. 

Minutes  of  evidence  taken  by  the  commission,  with  appen- 
dices; presented  to  Parliament.    2'v.    1900 qr6i4.49  E64 

TIRARD,  Nestor  Isidor  Charles. 

Diphtheria  and  antitoxin.     1897 614.512  T49 

KOCH,  Robert. 

Bacteriological  diagnosis  of  cholera;  Water-filtration  and 
cholera;  and.  The  cholera  in  Germany  during  the  win- 
ter of  1892-93;  tr.  by  George  Duncan,  with  prefatory 

note  by  W.  T.  Gairdner.     1894 614.514  K36 

SHAKESPEARE,  Edward  Oram. 

Report  on  cholera  in  Europe  and  India.     1890.     (United 
States.     49th   cong.   2d    sess.     Senate.      Mis.    doc.    no. 

92.)    qr6i4.Si4  S52 

UNITED  STATES— Foreign  affairs  committee. 

Cholera  morbus;  report  of  the  committee  on  foreign  af- 
fairs to  whom  has  been  referred  a  memorial  of  the 
Board  of  health  of  the  city  of  New  York  on  the  disease 
known  as  Indian  or  Asiatic  cholera,  Jan.  20,  1832.  1832. 
(22d  cong.  1st  sess.     House.     Report  no. 226.) ri72  H34 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

CHRISTY,  Cuthbert. 

Mosquitos  and  malaria;  a  summary  of  knowledge  on  the 
subject  up  to  date,  with  an  account  of  the  natural  his- 
tory of  some  mosquitos.    1900 614.53  C46 


872  EMBALMING.    BURIAL.    CREMATION 

EDWARDS,  Joseph  F. 

Malaria;  what  it  means  and  how  avoided.    1881 614.53  E31 

ANDERSON,  Izett  William. 

Yellow  fever  in  the  West  Indies.     1898 614.541  AS4 

The  same r6i4.54i  AS4 

UNITED   STATES— Public  health  and  marine-hospital 
service. 
Yellow  fever;  its  nature,  diagnosis,  treatment  and  prophy- 
laxis, and  quarantine  regulations  relating  thereto,  by  of- 
ficers of  the  U.  S.  marine  hospital  service.     1898 r6i4.54i  U25 

UNITED  STATES— Yellow  fever  institute. 

Bulletin,    no.i-13,  in  i.     1902-03 r6i4.54i  U253 

THORNE,  Sir  Richard  Thorne. 

Administrative  control  of  tuberculosis.     1899 614.542  T41 

614.6     Embalming.     Burial.     Cremation 

See  also  Treatment  of  the  dead,  393 

WICKES,  Stephen. 

Sepulture;    its    history,    methods    and    sanitary   requisites. 

1884 r6i4.6  W67 

"Authorities  consulted,"  p.3. 
COBB,  John  Storer. 

Quartercentury  of  cremation  in  North  America.     1901. .  .  .614.62  C63 

"Bibliography  of  the  nineteenth  century,"  P.123-IS4. 
General  outline  of  the   development  of  cremation  since   1873,   followed 
by  descriptions  of  the  twenty-seven  public  crematories  in  the  United 
States  and  Canada. 
FULTON,  Henry  D. 

Should  we  burn  our  dead?     1901 r6i4.62  F98 

Reprinted  from  "American  medicine,"  Nov.  2,   1901. 
Short  articles  in  favor  of  cremation. 
THOMPSON,  Sir  Henry. 

Modern  cremation.     1891 614.62  T38 

Historical  sketch  of  modern  cremation  in  England,  an  account  of  the 
objects  and  requirements  of  the  Cremation  society,  with  the  arguments 
for  cremation. 

WILLIAMS,  Robert  Elliott. 

Cremation  and  other  modes  of  sepulture.     1884 614.62  W74 

Short  comparison  in  favor  of  cremation. 

FUNERAL    DIRECTORS'    ASSOCIATION    OF    THE 
UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA. 
Pharmaceutical,  anatomical  and  chemical  lexicon;  the  na- 
tional funeral  directors'  official  text  book.     1886 r6i4.64  F98 

McCURDY,  Charles  William. 

Embalming  and  embalming  fluids.    1896 614.64  M14 

"Bibliography  of  embalming,"   p.2i7-2s8. 

614.7     Air  pollution 

PRUDDEN,  Theophile  Mitchell. 

Dust  and  its  dangers.     1891 614.71  P97 

"Written  with  the  purpose  of  informing  people,  in  simple  language,  what 
the  real  danger  is  of  acquiring  serious  disease — especially  consumption 
— by  means  of  dust-laden  air,  and  how  this  danger  may  be  avoided." 
Preface. 


PROTECTION  FROM  ACCIDENTS  873 

ROECHLING,  Herman  Alfred. 

Sewer  gas  and  its  influence  upon  health.     1898 614.765  R59 

Bibliography,  p.87-99. 


614.8     Protection  from  accidents 

CALDER,  John. 

Prevention  of  factory  accidents.     1899 614.8  C12 

BRITISH  FIRE  PREVENTION  COMMITTEE. 

Publications;  ed.  by  E.  O.  Sachs,    no.i-date.     1897-date.  .r6i4.84  B75 
no.i2  is  a  Report  on  the  Home  building  fire,  Pittsburgh,  in  1898. 
INGLE,  Herbert.  &  Harry. 

Chemistry  of  fire  and  fire  prevention;  a  handbook  for  in- 
surance surveyors,  works'  managers,  and  all  interested 

in  fire  risks  and  their  diminution.     1900 614.84  I24 

SACHS,  Edwin  O. 

Fires  and  public  entertainments;  a  study  of  some  iioo  not- 
able fires.     1897 qr6i4.84  S12 

BASEL,  Switzerland. 

Ratschlag    und    entwurf    eines    wohnungsgesetzes.      1897- 

1900 r6i4.8s  B28 

UNITED  STATES— Light-house  board. 

Report,  1852,  1872-date.     i8s2-date r6i4.86s  U25 

Synopsis  of  the  reports  of  this  board  may  be  found  in  the  Annual  report 
of  the  secretary  of  the  treasury,  ^336.7  Uasr. 

UNITED  STATES — Life-saving  service. 

Annual  report  (ist-date)  of  operations,  for  the  year  ending 

June  30,  1876-date.     1876-date r6i4.868  U2S 

614.88    Aid  to  the  injured 

AUSTIN,  J.  A. 

Manual    of    first    aid;    being    a    text-book    for    ambulance 
classes  and  a  work  of  reference  for  domestic  and  general 

use.     1898 614.88  A93 

DRINKWATER,  H. 

First  aid  to  the  injured,  and  ambulance  drill.     1900. 

(Temple  primers.) 614.88  D82 

Bibliography,  p.99-100. 

"The  number  and  excellency  of  the  illustrations  are  special  features  of 
this  little  book . . .  Can  be  strongly  recommended  as  a  clear  and  trust- 
worthy instruction  in  'first  aid.'  "     Nature,   1901. 

PILCHER,  James  E. 

First  aid  in  illness  and  injury.     1899 614.88  P58 

The  same.     1899 r6i4.88  P58 

UNITED  STATES— Surgeon-general's  office. 

Outlines  of  first  aid,  U.  S.  army.    1899 r6i4.88  U25 

WILDER,  Bert  Green,  comp. 

Emergencies;  how  to  avoid  them  and  how  to  meet  them. 

1887 614.88  W71 

"References,"  P.3S-36. 

Simple,  concise  directions  for  the  immediate  treatment  of  injured  per- 
sons. 


874  MATERIA  MEDICA.    THERAPEUTICS 

? 

614.9     Hygiene  of  animals 

See  also  Veterinary  medicine,  619 

UNITED  STATES— Agriculture,  Department  of. 

Contagious  diseases  of  domesticated  animals.    2v.    1880-81. 

(Special  report,  no. 22,  34.) r6i4.9  U2S 

Investigation  of  diseases  of  swine,  and  infectious  and  con- 
tagious diseases  incident  to  other  classes  of  domesti- 
cated animals.    1879.     (Special  report,  no. 12.) r6i4.9  U25i 

615     Materia  medica.     Therapeutics 

ALLEN,  Timothy  Field. 

Handbook  of  materia  medica  and  homoeopathic  therapeutics. 

1889 qr6i5  A43 

AMERICAN  PHARMACEUTICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Proceedings  at  the  annual  meeting   (ist-26th,  28th,  31st, 

34th),  1852-1878,  1880,  1883,  1886.     1865-86 r6i5.05  A51 

No  meeting  was  held  in  1861. 
PHARMACEUTICAL   journal   and    transactions,     v.i-date. 

1842-date qr6i5.05  P48 

Index,  v.i-is.     1857. 

Index,  V.  16-27.     1869. 

Index,  v.28-37.     1880. 

V.  1-29  monthly;   v.30-date  weekly. 

v.55-date  title  reads  "Pharmaceutical  journal." 

615. 1     Materia  medica.     Drugs 

BINZ,  Karl. 

Lectures  on  pharmacology  for  practitioners  and  students. 

V.I.     1895.     (New  Sydenham  society.     Publications.) .  .r6i5.i  B48 
CAPAUN-KARLOWA,  C.  F. 

Medicinische  specialitaten;  eine  sammlung  der  meisten  bis 
jetzt  bekannten  und  untersuchten  geheimmittel  und  spe- 
cialitaten.    1896.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  biblio- 

thek.)   r6i5.i  C18 

COBLENTZ,  Virgil. 

The  newer  remedies;  a  reference  manual  for  physicians,  phar- 
macists and  students.     1899 r6l5.l  C63 

Methods  of  preparation,  tests,  doses,  solubilities,  etc. 
CULBRETH,  David  M.  R. 

Manual  of  materia  medica  and  pharmacology;  comprising 
all  organic  and  inorganic  drugs  which  are  and  have 
been    official     in    the    United    States    pharmacopoeia. 

1900 r6i5.i  C91 

FINKLEPEARL,  Henry. 

Syllabus  of  materia  medica  and  pharmacognosy.     1895. .  .r6iS.i  F49 

The  same.     1895 615. 1  F49 

HELBING,  H. 

Modern  materia  medica.     1892 r6i5.i  H42 

MERCK'S  1896  index;  an  encyclopedia  for  the  physician  and 


DRUGS  875 

the   pharmacist,   of  the   chemicals   and   drugs   used   in 
medicine,  in  chemistry  and  in  the  arts.    1895 qr6i5.i  M63 

MERCK'S  manual  of  the  materia  medica;  a  ready-reference 
pocket  book  for  the  practicing  physician  and  surgeon, 
1901.     1901 r6i5.i  M63m 

VOMACKA,  Adolf. 

Taschenbuch  bestbewahrter  vorschriften  fiir  die  gangbarsten 
handverkaufs-artikel  der  apotheken  und  drogenhandlun- 
gen.     1897.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  biblio- 
thek.)    r6i5.i   V37 

615.11-615.13     Pharmacopoeias.     Dispensatories.     Formularies 

PHARMACOPCEIA  of  the  United  States;  5th-7th  decennial 
revision;  by  authority  of  the  National  convention  for 
revising  the  pharmacopoeia,  Washington,  1870-1890. 
1873-93    r615.11    P48 

SQUIRE,  Peter,  ed. 

Companion  to  the  latest  edition  of  the   British  pharma- 
copoeia.    1880 r615.11  S77 

WHITE,  Edmund,  &  Humphrey,  John. 

Pharmacopedia;   a    commentary   on   the    British   pharma- 
copoeia, 1898.     1901 r615.11  W63 

Contains  also  "Notes  on  the  Indian  and  colonial  addendum,  1900,  to  the 

British  pharmacopoeia,  1898,"  and  "Pharmacopedic  atlas." 
"Works  of  reference,"  p.  13-14. 

WOOD,  George  Bacon,  &  Bache,  Franklin. 

Dispensatory  of  the  United  States.    1895 r6i5.i2  W85 

FENNER,  B.  comp. 

Complete  formulary;  containing  formulas  for  all  preparations 

required  in  the  practice  of  pharmacy  and  the  business  of 

the  chemist,   manufacturing  pharmacist,   manufacturer  of 

proprietary  medicine,  physician,  perfumer,  etc.    1898.  .r6is.i3  F36 

Hand  book  of  the  United  States  pharmacopoeia;  7th  revision, 

1890-1893.     1894 r6i5.i3  F36 

Bound  with  his  "Complete  formulary,"  to  which  it  is  a  supplement. 

615.3     Organic  drugs 

FLUCKIGER,  Friedrich  A.  &  Hanbury,  Daniel. 

Pharmacographia;  a  history  of  the  principal  drugs  of  vege- 
table   origin,    met   with    in    Great    Britain    and    British 

India.     1879 r6is.3  F67 

"Biographic    and    bibliographic    notes    relating    to    authors    and    books 
quoted,"  p.r.s  1-767. 

SCHERK,  Carl. 

Anleitung   zur   bestimmung   des   wirksamen    gewerbstoff- 
gehaltes  in  den  naturgerbstoffen.     1891.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r6is.3  S32 

TRIMBLE,  Henry. 

Tannins;  a  monograph  on  the  history,  preparation,  proper- 
ties, methods  of  estimation  and  uses  of  the  vegetable 

astringents.    2v.     1892-94. 615.334  T74 

"Index  to  the  literature  of  the  tannins,"  v.i,  p.ioi-i6s;  v.z,  p.135-170. 


876  THERAPEUTICS 

615.4     Practical  pharmacy 

REMINGTON,  Joseph  Price. 

Practice  of  pharmacy ;  a  treatise  on  the  modes  of  making  and 
dispensing  official,  unofficial  and  extemporaneous  prepara- 
tions, with  descriptions  of  their  properties,  uses  and  doses; 
a  hand-book  for  pharmacists  and  physicians  and  a  text-book 
for  students.     1894 r6i5.4  R33 

SCOVILLE,  Wilbur  Lincoln. 

Art  of  compounding;  a  text  book  for  students  and  a  refer- 
ence book  for  pharmacists.     1897 r6iS.4  S43 

Includes  a  chapter  on  homeopathic  prescriptions. 

615.5     Therapeutics 

ALLEN,  Harrison,  ed. 

Handbook  of  local  therapeutics.     1893 r6i5.5  A42 

Contents:  Harte,  R.  H.  General  surgery. — Van  Harlingen,  Arthur.  Dis- 
eases of  the  skin. — Allen,  Harrison.  Diseases  of  the  ear  and  air-pas- 
sages.— Harlan,  G.  C.     Diseases  of  the  eye. 

PRIMROSE,  James. 

Popular  errours;  or,  The  errours  of  the  people  in  physick. 

1651    r6i5.S    P95 

RINGER,  Sydney. 

Handbook  of  therapeutics.     1890 r6i5.5  R47 


615.53     Homeopathy 

HAHNEMANN,  Christian  Samuel  Friedrich. 

Genius  of  the  homeopathic  healing  art.    1833 r6i5.53  H14 

Preface  to  v.2  of  his  "Materia  medica  pura." 

ROBERTS,  John  Bingham. 

Modern  medicine  and  homoeopathy.    1895 615.53  R53 


615.7     Medicines  grouped  by  effects 

FAIRCHILD  BROS.  &  FOSTER. 

Fairchild's  hand-book  of  the  digestive  ferments,  as  rem- 
edies, per  se,  as  surgical  solvents,  and  in  the  peptonisa- 
tion  of  milk,  and  for  the  modification  of  cow's  milk  to 
the  standard  of  human  milk  by  the  Fairchild  process. 
1894 r6i5.734  F15 

ROLLER,  Theodor. 

Die  technik  der  verbandstoff-fabrikation ;  ein  handbuch  der 
herstellung  und  fabrikation  der  verbandstoffe,  sowie  der 
antiseptica  und  desinfectionsmittel.  1893.  (Hartleben's 
chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)   r6i5.77  K36 

ZELIS,  Paul. 

Die  medicinischen  verbandmaterialien,  mit  besonderer  be- 
riicksichtigung  ihrer  gewinnung,  fabrikation,  untersu- 
chung  und  werthbestimmung,  sowie  ihrer  aufbewahrung 
und  verpackung.     1900 615.77  Z44 


MIND-CURE  877 


ADRIAN,  L.  A. 

Petit  formulaire  des  antiseptiques.     1892 615.778  A24 

CROOK,  James  King. 

Mineral  waters  of  the  United  States  and  their  therapeutic 
uses;   with  an  account  of  the  various  mineral  spring 
localities,  their  advantages  as  health  resorts,  means  of 
access,  etc.  and  an  appendix  on  potable  waters.    1899.  .r6i5.79  C89 
FONDA,  Sebastian  F. 

Analysis  of  Sharon  waters,  Schoharie  county,  [N.  Y.]  also 
of  Avon,  Richfield  and  Bedford  mineral  waters,  with 
directions  for  invalids,     i860 r6i5.79  F73 

615.82-615.84     Massage.     Electrotherapeutics 

ECCLES,  A.  Symons. 

Practice  of  massage;  its  phj-^siological  effects  and  thera- 
peutic uses.     189s 615.82  E23 

MURRELL,  William. 

Massage  as  a  mode  of  treatment.    1886 r6i5.82  M97 

OSTROM,  Kurre  Wilhelm. 

Massage  and  the  original  Swedish  movements;  their  appli- 
cation to  various  diseases  of  the  body.    1899 615.82  O29 

Bibliography,  p.  160-163. 
PLEASONTON,  Augustus  James,  and  others. 

Influence  of  the  blue  ray  of  the  sunlight  and  of  the  blue 
colour  of  the  sky  in  developing  animal  and  vegetable 

life.      1877 615.831    P69 

The  same.     1876 r6i5.83i  P69 

BEARD,  George  Miller,  &  Rockwell,  A.  D. 

Medical  and  surgical  uses  of  electricity.     1892 r6i5.84  B34 

CHAZARAIN,  &  Decle,  Ch. 

Les  courants  de  la  polarite  dans  I'aimant  et  dans  le  corps 

humain.     1887 r6i5.84  C41 

Attempt  to  explain  scientifically  the  use  of  electricity  in  the  treatment  of 
rheumatic,  nervous,  mental  and  other  diseases. 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Electricity    in    electro-therapeutics.      1896.      (Elementary 

electro-technical  series.) 615.84  H83 

615.851     Mind-cure.     Menticulture 

DRESSER,  Horatio  Willis. 

Methods  and  problems  of  spiritual  healing.     1899 615.851  D81 

Considers  Christian  science  doctrines. 

FLETCHER,  Horace. 

Happiness    as    found    in    forethought   minus    fearthought. 

1897.     (Menticulture  series.) 615.851  F63h 

Menticulture;  or,  The  A-B-C  of  true  living.    1895 615.851  F63 

Presents  the  author's  theory  that  anger  and  worry,  which  are  the  germs 
of  all  the  evil  passions,  may  be  eliminated  by  everyone  at  will  from 
his  own  nature.  ^ 

WOOD,  Henry. 

Ideal  suggestion  through  mental  photography;  a  restora- 


878  CHRISTIAN  SCIENCE 

live  system  for  home  and  private  use,  preceded  by  a 

study  of  the  laws  of  mental  healing.     1899 615.851  WSsi 

FESSENDEN,  Thomas  Green. 

Terrible  tractoration;  a  poetical  petition  against  galvaniz- 
ing trumpery  and  the  Perkinistic  institute.    1804 r6i5.856  F42 

615.857     Christian  science 

BATES,  John  Hoskins. 

Christian  science  and  its  problems.     1898 615.857  B31 

Author  examines  Christian  science  methods  from  all  points  of  view  and 
finds  them  unscientific  and  unchristian. 
BUCKLEY,  James  Monroe. 

Christian  science,  and  other  superstitions;  being  selected 
chapters    from    "Faith-healing,    Christian    science    and 

kindred  phenomena."     1899 615.857  B85 

Contents:  Faith-healing. — Christian  science  and  mind  cure. — Supple- 
mentary paper. 
These  essays  appeared  first  in  the  "Century  magazine." 
Supplementary  paper  deals  with  recent  failures  of  Christian  science  and 
faith-healing,  the  contrast  between  the  failures  and  successes  of  faith- 
healing  and  Christian  science  and  those  of  physicians,  important  facts 
concerning  all  sickness  and  the  relation  of  the  practice  of  Christian 
science  and  faith-healing  to  civil  law.  This  latter  paper  was  prepared 
especially  for  this  book. 

CHRISTIAN    science    journal;    monthly.      v.i4-date.      1897- 

date r6i5.857  C45 

EDDY,  Mrs  Mary  (Baker)  Glover. 

Miscellaneous  writings,  1883-1896.     1897 615.857  E26m 

Retrospection  and  introspection.     1899 615.857   E26r 

Science  and  health,  with  a  key  to  the  Scriptures.     1895.  •  -615.857  E26 

The  same.     1895 r6i5.857  E26 

NEWTON,  Richard  Heber. 

Christian  science;  the  truths  of  spiritual  healing  and  their 

contribution  to  the  growth  of  orthodoxy.     1899 615.857  N29 

PURRINGTON,  William  Archer. 

Christian  science;  an  exposition  of  Mrs  Eddy's  wonderful 
discovery,  including  its  legal  aspects;  a  plea  for  chil- 
dren and  other  helpless  sick.     1900 615.857  P98 

SEARCHLIGHTS     on     Christian     science;     a     symposium. 

1899  615.857  S43 

Contents:  Its  history,  by  J.  R.  Slater. — Its  theology,  by  H.  H.  Beach. — 
Its  philosophy,  by  W.  H.  Faunce. — Its  inherent  difficulties,  by  J.  W. 
Conley. — Its  growth,  by  L.  A.  Crandall. — Its  precursors,  by  Franklin 
Johnson. — Its  future,  by  B.  A.  Greene. — Its  errors,  by  C.  B.  Crane. — 
Some  practical  incidents,  by  E.  S.  Plimpton. — Its  form  and  substance, 
by  O.  P.  Gifford. 

SEWARD,  Theodore  F. 

How  to  get  acquainted  with  God;  the  meaning  of  the 

Christian  science  movement.     1902 615.857  S51 

Written   from  the  standpoint  of  an  Episcopalian  in   sympathy  with  the 
teachings  of  Christian  science. 
WHITNEY,  Mrs  Adeline  Dutton  (Train). 

Integrity  of  Christian  science.     1900 615.857  W65 

WOODBURY,  Mrs  Josephine  Curtis  (Battles). 

Christian  SG|ience  voices,  1885-1897.    1897 615.857  W86 

^\^  War    in    heaven;    sixteen    years'    experience    in    Christian 

science  mind-healing.     1897 r6i5.857  W86 


PATHOLOGY.     DISEASE  879 

615.86     Hypnotism 

See  also  Hypnotism,   134 

BERNHEIM,  Hippolyte. 

Suggestive  therapeutics;  treatise  on  the  nature  and  uses  of 

hypnotism.     1895 615.86  B4S 

WETTERSTRAND,  Otto  Georg. 

Hypnotism  and  its  application  to  practical  medicine;  with 

Medical  letters  on  hypno-suggestion,  by  H.  G.  Petersen. 

1899 615.86  W58 

Bibliography,  p.  13-17. 

615.9     Toxicology.     Poisons 

CHAPUIS,  A. 

Precis  de  toxicologie,  chimique  et  physiologique.     1897.  .r6iS.9  C36 
TANNER,  Thomas  Hawkes. 

Memoranda  on  poisons;  revised  by  J.  J.  Reese.     1896 615.9  T18 

Gives  many  different  poisons,  antidotes  and  tests,  symptoms  and  treat- 
ment of  poisoning. 

KELYNACK,  Theophilus  Nicholas,  &  Kirkby,  William. 

Arsenical  poisoning  in  beer  drinkers.     1901 615.926  K17 

Bibliography,   p.ioi-i25. 

Major  portion  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  the  clinical  appearances  ob- 
served in  an  epidemic  of  peripheral  neuritis  which  occurred  in  Man- 
chester, England,  during  the  latter  part  of  1900,  and  which  was  traced 
to  the  use  of  arsenical  beer.  The  methods  of  chemical  testing  and  re- 
sults obtained  are  also  given. 

WEYL,  Theodore. 

Coal-tar  colors  with  especial  reference  to  their  injurious 
qualities   and   the   restriction   of  their   use;   a   sanitary 

and  medico-legal  investigation.     1892 .615.93  W58 

FARQUHARSON,  A.  C. 

Ptomaines    and    other    animal    alkaloids;    their    detection, 

separation  and  clinical  features.     1892 r6i5.94  F24 

GRfiHANT,  Nestor. 

Les  poisons  de  I'air,  I'acide  carbonique  et  I'oxyde  de  car- 
bone;  asphyxie  et  empoisonnement  par  les  puits,  le 
gaz  de  I'eclairage,  etc.    1890 r6iS.96  G86 


616     Pathology.     Disease 


BRUNTON,  Thomas  Lauder,  comp. 

Index  of  diseases  and  remedies.     1890 r6i6  B83 

Reprinted  from  his  "Pharmacology,  therapeutics  and  materia  medica." 

COHNHEIM,  Julius. 

Lectures  on  general  pathology.    3v.    1889-90.    (New  Syden- 
ham society.     Publications.) r6i6  C66 

"Memoir  of  Cohnheim,"  v. i,  p.9-15. 

V.I.     Pathology  of  the  circulation. 

v.2.     Pathology  of  nutrition. 

V.3.     Pathology  of  digestion,  respiration,  urinary  organs  and  animal  heat. 

FAGGE,  Charles  Hilton. 

Principles  and  practice  of  medicine.    2v.     1886 r6i6  F13 


56 


88o  -  PATHOLOGY.    DISEASE 

GRAVES,  Robert  James. 

Clinical  lectures  on  the  practice  of  medicine.     2v.     1884. 

(New  Sydenham  society.     Publications.) r6i6  G8ic 

HAHNEMANN,  Christian  Samuel  Friedrich. 

Chronic  diseases;  their  specific  nature  and  homoeopathic 

treatment.     1889 616  H14 

HIRSCH,  August. 

Handbook  of  geographical  and  historical  pathology.     3v. 

1883-86.     (New  Sydenham  society.     Publications.) r6i6  H61 

V.I.     Acute  infective  diseases. 

V.2.     Chronic  infective,  toxic,  parasitic,  septic  and  constitutional  diseases. 
V.3.     Diseases  of  organs  and  parts. 
KLEIN,  Edward  Emanuel. 

Micro-organisms  and  disease;  an  introduction  into  the  study 

of  specific  micro-organisms.     1886 r6i6  K31 

LYDSTON,  G.  Frank. 

Addresses  and  essays  on  medical  subjects.     1892 r6i6  L98 

OSLER,  William. 

Principles  and  practice  of  medicine.     1894 r6i6  O29 

ROBERTS,  Frederick  Thomas. 

Theory  and  practice  of  medicine.    1884 r6i6  R53 

STRUMPELL,  Adolf. 

Text-book  of  medicine.     1895 qr6i6  S92 

SYDENHAM,  Thomas. 

Works.    2v.    1848-50.    (Sydenham  society.    Publications.) .  .r6i6  S98 
"Life  of  Sydenham,  by  R.  G.  Latham,"  v.i,  p.ii-89. 

TAYLOR,  Frederick. 

Manual  of  the  practice  of  medicine.     1891 r6i6  T25 

WALDHEIM,  Max  von. 

Die  serum-,  bakterientoxin-  und  organ-praparate;  ihre  dar- 
stellung,  wirkungsweise  und  anwendung,  fiir  chemiker, 
apotheker,  aerzte,  bacteriologen,  etc.  1901.  (Hart- 
leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r6i6  WiS 

Contents:     Alkoholismus. — Blattern. — Cholera. — Diphtheric. — Dysenteric. 
/  —  Gelbfieber. —  Gonococceninfection. —  Kolibacillose. —  Krebs  und  sar- 

com. —  Kiinstliche  und  medicamentose  sera. —  Lepra. — Lyssa. — Pest. — 
Pneumonic.  —  Pyocyaneus-infection.  —  Reconvalescentenblutserum.  — 
Rhinosklerom. —  Schlangenbissvergiftung. —  Staphylococceninfection. — 
Streptococceninfection. — Syphilis. — Tetanus. — Tuberculose. — Typhus. — 
Wurstvergiftung. — Blutbildungsorgane,  embryonale. — Blutegel. — Bron- 
chialdriisen. — Eierstock. — Gehirn. — Gehirnanhang. — Hoden. — Hornsub- 
stanz. —  Knochenmark. —  Leber. —  Lunge. —  Lymphdriisen. — 'Magen. — 
Milchdriisen. —  Milz. —  Muskeln. — Mutterkuchen. — Nebennieren. — Ne- 
benschilddrusen. —  Nieren. —  Nukleinstof  fe.— Ohrspeicheldriise. —  Pan- 
kreas. —  Schilddriise. —  Schleimhaute. —  Thymus. —  Vorsteherdriise.  — 
Wimper-  und  glaskorper. 

WOODHEAD,  German  Sims,  &  Hare,  A.  W. 

Pathological  mycology;  an  enquiry  into  the  etiology  of  in- 
fective diseases,    v.i.     1885 r6i6  W86 

v.  I.     Methods. 
Bibliography,  v.i,  p.132-166. 

616.07     Diagnosis 

GUTTMANN,  Paul. 

Handbook  of  physical  diagnosis,  comprising  the  throat, 
thorax  and  abdomen.  1879.  (New  Sydenham  society. 
Publications.)    r6i6.07  (j98 


PATHOLOGY.     DISEASE  88i 

JAKSCH,  Rudolf  von. 

Clinical  diagnosis;  the  bacteriological,  chemical  and  micro- 
scopical evidence  of  disease.     1890 616.07  J15 

Bibliography,   p.348-379- 

ROLLESTON,  H.  D.  &  Kanthack,  A.  A. 

Manual  of  practical  morbid  anatomy;  a  handbook  for  the 

post-mortem  room.     1894 616.07  R64 

FLINT,  Austin. 

Manual  of  auscultation  and  percussion.     1883 r6i6.074  F64 

BEALE,  Lionel  Smith. 

The  microscope  in  medicine.     1878 r6i6.077  B34 

4th  edition  enlarged  of  his  "The  microscope  and  its  application  to  clini- 
cal medicine." 

STOWELL,-  Charles  Henry,  &  Mrs  L.  M.  R. 

Microscopical  diagnosis.     1882 r6i6.077  S89 

Includes  "Some  hints  on  the  preparation  and  mounting  of  microscopic 
objects,"  by  W.  H.  Walmsley. 

616.1-616.2     Heart  and  respiratory  system 

BRAMWELL,  John  Byrom. 

Diseases  of  the  heart  and  thoracic  aorta.    1884 r6r6.i  B69 

AMERICAN  LARYNGOLOGICAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Transactions  of  the  annual  meeting    (i2th-20th,  22d-date), 

1890-1898,  1900-date.     1891-date r6i6.2  A51 

LARYNGOSCOPE;  a  monthly  journal  devoted  to  diseases  of 

the  nose,  throat,  ear.    v.1-4.     1896-98 qr6i6.2  L33 

SEILER,  Carl. 

Handbook  of  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  diseases  of 

the  throat,  nose  and  naso-pharynx.    1889 r6i6.2  S46 

STOKES,  William. 

Treatise  on  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  diseases  of 
the  chest,  v.i.  1882.  (New  Sydenham  society.  Publi- 
cations.)  r6i6.2  S87 

V.I.     Diseases  of  the  lung  and  windpipe. 
Memoir  of  the  author,  by  H.  W.  Acland,  p.  7-41. 
No  more  published. 
HOLLOPETER,  William  Clarence. 

Hay-fever  and  its  successful  treatment.    1898 616.202  H73 

"Bibliography,"  p. 1 13-13 1. 

BABER,  Edward  Cresswell. 

Guide  to  the  examination  of  the  nose,  with  remarks  on  the 

diagnosis  of  diseases  of  the  nasal  cavities.    1886 r6i6.2i  Bii 

LEFFERTS,  George  Morewood. 

Diagnosis  and  treatment  of  chronic  nasal  catarrh. 

1886    r6i6.2i    L53 

MacDONALD,  Greville. 

Treatise  on  disease  of  the  nose  and  its  accessory  cavi- 
ties.    1890 r6i6.2i   M14 

WALSHAM,  William  Johnson. 

Nasal  obstruction;  the  diagnosis  of  the  various  conditions 

causing  it,  and  their  treatment.     1898 616.21  W18 

THOROWGOOD,  John  Charles. 

Lettsomian  lectures  on  bronchial  asthma.    1887 r6i6.23  T41 


882  PATHOLOGY.    DISEASE 


616.24     Lungs.     Consumption 

LEWIS,  Die. 

Weak  lungs  and  how  to  make  them  strong.     1865 r6i6.24  L67 

KNOPF,  Siegmund  Adolph. 

Tuberculosis  as  a  disease  of  the  masses,  and  how  to  combat 

it.    1901 616.242  K34 

Submitted  to  the  International  congress  for  the  study  of  the  best  way 
to  combat  tuberculosis  as  a  disease  of  the  masses,  Berlin,  1899,  and 
awarded  the  prize  as  the  best  popular  essay  on  the  subject. 

SQUIRE,  John  Edward. 

Essays  on  consumption,  together  with  some  clinical  ob- 
servations and  remarks  on  pneumonia.     1900 616.242  S77 

Indicates  the  preventive  measures  and  the  factors  of  the  disease  from 
which  these  are  formulated.  Author  has  had  large  experience  in  the 
treatment  of  consumption,  and  was  among  the  first  to  advocate  preven- 
tive treatment. 

CLAPP,  Herbert  Codman. 

Is  consumption  contagious  and  can  it  be  transmitted  by- 
means  of  food?    1881 r6i6.246  C51 

Holds  that,  at  least  under  certain  conditions  and  to  a  certain  extent, 
consumption  is  contagious  and  can  be  transmitted  by  food. 

HARRIS,  W.  John. 

Hygiene  of  consumption.     1892 616.246  H29 

Suggestions  concerning  causes,  prevention,  diet,  etc.  Author  gives  a 
description  of  a  pneumatic  cabinet  which  he  and  other  physicians  have 
found  very  useful. 

KNOPF,  Siegmund  Adolph. 

Pulmonary  tuberculosis;  its  modern  prophylaxis  and  the 

treatment  in  special  institutions  and  at  home.    1899.  .r6i6.246  K34 
"Sanitary  laws  of  the  different  states  to  prevent  bovine  tuberculosis," 

p.68-72. 
Alvarenga  prize  essay  of  the  College  of  physicians  of  Philadelphia  for 
the  year  1898,  revised  and  enlarged. 

616.3     Digestive  system 

BROWNE,  Lennox. 

The  throat  and  its  diseases.     1878 qr6i6.3i  B81 

Bibliography,  p.312-314. 

BRUNTON,  Thomas  Lauder. 

On  disorders  of  digestion;  their  consequences  and  treat- 
ment.    1893 .616.33  B83 

DUTTON,  Thomas. 

Indigestion,  corpulency  and  gout  clearly  explained,  treated 

and  dieted.     1895 r6i6.33  D95 

GILL,  John  Beadnell. 

Indigestion;  what  it  is,  what  it  leads  to  and  a  new  method 

of  treating  it.     1881 616.33  G39 

HERSCHELL,  George. 

Indigestion.     1895 616.33  H47 

Bibliography,  p.305-323- 

ALLINGHAM,  William. 

Fistula,  hemorrhoids  and  other  diseases  of  the  rectum. 

1882 616.34  A43 

The  same.    1882 r6i6.34  A43 


PATHOLOGY.     DISEASE  883 

BRIDGER,  Adolphus  Edward. 

Demon   of  dyspepsia;   or,   Digestion,  perfect  and   imper- 
fect.    1888 616.39   B74 


616.5     Skin  diseases 

ANDERSON,  T.  M'Call. 

Treatise  on  diseases  of  the  skin.     1887 r6i6.S  A55 

BULKLEY,  Lucius  Duncan. 

Aid  to  the  study  of  skin  disease;  the  skin  in  health  and 

disease.     1881 r6i6.S   B87 

UNNA,  Paul  Gerson,  and  others. 

Selected  monographs  on  dermatology.  1893.    (New  Syden- 
ham society.    Publications.) r6i6.5  U25 

Contents:  Selections  from  the  dermatological  writings  of  P.  G.  Unna. — 
On  the  appearance  of  herpes  zoster  during  the  administration  of 
arsenic,  by  Ludwig  Nielsen. — Collection  of.Dr  Duhring's  papers  on 
dermatitis  herpetiformis. — The  sensation  of  itching,  by  E.  B.  Bron- 
son. — Report  of  a  case  of  the  mycosis  fongoide  of  Alibert,  by  H.  W. 
Blanc. — Pellagra,  by  Ludwig  Berger;  abridged. — Drug  eruptions;  a 
clinical  study,  by  P.  A.  Morrow.— Researches  on  psoriasis,  by  Ludwig 
Nielsen. 
Bibliography,  p.S38-s6s- 

WILSON,  Sir  William  James  Erasmus. 

Portraits  of  diseases  of  the  skin.    1855 qr6i6.S  W76p 

MARIE,  Pierre,  &  Souza-Leite,  J.  D.  de. 

Essays  on  acromegaly.     1891.      (New  Sydenham  society. 

Publications.)   r6i6.54  M38 

STITSON,  J.  R. 

Human  hair;  its  care  and  preservation.    1900 616.54  S86 


616.8     Nervous  system 

HAMILTON,  Allan  McLane. 

Nervous  diseases;  their  description  and  treatment.    1881 .  .r6i6.8  H19 
JAKOB,  Christfried. 

Atlas  of  the  normal  and  pathological  nervous  systems, 
with  a  sketch  of  the  anatomy,  pathology  and  therapy  of 

the  same.    1896.     (Wood's  medical  hand  atlases.) r6i6.8  J15 

BRAMWELL,  John  Byrom. 

Diseases  of  the  spinal  cord.    1884 r6i6.84  B69 

DAY,  William  Henry. 

Headaches;  their  nature,  causes  and  treatment.     1883. ..  .616.84  ^33 
MACEWEN,  Sir  William. 

Pyogenic  infective  diseases  of  the  brain  and  spinal  cord. 

1893   r6i6.84  Mis 

MARIE,  Pierre. 

Lectures   on   diseases    of  the   spinal   cord.      1895.      (New 

Sydenham  society.     Publications.) r6i6.84  M38 

BUZZARD,  Thomas. 

On  some  forms  of  paralysis  from  peripheral  neuritis,  of 
gouty,  alcoholic,  diphtheritic  and  other  origin;  the  Har- 
veian  lectures  for  1885.    1886 r6i6.842  B99 


PATHOLOGY.    DISEASE 


MICKLE,  William  Julius. 

General  paralysis  of  the  insane.     1886 r6i6.842  M66 

BEARD,  George  Miller. 

Practical  treatise  on   nervous  exhaustion;   its   symptoms, 

nature,  sequences,  treatment.     1896 r6i6.843  B34 

MITCHELL,  Silas  Weir. 

Fat  and  blood;  an  essay  on  the  treatment  of  certain  forms 

of  neurasthenia  and  hysteria.     1891 616.843  M74 

WHITTLE,  Edward  George. 

Congestive  neurasthenia;  or.  Insomnia  and  nerve  de- 
pression.    1889 r6i6.843  W66 

CLEVENGER,  Shobal  Vail. 

Spinal  concussion.     1889 616.844  C58 

BRIDGER,  Adolphus  Edward. 

Depression,  what  it  is  and  how  to  cure  it.     1895 616.85  B74 

FLEURY,  Maurice  de. 

Medicine  and  the  mind  (La  medecine  de  I'esprit) ;  tr.  fr.  the 

French  by  S.  B.  Collins.     1900 616.85  F63 

Discusses  hypnotism,  mental  and  physical  fatigue,  the  treatment  of  in- 
dolence and  melancholy,  love  and  anger.  Is  literary  in  form;  contains 
many  interesting  anecdotes  and  reflections.  Awarded  a  prize  by  the 
French  academy. 

LETCHWORTH,  William  Pryor. 

Care  and  treatment  of  epileptics.     1900 r6i6.853  L65 

BASTIAN,  Henry  Charlton. 

Treatise  on  aphasia  and  other  speech  defects.     1898 616.855  B29 

COLLINS,  Joseph. 

Genesis  and  dissolution  of  the  faculty  of  speech;  a  clinical 

and  psychological  study  of  aphasia.     1898 616.855  C71 

616.9     General  diseases.     Fevers 

CANFIELD,  William  Buckingham. 

Hygiene  of  the  sick-room.     1892 616.9  C17 

A  physician's  lectures  to  nurses  on  the  causes  of  contagion,  modes  of 
infection  and  disinfection,  and  some  of  the  practical  results  of  ex- 
periments in  bacteriology.  Considers  in  some  detail  each  of  the 
common  infectious  or  contagious  diseases. 

ILLINGWORTH,  C.  R. 

Abortive    treatment    of   specific    febrile    disorders    by   the 

biniodide  of  mercury.     1888 .r6i6.9  I22 

WILSON,  James  C. 

Fever-nursing;  designed  for  the  use  of  professional  and 
other  nurses,  and  especially  as  a  text-book  for  nurses 
in  training.     1899.     (Practical  lessons  in  nursing.) ..  .616.92  W76f 
VERDES  MONTENEGRO,  Jose. 

Bubonic  plague;  its  course  and  symptoms,  and  means  of 
prevention  and  treatment  according  to  the  latest  scien- 
tific discoveries,  including  notes  on  cases  in  Oporto; 
with  an  appendix  specially  written  by  the  author  for 

the  English  edition.     1900 616.923  V26 

"Principal  sources  of  information,"  p.83-84. 

CONDIE,  Thomas,  &  Folwell,  Richard. 

History  of  the  pestilence  commonly  called  yellow  fever, 


MEDICAL  BACTERIOLOGY  885 

which  almost  desolated  Philadelphia  in  the  months  of 

August,  September  and  October  1798 r6i6.928  C74 

BROWNE,  Lennox. 

Diphtheria  and  its  associates.     1895 qr6i6.93i  B81 

CELLI,  Angelo. 

Malaria  according  to  the  new  researches.     1900 616.936  C31 

"Bibliography  of  Roman  malaria,"  P.2S6-275. 

Concise  account  of  our  present  knowledge  of  its  nature  and  causes;  and 
a  discussion  of  its  epidemiology  and  prophylaxis. 

LAVERAN,  Alphonse. 

Paludism.     1893.     (New  Sydenham  society.     Publica- 
tions.)     r6i6.936  L38 

Bibliography,  p.  183-193. 

MANNABERG,  Julius. 

Malarial  parasites.  1894.  (New  Sydenham  society.  Se- 
lected monographs.) r6i6.936  M36 

Bibliography,  p.41 7-428. 

Bound    with    Marchiafava    &    Bignami's    "On    summer-autumn    malarial 
fevers." 

MARCHIAFAVA,  Ettore,  &  Bignami,  Amico. 

On  summer-autumn  malarial  fevers.  1894.  (New  Syden- 
ham society.     Selected  monographs.) r6i6.936  M36 

Bibliography,  p.41 7-428. 

LUFF,  Arthur  Pearson. 

Gout;  its  pathology  and  treatment.     1899 616.991  L97 

JENNINGS,  Charles  Egerton. 

Cancer  and  its  complications.     1893 r6i6.994  J26 

HILLIER,  Alfred. 

Tuberculosis;  its  nature,  prevention  and  treatment,  with 
special  reference  to  the  open  air  treatment  of  phthisis. 

1900  616.995  H56 

THREE   editorials  regarding  the  priority  in  demonstrating 
the  toxic  effect  of  matter  accompanying  the  tubercle 

bacillus  and  its  nidus r6i6.995  T42 

Reprinted  from  the  "Medical  and  surgical  reporter,"  Sept.  6,  1890,  May 
9,  1891  and  the  "American  naturalist,"  Feb.   1891. 

616.969    Medical  bacteriology 

See  also  Bacteria,  589.95 

BALL,  M.  V. 

Essentials  of  bacteriology.     1893 r6i6.969  B21 

BLACK,  G.  V. 

Formation   of  poisons  by   micro-organisms;   a   biological 

study  of  the  germ  theory  of  disease.     1884 r6i6.969  Bsi 

CHEYNE,  William  Watson,  ed. 

Recent  essays  by  various  authors  on  bacteria  in  relation 
to  disease.  1886.  (New  Sydenham  society.  Publica- 
tions.)     r6i6.969  C42 

FLUGGE,  Karl. 

Micro-organisms,  with  special  reference  to  the  etiology  of 
the  infective  diseases.  1890.  (New  Sydenham  society. 
Publications.)    r6i6.969  F67 

Bibliography,  p.  1-63. 


886  SURGERY 

HUEPPE,  Ferdinand. 

Principles  of  bacteriology.     1899 616.969  H89 

"Bibliography,"  p.4S7-459- 

Especially  for  physicians  and  bacteriologists. 

"An  attempt  at  a  critical  and  comprehensive  exposition  of  bacteriolognr, 
basing  it  clearly  and  solidly  upon  scientific  conceptions.  I  make  this 
essay  in  order  that  our  knowledge  of  the  causes  of  putrefaction,  fer- 
mentation and  disease,  together  with  the  methods  of  the  prevention 
and  cure  of  infection,  may  develop  in  a  way  free  from  all  ontology." 
Preface. 

MUIR,  Robert,  &  Ritchie,  James. 

Manual  of  bacteriology.     1899 616.969  M95 

Bibliography,  p.S3S-SS0. 

"As  this  work   is  intended  primarily   for   students   and   practitioners   of 

medicine,    only    those    bacteria    which    are    associated    with    disease    in 

the  human  subject  have  been  considered."    Preface. 

PEARMAIN,  T.  H.  &  Moor.  C.  G. 

Applied  bacteriology;   an  introductory  handbook  for  the 
use  of  students,  medical  officers  of  health,  analysts  and 

others.     1897 616.969  P34 

PRUDDEN,  Theophile  Mitchell. 

Story  of  the  bacteria.     1895 616.969  P97 

The  same.     1890 r6i6.969   P97 

The  relation  of  bacteria  to  health  and  to  disease  is  described  in  a  plain, 
sensible  and  trustworthy  manner. 
SLATER,  Charles,  &  Spitta,  E.  J. 

Atlas    of    bacteriology;    photomicrographs    with    explana- 
tory text.     1898 616.969  S63 

STERNBERG,  George  Miller. 

Manual  of  bacteriology.    1893 r6i6.969  S83 

Bibliogrraphy,  p.769-876. 

Reference  book   for  physicians  and   advanced  students   of  bacteriology, 

which  may  also  be  used  by  medical  students  as  a  text-book  and  guide 

for  laboratory  work. 

THOINOT,  L.  H.  &  Masselin,  E.  J. 

Outlines  of  bacteriology;  a  practical  handbook  for  students, 
on  the  basis  of  the  Precis  de  microbie;  tr.  by  W.  St.  C. 

Symmers.     1899 r6i6.969  T36 

Plain  presentation  of  the  applications  of  bacteriology  in  medicine. 

TYNDALL,  John. 

Essays  on  the   floating-matter   of  the   air  in  relation  to 

putrefaction  and  infection.     1895 616.969  T98 

The  same r6i6.969  T98 

Contains  a  chapter  on  spontanecus  generation. 

617     Surgery 

GROSS,  Samuel  David. 

System   of  surgery;   pathological,   diagnostic,   therapeutic 

and  operative.     2v.     1864 r6i7  G93 

MORTON,  Thomas  George,  &  Hunt,  William,  h.  1825. 

Surgery  in  the  Pennsylvania  hospital;  an  epitome  of  the 
practice  of  the  hospital  since  1756,  with  papers  by  J.  B. 

Roberts  and  Frank  Woodbury.    1880 r6i7  M92 

RAYNAUD,  Maurice. 

On  local  asphyxia  and  symmetrical  gangrene  of  the  ex- 
tremities, and  New  researches  on  the  nature  and  treat- 


DISEASES  OF  THE  EYE  887 

ment  of  local  asphyxia  of  the  extremities.    1888.     (New 

Sydenham  society.     Selected  monographs.) r6i7.i8  R24 

McCURDY,  Stewart  LeRoy. 

Manual  of  orthopedic  surgery;  a  treatise  on  deformities 

and  diseases  of  joints  and  bones.    1898 617.3  M14 

The  same.     1898 T617.3  M14 

NATIONAL  DENTAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Transactions  of  the  annual  session  (4th-date),  1900-date. 

1901-date    r6i7.6  N15 

617.7     Diseases  of  the  eye 

CARTER,  Robert  Brudenell. 

Eyesight,  good  and  bad.    1880 .r6i7.7  C23 

ABNEY,  Sir  William  de  Wiveleslie. 

Colour  vision.     1895 617.75  AiS 

By  far  the  larger  part  of  the  book  is  given  to  cases  of  color  blindness, 
both  congenital  and  acquired,  with  a  chapter  on  the  type  that  is  due  to 
the  use  of  tobacco. 
"A  distinct  addition  to  the  literature  of  physiological  optics."     Nature, 
189s. 
ALLPORT,  Frank. 

The  eye  and  its  care.    1896 617.75  A44 

JEFFRIES,  Benjamin  Joy. 

Color-blindness;  its  dangers  and  its  detection.     1879 617.75  J23 

Bibliography,  p.291-308. 

JENNINGS,  John  Ellis. 

Color- vision   and   color-blindness;   a  manual   for   railroad 

surgeons.     1896 617.75  J26 

ROOSA,  Daniel  Bennett  St.  John. 

Defective  eyesight;  the  principles  of  its  relief  by  wearing 

glasses.     1899 617.75  R68 

Revised   edition   of   "The    determination   of   the   necessity   for   wearing 
flasses." 


617.8     Diseases  of  the  ear 

JONES,  Henry  MacNaughton. 

Subjective  noises  in  the  head  and  ears;  their  etiology,  diag- 
nosis and  treatment.     1891 r6i7.8  J41 

LOVE,  James  Kerr. 

Deaf  mutism;  a  clinical  and  pathological  study.     1896 617.8  L93 

POLITZER,  Adam. 

Text-book  of  the  diseases  of  the  ear  and  adjacent  organs. 

1883 r6i7.8  P76 

617.9     Operative  surgery 

BRYANT,  Joseph  Decatur. 

Manual  of  operative  surgery.     1890 r6i7.9  B84 

FEICK  BROTHERS,  pub. 

Illustrated  catalogue  and  price  list  of  surgical  instruments. 

1896    qr6i7.9i    F32 


VETERINARY  MEDICINE 


6i8     Diseases  of  women  and  children 

WARNER,  Lucien  C. 

Woman's  hand-book  in  health  and  disease.     1886 618. i  W23 

JACOBI,  Mrs  Mary  (Putnam). 

Question  of  rest  for  women  during  menstruation.     1886. .  .618.17  J13 
HENOCH,  Eduard. 

Lectures  on  children's  diseases.  2v.  1889.  (New  Syden- 
ham society.     Publications.) r6i8.9  H44 

JACOBI,  Abraham. 

Festschrift  in  honor  of  Abraham  Jacobi  to  commemorate 
the  70th  anniversary  of  his  birth,  May  6,  1900.  (In- 
ternational contributions  to  medical  literature.) qr6i8.9  J13 

During  the  latter  half  of  the  19th  century,  Dr  Jacobi  of  New  York  city 
has  been  widely  known  and  honored  for  his  skill  in  the  treatment  of 
children's  diseases.  The  "Festschrift"  is  a  memorial  volume  contain- 
ing SS  papers,  most  of  them  pertaining  to  children's  diseases,  con- 
tributed by  Dr  Jacobi's  pupils  and  professional  friends.  Some  of  the 
papers  are  in  German  and  a  few  in  French. 

LEE,  Robert  James. 

Lectures  delivered  at  the  Hospital  for  sick  children.  Great 

Ormond  street,  [London],  1883-1884.     1885 r6i8.9  LS2 

619     Veterinary  medicine 

BARTON,  Frank  Townend. 

Veterinary  manual;  for  horse-owners  and  as  a  text-book 

for  students  of  agriculture.     1901 r6i9  B28 

PROCTOR,  William. 

Management  and  treatment  of  the  horse.     1883 619.1  P96 

Clearly  written,  practical  book,  by  a  professional  groom. 

UNITED  STATES — Animal  industry  bureau. 

Special  report  on  the  diseases  of  the  horse,  by  Drs 

Michener,  Law  [and  others].     1891 r6i9.i  U25 

Special  report  on  the  diseases  of  cattle  and  on  cattle  feed- 
ing, by  Drs  Murray,  Atkinson  [and  others].     1893.  •  •  .r6i9.2  U25 
CURTICE,  Cooper. 

Animal   parasites   of  sheep.      1890.      (United   States — ^Ani- 

mal  industry  bureau.) r6i9.3   C93 

PEARSON,  Leonard,  &  Warren,  B.  H. 

Diseases  and  enemies  of  poultry.    2v.  in  i.     1897 .619.5  P3S 

V.I.     Diseases  of  poultry,  by  Leonard  Pearson. 

V.2.     Enemies  of  poultry,  by  B.  H.  Warren. 
The  same.    2v.  in  i.     1898.     (In  Pennsylvania — Agriculture, 

Department  of.    Bulletin,  no. 17.) r630.6  P399b 

HILL,  John  Woodroffe. 

Management  and  diseases  of  the  dog.    1900 r6i9.7  H55 

620     Engineering 

MATHESON,  Ewing. 

Aid  book  to  engineering  enterprise.     1898 620  M46 

JOHNSON,  John  Butler. 

Engineering  contracts  and  specifications;  including  a  brief 


ENGINEERING 


synopsis  of  the  law  of  contracts  and  examples  of  the 
general  and  technical  clauses  of  various  kinds  of  en- 
gineering specifications.     1902 620.03  J 36c 

The  same.     1898 r620.03  J36 

Discusses  their  legal  and  technical  phases,  and  gives  numerous  examples 
of  actual  specifications. 

620.3     Encyclopedias 

CRESY,  Edward. 

Encyclopaedia  of  civil  engineering;  historical,  theoretical 

and  practical.     1880 r620.3  C88 

SPONS'  dictionary  of  engineering;  civil,  mechanical,  military 

and  naval,  with  supplement.    4v.    1874-81 qr620.3  S76 

620.5-620.7     Periodicals.     Societies 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,  Dec.  4,  1867-date.     v.i-date.     1872-date . . . . r620.5  A51 
Index,  V.  1-45,  1867-1901.     1901. 

ASSOCIATION  OF  ENGINEERING  SOCIETIES. 

Journal,  containing  the  proceedings  of  the  societies; 

monthly,     v.i-date.     1881-date r620.5  A84 

CANADIAN  SOCIETY  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,    v.i-date.     1887-date r620.5  C167 

Index,   [1887-1900],   V.1-14. 

CASSIER'S  magazine;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1892-date qr62o.5  C26 

CIVIL  engineer  and  architect's  journal,  scientific  and  rail- 
way gazette;  monthly.    31  v.  in  30.    1837-68 qr620.5  C49 

No  more  published. 

CIVIL  ENGINEERS'  CLUB  OF  THE  NORTHWEST. 
Proceedings,  1876,  Sept.  1878-June  1881.     v.i,  4-6.     1876- 

81  r620.s  C496 

V.  5-6  title  reads  "Proceedings  of  the  Western  society  of  engineers." 

DESCRIPTIVE  index  of  current  engineering  literature,    1884- 

1901.     V.1-3.     1892-1901   r620.5  D4S 

v.2-3  title  reads  "Engineering  index." 

The  material  composing  these  volumes  appeared  in  the  numbers  of  the 
"Journal  of  the  Association  of  engineering  societies."  After  Jan.  i, 
1896,  these  index  notes  were  discontinued  by  the  "Journal,"  as  a  simi- 
lar index  is  published  in  the  "Engineering  magazine." 

ENGINEER;  weekly,    v.i-date.     1856-date qr620.s  E6432 

ENGINEERING;  an  illustrated  weekly  journal.     v.2-date. 

1866-date    qr620.5   E64e 

ENGINEERING  and  building  record  and  the  sanitary  engineer. 
5"^^    Engineering  record. 

ENGINEERING    and    mining    journal;    weekly.      v.i5-date. 

1873-date qr620.5  E643 

ENGINEERING  index.    See  Descriptive  index  of  current  en- 
gineering literature. 

ENGINEERING  magazine;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1892-date. .  .r620.5  E643e 

ENGINEERING  mechanics.     See   Mechanics. 


890  ENGINEERING— PERIODICALS 

ENGINEERING  news  and  American  contract  journal.  See 
Engineering  news  and  American  railway  journal. 

ENGINEERING  news  and  American  railway  journal;  weekly. 

v.6-date.     1879-date qr620.5  E64 

Index,  V. 23-42,   1 890-1 899.      1900. 

v.6-8  title  reads  "Engineering  news." 

V.9-18  title  reads  "Engineering  news  and  American  contract  journal." 

ENGINEERING  record,  building  record  and  the  sanitary 
engineer;  weekly,  Dec.  1877-date.  v.i-date.  1877- 
date   qr620.5   E6434 

V.1-3  title  reads  "Plumber  and  sanitary  engineer." 

V.4-13  title  reads  "Sanitary  engineer." 

V.14-16,  no.i8  title  reads  "Sanitary  engineer  and  construction  record." 

V.  16,   no.  19-V.21    title   reads   "Engineering  and   building   record  and   the 

sanitary  engineer." 
V.  1-2,  no.6,  monthly;  v.2,  no.7-v.4,  semimonthly. 

ENGINEERS'  SOCIETY  OF  WESTERN  PENNSYLVANIA. 

Transactions,  1880-date.    v.i-date.     1882-date r620.5  E6433 

v.4-date  title  reads  "Proceedings  of  Engineers'  society  of  western  Penn- 
sylvania." 

GALLOUPE,  Francis  Ellis,  comp. 

General  index  to  engineering  periodicals,   v.1-2.    1888-93.  .r620.5  GiS 
V.I.     1883-18S7. 
v.2.     1888-1892. 

Le  GfiNIE  civil;  revue  generale  des  industries  frangaises  et 

etrangeres.     v.i-date.     1880-date qr620.5  G29 

Table  generale,  v.  1-20,   1880-1892.     1892. 

HOME  study  for  machinists,  steam  engineers,  etc.;  monthly, 

July  1897-Jan.  1899.     2v.     1898-99 r620.S  H75 

Publication  discontinued,  part  of  the  magazine  being  united  with  "Home 
study  magazine"  to  form  "Mechanic  arts  magazine,"  and  part  with 
"Home  study  for  electrical  workers"  to  form  "Steam-electric  maga- 
zine," which  in  Nov.  1899  united  with  "Mechanic  arts  magazine"  and 
"Building  trades  magazine"  to  form  "Science  and  industry." 

INSTITUTION  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS. 

Minutes  of  proceedings,  containing  abstracts  of  papers  and 

discussions,  1837-date.     v.i-date.     1842-date r620.5  1247m 

Subject  index,  v.j-s8.     1881. 

Subject  index,  v.59-118.     1895. 

Name  index,  v.  1-58.     1885. 

Transactions.     3v.     1836-42 qr620.5  I247 

No  more  published. 

INSTITUTION  OF  ENGINEERS  IN  SCOTLAND. 

/Transactions,  1857-date.     v.i-date.     1858-date r620.5  I2472 

In  :865  the  Institution  of  engineers  in  Scotland  united  with  the  Scottish 
shipbuilder's  association  and  became  the  Institution  of  engineers  and 
shipbuilders  in  Scotland. 
MECHANICS;  devoted  to  mechanical,  civil,  mining  and  elec- 
trical engineering;  monthly,  Jan.  1890-Dec.  1893.    v.12- 

15,  in  2.    1890-93 qr620.S  MSS 

V.  14-15  title  reads  "Engineering  mechanics." 
MICHIGAN  technic.     See    Technic. 

MODEL  engineer  and  amateur  electrician;  monthly,    v.i- 
date.     1898-date qr620.S   M76 

NORTH-EAST  COAST  INSTITUTION  OF  ENGINEERS 
AND  SHIP-BUILDERS. 

Transactions,    v.i-ii.     1885-95 r620.S  N45 

PHILADELPHIA,  ENGINEERS'  CLUB. 

Proceedings;  quarterly,     v.i-date.     1880-date r620.5  P49 


ENGINEERING— PERIODICALS  891 

PLUMBER  and  sanitary  engineer.    See  Engineering  record. 
SANITARY  engineer.    See  Engineering  record. 
SOCIfiTfe  DES  INGfeNIEURS  CIVILS  DE  FRANCE. 
Memoires  et  compte  rendu  des  travaux,  1848-date.     1848- 

date  r620.5  S678 

Table  generale,  1848  a  1884.     1885. 

Supplement  to    1875,   "Tableau  general  et  description  des   mines  metal- 

liques     et     des    combustibles  mineraux     de     la     France,     par    Alfred 

Caillaux." 

SOCIETY  OF  ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,  1860-date.     v.i-date.     1861-date r620.5  S67 

Volumes  since   1886  contain  general  indexes. 

"One  or  two  thin  paper  parts  were  issued  previous  to  i860,  but  they  are 
not  to  be  met  with,  and  even  the  Institution  does  not  possess  them." 

STEVENS  indicator;  quarterly.     v.4-date.     1887-date r620.S  S84 

Published  by  the  alumni  and  undergraduates  of  the  Stevens  institute  of 
technology. 

TECHNIC;  the  annual  of  the  Engineering  society  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  i8go-date.    v.3-date.    1899-date.  .r620.S  T264 

None  published  in   1901.     Issue  of   1902  includes  v.14-15. 
1903-date  title  reads  "Michigan  technic." 

VAN  NOSTRAND'S  eclectic  engineering  magazine;  monthly. 

35v.     1869-86 r620.S  V19 

United    in    1887    with    the    "American    railroad    journal"    to    form    the 
"Railroad  and  engineering  journal." 

WESTERN  SOCIETY  OF  ENGINEERS. 

Journal;  bimonthly,    v.i-date.     1896-date r620.5  Ws6 

Proceedings,  Dec.  1879-June  1881.    v.1-2.     1880-81 r620.5  C496 

Being   v.s-6   of   the   "Proceedings   of   the    Civil   engineers'   club   of   the 
Northwest." 

WISCONSIN  UNIVERSITY. 

Bulletin;  engineering  series,  1894-date.     v.i-date.     1896- 
date  r620.5  W81 

v. I.  Loree,  L.  F.  Track. — Wilkes,  Gilbert.  Some  practical  hints  in  dy- 
namo design. — Purdy,  C.  T.  The  steel  construction  of  buildings. 
— Abbott,  A.  V.  The  evolution  of  a  switchboard. — Smith,  L.  S.  An 
experimental  study  of  field  methods  which  will  insure  to  stadia 
measurements  greatly  increased  accuracy. — Grafton,  W.  M.  Rail- 
way signaling. — Loree,  L.  F.  Emergencies  in  railroad  work. — Fer- 
guson, L.  A.  Electrical  engineering  in  modern  central  stations. — 
Gerdtzen,  G.  A.  The  problem  of  economical  heat,  light  and  power 
supply  for  business  blocks,  school  houses,  dwellings,  etc.  —  Van 
Ornum,  J.  L.  Topographical  surveys,  their  methods  and  value. 
V.2.  Ford,  A.  H.  Complete  test  of  modern  American  transformers  of 
moderate  capacities. — Trautmann,  G.  H.  Comparative  test  of  steam 
injectors. — Bates,  Onward.  Superintendent  of  bridges  and  build- 
ings.— Johnson,  J.  B.  Some  unrecognized  functions  of  our  state 
universities. — Hayford,  J.  F.  The  transcontinental  triangulation 
along  the  thirty-ninth  parallel. — Swenson,  Magnus.  The  chemical 
engineer. — Johnson,  J.  B.  Recently  improved  methods  of  sewage 
disposal. — Hambuechen,  Carl.  Experimental  study  of  the  corrosion 
of  iron  under  different  conditions. — Orton,  Edward.  Progress  of 
the  ceramic  industry. 

ZEITSCHRIFT  des  Vereins  deutscher  ingenieure.    v.i-date. 

1857-date qr620.S  Z43 

v.S  contains  Inhaltsverzeichnis  des   1.-5.  bandes. 
V.15  contains  Inhaltsverzeichnis  des  11.-15.  bandes. 

Inhaltsverzeichnis  des  16.-27.  bandes. 

Inhaltsverzeichnis  des  28.-37.   bandes. 

v.i-27  monthly;  v.zS-date  weekly. 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS. 

Proceedings,  Nov.  1873-date.     v.i-date.     1876-date r620.6  A51P 


892  ENGINEERING 

ENGINEERING  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  SOUTH. 

Officers,  members,  associates  and  juniors.     1891 r620.6  E643 

INSTITUTION  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS. 

Charter,  supplemental  charter,  by-laws  and  list  of  mem- 
bers, 1889,  1893,  1900.    3v.     1889-1900 T620.6  I24C 

SOCIETY  FOR  THE  PROMOTION  OF  ENGINEERING 
EDUCATION. 

Proceedings,  1893-date.     v.i-date.     1894-date r620.7  S67 

Index,  V.  i-io,  1893-1902.     1902. 

V.I    consists   of   Proceedings   of  section   E  of  the   World's   engineering 

congress  in  Chicago,  111.,  July  31-August  5,    1893. 
v.io  contains  index  to  v.i-io. 

620.8     Tables.     Calculations.     Pocket-books 

EDISON,  Thomas  F.  &  Westinghouse,  C.  J.  comp. 

Mechanics'  complete  library  of  modern  rules,  facts,  pro- 
cesses, etc.     1895 r620.8  E28 

INTERNATIONAL   CORRESPONDENCE   SCHOOLS, 
Scranton,  Pa. 

Mechanics'  pocket  memoranda.     1897 620.8  I24 

KEMPE,  Harry  Robert,  comp. 

Engineer's  year-book  of  formulae,  rules  and  memoranda. 

4th  year.     1897 r620.8  K17 

PULLEN,  William  Wade  Fitzherbert. 

Tables  and  data  for  the  use  of  students  in  engineering  labora- 
tories; also  for  class  and  home  work  exercises.     1899.  .r620.8  P98 

"Intended  primarily  for  mechanical  engineers."     Preface. 

RANKINE,  William  John  Macquorn,  comp. 

Useful  rules  and  tables  relating  to  mensuration,  engineer- 
ing, structures  and  machines.     1889 r620.8  R19 

SCHUMANN,  F.  comp. 

Formulas  and  tables  for  architects  and  engineers  in  calcu- 
lating the  strains  and  capacity  of  structures  in  iron  and 

wood.     1873 r620.8  S39 

TRAUTWINE,  John  Cresson. 

Civil  engineer's  pocket-book.     1895 620.8  T69 

The  same.     1 902 r620.8  T69 

Bibliography,  p.  1008-1023. 

Condensed  practical  information  upon  all  branches  of  engineering.  A 
standard  reference  book. 

620.9     History  of  engineering 

HALDANE,  John  Wilton  Cuninghame. 

Civil  and  mechanical  engineering  popularly  and   socially 

considered.      1890 620.9   His 

Contents:  Steam  navigation;  Canals  and  railways. — General  engineering. 
— Dumbarton  and  the  Clyde. — Glasgow  and  ocean  steam  ships. — The 
Birkenhead  ironworks. — Apprentices. — Civil  engineering. — Practice  of 
engineering. — Drawing  office  calculations. — Engines  in  progress;  The 
screw  propeller. — Origin  of  marine  engineering;  Steam  power  on 
canals. — Bad  workmanship. — System  of  design  and  construction  in 
marine  engines. — Boiler  yard,  and  boilers  in  construction. — The  build- 
ing yard;  Ships,  ancient  and  modern. — Finishing  the  engines  in  the 
works. — Launching  a  ship. — Ship  and  engines  completed. — Ship's  ap- 
pliances;  Trial  trip. — "Breakdowns,"  and  mysterious  losses  at  sea. — 


STRENGTH  OF  MATERIALS  893 

Loss  of  West  India  mail  steamer  "Amazon;"  Engineering  smashes  on 
land. — Story  of  a  disastrous  trial  trip. — End  of  the  fatal  trial  trip. — 
How  I  commenced  private  practice. — How  "competitions"  are  con- 
ducted.— Clients,  an  iron  work  speculation. — Voyage  from  Sydney  to 
London  in  1845. — Engineering  of  the  past  and  present. — Triple  ex- 
pansion machinery. — Quadruple  and  new  compound  engines. 

HARCOURT,  Leveson  Francis  Vernon-. 

Achievements  in  engineering  during  the  last  half  century. 

1891    620.9  H25 

Describes  the  London  Underground  and  the  New  York  Elevated,  the 
railways  crossing  or  piercing  the  Alps,  Rocky  mountains  and  Andes, 
those  scaling  mountain  peaks,  tunnels  under  rivers,  the  principal 
bridges,  breakwaters  and  harbor  improvements,  the  ship  canals  pres- 
ent and  projected,  and  two  edifices,  the  Eddystone  lighthouse  and  the 
Eiffel  tower.     Illustrated. 

HOLMES,  F.  Morell. 

Great  works  by  great  men;  the  story  of  famous  engineers 

and  their  triumphs.     [1895.] 620.9  H73 

Contents:  The  story  of  the  locomotive. — The  story  of  the  steamship. — 
Famous  bridges  and  their  builders. — Remarkable  tunnels  and  their 
construction.— Stories  of  lighthouses  and  their  builders. — Harbours  and 
breakwaters,  and  their  constructors. — Diving  in  bells  and  in  dresses. 
— The  cutting  of  canals. — The  story  of  the  steam-hammer.— Henry 
Maudslay  and  the  slide-rest. — A  glance  at  hydraulic  engineering. 

WATKINS,  John  Elfreth. 

Beginnings  of  engineering.     1891 620.9  W31 

From  the  "Transactions  of  the  American  society  of  civil  engineers,"  v.24, 

1891. 
Historical  sketch  of  ancient  engineering. 

620.1     Strength  of  materials 

ANDERSON,  Sir  John. 

Strength  of  materials  and  structures.     1897.     (Text-books 

of  science.) 620.1   A54 

Intended  as  an  elementary  text-book.  Use  of  higher  mathematics  is 
avoided;  style  clear  and  simple. 

BAUMATERIALIENKUNDE;    internationale    rundschau   iiber 
alles  was  natiirliche  und  kiinstliche  baumaterialien  betrifft. 

v.i-date.     1896-date qr620.i   B32 

BEARDSLEE,  Lester  Anthony. 

Experiments  on  the  strength  of  wrought-iron  and  of  chain- 
cables,  including  investigations  into  the  physical  and 
chemical    properties    of    rolled    wrought-iron;    ed.    by 

William  Kent.     1879 r620.i  B34 

"The  Report  of  which  this  is  an  abridgment  was  published  by  the  United 
States  Government. .  .as  part  of  Executive  Document  No. 98,  House  of 
Representatives,   Forty-fifth   Congress,  Second  Session." 

BOVEY,  Henry  Taylor. 

Theory  of  structures  and  strength  of  materials.     1900 620.1  B661 

A  standard  work  on  applied  mechanics  as  used  in  designing  structures. 
Author  is  (1900)  professor  of  civil  engineering  and  applied  mechanics  in 
McGill  university. 

BOX,  Thomas. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  strength  of  materials,  including 

their  elasticity  and  resistance  to  impact.    1893 620.1  B66 

BURR,  William  Hubert. 

Elasticity  and  resistance  of  the  materials  of  engineering. 

1903 620.1  B94e 


894  STRENGTH  OF  MATERIALS 

The  same.     1883  r620.i  B94 

In  addition  to  the  practical  development  of  the  subject,  gives  consider- 
able space  to  the  mathematical  development  of  the  formulae  used. 

COLBY,  Albert  Ladd. 

Review  of  the  American  standard  specifications,  test  pieces 
and  methods  of  testing  iron  and  steel,  adopted  by  com- 
mittee no.i  of  American  section  of  the  International 
association  for  testing  materials;  with  a  discussion  of 
the  commercial  methods  for  the  physical  and  chemical 
testing  of  iron  and  steel  in  use  in  the  United  States, 
and  a  critical  review  of  foreign  specifications  for  steel 
rails.     1900 r620.i  C67 

The  same.     Ed.2.     1902 r62o.i  C67r 

Title  reads  "Review  and  text  of  the  American  standard  specifications  for 
steel." 

CONGRfiS  INTERNATIONAL  DES  MfiTHODES  D'ESSAI 
DES  MATfiRIAUX  DE  CONSTRUCTION. 
Communications  presentees   devant  le   Congres   international 
des  methodes  d'essai  des  materiaux  de  construction,  tenu  a 
Paris  du  9  au  16  juillet  1900.    2v.     1901 qr620.i  C74 

V.I.  fitudes  generales:  fitudes  sur  la  constitution  moleculaire  des  corps 
et  leurs  lois  de  deformation  sous  I'application  des  efforts;  Historique 
des  methodes  d'essai;   Laboratoires  et  appareils  d'essai. 

V.2.  Metaux :  Essais  mecaniques;  £tude  des  essais  de  divers  metaux  et 
de  certaines  pieces  assemblees. — Materiaux  autres  que  les  metaux. 

DIGEST  of  physical  tests;  a  resume  of  practical  tests  made 
in  the  laboratories  of  the  world;  quarterly.     3v.     1896- 

98 r620.i  DS7 

No  more  published. 

ENGLAND— Trade  board. 

Report  of  the  committee  appointed  by  the  Board  of  trade 
to  enquire  into  the  loss  of  strength  in  steel  rails  through 
use  on  railways,  with  the  appendices  thereto;  presented 
to  Parliament.     1900 qr620.i  E64 

Committee  consisted  of  Lord  BIytheswood,  Sir  B.  Baker,  Sir  I.  Lowthian 
Bell,  Prof.  Wyndham  R.  Dunstan,  Prof.  Kennedy,  Sir  A.  F.  Marindan, 
Mr  E.  P.  Martin,  Mr  E.  Windsor  Richards,  Sir  W.  C.  Roberts-Austen, 
Prof.  Thorpe  and  Prof.  Unwin. 
EWING,  James  Alfred. 

Strength  of  materials.     1899 620.1  E97 

A  lecture-room  exposition  of  great  clearness,  by  the  professor  of  applied 
mechanics  in  Cambridge  university  (1899). 

EXPERIMENTAL  engineering.     2v.     1900-01 620.1  E98 

V.I.     Pullen,  W.  \V.  F.     Treatise  on  the  methods  and  instruments  used 

in    testing    and    experimenting    with    engines,    boilers    and    auxiliary 

machinery. 
V.2.     Popple  well,  W.  C.     Treatise  on  the  methods  and  machines  used  in 

the  mechanical  testing  of  materials  of  construction. 
Bibliography,  v. 2,  p.402-404. 
V.I    includes   pump  and   gas-engine   testing,    and   describes   a   number   of 

experimental  engines  and  installations,      v.2   treats  of  the  testing  of 

timber,   structural   ironwork,   rope,   cement,   mortar,   masonry,   copper, 

tin,  etc. 

FAIRBAIRN,  Sir  William. 

Experimental  inquiry  into  the  properties  of  steel  manufac- 
tured by  the  Barrow  haematite  steel  company.     1869.  .  .r620.i  FiS 
GREENE,  Charles  Ezra. 

Action  of  materials  under  stress;  or,  Structural  mechanics, 
comprising  the  strength  and  resistance  of  materials  and 


STRENGTH  OF  MATERIALS  895 

elements  of  structural  design.     1897 620.1  G83 

"Concise  and  well  arranged  statement  of  the  problems  and  their  solu- 
tion."    Municipal  engineering,  1899. 

INTERNATIONAL  ASSOCIATION  FOR  TESTING  MA- 
TERIALS, American  section. 

Bulletin.     no.4-date.     1899-date r620.l  I24 

JOHNSON,  John  Butler. 

Materials  of  construction;  a  treatise  for  engineers  on  the 

strength  of  engineering  materials.    1897 620.1  J36 

Discusses     the     mechanical     principles     underlying    the    laws    of    their 
strengrth,   manufacture  and   general   properties,   testing,    and   the   me- 
chanical properties  as  revealed  by  actual  tests.     A  standard  work  of 
hisrh  value. 
KENT,  William,  b.  1851. 

Strength  of  materials.     1879 r620.i  K19 

Appeared  in  "Van  Nostrand's  eclectic  engineering  magazine,"  v.20,  Jan.- 
Feb.  1879. 

KIRKALDY,  David. 

Results  of  an  experimental  inquiry  into  the  mechanical 
properties  of  steel,  manufactured  by  Christian  Aspelin, 

Westanfors  and  Fagersta  works,  Sweden.    1873 qr620.i  K28r 

Results  of  an  inquiry  into  the  tensile  strength  of  wrought- 

iron  and  steel.     1864 r620.i  K28 

LANZA,  Gaetano. 

Applied  mechanics.     1891 r620.i  L29 

MARKS,  Edward  Charles  Robert. 

Mechanical    engineering    materials;    their    properties    and 

treatment  in  construction.     1893 620.1  M39 

Series  of  articles  which  appeared  in  the  "Practical  engineer." 

MARTENS,  Adolf. 

Handbook  of  testing  materials  for  the  constructor;  tr.  with 

additions,  by  G.  C.  Henning.    v.i  in  2.    1899 620.1  M42 

V.I,  pt.i.     Methods,  machines  and  auxiliary  apparatus;  text. 
V.I,  pt.2.     Methods,  machines  and  auxiliary  apparatus;  illustrations. 
Bibliography,  v.i,  pt.i,  p.35-48. 

"As  a  treatise  on  the  technique  of  testing  machine  construction  and  oper- 
ation,   and   of   manipulating   the   tests   of   materials   it   is   equalled   by 
nothing  in  English."    Engineering  news,  1900. 
MERRIMAN,  Mansfield. 

Strength  of  materials;  a  text-book.     1898 620.1  M63S 

"May  be  understood  by  those  not  acquainted  with  the  calculus." 

Text -book  on  the  mechanics  of  materials.     1901 620.1  M63 

The  same.     1897 r620.i   M63 

The  same.     1896 r620.i  M63t2 

MITTHEILUNGEN  aus  den  Koniglichen  technischen  ver- 
suchsanstalten  zu  Berlin;  hrsg.  im  auftrage  der  Konigli- 
chen aufsichts-kommission,  1894-1895,  1898-date.  v.12- 
13,  i6-date.     1894-date qr620.i  M7S 

Published  irregularly. 

STYFFE,  Knut. 

Iron  and  steel;  elasticity,  extensibility  and  tensile  strength; 

tr.  fr.  the  Swedish.     1869 r620.i  S92 

TETMAJER,  L.  comp. 

Methoden  und  resultate  der  prufung  der  hydraulischen 
bindemittel.  1893.  (Mitteilungen  der  Anstalt  zur  pru- 
fung von  baumaterialien  am  eidgen.  polytechnikum  in 
Zurich.)  b620.i  T32 


57 


896  CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Resultate  spezieller  untersuchungen  auf  dem  gebiete  der 
hydraulischen  bindemittel.  1894.  (Mitteilungen  der 
Anstalt   zur    priifung   von    baumaterialien    am    eidgen. 

polytechnikum  in  Zurich.) b620.i  T32 

Bound  with  his  "Methoden  und  resultate  der  prufing  der  hydraulischen 
bindemittel." 

TREDGOLD,  Thomas. 

Practical   essay  on   the   strength   of  cast  iron   and   other 

metals.     1824 r620.i  T71 

UNITED  STATES— Arsenal,  Watertown. 

Report  of  the  tests  of  metals  and  other  materials  for  in- 
dustrial purposes  made  with  the  United  States  testing 
machine   at  Watertown   arsenal,   Massachusetts,    1883- 

date.     1886-date r620.i  U2S 

UNITED  STATES — Engineers  corps. 

Report  of  Board  of  engineer  officers  on  testing  hydraulic 
cements,  with  specifications  for  the  several  classes  used 
by  the  Engineer  department.  1901.  (United  States — 
Engineers  corps.     Professional  papers,  no.28.) r620.i  U2533 

Specifications  are  given  for  American  Portland,  natural,  and  puzzolan 
(slag)  cements. 

UNITED  STATES — Iron,  steel  and  other  metals,  Board  to  test. 

Report.    2v.     1881 r620.i  U2S3 

List  of  authorities  on  the  properties  of  metallic  alloys,  v.  i,  p.494-508. 

Contains  results  of  minute  investigations  of  their  physical  properties, 
and  the  relation  of  these  to  the  chemical  constitution  and  mechanical 
treatment.  These  results  are  given  in  detail  in  the  tables  and 
diagrams. 

UNITED  STATES— Naval  advisory  board. 

Report  on  the  mild  steel  used  in  the  construction  of  the 
hull,  boilers  and  machinery  of  the  Dolphin,  Atlanta, 
Boston  and  Chicago,  four  vessels  constructed  under  the 
acts  of  Aug.  5,  1882  and  Mar.  3,  1883,  prepared  by  R. 
Gatewood  from  the  records  of  the  board.     1886. . . '.  .r620.i  U2532 

UNWIN,  William  Cawthorne. 

Testing  of  materials  of  construction;  a  text-book  for  the 
engineering  laboratory  and  a   collection  of  results  of 

experiment.     1899 620.1  U25 

"References,"  p.  11. 


620.2     Civil  engineering 


AMERICAN   engineering  register;   ed.   by   L.  M.  Haupt. 

1885 r620.2  Asi 

MAHAN,  Dennis  Hart. 

Treatise  on  civil  engineering.     1893 620.2  M25 

The  same.     1896 r620.2  M25 

Differs  from  most  treatises  in  omitting  mathematical  analysis,  the  treat- 
ment being  descriptive  throughout.     A  standard  work. 

PATTON,  William  Macfarland. 

Treatise  on  civil  engineering.     1897 620.2  P31 

RANKINE,  William  John  Macquorn. 

Manual  of  civil  engineering.     1894 r620.2  R19 

The  same.     1887 ; 620.2  R19 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  897 

WHEELER,  Junius  Brutus. 

Elementary  course  of  civil  engineering  for  the  use  of  cadets 

of  the  United  States  military  academy.    1877 620.2  W61 


621      Mechanical  engineering 
Machine  design.     Applied  mechanics 

APPLEBY,  Charles  James. 

Appleby's  illustrated  handbook  of  machinery.     6v.     1880- 

1903  r62i  A64 

V.I.     Prime  movers. 

V.2.     Hoisting  machinery. 

V.3.     Pumping  machinery. 

V.4.     Machine  and  hand  tools. 

V-S.     Contractors'  plant  and  railway  materials. 

V.6.     Mining  machinery. — Colonial  and  manufacturing  machinery. 

BARR,  John  Henry. 

Kinematics  of  machinery;  a  brief  treatise  on  constrained 

motions  of  machine  elements.    1899 621  B25k 

Notes  on  the  design  of  machine  elements.     1901 .621  B25 

Commentary  on  and  supplement  to  Unwin's  "Machine  design,"  pt.  1,  by 
the  professor  of  machine  design  in  Sibley  college,  Cornell  university 
(1901). 

BENTLEY,  Wallace. 

Sketches  of  engine  and  machine  details,  specially  arranged 
for  the  use  of  engineers,  draughtsmen,  mechanics  and 

students.     1898 621  B44 

BOLTON,  Reginald  Pelham. 

•  Motive  powers  and  their  practical  selection.    1895 r62i  B61 

Compilation  of  data  and  results  of  tests.  Mainly  devoted  to  steam  and 
water  power. 

CARPENTER,  Rolla  Clinton. 

Experimental  engineering  for  engineers  and  for  students 

in  engineering  laboratories.     1896 621   C22 

This  work  is  a  3d  edition  of  "Notes  to  mechanical  laboratory  practice" 
published  in  1890. 
CHURCH,  Irving  Porter. 

Mechanics  of  engineering.     1899  621  C46 

This  has  been  published  as  three  books  with  the  following  titles:  "Statics 
and  dynamics,"  "Mechanics  and  materials,"  and  "Mechanics  of  fluids." 

COTTERILL,  James  Henry,  &  Slade,  J.  H. 

Lessons  in  applied  mechanics.     1891 621  C83 

Contents:  The  principle  of  work. — Strength  of  materials  and  structures. 
— Hydraulics. 

GOODMAN,  John. 

Mechanics  applied  to  engineering.     1899 621  G62 

"We  recommend  the  book  as  a  compact  and  concise  exposition."  En- 
gineering news,  1899. 

INNES,  Charles  H. 

Problems  in  machine  design.     1899 621  I24 

Shows  how  the  formulae  commonly  given  in  works  on  machine  design 
are  applied  to  solve  problems. 

INTERNATIONAL  ENGINEERING  CONGRESS,  Glasgow, 
1901. 
Proceedings  of  section  3:  Mechanical.     (In  Institution  of 
mechanical  engineers.     Proceedings,   1901,  v.6i,  p.783- 
1024.) r62i.o'5  I24  V.61 


898  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

JAMIESON,  Andrew. 

Text-book  on  applied  mechanics.     2v.     1895-97 621  J17 

V.I.     The  principle  of  work  and  its  applications. — Gearing. 
V.2.     Motion  and  energy. — Graphic  statics. — Strength  of  materials. — Hy- 
draulic machinery,  (including  a  chapter  on  Refrigerating  machines). 

JONES,  Forrest  Robert. 

Machine  design.     2v.     1898-99 621  J39 

V.I.     Kinematics  of  machinery. 

V.2.     Form,  strength  and  proportion  of  parts. 

The  same.    2v.     1899 r62i  J39 

LINEHAM,  Wilfrid  J. 

Text-book  of  mechanical  engineering.     1902 621  L72t 

Contents:    Workshop  practice. — Theory  and  examples. 

The  same.     1898 r62i   L72 

LUKIN,  James. 

Amongst  machines.     1894 J621  L97 

Describes  mechanical  appliances,  glass-making,  the  manufacture  of  pins, 
screws,  bolts,  etc. 

RANKINE,  William  John  Macquorn. 

Manual  of  applied  mechanics.     1895 621  Ri9ma 

Manual  of  machinery  and  millwork.     1893 621  Ri9m 

Manual  of  the  steam  engine  and  other  prime  movers.     Ed. 

14  revised  by  W.  J.  Millar.     1897 621  R19 

RANKINE,  William  John  Macquorn,  &  Bamber,  E.  F. 

Mechanical   text-book;    or,    Introduction   to   the   study   of 

mechanics.     1884 621  Ri9me 

REID,  John  Simpson,  &  David. 

Text-book  of  mechanical  drawing  and  elementary  machine 

design.     1900 621   ^31 

Bibliography,  p. 5. 

REULEAUX,  Franz. 

The  constructor;  a  hand-book  of  machine  design.     1895.  .  .qr62i  R36 
SMART,  Richard  Addison. 

Handbook  of  engineering  laboratory  practice.     1898 621  S63 

"Intended  primarily  as  a  manual  for  the  use  of  students  in  the  routine 
of  experimental  work  in  steam-engineering,  strength  of  materials,  and 
hydraulics."    Preface. 

UNWIN,  William  Cawthorne. 

Elements  of  machine  design.     2v.     1893-94.     (Text-books 

of  science.) r62i  U2S 

V.I.     General  principles,  fastenings  and  transmissive  machinery. 
V.2.     Engine  details. 
The  same.    2v.     1900-01.     (Text-books  of  science.) .621  U25 


621.004     Mechanical  movements 

BARBER,  Thomas  Walter. 

Engineer's  sketch-book  of  mechanical  movements,  devices 

and  details  employed  in  the  construction  of  machinery. 

1897 621.004  B23 

The  same.     Ed.4.     1902 r62i.oo4  B23 

Classified   collection   of   sketches   of  over   2500   mechanical   movements, 
etc.     A  useful  aid  to  designers,  inventors  and  mechanics. 
BROWN,  Henry  T. 

Five  hundred  and  seven  mechanical  movements,  embrac- 
ing   those    most    important    in    dynamics,    hydraulics, 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  899 

hydrostatics,  pneumatics,  steam  engines,  mill  and  other 
gearing,  presses,  horology  and  miscellaneous  ma- 
chinery.    1893 621.004  B78 

HISCOX,  Gardner  Dexter. 

Mechanical  movements,  powers,  devices  and  appliances 
used  in  constructive  and  operative  machinery  and  the 
mechanical  arts.     1899 r62i.oo4  H61 

621.01     Theory.     Thermodynamics 

See  also  Thermodynamics,   536.7 

GRASHOF,  Franz. 

Theoretische  maschinenlehre.     3v.     1875-90 r62i.oi  G79 

V.I.     Hydraulik  nebst  mechanischer  warmetheorie  und  allgemeiner  theorie 

der  beizung. 
V.3.     Theorie  der  getreibe  und  der  mechanischen  messinstrumente. 
V.3.     Theorie  der  kraftmaschinen. 

HUTTON,  Frederick  Remsen. 

Heat  and  heat-engines;  a  study  of  the  principles  which 
underlie  the  mechanical  engineering  of  a  power  plant. 

1899  621.01  H97h 

"Bibliography,"  P.S28-S30. 

Contains  a  chapter  on  mechanical  refrigeration. 

PEABODY,  Cecil  Hobart. 

Thermodynamics  of  the  steam-engine  and  other  heat- 
engines.     1898 621.01  P33 

Includes  "Refrigerating-machines,"  p.479-512. 

621.03     Encyclopedias 

APPLETONS'  cyclopjedia  of  applied  mechanics;  ed.  by  Park 

Benjamin.     2v.     1880 qr62i.03  A64 

The  same;  with  supplementary  volume.    3v.    1896-97. .  .qr62i.03  A64a 
Title  of  the  supplementary  volume  is  "Modern  mechanism." 

LOCKWOOD,  (Crosby)  &  SON,  pub. 

Dictionary  of  terms  used  in  the  practice  of  mechanical  engi- 
neering; embracing  those  current  in  the  drawing  office, 
pattern  shop,  foundry,  fitting,  turning,  smiths'  and 
boiler  shops,  etc.,  ed.  by  a  foreman  pattern-maker. 
1892 r62i.03  L76 

621.04     Essays 

COLVIN,  Fred  Herbert. 

Practical  shop  talks 621.04  C72 

INSTITUTION  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS. 

Heat  in  its  mechanical  applications.     1885 r62i.o4  I24 

Contents:  Reynolds,  Osborne.  General  theory  of  thermo-dynamics. — 
Anderson,  William.  On  the  generation  of  steam  and  the  thermo- 
dynamic problems  involved. — Cowper,  E.  A.  Steam  engine. — Jenkin, 
H.  C.  F.  Gas-  and  caloric-engines. — Kirk,  A.  C.  Compressed-air  and 
other  refrigerating  machinery. — Noble,  Sir  Andrew.  Heat-action  of 
explosives. 


goo  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

621.05     Periodicals.     Societies 

AMERICAN  engineer;  weekly,    v.i-20,  in  14.    1880-90. .  .qr 62 1.05  A512 
Published  in  Chicago. 
V.20,  no.  20  and  24  wanting. 

AMERICAN  engineer;  devoted  to  the  interests  of  locomotive, 
marine  and  stationary  engineers;  weekly,     v.2.     1860- 

61    qr62i.05  A5122 

Published  by  Gilson  &  co..  New  York. 

AMERICAN  machinist;  weekly.    v.4-date.     1881-date qr62i.os  A51 

V.I 6,  1893,  wanting. 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,  1880-date.    v.i-date.     1880-date r62i.o5  A5123 

Index,  1880-1899,  v.i-20.     1899. 

ENGINEER,  [Chicago] ;  power  plant  engineering  and  allied 

branches;  semimonthly.    v.3S-date.    i8g8-date qr62i.o5  E64 

Formerly  published  in  New  York  and  Cleveland. 

INSTITUTION  OF  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERS. 

Proceedings,  1847-date.    v.i-date.     1849-date r62i.oS  I24 

General  index,   1847-1873,  v.i-24. 

General  index,  1874-1884,  v.25-35. 

Subject  index  of  papers,  1847-1890,  bound  with  their  "Library 

catalogue,  1890,"  roi6.62  I247. 

MACHINERY;  monthly.     v.4-date.     1897-date qr62i.os  M16 

POWER;  monthly.    v.i8-date.     1898-date qr62i.os  P87 

621.08     Tables.     Calculations.     Pocket-books 

BJORLING,  Philip  R. 

Whittaker's  mechanical  engineer's  pocket-book.     1898. .  .r62i.o8  B51 

HASWELL,  Charles  Haynes. 

Mechanics'  and  engineers'  pocket-book  of  tables,  rules  and 
formulas  pertaining  to  mechanics,  mathematics  and 
physics.     1897 r62i.o8  H34 

HUTTON,  Walter  S. 

Works'  manager's  hand-book  of  modern  rules,  tables  and 

data.     1895 r62i.o8   H97 

KENT,  William  Winthrop. 

Mechanical  engineer's  pocket-book.     1895 r62i.o8  K19 

The  same.     1903 621.08  K19 

LOBBEN,  Peder. 

Machinists'  and  draftsmen's  handbook;  containing  tables, 
rules  and  formulas,  with  numerous  examples  explaining 
the  principles  of  mathematics  and  mechanics  as  applied 
to  the  mechanical  trades.     1900 r62i.o8  L7S 

LOW,  David  Allan. 

Pocket-book  for  mechanical  engineers.    1898 r62i.o8  L95 

RICHARDS,  John,  comp. 

Manual  of  machine  construction  for  engineers,  draughts- 
men and  mechanics.    1889 r62i.o8  R41 


STEAM  ENGINEERING  901 


621.1     Steam  engineering 

ALEXANDER,  J. 

Model  engine  construction,  with  practical  instructions  to 

artificers  and  amateurs.     1894 r62i.i  A37 

BOURNE,  John. 

Catechism  of  the  steam  engine  in  its  various  applications  to 
mines,  mills,  steam  navigation,  railways  and  agricul- 
ture.    1865 r62i.i   B6s 

CLARK,  Daniel  Kinnear. 

Steam  engine;  treatise  on  steam  engines  and  boilers.    4v. 

1891  T621.X  C51 

Chapters  17-19  treat  of  contrivances  for  the  prevention  of  smoke  in  the 
furnaces  of  steam  boilers. 

HOLMES,  George  C.  V. 

The  steam  engine.     1898.     (Text-books  of  science.) 621. i  H73 

Elementary  in  character,  and  intended  for  students  with  slight  mathe- 
matical training.  No  knowledge  of  the  sciences  of  heat  and  of  motion 
is  assumed,  and  these  are  explained  in  their  relation  to  the  working 
of  engines. 

KINEALY,  John  Henry. 

Elementary  text-book  on  steam  engines  and  boilers.   1901.  .621.1  K26 

The  same.    1897 r62i.i  K26 

PERRY,  John,  b.  1850. 

Steam  engine  and  gas  and  oil  engines;  a  book  for  the  use 
of  students  who  have  time  to  make  experiments  and 

calculations.     1899 621.1  P44 

RENWICK,  James. 

Treatise  on  the  steam  engine.    1839 r62i.i  R35 

RIPPER,  William. 

Steam-engine  theory  and  practice.     1899 621.1  R49 

ROSE,  Joshua. 

Modern  steam  engines.     1893 qr62i.i  R71 

THURSTON,  Robert  Henry. 

Manual  of  the  steam-engine.    2v.     1902 621. i  T43m 

The  same.     2v.     1896-97 r62i.i  T43m 

V.I.     Structure  and  theory. 
V.2.     Design,  construction  and  operation. 

"Differs  from  other  treatises  by  giving,  in  addition  to  the  thermo- 
dynamic treatment  of  the  ideal  steam-engine ...  a  similar  treatise  of 
the  real  engine."     Engineering  and  mining  journal. 

WHITHAM,  Jay  M. 

Descriptive  treatise  on  constructive  steam-engineering; 
embracing  engines,  pumps  and  boilers,  and  their  ac- 
cessories and  appendages.     1893 621. i  W64 

621. loi     Power  plants 

ABBOTT,  Arthur  Vaughan,  &  Dommerque,  F.J. 

Central  station  economics.     1897 621. loi  A13 

Published  in  "Electrical  engineering,"  v.9,  no.z. 

ADAMS,  Alton  D. 

Light,  heat  and  power  in  buildings.    1901 621. loi  A21 

"In  this  volume  the  object  is  to  present  in  compact  form  the  main  facts 
on  which  selection  of  the  sources  for  light,  heat  and  power  in  build- 
ings should  be  based."    Author. 


902  STEAM  ENGINEERING 

CARTER,  E.  Tremlett. 

Motive  power  and  gearing  for  electrical  machinery.     1896. 

(Electrician  series.) 621. loi   C23 

Contents:    The  steam  engine. — Gas  and  oil  engines. — Water  power  plant. 
— Gearing. — Types  of  power  stations. 

CASSIER'S  MAGAZINE. 

Harnessing  of  Niagara.     1895 q62i.ioi  C26 

The  same.     1895 qr62i.ioi  C26 

The  Niagara  power  number  of  "Cassier's  magazine." 
HUTTON,  Frederick  Remsen. 

Mechanical  engineering  of  power  plants.    1897 621. loi  H97 

Practical  discussion  of  equipment,   functions  and  management  of  steam- 
power   plants,   avoiding  both   theory  and   mathematics.      Describes   the 
different   types   of   engines,    boilers,    etc.,    the   advantages   and   disad- 
vantages of  each,  and  gives  instructions  as  to  their  erection,  care  and 
operation. 

621.109     History  of  steam  engineering 

THURSTON,  Robert  Henry. 

History  of  the  growth  of  the  steam-engine.  1891.  (Inter- 
national scientific  series.) 621.109  T43 

621. II     Design  of  steam-engines 

BURGH,  Nicholas  Procter. 

Practical  rules  for  the  proportions  of  modern  engines  and 

boilers  for  land  and  marine  purposes.     1895 621. 11  B89 

RIGG,  Arthur. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  steam  engine.     1894 qr621.11  R4S 

TREDGOLD,  Thomas. 

The  steam  engine;  its  invention  and  progressive  improve- 
ment.    1827 qr621.11   T71 

WATSON,  Egbert  Pomeroy. 

Small  engines  and  boilers;  a  manual  of  directions  for  the 
construction  of  small  steam  engines  and  boilers  of 
modern  types,  from  five  horse  power  down  to  model 
sizes.     1899 621. II  W31 

631. 116    Valves.    Gears 

AUCHINCLOSS,  William  Stuart. 

Practical  application  of  the  slide  valve  and  link  motion  to 
stationary,   portable,   locomotive   and   marine   engines. 

1895 621. 116  A89 

HALSEY,  Frederic  Arthur. 

Locomotive  link  motion.     1898 621. 116  H18 

HURST,  Charles. 

Valves  and  valve-gearing;  a  practical  text-book  for  the  use 

of  engineers,  draughtsmen  and  students.     1897 621. 116  H95 

LEIST,  Karl. 

Die  steuerungen  der  dampfmaschinen;  zugleich  als  vierte 
auflage  des  gleichnamigen  werkes  von  Emil  Blaha. 
1900 r62i.ii6  L56 

Extremely  complete  and  authoritative  work. 


MARINE  ENGINES  903 


PEABODY,  Cecil  Hobart. 

Valve-gears  for  steam-engines.     1899 621. 116  P33 

SPANGLER,  Henry  Wilson. 

Valve-gears.     1898 621. 116  S73 

The  same.     1890 r62i.ii6  S73 

TENNANT,  William  J. 

Slide  valve  simply  explained;  an  elementary  treatise  for 

the  use  of  engineering  students.     [1899.] 621.116  T29 

ZEUNER,  Gustav  Anton. 

Treatise  on  valve-gears,  with  special  consideration  of  the 
link-motions  of  locomotive  engines;  tr.  fr.  the  German. 
1884 621. 116  Z55 

"Works  on  link-motions,"  p. 245-2$!. 

621.12     Marine  engines.     Ship  propulsion 

BURGH,  Nicholas  Procter. 

Modern  marine  compound  engines;  forming  a  supplement 

to  Modern  marine  engineering.    1874 qr62i.i2  B89 

Consists  principally  of  plates. 

DURAND,  William  Frederick. 

Practical  marine  engineering  for  engineers  and  students,  with 

aids  for  applicants  for  marine  engineers'  licenses.    1901.  .621.12  D93P 

Contents:    Principal    materials  of  engineering    construction.  —  Fuels.  —  ' 
Boilers. —  Marine  engines. — Auxiliaries. — Operation,  management  and 
repair. — Valves  and  valve  gears. — Steam  engine  indicators  and  indica- 
tor cards. — Special  topics  and  problems. — Propulsion  and  powering. — 
Refrigeration. — Electricity  on  shipboard. — Computations  for  engineers. 

"Authoritative  and  cyclopedic  and  in  it  practical  marine  engineering  is 
reduced  to  its  simplest  and  most  exact  terms."  R.  H.  Thurston  in 
Science,  1902. 

Author  is  (1902)  professor  of  marine  engineering,  Cornell  university. 

HOLMES,  George  C.  V. 

Marine   engines   and  boilers.      1893.      (South    Kensington 

museum  science  handbooks.) 621.12  H73 

"To  supply  in  conjunction  with  the  collection  of  models... at  South 
Kensington,  a  continuous  account  of  the  progress  and  development 
of  the  marine  engine  and  boiler  from  the  date  of  its  first  practical 
introduction."    Preface. 

SEATON,  Albert  Edward. 

Manual  of  marine  engineering,  comprising  the  designing, 

construction  and  working  of  marine  machinery.    1896.  .621.12  S44 
SENNETT,  Alfred  Richard,  &  Oram.  H.  J. 

Marine  steam  engine.     1898 621.12  S47 

YEO,  John. 

Steam  and  the  marine  steam-engine.     1894 621.12  Y24 

DURAND,  William  Frederick. 

Resistance  and  propulsion  of  ships.    1898 621.127  D93 

TAYLOR,  David  Watson. 

Resistance  of  ships  and  screw  propulsion.     1893 621.127  T25 

By  a  United  States  naval  constructor.  Contains  data,  tables  and  for- 
mulae used  in  making  estimates. 

BARNABY,  Sydney  Walker. 

Marine  propellers.    1900 621.128  B2S 

For  the  use  of  designers.  Devotes  most  space  to  the  screw,  with  chap- 
ters on  the  paddle-wheel,  the  hydraulic  propeller  and  the  screw- 
turbine. 


904  LOCOMOTIVES 


621.13    Locomotives 

BALDWIN  LOCOMOTIVE  WORKS. 

History  of  the   Baldwin  locomotive  works   from   1831   to 

1897.     1897 621.13  Bip 

Illustrated  catalogue  of  locomotives.     1881 qr62i.i3  B19 

BROWN,  William  H. 

History  of  the  first  locomotives  in  America.    1871 621.13  B79 

FORNEY,  Matthias  N. 

Catechism  of  the  locomotive.     1878 r62i.i3  F77 

The  same.     1897 621.13  F77 

GRIMSHAW,  Robert. 

Locomotive    catechism;    with    nearly    1600    questions    and 
answers  concerning  the  design,  construction,  repair  and 

running  of  all  kinds  of  locomotives.     1896 r62i.i3  G92 

LOCOMOTIVE  engineers'  advocate;  monthly,  May  1874-Jan. 

1875.    V.2.     1874-75 qr665.os  N15 

July  1874  wanting. 

Bound  with  "National  oil  journal." 

McSHANE,  Charles. 

Locomotive  up  to  date.    1899 621.13  M22 

Treats  of  mechanical  details,  giving  articles  on  standard  practice  and  on 
untried  inventions.  These  are  thrown  together  without  arrangement 
or  any  critical  discussion  of  their  value. 

MEYER,  Jacob  George  Arnold. 

Modern  locomotive  construction.     1899 q62i.i3  M65 

Author  was  formerly  chief  draftsman  at  the  Grant  locomotive  works. 
Deals  with  the  theory,  and  its  application  in  desig^n.  Elementary 
mathematics  only  used. 

MODERN  locomotives ;   illustrations,   specifications   and  details 
of  typical  American  and  European  steam  and  electric 

locomotives.     1901 qr62i.i3  M76 

Published  by  the  "Railroad  gazette." 

REAGAN,  Harry  Clifton. 

Locomotives;  simple,  compound  and  electric.     1902 621.13  R25I0 

The  same.     1896 r62i.i3  R25 

Title  reads  "Locomotive  mechanism  and  engineering,  with  an  appendix 

on  the  modern  electric  locomotive." 
Detailed  descriptions,  with  advice  as  to  action  in  break-downs.     Simple 
and  non-mathematical. 

SINCLAIR,  Angus. 

Locomotive  engine  running  and  management;  how  to  man- 
age locomotives  in  running  different  kind  of  trains  with 

economy  and  dispatch.     1896 621.13  S61 

The  same.     1885 r62i.i3  S61 

WEATHERBURN,  Robert. 

Ajax  loquitur;  or,  The  autobiography  of  an  old  locomotive 

engine.     1899 621.13  W36 

Interesting  description  of  locomotives  in  their  earlier  forms,  showing 
the  great  advances  in  locomotive  construction. 

BALDWIN  LOCOMOTIVE  WORKS. 

Illustrated  catalogue  of  narrow-gauge  locomotives, 
adapted  especially  to  gauges  of  3  feet  6  inches  or  i 
metre.     1897 r62i.i32  B19 

Contains  "History  of  the  Baldwin  locomotive  works,"  which  is  also  pub- 
lished separately. 


STEAM  ECONOMY  905 


SEKON,  G.  A. 

Evolution  of  the  steam  locomotive,  (1803-1898).     1899. .  .621.139  S46 

621.16     Stationary  engines 

THURSTON,  Robert  Henry. 

Stationary   steam    engines,    simple   and   compound;    espe- 
cially as  adapted  to  light  and  power  plants.    1902 621.16  T43 

The  same.     1899 r62i  .16  T43 

Intended  to  give  "an  account,  in  simple  and  concise  but  fairly  complete 
form,  of  the  various  types.  .  .in  common  use;  of  the  principles  of  their 
design;  the  circumstances  determining  their  efficiencies  and  their 
economy  of  steam  and  fuel;  their  various  forms  as  usually  built,  and 
the  best  methods  of  insuring  further  improvement."     Preface. 

621.17     Steam  economy.     Engine  tests 

BARRUS,  George  Hale. 

Engine    tests;    embracing   the    results    of    over    100   feed- 
water  tests,  and  other  investigations  on  various  kinds 

of  steam  engines,  conducted  by  the  author.     1900 r62i.i7  B26 

LOW,  F.  R. 

Compound  engine;  a  series  of  lectures  reprinted  from 

Power.     1900 621.175  L9S 

Intended  primarily   for  those  in  charge  of  these  machines.      Describes 
the  theory  in  plain  language,   and  devotes  considerable  space   to   in- 
dicator work. 
Bound   with   his   "Condensers." 

THURSTON,  Robert  Henry. 

Handbook  of  engine  and  boiler  trials,  and  of  the  indicator 

and  Prony  brake.     1893 621.17  T43 


631. 171    Indicators 

BEAUMONT,  William  Worby,  ed. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  steam  engine  indicator  and  indi- 
cator diagrams;  with  notes  on  steam  engine  per- 
formances, the  expansion  of  steam,  behaviour  of  steam 
in  steam  engine  cylinders  and  on  gas  engine  diagrams, 

by  Amice.     [1888.]     (Electrician  series.) 621.171  B35 

DAY,  Charles. 

Indicator  diagrams  and  engine  and  boiler  testing.    1897.  .621.171  D33 
HEMENWAY,  Frank  F. 

Indicator  practice  and  steam-engine  economjs  with  direc- 
tions for  attaching  the  indicator,  taking  diagrams,  com- 
puting the  horse-power,  etc.     1894 621. 171  H43 

HOUGHTALING,  William. 

Steam  engine  indicator  and  its  appliances;  with  rules, 
tables  and  examples  for  the  economical  operation  of 

steam,  gas  and  ammonia  engines.    1899 621. 171  H83 

PICKWORTH,  Charles  N. 

Indicator  handbook;  a  practical  manual  for  engineers.    2v. 

1898-1901    621. 171   P54 

v. I.     The  indicator;  its  construction  and  application. 
V.2.     The  indicator  diagram;  its  analysis  and  calculation. 


9o6  STEAM  ECONOMY 


PRAY,  Thomas. 

Twenty  years  with  the  indicator;  a  practical  text-book  for 

the  engineer  or  the  student.     1898 qr62i.i7i  P89 

631. 175-631. 176    Condensers.    Injectors 

LOW,  F.  R. 

Condensers;  a  series  of  lectures  and  articles  reprinted  from 

Power.     1900 621.175  L95 

Explains  simply  and  thoroughly  the  theory  of  condensers,  and  the 
apparatus  in  practical  use. 

KNEASS,  Strickland  Landis. 

Practice  and  theory  of  the  injector.    1894 621.176  K33 

PULLEN,  William  Wade  Fitzherbert. 

Injectors;  their  theory,  construction  and  working.    1900.  .621.176  P98 

631.178    Boiler  accidents 

MUNRO,  R.  D. 

Steam  boilers;  their  defects,  management  and  construction. 

1899  621.178  M96 

Treatise  on  the  causes  of  boiler  explosions  and  their  prevention,  intended 
for  engineers  and  firemen. 

THURSTON,  Robert  Henry. 

Steam  boiler  explosion  in  theory  and  in  practice.     1888.  .621.178  T43 
"[Author]  has  had  exceptional  facilities  for  investigating  the  causes  of 
boiler  explosions,  and  throughout  this  work  there  will  be  found  matter 
of  peculiar  interest  to  practical  men."    American  machinist. 

631.179    Engine  management 

EDWARDS,  Emory. 

Practical  steam  engineer's  guide.     1895 621.179  E31 

GRIMSHAW,  Robert. 

Engine-room  chat.     1893 r62i.i79  G92 

Short   articles  presenting   "in   what   has  proved  to  be   a  popular  style, 
ideas    which    appeal   to    all    interested    in   the    generation    of   power." 
Preface. 
Engine  runner's  catechism;  telling  how  to  erect,  adjust  and 
run  the  principal  steam  engines  in  use  in  the  United 
States;  a  sequel  to  his  Steam  engine  catechism.    1898.  .621.179  G92 
KELLEY,  Henry  H. 

Engineers'  examiner,  for  the  aid  of  those  who  wish  to 
obtain  an  engineer's  license,  and  a  guide  for  self-ex- 
amination, including  exhaustive  instructions  for  valve- 
setting.     1900 , 621.179  K16 

Originally  published  in  the  "Engineer." 

LE  VAN.  William  Barnet. 

Practical  management  of  engines  and  boilers;  a  guide  for 
engineers    and    firemen    and    steam    users    generally. 

1897 621.179  L66 

POWER  catechism;  answers  to  questions  covering  the  main 
principles  of  steam  engineering  and  the  transmission 

of  power;  comp.  from  Power.     1899 621.179  P87 

Contents:  Classification  of  boilers. — Boiler  setting. — Boiler  fittings  and 
attachments. — Bursting  pressure;  Riveted  joints;  Braced  and  stayed 
surfaces. — Physical  properties  of  steam. — Combustion  and  firing;  Heat- 


STEAM  GENERATION.     BOILERS  907 

ing  feed-water. — Boiler  heating  surface. — The  safety-valve. — Chimneys. 
— Steam  piping. — Horse-power  of  engines. — The  slide-valve. — The  Cor- 
liss engine. — Engines   in  general. — Pulleys,   belting  and  shafting. 

ROBERTS,  Charles  W. 

Practical  advice  for  marine  engineers.     1894 621.179  R53 

Describes  the  duties  of  the  engineer,  his  relations  to  the  other  officers 
of  the  ship,  the  care  and  management  of  machinery  at  sea  and  in  port, 
hints  as  to  action  in  emergencies,  etc. 

ROPER,  Stephen. 

Engineer's  handy-book,  containing  facts,  formulae,  tables 

and  questions,  with  a  discussion  of  electricity.    1899.  .621.179  R68e 

The  same.     1899 r62i.i79   R68e 

"Character  is  far  above  that  of  most  works  of  this  nature... Of  special 
value  to  the  engineer  interested  in  the  design  and  operation  of  steam 
plants."     Engineering  record,  iSgg. 

Young  engineer's  own  book.     1884 621.179  R68 

The  same.     1894 r62i.i79   R68 

ROSE,  Joshua. 

Key  to  engines  and  engine-running;  a  practical  treatise 
upon  the  management  of  steam  engines  and  boilers  for 
the  use  of  those  who  desire  to  pass  an  examination  to 

take  charge  of  an  engine  or  boiler.     1899 621.179  R71 

STROMBERG,  William,  ed. 

Steam  user's  guide  and  instructor  in  regard  to  engines, 

pumps,  dynamos  and  electricity.     1898 r62i.i79  S92 

The  same.     1900 621.179  S92S 

WAKEMAN,  William  Henry. 

Modern    examinations    of    steam    engineers,    comprising 
answers  to  questions  for  the  use  of  engineers  and  fire- 
men when  preparing  to  make  application  for  examina- 
tion for  U.  S.  government  and  state  license.    1896.  . .  .621.179  W14 
WATSON,  Egbert  Pomeroy. 

How  to  run  engines  and  boilers,  with  a  new  section  on 
water-tube  boilers;  practical  instructions  for  young  en- 
gineers and  steam  users.     1899 621.179  W31 


621.18    Steam  generation.     Boilers 

BABCOCK  &  WILCOX  CO. 

Dampf;  dessen  erzeugung  und  verwendung,  nebst  katalog 

der  fabrikate  der  Babcock  &  Wilcox  co.    1893 qr62i.i8  Bud 

Facts;  things  to  avoid  in  buying  boilers.    1895 qr62i.i8  Biif 

High  pressure  steam.     1895 qr62i.i8  Bii 

Steam;  its  generation  and  use,  with  catalogue  of  the  manu- 
factures of  the  Babcock  &  Wilcox  co.    1896 qr62i.i8  Bus 

La  vapeur;  sa  production  et  son  emploi,  avec  catalogue 
des  chaudieres  construites  par  la  Cie  Babcock  &  Wil- 
cox.    1893 qr62i.i8   Biiv 

BARR,  William  M. 

Boilers  and  furnaces,  considered  in  their  relations  to  steam 

engineering.     1898 621.18  B25 

DONKIN,  Bryan. 

Heat  efficiency  of  steam  boilers;  land,  marine  and  loco- 


9o8  STEAM  GENERATION.    BOILERS 

motive.     1898 621.18  D72 

Contains  a  bibliography,  p.269-270,  and  a  chapter  on  "Smoke  and  its 
prevention,"  p.  176— 186. 

FRANKLIN  INSTITUTE. 

Report  of  the  committee  on  the  explosions  of  steam- 
boilers.    2v.  in  I.     1836 r622.33  W66 

Bound  with  Whittlesey's  "Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal." 

HEINE  SAFETY  BOILER  CO. 

Helios.     1895 qr62i.i8  H41 

Catalogue  containing  articles  and  tables  relating  to  fuel,  steam  generation, 
boiler  testing,  etc. 
KENT,  William,  b.  1851. 

Steam-boiler  economy;  a  treatise  on  the  theory  and  prac- 
tice of  fuel  economy  in  the  operation  of  steam-boilers. 

1901 621.18  K19 

Intended  for  users  of  boilers  rather  than  for  the  manufacturer.  Includes 
a  chapter  on  smoke  prevention. 

LOCOMOTIVE;  published  by  the  Hartford  steam  boiler  in- 
spection and  insurance  co.,  new  series;  monthly,  v.i- 
date.     1880-date r62i.i8  L76 

PEABODY,  Cecil  Hobart,  &  Miller,  E.  F. 

Steam-boilers.     1897 621.18  P33 

"Though  the  book  is  intended  primarily  for  the  use  of  students  in  tech- 
nical schools  and  colleges,  it  is  hoped  that  it  may  be  found  useful  to 
engineers  in  general."     Preface. 

ROSE,  Joshua. 

Steam  boilers;  a  practical  treatise  on  boiler  construction 

and  examination.     1893 621.18  R71 

REGNAULT,  Victor. 

Relation  des  experiences  entreprises  pour  determiner  les 
principales  lois  physiques  et  les  donnees  numeriques 
qui  entrent  dans  le  calcul  des  machines  a  vapeur.  2v. 
in  I.  1847.  (In  Institut  de  France — Academic  des 
sciences.     Memoires  de  I'Academie  royale  des  sciences 

de  ITnstitut  de  France,  v.21.) qr5o6  I24h3  v.21 

ROWAN,  Frederick  J. 

Boiler  incrustation  and  corrosion.     1895.     (Van  Nostrand's 

science  series.) 621.186  R78 

THURSTON,  Robert  Henry. 

Manual  of  steam-boilers.     1893 621.18  T43 

TOWER,  G.B.N. 

Useful  things  to  know  about  steam  boilers.     1885 621.18  T65 

WILSON,  Robert. 

Treatise  on  steam  boilers;  their  strength,  construction  and 

economical  working.     1875 r62i.i8  W77 

A  standard  work  on  the  subject,  which  still  contains  much  of  value,  in 
spite  of  the  changes  in  practice  since  its  publication. 

YATES  &  THOM. 

Steam  boilers  constructed  by  Yates  &  Thom;  illustrated 

catalogue.     1897 qr62i.i8  Y18 

AULTMAN  &  TAYLOR  MACHINERY  CO. 

"Cahall"  water  tube  steam  boilers,  manufactured  by  the 

Aultman  &  Taylor  machinery  co.     1897 r62i.i82  A92 

BERTIN,  Louis  fimile. 

Marine   boilers,  their   construction  and   working,   dealing 


STEAM  GENERATION.     BOILERS  909 

more    especially   with    tubulous    boilers;    tr.   by    L.    S. 
Robertson,    with    a    preface    by    Sir    William    White. 

1898 621.183  B46 

STROMEYER,  Charles  Edmund. 

Marine  boiler  management  and  construction.    1893 621.183  S92 

"Literature,"  p.  11-14. 

FRENCH,  Joseph. 

Notes  explanatory  of  the  Safety  valve  calculator  and  steam 
index,  with  rules  and  calculations  for  force  pumps, 
strength  of  boilers,  etc.    1853 r62i.i84  F92 


631.185    Boiler  construction 

BURGH,  Nicholas  Procter. 

Practical  treatise  on  boilers  and  boiler-making.    1873.  .qr62i.i85  B89 

Chiefly  valuable  for  the  record  it  gives  of  the  development  of  boilers  and 
boiler  appliances,  as  illustrated  by  the  British  patent  specifications. 
Contains  descriptions  and  cuts  of  the  greater  part  of  the  boilers,  etc. 
patented  up  to  1872. 

FORD,  William  Henry. 

Boiler  making  for  boiler  makers;  a  practical  treatise  on 
work  in  the  shop,  showing  the  best  methods  of  riveting, 
etc.  and  the  most  economical  manner  of  obtaining  the 

best  quality  of  output  at  the  least  expense.    1888 621.185  F76 

HUTTON,  Walter  S. 

Steam-boiler  construction;  a  practical  handbook  for  en- 
gineers, boiler-makers  and  steam-users.     1898 621.185  H97 

NICHOLLS,  Samuel. 

Theoretical  and  practical  boiler-maker  and  engineers'  refer- 
ence book 621.185   N32 

TRAILL,  Thomas  William. 

Boilers,  marine  and  land;  their  construction  and  strength. 

1896 621.185  T68 

The  same.    1896 r62i.i85  T68 

621. 187-621.193    Furnaces.    Chimneys 

BARR,  William  M. 

Catechism  on  the  combustion  of  coal  and  the  prevention 

of  smoke.     1900 621.187   B25 

"Intended  to  cover  every  detail  relating  to  the  economic  combustion 
of  such  fuels  as  are  employed  in  steam  engineering."     Preface. 

HAWLEY  DOWN-DRAFT  FURNACE  CO. 

Catalogue.     1896 r62i.i87  H36 

HOADLEY,  John  Chipman. 

Warm-blast  steam-boiler  furnace;  a  report  upon  a  series 
of  trials  of  an  apparatus  for  transferring  a  part  of  the 
heat  of  escaping  flue-gases  to  the  furnace  by  warming 

the  entering  air.     1891 621.187  H64 

SNOW,  Walter  Bradlee. 

Steam-boiler  practice  in  its  relation  to  fuels  and  their  com- 
bustion, and  the  economic  results  obtained  with  various 
methods  and  devices.     1899 621.187  S67 


910  WATER-MOTORS 


CHRISTIE,  William  Wallace. 

Furnace    draft;    its    production    by    mechanical    methods. 

1901  621.189  C46 

Small  book  of  42  pages,  containing  tables,  results  of  tests,  general  data, 

etc. 

STURTEVANT,  (B.  F.)  CO. 

Mechanical  draft;  a  practical  treatise.     [1898.] 621.189  S93 

Contents:  Water. — Steam. — Combustion. — Fuels. — Efficiency  of  fuels. — 
Efficiency  of  steam  boilers. — Rate  of  combustion. — Draft. — Chimney 
draft. — Mechanical  draft. — Advantages  of  mechanical  draft. —  The 
Sturtevant  fans  for  mechanical  draft. — Application  of  the  Sturtevant 
fans  for  mechanical  draft. 

WILSON,  Robert. 

Boiler  and  factory  chimneys;  their  draught-power  and  sta- 
bility, with  a  chapter  on  lightning  conductors.     1892.  .621.19  W77 
HODGETTS,  Edward  Arthur  Brayley,  comp. 

Liquid    fuel    for    mechanical    and    industrial    purposes. 

1890  621.192  H66 

Describes  the  apparatus  for  burning  residual  petroleum  oils,  and  gives 
results  of  tests  as  to  its  efficiency. 

PUTSCH,  Albert. 

Gas  and  coal  dust  firing;  a  critical  review  of  the  various 
appliances  patented  in  Germany  for  this  purpose  since 
1885.     1901 621.192  P99 

621.2     ^Vater-moto^s 

See  also  Hydraulics,  532.5;  Hydraulic  engineering,  627 

BLAINE,  Robert  Gordon. 

Hydraulic  machinery;  with  an  introduction  to  hydraulics. 

1897 621.2  BS2 

FRIZELL,  Joseph  Palmer. 

Water-power;  an  outline  of  the  development  and  application 

of  the  energy  of  flowing  water.     1903 621.2  F9S 

"Offers  a  valuable  record  of  work  accomplished  in  certain  branches  of 
power  development,  which  may  be  safely  used  by  an  engineer  of  ma- 
tured judgment;  it  is  not,  however,  an  entirely  adequate  or  safe  guide 
in  the  hands  of  young  engineers."    Engineering  record,  1901. 

The  same.     1901 r62i.2  F95 

MARKS,  George  Croydon. 

Hydraulic  power  engineering;  a  practical  manual  on  the 
concentration  and  transmission  of  power  by  hydraulic 

machinery.      1900 621.2    M39 

Contents :  Hydraulics.  —  Preliminary.  —  Joints. —  Valves. —  Lifting  ma- 
chinery.— Hydraulic  presses. — Pumps. — Hydraulic  motors. 

INNES,  Charles  H. 

Centrifugal  pump,  turbines  and  water  motors,  including 
the  theory  and  practice  of  hydraulics;  specially  adapted 

for  engineers.     1901 621.21  I24 

AMERICAN  IMPULSE-WHEEL  CO. 

The  perfect  American  hurdy-gurdy,  manufactured  by  the 

American  impulse-wheel  co.  of  New  York.     1897 r62i.24  Asi 

Treatise  upon  an  improved  form  of  water-wheel. 

TROWBRIDGE,  William  Petit. 

Turbine  wheels;  on  the  inapplicability  of  the  theoretical  in- 
vestigations of  the  turbine  wheel  as  given  by  Rankine, 
Weisbach,  Bresse  and  others,  to  the  modern  construe- 


ELECTRIC  ENGINEERING  9" 

tions  introduced  by  Boyden  and  Francis.     1879.     (Van 

Nostrand's  science  series.) 621.24  T77 

Reprinted  from  "Van  Nostrand's  magazine." 


621.3     Electric  engineering 

See  also  Electricity,  537 

BRACKETT,  Cyrus  Fogg,  and  others. 

Electricity  in  daily  life;  a  popular  account  of  the  applica- 
tions of  electricity  to  every  day  uses.    1893 621.3  B67 

Contents:  Electricity  in  the  service  of  man,  by  C.  F.  Brackett. — The 
electric  motor  and  its  applications,  by  F.  L.  Pope. — The  electric  rail- 
way of  to-day,  by  Joseph  Wetzler. — Electricity  in  lighting,  by  Henry 
Morton. — The  telegraph  of  to-day,  by  C.  L.  Buckingham. — The  making 
and  laying  of  a  cable,  by  H  L.  Webb, — Electricity  in  naval  warfare, 
by  W.  S.  Hughes. — Electricity  in  land  warfare,  by  John  Millis. — Elec- 
tricity in  the  household,  by  A.  E.  Kennelly. — Electricity  in  relation 
to  the  human  body,  by  M.  A.  Starr. 

The  same J621.3  B67 

CLEVELAND  ARMATURE  WORKS,  pub. 

Practical  electricity;  with  questions  and  answers.     1900.  . .  .621.3  C58 

"Written  especially  to  assist  those  who  have  some  practical  knowledge 
of  electricity  and  who  wish  to  learn  more  of  the  way  in  which  wiring 
is  calculated  and  of  the  simpler  and  more  important  parts  of  dynamo 
electric  machine  design."     Preface. 

ELECTRICAL  designs;  instructions  for  constructing  small 
motors,  testing  instruments  and  other  apparatus,  with 
working  drawings  for  each  design.     1901 621.3  E44 

Peprinted  from  the  "American  electrician." 

Designs  include  alternating  and  direct-current  dynamos  and  motors  of 
various  sizes,  current  rectifiers,  transformers,  reactive  coils,  rheostats, 
voltmeters,  ammeters,  wattmeters,  galvanometers,  photometers,  storage 
batteries,  arc  lamps,  Xernst  lamps,  induction  coils,  condensers,  etc. 

ELECTRICAL  patents;  reissues,  trade-marks  and  designs, 
furnishing  all  the  drawings,  claims  in  full,  list  of  refer- 
ences cited,  interferences,  parties  to  them  and  decisions 
in  all  cases;  comp.  by  J.  T.  Allen;  weekly,  July  4,  1899- 

June  26,  1900.    v.i-2.     1899-1900 qr62i.3  E4437 

i?eginning   with    August    29,    1899   title   reads    "United    States   electrical 

patents." 
Supplement  to  Allen's  "Digest  ot  electricity,  1789  to  Juiy  1699." 

FOOTE,  Allen  Ripley. 

Economic  value  of  electric  light  and  power.    1889 r62i.3  F74 

Discussion  of  the  economic  conditions  fixed  by  state  and  municipal 
legislation  for  the  production  and  distribution  of  electricity. 

FRANKLIN  INSTITUTE. 

International  electrical  exhibition,  1884;  General  report  of 
the  chairman  of  the  committee  on  exhibitions,  and  Re- 
ports of  the  examiners  of  sections.    1885 r62i.3  F87 

FRITH,  Henry,  &  Rawson,  W.  S. 

Coil  and  current;  or.  The  triumphs  of  electricity.     1896.  . .  .621.3  F95 
GRAFFIGNY,  Henri  de,  {pseud,  of  Raoul  Marquis). 

Industrial  electricity.     1898 621.3  G76 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James. 

Electric  transmission  of  intelligence,  and  other  advanced 

primers  of  electricity.     1893 621.3  H83et 

Electrical  measurements,  and  other  advanced  primers  of 

electricity.     1896 621.3   H83em 


58 


912  ELECTRIC  ENGINEERING 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Electrical    engineering    leaflets;    elementary    grade,    no.i- 

35-     1897 621.3  H83ele 

The  same;  intermediate  grade.     1897 621.3  H83el 

The  same;  advanced  grade.     1895 621.3  H83e 

Electricity  made   easy,  by   simple   language   and   copious 

illustration.     1898 621.3  H83elc 

Explains  the  applications  of  electricity  in  common  use. 

INTERNATIONAL  ELECTRICAL  CONGRESS. 

Proceedings  of  the  congress  held  in  Chicago,  Aug.  21-25, 

1893.     1894 r62i.3  I248 

INTERNATIONAL   ENGINEERING   CONGRESS,    Glas- 
gow, 1901. 
Proceedings   of  section  9:    Electrical.      (In   Institution   of 

electrical  engineers.  Journal,  1901,  v.31,  p. 1-244.)  •  .r62i.305  I24  v.31 
JANET,  Paul  Andre  Marie. 

Legons    d'electrotechnique   generale,   professees  a    I'ficole 

superieure  d'electricite.     1900 qr62i.3  J17 

Bibliography  at  end  of  each  chapter. 

Descriptions  in  detail  of  actual  machines  and  installations  are  omitted, 
the  attention  being  directed  to  the  theoretical  side  of  the  subject.  Re- 
quires  a   slight   knowledge   of   the  calculus. 

JOYCE,  Joseph  A.  &  Howard  C. 

Treatise  on  electric  law,  covering  the  law  governing  all 
electric  corporations,  uses  and  appliances,  also  all  rela- 
tive public  and  private  rights.     1900 r62i.3  J48 

PRESCOTT,  George  Bartlett. 

Dynamo-electricity;  its  generation,  application,  transmission, 

storage  and  measurement.     1894 621.3  P92 

SLINGO,  W.  &  Brooker,  A. 

Electrical   engineering.     1903 621.3   S63 

The  same.     1895 r62i.3  S63 

SLOANE,  Thomas  O'Conor. 

How  to  become  a  successful  electrician ;  the  studies  to  be  fol- 
lowed, methods  of  work,  fields  of  operation  and  ethics  of 

the  profession.     1901 621.307  S63 

STEINMETZ,  Charles  Proteus. 

Theoretical  elements  of  electrical  engineering.     1901  621.3  S82 

Contents:  General  theory. — Special  apparatus:  Synchronous  machines. — 
Commutating  machines. — Synchronous  converters. — Induction  machines. 
The  theoretical  part  may  be  used  an  an  introduction  to  the  author's 
treatise  on  "Alternating  current  phenomena,"  the  part  on  special  ap- 
paratus being  in  certain  respects  a  supplement  to  the  same  book.  Not 
suited  for  beginners  in  the  study  of  alternating  currents.  Calcula- 
tions are  usually  made  with  the  aid  of  the  complex  variable. 

TUNZELMANN,  George  William  de. 

Electricity  in  modern  life.     1889.     (Contemporary  science 

series.)    621.3  T84 

Describes  in  non-technical  language  many  practical  applications  of  elec- 
tricity. 

UNITED  STATES  electrical  patents.    See    Electrical  patents. 
VERITY,  John  B. 

Electricity  up  to  date  for  light,  power  and  traction.     1896.  .621.3  V27 
Contains  a  chapter  on  electrotherapeutics,  and  one  on  electric  cooking 
and  heating. 


ELECTRIC  ENGINEERING— PERIODICALS  913 

WALKER,  Sydney  Ferris. 

Electricity  in  our  homes  and  workshops.     1895 621.3  W17 

WALMSLEY,  R.  Mullineux. 

Electric  current;  how  produced  and  how  used.    1894 621.3  W18 

JOHNSTON'S  electrical  and  street  railway  directory,  1896. 

1896   r62i.302  J36 

DYNAMIC  electricity;  including  Some  points  in  electric 
lighting,  by  John  Hopkinson,  On  the  measurement  of 
electricity  for  commercial  purposes,  by  J.  N.  School- 
bred,   Electric   light  arithmetic,  by   R.   E.   Day.     1890. 

(Van  Nostrand's  science  series.) 621.304  D99 

INSTITUTION  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS. 

Practical  applications  of  electricity.     1884 r62i.304  I24 

Contents:  Preece,  W.  H.  Progress  of  telegraphy. — Bramwell,  Sir  F.  J. 
Telephones. — Siemens,  C.  W.  Electric  transmission  and  storage  of 
power. — Hopkinson,  John.  Some  points  on  electric  lighting. — Abel, 
F.  A.  Electricity  applied  to  explosive  purposes. — Thomson,  Sir  Wil- 
liam.    Electrical  units  of  measurement. 

621.305     Periodicals.     Societies 

AMERICAN     electrician;    monthly,     Dec.     1889-date.      v.i- 

date.     1889-date qr62i.30S  Asi 

V.1-7  title  reads  "Electrical  industries." 

AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,  1884-date.    v.i-date.     1884-date r62i.305  A512 

BULLETIN  de  la  Societe  internationale  des  electriciens; 

[monthly],     v.i-date.     1884-date qr62i.305  B87 

CENTRALBLATT  fiir  elektrotechnik.    v.4,  no.16-v.12.    1883- 

89 qr62i.30S  Z43 

Being  v.4,  no.16-v.12  of  "Zeitschrift  fur  angewandte  elektricitatslehre." 
United  with  the  "Elektrotechnische  zeitschrift"  in   1890. 

CORNELL  UNIVERSITY,  ELECTRICAL  SOCIETY. 
Proceedings,  1893/94-1896/97,  1898/99-date.     v.1-4,  6-date. 

1894-date  r62i.305  C82 

From  V.8  contains  also  the  "Proceedings  of  the  Society  of  mechanical 
engineers  of  Cornell  university." 

L'fiCLAIRAGE   electrique;    [weekly],     v.i-date.      1894- 
date    qr62i.30S   E25 

Index,  v.i-25,  1894-1901.     1902. 

Continuation  of  "La  lumiere  electrique." 

ELECTRIC   power;   a   monthly  journal   devoted   to  the   in- 
terests of  the  electric  railway  and  the  transmission  of 
power,  light  and  heat  by  electricity;  ed.  by  R.  W.  Pope 
and  others,  Jan.  1889-June  1896.    9v.     1889-96.  . .  .qr62i.305  E4438 
No  more  published. 

ELECTRICAL  engineer;  a  weekly  journal,  with  which  is  in- 
corporated "Electric  light."  v.2i-date.  1898-date.  .  .qr62i.30S  E4433 

ELECTRICAL  engineering;   [semimonthly  and  monthly]. 

v.i-date.     1893-date r62i.305  E4436 

v.  12-14  title  reads  "Electrical  engineering  and  telephone  magazine." 
v.  15-date  title  reads  "Telephone  magazine." 

ELECTRICAL  industries.    See    American  electrician. 
ELECTRICAL  review,   [London];  weekly,     v.i-date.     1872- 

date qr62i.305  E4440 

v.  1-30  title  reads  "Teleg^raphic  journal  and  electrical  review." 


914  ELECTRIC  ENGINEERING— PERIODICALS 

ELECTRICAL  review,  [New  York];  weekly,  Feb.  15,  1882- 

date.    v.i-date.     1882-date qr62i.30S  E4431 

V.I  title  reads  "Review  of  the  telegraph  and  telephone." 
ELECTRICAL  world;  weekly,    v.i-date.    1883-date qr62i.305  E44 

Index.  1883-1896,  v.i-28.     1897. 

Continuation  of  the  "Operator." 

In  March  1899  the  "Electrical  engineer"  was  incorporated  with  the  "Elec- 
trical world"  under  the  title  "Electrical  world  and  eng^ineer." 

ELECTRICIAN;  a  weekly  journal  of  theoretical  and  applied 

electricity     and     chemical     physics.       v.i-date.       1878- 

date   qr62i  .305   E4432 

Published  in  London. 

v.2i-date  title  reads  "Electrician;  a  weekly  journal  of  electrical  engineer- 
ing, industry  and  science." 

ELECTRICIAN;    [monthly  and   weekly],     v.i-27.      1882- 

99    qr62i.30S   E443 

V.I,  no.  1-3  wanting. 

v.3-6  title  reads  "Electrician  and  electrical  engineer." 
\.7-27  title  reads  "Electrical  engineer." 

In  March  1899  the  "Electrical  engineer"  was  incorporated  with  the 
"Electrical  world"  under  the  title  "Electrical  world  and  engineer." 

L'fiLECTRICIEN;  revue  generale  de  I'electricite.     v.i-date. 

1881-date qr62i  .305  E4434 

Jan.    1891,  the  "Revue  Internationale  de  I'electricite"  was  incorporated 

with  "L'electricien." 
V.  15-date  title  reads  "L'electricien;  revue  internationale  de  I'electricite." 

L'fiLECTRICITfe;  revue  scientifique.   v.i-17.    1876-93.  .qr62 1.305  E4439 
ELECTRICITY;     weekly,     July     22,     1891-date.       v.i-date. 

1802-date qr62i.30S  E443S 

ELEKTROTECHNISCHE   zeitschrift;   hrsg.  vom    Elektro- 

technischen  verein;    [monthly  and  weekly],     v.i-date. 

1880-date    qr62i.305   E448 

"Centralblatt  fiir  elektrotechnik"  united  with  the  "Elektrotechnische 
zeitschrift"  in  1890. 

HOME  Study  for  electrical  workers;  monthly,  July  1897-Oct. 

1899.    3v.  in  2.     1898-99 r62i.305  H75 

v.3  title  reads  "Steam-electric  magazine." 
'  No  more  published. 

Beginning  with  v.3  united  with  "Home  study  for  machinists"  to  form 
"Steam-electric  magazine,"  which  united  with  "Mechanic  arts  maga- 
zine" and  "Building  trades  magazine"  in  Nov.  1899  to  form  "Science 
and  industry." 

L'INDUSTRIE  electrique;  revue  de  la  science  electrique  et 
de  ses  applications  industrielles;  [fortnightly],  v.i- 
date.      1892-date qr62i.305   I242 

INSTITUTION  OF  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERS. 

Journal,  1872-date.     v.i-date.     1872-date r62i.305  I24 

Index,  v.i-io.     1882. 

Index,  V.  11-20.     1892. 

Index,  V.21-30.     1901. 

The  Institution  of  electrical  engineers  was  originally  the  Society  of 
telegraph  engineers. 

La  LUMI6RE  electrique;  journal  universel  d'electricite; 

[monthly  and  weekly].    V.1-S3.     1879-94 qr62i.30S  L97 

Table  generale,  v.i-io,  1879-1883. 

Continued  as  "L'eclairage  electrique." 

NORTHERN  SOCIETY  OF  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERS. 

Proceedings.     5v.  in  2.     1894-99 r62i.305  N45 

No  more  published. 

In  May  1900  this  society  was  consolidated  with  the  Institution  of  elec- 
trical engineers. 


DYNAMOS.     MOTORS  915 

OPERATOR;  a  journal  of  telegraphic,  telephonic  and  electri- 
cal science;  semimonthly.    V.13,  no. 13-31.     1882.  . .  .qr62i.30S  O26 
Continued  under  the  title  "Electrical  world." 

REVIEW  of  the  telegraph  and  telephone.     See     Electrical 
review,  [New  York]. 

REVUE  internationale  de  I'electricite  et  de  ses  applications; 

[monthly],     iiv.     1885-90 qr62l.30S  R37 

In  Dec.  1890  this  publication  -was  incorporated  with  "L'electricien." 

TELEGRAPHIC  journal  and  electrical  review.    See    Electri- 
cal review,  [London]. 

TELEPHONE  magazine.    See    Electrical  engineering. 

TRACTION  and  transmission;  a  monthly  supplement  to  "En- 
gineering," Apr.  1901-date.    v.i-date.     1901-date.  .  .qr62i.30S  T67 

WESTERN  electrician;  weekly,    v.i-date.     1887-date.  .  .qr62 1.305  W56 

V.2,  Jan.— June  1888,  wanting. 

ZEITSCHRIFT  fiir  angewandte  elektricitatslehre.    I2v.    1879- 

89 qr62i.30S  Z43 

V.4,  no.i6-v.  12  title  reads  "Centralblatt  fur  elektrotechnik." 
United  in  1890  with  "Elektrotechnische  zeitschrift." 

621.308    Tables.     Calculations.     Pocket-books 

HOSPITALIER,  fidouard.  comp. 

Formulaire  pratique  de  l'electricien.    ire  annee-date.    1883- 

date   r62i.3o8  H82 

KEMPE,  Harry  Robert. 

Electrical  engineer's  pocket-book.     1892 r62i.3o8  K17 

MUNRO,  John,  &  Jamieson,  Andrew,  comp. 

Pocket-book  of  electrical  rules  and  tables.     1894 r62i.3o8  M96 


621.31     Dynamos.     Motors 

ARNOLD,  E.  ed. 

Constructionstafeln  fur  den  dynamobau.     2v.  in  i.     1899- 

1900    qr62i.3i   A75 

Contents :    Gleichstrom-maschinen.  —  Wechselstrom-maschinen,    wechsel- 

strom-motoren  und  transformatoren. 
Dimensioned  designs  of  types  and  details  showing  the  current  practice 
of  some  leading  European  manufacturers. 

ATKINSON,  Philip. 

Electric  transformation  of  power  and  its  application  by 
the  electric  motor,  including  electric  railway  construc- 
tion.    1893 r62i.3i   A87 

In  plain  untechnical  language.     All  historical  matter  has  been  excluded 

and  only  the  most  approved  kinds  of  apparatus  have  been  described. 
Title  of  2d  edition  reads  "Power  transmitted  by  electricity." 

Power  transmitted  by  electricity  and  applied  by  the  elec- 
tric motor,  including  electric  railway  construction. 
1900  J621.31  A87 

Title  of  1st  edition  reads  "Electric  transformation  of  power." 
Contents:      Definitions. — Principles    of    the    electric    motor. — Stationary 
motors. — Applications  of  the  stationary  motor. — Electric  railways  and 
railway  motors. — Central  station  construction  and  equipment. 
The  language  is  plain  and  the  machines  described  as  types  are  those  in 
common  use. 

The  same.     1899 621.31   A87 


9i6  DYNAMOS.     MOTORS 

HOPKINSON,  John. 

Original  papers  on  dynamo  machinery  and  allied  sub- 
jects.    1893 621.31    H78 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James.  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Electric  motor  and  the  transmission  of  power.  1896.  (Ele- 
mentary electro-technical  series.) 621.31  H83 

Recent  types  of  dynamo-electric  machinery;  a  complete 
guide  for  the  electrician,  engineer,  student  and  pro- 
fessor.    1898 621.31  H83r 

Practical  descriptions  of  the  various  types  of  machines  made  by  different 
American  builders,  giving  data  as  to  sizes,  functions  and  capabilities. 

JACKSON,  Dugald  Caleb. 

Text-book  on  electro-magnetism  and  the  construction  of  dyna- 
mos.    2v.     1896-97   621.31  J12 

Title-page  of  v.2  reads  "Alternating  currents  and  alternating  current  ma- 
chinery." 

KAPP,  Gisbert,  comp. 

Dynamo  construction,  electrical  and  mechanical ;  a  technical 
description  of  typical  machines  for  the  generation  of  high- 
pressure  currents  and  other  apparatus,  and  the  calculations 

connected  therewith  qr62l.3i  Kl3d 

Contains  25  sheets  of  working  drawings. 
KAPP,  Gisbert. 

Dynamos,  alternators  and  transformers.     1893 r62i.3i  Ki3d3' 

The  same.     1902   621.31  K13 

Title  of  the  new  edition  reads  "Dynamos,  motors,  alternators  and  rotary 

converters." 
Exposition  of  the  principles  of  their  construction.     Suitable  for  advanced 
students  and  designers.     New  edition  does  not  treat  of  stationary  trans- 
formers. 

KENNELLY,  Arthur  Edwin. 

Theoretical  elements  of  electro-dynamic  machinery,     v.i. 

1893    621.31    K18 

MARTIN,  Thomas  Commerford,  &  Wetzler,  Joseph. 

Electric  motor  and  its  applications,  with  appendix  on  the 
development  of  the  electric  motor  since  1888,  by  Louis 

Bell.    1892 q62i.3i  M42 

PARSHALL,  Horace  Field,  &  Hobart,  H.  M. 

Armature  windings  of  electric  machines.     1895 q62i.3i  P26 

Electric  generators.     1900 ' q62i.3i  P26e 

Amplification  of  a  series  of  lectures  delivered  at  the  Massachusetts  insti- 
tute of  technology. 
Intended  to  assist  the  designer  to  make  practical  use  of  our  knowledge 
of  the  theory  of  the  dynamo. 

The  same.     1900 .' . qr62i.3i  P26e 

SHELDON,  Samuel,  &  Mason,  Hobart. 

Dynamo  electric  machinery;  its  construction,  design  and 

operation.    2v.     1901-02 621.31  SS4 

V.I.     Direct  current  machines. 

v.2.     Alternating-current  machines. 

Title-page  of  v.2  reads  "Alternating-current  machines:  being  the  second 

volume  of  Dynamo  electric  machinery." 
Well- written  exposition  of  present  (1902)  practice.     Useful  for  students 

and  as  a  handy  reference  book  for  engineers. 

THOMPSON,  Silvanus  Phillips. 

Dynamo-electric  machinery,  v.i.  1904.  (Finsbury  techni- 
cal manuals.) 621.31  T38d2 


DYNAMOS.     MOTORS  917 

The  same,    v.i r62i.3i  T38d2 

The  same;  with  supplement.    3v.  in  2.     1897 T621.31  T38d 

V.I.     Continuous-current  machines. 

A  standard  general  treatise  on  design  and  construction.     Treats  of  theory 

and  practice  in  considerable  detail.     Clearly  and  interestingly  written. 
Edition  7  contains  the  material  also  published  separately  under  the  title 

"Design  of  dynamos." 

Latest  dynamo-electric  machines.  1897.  (Finsbury  tech- 
nical manuals.) r62i.3i   T38I 

Supplement  to  the  6th  edition  of  "Dynamo-electric  machinery." 

The  same.    1897.    (Finsbury  technical  manuals.) 621.312  T38d  v.2 

Bound  with  his  "Dynamo-electric  machinery." 

TREVERT,  Edward,  (pseud,  of  Edward  Trevert  Bubier). 

How  to  build  dynamo-electric  machinery,  embracing  the- 
ory, designing  and  the  construction  of  dynamos  and 
motors;  with  appendices  on  field  magnet  and  arma- 
ture winding,  management  of  dynamos  and  motors  and 
tables  of  wire  gauges.     1902 : 621.31  T73h2 

The  same.     1894 J621.31  T73h 


621.313    Direct  current 

ARNOLD,  E. 

Die  ankerwicklungen  und  ankerkonstruktionen  der  gleich- 

strom-dynamomaschinen.      1899 621.312    A75 

AVERY,  Alfred  H. 

A  B  C  of  dynamo  design.    1900 621.312  A9S 

Originally  published  in  the  "Model  engineer,"  v.2-3. 

Simple,  theoretical  and  practical  treatise  for  amateur  dynamo-builders, 
showing  how  the  calculations  should  be  made.  Includes  the  calcula- 
tions for  a  30-watt,  a  500-watt,  and  a  2-kilo-watt  dynamo. 

BOTTONE,  Selimo  Romeo. 

The  dynamo;  how  made  and  how  used.     1896 621.312  B64 

CROFTS,  Alfred. 

How  to  make  a  dynamo;  a  practical  treatise  for  amateurs, 
containing    detailed    instructions    for    constructing    a 

small  dynamo  to  produce  the  electric  light.     1896 621.312  C88 

FISCHER-HINNEN,  J. 

Die  wirkungsweise,  berechnung  und  konstruktion  elektri- 
scher  gleichstrom-maschinen;  praktisches  handbuch  fiir 
elektrotechniker,  maschinenkonstrukteure  und  studie- 
rende.     1899 621.312  FS3 

Collection  of  the  practical  formulae  necessary  for  the  construction  of 
continuous-current  dynamos,  with  many  numerical  examples  showing 
their  application.  Author  until  recently  was  chief  draftsman  at  the 
Oerlikon  works,  Switzerland,  (1900). 

HANCHETT,  George  Tilden. 

Modern  electric  railway  motors;  a  discussion  of  current 
practice  in  electric  railwaj-  motor  construction,  mainte- 
nance and  repair.     1900 621.312  H23 

"Exceedingly  practical  book,  which  tells,  in  the  fewest  possible  words 
and  with  the  least  complexity,  what  the  inquiring  reader  wishes  to 
know."     Electrical  rez'iew,  1900. 

HAWKINS,  Charles  Caesar. 

Theory  of  commutation.     [1901?] r62i.3i2  H36 

Mathematical  investigation  of  the  reactions  occurring  during  the  process 
of  commutation   in  continuous  current  dynamos.     An  example  of  the 


9i8  DYNAMOS.    MOTORS 

practical  application  of  the  results  is  given  and  the  physical  interpreta- 
tion of  the  equations  is  carefully  explained. 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Electro-dynamic  machinery  for  continuous  currents.     1896. 

(Elementary  electro-technical  series.) 621.312  H83 

PARHAM,  Eugene  Chilton,  &  Shedd,  J.  C. 

Shop  and  road  testing  of  dynamos  and  motors;  a  practical 

manual.     1901 621.318  P23 

The  same.     1898 r62i.3i8  P23 

Treats  only  of  direct  current  machinery. 

PARKHURST,  Charles  Dyer. 

Dynamo  and  motor  building  for  amateurs,  with  working 

drawings.      [1894.] 621.312    P24 

Contents:  A  small  electric  motor  for  amateurs. — A  "home-made"  elec- 
tric motor. — A  sewing-machine  motor  for  amateurs. — Armature  wind- 
ings, connections  and  currents. — A  fifty-light  incandescent  dynamo. — 
Data  of  standard  machines. 

PERRY,  Nelson  Williams. 

Electric  railway  motors.     1896 621.312  P44 

TREVERT,  Edward,  (pseud,  of  Edward  Trevert  Bubier). 

Dynamos  and  electric  motors.     1891 621.312  T73 

Practical  directions  for  armature  and  field-magnet  wind- 
ing.    1892 621.312  T73P 

WALKER,  Frederick,  engineer. 

Practical  dynamo-building  for  amateurs;  how  to  wind  for 

any  output.    1890.    (Van  Nostrand's  science  series.)  .  .621.312  W16 
WATSON,  A.  E. 

How  to  build  a  fifty-light  dynamo,  or  four  horse-power 

motor.     1895 621.312  W31 

WEYMOUTH,  F.  Marten. 

Drum    armatures    and    commutators.      1893.      (Electrician 

series.)    621.312  W58 

Enlarged  and  revised  from  a  series  of  articles  in  the  "Electrician." 
WIENER,  Alfred  Eugene. 

Practical  calculation  of  dynamo-electric  machines. 

1902   621.312  W68 

Contents:  Physical  principles  of  dynamo-electric  machines. — Calculation 
of  armature. — Calculation  of  magnetic  flux. — Dimensions  of  field- 
magnet  frame. — Calculation  of  magnetizing  force. — Calculation  of  mag- 
net winding. — Efficiency  of  generators  and  motors;  Designing  of  a 
number  of  dynamos  of  same  type;  Calculation  of  electric  motors, 
unipolar  dynamos,  motor-generators,  etc.;  Dynamo-graphics. — Practical 
examples  of  dynamo  calculation. 

The  same.    1898 621.312  W68 

Compilation  of  practical  rules  from  the  data  of  a  large  number  of 
standard  dynamos.  Requires  only  a  knowledge  of  arithmetic  and 
algebra. 

WILSON,  Charles  Ashley  Carus-. 

Electro-dynamics;  the  direct-current  motor.     1898 621.312  W76 

"Written  for  electrical  engineers  and  advanced  students."     Author. 

621.313    Alternating  current 

BEDELL,  Frederick,  &  Crehore,  A.  C. 

Alternating  currents;  an  analytical  and  graphical  treatment 

for  students  and  engineers.    1893 621.313  B37 

BEHREND,  Bernhard  Arthur. 

Induction  motor;  a  short  treatise  on  its  theory  and  design. 


DYNAMOS.     MOTORS  QiQ 

with     numerous     experimental     data     and     diagrams. 

1901 621.313   B38 

Graphical  treatment,  by  an  engineer  of  wide  experience  with  induction 
motors.     Requires  a  considerable  knowledge  of  polyphase  work. 

BLAKESLEY,  Thomas  Holmes. 

Papers  on  alternating  currents  of  electricity,  for  the  use  of 

students  and  engineers.     1891.  (Specialists'  series.) .  .621.313  B52 

Exemplifies  the  use  of  the  geometrical  method  in  treating  problems  in- 
volving the  flow  of  alternating  electric  currents. 

CHEVRIER,  G. 

Pratique    industrielle    des    courants    alternatifs;    courants 

monophases.     1900 r62i.3i3  C42 

Clear,  elementary  presentation  of  the  principles  underlying  the  produc- 
tion and  utilization  of  currents  of  this  form. 

FLEMING,  John  Ambrose. 

Alternate    current   transformer.     2v.      1892.      (Electrician 

series.)    r62i.3i3   F62 

V.I.     Induction  of  electric  currents. 
V.2.     Utilization  of  induced  currents. 

The  same.    2v.     1900.     (Electrician  series.) 621.313  F62 

Treats  of  the  principles  of  magnetic  induction  and  their  application  in 
the  design  and  construction  of  induction  coils  and  transformers.  A 
handbook  for  practical  electricians,  by  a  leading  English  engineer. 

FRANKLIN,  William  Suddards,  &  Williamson,  R.  B. 

Elements  of  alternating  currents.     1901 621.313  F88e 

The  same.    1899 r62i.3i3  F88 

HAY,  Alfred. 

Principles  of  alternate-current  working.     1897 621.313  H36 

"Elementary  in  treatment. .  .The  knowledge,  both  mathematical  and  elec- 
trical, which  it  pre-supposes  on  the  part  of  the  reader  is  slight." 
Preface. 

HOSPITALIER,  fidouard. 

Polyphased  alternating  currents.     [1895.] 621.313  H82 

Treats  briefly  of  generators,  transformers  and  motors.  Does  not  bring 
the  subject  up  to  date. 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Alternating  electric  currents.     1902.     (Elementary  electro- 
technical  series.)    621.313   H83 

The  same.     1895.     (Elementary  electro-technical 

series.)    r62i.3i3  H83 

KAPP,  Gisbert. 

Altfernate-current    machinery.      1889.      (Van    Nostrand's 

science    series.) 621.313    Ki3a 

Reprinted  from  the  "Minutes  of  proceedings  of  the  Institution  of  civil 
engineers,  London." 
Alternating     currents     of     electricity;     their     generation, 

measurement,  distribution  and  application.     1896.  ..  .621.313  K13 
LOPPfi,  FranQois,  &  Bouquet,  R.  P. 

Alternate  currents  in  practice;  tr.  fr.  the  French  by  F.J. 

Moffett.     1898.     (Specialists'  series.) 621.313  L86 

Contents:    Alternators. — Motors. — Transformers  and  condensers. — Trans- 
formation of  current. — Distribution  mains. — Current  distribution. — In- 
dustrial management  of  alternate  currents. 
MARTIN,  Thomas  Commerford. 

Inventions,    researches    and    writings    of    Nikola    Tesla. 

1894    621.313    M42 

"The  electrical  problems  of  the  present  day  lie  largely  in  the  economical 
transmission  of  power  and  in  the  radical  improvement  of  the  means 
and  methods  of  illumination . . .  The  present  volume  is  a  simple  record 


920  DYNAMOS.     MOTORS 

of  the  pioneer  work  in  such  departments  up  to  date   [1894],  by  Mr. 
Nikola  Tesla."    Preface. 

OUDIN,  Maurice  Agnus. 

Standard  polyphase  apparatus  and  systems.     1902 621.313  O32 

The  same.     1899 r62i.3i3  O32 

Treats  of  the  subject  in  a  practical  and  interesting  manner.  Is  well 
illustrated  with  diagrams,  and  photographs  of  up-to-date  machinery 
(1902). 

STEINMETZ,  Charles  Proteus,  &  Berg,  E.J. 

Theory  and  calculation  of  alternating  current  phenomena. 

1900 621.313    S82 

The  same.     1897 r62i.3i3  S82 

Uses  common  algebra  and  trigonometry,  practically  excluding  calculus. 

STILL,  Alfred. 

Alternating  currents  of  electricity,  and  the  theory  of  trans- 
formers.     1898 621.313   S85 

Single  phase  currents  considered  from  an  engineering  standpoint. 

TESLA,  Nikola. 

Experiments  with  alternate  currents  of  high  potential  and 

high  frequency.     1892 621.313  T31 

Lecture  delivered  before  the  Institution  of  electrical  engineers,  London. 
Contains  a  biographical  sketch  of  the  author. 

THOMPSON,  Silvanus  Phillips. 

Polyphase  electric  currents  and  alternate-current  motors. 

1900.     (Finsbury  technical  manuals.) 621.313  T38 

The  same.    1895.     (Finsbury  technical  manuals.) r62i.3i3  T38 

Bibliography,  p.225-241. 

Clear  comprehensive  discussion  of  theory  and  practice  as  known  at  the 
present  time  (1903). 

VOYER,  J. 

Theorie  elementaire  des  courants  alternatifs.     1894.  ..  .r62i. 313  V39 

WESTINGHOUSE  ELECTRIC  CO. 

The  alternating  system.     1888 qr62i.3i3  W56 

The  same.    1889 qr62i.3i3  W56a 


631.314    Transformers.    Converters 

ADAMS,  George,  A.I.E.E. 

Transformer    design;    a    treatise    on    their    design,    con- 
struction and  use.     1899 621.314  A21 

Avoids  historical  matter  and  use  of  mathematical  analysis. 
BEDELL,  Frederick. 

Principles  of  the  transformer.     1896 621.314  B37 

Complete   discussion   of   the   principles   of  the  alternating  current   trans- 
former. 

COLLES,  George  W. 

Rotary  transformers;  their  history,  theory  and  character- 
istics.    1901 621.314  C69 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal  of  the  Franklin  institute,"  March-July  1901. 
"Professes  to  take  a  broad,  comprehensive  review  of  such  transforming 
devices  as  are  included  in  its  scope,  or  nearly  allied  thereto,  tracing 
their  evolution  from  crude  beginnings  to  the  refinements  of  today,  and 
indicating  the  peculiarities  of  each  by  itself,  as  may  seem  of  interest 
or  importance,  and  its  comparative  merits  or  demerits  in  relation  to 
others."     Prefatory  note. 

KAPP,  Gisbert. 

Transformers  for  single  and  multiphase  currents.     1896. 


DYNAMOS.     MOTORS  921 

(Specialists'    series.) 621.314    Kr3 

"Object  is  to  enable  the  reader  to  judge  the  design  of  transformers  and 
to  design  such  apparatus  for  himself.  The  mathematical  treatment  of 
the  subject  has  been  kept  as  short  as  possible."     Preface. 

WEEKES,  Robert  Willsher. 

Design  of  alternate-current  transformers.     1893 621.314  W42 

Brief;  avoids  use  of  higher  mathematics. 

621.315-621.317    Electric  locomotives.     Power  plants 

BARNES,  David  Leonard. 

Electric  locomotives;  Baldwin  locomotive  works,  Burnham, 
Williams   &  co.,   Philadelphia,   and  the  Westinghouse 

electric  and  mfg.  co.,  Pittsburg.     1896 621.315  B25 

GAY,  Albert,  &  Yeaman,  Charles  H. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  central  station  electricity  sup- 
ply.    1899.     (Specialists'  series.) 621.316  G2S 

Bibliography,  p.453-4S9. 

GIBBINGS,  Alfred  H. 

Commercial  and  business  aspects  of  municipal  electricity 
supply;  a  practical  handbook  for  the  use  of  electrical 
engineers  to  municipal  corporations  and  members  of 
municipal  electricity  committees.     1899 qr62i.3i6  G3S 

Contents:  The  position  of  the  electricity  department  in  relation  to  other 
municipal  departments. — The  wiring  and  fitting  of  private  premises  by 
the  corporation. — How  to  charge  for  electrical  energy. — Electric  motive 
power. — Hiring-out  of  motors,  arc  lamps,  etc. — Free-wiring. — The  free 
supply  of  incandescent  lamps. — Prepayment  meters. — Side  street  light- 
ing.—Fitting-up  and  managing  a  corporation  showroom. — Private  house 
consumers,  or  extensions  to  outlying  districts. — Sundries. 

LINDLEY,  W.  H. 

Project  fiir  das  elektricitats-werk  der  stadt  Warschau;  er- 
lauterungsbericht  vom  8  Februar  1898,  nebst  anlagen. 

1899   qr62i.3i6  L72 

Very  complete  report  on  the  needs  of  a  municipal  electrical  plant,  with  a 
critical  discussion  of  the  designs  available. 

SCRUTTON,  Percy  E. 

Electricity  in  town  and  country  houses.     1898 621.316  S43 

"Too  elementary  for  an  engineer  or  architect  but  a  good  book  for  a 
gentleman  about-  to  build  a  residence  in  which  electricity  will  be 
used."     Engineering  record,  1899. 

WORDINGHAM,  Charles  Henry. 

Central  electrical  stations;  their  design,  organisation  and 

management.     1901 621.316  W89 

"Author  has  attempted  in  the  present  work  to  describe  those  problems 
which  arise  in  the  practical  operation  of  central  stations,  whether  of  a 
scientific,  an  engineering,  or  a  commercial  nature,  and  to  indicate  the 
solution  which  his  own  experience,  or  that  of  engineers  similarly 
placed,  has  dictated."     Preface. 

SCOTT,  Ernest  Kilburn. 

Local  distribution  of  electric  power  in  workshops.   1897.  .621.317  S42 

Bibliography,  p.  1 33-1 37- 

621.319    Dynamo  management 

BADT,  Francis  Beatus. 

New  dynamo  tenders'  hand-book.     1900 621.319  B14 

Information  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  the  care,  operation  and  main- 
tenance of  electric  light  and  power  installations.  Intended  for  those 
having  charge  of  electrical  machinery.     Simple  and  practical. 


922  ELECTRIC  LIGHTING 

BOTTONE,  Selimo  Romeo. 

How  to  manage  the  dynamo.     1893 621.319  B64 

CROCKER,  Francis  Bacon,  &  Wheeler,  S.  S. 

Practical    management   of   dynamos   and   motors,   with   a 

chapter  by  H.  A.  Foster.     1896 .621.319  C88 

Appeared  in  the  "Electrical  engineer,"  Sept.  1891-May  1892. 

PATERSON,  G.  W.  Lummis-. 

Management  of  dynamos;  a  handybook  of  theory  and 
practice  for  the  use  of  mechanics  and  others  in  charge 

of    dynamos.      1900 621.319    P29 

POWER. 

Central  station  experiences;  a  series  of  narratives  on  the 
trials  and  tribulations  of  a  steam  engineer  while  learn- 
ing to  run  an  electric  station.     1901 621.319  P87 

Reprinted  from  "Power." 

Describes  in  easy,  colloquial  style  various  common  central-station  diffi- 
culties, and  the  methods  of  discovering  and  remedying  them. 


621.32     Electric  lighting 

ALLSOP,  Frederick  Charles. 

Practical  electric-light  fitting.     [1892.] 621.32  A44 

ATKINSON,  Philip. 

Elements  of  electric  lighting.     1890 621.32  A87 

The  same.     1897 J621.32  A87e 

BOTTONE,  Selimo  Romeo. 

Guide  to  electric  lighting;  for  the  use  of  householders  and 

amateurs.      1892 621.32    B64 

CROCKER,  Francis  Bacon. 

Electric  lighting.    2v.     1896-1901 621.32  CBS 

V.I.     The  generating  plant. 

V.2.     Distributing  system   and   lamps. 

V.I  contains  a  chapter  on  lightning  arresters;  the  appendix  to  v. 2  contains 

the    'National  electric  code,"   and  the  "Report  of  the  committee  on 

standardization." 

DAY,  Richard  Evans. 

Electric  light  arithmetic.  1893 621.32  D33 

FLEMING,  John  Ambrose. 

Electric  lamps  and  electric  lighting.     1894.      (Electrician 

series.) 621.32  F62 

HAYWARD,  A.  C.  Curtis. 

Digests  of  the  law  relating  to  electric  lighting  and  to  elec- 
tric traction.     [1899.] r62i.32  H37 

MERRILL,  Earle  Abbott. 

Electric  lighting  specifications,  for  the  use  of  engineers  and 

architects.     1896 r62i.32  M63 

In  addition  to  specifications  contains  the  rules  and  requirements  of  the 
National  board  of  fire  underwriters  (1895),  and  the  form  of  uniform 
contract  adopted  by  the  National  association  of  builders  and  the  Ameri- 
can institute  of  architects. 

NATIONAL  ELECTRIC  LIGHT  ASSOCIATION. 

Proceedings  at  its  convention  (ist-date),  1885-date.     1886- 

date   r62i.32  NiS 

URBANITZKY,  Alfred  von. 

Die  elektrische  beleuchtung  und  ihre  anwendung  in   der 


ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS  923 

praxis.     1890.      (Hartleben's   chemisch-technische   bib- 

liothek.)    r62i.32  U27 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Electric  arc  lighting.  1902.  (Elementary  electro-techni- 
cal series.) 621.321   H83 

The  same.  1896.   (Elementary  electro-technical  series.).  .r62i. 321   H83 
FRANKLIN  INSTITUTE. 

On  the  efficiency  and  duration   of  incandescent   electric 

lamps;  report  of  a  special  committee.     1885 r62i.3  F87 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Electric  incandescent  lighting.  1902.  (Elementary  elec- 
tro-technical series.) 621.322  H83 

The  same.   1896.    (Elementary  electro-technical  series.)  .  .r62i.322  H83 
KRt)GER,  E.  A. 

Die  herstellung  der  elektrischen  gluhlampe;  zum  prak- 
tischen  gebrauch  fiir  fabrikanten,  ingenieure,  techniker, 
installateure,  monteure  und  konsumenten.    1894 621.322  K42 

Describes  the  methods  in  actual  use,  omitting  all  theoretical  discussion. 

POPE,  Franklin  Leonard. 

Evolution  of  the  electric  incandescent  lamp.     i88g r62i.322  P81 

Compiled  from  the  newspapers  of  the  day,  and  the  Patent  office  records. 
Chiefly  a  discussion  of  the  rival  claims  of  Edison,  and  Sawyer  and 
Man. 
RAM,  Gilbert  S. 

Incandescent  lamp  and  its  manufacture.    1893.     (Electrician 

series.)    621.322   R17 

"All  that  is  attempted  is  to  give  readers  such  information  as  the  author, 
in  the  course  of  a  considerable  experience  in  lamp-making,  has  acquired, 
and  to  place  this  information  before  them  with  as  little  mathematical 
embellishment  as,  under  the  circumstances,  is  possible."     Preface. 

SALOMONS,  Sir  David  Lionel  Goldsmid-Stern-. 

Electric  light  installations.     3v.     1894-98.     (Specialists' 

series.)   621.329  S17 

V.I.     Management  of  accumulators. 
V.2.     Apparatus. 
V.3.     Application. 

621.33     Electric  railways 

AMERICAN  STREET-RAILWAY  ASSOCIATION. 

Report  of  committee  on  "Economy  of  machine  shops  for 

electric  street-railways."'     1892 r62i. 33  P49 

Advance   copy,   published   for   discussion   at  the   regular  meeting  of  the 

American  street-railway  association,  Cleveland,  O.,  Oct.   19-21,  1892. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

CASSIER'S  MAGAZINE. 

Electric  railway  number  of  Cassier's  magazine,  Aug.  1899. 

1899   q62i. 33  C26 

The  sam€.     1899 qr62i. 33   C26 

Contents:  Latest  developments  in  electric  conduit  railways,  by  F.  S. 
Pearson. — Electric  tramways  in  Great  Britain,  by  R.  W.  Blackwell. — 
Building  an  electric  railway,  by  L.  W.  Surrell. — Overhead  construction, 
by  J.  G.  White. — The  development  of  the  modern  electric  railway 
motor,  by  C.  T.  Hutchinson. — Some  early  traction  history,  by  Thor- 
burn  Reid. — Electrolysis  from  railway  currents,  by  A.  V.  Abbott. — 
The  municipal  ownership  of  tramways  in  the  United  Kingdom,  by 
Benjamin  Taylor. — The  development  of  the  tram  car,  by  J.  A.  Brill. — 
Rails  and   rail  joints,   by   M.    K.    Bowen. — Light  electric   railways,   by 


924  ELECTRIC  RAILWAYS 

Louis  Bell. — The  multiple  unit  system  for  electric  railways,  by  E.  J. 
Sprague. — The  electric  locomotive,  by  G.  K.  Muir. — Polyphase  alter- 
nating currents  for  electric  railways,  by  D.  C.  Jackson. — The  selection 
of  rolling  stock,  by  C.  F.  Uebelacker. — Storage  batteries  and  electric 
railways,  by  Herbert  Lloyd. — Electric  railways  in  America,  by  W.  J. 
Clark. — The  City  and  South  London  electric  railway,  by  P.  V.  Mc- 
Mahon. 

CROSBY,  Oscar  T.  &  Bell,  Louis. 

Electric  railway  in  theory  and  practice.     1893 621.33  C89 

DAWSON,  Philip. 

Electric   railways   and   tramways;   their   construction   and 

operation.     1897 qr62i. 33  D33 

Entirely  revised,  enlarged  and  brought  up  to  date  from  "Engineering." 

HEDGES,  Killingworth. 

American  electric  street  railways;  their  construction  and 
equipment,  with  notes  as  to  the  cost  of  installation  and 

of  maintenance.     1894 q62i. 33  H39 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Electric  street  railways.  1896.  (Elementary  electro-tech- 
nical series.) 621.33  H83 

OHIO — Circuit  court. 

In  the  circuit  court  of  Cuyahoga  county,  Ohio,  F.  W.  Pel- 
ton  and  others,  plaintiffs,  vs.  the  East  Cleveland  rail- 
road company,  defendant;  statement  of  the  case  and 
decision  of  the  court  as  to  electric  propulsion  of  street 

cars.     [1901?] r62i.33  O18 

PHILADELPHIA— Councils. 

Trolley  system;  stenographic  report  of  testimony  of  ex- 
perts and  arguments  of  R.  E.  Shapley  and  J.  G.  John- 
son, before  railroad  committee  of  councils,  March  14th 
and  March  i6th,  1892,  in  the  matter  of  the  application  of 
the  Philadelphia  traction  company  to  apply  the  trolley 

system.     1892 r62i.33   P49 

SCHIEMANN,  Max. 

Bau  und  betrieb  elektrischer  bahnen;  handbuch  zu  deren 
projektierung,  bau  und  betriebsfiihrung.  2v.  1899- 
1900 621.33  S33 

V.I.      Strassenbahnen. 

V.2.     Haupt-,  neben-  und  industriebahnen. 

TREVERT,  Edward,  (psevd.  of  Edward  Trevert  Bubier). 

Electric  railway  engineering.     1892 .621.33  T73 

UNITED  STATES— Circuit  court. 

Underrunning  trolley  case;  full  text  of  Judge  Townsend's 
decision  in  the  case  of  Thomson-Houston  electric  com- 
pany, complainant,  vs.  the  Winchester  avenue  railroad 
company  et  al.,  defendant,  filed  in  the  U.  S.  circuit 
court,  district  of  Connecticut,   Dec.  7,   1895;   Van  De- 

poele  patent  no.495,  443  sustained.     1896 r62i.33  P49 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
BELL,  Louis. 

Power  distribution  for  electric  railroads.     1897 621.331  B41 

GAYETTY,  J.  W. 

Motorman's  guide;  a  practical  treatise  on  street  railway 

motors.     1898 621.338  G2S 


POWER  TRANSMISSION  925 

DAWSON,  Philip,  comp. 

"Engineering"  and  electric  traction  pocket-book.   1899.  .1621. ssg  D33 

Bibliography,  p.33-38. 

Compilation  of  civil,  mechanical  and  electrical  engineering  data  relating 
to  the  subject  of  electric  traction. 

HERRICK,  Albert  Bledsoe. 

Practical  electric  railway  hand  book.     1901 r62i.339  H47 

MERRILL,  Earle  Abbott,  comp. 

Reference  book  of  tables  and  formulas  for  electric  railway 

engineers.    1897 r62i.339  M63 


621.34     Power  transmission 

ABBOTT,  Arthur  Vaughan. 

Electrical  transmission  of  energy.     1895 621.34  A13 

BELL,  Louis. 

Electric  power  transmission.     1897 r62i.34  B41 

The  same.     1899 621.34  B4ie 

KAPP,  Gisbert. 

Electric  transmission  of  energy  and  its  transformation, 
sub-division     and     distribution.       1894.        (Specialists' 

series.)    621.34  K13 

PICOU,  Romuald  Victor. 

La  distribution  de  I'electricite;  installations  isolees.    [1897.] 

(Encyclopedic  scientifique  des  aide-memoire.) 621.34  P54d 

Bibliography,  p.  161-162. 

La  distribution  de  I'electricite;  usines  centrales.     [1898.] .  .621.34  P54 

Bibliography,  p.  157-160. 

SNELL,  Albion  Thomas. 

Electric  motive  power;  the  transmission  and  distribution  of 
electric  power  by  continuous  and  alternate  currents; 
with  a  section  on  the  applications  of  electricity  to  min- 
ing work.     [1899.]     (Electrician  series.) 621.34  S67 

"Designed  to  be  a  practical  treatise  for  mechanical  and  mining  engineers 
and  other  students  of  applied  electricity.  .  .A  large  part  of  the  book  is 
devoted  to  a  careful  consideration  of  the  alternate  current  systems, 
both  single  and  polyphase."     Preface. 

631.343    Lines.     Conductors.     Cables 

MARSH,  Joseph  William. 

Pocket  handbook  of  useful  information,  price  lists,  etc., 
relating  to  lead  covered  electric  cables,  insulated  wires, 
etc.,  presented  by  the  Standard  underground  cable  co. 

1897   r62i.343  M41 

RUSSELL,  Stuart  Arthur. 

Electric   light   cables   and   the   distribution    of   electricity. 

1901.     (Specialists'  series.) 621.343  R91 

SEE,  James  W.  conip. 

Abridgments    of   United    States   patents   on    underground 

lines,  to  Jan.  i,  1886.     1886 r62i.343  S45 

VIVAREZ,  Henry. 

Construction  des  reseaux  electriques  aeriens  en  fils  de 
bronze  silicieux,  lignes  telegraphiques,  telephoniques, 
transport  de  force,  lumiere  electrique.     1885 r62i.343  V35 


926  WIRING 

WEILLER,  Lazare,  &  Vivarez,  Henry. 

Traite  general  des  lignes  et  transmissions  electriques. 

1892 T621.343  W45 

HERRICK,  Albert  Bledsoe. 

Modern  switchboards.    1898 q62i.344  H47 

631.349    'Wiring 

BADT,  Francis  Beatus. 

Incandescent  Maring.     1895 621.349  B14 

BOULT,  Wilfrid  Swanwick,  comp. 

Comprehensive  international  wire  table.     1890 r62i.349  B65 

Gives  area,  gauge,  weight,  current,  resistance,  and  heating,  bare  and 
cased,  in  both  English  and  metric  systems,  for  wires  and  cables  from 
2.26  in.  to  .001  in.  in  diameter. 

GUSHING,  Henry  G. 

Standard  wiring  for  electric  light  and  power;  as  adopted 

by    fire    underwriters    throughout    the    United    States. 

1903 621.349  G93S 

The  same.     1899 r62i.349  G93 

Sets  forth  the  essential  rules  and  requirements  for  safe  and  economical 
exterior  and  interior  wiring.  Follows  the  requirements  of  the  fire 
underwriters  of  the  United  States. 

DAVIS,  Gharles  M.  comp. 

Standard  tables  for  electric  wiremen.     1896 621.349  D31 

EMMET,  William  Le  Roy. 

Alternating  current  wiring  and  distribution.    1898 621.349  E59 

"Object... is  to  point  out  the  practical  significance  of  some  of  the  laws 
governing  the  distribution  of  alternating  currents;  also,  to  explain 
those  laws  in  such  a  manner  that  their  nature  and  relative  importance 
may  be  realized  by  practical  men  without  the  expenditure  of  time 
necessary  to  the  study  of  complete  works."     Preface. 

HERING,  Garl. 

Universal  wiring  computer  for  determining  the  size  of 
wires  for  incandescent  electric  lamp  leads  and  for  dis- 
tribution in  general.     1892 621.349  H47 

LEAF,  Henry  Meredith. 

Internal  wiring  of  buildings.     1899 621.349  L45 

Very  thoroughly  written  and  well-illustrated  book  on  the  standard  English 
practice. 

MAYGOGK,  William  Perren. 

Electric  wiring,  fittings,  switches  and  lamps;  a  practical 

book    for    electric-light    engineers,    wiring    and    fitting 

contractors,  consulting  engineers,  architects,  builders, 

wiremen  and  students.    1899 621.349  M53 

Wiring  rules  of  the  Institution  of  electrical  engineers  are  given. 

NOLL,  Augustus. 

How  to  wire  buildings.     1895 621.349  N41 

POOLE,  Gecil  Percy. 

Electric  wiring.     1900 r62i.349  P79 

"Designed  to  serve  both  as  an  instructor  for  practical  wiremen. .  .and 
as  a... general  reference  book  for  electrical  engineers  whose  work 
includes  the  calculation  of  transmission  circuits,  etc."     Preface. 

ROBB,  Russell. 

Electric  wiring;  for  the  use  of  architects,  underwriters  and 

the  owners  of  buildings.    1896 621.349  R53 


AIR,  GAS,  AND  OIL  ENGINES  927 

WATSON,  A.  E. 

Hand-book  of  wiring  tables  for  arc,  incandescent  lighting 

and  motor  circuits.    1892 621.349  W31 


621.35    Accumulators 

CENTRALBLATT  fiir  accumulatoren-  und  elementenkunde; 
organ  fiir  wissenschaft  und  technik,  mit  besonderer 
beriicksichtigung  des  accumobilismus;  hrsg.  von  Franz 
Peters;  monthly,     v.i-date.     1900-date qr62i.3S  C32 

FITZGERALD,  Desmond  G. 

Lead  storage  battery;  its  history,  theory,  construction  and 

use.      [1900.] 621.351   FS7 

Not  elementary.  Assumes  a  small  degree  of  familiarity  with  some  of 
the  common  types  of  accumulators. 

GLADSTONE,  John  Hall,  &  Tribe,  Alfred. 

Chemistry  of  the  secondary  batteries  of  Plante  and  Faure. 

1883   621.351   G45 

MARSHALL,  Percival,  ed. 

Small  accumulators;  how  made  and  used.     [1899.] 621.351  M41 

NIBLETT,  J.  T. 

Portative  electricity;  the  application,  construction  and  man- 
agement of  portable  secondary  batteries.     1893 621.351  N31 

Secondary  batteries;  description  of  modern  apparatus  for 

the  storage  of  electrical  energy.     [1892.] 621.351  N31S 

SCHOOP,  Paul. 

Handbuch  der  elektrischen  accumulatoren.     1898 r62i.35i  S37 

Reviews  the  theory,  describes  the  more  important  varieties,  and  gives 
the  method  of  manufacture  and  the  machinery  required.  Includes  ab- 
stracts of  the  German  patents  on  accumulators. 

TREADWELL,  Augustus. 

Storage  battery;  a  practical  treatise  on  the  construction, 

theory  and  use  of  secondary  batteries.     1898 621.351  T7T 

"It  is  hard  to  see  how  a  more  comprehensive  or  intelligible  book  could 
have  been  written  on  so  highly  specialized  a  subject."  Engineering 
magazine,  1898. 

621.4     ^ii*'  g^S)  ^^<1  oil  engines 

DONKIN,  Bryan. 

Text-book  on  gas,  oil  and  air  engines.    1900 621.4  D72 

Bibliography,  p.489-491. 

The  same.    1896 T621.4  D72 

Bibliography,   p.488-490. 

CLERK,  Dugald. 

Gas  and  oil  engine.     1896 621.43  C57 

DIESEL,  Rudolf.  . 

Theory  and  construction  of  a  rational  heat  motor;  tr.  fr. 

the  German  by  Bryan  Donkin.    1894 621.43  D57 

GOLDINGHAM,  Arthur  Hugh. 

Design  and  construction  of  oil  engines,  with  full  directions 
for  erecting,  testing,  installing,  running  and  repairing; 
including  descriptions  of  American  and  English  kero- 
sene oil  engines.     1900 621.43  G58 


59 


928  AIR-COMPRESSORS 

GRAFFIGNY,  Henri  de,  (pseud,  of  Raoul  Marquis). 

Gas  and  petroleum  engines.     1898 621.43  G76 

GROVER,  Frederick. 

Practical  treatise  on  modern  gas  and  oil  engines.     1897.  .621.43  G94 
HISCOX,  Gardner  Dexter. 

Gas,  gasoline  and  oil  vapor  engines  for  stationary,  marine 

and  vehicle  motive  power.    1898 621.43  H61 

The  same.    1897 r62i.43  H61 

LIECKFELD,  G. 

Practical   handbook  on  the  care   of  gas  engines.     1896. 

(Spon  &  Chamberlain's  practical  handbooks.) 621.43  L69 

LONGANECKER,  E.  W. 

Practical  gas  engineer.     1901 621.43  L82 

Tells  what  a  gas  or  gasoline  engine  is,  how  to  purchase  it,  care  for  it, 
etc. 

POWER  quarterly,  Oct.  1900.    v.i,  no.i.     1900 qr62i.43  P87 

Gas  engine  edition. 
ROBERTS,  Edmund  Willson. 

Gas-engine  handbook;  a  manual  of  useful  information  for  the 

designer  and  engineer.     1900 r62i.43  RS3 

Describes  in  plain,  untechnical  language  the  principles  of  operation,  and 
the  designing,  management  and  care  of  gas  and  gasoline  motors. 

The  same.     1900 621.43  RS3g 

SCHOTTLER,  R. 

Die  gasmaschine;  ihre  entwickelung,  ihre  heutige  bauart 

und  ihr  kreisprocess.     1890 r62i.43  S37 

Bibliography,  p.327-330. 

NORRIS,  William. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  Otto  cycle  gas  engine.     1896. .  .621.431  N45 

The  same.    1896 r62i.43i  N45 

PARSELL,  Henry  V.  A.  &  Weed,  A.J. 

Gas  engine  construction;  a  practical  treatise  describing  the 
theory  and  principles  of  the  action  of  gas  engines  of 
various   types,   and   the   design   and   construction   of  a 

half  horse  power  gas  engine.     1902 621.431  P26 

The  same.     1900 r62i.43i  P26 

"Annotated  bibliography  of  the  principal  gas  engine  books  and  the  period- 
icals published  in  English,"  p. 285-292. 


621.5     Air-compressors 

HISCOX,  Gardner  Dexter. 

Compressed    air;    its    production,    uses    and    applications, 
comprising  the  physical  properties  of  air  from  a  vac- 
uum to  its  liquid  state,  its  thermodynamics,  compres- 
sion, transmission  and  uses  as  a  motive  power.    1901 . .  .621.5  H61 
RICHARDS,  Frank. 

Compressed  air.     1895 621.5  R39 

The  same.    1898 r62i.5  R39 

RIX,  Edward  Austin,  &  Chodzko,  A.  E. 

Practical  treatise  on  compressed  air  and  pneumatic  ma- 
chinery.     1896 621.5    R52 

COMPRESSED  air;  monthly.     v.4-date.     1899-date r62i.50S  C73 


REFRIGERATION.     PUMPS  929 

ICE  and  refrigeration;  monthly,    v.i-date.     1891-date.  . .  .qr62i.50S  I13 
KENNEDY,  Alexander  Blackie  William,  &  Unwin,  W.  C. 
Compressed  air;  ed.  by  F.  E.  Idell.     1892.     (Van  Nostrand's 

science  series.) 621.53  K18 

Contents:  Experiments  upon  the  transmission  of  power  by  compressed 
air  in  Paris,  by  A.  B.  W.  Kennedy. — The  transmission  and  distribution 
of  power  from  central  stations  by  compressed  air,  by  W.  C.  Unwin. 

621.55     Refrigeration 

ROLLER,  Theodor. 

Die    kalte-industrie.      1897.      (Hartleben's    chemisch-tech- 

nische  bibliothek.) r62i.55  K36 

LEASK,  Alexander  Ritchie. 

Refrigerating  machinery;  its  principles  and  management. 

1901    621.55  L46 

RITTER,  Friedrich. 

Wasser  und  eis.     1879.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.)    r62i.55  R51 

SCHMIDT,  Louis  M. 

Principles  and  practice  of  artificial  ice-making  and  refriger- 
ation, comprising  principles  and  general  consideration, 
practice  as  shown  by  particular  systems  and  appara- 
tus, insulation  of  cold  storage  and  ice  houses,  refriger- 
ators, etc.,  useful  information  and  tables.    1900 621.55  S35 

SIEBEL,  John  E. 

Compend  of  mechanical  refrigeration.     1896 621.55  S57 

The  same.     1899 r62i  .55  857 

SKINKLE,  Eugene  Tradewell. 

Practical  ice  making  and  refrigerating.     1897 621.55  S62 

DE  LA  VERGNE  REFRIGERATING  MACHINE  CO. 
Anhydrous  liquid  ammonia  for  ice  machines  and  refriger- 
ating apparatus,  manufactured  by  the  De   La  Vergne 
refrigerating  machine  company.     1890 qr62i.56  D39 

Binder's  title  reads  "Mechanical  refrigeration;  processes  and  apparatus 
of  the  De  La  Vergne  refrigerating  machine  company  of  New  York." 

REDWOOD,  Iltyd  I. 

Theoretical  and  practical  ammonia  refrigeration.     1895.  .  .621.56  R27 

621.64     Pumps.     Pumping-engines 

BARR,  William  M. 

Pumping  machinery.     1900 621.64  B25 

The  same.     1893 V621.64.  B25 

GRIMSHAW,  Robert. 

Pump  catechism;  a  practical  help  to  runners,  owners  and 
makers  of  pumps  of  any  kind;  covering  the  theory  and 
practice  of  designing,  constructing,  erecting,  connect- 
ing and  adjusting.     1888 r62i.64  G92 

WEISBACH,  Julius,  &  Hermann,  Gustav. 

Mechanics  of  pumping  machinery;  tr.  fr.  the  2d  German 

edition  by  K.  P.  Dahlstrom.     1897 621.64  W46 

This  is  V.3,  sec. 2,  pt.  i  of  Weisbach's  "Mechanics  of  engineering." 


930  MILLS  AND  MANUFACTURING  WORKS 

621.7     Mills  and  manufacturing  works 

BABBAGE,  Charles. 

On  the  economy  of  machinery  and  manufactures.  1832.  .r62i.7  Bil 
"Object  is  to  point  out  the  effects  and  the  advantages  which  arise  from 
the  use  of  machines; — to  endeavor  to  classify  their  modes  of  action; — 
and  to  trace  both  the  causes  and  the  consequences  of  applying  ma- 
chinery to  supersede  the  skill  and  power  of  the  human  arm."  Intro- 
duction. 

ENGINEERING  MAGAZINE. 

Works  management  number  of  the  Engineering  magazine, 

Jan.  1901.     1901 621.7  E64 

Contents:  Methods  of  the  world's  foremost  industrial  managers:  Lord 
Armstrong  and  the  Elswick  works;  The  huge  enterprises  built  up 
by  Andrew  Carnegie;  The  founders  of  the  Krupp  establishment; 
George  Westinghouse — inventor,  organizer,  director. — Great  workshops 
of  the  world. — Uses  and  abuses  of  organization  among  employers  and 
employees. — Intensified  production  and  its  influence  on  the  worker. — 
Altruism  and  sympathy  in  works  administration. — Relation  of  the  steam 
engine  to  modern  economic  production. — Taylor  differential  piece- 
rate  system. — The  premium  plan  of  labor  remuneration. — A  survey  of 
modern  foundry  practice. — Principles  and  methods  for  profitably  work- 
ing the  mine:  The  practical  management  of  mining  operations. — Cost- 
keeping;  a  subject  of  fundamental  importance. — The  mechanical  and 
commercial  limits  of  specialization. — Shop  arrangement  as  a  factor  in 
efficiency. — Applications  of  electric  power  in  engineering  works. — 
The  radical  policy  of  scrapping  costly  machinery. — The  discipline  and 
control  of  railway  employees. — Strength  and  weakness  of  the  combin- 
ation or  trust  idea. 

ZEICHNUNGS-COMMISSION  DER  HUTTE. 

Sammlung  von  zeichnungen  ftir  die  htitte,  1856-1879.    1856- 

79    qr62i.7  Z41 

Consists  of  plates  for  1856-1879,  and  text,  called  "Notizen  zur  Sammlung 
von  zeichnungen  fiir  die  hutte,"  for  1856,  1869-1879. 

621.713     Machine-work 

GRIMSHAW,  Robert. 

Shop  kinks  and  machine-shop  chat;  a  series  of  over  500 

practical  paragraphs.    1896 621.713  G92 

USHER,  John  T. 

Modern  machinist.     1895 621.713  U28 

The  same.     1895 r62i.7i3  U28 

621.716    Tool-making.     Die-making 

LUCAS,  James  Lewis. 

Dies  and  die  making.     1897 621.716  L96 

Drawings  of  dies  for  various  purposes,  with  notes  on  their  manufacture 
and  operation. 

WILKIE,  Aitken. 

Only  true  and  practical  way  to  make  edge  tools.    1874.  .r62i.7i6  W72 

621.72     Foundry  practice 

AMERICAN  FOUNDRYMEN'S  ASSOCIATION. 

Journal;  monthly,  July  1896-date.    v.i-date.     1896-date.  .r62i.72  A51 
BOLLAND,  Simpson,  conip. 

Encyclopedia  of  founding  and  dictionary  of  foundry  terms. 

1894   r62i.72  B6ie 


MILLS  AND  MANUFACTURING  WORKS  931 

BOLLAND,  Simpson. 

Iron  founder;  a  comprehensive  treatise  on  moulding. 

1892   621.72   B61 

Especially  a  manual  of  every-day  practice  in  molding  and  core-making. 
"Iron  founder"  supplement;  a  complete  exposition  of  the 

art  of  casting  in  iron.     1893 621.72  B6ii 

The  same.     1893 r62i.72  B6ii 

Chapters  on  cupola  erection  and  management,  reverberatory  furnaces, 
molding  and  casting  of  car-wheels  and  gears,  malleable  castings, 
molding  machines  and  other  foundry  appliances  and  methods. 

FOUNDRY;    monthly,    Mar.    i89S-date.      v.i2-date.      1898- 

date    qr62i.72  F83 

KIRK,  Edward. 

Founding  of  metals;  a  practical  treatise  on. the  melting  of 
iron,  with  a  description  of  the  founding  of  alloys,  also 
of  all  the  metals  and  mineral  substances  used  in  found- 
ing.    1878 r62i.72  K28 

Collection  of  short  articles  on  various  practical  points  in  foundry  oper- 
ation, thrown  together  with  little  arrangement. 

SHARP,  John. 

Modern  foundry  practice;  dealing  with  the  green-sand, 
dry-sand  and  loam  moulding  processes,  the  materials 
used,  also  detailed  descriptions  of  the  machinery  and 

other  appliances  employed.     1900 621.72  S53 

Good  general  handbook.     Treats  of  English  methods  and  conditions. 
WEST,  Thomas  Dyson. 

American  foundry  practice;  treating  of  loam,  dry  sand  and 
green  sand  molding,  and  containing  a  practical  treatise 
upon  the  management  of  cupolas  and  the  melting  of 
iron.    2v.     1891-95 621.72  W56 

The  same.    2v.    1882-85 r62i.72  W56 

Title-page  of  v.2  reads  "Moulders'  text-book." 

An  assemblage  of  good  articles  full  of  practical  hints,  rather  than  a 
complete  manual.     Better  for  practice  than  for  theory. 

KIRK,  Edward. 

Cupola  furnace;  a  practical  treatise  on  the  construction  and 

management  of  foundry  cupolas.     1903 621.725  K28 

The  same.    1899 r62i.725  K2S 

Detailed  practical  manual,  by  an  expert  melter. 


621.744     Pattern-making 

AUGHTIE,  Herbert. 

Construction  of  foundry  patterns;  an  elementary  manual 

for  engineering  students  and  apprentices.     1901 621.744  A91 

Contains  a  number  of  well-illustrated  examples. 
DINGEY,  Peter  Spear. 

Machinery  pattern  making.     1898 621.744  D61 

Not    a    connected    treatise,    but    practical    directions    for    constructing    a 
number   of   important   patterns   which    illustrate   principles   of   general 
applicability.     Includes  full  size  profiles  of  the  usual  gear  teeth. 
ROSE,  Joshua. 

Pattern  maker's  assistant,  with  a  collection  of  useful  tables. 

1891    621.744  R71 

Practical  manual  of  the  making  of  foundry  patterns.  Describes  the 
tools  required  and  their  use,  and  methods  of  making  patterns  for 
pipes,  pulleys,  columns,  gear-wheels,  etc. 


932        MILL-WORK.     MECHANISM  OF  TRANSMISSION 


621.8     Mill-work.     Mechanism  of  transmission 

BALE,  Manfred  Powis. 

Modern  shafting  and  gearing  and  the  economical  transmis- 
sion of  power.     1893 621.8  B19 

KERR,  E.  W. 

Power  and  power  transmission.     1902 621.8  K21 

Contents:     Machinery  and   mechanics. — Steam   power. — Pumps,   gas-en- 
gines, water-power,  compressed  air,  etc. 
"Author  does  not.  .  .presume  to  have  presented  much  that  is  new  but 
rather  a  collection  of  such  principles  and  information  as  would  direct 
the  beginner  along  the  proper  course  of  study."     Preface. 

UNWIN,  William  Cawthorne. 

On  the  development  and  transmission  of  power  from  cen- 
tral stations.     1894.     (Howard  lectures,  1893.) 621.8  U25 

FAIRBAIRN,  Sir  William. 

Principles  of  mechanism  and  machinery  of  transmission. 

1891    621.81    F15 

GOODEVE,  Thomas  Minchin. 

Elements  of  mechanism.     1894 621.81   G62 

Elementary  applied  mechanics,  intended  for  practical  men.     Does  not  use 
higher  mathematics. 

REULEAUX,  Franz. 

Kinematics  of  machinery;  outlines  of  a  theory  of  machines. 

1876  621.81   R36 

The  same.     1876 r62i.8i   R36 

PALMER,  Walter  K. 

Designing  of  cone  pulleys.     1898 621.82  P19 


621.83     Toothed  wheels.     Gears 

ANTHONY,  Gardner  Chace. 

Essentials  of  gearing;  a  text  book  for  technical  students 
and  for  self-instruction,  containing  problems  and  prac- 
tical formulas.     1897 621.83  A62 

BROWN  &  SHARPE  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Practical  treatise  on  gearing.     1896 621.83  B78 

BUCHANAN,  L.  A. 

Gear  chart  for  the  use  of  draughtsmen,  pattern-makers, 

machinists  and  machine  designers.    1897 qr62i.83  B84 

CROMWELL,  John  Howard. 

Treatise  on  toothed  gearing.    1891 621.83  C89 

GRANT,  George  B. 

Treatise  on  gear  wheels.     1897 621.83  G78 

The  same.     1897 r62i  .83  G78 

Practical  treatise  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  gear-wheels.     The  mathe- 
matical treatment  is  made  as  simple  as  is  consistent  with  accuracy. 

HORNER,  Joseph  Gregory. 

Toothed   gearing;   a   practical   handbook   for   offices    and 

workshops,  by  a  foreman  pattern  maker.     1892 621.83  H8r 

Chiefly    from    the    draftsman's    standpoint.      As    little    mathematics    as 
possible  is  used. 

JOYNSON,  Francis  Herbert,  ed. 

Mechanic's  guide  in  machine  gearing.     1874 621.83  J48 


MILL-WORK.     MECHANISM  OF  TRANSMISSION        933 

621.85     Machinery  and  mill  gearing 

BOX,  Thomas. 

Practical  treatise  on  mill-gearing,  wheels,  shafts,  riggers, 

etc.,  for  the  use  of  engineers.    1892 621.85  B66 

CROMWELL,  John  Howard. 

Treatise  on  belts  and  pulleys.     1894 621.85  C89 

The  same.      1885 r62i.8s  C89 

COOPER,  John  H. 

Treatise  on  the  use  of  belting.     1888 621.852  C78 

Contains  a  chapter  on  frictional  gearing. 
FLATHER,  John  Joseph. 

Rope-driving;  a  treatise  on  the  transmission  of  power  by 

means  of  fibrous  ropes.     1895 621.853  F61 

621.86-621.87     Hoisting  machinery.     Cranes 

BROWN  HOISTING  AND  CONVEYING  MACHINE 
CO.  pub. 
Patent  automatic  hoisting  and  conveying  appliances. 

1900    r62i.86  B78 

ERNST,  Adolf. 

Die  hebezeuge;  theorie  und  kritik  ausgefiihrter  konstruk- 
tionen,   mit   besonderer   berucksichtigung   der    elektri- 

schen  anlagen.    3v.     1899 qr62i.87  E76 

v.i-2.     Text.  V.3.     Plates. 

The  most  important  and  thorough  work  on  the  subject,  (1901).    Intended 
as  a  reference  work  and  as  a  book  of  instruction  in  the  design  of  lift- 
ing machinery. 
TOWNE,  Henry  R. 

Treatise  on  cranes.     1883 621.87  T66 

*  621.89     Lubrication.     Friction 

ARCHBUTT,  Leonard,  &  Deeley,  R.  M. 

Lubrication  and  lubricants;  a  treatise  on  the  theory  and 
practice  of  lubrication  and  on  the  nature,   properties 

and  testing  of  lubricants.    1900 621.89  A66 

HALL,  Willis  Edward. 

Car  lubrication.     1895 621.89  H17 

TAYLER,  Alexander  James  Wallis-. 

Bearings  and  lubrication.     [1896.] 621.89  T24 

THURSTON,  Robert  Henry. 

Treatise  on  friction  and  lost  work  in  machinery  and  mill- 
work.      1903 621.89    T43t 

The  same.     1885 r62i.89  T43 

"Is  exhaustive,  and  a  complete  review  of  the  whole  subject."     American 
engineer. 

621.9     Machine-tools.     Shop  practice 

BEALE,  Oscar  J.  ed. 

Hand  book  for  apprenticed  machinists.    1901 621.9  B34 

Published  by  the  Brown  &  Sharpe  manufacturing  company  for  the  use 


934  MACHINE-TOOLS.    SHOP   PRACTICE 

of  their  apprentices.  Contains  instructions  for  the  proper  handling  of 
machine  tools  with  regard  to  the  safety  of  both  the  operator  and  the 
machine.  Explains  how  to  do  different  kinds  of  work,  and  also  how 
not  to  do  them. 

BROWN  &  ZORTMAN  MACHINERY  CO. 

General  illustrated  catalogue  of  metal  and  wood  working 
machinery  and  machinists'  supplies;  catalogue  A,  June 

1901.     1901 qr62i.9  B783 

CLEAVES,  A.  H. 

Ways  and  means,  for  machinists,  metal-workers,  model 
makers,  watch  and  tool  makers,  jewelers,  draughtsmen, 
etc.     1892 r62i.9  C5S 

Contents:  Hardening  and  tempering  small  work. — A  cheap  hardening 
and  annealing  furnace. — Hardening  and  annealing. — Mechanical  appli- 
ances and  methods  of  various  kinds. — The  modern  bench  lathe. — 
Chucks  of  different  kinds. — Slide  rests  and  bench  lathe  tools. — A 
variety  of  ways  and  means. — A  variety  of  matter. — Universal  formula 
for  gearing  up  any  lathe  to  cut  any  thread. 

FISCHER,  Hermann. 

Die  werkzeugmaschinen.     v.1-2,  in  3.     1900-01  qr62i.9  F52 

V.I  in  2.     Die  metallbearbeitungs-maschinen;  text  und  tafeln. 
V.2.      Die  holzbearbeitungs-maschinen. 

Very  complete  work  on  shop  machinery,  illustrated  by  a  large  number 
of  drawings  of  the  best  German  models. 

MANNING,  MAXWELL  &  MOORE. 

Illustrated  catalogue  of  railway  and  machinists'  tools  and 

supplies.      1894 '. qr62i.9   M33 

RANSOME,  James  Stafford. 

Modern  wood-working  machinery.     1895 621.9  R19 

The  greater  portion  of  this  treatise  has  already  appeared  twice  under 
the  title  "How  to  select  wood-working  machinery." 

RICHARD,  Gustave. 

Traite  des  machines-outils.    2v.     1895-96 qr62i.9  R39 

ROSE,  Joshua. 

Complete  practical  machinist.     1899 621.9  R71 

The  same.     1893 r62i.9  R71 

Modern   machine-shop   practice,   with   supplement.     3v. 

1888-94   qr62i.9  R7im 

"Mechanical  refrigeration  and  ice  making,"  v.3,  p.465-474;  "Electricity 
and  electrical  machinery,"  v.3,  P.475-S69. 
SHELLEY,  Charles  Percy  Bysshe. 

Workshop  appliances,  with  an  additional  chapter  on  mill- 
ing by  R.  R.  Lister.     1897.     (Text-books  of  science.). .  .621.9  S54 
Describes  the  patterns  and  use  of  tools  for  wood  and  metal  working. 

SHERIDAN,  T.  W.  &  C.  B. 

Catalogue   of  paper   cutters',   bookbinders',   printers'   and 

paper-box  makers'  machinery qr62i.9  Sss 

WILSON,  Herbert  S. 

Practical  tool-making  and  designer;  the  designing  of  tools 
and    fixtures    for    machine    tools    and    metal    working 

machinery.     1898 621.9  W76 

BROWN  &  SHARPE  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Construction  and  use  of  universal  grinding  machines  for 

cylindrical  and  conical  surfaces.     1898 621.92  B78 

GRIMSHAW,  Robert. 

Saw-filing  and  management  of  saws;  a  practical  treatise. 

1901    621.931  G92 


MACHINE-TOOLS.     SHOP   PRACTICE  935 

621.94    Lathes.     Lathe  work.     Milling-machines 

COMPTON,  Alfred  George,  &  Groodt,  J.  H.  de. 

Advanced  metal-work;  lessons  on  the  speed-lathe,  engine- 
lathe,  and  planing-machine.    v.i.     1898 621.94  C73 

V.I.     The  speed-lathe. 
HASLUCK,  Paul  Nooncree. 

Lathe-work.     1894 621.94  H33 

HORNER,  Joseph  Gregory. 

English  and  American  lathes.    1900 q62i.94  H81 

Critical  study  of  standard  practise.     Well  illustrated  with  photographs 
and  detail  drawings. 

LUKIN,  James. 

Turning  for  amateurs;  descriptions  of  the  lathe  and  its 

attachments    621.94   L97 

MARSHALL,  Percival. 

Practical  lessons  in  metal  turning;  a  handbook  for  young 

engineers  and  amateur  mechanics.     [1900.] 621.94  M4l 

Contents:     Tools  and  tool-holders. — Measuring  appliances. — Chucks  and 
mandrels. — How  to  centre  work  for  the  lathe. — Driving  work  between 
centres. — Chuck    and    face    plate    work. — Drilling    and    boring    in    the 
lathe. — Screw-cutting. 
Author  is  (1901)  editor  of  th"e  "Model  engineer." 

BROWN  &  SHARPE  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Treatise  on  the  construction  and  use  of  milling  machines. 

1896    621.943   B78t 

62 1. 98-62 1. 99     Presses.     Screws 

SMITH,  Oberlin. 

Press-working  of  metals.     1896 621.98  S65 

The  same.     1896 r62i.98  S6s 

Well-written  description  of  stamping  and  drawing  methods,  by  a  practical 
engineer. 

MARTIN,  W.  A. 

Screw-cutting  tables  for  the  use  of  mechanical  engineers; 
showing  the  proper  arrangement  of  wheels  for  cutting 
the  threads  of  screws  of  any  required  pitch,  with  a  table 
for  making  the  universal  gas-pipe  threads  and  taps. 
1896  r62i.99  M42 

622     Mining  engineering 

ANDRfi,  George  G. 

Descriptive  treatise  on  mining  machinery.    2v.     1877-78.  .qr622  A55 
BALCH,  William  Ralston,  comp. 

Mines,  miners  and  mining  interests  of  the  United  States, 

1882.     1882 qr622  B18 

GALLON,  Jules. 

Lectures  on  mining,  delivered  at  the  School  of  mines, 
Paris;  tr.  by  C.  Le  Neve  Foster  and  W.  Galloway;  with 

atlas  of  plates.    3v.  in  6.     1876-86 qr622  C13 

The  same.    3v.  in  6.    1876-86. q622  C13 


936  MINING  ENGINEERING 

COAL  and  metal  miners'  pocketbook  of  principles,  rules, 
formulas  and  tables;  for  mine  officials,  mining  engi- 
neers and  students  preparing  themselves  for  certificates 
of  competency  as   mine   inspectors  or   mine   foremen. 

1900   r622.o8   C62 

The  same.    1902 622.08  C62 

ERFAHRUNGEN  im  berg  -und  hiittenmannischen  maschinen-, 

bau-    und    aufbereitungswesen,    1851-1872.      22v.    in    8. 

1851-73  qr622  E73 

With  V.4  this  is  issued  as  a  supplement  to  "Oesterreichische  zeitschrift 

ftir  berg-  und  hiittenwesen." 
Each  volume  is  issued  in  2  parts,  pt.2  consisting  of  plates. 
No  more  published. 

FOSTER,  Sir  Clement  Le  Neve. 

Text-book  of  ore  and  stone  mining.     1897 r622  F81 

GREENWELL,  George  C. 

Practical  treatise  on  mine  engineering.     1889 qr622  G85 

HAGUE,  James  Duncan. 

Mining  industry,  with  geological  contributions  by  Clarence 
King.  1870.  (In  United  States — Geological  exploration 
of    the    40th    parallel.      (King    exploration.)      Report, 

V.3) •• qrS57-8  U253  v.3 

HOPTON,  William. 

Conversation  on  mines  between  a  father  and  son;  to  which 
are  added  questions  and  answers  to  assist  candidates  to 
obtain  certificates  for  the  management  of  collieries,  a 
lecture  on  the  atmosphere  and  explosive  gases,  tables 

of  calculations,  rules  of  measurements,  etc.     1890 r622  H79 

HUGHES,  George  W. 

Report  of  Captain  Hughes,  of  the  Topographical  engi- 
neers, relative  to  the  working  of  copper  ore,  trans- 
mitted  Jan.   30,    1844.      [1844.]      (United    States.     28th 

cong.  1st  sess.     Senate.     Doc.  no.291.) r435 

IHLSENG,  Magnus  C. 

Manual  of  mining.     1898 622  1 18 

The  same.     1892 r622  1 18 

INTERNATIONAL   ENGINEERING   CONGRESS,   Glas- 
gow, 1901. 
Proceedings  of  section  6:  Mining.     (In  Federated  institu- 
tion   of    mining    engineers.      Transactions,    1901,    v.22, 

p. 279-584.) r622.05  F31  v.22 

KOHLER,  G. 

Lehrbuch  der  bergbaukunde.     1900 r622  K36 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 

"An  encyclopedia  of  German  mining  practice."     Engineering  and  mining 
journal,  1900. 

LOCK,  Charles  G.  Warnford. 

Economic   mining;   a   practical   handbook   for   the   miner, 

the  metallurgist  and  the  merchant.     1895 r622  L75 

MILLER,  John  A. 

Practical  handbook  for  the  working  miner  and  prospector 

and  the  mining  investor.     1897 622  M69 


MINING  ENGINEERING  937 

MILNE,  John,  comp. 

Miner's  handbook;  a  handy  book  of  reference  on  the  sub- 
jects of  mineral  deposits,  mining  operations,  ore  dress- 
ing, etc.     1894 622  M71 

Bibliography,  p.289-294. 
OSBORN,  Henry  Stafford. 

Practical  manual  of  minerals,  mines  and  mining,  com- 
prising suggestions  as  to  the  localities  and  associations 
of  the  useful  minerals,  description  of  methods  for 
analyses  and  hints  upon  the  operations  of  mining,  in- 
cluding architecture  and  construction.    1895 622  O29 

PETTUS,  Sir  John. 

Fodinae  regales;  or.  The  history,  laws  and  places  of  the 
chief  mines  and  mineral  works  in  England,  Wales  and 
the  English  pale  in  Ireland,  as  also  of  the  mint  and 

mony.     1670 qr622.09  P46 

SHINN,  Charles  Howard. 

Story  of  the  mine  as  illustrated  by  the  great  Comstock 

lode  of  Nevada.     1896.     (Story  of  the  West  series.) 622  S55 

Mr  Shinn  has  chosen  the  development  of  the  Comstock  lode  as  typical 
of  the  whole  subject  and  in  connection  with  his  special  topic  has  chap- 
ters on  mine  litigation,  the  mining  community,  stock  speculation  and 
various  mining  problems  in  general.  With  all  these  he  gives  us  pic- 
turesque glimpses  of  the  motley  crowd  of  prospectors,  miners,  specula- 
tors and  camp  followers. 
"The  book  will  appeal  to  readers  who  have  seen  something  of  the  regions 
or  the  life  it  so  vividly  portrays,  as  well  as  to  those  who  seek  clear 
information  concerning  the  most  important  factor  in  the  development 
of  the  Western  half  of  the  great  American  continent."     Dial,  1896. 

SIMONIN,  Louis  Laurent. 

Underground  life;  or,  Mines  and  miners.     1869 qr622  S59 


622.007     Mining  law 

BARRINGER,  David  Moreau,  &  Adams,  J.  S. 

Law  of  mines  and  mining  in  the  United  States.    1897. .  .r622.oo7  B26 
CHISM,  Richard  E.  comp. 

Encyclopedia  of  Mexican  mining  law;  a  digest  of  the 
Mexican  mining  code,  with  the  explanatory  circulars 
and  subsidiary  laws,  decrees  and  enactments,  including 
the  laws  for  taxation  and  exportation  of  the  precious 
metals.     1900 r622.oo7   C44 

Contains  also  a  glossary  of  Mexican  mining  terms. 

SPAIN— Crown. 

Translation  of  the  mining  law  and  regulations  in  force  in 

the  Philippines.     1900 r622.oo7  S73 

Published  by  the  Division  of  customs  and  insular  affairs  of  the  United 

States  war  department. 
Bound  with  its  "Translation  of  the  mining  law  applied  to  Cuba." 

Translation  of  the  mining  law  applied  to  Cuba  by  royal 
decrees  of  Oct.  10,  1883  and  June  27,  1884,  with  an 
appendix  containing  all  the  provisions  issued  to  date, 

[1900].     1900 r622.oo7  S73 

Published  by  the  Division  of  customs  and  insular  affairs  of  the  United 
States  war  department. 


938  MINING  ENGINEERING 


622.009     Mining  reports 

BRITISH  COLUMBIA— Mines,  Minister  of. 

Annual  report,  1896-date.     1897-date qr622.oo9  B75 

Appendix  to  report  for  1896  contains  reports  on  the  Alberni  mining  dis- 
trict, the  Trail  Creek  mining  district  and  the  Slogan,  Nelson  and  Ains- 
worth  mining  districts. 

COLORADO — Coal  mines  inspector. 

Biennial  report  (4th,  8th)  of  the  inspector  of  coal  mines, 

for  the  years  1889-90,  1897-98.     1890-99 r622.009  C722 

COLORADO— Mines  bureau. 

Report  of  the  State  bureau  of  mines,  for  the  year  1897-date. 

1897-date    r622.oo9   C72 

Beginning  with  the  report  for  1899-1900  this  report  is  biennial. 

INDIANA — Mine  inspector. 

Annual  report  (ist-2d,  4th,  9th,  iith-date),  for  the  year 
ending  Oct.  31,  1880-81,  1883,  1888,  1891-date.  1881- 
date  r622.oo9  I24 

9th  report  is  called  Biennial  report. 

nth  report-date,   1891-date,  will  be  found  in  the  Annual  report  (17th- 

date)  of  the  Department  of  geology  and  natural  resources  of  Indiana, 

r5S7-72  l24- 

IOWA — Mine  inspectors. 

Biennial  report   (ist,  3d-5th),  for  the  two  years   ending 

1883,  1887-91.     1883-91 r622.oo9  I25 

KENTUCKY— Mines  inspector. 

Annual  report  (8th-iith,  13th),  1891-94,  1896.  1891-97.  .qr622.oo9  K19 
MABSON,  Richard  R. 

Statist's  mines  of  the  Transvaal.    1900 r622.oo9  Mil 

Investor's  handbook,  g^iving  information  as  to  the  financial  condition 
of  the  different  companies. 

MEXICO — Mines  inspecting  engineer. 

Data  referring  to  Mexican  mining,  prepared  in  view  of 
the  participation  of  Mexico  in  the  Universal  exposition 
of  Paris  in  1900,  by  Carlos  Sellerier.     1901 qr622.oo9  M6s 

"Synopsis  of  Mexican  mining  bibliography,   1889  to  1899,"  p.89-90. 

MICHIGAN — Mineral  statistics,  Commissioner  of. 

Annual  report,  1877/8-1886,  1900,  1901/02.      1879-1902.  .r622.oo9  M66 
Report  for  1877/8  contains  "reports  for  1877/8  and  previous  years." 

NEW  SOUTH  WALES— Mines  department. 

Annual  report,  for  the  year  1899-date.     1900-date qr622.oo9  N26 

Title  of  the  report  for  1899  reads,  "Annual  mining  report  for  the  De- 
partment of  mines  and  agriculture." 

NEW  ZEALAND— Mines  department. 

Papers  and  reports  relating  to  minerals  and  mining. 

1896  qr622.oo9  N261 

Contents:     Statement  by  the   minister  of  mines. — Report  on  the   gold- 
fields. — Wardens'    reports. — Report   on   coal-mines. — Mining   reserves: 
Westland  and  Nelson. — Geology;  general  report  and  reports  of  special 
examinations. 
OHIO — Mines  inspector. 

Annual   report    (6th,   8th-9th,    I4th-isth,    20th-22d),    1880, 

1882-83,  1888-89,  1894-96.  iSSi-gy r622.oo9  Oi8 

ONTARIO— Mines  bureau. 

Report  (ist-date),  1891-date.    1892-date r622.oo9  O25 

Each  report  contains  the  report  of  the  inspector  of  mines. 


MINING  ENGINEERING— PERIODICALS  939 

WEST  VIRGINIA— Mines  inspector. 

Annual  report,  (ist,  9th,  nth,  I3th-i4th,  i6th-date),  1883, 

1891,  1893,  1895-96,  1898-date.     1884-date r622.oo9  W56 

MINE,    quarry    and    metallurgical    record    of    the    United 

States,  Canada  and  Mexico.    1897 qr622.02  M72 

622.05     Periodicals.     Societies 

AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  MINING  ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,  May  1871-date.    v.i-date.    1873-date r622.05  A51 

Index,  V. i-io.   1884. 

Index,  V.1-15.  1888. 

Index,  V.  16-20.   [1892.] 

Index,  V.21-25.   1897. 

ANNALES  des  mines,    v.i-date.    1795-date r622.o5  A61 

Table,  1795-1810,  v.i-28.     1813. 

Table,   1811-1815,  v.29-38.     1821. 

Table,   1816-1830,  V.39-S9.     1831. 

Table,   1832-1841,  v.60-79.     1847. 

Table,  1842-1851,  v.80-99.     1852. 

Table,   1852-1861,  v.ioo-119.      1868. 

Table,    1862-1871,  v.120-139.      1873. 

Table,   1872-1881,  v.140-159.     1882. 

Table,   1882-1 891,  v.  160-179.     1893. 

No  regular  volume  was  issued  in  1831.     Its  place  is  taken  by  the  "Table 
des  matieres"  issued  in  that  year. 

The  same,  partie  administrative;  ou,  Recueil  de  lois,  decrets, 
arretes  et  autres  actes  concernant  les  mines  et  usines; 
5e  ser.-date.    v.i-date.     1852-date r622.05  A6ia 

Before  1852  the  2  parts  were  issued  together. 

BERG-  und  hiittenmannische   zeitung;    [weekly],   1885-date. 

v.44-date.     1885-date qr622.o5  B45 

COLLIERY  engineer  and  metal  miner;  monthly,  Aug.  1888- 

date.    v.9-date.     1889-date qr622.05  C69 

v.i8-date  title  reads  "Mines  and  minerals." 

FEDERATED  INSTITUTION  OF  MINING  ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,    v.i-date.     1892-date T622.05  F31 

Index,  V.I— 10.     1898. 

Continuation   of  the   "Transactions   of  the   Midland   institute  of  mining 
engineers." 

INSTITUTION    OF   MINING   AND    METALLURGY, 
London. 

Transactions,     v.i-date.     1893-date r622.05  I24 

JOURNAL  des  mines.    See    Annales  des  mines. 

MINES  and  minerals;  monthly.    v.i8-date.     1898-date ....  qr622.o5  C69 

Being  v.  i8-date  of  the  "Colliery  engineer  and  metal  miner." 

MINING    and    scientific    press;    vireekly.      v.82-date.      1901- 

date  qr622.o5  M726 

MINING  bulletin;  published  bi-monthly  by  the  department 
of  mining  engineering  of  the  Pennsylvania  state  col- 
lege.   v.1-5,  no. I.     1894-99 r622.05  M72 

The  last  2  numbers  of  v.3  consist  of  bibliographies,  viz.:  "Technical 
bibliography  of  mining  and  metallurgy,"  p. 74-1 04;  "Bibliography  of 
iron  and  steel  metallurgy,"  p.  105-115;  "Fuels  and  refractory  ma- 
terials," p.  116-119;  "Bibliography  of  coal  washing  and  ore  dressing," 
p.  120-1 28;  "Partial  index  to  current  articles  on  economic  geology," 
p.130-139. 
No  more  published. 


940  PRACTICAL  MINING 

NORTH  OF  ENGLAND  INSTITUTE  OF  MINING  AND 
MECHANICAL  ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,  1852/53-1888/89.    38V.     1853-91 r622.05  N45 

General  index,  v.  1-25,    1852-1876.      1877. 

Continued  by  the  "Transactions  of  the  Federated  institution  of  inining 
engineers." 

OESTERREICHISCHE    zeitschrift    fiir   berg-   und    hiitten- 

wesen;  [weekly],    v.i-date.     1853-date qr622.05  OiS 

V.47  wanting. 

VEREINS-MITTHEILUNGEN;  beilage  zur  Oesterreichi- 
schen  zeitschrift  fur  berg-  und  hiittenwesen;  [month- 
ly], 1882-98,  1900-date.  V.1-17,  19-date.   1882-date.  .qr622.05   O15V 

CLAUSTHAL  ROYAL  ACADEMY  OF  MINES. 

Prospectus  for  1892-1893 r622.07  C54 

622.1     Prospecting 

COX,  Samuel  Herbert. 

Prospecting  for  minerals;  a  practical  handbook  for  pros- 
pectors,  explorers,   settlers,   and   all   interested   in   the 

opening-up  and  development  of  new  lands.    1898 622.1  C85 

STRETCH,  R.  H. 

Prospecting,  locating  and  valuing  mines.     1900 622.1  S91 

622.2     Practical  mining 

DE  KALB,  Courtenay. 

Manual  of  explosives;  a  guide  for  the  use  of  miners  and 

quarrymen.     1900 622.2  D38 

"Books  on  explosives,"  p.  115-116. 

Instructions  on  the  safest  methods  of  handling  explosives,  with  hints  as 
to  the  means  of  securing  the  greatest  economic  effect.  Written  for 
the  Ontario  bureau  of  mines. 

HERMANN,  Edward  Adolph. 

Steam  shovels  and  steam  shovel  work.     1894 622.21  H47 

Treats  of  various  types  of  steam  shovels,  methods  of  using  them,  disposi- 
tion of  material  and  cost  of  excavation. 
DAW,  Albert  W.  &  Zacharias  W. 

Blasting  of  rock  in  mines,  quarries,  tunnels,  etc.;  a  treatise 
for    engineers   and   mining   and    engineering   students. 

V.I.     1898 622.23  D32 

V.I.     The  principles  of  rock  blasting  and  their  general  application. 
"Based   on   experience,   and,   therefore  has  the   value   of  being  reliable 
in   its  practical  applications  of  principles,  as  well  as  in  its  rules  and 
formulae."     Municipal  engineering,  1899. 

GUTTMANN,  Oscar. 

Handbuch  der  sprengarbeit.     1892.     (Handbuch  der  che- 
mischen  technologie;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  an- 

deren.)  r662.2  G98 

Describes  the  properties  of  the  various  explosives  commonly  used  and 

their  application  in  mining  and  blasting. 
Bound  with  his  "Die  industrie  der  explosivstoffe." 
KIRK,  Arthur. 

Quarryman  and  contractor's  guide;  or,   How  to  remove 

rock  at  least  cost.     1891 q622.23  K28 

DENNY,  G.  A. 

Diamond  drilling  for  gold  and  other  minerals;  a  practical 


COAL  MINING  94i 


handbook  on  the  use  of  modern  diamond  core  drills  in 
prospecting  and  exploiting  mineral-bearing  properties, 
including  particulars  of  the  cost  of  apparatus  and  of 
working.     1900 622.24  D43 

TECKLENBURG,  Th. 

Handbuch  der  tiefbohrkunde.    6v.  in  2.    1900 qr622.24  T26 

Bibliography,  v.i,  p.165-200,  p.233-234;  v. 2,  p.137-140;  v.3,  p.i47-i53; 
V.4,   p.135-141;  V.5,  p.209-213;   V.6,  p.197-203. 

Describes  and  illustrates  in  minute  detail  the  various  systems  of  boring 
for  oil,  water,  ores,  etc.,  and  the  machinery  and  tools  used.  Lists  of 
German,  Austrian  and  United  States  patents  relating  to  boring  are  in- 
cluded. 

DRINKER,  Henry  Sturgis. 

Tunneling,  explosive  compounds  and  rock  drills.    1878.  .qr622.26  D82 
PRELINI,  Charles. 

Tunneling;  a  practical  treatise,  with  additions  by  C.  S.  Hill. 

1901    622.26  P91 

Elementary,  but  comprehensive  description  of  modern  methods  of  tun- 
neling, illustrated  with  numerous  examples.     Intended  for  students. 

SIMMS,  Frederick  Walter.. 

Practical  tunnelling,  with  additional  chapters  illustrating 

recent  practice,  by  D.  K.  Clark.    1896 q622.26  SS9 

The  same.     1896 qr622.26  S59 

WILSON,  Eugene  Benjamin. 

Hydraulic  and  placer  mining.    1898 622.32  W76 

622.33     Coal  mining 

ANDRfi,  George  G. 

Practical  treatise  on  coal  mining.    2v.    1879 qr622.33  A55 

BELGIUM — Ministere  de  I'industrie  et  du  travail.  Administra- 
tion des  mines. 
Emploi  des  explosifs  dans  les  mines  de  houille  de  Belgique 
pendant  I'annee   1894;   statistique  comparative   dressee 
d'apres  des  documents  officiels,  par  Victor  Watteyne. 

1895    qr622.33  B39 

BOYD,  Robert  Nelson. 

Coal  pits  and  pitmen;  a  short  history  of  the  coal  trade  and 

the  legislation  affecting  it.     1892 622.33  B66 

The  same.    1892 r622.33  B66 

Treats  of  the  coal  trade  in  Great  Britain  only. 

BULMAN,  H.  F.  &  Redmayne,  R.  A.  S. 

Colliery  working  and  management.     1896 622.33  B87 

DEMANET,  Ch. 

Traite  d'exploitation  des  mines  de  houille.    v.1-2.    1898.  .r622.33  D4T 
FLAT-TOP  COAL  LAND  ASSOCIATION. 

Annual   report   (3d-5th,  9th)    of  the   board   of  managers, 

1889-91,  1895.     1890-96 r622.33  F61 

GREENE,  Homer. 

Coal  and  the  coal  mines.     1896 622.33  G83 

"Glossary  of  mining  terms,"  p.233-241. 

HARPER,  John  Povey-. 

Working  drawings  of  coal  mining  plant qr622.33  H28 


942  COAL  MINING 


HUGHES,  George  W. 

Report  of  a  survey  of  the  coal  region  near  Frostburgh, 
Alleghany  county,  Md.,  for  the  location  of  a  railroad 
to  accommodate  the  coal  trade  of  the  Maryland  mining 

company.     1836 r622.33  W66 

Bound  with  Whittlesey's  "Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal." 

HUGHES,  Herbert  W. 

Text-book  of  coal-mining.     1893 r622.33  H89 

The  same.     1901 622.33  H89 

Bibliography  at  end  of  each  chapter. 

"Best  text-book  on  coal-mining  in  the  English  language."     Nature,  1901. 

HYSLOP,  Jonathan. 

Colliery  management.    2v.     1876 r622.33  H99 

V.  I .     Text. 
V.2.     Plates. 

KERR,  George  L. 

Practical  coal  mining;  a  manual  for  managers,  under- 

managers,  colliery  engineers  and  others.     1900 622.33  K21 

Fills  an  intermediate  position  between  elementary  text-books  and  large 
works  of  reference.  Describes  current  practice  in  England  and  Scot- 
land. 

MAUCHLINE,  Robert. 

Mine  foreman's  handbook;  questions  and  answers  designed 
to  assist  students  and  others  in  passing  examinations 

for  mine  foremanships.     1893 622.33  M48 

NICOLLS,  William  Jasper. 

Story  of  American  coals.     1897 622.33  N32 

Treats  of  the  origin,  development,  transportation  and  consumption  of 
coal.  Author  has  been  employed  for  1 5  years  in  the  coal-fields  of 
Pennsylvania. 

PAMELY,  Caleb. 

Colliery  manager's  handbook;  a  comprehensive  treatise  on 

the  laying-out  and  working  of  collieries.     1898 qr622.33  P21 

The  same.    1893 q622.33  P21 

PENNSYLVANIA — Anthracite  coal  statistics.  Bureau  of, 
comp. 
Manual  of  anthracite  coal  statistics;  comprising  statistical 
tables  of  production  and  distribution,  list  of  anthracite 
collieries,  tables  for  ready  computation  of  interest, 
weights  and  measures,  historical  notes,  etc.  1888.  . .  .r622.33  P399 
PENNSYLVANIA — Coal  waste  commission. 

Report  of  commission  appointed  to  investigate  the  waste 
of  coal  mining,  with  the  view  to  the  utilizing  of  the 

waste.      1893 r622. 33    P3992 

PENNSYLVANIA— Mines,  Inspectors  of. 

Reports  of  the  inspectors  of  the  anthracite  and  bituminous 

coal  regions,  1888,  1890,  1892-date.     1889-date T622.33  P39m 

These  reports  form  pt.5  of  the  report  of  the  secretary  of  internal  affairs. 
The  earlier  reports  of  the  inspectors  of  the  bituminous  coal  regions  will 
be  found  in  the  report  of  the  Bureau  of  industrial  statistics,       r33i   P39. 
Reports  of  the  inspectors  of  the  anthracite  coal  regions, 

1870-1887.     1871-89 r622.33  P39 

Reports  for  1885-1889  will  be  found  in  the  report  of  the  Bureau  of  in- 
dustrial statistics,  r33i    P39. 
PERCY,  Cornelius  McLeod. 

Mechanical  engineering  of  collieries,    v.2.    1892 622.33  P42 


COAL  MINING  943 


60 


The  same.     2v.     1885-86 r622.33  P42m 

Mining  in  the  Victorian  era;  a  popular  record  of  coal  min- 
ing progress,  1837-1897.     1897 r622.33  P42 

PLATT,  Franklin. 

Special  report  to  the  legislature  upon  the  causes,  kinds  and 
amount  of  waste  in  mining  anthracite,  with  a  chapter 
on  the  method  of  mining,  by  J.  P.  Wetherill.  1881.  (In 
Pennsylvania — Geological  survey.  (2d  survey.)  Re- 
ports of  progress,  A2  v.2.) r557.48  P399r  v.2 

RICHMOND,  Va.,  COAL  TRADERS. 

Coal  trade,  Richmond;  memorial  of  the  proprietors  of  coal 
lands  on  the  south  and  north  sides  of  James  river, 
colliers  and  others  interested  in  the  coal  trade  of  Rich- 
mond to  the  Senate  and  House  of  representatives  of  the 
United  States.  1837.  (United  States.  24th  cong.  2d 
sess.    House.    Doc.  no.93.) r622.33  W66 

Bound  with  Whittlesey's  "Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal." 

ROBERTS,  Peter. 

Anthracite  coal  industry;  a  study  of  the  economic  condi- 
tions and  relations  of  the  cooperative  forces  in  the  de- 
velopment of  the  anthracite  coal  industry  of  Pennsyl- 
vania.    1901  622.33  R53 

Contents:  The  anthracite  coal  deposits. — Developing  the  coal  beds. — Cap- 
italization.— Transportation. — Mine  management  and  inspection. — Em- 
ployes and  wages.  —  Incidental  profits  of  operators.  —  Accidents.  — 
strikes. — Unionism. — Reclaiming  the  waste. — Reflections. 

SAARBRUCKEN,  KONIGLICHE  PREUSSISCHE  BERG- 
WERKS-DIRECTION. 
Direction  of  the  royal  Prussian  coal  mines  at  Saarbriicken 
prepared  for  the  Columbian  world  exposition,  Chicago, 
1893 r620.6  E643 

German  and  English  text. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

SAWARD,  Frederick  E.  comp. 

Coal  mines  of  Pennsylvania,  anthracite  and  bituminous; 
amount  produced,  names  of  the  mines,  location  of  the 
mines,  names  of  the  operators,  railroads  over  which  the 

produce  is  sent  to  market.     1880 r622.33  S27 

SAWARD,  Frederick  E. 

"The  coal  trade;"  a  compendium  of  valuable  information 
relative  to  coal  production,  prices,  etc.,  1874-1875,  1877- 
1883,  1886,  1889,  1893,  1896,  1900-date.  ist-2d,  4th-ioth, 
13th,    i6th,    20th,    23d,    27th    year    of    publication-date. 

1874-date  r622.33  S27C 

SMYTH,  Sir  Warington  Wilkinson. 

Rudimentary  treatise  on  coal  and  coal  mining.     1890. . .  .r622.33  S66 
The  same;  revised  and  extended  by  T.  F.  Brown.    1900.  . .  .622.33  S66 

Author  was  for  many  years  a  lecturer  in  the  Royal  school  of  mines,  and 
mineral  inspector  to  the  Crown.  The  book  gives  an  accurate  account 
of  the  world's  coal-fields,  and  British  mining  practice  in  simple,  at- 
tractive language. 

STRONG,  Henry  K. 

Report  to  the  legislature  of  Pennsylvania,  containing  a 

description  of  the  Swatara  mining  district.     1839.  . .  .r622.33  W66 

Bound  with  Whittlesey's  "Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal." 


944  METAL  MINING 


WARDLE,  W. 

Reference  book  of  information  for  the  use  of  colliery  man- 
agers.    1880 r622.33  W21 

WHITTLESEY,  Charles. 

Dissertation  upon  the  origin  of  mineral  coal.     1845 r622.33  W66 

COAL  and  coke;  [semimonthly].    v.5-date.    1898-date.  .qr622.330S  C62 
COLLIERY  guardian  and  journal  of  the  coal  and  iron  trades; 
weekly,     1875-84,     1892-date.     v.29-48,   63-date.      1875- 
date qr622.330S  C69 


622.34     Metal  mining 

BAUERMAN,  Hilary. 

Gellivare  iron  ore  mines.     1899 669.8  H39 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal  of  the  Iron  and  steel  institute,"  May  1899. 
Brief  description  of  these  famous  Swedish  mines. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

CURLE,  J.  H. 

Gold  mines  of  the  world;  concise  and  practical  advice  for 
investors,  gathered  from  a  personal  inspection  of  the 
mines  of  the  Transvaal,  India,  West  Australia,  Queens- 
land, New  Zealand,  British  Columbia  and  Rhodesia. 
1899   r622.34  C92 

Describes   the    financial   condition   and   prospects   of  the   mines   of   the 
various  gold-producing  countries,  excepting  the  United  States. 

DAVIES,  David  Christopher. 

Treatise  on  metalliferous  minerals  and  mining;  revised  and 

enlarged  by  E.  H.  Davies.     1892 622.34  D31 

The  saute.    1888 r622.34  D3 1 

JOHNSON,  J.  C.  F. 

Getting  gold;  a  practical  treatise  for  prospectors,  miners 

and  students.     1897 622.34  J36 

LOCK,  Alfred  George. 

Gold;  its  occurrence  and  extraction.     1882 qr622.34  L758 

Bibliography,  p.ii 53-1 185. 

Quite  exhaustive  account  of  the  gold  industry  to  the  date  of  publication. 

LOCK,  Charles  G.  Warnford. 

Practical  gold-mining;  a  treatise  on  the  origin  and  occur- 
rence of  gold-bearing  gravels,  rocks  and  ores,  and  the 
methods  by  which  the  gold  is  extracted.    1889 qr622.34  L75 

Bibliography,  p.725-757- 

TRUSCOTT,  S.  J. 

Witwatersrand  goldfields  banket  and   mining  practice. 

1898   q622.34  T78 

VIRGINIA  DEVELOPMENT  CO. 

Annual  report  for  1889. r622.34  V34 


622.4-622.5     Ventilation  and  drainage  of  mines 

ATKINSON,  A.  A. 

Key  to  mine  ventilation.     1892 622.4  A87 

BEARD,  James  Thom. 

Ventilation  of  mines;  designed  for  use  in  schools  and  col- 


MINING— SURFACE  TRANSPORTATION  945 

leges,  and  for  practical  mining  men  in  their  study  of 

the  subject.     1894 622.4  B34 

CLOWES,  Frank. 

Detection  and  measurement  of  inflammable  gas  and  vapour 

in  the  air.     1896 622.4  C62 

Bibliography,  p.198-202. 

Contains  a  chapter  on   "The   detection  and  measurement  of  petroleum 

vapour,"  by  Boverton  Redwood. 
Chiefly  concerned  with  methods  applicable  in  coal-mines. 

FAIRLEY,  William. 

Mine  ventilation   made   easy,  with  answers  to   questions 
from  examinations  for  mine  inspectors  and  foremen. 

1894   622.4  F16 

WILSON,  Eugene  Benjamin. 

Treatise    on    practical    and    theoretical    mine    ventilation. 

1893    622.4  W76 

Intended  for  miners,  rather  than  for  engineers.     Avoids  complex  mathe- 
matical formulae. 

THOMAS,  J.  W. 

Treatise  on  coal,  mine-gases  and  ventilation.    1878 622.41  T37 

MURGUE,  Daniel. 

Theories  and  practice  of  centrifugal  ventilating  machines; 

tr.  with  an  introduction,  by  A.  L.  Steavenson.     1883.  .  .622.44  M97 
MICHELL,  Stephen. 

Mine   drainage;   a   treatise   on   direct-acting   underground 

steam  pumping  machinery.     1881 622.54  M66 

The  same.     1881 r622.54  M66 


622.69     Surface  transportation 

CARRINGTON,  William  Thomas  Henry. 

Wire  tramways;  description  of  the  various  systems  of  wire 
rope  transport  constructed  under  the  patents  and  from 
designs  furnished  by  W.  T.  H.  Carrington.     [1883?] .  .r622.69  C23 
ERASER  &  CHALMERS,  pub. 

Transportation  of  ore  and  other  material  by  means  of 
endless  traveling  wire  ropes;  Hallidie's  patent  endless 
wire  ropeway  (wire  tramway),  with  suggestions  as  to 

its  erection.     [1881?] r622.69  F88 

HEWITT,  William. 

Application  of  wire  rope  to  haulage,  shafts  and  inclined 

planes.     1902 r622.69   H49 

Published  by  the  Trenton  iron  co. 

TAYLER,  Alexander  James  Wallis-. 

Aerial  or  wire-rope  tramways;  their  construction  and  man- 
agement.     1898 622.69  T24 

TRENTON  IRON  CO. 

Wire  rope;  effect  of  bending  upon  wire  rope  and  its  appli- 
cation to  the  transmission  of  power,  suspension  bridges 
and  wire  cable  ferries,  wire  rope  fittings,  sheaves  and 
tackle  blocks.     1901 622.69  T72W 


946  MILITARY  AND  NAVAL  ENGINEERING 


622.7     Mechanical  preparation.     Ore  dressing 

FRASER  &  CHALMERS,  pub. 

Processes  of  ore  treatment r622.7  F88 

Practical  notes  on  the  various  processes,  and  on  the  choice  to  be  made 
for  different  ores. 

HOFMAN,  Henry  O. 

Gold  milling  in  the  Black  Hills.     [1897.] r622.7  H68 

Paper  read  before  the  American  institute  of  mining  engineers. 
Describes  in  detail  the  mills  used,  processes  and  results. 

KUNHARDT,  Wheaton  B. 

Practice   of  ore   dressing   in    Europe.      1884.      (School   of 

mines  quarterly  series.) 622.7  K43 

Description    of    mechanical    methods    of    concentrating    ores    in    use    in 
various  works. 

McDERMOTT,  Walter,  &  Duffield,  P.  W. 

Losses  in  gold  amalgamation,  with  notes  on  the  concentra- 
tion of  gold  and  silver  ores.     1899 r622.7  H68 

Clear,  concise  description  of  practical  methods  of  gold  milling  processes 

and  machinery. 
Bound  with  Hofman's  "Gold  milling  in  the  Black  Hills." 

MUNROE,  Henry  Smith. 

Losses  in  copper  dressing  at  Lake  Superior.     1880 r622.7  M96 

Read  before  the  American  institute  of  mining  engfineers,  at  the  Mont- 
real meeting,  Sept.   1879. 

RICKARD,  Thomas  Arthur. 

Stamp  milling  of  gold  ores.     1898 622.73  R43 

622.8     Mining  accidents 

ABEL,  Sir  Frederick  Augustus. 

Mining  accidents  and  their  prevention;  also,  the  United 
States,  British  and  Prussian  laws  regulating  the  work- 
ing of  coal  mines.     1889 622.8  A13 

The  same.     1889 r622.8  A13 

SAWYER,  Arthur  Robert. 

Accidents  in  mines  in  the  north  Staffordshire  coalfield, 
arising  from  falls  of  roof  and  sides;  their  causes,  and 

the  means  of  diminishing  their  frequency.     1887 qr622.8  S27 

STUART,  Donald  M.  D. 

Origin  and  rationale  of  colliery  explosions.     1895 q622.8i  S93 

LAMPRECHT,  Robert. 

Recovery  work  after  pit  fires;  a  description  of  the  principal 
methods  pursued,  especially  in  fiery  mines,  and  of  the 
various  appliances  employed,  such  as  respiratory-  and 
rescue-apparatus,  dams,  etc.;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by 
Charles  Salter.     1901 622.82  L19 


623     Military  and  naval  engineering 

INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS   OF   ENGINEERS, 
Chicago,  1893. 
Operations  of  the  Division  of  military  engineering  of  the 
International  congress  of  engineers,  held  in  Chicago, 


FORTIFICATIONS.     ORDNANCE  947 

Aug.  [1893],  under  the  auspices  of  the  World's  congress 
auxiliary  of  the  Columbian  exposition.  1894.  (United 
States.    53d  cong.  2d  sess.     Senate.     Ex.  doc.  no.119.) .  .  .r623  I24 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 

UNITED  STATES— Ordnance  office. 

Ordnance  notes,    no. 168-235.    v.6-7.     1881-83 qr623  U25 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p. no;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
ENGLAND — Corps  of  royal  engineers. 

Papers  on  subjects  connected  with  the  duties  of  the  corps. 

v.i-date.     1837-date qr623.05  E64 

Index,  [v.i-5i],  :837-92.     1893. 

v.34-date,    iS/S-date,   title   reads   "Professional   papers   of   the   Corps   of 

royal  engineers:  Occasional  papers." 
Since   the   establishment   of  the   Royal   engineers   institute,    in    1875,   the 

professional  publications  of  the  corps  have  been  carried  on  under  the 

auspices  of  a  committee  of  the  institute. 

623.1     Fortifications 

BARNARD,  John  Gross. 

Report  on  the  defenses  of  Washington.  1871.  (United  States 

— Engineers  corps.    Professional  papers,  no. 20.) qr623.i  B25 

CLARK,  George  Thomas. 

Mediaeval  military  architecture  in  England.    2v.     1884.  .  .  .b623.i  C52 
FIEBEGER,  Gustave  Joseph. 

Text-book  on  field  fortification.     1901 ; 623.1  F45 

UNITED  STATES— Engineers  corps. 

Fortifications  of  to-day,  by  A.  von  Bonin;  Fire  against 
models  of  coast  batteries  and  parados;  Horizontal  and 
curved  fire  in  defense  of  coasts,  by  P.  Barabino.  1883   .qr623.i  U2S 

Translations  from  "Festungen  und  taktik  des  festungskrieges  in  der 
gegenwart,"  by  A.  von  Bonin,  chapters  1-2,  and  "Giornale  di  artig- 
lieria  e  genio,"   1881. 

VIOLLET-LE-DUC,  Eugene  Emmanuel. 

Annals  of  a  fortress;  tr.  by  Benjamin  Bucknall.     1876 623.1  V34 

"The  fortress,  whose  transmutations  during  successive  ages  are  so  vivid- 
ly described  in  the  following  pages,  is  an  ideal  one;  its  supposed 
situation  is  on  the  Cousin,  an  affluent  of  the  Saone.  The  practical 
genius  of  the  author  indicates  the  position  which,  in  view  of  the  new 
eastern  frontier,  should  be  fortified  in  order  to  command  the  Saone." 
Translator's  note. 

Essay   on   the   military  architecture   of  the   middle   ages. 

i860  b623.i  V34 

Author  is  an  authority  upon  mediaeval  architecture. 
BUCKNILL,  John  Townsend. 

Submarine  mines  and  torpedoes  as  applied  to  harbour  de- 
fence.    1889 q623.2  B85 

Reprinted  and  revised  from  "Engineering." 

SCIENTIFIC  AMERICAN. 

Army   and   coast   defence   supplement;    guns,    armor   and 

fortifications.     1898 qr623.3  S41 

623.4     Ordnance.     Projectiles 

HOLLEY,  Alexander  Lyman. 

Treatise  on  ordnance  and  armor,  with  an  appendix  re- 
ferring to  gun-cotton,  hooped  guns,  etc.    1865 623.4  H72 


sm8  armor-plate 


LONGRIDGE,  James  Atkinson. 

Smokeless  powder  and  its  influence  on  gun  construction. 

1890   623.4  L84 

Brief  study  of  the  difference  of  action  between  charcoal  and  smokeless 
powders,  and  the  approximate  results  obtained  by  the  use  of  the  latter, 
both  as  regards  ballistic  effect  and  the  development  of  construction 
of  guns  suitable  to  its. use. 

UNITED  STATES — Fortifications  or  other  defenses, 
Board  of. 
Report  of  the  board,  with  plates.     2v.     1886.     (49th  cong. 

1st  sess.    House.     Ex.  doc.  no.49.) qr623.4  U2536 

v.i.     Text.  V.2.     Plates. 

UNITED  STATES— Gun  foundry  board. 

Report,  Feb.  16,  1884,  [relative  to  the  best  location  for 
establishing  a  government  foundry],  together  with  the 
supplementary   report  of   Dec.   20,    1884.     1885.      (48th 

cong.  1st  sess.    House.    Ex.  doc.  no.97.) r623.4  U2S3 

HNITED  STATES — Heavy  ordnance  and  projectiles, 
Board  on. 
Report  of  the  Board  on  heavy  ordnance  and  projectiles 
appointed  in  conformity  with  the  act  of  Congress  ap- 
proved Mar.  3,  1881.   1882.    (47th  cong.  ist  sess.   Senate. 

Ex.  doc.  no. 178.) r623.4  U2533r 

This  board  is  known  as  the  Getty  board,  from  the  name  of  its  president. 
UNITED  STATES — Heavy  ordnance  and  projectiles, 
Select  committee  on. 
Report  of  the  select  committee  on  heavy  ordnance  and  pro- 
jectiles, appointed  under  Senate  resolution  of  Aug.  2, 
1882.      1883.      (47th    cong.    2d    sess.      Senate.      Report 

no.969.)   r623.4  U2533 

UNITED  STATES— Ordnance  office. 

Report  of  the  chief  of  ordnance,  1872/73-date.     1874-date. .  .r623.4  U2SI 

Index,   1867-1887.      1888. 

The  report  for   1873/74  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  con- 
gressional documents,  no.  1635. 
This    report    forms  a  part  of    the    report  of    the    secretary  of    war    and 
earlier  reports  will  be  found  bound  with  his  reports,  r353.6  U25. 

Reports  of  experiments  on  the  strength  and  other  proper- 
ties of  metals  for  cannon,  with  a  description  of  the 
machines  for  testing  metals  and  of  the  classification  of 
cannon  in  service.     1856 qr623.4  U25 


62342     Armor-plate 

AMERICAN  IRON  AND  STEEL  ASSOCIATION,  comp. 
History  of  the  manufacture  of  armor  plate  for  the  United 

States  navy.     1899 qr623.42  Asr 

BACLfi,  L. 

Les  plaques  de  blindages.     1900 qr623.42  B12 

"Extrait   du    Bulletin   de   la   Societe   d'encouragement    [pour   I'industrie 

nationale],  1899." 
Account  of  the  evolution  and  present  methods  of  manufacture  of  armor- 
plate.      Devotes   particular   attention   to   the   French   works   and   their 
products. 
SCHUTZ,  Julius  von. 

Gruson's    chilled    cast-iron    armour;    tr.    into    English    by 


GUNNERY  949 


H.  H.  Grenfell.     1887 qr623.42  S39 

Describes  briefly  the  Gruson  armored  turrets  and  batteries,  and  gives 
the  results  of  all  firing  tests  to  which  they  were  subjected  previous  to 
1887. 

UNITED  STATES— Armor  factory  board. 

Report  [relative  to  the  establishment  of  a  government 
armor  factory],  with  accompanying  documents.  1897. 
(S5th  cong.  2d  sess.    House.    Doc.  no.95.) r623.42  U2S32 

UNITED  STATES — Armor-plate  contracts,  Committee  to 
investigate. 
Violation  of  armor  contracts;  report  and  evidence  sub- 
mitted by  the  committee  on  investigation  of  armor- 
plate  contracts  made  by  the  government  with  the  Car- 
negie steel  company  [submitting  H.  Res.  226,  directing 
retests].  Aug.  23,  1894.  1894.  (53d  cong.  2d  sess. 
House.    Report  no. 1468.) r623.42  U25 

UNITED  STATES— Navy  department. 

Cost  and  price  of  armor;  report  of  the  secretary  of  the 
navy  to  Congress  on  the  actual  cost  of  armor  plate  and 
the  price  for  the  same  which  should  be  equitably  paid, 
as  directed  by  the  act  of  June  10,  1896,  making  appropri- 
ations for  the  naval  service.  1897.  (S4th  cong.  2d  sess. 
House.     Doc.  no. 151.) r623.42  U253 

UNITED  STATES — Ordnance  and  war  ships.  Select  com- 
mittee on. 
Report  [on  the  capacity  of  steel-producing  works  in  the 
United  States,  and  whether  ordnance  and  war  ships 
should  be  manufactured  and  built  by  the  government  or 
by  contract  with  private  persons],  with  appendix. 
1886   r623.42  U2533 

"Books  for  reference,"  apx.  p. 3-7. 

623.47     Arsenals 

FLAGLER,  Daniel  W. 

History  of  the  Rock  Island  arsenal,  from  its  establishment 
in  1863  to  Dec.  1876,  and  of  the  island  of  Rock  Island, 
1804-1863;  prepared  under  the  instructions  of  S.  V. 
Benet.  1877.  (United  States — Ordnance  office.  Ord- 
nance memoranda,  no. 20.) qr623.47  F59 

623.5     Gunnery 

GARBETT,  Herbert  James  Gilbert. 

Naval  gunnery;  a  description  and  history  of  the  fighting 
equipment  of  a  man-of-war.  1897.  (Royal  navy  hand- 
books.)  623.5  G17 

"To  those  who  have  a  taste  for  mechanics  the  book  should  be  of  absorb- 
ing interest.  The  delicate  working  of  the  breech  mechanism,  the  pro- 
cess of  manufacture,  the  ingenious  methods  of  loading,  the  construc- 
tion of  different  forms  of  fuses,  and  many  other  triumphs  of  me- 
chanical skill  are  dealt  with  in  an  elementary  and  plainly  worded  man- 
ner." Academy. 
RADFORD,  Cyrus  S. 

Hand-book  on  naval  gunnery,  for  the  use  of  U.  S.  navy, 


9SO  NAVAL  ARCHITECTURE 

U.  S.  marine  corps,  and  states  naval  reserves;  revised 

with  the  assistance  of  Stokeley  Morgan.    1898 r623.5  Ri,3 

UNITED  STATES— Adjutant-general's  office. 

Artillery  circulars;  series  of  1892.    no.A-C.     1899 qr623.5  U253a 

no.A-C.  The  resistance  of  guns  to  tangential  rupture,  by  Col.  Pashkie- 
vitsch. — Interior  ballistics,  by  Col.  Pashkievitsch. — Whistler's  graphic 
tables  of  fire,  with  chart,  by  G.  N.  Whistler. 

Artillery  circulars;  series  begun  in  1893.    no.A-I,  M.    1893- 

1900  qr623.5  U253 

no.A-F.  The  most  suitable  powder  for  use  in  the  8-inch  M.  L.  rifle, 
by  G.  N.  \\'histler.  —  Gun-powder  and  high  explosives,  by  Willoughby 
Walke. —  Electricity  and  its  applications  in  artillery  practice,  by  G.  L. 
Anderson.  — •  The  use  of  meteorological  instruments,  by  C.  R.  Kil- 
bourne. — Range  and  position  finding,  by  H.  L.  Harris. — Ballistics,  by 
J.  M.  Ingalls. — Supplement,  by  J.  M.  Ingalls. 
no.G.-I.  Permanent  works  and  their  attack  by  siege  operations,  by 
James  Chester. — Mathematics,  by  Arthur  Murray.— Modern  guns  and 
mortars  adopted  in  the  United  States  land  service;  their  carriages,  pro- 
jectiles, fuzes  and  sights,  by  C.  C.  Morrison  and  J.  C.  Ayres. 
no.M.      Ballistic  tables;   comp.  by  J.  M.  Ingalls. 

UNITED  STATES — Navigation  bureau.    (Navy  department.) 
Manual  of  instruction  in  ordnance  and  gunnery  for  the  U. 

S.  naval  training  service.     1900 r623.5  U25 


623.6     Military  bridges 

UNITED  STATES — Engineers  corps. 

Organization  of  the  bridge  equipage  of  the  United  States 
army,  with  directions  for  the  construction  of  military 

bridges.     2v.     1869-98 qr623.6  U25 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Plates. 

V.I  is  a  reprint  of  the  edition  of  1870  and  contains  plates  11-16  reduced 
to  half  size. 

623.8     Naval  architecture 

AMERICAN  BUREAU  OF  SHIPPING. 

Rules  for  building  and  classing  vessels,  including  rules  for 
the  construction  of  steam  machinery  and  for  the  instal- 
lation of  electric  lighting  and  power  apparatus  on  ship- 
board.    1901 r623.8  A51 

Includes  tables  of  scantlings  for  steel,  iron  and  wooden  vessels. 

ATTWOOD,  E.  L. 

Text-book  of  theoretical  naval  architecture.     1899 623.8  A88 

"Books  on  theoretical  naval  architecture,"  p.292. 

BENNETT,  Frank  Marion. 

Steam  navy  of  the  United  States;  a  history  of  the  growth 
of  the  steam  vessel  of  war  in  the  U.  S.  navy  and  of  the 

naval  engineer  corps.    2v.    1897 623.8  B43 

The  same.     1896 r623.8  B43 

CASSIER'S  MAGAZINE. 

Marine  number  of  Cassier's  magazine.     1897 623.8  C26 

The  same.     1897 r623.8  C26 

Contains  articles  on  the  design  and  the  building  of  river,  sound  and 
ocean  steamers,  on  specialties  of  warship  design,  auxiliary  machinery 
for  American  warships,  modern  marine  engines  and  boilers,  fast  tor- 
pedo boats,  an  article  by  Sir  Charles  Dilke  on  the  naval  weakness  of 
Great  Britain  and  one  by  John  P.  Holland  on  submarine  navigation, 
all  fully  illustrated. 


NAVAL  ARCHITECTURE  95i 

GERMANISCHER  LLOYD. 

Regulations  for  the  survey  and  classification,  and  rules  for 
the  building  and  equipment  of  iron  and  steel  vessels. 

1900   qr623.8  G32 

HALDANE,  John  Wilton  Cuninghame. 

Steamships  and  their  machinery.     1893 623.8  H15 

"Object  has  been  to  describe  in  a  simple,  unconventional,  and  readable 
manner,  the  latest  phases  of  marine  engineering  and  its  surroundings 
in  all  departments."     Preface. 

SCIENTIFIC  AMERICAN. 

Special  navy  supplement.     1898 qr623.8  S41 

UNITED  STATES — Navigation  bureau.    (Navy  department.) 

Papers  and  discussions  on  steel  for  ship-building.     1883. 

(Navy  scientific  papers,  no. 11.) r623.8  U25 

Reprinted  from  "Transactions  of  the  Institution  of  naval  architects." 

WALTON,  Thomas. 

Steel  ships;  their  construction  and  maintenance;  a  manual 
for    shipbuilders,    ship    superintendents,    students    and 

marine  engineers.     1904 623.8  W19 

The  same.     1901 r623.8  W19 

WATSON,  Thomas  Henry. 

Naval  architecture;  a  manual  on  laying-off  iron,  steel  and 

composite  vessels.     1898 r623.8  W32 

WHITE,  William  Henry. 

Manual  of  naval  architecture.     1894 623.8  W63 

623.805     Periodicals.     Societies 

INSTITUTION  OF  NAVAL  ARCHITECTS. 

Transactions,     v.i-date.     1860-date qr623.8o5  I24 

Index,  v.i-42.     2v.      1881-1901. 

JOURNAL    of    the    American    society    of    naval    engineers; 

quarterly,     v.i-date.     1889-date r623.8os  J46 

General  index,  v.i-8,  1889-1896.     1897. 

MARINE  review;  weekly.    v.2i-date.    1900-date qr623.8o5  M38 

SOCIETY  OF  NAVAL  ARCHITECTS  AND  MARINE 
ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,     v.i-date.     1893-date qr623.8o5   S67 

Names  and  addresses  of  officers  and  members,  1899-1901. 

i898-[i9oo]    r623.8o6   S67 

The  vol.  for  1900  contains  also  "Table  of  contents  of  the  Transactions  of 
the  society,  v.  1-7." 

623.9     Armored  vessels.     Torpedoes.     Submarine  boats 

ARMSTRONG,  George  Elliot. 

Torpedoes  and  torpedo-vessels.     1896 623.9  A73 

FOREST,  F.  &  Noalhat,  Henri. 

Les  bateaux  sous-marins.    2v.     1900 qr623.9  F76 

V.I.     Historique.  v.2.     Technologic. 

HOVGAARD,  G.  W. 

Submarine  boats.    1887 623.9  H84 

JANE,  Fred.  T. 

The  torpedo  in  peace  and  war.     1898 q623.9  J17 

"I  have  tried  in  these  pages  to  set  out  what  may  be  called  the  social 


952  BRIDGES  AND  ROOFS 

side  of  torpedo-craft  life,  the  life  as  I  have  seen,  experienced,  and  en- 
joyed it.  All  the  illustrations  of  naval  manoeuvres  and  so  forth  are 
reproductions  of  actual  sketches  made  at  sea  on  board  the  ships  with 
which  they  deal."    Preface. 

OLDKNOW,  Reginald  C. 

Mechanism  of  men-of-war.     1896 623.9  023 

WILMOT,  Sydney  Marow  Eardley-. 

Development  of  the  navies  during  the  last  half  century. 

1892    623.9  W76 

Evolution  of  modern  ships  of  war,   and  their  equipment;   a  review  of 
progress,  especially  "in  England. 


624     Bridges  and  roofs 


BENDER,  Charles  B. 

Principles  of  economy  in  the  design  of  metallic  bridges. 

1885 r624  B42 

Method  for  comparing  the  relative  economy  of  different  forms  of  trusses. 

BOW,  Robert  Henry. 

Economics  of  construction  in  relation  to  framed  structures. 

1873  624  B662 

Contents:     Preliminary  parts:  Classification  of  structures. — Diagrams  of 

forces. 
Gives  a  classification  of  the  various  forms  of  roof  and  bridge  trusses, 
with  a  description  of  the  graphical  methods  of  determining  stresses  in 
structures. 

BOWSER,  Edward  Albert. 

Treatise  on  roofs  and  bridges,  with  numerous  exercises. 

1898  624  B66 

BURR,  William  Hubert. 

Course  on  the  stresses  in  bridge  and  roof  trusses,  arched 

ribs  and  suspension  bridges.     1886 624  B94 

CAMPIN,  Francis. 

Iron  and  steel  bridges  and  viaducts;  a  practical  treatise 

upon  their  construction.     1898 624  C16 

The  application  of  theory  to  practical  designing  is  explained  briefly  and 
simply.  The  subject  is  treated  from  the  standpoint  of  the  drafting- 
room. 

CILLEY,  Frank  H. 

Some  fundamental  propositions  relating  to  the  design  of 
frameworks;  a  study  of  primary  stresses  in  indetermi- 
nate frameworks,  and  demonstration  of  the  economic 

superiority  of  statically  determined  forms.     1897 q624  C48 

Reprinted  from  "Technology  quarterly,"  v.  10,  June  1897. 
DU  BOIS,  Augustus  Jay. 

Stresses  in  framed  structures,  including  the  strength  of 
materials  and  theory  of  flexure,  also  the  determination 
of  dimensions  and  designing  of  details,  specifications, 
complete  designs  and  working  drawings.     1897 qb624  D85 

The  same.     1883   q624  D85 

Title-page  reads  "Strains  in  framed  structures." 

The  same.     1902  qS3i  D8sm  v.2 

Issued  as  v.2  of  "Mechanics  of  engineering." 
FIDLER,  Thomas  Claxton. 

Practical  treatise  on  bridge-construction ;  a  text-book  on  the 

design  and  construction  of  bridges  in  iron  and  steel.     1901.  .624  F4SP 

The  same.     1893 r624  F45 


BRIDGES  AND  ROOFS  953 

GILLETTE-HERZOG  MANUFACTURING  CO.  pub. 

Examples  of  structures  built  by  the  Gillette-Herzog  mfg. 
CO.;  steel  mining  buildings,  power  plants,  steel  and 
combination  bridges,  steel  columns,  beams  and  girders, 
castings,  traveling  cranes,  riveted  pipe,  architectural 
steel  anu  iron;  [plates].     [1901.] .r624  G41 

GREENE,  Charles  Ezra. 

Trusses  and  arches,  analyzed  and  discussed  by  graphical 
methods.  3v.  1897.  (Graphics  for  engineers,  archi- 
tects and  builders.) 624  G83 

V.I.     Roof -trusses. 
V.2.     Bridge-trusses. 
V.3.     Arches. 

HASELER,  Ernst. 

Der  briickenbau;  ein  handbuch  zuni  gebrauche  beim  ent- 
werfen  von  briicken  in  eisen,  holz  und  stein,  sowie  beim 
unterrichte   an   technischen   lehranstalten.     v.i,   pt.1-4. 

1888-1900 qr624  H33 

V.I.     Die  eisernen  brucken. 
Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

HAUPT,  Herman. 

General  theory  o^  bridge  construction.     1875 r624  H3S 

JOHNSON,  John  Butler,  and  others. 

Theory  and  practice  of  modern  framed  structures.     1899.  .  .q624  J36 

The  same.     1895 qb624  J36 

The  same.    1904 q624  J36t 

A  standard  treatise  on  design,  intended  for  students  and  engineers.  The 
best  work  on  the  subject   (1902). 

MERRIMAN,  Mansfield,  &  Jacoby,  H.  S. 

Text-book  on  roofs  and  bridges.    4v.     1897-98 624  M63 

V.I.  Stresses  in  simple  trusses. 

V.2.  Graphic  statics. 

V.3.  Bridge  design. 

V.4.  Higher  structures. 

The  same.     v. 3.     1902 624  M63t 

Contains  bibliographies. 

The  same.     1898 r624  M63 

MIDDLETON,  George  Alexander  Thomas. 

Stresses  and  thrusts.     1895 624  M67 

Enlarged  edition  of  "Strains  in  structure." 

OSBORNE,  Richard  B. 

Select  plans  of  engineering  structures   for  railroads   and 
highways,  as  actually  constructed;  dimensions,  quanti- 
ties and  cost;  [plates],    v.i.     1885 qr624  O29 

Gives  plans  for  bridges  and  culverts. 

WADDELL,  John  Alexander  Low. 

De  pontibus;  a  pocket-book  for  bridge  engineers.     1898.  .  .r624  Wii 

The  same.     1901 624  Wild 

WEALE,  John,  ed. 

Theory,  practice  and  architecture  of  bridges,  with  examples 
on  the  principle  of  suspension,  with  supplement  by  G.  R. 
Burnell.    5v.  in  4.    1839-50 • qr624  W35 

V.I.  Hann,  James.  Theory  of  bridges. — Gauthey,  E.  M.  General  prin- 
ciples of  construction.- — ^Moseley,  Henry.  Theory  of  the  arch. — Hughes, 
T.  Papers  on  foundations  of  bridges. — Hill,  Laurence.  Account  of 
Hutcheson  bridge  at  Glasgow. — Mathematical  principles  of  Dredge's 
suspension  bridge. 


954  BRIDGES  AND  ROOFS 

V.2.  Hosking,  William.  Essay  and  treatises  on  the  theory  and  archi- 
tecture of  bridges. — Specification  of  Chester  Dee  bridge. — Isherwood, 
B.  F.  Practical  description  of  the  timber  bridges,  etc.  on  the  Utica 
and  Syracuse  railroad. 

v.3-4.     Plates. 

V.5.     Supplement. 

WINKLER,  Emil. 

Vortrage  uber  briickenbau,  gehalten  an  den  technischen 
hochschulen  in  Prag,  Wien  und  Berlin,    v.i,  pt.1-2;  v.3, 

pt.i;  V.4,  pt.4.    1881-87 r624  W78 

V.I,    pt.  1-2.     Theorie    der   brucken:    Aeussere    krafte    der   balkentrager, 

Theorie  der  gegliederten  balkentrager. 
v.3,  pt.i.     Holzerne  brucken:    Balkenbriicken. 
v.4,  pt.4.      Eiserne  briicken:  Querkonstruktionen. 
"Literatur,"  v.i,  pt.i,  p. 352-356;  v.i,  pt.2,  p.389-392;  v.3,  pt.i,  p.192-198. 

BRIDGES  and  framed  structures;  monthly,  Apr.-July  1899. 

V.I.     1899 qr624.05  B74 

No  more  published. 

AMERICAN  BRIDGE  CO. 

Standards  for  structural  details.     1901 qr624.o8  A51 

Of  use  to  engineers  and  draftsmen  in  making  detail  and  shop  drawings. 

WRIGHT,  Charles  Herbert,  &  Wing,  C.  B. 

Manual  of  bridge  drafting.     1896 qr624.o8  W93 

MEHRTENS,  Georg  C. 

Hundred  years  of  German  bridge  building;  published  for 

the  Paris  universal  exhibition,  1900.     1900 qr624.09  M56 

Contents:  Introduction. — The  history  of  girder  systems  and  of  the  theory 
of  bridges. — Improvements  in  the  construction  of  iron  bridges. — 
Bridge-building  companies  and  their  work. — Appendix. 

"Table  of  literary  references,"  p.133-135. 

Contains  photographs  of  a  great  number  of  the  large  German  bridges, 
with  some  drawings  in  detail. 

624.1     Piers.     Foundations.     Piles 

BLAND,  William. 

Principles  of  construction  in  arches,  piers,  buttresses,  etc.; 

a  series  of  experimental  essays.     1890 624.1  B53 

DOBSON,  Edward. 

Foundations  and  concrete  w  orks.     1891 624.1  D65 

Brief  elementary  account  of  some  of  the  older  methods. 
FOWLER,  Charles  Evan. 

Coffer-dam  process  for  piers.     1900 624.1  F84 

The  same.     1898 r624.i  F84 

PATTON,  William  Macfarland. 

Practical  treatise  on  foundations.    1893 624.1  P31 

The  same.     1893 r624.i  P31 

POWELL,  George  T. 

Foundations  and  foundation  walls.     1889 624.1  P87 

TURNBULL,  William. 

Reports  on  the  construction  of  the  piers  of  the  aqueduct 
of  the  Alexandria  canal  across  the  Potomac  river  at 
Georgetown,  D.  C,  1835-1840.     1873.     (United  States — 

Engineer  department  (army).) qr624.i  T86 

WELLINGTON,  Arthur  Mellen,  ed. 

Piles  and  pile-driving.    1893 624.1  W49 

First  published  in  "Engineering  news." 


BRIDGES  AND  ROOFS  955 


624.2     Girders.     Stresses  and  strains 

ADAMS,  Henry,  C.  E. 

Practical    designing    of    structural    ironwork;    ist-2d    ser. 

2v.     1894-1901 624.2  A2id 

Series  2  is  called  "Designing  iron-work." 

An  especially  clear  and  simple  treatment  of  the  subject. 

Explains   the    design    of   various   girders,    beams,    columns,    trusses,    etc. 

giving  notes,  calculations,   diagrams  and   drawings   required   in   handy 

form   for  students   and    for   reference. 

Strains  in  ironwork.     1898 624.2  A21 

AMERICAN  BRIDGE  CO. 

Standards  of  strain  sheets  for  highway  bridges r624.2  A51 

BIRKMIRE,  William  Harvey. 

Architectural  iron  and  steel,  and  its  application  in  the  con- 
struction of  buildings.     1897 624.2  B48a 

The  same.     1897 r624.2  B48 

Compound  riveted  girders,  as  applied  in  the  construction 

of  buildings.     1893 624.2  B48 

BOW,  Robert  Henry. 

Treatise  on  bracing,  with  its  application  to  bridges  and 

other  structures  of  wood  or  iron.    1874 624.2  B66 

CAMPIN,  Francis. 

Constructional  iron  and  steel  work;  a  treatise  for  archi- 
tects and  builders.     1896 624.2  C16 

Elementary  treatise  on  methods  of  designing,  intended  especially  for 
students. 

CREHORE,  John  Davenport. 

Mechanics  of  the  girder;  a  treatise  on  bridges  and  roofs. 

1886   624.2   C87 

HIROI,  Isami. 

Plate-girder  construction.     1893.     (Van  Nostrand's  science 

series.)    624.2  H61 

STONEY,  Bindon  Blood. 

Theory  of  strains  in  girders  and  similar  structures.    1873.  .r624.2  S88 

Handbook  of  practical  methods  for  their  calculation. 

TYRRELL,  Henry  Grattan. 

Mill  building  construction.     1901 624.2  T98 

Deals  with  the  loads  to  be  carried  by  roofs,  floors  and  walls;  with  gen- 
eral design,  and  with  structural  details.  Convenient  reference  book 
for  designers. 


624.3     Truss  bridges 

BOLLER,  Alfred  Pancoast. 

New  York,  Providence  and  Boston  railroad;  report  upon 
the  construction  of  the  Thames  river  bridge  and  ap- 
proaches at  New  London,  Conn.     1890 qr624.3  B61 

FOSTER,  Wolcott  Cronk. 

Treatise  on  wooden  trestle  bridges  according  to  the  present 

practice  on  American  railroads.     1897 q624.3  F81 

MERRILL,  William  Emory. 

Iron  truss  bridges  for  railroads;  methods  of  calculating 
strains,  with  a  comparison  of  the  most  prominent  truss 


9S6  BRIDGES  AND  ROOFS 

bridges,   and  new   formulas   for   bridge    computations, 
also  the  economical  angles  for  struts  and  ties.    1870.  .qr624.3  M63 
PHILLIPS,  Philip. 

The   Forth   bridge   in   its   various   stages   of  construction 
and   compared  with  the   most  notable  bridges   of  the 

world.     [1893.] qr624.3  P51 

"This  volume,  written  by  a  man  who  has  been  familiar  with  the  work 
from  the  beginning,  and  illustrated  with  plates  of  the  bridge  in  all 
stages  of  construction,  forms  a  valuable  memorial  of  the  greatest  engi- 
neering feat  of  modern  times... The  whole  story  of  the  building  of 
these  caissons  on  land,  of  launching  and  tugging  them  afloat  to  the 
point  where  they  were  to  be  sunk  in  the  estuary,  it  is  the  very  romance 
of  engineering."  The  Times,  London. 
WADDELL,  John  Alexander  Low. 

Designing  of  ordinary  iron  highway  bridges.     1894 624.3  Wii 

WILCOX,  Ralph  Mcintosh. 

Theory  and  calculation  of  cantilever  bridges.     1898.     (Van 

Nostrand's  science  series.) 624.3  W71 


624.6     Arch  bridges 

BELL,  George  Joseph. 

Practical  treatise  on  segmental  and  elliptical  oblique  or 
skew  arches,  setting  forth  the  principles  and  details  of 

construction  in  clear  and  simple  terms.     1896 q624.6  B4T 

"Object... is  to  place  reliable  data,  which  can  be  readily  understood,  in 
the    hands    of    practical    workmen,    so    as    to    render    the    building    of 
oblique  arches  as  simple  as  the  building  of  an  ordinary  square  arch." 
Preface. 
BUCK,  George  Watson. 

Practical  and  theoretical  essay  on  oblique  bridges.     1895.  .q624.6  B84 
HOWE,  Malverd  Abijah. 

Treatise  on  arches.     1897 624.6  H8s 

WOODWARD,  Calvin  Milton. 

History  of  the  St.  Louis  bridge;  containing  a  full  account 
of  every  step  in  its  construction  and  erection,  and  in- 
cluding the  theory  of  the  ribbed  arch  and  the  tests  of 
materials.     1881 qr624.6  W86 


624.8     Drawbridges 

WRIGHT,  Charles  Herbert. 

Designing  of  draw-spans.    2v.     1897-98 624.8  W93 


624.9     Roofs 

INSKIP,  G.  D. 

Treatise  on  mathematical  and  graphical  roof  framing,  for 

builders,  carpenters  and  iron  workers.     2v.     [1900.] ...  .624.9  I24 

v.  2  consists  of  tables  of  reductions  and  squares. 

Describes  a  system  of  computation  which  the  author  claims  to  be  simple 

and  accurate,  and  which  he  presents  with  the  use  only  of  elementary 

arithmetic. 

RICKER,  Nathan  Clifford. 

Elementary  graphic  statics  and  the  construction  of  trussed 

roofs.     1892 624.9  R43 


RAILROAD  AND  ROAD  ENGINEERING  957 


625     Railroad  and  road  engineering 

BARRY,  John  Wolfe. 

Railway  appliances;  a  description  of  details  of  railway 
construction  subsequent  to  the  completion  of  the  earth- 
works and  structures,  including  a  short  notice  of  rail- 
way rolling  stock.     1898.     (Text-books  of  science.) 625  B27 

Contents:  Acts  of  Parliament  and  other  regulations  affecting  railways. — 
Permanent  way. — Points  and  crossings. — Signals. — The  block  system. — 
Stations. — Rolling  stock. 

HALDANE,  John  Wilton  Cuninghame. 

Railway  engineering,  mechanical  and  electrical.     1897 625  His 

INTERNATIONAL  ENGINEERING  CONGRESS, 
Glasgow,  1901. 

Proceedings  of  section  i :  Railways.     1902 r625  I24 

MASSACHUSETTS — Rapid  transit  commission. 

Report  to  the  legislature,  Apr.  5,  1892.     1892 r625  M45 

Contents:  Introduction. — The  steam  railroads. — The  streets. — The  sur- 
face cars. — Elevated  railroads. — General  considerations. — Supplemental 
report. — Appendices. 

STRICKLAND,  William. 

Reports  on  canals,  railways,  roads  and  other  subjects, 
made  to  the  Pennsylvania  society  for  the  promotion  of 

internal  improvement.     1826 qr625  S91 

VOSE,  George  Leonard. 

Manual  for  railroad  engineers  and  engineering  students. 

187s  r625  V38 

WOOD,  Nicholas. 

Practical  treatise  on  railroads  and  interior  communication 

in  general.     1832 r625  W8s 

The  same.     1825 r625  W85p 

The  first  edition  antedates  the  common  use  of  the  locomotive,  and  dis- 
cusses the  probability  of  the  horse  being  superseded  as  a  railway 
motive  power.  At  the  date  of  the  second  edition  the  locomotive  had 
become  recognized  as  the  future  motor  and  the  results  of  numerous 
tests  are  given.  An  appendix  contains  a  list  of  most  of  the  world's 
railways  over  five  miles  in  length. 

625.05     Periodicals.     Societies 

AMERICAN  engineer  and  railroad  journal.     See     Railroad 

and  engineering  journal. 
AMERICAN  engineer,  car  builder  and  railroad  journal.     See 

Railroad  and  engineering  journal. 
AMERICAN    RAILWAY    ENGINEERING   AND   MAIN- 

TENANCE-OF-WAY  ASSOCIATION. 
Proceedings   of  the   annual   convention    (ist-date),    1900- 

date.     1900-date r62S.05  A512 

AMERICAN  RAILWAY  MASTER  MECHANICS'  ASSO- 
CIATION. 
Report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  annual  convention  (ist- 

2d,    4th-i9th,    2ist-date),    1868-69,    1871-86,    1888-date. 

1872-date r625.05  A51 

Index,    1868-1900.      1901. 


9S8  RAILROAD  AND  ROAD  ENGINEERING 

ASSOCIATION    OF    RAILWAY    SUPERINTENDENTS 
OF  BRIDGES  AND  BUILDINGS. 
Proceedings    of    the    annual    meeting    (ist-2d,    5th-date), 

1891-92,  1895-date.     1891-date r625.os  A84 

EASTERN  maintenance  of  way  association.  See  New  Eng- 
land roadmasters'  association. 

LOCOMOTIVE  engineering;  a  practical  journal  of  railway 
motive  power  and  rolling  stock;  monthly,  v.i-date. 
1888-date qr625.05  L76 

V.  14-date  title  reads  "Railway  and  locomotive  engineering." 

NEW  ENGLAND  RAILROAD  CLUB. 

Proceedings;  monthly.     1897-date r625.o5  N26 

No  meetings  are  held  from  June  to  September. 

NEW  ENGLAND  ROADMASTERS'  ASSOCIATION. 

Proceedings,     v. 13-18.     1895-1900 r625.05  N2612 

In    1898  the   name  of  the  society  became  "Eastern  maintenance  of  way 

association." 
No  more  published. 

NEW  YORK  RAILROAD  CLUB. 

Official  proceedings;  monthly,  Nov.  1900-date.    v.ii-date. 

1901-date    r625.o5  N261 

NORTH-WEST  RAILWAY  CLUB. 

Official  proceedings,  Sept.  1896-date.    v.2,  no.3-date.    1896- 

date   r625.o5  N45 

v.2,  no. 4-9;  V.3,  no.5-6;  V.4,  no. I,  6-7,  proceedings  for  Oct.   1896-March 
1897,  Feb. -March,  Oct.   1898,  March-April  1899  wanting. 

PACIFIC  COAST  RAILWAY  CLUB. 

Official  proceedings;  monthly,    v.i-date.    1899-date r625.o5  P12 

RAILROAD  and  engineering  journal;   monthly.     v.6i-date. 

1887-date    qr625.os  R1574 

The  "American  railroad  journal"  and  "Van  Nostrand's  eclectic  engineer- 
ing   magazine"     have     been    consolidated     in    this    publication.       The 
volume  number  is  that  of  the  "American  railroad  journal." 
V. 67-69,  title  reads  "American  engineer  and  railroad  journal." 
v.7o-date,    title    reads    "American    engineer,    car    builder    and    railroad 
journal." 

RAILROAD  gazette;  weekly.     v.4-date.     1872-date.  . .  .qr625.05  R1S72 
RAILWAY  age;  weekly.     v.i8-date.     1893-date qr625.05  R1575 

V.21-30,   1896-1900,  wanting. 

RAILWAY  and  engineering  review;  weekly.    v.26-date.    1886- 

date   qr625.05  R157 

v.26-37,  no.   13  title  reads  "Railway  review." 
RAILWAY  and  locomotive  engineering.    See    Locomotive 

engineering. 
RAILWAY  engineering  and  mechanics.    See    Railway  master 

mechanic. 
RAILWAY  era;  a  monthly  journal  of  railway  management, 

equipment     and     operation,     Mar.-Aug.     1899.       v.21. 

1899  qr625.05   Ri573 

RAILWAY    master    mechanic;    monthly.      v.i3-date.      1890- 

date   qr625.05  R1571 

Being  a  continuation  of  "Railway  purchasing  agent." 

v.  17-18,  no.s  title  reads  "Railway  engineering  and  mechanics." 

V.18,  no.6,  June  1895,  wanting. 

RAILWAY  review.     See    Railway  and  engineering  review. 


6i 


RAILROAD  AND  ROAD  ENGINEERING  959 

ROADMASTERS'  ASSOCIATION  OF  AMERICA. 

Proceedings  of  the  annual  convention  (5th-8th,  loth,  I2th- 

date),  1887-1890,  1892,  1894-date.     1887-date r625.o5  R53p 

.  With  the  19th  convention  the  name  changed  to  Roadmasters'  and  main- 
tenance of  way  association  of  America. 

Reports  adopted  and  papers  accepted  at  the  conventions 

from  1883  to  1893,  inclusive.     1894 r625.05  R53 

ST.  LOUIS  RAILWAY  CLUB. 

Official  proceedings;  monthly,  June  1898-date.     v.3-date. 

1898-date r625.o5  S14 

April  1899  wanting. 

TRAVELING  ENGINEERS'  ASSOCIATION. 

Proceedings   of  the   annual   convention    (ist-date),    1893- 

date.     1893-date r62S.05  T69 

ist— 3d  title  reads  "Report  of  proceedings  of  the  annual  convention." 
Proceedings  of  the  9th  convention,   1901,  wanting. 

WESTERN  RAILWAY  CLUB. 

Proceedings,  Sept.  i889^date.    v.2-date.     1889-date r625.05  W56 

V.2,  no.2-8;  v.3,  no.3-4;  v.4,  no.i-6,  8-9;  v.5,  no.2-3;  v.6,  no.6-8;  v.7, 
no.i,  3-9;  V.8,  no.3-4,  6-9;  V.9,  no.5-6,  9;  v.io,  no.1-2  wanting. 

625.1     Route.     Road-bed.     Track 

MILLS,  William  Hemingway. 

Railvi^ay  construction.     1898 625.1  M69 

SIMMS,  Frederick  Walter,  ed. 

Public  works  of  Great  Britain,    pt.i.    1836 qr62S.i  S59 

pt.  I.      Railways. 

SMITH,  Cecil  B. 

Railway  engineering.     1899 625.1  S64 

TRATMAN,  Edward  Ernest  Russell. 

Railway  track  and  track  work.     1897. 625.1  T68 

WEBB,  Walter  Loring. 

Railroad  construction,  theory  and  practice;  a  text-book  for 

students  in  colleges  and  technical  schools.     1903 625.1  W36 

The  same.     1900 r625.i  W36 

Primarily    a   student's    text-book    of    railway    location    and    construction. 
Gives  a  condensed  survey  of  all  departments  of  work. 

625.11     Surveying.     Location 

CRANDALL,  Charles  Lee. 

Transition    curve;    by    offsets    and    by    deflection    angles. 

1899   r625.11   C86 

HENCK,  John  Benjamin. 

Field-book  for  railroad  engineers.     1896 625.08  H43 

SEARLES,  William  Henry. 

Field  engineering;  a  hand-book  of  the  theory  and  practice 

of  railway  surveying,  location  and  construction.    1900.  .625.11  S43 

The  same.     1898 r625.11  S43f 

The  railroad  spiral;  the  theory  of  the  compound  transition 
curve  reduced  to  practical  formulas,  and  rules  for  appli- 
cation in  field  work,  with  complete  tables  of  deflections 
and  ordinates  for  500  spirals.     1897 r625.11  S43 


96o  RAILROAD  AND  ROAD  ENGINEERING 

TRAUTWINE,  John  Cresson. 

Field  practice  of  laying  out  circular  curves  for  railroads. 

1897   625.11   T69 

WELLINGTON,  Arthur  Mellen. 

Economic  theory  of  the  location  of  railways.     1893 625.11  W49 

The  same.     1877 r625.11  W49 

625.12-625.16     Earthwork.     Track.     Rails 

ALLEN,  Calvin  Frank. 

Tables  for  earthwork  computation.     1893 r62$.i2  A42 

CARNEGIE  STEEL  CO.  Pittsburgh. 

Standard  steel  rails  and  splice  bars  manufactured  by  Car- 
negie steel  company.     1900 r625.i4  C21 

COLE,  William  Henry.    " 

Notes  on  permanent-way  material,  platelaying,  and  points 
and  crossings,  with  a  few  remarks  on  signalling  and 

interlocking.     1896 625.14  C6S 

HAARMANN,  A. 

Das  eisenbahn-geleise.    v.1-2,  in  3.     1891-1902 qr625.i4  Hii 

v.i.     Geschichtlicher  theil.  v.2.     Kritischer  theil. 

Thorough  history  of  the  genesis  and  development  of  railway  track  work. 
Profusely  illustrated. 

HUNTINGTON,  William  S. 

Road-master's  assistant  and  section-master's  guide.  1878.  .625.14  H94 

The  same.     1878 r625.i4  H94 

Directions  for  track  laying,  ballasting  and  repairing. 

KINDELAN,  J. 

Trackman's  helper;  a  book  of  instruction  for  track  fore- 
men.    1900 625.14  K26 

MOXHAM,  A.J. 

Special  paper  on  "Experiments  on  the  expansion  of  continu- 
ous rails."     1892 r62i.33  P49 

'  Advance  copy,   published   for  discussion  at  the  regular  meeting  of  the 

American  street-railway  association,   Cleveland,  O.,  Oct.  19-21,  1892. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PAINE,  George  Hebard. 

New  roadmaster's  assistant,  a  manual  of  reference  for 
those  having  to  do  with  the  permanent  way  of  American 

railroads.    1898 .r625.i4  P16 

GLOVER,  James. 

Formulae  for  railway  crossings  and  switches.     1896 r625.is  G51 

JONES,  Willis  S. 

Items  of  interest  on  ties  and  tie  plates;  a  discussion  on  the 
present  and  future  of  ties  and  tie  renewals  from  actual 
conditions  on  existing  roads.     1897 r625.i6  J41 

625.18    Buildings.    Stations 

BERG,  Walter  G. 

Buildings  and  structures  of  American  railroads;  a  refer- 
ence book  for  railroad  managers,  superintendents,  mas- 
ter    mechanics,     engineers,     architects     and     students. 


STREET  RAILWAYS  961 

1893  q62S.i8  B4S 

The  same.     1893 qr625.i8  B4S 


625.25     Brakes 

AIR-BRAKE  ASSOCIATION. 

Proceedings    of    the    annual    convention    (5th,    8th-date), 

1898,  1901-date.     1898-date r625.2S  A29 

In  1898  called  the  Association  of  railroad  air-brake  men. 
BLACKALL,  Robert  Henry. 

Up-to-date  air-brake  catechism.     1899 .625.25  B51 

NEW  YORK  (state) — Railroad  commissioners,  Board  of. 
Report   of   competitive   tests   of   street   car   brakes,    1899. 

1900   r625.2S  N26 

WESTINGHOUSE  AIR  BRAKE  CO. 

Catalogue.     1898 ' qr625.25  W56W 

Instruction  book;   the   quick  action  automatic  brake. 

1890  r625.25  W56i 


625.48     Subways 

BOSTON  TRANSIT  COMMISSION. 

Annual   report    (ist-date),  for  the  year   ending  Aug.    15, 

i89S-date.     i89S-date r625.48  B64 


625.6     Street  railways 

AMERICAN  STREET-RAILWAY  ASSOCIATION,  pub. 

[Collection   of   pamphlets   of  decisions   in   street  railway 

cases.]      [1884-94.] r625.6  Asi 

AUCAMUS,  A.  &  Galine,  L. 

Tramways  et  automobiles.     1900 625.6  A8g 

Bibliographical  note,  p. lo. 

Clear  condensed  descriptions  of  the  different  systems  of  propulsion,  and 
of  the  leading  types  of  mechanical  arrangements,  tracks,  rolling- 
stock,  etc. 

BROOKS,  John  Pascal. 

Handbook  of  street-railroad  location.    1898 r625.6  B77 

DUMONT,  Georges. 

Automobiles  sur  rails.     [1898.]     (Encyclopedic  scientifique 

des  aide-memoire.) r625.6  D89 

Bibliography,  p.174-182. 

FAIRCHILD,  C.  B. 

Street  railways;  their  construction,  operation  and  main- 
tenance, (trams);  a  practical  handbook  for  street  rail- 
way men.     1892 qr625.6  F15 

PRATT,  Mason  Delano,  &  Alden,  C.  A. 

Street-railway  roadbed.     1898 625.6  P88 

WRIGHT,  Augustine  W. 

American   street  railways;   their  construction,   equipment 

and  maintenance.     1888 r625.6  W93 


962  ROADS.    HIGHWAYS 

AMERICAN  STREET-RAILWAY  ASSOCIATION. 

Verbatim  report  of  the  annual  meeting  (ist,  3d-date),  1882, 

1884-date.     1883-date r625.6oS  A51 

AMERICAN  street  railway  investments;  a  supplement  to 
Street  railway  journal;  annual.  6th  annual  volume- 
date.     i8g9-date qr6s6.673   A512 

STREET   railway   journal;    monthly,    Nov.    1884-date.     v.i- 

date.     1885-date qr625.6os  S91 

An  annual  supplement  is  issued  under  the  title  "American  street  railway 
investments." 

STREET  railway  review;  monthly,  v.i-date.   1891-date.  .qr625.6oS  S91S 
VIENNA,  VEREIN  FUR  DIE  FORDERUNG  DES  LOCAL- 
UND  STRASSENBAHNWESENS. 

Mittheilungen;  [monthly],    v.i-date.     1893-date qr625.6o5  V31 

EASTON,  Alexander. 

Practical    treatise    on    street    or    horse-power    railways. 

1859   r625.63   E18 


625.7     Roads.     Highways 

AITKEN,  Thomas. 

Road  making  and  maintenance;  a  practical  treatise  for  en- 
gineers, surveyors  and  others,  with  an  historical  sketch 

of  ancient  and  modern  practice.     1900 625.7  A31 

Thorough  treatise  on  British  methods.     Includes  street  paving.     Author 
is  (1900)  president  of  the  Road  surveyors'  association  of  Scotland. 

BYRNE,  Austin  Thomas. 

Treatise  on  highway  construction.     1900 625.7  B99t2 

Bibliography,  p.  5-8. 

The  same.     1897 r625.7  B99 

Bibliography,  p.  3-6. 

A   standard   work  on   road  and  street  construction,   paving  and  mainte- 
nance.    Designed  for  use  both  as  a  text-book  and  for  reference. 

CODRINGTON,  Thomas. 

Maintenance  of  macadamised  roads.     1892 625.7  C65 

GILLESPIE,  William  Mitchell. 

Manual    of   the    principles    and   practice    of   road-making, 
comprising  the  location  and  construction  of  roads  and 

railroads.     1848 r625.7   G41 

GILLETTE,  Halbert  Powers. 

Economics  of  road  construction.     1901 625.7  G41 

Brief  practical  treatise  on  modern  methods. 
GILLMORE,Quincy  Adams. 

Practical  treatise  on  roads,  streets  and  pavements.     1890.  .625.7  G42 
HERSCHEL,  Clemens,  &  North,  E.  P. 

Science  of  road  making,  by  Clemens  Herschel;  Construc- 
tion and  maintenance  of  roads,  by  E.  P.  North.    1894.  .r625.7  H47 
LOVE,  E.  G.  comp. 

Pavements  and  roads;  their  construction  and  maintenance. 

1890   625.7  L93 

Compilation  of  articles  which  have  appeared  in  "Engineering  and  build- 
ing record." 

McADAM,  John  Loudon. 

Remarks  on  the  present  system  of  road  making.     1821 .  .  .r625.7  Mil 


ROADS.     HIGHWAYS  963 

MASSACHUSETTS — Highway  commission. 

Annual  report  (gth-date),  for  the  year   1901-date.     1902- 

date  T625.7  M45 

MAXWELL,  William  H. 

Construction  of  roads  and  streets,  with  historical  sketch  of 

the  development  of  the  art  of  road-making.     1899 625.7  M52 

"Very  complete  resume  of  the  English  practice."    Engineering  news,  1900. 

PENNSYLVANIA  UNIVERSITY. 

A  move  for  better  roads;  essays  on  roadmaking  and  main- 
tenance and  road  laws.    1891 625.7  P39 

POTTER,  Burton  Willis. 

The  road  and  the  roadside.     1893 625.7  P85 

ROCKWELL,  Alfred  Perkins. 

Roads  and  pavements  in  France.     1896 625.7  R58 

This  book  is  partly  the  result  of  personal  observation  by  the  writer  and 
partly  a  compilation  from  French  publications.  It  will  be  of  service 
to  all  who  are  interested  in  the  improvement  of  our  highways. 

SHALER,  Nathaniel  Southgate. 

American  highways;  a  popular  account  of  their  condition 
and    of   the    means   by   which   they   may   be    bettered. 

1896    625.7   SS2 

"List  of  important  works  on  highway  construction,"  p. 292-293. 
SPALDING,  Frederick  Putnam. 

Text-book  on  roads  and  pavements.     1895 625.7  S73 

STONE,  Roy. 

New  roads  and  road  laws  in  the  United  States.    1894 625.7  S87 

TILLSON,  George  William. 

Street  pavements  and  paving  materials;  a  manual  of  city 
pavements,  the  methods  and  materials  of  their  con- 
struction.    1900 ■ 625.7  T46 

Describes  the  evolution  of  the  different  forms  of  pavement  and  the 
kinds  now  used.  Author  is  principal  assistant  engineer.  Department 
of  highways,  Brooklyn,  (1900). 

UNITED  STATES — Foreign  commerce  bureau. 

Streets  and  highways  in  foreign  countries.    1891.     (Special 

consular   reports.) 625.7   U25 

The  same.    1891.    (In  its  Special  consular  reports,  v.3.)  .  .r382  U25S  v.3 
UNITED  STATES— Road  inquiries  office. 

Bulletin,    no.i-date.     1894-date r625.7  U25 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p.213;  kept  at  the  reference  desk, 
no.  2  wanting. 

625.8     Pavements 

BURKE,  Milo  Darwin. 

Brick  for  street  pavements;  an  account  of  tests  made  of 
brick  and  paving  blocks,  with  a  brief  discussion  of 
street  pavements  and  the  method  of  constructing  them. 
1894   625.8  B91 

MUNICIPAL  engineering;   monthly,  June    1891-date.     v.2- 

date.     1892-date qr625.8  P32 

V.  1-12  title  reads  "Paving  and  municipal  engineering." 

PAVING  and  municipal  engineering.     See     Municipal  engi- 
neering. 


964  CANAL  ENGINEERING 

BRICK  roadways;  quarterly,    v.1-2,  in  i.    1891-93 qr62S.84  B74 

POLYTECHNIC;  monthly,  March  2,1901.  v.17,  no.4.  1901.  .qr625.8s  P77 

Consists  chiefly  of  an  article  by  P.  W.  Henry  entitled  "Some  facts  re- 
lating to  the  asphalt  paving  industry." 

625,9     Ship-railways 

CORTHELL,  Elmer  Lawrence. 

Tehuantepec  route;  lecture  before  the  National  geographic 
society,  at  Washington,  Nov.  22,  1895.  1895.  (United 
States.    54th  cong.  ist  sess.    Senate.    Doc.  no.34.)  . . .  .r62S.9  C82 


626     Canal  engineering 


INTERNATIONAL  CONGRESS  OF  NAVIGATION. 
Compte-rendu    des    travaux    du    congres    (6e),    La    Haye, 

1894.     1894 qr626  I24 

Questions  discussed  at  the  6th  International  inland  naviga- 
tion congress,  held  at  The  Hague,  1894.  2v.  1894.  . .  .qr626  l24q 
V.I.  Construction  of  ship  canals  affording  operation  at  high  speed,  by 
Herr  Grohe. — Construction  of  navigation  canals  affording  opera- 
tion at  high  speed,  by  M.  Derome. — Protection  of  canal  banks  in 
the  Netherlands,  by  H.  Wortman. — The  plant  of  French  inland  nav- 
igation ports,  by  A.  Monet  and  E.  Dardenne. — The  port  of  Rotter- 
dam, by  G.  J.  de  Jongh. — The  port  of  Amsterdam,  by  J.  A.  Schuur- 
man. — Means  for  preventing  ice  blockades,  by  Georges  Narten,  by 
C.  F.  Cramer,  by  Cameree  and  P.  Rigaux,  and  by  A.  A.  Bekaar  and  J. 
Nelemans. — The  clearing  away  of  ice  in  the  estuaries  of  tidal  and 
non-tidal  rivers,  by  Maurice  Dibos. — Efforts  to  clear  the  ice  on 
some  of  the  Dutch  rivers,  by  C.  B.  Schuurman  and  A.  C.  Burgdorf- 
fer. — Traction  and  propulsion  upon  canals,  canalized  rivers  and 
rivers  of  natural  flow,  by  E.  H.  Stieltjes. — Traction  and  propulsion 
on  canals,  canalized  rivers  and  on  free-current  rivers,  by  J.  Hirsch 
and  B.  de  Mas. — The  method  to  organize  different  systems  of  trac- 
tion on  rivers,  canals,  etc.,  by  A.  de  Bovet. 
V.2.  Tolls  on  navigable  ways,  by  Hans  Hatschek,  and  by  A.  D.  Dura. — 
Tolls  on  navigable  ways  in  France,  by  Maurice  Renaud. — Tolls  and 
taxes  on  navigable  ways  in  Belgium,  by  A.  Dufourny. — Connection 
between  the  depth  of  streams  and  river  beds,  by  R.  Jasmund. — Re- 
lation between  the  form  of  river  banks  and  the  nature  of  the  chan- 
nel, by  P.  Mengin-Lecreulx  and  G.  Guiard. — Relations  between  the 
configuration  of  rivers  and  the  depths  of  their  channels,  by  R.  J. 
Castendijk  and  others. — River  currents  and  the  configuration  of 
river  beds,  by  L.  Leliavski. — Observations  on  the  formation  of  the 
bottom  of  a  river  whose  course  is  regulated  by  means  of  dams  and 
dikes,  by  Nikolas  Maksimovitch. — The  regulation  of  rivers  at  low 
water,  by  Herr  Seidel,  by  H.  Girardon,  and  by  P.  W.  van  der  Sley- 
den  and  R.  J.  Castendijk. — The  cataracts  of  the  Dnieper,  by  V.  E. 
de  Timonoff. — Influence  de  la  forme  des  bateaux  et  de  I'etat  de 
leur  surface  sur  la  resistance  a  la  traction,  by  J.  V.  Mendes  Guer- 
reiro. — The  new  waterway  to  Rotterdam,  by  W.  G.  Triest. — Was- 
serverbrauch  und  speisung,  sowie  dichtungsarbeiten  am  Oder-Spree- 
kanale,  by  Schultz. 

Report  by  E.  L.  Corthell,  delegate  of  the  United  States  to 
the  7th  International  congress  of  navigation,  held  at 
Brussels,   Belgium,  July   1898.      1900.      (United   States. 

S6th  cong.  1st  sess.     Senate.     Doc.  no.30.) r626  I248 

"The  congress  at  Brussels  was  the  first  to  combine  inland  and  mari- 
time navigation.  Previously  there  had  been  held  at  irregular  intervals 
two  congresses,  one  an  inland  congress  and  the  other  a  maritime 
congress.  The  first  series  held  its  first  congress  at  Brussels  in  1885 
. .  .There  have  been  held  two  congresses  on  maritime  navigation,  the 
first  at  Paris  in  1889,  the  second  at  London  in  1893." 


SHIP-CANALS  965 


626.8     Irrigation  engineering 

NEWELL,  Frederick  Haynes. 

Irrigation  in  the  United  States.  1902.  (Library  of  eco- 
nomics and  politics.) 626.8   N27 

"Somewhat  elementary  and  popular  description  of  irrigation."    Preface. 
WILSON,  Herbert  Michael. 

Manual  of  irrigation  engineering.     1897 626.8  W76 

Contains  several  bibliog^raphies. 
The  same.     1897 1626.8  W76 

626.9     Ship-canals 

ABBOT,  Henry  Larcom. 

Present  status  of  the  Panama  canal.     1898 626.9  A13 

Reprinted  from  the  "Engineering  news,"  Oct.  6,  1898. 
DAVIS,  Charles  Henry,  1807-77. 

Letter  of  the  secretary  of  the  navy  communicating  a  report 
of  C.  H.  Davis  in  relation  to  the  various  proposed  lines 
for  interoceanic  canals  and  railroads  between  the  At- 
lantic and  Pacific  oceans.     1866.     (United  States.     39th 

cong.  1st  sess.    Senate.     Ex.  doc.  no.62.) r626.9  D31 

List  of  the  principal  authorities  relating  to  projects  of  interoceanic  com- 
munication through  the  American  isthmuses,  p.24-28. 

FITZGERALD,  Percy. 

The  great  canal  at  Suez.    2v.    1876 r626.9  FS7 

HUNTER,  William  Henry. 

American  isthmus  and  the  interoceanic  canal.    1899 626.9  A13 

Reprinted  from  "Engineering  magazine,"  Feb.  and  March  1899. 
Bound  with  Abbot's  "Present  status  of  the  Panama  canal." 
HURST,  Thomas  Wright,  comp. 

Isthmus  of  Panama,  Nicaragua,  canal  routes,  etc.    1898.  .qr626.9  H95 
MENOCAL,  Aniceto  G. 

Report  of  the  U.  S.  Nicaragua  surveying  party,  1885.  1886. 
(United  States.    49th  cong.  ist  sess.    Senate.     Ex.  doc. 

no.99.)    qr626.9  M62 

MICHLER,  Nathaniel. 

Report  of  the  survey  for  an  interoceanic  ship  canal  near 
the  Isthmus  of  Darien.    2v.    1861.    (United  States.    36th 

cong.  2d  sess.    Senate.    Ex.  doc.  no.9.) r626.9  M66 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Maps. 

NEW  PANAMA  CANAL  CO. 

Final   and   definite   report   of  the   International   technical 

commission.     1898 qr626.9  N26 

PITTSBURGH,  CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE. 

Lake  Erie  and  Ohio  river  ship  canal;  report  of  the  pro- 
visional committee.     1897 626.9  P67 

The  same.    1897 r626.9  P67 

RAMIREZ,  Jose  Fernando. 

Memorias,  negociaciones  y  documentos,  para  servir  a  la 
historia  de  las  diferencias  que  han  suscitado  entre  Mex- 
ico y  los  Estados-Unidos,  los  tenedores  del  antiguo 
privilegio,    concedido    para    la    communicacion    de    los 


966  SHIP-CANALS 


mares   Atlantico  y  Pacifico  por  el  Istmo  de  Tehuan- 

tepec.     1853 qr626.9  R17 

SELFRIDGE,  Thomas  Oliver. 

Reports  of  explorations  and  surveys  to  ascertain  the  prac- 
ticability of  a  ship-canal  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pa- 
cific  oceans    by   the    way   of   the    Isthmus    of   Darien. 

1874.     (United  States — Navy  department.) qr626.9  S46 

SHUFELDT,  Robert  Wilson. 

Reports  of  explorations  and  surveys  to  ascertain  the  prac- 
ticability of  a  ship-canal  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pa- 
cific oceans  by  the  way  of  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuante- 
pec,  made  under  the  direction  of  the  secretary  of  the 
navy.  1872.  (United  States.  42d  cong.  2d  sess.  Sen- 
ate.    Ex.  doc.  no. 6.) qr626.9  Ss6 

STEVENS,  Simon. 

New  route  of  commerce  by  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec; 
a  paper  read  before  the  American  geographical  so- 
ciety of  New  York,  Nov.  15,  1870.     1871 r626.9  S84 

Contains  also  "Report  of  the  American  scientific  commission  of  the  arti- 
ficial waterways  of  Europe,  with  special  reference  to  the  Tehuantepec 
railway  and  ship  canal,  Oct.  16,  1871." 

SULLIVAN,  John  T. 

Report  of  historical  and  technical  information  relating  to 
the  problem  of  interoceanic  communication  by  way  of 
the  American  isthmus,  by  order  of  the  Bureau  of  navi- 
gation. Navy  department.     1883 qr626.9  S95 

UNITED  STATES — Deep  waterways  board. 

Report  on  deep  waterways  between  Great  lakes  and  At- 
lantic tide  waters.     3v.     1900-01.     (56th  cong.     2d  sess. 

House.     Doc.  no. 149.) qr626.9  U2534 

v.i-2.     Text.  V.3.     Atlas. 

UNITED  STATES — Deep  waterways  commission. 

Report  prepared  at  Detroit,  Dec.  18-22,  1896,  by  the  com- 
missioners, J.  B.  Angell,  J.  E.  Russell,  L.  E.  Cooley. 
1897.     (54th  cong.  2d  sess.    House.    Doc.  no. 192.)  . .  .r626.9  U2S32 

Commission  was  appointed  to  make  inquiries  and  report,  after  conference 
with  a  similar  commission  appointed  by  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  con- 
cerning the  feasibility  of  the  construction  of  such  canals  as  will  enable 
vessels  engaged  in  ocean  commerce  to  pass  between  the  Great  lakes 
and  the  Atlantic  ocean,  the  most  convenient  location  and  the  probable 
cost  of  such  canals,  etc. 

UNITED  STATES— Engineers  corps. 

Survey  of  water-way  from  Lake  Michigan  to  the  Illinois 
river.     1890.     (51st  cong.   ist  sess.     House.     Ex.   doc. 

no. 264.)   r626.9  U2S33 

UNITED  STATES— Statistics  bureau. 

Great  canals  of  the  world.     1902.     (United  States — Statis- 
tics   bureau.      Monthly    summary    of    commerce    and 
finance  of  the  United  States,  Dec.  1901,  p.2143-2215.) .  .q626.9  U25 
The  same.     (In  United  States — Statistics  bureau.     Monthly 
summary  of  commerce  and  finance  of  the  United  States, 

May  1902,  p.403^4111.) qr382  U25m 

UNITED  STATES— Topographical  bureau. 

Canal,  Lake  Erie  to  Lake  Ontario;  letter  from  the  secre- 


HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING  967 

tary  of  war  transmitting  report  of  the  Topographical 
bureau  in  relation  to  the  construction  of  a  canal  from 
Lake  Erie  to  Lake  Ontario,  Apr.  16,  1836.  1836. 
(24th  cong.  1st  sess.    House.    Doc.  no.214.) r626.9  U2535 

627     Hydraulic  engineering 

BLACK,  William  Murray. 

United  States  public  works;  a  summary  of  the  methods  of 
construction  and  character  of  materials  used  in  the 
public  works  under  charge  of  the  War  and  Treasury 

departments.      1895 ^627   B51 

COOLEY,  Lyman  Edgar. 

Lakes  and  gulf  waterway  as  related  to  the  Chicago  sanitary 
problem;  the  general  project  of  a  waterway  from  Lake 
Michigan  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico;  a  preliminary  report 
[submitted   to   the   board   of  trustees   of  the   Sanitary 

district  of  Chicago] .     1891 qr627  C78 

FIDLER,  Thomas  Claxton. 

Calculations  in  hydraulic  engineering;  a  practical  text- 
book.    2v.     1898-1902 q627  F45 

V.I.     Fluid   pressure,   and   the  calculation   of   its   effects   in  engineering 

structures. 
V.2.     Calculations  in  hydro-kinetics. 

HARCOURT,  Leveson  Francis  Vernon-. 

Rivers  and  canals;  the  flow,  control  and  improvement  of 
rivers,  and  the  design,  construction  and  development 
of    canals    both    for    navigation    and    irrigation,    with 
statistics  of  the  traffic  on  inland  waterways.    2v.     1896.  .627  H2S 
INSTITUTION  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS. 

Theory  and  practice  of  hydro-mechanics;  lectures,  1884- 

1885.     188s r627  I24 

Contents:  Evans,  John.  Physiography. — Pole,  William.  Water-supply. 
— Unwin,  W.  C.  Water-motors. — Hartley,  Sir  C.  A.  Inland  naviga- 
tion in  Europe. — Stevenson,  Thomas.  Tides  and  coast-works. — Reed, 
Sir  E.  J.     Forms  of  ships. 

INTERNATIONAL  ENGINEERING  CONGRESS, 
Glasgow,  1901. 
Proceedings  of  section  2:  Waterways  and  maritime  works. 

1902   r627   I248 

STEVENSON,  David. 

Principles   and   practice   of   canal   and   river   engineering. 

1886 q627  S84 

UNITED  STATES— Engineers  corps. 

Annual  report  of  the  chief  of  engineers,  1867-date.     1867- 

date qr627  U253 

Index,  1866-1900.     1903. 

This  report  forms  a  part  of  the  report  of  the  secretary  of  war  and  earlier 

reports  will  be  found  bound  with  his  reports,              r3S3.6  U2S. 
Appendixes   to   this   report  contain   the   reports   of   individual   engineers, 
and  reports  of  the  Missouri  and  Mississippi  river  commissions. 
Appropriations  and  expenditures  for  rivers  and  harbors;  a 
report  of  the  chief  of  engineers,  relative  to  the  expendi- 
tures for  rivers  and  harbors.    1884.    (48th  cong.  ist  sess. 
House.     Doc.  no.64.) qr627  U2532 


968  RIVERS.    HARBORS 

WHEELER,  William  Henry. 

Tidal   rivers;    their   hydraulics,    improvement,   navigation. 

1893  627  W61 

Bibliography,  p.16-21,  427-429. 

627.1     Rivers 

ELLET,  Charles. 

Mississippi  and  Ohio  rivers;  containing  plans  for  the  pro- 
tection of  the  delta  from  inundation,  and  investigations 
of  the  practicability  and  cost  of  improving  the  naviga- 
tion of  the  Ohio  and  other  rivers  by  means  of  reser- 
voirs.    1853 627.1   E51 

Reports  originally  made  to  the  United  States  war  department. 
ROBERTS,  William  Milnor. 

Practical  views  on  the  proposed  improvement  of  the  Ohio 

river;  w^ith  remarks  by  Ellwood  Morris.     1857 627.1  R53 

Appeared  in  the  "Journal  of  the  Franklin  institute,"  v.64-€s. 
UNITED  STATES — Commerce  committee. 

Report  on  the  Mississippi  river  floods,  pursuant  to  S.  R. 
76,   55th   cong.    1st   sess.      1898.      (S5th   cong.    3d    sess. 

Senate.    Report  no. 1433.) r627.i  U2532 

UNITED  STATES— Engineers  corps. 

Report  of  a  survey  of  the  Allegany  river  from  Olean,  N.  Y. 
to  Pittsburg,  by  G.  W.  Hughes;  with  the  report  of  the 
survey,  by  Col.  Kearney,  from  Pittsburg  to  the  French 
creek,  at  Franklin,  made  in  1829.    March  23,  1838.    1838. 

(25th  cong.  2d  sess.     House.     Doc.  no. 343.) r38o  U2532 

Col.    Kearney's   report   was  previously  printed  as   House  doc.   265,   22d 

cong.   I  St  sess. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
UNITED  STATES — Mississippi  river  commission. 

Reports,  1881-1883.     [i882]-84 r627.i  U2S 

The  same,  1880-date.     (In  United  States — Engineers  corps. 

Annual  report  of  the  chief  of  engineers,  1881-date.) .  .qr627  U2S3 

Report  of  1880  is  a  preliminary  report.  Two  reports  were  issued  in 
1 88 1,  in  January  and  November.  Supplemental  reports  were  issued 
in  1885-88. 
"Chiefly  occupied  with  technical  details  of  engineering  operations,  but.  .  . 
also  include  occasional  descriptions  and  illustrations  of  the  g:reat 
river  not  to  be  found  elsewhere.  The  maps  are  of  great  value." 
Larned's  Literature  of  American  history. 
UNITED  STATES— Missouri  river  commission. 

Annual  report  (ist-date),  1884-date.  (In  United  States — 
Engineers  corps.  Annual  report  of  the  chief  of  engi- 
neers,  i88s-date.) qr627   U253 


627.2-627.4     Harbors.     Docks.     Locks 

POWELL,  Charles  Francis. 

Improvement  of  harbor  at  Pittsburg,  Pa.,  of  Allegheny 
river,  Pa.,  and  of  Monongahela  river.  West  Virginia 
and  Pennsylvania;  report  for  the  fiscal  year  ending 
June  30,  1899,  with  other  documents  relating  to  the 
works.      1899.      (In    United    States — Engineers    corps. 


DAMS.     RESERVOIRS  969 

Annual   report   of   the   chief   of   engineers,    1899,   pt.3, 

p.2373-2451.)    qr627  U253 

UNITED    STATES— Deep-water   harbor   in   southern    Cali- 
fornia, Board  for  locating 

Report  by  board  appointed  to  locate  a  deep-water  harbor 
at  Port  Los  Angeles  or  at  San  Pedro,  Cal.,  recommend- 
ing that  the  harbor  be  established  at  San  Pedro,  April 
I,    1897.      1897.      (SSth   cong.    1st   sess.     Senate.     Doc. 

no.i8.)   r627.2  U25 

HIGHBORN,  Philip. 

Report  on  European  dock-yards.    1889 qr627.3  H52 

The  same.     1886 627.3  H52 

NEWMAN,  John. 

Earthwork  slips  and  subsidences  upon  public  works;  their 
causes,  prevention  and  reparation;  especially  written  to 
assist  those  engaged  in  the  construction  or  maintenance 
of  railways,  docks,  canals,  roads,  waterworks,  river- 
banks,  reclamation  embankments,  drainage  works,  etc. 
1890  627.4  N28 

627.8     Dams.     Reservoirs.     Retaining  vsralls 

GOULD,  Edward  Sherman,  civil  engineer. 

High    masonry    dams.      1897.      (Van    Nostrand's    science 

series.)    627.8  G73 

KRANTZ,  Jean  Baptiste  Sebastien. 

Study  on  reservoir  walls.     1883 627.8  K41 

SCHUYLER,  James  Dix. 

Reservoirs  for  irrigation,  water-power  and  domestic  water- 
supply,  with  an  account  of  various  types  of  dams  and 
the  methods  and  plans  of  their  construction;  together 
with  a  discussion  of  the  available  water-supply  for  irri- 
gation in  various  sections  of  arid  America;  the  distribu- 
tion, application  and  use  of  water;  the  rainfall  and  run- 
off, the  evaporation  from  reservoirs;  the  effect  of  silt 
upon  reservoirs,  etc.     1901 q627.8  S39 

Describes  very  few  works  with  which  the  author,  who  has  been  profes- 
sionally connected  with  most  of  the  great  irrigation  enterprises  of  the 
country,  is  not  personally  acquainted.  Profusely  illustrated  with  draw- 
ings and  photog:raphs. 

WEGMANN,  Edward. 

Design  and  construction  of  dams,  including  masonry, 
earth,  rock-fill  and  timber  structures,  also  the  principal 

types  of  movable  dams.     1899 q627.8  W44 

Bibliography,  p. 2 3 9-243. 

"Greatest  value  is  the  discussion  of  the  author's  so-called  practical  profile 

for   masonry    dams.      This    ir,   more    readily   calculated    than   those   of 
.   Rankine,  Delocre,  Krantz  and  others,  and  is  probably  just  as  safe  and 

economical  of  material."     Engineering  record,  1899. 

WILLCOCKS,  William. 

Nile  reservoir  dam  at  Assuan,  and  after.     1901 qr627.8  W73 

Not  a  detailed  technical  description  of  the  dam,  but  an  interesting  state- 
ment of  the  reasons  for  building  it  and  of  the  great  advantages  to 
result  from  its  construction. 


970  MUNICIPAL  AND  SANITARY  ENGINEERING 

HOWE,  Malverd  Abijah. 

Retaining-walls  for  earth,  including  the  theory  of  earth- 
pressure  as  developed  from  the  ellipse  of  stress,  with  a 

short  treatise  on  foundations.     1896 627.81   H85 

MERRIMAN,  Mansfield. 

Text-book  on  retaining  walls  and  masonry  dams.     1893.  .627.81  M63 


627.9     Lighthouses 

ELLIOT,  George  Henry. 

Report  of  a  tour  of  inspection  of  European   light-house 
establishments,   made   in   1873.     1874.      (United   States. 

43d  cong.  1st  sess.    Senate.     Ex.  doc.  no. 54.) r627.9  E52 

JOHNSON,  Arnold  Burges. 

Modern  light-house  service.     1889 (\r627.g  J35 

Treasury  department.     Doc.  no.  1270. 
UNITED  STATES— Hydrographic  office.   ' 

List  of  lights  of  the  world,     v.2-3.     1900-01.      ([Publica- 
tions] ,  no. 31-32.) qr627.9  U25 

V.2.  South  and  east  coasts  of  Asia  and  Africa  and  the  East  Indies,  in- 
cluding Australia,  Tasmania  and  New  Zealand;  corrected  to  Sept.  22, 
1900. 
V.3.  West  coast  of  Africa  and  Europe  and  the  Mediterranean  sea,  in- 
cluding the  Adriatic,  the  Black  sea  and  the  Sea  of  Azov;  corrected 
to  July   13,   1901. 

628     Municipal  and  sanitary  engineering 

BOULNOIS,  Henry  Percy. 

Municipal  and  sanitary  engineers'  handbook.     1898 628  B65 

GERHARD,  William  Paul. 

Guide  to  sanitary  house-inspection;  or.   Hints  and  helps 
regarding  the   choice   of  a   healthful   home   in  city  or 

country.     1895 628  G31 

Sanitary  engineering.     1898 628  G31S 

GOODHUE,  W.  F. 

Municipal  improvements;  a  manual  of  the  methods,  utility 

and  cost  of  public  improvements.     1900 628  G62 

Concise  and  practical,  largely  omitting  technical  terms  and  mathematical 
tables  and  formulae.  Intended  to  assist  persons  not  having  an  en- 
gineering education  to  an  intelligent  understanding  of  the  subject. 

INTERNATIONAL  ENGINEERING  CONGRESS, 
Glasgow,  1901. 
Proceedings    of    section    7:    Municipal;    ed.    by    Thomas 

Cole.     1901 r628   I24 

MERRIMAN,  Mansfield. 

Elements  of  sanitary  engineering.     1898 628  M63 

Concise  and  clear  view  of  the  principles  underlying  the  best  practice. 
POORE,  George  Vivian. 

Essays  on  rural  hygiene.     1894 628  P81 

Contents:  The  concentration  of  population  in  cities. — On  the  short- 
comings of  some  modern  sanitary  methods. — "The  living  earth." — 
The  house. — Air. — Water. — Practical  details. — Personal  experiences  in 
a  country  town. — Personal  experiences,  (continued)  ;  water-supply. — 
Personal  experiences  in  a  London  suburb. — Burial. — The  story  of 
Bremontier. 


WATERWORKS.     WATER-SUPPLY  971 

MICHAEL,  William  Henry,  &  Will,  J.  S. 

On  the  law  relating  to  gas,  water  and  electric  lighting. 

1894 qr628.oo7  M66 

SANITARY  INSTITUTE  OF  GREAT  BRITAIN. 

Transactions,  1879-date.     v.i-date.     1880-date r628.o5  S22 

v.i-2  title  reads  "Reports"  of  third  and  fourth  congress. 
V.  15-date  title  reads  "Journal." 

V.  16  contains  "Papers  read  before  the  Sanitary  institute,  1876-94,"  being 
an  index  to  the  "Transactions,"  v.  1-15. 

628.1     Waterworks.     ^Vate^-supply 

BAKER,  Moses  Nelson. 

Potable  water  and  methods  of  detecting  impurities.    1899.  .628.1  B17 

Presents  clearly  and  briefly  the  essential  qualities  of  potable  water,  how 
it  may  be  obtained,  and  the  significance  of  chemical,  bacterial  and 
microscopical  tests  of  its  quality.  Discusses  the  value  of  pure  water, 
the  relations  between  water  and  disease,  and  typhoid  fever  records 
as  an  index  of  the  purity  or  impurity  of  public  water  supplies. 

CINCINNATI — Commissioners  of  waterworks. 

Report  on  the  investigations  into  the  purification  of  the 
Ohio  river  water,  for  the  improved  water  supply  of  the 
city  of  Cincinnati,  O.     1899 r628.i  C48 

Tests  were  made  of  several  systems  of  purification.  Full  reports  of  the 
results  are  given. 

FANNING,  John  Thomas. 

Practical  treatise  on  hydraulic  and  water-supply  engineer- 
ing.    1893 628.1  F21 

The  same.     1896 r628.i   F21 

FITZGERALD,  Desmond. 

Short  description  of  the  Boston  water-works.     1895 r628.l  F57 

FOLWELL,  Amory  Prescott. 

Water-supply  engineering;  the  designing,  construction  and 
maintenance    of   water-supply   systems,   both   city   and 

irrigation.     1900 628.1  F73 

The  same.     1900 r628.i    F73 

FUERTES,  James  Hillhouse. 

Water  and  public  health;  the  relative  purity  of  waters  from 

different  sources.     1897 628.1  F97 

GOODELL,  John. 

Water-works  for  small  cities  and  towns.    1899 628.1  G62 

Describes  standard  American  methods  of  design  and  construction.  In- 
tended to  be  available  for  officials  not  having  an  engineering  educa- 
tion, and  so  is  rather  elementary  in  treatment. 

GREENWELL,  Allan,  &  Curry,  W.  T. 

Rural  water  supply;  a  handbook  on  the  supply  of  water 
and  construction  of  waterworks  for  small  countrj-  dis- 
tricts.    1896 628.1  G85 

KONIG,  Joseph. 

.Die  verunreinigung  der  gewasser;  deren  schadliche  folgen 
sowie  die  reinigung  von  trink-  und  schmutzwasser.  2v. 
1899   r628.i   K37 

Especially  valuable  for  the  methods  of  treating  factory  waste-waters. 
The  different  industries  are  considered  separately,  the  most  suitable 
methods  of  purification  being  fully  described. 

McPHERSON,  John  Ambrose. 

Waterworks  distribution;  a  practical  guide  to  the  laying 


972  WATERWORKS.     WATER-SUPPLY 

out  of  systems  of  distributing  mains  for  the  supply  of 

water  to  cities  and  towns.     1900 628.1  M22 

Short  description  of  standard  British  practice  by  an  experienced  engineer. 
MANUAL   of   American    water-works,   with    summaries    for 
each  state  and  group  of  states;  ed.  by  M.  N.  Baker,  1888- 

91,  1897.     ist-4th  issue.     1889-97 r628.i  M34 

"Describing  works  as  they  have  been  developed  and  are  operated  day  by 

day    in    3,350   cities,    towns    and   villages   of   the    United    States    and 

Canada."     Prospectus. 

PHILADELPHIA — Commission   on  the  extension  and  im- 
provement of  the  water  supply. 

Report  to  the  mayor.    1899 r628.i  P49 

Rudolph  Hering,  Joseph  M.  Wilson  and  Samuel  M.  Gray  constituted  the 
commission. 

PITTSBURGH,  CHAMBER  OF  COMMERCE. 

Report  of  the  joint  commission  of  the  Chamber  of  com- 
merce of  Pittsburgh,  Engineers'  society  of  western 
Pennsylvania,  Allegheny  county  medical  society  and 
Iron  City  microscopical  society,  on  the  present  condi- 
tion and  improvement  of  the  water  supply  of  Alle- 
gheny county,  1894.     1894 r628.i  P67 

SISLEY,  Richard. 

London  water  supply.    1899 qr628.i  S62 

THRESH,  John  Clough. 

Water  and  water  supplies.     1896 628.1  T42 

TUDSBERY,  J.  H.  T.  &  Brightmore,  A.  W. 

Principles  of  waterworks  engineering.     1897.  • 628.1  T82 

TURNEAURE,  Frederick  Eugene,  &  Russell,  H.  L. 

Public  water  supplies;  requirements,  resources  and  the 
construction    of   works;   with   a    chapter   on   pumping- 

machinery,  by  D.  W.  Mead.     1901 628.1  T86 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Both  the  sanitary  and  construction  side  of  water-supply  are  included. 
"Without  attempting  to  take  up  the  endless  details  which  constitute  so 
large  a  part  of  water  supply  engineering,  but  which,  for  the  most  part, 
can  only  be  learned  by  actual  practice,  the  authors  have  stated  briefly 
the  principles  of  the  art,  and  have  usually  given  at  least  an  idea  of 
the  basis  upon  which  each  rests. .  .By  far  the  most  complete  treatment 
of  the  subject  which  has  yet  appeared."     Allen  Hasen,  1901. 

WEGMANN,  Edward. 

Water-supply  of  the  city  of  New  York,  1658-1895.    1896.  . qr628.i  W44 
OHIO— Health  board. 

Preliminary  report  of  an  investigation  of  rivers  and  deep 
ground  waters  of  Ohio  as  sources  of  public  water  sup- 
plies, 1897/98.     1898 r628.11  O18 

HAZLEHURST,  James  Nisbet. 

Towers  and  tanks  for  water- works;  the  theory  and  practice 

of  their  design  and  construction.     1901 628.12  H38 

BECHMANN,  G.  &  Launay,  Felix. 

Notice  sur  les  travaux  de  I'aqueduc  et  du  pare  agricole 

d'Acheres.     1897 qr628.i4  B36 

Extrait  des  "Annales  des  ponts  et  chaussees,"  zme  trimestre,  1897. 
UNITED  STATES— Washington  aqueduct  tunnel  committee. 
Report  of  the  joint  select  committee  to  investigate  the  work 
performed    upon    the    Washington    aqueduct    tunnel, 


WATERWORKS.    WATER-SUPPLY  973 

recommending  the  discontinuance  of  the  tunnel  and 
presenting  a  plan  for  improving  the  water  supply  of 
the  city  of  Washington;  with  appendix.     1889.     (50th 

cong.  2d  sess.    Senate.    Doc.  no. 2686.) r628.i4  U2S 

AMERICAN  WATER  WORKS  ASSOCIATION. 

Report  of  the  special  committee  on  electrolysis.    1900. . .  .628.15  A51 

The  same.     1900 r628.i5  A51 

Reprinted  from  the  "Proceedings  of  the  twentieth  annual  meeting  of  the 
American  water  works  association,"  1900. 

MAURY,  Dabney  H. 

Electrolysis  of  underground  metal  structures 628.15  A5T 

The  same r628.i5  A51 

Describes  the  effects  of  stray  electric  currents  on  water  and  gas  mains, 

etc.     Gives  results  of  a  number  of  tests. 
Bound  with  American  water  works  association's  "Report  of  the  special 
committee  on  electrolysis." 


628.16     Purification.     Filtration 

COLLET,  Harold. 

Water  softening  and  purification.     1895 628.16  C69 

Contents:     Water  supplies. — Water  for  steam  boilers. — Water  for  manu- 
facturing  and    technical   processes. — Chemistry   of   water    softening. — 
Reagents   for   softening  and   clarifying   water. — Clarification. — Drink- 
ing water. — Testing  water. — Tables. 
Practical  and  very  readable. 
COREIL,  Francois. 

L'eau    potable.      1896.      (Encyclopedic    de    chimie    indus- 

trielle.)    r628.i6  C81 

DELHOTEL,  E. 

Traite  de  I'epuration  des  eaux  naturelles  et  industrielles. 

1893   628.16  D39 

FUERTES,  James  Hillhouse. 

Water  filtration  works.     1901 .628.16  F97 

Study  of  the  engineering  features  of  the  design,  construction  and  opera- 
tion of  settling-basins,   slow  and   rapid   filters  and  clear-water   reser- 
voirs. 
"Compact  and  clear  manual,   equally  useful  to  the  designing  engineer 
and  the  general  reader."     Engineering  record,  1901. 

FULLER,  George  W. 

Report  on  the  investigations  into  the  purification  of  the 
Ohio  river  water  at  Louisville,  Ky.,  made  to  the  presi- 
dent and  directors  of  the   Louisville  water  company. 

1898   qr628.i6  F98 

GARRETT,  John  Henry. 

Action  of  water  on  lead;  au  inquiry  into  the  cause  and 

mode  of  the  action  and  its  prevention.    1891 628.16  G19 

HAZEN,  Allen. 

Filtration  of  public  water-supplies.     1895 628.16  H38 

Bibliography,  p.183-190. 

The  same.     1896 r628.i6  H38 

HILL,  John  W. 

Purification  of  public  water  supplies.     1898 628.16  H55 

Bibliography,  p.  290-293. 

The  same.     1898 r628.i6  HS5 

KRtJGER,  Richard. 

Die  filter  fur  haus  und  gewerbe;  mit  besonderer  beriick- 


974  WATERWORKS.     WATER-SUPPLY 

sichtigung  der  verschiedenen  verfahren  zur  untersu- 
chung,  klarung  und  reinigung  des  wassers  und  der 
wasserversorgung    von    stadten.      1886.      (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r628.i6  K42 

LA  COUX,  H.  de. 

L'eau  dans  I'industrie.     1900 qr628.i6  L12 

Contents :    Composition. — Influences. — Desordres. — Remedes. — Eaux  resi- 

duaires. — fipuration. — Analyse. 
Treats  of  the  effects  of  the  various  impurities  of  waters  on  their  use  for 

industrial  purposes  and  of  the  apparatus  and  processes  used  to  purify 

them. 

MASON,  Wiliam  Pitt. 

Water-supply,    (considered    principally    from    a    sanitary 

standpoint).      1902 628.16   M45W 

"Treatise  covering  very  well,  in  a  popular  way,  the  questions  relating  to 
the  sanitation  of  potable  waters." 
The  same.     1896 r628.i6  M45 

PITTSBURGH— Filtration  bureau. 

Contract  and  specifications  for  filters,  basins  and  appur- 
tenances situate  in  O'Hara  township,  Penna.;  contract 

no. I.     1902 r628.i6  P674 

PITTSBURGH— Filtration  commission. 

Report  of  the  Filtration  commission,  Jan.  1899.     1899.  ..  .628.16  P67 
The  same.     1899 r628.i6  P67 

Also  issued  as  an  appendix  to  the  "Municipal  record"  for  1898/99. 

PULLEN,  William  Wade  Fitzherbert. 

Water-softening  and  filtering  apparatus  for  locomotive 
purposes  at  the  Taff  vale  railway  company,  Penarth 
Dock  station,  near  Cardiff.     1889 665.4  B83 

Reprinted  from  the  "Minutes  of  proceedings  of  the   Institution  of  civil 

engineers,"  v.97. 
Brief  paper,  with  drawing,  of  a  plant  using  the  Porter-Clark  process. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

RAFTER,  George  W. 

On  the  use  of  the  microscope  in  determining  the  sanitary 
value  of  potable  water;  with  special  reference  to  the 

biology  of  the  water  of  Hemlock  lake,  N.  Y rsSg.gs  C6g 

Read  before  the  section  of  microscopy,  Rochester  academy  of  science. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

RIDEAL,  Samuel. 

Water  and  its  purification;  a  handbook  for  the  use  of  sani- 
tary officers.     1897 .628.16  R43 

UNITED  STATES — District  of  Columbia  committee. 

Purification  of  the  Washington  water  supply;  an  inquiry 
held  by  direction  of  the  United  States  Senate  committee 
on  the  District  of  Columbia;  ed.  by  Charles  Moore. 
1901.    (56th  cong.  2d  sess.   Senate.    Report  no. 2380.)  .  .r628. 16  U25 

UNITED  STATES — Engineers  corps. 

Feasibility  and  propriety  of  filtering  the  water  supply  of 
Washington,  D.  C;  letter  from  the  secretary  of  war 
transmitting  copy  of  a  communication  from  the  chief 
of  engineers,  U.  S.  A.,  submitting  report  of  an  investi- 
gation of  the  feasibility  and  propriety  of  filtering  the 
water  supplj'^  of  the  city  of  Washington.  1900.  (56th 
cong.  1st  sess.    Senate.     Doc.  no.259.) r628.i6  U2S3 


SEWERAGE  975 

628.2     Sewerage 

ADAMS,  Julius  Walker. 

Sewers  and  drains  for  populous  districts,  with  rules  and 
formulae    for    the    determination    of    their    dimensions 

under  all  circumstances.     1897 628.2  A21 

BAKER,  Moses  Nelson. 

Sewerage  and  sewage  purification.     1896 628.2  B17 

BAUMEISTER,  Reinhard. 

Cleaning  and  sewerage  of  cities.    1895 628.2  B32 

BROWN,  George  Preston. 

Drainage  channel  and  waterway;  a  history  of  the  effort  to 
secure  an  effective  and  harmless  method  for  the  dis- 
posal of  the  sewage  of  Chicago,  and  to  create  a  navi- 
gable channel  between  Lake  Michigan  and  the  Missis- 
sippi river.     1894 628.2  B78 

Bibliography,  P.46S-466. 

FOLWELL,  Amory  Prescott. 

Sewerage;  the  designing,  construction  and  maintenance  of 

sewerage  systems.     1903 628.2   F71 

The  same.     1898 r628.2  F7f 

GRAY,  Samuel  M. 

Proposed    plan    for    a    sewerage    system    for    the    city    of 

Providence,  R.  I.     1884 r628.2  G81 

Made  by  order  of  the  city  council  of  Providence. 

MOORE,  E.G.  S. 

Sanitary  engineering;  a  practical  treatise  on  the  collection, 
removal  and  final  disposal  of  sewage  and  the  design 
and  construction  of  works  of  drainage  and  sewerage. 
1898  r628.2  M87 

"List  of  authorities,"  p.21-24. 

SAVAGE,  Edward  Ballard. 

Sewerage  and  sewage  disposal  of  a  small  town.  [1895.]  .  .  .628.2  S26 
WARING,  George  Edwin. 

Sewerage  and  land-drainage.     1896 qr628.2  W22S 

STALEY,  Cady,  &  Pierson,  G.  S. 

Separate  system  of  sewerage.     1899 628.21  S78 

The  same.     1891 r628.2i  S78 

OGDEN,  Henry  Neely. 

Sewer  design.     1899 628.24  O17 

"Valuable   as   a   clear,   up-to-date   presentation   of   the   scattered   material 
of  the  subject."     Municipal  engineering,  1899. 

628.3     Disposal  of  sewage 

BARWISE,  Sidney. 

Purification  of  sewage;  a  brief  account  of  the  scientific 
principles   of   sewage    purification    and    their    practical 

application.      1899 628.3   B28 

Deals  with  the  subject  from  a  biological  and  chemical  point  of  view. 
CORFIELD,  William  Henry. 

Treatment  and  utilisation  of  sewage.     1887 628.3  C81 


62 


976  MUNICIPAL  SANITATION 

DIBDIN,  William  Joseph. 

Purification  of  sewage  and  water.     1897 628.3  D54 

HAEFCKE,  Hermann. 

Stadtische  und  fabrik-abwasser;  ihre  natur,  schadlichkeit 
und  reinigung.    1901.    (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.)    r628.3  H13 

"Literatur-verzeichniss,"  p.  13-16. 

Summarizes  present  (1901)  practice  in  concise  form. 

KIERSTED,  Wynkoop. 

Discussion  of  the  prevailing  theories  and  practices  relating 

to  sewage  disposal.    189.1 628.3  K2S 

R.A.FTER,  George  W.  &  Baker,  M.  N. 

Sewage  disposal  in  the  United  States.    1900 qr628.3  R14 

Contents:  Preliminary  discussion. — The  infectious  diseases  of  animals. 
— On  the  pollution  of  streams. — The  self-purification  of  running 
streams  and  the  rational  view  in  relation  to  the  disposal  of  sewage 
by  discharge  into  tide-water. — The  composition  of  sewage  muds. — Legal 
aspects  of  the  case. — Quantity  of  sewage  and  variation  in  rate  of  flow. 
— General  data  of  sewage  disposal. — Discharge  into  tidal  or  other 
large  bodies  of  water. — On  nitrification  and  the  nitrifying  organism. — 
Chemical  precipitation. — Broad  irrigation. — On  silos  and  their  use  in 
sewage  farming. — Intermittent  filtration. — Sub-surface  irrigation. — The 
disposal  of  manufacturing  wastes. — On  the  temperature  of  the  air  and 
of  natural  soils,  and  its  relation  to  sewage  purification  by  broad  irri- 
gation and  intermittent  filtration. — On  beggiatoa  alba  and  its  relation 
to  sewage  effluents. — The  effect  of  the  pollution  of  streams  by  manu- 
facturing wastes  upon  the  life  of  fish. — Descriptions  of  works. 

RIDEAL,  Samuel. 

Sewage  and  the  bacterial  purification  of  sewage.     1900.  .  .q628.3  R43 

Excellent  resume  of  modern  methods. 

ROBINSON,  Henry. 

Sewerage  and  sewage  disposal.    1896 628.3  RS5 

The  same.     1896 r628.3  R55 

WARING,  George  Edwin. 

Modern  methods  of  sewage  disposal.     1896 628.3  W22 

The  same.     1896 r628.3  W22 

Sanitary  condition  of  city  and  country  dwelling  houses. 

1898.     (Van  Nostrand's  science  series.) 628.3  W22S 

DENTON,  Eardley  Eraser  Bailey-. 

Sewage  purification  brought  up  to  date,  1896.    1896 628.36  D43 

628.4     Municipal  sanitation.     Street  cleaning 

MAXWELL,  William  H. 

Removal  and  disposal  of  town  refuse.     1898 628.4  M52 

WARING,  George  Edwin. 

Observations  on  street-cleaning  methods.     1898 628.4  W220 

Contents:     Observations  on  street-cleaning  methods  in  European  cities. — 
Review  of  the  general  work  of  the  Department  of  street  cleaning  of 
New  York. — Report  of  the  snow  inspector. — The  adjustment  of  labor 
questions  by  the  "Committee  of  41"  and  the  "Board  of  conference." 
Supplement  to  "Municipal  affairs,"  v. 2,  no.2. 
Street-cleaning  and  the  disposal  of  a  city's  waste;  methods 
and  results  and  the  effect  upon   public  health,  public 

morals  and  municipal  prosperity.     1898 628.4  W22 

Chiefly  a  description  of  Col.  Waring's  work  as  head  of  the  Department 
of  street  cleaning  of  New  York.  Contains  also  notes  on  street  cleaning 
in  the  larger  European  cities. 


SMOKE  ABATEMENT  977 

GOODRICH,  W.  Francis. 

Economic  disposal  of  towns'  refuse.     1901.     (Engineering 

times  library.) 628.44  G62 

"Works  consulted,"  p.321-322. 

Chiefly  a  treatise  on  the  design,  construction  and  operation  of  refuse 
destructors.     Summarizes  the  practice  in  all  parts  of  the  world. 


628.53     Smoke  abatement 

COAL  SMOKE  ABATEMENT  SOCIETY. 

Annual    report,    balance    sheet    and    list    of    subscribers. 

1899 r628. S3  C62 

COMMITTEE  FOR  TESTING  SMOKE  PREVENTING 
APPLIANCES. 
Report,  1895 • qr628.53  C73 

Gives  the  results  of  carefully  organized  tests  of  various  methods  of 
band  and  mechanical  stoking,  showing  the  value  for  both  steam  gen- 
eration and  smoke  prevention. 

LEIGH,  John. 

Coal-smoke;  report  to  the  health  and  nuisance  committees 

of  the  corporation  of  Manchester,  Eng.     1883 r628.53  L56 

MANCHESTER  AND  SALFORD  NOXIOUS  VAPOURS 
ABATEMENT  ASSOCIATION. 
Air  pollution  lectures;  ist-4th  ser.     no. 1-5,  7,  9-10,  12,  15, 

20,  in  I.     1887-93 r628.53  M32 

Contents:  no.i.  Noxious  vapours  which  pollute  the  air,  by  J.  C.  Bell. — 
no.  2.  Pure  air  and  how  to  obtain  it,  by  A.  Ransome. — no.  3.  A  piece 
of  coal  and  what  becomes  of  it,  by  G.  E.  Davis. — no.4.  Why  the  air 
of  Manchester  is  so  impure,  by  Charles  Estcourt. — no.5.  Physical  ef- 
fects of  air  pollution,  by  C.  G.  K.  Gillespie. — no.7.  The  pollution  of 
air  as  affecting  the  architect  and  his  work,  by  John  Holden. — no.g. 
Air  pollution  as  affecting  plant  life,  by  Robert  Holland. — no.  10.  Some 
common  sources  of  air  pollution,  by  William  Thomson. — no.  12.  Flame 
and  smoke,  by  Thomas  Fletcher. — no.  15.  The  nuisance  of  smoke  from 
domestic  fires  and  methods  of  abating  it,  by  T.  C.  Horsfall. — no.20. 
Some  considerations  of  the  effects  of  air  pollution  on  health,  by  A.  E. 
Pownall. 
No  more  published. 
POPPLEWELL,  William  Charles. 

Prevention  of  smoke  combined  with  the  economical  com- 
bustion of  fuel.     1901 628.53  P81 

Contents:  Fuels  and  combustion. — Combustion  in  ordinary  hand-fired 
boilers. — Stoking  by  mechanical  means. — Powdered  fuel  firing. — Gase- 
ous fuel. —  The  testing  of  boilers,  and  smoke  observations. —  Some 
standard  smoke  tests. — The  legal  aspect  of  the  smoke  question. — The 
means  to  be  adopted  for  lessening  the  smoke  in  our  atmosphere. 

SEINE,  DEPARTMENT  DE  LA— Prefecture. 

Concours  pour  la  suppression  des  fumees  produites  par  les 
foyers  de  chaudieres  a  vapeur;  rapport  de  la  Com- 
mission technique qr628.53  S46 

Account  of  an  exceedingly  thorough  set  of  tests  of  various  smoke- 
consuming  devices  made  in  1894-97.  Typical  specimens  of  the  various 
classes  were  given  long  working  trials.  Probably  the  most  complete 
investigation  yet  made  (1901). 

628.6     House  sanitation.     House  drainage 

BROWN,  Glenn. 

Healthy  foundations  for  houses.    1885 628.6  B78h 

Reprinted  from  the  "Sanitary  engineer." 


978  HOUSE  SANITATION.     VENTILATION 

Water-closets;   a    historical,   mechanical   and   sanitary 

treatise.      1884 628.6    B78 

Chiefly  a  republication  of  a  series  of  articles  in  the  "American  archi- 
tect and  building  news,"      1883. 

COLEMAN,  Thomas  Everit. 

Sanitary  house  drainage;  a  handbook  for  architects,  engi- 
neers and  builders.     1896 628.6  C68 

Series  of  articles  which  appeared  in  "Building  news." 
"Gives  the  sanitary  principles  underlying  the  correct  design  of  domestic 
drainage  systems." 

CORFIELD,  William  Henry. 

Dwelling  houses;  their  sanitary  construction  and  arrange- 
ments.    1880 628.6  C81 

Reprinted  from  "Van  Nostrand's  magazine." 
DOMESTIC  house  planner  and  sanitary  architect;  papers  on 
the  principles  of  house  planning  and  arrangement  and 
of  sanitary  construction,  by  practical  writers.     1891.  . .  .628.6  D71 
GERHARD,  William  Paul. 

House-drainage  and  sanitary  plumbing.     1890 628.6  G31 

Concise  statement  of  the  rules  to  be  followed  and  the  means  and  devices 
which  should  be  used.  Intended  for  both  professional  plumbers  and 
laymen. 

MAGUIRE,  William  R. 

Domestic  sanitary  drainage  and  plumbing.    1896 628.6  M25 

Handbook  for  plumbers,  dealing  with  all  forms  of  work  for  dwellings. 
Author  is  (1896)  teacher  of  plumbing  in  the  City  and  guilds  of  London 
institute. 

POORE,  George  Vivian. 

The  dwelling  house.     1897 628.6  P81 

Author  is  a  physician  and  considers  his  subjects  from  the  sanitary  and 
hygienic  point  of  view,  suggesting  improvements  in  drainage,  ventila- 
tion and  the  disposal  of  refuse. 

TEALE,  Thomas  Pridgin. 

Dangers  to  health,  domestic  sanitary  defects.     1883 628.6  T26 

The  same.    1881 r628.6  T26d 

Diagrams  illustrating  dangerous  defects  in  domestic  plumbing. 

WARING,  George  Edwin. 

How  to  drain  a  house;  practical  information  for   house- 
holders.    1895 628.6  W22 

"In  the  author's  clear  and  practical  style.  He  wastes  no  time  in  the 
discussion  of  varieties  of  method,  but  dogmatically  expresses  his 
opinion  as  to  the  best.  That  is  what  the  ordinary  householder  wants, 
and  as  this  opinion  is  the  outcome  of  intelligence  and  experience,  he 
is  perfectly  safe  in  adding  it  to  his  library  of  practical  economics  as 
an  untechnical,  straightforward,  useful  book."     Nation,   i8g6. 

Sanitary  drainage  of  houses  and  towns.     1876 628.6  W22S 


628.8     Ventilation 

BALDWIN,  William  James  St.  John. 

Ventilation  of  the  school  room.     1901 628.8  B19 

Outlines  in  popular  language  present  (1901)  knowledge  of  the  subject. 
BILLINGS,  John  Shaw. 

Ventilation  and  heating.     1893 b628.8  B48 

Standard    work,    dealing    chiefly    with    ventilation.      Written    from    the 
point  of  view  of  the  physician,  rather  than  that  of  the  engineer. 

LEEDS,  Lewis  W. 

Treatise    on    ventilation;    comprising    seven    lectures    de- 


MOTOR  CARRIAGES  979 

livered  before  the  Franklin  institute,  Philadelphia,  1866- 

68.     1882 r628.8  L53 

629.1     Motor  carriages 

ALLEN,  James  T.  comp. 

Digest  of  United  States  automobile  patents  from  1789  to 
1899,  including  all  patents  officially  classed  as  traction- 
engines,  with  lists  of  patents  in  the  classes  of  portable- 
engines,  traction-wheels,  electric  locomotives  and  elec- 
tric railway  battery  systems.     1900 qr629.i  A^2 

The  same;  supplement,  July  1899  to  Jan.  1902 qr629.i  A42S 

BEAUMONT,  William  Worby 

Cantor  lectures  on  mechanical  road  carriages.     1896 (\62g.1  B3S 

Motor  vehicles  and  motors;  their  design,  construction  and 

working  by  steam,  oil  and  electricity.     1900 q629.i  B35m 

Full,  reliable  treatise,  including  a  general  view  of  the  subject,  with  details 
of  nearly  all  modern  motors. 

BRAMWELL,  Clarence  C. 

Construction  of  a  gasolene  motor  vehicle;  ed.  by  E.  W. 

Graef .     1901 629.  i    B69 

First  published  in  the  "Motor  vehicle  review." 

Useful  to   those   desiring  acquaintance   with  the  mechanical  details   and 

practical  operation  of  gasoline  automobiles,  as  well  as  to  those  wishing 

to  construct  them.     Contains  dimensioned  drawings. 

FARM  AN,  Dick. 

Auto-cars;  cars,  tramcars  and  small  cars.     1896 629.1  F24 

GRAFFIGNY,  Henri  de,  (psanJ.  of  Raoul  Marquis). 

Manuel    du   constructeur   et   du    conducteur    de    cycles    et 

d'automobiles.      1897 629.1    G76 

HISCOX,  Gardner  Dexter. 

Horseless  vehicles,  automobiles,  motor  cycles  operated  by 
steam,   hydro-carbon,   electric   and   pneumatic   motors. 

1900  629.1   H61 

Contains  a  chapter  "How  to  build  an  electric  cab,"  with  detailed  draw- 
ings. 

KNIGHT,  John  Henry. 

Notes  on  motor  carriages,  with  hints  for  purchasers  and 

users.      1896 629.1    K34 

LAVERGNE,  Gerard. 

Manuel  theorique   et  pratique  de  I'automobile  sur  route, 

vapeur,  petrole,  electricite.     1900 •. r629.i  L38 

LAYRIZ,  Otfried. 

Mechanical  traction  in  war  for  road  transport,  with  notes 

on  automobiles  generally;  tr.  by  R.  B.  Marston.   1900.  .q629.i  L44 
LOCKERT,  Louis. 

Petroleum  motor-cars.     1898 629.1  L76 

Illustrates  and  describes  in  full  detail  the  best  known  types  of  petroleum 
automobiles. 

SENCIER,  Gaston,  &  Delasalle,  A. 

Les  automobiles  electriques.     1901 q629.i  S474 

Was  awarded  a  medal  by  the  Automobile  club  of  France. 

SENNETT,  Alfred  Richard. 

"Carriages  without  horses  shall  go;"  a  paper  on  Horseless 


98o  AGRICULTURE 


road  locomotion,  [with  other  papers].     1896 629.1  S47 

The  same.    1896 r629.i  S47 

TAYLER,  Alexander  James  Wallis-. 

Motor    cars;    or,     Power-carriages    for    common    roads. 

1897    629.1   T24 

WOODS,  C.  E. 
■     Electric  automobile;  its  construction,  care  and  operation. 

1900 629.1  W86 

Not  intended  as  an  engineering  treatise,  but  for  those  interested  in  the 
purchase  and  use  of  automobiles.     Technical  language  is  avoided. 

629.105     Periodicals 

AUTOMOBILE   magazine;    monthly,    Oct.    1899-date.     v.i- 

date.     1900-date r629.io5  A93 

AUTOMOBILE  review;  a  practical  journal  of  automobile 
engineering  and  transportation;  monthly.  v.4-date. 
1901-date qr629.i05  A939 

Le  CHAUFFEUR;  [bimonthly].    v.2-date.     1898-date.  . .  .r629.ios  C34 

4th  series  of  "Le  technologiste." 

HORSELESS  age;  monthly.    AM-date.     1895-date qr629.ios  H81 


630     Agriculture 


ADAMS,  Edward  F. 

Modern  farmer  in  his  business  relations;  a  study  of  some 
of  the  principles  underlying  the  art  of  profitable  farm- 
ing and  marketing,  and  of  the  interests  of  farmers  as 
affected  by  modern  social  and  economic  conditions  and 

forces.    1899 630  A21 

BAILEY,  Liberty  Hyde. 

Horticulturist's  rule-book.    1895.    (Garden-craft  series.).  .r630.8  B16 

Compendium  of  Useful  information  for  fruit-growers,  truck-gardeners, 
florists  and  others.  A  condensed  manual  of  all  rules  and  receipts  and 
figures  used  by  horticulturists;  as  insectiqides,  fungicides,  means  of 
combating  all  the  important  insects  and  fungi,  planting-tables,  dates 
of  planting,  yields,  estimates  for  heating  greenhouses,  greenhouse  rules 
of  practice,  tables  of  weights  and  measures,  legal  and  customary  stand- 
ards, grafting  waxes,  methods  of  packing  and  storing  fruits  and  veg- 
etables, and  thousands  of  other  useful  facts. 

BAILEY,  Liberty  Hyde,  ed. 

Principles  of  agriculture;  a  text-book  for  schools  and  rural 

societies.     1898.     (Rural  science  series.) 630  B16 

COBBETT,  William. 

Cottage  economy,  containing  information  relative  to  the 
brewing  of  beer,  making  of  bread,  etc.,  with  The  poor 

man's  friend.    1848 r630  C63 

COOKE,  Samuel. 

Foundations  of  scientific  agriculture.     1897 630  C78 

CROZIER,  William,  &  Henderson,  Peter. 

How  the  farm  pays.     1884 630  C89 

GREELEY,  Horace. 

What  I  know  of  farming.    1871 r630  G82 

"Of  all  the  books  that  have  served  as  a  foot-ball  of  fun  for  men  who 


AGRICULTURE  981 


>  were  utterly  ignorant  of  its  subject,  none  has  been  more  bandied  back 

and  forth  than  Mr.  Greeley's  bucolic  effusions.  .  .It  contains  the  un- 
restrained expressions  of  a  man  of  much  ability,  on  a  subject  of  which 
he  really  knows  a  great  deal,  and  to  which  he  has  always  given  his 
best  attention."     Nation,   1871. 

HEINZE,  Robert. 

Anleitung  zur  chemischen   untersuchung   und   rationellen 
beurtheilung  der  landwirthschaftlich  wichtigsten  stoffe. 
1883.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  . .  .r630  H42 
JOHNSTONJames  Finlay  Weir. 

Lectures  on  the  applications  of  chemistry  and  geology  to  ag- 
riculture.    1850  r630  J36 

KING,  Franklin  Hiram. 

Text  book  of  the  physics  of  agriculture.     1901  630  K26 

Contents:  Introduction. — Physics  of  the  soil. — Ground  water,  wells  and 
farm  drainage. — Principles  of  rural  architecture. — Farm  mechanics. — 
Principles  of  weather  forecasting. 
Professor  King  is  an  eminent  authority  on  matters  pertaining  to  the  soiL 
This  book  is  designed  for  the  student  of  agriculture  and  the  progress- 
ive farmer. 

KIRBY,  Mary,  &  Elizabeth. 

Aunt    Martha's   corner   cupboard;    or,    Stories   about   tea, 

coffee,  sugar,  rice,  etc.     1898 J630  K28 

NORTON,  John  Pitkin. 

Elements  of  scientific  agriculture.    1855 r630  N46 

PENNSYLVANIA  AGRICULTURAL  SOCIETY. 

Hints  for  American  husbandmen.     1827 r630  P39 

ROBERTS,  Job. 

Pennsylvania  farmer;  a  selection  from  the  most  approved  * 

treatises  on  husbandry,  interspersed  with  observations 

and  experiments.    1804 r630  R53 

STORER,  Francis  Humphreys. 

Agriculture  in  some  of  its  relations  with  chemistry.     2v. 

1894  630  S88 

BEECHER,  Henry  Ward. 

Plain  and  pleasant  talk  about  fruits,  flowers  and  farming. 

1859   r630.4  B37 

[COLLECTION  of  reports  and  addresses  on  agriculture.] 

[1830-51.]    r630.4  C69 

MITCHELL,  Donald  Grant. 

My  farm  of  Edgewood.     1891 630.4  M74 

The  same.     1863 r630.4  M74 

Delightful  in  its  literary  quality,  and  interesting  in  its  account  of  the 
alteration  and  improvement  of  a  small  place  in  Connecticut. 

630.5     Periodicals 

AMERICAN  agriculturist,  1842-44,  1858-76,  1878-88,  1891-92, 
1897-date.     v.i-3,    17-35,  37-47,   50-51,   60-date.      1843- 

date   qr630.5  A51 

V.I -5 3  monthly;  v.54-date  weekly. 

AMERICAN  horticultural  annual,  1867 r630.5  A512 

CULTIVATOR;  monthly.  Mar.  1834-Feb.  1838.     v.1-4,  in  i. 

1837-38   qr630.5   C9r 

EXPERIMENT    station    record;    monthly,    Sept.    1889-date. 


982  AGRICULTURE 


v.i-date.     1889-date.     (United  States — Experiment  sta- 
tions office.) r630.5  E98 

V.I,  no. 2  wanting. 
V.I  bimonthly. 

"A  periodical  containing  a  condensed  record  of  the  contents  of  the 
bulletins  and  reports  issued  by  the  agricultural  experiment  stations  of 
the  United  States,  and  also  a  brief  review  of  agricultural  science  of 
the  world." 
A  card  subject  index  to  the  publications  of  the  various  experiment  sta- 
tions, issued  by  the  Office  of  experiment  stations  and  containing  brief 
abstracts  of  the  articles  indexed,  will  be  found  at  the  reference  desk. 
GARDENERS'  chronicle;  weekly,    v.i,  pt.2-v.21.    1841-61.  .qr630.5  G17 

Title-page  of  v.4-21  reads  "Gardeners'  chronicle  and  agricultural  gazette." 
MONTHLY  journal  of  agriculture;  ed.  by  J.  S.  Skinner,  July 

1845-June  1847.    v.i-2.    1846-47 r630.5  M86 

Binder's  title  and  title-page  of  v.2  read  "Journal  of  agriculture.' 
YANKEE   farmer   and   news   letter,   devoted   to   agriculture, 
horticulture    and   the    useful    arts;    ed.    by    S.W.Cole; 

weekly,    v.4-6,  in  i.    1838-40 qr630.5  Y14 

v.5-6  title  reads  "Yankee  farmer  and  New  England  cultivator." 

630.6     Societies.     Government  publications 

CONNECTICUT— Agriculture, .Board  of. 

Annual  report  (34th)  of  the  secretary,  1900.     1901 r630.6  C75 

KANSAS — Agriculture,  State  board  of. 

Biennial  report  (3d),  for  the  years  1881-82.     1883 r630.6  K12 

MAINE  STATE  COLLEGE— Agricultural  experiment  station. 

Annual  report,  1892.     1893 r630.6  M26 

MASSACHUSETTS — Agricultural  experiment  station,  Am- 
herst. 

Annual  report  (iith-i2th)  of  the  board  of  control,  1893- 

1894.     1894-95 r630.6  M45 

In  1895  the  Hatch  experiment  station  and  the  Massachusetts  agricultural 

experiment  station  were  consolidated  under  the  title  Hatch  experiment 

station  of  the  Massachusetts  agricultural  college. 

OHIO — Agriculture,  State  board  of. 

,       Annual  report  (i7th-i8th),  for  the  year  1862-63,  with  an 
abstract  of  the  proceedings  of  the  county  agricultural 

societies.      1863-64 r630.6   O18 

Contains   also   Reports    (loth-iith),    1863-64,   of  the   Ohio   pomological 
society. 

AGRICULTURE  of  Pennsylvania;  containing  reports  of  the 
State  board  of  agriculture,  the  State  agricultural  society, 
the  State  dairymen's  association,  the  State  horticultural 
association,  and  the  State  college,  for  1878-1894.    1879- 

94 r630.6  P399 

For  earlier  reports  see  Pennsylvania — Agriculture,  State  board  of;  also 

Pennsylvania  state  agricultural  society. 
For  later  reports  see  Pennsylvania — .Agriculture,  Department  of.    Annual 

report. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Agriculture,  Department  of. 

Annual  report  (ist-date),  1895-date.     1896-date r630.6  P399a 

For  earlier  reports  see  Agriculture  of  Pennsylvania. 

pt.2  of  189s  and  1897  is  the  report  of  the  Division  of  forestry. 

pt.2  of  1898  was  never  published. 
Bulletin.      no.6,    8-10,    16-17,    20-22,    26-35,    ZT,    39-date. 

1896-date r630.6  P399b 

no. 78,  108,  no  wanting. 


AGRICULTURE  983 

no.27-30  will  be  found  in  qr630.6  P399a  for  1897;  no.70  in  qr63o.6  P399a 

for  1900. 
For  contents  see  contents  book,  p. 364;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Agriculture,  State  board  of. 

Annual    report    (ist-i8th),    for    the    year    1877-1894.      (In 

Agriculture  of  Pennsylvania,  1878-1894.) r630.6  P39g 

ist  report  is  bound  separately. 

For  earlier  reports  see  Pennsylvania  state  agricultural  society. 
For  later  reports  see  Pennsylvania — Agriculture,  Department  of.     Annual 
report. 

PENNSYLVANIA  STATE  AGRICULTURAL  SOCIETY. 
Annual   report   of  the   transactions    (ist-iith),    1853-1876. 

1854-76 r630.6  P39 

6th  report  includes  the  reports  for  1861-63;  7th,  for  1864-70;  8th,  for 
1871-72;  9th,  for  1872-73. 

The   same,    1878-1894.      (In    Agriculture    of    Pennsylvania, 

1878-1894.) r630.6  P399 

PHILADELPHIA  SOCIETY  FOR  PROMOTING  AGRI- 
CULTURE. 
Memoirs,  containing  communications  on  various  subjects 

in  husbandry  and  rural  affairs,    v.2,  4.    1814-18 r630.6  P49 

UNITED  STATES— Agriculture,  Department  of. 

Annual  report  of  the  secretary  [commissioner  until  1889], 

for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1862-date.     1863-date r630.6  U25 

Index  for  years  1837  to   1893  inclusive.     1896. 

For  author  index  to  these   reports  see  roi6.63   U25. 

From  1841-1861  the  report  was  published  by  the  commissioner  of  patents 

and  forms  a  part  of  his  annual  reports,  r6o8.73  U2sa. 

The  reports  for  1895,  1897,   1898,   1899  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound 

set   of   congressional    documents,    numbered    respectively,    3390,    3651, 

3768,  3929. 
From  1894-date  this  report  is  published  in  two  parts;  the  first  part  being 

the  administrative  report,  and  the  second  part,  called  the  "Yearbook," 

containing    scientific    papers    for    the    information    of    farmers.      The 

"Yearbook"  is  catalogued  separately,  r630.6  U25a. 

Xo  report  was  issued  in  1846. 

Farmers'  bulletin,  June  1889-date.     no.i-date.     [v.i-date.] 

1889-date   r630.6  U2534 

For  a  list  of  Farmers'  bulletins,  no.  1-132,  see  Bulletin  no.6  of  the  Pub- 
lications division  of  the  Department  of  agriculture,  p.26-33,  roi6.63 
H23. 

Report,    no. 32,  42,  57-date.    1884-date r630.6  U2Srep 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p. 224;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

no.32  will  be  found  in  r633.2i  V22;  no.42  in  roi6.63  U25;  no.S7  in 
r632  U253C. 

"Since  its  establishment  in  1862  the  Department  of  Agriculture  has 
issued  various  publications  of  a  miscellaneous  character  not  properly 
belonging  to  any  of  its  established  series,  which  have  up  to  the 
present  time  [1899]  remained  practically  unclassified.  It  is  now 
proposed  to  bring  all  these  miscellaneous  publications  together  in  a 
series,  to  assign  numbers  to  those  which  have  heretofore  been  referred 
to  as  'unnumbered  reports,'  and  to  continue  the  series  as  Reports  of 
the  U.  S.  Department  of  agriculture."  Report  no.sg. 
Report  of  the  statistician;  new^  series.     no.59-date.     [v.6- 

date.]     1889-date r630.6  U25r 

no. 65,  74,  80,  ioi-:o2,  104,  109,  111-133,  136,  139-154  wanting. 
Yearbook,  1894-date.     1895-date r630.6  U25a 

-Index,  1894-1900. 

Previous  to  1894  the  information  contained  in  the  "Yearbook"  will  be 
found  in  the  annual  report  of  the  department.  From  1894-date  the 
report  is  published  in  two  parts;  the  first  part  being  the  administrative 
report,  the  second  part,  called  the  "Yearbook,"  containing  a  general 
account  of  the  operations  of  the  department  during  the  year,  scien- 
tific papers  for  the  information  of  farmers,  and  statistical  tables  and 
information  useful  for  reference. 


984  HISTORY  OF  AGRICULTURE 

UNITED  STATES— Chemistry  bureau. 

Bulletin.    110.13-15,  17-37,  39-date.    1887-date r630.6  U2533 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v. 2,  p.246-249;  kept  at  the  reference 
desk. 

UNITED  STATES — Experiment  stations  office. 

Bulletin,    no.i-date.     [v.i-date.]     1889-date qr630.6  U2534b 

For  partial  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  173;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
Contains  many  articles  on  the  chemistry  and  nutritive  value  of  foods, 
no.  1 19-120,  124,  127  wanting. 

UNITED  STATES — Hawaii  agricultural  experiment  station. 

Bulletin,    no.i,  3.     1901-04 r630.6  U2535 

no. I.     Chickens  and  their  diseases  in  Hawaii,  by  T.  F.  Sedgwick. 
no.3.     Insecticides  for  use  in  Hawaii,  by  D.  L.  Van  Dyne. 

UNITED  STATES— Plant  industry  bureau. 

Bulletin,     no.i-date.     1901-date qr630.6  U2S32 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.301;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
The  Bureau  of  plant  industry,  which  was  organized  July  i,  1901,  includes 
Vegetable  pathological  and  physiological  investigations.  Botanical  inves- 
tigations   and    experiments.     Grass    and    forage    plant    investigations, 
Pomological  investigations,  and  Gardens  and  grounds,  all  of  which  were 
formerly  separate  divisions,  and  also  Seed  and  plant  introduction,  the 
Arlington    experimental    farm.      Tea    investigations   and    experiments, 
and  the  Congressional  seed  distribution.     Beginning  with  the  date  of 
organization  of  the  bureau,  the  independent  series  of  bulletins  of  each 
division  was  discontinued,  and  all  are  now  published  as  one  series  of 
the  bureau. 
UNITED  STATES — Statistics  division.     (Department  of 
agriculture.) 
Bulletin,     no.i-date.     1890-date r630.6  U25re 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.  2,  p.  260;  kept  at  the  reference  desk, 
no.  1-8  title  reads  "Report." 
no. 4,    18   wanting. 

MICHIGAN  STATE  AGRICULTURAL  COLLEGE— Ex- 
periment station. 
Bulletin,    no.151-188.     1898-1901 r630.7  M66 

no.  163,  176,  178,  181-185  wanting. 

630.9     History  of  agriculture 

PELL,  Albert. 

Making  of  the  land  in  England.    1899 630.942  P27 

How  it  was  made  fit  for  cultivation,  and  the  cost  of  improvement. 

WALLACE,  Robert,  b.  1853. 

Farming  industries  of  Cape  Colony.    1896 r630.968  W17 

UNITED  STATES— Agriculture,  Department  of. 

Album  of  agricultural  statistics  of  the  United  States. 

1889  qr630.973  U25 

Consists  of  16  maps  of  the  United  States,  each  presenting  a  separate 
topic,  as:  Percentage  of  unoccupied  and  of  farm  land,  Acreage  in 
corn,  .\creage  in  wheat,  etc. 

CONNECTICUT— Agriculture,  Board  of. 

Handbook  of  Connecticut  agriculture;  prepared  by  T.  S. 

Gold.     1901 r630.974  C75 

BURKETT,  Charles  William. 

History  of  Ohio  agriculture;  a  treatise  on  the  development 
of  the  various  lines  and  phases  of  farm  life  in  Ohio. 

1900 630.977  B91 

WALLACE,  Robert,  b.  1853- 

Rural  economy  and  agriculture  of  Australia  and  New 


SOIL  985 

Zealand.    i8gi 630.994  W17 

Mr  Wallace  gives  an  account  of  his  travels  through  the  colonies,  but  by 
far  the  greater  part  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  the  state  of  agriculture, 
cattle  and  sheep  raising. 

631     Soil 

BOSWELL,  George. 

Treatise  on  watering  meadows.     1779 r63S.2  A14 

Bound  with  Abercrombie's  "Garden  mushroom." 

KING,  Franklin  Hiram. 

The  soil;  its  nature,  relations  and  fundamental  principles 

of  management.    1895.     (Rural  science  series.) 631  K26 

ROBERTS,  Isaac  Phillips. 

Fertility  of  the  land.    1897.     (Rural  science  series.) 631  R53 

Sketches  the  factors  on  which  the  fertility  of  the  soil  depends,  and  the 

relationship  of  farm-practice  to  its  maintenance  and  increase. 
By  the  director  of  the  College  of  agriculture  of  Cornell  university  (1897). 

UNITED  STATES— Soils  bureau. 

Bulletin,     no.i-date.     [v.i-date.]     1895-date r63i  U25 

SNYDER,  Harry. 

Chemistry  of  soils  and  fertilizers.    1899 631.2  S67 

Condensed  account  of  the  methods  of  conserving  the  fertility  of  the 
soil,  and  of  the  economic  use  of  manures. 

631.5     Fertilizers 

CHYNOWETH,  James  Bennett,  &  Bruckner,  W.  H. 

American  manures,  and  farmers'  and  planters'  guide.  1871 .  .631.5  C47 
[COLLECTION  of  pamphlets  on  fertilizers.]  [1891-1901.] .  .r63i.5  C69 
PASSON,  Max. 

Das  Thomasmehl;  seine  chemie  und  geschjchte.  1901 .  . .  .r63i.5  P28 
VOORHEES,  Edward  Burnett. 

Fertilizers.     1898.     (Rural  science  series.) 631.5  Yi7 

631.7  Drainage 

WARING,  George  Edwin. 

Draining  for  profit  and  draining  for  health.     1896 631.7  W22 

Stands  for  utmost  thoroughness;   valuable  chapter  on  sewerage. 

631.8  Irrigation 
BAROIS,  J. 

Irrigation  in  Egypt;  tr.   by  A.M.Miller.     1889.     (United- 
States.     50th  cong.     2d   sess.     House.     Mis.   doc.   no. 

134)   qr63i.8  B25 

Translation  from  the  French,  of  a  report  by  the  secretary  to  the  Ministry 
of  public  works   in   Egypt. 

BROOK,  Harry  Ellington. 

Irrigation  in  southern  California;  issued  for  the  use  of  the 
delegates  to  the  International  irrigation  congress,  Oct. 
10-15,   1893.     1893 634.231    F52 

Bound  with  Fish's  "Profits  of  orange  culture  in  southern  California." 

BROWN,  John  Croumbie. 

Water  supply  of  South  Africa  and  facilities  for  the  storage 


986  IRRIGATION 


of  it.     1877 r63i.8  Bjq 

HINTON,  Richard  Josiah. 

Irrigation  in  the  United  States;  its  extent  and  methods,  with 
digest  of  laws  governing  water  supply.     1887.     (United 
States.    49th  cong.    2d  sess.     Senate.     Mis.  doc.  no.15.) .  . .  .r2450 
KING,  Franklin  Hiram. 

Irrigation  and  drainage;  principles  and  practice  of  their 

cultural  phases.     1899.     (Rural  science  series.) 631.8  K26 

POWELL,  John  Wesley. 

Report  on  the  lands  of  the  arid  region  of  the  United  States, 
with  a  more  detailed  account  of  the  lands  of  Utah,  with 
maps.    1879.    (United  States — Geographical  and  geologi- 
cal survey  of  the  Rocky  mountain  region.    Reports.)  .  .qr63i.8  P87 
UNITED  STATES— Geological  survey. 

Water-supply    and    irrigation    papers,      no.i-date.      1896- 

date    r63i.8  U2533 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v. 2,  p.257;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
no.i-4S  are  indexed  in  Bulletin  177  of  the  survey. 
UNITED  STATES — Irrigation  and  reclamation  of  arid  lands. 
Select  committee  on. 
Report  of  the  special  committee  on  the  irrigation  and  rec- 
lamation of  arid  lands.    6pts.  in  2v.     1890.     (sist  cong. 
1st  sess.     Senate.     Report  no.928.) r63i.8  U253 

pt. I.      Report  and  views  of  the  minority. 

pt.2.     The   Northwest. 

pt.3.     Great  basin  region  and  California. 

pt.4.     Rocky  mountain  region  and  the  great  plains. 

pt.s.  Statements  of  officers  of  the  Geological  survey. — Consular  reports. 
— General  report  of  irrigation  in  the  United  States. — Miscellaneous 
papers. 

pt.6.     Irrigation  in  the  United  States,  by  R.  J.  Hinton. 
UNITED  STATES — Irrigation  inquiry  office. 

Report  on  irrigation.    4pts.  in  iv.    1892.     (52d  cong.  ist  sess. 

Senate.     Ex.  doc.  no.41.) r63i.8  U2534 

pt.i.  Report  on  irrigation  and  the  cultivation  of  the  soil  thereby,  by 
R.  J.  Hinton. — pt.2.  Artesian  and  underflow  investigation;  final  report 
of  the  chief  engineer,  E.  S.  Nettleton. — pt.3.  Final  geological  reports 
of  the  artesian  and  underflow  investigation  between  the  97th  meridian 
and  the  foothills  of  the  Rocky  mountains,  by  Robert  Hay. — pt.4.  Final 
report  on  the  mid-plains  division  of  the  artesian  and  underflow  investi- 
gation between  the  97th  meridian  and  the  foothills  of  the  Rocky 
mountains,  by  J.  W.  Gregory,  and  a  special  report  on  certain  artesian 
conditions  in  South  Dakota,  by  F.  F.  B.  Coffin. 

UNITED  STATES— Signal  office. 

Irrigation   and   water  storage  in  the  arid  regions.     1891. 

(51st  cong.  2d  sess.    House.    Ex.  doc.  no.287.) qr63i.8  U2532 

WTLLCOCKS,  William. 

Egyptian  irrigation.     1899 qr63i.8  W73 

Author  is  the  late  director-general  of  reservoirs,  in  Egypt,  and  has  been 
connected   with   many   of   the   most   important    features    of  the    work 
since  1883. 
"A  mine  of  valuable  information  to  which  all  future  engineers  will  turn." 
Engineering,  1900. 

631.9     Farm  implements 

DEERING  HARVESTER  CO. 

Official  retrospective  exhibition  of  the  development  of  har- 
vesting  machinery,   for  the   Paris   exposition   of   1900. 


PESTS.     BLIGHTS.     INSECTS  987 

1900   r63i.9  D37 

Traces  the  development  of  mowing  and   reaping  machinery,   illustrating 

and   describing   the   various   inventions   for   harvesting. 
Contains  a  list  of  official  decisions  of  United   States  court  and   Patent 

office  cases,  and  of  publications  on  the  subject. 

RITCHIE,  Robert. 

Farm  engineer;  a  treatise  on  barn  machinery,  particularly 
on  the  application  of  steam  and  other  motive  powers  to 

the  thrashing  machine.     1849 qr63i.9  R49 

STABLER,  Edward. 

Overlooked  pages  of  reaper  history.    1897 r63i.9  S77 

Reprint  of  three  pamphlets  on  the  manufacture  of  reaping  machines. 

SWIFT,  Rodney  Bartlett. 

Who  invented  the  reaper?     1897 r63i.9  S97 

Repeats  McCormick's  claims. 


632     Pests.     Blights.     Insects 

BRITISH  COLUMBIA— Horticulture,  Provincial  board  of. 
Insect  pests  and  plant  diseases;  containing  remedies  and 
suggestions    recommended    for    adoption    by    farmers, 

fruit-growers  and  gardeners  of  the  province.    1897 qr632  B75 

COLORADO  STATE  AGRICULTURAL  COLLEGE— Ex- 
periment station. 
Colorado's  worst  insect  pests  and  their  remedies.     1898. 

(Bulletin,  no.47.) r632  U253C 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

HUBBARD,  Henry  Guernsey. 

Insects    affecting    the    orange.      1885.      (United    States — 

Entomology  division.    Special  report.) r557.3  U25b  v.2 

Bound  with  "United   States— Geological  survey.      Bulletin." 

KANSAS  UNIVERSITY— Entomology,  Department  of. 

Bulletin,  1892,  1897,  1899.    1892-99 r632  K12 

Contents:  The  more  destructive  grasshoppers  of  Kansas. — Common  in- 
jurious insects  of  Kansas,  by  V.  L.  Kellogg. — The  honey-bee  and  its 
food-plants,  with  special  reference  to  alfalfa,  by  S.  J.  Hunter. — Alfalfa, 
grasshoppers,  bees;  their  relationship,  by  S.  J.  Hunter. 

MICHIGAN  STATE  AGRICULTURAL  COLLEGE— Ex- 
periment station. 

Spraying  calendar.     1899.     (Special  bulletin,  no. 12.) qr632  M66 

NATIONAL  CONVENTION  FOR  THE  SUPPRESSION 
OF  INSECT  PESTS  AND  PLANT  DISEASES  BY 
LEGISLATION,  Washington,  D.  C.  1897. 
Proceedings  of  the  convention  held  Mar.  5-6,  1897;  ed.  by 
B.  T.  Galloway.  1897.  (United  States — Agriculture,  De- 
partment of.) r632  U253C 

Bound  with   other  pamphlets. 

NEW  YORK  (state)— Entomologist. 

Report  (4th-date)   on  injurious  and  other  insects  of  the 
state  of  New  York,   1887-date.     1888-date.     (In   New 
York  (state) — Museum.     Annual  report,  1887-date.) .  .qr507  N26 
Reports   (i4th-date)  are  issued  as  numbers  of  the  Bulletin  of  the  New 

York  state  museum. 
Reports    (ist-i7th),    1881-1901,    are   indexed   in   Bulletin   no.66   of   the 
New  York  state  museum,  qr507  N26b. 


988  PESTS.     BLIGHTS.     INSECTS 

UNITED  STATES — Entomological  commission. 

Report  (ist-5th),  1877-1890.     1878-90 r632  U25 

V.I.      Rocky  mountain   locust. 

V.2.     Rocky  mountain  locust. — Western  cricket. 

V.3.     Rocky  mountain  locust. — The  army  worm,  canker  worms  and  the 

Hessian  fly. — Scientific  results. 
V.4.     Revised  edition  of  Bulletin  no.3  and  the  final  report  on  the  cotton 

worm. 
V.5.     Revised  edition  of  Bulletin  no. 7  on  insects  injurious  to  forest  and 

shade  trees. 
No  more  published. 
"The    Commission    was   attached   to   the    United    States    Geological   and 

Geographical   Survey  of  the  Territories,   Department  of  the  Interior, 

until  March  3,  1881.     The  third  report  of  the  Commission  inaugurates 

its  transfer  to  the  Department  of  Agriculture." 

UNITED  STATES— Entomology  division. 

Bulletin,  [old  series] .     33  nos.     1880-95 r632  U253 

no.5,  8,  10-13,  IS.  18,  21,  26,  30  wanting. 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.3,  p.312;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
Bulletin,  new  series,    no.i-date.     [v.i-date.]     1896-date.  .r632  U253n 
Bulletin  no.36  is  an   "Index  to   Bulletins   no.  1-30    (new  series),    1896- 

1901." 
For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.3,  p. 316;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
Circulars.    2d  ser.   no.4-6,  8-11,  13,  16,  19-20,  22,  40.     1894- 

1900 r632  U253C 

Contents :  The  woolly  aphis  of  the  apple. — The  clover  mite. — The  larger 
corn  stalk-borer. — The  rose-chafer. — The  harlequin  cabbage  bug,  or 
calico  back. — -How  to  distinguish  the  different  mosquitoes  of  North 
America. — Canker-worms. — The  imported  elm  leaf-beetle. — The  Mexi- 
can cotton-boll  weevil. — The  carpet  beetle,  or  buffalo  moth.  The  army 
worm. — Mosquitoes  and  fleas. — The  periodical  cicada  in  1897. 

WEST  VIRGINIA  UNIVERSITY— Agricultural  experiment 

station. 
Bulletin,   no. 14-16,  21,  31-32,  35,  44,  67-68.    1891-1900 r632  U253C 

Contents:  The  periodical  cicada  or  seventeen-year  locust  in  West  Vir- 
ginia.— Catalogue  of  West  Virginia  scolytidae  and  their  enemies. — Cata- 
logue of  West  Virginia  forest  and  shade  tree  insects. — Injurious  in- 
sects and  plant  diseases. — Preliminary  investigation  of  insect  ravages; 
yellow  locust,  by  A.  D.  Hopkins. — Raspberry  gouty-gall  beetle,  by  A. 
D.  Hopkins. — Farm  and  garden  insects,  and  experiments  with  remedies, 
and  Notes  of  the  season,  by  A.  D.  Hopkins. — Defects  in  wood  caused 
by  insects. — The  Hessian  fly  in  West  Virginia  and  how  to  prevent 
losses  from  its  ravages,  by  A.  D.  Hopkins. — Practical  entomology,  by 
A.  D.  Hopkins  and  W.  E.  Rumsey. 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

UNITED  STATES — Vegetable   physiology  and   pathology 
division. 
Bulletin.     29  nos.     1891-1901 r632.i  U25 

no.4  wanting. 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p.244;  kept' at  the  reference  desk. 

Beginning  July  i,  1901,  the  date  of  the  organization  of  the  Plant  industry 
bureau,  the  independent  series  of  bulletins  of  the  Vegetable  physiology 
and  pathology  division,  the  last  number  of  which  was  29,  was  discon- 
tinued; it  is  now  published,  with  the  bulletins  of  the  other  divisions 
included  under  the  bureau,  as  one  series  of  the  bureau. 

LODEMAN,  E.  G. 

Spraying  of  plants.    1896.     (Rural  science  series.) 632.5  L76 

COMSTOCK,  John  Henry. 

Report  upon  cotton  insects.     1879.     (United  States — Ento- 
mology  division.) T632.6  C73 

SANDERSON,  Ezra  Dwight. 

Insects  injurious  to  staple  crops.     1902 632.6  S21 

Practical  handbook  for  farmers.  The  insect  pests  are  grouped. according 
to   the   crops   they   attack,    1.    e.    insects    injurious   to    wheat,    insects 


GRAINS.     GRASSES.     FIBERS  989 

injurious  to  cotton,  etc.     Enough  of  the  life-history  and  habits  of  each 
is  given  to  make  plain  the  reasons  for  the  different  remedies  employed. 

TREAT,  Mrs  Mary. 

Injurious  insects  of  the  farm  and  garden,  with  a  chapter  on 

beneficial  insects.     1880 632.6  T71 

WEED,  Clarence  Moores. 

On    the    parasites    of    the    lesser    apple    leaf-roller,    teras 

minuta r632  U253C 

From  the  Bulletin  of  the  Illinois  state  laboratory  of  natural  history,  v.3. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

633     Grains.     Grasses.     Fibers 

CHURCH,  Arthur  Herbert. 

Food-grains  of  India.     1886.     (South  Kensington  museum 

science  handbooks.) q633  C46 

"Bibliographical  notes,"  p.  11. 

ROCHELEAU,  William  Francis. 

Great  American  industries;  products  of  the  soil.    1898 J633  R56 

Contents :     Cereals. — Cotton.- — Lumber. — Sugar. — Wheat. 
UNITED  STATES— Botany  division. 

Bulletin,    no. 3,  6,  8,  12-29.     1887-1901 qr633  U2S33 

no.26  wanting. 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v. 2,  p.234;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

Beginning  July  i,  1901,  the  date  of  the  organization  of  the  Plant  industry 
bureau,  the  independent  series  of  bulletins  of  the  Botany  division,  the 
last  number  of  which  was  29,  was  discontinued;  it  is  now  pub- 
lished, with  the  bulletins  of  the  other  divisions  included  under  the 
bureau,  as  one  series  of  the  bureau. 

633.1     Cereals 

THALER,  Richard. 

Die   mullerei;   ein   handbuch   des   miihlenbetriebes.      1894. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r633.i  T33 

Describes  the  grains  used,  methods  of  cleaning  and  preparing,  the 
grinding,  separation  of  the  products,  construction  and  arrangements 
of  mills  and  various  processes  of  milling.  Numerous  illustrations  and 
drawings  of  machinery. 

SARGENT,  Frederick  Leroy. 

Corn  plants;  their  uses  and  \Yays  of  life.    1899 J633.13  S24 

Gives  in  compact  form  and  in  readable  style  a  clear  account  of  the  six 
important  grain  plants  of  the  world — wheat,  oats,  rye,  barley,  rice  and 
maize.  Explains  what  corn  plants  are,  indicates  their  importance  to 
mankind,  and  narrates  the  myths  and  religious  customs  which  have 
grown  up  about  them.  Also  describes  how  the  plants  are  formed,  and 
how  their  growth  and  perfection  are  insured  by  their  various  organs. 
Author  shows  how  well  they  are  adapted  for  ideal  food  products  for 
mankind,  and  gives  the  history,  distribution  and  uses  of  each  of  the  six 
plants. 

WILSON,  Alexander  Stephen. 

Bushel  of  corn.     1883 r633.i3  W76 

Corn  is  here  used  to  mean  cereal  grains  in  general,  only  wheat,  barley 

and  oats,  however,  being  considered. 
Chapters  on  the  "Weight  of  a  bushel  of  corn,"  "Measure-weight  above 
and  below  average  price,"  "Measure-weight  and  degrees  of  ripeness," 
"Classification  of  grain,"  "Percentage  of  kernel  in  respect  of  measure- 
weight,"  "Moisture  in  grain,"  "Doctoring  measure-weight,"  "Equiva- 
lents of  different  qualities  of  oats,"  etc. 
TODD,  Sereno  Edwards. 

American  wheat  culturist.     1868 633.18  Ts5 


990  GRASSES.     SUGAR.     COFFEE 


633.21     Grasses 

UNITED  STATES— Agrostology  division. 

Bulletin.     25  nos.     1895-1901 r633.2i  U25 

Beginning  July  i,  1901,  the  date  of  the  organization  of  the  Plant  industry 
bureau,  the  independent  series  of  bulletins  of  the  Agrostology  division, 
the  last  number  of  which  was  25,  was  discontinued;  it  is  now  pub- 
lished, with  the  bulletins  of  the  other  divisions  included  under  the 
bureau,  as  one  series  of  the  bureau. 

VASEY,  George. 

Agricultural  grasses  of  the  United  States;  also  the  Chemi- 
cal composition  of  American  grasses,  by  Clifford 
Richardson.  1884.  (United  States — Agriculture,  De- 
partment of.     Report,  no.32.) r633.2i  V22 

Illustrations  of  North  American  grasses.  2v.    1891-93.     (In 

United  States — Botany  division.  Bulletin,  no. 12-13.)  •  •qr633  U2533 

V.I.     Grasses  of  the  Southwest. 
V.2.     Grasses  of  the  Pacific  slope. 


633.4     Beet  sugar.      Maple  sugar 

[COLLECTION    of    pamphlets    on    sugar    beets.]        [1892- 

1900]  r633.4i  C69 

McMURTRIE,  William. 

Report  on  the  culture  of  the  sugar  beet,  and  the  manu- 
facture of  sugar  therefrom  in  France  and  the  United 
States.  1880.  (United  States — Agriculture,  Department 
of.     Spe.cial  reports.) r633.4i    M21 

MYRICK,  Herbert. 

American  sugar  industry.     1899 q633.4i  M99 

History  of  the  growth  of  the  beet  sugar  industry,  more  particularly,  and  a 
discussion  of  the  tariff  question   from  the  producer's  standpoint. 

RUSH,  Benjamin. 

Account  of  the  sugar  maple-tree  of  the  United  States,  and 
of  the  methods  of  obtaining  sugar  from  it,  in  a  letter  to 

Thomas  Jefferson.     1792 r633.43  R89 

Read  before  the  American  philosophical  society  on  the   19th  of  August 
1791. 

633.53     Coffee 

DELDEN  LAERNE,  C.  F.  van. 

Brazil  and  Java;  report  on  coffee-culture  in  America,  Asia 

and  Africa.     1885 633.53  D39 

HEWITT,  Robert. 

Coffee;  its  history,  cultivation  and  uses.     1872 633.53  H49 

LOCK,  Charles  G.  Warnford. 

Coffee;  its  culture  and  commerce  in  all  countries.  1888.  .  .633.53  L75 
Bibliography,  P.257-2S8. 

ROMERO,  Matias. 

Coffee  and  india-rubber  culture  in  Mexico;  preceded  by 

geographical  and  statistical  notes  on  Mexico.    1898.  . .  .633.53  R66 


63 


TOBACCO  991 

633.57     Tobacco 

See  also  Tobacco,   178 

CARVER,  Jonathan. 

Treatise  on  the  culture  of  the  tobacco  plant.    1779 r635.2  A14 

Bound  with  Abercrombie's  "'Garden  mushroom." 

GAVELLUS,  Nicholas. 

Storia  distinta  e  curiosa  del  tabacco,  concernente  la  sua 
scoperta,  la  introduzione  in  Europa  e  la  maniera  di  col- 

tivarlo,  conservarlo  e  prepararlo.     1758 r633.57  G24 

JENIFER,  Daniel. 

Remarks  at  the  opening  of  the  convention  of  tobacco 
planters  of  the  United  States,  held  in  Washington,  Dec. 
15,  1840.    1840 r633.57  U25 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
JENNINGS,  James. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  history,  medical  properties  and 

cultivation  of  tobacco.     1830 r633.S7  J26 

KILLEBREW,  Joseph  Buckner. 

Report  of  the  culture  and  curing  of  tobacco  in  the  United 

States.     1884.     (United  States — Census  office.) qr633.S7  K25 

KILLEBREW,  Joseph  Buckner,  &  Myrick,  Herbert. 

Tobacco  leaf;  its  culture  and  care,  marketing  and  manu- 
facture; a  practical  handbook.     1897 633.57  K25 

"Books  on  tobacco  culture,"  p.495-496. 
LOCK,  Charles  G.  Warnford,  ed. 

Tobacco;  growing,  curing  and  manufacturing.    1886 r633.S7  L75 

Bibliography,  p.  276-280. 

TATHAM,  William. 

Historical  and  practical  essay  on  the  culture  and  commerce 

of  tobacco.     1800 r633.57  T23 

UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

Report  of  the  secretary  of  state  transmitting  correspon- 
dence relative  to  the  tobacco  trade  between  the  United 
States  and  foreign  countries,  Apr.  14,  1840.  1840.  (26th 
cong.  1st  sess.    House.    Ex.  doc.  no. 229.) r633.57  U25 

633-7     Textiles.     Cotton.     Hemp 

For   Textile   fabrics,   see   677 

UNITED  STATES — Fiber  investigations  office. 

Report,  no. I,  4-11.     1890-98 , r633.7  U25 

These  reports  are  by  C.  R.  Dodge. 

no. I.     Report  on  flax,  hemp,  ramie  and  jute,  with  considerations  upon 

flax  and  hemp  culture  in  Europe.     This  is  the  same  as  the  first  report 

of  the  Division  of  statistics,  and  will  be  found  in  r630.6  U25re. 

no.4.     Flax  culture  for  fiber  in  the  United  States,  including  reports  on 

flax  culture  in  Ireland,   in  Belgium  and  in  Austria,  with  statements 

relative  to  the  industry  in  Russia, 
no.s.     Leaf  fibers  in  the  United  States. 
no.6.     Uncultivated  bast  fibers  of  the  United  States, 
no.  7.     The  cultivation  of  ramie  in  the  United  States. 
no.8.     The  culture  of  hemp  and  jute  in  the  United  States. 
no.9.     Descriptive  catalogue  of  useful  fiber  plants  of  the  world, 
no.  10.     Flax  culture  for  seed  and  fiber  in  Europe  and  America. 


992  FRUITS.     ORCHARDS.     VINEYARDS 

no.ii.     Culture  of  hemp  in  Europe. 

Fiber  investigations  were  begun  in  the  Division  of  statistics  in  Nov. 
1889.  The  Office  of  fiber  investigations  was  established  in  1890  and 
discontinued  June  30,  1898.     1 1  reports  only  were  published. 

BROOKS,  Christopher  Parkinson. 

Cotton;  its  uses,  varieties,  fibre  structure,  cultivation  and 
preparation  for  the  market  and  as  an  article  of  com- 
merce, also  the  manufacture  of  cotton  seed  oil.     1898.  .633.71  B77 
MONIE,  Hugh. 

Cotton  fibre;  its  structure,  etc.;  a  treatise  descriptive  of  the 
different  varieties  of  cotton  and  the  distinctive. features 

in  the  structure  of  their  filaments.     1890 633.71  M82 

UNITED  STATES — Agriculture  and  forestry  committee. 

Report  on  the  condition  of  cotton  growers  in  the  United 

States,  the  present  prices  of  cotton  and  the  remedy, 

and  on  cotton  consumption  and  production.     Feb  23, 

1895.     2v.   in    I.      1895.      (53d   cong.    3d    sess.      Senate. 

Report  no.896.) r633.7i   U2S 

WILKINSON,  Frederick. 

Story    of    the    cotton    plant.      1899.      (Library    of    useful 

stories.)    633.71    W72 

Concise,  readable  description  of  the  cotton-plant,  its  cultivation,  handling 
at  the   plantation,   and   spinning. 

BOYCE,  Sidney  Smith. 

Hemp  (cannabis  sativa) ;  a  practical  treatise  on  the  culture 
of  hemp  for  seed  and  fiber,  with  a  sketch  of  the  history 
and  nature  of  the  hemp  plant.     1900 633-73  B66 


634     Fruits.     Orchards.     Vineyards 

BAILEY,  Liberty  Hyde. 

Principles  of  fruit-growing.     1897.     (Rural  science  series.).  .634  B16 

"American  books  on   fruit-growing,"   p.483-494. 
Pruning-book;  a  monograph  of  the  pruning  and  training 
of   plants   as    applied   to    American    conditions.      1898. 

(Garden-craft  series.) 634   Bi6p 

Sketch  of  the  evolution  of  our  native  fruits.    1898 634  Bi6s 

Contents:  The  rise  of  the  American  grape. — The  strange  history  of  the 
mulberries. — The  evolution  of  American  plums  and  cherries. — The 
native  apples. — The  origin  of  American  raspberry-growing. — Evolu- 
tion of  blackberry  and  dewberry  culture. — Various  types  of  berry-like 
fruits. — Various  types  of  tree  fruits. — General  remarks  on  the  im- 
provement of  our  native  fruits. 

[COLLECTION  of  pamphlets  on  orchards  and  fruits.]  [1889- 

1901.]  r634  C69 

DOWNING,  Andrew  Jackson. 

Fruits  and  fruit-trees  of  America.    1893 634  D77 

Directions  concerning  their  culture,  propagation  and  management,  with  a 
list  of  the  best  varieties,  down  to  1883. 

MICHIGAN  STATE  POMOLOGICAL  SOCIETY. 

Annual  report  (8th)  of  the  secretary,  1878.     1879 r634  M66 

ONTARIO,  FRUIT  GROWERS'  ASSOCIATION. 

Annual  report  (22d),  1890.    1891 qr634  O25 


FRUITS.     ORCHARDS.     VINEYARDS  993 

PENNSYLVANIA  STATE  HORTICULTURAL  ASSOCI- 
ATION. 
Annual  report,  Jan.  1872-1876,  1878-1894.     (In  Agriculture 

of  Pennsylvania,  1878-1894.) r630.6  P399 

Reports  for  1872-1876  are  in  Report  of  Pennsylvania  state  agricultural 
society,   v.8-ii,  r630.6   P39. 

Previous  to  1882  the  association  bore  the  name  Pennsylvania  fruit 
growers'  society. 

For  later  reports  see  Pennsylvania — Agriculture,  Department  of.  An- 
nual report. 

ROE,  Edward  Payson. 

Home  acre.     1898 '. 634  R59h 

Contents:  Tree-planting. — Fruit-trees  and  grass. — The  garden. — The 
vineyard  and  orchard. — The  raspberry. — The  currant. — Strawberries. 
— The  kitchen-garden. 

THOMAS,  John  J. 

American  fruit  culturist.     1897 r634  T37 

The  same;  enlarged  by  W.  H.  S.  Wood.     1903 634  T37 

Practical  handbook  for  fruit-growers,  describing  in  detail  the  different 
varieties  of  fruit  raised  in  this  country. 

UNITED  STATES— Pomology  division. 

Bulletin,     no.2,  5-10.  1888-1901 r634  U25b 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p.240;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
Beginning  July  i,  1901,  the  date  of  the  organization  of  the  Plant  indus- 
try bureau,  the  independent  series  of  bulletins  of  the  Pomology  di- 
vision, the  last  number  of  which  was  10,  was  discontinued;  it  is  now 
published,  with  the  bulletins  of  the  other  divisions  included  under 
the  bureau,  as  one  series  of  the  bureau. 

WICKSON,  Edward  James. 

California  fruits  and  how  to  grow  them.     1900 634  W67 

FISH,  A.  C. 

Profits  of  orange  culture  in  southern  California.     1890.  .  .634.231  F52 
CARD,  Fred  Wallace. 

Bush-fruits;  a  horticultural  monograph  of  raspberries, 
blackberries,  dewberries,  currants,  gooseberries  and 
other  shrub-like  fruits.     1898.     (Rural  science  series.) .  .634.3  C19 

"American  books  on  bush-fruits,"  P.S13-51S. 

"Purpose  is  to  present  both  the  practical  and  technical  phases  of  all  the 

important    questions    concerned    in    the    cultivation   and    domestication 

of  the  fruits  under  discussion."     Preface. 

FULLER,  Andrew  S. 

Small  fruit  culturist.     1900 634.3  F98 

ROE,  Edward  Payson. 

Success  with  small  fruits.     1881 634.3  R59 

Pleasant,  readable  account  of  the  best  practices  of  growing  and  selling 
the  berry  fruits,  as  strawberries,  raspberries,  currants,  gooseberries,  etc. 

BAILEY,  Liberty  Hyde. 

American  grape  training.     1893 634.4  B16 

SAPORTA,  Antoine,  comte  de. 

Physique  et  chimie  Anticoles.     1899 r634.4  S24 

Theoretical  and  practical  treatise  on  scientific  vine-culture  and  wine- 
making. 

UNITED  STATES— Pomology  division. 

Nut  culture  in  the  United  States,  embracing  native  and 

introduced  species.     1896 qr634.5  U25 

FERGUSON,  John,  comp. 

All  about  rubber  and  gutta-percha;  the  indiarubber  planter's 
manual,  with  the  latest  statistics  and  information,  more 


994  FORESTRY 

particularly  in  regard  to  cultivation  and  scientific  ex- 
periments in  Trinidad  and  Ceylon.     1899 634.6  F38 


634.9     Forestry 

BRISBIN,  James  S. 

Trees  and  tree-planting.     1888 634.9  B75 

Object  is  to  awaken  interest  in  forest  preservation.  Tells  what  trees 
are  adapted  to  certain  soils  and  climates,  gives  practical  directions  for 
forest  cultivation. 

BROWN,  James. 

The  forester;  or,  A  practical  treatise  on  the  planting,  rear- 
ing and  general  management  of  forest-trees.     1882.  .  .qr634.9  B78 
BROWN,  John  Croumbie. 

Management  of  crown  forests  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope 

under  the  old  regime  and  under  the  new.    1887 634.9  B79 

BRUNCKEN,  Ernest. 

North   American   forests  and  forestry;  their  relations  to 

the  national  life  of  the  American  people.     1900 634.9  B83 

Comprehensive  treatment  of  the  subject.  Discusses  the  distribution  of 
forests,  forest  industries,  the  crime  of  forest  destruction,  forest  fi- 
nance and  management,  and  forest  fires,  closing  with  a  valuable  chap- 
ter on  forestry  as  a  profession. 

ELIOT,  Charles. 

Vegetation  and  scenery  in  the  metropolitan  reservations 

of  Boston;  a  forestry  report.     1898 634.9  E47 

Gives  an  account  of  the  origin  of  the  commoner  types  of  woodland 
scenery,  with  some  suggestions  on  the  methods  of  changing  and  con- 
trolling the  vegetation  so  as  to  preserve  and  increase  the  beauty  of 
the  landscape.  Though  describing  local  conditions,  it  sets  forth  gener- 
al principles  which  may  be  applied  anywhere.  Maps  and  photographs 
of  present  conditions  of  tree-growths  in  the  reservations. 

GANNETT,  Henry,  and  others. 

Forest  reserves,  1898-1900.    1899-1900.     (In  United  States — 

Geological  survey.     Annual  report,  pt.5  of  v. 19-21.)  .  .qr557.3  U25a 
Each  report  is  in  2  volumes:  v.i.  Text;  v. 2,  Atlas.  / 

GIFFORD,  John  Clayton. 

Practical  forestry;  for  beginners  in  forestry,  agricultural 

students,  woodland  owners  and  others.     1902 634.9  Gs7 

Contents:  Meaning  of  forest  and  forestry,  and  other  introductory  notes. 
— Wood-lots  on  farms,  forest  estates,  and  the  relation  of  silviculture 
to  the  kindred  arts  of  agriculture,  horticulture  and  landscape  garden- 
ing.— The  forest  canopy,  forest  floor  and  wood-mass. — The  forest  as 
an  agent  in  modifying  the  surface  of  the  earth  and  in  checking  the 
destructive  forces  of  nature. — The  geographical  distribution  of  forests. 
— The  formation  and  tending  of  forests. — Forest  industries  and  prod- 
ucts.— Forest  trees  and  products  of  the  tropics. — The  principal  fed- 
eral and  state  reservations, — A  list  of  fifty  American  forest  trees, 
twenty-five  conifers  and   twenty-five   hardwoods. 

HOUGH,  Franklin  Benjamin. 

Elements  of  forestry.     1882 634.9   H83 

"Author  has  endeavored  to  present,  in  a  concise  form,  a  general  outline 
of  the   subject... in   its   most  ample   relations,   without  attempting  to 
be  exhaustive  in  anything."     Preface. 
Author    was    formerly    chief    of    the    Forestry    division,    Department    of 
agriculture. 
Report    upon    forestry.     4v.      1878-84.      (United    States — 

Agriculture,  Department  of.    Special  reports.) r634.9  H83 

V.4  is  by  N.  H.  Egleston 


FORESTRY  995 

MINNESOTA— Chief  fire  warden. 

Forest  preservation;  annual  report  (ist-sth),  1895-99. 

1896-1900    r634.9    M72 

NEW  JERSEY — Geological  survey.     (3d  survey.) 

Report  on   forests.      1900 i"634.9   N26 

Forms  part  of  the  Annual  report  of  the  state  geologist  for  1899. 
Contains  a  description  of  the  forest  areas,  and  condition  of  the  timber, 
papers  on  "Forests  and  water  supply"  and  "Forests  and  climate,"  and 
a  report  on  the  condition  and  prospects  of  forests  and  forestry  in  the 
coast  areas. 

NEW  YORK  (state) — Forest  commission. 

Annual  report,  1894.     1895 r634.9  N2612 

April  25,  189s,  this  commission  was  consolidated  with  the  Fish  and  game 
commission  and  became  Fisheries,  game  and  forest  commission,  which 
name  was  changed  in  March  1901  to  Forest,  fish  and  game  commission. 

NISBET,  John. 

Our   forests   and   woodlands.      1900.      (Haddon    hall   li- 
brary.)   634.9  N36 

PENNSYLVANIA— Forestry  department. 

Propagation  of  forest  trees  having  commercial  value  and 

adapted  to  Pennsylvania,  by  G.  H.  Wirt.     1902 r634.9  P399 

PENNSYLVANIA.  Statutes. 

Pennsylvania  laws  relating  to  the  Department  of  forestry, 
forestry  reservations,  timber  lands,  roadside  trees,  etc., 

1901.     1901 r634.9  P39 

Published  by  the  Department  of  forestry. 
PINCHOT,  Gifford,  &  Graves,  H.  S. 

White  pine;   a  study,  with  tables  of  volume  and  yield. 

1896 634.9  P61 

ROUSSET,  Antonin. 

The  forest  waters  the  farm;  or,  The  value  of  woodlands 

as  reservoirs.     1886 634.9  R77 

Second  title-page  reads  "Studies  of  Master  Peter  about  agfriculture  and 
forests." 

SCHWARZ,  G.  Frederick. 

Forest  trees  and  forest  scenery.    1901 634.9  S41 

Popular  study  of  the  ordinary  types  of  American  forest-trees,  pointing 
out  the  elements  of  their  beauty.  The  influence  of  undergrowth,  of 
climbing  plants,  the  manner  of  attachment  of  leaves,  etc.  are  con- 
sidered in  relation  to  the  xsthetic  effect  produced.  Contains  chapter 
on  European  forests.     Fine  illustrations. 

UNITED  STATES— Agriculture,  Department  of. 

Report  upon  the  forestry  investigations  of  the  department, 
1877-1898,  by  B.  E.  Fernow.  1899.  (55th  cong.  3d  sess. 
House.    Doc.  no.iSi.) qr634.9  U2S32 

Appendix:  Memorial  of  a  committee  of  the  American  association  for  the 
advancement  of  science,  in  behalf  of  forest  preservation,  leading  to  the 
establishment  of  the  Division  of  forestry. — List  of  publications  relat- 
ing to  forestry,  issued  from  the  Department  of  agriculture  since  1877. 
— Forests  and  forestry  in  the  United  States. — Forest  policies  of 
European  nations. — -Forest  conditions  and  methods  of  forest  manage- 
ment in  Germany,  with  a  brief  account  of  forest  management  in  Brit- 
ish India. — Principles  of  silviculture. — Principles  of  forest  economy. 
— Forest  influences. — The  work  in  timber  physics  in  the  Division  of 
forestry,  by  Filibert  Roth. — Metal  ties  for  railways,  and  economies 
in  the  use  of  wooden  ties,  by  E.  E.  R.  Tratman. 
UNITED  STATES — Foreign  commerce  bureau. 

Forestry  in  Europe;  reports  from  the  consuls  of  the 

United  States.     1887 r634.9  U253 


996  VEGETABLE  GARDENING 

UNITED  STATES— Forestry  bureau. 

Bulletin,     no.i-date.     1887-date qr634.9  U25 

no.ii  wanting;  no.23  not  yet  issued  (1902). 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p.2Si;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 


634.905     Periodicals 

AMERICAN  journal  of  forestry;  monthly;  ed.  by  F.  B.  Hough. 

V.I.     1882-83 r634.905  Asi 

No  more  published. 
FORESTER;  monthly.     v.4-date.     1898-date r634.905  F76 


635     Vegetable  gardening 

BAILEY,  Liberty  Hyde. 

Forcing-book;  a  manual  of  the  cultivation  of  vegetables 

in  glass  houses.     1897.     (Garden-craft  series.) 635  Bi6f 

Principles  of  vegetable-gardening.     1901.    (Rural   science 

series.)     635    Bi6p 

Bibliography,  p.242-270. 

FISKE,  George  Burnap,  conip. 

Prize  gardening;  how  to  derive  profit,  pleasure  and  health 
from  the  garden;  actual  experience  of  the  successful 
prize  winners  in  the  American  agriculturist  garden  con- 
test.     1901 635    FS4 

Object  of  the  contest  was  to  bring  out  reports  of  the  most  successful 
gardening  efforts  of  the  year.  The  information,  which  relates  al- 
most exclusively  to  vegetables  and  fruit,  is  of  a  nature  that  is  seldom 
given  to  the  public  by  successful  growers  and  is,  therefore,  of  special 
interest  and  value  to  the  novice. 

HENDERSON,  Peter. 

Gardening  for  profit.  1894 635  H44 

"Although  written  for  market  gardeners,  this  book  is  invaluable  to  any 
one   who   wishes  to   grow  good   vegetables.      Preparation   of   soil  and 
J  manures,  cultivation  in  all  phases,  lists  and  descriptions  of  different 

vegetables  are  given.  This  is  the  book  of  a  practical  man,  one  of 
the  best  gardeners  and  horticultural  writers  we  have  had.  It  is 
adapted  to  the  use  of  everybody  who  desires  a  vegetable  garden." 
L.  H.  Bailey. 

WATSON,  Alexander. 

American  home  garden;  principles  and  rules  for  the  cul- 
ture of  vegetables,  fruits,  flowers  and  shrubbery.  1859.  .635  W31 
ABERCROMBIE,  John. 

Garden  mushroom;  its  nature  and  cultivation.     1779 r635.2  A14 


636     Domestic  animals 


JORDAN,  Whitman  Howard. 

Feeding  of  animals.     1901.    (Rural  science  series.) 636  J42 

After  a  popular  account  of  the  chemical  constituents  of  plants  and  ani- 
mals, the  processes  of  nutrition  and  digestion,  and  the  functions  of 
food  in  the  body,  the  author  gives  a  description  of  different  cattle 
foods,  and  the  most  recent  results  of  scientific  investigation  and  farm 
practice.  There  is  also  a  useful  chapter  on  the  feeding  of  poultry. 
The  work  is  intended  for  the  reader  who  has  some  scientific  knowl- 
edge. 


DOMESTIC  ANIMALS  997 

MILLER,  Olive  Thorne. 

Our  home  pets;  how  to  keep  them  well  and  happy.    1894 636  M69 

The  same.    1894 J636  M69 

SHALER,  Nathaniel  Southgate. 

Domesticated  animals.     1895 6^6  852 

Popular  papers  on  ancestry,  characteristics  and  value  of  domestic  quad- 
rupeds, birds  and  insects,  with  chapter  on  animals'  rights  and  prob- 
lem of  domestication. 
UNITED  STATES — Animal  industry  bureau. 

Annual  report   (ist-date),  for  the  year  1884-date.     1885- 

date    , r636  U25 

Reports  for  1884-98  are  indexed  in  "Index  to  literature  relating  to  ani- 
mal industry  in  the  publications  of  the  Department  of  agriculture,"  by 
G.  F.  Thompson,             ro  16.63  T38. 
Bulletin.     no.4-date.     1893-date r636  U25b 

no.s,  9,  29  wanting. 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  v.2,  p.229;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 

Bulletins  no.  1-23  are  indexed  in  "Index  to  literature  relating  to  ani- 
mal industry  in  the  publications  of  the  Department  of  agriculture,"  by 
G.  F.  Thompson,  ro  16.63   T38. 

636.1     Horses 

HAYES,  Matthew  Horace. 

Points  of  the  horse;  a  familiar  treatise  on  equine  conforma- 
tion.    1897 q636.i    H37 

Stable  management  and  exercise.     1900 636.1  H37S 

JORROCKS,  {pseud,  of  James  Albert  Garland). 

Private  stable;  its  establishment,  management  and  appoint- 
ments.    1899 636.1   J43 

LUPTON,  James  Irvine. 

The  horse;  as  he  was,  as  he  is  and*as  he  ought  to  be. 

1881    636.1   L98 

MARTIN,  George  A. 

Family  horse;  its  stabling,  care  and  feeding.    1889 636.1  M42 

UNITED  STATES— Agriculture,  Department  of. 

Special  report  on  the  market    for  American  horses  in 

foreign   countries.      1898 r636.i    U25 

"Report  on  the  American  trade  in  horses,  descriptions  of  the  kinds  of 
horses  needed  in  European  countries,  and  suggestions  to  American 
breeders  as  to  breeding  horses  for  foreig^n  markets.  Compiled  princi- 
pally from  reports  of  the  United  States  consular  officers." 

WALLACE,  John  H. 

The  horse  of  America,  in  his  derivation,  history  and  de- 
velopment.    1897 636.1  W17 

Devotes  particular  attention  to  the  trotting  horse. 

WALSH,  John  Henry,  {pseud.  Stonehenge). 

The  horse,  in  the  stable  and  the  field.    1899 636.1  Wi8h 

636.3     Sheep 

RUSHWORTH,  William  Arthur. 

Sheep;  a  historical  and  statistical  description  of  sheep  and 
their    products,    with    an    appendix    containing    Sheep 

breeders'  directory.     1899 r6:i6.:i   R89 

UNITED  STATES — Animal  industry  bureau. 

Special  report  on  the  history  and  present  condition  of  the 


998  DOMESTIC  ANIMALS 

sheep  industry  of  the  United  States,  by  E.  A.  Carman, 

H.  A.  Heath  and  John  Minto.     1892 r636.3  U25 


636.5     Poultry 

BEALE,  Stephen. 

Profitable  poultry  keeping.     1891 636.5  B34 

DARROW,  J.  Wallace. 

Low  cost  poultry  houses ;  plans  and  specifications  for  poultry 
buildings  costing  from  $25  to  $100,  with  a  chapter  on  poul- 
try house  conveniences.     1899 636.5  D26 

FELCH,  Isaac  K. 

Poultry  culture;   how  to  raise,  manage,  mate  and  judge 

thoroughbred   fowls.     1885 636.5   F33 

MYRICK,  Herbert,  ed. 

Turkeys  and  how  to  grow  them.     1897 636.5  M99 

Gives  careful  directions   for  breeding,   feeding,   rearing  and  marketing. 

SHERRATON,  Denzil. 

Everybody's  guide  to  poultry-keeping.     [1896.] 636.5  S55 

TEGETMEIER,  William  Bernhard. 

Poultry  book,  comprising  the  breeding  and  management 

of  profitable  and  ornamental  poultry.    1873 q636.5  T26 

WATSON,  George  Catchpole. 

Farm  poultry;  a  popular  sketch  of  domestic  fowls,  for  the 

farmer  and  amateur.    1901.     (Rural  science  series.) ..  .636.5  W31 

"Some  important  poultry  publications,"  p.33 1-334. 
WRIGHT,  Lewis,  zvriter  on  poultry. 

Illustrated  book  of  poultry.     1880 qr636.5  W93i 

Practical  book  on  breeding  and  management.  All  the  leading  varieties 
are  described  in  detail  and  schedules  given  for  judging  at  poultry 
exhibits. 

Practical  poultry  keeper;  a  guide  to  the  management  of 
poultry,  whether  for  domestic  use,  markets,  or  exhibi- 
tion.    1897 636.5  W93 

Chiefly  a  description  of  breeds  and  varieties,  and  their  origin,  with  only 
short  accounts  of  methods  of  management  and  feeding.  Preface  dated 
1867. 

636.7     Dogs 

DALZIEL,  Hugh. 

Fox  terrier,  and  all  about  it;  revised  and  brought  up  to 

date  by  J.  Maxtee.     1900 636.7  D17 

HUNTINGTON,  Harry  Woodworth. 

The  show  dog;  the  cardinal  virtues  and  objectionable  features 
of  all  the  breeds  of  dogs  from  the  show  ring  standpoint, 
with  mode  of  treatment  of  the  dog  both  in  health  and  sick- 
ness.    1901 636.7   H94 

LANE,  Charles  Henry. 

All  about  dogs.     1900 636.7  L23 

The  same J636.7  L23 

MAXTEE,  J. 

Popular  dog-keeping.     1898 636.7  M52 

Intended  for  those  keeping  but  one  or  two  dogs  as  pets.     The  dogs  de- 


DOMESTIC  ANIMALS  999 

scribed  are  those  commonly  known  as  "house"  dogs.     A  large  portion 
of  the  book  is  devoted  to  education  and  training. 

STABLES,  William  Gordon. 

Our  friend  the  dog.     1884 '. 636.7  S77 

Describes  the  characteristics  and  points  of  the  various  breeds,  and  treats 
of  their  management  in  health  and  sickness. 

WALLACE,  Mrs,  conip. 

Memories  of  some  Oxford  pets,  by  their  friends.    1900.  . .  .636.7  W17 
WALSH,  John  Henry,  (pseud.  Stonehenge). 

The  dog  in  health  and  disease.    1887 636.7  W18 


636.8     Cats 
CHANCE,  Mrs  J.  C. 

Book  of  cats;  being  a  discourse  on  cats,  with  many  quota- 
tions and  original  pencil  drawings.     1898 636.8  C36 

HUIDEKOPER,  Rush  Shippen. 

The  cat;  a  guide  to  the  classification  and  varieties  of  cats, 
and  a  treatise  upon  their  care,  diseases  and  treatment. 
189s  636.8  H91 

Bibliography,   p.  1 1 . 

REPPLIER,  Agnes. 

Fireside  sphinx.     1901 636.8  R35 

Contents:  The  cat  of  antiquity. — The  dark  ages. — Persecution. — Renais- 
sance.— ^The  cat  of  Albion. — The  cat  in  art. —  The  cat  triumphant. — 
Some  cats  of  France. — The  cat  to-day. 

WINSLOW,  Helen  Maria. 

Concerning  cats;  my  own  and  some  others.     1900 636.8  W79 

There  are  chapters  on  the  author's  own  pet  cats  as  well  as  those  of 
noted  people,  historic  cats,  high-bred  cats,  in  England  and  America, 
the  cats  of  poetry  and  art,  cat  hospitals  and  refuges,  kittens  and  their 
tricks,  characteristics  of  cats,  and  an  appendix  on  the  diseases  of  cats 
and  their  treatment.     Numerous  illustrations. 


636.9     Other  domestic  animals 

CRABTREE,  Pleasant  Elijah. 

First  Belgian  hare  course  of  instruction;  twenty  lessons, 
with  a  history  of  the  Belgian  hare  and  actual  ex- 
periences of  breeders.     1901 636.9  C85 

Advice  on  all  branches  of  Belgian  hare  raising,  with  instruction  in  ex- 
hibiting and  scoring. 

HARTING,  James  Edmund. 

The   rabbit;   with   a   chapter   on  cookery   by   A.  I.  Shand. 

1898.     (Fur  and  feather  series.) 636.9  H32 

Discussed  as  an  object  of  sport.      Describes  its  breeding,   and  all  the 
methods  of  capturing  and  killing  it. 

SCOTFORD,  Frederick  E. 

Belgian  hares  and  how  to  raise  them.     1900 636.9  S42 

JACKSON,  Sheldon. 

Annual  report  ([ist]-date)  on  introduction  of  domestic 
reindeer  into   Alaska,   1890-date.     1891-date.      (United 

States — Education  bureau.) r636.9i   J12 

ist  report  is  a  preliminary  report  transmitted  Nov.   12,   1890.     ist  and 
4th  reports  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional  docu- 
ments, no.2818  and  3280. 
2d  report  is  a  special  report  of  progress  from  1890  to  Jan.   1893. 


DAIRY.    MILK 


637     Dairy.     Milk 


BAUMEISTER,  Ferdinand. 

Milch  und  molkerei-producte.   1895.   (Hartleben's  chemisch- 

technische    bibliothek.) r637    B32 

Illustrates  the  practice  in  butter-  and  cheese-factories.  Contains  a 
section  on  milk  testing  and  analysis. 

PENNSYLVANIA  STATE  DAIRYMEN'S  ASSOCIATION. 
Transactions,  1876,  1878-1894.    (In  Agriculture  of  Pennsyl- 
vania,  1878-1894.) r630.6  P399 

Report  of  transactions   for   1876   in  Pennsylvania  state   agricultural  so- 
ciety.    Annual  report  of  the  transactions,  v.  11,  r630.6  P39. 
For  later   reports  see   Pennsylvania — Agriculture,   Department  of.      An- 
nual report. 

RICHMOND,  Henry  Droop. 

Dairy  chemistry;  a  practical  handbook  for  dairy  chemists 

and  others  having  control  of  dairies.     1899 637  R42 

"List  of  useful  books,"  P.357-3S8. 

SNYDER,  Harry. 

Chemistry  of  dairying.     1897 (^2)7   S67 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Outlines  the  subject  in  simple  language.  Intended  to  instruct  farmers 
and  dairymen  in  the  chemistry  of  milk  and  milk-products. 

UNITED  STATES — Foreign  commerce  bureau. 

Cattle  and  dairy  farming;  reports  from  consuls  of  the 
United  States,  on  cattle  and  dairy  farming  and  the 
markets  for  cattle,  beef  and  dairy  products  in  their 
several  districts.     1887.     (49th  cong.     ist  sess.     House. 

Ex.  doc.  no. 51.) r637  U25 

WING,  Henry  Hiram. 

Milk  and  its  products.    1897.     (Rural  science  series.) ^yj  W78 

"References  to   agricultural  experiment   station   reports   and  bulletins," 

p.25g-267. 
Discusses  especially  the  manufacture  of  butter  and  cheese.     Author  is 
(1897)  assistant  professor  of  dairy  husbandry  in  Cornell  university. 

AIKMAN,  C.  M. 

Milk;  its  nature  and  composition.    1895 637.1  A29 

FARRINGTON,  Edward  Holyoke,  &  Woll,  F.  W. 

Testing  milk  and  its  products;  a  manual  for  dairy  stu- 
dents, creamery  and  cheese-factory  operators  and  dairy 

farmers.     1898 .  .637.1    F2S 

The  methods  are  those  which  do  not  require  an  expert  knowledge  of 
analytical  chemistry.  The  use  of  the  Babcock  tester  is  given  especial 
attention. 


638     Bees.     Silkworms 

ROOT,  A.  I. 

A  B  C  of  bee  culture.     1890 q638  R68 

The  same;  revised  by  E.  R.  Root.     1903 q638  R68a 

SOUDER,  David. 

Rural  economist's  assistant  in  the  management  of  bees, 
principally  taken   from   the   German   writings  of  J.  L. 

Christ.     1807 r630   P39 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 


FISHERIES  looi 

HAZZI,  J.  von. 

Treatise  on  the  culture  of  silk  in  Germany  and  especially 
in  Bavaria;  or,  Complete  instruction  for  the  plantation 
and  the  management  of  mulberry  trees  and  the  rearing 
of  silkworms.     1828.     (United  States.     20th  cong.   ist 

sess.     [House.    Doc]  no. 175,  pt.2.) ^633.5?  U25 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

HOMERGUE,  John  d'. 

D'Homergue  upon  American  silk;  report  of  the  committee 
on  agriculture,  on  the  growth  and  manufacture  of  silk, 
to  which  is  annexed  Essays  on  American  silk,  with  di- 
rections for  raising  silk  worms,  by  John  d'Homergue 
and  P.  S.  Duponceau,  May  24,  1830.  1830.  (United 
States.    2ist  cong.    ist  sess.    House.  Doc.  no. 26.) r630.4  C69 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

ROBERTS,  Edward  P. 

Manual  containing  directions  for  sowing,  transplanting 
and  raising  the  mulberry  tree,  also  directions  for  the 

culture  of  silk.     1839 1*633.57  U25 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 


639     Fisheries 

LONDON,  INTERNATIONAL  FISHERIES  EXHIBITION, 
1883. 
Fisheries  exhibition  literature.     14V.     1884 r639  L82 

For  contents  see  contents  book,  p.  170;  kept  at  the  reference  desk. 
V.  14  is  an  index  volume. 

PENNSYLVANIA — Fisheries,  State  commissioners  of. 

Fish,    fishing    and    fisheries    of    Pennsylvania;    comp.    by 

W.  E.  Meehan.     1893 r639  P39f 

Prepared  for  Pennsylvania's  fish  exhibit  at  the  World's  Columbian  ex- 
position, Chicago,  1893. 

Report,  1873/74,  1879/80-date.     1875-date r639  P39 

The  report  for   1873/74   will  be   found  in  Executive   documents,    1874, 

r328.74  P39e. 
Report  for  1883/84  wanting. 

THOMPSON,  Lindsay  G.comp. 

History  of  the  fisheries  of  New  South  Wales,  with  a  sketch 

of  the  laws  by  which  they  have  been  regulated.   1893.  . .  .r639  T38 
UNITED  STATES— Fish  commission. 

Bulletin,    v.i-date.     188.2-date qr639'U25b 

v.  I— 4  will  be  found  in  the  sheep  bound  set  of  congressional  documents, 
no.1996,  2127,  2213,  2310. 

Fisheries  and  fishery  industries  of  the  United  States;  pre- 
pared by  G.  B.  Goode  and  a  staff  of  associates.    5v.in  7. 

1884-87    qr639   U25 

v. I.     Natural  history  of  useful  aquatic  animals. 

pt.i.     Text.  pt.2.     Plates. 

V.2.     Geographical   review   of   the    fisheries   industries   and   fishing  com- 
munities for   1880. 
V.3.     The  fishing  grounds  of  North  America. 
v.4.     The  fishermen  of  the  United  States. 
V.5.     History  and  methods  of  the   fisheries. 
pt.i-2.     Text.  pt.3.     Plates. 


1002  DOMESTIC  ECONOMY 

Report  ([ist]-date)  of  the  commissioner,  1871-date.    1873- 

date    r639   U25r 

The  title-page  of  the   ist  report  reads  "Report  on  the  condition  of  the 
sea  fisheries  of  the  south  coast  of  New  England  in   1871  and  1872." 

Report  of  the  commissioner  on  investigations  in  the  Co- 
lumbia river  basin  in  regard  to  the  salmon  fisheries. 
1894.      (53d    cong.      2d    sess.      Senate.      Mis.  doc.    no. 

200.)    qr639  U25re 

BUND,  John  William  Willis. 

Handy  book  of  fishery  management.     1899 639.1  B88 

McINTOSH,  William  Carmichael. 

Resources  of  the  sea,  as  shown  in  the  scientific  experi- 
ments to  test  the  -effects  of  trawling  and  of  the  closure 

of  certain  areas  off  the  Scottish  shores.     1899 639.1  M17 

UNITED  STATES — Special  agents  division. 

Report  on  the  salmon  fisheries  of  Alaska,  1896-1900.    1897- 

1901     r639.i    U25 

Report  for  1896  is  by  G.  R.  Tingle;  for  1 897-1 900,  by  H.  M.  Kutchin. 
Reports   for   1899-1900   will  be   found   in  the   sheep  bound  set  of  con- 
gressional documents,  no. 3852  and  4042. 

UNITED  STATES— State  department. 

Fisheries;  England,  France,  Netherlands;  message  from 
the  president  transmitting  information  on  the  subject 
of  the  regulations  of  England,  France  and  the  Nether- 
lands respecting  their  fisheries.  1832.  (22d  cong.  ist 
sess.     House.     Doc.  no.99.) r639.i   U2S3 

639.2     Fish-culture 

MATHER,  Fred. 

Modern  fishculture  in  fresh  and  salt  water.     1900 639.2  M46 

Contains   a   chapter   on   whitefish   culture,   by   Herschel    Whitaker,    and 
one  on  the  pike-perch,  by  James  Nevin. 
ROOSEVELT,  Robert  Barnwell,  &  Green,  Seth. 

Fish  hatching  and  fish  catching.     1879 639.2  R68 

TRAHERNE,  John  Popkin. 

Habits  of  the  salmon.     1889 639.2  T68 


640     Domestic  economy 

BIDDER,  Marion  Greenwood,  &  Baddeley,  Florence. 

Domestic  economy  in  theory  and  practice;  a  text-book  for 
•   teachers  and   students  in  training.    1901.     (Cambridge 

series  for  schools  and  training  colleges.) 640  B47 

Gives  excellent  outlines  of  lessons  on  food  and  domestic  economy,  with 
practical  directions  helpful  to  every  young  housekeeper,  though  many 
suggestions  apply  only  to  the  English  conditions  for  which  it  is  written. 

BUCKTON,  Mrs  Catherine  M. 

Comfort  and  cleanliness;  the  servant  and  mistress 

question.     1898 640  B85 

Short  practical  directions,  including  an  outline  of  each  servant's  work 
in  a  small  household.     Adapted  to  English  city  conditions. 

CAMPBELL,  Mrs  Helen. 

Easiest  way  in  housekeeping  and  cooking.    1893 640  CiSe 

Bibliography,  p.  288. 


DOMESTIC  ECONOMY  1003 

Household  economics.     1897 640  C15 

Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

Practical  chapters  on  house-building,  furnishing,  household  management, 
food,  cleaning,  sanitation,  service,  modern  life,  etc. 

DEWING,  Mrs  Maria  R.  (Oakey). 

Beauty  in  the  household.     1882 645  D51 

Discusses  questions  of  taste  and  beauty  in  household  furnishings  and 
offers  many  suggestions   as  to   artistic   effects. 

HERRICK,  Mrs  Christine  (Terhune). 

First  aid  to  the  young  housekeeper.     1900 640  H47 

HOLT,  Mrs  Elizabeth  F. 

From    attic    to    cellar;    or,    Housekeeping    made    easy. 

1892    640   H74 

Handbook  on  convenient  and  sanitary  house-furnishing,  servants'  duties 

and  rights,  washing,  sweeping,  fuel,  care  of  lamps,  woolens,  silver,  etc. 

HUNTINGTON,  Emily. 

Kitchen  garden;  or.  Object  lessons  in  household  work. 

1893     qj640    H94 

Author  originated  the  kitchen-garden,  which  applies  kindergarten  methods 
to  teaching  little  girls  to  sweep,  dust,  answer  the  door,  lay  the  table, 
and  other  simple  household  duties.  Miss  Huntington's  classes  have 
been  successfully  conducted  for  years  at  the  Wilson  mission.  Avenue 
A  and  St.  Mark's  place.  New  York. 

MURCHfi,  Vincent  T. 

Teacher's  manual  of  object  lessons  in  domestic  economy; 
adapted  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  education  de- 
partment  in   the   class   subject   of   domestic   economy. 

2v.      1898 640   M97 

ORMSBEE,  Mrs  Agnes  (Bailey). 

House  comfortable.     1892 640  O28 

PARLOA,  Maria. 

Home  economics.     1898 640   P24 

Contents:  Some  essentials  of  the  home. — The  water-supply. — Furnish- 
ing.— Daily  routine  of  household  work. — The  laundry.— Care  of 
lighting  appliances. — Fuel  and  fires. — Table  service. — Marketing. — 
The  art  of  carving. — Food. — Woods  and  polished  floors. — Treatment 
of  wood  finishes. — Oils,  their  use  and  behavior. — Stains. 

POWER,   Mrs   Susan   C.    (Dunning),    (pseud.  Shirley  Dare). 

Anna  Maria's  housekeeping.     1884 640  P87 

Appeared  first  in  the  "Wide  awake,"  v.15— 19,   1882-1884. 
Practical  suggestions  for  easy  and  economical  housekeeping. 

RICHARDS,  Mrs  Ellen  Henrietta  (Swallow). 

Cost  of  living  as  modified  by  sanitary  science.     1899 640  R39 

"It  is  with  the  intention  of  starting  a  discussion  of  certain  questions  by 
the  intelligent  young  people  just  about  to  begin  life  on  fifteen  hundred 
to  three  thousand  dollars  a  year  that  these  pages  have  been  written." 
Author. 

RICHARDS,  Mrs  Ellen  Henrietta  (Swallow),  &  Elliott,  S.  M. 
Chemistry  of  cooking  and  cleaning;  a  manual  for  house- 
keepers.     1897 640    R39C 

"Books  of  reference,"  p.  153-154. 

Gives  for  non-scientific  readers  practical  information  as  to  the  chemical 
composition  of  the  different  foods,  how  they  are  changed  by  cooking, 
and  the  proportion  of  the  different  elements  needed  in  diet,  also  tells 
what  dust,  grease  and  all  sorts  of  spots  and  stains  really  are  and  what 
will  most  effectually  remove  them. 

SEAMAN,  Hervey  J. 

Expert  cleaner;  a  handbook  of  practical  information  for 
all  who  like  clean  homes,  tidy  apparel,  wholesome  food 


I004  COOKERY 

and  healthful  surroundings.     1899 T640  S43 

The  same.     1899 640  S4.', 

STACPOOLE,  Florence. 

Handbook  of  housekeeping  for  small  incomes.     [1898.] 640  S77 

WILSON,  Mrs  Lucy  Langdon  (Williams),  ed. 

Domestic  science  in  grammar  grades;  a  reader.     1900. .  .  .640  W76d 
Handbook  of  domestic  science  and  household  arts,  for  use 

in  elementary  schools;  a  manual  for  teachers.  1900. .  .  .640  W76 
Contents:  Haggenbotham,  May.  •  The  house  beautiful. — Marlatt,  A.  L. 
The  kitchen.  Starchy  foods  and  how  to  cook  them. — Wilson,  Mrs 
L.  L.  W.  Foods.  Advanced  course.  Principles  of  cooking. — Beckler, 
A.  H.  Fish,  oysters  and  salads. — Wilson,  Mrs  L.  L.  W.  The  dining 
room. — Norton,  Mrs  A.  P.  Bread,  pastry  and  cake. — Hunt,  C.  L.  The 
bedroom. — Vail,  M.  B.  The  laundry. — Elliott,  S.  M.  Household  pests. 
— Wilson,  Mrs.  L.  L.  W.  House  cleaning. — McDougall,  J.  K.  Mend- 
ing and  sewing. — McNear,  M.  I.  How  to  turn  an  ordinary  school- 
room into  a  workshop  for  the  study  of  household  arts. 
Most   of  the  chapters  contain  bibliographies. 

"The  course  of  study  outlined  in  the  following  pages  has  already  been 
subjected  to  the  test  of  practical  application  in  the  schoolroom,  with 
excellent  results.  I  believe  that  it  may  be  pursued  with  profit, 
both  to  the  teacher  and  to  the  pupil,  in  any  or  all  of  the  grammar 
grades,  and  in  any  school  however  poorly  equipped."     Introduction. 

YOUMANS,  Edward  Livingston. 

Hand-book   of   household   science;   a   popular   account  of 

heat,  light,  air,  aliment  and  cleansing.     1898 640  Y35 


640.5     Periodicals 

AMERICAN  kitchen  magazine;  a  domestic  science  monthly. 

v.8-date.      1897-date r640.5   A51 

April   1903-date  title  reads  "Home  science  magazine." 

GOOD  housekeeping;  a  monthly  journal,  May  1885-Dec. 

1892,  1896-date.    V.1-15,  22-date.    1885-date qr640.5  G62 

HOME  science  magazine.    See    American  kitchen  magazine. 


641     Cookery 


ABEL,  Mrs  Mary  Hinman. 

Practical  sanitary  and  economic  cooking,  adapted  to  per- 
sons of  moderate  and  small  means.     1890 641  A14 

Prize  essay  of  the  American  public  health  association. 
States   clearly    food   values   and   proper   methods   of   preparation;    gives 
receipts,  bills  of  fare  and  prices. 

BENTON,  Mrs  J.  Rosalie. 

How  to  cook  well.     1886 r64i   B44 

Collection  of  tested  receipts,   with  careful  directions  about  mixing  and  " 
cooking. 

BERSCH,  Wilhelm. 

Die  brotbereitung;  nebst  einem  anhange,  Die  einrichtung 
von  brotfabriken  und  kleineren  backereien.  1895.  (Hart- 

leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r64i  B461 

BOLAND,  Mary  A.  afterzvard  Mrs  Pequignot. 

Handbook  of  invalid  cooking.     1893 641  B59 

BROWNE,  Phyllis,  {pseud,  of  Arthur  Gay  Payne). 

Dictionary  of  dainty  breakfasts.     1899 J641   B81 


COOKERY  1005 

BURRELL,  earoline  Benedict. 

Gala-day  luncheons;  a  little  book  of  suggestions.     1901 643  B94 

Some  of  these  chapters  appeared  first  in  "Harper's  bazar." 
CHURCH,  Arthur  Herbert. 

Food;  some  account  of  its  sources,  constituents  and  uses. 

1898.     (South  Kensington  museum  science  handbooks.)  .  .643  C46 
CORSON,  Juliet. 

Family  living  on  $500  a  year.     1887 641   C82 

Practical  American  cookery  and  household  management. 

1885    641    C82P 

Full  of  excellent  receipts.     Includes  the  care  of  children  and  invalids, 
and  careful  instructions  for  marketing  and  carving. 

CURTIS,  Isabel  Gordon. 

Left-overs  made  palatable;  a  manual  of  practical  economy 
of  money,  time  and  labor  in  the  preparation  and  use  of 
food.      1902 641    C93 

Tells  how  to  utilize   foods  which  in  an  American  household  usually  go 
to  waste.     The  book  stands  almost  alone  in   its  class  and  is  so  emi- 
nently practical  as  to  be  of  importance. 
DAVIDIS,  Henriette. 

Praktisches  kochbuch  fiir  die  gewohnliche  und  feinere 
kiiche,  bearbeitet  fiir  die  deutsch-amerikanische  kiiche; 
nebst  einem  anhang  spezifisch  amerikanischer  koch-, 
back-  und  einmach-rezepte;  mit  umrechnung  der  deut- 

schen  masse  und  gewichte  in  amerikanische.     1901 641  D29 

DE  LOUP,  Maximilian. 

American  salad  book.     1900 641   D41 

DODDS,  Susanna  W. 

Health  in  the  household;  or,  Hygienic  cookery.    1895 641  D66 

DUBOIS,  Urbain. 

Nouvelle  cuisine  bourgeoise  pour  la  ville  et  pour  la  cam- 

pagne.      [1878.] 641    D85 

EWING,  Mrs  Emma  (Pike). 

Art  of  cookery.     1899 641    E97 

Marketing,  care  of  food,   methods  of  cooking;   with   receipts,  bread  and 
pastry  making,  bills  of  fare,  etc. 

FARMER,  Fannie  Merritt. 

Boston  cooking-school  cook  book.     1896 641  F24 

Chafing  dish   possibilities.      1898 641    F24C 

GALLIER,  Adolphe. 

Majestic  family  cook-book.     1897 641   G15 

HARLAND,  Marion,  (pseud,  of  Mrs  Mary  Virginia  (Hawes) 
Terhune). 

Breakfast,  luncheon  and  tea.     1889 641  H27 

Common   sense  in  the  household;  a  manual  of  practical 

housewifery.     1898 641    H27C 

"Chiefly   a  cookery  book,   including   dishes   for   the   nursery  and   sick- 
room.    A  few  directions  for  washing,  cleaning,  and  the  like  are  added. 
Mrs.    Terhune's   cookery   is   distinctively    American,    of   the    Southern 
school;    her   receipts  are   trustworthy,    and   the   directions   sufficiently  ' 
clear  to  be  followed  successfully  by  the  inexperienced  housewife." 

Gesunde  vernunft  im  haushalte;  ein  handbuch  praktischer 

hausfrauenschaft.     1887 641    H27g 

HAUPTMANN,  Frederick  D. 

Bread  and  cake  baking.     1877 641  H35 

Receipts  and  directions  for  bakers,  by  a  baker. 


ioo6  COOKERY 

HERRICK,  Mrs  Christine  (Terhune). 

Liberal  living  upon  narrow  means.     1891 641  H47 

Offers  an  economical  and  carefully  planned  menu  for  every  day  of  one 
week  during  each  month  of  the  year.  Includes  hints  for  avoiding 
waste. 

HUNTINGTON,  Emily. 

Cooking  garden.     1885 q64i   H94 

Directions  for  simple  cooking  lessons.  Author  was  a  pioneer  in  teaching 
cooking  to  children. 

JAGO,  William. 

Text-book  of  the  science  and  art  of  bread-making;  includ- 
ing the  chemistry  and  analytic  and  practical  testing  of 
wheat,  flour  and  other  materials  employed  in  baking. 
189s   641  J14 

Treats  of  the  chemistry  of  baking,  the  design  of  bakeries,  machinery 
used,  processes  of  commercial  bread-making,  technical  and  chemical 
testing  of  materials,  etc.  A  thorough,  practical  work  for  technical 
chemists  and  bakers. 

JAMES,  Alice  L. 

Catering  for  two;  comfort  and  economy  for  small  house- 
holds.     1898 641    J16 

KELLOGG,  Mrs  E.  E. 

Science  in  the  kitchen;  a  scientific  treatise  on  food  sub- 
stances and  their  dietetic  properties,  with  a  practical 
explanation  of  the  principles  of  healthful  cookery,  and 

a  number  of  recipes.     1892 641   K16 

KIRKLAND,  Elizabeth  Stansbury. 

Dora's   housekeeping.      1899 J641    K28d 

Failures  and  successes  of  a  little  girl  who  cooks,  and  keeps  house  for 
her  father. 

Six  little  cooks;  or.  Aunt  Jane's  cooking  class.     1891 J641  K28 

Easy  receipts  for  little  girls  to  try  at  home. 
EARNED,  Mrs  Linda  (Hull). 

Hostess  of  today.     1899 641   L32 

Designed  to  assist  "in  selecting  a  menu  suitable  for  the  most  elaborate 
repast  or  the  simplest  meal,"  with  receipts  and  directions  how  to 
serve  each  dish,  and  careful  estimates  of  the  cost. 
"A  culinary  treatise  worthy  of  as  serious  consideration  as  it  is  possible 
to  accord  to  literature  of  the  kitchen.  It  merits  encomium  not  only 
for  the  novel  manner  in  which  the  recipes  are  presented,  but  for  the 
piquant  quality  that  pervades  them."  Nation,   1899. 

LINCOLN,  Mrs  Mary  Johnson  (Bailey). 

Boston  cook  book.     1894 641   L71 

Trustworthy  guide  in  practical  cookery.  Arrangement  of  the  topics  is 
systematic,  and  the  directions  for  work  so  concise  and  exact  that  a 
novice  in  following  them  is  able  to  obtain  good  results.  Though  not 
a  scientific  treatise,  it  gives  a  usefnl  outline  of  the  chemistry  and 
physiology  of  food. 

MALLOCK,  M.  M. 

Economics  of  modern  cookery;  or,  A  younger  son's 

cookery  book.     1900 641    M29 

Appeared  first  under  the  title,  "A  younger  son's  cookery  book." 

MANN,  E.  E. 

Manual  of  the  principles  of  practical  cookery.  1899.  (Do- 
mestic science  manuals.) 641  M33 

NITSCH,    Mrs    Helen    Alice    (Matthews),    {psnid.    Catherine 
Owen). 
Ten   dollars  enough;   keeping  house  well   on  ten   dollars 


COOKERY  1007 


64 


a  week.     1896 641  N36 

Describes  the  struggles  and  triumphs  of  a  young  housekeeper.  Its 
simple  story  gives  a  personal  interest  to  household  matters,  and  offers 
good  receipts  not  found  in   formal  cook-books. 

PARLOA,  Maria. 

Camp  cookery;  how  to  live  in  camp.     1878 641  P24C 

Kitchen   companion.      1887 641    P24k 

"Exhaustive  culinary  treatise,  and  everything  from  the  building  of  the 
kitchen  to  the  ferns  on  the  dinner-table  is  discussed  and  explained." 
Critic,  1887. 

New  cook  book  and  marketing  guide.     1880 641  P24 

Young   housekeeper.      1894 641    P24y 

Economical  receipts  for  a  family  of  two  or  three,  with  elementary  hints 
on   household  management. 

PAUL,  Mrs  Sara  T. 

Cookery  from  experience.     1875 641    P31 

Receipts  tested  by  personal  experience  of  the  author. 

PIERCE,  Ella  A. 

Hartley  house  cook  book  and  household  economist.  1901. 
(Hand-books  for  practical  workers  in  church  and  phi- 
lanthropy.)     641    P55 

Hartley  house,  a  department  of  the  New  York  association  for  improving 
the  condition  of  the  poor,  is  an  industrial  settlement  whose  resident 
workers  and  volunteers  live  and  labor  among  the  poor.  These  receipts, 
which  are  those  used  in  the  Hartley  house  cooking  classes,  are  emi- 
nently  practical   and   economical. 

RONALD,  Mary,   (pseud,  of  Mrs  Augusta  (Foote)   Arnold). 

Century  cook  book.     1896 641   R66 

RORER,  Mrs  Sarah  Tyson. 

Colonial  recipes.     1894 641    R69C 

Dainties.      1894 641    R69d 

Receipts  for  meat  and  fish  sauces,  curry  and  desserts. 

Fifteen  new  ways  for  oysters.     1894 641   R69 

Good  cooking.     1898 641    R69g 

Hot  weather  dishes.     1888 641  R69ho 

The  same . J641    R69ho 

How  to  use  a  chafing  dish.     1894 641  R69h 

Left  overs;  how  to  transform  them  into  palatable  and 
wholesome     dishes;     with     many     new     and     valuable 

recipes.      1898 641    R69I 

New  salads  for  dinners,  luncheons,  suppers  and  recep- 
tions.    1897 641    R69n 

Sandwiches.     1894 641   R69S 

Twenty  quick  soups.     1894 641  R69t 

ROSS,  Mrs  Janet  Ann  (Duff-Gordon),  comp. 

Leaves  from  our  Tuscan  kitchen;  or.  How  to  cook  vege- 
tables.     1899 641    R73 

SEELY,  Mrs  Lida. 

Mrs  Seely's  cook  book;  a  manual  of  French  and  American 
cookery,  with  chapters  on  domestic  servants,  their 
rights  and  duties,  and  many  other  details  of  household 

management.      1902 641    S45 

.Adapted  to  an  expensive  style  of  living.  Has  introductory  chapters 
devoted  to  the  rights  and  duties  of  servants,  and  suggestions  for  the 
arrangement  of  elaborate  dinners. 

SOUTHWORTH,  May  E.  comp. 

One  hundred  and  one  sandwiches.     1902 641  S72 


\l 


\ 


1008  COOKERY 

SOWLE,  Henrietta,  (pseud.  Henriette). 

I  go  a-marketing.  1900 641  S73 

Cook-book  for  the  experienced  housekeeper.  Takes  for  granted  a  knowl- 
edge of  general  principles  and  suggests  some  attractive  variations  on 
the  cooking  and  serving  of  common  articles  of  food. 

TATE,  Mrs  Louisa  S. 

Child's  cookery  book.     1900 J641  T23 

365  DESSERTS;  a  dessert  for  every  day  in  the  year,  selected 
from  Marion  Harland,  Mrs  Lincoln,  Good  housekeep- 
ing. Table  talk  and  others.    1900 J641  T42 

The  same.     1 900 641  T42 

THUDICHUM,  John  Louis  William. 

Spirit  of  cookery ;  a  popular  treatise  on  the  history,   science, 
practice  and  ethical  and  medical  import  of  culinary  art,  with 

a  dictionary  of  culinary  terms.     1895 641  T426 

"Sketch  of  the  historic  literature  of  cookery,"  p.2o-si. 
WELLS,  Robert. 

Bread    and    biscuit    baker's    and    sugar    boiler's    assistant. 

1896  641  W49 

Pastrycook  and  confectioners'  guide;   for   hotels,   restau- 
rants, and  the  trade  in  general;  adapted  also  for  family 

use.     1892 641  W49P 

WILLIAMS,  Mary  Emma,  &  Fisher,  K.  R. 

Elements  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  cookery;  a  text- 
book of  household  science  for  use  in  schools.     1901 .  . .  .641  W746 

Bibliography,   p.  13-15. 

WILLIAMS,  William  Mattieu. 

Chemistry  of  cookery.     1894. 641  W74 

Explains  in  simple  terms  the  chemistry  of  boiling,  roasting,  grilling,  fry- 
ing and  stewing.  Discusses  the  nourishing  qualities  of  various  foods 
and  how  these  qualities  are  affected  by  cooking.  Has  a  word  of  sense 
on  vegetarianism.  Author  was  a  chemist  of  eminence,  and  his  chap- 
ters are  based  on   experiment  and  experience. 

YSAGUIRRE,  pseud.  &  LA  MARC  A,  pseud. 

Cold  dishes  for  hot  weather.     1896 641  Y46 


641.1     Gastronomy 

BRILLAT-SAVARIN,  Anthelme. 

Gastronomy  as  a  fine  art.     1889 641. i  B75 

Translation  of  the  "Physiologic  du  gout."  In  this  famous  tribute  to  the 
pleasures  of  the  table  the  reader  will  find  wit,  humor,  philosophy, 
science,  reflections,  aphorisms,  anecdotes  and  a  very  little  cookery. 

Physiologie  du  gout,     i860 r64i.i  B75 

CHILD,  Theodore. 

Delicate  feasting.     1890 641. i  C43 

"A  kind  of  higher  handbook  to  the  kitchen  and  dining-room;  it  is  written 
with  the  science  of  a  chef,  with  the  colour  of  an  artist."  Atheneeum, 
1892. 

PENNELL,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Robins),  ed. 

Feasts  of  Autolycus:  the  diary  of  a  greedy  woman.      1896.  .641.1    P39 
First  published  in  the  "Pall  Mall  gazette,"  under  the  heading,  "Wares  of 

Autolycus." 
"Mrs.  Fennel!  discourses  pleasantly  of  breakfasts,  dinners,  and  suppers; 
she  eulogizes  'the  subtle  sandwich,'  'the  incomparable  onion,'. .  .and 
'the  triumphant  tomato' ...  To  tourists  from  remote  portions  of  the 
United  States... who  are  about  to  go  abroad  for  the  first  time,  Mrs. 
Pennell's   book,    in    its   accurate   knowledge. .  .of   special   local    dishes 


DRESSMAKING.     SEWING  1009 

and  of  the  places  where  they  may  be  procured  in  the  various  towns 
of  Europe,  will  prove  of  value."     Nation,  1896. 
SALTS,  Mrs  Harriet  Anne  de. 

Art  of  cookery,  past  and  present;  with  anecdotes  of  noted 

cooks  and  gourmets,  ancient  foods,  menus,  etc.    1898.  .  .641.1  S16 


642     Confectionery 

HAUSNER,  A. 

Die    fabrikation    der    conserven    und    canditen.      1899. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r642  H35 

Methods  for  preserving  meat,  fruit,  eggs,  etc. ;   for  preparing  meat  ex- 
tracts and  bouillon  tablets,  and  for  manufacturing  candies. 

RORER,  Mrs  Sarah  Tyson. 

Home  candy  making.     1889 642  R69 

URBAN,  Franz. 

Das  buch  des  conditors;  anleitung  zur  praktischen  erzeu- 
gung  der  verschiedensten  artikel  aus  dem  conditorei- 
fache.  1890.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)     r642   U27 

646     Dressmaking.     Sewing 

BANNER,  Bertha. 

Household  sewing,  with  home  dressmaking.  1898.  (Do- 
mestic science  manuals.) 646  B22 

The  same.     1898 J646  B22 

BROUGHTON,  Mrs  J. 

Practical  dressmaking  for  students  and  technical  classes. 

1897    646    B  78 

CHURCH,  Mrs  Ella  Rodman  (Macllvane). 

Home  needle.     1882 646  C46 

CUBAEUS,  Paul. 

Das  ganze  der  kiirschnerei;  griindliches  lehrbuch  alles 
wissenswerthen  iiber  waarenkunde,  zurichterei,  farberei 
und    verarbeitung    der    pelzfelle.      1891.      (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische   bibliothek.) r646   C91 

DAVEY,  Richard. 

Furs  and  fur  garments.     [1895.] 646  D29 

HAPGOOD,  Olive  C. 

School  needlework;  a  course  of  study  in  sewing,  designed 

for  use  in  schools.     1893 646  H24 

Teacher's  edition. 
JOHNSON,  Catherine  F. 

Progressive  lessons  in  the  art  and  practice  of  needlework, 

for  use  in  schools.     1901 J646  J3S 

PATTON,  Frances. 

Home  and  school  sewing.     1901  646  P31 

Bibliography,  p.227-229. 

Clear  directions  for  all  kinds  of  hand  sewing.     Intended  for  beginners. 
Teacher's  edition. 
SMITH,  Amy  K. 

Needlework  for  student  teachers.     1897 646  S64 


loio  SERVANTS 

WOOLMAN,  Mrs  Mary  Schenck. 

Sewing  course;  with  models  and  directions  as  to  stitches, 

materials   and   methods.      1900 646   W87 

Bibliography,   apx.    p.4. 

Progressive  course  of  sewing  for  the  use  of  teachers  in  this  branch  of 

manual    training.      Adapted    for    schools,    mission-work    and    private 

classes. 

646.1      Millinery 
HILL,  Clare. 

Millinery,  theoretical  and  practical.     1900 646.1  H55 

ORTNER,  Jessica. 

Practical  millinery.     1897 646.1  O28 


647     Servants 


SALMON,  Lucy  Maynard. 

Domestic  service.     1897  647  S17 

Bibliogfraphy,  p.287-291. 

The  same.     1901  647  Si7d 

This    edition    contains    an    additional    chapter    on    "Domestic    service    in 
Europe." 

Bibliography,  p.3 17-322. 

A  history  of  domestic  service,  a  study  of  its  economic  phases,  the  dif- 
ficulties and  the  disadvantages  from  the  employer's  and  the  employ- 
ee's standpoints,  with  some  suggested  remedies.  The  discussion  is 
based  on  the  answers  received  to  questions  addressed  to  employers, 
servants,  and  such  institutions  as  women's  exchanges  and  domestic 
training  schools.  Author  is  (1902)  professor  of  history  at  Vassar. 
SPOFFORD,  Mrs  Harriet  Elizabeth  (Prescott). 

Servant  girl  question.     1881 647  S76 

Short  essays  treating  in  a  general  way  some  causes  of  difficulties. 

WORTHINGTON,  Mrs  Elizabeth  (Strong). 

Biddy  club,  and  how  its  members  grappled  with  the  ser- 
vant question.     1888  647  W91 

An   imaginary  club   whose   members  compared   notes   and   gave   practical 
advice  on  all  points  of  housekeeping. 

648     Laundry 

STIEFEL,  H.  C. 

Die  dampfwascherei;  ihre  einrichtung  und  betrieb;  ent- 
haltend  beschreibung  der  dabei  beniitzten  maschinen, 
waschprocesse  und  chemikalien,  nebst  anleitung  zur 
herstellung  von  bleichfliissigkeiten,  waschpulver  und 
seifen,  starkeglanzpraparaten,  u.  s.  w.  1900.  (Hart- 
leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r648  S85 

649     Nursery.     Children.     Sick-room 

ASHBY,  Henry. 

Health  in  the  nursery.     1898 649  A82 

BABYHOOD;   the  mother's  nursery  guide,  devoted  to  the 

care   of  children;   monthly,   Dec.   1884-Nov.   1888,   Dec. 

1889-N0V.    1891,    Dec.    1896-date.      V.1-4,    6-7,    13-date. 

1885-date    r649    B 1 1 

v.  1-6  title  reads  "Babyhood;  a  monthly  magazine  for  mothers." 


COMMERCE 


HARRISON,  Eveleen. 

Home  nursing;  modern  scientific  methods  for  the  care  of 

the  sick.     1900 649   H29 

Includes  an  appendix  on  diet  in  disease  and  convalescence,  with  receipts. 

HOLT,  Luther  Emmet. 

Care  and  feeding  of  children;  a  catechisjn  for  the  use  of 

mothers  and  children's  nurses.     1897 649  H74 

KERLEY.  Charles  Gilmore. 

Short  talks  with  young  mothers  on  the  management  of  in- 
fants and  young  children.     1901 649   K19 

Practical  information  in  regard  to  the  physical  care  of  infants  and  young 
children, — the  details  of  feeding,  clothing,  bathing,  etc. 

OPPENHEIM,  Nathan. 

Care  of  the  child  in  health.     1900 649  O26 

"It  is  not  often  that  a  book  written  to  give  household  advice  on  matters 
of  health  fulfils  its  function  so  well  as...  [this]  small  volume.  We 
would  especially  recommend  the  chapters  on  Habits,  the  Relation  of 
Parents  to  Children,  and  Education,  to  the  young  woman  who  finds 
herself  plunged  of  a  sudden.  .  .into  the  duties  of  motherhood."  Na- 
tion, 1900. 

STARR,  Louis. 

Hygiene  of  the  nursery.     1895 649  S79 

Dr  Starr   is  an  eminent  authority. 

TUCKER,  Genevieve. 

Mother,  baby  and  nursery;  a  manual  for  mothers.     1896 649  T81 

UFFELMANN,  Julius. 

Manual  of  the  domestic  hygiene  of  the  child;  ed.  by  M.  P. 

Jacobi.     1891 649  U16 

Authoritative  work,  of  value  to  the  physician  and  medical  student  on  ac- 
count of  the  abundance  of  scientific  data,  but  brought  by  translation 
and  careful  editing  entirely  within  the  reach  of  the  intelligent  general 
reader. 

WHEELER,  Marianna. 

The  baby;  his  care  and  training.     1901 649  W61 

Contents:  The  baby. — Fresh  air  and  ventilation. — The  nursery,  its  fur- 
nishings; The  nurse. — The  baby's  bath  and  clothing. — Sleep  and 
amusement. — Infant  feeding. — Contagion;  Measles  and  scarlet  fever. 
— Diphtheria,    whooping-cough,  mumps    and  chicken-pox. — Emergencies. 

WOOD,  Mrs  Frances  Fisher. 

Infancy  and  childhood.     1897 649  W85 

YALE,  Leroy  Milton,  &  Pollak.  Gustav. 

Century  book  for  mothers;  a  practical  guide  in  the  rearing 

of  healthy  children.     1901 649  Y13 

"Collection  of  extraordinarily  sensible  essays  upon  the  general  care  of 
young  children,  supplemented  by  a  large  number  of  anxious  questions 
and  intelligent  answers  received  and  given  by  the  conductors  of  a 
magazine  (Babyhood)  devoted  to  that  subject."    Nation,  1901. 

650    Commerce 

Communication.     Business 

RICE,  A.  E. 

Small  talk  about  business;  a  banker's  business  hints  for 

men  and  women.     1900 •. 650  R3q 

STODDARD,  John  Sidney,  &  Yendes,  L.  A. 

What  shall  I  do?  fifty  profitable  occupations  for  boys  and 

girls.      1899 J650   S86 


WRITING.     PENMANSHIP 


650.7 


Commercial  education 


HOOPER,  Frederick,  &  Graham,  James,  of  Wakefield,  Eng. 

Commercial  education  at  home  and  abroad;  a  handbook 
providing  materials  for  a  scheme  of  commercial  educa- 
tion for  the  United  Kingdom,  including  suggested  cur- 
ricula for  all  grades  of  educational  institutions.     1901.  .650.7  H77 
JAMES,  Edmund  Janes. 

Address  before  the  convention  of  the  American  bankers' 

association,  Sept.  3,  1890.    1892 650.7  Ji6a 

Education  of  business  men  in  Europe.    1893 650.7  J16 

Plea  for  the  establishment  of  commercial  high  schools;  an 
address  before  the  convention  of  the  American  bankers' 

association,  Sept.  7,  1892.     1893 650.7  Ji6a 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

652     Writing.     Penmanship 

BECKER,  George  J. 

Ornamental  penmanship;  a  series  of  analytical  and  fin- 
ished alphabets.     [1899.] 652  B36 

Adapted  for  draftsmen  and  fancy  penmen. 

HICKOX,  William  Eugene. 

Correspondent's  manual;  a  praxis  for  stenographers,  type- 
writer operators  and  clerks.     1902 652  H52 

Brief  handbook  containing  practical  information  on  typewriting  and 
business  correspondence.  Rules  for  punctuation,  capitalization  and 
abbreviation  are  given,  also  lists  of  words  frequently  misspelled,  for- 
eign words  and  phrases  often  used  in  correspondence,  and  some  sug- 
gestions for  letter-filing,   indexing,  etc. 

JACKSON,  John,  F.  E.  I.  S. 

Theory  and  practice  of  handwriting.      1898 652  J12 

Bibliography,  p.211-218. 

Sets  forth  the  claims  of  vertical  writing  and  gives  forms  of  capital  and 
small  letters  and  directions  for  teaching  the  vertical  hand.  Presents  a 
brief  history  of  the  former  use  of  upright  handwriting,  its  decay  and 
revival. 

NEWLANDS,  A.  F.  &  Row,  R.  K. 

Teachers'  manual   to   accompany   the    Natural   system   of 

vertical   writing.      1898 652    N28 

PALMER,  Orson  R. 

Type-writing  and  business  correspondence;  a  manual  of  in- 
struction, practice  exercises  and  business  forms  and 
expressions,   for   short-hand   students   and   type-writer 

operators.     1900 q652   P19 

SPENCERIAN  PEN  CO. 

The  pen;  its  story  from  stylus  to  Spencerian.     1901 r652.i  S74 

FRAZER,  Persifor. 

Bibliotics;  or.  The  study  of  documents;  determination  of 
the  individual  character  of  handwriting  and  detection 
of  fraud  and  forgery,  new  methods  of  research.    1901.  .  .652.3  F89 
Bibliography,  p.2So-2y3. 

BAUGHAN,  Rosa. 

Character    indicated    by    handwriting,    with    illustrations 

from  autographic  letters.     [1880.] 652.4  B32 


SHORTHAND.     TELEGRAPHY  1013 

653  Shorthand 

GRAHAM,  Andrew  J.  cotnp. 

Standard-phonographic  dictionary.     1890 r653  G76S 

ROCKWELL,  Julius  Ensign. 

Shorthand  instruction  and  practice.     1893.  (United  States — 
Education   bureau.      Circulars   of   information,    1893, 
no.i.)    653  R58S 

The  same.     1893 653  R58 

Bound  with  his  "Teaching,  practice  and  literature  of  shorthand." 

The  same.     1893.      (In   United   States — Education   bureau. 

Circulars  of  information,  1893,  no.i.) r379.7  U25C  v.27 

Teaching,  practice  and  literature  of  shorthand.  1884. 
(United  States — Education  bureau.  Circulars  of  in- 
formation,   1884,    no.2.) 653    R58 

Bibliography,   p.61-159. 

The  satne.     1884.      (In   United   States — Education   bureau. 

Circulars  of  information,  1884,  no.2.) i"379-7  U2SC  v.15 

ANDERSON,  Thomas. 

History  of  shorthand,  with  a  review  of  its  present  con- 
dition and  prospects  in  Europe  and  America.   1882.  . .  .653.09  A55 
PERNIN,  H.  M. 

Universal  phonography  in  ten  lessons.     1895 653.38  P43 

BROWN,  David  Wolfe. 

Science  and  art  of  phrase-making;  practical  and  pro- 
gressive lessons,  designed  to  teach  stenographic  phras- 
ing by  principle,  not  by  rote.     1902 653.5  B78 

GRAHAM,  Andrew  J. 

Hand-book  of  standard  or  American  phonography. 

1894    653.52    G76 

BISHOP,  George  Riker. 

Exact    phonography;    a    system    with    connectible    stroke 

vowel  signs.     1887 653.74  649 

654  Telegraphy 

CULLEY,  Robert  Spelman. 

Handbook  of  practical  telegraphy.     1885 r654  C91 

Treats  of  telegraph  line  construction  and  testing,  and  of  apparatus  for 
and  methods  of  signalling.  Includes  submarine  telegraphy.  Theoreti- 
cal and  practical. 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  Jaines,  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Electric  telegraphy.     1897.     (Elementary  electro-technical 

series.)    654  H83 

Review  of  the  underlying  principles  of  the  subject,  arranged  for  non- 
technical readers.     American  practice  only. 

LOCKWOOD,  Thomas  De  Lisle. 

Electricity,  magnetism  and  electric  telegraphy.     1890 654  L76 

Catechism  of  electricity  and  mag^netism,  particularly  as  applied  to 
telegraphy.     Intended  as  a  text-book  for  home  study. 

LORING,  A.  E. 

Hand-book  of  the  electro-magnetic  telegraph.     1878.  (Van 

Nostrand's  science   series.) r6S4   L87 


I0I4  TELEGRAPHY 

The  same.     1900 654  L87 

Clear,  concise,  practical  manual. 
MAVER,  William,  jr. 

American     telegraphy;     systems,     apparatus,     operation. 

1892 q654   M51 

Includes  all  systems  actually  in  use  in  America  at  the  time  of  publica- 
tion. Includes  such  applications  as  fire-alarms,  railway  block- 
signaling,  printing  telegraphs,  police  signals,  etc. 

POPE,  Franklin  Leonard. 

Modern  practice  of  the  electric  telegraph.     1892 .654  P81 

Includes  the  theory  of  electricity,  the  methods  of  electrical  measurement, 
and  the  principles  and  practice  of  the  ordinary  system  of  telegraphy. 
Intended  for  practical  telegraphers.  Mathematics  not  used.  Follows 
American  practice. 

PREECE,  Sir  William  Henry,  &  Sivewright,  James. 

Telegraphy.     1895.     (Text-books  of  science.) 654  P89 

"Aims  at  providing  such  a  general  introduction  to  the  art  and  science 
of  telegraphy  as  will  enable  the  student  to  proceed  to  the  study  of 
more  advanced  works,  and  give  to  the  operator  an  intellipble  expla- 
nation of  the  apparatus  with  which  he  has  to  deal."    Preface. 

Preece   has   been   for   many   years   electrician   to   the    British    post-office, 
and  writes  authoritatively  on  telegraphy  and  telephony. 
PRESCOTT,  George  Bartlett. 

Electricity  and  the  electric  telegraph.     2v.     1892 654  P92 

Comprehensive  work  from  both  the  theoretical  and  practical  points  of 
view. 

SEWARD,  William  Henry. 

Communication  of  William  H.  Seward,  secretary  of  state, 
upon  the  subject  of  an  intercontinental  telegraph  by 
way  of  Behring's  strait,  in  reply  to  Z.  Chandler,  chair- 
man of  the  committee  on  commerce,  of  the  U.  S.  Sen- 
ate.     1864 r654   S51 

THOM,  Charles,  &  Jones,  W.  H. 

Telegraphic    connections,    embracing    recent    methods    in 

quadruplex   telegraphy.      1892 654.2   T37 

Treats  of  the  methods  in  use  in  America,  showing  in  detail  how  the 
different  forms  of  apparatus  work,  and  how  they  should  be  connected. 
Deals  with  duplex  and  quadruplex  work,  and  with  the  applications  of 
the  dynamo  to  telegraphy. 

VAIL,  Alfred. 

Description  of  the  American  electro  magnetic  telegraph 
now  in  operation  between  the  cities  of  Washington  and 

Baltimore.      1845 r6S4  V13 

Brief  account  published  the  year  after  this  first  telegraph  line  was  com- 
pleted. 
TAYLOR,  William  Bower. 

Historical  sketch  of  Henry's  contribution  to  the  electro- 
magnetic telegraph,  with  an  account  of  the  origin  and 

development  of  Prof.  Morse's  invention.     1879 654.09  T25 

From  the  Smithsonian  report  for  1878. 


654.1     Space  telegraphy 

BOTTONE,  Selimo  Romeo. 

Wireless  telegraphy  and  Hertzian  waves.     1900 654.1  B64 

Popular  and  non-mathematical.     Gives  simple  directions  for  making  the 
necessary  apparatus  for  experimental  use. 

FAHIE,  John  Joseph. 

History  of  wireless  telegraphy,  1838-1899;  including  some 


TELEGRAPHY.     TELEPHONES  1015 

bare-wire  proposals  for  subaqueous  telegraphs.    1899.  . .  .654.1  F14 

"Succinct  and  well-informed  account  of  the  origin  and  development  of 
the  idea  of  telegraphing  without  wires.  The  book  is  divided  into  3 
parts,  corresponding  to  3  periods — the  possible,  the  practicable,  and 
the   practical."      Literature    (.Eng.),    1899. 

The  same.     1900 r654.i   F14 

KERR,  Richard. 

Wireless  telegraphy  popularly  explained.     1898 654.1  K21 

"Accurate  account,  with  excellent  illustrations,  of  the  subject  of  electric 
signalling  without  intervening  wires,  put  in  popular  and  readable  form, 
easy  of  comprehension  even  by  those  unfamiliar  with  electrical 
phenomena." 

LODGE,  Sir  Oliver  Joseph. 

Signalling  across  space  without  wires;  a  description  of 
the  work  of  Hertz  and  his  successors.  [1900.]  (Elec- 
trician series.) .654.1   L765 

TUNZELMANN,  George  William  de. 

Wireless  telegraphy;  a  popular  exposition.    1901 654.1  T84 


654.5     Submarine  telegraphy 

BRIGHT,  Charles. 

Submarine    telegraphs;    their    history,    construction    and 

working.      1898 qr654.5    B74 

Founded    in    part    on    Wiinschendorff's    "Traite    de    telegraphic    sous- 
marine." 
FIELD,  Henry  Martyn. 

Story  of  the  Atlantic  telegraph.     1893 654.5  F45 

Popular  history  of  the  laying  of  the  first  Atlantic  cables,  by  the  son  of 
the  promoter,   Cyrus  W.    Field. 

RUSSELL,  William  Howard. 

Atlantic  telegraph.     [1865.] q654.5   R91 

SMITH,  Willoughby. 

Rise  and  extension  of  submarine  telegraphy.     1891 q654.5  S66 

"I  have.  .  .contented  myself  with  merely  setting  down.  .  .many  of  the 
incidents  which  have  come  within  my  personal  experience,  or  have 
been  derived  from  sources  for  the  accuracy  of  which  I  can  vouch." 
Preface. 

WILKINSON,  Henry  D. 

Submarine  cable  laying  and  repairing.     1896.     (Electrician 

series.)    654.5   W72 

Detailed  technical  summary  of  the  methods  of  manufacturing,  laying, 
testing  and  repairing  cables. 

654.6     Telephones 

ALLSOP,  Frederick  Charles. 

Telephones;  their  construction  and  fitting.     1900 654.6  A44 

The  same.     1895 r654.6  A44 

BENNETT,  Alfred  Rosling. 

Telephone  systems  of  the  continent  of  Europe.     1895.  ..  .654.6  B43 
DOBBS,  A.  E. 

The    inspector   and   the    trouble    man;    an    explanation    of 

telephone  line  construction,  etc.    1900 q654.6  D65i 

Published  by  the  Electrical  engineering  publishing  company. 
Appeared  first  in  the  "Telephone  magazine." 

Treats  especially  of  repair  work  in  connection  with  small  systems.  Clear 
and  practical. 


ioi6  TELEPHONES 

DOLE  EAR,  Amos  Emerson. 

Telephone,   with  directions   for   making  a   speaking   tele- 
phone.     1877 r654.6    D69 

HOMANS,  James  Edward. 

A  B  C  of  the  telephone;  a  treatise  for  students  and  workers 

in  telephony.     1901 654.6  H75 

Well-written  manual  covering  the  whole  field  of  telephony  in  a  general 
way,  intended  for  general  readers  and  for  beginners.  Many  illustra- 
tions. 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Electric  telephone.     1896.     (Elementary  electro-technical 

series.)     r654.6    H83 

The  same.    1902.     (Elementary  electro-technical  series.)  .  .654.6  H83e 
Explanation    of   the    principles   and    method    of    operation,    written    for 
non-technical  readers. 

MILLER,  Kempster  B. 

American  telephone  practice.     [1899.] 654.6  M69 

"Writer  has  endeavored  to  present  in  as  clear  a  manner  as  possible  the 
general  principles  of  telephony,  the  design  and  construction  of  com- 
mercial apparatus,  the  circuits  connecting  such  apparatus  into  opera- 
tive systems,  and  the  methods  used  in  the  construction,  operation,  and 
maintenance  of  these  systems.  No  attempt  has  been  made  to  treat  the 
subject  from  its  purely  mathematical  standpoint."     Preface. 

The  same.     [1899.] r654.6  M69 

MONTILLOT,  Louis. 

Telephonic  pratique.     1893.     (Encyclopedic  electrique.)  .  .r654.6  M86 
PIfiRARD,  fimile. 

La  telephonic.     1899 r654.6  P55 

Describes  thoroughly  and  accurately  both  American  and  European  appa- 
ratus and  systems.  Well  illustrated  with  diagrams  and  cuts  of  the 
different  forms  of  instruments. 

PREECE,  Sir  William  Henry,  &  Stubbs,  A.  J. 

Manual  of  telephony.     1893.     (Specialists'  series.) 654.6  P89 

Covers  thoroughly  and  accurately  English  practice  prior  to  1893. 
PRESCOTT,  George  Bartlett. 

Electric  telephone.     1890 654.6   P92 

TELEPHONY;    an    illustrated    monthly   telephone   journal. 

v.i-date.      1901-date qr654.6   T27 

UNITED    STATES — Pan-electric    telephone    co.     Com- 
mittee to  investigate  charges  relating  to. 
Testimony  taken  by  the  committee  appointed  to  investi- 
gate charges  against  certain  public  officers  relating  to 
the   Pan-electric  telephone   company,  and  to  suits  by 
the  United  States  to  annul  the  Bell  telephone  patents. 
1886.    (49th  cong.    1st  sess.    House.   Mis.  doc.  no. 355.)  .  .r654.6  U25 
WEBB,  Herbert  Laws. 

Telephone  hand-book.     189^ 654.6  W36 

Practical  work  on  the  working  and  management  of  telephones.  Ameri- 
can practice. 

WIETLISBACH,  Victor. 

Handbuch  der  telephonic;  bearbeitet  von   Robert  Weber. 

1899   r654-6  W68 

Treats  of  both  theory  and  practice.     A  very  thorough  manual. 
Telephony;  tr.  fr.  the  German.     1901 654.6  W68t 

Biography  of  the  author,  p.277-279. 

Series  of  articles  contributed  to  "Electrical  engineering"  during  1895- 
1898. 


PRINTING.     PUBLISHING  1017 

AMERICAN  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  ASSOCIATION. 
Patented  telephony;  review  of  the  patents  pertaining  to 

telephones  and  telephonic  apparatus.     1897 654.62  Asi 

HOPKINS,  William  John. 

The  telephone;  outlines  of  the  development  of  trans- 
mitters  and  receivers.      1898 654.62   H78 

Contents:  Sound. — Historical. — Development  of  transmitters. — Early 
successful  types  of  transmitters. — Systematic  investigations. — Granular 
transmitters. — Magneto  instruments. — Design  of  receivers. 

MONCEL,  Theodore  Achille  Louis,  vicomte  du. 

Telephone,  microphone  and  phonograph.     1879 r654.62  M81 

Entirely  out  of  date  as  regards  present  practice. 

DOBBS,  A.  E. 

Practical  features  of  telephone  work.     1899 654.63  D65 

Advice  in  regard  to  the  starting  of  telephone  systems,  intended  especially 
to  assist  in  the  installation  of  small  exchanges,  and  to  aid  those  having 
little  knowledge  of  the  business. 

HOPKINS,  William  John. 

Telephone  lines  and  their  properties.     1896 654.63   H78 

Contents:  Design  and  construction  of  city  lines. — Underground  work. — 
Long  distance  lines. — Wire. — Insulators. — Exchanges. — Switchboards. 
- — The  propagation  of  energy. — The  telephone  current. — Measurement. 
— Properties  of  city  lines. — Interferences  from  outside  sources. — 
Properties  of  metallic  circuits. — Cables. 

654.7     Electric  bells 

ALLSOP,  Frederick  Charles. 

Electric  bell  construction;  a  treatise  on  the  construction 

of  electric  bells,  indicators  and  similar  apparatus.    1900.  .654.7  A44 
Practical  electric  bell  fitting;  a  treatise  on  the  fitting-up 
and  maintenance   of  electric  bells   and   all  the   neces- 
sary  apparatus.      1899 654.7    A44P 

HASLUCK.  Paul  Nooncree,  ed. 

Electric  bells;  how  to  make  and  fit  them,  including  bat- 
teries, indicators,  pushes  and  switches.     1900 654.7  H33 

Handbook  for  every-day  use.  Supplies  concise  information  on  the  gen- 
eral principles  of  the  subject  of  which  it  treats. 

WITTBECKER,  William  A. 

Domestic  electrical  work;  concise  and  practical  expla- 
nations for  plumbers,  tinners  and  hardware  dealers  on 
how  to  wire  buildings  for  bells,  alarms,  annunciators, 
and  for  gas  lighting  from  batteries.     1899 654.7  W82 

655     Printing.     Publishing 

BOUCHOT,  Henri. 

The  book;  its  printers,  illustrators  and  binders.     1890 qr655  B65 

Condensed  history  of  printing  and  tbe  other  arts  involved  in  book- 
making.  The  chapters  on  type  and  binding  have  been  revised  by 
specialists.  Has  chapters  on  libraries  and  on  collecting,  describing 
and  cataloguing  incunabula.  This  is  an  enlarged  edition  of  Bouchot's 
"The  printed  book." 
The  printed  book;  its  history,  illustration  and  adornment, 

from  the  days  of  Gutenberg  to  the  present  time.     1887.  .  .655  B65 

Good  short  account,  giving  more  attention  to  the  artistic  development 
than  the  typographical.     Includes  a  chapter  on  binding. 


ioi8  PRINTING.     PUBLISHING 

GROWOLL,  Adolf. 

Profession  of  bookselling,     v. 1-2.     1893-95 qr655  Gr94 

Puts  in  accessible  form,  direction  and  information  of  a  practical  kind 
that  may  be  of  service  to  the  young  recruit  in  the  ranks  of  the  book 
trade.  The  chapter  "Bibliography  of  literature,"  is  excellent  reading 
for  those  who  would  become  familiar  with  the  literatures  of  the  world. 
V.2  contains  an  admirably  condensed  description  of  bookbinding  from 
a  practical  point  of  view,  as  well  as  a  history  of  bibliopegic  art  from 
its  earliest  beginning  to  the  present;  illustrated  with  i6  representative 
bindings. 

MacKELLAR,  Thomas. 

American  printer;  a  manual  of  typography.     1893 r655  M17 

This  book  is  kept  in  the  printing  department. 

SMITH,  Adele  Millicent. 

Printing  and  writing  materials.     1901 655  S64 

Contents:  Printing:  Ancient  relief  processes. — Printing  in  Europe. — In- 
vention of  typography. — Early  printing-presses. — England  and  Amer- 
ica.—  Type-founding. —  Typesetting. —  History  of  the  printing-press. — 
Newspaper  printing. — Reproductive  processes. — Writing  materials:  Ma- 
terials used  by  ancient  peoples. — Papyrus. — Parchment  and  vellum. — 
Paper. — Pens  and  lead-pencils. — Ink. — Bookbinding:  Ancient  covers. 
Early  bindings. — Medieval  bindings.- — Modern  bindings. — Commercial 
bindings. — Forwarding. 

SOUTHWARD,  John. 

Modern  printing;  a  handbook  of  typography  and  the  aux- 

•     iliary  arts.     4v.     1898-1900 655  S72 

v. I.     The  composing  room. 

v.2.     Book  and  jobbing  composition. — Machine  composition. 

V.3.     Press  and  machine  work. — Colour  printing. 

v.4.     Arts  auxiliary  to  printing. — Business  management,  etc. 

PASKO,  William  Wesley,  cow/j. 

American  dictionary  of  printing  and  bookmaking,  contain- 
ing a  history  of  these  arts  in  Europe  and  America. 
1894   qr655.03  P27 


655-05     Periodicals 

INLAND  printer;  monthly.     v.i3-date.     1894-date qr6ss.05  I24 

QUADRAT;  a  typographical  journal;  ed.  by  J.  F.  Marthens. 

v.i-ii,  in  I.     1873-84 qr655.05  Q14 

Published  irregularly. 

655.1     History  of  printing 

BLADES,  William. 

Pentateuch  of  printing,  with  a  chapter  on  judges;  with  a 
memoir  of  the  author  and  a  list  of  his  works  by  T.  B. 

Reed.      1891 q655.i    B51 

Clear,   simple,   non-technical  account  of  the  origin  and  development  of 
the  art  of  printing. 

QUARITCH,  Bernard,  comp. 

Monuments  of  typography  and  xylography;  books  of  the 
first  half  century  of  the  art  of  printing,  offered  for  sale 

by  Quaritch.     1897 r655.i  Q18 

SOUTHWARD,  John. 

Progress  in  printing  and  the  graphic  arts  during  the  Vic- 
torian era.     1897 qr655.i   S72 


PRINTING.     PUBLISHING  1019 

HESSELS,  John  Henry. 

Haarlem  the  birth-place  of  printing,  not  Mentz.  •  1887.  .qr655.ii2  H48 

MORRIS,  William,  &  Cockerell,  S.  C. 

Note  by  William  Morris  on  his  aims  in  founding  the 
Kelmscott  press;  together  with  a  short  description  of 
the  press  by  S.  C.  Cockerell,  and  an  annotated  list  of 
the  books  printed  thereat.     1898 r655.i42  M91 

This  was  the  last  book  printed  at  the  Kelmscott  press. 

PLOMER,  Henry  Robert. 

Short     history     of     English     printing,     1476-1898.       1900. 

(English  bookman's  library.) 655.142  P71 

GRESWELL,  William  Parr. 

Annals  of  Parisian  typography.     1818 r655.i44  G88 

Account  of  the  Paris  printing  establishments  from  the  time  of  the 
invention  of  printing  to  the  introduction  of  the  Greek  press  in  1507, 
with  a  description  of  their  most  remarkable  productions.  Written 
partly  to  show  their  influence  on  the  early  English  press. 

BROWN,  Horatio  Robert  Forbes. 

Venetian  printing  press.     1891 qr655.i45  B78 

"Historic  study  of  first-rate  importance,  based  on  original  researches... 
There  is  scarce  any  subject  connected  with  the  production  and  dis- 
tribution of  literature  on  which  new  light  is  not  thrown,  but  it  is  to 
the  most  interesting  and  important  of  these  that  Mr.  Brown  devotes 
the  greater  part  of  his  investigations — the  regulation  and  censorship 
of  the  press."     Nation,  1890. 

ONGANIA,  Ferdinando,  pub. 

L'art  de  I'imprimerie  a  Venise.     1895-96 '.qr655.i45  025a 

Introductory  chapter  on  "The  art  of  printing  at  Venice  during  the 
Italian  renaissance"  by  Carlo  Castellani.  The  library  has  copies  of  this 
work   in   English,   French  and   Italian. 

L'arte  della  stampa  nel  rinascimento  italiano  Venezia. 

1894  qr655.i45  025ar 

Introductory  chapter  on  "The  art  of  printing  at  Venice  during  the 
Italian  renaissance"  by  Carlo  Castellani.  The  library  has  copies  of  this 
work   in   English,    French   and   Italian. 

Early  Venetian  printing  illustrated.     1895 qr655.i45  O25 

This  beautiful  volume  consists  of  reproductions,  in  black  and  red,  of 
pages,  initials,  marks  and  illustrations  of  many  of  the  best-known 
printers  of  Venice,  including  Aldus,  Jensen,  Ratdolt  and  others,  from 
1469  to   1539. 

Introductory  chapter  on  "The  art  of  printing  at  Venice  during  the 
Italian  renaissance"  by  Carlo  Castellani.  The  library  has  copies  of  this 
work  in   English,   French   and   Italian. 

HECKETHORN,  Charles  William. 

Printers   of   Basle   in   the    15th   and    i6th   centuries;   their 

biographies,  printed  books  and  devices.     1897 qr655.i49  H39 

"Authorities,"  p.  7-9. 

WEEKS,  Stephen  Beauregard. 

Press  of  North  Carolina  in  the  eighteenth  century,  with 
biographical  sketches  of  printers,  an  account  of  the 
manufacture  of  paper,  and  a  bibliography  of  the  issues. 
1891    r655.i75   W42 

This  monograph  contains  all  that  was  known  at  the  time  of  its  publication 
(1891),  of  the  i8th  century  North  Carolina  press.  The  bibliography 
contains  130  titles  of  books,  pamphlets  and  broadsides  printed  in  the 
state  in  the  i8th  century  and  gives  a  summary  of  the  legal  literature 
of  the  period. 


PRINTING.    PUBLISHING 


655.2     Type  and  type-setting 

DE  VINNE,  Theodore  Low. 

Treatise  on  the  processes  of  type-making,  the  point  sys- 
tem, the  names,  sizes,  styles  and  prices  of  plain  printing 

types.     1900.     (Practice  of  typography.) 655.2  D49 

The  same.     1900.     (Practice  of  typography.) r65S.2  D49 

This  copy  is  kept  in  the  printing  department. 

The  first  of  a  series  of  treatises  on  the  practice  of  typography,  by  the 
founder  of  the  De  Vinne  press.  Contains  an  illustrated  description  of 
the  tools,  processes  and  systems  of  type-making,  the  names  and  de- 
scriptions of  all  sizes  of  book  types,  with  specimens  of  each;  numerous 
exhibits  of  the  more  important  styles  of  roman,  italic,  black  and  dis- 
play-letter, including  recent  quaint  styles  designed  for  book-printing, 
with  tables  of  prices  of  types  here  and  abroad,  etc.  It  is  a  book  which 
will  be  needed  in  every  printing  and  publishing  office,  for  it  contains 
information  not  to  be  found  in  the  ordinary  grammars  of  printing  nor 
to  be  gleaned  from  the  specimen  books  of  the  type-founders. 

AMERICAN  TYPE  FOUNDERS'  CO. 

One  hundred  years,  1796-1896;  MacKellar,  Smiths  and  Jor- 
dan foundry,  Philadelphia,  Pa.     1896 qr655.2i  A51 

URQUPLA.RT,  John  W. 

Electro-typing;  a  practical  manual.     1881 655.22  U27 


655.24     Specimen  books 

AMERICAN  TYPE  FOUNDERS'  CO. 

Specimens  of  printing  types.     1897 r655.24  A5T 

BRUCE'S,  (George)  SON  &  CO. 

Specimens  of  printing  types  made  at  Bruce's  New-York 

type-foundry.     1882 qr655.24  B82 

Contains  "The  invention  of  printing,"  by  T.  L.  De  Vinne. 

FARMER,  (A.  D.)  &  SON  TYPE  FOUNDING  CO. 

Specimens,  including  complete  price  list.     1897 r655.24  F24 

PAGE,  (William  H.)  WOODTYPE  CO. 

Chromatic  specimens  of  wood  type qr655.24  P14 

A   pamphlet   of   specimens   of   ordinary   wood   type   is   bound   with   this 
volume. 
RALPH,  Edmund  Southpy,  comp. 

Book  of  designs  from  type;  showing  practical  examples 
selected  from  the  catalogues  and  letter-press  work  of 
various  customers;  studies  in  black  and  white.   1897.  .r655.24  Ri7b 
Modern  type   display;   examples   of  artistic  type  display, 

also  a  brief  treatise  on  type  display.     1900 r655.24  R17 

Published  by  the  Inland  printer  co. 

655.25-655.26     Composition.     Proof-reading 

DE  VINNE,  Theodore  Low. 

Correct  composition ;  a  treatise  on  spelling,  abbreviations,  the 
compounding  and  division  of  words,  the  proper  use  of  fig- 
ures and  numerals,  italic  and  capital  letters,  notes,  etc. ; 
with  observations  on  punctuation  and  proof-reading.     1901. 

(Practice  of  typography.) 655.25  D49 

The  same.    1901.     (Practice  of  typography.) r655.25  D49 

This  copy  is  kept  in  the  printing  department. 


PRINTING.     PUBLISHING 


TEALL,  Francis  Horace. 

Proof-reading;   a  series   of  essays   for  readers  and  their 

employers  and  for  authors  and  editors.     1899 r65S.25  T26 

Author  was  critical  proof-reader  and  editor  of  the  Century  and  Standard 
dictionaries,  and  is  (1901)  editor  of  the  Proof-room  notes  and  queries 
department  of  the  "Inland  printer." 

VENN,  Theo.  J. 

Manual  of  proofreading.     1897 655.25  V26 

BISHOP,  Henry  Gold. 

Specimens  of  job  work  for  printers;  suggestions  for  setting 
up  business  cards,  letter  heads,  bill  heads,  circulars  and 

all  kinds  of  display  advertising.     1896 qr655.26  B49 

TYPOGRAPHICAL  UNION  NO.  6,  New  York. 

Printing  exposition  job  contest;  reproductions  of  134  spec- 
imens of  job  composition  submitted  in  a  competition 
inaugurated  by  Typographical  union  no.6,  New  York, 
in  connection  with  the  celebration  of  its  50th  anni- 
versary.     1900 qr655.26  T98 

655.27     Imposition 

WILLIAMS,  T.  B. 

Hints  on  imposition;  a  guide  for  printer  and  pressman  in 

the  construction  of  book-forms.     1895 655.27  W74 

655.28     Linotype 

BARCLAY,  E.  J. 

Linotype  operator's  companion;  contains  a  list  of  patents 
issued  on  type-setting,  distributing  and  matrix-making 
machines,  from  1841-1898.     1898 r655.28  B23 

This  book  is  kept  in  the  printing  department. 

COCHRANE,  Charles  Henry. 

Proper  fingering  of  the  linotype  keyboard.     1898 r655.28  C64 

Reprinted  from  the  "Inland  printer,"  July  1898. 

LINOTYPE    manual;    giving    detailed    instructions    of    the 

proper  adjustment  and  care  of  the  linotype.     1898. . .  .r655.28  L72 
MERGENTHALER  LINOTYPE  CO. 

Price  list  of  linotype  parts.     1898 r655.28  M63 

This  book  is  kept  in  the  printing  department. 

STUBBS,  William  Henry. 

Stubbs's  manual;  a  practical  treatise  on  linotype  keyboard 

manipulation.      1902 r655.28   S93 

Author  is  (1902)  the  holder  of  speed  record.  He'explains  clearly  his 
own  method  of  fingering. 


655 -3     Practical  printing 

BISHOP,  Henry  Gold. 

Job  printer's  list  of  prices  and  estimate  guide,  containing 
prices  to  be  charged  for  all  kinds  of  job  and  book  work. 

1893   6553  B49 

The  practical  printer,  containing  information  on  all  the 

various  parts  of  the  printing  business.     1895 655.3  B49P 


I022  PRINTING.     PUBLISHING 

JACOBI,  Charles  Thomas. 

Printing;  a  practical  treatise  on  the  art  of  typography  as 
applied  more  particularly  to  the  printing  of  books. 
1893.     (Technological  handbooks.) r655.3  J13 

This  book  is  kept  in  the  printing  department. 

MOXON,  Joseph. 

Mechanick  exercises;  or,  The  doctrine  of  handy-works  ap- 
plied to  the  art  of  printing.     2v.     1896 qr655.3  M94 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of   1683. 

WILSON,  Frederick  J.  F.  &  Grey,  Douglas. 

Practical   treatise   upon   modern   printing   machinery   and 

letterpress  printing.     1888 q65S.3  W76 

KELLY,  William  J. 

Presswork;  a  practical  handbook  for  the  use  of  pressmen 

and  their  apprentices.     1897 r655. 32  K17 

Appeared  in  the   "Inland  printer." 

This  book  is  kept  in  the  printing  department. 

The  same.     1902 r65S.32  Ki7p 

LANGER,  Wilhelm. 

Die  herstellung  der  abziehbilder  (metachromatypie,  decal- 

comanie),    der    blech-    und    transparentdrucke.      1888. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r655.32  L25 

655.4     History  of  publishing  and  bookselling 

PUTNAM,  George  Haven. 

Books  and  their  makers  during  the  middle  ages.     2v. 

1896-97    6554  P99 

V.I.      476-1600. 

V.2.         I  500-1  709. 

Treats  of  books  in  manuscript,  of  the  invention  of  printing  and  the 
history  in  some  detail  of  the  representative  great  printer-publishers, 
including  a  list  of  titles  of  their  more  important  publications.  Dis- 
cusses the  beginning  of  property  in  literature,  censorship  and  literary 
privileges. 

ARBER,  Edward,  camp. 

List,  based  on  the  registers  of  the  Stationers  company, 
of  837  London  publishers  (who  were  by  trade,  printers, 
engravers,  booksellers,  bookbinders,  etc.)  between  1553 
and     1640;    a    master    key    to     English    bibliography. 

1890   qr655.442  A66 

ROBERTS,  William. 

Earlier  history  of  English  bookselling.     1889 655.442  R53 

Contents:  Bookselling  before  printing. — The  dawn  of  English  booksell- 
ing.— Bookselling  in  the  time  of  Shakespeare. — Bookselling  in  the  17th 
century. — Bookselling  in  Little  Britain. — Booltselling  on  London  bridge. 
— Other  bookselling  localities. — Jacob  Tonson. — Bernard  Lintot. — Ed- 
mund Curll. — John  Dunton. — Thomas  Guy. 

655.5     Publishing  and  bookselling 

PUTNAM,  George  Haven,  &  John  Bishop. 

Authors  and  publishers;  a  manual  of  suggestions  for  be- 
ginners in  literature.     1897 655.5  P99 

WAGNER,  Leopold. 

How  to  publish  a  book  or  article  and  how  to  produce  a 

play.     1898 655.5  W13 


TRANSPORTATION.     RAILROADS  1023 

WELSH,  Charles. 

Publishing  a  book;  a  few  practical  hints  to  authors  as  to 
the  preparation  of  manuscript,  the  correction  of  proof, 
and  arrangement  with  the  publisher.    1899 655.5  W51 


655.6     Copyright 

BIRRELL,  Augustine. 

Seven   lectures   on   the   law  and   history   of   copyright   in 

books.     1899 655.6  B49 

PUTNAM,  George  Haven. 

Question  of  copyright.     1891.     (Questions  of  the  day.).  . .  .655.6  P99 
The  same.     1896 r655.6  P99q 

Comprises  the  text  of  the  United  States  copyright  law,  a  summary  of 
the  copyright  laws  now  in  force  in  the  chief  countries  of  the  world, 
a  report  of  pending  legislation  in  Great  Britain,  and  a  sketch  of  the 
contest  in  the  United  States  from  1837  to  1891  to  secure  international 
copyright,  together  with  a  paper  on  the  results  of  the  American  act 
of  1891. 

WRIGHT,  Carroll  Davidson. 

Report  on  the  effect  of  the  international  copyright  law  in  the 

United  States,  made  in  compliance  with  the  resolution  of 

the  United  States  Senate  of  Jan.  23, 1900.    1901.    (United 

States.     56th  cong.    2d  sess.     Senate.     Doc.  no.87.) 1*40.33 


656     Transportation'     Railroads 

See  also  Railroads,  385;   Railroad  and  road  engineering,  625 

ALEXANDER,  J.  T.  Burton-. 

Runs  in  three  continents;  a  short  record  of  actual  perform- 
ances  on    some    European,    Canadian,    Australian    and 

American  railways.     1900 656  A376 

COMMERCIAL  &  FINANCIAL  CHRONICLE,  comp. 

Hand-book  of  railroad  securities,  Jan.  1900;  description,  in- 
come, prices,  dividends.     1900 r6s6  C73 

DREDGE,  James. 

Record  of  the  transportation  exhibits  at  the  World's  Co- 
lumbian exposition.     1894 qr656  D8ir 

Partly  reprinted  from  "Engineering." 

GRAY,  Thomas,  1787-1848. 

Observations  on  a  general  iron  rail-way,  or  land  steam- 
conveyance.     1825 r656  GBi 

JEANS,  James  Stephen. 

Railway  problems;  an  inquiry  into  the  economic  conditions 

of  railway  working  in  different  countries.     1887 656  J22 

MARINE  REVIEW,  puh. 

Blue  book  of  American  shipping,   1898-date.     3d   annual 

issue-date.     1898-date qr656  M38 

Issue  for  1901   wanting. 

MERCANTILE  GUIDE  AND  BUREAU  CO.  puh. 

C.  and  T.  (Cavanagh  &  Townsend,  commerce  &  trans- 
portation) shipping  guide,  combining  a  railroad,  ex- 
press, postal  and  route  guide.     1900 qr656  M63 


65 


1024  TRANSPORTATION.     RAILROADS 

PURCHASING  AGENTS'  piRECTORY  CO.  pub. 

Railway  purchasing  agents',  master  mechanics'  and  master 

car  builders'  directory,  1891/92,  1895.     1890-95 r656.02  P98 

AMERICAN  RAILWAY  ASSOCIATION. 

Proceedings,    v.i-date.     1886-date qr656.05  A51 

The  volume  for  1886  to  1893  contains  an  appendix  of  the  Proceedings  of 
the  General  time  convention,  1872  to  1885,  and  of  the  Southern  railway 
time  convention,  1877  to  1885. 
In   1886  the  Southern  railway  time  convention  united  with  the  General 
time  convention,  and  in  1891  the  convention  became  the  American  rail- 
way association. 
Proceedings  for  Oct.   1899  wanting. 
RAILWAY  magazine;  monthly,     v. 2-3.     1897 r656.os  R15 

RINGWALT,  John  Luther. 

Development    of    transportation    systems    in    the    United 

States.      1888 qr656.09    R47 

Describes  the  leading  features  of  advancement  (from  the  colonial  period 
to  recent  times)  in  the  various  methods  of  transportation.  Gives  the 
cost  at  various  times  and  with  the  different  systems,  the  various 
questions  which  have  arisen,  and  notable  incidents  in  railway  de- 
velopment. 

656.1     Railroad  management 

IVATTS,  Edmund  B. 

Railway  management  at  stations.     1898 656.1  I33 

Manual  of  instruction,  with  suggestions  for  improvements.  Conforms  to 
the  English  system  of  railway  working. 

KIRKMAN,  Marshall  Monroe. 

Railway  service,  trains  and  stations.     1878 656.1  K28 

"Treats  of  the  composition  and  movement  of  railway  trains  and  the  laws 
governing  the  same,  including  an  exposition  of  the  duties  of  train 
and  station  men."     Preface. 

656.2     Light  railroads 

COLE,  William  Henry. 

Light  railways  at  home  and  abroad.     1899 656.2  C68 

Manual  of  information  concerning  light  railways,  both  narrow  and  stand- 
ard gage,  in  different  countries.  Pays  particular  attention  to  their 
development  in  England. 

FLEMING,  Howard. 

Narrow  gauge  railways  in  America.    1876 656.2  F62 

Historical  and  practical  sketch,  including  a  directory  of  narrow-gage 
railways  in  the  United  States  in  1876. 

656.31     Railroad  accounting 

EATON,  James  Shirley. 

Railroad  operations,  how  to  know  them;  from  a  study  of 

the  accounts  and  statistics.     1900 656.31  E19 


656.4     Accidents.     656.5     Safety  appliances 

ADAMS,  Charles  Francis,  b.  1835. 

Notes  on  railroad  accidents.     1879 656.4  A21 

LANGDON,  William  Edward. 

Application  of  electricity  to  railway  working.     1897 656.5  L24 


TRANSPORTATION.     RAILROADS  1025 

The  same.     1877 r656.S   L24 

Has  no  reference  to  railways  in  which  electricity  is  the  form  of  energy 
used  to  move  the  trains,  but  deals  with  the  application  of  electricity 
to  telegraphs,  the  block  system  of  signals  and  train-lighting. 

STRETTON,  Clement  E. 

Safe  railway  working;  a  treatise  on  railway  accidents, 
their  cause  and  prevention,  with  a  description  of 
modern  appliances  and  systems.     1893 656.5  S91 


656.51    Signals 

MURPHY,  W.  J. 

Stereopticon  method  of  examining  and  instructing  railway 

employes.     1899 656.51    M97 

A  method  of  representing  train  signals  in  the  lecture-room. 

RAILWAY  SIGNAL  ASSOCIATION. 

Proceedings,  1897/98-date.     v.i-date.     1898-date r656.5i  R15 

From  1897-1903  called  Railway  signaling  club. 

WILSON,  H.  Raynar. 

Railway  signalling.     [1900.]     (Railway  series  of  text  books 

and  manuals  by  railway  men.) qr656.si  W76 

Treats  only  mechanical  signaling,  and  describes  minutely  the  appliances 
representing  sound  British  practice.  Working  drawings  are  griven 
for  almost  every  device  used. 

ADAMS,  Braman  Blanchard. 

Block    system    of   signaling   on    American    railroads;    the 

methods  and  appliances  used  in  manual  and  automatic 

block  signaling,  also  descriptions  of  hand-operated  and 

power-operated  interlocking  machines.     1901 656.56  A21 

DERR,  William  Lloyd. 

Block  signal  operation;  a  practical  manual.     1897 656.56  D44 

ELLIOTT,  W.  H. 

Block  and  interlocking  signals.    1896 656.56  E52 

Construction,  operation  and  cost  of  various  systems. 

PIGG,  James. 

Railway   "block"   signalling;   the   principles   of  train   sig- 
nalling and  apparatus  for  ensuring  safety.     [1898.] . .  .  .656.56  P57 

656.6     History  of  railroads 

ENGLAND — Steam  carriages  on  common  roads,  Select  com- 
mittee on. 
Report  on  steam  carriages,  by  a  select  committee  of  the 
House  of  commons,  with  minutes  of  evidence  and  ap- 
pendix. 1832.  (United  States.  22d  cong.  ist  sess. 
House.     Doc.  no.ioi.) r656.6  E64 

Appendix  contains  "Documents  in  relation  to  the  comparative  merits  of 
canals  and  railroads,"  giving  much  information  on  cost  of  railway 
construction,   maintenance   and   operation   in   early   times. 

Committee  inquired  into  the  tolls  which  should  be  imposed,  the  tolls 
which  the  laws  then  in  force  allowed,  and  "generally  into  the  present 
state  and  future  prospects  of  land  carriage  by  means  of  wheeled 
vehicles  propelled  by  steam  or  gas  on  common  roads." 

GILPIN,  William. 

Cosmopolitan  railway,  compacting  and  fusing  together  all 


I026  RAILROADS 


the  world's  continents.     1890 656.6  G42 

A  plan  for  a  railway  system  connecting  the  railroads  of  America,  by 
way  of  Bering  strait,  with  those  of  Asia,  Europe  and  all  the  world. 

PANGBORN,  Joseph  Gladding. 

Side  lights  on  management  world  systems  railways.   1901.  .656.6  P21 
A  practical  railway  man's  views  of  the  efficiency  of  the  various  systems 
of  railway  management   used   in  America,   Germany,   Australia,   New 
Zealand,  India,  England  and  Russia. 
The  world's  rail  way;   historical,  descriptive,  illustrative. 

1894   qr656.6  P21 

Accurate  and  extremely  interesting  survey  of  railroading,  describing 
particularly  the  early  days  of  the  industry.  Contains  many  illustra- 
tions of  almost  all  the  early  types  of  locomotives. 

England 

ACWORTH,  William  Mitchell. 

Railways  of  England.     1890 656.642  A18 

Popular  description  of  the  leading  railways,  noting  the  most  character- 
istic features  of  each. 

FINDLAY,  George  James. 

Working  and  management  of  an  English  railway.  1891 .  .656.642  F49 
GRINLING,  Charles  Herbert. 

History  of  the  Great  northern  railway,  1845-1895.  1898.  .656.642  G92 
The  railway  in  question  is  the  Great  northern  of  England. 

PENDLETON,  John. 

Our  railways;  their  origin,  development,  incident  and  ro- 
mance. 2v.     1894 656.642  P39 

Treats  of  English  railways  only. 

United  States 

ADAMS,  Charles  Francis,  b.  1835. 

Railroads;  their  origin  and  problems.  1888 656.673  A21 

Discusses  the  necessity  of  governmental  regulation  of  railway  rates, 
earnings,  etc. 

The    AMERICAN    railway;    its    construction,    development, 

management  and  appliances.     1893 qr656.673  A51 

Contents:  Introduction,  by  T.  M.  Cooley. — Building  of  a  railway,  by  T. 
C.  Clarke. — Feats  of  railway  engineering,  by  John  Bogart. — American 
locomotives  and  cars,  by  M.  N.  Forney. — Railway  management,  by  E. 
P.  Alexander. — Safety  in  railroad  travel,  by  H.  G.  Prout. — Railway 
passenger  travel,  by  Horace  Porter. — Freight-car  service,  by  Theodore 
Voorhees. — How  to  feed  a  railway,  by  Benjamin  Norton. — Railway 
mail  service,  by  T.  L.  James. — The  railway  in  its  business  relations, 
by  A.  T.  Hadley. — Prevention  of  railway  strikes,  by  C.  F.  Adams. — 
Every-day  life  of  railroad  men,  by  B.  B.  Adams,  jr. — Statistical  rail- 
way studies,  by  F.  W.  Hewes. 

AMERICAN  street  railway  investments;  a  supplement  to 
the  Street  railway  journal;  annual.  6th  annual  volume- 
date.      1899-date qr656.673   A512 

BALTIMORE  AND  OHIO  RAILROAD  CO. 

Annual  report  (6th,  8th-9th,  i6th-20th,  24th)  of  the  presi- 
dent and  directors  to  the  stockholders,   1832,   1834-35, 

1842-46,   1850.     1832-50 r656.673  B2ia 

The  8th  and  9th  annual  reports  will  be  found  in  a  volume  of  pamphlets 
numbered,  r38o   D24. 

Laws,    ordinances    and    documents   relating    to    the    com- 
pany.     1840 r656.673    B21 


RAILROADS  1027 


DREDGE,  James. 

Pennsylvania  railroad;  its  organization,  construction  and 

management.     1879 qr656.673   D81 

Chiefly  reprinted  from  "Engineering." 

PARIES,  Robert. 

Report  on  the  surveys  to  avoid  the  inclined  planes  on  the 

Allegheny  portage  railroad.     1851 r656.673  R15 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

HAGE,  Hother. 

Report  relative  to  the  survey  of  a  rail  road  from  Cham- 
bersburg  to  Pittsburg,  and  the  survey  of  the  Raystown 
branch  of  the  Juniata  river,  with  estimates  of  the  cost 
of  the  work,  by  Hother  Hage;  and  a  Report  of  a 
survej'  and  estimate  of  the  cost  of  constructing  a 
m'adamized  or  block  road  from  Laughlinstown  to 
Chambersburg,  by  Charles  De  Hass;  read  in  Senate, 
Jan.  28,  1839.     1839 r656.673  R15 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

MOTT,  Edward  Harold. 

Between    the    ocean    and    the    lakes;    the    story    of    Erie. 

1899    q656.673   M94 

History  of  the  New  York  and  Erie  railroad,  including  brief  biographies 
of  the  presidents  of  the  road. 

OHIO  AND  PENNSYLVANIA  RAILROAD  CO. 

Annual  report  (ist,  3d)  of  the  president  and  directors  to 

the  stockholders.     1849-51 r6s6.673  R15 

The  I  St  annual  report  is  a  report  to  the  president  and  directors,  by  S.  W. 

Roberts,  chief  engineer. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Auditor  general's  office. 

Reports  of  the  railroad  companies  of  Pennsylvania,  com- 
municated by  the   auditor   general   to   the   legislature, 

1863-1874.     1864-75 r656.673  P399 

Later  reports  include  canals,  telegraph  and  telephone  companies. 
By  the  constitution  of  1873  railroad  companies  are  required  to  report  to 
the  secretary  of  internal  affairs  instead  of  to  the  auditor  general. 

PENNSYLVANIA— Internal  affairs  department. 

Annual  report  of  the  secretary;  pt.4.  Railroad,  canal,  navi- 
gation, telegraph  and  telephone  companies,  1875-date. 
1876-date    r656.673   P3992 

Earlier  reports  were  issued  by  the  auditor  general. 

PENNSYLVANIA  RAILROAD  CO. 

Annual  report   (ist-3d)    of  the   directors,   1847-49.     1847- 

50   r656.673   R15 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
By-laws  of  the  board  of  directors,  1847,  with  the  charter, 
its    supplement   and    other    laws    relating   to    railroads 
projected    from    Cumberland    to    Pittsburg    and    from 
Pittsburg  east.     1847 r656.673  R15 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Catalogue  of  the  exhibit  at  the  World's  Columbian  ex- 
position.    1893 qr656.673   P39 

The  illustrations  consist  of  photographs  of  early  rolling-stock,  bridges, 
etc.,  and  of  facsimiles  of  old  advertisements,  bills  of  lading,  letters 
and  telegrams  relating  to  early  railroad  operation  in  the  United  States. 


1028  RAILROADS.     ROAD  TRANSPORTATION 

Report  of  the  investigating  committee  appointed  by  the 

stockholders,  Mar.  loth,  1874.     1874 qr656.673  P39r 

RAILROAD  CONVENTION,  Harrisburg,  1838. 

Proceedings.     1838 r6s6.673  R15 

ROBERTS,  Solomon  White. 

Report  to  the  president  and   directors   of  the    Ohio   and 

Pennsylvania  rail-road  company.     1849 r656.673  R15 

Being  the  ist  annual  report  of  the  president  and  directors  to  the  stock- 
holders of  the  Ohio  and  Pennsylvania  railroad  company. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

SIPES,  William  B. 

Pennsylvania  railroad;  its  origin,  construction,  condition 
and  connections;  embracing  notices  of  cities  and  ob- 
jects of  interest  in  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersey. 
1875    q656.673   S61 

The  same.    1875 qr656.673  S6t 

UNITED  STATES — Interstate  commerce  commission. 

Annual  report  (ist-date)  on  the  statistics  of  railways,  for 

the  year  ending  June  30,  1888-date.     1889-date r656.673  U25 

Fifth  report  is  bound  with  T385  Uzs  v.7. 

VAN  OSS,  S.  F. 

American  railroads  as  investments.     1893 656.673  V19 

Treats  of  railway  conditions  in  the  United  States,  giving  financial  and 
statistical  data,  and  historical  and  descriptive  sketches,  of  all  the 
railways  of  importance.     Written  especially  for  English  investors. 

WARMAN,  Cy. 

Story   of   the    railroad.      1898.      (Story    of    the    West 

series.)    656.673   W23 

Pictures  the  building  of  the  earlier  transcontinental  lines  across  the 
true  West.  Historically,  the  book  is  valuable  because  it  gives  a  com- 
prehensive sketch  of  a  great  subject  in  a  brief  compass,  and,  further- 
more, the  strange  and  picturesque  phases  of  life  which  are  depicted 
are  full  of  immediate  interest. 

The  same.     1903 J656.673  W23 

WILSON,  William  Bender. 

History  of  the  Pennsylvania  railroad  company;  with  plan 
of  organization,  portraits  of  officials,  and  biographical 
sketches.     2v.     1899 656.673  W77 

The  same.     2v.     1899 r656.673  W77 


656.7     Road  transportation 

KIRKMAN,  Marshall  Monroe. 

Classical  portfolio  of  primitive  carriers;  a  picturesque  ac- 
count of  the  origin  and  evolution  of  transportation. 
1895   qr656.7  K28 

Contains  many  engravings  portraying  the  primitive  people  of  the  world, 
and  their  methods  of  carriage  in  every  age  and  quarter  of  the  globe. 

MOORE,  Henry  Charles. 

Omnibuses  and  cabs;  their  origin  and  history.     1902 656.7  M87 

Entertaining,  well-illustrated  book  which  traces  the  history  of  omni- 
buses from  the  time  of  the  famous  Shillibeer,  and  still  more  remotely 
from  the  first  conception  of  an  omnibus  in  the  brain  of  Blaise  Pascal. 
The  development  of  the  cab  is  illustrated  by  some  capital  pictures, 
and  there  is  much  of  interest  about  cab  fares,  cab  strikes  and  cab 
accidents. 


NAVIGATION.     SEAMANSHIP  1029 


656.8     Navigation.     Seamanship 

FRY,  Henry. 

History  of  north  Atlantic  steam  navigation.     1896 r6s6.8  F97 

Author  is  (1896)  ex-president  of  the  Dominion  board  of  trade  of  Canada, 
and  is  a  high  authority  on  steam-navigation.  The  book  includes  his- 
tories of  the  principal  north  Atlantic  lines  of  steamships. 

HOLMES,  George  C.  V. 

Ancient  and  modern  ships,    v.i.     1900.     (Victoria  and  Al- 
bert museum  science  handbooks.) 656.8  H73 

V.I.  Wooden  sailing-ships:  Ancient  ships  in  the  Mediterranean  and 
Red  seas. — Ancient  ships  in  the  seas  of  northern  Europe. — Mediaeval 
ships. — Modern  wooden  sailing-ships. — Description  of  an  archaic  Greek 
bireme. — Tonnage  and  its  measurement  at  different  times. 

KNOX,  Thomas  Wallace. 

Life  of  Robert  Fulton  and  a  history  of  steam  navigation. 

1886  656.8  K35 

NARES,  Sir  George  Strong. 

Seamanship.     1886 ' r656.8  N13 

PREBLE,  George  Henry. 

Chronological  history  of  the  origin  and  development  of 

steam  navigation,  1 543-1882.     1883 656.8  P89 

The  same.    1883 r656.8  P89 

"Professes  to  be  nothing  more  than  a  mere  epitome  of  history,  and  as 
such  is  of  value  to . . .  students,  but  will  hardly  prove  of  interest  to 
general  readers."     Van  Nostrand's  engineering  magazine,  1883. 
UNITED  STATES— Statistics  bureau. 

Shipping  industry  of  the  United  States;  its  relation  to  the 
foreign  trade.     1901.     (Monthly  summary  of  commerce 

and  finance,  Dec.  1900,  p.1369-1428.) q656.8  U25 

UNITED  STATES  coast  pilot;  Atlantic  coast,    pt.i-8.    1898- 

1903.     (United  States — Coast  and  geodetic  survey.).  .qr656.8  U25 
pt.i-2.     From  the  St.  Croix  river  to  Cape  Ann.     Ed.2.     1903. 
pt.3.     From  Cape  Ann  to  Point  Judith.     Ed.2.     1903. 
pt.4.     From  Point  Judith  to  New  York.     Ed.3.     1899. 
pt.5.     From  New  York  to  Chesapeake  bay  entrance.     Ed.2.     1898. 
pt.6.     Chesapeake  bay  and  tributaries.     Ed.2.      1902. 
pt.7.     From  Chesapeake  bay  entrance  to  Key  West.     Ed.2.     1900. 
pt.8.     Gulf  of  Mexico,  from  Key  West  to  the  Rio  Grande.     Ed.2.     1901. 
UNITED  STATES  coast  pilot;  Pacific  coast,    pt.1-2.    1901-03. 

(United  States — Coast  and  geodetic  survey.) qr656.8  U25U 

pt.i.     Alaska;  Dixon  entrance  to  Yakutat  bay,  with  inland  passage  from 

Juan  de  Fuca  strait  to  Dixon  entrance.     Ed.4.      1901. 
pt.2.     California,  Oregon  and  Washington.     1903. 

BARKER,  David  Wilson-. 

Manual  of  elementary  seamanship.     1896 656.81  B24 

BULLEN,  Frank  Thomas. 

Men  of  the  merchant  service;  the  polity  of  the  mercantile 

marine,  for  'longshore  readers.     1900 656.81  B87 

"Affords.  .  .a  clear  account  of  the  life,  the  work,  the  prospects,  the  quali- 
fications needed,  the  conditions  necessary  to  success  in  the  merchant 
service,  reviewing  every  phase  of  the  career,  and  working  through 
the  whole  ship's  company  from  master  down  to  ship's  boy. .  .The  most 
serious  point  in  Mr.  Bullen's.  .  .book  [is]  the  deterioration  in  quality 
of  the  English  seaman,  and  he  traces  it  without  hesitation  to  its  cause 
in  the  relaxation  of  discipline."     Spectator,   1900. 

CHADWICK,  French  Ensor,  and  others. 

Ocean  steamships.     1891 656.81   C34 

Contents:  The  development  of  the  steamship,  by  F.  E.  Chadwick. — 
Speed  in  ocean  steamers,  by  A.  E.  Seaton. — The  building  of  an  ocean 


I030  BOOKKEEPING.    ACCOUNTS 

greyhound,   by  W.   H.    Rideing. — Ocean   passenger  travel,   by  J.    H. 
Gould. — The  ship's  company,  by  J.  D.  J.  Kelley. — Safety  on  the  At- 
lantic, by  W.  H.  Rideing. — The  ocean  steamship  as  a  freight  carrier, 
by  J.  H.  Gould. — Steamship  lines  of  the  world,  by  Ridgely  Hunt. 
Interesting  articles  by  experts.     Intended  for  general  reading. 

KNIGHT,  Austin  M. 

MoHern  seamanship.    1901 656.81  K34 

Written  when  the  author  was  at  the  head  of  the  department  of  seaman- 
ship at  the  U.  S.  naval  academy,  to  supply  a  text-book  which  should 
meet  the  modern  naval  conditions,  giving  most  attention  to  the  full- 
powered  steamer,  but  not  neglecting  the  saiHng  vessel.  It  is  as  modern 
in  method  as  in  scope,  and  a  valuable  manual  for  yachts  and  mer- 
chant vessels  as  well  as  for  men-of-war. 

656.9     River  navigation 

GOULD,  Emerson  Willard. 

Fifty  years  on  the  Mississippi;  or,  Gould's  history  of  river 

navigation.      1889 r656.9    G73 

HABERMEHL,  John. 

Life  on  the  western  rivers.     1901 .  . . '. 656.9  Hii 

The  author's  personal  experiences  and  observations  of  the  boatmen,  pas- 
sengers, etc.  on  the  Mississippi  river  and  its  tributaries  60  years  ago. 
LATROBE,  John  Hazlehurst  Boneval. 

First  steamboat  voyage  on  the  western  waters.    1871 r656.9  L36 

Contains  also  "Pittsburgh  pioneer  steamboating ;  some  reminiscences  of 

an  old  captain  (John  Birmingham)." 
Account  of  the  voyage  of  the  steamboat  New  Orleans  (which  was  built 
at  Pittsburgh)  from  Pittsburgh  to  New  Orleans  in  the  fall  of  181 1. 

LLOYD,  James  T. 

Steamboat  directory.     1856 r656.9  L75 

Contains  a  history  of  the  first  use  of  steam  as  a  motive  power  and  of 
early  steam-navigation  on  the  western  lakes  and  rivers,  descriptions  of 
steamboat  disasters,  short  biographies  of  John  Fitch  and  Robert  Ful- 
ton. There  is  a  short  sketch  of  Pittsburgh  and  some  account  of  the 
first  steamboats  built  here.     Many  maps  and  illustrations. 

MONONGAHELA  NAVIGATION  CO. 

Annual  report  (2d-33d)  of  the  president  and  managers, 
presented  Jan.  1840-1873;  with  accompanying  docu- 
ments.    1840-73 r656.9   M83 

The  ist  annual  report  was  not  published. 

The  same;  (2d-4th,  7th).    Ed.2.    1871-73 r6s6.9  M83 

Bound  with  the  above. 
Circular,  and  Opinion  of  the  Supreme  court  on  the  ton- 
nage tax.    1869 r6s6.9  M83  v.3 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

VEECH,  James. 

History    of    the    Monongahela    navigation    company. 

1873 .r656.9  M83  v.3 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

657     Bookkeeping.     Accounts 

ADGIE,  William. 

Modern  book-keeping  and  accounts,     v.  1-2.     1901-02. 

(Hooper  and  Graham's  series.) 657  A23 

V.I.     Elementary.  v.  2.     Intermediate. 

ARNOLD,  Horace  Lucian,  (pseud.  Henry  Roland),  cotnp. 
Complete  cost-keeper;  some  original  systems  of  shop  cost- 
keeping  or  factory  accounting,  with  an  exposition  of 


BOOKKEEPING.     ACCOUNTS  1031 

the  advantages  of  account  keeping  by  means  of  cards. 

1900    657   A75C 

BROAKER,  Franklin,  &  Chapman,  R.  M. 

American  accountants'  manual,    v.i.     1897 657  B75 

V.I  contains  the  examination  questions  prepared  by  the  New  York  state 

board  of  examiners  of  public  accounts,  with  answers,   1897. 
"Accountancy  literature,"  p.  185-187. 

DEWSON,  Mary  Williams,  comp. 

Twentieth  century  expense  book,  with  an  introduction  by 

Mrs  E.  H.  Richards.      1900 r657    D51 

Blank  cash-book  and  journal  into  which  the  cash-book  items  are  to  be 
entered  monthly.  The  journal  is  divided  in  such  a  way  as  to  show  at 
a  glance  whether  any  side  of  the  family  life  is  absorbing  more  than  its 
proportion  of  the  total  income.  The  main  divisions  are  "Housing," 
"Operating  expenses,"  "Food,"  "Clothing,"  and  "Higher  life,"  each 
subdivided  as  deemed  necessary,  with  a  page  or  two  for  a  general 
summing  up. 

DICKSEE,  Lawrence  Robert. 

Auditing;  a  practical  manual  for  auditors.     1900 657  D55 

With  appendixes  of  acts,  reports  of  cases,  etc. 

The  same.     1903 657  D55a 

Bookkeeping  for  accountant  students.     1900 657  Dssb 

DUFF,  C.  P.  and  others. 

Book-keeping  by  single  and  double  entry.    1877 657  D87 

The  same.     1877 r657   D87 

Beginner's  text-book. 

DUFF,  Peter. 

Book-keeping  by  single  and  double  entry.     1899 657  D877 

Treatise  on  mercantile,  bank  and  railroad  accounting. 

FOSTER,  Horatio  A. 

Central  station  bookkeeping  and  suggested  forms,  with  an 

appendix  for  street  railways.     1896 657  F81 

GARCKE,  Emile,  &  Fells,  J.  M. 

Factory  accounts;  their  principles  and  practice;  a  hand- 
book for  accountants  and  manufacturers.     1893 657  G17 

Appendixes:  Nomenclature  of  machine  details,  by  Oberlin  Smith.— The 
income-tax  acts  in  their  bearing  on  profits  of  manufacture. — The  rat- 
ing of  factories  containing  machinery. — Notes  on  the  law  of  fire  and 
boiler  insurance. — Summary  of  the  factory  and  workshop  acts. — Table 
for  determining  amortization  of  leases,  etc. — Glossary  of  terms. 
"Systematic  statement  of  the  principles  regulating  factory  accounts;  and 
of  the  methods  by  which  those  principles  can  be  put  into  practice  and 
made  to  serve  important  purposes  in  the  economy  of  manufacture." 
Preface. 

GOODWIN,  J.  H. 

Improved  book-keeping  and  business  manual.    1900 q6S7  G63 

The  same.     1885 qr657  G63 

HANAFORD,  L.  B.  &  Payson,  J.  W. 

Book-keeping  by  single  and  double  entry,  for  schools  and 

academies.     1868 657  H23 

KEISTER,  David  Armel. 

Corporation  accounting  and  auditing;  a  practical  treatise 

on  higher  accounting.     1901 657  K16 

LEWIS,  J.  Slater. 

Commercial  organisation  of  factories.     1896 q6S7  1^67 

"Practical  handbook  for  the  use  of  manufacturers  who  wish  to  adopt 
modern  methods  of  organisation.  It  is  written  throughout  from  the 
point  of  view  of  an  organiser  and  manager,  rather  than  from  that  of  a 
professional  accountant."    Introduction. 


I032  BUSINESS  METHODS 

Author  has   had   much   experience   in   the   management   of   engineering 
works  in   England. 

MATHESON,  Ewing. 

Depreciation  of  factories,  mines  and  industrial  undertak- 
ings, and  their  valuation.     1893 657  M46 

Points   out   leading   circumstances   to   be   considered    in    fixing   the    pro- 
vision for  depreciation,  and  discusses  the  valuation  of  factories.     Par- 
ticularly a  manual  for  accountants. 
METCALF,  Capt.  Henry. 

Cost  of  manufactures  and  the  administration  of  work- 
shops, public  and  private.     1894 657  M64 

Containing  chiefly  estimates  and  suggestions  for  the  equipment  and  suc- 
cessful management  of  arsenals. 

MONTGOMERY,  James  Louis. 

Modern  book-keeping,  single  and  double  entry.     1897 657  M86 

Introductory   handbook. 

SMITH,  J.  C. 

National  accountant;  a  treatise  on  the  theory  and  practice 

of  book-keeping  by  double  and  single  entry.     1868 q657  S65 

SOULfi,  George. 

New  science  and  practice  of  accounts,  containing  a  full 
exposition  of  double  entry  and  single  entry  book- 
keeping, with  the  most  approved  forms  of  merchandis- 
ing, commission,  manufacturing,  mechanical,  banking, 
professional,    planting    and    other    lines    of    business. 

1903 q657  S72 

The  same.     1897 qr657  S72 

658     Business  methods.     Manuals 

BROWN,  Nicol. 

Organization  of  gold  mining  business,  with  specimens  of 
the  departmental  report  books  and  the  account  books. 

1897    qr658   B79 

CROMWELL,  John  Howard. 

American  business  woman;  a  guide  for  the  investment, 
preservation  and  accumulation  of  property,  containing 
full    explanations    and    illustrations    of    all    necessary 

methods  of  business.     1900 658  C89 

The  same.     1900 r658  C89 

EARLING,  Peter  R. 

Whom  to  trust;  a  practical  treatise  on  mercantile  credits. 

1890    658    E17 

EATON,  Seymour. 

How  to  do  business  as  business  is  done  in  great  com- 
mercial  centers.     1896 658   E19 

EMERY,  Mabel  Sarah. 

Every-day  business;  notes  on  its  practical  details,  ar- 
ranged for  young  people.     1896 658  E58 

FISHER,  George. 

The  instructor;  or.  Young  man's  best  companion.     1770.  . .  .r658  F53 
GASKELL,  G.  A. 

Compendium  of  forms;  educational,  social,  legal  and  com- 
mercial.    1892 qr658  G21 


CHEMICAL  TECHNOLOGY  1033 

HILL,  Thomas  E. 

Manual  of  social  and  business  forms.     1895 qr658  HS5 

HOOPER,  Frederick,  &  Graham,  James,  of  Wakefield,  Eng. 
Modern  business  methods;  a  guide  to  the  operations  in- 
cidental to  the  trade  of  the  United  Kingdom,  with  the 
customary  documents  and  correspondence;  import  and 

export  trade.      1899 658   H77 

"Specially  designed. .  .to  show  a  would-be  importer  how  to  make  the 
necessary  calculations  to  enable  him  to  price  his  goods  laid  down  at 
the  consumer's  place  of  business  (in  foreign  weights,  measures  and 
money),  and  on  receipt  of  orders.  .  .how  to  procure  the  goods,  how 
to  forward,  ship,  insure  and  invoice  them,  and  how  to  make  arrange- 
ments regarding  foreign  exchange  and  all  the  necessary  subsidiary 
operations."     Preface. 

KIRKLAND,  Frazar,  comp. 

Cyclopaedia   of  commercial   and   business   anecdotes.     2v. 

1864 r658  K28 

PHILLIPS,  Wesley  B. 

How  department  stores  are  carried  on.    1901 658  P51 

Author  writes  from  practical  experience  in  running  one  of  the  largest 
department  stores  in  the  United  States.  Discusses  management,  ad- 
vertising, the  buying  organization,  receiving  goods,  taking  care  of 
stock,  the  mail  order  business,  correspondence,  employees,  wages,  etc. 


659     Advertising 


BATES,  Charles  Austin. 

Good  advertising.     1896 659  B3r 

Practical   suggestions   for   every   one   who   advertises,   with   examples   of 
what  to  avoid  as  well  as  what  to  do  in  advertising. 

LARWOOD,  Jacob,  {pseud,  of  L.  R.  Sadler),  &  Hotten,  J.  C. 

History  of  sign-boards.     1866 r6S9  L33 

SAMPSON,  Henry. 

History  of  advertising,  from  the  earliest  times;  illustrated 
by    anecdotes,    curious    specimens    and    biographical 

notes.     1875 * 659   S19 

BEAUTIFUL  world;  the  journal  of  the  Society  for  checking 
the  abuses  of  public  advertising,  Nov.  1893-Oct.  1899. 
no.i-8.     1893-99 r65905  B35 

Published  irregularly. 


660     Chemical  technology 

For  General  chemistry,  see  540 

AND£S,  Louis  Edgar. 

Feuersicher-,  geruchlos-  und  wasserdichtmachen  aller  ma- 
terialien,  die  zu  technischen  und  sonstigen  zwecken 
verwendet  werden;  mit  einem  anhang,  Die  fabrikation 
des  linoleums.  1896.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)    r66o   A55 

ARTUS,  Wilhelm  Friedrich  Willibald. 

Grundziige  der  chemie  in  ihrer  anwendung  auf  das  prak- 
tische  leben.  1880.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)    r66o    A79 


1034  CHEMICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

BERSCH,  Wilhelm. 

Die   moderne    chemie;    eine    schilderung    der    chemischen 

grossindustrie.     1900 r66o  B46 

Well-written  general  survey  of  the  chief  technical  applications  of  chem- 
istry.    Does  not  enter  deeply  into  details  of  individual  processes. 

BLOUNT,  Bertram,  &  Bloxam,  A.  G. 

Chemistry  for  engineers  and  manufacturers.    2v.     1896 660  B56 

V.I.     Chemistry  of  engineering,  building  and  metallurgy. 

V.2.      Chemistry  of  manufacturing  processes. 

Bibliography,  v.2,  p.438-441. 

"Information  given  is  designed  to  be  of  so  practical  a  character  as  will 
enable  an  owner  of  machinery  or  user  of  power  to  detect  causes  of 
bad  economy,  and  to  realize  when  saving  may  be  effected  by  calling 
in  expert  assistance."     Preface. 

The  same.     1896 r66o  B56 

BOOTH,  James  Curtis,  &  Morfit,  Campbell. 

On  recent  improvements  in  the  chemical  arts.    1852 r523.48  G73 

Published  by  the  Smithsonian  institution. 

Bound  with  Gould's  "Report  on  the  history  of  the  discovery  of  Neptune." 

C,  W.  T.  ed. 

History  of  the  processes  of  manufacture  and  uses  of  print- 
ing, gas-light,  pottery,  glass  and  iron,  from  the  En- 
cyclopaedia Britannica.     1864 r66o  Cii 

Contents:  History  and  process  of  printing,  by  T.  C.  Hansard. — Pottery 
and  porcelain,  by  Charles  Tomlinson. — Glass;  its  history  and  manu- 
facture.— History  and  process  of  making  gas-light. — Iron;  history  of 
its  manufacture. 

DAMMER,  Otto,  ed. 

Handbuch  der  chemischen  technologie.     Sv.     1895-98 r66o  D18 

DAVIS,  George  E. 

Handbook  of  chemical  engineering.    2v.     1901-02 q66o  D31 

v. I.  Introduction. — The  technical  laboratory. — Materials  used  in  plant 
construction. — Weighing  and  measuring. — Steam  production  and  dis- 
tribution.— Power  and  its  application. — Moving  solids,  liquids  and 
gases. 

v.2.  Treating  and  preparing  solids. — The  application  of  heat  and  cold. — 
Separating  solubles  from  insolubles. — Absorbing  and  compressing 
gases. — Evaporation  and  distillation. — Crystallisation  and  dialysis. — 
Electrolysis  and  electro-smelting. — The  construction  of  packages. — 
Organisation  and  building. 

General  treatise  on  the  construction  and  operation  of  plants  for  utilizing 
chemical  reactions  on  a  large  scale. 

FISCHER,  Ferdinand. 

Chemische    technologie    an    den    universitaten    und    tech- 

nischen  hochschulen  Deutschlands.     1898 r66o.7  F52 

JOHNSTON,  James  Finlay  Weir. 

Chemistry  of  common  life.     1894 660  J36 

"Popular  exposition  touching  the  daily  life  of  man  which  reveals  to  the 
reading  public  a  new  world  of  interest.  The  book  is  ijiost  attractive 
in  style  and  thoroughly  accurate."     H.  C.  Bolton. 

KNAPP,  Friedrich  Ludwig. 

ChemJcal   technology;   or.   Chemistry  applied  to  the  arts 

and  to  manufactures.    2v.     1848-49 r66o  K33 

ROLLER,  Theodor. 

Die  impragnirungs-technik;  handbuch  der  darstellung  aller 
fausnisswiderstehenden,  wasserdichten  und  feuer- 
sicheren  stoffe.    1896.    (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.)   r66o  K36 

Describes  methods  for  the  preservation  of  a  wide  diversity  of  sub- 
stances from  decay,  dampness,  fire,  etc.,  by  impregnation  with  chemi- 


CHEMICAL  TECHNOLOGY  1035 

cals.       Waterproofing,     fireproofing    and    wood    preservation    receive 
special  attention. 

LASSAR-COHN,  Dr. 

Chemistry  in  daily  life.     1896 660.4  L34 

The  same.    1899 660.4  L34C 

MUSPRATT,  James  Sheridan,  comp. 

Chemistry;  theoretical,  practical  and  analytical,  as  applied 
and  relating  to  the  arts  and  manufactures.     2v.  in  7. 

i860   qr66o  M98 

Encyclopaedia  of  chemistry;  theoretical,  practical  and  an- 
alytical as  applied  to  the  arts  and  manufactures.     2v. 

1877-80   qr66o  M98e 

Theoretische,  praktische  und  analytische  chemie  in  anwen- 
dung  auf  kiinste  und  gewerbe;  frei  bearbeitet  von  F. 

Stohmann  und  Bruno  Kerl.    v.i-8.     1888-1903 qr66o  M98t 

GST,  Hermann. 

Lehrbuch  der  chemischen  technologic;  mit  einem  schluss- 
abschnitt  "Metallurgie,"  bearbeitet  von  Friedrich  Kol- 

beck.      1900 r66o    O29 

Contents:     Warme-erzeugung. — Kalte-erzeugung. — Technologic  des  was- 
sers. — Schwefel  und  schwefelsaure. — Kochsalz. — Soda,  sulfat  und  salz- 
saure.  —  Kalisalze.  —  Chlor,   chlorkalk   und  chlorate.  —  Elektrolyse.  — 
Alaun   und   thonerdeverbindungen. —  Kunstdunger. —  Explosivstof fe. — 
Kalk,  mortel,  cement. —  Glas. —  Thonwaren. —  Trockene   distillation. — 
Fette. — Zuckerindustrie. — Starke    und    starkezucker. — Zellstoff,    cellu- 
lose.— Garungsgewerbe. — Farbstoffe. — Farberei    und    zeugdruck. — Ger- 
berei. — Metallurgie. 
Being  a  4th  edition  of  the  "Lehrbuch  der  technischen  chemie." 
Good  brief  summary.     Well  illustrated. 
OTTO,  Friedrich  Julius. 

Lehrbuch  der  rationellen  praxis  der  landwirthschaftlichen 
gewerbe.  2v.  in  i.  1865-67.  (Handbuch  der  chemischen 
technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r66o  O31 

v. I.  Das  bierbrauen.  —  Das  branntweinbrennen  und  die  spiritus  fabri- 
kation. — Die  liqueurfabrikation. 

V.2.  Die  essigfabrikation. — Die  rubenzuckerfabrikation. — Die  starkefabri- 
kation.  —  Die  fabrikation  des  starkegummis.  —  Die  fabrikation  des 
starkesyrups,  starkezuckers  und  der  zuckercouleur. — Die  bereitung 
der  butter  und  des  kases. — Die  bereitung  von  cider  oder  obstmost. 
— Das  kalkbrennen,  camentbrennen  und  gypsbrennen. — Die  ziegel- 
fabrikation  und  drainrohrenfabrikation.  —  Das  brotbacken.  —  Das 
seifeseiden. — Rheinisches  kraut. 

SADTLER,  Samuel  Philip. 

Hand-book  of  industrial  organic  chemistry.    1895 660  S12 

Bibliography  and  statistics  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

The  same.     1891 r66o  S12 

The  same.     1900 r66o  Si2h 

Takes  up  each  of  the  important  organic   industries,  treating  of  the  raw 

materials,    processes    of    manufacture,    products,    analytical    tests    and 

methods. 
"Represents  more  thoroughly  than  any  similar  publication  the  practice  of 

the  United  States... and  at  the  same  time  covers  what  is  best  in  the 

European  practice."      William  McMurtrie. 

THORP,  Frank  Hall. 

Outlines  of  industrial  chemistry;  a  text-book  for  students. 

1898    660   T41 

The  same.     1898 r66o  T41 

Covers  in  outline  the  technological  applications  of  chemistry,  excepting 
metallurgy.     Accurate,  but  condensed  to  the  last  degree. 


I036  CHEMICAL  TECHNOLOGY 


WAGNER,  Rudolf  von. 

Manual  of  chemical  technology;  tr.  by  William  Crookes. 

1892  qr66o  W13 

660.2  By-products 

HAEFCKE,  Hermann. 

Die  technische  verwerthung  von  thierischen  cadavern,  cada- 
vertheilen,  schlachtabfallen,  u.  s.  w.    1899.    (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische   bibliothek.) r66o.2   H13 

HUBBARD,  Ernst. 

Die  verwerthung  der   holzabfalle.     1887.      (Hartleben's 

chemish-technische   bibliothek.) r66o.2   H87 

Use   of  sawdust   for  fuel,   in  making  casts,   explosives,   artificial   wood, 
dyes,   oxalic  acid  and  various  other  products. 

ROLLER,  Theodor. 

Handbuch  der  rationellen  verwerthung,  wiedergewinnung 
und  verarbeitung  von  abfallstoffen  jeder  art.  1900. 
(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r66o.2  K36 

Collection  of  various  processes  in  use  or  proposed  for  the  utilization  of 
waste  products,   residues,   etc. 

SIMMONDS,  Peter  Lund. 

Waste  products  and  undeveloped  substances;  or,  Hints  for 

enterprise  in  neglected  fields.     1862 r66o.2  S59 

660.3  Dictionaries 

DAMMER,  Otto,  comp. 

Illustriertes  lexikon  der  verfalschungen  und  verunreini- 
gungen  der  nahrungs-  und  genussmittel,  kolonialwaren 
und  manufakte,  der  droguen,  chemikalien  und  farb- 
waren,  gewerblichen  u.  landwirtschaftlichen  producte, 

dokumente  u.  wertzeichen.     1887 r66o.3  D18 

THORPE,  Thomas  Edward,  comp. 

Dictionary  of  applied  chemistry.     3v.     1891-93 r66o.3  T41 

660.5     Periodicals.     Societies 

CHEMIKER-ZEITUNG;  [weekly  and  semiweekly].  v.3-date. 

1879-date    qr66o.5   C421 

With    supplements    entitled    "Handelsblatt    der    chemiker-zeitung"    and 

"Chemisches  repertorium." 
Before  1879  this  magazine  was  called  "Allgemeine  chemiker-zeitung." 

CHEMISCH-TECHNISCHES  repertorium;  lirsg.  von  Emil 

Jacobsen;  [quarterly],    v.i-date.     1862-date r66o.5  C4212 

General-register,  v.  i-s,   1862-1866.     1867. 

General-register,  v.6-10,   1867-1871.     1873. 

General-register,  v. ii-is,  i872-:876.     1879. 


-General-register,  v.16-20,   1877-1881.  1883. 

-General-register,  y. 21-25,   1882-1886.  1889. 

-General-register,  v.26-30,    1887-1891.  1893. 
-General-register,  v.31-35,   1892-1896. 


CHEMISCHE  industrie;  monatsschrift  hrsg.  vom  Verein  zur 
wahrung  der  interessen  der  chemischen  industrie 
Deutschlands.    v.i-date.     1878-date qr66o.5  C4211 

V.  12-date  published  fortnightly. 


CHEMICAL  TECHNOLOGY  1037 

JAHRES-BERICHT  iiber  die  fortschritte  der  chemischen 
technologic;  hrsg.  von  J.R.Wagner,  1855-date.  v.i- 
date.     1856-date r66o.5  J15 

Generalregister,  v.  1-30.     3V.  in  i.     1866-89. 

Generalregister,  v. 3 1-40.     1898. 

V.5-10  title-page  reads  "Jahres-bericht  iiber  die  fortschritte  und  leistun- 
gen  der  chemischen  technologie." 

V.  11-25  title-page  reads  "Jahres-bericht  iiber  die  leistungen  der  chemi- 
schen technologie." 

v.26-28  title-page  reads  "Rudolf  von  Wagner's  jahres-bericht  iiber  die 
leistungen  der  chemischen  technologie;  fortgesetzt  von  Ferdinand 
Fischer." 

v.29-date  title-page  reads  "Jahres-bericht  iiber  die  leistungen  der  chemi- 
schen technologie;    fortgesetzt  von   Ferdinand  Fischer." 

JAHRES-RUNDSCHAU  iiber  die  chemische  industrie  und 
deren  wirthschaftliche  verhaltnisse,  1893-94.  2v.  1894- 
95  r66o.5  J152 

No  more  published. 

Le  MONITEUR  scientifique  du  chimiste  et  du  manufac- 
turier;  livre-journal  de  chimie  appliquee  aux  arts  et  a 
I'industrie,  specialement  consacre  a  la  chimie  generate 
pure  et  appliquee,  par  G.  A.  Quesneville;    [monthly]. 

v.i-date.     i8S7-date qr66o.5   M82 

Preceded  by  "Revue  scientifique  et  industrielle." 

v.3-date  title  reads  "Le  moniteur  scientifique;  journal  des  sciences  pures 

et  appliquees." 
v.35-date  contains  as  a  supplement  "Le  mercure  scientifique;  memorial 

de  chimie  industrielle,  de  pharmacie  et  d'hygiene." 
v.39-date  contains  as  a  supplement  "Choix  de  brevets  pris  en  France 
et  a  I'etranger  sur  les  arts  chimiques,  parus  dans  Le  moniteur  scien- 
tifique." 

REPERTOIRE    de    chimie    appliquee;    [monthly],    1858-63. 

5v.     1859-63.     (Societe  chimique  de  Paris.) r66o.5  R352 

In  Jan.  1864  this  united  with  the  "Bulletin  de  la  Societe  chimique  de 
Paris." 

SOCIETY  OF  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRY. 

Journal,     v.i-date.     1882-date qr66o.5    S67 

Collective  index;   v.i-14,    1882-1895.      1899. 

V.  1-20  monthly,  v.  21 -date  semimonthly. 

ZEITSCHRIFT  fiir  angewandte  chemie;  [weekly],   v.i-date. 

1888-date    qr66o.5   Z43 

Formed  by  the  union  of  the  "Zeitschrift  fiir  die  chemische  industrie"  and 
the  "Repertorium  der  analytischen  chemie." 

ZEITSCHRIFT  fiir  die  chemische  industrie,  mit  besonderer 
beriicksichtigung  der  chemisch-technischen  untersu- 
chungsverfahren;  [bimonthly].    2v.  in  i.    1887 qr66o.5  Z431 

United  with  the  "Repertorium  der  analytischen  chemie"  to  form  the 
"Zeitschrift  fiir  angewandte  chemie." 


660.8     Receipt-books 

CAPAUN-KARLOWA,  C.  F. 

Chemisch-technische  specialitaten  und  geheimnisse.     1894. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r66o.8  C18 

VOMACKA,  Adolf. 

Haus-specialitaten.       1888.       (Hartleben's    chemisch-tech- 
nische bibliothek.) r66o.8  V37 

Receipts   for   the    preparation   of   baking-powder,    inks,    glues,    polishing 
pastes,  etc. 


1038  CHEMICALS 

66i     Chemicals 

ROLLER,  Theodor. 

Cliemische  praparatenkuiide;  handbuch  der  darstellung 
und  gewinnung  der  am  haufigsten  vorkommenden 
chemischen  korper,  fiir  techniker,  gewerbetreibende 
und    industrielle.      1890.      (Hartleben's    chemisch-tech- 

nische   bibliothek.) r66i    K36 

SCHWARZENBERG,  Philipp. 

Die  technologic  der  chemischen  producte,  welche  durch 
grossbetrieb  aus  unorganischen  materialien  gewonnen 
werden.  1865.  (Handbuch  der  chemischen  tech- 
nologic; hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  andercn.) r66i  S41 

Contents:     Der  schwefel. — Die  borsaure. — Der  borax. — Das  kochsalz. — 
Der  natronsalpeter. — Die  natiirliche   soda. — Die  pottasche. — Die   soda- 
asche. — Der  kelp  oder  varech. — Die  salpetersaure. 
Theory  and  practice  of  the  methods  of  utilizing  these  raw  materials. 

661. 1     Chemical  elements 

FISCHER,  Ferdinand. 

Die  chemische  technologic  des  wassers.  1880.  (Handbuch 
der  chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und 

anderen.)    r66i.i i    F52 

Contents:  Vorkommen  des  wassers  in  der  natur. — Physikalische  eigen- 
schaften  des  wassers.  —  Eis.  —  Aufbewahrung  des  eises.  —  Chemische 
eigenschaften  des  wassers. — Einfluss  der  bestandstheile  eines  wassers 
auf  seine  verwendung.^Wasserversorgung. — Mineralwasser. 

JEHL,  Francis. 

Manufacture  of  carbons  for  electric  lighting  and  other 
purposes;  a  practical  handbook,  giving  a  complete  de- 
scription of  the  art  of  making  carbons,  electrodes,  etc., 
the  various  gas  generators  and  furnaces  used  in  car- 
bonising; with  a  plan  for  a  model  factory.  1899.  (Elec- 
trician Series.) 661.126  J24 

PRITCHARD,  O.  G. 

Manufacture  of  electric  light  carbons 661.126  P95 

Detailed  description  of  a  process  for  arc-lamp  carbons  which  the  author 
claims  to  have  worked  successfully. 

661.2     Acids 

LUNGE,  George. 

Theoretical  and  practical  treatise  on  the  manufacture  of 
sulphuric  acid  and  alkali,  with  the  collateral  branches. 

3v.      1891-96 r66i.2    L97 

The  same,    v.i  in  2.    1903 r66i.2  L97t 

PICK,  Siegmund. 

Die  mineralsauren.  1879.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.)    r66i.2   P54 

Brief  statement  of  methods  of  manufacture,  testing  and  uses. 

STIEFEL,  H.  C. 

Das  raffiniren  des  weinsteines  und  die  darstellung  der  wein- 
steinsaure.  1894.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)    r66i.2   S85 


CHEMICALS  1039 


66 


661.3     Alkalis 

ARNOLD,  R. 

Ammonia  and  ammonium  compounds.    1890 661.3  A7S 

The  same.     1889 r66i.3  A7S 

"Recent  literature,"  p.121-123;   "Recent  patents,"  p.124-126. 

Treats  of  the  recovery  of  ammonia  and  cyanogen  compounds  from  coal- 
gas  purification,  the  manufacture  of  ammonium  compounds,  and  the 
revivification  of  the  "spent-oxide"  of  the  gas-works. 

LUNGE,  George. 

Handbuch  der  soda-industrie  und  ihrer  nebenzweige  fiir 
theorie  und  praxis.  2v.  in  i.  1879.  (Handbuch  der 
chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  BoIIey  und 
anderen.)    r66i.3  L97 

The  same.    3v.  in  2.     1893-94.     (Handbuch  der  chemischen 

technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.). .  .r66i.3  L97h 

A  standard  treatise,  covering  this  industry  in  detail. 

PFEIFFER,  Emil. 

Handbuch  der  kali-industrie;  die  bildung  der  salzlager  von 
Stassfurt  und  umgegend,  sowie  von  Kalusz  und  be- 
schreibung  dieser  salzlager;  die  technische  gewinnung 
der  kalisalze  aus  den  natiirlich  vorkommenden  salzcn 
mit  ihren  nebenzweigen  und  anwendung  der  kalisalze 
in  der  landwirthschaft.  1887.  (Handbuch  der  chemischen 
technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r66i.3  P47 

Very  complete  monograph  on  the  development  of  this  industry  in 
Germany. 

PICK,  Siegmund. 

Die  alkalien;  darstcllung  der  fabrikation  der  gebrauch- 
lichsten  kali-  und  natron-verbindungen,  der  soda,  pot- 
asche,  des  salzes,  salpeters,  glaubcrsalzes,  wasserglases, 
chromkalis,  blutlaugcnsalzes,  weinsteins,  laugensteins, 
u.  s.  f.;  deren  anwendung  und  priifung.  1894.  (Hart- 
leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r66i.3   P54 

Methods  of  manufacture  on  a  large  scale. 

661. 4-661. 7     Salts 

JUNEMANN,  Friedrich. 

Die  fabrikation  des  alauns,  der  schwcfclsauren  und  der 
essigsauren  thonerde,  des  bleiweisses  und  des  blei- 
zuckers.  1882.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)    r66i.4  J52 

Brief  description  of  machinery  and  processes  used  in  factories. 

KRATZER,  Hermann. 

Wasserglas  und  infusorienerdc;  deren  natur  und  bedeu- 
tung   fiir    industric,    tcchnik    und    die    gewerbe.      1887. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r66l.4  K41 

FEUERBACH,  Friedrich. 

Die  cyan-verbindungen.  1896.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische   bibliothek.) v66i.y   F43 

Describes  the  manufacture  of  the  technically  important  compounds  of 
cyanogen,  and  their  use  in  electroplating,  gold  extraction,  etc. 


I040  PYROTECHNICS.    EXPLOSIVES 

662     Pyrotechnics.     Explosives.     Fuel 
662.1     Pyrotechnics 

BROWNE,  W.  H. 

Firework  making  for  amateurs;  complete  and  explicit  in- 
structions in  the  art  of  pyrotechny.     1888 662.1  B81 

ESCHENBACHER,  August. 

Die  feuerwerkerei;  oder,  Die  fabrikation  der  feuerwerks- 
korper.  1897.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)    r662.  i    E79 

Includes  the  chemistry  of  the  chief  materials  and  the  methods  used  in 
making  fireworks  for  signaling  and  display. 

WEBSKY,  Christian  Friedrich  Martin. 

Lustfeuerwerkskunst;    leichtfassliche,   bewahrte    anleitung 

zur  anfertigung  von  lustfeuerwerken.     1891 r662.i  W37 

Intended  particularly  for  amateurs.     Gives  directions  for  simple  pieces. 

662.2     Explosives 

BERTHELOT,  Pierre  Eugene  Marcellin. 

Explosive  materials;  a  series  of  lectures;  tr.  by  Marcus 
Benjamin,  to  which  is  added  a  short  historical  sketch 
of  gunpowder  by  Karl  Braun.  1883.  (Van  Nostrand's 
science   series.) 662.2   B46e 

"Bibliography  of  works  on  explosives,"   p.  139-180. 

Explosives    and   their   power;    tr.    and   condensed   fr.    the 

French  by  C.  N.  Hake  and  William  Macnab.     1892. ..  .662.2  B46 
B5CKMANN,  Friedrich. 

Die  explosiven  stoffe;  ihre  geschichte,  fabrikation,  eigen- 
schaften,  priifung  und  praktische  anwendung  in  der 
sprengtechnik.  1895.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische bibliothek.) r662.2   B57 

General  manual  for  users  of  explosives. 

EISSLER,  Manuel. 

Handbook  on  modern  explosives;  with  chapters  on  ex- 
plosives in  practical  application.     1897 662.2  E42 

Modern  high  explosives;  nitro-glycerine  and  dynamite, 
pyroxyline,  or  gun-cotton,  the  fulminates,  picrates  and 

chlorates.     1884 r662.2  E42 

Describes  accurately  the  properties,  methods  of  manufacture  and  analysis, 
and  the  industrial  uses. 

GUTTMANN,  Oscar. 

Die  industrie  der  explosivstoffe.  1895.  (Handbuch  der 
chemischen    technologic;    hrsg.    von    P.  A.  Bolley    und 

anderen.)    r662.2  G98 

"Literatur  fiber  explosivstoffe,"  p.673. 

Manufacture  of  explosives.    2v.     1895 662.2  G98 

"Bibliography  of  explosives,"  v.2,  p.41 1-427. 

Schiess-  und  sprengmittel.     1900 662.2  G98S 

"Erweiterter  sonder-abdruck  aus  'Muspratt's  theoretische,  praktische  und 

analytische  chemie.'  " 
"Literatur,"   p.243. 

Short    description    of    the    explosives    now    used,    including    methods    of 
manufacturing  and  testing. 


EXPLOSIVES  1041 

MEYER,  Ernst  von. 

Die  explosivkorper  und  die  feuerwerkerei.  1874.  (Hand- 
buch  der  chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bol- 
ley  und  anderen.) r668.i  DjS 

Bibliography,  p.  127. 

Bound  with  Deite's  "Die  darstellung  der  seifen,  parfumerien  und  cos- 
metica." 

Treats  of  guncotton,  nitro-explosives,  dynamite,  fulminates,  percussion- 
caps  and  other  igniters,  colored  fires,   rockets,  etc. 

SANFORD,  P.  Gerald. 

Nitro-explosives.      1896 662.2    S22 

Brief,  interesting  and  trustworthy  account  of  the  manufacture  of  nitro- 
glycerin, guncotton,  dynamite  and  other  nitro-explosives.  Describes 
the  testing  of  raw  and  finished  material.  Written  from  the  chemist's 
point  of  view. 

WISSER,  John  Philip. 

Explosive  materials;  the  phenomena  and  theories  of  ex- 
plosion, and  the  classification,  constitution  and  prepa- 
ration of  explosives.  1898.  (Van  Nostrand's  science 
series.)    662.2  W81 

"Authorities,"  p.S-6. 

BERNADOU,  John  Baptiste. 

Smokeless  powder,  nitro-cellulose  and  the  theory  of  the 

cellulose  molecule.    1901 662.3  B45 

Appendixes:  Researches  upon  the  nitration  of  cotton,  by  M.  Vielle. — 
Pyrocollodion  smokeless  powders,  by  D.  Mendeleef. — The  nitration  of 
cotton,  by  M.  Bruley. — The  development  of  smokeless  powder,  by  J.  B. 
Bernadon. 
The  useful  portions  of  the  book  are  the  appendixes  and  the  record  of  the 
author's  experiments.  The  theory  of  the  cellulose  molecule  advanced 
is  not  in  agreement  with  the  commonly  accepted  view  among  chemists. 

UPMANN,  J. 

Das  schiesspulver;  dessen  geschichte,  fabrikation,  eigen- 
schaften  und  proben.  1874.  (Handbuch  der  che- 
mischen    technologic;     hrsg.     von     P.  A.  Bolley     und 

anderen.)    r668.i   D38 

"Literatur,"  p.214-219. 

Bound   with   Deite's   "Die   darstellung  der  seiien,   parfumerien   und  cos- 

metica." 
Theoretical  and  practical.     Treats  only  of  ordinary  black  powder. 


662.5     Matches 

FREITAG,  Josef. 

Die  ziindwaarcn-fabrikation.    1887.    (Hartleben's  chemisch- 

technische  bibliothek.) r662.5   F91 

Brief  descriptions  of  the  machinery  and  methods  used. 

JETTEL,  Wladimir. 

Die  ziindwaaren-fabrikation  in  ihrer  gcgenwartigen  aus- 
bildung,  mit  beriicksichtigung  der  wichtigsten  ma- 
schinen  zum  hobeln  der  holzer,  zum  einlegen  und 
ausnehmen,  zur  spanschachtel-  und  salonbiichsen- 
fabrikation,  und  der  recepte  zum  zusammensetzen  der 
ziindwaaren.  1871.  (Handbuch  der  chemischen  tech- 
nologic; hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r668.i  D38 

Bibliography,   p. 77. 

Bound    with    Deite's    "Die    darstellung    der    seifen,    parfumerien    und 
cosmetica." 


I042  FUEL 

662.6     Fuel 

CLARK,  Daniel  Kinnear,  ed. 

Fuel;  its  combustion  and  economy.     1879 r662.6  C51 

Consists  of  abridgments  of  "Treatise  on  the  combustion  of  coal  and  the 
prevention  of  smoke,"  by  C.  W.  Williams,  and  "The  economy  of  fuel," 
by  T.  S.  Prideaux,  with  additions  on  "Recent  practice  in  the  com- 
bustion and  economy  of  fuel,"  by  D.  K.  Clark. 

FISCHER,  Ferdinand. 

Die  chemische  technologic  der  brennstoffe.     v.  1-2.     1897- 

1901    662.6  F52 

The  same.  v.i.  1880.  (Handbuch  der  chemischen  tech- 
nologic; hrsg.  A^on  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r662.6  F52 

JOHNSON,  Walter  Rogers. 

Report  to  the  Navy  department  of  the  United  States  on 
American  coals  applicable  to  steam  navigation  and  to 
other  purposes.     1844.     (United  States.     28th  cong.  ist 

sess.     Senate.     Doc.  no. 386.) r662.6  J36 

JUPTNER  von  JONSTORFF,  Hanns,  freiherr. 

Die  untersuchung  von  feuerungs-anlagen;  eine  anleitung 
zur  anstellung  von  heizversuchen.     1891.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische   bibliothek.) r662.6  J53 

KOLLER,  Theodor. 

Die  torf-industrie;  handbucli  der  gev^rinnung,  verarbeitung 
und  verwerthung  des  torfes  im  kleinen  und  grossen 
betriebe,  sowie  darstellung  verschiedener  producte  aus 
torf.  1898.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)    r662.6  K3C 

Practical  manual  of  all  branches. 

MILLS,  Edmund  James,  &  Rowan,  F.J. 

Fuel  and  its  applications;   ed.  by  C.  E.  Groves.     1889. 

(Chemical  technology,  v.i.) q662.6  M69 

The  same.     1889 qr662.6  M69 

Describes  the  various  fuels,  their  applications  and  their  value.  Has 
sections  on  domestic  heating,  steam  production,  evaporation,  distilla- 
tion, on  furnaces  for  metallurgical  purposes,  and  kilns  for  brick,  etc. 

MUCK,  F. 

Die  chemie  der  steinkohle.    1891 r662.6  M94 

Second  enlarged  edition  of  "Grundziige  und  ziele  der  steinkohlenchemie." 
Studies  the  chemical  properties  of  coal  and  their  relation   to   its  com- 
mercial  value.'     Tables   give   composition   of   a    number   of   European 
varieties. 

POOLE,  Herman. 

Calorific  power  of  fuels;  founded  on  Scheurer-Kestner's 

Pouvoir  calorifique  des  combustibles.    1900 662.6  P79 

"Authorities  consulted,"   p.  15-17. 

The  same.    1898 r662.6  P79 

"Authorities  consulted,"  p.  13-15. 

Describes  various  calorimeters,  and  gives  methods  of  determining  the 
heating  effect  of  fuels  and  of  making  steam-boiler  trials.  Includes 
very  complete  tables  of  the  heating  power  and  composition  of  the 
fuels  of  the  world. 

SEXTON,  Alexander  Humboldt. 

Fuel  and  refractory  materials.     1897 662.6  S51 

Contains  chapters  on  "Gaseous  fuel,"  "Furnaces  for  metallurgical  pur- 
poses," "Supply  of  air  to  the  furnace,"  "Removal  of  waste  products," 
"Smoke,"  "Prevention  of  smoke,"  etc. 

Bibliography,  p.337-34i' 


FUEL  1043 

SLOCUM,  F.  L.  comp. 

Gas,  coal  and  iron  interests  of  western  Pennsylvania,  and 

gas  engineering  tables.     1895 r662.6  S63 

Compiled   for  the   Pittsburgh   meeting  of  the   Western   gas  association, 

May  1895. 
Illustrations  and  short  descriptions  of  a  number  of  plants. 


662.7     Charcoal.     Coke 

BRECKON,  J.  R.  comp. 

"Facts  and  figures"  concerning  the  manufacture  of  coke, 
and  the  collection  of  bye-products  by  the  Simon-Carves 

process.      1884 r662.7    B72 

Written  as  an  advertisement.  Gives  data  concerning  cost,  economy, 
production,  etc. 

DURRE,  Ernst  Friedrich. 

Die  neueren  cokesdfen  unter  beriicksichtigung  aller 
neueren  arbeiten  und  studien  iiber  die  brennstoffe  und 

ihre  trockene  destination.     1892 qr662.7  D94 

Summarizes  progress  in  the  study  of  natural  fuels  and  of  processes  of 
dry  distillation  during  the  period  1882-92.  Includes  descriptions  and 
drawings  of  a  number  of  by-product  coke-ovens. 

FULTON,  John. 

Coke;  a  treatise  on  the  manufacture  of  coke  and  the  saving 
of  by-products,  with  references  to  the  methods  and 
ovens  best  adapted  to  the  production  of  coke  from 
American  coals.     1895 662.7    F98 

SVEDELIUS,  Gustaf. 

Hand-book  for  charcoal  burners.     1875 r662.7  S96 

Written  for  a  prize  offered  by  the  government  of  Sweden,  was  duly  ap- 
proved and  published  by  the  government. 

"tHENIUS,  Georg. 

Die  meiler-  und  retorten-verkohlung;  die  liegenden  und 
stehenden  meiler,  die  gemauerten  holz-verkohlungs- 
oefen  und  die  retorten-verkohlung.     1885.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r662.7  T34 

Concise  manual  of  the  distillation  and  coking  of  wood.  Treats  especially 
of  the  chemical  products  and  their  utilization. 

WEEKS,  Joseph  Dame. 

Manufacture  of  coke  in  1894.     1895 qr553.46  W42 

Extract  from  the  i6th  annual  report  of  the  director  of  the  United  States 

geological  survey,  1894-95. 
Bound  with  his  "Production  of  manganese." 

Report  on  the  manufacture  of  coke.    1885 qr662.7  W42 

Part  of  v.io  of  the  Final  report  on  the  loth  census,  1880. 

662.8     Artificial  fuel 

JUNEMANN,  Friedrich. 

Die   briquette-industrie    und    die   brennmaterialien.      1881. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r662.8  JS2 

THWAITE,  Benjamin  Howarth. 

Gaseous  fuel,  including  water  gas.     1889 662.8  T43 

The  same.     1889 r662.8  T43 


I044  BEVERAGES 

663     Beverages 

BLATTER  fiir  gersten-,  hopfen-  und  kartoffelbau;  zugleich 
organ    des    staatlichen   versuchskornhauses    in    Berlin; 

[monthly] .     v.2-3.      1900-01 r663.05   BS4 

Publication  ceased  with  v.3. 

JAHRBIJCH  des  Vereins  der  spiritus-fabrikanten  in  Deutsch- 
land,  des  Vereins  der  starke-interessenten  in  Deutsch- 
land  und  der  brennerei-berufsgenossenschaft.  ler 
jahrgang-date.     1901-date T663.05  J15 

Erganzungsband  zur  "Zeitschrift  fiir  spiritusindustrie." 

ZEITSCHRIFT  fiir  spiritusindustrie;  organ  des  vereins  und 
der  versuchsstation  der  spiritusfabrikanten  in  Deutsch- 
land;  neue  folge;  [semimonthly  and  weekly],    v.i-date. 

1878-date    qr663.05   Z43 

Zweite  folge  der  "Schwarzwaller'schen  zeitschrift  ftir  deutsche  spiritus- 
fabrikanten." 
The  same,  erganzungsheft.     v.i-date.     iSoS-date qr663.05  Z43C 

663.1     Fermented  beverages.     Fermentation 

EFFRONT,  Jean. 

Enzymes   and  their  applications;    English   translation   by 

S.  C.  Prescott.     v.i.     1902 663.1    E33 

V.I.     The  enzymes  of  the  carbohydrates;  the  oxidases. 
Contains  numerous  bibliographies. 

Theory  and  practice  of  use  of  diastatic  ferments  in  brewing  and  distilling. 
GREEN,  Joseph  Reynolds. 

Soluble  ferments  and  fermentation.     1899 663.1  G82 

Bibliography,   p. 239-473. 

HANSEN,  Emil  Christian. 

Practical  studies  in  fermentation.     1896 663.1  H24* 

JORGENSEN,  Alfred. 

Micro-organisms  and  fermentation.     1900 663.1   J43 

Bibliography,   p.277-318. 

Their    morphology    and    biology.       Clearly    written     review    of    present 
knowledge,  by  an  investigator  of  high  standing. 
LAFAR,  Franz. 

Technical  mycology,  the  utilization  of  micro-organisms  in 
the  arts  and  manufactures;  a  practical  handbook  on  fer- 
mentation and  fermentative  processes,  for  the  use  of 
brewers  and  distillers,  analysts,  technical  and  agri- 
cultural chemists,  pharmacists  and  all  interested  in  the 
industries    dependent  'on    fermentation,     v.  1-2.      189&- 

1903    663.1   L14 

V.I.     Schizomycetic  fermentation. 
V.2.     Eumycetic  fermentation. 

The  same,    v.1-2.     1898-1903 r663.i  L14 

PASTEUR,  Louis. 

Studies  on  fermentation.     1879 663.1  P28 

Translation  of  "fttudes  sur  la  biere." 

Valuable  biological   study  of  the  diseases  of  beer,   their  causes  and  the 
means  of  prevention. 

SCHUTZENBERGER,  Paul. 

On  fermentation.     1893.     (International  scientific  series.).  .663.1  S39 
"Clear  and  concise  statement  of  our  present   (1876)   knowledge  of  fer- 


BEVERAGES  1045 

mentation,  and  a  brief  history  of  the  progress  of  opinion  and  research." 

Douglas  A.  Spalding. 

663.2    Wine 

HENDERSON,  Alexander. 

History  of  ancient  and  modern  wines.     1824 qr663.2  H44 

MAIER,  Karl. 

Die  ausbriiche,  secte  und  siidweine;  nebst  einem  anhange 
enthaltend  die  bereitung  der  strohweine,  rosinen-,  hefe-, 
kunst-,  beeren-  und  kernobstweine.    1895.    (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische   bibliothek.) T663.2   M26 

Describes   the    natural    wines,    and   gives    receipts   and   methods    for   the 
manufacture  of  fortified  and  artificial  wines. 

MOHR,  Friedrich. 

Der  weinbau  und  die  weinbereitungskunde.  1865.  (Hand- 
buch  der  chemischen  technologie;  hrsg.  von  P.  A. 
Bolley  und  anderen.) r66o  O31 

Study  of  the  theoretical  principles  underlying  wine-making  and  of  their 

employment   in   practice. 
Bound  with  Otto's  '  Lehrbuch  der  rationellen  praxis  der  landwirthschaft- 

lichen  gewerbe." 

PIAZ,  Antonio  dal. 

Die  champagner-fabrikation  und  erzeugung  impragnirter 
schaumweine.    1892.    (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.)    r663.2   P53 

Practical  handbook  giving  brief  descriptions  of  methods  and  machinery 
used  in  manufacturing  natural  and  artificial  effervescing  wines. 

Die  obstweinbereitung  nebst  obst-  und  beerenbranntwein- 
brennerei.  1894.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)    r66s.2  P530 

Treats    of    the    manufacture    of    wine    and    brandy    from    apples,    pears, 
berries,  etc. 

Die  verwerthung  der  weinriickstande.     1895.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r663.2  P53V 

Die  weinbereitung  und  kellerwirthschaft.     1900.     (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r663.2  PS3w 

Brief  practical  manual  of  the  manufacture  of  wine,  by  an  experienced 
wine-maker. 

REDDING,  Cyrus. 

History  and  description  of  modern  wines.     1836 r663.2  R27 

Popular   work,   describing  the   qualities,   sources   and   methods  of   manu- 
facture of  the  various  wines  in  use  at  time  of  publication. 

REGNER,  Alfred  von. 

Die  bereitung  der  schaumweine;  mit  besonderer  beriick- 
sichtigung  der  franzosischen  champagner-fabrikation. 
1899.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r663.2  R29 

Describes   in   detail  the  manufacture  of  champagne  and  of  effervescent 
wines  made  by  impregnation  with  gaseous  carbonic  acid. 

THUDICHUM,  John  Louis  William,  &  Dupre,  August. 

Treatise  on  the  origin,  natnre  and  varieties  of  wine.    1872.  .663.2  T42 
Comprehensive  account  of  viticulture  and  wine-making  in  all  its  branches. 
Discusses  thoroughly  the  chemistry  of  wine.     A  standard  work. 

663.3-663.4     Brewing.     Beer 

Der  BAYERISCHE  bierbrauer.     See     Zeitschrift  fiir  das 
gesammte  brauwesen. 


1046  BEVERAGES 


CASSIAN,  Franz. 

Die  dampf-brauerei;  eine  darstellung  des  gesammten  brau- 
wesens  nach  dem  neuesten  stande  des  gewerbes.     1887. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) T663.3  C26 

Theoretical  and  practical.      Vienna,    Bavarian   and   Bohemian  beers   are 
especially  considered. 

HABICH,  G.  E. 

Handbuch  der  bierbrauerei,  auf  grundlage  von  Habich, 
Schule  der  bierbrauerei;  hrsg.  von  Conrad  Schneider 

und  Gottlieb  Behrend.     1891 663.3  Hii 

Thorough  manual  of  all  branches  of  the  German  brewing  industries. 

LEYSER,  Emil. 

Die  malz-  und  bierbereitung;  ein  handbuch  zum  selbstun- 
terricht  fiir  praktiker  sowie  zum  gebrauche  an  brauer- 

schulen.      1900 663.3    L67 

The  loth  edition  of  "Die  bierbrauerei,"  by  Philipp  Heiss. 
A  standard  text-book  of  German  methods  and  practice.     Thorough  and 
accurate.     Treats  especially  of  thick  mash  beers. 

WAHL,  Robert,  &  Henius,  Max,  ed. 

American   handy-book   of  the   brewing,   malting   and 

auxiliary  trades.     1901 r663.3  W13 

Bibliography,  p.  1157-1185. 

Pocket  encyclopedia,  giving  concise  information  as  to  standard  Ameri- 
can practice  in  the  various  industries  connected  with  brewing. 

WEBER,  Karl. 

Die  malz-fabrikation;  eine  darstellung  der  bereitung  von 
griin-,  luft-  und  darrmalz  nach  dem  gew^ohnlichen 
und  den  verschiedenen  mechanischen  verfahren.     1887. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r663.3  W37 

Theoretical  and  practical  handbook. 
ZEITSCHRIFT    fiir    das    gesammte    brauwesen;     [monthly 

and  weekly],  1866-date.    v.i-date.    1867-date qr663.3  Z43 

V.  1-12  title  reads  "Der  bayerische  bierbrauer." 
FRIED,  Wilhelm. 

Die  keller  der  bierbrauereien.     1900 663.4  F94 

Describes   methods   of  construction,    materials,   heating   and  cooling  ar- 
rangements, etc.     Clear  and  practical. 

Rt)DINGER,  Hermann. 

Die   bierbrauerei   und    die    malzextract-fabrikation.      1887. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r663.4  R83 

Practical  handbook  for  brewers  and  brewery  chemists. 

663.5     Distilling 

BRIEM,  Hermann. 

Die  riibenbrennerei;  dargestellt  nach  den  praktischen  er- 
fahrungen  der  neuzeit.  1888.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische  bibliothek.) r663.5   B74 

"Die  literatur  der  riibenbrennerei,"  p.  12-15. 

Treats  of  manufacture  of  rum  and  alcohol   from   sugar-beets  and  beet 
sugar  molasses. 

EIDHERR,  Eduard. 

Der  chemisch-technische  brennereileiter;  populares  hand- 
buch   der    spiritus-    und    presshefe-fabrikation.      1898. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r663.S  E39 

Concise    explanation    of   the    chemistry    and    technology   of    distillation. 
Describes  processes,  machinery,  etc. 


BEVERAGES  1047 

GABER,  August. 

Die  fabrikation  von  rum,  arrak,  cognac  und  alien  arten 
von  obst-  und  friichtenbranntweinen.  1898.  (Hart- 
leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r663.5  Gii 

Die  liqueur-fabrikation.  1899.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische    bibliothek.) r663.5    Giil 

Describes  the  raw  materials,  processes,  etc.  used,  and  gives  numerous 
formulae   for  liqueurs, ''cremes,  brandies,   etc. 

Der  praktische  destillateur  und  spirituosenfabrikant;  hand- 
und  hilfsbuch  fiir  destillateure,  liqueur-  und  spirituosen- 
fabrikanten.  1901.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)    r663.5  Gi ip 

Pays  special  attention  to  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  the  raw 
materials  and  the  products,  giving  methods  of  analysis,  etc.  Intended 
primarily  as  a  companion  to  treatises  on  distillation  and  liqueur  manu- 
facture. 

GUICHARD,  Pierre. 

Traite  de  distillerie:  Chimie  du  distillateur.  1895.  (En- 
cyclopedic de  chimie  industrielle.) r663.5  G96tr 

Summarizes  the  chemical  properties  of  the  various  alcohols,  sugars  and 
their  derivatives  of  importance  in  commercial  distillation,  and  gives 
directions  for  their  chemical  identification  and  estimation. 

Traite  de  distillerie:  Industrie  de  la  distillation;  levures  et 

alcools.  1897.   (Encyclopedic  de  chimie  industrielle.)  .  .r663.5  Gg6t 

Considers  the  various  steps  in  the  manufacture  of  alcohol  both  theoreti- 
cally and  practically.     Good  brief  summary  of  French  practice. 

Traite  de  distillerie:  Microbiologic  du  distillateur;  ferments 
et  fermentation.     1896.      (Encyclopedic   de   chimie   in- 
dustrielle.)     r663.S  G96 

Handbook  of  the  chemistry  and  biology  of  ferments,  for  chemists,  dis- 
tillers, etc. 

MAERCKER,  Maximilian. 

Handbuch  der  spiritusfabrikation.     1894 r663.S  M24 

PIAZ,  Antonio  dal. 

Die  cognac-  und  weinsprit-fabrikation,  sowie  die  trester- 
und  hefebranntwein-brennerei.  1891.  (Hartleben's  che- 
misch-technische bibliothek.) r663.S  P53 

Describes  machinery  and  processes. 

REIS,  Josef. 

Bereitung    der    brennerei-kunsthefe.      1883.      (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische    bibliothek.) r663.5    R32 

Brief  theoretical  and  practical  handbook  for  yeast-makers. 

WILFERT,  Adolf. 

Die  kartoffel-  und  getreidebrennerei.     1885.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r663.S  W71 

Practical  handbook  on  the  distillation  of  spirits  from  potatoes  and  grain, 
.    including  maize  and  rice. 

663.6     Soda-water 

DUBELLE,  George  H.  ed. 

"Non  plus  ultra"  soda  fountain  requisites  of  modern  times; 
a  practical  receipt  book  comprising  all  the  latest  novel- 
ties and  specialties  for  soda  fountain  beverages.    1893.  -663.6  D8s 
MEITZ,  Oskar. 

Die  fabrikation  der  moussirenden  getranke;  praktische 
anleitung   zur   fabrikation   aller   moussirenden   wasser, 


1048  FOODS.    PRESERVING 

Hmonaden,  weine,  u.  s.  w.,  griindliche  beschreibung  der 
hiezu  nothigen  apparate;  neu  bearbeitet  und  erweitert 
von  E.  Luhmann.     1897.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 

nische    bibliothek.) r663.6    M.57 

WENDER,  Max,  &  Neumann. 

Praktische   anleitung  zur   fabrikation   kohlensaurehaltiger 

erfrischungs-  und  luxus-getranke.     1898 qr663.6  W51 

Handbook  for  the  manufacturer  and  dispenser  of  carbonated  beverages, 
describing  machinery  and  apparatus,  chemicals  used,  etc. 

663.9     Chocolate.     Coffee 

SALDAU,  Ernst. 

Die  chocolade-fabrikation.     i88r.     (Hartleben's  chemisch- 

technische    bibliothek.) r663.9i    S16 

Directions  for  making  the  different  commercial  varieties,  descriptions  of 
machinery  used,  properties  of  cacao  and  methods  of  analysis  and  of 
testing  for  adulterants  are  given. 

LEHMANN,  Karl. 

Die   fabrikation   des   surrogatkaffees   und   des   tafelsenfes. 

1893.    (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.).  .r663.93  L55 

Describes  methods,  materials  and  machinery  used.     Gives  receipts. 

664     Foods.     Preserving 

For  Food  adulterations,  see  614.3;   for  Food  analysis,   see   543.1 

CAPAUN-KARLOWA,  C.  F. 

Unsere  lebensmittel;  eine  anleitung  zur  kenntniss  der 
vorziiglichsten  nahrungs-  und  genussmittel,  deren  vor- 
kommen  und  beschaffenheit  in  gutem  und  schlechtem 
zustande,  sowie  ihre  verfalschungen  und  deren  erken- 
nung.  1879.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)     ,r664    C18 

RUPRECHT,  Karl. 

Die    fabrikation    von    albumin    und    eierconserven.      1882. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r664  R88 

Describes  the  properties  and  manufacture  of  albumin,  the  methods  of 
preserving  eggs  and  egg  products  and  methods  for  analyzing  albumin. 

BERSCH,  Wilhelm. 

Die  fabrikation  von  starkfczucker,  dextrin,  maltoseprapara- 
ten,  zuckercouleur  und  invertzucker;  ein  handbuch  fiir 
Starke-,     starkezucker-     und     ihvertzucker-fabrikanten. 
1901.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) .  .r664.i  B46 
Good  brief  treatise.      Describes   chemistry  and   practice.      Devotes  con- 
siderable space  to  methods  of  analysis  for  sugar  laboratories. 

REGNER,  Richard  von. 

Die  fabrikation  des  riibenzuckers;  nebst  einem  anhange 
iiber  die  verwerthung  der  nachproducte  und  abfalle, 
etc.  1879.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  biblio- 
thek.)     r664.i    R29 

Brief  description   from  practical  point  of  view. 

STEYDN,  Ernst. 

Die  fabrikation  des  riibenzuckers.  1893.  (Hartleben's  che- 
misch-technische bibliothek.) r664.i  S85f 

Text-book  covering  briefly  both   theory  and  practice. 


FOODS.     PRESERVING  1049 


Die  untersuchung  des  zuckers  und  zuckerhaltiger  stoffe, 
sowie   der    hilfsmaterialien   der   zuckerindustrie.      1893. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r664.i  S85 

SYKORA,  W.  &  Schiller,  F. 

Kurzgefasste  chemie  der  riibensaft-reinigung,  zum  ge- 
brauche  fur  praktische  zuckerfabrikanten.  1881.  (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r664.i  S98 

Explains  in  simple  language  the  chemistry  of  the  processes  used  in  pre- 
paring beet  juice  for  use  in  making  sugar. 

OERTEL,  Friedrich. 

Die  teigwaaren-fabrikation;  mit  einem  anhange,  "Die 
panier-  und  mutschelmehl-fabrikation."     1885.      (Hart- 

*     leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r664.2  O15 

REHWALD,  Felix. 

Die  starke-fabrikation  und  die  fabrikation  des  trauben- 
zuckers.  1895.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)     r664.2  R29 

Describes  the  manufacture  of  all  the  commercial  varieties  of  starch, 
dextrine,  glucose  and  other  starch  derivatives. 

LANG,  Victor. 

Die  fabrikation  von  kunstbutter,  sparbutter  und  butterine. 

1895.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r664.3  L23 
Outlines  methods  used  for  making  butter  and  butterine  in  large  factories. 

UNITED  STATES — Agriculture  and  forestry  committee. 
Report,  with  the  views  of  the  minority,  on  oleomargarine 
and  other  imitation  dairy  products,  etc.,  Jan.  26,   1901. 

(56th  cong.    2d  sess.    Senate.    Report  no.2043.) r664.3  U25 

FURER,  F.  A. 

Salzbergbau-  und  salinenkunde.     1900 r664.4  F98 

Treats  of  the  occurrence,  properties  and  methods  of  obtaining  and  refin- 
ing common  salt.     Thorough,  up-to-date  description  of  the  subject. 

BERSCH,  Josef. 

Die  essig-fabrikation.  1895.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische bibliothek.) r664.5  B46 

Good  practical  description  of  various  methods  of  manufacturing  vinegar 
and  acetic  acid. 

Der  rationelle  betrieb  der  essig-fabrikation  und  die  controle 
derselben.  1901.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)     r664.5   B46r 

Practical  handbook  for  vinegar-makers.  Describes  the  raw  materials, 
acetic  acid  bacteria,  processes,  etc. 

WILFERT,  Adolf. 

Presshefe,  kunsthefe  und  backpulver.     1890.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r664.6  W71 

Practical  manual  of  their  manufacture.  But  little  space  is  given  to 
baking-powders. 

AND6S,  Louis  Edgar. 

Das  conserviren  der  nahrungs-  und  genussmittel;  fabri- 
kation von  fleisch-,  fisch-,  gemtise,  obst-,  etc.  conserven. 
1894.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r664.8  A5S 

Gives  methods  of  preserving  beer,  butter,  fats,  tobacco,  eggs,  ice,  vine- 
gar, fish,  meats,  meat  extracts,  fruits,  vegetables,  grain,  spices,  yeast, 
hops,  cheese,  coffee,  tea,  potatoes,  malt,  flour,  milk,  sauces,  mustard, 
fodder,  water  and  wine. 

BERSCH,  Josef. 

Die  conservirungsmittel;  ihrc  anwendung  in  den  gahrungs- 


I050  OILS.    GASES.    CANDLES 

gewerben  und  zur  aufbewahrung  von  nahrungsstoffen. 
1882.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) .  .r664.8  B46 
Elementary  description  of  various  processes  and  chemicals  used  as  pre- 
servatives,  with   practical   directions   for  preserving   foods,   fermented 
drinks,  etc. 

DUCKWALL,  Edward  W. 

Bacteriology   applied   to   the    canning   and   preserving   of 

food  products.     1899 664.8  D86 

Brief  elementary  treatise  on  bacteriology  in  relation  to  canning,  and  its 
applications  in  the  canning  of  corn,  tomatoes,  etc. 

MERGES,  Nicolaus. 

Die    internationale    wurst-    und    fleischwaarenfabrikation. 

1889.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) .  .r664.9  M63 
WENGER,  Georg. 

Chemie  und  technik  im  fleischer-gewerbe.  1898.  (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r66^.g  WS2 

665     Oils.     Gases.     Candles 

BOLLEY,  Pompejus  Alexander. 

Das  beleuchtungswesen;  nebst  einem  anhang  iiber  elek- 
trische  beleuchtung,  von  Gustav  Wiedemann.  1862. 
(Handbuch  der  chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P. 
A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r665  B61 

Bibliography,  p. 322-326. 

Chiefly  devoted  to  candles  and  gas-lighting;  lamps  for  oil  and  electricity 
are  briefly  considered.  Treats  of  raw  materials,  methods  of  manu- 
facture, value,  etc. 

BRANNT,  William  Theodore,  ed. 

Practical  treatise  on  animal  and  vegetable  fats  and  oils. 

2v.     1896 665  B71 

The  same.     1888 r665   B71 

Contents:    Fixed  fats  and  oils. — Volatile  or  essential  oils. — Lubricants. 
Contains  a  list  of  United  States  patents  on  oils  and  fats,  1 790-1 896. 

BRUNNER,  Richard. 

Die  fabrikation  der  schmiermittel,  der  schuhwichse  und 
lederschmiere.    1897.    (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.)   r66s  B83 

Chiefly  a  collection  of  formulae  for  lubricants  for  sewing-machines, 
watches  and  wagons,  and  oils  and  greases  for  shoes,  leather,  etc., 
with  some  discussion  of  the  raw  materials  and  methods  of  extraction 
of  oils. 

CARPENTER,  William  Lant. 

Treatise  on  the  manufacture  of  soap,  candles,  lubricants 

and  glycerin.     1895 665  C22 

Bibliography,  p.422-424. 

HURST,  George  H. 

Lubricating  oils,  fats  and  greases;  their  origin,  prepara- 
tion, properties,  uses  and  analysis.     1896 665  H95 

KRATZER.  Hermann. 

Die  fabrikation  der  deutschen,  franzosischen  und  eng- 
lischen  wagen-fette.  1888.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische  bibliothek.) r66s  K41 

Brief  compilation  of  receipts  and  directions. 

LEWKOWITSCH,  Julius. 

Laboratory  companion  to  fats  and  oils  industries.     1901.  ..r665  L67 
Contents:   System   and  examination   of  fats  and   waxes. — Fats,   oils   and 


OILS.     GASES.     CANDLES  1051 


waxes,  and  the  commercial  products  derived  therefrom. — General  tables. 
Tables  intended  to  contain  all  numerical  values  necessary  in  the  exami- 
nation of  fats  and  oils. 

LIGHTING.     1895.     (Chemical  technology,  v.2.) q66s  L69 

Contents:  Fats  and  oils,  by  VV.  Y.  Dent. — Stearine  industry,  by  J. 
McArthur. — Candle  manufacture,  by  L.  Field  and  F.  A.  Field. — The 
petroleum  industry,  and  Lamps,  by  Boverton  Redwood. — Miners'  safety 
lamps,  by  Boverton  Redwood  and  D.  A.  Louis. 

The  same.     1895 qr665  L69 

Readable  treatise  on  the  application  of  fats,  oils  and  waxes  to  lighting, 
covering  the  various  subjects  in  considerable  detail. 

PERL,  Eduard. 

Die  beleuchtungsstoffe  und  deren  fabrikation;  ein  hand- 
buch  fiir  fabrikanten,  handler  von  leuchtmaterialien, 
kaufleute  und  hauswirthe.  1876.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische  bibliothek.) r66s  P43 

PRACTICAL  compounding  of  oils,  tallow  and  grease  for  lu- 
brication, etc.,  by  an  expert  oil  refiner.     1898 665  P88 

Numerous  receipts  for  compounding  oils  for  special  uses  are  given,  with 
some  hints  and  cautions.  Treatment  is  superficial  and  of  little  value 
to  experienced  oil-makers. 

REDWOOD,  Iltyd  I. 

Lubricants,  oils  and  greases,  treated  theoretically  and  giv- 
ing practical  information  regarding  their  composition, 

uses  and  manufacture.     1898 665  R27 

SEDNA,  Ludwig. 

Das    wachs    und    seine    technische    verwendung.      1886. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r665  S44 

Describes  the  various  animal,  vegetable  and  mineral  waxes  of  commercial 
importance,  methods  of  obtaining  and  preparing  them,  and  of  making 
various  specialties  for  technical  and  medicinal  purposes. 

THALMANN,  Friedrich. 

Die  fette  und  oele;  darstellung  der  gewinnung  und  der 
eigenschaften  aller  fette,  oele  und  w^achsarten,  der 
fett-  und  oelraffinerie  und  der  kerzen-fabrikation.    1892. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r665  T33 

WRIGHT,  Charles  Romley  .\lder. 

Animal  and  vegetable  fixed  oils,  fats,  butters  and  waxes; 
their  preparation  and  properties,  and  the  manufacture 
therefrom  of  candles,  soaps  and  other  products.     1894.  .665  W9.3 

Bibliography,   p. 6. 

Good  general  description  of  the  oils  and  fats,  and  of  their  technolog^ical 

applications.     Does  not  devote  much  space  to  the  chemical  methods  of 

detecting  adulterants. 

NATIONAL  oil  journal;   [monthly  and  semimonthly],  Feb. 

1873-Sept.  15,  1875.    v.3-5,  in  I.     1873-75 qr665.05  NiS 

V.3,  no.i;  v.5,  no.14-19  wanting. 

ENGELHARDT,  Alwin. 

Handbuch    der    kerzen-fabrikation.      1887.       (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische    bibliothek.) r66s.i    E63 

Concise  manual  of  materials,  machines  and  processes  used  in  making  the 
various  kinds. 


665.2-665.3     Animal  and  vegetable  oils  and  fats 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Animalische   fette  und   oele;   ihre   praktische   darstellung, 
reinigung,      verwendung      zu      den      verschiedensten 


IOS2  OILS.    GASES.    CANDLES 

zwecken,  ihre  eigenschaften,  verfalschungen  und  unter- 
suchung.     1897.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 

liothek.)     665.2    A55 

The  same.     1897.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  biblio- 

thek.)    r665.2   A55 

Among  the  more  important  subjects  are  butter,  oleomargarine,  lard  and 
tallow. 
Die  trocknenden  oele;  ihre  eigenschaften,  zusammenset- 
zung  und  veranderungen,  sowie  fabrikation  der  firnisse 
aus  denselben  zu  anstrichen  und  fiir  buchdrucker, 
genaue  darstellung  der  fabrikation  aller  anstrich-, 
buchdruck-,  stein-  und  kupferdruckfarben.  1882.  (Hand- 
buch  der  chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bol- 
ley  und  anderen.) r66i.ii  F52 

Bound  with   Fischer's  "Die  chemische  technologic  des  wassers." 

Vegetabilische  fette  und  oele;  ihre  praktische  darstellung, 
reinigung,  verwerthung  zu  den  verschiedensten  zwecken, 
ihre  eigenschaften,  verfalschungen  und  untersuchung. 
1896.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r665.3  A55 

Concise   summary  of   information   relating  to  this   industry. 

665.4     Mineral  oils.     Paraffin 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Vegetabilische  und  mineral-maschinenole,  (schmiermittel)  ; 
deren  fabrikation,  raffinirung,  entsauerung,  eigen- 
schaften und  verwendung.  1893.  (Hartleben's  che- 
misch-technische   bibliothek.) r66s.4    A5S 

Describes  raw  materials  used,  methods  of  manufacture  and  testing  lubri- 
cants, various  special  formulae,  instruments  for  using  lubricants  and 
oil   filters. 

BERLINERBLAU,  Joseph. 

Das  erdwachs;  ozokerit  und  ceresin;  geschichte  vorkom- 
men,  gevinnnung  und  verarbeitung.  1897.  (Handbuch 
der  chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und 
anderen.)    r665.4   S32 

Descriptions    apply    especially    to    practice    and    conditions    in    Austro- 

Hungary. 
Bound  with   Scheithauer's  "Die  fabrikation   der  mineralole." 

BRUNTON,  Richard  Henry. 

Production  of  paraffin  and  paraffin  oils,  with  an  abstract 
of  the  discussion  upon  the  paper;  ed.  by  James  Forrest. 
1881    665.4  B83 

Reprinted  from  the  "Minutes  of  proceedings  of  the  Institution  of  civil 

engineers,"  v.66. 
Describes  methods  used  in  Scotland  for  producing  oil  from  bituminous 

shale. 

GESNER,  Abraham. 

Practical   treatise   on   coal,  petroleum   and  other   distilled 

oils.     1865 r66s.4  G33 

The  same.    1865 665.4  G33 

REDWOOD,  Iltyd  I. 

Practical  treatise  on   mineral  oils  and  their  by-products. 

1897    665.4  R27 

SCHEITHAUER,  W. 

Die    fabrikation    der    mineralole    und    des    paraffins    aus 


PETROLEUM  1053 


schweelkohle,  schiefer,  etc.,  sowie  die  herstellung  der 
kerzen  und  des  oelgases.  1895.  (Handbuch  der  che- 
mischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und 
anderen.)    r665.4   S32 

Being  v.2  of  "Die  industrie  der  mineralole." 

Thorough  technical  description  of  the  distillation  of  lignite,  bituminous 
shale,  turf,  etc.,  and  of  the  preparation  of  the  various  products  for  use. 

665.5     Petroleum 

ANTISELL,  Thomas. 

Manufacture  of  photogenic  or  hydro-carbon  oils.     1859 r665.5  A63 

BRANNT,  William  Theodore,  e'd. 

Petroleum,  with  the  occurrence  and  uses  of  natural  gas; 
ed.  chiefly  from  the  German  of  Hans  Hoefer  and 
Alexander  Veith.     1895 r665.5  B71 

Contents:  History  of  petroleum;  History  of  the  petroleum  industry  in  the 
United  States,  Galicia,  Roumania,  Russia  and  other  countries. — Divi- 
sion and  nomenclature  of  bitumen.- — Physical  and  physiological  proper- 
ties' of  petroleum. — Chemical  constitution  of  petroleum. — Occurrence 
of  petroleum. — Origin  of  petroleum. — Boring;  Conveyance;  Transporta- 
tion.— Crude  oil. — Manufacture. — Manufacture  of  paraffin. — Methods 
of  testing  oils. — Uses  and  properties  of  petroleum. — Natural  gas  and 
oil  gas. — Useful  tables. 

Compilation  in  simple  form  of  matter  relating  to  the  history,  geology, 
mining,  manufacture  and  use  of  petroleum. 

BURGMANN,  Arthur. 

Petroleum  und  erdwachs;  darstellung  der  gewinnung  von 
erdol    und    erdwachs.      1897.      (Hartleben's    chemisch- 

technische  bibliothek.) r66s.5   B91 

HOFER,  Hans,  &  Veith,  Alexander. 

Das  erdol-industrie.  2v.  in  i.  T888-92.  (Handbuch  der 
chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und 
anderen.)    r665    B61 

Contents:     Das  erdol  und  seine  verwandten,  by  Hans  Hofer. — Das  erdol 

und  seine  verarbeitung,  by  Alexander  Veith. 
Bibliography,  p.  5  78-586. 

Being  v.  i   of  "Die  industrie  der  mineralole." 
Careful,    thorough    treatise    covering   the    natural    history,    geology   and 

technology  of  petroleum. 
Bound  with  BoUey's  "Das  beleuchtungswesen." 

NEUBURGER,  Henry,  &  Noalhat,  Henri. 

Technolog)'  of  petroleum ;  the  oil  fields  of  the  world,  their  his- 
tory, geography  and  geology,  annual  production,  prospec- 
tion  and  development ;  tr.  fr.  the  French  by  J.  G.  Mcintosh. 
1901   q665.5  N25 

Does  not  treat  of  methods  of  refining.  Gives  some  useful  data  regard- 
ing methods  and  cost  of  drilling. 

REDWOOD,  Boverton,  &  Holloway,  G.  T. 

Petroleum.     2v.     1896 665.5  R27 

V.I.  General  historical  account  of  the  petroleum  industry. — The  geo- 
logical and  geographical  distribution  of  petroleum  and  natural  gas. — 
The  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  petroleum  and  natural  gas. — 
The  origin  of  petroleum  and  natural  gas. — The  production  of  petro- 
leum, natural  gas  and  ozokerite. — The  refining  of  petroleum. 

v.2.  The  shale  oil  and  allied  industries. — The  transport,  storage  and  dis- 
tribution of  petroleum. — The  testing  of  crude  petroleum,  petroleum 
and  shale  oil  products,  ozokerite  and  asphalt. — The  uses  of  petroleum 
and  its  products. — Statutory,  municipal  and  other  regulations  relating 
to  the  testing,  storage,  transport  and  use  of  petroleum  and  its  products. 
- — Statistics. — Marine  transport  of  petroleum. — Import  duties  levied  on 
petroleum. 


1054  ILLUMINATING  GAS 


The  same.    2V.     1896 r665.5  R27 

The  best  book  yet  written  (1901)  on  this  subject.  Author  has  been  for 
many  years  closely  connected  with  the  petroleum  industries  as  a  chem- 
ical expert,  and  writes  largely  from  personal  experience. 

ROSSMASSLER,  F.  A. 

Lehrbuch  der  verarbeitung  der  naphtha  oder  des  erdoles 
auf  leuclit-  Lind  schmierole.  1886.  (Hartleben's  che- 
misch-technische  bibliothek.) r665.5  R74 

THOMSON,  Jocelyn  Home,  &  Redwood,  Boverton. 

Handbook  on  petroleum;  for  inspectors  under  the  pe- 
troleum acts  and  for  those  engaged  in  the  storage, 
transport,  distribution  and  industrial  use  of  petroleum 
and  its  products  and  calcium  carbide,  with  suggestions 
on  the  construction  and  use  of  mineral  oil  lamps.   1901 .  .665.5  T38 

Especially  devoted  to  a  discussion  of  safe  methods  for  the  transporta- 
tion, storage  and  distribution  of  petroleum.  Includes  a  brief  dis- 
cussion of  the  technology  of  petroleum. 


665.7     Illuminating  gas 

BROWN'S  directory  of  American  gas  companies;   gas  sta- 
tistics, 1890,  1894,  1899.    3v.     1890-99 r665.7  B82 

BUTTERFIELD,  William  John  Atkinson. 

Gas  manufacture,  the  chemistry  of;  a  practical  handbook 
on  the  production,  purification  and  testing  of  illumi- 
nating gas,  and  the  assay  of  the  bye-products  of  gas 
manufacture.      1898 665.7    B98 

Contains  a  chapter  on  acetylene,  P.3S2-398. 

CLEGG,  Samuel. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  manufacture  and  distribution  of 

coal-gas.     1866 qr665.7  C55 

COGLIEVINA,  Domenico. 

Theoretisch-praktisches    handbuch    der    gas-installation. 

1889.    (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .  .r665.7  C66 

Manual  of  theoretical  and  practical  information  for  gas-engineers. 
Treats  of  photometry,  value  of  gas  for  various  purposes,  methods  of 
measuring,    distributing,    etc. 

COOPER,  Thomas,  1759-1840. 

Some  information  concerning  gas  lights.     1816 r665.7  C78 

GRAHAM,  David  Allan. 

Treatise    on    the    comparative    commercial    values    of   gas 

coals  and  cannels.     1882 .  .665.7  G76 

HORNBY,  John. 

Text  book  of  gas  manufacture  for  students.  1896.  (Tech- 
nological  handbooks.) 665.7   H79 

The  same.     1896.     (Technological  handbooks.)  r66s.7  H79 

Elementary  resume  of  the  subject. 

HUGHES,  Samuel. 

Gas  works;  their  construction  and  arrangement  and  the 
manufacture  and  distribution  of  coal  gas;  rewritten  by 
William  Richards.     1892 665.7  H89 

The  same.     1885 r665.7  H89 

Small  volume,  giving  a  good  general  description  of  the  subject. 

HUMPHRYS,  Norton  Henry. 

Chemistry  of  illuminating  gas.     1891 665.7  H92 


ILLUMINATING  GAS  1055 

Consists  mainly  of  articles  written  for  the  "Journal  of  gas  lighting." 

The  same.     1891  r66s.7  H92 

"Record  of  the  various  gas-making  processes  that  have  been  proposed 
. .  .with  some  account  of  the  natural  laws  that  govern  the  manufacture 
and  supply  of  illuminating  gas."     Preface. 

HUNT,  Charles. 

Gas  lighting.     1900.     (Chemical  technology,  v.3.) q665.7  H93 

The  same.     1900 qr665.7  H93 

Discusses  in  detail  the  manufacture  of  coal,  oil  and  water  gases  for 
illuminating,  their  purification,  distribution  and  use.  Covers  the  en- 
tire industry  in  a  general  way. 

INTERNATIONAL   ENGINEERING   CONGRESS,   Glas- 
gow, 1901. 
Proceedings  of  section  8:  Gas;  ed.  by  J.  W.  Helps.  [1901.] .  .r66s.7  I24 
KING,  William  Boughton,  puh. 

Treatise  on  the  science  and  practice  of  the  manufacture 
and    distribution    of    coal    gas;    ed.   by   Thomas    New- 

bigging  and  W.  T.  Fewtrell.    3v.  in  2.    1878-82 qr665.7  K26 

MATTHEWS,  William,  engineer. 

Historical  sketch  of  the  origin,  progress  and  present  state 

of  gas-lighting.     1827 r665.7  M47 

Author  saw  Murdoch's  first  public  exhibition  in  1802  and  was  more 
or  less  closely  in  touch  with  the  later  developments.  Appendixes 
contain  accounts  by  Murdoch,  Winsor  and  Clegg  of  their  several 
inventions. 

MULLER,  A. 

Die  gasbeleuchtung  im  haus  und  die  selbsthilfe  des  gas- 
consumenten.     1881.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.)    r665.7  M95 

NEWBIGGING,  Thomas. 

Handbook  for  gas  engineers  and  managers.     1898 665.7  N26 

O'CONNOR,  Henry. 

Gas  engineer's  pocket-book.     1898 r66s.7  O13 

RICHARDS,  William,  civil  engineer. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  manufacture  and  distribution  of 

coal  gas.     1877 qr66s.7  R41 

Manual  for  gas-engineers.  Treats  of  machinery  and  methods,  giving 
designs,  plans  and  specifications  for  gas-works  installations. 

THENIUS,  Georg. 

Die  fabrikation  der  leuchtgase  nach  den  neuesten  forschung- 
en;  nebst  einem  anhang  ueber  die  untersuchung  der 
leuchtgase  nach  den  neuesten  methoden.  1891.  (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r665.7  T34 

Brief  practical  manual.  Describes  manufacture  of  gas  from  coal,  lignite, 
wood,  petroleum  and  other  carbonaceous  materials,  water-gas,  etc. 
Treats  also  of  the  utilization  of  by-products  and  residues  from  retorts, 
and  methods  of  distributing  and  consuming  gas. 

665.705     Periodicals 

AMERICAN  GAS  LIGHT  ASSOCIATION. 

Report  of  proceedings  of  the  semi-annual  meeting  held  at 

Washington,  May  12th,  1875,  and  annual  meetings  held 

at  New  York  city,  Oct.  20th,  1875,  and  Oct.  i8th,  1876. 

1877    r665.70S  A512 

AMERICAN  gas  light  journal;  weekly,  1888,  Jan.-June  1890. 

v.48-49,  52,  in  2.     1888-90 qr665.705  A51 


67 


I056  ACETYLENE.     CARBON  DIOXIDE 


ASSOCIATION  OF  GAS  ENGINEERS  AND  MANAGERS, 
England. 

Report  of  proceedings,  1893-date.     1894-date r665.705  A84 

DEUTSCHER    verein    von    gas    und    wasserfachmannern. 

See  Journal  fiir  gasbeleuchtung. 
INCORPORATED  GAS  INSTITUTE. 

Transactions;    report    of   the    annual    meeting    (ist-39th). 

1864-1902  r665.705  I242 

1864-81  title  reads  "Report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  annual  meeting" 
and  the  association  is  called  British  association  of  gas  managers.  Be- 
tween 1 88 1  and  1890  the  association  is  called  Gas  institute. 
Volume  for  1902  contains  "Subject-matter  index  of  the  proceedings  at 
the  meetings  of  the  British  association  of  gas  managers  and  the  Gas 
institute  from  1863  to  1903  inclusive." 
Merged,  Nov.  29,  1902,  with  the  Incorporated  institution  of  gas  engi- 
neers to  form  the  Institution  of  gas  engineers. 

INCORPORATED  INSTITUTION  OF  GAS  ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,  1891-1902.     I2v.     1892-1902 r665.705  I24 

Merged,    Nov.    29,    1902,   with   the    Incorporated   gas    institute   to    form 
the  Institution  of  gas  engineers. 

JOURNAL  fiir  gasbeleuchtung  und  verwandte  beleuch- 
tungsarten;  [monthly  and  weekly],  v.i-date.  1858- 
date qr665.705  J466 

General-register,  1858-1873,  v.i-i6.     1875. 


-General-reg:ister,  1874-1888,  y.17-31. 


v.33-date  title  reads  "Schilling's  journal  fiir  gasbeleuchtung  und  ver- 
wandte beleuchtungsarten  sowie  fiir  wasserversorgung;  organ  des 
Deutschen  vereins  von  gas-  und  wasserfachmannern." 

SCHILLING'S    journal    fiir    gasbeleuchtung.      5"^^     Journal 
fur  gasbeleuchtung. 


665.8     Acetylene.     Carbon  dioxide 

GIBBS,  William  E. 

Lighting   by   acetylene;   generators,   burners   and   electric 

furnaces.      1898 665.8    G36 

Popular  exposition  of  methods  and  appliances  used.  Contains  a  list  of 
United  States  patents  on  calcium  carbid  and  acetylene  apparatus  to 
February  22,  1898. 

LEWES,  Vivian  B. 

Acetylene;  a  handbook  for  the  student  and  manufacturer. 

1900 665.8  L67 

Most  exhaustive  and  authoritative  treatise  on  the  subject,   (1900). 

THOMPSON,  G.  F. 

Acetylene  gas,  its  nature,  properties  and  uses;  also  calcium 
carbide,    its    composition,    properties    and    method    of 

manufacture.      1898 665.8    T38 

The  same.     1898 r665.8  T38 

Short  popular  work,  dealing  especially  with  the  use  of  acetylene  as  an 
illuminant. 

LUHMANN,  E. 

Die  kohlensaure;  eine  ausfiihrliche  darstellung  der  eigen- 
schaften,  des  vorkommens,  der  herstellung  und  der 
technischen  verwendung  dieser  substanz.  1885.  (Hart- 
leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r665.8i   L97 


CERAMICS.     GLASS  1057 


665,9     Incandescent  gas-lighting 

CASTELLANI,  L. 

Das  gasgliihlicht,  die  fabrikation  der  gliihnetze  ("strumpfe")  ; 
iibersetzung  und  bearbeitung  von  M.  L.  Baczewski.  1901. 
(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r66s.9  C26 

Contains  an  historical  sketch  of  incandescent  gas-lighting,  the  sources, 
chemical  and  physical  properties  of  the  chemicals  used,  and  practical 
directions  for  making  the  incandescent  mantles. 

PERROUX,  Jules. 

Maniere  de  fabriquer  soi-meme  les  capuchons  a  incandes- 
cence par  le  gaz.    1897 r66s.9  P44 

TRUCHOT,  P. 

L'eclairage  a  incandescence  par  le  gaz  et  les  liquides 
gazefies.  1899.  (Bibliotheque  de  la  Revue  generale  des 
sciences.)     665.9    T77 

Describes  the  different  systems,  and  the  practical  carrying-out  of  those 
in  common  use. 


666     Ceramics.     Glass 

SHAW,  Simeon. 

Chemistry  of  the  several  natural  and  artificial  heterogeneous 
compounds  used  in  manufacturing  porcelain,  glass  and 
pottery.    1900 q666  S53 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of  1837. 

While   the  theoretical   part  is  exceedingly  old-fashioned,   and   does   not 

conform  to  modern  views  of  chemistry,  there  is  much  of  value  on  the 

practical  side  which  has  not  been  given  elsewhere. 

THONINDUSTRIE-ZEITUNG;  fachzeitung  fiir  die  interes- 
sen  der  ziegel-,  verblendstein-,  chamotte-,  topferwaren-, 
steingut-,  porzellan-,  gips-,  kalk-,  cement-,  cement- 
waren-  und  kunststeinindustrie  sowie  des  betonbaues; 

[triweekly].     v.22-date.     1898-date qr666.0S  T39 

V.22,  no.  1-30;  V.23,  no. 9;  v.26,  no-so  wanting. 


666.1     Glass 

APPERT,  Leon,  &  Henrivaux,  Jules. 

Le  verre  et  ses  nouvelles  applications qr666.i  A64 

Extrait  de  la  Revue  technique  de  I'Exposition  universelle  de  1889. 

Verre  et  verrerie.  2v.  1894.   (Encyclopedic  industrielle.)  .  .q666.i  A64 
v.  I.     Texte.  v.  2.     Atlas. 

ARNOUX,  L.  and  others. 

Pottery;  Glass  and  silicates;  Furniture  and  woodwork.  1877. 

(British    manufacturing   industries.) 666.1    A76 

Contents:  Pottery,  by  L.  Arnoux. — Glass  and  silicates,  by  F.  S.  Barff. — 
Furniture  and   woodwork,    by  J.  H.  Pollen. 

BARBER,  Edwin  AtLee. 

American  glassware,  old  and  new;  a  sketch  of  the  glass 
industr}'  in  the  United  States,  and  manual  for  collectors 
of  historical  bottles.     1900 666.1  B23 

Brief  historical  sketch  of  the  industry  with  a  list  of  all  known  designs 
of  historical  bottles,  or  bottles  designed  to  commemorate  notable 
events  or  persons. 


1058  •       GLASS 

BENRATH,  H.  E. 

Die  glasfabrikation.     1875 666.1   B44 

Bibliography,  P.48S-487. 

The  same.     1880.     (Handbuch  der  chemischen  technologic; 

hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r666.i  F62 

Bibliography,  p.485-487. 

Bound  with  Fleck's  "Die  fabrikation  chemischer  producte  aus  thierischen 
ab  fallen." 

BISER,  Benjamin  Franklin. 

Elements  of  glass  and  glass  making;  a  treatise  designed 
for  the  practical  glassmaker,  comprising  facts,  figures, 
recipes  and  formulas  for  the  manufacture  of  glass,  plain 
and  colored.     1899 666.1   B49 

The  same.     1899 r666.i   B49 

Collection  of  notes.     Follows  American  practice.     Presupposes  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  subject. 

BOLAS,  Thomas. 

Glass  blowing  and  working,  for  amateurs,  experimentalists 

and  technicians.     1898 666.1  B59 

"Bibliography  of  glass,"   p.207-209. 

BONTEMPS,  Georges. 

Guide  du  verrier;  traite  historique  et  pratique.     1868 666.1  B62 

CREMER,  Ferdinand. 

Die  fabrikation  der  silber-  und  quecksilber-spiegel;  oder, 
Das  belegen  der  spiegel  auf  chemischem  und  mecha- 
nischem  wege.    1888.    (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.)    r666.i    C87 

Brief  manual  for  practical  workmen. 

DRALLE,  Robert. 

Anlage  und  betrieb  der  glasfabriken,  mit  besonderer 
beriicksichtigung    der    hohlglasfabrikation,    mit    einem 

atlas.    2v.     1886 q666.i  D78 

FALKE,  Jakob  von,  &  Lobmeyr,  Ludwig. 

Die  glasindustrie.     1875 r666.i  F19 

Officieller    ausstellungs-bericht    herausgegeben    durch    die    general-direc- 
tion der  VVeltausstellung,   1873. 

FIELD,  Kate. 

Drama  of  glass 666.1   F45 

Little  book  of  46  pages  on  glass  manufacture. 
FISCHER,  Franz,  (pseud.  Wilhelm  Mertens). 

Die  fabrikation  und  raffinirung  des  glases.     1889 666.1  F52f 

General  treatise,  covering  the  chief  divisions  of  the  industry  briefly  and 
practically. 

Die  kunst  der  glasmalle-verarbeitung.     1892 666.1  F52 

Das    sandstrahl-geblase    im    dienste    der    glasfabrikation. 

1891 666.1    F52S 

Describes  briefly  methods  of  etching  and  decorating  glass  by  means  of 

the  sand-blast. 

FLECK,  Hugo. 

Die  fabrikation  chemischer  producte  aus  thierischen  ab- 
fallen.     1880.     (Handbuch  der  chemischen  technologic; 

hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r666.l  F62 

Contents:     Die   phosphorfabrikation. — Die   leimfabrikation. — Fabrikation 
des   blutlaugensalzes. — Fabrikation    von    Pariser    und    Berliner   blau. — 
Fabrikation  von  ammoniaksalzen. — Fabrikation  des  salmiakgeistes. 
Bibliography,   p.  163-169. 
Theoretical  and  practical  description  of  the  manufactures  named. 


GLASS  1059 

GERNER,  Raimund. 

Die  glas-fabrikation;  eine  {ibersichtliche  darstellung  der 
gesammten  glasindustrie,  mit  anleitung  zur  herstellung 
aller  sorten  von  glas  und  glaswaaren.     1897.     (Hartle- 

ben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r666.i   G32 

GESSNER,  Frank  M.  ed. 

Glassmakers'  handbook.     1891 r666.i  G33 

HENRIVAUX,  Jules. 

Le  verre  et  le  cristal;  suivi  d'un  chapitre  sur  la  legislation 
et  I'hygiene  des  verreries,  par  A.  Riche,  avec  un  atlas. 

2v.     1897 q666.i    H44 

HERMANN,  Felix. 

Die  glas-,  porzellan-,  und  email-malerei  in  ihrem  ganzen 
umfange.  1894.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)    r666.i  H47 

Describes  colors  used,  methods  of  preparing  them,  use  in  painting  glass 
and  porcelain,  manufacture  of  enamels,  methods  of  firing  painted 
glass,  etc.     Does  not  discuss  questions  from  artistic  point  of  view. 

HOVESTADT,  H. 

Jenaer   glas   und   seine   verwendung  in   wissenschaft   und 

technik.      1900 r666.i    H84 

Jena  glass  is  distinguished  by  its  superior  physical  and  optical  properties, 
which  render  it  especially  valuable  for  scientific  purposes.  Its  manu- 
facture resulted  from  a  long  and  difficult  scientific  investigation  into 
the  connection  between  the  optical  properties  of  various  glass  mixtures 
and  their  chemical  composition. 

The  book  contains  a  large  amount  of  information  as  to  the  properties  of 
the  various  kinds  of  glass  made  at  Jena,  and  of  the  optical  instruments 
manufactured  from  them. 

JARVES,  Deming. 

Reminiscences  of  glass-making.     1865 666.1  J19 

The  same.     1865 r666.i  J19 

Notes  on  early  glass  industries  in  America.  Author  was  engaged  in 
glass-making  in  Massachusetts  in  the  first  half  of  the  19th  century. 

MILLER,  J.  B. 

Die  glasatzerei   fiir  tafel-  und   hohlglas,  hell-  und   matt- 

atzerei  in  ihrem  ganzen  umfange.     1896.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r666.i    M69 

Brief  manual  of  practical  instruction. 
Die   verzierung   der   glaser   durch   den   sandstrahl.      1882. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r666.i   M69V 

Brief  manual  of  methods  applicable  to  tableware,  mirrors,  etc. 

NATIONAL  glass  budget;  weekly  review  of  the  American 
glass   industry,   May   21,    1898-date.     v.i4-date.     1898- 

date  qr666.i   N15 

NESBITT,  Alexander. 

Glass.     [1878.]      (South  Kensington  museum  art  hand- 
books.)  666.1  N23 

The  same.     1879.     (South  Kensington  museum  art  hand- 
books.)    5666.1  N23g 

Condensed  from  the   introduction  to  the   "Descriptive  catalogue  of  the 

glass  vessels  in  the  South  Kensington  museum." 
Carefully   arranged    and    interesting   essay    on    artistic    glass-work    from 
the  earliest  times  to  the  middle  of  the  i8th  century. 

Notes  on  the  history  of  glass-making;  prepared  as  an  in- 
troduction to  the  catalogue  of  the  collection  of  glass  of 
various  periods,  formed  by  Felix  Slade  and  bequeathed 


io6o  GLASS 

by  him  to  the  British  museum.     1869 qr666.i  N23 

"Object. .  .has  not  been   to   furnish   an  industrial   history.  .  .but  merely 

to  offer  an  outline  from  an  historical  and  antiquarian  point  of  view." 

Introduction. 

PELIGOT,  Eugene. 

Le  verre;  son  histoire,  sa  fabrication.     1877 666.1  P376 

Thorough  description  of  glass  manufacture  and  working  in   France  at 
time  of  writing.     Gives  considerable  space  to  history. 
PELLATT,  Apsley. 

Curiosities  of  glass  making,  with  details  of  the  processes 
and   productions    of   ancient   and   modern    ornamental 

glass  manufacture.     1849 666.1   P37 

Brief  popular  description  of  methods  of  making,  working  and  ornament- 
ing glass. 
PORTER,  George  Richardson. 

Treatise  on  the  progressive  improvement  and  present  state 
of    the    manufacture    of    porcelain    and    glass.      1832. 

(Cabinet  cyclopaedia,  v.26.) r666.i  P83 

Good  description  of  the  technical  condition  of  these  industries  in  England 
in  the  early  part  of  the  19th  century. 

POWELL,  Harry  J. 

Principles  of  glass-making,  together  with  treatises  on 
crown  and  sheet  glass  by  Henry  Chance,  and  plate 
glass  by  H.  G.  Harris.  1883.  (Technological  hand- 
books.)     666.1   P87 

Bibliography,  p.  179-180. 

SAUZAY,  Alexandre.     . 

Wonders  of  glass-making  in  all  ages.     1893.     (Wonders 

of  art  and  archaeology.) 666.1  S26 

The  same.     1875  r666.i  S26 

Popular  historical  and  descriptive  account  of  the  manufacture  of  vari- 
ous common  articles. 

SHENSTONE,  William  Ashwell. 

Methods  of  glass  blowing.     1894 666.1  S54 

TSCHEUSCHNER,  E. 

Handbuch  der  glasfabrikation  nach  alien  ihren  haupt-  und 

nebenzweigen;  mit  einem  atlas.    2v.     T885 q666.i  T78 

Thorough  discussion  of  all  branches  of  the  industry,     .\tlas  gives  draw- 
ings of  machinery,   furnaces,  etc. 

WEEKS,  Joseph  Dame. 

Report  on  the  manufacture  of  glass.     1883 qr666.i  W42 

Part  of  V.2  of  the  "Final  report  on  the  loth  census." 

WETZEL,  Carl. 

Die  bearbeitung  von  glaskorpern  bis  zu  den  neuesten  fort- 
schritten.  1901.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)    r666.i   W58 

Describes   modern    machines,    tools   and   processes    for   cutting,    boring, 
polishing,  etching,  etc. 
Die  herstellung  grosser  glaskorper  bis   zu   den   neuesten 
fortschritten.     1900.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)    666.1   W58 

Methods  of  blowing,  drawing,  casting,  pressing  and  rolling  glass. 

666.2      Enamel 

BROWN,  William  Norman. 

Art  of  enamelling  on  metal.    1900 666.2  B79 


CERAMICS  1061 


Explains  simply  and  clearly  the  varieties  of  art  enamel,  the  processes 
used  in  their  production,  and  the  apparatus,  colors  and  tools  required. 

Handbook  on  japanning  and  enamelling  for  cycles,  bed- 
steads, tinware,  etc.     1901 666.2  B79h 

Methods  adapted  for  use  in  repair-shops  and  for  work  on  a  small  scale. 

CUNYNGHAME,  Henry  Hardinge  Samuel. 

On  the  theory  and  practice  of  art-enamelling  upon  metals. 

1899   666.2  C92 

For  workmen  and  amateurs.     Describes  preparation  and  use  of  enamels 
and  discusses  the  craft  from  the  artistic  point  of  view. 

FURNIVAL,  William  Jones. 

Researches  on  leadless  glazes.    1898 r666.2  F9g 

Contains  a  number  of  formulae  invented  by  the  author  and  other  investi- 
gators, with  a  detailed  description  of  the  results  of  tests  of  each. 

RANDAU,  Paul. 

Enamels  and  enamelling;  tr.  fr.  the  German  by  Charles 

Salter.     1900 666.2  R18 

Treats   very   thoroughly   of   the   technical    industry.      Devotes   but   little 
space  to  art  work. 

Die    fabrikation    der    emaille    und    das    emailliren.      1900. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r666.2  R18 

SCHMIDT,  Christian  Heinrich. 

Die  fabrikation  der  fiir  die  glasmalerei,  emailmalerei  und 
porcellanmalerei  geeigneten  farben;  bearbeitet  von  Max 
Miiller.     1880 666.2   S35 

Theory  and  practice  of  their  manufacture  and  use. 

666.3-666.6     Ceramics 

AMERICAN  CERAMIC  SOCIETY. 

Transactions,  containing  the  papers  and  discussions  of  the 

annual  meeting  (ist-date),  1899-date.     1900-date r666.3  A51 

BINNS,  Charles  Fergus,  ed. 

Ceramic  technology;  some  aspects  of  technical  science  as  ap- 
plied to  pottery  manufacture.     1897 666.3  B46 

Contents:  The  chemistry  of  pottery. — Analysis  and  synthesis. — Potters' 
clays  and  their  components. — The  biscuit  oven. — Pyrometry. — Glazes 
and  their  composition. — Colours  and  colour  making. 
Brief  elementary  manual. 

LANGENBECK,  Karl. 

Chemistry  of  pottery.     1895 666.3  L24 

SCHAMBERGER,  J.  W. 

Die  keramische  praxis;  populare  anleitung  zur  erzeugung 
keramischer  producte  aller  art,  unter  berticksichtigung 
der  einschlagigen  maschinen  und  sonstiger  hilfsap- 
parate  zur  bereitung  von  massen  und  glasuren,  nebst 
den     erforderlichen     brennofen.       1901.       (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r666.3  S29 

Brief  manual,   founded  on  the  author's  experience.     Written  in  clear, 
simple  language. 
SEGER,  Hermann  August. 

Collected  writings;  prepared  from  the  records  of  the  Royal 
porcelain  factory  at  Berlin,  by  H.  Hecht  and  E.  Cramer,  tr. 
by   the   members  of  the   American   ceramic   society,  ed.  by 

Albert  Bleininger.     2v.     1902 qr666.3  S45 

V.I.     Treatises  of  a  general  scientific  nature. — Essays  relating  to  brick 
and   terra   cotta. — Essays   referring   to   earthenware   and   stoneware. — 


io62  BRICKS.    TILES 


Articles  treating  of  refractory  wares. 

V.2.  Articles  treating  of  refractory  wares  (continued). — Reports  of 
travel  and  letters  (polemics). — Uncompleted  work  and  communica- 
tions from  the  records  of  the  Royal  porcelain  manufactory. 

Life  of  the  author,  by  H.  Hecht,  v.i,  p.ii-21. 

Seger  was  for  many  years  the  head  of  the  Chemical-technical  experiment 
station  at  the  Royal  porcelain  factory.  The  writings  give  the  results 
of  his  numerous  investigations  into  the  technology  of  the  ceramic  in- 
dustries, and  are  valuable  to  all  workers  in  this  field. 

SWOBODA,  Carl  B. 

Grundriss  der  thonwaaren-industrie  oder  keramik.     1895. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r666.3  S97 

"Fuhrer  durch  die  keramische  literatur,"  p.  189-193. 

WIPPLINGER,  Ludwig. 

Die  keramik;  oder,  Die  fabrikation  von  topfer-geschirr, 
steingut,  fayence,  steinzeug,  terralith,  sowie  von  fran- 
zosischem,  englischem  und  hart-porzellan.  1897.  (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r666.3  W79 

Treats    subject    practically;    describes    machinery    and    processes;    gives 
receipts  for  mixtures,  etc. 
GRIMM,  Hans. 

Die  fabrikation  des   feldspat-porzellans.      1901.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)   r666.S  G91 

Treats  of  materials,  and  their  preparation,  modeling  of  wares,  burning, 
decorating,  etc.     Contains    numerous    illustrations  of    machinery    and 
furnaces. 
SANDEMAN,  Ernest  Albert. 

Notes  on  the  manufacture  of  earthenware.     1901 666.6  S21 

Elementary  treatise,  paying  particular  attention  to  practical  matters.  In- 
tended as  an  introduction  to  the  study  of  larger  works. 

STEINBRECHT,  Gustav. 

Die  steingut-fabrikation.  1891.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische    bibliothek.) r666.6   S81 

Brief  popular  manual  on  the  manufacture  of  faience,  for  students  and 
workmen. 

666.7     Bricks.     Tiles 
BRICKMAKER;  [semimonthly],    v.9-16,  in  4.     1891-93 ... qr666.7  B7.; 

V. II,  Mar.   15-June   I,   1892,  wanting. 

CLAY  record;  [semimonthly],    v.i-date.     1892-date qr666.7  C54 

DAVIS,  Charles  Thomas. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  manufacture  of  brick,  tiles  and 

terra-cotta.     1895 666.7   D31 

American  practice.  Clay,  fire,  pressed  and  glazed  brick,  sewer  pipe, 
drain-tile,  ornamental  tile,  roofing-tile  and  architectural  terra-cotta 
are  included. 

HARRIS,  George  F. 

Science  of  brickmaking.  1897.  (The  "British  clay- 
worker"    manuals.) 666.7    H29 

LEFfiVRE,  Leon. 

Architectural  pottery;  tr.  fr.  the  French  by  K.  H.  Bird  and 

W.  M.  Binns.      1900 qb666.7    L53 

Contents:      Clays. — Preparation   of   the    clay. — Bricks. — Tiles. — Pipes. — 
Quarries. — Terra-cottas. — General    remarks   on   the    decoration    of   pot- 
tery.— Glazed  and   enamelled  bricks   and  tiles. — Decorated   quarries. — 
Architectural  decorated  pottery. — Sanitary  pottery. 
Bibliography,  p.485-486. 

"Thorough,  well-arranged  and  intelligent,  account  of  all  the  materials, 
processes  and  appliances  used  in  the  manufacture."  American  archi- 
tect, 1 90 1. 


•  ARTIFICIAL  STONE.     CEMENTS  1063 

ZWICK,  Hermann. 

Die  natur  der  ziegelthone  und  die  ziegel-fabrikation  der 
gegenwart.  1894.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)    r666.7   Z94 

Treats  especially  of  the  chemical  and  physical  properties  of  the  clays 
and  of  the  theoretical  side  of  brick-making. 

666.8     Artificial  stone 

GILLMORE,  Quincy  Adams. 

Practical    treatise    on    Coignet-beton    and    other    artificial 

stone.      1871 r666.8    G41 

Contents:  Coignet-beton. — Ransome's  silicious  concrete  stone. — The  Frear 
artificial  stone. — The  American  building  block  (Foster's  and  Van  Der- 
burgh's  patents). — The  Sorel  artificial  stone  (Union  stone  company, 
Boston,   Mass.). — Portland  stone. 

Report  on  Coignet-beton  is  no.  19  of  the  "Professional  papers,"  Corps  of 
engineers.   United  States  army. 

Describes  methods  of  manufacture,  gives  results  of  tests  of  strength  and 
estimates  of  cost. 

666.g     Cements.     Mortars 

BROWN,  Charles  Carroll,  ed. 

Directory  of  American  cement  industries  and  hand-book  for 

cement  users.     1902 r666.9  B78d 

Contents:  Introduction. — Testing  of  cement. — Specifications  for  cement. 
— The  uses  of  cement. — Specifications  for  the  use  of  cement. — Data 
for  estimates  of  cement  work. — Cement  laboratories. — Lime  and  plas- 
ter.— Freight  rates  on  cement. — Descriptions  of  works  and  of  processes 
for  the  manufacture  of  cement. — Directory  of  American  cement  indus- 
tries. —  Directory  of  cement  manufacturers.  —  Directory  of  cement 
brands. — Directory  of  general  sales  agents. — Foreign  cement  trade. — 
Dealers  in  cement.  —  Contractors  and  large  users  of  cement.  —  Engi- 
neers, architects  and  other  supervisors  of  the  use  of  cement. — Work- 
ers in  cement. — Cement  tests  and  analyses;  List  of  laboratories  making 
analyses  and  tests  of  cement  and  cement  materials;  Engineers  who  de- 
sign cement  plants.  —  Machinery  and  supplies  for  cement  plants,  ma- 
chinery and  tools  for  cement  users.  —  Dealers  in  lime  and  plaster. — 
Manufacturers  of  lime. — Manufacturers  of  plaster. 

BUTLER,  David  Butler. 

Portland  cement;  its  manufacture,  testing  and  use.     1899.  .666.9  B97 
CANDLOT,  E. 

Ciments    et   chaux    hydrauliques;    fabrication,    proprietes, 

emploi.     1898 r666.9   C17 

"Index  bibliographique,"  P.449-4S0. 

One  of  the  best  general  treatises  (1902). 

ENGINEERING  RECORD. 

Cement  industry;  descriptions  of  Portland  and  natural 
cement  plants  in  the  United  States  and  Europe,  with 
notes  on  materials  and  processes  in  Portland  cement 

manufacture.     1900 666.9  E64 

Selected  reprint  of  articles  from  the  "Engineering  record." 

FEICHTINGER,  G. 

Die  chemische  technologic  der  mortelmaterialien.  1885. 
(Handbuch  der  chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P. 
A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r666.g  M53 

Manufacture,    properties,    testing    and    uses    of    lime,    gypsum,    mortars, 

cements  and  artificial  stone. 
Bound  with  Mayer's  "CHiemische  technolog^ie  des  holzes  als  baumaterial." 


io64  BLEACHING.     DYEING.     CLEANING 


JAMESON,  Charles  Davis. 

Portland  cement;  its  manufacture  and  use.     1898 666.9  J16 

LESLEY,  Robert  W. 

History  of  the   Portland   cement  industry  in  the   United 

States.     1900 r666.9  L64 

REDGRAVE,  Gilbert  Richard. 

Calcareous  cements;  their  nature  and  uses.    1895 666.9  R27 

Concise  accounts  of  the  processes  of  manufacturing  the  various  cements, 
including  descriptions  of  the  machinery  used,  methods  of  analysing 
and  testing,  mortar  and  concrete  and  their  properties,  and  a  short  his- 
torical account  of  the  cement  industry. 

ZWICK,  Hermann. 

Hydraulischer  kalk  und  Portland-cement,  nach  rohma- 
terialien,  physikalisclien  und  cheraischen  eigenschaften, 
untersuchung,  fabrikation  und  werthstellung;  unter  be- 
sonderer  riicksicht  auf  den  gegenwartigen  stand  der 
cement-industrie.  1892.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische   bibliothek.) r666.g   Z94 

Kalk  und  luftmortel;  auftreten  und  natur  des  kalksteines, 
das  brennen  desselben  und  seine  anwendung  zu  luft- 
mortel. 1879.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)     r666.9  Z94k 

Thorough  practical  discussion  of  methods,  machinery,  etc. 

667     Bleaching.     Dyeing.     Cleaning 

SOXHLET,  V.  H. 

Die  kunst  des  farbens  und  beizens  von  marmor,  kiinst- 
lichen  steinen,  von  knochen,  horn  und  elfenbein  und 
das   farben   und   imitiren  von   alien   holzsorten.      1899. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r667  S73 

Practical  manual  of  receipts  and  instructions. 
JOCLfiT,  Victor. 

Die  kunst-  und  feinwascherei  in  ihrem  ganzen  umfange. 

1895.    (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r667.i  J33k 

Vollstandiges    handbuch    der    bleichkunst;    oder,    Theore- 
tische  und  praktische  anleitung  zum  bleichen  von  baum- 
wolle,   flachs,   hanf,   wolle,    seide,   jute,   chinagras    und 
tussarseide.      1895.      (Hartleben's    chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.) r667.i    J33 

Includes  also  methods  for  bleaching  feathers,  bristles,  bones,  ivory,  wax, 
marble,  paper,  straw,  shellac,  etc. 

BERGHOF,  Albert. 

Die  organischen  farbstoffe  thierischen  und  pflanzlichen 
ursprunges  und  deren  anwendung  in  der  farberei  und 
zeugdruckerei.  1902.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)    r667.2   B45 

Methods  of  making  and  using,  with  description  of  their  properties  and 
effects. 

BRAUNER,  Alfred. 

Die  farberei  a  ressort,  das  farben  der  schmuckfedern  und 
die  bearbeitung  der  haare.  1887.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische  bibliothek.) .♦ r667.2  B71 


BLEACHING.     DYEING.     CLEANING  1065 

BRAUNSDORF,  W. 

Das  trocknen,  bleichen,  farben,  bronziren  und  vergolden 
natiirlicher  blumen  und  graser,  sowie  sonstiger  pflan- 
zentheile,  und  ihre  verwendung  zu  bouquets,  kranzen 
und  decorationen.  1888.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische  bibliothek.) x(£t.2.  B716 

FARBER-ZEITUNG;  zeitschrift  fiir  farberei,  zeugdruck  und 
den  gesammten  farbenverbrauch;  [semimonthly],  v.i- 
date.     1890-date ." qr667.2  F22 

HUMMEL,  John  James. 

Dyeing  of  textile  fabrics.  1898.  (Manuals  of  technology.)  .  .667.2  H92 

Theoretical  and  practical.  Describes  the  various  fibers,  their  preparation 
for  dyeing,  the  various  classes  of  dyes  and  the  methods  and  machinery 
employed  in  their  application. 

JOURNAL  of  the  Society  of  dyers  and  colourists,  and  all 

interested  in  the  use  or  manufacture  of  colours,  and  in 
calico  printing,  bleaching,  etc.;  monthly,  v.i-date. 
1885-date   qr667.2  J46 

KNECHT,  Edmund,  and  others. 

Manual  of  dyeing;  for  the  use  of  practical  dyers,  manu- 
facturers, students,  and  all  interested  in  the  art  of 
dyeing.    3v.     1893 r667.2  K33 

V.  1-2.     Text.  V.3.     Specimens   of  dyed   fabrics. 

LAU,  Louis. 

Praktischer  unterricht  in  der  heutigen  putzfedernfarberei,  lap- 
penfarberei  mit  kiipenfiihrung  und  chemischer  und  nass- 
wascherei.  1890.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  biblio- 
thek.)   r667.2  L36 

Brief  manual  on  dyeing  feathers  and  garments,  and  methods  of  cleaning, 
with   receipts   for  preparing  dyes. 

PATERSON,  David. 

Science  of  colour  mixing;  a  manual  intended  for  the  use 

of  dyers,  calico  printers  and  colour  chemists.     1900.  . .  .667.2  P29 
Treatise  on  the  theory,  for  practical  workers. 
JOCLfiT,  Victor. 

Die  chemische  bearbeitung  der  schafwolle;  oder.  Das 
ganze  der  farberei  von  wolle  und  wollenen  gespinnsten. 
1877.    (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r667.22  J33 

Describes  the  colors  used  and  the  special  methods  employed  for  various 
classes  of  work. 

LAU,  Louis,  &  Hampe,  Alwin. 

Praktischer  unterricht  in  der  heutigen  wollenfarberei,  enthal- 
tend  wascherei  und  carbonisirung,  alizarin-,  holz-,  saure-, 
anilin-  und  waidkiipen-farberei  fiir  lose  wolle,  game  und 
stiicke.  1892.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  biblio- 
thek.)    r667.22  L36 

Collection  of  receipts  for  various  colors,  with  directions  for  their  use. 

HURST,  George  H. 

Silk  dyeing,  printing  and  finishing.     1892.     (Technological 

handbooks.)    667.23  H95 

Contains  an  appendix  of  receipts  and  patterns. 

Describes  the  physical  and  chemical  properties  of  the  silks  in  use,  in- 
cluding the  "wild  silks,"  the  theory  and  methods  of  dyeing  silk  and 
mixed  silk  fabrics,  the  printing  of  silk,  the  machinery  used  in  dyeing 
and  finishing,  and  the  methods  of  testing  and  assaying  raw  and  dyed 
silks. 


io66  DYEING 

667.26    Artificied  dyes 
BERSCH,  Josef. 

Die  fabrikation  der  anilinfarbstoffe  und  aller  anderen  aus 
dem  theere  darstellbaren  farbstoffe,  (phenyl-,  naph- 
talin-,  anthracen-  und  resorcinfarbstoffe),  und  deren 
anwendung  in  der  industrie.     1878.     (Hartleben's  che- 

misch-technische  bibliothek.) r667.26  B46 

Statement  in  simple  form  of  the  chemistry,  manufacture  and  uses  of  the 
coal-tar  colors. 

BOLLEY,  Pompejus  Alexander,  and  others. 

Die  theerfarbstoffe.  3v.  1867-97.  (Handbuch  der  che- 
mischen  technologie;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  BoUey  und 
anderen.)    T667.26  B61 

Valuable  historically,  owing  to  the  long  period  covered  in  its  preparation. 

BRUNCK,  H. 

History  of  the  development  of  the  manufacture  of  indigo. 

1900 T667.26  B83 

By  the  managing  director  of  the  Badische  anilin-  und  sodafabrik,  manu- 
facturers of  synthetic  indigo. 

FRIEDLAENDER,  P. 

Fortschritte  der  theerfarbenfabrikation  und  verwandter 
industriezweige,  an  der  hand  der  systematisch  geord- 
neten  und  *mit  kritischen  anmerkungen  versehenen 
deutschen  reichs-patente,  1877-1894.  3v.  in  4.  1888- 
96   qr667.26  F9S 

Classified  collection  of  the  patents,  with  critical  notes  and  explanations. 
Numbers  of  corresponding  English  and  United  States  patents  are  given 
for  such  processes  as  were  protected  in  those  countries. 

HODL,  E.  J. 

Die  praktische  anw^endung  der  theerfarben  in  der  in- 
dustrie. 1885.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)    r667.26  H66 

HURST,  George  H.  cotnp. 

Dictionary  of  the  coal  tar  colors.     1896 qr667.26  H9S 

JAUBERT,  George  F. 

L'industrie   des   matieres  colorantes   azoiques.      [1899.] 

(Encyclopedic  scientifique  des  aide-memoire.) r667.26  J21 

NIETZKI,  Rudolf. 

Chemistry  of  the   organic   dyestuffs;   tr.   fr.   the    German 

by  A.  Collin  and  W.  Richardson.     1892 667.26  N33 

SCHULTZ,  Gustav,  &  Julius,  Paul. 

Systematic  survey  of  the   organic   colouring  matters;   tr. 

with  additions  by  A.  G.  Green.    1894 qr667.26  S38 

Gives  in  tabular  form  the  commercial  and  scientific  names,  formulae, 
method  of  preparation,  year  of  discovery,  patents,  literature,  behavior 
with  reagents,  dyeing  properties,  method  of  use,  etc.,  for  over  400 
coloring  matters. 

The  same.    1904 qr667.26  S38S 

667.27     Natural  dyes         " 

MIERZINSKI,  Stanislaus. 

Die    gerb-    und    farbstoff-extracte.       1887.       (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r667.27   M67 

Treats  of  their  constitution,  properties  and  methods  of  manufacture. 


DYEING  1067 

RUPE,  Hans. 

Die  chemie  der  natiirlichen  farbstoffe.  1900.  (Handbuch 
der  chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und 
anderen.)    r667.27  R87 

Summary  of  knowledge  of  the  chemical  composition,  properties  and 
reactions  of  the  natural  dyestuffs. 

667.29     Mordants 
WOLFF,  H. 

Die    beizen;    ihre    darstellung,    priifung   und    anwendung. 

1885.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r667.29  W83 
Brief  theoretical  and  practical  discussion  of  their  properties  and  uses. 

667.3     Cotton-dyeing.     Calico-printing 

GROSSE,  Eduard. 

Der  gold-  und  farbendruck  auf  calico,  leder,  leinwand, 
papier,  sammet,  seide  und  andere  stoffe.  1889.  (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r667.s  G93 

Largely  devoted  to  methods  used  in  book  ornamentation.  Gives  practical 
methods  and  discusses  theory  of  design,  etc. 

HERZINGER,  Eduard. 

Die  walkecht-farberei  der  ungesponnenen  baumwolle.    1894. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r667.3  H48 

Collection  of  receipts   for  various  colors. 

ROMEN,  Carl. 

Die  colorie  der  baumwolle  auf  game  und  gewebe,  mit  be- 
sonderer  beriicksichtigung  der  tiirkischroth-farberei. 
1878.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r667.3  R66 

Describes  properties  of  the  various  dyes  and  the  practical  methods  of 
using  them. 

ROTHWELL,  Charles  Frederick  Seymour. 

Printing  of  textile  fabrics;  a  manual  on  the  printing  of  cot- 
ton, woolen,  silk  and  half-silk  fabrics.     1897 667.3  R76 

Confined  to  practical  description  of  machinery  and  processes,  omitting 
theory. 

SOXHLET,  V.  H. 

Die  praxis  der  anilin-farberei  und  -druckerei  auf  baum- 
woll-waaren.  1890.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)   r667.3  S73 

Confined  to  discussion  of  the  use  of  aniline  colors.     Omits  theory. 

WHARTON,  B.  F.  &  Soxhlet,  V.  H. 

Die  kattun-druckerei.  1892.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische  bibliothek.) r667.3   W59 

Brief  practical  manual  covering  the  preparation  of  the  material,  colors 
used,  methods,  etc. 

667.4-667.5      Inks 

LEHNER,  Sigmund. 

Manufacture  of  ink ;  tr.  f r.  the  German,  with  additions  by  W. 

T.  Brannt.     1892   r667.4  Lssm 

Contents:  Introduction. — The  various  kinds  of  ink. — Writing  inks. — 
The  raw  materials  used  in  the  preparation  of  inks  containing  tannin. 
— Chemical  constitution  of  inks  containing  tannin. — Directions  for  the 
preparation  of  inks  containing  tannin. — Logwood  and  tannin  inks. — 
Ferric    oxide    inks. — Alizarin    inks. — Inks    from    extractive    matter. — 


io68  PAINTS.    PIGMENTS 

Logwood  inks. — Copying  ink. — The  hektograph   and  hektograph  inks. 
— Safety  inks. — Ink  extracts  and  ink  powders. — Preserving  agents  for 
ink. — Change  in  the  color  of  ink   in  old   documents  and   methods  of 
making    faded    writing    legible. — Colored    inks. — Metallic    inks. — Solid 
inks   (India  or  Chinese  ink). — Lithographic   inks  and  crayons. — Print- 
ing ink. — Ink  pencils  or  aniline  pencils. — Marking  inks. — Ink  special- 
ties.— Sympathetic  inks. — Stamp  and  stencil  inks. — Wash-blue  or  laun- 
dry-blue. 
Die    tinten-fabrikation    und    die    herstellung    der    hekto- 
graphen    und    hektographirtinten;    die    fabrikation    der 
tusche,  der  tintenstifte,  der  stempeldruckfarben,  sowie 
des   waschblaues.      1899.      (Hartleben's   chemisch-tech- 

nische  bibliothek.) r667.4  L5S 

Receipts  and  directions  for  the  manufacture  of  a  large  variety  of  inks. 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Oel-  und  buchdruckfarben;  praktisches  handbuch  fur 
firniss-    und    farbenfabrikanten.      1889.       (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) T667.S  A55 

Treats  chiefly  of  the  manufacture  and  assaying  of  linseed-oil  varnishes, 
colors  and  printers'  inks,  describing  in  detail  the  processes,  materials 
used,  etc. 

667.6     Paints.     Pigments 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Der  eisenrost;  seine  bildung,  gefahren  und  verhiitung 
unter  besonderer  berucksichtigung  der  verwendung  des 
eisens  als  bau- und  constructionsmaterial.  1898.  (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r667.6  A55 

Treats  of  various  anti-fouling  and  anti-corrosive  paints,  their  prepa- 
ration, testing  and  applicability  as  preservatives  of  iron  and  steel 
structures. 

Iron    corrosion,    anti-fouling    and    anti-corrosive    paints. 

1900   667.6  A55 

Discusses  at  length  the  different  varnishes  and  paints,  their  prepara- 
tion, testing  and  applicability. 

BERSCH,  Josef. 

Die  fabrikation  der  erdfarben.  1893.  (Hartleben's  che- 
misch-technische bibliothek.) r667.6  B46 

Die  fabrikation  der  mineral-  und  lackfarben.  1893.  (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r667.6  B46f 

Practical  directions  for  their  manufacture,  methods  of  analysis  and 
testing,   etc. 

Manufacture  of  mineral  and  lake  pigments;  a  text-book 
for  manufacturers,  merchants,  artists  and  painters;  tr. 
by  A.  C.  Wright.     1901 r667.6  B46m 

Practical  directions  for  their  manufacture,  methods  of  analysis  and 
testing,  etc. 

FRIEDBERG,  Wilhelm. 

Die   fabrikation   der  knochenkohle   und   des  thieroles. 

1877.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r667.6  F94 
Brief  manual  of  their  manufacture  and  properties,  and  of  methods  of 
testing. 

FURSTENAU,  Carl. 

Das  ultramarin  und  seine  bereitung.     1880.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r667.6  F99 

Brief  practical  manual  on  its  manufacture,  use,  testing,  etc. 

HURST,  George  H.  comp. 

Dictionary   of   chemicals   and    raw   products    used   in    the 


VARNISHES.     POLISHES.     LACQUERS  1069 

manufacture    of  paints,    colours,   varnishes   and   allied 

preparations.     1901 r667.6  H95 

Brief  statements  of  chemical  and  physical  properties,  methods  of  manu- 
facture, tests  for  purity,  uses,  etc. 
Painters'  colours,  oils  and  varnishes;  a  practical  manual. 

1892  667.6  H95 

JENNISON,  Francis  H. 

Manufacture    of    lake    pigments    from    artificial    colours. 

1900 667.6  J26 

Useful  theoretical  and  practical  treatise.  Pays  particular  attention  to 
the  chemistry  of  the  subject. 

LOWE,  Houston. 

Hints  on   painting  structural   steel,  and   notes   on   prom- 
inent paint  materials.     1900 667.6  L95 

Monograph  on  the  various  causes  of  failure  of  the  oils  and  pigments 
used  for  painting  steel,  and  on  the  right  and  wrong  ways  of  using 
them.     Written  in  very  plain,  untechnical  language. 

MIERZINSKI,  Stanislaus. 

Handbuch  der  farben-fabrikation;  praxis  und  theorie.     2v. 

1898.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r667.6  M67 
RENTZSCH,  Otto. 

Das    gesammtgebiet    der   vergolderei    nach    den    neuesten 
fortschritten  und  verbesserungen.     1890.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r667.6  R34 

SMITH,  J.  Cruickshank. 

Manufacture    of    paint;    a    practical    handbook    for    paint 

manufacturers,  merchants  and  painters.     1901 667.6  S65 

Describes  methods  of  grinding  the  various  pigments,  machinery  used, 
etc. 


667.7     Varnishes.     Polishes.     Lacquers 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Die  fabrikation  der  copal-,  terpentinol-  und  spiritus-lacke. 

1895.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r667. 7  A55 

Die  fabrikation  der  siegel-  und  flaschenlacke;  mit  einem 
anhange,  Die  fabrikation  des  brauer-,  wachs-,  Schu- 
macher- und  biirstenpeches.  1885.  (Hartleben's  che- 
misch-technische bibliothek.) xi^"]."]  Assf 

Practical  manual  describing  raw  materials  and  methods  of  manufacture, 
and  giving  numerous  formulae. 

Die  fabrikation  der  stiefelwichse  und  der  leder-conser- 
virungsmittel.    1893.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.)    r667.7  A55S 

Methods    of    testing    raw    materials,    and    receipts    for    preparation    of 
various  blackings,  polishes,   greases,  etc. 

ANDRL:?,  Erwin. 

Die  fabrikation  der  lacke,  firnisse,  buchdrucker-firnisse 
und  des  siegellackes.  1891.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische   bibliothek.) r667.7   A56 

Describes  raw  materials  and  their  properties,  methods  of  manufacture, 
machinery  used,  etc. 

BRANNT,  William  Theodore. 

Varnishes,  lacquers,  printing  inks  and  sealing-waxes;  their 

raw  materials  and  their  manufacture.     1893 667.7  B71 

Handbook  of  methods  and  receipts. 


1070  SOAP 

BROWN,  William  Norman. 

Principles  and  practice  of  dipping,  burnishing,  lacquering 

and  uronzing  brass  ware.     IQOO 667.7  B79 

Elementary  manual  for  beginners. 

LI  VAC  HE,  Achille. 

Manufacture  of  varnishes,  oil  crushing,  refining  and  boil- 
ing, and  kindred  industries;  tr.  and  extended  and  adapted 
to  English  practice,  with  original  recipes  by  J.  G.  Mc- 
intosh.    1899 667.7   L74 

Describes  the  sources  and  character  of  the  raw  materials,  methods  of 
manufacture  and  testing,  etc.  Chief  value  is  in  section  on  raw  ma- 
terials, as  the  practical  methods  are  not  recent  (1903),  and  the  chemi- 
cal statements  are  often  erroneous. 

STAND  AGE,  H.  C.  comp. 

Practical  polish  and  varnish  maker;  containing  750  prac- 
tical receipts  and  formula-.     1892 667.7  S78 

WAHLBURG,  Victor. 

Die  schleif-,  polir-  und  putzmittel  fiir  metalle  aller  art, 
glas,  holz,  edelsteine,  horn,  schildpatt,  perlmutter, 
steine,  u.  s.  w.  1898.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)    r667.7   Wi.^ 


668.1     Soap 


BRANNT,  William  Theodore,  ed. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  manufacture  of  soap  and  candles. 

1888   668.1    B71 

Chiefly  a  compilation  from  standard  German  works.  Contains  a  list  of 
United  States  patents  relating  to  these  manufactures,  issued  from  1790 
to  1888. 

CAMERON,  James,  ed. 

Soaps  and  candles.     1896 668.1  C15 

Bibliography,  p.ii. 

Brief  manual,  for  students,  describing  their  manufacture.  Contains  a 
chapter  on  soap  analysis. 

DEITE,  Carl. 

Die  darstellung  der  seifen,  parfiimerien  und  cosmetica. 
1867.  (Handbuch  der  chemischen  technologie;  hrsg. 
von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r668.i  D38 

Bibliography,  p.  154-1 56. 

Chiefly  composed  of  receipts  and  instructions  for  use. 

ENGELHARDT,  Alwin. 

Handbuch  der  praktischen  seifen-fabrikation.     2v.      1896. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r668.i  E63h 

Handbuch  der  praktischen  toiletteseifen-fabrikation;  prak- 
tische  anleitung  zur  darstellung  aller  sorten  von  deut- 
schen,  englischen  und  franzosischen  toiletteseifen, 
sowie  der  medicinischen  seifen,  glycerinseifen  und  der 
seifenspecialitaten.  1888.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische bibliothek.) .^ r668.i    E63 

Gives  special  attention  to  the  mechanical  equipment  of  factories. 

GADD,  W.  Lawrence. 

Soap  manufacture;  a  treatise  on  the  fabrication  of  hard 
and  soft  soaps,  and  analytical  methods  for  the  de- 
termination of  their  chemical  composition.   1893.    (Tech- 


GLYCERIN.    GLUE.    GUMS  1071 

nological   handbooks.) 668.1    G12 

Brief  treatise  on  theory  and  practice,  intended  primarily  for  students. 
GATHMANN,  Henry. 

American  soaps;  a  complete  treatise  on  the  manufacture 
of  soap,  with  special  reference  to  American  conditions 
and  practice.     1893 q668.i  G23 

Processes,  machinery,  etc.  are  described  in  a  clear,  practical  manner. 

HURST,  George  H. 

Soaps;  a  practical  manual  of  the  manufacture  of  domestic, 

toilet  and  other  soaps.     1898 668.1  Hps 

"Author.  .  .has  aimed  at  presenting.  .  .the  principal  processes ...  with  an 
account  of  the  raw  materials  used  and  the  scientific  principles  which 
underlie  the  various  operations."     Preface. 

WILTNER,  Friedrich. 

Die    fabrikation    der    toilette-seifen.      1884.      (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r668.i   Wjyi 

Describes  machinery  and  processes,  and  gives  many  receipts. 

Die  seifen-fabrikation.  1900.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische  bibliothek.) r668.i   W77 

Brief  practical  treatise,  describing  machinery  and  methods.  Includes 
chapters  on  medicinal  and  toilet  soaps,  specialties  and  soap  analysis. 

668.2     Glycerin.      668.3     Glue 

KOPPE,  Siegfried  Walter. 

Das  glycerin;  seine  darstellung,  seine  verbindungen  und  ■ 
anwendung  in  den  gewerben,  in  der  seifenfabrikation, 
parfumerie  und  der  sprengtechnik.     1883.     (Hartleben's 
chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r668.2  K38 

Manufacture,  analysis  and  properties  of  glycerin,  manufacture  of  nitro- 
glycerin and  dynamite,  and  use  of  glycerin  in  various  manufactures 
are  briefly  treated.  Chapters  are  given  on  the  determination  of 
glycerin  and  nitro-glycerin. 

RIDEAL,  Samuel. 

Glue  and  glue  testing.     1900 668.3  R43 

Practical  treatise  on  the  manufacture  and  uses  of  glue  and  gelatin,  and 
the  methods  of  testing  them. 

STANDAGE,  H.  C.  comp. 

Cements,  pastes,  glues  and  gums.    1893 b668.3  S78 

Receipts  for  their  manufacture  and  methods  of  application. 

668.4     Gums.     Resins 

AND6S,  Louis  Edgar. 

Gummi  arabicum  und  dessen  surrogate  in  festem  und 
fliissigem  zustande.  1896.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische  bibliothek.) r668.4  A55 

Practical  manual  of  the  manufacture  of  gums,  mucilages,  pastes,  etc. 

DAWIDOWSKY,  F. 

Die    leim-   und    gelatine-fabrikation.      1893.      (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r668.4  D32 

Describes  machinery  and  processes  used  in  their  manufacture,  methods 
of  testing  glue,  uses,  varieties,  etc. 

LEHNER,  Sigmund. 

Die  kitte  und  klebemittel.     1892.     (Hartleben's  chemisch- 


68 


I072  ESSENCES.     PERFUMES 

technische  bibliothek.) r668.4  LSS 

Contains   methods    of   making   and    using  a    large    number   of    selected 
cements  and  pastes  adapted  to  all  the  requirements  of  various  trades. 

THENIUS,  Georg. 

Die  harze  und  ihre  producte;  deren  abstammung,  gewin- 
nung  und  technische  verwerthung;  nebst  einem  anhang, 
Ueber  die  producte  der  trockenen  destination  des  harzes. 
1895.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)-  .r668.4  T34 


668.5     Essences.     Perfumes 

ASKINSON,  George  William. 

Die  fabrikation  der  atherischen  oele.     1887.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische    bibliothek.) r668.5    A83 

Perfumes  and  their  preparation,  with  a  description  of  aro- 
matic substances.     1892 668.5  A83 

Directions  for  making  a  number  of  popular  perfumes,  information  con- 
cerning the  origin  and  properties  of  the  raw  materials,  and  methods 
for  determining  their  genuineness  and  purity. 

GILDEMEISTER,  Eduard,  &  Hoffmann,  Friedrich. 

Volatile  oils;  tr.  by  Edward  Kremers.     1900 r668.5  G38 

"Bibliographic   notes,"   p. 693-707. 

Written  under  the  auspices  of  Schimmel  &  co.  of  Leipzig,  the  foremost 
manufacturers  of  these  oils,  and  embodies  the  results  of  their  years 
of  work.     Most  exhaustive  and  critical  treatise  yet  published  (1901). 

HORATIUS,  Theodor. 

Die  fabrikation  der  aether  und  grundessenzen;  nebst  einem 
anhange,  Ueber  die  zusammensetzung  von  liqueuren, 
branntweinen,  rum,  arrac,  cognac  und  verschiedenen 
weinen.  1895.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)    r668.5  H79 

Receipts  for  artificial  fruit  essences,  extracts  and  syrups,  liqueurs,  rum 
and  absinthe,   with  practical  directions   for  their  manufacture. 

IDRIS,  T.  H.W. 

Notes  on  essential  oils,  with  special  reference  to  their  use, 

composition,  chemistry  and  analysis.     1900 668.5  1^4 

Brief  statement  of  chemical  and  physical  properties,  occurrence,  etc.,  for 
use  in  the  laboratory. 

JAUBERT,  George  F. 

Les  parf.ums  comestibles.      [1900.]      (Encyclopedic  scien- 

tifique  des  aide-memoire.) r668.5  J21 

Short  descriptions  of  properties  and  manufacture  of  the  more  important. 
Special  attention  is  gfiven  to  artificial  extracts. 

ROLLER,  Theodor. 

Die  technik  der  kosmetik;  handbuch  der  fabrikation,  ver- 
werthung und  priifung  aller  kosmetischen  stoffe  und 
der    kosmetischen    specialitaten.      1901.      (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r668.5  K36t 

Treats  of  the  manufacture  of  toilet-soaps  and  waters,  tooth-powders,  etc., 
describing  the  materials  used,  methods  of  manufacture  and  tests  for 
purity.  Gives  formulae  for  each  class  of  cosmetics,  and  states  the  com- 
position of  many  well-known  preparations. 

LABBfi,  Henri. 

Essais    des    huiles    essentielles.       [1899.]       (Encyclopedic 

scientifique  des  aide-memoire.) 668.5  Ll  i 

Contains  general  methods  for  determining  the  constants  of  the  essential 
oils;  and  special  methods  for  testing  the  principal  commercial  ones  for 


DISTILLATION.     COAL-TAR  1073 

adulteration.     Also  gives  a  list  of  the  essential  oils  with  their  constants 
and  principal  constituents. 

PARRY,  Ernest  John. 

Chemistry  of  essential  oils  and  artificial  perfumes.     1899.  .r668.S  P26 
Systematic  presentation  of  our  present  knowledge  of  the  properties  and 
composition  of  essential  oils,  and  of  the  methods  of  artificial  perfume 
making. 

PIESSE,  Charles  Henry,  ed. 

Art  of  perfumery  and  the  methods  of  obtaining  the  odours 
of  plants,  the  growth  and  general  flower  farm  system 

of  raising  fragrant  herbs.     1891 668.5  PS7 

Describes  flowers,  gums,  etc.  used  as  raw  materials,  and  methods  of 
preparing  them  for  use.  Gives  formulae  for  numerous  perfumes,  fancy 
soaps,  mouth-washes,  cosmetics,  etc. 

POPPER,  Heinrich. 

Die  fabrikation  der  nichttriibenden  atherischen  essenzen 
und  extracte;  nebst  einem  anhange,  Die  erzeugung  der 
in  der  liqueur-fabrikation  zur  anwendung  kommenden 
farb-tincturen.  1889.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 
bibliothek.)    r668.5   P81 

Contains  process  used  and  a  number  of  receipts  for  various  essences 
and  extracts. 

POWER,  Frederick  Belding,  comp. 

Descriptive  catalogue  of  essential  oils  and  organic  chemi- 
cal preparations.     1894 r668.5   P87 

Synopsis  of  the  physical  properties,  chemical  composition,  sources,  method 
of  assaying,  etc.  of  the  more  important,  treating  especially  of  those 
manufactured  by  Schimmel  &  co. 

SCHIMMEL  &  CO. 

Semi-annual  report  on  essential  oils,  April  1897-date.   1897- 

date    r668.s   S33 


668.6     Fertilizers 

See  also  Fertilizers,  631.5 

FRIEDBERG,  Wilhelm. 

Die    verwerthung    der    knochen    auf    chemischem    wege. 

1884.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) .  .r668.6  F94 
PICK,  Siegmund. 

Die  kiinstlichen  diingemittel.  1898.  (Hartleben's  che- 
misch-technische bibliothek.) r668.6  P54 

668.7     Distillation.     Coal-tar 

BERSCH,  Josef. 

Die  verwerthung  des  holzes  auf  chemischem  wege.     1893. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r668.7  B46 

KOHLER,  Hippolyt. 

Die  fabrikation  des  russes  und  der  schwarze  aus  abfallen 
und  nebenproducten;  nach  dem  gegenwartigen  stande 
dieser  Industrie  und  unter  beniitzung  der  besten  quellen 
bearbeitet.  1899.  (Handbuch  der  chemischen  techno- 
logic; hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r677  W82 

Describes    methods    of    manufacturing   lampblack    and    boneblack    on    a 

large  scale,  methods  of  testing,  valuing,  etc. 
Bound  with  Witt's  "Chemische  technologic  der  gespinnstfasern." 


I074  METALLURGY 


LUNGE,  George. 

Coal-tar  and  ammonia.    1900 668.7  L97 

Enlarged  edition  of  his  "Treatise  on  the  distillation  of  coal-tar  and 
ammoniacal  liquor." 

The  same.     1887 r668.7   L97 

The  same.     1900 r668.7  L97C 

Die  industrie  der  steinkohlentheer-destillation  und  am- 
moniakwasser-verarbeitung.  1882.  (Handbuch  der 
chemischen  technologie;   hrsg.  von   P.  A.   Bolley  und 

anderen.)    r662.6  F52 

Bound  with  Fischer's  "Die  chemische  technologie  des  brennstoffe." 
The  same.     1888.     (Handbuch  der  chemischen  technologie; 

hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r66i.ii  F52 

Title  of  the  third   edition   is   "Die  industrie   des   steinkohlentheers   und 

ammoniaks." 
Authoritative  treatise  on  all  branches  of  these  industries. 
Bound  with  Fischer's  "Die  chemische  technologie  des  wassers." 

MELDOLA,  Raphael. 

Coal  and  what  we  get  from  it.  1891.     (Romance  of  science 

series.)    668.7    M58 

The  same.     1891.     (Romance  of  science  series.)   r668.7  Ms8 

Popular  account  of  the  history  and  mode  of  production  of  the  coal-tar 
colors. 
MILLS,  Edmund  James. 

Destructive  distillation;  a  manualette  of  the  paraffin,  coal 

tar,  rosin  oil,  petroleum  and  kindred  industries.    1892.  .r668.7  M69 

Bibliography,  p.  190-196. 

THENIUS,  Georg. 

Das  holz  und  seine  destillations-producte;  nebst  einem  an- 
hange,   Ueber   gaserzeugung  aus   holz.      1896.      (Hart- 

leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r668.7  T34h 

Physical  characteristcs  and  uses  of  the  woods  of  the  world  briefly 
described,  useful  products  of  wood  and  of  its  dry  distillation,  and 
the  methods  of  preparing  them. 

Die  technische  verwerthung  des  steinkohlentheeres;  nebst 
einem  anhange,  Ueber  die  darstellung  des  natiirlichen 
asphalttheeres  und  asphaltmastix  aus  den  asphalt- 
steinen  und  bituminosen  schiefern,  sowie  verwerthung 
der  nebenproducte.  1899.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische bibliothek.) r668.7  T34 

Brief  practical  monograph  on  the  manufacture  of  benzol,  aniline  colors, 
lubricants  and  the  other  useful  products  of  coal  tar. 

VINCENT,  Camille. 

Carbonisation   des   bois   en    vases    clos    et   utilisation   des 

produits  derives.     1873 qr668.7  V34 

Treats  of  the  manufacture  of  acetic  acid,  methyl  alcohol,  gas,  etc.  . 


669     Metallurgy 


AGRICOLA,  Georg. 

De  re  metallica  libri  XII;  ejusdem  De  animantibus  subter- 

raneis  liber.     1621 qr669  A27 

The  pioneer  work  on  the  science  of  metallurgy.  Parts  of  it  were  pub- 
lished nearly  a  hundred  years  before  this  book  was  printed.  But  this 
edition  has  the  advantage  in  completeness  and  elaborate  illustration. 
Curious  pictures,  showing  the  ancient  methods  of  managing  ores,  are 
on  almost  every  page.     Pittsburgh  metallurgists  will  be  interested  in 


METALLURGY  1075 

observing  how  many  of  the  old  processes  are  still  in  use,  and  how 
others  have  been  changed  or  superseded. 

AUSTEN,  Sir  William  Chandler  Roberts-. 

Introduction  to  the  study  of  metallurgy.    1902 669  A93 

The  same.     1891 r669  A93 

"Its  especial  value  lies,  not  in  mere  descriptions  of  the  processes  and 
appliances  of  metallurgy,  but  in  the  admirable  systematic  course  of 
study  laid  down... in  the  fundamental  scientific  principles  on  which 
the  appliances  used  in  metallurgty  are  constructed,  its  processes  based, 
and  the  character  of  their  products  determined."     Nature,  1894. 

BEHRENS,  H. 

Das  mikroskopische  gefiige  der  metalle  und  legierungen. 

1894 669  B38 

GREENWOOD,  William  Henry. 

Manual  of  metallurgy.     2v.     [1885.] 669  G85 

V.I.     Fuel,  iron,  steel,  tin,  antimony,  arsenic,  bismuth  and  platinum. 
V.2.     Copper,     lead,     zinc,     mercury,     silver,     gold,     nickel,    cobalt    and 
aluminum. 

HIORNS,  Arthur  Horseman. 

Practical  metallurgy  and  assaying.     1892 669  HsSp 

Principles  of  metallurgy.     1895 669  H58 

HUNTINGTON,  A.  K.  &  McMillan,  W.  G. 

Metals;  their  properties  and  treatment.   1897.    (Text-books 

of  science.) 669  H94 

KERL,  Georg  Heinrich  Bruno. 

Practical  treatise  on  metallurgy;  fr.  the  German  by  Wil- 
liam Crookes  and  Ernst  Rohrig.    3v.    1868-70 r669  K19 

V.I.     Lead,    silver,    zinc,    cadmium,    tin,    mercury,    bismuth,    antimony, 

nickel,  arsenic,  gold,  platinum,  sulphur. 
V.2.     Copper,  iron, 
v. 3.     Steel,   fuel;   supplement. 

OVERMAN,  Frederick. 

Treatise  on  metallurgy.     1892 669  O33 

PEPPER,  John  Henry. 

Boy's  book  of  metals;  including  narratives  of  visits  to 
coal,  lead,  copper  and  tin  mines,  with  experiments  re- 
lating to  alchemy  and  the   chemistry  of  the  metallic 

elements.      [1885.] J669   P41 

PHILLIPS,  John  Arthur. 

Elements  of  metallurgy.     1891 669  Psi 

The  same.     1874 r669  Psie 

Gives  in  considerable  detail  an  account  of  the  metallurgical  operations 
relating  to  the  principal  metals.     Well  illustrated  by  drawings. 

RHEAD,  E.  L. 

Metallurgy;  an  elementary  text-book.     1895 669  R38 

RICHTER,  Karl. 

Zink,  zinn  und  blei;  eine  ausfiihrliche  darstellung  der  eigen- 
schaften  dieser  metalle,  ihrer  legirungen  untereinander 
und   mit  anderen   metallen.      1883.      (Hartleben's   che- 

misch-technische  bibliothek.) r669   R42 

SCHNABEL,  Carl. 

Handbook  of  metallurgy.    2v.    1898 669  S35 

The  same.     2v.     1898 r669  S35 

V.I.     Copper. — Lead. — Silver. — Gold. 

V.2.  Zinc. — Cadmium. — Mercury. — Bismuth. — Tin. — Antimony. — Arsen- 
ic—Nickel.— Cobalt. — Platinum. — Aluminium. 


1076  IRON  AND  STEEL 


STOLZEL,  Carl,  &  Ledebur,  A. 

Die  metallurgie.  2v.  in  3.  1863-86.  (Handbuch  der  che- 
mischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  an- 

dercn.)    1669  S87 

v.i.     Gewinnung  der  metalle,  by  Carl  Stolzel. 

V.2.     Metallverarbeitung,  by  A.  Ledebur. 

Contains  several  bibliographies. 

Thorough  manual,  paying  especial  attention  to  the  mechanical  side.     v.  2 

treats  of  alloys  and  metallic   preparations,   and  the  rolling,   drawing, 

forging,    electroplating,    etc.    of    metals. 

WILLIAMS,  William  Mattieu,  and  others. 

Iron  and  steel;  Copper  smelting;  Brass  founding,  tin  plate 
and  zinc  working.  1876.  (British  manufacturing  in- 
dustries.)  669  W74 

Contents:     Iron   and   steel,   by   W.  M.    Williams. — Copper  smelting,   by 
J.  A.  Phillips.— Brass  founding,  tin  plate  and  zinc  working,  by  Walter 
Graham. 
Short  accounts  of  history  and  of  manufacturing  processes.     For  general 
readers. 

METALLURGICAL  review;  monthly.    2v.     1877-78 r669.os  M64 

No  more  published. 
SCHOOL  of  mines  quarterly,  1882/83-date.     v.4-date.     1883- 

date r669.05  S37 

Contents  and  index,  v.  11-20,  Nov.   1889-July  1899.     1900. 

Published  by  Columbia  university. 

BERGMANN,  Heinrich. 

Chemisch-technisches  receptbuch  fiir  die  gesammte  metall- 
industrie.    1887.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 

liothek.)    r669.o8  B45 

Collection  of  receipts  for  alloys  for  special  uses,  methods  of  working, 
decorating,  plating  and  preserving  metals,  varnishes,  cements,  etc. 

ROSSING,  Adelbert. 

Geschichte  der  metalle.     1901 r669.09  R74 

Bibliography,  p. 5- 8. 

Occurrence  in  nature,  discovery  and  history,  methods  of  mining,  metal- 
lurgy, use,  etc.  are  briefly  given. 

669.1     Iron  and  steel 

AMERICAN  IRON  AND  STEEL  ASSOCIATION. 

Statistics  of  the  American  and  foreign  iron  trades;  annual 

statistical  report,  1871-1890,  1892-date.     1872-date r669.i  A51 

Reports  for  1871-1873  title-page  reads  "Reports  of  the  secretary;"  in  the 
report  for  1874  the  annual  report  and  the  statistical  report  have  sepa- 
rate title-pages;  report  for  1875  title  reads  "American  iron  trade  in 
1876,  by  J.  M.  Swank;  annual  report  to  Jan.   i,  1876." 

ARNOLD,  John  Oliver,  &  M'William,  Andrew. 

Diffusion  of  elements  in  iron.     1899 669.8  H39 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal  of  the  Iron  and  steel  institute,"  May  1899. 
Results  of  experimental  investigations  of  the  nature  of  this  action. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

BAUERMAN,  Hilary. 

Treatise  on  the  metallurgy  of  iron.     1890 669.1  B32 

The  same.     1868 r669.i  B32 

Condensed  handbook  for  practical  workers. 

BELL,  Sir  Isaac  Lowthian. 

Iron  trade  of  the  United  Kingdom  compared  with  that  of 

the  other  chief  iron-making  nations.     1886 r669.i  B4ii 

On  the  American  iron  trade  and  its  progress  during  six- 


IRON  AND  STEEL  1077 


teen  years.      (Iron  and  steel  institute.     Journal,  v.38, 

p. 1-208*.)    669.1  I28J 

The  same.     (In  Iron  and  steel  institute.    Journal,  v.38,  p.i- 

208*.) r669.i05  I28  v.38 

Principles  of  the  manufacture  of  iron  and  steel,  with  notes 

on  the  economic  conditions  of  their  production.    1884.  .669.1  B41P 

The  same.    1884 r669.i  B4IP 

BRITISH  IRON  TRADE  ASSOCIATION. 

Annual  report   [ist-4th,  8th,   13th,  i8th]   of  the  secretary 

to    the    members,    1877-1880,    1884,    1889,    1894.      1878- 

94 r669.i  675 

ist-4th  reports  have  the  title  "Iron,  steel  and  allied  trades,"  1877-1880; 
i8th  report  has  the  title  "Iron  and  steel  industries  in  1894." 

CAMPBELL,  Harry  Huse. 

Manufacture  and  properties  of  iron  and  steel.     1903 669.1  C15 

The  same.     1896  r669.i  CiS 

Title  reads  "Manufacture  and  properties  of  structural  steel." 

Critical  study  of  the  subject.     Describes  the  manufacture  of  the  several 

varieties  of  open-hearth  and  Bessemer  steel,  their  physical  properties, 

and  the  effect  on  these  of  various  other  elements. 

CARNEGIE  STEEL  CO.  Pittsburgh. 

Edgar  Thomson  steel  works  and  blast  furnaces.     1890. . .  .r669.i  C21 
DUNLAP,  Thomas,  ed. 

Wiley's  American  iron  trade  manual  of  the  leading  iron 

industries  of  the  United  States.     1874 qr669.i  D92 

Directories  of  the  manufacturers  of  all  lines  of  iron  and  steel  in  the 
United  States,  with  statistics  of  production,  imports,  exports,  costs, 
wages,  etc.,  and  a  description  of  the  iron  ore  regions.  Some  of  the 
larger  plants,  as  the  Keystone  bridge  works  and  Baldwin  locomotive 
works,  are  described  at  length  and  illustrated. 

DUSSELDORF,  VEREIN  DEUTSCHER  EISENHUTTEN- 
LEUTE. 
Gemeinfassliche  darstellung  des  eisenhiittenwesens.  1901.  .r669.i  D95 

Brief  outline  in  popular  language. 

FAIRBAIRN,  Sir  William. 

Iron;  its  history,  properties  and  processes  of  manufacture. 

1865    669.1   F15 

The  same.     1869 r669.i   F15 

Gives  considerable  space  to  a  discussion  of  the  mechanical  properties, 
methods   of  testing,   etc.   of   iron  and   steel. 

GREENWOOD,  William  Henry. 

Steel  and  iron.     1893.     (Manuals  of  technology.) 669.1  G85 

The  same.     1890.     (Manuals  of  technology.) 669.1  G85S 

The  same.     1884.     (Manuals  of  technology.)    r669.i  G8ss 

Later  editions  are  reprints  of  the  edition  of  1884. 

"Aim... has  been  to  produce,   within  moderate  limits,  a  comprehensive 
manual  of  practical  information,  and  of  the  scientific  principles  upon 
which  the  practice  rests."     Preface. 
HIORNS,  Arthur  Horseman. 

Iron  and  steel  manufacture.     1889 669.1  Hs8 

The  same.     1889 r669.i   H58 

Brief  outline  of  the  chemistry  and  metallurgy  of  iron,  for  the  use  of 
beginners. 

HORNE,  Henry. 

Essays  concerning  iron  and  steel;  the  first  containing 
observations  on  American  sand-iron,  the  second,  ob- 
servations founded  on  experiments  on  common  iron- 


1078  IRON  AND  STEEL 


ore,  and  an  appendix  discovering  a  more  perfect  method 

of  charring  pit-coal.     1773 r669.i  H79 

Describes  experiments  with  black  iron-sand  from  Virginia  and  gives 
author's  theories  regarding  the  conversion  of  cast-iron  into  steel. 

INTERNATIONAL   ENGINEERING   CONGRESS,   Glas- 
gow, 1901. 
Proceedings  of  section  5:   Iron  and  steel.     (In  Iron  and 

steel  institute.    Journal,  1901,  v.6o,  p. 1-340.). .  .r669.i05  I2863  v.6o 
JORDAN,  Samson. 

Album  to  the  course  of  lectures  on  metallurgy  at  the 
Central  school  of  arts  and  manufactures  of  Paris.     2v. 

1878 qr669.i  J42 

V.I.  Preparation  of  vegetable  fuel. — Preparation  of  coke. — Blast  fur- 
naces.—  Steam  boilers. —  Blowing  engines. —  Hot  air  ovens. —  Varia 
(blast  pipes,  tuyeres,  etc.). — Direct  extraction  of  malleable  iron  from 
the  ore. — Manufacture  of  charcoal  bar  iron. — Manufacture  of  puddled 
bars.— Manufacture  of  merchant  bars  and  rails. — Manufacture  of 
sheets  and  plates. — Ground  plans  of  iron  works. — Manufacture  of  steel. 
V.2.     Plates. 

JOYNSON,  Francis  Herbert,  ed. 

Iron  and  steel  maker.     1892 669.1  J48 

The  same.     1892 r669.i  J48 

Tells  in  plain,  every-day  language  the  methods  in  use  for  making  iron 
and  steel.     Descriptions  are  practical  and  are  given  in  detail. 
JtJPTNER  von  JONSTORFF,  Hanns,  freiherr. 

Considerations  on  the  solution  theory  of  iron  and  steel. 

1899  669.8  H39 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal  of  the  Iron  and  steel  institute,"  May  1899. 
Results  of  researches  in  the  application  of  the  laws  of  solution  to  iron 

and  steel. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
Grundzuge    der   siderologie;    fiir   htittenleute,   maschinen- 
bauer  u.  s.  w.,  sowie  zur  benutzung  beim  unterrichte 

bearbeitet.     v.1-2.     1900-02 r669.i  J53 

V.I.     Die  konstitution   der  eisenlegierungen  und  schlacken. 

V.2.     Zusammenhang    zwischen    thermischer   und   mechanischer   bearbei- 

tung,  konstitution  und  eigenschaften  der  eisenlegierungen. 
"Literatur,"  v.i,  p.291-307;  v.2,  p. 388-399. 

Author  defines  siderology  as  the  study  which  concerns  itself  with  the 
intimate  morphological  and  chemical  composition  of  the  iron  alloys, 
and  also  inquires  into  the  ways  in  which  these  alloys  are  changed  by 
outer  influences  (mechanical  and  heat  treatment,  etc.),  and  what  con- 
nection exists  between  their  composition  and  their  physical  and  me- 
chanical properties. 
.  KIRCHHOFF,  Charles  William  Henry. 

Notes  on  some  European  iron  making  districts ;  a  collection  of 

letters  to  the  Iron  age.     1900 r669.i  K282 

Contents:  The  iron  industries  of  (Sermany. — The  Minette  district  of 
Lorraine,  Luxemburg  and  France. — Glimpses  of  the  British  iron  indus- 
try.— The  German  machine  tool  market. — A  flying  trip  to  Remscheid. 
— Paternalism  and  industrial  development. 

KOHN,  Ferdinand. 

Iron  and  steel  manufacture,  with  reports  on  iron  and  steel 
in  the  Paris  exhibition  of  1867,  and  descriptions  of  the 
principal  iron  and  steel  works  in  Great  Britain  and  the 

continent.     1869 qr669.i  K36 

Contains  many  good  plates  showing  blast,  puddling  and  Siemens  fur- 
naces, converters,  rolling-mills,  cranes,  blowing-engines,  etc.  in  use 
at  that  time. 

LEDEBUR,  A. 

Handbuch    der    eisenhuttenkunde,    ftir    den    gebrauch    im 


IRON  AND  STEEL  1079 


betriebe  wie  zur  benutzung  beim  unterrichte  bearbeitet. 

3v.  in  I.    1899-1900 r669.i  Lsr 

V.I.     Einfiihrung  in  die  eisenhuttenkunde. 
V.2.      Das   roheisen   und   seine   darstellung. 
V.3.     Das  schmiedbare  eisen  und  seine  darstellung. 
Bibliography  at  the  end  of  each  chapter. 

The  standard  German  work  on  the  metallurgy  of  iron.  Author  is  (1900) 
professor  in  the   Freiburg  mining  school. 

MUSHET,  David. 

Papers  on  iron  and  steel,  practical  and  experimental. 

1840 r669.i  M98 

Author  was  one  of  the  leading  English  metallurgists  of  the  first  part  of 
the  19th  century.  He  introduced  many  improved  methods  for  manu- 
facturing iron  and  steel. 

OSBORN,  Henry  Stafford. 

Metallurgy  of  iron   and   steel,   with   special   reference   to 

American  materials  and  processes.     1869 r669.i  O29 

Very  full  account  of  the  American  iron  and  steel  industry  in  the  middle 
of  the  19th  century. 

OVERMAN,  Frederick. 

Manufacture  of  iron,  with  an  essay  on  the  manufacture  of 

steel.     1854 r669.i   O33 

Includes  "Fuel,"  p.80-138. 
PEARSE,  John  Barnard. 

Concise  history  of  the  iron  manufacture  of  the  American 
colonies  to  the  Revolution,  and  of  Pennsylvania  until 
the  present  time.     1876 r669.i  P34 

Particularly  valuable  for  its  notes  on  the  Pennsylvania  iron  industries. 

PERCY,  John. 

Metallurgy;  iron  and  steel.     1864 r669.i  P42 

PETZHOLDT,  Alphons. 

Die  erzeugung  der  eisen-  und  stahlschienen;  eine  hiitten- 
mannische  studie.  1874.  (Handbuch  der  chemischen 
technologie;  hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Boliey  und  anderen.) .  .  .r669  S87  v.2 

Describes   briefly    all   steps    in   their   manufacture    from   the    ore   to   the 

finished  product,  as  carried  out  in  South  Wales  about  1873. 
Bound  with  Stolzel  and  Ledebur's  "Die  metallurgie,"  v.2. 

PHILLIPS,  David. 

On  the  comparative  endurance  of  iron  and  mild  steel  when 
exposed  to  corrosive  influences,  with  an  abstract  of 
the  discussion  upon  the  paper;  ed.  by  James  Forrest. 

1881    665.4  B83 

Reprinted  from  the  "Minutes  of  proceedings  of  the  Institution  of  civil 

engineers,"  v.6s. 
Results  of  tests  showing  comparative  effect  of  various  waters  and  salt 

solutions. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

SAINT-ANGE,  Walter  de,  &  Le  Blanc,  V. 

Atlas  zur  practischen  eisenhiittenkunde;  ^7  tafeln qr669.i  S13 

SKELTON,  H.  J. 

Economics  of  iron  and  steel;  an  attempt  to  make  clear  the 
best  every-day  practice  in  the  heavy  iron  and  steel 
trades,  to  those  whose  province  it  is  to  deal  with  ma- 
terial after  it  is  made.    1891 669.1  S62 

"Presents  a  clear  view  of  the  leading  principles  and  practice  of  the 
British  heavy  iron  and  steel  trades,  conditions  governing  quotations  for 
bar  iron,  extras  payable  for  special  lengths,  etc."     W .  S.  Sonnenschein. 


io8o  IRON  AND  STEEL 


TENNESSEE  COAL,  IRON  AND  RAILROAD  CO. 

Description  of  plants  and  mines.     1900 r669.i  T29 

VADOT,  Napoleon. 

Le  Creusot;  son  histoire,  son  industrie.     1875 r669.i  V12 

Popular  description  of  the  most  important  of  French  iron-works. 

VOSMAER,  A. 

Mechanical  and  other  properties  of  iron  and  steel  in  con- 
nection with  their  chemical  composition.     1891 669.1  V38 

WEDDING,  Hermann. 

Grundriss  der  eisenhiittenkunde.     1901 669.1  W41 

Brief    text-book    of    the    metallurgy   of    iron,    treating    its    metallurgical 
chemistry   and   physics,   the   ores   and   their   preparation,   blast-furnace 
practice,    puddling,    Bessemer  and   open-hearth   working,   forging,   roll- 
ing, etc. 
Das  kleingefiige  des  eisens;  mikroskopische  originalphoto- 

graphien  nach  schliffen.     1890 r669.i  W41 

WESTERN  IRON  ASSOCIATION. 

Constitution    and    by-laws,    and    extracts    from    Minutes. 

1863    r669.i    W567 

WESTERN  NAIL  ASSOCIATION. 

Articles  of  association,  by-laws  and  records.     1876 qr669.i  W56 

WILKIE,  George. 

Manufacture  of  iron  in  Great  Britain.    1857 r669.i  W72 

WILLIAMS,  William  Mattieu. 

Chemistry  of  iron  and  steel  making.     1890 669.1  W74 

AMERICAN  IRON  AND  STEEL  ASSOCIATION. 

Directory  to  the  iron  and  steel  works  of  the  United  States. 

2d  edition-date.     1874-date r669.i02  A51 

The  satjw;  supplement,  containing  a  complete  list  of  the 
consolidated   iron   and   steel   companies   in   the   United 

States,  corrected  to  Aug.  1900.     1900 r669.i02  A513 

The  same;  supplement,  containing  a  classified  list  of  leading 
consumers  of  iron  and  steel  in  the  United  States,  cor- 
rected to  Jan.  1903.    1903 r669.i02  A51S2 

RYLAND'S  iron,  steel  and  allied  trades' directory.    1884.  .qr669.i02  R98 

669.105     Periodicals 

AGE  of  steel;  weekly.    v.83-date.     1898-date qr669.ios  A26 

Vith  V.92,  no. 24,  Dec.   13,   1902,  "Age  of  steel"   was  consolidated  with 
"Iron  and  steel"  to  form  "Iron  and  machinery  world." 

AMERICAN  manufacturer  and  iron  world;  weekly,  Mar.  26, 

1874-date.    V.14,  no.2i-date.     1874-date qr669.io5  A512 

Being  v.14,   no. 21 -date  of  "American  manufacturer  and  trade  of  the 
West." 
BULLETIN  of  the  American  iron  and  steel  association,  v.24- 

date.      1890-date qr669.i05    B87 

V.24,  no.i,  47;  V.25,  no.7,  34;  V.26,  no.i;  v.27,  no.40  wanting. 
IRON    age;    weekly,    Jan.    1882-Dec.    1886,    July    1889-date. 

v.29-38,  44-date.     1882-date qr669.io5  I2862 

IRON  and  machinery  world.    See    Age  of  steel. 
IRON  AND  STEEL  INSTITUTE. 

Journal,  1869-date.     v.i-date.     1870-date r669.i05  I2863 

Name  index  to  Proceedings   (Transactions  and  Journal),   1869- 

1896,  v.1-50.      1898. 


IRON  AND  STEEL  1081 

Subject-matter  index  to  Proceedings,  1882-1889,  V.20-3S.     1891. 

General  index  to  Proceedings,  1869-1881,  [v.i-19].     1883. 

—General  index,  1890-1900,  v. 36-58;  with  "A  history  of  the  de- 
velopment of  the  Iron  and  steel   institute."      1902. 

V.I    title-page   reads  "Transactions." 

Beginning  with  the  year  1884,  each  volume  contains  a  list  of  the  prin- 
cipal works  relating  to   iron  and  steel  published  during  the  year. 

The  same;  special  volume  of  Proceedings;  Iron  and  steel 

institute  in  America  in  1890 669.1  I28J 

Being  V.38. 

IRON  trade  review;  weekly.    v.3i-date.     1898-date qr669.io5  I286 

JOURNAL  of  the  United  States  association  of  charcoal  iron 

workers;  bimonthly,    v.i-8,  in  4.    1880-90 r669.i05  J46 

METALLOGRAPHIST;  a  quarterly  publication  devoted  to 
the  study  of  metals,  with  special  reference  to  their 
physics  and  miscrostructure,  their  industrial  treatment 
and  applications;  ed.  by  Albert  Sauveur.  v.i-date. 
1898-date  r669.io5  M64 

STAHL  und  eisen;  zeitschrift;   [monthly  and  semimonthly]. 

v.i-date.     1881-date qr669.io5   S78 

TIN  and  terne  and  the  metal  world;  biweekly,  1896-1902.    v.s- 

II.     1896-1902 qr669.io5  T48 

Publication  ceased  with  v.  11. 

66g.iog     History  of  iron  and  steel 

BECK,  Ludwig. 

Die  geschichte  des  eisens  in  technischer  und  kulturgeschicht- 

licher  beziehung.     5v.     1891-1903 r669.i09  B36 

V.I.  Von  der  altesten  zeit  bis  um  das  jahr  1500  N.  Chr. 

V.2.  Das   16.   und  17.  jahrhundert. 

V.3.  Das   18.  jahrhundert. 

V.4.  Das  19.  jahrhundert  von  1801  bis  i860. 

v.s.  Das   19.  jahrhundert  von  i860  an  bis  zum  schluss. 

FRENCH,  Benjamin  Franklin. 

History  of  the  rise  and  progress  of  the  iron  trade  of  the 

United  States,  1621-1857.     1858 r669.i09  F92 

Deals  with  the  condition  of  the  iron  trade,  the  obstacles  encountered  in 
its  development  and  the  effect  of  free-trade  legislation  upon  its  growth. 
Statistics  of  manufacture,  importation,  exportation  and  prices  are 
given. 

SCRIVENOR,  Harry. 

Comprehensive  history  of  the  iron  trade  throughout  the 
world,  with  an  appendix  containing  official  tables  and 
other  public  documents.     1841 r669.i09  S43 

But  little  information  relating  to  the  manufacture. 

SWANK,  James  Moore. 

History  of  the  manufacture  of  iron  in  all  ages  and  particu- 
larly in  the  United  States  to  1891,  also  a  short  history  of 
early  coal  mining  in  the  United  States.    1892 q669.i09  S97 

The  same.     1892 qr669. 109  S97 

Introduction  to  the  history  of  ironmaking  and  coal  mining 

in  Pennsylvania.     1878 669.109  S97i 

The  same.    1878 r669.i09  S97i 


io82  CAST-IRON.     BLAST-FURNACE 


669.12     Cast-iron.     Blast-furnace 

ALABAMA — Geological  survey. 

Iron  making  in  Alabama,  by  W.  B.  Phillips.     1898 669.12  A31 

The  same.    1896 r669.i2  A31 

BELL,  Sir  Isaac  Lowthian. 

Chemical  phenomena  of  iron  smelting;  an  examination  of 
the  circumstances  which  determine  the  capacity  of  the 

blast  furnace.     1872 r669.i2  B41 

Results  of  numerous  investigations,  by  a  noted  practical  ironmaster,  of 
the  various  chemical  phenomena  occurring  in  the  blast-furnace;  and 
of  the  effect  of  various  conditions  of  blast,  furnace  capacity,  etc.  up- 
on the  quality  and  quantity  of  iron  produced  and  the  economy  of 
operation. 

CHURCH,  Seymour  R.  puh. 

Analysis  of  pig  iron.    v. 1-2.     [1900-02.] qr669.i2  C46 

Contains  the  names  of  the  blast-furnace  plants  of  the  world,  giving  in 
nearly  all  cases  the  number  of  stacks,  ores  used,  yearly  production 
and  average  analysis. 

GRUNER,  Louis  Emmanuel. 

Studies  of  blast  furnace  phenomena.     1874 669.12  G94 

JOHNSON,  Walter  Rogers. 

Notes  on  the  use  of  anthracite  in  the  manufacture  of  iron, 

with  some  remarks  on  its  evaporating  power.     1841. .  .r669.i2  J36 
Results  of  trials  made  at  different  Pennsylvania  blast-furnaces,    (1820- 
1841). 

KEEP,  William  John. 

Cast  iron;  a  record  of  original  research.     1902 669.12  K15 

Results  of  numerous  investigations  of  the  effect  of  various  elements 
on  the  physical  properties  of  cast-iron,  with  detailed  descriptions  of 
the  author's  apparatus  and  methods.  Of  particular  interest  to  the 
foundryman. 

NEEDHAM,  M. 

Manufacture  of  iron;  reprinted  from  the  Library  of  useful 
knowledge,  published  under  the  direction  of  the  Society 

for  the  diffusion  of  useful  knowledge.    1837 r669.i2  N19 

TRURAN,  William. 

Iron  manufacture  of  Great  Britain.     1862 qr669.i2  T78 

TURNER,  Thomas. 

Metallurgy  of  iron  and  steel,    v.i.    1895 669.12  T86 

V.I.     Metallurgy  of  iron. 

The  same.    v.i.     1895 r669.i2  T86 

Assumes  a  general  knowledge  of  iron-making,  and  attempts,  by  extreme 
condensation  and  copious  bibliographical  references,  to  produce  a 
work  standing  between  an  exhaustive  treatise  and  an  elementary 
text-book. 

Volume  2  was  never  written.  Its  place  is  taken  by  Harbord's  "Metal- 
lurgy of  steel." 

WEST,  Thomas  Dyson. 

Metallurgy  of  cast  iron;  a  complete  exposition  of  the  pro- 
cesses involved  in  its  treatment,  chemically  and  physi- 
cally, from  the  blast  furnace  through  the  foundry  to 

the  testing  machine.     1902 669.12  W56 

Devotes  much  more  space  to  foundry  practice  than  to  that  of  the  blast- 
furnace. Author  is  a  practical  foundryman.  Written  in  a  practical 
style,  and  is  devoid  of  theory. 


STEEL  1083 


669.16     Steel 

ANDREWS,  Thomas,  b.  1847. 

Microscopic   internal   flaws   inducing   fracture   in  steel. 

1896   669.16  -A.57 

Reprinted  from   "Engineering,"   July    10,    17   and  24,    1896. 
Study  of  their  causes  and  the  means  of  prevention. 

BARNES,  Phinehas. 

Present  technical  condition  of  the  steel  industry  of  the 
United  States.  1885.  (United  States — Geological  sur- 
vey.    Bulletin,  no.25.) 669.16  B25 

The  same.     1885.      (In   United   States — Geological   survey. 

Bulletin,  v.4,  no.25.) rsS7-3  U25b  v.4 

Good  brief  survey  of  conditions  and  practice  at  that  time. 

FITCH,  Thomas  W.  comp. 

Bessemer  steel;  ores  and  methods.     1882 r669.i6  F55 

Outlines   methods   of   manufacture,   cost,    etc.    in   varfous   countries,    de- 
scribing important  works. 

GRUNER,  Louis  Emmanuel. 

Manufacture  of  steel;  with  an  appendix  on  the  Bessemer 

process  in  the  United  States.     1872 .669.16  G94 

Good  general  survey  of  processes  used  in  the  middle  of  the   19th  cen- 
tury, by  a  well-known  French  metallurgist. 

HALL,  Joseph. 

The  iron  question  considered  in  connection  with  theory, 
practice  and  experience,  with  special  reference  to  the 

Bessemer  process.     1857 r669.i6  H17 

HOWE,  Henry  Marion. 

Metallurgy  of  steel,    v.i.    1890 qr669.i6  H85 

The  same.    v.i.     1895 q669.i6  H85 

The  same.    v.i.    1890 q669.i6  H85m 

Exhaustive  critical  discussion  of  steel-making. 

JEANS,  James  Stephen. 

Steel;  its  history,  manufacture,  properties  and  uses.    1880.  .669.16  J22 
The  same.     1880 r669.i6  J22 

Describes   thoroughly    the    development   of   the    steel    industry   to    1880, 
giving   notes   on   many   processes    used   and   proposed. 

LANDRIN,  Henri  C. 

Treatise  on  steel;  its  theory,  metallurgy,  practical  work- 
ing and  use;  with  an  appendix  on  the  Bessemer  and 
Martin  processes  for  manufacturing  steel,  from  the  re- 
port of  A.  S.  Hewitt.     1868 r669.i6  L22 

MULLER,  Friedrich  C.  G. 

Krupp's  steel  works.     1898 qr669.i6  M95 

Popular    description    of    these    famous    works,    well    illustrated    and    in- 
terestingly written. 

RfiAUMUR,  Rene  Antoine  Ferchault  de. 

L'art  de  convertir  le  fer  forge  en  acier,  et  I'art  d'adoucir  le 

fer  fondu.     1722 qr669.i6  R25 

ROTT,  Carl. 

Die  Klein-Bessemerei  fiir  den  stahlformguss,  temperguss 

und  feinguss.     1900 r669.i6  R76 

Sonder-abdruck  aus  "Uhland's  technische  rundschau,  ausg^abe  fur  metall- 

industrie,  bergbau  und  hiittenwesen." 
Treats  of  the  construction  and  uses  of  Bessemer  converters  for  charges 
of  about  1500  lbs.     Gives  plans,  cost  of  installation  and  operation,  etc. 


io84  STEEL 

UNITED  STATES — Navigation  bureau.    (Navy  department.) 
Papers  and  discussions  on  experiments  with  steel,  reprint- 
ed  from  various   sources.     1883.      (Naval   professional 
papers,  no. 14.) T66g.i6  U25 

Contents:  Experiments  on  steel. — On  the  corrosive  effects  of  steel  on 
iron  in  salt  water. — On  the  relative  corrosion  of  iron  and  steel. — On 
the  economical  advantages  of  steel  shipbuilding. — On  cracks  and  an- 
nealing of  steel. — On  the  quality  of  material  used  in  shipbuilding. 

WEDDING,  Hermann. 

Basic    Bessemer   process;    tr.    fr.    the    German   by   W.    B. 

Phillips  and  Ernst  Prochaska.     1891 r669.i6  W41 

Contains  a  supplementary  chapter  on  dephosphorization  in  the  basic 
open-hearth  furnace,  by  Ernst  Prochaska. 

Full,  reliable  description  by  a  famous  German  metallurgist.  Well  illus- 
trated with  drawings  from  actual  practice. 

WIBORGH,  Johan  Gustaf. 

Use  of  hot-blast  in  the  Bessemer  process.    1899 669.8  H39 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal  of  the  Iron  and  steel  institute,"  May  1899. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

669.17     Working.     Annealing.     Tempering 

EDE,  George. 

Management  of  steel.     1891 669.17  E26 

The  same.    1874 r66g.i7  E26 

Deals  in  a  practical  manner  with  its  manufacture,  selection  for  tools, 
forging,   annealing,   hardening,  tempering,   etc. 

METCALF,  William. 

Steel;  a  manual  for  steel-users.    1896 669.17  M64 

Treats  of  the  properties  of  steel,  effect  of  impurities,  theory  and  methods 
of  hardening,  tempering,  annealing,  etc.  Pays  especial  attention  to 
crucible  steel. 

MILLER,  METCALF  &  PARKIN. 

Treatment  of  steel;  a  series  of  circulars  on  heating," anneal- 
ing, forging  and  tempering,  issued  by  the  Crescent  steel 
works,  and  a  chapter  on  hardening  and  tempering  of 
steel,  by  Geo.  Ede.     1884 669.17  M69 

Practical  directions  for  workmen. 

REISER,  Fridolin. 

Das  harten  des  stahles  in  theorie  und  praxis.    1900 r669.i7  R32 

Concise,  yet  thorough,  treatment,  paying  especial  attention  to  the 
practical  application  of  the  theory  of  hardening. 

STROMEYER,  Johann  Philip  Edmund  Charles. 

Injurious  effect  of  a  blue  heat  on  steel  and  iron.  1887. 
(United  States — Navigation  bureau.  (Navy  department.) 

Naval  professional  papers,  no. 21.) r669.i7  S92 

Reprinted  from  the  "Proceedings  of  the  Institution  of  civil  eng[ineers, 
London." 

66g.i8     RoU-tvirning 

DAELEN,  R.  and  others. 

Die  kalibrirung  der  eisenwalzen;  drei  gekronte  preisschrif- 
ten  eingereicht  dem  Verein  zur  beforderung  des  ge- 
werbfleisses  in  Preussen,  von  R.  Daelen,  A.  Hollen- 
berg  und  Diekmann.     1874 qr669.i8  D13 

Three  monographs  upon  the  theory  and  practice  of  roll-turning  for 
various  shapes,  describing  in  detail  the  methods  of  calculating  the 
form  of  the  roll  for  specified  sections. 


GOLD  AND  SILVER  1085 


SPENCER,  Adam. 

Roll-turning  for  sections  in  steel  and  iron,  with  appendix. 

2v.     1894 qr669.i8  S74 

Series  of  drawings  to  scale,  giving  examples  of  rolls  for  the  different 
kinds  of  work  which  have  proved  satisfactory  in  use.  All  theoretical 
discussion  is  omitted. 

TUNNER,  Peter. 

Treatise  on  roll-turning  for  the  manufacture  of  iron,  with 

atlas.    2v.     1869 qr669.i8  T84 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Plates. 


669.2     Gold  and  silver 

ADAMS,  William  James. 

Hints  on  amalgamation  and  the  general  care  of  gold  mills. 

1899   669.2  A21 

"Results  of  the  observations  I  have  made ...  demonstrated  as  correct  by 
application  to  several  very  difficult  ores."     Author. 

BOSQUI,  Francis  Lawrence. 

Practical  notes  on  the  cyanide  process.     1899 669.2  B64 

DEL  MAR,  Alexander. 

History  of  the  precious  metals  from  the  earliest  times  to 

the  present.     1902 669.2  D41 

Bibliography,  p.  11-22. 

Deals  with  the  exploration  of  the  world  for  gold  and  silver  from  the 
earliest  times  to  the  beginning  of  the  20th  century.  Maintains  that 
the  desire  for  these  metals  has  been  the  principal  motive  leading  to 
the  dominion  of  the  world  by  civilized  races.  Exhaustive,  valuable 
and  very  readable  work. 

EGLESTON,  Thomas. 

Metallurgy    of    silver,    gold    and    mercury    in    the    United 

States.     2v.     1887-90 q66g.2  E36 

V.  1.     Silver.             v.2.     Gold  and  mercury. 
The  same.    2v.     1887-90 qr669.2  E36 

Treats  the  subject  quite  exhaustively  but  is  hardly  up-to-date,  and  can 
scarcely  be  accepted  as  representing  the  best  American  practice,  even 
at  the  date  of  publication. 

EISSLER,  Manuel. 

Cyanide  process  for  the  extraction  of  gold;  its  practical 
application  on  the  Witwatersrand  gold-fields  and  else- 
where.    1898 669.2  E42C 

Describes  process  and  gives  details  of  a  few  South  African  plants.  In- 
formation given  is  rather  incomplete. 

Metallurgy  of  gold;  a  treatise  on  the  metallurgical  treat- 
ment of  gold-bearing  ores;  including  the  processes  of 
concentration,  chlorination,  and  extraction  by  cyanide, 
and  the  assaying,  melting  and  refining  of  gold.    1896.  .  .669.2  E42 

While  containing  much  of  value,  is  to  be  used  cautiously,  as  the 
author's  information  is  at  times  inaccurate. 

Metallurgy  of  silver;  a  treatise  on  the  amalgamation,  roast- 
ing and  lixiviation  of  silver  ores;  including  the  assaying, 

melting  and  refining  of  silver  bullion.    1898 669.2  E42m 

LOCK,  Charles  G.  Warnford. 

Gold  milling  principles  and  practice.    1901 669.2  L75 

Comprehensive  practical  manual  of  the  operations  necessary  in  the 
extraction  of  gold  from  its  ores.  Contains  descriptions  of  the  chief 
processes  now  in  use  (1901). 


io86  GOLD  AND  SILVER 

LOUIS,  Henry. 

Handbook  of  gold  milling.     1894 669.2  L92 

Author  summarizes  his  work  as  commencing  with  "an  account  of  the 
physical  and  chemical  properties  of  gold  and  of  mercury.  Stamp  mill 
construction  is  considered  in  detail,  the  mechanical  principles  under- 
lying the  design  of  each  part  being  throughout  elucidated.  The  theory 
and  practice  of  concentration,  as  far  as  it  refers  to  gold  milling,  is 
next  considered,  together  with  the  most  approved  modern  methods  of 
treating  the  concentrates  and  the  other  products  of  milling.  A  chapter 
on  the  economic  considerations  involved,  and  one  on  the  assaying 
of  gold  ores  and  mill  products  are  also  appended." 

O'DRISCOLL,  Florence. 

Notes  on  the  treatment  oi  gold  ores.    1889 r669.2  O14 

Outline  of  methods  for  those  having  no  knowledge  of  the  subject. 
PARK,  James. 

Cyanide  process  of  gold  extraction.    1897 669.2  P23 

Die  cyankalium-laugung  von  golderzen  ("Cyanide  process 
of  gold  extraction");  frei  bearbeitet,  vermehrt  und  ein- 
geleitet  von  Ernst  Victor.  1902.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische  bibliothek.) r669.2   P23 

Concise  exposition  of  the  practice  and  theory  of  the  cyanide  process. 
Illustrated. 

PERCY,  John. 

Metallurgy;  silver  and  gold.    pt.i.     1880 r669.2  P42 

No  more  published. 

Treats  only  of  silver.     Gives  a  clear,  accurate  review  of  the  subject  as 

developed  previous  to  1880.     Describes  the  chemical  properties,  methods 

of  assaying  and  smelting,  etc. 

PHILLIPS,  John  Arthur. 

Mining  and  metallurgy  of  gold  and  silver.     1867 qr669.2  P46 

Describes  the  various  producing  districts  of  the  world,  with  statistics 
as  to  their  yield  and  importance,  and  the  methods  of  extraction,  re- 
fining, etc.  in  use  at  the  time  of  publication. 

ROSE,  Thomas  Kirke. 

Metallurgy  of  gold.     1898 669.2  R71 

Bibliography,  p.Sos-SM- 
The  same.    1898 r669.2  R71 

Concise  review  of  methods  of  treating  ores,  recovery  of  gold,  refining, 
assay  of  ores  and  bullion,  etc.  Deals  with  principles  of  procedure 
rather  than  mechanical  details.  Especially  good  for  the  chemistry  of 
processes. 

WILSON,  Eugene  Benjamin. 

Chlorination  process.    1897     669.2  W76 

Cyanide  processes.     1897  669.2  W76C 

The  same.     1896 r669.2  W76C 

"Authorities,"  p.  111-112. 

Chiefly  a  compilation  from  the  periodical  and  patent  office  literature. 
Gives  the  theory,  and  points  out  the  factors  which  have  a  special  bear- 
ing in  successful  operation,  but  does  not  go  into  details  of  the  me- 
chanical arrangements  necessary. 


669.3     Copper 


JAPING,  Eduard. 

Kupfer  und  messing,  sowie  alle  technisch  wichtigen  kupfer- 
legirungen,  ihre  darstellungsmethoden,  eigenschaften 
und  weiterverarbeitung  zu  handelswaaren.  1883.  (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r669.3  J18 

Copper-reducing  and  refining,  casting  in  copper  and  its  alloys,  forging, 
rolling  and  drawing  are  included. 


COPPER.     LEAD.     ALUMINIUM  1087 

LAMBORN,  Robert  H. 

Metallurgy  of  copper;  an  introduction  to  the  methods  of 
seeking,  mining  and  assaying  copper,  and  manufactur- 
ing its  alloys.    1869 669.3  L18 

■'Authorities,"  p.6. 

Rudimentary  treatise  for  students  and  artisans. 

PETERS,  Edward  Dyer. 

Modern  copper  smelting.    1901 669.3  P4S 

The  same.     1895 r669.3  P45 

The  standard  American  work  on  the  subject,  (1901). 

669.4     Lead 

COLLINS,  Henry  Francis. 

Metallurgy  of  lead  and  silver;  ed.  by  Sir  W.  C.  Roberts- 
Austen.    2v.     1899-1900 669.4  C71 

V.I.     Lead.  v.2.      Silver. 

The  same.    2v.     1900  r669.4  C71 

Trustworthy,  modern  and  fairly  complete.     Author  has  had  large  prac- 
tical experience  in  mining  and  metallurgical  work. 

EISSLER,  Manuel. 

Metallurgy  of  argentiferous  lead;  a  practical  treatise  on 
the  smelting  of  silver-lead  ores  and  the  refining  of  lead 
bullion;  reports  on  various  smelting  establishments  and 
descriptions  of  modern  smelting  furnaces  and  plants  in 

Europe  and  America.     1891 669.4  E42 

Chiefly  devoted  to  blast-furnace  practice,  especially  as  developed  in  the 
United  States. 

HOFMAN,  Henry  O. 

Metallurgy  of  lead  and  the  desilverization  of  base  bullion. 

1893  r6694  H68 

PERCY,  John. 

Metallurgy  of  lead,  including  desilverization  and  cupella- 

tion.     1870 r669.4  P42 

Very   complete    resume    up    to    the    time    of    publication.      A    standard 
reference  work,  although  antiquated  in  accounts  of  practice. 


669.7     Aluminium 

ALUMINUM    world;    monthly,    Oct.    1894-Dec.    1902.      8v. 

[1895-1903.]   qr669.7  A47 

Incorporated  with  "Metal  industry,"  Jan.   1903. 

BLAKE,  William  Phipps. 

Note  on  the  use  of  aluminum  in  the  construction  of  instru- 
ments of  precision.     1890 r669.7  H93 

Reprinted  from  the  "Transactions  of  the  American  institute  of  mining 

engineers,"  v.i8,  Feb.  1890. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

COWLES,  Eugene  H. 

Aluminum  bronze  and  brass  as  suitable  materials  for  pro- 
pellers.    1890 r669.7  H93 

Reprinted  from  the  "Transactions  of  the  American  institute  of  mining 

engineers,"  v.i8,  Feb.  1890. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Physical  properties  of  some  of  the  alloys  of  manganese,  copper 


69 


io88  ALUMINIUM 


and  aluminum.     1890  ; r669.7  H93 

Reprinted  from  the  "Transactions  of  the  American  institute  of  mining 

engineers,"  v.  i8,  Feb.  1890. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

DROWN,  Thomas  Messinger,  &  McKenna,  A.  G. 

Direct  determination  of  aluminum  in  iron  and  steel.  1891 .  .r669.7  H93 
Reprinted  from  the  "Transactions  of  the  American  institute  of  mining 

engineers,"  v.20,  June  1891. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
HUNT,  Alfred  Ephraim. 

Manufacture  of  aluminium  by  electrolysis  at  Niagara,  with 
an  abstract  of  the  discussion  upon  the  paper;-  ed.  by 

James  Forrest.     1896 665.4  B83 

Reprinted  from  the  "Minutes  of  proceedings  of  the  Institution  of  civil 

engineers,"   v.  124. 
Description  of  the  process  and  plant  of  the  Pittsburgh  reduction  company, 

by  its  president  (1896). 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 
Properties,  uses  and  processes  of  production  of  aluminum. 

1891    r669.7  H93 

Reprinted  from  the  "Technology  quarterly,"  v.4,  Apr.    1891. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

HUNT,  Alfred  Ephraim,  and  others. 

Chemical  analysis  of  aluminum.     1892 r669.7  H93 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal  of  analytical  and  applied  chemistry,"   v.6, 
Jan.   1892. 
Properties  of  aluminum,  with  some  information  relating  to 

the  metal.     1890 r669.7  H93 

Reprinted  from  the  "Transactions  of  the   .\merican  institute  of  mining 

engfineers,"  v.i8,  Feb.  1890. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

MIERZINSKI,  Stanislaus. 

Die    fabrikation    des    aluminiums    und    der    alkalimetalle. 

1885.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r669.7  M67 
NEUHAUSEN,  ALUMINIUM   INDUSTRIE  ACTIEN 
GESELLSCHAFT. 
Die  producte;  deren  behandlung  und  verwendung r669.7  H93 

Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

PITTSBURGH  REDUCTION  CO. 

Aluminum  and  aluminum  alloys.    1897 r669.7  P67 

RICHARDS,  Joseph  William. 

Aluminium,  including  its  alloys.     1896 669.7  R41 

The  same.     1887  r669.7  R41 

The  same.     1896 r669.7  R4ia 

Most   complete   and   authoritative   work   yet   written.      Author   is    (1901) 
assistant  professor  of  metallurgy  at  Lehigh  university. 

The  aluminium  problem.     1891 r669.7  H93 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal  of  the  Franklin  institute,"  v.  131,  Mar.  1891. 
Historical  account  of  discovery,  methods  of  reduction  of  ores,  etc. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

SMITH,  Oberlin. 

Aluminum  in  search  of  a  nickname.     1890 r669.7  H93 

Reprinted  from  the  "Transactions  of  the  American  institute  of  mining 

engineers,"  v.  18,  Feb.   1890. 
Note  suggesting  the  adoption  of  a  shorter  name  for  every-day  use. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

Aluminum  in  the  drawing-press.     1890 r669.7  H93 

Reprinted  from  the  "Transactions  of  the  American  institute  of  mining 

engineers,"  v.i8,  Feb.   1890. 
Points  out  its  adaptability  and  advantages  for  stamping. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 


FUELS.  FURNACES.  ALLOYS 


669.8     Fuels.     Furnaces 

DISDIER,  Enrique. 

Use  of  blast-furnace  and  coke-oven  gases.     1899 669.8  H39 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal  of  the  Iron  and  steel  institute,"  May  1899. 
Discusses    briefly    their    value    as    fuel    for    gas-engines,    and    the    best 

methods  of  using  them. 
Bound  with  other  pamphlets. 

FISCHER,  Ferdinand. 

Feuerungsanlagen  fiir  hausliche  und  gewerbliche  zwecke. 

1888    r669.8   FS2 

HEAD,  Archibald  Potter. 

On  tilting  open-hearth  furnaces.     1899 669.8  H39 

Reprinted  from  the  "Journal  of  the  Iron  and  steel  institute,"  May  1899. 
Brief  description  of  the  Wellman  and  Campbell  furnaces. 

JUPTNER  von  JONSTORFF,  Hanns,  freiherr,  &  Toldt, 
Friedrich. 
Chemisch-calorische  untersuchungen  iiber  generatoren  und 

Martinofen.     1900 qr669.8  J53 

Detailed  report  on  a  series  of  tests  of  the  chemical  reactions  and  heat 
distribution  in  gas-producers  and  open-hearth  furnaces.  Conclusions 
are  drawn  as  to  the  relative  efficiency  of  concave  and  convex  roofs 
for  furnaces. 

LEDEBUR,  A. 

Die  gasfeuerungen  fiir  metallurgische  zwecke.     1891 669.8  L51 

PERCY,  John. 

Metallurgy;  refractory  materials  and  fuel.     1875 r669.8  P42 

STEGMANN,  H. 

Gasfeuerung  und  gasofen;  eine  darstellung  ihres  v^esens 
und  ihrer  beziehungen  zu  den  pyrotechnischen  pro- 
cessen  der  thonwaaren-industrie,  der  kalk-  und  glas- 
fabrikation,  sowie  verwandter  industrieen.     1881 r669.8  S57 

Concise  and  well  illustrated.  Good  account  of  the  theory  and  of  practice 
at  the  time  of  publication.  Treats  especially  of  furnaces  used  in  the 
ceramic  industries. 


669.9     Alloys 

BRANNT,  William  Theodore. 

Metallic  alloys;  a  practical  guide  for  the  manufacture  of 

alloys,  amalgams  and  solders.     1896 669.9  B71 

BUCHANAN,  John  F. 

Brassfounders'  alloys;  a  handbook  containing  tables,  notes 
and  data,  for  the  guidance  of  manufacturers  and  trades- 
men.    1901 669.9  B84 

Directions    for    the    use    of    various    metals    in    making    foundry   alloys. 
Tables  give  many  practical  mixtures. 

HIORNS,  Arthur  Horseman. 

Mixed  metals;  or  Metallic  alloys.    1891 669.9  Hs8 

The  same.     1890 r669.9  H58 

Treats  of  the  various  commercial  alloys,  methods  of  manufacturing  them, 
their  chemical  and  physical  properties  and  their  uses. 

KRUPP,  Alfred. 

Die  legirungen.     1894.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische 


logo  MANUFACTURES 


bibliothek.)    r669.9  K42 

Formulae    for    a    large    number    of    useful    alloys,    description    of    their 
properties  and  uses,  and  practical  directions  for  their  manufacture. 

LEDEBUR,  A. 

Die  legierungen  in  ihrer  anwendung  fur   gewerbliche 

zwecke.     1890 r669.9  L51 


670     Manufactures 

CHASE,  Annie,  &  Clow,  E. 

Stories  of  industry.    2v.     1891 J670  C38 

V.I.     About  coal,   petroleum,  mining  and  manufactures  of  gold,  silver, 

tin  and  iron,  sewing-machines,  ship-building,  gas-making,  etc. 
V.2.     About   cotton-spinning,    calico-printing,    carpet-weaving,    whale-fish- 
eries, printing,  the   manufacture   of  hats,   leather,  butter  and  cheese, 
candy,  paper,  etc. 

AMERICAN  trade  index;  descriptive  and  classified  member- 
ship directory  of  the  National  association  of  manufac- 
turers of  the  United  States,  arranged  for  the  convenience 
of  foreign  buyers.     1899 r670.2  A51 

ANNUAIRE-ALMANACH  du  commerce,  de  I'industrie,  de  la 
magistrature  et  de  I'administration;  par  A.  F.  Didot  et 

Sebastien  Bottin.     loie  annee,  in  3v.     1898 qr670.2  A6t 

Trade  directory,  including  full  list  of  Paris  firms  and  selected  list  for 
the  remainder  of  France  and  for  foreign  countries. 

GOLDEY,  James  H.  ed. 

Reference  book  containing  a  list  of  buyers  of  hardware 

and  metals  throughout  the  United  States.    1881 r670.2  G57 

REPERTOIRE  du  commerce  et  de  I'industrie  de  la  Belgique. 

6e  annee.     1892 r670.2  R35 

SEEGER  and  Guernsey's  cyclopedia  of  the  manufactures  and 

products  of  the  United  States.     1899 qr670.2  S45 

TESCH,  Wilhelm,  ed. 

Catalogue  of  Swedish  exports.     1892 qr670.2  T31 

TUGMAN  &  CO.  pub. 

Classified    directory    of    the    manufacturing    interests    of 

Pennsylvania.     1900 r670.2  T82 

Text  in  English,  French,  German,  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 
Contains  also  a  key  to  the  symbols  used. 

UNITED  STATES  industrial  directory.     1876 r670.2  U25 

WRIGHT,  George,  pub. 

Australian,  India,  China  and  Japan  trade  directory  and  ga- 
zetteer.    1891 r670.2  W93 

Includes  also   Canada,    South   America,    Central   America,   West   Indies, 
Mexico  and  South  Africa. 

The  same.     1899 r670.2  W93a 

BISHOP,  James  Leander. 

History  of  American  manufactures  from  1608  to  i860.    2v. 

1864 r670.973  B49 

MASSACHUSETTS— Labor  statistics  bureau. 

Annual  statistics  of  manufactures  (ist  report-date),  1886- 

date.     1889-date r670.974  M45 


MANUFACTURES  1091 


671     Articles  made  of  metals 

BLINN,  Leroy  J. 

Practical  work-shop  companion  for  tin,  sheet-iron  and  copper- 
plate workers.     1893 671  B53 

HARTMANN,  Friedrich. 

Das  verzinnen,  verzinken,  vernickeln,  verstahlen,  und  das 
ueberziehen  von  metallen  mit  anderen  metallen  iiber- 
haupt.      1899.      (Hartleben's    chemisch-technische    bib- 

liothek.)    T671    H32 

Includes  mechanical  and  electrochemical  processes. 
HIORNS,  Arthur  Horseman. 

Metal-colouring  and  bronzing.     1892 671  H58 

The  same.     1892 r67i  H58 

Formulae  for  coloring  metals  by  chemical,  electrochemical  and  mechanical 
means.     Directions  and  the  results  of  personal  tests  are  given. 

LARKIN,  James. 

Practical  brass  and  iron  founder's  guide;  a  treatise  on 
brass  founding,  moulding,  the  metals  and  their  alloys, 

etc.     1899 671  L32 

Receipt-book,  containing  short  practical  directions  for  various  processes 
of  molding,  casting,  etc.     Out  of  date  in  many  places   (1899). 

LETHABY,  William  Richard. 

Leadwork,   old  and   ornamental,   and   for  the   most  part, 

English.     1893 671  L6s 

"Lead  work  has  been  an  important  branch  of  decorative  architecture. 
American  roof-fittings  in  tin  and  copper  give  no  idea  of  the  truly  orna- 
mental uses  to  which  lead  has  been  applied  in  Europe  for  seven  cen- 
turies. Some  attempt  is  being  made  in  these  days  to  revive  the  ancient 
art,  and  upon  this,  and  upon  the  ancient  practice,  this  is  an  excellent 
essay."    Russell  Sturgis. 

MILLIS,  Charles  Thomas. 

Metal-plate  work;  its  patterns  and  their  geometry;  also 
notes  on  metals,  and  rules  in  mensuration,  for  the  use  of 
tin,  iron  and  zinc  plate  workers,  coppersmiths,  boiler- 
makers,  plumbers  and  others.     1899 671  M69 

ROWELL,  Harvey. 

Manual  of  instruction  in  hard  soldering,  with  a  chapter  on 

soft  soldering.     1895 671  R79 

WARN,  Reuben  Henry. 

Sheet  metal  worker's  instructor,  containing  geometrical 
problems,  also  practical  rules  for  describing  various 
patterns.     1895 671  W23 

AMERICAN  metal  market;  weekly,  Aug.-Dec.  1890,  July 
1891-Dec.  1892,  Jan.-June  1894,  1896.  v.15,  17-19,  22, 
26-27.     1890-96 , qr67i.05  A5t 

CHICAGO  journal  of  commerce  and  metal  industries;  weekly, 

July  1891-Dec.  1893.    V. 59-63.     1891-93 qr67r.05  C-I.3 

V.60,  Jan.  7-June  30,  1892,  wanting. 

IRONMONGER;  weekly.    v.74-date.    1896-date qr67i.o5  I28 

METAL  worker;  a  weekly  journal  of  the  stove,  tin,  plumbing, 
and  house  furnishing  trades,  Feb.-Dec.  1876,  1903-date. 
v.5,  no.6-27,  v.59-date.    1876-date qr67i.05  M64 


1092  MANUFACTURES 

MARKS,  Edward  Charles  Robert. 

Manufacture  of  iron  and  steel  tubes.     1897 671. i  M39 

"Of  interest  especially  on  account  of  bicycles.  Compiled  almost  entirely 
from  patent  specifications,  the  treatment  is,  in  consequence,  somewhat 
superficial.  As  a  record  of  the  general  features  of  the  invention,  it  is 
an  interesting  and  valuable  little  book."    Engineer,  1897. 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Blattmetalle,  bronzen  und  metallpapiere;  deren  herstellung 
und    anwendung.      1902.      (Hartleben's    chemisch-tech- 

nische  bibliothek.) r67i.2  A55 

Practical  handbook  giving  details  of  the  methods  used. 
JAPING,  Eduard. 

Blech    und    blechwaaren.      1886.      (Hartleben's    chemisch- 

technische  bibliothek.) r67i.2  J18 

WAGNER,  Alexander,  goldsmith. 

Gold,  silber  und  edelsteine;  handbuch  fiir  gold-,  silber-, 
bronze-arbeiter  und  juweliere.  1895.  (Hartleben's  che- 
misch-technische  bibliothek.) r67i.3  W13 


672     Articles  made  of  iron  and  steel 

GARDNER,  John  Starkie. 

Ironwork.     2v.     1893-96.     (South  Kensington  museum  art 

handbooks.)    672   G18 

v. I.      From   the  earliest  times  to  the  end  of  the  mediaeval  period. 

V.2.     From     the    close     of    the     mediaeval     period    to    the    end     of     the 

i8th  century,  excluding  English  work. 
History  of  artistic  iron-working.      Contains  many  illustrations. 

IRON. 

Price  lists  of  manufactured  goods  and  hardware  from 
Birmingham  and  district,  selected  and  reprinted  from 
"Iron,"  the  journal  of  science,  metals  and  manufactures. 

V.I.     1876 qr672  I2862 

JAPING,  Eduard. 

Die  darstellung  des  eisens  und  der  eisenfabrikate.     1881. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r672  Ji8d 

pt.  I  of  his  "Eisen  und  eisenwaaren." 

Popular   description  of  methods  of  obtaining  iron,   casting,   rolling  bars 
and  sheets,  wire-drawing,  tube-making,  plating  and  working  hot  and  cold. 
Especially  for  iron  merchants  and  consumers. 
French  an^  English  equivalents  of  the  technical  terms  used  are  given. 
Der  praktische  eisen- und  eisenwaarenkenner.   1882.    (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r672  Ji8p 

pt.2  of  his  "Eisen  und  eisenwaaren." 

Statistics,  prices,  properties,  forms,  etc.  of  rods,  sheets,  wire,  tubes,  cast- 
ings, tools  and  other  commercial  forms  of  iron  and  steel.  For  iron 
merchants  and  consumers. 

MORGAN,  Charles  H. 

Some  landmarks  in  the  history  of  the  rolling  mill;  presi- 
dential address  delivered  before  the  American  society 
of  mechanical  engineers.  New  York  meeting,  December 

1900.      1900 q672    M8q 

Brief  history  of  its  development. 

OIL  WELL  SUPPLY  CO. 

Illustrated  catalogue.     1892 '. qr672  O19 

The  same.     1900 qr672  Oi9i 


MANUFACTURES  1093 


ROWNSON,  DREW  &  CO. 

Rownson's  iron  merchant's  tables  and  memoranda,  weights 

and  measures,  etc.     1899 rtjz  R79 

Weights  of  flat,  square  and  round  bar-iron,  of  steel  angles  and  tees, 
rivets,  bolts,  sheets,  etc. 

672.1     Tin-plate.     Galvanized  iron 

AYER,  Ira. 

Special  report  to  the  secretary  of  the  treasury,  showing 
the  production  of  tin  and  terne  plates  in  the  United 
States  during  the  year  ended  June  30,  1892.    1892 r672.i  A97 

Treasury  department  document,  no.  1528. 

DAVIES,  James,  of  London. 

Galvanized  iron;  its  manufacture  and  uses;  a  detailed  de- 
scription of  this  important  industry  and  its  manufac- 
turing process.     1899 672.1  D31 

Advice  on  the  organi2ation  of  works,  cultivation  of  markets  and  other 
commercial  matters,  intended  for  those  starting  in  the  manufacture. 
Description  of  technical  processes  is  disjointed  and  only  outlines  the 
manufacture. 

FLANDERS,  W.T. 

Galvanizing  and  tinning;  a  practical  treatise  on  coating 
with  tin  and  zinc,  with  a  chapter  on  tinning  gray  iron 

castings.     1900 672.1   F61 

Treats  only  of  methods  for  cast-iron,  and  small  articles  of  wrought-iron 
and  steel. 

FLOWER,  Philip  William. 

History  of  the  trade  in  tin;  a  short  description  of  tin  min- 
ing and  metallurgy,  a  history  of  the  origin  and  process 
of  the  tin-plate  trade,  and  a  description  of  the  ancient 
and    modern    processes    of    manufacturing    tin-plates. 

1880 r672.i  F66 

WEEKS,  Joseph  Dame. 

Tin  and  tin  plate;  their  history,  production  and  statistics. 

1892 qr672. 1   W42 

Supplement  to  the  "American  manufacturer." 

672.3     Wire 

JAPING,  Eduard. 

Draht   und   drahtwaaren.      1884.      (Hartleben's    chemisch- 

technische  bibliothek.) r672.3  J18 

Raw  materials  for  wire-making,  methods  of  rolling  and  drawing,  classifi- 
cation and  properties,  wire  rope,  cables,  wire  for  electrical  uses, 
insulated  wire,  wire  nails,  screws,  needles,  etc. 

SMITH,  J.  Bucknall. 

Treatise  upon  wire;  its  manufacture  and  uses.     1891 . . .  . .  .q672.3  S6s 

The  same.     1891 qr672.3  S65 

673     Articles  made  of  tJronze  and  copper 

FULLER,  John. 

Art   of   coppersmithing;   a   practical   treatise    on    working 

sheet  copper  into  all  forms.     1894 r673  F98 

Covers  all  classes  of  wrought  work,  both  light  and  heavy,  illustrating 
tools  and  patterns,  and  describing  in  detail  the  methods  of  construction. 


1094  COOPERAGE.     LEATHER 

MULLER,  Ludwig. 

Die   bronzewaaren-fabrikation.      1877.      (Hartleben's    che- 

misch-technische  bibliothek.) r673  M95 

Composition  of  various  brasses  and  bronzes,  directions  for  casting  bells, 
statues  and  other  objects,  for  finishing  castings  and  for  bronzing  wood 
and  various  metals. 


674     Cooperage 


VOIGT,  Otto. 

Fabrikation,  berechnung  und  visiren  der  fasser,  bottiche 
und   anderer    gefasse.      1893.      (Hartleben's    chemisch- 

technische  bibliothek.) r674  V37 

Chapters  on  tools,  wood,  methods  of  manufacture,  manufacture  with 
machines,  description  of  various  designs,  methods  of  designing  and 
laying  out,  calculation  of  contents,  gaging,  calculation  of  dimensions 
for  a  given  capacity. 


675     Leather 

DAVIS,  Charles  Thomas. 

Manufacture  of  leather.     1897 675  D3l 

List  of  patents  relating  to  the  manufacture   of  leather,   issued  by  the 

United  States,  Jan.  i,  1884-Aug.  31,  1897,  p.639-654. 
Describes  processes,  tools  and  machines  used  in  tanning,  currying,  finish-  , 

ing  and  dyeing  leather. 

HEINZERLING,  Christian. 

Grundziige  der  lederbereitung,  mit  besonderer  beriicksich- 
tigung  der  neueren  fortschritte  auf  diesem  gebeite;  ein 
handbuch  fiir  gerber,  techniker,  etc.  1882.  (Handbuch 
der   chemischen   technologic;    hrsg.    von    P.  A.  Bolley 

und  anderen.) r675  H42 

JETTMAR,  Joseph  Bernhard. 

Das  farben  des  lohgaren  leders;  theorie  und  praxis  des 
bunt-,  weiss-  und  schwarzfarbens,  nebst  einer  abhand- 
lung  iiber  die  einschlagigen  natiirlichen  und  kiinstlichen 
farbstoffe,   materialien   und  hilfsmaschinen,   sowie   das 

gerben  und  zurichten  des  farbleders.     1900 r675  J31 

KNAPP,  Friedrich  Ludwig. 

Mineralgerbung  mit  metall-salzen  und  verbindungen  aus 
diesen  mit  organischen  substanzen  als  gerbemittel. 
1892.      (Handbuch   der  chemischen   technologic;   hrsg. 

von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r66i.ii  F52 

Bound  with  Fischer's  "Die  chemische  technologtie  des  wassers." 
LELAND,  Charles  Godfrey. 

Leather  work ;  a  practical  manual  for  learners.     1892 675  LS7 

Simple  methods  for  molding,  carving  and  stamping. 
PROCTER,  Henry  Richardson. 

Leather  industries;  laboratory  book  on  analytical  and  ex- 
perimental methods.     1898 675  P96 

STANDAGE,  H.  C. 

Leather  worker's  manual;  a  compendium  of  practical 
recipes  and  working  formulae  for  all  persons  engaged  in 
the  manipulation  of  leather.     1900 675  S78 

Methods  of  preparing  and  using  the  various  currying,  dyeing  and  finish- 


PAPER  1095 

ing    compounds,    blackings    and    polishes    used    by    saddle    and    boot 
makers,  etc. 

VILLON,  A.  M. 

Practical  treatise  on  the  leather  industry ;  tr.  by  F.  T.  Addy- 

man.     1901    q67S  V33 

Treats  of  materials  used  in  tanning,  methods  of  tanning  and  currying, 
special  methods  of  preparing  skins,  testing  of  leather,  theory  of  tan- 
ning, and  uses  of  leather.  Methods  are  chiefly  those  of  the  French 
tanners. 

WATT,  Alexander. 

Art  of  leather  manufacture;  a  practical  handbook.    1897.  •  •  -675  W32 
Bibliography,  p. 4 14. 
WIENER,  Ferdinand. 

Die   lederfarberei    und   fabrikation    des   lackleders.      1896. 

(Hartleben'.s  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r675  W681 

Die  lohgerberei;  oder,  Die  fabrikation  des  lohgaren  leders. 

1890.   (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r675  W68I0 
Die  weissgerberei,  samischgerberei  und  pergamentfabrika- 
tion.     1877.      (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  biblio- 
thek.)  r675  W68 


676     Paper 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Die  fabrikation  der  papiermache-  und  papierstoff-waaren. 

1900.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  . .  .r676  A55f 
Practical  treatise  for  manufacturers. 
Papier-specialitaten;  praktische  anleitung  zur  herstellung 
von    den   verschiedensten    zwecken    dienenden    papier- 
fabrikaten.      1896.      (Hartleben's    chemisch-technische 

bibliothek.)   r676  A55 

Includes  parchment,  fireproof,  waterproof,  enamelled,  reagent,  gummed, 
photographic,  copying,  and  medicinal  papers,  fly  papers,  imitations  of 
ivory  and  leather,  and  many  other  papers  for  special  uses. 

BUTLER,  (J.  W.)  PAPER  CO. 

Story  of  paper-making;  an  account  of  paper-making  from 

its  earliest  known  record.    1901 676  B97 

Interesting,  non-technical  description,  intended  for  general  reading. 

CROSS,  Charles  Frederick,  &  Bevan,  E.J. 

Text-book  of  paper-making.     1900 d^d  C89 

Bibliography,  p.311-312. 

Explains  the  principles,  but  does  not  give  an  exhaustive  review  of  the 
subject  nor  a  minute  description  of  the  methods  used  in  manufacture. 

DUNBAR,  James. 

Practical  papermaker;  a  guide  to  the  manufacture  of  paper. 

1887 did  D89 

Collection  of  notes  on  various  points,  receipts,  etc. 

HOYER,  Egbert  von. 

Die  fabrikation  des  papiers,  nebst  gewinnung  der  fasern 
aus  ersatzstoffen,  insbesondere  aus  holz,  stroh  und  alfa; 
und  anleitung  zur  priifung  des  papiers  auf  seine  eigen- 
schaften  und  zusammensetzung.  1887.  (Handbuch  der 
chemischen  technologic;   hrsg.  von   P.  A.  Bolley  und 

anderen.)  r676  H86 

"Literatur,"  p.492. 


1096  TEXTILE  FABRICS 


[KOOPS,  Matthias.] 

Historical  account  of  the  substances  which  have  been  used 
to  describe  events  and  to  convey  ideas  from  the  earliest 
date  to  the  invention  of  paper.     1800 T676  K37 

Chiefly  a  repetition  of  Wehrs'  "Vom  papier."  Is  "printed  on  the  first 
useful  paper  manufactured  solely  from  straw,"  which  the  author  claims 
to  have  invented  and  for  which  he  received  an  English  patent. 

MIERZINSKI,  Stanislaus. 

Handbuch  der  praktischen  papier-fabrikation.     3v.     1886. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) rdyG  M67 

Complete  treatise,  describing  raw  materials,  machinery  and  methods. 
Printed  on  various  kinds  of  paper,  of  which  the  percentage  composition 
is  given. 

MUNSELL,  Joel. 

Chronology  of  the  origin  and  progress  of  paper  and  paper- 
making.      1876 676   M96 

Covers  period  670  B.  C.-1877  A.  D. 
PARKINSON,  Richard,  teacher  at  Harris  institute. 

Treatise   on    paper,    with   an   outline   of   its    manufacture, 

complete  tables  of  sizes,  etc.     1896 676  P24 

Handbook  of  manufacture  and  characteristics  of  paper,  for  printers  and 
stationers. 

SCHUBERT,  Max. 

Manufacture  of  cellulose;  a  practical  treatise  for  paper  and 
cellulose  technologists,  managers  and  superintendents; 
speciallj'  tr.  for  the  American  paper  trade  by  Andrew 

Geyer.     1899 .' 676  S38 

UNITED  STATES — Foreign  commerce  bureau. 

Paper    in    foreign    countries;    uses    of    wood    pulp.      1900. 

(Special  consular  reports,  v. 19.) 676  U25 

The  same.  1900.  (In  its  Special  consular  reports,  v.19.)  .  .r382  U25S  v.19 

General  reports  on  the  paper  industry. 


677     Textile  fabrics 


ASHENHURST,  Thomas  R. 

Design  in  textile  fabrics.     1899.     (Manuals  of  technology.) . . .  .677  A82 

Brief    manual    of   the    pirinciples,    including   a    discussion    of    the    proper 
structure  of  the  fabric  and  its  suitability  for  the  intended  use. 

BEAUMONT,  Roberts. 

Colour  in  woven  design.     1890.     (Specialists'  series.) ...... .677  B35 

Explains  the  theory  of  coloring  woven  fabrics,  and  illustrates  its  practi- 
cal application  in  producing  fancy  shades. 

BOTTLER,  Max. 

Die  animalischen  faserstoffe;  ein  hilfs-  und  handbuch  fiir 
die  praxis,  umfassend  vorkomnien,  gewinnung,  eigen- 
schaften  und  technische  verwendung,  sowie  bleichen 
und  farben  thierischer  faserstoffe.  1902.  (Hartleben's 
chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r677   B64a 

Die  vegetabilischen  faserstoffe;  ein  hilfs-  und  handbuch  fiir 
die  praxis,  umfassend.  vorkommen,  gewinnung,  eigen- 
schaften  und  technische  verwerthung,  sowie  bleichen 
und  farben  pflanzlicher  faserstoffe.  1900.  (Hartleben's 
chemisch-technische   bibliothek.) r677  B64 


COTTON  1097 

ESSLINGER,  Rudolf. 

Die  fabrikation  des  wachstuches,  des  amerikanischen  leder- 
tuches,  des  wachs-taffets,  der  maler-  und  zeichen-lein- 
wand.     1880.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  biblio- 

thek.)    r677  E84 

POLLEYN,  Friedrich. 

Die  appreturmittel  und  ihre  verwendung.  1897.  (Hart- 
leben's chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r677  P76 

Materials  and  methods  employed  for  linen,  cotton,  silk  and  woolen 
fabrics,  also  methods  for  incombustible  and  waterproof  finishing. 

ROCK,  Daniel. 

Textile    fabrics.      1876.      (South    Kensington    museum   art 

handbooks.)    677  RS7 

Popular  account  of  their  history,  illustrated  with  numerous  woodcuts  of 
fine  examples  of  artistic  weaving.  Intended  as  an  introduction  to  the 
study  of  textiles. 

SEEMANN,  Theodor. 

Die  tapete;  ihre  asthetische  bedeutung  und  technische  dar- 
stellung,  sowie  kurze  beschreibung  der  buntpapier-fab- 
rikation.  1882.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 
liothek.)     r677  S45 

WINSHIP,  Albert  Edward. 

Our  industries;  fabrics.     1897 677  W78 

Contents:  Sheep,  wool  and  woolens. — Carpets. — Wool  supply. — Cotton. — 
Silk. — Linens. 

WITT,  Otto  N. 

Chemische  technologic  der  gespinnstfasern;  ihre  ge- 
schichte,  gewinnung,  verarbeitung  und  veredelung. 
1888-1902.  (Handbuch  der  chemischen  technologic; 
hrsg.  von  P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r677  W82 

General  review  of  all  the  fibers  commonly  used. 

677.1     Cotton 

MARSDEN,  Richard. 

Cotton  spinning;  its  development,  principles  and  practice. 

1899.     (Technological  handbooks.) 677.1   M41 

Contains  an  appendix  on  steam-engines  and  boilers. 

"Writer  has  efldeavoured  to  give... a  concise  view  of  the  origin  and 
present  extent  of  this  great  trade;  the  material  it  deals  with;  the 
general  principles  that  contribute  to  its  successful  conduct;  the  proper 
location  and  construction  of  a  mill,  and  arrangement  of  the  machinery; 
and  the  various  processes.  .  .In  connection  it  has  been  attempted  to 
trace  the  development,  describe  the  function  of  the  leading  parts, 
and  show  the  working  of  the  various  machines  employed."     Preface. 

NASMITH,  Joseph. 

Student's  cotton  spinning.     1896 677.1   N14 

Describes  concisely,  yet  thoroughly,  all  the  various  operations  in  the 
manufacture  of  cotton  yarn,  and  the  machinery  in  practical  use. 

TAYLOR,  John  T. 

Cotton  weaving  and  designing.     1898 677.1  T25 

Text-book  dealing  with  mechanical  details. 

WHITE,  George  Savage. 

Memoir  of  Samuel  Slater,  the  father  of  American  manu- 
factures; connected  with  a  history  of  the  rise  and  prog- 
ress of  the  cotton  manufacture  in  England  and  Amer- 
ica, with  remarks  on  the  moral  influence  of  manufac- 


1098  WOOL.    SILK 


tories  in  the  United  States.    1836 x(i^^.\  W63 

Samuel  Slater  (1768-1835)  was  the  first  successful  cotton-manufacturer 
in  America.  This  industry  he  started  in  1790  at  Pawtucket,  Rhode 
Island,  using  machinery  designed  entirely  from  his  memory  of  that 
used  in  England,  the  laws  of  which  country  at  that  time  forbade  the 
exportation  of  drawings  or  models  of  the  machines. 


677.2     W^ool 

BEAUMONT,  Roberts. 

Woollen  and  worsted  cloth  manufacture;  a  practical  treatise 
for  the  use  of  all  persons  employed  in  the  manipulation 
of  textile  fabrics.     1899.     (Technological  handbooks.) .  .677.2  B35 
Intended  to  cover  in  a  concise,   yet  comprehensive  manner  the   whole 
routine  of  the  manufacture  of  woollen  textiles. 

BOWMAN,  Frederick  H. 

Structure  of  the  wool  fiber  in  its  relation  to  the  use  of 

wool  for  technical  purposes.    1885 677.2  B66 

Lectures   delivered   to   the   students   of   the    Bradford    (Eng.)    technical 
college  and  the  members  of  the  Dyers'  and  colourists'  society. 
FORD,  Worthington  Chauncey. 

Wool  and  manufactures  of  wool.     1894 r677.2  F76 

Report  upon  the  production,  commerce  and  consumption  of  wools  and 
manufactures  of  wools  in  the  leading  nations  of  the  world.  Chiefly 
statistical. 

JOCLfiT,  Victor. 

Die  woll-  und  seiden-druckerei  in  ihrem  ganzen  umfange. 

1879.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r677.2  J33 
Describes  machinery  employed,  gives  receipts  for  colors,  and  details  of 
processes  used. 
McLaren,  waiter  Stowe  Bright. 

Spinning  woollen  and  worsted;  a  practical  treatise  for  the 
use    of    all    persons    engaged    in    these    trades.      1899. 

(Manuals  of  technology.) 677.2  Mrq 

McMURTRIE,  William. 

Report  upon  an  examination  of  wools  and  other  animal 
fibers.    1886.     (United  States— Agriculture,  Department 

of.)    qr677.2  M21 

Results  of  an  examination  of  the  "minute  structure  of  the  fiber  of  dif- 
ferent breeds,  its  length,  crimp,  fineness,  strength,  and  elasticity,  and 
discussion  of  the  relation  of  each  of  these  properties  to  the  other, 
and  to  the  breed,  sex,  age,  and  portion  of  fleece  represented." 

677.3     Silk 

BROCKETT,  Linus  Pierpont. 

Silk  industry  in  America;  a  history  prepared  for  the  Cen- 
tennial exposition.     1876 677.3  B76 

Contains  the  fourth  annual  report  of  the  Silk  association  of  America. 

SUVERN,  Carl. 

Die  kiinstliche  seide;  ihre  herstellung,  eigenschaften  und 
verwendung,    unter    besonderer    beriicksichtigung    der 

patentlitteratur.     1900 '^^71  i  S96 

Compilation  describing  the  various  patented  processes  and  the  properties 
of  the  silk  produced  by  each,  with  a  chapter  on   its  use.      Contains 
samples  of  the  silk,  showing  effect  of  various  dyes. 
WYCKOFF,  William  Cornelius. 

Silk  goods  of  America;  a  brief  account  of  the  recent  im- 


RUBBER.     CELLULOID  1099 

provements  and  advances  of  silk  manufacture  in  the 

United  States.     1879 r677.3  W98 

Contains  the  seventh  annual  report  of  the  Silk  association  of  America. 
Essay,  for  consumers,  on  the  merits  of  American  silk,  with  an  appendix 

giving    statistics    and    a    directory    of    American    silk    manufacturers, 

dealers,  importers  and  brokers. 

678     Rubber 

BRANNT,  William  Theodore. 

India  rubber,  gutta-percha  and  balata.    1900 678  B71 

"Aim... is  to  give  the  reader  a  knowledge  of  the  raw  materials  as  well 
as  to  present  the  industry  in  all  its  various  branches  as  carried  on  by 
the  most  progressive  manufacturers."    Preface. 

HEINZERLING,  Christian. 

Die  fabrikation  der  kautschuk-  und  guttaperchawaaren, 
sowie  des  celluloids  und  der  wasserdichten  gewebe,  mit 
besondcrer  beriicksichtigung  der  neueren  fortschritte 
die  in  diesen  industriezweigen  gemacht  worden  sind; 
ein  handbuch  ftir  techniker,  fabrikanten,  gelehrte,  etc. 
1883.  (Handbuch  der  chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von 
P.  A.  Bolley  und  anderen.) r675  H42 

Bibliography,  p.232. 

Bound  with  his  "Grundziige  der  lederbereitung." 

HOFFER,  Raimund. 

Kautschuk  und  guttapercha.    1892.    (Hartleben's  chemisch- 

technische  bibliothek.) r678  H67 

OBACH,  Eugene  F.  A. 

Gutta  percha.     1898.     (Cantor  lectures.) q678  O12 

Delivered  before  the  Society  for  the  encouragement  of  arts,  manufac- 
tures and  commerce,  Nov.  29-Dec.   13,  1897. 

Well-illustrated  monograph  on  all  branches  of  the  industry.  Contains  the 
results  of  long  experience  and  of  much  research  carried  out  in  the 
laboratories  of  Siemens  brothers  and  company. 

PEARSON,  Henry  Clemens. 

Crude  rubber,  and  compounding  ingredients;  a  text-book 
^_  of  rubber  manufacture.     1899 r678  P35 

Gives  the  varieties,  substitutes,  methods  of  manufacture,  vulcanizing, 
etc.     Contains  a  chapter  on  gutta-percha. 

SLOANE,  Thomas  O'Conor. 

Rubber  hand  stamps  and  the  manipulation  of  rubber.    1900.  .r678  S63 

Includes  chapters  on  glue  stamps,  the  hektrograph,  special  cements  and 
inks. 

STEFAN,  August. 

Die  fabrikation  der  kautschuk-  und  leimmasse-typen,  -stem- 
pel  und  druckplatten,  sowie  die  verarbeitung  des  korkes 
und  der  korkabfalle.  1900.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische  bibliothek.) r678  S81 

First  part  forms  a  practical  handbook  of  all  branches  of  stamp-making. 
Second  part  treats  of  cork-cutting,  methods  and  machines,  manufacture 
of  linoleum,  cork  paper  and  other  waste  cork  products. 

679     Celluloid 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Die  verarbeitung  des  homes,  elfenbeins,  schildpatts,  der 
knochen  und  der  perlmutter.     1885.     (Hartleben's  che- 


MECHANIC  TRADES 


misch-technische  bibliothek.) r679   A55V 

Occurrence  of  raw  materials,  uses,  methods  of  coloring,  polishing,  decor- 
ating, utilizing  waste  material,  etc. 

BOCKi\i-i.WN,  Friedrich. 

Das  celluloid;  seine  rohmaterialen,  fabrikation,  eigenschaf- 
ten  und  technische  verwendung.      1894.      (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r679  B57 

LEHNER,  Sigmiind. 

Die  imitationen;  eine  anleitung  zur  nachahmung  von  na- 
tur-  iind  kunstproducten.  1893.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische  bibliothek.) r679  Lss 

Among  the  more  important  subjects  are  imitations  of  ivory,  marble,  pearl, 
wood,  amber,  various  stones,  silk  and  leather.  A  practical  handbook, 
giving  receipts,  methods  of  casting,  mixing  and  using. 

679.1     Rattan  and  straw- weaving 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Praktische  handbuch  fiir  korbflechter.     1887.     (Hartleben's 

chemisch-technische    bibliothek.) r679.i    Assp 

Die  verarbeitung  des  strobes  zu  geflechten  und  strohhiiten, 
matten,  flaschenhiilsen,  sielen,  in  der  papierfabrikation 
und  zu  vielen  anderen  zwecken.  1898.  (Hartleben's 
chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r679.i  A5S 


680     Mechanic  trades 

AMATEUR  work,  illustrated,     toy.     1882-91 q68o  A48 

Titles  of  the  different  volumes  vary. 

CASSAL,  Hans  J.  S. 

Workshop  makeshifts.     1898 680  C25 

Contents:  Lathes  and  lathe  appliances. — The  home  manufacture  of  tools 
for  metal  work. — The  home  manufacture  of  tools  for  wood-working. — 
Miscellaneous  tools  and  recipes. 

The  same j68o    C2S 

HOW  to  make  and  how  to  mend,  by  an  amateur  mechanic. 

1900    j68o   H84 

The  same.     1900 680  H84 

LELAND,  Charles  Godfrey. 

Manual  of  mending  and  repairing.     1896 680  L57 

Best  methods  of  repairing  broken  china,  books,  ivory,  metal-work,  leather- 
work,  etc. 

LUKIN,  James. 

Boy  engineers;  what  they  did  and  how  they  did  it.     1893.  .j68o  L97b 

True  .story  of  two  boys  who  became  engineers;  describes  making  tools, 
building  workshop  and  constructing  machines. 

Young  mechanic,  containing  directions  for  the  use  of  all 

kinds  of  tools.     1894 j68o  L97 

Also  directions  for  use  of  lathe,  construction  of  steam-engines,  mechan- 
ical models  and  metal-working. 

SCHOFIELD,  Robert  James,  and  others. 

Home  mechanic  and  complete  self-instructor  in  carpentry, 
painting,  horse-shoeing,  soap  making,  candy  making, 
baking,  taxidermy,  tanning,  etc.     1897 r68o  S36 


WATCH  AND  INSTRUMENT  MAKING 


WAITE,  Henry  Randall,  cd. 

Boy's  workshop.    1884 j68o  W14 

Outlines  in  a  very  practical  way  the  care  and  use  of  tools  and  the  mak- 
ing of  useful  articles. 
Contains  among  other  things:   "How  to  make  a  tool  cabinet,"   "How  to 
build  a  portable  wooden  tent,"  'A  boy's  railway  and  train,"  "How  to 
bind  magazines,"  "How  to  photograph,"  "Archery  for  boys." 


681     Watch  and  instrument  making 

BRITTEN,  Frederick  James. 

Old  clocks  and  watches  and  their  makers;  an  historical 
and  descriptive  account  of  the  different  styles  of  clocks 
and  watches  of  the  past,  in  England  and  abroad;  to 
which  is  added  a  list  of  eight  thousand  makers.    1899.  .  .681  B750 

Interesting,  readable  and  well  illustrated. 

On  the  springing  and  adjusting  of  watches.     1898 681  B75 

"Intended  for  those  tolerably  conversant  with  watchmaking  generally.  .  . 
Knowledge  of  many  elementary  facts  is  assumed."     Preface. 

Watch  and  clock  makers'  handbook,  dictionary  and  guide. 

1896 r68i  B75 

Combination  of  dictionary,  encyclopedia  and  handbook.  Written  in  a 
clear  style  and  well  illustrated. 

KEMLO,  F. 

Watch-repairer's  hand-book;  a  complete  guide  to  the  be- 
ginner in  taking  apart,  putting  together  and  thoroughly 
cleaning  the  English  lever  and  other  foreign  watches, 
and  all  American  watches.    1891 681  K17 

Directions  are  scarcely  full  enough  to  warrant  title. 

SAUNTER,  Claudius. 

Treatise  on  modern  horology.     1887 qr68i  S25 

Standard  treatise  on  theory  and  practice. 

WOOD,  Edward  J. 

Curiosities  of  clocks  and  watches  from  the  earliest  times. 

1866   r68i  W85 

Compilation  of  interesting  facts  regarding  curious  clocks  and  watches, 
those  which  have  belonged  to  noted  persons,  and  others  which  are 
famous  or  unusual. 

ZEITSCHRIFT  fiir  instrumentenkunde;  organ  fiir  Mittheil- 
ungen  aus  dem  gesammten  gebiete  der  wissenschaft- 
lichen  technik;  [monthly],     v.i-date.     1881-date.  . .  .qr68i.05  Z43 

From  Jan.  1896  there  has  been  issued  and  bound  with  the  "Zeitschrift," 
a  supplement,  having  a  separate  title-page,  which  is  at  first  called 
"Beiblatt  zur  Zeitschrift  fiir  instrumentenkunde;  vereinsblatt  der 
Deutschen  gesellschaft  fiir  mechanik  und  optik,"  and  later  "Deutsche 
mechaniker-zeitung." 


682     Blacksmithing.     Metal-working 

COMPTON,  Alfred  George. 

First  lessons  in  metal-working.     1890 r682  C7.3 

Text-book  for  classes  in  manual  training. 
RICHARDSON.  Milton  Thomas,  cd. 

Practical  blacksmithing.    4v.     1889-95 682  R4r 

Compilation  of  articles  contributed  to  the  "Blacksmith  and  wheelwright." 
Forms  a  fairly  complete  manual  of  tools  and  methods. 


LOCK  AND  GUN  MAKING 


SCHLOSSER,  Edmund. 

Das  lothen  und  die  bearbeitung  der  m€talle.     1891.     (Hart- 

leben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r682  S34 


682.1      Horseshoeing 

HUNTING,  William. 

Art  of  horse-shoeing;  a  manual  for  farriers.     1898 682.1  H94 

"An  endeavor  has  been  made  to  be  as  simple  and  clear  as  possible  in 
expression,  to  lay  down  correct  general  principles  and  to  point  out 
the  technical  details  which  are  essential  to  good  shoeing."    Preface. 

LUNGWITZ,  Clemens  Anton. 

Text-book  of  horseshoeing;  for  horseshoers  and  veterina- 
rians.    1898 682.1   L97 

RUSSELL,  William,  of  Cincinnati. 

Scientific  horseshoeing.     1895 r682.i    R91 

Considers  the  use  of  shoes  in  correcting  the  action  and  gait  of  horses 
and  in  remedying  diseases  of  the  foot.     A  practical  manual. 

683     Lock  and  gun  making 

ESSAY  on  shooting.     1791 r683  E84 

Includes  a  non-technical  description  of  the  methods  of  manufacturing 
gun-barrels,  essays  on  recoil  and  bursting,  on  the  cause  determining 
the  range,  instruction  in  shooting  and  in  training  pointers,  and  de- 
scriptions of  English  game  and  the  methods  of  hunting. 

GREENER,  William  Wellington. 

The  gun  and  its  development.     1899 683  G84g 

The  same.     1896 r683  G84 

Treatise  on  small  arms,  by  a  leading  English  manufacturer.  Treats  of 
military  rifles,  but  pays  particular  attention  to  sporting  arms  and 
especially  to  shot-guns. 

RIVERS,  Augustus  Henry  Lane  Fox  Pitt-. 

On  the   development  and  distribution   of  primitive  locks 

and  keys.     1883 qr683  RS2 

,  Description  of  the  author's  collection,  with  illustrations  of  a  large  number 

of  forms. 

YALE  &  TOWNE  MANUFACTURING  CO. 

Catalogue  no. 14;  locks  and  hardware.     1893 r683  Y13 

684     Cabinet-making.     Wood-working 

ARKWRIGHT,  John  P.  ed. 

Cabinet-making  for  amateurs.     [1899.] 684  A72 

Requires  some  knowledge  of  the  use  of  tools. 

BARTER,  S. 

Manual   instruction;   woodwork,    (the   English   sloyd). 

1892 684  B27 

For  teachers.  Follows  the  course  required  in  the  examinations  of  the 
City  and  guilds  of  London  institute. 

BOWER,  John  A. 

How  to  make  common  things;  for  boys.     1892 J684  B66 

Describes  simple  forms  of  toys,  furniture,  woodwork,  electric  apparatus, 
wirework,  ironwork,  etc. 

DENNING,  David. 

Art  and  craft  of  cabinet-making.     1891 684  D43 

For  amateurs  and  young  furniture-makers. 


CABINET-MAKING.     WOOD-WORKING  1103 

GOSS,  William  Freeman  Myrick. 

Bench  work  in  wood;  a  course  of  study  and  practice,  de- 
signed for  the  use  of  schools  and  colleges.    1899 684  G69 

Author  is  (1899)  professor  of  practical  mechanics  in  Purdue  university. 
Treats  of  bench  tools  and  their  use,  and  the  elements  of  wood-construc- 
tion.    Simple  and  practical. 

HODGSON,  Frederick  Thomas. 

Hand  saws;  their  use,  care  and  abuse,  how  to  select  and 

how  to  file  them.     1896 684  H66 

"Authorities,"  p.4. 

HOFFMAN,  B.  B. 

Sloyd  system  of  wood  working;  with  a  brief  description  of 
the  Eva  Rodhe  model  series,  and  an  historical  sketch  of 

the  growth  of  the  manual  training  idea.    1892 684  H67 

JOURNEYMEN  cabinet  and  chair-makers'  Philadelphia  book 

of  prices.     1795 r684  J46 

KILBON,  George  B. 

Elementary  woodwork.     1893 J684  K2S 

LUKIN,  James. 

Picture  frame  making  for  amateurs.     [1882.] 684  L97 

NYE,  Alvan  Crocker. 

Furniture  designing  and  draughting;  notes  on  the  ele- 
mentary forms,  methods  of  construction  and  dimensions 
of  common  articles  of  furniture.     1900 q684  N54 

Intended  for  students  of  design,  architects,  etc.  Does  not  treat  of 
methods  of  construction  except  as  they  relate  to  draftsman's  work. 

RICKS,  George. 

Manual  training,  woodwork;  a  handbook  for  teachers,  with 
an  appendix  on  modelling  in  cardboard  as  an  introduc- 
tion to  woodwork.     1898 q684  R43 

SHERATON,  Thomas. 

Cabinet-maker   and    upholsterer's    drawing-book;    revised 

and  prepared  for  the  press  by  J.  M.  Bell.    1895 qr684  S55 

Reprint  of  the  edition  of  1802. 

"Sheraton  was  the  apostle  of  the  severer  taste  in  English  cabinet-making 
which  followed  upon  the  rococo  leanings  of  his  great  predecessor, 
Thomas  Chippendale.  .  .The  central  doctrines  of  all  his  work  and 
writing  are  that  ornamentation  must  subserve  utility,  that  the  lines  of 
construction,  if  sound,  connote  beauty,  and  that  a  successful  simplicity 
is  harder  and  more  worthy  of  attainment  than  the  highest  development 
of  Louis-Quinze  superfluity.  That  his  principles  were  not  the  outcome 
of  a  mere  vague  intuition  is  evidenced  by  the  admirable  treatises  on 
geometry,  architecture,  and  perspective  with  which  he  introduces 
his  monumental  'Cabinet-maker  and  Upholsterer's  Drawing-book.'  " 
Dictionary  of  national  biography. 

UN  WIN,  William  Cawthorne. 

Exercises  in  wood-working  for  handicraft  classes  in  ele- 
mentary and  technical  schools;  [plates].     1892 qr684  U25 

Set  of  graduated  drawings  of  suitable  pieces  of  work. 

WHEELER,  Charles  Gardner. 

Woodworking  for  beginners.     1900 684  W6i 

The  same J684  W61 

"Aim  is  to  suggest  to  amateurs  of  all  ages  many  things  which  they 
can  profitably  make  of  wood,  and  to  start  them  in  the  way  to  work 
successfully.  .  .Great  care...  has  been  taken  to  include  only  what  can 
be  profitably  done  by  an  intelligent  boy  of  from  ten  to  eighteen  or 
by  the  average  untrained  worker  of  more  mature  years."     Preface. 


70 


II04  BOOKBINDING 


WOOD-WORKING  tools;  how  to  use  them;  a  manual. 

1896  684  W87 

Prepared  for  the  Industrial  school  association  of  Boston,   by  one  of  its 
committees. 


686     Bookbinding 


BOECK,  Josef  Phileas. 

Die   marmorirkunst.      1896.      (Hartleben's   chemisch-tech- 

nische  bibliothek.) r686  B58 

Theoretical  and  practical.  Describes  apparatus  and  processes  in  detail. 
Includes  description  of  machinery  for  manufacturing  marbled  paper  in 
large  quantities. 

BRASSIInGTON,  William  Salt,  ed. 

History  of  the  art  of  bookbinding,  with  some  account  of 

the  books  of  the  ancients.     1894 q686  B71 

Well  illustrated  with  colored  plates  and  drawings  in  the  text. 

COCKERELL,  Douglas. 

■-Bookbinding  and  the  care  of  books;  a  text-book  for  book- 
binders and  librarians.  1901.  (Artistic  crafts  series  of 
technical    handbooks.) 686   C64 

Useful  handbook' of  workshop  practice.  Describes  minutely  every  proc- 
ess and  tool  connected  with  bookbinding.     Fully  illustrated. 

DAVENPORT,  Cyril. 

Royal    English    bookbindings.      1896.      (Portfolio    mono- 
graphs.)     qr686   D2Q 

Describes  the  bindings  of  books,  chiefly  those  in  the  British  museum 
which  have  been  bound  for  rulers  of  England.  Numerous  plates,  some 
of  which  are  colored. 

FLETCHER.  William  Younger. 

Bookbinding  in  England  and  France.     1897 q686  F63 

Consists    of    "Portfolio    monograph"    no.io,    entitled    "Bookbinding    in 
France,"  and  minor  articles  on  bookbinding  in  England. 
Bookbinding  in  France.    1894.     (Portfolio  monographs.)  .  .qr686  F63 

Brief,  accurate  account  of  the  history  and  growth  of  the  art  in  France. 
Numerous  illustrations,  some  in  colors. 

HALFER,  Josef. 

Progress  of  the  marbling  art.     1894 686  H16 

HORNE,  Herbert  Percy. 

Binding  of  books.     1894.     (Books  about  books.)   686  H79 

Essay  in  the  history  of  gold-tooled  bindings  in  France,  Italy  and  England. 
Includes  a  well-written  description  of  the  technical  methods  of  book- 
binding. 

MATTHEWS,  Brander. 

Bookbindings,  old  and  new.     1895 686  M47 

"The  Grolier  club  of  New  York,"  p.289-335. 

Pleasant  and  very  readable  account.      Contains  many  illustrations.  ■    '/  '  f 

PRIDEAUX,  Sarah  Treverbian. 

Historical  sketch  of  bookbinding.     1893 686  P94 

Bibliography,   p.25 1-294. 

"Miss  Prideaux  is  a  practical  bookbinder;  one  of  those  persons  who 
in  England  have  devoted  themselves  to  handwrought,  specially  de- 
signed binding  in  the  spirit  of  ancient  handicraft.  The  book  is  capable 
of  giving  a  close  and  very  intimate  sense  of  the  essential  characteristics 
of  the  art  as  it  was  practiced  in  the  past,  when  it  was  a  decorative  art 
as  important  as  most  others."     Russell  Sttirgis. 

SOCIETY  FOR  THE  ENCOURAGEMENT  OF  ARTS.  MAN- 
UFACTURES AND  COMMERCE. 
Report  of  the  committee  on  leather  for  bookbinding.     1901.  . .  .q686  S67 


BUILDING  •      1 105 


Appendixes:  Hints  to  owners  and  keepers  of  libraries. — Circular  to  li- 
brarians and  replies. 

The  same.     1901  qr686  S67 

Inquiry  into  the  durability  of  modern  leather  bookbindings,  the  com- 
parative durability  of  various  leathers  and  causes  of  deterioration. 
Suggests  methods  of  binding  and  preservation. 

ZAEHNSDORF,  Joseph  William. 

Art  of  bookbinding.     1890.     (Technological  handbooks.) .  . .  .686  Z17 

Describes  the  various  processes  of  binding  in  a  clear  and  practical  man- 
ner, giving  directions  for  trade  binding,  and  also  for  more  elaborate 
and  artistic  work.  Of  value  to  those  who  are  in  the  trade,  as  well  as 
to  amateurs. 


68g     "Weaving.     Basketry 

BOWLING,  Tom,  pseud. 

Book  of  knots;  a  complete  treatise  on  the  art  of  cordage, 
describing  the  manner  of  making  every  knot,  tie  and 

splice.     1899 J689  B66 

FIRTH,  Annie. 

Cane  basket  work;  a  manual  on  weaving  useful  and  fancy 

baskets.     1899 689  F52 

Practical  elementary  directions  for  teachers  and  amateurs.  Fully  il- 
lustrated.    Adapted  specially  to  English  conditions. 

LATTER,  Lucy  R. 

Cane  weaving  for  children.     1900 689  L36 

Instruction  book  for  teachers.  Gives  exercises  suitable  for  children  from 
six  to  ten  years  of  age. 

WALKER,  Louisa. 

Varied  occupations  in  weaving.     1895 689  W17 

Gives  exact  descriptions  of  all  sorts  of  weaving  that  can  be  done  in 
schools,  from  the  paper  mats  of  the  kindergarten  to  quite  elaborate 
baskets,  with  suggestions  for  articles  to  be  made.  Many  illustrations. 
Written  by  an  English  teacher  and  adapted  to  English  conditions. 

WHITE,  Mary. 

How  to  make  baskets.     1901 689  W63 

Practical  guide,  giving  descriptions  of  materials  and  tools,  and  detailed 
directions  for  the  different  kinds  of  weaving.  Includes  a  chap- 
ter on  "What  the  basket  means  to  the  Indian,"  by  Neltje  Blanchan. 
Many  illustrations,  particularly  of  fine  specimens  of  Indian  work. 


690     Building 


BERG,  Louis  de  Coppet. 

Safe  building;  rules  and  formulae  used  in  the  construction 

of  buildings.    2v.     1892-94 690  B45 

BURRELL,  Edward  J. 

Elementary  building  construction  and  drawing.     1899 690  B94 

Gives  the  elements  of  building  construction  in  simple  form.  Contains 
a  large  number  of  examples  of  structural  details,  and  many  exercises 
in  drawing. 

DAVIS,  (James  T.)  CO.  pub. 

Architects'  and  builders'  directory  of  Pennsylvania,   1901. 

1901   r690  D3 1 

KIDDER,  Frank  Eugene. 

Building  construction  and  superintendence.     2v.     1902 690  K24 


iio6  BUILDING 


The  same.     2v.     1896-99 qb690  K24 

V.I.     Masons'  work.  v. 2.      Carpenters'  work. 

Guide  to  the  materials  used  and  the  most  approved  methods  of  doing 
the  various  kinds  of  work.  Points  out  some  of  the  ways  in  which 
work  should  not  be  done  and  methods  of  slighting  which  are  frequently 
met.     Thorough  and  practical. 

NOTES  on  building  construction.    4v.    1892-93 bdgo  N47 

V.I.     First  stage;  elementary  course. 
V.2.     Second  stage;  advanced  course. 
V.3.     Materials. 
v.4.     Calculations  for  building  structures. 

POLK,  (R.  L.)  &  CO.  comp. 

Architects,   builders   and   contractors'   directory   of   Pitts- 
burg, Allegheny  and  western  Pennsylvania,  1896.    1896.  .b690  P76 
RILEY,  J.  W. 

Building  construction  for  beginners.     1899 690  R45 

Simple  treatment  of  the  subject,  avoiding  higher  mathematics. 
BYRNE,  Austin  Thomas. 

Inspection  of  the  materials  and  workmanship  employed  in 

construction.     1902 690.2  B90 

"List  of  authorities  consulted,"  p. 5 14-5 15. 

Defines  the  duties  of  inspectors,  and  describes  the  characteristics  of  ma- 
terials, the  methods  of  preparing  them,  and  ways  of  slighting  work. 

The  same.     1898 r69o.2  B99 

SYLVESTER,  W.  A. 

Modern  house-carpenter's  companion  and  builder's  guide. 

1883    b690.2  S98 

YOUNG,  William,  architect. 

Spons'   architects'   and   builders'   price-book;    with    useful 

memoranda  and  tables.     1899 r690.2  Y41 


690.5     Periodicals 

BUILDERS' magazine;  monthly,  Jan.-Aug.  1899.  v.i.  1899.  .qr690.5  B86 
In  Sept.  1899  combined  with  "Architecture  and  building"  to  form  "Archi- 
tects' and  builders'  magazine,"  qb720.5  A673b. 

CARPENTRY  and  building;  monthly,  1879-82,  1896-date. 

V.1-4,  i8-date.     [1879-date.] qb690.5  C22 

HOME  study  for  the  building  trades;  monthly,  July  1897- 

Oct.  1899.    3v.  in  2.     1897-99. r690.5  H7S 

Feb.— Oct.   1899  title  reads  "Building  trades  magazine." 

Nov.    1899  united  w^ith  "Steam  electric  magazine"  and  "Mechanic  arts 
magazine"  to  form  "Science  and  industry." 

STONE;  an  illustrated  magazine;  monthly,   Dec.   1893-May 

1896,  Dec.  1899-date.    V.8-12,  20-date.     1894-date r690.S  S87 


691     Materials.     Processes.     Preservatives 

KEIM,  Adolf  Wilhelm. 

Die  feuchtigkeit  der  wohngebaiide  der  mauerfrass  und 
holzschwamm  nach  ursache,  wesen  und  wirkung  be- 
trachtet.     1882.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bib- 

liothek.)  r69i  K16 

Describes  methods  which  have  been  used  for  prevention,  and  gives  an 
original  and  improved  process. 


BUILDING  1 107 


THURSTON,  Robert  Henry. 

Materials  of  engineering.     3v.     1893-94 691  T43 

v.i.     Non-metallic  materials. 

V.2.     Iron  and  steel. 

V.3.     Brasses,  bronzes  and  other  alloys. 

The  same.    3v.     1883-1901 r69i  T43 

Text-book  of  the  materials  of  construction;  abridged  from 

"Materials  of  engineering."     1895 691  T43t 

The  same.     1895 r69i  T43t 


691. 1     \A(^ood 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Das  conserviren  des  holzes.    1895.    (Hartleben's  chemiscli- 

technische  bibliothek.) .r69i.i    A55 

Contains  a  list  of  the  various  substances  which  have  been  tried,  and 
describes  a  large  number  of  processes  proposed  and  used.  Gives  draw- 
ings of  apparatus,  etc. 

BOULTON,  Samuel  Bagster. 

Preservation  of  timber  by  the  use  of  antiseptics.     1885. 

(Van  Nostrand's  science  series.) 691. i   B65 

Short  account  of  the  history  and  development  of  these  processes,  with 
results  from  the  author's  experience  and  research. 

MAYER,  Adolf. 

Chemische  technologic  des  holzes  als  baumaterial.  1872. 
(Handbuch  der  chemischen  technologic;  hrsg.  von  P.  A. 
Bolley  und  anderen.) r666.9  MS3 

Bibliography,   p.  182-184. 

Describes  the  chemical  and  physical  composition   of  wood,   the  peculiar 

properties   of  the   different   varieties,  and  the   methods   of   preserving 

them  from  decay. 

691.2     Stone.     691.3     Concrete 

GILLMORE,  Quincy  Adams. 

Notes  on  the  compressive  resistance  of  freestone,  brick 

piers,  hydraulic  cements,  mortars  and  concretes.    1888.  .691.2  G41 

The  same.     1888 r69i.2   G41 

Results  of  tests  made  at  the  Watertown  arsenal.  Contains  very  complete 
tables. 

KRt)GER,  Richard. 

Die  natiirlichen  gesteine;  ihre  chemisch-mineralogische 
zusammensetzung,  gew^innung,  prufung,  bearbeitung 
und  conservirung.     2v.     1889.     (Hartleben's  chemisch- 

technische  bibliothek.) r69i.2  K42 

Theoretical  and  practical.  For  architects,  engineers,  stone-masons, 
quarrymen,  etc. 

POTTER,  Thomas. 

Concrete;  its  use  in  building,  and  the  construction  of  con- 
crete walls,  floors,  roofs,  etc.    2v.    1891 -691.3  P85 

The  same.    2v.    1891 r69i.3  P85 

REID,  Henry. 

Practical   treatise   on    natural   and   artificial   concrete;    its 

varieties  and  constructive  adaptations.     1879 691.3  R29 

Describes  methods  of  manufacture,  use,  etc.  in  England  at  the  time  of 
publication. 


iio8  BUILDING 


SUTCLIFFE,  George  L. 

Concrete;  its  nature  and  uses.    1893 691.3  S96 

691.5     Lime.     Cement.     Plaster 

For  the  manufacture  of  cement,  see  666.9 

BURNELL,  George  Rowdon. 

Rudimentary  treatise   on   limes,   cements,   mortars,   etc. 

1850   691.5   B92 

On  the  theory  of  their  action  and  the  methods  of  manufacture  and  use. 
A  compilation,  chiefly  from   French  authors,  now  out  of  date. 

CEMENT;    [bimonthly],    May    1900-date.      v.i-date.      1900- 

date    qr69i.S   C3T 

CUMMINGS,  Uriah.  ■,  .   -      t 

American  cements.     1898 691.5  C91 

GILLMORE,  Quincy  Adams. 

Practical  treatise  on  limes,  hydraulic  cements  and  mortars. 

1890.     (United  States — Engineers  corps.     Professional         JOa 

papers,  no.9.) 691.5  G41 

The  same.     1890.     (United  States — Engineers  corps.     Pro- 
fessional papers,  no.9.) r69i.5  G41 

Best  treatise  on  American  practice  to  the  time  of  the  last  revision  (1872). 
Gives  localities  where  cements  are  found,  describes  various  plants, 
methods  of  manufacture,  testing,  use,  etc. 

GOLINELLI,  L. 

How  to  use  Portland  cement.    1899 691.5  G58 

Translation  of  his  "Das  kleine  cement-buch." 

PEDROTTI,  Marco. 

Der  gips  und  seine  verwendung ;  handbuch  fiir  bau-  und  mau- 
rermeister,  stuccateure,  modelleure,  bildhauer,  gipsgiesser,  u. 
s.w.   1901.    (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.)  .  .r69i.5  P36 
Describes  the  preparation  of  the  stone  and  its  use  for  cement,  artificial 
marble,  castings,  etc. 
SPALDING,  Frederick  Putnam. 

Hydraulic  cement;  its  properties,  testing  and  use.     1897.  .  .  .691.5  S73 


691.7     Iron.     Steel 

BELGIUM — Commission   pour   I'etude    et   la    recherche    des 
moyens  d'etendre  I'emploi  du  fer  par  de  nouvelles  ap- 
plications industrielles. 
Rapports  et  documents;  atlas.     1880 qr69i.7  B39 

Text  wanting. 

CAMBRIA  IRON  CO.  pub. 

Cambria  steel;  a  handbook  of  information  relating  to  struc- 
tural steel,  containing  tables,  rules,  data  and  formula; 
for  the  use  of  engineers,  architects,  builders  and  me- 
chanics.    1898 r69i.7  C14 

The  some.     1901 r69i.7   C14C 

CARNEGIE  STEEL  CO.  Pittsburgh. 

Description   of  the  Union   iron  mills,   with  miscellaneous 

information  for  engineers,  builders  and  mechanics.  .  .r69i. 7  C2id 

Pocket  companion  containing  information  appertaining  to 


BUILDING  1 109 


the  use  of  steel  as  manufactured  by  the  Carnegie  steel 

company.     1895 .,,_>...,  .,^„,, 691.7   C21 

The  same.    1896 -. .  .T. r69i.7  C21 

The  same.     1900 r69i.7   Caip 

Pocket  companion  of  useful  information  and  tables  apper- 
taining to  the  use  of  wrought  iron  as  manufactured  by 
Carnegie    bros.    &    co.;    for    engineers,    architects    and 

builders.     1884 r69i.7   C2ipo 

JONES  &  LAUGHLIN  STEEL  CO. 

Standard  steel  construction;  a  manual  for  architects,  engi- 
neers and  contractors.     1898 r69i.7  J39 

JORDAN,  Charles  H.  comp. 

Tabulated  weights  of  angle,  tee  and  bulb  iron  and  steel, 
and  other  information  for  the  use  of  naval  architects. 

1896 r69i.7  J42 

NEWMAN,  John. 

Metallic  structures;  corrosion  and  fouling  and  their  pre- 
vention.     i8q6 691.7   N28 

ROBERTS,  (A.  &  P.)  CO. 

Steel  in  construction;  convenient  rules,  formulae  and  tables 
for  the  strength  of  steel  shapes  used  as  beams,  struts, 
shafts,  etc.,  made  by  the  Pencoyd  iron  works.     1898.  .  .x6gi.y  R53 
[SPENNRATH,  I.] 

Protective  coverings  for  iron r69i.7  S74 

The  original  article,  of  which  this  is  a  translation,  was  published  in  the 
"Sitzungsberichte    des    Vereins   zur   beforderung   des   gewerbfleisses," 
189s,  and  was  awarded  a  silver  medal. 
Deals  chiefly  with  oil  paints.     Contains  the  results  of  numerous  investi- 
gations by  the  author. 

692     Building  specifications.     Estimates.     Laws 

BOWER,  W.  Frank. 

Specifications;  a  practical  system  for  writing  specifications 

for  buildings.     1898 qr692.3  B66 

Includes  specification  forms  for  masonry,  carpentry,  electrical  work, 
painting,  plumbing  and  heating. 

"Not  a  treatise  on  specifications,  nor  instructions  in  writing  them... 
[but]  an  arrangement  of  the  matter  commonly  used  in  specification 
writing,  in  a  form  from  which  specifications  for  most  buildings  may 
be  prepared  with  more  than  usual  facility  and  with  a  reasonable  de- 
gree of  certainty  that  nothing  has  been  omitted."     Preface. 

FARROW,  Frederic  Richard. 

Specifications  for  building  works,  and  how  to  write  them. 

1898 692.3   F25 

Mainly  a  reprint  of  articles  in  the  "Builder." 

FERRY  &  CLAS. 

Specifications  for  the  completion  of  the  library  and  mu- 
seum building  for  the  State  historical  society  of  Wiscon- 
sin.    1897 r692.3   F42 

MACEY,  Frank  W. 

Specifications  in  detail.     1898 b692.3  M15 

HODGSON,  Frederick  Thomas. 

Builder's  guide  and  estimator's  price  book;  a  compilation  of 
current  prices  of  building  materials,  also  prices  of  labor  and 


mo  MASONRY.     PLASTERING.    FIREPROOFING 

cost  of  performing  the  several  kinds  of  work  required  in 
building;  appended  building  rules,  data,  tables  and  useful 
memoranda,  with  a  glossarj'  of  architectural  and  building 

terms.    1890 692.5  H66b 

CLARK,  Theodore  Minot. 

Building  superintendence.     1903 692.6  CS2 

The  same.     1895 r692.6  C52 

BASEL,  Switzerland. 

Gesetz  iiber  hochbauten,  vom  27  Juni  1895.     1895 r692.9  B28 

WAIT,  John  Cassan. 

Engineering  and  architectural  jurisprudence;  a  presenta- 
tion of  the  law  of  construction.     1898 692.9  W14 

"Not  intended  to  enable  [the  lay  reader]  to  go  into  court  to  defend  an 
action  at  law  or  to  prosecute  a  claim,  but  is  written  primarily  to  assist 
him  in  avoiding  trouble  and  litigation,  and  to  assist  him  in  protecting 
his  employer's  and  his  own  rights  when  they  are  assailed."     Preface. 
Law  of  operations  preliminary  to  construction  in  engineer- 
ing and  architecture;  rights  in  real  property,  boundaries, 

easements  and  franchises.     1900 r692.9  W14 

The  same.     1901 692.9  W14I 

Intended  to  give  to  the  engineering  professions  a  general  knowledge  of 

legal  engineering. 
Author    was    formerly    assistant    professor    of    engineering   at    Harvard 
university,  and  is  now  (1900)  assistant  corporation  counsel  to  the  city 
of  New  York. 

693     Masonry.     Plastering.     Fireproofing 

BAKER,  Ira  Osborn. 

Treatise  on  masonry  construction.     1894 .693  B17 

The  same.     1898 r693  B17 

"The  most  valuable  and  complete  treatise ...  ever  published."  Engineer- 
ing news,  1899. 

BANCROFT,  Robert  M.  &  Francis  J. 

Tall  chimney  construction;  containing  details  of  upwards 
of  eighty  existing  mill,  engine-house,  brick  works,  ce- 
ment works,  and  other  chimneys  in  England.  A:nerica 
and  the  continent,  constructed  in  brick,  stone,  iron  and 

concrete.     1885 q693  B22 

CHRISTIE,  William  Wallace. 

Chimney   design   and  theory;   a  book   for   engineers   and 

architects.     1899 693  C46 

"Theoretical  portion  deals  with  area,  height,  draft,  fuel  consumption, 
etc.,  and  the  relations  of  the  several  portions  are  given  in  tabular 
form.  Numerous  other  tables  and  formulas  are  given.  The  character 
and  construction  of  the  foundations  are  also  considered . . .  Index  is 
lengthy,  but  not  well  compiled."     Engineering  news,   1899. 

LANG,  Gustav. 

Der  schornsteinbau.    pt.1-3,  in  iv.     1896-1901 qr693  L23 

Contents:     Geschichte   und   lichtabmessungen    der   schornsteine. — Quer- 
schnittsformen,    spannungsvertheilung,    warmespannungen    und    wind- 
druck. — Anordnung  gemauerter  schornsteinschafte. 
Thorough  and  authoritative  discussion  of  theory  and  practice.     Contains 
considerable  material  from  American  sources. 

MAGINNIS,  Owen  B. 

Bricklaying.     1901 693  M25 

Handbook  of  every-day  brickwork,  for  practical  bricklayers. 


CARPENTRY  iiii 

HODGSON,  Frederick  Thomas. 

Plaster  and  plastering,  mortars  and  cements ;  how  to  make 

and  how  to  use.     1897 693.6  H66 

KEMP,  Wilfred. 

Practical  plasterer;  a  compendium  of  plain  and  ornamental 
plaster  work,  with  useful  recipes  and  a  glossary  of 
terms.     1893 693.6  K17 

693.8     Fireproofing 

ELECTRIC  FIREPROOFING  CO.  pub. 

Record  of  fireproof ed  wood;  tests,  fireproof  warships,  etc. 

1900   r693.8  E44 

EXPANDED  METAL  CO. 

Expanded  metal  and  its  uses  in  fire-proof  construction, 
with  Tables  and  notes  on  architectural  engineering,  by 

G.  S.  Hayes  and  J.  E.  Boatrite.     1896 b693.8  E98 

FREITAG,  Joseph  Kendall. 

Fireproofing  of  steel  buildings.     1899 693.8  F91 

Subjects  covered:    Introductory  and  development. — Fires  and  tests. — Ma- 
terials.— Planning. — Details. — Equipment. 
"As  good  a  treatise.  .  .as  is  practicable  in  the  present  experimental  state 
of  the... art."    Engineering  news.  1899. 

ROEBLING  CONSTRUCTION  CO.  pub. 

Tests  of  the  Roebling  system  of  fire-proof  construction. 

1899   r693.8  R59 

Detailed  reports  of  tests  made  by  the  New  York  building  department. 
WOODBURY,  Charles  Jeptha  Hill. 

Fire  protection  of  mills  and  construction  of  mill  floors. 

1895 693.8  W86 

Contents:  Apparatus. — Mill  fires. — Electric  lighting. — Miscellaneous. — 
Mill  construction. — Mill  floors. — Strength  of  storehouse  floors. — Stiff- 
ness of  mill  floors. — Construction  of  floors. — Summary  of  formulae. — 
Strength  of  wood  mill  columns. 

Considers  those  matters  of  equipment  and  general  management  which 
experience  has  proved  efficient,  and  the  restriction  of  injury  by  means 
of  slow-burning  construction. 

694     Carpentry 

BURN,  Robert  Scott,  ed. 

Carpenter  and  joiner.     1892 694  B92 

Compiled  from  articles  in  an  English  trades  paper.     Covers  all  important 
points  in  timber-construction. 
COLLINGS,  George. 

Circular  work  in  carpentry  and  joinery.     1890. 694  C69 

Directions  for  laying  out  and  finding  the  molds  for  various  forms  of 
curved  door-frames,  walls,  arches,  etc. 
FLETCHER,  Banister  Flight,  &  Herbert  Phillips. 

Carpentry  and  joinery;  a  text-book  for  architects,  engi- 
neers, surveyors  and  craftsmen.     1898 694  F63 

GOULD,  Lucius  D. 

Carpenter's  and  builder's  assistant,  and  wood  worker's  gufde. 

1897    694   G73 

HODGSON,  Frederick  Thomas. 

The  carpenters' steel  square  and  its  uses.    2v.    1890-93 694  H 66c 


1 1 12  CARPENTRY 

Title-page  of  v. 2  reads  "Steel  squares  and  their  uses." 
Shows  how  to  use  the  different  scales  on  squares  to  solve  the  problems 
and  make  calculations  which  arise  in  construction. 

Practical  carpentry.     1883 694  H66 

Simple  directions  for  ordinary  carpentry  and  joinery,  with  a  collection  of 
useful  tables. 

MELOY,  D.  H. 

Progressive  carpentry;  fifty  years'  experience  in  building, 
many  valuable  improvements  made  which  are  fully  ex- 
plained, with  a  system  of  framing  roofs.     1900 694  M59 

Describes    tlie    author's    plumb    and    level    line    system    of    roof-framing. 
Does  not  consider  other  branches  of  carpentry. 

MOLONEY,  Thomas,  comp. 

Carpenter's  and  joiner's  pocket  companion,  consisting  of  rules 

and  memoranda.     1888  694  M79 

Bibliography,  p.7-8.  .  r 

PRICES  of  work,  adopted  by  the  house  carpenters  of  Pitts- 
burgh    ^.,,-,.^,.,.p..^,,.,;.  ^^i,^f, r694  P94 

Published  early  in  the  19th  century. 

RICHEY,  H.  G. 

Guide  and  assistant  for  carpenters  and  mechanics.     1894.  .  .r694  R42 

"Simple   methods   of   doing  every-day   work.  .  .intended.  .  .as   a   guide   to 

the  artisan."     Preface. 

SYLVESTER,  W.  A. 

Modern  carpentry  and  building.     1896 694  S98 

Revision  of  his  "Modern  house-carpenters'  companion  and  builders'  guide." 

TREDGOLD,  Thomas. 

Elementary  principles  of  carpentry.     1895 694  T71 

YOUNG,  Francis  Chilton-. 

Every  man  his  own  mechanic.     1896 694  Y37e 

Contents:     Household  carpentry  and  joinery. — Ornamental  and  construc- 
tive carpentry. — Household  building  art  and  practice. 
Tells  what  tools  the  amateur  needs  and  how  to  use  them. 

Home  carpentry  for  handy  men.     1896 694  Y37 

Contents:      Carpentry    and    joinery    for    the    house. — Carpentry    for    the 

garden.- — Carpentry  suitable  for  the  farmstead. 
Companion  to  "Every  man  his  own  mechanic." 

MAGINNIS,  Owen  B. 

How  to  fraine  a  house;  or,  Balloon  and  roof  framing;  a 
practical  treatise  on  the  latest  and  best  methods  of 
laying  out,  framing  and  raising  timber  houses  on  the 
balloon  principle,  together  with  a  complete  and  easily 

understood  system  of  roof  making.     1896 q694.2  M25 

The  same.     1901 q694.2  M25h 

Roof  framing  maide  ea.sy ;  a  practical  and  easily  comprehended 
system  of  laying  out  and  framing  roofs,  adapted  to  modern 
construction.     1896 694.2  M25r 

Originally  published  in  the  "Carpenter." 

How  to  join  moulding;  or,  The  arts  of  mitring  and  coping; 
a  complete  treatise  on  the  proper  modern  methods  to 
apply  practically  in  joining  mouldings.     1892 694.6  M25 

li  694.8     Stair-building 

GOULD,  Lucius  D. 

Art  and  science  of  stair  building.     1885 694.8  C73 

For  practical  carpenters. 


ROOFING.     PLUMBING  1113 

HASLUCK,  Paul  Nooncree,  ed. 

Practical  staircase  joinery.     1899 694.8  H33 

The  same.    1899 r694.8  H33 

"Contains,  in  a  form  convenient  for  every  day  use,  a  comprehensive 
digest  of  information,  contributed  by  experienced  craftsmen,  scattered 
over  the  columns  of  'Building  world.'  "     Preface. 

HODGSON,  Frederick  Thomas,  ed. 

Handrailing  simplified,  sectorian  system;  a  novel  method 
of  finding  curves,  twists,  wreaths,  ramps  and  cuts  for 
handrailing   over   circular   and    elliptical    stairs,   by   an 

experienced  architect.     1900 694.8  H66h 

[HODGSON,  Frederick  Thomas.] 

New  system  of  hand-railing,  cut  square  to  the  plank,  with- 
out the  aid  of  falling  moulds;  a  new  and  easy  method  of 

forming  hand-rails,  by  an  old  stair-builder.     1885 694.8  H66n 

Stair-building  made  easy;  a  full  and  clear  description  of 
the  art  of  building  the  bodies,  carriages  and  cases  for 

all  kinds  of  stairs  and  steps.     1892 , 694.8  H66 

MO  WAT,  William,  &  Alexander.  S3H       \Q( 

Treatise  on  stairbuilding  and  handrailing.     1900 qb694.8  M94 

SHERRATT,  R.J. 

Elements  of  hand-railing;  showing  how  to  lay  out  stairs 

of  all  kinds.     1880 qb694.8  S55 

695     Roofing 

HART,  John  W. 

External  plumbing  work;  a  treatise  on  lead  work  for  roofs. 

1896    695.4    H31 

JOHNSTON,  Sidney  Paine,  comp. 

Cornice  work  manual;  an   exposition   of  cornice   work  in 

all  its  branches.     1900 695.4  J 37 

Laying  out,  making  and  erecting  sheet  metal  cornices. 

LUHAmNN,  E. 

Die  fabrikation  der  dachpappe  und  der  anstrichmasse  fiir 
pappdacher  in  verbindung  mit  der  theerdestillation. 
1883.     (Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) .  .r695.7  L97 

Treats  of  the  raw  materials,  manufacture  and  methods  of  use. 

696     Plumbing.     Gas-fitting 

See   also   House   drainage,    628.6 

DA  VIES,  Philip  John. 

Standard  practical  plumbing;  a  history  and  encyclopsedia 

for  practical  plumbers.     2v.     1895-96 r696  D31 

Describes  methods  for  all  kinds  of  internal  and  external  work.  English 
practice  and  apparatus. 

HELLYER,  Samuel  Stevens. 

Principles  and  practice  of  plumbing.  1893.  (Technologi- 
cal handbooks.)  .  . .  -. .' 69^  H42 

LAWLER,  James  Joseph. 

Modern  plumbing,  steam  and  hot  water  heating.     1899.  .  .  .q696  L41 
■    Practical  treatise  on  these  subjects,  written  in  clear,  plain  language  and 
supplemented  by  numerous  drawings  and  sketches. 


1 1 14  HEATING  AND  VENTILATION 

SMEATON,  John,  C.  E. 

Plumbing,  drainage,  water  supply  and  hot  water  fitting. 

1893    696    S63 

Practical  treatment,  following  British  standards. 

ENGINEERING  RECORD. 

American  plumbing  practice.    1896 q696.i  E64a 

Reprint  of  articles  from  "Engineering  record." 

Describes  actual  plumbing  installations  in  a  number  of  dwellings,  hotels, 

hospitals,   office  buildings,   theaters,   etc.,   and  gives  the  solutions  of 

problems  which  have  occurred  in  practice. 

REVILL,  Alfred. 

American  plumbing;  a  compendium  of  practical  plumbing 

from  solder  making  to  high-class  open  work.    1894 696.1  R36 

HASLUCK,  Paul  Nooncree,  ed. 

Practical  gas-fitting,  (including  gas  manufacture).     1900.  .696.2  H33 
Includes   also   chapters    on    gas-burners,    incandescent   gas-lighting,    and 
gas-stoves  for  heating  and  cooking. 


697     Heating  and  ventilation 

BALDWIN,  William  James  St.  John. 

Outline  of  ventilation  and  warming.     1899 697  B190 

BOX,  Thomas. 

Practical  treatise  on  heat  as  applied  to  the  useful  arts,  for 

the  use  of  engineers,  architects,  etc.     1900 697  B66 

Contents:  General  principles  and  data. — Combustion. — Steam-boilers. — 
The  efflux  of  air,  etc. — Chimneys. — Vapours. — Evaporation. — Distilla- 
tion.— Drying. — Heating  liquids. — Heating  air. — The  transmission  of 
heat  and  laws  of  cooling. — Laws  of  cooling  at  high  temperatures. — Ven- 
tilation.— Examples  of  buildings  heated  and  ventilated. — Wind,  and  its 
effects  on  ventilation,  etc. — Appendix. 

CARPENTER,  Rolla  Clinton. 

Heating  and  ventilating  buildings;  an  elementary  treatise. 

1903 697  C22 

The  same.     1896 r697  C22 

Bibliography,  p.3S3-3S4- 

Treats  of  the  principles  which  apply,  and  of  the  methods  of  construction 
used  in  all  the  practical  methods  now  employed  (1903). 

HAUSBRAND,  E. 

Das  trocken  mit  luft  und  dampf;  erklarungen,  formeln  und 

tabellen  fiir  den  praktischen  gebrauch.     1898 697  H35 

Practical  discussion  of  theoretical  principles  of  drying.  The  mechanical 
part  of  the  question  is  omitted. 

JOHNSTON,  Sidney  Paine,  comp. 

?Iouse    warming   manual;    essays   on   steam   heating,    hot 

water  heating,  warm  air  heating.     1898 697  J37 

These  essays  received  prizes  in  a  competition  for  the  best  method  of 
heating  and  ventilating  a  specified  dwelling.  Gives  complete  plans  and 
detailed  estimates  of  cost  for  each  system  and  affords  a  good  com- 
parison. 

KITTREDGE,  A.  O.  ed. 

Metal  worker  essays  on  house  heating  by  steam,  hot  water 

and  hot  air.    1892 r697  K31 

Contains  a  chapter  on  proportioning  radiating  surfaces,  by  J.  J.  Hogan. 
Plans  for  the  application  of  each  system  to  the  same  house,  with  esti- 
mates of  cost  and  criticisms  of  the  designs. 
LAWLER,  James  Joseph. 

Practical  hot  water  heating,  steam  and  gas  fitting.     1895.  •  •  -697  L41 
Intended  for  plumbers.     Omits  theory  and  any  discussion  of  relative  ad- 


HEATING  AND  VENTILATION  1115 

vantages  of  different  systems,  but  treats  of  practice  in  detail. 
MORRISON,  Gilbert  Burnet. 

Ventilation  and  warming  of  school  buildings.  1892.  (In- 
ternational education  series.) 697  M91 

For  school-teachers,  janitors,  etc.  Discusses  various  systems,  their  ad- 
vantages and  disadvantages,  and  their  correct  use. 

STURTEVANT,  (B.  F.)  CO. 

Ventilation  and  heating;  principles  and  application.     1896.  .  .697  S93 
Primarily  an  advertisement  of  the  Sturtevant  system.     Gives  a  number 
of  useful  tables,  methods  of  calculating,  etc. 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  HEATING  AND  VENTILAT- 
ING ENGINEERS. 

Transactions,     v.i-date.     1895-date r697.os  Asi 

PUTNAM,  John  Pickering. 

Open  fireplace  in  all  ages.     1886 697.1  P99 

Describes  the  development,  attempts  at  improvement,  and  suggests 
further  steps  in  this  direction.  Contains  a  number  of  plates  showing 
decorative  fireplaces  and  mantels. 

JOHNSTON,  Sidney  Paine,  comp. 

Furnace  work  manual;  an  exposition  of  furnace  work  in  all 
its  branches;  comp.  from  files  of  the  American  artisan. 
1895 r697.3  J37 

Practical  guide  to  the  instalment  of  warm  air  house-heating  plants. 

SNOW,  William  G. 

Furnace  heating;  a  practical  and  comprehensive  treatise  on 
warming  buildings  with  hot  air,  with  an  appendix  on 

furnace  fittings.     1900 697.3  S67 

BALDWIN,  William  James  St.  John. 

Hot-water  heating  and  fitting;  or,  Warming  buildings  by 
hot-water;  a  description  of  modern  hot- water  heating 
apparatus,  the  methods  of  their  construction  and  the 

principles  involved.     1891 697.4  Big 

HOOD,  Charles. 

Practical  treatise  upon  warming  buildings  by  hot  water 
and  upon  heating  appliances  in  general;  rewritten  by 

Frederick  Dye.     1897 697.4  H76 

Thorough,  detailed  treatise.     Deals  with  English  practice. 
BALDWIN,  William  James  St.  John. 

On  heating;  or,  "Steam  heating  for  buildings"  revised;  a 
description  of  steam  heating  apparatus  for  warming 
and    ventilating    large    buildings    and    private    houses. 

1897   697.5  B19 

The  same.     1882 ''697. 5  B 19 

Title  reads  "Steam  heating  for  buildings;  or.  Hints  to  steam  fitters." 
A   standard   work.      Treats   the   subject   thoroughly   and   in   a    practical 
manner. 

KINEALY,  John  Henry. 

Charts  for  low  pressure  steam  heating.     1896 qr697.S  K26 

Aids  in  properly  designing  and  proportioning  the  parts  of  such  systems 
for  dwellings  and  other  small  buildings. 

McNEILL,  Thomas  E. 

Steam  and  hot  water  fitters'  text  book,  with  supplementary 
chapters  on  house  heating,  specifications  and  surface 

estimating.     1896 697.5   M21 

Catechism  intended  for  beginners.  Describes  systems,  tools  and  fittings, 
and  their  uses,  etc. 


iii6  PAINTING.     VARNISHING.     GLAZING 

HOUSTON,  Edwin  James,  &  Kennelly,  A.  E. 

Electric   heating.      1895.      (Elementary   electro-technical 

series.)   697.7  H83 

RAFTER,  George  W. 

Mechanics  of  ventilation.     1878.     (Van  Nostrand's  science 

series.)    r697.9  R14 

The  same.     1896.     (Van  Nostrand's  science  series.) 697.9  Ri4 

Condensed  treatise  on  the  leading  principles.     Favors  the  vacuum  method. 

698     Painting.     Varnishing.     Glazing 

BRANNT,  William  Theodore,  comp. 

Painter,  gilder  and  varnisher's  companion.     1894 698  B71 

DAVIDSON,  Ellis  A. 

Practical  manual  of  house-painting,  graining,  marbling  and 

sign-writing.      1900 698   D29 

Treats  chiefly  of  sign-painting  and  interior  work.  Gives  useful  plates 
for  grainers  and  marblers.  Includes  a  course  in  drawing  for  decor- 
ators and  sign-painters. 

PEARCE,  Walter  John. 

Painting  and  decorating.     1898 698  P34 

Practical  handbook  for  house-painters  and  decorators,  the  substance  being 
a  course  of  lectures  delivered  at  the  Manchester  (England)  technical 
school. 

The  same.     1898 r698  P34 

MASTER  CAR  AND  LOCOMOTIVE  PAINTERS'  ASSOCI- 
ATION OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA. 
Proceedings  of  the  annual  convention    (3ist-date),   1900- 

date.     1900-date r698.o5   M46 

PAINTING  and  decorating;  a  journal  of  house,  sign,  fresco, 
car  and  carriage  painting  and  of  wall  paper  and  decora- 
tion;   monthly,    Oct.    1895-Sept.    1897.      v.ii-12.      1896- 

97   qr698.05   P16 

Publication  ceased  with  v.  12. 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Praktisches  handbuch  fiir  anstreicher  und  lackirer.     1892. 

(Hartleben's  chemisch-technische  bibliothek.) r698.i  A55 

Treats  of  the  properties  of  the  various  raw  materials,  their  preparation, 
and  of  the  theory  of  the  various  processes  of  using  them. 

HILLICK,  M.  C. 

Practical  carriage  and  wagon  painting,  with  many  tested 

recipes  and  formulas.     1900 698.1   H56 

KEIM,  Adolf  Wilhelm. 

Die  mineral-malerei.  1881.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische bibliothek.) r698.2  K16 

ANDfiS,  Louis  Edgar. 

Die  technischen  vollendungs-arbeiten  der  holz-industrie; 
das  schleifen,  beizen,  poliren,  lackiren,  anstreichen  und 
vergolden  des  holzes.  1895.  (Hartleben's  chemisch- 
technische  bibliothek.) r698.3  A55 

Process  and  receipts,  for  practical  workers. 

HODGSON,  Frederick  Thomas,  comp. 

Hardwood  finisher;  finishing,  filling,  staining,  varnishing 
and  polishing,  also  rules  for  dyeing,  gilding  and  bronz- 


CAR-BUILDING.     BOAT-BUILDING  1117 

ing.     1892 698.3   H66 

Bibliography,  p. 3. 

Treatment  is  practical  throughout;  all  the  woods  ordinarily  used  in  inside 
work  are  treated  separately. 

GEDDE,  Walter. 

Booke  of  sundry  draughtes,  principally  serving  for  glasiers, 
'-''-         and  not  impertinent  for  plasterers  and  gardiners,  and 

also   the   true   forme   of   the   fornace   and   the    secretes 

thereof.     1898 qr698.5  G26 

Facsimile  of  the  edition  of   161 5. 

Drawings  for  decorative  leaded  glass. 

HAGEN,  Robert. 

Praktische  anleitung  zur  schriftmalerei;  mit  besonderer 
beriicksichtung  der  construction  und  berechnung  ,von 
schriften  fiir  bestimmte  flachen,  sowie  der  herstellung 
von  glasglanzvergoldung  und  versilberung  fiir  glas- 
firmentafeln,  etc.  1885.  (Hartleben's  chemisch-tech- 
nische  bibliothek.) r698.9  H 13 

699     Car-building 

CAR-BUILDERS'  dictionary;  an  illustrated  vocabulary  of 
terms  which  designate  American  railroad  cars,  their 
parts  and  attachments;  comp.  for  the  Master  car-build- 
ers'  association,   by   M.    N.    Forney   and   others,    1879. 

1879  r699  C18 

The  same;  comp.  by  J.  C.  Wait  and  others,  1898.     1898.  . .  .qr699  Ci8c 
The  same;  comp.  by  Rodney  Hitt  and  others,  1903.    1903.  .qr699  Ci8c2 
VOSS,  William. 

Railw^ay  car  construction;  a  work  describing  in  detail, 
and  illustrating  with  scale-drawings,  the  different  va- 
rieties of  American  cars.     1892 q699  V38 

MASTER  CAR-BUILDERS'  ASSOCIATION. 
•    Report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  annual  convention  (ist- 
6th,  9th,   I4th-24th,  26th-date),   1867-72,   1875,   1880-90, 
1892-date.     i87S-date r699.05   IM46 

Index,  1867-1900,  V.  1-34.     1902. 

Title-page  of  ist-6th  report  reads  "History  and  early  reports." 
Previous  to  1867  the  society  was  called  the  National  car  masters'  associ- 
ation, and  meetings  were  held  of  which  no  record  was  kept. 

699.1     Boat-building 

For  Xaval  architecture,  see  623.8 

HICHBORN,  Philip. 

Standard  designs  for  boats  of  the  United  States  navy; 
specifications,  schedule  of  material,  weights  and  costs; 
[plates].  1900.  (United  States — Construction  and  re- 
pair bureau.) qr699.i   H52 

HOPKINS,  Nevil  Monroe. 

Model  engines  and  small  boats;  new  methods  of  engine 
and  boiler  making,  with  a  chapter  on  elementary  ship 

design  and  construction.     1898 699.1    H78 

"While  the  author  deals  with  only  the  direct-acting  screw  type  of  ma- 


iii8  BOAT-BUILDING 


rine  engine,  and  gives  directions  for  the  making  of  shell  and  water- 
tube  boilers  only,  the  introduction  of  the  writer's  system  of  construct- 
ing small  steam  cylinders  without  patterns  and  castings,  and  boilers 
without  the  use  of  special  tools,  will  enable  one  with  mechanical 
ability  to  apply  the  methods  in  a  general  manner,  embracing  almost 
any  type  of  model  engine  and  boiler."     Preface. 

MARTIN,  Thomas  Commerford,  &  Sachs,  Joseph. 

Electrical  boats  and  navigation.     1894 699.1  M42 

Contents:  Electrical  boats.— Storage  battery  boats.- — Storage  launch 
fleets  and  passenger  boats. — Special  features  of  storage  launch  oper- 
ation and  charging. — Special  electrical  craft. — Submarine  electric  tor- 
pedo boats. — Dirigible  electric  "torpedoes"  for  warfare  and  life  saving. 
— Some  general  consideration  on  electric  launch  requirements. — Canal 
boat  propulsion. — Conditions  entering  into  canal  boat  propulsion. — 
Methods  of  applying  electricity  to  canal  boat  propulsion. — Methods  of 
electric  canal  boat  propulsion  with  motor  exterior  to  boat. — Generating 
plant  and  distribution. — Resistance  of  canal  boats. — Propulsion. — Mis- 
cellaneous uses  of  electrical  power. — Storage  batteries,  motors  and  dy- 
namotors. 

MOWER,  Charles  Drown. 

How  to  build  a  motor  launch.     1901 1699.1  ]\I94 

Plans  and  directions  for  building  a  cheap  twenty-foot  launch. 

NEISON,  Adrian. 

Practical  boat  building  for  amateurs;  ed.  by  Dixon  Kemp. 

1900  699.1   N21 

Contenis:  Designing. — Tools  and  materials. — Punts. — Clench-built  skiffs. 
— The  Rob  Roy  canoe. — The  sailing  boat. — Canadian  bateau. — Canvas 
canoe. — American  shooting  punt. 

PRITCHETT,  Robert  Taylor. 

Pen  and  pencil  sketches  of  shipping  and  craft  all  round  the 

world.     1899 699.1    P95 

RUDDER  PUBLISHING  CO. 

How  to  build  a  racer  for  $50,  (Lark).     1899 1699.1  R83 

Reprinted  from  the  "Rudder." 

How  to  build  a  skipjack.     1901 1699.1  R83h 

Reprinted  from  the  "Rudder,"  Jan. -March  1897. 

STEPHENS,  William  P. 

Canoe  and  boat  building;  a  complete  manual  for  amateurs. 

2v.     1898.     (Forest  and  stream  library.) 699.1  S83 

V.I.     Text.  V.2.     Plates. 


Errata 

Page 
22         For  Harper,  Francis  Parego  read  Harper,  Francis  Perego. 

88         Mill,  J.  S.     In  first  line  of  contents,  for  utilimate  read  ultimate. 

104         Hobbes,  Thomas.    For  call  number  192  H69  read  192  H64. 

247  Great  religions.  In  fifth  line  of  contents,  for  Postivism  read 
Positivism. 

253   '     Far  Anderson,  Rasmus  Bjorn  read  Anderson,  Rasmus  Bjorn. 

302        For  Anderson,  Rasmus  Bjorn  read  Anderson,  Rasmus  Bjorn. 

347  Women's  clubs  of  Pittsburgh,  etc.  For  call  mnnber  331.85  W85 
read  r33i.8s  W85. 

431         In  second  line  on  page,  for  (r336.i  U2Sde)  read  (r336.i  U25r). 

519        Cancel  the  entry  Railway  age. 

540         Baldwin,  James.     For  call  number  r398Bi9s  read  J398B19S. 

646  Remsen,  Ira.  Introduction  to  the  study  of  chemistry.  Transfer 
note  to  p.676  under  Remsen,  Ira.  Introduction  to  the  com- 
pounds of  carbon. 

653         Nernst,  Walther.    In  third  line  of  note,  for  meiner  read  meinen. 

681         Caillaux,  Alfred.     For  call  number  r620.6  S678  read  r620.s  S678. 

700  Hopkins,  T.  C.  First  line  of  title,  for  Pennyslvania  read  Penn- 
sylvania. 

708         In  second  line  on  page,  for  v.9  read  v.  10. 

708         In  fourth  line  of  note  under  first  title,  for  v.9  read  v.ii. 

708         In  first  line  of  note  under  second  title,  for  v.9  read  v.12. 

710  New  Jersey — Geological  survey.  (2d  survey).  File  before  New 
Jersey — Geological  survey.     (3d  survey)  on  same  page. 

724  Holmes,  W.  H.  In  note,  for  Bibliography  of  the  Yellowstone 
national  park,  p.427-449  read  Bibliographical  appendix,  p.427- 
449. 

781         Rydberg,  P.  A.  comp.     For  call  number  qr58o  N26  v.i  read 
qr58o.5  N26  v.i. 

817  Holland,  W.J.  In  last  line  of  note,  for  North  American  read 
North  America. 

865         For  Blakie,  William,  read  Blaikie,  William. 

869  *      Analyst.     In  second  line  of  title,  for  analysis  read  analysts. 

871         In  class  heading,  for  614.5  ''^^'^^  614.4. 

913  Dynamic  electricity.  In  third  line  of  title,  for  Schoolbred  read 
Shoolbred. 


Page 

917         The    same.      1897.      For   call   number   621.312  T38d  v.2    read 
621.31  T38d2  v.2. 

937         Por  Barringer,  David  Moreau  read  Barringer,  Daniel  Moreau. 

951         Watson,  T.  H.    For  call  number  r623.8  W32  read  q623.8  W32. 

978        Billings,  J.  S.    For  call  number  b628.8  B48  read  628.8  B48. 

984         United  States — Hawaii  agric.  ex.  station.     In  second  line  of 
contents,  for  Van  Dyne  read  Van  Dine. 

1032         For  Metcalf,  Capt.  Henry   read  Metcalfe,  Capt.  Henry. 

1056        For  Association  of  Gas  Engineers  and  Managers  read  Associa- 
tions of  Gas  Engineers  and  Managers. 


J^: 


